Skip to main content

Full text of "Duke magazine [serial]"

See other formats 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 
in  2012  with  funding  from 
Duke  University  Libraries 


http://archive.org/details/dukemagseri84199798859899 


DUKE 


M    A   G   A    Z    I    N 


WAR  WOUNDS 
EMBRACING  EUTHANASIA 


WOMEN  OF  THE  CLOTH 


You  ve  always  been  there  in  spirit. 
Maybe  it's  time  you  brought  yourself  along,  too. 


800-44-MIDWAY 


Duke  Magazine  is 
printed  on  recycled 
paper 


NOVEMBER- 
DECEMBER  1997 


EDITOR: 

Robert  J.  Bliwise  A.M.  '88 

ASSOCIATE  EDITOR 

FEATURES  EDITOR: 
Bridget  Booher  '82,  A.M.  '92 
SCIENCE  EDITOR 
Dennis  Meredith 
STUDENT  INTERNS: 
Brian  Henderson '98 
Jaime  Levy  '01 
DESIGN  CONSULTANT: 
Mills/Carrigan  Design 
PUBLISHER:  M.  Laney 
FunderburkJr.W 

OFFICERS,  DUKE  ALUMNI 
ASSOCIATION: 
Michele  Clause  Farquhar'79, 
president;  John  A.  Schwarz  III 
'56,  president-elect;  M.  Laney 
Funderhurk  Jr.  '60,  secretary- 

PRESIDENTS,  SCHOOL 
AND  COLLEGE  ALUMNI 
ASSOCIATIONS: 
James  R.  Cook  Jr.  '50,  B.D. 
'54,  Divinity  School;  George  J. 
Evans  B.S.E.E.  '56,  School  of 
Engineering;  Barrett  B.  McCall 
M.F'91,  Nicholas  School  of  the 
Environment;  Walter  W. 
Simpson  III  M.B.A.  74,  Fuqua 
School  of  Business;  Judith  Ann 
Maness  M.H.A.  '83,  Department 
of  Health  Administration;  Bruce 
W.  BaberJ.D.  79,  School  of 
Law;  David  K.  Wellman  M.D. 
72,  H.S.  72-78,  School  of 
Medicine;  Linda  Spencer 
Fowler  B.S.N.  79,  School  of 
Nursing;  Marie  Koval  Nardone 
M.S.  79,  A.H.C.  79,  Graduate 
Program  in  Physical  Therapy; 
J.  Alexander  McMahon  '42, 
Half-Century  Club. 

EDITORIAL 
ADVISORY  BOARD: 
Clay  Felker  '51,  chairman; 
Frederick  F.  Andrews  '60; 
Debra  Blum '87;  Sarah 
Hardesty  Bray  72;  Nancy  L. 
CardweU  '69;  Jerrold  K.  Footlick; 
Edward  M.  Gomez  79;  Kerry  E. 
Harmon  '82;  Stephen  Labaton 
A.M. '86,  J.D. '86;  Elizabeth  H. 
Locke  '64,  Ph.D.  72;  Thomas  E 
LoseeJr.'63;KimberlyJ. 
McLarin  '86;  Michael  J. 
Schoenfeld  '84;  Susan  Tint  73; 
Jane  Vessels  77;  Robert  J. 
Bliwise  A.M.  '88,  secretary. 

SUBSCRIPTIONS: 
$15  per  year  ($30  foreign) 
Duke  Magazine,  Alumni  House, 
614  Chapel  Drive,  Box  90570, 
Durham,  N.C.  27708-0570. 

ADDRESS  CHANGES: 
Alumni  Records,  Box  90613, 
Durham,  N.C.  27708-0613 
or  c-m:ul  bluedevil@duke.edu 


©  1997  Duke  University 
Published  bimonthly  by  the 
Office  of  Alumni  Affairs. 


DUKE 


VOLUME  84 
NUMBER  1 


Cover:  With  an  electrifying  rise  to  prominence, 
Duke  now  ranks  among  the  best  and  the 
brightest.  Graphic  effects  by  Maxine  Mills. 


SOMETIMES  THE  HEALER  NEEDS  HEALING  by  Bob  Wilson  2 

Though  he  had  no  way  of  knowing  it  at  the  time,  John  Parrish's  year  in  the  killing  fields 
would  upend  his  personal  life,  render  him  apolitical,  and  leave  him  with  a  burden  of 
survivor  guilt  common  among  medical  providers  who  went  to  Vietnam 

PREPARING  FOR  THE  FINAL  TRANSITION  by  Bridget  Booher  8 

The  debate  over  euthanasia  has  polarized  the  country  in  much  the  same  way  as  abortion 
or  the  death  penalty;  but  it  has  also  opened  a  window  onto  a  much  larger,  and  many  would 
say  more  important  issue:  the  quality  of  care  for  the  dying 

GO  TO  THE  HEAD  OF  THE  CLASS  by  Robert].  BUwise  14 

With  a  mixture  of  planning  and  serendipity,  Duke  has  managed  to  achieve  a  level  of 
prominence  that  is  nearly  without  precedent — and  that  finds  expression  not  just  in 
magazine  rankings,  but  in  changing  profiles  of  the  student  body  and  the  faculty 

GOING  FOR  THE  SILVER  by  Michael  Goldstein  37 

Since  so  few  achieve  the  superstar  status  of  life  at  the  top,  a  Duke  social  scientist  recommends 
we  strive  for  the  middle;  the  nation's  economy  and  society  will  be  the  better  for  it 

IN  THE  FOOTSTEPS  OF  LEWIS  AND  CLARK  by  Alex  Greenwood  40 

Taking  their  inspiration  from  a  book,  a  group  of  friends  tested  their  undaunted  courage 
on  a  westward  trail  blazed  two  centuries  before 


WOMEN  IN  THE  MINISTRY  by  Robert  K.  Otterbourg 

Today's  clergywomen,  like  women  in  other  professions,  seek  assignments  commensurate 
with  their  experience,  promotions  to  jobs  once  only  held  by  men,  equal  pay,  and  the 
removal  of  social  and  lifestyle  barriers  that  once  comprised  an  all-male  ministerial  club 


45 


Qxzmxnn 

FORUM 

The  moderate  life  of  the  party,  the  legacy  of  great  teachers 

35 

GAZETTE 

A  spelling  test  for  freshmen,  honors  for  Founders'  Day,  a  symposium  for  Franklin 

49 

BOOKS 

A  poet's  finest  achievement 

54 

QUAD  QUOTES 

Foreign-language  futures,  Joycean  jolts 

56 

I^MJ^MirH 


SOMETIMES 

THE  HEALER 

NEEDS  HEALING 


WAR  WITHOUT  END 

BY  BOB  WILSON 

Though  he  had  no  way  of  knowing  it  at  the  time, 

John  Parrish's  year  in  the  killing  fields  would  upend  his  personal  life, 

render  him  apolitical,  and  leave  him  with  a  burden  of  survivor  guilt  common 

among  medical  providers  who  went  to  Vietnam. 


War  is  a  central  institution  in  human  civilization, 

and  it  has  a  history  precisely  as  long  as  civilization. 

— Gwynne  Dyer,  War 

There  were  five  of  them  bunking  down 
in  Hootch  75,  men  as  good  as  any  this 
country  ever  sent  to  war,  and  in  that 
summer  of  1967  each  was  trying  to  come  to 
terms  with  a  time 


and  a  place  called 
South  Vietnam. 

For  thirteen 
months  — Marines 
prided  themselves 
on  staying  a  month 
longer  in- country 
than  other  branches 
of  the  U.S.  military 
—  each  of  the  five 
lived  amid  the  stench 
of  diesel  fumes  and 
burning  human 
waste,  the  gut-rat- 
tling thunder  of  F-4 
Phantom  jets,  heli- 
copters ferrying  the 
quick  and  the  dead, 


drinking  water  reeking  of  bleach,  salt  tablets 
the  size  of  a  dime,  anti-malaria  pills,  monsoon 
rains,  rear-area  martinets,  and,  somewhere  in 
the  bush  beyond  the  perimeter,  a  silent  enemy 
waiting  to  kill. 

Hastily  thrown  up  at  a  Marine  Corps  base 
near  coastal  Phu  Bai,  Hootch  75  consisted  of 
little  more  than  a  concrete  floor,  a  wooden 
superstructure,  and 
an  enormous  amount 
of  screen  wire.  The 
four  naval  officers 
and  one  Marine  as- 
signed to  the  hootch 
were  an  intelligent, 
thoughtful,  and 
rather  cynical  lot,  a 
cast  of  characters  who 
could  have  walked 
straight  into  an  epi- 
sode of  M*A*S*H. 
In  1972,  one  of  the 
hootchies,  a  Navy 
doctor  named  John 
Parrish  '61,  would 
§  publish  to  acclaim 
i  one  of  the  most  riv- 


War  buddies:  a 

mustachioed  Alex 

Roland  and  John 

Parrish,  the  doctor  in 

the  hootch,  opposite, 

in  Vietnam,  1967; 

Roland  and  student 

Parrish  today,  at  left, 

outside  Roland's 

MALS  classroom 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


»: 


/ 


i 


s. 


eting  books  sired  by  the  war,  A  Doctor's  Year  in 
Vietnam,  a  cut-to-the-marrow,  nonfiction  no- 
vel about  one  man's  life  in  the  combat  zone, 
the  people  he  knew,  and  what  he  came  to 
know  about  himself. 

Barely  out  of  Yale  Medical  School,  Parrish 
knew  litde  about  Vietnam  the  country  or  Viet- 
nam the  war  when  he  arrived  at  Phu  Bai — 
few  Americans  did.  Sensing  his  disorientation, 
the  men  of  Hootch  75  "adopted"  Parrish  during 
a  round  of  beer  drinking  at  the  Phu  Bai  offi- 
cers' club.  It  was  a  pastime  among  regulars  to 
see  which  table  could  build  the  highest  pyra- 
mid of  beer  cans  —  all  empty,  of  course. 
Parrish  proved  his  mettle  by  demolishing 
Hootch  75's  pyramid  with  a  flying  can  and  a 
roar:  "Are  we  going  to  talk  or  are  we  going  to 
drink?"  Then  and  there,  the  men  of  Hootch 
75  knew  they  had  found  their  man. 

One  of  the  hootchies  who  took  Parrish's 
measure  that  night  would  figure  prominently 
in  A  Doctor's  Year  and  his  life  after  the  war.  A 
composite  character,  the  hootchie  is  a  gung- 
ho  Naval  Academy  graduate  and  Marine  cap- 
tain, Roland  Ames.  But  that's  getting  ahead 
of  the  story. 

Phu  Bai  two  years  after  the  Marines  landed 
in  Vietnam  amid  flower  leis,  photographers, 
and  the  applause  of  local  dignitaries  was  not 
M*A *S*H;  it  was  more  like  a  preview  of  hell. 
The  blood  flowing  from  3rd  Division  Marines, 
slogging  through  the  rice  paddies  and  green 
hills  west  of  Phu  Bai,  was  copious  and  real. 
John  Parrish's  job  was  to  patch  up  these  wound- 
ed Marines  and  return  them  to  combat. 

Today,  Parrish  is  the  chief  of  dermatology  at 
Harvard  Medical  School.  Then,  he  was  a  Navy 
medical  officer  working  at  the  Phu  Bai  field 
hospital.  Though  he  had  no  way  of  knowing  it 
at  the  time,  Parrish's  year  in  the  killing  fields 
would  upend  his  personal  life,  render  him 
apolitical,  and  leave  him  with  a  burden  of  sur- 
vivor guilt  common  among  medical  providers 
who  went  to  Vietnam. 

Parrish  came  home  in  1968,  finished  his  ob- 
ligation to  the  Navy,  and  began  a  civilian  ca- 
reer in  dermatology  that  has  opened  profes- 
sional doors  for  him  around  the  world.  A  few 
years  after  his  return  from  the  combat  zone, 
however,  Vietnam  began  to  creep  out  of  the 
vasty  deep  of  his  dreams  and  into  his  everyday 
life.  It  was  the  classic  manifestation  of  post- 
traumatic stress  disorder,  PTSD.  The  healer 
was  becoming  one  of  the  wounded,  too.  With 
PTSD  came  nightmares  of  crushed,  mangled, 
and  burned  bodies;  Technicolor  snippets  of  his 
assuring  young  Marines,  though  he  knew  they 
would  be  dead  by  morning;  the  depression  of 
survivor  guilt  spawned  by  knowing  that  he 
would  see  the  green  grass  of  home  and  they 
would  not.  Trying  to  make  sense  of  what  was 
happening  to  him,  Parrish  began  to  correspond 
with  his  hootchie,  "Roland  Ames."  By  1997, 
their  letters  filled  a  500-page  manuscript. 


The  function  of  the  profession  of  arms  is  the 
ordered  application  of  force  in  the  resolution  of  a 
social  problem. 

— General  Sir  John  Hackett, 
The  Profession  of  Arms 

On  paper,  it  all  seems  so  neat,  so  pre- 
cise, so  bloodless.  In  fact,  war  is  a 
blood-swollen  god,  as  Stephen  Crane 
wrote,  and  soldiers  are  the  raw  material  that 
feed  him.  Six  months  into  his  tour  in  Viet- 
nam, John  Parrish  was  mentally  and  physical- 
ly exhausted  from  trying  to  salvage  as  much 
of  that  raw  material  one  man  could  do.  He 
had  come  to  Vietnam  as  a  tabula  rasa;  now  he 
was  beginning  to  question  not  only  his  coun- 
try's involvement  in  an  Asian  civil  war,  but 
also  the  very  political  and  moral  legitimacy  of 
his  government. 

When  Parrish  returned  to  the  States  in 
1968,  he  was  a  stranger  in  a  strange  land. 
He  learned  from  rebuffs  in  San  Francisco  and 
elsewhere  what  others  in  uniform  already 
knew:  A  lot  of  Americans  had  come  to  be- 
lieve servicemen  were  part  of  the  Vietnam 
problem,  not  the  solution.  In  the  view  of  the 
anti-war  movement,  these  soldiers  had  alter- 
natives to  Vietnam — Canada  and  Sweden, 
among  others  — but  they  were  culpable  be- 


cause they  refused  to  resist  an  immoral  war. 

For  Parrish,  the  Florida-born  son  of  a  Bap- 
tist minister  who  preached  love  of  God  and 
country,  this  was  a  world  gone  belly  up.  Par- 
rish had  gone  to  Vietnam  reluctantly  but 
with  a  sense  of  duty.  His  moral  imperative 
consisted  of  keeping  wounded  Americans 
alive,  not  in  torching  straw  huts.  Though  he 
had  been  there,  had  been  in  combat,  had 
saved  lives,  Parrish  was  increasingly  troubled 
by  what  he  saw  happening  in  the  United 
States  as  well  as  by  his  failure  to  decipher  the 
"why?"  of  the  war. 

Several  top  policymakers  in  the  Johnson 
administration  wrestled  with  the  question. 
They,  too,  could  discern  no  purpose  in  con- 
tinuing a  pointless  war.  Chief  among  these 
nascent  doves  was  Defense  Secretary  Robert 
McNamara,  whose  public  support  of  the  war 
masked  a  gnawing  conviction  that  he  had 
helped  steer  the  United  States  into  a  disaster. 
McNamara  was  right.  He  and  his  advisers 
talked  arrogantly  after  the  1965  U.S.  buildup 
about  the  proper  way  to  preserve  South  Viet- 
nam: Gradually  tighten  the  screws  until  North 
Vietnam  simply  abandoned  its  struggle  to 
annex  the  South  by  force.  But  in  1968,  after 
the  Tet  Offensive  shattered  the  Johnson  ad- 
ministration's confidence  and  eroded  much  of 


CASUALTIES  OF  WAR 


Unlike  soldiers  in  earlier 
wars,  most  of  the  2  mil- 
lion Americans  who 
served  in  Vietnam  did  not  go 
there  as  members  of  military 
units.  They  went  alone,  and 
they  came  home  alone.  As  a 
result,  few  long-term  friend- 
ships seem  to  have  survived 
the  post-Vietnam  years.  Alex 
Roland  and  John  Parrish  are 
an  exception. 

Their  correspondence,  which 
may  be  adapted  for  a  book, 
consists  of  more  than  500 
manuscript  pages.  Here  are 
excerpts  from  two  of  their  let- 
ters. The  first  excerpt,  written 
by  Parrish,  suggests  a  flashback 
associated  with  his  post-trau- 
matic stress  disorder: 


June  4,  1995 
Dear  Alex, 

As  I  write  to  you,  my  mind 
and  feelings  return  to  the  first 
few  days  of  the  Tet  Offensive... 
I  know  I  sit  in  safe  Boston  in 
1995,  but  I  feel  entirely  present 
[in]  Phu  Bai  in  1968. 

Mixed  into  the  sounds  of  the 
garbage  truck  outside  my  win- 
dow, I  hear  incoming  rounds 
just  beyond  the  airstrip.. .as  I 
debride  the  injured  hand  of  a 
lieutenant  who  could  not  be 
older  than  twenty-one.  I  give 
the  lieutenant  some  sterile 
gauze  and  tell  him...that  if  the 
rounds  get  closer,  he  is  to  cover 
the  wound  with  gauze  and  roll 
off  the  litter  onto  the  floor.... 
We  lie  on  the  floor  without 


on  the  airstrip  next  to  us.  When 
quiet  returns,  several  people 
head  for  the  bunkers,  but  most 
of  us  continue  working....  With 
each  group  of  shells  my  heart 
beats  faster.  My  hands  shake 
so.. .it  is  difficult  to  continue  my 
work,  but  there  is  so  much 
work  yet  to  be  done.  We  have 
no  place  to  carry  die  wounded 
to  safety....  What  bothers  me 
most  is  the  brains  under  my 
fingernails. 

John 


June  14, 1995 
Dear  John, 

Your  last  letter  has  an  edge  to 
it,  but  I  am  thankful  you  are 
still  writing.. ..You  ask  again, 
"What  is  the  meaning  of  Viet- 
nam?" For  some  people,  Viet- 
nam stands  for  all  wars.  For 
others  it  stands  for  wars  of 
American/capitalist/Western 
imperialism.  For  others  it  stands 
for  a  noble  failure.  For  the  Ram- 
bo  crowd  it  stands  for  losing. 

In  short,  [the  meaning  of 
Vietnam]  depends  on  who  you 
are,  just  as  what  you  carried 
home  from  the  war  depends 
on  the  baggage  you  took  there 
in  the  first  place.  Ultimately, 
the  meaning  of  Vietnam  is  tied 
to  the  meaning  of  life,  which 
each  of  us  must  discern  for 
ourselves. 

...I  flunk  you  swim  about  in 
a  sea  of  emotions.  Come  ashore 
and  build  a  personal  philoso- 
phy. Read  some  philosophy, 
just  as  I  will  read  some  Viet- 
nam literature.  And  let's  com- 
pare progress  on  our  respective 
projects. 

Alex 


Parrish,  at  left:  A  Doctor's  Year 
in  Phu  Bai  never  ended 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


Air  ambulance:  UH-1D 

medevac  helicopters 

guaranteed  fast  transport 

to  a  field  hospital 


m 

i 


the  remaining  domestic  support  for  the  war, 
Washington  scrambled  to  find  a  face-saving 
exit.  That  would  consume  another  seven  years, 
30,000  more  American  lives,  and  yet  another 
president,  Richard  M.  Nixon  LL.D.  '39. 

Still  to  come  was  the  massive  but  disap- 
pointing U.S.  "incursion"  into  Cambodia  that 
sparked  fatal  protests  at  several  American  uni- 
versities, the  Christmastime  B-52  strikes  on 
Hanoi,  and  the  mining  of  Haiphong  harbor. 
The  Vietnam  that  John  Parrish,"Roland  Ames," 
and  the  other  tenants  of  Hootch  75  knew  in 
1968  had  not  reached  its  zenith. 

They  told  me  later  that  somebody  was  in  a  spider 
trap  to  the  left...  I  was  paralyzed  from  the  time  I 
got  hit.  I  knew  that  because  the  only  thing  I  could 
move  was  my  hands. 

—  Danny  Riels,  interview,  1988 

Vietnam  in  1967-68  was  a  new  spot  on 
the  map  for  kids  like  Danny  Riels,  a 
football  letterman  fresh  out  of  high 
school  in  Petal,  Mississippi.  Riels,  however, 
didn't  spend  much  time  in-country.  He  was 
paralyzed  in  his  first  and  only  firefight. 

If  the  Danny  Rielses  of  Vietnam  were  the 
raw  material  of  war,  John  Parrish  was  a  quality- 
control  inspector  with  a  medical  degree.  His 
job  was  to  repair  battle-damaged  Marines  and 
send  them  back  to  work,  using  the  military's 
coldly  efficient  triage  system.  Here,  the  integ- 
rity of  the  group  assumes  precedence  over  the 
individual;  the  soldier  with  the  best  chance  of 


survival  usually  merits  first  call  on  a  combat 
physician. 

Vietnam  casualties  taken  to  a  field  hospital 
like  the  one  in  Phu  Bai  had  a  better  chance 
of  survival  than  in  any  war  up  to  that  time. 
Thanks  to  fast  UH-1D  medevac  helicopters, 
no  American  in  Vietnam  was  more  than  thirty 
minutes  from  a  field  hospital.  When  a  higher 
level  of  care  was  needed,  another  medevac 
chopper  flew  casualties  to  a  Navy  hospital 
ship  just  over  the  horizon.  From  graceful  white 
ships  with  names  like  Repose  and  Solace,  most 
patients  who  would  leam  war  no  more  went 
on  to  U.S.  hospitals  in  Japan  and,  eventually, 
to  the  United  States. 

Parrish's  place  in  this  process  was  entry- 
level,  which  meant  he  and  other  Navy  physi- 
cians at  Phu  Bai  saw  in  all  its  immediacy  the 
worst  that  could  be  inflicted  on  the  human 
body  by  an  enemy  that  preferred  maiming 
over  killing.  His  reasoning  was  sound:  A  Ma- 
rine with  his  legs  suddenly  rendered  into  pink 
mist  by  a  Chinese-made  land  mine  was  a  win- 
ning number  in  the  lottery  of  combat. 

The  dead  required  nothing  from  the  living; 
the  near-dead  required  a  great  deal.  Anti-per- 
sonnel mines  and  booby  traps  were  cheap, 
effective  ways  to  sap  a  Marine  unit's  strength 
and  morale.  Furthermore,  the  regime  of  Ho 
Chi  Minh  reaped  a  bonus  with  every  mangled 
American  who  came  home  from  Vietnam:  more 
home-front  opposition  to  the  war.  Maiming 
was  Hanoi's  way  of  taking  the  war  into  Ameri- 
ca's living  rooms,  and  it  worked. 


What  made  me  and  the  Americanization  of  the 

VietnamWar  are  the  same.  I  am  theVietnamWar. 

—John  Parrish,  M.D. 

On  a  pleasant  July  evening,  thirteen 
graduate  students  in  Duke's  Master 
of  Arts  in  Liberal  Studies  (MALS) 
program  join  Parrish  and  history  department 
chair  Alex  Roland  Ph.D.  '74— the  "Roland 
Ames"  of  A  Doctor'sYear — in  a  Carr  Building 
seminar  room.  These  students,  ages  twenty- 
three  to  fifty-seven,  signed  up  for  "The  Mean- 
ing of  Vietnam,"  one  the  most  unusual  graduate 
courses  ever  offered  by  the  university.  From  now 
until  late  August,  they  will  search  for  meaning 
in  the  Vietnam  War — indeed,  whether  the 
United  States'  eleven-year  involvement  in  a 
Third  World  country's  civil  war  has  any  shared 
meaning  at  all. 

The  course  is  Parrish's  idea,  refined  by  Ro- 
land. The  MALS  students  will  not  pore  over 
military  tactics  and  strategies.  Rather,  as  Ro- 
land agreed  to  teach  it,  the  seminar  will  ex- 
amine the  ideologies,  politics,  and  belief  sys- 
tems of  the  1950s  and  1960s  that  led  to  the 
U.S.  takeover  of  the  Vietnam  conflict.  As  the 
students  will  learn  in  readings,  films,  and  class 
discussions,  the  takeover  was  the  product  of 
dubious,  often  false  perceptions  about  the  na- 
ture of  the  war.  Perhaps  the  most  fateful  of 
those  perceptions  stemmed  from  the  Johnson 
administration's  embrace  of  the  domino  theo- 
ry, which  held  that  a  Communist  victory  in 
South  Vietnam  would  soon  ripple  through 


November -December   1997 


other  former  colonial  states  in  Indochina. 

Few  people  except  historians  talk  about 
the  domino  theory  today.  But  by  the  time 
John  F.  Kennedy  took  office,  the  theory  was 
already  looming  over  U.S.  policy  in  Southeast 
Asia.  The  domino  theory  fundamentally  mis- 
read events  by  holding  up  South  Vietnam  as 
a  textbook  example  of  monolithic  Commu- 
nism on  the  prowl.  Had  not  the  West  con- 
fronted the  same  menace  a  decade  earlier  in 
South  Korea? 

Yes,  but  Vietnam  was  not  and  never  would 
be  the  Korean  War  redux.  The  war  in  Vietnam 
originated  in  a  nationalist  movement  dedi- 
cated to  unifying  North  and  South.  In  reality, 
the  Ho  Chi  Minh  regime  privately  gave  little 
more  than  lip  service  to  Marxist-Leninist  doc- 
trine. 


B 


y  the  time  an  orange  summer  sun  dips 
below  the  East  Campus  tree  line,  Ro- 
land is  deep  into  the  Socratic  method, 
at  which  he  excels.  His  questions  center  more 
on  how  the  students  themselves  perceive 
Vietnam  than  on  the  who,  why,  and  when  of 
the  war.  If  the  domino  theory  grew  out  of 
Cold  War  perceptions  of  international  Com- 
munism, Roland  asks,  what  perceptions  might 
we  as  individuals  have  of  Vietnam — and  are 
those  perceptions  similarly  real  or  imagined? 

Each  student,  of  course,  "sees"  a  Vietnam 
colored  by  his  or  her  beliefs  and  perceptions. 
Liberals  in  the  class  generally  regard  the 
Vietnam  War  as  an  internal  nationalistic 
struggle  that  posed  little  or  no  serious  threat 
to  other  Southeast  Asia  states  and  none  at  all 
to  this  country.  Students  with  a  more  conser- 
vative bent  tend  to  assess  the  war  as  a  tenta- 
cle of  international  Communism  that  had  to  be 
cut  off. 

MALS  student  Joyce  Ward,  fifty-five,  who 
operates  a  1,000-acre  truck  farm  with  her  hus- 
band in  Bladen  County,  North  Carolina,  found 
herself  in  the  middle  of  the  ideological  spec- 
trum. "If  there  is  an  inherent  meaning  to  the 
Vietnam  War,"  she  told  me,  "perhaps  it  is  that 
no  country  should  ever  be  so  arrogant... as  to 
believe  it  has  discovered  the  best  and  only 
way  a  people  should  be  governed." 

No  one  in  Ward's  immediate  family  went  to 
Vietnam.  Not  so  for  Jennifer  Madriaga,  a  his- 
tory graduate  student  and  "Navy  brat"  whose 
father  served  in  the  war  zone.  Although  she 
went  into  the  course  "thinking  Vietnam  was  a 
tragedy,  and  that  viewpoint  did  not  change," 
Madriaga  believes  the  seminar  helped  her  find 
the  right  place  for  Vietnam  within  the  larger 
context  of  the  1960s.  Perhaps,  she  suggested, 
the  war  might  be  seen  as  a  reflection  of  many 
other  events  —  assassinations,  urban  riots,  the 
civil  rights  and  feminist  revolutions — that 
defined  a  violent  decade  for  Americans. 

To  assign  a  common  meaning  to  the  war  is, 
Roland  argues,  futile.  For  most  Americans  who 


PARRISH  AND  OTHER 
NAVY  PHYSICIANS  AT 
PHU  BAI  SAW  IN  ALL 
ITS  IMMEDIACY  THE 
WORST  THAT  COULD 
BE  INFLICTED  ON  THE 

HUMAN  BODY 

BY  AN  ENEMY  THAT 

PREFERRED  MAIMING 

OVER  KILLING. 


were  there,  Vietnam  to  this  day  remains  a  sur- 
realistic journey  into  the  nether  reaches  of  the 
human  experience.  Events  and  people  in  Viet- 
nam often  were  not  what  or  who  you  be- 
lieved. A  South  Vietnamese  Army  major  might 
well  be  (and  some  were)  in  reality  a  colonel  in 
the  North  Vietnamese  army.  The  Vietnamese 
maid  who  swept  your  hootch  or  washed  your 
jungle  fatigues  might  be  a  Viet  Cong  agent 
(and  some  were)  preparing  a  detailed  map  of 
your  base  for  the  Tet  Offensive.  An  Army 
unit  calling  itself  a  "studies  and  observation 
group"  might  consist  of  volunteers  going  into 
Laos,  Cambodia,  or  North  Vietnam  on  com- 
mando raids.  Many  of  these  men  were  never 
seen  again. 

Distinguishing  between  the  real  and  the 


Parrish's  three  Vietnams:  being  in-country,  suffering 
the  stress  disorder,  looking  for  answers 

unreal  in  Vietnam  was  so  difficult  that  writer 
Michael  Herr,  one  of  the  best  war  correspon- 
dents of  the  era,  suggested  in  his  book  Dis- 
patches that  conventional,  fact-based  journal- 
ism collapsed  in  Vietnam.  Most  journalists 
were  willing  conduits  for  official  facts  because 
the  paradigm  of  their  craft  required  it.  If  a 
brigade  commander  said  his  troops  had  killed 
145  VC  on  the  Michelin  Rubber  Plantation, 
his  claim  was  accepted  as  fact.  However,  such 
"facts"  usually  consisted  of  numbers  inflated 
by  lower-level  commanders  who  feared  their 
career  tickets  wouldn't  be  punched  if  they 
failed  to  "produce"  their  quota  of  VC  and 
NVA  bodies.  Even  though  everyone  in  the 
chain  of  command  knew  the  body  count  was 
a  work  of  fiction,  and  furthermore  that  they 
were  participating  in  the  deception,  the  prac- 
tice dutifully  assumed  a  life  of  its  own.  Thus 
was  the  Vietnam  War  reported  in  newspapers 
and  on  TV  newscasts  back  home. 

However  Daliesque  the  war  appeared  to 
civilians,  what  the  people  in  the  belly  of  the 
beast  lived  with  day  and  night  was  not  the 
work  of  a  creative  imagination.  In  its  darkest 
moments,  life  in  the  sandpit  called  Phu  Bai 
went  beyond  imagination. 

Parrish  knows  that.  He  is  one  of  thousands 
of  Vietnam  veterans  with  PTSD,  warriors  who 
left  a  part  of  themselves  on  a  foreign  field. 
Some  go  back,  looking  for  the  patch  of  red  la- 
terite  earth  where  they  felt  the  hard  thump  of 
an  AK-47  round,  where  a  buddy  "bought  the 
farm,"  where  visions  of  life  after  the  war  were 
shared  amid  gripes  about  C-rations,  terminal- 
ly dumb  second  lieutenants,  and  Dear  John 
letters. 

Parrish  has  not  gone  back.  There  is  no  need 
to  physically  return,  he  says,  to  a  place  that 
lives  within  him.  In  a  paper  for  Roland's  sem- 
inar, he  wrote,  "I  captured  my  one-year  war 
into  my  soul  and  have  not  let  it  go."  He  really 
is  the  Vietnam  War,  bottled  at  the  source. 

War,  war,  war.  If  either  of  you  boys  says  'war' just 

once  again,  I'll  go  in  the  house  and  slam  the  door. 

— Scarlett  O'Hara, 

Gone  With  the  Wind 

Soldiers  who  have  yet  to  experience  com- 
bat talk  a  great  deal  about  it.  Afterward, 
they  prefer  to  talk  about  other  things. 
For  a  couple  of  hours  on  an  August  after- 
noon, however,  I  joined  Parrish  and  Roland  at 
the  latter 's  house  in  Duke  Forest  to  talk  about 
war  as  they  knew  it.  Half-jokingly,  Roland 
says  he  long  ago  stuffed  Vietnam  into  his  file 
of  "learning  experiences,"  and  today  has  more 
bad  dreams  about  life  as  a  Naval  Academy 
midshipman  than  about  his  thirteen  months 
at  Phu  Bai.  The  jocularity  fades  when  Roland 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


begins  to  talk  about  the  U.S.  military  perfor- 
mance in  Vietnam,  much  of  which  he  dismiss- 
es as  almost  criminally  inept.  Vietnam,  he  de- 
clares, was  a  struggle  between  a  Third  World 
foe  steeped  in  Mao's  doctrine  of  protracted 
war  and  an  American  military  whose  mindset 
for  twenty  years  had  dwelled  on  defeating  a 
Soviet  invasion  of  Europe. 

Thus,  Roland's  Vietnam  is  one  that  we  went 
into  with  arrogance,  only  to  come  out,  as  the 
French  did,  with  our  tail  between  our  legs.  We 
cannot  change  the  past,  so  let's  get  on  with 
what  can  be  changed,  the  present. 

Parrish  defines  not  one  but  three  Vietnams. 
The  first  was  his  physical  presence  in-country, 
the  only  Vietnam  in  the  past.  The  second 
Vietnam  is  his  stress  disorder.  The  third  Viet- 
nam is  his  quest  for  answers.  Parrish  does  not 
talk  much  this  day  about  what  he  saw  and  did 
three  decades  ago.  What  he  is  seeking,  and 
what  Roland  has  tried  to  help  him  find,  is  a 
fourth  Vietnam:  coming  home. 

I  ask  Parrish  if  he  has  read  a  classic  medita- 
tion on  war  written  by  philosopher  J.  Glenn 
Gray  forty  years  ago.  It  turns  out  Parrish  had 
read  Gray's  book,  The  Warriors:  Reflections  on 
Men  in  Battle  and  found  it,  as  I  did,  immense- 
ly thought-provoking.  One  of  Gray's  chapters 
bears  an  altogether  curious  and  unforgettable 
title, "The  Enduring  Appeals  of  Battle."  What 
could  be  appealing  about  the  worst  violence 
that  humankind  inflicts  upon  itself?  The 
words  in  the  title  seem  contradictory.  Yet,  Gray 
knew  what  he  was  writing  about;  as  an  Army 
officer  in  World  War  II,  he  discovered  in 
himself  the  strange  appeal  of  battle.  War  does 
hold  many  a  soldier  in  thrall;  only  in  battle 
does  he  stand  on  the  very  cusp  of  life  and 
death.  Only  as  a  soldier  is  he  permitted  to 
wield  so  much  individual  power  over  the  fate 
of  others. 

For  the  rest  of  their  lives,  soldiers  can  recall 
with  a  fondness  that  astonishes  civilians  the 
thrill  of  power  and  the  lure  of  war.  What  else 
could  General  Douglas  McArthur  have  meant 
when,  in  a  moment  of  Freudian  candor,  he  told 
his  aides  the  Korean  War  was  "Mars'  last  gift 
to  an  old  soldier"? 

It  is  here,  just  before  our  time  runs  out  on 
that  August  afternoon,  that  Parrish  utters  what 
I  had  begun  to  sense  and  what  Roland  no 
doubt  has  long  known.  "I  am  afraid,"  Parrish 
says  softly,  "I  will  discover  that  I  am  fascinated 
by  war."  If  so,  coming  to  terms  with  the  endur- 
ing appeals  of  battle  will  be  the  first  step  to- 
ward home  for  John  Parrish,  just  as  it  was  for 
the  rest  of  us. 


Wilson  A.M.  '88,  an  Army  officer  in  Vietnam 
in  I966-6Z  is  the  author  of  Landing  Zones, 
Southern  Veterans  Remember  Vietnam.  He  is 
editorial  editor  at  Durham's  Herald-Sun. 


DATE  SOMEONE 
WHO  KNOWS  THAT 

BAUHAUS 

IS  NOT  AVAILABLE 

ON  TAP 

GRADUATES  AND  FACULTY  OF 

DUKE, 

THE  IVIES, 

SEVEN  SISTERS,  STANFORD 

BERKELEY,  MIT,  CALTECH, 

UNIVERSITY  OF  CHICAGO, 

JOHNS  HOPKINS 

CLAREMONT  COLLEGES, 

ACCREDITED  MEDICAL 

SCHOOLS 

DATE  ALUMNI  AND  ACADEMICS 

MORE  THAN  2500 
MEMBERS 


RIGHT 

STUFF 


800-988-5288 


Crook's 

l>   i_   ^jJH 

Hm5^                Fine  Southern 
Dining 

Serving  Dinner  & 
2-f.               Sunday  Brunch 

Call  for  a  Brochure:  919-684-6259 


MIKE 

1998  SUMMER  PROGRAMS] 


FINE  ARTS 
grades  5-8 


SCIENCE 
girls,  grades  5-7 


CREATIVE  WRITING 
grades  6-11 


Visit  our  web  site:  wwwJearnmore.duke.edu 


November-December  1997 


turn 


PREPARING 

FORTHE  FINAL 

TRANSITION 


ARE  YOU  READY  TO  DIE? 


BY  BRIDGET  BOOHER 


The  debate  over  euthanasia  has  polarized  the  country  in  much 

the  same  way  as  abortion  or  the  death  penalty.  But  it  has  also  opened 

a  window  onto  a  much  larger,  and  many  would  say  more  important, 

issue:  the  quality  of  care  for  the  dying. 


As  families  come  together  this  season 
to  celebrate  Hanukkah  or  Christmas 
or  Kwanza,  there's  a  topic  of  discus- 
sion that  should — but  probably  won't — be 
broached.  The  subject  is  death,  that  in- 
evitable exit  we  all  will  make.  While  our  en- 
trance into  the  world  was  likely  a  joyous  occa- 
sion that  required  nothing  from  us,  our  deaths 
will  demand  more.  Do  you  know  how  your 
parents  want  to  spend  their  final  weeks? 
Whether  your  sister  would  want  to  be  kept 
alive  on  a  ventilator  if  she  had  an  incurable 
condition?  What  would  make  life  not  worth 
living  anymore  for  you? 

Unfortunately,  these  frank  reflections  often 
take  place  when  it's  too  late,  when  a  loved 
one's  prognosis  is  poor.  We  hope  and  pray  and 
convince  ourselves  that  everything  will  be  all 
right.  But  suddenly  we  find  ourselves  standing 
next  to  a  grandmother  or  son  who  lies  barely 
conscious  in  a  hospital  bed,  being  asked  to 
chart  a  course  of  care-giving  that  ranges  from 
wait-and-see  (while  racking  up  astronomically 
expensive  hospital  bills)  to  questioning  whether 
to  withdraw  artificial  life  support  (Is  there  more 
we  could  do?). 

Ideally,  dying  should  be  easy.  We  fall  asleep 


and  don't  wake  up.  Or  we  slowly  drift  from 
consciousness  into  a  comfortable  fog  that  ends 
with  a  natural  cessation  of  our  hearts  or  lungs. 
The  reality,  however,  isn't  always  so  peaceful. 
We  no  longer  die  the  way  we  used  to;  most  of 
us  will  take  our  final  breaths  in  institutions 
like  nursing  homes  or  hospitals  rather  than  in 
our  own  homes.  As  advancements  in  medical 
technology  have  made  it  possible  to  prolong 
life,  we  as  patients  expect — in  fact,  demand — 
that  all  resources  are  made  available  to  us, 
even  when  we're  faced  with  a  terminal  dis- 
ease. We  die  with  tubes  and  monitors  in  place, 
technological  experiments  in  resisting  the 
inevitable. 

In  the  larger  public  arena,  there's  been  re- 
newed attention  to  death  and  dying  in  Ameri- 
ca. Most  visibly,  the  debate  over  euthanasia — 
from  the  questionable  tactics  of  retired  path- 
ologist Jack  Kevorkian  to  this  summer's  two 
Supreme  Court  decisions  allowing  states  to 
continue  banning  physician-assisted  suicide — 
has  polarized  the  country  in  much  the  same 
way  as  abortion  or  the  death  penalty.  (While 
the  word  euthanasia  is  often  used  as  a  euphe- 
mism for  mercy  killing,  its  literal  meaning  is 
"good  death.")  The  controversy  has  divided 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


ILLUSTRATIONS  BY  JON  LEZINSKY 


POO 


M 


rv;" 


4«  4  i  »***    ft    to 


|i      Mfc******,!**^. 


& 


physicians,  patients'  rights  groups,  ethicists, 
economists,  religious  leaders,  nurses,  legal  ex- 
perts, and  theologians.  But  it  has  also  afford- 
ed a  window  onto  a  much  larger,  and  many 
would  say  more  important,  issue:  the  quality 
of  care  for  the  dying. 

"Our  society  in  general  is  a  very  death- 
denying  culture,"  says  James  Tulsky,  assistant 
professor  of  medicine  at  Duke  Medical  Cen- 
ter and  Durham's  Veterans  Affairs  (VA)  Medi- 
cal Center.  "My  view  is  that  assisted  suicide 
may  be  permissible  in  those  rare  circumstances 
where  patients  are  suffering  so  much  that 
pain  simply  cannot  be  alleviated  by  the  best 
that  palliative  care  has  to  offer.  But  the  real 
issue  is  that  so  many  people  are  getting  inad- 
equate palliative  care." 

There  are  a  number  of  reasons  why  this  is 
so,  none  more  central  than  the  doctor-patient 
(and  by  extension,  family)  relationship.  Phy- 
sicians aren't  always  comfortable  talking 
about  death,  although  it  is  a  natural  mile- 
stone in  one's  life.  Doctors  have  been  trained 
to  view  death  as,  if  not  outright  failure,  then 
the  least  desired  outcome.  Given  the  impos- 
ing armamentarium  available,  there's  always 
one  more  test  to  run  or  one  more  interven- 
tion to  try.  Patients  share  this  belief  that  the 
next  assortment  of  drugs  will  make  a  differ- 
ence, or  that  even  though  very  few  people 
recover  from  a  given  procedure,  they  will  be 
the  exception. 

"Doctors  don't  usually  relay  the  negative 
aspects  of  prognosis  until  the  very  end,"  says 
Tulsky.  "The  treatment  team  is  trying  very 
hard  to  communicate  to  the  family  that  they 
should  maintain  hope  and  keep  focused  on 
the  bright  side  of  things.  Meanwhile,  the  fam- 
ily is  getting  lots  of  different  messages.  They're 
being  told  extremely  technical  things — that 
blood  pressure  is  constant  or  kidney  function 
has  improved — so  they  hold  on  to  these 
minute  changes  even  though,  in  the  grand 
scheme  of  things,  they  mean  very  little  if  the 
patient  has  multiple  problems." 

"What's  going  on  in  the  doctor's  mind,"  he 
says,  "is  that  this  patient  is  sicker  than  sick, 
and,  if  he  really  thought  about  it,  the  progno- 
sis is  no  higher  than  a  30  percent  survival 
rate.  Another  week  goes  by — no  improve- 
ment— and  now  the  prognosis  is  about  10 
percent.  But  he  doesn't  communicate  that  to 
the  family.  So  the  day  comes  when  the  doctor 
goes  to  the  family  and  says,  'Look,  we  should 
think  about  withdrawing  treatment.'  And  the 
family  is  shocked.  'What?!  But  yesterday  you 
said  that  kidney  function  was  better.'  So  those 
transition  periods  can  be  very,  very  difficult." 

Tulsky,  who  came  to  Duke  in  1993,  is  on  the 
leading  edge  of  a  medical  education  revolu- 
tion. Through  the  Open  Society  Institute's 
landmark  Project  on  Death  in  America,  Tul- 
sky was  chosen  as  one  of  the  inaugural  Soros 
Faculty  Scholars   (funded  by  philanthropist 


George  Soros).  With  additional  funding  from 
the  Robert  Wood  Johnson  Foundation,  he  is 
teaching  medical  students  and  residents  how 
to  grapple  with  the  complex  challenges  of  im- 
proving communication  between  doctor  and 
patient,  specifically  in  terms  of  end-of-life 
care. 

PRIME,  a  primary  care  training  program  for 
VA  residents,  is  a  combined  inpatient/outpa- 
tient  rotation  that  lasts  for  three  months 
rather  than  the  usual  one  month.  The  team- 
based  arrangement  simulates  the  demands 
and  rhythms  of  private  practice,  with  an  addi- 
tional academic  component  that  explores  the 
practical  and  philosophical  implications  of 
practicing  medicine.  Tulsky  says  the  inten- 
sive, four-year-long  study  will  serve  as  a  con- 
trolled trial  to  see  how  PRIME  residents  and 
their  patients  fare  as  compared  to  the  resi- 
dents (and  their  patients)  who  did  not  go 
through  the  PRIME  curriculum. 

Similarly,  PRACTICE,  a  one-year-old  in- 
novative curriculum  at  Duke  Medical  Center, 


exposes  medical  students  to  primary  care 
training.  Beginning  in  February,  ten  hours  of 
classroom  discussions  will  be  added  to  students' 
educations;  topics  will  range  from  how  to 
break  bad  news  to  eliciting  patient  treatment 
preferences,  and  they  may  also  visit  hospices 
and  keep  journals  of  their  experiences. 
Training  medical  students  about  death  and 
dying  is  now  starting  to  become  an  integrated 
part  of  the  curriculum  for  many  medical 
schools.  But  as  recently  as  1993,  an  American 
Medical  Association  study  found  that  just  26 
percent  of  7,048  hospital-residency  programs 
included  such  a  course. 

Trained  as  a  general  internist,  Tulsky  has 
spent  his  professional  career  examining  the 
intersection  of  medicine  and  social  science. 
As  an  undergraduate  at  Cornell,  he  majored 
in  Biology  and  Society,  an  interdisciplinary 
program  that  combined  biomedical  science 
with  courses  on  philosophy  and  ethics.  As  a 
medical  student  at  the  University  of  Illinois- 
Chicago,  Tulsky  developed  an  independent 


ASSISTED  SUICIDE:  A  RIGHT  OR  A  WRONG? 


Do  we  have  a  constitu- 
tional right  to  end  our 
own  lives?  That  was  the 
thrust  of  two  cases  decided  by 
the  U.S.  Supreme  Court  this 
summer,  and  while  both  suits 
revolved  around  the  14th 
Amendment,  the  suits  differed 
significantly  in  how  they  were 
argued.  Still,  in  both  instances 
the  justices  overturned  earlier 
court  cases  that  ruled  in  favor 
of  physician-assisted  suicide. 
The  first  case,  brought  by 
the  Seattle-based  group 
Compassion  in  Dying  against 
the  state  of  Washington,  cen- 
tered on  the  due  process  clause 
of  the  14th  Amendment.  If 
an  individual  has  the  constitu- 
tional right  to  make  decisions 
about  whether  or  not  to  bear 
children  (the  abortion  debate), 
lawyers  for  the  group  argued, 
then  having  control  over  how 
one  dies  is  a  natural  part  of 
that  continuum  and  the  courts 
shouldn't  interfere. 

The  second  case,  Vbcco  vs. 
Quill,  centered  on  the  equal 
protection  clause  of  the  14th 
Amendment.  A  group  of  termi- 
nally ill  patients  and  their 
physicians,  including  Timothy 
Quill  (who  set  off  a  firestorm  in 
1992  when  he  wrote  a  medical 
journal  article  about  helping  a 
patient  commit  suicide),  main- 
tained that  New  York's  ban  on 
assisted  suicide  is  inconsistent 
with  a  dying  patient's  legal 
right  to  refuse  treatment  or  to 
be  taken  off  life-support.  In 


other  words,  a  policy  that  only 
allows  terminally  ill  people  to 
decide  their  fates  (and  only 
under  specific  circumstances)  is 
discriminatory. 

While  nearly  all  major 
medical  organizations  oppose 
assisted  suicide,  surveys  of 
physicians  and  their  support 
staffs  report  that  "passive 
euthanasia"  is  quietly  and  rou- 
tinely practiced.  For  example, 
instead  of  treating  every 
infection  that  occurs  in  a  dying 
cancer  patient,  a  physician 
might  recommend  a  less 
aggressive  course  of  treatment 
that  focuses  on  palliative  care. 
Slow  morphine  drips  have 
helped  countless  patients  die 
peaceful  deaths;  while  the 


underlying  condition  is  what 
killed  them,  the  morphine 
allowed  the  disease  to  take  its 
course  naturally  without  caus- 
ing undue  pain. 

Despite  the  Supreme  Court 
decisions,  the  debate  surround- 
ing assisted  suicide  is  far  from 
settled.  For  example,  most  sur- 
veys show  that  the  American 
public  is  fairly  evenly  divided 
on  the  issue,  with  a  slight 
majority  in  favor. 

But  a  survey  conducted  by 
Duke  psychiatrist  Harold 
Koenig  found  that  the  popula- 
tion most  likely  to  be  affected 
by  assisted  suicide — elderly, 
frail  patients — opposes  it  the 
most  As  reported  in  the 
October  1996  issue  of  Archives 
of  Internal  Medicine,  the  twenty- 
month  study  conducted  at 
Duke  Hospital  found  that  only 
39.9  percent  of  patients  at  the 
geriatric  evaluation  and  treat- 
ment clinic  favored  assisted 
suicide,  as  compared  to  59.3 
percent  of  those  patients' 
relatives. 

"These  findings  are  provoca- 
tive and  of  great  concern 
because  the  frail,  elderly,  poorly 
educated,  and  demented  mem- 
bers of  our  society  have  little 
power  to  influence  public  poli- 
cy that  may  directly  affect 
them,"  says  Koenig.  "If  physi- 
cian-assisted suicide  is  made 
legal,  then  this  population  may 
warrant  special  measures." 


10      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


study  in  geriatrics  and  ethics,  including  a  stint 
at  the  Hastings  Center  for  Bioethics.  His 
medical  training  at  the  University  of  Cali- 
fornia-San Francisco,  augmented  by  a  Robert 
Wood  Johnson  Clinical  Scholars  Fellowship, 
paired  him  with  Bernard  Lo,  one  of  the  coun- 
try's leading  ethicists. 

WhatTulsky  and  others  have  found 
is  that  doctors  and  patients  gen- 
erally talk  in  two  different  lan- 
guages— medical  terminology  versus  life  ex- 
periences— which  results  in  frequent,  poten- 
tially life-altering  misunderstandings.  For  ex- 
ample, a  physician  asks  a  dying  patient,  "Do 
you  want  us  to  do  everything  we  can  to  save 
you?"  That  kind  of  phrasing,  says  Tulsky,  gives 
the  patient  no  other  option  but  to  say  yes.  But 
the  communication  doesn't  even  have  to  be 
that  binary  to  have  a  negative  effect.  Instead 
of  asking  patients  and  their  families  to  weigh, 
for  example,  the  serious  risks  of  CPR,  a  physi- 
cian might  frame  the  procedure  in  vague  terms, 
such  as  "sometimes  it's  futile,  sometimes  it's 
traumatic."  (Unlike  the  almost  routine  suc- 
cesses of  CPR  on  shows  like  ER  and  Chicago 
Hope,  the  procedure  carries  grave  risks  and  is 
usually  unsuccessful — just  7  to  14  percent  ot 
hospitalized  patients  who  undergo  CPR  sur- 
vive to  be  discharged.) 

In  a  study  conducted  by  Tulsky,  ethicist  Lo, 
and  Margaret  Chesney  in  1992,  only  13  per- 
cent of  medical  residents  at  three  teaching 
hospitals  mentioned  the  patient's  likelihood 
of  survival  after  CPR.  Less  than  20  percent 
mentioned  such  adverse  outcomes  as  neuro- 
logical damage  or  prolonged  stays  in  intensive 
care  units.  Remarkably,  these  pivotal  conver- 
sations lasted  a  median  of  ten  minutes,  with 
the   physician  doing  most  of  the   talking. 


percent?  Because  what  really  matters  is  what's 
going  to  happen  to  you,  not  what's  going  to 
happen  to  sixty  out  of  a  hundred  patients.' 
You  want  to  make  sure  that  people  have  hope 
they'll  be  among  the  40  percent,  because 
study  after  study  has  shown  that  when  people 
have  a  positive  outlook,  or  feel  they  have  God 


patient  says,  'Oh,  by  the  way...'  and  that's  the 
thing  that's  really  bothering  them.  At  that 
point,  you've  already  used  up  the  allotted  fif- 
teen or  twenty  minutes. 

"What  I  usually  do  is  rob  Peter  to  pay  Paul, 
so  if  I  have  a  patient  who  really  needs  thirty 
or  forty  minutes,  I  try  to  balance  that  against 
patients  who  only  need  ten.  But  the  point  is 
that  when  you  get  those  'Oh,  by  the  ways...,'  it 
indicates  that  your  communication  could 
have  been  more  efficient.  It's  extremely  hard. 
Even  though  I  teach  this  stuff,  and  think  I'm 
reasonably  decent  at  it,  the  time  factor  is  just 
so  tough." 

Offering  a  range  of  medical  options  for  ill 
and  dying  patients  is  crucial  for  mapping  out 
day-to-day  treatment  plans.  Yet  a  larger  issue 
remains:  How  will  a  patient  live  out  her  final 
months  or  days  when  that  time  comes?  If 
each  of  us  can  articulate  a  personal  vision  of 
the  good  life,  what  then  do  we  hope  for  in  a 
good  death?  Will  there  be  pain?  Will  it  be 
scary?  Can  we  be  in  control?  It's  hard  enough 
to  ask  ourselves  these  questions,  much  less 
articulate  them  for  a  physician  who  may  only 
be  with  us  for  twenty-minute  intervals  at  a 
time.  Similarly,  doctors  responsible  for  dying 
patients  can  find  it  hard  to  make  the  transi- 
tion from  focusing  on  curing  to  caring. 

Physician  Keith  G.  Meador  Th.M.  '86  is  an 
associate  clinical  professor  of  psychiatry  and 
pastoral  theology.  He  divides  his  time  be- 
tween supervising  medical  residents  and  stu- 
dents at  the  VA  on  inpatient  service,  and 
teaching  pastoral  care  courses  at  the  divinity 
school.  He's  seen  first-hand  how  difficult  it 
can  be  for  physicians  to  concede  that  "heal- 
ing" is  no  longer  a  prospect.  "We're  supposed 
to  make  life  go  on,"  he  says.  "We're  not 
trained  to  be  present  and  unafraid  of  suffer- 


IT'S  IMPORTANT  FOR  PEOPLE  TO  FEEL  THAT  THEIR  LIVES  HAVE  BEEN  IMPORTANT, 
THAT  THE  UNIQUE  STORY  OF  ONE'S  LIFE  IS  HEARD  AND  APPRECIATED. 


(Perhaps  not  surprisingly,  given  the  brevity 
and  one-sided  nature  of  these  discussions,  a 
patient's  personal  values  and  goals  were 
addressed  in  just  10  percent  of  cases.) 

Duke  oncology  resident  Amy  Abernathy 
has  worked  closely  with  Tulsky  and  shares  his 
sensitivity  to  the  power  of  communication.  It's 
a  delicate  balance,  she  says,  to  deliver  frank 
details  about  a  patient's  condition  while  still 
providing  encouragement.  She  admits  to  being 
frustrated  when  patients  ask  how  long  they 
have  to  live.  "I  never  know  what  to  say.  We  try 
to  give  general  ranges — on  the  order  of  weeks 
to  months,  or  months  to  a  couple  of  years  — 
instead  of  absolute  times."  If  they  persist,  she'll 
tell  them  the  percentages,  but  with  a  caveat: 
"I'll  say,  'Now  listen.  That's  what  happens  to 
60  percent  of  patients,  but  what  makes  you 
think  you're  not  going  to  be  part  of  the  40 


on  their  side,  they  do  better.  At  the  same  time, 
you  don't  want  to  give  them  so  much  false 
hope  that  it's  time  to  say  goodbye  to  their 
grandchildren  and  they  haven't  done  so." 

Given  the  demands  on  a  physician's  time, 
and  the  pressures  of  managed  care  to  process 
as  many  patients  as  possible,  is  it  feasible  to 
expect  successful,  introspective  exchanges  to 
be  the  norm?  Tulsky  admits  that  it's  challenge 
enough  to  gauge  what  matters  spiritually  and 
emotionally  to  each  individual  patient,  much 
less  incorporate  that  into  every  encounter. 
"What  often  happens  is  that  the  first  thing 
out  of  a  person's  mouth  tends  to  get  ten  min- 
utes, and  that's  not  what's  most  important. 
Patients  often  don't  say  what's  most  impor- 
tant first  because  they're  embarrassed.  In  the 
medical  world,  this  is  called  'Oh,  by  the  way...' 
You're  walking  out  of  the  exam  room  and  the 


ing.  That's  hard  for  a  lot  of  physicians.  I  think 
that's  one  thing  the  theological  community 
has  to  offer  the  medical  community.  I  do  not 
think  there's  a  split  between  the  world  of 
medicine  and  the  world  of  theology.  I  think 
this  is  a  place  where  that  crossover  is  vital.  So 
often  when  someone's  dying,  physicians  feel 
like  failures.  But  that  kind  of  thinking  dis- 
tracts from  being  able  to  sit  with  someone, 
not  to  have  to  answer  them,  not  to  have  an 
intervention,  just  be  quiet  and  be  with  them. 
The  idea  that  a  doctor  would  sit  with  a  pa- 
tient knowing  that  things  don't  look  good 
could  be  powerfully  comforting." 

Meador  says  he  clearly  recalls  his  earliest 
experience  with  death  in  a  clinical  setting.  He 
was  a  medical  student  in  a  large  urban  hospi- 
tal and  a  patient  died  of  respiratory  illness.  "It 
happened  in  the  middle  ot  the  day,  in  a  place 


November-December   1W7 


11 


where  people  died  every  day,  but  I  felt  the 
need  for  something  more,  for  some  ritual  or 
an  acknowledgment.  I  was  one  of  the  younger 
people  on  the  medical  team,  so  I  looked  to  the 
role  models  around  me — how  are  we  sup- 
posed  to  act?  So  you  fall  in  line  even  though 
you  feel  uncomfortable." 


DEATH  BY  DESIGN 


artha  Henderson's 
first  job  after  grad- 
i  uarion  from  nursing 
school  was  working  at  San 
Francisco  General  Hospital. 
One  of  her  patients,  a  frail, 
elderly  patient  with  advanced 
arthritis,  told  Henderson  B.S.N. 
'68,  M.S.N.  '78  that  she  was, 
essentially,  ready  to  die.  But 
when  the  woman  went  into 
cardiac  arrest,  Henderson  and 
the  attending  physician  began 
the  customary  CPR  procedure. 
"We  were  pumping  on  this  lit- 
tle lady's  bony  chest  and  doing 
resuscitation  and  I  knew  very 
deep  down  that  this  was  not 
right,"  recalls  Henderson.  "I 
thought,  this  lady  is  ready  to 
die.  Why  don't  we  just  let  her 
die?" 

Now  a  clinical  assistant  pro- 
fessor at  the  University  of 
North  Carolina  at  Chapel  Hill's 
School  of  Nursing,  Henderson 
has  committed  her  professional 
career  to  the  practical  and  ethi- 
cal needs  of  the  geriatric  popu- 
lation. Like  James  Tulsky,  she  is 
interested  in  the  social  and  spir- 
itual dimensions  of  caring  for 
the  dying,  and  in  improving 
how  such  care  is  administered. 

In  addition  to  her  nursing 
degrees,  she  earned  a  master's 
from  Yale's  divinity  school 
and  a  doctorate  of  ministry 
from  the  Southeastern  Baptist 
Theological  Seminary.  She's 
worked  as  an  adult  and  geri- 
atric nurse  practitioner,  written 
extensively  on  death  and  dying, 
been  the  director  of  outpatient 
and  clinical  services  at  a  private 
retirement  community,  and 
served  on  hospital  ethics  com- 
mittees. In  a  sense,  Henderson 
has  devoted  her  life  to  thinking 
about  dying. 

As  an  educator,  she  is  skilled 
at  leading  families  and  individ- 
uals through  the  formidable 
task  of  talking  about  dying.  She 
urges  everyone  who  wants  a 
natural  death  to  have  both 
advanced  directives:  a  living 
will  and  a  durable  power  of 
attorney  for  care  (someone  to 
act  as  a  surrogate  decision 
maker  for  your  wishes  in  the 
event  that  you  can  no  longer 
communicate).  These  docu- 


ments are  available  through  a 
hospital's  patient  relations 
department  and  can  be  nota- 
rized at  a  bank. 

It's  crucial  to  share  copies  of 
these  documents,  including 
specific  wishes  for  end-of-life 
care,  with  family  members  and 
physicians.  For  those  people 
who  haven't  yet  addressed 
these  issues,  she  recommends 
starting  a  family  conversation 
with  some  very  general,  non- 
threatening  observations.  "You 
begin  by  saying  something  like, 
'Mother  and  Daddy,  I  really 
care  about  you  and  want  to 
honor  your  wishes  and  I  need 
some  information  from  you. 
Even  though  I  expect  you  to 
be  with  us  for  a  long  time, 
life  is  very  unpredictable  and 
you  never  know  how  it  will 
unfold.' " 

After  this  affirmation  of  a 
person's  current  status,  says 
Henderson,  you  can  then  in- 
quire about  his  or  her  health 
more  specifically.  How  does 
your  primary  health-care 
provider  think  you're  doing? 
How  do  you  think  you're 
doing?  By  building  from  the 
information  people  already 


Yes,  death  is  a  routine  occurrence,  says 
Meador,  but  it's  important  to  weigh  the  phys- 
ical absolute  with  the  recognition  that  "it 
happens  in  a  very  particular  way  for  each  per- 
son in  their  life.  And  I  think  there's  a  need  to 
sort  through  how  to  honor  that.  Death  is  not 
something  to  be  avoided  at  all  costs,  but  to  be 


have,  it's  a  logical  step  to  ask 
whether  and  how  that  person 
imagines  his  or  her  own  death. 
"A  good  opening  question  is, 
'What  makes  life  worth  living 
for  you?'  And  the  corollary, 
'What  would  make  life  not 
worth  living  for  you?'  And 
from  there  you  can  get  more 
specific,  including  thoughts 
about  artificial  life  support  in 
the  face  of  terminal  illness, 
depending  on  the  person's  com- 
fort level,"  she  says. 

With  her  own  patients, 
Henderson  helps  clarify  the 
myths  and  fallacies  surrounding 
the  biological  reality  of  death. 
For  example,  she's  found  that 
some  people  are  convinced  that 
living  out  one's  days  on  life 
support  is  preferable  to  having 
it  withdrawn.  "Dying  of  dehy- 
dration and  inadequate  nutri- 
tion is  actually  a  very  comfort- 
able way  to  die  if  good  nursing 
care  is  given,"  she  says.  "When 
people  are  dying,  they  often 
lose  their  appetite  and  thirst, 
and  endorphins  (natural  opi- 
ates) are  released.  It's  a  natural 
part  of  the  dying  process.  You 
become  less  conscious  and  you 
drift  away  and  it's  very  gentle. 
People  need  to  be  reassured 
that  it's  not  a  painful  death, 
that  we  can  promise  intensive 
comfort  care,  including  pain 
medication  as  needed,  while 
this  process  takes  place." 

Once  you're  able  to  explore 
the  scenarios  that  a  loved  one 
may  fear,  and  discuss  the  medi- 
cal options  available  (preferably 
with  thoughts  from  the  primary 
provider),  Henderson  says  it's 
important  to  bring  the  conver- 
sation full  circle. 

"You  can  end  by  saying,  'I 
hope  you  will  continue  to  live 
a  long  time.  When  your  time 
to  die  comes,  I  will  do  all  I  can 
to  honor  your  wishes.'  I  tell 
patients  that  this  conversation 
is  a  gift  to  their  families  be- 
cause it  helps  them  with  the 
responsibility  of  end-of-life 
decisions  for  a  loved  one. 
Ultimately,  an  additional  pur- 
pose of  these  conversations  is  to 
help  families  realize  the  pre- 
ciousness  of  life  now." 


honored"  with  regard  to  how  the  patient  and 
his  or  her  family  lived  their  lives.  For  that 
kind  of  recognition  to  develop,  the  health 
care  team,  family  members,  and  patient  must 
all  work  toward  a  satisfying  final  chapter. 
(Tulsky  agrees,  saying  that  doctors  should 
routinely  ask  patients — not  just  those  who 
are  sick,  but  also  those  who  are  still  young 
and  healthy — what  role  spirituality  plays  in 
their  lives.  "I  find  the  majority  of  people  are 
incredibly  happy  and  comfortable  to  talk 
about  it,"  he  says.  "It  opens  up  a  whole  new 
level  of  understanding  and  trust  when  they 
know  I  care  about  their  religious  or  mental 
outlook.  They  may  not  come  to  me  for  their 
spiritual  counseling,  but  at  least  they  know 
I'm  aware  of  that  aspect  of  their  lives.") 

Meador  says  he's  keenly  aware  of  how  the 
depersonalized  setting  of  hospitals  can  be- 
come counterproductive  to  meeting  the  psy- 
chological needs  of  the  dying.  It's  important 
for  people  to  feel  that  their  lives  have  been 
important,  he  says,  that  the  unique  story  of 
one's  life  is  heard  and  appreciated.  "Most  of  us 
no  longer  live  rural  lives  surrounded  by 
nature  and  animals  and  an  understanding  of 
the  fullness  of  creation,  which  includes  death, 
and  an  acceptance  that  we  will  die,  too,"  he 
says.  "Instead,  we  take  people  out  of  their 
communities  and  away  from  a  place  they 
understand  and  where  they  belong.  We  make 
their  [life]  story  disjointed.  I've  seen  people 
who  could  say  unequivocally  that  they  were 
ready  to  die — not  that  they  had  the  right  to 
die  or  wanted  to  take  their  own  lives — but 
were  ready  to  die.  They'd  told  their  stories  and 
they  were  with  family  and  surrounded  by  peo- 
ple they  loved,  and  they  were  tired.  I  grew  up 
in  rural  Kentucky  and  the  phrase  you  would 
hear  is,  'I'm  ready  to  go.'  I  think  that's  great;  I 
find  that  very  believable." 

As  a  family  physician  in  the  Midwest, 
Harold  Koenig  M.H.S.  '90  became 
fascinated  with  how  his  older  pa- 
tients dealt  with  the  enormous  medical,  emo- 
tional, physical,  and  social  problems  associated 
with  late -life  illnesses.  He  went  back  to  school 
to  study  a  host  of  geriatric  issues,  including 
depression  in  the  medically  ill.  Now  an  asso- 
ciate professor  of  psychiatry  and  internal 
medicine  at  Duke,  he  is  also  the  director  of 
the  Center  for  the  Study  of  Religion/Spirit- 
uality and  Health.  He  says  he  agrees  with 
Meador  that  the  end  of  life  is  a  wonderful 
opportunity  for  growth  and  fulfillment.  "Many 
powerful  things  can  happen  during  those  last 
days  and  weeks  of  life,"  he  says.  "What  we  need 
to  do  is  figure  out  how  to  relieve  suffering 
during  that  time  so  the  person  can  work  on 
those  tasks  of  dying.  That's  absolutely  essen- 
tial. Even  if  you're  dying,  you're  still  here  now, 
and  if  you  have  anger  or  resentment  toward 
family  members,  or  unresolved  issues,  you 


12      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


have  to  come  to  terms  with  it.  There's  some  of 
that  in  everyone's  life." 

In  a  report  published  in  the  October  issue 
of  The  American  ]oumal  of  Psychiatry,  Koenig 
and  four  colleagues  (including  Duke  sociolo- 
gist Linda  George  Ph.D.  75)  found  between 
40  and  50  percent  of  patients  at  Duke  Hos- 
pital over  the  age  of  sixty  had  significant  de- 
pressive disorders.  Because  the  study  was  a 
random  sample  of  patients  admitted  for  gen- 
eral medical  services,  the  high  prevalence  of 
depression  among  this  overall  population  has 
profound  implications  for  terminal  patients. 

"If  you  have  a  man  who  has  worked  all  his 
life  and  has  been  very  active  in  his  communi- 
ty, and  suddenly  he's  an  invalid,  that  has  to 
have  an  effect  on  him,"  says  Koenig.  "Our  self- 
images  are  built  upon  what  we  do,  what  we 
accomplish,  what  we  produce,  and,  suddenly, 
all  that  is  gone.  Now,  in  his  mind,  he's  become 
a  liability  and  he  worries  about  his  family  hav- 
ing to  take  care  of  him.  It's  easy  to  see  why 
people  lose  hope." 

Koenig,  whose  research  documents  the 
positive  effects  of  religion  and  spirituality  on 
health,  says  that  the  medical  field  needs  to  do 
a  better  job  of  diagnosing  the  emotional  toll 
of  debilitating  illness.  "I've  seen  it  happen  again 
and  again:  When  you  treat  these  people  for 
depression,  they  get  better;  they  learn  how  to 
cope  with  their  disability.  Once  you  treat  the 
depression,  you  try  to  motivate  people  to  get 
more  involved  and  engaged  in  life,  to  give  of 
themselves.  Thinking  about  their  own  prob- 
lems is  the  worst  thing  they  can  do.  I've  had 
patients  who  are  severely  ill,  but  they  find 
meaning  in  doing  little  things  for  other  peo- 
ple. If  you  have  the  cognitive  framework  that 
allows  you  to  see  purpose  in  your  life,  you  can 
tolerate  almost  any  situation." 


viating  pain,  not  hastening  death.  "Frankly, 
we  don't  need  physicians  to  be  killing  pa- 
tients. They  will  die  in  due  course.  Once  we  sus- 
pect that  a  physician  may  not  be  committed 
to  our  living  well-being,  then  I  think  we  be- 
come suspicious  of  every  physician.  And  that 
will  undermine  the  kind  of  trusting  physician- 


second  moral  maxim  that  both  physicians  and 
patients  seem  to  have  forgotten.  "Physicians 
are  under  no  obligation  to  offer,  and  patients 
under  no  duty  to  receive,  treatments  which 
are  not  beneficial.  Now,  that  is  logically  as 
plain  as  the  nose  on  one's  face,  but  the  inter- 
esting question  is,  what  is  beneficial?  And 
that  will  vary  from  case  to  case.  But  apart 
from  heroism  and  martyrdom,  killing  has 
never  in  Western  culture  been  thought  to  be 
beneficial." 

Proponents  of  assisted  suicide  contend  that 
there  are  instances  in  which  death  is  a  release 
from  pain  and  protracted  suffering,  and  that 
each  individual  should  be  allowed  to  decide 
his  or  her  own  destiny.  Smith  says  such  think- 
ing runs  counter  to  the  realities  of  death.  "I 
think  the  moral  struggle  has  virtue.  Dying  is 
not  without  its  tragic  dimensions,  but  I  don't 
know  any  aspect  of  the  human  condition  that 
is  without  a  tragic  dimension.  Health  and 
happiness  are  among  the  most  uneven  and 
unequal  claims  any  of  us  can  make.  I  think  if 
we  had  better  acquaintance  with  death, 
nobody  would  ever  talk  about  'death  with 
dignity.'  Because  dignity,  at  least  as  conven- 
tionally understood,  seems  to  be  the  opposite 
of  what  in  fact  occurs  when  one  is  dying:  You 
are  deprived  of  all  that  autonomous  indepen- 
dence you  imagined  you  had  throughout  your 
life." 


B 


:k  in  the  hectic  atmosphere  of  the 
VA  hospital,  James  Tulsky's  medical 
residents  confront  these  moral  de- 
bates head-on.  During  a  session  devoted  to 
assisted  suicide, Tulsky  draws  from  ajoumal  of 
the  American  Medical  Association  essay  by 
physician  Timothy  Quill  on  communicating 
with  dying  patients.   (Quill  gained  national 


IF  EACH  OF  US  CAN  ARTICULATE  A  PERSONAL  VISION  OF  THE  GOOD  LIFE, 

WHAT  THEN  DO  WE  HOPE  FOR  IN  A  GOOD  DEATH?  WILL  THERE  BE  PAIN? 

WILL  IT  BE  SCARY?  CAN  WE  BE  IN  CONTROL? 


In  the  absence  of  adequate  treatment,  says 
Koenig,  it's  no  wonder  that  many  clinically 
depressed  patients  come  to  view  dying  as  an 
attractive  option.  "I  can  understand  why  peo- 
ple get  angry  and  want  to  take  control  of  the 
situation  by  considering  suicide,"  he  says.  "With 
suicide,  you  often  find  that  anger  is  present  — 
anger  because  they  feel  neglected  or  aban- 
doned or  misunderstood.  And  it's  so  much  less 
expensive  [for  a  doctor]  to  say,  'Go  ahead,'  or, 
'Here's  something  that  will  help  you.'  " 

Like  Koenig,  Harmon  Smith  says  that  calling 
on  physicians  to  make  those  kinds  of  deci- 
sions sets  a  dangerous  precedent.  A  professor 
in  the  divinity  school  and  in  the  department 
of  community  and  family  medicine,  Smith  says 
that  doctors  should  be  in  the  business  of  alle- 


patient  relationship  that  is  absolutely  essen- 
tial to  therapy." 

Smith  says  if  we  as  a  society  agree  by 
thoughtful  discussion  (rather  than  judicial  fiat) 
that  assisted  suicide  has  its  place,  physicians 
nonetheless  should  not  carry  out  such  proce- 
dures. "I'm  willing  to  entertain  as  a  serious  sug- 
gestion that  priests,  ministers,  and  rabbis  would 
be  the  prime  candidates  for  this  responsibility. 
I've  never  understood  why  physicians  are  the 
ones  to  perform  abortions.  Abortion,  in  some 
ways  like  physician-assisted  suicide,  seems  to 
run  counter  to  everything  that  physicians  are 
trained  to  be  and  to  do." 

In  addition  to  the  often-quoted  phrase 
Primum  non  nocere  ("First,  do  no  harm")  from 
the  Hippocratic  Oath,  Smith  says  there  is  a 


prominence  in  1992  when  he  wrote  in  the 
New  England  Journal  of  Medicine  of  helping  a 
patient  commit  suicide  by  prescribing  barbit- 
uates  and  instructing  her  on  the  needed  dos- 
age.) In  the  JAMA  essay,  Quill  presents  the 
case  of  a  sixty-seven-year-old  man  with  in- 
operable lung  cancer  who  required  a  fair 
amount  of  sedation  to  deal  with  pain.  One 
night,  the  patient  turns  to  his  physician  and 
says,  "Doctor,  I  want  to  die.  Will  you  help 
me?"  Tulsky  asks  his  students  how  they  would 
respond.  At  first,  there  are  a  few  seconds  of 
silence,  but  the  debate  quickly  gains  momen- 
tum. 

"If  I  were  forced  to  answer  him,"  says  one 
young  man,  "I  would  have  to  say  no,  because 

Continued  on  page  55 


November-  December   1997 


GO  TO  THE  HEAD 

HOW  DUKE  GOT  HOT 

IS  THERE  A  FORMULA  TO  A  UNIVERSITY'S  RISE  TO  PROMINENCE?  ONE  ELEMENT, 

DATING  TO  TERRY  SANFORD'S  TENURE,  WAS  A  POLICY  JOEL  FLEISHMAN  DESCRIBES 

AS  BRINGING  THOSE  INSIDE  DUKE  OUTSIDE  AND  THOSE  OUTSIDE  DUKE  INSIDE. 


Jugust  brought  a  milestone  for  the 
multiply-titled  Terry  Sanford,  former 
fil  North  Carolina  governor,  former 
U.S.  senator,  former  Duke  president.  It  was  his 
eightieth  birthday.  A  campus  celebration  drew 
various  dignitaries,  including  another  president 
emeritus,  H.  Keith  H.  Brodie.  Brodie  reminded 
the  crowd  about  a  coincidence  of  events:  The 
Sanford  celebration  came  on  the  same  day 
that  U.S.  News  &World  Report  released  its  lat- 
est rankings.  This  year,  the  magazine  showed 
Duke  as  the  number-three  university  in  the 
country,  tied  with  Yale  and  behind  only  Prince- 
ton and  Harvard. 

Magazine  rankings  are  hardly  precise  meas- 
ures of  educational  realities.  Duke  isn't  clearly 
better  now  than  it  was  last  year,  when  it 


ranked  a  place  lower.  But  substance  and  strate- 
gy—  along  with  serendipity — have  propelled 
Duke  into  becoming  remarkably  "hot"  remark- 
ably fast. 

To  a  great  extent,  institutional  reputations 
hinge  on  perceptions  of  personal  leadership. 
And  Duke's  current  president,  Nannerl  O. 
Keohane,  has  assumed  a  high  profile.  When  in 
the  spring  of  1995  the  American  Society  of 
Newspaper  Editors  wanted  to  hear  about 
"American  Higher  Education  in  the  Twenty- 
first  Century,"  Keohane  was  the  speaker  of 
choice.  In  a  well-received  address,  she  cov- 
ered such  themes  as  information  technolo- 
gies, student  aid,  federally  sponsored  research, 
and  the  erosion  of  public  confidence  in  insti- 
tutions. The  gathering  featured  just  three  other 


14      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


OF  THE  CLASS 


BY 

ROBERT  J. 
BLIWISE 


speakers:  the  presidents  of  Canada,  Mexico, 
and  the  United  States. 

A  couple  of  months  later,  The  New  York 
Times  published  a  lengthy  look  at  how  uni- 
versities were  trying  to  ward  off  proposed  cuts 
in  federal  support.  The  article  began  with  an 
account  of  Keohane's  meeting  with  Repre- 
sentative Richard  Gephardt,  the  parent  of  a 
recent  Duke  graduate.  It  included  a  single 
photograph,  which  showed  Keohane  talking 
with  Senator  Mark  Hatfield,  chairman  of  the 
Senate  Appropriations  Committee. 

But  those  who  follow  such  trends  date 
Duke's  surging  reputation  to  Sanford's  presi- 
dency, which  extended  from  1970  until  1985. 
It  was  a  1984  issue  of  The  New  York  Times 
Magazine,  after  all,  that  ran  a  story  on  "hot 
colleges"  and  showed  a  Duke  quadrangle 
scene  on  the  cover. 

Eleven  years  earlier,  in  1973,  Duke  had 
taken  out  a  sixteen-page  advertising  supple- 
ment in  The  Times  to  showcase  "the  beliefs, 
undertakings,  and  achievements"  of  faculty 
members,  students,  and  alumni.  Colorful  com- 
mentary was  accompanied  by  colorful  images 
of  Duke's  idyllic  campus  setting.  Referring  to 
"a  new  period"  in  Duke's  history,  the  supple- 


ment said  the  university  would  draw  on  "the 
best  of  its  past  experience"  and  respond  crea- 
tively to  "the  requirements  of  its  second  half- 
century."  Joel  Fleishman,  who  was  recruited 
by  Santord  in  1971  to  build  a  new  public-pol- 
icy center,  says  Sanford's  senior  advisers 
thought  it  was  "unseemly"  for  the  university 
to  promote  itself  so  blatantly.  But  Sanford 
pushed  the  idea  forward.  One  signal  of  Duke's 
current  standing,  he  adds,  is  how  superfluous 
such  self-advertisement  would  be  today. 

As  Fleishman  puts  it,  "There  was  really  the 
sense  that  Terry  was  intent  on  leading  Duke 
to  new  heights.  Terry  had  a  vision  for  Duke  that 
was  larger  than  the  existing  vision,  and  he  was 
willing  to  experiment  and  get  behind  good 
ideas.  And  that  is  in  fact  what  happened." 

What  happened,  in  particular,  was  a  policy 
that  Fleishman  describes  as  bringing  those  in- 
side Duke  outside  and  those  outside  Duke  in- 
side. One  conspicuous  effort  brought  groups 
of  journalists  to  campus  for  several  weeks  to 
explore  themes  of  their  choosing.  The  pro- 
gram began  in  1977  with  support  from  The 
Washington  Post;  over  the  years  it  has  attract- 
ed an  international  array  of  representatives 
from  the  print  and  electronic  media.  As  a  con- 


sequence of  pursuing  intellectual  interests,  of 
course,  the  journalists  would  come  into  con- 
tact with  Duke's  intellectual  leaders. 

"There  was  a  deliberate  policy  by  a  number 
of  us  to  identify  people  in  government,  poli- 
tics, the  media,  the  practicing  professions,  and 
business  and  to  expose  them  to  Duke — loads 
of  them,  constantly,"  Fleishman  says.  "At  the 
same  time,  there  was  a  conscious  strategy  to 
get  Duke  faculty  and  students  off  campus  — 
to  have  faculty  get  to  know  leaders  in  the 
world  of  affairs,  and  to  set  up  systematic  intern- 
ship programs  for  students  with  practitioner 
mentors.  Public  policy  was  not  the  only  place 
that  encouraged  this;  it  had  been  happening 
at  the  medical  center  for  some  time,  and  it  was 
happening  increasingly  at  the  business  school 
and  the  law  school.  But  it's  the  kind  of  thing 
that  happens  at  Harvard  and  Yale  all  the  time. 
A  complete,  steady,  constant  interchange  be- 
tween the  university  and  the  outside  world 
had  not  happened  frequently  at  Duke,  cer- 
tainly not  with  any  degree  of  regularity." 

Fleishman  says  the  goal  for  him  was  not  to 
make  Duke  more  widely  known,  but  to  build 
the  nation's  best  public -policy  analysis  de- 
partment. It  was  a  theme  brought  out  by  San- 


Novemher- December  1997 


15 


ford  in  his  inaugural  address,  when  he  singled 
out  Duke's  responsibility  to  train  leaders  for 
society.  "If  we  succeeded  to  some  extent  in 
doing  that,  that  brought  the  ancillary  benefit 
of  public  attention  to  the  university,"  says 
Fleishman.  "By  virtue  of  creating  an  inter- 
change between  the  university  and  the  out- 
side world,  people  found  out  about  Duke.  But 
we  brought  people  here  because  we  needed 
them  to  enrich  our  education." 

Sanford's  own  visibility  contributed  to  the 
university's  visibility.  In  1972  and  again  in 
1976,  he  announced  plans  to  run  for  the 
Democratic  nomination  for  president;  near 
the  end  of  his  Duke  presidency,  he  sought  the 
Democratic  Party  chairmanship.  "Anybody 
who  had  been  governor  started  with  a  certain 
amount  of  stature,"  Fleishman  says.  "He  was 
widely  viewed  as  the  key  education  governor 
of  the  United  States;  he  had  been  voted  by 
one  organization  as  one  of  the  ten  greatest 
governors  in  U.S.  history.  The  combination  of 
his  independent  stature  and  the  hidden  qual- 
ity of  Duke  was  just  a  perfect  match." 

"I  said  in  my  inaugural  speech  that  we  didn't 
want  to  copy  any  other  university,"  Sanford 
says,  "that  our  best  success  wouldn't  be  merely 
a  carbon  copy — that  we  wanted  to  be  Duke 
University.  We  saw  good  things  at  some  of  the 
other  universities,  and  we  obviously  were  will- 
ing to  steal  a  good  idea  anytime  we  saw  it.  But 
I  always  saw  Duke  as  Duke.  And  in  fact,  I  did- 
n't like  at  all  the  slogan  that  Duke  was  the 
Harvard  of  the  South.  I  thought  we  had  a  far 
better  undergraduate  student  body  than 
Harvard  had.  I  thought  we  ran  our  total  uni- 
versity better  than  Harvard,  because  we  ran  as 
a  single  place  rather  than  little  duchies." 

It's  a  good  thing  that  Duke  has  been  true  to 
itself  and  hasn't  succumbed  to  Ivy  imitation, 
says  Robert  Rosenzweig,  past  president  of  the 
Association  of  American  Universities  (AAU). 
"Duke  was  for  many  years  the  most  distin- 
guished university  in  the  South.  And,  like 
Stanford,  it  has  broken  out  of  its  regional 
base.  But  turning  around  a  university  is  like 
turning  around  a  supertanker.  Most  of  its  fac- 
ulty have  tenure,  it  has  a  donor  base  that  has 
certain  expectations  about  the  place,  it  has 
financial  limitations  apart  from  that,  and  so 
it's  hard  to  make  fundamental  changes.  I'm 
not  sure  you  want  institutions  to  do  that  very 
often;  you  want  them  to  be  better  at  what 
they're  doing,  to  judiciously  add  in  areas  in 
which  they  have  genuine  strength.  What  it 
comes  down  to  is  not  so  much  reinvention  as 
sensible  planning." 

"Duke  ought  to  be  proud  of  what  it  has  ac- 
complished," says  Rosenzweig,  who  for  many 
years  was  the  vice  president  for  public  affairs 
at  Stanford.  "But  U.S.  News  &  World  Report  is 
not  the  measure  of  that.  Any  student  who 
chooses  to  go  to  Duke  because  it's  third  this 
year  rather  than  fifth — well,  if  you  could 


tease  that  information  out  of  the  application, 
I  say  you  should  reject  that  student." 

Duke's  director  of  undergraduate  admissions, 
Christoph  Guttentag,  isn't  a  rankings  enthu- 
siast himself — but  he  is  quick  to  buy  into  the 
sensible -planning  theme.  "In  our  publications 
and  elsewhere,  we  have  focused  our  message 
more  clearly  on  the  personality  of  the  school, 
trying  to  make  the  abstract  concrete."  A  big 


But  his  contribution  to  campus  dynamics  ex- 
tended far  beyond  promoting  a  more  power- 
ful student  government.  At  a  time  of  uproar 
over  Vietnam  and  civil  rights,  students  re- 
sponded warmly  to  his  gestures — ranging  from 
his  pushing  forward  plans  for  a  university  cen- 
ter to  his  arranging  bus  transport  to  a  march 
on  Washington.  "I'd  say  that  we  mildly  en- 
couraged dissent;  we  certainly  didn't  restrain 


part  of  the  message,  he  says,  is  that  Duke's  rel- 
ative youth  gives  the  campus  a  "dynamism"  and 
"vibrancy"  less  evident  among  its  peer  schools. 

"We  are  certainly  reaching  out  to  more 
areas  of  the  country,  and  we  are  taking  demo- 
graphic data  into  account:  The  three  largest 
demographic-growth  states  are  California, 
Texas,  and  Florida,  and  we're  putting  signifi- 
cant resources  into  those  areas.  And  we  are 
doing  different  activities — recruiting  jointly 
with  other  colleges  to  an  extent  that  we 
haven't  in  the  past,  using  computer  technology 
like  the  World  Wide  Web,  tracking  what  activ- 
ities are  most  efficient  and  most  effective.  I 
think  recruitment  in  general  has  become  more 
thoughtful  and  more  focused  and  more 
planned  and  less  seat-of-the -pants." 

Guttentag  also  points  to  a  basic  admissions 
formula:  Satisfied  undergraduates  attract  po- 
tential undergraduates.  From  1985  until  1993, 
the  alumni  office  ran  an  exiting-Duke  survey. 
Recent  graduates  ranked  the  "overall  Duke  ex- 
perience" at  8  or  better  on  a  ten-point  scale; 
91  to  96  percent  said  they  would  choose  Duke 
again. 

Student  satisfaction  may  be  one  legacy  of 
the  Sanford  years.  Sanford's  calming  and  car- 
ing manner  won  over  formerly  disaffected 
students  to  his  leadership — and  to  their  uni- 
versity. "I  think  that  one  of  the  things  that  we 
did  right  was  to  involve  the  students  in  their 
own  lives  at  the  university,"  Sanford  recalls. 


it.  In  fact,  I  said  to  the  parents  that  I  would 
have  been  ashamed  of  Duke  students  if  they 
hadn't  protested  the  Vietnam  War." 

"Terry  Sanford's  natural  gregariousness  and 
his  political  skills  really  did  result  in  a  presi- 
dency that  was  student-focused,"  says  Fleish- 
man. "There  was  just  an  enormous  affection 
for  him  that  continued  all  during  his  admin- 
istration. And  that  good  will  was  translated  to 
the  peers  of  those  students  and  to  the  people 
they  would  run  into  all  over  the  country." 

What's  more  relevant  than  a  rise  in  rank- 
ings is  "a  different  level  of  recruitment"  for 
Duke,  according  to  Guttentag.  Duke  is  gener- 
ating more  applications  from  prospective  stu- 
dents— 13,367  this  year  compared  with 
5,340  for  the  class  that  entered  with  Terry 
Sanford  in  the  fall  of  1969.  It  is  drawing  stu- 
dents from  a  wider  area:  Seventeen  percent 
of  this  year's  freshman  class  comes  from  the 
West  and  Southwest,  compared  with  barely  5 
percent  in  1969.  (The  top  five  states  repre- 
sented in  the  current  class  also  point  to  Duke's 
drawing  power  across  a  wide  swath  of  the 
country.  They  are  North  Carolina,  New  York, 
California,  Florida,  and  Pennsylvania.) 

And  Duke  is  enrolling  students  with  better 
credentials:  More  than  1,300  of  those  who  ap- 
plied to  the  university  this  year  were  ranked 
first  in  their  high  school  class.  Among  the 
matriculants  who  came  with  high-school 
class  rankings,  74  percent  in  Arts  and  Sciences 


16      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


and  77  percent  in  Engineering  graduated  in 
the  top  5  percent.  In  1969,  Duke  didn't  even 
break  out  the  top  5  percent  in  reporting  rank- 
ings for  freshmen:  About  two-thirds  graduat- 
ed in  the  top  tenth  of  their  high  school  class. 
Although  it  drew  about  200  fewer  applicants 
this  year  than  the  previous  year,  Duke  had 
200  more  applicants  whose  combined  SAT 
scores  exceeded  1400 — meaning  that  even 
when  the  pool  isn't  growing  larger,  it's  growing 
stronger. 

While  it  once  saw  schools  like  Emory  and 
Vanderbilt  as  its  competition,  Duke  is  com- 
peting against  the  Ivies,  Stanford,  and  other 
top-tier  universities  for  accepted  students. 
"More  students  who  are  considering  Duke  are 
also  considering  the  other  top  half-dozen 
schools  in  the  country,"  Guttentag  says.  "In 
the  past,  our  competition  was  predominantly, 
though  not  exclusively,  regional  Southern 
schools.  Now  that  competition  includes  the 
most  visible,  the  most  selective,  the  most  pres- 
tigious schools  in  the  country." 

Among  Duke's  admitted  students,  the  ap- 
plication overlapping  is  greatest  with  Har- 
vard, Princeton,  Yale,  and  Stanford.  Five  years 
ago,  636  Harvard  applicants  were  admitted  to 
Duke;  this  year  the  number  was  943.  (Gut- 
tentag points  out  that  those  numbers  under- 
state the  overlapping,  since  they  hinge  on  sur- 
veys completed  by  accepted  students — in- 
cluding those  who  decide  to  matriculate  else- 
where and  never  respond  to  Duke.)  Duke  still 
loses  most  of  its  admitted  students  who  are 
also  admitted  to  one  or  more  of  those  schools; 
the  same  is  true  in  the  competition  with 
Brown,  another  school  with  which  Duke 
shares  a  large  number  of  overlaps.  But  Duke 
pretty  much  splits  the  difference  or  wins  out 
for  students  against  other  Ivies — Dartmouth, 
the  University  of  Pennsylvania,  Cornell,  and 
Columbia. 

Says  Guttentag:  "We're  drawing  more  of 
their  applicants  into  the  applicant  pool.  Stu- 
dents who  used  to  not  consider  us  are  now 
considering  us.  That's  a  reflection  of  the  in- 
creased recognition  of  the  quality  of  a  Duke 
education.  But  it's  easier  to  bring  someone 
into  the  pool  than  to  matriculate  them.  It's  a 
different  level  of  commitment.  And  the  com- 
petition with  top  schools  in  the  country  is 
fierce.  We  still  have  our  work  cut  out  for  us." 

If  Duke  finds  itself  in  such  company,  the 
Stanford  model  —  and  in  particular,  the 
Stanford  relationship  with  Silicon  Valley — 
may  suggest  one  reason.  When  he  came  to 
Duke  as  provost  in  1983,  Phillip  Griffiths  told 
the  trustees  that  "Duke  is  a  very  good  univer- 
sity with  the  opportunity  to  become  a  great 
one."  (In  1991,  Griffiths  left  Duke  to  take  over 
as  director  of  the  Institute  for  Advanced 
Study  in  Princeton.)  He  said  his  specific  goal 
was  "to  strengthen  Duke's  position  as  the 
leading  private  teaching  and  research  univer- 


sity in  the  Southeast  and  improve  its  national 
position  among  such  universities.  In  a  word, 
Duke  must  play  a  role  in  the  South  as  Stan- 
ford has  in  the  West." 

"If  you  look  back  at  what  happened  to 
Stanford  during  the  late  1950s  and  1960s,  that 
was  a  period  where  what  is  now  Silicon  Valley 
was  just  beginning  to  open  up,"  he  says.  "Stan- 
ford was  a  very  creative  institution  in  taking 


It  was  harder  in  the  Sixties  to  move  somebody 
out  of  the  Northeast  or  from  the  San  Fran- 
cisco Bay  Area  to  North  Carolina.  But  later, 
it  was  seen  as  a  place  that  had  employment 
opportunities  for  spouses,  that  had  an  active 
intellectual  community." 

Griffiths'  term  as  provost  coincided  with 
a  large  number  of  high-profile  faculty  ap- 
pointments. With  an  energetic  recruitment  ef- 


advantage  of  that  particular  geographical  lo- 
cation. And  one  has  the  sense  that  the  exter- 
nal environment  here  in  North  Carolina  was 
somewhat  similar,  with  the  development  of 
the  Research  Triangle  as  a  partnership  be- 
tween the  state  government,  the  business  com- 
munity, and  the  universities.  That  sort  of 
vision  was  something  Duke  could  help  devel- 
op and  strengthen  and  take  advantage  of.  The 
growth  in  high-tech  industries  here,  especial- 
ly biomedical  and  pharmaceutical,  but  also 
microelectronics  and  other  areas  —  all  of  this 
created  an  external  climate  that  was  very 
favorable  for  Duke." 

Institutions  like  the  Microelectronics  Cen- 
ter of  North  Carolina,  the  North  Carolina 
Biotechnology  Center,  the  National  Institute 
of  Statistical  Sciences,  and  the  National  Hu- 
manities Center  have  served  up  opportunities 
for  collaborative  work,  consultancies,  and  even 
joint  appointments.  With  their  computerized 
links,  the  libraries  of  Duke,  the  University  of 
North  Carolina  at  Chapel  Hill,  and  North 
Carolina  State  University  effectively  form  one 
of  the  largest  universities  libraries  in  the  coun- 
tries. 

But  beyond  such  links,  Griffiths  says  the 
sheer  economic  vitality  of  the  Southeast  has 
worked  as  an  inducement  for  potential  facul- 
ty members.  "One  way  of  looking  at  it  is  that 
the  ability  to  attract  faculty  to  this  region  was 
much  greater  than  it  had  been  in  earlier  years. 


fort,  Griffiths  focused  on  the  area  that  Terry 
Sanford  had  targeted  early  in  his  presidency. 
(Sanford  once  declared,  "I've  tried  to  ac- 
knowledge in  the  allocation  of  all  resources 
that  the  most  important  thing  Duke  can  do  is 
to  build  a  faculty  ever  increasing  in  excel- 
lence.") He  also  was  acknowledging  an  as- 
sumption of  Robert  Rosenzweig  of  the  AAU. 
"Reputation  consists  of  the  distinction  of  the 
faculty,"  Rosenzweig  says.  "If  you  don't  have 
that,  you  don't  have  anything,  and  if  you  have 
that,  you  can  do  a  lot  with  it.  Making  visible 
and  important  faculty  hires  does  two  things. 
Immediately,  it  gets  you  visibility  within  the 
discipline  and  the  larger  academic  communi- 
ty. And  having  first-rate  people  attracts  other 
first-rate  people." 

The  media  focused  the  greatest  attention 
on  faculty  hires  in  English  and  literature.  In  a 
1988  cover  story  —  "The  Battle  of  the 
Books" — The  New  York  Times  Magazine  put 
such  Duke  faculty  members  as  Frank  Len- 
tricchia,  Jane  Tompkins,  Barbara  Herrnstein 
Smith,  and  Stanley  Fish  front-and-center  in 
the  "lit.crit"  trends  of  the  time.  "Canon  revi- 
sion is  in  full  swing  down  at  Duke,  where  stu- 
dents lounge  on  the  manicured  quad  of  the 
imitation-Cotswold  campus  and  the  magno- 
lias blossom  in  the  spring,"  reported  the  mag- 
azine. "In  the  Duke  catalogue,  the  English 
department  lists,  besides  the  usual  offerings  in 
Chaucer  and  Shakespeare,  courses  in  Ameri- 


Novemher-  December   1997 


can  popular  culture;  advertising  and  society; 
television,  technology,  and  culture." 

A  1991  article  in  The  Washington  Post  Edu- 
cation Review  declared  in  a  headline:  "A  Con- 
troversial English  Department  Deserves  High 
Marks  for  Teaching."  The  article  was  by  Nina 
King,  editor  of  Washington  Post  Book  World, 
who  had  spent  a  month  at  Duke  as  a  visiting 
journalist.  King  observed  that  "the  proof  of  the 
pudding  is  in  the  pedagogy,"  and  by  that  crite- 
rion "Duke  should  be  blessing  its  stars  and 
superstars."  But  she  noted  that  an  Atlantic 
Monthly  cover  story  had  castigated  prominent 
members  of  the  English  department  for  "radi- 
cal skepticism,"  and  that  a  New  Republic  story 
had  portrayed  then- department  chair  Fish  as 
"a  kind  of  would-be  Nietzschean  Superman." 

As  Brodie,  the  president  at  the  time,  recalls 
the  literary- canon  debates,  "In  the  end,  peo- 
ple didn't  really  remember  what  the  argument 
was  about.  Indeed,  it  was  at  times  somewhat 
difficult  for  us  to  determine  what  the  argu- 
ment was  about.  But  the  public  recognized 
the  visibility  of  Duke  faculty  members.  And 
that,  in  the  end,  proved  to  be  a  positive." 

Griffiths  says  the  faculty  hiring  was  broad- 
based.  In  fact,  he  says,  more  resources  were  put 
into  the  sciences  than  the  humanities.  "The 
idea  was  that  if  you  made  available  to  the  fac- 
ulty the  opportunity  to  do  something  special, 
to  bring  in  some  very  well-known  colleagues 
or  to  put  in  place  an  interdisciplinary  center, 
then  people  would  come  forward  with  good 
proposals.  Mathematics  underwent  enormous 
change  and  is  now  a  first-rate  department,  and 
that's  the  case  as  well  in  social-science  disci- 
plines like  economics  and  political  science. 
English  and  other  humanities  departments  were 
struggling  to  make  a  critical  mass  in  their 
graduate  programs.  The  English  department 
had  an  enormous  number  of  retirements,  and 
so  it  was  a  good  time  to  make  a  bunch  of  ap- 
pointments at  once." 

Part  of  his  effort,  says  Griffiths,  was  to  move 
Duke  away  from  a  model — the  Dartmouth 
model,  he  calls  it — that  had  centered  on  the 
undergraduate  and  professional  schools  to  the 
neglect  of  the  graduate  school.  As  he  told  the 
trustees  shortly  after  he  became  provost,  "A 
principal  barrier  to  recruiting  faculty  of  the  de- 
sired level  of  excellence  is  the  size  and  quality 
of  Duke's  graduate  student  body.  It  is  simply 
a  fact  that  the  best  faculty  want  and  require 
the  stimulation  of  good  graduate  students."  He 
proceeded  to  document  a  frustrating  attempt 
to  recruit  a  distinguished  professor  from  an 
Ivy  League  school — and  to  describe  a  recent 
ranking  of  graduate  programs  as  showing 
Duke  performing  only  "moderately  well." 

"My  feeling  was  that  the  Dartmouth  model 
had  many  strong  points,"  he  says.  "But  to  be  a 
really  major  university,  you  needed  to  be 
strong  across-the-board,  including  your  grad- 
uate programs  in  arts  and  sciences  and  engi- 


neering. And  the  faculty  who  are  going  to  be 
intellectual  leaders  in  their  areas  are  going  to 
be  attracted  to  places  where  there  are  strong 
graduate  programs." 

In  1992,  the  National  Research  Council  con- 
ducted its  once-a-decade  survey  of  graduate 
faculty  across  the  scholarly  spectrum.  The  sur- 
vey showed  that  Duke  has  eight  Ph.D.  pro- 
grams ranked  in  the  top  ten  (actually,  all  with 


nal  affairs,  including  fund  raising,  straightened 
out.  And  we  introduced  many  new  initia- 
tives, for  the  right  academic  reasons."  Those 
initiatives  —  enhancing  the  educational  fab- 
ric of  Brown  in  areas  like  public  education, 
public  service,  and  international  education — 
"carried  the  concurrent  value  of  being  very 
public,"  he  says. 

As  Duke  found  with  its  reinvented  English 


rankings  of  five  or  better),  and  eighteen  in  the 
top  twenty.  In  the  survey  from  1982,  Duke  had 
placed  just  three  departments  in  the  top  ten, 
and  just  eight  in  the  top  twenty. 

If  Stanford  and  the  Silicon  Valley  provided 
a  model  for  Duke,  there's  another  school  that 
has  paralleled  Duke's  path  to  "hotness."  Brown 
University  for  years  had  a  less  than  lustrous 
position  (and  the  smallest  endowment)  in  the 
Ivy  League.  But  by  1980,  Brown  led  the  Ivy 
League  in  application  numbers — "the  first 
time  anyone  but  Harvard  had  done  that," 
notes  its  longtime  vice  president  for  public  af- 
fairs, Robert  Reichley.  Brown  traces  the  emer- 
gence of  the  second  of  what  he  calls  "the  two 
Browns"  to  the  late  Sixties.  The  university  un- 
derwent a  curricular  revolution  that,  as  Reich- 
ley  observes,  based  much  of  its  philosophy  on 
the  Brown  curriculum  a  century  earlier;  at 
the  same  time,  it  remained  immune  from  the 
violent  student  strife  that  afflicted  its  peer 
schools.  When  Stanford's  then-president  spoke 
in  Providence,  he  was  asked  to  explain  Brown's 
sudden  rise.  The  response,  as  Reichley  recalls 
it,  was,  "This  place  is  a  magnet  for  indepen- 
dent students  who  want  a  role  in  planning 
their  educations." 

According  to  Reichley,  "Our  greatest  prob- 
lem was  not  explaining  student  protests  — 
everyone  had  that — but  getting  rid  of  a  tag  in 
the  media:  'financially  troubled  Brown.'  We 
improved  our  management  and  got  our  exter- 


department,  a  rise  in  reputation  has  meant 
more  media  attention  to  Brown.  But  Reichley 
notes  that  even  some  of  Brown's  most  un- 
pleasant time  in  the  spotlight — as  when  two 
of  its  students  were  charged  with  prostitution — 
illuminated  the  university's  educational  dis- 
tinctiveness. "Good  public  relations  is  first 
and  foremost  good  policy.  Too  many  schools 
talk  about  getting  good  public  relations  when 
they  mean  good  publicity.  But  you  can't  sim- 
ply go  out  and  declare  you're  good.  Policy  has 
to  come  before  public  relations.  If  the  policy 
isn't  there,  the  public-relations  side  is  dead." 

Brown's  example  suggests  an  essential  in- 
gredient behind  a  rise  in  reputation:  money. 
For  its  part,  Duke  had  decided  to  expand  the 
faculty,  improve  faculty  salaries,  and  increase 
student  financial  aid  in  the  Eighties.  During 
Brodie's  presidency,  the  university  embarked 
on  a  two-tiered  tuition  plan.  The  formula  fixed 
tuition  increases  at  roughly  the  Consumer 
Price  Index  plus  two  percentage  points  for 
returning  students;  it  charged  students  enter- 
ing in  1988  and  thereafter  $1,000  more  than 
returning  students.  "It  was  very  important  if 
for  no  other  reason  than  our  faculty,  when  I 
came  into  the  job,  were  grossly  underpaid," 
says  Brodie. 

Among  comparable  universities,  Duke  had 
seen  its  faculty  salaries  slip  to  fourteenth, 
according  to  American  Association  of  Uni- 
versity Professors  rankings;  in  time  that  rank- 


18      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


ing  improved  to  eighth.  (The  AAUP's  com- 
parisons don't  factor  in  cost-of-living  differ- 
ences.) While  Duke  was  making  high-profile 
senior  faculty  appointments  and  adding  en- 
dowed chairs,  the  student-faculty  ratio  in  arts 
and  sciences  improved  to  11-to-l  from  13-to-l. 
Funds  for  financial  aid  increased  to  $30  mil- 
lion from  $13  million  annually,  and  the  per- 
centage of  the  undergraduate  student  body 


$700,000  in  annual  giving  from  alumni.  Some 
prep  schools  at  the  time,  Fleishman  says,  had 
$8-  to  $10-million  annual  giving  totals.  "Duke 
didn't  deliberately  maintain  relationships  with 
alumni.  That  was  my  biggest  problem.  Alum- 
ni were  turned  off  by  the  university  because 
the  university  hadn't  paid  any  attention  to 
them — it  simply  sent  them  out  into  the 
world  and  said  goodbye." 


"PEOPLE  DIDN'T  REALLY 

IM 

REMEMBER  WHAT  THE 

B 

[LITERARY-CANON]  ARGUMENT 

fl       WAS  ABOUT.  BUT  THE  PUBLIC 

J 

[  Mt 

*£    RECOGNIZED  THE  VISIBILITY  OF 
R^J        DUKE  FACULTY  MEMBERS. 

w  ^ 

1                    AND  THAT,  IN  THE  END, 
StT    proved  to  be  A  POSITIVE." 

■m 

'9? 

*^^BlBk  Vil               H-  KEITH  H-  BRODIE 

m 

1"  t 

/■                                                 President  Emeritus 

on  need-based  aid  increased  to  more  than  40 
percent  in  1993  from  20  percent  in  1985. 

Terry  Sanford  says  the  interrelationship  be- 
tween reputation  and  resources  is  unmistak- 
able. "I  used  to  laughingly  say  that  our  prob- 
lem was  that  we  never  had  an  alumnus  die  of 
old  age.  Consequently,  we  really  didn't  have  a 
body  of  financial  supporters  like  the  older 
universities  had,"  he  says.  "It's  nice  to  have  a 
good  reputation.  It's  especially  nice  to  have  a 
good  reputation  if  it  promotes  faculty  expan- 
sion and  student  development.  To  me,  that  is 
what  Duke's  national  standing  would  do." 

But  financing  such  ambitions  was  hardly 
easy.  Joel  Fleishman  headed  Duke's  first-ever 
comprehensive  campaign  for  arts,  sciences,  and 
engineering  endowment.  Six  years  into  the 
campaign,  in  1988,  Fleishman  told  Duke's 
trustees  that  the  effort  "has  been  the  hardest 
job  I've  ever  had....  And  I'm  not  so  much 
referring  to  the  long  hours,  or  to  the  endless 
travel  and  arm-twisting  required.  The  hardest 
part  of  all  has  been  persuading  the  Duke  com- 
munity—  and  I  mean  faculty  and  trustees  as 
well  as  students  and  alumni — that  the  cam- 
paign could  in  fact  be  a  success." 

That  effort  was  essential  to  Duke's  contin- 
ued viability,  Fleishman  says.  Over  a  period  of 
twenty  years,  endowment  income  had  gone 
from  defraying  60  percent  to  about  10  percent 
of  the  university's  budget.  When  Sanford  as- 
sumed the  presidency,  Duke  was  bringing  in 


Sanford,  says  Fleishman,  worked  to  project 
a  different  attitude.  The  endowment  campaign 
eventually  raised  $221  million;  it  created  an 
additional  forty-three  professorships,  fifty- 
seven  graduate  fellowship  endowment  funds, 
and  180  new  undergraduate  scholarship  funds. 

If  it  takes  money  to  produce  educational 
excellence,  and  the  resulting  visibility,  what 
contribution  does  success  in  sports  make?  Re- 
flecting on  his  Stanford  seasoning,  Robert  Ro- 
senzweig  isn't  very  keen  on  the  significance 
of  athletic  reputation  to  greater  reputation. 
"Athletic  success  attracts  supporters  of  athlet- 
ics; it's  not  obvious  to  me  that  it  does  a  whole 
lot  more  than  that."  He  adds  that  neither 
football  nor  basketball  at  Stanford  is  "a  threat 
to  win  a  national  championship." 

Duke  has  long  harbored  championship 
aims,  at  least  in  basketball.  Brodie  says  that 
before  his  assuming  the  chancellorship  of  Duke, 
he  had  never  been  to  a  football  or  basketball 
game,  and  that  he  had  never  even  read  the 
sports  pages  during  his  school  and  college 
years.  Still,  "Coach  K  became  the  most  valu- 
able Duke  ambassador  on  the  university's  ros- 
ter of  stars,"  he  writes  in  Keeping  an  Open 
Door,  a  recent  book  of  his  collected  speeches. 
Brodie  specifically  credits  basketball  suc- 
cess— certainly  including  Duke's  two  nation- 
al championships,  in  1991  and  1992 — with  in- 
creased media  attention,  along  with  increases 
in  student  applications,  attendance  at  alumni 


events,  and  alumni  giving.  He  also  mentions 
the  basketball-inspired  financial  windfall 
from  TV  rights  and  T-shirt  sales. 

Tom  Butters,  the  university's  director  of 
athletics  since  1977,  is  uncomfortable  drawing 
such  tight  correlations.  Says  Butters,  who  will 
retire  at  the  end  of  this  academic  year,  "Any- 
time a  portion  of  your  university  is  stretched 
across  the  newspapers  from  coast  to  coast  in 
a  favorable  light,  whether  you're  winning 
football  games  or  basketball  games,  that  can 
be  —  and  I  emphasize  can  be — very  good. 
But  it  can  only  be  that  if  you're  doing  all  of 
the  other  things,  it  seems  to  me,  that  univer- 
sities are  charged  to  do.  We  are  an  education- 
al institution.  Athletics  is  a  part  of  that,  a 
fraction  of  that  program." 

To  Mike  Krzyzewski,  the  men's  basketball 
coach,  it's  important  to  keep  the  public  per- 
ception of  Duke  basketball  —  and  his  own 
public  perception — in  perspective.  "I'm  more 
visible  than  anybody  here  just  because  I  am 
on  television  so  much.  But  you  don't  want  to 
confuse  visibility  with  importance.  Even  peo- 
ple who  are  running  programs  here  at  Duke, 
they  don't  get  the  visibility,  and  they're  much 
more  important  than  we  are  —  all  the  re- 
search people  who  are  working  to  improve 
lives  and  to  save  lives.  But  if  we  use  our  visi- 
bility properly,  we  can  enhance  the  interests 
of  the  really  important  people. 

"When  we  went  to  those  seven  Final  Fours 
in  nine  years,  it  mirrored  the  explosion  of  col- 
lege basketball  in  the  media  market.  We  got 
more  recognition  than  some  teams  in  the 
past.  And  because  we  were  a  presence  there 
almost  every  year,  we  were  almost  branded  a 
success  in  college  basketball." 

The  media  pay  attention  to  Duke  players 
because  they've  tended  to  win  games,  but 
also,  Krzyzewski  insists,  because  they  don't 
"cut  corners"  academically.  "If  you  get  to  a 
certain  point  where  you're  getting  all  this 
notoriety,  even  if  you  lose  in  the  Final  Four  or 
in  the  championship  game,  how  you  handle 
that  loss  sometimes  means  more  than  win- 
ning. I  think  Duke  is  about  keeping  things  in 
perspective  and  keeping  things  balanced. 
When  people  think  of  Duke,  they  think  of 
success,  and  they  also  think  of  character. 

"For  a  basketball  player  here,  what  I'm 
looking  for  is  first  of  all  somebody  who  under- 
stands the  value  of  an  education.  Certainly, 
they  have  to  have  a  high  degree  of  basketball 
talent.  But  I  don't  want  anyone  who's  skewed 
toward  just  basketball,  because  they  probably 
wouldn't  make  it  here.  As  good  as  our  basket- 
ball program  might  be,  our  school  is  better.  It's 
exciting  to  see  Laettner  hit  great  shots,  it's 
exciting  to  watch  Grant  Hill  play  with  grace, 
it's  exciting  to  watch  Bobby  Hurley  play  with 
daring.  But  why  did  they  choose  Duke?  In 
interviews,  it's  those  kids  saying  that  they  love 
being  at  Duke,  that  they  love  being  a  student 


November-December   1997 


at  Duke,  not  just  an  athlete  at  Duke.  I  think 
that  it's  not  just  the  games  but  some  of  the 
interviews  with  these  youngsters — print, 
television,  radio — that  have  gone  a  long  way 
to  create  a  positive  image  for  Duke." 

Among  the  signs  of  the  reach  of  Duke  bas- 
ketball, Krzyzewski  says,  are  the  thousands  of 
requests  for  autographs  and  the  personal  let- 
ters that  come  his  way.  "Thousands  is  not  an 


quality  of  Duke's  applicant  pool  has  remained 
high  even  as  the  pool  itself  has  expanded.  So 
the  university  is  not  seeing  expressions  of  in- 
terest from  marginal  candidates  whose  chief 
quality  is  basketball  worship.  And  it's  not  at 
all  clear  to  what  extent  basketball-inspired 
visibility  has  contributed  to  Duke  application 
activity.  There  is  one  notable  peaking  in  that 
activity:  For  the  freshman  class  that  entered 


I  SEE  THAT  AS  ONE  OF  OUR 
SIONS  WITH  THE  BASKETBALL 


PROGRAM— TO  MARKET  THE 
NIVERSITY,  TO  GET  THE  NAME 


'HERE  A  LITTLE  BIT  MORE. 
>NCE  PEOPLE  LOOK  AT  IT, 


.HEY'LL  RECOGNIZE  WHAT 
DUKE  DOES  ACADEMICALLY." 


exaggeration;  that's  what  we  deal  with.  If 
we  are  number  one  in  a  particular  year  or  if 
we  win  a  national  championship  or  make  the 
Final  Four,  then  you  multiply  that  number 
several  times.  To  have  that  kind  of  response, 
you  know  you're  touching  something  out 
there  in  a  lot  of  people." 

Krzyzewski  says  his  program  has  worked 
hard  to  use  such  a  public  platform  to  commu- 
nicate a  bigger  story  about  Duke.  "The  fact  is 
that  we're  on  television  twenty-five  to  thirty 
times  a  year.  That  exposure  for  a  two-hour 
period  for  every  game — I  don't  know  how 
you  measure  that.  We  probably  have  more  air 
time  than  first-run  episodes  of  ER.  People  pay 
a  lot  of  money  to  get  a  thirty-second  spot,  a 
sixty-second  spot,  on  one  of  those  television 
series.  For  the  Final  Four,  the  money  that  is 
spent  for  advertising  is  immense.  Well,  here 
we  have  free  advertising  for  Duke.  And  if  we 
are  in  an  event  like  the  Final  Four,  where  50 
million  people  might  be  watching  worldwide, 
other  aspects  of  the  university  can  be  shown 
through  that  medium. 

"I  see  that  as  one  of  our  missions  with  the 
basketball  program — to  market  the  university, 
to  get  the  name  out  there  a  little  bit  more. 
Then  once  people  look  at  it,  they'll  recognize 
what  Duke  does  academically." 

It  seems  the  public  has  come  to  learn  what 
Duke  does  —  and  demands  —  academically. 
According  to  Duke  admissions  officials,  the 


in  1985, 12,679  applied.  The  following  spring, 
Duke  played  in  its  first  Final  Four  under 
Krzyzewski.  And  that  fall,  application  numbers 
soared — to  15,120.  But  even  with  a  couple  of 
national  championships,  year-to-year  totals 
have  changed  just  incrementally  since  then. 

Basketball  hasn't  just  served  as  a  vehicle  for 
national  visibility;  it  has  also  helped  define 
student  life  at  Duke — and  so  presumably  has 
boosted  those  student  satisfaction  rankings. 
This  fall's  "midnight  madness" — the  first  offi- 
cial team  practice — filled  Cameron  Indoor 
Stadium  with  frenzied  student  fans,  along 
with  the  ESPN  broadcast  team. 

"I  think  basketball  has  become  an  integral 
part  of  what  this  university  is  doing," 
Krzyzewski  says.  "By  no  means  is  it  the  most 
important,  or  even  one  of  the  top  five  things. 
But  it  is  much  easier  for  everybody  to  identi- 
fy with  it.  When  you  have  a  great,  multi- 
faceted  university,  there's  not  necessarily  one 
rallying  point,  one  cry  that  can  bring  every- 
body together.  I  think  basketball  has  helped 
serve  that  purpose.  Cameron  is  probably  the 
biggest  collection  of  Duke  people  in  a  really 
intense,  unified  atmosphere." 

Whether  or  not  Duke  continues  its  win- 
ning ways  in  basketball  —  and  whether  or  not 
it  holds  to  its  number-three  U.S.  News  & 
World  Report  ranking — it's  not  likely  to  slip  in 
national  visibility.  But  visibility  doesn't  come 
without  quality;  and  quality  costs.  In  his  1992 


capital  campaign  wrap-up  report,  Fleishman 
told  the  trustees  that  Duke  must  look  to  dou- 
bling its  endowment  base  every  eight  or  ten 
years,  and  that  it  needs  to  augment  the  en- 
dowment tour-  or  five-fold  to  be  competitive 
with  the  very  top  universities.  At  the  same 
time,  universities  nationally  are  feeling  public 
and  parental  pressure  to  rein  in  tuition 
charges.  So  even  as  Duke  looks  to  advance  in 
reputation  rankings,  it  may  not  want  to 
advance  in  tuition  rankings. 

In  the  view  of  President  Emeritus  Brodie, 
the  job  remains  —  as  one  trustee  said  to  him 
when  he  became  president — to  bring  the 
Duke  reality  in  line  with  the  elevated  public 
perception.  "We  still  may  have  an  over-inflat- 
ed perception  of  Duke  that  we  need  to  ad- 
dress, not  by  bringing  that  perception  down 
but  by  stepping  up  to  the  level  of  that  per- 
ception. And  that  gets  translated  into  what 
we  do  for  our  undergraduates." 

Many  of  the  schools  that  Duke  regards  as 
its  peers  emphasize  small-group  instruction, 
tutorials,  or  thesis  projects  in  the  junior  and 
senior  years,  he  says.  They  also  draw  their 
educational  and  residential  sides  closer  to- 
gether. "I  used  to  chastise  our  students  for 
wanting  to  come  here  and  then  trying  to  do 
as  little  as  possible  and  sort  of  get  out  the  door 
with  a  diploma  in  hand,"  says  Brodie.  "Now 
we're  seeing  more  students  who  are  aggres- 
sively interested  in  getting  an  education  and 
demanding  the  attention  of  the  faculty."  Duke 
doesn't  have  the  faculty  numbers  to  support 
one-on-one  mentoring,  he  says.  But  motivated 
students  are  going  to  press  their  educational 
expectations  on  the  university. 

In  a  larger  sense,  what  Duke  needs  to  be 
doing  is  constandy  scrutinizing  its  institutional 
culture,  constantly  reinventing  parts  of  itself, 
says  Phillip  Griffiths,  the  former  provost.  "It's 
always  harder  to  maintain  your  position  when 
you're  higher  up.  It  requires  leadership  and  it 
requires  resources.  I  think  those  two  factors 
are  obvious.  What's  less  obvious  is  that  it 
requires  some  process  for  change." 

"If  you're  winning,  the  temptation  is  to 
keep  doing  things  just  the  same  way  you've 
always  been  doing  them,"  he  says.  "So  there 
needs  to  be  built  into  the  institution,  into  the 
financial  planning  of  the  institution,  some 
process  that  facilitates  change."  Why  should 
Duke  not  have  the  flexibility  to  try  out  an 
interdisciplinary  program  for  five  years,  he 
asks,  and  see  if  it  takes  or  not?  "One  thing 
that  I  was  never  able  to  do  here  is  to  have  the 
financial  ability  to  experiment  in  a  new  area 
or  in  a  new  program  without  making  a  com- 
mitment to  it. 

"The  intellectual  market  doesn't  force 
change  in  academic  institutions  in  the  same 
way  that  the  ordinary  market  does  in  compa- 
nies. But  you  won't  stay  on  top  unless  you're 
constantly  changing."  ■ 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


DUKE 


Spring  spruce-up:  DUMAA  volunteers  and  the  New  York  Junior  League  revived  the  PS.  No.  2  playground 
in  Chinatown;  front  row,  Nick  Tsilibes,  brother  of  DUMAA  president  Chrys  Tsilibes  '87,  center,  and  Erica 
Berg  '96;  back  row,  Duke  mom  and  NYJL  member  Susan  Stahly,  Bob  Brown  B.S.E.  '54,  Ginny  Goad 
MB. A.  '93,  Jeremy  Stamelman  '96,  and  Dan  Napoli  '96. 


POWER 
CLUBS 


B 


ig-city  blues?  It's  time  you  searched 
out  a  comfortable  cohort  by  making  a 
Duke  alumni  club  connection.  Most 
have  websites  and  newsletters,  and  all  provide 
a  diverse  range  of  activities  to  match  the  ex- 
citement of  urban  living. 

In  New  York  City,  there's  DUMAA  (Duke 
University  Metropolitan  Alumni  Association), 
a  longstanding  club  rich  in  community  ser- 
vice and  cultural  offerings.  Last  fall,  DUMAA 
played  host  to  members  of  the  Boys  Town  Up- 
ward Bound  program  when  the  Blue  Devils 
played  West  Point.  For  the  last  three  years, 
DUMAA  has  been  a  partner  with  Boys  Har- 
bor, the  Harlem-based  community  organiza- 
tion founded  by  Anthony  Duke  in  1937.  Its 
Upward  Bound  program  was  established  to 
help  underserved  youths  gain  admission  to  col- 
lege by  guiding  them  through  the  pre -college 
academic  and  admissions  process;  several  have 
been  admitted  to  Duke. 


Each  fall,  the  Duke  Club  of  Boston  pairs 
with  other  Adantic  Coast  Conference  alumni 
clubs  in  Boston  to  offer  a  party  tent  for  the 
annual  Head  of  the  Charles  Regatta.  In  Octo- 
ber, the  club  arranged  a  special  evening  for 
viewing  the  Picasso  exhibit  at  the  Museum  of 
Fine  Arts  and  a  day-long  seminar,  "Generations: 
Learning  from  Women's  Lives,"  sponsored  by 
Duke's  Women's  Studies,  at  the  Hotel  Le 
Meridien;  Women's  Studies  chair  Jean  O'Barr 
and  the  head  of  Duke's  libraries,  David  Fer- 
riero,  joined  historians  Doris  Kearns  Goodwin 
and  Sucheta  Mazumdar  on  the  podium.  Sally 
Burks  Schmalz  '87  is  the  club's  president. 

Whether  you're  inside  or  outside  the  Belt- 
way, the  Duke  Club  of  Washington's  schedule 
covers  the  waterfront  in  variety,  literally,  from 
the  Chesapeake  to  the  Tidal  Basin.  A  "Wel- 
come to  DC."  happy  hour  at  Tony  6k  Joe's  and 
an  Old  Rag  Mountain  hike  targeted  young 
alumni  new  to  the  area.  Club  members  sailed 
aboard  Annapolis'  newest  schooner,  Imagine, 
in  October  with  the  Annapolis  Learning  An- 
nex. Also  in  October,  DCW  members  met 
Duke's  new  divinity  dean,  L.  Gregory  Jones 


M.Div.  '85,  Ph.D.  '88,  at  an  evening  reception; 
attended  a  pre-theater  reception  and  saw  a 
performance  of  Rent  at  the  National  Theatre; 
and  toured  Hillwood,  the  former  home  of 
Marjorie  Merriweather  Post,  before  it  under- 
goes a  two-year  renovation  project.  Nelson 
Jackson  '53  is  the  DCW  president. 

In  Chicago,  the  Cubs  are  the  stars  of  sum- 
mer, and  the  Duke  Club  of  Chicago  recently 
raised  them  to  rooftop  levels — for  game  view- 
ing, that  is,  playing  against  the  Dodgers  last 
une.  There's  no  better  way  to  watch  the  Cub- 
bies than  from  the  outfield  on  a  roof  with  un- 
limited hamburgers,  hot  dogs,  brats,  chips, 
desserts,  beer,  wine,  and  soft  drinks,  according 
to  Scott  Dickes  '91,  who  helped  organize  the 
event.  For  those  preferring  inside  events,  the- 

CHECK  IT  OUT 

The  Duke  Alumni  Association's  website: 
www.adm.duke.edu/alumni/homepage/ 

Get  connected  to  a  wealth  of  information: 

Reunion  schedules 

Member  benefits 

Career  services 

Lifelong  learning  and  travel  opportunities 

Club  events  calendar  and  local  club  contacts 

Duke  merchandise 

Duke  Magazine 


DUKE  CLUB  WEBSITES: 
Duke  Club  of  Southern  California 

www.duke-so'cal.com/ 

Duke  Club  of  Northern  California 

www.dcnc.com/ 

Duke  Club  of  DC 

www.dcw.org 

Duke  Club  of  Jacksonville,  Florida 

r.benchmarksrrategies.com/dukeclub/ 

Duke  Club  of  Boston 

www.xensei.com/users/duke 

Duke  Magazine 
www.adm.duke.edu/alumni 


November -December  1997       21 


ater  is  the  ticket,  with  a  block  of  them  for 
Forever  Plaid  at  the  Royal  George  Theater  in 
June  and  a  gala  event  next  spring  for  the  Chi- 
cago premiere  of  Show  Boat.  Heather  Howe 
'88  is  the  club's  president. 

Continuing  westward,  the  Dodgers  and  Rent 
appear  to  be  popular  attractions  for  club 
schedules.  The  Duke  Club  of  Southern  Cali- 
fornia watched  the  Dodgers  battle  the  Phillies 
in  July,  and  sponsored  a  pre-theater  dinner  at 
Tesoro  Trattoria  before  walking  three  blocks 
to  the  Ahmanson  Theater  for  a  performance 
of  the  Tony  Award-winning  record-breaker 
Rent.  Wine  tastings,  a  trip  to  the  zoo,  and  whale 
watching  are  some  future  club  events  still  in 
the  decision  stages.  Eva  Herbst  Davis  '87  is 
the  club's  president. 

Club  connections  can  be  made  for  new- 
comers to  most  any  U.S.  city.  Internationally, 
there  are  club  contacts  in  Argentina,  Costa 
Rica,  England,  France,  Hong  Kong,  Japan,  Jor- 
dan, Korea,  Singapore,  Thailand,  and  Switzer- 
land. A  list  of  club  contacts  and  locations  is 
available  on  the  Duke  Alumni  Association 
website  (see  CHECK  IT  OUT  page  21);  via  e- 
mail  from  Bert  Fisher  '80,  director  of  alumni 
clubs,  at  bert.fisher@duke.edu  or  from  George 
Dorfman  '85,  clubs  coordinator,  at  george. 
dorfman@duke.edu;  by  mail  at  Duke  Clubs, 
Alumni  Affairs,  614  Chapel  Drive,  Durham, 
N.C.  27708;  or  by  calling  (800)  FOR-DUKE 
or  (919)  684-5114. 


PERIPATETIC 
PRESIDENT 

Fall  found  President  Nannerl  O.  Keohane 
on  the  road  to  meet  alumni  at  various 
club  events. 
On  October  14,  she  spoke  at  a  luncheon  held 
at  the  Grand  Hyatt  by  the  Duke  Club  of  Adan- 
ta.The  club's  president  is  Ann  Elliott '88.  In  early 
November,  she  went  westward  for  a  reception 
at  the  Silicon  Valley  Capital  Club  in  San  Jose, 
sponsored  by  the  Duke  Club  of  Northern  Cali- 
fornia. Mike  Casey  '87  is  the  club's  president. 
On  December  10,  the  Duke  Club  of  Puget 
Sound  sponsored  a  presidential  reception  and 
private  showing  of  Leonardo  Da  Vinci's  Codex 
Leicester  at  the  Seattle  Art  Museum.  Michele 
Sales  '78  is  the  club's  president.  Also  in  Decem- 
ber, Keohane  was  guest  speaker  at  a  luncheon 
in  Orange  County,  California,  sponsored  by  the 
Duke  Club  of  Southern  California.  Eva  Herbst 
Davis  '87  is  the  club's  president. 

In  the  spring  of  1998,  Keohane  makes  her 
second  presidential  foray  abroad,  tentatively 
scheduled  to  speak  to  alumni  in  London  in 
February.  Details  will  be  available  at  a  later 
date  in  these  pages,  on  the  Duke  Alumni  As- 
sociation website,  or  by  contacting  the  clubs 
office  at  Alumni  Affairs. 


CHARLES  A.  DUKES  AWARD  FOR 
OUTSTANDING  VOLUNTEER  SERVICE 


Corley 


Garda 


ine  alumni  were  selected  to  receive 
Charles  A.  Dukes  Awards  for  Out- 
standing Volunteer  Service  to  the  uni- 
versity for  1996-97.  Established  in  1983,  the 
awards  honor  the  late  Dukes  '29,  who  was  di- 
rector of  Alumni  Affairs  from  1944  to  1963. 
Recipients  are  selected  by  the  Duke  Alumni 
Association's  Awards  and  Recognition  Com- 
mittee and  the  Annual  Fund's  Executive  Com- 
mittee. 

Charles  B.  Corley  Jr.  B.S.E.  '49,  who  lives  in 
Houston,  Texas,  worked  for  the  Exxon  Cor- 
poration and  its  affiliates  for  thirty-eight  years 
in  engineering  and  management  positions. 
"His  service  and  devotion  to  the  school  as  a 
class  agent  now  stands  at  seventeen  years," 
says  David  Dittmann,  assistant  director  of  de- 
velopment at  the  engineering  school,  "and  he 
is  already  planning  for  the  fiftieth  reunion." 

Corley,  who  served  on  Duke's  Alumni  Ad- 
missions Advisory  Committee  from  1986  to 
1995,  says  his  volunteer  work  "is  a  pleasure.  It 
allows  me  to  keep  in  touch  with  classmates  and 
the  school,"  and  offers  him,  he  says,  a  chance 
to  contribute  to  the  university's  many  financial 
needs,  "including  aid  for  some  of  the  extraor- 
dinarily talented  students  attracted  to  Duke." 

Robert  A.  Garda  B.S.E.  '61,  who  lives  in 
Nashville,  Tennessee,  retired  in  1994  as  direc- 
tor and  senior  partner  at  McKinsey  &  Com- 
pany. In  1994-95,  he  was  interim  president  and 
CEO  for  Aladdin  Industries.  He  has  served  on 
the  Dean's  Council  for  the  engineering  school 
since  1988,  is  a  past  member  of  the  Duke  Alum- 
ni Association,  and  is  a  former  member  of  the 
Alumni  Admissions  Advisory  Committee. 

Garda  recendy  stepped  down  after  five  years 
as  chair  of  the  Fuqua  School  of  Business's  board 
of  visitors,  where  he  has  been  a  member  since 
1977.  He  was  instrumental  in  the  campaign  to 
honor  retiring  Fuqua  Dean  Thomas  Keller, 
which  raised  $16  million  for  the  Keller  Cen- 


Gassner 

ter.  "Volunteerism,"  he  says,  "is  the  fourth  leg 
— after  family,  faith,  and  career — in  achiev- 
ing a  fulfilling  life." 

Cecelia  Gassner  B.S.E.  '94,  who  lives  in  Pasa- 
dena, California,  recently  earned  her  law  de- 
gree at  Boston  University  and  is  an  associate  at 
the  Los  Angeles  law  firm  Wood,  Smith,  Hen- 
ning  &  Berman.  As  a  student,  she  was  a  mem- 
ber of  the  Dukes  and.  Duchesses  and  a  class 
gift  agent.  After  graduation,  she  immediately 
signed  on  to  interview  prospective  students 
through  Boston's  Alumni  Admissions  Advis- 
ory Committee. 

In  1995,  she  became  president  of  the  Duke 
Club  of  Boston,  which  experienced  huge  growth 
in  membership  and  participation  during  her 
tenure.  Besides  her  community  service  activities 
with  the  Boston  club,  she  made  a  connection 
with  its  membership  and  raised  money  for  the 
Reggie  Lewis  Foundation  in  support  of  inner- 
city  schools.  She  also  initiated  a  financial  and 
real-estate  seminar,  tapping  alumni  and  local 
experts,  and  helped  create  the  Duke  Club  of 
Boston's  homepage  on  the  Internet.  "I  carry 
deep  pride  for  having  gone  to  Duke,"  she  says, 
"and  volunteering  for  the  university  helps  me 
keep  in  touch  with  the  school,  alumni,  and 
with  my  community." 

Charles  V.  Ghoorah  '91,  J.D.  '94,  A.M.  '94, 
who  lives  in  Washington,  D.C.,  is  an  associate 
at  the  law  firm  Williams  &  Connolly.  As  class 
president  from  1988  to  1991,  he  was  a  student 
member  of  the  Duke  Alumni  Association's 
board  of  directors.  He  has  been  the  Class  of 
1991's  Annual  Fund  co-chair  and  a  member 
of  its  executive  committee  since  1991.  He  has 
chaired  his  class'  reunion  planning  commit- 
tee and  co-chaired  its  reunion  gift  effort. 

Ghoorah  is  a  lifetime  member  of  the  Duke 
Alumni  Association  and  an  active  member  of 
the  Duke  Club  of  Washington.  For  the  Annual 
Fund  this  past  year,  he  hosted  a  Young  Alumni 


22      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


Ghoorah 


Breakfast  for  President  Nannerl  O.  Keohane. 
"Duke  has  opened  so  many  doors  for  me,"  he 
says.  "Volunteering  is  my  way  of  'giving  back.' " 

Edward  M.  Reefe  B.S.E.  '68,  who  lives  in 
Boca  Raton,  Florida,  recently  retired  as  man- 
ager of  the  Florida  office  of  Heery  Interna- 
tional, an  architecture  and  engineering  firm. 
From  1987  to  1996,  he  was  president  of  Reefe 
Yamada  &  Associates,  Architects.  Since  1993, 
he  has  been  a  member  of  the  Dean's  Council 
at  the  engineering  school  and  has  chaired  its 
development  committee  since  1995.  He  has 
also  been  an  engineering  class  agent,  a  mem- 
ber of  the  Alumni  Admissions  Advisory  Com- 
mittee since  1983,  and  served  on  the  board  of 
directors  of  the  Duke  Club  of  Tampa  from 
1991  to  1995. 

Reefe  is  also  a  member  of  the  William  Pres- 
ton Few  Society  and  the  Founders'  Society, 
and  a  lifetime  member  of  the  Duke  Alumni 
Association.  "In  order  to  sustain  and  enhance 
the  university's  stature,"  he  says,  "it  is  impor- 
tant that  we  as  alumni  respond  by  contribut- 
ing our  time  and  talents." 

Nora  Lea  Rogers  Reefe  '67  lives  in  Boca 
Raton  with  her  husband,  Edward,  whom  she 


met  at  Duke;  both  of  their  children  attended 
Duke.  She  was  president  of  Consultant  Man- 
agement Services  from  1983  to  1994  and  now 
president  of  The  Carrick  Group,  a  manage- 
ment and  investment  consulting  firm. 

An  Annual  Fund  volunteer  since  1974,  she 
is  a  member  of  Trinity  College's  board  of  visi- 
tors. She  has  worked  with  her  class'  twentieth 
and  twenty-fifth  reunion  committees,  and  she 
recently  chaired  its  thirtieth  reunion  leader- 
ship gift  committee,  personally  sponsoring  a 
five-year  class  challenge.  Her  efforts  led  to  a 
President's  Award  to  the  Class  of  1967  for  the 
largest  reunion  gift. 

Since  1983,  Reefe  has  been  a  member  of  the 
Alumni  Admissions  Advisory  Committee  and 
the  Duke  Club  of  Tampa's  board  of  directors. 
In  addition  to  membership  in  the  William  Pres- 
ton Few  Society  and  the  Founders'  Society, 
she  is  founder  of  the  Reefe  Family  Student 
Services  Endowment.  "Since  I  went  to  Duke 
on  a  full  scholarship/aid  package,"  she  says,  "I 
have  wanted  to  ensure  that  other  young  peo- 
ple could  have  the  same  opportunity." 

Sheryl  C.  Sauter  '97,  who  lives  in  Port  Wash- 
ington, New  York,  is  project  director  for  Stra- 
tegic Insights,  Inc.  As  a  student,  she  served  on 


the  Annual  Fund's  executive  committee, 
volunteered  with  the  senior  class  gift  effort, 
and  was  a  member  of  the  campus  service 
group  Dukes  and  Duchesses.  She  was  also  a 
student  representative  on  the  trustees'  acade- 
mic affairs  committee  and  co-chaired  the 
1996  Homecoming  planning  committee.  In 
the  summer  of  1995,  she  was  a  resident  adviser 
for  the  Pre -college  Program  for  advanced, 
rising  high-school  seniors  and,  in  summer 
1996,  was  a  resident  adviser  in  England  for 
Duke's  Talent  Identification  Program. 

Conducting  campus  tours  became  Sau- 
ter's  specialty  and  she  developed  a  remark- 
able knowledge  of  the  campus.  "Early  in  my 
undergraduate  career,"  she  says,  "I  discovered 
a  deep  interest  in  Duke's  history.  I  was  espe- 
cially fascinated  by  the  lives  of  those  who 
had  devoted  themselves  to  creating  and 
supporting  this  institution.  I  found  this  com- 
mitment to  Duke  inspirational  and  have 
worked  to  emulate  this  concept  of  service  to 
Duke  in  my  own  life." 

John  L.  Sherrill  '50,  who  lives  in  Green- 
ville, South  Carolina,  retired  in  1991  as  vice 
president  of  Abney  Mills.  "I  began  working 
for  the  Duke  'Loyalty  Fund'  in  1953,"  he  says, 
"and  have  been  involved  almost  every  year 
since  then."  President  of  the  Class  of  1950 
from  1975  to  1990,  he  was  its  chief  class 
agent  for  twenty  years. 

Sherrill  was  president  of  the  Duke  Alum- 
ni Association  in  1977-78  and  national  chair 
of  the  Washington  Duke  Club  since  1995.  He 
has  been  a  member  of  the  Annual  Fund's  ex- 
ecutive committee  since  1989,  serving  on  its 
leadership  gifts  subcommittee  for  the  past 
two  years. 


Payor  Wilkerson  '83,  who  lives  in 
Decatur,  Georgia,  is  a  partner  in  the  Atlanta 
law  firmTroutman  Sanders.  Active  in  Annual 
Fund  efforts  and  reunions  planning,  she  has 
been  a  member  of  her  local  Alumni  Admis- 
sions Advisory  Committee  since  1990  and 
its  chair  since  1995. 

The  Atlanta  AAAC  that  Wilkerson  over- 
sees has  nearly  100  members  who  provide 
interviews  for  an  applicant  pool  of  more  than 
350.  She  has  repeatedly  had  above  a  75  per- 
cent return  rate  on  interview  forms.  She  is  al- 
so responsible  for  accepted- student  receptions 
each  April  and  seeing  that  Duke  is  repre- 
sented at  high  school  college  fairs. 

"I  volunteer  for  Duke  as  thanks  for  the 
lifelong  friends  and  love  of  learning  that 
Duke  gave  me,"  she  says.  "Best  of  all,  I  see 
Duke's  future  in  the  wide-eyed  high  school 
students  I  interview." 


November-December   1997         23 


3fe  Mnkt 

in  pour 

totll? 


Traditionally,  bequests  have  been 

a  significant  source  of  Duke's 

financial  support.  Your  bequest  to 

Duke  will  help  to  ensure  Duke's 

continued  strength  and 

academic  excellence. 

High  federal  estate  tax  rates 

significantly  lower  the  cost  of 

making  a  bequest  to  Duke. 

Join  more  than  1,500  other  Duke 
alumni  and  friends  as  a  member 
of  the  Heritage  Society,  an  honor- 
ary circle  of  University  alumni  and 
friends  who  have  planned  an 
estate  gift  to  Duke. 


Please  contact: 

Michael  C.  Sholtz,  J.D.,  Director 

Office  of  Planned  Giving 

Duke  University 

3100  Tower  Blvd. 

Suite  205 

Durham,  NC  27707 

(919)  419-5070 

(919)  684-2123 


CLASS 
NOTES 


WRITE:  Class  Notes  Editor,  Duke  Magazine, 

614  Chapel  Dr.,  Durham,  N.C.  27708-0570 

FAX:  (919)  684-6022  (typed  only,  please) 

E-MAIL:  dukemag@duke.edu 

CHANGE  OF  ADDRESS:  Alumni  Records, 

614  Chapel  Dr.  Annex,  Durham,  N.C.  27708-0613. 

Please  include  mailing  label.  Or  e-mail  address 

changes  to:  bluedevil(aduke.edu 

NOTICE:  Because  of  the  volume  of  class 

note  material  we  receive  and  the  long 

lead  time  required  for  typesetting, 

design,  and  printing,  your  submission 

may  not  appear  for  two  to  three  issues. 

Alumni  are  urged  to  include  spouses' 

names  in  marriage  and  birth  announce- 


30s,  40s  &  50s 


Jerome  S.  Menaker'37  retired  simultaneously 
from  private  practice  and  the  faculty  of  the  University 
of  Kansas  School  of  Medicine.  A  volunteer  at  the 
Mid-American  All  Indian  Center  and  at  inner-city 
clinics,  he  lives  in  Wichita. 


S.  WentZ  '41  is  the  author  of  Patients  Are 
a  Virtue:  Practicing  Medicine  in  the  Pennsylvania  Amish 
Country,  published  by  Masthof  Press.  The  book  is  a 
collection  of  adventures  that  occurred  in  rural  Lancas- 
ter County,  Pa.,  between  1943  and  1988.  Before  he 
retired  in  1988,  he  was  a  family  physician  and  taught 
family  medicine  in  the  family  practice  residency  pro- 
gram at  Lancaster  General  Hospital.  He  lives  in 
Lancaster. 


Jr.  '49,  M.Div.  '52,  a  retired 
United  Methodist  minister,  is  president  of  the  non- 
profit Va.  United  Methodist  Housing  Development 
Corp.,  an  organization  dedicated  to  providing  afford- 
able housing  for  handicapped  individuals.  He  lives  in 
Locust  Grove,  Va. 

Carroll  A.  Weinberg  '49,  who  earned  his  M.  A.  in 
speech  and  audiology  and  his  M.D.  at  the  University 
of  Virginia,  is  a  psychiatrist  and  psychoanalyst  in  pri- 
vate practice.  He  received  the  1997  Human  Relations 
Award  from  the  American  Jewish  Committee.  He  is 
also  vice  president  of  the  committee's  Philadelphia 
chapter  and  co-chair  of  the  Interreligious  and  Foreign 
Affairs  Committee.  He  lives  in  Wynnewood,  Pa. 


I.  Gordon  J.D.  '54  was  elected  to  Rotary 
International's  board  of  directors,  where  he  will  help 
develop  policies  and  establish  priorities  for  the  global 
organization  of  1.2-milIion  volunteers.  He  is  an  attor- 
ney and  partner  in  the  law  firm  Gordon  &  Scalo.  He 
lives  in  Fairfield,  Conn. 


H.  Barnes  Ph.D.  '57  represented  Duke  in 
September  at  the  inauguration  of  the  president  of  the 
University  of  Michigan  in  Ann  Arbor.  He  lives  in 
Washington,  DC. 

Kathleen  Thomas  Buckner  B.S.N.  '57  won  a 
gold  medal  at  the  U.S.  National  Senior  Olympics.  She 
had  rounds  of  78  and  79  in  golf,  beating  out  57  other 
women  in  her  division.  She  lives  in  Oceanside,  Calif. 

Nathan  A.  Ridgeway  M.D.  '57,  an  attending  staff 
member  and  associate  residency  program  director  at 
Wellmont-Holston  Valley  Hospital  and  Medical  Cen- 
ter, is  chief  of  the  division  of  general  internal  medicine 
at  East  Tennessee  State  University.  He  received  the 


Dean's  Distinguished  Teaching  Award  in  Clinical 
Science  during  the  James  H.  Quillen  College  of 
Medicine  Honors  Convocation  Program.  He  was  one 
of  the  key  individuals  in  establishing  the  University 
Physicians'  Practice  Group  in  Kingsport.Tenn. 


'59  represented  Duke  in 
October  at  the  inauguration  of  the  president  of  North 
Carolina's  Fayetteville  Technical  Community  College. 


60s 


Peter  L.  Rapuzzi  '61  is  group  vice  president  of 
structured  export  finance  for  the  Export-Import  Bank 
of  the  United  States  in  Washington,  DC.  He  spent  35 
years  with  Chase  Manhattan  Bank. 


Ann  Harrell  '62,  who  earned  her  mas- 
ter's in  comparative  British  and  American  literature 
from  Columbia  University,  published  her  three -volume 
hook,  Ijtve  «!  transition,  in  Romania  in  1996. 


Rainey  '62,  a  historian  of 
American  graphic  arts,  received  the  annual  Charles  C. 
Eldredge  Prize,  awarded  by  the  National  Museum  of 
American  Art  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution.  The 
award  recognizes  a  recent  publication  on  the  history 
of  American  art  for  its  originality,  excellence  of 
research  and  writing,  and  significance  for  professional 
and  public  audiences.  Her  book,  Creating  'Picturesque 
America':  Monument  to  the  Natural  and  Cultural 
Landscape,  is  published  by  Vanderbilt  University  Press. 
She  lives  in  Charlottesville,  Va. 


Letitia  Smith  Swaine  '64  and  her  husband, 
William,  opened  an  Integral  Yoga  Center  in  northeastern 
Pennsylvania.  They  live  in  Drums,  Pa. 


Rackelman  Pierce  '65,  a  fiber  artist, 
displayed  a  collection  of  quilts  and  stitched  collages 
titled  "Cutting  the  Ties"  at  the  Gudelsky  Gallery  of  the 
Maryland  College  of  Art  and  Design.  She  lives  in 
Rockville,  Md.~ 

Philip  Lader  '66  is  serving  in  London,  England,  as 
U.S.  ambassador  to  the  Court  of  St.  James.  He  had 
served  in  the  Clinton  administration  as  head  of  the 
Small  Business  Administration  and  as  White  House 
deputy  chief  of  staff.  He  is  a  former  member  of  the 
Duke  Alumni  Association's  board  of  directors. 

Jacquelyn  Bowman  Campbell  B.S.N.  '68  is  an 
advocate  for  victims  of  domestic  abuse  and  an  Anna 
D.  Wolf  Endowed  professor  and  director  of  the  doctoral 
program  at  Johns  Hopkins  University's  nursing  school. 
She  received  the  Distinguished  Scholar  Award  during 
the  University  of  Rochester's  Ph.D.  commencement 
ceremony  in  May.  She  lives  in  Baltimore. 

Larry  C.  Ethridge  '68,  secretary  and  general 
counsel  for  AAA  Kentucky,  is  also  vice  chair  of  the 
American  Bar  Association's  section  on  state  and  local 
government  law,  and  co-chair  of  the  steering  committee 
for  the  ABA  Model  Procurement  Code  Revision 
Project.  He  lives  in  Louisville. 

Pender  M.  McCarter  '68,  an  associate  communi- 
cations director  for  the  Institute  of  Electrical  and 
Electronics  Engineers  in  Washington,  DC,  was  awarded 
accreditation  by  the  Public  Relations  Society  of 
America  (PRSA).  He  also  chairs  the  PRSAs  associa- 
tion section,  and  he  participated  in  the  14th  Inter- 
national PR  Association  World  Congress  in  Helsinki 
and  a  post-Congress  tour  to  St.  Petersburg,  where  he 
met  with  his  Russian  colleagues. 


24      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


mwammm 


SOUL  WORK 


Publishing  is  all 
about  chance: 
the  writer  taking 
a  chance  that  talent 
will  be  recognized,  the 
editor  taking  a  chance 
that  an  acquisition  will 
be  marketable,  the 
reader  taking  a  chance 
that  a  book  will  be 
memorable. 

Appropriately,  Trish 
Carr  Hagood's  first 
project  as  publisher  is 
devoted  to  "chance." 
"Chance"  is  part  of  a 
book  series  called 
Oxymoron;  every  year, 
Hagood's  New  York- 
based  Oxymoron  will 
issue  another  book 
devoted  to  a  single 
theme. 

The  inaugural  effort 
has  a  playful  look  to 
it — in  its  odd  rectangle 
shape,  and  certainly  in 
its  vibrant  typographi- 
cal effects.  With  5,000 
copies  printed,  Hagood 
'65  is  taking  a  chance 
that  readers  will  "pay 
for  quality,"  in  her 
words,  at  $50  per  book 
(reduced  to  $29.95  in 
a  holiday  discount). 

Folio,  a  publishing- 
industry  trade  maga- 
zine, acknowledged 
that  quality  in  Octo- 
ber: It  gave  Oxymoron 
its  "Ozzie"  award  for 
design  excellence. 

After  graduating 
from  Duke,  Hagood 
went  to  New  York  Uni- 
versity for  her  Ph.D.  in 
comparative  literature. 
In  1989,  she  earned  a 
master's  degree  in 
early  childhood  educa- 
tion from  Bank  Street 
College. 

"At  that  time,  I  had 
already  begun  my 
search  for 'soul  work,' 
something  I  really 
wanted  to  do  that 
wasn't  predicated  on 
money,"  she  says. 
"Of  course,  I  have  a 
secret  desire  to  prove 
that  the  arts  can  make 
money,  since  I  see 
more  hope  for  their 
endurance  if  they  can, 
in  fact,  do  that.  There 
must  be  a  way." 

One  way,  she  hopes, 
is  through  Oxymoron. 
Hagood  developed  the 
idea  for  the  book  series 


Variations  on  a  theme:  Hagood's  mega-book 
marries  the  literary  and  the  graphic  arts 


just  over  three  years 
ago — "while  petting 
my  dog,  Maggie,"  she 
says.  "It  seemed  the 
perfect  combination 
for  me — literature  and 
the  arts — since  I  had 
taken  up  painting  in 
the  last  ten  years."  The 
production  would 
include  provocative 
ideas  in  a  striking  visu- 
al accompaniment. 

"I  have  always  loved 
children's  books  for 
their  combination  of 
text  and  art,  and,  with- 
out knowing  it  con- 
sciously, I  think  I 


she  says.  She  was  also 
reflecting  her  passion 
for  illuminated 
manuscripts.  That  had 
been  her  speciality  in 
medieval  literature. 

The  Oxymoron  vol- 
ume on  chance  features 
essays  on  the  mathe- 
matics of  probability, 
what  quantum  physics 
tells  us  about  causation 
and  chance,  Buddhism's 
resistance  to  logic,  and 
Protestantism's  equa- 
tion of  good  luck  with 
God's  grace.  There  are 
literary  musings  on 
chaos  as  a  theme  in 
Shakespeare,  Dostoev- 
sky's  preoccupation 
with  losing,  Poe's  con- 
cern with  random 
trajectories,  and  Don 
DeLillo's  White  Noise 
as  a  portrayal  of  a  soci- 
ety steeped  in  techno- 
logical uncertainty. 
There  are  dialogues, 
poems,  short  stories, 
and  photography 
spreads  about  chance 
encounters,  random 
choices,  and  gambling 
addiction.  (Hagood 


contributed  two  illus- 
trations: "Wheel  of 
Darkness"  and  "Wheel 
of  Light.")  There  is 
even  a  presentation  of 
fortunes  from  fortune 
cookies.  'Terhaps  even 
our  greatest  geniuses," 
observes  one  contribu- 
tor, "will  never  fully 
understand  God's  seem- 
ingly random  methods." 

The  project  has  a 
range  of  Duke  connec- 
tions, beginning  with 
editorial  consultant 
Melissa  Malouf,  associ- 
ate professor  of  the 
practice  of  English. 
Diskin  Clay,  a  classics 
professor,  traces  the 
origins  of  the  Greek 
Tyche  and  the  Roman 
Fortuna — both  "pow- 
erful divinities,  too 
powerful  for  any  mere 
human  to  calculate  or 
manipulate."  He 
quotes  Pericles,  the 
Athenian  statesman,  as 
warning  the  Athenian 
assembly  that  "There  is 
often  no  more  logic  in 
the  course  of  events 
than  there  is  in  the 
plans  of  men,  and  this 
is  why  we  blame  our 
luck  when  things  don't 
turn  out  the  way  we 
expect" 

In  another  contribu- 
tion, Duke  English  pro- 
fessor Julie  Tetel'72, 
an  author  of  romance 
novels,  muses  about 
looking  for  love. 
Romance  studies  pro- 
fessor Marcel  Tetel, 
Hagood's  French 
instructor  when  she 
was  a  Duke  student, 
considers  Montaigne's 
efforts  to  reconcile  for- 
tune, faith,  and  reason. 
The  piece  on  Poe  was 


crafted  by  another 
Romance  studies  pro- 
fessor, David  Bell. 

(Oxymoronically 
or  not,  the  print- 
oriented  group  main- 
tains a  website: 
www.oxymoron.com.) 

Hagood's  other  asso- 
ciation— "the  money- 
making  company,"  as 
she  puts  it — is  Ox- 
bridge Communica- 
tions. Oxbridge  pub- 
lishes the  Standard 
Periodical  Directory,  the 
Directory  of  Magazines, 
the  Directory  of 
Newsletters,  and  the 
Catalog  Directory. 

She  began  running 
Oxbridge  in  1975; 
three  years  later  she 
bought  the  company. 
In  1988,  her  husband, 
Louis  Hagood  B.S.C.E. 
'65,  took  over.  That's 
when  she  began  her 
search  for  a  different 
kind  of  project. 

A  self-described 
iconoclast,  Hagood 
says  she  will  keep 
Oxymoron's  focus  on 
words  and  images  that 
engage  the  imagina- 
tion— and  that  break 
at  least  some  of  the 
rules.  "I  want  people  to 
be  changed  by  reading 
it  That  should  be  the 
goal  of  any  writer  or 
artist." 

— Robert  J.  Bliivise 


Judith  Pfau  Cochran  A.M.  '69,  Ph.D.  74  is  a 

professor  of  French  language  and  literature  at  Denison 
University  in  Granville,  Ohio.  She  has  taught  at  Ohio 
State,  Kent  State,  and  Youngstown  State  universities. 
She  is  a  past  chair  of  Denison's  modern  languages 
department. 

Harry  Edward  DeMik'69,  M.Ed.  73  was  appointed 

university  registrar  of  Florida  Atlantic  University.  He 
was  deputy  university  registrar  at  Duke.  A  28-year 
veteran  of  its  registrar's  office,  he  was  responsible  for 
the  implementation  of  numerous  innovations,  such  as 
an  on-line  student  records  systems,  student  e-mail 
accounts,  the  Duke  Card,  and  the  Automated  Com- 
puter Enrollment  System  (ACES). 

M.  Miles  "Sonny"  Matthews  '69,  senior  man- 
agement counsel  at  the  U.S.  Department  of  Justice 
in  Washington,  D.C.,  works  in  information  technology 
services  management  and  procurement.  He  and 
his  wife,  Patti,  and  their  four  children  live  in  Mt. 
Vernon,  Va. 

MARRIAGES:  Elizabeth  Bowers '67  to 

Nathaniel  R.  Justice  on  May  17.  Residence:  Black 
Mountain,  N.C. 


BIRTHS:  Third  child  and  son  to  Caroline  Reid 
Sorell  '68  and  Michael  Sorell  on  Nov.  4, 1996. 
Named  John  Nathan  Breedlove... Fourth  child  and  son 
to  M.  Miles  "Sonny"  Matthews  '69  and  Patti 
Matthews  on  March  3, 1996.  Named  Kyle  Edward. 


70s 


Terry  R.  Black  J.D  70  is  president  and  a  senior 
partner  in  the  law  firm  Campbell,  Black,  Carnine, 
Hedin,  Ballard  6k  McDonald  in  Mt.  Vernon,  111.  His 
area  is  business  transactions,  with  an  emphasis  on 
energy-producing  companies. 

J.  Keith  Kennedy  70,  M.Div.  74  is  a  senior  public 
policy  adviser  in  the  Washington  office  of  the  law  firm 
Baker,  Donelson,  Bearman  6k  Caldwell.  He  was  in  the 
U.S.  Senate  as  staff  director  of  the  Committee  on 
Appropriations  for  Sen.  Mark  Hatfield.  He  and  his 
wife,  Patricia,  and  their  children  live  in  Arlington,  Va. 

Ellen  Hammerlund  Peach  B.S.N.  71  was 

ordained  an  elder  in  the  Pacific  Northwest  Annual 
Conference  of  the  United  Methodist  Church.  She 
completed  seminary  studies  .it  I  he  Saint  Paul  School 
of  Theology  in  Kansas  City,  Mo.  She  was  appointed  to 
a  bi-vocational  ministry  in  the  Kansas  East 
Conference,  focusing  on  rural  church  mission  work 
and  urban  immigrant  health  care.  She  and  her  hus- 
band, David  Reese,  live  in  Admire,  Kan. 


R.  Scarborough  Ph.D.  72  was  named  to 
an  endowed  professorship  at  Centre  College  in  Dan- 
ville, Ky.,  where  he  teaches  philosophy  and  religion. 

Robert  Bruce  Brower  B.S.M.E.  73  is  the  manager 
of  business  systems  at  Black  ekVeatch,  an  international 
engineering,  procurement,  and  construction  company. 
He  and  his  wife,  Susan,  live  in  Overland  Park,  Kan. 

Linda  Barlow  Ferreri  73,  who  earned  a  master's 
in  accounting  and  a  doctorate  in  business  administra- 
tion at  Case  Western  Reserve  University,  is  an  associate 
professor  of  business  administration  at  Peace  College 
in  Raleigh. 

Michael  George  Williamson  73  is  president 
of  the  law  firm  Maguire.Voorhis  6k  Wells.  A  past  chair 
of  the  business  law  section  of  the  Florida  Bar,  he  now 
serves  as  Florida  State  chair  of  the  Fellows  of  the 
American  Bar  Foundation.  He  lives  in  Orlando. 

Ken  Shifrin  74  is  the  Halstead  Scholar  in  music 
and  the  recipient  of  the  British  Academy  of  the 


November- December  1997        25 


Humanities  Research  Scholarship  at  Oxford 
University,  where  he  is  completing  his  Ph.D.  in  musi- 
cology.  He  was  in  the  first  trombone  chair  with  the 
Israel  Philharmonic,  the  Stuttgart  Radio  Orchestra, 
and,  most  recently,  the  City  of  Birmingham  Symphony 
Orchestra  in  Birmingham,  England. 

Stephen  C.  Baker  75  was  elected  to  the  hoard  of 
directors  of  the  law  firm  Stradley,  Ronon,  Stevens  6k 
Young.  He  specialises  in  commercial  litigation  and 
heads  the  firm's  insurance  practice  group.  He  lives  in 
Radnor,  Pa. 

Paul  W.  Gwozdz  B.S.E.  75,  M.S.E.E.  76,  who 

earned  his  M.D.  at  the  University  of  Medicine  and 
Dentistry  of  New  Jersey,  is  a  resident  in  family  practice 
at  UMDNJ  in  New  Brunswick,  N.J.  He  is  also  a  regis- 
tered professional  engineer  and  holds  a  second  M.S. 
degree  in  computer  science  from  N.J.  Institute  of 
Technology.  He  was  technical  manager  tor  AT&T  Bell 
Labs.  He  lives  in  Denville,  N.J. 

Richard  Wagoner  Jr.  75  was  appointed  to  a 
three-year  term  on  the  board  of  visitors  for  the  Fuqua 
School  of  Business.  Named  president  of  General 
Motors'  North  American  Operations  in  1994,  he  is  a 
member  of  GM's  President's  Council  and  chairman  of 
the  NAO  Strategy  Board. 

Susan  Benson  Westfall  75  writes  that  she  lives 
in  Bristol,  Va.,  on  an  11-acre  farm  with  eight  horses, 
seven  cats,  two  dogs,  two  children,  and  one  husband. 


Patricia  Goodson  76  is  a  concert  pianist  living  in 
Prague.  Her  latest  CD  for  Albany  Records,  Strange 
Aaractors:  New  American  Music  for  Piano,  includes 
compositions  by  Martin  Herman  76  and  Duke 
associate  professor  of  music  Stephen  Jaffe.  In  its 
review,  Czech  Radio  described  her  playing  as  "techni- 
cally masterful,  her  artistry  and  her  variety  of  touch, 
admirable."  She  will  be  performing  at  the  American 
Academy  in  Rome  next  season. 


76  teaches  English  at 
Armstrong  Atlantic  State  University  in  Savannah,  Ga. 
He  has  written  two  novels,  Every  Unhappy  Family  and 
Short  Lease,  scheduled  for  publication  next  spring. 

Carl  Tandatnick'77  had  a  month-long  one-man 
show,  "Blood  and  Virus,"  of  his  art  work  and  gave  a 
lecture  at  the  University  of  Miami's  New  Gallery  in 
September  and  October.  A  physician  in  private  prac- 
tice, he  lives  in  Punta  Gorda,  Fla. 

Richard  W.  Graber'78,  who  earned  his  law  degree 
at  Boston  University,  is  a  shareholder  and  a  member  of 
the  business  organizations  department  in  the  law  firm 
Reinhart,  Boemer,  Van  Deuren,  Norris  &  Rieselbach. 
He  is  serving  an  interim  term  on  the  board  of  trustees 
at  the  Medical  College  of  Wisconsin  Inc.  He  lives  in 
Shorewood.Wis. 

Lisa  E.  Heimann  79  works  with  severely  emotion- 
ally and  behaviorally  disordered  junior  and  senior  high 
school  students  in  Atlanta. 


Steven  Johnson  Ph.D.  79,  a  professor 
of  materials  science  and  engineering  at  Georgia  Tech 
in  Adanta,  received  the  1997  American  Society  for 
Testing  and  Materials'  Award  of  Merit.  He  was  recog- 
nized for  "exceptional  leadership  and  outstanding 
technical  contributions  in  the  area  of  metal  matrix 
composites." 


MARRIAGES:  Pamela  B.  Lemmons  79  to 

Patrick  Murphy  on  May  3.  Residence:  Albuquerque. 

BIRTHS:  Second  child  and  son  to  Anne  Turpin 
Cody  76  and  Claude  C.  Cody  IV  on  March  13. 
Named  Braxton  Turpin.. .Fourth  child  and  third  son  to 
Laurie  Lou  Elliott  79  and  Mark  L.  Elliott  on  June 
3.  Named  Philip  Reid... First  son  and  second  child  to 
Susan  Feldsted  Halman  B.S.N.  79  and  Mark 
Halman  on  December  23, 1996.  Named  David  Thomas.. 


SPACE  COMMANDER 


ost  Fourth  of 
July  celebra- 
tions are 
marked  by  eye-pleas- 
ing explosions  of  color 
and  light.  But  none  are 
as  breathtaking  as  the 
one  spent  by  Comman- 
der Charles  E.  Brady 
Jr.  M.D.  75  roughly 
200  miles  above  the 
Earth.  As  Duke's  first 
astronaut,  Brady 
passed  a  particularly 
memorable  Indepen- 
dence Day  witnessing 
not  one,  but  two  fire- 
works displays  from 
space — one  courtesy 
of  pyrotechnic  festivi- 
ties across  the  United 
States,  and  the  other  a 
natural  lightning  storm 
illuminating  most  of 
Australia. 

"Going  up  for  the 
first  time  is  nothing 
you  can  prepare  your- 
self for.  It's  almost  like 
you're  expecting  a  high 
school  basketball  gym- 
nasium and,  all  of  a 
sudden,  you're  walking 
right  into  Cameron," 
he  explains.  "The  ex- 
perience humbles  man 
right  down  to  the  cel- 
lular level." 

The  STS-78  mission 
aboard  the  Space  Shut- 
tle Columbia — the 
twentieth  launch  of  the 


Duke's  first  astronaut:  Brady,  who  spent  18  < 
aboard  the  Space  Shuttle  Columbia 


centered  on  scientific 
research.  The  overall 
goal  was  to  test  human 
physiological  adaptabil- 
ity in  space,  prefigur- 
ing the  possibility  of 
extended  stays  outside 
the  Earth's  atmosphere. 

Brady  himself  was 
charged  with  supervis- 


time  team  physician 
at  Iowa  State  and  at 
UNC-Chapel  Hill- 
proved  beneficial 
aboard  the  shuttle.  The 
bulk  of  his  preparation 
for  the  launch,  howev- 
er, came  from  outside 
his  specialized  field. 
Having  survived 
NASA's  rigorous  two- 
year  battery  of  ground- 
work, called  "cross- 


that  measured  astro- 


exercises,  and  courses 
in  flight  instruction  and 
in-flight  engineering — 
Brady  spent  another 
twenty-four  months 
preparing  specifically 
for  his  eighteen-day 


cle  physiology,  and 
bone  calcium  count. 
He  administered  the 
majority  of  the  sam- 
pling experiments  with 
the  crew — himself, 
four  other  Americans, 


"It  was  I 
out  of  a  fire  hydrant," 
he  says.  "Just  trying  to 
take  in  that  deluge  of 


Frenchman — as  test 
patients.  "I  guess  it  was 
sort  of  payback  for 
doing 'bad  things'  to 
patients  all  those  years 
in  med  school." 

His  sports  medicine 
background — as  one- 


feel  like  I  was  back  in 
grad  school  again." 
Well-equipped  by  his 
years  of  training,  Brady 
also  acted  as  flight 
engineer  for  the  shut- 
de's  re-entry  over 
Papua  New 

While 
school,  he  was  strongly 
impressed  by  several 
conscientious  teachers 


who  dragged  a  televi- 
sion set  into  the  class- 
room to  showcase  "al- 
most every  moment  an 
American  was  up  in 
space."  As  a  flight  sur- 
geon with  the  Navy's 
Blue  Angels  in  1991, 
Brady  was  encouraged 
to  apply  for  astronaut 
training  by  the  unit's 
flight  leader,  who 
recognized  his  flying 
skills.  The  two-year 
selection  process,  allot- 
ing  only  10  percent  of 
its  positions  for  appli- 
cations from  military 
branches,  culminated 
in  an  official  visit  to 
Lyndon  B.  Johnson 
Space  Center  in  Hous- 
ton for  a  week-long 
barrage  of  interviews 
and  physical  examina- 
tions. Back  on  board 
the  Navy  aircraft 
carrier  USS  Ranger  six 
months  later,  he  re- 
ceived congratulatory 
notification  to  report 
back  for  training. 

Following  his  home- 
coming, Brady  has 
taken  charge  of  trainin 
and  development  for 
the 


platform  designed  to 
accommodate  a  com- 
munity of  research 
scientists.  The  under- 
taking, spearheaded  by 
the  United  States  with 
cooperation  from  four 
major  partners — Ja- 
pan, Russia,  Canada, 
and  the  European 
Space  Agency — has 
its  first  in  a  series  of 
launches  scheduled  for 
next  year. 

Despite  present  pre- 
occupation with  the 
state  of  the  hobbled 
Russian  MIR  space  sta- 
tion, Brady  maintains 
that  the  coming  decade 
will  likely  usher  in  an 
era  of  extraterrestrial 
colonization.  He  points 
out  that  the  1 
station  was  on 
built  as  a  military  stag- 
ing platform  during  the 
Cold  War  and  was 
never  intended  to  last 
the  fifteen  years  it  has. 
Newly-engineered  sta- 
tions, on  the  other 
hand,  will  evolve  in 
tandem  with  the  devel- 
opment of  cutting-edge 
space  age  technologies 
already  being  re- 
searched above  the 
Earth's  atmosphere. 

While  issues  of 
space  station  safety 
trouble  NASA  officials, 
Brady  argues  that  die 
relative  risk  pales  in 
comparison  to  the 
potential  gains  of  hu- 


the  solar  system.  "The 
next  time  a  rocketship 
leaves  for  the  Moon,  it 
won't  be  going  just  to 
come  right  back.  I'm 
confident  that  we  will 
see  lunar  colonies,  as 


ping  of  Mars,  within 
the  next  ten  to  twelve 


Station  project,  i 


26      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


Third  son  to  Lisa  E.  Heimann  79  on  March  3, 
1995.  Named  Jacob  Jones... A  son  and  second  child  I 
Andrew  Hemmendinger  BSE.  79  and  Ida  B. 
Haugland  on  Nov.  2, 1996.  Named  Lars  Alexander. 


80s 


Mark  Steven  Calvert  '80,  J.D.  '83  is  an  adjunct 
professor  at  Campbell  University's  Norman  Adrian 
Wiggins  School  of  Law  in  Buies  Creek,  N.C.  He  teaches 
an  upper-level  course  in  real  property  planning. 


i  M.D.  '81  is  chief  of  ortho- 
paedic surgery  at  Florida  Hospital  in  Orlando.  He 
practices  with  the  Jewett  Orthopaedic  Clinic  in  Winter 
Park,  Fla.,  where  he  specializes  in  joint  reconstruction 
and  sports  medicine.  He  and  his  wife,  Susan,  and  their 
daughter  live  in  Winter  Park. 


!  Sheffey  Ph.D.  '82,  who  earned  her  law 
:  Boston  College,  is  counsel  on  the  litigation- 
:  and  alternative  dispute  resolution  team  for 
the  Atlanta  office  of  the  law  firm  Hunton  &  Williams. 
Her  practice  focuses  on  environmental  litigation  in 
federal  and  state  courts.  She  received  the  firm's  1996 
Pro  Bono  Publico  award  for  her  leadership  in  developing 
the  office's  pro  bono  practice.  She  also  directs  the  firm's 
Southside  Legal  Center,  the  cornerstone  of  its  commu- 
nity service  outreach.  She  lues  in  Atlanta. 


:  L.  Mullen  '83,  M.Div.  '86,  pastor  of  Haw 

River  United  Methodist  Church,  is  the  author  of  The 
New  Testament  Text  of  Cyril  of  Jerusalem,  published  by 
Scholars  Press.  He  lives  in  Haw  River,  N.C. 


'8  i  is  president  and 
CEO  of  First-Knox  National  Bank,  based  in  Mount 
Vernon,  Ohio. 

Julia  Myers  O'Brien  M.Div.  '84,  Ph.D.  '88  is  a 
professor  of  the  Old  Testament  at  Lancaster  Theologi- 
cal Seminary.  A  former  teacher  at  Meredith  College  in 
Raleigh,  she  is  the  author  of  three  books  and  numerous 
articles,  is  a  frequent  lecturer  and  preacher,  and  con- 
tributes to  scholarly  journals. 


J.  Schoenfeld  '84  is  vice  chancellor  for 
media  relations  at  Vanderhilt  University  and  serves  as 
chief  communications  strategist.  He  was  senior  vice 
president  for  policy  and  public  affairs  at  the  Corpora- 
tion for  Public  Broadcasting  in  Washington,  D.C.  He 
is  a  member  of  Duke  Magazine's  Editorial  Advisory 
Board.  He  and  his  wife,  Elizabeth  Temple  Scho- 
enfeld '84,  and  their  daughter  live  in  Nashville,  Tenn. 

Grant  Russell  Simons  '85,  M.D.  '90,  who  com- 
pleted a  fellowship  in  cardiology  and  cardiac  electro- 
physiology  at  Duke  in  July,  has  joined  Cardiology 
Associates,  PC,  a  group  practice  based  in  Washington, 
DC,  and  in  Annapolis.  He  and  his  wife,  Sunisa,  and 
their  children  live  in  Annapolis. 

Mari  Sugahara  Lathrop  '86,  who  graduated  from 
MIT's  Sloan  School  of  Management  in  1993,  is  a  vice 
president  with  the  fixed  income  management  group 
of  Loomis  Saylesh  Co.  She  and  her  husband,  John,  live 
in  Boston. 

Kenneth  Alonzo  Murphy  '86,  J.D.  '89,  a  commer- 
cial litigator  with  the  law  firm  Miller,  Alfano  &  Ras- 
panti  in  Philadelphia,  received  the  "Men  Making  a  Dif- 
ference" Award  from  the  American  Cities  Foundation. 


i  J.  Pontes  '86  is  a  vice  president  in  the 
commercial  workstation  development  group  at  Fleet 
Financial  Group  in  Providence,  R.I.  He  and  his  wife, 
Jane,  and  their  children  live  in  Cumberland,  R.I. 

John  Morse  Elliott  Storey  M.S.C.E.  '86,  a  men 
ber  of  the  engineering  technology  division  of  the 
Department  of  Energy's  Oak  Ridge  National  Labora- 


tory in  Tennessee,  received  an  award  for  technical 
accomplishment  and  team  involvement  in  the 
Partnership  for  a  New  Generation  of  Vehicles.  The 
award  was  presented  by  Vice  President  Al  Gore  at  the 
White  House.  He  and  his  wife,  Susan,  and  their  chil- 
dren live  in  Oak  Ridge. 

Jane  Scott  Cantus  '87,  who  earned  her  M.B.A. 
at  the  University  of  Virginia's  Darden  School  of 
Business,  is  a  principal  of  Kom/Ferry  International  in 
Washington,  D.C,  where  she  is  a  member  of  the 
advanced  technology  and  financial  services  specialty 
groups.  She  was  with  Bechtel  Financing  Services,  Inc. 
She  is  also  pursuing  a  law  degree  at  George  Washington 
University.  In  1988,  she  was  named  one  of  the 
Outstanding  Young  Women  of  America. 

Lori  Koenigsberg  Holleran  '87,  who  earned  her 
master's  in  social  work  at  the  University  of  Pennsyl- 
vania, is  pursuing  a  Ph.D.  at  the  Arizona  State  Univer- 
sity School  of  Social  Work.  She  works  as  a  chemical 
dependency  therapist  at  Charter  Hospital.  She  and 
her  husband,  John,  and  their  child  live  in  Phoenix. 

Erik  Norris  Johnson  '87,  a  Navy  lieutenant,  com- 
pleted a  four-month  deployment  to  the  western  Pacific 
Ocean  aboard  the  aircraft  carrier  L'SS  Independence. 


Gookin  Karslake  '87  is  director  of  devel- 
opment, stewardship,  and  communications  for  the 
Riverside  Church  in  New  York  City.  He  and  his  part- 
ner, Russ  Anderson,  live  m  Manhattan.  His  Internet 
address  is  dkarsm  ibm.net. 


Turzai  '87  is  a  pedis 
Pittsburgh  Pediatrics  Associates.  She  and  her  husband, 
Michael  Coyne  Turzai  J.D.  '87,  live  in  Bradford 
Woods,  Pa. 

Marc  Daniel  Carpenter  '88  is  the  founder  of 
Purity  Reformed  Fellowship,  a  Calvinistic  Christian 
assembly  in  Sudbury,  Vt.  He  and  his  wife,  Rebecca 
Eugena  Sebastian  Carpenter  '89,  and  their 

four  children,  live  in  Vermont. 

Sonja  Hospel  Leonard  '88,  the  president  of 
Computer  Dynamics,  and  her  husband,  Graham,  pub- 
lish Kids'  Web  World,  a  newsletter  she  describes  as  "the 
ultimate  parents'  guide  to  the  Internet  for  kids."  She  is 
also  the  author  of  The  College  Student's  Cuide  to  the 
Internet  and  a  supplement  for  high  school  juniors  and 
seniors,  L'sing  Computers  and  the  Internet  to  Conduct 
Your  College  Search.  She  and  her  husband  and  their 
child  live  in  Mason,  Ohio.  Their  Internet  address  is 
1005  50. 563@compuserve.com 


John  A.  MacLeod  II  B.S.E.  '88, '89  is  a  director  of 
finance  for  John  Hancock  Financial  Services  in  Bos- 
ton. He  and  his  wite,  Sarah,  live  in  Wellesley,  Mass. 

Lance  Rowland  MoritZ  '88,  a  Navy  lieutenant, 
completed  shore  duty  at  the  Caribbean  Regional 
Operations  Center  at  NAS  Key  West,  Fla.  He  will 
attend  the  department-head  course  in  Newport,  R.I. 
He  and  his  wife,  Michelle,  live  in  Newport. 


tty  '88  is  a  tax  consultant  with 
Arthur  Andersen  in  Washington,  D.C.  He  and  his 
wife,  Kata,  returned  from  a  trip  to  Tanzania,  where 
they  climbed  the  summit  of  Mt.  Kilimanjaro  on 
Christmas  Day. 

Thomas  William  Polaski  A.M.  88,  Ph.D.  91, 
associate  professor  of  mathematics  at  Winthrop 
University,  received  the  Outstanding  Junior  Professor 
Award,  which  recognizes  "inspired  teaching,  excellence 
in  research  or  creative  activity,  and  dedication  to  the 
welfare  of  students." 


bin  '88  formed  the  law  firm 
Slutkin  &  Rubin  with  Andrew  George  Slutkin 

J.D.  '91  in  Baltimore,  Md.  The  firm  engages  in  all 
aspects  of  complex  civil  and  criminal  litigation. 


Laurence  Blumenthal  '89,  seeking  ordination 
from  the  Union  of  Messianic  Jewish  Congregations,  is 
pursuing  a  second  master's  degree  in  religious  studies. 
An  assistant  rabbi  in  West  Hartford,  Conn.,  he  travels 
frequently  to  Japan  and  Eastern  Asia,  where  he  teaches 
about  the  Jewish  background  of  Christianity. 

Michele  Marie  Foy  Burdick  '89,  who  earned 
her  master's  degree  in  social  work  from  the  University 
of  Georgia,  is  a  licensed  master  social  worker.  She  is 
director  of  the  Day  Program  and  Social  Club  at 
Community  Friendship,  Inc.,  a  private,  nonprofit, 
psychosocial  rehabilitation  facility  for  mentally  ill 
adults.  She  and  her  husband,  Greg,  live  in  Atlanta. 

Danny  Ferry  '89,  former  Duke  basketball  star  and 
NBA  player  for  the  Cleveland  Cavaliers,  received  the 
Distinguished  All-Met  Award,  given  annually  to  a  for- 
mer All-Met  who  has  achieved  success  in  professional 
or  collegiate  athletics  or  in  a  non-sports  role.  He  is 
involved  with  the  DeMatha  hoys  basketball  program. 


',  who  com- 
pleted her  residency  in  pediatrics,  began  a  fellowship 
in  child  abuse  and  neglect  preventum.  She  and  her 

husband,  Peter  Douglas  Lowen  B.S.E.  '88,  and 
their  son  live  in  Providence,  R.I. 

Gary  Israel  Shapiro  '89,  who  practices  family 
medicine  in  Mt.  Laurel,  N.J.,  received  the  Parke  Davis- 
American  Ac.iJcmv  ol  himilv  Practice  Teacher 
Development  Award.  He  lives  in  Marlton,  N.J. 

MARRIAGES:  Steven  Douglas  Hodskins'SO 

to  Liza  Lowndes  Gookin  on  May  3.  Residence: 
Arlington,  Va.... Richard  Frank  Silver '83  to 
Laurie  R.  Hall  on  June  ,    Katherine  Anne 
MacKinnon  '84  to  Gerald  A.  Hansell  on  May  31. 
Residence:  Chicago.. .Mari  Jean  Sugahara  '86  to 
John  Edward  Lathrop  in  November  1996.  Residence: 

Boston.  Lidia  Comini  '87  to  Michael  Coyne 

Turzai  J.D.  '87  on  May  3.  Residence:  Bradford 
Woods,  Pa....  John  A.  MacLeod  II  B.S.E.  '88,  '89  to 
Sarah  C  Castle  on  April  12.  Residence:  Wellesley, 
Mass. ...Lance  Rowland  Moritz'88  to  Michelle 
Renee  Kaiser  on  May  7.  Residence:  Newport, 
R.I... .Michele  Marie  Foy '89  to  Greg  Burdick  on 
March  22.  Residence:  Atlanta. 

BIRTHS:  First  child  and  daughter  to  Hugh  Bailey 
Morris  M.D.  '81  and  Susan  Morris  on  Feb.  9.  Named 
Alexandra  Price.. Third  child  and  daughter  to 

Genevieve  Ruderman  Besser'82  and  Jochen 
Besser  on  April  2, 1996.  Named  Cornelia.. .First  son  to 
Jill  Bayer  Ciporin  '84  and  Daniel  Theo  Ciporin 
on  Dec.  13, 1996.  Named  Peter  Bayer... Second  child 
and  son  to  Catherine  Thompson  Rocker- 
mann  '84  and  Brian  Rockermann  on  June  27.  Named 
Christian  Thompson. ..First  child  and  daughter  to 
Melinda  Lee  Moseley  '85  and  Jeffrey  Bowie  on 
April  10.  Named  Samantha  AnneMaree...  Third  child 
and  second  daughter  to  Kimberly  Marshall 
Glynn  '86  and  Sean  William  Patrick  Glynn  '86 
on  April  28.  Named  Katherine  Margaret.. .Second 
child  and  son  to  James  Derrick  Quattlebaum 
'86  and  Lisa  Jones  Quattlebaum  on  June  23.  Named 
Henry  Drennan...A  daughter  to  Chris  Brice  '87, 
A.M.  '92  and  Sarah  Brice  on  June  4.  Named  Lillian 
Trebein...A  daughter  to  James  David  Dryfoos 
'87  and  Reagan  Rexrode  Dryfoos  '87  on  June 
27.  Named  Delaney  Hope.. .First  child  and  son  to  Lori 
Koenigsberg  Holleran  '87  and  JohnT.  Holleran 
Jr.  on  April  9.  Named  Blake  Dylan...Second  child  and 
son  to  Martha  "Martie"  Dresser  Irons  '87  and 
James  Edwin  "Ted"  Irons  on  April  14-  Named  Scott 
P; u t. ..... .  A  son  to  Walter  Strang  "Chip"  Peake 

'87,  J.D.  '90  and  Deirdre  Peake  on  May  28.  Named 
Elijah  Bossert... Fourth  child  and  second  daughter  to 
Marc  Daniel  Carpenter  '88  and  Rebecca 
Eugena  Sebastian  Carpenter  '89  on  April  19. 


November- December   1997         27 


1998 


DUKE       ALUMNI       ASSOCIATION 


Educational  Adventur 


Gardens  Past  &  Present: 
The  Legacy  of  Ellen 


MARCH  27  -  29 

SARAH  P.  DUKE  GARDENS,  DURHAM,  NC 

$145  -  $270  PER  PERSON 

C*  ome  and  experience  the  legacy  of  Ell 


Shipman,  the  landscape  architect  who 
designed  the  heart  and  soul  of  the  Duke 
Gardens.  Hear  from  garden  experts  and 
tour  examples  of  her  work. 


The  Mind-Body-Spirit 


MAY  1   -  3,  DUKE  UNIVERSITY 
APPROX.  $300  PER  PERSON 

The  shortest  path  to  healing  the  body 
may  be  through  the  mind.    Duke  physi- 
cians will  update  you  on  the  latest  research 
and  techniques  for  making  the  mind  an 
ally  in  healing. 

Dolphins  &  Our  Changing  Environment 

Duke  Marine  Lab  Alumni  College 

May  or  June,  Beaufort,  North  Carolina 

Approx.  $325  per  person 

Come  explore  the  beautiful  coast  of 
North  Carolina  and  learn  first-hand 
about  the  fascinating  world  of  dolphins 
and  other  marine  mammals. 


19th 


JUNE  7-11,  SALTER  PATH,  NC 

Approx.  $495  per  person 

An  intensive  week  of  writing,  reading, 
and  manuscript  development  offering 
beginning  and  advanced  instruction  in  fic- 
tion, poetry,  and  non-fiction,  led  by 
acclaimed  authors. 


July  31  -  August  3,  Salter  Path,  NC 

APPROX.  $495  PER  PERSON 

Technical  writers  and  editors  from  a  range 
of  fields  are  invited  to  push  their  writing 
to  a  new  level  as  we  concentrate  on  the 
quality  and  clarity  of  language  and  syntax. 


A  Workshop  and  Retreat  for  Women 

August  4-7,  Salter  Path,  NC 

APPROX.  $495  PER  PERSON 

Learn  to  evoke  and  celebrate  your  cre- 
ative spirit  in  this  supportive,  structured 
workshop  for  women. 


Creative  Writing  Workshop 


August  25  -  28,  Salter  Path,  NC 

APPROX.  $595  PER  PERSON 

In  the  ancient  tradition  of  physician  poets, 
begin  to  access  and  express  the  insights 
that  make  the  healing  arts  a  wellspring  of 
human  experience.    Daily  workshops  will 
cover  poetry,  essay,  fiction  and  memoir. 


College  of  Tuscany 


Cortona,  Italy 
May  20  -  28 
$2,195  per  person 

Immerse  yourself  in  the 
culture  of  a  typical 
Tuscan  village,  with  semi- 
nars on  Italian  life  and 
culture  and  excursions  to 
significant  sites. 


The  World  of  the  Vikings  and  the 
A  Family 


JUNE  25- JULY   lO 

APPROX.  $3,095  PER  PERSON 

Scandinavia  and  the  Baltic  offer  an 
enchanting  destination  for  families, 
capturing  the  rich  pageantry  and  lore  of 
Vikings,  czars,  anakings. 


TOURNUS,  FRANCE 

JULY  1   -  9 

$2,295  PER  PERSON 

Step  back  in  time  and  immerse  yourself 
in  the  culture  of  a  typical  small  French 
town  in  the  heart  of  the  medieval  and  his- 
torical land  called  Burgundy. 

The  Oxford  Experience 

The  University  of  Oxford,  England 
September  6-19 

APPROX.  $2900  PER  PERSON 

Immerse  yourself  in  centuries-old  tradi- 
tions of  learning  and  community.  Study 
in  small  groups  with  Oxford  faculty  and 
explore  the  English  countryside. 
Rediscover  wkat  it  is  to  be  a  student  again. 


College  of  Ireland 


County  Clare,  Ireland 
September  23  -  October  1 
$2,095  per  person 

From  awesome  seaside  vistas  to  Celtic 
history,  this  pleasant  mix  of  seminars 
and  excursions  will  expose  you  to  the  his- 
tory and  culture  of  the  Emerald  Isle. 

Duke  Directions 

SEPTEMBER   18  AND  NOVEMBER  6 

Durham,  NC 

Rediscover  the  true  "Duke  experience" — 
the  classroom  experience!   Return  to 
Duke  for  a  day  of  stimulating  classes  designed 
or  alumni  and  taught  by  top  Duke  faculty. 

Summer  Youth  Camps 

and  Weekend  Workshops 

March,  June  -  August 
Durham  and  Salter  Path,  NC 

Camps  in  art,  writing,  drama,  and  sci- 
ence are  offered  lor  youth  in  grades  5- 
1 1 .  Weekend  workshops  are  offered  in  cre- 
ative writing  and  writing  the  college  essay. 


Canal  Cruise 


January  10-21 

APPROX.  $2,895  PER  PERSON 

From  Acapulco  to  Barbados,  the  Crystal 
Harmony  Trans-Canal  adventure  will 
take  you  to  Mexico,  Costa  Rica,  the 
Panama  Canal,  and  the  Caribbean. 

Canary  Islands  Cruise 

February  22  -  March  6 
Approx.  $  2,995  per  person 

Cruise  aboard  the  M.S.  Black  Prince 
from  the  white  cliffs  of  Dover  to  the 
"floating  garden"  of  Funchal,  Madeira. 
Visit  four  of  the  Canary  Islands. 


February  1 5  -  27 

Approx.  $7,295  per  person 

Tour  the  Antarctic  continent  with  stops 
in  the  Shetland  Islands  and  Cape  Horn. 
The  ecology  of  Antartica  is  explored  in 
depth,  guided  by  naturalists. 


Austrian  Winter  Escapade 


to  the  Black  Sea 


$1,145  PER  F 

Spend  a  week  in  the  winter  paradise  or 
the  Austrian  Alps.  Explore  Salzburg 
and  its  majestic  environs. 

Wines  of  the  World 

APRIL  23  -  MAY  3 

APPROX.  $3,995  PER  PERSON 

Spend  seven  days  in  Bordeaux  visiting 
famous  wineries  accompanied  by  a 
noted  oenologist.  Explore  the  Basque 
region  and  the  coastal  city  of  Biarritz  . 


A  14-day  safari  to  South  Africa,  Namihia, 
Zimhahwe,  and  Botswana  ,  with  a  two- 
night  stay  at  Chohe  National  Park.  Then  fly 
to  Cape  Town  for  three  nights. 

Cruise  the  Face  of  Europe 

JUNE   1   -  17 

$4,745  PER  PERSON  FROM  NEWARK  OR 

$4,845  PER  PERSON  FROM  ATLANTA. 

For  17  days  we  sad  the  Rhine,  the  Main 
Danuhe  Canal,  and  the  Danube  itself. 
From  Budapest  to  Amsterdam. 

Northern  Lights  Cruise 

June  20  -July  3 
$4,995  per  person 

Discover  the  legendary  heauty  of 
Europe's  northerly  latitudes  to 
Denmark  and  Norway.  Visit  the  Shetland 
Islands  and  Scotland. 


JULY  1  7  - 
$2,995  PER  I 

Discover  Cannes, 
Portofino,  and 
St.  Tropez,  as  well  as 
some  lesser  known 
jewels  -  Calvi, 
Bonifacio,  Costa 
Smeralda,  and 
Portoferraio.  Seven 
nights  on  the  Star 
Flyer. 


VOYAGE  OF  THE  GLACIERS 
JULY  19-31 
$2,995  PER  PERSON 

An  Inside  Passage  cruise  ahoard  the 
four-star  deluxe  Crown  Majesty  and  the 
Midnight  Sun  Express.  Two  days  in 
Denali,  with  calls  at  Juneau,  Skagway, 
Sitka,  and  Ketchikan. 

Waterways  of  Russia 

AUGUST  1 8  -  30 
$3,795  PER  PERSON 

Spend  two  nights  in  Moscow,  visit  the 
Kremlin  and  Red  Square  hefore 
embarking  on  a  cruise  to  charming  villages 
and  the  magnificent  city  of  St.  Petersburg. 


AUGUST  26  -  SEPTEMBER  8 
$3,590  PER  PERSON 

Our  14-day  classic  itinerary  from  the 
Danuhe  to  the  Black  Sea  takes  you  from 
Austria  to  Hungary,  Yugoslavia,  Bulgaria 
Romania,  and  Turkey.  Then  to  Istanbul  for 
two  nights.  Vienna  is  a  two-night  option. 

Spiritual  Siam:  The  Traditions  of 
Thailand 


Spend  four  nights  in  Bankok,  then  to 
Chiang  Mai  Tor  three  nights.  See  the 
Golden  Triangle,  where  the  borders  of 
Laos,    Myanmar  (Burma),  and  Thailand 
meet. 

From  the  Bosphorus  to  the  Sea  of 
Ulysses 

SEPTEMBER  26  -  OCTOBER  8 
$4,695  PER  PERSON 

A  cruise  of  Turkey   and  the  Greek  Isles 
and  stays  in  Istanbul  and  Athens.  The 
centerpiece  is  a  seven-night  cruise  aboard 
Radisson  Seven  Seas  Cruises'  Song  of 
Flower. 

Cotes  du  Rhone  Passage 

October  14-27 

$  3,495  per  person  from  new  york  or 

$3,595  per  person  from  atlanta 

Paris,  the  "City  of  Light,"  the  TGV 
(world's  fastest  passenger  train),  Lannes, 
Provence,  and  Burgundy. 

Heritage  of  Northern  Italy 

OCTOBER  20  -  NOVEMBER  2 
$3,90O  PER  PERSON 

We  are  pleased  to  offer  a  journey 
through  Northern  Italy.  See  Venice 
and  Lake  Como,  as  well  as  visits  to 
Bergamo,  Verona,  Mantua,  Vicenza, 
Bassano  del  Grappa,  Padua,  and  Parma. 

Around  the  World  by  Supersonic 


FALL   IS 

$55,800  PER  PERSON 


Our  ultimate  24-day  Around  the  World 
journey:  two  nights  in  Kona,  Hawaii; 
three  nights  in  Queenstown,  New  Zealand 
in  Sydney,  Australia;  in  the  Masai  Mara, 
Kenya;  and  in  London,  England. 


old  world  christmas  markets 
December  7-14 
$2,495  per  person 

Surround  yourself  in  the  winter  wonder- 
land of  the  Bavarian  Alps.  Three  nights 
in  Bad  Reichenhall  and  the  musical  city  of 
Salzburg,  Austria. 

Buke  Great  Teachers  Video  Series 


c 


i  from  five  outstanding  faculty. 


I 


Information  Request 


For  detaded  brochures  on  these  programs 
listed  below,  please  return  this  form, 
appropriately  marked,  to  : 
Duke  Educational  Adventures 
614  Chapel  Drive,  Durham,  NC  27708 
or  fax  to:  (919)684-6022 


Alumni  Colleges 

Q  Gardens  Past  and  Present 

□  Healthy  Mind,  Healthy  Body 

□  Dolphins  and  Our  Environment 
Summer  Academy 

a  Duke  Writers'  Workshop 
Q  Technical  Writers'  Workshop 

□  Accessing  Your  Creativity 

□  Creative  Writing  for  Healthcare 
Professionals 

Alumni  Colleges  Abroad 

□  Alumni  College  of  Tuscany 

□  The  World  of  the  Vikings  and  the 
Norsemen 

□  Alumni  College  in  Burgundy 

□  The  Oxford  Experience 
Q  Alumni  College  of  Ireland 
Other  Programs 

Q  Duke  Directions 

□  Summer  Youth  Camps  &  Weekend 
Workshops 

Duke  Travel 

□  Trans-Panama  Canal  Cruise 

□  Canary  Islands  Cruise 
Q  Antarctica 

□  Austrian  Winter  Escapade 

□  Wines  of  the  World 

□  Wings  Over  the  Kalahari 
Q  Cruise  the  Face  of  Europe 
Q  Northern  Lights  Cruise 

□  Mediterranean  Adventure 

□  Alaskan  Wilderness:  Voyage  of  the 
Glaciers 

□  Waterways  of  Russia 

□  Danube  to  the  Black  Sea 

□  Spiritual  Siam:  The  Traditions  of 
Thailand 

□  From  the  Bosphorus  to  the  Sea  of 
Ulysses 

□  Cotes  du  Rhone  Passage 
Q  Heritage  of  Northern  Italy 

□  Around  the  World  by  Supersonic 
Concorde 

Q  Yuletide  in  Bavaria:  Old  World 

Christmas  Markets 
Video 
Q  Duke  Great  Teachers 


Named  Geneva  Ruth. ..First  child  and  son 
Douglas  Lowen  B.S.E.  '88  and 
Hilowitz  Lowen  '89  in  July  1996.  Named  Simon 
Andrew... Second  child  and  first  son  to  Christopher 
Mark  McDermott  B.S.E.  '88  and  Margaret  Ann 
"Peggy"  McDermott  B.S.E.  '88  on  May  11. 
Named  Matthew  Colin.. .First  child  and  son  to  Adair 
Draughn  Freeman  Parr  '88  and  Ted  Parr  on 
Nov.  11, 1996.  Named  Richard  Tyler... Second  child  and 
daughter  to  Cynthia  Regal  Balchunas  '89  and 
George  Balchunas  on  Oct.  4, 1996.  Named  Anna 
Cosima... Second  child  and  first  son  to  Lori  Diehm 
Holcombe  '89  and  John  Holcombe  on  Feb.  23. 
Named  Christian  Leland...A  son  to  David  Paul 
Mitchell  '89  and  Jenny  Mitchell  on  April  22.  Named 
Matthew  David.. .First  child  and  daughter  to  Richard 
Paul  Turk  '89  and  Becky  Turk  on  May  2.  Named 
Kathryn  Mae. 


90s 


Torsten  Berger  B.S.E.  '90  is  pursuing  a  Ph.D.  in 
computer  science  from  the  University  of  California  at 
Riverside.  After  graduarion,  he  plans  to  move  to 
Boston  with  his  wife,  Jamie. 

Gregory  Lynn  Hallford  B.S.E.  '90  earned  his 

M.B.A.  at  The  Darden  School  at  the  University  of 
Virginia. 

Stefanie  Lynn  Moss  '90,  who  earned  her  M.B.A. 
at  UNC-Chapel  Hill,  is  senior  manager  of  membership 
rewards  for  American  Express  in  New  York. 

John  Christopher  Oeltjen  '90  earned  his  Ph.D. 
degree  in  molecular  and  human  genetics  at  the 
Graduate  School  of  Biomedical  Sciences  at  Baylor 
College  of  Medicine  in  Houston. 

Christopher  Keith  Polk  '90,  who  is  pursuing  a 
Ph.D.  in  finance  at  the  University  of  Chicago's  busi- 
ness school,  received  the  State  Farm  Companies 
Foundation  Doctoral  Dissertation  Award,  designed  to 
stimulate  research  and  knowledge  in  business  and 
insurance  and  to  increase  the  number  of  qualified  pro- 
fessors of  insurance  and  business. 

Joseph  Philip  "Jeep"  Wedding  III  B.S.E.  '90, 
an  Air  Force  captain,  is  executive  officer  to  the 
Commander,  16th  Air  Force,  Aviano  Air  Base,  Italy. 


ig  '90  is  assistant  production  manager 
for  Mattell,  Inc.,  based  in  El  Segundo,  Calif. 


'91  was  promoted  to  Air 
Force  captain  and  is  pursuing  a  master's  in  nursing 
through  the  AFIT  scholarship  program.  He  is  an  assis- 
tant nurse  manager  at  the  35th  Medical  Group  in 
Misawa,  Japan.  He  and  his  wife,  Karen  Kartye 
I  '90,  live  in  Misawa. 


'91,  a  Marine  first  lieu- 
tenant, was  designated  a  Naval  Aviator  and  presented 
with  the  "Wings  of  Gold,"  marking  the  culmination  of 
months  of  flight  training  with  Training  Squadron 
Seven,  Naval  Air  Station,  Meridian,  Miss. 


ter  Janopaul  '91  is  pursuing  his 
M.B.A.  at  the  University  of  Chicago's  business  school. 
He  was  a  portfolio  manager  and  analyst  at  Brookside 
Capital  in  San  Francisco. 

Benjamin  F.  Johnson  IV  '91,  who  graduated  from 
the  University  of  Michigan's  law  school  in  1996,  is  an 
associate  at  the  Atlanta  office  of  Hunton  6k  Williams. 
He  specializes  in  environmental  and  intellectual  prop- 
erty law  and  general  commercial  litigation. 

Jennifer  Irene  Rudinger'91,who  graduated 
from  the  Ohio  State  University's  law  school  in  June,  is 
executive  director  of  the  Alaska  Civil  Liberties  Union 


in  Anchorage.  The  AKCLU  is  an  affiliate  of  the 
American  Civil  Liberties  Union  (ACLU),  a  nonprofit 
civil  rights  organization. 

Andrew  George  Slutkin  J.D.  '91  formed  the  law 
firm  Slutkin  &  Rubin  with  Peter  Michael  Rubin 

'88  in  Baltimore,  Md.  The  firm  engages  in  all  aspects 
of  complex  civil  and  criminal  litigation. 


1  '92  manages,  with  her 
husband,  Phillip,  a  training  project,  funded  by  the 
U.S.  Agency  for  International  Development,  for 
Ukranians,  Moldovans,  and  Belorussians.  The  couple 
lives  in  Kyiv,  Ukraine. 

Mark  Christian  Bieniarz  '92,  who  earned  his  M.D. 
at  Baylor  College  of  Medicine  in  Houston,  is  a  resident 
in  obstetrics  and  gynecology  at  Wilford  Hall  Air  Force 
Medical  Center/Brooke  Army  Medical  Center. 

Michael  Shane  Butler  '92,  who  is  pursuing  a 
Ph.D.  in  classics  at  Columbia  University  in  New  York, 
was  awarded  a  two-year  fellowship  at  the  American 
Academy  in  Rome.  He  and  his  partner,  artist  James 
Thacker,  will  live  at  the  Academy  until  July  1999. 

Shilpa  Reddy  Cherukupally '92,  who  earned 
her  M.D.  at  Baylor  College  of  Medicine  in  Houston,  is 
a  resident  in  otolamgology  at  the  Massachusetts  Eye 
and  Ear  Infirmary. 

Ruben  K.  Chuquimia  '92  joined  the  corporate 
department  of  the  law  firm  Gallop,  Johnson  & 
Neuman  in  St.  Louis,  Mo.  He  specializes  in  general 
business  and  securities  law.  He  was  a  judicial  law  clerk 
in  the  U.S.  Department  of  Justice  Honors  Program. 
He  lives  in  St.  Louis. 

David  Carl  Fuquea  A.M.  '92,  a  Marine  major, 
is  on  a  six-month  deployment  to  the  Mediterranean 
Sea  aboard  the  ships  of  the  VSS  Kearsarge  Amphibious 
Ready  Group  with  the  22nd  Marine  Expeditionary  Unit. 


BS  '92,  who  earned  her  M.D.  at 
the  University  of  Medicine  and  Dentistry  of  New 
Jersey,  is  a  resident  at  Mountainside  Family  Practice 
Associates  in  Montclair,  N.J. 

Angela  Howell  Winter  '92  is  a  senior  technical 
writer  and  Web  designer  for  Wall  Data  Inc.,  a  Seattle- 
based  software  company.  She  and  her  husband,  Brent, 
live  in  Atlanta. 

George  Dallas  Brickhouse  '93,  a  Navy  lieu- 
tenant, completed  a  six-month  deployment  to  the 
Mediterranean  Sea  aboard  the  guided  missile  destroyei 
VSS  Ramage. 


B.S.E.  '93,  who  earned  her  M.D.  at 
Baylor  College  of  Medicine  in  Houston,  is  a  resident  in 
internal  medicine  at  the  University  of  Michigan 
Hospitals  in  Ann  Arbor. 

Donna  Lynne  Fowler-Marchant  M.Div.  '93, 
Th.M.  '95  is  pastor  for  Antioch  and  Corinth  United 
Methodist  churches  in  Four  Oaks,  N.C. 


Johnston  '93,  who  earned  his 
J.D.  with  honors  at  the  University  of  Florida's  law 
school,  is  an  associate  in  the  law  firm  Zimmerman, 
Shuffield,  Kiser  &  Sutcliffe  in  Orlando,  where  he  prac- 
tices workers'  compensation  law. 

Joseph  Edmondson  Schafstall  B.S.E.  '93,  who 
earned  his  M.B.A.  at  The  Darden  School  at  the 
University  of  Virginia,  works  with  Clark  Realty  Capital 
in  Bethesda,  Md. 

Jason  SchultZ  '93  is  a  first-year  student  at  the 
Boalt  Hall  Law  School  at  the  University  of  California, 
Berkeley. 

Seth  Raymond  Zalkin  '93,  who  earned  his  J.D. 
at  the  University  of  Pennsylvania  law  school,  is  a 
corporate  associate  with  the  law  firm  Paul,  Weiss, 
Rifkind,  Wharton  6k  Garrison  in  New  York  City.  He 


specializes  in  mergers  and  acquisitions. 

Craig  Stephen  Arneson  '94,  a  Navy  1 
j.g.,  completed  an  eight-day  port  visit  to  Palma  de 
Mallorca,  Spain,  while  on  a  six-month  deployment  to 
the  Mediterranean  Sea  aboard  the  VSS  John  E  Kennedy. 

Thomas  Moultrie  Beshere  III  '94,  who  gradu- 
ated from  the  University  of  Virginia's  law  school,  has 
begun  a  clerkship  with  the  U.S.  District  Court  for 
South  Carolina.  He  lives  in  Charleston. 


B.S.E.  '94,  an  Air  Force 
first  lieutenant,  is  chief  of  natural  resources  and  bud- 
get officer  for  the  Environmental  Flight  56th  Civil 
Engineer  Squadron  at  Luke  Air  Force  Base  in  Arizona, 
where  he  supervises  environmental  analyses  for  repair 
projects. 


Frederick  Dietz  '94,  who  earned  his  J.D. 
in  May  at  Washington  University  in  St.  Louis,  received 
the  American  Bar  Association  Section  of  Urban,  State, 
and  Local  Government  Law  Prize  for  the  highest  grade 
in  the  State  and  Local  Government  course.  He  was  in- 
ducted into  the  Order  of  the  Coif,  for  academic  excel- 
lence within  the  top  10  percent  of  the  graduating  class. 

Felicia  Annette  Henderson  '94  graduated  cum 
laude  from  Harvard  Law  School,  where  she  was  editor 
of  the  Harvard  Women's  Law  Journal  She  works  for  the 
law  firm  Debevoise  6k  Plimpton  in  New  York. 

Grant  Hill  '94,  former  Duke  basketball  star  and  cur- 
rent NBA  star  for  the  Detroit  Pistons,  is  vice  chairman 
of  the  board  of  directors  of  the  1999  Special  Olympics 
World  Summer  Games.  The  World  Games,  which  will 
be  held  in  the  cities  of  the  Research  Triangle  in  the 
summer  of  1999,  will  host  athletes  and  their  coaches 
from  150  countries. 

Paul  Hudson  '94  is  clerking  for  a  federal  judge  in 
San  Diego.  He  and  his  wife,  Kathleen,  will  begin  working 
for  law  firms  in  Washington,  DC,  in  the  fall  of  1998. 


an  Amio  Lapid  '94,  who  earned  his  J.D. 
in  May  at  Washington  University  in  St.  Louis,  received 
the  Judge  Myron  D.  Mills  Administrative  Law  Award 
for  the  best  paper  on  an  administrative  law  topic. 

Alexandra  Parente  Orban  '94  is  pursuing  her 
Ph.D.  in  organizational  psychology  at  the  Rutgers  Uni- 
versity Graduate  School  of  Applied  and  Professional 
Psychology.  She  and  her  husband,  George  M.  Miller 
IVliveinHackettstown,N.J. 

David  NantZ  Royster  '94,  who  earned  his  J.D.  in 
May  at  Washington  University  in  St.  Louis,  received 
the  Charles  Wendell  Camahan  Award  for  the  highest 
grade  in  the  Conflict  of  Laws  course.  He  also  received 
the  F.  Hodge  O'Neal  Corporate  Law  Prize  for  the 
highest  grade  in  Corporations,  and  he  was  inducted 
into  the  Order  of  the  Coif  for  academic  excellence 
within  the  top  10  percent  of  the  graduating  class. 

Christina  Hua-Chiang  Wang  '94,  a  third-year 
law  student  at  Washington  University's  law  school, 
worked  as  a  summer  associate  at  Pfizer  Inc.,  in  New 
York  City. 

Robert  Reid  Bailey  B.S.E.  '95,  who  earned  his 
M.S.M.E.  from  Georgia  Tech  and  is  pursuing  his  Ph.D. 
in  engineering,  received  a  fellowship  sponsored  by 
the  U.S.  Department  of  Energy  for  three  years  of  grad- 
uate work.  He  also  qualified  with  his  brother,  Russell, 
as  the  top  double  rapids-racing  canoe  on  the  U.S. 
Wildwater  Team. 


'95  is  pursuing  an  M.PH. 
degree  in  infectious  diseases  at  the  University  of 
California,  Berkeley's  School  of  Public  Health.  She  is 
interested  in  virology,  specifically  in  the  area  of  HIV 
and  AIDS  research. 


'96  works  for  the 
public  relations  department  of  Total  Sports,  an  int< 


30      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


MAKING  MOVIES 


From  stability  to  fragility:  former  attorney, 
now  film  producer  McCutchen 


So  much  for  fol- 
lowing your 
childhood 
dream.  "In  school,  I 
always  thought  I  was 
going  to  be  a  vet," 
recalls  Bill  McCutchen 
•86,  M.B.A./J.D.  '90. 
As  an  adult,  he  may 
not  be  tending  to  any 
sick  pets,  but  lie  cer- 
tainly has  ended  up 
working  among  ani- 
mals: McCutchen  is  a 
movie  producer. 

The  president  of 
his  own  production 
company,  Prophecy 
Pictures,  McCutchen 
purchases  and  develops 
film  scripts,  shepherding 
them  through  to  studio 
distribution  deals  and 
theater  engagements. 
His  latest  project,  the 
romantic  comedy  Nick 
and  Jane,  was  released 
earlier  this  fall. 

It's  a  far  cry  from  his 
undergraduate  syl- 
labus: He  started  col- 
lege at  Brown,  where 
he  quickly  fell  into  the 
routing  of  a  pre-med. 
"All  I  remember  about 
Brown  was  going  to 
lunch  and  studying," 
he  says.  A  one -semes- 
ter exchange  at  Duke 
during  his  junior  year 
soon  extended  to  a  full 
transfer.  "I  liked  it  so 
much  that  I  thought, 
Why  go  back?" 
McCutchen's  main 


interest  soon  switched 
to  finance,  resulting  in 
dual  business  and  law 
degrees.  Entertainment 
law  classes  with  David 
Lange  cultivated  his 
love  for  movies,  which 
remained  mostly 
untapped  as  a  New 
York  corporate  lawyer. 
So,  in  his  spare  time, 
he  took  seminars  in 
every  aspect  of  film- 
making, eventually 
traveling  to  Utah  for 
Robert  Redford's  Sun- 
dance producers  con- 
ference in  1991 ,  where 
he  optioned  the  rights 
to  bis  first  script 

"Near  the  end  of 
'92, 1  thought,  I  have 
to  try  this  full  time," 
he  says.  "I  was  gravi- 
tating toward  it  too 
much."  With  trepida- 
tion, McCutchen  left 
his  cushy  legal  post. 
"My  mom  and  dad 
thought  I  was  crazy. 
For  literally  two  years, 
they  were  like, 'You 
had  a  good  job  at  the 
law  firm.  Why  don't 
you  go  back?'  They've 
finally  come  around 
to  realize  that  I'm 
actually  doing  this." 

Even  McCutchen 
himself  was  a  little 
worried  during  his  first 
production,  the  1994 
thriller  Handgun,  made 
when  he  was  working 
with  the  independent 


production  company 
The  Shooting  Gallery. 
Four  days  into  shooting, 
the  film's  lead  actor, 
who  was  visibly  unable 
to  handle  the  role,  was 
fired.  "I  was  like, 'Great 
What  a  great  start  to 
my  movie  career!  The 
movie's  gone  down  the 
drain  after  four  days!'  " 
he  recalls. 

The  production  was 
saved  when  former  Hair 
star  Treat  Williams 
stepped  into  the  part 
After  at  year  at  The 
Shooting  Gallery, 
McCutchen  decided  to 
leave,  seeking  more 
professional  indepen- 
dence. Then,  in  a  typi- 
cal example  of  Holly- 
wood unpredictability, 
one  of  the  company's 
next  productions  was 
Billy  Bob  Thornton's 
drama  Sling  Blade, 
which  went  on  to  win 
an  Academy  Award  for 
best  original  screenplay. 
"In  hindsight,  I  don't 
know  if  it  was  the  right 
decision,"  McCutchen 
admits,  "but  I  don't 
regret  it  now." 

For  Nick  and  Jane, 
the  story  of  a  New 
York  businesswoman 
who  invents  a  fiance  to 
irk  her  cheating  boy- 
friend, McCutchen's 
duties  ran  the  gamut, 
from  script-tweaking 
to  fund-raising.  "I 


added  characters, 
changed  dialogue, 
watched  almost  every 
casting  session,  and 
basically  had  final  say 
on  who  the  actors 
would  be." 

Once  his  indepen- 
dent film  was  finished 
and  sold,  he  was  dealt 
a  final  blow:  A  big  stu- 
dio, Twentieth  Century 
Fox,  released  Picture 
Perfect,  a  romantic 
comedy  with  a  plot 
similar  to  Nick  and  Jane 
but  with  bigger  stars, 
in  August  "I  was  pretty 
upset,"  McCutchen 
says.  "The  storyline  is 
extremely  similar." 

Despite  the  setback, 
he's  still  optimistic 
about  his  film.  "I've 
watched  it  a  thousand 
times  and  I  still  like  it," 
says  McCutchen,  who's 
just  finished  post-pro- 
duction on  his  next 
project,  Brass  Ring,  a 
drama  starring  former 
New  Kid  on  the  Block 
Donnie  Wahlberg. 

Even  with  all  the 
frustrations  inherent  in 
showbiz,  McCutchen  is 
determined  to  perse- 
vere. "My  focus  is  to 
make  the  best  movies  I 
can,"  he  says.  "That's 
my  goal."  Spoken  like 
a  committed  Holly- 
wood player. 

— Dave  Karger  '95 


grated  sports  publishing  company  in  Raleigh. 

Thomas  Matthew  Pashley  MBA.  '96  is  direc- 
tor of  business  development  for  the  Pinehurst  Resort 
and  Country  Club  in  Pinehurst,  N.C.  He  is  responsible 

lor  marketing  and  promoting  the  U.S.  Open  Cham- 
pionship to  be  held  on  Pinehurst's  Course  No.  2  in 
June  1999. 

MARRIAGES:  Torsten  Berger  B.S.E.  '90  to  Jamie 
Anderson  on  June  3.  Residence:  Boston... Stefanie 
Lynn  Moss  '90  to  David  Paul  Fans  on  May  10. 
Residence:  New  York  City... Sally  Roberts  Red- 
ding '91  to  James  Charles  Hanchett  on  June  7  in 
Duke  Chapel.  Residence:  Vienna,  Va....Jody  Beth 
Goldberg  '92  to  Henry  Edward  Seibert  '92  on 
June  21.. .Angela  M.  Howell  '92  to  Brent  Winter  on 
Oct.  4, 1996.  Residence:  Atlanta. ..Thomas  John 
Noonan  M.D.  '92  to  Pamela  Dawn  Harrell  on  May 
10  in  Duke  Chapel.  Residence:  Durham..  Sheryl 
Ann  Watkins  J.D.  '92  to  Michael  R.  Wilbon  on 
April  19.  Residence:  Fairfax,  Va... .Kama  Kramer 
'93,  M.E.M.  '97  to  E.  Robert  Thieler  M.S.  '93, 
Ph.D.  '97  on  April  19.  Residence:  Woods  Hole,  Mass.... 
Melinda  Sue  Mische  "93  to  Robert  Gardner 
Storrs'94  on  April  26 ...Donna  Christine  Reefe 
'93  to  Jeffrey  Harold  Childress  on  June  7  in  Duke 
Chapel.  Residence:  Durham.. .Paul  Hudson  '94  to 
Kathleen  Gordon  on  Aug.  10.  Residence:  San  Diego... 
Jeffrey  Scott  Laufenberg  '94  to  Anne  Camille 
Sherman  on  July  5.  Residence:  Chicago.. .Lee  Anne 
McGee  MBA  94  to  Jonathan  Clay  Oxford 
M.B.A.  '94  on  July  19.  Residence:  London,  England- 
Alexandra  Parente  Orban  '94  to  George  M. 
Miller  IV  on  Jan.  4.  Residence:  Hackettstown,  N.J. 

BIRTHS:  First  child  and  son  to  Amy  Beth 
Chappell  J.D.  '91  and  Andrew  George  Slutkin 

J.D.  '91  on  Jan.  24, 1996.  Named  Jared  Aaron...First 
child  and  son  to  Julie  Srodes  Selwood  '91  and 
Michael  Justin  Selwood  '91  on  April  3.  Named 
Christopher  William. ..First  child  and  daughter  to 
Robert  Craig  Scherer  '94  on  Feb.  8.  Named 
Sydney  Therese. 


DEATHS 


:.  Ashe  '21  of  Asheville,  N.C,  in  May. 

Johnson  Powers  '24  of  Roxboro,  N.C, 
on  May  31.  She  was  a  former  teacher  in  Lowes  Grove, 
Durham,  Edenton,  and  Roxboro,  and  a  school  guidance 
counselor  before  she  retired.  On  her  92nd  birthday, 
she  was  inducted  into  the  Order  of  the  Long  Leaf  Pine 
by  Gov.  Jim  Hunt.  She  is  survived  by  a  sister, 
Johnson  Fanning  '24. 


R.  Jenkins  '27,  A.M.  '32,  M.Div.  '33  of 
Kannapolis,  N.C,  on  May  26. 

Thomas  Oliver  Gentry  '29,  M.Ed.  '42,  of  Raleigh, 
on  June  16.  He  worked  with  the  N.C.  public  schools  as 
a  teacher  and  principal  for  40  years.  After  he  retired, 
he  continued  to  teach  as  a  substitute  for  20  years.  He 
also  served  on  the  board  of  directors  for  Piedmont 
Community  College.  He  is  survived  by  a  son,  Staley 
M.  Gentry  '63;  a  daughter;  a  brother;  four  sisters;  six 
grandchildren;  and  two  great-grandchildren. 

Irene  Suther  Bost  '30  of  Concord,  N.C,  on  June 
1, 1996. 

Harry  F.  Gudger  '30  of  Candler,  N.C,  on  July  1.  A 
World  War  II  Army  veteran,  he  worked  with  American 
Enka  Corp.,  and  was  active  in  the  Democratic  Party. 
He  is  survived  by  his  wife.Trula,  and  a  son,  William 
D.  Gudger '69. 

Samuel  B.  Underwood,  Jr.  '31  of  Greenville, 
N.C,  on  Feb.  24,  of  cancer.  A  practicing  attorney,  he 


November- December   1997 


was  president  of  the  N.C.  Bar  Association  and  the 
Greenville  Rotary  Club.  He  was  also  chair  of  the  board 
of  trustees  of  Sheppard  Memorial  Library,  chair  of  the 
Pitt  County  United  Way,  and  a  trustee  of  Louisburg 
College.  He  is  survived  by  a  daughter,  two  grandchil- 
dren, and  two  cousins,  G.  Elwin  Small  III  74  and 
Anita  Lister  Small  Oldham  80,  M.R.I-..  '83. 

Verne  E.  Bartlett'32  of  Weaverville,  N.C.  He  is 
survived  by  his  wire,  Helen. 

Maxine  Watkins  Speller  '32  on  May  5.  She  was 

vice  president  and  art  director  of  Robert  Speller  & 
Sons,  Publishers,  as  well  as  a  costume  and  lingerie 
designer.  She  was  listed  in  Who's  Who  of  American 
Women.  She  is  survived  by  her  husband,  Robert,  two 
sons,  three  grandchildren,  and  six  great-grandchildren. 


John  V.  Darwin  '33  of  Gastonia,  N.C,  on  June  10. 
He  taught  school  and  worked  for  a  textile  company  in 
McColl,  S.C.,  before  moving  to  Gastonia  to  join  Akers 
Motor  Lines  as  an  accountant.  He  retired  from  Fire- 
stone Textiles  as  general  manager  in  1976.  He  was 
president  of  the  Gastonia  Kiwanis  Club.  He  is  survived 
by  his  wife,  Edith;  two  sons,  including  John  Robert 
Darwin  70;  a  brother;  four  grandchildren;  six  step- 
children; 14  step  grandchildren;  and  six  step  great- 
yrandchildren. 

Carl  Raymond  Lundgren  '33,  LL.B.  '38  of  New 

Haven,  Conn.,  on  Dec.  25, 1996,  of  pneumonia.  He 
had  worked  for  the  U.S.  government  in  Washington, 
D.C.  He  is  survived  by  a  brother  and  a  sister. 


'  Ricks  '33  of  Ft.  Myers,  Fla.,  on 
March  9.  At  Duke,  he  was  a  member  of  Phi  Delta 
Theta  fraternity.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Ethel. 

Kenneth  C.  Kates  A.M.  '34,  Ph.D.  '37  of  Vero 
Beach,  Fla.,  on  Jan.  26.  During  World  War  II,  he  served 
in  the  Army  Medical  Service  Corps  in  New  Guinea. 
A  parasitologist,  he  retired  from  the  Department  of 
Agriculture  in  1979.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife, 
Florida,  a  son,  a  daughter,  three  stepchildren,  and  10 
grandchildren. 


'35  of  Port  Washington,  N.Y.,  on 
May  11,  of  cancer.  As  science  editor  of  The  Associated 
Press,  he  won  writing  awards  from  the  American 
Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science  and  the 
Lasker  Foundation.  He  also  received  the  George  Polk 
Award  in  1952  and  was  the  author  of  two  books  on 
medical  research.  He  was  past  president  of  the  National 
Association  of  Science  Writers  and  a  co-founder  and 
president  of  the  American  Tentative  Society,  an  orga- 
nization that  honors  scientists  for  research  confirming 
the  tentative  nature  of  knowledge.  He  is  survived  by 
his  wife,  Virginia,  a  son,  and  three  grandchildren. 

Harold  Barker  Kemodle  36,  M.D.  39  of 
Burlington,  N.C,  on  March  15.  A  World  War  II  veter- 
an and  physician,  he  had  a  general  surgery  and  ortho- 
pedics practice  for  36  years.  He  was  a  co-founder  of 
Kernodle  Clinic  in  1949  and  a  past  president  of  the 
sixth  district  of  the  N.C.  Medical  Society.  He  is  sur- 
vived by  three  sons,  including  Harold  Barker 
Kernodle  Jr.  M.D.  '69;  four  brothers,  Charles 
Edward  Kernodle  Jr.  M.D.  '42,  George  Wal- 
lace Kernodle  M.D.  '44,  Dwight  T.  Kernodle 
M.D.  '47,  and  Donald  Reid  Kernodle  M.D.  '53;  a 
sister;  three  grandchildren;  and  a  daughter-in-law, 
Lucy  Hendrick  Kernodle  B.S.N.  '69. 

Clara  Raven  '36  of  Detroit,  on  May  2, 1994,  of  can- 
cer. She  was  one  of  the  first  five  women  commissioned 
by  the  U.S.  Army  Medical  Corps  during  World  War  II 
and  the  first  female  physician  to  attain  the  rank  of 
colonel.  She  was  the  only  female  student  in  her  fresh- 
man class  at  Duke  Medical  School  and  earned  her 
M.D.  degree  from  Northwestern  LIniversity  Medical 
School  as  one  of  four  female  students.  She  attended 
the  war  crimes  trial  in  Nuremberg,  Germany,  and 


served  in  Hiroshima,  Japan,  as  a  member  of  the  Atomic 
Bomb  Casualty  Commission.  In  1962,  she  received  the 
Northwestern  Alumni  Merit  Award.  She  is  survived 
by  a  sister  and  two  brothers. 

George  Enslen  Patterson  Jr.  '37  of  Moultrie, 

Ga.,  on  May  13.  At  Duke,  he  was  a  member  of  Sigma 
Alpha  Epsilon  fraternity  and  manager  of  the  football 
team.  A  World  War  II  veteran,  he  was  awarded  a  Silver 
Star.  He  was  a  banker  for  40  years,  including  president 
of  the  Bank  of  Palm  Beach,  president  of  the  former 
Liberty  National  Bank  and  Trust  Co.  (now  Suntrust), 
chairman  of  Libery  National's  board,  and  president  of 
Atlantic  Bank  in  Savannah.  He  is  survived  by  a 
daughter  and  two  brothers. 


J.  Upchurch  '37  of  West  Columbia,  S.C., 
on  May  24.  At  Duke,  he  was  a  member  of  Phi  Beta 
Kappa,  Red  Friars,  Omicron  Delta  Kappa,  and  Kappa 
Alpha  fraternity.  A  World  War  II  veteran,  he  was  presi- 
dent of  the  North  Augusta  Banking  Co.  and  retired  as 
vice  chairman  of  Bankers  Trust.  He  is  survived  by  his 
wife,  Nancy  Seeman  Upchurch  '38;  a  son, 
Herbert  Jackson  Upchurch  Jr.  '65;  a  daugh- 
ter; and  three  grandchildren. 

Dorothy  Huffman  Goldberg  '38  of  North 
Conway,  N.H.,  on  May  1.  She  is  survived  by  her  hus- 
band, Robert  A.  Goldberg  '40,  J.D.  '49. 

Thomas  I.  McCord  '38  of  Palm  Coast,  Fla.,  on 
May  14,  of  cancer.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Elizabeth. 

Marvin  H.  Pope  '38,  A.M.  '39  of  Austin,  Texas.  An 
Air  Force  veteran  of  World  War  II,  he  earned  his  Ph.D 
at  Yale  University,  where  he  later  joined  the  faculty  as 
a  professor  of  Semitic  languages.  A  noted  Biblical 
translator  and  author  of  several  scholarly  works,  he 
won  the  National  Religious  Book  Award  for  a  1977 
commentary  on  the  Old  Testament  "Song  of  Songs."  In 
1988,  Yale  Divinity  School  established  a  scholarship  in 
his  honor. 

'39ofNanuet,N.Y.,inApril 


John  G.  Carpenter '39  of  Saratoga  Springs,  N.Y., 
on  April  15. 

Margaret  Kirk  Gilliland  39  of  Jacksonville,  Fla., 
on  May  21, 1996. 


ad  '39  of  Raleigh,  on  May  31. 
She  was  active  in  civic  affairs,  golf,  and  garden  clubs. 
She  is  survived  by  her  husband,  Thomas,  a  son,  and 
three  grandchildren. 


'39,AM.'49,Ph.D'53 
of  Little  Rock,  Ark.,  on  Jan.  17,  of  a  heart  attack.  She 
was  a  Navy  veteran  of  World  War  II.  Before  earning 
her  Ph.D.,  she  was  sent  to  Japan  by  the  Atomic  Bomb 
Casualty  Commission  to  study  the  after-effects  of  the 
atomic  bombings.  She  worked  at  Duke  Medical 
Center  as  a  research  associate  and  clinical  mycologist 
and  instructor  before  going  to  the  Centers  for  Disease 
Control  in  Atlanta  as  chief  of  its  mycology  training 
unit.  In  1968,  she  became  director  of  clinical  microbi- 
ology at  John  L.  McClellan  Veterans  Hospital  in  Little 
Rock.  A  past  president  of  her  American  Business 
Women's  Association  (ABWA)  chapter,  she  was  elect- 
ed the  1988  Arkansas  Woman  of  the  Year  by  her  chap- 
ter and  named  one  of  the  top  10  businesswomen  in 
the  United  States  by  the  ABWA.  She  is  survived  by  a 
brother,  James  C.  Hardin  B.S.M.E.  '37;  a  nephew, 
James  C.  Hardin  III  74;  and  four  nieces,  includ- 
ing Barbara  Proctor  Smith  '63  and  Addria 
Proctor  Capps  '61. 


E.  Hooten  '39  of  Fredericksburg,  Va.,  in 
October  1995.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Barbara. 

Waite  W.  Howard  Jr.  '40  of  Kinston,  N.C,  on 
June  11.  He  had  retired  after  28  years  from  First 
Citizens  Bank  and  Trust  Co.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife, 


Edith,  a  son,  two  daughters,  four  sisters,  seven  grand- 
children, and  four  great-grandchildren. 

John  Sharpe  Jordan  '40,  M.Div.  '43  of  Charlotte, 
on  April  26.  He  was  a  pastor  in  10  churches  in  the 
Western  N.C.  Conference  of  the  United  Methodist 
Chruch  and  was  appointed  to  the  staff  of  the  Con- 
ference Council  of  Ministries.  He  is  survived  by  his 
wife,  Mildred,  a  son,  a  daughter,  and  six  grandchildren. 

Robert  F.  Neuburger '40  of  Annandale,  N.J. 

Katherine  Herring  Highsmith  Holoman  '43 

of  Raleigh,  on  May  23,  of  cancer.  She  was  president  of 
the  Raleigh  Junior  Woman's  Club,  president  of  the 
Woman's  Club  of  Raleigh,  president  of  the  N.C. 
Federation  of  Woman's  Clubs,  and  president  of  the 
N.C.  Council  of  Women's  Organizations,  and  chaired 
the  Wake  County  Bicentennial  Committee  in  1976. 
She  was  voted  Wake  County  Woman  of  the  Year  in 
1966.  At  Edenton  Street  United  Methodist  Church, 
she  was  president  of  the  United  Methodist  Women 
and  chaired  the  administrative  board.  She  is  survived 
by  her  husband,  Kem;  four  sons,  including  D.  Kern 
Holoman  '69  and  his  wife,  Elizabeth  Rock 
'69;  a  sister;  and  seven  grandchildren. 


:  Smith  '43  of  North  Attleboro,  Mass.,  on 
April  25.  A  captain  in  the  Marine  Corps,  he  worked  as 
a  corporate  executive,  serving  as  vice  president  of  the 
Fram  Corp.  in  East  Providence,  R.I.,  and  executive 
vice  president  of  Hindley  Manufacturing  Co.  in 
Cumberland,  R.I.  He  was  also  the  author  of  several 
works,  including  Herschel  P  Cuifpepper,  a  book  of  chil- 
dren's stories.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Dorothy 
Morgan  Smith  '43;  two  sons;  a  daughter;  and  four 
grandchildren. 

Robert  W.  Dawson  '44  of  Asheville,  N.C,  on 
April  30, 1996.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Patrisha. 

Martha  Baity  Elliott  R.N.  '44  of  South  Bend,  Ind., 
on  Jan.  15,  of  cancer.  She  is  survived  by  her  husband, 
Daniel. 

Olmstead  '44  of  Lilesville,  N.C, 


Withers  Goodwyn  Peebles,  Jr.  '44  of  Decatur, 
Ala.,  on  Dec.  11, 1996. 

Robert  Leonard  Sheldon  '44  of  Jamesburg,  N.J., 
on  April  21.  A  former  mayor  of  Roselle  Park,  he  prac- 
ticed law  for  35  years  before  retiring.  He  was  named 
Man  of  the  Year  in  1963  by  the  Roselle  Park  chapter  of 
UNICO  International.  He  was  state  chairman  for  the 
1963  Sister  Elizabeth  Kenny  Fund  Appeal,  affiliated 
with  the  March  of  Dimes;  deputy  director  of  the 
motor  vehicles  department;  and  deputy  attorney 
general  for  the  State  of  New  Jersey.  He  is  survived  by 
his  wife,  Marie;  two  sons;  and  a  brother,  Murray  B. 
Sheldon  Jr.  M.D.  45. 

Herman  Amasa  Smith  '44,  J.D.  '52  of 
Greensboro,  on  May  31.  At  Duke,  he  played  football 
for  Coach  Wallace  Wade,  received  honorable  mention 
as  an  Ail-American  end,  and  played  in  the  Rose  Bowl. 
A  World  War  II  veteran  and  North  Carolina's  first  U.S. 
Magistrate  Judge,  he  was  a  primary  architect  of  the 
middle  district's  local  rules  of  practice  and  procedure, 
which  became  a  model  for  similar  rules  later  adopted 
by  federal  courts  around  the  nation.  He  was  also  the 
principal  drafter  of  the  legislation  creating  North 
Carolina's  Inmate  Grievance  Commission.  In  1982,  he 
retired  from  the  bench  and  became  "of  counsel"  to  the 
law  firm  Osteen,  Adams,  Tilley,  and  Walker.  He  was  a 
photographer  for  the  North  Carolina  Zoo  and  a  recipi- 
ent of  the  N.C.  Zoological  Society's  Volunteer  of  the 
Year  Award.  He  also  received  the  Guilford  Native 
American  Association's  Award  for  Volunteer  of  the 
Year.  He  was  president  of  the  Greensboro  Bar 
Association,  the  Guilford  County  Young  Republicans 
Club,  and  the  Duke  alumni  club  of  Greensboro.  He  is 


32      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


survived  by  his  wife.Tommie  Lou,  whom  he  married  at 
sunrise  on  June  11, 1948,  atop  Duke  Chapel. 
Morrow  Wright  '44  of  Cincinnati,  on  Nov.  28, 
1996.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Betty. 

John  Richard  Emlet  M.D.  '45  of  Milton,  Fla.,  on 
May  11.  A  surgeon,  he  retired  after  30  years  at  the 
Medical  Center  Clinic  in  Pensacola,  Fla.  He  is  survived 
by  his  wife,  Ruth  Slocumb  Emlet  B.S.N.  '44,  R.N. 
'44;  two  daughters,  including  Patricia  ' 
Emlet  74;  and  two  sons,  including  I 
Emlet  77 

Albert  C.  Zahn  M.D.  '45  of  Fall  River  Mills,  Calif., 
on  May  16, 1995.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Winifred, 
and  three  daughters. 

Robert  Augur  Beer  '46  of  Potomac,  Md.,  on  April 
11,  of  pneumonia.  A  World  War  II  veteran,  he  was  a 
retired  mortgage  broker  and  former  president  of  the 
Ivor  B.  Clark  Co.  He  also  founded  the  Potomac  Polo 
Club.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Kathleen,  three  chil- 
dren, and  three  grandchildren. 

Edgar  Bowen  Huckabee  '46  of  Durham,  on 
June  11.  A  World  War  II  veteran,  he  retired  after  40 
years  in  management  with  Liggett  &  Myers  Tobacco 
Co.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Betsy;  a  daughter;  a  son; 
a  brother,  Robert  C.  Huckabee  '47;  and  three 
grandchildren. 

John  Rogers  Muse  '46  of  Charlotte,  on  Jan.  14,  of 
complications  from  heart  trouble.  A  World  War  II  vet- 
eran, he  briefly  played  professional  baseball.  He  had 
retired  from  Du  Pont  after  40  years.  He  is  survived  by 
his  wife,  Marguerite,  a  son,  a  daughter,  a  brother,  three 
sisters,  and  four  grandchildren. 


i  J.  Berngard  '47  of  Highland  Park,  111., 
on  June  27.  A  World  War  II  veteran  and  a  certified 
public  accountant,  he  was  the  owner  of  Genii  Lamps, 
a  portable  light  manufacturing  company  in  Chicago. 
After  retiring,  he  worked  for  Lord  &  Taylor.  He  is  sur- 
vived by  his  wife,  Judith,  a  son,  a  daughter,  a  brother, 
and  three  grandchildren. 

Betty  Jane  Swartz  Cottle  B.S.N.  '47,  R.N.  '47  of 
Wooster,  Ohio,  on  May  17.  She  was  a  volunteer  nurse 
for  the  Red  Cross  Bloodmobile,  Wooster  Community 
Hospital  Auxiliary,  and  at  West  View  Manor  Nursing 
Home.  She  is  survived  by  her  husband,  Ralph  I. 
Cottle  Jr.  M.D.  '46;  a  son;  a  daughter;  and  two 
grandchildren 

Everett  J.  Doyle '47  of  New  Hyde  Park,N.Y.,on 
April  15, 1995. 

John  R.  Harvey  '47  of  Henderson,  Nev.,  on  Feb.  19, 
1996,  of  cancer.  Before  he  retired  in  1986,  he  worked 
for  Exxon  Corp.  as  senior  tax  accountant  in  the  New 
York  City  office.  At  Duke,  he  was  a  member  of  Phi 
Kappa  Sigma  fraternity.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife, 
Marion,  a  son,  a  daughter,  and  two  grandchildren. 

Mary  Nancye  Stewart  '47  of  Hollywood,  Fla.,  on 
March  5, 1996,  of  emphysema  and  congestive  heart 
disease.  She  earned  her  law  degree  at  the  University 
of  South  Carolina  and  retired  from  Equifax.  She  is  sur- 
vived by  a  brother. 

Thrasher  '49  of  Atlanta,  on 


Nov.  23, 1996. 


Vle  Mitchell  '50  of  Durham,  on  May 
13,  of  complications  from  diabetes.  A  World  War  II 
veteran,  he  retired  as  a  certified  public  accountant.  He 
was  a  deacon  at  First  Baptist  Church  and  former  presi- 
dent of  the  Tobaccoland  Kiwanis  Club.  He  is  survived 
by  his  wife,  Joyce  Herndon  Mitchell  '51;  two 
sons,  including  William  Hoyle  Mitchell  Jr.  77;  a 
daughtet;  and  five  grandchildren. 

Henry  C.  Tager  '51  of  Greensboro,  on  March  21,  of 
heart  failure.  A  World  War  II  veteran,  he  was  founder 


MALIGNING  A  SIGNING 


The  beauty  of 
Duke  Chapel's 
stained  glass  win 
dows  is  in  sharp  con- 
trast to  the  ugly  tale 
told  by  their  true  cre- 
ator, an  artist  who 
only  wanted  his  work 
recognized.  The  gist 
of  die  story  comes 
from  a  chance  conver- 
sation with  a  chapel 
visitor,  a  phone 
call,  and  a  fol- 
low-up letter  re- 
ceived by  How- 
ard C.  Wilkinson 
university  chap- 
lain and  director 
of  religious  activ- 
ity from  1958  to 
1972. 
The  chapel's 


I'^T^'' 


G. 
Owen  Bonawit, 
comprise  nearly 
900  biblical  fig- 
ures and  scenes 
represented  by 
more  than  a 
million  pieces 
of  stained  glass. 
There  are  301 
larger-than-life 
figures.  The 
largest  window 
is  seventeen  and 
a  half  feet  by 
thirty-eight  feet; 
the  smallest  is 
fourteen  by 
twenty  inches. 
The  glass,  both 
imported  and 
domestic,  varies 
in  thickness  from 
one-eighth  to 
three-sixteenths 
of  an  inch. 

In  the  overall 
plan,  the  clere- 
story windows  of 
the  nave  follow 
the  Old  Testa- 
ment, the  medal- 
lion windows 
along  the  aisle  depict 
the  New  Testament, 
the  narthex  windows 
are  devoted  to  women, 
and  the  grand  transept 


dows  have  figures  of 
both  men  and  women 
from  the  Old  and  New 
Testaments. 

In  1963,  Wilkinson 
was  surprised  to  learn 
from  a  conversation 
with  a  visitor  to  the 
chapel  that  the  win- 
dows were  actually  the 


^  FA 
'-AA  a 


The  writing  on  the  window:  taking  credit  1 
between  the  artist  and  the  overseer 


work  of  the  visitor's 
roommate,  Secord 
Charles  Jaekle.  A 
phone  call  to  Jaekle 
provided  the  proof, 
and  a  sad  tale  of  artis- 
tic temperament. 

Here  is  Wilkinson's 
written  recollection: 

"The  story  that  he 
gave  me  over  the 
phone,  in  a  relaxed 
conversation,  was  that 
I  would  find  his  name 
in  a  clerestory  window 
which  portrays  Noah. 


In  the  second  window 
from  the  east  end  on 
the  south  side,  one 
may  view  the  following 
names:  G.  Bonawit, 
Designer;  S.  Charles 
Jaekle,  Designer;  Hugh 
Doherty,  Craftsman; 
built  these  windows, 
N.Y.,  1930-33. 

"Mr.  Bonawit  had 
secured  the  sub-con- 
tract to  provide  the 
windows.  He  turned  to 
Jaekle  to  do  the  work, 
after  telling  him  what 


the  general  plan  for 
the  windows  should 
be.  He  then  prepared 
to  depart  for  Europe, 
to  seek  other  contracts. 
Before  he  left,  Jaekle 
asked  that  he  might 
put  his  own  name  in 
small  letters,  under- 
neath Bonawit's  name. 
Bonawit  angrily  denied 
the  request — and  left 
for  Europe. 

"Mr.  Bonawit  did 
not  return  until  the 
windows  were  all  in 
place.  He  left  at 
once  for  Durham  to 
inspect 'his'  win- 
dows. When  he  saw 
the  names  in  the 
clerestory  window, 
he  returned  to  New 
York  and  called 
Jaekle  into  his 
office.  Angrily,  he 
told  him  that  he 
was  fired.  Jaekle 
complained  that 
this  was  an  injus- 
tice, but  that  he  was 
at  least  entitled  to 
his  drawings.  Bona- 
wit told  him  to 
return  the  next 
day  and  he  would 
have  them.  [The 
next  day]  Bonawit 
showed  Jaekle  a 
huge  pile  of  shred- 
ded paper  in  the 
middle  of  the  floor. 
'There  are  your 
drawings,'  said 
Bonawit." 

Wilkinson  asked 
Jaekle  to  record  this 
in  a  letter,  which  he 
finally  received. 
Though  the  deed 
was  hurtful,  he 
knew  his  work  sur- 
passed Bonawit's 
actions:  "It  is  the 
only  church  in  the 
whole  world  that 
has  every  important 
incident  in  the  Bible 
recorded  in  stained 
glass,"  he  wrote.  "The 
designing  of  the  win- 
dows for  posterity  was 
the  most  rewarding 
and  thrilling  experi- 
ence of  my  life." 


— from  materials 

provided  b\ 

University  Archives 


November-December   1997 


3ft  pap*  to 
tnbegt  m 
®uke 
Umbersttp 


Put  your  trust  in  Duke 
University  by  establishing  a 
charitable  remainder  trust 
which  benefits  both  you  and 
Duke.  For  a  minimum  of 
$100,000,  you  can: 

*  Earn  5  to  7-1/2  percent 
income  on  your  gift 

*  Receive  an  income  for  life  for 
you  and  your  spouse 

*  Receive  a  charitable  income 
tax  deduction  this  year 

*  Transfer  appreciated 
securities  to  your  trust  and 
potentially  avoid  capital  gains 
taxes 

*  Select  a  payment  option  that 
either  pays  you  a  fixed  dollar 
amount  or  a  fixed  percentage  of 
the  trust  assets  revalued 
annually 

*  Support  a  University  program 
that  interests  you  or  create  a 
scholarship  or  other  endowment 
fund 

If  you  want  to  leam  how  a 
charitable  remainder  trust  can 
benefit  both  you  and  Duke 
University,  call  the  Office  of 
Planned  Giving  and  we  will 
send  you  a  personal  financial 
analysis. 

Please  contact: 

Michael  C.  Sholtz,  J.D.,  Director 

Office  of  Planned  Giving 

Duke  University 

3100  Tower  Blvd. 

Suite  205 

Durham,  NC  27707 

(919)  419-5070 

(919)  684-2123 


and  president  ofThe  Hub  Ltd.  He  is  survived  by  his 
wife,  Peggy;  a  daughter;  three  sons;  a  brother,  Milton 
L.  Tager  B.S.C.E.  '50;  and  two  grandchildren. 

John  R.  Lewis  J.D.  '52  of  Yakima,  Wash.  He  was  an 
attorney. 

Ray  Francis  NIcArthur '52  of  Rancho  Bernardo, 
Calif,  on  March  12.  A  World  War  II  veteran,  he  was  a 
professor  of  gerontology  at  the  University  of  Michigan's 
School  of  Public  Health.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife, 
Eleanor,  three  daughters,  a  sister,  two  stepchildren,  and 
eight  grandchildren. 

Claude  P.  Ledes  '54  of  Memphis,  on  April  26, 
1995. 


H.  MacQueen  '54  of  St.  Louis,  on  May 
3.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Jan,  and  a  son,  James 
Henry  MacQueen  '84. 

Charles  Franklin  Pennigar  B.D.  '56  of  Shemlls 
Ford,  N.C.,  on  April  7.  He  served  as  a  pastor  in  15 
churches  in  the  Western  North  Carolina  Conference 
of  the  United  Methodist  Church.  He  is  survived  by  his 
wife,  Ellen,  a  son,  and  two  daughters. 


Feidelson  '61  of  Armonk,  N.Y.,  on  Aug. 
27,  after  a  short  illness.  He  was  president  of  MRP 
Management  Corp.  He  was  a  member  of  Duke's 
Founders'  Society  and  the  James  B.  Duke  Society.  He 
is  survived  by  his  wife,  Babs;  two  sons,  including 
Robert  S.  Feidelson  Jr.  '86;  three  grandchildren; 
a  sister;  and  a  brother. 

David  Peter  Schorr  Jr.  M.A.T.  '62  of  Chapel 
Hill,  on  May  26.  A  World  War  II  veteran,  he  retired 
from  the  U.S.  Army  as  brigadier  general  after  28  years 
of  service.  He  was  awarded  the  Silver  Star,  Legion  of 
Merit  with  Oak  Leaf  Cluster,  Bronze  Star,  and  Combat 
Infantryman's  Badge.  He  also  taught  math  at  Duke  for 
seven  years.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Mary,  a  daughter, 
a  son,  seven  grandchildren,  nine  great-grandchildren, 
and  one  great-great-grandchild. 

Thomas  Cameron  MacCaughelty  '65  of 

Ashland  City.Tenn.,  on  May  16.  He  retired  as  lieu- 
tenant colonel  of  the  Army  Reserves  Medical  Corps. 
He  earned  his  M.D.  at  UNC-Chapel  Hill  and  was  an 
associate  professor  of  anesthesiology  at  Vanderbilt 
University  Medical  Center. 

Dexter  Lee  Jeffords  '66,  M.D.  '70  of  Hilton 

Head,  S.C.,  on  May  2,  of  pancreatic  cancer.  A  U.S. 
Navy  veteran,  he  was  a  urologist  and  chief  of  surgery 
at  Hilton  Head  Medical  Center  and  Clinics.  At  Duke, 
he  was  a  member  of  Sigma  Chi  fraternity.  He  is  sur- 
vived by  his  wife,  Deborah,  his  mother,  two  daughters, 
three  sons,  and  a  sister. 

Donald  Dale  Herzberg  '68  of  Springfield,  Va.,  on 
Oct.  19, 1996,  of  a  heart  attack.  He  is  survived  by  his 
wife,  Sharon  Kalmbach  Herzberg  '68. 

Barbara  Frischer  Brooks  '80  of  New  York,  N.Y., 
on  Jan.  13,  of  cancer.  She  is  survived  by  her  husband, 
Barry,  and  two  daughters. 

Michael  Don  FarrJ.D.  '83  of  San  Francisco,  on 
Jan.  17,  of  smoke  inhalation.  He  was  an  attorney.  He  is 
survived  by  his  father,  two  sons,  a  daughter,  a  brother, 
and  two  sisters. 

Kathleen  Lynn  Stoney '96  of  San  Francisco,  on 
March  15,  of  cancer.  At  Duke,  she  was  a  member  of 
Kappa  Alpha  Theta  sorority  and  a  volunteer  at  both 
Duke  and  UNC-Chapel  Hill  hospitals.  She  was  pursuing 
a  career  in  nursing  at  St.  Louis  University.  She  is  sur- 
vived by  her  parents,  a  sister,  and  three  brothers. 

Economist  Bronfenbrenner 

Noted  economist  and  professor  emeritus  of  economics 
at  Duke  Martin  Bronfenbrenner  died  June  2  at 
his  Durham  home. 

A  William  R.  Kenan  Jr.  professor  emeritus  of  eco- 


nomics, he  was  best  known  for  his  contributions  to 
macroeconomics,  international  trade,  the  theory  of 
income  distribution,  and  comparative  economics,  and 
for  his  expertise  on  the  Japanese  economy. 

He  graduated  from  Washington  University  in  St. 
Louis  and  earned  his  Ph.D.  in  economics  from  the 
University  of  Chicago  in  1939.  After  teaching  at 
Roosevelt  University,  he  spent  two  years  at  the  U.S. 
Treasury  in  Washington.  He  then  joined  the  Federal 
Reserve  Bank  as  a  financial  economist,  a  position  to 
which  he  returned  following  three  years  in  the  Navy  as 
a  Japanese  language  student  and  officer. 

Before  he  became  the  first  Kenan  Professor  at  Duke, 
he  taught  at  the  University  of  Wisconsin,  Michigan 
State  University,  the  University  of  Minnesota,  and 
Carnegie  Mellon  University,  where  he  chaired  the  eco- 
nomics department.  He  held  a  Fulbright  appointment 
in  Japan  and  visiting  appointments  at  the  Center  for 
Advanced  Study  in  Behavioral  Sciences  at  Stanford, 
the  University  of  Sussex,  and  the  Federal  Reserve 
Bank  of  San  Francisco. 

He  was  a  fellow  of  the  American  Academy  of  Arts 
and  Sciences,  vice  president  of  the  American  Econo- 
mic Association,  and  president  of  both  the  Southern 
Economic  Association  and  the  History  of  Economics 
Society.  In  January  1997,  he  was  named  a  Distinguished 
Fellow  of  the  American  Economics  Association. 

He  published  some  250  articles  and  five  books. 
Fluent  in  Japanese,  he  also  published  a  volume  of 
fiction,  Tomioka  Stories,  based  on  his  experience  as  a 
language  officer  in  occupied  Japan. 

In  1984,  the  Martin  Bronfenbrenner  Graduate 
Fellowship  was  established  in  his  honor  at  Duke.  For 
the  next  six  years,  he  was  professor  of  international 
economics  at  Aoyama  Gakuin  University  in  Tokyo, 
returning  to  Durham  in  1991. 

He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Teruko  Okuaki,  a  son,  a 
daughter,  and  a  grandson. 


The  director  of  the  Woman's  College  Library  at  Duke 
for  twenty-nine  years,  Evelyn  Harrison  '30  died 
June  17  in  Williamston,  North  Carolina.  She  was  88. 

She  attended  Lewisburg  College  for  two  years,  then 
transferred  to  the  Woman's  College  at  Duke,  where  she 
earned  her  undergraduate  degree.  She  earned  a  library 
science  degree  at  the  University  of  Illinois  and 
returned  to  Durham.  She  began  as  a  member  of  the 
support  staff  in  the  order  department  of  the  Woman's 
College  library  and,  when  she  retired  in  1978,  she  was 
its  director.  In  all,  she  worked  in  Duke's  library  system 
for  forty-eight  years. 

Church  Historian  Henry 

Noted  American  church  historian  and  Duke  Divinity 
School  professor  emeritus  Stuart  Clark  Henry 

Ph.D  '55  died  June  28. 

Educated  at  Davidson  College,  Louisville  Presby- 
terian Theological  Seminary,  and  at  Duke,  he  began 
his  career  as  a  parish  minister  in  Natchez,  Mississippi. 
Thirteen  years  later,  he  left  to  join  the  religion  depart- 
ment at  Southern  Methodist  University.  After  nine 
years,  he  joined  the  Duke  faculty,  where  he  taught  for 
thirty-five  years  before  retiring  in  1985. 

Henry  was  the  author  of  two  biographies  and 
numerous  journal  articles  focusing  on  the  American 
Christian  church.  He  was  a  member  of  Phi  Beta  Kappa 
and  Eta  Sigma  Phi  honorary  societies,  and  a  member 
and  officer  of  the  American  Society  of  Church  History. 
He  composed  an  opera,  Lost  Eden,  that  was  produced 
at  Duke  Chapel  in  1982. 

In  1975,  he  was  honored  by  the  Class  of  1975  with 
an  endowed  library  fund,  and  in  1986  two  former  stu- 
dents established  in  his  name  a  scholarship  fund  at  the 
divinity  school  for  Presbyterian  students. 

He  is  survived  by  his  sister,  a  niece,  and  two 
nephews. 


34      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


ORUM 


DUKE 


Please  limit  letters  to  300  words,  and  include  full 
name,  address,  and  class  year.  We  reserve  the  right 
to  edit  for  length  and  clarity.  Our  Internet  address 
is:  dukemag@duke.edu. 

WHERE  ARE 
THEY? 

Editors: 

I  am  a  graduate  of  the  Class  of  1947  Duke 
nursing  school.  My  husband,  Frank,  received 
his  bachelor's  and  master's  at  Duke  in  1948 
and  1949. 

We  always  look  forward  to  reading  the  class 
notes  in  the  Duke  Magazine,  but  to  our  horror, 
we  discovered  that  we  no  longer  exist!  I  refer 
to  the  classes  prior  to  the  Fifties,  Sixties,  and 
Seventies  in  the  July- August  issue.  What  hap- 
pened? No  notes  at  all  for  us  old  folks  of  the 
Forties  (and  before). 

Personally,  we're  alive,  well,  and  kicking.  We 
even  play  golf  several  times  a  week,  and  do 
seminars  on  assertiveness  training  and  stress 
management  to  large  groups,  so  my  mind  is 
still  active,  too. 

Please  do  not  leave  our  classes  of  the 
Twenties,  Thirties,  and  Forties  out  again. 

Jean  Bundy  Scott  R.N.  '47 
Floyd,  Virginia 

We  also  regret  that  earlier  classes  don't  always 
appear.  Some  must  think  that  only  job  changes, 
marriages,  or  births  constitute  class-note-worthi- 
ness.  A  special  anniversary,  an  award-winning 
essay,  a  performance  in  a  local  theater  group,  re- 
cognition for  community  service — all  are  items 
alumni  can  share  with  their  classmates.  We  hope 
your  letter  will  prompt  our  older — and  probably 
more  active — graduates  to  send  us  their  news. 


GOLDEN 

MIEN 

Editors: 

In  the  article  "A  Move  Toward  Moderation" 
[July-August  1997],  the  picture  on  page  16  is 
captioned  Cafe  Society:  at  Hartman's,  1936. 
Some  of  those  pictured,  Ray  Hawes,  Don 
O'Brien,  and  Peter  Maas,  were  eight  years  old 
in  1936.  The  ages  of  the  girls  are  a  secret  to 


this  day.  It  seems  more  likely  that  the  picture 
was  snapped  in  1948  or  1949. 

More  important  is  that,  in  actuality,  you 
could  not  have  selected  five  individuals  more 
qualified  to  symbolize  moderation.  Apparently, 
the  paparazzi  caught  Don  [center]  blinking  his 
eyes.  Pete  is  raising  what  appears  to  be  a  glass 
of  beer,  but  I  doubt  that  beer  was  ever  quaf- 
fed. Ray  was  never  obstreperous. 

Indeed,  all  were  the  life  of  the  party,  but 
moderate  to  the  core,  and  certainly  not  exam- 
ples of  the  "wretched  excesses  of  the  past." 

George  Y.  Bliss  '51 

Port  Jefferson,  New  York 

Tronic  you,  and  otters,  for  catching  this  captioning 
error,  for  which  we  apologize.  The  picture  is  from 
the  1948  Chanticleer.  All  photos  in  the  story  were 
chosen  for  their  historical  value;  we  did  not  in- 
tend to  imply  that  those  depicted  were  representa- 
tive of  the  negative  aspects  of  "social"  drinking. 


TURNING 

POINT 

Editors: 

I  just  finished  reading  the  article  "Curiosity 
and  the  Camel"  in  your  July- August  issue  and 
wanted  to  note  that  Frank  Smullin  could  not 
have  died  in  1978  because  I  took  one  of  my 
most  memorable  classes  at  Duke  from  him  in 
1982.  This  course, "Structures,"  was  co-taught 
by  Smullin,  an  artist;  Steve  Wainwright,  a  zo- 
ologist; and  George  Pearsall,  an  engineer.  It  was 
a  truly  interdisciplinary  experience  which  forced 
the  participating  students  and  faculty  to  look 
at  the  world  around  them  in  new  ways. 

Hearing  of  Frank  Smullin's  death  [Novem- 


ber 1983]  sparked  a  moment  of  reflection  as 
to  how  influential  that  course  was  for  me. 
Thinking  back  on  it  now,  I  continue  to  see  that 
class  as  a  turning  point  that  led  me  first  to  a 
master's  in  design,  then  to  a  doctorate  in  psy- 
chology, and  to  my  current  career  researching 
and  teaching  about  issues  in  three-dimen- 
sional form. 

This  course  and  the  faculty  who  put  it 
together  are  testimony  to  the  fact  that  some 
of  the  most  exciting  intellectual  adventures 
are  found  in  the  nooks  and  crannies  between 
mainstream  academic  disciplines.  We  should 
celebrate  those  teachers  and  students  willing 
to  explore  those  regions. 

EricN.Wiebe'82 
Raleigh,  North  Carolina 


GOOD 

TIMING 

Editors: 

I  just  finished  re-reading  the  article  about 
John  Marans  '79  and  his  play,  Old  Wicked 
Songs,  in  the  March-April  issue.  I  will  be  play- 
ing the  role  of  Stephen  in  the  Minneapolis 
premiere  of  the  work  in  September.  At  the 
time  of  my  audition,  I  had  no  idea  of  his  Duke 
connection,  nor  that  we  had  studied  singing 
with  the  same  voice  teacher. 

I  thought  the  story  was  comprehensive  and 
well  written.  The  interview  aspects  were  par- 
ticularly helpful  as  I  begin  the  process  of  dis- 
covering this  character.  The  timing  of  publi- 
cation couldn't  have  been  better.  Thanks! 


Peter  Vitale '86 
pvitale  149@aol.com 


WHITE'S 
LEGACY 


Editors: 

The  "Gazette"  article  [July-August  1997] 
about  Dick  White's  retirement  as  dean  of 
Arts  and  Sciences  brought  back  a  couple  of 
strong  memories  from  the  fall  of  1963.  Lloyd 
Dunn  '65  and  I  were  Dr.  White's  first  two  stu- 
dents (small  class!)  in  his  first  "Plant  Anato- 


my  course. 


November- December   1997         35 


ACCOMMODATIONS 

BRITISH  VIRGIN  ISLANDS:  Luxury  waterfront 
house  on  Beef  Island,  sleeps  six.  Pool  and  spectacular 
views.  Great  swimming  and  snorkeling.  John  Krampf 
'69, 812  W.  Sedgwick  St.,  Philadelphia,  PA  19119. 
(215)  438-4430  (home)  or  (215)  963-5501  (office). 
ST.  JOHN:  Two  bedrooms,  pool.  Quiet  elegance, 
spectacular  view.  (508)  668-2078. 
ST.  MAARTEN:  Small,  private,  creamy-pink  villas  on 
the  sea.  Secluded  snorkeling,  Tahitian  gardens,  sugar 
birds,  and  tree  frogs.  One,  two,  and  three  chilled  bed- 
rooms. Maria  Licari  (800)  942-6725. 

113  LONDON  FLATS 

FINEST  SELECTION  OF  PRIVATE  FLATS 

IN  LONDON 

Highest  standards,  best  locations:  Mayfair,  Belgravia, 

Knightsbridge,  Chelsea,  Holland  Park,  and  Covent 

Garden 

MINIMUM  STAY  OF  ONE  WEEK 

Airport  pick-up  with  each  reservation 

One,  two,  three,  four,  five  bedrooms  available. 

$650  to  $3,500  per  week. 

13  COTSWOLD  COTTAGES 

Near  Tetbury 

FINEST  STANDARD 

Located  on  a  private  estate  with  manor  house 

Filled  with  history  and  charm 

Fully  modernized  to  a  very  high  standard 

Studios  to  five-bedroom  cottages 

$650  to  $1,200  per  week 

BROCHURES  AND  REFERENCES,  CONTACT: 

The  London  Connection 

Mr.  Thomas  Moore 

Phone:  (801)  393-9120  Fax:  (801)  393-3024 

DURHAM'S  BEST  KEPT  CHARMING  SECRET 
DUKE  TOWER  RESIDENTIAL  SUITES 

Luxuriously  furnished  all-suite  hotel.  Award-winning 

gardens,  magnificent  outdoor  pool,  fitness  center, 

covered  walking  track,  fully  equipped  kitchen, 

two  remote  control  color  TVs,  HBO  and  cable, 

two  telephones,  free  local  calls,  call  waiting, 

and  voice  mail,  laundry  room,  fax  and  copier  service, 

uniformed  security,  pets  permitted.  One  minute 

from  East  Campus,  two  minutes  from  West  Campus 

and  Duke  Medical  Center.  Just  streets  away  from 

many  restaurants  and  Northgate  Mall,  fifteen  minutes 

to  RDU  Airport.  For  reservations  and  information, 

call  (919)  687-4444;  fax  (919)  683-1215. 


EDISTO  ISLAND,  SC  (featured  in  NY  Times  and 
Washington  Post) :  Fantastic  front  beach  house  sleep- 
ing 13.  Great  spring/fall  rates.  Near  Charleston.  (202) 

338-3877  for  information,  pictures. 
MEXICO:  "City  of  Eternal  Spring."  Luxurious  one- 
bedroom  guest  house,  furnished  (sleeps  six).  Pool, 
garden,  services.  Also,  separate  bedrooms  in  main 
house  with  private  baths,  entrances.  Francisco  Villa 
#111,  Colonia  Rancho  Cortes,  62120  Cuemavaca, 
MO,  Mexico.  Telephone  011  52  (73)  17-0594. 
FRANCE,  DORDOGNE:  Attractive  three-bedroom 
house,  garden  in  medieval  village.  (513)  221-1253. 
75017.3320@compuserve.com 
FLORIDA  KEYS,  BIG  PINE  KEY.  Fantastic  open 
water  view.  Key  Deer  Refuge,  National  Bird 
Sanctuary,  stilt  house,  3/2,  screened  porches,  fully 
furnished,  stained  glass  windows,  swimming,  diving, 
fishing,  boat  basin,  non-smoking,  starting  at 
$l,900/week.  (305)  665-3832. 


ARROWHEAD 

INN,  Durham's 

country  bed  and 

breakfast.  Restored  1775  pla 

on  four  rural  acres,  20  minutes  t 

Duke.  Written  up  in  USA  Today,  Food 

&  Wine,  Mid-Atlantic.  106  Mason  Rd.,  27712. 

(919)  477-8430;  outside  919  area,  (800)  528-2207. 


f  OR  SALE 

BONITA  BAY,  A  GOLF  COURSE  COMMUNITY: 
near  Naples,  Florida,  with  emphasis  on  environ- 
ment, wildlife,  and  quality  development.  Selling 
homes,  villas,  condominiums.  Four  golf  courses, 
parks,  bike  paths,  beach,  tennis,  fitness  center, 
marina  with  Gulf  access.  A  very  special  place! 
Contact  Carol  Wood  '68,  Realtor,  for  information 
and  video.  (800)  868-3020. 

Twelve  signed,  first-edition  Duke  Wedgwood  white 
and  blue  plates.  (813)  844-5989. 
DUKE  PLATES:  Twelve  blue  1937  Wedgewood 
plates.  Francis  Lloyd,  (804)  974-7568. 
Renovated  three-bedroom  house  with  one -bedroom 
apartment,  one-and-a  half  blocks  from  East 
Campus.  (919)  933-2475. 
Grand  piano,  Sohmer,  rebuilt  and  refinished, 
$4,500.  (919)  563-2131. 


YUMM3ES! 

Send  your  favorite  student  or  far-away  loved  one  a 

care  package  full  of  incredible  Yummies  Cookies. 

Baked  fresh  to  order,  with  the  best  ingredients  (just 

like  you  would,  if  you  had  the  time!)  Duke  grad 

owned  and  operated.  Toll  free  (888)487-2766. 

Yummies@mindspring.com. 

MARI  MONDA  ZDUNIC  "Whole  Horse" 

clinics.  (810)  632-5725.  www.ismi.net/sabFan 


CLASSIFIED  RATES 

GET  IN  TOUCH  WITH  60,000+  potential  buyers, 
renters,  consumers,  through  Duke  Classifieds. 
NOTE  NEW  RATES:  $2.50  per  word,  minimum  10 
words.  10  percent  discount  for  2  or  more  insertions. 
DISPLAY  RATES  (with  art  or  special  type  treat- 
ment): $150  per  column  inch  (2  3/8"  wide). 
REQUIREMENTS:  All  copy  must  be  printed  or 
typed;  specify  section  (FOR  SALE,  etc.)  in  which 
ad  should  appear.  Sorry,  no  travel  arrangements  or 
financial  services  allowed  due  to  postal  regulations. 
ALL  ADS  MUST  BE  PREPAID:  Send  check  or 
money  order  (payable  to  Duke  Magazine)  to: 
Classifieds,  Duke  Magazine,  614  Chapel  Drive, 
Durham,  NC  27708-0570. 
We  also  accept  VISA,  MASTERCARD,  and 
DISCOVER.  No  phone  orders,  except  FAX  orders 
with  credit  card  numbers  and  expiration  date: 
(919)  684-6022. 

DEADLINES:  November  15  (January-February 
issue),  January  15  (March-April  issue),  March  15 
(May- June  issue).  May  15  (July-August  issue),  July 
15  (September-October  issue),  September  15 
(November-December  issue).  Please  specify  issues 
in  which  ad  should  appear. 


The  good  memory  is  of  a  great  teacher  who 
influenced  both  of  us  to  be  botany  majors  and 
enter  careers  in  science.  I  also  remember  that 
we  were  in  that  class  when  JFK  was  shot,  an 
event  that  sobered  our  moods  and  activities 
for  quite  a  few  weeks. 

Teddy  Reyling  Devereux  '66,  A.M.  71 
devereux@niehs.nih.gov 

The  letter  writer  heads  the  Molecular  Toxicology 
Group  in  the  Laboratory  of  Molecular  Carcino- 
genesis at  the  National  Institute  of  Environmen- 
tal Health  Sciences  in  Research  Triangle  Park. 


GRADE 
FULL 


Editors: 

I  am  a  student  from  Belgium  visiting  the 
States,  and  I  found  your  article  "Where  Are 
the  C's  of  Yesteryear?"  [May- June  1997]  very  re- 
vealing. I  am  very  interested  in  the  differences 
between  the  grading  psychology  in  the  States 
and  in  Europe,  particularly  since  U.S.  univer- 
sities vary  from  substandard  to  outstanding. 

I  discussed  this  subject  with  a  number  of 
American  students;  they  tell  me  that  a 
substantial  number  of  professors  are  soft  on 
grading  because  they  need  to  get  good  stu- 
dent evaluations,  which  translate  to  popular- 
ity, which  translates  to  salary  increases.  This, 
of  course,  doesn't  apply  to  "star"  professors 
whose  classes  are  always  full  and  are  immune 
to  such  "bribing,"  as  it  is  beyond  their  profes- 
sional dignity. 

This  evaluation  business  is  appealing  and 
at  the  same  time  appalling  to  me.  It  is  un-aca- 
demic,  and  it  is  possible  only  in  America, 
where  business  manners  (the  customer  is 
always  right)  prevail. 


Jean  Zvolsky 

Davidson,  North  Carolina 


WINS  OF  THE 
FATHERS 

Editors: 

I  enjoyed  the  mini-profile  on  Mary  Ellen 
Jones  '59  A.M.  '59,  author  of  John]akes:  A  Criti- 
cal Companion  ["Capturing  a  Life,  July- August 
1997].  In  her  book,  she  quotes  Jakes  on  his 
financial  motive  for  writing:  "We  had  four  chil- 
dren.... Virtually  everything  that  I  made  from 
my  writing  went  into  their  college  education." 

It's  true.  The  Kent  Family  Chronicles  paid  for 
my  tuition  in  1975-79. 

J.  Michael  Jakes  B.S.E. '79 
Washington,  D.C. 


36      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


GOING 


FOR  THE 


SILVER 


Philip  Cook,  acting  chair  of 
Duke's  Sanford  Institute  of 
Public  Policy  and  current  ITT 
public  policy  professor,  has 
done  ground-breaking  social 
science  research  on  sex  (how 
government  funding  affects 
abortion  rates)  and  drugs  (the 
impact  of  crack  on  youth  violence;  whether 
consumption  taxes  prevent  alcohol-related 
deaths).  So  in  1995,  when  he  published  The 
Winner-Take-All  Society  with  co-author  Robert 
Frank,  it  made  sense  that  Cook  would  tackle, 
among  other  things,  rock  and  roll. 

"The  reward  structure  common  in  enter- 
tainment and  sports,  where  thousands  com- 
pete for  a  handful  of  big  prizes  at  the  top,  has 
now  permeated  many  sec- 
tors of  the  economy,"  he  and 
Frank  write.  Cook  contends 
that  such  a  system  presents  a 
problem:  Namely,  that  our 
nation  is  worse  off  if  too 
many  people  compete  in  such 
"longshot"  fields,  like  singing, 
and  that  more  and  more  pro- 
fessions like  law,  bond  trading, 
and  dentistry  now  behave  like 
these  "superstar  markets." 

If  1,000  people  aspire  to 
pop  careers,  for  example,  one 
will  become  Whitney  Hou- 
ston and  earn  $10  million  a 
year  while  999  will  end  up 
waiting  tables  for  $20,000  a 
year.  According  to  the  Cook 
argument,  if  those  same  1,000 
people  took  more  "normal" 
but  less  spectacular  careers 
as  $50,000-per-year  building 
managers  and  teachers  and 
airline  mechanics  and  nurses, 
the  economy  and  society 
would  be  much  better  off. 
(To  put  a  number  on  it,  the 
"boring"  people  would  earn 
$50-million    to    the    $30- 


TOO  MANY  WINNERS 

BY  MICHAEL  GOLDSTEIN 


million  total  of  Whitney- and-the-waiters.) 

Cook  does  not  agree  with  the  popular 
mantra  that  such  entertainers  aren't  worth 
the  money,  an  argument  usually  voiced  by  an 
indignant  public  when  athletes  sign  multimil- 
lion-dollar contracts.  Nobody  is  worth  that 
much  money,  we  say.  But  they  are  worth  the 
money  in  a  purely  economic  sense.  "The  San 
Francisco  Giants  offered  Barry  Bonds  a 
$43,750,000  contract,"  Cook  writes,  "not  be- 
cause team  owner  Peter  Magowan  was  stupid, 
but  because  Bonds'  presence  helped  fill  the 
stands  and  land  a  more  lucrative  TV  con- 
tract." (This  was  back  in  the  old  days  of  1992, 
when  a  top  baseball  player  couldn't  get  much 
more  than  $40  million.) 

The  Winner-Take -All  Society  is  a  new  way 
of  explaining  America's 
growing  income  inequality 
and,  as  such,  it's  gotten  a 
great  deal  of  attention  from 
the  likes  of  ABC's  World 
News  Tonight,  The  Newshour 
with  ]im  Lehrer  on  PBS,  and 
Washington  Post  columnist 
David  Broder.  Accolades  came 
from  all  over  the  world: 
Business  Week  wrote,  "Frank 
and  Cook  break  new  ground 
by  linking  the  win-at-all- 
costs  mentality  to  economic 
and  cultural  problems,"  while 
The  Observer  (of  London) 
called  it  "One  of  the  most 
influential  books  of  recent 
times." 

The  success  surprised 
Cook.  "I  felt  this  wouldn't  be 
;much  different  than  any- 
lathing  else  I'd  written,  that  is 
|  to  say,  sunk  without  a  trace," 
|  he  says  with  a  laugh.  "But  we 
i  had  good  timing.  There  were 
I  a  lot  of  stories  on  wage  in- 
equality and  record  corporate 
I  profits,  and  economists  were 
|  not   coming   through   with 


November- 1  Vcenilvr    1  *>  t 


crisp  explanations.  Then  President  Clinton 
started  using  the  phrase  'winner  take  all'  in  all 
his  speeches — we  still  haven't  figured  out 
why — and  the  bully  pulpit  lends  a  lot  of  free 
publicity." 

Cook,  who,  like  Clinton,  is  fifty-one,  waves 
to  a  shelf,  where  there  are  editions  of  his  book 
in  Portuguese,  Korean,  and  Mandarin  (with  a 
cover  illustration  showing  a  bowl,  the  Eastern 
tradition  of  communal  eating,  with  giant  sil- 
verware in  it,  representing  the  greedy  Western 
capitalist  who  takes  more  than  his  fair  share). 
"The  success  is  relative,"  he  says.  "People  say 
they  saw  you  on  TV  and  if  you're  rude  enough 
to  ask  'What  did  I  say?'  they  scratch  their 
heads." 

Cook  and  Frank  got  the  notion  for  The 
Winner-Take -All  Society  from,  of  all  things, 
sweatshirts.  "We  had  the  impression  in  the  late 
Eighties  that  many  students  on  campus  would 
wear  their  Duke  and  Cornell  sweatshirts 
around,  and  this  seemed  to  be  a  benefit  per- 
ceived by  students.  When  we  went  to  school, 
no  one  would  wear  that  stuff.  But  now  it  had 
become  a  powerful  signal  that  you  had  sur- 
vived a  very  special  process." 

Why  has  the  book  struck  a  chord?  Polls 
show  that  while  the  overall  economy  is  cruising 
along,  there  seems  to  be  a  crisis  of  confidence, 
usually  related  to  growing  income  inequality 
and  job  insecurity.  Culprits?  Economists  and 
pundits  have  offered  several:  the  rise  of  tech- 
nology, the  decline  of  manufacturing,  a  culture 
of  excuse,  immigration,  lousy  schools,  or  the 
global  economy. 

Cook  and  Frank,  a  Cornell  economist,  came 
up  with  a  wholly  different  spin.  "Winner-take- 
all  markets  have  increased  the  disparity  be- 
tween the  rich  and  poor,"  the  pair  writes.  "They 
have  lured  some  of  our  most  talented  citizens 
into  socially  unproductive,  sometimes  even  de- 
structive tasks.  In  an  economy  that  already 
invests  too  little  in  the  future,  they  have  fos- 
tered wasteful  patterns  of  investment  and  con- 
sumption." To  put  it  closer  to  home,  too  many 
would-be  teachers  and  scientists  stare  at  the 
wall  of  Duke's  Career  Service  Center  and  see 
only  lucrative  listings  for  Goldman  Sachs. 

Some  commentators  say  that  it's  unjust  for 
those  at  the  top  of  superstar  markets  to  earn 
such  astronomical  sums.  Others  shoot  back  that 
giant  salaries  are  simply  the  free  market  at 
work,  and  therefore  disturbing  it  would  breed 
inefficiency — a  theory  with  which  Cook  and 
Frank  disagree.  "We  wanted  to  point  out  that 
instead  of  a  conflict  between  efficiency  and 
justice,  they  actually  go  together,"  Cook  says. 
"The  dogma  is  the  great  tradeoff,  but  it's  not. 
Too  much  concentration  at  the  high  end  of 
the  income  distribution  hurts  the  economy." 

In  other  words,  liberals  and  conservatives 
both  have  it  wrong.  The  problem  with  the  econ- 
omy isn't  greedy  executives  who  take  too  much 
of  the  profits.  They're  worth  the  money.  It's 


actually  the  also-rans  who  hurt  American 
productivity.  "By  themselves,  the  superstar 
salaries  have  contributed  little  to  rising  in- 
equality," Cook  and  Frank  write.  "The  really 
important  new  source  of  inequality  has  been 
the  escalating  earnings  of  the  near  rich — the 
salespeople,  administrators,  accountants,  physi- 
cians, and  millions  of  other  minor  league 
superstars  who  dominate  the  smaller  niche 
markets  of  everyday  life."  Superstar  fields  suffer 
from  overentry.  "They  tend  to  attract  too 
many  of  the  best  and  brightest,"  says  Cook. 
"The  bottom  line  is  that  the  rewards  are  out 
of  proportion  to  utility." 

The  book  could  be  called  supply-side  eco- 
nomics turned  on  its  head.  Supply  side  says 
lower  taxes,  let  the  rich  become  richer,  and 
their  spending  will  drive  the  economy  for  the 
rest  of  us.  Cook  says  economic  reality  is  the 
opposite:  The  lure  of  lavish  prizes  in  so  many 
professions  distorts  the  economy.  Therefore, 
they  argue,  we  need  a  more  progressive  tax 
system  (the  rich  pay  more).  "We  cannot  ex- 
pect an  invisible  hand  to  mitigate  the  eco- 
nomic and  social  ills  that  spring  from  winner- 
take-all  markets,"  he  writes.  "Higher  taxes  on 
the  top  prizes  would  curb  overcrowding  in 
[these]  markets." 

It's  a  boring  solution,  but  seemingly  the 
only  one  on  the  horizon,  which  may  be  why 
the  issue  of  wealth  distribution  wasn't  an  is- 
sue in  the  presidential  campaign  after  Pat  Bu- 
chanan dropped  out — neither  Bob  Dole  nor 
Clinton  had  any  bright  ideas.  Former 
Secretary  of  Labor  Robert  Reich  has  pushed 
enormous  investment  in  training.  Cook 
replies,  "That  wouldn't  affect  income  distribu- 
tion at  the  top.  Earners  making  over  $100,000 
have  doubled  in  the  last  decade,  controlling 
for  inflation.  Training  won't  get  at  that  issue." 
In  fields  like  litigation,  Cook  endorses  more 
specific  solutions,  like  tort  reform. 

But  why  do  we  need  solu- 
tions now?  Hasn't  it  always 
been  that  the  best  get  the 
most?  Yes,  but  there  used  to 
be  a  close  correlation  be- 
tween how  much  better  you 
were  and  how  much  more 
you  were  paid.  "I  like  to  use 
the  ballad  of  John  Henry,  the  steel-driving 
man,"  Cook  says.  "He  was  the  strongest  man, 
the  best  with  a  hammer — let's  say  10  percent 
better  than  the  next  best  guy,"  and  he  got  paid 
10  percent  more.  (Cook,  like  all  economists, 
loves  to  quantify  everything;  the  book,  how- 
ever, is  free  from  jargon  and  exceptionally 
readable,  by  social- science  standards.) 

Today,  Cook  is  saying,  John  Henry  would  be 
the  Michael  Jordan  of  steel  drivers,  endorsing 
some  brand  of  hammer  for  Sears,  competing 
against  an  engine  on  some  ESPN2  TV  spe- 
cial, and  not  a  giant  who  earned  $1.10  a  day 


instead  of  a  buck.  The  economic  point  is  that 
a  tiny  edge  in  today's  economy  is  worth  a  huge 
additional  premium.  Imagine  you're  shopping 
for  a  brain  surgeon  to  remove  a  baseball-sized 


Cautionary  Cook:  finding  economic  dangers  in 
the  lure  of  lavish  prizes 

mass  from  your  head.  Wouldn't  you  pay  twice 
as  much  for  a  surgeon  who  was  considered  to 
be  even  10  percent  better  than  the  others? 

"We're  not  proposing  any  radical  changes 
in  basic  economics,"  Cook  says.  "But  we're 
basically  saying,  if  you're  trying  to  understand 
the  distribution  of  earnings,  the  human-capi- 
tal story  only  takes  you  so  far.  It  omits  con- 
text. If  you  grow  twice  as  many  crops  as  your 
neighbor,  you  make  twice  as  much.  But  that 
metaphor  doesn't  work  well  in  intellectual 
markets.  One  real  celebrity  isn't  the  same 
thing  at  all  as  two  minor  celebs." 

Naturally,  the  Frank-Cook  theory  has  come 
under  some  fire.  Few  argue  with  the  basic  pre- 
mise of  Cook's  work;  the  much  more  contro- 
versial question  is  how  much  it  matters.  Some 
economists,  like  John  Kenneth  Galbraith, 
have  argued  "Not  much."  After  all,  the  impact 
of  winner-take-all  markets  is  mitigated  by  the 
fact  that  people  will  only  beat  their  head 
against  the  wall  for  so  long.  If  you  audition  for 
Juilliard  and  fail,  perhaps  you'll  practice  and 
try  again  next  year.  But  then  you'll  move  on 
to  a  more  "normal"  career.  Cook  would  reply 
that  many  career  decisions  are  "sticky."  If  too 
many  people  go  through  medical  school,  it's 
hard  to  reverse  that  investment.  They're  stuck 
(one  reason  that  the  government  is  now  pay- 
ing some  schools  to  take  fewer  students). 


38      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


A  NewYorkTimes  review  called  the  hook  "a 
major  contribution  to  the  debate  about  the 
causes  and  consequences  of  inequality  in 
America,"  but  cited  it  as  "a  one-size-fits-all 
explanation"  where  "many  readers  will  find 
some  of  their  remedies  worse  than  the  dis- 
ease." The  FinancialTimes  points  out  that  Cook 
and  Frank  sometimes  avoid  an  underlying 
cause — that  the  proliferation  of  U.S.  lawyers, 
for  example,  has  to  do  with  a  national  culture 
of  litigiousness.  Sherwin  Rosen,  the  econo- 
mist who  invented  the  concept  of  superstar 
markets,  further  wonders  who  can  "plausibly 
estimate  how  many  lawyers  are  too  many?"  If 
no  one  can,  he  queries,  how  could  interven- 
tion be  efficient? 

Another  attack  came  from  the  Southern 
Economic  Journal.  "Salary  is  not  the  only  im- 
portant factor  in  choosing  a  career,  and  na- 
tional income  is  not  the  only  measure  of 
social  welfare,"  it  argues.  "Is  it  correct  to  label 
it  'socially  wasteful'  for  someone  to  play  bas- 
ketball on  high-school  and  college  teams, 
with  the  hope  of  reaching  the  NBA?  Perhaps 
that  person  enjoys  playing  basketball.  Frank 
and  Cook  characterize  an  activity  as  socially 
wasteful  if  it  does  not  immediately  increase 
tangible  goods  output  in  an  economy." 

Asked  about  the  "newness"  of  the  applica- 
tion of  superstar  theory — Do  more  people 


IF  YOU  GROW  TWICE 
AS  MANY  CROPS  AS 
YOUR  NEIGHBOR,  YOU 
MAKE  TWICE  AS  MUCH. 
BUT  THAT  METAPHOR 
DOESN'T  WORK  WELL 
IN  INTELLECTUAL 
MARKETS.  ONE  REAL 
CELEBRITY  ISN'T  THE 
SAME  THING  AT  ALL  AS 
TWO  MINOR  CELEBS." 


want  to  become  athletes  because  they  can 
earn  unbelievably  huge  salaries  instead  of  just 
plain  huge? — Cook  replies,  magnitude  mat- 
ters. "Part  of  the  attraction  is  the  celebrity  as 
defined  by  money,  where  we  judge  people  by 
how  enormous  their  earnings  are.  With  lot- 
teries where  one  week  the  jackpot  hits  $100 
million,  for  example,  people  come  in  from  out 
of  state  to  play;  where  for  only  $5  million,  still 
an  extraordinary  amount  of  money,  they 
don't.  So  there  is  sensitivity  to  giant  numbers. 


Though  it's  true  a  high-school  boy  turned 
down  $1.9  million  from  the  Yankees  so  he 
could  pursue  college.  But  maybe  if  they'd 
offered  him  $5  million...." 

The  winner  is  not  necessarily  the  best.  "In 
chess  or  sprinting,  the  best  are  the  winners,  but 
if  you're  talking  about  complicated  competi- 
tions, externalities  come  into  play,"  Cook  says. 
"Beta  video,  the  qwerty  keyboard,  Microsoft 
Windows  —  if  you  look  at  the  evolution  of  a 
species,  you  see  gerry-rigged  arrangements. 
History  matters.  An  early  advantage  is  mag- 
nified." 


c 


ook's  own  history  began 
on  a  farm  near  Buffalo. 
He  attended  the  Uni- 
versity of  Michigan,  a 
family  school,  then  went 
to  Berkeley  on  a  Na- 
tional Science  Founda- 
tion fellowship.  "It  was 
the  last  couple  of  years  of  tumult  of  that  era, 
pretty  exciting  times,"  Cook  recalls.  Asked 
whether  he  was  an  observer  or  participant,  he 
replies,  "Primarily  an  observer,  but  there  were 
no  observers.  We  were  a  generation  with  little 
respect  for  the  old  way.  We'd  wake  up  in  our 
apartment,  look  out,  and  the  National  Guard 
had  arrived;  we  took  our  baby  and  headed  for 
the  hills.  Or  you'd  be  in  a  lecture  on  some 
technical  issue  and  outside  there  was  a  ROTC 
demonstration,  with  tear  gas  flying  back  and 
forth,  screams  and  shouts,  and  a  professor 
telling  you  that  you  had  to  stay  if  you  cared 
about  your  education.  Of  course,  we  all  fled." 
In  1973,  Cook  arrived  at  Duke  with  his 
Ph.D.,  becoming  one  of  the  first  faculty  hires 
of  the  new  public-policy  graduate  program 
devised  by  Joel  Fleishman.  He  and  and  his 
wife,  Judy  Walmsley  Cook  Ph.D.  79,  a  clinical 
psychologist,  have  two  children.  He  is  a  pop- 
ular professor  in  the  department,  the  sort  who 
puts  the  "scientist"  back  into  social  scientist. 
That  is,  he  examines  an  issue,  makes  a  hy- 
pothesis, tests  it,  and  lets  the  evidence  point 
the  way.  If  the  conclusion  doesn't  square  with 
the  prevailing  ideology,  so  be  it.  Every  social 
scientist  claims  to  do  this;  in  reality,  some  are 
driven  by  ideology. 

Cook's  current  research  will  probably  prove 
to  be  controversial.  One  study  examines  how 
the  availability  of  state  funding  affects  abor- 
tion rates.  "North  Carolina  had  a  nice  little 
natural  experiment,  a  period  where  an  appro- 
priation was  inadequate  and  there  were  a  few 
months  where  there  was  effectively  no  public 
money  for  abortion,"  he  says.  "There  was  a 
remarkable  drop  in  the  number  of  procedures 
statewide,  about  a  third,  and  we're  still  look- 
ing into  exactly  what  happened." 

He's  worked  on  a  number  of  contentious 
issues.  He  studied  lotteries  and  pointed  out 
the  now  widely-known  fact  that  they're  re- 


gressive— poorer,  less  educated  people  tend  to 
play  more.  He  found  that  dropout  rates  among 
African  Americans  are  no  higher  than  those  of 
whites,  when  controlled  for  family  circum- 
stances— they  don't  cut  more  classes,  miss 
more  school  days,  or  have  parents  who  meet 
less  often  with  teachers.  And  his  study  of 
death-penalty  cases  found  that  it's  twice  as 
expensive  to  convict  and  sentence  a  murder- 
er to  death  than  to  impose  twenty  years  to  life 
in  prison.  "Common  sense  says  it's  cheaper  to 
supply  a  few  jolts  of  electricity  than  to  shell 
out  the  equivalent  of  tuition  at  Harvard  tor 
incarceration  for  the  next  twenty  years.  But 
when  all  the  costs  are  weighed,  just  the  oppo- 
site is  true."  The  death  penalty  is  more  expen- 
sive, he  says,  because  of  the  constitutional 
protections  that  invariably  stretch  out  the 
judicial  process. 

The  bulk  of  what  he  does,  though,  has  to 
do  with  violent  crime.  "In  the  late  1980s,  vio- 
lent crime  shot  up,  quintupling  in  five  years. 
Now  we've  seen  a  drop  back  down,  very  sud- 
denly, like  measles.  The  usual  explanation  of 
the  root  causes  of  crime — poverty  and  so 
forth — doesn't  explain  the  volatility.  There 
was  very  little  change  in  poverty  during  that 
period.  There  was  some  sequence  of  events 
that  brought  kids  into  marketing  crack,  lead- 
ing very  dangerous  lives,  having  money  to  buy 
guns.  Then  the  contagion  comes,  where  kil- 
ling became  fashionable,  or  perhaps  it  was  just 
the  infusion  of  guns  into  the  neighborhood. 
It's  all  kind  of  murky." 

Cook's  studies  of  gun  control  have  been 
cited  nationwide.  He  says  now  that,  while  not 
much  has  been  accomplished  with  assault 
weapons — "too  many  loopholes,  and  they're 
not  really  the  problem  numbers-wise" — the 
Brady  Law  is  making  a  difference,  though  not 
in  the  way  anticipated.  Gun  sellers,  Cook 
says,  have  been  halved  in  number.  Mean- 
while, the  cultural  trends  are  pushing  down 
gun  demand.  Cook  recently  released  a  study 
showing  the  percentage  of  gun  owners  drop- 
ping from  50  percent  in  1970s  to  40  percent 
now.  "I'm  interested  in  how  people  behave 
with  their  guns.  One  way  to  economize  is,  if 
you're  afraid  the  police  will  confiscate  it,  don't 
carry  it  with  you,  don't  brandish  it,  store  it 
more  carefully.  It's  not  just  whether  you  have 
a  gun,  but  what  you  do  with  it." 

Why  so  much  interest  in  guns,  gambling, 
drugs?  The  decidedly  low-key  Cook  laughs  at 
a  smart-aleck  suggestion  of  repressed  desire. 
He  recalls  a  faculty  dinner.  "The  provost  was 
honoring  [religion  professor]  Stanley  Hauer- 
was  and  me;  we  got  our  chairs  on  the  same 
night.  The  provost  said,  'Isn't  it  great  Duke  is 
so  diverse?  Here  we  have  a  professor  of  virtue, 
and  one  of  vice.'  " 


Goldstein  '91  is  a  freelance  writer  living  in  Boston. 


November-December  1997        39 


IN  THE  FOOTSTEPS 


OF  LEWIS  AND  CLARK 


HISTORY 


BY  ALEX  GREENW 


TAKING  THEIR  INSPIRATION  FROM  A  BOOK,  THEY  TESTED  THEIR 
UNDAUNTED  COURAGE  ON  A  WESTWARD  TRAIL  BLAZED  TWO  CENTURIES  BEFORE. 


I  had  come  up  with  the  perfect  plan 
for  a  one-of-a-kind  summer  vaca- 
tion, but  when  I  called  to  invite  my 
old  high  school  friend  Alex,  he  was 
dubious. 
"Let  me  get  this  straight,"  Alex 
said.  "You  just  read  this  amazing 
book  about  the  Lewis  and  Clark 
expedition?" 

"Yes.   It's   called   Undaunted   Courage,  by 
Stephen  Ambrose." 

"And  it  turns  out  Lewis  was  the  same  age  as 
us  when  he  did  the  expedition?" 

"That's  right.  He  was  twenty-nine  years  old 
and  going  through  some  of  the  same  struggles 
you  and  I  are  going  through,"  I  said. 
"Like  being  caught  in  a  dead-end  job?" 
"Well,  actually  he  was  an  aide  to  President 
Jefferson.  But  here's  the  deal:  Lewis  was  young 
and  cocky;  he'd  always  been  certain  he  would 
make  his  mark  on  the  world;  and  he  managed 
to  get  the  best  training  available  in  biology, 
medicine,  and  outdoorsmanship.  But  then  he 
finds  himself  at  age  twenty-nine,  with  all  that 
training  and  opportunity,  and  he  has  no  idea 
when,  how,  or  if  he's  going  to  be  famous  at  all. 
Doesn't  that  strike  a  chord  with  you?" 

"Sure,  whatever.  So  now  you  have  this  spir- 


itual connection  with  a  guy  who  lived  200 
years  ago,  and  you  want  to  spend  your  entire 
summer  vacation — our  vacation — cooped  up 
in  a  rent-a-car,  retracing  the  expedition?" 

"That's  right.  We'll  fly  from  San  Francisco 
to  Kansas  City,  then  drive  up  the  Missouri 
River,  cross  the  Continental  Divide,  down  the 
Columbia  River  to  the  Pacific,  and  then  drive 
home.  We'll  see  everything  Lewis  saw,  at  the 
same  time  of  year,  at  the  same  age  he  was." 

On  the  other  end  of  the  phone  line,  I  just 
knew  Alex  was  shaking  his  head  and  wearing 
one  of  his  big,  sly  grins.  "You  know,  it  actually 
sounds  like  an  interesting  trip.  Who  else 
should  we  invite?" 

Four  weeks  later,  on  August  27,  we  found 
ourselves  driving  through  a  desolate 
Montana  badland,  on  an  empty  road 
that  paralleled  the  Missouri  River.  Alex  and  I 
had  been  joined  by  two  other  high  school 
friends,  Eric  and  Kris.  Eric,  Alex,  Kris,  and  I 
had  always  meant  to  remain  inseparable.  But 
late  nights  at  work  or  in  grad  school  had 
made  it  difficult  to  stay  in  touch.  We  had 
begun  to  feel  comfortable  in  wingtip  shoes 
and  neckties.  How  fitting,  we  thought,  that  a 
book  like  Undaunted  Courage,  which  cele- 


brates the  friendship  of  Lewis  and  Clark,  had 
brought  us  back  together. 

Three  of  us — Eric,  Alex,  and  I — had 
flown  to  Kansas  City  to  retrace  the  first  leg  of 
the  expedition;  and  already  we  had  sampled 
some  vintage  Americana.  In  Kansas  City,  we 
chanced  upon  the  Heritage  Jazz  Festival,  held 
down  in  the  city's  historic  jazz  district  at  18th 
and  Vine.  From  there,  we  drove  north  along 
the  Missouri.  In  Omaha,  we  explored  the  old 
riverfront  produce  markets,  and  we  met  some 
local  women's  rights  activists  who  were  selling 
T-shirts  that  read:  "Oh  my  God!  I'm  a  femi- 
nist living  in  Nebraska!  Now  what  do  I  do?" 
North  of  Omaha,  we  came  upon  two  teenagers 
whose  truck  had  broken  down,  and  we  gave 
them  rides  back  to  their  public-housing  pro- 
ject on  the  Winnebago  Indian  Reservation. 
Heading  northwest,  we  passed  through  Iowa, 
South  Dakota,  and  endless  miles  of  wheat 
fields.  Finally,  on  the  steps  of  the  art-deco 
state  capital  in  Bismark,  North  Dakota,  we  met 
up  with  Kris,  who  had  flown  out  from  New 
York.  Our  expedition  force  was  now  complete. 

The  four  of  us  were  now  heading  due  west 
from  Williston,  North  Dakota,  across  into  Mon- 
tana. On  our  left,  we  could  catch  glimpses  of 
the  wide,  blue-gray  Missouri  as  it  cut  silently 


40      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


and  powerfully  through  vast  yellow-green 
plains.  A  clear,  summer  sky  spread  out  above 
us.  Not  far  from  here,  in  1805,  Lewis  and 
Clark  had  stayed  in  an  Indian  village  that 
marked  the  edge  of  known  territory  for  Euro- 
pean Americans.  There  they  met  a  fifteen- 
year-old  Shoshone  girl  named  Sacagawea, 
enlisted  her  as  a  translator,  then  set  off  into 
one  of  the  last  unmapped  parts  of  the  world. 

What  Lewis  and  Clark  did  next  would 
achieve  one  of  the  great  visions  of  Thomas 
Jefferson,  and  it  would  mark  a  turning  point 
in  U.S.  history.  Over  the  period  1804-06,  they 
would  lead  a  small  troop  of  sol- 
diers from  St.  Louis  to  the  Pa- 
cific and  back.  By  finding  a 
land  route  to  the  Pacific,  they 
would  open  the  way  for  Ameri- 
ca to  claim  the  land,  resources, 
and  trade  routes  of  the  West, 
thereby  allowing  the  U.S.  to 
grow  into  a  major  industrial 
power.  Along  the  way,  Lewis 
would  also  make  some  impres- 
sive scientific  discoveries,  in- 
cluding more  than  120  new 
animal  species,  from  the  prairie 
dog  to  the  bighorn  sheep. 

Looking  out  the  car  window, 
I  imagined  Lewis  and  Clark 
sailing  their  boat  up  this  very 
part  of  the  Missouri  in  1805. 
What  would  they  find?  There 
were  rumors  of  a  bear  larger 
than  any  yet  encountered  by 
Western  man.  There  were  the 
recently  discovered  bones  of 
the  woolly  mammoth,  which 
some  scientists  guessed  might 
still  roam  this  land.  Everything 
here  was  new,  and  for  Lewis  and 
Clark,  this  terrain  would  soon 
present  the  ultimate  test  of 
their  strength  and  abilities. 

Montana  was  not  quite  so 
treacherous  for  us,  but  we 
found  it  new  and  exciting  just 
the  same.  On  our  way  west,  we  visited  a  repli- 
ca of  the  dome-shaped  Mandan  Indian  huts 
Lewis  encountered  when  he  passed  through 
here.  We  toured  a  fur-trading  fort  from  the 
1820s  (an  early  beneficiary  of  Lewis'  explora- 
tion). We  trespassed  to  explore  a  dilapidated, 
sod-roofed  homestead  that  seemed  to  have 
been  abandoned  in  the  1930s.  Using  Undaunted 
Courage  as  our  guide,  we  drove  on  dirt  back- 
roads  to  find  key  points  along  the  expedition 
route  and  search  for  traces  of  Lewis. 

From  reading  Ambrose's  portrayal  of  Lewis, 
I  imagined  a  man  who  possessed  many  of  my 
own  strengths  and  weaknesses.  Lewis  was 
optimistic  and  moody,  gallant  and  petty, 
visionary  and  self-absorbed.  He  was  able  to 
shape  his  mind  and  body  into  sharp  instru- 


ments of  singular  purpose,  or  let  himself  sink 
into  periods  of  paralysis  and  self-hatred.  Yet 
Lewis  was  able  to  overcome  his  character  to 
accomplish  a  truly  epic  journey.  Perhaps,  like 
Lewis,  I  was  destined  to  accomplish  some 
great  undertaking. 

can't  believe  you  ran  out  of  gas." 

Eric  glared  at  me,  the  offending  driver, 

as  he  sized  up  our  situation:  out  of  gas, 
sun  setting  fast,  stuck  on  a  barren  highway  in 
northern  Montana.  In  desperation,  Kris  sug- 
gested I  try  the  ignition  one  more  time:  Our 


WE  HAD  ALWAYS  MEANT  TO  REMAIN 

INSEPARABLE.  HOW  FITTING  THAT  A  BOOK 

THAT  CELEBRATES  THE  FRIENDSHIP  OF 

LEWIS  AND  CLARK  HAD  BROUGHT  US 

BACK  TOGETHER. 


engine  might  still  contain  a  trace  of  gas  vapor 
that,  having  cooled  down,  might  provide  enough 
drops  of  gasoline  to  restart  the  car.  Sure 
enough,  the  engine  revived  and  we  were  off. 

The  road  before  us  made  grand,  snakelike 
turns,  sloping  from  a  high  plain  down  to  the 
Missouri.  Our  car  glided  down  the  highway, 
all  the  way  to  a  small  town  by  the  river, 
limped  into  a  gas  station  parking  lot,  then 
died  again — eleven  miles  after  running  out 
of  gas. 

We  had  landed  in  the  town  of  Fort  Benton, 
Montana,  which  is  precisely  the  kind  of  place 
that  will  pull  you  into  its  orbit  if  you  ever  find 
yourself  out  of  luck,  out  of  gas,  with  absolute- 
ly no  physical  right  to  proceed  any  farther. 
From  the  start,  were  taken  in  by  the  charm 


and  eccentricity  of  this  place.  We  decided  to 
spend  the  night. 

After  dinner,  we  walked  along  a  street  that 
had  been  called,  since  the  1860s,  the 
"Bloodiest  Block  in  the  West."  There,  you  can 
see  remnants  of  old  saloons  with  names  like 
"The  Extradition"  and  "Lilly's  Squaw  Dance." 
We  picked  a  bar  and  went  in.  There  was  one 
tense  moment  when  Alex,  a  slight-figured  man 
with  an  avant-garde  haircut,  marched  pur- 
posefully through  a  group  of  very  large,  tough- 
looking  men,  seated  himself  at  the  corner 
piano,  and  began  playing  Beethoven's  Moon- 
light Sonata.  But  several  beers  la- 
ter, we  were  deep  in  friendly  con- 
versation with  nearly  everyone  at 
the  bar. 

"So  what  do  you  guys  do?" 
asked  a  rough-cut,  middle-aged 
woman  in  a  flannel  shirt  and 
cowboy  boots. 

"Corporate  lawyer,"  said  Kris. 
"City    government    official," 
said  I. 

"Computer  engineer,"  said  Eric. 
"Ugh,"  said  the  woman.  "That's 
three  strikes,  fellas.  How  about 
you?" 

Alex  grinned  and  said,  "An 
architect." 

"Oh  yeah?  What  kind  of  build- 
ings you  design?" 

"Well,  right  now  I'm  designing 
a  mansion  for  this  billionaire  in 
Malaysia.  He  wants  his  house  to 
be  an  exact  replica  of  a  six- 
teenth-century Italian  villa,  only 
it  has  to  have  a  mosque  and  a 
subterranean  carport  for  his  eight 
Ferraris."  Alex  rolled  his  eyes 
back.  "Oh,  and  then  of  course 
there's  the  100-foot  waterslide..." 

Next  morning,  we  strolled  over, 
to  the  town  square.  There,  in  the 
middle  of  Fort  Benton's  civic 
plaza,  stood  a  heroic-sized  bronze 
statue  of  a  sheep  dog.  At  his  front 
paws  was  the  inscription  "SHEP  THE 
DOG— Forever  Faithful." 

And  here  is  the  story  of  Shep  the  dog: 
Back  in  1936,  some  town  officials  found  the 
body  of  a  nameless,  destitute  shepherd  who 
had  passed  away  in  the  fields.  They  placed  his 
body  in  a  casket  and  shipped  it  away  by  train. 
Soon  afterwards,  people  began  to  notice  a 
strange  occurrence:  Whenever  a  train  pulled 
into  the  Fort  Benton  station,  a  sheepdog  sud- 
denly appeared  who  would  watch  all  the  pas- 
sengers get  off.  One  of  the  train  conductors 
figured  out  that  this  dog  had  belonged  to  the 
shepherd,  had  watched  his  master  get  loaded 
onto  the  train,  and  now  was  faithfully  waiting 
for  his  master's  return.  As  the  word  spread 
about  this  dog,  the  people  of  Fort  Benton 


November- December   1997         41 


adopted  him  and  named  him  Shep.  Every  day, 
every  time  the  train  whistle  blew,  Shep  would 
come  look  for  his  master. 

For  five  and  a  half  years,  Shep  met  every 
train  that  came  to  Fort  Benton.  In  January 
1942,  with  his  legs  and  reflexes  crippled  by  old 
age,  Shep  was  unable  to  dodge  an  incoming 
train.  He  slipped  on  the  icy  tracks,  was  hit  by 
the  engine,  and  was  killed  instantly.  Two  days 
later,  hundreds  of  town  folk  came  out  to  bury 
this  dog  they  had  all  come  to  love. 

With  Fort  Benton  forty  miles 
behind  us,  we  came  to  the  Great 
Falls  of  the  Missouri.  When 
Lewis  and  Clark  arrived  here  in  June  1805,  it 
took  them  five  weeks  to  haul  their  boats  past 
these  treacherous  waterfalls.  Today,  the  once- 
wild  falls  are  tamed  by  an  ugly  hydroelectric 
dam.  Here,  I  asked  Kris  what  impressed  him 
most  about  Ambrose's  book. 

"Oh,  I  was  awed  by  reading  about  how 
young  Lewis  and  Clark  were  when  they  accom- 
plished the  journey.  There's  something  mythic 
about  their  journey — it  celebrates  the  sense 
of  adventure  that  I  think  is  in  all  of  us." 


this  gorge  the  "Gates  of  the  Rocky  Moun- 
tains." We  cajoled  our  way  onto  a  boat  tour 
that  had  been  chartered  by  the  Rotary  Club 
of  Helena,  Montana.  As  our  boat  trudged 
upriver,  we  saw  bald  eagles,  mountain  goats, 
and  other  marvels  of  nature  But  what  was 
beautiful  for  us,  for  Lewis  must  have  been  a 
grim  awakening,  as  he  realized  the  full  extent 
of  the  Rocky  Mountains. 

Lewis  knew  there  was  a  lot  depending  on 
his  ability  to  reach  the  Pacific.  If  he  succeeded, 
his  journey  would  help  the  U.S.  claim  the 
entire  west  of  North  America — before  the 
European  powers  could  surround  the  young, 
fragile  Union.  Lewis  also  knew  his  mentor, 
Thomas  Jefferson,  had  risked  much  of  his  po- 
litical fate  on  the  Louisiana  Purchase.  But 
how  could  he  cut  a  trail  through  these  gigan- 
tic, rocky  towers? 

Here  again,  I  felt  a  strange  kinship  with 
Lewis.  Like  Lewis,  I  had  been  sent  out  to  dis- 
cover the  world  by  my  own  gray-haired  men- 
tor— my  U.S.  history  professor  from  Duke, 
Professor  LB.  Holley.  More  than  anyone  else 
outside  my  family,  Professor  Holley  had  given 
me  a  sense  of  my  own  possibilities.  After  grad- 


"Yeah,"  I  replied,  looking  out  at  the  dam.  "It 
makes  me  wonder  what  chance  people  have 
today  to  fulfill  that  sense  of  adventure." 

"Oh,  I  think  there's  still  the  possibility  for 
adventure.  When  I  get  back  from  this  vaca- 
tion, I'm  starting  a  new  job  that  will  focus 
more  on  technology  and  the  Internet.  And 
reading  Undaunted  Courage  helped  push  me 
into  making  the  career  change.  In  a  way,  I 
think  the  Internet  is,  for  us,  what  die  western 
frontier  was  for  Lewis'  generation.  There's  a 
lot  of  unexplored  territory  out  there,  and  I 
want  to  help  explore  it." 

We  drove  on  to  a  place  where  the  Missouri 
River  enters  a  massive  gorge,  with  1,200-foot 
sheer  cliffs  on  either  side.  Lewis  had  called 


uating  from  Duke,  the  first  part  of  my  journey 
had  been  easy:  a  series  of  short-term  jobs  and 
grad  school.  But  now  I  had  hit  a  wall  that 
seemed  as  impassable  and  baffling  as  the  Rocky 
Mountains.  I  was  too  old  for  more  intern- 
ships. It  was  time  to  roll  up  my  sleeves  and 
make  my  contribution.  But  how?  In  the  back 
of  my  conscience,  I  could  feel  Professor  Hol- 
ley's  stern,  pious  gaze  (perhaps  as  Lewis  had 
felt  Jefferson's)  urging  me  on. 

Next  morning,  we  woke  up  early  to  say 
goodbye  to  Kris,  who  had  to  leave  our  trip 
early  to  fly  back  to  Manhattan.  Eric,  Alex,  and 
I  packed  up  our  rental  car  and  continued  on. 

Over  the  next  day,  August  29,  we  traveled 
to  some  of  the  most  dramatic  points  along  the 


expedition  route.  Heading  south  from  Butte, 
Montana,  we  drove  past  the  area  where  Saca- 
gawea  reunited  with  her  home  tribe,  the  Sho- 
shone, from  whom  she  had  been  kidnapped  at 
age  ten.  Then,  some  100  yards  from  the  Idaho 
border,  we  found  the  headwaters  of  the  Mis- 
souri River;  and  we  stood  with  one  foot  on 
either  side  of  the  rivulet,  just  as  one  of  Lewis' 
soldiers  had  done  on  August  12,  1805.  From 
there,  we  trekked  across  the  Continental  Di- 
vide at  Lemhi  Pass.  Then  we  traced  the  Sal- 
mon River  north  to  Missoula,  where  we  spent 
the  night. 

From  Missoula,  we  headed  west  across  the 
rugged  Bitterroot  Mountains.  We  drove  along 
a  high  dirt  road  overlooking  Highway  12, 
which  probably  is  the  route  that  Lewis  and 
Clark,  close  to  starvation,  used  as  they  searched 
desperately  for  a  way  out  of  this  frozen  high 
country.  Here  it  was  that  I  realized  why  Am- 
brose might  have  chosen  the  title  of  his  book 
Undaunted  Courage,  and  why  Ambrose's  tel- 
ling of  this  epic  had  affected  me  so  much. 

My  generation  is  collectively  turning  thirty, 
the  age  when  we're  supposed  to  make  our  mark 
on  the  world.  But  look  around  in  society  to- 


WE  SAW  BALD  EAGLES, 
MOUNTAIN  GOATS, 
AND  OTHER  MARVELS 
OF  NATURE.  BUT  WHAT 
WAS  BEAUTIFUL  FOR 
US,  FOR  LEWIS  MUST 
HAVE  BEEN  A  GRIM 


AWAKENING. 


day,  and  sometimes  it's  hard  to  keep  one's 
optimism.  Many  of  my  friends  are  still  living 
at  home,  seemingly  aimless.  We've  learned  to 
become  electronic  voyeurs  through  television 
and  the  Internet.  After  all,  being  a  spectator 
is  much  safer  than  participating  in  real  life. 
We  indulge  in  cynical  orgies  of  self-hatred.  We 
cheer  on  Howard  Stern,  Beavis  and  Butthead, 
and  all  the  other  mass-media  anti-heroes  who 
revel  in  exposing  the  most  grotesque  aspects 
of  American  culture. 

But  Meriwether  Lewis  was  different.  His 
story  reminds  us  why  America  is  called  "the 
land  of  opportunity."  It  isn't  just  because  our 
land  and  democracy  provide  opportunities  for 
those  who  would  take  them.  It  also  is  because 


42      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


IF  IT  WEREN'T  FOR  OUR  ROLLING  HILLS  AND  FAIRWAYS, 
GUESTS  MIGHT  NEVER  GO  OUTSIDE. 


Situated  on  Duke  University's  campus,  we  are  proud  to 

have  recently  received  the  Mobil  Four- Star  and  AAA 

Four-Diamond  Awards,  two  prestigious  ratings  for 

excellence.  Our  171  newly  renovated,  luxurious  guest 

rooms  and  suites  are  the  first  in  the  country  to  feature 

Ethernet  access  to  the  Internet.  Enjoy  international  fine 

dining  at  the  Fairview  Restaurant.  Relax  with  a  drink 

and  good  conversation  at  the  Bull  Durham  Bar.  And 

come  play  on  our  classic  Robert  Trent  Jones  championship 

golf  course,  recently  redesigned  by  the  architect's  son, 

Rees  Jones.  This  challenging  course  has  been  ranked  fifth 

in  the  nation  by  Golf  Digest  as  one  of  their 

best  new  resort  courses. 

Whether  you're  visiting  Duke 

University  or  planning  a  getaway,  you'll 

feel  like  a  special  guest  in  a  gracious 

Southern  home.  Please  call  us  at 

Wasninsiron  I  Juko 
(919)  490-0999  or  (800)  443-3853.         Inn  &  Golf  Club 


http://www.washingtandukeinn.com 
3001  Cameron  Boulevard,  Durham,  NC  27706  •  (919)  490-0999  •  Fax:  (919)  688-0105 


4&t 


Where  YOU  LIVE 

Listen  to  the  crickets  serenade  you  on 
your  own  balcony.  Catch  a  pop-fly  at  a 
world-famous  Durham  Bulls  game.  Take 
a  class  at  one  of  the  three  universities 


Life  Care  Community 
2 10 1  Pickett  Road 

Durham,  NC  27705 
1-800-474-0258 


is  How  You  Live. 

that  make  up  the  Research  Triangle 
region.  No  matter  what  you  choose 
to  do,  you'll  find  life  is  better  at 
The  Forest  at  Duke. 


November— December  1997 


we  Americans  are  a  people  who  create  oppor- 
tunity, through  a  peculiar  blend  of  genius, 
relentless  optimism,  discipline,  and  utter  stu- 
pidity that  is  unique  to  our  culture.  Lewis  was 
going  to  get  to  the  Pacific  and  back,  and  if  the 
mountains  turned  out  to  be  twice  as  high  as 
he  thought,  the  rivers  twice  as  dangerous,  the 
grizzly  bears  twice  as  big,  it  simply  did  not 
change  what  he  was  going  to  do. 

he  red  glow  of  wildfire  loomed  on  the 
I  foothills  to  our  right,  about  400  yards 
E     from  the  road.  It  was  nearly  sundown  and 


we  were  speeding  west  toward  Lewiston,  Idaho, 
having  come  down  from  the  Bitterroots. 

"Christ,"  muttered  Eric.  "That  fire  must 
cover  5,000  acres!" 

"10,000 — easy,"  I  replied.  "Hang  on,  I'm 
going  to  get  past  it  before  it  jumps  over  the 
highway." 

We  raced  past  a  thick  rope  of  flames  that 
was  inching  toward  the  edge  of  the  road,  leav- 
ing charred  earth  behind  it.  Soon  we  had  to 
slow  down:  A  line  of  fire  trucks  was  parked  by 
the  roadside,  making  a  stand  here  along  High- 
way 12.  Would  they  close  the  highway  in  front 


While  Visiting  Durham, 


Why  Settle  For  Less  When  So 
Much  More  Costs  So  Little? 

Luxurious  All-Suite  Hotel 


•  Magnificent  outdoor  pool 

•  Two  remote  control  TVs 

•  Color,  HBO  and  cable 

•  Two  telephones 

•  Call  waiting  &  voice  mail 

•  No  charge  for  local  calls 

•  Fax  &  copier  service 

•  Superior  location 


•  Award-winning  gardens 

•  Fitness  center 

•  Covered  walking  track 

•  Fully  equipped  kitchen 

•  Top  quality  linens  &  towels 

•  Complete  laundry  facilities 

•  Pets  permitted 

•  Uniformed  security 


DUKE  TOWER 

Residential  Suites 


For  reservations  or  information  call: 
(919)  687-4444  •  Fax:  (919)  683-1215 
807  West  Trinity  Avenue,  Durham,  NC  27701  (corner  of  North  Duke  &  West  Trinity) 
■  streets  away  from  many  restaurants,  Northgate  Mall,  Duke  University  and 
Duke  Hospital.  Ten  minutes  to  RTP,  15  minutes  to  RDU Airport.  f=J 


of  us?  After  several  miles,  we  passed  out  of  the 
fire  zone  and  left  the  fire  fighters  behind  us, 
wishing  them  well. 

The  next  day,  we  entered  Washington  state 
and  drove  along  the  Columbia  River,  heading 
west.  "The  Pacific's  getting  closer,  guys,"  I  an- 
nounced. "I  can't  believe  how  much  territory 
we've  covered  and  we're  still  not  there  yet." 

"It  was  good  for  me  to  see  this  part  of  the 
country,"  Alex  said.  "As  an  architect,  I've  been 
thinking  a  lot  about  the  way  people  should 
live,  what  kinds  of  homes  we  should  be  build- 
ing. I  think  I've  been  locked  into  one  way  of 
thinking  because  I  live  in  a  crowded  place  like 
the  Bay  Area.  It's  good  to  see  how  vast  this 
country  is,  and  to  realize  there  are  other  ways 
of  building  communities  that  don't  try  to  pack 
the  most  people  possible  into  a  high-density 
area." 

"I  agree,"  I  said.  "When  we  started  this  trip, 
I  knew  I'd  enjoy  spending  time  with  you  guys 
and  seeing  the  countryside,  but  I  was  sur- 
prised by  how  much  fun  the  people  and  the 
little  towns  would  be.  How  about  you,  Eric?" 

"It  was  definitely  a  good  thing  for  me  to 
make  a  connection  with  all  those  people  we 
met.  Most  of  the  time,  I  only  see  and  talk  to 
people  who  share  my  social  and  economic 
background;  basically,  we're  all  elitist,  upper- 
middle-class  technocrats  who  live  in  Silicon 
Valley.  This  may  sound  corny,  but  I  think  it 
helps  to  make  me  a  better  American  when  I'm 
forced  to  talk  with  other  Americans  who  fall 
out  of  my  own  socioeconomic  niche." 

After  many  hours  of  driving,  we  came  to 
the  vicinity  of  Fort  Clatsop,  near  the  mouth 
of  the  Columbia,  where  Lewis  and  Clark 
finally  reached  the  Pacific.  We  drove  anxious- 
ly to  the  spot,  wondering  what  our  first 
glimpse  of  the  Pacific  would  feel  like.  After 
nearly  3,000  miles  of  driving,  we  finally  saw 
the  beach,  and  we  ran  over  to  wade  in  the 
sea.  To  the  west,  the  waters  stretched  out  to 
infinity.  It  was  a  glorious  site! 

Three  weeks  later,  I  was  back  at  the 
office.  The  time  I  had  spent  with  my 
friends,  all  our  shared  experiences, 
seemed  to  have  evaporated.  The  only  thing 
that  seemed  eternal  was  my  work;  all  the  rest 
was  fleeting.  The  day  was  going  badly  and  I 
felt  the  back  of  my  neck  tense  up  as  the 
phone  rang  for  umpteenth  time. 

But  then  I  smiled.  It  was  Kris  on  the  other 
end  of  the  line,  with  a  proposal:  "So  Alex,  what 
do  you  think  about  backpacking  through  China 
next  summer?"  ■ 


Greenwood  '89  is  project  manager  in  the  City  of 
Oakland's  Economic  Development  Office.  Over 
the  past  year,  he  has  had  an  ongoing  correspon- 
dence with  Undaunted  Courage  author  Stephen 
Ambrose. 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


WOMEN  IN  THE 


MINISTRY 


M 


eet  five  modern 
day  pioneers: 
Frances  Olson, 
Nancy  Rankin, 
Susan  Jones,  Edith 
Gleaves,  and 
Nancy  Allen. 
Each  has  forged 
ahead  in  a  field — the  clergy — that  talks 
about  equal  employment  op- 
portunities for  women,  yet  all 
too  often  fails  to  produce  re- 
sults. The  handful  of  achievers 
aside,  many  other  talented  cler- 
gywomen  face  careers  filled 
with  frustration,  stop-starts,  and 
token  progress. 

Though  inequities  occur  in 
other  professions,  female  minis- 
ters have  yet  to  match  the 
recent  gains  made  by  women  in 
law  and  medicine.  Despite  the 
advances  in  most  denomina- 
tions, clergywomen  face  many 
more  obstacles  in  their  march 
toward  equality  than  women  in 
other  fields.  Simply  put,  the 
clergy  represents  one  of  the  last 
battlegrounds  in  the  professions 
for  women's  rights. 

As  a  University  of  North 
Carolina  undergraduate, Frances 
Olson  dreamed  of  becoming  a 
Presbyterian  minister.  In  the 
early  1950s,  mainstream  Protes- 
tant denominations  refused  to 
ordain  women.  So  when  she 
graduated  from  Duke's  divinity 
school  with  an  M.Div.  in  1978, 
her  life  had  come  full  circle. 
Olson  had  become  a  partici- 
pant in  a  feminist  movement 
that  has  rocked  organized  reli- 
gion for  the  past  thirty  years. 
Her  career  typifies  the  changes 
that  have  taken  place  in  the 
ministry  since  the  late  1960s. 
As  an  ordained  Presbyterian 
minister,  she  served  for  several 


THE  LAST  MALE  BASTION 

BY  ROBERT  K.  OTTERBOURG 

years  in  southern  Louisiana  and  was  assured- 
ly the  first  female  minister  church  members 
had  ever  seen.  "I  remember  clearly,"  says 
Olson,  who  is  retired  and  lives  in  Fearrington 


Tending  her  flock: 

pastor  Edith  Gleaves 

leads  a  weekday  Bible 

lesson  for  children 


Village,  North  Carolina,  "being  introduced  by 
a  male  church  member  as  divorced,  a  mother 
of  seven,  a  former  missionary  in  Korea,  and 
you  [the  congregation]  should  listen  to  her. 
The  roof  won't  fall  in." 

The  roof  didn't  fall  in  on  her  or  the  20,000 
or  so  ordained  Protestant  and  Jewish  clergy- 
women  who  are  graduates  of  accredited  sem- 
inaries. Depending  on  the  school,  female  stu- 
dents comprise  anywhere  from 
30  to  60  percent  of  enrollment. 
But  don't  be  lulled  by  the  statis- 
tics. The  Center  for  Social  and 
Religious  Research  at  the  Hart- 
ford Seminary  will  report  early 
next  year  that  even  with  the  "in- 
crease in  the  numbers  of  cler- 
gywomen over  the  past  eighty 
years,  women  have  not  moved 
in  the  clergy  profession  as  rapidly 
as  they  have  moved  into  other 
professions." 

While  twenty-five  years  ago 
the  primary  concern  was  being 
accepted  into  divinity  school 
and  becoming  ordained,  today's 
clergywomen,  like  women  in 
other  professions,  seek  assign- 
ments commensurate  with  their 
experience,  promotions  to  jobs 
once  only  held  by  men,  equal 
pay,  and  the  removal  of  social 
and  lifestyle  barriers  that  once 
comprised  an  all-male  ministe- 
rial club.  Older  career  changers, 
many  married  with  children, 
bring  new  demands  and  percep- 
tions to  theology.  Used  to  an 
open  job  market,  these  women 
are  less  patient  with  status-quo 
employment  conditions  in  the 
ministry. 

Perhaps  it's  misleading  to 
equate  professional  progress  in 
ministry  with  law  and  medicine, 
as  Julie  Parker,  an  ordained  min- 
ister, points  out  in  Careers  for 
i  Women  as  Clergy.  "In  some  ways, 
I  being  a  clergyperson  is  a  career 


November-December  1997        45 


unlike  any  other.  You  become  a  'professional' 
Christian  or  Jew,  employed  to  uphold  your  faith 
and  share  it  with  others....  For  better  or  worse, 
people  often  think  of  you  as  God's  represen- 
tative. Wherever  people  in  the  community  run 
into  you,  be  it  a  grocery  store,  a  post  office,  or 
on  the  street,  they  look  at  you  and  see  'the 
rabbi'  or  'the  minister.'  It's  more  than  a  job;  it's 
an  identity*." 

Parker  points  out  that  parishioners  are  un- 
sure how  they  should  respond  to  a  clergywom- 
an.  To  them,  she  represents  a  deviation  from 
the  norm.  They'll  use  a  female  doctor  or  lawyer 
without  hesitation,  yet  refuse  to  accept  a  wom- 
an as  their  spiritual  leader.  Unlike  other  pro- 
fessions, the  clergy  is  blanketed  in  mystique, 
tradition,  and  dogma.  The  naysayers  who  op- 
pose ordination  ot  women  cloak  their  positions 
with  commentary  ranging  from  anti-teminist 
polemics  to  biblical  references.  Denying  wom- 
en a  pulpit,  however,  has  not  diminished  their 
participation  historically  in  America's  religious 
life.  Witness  such  pathfinders  as  Ellen  White, 
founder  of  the  Seventh-Day  Adventist  Church, 
Mary  Baker  Eddy  of  the  Christian  Science 
Church,  and  evangelist  Aimee  Semple  McPher- 
son. 

Sometime  during  her  career,  nearly  every 
clergywoman  has  experienced  rejection,  when 
parishioners  leave  the  congregation  following 
her  appointment  or  when  a  congregant  refus- 
es to  permit  her  to  baptize  a  child.  Instead  of 
becoming  remorseful,  achievers  like  Nancy 
Burgin  Rankin  M.Div  '84  are  working  within 
the  system  to  eliminate  "business-as-usual" 
conditions  that  stymie  many  talented  female 
ministers.  Rankin  was  senior  pastor  of  the 
750-member  Central  United  Methodist 
Church  in  Concord,  North  Carolina,  until  her 
appointment  last  year  as  superintendent  of  a 
three-county  North  Carolina  district,  where 
five  of  the  sixty-seven  pastors  serving  101 
churches  are  women.  She  finds  that  parish- 
ioners don't  prepare  in  advance  for  the  arrival 
of  a  female  pastor.  "A  woman  like  myself  is 
assigned,  and  they  discover  that  the  change  is 
not  as  threatening  as  they  once  feared.  Men 
today  are  less  fearful  of  women  professionals. 
They  go  to  college  and  graduate  school  with 
them.  They  work  side-by-side  with  them  in 
offices  and,  in  this  spirit,  they  also  find  women 
pastors  less  threatening." 

Growing  up  as  the  daughter  of  a  Methodist 
minister,  the  late  Grady  Rankin  B.D.  '48,  she 
did  not  aspire  to  be  a  minister.  "I  had  no  role 
models.  I  never  met  a  woman  minister.  I  also 
wanted  to  get  married  and  have  children,  but 
I  saw  no  women  who  had  both  a  family  and 
were  clergywomen."  Graduating  from  High 
Point  University,  Rankin  got  married,  had  two 
children,  and  taught  school.  She  entered  Duke 
EHvinity  School  in  1981,  commuting  sixty  miles 
to  class  from  High  Point. 

Throughout  her  thirteen-year  ministerial 


TODAY'S  CLERGYWOMEN, 

LIKE  WOMEN  IN 

OTHER  PROFESSIONS, 

SEEK  ASSIGNMENTS 

COMMENSURATE  WITH 

THEIR  EXPERIENCE, 
PROMOTIONS  TO  JOBS 

ONCE  ONLY  HELD 

BY  MEN,  EQUAL  PAY, 

AND  THE  REMOVAL 

OF  SOCIAL  AND 

LIFESTYLE  BARRIERS 

THAT  ONCE  COMPRISED 

AN  ALL-MALE 

MINISTERIAL  CLUB. 


career,  Rankin  has  not  made  gender  an  issue 
or  her  role  as  a  minister  a  defiant  act.  "When 
I  became  the  senior  minister  in  Concord,  I  was 
one  of  only  twenty-five  Methodist  women  in 
the  country  to  hold  this  type  of  position.  I  was 
the  first  woman  to  be  named  a  senior  pastor 
in  the  conference." 

Getting  assigned  to  a  church  and  being  or- 
dained is  no  longer  a  key  issue  for  Protestant 
clergywomen.  But  the  glass  ceiling  prevents 
otherwise  talented  women  from  forging  ahead. 
The  challenge  comes  in  the  form  of  future  jobs, 
especially  as  a  senior  pastor  of  a  larger  church 
or  to  a  distinguished  position  in  academe.  In- 
terestingly, there  are  more  women  serving  as 
bishops  and  district  superintendents  than  in 
the  pulpits  at  the  more  prestigious  Methodist 
churches.  A  comparable  situation  exists  na- 
tionwide in  other  mainline  Protestant  denom- 
inations where  congregations  are  often  more 
conservative  than  their  regional  and  national 
leadership.  Over  the  next  several  years,  the 
post -World  War  II-trained  male  clergy,  many 
in  senior  church  and  academic  positions,  will 
have  retired,  thereby  creating  a  large  number 
of  potential  openings  for  experienced  clergy- 
women. The  question  is,  will  dogma  and  tra- 
dition prevail,  or  will  job  equity  be  realized? 

Reared  in  a  parsonage  as  a  pastor's  daugh- 
ter, Rankin  has  been  steeped  in  church  tradi- 
tion. Growing  up,  she  lived  in  six  different 
homes:  Her  father  moved  every  three  to  tour 


years.  Since  her  ordainment  in  1984,  she  had 
been  appointed  to  three  different  churches 
before  being  named  district  superintendent. 
"When  you  become  a  pastor,  you  need  to 
understand  and  to  accept  this  lifestyle  con- 
cept. We  try  to  make  the  best  possible  match. 
I've  lived  with  these  problems.  It  means  my  hus- 
band often  has  to  commute  considerable  dis- 
tances to  his  job.  It's  something  we  both 
accepted  when  I  became  a  pastor." 

When  it  comes  to  reassignment,  the 
Methodist  Church,  the  largest  denomination 
to  rotate  new  as  well  as  long-time  ministers 
regularly,  is  mellowing.  The  changes  are  most- 
ly in  response  to  family  and  lifestyle  issues.  In 
some  conferences,  tenure  lasts  less  than  five 
years,  and  in  others  it  has  stretched  to  as  long 
as  eleven  years.  Like  other  superintendents, 
Rankin  considers  the  spouse's  job  and  related 
family  matters  before  making  a  reassignment. 
Her  decisions  are  tempered  by  her  own  expe- 
riences. Dating  back  to  divinity  school,  she 
knows  what  it's  like  to  juggle  the  responsibili- 
ties of  a  career,  marriage,  and  young  children. 

Until  her  relocation  to  Durham  this  past 
summer,  Susan  Jones  M.Div.  '83,  the  wife  of  L. 
Gregory  Jones  M.Div.  '85,  Ph.D.  '88,  the  di- 
vinity school's  new  dean,  was  a  pastor  in  the 
Baltimore  area.  Her  most  recent  assignment 
was  senior  pastor  of  a  United  Methodist 
church  with  more  than  1,000  members  in  su- 
burban Baltimore.  "What  you  find  is  that 
members  of  a  congregation  face  the  fear  of 
the  unknown  with  every  new  pastor.  Fear  in- 
creases with  the  appointment  of  a  clergy- 
w'oman,  but  it  usually  goes  away  based  on  the 
clergywomaris  performance,"  she  says.  "They 
even  learn  what  it's  like  to  worship  with  a 
pregnant  minister.  On  two  occasions,  I  was 
pregnant  during  Advent,  once  in  my  seventh 
and  the  other  in  my  ninth  month.  This  cre- 
ates interesting  dynamics  that  most  members 
had  little  trouble  in  accepting." 

Though  Jones  was  one  of  a  handful  of 
American  clergywomen  to  head  a  1,000-plus 
member  UMC  congregation,  she  does  not  sup- 
port the  view  that  bigger  is  necessarily  better. 
While  she  says  the  barriers  restricting  clergy- 
women should  fall,  she  maintains  that  there 
are  many  clergywomen  who,  like  their  male 
counterparts,  prefer  to  minister  to  smaller  con- 


Since  her  move  to  Durham,  Susan  Jones 
has  temporarily  changed  career  directions  from 
pastor  to  religious  editor  and  w-riter.  She  is 
managing  editor  of  Modern  Theology  and  co- 
author with  her  husband  of  Curriculum  for 
Adult  Bible  Studies  and  Mending  lives,  The 
Power  of  Forgivaiess  in  Christian  Faith  and  Life. 

Edith  Gleaves  M.Div.  '85,  pastor  of  Dur- 
ham's integrated  Resurrection  UMC,  has  taken 
on  the  additional  role  as  the  first  black  female 
minister  and  now  one  of  four  in  the  Eastern 
Carolina  Conference.  "I  didn't  set  out  to  be  a 


46      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


oking  forward:  despite  some  early  negative  reactioris,  pastor  Nancy  Allen  persevered  and  prospered 


pioneer  or  a  mentor  to  other  black  women," 
she  says.  "But  the  roles  have  been  thrust  on 
me,  and  I've  accepted  them  as  part  of  my 
ministry.  I  came  to  Resurrection  due  to  the 
church's  open  policy  regarding  race.  My  pres- 
ence as  a  black  woman  minister  has  served  as 
an  added  attraction." 

Cleaves  became  the  minister  of  this  mid- 
size Durham  church  in  1996.  The  church  was 
founded  in  the  mid-1980s.  Resurrection's  creed, 
depicted  on  the  cornerstone  of  the  church,  in- 
cludes a  biblical  passage  that  applies  to  Cleaves 
and  her  career:  "Therefore,  if  any  person  is  in 
Christ,  that  one  is  a  new  creation;  the  old  has 
passed  away;  behold,  the  new  has  come!" 
About  15  percent  of  the  church's  members 
are  people  of  color — a  distinctive  condition 
in  the  South,  where  Protestant  churches  con- 
tinue to  be  segregated,  she  says.  "Women  ra- 
ther than  men  are  less  willing  to  accept  a 
woman  minister,  regardless  of  color.  Women 
feel  threatened,  especially  those  women  who 
have  not  been  in  the  workforce  or  have  not 
had  successful  careers." 

As  a  Wake  Forest  undergraduate,  Gleaves 
hesitated  in  applying  to  divinity  school.  "At 
first,  I  thought  I'd  be  a  chaplain  or  do  pastoral 
counseling.  Then,  I  discovered  that  I  liked  being 
in  the  pulpit.  Perhaps  my  reluctance  was  due 
in  part  to  the  fact  that  I  had  never  seen  an 
African-American  clergywoman."  In  reac- 
tion, she  serves  as  a  mentor  for  divinity  school 


ORDINATION  IS  DENIED  BY 

EVANGELICAL  PROTESTANT 
SECTS  AND  PROHIBITED 

BY  ORTHODOX  JEWS.  AND 

CHANCES  THAT  WOMEN 

WILL  BE  ORDAINED  AS 

SOUTHERN  BAPTIST 

MINISTERS  APPEAR  BLEAK. 

students,  giving  them  the  advantage  of  her 
experience.  Women  bring  special  attributes  to 
the  ministry,  including  a  more  universal  way 
in  which  they  address  theological  issues  and 
their  personal  approach  to  people  problems, 
says  Gleaves.  "And  divinity  schools  are  en- 
couraging us  to  bring  our  differences,  includ- 
ing our  pastoral  skills,  into  the  ministry." 

Other  women  have  less  reason  to  cheer. 
Ordination  is  denied  by  evangelical  Protes- 
tant sects  and  prohibited  by  Orthodox  Jews. 
Based  on  a  mixture  of  tradition,  religious  mores, 
and  biblical  interpretation,  chances  that  wom- 
en will  be  ordained  as  Southern  Baptist  min- 
isters appear  bleak.  Occasionally,  a  church  will 
appoint  a  clergywoman,  but  in  doing  so,  it  faces 


expulsion  from  the  local  association.  Other 
Southern  Baptist  women,  out  of  frustration,  pur- 
sue niche  pastoral  specialties  such  as  hospital 
or  prison  chaplains,  camp  administrators,  or 
directors  of  church  education  or  music.  And,  as 
a  career  alternative,  some  Southern  Baptists 
train  for  the  ministry  in  other  denominations. 

"To  understand  how  women  are  faring  in 
the  clergy  job  market,  we  first  need  to  consid- 
er how  the  clergy  get  jobs,"  says  Jackson  Car- 
roll B.D.  '56,  director  of  the  divinity  school's 
J.M.  Onnand  Center  for  Research,  Planning, 
and  Development,  and  co-author  of  Women 
of  tlie  Cloth.  "While  it  may  seem  incongruous 
to  think  of  the  clergy,  who  typically  under- 
stand themselves  as  responding  to  a  divine 
call,  negotiating  in  a  market  for  jobs,  it  is  nev- 
ertheless necessary  to  do  so.  Each  denomina- 
tion has  established  its  own  internal  labor 
market  in  which  clergy  obtain  employment  in 
congregations  or  other  church-related  em- 
ployers." 

Three  different  employment  (or  deployment, 
as  church  people  like  to  call  it)  approaches 
exist.  There's  the  open  method  of  employ- 
ment used  by  churches  that  emphasize  local 
congregational  authority,  such  as  the  Ameri- 
can Baptist  Church,  Disciples  of  Christ,  and 
the  United  Church  of  Christ.  The  approach 
favored  by  Episcopals,  Lutherans,  and  Presby- 
terians gives  the  congregation  considerable 
choice  in  hiring  a  minister,  but  also  restricts 


November- December   1997         47 


the  pool  of  persons  to  be  considered.  The 
United  Methodists  comprise  the  third  group. 
It  uses  a  closed  method  with  a  centralized 
denominational  body,  distinct  from  the  con- 
gregation, which  has  nearly  complete  control 
of  both  the  admission  of  candidates  and  their 
deployment  in  churches.  The  bishop  and  the 
district  superintendent  set  the  employment 
tone  by  negotiating  in  the  pastor's  behalf. 

The  system  assures  newly-graduated  divin- 
ity students  their  first  job;  it  also  means 
that  newly-ordained  Methodist  ministers 
are  often  assigned  to  small  rural  churches, 
where  they  literally  tour  the  circuit  on 
Sundays,  handling  two  to  four  churches. 
It's  a  difficult  assignment  at  best,  but  par- 
ticularly hard  for  single  women,  says 
Jackson  Carroll.  While  a  traditional  part 
of  the  ministerial  drill,  rural  ap- 
pointments—  coupled  with  a  failure  to 
move  up  the  ladder  as  rapidly  as  their 
male  counterparts  —  force  women  to 
change  careers.  Or  they  leave  the  active 
ministry  for  pastoral  jobs  in  hospitals  and 
institutions. 

There  are  practical  limits  to  the  "poli- 
ticking" necessary  to  assure  a  clergywom- 
an's  call  as  senior  pastor  of  a  larger 
church.  Carroll,  in  describing  the  manda- 
tory consultation  process  between  the 
congregation  and  bishop,  says  that  the 
bishop  may  ignore  the  congregation's 
wishes,  but  the  "marriage"  between  a  min- 
ister and  reluctant  congregation  is  unlike- 
ly to  be  a  happy  one.  Caught  in  this  by- 
play are  experienced  clergywomen  who 
are  in  line  for  recognition  and  promotion. 

But  Protestant  clergywomen  aren't  the 
only  ones  concerned  about  their  future. 
Reporting  on  employment  opportunities 
in  the  Jewish  religion,  the  American  Jewish 
Yearbook  declared  that  "most  Reform  con- 
gregations continue  to  express  a  prefer- 
ence for  a  male  primary  rabbi.  Now  that 
earlier  female  reform  rabbis  have  attained 
some  seniority  within  the  movement,  it 
remains  to  be  seen  if  they  also  attain  rab- 
binical posts  with  the  prestige  and  salaries 
commensurate  with  their  status." 

Clergywomen  have  additional  reasons 
to  gripe.  The  pay  scale  lags  behind  their 
male  divinity  school  classmates,  according 
to  the  upcoming  Hartford  Seminary  report: 
"Women  are  seriously  underpaid,  compared 
with  men.  Clergywomen  average  $5,000  less 
in  salary  and  benefits  than  men,  even  con- 
trolling for  years  since  ordination  and  work 
experience."  Parity  is  an  issue  that  is  hotly  dis- 
cussed among  clergywomen;  the  Presbyterian 
Church  USA  has  found  a  "direct  correlation 
between  pastors'  satisfaction  with  their  total 
financial  packages  and  the  change  in  the  view 
of  their  ministry  and  their  life." 

The  entry  of  women  into  the  ministry  cre- 


ated a  new  dimension  in  church  life,  namely 
clergy  couples.  More  than  60  percent  of  mar- 
ried clergywomen  are  part  of  a  clergy  couple, 
reports  the  Raleigh  News  &  Observer.  They 
met  at  church  or  in  divinity  school.  And 
what's  better,  if  you're  looking  for  an  under- 
standing spouse,  than  another  preacher?  Some 
clergy  couples  work  together  in  the  same 
church  and  share  a  single  salary;  others  serve 
in  separate  churches.  An  ironic  twist:  The 


■ 


Minister,  missionary, 
mother:  Frances 
Olson,  shortly  after 
her  ordination  in 
late  '70s, 
a  first  for  her 
parishioners 


PARISHIONERS  WILL  USE  A 
WOMAN  DOCTOR  OR  LAWYER 

WITHOUT  HESITATION,  YET 
REFUSE  TO  ACCEPT  A  WOMAN 
AS  THEIR  SPIRITUAL  LEADER. 


clergy  couple  represents  a  contemporary  ap- 
proach to  a  time  when  the  male  pastor  had 
his  wife  as  the  unpaid  staff  member  to  handle 
Sunday  school,  conduct  the  choir,  and  play 
the  organ.  In  the  past,  the  at-home  mom  was 
the  minister's  unpaid  helper;  now  they're  at- 
tending seminaries  and  competing  for  jobs. 

Unlike  Susan  and  Gregory  Jones,  whose 
ministerial  careers  have  taken  separate  paths, 
Nancy  Lee  Allen  and  Arthur  Allen,  both 
M.Div.  74,  have  worked  together  in  the  same 


congregation.  As  Duke  divinity  school's  first 
clergy  couple,  they  returned  to  Iowa  after 
graduation.  Other  than  two  years  when  she 
was  a  district  superintendent,  they've  been 
co-pastors  of  several  churches,  co-directors  of 
a  summer  camp,  and  co-directors  of  church  re- 
lations and  religious  life  at  Simspon  College, 
where  they  met  in  the  late  Sixties. 

"The  clergy  couple  is  an  easy  concept  to 
understand,"  says  Nancy  Allen.  "Many  cou- 
ples share  similar  roots:  small-town  life 
where  both  sets  of  parents  ran  a  small 
business  or  being  raised  in  rural  areas 
where  their  parents  worked  together  on 
the  family  farm.  It's  an  easy  transition 
from  this  type  of  mutually  supportive 
work  into  the  ministry." 

In  1974,  the  concept  of  a  clergy  couple 
was  an  anomaly — three  couples  in  Iowa 
compared  with  sixty  couples  today.  "We 
tried  to  be  open  in  our  lives.  People  were 
used  to  seeing  a  woman  in  a  supportive 
role,  not  in  the  role  of  preaching.  I  tried  to 
let  them  see  me  as  a  preacher,  but  I  held 
back  on  officiating  at  weddings,  baptisms, 
funerals,  and  other  family  events.  I  didn't 
want  to  get  into  their  face  until  they  were 
ready  to  accept  me.  Working  with  Arthur, 
as  in  any  partnership,  we  broke  down 
assignments.  Each  of  us  would  preach  for 
two  consecutive  Sundays  and  we  shared 
pastoral  duties.  I  handled  the  administra- 
tive work." 

When  they  were  appointed  to  Alders- 
gate  UMC  in  Des  Moines,  their  co-min- 
istry of  this  850-member  congregation  took 
a  different  turn.  It  was  the  first  time  that 
they  have  not  shared  jobs.  Nancy  Allen  is 
senior  pastor,  while  Arthur  works  half- 
time  as"  pastor  and  the  balance  at  re- 
Creation  Ministries,  a  publishing,  song- 
writing,  and  consulting  ministry  that  the 
Aliens  established  years  ago.  "Nancy  has 
stronger  skills  as  a  pastor  and  is  a  better 
administrator,  while  mine  are  in  teaching 
and  the  arts,"  he  says. 

Nancy  Allen  is   an  achiever  in  the 
march — but  her  achievements  make  her 
sympathetic   with   those   clergywomen 
whose   careers  have  been  slowed,  side- 
tracked, or  scuttled.  "When  we  came  to 
Aldersgate  four  years  ago,"  she  says,  "peo- 
ple openly  objected  to  my  appointment. 
This  was  the  first  time  I  experienced  that 
level  of  outspokeness  and  rejection.  A  few 
members  of  the  congregation  left  the  church. 
Looking  back,  it's  better  to  have  them  leave 
than  to  stay  around  and  undermine  my  min- 
istry." ■ 


Otterbourg,  a  Durham-based  writer,  is  the  author 
of  two  career  books,  It's  Never  Too  Late  and 
Retire  and  Thrive. 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


GAZETTE 


Letter  perfect:  not  a  typical  gathering  of  1,600  first-year 


GIVE  ME 
A  'D' 


On  a  muggy  night  in  late  August, 
nearly  all  of  the  freshman  class  hud- 
dled together  on  East  Campus'  main 
quad  to  form  the  letters  D-U-K-E  as  part  of 
their  orientation  activities.  Organized  by  the 
East  Campus  area  coordinators  (graduate  stu- 
dents who  supervise  residence -hall  life),  resi- 
dent advisers,  and  the  special  events  and  con- 
ference services  office,  the  mass  gathering  was 
meant  to  be  a  unifying  event  for  the  new  stu- 
dents, as  well  as  an  opportunity  to  provide  a 
large  class  picture  for  the  group.  But  as  stu- 
dents mingled  with  their  closely  packed  peers, 
they  did  not  realize  the  amount  of  work  that 
went  into  preparing  the  photo. 

The  day  began  early,  as  a  resident  adviser 
with  some  engineering  background  deter- 
mined the  best  way  to  fit  the  first-years  into 
the  letters.  After  estimating  the  amount  of 
yardage  needed  for  each  student  in  each  let- 
ter, the  rest  of  the  resident  advisers  and  area 
coordinators  proceeded  to  lay  out  the  design, 
marking  off  the  letters  with  surveying  flags. 
From  the  roof  of  the  East  Union  Building, 
university  photographers  provided  opinions 
as  to  how  the  letters  looked  from  a  photo- 
graphic vantage  point,  allowing  those  on  the 
ground  to  perfect  the  layout. 


"The  individual  resident  advisers  and  area 
coordinators  worked  extremely  hard  all  day 
and  all  night,"  says  Jeanne  Kirschner,  the  event 
advising  center  coordinator  in  the  special 
events  office. 

The  photographers  perched  atop  the  union 
building  were  also  dealing  with  huge  organi- 
zational challenges.  "It  sounded  too  difficult 
and  too  expensive,"  says  Chris  Hildreth,  di- 
rector of  university  photography.  "We  didn't 
have  the  necessary  equipment  here,  and  we 
did  not  even  know  if  we  could  rent  it." 

But  after  shipping  in  enough  equipment 
from  Chicago  and  New  York  to  light  Cameron 
Stadium  and  the  Dean  Dome  simultaneously, 
building  a  seven-foot  platform  to  enhance  the 
angle,  and  lifting  all  the  needed  materials  to 
the  roof  via  cherry  pickers  and  scissor  lifts,  the 
photographers  were  almost  ready  to  begin 
shooting.  Then  the  winds  began. 

"Our  strobes  began  catching  wind  and 
rocking.  One  of  the  photographers  was  run- 
ning back  and  forth  steadying  these  thirteen- 
foot  stands  with  strobes  on  them.  If  one  of 
them  fell,  the  entire  lighting  system  would 
have  been  ruined,"  Hildreth  says. 

No  strobes  fell,  however,  and  the  photogra- 
phers were  able  to  shoot  two  rolls  of  film  as 
the  students  were  encouraged  to  stay  patient. 

"They  started  to  get  a  little  irritated  halfway 
through,"  says  Kirschner,  "but  when  we  did  some 
cheers  at  the  end,  it  really  alleviated  the  stress. 


Overall,  I  thought  the  kids  were  fantastic." 

The  result,  a  photo  of  1,600  freshmen  spell- 
ing out  their  school's  name  against  a  night- 
time background,  will  be  sold  to  students, 
although  a  price  has  not  yet  been  set. 

"I  think  this  was  a  great  thing  for  the  class 
to  do.  There  is  never  an  opportunity  to  get 
the  entire  class  together  tor  a  picture,  except 
at  orientation,"  says  Kirschner.  "I  hope  the  class 
appreciates  that." 


FOUNDERS' 
HONORS 


DAY 


Awards  for  excellence  in  teaching  and 
service  to  the  community  were  pre- 
sented by  President  Nannerl  O.  Keo- 
hane  in  September  at  the  annual  Founders' 
Day  Convocation.  Former  Acting  Solicitor 
General  Walter  Dellinger,  the  Douglas  Maggs 
law  professor  at  Duke,  was  the  convocation's 
keynote  speaker.  Founders'  Day  commemo- 
rates the  1924  signing  by  industrialist  and  phi- 
lanthropist James  B.  Duke  of  the  Indenture  of 
Trust  that  created  the  university. 

Charles  Johnson,  the  first  African-Ameri- 
can physician  to  serve  on  the  Duke  medical 
school  faculty,  and  Mike  Krzyzewski,  men's 
basketball  coach,  were  honored  with  the  Uni- 
versity Medal  for  Distinguished  Meritorious 
Service.  The  medal,  which  bears  the  134-year 
old  seal  and  motto  of  the  university,  was  first 
presented  in  1986.  Recipients  are  chosen  by 
the  president,  based  on  the  recommendations 
of  a  special  committee. 

Johnson  was  recently  appointed  special  ad- 
viser to  the  chancellor  for  health  affairs.  A 
graduate  of  Howard  University's  College  of 
Medicine,  he  distinguished  himself  as  a  resi- 
dent at  Durham's  Lincoln  Hospital  before 
participating  in  an  internship  and  fellowship 
at  Duke  during  the  mid-Sixties.  In  19  70,  John- 
son became  the  medical  center's  first  African- 
American  faculty  member.  He  went  on  to 
lead  efforts  to  recruit  top  minority  faculty  and 
student  candidates. 

"He  has  taken  on  issues  that  others  found 
intractable  or  unpleasant,"  Keohane  said.  "He 
has  inspired  minority  faculty  members  and  stu- 
dents with  the  power  of  his  example,  with  his 
energetic  recruiting,  and  with  his  wise  coun- 
seling." 


November-December  1997        49 


Krzyzewski,  a  1969  graduate  of  the  U.S.  Mili- 
tary Academy,  had  a  stint  as  assistant  coach 
at  Indiana  University,  then  returned  to  West 
Point  as  head  coach  before  joining  Duke  in 
1980.  During  his  tenure  at  Duke,  he  has  won 
two  NCAA  basketball  championships,  received 
numerous  coach-of-the-year  honors,  and  has 
led  teams  in  the  World  University  Games,  the 
Goodwill  Games,  and  the  Olympics. 

One  of  college  basketball's  most  successful 
coaches,  Krzyzewski  owns  an  impressive  473- 
208  career  record,  while  attaining  a  400-149 
mark  during  his  Duke  tenure.  "For  all  the 
tides  he  has  assembled — coach,  motivator,  and 
leader — perhaps  his  favorite  is  educator,"  Keo- 
hane  said.  "His  greatest  achievements  have 
come  from  the  dedication  he  shows  to  his  stu- 
dents. From  him  they  have  learned  to  have 
confidence  in  their  abilities  and,  even  more 
important,  to  order  their  priorities  for  living 
full  lives." 

Frederic  J.  Nijhout,  professor  of  zoology,  be- 
came the  sixteenth  recipient  of  the  University 
Scholar/Teacher  Award.  Established  in  1981 
by  the  United  Methodist  Church's  board  of 
higher  education  and  ministry,  the  award  rec- 

FRANKLIN  AND 
FREEDOM 

M  ifty  years  ago,  a  young  scholar  named 

'  John  Hope  Franklin  was  asked  to 
write  a  survey  text  of  black  history  in 
the  United  States  for  Alfred  A.  Knopf,  Inc. 
At  the  time,  Franklin  and  his  publisher  had 
no  notion  of  how  important  the  book  would 
become.  Over  the  years,  From  Slavery  to 
Freedom  has  been  translated  into  five  lan- 
guages, become  a  classic  primary  textbook 
for  both  teachers  and  students,  and  been 
revised  seven  times. 

In  September,  Franklin,  now  a  James  B. 
Duke  professor  emeritus  of  history  at  Duke, 
was  honored  for  the  fiftieth  anniversary  of 
his  literary  landmark.  Ever  modest,  Frank- 
lin had  insisted  that  the  symposium  focus 
on  the  book  rather  than  him.  But  for  the 
hundreds  of  scholars,  policy  makers,  public 
school  teachers,  and  members  of  the  media 
gathered  at  Duke  to  praise  him,  Franklin's 
admirable  personal  qualities  were  as  note- 
worthy as  his  unparalleled  academic  accom- 
plishment. The  two-day  symposium  was  spon- 
sored by  Duke's  Association  for  the  Study 
of  Afro -American  Life  and  History  and  by 
North  Carolina  Central  University  (NCCU). 

From  panel  discussions  to  individual 
anecdotes,  each  speaker  provided  powerful 
testimony  to  Franklin's  influence  on  under- 
standing black  history.  At  Friday  night's 
keynote  address  at  NCCU  (where  Franklin 
was  teaching  when  Knopf  came  calling  in 


CURRENTS  OF  CHANGE 


I  Nino,  that  weather  event 
that's  rocking  the  West 
Coast  and  affecting  global 
conditions,  is  nothing  new  to 
Richard  T.  Barber.  The  Harvey 
W.  Smith  professor  of  oceanog- 
raphy at  the  Nicholas  School  of 
the  Environment's  Marine 
Laboratory  has  been  studying 
El  Nino  since  1977.  "Tales  of  the 
Unexpected,"  an  article  on  his 
work  tracking  the  "perverse 
child,"  as  he  subjectively  trans- 
lates the  Spanish,  appeared  in 
the  September-October  1985 
Duke  Magasjne. 

El  Nino  is  a  massive,  east- 
ward warm  current  that  ap- 
pears along  the  Pacific  equator 
every  three  to  ten  years.  The 
one  in  1982  wreaked  havoc 
around  the  world,  with  torren- 
tial rains  that  caused  mudslides 
and  high  tides  that  caused 
coastal  flooding.  The  result  was 
low  crop  and  fishing  yields  that 


DUKE 


affected  food  supplies  and 
prices  in  the  years  following. 

But,  says  Barber,  "El  Nino  is 
not  a  disaster — it's  how  the 
Earth  works."  Nearest  the 
equator,  when  the  water  tem- 
peratures rise,  there's  increased 
precipitation,  which  in  turn 
causes  flooding  in  South  America 


and  droughts  in  Australia  and 
New  Guinea.  In  Indonesia, 
according  to  Newsweek,  the  dry 
spell  led  to  crop  failures  and 
allowed  forest  fires,  normally 
extinguished  by  the  monsoons, 
to  burn  out  of  control.  The 
resulting  smoke  choked  places 
as  far  away  as  Brunei, 
Thailand,  and  the  Philippines. 

In  the  United  States,  the  area 
from  East  Texas  to  the  Chesa- 
peake Bay  in  Virginia  will 
receive  a  lot  of  moisture  in  the 
spring.  "It  gets  a  lot  wetter  and 
that  changes  the  agricultural 
picture,"  says  Barber.  "Farmers 
have  to  plant  later  because  they 
can't  get  into  the  field.  The 
biggest  advantage  we  have  now 
is  in  having  all  the  agricultural 
players  knowing  this  is  going  to 
be  one  of  those  wet  years." 


1945),  Vincent  G.  Harding,  professor  of  religion 
and  social  change  at  the  Iliff  School  of 
Theology  and  a  North  Carolina  Humanities 
Distinguished  Scholar,  noted  that  Franklin's 
book  was  present  at  pivotal  moments  in 
American  history.  During  the  civil  rights 
movement,  for  example,  "a  well-worn  copy  of 
From  Slavery  to  Freedom  was  there"  during 
Freedom  Riders'  planning  sessions  and  on  the 

HISTORIAN  JOHN  HOPE 

FRANKLIN  IS  HONORED  AS 

HIS  LANDMARK  BOOK 

FROM  SLAVERY  TO 

FREEDOM  CELEBRATES  A 

HALF-CENTURY. 


famous  march  from  Selma  to  Birmingham. 
"Just  the  discovery  that  you  needed  such  a  big 
book  to  fit  our  history  into  was  something," 
said  Harding.  "Having  a  sense  of  home  was 
important  for  people  going  out  from  home  to 
challenge  the  world." 

On  Saturday,  panels  explored  From  Slavery 
to  Freedom's  impact  on  how  African-Ameri- 
can history  is  written  and  taught,  and  the 
book's  influence  on  historical  interpretations 
of  the  black  diaspora,  black  experiences  from 
early  African  times  through  enslavement,  the 
American  Civil  War,  Reconstruction,  and  con- 
temporary society.  While  the  presentations  were 


scholarly,  speakers  also  shared  personal  recol- 
lections of  how  Franklin  (and  his  book) 
changed  their  lives.  Debra  Newman  Ham, 
professor  of  history  at  Morgan  State  Univer- 
sity, confessed  to  being  militant  and  disre- 
spectful toward  her  Harvard  professors  in  the 
late  Sixties,  "mouthing  off  in  class"  and  lead- 
ing protests  and  riots.  Finally,  a  professor  told 
Ham  that  she  knew  nothing  about  black  his- 
tory and  not  to  talk  in  class  again  until  she 
had  read  a  book  on  African  history  from  the 
course  syllabus.  By  chance,  she  checked  out 
From  Slavery  to  Freedom,  "a  book  I'd  never 
heard  of  by  a  man  I  didn't  know."  Although 
the  book's  objective  tone  was  initially  at  odds 
with  Ham's  radical  student  activism,  she  says 
she  soon  realized  that  "the  cold,  hard  facts  of 
[black]  history  that  John  Hope  Franklin  de- 
scribed countered  the  problem  of  racism  more 
powerfully  than  anything  else  could." 

Among  the  Duke  faculty  taking  part  in  the 
historic  weekend  were  Karla  EC.  Holloway, 
Kenan  Professor  of  English  and  director  of  the 
African  and  African-American  Studies  pro- 
gram; history  professor  David  Gaspar;  and 
Paula  Giddings,  research  professor  of  Women's 
Studies  and  African  and  African-American 
Studies.  President  Nannerl  O.  Keohane;  Wil- 
liam Chafe,  Alice  Mary  Baldwin  professor  of 
history  and  dean  of  the  faculty  of  arts  and  sci- 
ence; and  Alex  Roland,  history  professor  and 
department  chair,  also  offered  introductory 
greetings. 

Franklin,  who  attended  the  symposium  with 
members  of  his  family,  graduated  from  Fisk 
University  in  1935  and  earned  his  master's  and 


50      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


ognizes  outstanding  faculty  dedication.  It  car- 
ries a  $2,000  stipend. 

Other  Founders'  Day  honors  included 
Trinity  College  Distinguished  Teacher  Awards 
to  Hitomi  Endo,  assistant  professor  of  the  prac- 
tice in  Asian  languages  and  literature,  and 
Jennifer  Higa-King,  assistant  research  professor 
in  psychology;  the  Robert  B.  Cox  Teaching 
Award  to  Dale  Stangl,  assistant  professor  at  the 
Institute  of  Statistics  and  Decision  Sciences; 
the  Richard  K.  Lublin  Distinguished  Award 
for  Teaching  Excellence  to  Malachi  Hacohen, 
assistant  professor  of  history,  and  Deborah  Pope, 
professor  of  English;  and  the  Howard  Johnson 
Teaching  Award  to  Tony  Brown,  professor  of 
the  practice  in  public  policy  studies. 

Melissa  Malouf,  associate  professor  of  the 
practice  of  English,  was  recognized  as  the  re- 
cipient of  the  Alumni  Distinguished  Under- 
graduate Teaching  Award.  The  honor,  which 
includes  a  $5,000  stipend  and  $1,000  to  a 
Duke  library  to  purchase  books  recommend- 
ed by  the  recipient,  is  sponsored  by  the  Duke 
Alumni  Association. 

The  1997  Distinguished  Alumni  Award  was 
presented  to  William  Bevan  A.M.  '43,  Ph.D. 


'84,  LL.D  72,  former  Duke  provost  and  Wil- 
liam Preston  Few  psychology  professor  emeri- 
tus. A  graduate  of  Franklin  and  Marshall  Col- 
lege, Bevan  held  academic  leadership  roles  at 
Kansas  State  and  Johns  Hopkins,  where  he 
was  named  provost.  He  took  the  position  of 
executive  officer  and  publisher  of  the  journal 
Science  before  returning  to  Duke  in  1974- 

At  Duke,  Bevan  initiated  the  Duke  Round 
Table  on  Science  and  Public  Affairs,  an  annu- 
al series  of  special  lectures  on  science  policy. 
He  also  established  Duke's  Talent  Identifica- 
tion Program,  a  national  program  for  intellec- 
tually-gifted youngsters. 

Benjamin  Ward,  associate  dean  for  residen- 
tial life  and  associate  professor  of  philosophy, 
received  the  Humanitarian  Service  Award. 
Sponsored  by  Duke  Campus  Ministry,  the  ac- 
colade is  given  annually  to  a  member  of  the 
Duke  community  whose  life  represents  "a 
long-term  commitment  to  direct  service  to 
others  and  simplicity  of  lifestyle."  Ward  has 
volunteered  almost  nightly  for  three  years  at 
the  Community  Shelter  for  Hope,  which  pro- 
vides housing  for  Durham's  homeless. 


TUITION  FEARS 
UNFOUNDED? 

The  mere  mention  of  college  tuition 
these  days  elicits  cringes  nationwide, 
but  according  to  a  recent  survey,  the 
national  media's  preoccupation  with  tuition 
costs  may  be  relatively  unwarranted.  Re- 
search shows  that  the  American  public  over- 
estimates college  costs,  underestimates  the 
amount  of  financial  aid  available  for  needy 
students,  and  doesn't  realize  the  number  of 
students  already  receiving  outside  assistance. 
The  study,  coordinated  by  the  nonpartisan 
Congressional  Budget  office,  recently  estima- 
ted that  when  student  aid  is  considered,  more 
than  half  of  students  enrolled  pay  less  than 
$3,000  in  tuition  yearly,  and  just  one  student  out 
of  seven  faces  charges  of  more  than  $5,000. 
At  Duke,  four  out  of  ten  undergraduates  re- 
ceive financial  aid  from  scholarships  and  grants 
from  federal  and  state  financial  aid  programs. 
"Higher  education  has  the  worst  of  both 
worlds,"  Duke  President  Nannerl  O.  Keohane 
said  in  a  speech  delivered  for  a  forum  on 


a  doctorate  in  history  from 
Harvard  University.  He  is 
the  author  of  dozens  of 
books,  articles,  and  chap- 
ters; has  served  on  numer- 
ous committees  and  boards 
of  professional  and  educa- 
tional organizations;  and 
has  received  honorary  de- 
grees from  more  than  100 
colleges  and  universities. 
Now  the  chair  of  President 
Clinton's  panel  on  race, 
Franklin  is  also  the  recipi- 
ent of  the  Presidential  Me- 
dal of  Freedom.  His  most 
recent  book,  M31  life  and 
An  Era:  The  Autobiography 
of  Buck  Colbert  Franklin 
(about  Franklin's  father), 
was  published  this  fall,  and 
he  is  in  the  process  of  co- 
authoring  a  book  on  run- 
away slaves  with  Loren  Schweninger,  history 
professor  at  the  University  of  North  Carolina- 
Greensboro.  As  if  that  weren't  enough  to 
keep  him  busy,  he  is  also  working  on  the 
eighth  edition  of  From  Slavery  to  Freedom:  A 
History  of  African  Americans  with  University  of 
Maryland  American  history  professor  Alfred 
Moss,  who  has  been  Franklin's  co-author  on 
revised  editions  of  the  book  since  the  mid- 
Eighties. 

The  September  symposium  was  dedicated 
to  Franklin's  wife,  Aurelia  Whittington  Frank- 
lin, who  provided  financial  support  during  the 


Honoring  the  authot 
and  Lois  Dawson,  a 


:  historian  Franklin,  left,  with  Special  Collections  librarian  Karen  Jefferson 
major  gifts  officer  for  Perkins  Library 

writing  of  From  Slavery  to  Freedom.  (Franklin 
traveled  to  the  Library  of  Congress  to  conduct 
research  after  exhausting  the  resources  at  the 
Duke  and  NCCU  libraries.) 

Since  its  publication  in  1947,  it  has  become 
the  primary  textbook  in  the  field  of  African- 
American  history.  The  book  opens  with  a  dis- 
cussion of  several  powerful  African  states  from 
as  early  as  the  seventh  century,  and  how  they 
influenced  and  were  influenced  by  the  Isla- 
mic and  Arabic  cultures.  Early  chapters  move 
from  the  African  way  of  life  to  the  slave  trade 
and  the  New  World,  including  poignant  de- 


scriptions of  the  middle - 
passage  voyage  made  by 
slave  ships  to  the  Carib- 
bean and  America.  La- 
ter chapters  include  his- 
torical  information  on 
the  role  of  blacks  in  co- 
lonial America,  the  In- 
dustrial Revolution,  the 
Civil  War,  Reconstruc- 
tion, the  Jim  Crow  era, 
and  the  decades  leading 
up  to  the  Forties.  Later 
editions   expanded  the 
discussion  to  include  the 
civil   rights   movement 
and  subsequent  political 
B  and  social  changes. 
5     As  part  of  the  fiftieth 
I  anniversary,  university 
librarian  David  Ferriero 
arranged  to  have  2,300 
first-year   students    at 
Duke  and  NCCU  receive  copies  of  From 
Slavery  to  Freedom  and  participate  in  a  dis- 
cussion with  Franklin  and  television  talk- 
show  host  Charlie  Rose  '64,  J.D.  '68. 

In  1995,  the  library  launched  the  John 
Hope  Franklin  Research  Center  for  African 
and  African-American  Documentation 
(http://scriptorium.lib.duke.edu/franklin/) 
to  identify  and  preserve  materials  generat- 
ed by  (rather  than  simply  about)  people  of 
African  descent.  Franklin's  personal  and 
professional  writings  are  the  cornerstone  of 
the  collection. 


November- December  1997        51 


higher  education,  sponsored  by  Representa- 
tive David  Price,  Democrat  of  North  Carolina 
and  a  Duke  political  science  professor.  "The 
public  overestimates  college  costs  and  under- 
estimates financial  aid.  When  this  fact  is  cou- 
pled with  a  tendency  of  the  media  to  focus  on 
prices  at  the  most  selective  and  expensive  pri- 
vate universities,  without  any  attention  to  the 
array  of  financial  aid  programs  available 
through  those  institutions,  it  is  no  wonder  the 
public  is  concerned  about  this  issue." 

The  forum,  which  coincided  with  Congress' 
review  of  federal  student  aid  programs  pro- 
vided by  the  Higher  Education  Act,  was  held 
at  the  North  Carolina  Museum  of  History. 
Other  speakers  included  Molly  Broad,  presi- 
dent of  the  University  of  North  Carolina  sys- 
tem; Larry  Monteith  M.S.E.  '62,  Ph.D.  '65, 
chancellor  of  North  Carolina  State  University; 
Julius  Chambers,  chancellor  of  North  Carolina 
Central  University;  and  Phail  Wynn,  president 
of  Durham  Technical  Community  College. 


THE  SOUND  AND 
THE  PICTURE 

Amid  the  centenary  celebration  of 
William  Faulkner's  birth,  literary 
scholars  and  viewers  alike  are  rejoic- 
ing over  the  availability  of  on-line  samplings 
from  two  televised  works  scripted  by  the 
Nobel  Prize -winning  author.  Microfilm  copies 
of  "The  Brooch"  and  "Shall  Not  Perish,"  the 
only  two  known  telecast  scripts  adapted  by 
Faulkner  from  his  own  short  stories,  were  dis- 
covered last  November  at  Duke's  Special  Col- 
lection's Library. 

Administrators  at  the  John  W  Hartman  Cen- 
ter for  Sales,  Advertising,  and  Marketing  His- 
tory are  displaying  excerpts  from  the  two  tele- 
plays,  previously  thought  lost  or  destroyed,  on 
the  World  Wide  Web  (http://scriptorium.lib. 
duke.edu/hartman/jwt/lux.html).  Project  coor- 
dinators, wrangling  with  copyright  holders,  hope 
to  expand  Internet  accessibility  to  include  the 
full  text  of  both  scripts.  The  two  pieces  were 
adapted  for  the  Lux  Video  Theater  television 
series,  originally  airing  in  1953  and  1954. 


CONTESTING 
FOOTBALL 


A  university  senior  who  sought  unsuc- 
cessfully to  become  the  iirst  woman 
to  play  for  the  Duke  football  team 
has  filed  a  federal  lawsuit  against  the  univer- 
sity and  football  coach  Fred  Goldsmith. 

Heather  Sue  Mercer,  of  Yorktown  Heights, 
New  York,  filed  the  suit  claiming  that  she  had 
not  been  given  a  fair  chance  to  compete  for  a 


lUH.UJLJ.l-Mi.liKt; 


REVISITING  THE  VIGIL 


ccording  to  Erik 
Ludwig  '98,  historians 
*8&  have  not  paid  enough 
attention  to  the  leadership 
efforts  of  black  women  in 
Duke's  civil  rights  history.  His 
research  on  the  subject  won 
him  last  year's  Anne  Firor  Scott 
Research  Award,  presented  by 
the  Women's  Studies  program, 
to  recognize  scholarship  in 
women's  history.  In  his  paper, 
"Freedom  in  the  Duke  Work- 
place and  Classrooms:  Black 
Women  as  Leaders  in  Struggle 
for  Labor  Rights  and  Their  Im- 
pact on  Student  Activities  in 
the  Civil  Rights  Era,"  Ludwig 
describes  how  these  women 
played  "the  most  critical  role" 
in  Duke's  civil  rights  movement 
by  creating  an  awareness  of 
black  employees'  grievances. 
Ludwig  found  that  between 
1965  and  1968,  black  female 
employees  were  busy  organizing 
the  Duke  community  against 
discrimination.  They  joined 
forces  with  the  black  workers' 
union  Local  77— at  that  point 
not  recognized  by  Duke — to 
demand  that  the  university  pay 
its  black  employees  the  federal 
minimum  wage,  circulating 
petitions  and  sending  them  to 
President  Douglas  Knight's 
office.  Some  female  employees 
who  had  become  associated 
with  Local  77  were  fired,  and 
responded  by  publicly  express- 
ing grievances.  This  led  to  a 
demonstration  by  employees 
and  some  students  during 
Homecoming  Weekend. 
Following  the  demonstration, 


agreed  to  establish  a  grievance 
procedure  for  black  employees, 
Ludwig  says. 

In  1968,  after  the  death  of 
Martin  Luther  King,  a  campus- 
wide  vigil  was  held;  students, 
faculty,  and  employees — both 
black  and  white — participated, 
gaining  national  attention  and 
putting  pressure  on  the  admin- 
istration, once  again,  to  change 
discriminatory  policies. 

Ludwig's  research  emphasizes 
that  participation  in  and  sup- 
port for  the  vigil  were  products 
of  a  movement  that  had  been 
gaining  momentum  since  Local 
77  was  established  and  grie- 
vance procedures  were  created. 
These  early  measures  were  sup- 
ported overwhelmingly  by 
black  female  employees,  despite 
the  fact  that  the  union  and  the 
committees  would  later  be  run 
by  men  and  policy  changes 
would  be  made  by  whites. 


Ludwig  says  his  research 
should  force  others  to  question 
typical  notions  of  power  and 
leadership.  "It  was  not  just  pre- 
dominately white  males  who 
made  changes;  there  were  black 
women  filling  out  grievances  and 
walking  out  of  the  hospital." 

His  interest  in  gender  and 
equality  issues  can  be  traced  to 
his  high  school  years.  The  sum- 
mer he  spent  working  as  the 
only  male  packer  and  stacker 
at  a  distribution  warehouse,  he 
says,  opened  his  eyes  to  how 
much  workplace  segregation 
existed.  He  has  continued  to 
build  on  his  experiences  with 
gender  and  equality  issues  dur- 
ing his  years  at  Duke  as  the  co- 
coordinator  of  SERC,  the 
Student-Employee  Relations 
Coalition.  SERC  aims  to  pro- 
mote better  relations  between 
students  and  employees  and 
addresses  employee  concerns, 
such  as  the  need  for  a  severe- 
weather  policy  following 
Hurricane  Fran  to  ensure 
that  employees  are  not  penal- 
ized for  missing  work  during 
extenuating  circumstances. 

Using  this  background  with 
SERC,  the  guidance  of 


Women's  Studies  and  African 
and  African-American  history 
research  professor  Paula 
Giddings,  and  University 
Archives,  Ludwig  was  able  to 
research  the  local  actions  of 
black  female  employees  and 
the  administration  in  the 
Sixties.  His  next  step,  he  says, 
is  to  research  how  the  adminis- 
tration at  Duke  has  negotiated 
differently  with  two  specific 
unions,  Local  77,  the  black 
employee  union,  and  Local 
465,  the  white  male  union.  He 
is  interested  in  comparing  how 
the  race,  class,  and  gender 
composition  of  the  two  unions 
has  differed  by  using  the 
resources  of  Duke's  archives, 
the  Durham  library,  and 
through  interviews  with  former 
union  members  and  adminis- 
trators. Not  surprisingly, 
Ludwig  intends  to  pursue  a 
Ph.D.  in  twentieth-century 
American  history  focusing  on 
race  and  gender. 

—Sarah  Miller  '99 


Historian  of  a  campus  movement: 
Ludwig,  awarded  for  his  research 
by  Women's  Studies 


52      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


place-kicking  position  on  the  team.  The  ac- 
tion suit  alleges  that  Duke  violated  the  feder- 
al Title  IX  statute,  which  prohibits  discrimi- 
nation on  the  basis  of  gender  in  colleges  and 
universities  that  receive  federal  funding. 

Mercer,  who  practiced  with  Duke's  other 
kickers  for  two  years,  kicked  a  field  goal  in  the 
1995  Blue-White  scrimmage  but  never 
suited  up  for  a  game  in  the  fall.  She 
was  a  third-team  All-State  selection  in 
high  school. 

Since  the  matter  is  in  litigation, 
Goldsmith  cannot  comment.  But  John 
Burness,  senior  vice  president  for  pub- 
lic affairs,  says  he  views  the  suit  as 
"frivolous."  He  says,  "Fred  Goldsmith  is 
a  two-time  national  coach  of  the  year. 
He  bases  his  assessment  of  who  does  or 
doesn't  play  on  his  team  on  a  player's 
performance  and  ability.  I  am  confident 
that  will  be  borne  out  as  this  matter  is 
resolved  in  the  courts." 


cies  it  believes  creates  obstacles  to  successful 
integration  on  campus. 

Three  task  forces  formed  by  Keohane  will 
join  in  the  process  of  examining  student,  fac- 
ulty, and  university  employee  concerns.  One, 
chaired  by  provost  John  Strohbehn,  will  ad- 
dress racial  issues,  including  the  university  cli- 


A  DAY  FOR 
THE  RACES 

early  400  students,  faculty 

members,  and  administrators 

assembled  in  front  of  Duke 
Chapel  in  September  for  an  open  mi- 
crophone forum  to  explore  the  topic  of 
race.  Prompted  by  several  racial  inci- 
dents last  year,  and  continued  concern 
over  the  campus'  racial  climate,  the 
Inter- Community  Council,  comprised 
of  thirteen  student  leaders,  organized 
the  event.  The  collection  of  speeches, 
dubbed  "Race  Day,"  came  on  the  heels 
of  two  letters  signed  by  250  university 
professors  petitioning  for  improved  Race  Day.  questioning  the  campus  climate 
race  relations  on  campus. 

As  keynote  speaker,  President  Nannerl  O. 
Keohane  set  the  tone  for  the  event  by  empha- 
sizing that  the  university's  climate  can  only 
change  in  unison  with  individual  action.  "We 
need  to  do  this  on  every  level:  in  large  gath- 
erings like  this,  to  affirm  our  collective  pur- 
pose; in  smaller  groups  and  organizations,  like 
those  who  have  united  in  the  ICC  to  sponsor 
this  event;  and  in  our  individual  interac- 
tions." Keohane  had  refused  to  endorse  an 
ICC  petition  calling  for  classes  to  be  canceled 
on  Race  Day,  citing  conflict  with  the  primary 
academic  aim  of  the  university. 

Speakers  vowed  to  focus  on  structural 
changes  within  the  university,  mentioning,  in 
particular,  issues  related  to  residential  life  and 
the  curriculum.  "We  have  to  look  at  the  ways 
the  university  institutions  and  traditions  have 
created  the  system  we  live  with  now,"  said  Ro- 
berto Gonzalez,  member  of  Desegregate  Duke, 
a  group  promoting  changes  of  university  poli- 


mate  for  African-American  scholars.  The  sec- 
ond will  be  chaired  by  Clint  Davidson,  asso- 
ciate vice  president  for  human  resources,  to 
focus  on  workplace  issues.  The  third  task  force 
will  be  a  steering  committee  to  work  on  fol- 
low-up and  communication  issues. 

"Race  Day  provided  a  magnificent,  albeit 
challenging,  opening  to  do  further  work  in 
the  area  of  campus  climate  and  community  re- 
lations," says  Janet  Dickerson,  vice  president 
for  student  affairs.  "We  want  to  take  advan- 
tage of  this  opportunity." 


FROM  STRIP 

TO  STAGE 

Jumping  from  the  funny  pages  to  the  cen- 
ter stage,  the  new  family  musical  Kudzu, 
adapted  from  the  comic  strip  of  the  same 


name  by  Doug  Marlette,  is  coming  to  Duke  for 
its  regional  premiere.  This  is  the  first  production 
in  the  Theater  Previews  at  Duke  series,  similar 
to  the  pre-Broadway  productions  mounted  on 
campus  in  the  late  Eighties  and  early  Nineties. 
Kudzu,  a  "wild  coming-of-age  romance,"  will 
open  with  previews  on  February  10  and  11  and 
run  through  February  22  in  the  Rey- 
nolds Industries  Theater  in  the  Bryan 
Center  on  West  Campus.  The  Pulitzer 
Prize -winning  syndicated  cartoonist 
co-wrote  the  musical's  script,  music, 
and  lyrics. 

The  cast  features  the  members  of 
the  Red  Clay  Ramblers,  a  North  Caro- 
lina string  band  known  for  its  eccen- 
tric blend  of  Dixieland,  Irish,  blue- 
grass,  and  Cajun  music.  Tickets  for  the 
performances  are  available  through 
Page  Box  Office,  (919)  684-4444. 

■N  BRIEF 

'-.'  Tom  Butters,  vice  president  and 
athletics  director,  will  retire  in  June 
1998.  He  has  guided  the  Blue  Devils' 
athletic  programs  for  two  decades. 
During  his  tenure,  he  presided  over 
the  selection  of  all  but  one  of  Duke's 
current  head  coaches,  and  the  crea- 
tion of  the  university's  twelve  wom- 
en's intercollegiate  teams.  In  Septem- 
ber, President  Keohane  appointed  a 
committee  to  conduct  a  nationwide 
search  for  a  successor. 

*:  C.T.  Woods-Powell  has  been  named 
1  acting  director  of  the  Mary  Lou 
|  Williams  Center  for  Black  Culture. 
5  She  has  also  been  appointed  assistant 
to  the  provost,  and  will  assume  duties 
involving  the  recruitment  of  African- 
American  faculty.  Woods-Powell  has  twenty 
years  of  experience  in  counseling,  community 
relations,  and  program  administration.  Before 
coming  to  Duke,  she  was  an  administrative 
fellow  at  the  Harvard  Graduate  School  of 
Education.  She  earned  a  bachelor's  degree  in 
English  from  Spelman  College  and  a  master's 
in  student  personnel  from  North  Carolina 
Central  University. 

'<■  The  Fuqua  School  of  Business  received 
the  1997  Outstanding  Educational  Institution 
Award  from  the  National  Black  M.B.A.  As- 
sociation. The  business  school  was  tabbed  by 
the  4,000-member  organization  for  its  "great 
contributions  toward  encouraging  African 
Americans  to  enter  the  field  of  business." 


November- December  1997 


OOKS 


The  Collected  Poems 

By  Reyiwlds  Price  '55.  New  York:  Scribriers, 
1997.  471  pp.  $37.50  doth. 

In  1982,  Reynolds  Price  published  an  essay 
he  titled  "Love  Across  the  Lines,"  which 
speaks  of  "a  love,  almost  Wagnerian  in  in- 
tensity," of  the  novelist  for  poetry  and  vice- 
versa.  As  it  happens,  1982  was  the  year  when 
Price — already  a  renowned  novelist — brought 
out  his  first  book  of  poems,  Vital  Provisions,  the 
forerunner  of  three  volumes:  The  Laws  of  Ice 
(1986),  The  Use  of  Fire  (1990),  and  (taking  up 
the  last  hundred  pages  of  The  Collected  Poems) 
The  Unaccountable  Worth  of  the  World  (1997). 
Now,  with  this  whole  rich  trove  gathered  be- 
tween one  set  of  covers,  the  effect  is  to  place 
Price  himself  within  the  rare  company  of  dis- 
tinguished poet- novelists,  an  avatar  of  Thomas 
Hardy  and  Robert  Penn  Warren. 

As  with  Warren  and  Hardy,  the  love  triangle 
between  writer,  poetry,  and  fiction  poses  a 
question  of  status:  If — as  seems  likely — the 
novel  is  the  steadfast  wife  of  this  writer's 
youth,  poetry  is  his  mid-life's  passionate  mis- 
tress. As  usual,  the  mistress  has  advantages 
the  wife  can  only  en\7.  Whether  spontaneous 
lyric  or  Browningesque  monologue,  the  poem 
is  likely  always  to  be  turned  out  at  her  most 
fetching  for  a  brief,  intense  encounter.  But 
luckily,  there's  no  law  against  literary  polyg- 
amy; there  is  only  the  question  of  how  well 
one  may  serve  the  twin  muses. 

Heretical  though  it  may  seem — because 
Price  has  earned  his  world-class  reputation 
mostly  for  his  fiction — The  Collected  Poems  may 
represent  his  finest  achievement.  Though  it 
lacks  the  cathedral  scale  and  design  of  his 
major  novels,  the  poetry  may  (to  paraphrase 
Robert  Frost)  make  up  in  height  for  what  it 
lacks  in  length. 

A  highly  erudite,  esthetically  gifted  man — 
like  John  Updike,  a  fine  graphic  artist;  like 
Joyce  Carol  Oates,  a  passionate  devotee  of 
music — Price  ranges  across  a  vast  array  of 
cultural  interests  in  these  500  pages,  which 
include  narrative  inventions  based  on  Greek 
and  biblical  sources,  graceful  tributes  to  favo- 
rite singers  (Leontyne  Price,  James  Taylor)  and 
movie  stars  (Vivien  Leigh,  James  Dean),  and 
elegiac  memories  of  other  poets  (Auden,  Spen- 
der, Frost,  Lowell).  Interwoven  with  these 
"public"  poems  are  many  devoted  to  intensely 
felt  private  intimacies,  typically  involving  a 


parent,  lover,  or  deceased  friend,  though  he 
leavens  the  tone  at  times  with  affectionate 
poems  about  encounters  with  home -bound 
creatures — a  heron,  deer,  or  snake. 

To  appreciate  his  verse,  the  best  place  to 
begin  is  with  the  book's  preface,  an  elegantly 
written  account  of  his  long  engagement  with 
the  genre  as  both  reader  and  writer.  Here  he 
names  his  poetic  forebears,  which  include  the 
great  lyricists  in  English  (Dickinson,  Frost, 
Eliot,  Housman,  et.  al.)  but  also  voices  in  other 
languages  (Rimbaud,  Baudelaire,  Rilke).  Here 
also  he  defines  his  prosody,  which  tends  to 
favor  either  pentameter  or  what  he  calls  "the 
relentlessly  powered  four-stress  line  of  Beo- 
wulf and  other  Anglo-Saxon  survivals" — 
meters  that  he  finds  best  suited  to  the  story- 
telling thrust  that  carries  over  from  his  fiction 
to  his  poetry.  And  though  he  is  silent  on  this 
point,  many  readers  will  add,  emphatically, 
that  another  major  affinity  between  Price's 
fiction  and  poetry  is  the  profound  evocation 
of  character  that  makes  many  of  the  poems 
hauntingly  unforgettable.  Two  most  poignant 
examples  call  forth  his  parents:  "A  Heaven  for 
Elizabeth  Rodwell,  My  Mother"  and  "A  Tomb 
for  Will  Price." 

One  other  essential  resource  for  under- 
standing Price's  poetry  is  his  1994  memoir  A 
Whole  New  Life,  which  recounts  his  nearly 
fatal  battle  with  the  spinal  cancer  that  left 
him  paraplegic  thirteen  years  ago.  Because  of 
this  crisis,  the  religious  faith  that  undergirds 
all  of  his  writing  assumes  enlarged  signifi- 
cance in  his  later  work,  which  includes  most 
of  his  poetry.  Other  enduring  features  of  the 


Price  oeuvre  are  his  deep  filial  allegiance  and 
a  powerful  erotic  sensibility,  leading  one  critic 
to  call  Price's  celebration  of  the  human  body 
the  most  convincing  since  Whitman. 

A  perfect  gem  in  the  erotic  mode  (along  with 
"Ambrosia,"  "Dionysus,"  and  "Aphrodite")  is 
"Juncture,"  in  which  "the  use  of  fire"  appears 
— the  title  for  Price's  third  book  of  poems. 
Playing  off  Milton's  description  of  how  angels 
make  love  ("Easier  than  Air  with  Air,  if  spirits 
embrace/Total  they  mix,")  it  recalls  an  erotic 
interlude  of  virtually  metaphysical  intensity: 

...that  cellular 

Transmigration  when  willing  you 

And  willing  I  made  of  ourselves 

One  sizable  brief  kind  holocaust 

To  be,  in  one  dim  rented  room, 

A  speechless  broad  tall  compound  creature: 

Ferule,  fragrant,  unforeseen 

And  soon  extinct — its  only  future, 

The  white  museum  of  these  white  lines... 

Among  Price's  many  religious  poems, 
which  include  vivid  characterizations  of  the 
Holy  Family,  "Instruction,"  about  the  redemp- 
tion of  Judas,  looms  like  an  Everest  of  the 
Christian  imagination.  It  and  other  longer 
poems  like  "Juncture"  and  "Jonathan's  Lament 
for  David"  are  Price's  finest  achievement; 
they  afford  him  the  space  to  develop  charac- 
ter, theme,  and  narrative  suspense  while  re- 
taining the  verbal  elegance,  economy,  and 
imagery  inherent  in  verse.  But  there  are  also 
countless  brief  lyrics  here  that  may  at  random 
sink  prehensile  roots  into  a  reader's  memory. 
"Praise,"  the  prefatory  poem  that  addresses 
the  Holy  Spirit  in  The  Laws  of  Ice,  is  one  such 
marvel  of  compression,  rendering  the  fiery 
ordeal  he  was  then  undergoing  with  haiku- 
like  brevity  in  its  middle  stanza: 

Holy  flame 
Efy  any  name — 
Creator,  Terminator, 
Hand- 
Receive  this  praise, 
The  due  of  days 
Of  hobbled  terror,  healing: 
Thanks 

"Thanks,"  like  "sane"  and  "dream,"  is  a  fre- 
quent motif  in  Price's  poems,  commonly  ap- 


54      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


pearing  in  love  poems  but  also,  as  above,  in 
tough-minded  poetry  of  loss.  "Farewell  with 
Photographs"  makes  a  similarly  upbeat  epigram 
out  of  the  ravages  of  time: 

Time  is  mainly  pictures, 

After  a  while  is  only  pictures. 

Five  years,  for  instance — all  but 
two  thousands  days — 

Will  resolve  to  a  few  dozen 
pictures  in  time: 

O  which,  if  ten  give  long-range  pleasure  to  their 
veterans, 

Thanks  are  due. 

Thanks  then  for  time — 

Deep-cut  pictures, 

Mainly  delight. 

It  is  a  hopeless  task  to  do  justice  to  Price's 
resplendent  oeuvre  within  the  span  of  a  brief 
review,  but  lack  of  space  is  not  the  final  prob- 
lem. In  the  end,  his  artistic  power  simply  over- 
whelms the  reviewer's  craft.  We  can  only  say 
that  with  its  near-perfect  mastery  of  style  and 
its  deeply  meditated  thoughtfulness,  The 
Collected  Poems  is  a  marvelous  tribute  to  his 
boundless  talents.  If  he  had  written  nothing 
else,  this  book  would  assure  Reynolds  Price  a 
distinguished  place  within  the  annals  of  con- 
temporary American  literature. 

— Victor  Strandberg 

Strandberg  is  a  professor  of  English  at  Duke.  A 
version  of  this  review  appeared  in  the  Raleigh 
News  &.  Observer. 


THE  FINAL  TRANSITION 

Continued  from  page  13 


that's  my  value  system.  But  I  wouldn't  end  it 
with  'no';  I'd  try  to  continue  the  discussion  in 
order  to  understand  him  better  and  help  him 
explore  the  alternatives." 

"I'd  help  him  [do  it],"  answers  another. 
"That's  my  value  system." 

"But  if  we're  using  a  patient's  value  system 
to  guide  their  end-of-life  decisions,  we're  helping 
their  decision-making  process  by  complying 
with  their  request,"  says  a  third.  "Our  value 
system  shouldn't  enter  into  it." 

A  young  woman  shakes  her  head  in  dis- 
agreement. "We  don't  do  everything  a  patient 
asks  for  just  because  they  ask  for  it.  If  we're 
uncomfortable  with  what  they  want  to  do,  we 
can  refer  them  to  another  doctor." 

Tulsky  has  been  listening  attentively,  nod- 
ding as  the  group  wrestles  with  the  possibili- 
ties. "No  physician  can  be  asked  to  do  some- 
thing against  his  or  her  moral  and  religious 
beliefs,"  he  concurs.  "You  can  always  refer  the 
patient  to  someone  else.  But  what's  more  im- 
portant is  that  you  open  up  a  dialogue  with 
this  patient.  Ask  him,  'What  are  you  afraid 
of?  What  do  you  want  to  accomplish  in  the 
time  you  have  left?'  Don't  make  the  assump- 
tion that  he's  asking  for  death.  He  may  think 
that's  what  he's  asking  for,  but  he  may  not.  So 
you  might  say,  'Let's  explore  your  wishes  or 


your  concerns  about  suffering  and  then  I  can 
help  you.'  You  are  not  saying  you're  going  to 
help  him  die;  you're  simply  offering  to  help." 

Tulsky  asks  the  residents  what  kinds  of 
fears  the  dying  patient  might  express,  writing 
their  answers  on  the  board.  These  include 
pain,  being  alone  or  dependent,  loss  of  con- 
trol, becoming  a  financial  burden,  death  itself, 
depression,  and  experiencing  spiritual  crises. 
Looking  over  the  list,  he  notes  that  "with  the 
exception  of  pain,  none  of  these  are  physical. 
We  can  promise  good  pain  control;  that  we 
know.  But  what  about  these  other  fears?  They 
are  very  daunting.  You  can  certainly  encour- 
age the  family  to  rally  around  the  patient.  But 
you  can  also  reassure  the  patient  that  you 
won't  abandon  him,  that  you  will  be  there  for 
him." 

Given  his  life's  work,  Tulsky  later  admits 
that  he  has  entertained  notions  of  his  own 
death.  "The  idealized  American  death  is  at 
the  age  of  ninety  after  you've  played  four  sets 
of  tennis,  had  a  wonderful  dinner,  made  love 
to  your  spouse,  and  then  you  go  to  sleep  and 
don't  wake  up.  And  that's  not  my  idealized 
death.  Mine  is  to  die  with  time,  maybe  an  ill- 
ness that's  not  too  painful,  so  that  I  could  pre- 
pare myself.  I'd  probably  want  to  die  at  home 
with  the  people  I  love  around  me,  having 
resolved  most  of  the  things  in  my  life."        ■ 


IF  GARGOYLES  GOULD  TALK 


by  William  E.  King,  Duke  University  Archivist 


niversity  Ar- 
chivist William 
E.  King  has 
compiled  71  arti- 
cles about  the 
rich  and  varied 
history  and 
origins  of  Duke 
University  for  this  enlightening  book. 
King  sketches  the  periods  of  Duke's 
development,  from  the  Union 
Institute  and  Trinity  College  in 
Randolph  County  in  the  nineteenth 
century,  through  Trinity's  move  to 
Durham  at  the  turn  of  the  century, 
to  the  creation  of  Duke  University 
in  1924  and  its  rise  from  regional  to 
international  prestige. 

If  Gargoyles  Could  Talk  includes 
previously  untold  information  about 
the  Duke  family,  forgotten  presidents, 


the  origins  of  the  Blue  Devil,  campus 
myths,  as  well  as  aspects  of  the 
architecture,  historical  personalities, 
and  some  surprising  anecdotes.  It's 
a  must  for  alumni  and  anyone 
interested  in  regional  history  and 
Duke's  impact  on  higher  education, 
both  in  the  state  and  the  nation. 

208  pages,  with  a  forward  by  Robert 
Durden.  $22.50,  jacketed  hardcover. 


3oHuc 
|booWho)> 

Duke  University 

Box  90851,  Durham,  NC  27708 

919-684-3986 


November- December  1997        55 


\D  QUO 


^1^ 


Ask  the  Expert 


il 

release  of  a  so-called 
"Reader's  Edition"  of  James 
Joyce's  Ulysses,  the  promise 
of  a  new  edition  by  Joyce 
scholar  John  Kidd,  and  the 
lapse  of  the  U.S.  copyright 
on  December  31,  how  likely 
is  it  that  we'll  see  an 
authoritative  Ulysses? 

The  Kidd  edition  will  be  seen  as 
"definitive"  when  it  comes  out 
next  year.  On  the  other  hand, 
given  the  state  of  Joyce's  supervi- 
sion of  the  original  edition,  there 
will  never  be  any  such  thing  as  a 
perfectly  error-free  Ulysses.  It  is  a 
work,  after  all,  of  more  than  a 
quarter  of  a  million  words.  The 
book  was  produced  by  French 
typesetters  at  a  considerable  dis- 
tance from  where  Joyce  was  living 
in  Paris.  And  on  the  typeset 
proofs,  Joyce  massively  added  and 
rewrote  in  his  own  handwriting, 
to  the  point  where  he  enlarged 
the  text  by  about  one-third. 
Beyond  that,  Joyce's  eyesight 
progressively  deteriorated,  so  his 
ability  to  supervise  proofs  was 
seriously  compromised.  The  first 
edition,  then,  was  a  nightmare  of 
production. 

I'm  of  the  school  that  says  that 
all  changes  in  a  work  of  art  are 
momentous  changes.  In  a  lyric 
poem,  a  word  change  or  two 
would  tend  to  heavily  influence 
our  understanding  of  the  text. 
Generally  speaking,  the  idea  of 
aesthetic  perfection,  when  it  is 
used  as  a  standard  for  a  text  of 
epic  length,  is  a  false  standard. 
There  are  exceptions:  A  leg- 
endary blooper  was  made  by 
F.O.  Matthiessen  in  his  book 
American  Renaissance.  When  he 
wrote  about  Moby  Dick — a  book 
almost  as  big  as  Ulysses — he  put  a 


lot  of  weight  on  the  oxymoronic 
phrase  "soiled  fish  of  the  sea." 
Actually,  the  manuscript  shows 
that  Melville  was  a  lot  less  clever: 
It  reads  "coiled  fish  of  the  sea." 
The  real  issue  is  whether  the 
errors  cleared  up  by  Kidd  will  alter 
the  main  lines  of  our  understand- 
ing of  Ulysses.  And  I  will  ven- 
ture a  guess  that  they  will  not. 


Heard  Around  Campus 


"We  feel  responsible  to  provide 
equally  for  men  and  women.  This 
puts  us  much  further  along  in 
gender  equity." 


comprise  34  percent  of  Hs  athletes 

"I  am  proud  that  we  are  one  of  a 
few  universities  that  have  taken  a 
concrete  stand  on  unfair  labor 
practices." 

ell 


Company,  at  the  urging  of  a  student 


"The  Center  for  Lesbian,  Gay, 
Bisexual,  and  Transgender  Life  is 
outraged  at  this  blatant  censoring 
of  free  speech  at  an  institution 
ostensibly  designed  to  further  it. 
We  demand  an  immediate 
accounting  of  actions  taken  by 
university  officials  in  this  matter. 
Until  otherwise  informed,  we  will 
view  this  whitewashing  as  a  hate 


crime  perpetrated  against  all  stu- 
dents, staff,  and  faculty  members 
who  identify  as  or  support  lesbian, 
gay,  bisexual,  transgender,  queer, 
and  questioning  persons  at  Duke." 


"The  removal  of  these  statements 
was  an  error  in  judgment  that 
cannot  be  condoned.  The  exer- 
cise of  free  speech  may  make  us 
uncomfortable  at  times,  but  the 
principles  of  free  speech  and  open 
inquiry  are  at  the  very  foundation 
of  Duke  University." 

vice  preside 


We  asked  15  undergraduates: 
Should  proficiency  in 


Duke's  curriculum? 

Yes:  8 

No:  7 
In  his  annual  "State  of  Arts  and 
Sciences"  address  to  the  Arts  and 
Sciences  Council,  Dean  William 
H.  Chafe  discussed  the  possibility 
of  moving  "toward  a  simpler,  more 
coherent,  and  more  rigorous  cur- 
riculum." Chafe  wants  a  faculty 
committee  to  consider  either  hav- 
ing a  foreign  language  require- 
ment or  a  foreign  language  profi- 
ciency requirement. 


While  most  students  agree  that 
knowing  a  foreign  language  is 
beneficial  to  an  individual,  opin- 
ions are  split  as  to  whether  a  lan- 
guage should  be  required.  Over 
half  the  students  polled  said 
knowledge  of  another  language  is 
a  necessity  in  an  increasingly 
global  society.  "I  think  that 
Americans  are  disabled  in  a  world 
economy  because  we  only  speak 
English  and  we  expect  other  peo- 
ple to  speak  our  language.  Stu- 
dents from  other  countries  learn 
many  languages  in  school  and  are 
therefore  more  prepared  to  work 
in  a  multicultural  society,"  says 
first-year  student  Mia  Fram. 

However,  those  who  disagree 
with  a  language  requirement  say 
students  should  not  be  forced  to 
take  classes  that  are  not  interest- 
ing to  them.  According  to  junior 
Audrey  Kim,  "If  being  proficient 
in  a  foreign  language  does  not 
play  a  big  role  on  personal 
lifestyle — if  there  is  no  necessity 
for  it — then  people  should  be 
allowed  to  use  a  limited  number 
-of  classes  to  really  explore  what 
excites  them  and  what  they  think 
they  will  use  in  life."  Senior 
Natalie  Lamarque  says  the  Duke 
curriculum  has  "enough  require- 
ments for  a  liberal  arts  school.  It 
is  moving  away  from  liberal,  and 
more  toward  strict  guidelines." 

Junior  Drew  Welter  cites 
another  reason  for  not  requiring 
a  foreign  language.  "There  is  no 
other  language  you  can  learn  that 
is  as  universal  as  English." 

But  senior  Kanika  Blue  dis- 
agrees. "When  we  get  out  and 
leave  here,  we're  not  in  a  closed 
country.  It  is  very  open;  there  are 
lots  of  opportunities  abroad,  and 
the  U.S.  is  becoming  more  di- 
verse," she  says.  "A  part  of  a  basic   1 
liberal  arts  curriculum  is  being        | 
able  to  appreciate  different  cul-      | 
tures.  An  indicator  of  that  is  being  I 
able  to  speak,  or  at  least  being        s 
exposed  to  a  foreign  language."       1 


56      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


edical  Center, 

ling  growth  of  Duke's 


the  memories  these  scenes  evoke 


has     been     captured     in     the     new 

1998    Duke    University    Calendar.    This 

beautiful  full-color  15"  x  12"  wall  calendar 

has  arrived,  giving  highly  organized  people  a 

chance  to  begin  scheduling  activities  months 

in  advance  (and  the  rest  of  us  a  bunch  of  pretty 

pictures  to  look  at  while  we  wait 


for     '98).     Retailing     for     $12, 

the  calendar  features  through-the- 

seasons  shots  of  the  University  and 

Medical  Center  campus  taken  by  Duke's 

own  office  of  University  Photography.  It  is  available  at  all  Duke 

bookstores,  or  by  mailing  or  faxing  the  coupon  below  to  Duke  Stores 


Duke      Cale  n'd  a  r 

In-spiring. 


~*s- 


YES! 


I  would  like  to  order Calendars)  at  $12  each  =  _ 

NC  residents  add  6%  sales  tax  =  _ 


Expiration  Date 


Shipping/Handling  Charges  (Continental  USA) 


TOTAL  ENCLOSED  = 


Name  (please  print) 


Make  check  payable  to  Duke  University  Mail  Order  or  charge: 
O  Visa  a  Mastercard  :"!  AMEX  ~i  Discover 


City 


State 


Mail  form  to  Duke  University  Stores/Mail  Order,  Box  90850,  Durham,  NC  27708-0852  c 
call  (800)  842-3853, 8:30  a.m.  to  5:00  p.m.  Monday  -  Friday  EDT,  or  Fax  (919)  681-8352. 


I  mm  DUKES 


Duke  University  Athletic  Scholarship  Fund 


Now,  you  can  be  a  part  of  the  team.  By  contributing  as  little 
as  $100,  you  can  display  your  Iron  Duke  window  decal  with 
pride  and  know  you  have  helped  Blue  Devil  student-athletes 
maintain  Duke's  proud  athletic  tradition.  Take  the  next  step 
by  requesting  information,  NOW! 


I 

I     YES,  I  am  interested  in  finding  out  more  about  the  Iron  Dukes. 

Please  send  a  membership  information  brochure  to  the  address  listed  below. 


Please  return  this  form  t 


Iron  Dukes 

311  Finch  Yeager  Bldg.,  Be 
Duke  University 
Durham,  NC  27708-0542 
(919)  684-5033 


DUKE 


614  CHAPEL  DRIVE. BOX  90570 

DURHAM, NORTH  CAROLINA 

27708-0570 


NON   PROFIT  ORG. 

U.S.  Postage 

PAID 

Durham,  N.C. 

PERMIT    NO.    60 


Address  Service  Requested 


DUKE 


UNDAUNTED  BY  DISABILITIES 
HUNTING  FOR  HEROES 


GARDENS'  VISIONARY 


You've  always  been  there  in  spirit. 
Maybe  it's  time  you  brought  yourself  along,  too. 


1-800-44-MI D WAY 


printed  on  recycled 


EDITOR: 

Robert  J.  Bitwise  A.M.  '88 

ASSOCIATE  EDITOR 

Sam  Hull 

FEATURES  EDITOR: 

Bridget  Booher  '82,  A.M.  '92 

SCIENCE  EDITOR 

Dennis  Meredith 

PUBLISHER  M.  Laney 

Funderburk  Jr.  '60 

STUDENT  INTERNS: 

Brian  Henderson  '98 

Jaime  Levy '01 

DESIGN  CONSULTANT: 

Mills/Carrigan  Design 

PRINTER: 

Litho  Industries,  Inc. 

OFFICERS,  DUKE  ALUMNI 
ASSOCIATION: 
Michele  Clause  Farquhar  79, 
president;  John  A.  Schwarz  III 
'56,  president-elect;  M.  Laney 
Funderburk  Jr.  '60,  secretary- 


JANUARY- 
FEBRUARY  1998 


DUKE 


VOLUME  84 
NUMBER  2 


Cover:  These  little  mice — denizens  of 
Duke's  Transgenic  Mouse  Facility — offer 
great  medical  promise.  Plwlograph  by 
Chris  Hildreth 


PRESIDENTS,  SCHOOL 
AND  COLLEGE  ALUMNI 
ASSOCIATIONS: 
James  R.  Cook  Jr.  '50,  B.D. 
'54,  Divinity  School;  George  J. 
Evans  B.S.E.E.  '56,  School  of 
hu^uu vi/m.i,';  Barrett  B.  McCall 
M.F.'91,  Nicholas  School  of  the 
Environment;  Walter  W. 
Simpson  III  M.B.A.  74,  Fuqua 
Sciinnl  t>f  Business;  Judith  Ann 
Maness  M.H.A.  '83,  Department 
t>!  IL'Jiii  A./inniiMi'Lirion;  Bruce 
W.  BaberJ.D.  79,  School  of 
Law;  David  K.  Wellman  M.D. 
72,  H.S.  72-78,  School  of 
Medicine;  Linda  Spencer 
Fowler  B.S.N.  79,  School  of 
Nursing;  Marie  Koval  Nardone 
M.S.  79,  A.H.C.  79,  Graduate 
Program  in  Physical  Therapy; 
J.  Alexander  McMahon  '42, 
Half-Century  Club. 

EDITORIAL 
ADVISORY  BOARD: 
Clay  Felker  '51,  chairman; 
Frederick  F  Andrews  '60; 
Debra  Blum  '87;  Sarah 
Hardesty  Bray  72;  Nancy  L. 
Cardwell  '69;  Jerrold  K.  Footlick; 
Edward  M.  Gomez  79;  Kerry  E. 
Hannon  '82;  Stephen  Labaton 
A.M. '86,  J.D. '86;  Elizabeth  H. 
Locke  '64,  Ph.D.  72;  Thomas  R 
Losee  Jr.  '63;  Kimberly  J. 
McLarin  '86;  Michael  J. 
Schoenfeld  '84;  Susan  Tift  73; 
Jane  Vessels  77;  Robert  J. 
Bliwise  A.M.  '88,  secretary. 

SUBSCRIPTIONS: 
$15  per  year  ($30  foreign) 
Oukc  Md^cmc,  Alumni  House, 
614  Chapel  Drive,  Box  90570, 
Durham,  N.C.  27708-0570. 

ADDRESS  CHANGES: 
Alumni  Records,  Box  90613, 
Durham,  N.C.  27708-0613 
ore-mailbluedevil@duke.edu 


©  1998  Duke  University 
Published  bimonthly  by  the 
Office  of  Alumni  Affairs. 


BREAKING  DOWN  BARRIERS  by  Bridget  Booher  2 

As  disabled  students  enroll  in  greater  numbers  at  colleges  and  universities,  they  are 
discovering  a  wide  range  of  services  and  accommodations — along  with  misperceptions 
about  their  capabilities 

BUILDING  A  BETTER  MOUSE  by  Dennis  Meredith  8 

Some  30,000  mice  housed  in  Duke's  Transgenic  Mouse  Facility  live  in  such  scrupulously 
sterile  splendor  because  their  altered  genes  harbor  fundamental  secrets  that  could  help 
save  millions  of  human  lives 

WHAT  MAKES  A  HERO?  by  Robert].  Bliwise  14 

Homeric,  historic,  or  pop-oriented,  heroes  are  born,  made,  and  then  remade  to  satisfy 
our  yearning  for  exemplars 

WHAT  WAS  THE  QUESTION  AGAIN?  by  Paul  Baerman  37 

An  ethical  gathering:  celebrating  thirty-five  years  of  a  professor's  contributions  to  the 
examined  life 

A  LEGACY  OF  GARDEN  DESIGN  by  Sam  Hull  40 

Ellen  Biddle  Shipman,  the  landscape  architect  who  designed  the  Sarah  R  Duke  Gardens, 
is  celebrated  with  both  an  exhibit  and  a  spring  symposium 

RESCUING  BLACK  WOMEN'S  HISTORY  by  Georgann  Eubanks  44 

"I  guess  I  am  just  drawn  to  courage,"  says  Paula  Giddings,  who  has  redefined  cultural 
studies  and  explored  the  forces  that  drive  people  to  act  on  their  convictions 


UNDER  THE  GARGOYLE 

A  team  that  competes  on  its  own  terms 


20 


GAZETTE  49 

Environmental  endowments,  athletic  additions,  Brazilian  brainstorming,  Russian  rambles 


BOOKS 

A  melange  of  notables 


54 


QUAD  QUOTES 

Recommendations  for  readers,  revelations  for  freshmen 


56 


PERSPECTIVES 


BREAKING 

DOWN 

BARRIERS 


SPECIAL-NEEDS  STUDENTS 

BY  BRIDGET  BOOHER 

As  disabled  students  enroll  in  greater  numbers  at 

colleges  and  universities,  they  are  discovering  services 

and  accommodations  that  didn't  exist  even  five  years  ago. 

But  they  are  also  encountering  misperceptions 

about  their  capabilities. 


Friends  and  fellowship:  At  a  going  away  party  for  a  fellow  member  of  the 
Cambridge  Christian  Fellowship,  Grimsley  looks  through  a  friend's  photographs 


Inside  the  cluttered  two-bedroom  apartment 
on  Central  Campus,  pizza  boxes,  soda  cans, 
and  unfolded  laundry  are  stacked  up  in 
the  kind  of  haphazard  order  endemic  to  col- 
lege students.  The  Blue  Devil  clock  on  the  wall 
reads  8:45  a.m.,  and  sophomore  Will  Grimsley 
is  running  late.  He  was  up  till  dawn  working  on 
a  presentation  for  his  afternoon  biology  class, 
and  right  now  he's  trying  to  gather  everything 
he  needs  for  his  marathon  Thursday,  which 
begins  in  a  few  minutes  with  a  history  class  on 
"War  and  Peace"  and  ends  at  dusk,  when  his 
"Ecology  and  Society"  course  concludes. 

Pulling  on  a  knit  ski  cap  and  grabbing  his 
backpack,  Grimsley  hollers  a  farewell  to  his 
roommate  and  wheels  himself  out  of  his  dark 
home  into  the  bright  light  of  a  cold  Novem- 
ber morning.  Diagnosed  at  birth  with  cerebral 
palsy,  Grimsley  has  spent  most  of  his  adult  life 
in  a  wheelchair,  and  he  has  become  quite 
adept  at  navigating  himself  from  place  to 


place.  In  the  parking  lot,  driver  Marios  Uzzell 
waits  next  to  a  wheelchair-accessible  van  that 
transports  Grimsley  to  class.  With  the  flip  of  a 
switch,  Uzzell  lowers  a  platform  that  allows  his 
passenger  to  roll  into  place.  Another  button 
activates  the  platform  to  raise  its  occupant 
into  the  van.  Uzzell  makes  sure  that  Grimsley 's 
chair  is  securely  strapped  down  before  guiding 
the  van  onto  Anderson  Street  and  heading 
toward  West  Campus.  Uzzell  shepherded  Grims- 
ley around  last  year,  too,  and  the  pair  have 
established  an  easygoing  rapport.  Talk  turns 
to  Christmas  family  photos  and  Duke's  per- 
formance in  the  Maui  Invitational  basketball 
tournament.  At  the  back  of  the  psychology 
building,  Uzzell  unloads  Grimsley  and  they 
share  a  high-five  handshake  before  parting. 

"Later,  dude!"  says  Grimsley. 

"Learn  something  today,  okay?"  replies  Uz- 
zell. 

Grimsley  is  a  well-known  figure  on  Duke's 


campus.  While  his  wheelchair  serves  as  a  dis- 
tinguishing visual  identifier,  it's  his  spirited  per- 
sonality that  has  won  him  admirers  across  cam- 
pus. He  was  a  March  of  Dimes  poster  child 
when  he  was  four,  but  Grimsley 's  physical  lim- 
itations are  merely  one  small  part  of  who  he 
is.  His  friends  know  him  as  a  Civil  War  buff,  a 
devout  Christian,  a  polite  Southern  boy,  and  a 
die-hard  basketball  fan.  And  if  he  is  the  first 
peer  of  theirs  who  travels  by  wheelchair,  the 
odds  are  good  that  he  won't  be  their  last. 

At  the  start  of  the  fall  semester,  Grimsley  was 
one  of  ninety-one  undergraduates  identified 
as  disabled,  a  population  that  also  includes 
those  with  learning  and  emotional  disorders. 
According  to  a  1996  survey  by  the  American 
Council  on  Education,  the  proportion  of  col- 
lege students  with  disabilities  has  tripled  since 
1978,  from  3  to  9  percent.  As  these  students 
enroll  in  greater  numbers  at  colleges  and  uni- 
versities, they  are  discovering  services  and 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


PHOTOGRAPHS  BY  CHRIS  HILDRETH 


accommodations  that  didn't  exist  even  five 
years  ago:  door-to-door  transportation,  spe- 
cially designed  computer  equipment,  and  in- 
dividually tailored  academic  modifications. 
But  they  are  also  encountering  persistent  ob- 
stacles: misperceptions  on  the  part  of  faculty 
and  fellow  students  about  their  capabilities, 
inaccessible  buildings,  and  administrative  de- 
cision-making that  can  be  well-intentioned 
but  misguided. 

Providing  these  special-needs  students  with 
assistance  is  more  than  just  a  moral  impera- 
tive. With  the  passage  of  the  Americans  with 
Disabilities  Act  (ADA)  of  1990,  it's  also  the 
law.  Like  its  peer  institutions  across  the  coun- 
try, Duke  is  scrambling  to  comply  with  ADA 
mandates.  That  means  conducting  audits  of 
what's  already  been  put  in  place  and  mapping 
out  what  remains  to  be  done.  It  means  long- 
range  planning  and  financial  commitments 
from  across  the  university  community.  And  it 


means  learning  from  successful  initiatives  and 
from  the  consequences  of  inaction. 

"My  first  instinct  is  to  say  we've  been  playing 
catch-up  somewhat,"  says  Diane  Alexander, 
Duke's  coordinator  for  students  with  disabili- 
ties. "Other  schools  like  Emory,  Dartmouth, 
Harvard,  and  Stanford  have  very  strong  dis- 
abilities offices.  We  have  always  provided  for 
our  disabled  students,  but  it's  happened  by 
pulling  together  resources  from  over  here  or 
over  there.  It  has  not  been  a  centralized  effort; 
it  has  come  together  through  the  goodwill  of  a 
lot  of  different  people." 

Given  the  complexity  of  the  ADA,  the 
enormous  costs  of  upgrading  campus  facilities 
and  hiring  professional  staff,  and  the  widely 
varying  needs  of  individual  students,  dozens 
of  institutions  have  been  slapped  with  lawsuits 
or  complaints  for  failing  to  follow  the  letter 
(and  in  some  cases,  the  spirit)  of  the  law.  Vio- 
lations range  from  asking  improper  questions 


about  disabilities  on  admissions  forms  (Johns 
Hopkins,  Georgia  State  University)  to  dismis- 
sing student  requests  for  legally  mandated  ac- 
commodations (Boston  University). 

Given  Duke'  Gothic  architecture  and  often 
uneven  natural  terrain,  bringing  the  university 
into  ADA  compliance  is  more  complicated 
than  retrofitting  a  few  buildings.  Still  Duke  has 
been  working  diligently  to  make  the  campus 
an  inviting  place  for  the  disabled  population, 
which  includes  students,  staff,  and  visitors. 
Wheelchair  ramps  and  lifts  can  be  found  across 
campus;  elevator  buttons,  water  fountains,  and 
phones  have  been  lowered;  heavy,  narrow 
doorways  have  been  replaced  with  automatic 
openers  and  wider  entry  ways;  bathrooms 
have  been  renovated  for  handicapped  access; 
special  strobe  lights  and  amplified  fire  alarms 
have  been  installed  in  living  spaces  for  hearing- 
impaired  residents;  many  building  and  class- 
room markers  are  in  Braille;  elevators  have 


January-February 


been,  or  will  be,  installed  in  older  buildings;  in 
some  facilities,  fixed  seats  have  been  replaced 
with  removable  chairs;  and  within  the  next 
four  years,  the  university's  entire  transit  fleet 
will  be  wheelchair-accessible.  A  campus  map 
indicating  which  buildings  are  partially  or 
completely  handicapped  accessible  is  in  final 
production. 

And  then  there  are  the  special  modifications 


university  is  ahead  of  the  game  when  it  comes 
to  ADA  compliance.  About  a  year  and  a  half 
ago,  a  student  filed  a  complaint  charging  that 
Duke  had  not  done  enough  to  make  the  cam- 
pus accessible.  Administrators  are  now  nego- 
tiating an  agreement  with  the  Department  of 
Justice,  which  has  issued  a  recommendation  re- 
port on  how  the  university  should  address  its 
ADA  shortcomings.  Like  all  institutions,  Duke 


not  where  we  need  to  be.  We  need  drinking 
fountains  and  telephones  at  a  height  where 
wheelchair-bound  people  can  access  them. 
We  know  that  East  and  West  Duke  buildings, 
where  we  have  many  public  arts  events,  are 
not  accessible.  But  if  you  look  at  this  [Justice 
Department]  report,  it  covers  every  single 
building,  including  the  Children's  Campus 
and  the  Washington  Duke  Inn." 


for  those  diagnosed  with  learning  disabilities. 
Depending  on  the  documented  nature  of  the 
disability,  accommodations  might  include  one 
or  more  of  the  following:  extended  time  to  com- 
plete quizzes,  exams,  and  assignments;  separate 
administration  of  tests  and  exams  in  a  quiet 
place;  permission  to  use  a  calculator  during  tests 
and  exams;  permission  to  use  a  tape  recorder 
for  class  lectures;  and  the  availability  of  aux- 
iliary aids  such  as  recorded  textbooks  or  stu- 
dent note -takers. 

There  is  also  an  ADA  compliance  task 
force.  It  has  representatives  from  various  of- 
fices around  campus  —  admissions,  facilities, 
transportation,  the  medical  center,  human  re- 
sources, the  graduate  and  professional  schools, 
student  affairs,  and  the  provost. 

These  initiatives  do  not  come  cheap:  Im- 
provements to  Central  Campus  sidewalks,  in- 
cluding ramps  and  curb  cuts,  cost  more  than 
$23,000.  Renovating  the  admissions  office  to 
include  new  doors,  entryway  ramps,  and  a 
handicapped-accessible  bathroom  cost  about 
$100,000.  Until  about  five  years  ago,  handi- 
capped patrons  attending  events  in  Page 
Auditorium  had  to  be  let  off  at  the  unsightly 
West  Campus  loading  dock.  Now,  they  can 
gain  access  from  the  Bryan  Center  parking  lot 
and  through  a  side  door  to  Page.  Cost: 
$100,000. 

Despite  the  revamping  of  physical  spaces  and 
academic  assistance,  no  one  will  claim  that  the 


DESPITE  THE  REVAMPING 

OF  PHYSICAL  SPACES 
AND  ACADEMIC  ASSIS- 
TANCE, NO  ONE  WILL 

CLAIM  THAT  THE 

UNIVERSITY  IS  AHEAD 

OF  THE  GAME  WHEN 

IT  COMES  TO  ADA 

COMPLIANCE. 


is  required  to  conduct  self-evaluation  audits 
and  transition  plans  for  complying  with  ADA 
(and  before  that,  Section  504  of  the  Rehabil- 
itation Act  of  1973).  The  recent  complaint, 
says  Vice  President  for  Institutional  Equity 
Myrna  Adams,  focuses  on  whether  or  not  the 
university  has  made  reasonable  and  adequate 
progress. 

"We  have  met  our  obligations,"  she  says. 
"Many  curb  cuts  have  been  made,  parking  fa- 
cilities have  been  established,  telecommunica- 
tions facilities  have  been  installed.  But  we're 


Given  the  scope  of  the  problem,  s 
grievances  are  almost  inevitable.  The  Duke 
complaint,  and  many  of  those  filed  around  the 
country,  are  undertaken  with  the  intent  of  be- 
ing instructive  or  corrective  rather  than  puni- 
tive. "Legal  complaints  are  one  of  the  major 
tactics  people  use  to  get  institutions  to  change. 
On  the  one  hand,  this  does  give  us  the  ratio- 
nale for  spending  money  at  a  time  when  it's  in 
short  supply.  When  an  external  agency  is  or- 
dering you  to  comply  in  specific  ways,  it  speeds 
up  the  process.  These  are  things  that  we  would 
certainly  be  doing  in  due  course  anyway;  this 
just  compels  us  to  move  more  quickly." 


B 


ack  at  the  psychology  building,  Will 
Grimsley  encounters  an  impediment. 
Someone  has  left  a  garbage  can  in  the 
middle  of  the  sidewalk  ramp.  Without  slowing 
down,  Grimsley  aims  directly  toward  the  of- 
fending item  and  using  the  feet  plates  of  his 
wheelchair,  shoves  it  off  to  one  side.  He  pulls 
open  the  heavy  wood  door  and  makes  his  way 
to  the  ground-floor  elevator,  which  then 
takes  him  up  to  his  first-floor  classroom. 
Finding  the  occasional  obstruction  in  his  path 
is  not  uncommon — "When  that  happens,  I 
just  want  to  get  it  out  of  the  way  as  quickly  as 
I  can,"  he  says — but  other  complications  are 
more  annoying.  Later  in  the  day,  an  elevator  in 
the  Levine  Science  Research  Center  (LSRC) 
fails  to  respond  to  his  call.  Worried  that  his 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


driver  has  been  waiting  too  long,  Grimsley 
doubles  back  at  breakneck  speed  to  find  one 
that's  working. 

"I  think  that  there  are  a  lot  of  things  that 
could  be  improved  here,"  he  says.  "I  would 
like  to  see  every  single  dorm  on  East  and  West 
have  some  sort  of  ramp  so  I  could  get  into 
them.  And  they  need  to  patch  up  the  [flag- 
stone] walkway  on  the  main  quad.  But  for  the 


a  more  coherent  approach  was  needed.  Cur- 
rently, all  services  are  channeled  through  the 
Academic  Skills  Center,  which  includes  dis- 
abilities services  for  undergraduates.  Later 
this  year,  the  university  will  establish  an  offi- 
cial Office  of  Disability  Services,  which  will 
collaborate  with  the  disability  staff  of  the  Ac- 
ademic Skills  Center.  Geared  to  students,  fac- 
ulty, and  staff,  the  office  will  also  address 


ordered  to  re-examine  some  of  its  policies.) 

Junior  Maria  Roberts  is  a  fairly  typical 
learning-disabled  (LD)  student.  After  excelling 
in  high  school  —  top  grades,  numerous  ex- 
tracurricular activities — she  immediately  ran 
into  trouble  her  freshman  year.  She  signed  up 
for  chemistry,  calculus,  and  geology,  but  no 
matter  how  much  she  studied,  she  found  her- 
self performing  poorly  on  tests.  "I  went  to  my 


Onward  and  upward: 
Forced  to  enter  most 
buildings  through  side 
or  back  entrances, 
Grimsley  circuitously 
wends  his  way  to  class, 
far  left 

Mobile  companions: 
Grimsley  and  driver 
Marios  Uzzell,  center, 
have  forged  a  friend- 
ship that  began  in  the 
fall  of  1996 


In  the  game:  Grimsley 
warms  up  before 
basketball  class  begins, 
left 


most  part,  it's  pretty  good.  I  really  have  to 
applaud  the  transportation  folks,  too.  I  can 
call  and  give  them  my  schedule  and  they'll 
take  me  where  I  need  to  go." 

Although  he  is  reluctant  to  call  himself  an 
activist  for  the  disabled  population,  Grimsley 
has  been  known  to  go  directly  to  the  appro- 
priate administrator  when  he  finds  something 
that  could  be  improved.  His  freshman  year, 
he  took  the  director  of  facilities  on  a  tour  of 
East  Campus,  pointing  out  the  many  deter- 
rents to  easy  maneuverability. 

Like  Grimsley,  junior  Lenore  Ramm  says 
she  is  mostly  pleased  with  Duke's  willingness 
to  help  meet  her  needs,  but  that  she  often 
finds  it  easier  to  go  directly  to  the  person  in 
charge  of  a  particular  problem.  "When  I  trans- 
ferred here  last  fall,  I  had  to  search  out  the 
right  people  to  talk  to,"  says  Ramm,  who  uses 
a  wheelchair  because  of  a  condition  called 
osteogenesis  imperfecta,  which  has  rendered 
her  bones  extremely  fragile.  "When  I  have  a 
problem  with  doors,  I'll  deal  directly  with  the 
lock  shop.  Or  if  I  need  to  have  a  class  location 
moved,  I'll  deal  directly  with  the  registrar's 
office.  I've  had  to  push  a  lot,  but  I  guess  that's 
understandable." 

University  administrators  agree  that  the 
former  decentralized  structure  of  providing 
services  to  special-needs  students  could  be 
frustrating.  As  the  number  of  students  with 
disabilities  began  to  grow,  it  became  clear  that 


issues  of  public  accessibility.  A  national  search 
is  being  conducted  for  a  senior-level  director, 
who  should  be  in  place  by  the  start  of  the 
1998-99  academic  year. 

For  those  familiar  with  issues  relating  to 
the  disabled,  such  steps  are  seen  as  sim- 
ply fulfilling  an  obligation.  Certainly  no 
one  would  suggest  that  the  Will  Grimsleys  of 
the  world  shouldn't  have  the  same  chance  to 
pursue  a  degree  in  higher  education  as  their 
able-bodied  classmates.  But  in  some  quarters, 
students  with  learning  disabilities  are  viewed 
with  suspicion.  People  with  such  "hidden  dis- 
abilities" are  often  reluctant  to  disclose  their 
disorder,  or  are  met  with  skepticism  by  those 
who  think  that  "learning  disability"  is  merely 
a  euphemism  for  laziness. 

Such  an  attitude  landed  Boston  University 
in  hot  water  when  then-provost  (now  presi- 
dent) Jon  Westerling  implied  that  such  stu- 
dents fabricated  their  conditions.  Without  any 
medical  expertise  or  understanding  of  the  range 
of  learning  disabilities,  Westerling  referred  dis- 
paragingly to  a  student,  "Somnolent  Saman- 
tha,"  who  needed  special  considerations  because 
she  was  prone  to  falling  asleep  in  class.  (It  was 
later  revealed  that  no  such  student  existed, 
nor  was  there  any  student  at  BU  whose  symp- 
toms remotely  resembled  Westerling's  narcolep- 
tic example.  In  federal  court,  BU  was  found 
guilty  of  violating  federal  disability  laws  and 


professors  all  the  time,  sat  in  the  front  row, 
asked  lots  of  questions  — I  was  obnoxious,  I 
was  trying  so  hard,"  she  says.  "But  it  didn't 
seem  to  make  a  difference."  For  the  first  time 
in  her  life,  she  made  C's,  and  she  even  con- 
templated transferring  to  another  school.  When 
she  discovered  that  her  first-year  roommate, 
who  had  been  diagnosed  with  a  learning  dis- 
order, had  improved  her  academic  performance 
following  the  diagnosis  and  treatment,  Rob- 
erts decided  to  investigate. 

But  it  wasn't  until  the  second  semester  of 
her  sophomore  year  that  she  was  tested.  Rob- 
erts says  she  was  reluctant  to  seek  help  be- 
cause of  the  high  costs  of  testing  ($600-700, 
which  her  insurance  eventually  covered),  and 
because  a  teaching  assistant  she  confessed  her 
worries  to  dismissed  the  premise  as  absurd. 
When  the  results  came  back,  Roberts  was 
diagnosed  with  Attention  Deficit  Hyper- 
activity Disorder  (ADHD),  characterized  as  a 
severe  difficulty  in  focusing  and  maintaining 
attention. 

"I  think  I've  probably  had  this  for  a  long 
time,  but  in  high  school  you're  not  required  to 
spend  a  lot  of  time  on  any  one  thing.  You 
jump  around  from  one  thing  to  the  next.  But 
when  I  got  to  college  and  had  to  spend  two  to 
three  hours  on  one  subject,  I  just  couldn't  do 
it.  I  became  extremely  frustrated  and  anxious 
because  I'd  always  done  well,  and  suddenly  I 
wasn't.  I  felt  stupid." 


January-February  1998 


Working  with  the  Academic  Skills  Center, 
Roberts  was  able  to  get  extra  time  for  tests, 
and  to  have  a  private  room  for  taking  exams. 
Her  counselors  have  taught  her  study  skills 
and  time  management  techniques,  tools  that 
have  helped  her  become  a  more  focused  stu- 
dent. (The  center  provides  this  service  to  all 
students,  not  just  those  with  LDs.)  She  says 
her  professors  have  been  uniformly  respon- 
sive to  her  needs,  even  offering  arrangements 
she  declines,  such  as  additional  time  for  writ- 
ing papers.  Her  grades  have  improved,  but 
more  importantly,  she's  learned  how  to  com- 
prehend and  retain  material  in  a  more  struc- 
tured, reliable  fashion.  And  she's  regained  her 
sense  of  confidence  and  purpose. 

Despite  her  clear  excitement  about  identi- 
fying the  source  of  her  difficulties,  Roberts 
asked  that  a  pseudonym  be  used  for  this  story. 
"All  my  friends  know,  my  family  knows,  and 
my  professors  know.  But  I  just  don't  need 
other  students  finding  out  about  it  and  think- 
ing that  I'm  getting  some  kind  of  break.  Duke 
is  competitive  enough.  The  way  I  see  it,  having 
these  accommodations  puts  me  on  the  same 
playing  field  as  everyone  else.  There  are  a  lot 
of  people  who  don't  believe  in  learning  disor- 
ders. I've  had  people  tell  me,  'You  can't  have 
a  learning  disability,  you  go  to  Duke.'  But  once 
they  get  to  know  me,  and  learn  more  about 
LDs,  it's  like,  'You  are  so  ADHD!'  " 

Disabilities  coordinator  Diane  Alexander 
points  out  that  the  requests  received  by  the 
Academic  Skills  Center  are  all  "carefully  doc- 
umented and  carefully  reviewed  by  the  clini- 
cal director.  It's  not  just  someone  walking  in 
off  the  street  and  saying,  I  need  all  the  time  in 
the  world  to  take  this  exam.  And  requests  for 
accommodations  are  not  outrageous;  it  may 
be  extra  time  to  complete  an  exam,  or  for  a 
low-vision  student,  extra  time  to  conduct  re- 
search. A  learning  disability  doesn't  have  any- 


PROVIDING  SPECIAL- 
NEEDS  STUDENTS  WITH 
ASSISTANCE  IS  MORE 
THAN  JUST  A  MORAL 
IMPERATIVE.  WITH 
THE  PASSAGE  OF 
THE  AMERICANS  WITH 
DISABILITIES  ACT 
OF  1990,  IT'S  ALSO 
THE  LAW. 


thing  to  do  with  lacking  intelligence;  it  has 
everything  to  do  with  the  way  students  pro- 
cess information." 

The  university  has  formal  procedures  for 
identifying  and  assisting  all  students  with 
learning  disorders  even  before  they  arrive  on 
campus.  For  the  first  time  last  fall,  all  students 
accepted  to  the  university  received  a  special 
form  with  their  admissions  materials  soliciting 
information  from  those  who  qualify  for  ADA 
accommodations.  Once  the  form  and  appro- 
priate documentation  are  returned,  they  are 
forwarded  to  Kathryn  Gustafson,  clinical 
director  of  the  Academic  Skills  Center,  for 
review.  Gustafson  or  Alexander  meets  with 
the  student,  and  letters  are  sent  to  the  stu- 
dent's academic  dean  requesting  specific  ac- 
commodations. The  dean  then  notifies  the 
faculty  of  the  student's  needs,  and  the  student 
receives  a  letter  reiterating  the  agreed-upon 
accommodations  that  he  or  she  is  eligible  to 


receive.  Students  are  also  encouraged  to  main- 
tain open  lines  of  communication  with  faculty 
members  regarding  their  particular  needs. 

"These  students  just  want  to  be  like  every- 
body else,"  says  Gustafson,  an  assistant  profes- 
sor of  psychiatry  and  behavioral  sciences.  "We 
treat  the  information  with  utmost  confidenti- 
ality and  request  that  the  professors  do  the 
same.  Some  of  these  students  were  diagnosed 
when  they  were  young  children  and  some 
weren't  diagnosed  until  they  started  college. 
Regardless  of  when  that  diagnosis  was  made, 
these  are  very  successful,  very  intelligent  stu- 
dents. If  they  weren't,  they  wouldn't  be  at 
Duke."  (It  is  against  the  law  to  solicit  infor- 
mation about  disabilities  in  admissions  proce- 
dures.) 

The  Academic  Skills  Center's  consultant 
and  former  clinical  director,  Mary  Francis 
Peete,  helped  pioneer  services  for  disabled 
students  at  the  university,  beginning  in  1984. 
She  concurs  with  Gustafson  that  LD  students 
differ  only  slightly  from  the  larger  Duke  stu- 
dent population.  "They've  gone  on  to  medical 
school,  law  school,  graduate  school.  Mostly, 
students  function  with  very  minimal  accom- 
modations. It  may  just  be  that  they  are  given 
time-and-a-half  to  complete  a  test,  or  they 
need  help  learning  how  to  make  the  [aca- 
demic] transition  from  high  school  to  college. 
And  not  every  student  who  qualifies  as  LD 
asks  for  accommodations." 

Of  the  ninety-one  students  identified  with 
disabilities  this  fall,  sixty- seven  were  diagnosed 
with  learning  disabilities  or  attention-deficit 
disorders — including  sixteen  first-year  stu- 
dents. Six  declined  to  ask  for  accommoda- 
tions. Twenty-four  students  had  documented 
physical  or  emotional  disabilities,  and  three 
chose  not  to  ask  for  accommodations. 

For  students  like  Angela  Earhart  '97,  who  is 
deaf,  educating  others  about  living  with  a  medi- 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


Foint  person: 
Teammates  look  to 
Grimsley  to  run 
the  offense,  far  left 

Day's  end: 
Returning  to  his 
apartment, 
Grimsley  looks 
forward  to  catching 
up  on  his  sleep, 
left 


cal  condition  is  not  inconsistent  with  blend- 
ing in.  "It  was  always  a  main  objective  to  show 
the  faculty  and  students  that  I  was  just  like 
the  other  students  and  to  treat  me  as  normal- 
ly as  possible.  I  make  an  effort  to  make  people 
feel  as  comfortable  as  possible  and  realize  that 
I  do  not  view  my  deafness  as  a  disability.  I 
found  that  it  was  helpful  to  be  as  open  as  pos- 
sible and  be  available  for  questions.  People 
are  always  so  intimidated  to  ask  and  discuss 
any  handicap.  I  really  wanted  to  teach  them 
that  it's  okay  to  be  curious,  and  within  time 
they  forgot  I  was  even  deaf." 

Earhart,  who  had  interpreters  throughout 
her  Duke  career,  even  taught  a  house  course, 
"An  Introduction  to  American  Sign  Language 
and  Deaf  Culture."  She  is  now  a  research 
technician  in  the  department  of  molecular 
physiology  and  biophysics  at  Baylor  College  of 
Medicine,  and  is  in  the  process  of  applying  to 
medical  schools.  She  says  she  hopes  eventual- 
ly to  pursue  a  career  in  primary- care  medicine 
with  a  special  emphasis  on  caring  for  the  deaf 
population. 

Since  Earhart  graduated,  there  have  been 
steady  improvements  both  to  the  campus' 
physical  landscape  and  its  administrative  sup- 
port network.  Unlike  Earhart's  freshman  year, 
when  there  wasn't  even  a  main  clearinghouse 
to  oversee  disabled-student  requests,  physical- 
ly- or  learning-disabled  members  of  the  Class 
of  2002  will  be  able  to  flip  open  the  Duke 
directory  to  find  a  central  office  devoted  to 
their  needs.  Plans  are  on  the  drawing  board 
for  putting  elevators  in  East  and  West  Duke, 
so  that  physically  disabled  students  interested 
in  taking  art  history  courses  won't  have  to  re- 
quest that  class  locations  be  moved  to  accom- 
modate them.  And  a  $25,000  proposal  has 
been  submitted  to  the  provost  from  university 
librarian  David  Ferriero  and  associate  librarian 
Margaret  Brill  for  improving  library  services 


for  the  disabled.  The  plan  calls  for  improve- 
ments in  assistive  technology,  such  as  adding 
a  closed  circuit  television  electronic  magnifi- 
er and  a  Kurzweil  reading  machine;  specially 
designated  work  spaces;  additional  staff  assis- 
tance to  help  meet  and  identify  the  needs  of 
disabled  users;  and  explicit  policies  describing 
what  the  library  can  provide. 

ight  has  begun  to  fall  and  Will  Grims- 
ley is  back  at  his  Central  Campus 
apartment.  Like  his  classmates,  he 
looks  back  to  a  day  full  of  small  victories  and 
familiar  routines.  In  basketball  class,  his 
"skins"  team  beat  the  "shirts."  The  biology  pre- 
sentation he'd  labored  on  all  night  was  well 
received.  Now,  he  checks  his  post  office  box 
(there's  only  junk  mail)  and  speeds  down  the 
sidewalk.  It's  easier  coming  home;  it's  down- 
hill. He  unlocks  the  door  to  his  apartment, 
lets  himself  in,  and  checks  his  phone  mes- 


AN  UPHILL 
BATTLE 

On  those  occasions  when 
English  Professor  Rey- 
nolds Price  '55  discovers 
that  the  aging  elevator  in  the 
Allen  Building  is  malfunctioning 
again,  he  has  to  ask  for  help 
getting  his  wheelchair  up  the 
stairs  to  his  third-floor  office. 
'It's  really  not  that  hard,"  says 
Price.  "One  or  two  strong  people 
can  do  it." 

But  about  a  year  ago,  the  two 
campus  police  called  upon  to 
perform  the  task  thought  about 
the  prospect  for  a  moment 
before  one  declared,  "This  is 
not  in  my  job  description,"  and 
walked  away.  His  colleague 
prompdy  followed  suit 

In  a  wheelchair  since  spinal- 
cord  cancer  in  1985  left  him 
unable  to  walk,  Price  says  that 
such  incidents,  while  rare  at 
Duke,  serve  to  remind  him  of 
how  far  the  campus — and  the 
nation  in  general — still  needs 
to  go  to  assist  the  handicapped. 
"There  have  really  been  no 
hostile  moments  here,"  he  says, 
"but  there  are  many,  many 
places  I  simply  do  not  go.  I 
have  silently  canceled  out  so 
many  parts  of  the  campus  that 
are  inaccessible  that  I'm  barely 
even  conscious  of  it  anymore." 

In  addition  to  the  uneven 
and  often  treacherous  flagstone 
walkways-a  minefield  for  peo- 
ple in  wheelchairs — Price  says 
there  are  two  recurrent  situa- 
tions that  nag.  Because  the 
heavy  wooden  doors  of  the  Allen 
Building  are  not  automated,  he 
has  to  sit  and  wait  for  someone 
to  come  along  and  open  the 


sages.  A  high  school  teacher  is  checking  in  to 
see  if  they're  still  on  for  dinner.  Later,  Grims- 
ley will  try  to  catch  up  on  his  sleep. 

It's  just  another  day  in  the  life  of  Will 
Grimsley.  The  deterrents  that  he  considers  mi- 
nor annoyances  seem  daunting  to  those  of  us 
who  take  our  mobility  for  granted.  What's 
important,  say  people  who  work  closely  with 
disabled  students,  is  that  we  not  only  identify 
and  solve  the  problems  that  impede  their 
physical  and  professional  progress,  but  that 
we  also  work  to  recognize  and  appreciate  the 
lifelong  challenges  they  face. 

"We  need  to  be  aware  that  there's  a  per- 
centage of  our  student  body  whose  needs  are 
different  from  other  people  and  be  sensitive 
to  those  needs,"  says  Diane  Alexander.  "It  isn't 
that  we  have  an  overwhelming  number  of 
students,  but  even  if  we  have  just  one,  we  need 
to  meet  that  need  with  the  right  spirit — will- 
ingly, happily,  glad  to  do  it." 


Price:  "There  are  many,  many  places  I  simply  < 


door  for  him  every  time  he  en- 
ters the  building.  And  when  he 
wants  to  visit  colleagues  in  the 
Union  Building's  second-floor 
Faculty  Commons,  he  has  to 
ride  up  in  the  garbage  elevator. 

On  his  many  travels  across 
the  country  for  book  tours  and 
readings,  Price  has  found  that 
there  is  widespread  ignorance 
about  the  handicapped  popula- 
tion. "I  don't  think  most  build- 
ings in  America  were  built  for 
people  to  live  beyond  the  age  of 
forty,"  he  says.  "They  are  not 
designed  for  people  who  are  in- 
firm or  in  wheelchairs."  Even 
modifications  made  on  behalf  of 
the  disabled  are  often  inappro- 
priate, such  as  wheelchair  spaces 
in  movie  theaters  that  are  situat- 
ed on  an  uncomfortable  incline. 

When  Price  published  A 
Whole  New  Life,  the  autobio- 
graphical account  of  his  bout 
with  cancer,  he  began  receiving 
about  twenty  letters  a  month 


from  handicapped  readers  who 
wanted  to  share  their  own 
experiences.  "At  first  I  was  flab- 
bergasted and  happy  that  I'd 
helped  people.  But  when  I 
started  getting  requests  to 
speak  to  groups,  it  reached  a 
point  where  I  had  to  decide 
whether  I  was  going  to  be  pri- 
marily a  friend  to  the  disabled 
population  or  a  man  who  writes 
books.  And  I  decided  on  the 
latter.  I  wasn't  willing  to  be- 
come the  John  the  Baptist  of 
accessibility." 

Price  is  quick  to  note  that  he 
has  not  been  as  active  in  pushing 
for  better  accommodations  on 
campus  as  he  should.  "You  have 
to  stage  your  battles,  and  I've 
decided  to  let  other,  younger 
people  fight  those  battles.  I'm 
not  proud  of  that.  But  if  you're 
disabled  and  you  get  outraged 
at  all  the  frustrations  there  are 
to  deal  with  out  there,  you'd  get 
so  mad  you'd  have  a  stroke." 


January-February  1998 


BUILDING 

A  BETTER 

MOUSE 


LIVING  TEST  TUBES 

BY  DENNIS  MEREDITH 


Some  30,000  mice  housed  in  Duke's  Transgenic  Mouse  Facility  live  in  such 

scrupulously  sterile  splendor  because  their  altered  genes  harbor  fundamental 

secrets  that  could  help  save  millions  of  human  lives. 


Masked,  capped,  gowned,  and  gloved, 
Lin  Allsbury  plucks  and  places  with 
practiced  dexterity  the  wriggling 
pink  baby  mice  from  one  clear  plastic  bin  to 
another.  Grasping  each  mouse  gendy  with  ster- 
ilized forceps,  she  zips  them  unerringly  from 
old  home  to  new,  religiously  following  the  in- 
tricate, weekly,  cage-changing  ritual.  The  tech- 
nician allows  no  bare  human  hand  ever  to 
touch  these  tiny  priceless  creatures.  Mouse -by- 
squirming-mouse,  she  lowers  each  onto  a  bed 
of  pulverized  corncobs  heat-blasted  to  sterili- 
ty in  an  autoclave.  As  each  baby  lands,  the 
mother  mouse  busily  nestles  her  brood  into  the 
cotton  nesting  material  provided  for  new  moth- 
ers. Transfer  complete,  Allsbury  clamps  down 
the  germ-filtering  lid  on  the  micro -isolator  cage. 
The  mother  mouse  takes  a  quick  sip  of  water 
treated  with  germ-killing  hydrochloric  acid, 
nibbles  a  bit  of  mouse  chow,  and  nestles  down 
into  the  fastidiously  prepared  cage. 

But  Allsbury  still  faces  a  formidable  task,  as 
she  pulls  another  pair  of  forceps  from  a  disin- 
fectant solution.  Enveloped  by  the  delicate 
rustlings  of  throngs  of  mice,  she  continues  to 
work  her  way  through  stainless-steel  racks 
holding  hundreds  of  cages,  each  holding  sev- 
eral mice,  and  all  demanding  the  same  metic- 


ulous manipulations  to  ensure  the  same  anti- 
septic transfer. 

These  mice — among  some  30,000  housed 
in  Duke's  Transgenic  Mouse  Facility — live  in 
such  scrupulously  sterile  splendor  because 
their  altered  genes  harbor  fundamental  se- 
crets that  could  help  save  millions  of  human 
lives.  The  tinkered-up  DNA  within  the  mice 
could  yield  a  better  understanding  of  cancer, 
genetic  disorders,  drug  addiction,  heart  dis- 
ease, or  immune  malfunctions — an  incredible 
promise  for  such  modest-looking  creatures. 

Such  medical  potential  explains  why  Duke's 
Comprehensive  Cancer  Center,  funded  by  the 
National  Cancer  Institute,  heavily  supports 
Duke's  mouse  facilities,  and  why  Duke  Medi- 
cal Center  spends  considerably  of  its  own 
funds  each  year  to  subsidize  them.  What's 
more,  the  investment  will  surely  rise.  The  sci- 
entific explosion  of  experiments  with  such  ex- 
otic mice  is  producing  a  population  explosion 
of  animals,  requiring  a  multi-million- dollar 
investment  by  the  university  for  new  facilities 
to  house  the  60,000  mice  needed  within  a 
decade.  If  the  trend  continues,  twenty-first- 
century  Duke  could  be  home  to  more  mice 
than  humans. 

The  tiny  rodents  have  proven  themselves 


to  be  invaluable  living  test  tubes,  within  which 
researchers  have  rewritten  or  erased  specific 
bits  of  life's  genetic  blueprint  as  they  try  to 
understand  such  mysteries  as  how  cancer  cells 
proliferate  out  of  control,  or  how  subtle  bio- 
chemical breakdowns  cause  abnormal  behav- 
iors. Dozens  of  Duke  Medical  Center  labs  use 
the  genetically  altered  mice,  studying  hun- 
dreds of  genes. 

Gene -altered  mice  are  by  far  the  animal  of 
choice  among  the  small  zoo  of  creatures  sci- 
entists use  to  study  the  genetic  basis  of  dis- 
ease, says  Gordon  Hammes,  vice  chancellor 
for  medical  center  academic  affairs.  "There's 
just  no  other  way  to  do  these  studies.  While 
bacteria  or  plants  do  have  biochemical  simi- 
larities to  humans,  when  you  want  to  find  out 
the  physiological  effects  of  genetic  mutations 
or  the  genetic  basis  of  disease,  you  have  to  use 
animal  models.  Of  course,  the  mouse  is  not 
the  most  human-like  animal,  but  they're  ideal 
in  other  respects.  You  can  breed  them  easily, 
can  get  them  in  large  quantities,  and  they're 
relatively  inexpensive." 

The  engineered  mice  come  in  two  basic 
models — transgenic  and  knockout.  Transgenic 
mice,  developed  about  fifteen  years  ago,  are 
produced  by  inserting  a  foreign  gene  into  the 


PHOTOGRAPHS  BY  CHRIS  HILDRETH 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


mouse  DNA  to  assay  its  effect.  Knockout  mice, 
on  the  other  hand  (or  on  the  other  paw),  are 
made  by  disrupting  a  specific  gene  to  figure  out 
how  important  it  is  in  the  animals'  function. 
Says  transgenic  facility  director  Joseph  Nevins, 
"In  the  past,  we  might  have  done  these  assays 
in  cell  cultures,  but  now  we  can  do  them  in 
the  context  of  the  whole  animal  and  its  de- 
velopment. These  experiments  are  of  enormous 
value  because  now  we  can  do  a  specific  alter- 
ation of  a  gene  and  ask  what  its  consequence 
is  in  a  whole  mammalian  organism."  Knock- 
out mice  are  by  far  the  most  frequendy  created 
animals,  says  Nevins,  a  Howard  Hughes  Medi- 
cal Institute  Investigator  and  chair  of  the  ge- 
netics department.  Knockouts  constitute  about 
80  percent  of  the  facility's  denizens,  and  make 
the  formal  name  "Transgenic  Mouse  Facility" 
a  bit  of  a  misnomer,  he  says. 

The  recipe  for  a  mouse,  whether  transgenic 
or  knockout,  begins  with  a  gene  isolated  and 
copied  in  bacteria  cultured  by  the  scientists 
studying  the  gene.  Next,  these  copied  genes 
must  be  insinuated  into  living  mouse  cells,  a 
high  and  delicate  art  practiced  by  facility  co- 
ordinator Cheryl  Bock.  The  process  she  uses  is 
much  like  building  a  haystack,  finding  a  nee- 
dle in  it,  and  then,  wearing  oven  mitts,  thread- 
ing the  needle  and  creating  a  fine  needlepoint 
design. 

Bock  is  considered  a  master  of  mouse-mak- 


ing. After  all,  besides  her  biochemistry  degree 
and  extensive  lab  experience,  she  counts  as 
her  hobbies  needlepoint,  jewelry-making,  and 
creating  intricate  Ukranian  Easter  eggs.  "Since 
I  spent  hours  doing  all  those  things  for  fun, 
the  faculty  figured  I'd  certainly  be  able  to  do 
this.  Actually,  I  find  it  very  peaceful  to  come 
in  and  do  this  work  because  I  have  four  kids 
at  home  and  it's  certainly  not  as  quiet  there." 

Bock  begins  her  genetic  manipulations  by 
using  delicate  tickles  of  electricity  to  force  the 
engineered  DNA  into  cells  taken  from  mouse 
embryos.  She  then  grows  these  cells  in  glass 
Petri  dishes,  creating  a"haystack"  of  cells,  only 
a  tiny  fraction  having  the  gene  inserted  into 
the  right  place  in  the  cell's  vast  stretches  of 
mouse  DNA.  Using  biochemical  isolation  tech- 
niques, she  carefully  isolates  this  "needle"  of  a 
cell — the  one  in  which  the  altered  gene  has 
targeted  the  right  slot  in  the  mouse  DNA  and 
squeezed  itself  in,  kicking  the  original  gene 
out. 

Now  comes  the  "oven-mitt"  part.  Using  a 
$20,000  binocular  microscope,  complete  with 
a  pair  of  thousand-dollar  joysticks,  she  must 
now  insert  the  gene-altered  cell  into  a  fertil- 
ized mouse  egg  called  a"blastocyst" — a  shim- 
mering, delicate  bubble  the  width  of  a  human 
hair.  Bock  finds  herself  in  a  constant  race 
against  time  and  the  environment:  "The  blas- 
tocysts are  very  delicate.  They  can  only  stay 


out  in  the  room  temperature  about  fifteen 
minutes.  And  they're  easily  harmed  by  any- 
thing toxic  in  the  environment,  like  heavy 
metals  or  organic  solvents." 

So,  peering  into  the  microscope  and  manip- 
ulating the  joysticks  with  a  skill  that  would  awe 
any  video-gaming  teenager,  she  applies  ever- 
so-gentle  suction  to  an  infinitesimal  pipette, 
drawing  the  minuscule  blastocyst  up  to  hold 
it  in  place.  Then,  with  tiny  nudges  of  the  joy- 
sticks, she  eases  a  super-sharp,  hollow,  glass 
needle  into  the  blastocyst's  pliant  surface, 
piercing  its  membrane,  plunging  into  its  liquid 
interior.  Finally,  she  touches  a  control  to  inject 
the  microscopic  gene-altered  cell  into  the  blas- 
tocyst. "Although  sometimes  the  experiments 
still  amaze  me — what  I'm  doing  is  genetically 
and  mechanically  tweaking  nature — usually 
I  just  automatically  make  the  necessary  adjust- 
ments," she  says.  "It's  like  riding  a  bicycle.  The 
hardest  part  is  getting  depth  perception,  since 
the  cells  are  little  spheres."  Bock  has  become 
so  adept  at  such  manipulation  that  she  can 
now  inject  up  to  forty  blastocysts  an  hour. 

Next  comes  the  "easy"  part.  Bock  then  uses 
mouse -magnitude  surgery  to  inject  the  altered 
blastocyst  into  the  tiny  oviduct  of  a  super- 
mother  mouse — a  strain  bred  to  be  a  good 
surrogate  mother.  The  mother  mouse  is  then 
transferred  to  the  transgenic  facility;  there 
she  gives  birth  to  the  gene-altered  offspring. 


10      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


The  offspring  are  still  not  what  the  researchers 
need:  Since  genes  come  in  pairs,  and  Bock's 
gene  injection  has  altered  only  one  of  the 
pairs,  the  resulting  mice  are  "chimeras,"  a  blend 
of  altered  and  normal  genes.  The  researchers 
can  tell  the  mice  are  chimeras  because  they 
are  striped;  the  scientists  have  included  a  dis- 
tinctive fur-color  gene  with  their  inserted  gene, 
so  that  the  chimeras  come  out  with  a  telltale 
banded  fur.  To  produce  purebred,  genetically 
altered  mice,  the  scientists  must  then  go 
through  multiple  breeding  steps  involving  the 
chimeras  to  obtain,  eventually,  an  offspring  with 
a  matched  set  of  the  altered  genes. 

This  multitude  of  details  can  spawn  a  mul- 
titude of  devils,  warns  Nevins.  "The  possibilities 
for  mistakes  are  practically  endless,  from  con- 
tamination to  record-keeping  errors.  If  you're 
trying  to  do  three  or  four  of  these  at  once,  it 
can  become  chaos."  Fortunately,  he  says,"Cheryl 
is  exceedingly  good  at  it  and  very  dedicated. 
What  she  knows  how  to  do  would  take  the 
researchers  a  year  to  learn,  and  even  more  to 
do  it  efficiently." 

The  extraordinary  process  required  to  cre- 
ate such  mice  explains  why  good  mousekeep- 
ing  is  so  critical  once  the  precious  animals 
reach  the  animal-care  facility.  In  addition  to 
elaborate  handling  procedures,  the  facility's 
design  itself  helps  keep  its  residents  healthy. 
The  newest  housing  facility,  in  the  Levine 


THE  TINKERED-UP  DNA 

WITHIN  THESE  MICE 
COULD  YIELD  A  BETTER 
UNDERSTANDING  OF 
CANCER,  GENETIC 
DISORDERS,  DRUG 
ADDICTION,  HEART 
DISEASE,  OR  IMMUNE 
MALFUNCTIONS— AN 
INCREDIBLE  PROMISE 
FOR  SUCH  MODEST- 
LOOKING  CREATURES. 


Science  Research  Center,  features  a  ventila- 
tion system  that  completely  changes  the  air 
fifteen  times  an  hour,  making  for  large  heat- 
ing and  cooling  bills,  but  also  helping  to 
ensure  healthy  mice. 

Emphasizing  the  management  demands  of 
Duke's  transgenic  facility,  Richard  Rahija, 
who  directs  Duke's  Division  of  Lab  Animal 
Resources,  notes  that  each  technician  must 
carefully  check  the  condition  of  each  of  the 
1,800  mice  in  his  or  her  care,  twice  each  day. 
"It  requires  a  trained  eye  to  tell  a  healthy 
mouse  from  one  that's  sick,  hunched  up  with 
its  fur  unkempt,  looking  miserable,"  says  Ra- 
hija. And  a  single  diseased  mouse  could  cause 
an  outbreak  that  would  sweep  through  the 
colony,  ruining  years  of  research,  he  says. 

Juanita  Albrecht,  coordinator  of  the  Levine 
Center  facility,  says  technicians  must  also  be 
prepared  to  provide  special  feedings,  antibiotics, 
or  salves  to  mice  whose  genetic  alterations 
make  them  vulnerable  to  medical  problems. 
Sometimes  observing  the  animals  requires 
exact  powers  of  observation.  "In  one  room,  we 
have  mice  who  are  animal  models  for  arthritis, 
so  they  tend  to  develop  inflamed  limbs.  We 
have  to  notice  when  that  inflammation  gets 
too  bad  and  requires  treatment." 

As  if  keeping  one's  own  mouse  in  order 
weren't  hard  enough,  the  transgenic  facility 
also  receives  shipments  of  hundreds  of  mice 


January -February  1998         1 1 


each  year  from  other  universities  around  the 
world.  These  must  be  quarantined  and  tested 
to  avoid  infecting  the  colony. 

"Sentinel"  mice  are  one  key  to  keeping  the 
mice  healthy,  says  Rahija.  "We  take  a  squeaky- 
clean  mouse  from  our  germ-free  facility  and 
place  them  in  dirty  bedding  taken  from  cages 
to  determine  whether  the  bedding  is  trans- 
mitting anything.  Or,  we  put  clean  sentinel 
mice  with  suspect  mice  and  watch  whether 
the  sentinel  mouse  comes  down  with  any- 
thing." Using  such  sentinel  mice,  and  con- 
ducting constant  medical  testing,  means  that 
"we  can  take  great  pride  in  knowing  we  can 
send  mice  anywhere  in  the  world  and  not 
have  to  worry  about  transmitting  viruses  such 
as  mouse  hepatitis." 

Just  such  mouse  facility  expertise  in  itself 
opens  new  research  pathways,  according  to 
Nevins,  because  "it  means  that  doing  mouse 
genetics  now  lies  within  many  researchers' 
comfort  zone.  They're  more  willing  to  enter 
the  field  because  they  don't  have  to  be  con- 
cerned with  the  technical  demands  of  having 
a  mouse  created." 

As  medical  science  progresses,  such  genet- 
ic creations  will  become  far  more  complex, 
Nevins  says.  More  complex  experiments  will 
arise  because  researchers  have  discovered  that 
genetics  can  be  a  family  affair.  Genes  are  of- 
ten members  of  families  of  related  genes,  like 
the   different  woodwinds   in  an  orchestra. 


IF  THE  TREND 


CONTINUES, 
TWENTY-FIRST- 
CENTURY  DUKE 

COULD  BE  HOME 
TO  MORE  MICE 

THAN  HUMANS. 


"Through  evolution,  you  end  up  with  five  or 
six  relatives  that  are  all  very  similar,"  he  says. 
Individual  members  of  a  gene  family  may  play 
different  roles  in  different  cells,  like  various 
woodwind  combinations  playing  in  individual 
musical  groups  in  different  concert  halls.  Using 
knockout  mice  to  study  such  families  can  be 
frustrating,  says  Nevins,  who  himself  studies  a 
family  of  genes  called  E2F  that  turn  on  DNA 
replication,  producing  cancers  when  their  con- 
trol mechanisms  malfunction.  "You  knock  out 
one  member  of  a  family  and  you  get  no  effect 
on  the  animal,  because  the  other  family  mem- 
bers can  compensate  for  the  loss."  Thus,  re- 
searchers will  seek  to  develop  multiple  knock- 
outs in  order  to  reveal  the  functions  of  the 
family,  he  says. 

Another  state-of-the-art  genetic  manipu- 
lation involves  creating  genetic  "time  bombs" 
inside  mice — segments  of  DNA  that  lie  dor- 
mant until  an  animal  reaches  adulthood,  when 
they  can  be  triggered  to  wake  up  and  knock 
out  a  target  gene.  Such  time  bombs  are  neces- 
sary to  overcome  a  major  drawback  to  genet- 
ic tinkering,  in  which  knocking  out  a  gene 
critical  for  early  development  kills  the  em- 
bryo. Such  early  death  prevents  researchers 
from  studying  some  genes  that  cause  cancer 
or  other  genetic  diseases  when  they  malfunc- 
tion later  in  life. 

The  ingenious  time -bomb  solution  to 
knocking  out  such  genes — first  mastered  at 


Where  YOU  LIVE 

Listen  to  the  crickets  serenade  you  on 
your  own  balcony.  Catch  a  pop-fly  at  a 
world-famous  Durham  Bulls  game.  Take 
a  class  at  one  of  the  three  universities 


Life  Care  Community 
2701  Pickett  Road 

Durham,  NC  27705 
1-800-474-0258 


is  How  You  Live. 

that  make  up  the  Research  Triangle 
region.  No  matter  what  you  choose 
to  do,  you'll  find  life  is  better  at 
The  Forest  at  Duke. 


12      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


Duke  by  mouse  facility  co-director  Yuan 
Zhuang — involves  inserting  a  genetic  "time - 
delay  switch"  into  the  gene  to  be  knocked  out 
later.  Such  switches  are  pieces  of  bacterial 
DNA  that  researchers  inserted  next  to  the 
target  gene.  They  flank  the  gene,  lying  quies- 
cent, allowing  it  to  go  about  its  normal 
business  in  the  growing  mouse.  But  when  the 
bacterial  switches  are  triggered  in  the  adult  by 
a  specific  enzyme  preprogrammed  by  the 
scientists,  they  wake  up  and  eject  the  gene, 
like  two  bouncers  ejecting  a  drunk  from  a 
nightclub. 

Mousemaking  will  also  flourish,  says  Ne- 
vins,  because  gene-altered  mice  will,  for  the 
first  time,  give  scientists  a  powerful  tool  to 
study  the  most  subtle  ways  that  genes  modify 
each  other.  "Why  is  it  that  one  person  might 
get  lung  cancer  when  they're  forty,  having 
never  smoked  a  cigarette  in  their  life,  while 
another  smokes  ten  packs  a  day  and  never 
gets  lung  cancer?  Clearly,  the  development  of 
a  genetic  disease  can  be  influenced  by  other 
genes  that  somehow  subtly  modulate  the 
causative  gene's  effects." 

The  future  will  see  the  creation  of  mice 
with  multiple  genetic  alterations.  "We'll  use  a 
mouse  with  a  mutation  that,  say,  makes  it  sus- 
ceptible to  cancer,  and  we'll  begin  to  identify 
genes  that  modify  that  susceptibility,"  Nevins 
says.  "With  a  given  gene  alteration,  the  mouse 
might  get  a  tumor  after  six  months  instead  of 


after  two  months.  Such  experiments  could 
have  an  enormous  impact  on  understanding 
cancer  and  other  diseases." 

All  these  promising  research  pathways  will 
drive  the  need  for  facilities  to  manage  masses 
of  mice  —  increasing  capacity  over  the  next 
decade  from  about  8,000  cages  today,  each 
holding  several  mice,  to  some  20,000  cages. 
So,  Hammes,  Nevins,  Rahija,  and  their  facul- 
ty colleagues  are  planning  to  expand  the 
capacity  of  the  medical  center's  vivarium,  and 
possibly  to  construct  a  multi-million-dollar 
mouse  genetics  building  to  house  both  ani- 
mals and  labs  for  genetic  manipulation.  These 
major  increases  aim  not  only  to  keep  up  with 
the  demand,  but  also  to  maintain  Duke's 
leadership  in  a  critical  medical  research  field, 
says  Nevins.  "Few  institutions  can  do  the  kind 
of  technically  demanding  work  we  do  here. 
While  plenty  of  institutions  can  construct 
transgenic  mice,  which  involves  just  adding  a 
gene,  few  institutions  can  do  knockouts. 
They're  much  more  technically  demanding  in 
terms  of  organization." 

But  Duke  researchers  and  administrators 
say  the  effort  and  expense  will  prove  worth  it. 
Genetic  secrets  lie  within  the  labyrinth  of  the 
animals'  genes.  And  advanced  medical  treat- 
ments for  major  diseases  may  well  emerge 
from  plumbing  those  secrets.  ■ 


BIOTECHNOLOGY 
FOR  BUSINESS 

May  10-14,  1998 


Short  course  for  non- scientists 

in  law,  investment  banking, 

venture  capital,  government, 

and  management. 

Curriculum 

Cell/molecular  biology,  genetics, 

engineering,  immunology, 

neuroscience. 

Enrollment  deadline  -  Feb.  15 

Biotechnology  for  Business 

Duke  University,  Durham,  NC 

27708-0356 

(919)660-1579 

FAX  (919)  660-1591 

bio  tech@chem.  duke .  edu 

www.chem.diike.edu/special/biotech/ 


IF  IT  WEREN'T  FOR  OUR  ROLLING  HILLS  AND  FAIRWAYS, 
GUESTS  MIGHT  NEVER  GO  OUTSIDE. 


Situated  on  Duke  University's  campus,  we  are  proud  to 
have  recently  received  the  Mobil  Four-Star  and  AAA 
Four-Diamond  Awards,  two  prestigious  ratings  for 
excellence.  Our  171  newly  renovated,  luxurious  guest 
rooms  and  suites  are  the  first  in  the  country  to  feature 
Ethernet  access  to  the  Internet.  Enjoy  international  fine 
dining  at  the  Fairview  Restaurant.  Relax  with  a  drink 
and  good  conversation  at  the  Bull  Durham  Bar.  And 
come  play  on  our  classic  Robert  Trent  Jones  championship 
golf  course,  recently  redesigned  by  the  architect's  son, 
Rees  Jones.  This  challenging  course  has  been  ranked  fifth 
in  the  nation  by  Golf  Digest  as  one  of  their  II 

best  new  resort  courses. 

Whether  you're  visiting  Duke 
University  or  planning  a  getaway,  you' 
feel  like  a  special  guest  in  a  gracious 
Southern  home.  Please  call  us  at 
(919)  490-0999  or  (800)  443-3853. 


http://www.washingtondukeinn.com 
3001  Cameron  Boulevard,  Durham,  NC  27706  •  (919)  490-0999  •  Fax:  (919)  688-0105 


January- February  1998         13 


IMMM.b.WiAM 


WHAT 

MAKES 
A  HERO? 

A  MODEL  FOR  MODERN  TIMES 


BY  ROBERT  J.  BLIWISE 


Homeric,  historic,  or  pop-oriented,  heroes  are  born,  made, 
and  then  remade  to  satisfy  our  yearning  for  exemplars. 


Like  some  phenomenon  out  of  quantum 
physics,  today's  heroes  exist  everywhere 
and  nowhere.  To  a  newspaper  editor  in 
North  Dakota,  the  victims  of  a  rampaging  flood 
are  heroes  for  rebuilding  their  lives.  To  HBO, 
the  boxing  promoter  Don  King  gets  the  "hero" 
label  in  a  movie  about  his  life.  To  a  defense 
lawyer,  Unabomber  suspect  Theodore  Kaczyn- 
ski  has  emerged  as  "a  pop  hero,  a  rebel  who 
was  protesting  the  encroaching  oppression  of 
technology."  To  Time  magazine,  medical  inno- 
vators merit  a  special  issue — an  issue  that 
heralds  "Heroes  of  Medicine." 

As  political  expediency  encourages  the  de- 
valuing, distorting,  and  dumbing-down  of  dis- 
course, the  word  "hero"  takes  on  so  many 
meanings  as  to  take  on  no  meaning  at  all.  And 
as  we  enshrine  egalitarian  values  that  make 
us  suspicious  of  merit,  we  seem  awfully  eager 
to  cut  down  our  larger-than-life  (and  better- 
than-us)  heroes.  It's  also  Time,  of  course,  that 
gives  cover  treatment  to  the  "Debunking  Ken- 
nedy" theme,  and  so  gives  renewed  attention 
to  a  hero-president's  presumed  extramarital 
affairs  and  dealings  with  mobsters. 

At  least  for  Western  culture,  the  essential  he- 
roic epic  is  the  Homeric  epic.  But  what  draws 
the  reader  to  a  figure  like  Achilles,  says  Duke 
classical  studies  professor  Gregson  Davis,  isn't 
his  "superhuman"  qualities  as  a  warrior.  "What 


makes  him  interesting  and  archetypal  is  his 
humanity." 

The  arch  of  The  Iliad,  according  to  Davis 
(who  teaches  "Culture  Heroes  Across  Cul- 
tures"), takes  Achilles  from  vengeance-seeking 
warrior  to  a  chastened  human  being  who  shows 
empathy  for  a  rival  leader.  "Achilles  cannot  be 
allowed  to  have  Hector's  body  simply  rot.  That 
goes  against  all  civilized  values.  So  in  coming 
to  terms  with  his  humanity,  he  is  accepting  his 
role  in  society  and  realizing  that  he  has  to 
compromise  on  his  personal  feelings." 

When  Odysseus  makes  his  return  in  The 
Odyssey,  "Penelope  subjects  him  to  a  certain 
kind  of  testing  of  his  humanity,"  says  Davis, 
"and  he  has  to  stop  being  the  cool,  calculating 
Odysseus.  What  you  need  to  become  a  father 
again  and  to  become  a  head  of  household 
again  is  very  different  from  what  might  be 
required  in  beating  the  Cyclops." 

So  the  hero  suffers,  struggles,  contests  au- 
thority— and  learns.  Heroic  tales,  then,  are  in 
their  essence  tales  of  maturation.  "The  hero 
has  something  in  common  with  the  divine, 
but  the  other  part  of  him  is  equally  important. 
Achilles  is  faced  with  the  problem  that  he  is 
going  to  die.  Part  of  what  the  hero  does  is  to 
go  through  a  phase  of  almost  euphoric  display 
of  power.  But  what  comes  to  the  fore  is  his 
mortal  side." 


As  they  define  the  qualities  of  a  hero,  such 
tales  also  define  a  culture's  self-image.  The  Biad 
and  The  Odyssey  celebrate  the  warrior  values 
of  glory- seeking  and  advantage  through 
strength;  they  also  celebrate  such  qualities  of 
mind  as  cunning  and  wisdom.  After  all,  Troy 
falls  ultimately  not  through  the  exercise  of 
military  prowess,  but  by  means  of  a  wooden 
horse — a  trick. 

"Odysseus  is  a  great  example  of  the  Greek 
ideas  about  cleverness  and  survival  and  the 
ability  to  be  rational  about  everything,"  Davis 
says,  "in  the  ways  in  which  he  is  able  not  ex- 
actly to  manipulate  the  world,  but  to  reason 
himself  out  of  situations  and  keep  his  emo- 
tions in  check.  But  even  reason,  even  clever- 
ness, have  a  side  which  has  to  be  kept  in 
check.  Odysseus  is  very  clever,  and  there  are 
times  when  he  is  too  clever.  This  ties  in  very 
well  with  the  Greek  notion  of  excess — that 
you  have  to  observe  the  natural  limits,  so  that 
even  success  should  be  limited,  that  things 
should  not  go  too  well  for  you  all  the  time." 

The  modern  concept  of  the  hero  in  liter- 
ature, and  of  the  author  as  hero,  flows 
from  Lord  Byron.  Byron's  most  roman- 
tic creation  was  Byron  himself — the  English 
aristocrat  who  earned  fame  in  his  time  for  his 
poetry,  who  was  notorious  for  his  debauchery, 


14      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


January-February  1998         15 


who  after  his  death  was  worshipped  for  de- 
voting himself  to  the  cause  of  Greek  freedom 
from  Turkish  rule.  As  one  of  his  biographers, 
Stephen  Coote,  describes  his  career,  "School- 
girls sighed  over  him,  poets  imitated  him, 
painters  illustrated  him,  musicians  were  in- 
spired by  him,  while  liberal  politicians  found 
him  a  powerful  spokesman  for  their  cause." 

"He  always  protested  that  the  public  had  a 
penchant  for  identifying  him  personally  with 
the  heroes  in  his  poetry,"  says  English  profes- 
sor Robert  Gleckner,  who  teaches  the  Ro- 
mantics at  Duke.  "But  I  think  that  secretly  he 
relished  that  kind  of  identification,  because  in 
many  ways  it  was  true.  The  central  figure  in 
Childe  Harold's  Pilgrimage  is  a  dissolute  young 
man  who  flees  England;  Byron  is  in  effect 
replaying  his  dalliances  in  England.  Much  of 
Byron  was,  if  not  straight  autobiographical, 
certainly  quasi-autobiographical.  He  is  very 
much  in  his  own  characters." 

Byron  was  also  very  much  his  own  heroic 
image -maker.  At  one  point,  he  donned  an 
exotic  Albanian  costume  as  he  sat  for  his  por- 
trait— the  author  of  the  extravagant  Childe 
Harold  becoming  Childe  Harold.  "He  was  a 
showman,"  Gleckner  says.  "He  knew  how  to 
call  attention  to  himself  on  the  world  stage.  It 
is  not  coincidental  that  among  literary  soci- 
eties around  the  world,  the  Byron  Society  is 
enormously  international.  There  are  Byron 


societies  in  the  most  peculiar  places;  even  Al- 
bania has  a  Byron  society.  In  England,  there 
are  local  Byron  societies  of  little  old  ladies 
who  sit  down  and  gossip  about  Byron  as  if  he 
were  still  alive."  Researching  the  files  of  By- 
ron's publishing  house,  one  of  Gleckner's  doc- 
toral students  discovered  a  large  cache  of  let- 
ters written  on  the  subject  of  Byron.  "That's 
really  quite  spectacular  fame.  It's  almost  as  if 
Byron  redefined  what  real  fame  is." 

But  it  was  more  than  costumes  and  cos- 
metic gestures  that  propelled  Byron  into  a  fig- 
ure of  heroic  proportions.  Although  he  was  a 
peer  in  the  House  of  Lords,  and  although  he  ad- 
mired Napoleon,  Byron  was  a  genuine  cham- 
pion of  the  oppressed.  "All  of  his  heroes  are 
similar;  they  are  cut  out  of  that  mold,  battling 
against  superhuman  odds.  That's  the  way  he 
saw  himself,  and  that's  why  he  went  to 
Greece."  In  Greece,  he  was  prepared  to  wage 
war  against  the  Turks  with  his  own  troupe  of 
soldiers.  Before  he  could  issue  his  first  rallying 
cry,  he  died — not  as  a  casualty  of  battle,  but 
as  a  victim  of  fever.  Greece  is  filled  with  mon- 
uments to  Byron;  for  the  heroic  reputation, . 
what's  significant  is  the  valiant  struggle,  even  § 
if  the  struggle,  at  least  in  the  hero's  lifetime,  | 
produces  failure. 

As  dashing  a  figure  as  he  was,  as  inspiring  a  | 
political  thinker  as  he  was,  Byron  wouldn't  have  'i 
achieved  exalted  status  were  it  not  for  Brit- 1 


THE  HERO  SUFFERS, 
STRUGGLES,  CONTESTS 

AUTHORITY— AND 

LEARNS.  HEROIC  TALES, 

THEN,  ARE  IN  THEIR 

ESSENCE  TALES  OF 

MATURATION. 


ain's  literary  culture.  "The  publishing  business 
was  really  thriving  and  the  literacy  rate  had 
increased  enormously  in  the  latter  part  of  the 
eighteenth  century,"  says  Gleckner.  "There  were 
all  kinds  of  relatively  cheap  editions  available. 
Lending  libraries  were  widespread.  This  was 
really  the  beginning  of  the  age  of  the  best- 
seller, and  Byron  was  one  of  the  best  sellers. 
He  took  the  reading  public  by  storm,  and  not 
merely  in  England;  he  was  read  almost  as 
widely  on  the  continent." 

And  in  no  small  way,  Byron's  heroic  stand- 
ing was  a  reflection  of  a  Romantic  age — an  age 
still  hypnotized  by  the  flames  that  brought 
down  the  French  monarchy  and  that  seem- 
ingly heralded  rule  by  popular  will.  The  post- 


16      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


French  Revolution  years  "certainly  fostered 
the  idea  of  the  individual,  and  not  just  indi- 
vidual as  unique,  but  also  the  individual  as 
potentially  a  world  figure  and  an  exemplar," 
Gleckner  says.  "It  was  an  age  that  in  many 
ways  fostered  new  thinking,  new  kinds  of 
poetry,  and  new  conceptions  about  the  utility 
of  poetry — the  possibility  that  it  would  have 
a  literary  effect  upon  the  reading  audience 
and  steer  them  in  some  direction." 

Byron's  example  suggests  that  heroism  hinges 
on  a  connection  with  people  that  is  broad  and 
deep;  heroism  is  conferred  on  the  basis  of  the 
hero's  own  story  and  not  from  creative  achieve- 
ment alone.  "The  public  stage  was  not  one  on 
which  anybody  stood  like  Byron.  He  was,  in 
the  sense,  unique,"  observes  Gleckner.  "Words- 
worth never  went  out  giving  speeches.  Shel- 
ley early  in  his  life  thought  himself  a  sort  of 
radical  reformer,  but  he  backed  off  of  that  and 
simply  incorporated  his  political  and  social 
principles  into  his  poetry.  Most  of  the  other 
poets  labored  rather  quietly  and  not  publicly." 

If  most  Romantic-era  poets  labored  apart 
from  public  acclaim,  that  was  hardly  the 
case  with  a  musical  hero  of  that  time  and 
for  all  time  since — Beethoven.  Much  in  the 
model  of  Byron,  Beethoven  by  his  late  twen- 
ties was  already  the  subject  of  painters  and 
sculptors. 


"There  are  two  aspects  to  Beethoven  and 
the  hero,"  says  Alexander  Silbiger,  professor  of 
music,  who  offers  an  advanced  seminar  on 
Beethoven.  "One  is  what  you  find  in  his  mu- 
sic, and  the  other  is  in  his  person."  While  his 
heroic  music — notably  the  Third  Symphony ,  the 
Eroica — was  just  a  small  part  of  his  output, 
for  many  people  it  is  the  essential  Beethoven. 
"His  works  were  not  the  first  to  have  military 
sounds  with  trumpets  and  drums  and  fanfare, 
but  they  were  the  first  where  this  was  used  in 
the  service  of  a  kind  of  heroic  narrative,"  Sil- 
biger says.  "There  was  a  feeling  evoked  in  the 
music  of  a  struggle  against  adversity  and  of 
triumph." 

It  had  been  Beethoven's  plan  to  dedicate 
the  Eroica  to  Napoleon.  To  Beethoven,  Na- 
poleon was  a  legitimate  hero,  the  liberator  of 
Europe.  Then  Napoleon  had  himself  pro- 
claimed emperor.  Disenchanted,  Beethoven 
erased  the  "Bonaparte"  reference,  and  re-ded- 
icated the  composition  as  a  work  "to  celebrate 
the  memory  of  a  great  man." 

"During  the  Second  World  War,  it's  perhaps 
not  too  surprising  that  the  Germans  exploit- 
ed Beethoven  for  their  propaganda,"  says  Sil- 
biger. "But  so  did  the  Allies.  The  BBC  used 
the  theme  of  the  Fifth  Symphony  in  their  broad- 
casts. It  has  been  interpreted,  I  think  with 
some  justification,  as  portraying  man's  strug- 
gle against  fate.  There  is  no  greater  song  of 


triumph:  Suddenly,  out  of  despair,  the  light 
breaks  through.  Of  course,  his  Ninth  Sym- 
phony, with  Schiller's  'Ode  to  Joy'  in  the  last 
movement,  became  an  emblem  of  brotherhood. 
It  is  the  music  that  was  performed  after  the 
Berlin  Wall  came  down.  So  the  music  really 
transcends  the  individual  struggle,  and  it 
becomes  a  message  for  mankind  in  general." 

Beethoven's  heroic  personal  struggle  in- 
volved perseverance  in  the  face  of  his  progres- 
sive deafness.  It  was  a  perseverance,  Silbiger 
points  out,  that  grew  from  the  composer's 
sense  of  his  own  creative  capacities.  In  his 
famous  testament,  he  talks  about  owing  it  to 
the  world  to  deliver  his  gifts,  even  though 
death,  in  many  ways,  would  have  been  wel- 
come. "This  would  have  been  strange  talk 
around  this  time,  because  most  composers 
considered  themselves  really  as  craftsmen.  A 
lot  of  them  were  in  the  employ  of  the  nobili- 
ty. They  were  regarded  more  or  less  as  lackeys, 
as  servants.  With  Beethoven,  the  whole  power 
situation  was  reversed.  He  set  the  agenda;  it 
was  a  privilege  to  be  his  patron,  not  the  other 
way  around.  People  everywhere  were  trying  to 
get  music  from  him.  It  was  a  marketable  good." 

Beethoven  was  surrounded  by  people  who 
worshipped  him,  who  saved  every  scrap  of 
paper  on  which  he  scrawled  something.  His 
standing  reflected  the  eighteenth- century  idea 
that  music  could  have  a  morally  uplifting  im- 


Einstein: 
symbol  of 
the  scientific 
genius — 
and  of  the 
delightful 
eccentric 


January- February  1998 


pact.  Within  that  context,  Beethoven 
saw  himself  as  an  educator  or  a  preacher, 
perhaps  even  as  a  prophet.  The  music,  as 
Silbiger  puts  it,  "fills  one  with  feelings  of 
goodness  and  beauty.  It  was  inspiring,  and 
I  think  it  continues  to  be  inspiring.  One 
feels  that  his  message  —  and  maybe  this 
is  an  old-fashioned  idea  —  is  a  message 
for  everyone." 

Composers  like  Brahms  drove  them- 
selves to  equal,  if  not  to  exceed, 
Beethoven;  they  wondered  if  music 
could  progress  beyond  the  Ninth. 
Today's  young  pianists -in-the -making 
still  practice  under  the  divine  gaze  of  a 
bust  of  Beethoven.  Silbiger  notes  that 
Beethoven-as-hero  defies  a  now  fashion- 
able view  of  history — a  view  that  looks 
to  great  social  movements  rather  than 
to  great  figures  of  history.  He  says  that 
with  the  appropriation  of  Beethoven, 
and  especially  Wagner,  by  Nazi  Ger- 
many, the  idea  of  the  musical  hero  may 
seem  objectionably  elitist  and  anti-egal- 
itarian. But  in  his  view,  Beethoven  pro- 
vides a  dividing  point  of  music  history: 
It's  a  history  that  leads  up  to  Beethoven, 
and  then  a  history  that  follows  from 
Beethoven. 


The  course  of  religious  history 
hinges  on  saintly  heroic  figures.  It  Byron 
may  be  that  the  saint  is  the  purest 
hero.  The  hero-saint  is  more  than  a  cultural 
icon,  says  religion  professor  Vincent  Cornell, 
who  teaches  "Sainthood  in  Comparative 
Perspective."  "A  saint,  from  a  historical  per- 
spective, is  not  a  two-dimensional  figure  who 
is  standing  for  one  thing.  A  saint  is  a  three- 
dimensional  figure;  it  is  always  assumed  that 
there  is  a  life  of  exemplarity  and  virtue  that 
stands  behind  the  icon  and  gives  the  icon  its 
force." 

One  signal  of  exemplarity  and  virtue  is  suf- 
fering. "Martyrdom  was  the  fundamental  ini- 
tial paradigm  for  sainthood  in  Christianity," 
says  Cornell.  "After  the  period  of  martyrdom 
ended,  people  had  to  give  of  themselves  in 
other  ways.  It's  still  not  unusual  within  the 
Catholic  church  for  saints  to  be  considered 
martyrs  in  a  metaphorical  sense.  Mother 
Teresa  could  be  called  a  martyr  for  the  sake  of 
the  poor." 

Saints  are  not  just  virtuous  persons;  they 
are  "people  of  power,"  Cornell  says.  "They  exer- 
cise or  mediate  power  in  some  way.  They  are 
mediators  between  the  people  and  somebody 
else.  That  somebody  else  could  be  the  political 
ruler  of  the  time;  that  somebody  else  could  be 
God.  But  they  are  almost  channelers  or  con- 
duits who  can  intercede  and  obtain  something 
for  people  from  a  higher  source.  That  is  one  of 
the  most  common  types  of  miracles." 

And  that  is  why,  says  Cornell,  modern  soci- 


A  martyr  for  freedom,  he  took  the  reading  public  by  storm 


ety  is  less  likely  than  earlier  societies  to  pro- 
duce hero-saints.  "If  you're  a  peasant  in  medi- 
eval Europe  and  you  need  something  from  the 
lord  of  the  manor,  you  couldn't  get  it  by  going 
directly  to  the  lord  of  the  manor.  You'd  have 
to  go  through  an  intermediary  who  would 
present  your  case  to  the  lord,  and  then  the 
lord  would  answer  the  intermediary,  and  the 
answer  would  come  back  down  to  you.  That's 
the  same  role  that  saints  play  in  pre-modem 
societies.  And  to  the  extent  that  modem 
bureaucratic  society  has  more  direct  channels 
of  communication,  there  seems  to  be  less  of  a 
need  for  a  saintly  figure  as  mediator." 

Just  as  a  heroic  Achilles  can  tell  us  a  lot 
about  the  self-image  of  the  Greeks,  a  heroic 
saint  signals  the  self-image  of  a  particular  faith. 
Just  as  Odysseus  is  an  exemplar  of  courage,  a 
heroic  saint  is  a  model  for  the  integration  of 
religious  doctrine  and  practice  in  one's  daily 
life.  "A  saint  is  always  a  saint  for  other  people; 
one  is  never  a  saint  for  oneself.  So  to  a  certain 
extent,  sainthood  is  always  performance. 
There  is  always  an  audience." 

In  the  Catholic  church,  Mother  Teresa  is 
probably  on"a  fast  track  to  official  sainthood," 
Cornell  says.  "She  exemplified  in  her  life  the 
charitable  aspects  of  what  is  called  in  Chris- 
tianity the  imitation  of  Christ.  Every  Chris- 
tian saint  is  thought  to  imitate  Christ  in  one 
way  or  another,  in  one's  behavior  and  one's 


life  and  one's  values.  And  Mother 
Teresa's  particular  imitation  of  Christ 
was  in  the  imitation  of  charity  and  kind- 
ness and  benevolence  to  other  human 
beings.  Of  course,  Mother  Teresa  also 
adhered  to  the  official  doctrines  of  the 
Catholic  church.  She  continued  to  up- 
hold, for  example,  Catholic  church  doc- 
trines against  abortion  and  against  fam- 
ily planning.  From  the  point  of  view  of 
the  church,  that  is  an  even  greater  proof 
of  her  sainthood — that  she  could  main- 
tain her  Catholic  duties  in  the  face  of 
secular  opposition." 

At  a  time  of  a  decline  in  the  numbers  of 
those  entering  Catholic  monastic 
orders,  Mother  Teresa's  order  is  expand- 
ing worldwide.  So  the  image  of  a  saintly 
figure  can  contribute  directly  to  church 
aims.  But  the  religious  utility  of  saint- 
hood can  lead  to  some  problematic 
choices.  Cornell  points  to  the  example 
of  Saint  Stephen,  the  king  who  brought 
Christianity  to  Hungary.  "He  was  a  man 
|  who  cemented  his  control  over  the 
|  throne  by  having  some  of  his  relatives 
|  put  to  death  and  having  his  brother 
8  blinded  by  pouring  molten  lead  into  his 
|  eyes.  And  yet  because  he  turned  a  for- 
Imerly  pagan  country  into  a  Christian 
|  kingdom,  that  in  itself  was  enough  to 
make  him  the  patron  saint.  That  deci- 
sion is  as  much  political  as  anything 
else;  it's  obviously  in  the  interest  of  the 
church  to  make  Saint  Stephen  a  great  saint. 
And  so  you  see  his  statue  prominently  in  the 
squares  of  Budapest." 


W! 


hile  saints  may  fulfill  institutional 
needs  for  religious  faiths,  other 
kinds  of  heroes  may  be  right  for 
the  moment  in  the  broadest  sense.  For  the  New 
Orleans  school  board,  now  is  not  the  moment 
to  honor  "former  slave  owners  or  others  who 
did  not  respect  equal  opportunity  for  all."  So 
in  November,  it  stripped  the  name  of  George 
Washington  off  an  elementary  school. 

Having  popped  up  in  animated  cartoon 
shows  and  a  Star  Trek  episode,  Albert  Einstein 
may  be  on  more  secure  footing.  Einstein's  sci- 
entific status  derives  largely  from  his  "miracle 
year"  of  1905,  when  he  challenged  Newton's 
notion  of  absolute  space  and  time,  outlined 
the  shape  of  a  quantum  universe,  devised  a 
proof  for  the  existence  of  atoms,  moved  on  to 
conceptualize  Special  Relativity,  and  linked 
energy  and  matter  in  the  most  famous  rela- 
tionship in  history:  E=mcz.  He  was  a  twenty- 
six-year-old  patent  examiner  at  the  time.  But 
Duke  physicist  Richard  Palmer  says  Einstein's 
heroic  standing  in  the  popular  culture  can  be 
traced  to  a  later  year,  1919.  That  was  when  an 
expedition  to  South  America,  sent  to  observe 
a  solar  eclipse,  confirmed  Special  Relativity 


18      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


by  measuring  gravity's  effect  on  bending 
light  rays.  "Einstein  was  an  overnight 
sensation." 

What  created  the  sensation  was  that, 
in  the  wake  of  the  First  World  War,  a  the- 
ory formulated  by  the  German-born 
Einstein  had  been  confirmed  by  an  En- 
glishman. Newspapers  like  The  Times  of 
London  hailed  the  possibilities  for  coop- 
eration among  scientifically-minded  na- 
tions. Einstein  called  such  accounts 
amusing  feats  of  imagination.  Not  pre- 
pared to  back  off  its  exuberance,  The 
Times  drew  a  wry  association  between 
the  modest  bearing  of  the  scientist  and 
his  work  on  relativity:  "We  note  in 
accordance  with  the  general  tenor  of  his 
theory,  Dr.  Einstein  does  not  supply  an 
absolute  description  of  himself."  As  Pal- 
mer puts  it,  a  world  grown  weary  of  war 
and  desperate  for  the  rule  of  rationality 
"needed  such  a  person." 

Einstein's  image  was  helped  by  the 
fact  that  he  was  seen  as  having  very 
human  qualities  —  and  amusing  human 
faults.  Aloof  and  inaccessible  figures 
can't  really  be  heroes;  we  want  to  be  able 
to  identify  with  our  heroes.  Palmer  notes 
that  Einstein  became  a  scientist  stereo- 
type: the  scientist  as  a  bit  unkempt  and 
ill-dressed,  an  absent-minded  thinker 
who  was  focused  on  ideas  much  more 
than  on  social  conventions.  "He  was  a 
striking  figure,  partly  so  because  of  the  juxta- 
position of  his  scientific  genius  and  these 
weird  personal  attributes.  There  are  people 
who  are  scientific  geniuses,  but  our  heroes  are 
made  from  the  geniuses  who  are  colorful 
characters  in  everyday  life."  Basic  to  Einstein's 
own  heroic  struggle  against  adversity  was  the 
image  of  the  bored  student  consigned  to  a 
dull  career  who,  in  effect,  can  later  thumb  his 
nose  at  his  old  teachers  —  a  gesture  sure  to 
excite  the  popular  imagination.  As  a  school- 
boy, he  was  thought  to  have  a  learning  dis- 
ability; he  was  even  slow  in  learning  how  to 
talk. 

And  Einstein  engaged  conspicuously  with 
the  world.  He  gave  speeches  and  wrote  essays 
about  politics,  pacifism,  and  philosophy.  An 
early  exponent  of  Zionism,  he  was  invited  to 
be  president  of  Israel. 

With  a  huge  Einstein  poster  above  his  desk, 
Palmer  looks  up  to  Einstein,  quite  literally.  (He 
also  keeps  a  life-size,  cut-out  cardboard  Ein- 
stein.) For  several  years,  he  has  taught  an  Ein- 
stein course  in  Duke's  graduate  Liberal  Studies 
program.  One  of  his  assignments  has  students 
recover  current  images  of  Einstein.  And  they 
find  him  everywhere,  particularly  in  advertis- 
ing, the  main  currency  of  popular  culture. 

That  heroic  image  isn't  embraced  by  all 
scientists,  according  to  Palmer.  Most  science 
proceeds  by  incremental  advances,  not  by  revo- 


Beethoven:  adversity  and  triumph  in  life  and  in  music 


lutionary  breakthroughs.  Scientists  tend  to  be- 
lieve that  "there's  an  objective  world  out  there, 
so  they  are  just  uncovering  things  and  not  as- 
serting their  individuality  in  that  process.  A 
lot  of  scientists  take  the  attitude  that  hero 
worship  is  not  appropriate."  When  the  revolu- 
tionaries do  come  along,  elevating  them  to 
heroic  status  can  be  dangerous;  it  can  shut  off 
the  skepticism  that  helps  fuel  science.  New- 
ton's secure  standing  may  have  confined  physics 
to  a  Newtonian  universe  for  generations. 

Einstein's  legacy  points  to  a  process  to  which 
modern  culture  often  subjects  its  heroes  —  a 
period  of  debunking.  With  a  1994  book,  The 
Private  Lives  of  Albert  Einstein,  two  English  jour- 
nalists mined  recently  released  correspondence 
and  incorporated  interviews  with  contempo- 
raries to  depict  the  scientist  as  a  misogynist 
and  a  philanderer.  Einstein's  first  marriage  did 
end  in  divorce,  and  the  child  from  that  mar- 
riage was  put  up  for  adoption.  But  Palmer  says 
Einstein  remains  firmly  on  his  pedestal  de- 
spite unseemly  revelations  about  his  personal 
life.  Part  of  the  reason  reflects  cultural  expec- 
tations of  the  scientist:  "A  lot  of  scientists  are 
very  obsessive  people."  Heroes,  too,  of  course, 
are  obsessive  people.  And  they're  too  busy  sav- 
ing the  universe — or,  like  Einstein,  redefining 
the  universe — to  have  decent  family  standards 
or  decent  haircut  standards. 

But  in  a  broad  sense,  the  notion  that  peo- 


ple lead  compartmentalized  lives  res- 
onates in  modern  culture.  That's  among 
the  chilling  themes  in  studies  of  the 
perpetrators  of  the  Holocaust — some 
murder  in  the  morning,  some 
Beethoven  in  the  evening.  And  so  the 
thought  that  the  scientist  might  ignore 
family  responsibilities  in  pursuit  of  an 
intellectual  idea,  while  hardly  some- 
thing to  be  celebrated,  isn't  shocking. 

H^fc  robably  no  recent  hero  has  with- 
H^F  stood  so  much  debunking  as 
John  F.  Kennedy.  Seymour 
Hersh's  The  Dark  Side  ofCamebt,  as  The 
New  York  Times'  Frank  Rich  observes, 
makes  Kennedy  out  to  be  an  even  "more 
reckless  and  less  law-abiding  president" 
than  Richard  Nixon,  "the  man  who 
turned  dirty  tricks  into  a  form  of  politi- 
cal science."  But  that  doesn't  especially 
matter,  he  argues.  "In  our  Hollywood 
culture,  star  quality  is  everything.  A 
handsome,  charming,  witty  man  who 
has  a  fling  with  a  Marilyn  Monroe  is  as 
close  to  a  god  as  we  have."  Or  as  cultur- 
al critic  Stephen  Stark  put  it  in  a 
z  National  Public  Radio  commentary,  we 
Iwant  our  political  leaders  to  be  "enter- 
%  tainers  first  and  statesmen  second." 
g  According  to  American  historian 
(and  senior  associate  dean  of  Arts  and 
Sciences)  Gerald  Wilson,  we  will  always 
want  heroes  as  exemplars  for  our  own  lives. 
What  Hollywood  culture  has  brought  is  what 
he  calls  the  fragmentation  of  the  hero — the 
hero  of  sports  or  entertainment  or  medicine. 
So  we  don't  merely  cut  down  our  heroes;  we 
also  trivialize  them  by  finding  them  in  so 
many  places. 

The  larger-than-life  national  hero,  Wilson 
says,  fed  into  an  American  self-image  reflected 
in  one  of  the  great  American  myths:  the  myth 
of  the  American  rags-to-riches  success;  the 
frontier  myth  and  its  suggestion  of  rebirth  or 
regeneration  in  building  a  future  by  escaping 
the  past;  the  agrarian  myth,  which  enshrines 
the  traditional  virtues  of  honesty,  hard  work, 
and  innocence;  the  foreign- devil  myth,  through 
which  Americans  define  themselves  as  a  peo- 
ple by  defining  who  they  are  not;  or  the  "City 
on  the  Hill"  myth,  which  has  shaped  foreign 
policy  by  seeing  America  as  a  beacon  to  the 
world. 

Beyond  identifying  themselves  with  these 
myths,  the  historical  American  hero  combined 
opportunity  and  vision.  (Wilson  teaches 
"American  Dreams  and  American  Realities" 
and  "Leadership  in  American  History.")  He- 
roic leaders  typically  arise  out  of  cataclysmic 
events — the  Civil  War,  the  world  wars,  even 
the  Cold  War.  And  it  may  be  hard  to  imagine 
a  leader  of  heroic  proportions  at  a  time  when 
Continued  on  page  48 


January-  February 


NDER  THE  GARGO 


SWIMMING 
UPHILL 


BY  DAVID  TONINI'98 

I  sometimes  think  that  if  the  admis- 
sions office  could  find  a  way  to  offer 
campus  tours  at  six  a.m.,  applications 
to  Duke  would  skyrocket  beyond 
our  already  inconceivable  numbers. 
The  early  morning,  as  the  campus 
lies  asleep,  is  a  time  when  the  beau- 
ty and  simplicity  of  our  four  short 
years  in  this  place  comes  into  perspective.  It  is 
familiar  only  to  the  groundskeepers,  a  few 
professors  and  administrators,  and  the  swim 
team,  bundled  in  thick  parkas  to  brace  them 
from  the  piercing  chill  while  scurrying  off  to 
the  Aquatic  Center  to  get  in  a  few  miles  be- 
fore breakfast. 

On  the  night  of  the  last  day  of  classes  in 
May,  the  men's  and  women's  varsity  swimming 
and  diving  teams  got  together  for  a  final  cele- 
bration of  the  1996-1997  season.  Amid  the  spec- 
tacle of  team  awards  and  final  senior  speeches, 
we  made  the  selection  of  this  year's  team  cap- 
tains. I  can't  say  that  it  surprised  me  when  I 
was  chosen  from  among  my  peers.  My  class, 
which  initially  had  consisted  of  twelve  people, 
had  in  three  years  dwindled  to  only  five  guys. 
Over  the  past  three  years,  I  had  given  my  life 
to  that  team. 

For  the  most  part,  I'm  an  introverted  per- 
son, preferring  to  set  my  example  by  quietly 
working  hard  in  practice  rather  than  standing 
up  and  leading  the  charge.  My  memory  of 
past  captains  was  that  they  carried  a  physical 
presence  that  made  me  want  to  excel;  they 
had  set  a  standard  that  I  wasn't  sure  I  could 
live  up  to.  My  apprehension  was  eased  when 
I  recognized  the  simple  fact  that  I  know  this 
team,  I  know  the  season,  and  I  know  the  sport 
as  well  as  anyone  else  could  possibly  know 
them.  I  have  seen  it  all — the  high  points,  when 
we  are  rested  and  swimming  fast  at  the  At- 
lantic Coast  Conference  championships,  and 
the  low  points,  on  Thanksgiving  mornings, 
when  we  have  10,000  yards  to  get  through 
before  the  turkey  and  dressing. 

While  our  teams  over  the  past  three  years 
have  had  an  overall  losing  record — never 
finishing  better  than  sixth  at  the  ACC  cham- 
pionships— they  have  been  enormously  suc- 
cessful. They  have  succeeded  because  past 
captains  had  cultivated  a  team  that  was  so 


tight  and  so  proud  that  we  were  driven  to  ex- 
ceed our  potential. 

The  season  starts  "unofficially"  on  the  night 
before  the  first  day  of  classes  in  September.  At 
an  introductory  meeting,  Coach  Bob  Thompson 
does  his  best  to  intimidate  the  group  of  150  or 
so  freshmen  who  think  that  summer  league 
swimming  is  all  that  they  need  to  compete  in 
the  ACC.  Fifty  percent  of  that  crowd  won't 
make  it  to  our  first  practice  the  next  afternoon. 

Swimming  is  a  sport  built  around  pain. 
Most  closely  identified  with  distance  running, 
swim  practice  aims  to  over-train  your  body  for 
the  race:  Train  until  you  fail.  In  order  to  ac- 
complish this,  we  travel  back  and  forth  in  the 
pool  roughly  320  times  in  four  hours  of  prac- 
tice each  day  of  the  week  during  the  heart  of 
our  season. 

Although  I  cursed  it  as  a  freshman,  I  have 
come  to  love  the  fact  that  our  team  is  one  of 
only  two  at  Duke  that  does  not  have  scholar- 
ships. What  has  developed  out  of  our  lack  of 
scholarship  money  is  a  team  of  athletes  who 
simply  want  to  be  swimming.  Otherwise,  we 
don't  have  a  reason  to  go  through  this  gruel- 
ing routine.  It  honestly  takes  the  support  of 
the  entire  team — unity  and  the  tradition  of 
togetherness — to  endure  a  season.  My  Duke 
friends  outside  the  team  understand  that 
through  the  fall  semester,  I  go  into  "hiberna- 
tion," meaning  never  really  going  out  in  the 
evenings  because  of  practice  at  early- morning 
hours,  and  that  every  breakfast  and  every  din- 
ner from  September  to  January  will  be  eaten 
with  my  fifty  teammates. 

I  love  to  compete.  Growing  up,  so  much  of 
the  way  that  my  family  operated  was  centered 
on  competition.  My  dad  is  the  most  intense 


competitor  whom  I  have  ever  met.  While  our 
attraction  to  the  water  must  have  come  from 
somewhere  else,  both  my  sister,  a  phenomenal 
athlete  and  captain  of  her  high  school  swim 
team,  and  I  certainly  got  our  fire  and  tenacity 
from  him.  When  I  began  swimming  competi- 
tively at  the  age  often,  my  dad  started  recording 
all  of  my  times  for  the  season  on  a  spread- 
sheet. To  this  day,  whenever  he  and  I  talk 
swimming,  his  spreadsheet  will  come  out  and 
he  will  analyze  what  I  need  to  do  to  jump  to 
the  next  level.  My  competitiveness  was  only 
sharpened  by  my  elementary  years  on  the  club 
state  champion  team,  the  Lakeside  Swim  Team, 
and  high  school  swimming  for  the  Kentucky 
state  champion  Saint  XavierTigersharks. 

As  I  have  developed  as  a  swimmer  over  the 
past  three  years,  the  biggest  obstacle  I  have 
had  to  face  was  understanding  that  there  are 
very  few  meets  where  the  Duke  swim  team  is 
capable  of  being  competitive.  Every  competi- 
tion on  our  schedule  is  an  uphill  battle;  we 
compete  against  teams  that  possess  scholar- 
ships, larger  budgets,  and  more  speed  than  we 
do.  Realistically,  conference  meets  are  often 
so  one-sided  that  our  races  are  more  against 
the  clock,  looking  for  personal  improvement, 
than  against  any  of  our  opponents.  After 
another  loss  and  an  0-3  start  at  three  away 
meets,  I  reiterate  to  the  team  the  importance 
of  understanding  that  our  season  focuses  on 
season's  end  and  on  swimming  fast  at  the 
ACC  championships.  And  then  I  get  in  at 
practice  and  train  harder  and  faster  than  ever. 

As  captain,  one  of  my  main  responsibilities 
is  to  do  what  it  takes  to  get  the  team  mental- 
ly in  the  game  and  ready  to  compete.  I'm  not 
one  to  stand  up  on  a  bench  in  the  locker 
room  and  deliver  stirring  "win  one  for  the 
Gipper"  speeches  meant  to  carry  us  to  victo- 
ry. Generally,  I  leave  the  speech-making  for 
the  coach's  pre-meet  talk.  Instead,  I  rely  on 
my  own  intense  competitiveness  to  motivate 
my  teammates.  I  am  lucky  that  as  the  back- 
stroke, the  lead-off  swimmer  in  the  400 
Medley  Relay,  I  am  the  first  person  on  the 
team  to  race.  Right  from  the  start,  my  effort  in 
the  first  race  sets  the  precedent  for  how  our 
team  will  compete  over  the  course  of  a  thir- 
teen-event  meet. 

Not  many  undergraduates  make  it  out  to 
cheer  on  the  swim  team  in  their  four  years  at 
Duke.  Usually,  what  few  people  there  are  in  the 
stands  are  boyfriends  or  girlfriends  of  swim- 
Continued  on  page  55 


20      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


DUKE 


The  Duke  Alumni  Association's  board  of 
directors,  meeting  in  October,  honored 
past  presidents  and  current  staff  for 
their  collective  service  to  the  association  and 
to  the  Alumni  Affairs  office.  After  an  orien- 
tation session  for  new  members  on  Friday,  a 
luncheon  at  the  Washington  Duke  Inn  wel- 
comed almost  a  dozen  DAA  presidents.  Presi- 
dent Michele  Clause  Farquhar  79  presented 
a  "book  of  remembrances"  with  more  than 
fifty  messages  of  thanks  from  board  members 
to  Bernice  Charles,  assistant  to  Alumni  Af- 
fairs director  M.  Laney  Funderburk  Jr.  '60,  on 
her  retiring  after  sixteen  years  at  Duke. 

In  the  afternoon  plenary  session,  Assistant 
Vice  President  for  Student  Affairs  Sue  Wasio- 
lek  76,  M.H.A.  78,  LL.M.  '93  introduced  a 
panel  of  five  undergraduates  and  one  graduate 
student.  They  discussed  their  leadership  roles 
and  how  extra-curricular  life  has  denned  their 
Duke  experience. 

Information  on  a  study  of  residential-life  ar- 
rangements was  presented  by  Robert  J.  Thomp- 
son, dean  of  undergraduate  affairs  for  Trinity 
College,  and  Barbara  A.  Baker,  dean  for  stu- 
dent development  and  residential  education. 
A  university-wide  committee  is  considering  five 
alternative  housing  plans  for  West  Campus;  the 
various  models  prompted  a  lively  discussion. 

Duke  clubs  program  director  Bert  Fisher 
'80,  using  a  laptop  computer  to  access  the  In- 
ternet and  the  DAA's  website,  reviewed  the 
homepages  of  several  clubs  around  the  coun- 
try. Eventually,  these  technological  resources 
will  be  available  to  all  clubs,  classes,  and  other 
Duke  affinity  organizations. 

Development  director  Robert  Shepard  re- 
ported that  giving  to  Duke  had  increased  41 
percent  over  the  last  two  years,  and  that  plans 
were  proceeding  for  a  comprehensive  cam- 
paign. Annual  Fund  director  Sterly  Wilder '83 
reported  that  this  year's  goal  is  $12.2  million, 
with  an  expectation  that  31  percent  of  the 
alumni  body  would  be  participating. 

On  Saturday,  following  morning  meetings  of 
the  standing  committees  and  a  luncheon  in  East 
Campus'  Lilly  Library,  Ross  Harris  78,  MB.  A. 


A  gathering  of  leaders:  DAA  past  presidents,  from  left,  Parkie  Blaylock  '53  (1985-86)  Jii 
(1991-92),  and  Ross  Harris  78,  M.B.A/80  (1995-96) 


'80,  DAA  past  president  (1995-96),  introduced 
other  past  presidents  and  asked  for  their  com- 
ments on  memorable  or  notable  achieve- 
ments while  in  office  (see  chart).  Following 
the  presentation,  University  Archivist  William 
E.  King  '61,  A.M.  '63,  Ph.D.  70  led  a  guided 
tour  of  the  architecture  of  East  Campus. 

The  board  began  its  formal  meeting  Sun- 
day morning  with  an  extended  report  on  the 
Alumni  Admissions  Advisory  Committees. 
Edith  Sprunt  Toms  '62,  director  of  the  alumni 
admissions  program,  noted  that  3,300  alumni 
serve  on  200  committees  across  the  nation 
and  twenty  outside  the  U.S.  Last  year,  alumni 
interviewed  nearly  10,000  of  the  13,500  appli- 
cants to  Duke.  Toms,  who  also  works  with  the 
Alumni  Endowed  Scholarship  program,  read 
portions  of  letters  from  several  scholars  about 
their  summer  experiences. 

The  chairs  of  the  four  standing  committees 
presented  their  reports.  Joanne  Yoder  Dearth 
70,  Awards  Committee  chair,  complimented  her 
committee  for  its  diligence  in  reviewing  more 


than  forty  nominations  for  the  DAA  Distin- 
guished Alumni  Award.  She  also  noted  that  the 
committee  will  consider  creating  a  new  award 
to  recognize  community  service  by  Duke  clubs. 
Gwynne  A.Young  71,  Community  Service 
chair,  reviewed  Duke's  community  service  in- 
itiatives, particularly  those  that  affect  Duke- 
Durham  relationships.  A  discussion  between 
her  committee  and  John  Burness,  Duke  senior 
vice  president  for  public  affairs,  brought  for- 
ward plans  to  establish  a  partnership  between 
the  public  affairs  office  and  the  DAA  to  fund 
a  position  jointly.  The  person  would  work  first 
with  Triangle  area  alumni  and  community  ser- 
vice activities  and  then  expand  by  working 
with  Duke  clubs  around  the  country.  A  motion 
was  made  to  pursue  such  and  was  approved 
by  the  board  unanimously.  The  board  also  ap- 
proved a  recommendation  by  the  committee 
to  support  the  sophomore  class  president's 
request  for  a  $1,000  grant  for  his  program  to 
raise  funds  and  distribute  food  to  Durham's 
needy  at  Christmas. 


anuary-February 


21 


in  the  address,  for  new  graduates  and  other 
alumni  wishing  to  sign  on. 

The  next  meeting  of  the  board  is  February 
20-21, 1998. 


RECORDS  FOR 
REUNIONS 


A  record-breaking  3,022  alumni  re- 
turned to  campus  for  reunions  this 
fall,  representing  a  10.8  percent  in- 
crease over  last  year.  The  Class  of  1987  set  an 
attendance  record  at  607,  the  largest  number 
of  alumni  returning  in  the  history  of  Duke  re- 
unions. Three  other  classes  — 1962, 1982,  and 
1992 — broke  all-time  attendance  records  for 
thirty-fifth,  fifteenth,  and  fifth  reunion  gath- 
erings, respectively. 

Total  giving  within  each  class  contributed 
to  Duke's  unprecedented  fund-raising  total  for 


Ruth  Wade  Ross  '68,  Lifelong  Relationships 
Committee  chair,  reported  that  the  committee 
discussed  plans  for  the  spring  reunion  in  April 
1999.  Proposals  include  a  large  tent  on  the 
quad  for  each  reunion  class'  registration  and 
activities  (except  for  the  twenty-fifth  and  fiftiedi 
reunion  classes,  which  will  have  headquarters 
in  nearby  hotels),  a  big  dance  in  Cameron 
Indoor  Stadium  on  Friday  night,  a  big-name 
speaker,  an  alumni  association  luncheon  for 
all  classes,  and  a  Sunday  champagne  break- 
fast in  Duke  Gardens. 

Wilton  D.  Alston  B.S.E.  '81,  Communications 
Committee  co-chair,  reporting  for  co-chair 
Page  Murray  '85  (who  had  "attended"  commit- 
tee meetings  via  a  speaker  phone),  sketched 
an  agenda  that  included  a  primer  for  clubs, 
classes,  and  other  affinity  groups  to  establish 
home  pages  on  server  space  to  be  provided  by 
the  alumni  office;  and  an  online  e-mail  alum- 
ni directory,  and  "vanity"  e-mail,  with  "Duke" 


A  DOZEN  PAST  PRESIDENTS  REMEMBER 

Margaret  Adams 

Lloyd  C.  Caudle 

Albert  F.  Fisher 

Kay  Mitchell  Bunting 

Richard  Maxwell 

Frances 'Tarkie" 

Harris  '38,  LL.B.  *40 

'54,J.D.'56 
1978-79 

'51,  B.D.  '54 

B.S.N.  '58 

B.S.C.E.  '55 

Adams  Blaylock  '53 

1972-73 

1981-82 

1982-83 

1983-84 

1985-86 

DAA's  first  female 

Merged  the  Duke 

Hired  director  of 

Sought  advice  from 

Made  the  board 

Saw  the  close  of 

president;  dealt  with 

University  National 

Alumni  Affairs  Laney 

legendary  alumni  di- 

more national  and 

Sanford's  15-year 

the  Woman's  College 

Council,  a  fund- 

Funderburk  '60; 

rector  Charles  A. 

representative  of 

tenure  as  president; 

merger  with  Trinity; 

raising  organization, 

withstood  the  Nixon 

Dukes  '29,  who  said, 

alumni  demographics 

attended  the  inaugu- 

defended Duke's  de- 

with the  Duke 

Library  debate;  Duke 

"Treat  alumni  as  you 

by  providing  travel 

ration  of  H.  Keith 

cision  to  establish  co- 

Alumni Association, 

Alum?!!  Register  won 

would  your  children 

expenses  to  assist 

H.  Brodie,  Duke's 

ed  dorms,  recalling 

removing  much  of 

a  CASE  gold  medal 

who  have  left  home: 

younger  board  mem- 

seventh president; 

one  disgruntled  alum- 

the day- 

for  its  handling  of 

Write  to  them,  invite 

bers  and  those  living 

led  effort  to  get 

nus'  comment  on  "let- 

to-day fund  raising 

the  Nixon  Library 

them  back  for  a  visit, 

in  distant  states;  to 

DAA's  past  president 

ting  Peter  Rabbit  loose 

from  the  Alumni 

controversy 

treat  them  well  when 

increase  the  number 

appointed  to  Duke's 

in  Farmer  McGregor's 

Affairs  office 

they  come  back,  and 

of  association  dues 

board  of  trustees 

cabbage  patch";  at- 

let them  know  you 

payers,  offered  win- 

for  an  automatic 

tended  the  inaugura- 

love them";  part  of 

a-Duke-trip  drawing 

one-year  term  as  a 

tion  of  Terry  Sanford, 

Terry  Sanford's  travel- 

as an  incentive 

voting  member 

Duke's  sixth  president 

ing  road  show 

22      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


1996-97  of  nearly  $220  million.  This  year,  re- 
union gifts  and  all  other  gifts  by  class  members 
were  combined  for  a  total  class-giving  profile. 
The  following  is  a  breakdown  of  attendance 
and  total  giving  for  Reunions  1997: 

•  Half  Century  Club  (pre-1946),  118  attend- 
ing, $13,736,340  in  gifts; 

•  Class  of  1947, 234,  $3,279,138; 

•  Class  of  1952, 105,  $1,055,432; 

•  Class  of  1957, 123,  $923,634; 


•  Class  of  1962, 162,  $8,687,000; 

•  Class  of  1967, 95,  $907,050; 

•  Class  of  1972, 302,  $2,858,807; 

•  Class  of  1977, 202,  $544,395; 

•  Class  of  1982, 255,  $454,196; 

•  Class  of  1987, 607,  $244,918; 

•  Class  of  1992, 424,  $125,992. 
Attendance  by  "Young  Alumni,"  which  com- 
prise all  classes  graduating  after  1992,  was  395. 

The  Reunions  1998  schedule  brings  the 
classes  of  1948, 1958, 1968, 1978,  and  the  Half 
Century  Club  to  campus  September  18-20. 
The  classes  of  1953, 1963, 1973,  and  1983  will 
hold  reunions  November  6-8.  Homecoming 
1998,  which  brings  back  Young  Alumni  and 
the  classes  of  1988  and  1993,  had  not  been  set 
when  the  magazine  went  to  press,  but  will  be 
announced  once  football  schedules  are  deter- 
mined. Check  the  Duke  Alumni  Association 
website  (www.adm.duke.edu/alumni/home 
page/)  or  call  (800)  FOR-DUKE. 


WATCHING 
HOOPS 


If  you  can't  be  courtside  when  the  Blue 
Devils  play,  look  for  a  gathering  of  Cam- 
eron-Crazy-wannabes  around  the  big 
screen  TVs  at  selected  pubs  or  restaurants  in 
your  area.  Duke  clubs  around  the  country  have 
chosen  the  best  places  and  spaces  for  hoops 
watching. 

In  North  Carolina,  the  Duke  Club  of  the 
Triangle  is  at  the  Devil's  Den,  the  huge  Duke 
sports  bar  on  Oregon  Street;  the  contact  is  club 
president  Charles  Wilson '51  at  (919)  479-5311. 
In  Asheville,  the  Michigan  game  was  viewed 
at  Mitchell's;  Alice  Weldon  '69  at  (704)  259- 
9133  is  the  contact  for  upcoming  games. 

In  other  Southern  states,  the  Duke  Club  of 
Nashville  will  be  at  The  Box  Seat;  the  contact 
is  club  president  Stacy  Stansell  Klein  B.S.E. 


Anthony  "Tony" 

Paul  D.  Risher 

W.  Barker  French 

Lee  Clark  Johns 

James  R.  Ladd 

Stanley  G.  Brading 

Bosworth  '58 

B.S.M.E.  '57 

'63 

'64 

'64 

•75 

1986-87 

1987-88 

1989-90 

1990-91 

1991-92 

1993-94 

First  president  to  sit 

Arranged  for  current 

Negotiated  the  derails 

First  president  from 

Second  president 

First  president  from 

as  a  voting  member 

DAA  president  to 

of  the  first  contract 

west  of  the  Mississippi 

from  west  of  the 

the  '70s;  attended 

of  Duke's  board 

serve  as  a  non-voting 

for  the  Duke  Credit 

River;  oversaw  first 

Mississippi;  lifetime 

the  inauguration  of 

of  trustees  under 

observer  at  Duke 

Card;  noted  the 

survey  of  alumni  atti- 

membership in 

Nannerl  O.  Keohane, 

the  new  arrangement; 

trustee  meetings; 

continuity  from 

tudes  and  opinions 

alumni  association 

Duke's  eighth 

served  on  trustees' 

saw  the  approval 

president  to  president 

about  Duke;  takes 

was  started,  and  he 

president;  served 

Duke  Forest  Land 

of  the  concept  of 

and  the  way  each 

credit  for  Duke's  first 

and  his  children 

on  the  university 

Use  Committee 

Duke  affinity  credit 

built  on  the  successes 

NCAA  basketball 

were  among  the  first 

committee  examining 

card 

of  the  former 

championship  in  1991 

members 

Greek  life  and  other 
residential  and 
social  issues 

January-February  1998        23 


'91  at  (615)  386-0201.  The  Duke  Club  of  Rich- 
mond's Judy  Craggs  B.S.N.  71,  club  president, 
opened  her  home  to  alumni  for  the  Florida 
State  game  in  January,  but  for  the  Virginia  game 
two  weeks  later,  the  site  was  Mulligan's  Sports 
Grill.  Contact  Judy  or  her  husband,  Tom 
Craggs  71,  at  (804)  745-4749  for  upcoming 
games.  The  Duke  Club  of  Atlanta  will  con- 
verge on  the  Chicago  Sports  Bar  &  Grill; 
check  with  the  Atlanta  Hotline,  (404)  605- 
7676,  for  specific  dates.  The  Fourth  Quarter 
in  New  Orleans  is  the  hot  spot  for  Big-Easy 
Blue  Devils  to  gather;  the  contact  is  club 
president  Thomas  Guarisco  '81  at  (504)  891- 
9604.  Florida's  Duke  Club  of  the  Palm 
Beaches  chose  Pete  Rose's  Ballpark  Cafe  in 
Boynton  Beach;  club  president  Jill  Jarkesy  '83 
is  the  contact  at  (561)  416-1789. 

In  the  Northeast,  the  Duke  Club  of 
Northern  Connecticut  had  a  split  venue: 
Rookies  in  Cromwell  and  Coach's  in  Hartford, 
depending  on  the  game.  For  February's  UCLA 
game  and  the  ACC  Tournament,  it's  Rookies. 
For  Duke's  at-home  melee  with  North  Caro- 
lina on  February  28,  it's  Coach's.  Club  presi- 
dent Eric  Johnson  '92  is  the  contact  at  (860) 
645-1995.  The  Duke  University  Metropolitan 
Alumni  Association  (DUMAA)  has  two  sites 
as  well:  Boomer's  in  Manhattan  for  most  of 
January's  games,  February's  Florida  State  and 
Carolina-at-Duke  games,  and  the  ACC  Tour- 


nament; and  Tracy  J's  for  Wake  Forest,  Virgin- 
ia, and,  on  February  22,  UCLA.  DUMAA's 
contact  is  Amy  Reydel  '91  at  (212)  822-7025. 
The  Duke  Club  of  Philadelphia  can  catch  the 
Blue  Devils  at  the  Manayuk  Brewery;  BillYoh 
is  the  contact  at  (215)  299-8135.  And  the 
Duke  Club  of  Delaware's  site  is  Kid  Shelleen's 
in  Wilmington;  club  president  Roy  Richard- 
son '52  at  (302)  992-9065  is  the  contact.  And 
in  Pittsburgh,  Woodson's  All- Star  Grille  in 
Station  Square  is  the  place  where  particular 
Blue  Devils  congregate.  The  contact  is  club 
president  Alex  Parrish  '87  at  (412)  255-3736. 

Moving  southwest,  you  would  find  the 
Duke  Club  of  Northeast  Ohio  watching  the 
Blue  Devils  at  the  Winking  Lizard  or  Champp's, 
both  in  Cleveland.  But  the  Big  Game  (Caro- 
lina) will  be  viewed  at  Champp's;  club  presi- 
dent Denise  Finkelstein  '86  is  the  contact  at 
(440)  893-2108.  The  Duke  Club  of  Kentucky 
booked  the  University  of  Louisville  Club  for 
December's  Michigan  game;  club  president 
Chris  Brice  '87,  A.M.  '92  is  the  contact  at 
(502)  897-6756  for  other  hoops  watches. 

In  Texas,  where  the  Big  D  stands  for  Dallas, 
the  Duke  Club  of  North  Texas  will  be  following 
the  other  Big  D  on  TV  at  Ben's  Halfyard  House; 
club  president  Scott  Keane  '95  is  the  contact 
at  (214)  696-8755.  Meanwhile,  back  at  the  Duke 
Club  of  Austin,  alumni  were  on  the  move:  at 
the  Capital  Marriott's  Calypso  Bar,  especially 


for  the  match  against  Carolina  on  February 
28;  at  Posse  East,  near  the  UT  campus,  for  the 
Wake  Forest  game,  and  the  Clemson  game  on 
February  18;  and  at  Shield's  on  Bee  Caves  for 
UCLA  on  February  22.  Lyda  Creus  Molanphy 
'88  is  the  contact  at  (512)  474-7514. 

In  Colorado  Springs,  Karen  Anderson  '89 
tested  the  Colorado  waters  with  a  hoops 
watch  at  the  Phantom  Canyon  Brewing  Com- 
pany when  Duke  played  Michigan  in  De- 
cember. If  you're  interested  in  making  this  a 
regular  thing,  contact  her  at  (719)  477-1284- 

The  Duke  Club  of  Southern  California  chose 
Mr.  Pockets  in  Los  Angeles  as  their  TV  screen- 
ing room  for  the  action  adventures  of  Duke's 
basketball  stars.  Cece  Gassner  B.S.E.  '94  is 
the  contact  at  (626)  744-2773.  The  Duke 
Club  of  Northern  California  chose  venues  to 
accommodate  city  and  suburban  alumni:  Pat 
O'Shea's  Mad  Hatter  in  San  Francisco  and 
Old  Pro's  in  Palo  Alto.  The  contact  is  club 
president  Mike  Casey  '87  at  (415)  501-4565. 

Please  check  with  the  alumni  listed  to  ver- 
ify sites,  in  case  things  happen  to  change.  And 
if  your  club  is  not  listed  above,  check  the 
leadership  listings  for  clubs  on  the  Duke 
Alumni  Association  website  (www.adm.duke. 
edu/alumni/homepage/),  or  call  Sharon  Don- 
nell  in  the  clubs  program  at  Alumni  Affairs, 
(800)  FOR-DUKE,  to  see  if  there's  a  hoops 
watch  planned  for  your  area. 


DUKE 

1998 
Summer  Youth  Programs 

$^Duke  College  Prep  Workshop 

One  one-week  session  for  students  currently  in  grades  10-11 
Students  will  prepare  for  college  by  looking  at  the  college  appli- 
cation process  as  well  as  participating  in  self-awareness  and 
leadership  activities  that  can  ease  the  transition  and  enrich  their 
college  experience. 

Duke  Creative  Writers'  Workshop 

•  One  one-week  session     •  Residential  participants  only 

•  For  students  currently  in  grades  10-1 1 

Duke  Drama  Workshop 

•  One  two-week  session     •  Residential  participants  only 

•  For  students  currently  in  grades  10-11 


Duke  Action  Science  Camp  for  Young  Women 

•  Two  two-week  sessions  •  Residential  and  day  campers 

•  For  young  women  currently  in  grades  5-7 

Duke  Young  Writers'  Camp 

•  Three  two-week  sessions'  Residential  and  day  campers 

•  For  students  currently  in  grades  6-1 1 

Expressions!  A  Duke  Fine  Arts  Day  Camp 

•  One  two-week  session  •  Day  campers  only 

•  For  students  currently  in  grades  5-8 


Call  919-684-6259  or  visit  our  web  site  at  www.learnmore.duke.edu 


24      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


CLASS 
NOTES 


WRITE:  Class  Notes  Editor,  Duke  Magazine, 

614  Chapel  Dr.,  Durham,  N.C.  27708-0570 

FAX:  (919)  684-6022  (typed  only,  please) 

E-MAIL:  dukemag@duke.edu 

CHANGE  OF  ADDRESS:  Alumni  Records, 

614  Chapel  Dr.  Annex,  Durham,  N.C.  27708-0613. 

Please  include  mailing  label.  Or  e-mail  address 

changes  to:  bluedeviK5duke.edu 

NOTICE:  Because  of  the  volume  of  class 

note  material  we  receive  and  the  long 

lead  time  required  for  typesetting, 

design,  and  printing,  your  submission 

may  not  appear  for  two  to  three  issues. 

Alumni  are  urged  to  include  spouses' 

names  in  marriage  and  birth  announce- 


30s,  40s  &  50s 


John  M.  Hamrick  '34,  the  chairman  of  Ham 
Mills  in  Gaffney,  S.C.,  was  elected  to  the  South 
Carolina  Business  Hall  of  Fame. 


I  N.  Klove  '36  earned  Equitable's  Ron 
Stever's  Humanitarian  Award  for  outstanding 
philanthropy  and  service  to  humanity.  He  lives  in 
Pasadena,  Calif. 


s  T.  Kozlowski  A.M.  '41,  Ph.D.  '47,  a 
visiting  scholar  at  the  University  of  California, 
Berkeley,  is  the  author  of  Growth  Control  in  Woody 
Plants,  published  by  Academic  Press.  He  lives  in 
Lafayette,  Calif. 

Charles  M.  Cormack  Jr.  '48  was  named  a  Mel- 
vin  Jones  Fellow  by  Lions  Club  International  Foun- 
dation, in  recognition  of  "his  commitment  to  serving 
the  world  community."  He  lives  in  Seabrook,  Md. 

Frank  D.  Hall  '49,  a  Miami  attorney  and  Honorary 
Consul-General  of  Thailand  for  Florida,  was  conferred 
a  Royal  Decoration  by  the  king  of  Thailand  in  recog- 
nition of  his  "zeal,  devotion,  and  invaluable  services  to 
the  Royal  Thai  government." 


i  S.  Weekley  Jr.  '51  joined  the  St. 

Petersburg,  Fla.,  law  office  of  Holland  &  Knight  as 


W.  Walker '53,  LL.B.  '55,  a  partner  in 
the  law  firm  Kennedy  Covington  Lobdell  and  Hick- 
man, became  a  member  of  the  American  Bar  Associa- 
tion's board  of  governors.  He  lives  in  Charlotte,  N.C. 

James  P.  Redwine  Jr.  '54  retired  from  Bowdoin 
College,  where  he  was  an  English  professor  for  33 
years.  He  lives  in  Brunswick,  Maine. 

Charles  P.  Shaw  Jr.  B.S.M.E.  '54  returned  from 
his  fourth  trip  to  Prudhoe  Bay,  Alaska,  where  he  trained 
mechanics  in  the  selection  and  maintenance  of 
mechanical  seals  and  pumps.  He  lives  in  Newark,  Del. 

Jane  Morgan  Franklin  '55  is  the  author  of 
Cuba  and  the  United  States:  A  Chronological  History, 
published  by  Ocean  Press  and  distributed  by 
LPC/InBook  in  Chicago.  She  and  her  husband,  Bruce, 
live  in  Montclair,  N.J.,  and  recently  became  grandpar- 
ents for  the  fourth  time. 

William  C.  Hilles  '56,  A.M.  '58  retired  as  associate 
dean  for  administration  and  finance  at  the  University 
of  Arkansas  for  Medical  Sciences.  He  and  his  wife, 
Elizabeth  Southard  Hilles  58,  now  live  in 
Bethesda,  Md. 


T.  Alvin  Wheeler  Jr.  '57,  A.M.  '72  retired  as  vice 
president  for  advancement  at  Lenoir-Rhyne  College  in 
Hickory,  N.C.  He  will  continue  his  consulting  business, 
Wheeler  and  Associates. 

Jane  Bock  '58,  a  biology  professor  at  Colorado 
University  at  Boulder,  received  the  university's  highest 
recognition  for  teaching  and  research. 

John  E.  Reed  M.Div.  '58  represented  Duke  at  the 
inauguration  of  the  president  of  the  University  of  the 
Ozarks  in  Clarksville,  Ark. 

Patricia  Broadway  Culp  B.S.N.  '59  was  inducted 
into  Sigma  Theta  Tau  International  Honor  Society  of 
Nursing.  She  is  a  nursing  instructor  at  Presbyterian 
Hospital's  nursing  school  in  Charlotte,  N.C. 

Jane  Sale  Henley '59  is  the  Garden  Club  of 
America's  chair  for  national  affairs  and  legislation.  She 
is  also  a  director  of  the  Lewis  and  Clark  Trail  Heritage 
Foundation.  She  and  her  husband,  Page,  live  in 
Colorado  Springs,  Colo. 

Linwood  B.  Hollowell  Jr.  '59,  JD. '62,  an 
attorney  with  the  Gastonia,  N.C,  law  firm  Stott, 
Hollowell,  Palmer  and  Windham,  was  elected  to  a 
three-year  term  on  the  board  of  trustees  at  Belmont 
Abbey  College. 

Charles  A.  Thompson  '59,  Ph.D.  '73  represented 
Duke  in  October  at  the  inauguration  of  the  president 
of  Virginia  State  University  in  Petersburg. 

MARRIAGES:  William  C.  Wagner  II  '55  to 

Pamela  White  Leighton  on  June  20, 1996.  Residence: 
Blue  Bell,  Pa. 


I.  Peterson  '60  is  the  dean  of 
Kennesaw  State  University's  College  of  Science  and 
Mathematics  in  Geotgia. 

Harry  J.  Haynsworth  IV '61,  J.D.  '64  represented 
Duke  in  October  at  the  inauguration  of  the  president 
of  the  University  of  Minnesota  in  St.  Paul. 

Jerry  McGee  '61,  former  athletics  director  at 
Northeastern  High  School  in  Elizabeth  City,  N.C,  was 
awarded  the  1997  National  Federation  Citation,  the 
highest  honor  given  to  high  school  athletics  directors. 


'62  is  vice  president  and 
director  of  property  services  at  SouthPark  commercial 
real  estate  company,  which  operates  in  Charlotte, 
N.C,  as  Grubb  and  Ellis  Bissell  Patrick. 

Emily  Tucker  Powell  '62  represented  Duke  in 
October  at  the  inauguration  of  the  president  of  the 
North  Carolina  Community  College  System. 


'63,  a  professor  at  Belmont 
University  in  Nashville,  Tenn.,  won  the  Deming  Medal, 
awarded  for  "outstanding  leadership  in  combining 
thinking  and  management  that  leads  to  quality  in 
products  and  services." 

Jack  Branscomb  '65,  a  professor  in  the  East 
Tennessee  State  University's  English  department, 
received  the  school's  Distinguished  Faculty  Award 
in  Teaching. 

Charles  "Gary"  Stephens  '65  is  a  partner  in 
the  Miami  law  firm  Halsey  and  Bums,  practicing 
environmental  and  administrative  law.  He  was  deputy 
director  of  Broward  County's  department  of  natural 
resource  protection. 


3te  2@uke 

in  pour 

totll? 


Traditionally,  bequests  have  been 

a  significant  source  of  Duke's 

financial  support.  Your  bequest  to 

Duke  will  help  to  ensure  Duke's 

continued  strength  and 

academic  excellence. 

High  federal  estate  tax  rates 

significantly  lower  the  cost  of 

making  a  bequest  to  Duke. 

Join  more  than  1 ,500  other  Duke 
alumni  and  friends  as  a  member 
of  the  Heritage  Society,  an  honor- 
ary circle  of  University  alumni  and 
friends  who  have  planned  an 
estate  gift  to  Duke. 


Please  contact: 

Michael  C.  Sholtz.  J.D..  Director 

Office  of  Planned  Giving 

Duke  University 

3100  Tower  Blvd. 

Suite  205 

Durham.  NC  27707 

(919)  419-5070 

(919)  684-2123 


Edith  Jane  Carson  Schnabel  '66  was  appointed 
deputy  assistant  genetal  counsel  in  the  National  Labor 
Relations  Board's  division  of  Operation  Management. 
She  and  her  husband,  Morton,  live  in  Washington,  D.C. 

Jack  O.  Bovender  Jr.  '67,  M.H.A.  '69  was 
appointed  president  and  chief  operating  officer  for 
Columbia/HCA  Healthcare  Corp.  He  lives  in 
Nashville,  Tenn. 

John  Canning  Jr.  J.D.  '69,  president  of  the  buyout 
and  investment  firm  Madison  Dearborn  Partners,  Inc., 
was  elected  to  a  three -year  term  on  Denison 
University's  board  of  trustees. 

James  H.  Eddy  III  B.S.E.  '69  lives  in  central 
Vermont,  where  he  has  worked  for  a  small  manufac- 
turing business  for  15  years.  His  wife,  Martha,  owns  a 
bookstore  in  Randolph,  Vt.  They  have  two  daughters. 

William  D.  Gudger'69  was  promoted  to  full 
professor  in  the  music  department  at  the  College  of 
Charleston,  S.C. 

James  A.  Nunley  '69  was  elected  president  of  the 
American  Orthopaedic  Foot  and  Ankle  Society.  He  is 
a  professor  in  the  division  of  orthopedics,  department 
of  surgery,  at  Duke  Medical  School. 

MARRIAGES:  Karl  T.  Benson '64  tojannie 
Bigham  on  Aug.  16.  Residence:  Niceville,  Fla.... 
Marc  M.  Caplan  '69  to  Hannah  F.  Roditi  on  Sept. 
14.  Residence:  New  Entrain,  Conn. 


Karp  70  is  a  partner  in  the 
architecture  firm  Taylor  &  Partners  in  Boston.  She  and 
her  husband,  Daniel  D.  Karp  M.D.  73,  and  their 
two  daughters  live  in  Belmont,  Mass. 

Douglas  Menkes  70  is  senior  vice  president  and 
corporate  actuary  for  the  Equitable  Life  Assurance 
Society  of  the  U.S.  in  New  York  City.  He  lives  in 
Berkeley  Heights,  NJ. 

Nicholas  A.  Pope  70  was  elected  president  of  the 
Orlando  law  firm  Lowndes,  Drosdick,  Doster,  Kantor 
6k  Reed.  He  lives  in  Winter  Park,  Fla. 

John  M.  Bowers  71  chairs  the  English  department 
at  the  University  of  Nevada,  Las  Vegas. 

Betsy  Lawer  71,  vice  chair  and  chief  operating 
officer  at  First  National  Bank,  was  appointed  to  the 
Federal  Reserve's  Seattle  Branch  board  of  directors. 

Lynn  Saville  71,  a  photographet,  recently  had 
her  book  of  night  photographs  published  by  Rizzoli 
International  Publications,  Inc.  Acquainted  with  the 
Night  comprises  102  photographs  from  rural  and  urban 
settings  around  the  world. 

Byron  R.  Trauger  71  represented  Duke  in 
October  at  the  inauguration  of  the  president  of  Fisk 
University  in  Nashville. 

Paul  M.  StOUffer  72  is  a  captain  with  American 
Airlines.  He  and  his  wife,  Jeanne  McAfee 

Stouffer  73,  and  their  three  children  live  in  Fort 
Worth,  Texas. 

Laurence  R.  Tucker  72,  a  partner  at  Armstrong, 
Teasdale,  Schlafly  and  Davis  in  Kansas  City,  received 
the  1997  President's  Award,  bestowed  annually  by  the 
Missouri  Bar. 

Henry  M.  Beck  Jr.  73,  who  earned  his  J.D.  from 
Harvard  Law  School,  was  named  a  partner  in  the  firm 
Halloran  and  Sage.  He  lives  in  W  Hartford,  Conn. 

Daniel  D.  Karp  M.D.  73  was  appointed  director 
of  cancer  clinical  research  at  the  Beth  Israel  Dea- 
coness Medical  Center  in  Boston.  He  and  his  wife. 


Karp  70,  and  theit  i 
in  Belmont,  Mass. 


Kenneth  G.  Starling  J.D.  73  is  a  partner  in  the 
law  firm  Piper  and  Marbury,  working  in  the  antitrust 
and  trade  regulation  and  practice  group.  He  lives  in 
McLean,  Va. 

Thomas  G.  Hoffman  74,  a  neurologist  in 
Melbourne,  Fla.,  is  president  of  the  Florida  Society  of 
Neurology.  He  and  his  wife,  Mary,  and  their  son  live  in 
Melbourne  Beach. 

Mary  Kay  Izard  74  is  head  of  primate  breeding  and 
behavior  at  Labs  Virginia  Inc.,  one  of  the  largest  primate 
centers  in  the  United  States,  in  Yemassee,  S.C.  She 
and  her  husband,  Ken  Wheeler,  live  in  Beaufort,  S.C. 


74,  a  professor  of  finance,  ecom  nines, 
and  investment  management  at  Cornell  University, 
was  named  Financial  Engineer  of  the  Year  by  the 
International  Association  of  Financial  Engineers. 


74,  president  of  Kador  Communica- 
tions, is  the  author  ot  The  Manager's  B<x>k  of  Questior 
published  by  McGraw-Hill.  He  lives  in  Geneva,  111. 


Keiser  Ph.D.  74,  professor  of  religious 
studies  at  Guilford  College,  was  awarded  a  $10,000 
grant  for  his  course  Science,  Religion,  and  the  Quest 
for  Understanding.  The  John  Templeton  Foundation 
selected  it  as  an  "outstanding  interdisciplinary 
academic  course  examining  the  relationship  between 
science  and  religion."  He  lives  in  Greensboro,  N.C. 

Connie  Bossons  Bishop  B.S.N.  73  was 
appointed  to  the  1997  Board  of  Examiners  of  the 
Malcolm  Baldridge  National  Quality  Award.  She 
lives  in  Gibsonville,  N.C. 

Shelly  Moore  Capito  75  was  elected  to  the  West 
Virginia  House  of  Delegates  in  1996.  She  lives  in 
Charleston,  W.Va. 


nry  Johnson  Sr.  J.D.  75,  who  earned 
his  LL.M.  in  trial  advocacy  at  Temple  University's  law 
school,  is  associate  genetal  counsel  for  Consolidated 
Rail  Corp.  in  Philadelphia.  He  lives  in  Cherry  Hill,  N.J. 


75,  M.D.  79,  a  physician  and 
president  of  Cumberland  Internal  Medicine,  was  elected 
to  the  board  of  Wachovia  Bank  in  Fayetteville,  N.C. 

Laura  Morgan  Waggoner  75  is  market  executive 
for  the  Charleston,  S.C,  Private  Client  Group  of 
NationsBank. 


:  T.  Harper  76,  J.D.  79  represented  Duke  in 
November  at  the  inauguration  of  Carnegie  Mellon 
University's  president.  He  is  immediate  past  president  of 
the  Duke  Alumni  Association  and  lives  in  Pittsburgh. 

Mark  Bookman  J.D.  77  was  listed  in  the  1997-98 
edition  of  Tfie  Best  Lawyers  in  America.  He  is  a  partner 
in  the  Pittsburgh  law  firm  Reed  Smith  Shaw  &  McClay. 

Robert  F.  Holland  J.D.  77,  an  Army  colonel,  is  a 
military  circuit  judge  based  at  Fort  Campbell,  Ky. 

Charles  L.  White  77  has  been  a  district  court 
judge  in  Greensboro,  N.C,  since  1992.  He  and  his 
wife,  Caramine  White  '88,  live  in  Greensboro. 

Steve  Bondeson  Ph.D.  78,  a  chemistry  professor 
at  the  University  of  Wisconsin-Stevens  Point,  received 
the  university 's.Excellence  in  Teaching  Award. 

Ellie  Hollander  78  is  executive  vice  president 
of  CMC,  an  energy  services  company  based  in 
Bethesda,  Md. 

Carol  Wiley-Cassella  78  is  an  anesthesiologist  at 
Harrison  Memorial  Hospital  in  Bremerton,  Wash.  She 
and  her  husband,  Stephen,  and  their  two  sets  of  twins 
live  on  Bainbridge  Island,  Wash. 

Joey  Howell  79  released  a  new  CD  of  solo 
acoustic  guitar  called  "Moondog,"  on  his  record  label 
Howling  Sounds.  He  and  his  wife,  Lisa  Neal  78, 
live  in  Chatham  County,  N.C. 

Brad  S.  Markoff  79  is  a  partner  in  the  Research 
Triangle  office  of  the  Atlanta-based  law  firm  Alston 
and  Bird.  He  lives  in  Raleigh,  N.C. 


79,  M.B.A.  '80  is  senior  vice 
president,  directot  of  business  development,  at  the 
advertising  agency  D'Arcy  Masius  Benton  and  Bowles 
in  New  York  City.  He  and  his  wife,  June,  and  their 
three  sons  live  in  Danen,  Conn. 


sry  Smith  79  is  an  occupational  therapist 
with  Optimum  Rehabilitation.  She  and  her  husband, 
Scott,  and  their  two  sons  live  in  Andover,  Mass. 

Bob  Watral  79,  a  financial  consultant  with  Smith 
Barnev  Inc.  in  Raleigh.  N.C.  recently  earned  his 
Certified  Financial  Planner  designation. 

MARRIAGES  Kathleen 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


LONDON'S  LADY  MAYORESS 


Id  friendships 
I  can  often  lead 


nary  reunions.  For 
Carole  Franco  '70,  the 
first  American  to 
become  Lady  Mayoress 
of  Westminster,  the 
result  was  like  some- 
thing straight  out  of  a 
storybook,  perhaps  "A 
Connecticut  Yankee  in 
St.  James'  Court." 

Franco  befriended 
Londoner  and  post' 
graduate  law  student 
Robert  Davis  in  1979 
while  she  was  studying 
for  her  master's  in 
international  relations 
at  Cambridge.  Both 
were  classmates  in  the 
university's  Wolfson 
College.  When  she  re- 
turned to  the  States, 
first  teaching  in  public 
schools  and  later  work- 


organizations,  and 
Davis  took  a  partner- 
ship in  a  London  prop- 
erty law  practice,  each 
occasionally  traveled 
across  the  Atlantic  to 
visit  the  other. 

In  1982,  he  secured 
a  Westminster  City 
council  seat  represent- 
ing the  city's 
Bayswater  Ward.  After 
relocating  to  another 
ward  and  chairing  sev- 
eral municipal  com- 
mittees over  fifteen 
years,  Davis  reached 
the  pinnacle  of  any 
Council  career:  He 
was  chosen  by  his 
peers  as  Lord  Mayor 
of  Westminster  for  the 
1996-97  term. 

The  Lord  Mayor  is 
civic  and  ceremonial 
head  of  the  council . 
As  the  designated  First 
Citizen  of  Westminster, 
the  position  is  super- 
seded in  municipal  sta- 
tus only  by  Queen 
Elizabeth  herself.  The 
Lord  Mayor  tradition- 
ally represents  the 
city — encompassing 
Buckingham  Palace, 
Parliament,  and  75 
percent  of  the  foreign 
embassies — in  all  state 
and  public  occasions, 
including  entertaining 
royalty,  members  of 
Parliament,  and  for- 
eign dignitaries. 


mammm 


was  able  to  familiarize 
herself  with  interna- 
tional politics  through 
visits  from  foreign  emis- 
saries and  her  close 
contact  with  embassy 
officials  living  in  West- 
minster. "It  was  like 
going  around  die  world 
without  ever  having  to 
get  on  an  airplane." 
Franco  and  Davis 
also  traveled  as  foreign 


Trappings  of  the  office:  Franco,  left,  with  her  friend, 
Lord  Mayor  Davis 


Ordinarily  the  wife 
of  the  Lord  Mayor 
assumes  the  title  of 
Lady  Mayoress.  As  a 
bachelor,  however, 
Davis  was  entided  to 
select  his  own  partner. 
During  one  of  Franco's 
visits  to  London,  Davis 
invited  her  to  meet  for 
a  cup  of  coffee.  Over 
the  course  of  the  con- 
versation, he  ultimate- 
ly proposed  that  his 
bewildered  former 
classmate  join  him  as 
Lady  Mayoress. 

She  flew  to  London, 
some  months  later, 
moving  into  a  mayoral 
flat  in  Mayfair  in  May 
1996,  where  she  was 
graciously  ushered  in 
by  two  chauffeurs,  two 
mace-bearers,  a  private 
secretary,  and  personal 
office  staff.  Franco  was 
also  presented  with  an 
extensive  wardrobe  for 
public  appearances,  in- 
cluding her  own  tiara, 
which  she  wore  for 
banquets  and  state  vis- 
its. Her  "whirlwind  of 


civic  responsibilities 
began  fast  and  furious 
just  two  days  later,  and 
over  the  course  of  one 
year,  the  pair  logged 
967  public  appear- 
ances on  a  rigid,  seven- 


day  week  schedule. 

As  the  first  Ameri- 
can Lady  Mayoress, 
she  says  she  was  re- 
ceived warmly  by  her 
British  peers.  "For  the 
most  part,  there  is  a 
great  admiration  on 
both  sides.  Most  of 
them  couldn't  say 
enough  about  Ameri- 
cans. Everyone  there 
said  I  was  a  breath  of 
fresh  air." 

Brushing  up  on 
British  etiquette,  Fran- 
co had  to  adjust  to  sev- 
eral cultural  nuances, 
including  wearing  hats 
and  gloves  at  appropri- 
ate occasions.  She  also 
grew  accustomed  to 
the  rigors  of  social  din- 
ing and  entertaining,  as 
well  as  fielding  con- 
spicuously "American" 
demands  for  daily 
photo-shoots,  public 
speeches,  and  televi- 
sion appearances. 

As  Lord  Mayor  and 
Lady  Mayoress,  the 
two  attended  the  offi- 
cial state  visits  of 
Israeli  president  Eric 
Weizman  and  South 
African  president  Nel- 
son Mandela,  whom 
she  describes  as  "the 
most  fascinating  per- 
son" she  encountered 
while  in  office.  Franco 


al  international 
ances — most  notably 
to  Xi'an,  China,  for  a 
conference  for  mayors 
of  historic  cities,  and 
to  Oslo,  Norway.  They 
were  invited  by  the 
mayor  of  Oslo  to  help 
cut  down  the  Christ- 
mas tree  sent  to  Tra- 
falgar Square  every 
December  in  com- 
memoration of  British 
assistance  during 
World  War  II. 

For  their  final  inter- 
national engagement, 
they  attended  the  Cher- 
ry Blossom  Festival  in 
Macon,  Georgia,  later 
traveling  on  to  Wash- 
ington, D.C.,  where 
Franco  met  Vice  Presi- 
dent Al  Gore.  "It  was  a 
strange  experience, 
paying  an  official  visit 
to  my  own  country." 

The  year-long  tenure 
as  Lady  Mayoress 
ended  for  Franco  last 
May.  "It  came  as  a  real 
shock  the  last  evening 
of  our  may oralitv 
when  not  only  did  we 
not  have  a  chauffeur," 
she  says,  "but  we  could 
not  even  find  a  taxi." 

She  returned  state- 
side in  November,  after 
spending  five  months 
traveling  extensively 
throughout  the  United 
Kingdom  and  Ireland. 
Back  home  in  Con- 
necticut, Franco  has 
begun  compiling  an 
account  of  her  West- 
minster experiences, 
possibly  for  publica- 
tion. "It  has  been  very 
hard  to  tear  myself 
away,"  she  says.  "One 
has  to  be  grateful  to 
have  such  an  opportu- 
nity so  rare  in  the 
world." 

—Brian  Henderson  '98 


David  Paul  Hannic  on  lunc  21.  Residence:  Oak  Hill, 
Va    Elizabeth  Haupert'78,  B.S.N.  '80  to  Lee 
Jones  78  on  July  19.  Residence:  San  Jose,  Calif.... 
Robert  Joseph  Vincze  79  to  Sarah  Elizabeth 
Bangs  on  April  4- 

BIRTHS:  Son  to  Laura  Morgan  Waggoner  75 

and  Tyre  H.  Moore  on  Dec.  28, 1995.  Named  Tyre  H. 
Moore  Jr.. ..Third  child  and  second  son  to  Laurie 
Akin  beware  77  on  June  1.  Named  Charles 
Curtis.. .Second  child  and  son  to  Thomas  Hayden 
Kesterson  77,  M.S.  79  and  Sherry  Hammer 
Kesterson  79  on  Dec.  10, 1996.  Named  Thomas 
Hayden...First  child  to  Marcy  Garber  Fish  B.S.N. 
79  on  April  18.  Named  Emily  Beth...Second  child  and 
son  to  Wendy  Avery  Smith  79  and  Scott  R. 
Smith  on  July  19, 1996.  Named  Reed  Ingersoll  Avery. 


David  Miller  Feldman  '80  is  a  certified  financial 
planner  and  executive  vice  president  with  Wechter 
Financial  Services  in  Parsippany,  N.J.  He  and  his  wife, 
Amy,  and  their  two  sons  live  in  Morris  County,  N.J. 

Grace  C.  Ju  '80,  an  assistant  professor  of  biology  at 
Gordon  College  in  Wenham,  Mass.,  earned  the 
school's  Junior  Faculty  Excellence  in  Teaching  Award. 

Elaine  R.  Leavenworth  '80  is  divisional  vice 

president,  licensing  and  new  business  development,  in 
the  international  division  of  Abbott  Laboratories.  She 
and  her  husband,  Russell  Jensen,  live  in  Chicago. 

Paul  W.  Sperduto  '80,  M.D.  '84,  A.M.  '84  is  a 
radiation  oncologist  in  Minneapolis.  He  and  his  wife, 
Jody  Laursen  Sperduto  '80,  have  three  children. 

Marjorie  Cox  '81  moved  to  Ho  Chi  Minh  City, 
Vietnam,  as  group  brand  manager  with  British 
American  Tobacco. 

Andrew  D.  Luster  '81  received  a  Charles  E. 
Culpeper  Foundation  Scholarship  in  Medical  Science. 
He  will  receive  $100,000  a  year  for  up  to  three  years  to 
fund  his  research  at  Harvard  Medical  School.  He  is  a 
physician  and  scientist  in  infectious  diseases  at 
Boston's  Mass.  General  Hospital. 

Paul  H.  Trotter  B.S.E.  '81  is  president  ofTrotter 
Builders,  a  construction  and  real  estate  development 
firm  in  Charlotte,  N.C.  He  and  his  wife,  Kathy  Rust 
Trotter  M.S.N.  '96,  live  in  Charlotte. 


H.  Turtel  B.S.E.  '81,  an  orthopedic 
surgeon  specializing  in  sports  medicine  and  joint 
replacement  surgery,  is  team  physician  tor  the  New 
Jersey  Nets  basketball  team  and  the  New  York/New 
Jersey  Metrostars  soccer  team.  He  and  his  wife, 
Fredda,  and  their  son  live  in  New  York  City. 

Danal  A.  Blessis  B.S.E.  '82  is  a  management 

information  manager  for  Bechtel  in  Hong  Kong,  where 
he  is  on  the  planning  team  for  a  new  railway  project 
that  will  link  Hong  Kong  and  mainland  China.  He 
and  his  wife,  Marcia  Ruth  Barham,  live  in  Hong  Kong. 

Kerry  E.  Hannon  'S2,  who  was  an  editor  at  US. 
News  &WorlJ  Report,  writes  a  financial  column  for 
USA  Today.  She  and  her  husband.  Cliff  Hackel,  live  in 
Washington,  D.C. 

Linda  Jenkins  M.B.A.  '82  was  promoted  to  senior 
vice  president  and  chief  financial  officer  of  K-1II 
Consumer  Magazines  in  New  York  City.  She  lives  in 
lrvington,  NY 


liar '82  is  the  director  of  cus- 
tomer loyalty,  Asia-Pacific,  for  American  Express  Inter- 
national. She  and  her  husband,  Mark,  and  their  two 
children  live  in  Hong  Kong. 


January- February 


1998 


DUKE       ALUMN 


ASSOCIATION 


Educational  Ad 


Gardens  Past  &  Present: 
The  Legacy  of  Ellen 


MARCH  27  -  29 

Sarah  P.  Duke  Gardens,  Durham,  NC 

$145  -  $270  per  person 

Come  and  experience  the  legacy  of  Ellen 
Shipman,  the  landscape  architect  who 
designed  the  heart  and  soul  oi  the  Duke 
Gardens.  Hear  from  garden  experts  and 
tour  examples  of  her  work. 


The  Mind-Body-Spirit  Connection 


The  shortest  path  to  healing  the  hody 
may  he  through  the  mind.    Duke  physi- 
cians will  update  you  on  the  latest  research 
and  techniques  for  making  the  mind  an 
ally  in  healing. 

Dolphins  &  Our  Changing  Environment 

Duke  Marine  Lab  Alumni  College 

May  or  June,  Beaufort,  North  Carolina 

APPROX.  $325  PER  PERSON 

Come  explore  the  heautiful  coast  of 
North  Carolina  and  learn  first-hand 
ahout  the  fascinating  world  of  dolphins 
and  other  marine  mammals. 

19th 


June  7-11,  Salter  Path,  NC 

APPROX.  $495  PER  PERSON 

An  intensive  week  of  writing,  reading, 
and  manuscript  development  offering 
heginning  and  advanced  instruction  in  fic- 
tion, poetry,  and  non-fiction,  led  hy 
acclaimed  authors. 


July  31  -  August  3,  Salter  Path,  NC 

APPROX.  $495  PER  PERSON 

Technical  writers  and  editors  from  a  range 
of  fields  are  invited  to  push  their  writing 
to  a  new  level  as  we  concentrate  on  the 
quality  and  clarity  of  language  and  syntax. 

Accessing  Your  Creativity: 

A  Workshop  and  Retreat  for  Women 

August  4-7,  Salter  Path,  NC 

APPROX.  $495  PER  PERSON 

Leam  to  evoke  and  celehrate  your  cre- 
ative spirit  in  this  supportive,  structured 
workshop  for  women. 


Creative  Writing  Workshop 

for  Health  Professionals 

August  25  -  28,  Salter  Path,  NC 

APPROX.  $595  PER  PERSON 

In  the  ancient  tradition  of  physician  poets, 
hegin  to  access  and  express  the  insights 
that  make  the  healing  arts  a  wellspring  of 
human  experience.    Daily  workshops  will 
cover  poetry,  essay,  fiction  and  memoir. 


Alumni  College  of  Tuscany 

Cortona,  Italy 
May  20  -  28 

$2,195  PER  I 

Immerse  yourself  in  the 
culture  of  a  typical 
Tuscan  village,  with  semi- 
nars on  Italian  life  and 
culture  and  excursions  to 
significant  sites. 


The  World  of  the  Vikings  and  the 


June  25  -  July  lO 

APPROX.  $3,095  PER  PERSON 

Scandinavia  and  the  Baltic  offer  an 
enchanting  destination  tor  famdies, 
capturing  the  rich  pageantry  and  lore  of 
Vikings,  czars,  anakings. 


tournus,  france 

July  1  -  9 

$2,295  per  person 

Step  hack  in  time  and  immerse  yourself 
in  the  culture  of  a  typical  small  French 
town  in  the  heart  of  the  medieval  and  his- 
torical land  called  Burgundy. 

The  Oxford  Experience 

The  University  of  Oxford,  England 

SEPTEMBER  6-19 

APPROX.  $2900  PER  PERSON 

Immerse  yourself  in  centuries-old  tradi- 
tions of  learning  and  community.  Study 
in  small  groups  with  Oxford  faculty  and 
explore  the  English  countryside. 
Rediscover  what  it  is  to  he  a  student  again. 


County  Clare,  Ireland 
September  23  -  October  1 
$2,095  per  person 

From  awesome  seaside  vistas  to  Celtic 
history,  this  pleasant  mix  of  seminars 
and  excursions  will  expose  you  to  the  his- 
tory and  culture  of  the  Emerald  Isle. 


Duke  Directions 


September  18  and  November  6 
Durham.  NC 

Rediscover  the  true  "Duke  experience" — 
the  classroom  experience!   Return  to 
Duke  for  a  day  of  stimulating  classes  designed 
or  alumni  and  taught  hy  top  Duke  faculty. 

Summer  Youth  Camps 

and  Weekend  Workshops 

March, June  -  August 
Durham  and  Salter  Path,  NC 

Camps  in  art,  writing,  drama,  and  sci- 
ence are  offered  for  youth  in  grades  5- 
1 1 .  Weekend  workshops  are  offered  in  cre- 
ative writing  and  writing  the  college  essay. 


Canal  Cruise 


From  Acapulco  to  Barbados,  the  Crystal 
Harmony  Trans-Canal  adventure  will 
take  you  to  Mexico,  Costa  Rica,  the 
Panama  Canal,  and  the  Carihhean. 

Canary  Islands  Cruise 

February  22  -  March  6 
approx.  $  2,995  per  person 

Cruise  ahoard  the  M . S.  Black  Prince 
from  the  white  cliffs  of  Dover  to  the 
"floating  garden"  of  Funchal,  Madeira. 
Visit  four  of  the  Canary  Islands. 


FEBRUARY  1  5  -  27 

APPROX.  $7,295  PER  PERSON 

Tour  the  Antarctic  continent  with  stops 
in  the  Shetland  Islands  and  Cape  Horn. 
The  ecology  of  Antartica  is  explored  in 
depth,  guided  hy  naturalists. 


Austrian  Winter  Escapade 


Spend  a  week  in  the  winter  paradise  or 
the  Austrian  Alps.  Explore  Salzhurg 
and  its  majestic  environs. 

Wines  of  the  World 

APRIL  23  -  MAY  3 

APPROX.  $3,995  PER  PERSON 

Spend  seven  days  in  Bordeaux  visiting 
famous  wineries  accompanied  hy  a 
noted  oenologist.  Explore  the  Basque 
region  and  the  coastal  city  of  Biarritz  . 

Wings  Over  the  Kalahari 

MAY  8 -21 

APPROX.  $6,495  PER  PERSON. 

A  14-day  safari  to  South  Africa,  Namihia, 
Zimhahwe,  and  Botswana  ,  with  a  two- 
night  stay  at  Chohe  National  Park.  Then  fly 
to  Cape  Town  for  three  nights. 

Cruise  the  Face  ol  Europe 

June  1-17 

$4,745  per  person  from  newark  or 

$4,845  per  person  from  atlanta. 

For  17  days  we  sail  the  Rhine,  the  Main 
Danuhe  Canal,  and  the  Danute  itself. 
From  Budapest  to  Amsterdam. 

Northern  Lights  Cruise 

JUNE  20  -  JULY  3 
$4,995  PER  PERSON 

Discover  the  legendary  heauty  of 
Europe's  northerly  latitudes  to 
Denmark  and  Norway.  Visit  the  Shetland 
Islands  and  Scotland. 

Mediterranean  Adventure 


JULY  1  7  -  25 
$2,995  PER  PERSON 

Discover  Cannes, 
Portofino,  and 
St.  Tropez,  as  well 
some  lesser  known 
jewels  -  Calvi, 
Bonifacio,  Costa 
Smeralda,  and 
Portoferraio.  Seven 
nights  on  the  Star 
Wyer. 


Danube  to  the  Black  Sea 


VOYAGE  OF  THE  GLACIERS 
JULY   19-31 
$2,995  PER  PERSON 

An  Inside  Passage  cruise  aboard  the 
four-star  deluxe  Crown  Majesty  and  the 
Midnight  Sun  Express.  Two  days  in 
Denah,  with  calls  at  Juneau,  Skagway, 
Sitka,  and  Ketchikan. 


August  26  -  September  8 
$3,590  per  person 

Our  14-dav  classic  itinerarv  from  the 
Danuhe  to  the  Black  Sea  takes  you  froi 
Austria  to  Hungary,  Jugoslavia,  Bulgaria, 
Romania,  and  Turkey.  Then  to  Istanhul  for 
two  nights.  Vienna  is  a  two-night  option. 

Spiritual  Siam:  The  Traditions  of 
Thailand 

SEPTEMBER    11-21 
$3,795  PER  PERSON 

Spend  four  nights  in  Bankok,  then  to 
Chiang  Mai  Tor  three  nights.  See  the 
Golden  Triangle,  where  the  borders  of 
Laos,    Myanmar  (Burma),  and  Thailand 

From  the  Bosphorus  to  the  Sea  of 
Ulysses 

September  26  -  October  8 
$4,695  per  person 

A  cruise  ol  Turkey   and  the  Greek  Isles 
and  stays  in  Istanhul  and  Athens.  The 
centerpiece  is  a  seven-night  cruise  aboard 
Radisson  Seven  Seas  Cruises'  Song  of 
Flower. 


Cotes  du  Rhone  Passage 


October  14-27 

$  3.495  per  person  from  new  York  or 

$3,595  per  person  from  atlanta 

Paris,  the  "City  of  Light,"  the  TGV 
(world's  lastest  passenger  train),  Cannes 


md  Bl 


ady. 


Heritage  of  Northern  Italy 

October  20  -  November  2 
s3.900  per  person 

We  are  pleased  to  offer  a  journey 
through  Northern  Italy.  SeeVenice 
and  Lake  Como,  as  well  as  visits  to 
Bergamo,  Verona,  Mantua,  Vicenza, 

no  del  Grappa,  Padua,  and  Parma. 


Concorde 


FALL  1998 

$55,800  PER  PERSON 

Our  ultimate  24-day  Around  the  World 
journey:  two  nights  in  Kona,  Hawaii; 
three  nights  in  Queenstown,  New  Zealand; 
in  Sydney,  Australia;  in  the  Masai  Mara, 
Kenya;  and  in  London,  England. 


Yuletide  in  Bavaria: 


Waterways  of  Bussia 


August  1 8  -  30 
$3,795  F 

Spend  two  nights  in  Moscow,  visit  the 
Kremlin  and  Red  Square  before 
embarking  on  a  cruise  to  charming  villages 
and  the  magnificent  city  of  St.  Petersburg. 


Old  World  Christmas  Markets 
December  7-14 
$2,495  per  person 

Surround  yourself  in  the  winter  wonder- 
land of  the  Bavarian  Alps.  Three  nights 
in  Bad  Reichenhall  and  the  musical  city  of 
Salzburg,  Austria. 

Duke  Great  Teachers  Video  Series 


c 


ourses  from  five  outstanding  faculty. 


I 


Information  Bequest  Form 

For  detailed  brochures  on  these  programs 
listed  below,  please  return  this  form, 
appropriately  marked,  to  : 
Dulse  Educational  Adventures 
614  Chapel  Drive,  Durham,  NC  27708 
or  fax  to:  (919)684-6022 


Alumni  Colleges 

□  Gardens  Past  and  Present 

□  Healthy  Mind,  Healthy  Body 

Q  Dolphins  and  Our  Environment 
Summer  Academy 

□  Duke  Writers'  Workshop 

□  Technical  Writers'  Workshop 
Q  Accessing  Your  Creativity 

□  Creative  Writing  for  Healthcare 
Professionals     ^ 

Alumni  Colleges  Abroad 

□  Alumni  College  of  Tuscany 

□  The  World  of  the  Vikings  and  the 
Norsemen 

Q  Alumni  College  in  Burgundy 
Q  The  Oxlord  Experience 
Q  Alumni  College  of  Ireland 
Otner  Programs 

□  Duke  Directions 

□  Summer  Youth  Camps  &  Weekend 
Workshops 

Duke  Travel 

Q  Trans-Panama  Canal  Cruise 

□  Canary  Islands  Cruise 

□  Antarctica 

□  Austrian  Winter  Escapade 

□  Wines  of  the  World 

Q  Wings  Over  the  Kalahari 

□  Cruise  the  Face  of  Europe 

□  Northern  Lights  Cruise 

□  Mediterranean  Adventure 

□  Alaskan   Wilderness:  Voyage  of  the 
Glaciers 

□  Waterways  of  Russia 

□  Danube  to  the  Black  Sea 

□  Spiritual  Siam:  The  Traditions  of 
Thailand 

□  From  the  Bosphorus  to  the  Sea  of 
Ulysses 

□  Cotes  du  Rhone  Passage 

□  Heritage  of  Northern  Italy 

□  Around  the  World  hy  Supersonic 
Concorde 

Q  Yuletide  in  Bavaria:  Old  World 

Christmas  Markets 
Video 

□  Duke  Great  Teachers 


Rick  Travis  J.D.  '82  is  a  partner  in  the  Nashville  law 
firm  Manier,  Herod,  Hollabaugh  and  Smith.  He  lives 
in  Brentwood,  Term. 

Robert  Kendall  Beckler  'S3  is  a  chemical 

engineer  with  Westvaco  Corp.  in  Covington,  Va.  He 
and  his  wife,  Kate,  live  in  Lexington. 

Anita  Coulter  Flowe  B.S.E.  '83  earned  her  Ph.D. 
in  engineering  at  the  University  of  Toledo.  She  and 
her  husband,  Ken  Flowe  '82,  and  their  two  children 
live  in  Shelby,  N.C. 


Christopher  D.  Howard  83,  assistant  professor 
of  government  at  the  College  of  William  and  Mary, 
received  the  Alumni  Fellowship  Award  for  excellence 
in  teaching.  He  and  his  wife,  Dorothy,  and  their  two 

JiilJivn  live  in  Ioano,Va. 


'83  is  an  assistant  professor  in  the 
computer  science  department  at  Clemson  University. 

Daniel  Edward  McGurn  '83  is  in-house  counsel 
for  Tire  A  Consulting  Team  (TACT),  a  computer 
consulting  services  company.  His  Internet  address  is 
dmcgurn@tact.com. 

Kimberly  R.  Cousins  '84  was  promoted  to 

associate  professor  of  chemistry  at  California  State 
University,  San  Bemadino.  She  and  her  husband,  Alan 
Ashiro,  and  their  son  live  in  Redlands,  Calif. 

Gabriella  G.  Gaal  '84,  who  earned  her  J.D.  at 
Roger  Williams  University's  law  school  in  1996,  is 
practicing  with  the  law  offices  of  Dennis  J.  Roberts  II 
in  Providence,  R.l. 

Catherine  Cossey  Guiley  '84  was  appointed 
vice  president,  Kids  and  Baby,  for  Old  Navy,  a  division 
of  GAP  She  lives  in  San  Francisco. 

Suzanne  L.  Johnson  '84,  an  attorney  with 
McTeague,  Higbee,  McAdams  &  Case  in  Topsham, 
Maine,  was  re-elected  president  of  the  Damariscotta 
River  Association,  which  works  to  preserve  the  natural 
and  historical  resources  of  the  watershed  in  mid-coast 
Maine.  She  and  her  husband,  Craig  Small,  live  in 
Brunswick,  Maine. 

Sam  Liang  B.S.E.  '84  is  director  of  U.S.  marketing 
for  Cordis  Corp.  He  and  his  wife,  Kelly,  and  their 
daughter  live  in  Coral  Cables,  Fla. 


T.  Ruhl  '84  has  opened  an  architectural 
practice,  Ruhl  Walker  Architects,  in  Boston. 

Lisa  Sigall  Scimeca  '84,  who  earned  her  J.D.  at 
Catholic  University  of  America,  has  a  law  practice  in 
Marlton,  N.J. 

Karen  Smith  '84  is  the  medical  team  leader  for 
Firsthealth  of  the  Carolina's  Family  Care  Centers  in 
Pinehurst,  N.C.  She  is  on  the  faculty  in  the  department 
of  family  practice  at  Duke  and  at  UNC-Chapel  Hill's 
medical  schools. 

Lynn  Sydor  '84  is  a  dermatologist  at  Harvard 
Pilgrim  Health  Care  and  a  clinical  instructor  at 
Harvard  Medical  School.  She  and  her  husband,  Sam 
Israelii,  and  their  son  live  in  Boston. 

Damon  V.  White  '84,  senior  manager  in  the 
Atlanta  office  of  Deloitte  and  Touche,  was  appointed 
to  a  five-year  term  on  the  Exporters'  Textile  Advisory 
Committee  of  the  U.S.  Department  of  Commerce. 

John  S.  Wiener  '84,  who  completed  a  fellowship  in 
pediatric  urology  at  Texas  Children's  Hospital  in 
Houston,  is  an  assistant  professor  oi  urologic  surgery  at 
Duke  Medical  School.  He  and  his  wife,  Elisabeth 
Harper  Wiener  M.B.A.  '91,  and  their  two  daughters 
live  in  Durham. 

Paul  G.  Bernhard  B.S.E.  '85,  a  Navy  lieutenant 
commander,  reported  for  duty  with  the  U.S.  Support 
Group,  Haiti. 


'85  is  an  associate  at  the  New 
York  City  law  firm  Cleary,  Gottlieb,  Steen  &.  Hamilton. 
He  practices  international  law  in  Latin  America. 


'  H.  Koch  '85,  a  Navy  lieutenant 
commander,  is  on  a  six-month  deployment  to  the 
Persian  Gulf  aboard  the  L'SS  Paul  E  Foster. 


I  D.  Sibley  J.D.  '85  is  an  associate  with  the 
law  firm  Myers,  Bigel,  Sibley  and  Sajovec  in  Cary,  N.C. 

Julie  Jaquiss  Collins  '86  earned  her  M.B.A.  at 
Boston  University's  School  of  Management. 

Jeffrey  P.  Johnson  B.S.E.  '86,  who  completed  his 
residency  in  neurosurgery  at  Columbia-Ptesbyterian 
Hospital,  is  a  neurosurgeon  in  private  practice  in 
Albuquerque.  His  wife,  Michelle  Labahn 

Johnson  '86,  who  graduated  from  Rutgers-Newark 
Law  School,  is  an  associate  in  the  law  firm  Rodey, 
Dickason,  Sloan,  Akin  and  Robb.  They  have  two 
children  and  live  in  Albuquerque. 

John  Lucas  Winkler '86  is  a  software  developer 
with  TIVOLI,  an  IBM  subsidiary.  He  and  his  wife, 
Anneth  Marie  Hethcoat,  live  in  Austin,  Texas. 

Ul  Balis  '87,  who  completed  a  pathology  residency 
at  the  University  of  Utah,  works  at  Massachusetts 
General  Hospital  and  at  the  Harvard  Center  for 
Bioengineering  in  Medicine.  His  research  deals  with 
optimizing  bio-reactor  topologies  for  the  Harvard 
artificial  liver  project.  He  lives  in  Boston. 

Robert  H.  Bergdolt       is  a  partner  in  the 
Research  Triangle  office  of  the  Atlanta-based  law  firm 
Alston  and  Bird.  He  lives  in  Raleigh. 

Susan  Periman  Cohen  '87  is  an  associate  literary 
agent  for  Rosenstone/Wender.  She  and  her  husband, 
Neil,  and  their  daughtet  live  in  Memphis,  Tenn. 

Tom  Bellinger  B.S.E.  '87,  who  earned  his  master's 
in  medical  physics  at  East  Carolina  University,  is  a 
radiological  medical  physicist  for  Mission-St.  Joseph's 
Health  System  in  Asheville,  N.C. 

Mara  C.  Georgi  '87,  a  student  teacher  in 
high-school  social  studies,  is  pursuing  her  master's  in 
teaching  at  Tufts  University  in  Boston. 


'87  and  her  husband.  Kirk 
Myers,  have  a  joint  law  practice,  Harrington  &  Myers, 
in  New  Orleans. 

Heather  L.  Higbee  '87  has  opened  her  own  law 
firm  in  Orlando,  Fla.  She  was  an  attorney  at  Florida's 
Office  of  Statewide  Pro 


Cate  Tinkler  Mueller '87,  a  Navy  lieutenant 
commander,  earned  her  master's  in  journalism  at 
American  University.  She  has  transferred  to  Singapore, 
where  she  is  the  public  affairs  officer  for  the  Comman- 
der, Logistics  Force,  Western  Pacific. 

Robert  Nagle  '87  is  the  owner  of  Nagle  Paving  Co. 
He  and  his  wife.  Colleen,  and  their  two  daughters  live 
in  Troy,  Mich. 


Gabrielle  "Gabby"  Santore  '37  i 

mental  regulatory  specialist  in  the  Environmental 
Sciences  Division  of  Oak  Ridge  National  Laboratory 
in  Oak  Ridge,  Tenn.  She  and  her  husband,  Michael 
Wayne  Morris,  live  in  Powell,  Tenn. 

John  Sayer  B.S.E.  '87  was  promoted  to  manager 
of  systems  engineering  for  the  Delaware  Valley  Region 
of  Cisco  Systems,  Inc. 


Bayer  '88  is  a  film  producer  and 
corporate  counsel  for  Four  Square  Productions.  He 
lives  in  La  Jolla,  Calif. 

Richard  Bloomfeld  '88  is  a  first-year  gastroen- 
terology fellow  at  Duke  Medical  Center. 

Victoria  Lynn  Callaway '88,  who  earned  her 


M.H.A.  at  UNC-Chapel  Hill,  is  the  director  of  quality 
resource  management  at  Union  Regional  Medical 
Center  in  Monroe,  N.C. 

Branan  W.  Cooper  '88,  a  senior  vice  president  at 
MBNA  America  Bank,  is  marketing  manager  for  its 
consumer  finance  division.  He  and  his  wife,  Desiree, 
live  in  Landenberg,  Pa. 

Lisa  Carol  Discher'88  is  a  capital  markets 
business  systems  specialist  at  First  National  Bank  of 
Chicago.  She  and  her  husband,  Jack,  live  in  Downers 
Grove,  111. 

Mark  Ebel  '88  is  an  attorney  in  the  law  firm 
Holland  and  Hart.  He  and  his  wife,  Catherine 
Laskey  '91,  live  in  Denver,  Colo. 

Stuart  C.  Gauffreau  '88,  who  earned  his  J.D. 
at  UNC-Chapel  Hill,  is  an  associate  in  the  Greens- 
boro, N.C,  law  firm  Adams  Keemeier  Hagan  Hannah 
and  Fouts. 

Rich  Herbst  B.S.E.  '88,  a  Navy  lieutenant,  is  a  pilot 
with  Fighter  Squadron  143  aboard  the  USS  George 
Washington.  He  and  his  wife,  Karen  Klein  Herbst 

'87,  and  their  two  sons  live  in  Virginia  Beach,  Va. 

Christopher  F.  Joiner  '88,  who  earned  his  Ph.D. 
in  marketing  at  the  University  of  Minnesota,  is  an 
assistant  professor  at  Kansas  State  University.  He  and 
his  wife,  Jennie  Proctor  Joiner  '87,  and  their 
daughter  live  in  Manhattan,  Kan. 

Karolyn  Kabir  '88,  who  earned  her  M.D.  at  UNC- 
Chapel  Hill,  is  doing  her  pediatric  residency  at  the 
Children's  Hospital  in  Denver,  Colo.  She  and  her 
husband,  David  Greher  '92,  live  in  Denver. 


E.  Joseph  Kremp  III  'S8  is  an  associate  in  the  law- 
firm  Johnson  Smith  Pence  Densborn  Wright  &  Heath. 
He  earned  both  his  M.B.A.  and  his  J.D.  at  Indiana 

University.  He  lives  in  Indianapolis. 

Mary  Penrod  Ruggiero  '88,  a  pediatrician  at 
the  Children's  Hospital  of  Philadelphia,  has  opened  a 
practice  in  Paoli,  Pa.  Het  practice  is  called  Kids  First 
Paoli.  Her  husband,  Robert  Ruggiero  Jr.  '88,  who 
completed  his  residency  in  orthopaedic  surgery  at 
Allegheny  University  Hospitals,  has  begun  a  fellowship 
in  spinal  surgery. 


ite  '88  earned  her  Ph.D.  m  English 
at  UNC-Greensboro,  where  she's  currently  teaching. 
She  and  her  husband,  Charles  L.  White  '77,  a 
district  coutt  judge,  live  in  Greensboro. 


en  '89  is  an  associate  with 
the  law  firm  Mays  &  Valentine,  at  their  Richmond, 
Va.,  office. 

Heidi  A.  Boyd  '89  earned  her  M.D.  at  the 
University  ofTexas  Medical  Branch  at  Galveston. 
Her  husband,  William  D.  Dwyer  B.S.E.  '89,  works 
on  the  space  station  at  NASA.  The  couple  and  their 
daughter  live  in  Houston. 

Kimberly  A.  Brown  '89  is  a  partner  at  the  law  firm 
Thorp,  Reen  and  Armstrong.  She  and  her  husband, 
David  Oney,  live  in  Pittsburgh. 

Carlos  Felipe  Castellon  Jr.  '89,  who  earned  his 

M.B.A.  at  the  University  of  Virginia's  Parden  School, 
works  for  Lucent  Technologies  in  Piscataway,  N.J. 

Rachel  Ziva  Fein  '89,  who  earned  her  M.B.A.  at 
the  University  of  Virginia's  Darden  School,  works  for 
the  Coca-Cola  Co.  in  Atlanta. 

Christopher  F.  Foster '89  joined  the  Kansas  City, 

Mo.,  law  firm  Shook,  Hardy  and  Paeon  as  an  associate 
in  the  Health  Cate  Law  Practice  Group. 

Leora  Y.  Ger  '89  opened  a  bakery,  cafe,  and  wine 
bar.  Linger  Longer,  in  Bellevue.Wash. 

Louis  Kennerly  Gump  '89,  who  earned  his 


30      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


msMmam 


FLYING  HIGH 


The  Miltonic  fall 
from  angel  to 
devil  prefigures 
the  biblical  notion  of 
original  sin  present  in 
us  all.  Yet  Commander 
George  B.  Dom  '77, 
leader  of  the  Navy's 
decorated  flying  team, 
succeeded  in  bucking 
the  trend.  He  ascended 
heavenward,  from 
Blue  Devil  to  Blue 
Angel. 

Respecting  the 
wishes  of  his  World 
War  II  Navy  veteran 
father,  Dom  applied 
for  a  Naval  Reserve 
Officer  Training  Corps 
scholarship  and  opted 
to  attend  Duke.  After 
his  graduation,  in  a 
post-Vietnam  period  of 
national  skepticism 
over  the  role  of  the 
military,  he  was  com- 
missioned as  a  Navy 
ensign  and  reported 
for  flight  school.  He 
earned  his  own  Golden 
Wings  the  following 
summer. 

After  various  de- 
ployments at  naval  air 
stations  and  aircraft 
carriers,  he  got  his  first 
taste  of  military  action 
during  the  1985  anti- 
terrorism air  strikes 
against  Libyan  targets. 
Reassigned  to  the 
Middle  East  in  1991 
aboard  the  USS 
America,  Dom  flew 
twenty-five  missions 
from  the  Red  Sea  and 
the  Persian  Gulf  dur- 
ing Operation  Desert 
Storm.  It  was  during 
these  military  deploy- 
ments that  Dom  be- 
came familiar  maneu- 
vering the  F/A-18 
Hornet,  the  official 
strike  fighter  jet  of  the 
Blue  Angels  for  the 
past  twelve  years. 

Formed  in  1946  by 
Admiral  Chester  W 
Nimitz  to  spark  public 
interest  in  naval  avia- 
tion, the  Blue  Angels 
have  as  their  primary 
mission  to  enhance 
Navy  and  Marine 
Corps  recruiting 
efforts.  "We're  trying  to 
show  vividly  to  young 
people  the  excitement 
of  Navy  and  Marine 
Corps  life,"  he  says, 


Commander  Dom:  the 
Blue  Devil  and,  below, 
his  Blue  Angels 

"but  at  the  same  time, 
we're  out  there  to 
show  the  American 
people  where  their  tax 
money  is  going — to 
the  pride  and  profes- 
sionalism of  the  young 
folks  in  the  Armed 
Forces." 

Each  year,  seven 
new  tactical  jet  pilots 
and  staff  officers  re- 
lieve departing  mem- 
bers— of  the  six  fight- 
ers flying  behind 
Dom's  command,  at 
any  time  three  will  be 
flown  by  rookies.  All 
performance  pilots, 
including  the  com- 
manding officer,  are 
limited  to  two-year 
tenures.  Aspiring 
replacements  are 
selected  by  the  Chief 
of  Naval  Training. 

Applying  for  the 
rank  of  commanding 
officer  in  July  1996, 
Dom  surpassed  the  cri- 
teria of  3,000  tactical 
jet  flight  hours.  "When 
the  bottle  stopped  spin- 
ning," he  says  of  a 
series  of  selection 
meetings  held  in 


Corpus  Christi,  Texas, 
"it  was  pointed  at  me." 
Now  a  second-year 
Blue  Angel,  Dom  will 
return  to  a  Naval  air- 
craft carrier  to  assume 
the  rank  of  air  wing 
commander  after  he 
completes  his  tour  of 
duty  next  November. 

The  pilots  adhere  to 
an  intense  120-flight 
training  regimen  of 
three-a-day  practices 
and  six-day  weeks, 
performing  exercises 
designed  to  build 
group  trust  and  gradu- 
ally tighten  flight  pre- 
cision. By  the  first 
demonstration  of  the 
season,  a  mid-March 
performance  in  the 
clear  skies  of  El  Cen- 
tre, Dom  will  have  his 
Angels  flying  their 
wing  tips  thirty-six 
inches  apart  and  skim- 
ming a  mere  200  feet 
off  the  ground. 

During  the  exhibi- 
tion season — which 
features  roughly  seven- 
ty shows  at  thirty-five 
military  and  civilian 
sites,  running  through 
early  November — the 
squadron's  regular 
weekly  routine  entails 
more  than  aerial  show- 
boating. The  pilots  and 
support  team  practice 
in  Pensacola  during 
the  early  part  of  the 
week  before  flying  out 
to  sites  on  Thursday; 
Fridays  are  split  be- 
tween dry-runs  from 
site  runways  and  local 
appearances,  all  lead- 
ing up  to  the  two 
weekend  perfor- 
mances. Each  season, 
the  Blue  Angels  log 


more  than  140,000  sky 
miles. 

When  it  comes 
down  to  showtime, 
Dom  leads  the  Blue 
Angels'  demonstrations 
through  approximately 
forty-five  minutes  of 
exhibition  featuring 
flying  maneuvers  in 
three  formations — 
"diamond,"  "delta,"  and 
"solo."  The  diamond 
formation  showcases 
the  pilots'  teamwork 
and  precision,  and  fea- 
tures four  fighters  per- 
forming acrobatic 
maneuvers  in  tight  uni- 
son. The  delta  forma- 
tion assembles  all  six 
jets  in  triangle  align- 
ment, generally  con- 
cluding the  perfor- 
mance with  a  powerful 
team  showing.  Solo 
formation,  with  two 
fighters  performing 
alternating  maneuvers, 
demonstrates  the  maxi- 
mum performance 
capabilities  of  the  F/A- 
18  Hornet. 

Following  every 
show,  Dom  helps  sup- 
port officers  steer  two 
hours  of  debriefing  dis- 
cussion and  evalua- 
tions from  video-tap- 
ings.  "We  never  get  on 
the  ground  and  say 
that  a  show  has  been 
'good  enough.'  We're 
always  nitpicking  and 
finding  ways  to  make 
it  better."  As  the  year 
progresses  and  the 
pilots  develop  more 
confidence  in  their 
partners,  the  squadron 
takes  each  show  to, 
appropriately,  new 
heights. 
— Brian  Henderson  ' 


M.B.A.  at  the  University  ofVirginia's  Harden  School, 
works  for  Andersen  Consulting  in  Atlanta. 

Judith  Hill  '89  has  relocated  to  Manhattan  as  a  free- 
lance singer  after  two  years  of  touring  full  time  with 
the  National  Opera  Company  and  after  three  summer 
seasons  of  operetta  with  the  Ohio  Light  Opera. 

Ted  Lothstein  '89,  who  earned  his  J.D.  at  the 
University  of  Connecticut's  law  school,  works  in  the 
New  Hampshire  Public  Defender's  office  in  Concord. 

Mary  Beth  Namm  '89  completed  her  master's  in 
English  at  N.C.  State  University,  where  she  has  taught 
in  the  Freshman  Writing  Program  for  two  years. 

Paul  Nietert  '89,  who  earned  his  Ph.D.  in  epidemi- 
ology at  the  Medical  University  in  South  Carolina, 
works  at  its  Center  for  Health  Care  Research.  He  and 
his  wife,  Ellen,  and  their  son  live  in  Mt.  Pleasant,  S.C. 

Bill  Piatt  M.B.A.  '89  is  chief  information  officer  for 
the  Peace  Corps  in  Washington,  D.C.  He  lives  in 
Arlington,  Va. 

Jon  B.  Shain  '89  is  a  musician  in  his  new  band, 
Wake,  which  just  released  its  first  compact  disc.  He 
lives  in  Chapel  Hill. 

Laura  Bolton  Smith  '89  was  promoted  to  vice 
president  in  the  leveraged  finance  department  at 
Goldman,  Sachs  and  Co.  She  and  her  husband,  James, 
live  in  Atlantic  Highlands,  N.J. 

Mike  Solano  M.Div.  '89,  an  Air  Force  chaplain,  was 
selected  for  clinical  pastoral  education  at  Wilford  Hall 
Medical  Center  in  San  Antonio,  Texas.  He  and  his 
wite,  Leigh,  and  their  two  children  live  in  San  Antonio. 
Robert  Bruce  Stewart  III  '89,  who  earned  his 
M.B.A.  at  the  University  ofVirginia's  Darden  School, 
works  for  Paine  Webber  Inc.  in  New  York  City. 

Maureen  Smith  Waters  '89  is  a  brand  manager 
at  MCI  Telecommunications  in  Arlington,  Va. 
MARRIAGES:  Paul  H.  Trotter  B.S.E.  '81  to 
Kathy  Rust  M.S.N.  "96  on  June  21.  Residence: 
Charlotte,  N.C.  Robert  Kendall  Beckler 
to  Katherine  Elaine  Tessieri  on  July  5.  Residence: 
Lexington, Va.... Joseph  A.  Sinsheimer'82 
Ph.D.  '96  on  June  21.... 
'85  to  Rebecca  Herman  on  June 
1.  Residence:  Bethesda  Md....John  Lucas 
Winkler  '86  to  Anneth  Marie  Hethcoat  in  March. 
Residence:  Austin,  Texas.. Lauren  Goldstein '87 
to  William  Hoffman  on  Aug.  31.  Residence:  Charlotte, 
N.C  ..Elisabeth  Harrington  '87  to  Kirk  Myers 
on  June  3, 1995.  Residence:  New  Orleans.. .James 
Alexander  Karrh  M.B.A.  '87  to  Alison  Knott  on 
May  31    Micheller  Renee  Aust'88,  M.D.  '92  to 
Lee  F.  Veazy  '88  on  June  28.  Residence:  Wichita 
Falls, Texas.  Victoria  Lynn  Callaway  '88  to  Scott 
Edwin  Wolfe  on  May  25, 1996.  Residence:  Charlotte, 
N.C. Lisa  Carol  Discher'38  to  Jacob  Rosmanitz 
III  on  June  29, 1996.  Residence:  Downers  Grove, 
111    Mark  Ebel'88  ti .Catherine  Laskey'91on 


David  Greher    ' 
Jon  B.  Shain  '89  i 
Maureen  Smith 

1996.  Residence:  Ale 


Ms 


bir'88to 
24.  Residence:  Denver... 

i  Bilinski  on  Aug.  9... 

lomas  Waters  on  April  27, 
Va    David  Tendler 


'89  to  Susan  Elizabeth  Spratt  on  Sept.  14. 

BIRTHS:  First  child  and  daughter  to  Grace  C.  Ju 
'80  and  Garth  Miller  on  [une  16, 1996.  Named  Zea 
Mana...Third  child  and  first  son  to  Leah  Morgan 
Korbel  '80  ind  Bradley  David  Korbel  '80  on 
Aug  5.  Named  Huntei  Michael. ..Second  son  to 
Mack  T.  Ruffin  IV  B  -  E.  80  and  Katfy  E.  Carter 
on  April  14.  Named  Noah  (  artei    &  c  ind  daughter  to 
Leslie  Campbell  Tucker  '80  and  Burnet  Tucker 
on  April  1.  Named  Sarah  Campbell..  Second  child  and 
first  daughiei  to  Thomas  D.  Hickey  ,S2  and  lsobel 


•-February   1998 


Hickey  on  May  14.  Named  Maeve  Margaret.. .Second 

child  and  first  son  to  Edith  Johnson  Millar '82 

and  Mark  Lloyd  Millar  on  June  15.  Named  Reed 
Lloyd.. .First  child  and  son  to  Don  Robert  Banner 
Jr.  '83  and  Sarah  Burnap  Bahner  on  Aug.  10, 1996. 
Named  Robert  Burnap.. .First  child  and  son  to  Molly 
Eden  Hendrick  '83  and  Thomas  Hendrick  on  Feb. 
11, 1997.  Named  Jared  Bums...Fourth  child  and  first 
son  to  Todd  D.  Rangel  '83  and  Kim  Rangel  on 
Aug.  22, 1996.  Named  Daniel  Reames... First  child  and 
daughter  to  Linda  Jeanne  Blodgett  Treco  'S3 
and  Gordon  Davis  Treco  on  May  5.  Named  Gwendolyn 
"Wynne"  Jeanne.. .Second  child  and  son  to  Beth 
Cohen  Besner'84  and  Brad  Besner  '84  on  May 
26.  Named  Grant  Mitchell...Son  to  Ellen  Eisenlohr 
Dorn  '84  and  Jim  Dorn  on  July  16.  Named  Raymond 
Peter.. .First  child  and  daughter  to  Sam  Liang 
B.S.E.  '84  and  Kelly  Liang  on  Dec.  9, 1996.  Named 
Kendall  Ward...First  child  and  son  to  Amy  Hurite 
Macdonald  '84  and  Alan  S.  Macdonald  on  March 
26.  Named  Andrew  Scattergood... First  child  and  son 
to  Lynn  Sydor '84  and  Sam  Israelit  in  July  1996. 
Named  Max  Peter.. .First  child  and  daughter  to  Abbie 
Baynes  '85  and  Steve  Nason  on  July  25.  Named 
Sara  Parker  Nason.. .Second  child  and  daughter  to 
Cathy  McCurry  Milliken  '85,  A.M.  '89  and 
Charles  Milliken  B.S.E.  '85,  M.B.A.  '89  on  April 
17.  Named  Rebecca  Anne...  Second  child  and  first  son 
to  David  Raben  '85  and  Carrie  Pinkerton 
Raben  '86  on  May  11.  Named  Samuel  Stevens.. .First 
child  and  son  to  Lisa  Prifty  Sposato  '85  and  Tim 
Sposato  on  July  9.  Named  Timothy  Robert.. .Second 
child  and  daughter  to  Linda  Hammer  Constand 
'86  and  Rich  Constand  on  Aug.  11.  Named  Gwen 
Nicole... Dau.iiliK  i  to  Lucy  Nolley  Jones  Gaines 
'86,  A.H.C.  '88,  M.S.  '88  and  Jeff  Gaines.  Named 
Mollie  Dean... Son  to  Amanda  Berlowe  Jaffe 
'86  and  Mark  Jaffe  '86  on  Feb.  17, 1997.  Named 
Ian  Scott.. .Second  child  and  daughter  to  Elisa 
Davidson  Szweda  '86  and  Eric  Szweda  on  July  27. 
Named  Lila  Cardwell... Second  child  and  son  to 
Timothy  N.  Thoelecke  Jr.  '86  and  Chris 
Thoelecke  on  July  8.  Named  William  Louis.. .First  child 
and  son  to  Sarah  Miller  Assousa  '87  and  Mark 
Assousa  B.S.E.  '87  on  Oct.  5, 1996.  Named  George 
Jacob...Second  child  and  first  son  to  Julie  Pease 
Buranosky  '87  and  Mark  Paul  Buranosky  87 
on  June  1, 1996.  Named  Reid  Paul.. .First  child  and 
daughter  to  Jennie  Proctor  Joiner '87  and 
Christopher  F.  Joiner '88  on  June  23.  Named 
Cameron  Holliday... Second  child  and  son  to  Shep 
McKinley  '87  and  Cyndy  McKinley  on  June  10. 
Named  Alec  Risser... Second  son  to  Cate  Tinkler 
Mueller  '87  and  Dan  Mueller  on  July  5, 1996. 
Named  Patrick  Joseph...Second  child  and  son  to 
Steven  Joseph  O'Brien  '87  and  Kathy 
Swanson  O'Brien  '88  on  June  2.  Named  Reid 
Joseph.. .First  child  and  daughtet  to  Lynn  Buch 
Beirl  '88  and  Tim  Beirl  on  June  11.  Named  Sara 
Diane...Second  child  and  son  to  Richard  Bloom- 
feld  '88  and  Christine  Ferraro-Bloomfeld  '88 
on  March  15.  Named  Jackson  Ferraro  Bloomfeld... 
Third  son  to  Gary  A.  Budlow  M.B.A.  '88  and 
Jennifer  N.  Budlow  on  Aug.  21.  Named  Kyle  Joseph... 
First  child  and  daughter  to  Christopher  F.  Joiner 
'8S  and  Jennie  Proctor  Joiner      on  June  23. 
Named  Cameron  Holliday.. .First  child  and  son  to 
Dana  Albert  Kaplan  '88  and  Andrew  Kaplan  on 
Aug.  3, 1996.  Named  SayTes  Alexander.. Triplet 
daughters  to  Kevin  M.  Murtagh  '88  and  Cynthia 
Murtagh.  Named  Alison  Patricia,  Caroline  Marie,  and 
Meaghan  Elizabeth...Third  child  and  second  son  to 
ggiero  S8  and  Robert 
Jr.  '88  on  June  12.  Named  William 
Penrod..Twin  sons  to  Wendy  Cramer  Sanford 
'88  and  Andrew  Sanford  on  Dec.  15, 1996.  Named 
Timothy  Jacob  and  Nicholas  Trower... Second  child 
and  son  to  Nancy  Risher  Ward  '88  and  William 


Ward  on  Aug.  21.  Named  Jackson  Francis...  Daughter 
to  Lowell  D.  Aptman  '89  and  Eileen  Aptman. 
Named  Isabel  Rose...Second  child  and  son  to  Heidi 
A.  Boyd  '89  and  William  D.  Dwyer  BSE.  '89 
on  Jan.  16, 1997.  Named  Zachary  Robert  Dwyer...  First 
child  and  daughter  to  Juan  Pablo  Cappello  '89 
and  Ana  Maria  Larrain  on  May  21.  Named  Alessandra 
Larrain  Cappello.. .Second  child  and  first  son  to  Lee 
Stephens  Mullett  89  and  Charles  Mullett  89 
on  Jan.  10, 1997.  Named  Jacob  Thomas...  First  child 
and  son  to  Brad  R.  Onofrio  '89  and  Michelle 
Onofrio  on  Dec.  24, 1996.  Named  Nicholas  Shane... 
First  child  and  son  to  Deborah  B.  Rosenthal  '89 
and  Brian  Kombrek  on  June  27.  Named  Ethan 
Rosenthal  Kornbrek. 


David  M.  Colborne  B.S.E.  '90  is  a  mechanical 
engineer  for  JSG  Technical  Services  in  Goshen,  N.Y. 

Timothy  S.  Crisp  J.D.  '90  has  joined  the  Madison, 

Wise,  law  firm  Michael,  Best  and  Friedrich. 


Kyle  A.  Glerum  '90,  a  Marine  captain,  reported  for 
duty  with  Marine  Aircraft  Group  42, 4th  Marine  Air- 
craft Wing,  Naval  Air  Station  Atlanta,  Marietta,  Ga. 

Raymond  Hahn  '90  will  conduct  documentary 
studies  in  Seoul,  Korea,  with  a  Fulbright  grant  to 
"increase  mutual  understanding  between  people  of  the 
United  States  and  the  people  of  other  c 


'90  graduated  from  New  York 
University's  law  school  and  is  a  clerk  for  a  judge  in 
Nashville,  Tenn. 

Jennifer  Wallis  Kotzen  '90  is  an  associate  spe- 
cializing in  corporate  law  with  the  law  firm  Lowenthal, 
Landau,  Fischer  and  Bring  in  New  York  City. 

Timothy  J.  O'Sullivan  J.D.  '90  is  an  associate 
with  the  law  firm  Myers,  Bigel,  Sibley  and  Sajovec  in 
Cary.N.C. 

'90,  a  graphic  designer  and 
photographer,  has  produced  a  1998  calendar  of  South 
Beach  color  photographs,  published  by  Key  Press. 
Her  photographs  were  exhibited  in  December  and 
January  at  Jamson  Whyte  gallery  in  Miami  Beach. 
Her  calendar  is  available  at  major  book  stores. 

Karen  Herzig  Apsel  '91,  who  is  pursuing  her  Ph.D. 
in  clinical  psychology  at  the  University  of  Virginia,  is 
an  intern  at  the  D.C.  Commission  for  Mental  Health. 
She  and  her  husband,  Steve,  live  in  Arlington,  Va. 

James  R.  Cannon  J.D.  '91  is  an  associate  in  the 
law  firm  Myers,  Bigel,  Sibley  and  Sajovec  in  Cary,  N.C. 

Anne  Bryan  Faircloth  '91  is  a  writer-reporter  for 
Fortune  magazine.  She  and  her  husband,  Frederick 
Beaujeu-Dulour,  live  in  New  York  City. 

Sally  Redding  Hanchett    1  is  coordinating 
producer  for  NBC  News  Channel  at  the  Washington, 
D.C,  network  bureau.  She  and  her  husband,  Jim,  live 
in  Vienna,  Va. 

Catherine  Laskey  '91  is  director  of  admissions  at 
Colorado  Academy.  She  and  her  husband,  Mark 
Ebel  '88,  live  in  Denver. 


Frances  Shank '91,  who  earned  her 
M.B.A.  at  the  University  ofVirginia's  Darden  School, 
works  for  General  Motors  Corp.  in  New  York  City. 

Adam  Stock  Spilker   '1  was  ordained  as  a  rabbi 
in  New  York  City  in  May. 

Mark  Owen  Timperman  '91,  who  earned  his 
M.B.A.  at  the  University  ofVirginia's  Darden 
School,  works  for  First  Union  Capital  Markets  in 
Washington,  D.C. 


D.  Ashley  '92  is  an  attorney  at  the  law 
firm  Skadden,  Arps,  Slate,  Meagher  and  Flom  in 
Washington,  D.C. 

Sarah  Elizabeth  Barnard  '92,  who  earned  her 
M.B.A.  at  the  University  ofVirginia's  Darden  School, 
works  for  Deloitte  &  Touche  in  Chicago. 


Virginia  C 

the  law  firm  My 
Cary.N.C. 


J.D.  '92  is  an  associate  with 
,  Sibley  and  Sajovec  in 


D.  Brickhouse  '92,  a  Na\-y  lieutenant, 
participated  in  "Operation  Sail  200,"  the  bicentennial 
celebration  for  the  L'SS  Constitution,  the  world's  oldest 
commissioned  warship  afloat. 

Rhonda  Burnette-Bletsch  '92,  who  is  pursuing 
her  Ph.D.  at  Duke,  teaches  religion  at  Greensboro 
College. 

Jan  Paul  De  Weer  '92  is  in  his  third  season  as  a 
goalkeeper  in  the  USOSL  outdoor  professional  minor 
soccer  league,  now  playing  tor  the  Baltimore  Bays. 
When  not  playing  outdoor  soccer,  he  trains  with  the 
Washington  Warthogs  protessional  indoor  soccer  team 


32      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


EHsmaams 


THE  FUNNY  SIDE  OF  PARADISE 


Trying  to  find  a 
coral  reef  in  the 
Baltic  Sea  might 
be  scientifically  impos- 
sible. But  thanks  to 
popular  syndicated 
cartoonist  Jim  Toomey 
B.S.E.  '83,  Swedes— 
and  Americans — need 
look  no  further  than 
their  Sunday  ninnies. 

Toomey's  recent 
collection  of  cartoon 
strips,  Sherman's 
Lagoon:  Ate  That, 
What's  Next?  may  be 
his  first  book  published 
stateside — or  even  in 
English,  for  that  mat- 
ter— but  it  certainly 
isn't  a  freshman  offer- 
ing. He  has  already 
released  two  collec- 
tions from  his  ram- 
bunctious daily  strip 
"Sherman's  Lagoon"  in 
Scandinavia,  where  his 
rabid  Swedish  and 
Norwegian  following 
knows  his  work  as"Sig- 
ge's  Lagun"  and  "La- 
gunen,"  respectively. 
Set  in  the  Palauan 
archipelago  of  Micro- 
nesia, the  seven-year- 
old  daily  "Sherman's 
Lagoon"  features  the 
wry  adventures  of  an 
assortment  of  talkative 
underseas  animals  who 
"team  up  to  battle  the 
encroachment  of  civi- 
lization" on  their  re- 
mote paradise. 

The  strip's  name- 
sake, Sherman  the 
Shark,  is  a  dimwitted 
Great  White  generally 
too  lazy  to  hunt  any- 
thing larger  than  bags 
of  fried  squid  puffs. 
His  sea  turtle  sidekick, 
Fillmore,  supplies  the 
bookish  foil.  Toomey's 
cast  of  coral  reef  char- 
acters also  includes  a 
rocket  scientist  fish,  a 
crab  with  a  "Napoleon 
complex,"  and  an 
expatriate  polar  bear 


who  dallies  in  the 
warm  South  Pacific 

Toomey  didn't 
initially  plan  to  go  pro- 
fessional with  his  art- 
work, despite  car- 
tooning for  The 
Chronicle,  beginning  in 
his  sophomore  year. 
Instead,  he  signed  on 
with  a  Virginia  engi- 
neering firm  after 
graduation. 

He  began  as  a  free- 
lancer for  the  Alex- 
andrian Gazette,  supply- 
ing two  editorial  car- 
toons each  week  at 
twenty-five  dollars  a 
pop.  "It  was  really 
more  of  a  way  to  build 
up  a  portfolio  than 
anything  else." 

Having  to  politicize 
even  the  most  bland 
local  happenings  grad- 
ually took  its  toll  on 
his  interest  in  stinging 
editorial  insight  "With 
political  cartoons,  you 
have  to  pick  one  side 
of  an  argument  and 
blast  it  with  a  cannon. 
A  lot  of  times,  I  just 
wasn't  motivated  to 
make  people  look 
worse  than  they  really 
were." 

Between  drawing 
and  a  part-time  engin- 
eering job,  the  money 
wasn't  coming;  he 
could  hardly  meet  his 
rent.  So  in  the  fall  of 
1989,  he  dropped  polit- 
ical cartooning,  packed 
up,  and  moved  west  to 
San  Francisco. 

There  he  found 
more  part-time  work 
and  settled  down  on  a 
new  project — creating 
a  self-syndicated  car- 
toon strip,  featuring 
character-based  plots 
instead  of  political 
satire.  After  several 
different  submissions 
to  California  papers 


Toomey:  Engineering  a  career  in  cartooning;  below, 
his  popular  strip,  "Sherman's  Lagoon" 


received  no  response, 
he  struck  gold  in  May 
1991  when  the  Es- 
condido  Times-Adiiocate 
agreed  to  run  his  daily 
"Sherman's  Lagoon." 
By  the  time  Creators 
Syndicate  took  notice 
and  signed  Toomey  to 
a  seven-year  contract 
that  fall,  the  strip's 
popularity  was  already 
beginning  to  "snow- 
flake,"  picking  up  two 
or  three  new  papers 
monthly.  Toomey's  car- 
toon now  appears  in 
125  North  American 
papers,  like  The  Wash- 
ington Post,  as  well  as 
in  journals  in  South 
Africa,  Australia,  Hong 
Kong,  and  Singapore. 
Though  he  admits 
that  his  creative  pro- 
cess keeps  changing, 
Toomey  usually  spends 
the  first  three  or  four 
days  of  each  week 
writing  storylines.  The 
actual  drawing  takes 
another  day  and  a  half, 


before  the  strips  are 
sent  in  four-week 
batches  for  publica- 
tion. (Given  the  flexi- 
ble schedule,  Toomey 
was  able  to  squeeze  in 
enough  hours  to  earn  a 
master's  degree  from 
Stanford  University  on 
the  side.) 

Toomey  cites  the 
recent  retirement  of 
"Calvin  and  Hobbes" 
creator  Bill  Watterson 
as  a  rare  windfall  for 
aspiring  cartoonists 
jockeying  for  slots  in 
an  extremely  competi- 
tive market.  "It  has 
become  really  hard  to 
grow  as  a  comic  strip 
today  because  strips 
just  never  seem  to  die 
anymore.  Even  in  cases 
when  the  original  artist 
dies,  today  they  just 
get  redrawn  by  other 
people." 

—Brian  Henderson  '98 
The  website  for  "Sher- 
man's Lagoon"  is  <u>iuwj. 
slagoon.com. 


YfP  TOOK MEffiKS  TO  PUT 

nmm.  irsMmmmioH, 

MUSIC,  VIPEO...  IT'S  "- 
CHECK  IT  OUT. 


and  works  as  an  independent  business  consultant  for  a 

technology  tirm  in  Fairfax,  Va.,  where  he  lives. 

Jenny  Douglas  '92  is  pursuing  her  Ph.D.  in  social 
psychology  at  the  University  of  Minnesota.  She  and 
her  husband,  James  Patrick  Vidas  '94.  live  in 
Minneapolis. 

David  C.  Fuquea  A.M.  '92,  a  major  in  the 
Marines,  is  on  a  six-month  deployment  with  the  22nd 
Marine  Expeditionary  Unit,  aboard  the  ships  of  the 
VSS  Kearsarge  Amphibious  Ready  Group. 

Alayna  A.  Gaines  '92  earned  her  M.S.  in 
journalism  at  Northwestern  University's  Medill  School 
of  Journalism. 

Michael  G.  Grable  '92,  who  graduated  from  the 
William  and  Mary  School  of  Law,  is  working  as  a  law 
clerk  for  the  Hon.  Craig  Enoch,  Supreme  Court  of 
Texas,  in  Austin. 

David  Greher  '92,  who  earned  his  J.D.  at  the 
University  of  Virginia,  is  an  associate  in  the  litigation 
department  at  Parcel,  Mauro,  Hultin  and  Spaanstra 
in  Denver.  He  and  his  wife,  Karolyn  Kabir  '88, 

live  in  Denver. 

Jason  Reams  Jordan  '92,  who  earned  his 
M.B.A.  at  the  University  of  Virginia's  Darden  School, 
works  for  Arthur  Andersen  in  Washington,  D.C. 

Edie  Legg  '92,  who  earned  her  M.D.  at  the  Uni- 
versity of  Texas  Medical  Branch  at  Galveston  in  May, 
is  a  resident  in  urology  at  Oregon  Health  Sciences 
University.  She  lives  in  Portland. 

Emily  A.  Lopez  '92  earned  her  J.D.  at  Pennsylvania 
State  University's  Dickinson  School  of  Law. 

Jason  Earl  Myers  '92  was  promoted  to  manager 
with  Andersen  Consulting.  His  wife,  Jennifer 
Braden  Myers  '92,  who  graduated  from  the  Uni- 
versity of  Tennesee's  College  of  Medicine,  is  a  resident 
in  pediatrics  at  Vanderhilt  University.  They  live  in 
Nashville,  Tenn. 

John  Erik  Thorsten  Olsson  '92,  who  earned  his 
M.B.A.  at  the  University  of  Virginia's  Darden  School, 
works  tor  Marriott  International,  Inc.,  in  Bethesda,  Md. 


'93,  M.D. '97  is  an 
intern  in  internal  medicine  ai  Rrigham  and  Women's 
Hospital  in  Boston.  Her  husband,  William  Giles 
Beamer  '93,  completed  his  service  as  a  Navy  lieu- 
tenant and  is  an  M.B.A.  student  at  Harvard  Business 
School.  They  live  in  Brookline,  Mass. 

Paula  Chaiken  '93,  who  earned  her  M.S.  at  Spertus 
College,  is  the  assistant  director  of  annual  giving  at 
Northwestern  University.  She  and  her  husband,  Joseph 
Kraus,  live  in  Chicago. 

Julie  Cohen  '93,  who  earned  her  M.B.A.  at  the 
University  of  Chicago,  is  an  assistant  brand  manager  at 
Procter  &  Gamble.  She  and  her  fiance,  John  A. 
"Jay"  Woffington  '94,  who  also  works  for  P&G, 
live  in  Cincinnati. 

Katerina  M.  Lent  '93,  who  graduated  from  the 
Uniformed  Services  University  of  the  Health  Sciences, 
was  commissioned  as  a  Na%7  lieutenant. 


P.  Lissy  B.S.E.  '93,  a  Navy  1 
on  a  six-month  deployment  to  the  Western  Pacific 
Ocean  aboard  the  USS  Nimitz. 


'  Urioste  '9 3  is  a  medical  student  at 
Wake  Forest  University's  Bowman  Gray  School  of 
Medicine.  He  and  his  wife,  Kristine  Novak  Ph.D. 
'97,  live  in  Winston-Salem,  N.C. 

"  G.  Williamson  '93,  a  Marine  first 

,  returned  to  Camp  Pendleton,  Calif,  after  a 
th  deployment  to  Australia  and  Thailand. 


Craig  S. 


'94,  a  Navy  lieutenant,  is  on  ; 


January-February 


CLASSIFIEDS 


ACCOMMODATIONS 


ARROWHEAD  INN, 
Durham's  country  bed  an 
breakfast.  Restored  1775 
plantation  on  four  rural  acres,  20  minutes  to  Duke. 
Written  up  in  USA  Today,  Food  &  Wine,  Mid- 
Atlantic.  106  Mason  Rd„  27712.  (919)  477-8430; 
outside  919  area,  (800)  528-2207. 
BRITISH  VIRGIN  ISLANDS:  Luxury  waterfront 
house  on  Beef  Island,  sleeps  six.  Pool  and  spectacular 
views.  Great  swimming  and  snotkeling.  John 
Krampf  '69,  812  W  Sedgwick  St.,  Philadelphia,  PA 
19119.  (215)  438-4430  (home)  or  (215)  963-5501 
(office). 

ST  JOHN:  Two  bedrooms,  pool.  Quiet  elegance, 
spectacular  view.  (508)  668-2078. 
ST.  MAARTEN:  Small,  private,  creamy-pink  villas 
on  the  sea.  Secluded  snorkeling.Tahirian  gardens, 
sugar  birds,  and  tree  frogs.  One,  two,  and  three 
chilled  bedrooms.  Maria  Licari  (800)  942-6725. 


113  LONDON  FLATS 

FINEST  SELECTION  OF  PRIVATE  FLATS 

IN  LONDON 

Highest  standards,  best  locations:  Mayfair, 

Belgravia,  Knightsbridge,  Chelsea,  Holland  Park, 

and  Covent  Garden 

MINIMUM  STAY  OF  ONE  WEEK 

Airport  pick-up  with  each  reservation 

One,  two,  three,  four,  five  bedrooms  available. 

$650  to  $3,500  per  week. 

13  COTSWOLD  COTTAGES 

Near  Tetbury 

FINEST  STANDARD 

Located  on  a  private  estate  with  manor  house 

Filled  with  history  and  charm 

Fully  modernized  to  a  very  high  standard 

Studios  to  five -bedroom  cottages 

$650  to  $1,200  per  week 

BROCHURES  AND  REFERENCES,  CONTACT: 

The  London  Connection 

Mr.  Thomas  Moore 

Phone:  (801)  393-9120  Fax:  (801)  393-3024 

AMADO,  ARIZONA:  TUCSON  AREA:  Beautiful 
new  Ranch  Inn  &  Restaurant.  Great  weather, 
spectacular  views,  nearby  golf,  hiking,  birding,  and 
Tubac  shopping.  Good  seasonal  rates.  Call  (888) 
398-8684. 

FRANCE,  DORDOGNE:  Attractive  three-bed- 
room house,  garden  in  medieval  village.  (513)  221- 
1253.  75017.3320@compuserve.com 
FIGURE  EIGHT  ISLAND,  WILMINGTON,  NC: 
Four  bedrooms  (two  master  suites),  three  baths. 
Numerous  amenities:  linens,  VCR,  Cable,  bikes,  etc. 
Screenporch,  panoramic  views  sound /ocean. 
Weekly  $2,050.  (910)  686-4099. 
EDISTO  ISLAND,  SC  (featured  in  NY  Times 
and  Washington  Post):  Fantastic  front  beach  house 
sleeping  13.  Great  spring/fall  rates.  Near  Charleston. 
(202)  338-3877  for  information,  pictures. 


FLORIDA  KEYS,  BIG  PINE  KEY  Fantastic 
open  water  view.  Key  Deer  Refuge,  National  Bird 
Sanctuary,  stilt  house,  3/2,  screened  porches,  fully 
furnished,  stained  glass  windows,  swimming,  diving, 
fishing,  boat  basin,  non-smoking,  starting  at 
$l,900/week.  (305)  665-3832. 


DURHAM'S  BEST  KEPT  CHARMING  SECRET 
DUKE  TOWER  RESIDENTIAL  SUITES 

Luxuriously  furnished  all-suite  hotel. 

Award-winning  gardens,  magnificent  outdoor  pool, 

fitness  center,  covered  walking  track, 

fully  equipped  kitchen,  two  temote  control 

color  TVs,  HBO  and  cable,  two  telephones, 

free  local  calls,  call  waiting,  and  voice  mail, 

laundry  room,  fax  and  copier  service, 

uniformed  security,  pets  permitted. 

One  minute  from  East  Campus,  two  minutes 

from  West  Campus  and  Duke  Medical  Center. 

Just  streets  away  from  many  restaurants  and 

Northgate  Mall,  fifteen  minutes  to  RDU  Airport. 

For  reservations  and  information, 

call  (919)  687-4444;  fax  (919)  683-1215. 


FOR  RENT 


TOPSAIL  BEACH,  NC:  Panoramic  views  of 
ocean/sound.  Second-row,  single-family  home.  Three 
bedrooms/bath.  (800)  523-5333,  extension  5372. 


FOR  SALE 


BONITA  BAY,  A  GOLF  COURSE  COMMUNITY: 
near  Naples,  Florida,  with  emphasis  on  environment, 
wildlife,  and  quality  development.  Selling  homes, 
villas,  condominiums.  Four  golf  courses,  parks, 
bike  paths,  beach,  tennis,  fitness  center,  marina  with 
Gulf  access.  A  very  special  place!  Contact  Carol 
Wood  '68,  Realtor,  for  information  and  video. 
(800)  868-3020. 


N.C.  MOUNTAINS 
Lake  Lure  Area 

Three  Creeks — an  unparalleled  community. 

Only  16  three-acre  homesites,  none  contiguous 

with  another,  will  ever  be  offered  within 

240  nature-filled  acres.  The  surrounding  park-like 

common  land  is  deeded  to  the  owners... 

to  be  enjoyed  by  all.  Abundant  water  sources, 

prominent  waterfalls,  meadows,  forest,  swim  pond, 

trails,  library  cabin.  Protective  covenants 

with  architectural  review.  Paved  roads, 

underground  utilities. 

John  Nelson,  Owner/Broker 

241  Three  Creeks  Road 

Lake  Lure,  NC  28746 

(704)  625-4293. 


MISCELLANEOUS 

CLASS  OF  1995  ALUMNA:  Did  you  lose  a  gold 
bracelet  in  Chapel  Hill?  Someone  found  it  two 
years  ago.  For  its  return,  identify  it  by  e-mailing 
ekarvazy@shs.unc  .edu. 

NORTH  CAROLINA  RETIREMENT 

Receive  RETIREMENT  LIFESTYLES  IN  NORTH 

CAROLINA  and  three  SENIOR  LIVING  magazines! 

Send  $10  (PckH)  for  all  four  to 

PO.  Box  11968,  Charlotte,  NC  28220. 


DATE  SOMEONE 

WHO  KNOWS  THAT 

PARADIGM 

IS  NOT 

TWENTY  CENTS 

GRADUATES  AND  FACULTY  OF 
DUKE, 

SEVEN  SISTERS,  THE  IVIES, 
UC  BERKELEY,  DUKE,  MIT, 
UNIVERSITY  OF  CHICAGO, 
CALTECH,  NORTHWESTERN, 
STANFORD,  JOHNS  HOPKINS 

DATE  ALUMNI  AND 

ACADEMICS 

MORE  THAN  2600  MEMBERS 


RIGHT 

STUFF 


800-988-5288 


CLASSIFIED  RATES 


GET  IN  TOUCH  WITH  60,000+ POTENTIAL 
buyers,  renters,  consumers,  through  Duke 
Classifieds. 

RATES:  $2.50  per  word,  minimum  10  words.  Ten 
percent  discount  for  two  or  more  insertions. 
DISPLAY  RATES  (with  art  or  special  type  treat- 
ment): $150  per  column  inch  (2  3/8"  wide). 
REQUIREMENTS:  All  copy  must  be  printed  or 
typed;  specify  section  (FOR  SALE,  etc.)  in  which 
ad  should  appear.  Due  to  postal  regulations,  no 
travel  arrangements  or  financial  services  allowed. 
ALL  ADS  MUST  BE  PREPAID:  Send  check  or 
money  order  (payable  to  Duke  Magazine)  to: 
Classifieds,  Duke  Magazine,  614  Chapel  Drive, 
Durham,  NC  27708-0570. 
We  also  accept  VISA,  MASTERCARD,  and 
DISCOVER.  No  phone  orders,  except  FAX  orders 
with  credit  card  numbers  and  expiration  date: 
(919)  684-6022. 

DEADLINES:  November  15  (January-February 
issue),  January  15  (March-April  issue),  March  15 
(May-June  issue),  May  15  (July-August  issue),  July 
15  (September-October  issue),  September  15 
(November-December  issue).  Please  specify  issues 
in  which  ad  should  appear. 


34      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


six-month  deployment  to  the  Mediterranean  Sea 
aboard  the  aircraft  carrier  L'SS  John  ¥  Kennedy. 


3avis  '94  completed  her  first  year  of 
teaching  secondary  school  geograpln  at  an  inner-city 
school  in  London,  England.  Her  Internet  address  is 
CDavis(5'crankcall. demon. co.uk. 

Terry  S.  Francis  M.B.A.  '94  joined  the  Atlanta 

office  of  Ernst  and  Young  as  a  senior  manager. 

Daniel  W.  Koenig  '94,  who  earned  his  J.D.  at 
Southern  Methodist  University,  is  an  associate  in  the 
Greensboro,  N.C.,  law  firm  Adams  Kleemeier  Hagan 
Hannah  and  Fouts. 

Eric  W.  Law  A.M.  '94  is  program  officer  at  the 
Foundation  for  The  Carolinas.  He  lives  in  Charlotte. 

William  McClatchey  Jr.  '94  is  a  student  at  the 
Kenan-Flagler  School  of  Business  at  UNC-Chapel  Hill. 

M.  Nicole  Morrison  '94,  who  graduated  from  the 
University  of  Texas  School  of  Law,  passed  the  Texas 
bar  exam. 


R.  Salter  B.S.E.  '94,  a  Navy  lieuten- 
ant, is  on  a  six-month  deployment  to  the  Mediterranean 
Sea  with  Tactical  Electronic  Warfare  Squadron  141- 

Dev  Sethi  '94,  who  earned  his  J.D.  at  the  University 
of  Arizona's  College  of  Law,  has  moved  to  Las  Vegas 
and  will  begin  work  a!  the  law  firm  Rrocning,  Oherg, 
Woods,  Wilson,  and  Cass  after  taking  the  bar  exam. 

David  Swayne  '94  is  a  medical  student  at  Wake 
Fotest  University's  Bowman  Gtay  School  of  Medicine. 
He  lives  in  Winston-Salem,  N.C. 


'94,  who  earned  her  J.D.  at  the 
University  of  Virginia's  law  school,  is  a  judicial  clerk  in 
Washington,  D.C. 

James  Patrick  Vidas  '94  is  an  information 
technology  specialist  at  ReliaStar  Financial.  He  and 
his  wife,  Jenny  Douglas  '92,  live  in  Minneapolis. 

John  A.  "Jay"  Woffington  '94,  who  recently 

graduated  from  the  Kellogg  Graduate  School  of 
Management,  is  an  assistant  brand  manager  at  Proctet 
&.  Gamble.  He  and  his  fiancee,  Julie  M. 

'93,  who  also  woiks  |,,i  PMi,  live  in  Cincinn.m. 


Christopher  Blackwell  '95,  assistant  professor  of 
classical  and  modern  languages  at  Furman  University, 
is  the  author  of  The  Absence  of  Alexander:  Harpaidus 

and  the  Failure  of  Macedonian  Authority,  published  by 
Petet  Lang  Publishing  of  New  York. 

Al  Cohn  '95  joined  a  Global  Volunteets  service 
program  in  Tanzania. 

Rachel  G.  Luther  '95  was  promoted  to  senior 
consultant  at  Emst  and  Young  in  Atlanta. 

Kendra  E.  Novick  '95,  who  gtaduated  from 

Northwestern  University's  dental  school,  is  practicing 
dentistry  with  her  fathet  in  northern  Virginia. 

Julie  H.  Richardson  J.D.  95  is  an 

with  the  law  firm  Myers,  Bigel,  Sibley  and  Saj. 
Cary.N.C. 


Jlt)'95  is  teaching  English  for  the 
Aeon  Corp.  in  Gifu-city,  Japan. 

Maria  Winkler '95  is  an  assistant  in  the  promotions 
department  of  Penguin-Putnam,  book  publishers.  She 
lives  in  New  York  City. 

James  S.  Goudie  '96,  a  Navy  ensign,  completed 
the  Officer  Indoctrination  Course. 


'96,  a  Navy  ensign,  received 
his  commission  as  a  naval  officer  after  completing 

Officers  Candidate  School  in  Pensacola,  Fla. 


H.  LaVoy  B.S.E.  '96,  a  Marine  second 
lieutenant,  received  a  Letter  of  Appreciation  while 


Aviation  Logistics  Squadron-13 


assigned  with  Ma 
in  Arizona. 


Karen  A.  Magri  J.D. '%  is  an  associate  with  the 
law  firm  Myers,  Bigel,  Sibley  and  Sajovec  in  Cary,  N.C. 
Thomas  A.  Post  '96,  a  Navy  ensign,  reported 
for  duty  aboatd  the  USS  Essex,  whose  home  port  is 
San  Diego. 

Kathy  Rust  Trotter  M.S.N.  '96  is  an  adult  and 

geriatric  nutse  practitioner  with  Presbyterian 
Healthcare  Associate's  Inpatient  Medicine  Team  in 
Charlotte.  She  and  her  husband,  Paul  H.  Trotter 
B.S.E.  '81,  live  in  Charlotte. 

J.  Wesley  Ulm  '96  won  more  than  $63,000  on  the 
TV  game  show  JEOPARDY!  in  June.  A  four-time 
winner,  he  qualified  for  the  tournament  of  champions. 
He  and  his  family  live  in  Alexandria,  Va. 


'  J.  Wyse  '96,  a  Navy  ensign,  reported  for 

duty  aboard  the  guided  missile  cruiser  L'SS  Mobile  Bay. 

Brian  L.  Feldman  BSE  '97,  Russell  W. 
Fusco  97,  Matthew  T.  Gabay  BSE  '97,  Eric 
H.  Hanemann  '97,  Paul  W.  Kim  '97,  Chris- 
topher S.  Malfant  97,  and  Jason  S.  Manse 

'97  were  all  commissioned  as  Navy  ensigns  with  the 
Naval  Reserves  Officers  Training  Corps  unit  upon 
graduation. 


Ph.D.  '97  is  an  assistant  professor 
of  New  Testament  at  Luther  Seminary  in  St.  Paul,  Minn. 

MARRIAGES:  David  M.  Colborne  B.S.E.  '90  to 
Christine  Sinkeldam  on  June  20...Scott  Clement 
Fauver  M.B.A.  '90  to  Tracy  Leigh  Smith  on  Aug. 
16  Cheryl  Floeckher  B.S.E.  '90  to  Allen  White 

on  June  7.  Residence:  Columbus,  Ohio... Steven 
Ertel  B.S.E.  '91  to  Shara  Ruth  Goldstein  on  Sept.  13... 
Anne  Bryan  Faircloth  '91  to  Frederick  Beaujeu- 
Dufour  on  April  19.  Residence:  New  York  City... 
Karen  Herzig  '91  to  Steve  Apsel  on  May  25. 
Residence:  Arlington,  Va... .Suzanne  Hewitt '91  to 
Ian  Cohen  on  May  25.  Residence:  Seattle-Catherine 
Laskey  '91  to  Mark  Ebel  '88  on  July  5.  Residence: 
Denver.Timothy  Richard  Nugent  '91  to 
Amanda  C.  Tuttle  on  Aug.  23.  Residence:  Chicago... 
Sally  Redding  '91  to  Jim  Hanchett  on  June  7  in 
Duke  Chapel.  Residence:  Vienna,  Va.... Jill  Aranson 
'92  to  Michael  Snyder  on  April  5.  Residence:  Chicago... 
Katharine  B.  Bernard  '92  to  Phillip  H.  Buchanan 
on  Aug.  2  3.  Residence:  Blacksbutg.Va.... James 
Brennan  B.S.E.  92  to  Shilpa  Agarwal  '93  on 
Aug.  30.  Jenny  Douglas  '92  to  James  Patrick 

Vldas  '94  on  July  5.  Residence:  Minneapolis- 
Elizabeth  Ellen  Gibson  '92  to  Trevor  Richard 
Hopkins  on  Sept.  6.  Residence:  Durham.. .David 
Greher  '92  to  Karolyn  Kabir  '88  on  May  24. 
Residence:  Denver.. .Andrew  Siderowf  M.D.  '92  to 
Rachel  Michelle  Werner  on  Sept.  14..  Alexander 
Urioste  '93  to  Kristine  Novak  Ph.D.  '97  on  June 
7... Sara  Lynn  Ayres  '94  to  Konrad  Urberg  on  June 
7.  Residence:  Fort  Wayne,  hi     Meredith  Anne 
Baish  '94  to  Thomas  Robert  Timothy  Massey  on 
Aug.  16.  Residence:  Wilmington,  N.C. ..Christopher 
Guy  Canonico  B.S.E.  '94  to  Adelie  Wright 
Oakley '95  on  Aug.  2.  Residence:  Houston. ..Paula 
Chaiken  '94  to  Joseph  Kraus  in  August  1996. 
Residence:  Chicago..  Taryn  Samantha  Gordon 
'94  to  Joseph  Anthony  Mecia  '94  on  Aug.  9. 
Residence:  Chapel  Hill.. .Molly  K.  Joondeph'94 
to  Brad  W.  Rubin  '94  on  May  31.  Residence:  Palo 
Alto,  Calif.. ..Karen  Matsushima  '94  to  Gregory 
King  on  Aug.  I  (William  M.  McClatchey  '94  to 
Donna  Christine  Curtis  on  Aug.  2.  Residence:  Chapel 
HilL.Andrea  Roddy  B.S.E.  '94  to  J.  Scott  Reider 
on  Aug.  li     Michael  Solecki  '94  to  Katherine 
A.  Lorscheider  97  on  Aug.  9.  David  Swayne 
'94  to  Gayle  Venters  '94  on  July  19.  Residence: 
Winston-Salem.. .Astrid  E.  Woodward  B.S.E.  '94 


3ft  papsi  to 
intoesrt  m 
Buke 
^intbergttp 


Put  your  trust  in  Duke 
University  by  establishing  a 
charitable  remainder  trust 
which  benefits  both  you  and 
Duke.  For  a  minimum  of 
$100,000,  you  can: 

*  Earn  5  to  7-1/2  percent 
income  on  your  gift 

Receive  an  income  for  life  for 
you  and  your  spouse 

Receive  a  charitable  income 
tax  deduction  this  year 

Transfer  appreciated 
securities  to  your  trust  and 
potentially  avoid  capital  gains 
taxes 

Select  a  payment  option  that 
either  pays  you  a  fixed  dollar 
amount  or  a  fixed  percentage  of 
the  trust  assets  revalued 
annually 

Support  a  University  program 
that  interests  you  or  create  a 
scholarship  or  other  endowment 
fund 

If  you  want  to  learn  how  a 
charitable  remainder  trust  can 
benefit  both  you  and  Duke 
University,  call  the  Office  of 
Planned  Giving  and  we  will 
send  you  a  personal  financial 
analysis. 

Please  contact: 

Michael  C.  Sholtz,  J.D.,  Director 

Office  of  Planned  Giving 

Duke  University 

3100  Tower  Blvd. 

Suite  205 

Durham,  NC  27707 

(919)  419-5070 

(919)  684-2123 


January-February  1998        35 


to  Gwo-Chin  Lee  on  June  21.  Residence:  Houston... 
Anjali  Enjeti  '95  to  Brian  David  Sydow'95  on 
Aug.  2.  Residence:  Philadelphia.. Toddi  A.  Steel- 
man  Ph.D.  '96  to  Joseph  A.  Sinsheimer  '82  on 

June  21...  Jennifer  Wong  '96  to  Jamie  Christenson... 
Bryan  Carter  Hancock  '97  to  Lindsay  Michelle 
Mattin  on  July  12.  Residence:  Wrightsville  Beach,  N.C.... 
Diane  Hutter'97  to  Steve  Wallace.  Residence: 
Kernersville,  N.C....Peter  Ocko  J.D.  '97  to  Hilary 
Sauters  Jones  on  Sept.  13. 

BIRTHS:  First  child  and  son  to  Carlos  R.  Olarte 

'90  and  Adrians  Pallar  on  Sept.  2.  Named  Carlos 
Esteban... First  child  and  son  to  David  C.  Quam  '90 
and  Laura  L.  Quam  on  March  5.  Named  Justin  David... 
First  child  and  son  to  Carolyn  Gregg  Hayes 
Butler '91  and  Stephen  Edward  Butler  BSE. 
'92  on  March  29.  Named  William  Hayes...First  child 
and  daughter  to  Brian  C.  Reed  B.S.E.  '91  andTonja 
M.  Reed  on  July  1.  Named  Hannah  Rose...First  child 
and  daughter  to  Angela  Frith  Antrim  '93  and 
Patrick  W.  Antrim  on  July  26.  Named  Sarah  Aislinn... 
First  child  and  daughter  to  Melissa  Segal  '93  and 
Aaron  Miller  on  Aug.  29.  N;uik\1  Shosh.m.i  Rose  Segal- 
Miller.. .Daughter  to  Hakon  Heimer  M.S.  '94  and 
Alden  Bumstead  on  April  7.  Named  Kaia  Heimer- 
Bumstead. 


DEATHS 


Miriam  Clyde  Padgett  Johnson  '25  on  Nov. 
24, 1996.  She  worked  with  her  husband  in  the  real 
estate  business  for  60  years,  and  served  as  district  vice 
president  ot  the  Women's  Society  of  the  United 
Methodist  Church.  She  is  survived  by  four  children, 
including  Sarah  Johnson  Williams  '58  and 
Rebecca  Ann  Johnson  Kistler  '54;  and  son-in- 
law  Jack  Kistler  54. 

Henry  Folger  '29  on  Sept.  18, 1995.  He  was  the 
postmaster  of  Mount  Airy,  N.C,  from  1936-1949,  but 
he  retired  as  an  attorney.  He  is  survived  by  two 
nephews,  S.  Bailey  Glenn  Jr.  '50  and  Fred 
Folger  Jr.  '49,  LL.B.  '52;  and  a  niece. 

Charles  Elmer  '31  of  Painesville,  Ohio,  on  May  31. 
He  was  a  retired  public  school  teacher. 

Henry  P.  Richards  '32,  of  Elizabethtown,  Ky.,  on 
Nov.  30, 1996. 

Dorothy  Wyvell  '34,  M.D.  '38,  of  Midland,  Texas. 

Thomas  Williams  Graves  '35  of  Wilson,  N.C,  on 
June  23.  He  had  retired  as  a  vice  president  of  Imperial 
Tobacco  Co.  of  Great  Britain.  He  served  for  many 
years  as  a  director  and  chairman  of  the  board  of 
Atlantic  Savings  and  Loan  Association.  He  is  survived 
by  two  sons,  including  Thomas  W.  Graves  Jr.  '62, 
J.D.  '65  and  his  wife  Sara  Thomasson  Graves  '65; 
and  William  Thompson  Graves  '67,  J.D.  '72  and 
his  wife  Sara  Simons  Graves  '65;  two  daughters, 
including  Nancy  Graves  Osborne  '79;  eight 
grandchildren,  including  Kathryn  Graves  Dod- 
son  '91;  a  sister,  Elizabeth  Graves  Perkinson 
'48;  and  a  brother,  John  Graves  '43. 


H.  Hinck  '37,  of  Sun  City  Center,  Fla.,  on 
July  8.  At  Duke,  he  was  a  member  of  Kappa  Sigma. 
He  earned  his  law  degree  at  Fordham  University.  A 
retired  management  consultant  and  principal  with 
Kurt  Salmon  Associates,  Inc.,  he  was  a  founding 
member  of  the  Institute  of  Management  Consultants. 
He  is  survived  by  two  sons,  a  daughter,  a  brother,  two 
grandchildren,  and  a  great-granddaughter. 
Helen  Germaine  Lewis  Pittman  '38  on  March 
18.  At  Duke,  she  helped  found  the  concert  artist 
series.  She  is  survived  by  a  daughter,  Germaine 
Pittman  Ostridge  '64;  a  son,  Warren  Lewis 


'71;  and  two  grandchildren,  including 
Laurie  Suzanne  Ostridge  '97. 

Mary  Pearce  Budd  '39  of  Lansdowne,  Pa.,  on 
Nov.  16, 1996. 

Robert  Earle  Campbell  M.Ed.  '39  of  Clearwater, 
Fla.,  on  Sept.  7, 1996,  of  heart  failure.  An  educator  for 
41  years,  he  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Carrie  M. 
Campbell  M.Ed.  '39. 

Ralph  Murray  Havens  Ph.D.  '41  on  June  19,  of  a 
heart  attack.  After  serving  as  a  captain  in  the  U.S. 
Army,  he  directed  the  reopening  of  Heidelberg  Univer- 
sity. He  was  on  faculty  at  the  University  of  Alabama 
for  24  years,  serving  as  chairman  of  the  economics 
department  for  14  years,  while  also  working  as  an 
economist  on  the  Marshall  Plan  in  Paris  and  Washing- 
ton, D.C.  He  is  survived  hy  two  sons,  including  Harry 
S.  Havens '57;  two  grandchildren;  four  step-grand- 
children; and  five  step-great-grandchildren. 

Lavinia  Allen  Spencer '42  of  Carbondale,  111. 

William  Paul  O'Connor '43  of  Long  Beach, 
Calif.,  on  June  20, 1996,  of  cancer.  A  World  War  II 
veteran,  he  was  awarded  a  Purple  Heart.  He  worked 
for  General  Telephone  in  California.  He  is  survived  by 
his  wife,  Fotine. 

Donald  F.  Larsen '44,  of  Green  Bay,  Wise,  on 
June  5.  He  was  a  World  War  II  veteran  in  the  Marine 
Corps.  He  joined  the  Larsen  Co.  as  a  vegetable 
product  manager  and  was  later  elected  to  its  board 
of  directors.  He  was  a  past  director  of  the  YMCA  and 
was  a  founding  member  and  first  ptesident  of  the 
Heritage  Hill  Foundation.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife, 
Bette,  four  children,  and  11  grandchildren. 

Hobart  A.  Schroeder  B.S.E.  '45  of  Torrington, 
Conn.,  on  May  6. 

Fred  William  Whitener'46  of  Pinehurst.N.C, 
on  June  24.  He  worked  in  Duke's  alumni  affairs  office 
and  was  director  of  special  events  for  three  years.  He 
had  also  directed  the  Duke  Ambassadors  for  three 
years.  He  was  a  past  director  of  the  National  Con- 
ference of  Christians  and  Jews.  He  is  survived  by  three 
daughters,  four  grandchildren,  and  two  sisters. 

Benjamin  Ralph  Cato  '48,  A.M.  '50  of  Lake  Juna- 
luska,  N.C,  on  June  15,  of  cancet.  He  taught  at  the  Uni- 
versity of  Arizona  and,  for  31  years,  at  the  College  of 
William  and  Mary  in  Virginia.  He  is  survived  by  his 
wife,  Wilma  Roberts  Cato  '49;  his  mother;  a  daugh- 
ter, Karen  Lee  Cato  Doran  '74;  and  two  sons. 

Shirley  Segall  Kahana  '49,  of  Tampa,  Fla.,  on 
Aug.  3, 1996.  She  is  survived  by  her  husband,  Lawrence. 

Alonzo  L.  Harman  '50,  B.D.  '53,  of  Patterson 
Creek,  WVa.,  on  April  23, 1996.  Before  being  ordained 
as  an  elder  in  the  United  Methodist  Church,  he  was 
a  chief  petty  officer  in  the  U.S.  Navy  during  World 
War  II.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Frances,  a  son,  two 
daughters,  and  six  grandchildren. 

William  Lynn  Wilson  '51  of  Dover,  Del.,  on  May 
27,  after  a  long  illness.  He  was  a  retired  Air  Force  lieu- 
tenant colonel.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  I 
Blizard  Wilson  '50;  a  son;  and  a  daughti 


A.  Martin  Jr. '52  of  Summersville.WVa., 
on  Jan.  13, 1997,  of  a  heart  attack.  He  and  his  wife, 
Margie,  owned  and  operated  a  bed  and  breakfast  in 
Summersville.  He  was  a  former  employee  and  member 
of  the  board  of  directors  of  Merchants  and  Miners 
Bank,  a  regional  bank  examiner  for  the  Treasury 
Department,  a  loan  officer  with  Huntington  National 
Bank,  and  executive  vice  president  of  the  National 
Bank  of  Commerce,  Charleston.  He  is  survived  by  his 
wife,  a  son,  two  daughters,  and  five  grandchildren. 


56  of  St.  Louis,  Mo., 
Nov.  22, 1996.  He  was  a  chemist  at  Monsanto 


Industrial  Chemical  Co.  for  more  than  30  years.  In 
1974,  he  chaired  the  St.  Louis  section  of  the  American 
Chemical  Society.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  his 
mother,  two  sons,  and  two  grandchildren. 
George  A.  McCammon  Jr.  '60  of  Savannah, 
Ga.,  on  June  25, 1996.  He  is  survived  by  a  son,  two 
daughters,  his  parents,  and  a  sister. 

Martea  Reed  Scott  '60,  of  Dallas,  on  Sept.  21, 
1996,  of  cancer. 


;  Edward  Selby  '60  of  St.  Augustine  Beach, 
Fla.,  on  May  17, 1995,  of  cancer.  An  Army  veteran,  he 
was  senior  program  administrator  for  Northrop/Grum- 
man. He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Lee;  four  children;  his 
father,  William  P.  Ricks'37;  his  mother;  a  sister; 
and  eight  grandchildren. 

William  A.  Ruth  B.D.  '64,Th.M.  '65  on  June  25. 
He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Robyn,  and  two  daughters. 

Willis  W.  Powell  III  '65,  on  Oct.  17, 1995,  of  a  heart 
attack. 


i  W.  Wood  M.D.  71,  of  Myrtle  Beach,  S.C. 
He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Carol,  a  son,  three  daughter: 
and  two  sisters. 


R.  Johnson  Ph.D.  '77  of  Hillsborough, 
N.C,  on  July  18.  A  professor  emeritus  of  economics  at 
Meredith  College,  he  was  selected  by  his  students  as 
Outstanding  Professor  in  1996.  He  is  survived  by  his 
wife,  Maureen  McCauley  Johnson  A.M.  '72, 
M.B.A.  '84;  a  son;  a  sister;  and  a  brother. 
Divinity  Professor  Proctor 
Samuel  Proctor,  professor  of  the  practice  of  Christian 
ministry  from  1993  to  1996,  died  of  a  heart  attack  May 
22  while  on  the  lecture  circuit.  In  1964,  he  was  the 
first  African-American  to  preach  in  Duke  Chapel. 

He  earned  his  B.A.  at  Virginia  Union  University,  his 
B.D.  at  Crozer  Theological  Seminary,  and  hisTh.D.  at 
Boston  University.  At  the  invitation  of  the  Kennedy 
administration,  Proctor  led  the  first  Peace  Corps  team 
to  Nigeria,  and  returned  to  the  United  States  to  serve 
as  the  Peace  Corps'  associate  director. 

He  held  administrative  positions  with  the  Univer- 
sity ofWisconsin  at  Madison,  the  National  Council  of 
Churches,  the  Office  of  Economic  Opportunity,  and 
the  Institute  for  Services  to  Education.  He  was  a 
professor  at  United  Theological  Seminary  and  at  the 
theology  schools  at  Boston  University  and  Virginia 
Union  University.  He  was  a  visiting  professor  at 
Vanderbilt  University  and,  in  1990,  the  Lyman  Beecher 
lecturer  at  Yale  Divinity  School. 

Proctor  was  honored  with  the  Outstanding  Alumnus 
Award  from  Boston  University,  the  Distinguished 
Service  Award  from  the  State  University  of  New  York 
at  Platsburg,  the  Rutgers  Medal  for  Distinguished 
Service,  and  thirty-eight  honorary  degrees. 

Alumnae  Association  President  Ward 

The  president  of  the  Woman's  College  alumnae 
association  in  1939,  Courtney  Sharpe  Ward  '31 

died  August  26  of  cancer. 

Born  in  Lumberton,  North  Carolina,  she  chaired 
the  Social  Standards  Commitee  while  at  Duke  and 
helped  organize  the  first  Co-Ed  Ball.  After  graduating, 
she  began  working  with  her  father,  editor  and  publisher 
of  The  Robesonian,  as  a  reporter  and  then  a  columnist. 
She  remained  in  journalism  for  fifty  years,  retiring  in 
1982.  She  and  her  brothers  sold  the  paper  to  Park 
Communications. 

She  served  two  terms  on  the  Alumnae  Council  of 
the  Woman's  College  and  became  its  president  in  1939. 

A  pacifist,  she  served  several  terms  as  president  of 
the  North  Carolian  Peace  Action  Committee,  which 
she  helped  found  in  the  1930s. 

She  is  survived  by  a  daughter,  Ann  Courtney 
Ward  Little  '63;  a  son;  and  three  grandchildren, 
including  Lisa  Nicole  Little  '89  and  Laura 
Little  Thorne  '92. 


36      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


DIRECTION 


WHAT  WAS  THE 


QUESTION  AGAIN? 


They  sprawl  on  the  grass 
and  talk  about  saving  the 
world.  People  lean  for- 
ward, listening  intently, 
their  brows  knitted  in 
concentration.  No  one 
gets  cut  off,  but  no  one 
hesitates  to  test  an  as- 
sumption, challenge  a  conclusion.  And  over 
and  over  again  they  want  to  know:  Are  we 
asking  the  right  question? 

Forget  what  you're   thinking.  This   is   a 
reunion. 
A  reunion? 

Like  no  other.  On  a  balmy  September  week- 
end, some  150  former  and  current  students  of 
Professor  Thomas  McCollough  gather  from 
around  the  country  to  celebrate  his  retirement 
from  the  religion  department,  and  the  way  his 
teaching  of  practical  ethics  changed  their 


THIRTY-FIVE  YEARS 
OF  THE  EXAMINED  LIFE 

BY  PAUL  BAERMAN 


But  the  McCollough  Reunion  Ethics  Sympo- 
sium is  no  picnic:  Attendees  are  expected  to 
submit  a  paper,  attend  a  lecture,  join  small- 
group  discussions  for  the  better  part  of  a  day, 
and  attend  a  final  class  on  Saturday  night. 

These  alumni,  representing  a  thirty-five-year 
chunk  of  Duke's  history,  are  here  to  work.  On 
Friday  evening  we  are  to  hear  a  talk  from 
Douglas  Hicks  M.Div.  '93,  now  a  doctoral  can- 
didate at  Harvard,  about  the  misuse  of  econo- 
mic imagery  to  define  our  relationship  to  time. 

I  find  myself  sitting  next  to  Katie  Hender- 
son '99,  a  pre-med  majoring  in  biological  an- 
thropology and  a  student  in  McCollough's 
current  (and  last)  class,  "Ethical  Issues,  Social 
Change,  and  Public  Policy."  Will  she  be  writ- 
ing a  paper  on  this  talk?  "No,"  she  says  without 
irony,  "I'm  just  here  to  be  enlightened." 

And  we  turn  to  the  speaker.  Hicks  advocates 
"down-shifting":  not  keeping  up  with  the  Joneses 


January- February 


but  "letting  the  Joneses  go  to  the  mall 
without  us."  As  if  on  cue,  as  the  speaker 
deplores  the  sacrifices  we  often  make  in 
order  to  work  harder  and  longer,  some- 
one's pager  starts  beeping. 

The  someone  turns  out  to  be  Kim- 
berly  Blackwell  '89,  a  physician  and  fel- 
low in  hematology/oncology  at  Duke, 
who's  on  call  at  the  VA  hospital  to- 
night. One  of  the  conference  organiz- 
ers, Blackwell  had  an  undergraduate 
ethics  education  that  later  tempered 
her  medical  school  experience.  As  she 
moved  into  a  specialty  in  cancer  medi- 
cine, she  says,  she  began  reffaming  the 
questions  she  had  been  taught  to  ask 
— "What  is  disease?"  Instead  she  be- 
gan to  ask  herself,  "How  do  I  help  the 
patient  cope  with  their  disease?"  and 
even  "How  does  this  patient  want  to 
die?"  For  Blackwell,  these  were  pro- 
foundly ethical  questions. 

"Very  quickly,"  she  concludes,"my  so- 
called  'war'  on  cancer  was  finished." 
And  her  vocation  had  begun. 

Saturday  begins  at  8:30  a.m. 
with  the  reading  of  more  es- 
says. Several  attendees  recall 
the  shock  of  awakening  to  The  Ethical 
Question:  "My  first  course  in  ethics  — 
which  I  assumed  would  be  a  glorious 
intellectual  game — was  a  kick  in  the 
ass,"  wrote  Jeff  Georgi  71,  now  a  clini- 
cal associate  in  Duke  Medical  Center's 
department  of  psychiatry  and  behav- 
ioral sciences.  "I  owe  [Professor  McCol- 
lough]  many  sleepless  nights,  long  peri- 
ods of  confusion  and  ambivalence,  and 
the  profound  satisfaction  of  engaging 
an  issue  honestly." 

Georgi  gives  one  example,  a  hard  one.  A 
few  years  after  helping  launch  an  exciting  sub- 
stance-abuse treatment  program  for  mothers 
addicted  to  cocaine,  the  ethical  question  arose 
about  his  own  position:  "Was  it  ethical,  given 
the  racial  and  gender  imbalances  of  power  in 
our  culture,  for  a  white,  middle-class  male  to 
be  the  primary  clinical  and  administrative  di- 
rector of  a  woman's  program  administering 
services  to  black  women  caged  not  only  by 
their  poverty  but  by  their  addiction?" 

No,  he  decided,  it  wasn't.  And  with  great 
sadness,  he  did  what  he  had  to  do:  He  stepped 
down  as  director. 

McCollough  "has  been,  in  all  candor,"  says 
Keith  Harary  75, "personally  responsible... for 
my  having  made  some  of  the  most  painful 
decisions  of  my  life."  As  a  researcher  in  the 
politically  and  emotionally  charged  field  of 
parapsychology,  Harary  found  his  name  being 
used  in  two  research  reports  whose  underly- 
ing data  had  been  cooked — crediting  him 
with  achieving  certain  results  he  knew  were 


"FINDING  A  BALANCE  BETWEEN 

COMMUNITY  AND  YOUR  OWN 

INTEGRITY/'  SAID  ONE 

CONFERENCE  PARTICIPANT, 

"IS  HELL  ON  EARTH." 


being  misrepresented.  The  researchers  who 
were  making  those  claims  wanted  definitive 
results — if  not  scientific  proof  of  the  validity 
of  parapsychological  phenomena,  then  scien- 
tific endorsement  to  impress  both  their  col- 
leagues and  those  who  provided  the  money 
for  the  research. 

Harary  wanted  only  the  truth.  "If  you  tor- 
ture the  data  to  make  it  confess,  you  will  get 
a  false  confession,"  he  says  simply,  "and  that 
won't  lead  you  to  the  truth."  His  fellow  re- 
searchers became  alarmed  when  he  insisted 
on  exposing  the  deception — and  even  many 
of  those  who  had  not  been  involved  tried  to 
persuade  him  to  sweep  the  matter  under  the 
rug  to  protect  the  field's  public  image,  or  face 
being  ostracized  if  he  objected.  They  cornered 
him  and  demanded  to  know  why  he  was 
being  so  stubborn. 

"Because  I'm  responsible  for  what  I  know," 
he  replied.  The  idea  had  been  so  basic  to  stu- 
dents in  his  ethics  course  that  Harary  was 
shocked  to  discover  it  could  not  be  taken  for 
granted  in  the  wider  world.  While  at  Duke,  he 


notes,  "making  difficult  choices  based 
not  upon  expediency  but  upon  our 
own  personal  relationship  to  what  we 
know  to  be  true  became  an  absolutely 
inescapable  part  of  our  lives.  If  I  lie 
about  something  I  know,  my  life 
becomes  meaningless." 
Seems  melodramatic. 
"Listen,"  he  says,  "science  itself  is  an 
ethic,  a  way  of  looking.  I'm  going  to 
observe  this  and  try  not  to  fool  myself 
or  you.  Adding  anything  on  to  that  is 
crazy.  If  you  approach  science  only  as 
a  career  and  not  as  an  ethic,  you're  not 
a  scientist.  God  knows,  it's  utterly 
tempting.  The  money's  there.  All  the 
rewards  for  producing  certain  results, 
for  going  along  with  the  cause.  But 
science  isn't  just  a  business:  It's  a  re- 
sponsibility. In  my  particular  case,  al- 
lowing myself  to  be  used  in  that  way 
would  have  entailed  abandoning  all 
that  I  knew  to  be  true  and  good  and 
right,  based  upon  my  own  lifelong  per- 
sonal experience.  What  I  did  not  know 
was  how  agonizing  it  would  be  to  have 
to  challenge  a  whole  community." 

But  after  Harary  decided  to  quit, 
thinking  he'd  reached  the  end  of  his 
scientific  and  research  career  because 
he  had  refused  to  play  the  game,  oth- 
ers who  had  been  watching  in  the 
mainstream  community  of  scientists 
approached  him.  He  had  credibility, 
I  they  said.  There  was  still  room  for  an 
I  honest  man.  Could  they  cooperate  with 
him  in  future  research?  The  main- 
stream science -journalism  community 
also  supported  his  position,  and 
Harary  was  asked  to  report  on  para- 
psychology and  other  controversial  fields  for 
Omni  magazine. 

Harary  now  works  as  research  director  of 
the  Institute  for  Advanced  Psychology  in  Ti- 
buron,  California;  he  continues  to  serve  as 
Omni's  editor-at-large.  He  shakes  his  head. 
"Finding  a  balance  between  community  and 
your  own  integrity  is  hell  on  Earth." 

Ethical  reflection  consists,  then,"  writes 
McCollough  in  The  Moral  Imagination 
and  Public  Life:  Raising  the  Ethical  Ques- 
tion,'"not  of  analysis  and  application  of  princi- 
ples derived  from  historical  texts,  but  of  critical 
analysis  of  what  we  say,  what  we  do,  what  we 
are.  To  state  the  ethical  question  as  What  is 
my  personal  relation  to  what  I  knowl  is  to  relate 
knowledge  to  its  human,  historical  context  and 
to  assume  responsibility  for  knowledge  within 
that  setting....  It  leads  me  to  press  the  moral 
question  beyond  'What  ought  I  to  do  in  this 
situation?'  to  'What  are  my  deepest  intima- 
tions of  what  it  is  to  live  a  well-lived  life? 
What  do  I  know  about  what  it  means  to  be 


38      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


human  that  would  point  me  in  the  right 
direction  here  and  now?' " 

"The  lesson,"  repeats  Moe  Sandstead  '64,  "is 
not  in  an  answer  but  in  the  question.  What  in 
fact  is  the  right  question  when  wrestling  with 
an  ethical  decision?" 

The  attempt  to  formulate  the  right  ques- 
tions led  Sandstead  first  into  law  school  and  a 
private  firm — "I  thought  it  was  a  profession 
of  public  service  and  ethical  decision  making, 
a  savior  of  the  poor  and  downtrodden.  I  was 
naive."  But  in  1983,  he  was  called  into  juris- 
prudence, where  he  found  his  niche,  working 
hard  and  loving  it  ever  since.  Today  Sand- 
stead is  a  respected  District  Court  judge  in 
the  20th  Judicial  Circuit  of  Boulder,  Colo- 
rado, where,  he  admits  sheepishly,  he  often 
sits  up  at  night  reading  probation  reports.  "I'm 
no  longer  attempting  to  'save  the  world'  each 
day,"  he  says.  "But  I  do  take  satisfaction  in 
managing  a  fair  process  that,  whatever  its  lim- 
itations, is  better  than  other  last-ditch  efforts 
at  conflict  resolution." 

Like  many  at  this  conference,  Sandstead's 
self-effacing  style  belies  the  critical  impact  of 
his  work.  A  Colorado  attorney  who  has  ap- 
peared often  in  Judge  Sandstead's  court  re- 
ports, "One  of  the  things  I  like  best  about  him 
is  the  sensitivity  he  brings  to  bear  on  family 
law.  For  instance,  we  sometimes  have  to  deal 
with  what's  called  a  'removal,'  meaning  that  a 


parent  is  leaving  the  state  for  good  after  a 
divorce,  taking  the  kids.  They're  going  to  grow 
up  without  one  parent,  whom  they  may  never 
see  again.  Time  and  again,  I've  watched  Judge 
Sandstead  agonize  over  these  cases  because 
he  knows  the  repercussions  his  decision  is 
going  to  have  on  the  children.  It's  definitely 
hard  on  him — but  good  for  society  to  have  a 
judge  of  that  caliber  making  such  crucial  de- 
cisions. He  never,  ever,  trivializes  the  cases 
that  are  in  front  of  him." 

Like  Sandstead,  physician  Meg  Word-Sims 
79  flinches  at  talk  of  heroism.  A  zoology 
major,  she  found  that  one  of  her  preoccupa- 
tions during  college  was  fighting  against  the 
highway  department  when  it  pushed  through 
a  plan  to  build  roads  obliterating  poor  neigh- 
borhoods in  Durham.  Today  she  practices  in- 
ternal medicine  for  an  impoverished,  under- 
served,  rural  population  in  mountainous  Madi- 
son County,  North  Carolina.  "I  don't  think 
about  saving  the  world  anymore,"  Word-Sims 
says  with  a  smile.  "I'm  just  a  dirt  doctor." 

Why  does  she  do  what  she  does? 

"You  can't  lose  your  passion  or  you  lose 
your  vision,"  she  tells  her  discussion  group.  "We 
have  to  call  on  the  common  good  and  sacri- 
fice some  of  our  self-interest,  or  it  ain't  gonna 
work." 

Psychology  major  Betsy  Taylor  76  nods  in 
agreement.  Taylor  is  executive  director  of  the 


Merck  Family  Fund,  a  private  foundation  es- 
tablished by  grandchildren  of  the  pharmaceu- 
tical giant.  Her  latest  passion  is  an  effort  to 
look  at  how  Western  lifestyle  choices  can  un- 
dermine both  our  spirit  and  our  environment. 
In  an  age  when  watching  TV  and  shopping 
are  our  main  recreations,  Taylor  challenges  the 
idea  that  everything  is  and  should  be  about 
The  Market.  Enter  the  Center  for  a  New 
American  Dream,  on  whose  board  of  direc- 
tors she  sits;  the  center  fosters  critical  discus- 
sion about  the  good  life,  and  promotes  new 
consumption  patterns  and  sustainable  prac- 
tices to  ensure  a  healthy  planet. 

Returning  to  Duke  for  the  first  time  in 
twenty  years  was  easy,  Taylor  says:  She  knew 
that  those  attending  such  a  symposium  were 
here  not  to  party,  not  to  reminisce,  but  "to  get 
good  work  done." 

Work  they  did.  Many  left  renewed,  inspired 
by  one  another's  courage  and  compassion, 
with  rekindled  enthusiasm  for  the  question- 
ing life.  And  if  they  didn't  save  the  world  that 
long  fall  weekend,  maybe  it's  because  they'd 
been  saving  it  all  along. 

Baerman  M.B.A.  '90,  a  Buddhist,  oboist,  and  busi- 
nessman, lives  in  Durham.  His  e-mail  address  is 
pbaerman@blueshoe.com.  Inquiries  about  ongoing 
efforts  to  honor  Tom  McCollough  can  be  directed 
to  Fred  Bonner  79  at  fbonn2000@  ad.  com. 


VVW5R.5  &Q  Vo\j  £.<>  T©— 


...SEE  UoVV 

peep  rs 
tue  ssioyv 

GoCarolinas.com's  new 
Ski  Cam  takes  you  high 

atop  Ski  Beech  Resort 

where  you'll  find  snow 

pics  updated  every 

minute,  along  with 

the  latest  conditions. 

Now  when  snow's  on  your 

mind,  you  can  also  see 


rtfrccrci 


XP 


if  it's  on  the  ground. 


sK&«wKwmVJESSs 


...see  u©yv 

TUE   S£L©KE 

OoCarolinas. corn's  fast 
and  easy  access  to 
ACC  sports  stories, 
schedules  and  stats 
is  unmatched  anywhere. 
While  you're  there,  join 
in  some  fast  chat  about 
your  favorite  ACC  team. 

So.  whether  you  seek  snow, 
or  the  latest  ACC  scores, 
there's  no  faster  way  to  go 
than  GoCarolinas.com. 


www.GoCarolinas.com 


News.  Views  &  Sports 


January-February  1998        39 


It     G      A 


A  LEGACY 
OF  GARDEN 
DESIGN 


BY  SAM  HULL 


andscape  architect 
Ellen  Biddle  Shipman, 
who  designed  the  Sarah 
E  Duke  Gardens  as 
well  as  650  private  and 
public  gardens  during  her 
career,  is  being  recognized 
twice  this  spring  on 
campus.  A  weekend  symposium,  "Gardens 
Past  and  Present:  the  Legacy  of  Ellen 
Biddle  Shipman,"  will  be  held  March  27-29; 
it's  sponsored  by  the  Duke  Gardens  and 
the  Duke  Alumni  Association.  The  event 
coincides  with  the  opening  of  the  traveling 
exhibit,  "The  Gardens  of  Ellen  Biddle 
Shipman,"  at  the  Duke  University  Museum 
of  Art  on  March  27  through  May  24. 

From  1914  to  1946,  Shipman  designed 
the  private  gardens  for  the  homes  of  Fords, 
Astors,  du  Ponts,  and  others  known  in 
industry  or  as  patrons  of  the  arts.  In  1936, 
she  was  commissioned  by  Mary  Duke 
Biddle,  a  distant  relation  by  marriage,  to 
revamp  a  flooded  iris  garden  at  Duke  that 
was  originally  conceived  by  Shipman's 
friend  Frederick  M.  Hanes.  On  April  21, 
1939,  the  terraces  of  Duke  Gardens  were 
dedicated  by  Biddle  in  memory  of  her 
mother,  Sarah  R  Duke,  wife  of  Benjamin 
N.  Duke,  one  of  the  university's  founders. 

Shipman's  design  for  this  public  space 
reflected  the  look  and  feel  of  the  private 
gardens  for  which  she  had  long  been 
praised  as  the  "dean  of  American  women 
landscape  architects."  Her  seven  curved 
terraces,  replete  with  Japanese  cherries, 
crabapples,  and  other  lush  shrubs,  led  to 
the  wisteria-covered  pergola  that  is  the 
gardens'  familiar  focal  point  and  a  hallmark 
in  Shipman  design. 


40      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


WITHIN  THE  TREND  TOWARD 
ENGLISH  GARDEN  DESIGN, 
ELLEN  BIDDLE  SHIPMAN 
DEVELOPED  OR  REJUVENATED 
GRAND  GARDENS,  DEFINING 
AMERICAN  STYLE. 

Opposite,  clockwise  from  top:  Shipman  m 
her  Beekman  Place  office,  New  York  City, 
during  the  1920s;  Halfred  Farms,  the  Windsor 
White  estate  in  Chagrin  Falls,  Ohio; 
Graliampton,  1917,  the  Henry  Croft  estate 
in  Greenwich,  Connecticut;  dovecote  at 
Rynwood,  the  Samuel  A.  Salvage  estate  in 
Glen  Head,  NewYork,  1926 


January -February 


FOR  THE  SARAH  P.  DUKE 

GARDENS,  SHIPMAN  CREATED 

DRAMATIC  TERRACES  ON 

THE  FLOOD-THREATENED  SLOPES 

THAT  WERE  ONCE  HOME  TO 
DR.  HANES'  IRISES. 

^SIPbHB^^^       — ^^^^MHHBBP 

Below:  a  1940s  vista,  in  the 

cottage-garden  style;  right, 

a  recent  winter's  dusting  defines 

the  "bones" of  Shipman's  design 

^"^^^f— ^ 

42      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


For  symposium  information,  contact 

Deborah  Weiss  Fowlkes  78,  director 

of  Alumni  Lifelong  Education,  at 

(800)  367-3853,  (919)  684-  3046, 

or  deborah.fowlkes(«  duke.edu.  The 

Duke  Gardens'  website  is  www.hr. 

duke.edu/  dukegardens. 


aerial 

view,  above,  of  the  site's 
steps,  fountains,  and 
strata  of  plantings; 
from  the  drawing  board, 
left,  to  spring's  splendid 
culmination,  top 


January-February  1998        43 


RESCUING 
BLACK  WOMEN'S 


HISTORY 


Long  before  she  became  re- 
search professor  of  Women's 
Studies  and  African  and 
African  American  Studies 
at  Duke  in  1996,  Paula  Gid- 
dings  wrote  the  ground- 
breaking volume  When  and 
Where  I  Enter:  The  Impact  of 
BlackWomen  on  Race  and  Sex  in  America.  First 
published  in  1984,  it  is  still  a  prime  source 
book  worldwide  in  a  range  of  cultural-studies 
curricula.  Few  texts  so  boldly  and  accessibly 
delve  into  the  difficult  relationships  among 
race,  class,  and  gender  as  status  markers  in 
America.  And  perhaps  just  as  significantly,  few 
voices  in  the  academy  today  have  traversed  the 
route  taken  by  Paula  Giddings. 

She  began  her  professional  career  as  a  word- 
smith,  first  as  an  associate  editor  for  Howard 
University  Press,  then  as  Paris  bureau  chief  for 
Encore  American  &  Worldwide  News,  covering 
Europe  and  Africa.  Later,  she  served  as  a  con- 
tributing and  book  review  editor  for  Essence 
magazine.  Giddings  never  intended  to  be  a 
scholar,  professing  a  long-held  mistrust  of  large 
institutions.  Rather,  her  research  and  writing 
have  always  been  driven  by  a  profound  per- 
sonal curiosity  born  of  her  own  experience  as 
a  middle -class,  black,  American  female  living 
in  the  second  half  of  the  twentieth  century. 

The  galvanizing  moment  that  sparked  her 
journey  came  in  1961.  Giddings  was  thirteen 
years  old,  living  in  Yonkers,  New  York,  in  the 
predominantly  white  neighborhood  where  she 
was  reared.  "And  suddenly  across  the  TV  screen 
came  something  called  the  Freedom  Rides," 
Giddings,  now  forty-nine,  remembers.  "It  was 
such  an  incredible  thing  to  see.  I  was  very 
struck  by  the  young  people  who  were  keeping 
the  whole  movement  going,  even  when  oth- 
ers wanted  to  stop  because  of  the  violence 
that  had  occurred."  Giddings  leans  back  in 
her  chair,  looks  up  to  the  ceiling  in  her  East 
Duke  Building  office,  and  shakes  her  head.  "I 
can  intellectualize  it  now,  but  as  a  young  per- 
son I  remember  thinking,  Where  does  the 
courage  come  from?  Why  would  people  be 
willing  to  die  for  something  like  this? " 

On  the  negative  side,  Giddings  was  also 
curious  about  the  wellspring  of  such  hatred 


PAULA  GIDDINGS 

BYGEORGANN  EUBANKS 


from  civil  rights  opponents.  "I  had  always  writ- 
ten poetry  as  a  young  person,"  she  says,  "but 
after  that  moment  I  wanted  to  write  narra- 
tive, because  I  wanted  to  explain  this  to  peo- 
ple and  to  figure  out  for  myself  what  it  was  all 
about.  It  seemed  like  a  whole  new  world  of 
questions  opened  up  to  me."  At  school  the 
next  day,  Giddings  found  to  her  dismay  that  it 
was  as  if  nothing  had  happened.  When  she 
brought  up  what  she'd  seen  on  TV,  there  was 
scarcely  any  reaction  from  her  mostly  white 
classmates  and  teachers.  "Of  course,  there  really 
wasn't  even  a  language  back  then  to  talk 
about  such  things.  And  I  began  to  wonder,  am 
1  crazy1.  I  felt  like  my  world  had  turned  upside 
down,  and  nobody  else  was  even  very  con- 
cerned about  it,  not  even  the  teachers.  I  guess 
right  then  my  mistrust  of  institutions  got 
started."  She  laughs. 

Finding  the  language  to  explore  the  histor- 
ical origins  of  racial  and  gender  inequality  in 


the  United  States  would  come  later,  but,  fortu- 
nately, as  a  teenager  Giddings  did  have  another 
place  beyond  school  where  she  could  talk  about 
what  she  had  witnessed  on  television.  Her 
family  understood.  Her  grandfather,  Arthur  T. 
Giddings,  was  Yonkers'  assistant  city  engineer 
and  the  first  black  to  serve  on  the  local  board 
of  education.  Giddings'  father  launched  the 
Yonkers  chapter  of  CORE,  the  Congress  of  Ra- 
cial Equality.  Meanwhile,  two  uncles  were  in- 
volved behind  the  scenes  in  a  number  of  local 
political  campaigns.  "Our  house  was  full  of 
books  on  politics,"  she  explains. 

On  her  mother's  side  of  the  family,  there 
was  an  important  historical  context  for  Gid- 
dings' emerging  curiosity  about  the  courage 
that  drives  people  forward  in  the  face  of  life- 
threatening  resistance.  Her  great-great  grand- 
mother had  been  born  a  slave  but  lived  long 
enough  to  achieve  her  freedom.  Giddings' 
grandmother  left  the  South  and,  with  savings 
from  domestic  work,  sent  Paula's  mother  to 
college.  In  When  and  Where  I  Enter,  Giddings 
addresses  black  women  in  general  but  refers 
to  her  own  mother,  Virginia  Giddings,  as  well 
when  she  writes:  "An  indomitable  belief  in  the 
continuing  progress  of  each  succeeding  gen- 
eration was,  like  a  brightly  colored  thread, 
woven  through  the  record  of  our  experience." 

Leaving  Yonkers  after  high  school,  Giddings 
took  up  her  part  of  the  family  thread  at 
Howard  University  in  Washington,  DC.  Her 
newfound  interest  in  racial  identity  had  con- 
vinced her  that  she  wanted  to  attend  a  his- 
torically black  school.  At  Howard  she  took 
her  first  courses  in  black  literature  and  studied 
with  the  distinguished  literary  critic  Arthur  R 
Davis.  Though  the  school's  administration 
was  "pretty  conservative,"  Giddings  says  she 
often  had  the  chance  to  hear  various  move- 
ment leaders  speak  on  campus.  An  active 
chapter  of  the  Student  Nonviolent  Co- 
ordinating Committee  (SNCC)  helped  gen- 
erate many  lively  debates  and  discussions. 
This  was  heady  stuff  in  the  years  1965  to  1969. 
While  a  new  wave  of  feminism  was  also  on 
the  rise,  Giddings  admits  that  it  was  not  until 
later — when  the  schism  developed  between 
blacks  and  whites  in  the  women's  movement — 
that  the  issue  of  gender  came  alive  for  her. 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


With  B.A.  in  hand,  she  left  Washington  for 
New  York  City,  where  she  and  several  girl- 
friends from  Howard  shared  an  apartment, 
working  by  day  as  secretaries  for  Random 
House.  Their  entry-level  jobs  were  not  with- 
out perks,  however.  The  not-yet-Nobel-laureate 
Toni  Morrison,  then  a  Random  House  editor, 
needed  some  help  typing  a  manuscript.  "I  can't 
pay  you  all  anything,"  Morrison  told  Giddings 
and  her  roommates,  "but  when  you  finish,  I'll 
come  over  to  your  apartment  and  make  you 
the  best  carrot  cake  you  ever  ate."  The  manu- 
script turned  out  to  be  Morrison's  first  novel, 
The  Bluest  Eye,  and  the  carrot  cake  "was  defi- 
nitely the  best  I  ever  had,"  Giddings  says. 

In  the  early  Seventies,  Giddings  wrote  es- 
says on  black  literature,  published  some  poet- 
ry, and  worked  for  a  time  as  an  acquisitions 
editor  for  Howard  University  Press.  Then  came 
the  invitation  to  serve  as  associate  editor  and 
Paris  bureau  chief  for  Encore  American  & 
Worldwide  News.  Giddings  seized  the  oppor- 
tunity to  examine  first-hand  the  origins  of 
European  culture  while  also  making  several 
trips  to  Africa  to  report  on  political  develop- 
ments there.  Leopold  Sengor,  poet  and  first 
president  of  Senegal  after  the  country  de- 
clared its  independence  from  France,  im- 
pressed her,  as  did  the  late  president  of  the 
Pan  African  Congress,  Robert  Sobukwe,  who 
was  then  still  under  close  surveillance  for  his 
activities.  Giddings  worried  for  his  safety 
when  he  defied  a  scheduled  parole  appoint- 
ment in  order  to  finish  his  interview  session 
with  her.  She  attended  parties  where  citizens 
risked  their  lives  by  simply  playing  the  banned 
recordings  of  Miriam  Makeba  and  Harry 
Belafonte.  Under  apartheid  in  South  Africa, 
says  Giddings,  "People  left  their  houses  to  go 
to  work  every  day  and  they  never  knew  what 
might  happen  to  them.  Being  able  to  tran- 
scend one's  fears — now  that  is  real  freedom." 

In  all  her  journalistic  travels,  however,  only 
once  did  she  find  herself  in  fear  of  her  per- 
sonal safety.  At  the  end  of  a  week's  stay  in 
Uganda,  sitting  with  dictator  Idi  Amin  for  her 
final  interview  session,  "He  asked  me  if  I  would 
stay  in  the  country  and  help  him  identify  CIA 
agents  working  there.  I  thought,  Okay,  when  is 
the  next  plane  out  of  here?" 

Back  in  the  States  in  the  early  Eighties, 
Giddings  got  involved  in  a  project  at  Bene- 
dict College  in  South  Carolina  that  sought  to 
produce  a  number  of  volumes  about  the  con- 
tributions of  African- American  women  across 
various  fields.  For  her  part,  Giddings  wrote 
about  black  women  in  the  arts  and  in  civil 
rights.  "It  was  then  that  I  began  to  think 
about  what  was  and  was  not  being  written 
about  black  women's  contributions  to  the  cul- 
ture, and  what  I  thought  needed  to  be  talked 
about.  We  were  just  beginning  to  document 
the  history  and  had  not  really  begun  to  ask 
questions  from  an  analytical  perspective."  The 


realization  was  another  galvanizing  moment. 

She  was  now  ready  to  tackle  the  book  that 
all  of  her  varied  experiences  had  been  leading 
her  toward.  She  began  her  research,  carefully 
tracing  the  emergence  of  African-American 
women  as  a  social  and  political  force  in  the 
antebellum,  abolitionist  movement.  She  ex- 
amined how  their  efforts  would  give  ground- 
ing to  the  Southern  anti-lynching  and  inter- 
racial movements  at  the  turn  of  the  century, 
and  later  find  expression  in  the  civil  rights 
and  feminist  movements. 

Thanks  to  her  years  as  an  editor  and  jour- 
nalist, Giddings  was  able  to  write  When  and 
Where  I  Enter  with  both  the  authority  of  a 
scholar  and  the  artistic  skill  of  a  seasoned 
writer  of  popular  prose.  Keeping  the  language 
accessible,  she  allows  the  drama  of  her  subjects' 


"I  GUESS  I  AM  JUST 

DRAWN  TO  COURAGE/' 

SAYS  THE  AUTHOR, 

WHOSE  EVOLVING 

RANGE  OF  SUBJECT 

MATTER  HAS  BROUGHT 

HER  TO  THE  FOREFRONT 

OF  CULTURAL  STUDIES 

AND  CLOSER  TO 

UNDERSTANDING 

WHAT  DRIVES  PEOPLE 

FORWARD  IN  THE  FACE 

OF  LIFE-THREATENING 

RESISTANCE. 


lives  to  convey  her  thesis.  She  concludes  that 
the  black  woman  has  provided  "the  link  be- 
tween the  two  most  significant  social  reform 
movements  in  America,"  and  that  "the  progress 
of  neither  race  nor  womanhood  can  proceed 
without  her." 

Before  Giddings'  work,  black  women's  role 
in  the  anti-lynching  and  suffrage  movements 
had  rarely  been  written  about.  Neither  had 
much  attention  been  given  to  the  pivotal  or- 
ganizing role  of  the  female  majority  in  black 
churches  throughout  the  South — women 
who  worked  diligently  behind  the  scenes  in 
voter-registration  drives  and  in  pressuring 
their  male  pastors  to  take  up  the  cause  of  civil 
rights  in  the  1960s.  As  Giddings  told  a  re- 
porter for  the  Raleigh  News  &  Observer, 
"Black  history  has  always  been  seen  in  terms 
of  men's  history.  Primarily,  black  history 
redeems  black  manhood,  so  women's  roles 
become  secondary  and  overlooked." 


"Paula  Giddings'  work  reminds  us  that  it  is 
often  a  historical  act  to  write  history,"  says  Eliza- 
beth Kamarck  Minnich,  professor  of  philosophy 
and  women's  studies  at  the  Union  Institute 
and  the  keynote  speaker  at  a  symposium  on 
diversity  held  at  Duke  last  spring.  "She  has 
made  history  by  retrieving  the  stories  of  black 
women  previously  unrecorded  in  the  classical 
texts.  In  this  way,  Giddings'  work  demonstrates 
the  degree  to  which  scholars  not  only  note 
long-held  truths,  but  may  establish  new  truths 
long  obscured  by  the  dominant  culture.  Gid- 
dings' work  adds  a  strand  to  the  history  of  this 
country,  which  has  consequences  for  all  of  us. 
She  is  both  joining  the  tradition  and  changing 
it.  In  this  way,  her  scholarship  is  a  political  act." 

Karla  F.  C.  Holloway,  the  William  R.  Kenan 
Jr.  Professor  of  English  and  African  American 
Literature  who  chairs  Duke's  program  in  Af- 
rican and  African  American  Studies,  charac- 
terizes Giddings'  work  an  "act  of  citizenship,  of 
participation  in  American  democracy.  Paula's 
scholarship  has  rescued  a  part  of  black  wom- 
en's history  and  placed  it  in  the  larger  matrix 
of  the  United  States'  cultural  history." 

In  highlighting  the  role  of  African-Ameri- 
can women,  Giddings'  book  was  cited  by  The 
New  York  Times  Book  Review  as  "a  jarringly 
fresh  interpretation."  It  also  became  a  Book  of 
the  Month  Club  alternate  selection,  was  widely 
reviewed,  and  has  been  translated  into  Japan- 
ese and  Dutch.  She  soon  found  herself  in  de- 
mand as  an  adviser  in  the  production  of  a 
variety  of  documentary  films  and  as  an  inter- 
view subject  herself  on  such  programs  as 
NPR's  All  Things  Considered,  PBS's  Frontline, 
and  NBC's  Today  Show.  It  was  at  this  juncture 
in  her  career  that  she  was  invited  into  the 
academy  to  teach  and  continue  her  research, 
first  at  Spelman  College,  then  as  the  chair  for 
Women's  Studies  at  Rutgers'  Douglass  College, 
and  later  at  Princeton  University.  Following 
fellowships  from  the  John  Simon  Guggenheim 
Foundation  and  the  National  Humanities 
Center  in  Research  Triangle  Park,  Giddings 
was  invited  to  join  the  Duke  faculty  in  1996. 

"It  is  a  basic  feminist  proposition  that  know- 
ledge can  be  derived  not  only  by  scholarship 
but  by  alternate  routes  of  experience,"  says 
Jean  O'Barr,  director  of  Women's  Studies  at 
Duke.  "That  Paula  Giddings — working  ini- 
tially outside  of  the  academy  and  without  a 
Ph.D. — has  written  books  to  answer  the 
questions  she  has  had  is  representative  of  one 
of  the  means  by  which  women's  studies  first 
emerged  as  a  field.  We  were  not  organized  by 
books,  but  by  questions  left  unanswered." 

Giddings  has  answered  her  questions  in  the 
public  domain,  in  books  both  academic  and 
accessible  to  audiences  beyond  the  academy, 
and  has  thus  joined  a  distinguished  and  grow- 
ing group  of  black  intellectuals  known  for 
their  very  public  scholarship.  Notable  among 
this  group  is  Henry  Louis  Gates  Jr.  (formerly 


January  -  February 


45 


at  Duke  and  now  at  Harvard);  bell  hooks, 
Distinguished  Professor  of  English  at  City 
College  of  New  York;  and  Harvard  ethicist 
Cornel  West — all  of  whom  have  used  their 
own  lives  and  particular  cultural  experiences 
to  help  define  and  shape  their  academic  pur- 
suits. Speculating  about  why  this  particular 
group  of  black  intellectuals,  including  Gid- 
dings,  has  recently  emerged  with  such  a  high 
profile,  Duke's  Karla  Holloway  says,  "This 
scholarship  has  been  going  on  for  a  long,  long 
time,  going  back  to  Frederick  Douglass  and 
W.E.B.  DuBois,  for  example.  The  difference  in 
this  moment  is  the  attention  that  comes  to 


racialized  matters  in  the  media."  Holloway 
says  she  is  not  particularly  fond  of  the  term 
"public  intellectual,"  suggesting  that  it  is  "just 
a  quick  way  to  label  media  favorites  and  does 
not  adequately  reflect  the  importance  and 
depth  of  the  work  being  done." 

Women's  Studies'  Jean  O'Barr  suggests  that 
Giddings'  evolving  range  of  subject  matter  in 
her  writing  also  mirrors  the  development  of 
women's  studies  as  a  discipline.  The  first  step 
in  feminist  scholarship  was  the  recovery  of  lost 
women  in  history;  When  and  Where  1  Enter  is 
a  prime  example.  Giddings'  1988  sequel  In 
Search  of  Sisterhood:  Delta  Sigma  Theta  and  the 


While  Visiting  Durham, 


Why  Settle  For  Less  When  So 
Much  More  Costs  So  Little? 

Luxurious  All-Suite  Hotel 


•  Magnificent  outdoor  pool 
■  Two  remote  control  TVs 

•  Color,  HBO  and  cable 

•  Two  telephones 

•  Call  waiting  &  voice  mail 

•  No  charge  for  local  calls 
1  Fax  &  copier  service 

» Superior  location 


•  Award-winning  gardens 

•  Fitness  center 

•  Covered  walking  track 

•  Fully  equipped  kitchen 

•  Top  quality  linens  &  towels 

•  Complete  laundry  facilities 

•  Pets  permitted 

•  Uniformed  security 


DUKE  TOWER 

Residential  Suites 


i 


For  reservations  or  information  call: 

(919)  687-4444  •  Fax:  (919)  683-1215 

807  West  Trinity  Avenue,  Durham,  NC  27701  (corner  of  North  Duke  &  West  Trinity) 

Just  streets  away  from  many  restaurants,  Northgate  Mall,  Duke  University  and 

Duke  Hospital.  Ten  minutes  to  RTP,  15  minutes  to  RDU  Airport.  1=t 


Challenge  of  the  Black  Sorority  Movement  rep- 
resents the  second  phase  of  women's  studies' 
development  as  a  discipline — the  study  of 
women  in  community.  And  her  third  book,  a 
biography  of  anti-lynching  crusader  Ida  B. 
Wells,  still  in  progress,  "leads  us,"  says  O'Barr, 
"back  to  the  individual,  locating  Ida  Wells  in 
her  community  and  explaining  how  that  con- 
text enabled  her  to  do  what  she  did.  We  can't 
understand  individual  actors  in  history  with- 
out understanding  the  structures  they  worked 
in  and  around." 

In  this  most  recent  work,  Giddings  has  not 
only  aligned  herself  with  the  resurgent  popu- 
larity of  biography  and  memoir  as  narrative 
form,  but  has  also  challenged  herself  as  a  writ- 
er in  a  profoundly  different  medium.  As  she 
puts  it,  "Biography  requires  more  writing  skill 
than  anything  I've  ever  done  before.  You  must 
have  the  novelist's  ability  to  make  someone 
come  alive.  At  the  same  time,  to  make  that 
life  more  coherent,  you  must  also  understand 
who  that  individual  was  in  the  culture  of  her 
time.  I've  had  to  learn  how  to  write  biography 
by  doing  it  with  a  variety  of  strategies.  I  go 
back  and  forth.  It's  hard  to  know  when  to  let 
go,  when  to  stop  the  pursuit  of  a  single  detail 
that  may  take  weeks  to  uncover  and  yet  may 
only  end  up  in  a  single  sentence." 

Giddings'  research  on  Ida  B.  Wells  has  car- 
ried her  to  dusty  little  courthouses  in  Missis- 
sippi and  to  Memphis,  Tennessee,  where  Wells, 
only  five  feet  in  stature  and  often  alone  in  her 
outspokenness,  took  on  the  issue  of  lynching 
through  Memphis'  black  newspaper,  Free 
Speech.  Her  first  editorials  encouraged  black 
Memphians  to  flee  the  city  following  the 
lynchings  of  three  black  grocery  store  owners 
in  1892.  Later,  Wells  took  a  more  aggressive 
stance,  arguing  that  "a  Winchester  rifle  should 
have  a  place  of  honor  in  every  [black]  home. 
When  the  White  man.. .knows  he  runs  as 
great  a  risk  of  biting  the  dust  every  time  his 
Afro -American  victim  does,  he  will  have 
greater  respect  for  Afro-American  life."  These 
remarkably  bold  words  from  Wells,  incorpo- 
rated into  the  first  chapter  in  When  andWhere 
1  Enter,  suggest  that  Giddings  has  come  full 
circle  in  her  scholarship,  now  returning  to  the 
woman  whose  dramatic  story  launched  the 
first  few  pages  of  her  first  book. 

"I  guess  I  am  just  drawn  to  courage,"  says 
Giddings.  It's  the  same  trait  she  first  saw  in 
the  Freedom  Riders  and  encountered  repeat- 
edly in  Africa  among  the  challengers  of  apar- 
theid. "In  my  life  I  have  been  fortunate  enough 
never  to  have  been  up  against  a  lot  of  big  in- 
stitutions that  could  wipe  you  out,  never  had 
to  make  daily  decisions  requiring  bravery."  For 
these  reasons,  she  says  she  has  shied  away 
from  writing  about  the  particulars  of  her  own 
story.  But  she  will  quickly  claim  "that  doing  the 
right  thing,  no  matter  what  it  takes  or  what 
the  consequences,  can  make  the  difference 


46      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


between  those  people  who  have  a  sparkle  in 
their  eyes  and  those  whose  eyes  are  dead." 

Bringing  this  perspective  to  the  Duke  class- 
room, she  says,  has  been  a  great  pleasure  for 
her,  and  a  challenge  for  her  students.  Her  spe- 
cial-topics seminars  focus  on  contemporary 
events,  using  newspapers  and  magazines  as  texts 
to  analyze  race,  class,  and  gender  issues  as  they 
find  expression  in  the  media.  Her  courses  reg- 
ularly draw  students  from  the  University  of 
North  Carolina,  North  Carolina  State  Uni- 
versity, and  North  Carolina  Central  Univer- 
sity. Often  the  white  students  in  her  classes 
have  found  themselves — some  for  the  first  time 
in  their  lives — in  the  minority.  Says  Giddings, 
"One  student  told  me  last  semester  that  she 
had  never  really  felt  white  before,  nor  felt  the 
burden  of  her  race  until  she  sat  in  that  class." 

Giddings  says  she's  found  that  her  students 
"seem  to  have  a  greater  sense  of  angst  and  are 
engaged  in  a  search  for  meaning  that  is 
stronger  than  what  I  saw  in  my  first  years  of 
teaching.  Students  these  days  seem  to  be 
searching,  not  with  a  sense  of  adventure  and 
joy,  but  burdened  by  trepidation  and  cynicism 
about  the  world  around  them."  She  attributes 
this  condition  to  the  "anti-intellectual  and  ahis- 
torical,  market-driven  environment  of  the 
1980s." 

Upon  coming  to  campus,  she  was  surprised 
by  what  she  characterizes  as  a  lack  of  sophis- 
tication about  race  and  racial  issues  at  Duke. 
"I  think  this  is  a  paradigm  from  a  period  past, 
perhaps  the  legacy  of  the  Souths  binary  ideas 
about  black  and  white,  which  have  not  been 
mediated  until  recently  by  the  presence  of 
other  races  and  cultures,  by  literature,  new 
ideas,  and  the  growing  body  of  new  scholar- 
ship around  race."  But  Giddings  has  already 
seen  a  change,  even  in  her  short  time  at 
Duke.  "I  am  very  happy  to  see  race  becoming 
more  prominent  as  an  issue  among  black  and 
white  faculty  and  students  alike.  And  I  have 
been  impressed  with  President  Keohane's  di- 
rect approach.  Her  convocation  speech  to 
this  year's  freshman  class  was  courageous." 

In  September,  Keohane  told  incoming  stu- 
dents about  a  campus  incident  last  spring,  in 
which  an  African-American  male  student  was 
improperly  arrested  by  campus  police;  he  had 
been  mistakenly  identified  as  a  burglar.  She 
also  frankly  noted  that  Duke  had  been  ranked 
ninth  worst  among  universities  for  interaction 
among  students  of  different  backgrounds,  ac- 
cording to  a  recent  national  survey  of  56,000 
students  published  by  the  Princeton  Review. 
Keohane  promised  university-wide  action  to 
remedy  this  climate  and  charged  incoming 
students  with  helping  to  solve  the  problem 
themselves. 

"I  am  optimistic,"  says  Giddings,  "that  at 
Duke  we  will  be  able  to  go  beyond  simply 
holding  more  forums  on  race  relations,  which 
usually  end  up  as  conversations  only  between 


liberal  whites  and  blacks.  We  need  to  see  the 
dialogue  transformed  into  meaningful  actions, 
such  as  the  hiring  of  more  black  faculty  and 
the  infusion  of  race  and  gender  issues  into  the 
main  curriculum,  which  is  an  issue  being  con- 
sidered on  campus  right  now." 

She  cites  the  appointment  of  Duke  history 
professor  emeritus  John  Hope  Franklin  as  chair 
of  a  Clinton  administration  task  force  de- 
signed to  tackle  the  problem  of  healing  old 
wounds  across  racial  divides.  "We  face  the 
same  challenge  as  Dr.  Franklin's  group.  We 
need  to  prioritize  and  organize  the  issues  at 
Duke,  not  just  issue  another  report,"  she  says. 


"There  will  be  turmoil.  And  we  need  more 
space  for  black  students  to  meet  and  talk 
about  their  concerns.  The  good  news  about 
Duke  is,  we  are  moving  toward  some  real 
structural  changes.  After  all,  this  is  the  place 
where,  as  young  people,  our  passions  begin. 
Higher  education  must  continue  to  be  a  vital 
force  for  community  change.  I  wouldn't  be 
here  if  I  didn't  believe  that." 

Enbanks  '76  is  assistant  director  of  the  Office  of 
Continuing  Education  and  Summer  Session  at 
Duke  and  chair  of  the  North  Carolina  Humani- 
ties Council. 


Help  Build  the  Center  for  Duke  Gardens 

•  Visitor  reception/orientation  space  •  Special  events  hall 

•  Classrooms  for  children  and  adults  •  Exhibition  and  interpretive  space 

•  Outdoor  classroom  •  Volunteers' work  space 

•  Teaching  greenhouse  •  Tearoom 

•  Public  horticultural  library  •  All  the  Gardens' horticultural  services 

Duke  Gardens  is  the  only  public  garden  of  its  caliber 
in  the  country  that  has  no  public  indoor  space. 
Building  the  Center  and  doing  the  necessary  landscaping  and  parking  will 
cost  $4.7  million.  We  have  $2.7  million  and  need  $2  million  more.  (We 
already  have  exceeded  a  separate  endowment  goal  by  $1  million.)  All 
donors  of  $5,000  or  more  will  be  recognized  on  an  honor  roll  in  the  Center, 
and  there  are  numerous  naming  opportunities  in  a  broad  range  of  prices. 


"N 


ow  is  the  time  to  capitalize  on  the  investment  that 
the  Gardens  represents  and  to  make  it  a  powerful 
force  in  education  and  public  involvement." 
-Nannerl  0.  Keohane,  President  of  Duke  University 


To  contribute  or  for  additional  information,  call  (919)  402-0156  or 
write  Jean  E.  Can,  Box  90626,  Duke  University,  Durham  NC  27708-0626 


January -February  1998        47 


WHAT  MAKES  A  HERO? 

i  from  page  i9 


fiscal  constraints  mandate  a  think-small  agenda. 
Yet  a  true  visionary,  according  to  Wilson,  breaks 
through  the  constraints.  "Theodore  Roosevelt 
created  opportunities  for  greatness  or  perceived 
greatness,  certainly  with  the  Panama  Canal. 
We  stole  it,  but  we  stole  it  in  a  way  that  con- 
tributed to  the  image  of  a  robust  America." 

Often,  says  Wilson,  heroes  out  of  the  past 
weren't  heroes  in  their  times.  "Washington  was 
hated  when  he  left  office;  he  was  a  Federalist, 
and  he  was  guided  very  strongly  by  Alexander 
Hamilton,  just  as  you're  beginning  to  see  the 
movement  of  the  'common  man.'  Lincoln  was 
widely  disliked;  there  was  a  memo  in  which 
he  advised  his  Cabinet  to  cooperate  with  a 
presumed  McClellan  administration.  He  was 
hurt  by  the  perception  that  the  war  was  drag- 
ging on  and  on  and  that  the  North,  which 
had  been  superior  in  so  many  things,  should 


HEROIC  LEADERS 

TYPICALLY  ARISE  OUT 

OF  CATACLYSMIC 

EVENTS— THE  CIVIL 

WAR,  THE  WORLD 

WARS,  EVEN  THE 

COLD  WAR. 

have  been  able  to  bring  it  to  a  successful  con- 
clusion. And  basically  he  was  a  Whig  who  was 
seen  as  representing  business  interests." 

Harry  Truman  also  left  office  as  a  much- 
despised  figure,  with  a  31  percent  popularity 
rating.  But  we  see,  or  invent,  historical  heroes 
to  serve  current  needs.  Now, Wilson  notes,"We 
are  having  this  love  affair  with  Truman.  Why? 


Because  he  represents  virtues  that  we  hunger 
for.  He  was  a  man  who  was  decisive,  a  man  of 
character.  He  was  honest,  and  he  took  respon- 
sibility for  his  actions."  Truman  the  indepen- 
dent thinker  grows  into  heroic  proportions  as 
today's  poll-propelled,  self-serving  politicians 
shrink  in  public  esteem. 

We  may  still  need  our  heroes,  and  we  can 
find  them  if  we  look  hard  enough.  Wei  Jing- 
sheng spent  eighteen  years  in  prison  challeng- 
ing Chinese  authoritarian  rule.  As  The  NewYork 
Times  reported,  he  turned  down  the  repeated 
urgings  of  family  members  to  keep  his  head 
down  and  stay  out  of  trouble.  "Wei  Jingsheng 
was  a  natural-born  leader,"  a  fellow  activist  told 
the  newspaper.  "The  desire  and  impulse  to 
accomplish  great  things  burns  in  his  veins." 

Of  course.no  one  knows  if  this  hero  of  free- 
dom can  still  be  a  hero  as  a  free  man,  exiled  to 
the  United  States  in  November.  An  age  of  in- 
stant image -making  helps  create  the  heroic 
Chinese  dissident.  Then  it  forgets  him.        ■ 


Celebrate  Living  At  Croasdaile  Village 


Tucked  away  in  the  gentle 
rolling  hills  of  Durham,  a 
celebration  of  life  is  taking 
form.  Conveniently  located  on  a  100 
acre  site  in  Croasdaile  Farm  and  only 
three  miles  from  Duke  University, 
Croasdaile  Village  is  becoming  a 
gracious  continuing  care  retirement 
community.  Choose  your  residence 
from  an  array  of  spacious  individual 
homes,  duplexes  or  apartments. 
Among  a  host  of  services,  your  choice 
in  dining  options  will  include  an 
intimate  casual  cafe,  a  more  formal 
^^^^    meal  in  the  central  dining 
lSf    room,  or  private  dining. 
A  scenic  lake,  natural 


areas  and  walking  paths  highlight  the 
picturesque  campus.  The  natural 
landscape  provides  a  sense  of 
spaciousness  unmatched  in  the  area. 
Croasdaile  Village  offers  an  active, 
independent,  worry-free  lifestyle. 

Let  us  share  the  celebration  of  our 
lifestyle  with  you.  Contact  us  today. 

[ROASDAILE 
t/VILLAGE 

.■1  .'  'iiitai  Mclhoihs!  Kcnrciucnt  (  ^nmnnulv 

2600  Croasdaile  Farm  Pkway 
Durham,  NC  27705 

800-960-7737  •  919-309-9000 


48   DUKE  MAGAZINE 


i*w±±im 


ENDOWMENTS 
FOR  ECOLOGY 


Reaching  new  heights 

the 

Cameron  addition 


The  Doris  Duke  Charitable 
Foundation  announced  a 
$1.7-million  grant  to  endow 
a  chair  in  conservation  ecology  at 
Duke's  Nicholas  School  of  the 
Environment  and  a  $1.2-million 
program  to  create  environmental 
fellowships  at  Duke,  the  Univer- 
sity of  Michigan,  and  Yale  Uni- 
versity. 

The  awards  are  part  of  $18.6 
million  in  grants  to  advance  the 
causes  of  environmental  conserva- 
tion, medical  research,  and  the 
performing  arts.  The  grants  are  the 
first  from  the  $1.25-billion  founda- 
tion, which  was  founded  earlier 
this  year. 

The  $1.7-million  grant  will  establish  the 
Doris  Duke  Chair  in  Conservation  Ecology  at 
the  Nicholas  School.  The  foundation  also  es- 
tablished a  three-year,  $1.2-million  pilot  pro- 
gram to  fund  Doris  Duke  environmental  and 
natural  resource  fellowships  at  Nicholas,  the 
University  of  Michigan's  School  of  Natural 
Resources  and  the  Environment,  and  the  Yale 
School  of  Forestry  and  Environmental  Studies. 
The  $400,000  fellowships  for  each  school  will 
support  the  studies  of  master's-level  students 
in  applied  conservation  and  management  of 
natural  resources  and  environmental  systems, 
beginning  with  the  1998-99  academic  year. 
Each  school  will  provide  fellowships  for  ten 
students  over  the  next  two  years. 

The  environmental  grants  reflect  Doris 
Duke's  long-standing  interest  in  conservation 
and  ecology.  Her  will,  which  established  the 
foundation,  expresses  her  "special  interest  in 
the  conservation  of  wildlife,  both  flora  and 
fauna"  and  her  desire  to  support  "ecological 
endeavors." 

Duke,  the  only  daughter  of  James  B.  Duke, 
bequeathed  the  bulk  of  her  estate  to  the  foun- 
dation to  support  a  variety  of  charitable  causes, 
including  the  performing  arts,  preserving  the 
environment,  and  advancing  medical  research. 
The  foundation,  of  which  President  Nannerl  O. 
Keohane  is  one  of  seven  trustees,  will  award 
$55  million  in  grants  each  year.  Keohane  re- 
moved herself  from  participation  in  the 
board's  decision  pertaining  to  the  university. 


IMPROVING 
ATHLETICS 


At  their  December  meeting,  Duke  trus- 
tees made  decisions  that  will  enhance 
both  athletics  and  athletic  facilities 
on  campus.  Women's  crew  was  approved  as 
the  twenty-sixth  sport  at  Duke,  and  the  de- 
sign of  a  proposed  addition  to  Cameron  In- 
door Stadium  was  given  the  go-ahead.  The 
building  will  house  an  academic  center  for 
student-athletes,  men's  and  women's  basket- 
ball offices  and  facilities,  and  a  new  sports 
Hall  of  Fame. 

With  women's  crew,  Duke  will  now  have 
thirteen  men's  and  thirteen  women's  varsity 
teams.  The  board  also  approved  a  plan  to  add 
a  fourteenth  women's  varsity  sport  by  the  year 
2000,  although  no  decision  has  been  made 
which  sport  it  will  be.  Representatives  of  the 
softball  team  have  already  expressed  an  inter- 
est in  becoming  a  varsity  team. 

The  trustees  also  agreed  to  add  twenty-one 
more  scholarships  for  women's  sports  over  the 
next  ten  years.  Associate  Athletics  Director 
Joe  Alleva  says  a  fund-raising  campaign  will 
be  held  to  endow  the  new  scholarships.  Duke 
plans  to  hire  a  new  crew  coach  in  the  spring, 
and  plans  for  varsity  competition  to  begin  in 
the  fall  of  1998,  he  says. 

Crew  will  add  forty- two  women  to  the 
overall  number  of  female  varsity  athletes  at 


Duke.  The  second  sport  would 
increase  that  figure  by  another 
eighteen  athletes.  By  2000,  the 
university  would  have  314  women 
athletes,  compared  to  415  men. 

The  Cameron  addition,  a  $10- 
million  structure  called  the  Athletic 
Center,  will  be  designed  by  Cesar 
Pelli.  Construction  could  begin 
this  spring,  if  the  full  board  gives 
final  approval  to  the  project,  and  it 
could  be  ready  for  use  in  2000.  The 
design  extends  along  the  west  and 
northwest  side  of  Cameron,  and  is 
anchored  on  the  north  by  a  six- 
story  building  housing  the  athletes' 
academic  center,  offices,  and  train- 
ing facilities.  The  Hall  of  Fame  will 
be  a  linear  structure  along  the 
northwest  side  of  the  arena,  above 
new  locker  rooms  directly  accessi- 
ble from  Cameron's  court  level. 
"The  new  Athletic  Center  will  be  a  major 
addition  to  the  facilities  for  our  student-ath- 
letes, and  has  long  been  needed,"  says  Ath- 
letics Director  Tom  Butters.  He  has  led  the 
fund-raising  drive  for  the  center  as  well  as  the 
$19-million  Wilson  Recreation  Center,  now  un- 
der construction  southeast  of  Cameron,  and 
for  the  $5-million  Brodie  Center  on  East  Cam- 
pus, completed  last  year. 

The  Athletic  Center  project  will  also  create 
an  athletics  plaza  that  will  link  the  new  center, 
Cameron,  existing  facilities,  and  the  new  Wil- 
son recreation  center. 


GENERATION 
GAP  IN  FAITH 

The  church-going  habits,  worship  styles, 
and  religious  beliefs  of  three  genera- 
tional groups  of  Americans  have  been 
examined  in  a  new  study  by  a  Duke  Divinity 
School  professor  who  says  the  results  could  be 
used  to  help  reverse  the  nationwide  trend  of 
declining  church  membership. 

As  part  of  a  larger  study  of  twenty  congre- 
gations of  various  faiths  in  North  Carolina 
and  California,  Jackson  E.  Carroll,  Williams 
Professor  of  Religion  and  Society  at  Duke,  and 
Wade  Clark  Roof,  Rowney  Professor  of  Re- 
ligion and  Society  at  the  University  of  Cali- 
fornia at  Santa  Barbara,  surveyed  a  random 


January-February 


sample  of  1,150  North  Carolinians  and 
Southern  Californians. 

They  divided  the  sample  into  three  groups: 
Generation  Xers,  those  who  were  bom  be- 
tween 1964  and  1979;  (Baby)  Boomers,  born 
between  1946  and  1963;  and  Preboomers, 
those  born  before  1946. 

"One  of  the  most  striking  findings  of  our 
study  is  the  difference  between  the  family  ex- 
perience of  Xers  and  that  of  the  two  older 
generations,"  Carroll  says.  "Forty-five  percent 
of  the  Xers  went  through  some  sort  of  family 
disruption — the  divorce  or  separation  of 
their  parents,  or  they  were  raised  by  a  single 
parent.  That  compares  to  27  percent  of  the 
Boomers  and  23  percent  of  the  Preboomers." 

"It  may  be  that  the  high  incidence  of  fami- 
ly disruption  is  one  of  the  denning  character- 
istics of  the  Xer  generation  and  contributes  to 
their  general  distrust  of  institutions,"  he  says. 

In  general,  members  of  Generation  X  said 
they  are  less  religious  than  their  elders,  but 
agreed  in  nearly  equal  numbers  with  the 
members  of  the  two  older  generations  that 
religion  is  very  important  in  their  lives.  More 
than  80  percent  in  each  group  indicated  that 
they  believe  in  God,  and  the  majority  of  all 
three  groups  said  they  are  dissatisfied  with  the 
spiritual  vitality  of  their  congregations.  Xers 
agreed  more  strongly  than  the  other  genera- 
tional groups  that  individuals  should  arrive  at 
their  own  religious  beliefs  independently  of 
their  church  or  religious  group.  The  younger 
generation  also  believed  more  strongly  that 
people  who  have  God  in  their  lives  don't  need 
the  church. 

Carroll  says  that  even  though  the  Xers  and 
Boomers  aren't  strikingly  different  in  their 
religious  involvements  and  understandings, 
they  are  very  different  from  Preboomers. 

"There's  much  more  interest  in  autonomy, 
freedom,  making  up  one's  own  mind,  and  reli- 


gious exploration  and  less  commitment  to  in- 
stitutional involvement  in  religion,"  he  says. 
"Churches  need  to  take  those  differences  into 
account  and  not  take  for  granted  that  people 
have  been  raised  in  a  religious  tradition." 


TALKING 

PEACE 

Addressing  audiences  of  hundreds  in 
two  October  speeches,  part  of  the 
Terry  Sanford  Distinguished  Lecture 
Series  on  campus,  former  Israeli  Prime  Minis- 
ter Shimon  Peres  discussed  the  importance, 
challenge,  and  necessity  of  the  Middle  East 
peace  process,  both  as  a  practicality  and  as 
keeping  with  the  Jewish  moral  code. 

An  advocate  of  the  land-for-peace  philoso- 
phy, Peres  has  been  active  in  Israeli  politics 
since  he  was  sixteen.  His  political  career  cli- 
maxed with  his  winning  the  Nobel  Peace  Prize 
in  1994  for  negotiating  with  Palestinian  lead- 
er Yasser  Arafat  to  construct  the  Oslo  agree- 
ments. Shortly  after  receiving  the  joint  award 
with  Peres  and  Arafat,  Prime  Minister  Yitzhak 
Rabin  was  assassinated  and  Peres  was  sworn 
in  as  prime  minister,  for  the  second  time.  In 
office,  he  continued  working  toward  peace, 
but  after  a  chain  of  terrorist  incidents,  he  was 
voted  out  of  office  and  succeeded  by  Benja- 
min Netanyahu.  Peres  served  as  chairman  of 
the  opposing  Labor  Party  for  several  months 
after  the  election. 

Peres  told  his  Duke  audience,  "We  knew  in 
our  hearts  that  we  could  not  continue  the 
history  of  our  people  if  we  were  the  occupiers 
of  another  people.  It  is  one  thing  to  cultivate 
land;  it  is  another  to  occupy  people." 

Because  he  strongly  supports  the  notion  of 
land  for  peace,  Peres  noted  the  impossibility 


of  retaining  territory  in  which  there  are  large 
Palestinian  communities.  "We  cannot  have  100 
percent  security  unless  we  give  the  Palestin- 
ians 100  percent  freedom....  If  Israel  was  to 
try  to  keep  all  its  land  and  all  its  people,  it 
would  stop  being  a  Jewish  state  and  it  would 
become  bi-national.  One  state  would  mean 
permanent  conflict." 

In  his  remarks,  Peres  identified  the  main  chal- 
lenge to  peace  as  extremist  groups  that  neither 
side  of  the  negotiations  can  control.  "Enemies 
can  be  identified,  but  dangers  are  floating  in 
the  air....  Dangers  are  more  dangerous  than 
enemies  because  they  are  not  limited;  they  do 
not  have  borders. 

"For  peace  you  need  a  majority.  But  for  ter- 
ror you  need  a  minority  to  commit  suicide  and 
throw  bombs.  We  should  not  be  impressed  by 
them.  If  we  are,  we  encourage  them.  We  can- 
not stop  the  peace  process  at  the  hands  of  a 
few.  If  we  submit  to  them,  we  surely  will  not 
have  peace." 

Peres  answered  questions  on  issues  ranging 
from  nuclear  disarmament  to  the  possibility  of 
Israel  creating  jobs  for  Palestinians.  One  topic  of 
concern  was  the  conflict  within  the  Jewish 
community  between  Orthodox  and  Reform 
factions.  Orthodox  Jews  are  currendy  trying  to 
pass  legislation  allowing  only  Orthodox  rabbis 
to  perform  conversions.  Peres  is  opposed  to 
government-supported  religious  rule. 

"Democracy  is  based  on  two  principles:  the 
right  to  be  equal  and  the  right  to  be  different. 
A  person  can  be  whatever  religion  he  wants 
to  be  without  the  state  deciding,"  he  said. 
"Politics  is  the  art  of  compromise.  Religion  is 
the  commitment  not  to  compromise.  So  we 
do  not  let  religion  run  politics." 

In  terms  of  foreign  policy,  Peres  stressed  the 
urgency  of  securing  a  peace  arrangement.  "If 
I  am  critical  of  our  current  government,  it  is 
because  they  are  trying  to  postpone  the  prob- 
lem for  the  next  generation.  What  is  extreme- 
ly difficult  today  may  be  impossible  tomorrow. 
Let's  face  the  future  dangers  now." 

The  incentives  for  negotiation  are  powerful, 
he  said.  "If  we  compare  today's  Israel  to  what 
it  was  in  the  past,  war  and  peace  were  not  en- 
tirely in  our  hands.  It  is  much  more  so  today, 
because  we  are  stronger  and  greater.  We  are  able 
to  negotiate  out  of  strength,  but  we  can't  for- 
get to  negotiate.  When  you  are  strong,  you  can 
impose  war,  but  you  cannot  impose  peace." 


ANTARCTIC 
EXPEDITION 

An  oceanography  researcher  from 
Duke's  Nicholas  School  of  the  En- 
vironment went  on  a  ten-week  sci- 
entific cruise  into  the  Antarctic  polar  front  in 
an  attempt  to  learn  more  about  how  global 


50      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


SPENDING  GRANDMA'S  INHERITANCE— WISELY 


Three  or  four  times  a  week 
during  the  summer,  a 
chartered  bus  arrives  at  a 
housing  complex  in  Alexandria, 
Virginia,  and  picks  up  a  group 
of  about  fifty  children,  age  five 
to  thirteen.  They  pile  onto  the 
bus,  where  they're  met  by  a  set 
of  camp  counselors  ready  to  take 
them  to  a  local  amusement  park, 
or  perhaps  a  Washington,  D.C., 
museum.  Leading  this  camp, 
called  Grandma  Rita's  Children, 
is  Duke  first-year  student 
Gillian  Kilberg,  who  created 
the  organization  with  an  inheri- 
tance from  her  grandmother. 
After  receiving  the  $20,000 
inheritance,  Kilberg  decided 
that  she  wanted  to  express  her 
admiration  for  her  grandmother 
by  forming  a  summer  camp 
for  needy  children,  a  cause  in 
which  Kilberg  had  been  in- 
volved for  years.  Her  grand- 
mother came  to  the  United 
States  from  Russia  without 
knowing  English,  did  well  in 
school,  worked  as  an  accoun- 
tant, and  put  Kilberg's  mother 
through  college. 

Kilberg  describes  Grandma 
Rita  as  "a  truly  amazing  wom- 
an." Creating  the  organization, 
she  says,  was  the  best  way  for 
her  to  show  her  respect  "A  lot 
of  grandparents  brag  about 
their  grandkids,  but  I  hadn't 
done  enough  to  let  people  know 
how  I  felt  about  her.  She  was  a 
very  giving  person.  Whenever 
she  got  sick,  she  wouldn't  want 
to  be  seen  because  she  was  sup- 
posed to  be  taking  care  of  peo- 
ple. She  would  do  anything  for 
anyone." 

After  gaining  the  support  of 
the  Fairfax  County  sheriff, 
whose  deputies  regularly  partic- 
ipate in  community  service  pro- 


jects, she  began  a  letter-writing 
campaign  that  resulted  in  dona- 
tions from  George  and  Barbara 
Bush,  retired  General  Colin 
Powell,  and  Lamar  Alexander, 
former  Tennessee  governor  and 
presidential  candidate.  The 
funds  let  her  put  her  ideas  into 
action:  She  formed  Grandma 
Rita's  Children. 

Because  many  of  the  campers 
come  from  single-parent  families, 
Kilberg  says  their  parents  are 
supportive  of  her  efforts.  "A 
lot  of  them  say  they're  really 
thankful.  Many  of  the  parents 
work  all  day,  and  they  can't 
afford  to  send  the  kids  to  a  reg- 
ular day  camp.  They  are  very 
grateful  that  their  kids  don't 
have  to  sit  around  all  day." 

At  first,  Kilberg  encountered 
problems  as  a  seventeen-year- 
old  trying  to  arrange  trips  for  a 
new  organization;  bus  services 
were  unreliable  and  working 
with  field  trip  destinations  was 
difficult.  But  after  Grandma 
Rita's  Children  gained  recogni- 
tion around  the  community, 
she  says,  these  obstacles  were 
reduced.  "Once  they  realized 
what  I  was  doing  and  where  I 
was  going  with  this,  everyone 
became  a  lot  more  understand- 
ing and  willing  to  help  out.  It 
was  much  easier  the  second 


In  supervising  the  camp,  Kil- 
berg is  responsible  for  activities 
ranging  from  scheduling  field 
trips  to  choosing  T-shirt  colors. 
Camper  reactions  play  a  large 
role  in  many  of  her  decisions: 
She  makes  sure  to  include  field 
trips  that  receive  thumbs-up  as- 
sessments in  the  next  summer's 
schedule.  "We  try  to  make  the 
trips  both  inspirational  and  fun." 

Because  of  her  work  with 


Grandma  Rita's  Children,  Kil- 
berg won  the  Prudential  Spirit 
of  Community  Award,  granted 
to  ten  students  in  the  nation  in 
recognition  of  outstanding  com- 
munity service.  Since  winning 
the  award,  she  has  been  fea- 
tured in  magazines  like  Time 
and  People  and  has  appeared  on 
CNN.  In  early  December,  she 
appeared  on  The  Oprah  Winfrey 
Show  with  the  other  award  win- 
ners. 

While  at  Duke,  Kilberg  will 
continue  to  head  the  organiza- 
tion, though  she  says  there  are 
some  difficulties  in  working 
away  from  home.  "I  will  type 
up  letters  and  send  them  to  my 
mother,  who  will  type  them 
onto  letterheads.  But  sometimes 
I'll  send  something  to  my  moth- 
er and  get  a  new  idea  while  the 
old  copy  is  still  in  the  mail — 
then  I  have  to  start  over  again." 

Kilberg  is  unsure  as  to 
whether  she  will  start  a  division 
of  Grandma  Rita's  Children  in 
Durham.  "I  have  been  in  touch 
with  the  Community  Service 
Center  about  starting  here,  but 
I'm  still  trying  to  get  settled  in," 
she  says.  "The  Durham  com- 
munity played  a  big  part  in  my 
coining  here  because  I  wanted 
a  place  in  need  in  case  I  did  get 
it  started." 

Despite  the  amount  of  work 
she  does  in  organizing  Grand- 
ma Rita's  Children,  Kilberg  says 
it  is  worth  the  effort  to  develop 
relationships  with  her  campers. 
"The  best  experience  I've  had 
with  this  is  getting  to  know  the 
kids.  I  love  working  with  them; 
they're  an  amazing  group.  I 
love  their  smiles,  to  see  them 
happy.  That's  the  reason  I  love 
doing  it — for  them." 

— Jaime  Levy  '01 


climate  change  may  affect  oceans. 

Richard  T.  Barber,  the  Harvey  W.  Smith 
Professor  of  Oceanography  at  the  school's 
Marine  Laboratory,  was  the  chief  scientist 
aboard  the  280-foot  Scripps  Oceanography 
vessel,  R/V  Revelle,  one  ot  the  newest  ships  in 
the  National  Science  Foundation  fleet.  The 
ship  traveled  to  a  region  called  the  Antarctic 
frontal  zone,  where  the  polar  ocean  meets  the 
temperate  ocean. 

The  scientific  party  left  in  November  from 
Christchurch,  New  Zealand,  headed  toward 
the  60th  Parallel,  and  returned  in  January. 
"There's  a  great  front  there  where  tempera- 
tures range  from  0  to  10  degrees  Centigrade," 
says  Barber.  "There's  a  lot  of  activity  on  that 
front."  The  scientists  planned  to  collect  data 
at  ten  stations  in  weather  conditions  where 
one  hand  is  used  for  science  and  the  other  for 
holding  the  boat.  "If  you  don't  pay  attention, 
you  might  find  yourself  on  the  other  side  of 
the  boat,"  according  to  Barber. 

Part  of  the  U.S.  Global  Ocean  Flux  Study, 
the  cruise  was  designed  as  an  attempt  to  find 
out  "how  a  healthy  ocean  works  with  regard 
to  carbon  recycling.  This  is  very  important  in 
predicting  how  the  ocean  and  atmosphere 
will  behave  if  you  disturb  the  system  a  lot  by 
increasing  carbon  dioxide,"  says  Barber,  refer- 
ring to  increasing  emissions  of  carbon  dioxide 
into  the  atmosphere  by  the  burning  of  fuels 
around  the  world.  "When  we  gain  an  under- 
standing of  this  undisturbed  system,  we'll  be 
better  able  to  go  forward  to  global  change 
models  to  assess  future  scenarios." 

Barber  is  a  veteran  of  many  marine  scien- 
tific expeditions,  having  sailed  in  every  major 
ocean.  The  Antarctic  Ocean  is  an  area  with 
wind-driven  waves  often  reaching  heights  of 
ninety  feet.  But  he  is  used  to  working  in  these 
conditions.  "Every  time  I  finish  a  cruise,  I  swear 
it  will  be  my  last.  But  the  next  day,  I  find 
myself  working  to  find  a  way  back  to  the  sea." 

The  team's  thirty-seven  researchers  and 
twenty-two-member  crew  spent  Christmas  and 
New  Year's  holidays  together  at  sea.  Barber's 
wife,  Elaine,  accompanied  him. 


POLITICAL 
HUMORIST 

Discussing  her  views  on  politics  and  the 
media  in  mid-November,  conservative 
Los  Angeles  Times  columnist  and  politi- 
cal pundit  Arianna  Huffington  sprinkled  her 
distinct  opinions  with  the  humor  that  has 
landed  her  regular  spots  on  the  TV  show  Po- 
litically Incorrect. 

Huffington  displayed  some  of  this  humor  in 
several  shots  at  political  figures  and  recent 
scandals.  In  a  reference  to  a  story  by  Sir  Isaiah 
Berlin,  she  divided  political  figures  into  two 


January-February   1998         51 


categories:  hedgehogs  and  foxes.  Hedgehogs, 
she  explained,  are  people  who  have  "an  over- 
all vision"  and  are  prepared  to  fight  for  it. 
Foxes,  however,  are  "people  who  know  a  little 
bit  about  a  lot  of  things."  Foxes,  including  Bill 
Clinton  and  Newt  Gingrich,  dominate  Ameri- 
can politics,  she  said.  "Clinton  is  definitely  a 
cuddly  fox.  If  they  found  him  in  bed  with  the 
Spice  Girls,  he'd  still  be  a  cuddly  fox.  It  doesn't 
matter  what  he  does." 

Huffington,  whose  new  book  Greetings  from 
the  Lincoln  Bedroom  comes  out  in  April,  spent 
most  of  her  appearance  in  Page  Auditorium 
talking  about  her  perception  of  what  the 
media  are  and  what  they  should  be,  especial- 
ly in  relation  to  the  press'  role  as  watchdog  for 
the  government.  One  of  her  major  concerns, 
she  said,  is  "how  the  same  point  of  view  dom- 
inates the  news.  There  is  a  sort  of  flock  qual- 
ity to  the  media,  an  intuitive  sense  of  what 
their  colleagues  think  and  what  is  safe  to  say 
and  believe.  We  need  more  of  an  independent 
streak  that  the  First  Amendment  and  the  Con- 


BACK  TO  THEIR  ANCESTRAL  HOME 


anus,  Letitia,  Praesepe, 
Sarph,  and  Zuben'ubi,  five 
black-and-white  ruffed 
lemurs  born  at  Duke's  Primate 
Center,  ventured  out  of  their 
cages  at  the  home  of  their  an- 
cestors in  November,  the  first 
of  their  species  ever  to  be 
returned  to  the  wild. 

The  lemurs  join  a  dwindling 
population  of  their  cousins  on 
the  island  of  Madagascar.  They 
are  part  of  a  project  by  the  in- 
ternational Madagascar  Fauna 
Group  (MFG)  to  repatriate  sys- 
tematically as  many  as  twenty 
of  the  animals  over  the  next 
three  years.  MFG  researchers 
said  they  hope  the  lemurs, 
among  the  tropical  island's  most 
endangered,  will  interbreed 
with  the  threatened  local  popu- 
lation of  about  thirty,  enhancing 


the  gene  pool  of  ruffed  lemurs 
in  the  5,000-acre  Betampona 
Natural  Reserve. 

Charles  Welch,  the  MFG  pro- 
jeer's  director,  kept  his  colleagues 
at  Duke  informed  from  Mada- 
gascar through  dispatches.  Here 
is  an  excerpt  that  appeared  De- 
cember 2  in  The  New  York  Times: 

"The  day  of  release  started 
off  with  a  last  trimming  of  tail 
hair... to  make  it  as  easy  as  pos- 
sible to  identify  them  in  the 
treetops.  Two  of  the  project's 
conservation  agents  then  led  a 
traditional  ceremony  in  which 
they  explained  the  lemur- 
release  project  to  the  ancestors 
and  asked  the  ancestors  for 
their  blessing.  Short  speeches 
were  made  and  everyone  took 
a  sip  of  the  local  homemade 
rum,  held  in  a  folded  leaf. 


DUKE  SI 


pile  of 
stones  at 
the  base 
of  the 
release 
cage. 

"The  ceremony  complete, 
the  doors  were  opened....  Each 
ruffed  lemur  cautiously  stepped 
out,  and  the  reintroduction  was 
under  way!" 

Since  1968,  Duke's  Primate 
Center  has  been  breeding  lemurs 
for  eventual  release.  The  re- 
search and  conservation  efforts 
of  the  primate  center  were 
featured  in  the  January-Febru- 
ary 1985  issue  of  Duke  Magazine. 


THE  ULTIMATE  IN 
FIELD  TRIPS 

BRAZIL 

Fall  semester  1997,  first  day  of  class:  I'm 
meeting  the  seminar  "New  Ways  of 
Looking:  The  Writings  of  Humberto 
Maturana"  and  reviewing  the  syllabus  with 
the  ten  adventuresome  students  who  are  en- 
rolled. I  point  out  that  in  the  third  week  of 
November  there  will  be  no  class  because  I'll 
be  giving  a  paper  at  the  Universidade  Fe- 
deral de  Minas  Gerais  in  Belo  Horizonte, 
Brazil.  I  explain  that  my  paper  will  be  part  of 
the  conference  "Biology,  Language,  Cogni- 
tion, and  Society:  International  Symposium 
on  Autopoiesis."  I  mention  that  Humberto 
Maturana,  the  Chilean  neurobiologist  whose 
work  is  the  focus  of  our  seminar,  will  be  the 
speaker  at  that  conference.  One  of  the  ten 
students — or  perhaps  it  was  I —  imagines  an 
outrageous  possibility:  "Wouldn't  it  make  a 
cool  field  trip  for  the  whole  seminar  to  go  to 
Brazil  for  the  conference?" 

Eleven  weeks  later:  During  the  break  after 
Maturana's  first  lecture  in  Brazil,  my  semi- 
nar students  and  I  are  standing  outside  a  lec- 
ture hall  at  the  university.  We're  looking  at 
each  other,  and  one  of  us  says,  "Well,  guys, 
we  did  it." 

What  we  did  in  those  eleven  weeks  was: 
research  the  Raleigh-Durham/Rio  de  Janeiro 
airfare  group  rates  plus  the  round-trip  Rio/ 
Belo  bus  rates;  secure  student  housing  in 
Belo;  get  our  Brazilian  visas  (and,  for  the 
two  of  us  who  had  never  been  out  of  the 
country,  apply  for  passports!) ;  buy  some  dra- 
matically titled  "Repatriation  and  Evacua- 


tion Insurance";  fill  out  forms;  fill  out  more 
forms;  go  to  the  Duke  Travel  Clinic  for  immu- 
nizations; do  homework  in  advance  for  the 
classes  we  would  be  missing  during  the  nine 
days  in  Brazil.  Oh,  yes,  in  the  midst  of  all  of 
this,  we  wrote  up  a  great  funding  proposal  and 
raised  nearly  $8,000 — largely  from  Duke 
sources,  but  also  from  the  parents  of  one  of  the 
students — to  make  this  remarkable  cultural 
and  educational  experience  possible. 

Internationalization  isn't  just  a  fancy  catch- 
word at  Duke.  It's  a  reality. 

Once  in  a  lifetime:  Amazing,  simply  amazing. 
This  is  the  only  way  to  describe  participating 
in  a  high-powered  academic  conference  with 
250  people  attending  from  eighteen  countries. 
We  lived  our  seminar  for  the  week  of  the  con- 
ference, and  all  of  us  came  away  not  only  with 
a  deeper  understanding  of  how  autopoietic 
theory  is  put  into  practice  in  various  disci- 
plines but  also  with  a  wonderful  acquaintance 
with  the  theory's  practitioners  on  the  inter- 
national scene.  We're  now  in  electronic-mail 
contact  with  scholars  all  over  the  world,  and 
the  students  are  wisely  consulting  them  on 
their  term  papers! 

The  students  were  grand.  They  were  well  pre- 
pared for  the  conference  (if  I  do  say  so  my- 
self), asked  intelligent  questions,  and  made  an 
excellent  impression  on  the  conference -goers. 
One  student  said,  "We  represented  Duke  at 
an  international  conference,  and  we  all  did  a 
great  job.  I  felt  comfortable  to  introduce  my- 
self as  'one  of  the  Duke  students.'  "  Another 
one  said,  "This  is  the  way  education  should 
take  place  —  conferences,  papers,  discussions, 
'networking,'  and  becoming  absorbed  within 
a  group  of  thinkers  who  simply  live  for  learn- 
ing. We  kept  telling  ourselves,  'This  is  normal. 
This  is  the  way  education  should  be.'  But 


what  is  normal  does  not  usually  take  place.  It 
is  extraordinary  to  me  that  we  could  do  some- 
thing this  normal" 

Note  Bene:  Autopoietic  theory  emerges  from 
the  biological  branch  of  the  larger  field  of  cy- 
bernetics that  studies  self-regulating  systems. 
The  term  "autopoiesis"  (literally:  self-creation) 
refers  to  the  process  by  which  a  living  system 
conserves  its  organization,  and  autopoietic 
theory  provides  a  new  framework  for  under- 
standing biology,  cognition,  language,  and  so- 
cial systems.  The  theory  is  most  closely  iden- 
tified with  Francisco  Varela  and  Humberto 
Maturana.  For  more  information,  see:  The 
Observer  Web  Page  at  www.informatik.umu. 
se/~rwhit/AT.htm  and  The  Maturana  Web 
Page  at  www.iteco.cl/post-rac/inarrat.htm. 

— Julie  Tetel 
Tetel  '72  is  an  associate  professor  of  English. 

RUSSIA 

On  May  16, 1703,  Saint  Petersburg  (or- 
iginally Sakt-Piterburx)  was  founded. 
On  October  10,  1997,  a  group  of 
twenty- seven  Duke  freshmen  discovered  in 
today's  St.  Petersburg — built  on  ninety  rivers 
and  canals,  400  bridges,  sixty  parks,  and  150  gar- 
dens — one  of  the  most  beautiful  cities  in  the 
world.  A  city  of  many  names,  including  most 
recently  Petrograd  (1914-1924)  and  Leningrad 
(1924-1991),  St.  Petersburg  still  demonstrates 
its  ability  to  create  a  sense  of  awe  in  its  visi- 
tors. For  six  days,  the  freshmen  participating 
in  one  of  this  year's  "Focus"  programs  — "The 
Changing  Faces  of  Russia" — had  an  intense 
exposure  to  the  cultural  life  of  the  city. 

"Focus,"  a  first- semester  program  in  which 
students  take  a  core  of  courses  in  one  of  more 
than  a  dozen  interest  areas,  often  extends  to  a 


52      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


stitution  are  supposed  to  encourage  and  pro- 
mote." 

She  also  critized  the  media's  lack  of  coverage 
and,  therefore,  the  government's  neglect  of  what 
she  calls  "community  solutions."  These  solutions 
come  from  smaller  communities  working  to- 
gether to  combat  important  neighborhood 
problems  that  are  also  of  concern  to  the  na- 
tion, such  as  homelessness,  child  abuse,  and  es- 
pecially education.  "[Neither  the  media  nor 
the  politicians]  are  willing  to  take  on  the  chal- 
lenge— they're  avoiding  the  problems.  The 
major  issues  are  not  being  covered  in  a  com- 
pelling way....  We  cannot  get  radical  reform 
without  upsetting  the  apple  cart,  but  it  seems 
to  be  all  about  maintaining  the  status  quo. 
We're  not  fundamentally  changing  anything; 
we're  just  tinkering  at  the  edges  and  saying  all 
is  well." 

Huffington  chairs  the  Center  for  Effective 
Compassion,  an  organization  that  describes  its 
mission  as  "the  transformation  of  a  bureau- 
cratic, impersonal  system  into  a  community- 


oriented,  decentralized  approach  that  is  chal- 
lenging, personal,  and  spiritual." 

Because  a  large  portion  of  American  citizens 
do  not  pay  attention  to  traditional  political 
coverage,  she  said,  her  unorthodox  methods 
to  express  her  opinions  on  politics  and  society 
allow  her  to  reach  this  generally  non-voting 
audience.  "It  is  increasingly  easy  to  make  points 
through  satire  and  humor.  I  got  more  atten- 
tion working  with  [comic]  Al  Franken,  than  I 
did  through  writing  a  book.  If  you  believe  in 
something,  you  need  to  find  a  medium  to  say 
it  and  capture  the  public." 


CELL  FROM 


Where  does  science  now  stand  on 
what's  been  called  the  case  of  the 
"cell  from  hell" — the  marine  or- 
ganism Pfiesteria  piscicida,  which  has  killed 


Hs9i !     B 

111  ill  ti  m  -  H~Z-~ 

Hint  w  ij"  "„ 

mm 

m   >  A  '.">  1' 

in  front  of 

field-trip  experience.  This,  though,  was  a  Duke 
field  trip  without  precedent. 

Events  of  the  week  included  time  at  the 
Hermitage  and  the  Russia  Museum — in  the 
course  of  a  couple  of  days,  students  sampled 
one  of  the  outstanding  collections  of  Western 
art  and  the  premier  collection  of  Russian  art. 
There  were  also  visits  to  the  Peter  and  Paul 
Fortress  and  Cathedral,  the  Smolny  Cathedral 
and  Institute,  the  Kirov/  Mariinka  Theatre, 
the  Musorgsky  Theatre,  and  the  Philharmo- 
nic— along  with  an  evening  of  folk  dancing 
and  music  at  the  Palace  of  Belosel  Skix-Belo- 
zerskix.  There  was  a  pre-excursion  lecture  be- 
fore each  specialized  tour. 

For  indulging  in  this  "Venice  of  the  North" 
setting  (much  of  it  designed  by  Italian  archi- 
tects), the  students  were  asked  to  contribute 
just  $100,  which  essentially  covered  the  visa 


fee  and  postage.  I  was  fortunate  enough  to 
raise  the  money  for  the  trip  through  alumni 
donors,  a  generous  trustee,  and  funds  from 
our  Duke  semester  programs  in  Russia.  The 
University  of  St.  Petersburg  was  cooperative 
in  providing  room  and  board  at  inexpensive 
rates;  and  with  the  help  of  our  faculty  friends 
in  Russia,  we  were  able  to  purchase  all  of  the 
theater  tickets  at  student  rates. 

Despite  the  enormous  amount  of  work  for 
the  organizer,  the  rewards  were  truly  remark- 
able. Although  I  anticipated  that  the  trip  would 
make  a  positive  impact  on  our  freshmen  (ap- 
parent even  in  the  energy  with  which  they  com- 
pleted their  post-trip  assignments),  I  failed  to 
imagine  the  full  extent  of  their  gratitude  and 
the  profound  intellectual  stimulation  they 
would  receive.  One  of  the  reasons  for  the  in- 
tellectual success  of  the  program  comes  from 


fish  along  the  U.S.  eastern  shore  and  affected 
humans  as  well?  Seven  researchers  provided 
answers  at  a  one-day  Duke  Integrated  Toxi- 
cology Program  symposium  in  November,  in- 
cluding faculty  from  the  medical  center  and  the 
university,  North  Carolina  State  University, 
the  University  of  Miami,  the  National  Center 
for  Toxicological  Research,  and  the  National 
Institute  of  Environmental  Health  Sciences. 

"Pfiesteria  is  a  medical  mystery,"  says  the 
conference's  organizer,  Edward  Levin,  a  neu- 
ro -behavioral  toxicologist  and  head  of  Duke's 
Integrated  Toxicology  Program.  "We  want  to 
explore  what  is  known  and  unknown  and  what 
clues  we  need  to  solve  it."  He  provided  up- 
dates to  his  own  research  on  an  animal  model 
for  Pfiesterias  effects  and  presented  new  evi- 
dence that  the  toxin  retards  learning  in  rats. 

Since  its  identification  in  1988  by  JoAnn 
Burkholder,  associate  professor  at  North  Caro- 
lina State,  Pfiesteria  has  been  implicated  in 
about  30  percent  of  all  fish  kills  in  North 
Carolina. 

the  intensive  preparation  our  students  un- 
derwent six  weeks  before  departure.  "The 
Changing  Faces  of  Russia"  program  consists 
of  four  courses:  in  twentieth-century  history, 
literature,  legal  traditions,  and  culture.  Be- 
yond these  classes,  students  and  all  partici- 
pating faculty  members  met  each  Monday 
evening  for  dinner  and  discussion.  Thanks 
to  these  evening  meetings,  in  conjunction 
with  their  regular  course  work,  we  were  able 
to  fill  in  gaps  to  prepare  them  for  the  enor- 
mous amount  of  information  and  cultural 
differences  they  discovered  in  Russia. 

In  anticipation  of  Swan  Lake,  for  exam- 
ple, we  had  talked  about  the  construction  of 
the  music  and  dance  components  of  the 
performance,  the  history  ofTchaikovsky,  the 
place  of  his  music  in  the  Russian  context, 
and  the  key  moments  that  would  signal  a 
particular  interpretation  of  the  ballet.  In  St. 
Petersburg,  one  of  our  Russian  museum 
guides  remarked  on  how  diligently  the  stu- 
dents were  taking  notes — a  sign  that  their 
encounter  was  all  the  deeper  for  their  hav- 
ing studied  the  building's  paintings  and  its 
architecture  in  advance. 

It  is  not  uncommon  to  hear  universities 
talking  of  the  importance  of  "internationali- 
zation." In  many  instances,  the  words  fail  to 
make  the  desired  impact  on  the  curriculum. 
But  Duke  fosters  an  environment  that 
allows  faculty  members  and  students  to  re- 
imagine  what  the  classroom  experience 
might  include,  and  so  to  transport  ourselves 
into  a  different  world. 

— Edna  Andrews 
Andrews,  professor  of  Slavic  languages  and  lit- 
erature, chairs  the  linguistics  program  and  is 
director  of  the  Center  for  Slavic,  Eurasian,  and 
East  European  Studies. 


January- February 


53 


Downsizing  the 
U.S.A. 

By  Thomas  H.  Naylor 
ami  William  H.  Willimon. 
William  B.  Eerdmam 
Publishing  Company. 
289  pages.  $25. 

In  this  trenchant  anal- 
ysis of  American  soci- 
ety, Naylor,  economics 
professor  emeritus  at 
Duke,  and  Willimon,  current  dean  of  Duke 
Chapel  and  a  divinity  school  professor,  take 
an  unabashed  stance  against  the  belief  that 
"bigger  is  better."  They  argue  that  our  govern- 
ment, cities,  corporations,  schools,  churches, 
military,  and  social  welfare  system  are  all  too 
big,  powerful  intrusive,  insular,  and  unrespon- 
sive to  the  needs  of  individuals  and  small, 
local  communities.  The  authors  audaciously 
call  for  the  peaceful  dissolution  of  the  United 
States  through  secession  and  provide  a 
thoughtful  game  plan  for  achieving  this  con- 
troversial objective. 

The  Mythical 
Man-month: 
Essays  on 
Software 
Engineering 
B31  Frederick  P.  Brooks 
Jr.  '53.  Addison- 
Wesley  Publishing 
Company.  322  pages. 
Few  books  on  soft- 
ware project  man- 
agement have  been 
as  influential  and  timeless  as  Mythical  Man- 
month  by  Brooks,  founder  of  UNC-Chapel 
Hill's  computer  science  department,  where  he 
is  a  Kenan  professor,  and  best  known  as  "the 
father  of  the  IBM  System/360."  This  twenti- 
eth anniversary  edition  has  four  additional 
chapters. 

Women,  Poverty,  and  AIDS:  Sex, 
Drugs,  and  Structural  Violence 

Edited  by  Paul  Farmer  '82,  Margaret  Connors, 
and  Janie  Simmons.  Common  Courage  Press. 
470  pages.  $19.95. 


Co-editor  Farmer  is  a  physician  and  anthro- 
pologist and  the  author  of  The  Uses  of  Haiti 
and  AIDS  and  Accusation.  In  1993,  he  was 
awarded  a  MacArthur  Foundation  "genius" 
award  for  his  work.  This  book  begins  with  a 
series  of  portraits  of  poor  women  with  HIV 
disease  from  Haiti,  India,  the  United  States, 
and  elsewhere.  Although  they  share  neither 
language,  culture,  race,  nor  ethnic  back- 
ground, they  do  share  their  poverty  and  their 
gender.  Women,  Poverty,  and  AIDS  brings  to- 
gether community  activists,  physicians,  and 
social  scientists  to  explore  one  of  the  greatest 
threats  to  women's  health  in  our  times. 


The  Essential 
Guide  to 
Cosmetic  Laser 
Surgery 

By  Tina  Alster  B.S.N. 
'81.M.D.  '86  and  Lydia 

Preston.  Alliance 
Publishers.  198  pages. 
$16. 

Alster,  internationally 
recognized  as  one  of 
the  leading  practitioners  of  cosmetic  laser  sur- 
gery, offers  this  comprehensive  consumer  guide, 
subtitled  "The  Revolutionary  New  Way  to 
Erase  Wrinkles,  Age  Spots,  Scars,  Birthmarks, 
Moles,  Tattoos. ..and  How  Not  to  Get  Burned 
in  the  Process."  The  director  of  the  Washing- 
ton Institute  of  Dermatologic  Laser  Surgery, 
she  also  teaches  at  Georgetown  and  Harvard 
medical  schools. 


Changing  Channels:  Television  and 
the  Struggle  for  Power  in  Russia 

B31  Ellen  Mickiewicz-  Oxford  University  Press. 
340  pages.  $35. 

"From  the  days  when  Leonid  Brezhnev  clung 
to  power  through  the  tumult  of  Mikhail  Gor- 
bachev and  the  election  victories  of  Boris 
Yeltsin,  Russian  leaders  have  struggled  over  the 
control  of  television,"  writes  David  Gergen, 
editor  at  large  at  U.S.  News  &  World  Report. 
"In  this  fine  and  penetrating  book,  Ellen 
Mickiewicz  traces  those  struggles  and  exam- 
ines the  larger  question  still  ahead:  whether  a 
free  and  independent  television  can  emerge 
that  will  bolster  prospects  for  a  stable,  demo- 
cratic nation.  No  one  else  has  better  captured 


the  important  saga."  Mickiewicz  is  director  of 
the  DeWitt  Wallace  Center  for  Communica- 
tions and  Journalism  at  Duke's  Sanford  Insti- 
tute of  Public  Policy. 

The  Hidden  Welfare  State:  Tax 
Expenditures  and  Social  Policy  in 
the  United  States 

By  Christopher  Howard  '83.  Princeton 
University  Press.  272  pages.  $39.50. 

Howard,  an  assistant  professor  of  government 
at  the  College  of  William  and  Mary,  analyzes 
the  "hidden"  welfare  state  created  by  such 
programs  as  tax  deductions  for  home  mort- 
gage interest  and  employer-provided  retirement 
pensions,  the  Earned  Income  Tax  Credit,  and 
the  Targeted  Jobs  Tax  Credit.  Basing  his  work 
on  the  histories  of  these  four  tax  expendi- 
tures, he  highlights  the  distinctive  characteris- 
tics of  all  such  policies  and  the  reason  why 
individuals,  businesses,  and  public  officials 
support  them. 

Romantic  Theat- 
ricality: Gender, 
Poetry,  and 
Spectatorship 

By  Judith  Pascoe '82. 
Cornell  University 
Press.  251  pages. 
In  a  significant  rein- 
terpretation  of  early 
romanticism,  Pascoe 
shows  how  English 
literary  culture  in  the 
1790s  came  to  be  shaped  by  the  theater  and 
by  the  public's  fascination  with  it.  She  focus- 
es on  several  intriguing  historical  occurrences 
of  the  late  eighteenth  and  early  nineteenth 
centuries,  emphasizing  how  writers  in  all  areas 
of  public  life  relied  on  theatrical  modes  of 
self-representation.  Pascoe  is  an  assistant  pro- 
fessor of  English  at  the  University  of  Iowa 

Worship  With  One  Accord:  Where 
Liturgy  and  Ecumenism  Embrace 

B31  Geoffrey  Wainwright.  Oxford  University 
Press.  276  pages. 

In  his  book,  Wainwright,  Cushman  Professor 
of  Theology  at  Duke,  "explores  a  theme  that  is 
vital  for  ecumenism  but  perhaps  has  not  al- 


54      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


ways  received  adequate  attention:  the  rela- 
tionship between  liturgical  renewal  and  the 
search  for  Christian  unity,"  writes  Edward 
Cardinal  Cassidy,  president  of  the  Pontifical 
Council  for  Promoting  Christian  Unity,  Rome. 
"While  illuminating  ecumenical  progress,  he 
also  speaks  forthrightly  about  present  dangers 
to  the  movement  for  Christian  unity." 


Women  Imagine  Change:  A  Global 
Anthology  of  Women's  Resistance, 
600  B.C.E.  to  Present 

Edited  by  Eugenia  Delamotte,  Natania  Meeker, 
and  Jean  O'Barr.  Routledge.  509  pages.  $29.95. 
Organized  around  themes  of  concern  to  con- 
temporary readers,  this  collection  presents 
vivid,  diverse  life  experiences.  The  relation- 
ships between  sexuality  and  spirituality 
include  a  feminist  rabbi's  account  of  her 
struggle  with  religious  traditions,  and  a  thir- 
teenth-century French  peasant's  explanation 
to  the  Inquisition  of  her  sell-invented  doc- 
trine of  free  love.  Introductions  enhance  the 
writings  with  historical  and  biographical  in- 
formation, enabling  readers  to  see  each  writer 
in  her  unique  context.  Co-editor  O'Barr  is 
the  director  of  Women's  Studies  at  Duke. 


Friday's  Foot- 
print: How 
Society  Shapes 
the  Human 


By  Leslie  Brothers 
M.D.  '80.  Oxford 
University  Press.  187 
pages.  $25. 

Neuroscientists 
have  long  used  the 
Robinson  Crusoe 
metaphor — a  starkly  isolated  figure,  working, 
praying,  writing  alone — when  discussing  the 
notion  of  the  brain.  Now  the  question  arises: 
Is  the  brain  truly  isolated,  or  is  it  an  extension 
of,  and  an  organ  shaped  by,  a  larger,  more 
complex  network — society?  Brothers  begins 
her  exploration  of  the  brain  at  the  individual 
neuron  level,  looking  at  in  particular  the  re- 
sponse of  brain  cells  to  social  events.  More 
importantly,  she  connects  neuroscience,  psy- 
chiatry, and  sociology  as  never  before,  show- 
ing how  our  daily  interaction  creates  an  orga- 
nized social  world — a  network  of  brains  that 
generates  meaningful  behavior  and  thought. 

Balkan  Justice:  The  Story  Behind 
the  First  International  War  Crimes 
Trial  Since  Nuremberg 

By  Michael  P  Scharf'85,].D.  '88.  Carolina 

Academic  Press.  250  pages.  $25. 

Based   on  extensive   interviews   and   other 


sources,  the  book  describes  the  key  players  in 
this  international  judicial  drama:  the  investi- 
gators, prosecutors,  judges,  defense  attorneys, 
and  the  defendant  himself — DuskoTadic.  It's 
the  inside  story  of  the  politics  and  diplomacy 
behind  the  establishment  of  the  Yugoslavia 
War  Crimes  Tribunal  and  the  launching  of  its 
investigations.  Scharf  draws  from  his  own  ex- 
periences as  the  State  Department  attorney 
responsible  for  drafting  the  Security  Council 
Resolutions  leading  up  to  the  establishment 
of  the  tribunal  and  the  U.S.  proposals  for  the 
tribunal's  Statute  and  Rules  of  Procedure. 

Staging  Reform, 
Reforming  the 
Stage:  Protes- 
tantism and 
Popular  Theater 
in  Early  Modern 
England 
By  Huston  Diehl 
A.M.'7l,Ph.D.75. 
Cornell  University 
Press.  238  pages. 
$39.95. 

The  author,  a  professor  of  English  at  the  Uni- 
versity of  Iowa,  sees  Elizabethan  and  Jacobean 
drama  as  both  a  product  of  the  Protestant 
Reformation — a  reformed  drama — and  a 
producer  of  Protestant  habits  of  thought  —  a 
reforming  drama.  According  to  Diehl,  the 
popular  London  theater,  which  flourished  in 
the  years  after  Elizabeth  re-established  Protes- 
tantism in  England,  rehearsed  the  religious 
crises  that  disrupted,  divided,  energized,  and,  in 
many  respects,  revolutionized  English  society. 


Long  celebrated  in 
Methodist  mythol- 
ogy as  mother  of 
the  movement's  founders,  Susanna  Wesley 
now  takes  her  place  as  a  practical  theologian 
in  her  own  right.  This  collection  of  her  letters, 
edited  by  Wallace,  Williamette  University's 
chaplain  and  religion  professor,  includes  her 
spiritual  diary  and  longer  treatises  (only  one 
of  which  was  published  in  her  lifetime).  Her 
writings  show  her  to  be  a  well-educated 
woman  conversant  in  the  historical  and  con- 
temporary theological,  philosophical,  and  lit- 
erary works  of  her  day. 


SWIMMING  UPHILL 

Continued  from  page  20 

mers,  or  fraternity  brothers  who  lost  some  sort 
of  bet  and  have  to  pay  up  with  their  presence. 
I  once  helped  the  captain  of  the  Dancing 
Devils  dance  team  move  several  hundred 
pounds  of  luggage  into  her  dorm  room  in  ex- 
change for  a  performance  at  one  of  our  home 
meets.  Two  years  later,  I'm  not  holding  my 
breath  that  she'll  ever  pay  up. 

Still,  swim  meets  turn  out  to  be  spectacles. 
I've  been  in  the  stands  at  more  than  one  meet 
in  my  days  as  a  swimmer,  and  I  can  say  hon- 
estly that  watching  people  cheer  for  swimmers 
is  something  that  defies  my  understanding. 
All  kinds  of  sounds  are  made,  from  shouts, 
barks,  and  whistles,  to  strange  "whooping" 
noises,  as  the  swimmer  turns  his  head  to 
breathe.  The  crazy  thing  is  that  any  swimmer 
will  tell  you  that  we  don't  hear  a  thing  when 
in  the  water;  yet  we  continue  this  bizarre  rit- 
ual of  noises. 

From  the  time  we  arrive  in  Durham  in  Sep- 
tember, our  practice  schedule  makes  weekend 
get-aways  impossible.  We  stay  on  campus  for 
both  fall  and  Thanksgiving  breaks  for  our 
most  intense  periods  of  training  of  the  season. 
Our  coach  uses  the  unlimited  practice  time 
to  break  us  down  physically  to  the  point  of 
exhaustion.  But  for  me,  the  demands  of  swim- 
ming during  breaks  are  overshadowed  by  ex- 
periencing the  relaxed  pace  of  the  campus  — 
and  by  the  promise  of  our  January  training 
trip  to  Fort  Lauderdale.  That  trip  directs  our 
attention  to  the  ACC  championships.  By  the 
first  of  February,  morning  practices  have  ended, 
and  afternoon  practices  begin  to  center  on  es- 
tablishing the  rhythm  and  pace  necessary  to 
swim  fast  at  the  end. 

Professional  swimming  does  not  exist.  For  a 
senior,  ACC  championships  are  the  conclu- 
sion to  his  career.  In  my  case,  when  I  finish 
the  last  lap  in  the  final  heat  of  the  200  back- 
stroke in  late  February,  I  will  have  brought  to 
a  close  fifteen  years  of  competitive  swimming. 
Will  I  be  satisfied  with  my  last  race?  While  I'm 
certain  that  I  will,  I  want  to  avoid  the  ques- 
tion for  as  long  as  possible. 

If  I  could  go  back  to  being  a  freshman  on 
the  team,  I  would  do  it  in  a  heartbeat.  I  always 
hated  the  end  of  the  season,  when  I  had  so 
much  free  time  that  I  didn't  know  what  to  do 
with  myself.  And  this  is  the  end  of  the  last 
season.  The  sport  that  has  come  to  define  my 
life  will  be  over;  I  will  have  to  find  a  non- 
swimming  route  to  travel. 

You  don't  even  begin  to  understand  the 
value  of  what  you  do  as  a  varsity  athlete  until 
your  senior  year.  It's  only  then  that  you  start 
to  find  deeper  meanings  to  common  words 
like  success,  dream,  and  love.  If  I  can  pass  on 
this  senior  knowledge  to  my  teammates,  then 
I  have  succeeded  as  a  captain. 


January-February  1998        55 


\(^hat  book  do  you  have  on  your 
nightstand,  one  you're  reading  or 
ready  to  read  when  time  permits? 

Psychology  professor  Robert  C. 
Carson  says  he  recently  finished 
Angela's  Ashes:  A  Memoir,  by 
Frank  McCourt.  "As  a  grandson 
of  four  Irish  immigrants,  I  have 
never  encountered  anything  close 
to  a  better  understanding  of  my 
direct  progenitors,  my  other  rela- 
tives, of  the  kids  I  grew  up  with 
and  their  parents,  of  Irish 
Catholicism,  or  of  the  plight  of 
the  Irish  in  their  own  homeland." 

Robert  S.  Shepard,  associate 
vice  president  and  executive 
director  of  development,  com- 
bines business  with  pleasure 
reading.  "I  have  the  opportunity 
to  travel  to  Asia  with  President 
Keohane  in  May  1998.  Instead  of 
the  standard  Guide  to  Asian 
Culture  one  finds  in  book  stores, 
I'm  reading  an  insightful  and 
wonderfully  written  little  book  on 
Japanese  education  and  culture. 
It's  tided  Learning  lb  Bow." 

Professor  emerita  and  author 
Helen  Bevington  says  she  is  read- 
ing several  books,  but  that 
Montaigne's  Essays  "is  my  favorite 
reading.  I  keep  coming  back  to  it." 
Considered  the  "French  Shakes- 
peare," and  a  contemporary  of  the 
Bard,  Montaigne  "invented  the 
essay,  which  means  'trial  or  at- 
tempt.' His  essays  are  easy,"  says 
Bevington.  "I  think  anyone  would 
like  them." 

Ralph  Snyderman,  chancellor 
for  health  affairs  and  dean  of  the 
medical  school,  is  reading  One 
Blood:  The  Death  and  Resurrection 
of  Charles  R.  Drew,  by  Spencie 
Love  Ph.D.  '90.  The  book  "por- 
trays the  life  of  the  highly  regard- 


ed African-American  surgeon 
and  his  tragic  death  in  an  auto 
accident  in  nearby  Alamance 
County.  This  story  is  intertwined 
with  a  similarly  tragic  auto  acci- 
dent that  killed  an  African- 
American  college  student  named 
Malthus  Avery  in  Alamance 
County  as  well.  Both  these  deaths 
involved  Duke  through  actual 
events  or  myths  that  arose  soon 
after  the  incidents."  He  describes 
it  as  "a  fascinating  documentation 
of  North  Carolina  and  the  South 
in  the  early  Fifties,  the  tragic  con- 
sequences of  segregation  policies, 
and  the  relation  between  legend 
and  fact." 


We  asked  fifteen 

first-year  students: 

What  is  Hie  biggest  surprise 


you've  been  at  Duke? 

After  completing  only  one 
semester  of  experiencing  not  only 
a  new  school  but  a  new  home, 
new  friends,  and  a  whole  new 
style  of  living,  the  freshmen  we 
polled  met  a  range  of  surprises. 
Several  students  found  it  in  the 
classroom.  Carolyn  Davis  said  she 
was  impressed  by  the  accessibility 
of  her  professors.  "The  teachers 
are  very  helpful,  especially  consid- 
ering the  size  of  some  of  the 
classes  I  have." 

Economically,  some  were  faced 
with  the  shock  of  living  without 
their  parents'  pockets.  "Money 
disappears  very  quickly,"  said 
Jennifer  Bassler.  "I  have  seven 
cents  left  on  my  food  account." 


But  the  biggest  surprises  came 
on  the  social  front.  Some  found 
the  city  of  Durham  not  as  lively 
as  they  had  hoped. "  The  biggest 
surprise  is  the  town,  or  lack  there- 
of. If  you  really  need  something, 
you  need  to  drive  because  there's 
not  much  on  Ninth  Street,"  said 
Liz  Jacobs. 

But  others  think  Duke  basket- 
ball provides  enough  entertain- 
ment. Rob  Grant  said  he  was 
impressed  by  the  enthusiasm  of 
the  student  body  in  Cameron 
Indoor  Stadium.  "The  crowd  was 
really  in  sync.  I  think  that  is  sym- 
bolic of  the  student  body  outside 
of  Cameron.  There  is  a  sense  of 
community  on  campus  that  is 
very  healthy  for  a  college." 

That  unity,  however,  is  not 
always  present  on  a  day-to-day 
basis.  "The  groups  still  segregate 
themselves-it's  the  same  feeling 
as  there  was  in  high  school,"  said 
Dan  Bierenbaum.  Others  found 
homogeneity.  "You  would  expect 
a  ton  of  diversity  in  terms  of  cul- 
ture, ethnicity,  race,"  said  Adam 
Hudes.  "People  here  do  not  vary 
much  in  their  backgrounds,  poli- 
tics, outlooks." 

Politically,  some  students 
did  not  encounter  what  they 
expected.  Keith  Cascio,  for 
example,  said,  "I  came  from  New 
York,  the  bastion  of  liberal  poli- 
tics. I  expected  to  find  intense 
liberal  activity  on  campus  and  a 
general  liberal  attitude  among 
the  vast  majority  of  students. 
However,  I  was  surprised  to  find  a 
pleasing  conservative  tendency;  I 
agree  with  many  students  on 
many  issues." 

Aside  from  social  aspects,  other 
students  found  major  changes  in 
living  styles  since  coming  to  col- 
lege. Richard  Pearsall  enjoys  the 
freedom:  "You  make  all  decisions 
by  yourself.  You  don't  have  to  tell 
anyone  where  you're  going  or 
when  you're  coming  back." 

— compiled  by  Jaime  Levy  '01 


"Of  course,  a  race-blind  society  is 
the  ideal,  but  this  society  is  not 
race-blind,  and  we  cannot  afford 
to  treat  it  as  such.  By  increasing 
the  number  of  black  undergradu- 
ates, graduate  students,  and  pro- 
fessors, we  can,  however,  begin  to 
take  strides  toward  an  environ- 
ment in  which  black  students  no 
longer  feel  they  have  to  stage  a 
protest  to  make  their  voices 
heard." 


"Exposure  to  difference — 
whether  cultural,  social,  or  racial, 
and  including  differences  in  ideas 
and  perspectives — plays  an 
essential  role  in  the  education  of 
all  students,  both  minority  and 
majority.  Too  often  diversity  is 
seen  as  something  that  serves 
only  minority  students.  It  serves 
majority  students  every  bit  as 
much,  bringing  those  in  the 
dominant  group  to  far  greater 
understanding  of  the  complexity 
and  richness  of  human  endeavor 
and  experience." 


"My  dream  for  what  I  wanted  to 
do  in  my  life  was  to  be  a  college 
coach.  With  people's  dreams,  if 
you're  fortunate  that  they  actually 
become  a  reality,  you're  lucky.  My 
reality  is  better  than  my  dream." 


56      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


Members  Benefit. 


It  always  pays  to  call  Alamo8  first  when  renting  a  car.  Competitive  rates,  quality  service,  and 
an  extensive  fleet  makes  Alamo  the  right  choice  every  time.  And  now  these  exclusive 
benefits  make  Alamo  an  even  better  choice: 

Year-round  discounts  •  Special  money-saving  promotions 

•  Additional  driver  fee  waived  •  Dedicated  membership  reservations  line 

Plus,  enjoy  Alamo's  Travel  SmartSM  Extras: 

Frequent  flyer  rewards  •  24-hour  roadside  assistance  earned  with  every  rental 

Alamo  True  BlueSM  Award  Points  •  Unlimited  free  mileage 

For  reservations,  contact  your  travel  agent  or  call  Alamo  at 


1-800-354-2322 


Be  sure  to  request  I.D.  #_ 


and  Rate  Code  BY 


For  interactive  reservations  access  us  at  www.goaIamo.com 
When  it's  your  time  and  money 


One  Free  Day 


Certificate  is  valid  for  one  free  day.  Just  reserve  a  compact  through  a  fullsize  4-door  car  in  the  United  States  or  Canada, 
or  a  Group  B  through  F  in  Europe  or  Mexico.  Valid  on  rentals  of  at  least  3  days. 

Offer  is  subject  to  Alamo's  standard  conditions  .it  the  time  of  rental. 

Offer  valid  through  December  31,  1998. The  following  blackout  dates  apply: 


1  Only  one  certificate1  per  rental;  not  u>  he  used  iii  coniuiiLtion  with  any 

other  discounted  or  promotional  rate  Cannot  be  used  with  an  Alamo 

Express  PlusSM  or  a  Quicksilver5"  rental. 
1  Please  make  your  reservation  at  least  24  hours  before  arrival.  Travel  Agents: 

Please  include  /SI-C-FN1B  in  the  car  sell. 
•You  must  present  this  certificate  at  the  Alamo*  counter  on  arrival;  it  is  void 

once  redeemed. Valid  on  self-drive  rentals  only. 

*  One  free  day  certificate  will  be  cak  uLtted  bv  prwat.ii  it;  against  the  entire  rental 
period  basic  rate,  which  does  not  include  taxes  (including  in  California,  VLF 
taxes  ranging  up  to  SI. 89  per  day),  registration  fee/tax  reimbursements,  airport 
concession  recoupment  charges,  fuel,  other  optional  items,  and  airport  access 
fees  (if  any). 

*  Certi6cate  has  no  cash  value,  and  any  unused  portion  is  non-refundable. 

*  Reproductions  will  not  be  accepted,  and  expired  or  lost  certificates 
cannot  be  replaced. 

For  reservations,  contact  your  travel  agent  or  call  Alamo  at 

1-800-354-2322 


In  the  United  States  and  Canada:  11/26-11/28/97,  12/18-12/29/97, 
2/12-2/14/98,4/9-4/11/98,5/21-5/23/98,7/02-7/4/98,7/16-8/15/98, 
9/3-9/5/98,  10/8-10/10/98,  11/25-11/27/98  and  12/17-12/31/98. 
In  the  United  Kingdom,  Germany,  Belgium,  The  Netherlands  and 
Switzerland:  12/20-12/31/97,6/15-7/31/98  and  12/20-12/31/98.  In 
Ireland.  Greece,  Portugal, The  Czech  Republic  and  Malta:  12/20-12/31/97, 
7/15-9/30/98  and  12/20-12/31/98.  In  Mexico:  12/12/97-1/31/98, 
7/1/98-8/31/98, and  12/12/98-12/31/98. 
Coupon  is  valid  only  at  airport  and  airport  serving  locations  and  at 


participating  turopea 
of  Alamo. 
•  Coupon  is  not  valid  I 


\U    .;.    iii 


I1,  i  itii.s: 


Bei 


|fnib| 

Rate  Code  BY 


■  request 


.D.  Number  . 


410225, 


.  For  interactive 


rOH£ 


^4^  ^eam 
BeUlnxfl 


inon  dukes 


Duke  University  Athletic  Scholarship  Fund 


Now,  you  can  be  a  part  of  the  team.  By  contributing  as  little 
as  $100,  you  can  display  your  Iron  Duke  window  decal  with 
pride  and  know  you  have  helped  Blue  Devil  student-athletes 
maintain  Duke's  proud  athletic  tradition.  Take  the  next  step 
by  requesting  information,  NOW! 


DUKE 


614CHAPELDRIVE.BOX  90570 
DURHAM, NORTH  CAROLINA 

27708-0570 

Address  Service  Requested 


YES,  1  am  interested  in  finding  out  more  about  the  Iron  Dukes. 

Please  send  a  membership  information  brochure  to  the  address  listed  below. 

Name: 

Address: 

City: 

State:                        Zip: 

Phone  Number  (B): 

(H): 

Please  return  this  form  to 

Iron  Dukes 

311  Finch  Yeager  Bldg.,  Box  90542 

Duke  University 

Durham,  NC  27708-0542 

(919)  684-5033 

NON    PROFIT   ORG. 

U.S.  Postage 

PAID 

Durham,  N.C. 

PERMIT    NO.    60 


UN I UERS I TV  ARCH I UES 

341  PERKINS  LIBRARY 
BOX  90202 


DUKE 


EARNING  WHILE  LEARNING 
HOW  WE  REMEMBER 


KING 


BREAKING  THE  SILENCE 


from  the  Vigil 


You've  always  been  there  in  spirit. 
Maybe  its  time  you  brought  yourself  along,  too. 


fat* 

™  AIRLINI 


'C4f 

LINES   # 

1-800-44-MI  D  WA 


Duke  Magazine  is 
printed  on  recycled 


© 


EDITOR: 

Robert  J.  Bliwise  A.M.  '88 

ASSOCIATE  EDITOR: 

Sam  Hull 

FEATURES  EDITOR: 

Bridget  Booher '82,  A.M. '92 

SCIENCE  EDITOR: 

Dennis  Meredith 

PUBLISHER:  M.  Laney 

Funderburk  Jr.  '60 

STUDENT  INTERNS: 

Brian  Henderson  '98 

Jaime  Levy  '01 

DESIGN  CONSULTANT: 

Mills/Carrigan  Design 

PRINTER: 

Litho  Industries,  Inc. 

OFFICERS,  DUKE  ALUMNI 
ASSOCIATION: 
Michele  Clause  Farquhar  '79, 
president;  John  A.  Schwarz  III 
'56,  president-elect;  M.  Laney 
Funderburk  Jr. "" 


MARCH  - 
APRIL  1998 


DUKE 


VOLUME  84 
NUMBER  3 


n 


■—» 


Cover:  The  Vigil,  a  defining  moment  both 
in  Duke's  history  and  in  the  lives  of  its 
students.  Photograph  by  Bill  Boyarsky  '69 
for  The  Chanticleer 


PRESIDENTS,  SCHOOL 
AND  COLLEGE  ALUMNI 
ASSOCIATIONS: 
James  R.  Cook  Jr.  '50,  B.D. 
'>K  Dniv.ay  S,-h.n,'l;  George  J. 
Evans  B.S.E.E.  '56,  School  of 
lzni:mc,:niig;  Barrett  B.  McCall 
M.E'91,  Nicholas  School  of  the 
Environment;  Walter  W. 
Simpson  III  M.B.A.  74,  Fuqua 
School  of  Business;  Judith  Ann 
Maness  M.H.A.  '83,  Department 
of  Health  AJimnt>lY,ilic,n,  Bruce 
W.  Baber  J.D.  '79,  School  of 
Law;  David  K.  Wellman  M.D. 
'72,  H.S.  '72-78,  School  of 
Medicine;  Linda  Spencer 
Fowler  B.S.N.  79,  School  of 

j\rifr\:)i/j;  M.iir  kov;ll  N.trJpne 

M.S.  79,  A.H.C.  79,  Graduate 
Program  in  Physical  Therapy; 
J.  Alexander  McMahon  '42, 
Hal/-Cenmry  Club. 

EDITORIAL 
ADVISORY  BOARD: 
Clay  Felker '51,  chairman; 
Frederick  E  Andrews  '60; 
Debra  Blum  '87;  Sarah 
Hardesty  Bray  72;  Nancy  L. 
Cardwell  '69;  Jerrold  K.  Footlick; 
Edward  M.  Gomez  79;  Kerry  E. 
Hannon  '82;  Stephen  Labaton 
A.M.  '86,  J.D.  '86;  Elizabeth  H. 
Locke '64,  Ph.D.  72;  Thomas  R 
Losee  Jr.  '63;  Kimberly  J. 
McLarin  '86;  Michael  J. 
Schoenfeld '84;  Susan  Tifft  73; 
Jane  Vessels  77;  Robert  J. 
Bliwise  A.M.  '88,  secretary. 

SUBSCRIPTIONS: 
$15  per  year  ($30  foreign) 
Duke  Magazine,  Alumni  House, 
614  Chapel  Drive,  Box  90570, 
Durham,  N.C.  27708-0570. 

ADDRESS  CHANGES: 
Alumni  Records,  Box  90613, 
Durham,  N.C.  27708-0613 
or  e-mail  bluedevil@duke.edu 


©  1998  Duke  University 
Published  bimonthly  by  the 
Office  of  Alumni  Affairs. 


REMEMBERING  THE  SILENT  VIGIL  by  Bridget  Booher  2 

Thirty  years  later,  students,  faculty,  and  administrators  reflect  on  the  Vigil's  importance 
at  the  time,  and  its  lasting  significance 

FOR  LOVE  AND  MONEY  10 

A  portfolio:  Campus  jobs  —  the  mundane  and  the  marvelous  alike  —  are  a  commitment 
for  undergraduates  who  are  otherwise  devoting  hours  to  the  library,  lab,  and  classroom 

MINING  THE  MEANING  OF  MEMORIES  by  Dennis  Meredith  14 

Psychologist  David  Rubin  uses  sophisticated  machines,  immobilizing  masks, 
and  modest  children's  rhymes  to  explore  how  we  store  the  memories  of  our  lives 


SCHOOL  IN  A  BOX  by  Robert].  Bliwise 

"We're  not  so  much  moving  from  the  traditional  model  of  teaching  to  the  cyberworld,' 

says  a  business  school  professor.  "We're  doing  both." 


DECONSTRUCTING  THE  DESERT  by  Monte 

Duke  ecologists  are  sweating  to  discover  why  America's  rich  grasslands  are  rapidly 

evolving  into  barren  stretches  of  coarse  sand 


UNDER  THE  GARGOYLE 

Lessons  in  global  education-and  in  building  community 


37 


41 


20 
34~ 


FORUM 

Complaints  from  Canada,  easing  into  the  final  transition,  ruminating  on  the 
wounds  of  war 


GAZETTE 

Tiered  tuition,  Oxford  addition,  athletic  elevation 


BOOKS  54 

The  ethnography  of  Colonial  Williamsburg,  the  landscape  of  contemporary  poetry 

QUAD  QUOTES  56 

Leadership  and  student  government,  basketball  and  boisterousness 


REMEMBERING 

THE  SILENT 

VIGIL 


A  UNIVERSITY  MILESTONE 

BY  BRIDGET  BOOHER 


What  began  as  a  protest  march  eventually  blossomed  into  a  campus- 

and  community-wide  happening  that  found  thousands  camping  out  on  the  quad. 

Thirty  years  later,  students,  faculty,  and  administrators  reflect  on  the  Vigil's 

importance  at  the  time,  and  its  lasting  significance. 


In  the  wake  of  Martin  Luther  King  Jr.'s 
assassination  on  April  4,  1968,  riots  and 
protests  broke  out  across  the  country  as 
supporters  of  the  civil  rights  movement 
mourned  the  loss  of  their  most  visible  leader. 
On  Duke's  campus,  the  occasion  had  pro- 
found historical  consequences  as  well.  In  the 
week  that  followed,  a  series  of  events  took 
place  that  came  to  be  known  as  the  Silent 
Vigil.  What  began  as  a  protest  march  eventu- 
ally blossomed  into  a  campus-  and  communi- 
ty-wide happening  that  found  thousands 
camping  out  on  the  quad;  trustees,  adminis- 
trators, faculty,  and  students  locked  in  negoti- 
ations over  university  governance  and  policy; 
classes  canceled  by  professors  sympathetic  to 
the  cause;  and  attention  from  national  media 
outlets  and  leading  political  figures  (tele- 
grams of  support  came  in  from  Robert  Ken- 
nedy, Eugene  McCarthy,  and  Nelson  Rocke- 
feller, among  others). 

Duke  was  still  very  much  a  Southern  uni- 
versity, where  maids  daily  cleaned  the  dorm 
rooms  and  made  the  beds  on  West  Campus 
(residents  of  the  Woman's  College  were  as- 
sumed to  be  proficient  in  such  domestic  tasks 


and  made  their  own  beds).  A  referendum  pre- 
sented by  the  student  government  calling  for 
a  boycott  of  off-campus  segregated  facilities 
had  earlier  been  defeated  by  the  student  body. 
And  the  university  had  not  even  admitted 
black  undergraduates  until  1963,  relatively 
late  compared  with  other  institutions.  Yet  the 
civil  rights  and  anti-war  movements  were 
gaining  momentum,  "teach-ins"  about  the 
Vietnam  War  took  place  frequently,  and  stu- 
dent organizations  such  as  the  YMCA/ 
YWCA  and  religious  groups  were  active  in 
the  local  community.  At  the  time  of  King's 
assassination,  there  was  a  solid  core  of  indi- 
viduals who  were  cognizant  of  social-justice 
issues  and  the  politics  of  protest  movements, 
and  they  quickly  found  themselves  at  the 
forefront  of  a  campus  uprising. 

Shocked  by  King's  murder,  these  students 
came  together  to  discuss  what  could  be  done  to 
express  their  collective  anger  and  frustration. 
After  lengthy  discussions  among  themselves, 
and  with  advice  from  a  small  assortment  of 
faculty,  community  leaders,  and  university  ad- 
ministrators, the  group  decided  to  march  to 
the  Duke  Forest  neighborhood  to  distribute 


leaflets  and  talk  to  the  residents.  As  planning 
continued,  leaders  decided  to  make  universi- 
ty president  Douglas  M.  Knight's  house  one 
of  the  stops  along  the  way,  and  to  present  him 
with  a  list  of  demands.  These  included  asking 
Knight  to  endorse  a  newspaper  ad  that  stated, 
among  other  things,  that  "we  are  all  implicat- 
ed" in  the  assassination  of  King;  that  Knight 
resign  from  the  segregated  Hope  Valley  Country 
Club;  that  non-academic  employees  be  paid 
the  federal  minimum  wage  of  $1.60  per  hour 
(for  colleges  and  universities  at  the  time,  it 
was  $1.15,  although  many  Duke  employees 
were  paid  far  less);  and  that  a  committee  of 
administrators,  faculty,  students,  and  workers 
be  established  to  design  a  method  of  collec- 
tive bargaining  for  the  workers.  (Local  #77 
was  the  union  working  on  behalf  of  Duke's 
non-academic  employees  and  was  involved  in 
the  Vigil  early  on.) 

On  Friday,  April  5,  organizers  gathered  to 
march.  Expecting  forty  or  fifty  people  to  join 
them,  they  were  surprised  when  450  fellow 
students  showed  up.  As  the  crowd  arrived  at 
Knight's  house,  the  president  came  outside  to 
meet  them.  As  he  spoke,  dozens  of  students 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


trickled  inside,  and  Knight  soon  invited  the 
rest  to  come  in.  Negotiations  between  a  hand- 
ful of  designated  students  and  Knight  dragged 
on  through  the  night,  with  Knight  refusing  to 
agree  to  the  demands,  and  students  refusing 
to  leave.  The  president  told  them  they  were 
welcome  to  stay. 

Within  two  days,  Knight,  who  was  still 
recovering  from  a  bout  with  hepatitis,  was  or- 
dered by  his  personal  physicians  to  remove 
himself  from  the  situation.  With  Knight  out 
of  the  picture,  students  decided  to  continue 
their  protest  on  the  main  quad  while  discus- 
sions with  administrative  representatives  con- 
tinued. On  the  evening  of  April  7,  board  of 
trustees  chairman  Wright  Tisdale  flew  to  Dur- 
ham to  join  in  the  deliberations.  There  were 
rumors  that  the  university  might  be  closed 
down,  or  that  students  would  be  removed 
from  the  quad  by  police  with  fire  hoses.  The 
number  of  people  on  the  quad  continued  to 
grow.  On  the  first  night,  546  people  camped 
out  in  front  of  Duke  Chapel;  by  the  time 
Tisdale  delivered  an  official  statement  to  the 
crowd  on  April  10,  it  numbered  approximate- 
ly 2,000  strong. 


During  the  week,  a  number  of  speakers  ad- 
dressed the  crowd,  including  leaders  from  Dur- 
ham's black  community,  faculty  members,  and 
folk  singers  Joan  Baez,  David  Harris,  and  Pete 
Seeger.  The  national  press  was  slow  to  cover 
the  story,  ostensibly  because  the  protest  was 
orderly  and  peaceful  rather  than  marked  by 
the  more  headline -making  turbulence  pre- 
vailing at  other  campuses.  The  dining-hall 
workers,  maids,  and  janitors  went  on  strike, 
and  factions  of  students  were  in  charge  of 
bringing  food  to  campus  and  distributing  it 
among  the  crowd.  The  entire  event  was  or- 
derly—  there  were  even  row  monitors — with 
few  exceptions.  Those  ranged  from  inconse- 
quential heckling  by  non-participants  to 
antagonism  between  faculty  colleagues  in 
certain  departments.  After  Tisdale's  public 
statement,  which  broadly  recognized  the  need 
to  respond  to  "the  financial  situation  of  our 
non-academic  employees,"  the  student  body 
trekked  to  Page  Auditorium  to  discuss  the 
next  step,  a  gathering  marked  by  exhaustion 
and  disagreement. 

In  practical  terms,  the  Vigil  brought  about 
significant  change.  Local  #77  gained  visibil- 


Reachingfor  consensus:  After  the  board  of 
trustees  announced  it  was  sympathetic  to  the 
needs  of  non-academic  employees,  Vigil  participants 
joined  hands  to  sing  "We  Shall  Overcome." 
Pictured,  from  left,  are  administrators  Charles 
Huestis  and  Frank  Ashmore,  hoard  of  trustees 
chair  Wright  Tisdale,  and  students  Reed  Kramer 
and  ]on  Kinney 

ity;  wages  for  non-academic  employees  were 
eventually  raised  to  the  minimum  wage;  and 
Knight  ultimately  did  resign  from  Hope  Valley 
Country  Club.  (The  first  black  club  member 
was  admitted  in  1992.) 

On  a  more  philosophical  level,  the  Vigil 
touched  the  lives  of  those  involved  in  myriad 
ways.  Significantly,  more  than  three-quarters 
of  those  who  eventually  participated  in  the 
Vigil  had  never  joined  in  any  kind  of  demon- 
stration before.  Some  mark  it  as  the  moment 
of  their  own  personal  political  awakening; 
others  cite  it  as  a  turning  point  in  the  univer- 
sity's history  that  ranks  with  the  Bassett  Affair 
of  1903  (when  the  board  of  trustees  refused  to 
censure  professor  John  Spencer  Bassett  for  his 
published  views  critical  of  race  relations  at 


March -April  1998 


the  time).  Thirty  years  later,  we  invited  students, 
faculty,  and  administrators  to  reflect  on  the 
Vigil's  importance  at  the  time,  and  its  lasting 
significance. 

William  Griffith  50  was  assis- 

I  1  It  PR(  )VOST  FOR  STUDENT  AF- 
FAIRS AT  THE  TIME  OF  THE  VlGIL.  HIGHLY 
1  BY  STUDENTS,  HE  ACTED  AS  AN 

emissary  between  the  students  and  ad- 
ministration as  events  unfolded.  now 
a  vice  president  emeritus,  he  lives  in 
Durham  and  continues  to  be  involved 
in  A  variety  of 

UNIVERSITY 

ACTIVITIES. 

After  Martin  jf~^ 
Luther  King  was 
killed,  the  students 
made  it  clear  that 
they  wanted  to  do 
something.  It  gave 
me  great  concern 
when  they  indica- 
ted that  they  were 
thinking  of  going 
into  Hope  Valley 
and  some  of  the 
other  wealthy 
areas  of  Durham 
to  knock  on  doors 

tell  the  resi-    <^riffit'l:   "  rea"^  was  sPeciaL  to  Duke  and  to  higher  education; 
\  like  it  happened  anywhere  else  in  the  country." 


dents  what  the 


nothii 


community  should  be  doing.  I  knew  that  a 
lot  of  the  people  who  lived  there  carried  fire- 
arms and  there  was  concern  about  black- 
white  relationships,  and  I  felt  it  would  be  a 
dangerous  thing  to  do.  I  also  felt  it  would  be 
counterproductive.  I  told  them  I  thought  they 
were  making  a  big  mistake  and  that  if  they 
really  wanted  to  make  an  impact,  they  should 
go  into  Duke  Forest,  where  people  would  be 
more  receptive.  They  would  be  talking  with 
Duke  faculty  and  staff  and  people  who  shared 
a  sensitivity  to  what  they  were  doing. 

After  the  first  meeting  or  two  [at  Doug 
Knight's  house],  I  told  them  I  thought  they 
were  losing  momentum  by  staying  there.  I 
thought  they  should  come  back  to  campus. 
The  university  was  already  working  on  a  num- 
ber of  aspects  of  the  demands — salaries  of 
biweekly  employees  and  other  areas.  So  I  felt 
that  what  the  students  were  doing  had  the 
potential  to  accelerate  those  discussions.  I  guess 
my  feeling  in  a  circumstance  like  that  is  that 
Duke  is  a  family  and  if  you  want  to  change 
things,  you  should  try  to  work  with  your  fam- 
ily first  before  going  externally. 

[Back  on  campus]  I  was  concerned  that  there 
were  students  who  were  very  much  opposed — 
I  guess  you  would  call  them  conservative  — 
who  felt  that  it  was  wrong  and  didn't  feel 
there  ought  to  be  some  of  the  changes  that 


were  being  suggested.  And  I  was  afraid  of 
conflict  between  those  groups,  and  also  peo- 
ple from  the  outside  who  had  started  to  come 
in.  The  thing  I  liked  best  about  it  was  that  it 
didn't  have  the  ramifications  that  there  were 
at  other  universities,  meaning  no  damage  to 
buildings  and  people.  It  was  a  non-violent  oc- 
casion and  students  were  very  good  at  main- 
taining that,  and  wouldn't  pay  attention  to 
the  taunting.  That  was  the  uniqueness  of  the 
situation.  I  think  it's  a  lot  easier  to  do  physi- 
cal violence  to  something  because  you're  re- 
sponding to  your  emotions  and  you  get  im- 
mediate gratifica- 
tion. And  this  was 
slow  gratification, 
and  it  took  disci- 
pline to  do  that.  I 
have  a  great  deal 
of  respect  for  the 
leadership   that 
made  it  happen 
that  way.  It  really 
was  special  to 
Duke    and    to 
higher  education; 
^nothing   like   it 
I happened    any- 
i  where  else  in  the 
1  country. 

g  I  have  always 
=  had  a  lot  of  re- 
spect for  Doug 
Knight   and   felt 


that  he  was  damaged  so  badly  that  he  might 
never  recover.  But  I  always  felt  that  he  was 
the  right  person  at  the  right  time.  Knight  was 
a  very  sensitive  person;  he  was  an  administra- 
tor but  also  a  poet  and  a  scholar.  He  was  sen- 
sitive to  what  was  taking  place.  You  really 
needed  someone  who  had  a  feeling  for  the 
community  and  I  think  he  did.  He  had  a  spe- 
cial empathy  for  Duke. 


Jon  Kinney  '68 


/AS  THE  PRESIDENT 
OF  THE  NEWLY  FORMED  ASSOCIATED 

Students  of  Duke  University  (ASDU) 
and  chosen  as  one  of  the  negotiators 
at  Knight's  house.  He  traveled  to 
Atlanta  for  Martin  Luther  King  Jr.'s 
funeral  with  a  group  of  duke  stu- 
dents and  faculty  member  s.amuel 
DuBois  Cook.  Now  an  attorney,  he 
lives  in  Arlington,  Virginia. 

We  did  this  one  right.  It  showed  me  the 
value  of  a  small  cadre  of  people  making  com- 
mitted decisions.  We  may  have  argued  among 
ourselves,  but  we  made  a  commitment  and 
we  worked  together.  To  this  day,  I  don't  think 
the  administration  realized  how  organized  we 
were.  We  made  demands  the  university  could 
agree  to,  not  pie-in-the-sky  things  like  stop 
the  war  or  end  segregation.  I  was  not  there 


when  Joan  Baez  and  David  Harris  played  [on 
April  8],  but  the  students  turned  down  their 
request  to  make  the  Vigil  into  a  Vietnam  anti- 
war protest.  That  was  a  legitimate  issue,  but  it 
was  not  what  the  Vigil  was  about. 

The  only  negative  was  the  gathering  in 
Page  Auditorium.  It  was  democracy  run  amok, 
with  everyone  shouting.  People  were  extremely 
tired  and  emotional  and  we  were  close  to  a 
situation  where  we  had  lost  control  because 
groups  were  divided  among  themselves.  That 
was  one  time  when  it  could  have  derailed,  but 
the  rest  of  the  time  there  was  a  strong  feeling 
that  we're  in  this  together.  I  believe  that  if 
given  the  choice  and  people  are  forced  to 
think  beyond  their  immediate  needs,  there  is 
an  innate  sense  of  community  and  doing  what 
is  right  that  transcends  everything  else.... 

Running  for  office  never  had  any  appeal  to 
me  after  my  Duke  experience.  I  felt  we  ac- 
complished more  with  the  Vigil  than  I  would 
have  in  twenty  years  of  elected  office.  My 
ASDU  presidency  was  nothing  compared  to 
the  ability  of  a  small  group  of  people  to  effect 
change. 

Douglas  M.  Knight  was  presi- 
dent of  Duke  University  from  1963  to 
1969.  Like  most  university  presidents 
of  that  time,  he  found  himseli 
up  in  rapidly  changing  political  and 

SOCIAL  CURRENTS.  In  HIS  BOOK,  STREET 

of  Dreams-.  The  Nature  and  Legacy  of 
the  1960s  (Duke  University  Press), 
Knight  describes  the  role  of  universi- 
ty PRESIDENT  AS  "A  LIGHTNING  ROD." 

Given  the  power  of  the  board  of 
trustees  and  his  own  diminished  abili- 
ty to  make  binding  administrative 
decisions, "he  says,  he  "often  had 
authority  but  no  power."  now  at 
work  on  a  new  autobiographical 
book,  Enduring  Change,  about  the 
role  of  education  from  the  thirties 
to  the  present,  knight  lives  in  new 
Jersey  and  is  the  president  of  the 
Questar  Corporation. 

I  don't  know  if  the  students  realized  where 
my  heart  was  and  where  my  efforts  were  to 
deal  with  the  very  things  the  Vigil  went  on  to 
address — the  place  of  our  employees  and  our 
lower-paid  staff.  I  had  to  fight  against  some 
pretty  reactionary  opinions  among  senior 
administrators  who  felt  that  we  should  pay 
[those  employees]  as  little  as  we  could,  using 
appalling  language  and  so  forth.  There  were  a 
great  many  members  of  the  Duke  constituen- 
cy who  didn't  care  whether  Martin  Luther 
King  lived  or  died;  they  felt  he  was  disruptive. 
So  there  were  real  stress  lines,  really  ugly  things 
going  on  in  the  community.  That's  what  made 
my  position  so  odd;  students  felt  I  had  a  cer- 
tain set  of  attitudes  I  didn't  have.  My  own 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


convictions  regarding  the  war  and  race  rela- 
tions were  very  much  like  theirs.  They  couldn't 
imagine  how  much  I  agreed  with  them. 

I  was  fighting  things  both  internal  and 
external.  I  had  grave  difficulties  working  with 
The  Duke  Endowment.  When  I  was  hired, 
they  gave  me  a  list  of  people  they  wanted  to 
see  fired.  I  had  to  do  combat  to  save  my  own 
and  the  university's  integrity.  Things  are  very 
different  now,  hut  at  the  time,  the  Endowment 
exerted  a  great  deal  of  power  over  how  the 
university  was  run.  [History  professor]  Robert 
Durden  is  writing  a  book  about  The  Duke  En- 
dowment with  the  encouragement  and  sup- 
port of  the  Endowment;  they've  tried  to  make 
amends  for  the  past,  and  I'm  happy  I've  lived 
long  enough  to  see  that  happen.... 

[When  all  this  happened]  I  was  still  in  my 
forties,  so  I  was  much  younger  than  most  of 
my  peers.  In  a  sense,  I  was  a  prisoner  of  my 
own  success.  I  had  been  a  college  president  at 
the  age  of  thirty-two  and  had  already  been  a 
college  president  ten  years  before  I  got  to 
Duke,  so  I  was  thoroughly  embedded.  I  felt 
that  it  required  more  energy  every  day  than  I 
could  recruit  and  that's  why  at  the  time  I  got 
sick  for  awhile.  The  energy  demands  were  so 
intense,  way  beyond  what  anyone  knew  except 
for  one  or  two  people.  These  were  situations 
that  by  definition  you  couldn't  handle  proper- 
ly; whatever  you  did  was  wrong  because  the 
constituents  were  so  divided  among  them- 
selves.... [When  I  left  my  house  for  medical 
reasons]  part  of  me  felt  like  a  draft  dodger,  I 
suppose,  but  I  was  told  flatly  that  I  must  not 
be  there  anymore,  that  I  was  stressing  myself 
too  much.  We  had  a  place  on  Kerr  Lake,  and 
I  kept  up  with  things  through  phone  calls. 
But  I  had  a  wonderfully  strong  group  in 
place — Chuck  Huestis, Taylor  Cole,  Bill  Grif- 
fith—  they  deserve  enormous  credit.... 

In  the  fall  of  1968,  after  the  Vigil  but  before 
the  [  1969]  occupation  of  the  Allen  Building, 
I  said  to  my  wife  one  night,  I'm  feeling  a  lot 
better  and  there's  still  so  much  to  do  and  I 
think  I  can  stick  it  out  for  a  while.  She  is  a 
very  strong  person,  very  inner- directed,  and 
she  is  not  a  woman  who  cries.  But  I  remember 
looking  over  at  her — she  was  hanging  her 
dress  up  in  the  closet  —  and  tears  were  run- 
ning down  her  face.  And  I  said  to  myself,  you 
can't  do  this  to  these  people  who  are  your 
family.  I  knew  at  that  moment  that  I  had  to 
find  a  decent  way  out.  Later,  during  the  occu- 
pation of  the  Allen  Building,  things  were  real- 
ly bad;  there  was  violence  in  the  air.  The 
KKK  and  boys  in  pick-up  trucks  with  gun 
racks  were  on  the  edge  of  campus  waiting  for 
dark.  For  a  time,  our  son  stayed  overnight  at 
a  friend's  house;  we  were  that  worried  about 
his  safety.  Quite  apart  from  the  pressure  put 
on  me  by  the  board,  I  realized  this  had  to  stop 
because  it  was  tearing  everybody  up.  It  was 
disintegrating  my  family.  That's  the  sort  of 


thing  students  didn't  have  the  maturity  to 
know.... 

It  was  quite  an  experience  to  find  that  I'd 
been  exiled  from  the  community  where  I'd 
made  my  whole  life  —  I'm  referring  to  the  uni- 
versity community.  It  was  so  destructive  in 
the  short  term.  I  had  to  become  someone  else 
or  I  would  be  destroyed.  I  couldn't  retire.  I 
couldn't  afford  it  financially  and  I  couldn't  do 
it  psychologically.  I  was  never  at  odds  in  my 
heart  with  the  things  we  were  trying  to  do  in 
the  university,  although  I  was  certainly  neu- 
tralized quite  often.  In  the  long  view  of  histo- 
ry, I'm  glad  I  had  the  chance  to  do  the  right 
thing.  But  I  had  never  planned  on  destroying 
my  career,  because  that's  what  happened. 

Margaret  Small  '68,  known  vs 

"Bunny"  \s  an  undergraduate,  arrived 
at  duke  \s  a  conservative  "x avy 
BRAT"  who  planned  to  major  in  chem- 
istry. A  sophomore-year  modern  world 
history  class  changed  all  that;  she 
became  active  in  the  civil  rig1  i 
ment,  voter  registr  \tio\,  and  the  ecu- 
menical christ]  \n  studen1  movement. 
During  the  Vigil,  she  was  one  of  the 
main  student  leaders  a 
to  negotiate  with  knight  at  eiis  house. 
She  now  lives  in  Chicago,  where  she 
works  with  high  school  math  teach- 
ers in  public  sch 


In  the  spring  of 
my  junior  year, 
ran  for  president 
of  Panhel.  My 
platform  was  that 
sororities  as  they 
were  constituted 
on  campus  were 
insignificant 
social  clubs  that 
offered  no  rea 
contribution.  It 
was  a  waste  of  re- 
sources, and  we 
should  be  in- 
volved in  trying  to 
improve  things. 
And  I  won.  That 

summer  I  went  on   Dedicated  optimist:  Small,  center,  recalls  that  she  and  her  peers 
a  trip  throughout   "\,e[ievei  t^t  tf  we  u,orfce(j  together  we  mu\d  change  things. 
Southeast  Asia  we  fcfo>t  ^^  ;t  was  not  possn,ie," 
for   a   seminar 

sponsored  by  the  University  Christian  move- 
ment, and  it  had  a  profound  influence  on  my 
sense  of  necessity  to  act.  When  I  got  back,  I 
decided  that  the  whole  idea  of  sororities  was 
morally  untenable  and  not  something  you 
could  reform.  It  was  premised  on  selectivity, 
which  found  its  meaning  in  harming  other 
people  by  making  distinctions  about  who  was 
or  wasn't  valid.  Any  social  system  based  on 


acceptance  and  popularity  that  involved 
ranking  and  then  eliminating  people  was 
destructive  and  bad.  So  I  resigned  as  Panhel 
president,  which  really  stirred  up  the  pot! 

By  this  time,  I  was  already  working  with 
people  in  Durham  and  the  local  union.  After 
Dr.  King  was  assassinated,  those  of  us  who 
were  activists  met  with  Oliver  Harvey  (a  jan- 
itor who  was  the  first  organizer  of  the  union 
movement  at  Duke).  We  decided  on  a  can- 
dlelight march.  The  whole  development  of 
what  happened  came  from  a  circle  of  people 
who  were  involved  out  of  religious  affilia- 
tions—  the  University  Christian  movement, 
the  YWCA — so  there  was  a  shared  frame- 
work.... We  didn't  see  ourselves  as  radical.  We 
weren't  destroying  property  or  burning  cities; 
we  were  a  moderate  voice  of  reason.  We 
weren't  challenging  the  university's  power; 
we  were  challenging  the  university  to  play  the 
role  universities  in  liberal  societies  are  sup- 
posed to  play. 

There  was  a  struggle  over  whether  to  leave 
Knight's  house.  Some  people  didn't  think  he 
was  really  sick  and  wanted  to  keep  occupying 
the  house.  Most  of  us  thought  we'd  lose  sup- 
port if  we  did  that.  We  never  really  knew  the 
status  of  his  health,  but  whatever  illness  he 
may  have  had  was  precipitated  by  the  stress  of 
facing  that  situation.... 

The  women's  movement  was  just  beginning 
to  emerge  across  the  country.  We  had  not 
consciously  taken  on  the  issue  of  why  guys 
assumed  they 
should  be  in 
charge,  and  per- 
sonally I  never 
felt  that  way,  so  I 
felt  comfortable 
being  one  of  the 
negotiators  [at 
Knight's  house]. 
It  was  a  sign  of 
the  times  that  no 
one  who  was  sup- 
porting the  is- 
|sues  thought  I 
i  shouldn't  do  it. 
|  And  in  fact  the 
1  women  formed 
;the  backbone  of 
the  Vigil  because 
they  played  an 
important  role  in 
organizing  how 
food  was  acquired  and  distributed.  In  a  way, 
the  Vigil  was  a  classic  case  of  middle-class 
college  kids  using  the  skills  they  have  to  orga- 
nize something.  There  were  teams  and  row 
captains,  infinite  divisions  of  labor,  and  every- 
one had  tasks  and  responsibilities.  There  was 
also  a  lot  of  education  going  on — speeches, 
history  lessons,  different  professors  talking, 
teach-ins.... 


March -April  1998 


After  graduation,  I  had  to  choose  between 
getting  my  Ph.D.  in  women's  studies  or  get- 
ting a  trade,  so  I  decided  to  get  a  trade,  and  I 
became  a  machinist.  I  worked  in  the  Cali- 
fornia shipyards  for  eight  years,  came  back  to 
Chicago  and  worked  with  unions  and  labor 
movements  and  as  a  machinist  until  Reagan 
got  elected  and  all  the  industrial  jobs  went 
overseas.  I  always  thought  I  was  too  radical  to 
be  a  public  school  teacher  and  I  didn't  think 
anyone  would  want  me  teaching  history  the 
way  I  saw  it.  Since  there  was  a  shortage  of 
math  teachers,  I  got  certified  to  teach  math.... 

It's  worth  mentioning  that  the  Vigil  was  a 
time  of  fermentation  for  a  lot  of  people.  Peo- 
ple involved  went  in  a  variety  of  different 
directions,  but  it  has  been  wonderful  to  see 
that  a  vast  majority  still  have  the  same  moral 
convictions.  They  are  still  concerned  about 
the  fundamental  changes  our  society  needs. 
In  many  ways,  American  society  is  much 
more  cynical  today;  it  recognizes  corruption 
and  patronage  in  politics.  It's  much  harder  for 
people  to  believe  in  their  own  actions;  they 
get  discouraged  before  they  even  try.  But  we 
had  an  optimism  in  that  we  believed  if  we 
worked  together  we  could  change  things;  we 
didn't  think  it  was  not  possible.  And  I  still 
believe  that,  because  I'm  working  with  inner- 
city  schools  trying  to  figure  out  ways  to  sup- 
port people  who  have  nothing. 

David  Henderson  '68,  ■  i  >f 
the  central  student  leaders  during 
the  Vigil,  kept  a  journal  i  if  the  event, 

WHICH  h 
F1LE  AT  UN1VER 
lRCHIVES. 

He  lives 
Tyler.  Ti    vs. 


I  was  politi- 
cized at  the  age 
of  six  or  seven  by 
Tennessee  Ernie 
Ford.  It  was  about 
that  time  that  "16 
Tons"  was  a  ma- 
jor hit.  It  was  my 
favorite  song  for 
years  and  made 
me  a  lifelong 
friend  of  mine- 
workers.  I  knew 

there  was  no  jus-    Henderson:  "Tfo  isSue  was  Duke  and  what  kind  of  place 
tice  in  any  worker  ^  was  gomg  w  fe. 


bilize  and  politicize  a  lot  of  people.  The  lead- 
ership committee  spent  a  lot  of  time  talking 
contingency  and  principle.  What  did  we  want 
to  achieve?  What  would  we  do  if  confronted 
with  State  Power?  Would  we  adhere  to  non- 
violence? A  lot  of  the  discussion  was  about 
what  we  would  do  if  we  did  not  get  our  de- 
mands. 

Escalation  in  revolutionary  tactics  is  a  sci- 
ence and  an  art  that  I  was  concerned  about 
because  I  did  not  want  to  die  in  the  revolu- 
tion. Nor  did  I  want  to  go  to  jail.  Unlike  the 
adherents  of  non-violence,  I  viewed  going  to 
jail  as  voluntary  political  suicide.  I  was,  after 
all,  a  political  science  major.... 

I  was  surprised  by  the  number  who  showed 
up  for  the  original  march  to  Dr.  Knight's 
house.  By  this  time  there  had  been  numerous 
civil  rights  and  anti-war  demonstrations  on 
and  off  campus  where  there  were  only  a  hand- 
ful of  us.  When  I  saw  how  many  we  were,  I 
knew  we  had  seized  a  moment  in  history 
because  of  the  underlying  issues.  Our  num- 
bers grew  for  two  reasons.  First  and  most  sim- 
ply, Martin  had  spoken  in  Page  Auditorium  a 
few  years  earlier  on  his  way  to  Stockholm  to 
receive  the  Nobel  Peace  Prize.  Many  of  us  who 
heard  him  there  knew  we  were  in  the  pres- 
ence of  a  Godly  man.  We  were  touched  by  his 
life  and  his  death. 

But  there  was  a  more  determining  issue. 
All  of  us  in  the  strike  had  not  become  "cheer- 
leaders for  justice"  and  fewer  still  had  or 
retained  any  loyalty  to  the  working  class.  The 
issue  was  Duke  and  what  kind  of  place  Duke 
was  going  to  be.  Prior  to  the  spring  of  1968, 
Duke  was  still 
Methodist  Flats, 
a  Southern  insti- 
tution content  to 
be  a  Southern  in- 
stitution, with  its 
attendant  provin- 
cialism and  insti- 
tutionalized ra- 
cism. By  and  large 
the  student  body 
was  beyond  Sou- 
thern identity  and 
social  mores.  We 
knew  that  Duke 
could  and  there- 
fore should  pro- 
vide national  and 


owing  his  or  her 

soul  to  the  company  store.... 

My  conversations  during  the  strike  tended 
to  be  tactical  and  strategic.  I  was  a  nonde- 
script socialist  revolutionary,  committed  to 
furthering  whatever  it  was  that  was  going  to 
be  the  revolution  in  the  United  States.  I  saw 
the  unfolding  events  as  an  opportunity  to  mo- 


lnternational 
leadership.  That's 
what  motivated  us 
and  made  the  strike  successful:  confidence  in 
Duke.... 

Spurred  on  by  our  successful  strike,  over 
the  course  of  the  next  ten  years  I  became  the 
Reddest  of  the  Red  Guards.  Fighting  against 
the  Vietnam  War  and  working  in  factories 
in  and  around  Durham,  I  worked  to  organize 


and  revitalize  labor  unions.  I  organized  a  local 
Marxist-Leninist  organization  and  then  be- 
came the  area  leader  of  a  revolutionary  com- 
munist party.  We  had  open  clubs  in  most  of 
the  major  factories  in  Durham,  including 
General  Electric  and  the  two  cigarette  facto- 
ries. I  was  singled  out  by  the  FBI's  COIN- 
TELPRO  offensive  and  fired  from  several  jobs 
I  loved  as  a  machinist  for  being  a  communist. 
By  1978  the  war  was  over,  there  was  not  going 
to  be  a  revolution,  I  was  burned  out,  and 
moved  to  New  York  City.  The  next  chapter  of 
my  life  could  be  called  "driven  mad  by  Denin." 
I'm  still  organizing  after  all  these  years. 
Now  I'm  organizing  business  conferences  in 
the  area  of  distressed  debt  and  corporate  re- 
organization. Lenin  is  dead,  but  capitalism  is 
always  in  a  crisis  somewhere.  Yesterday  it  was 
Mexico.  Today  the  crisis  is  spreading  over 
Asia.  Marx  lives  on.  There  is  a  large  and 
growing  market  of  people  who  capitalize  on 
the  crises.  This  is  affectionately  called  on  Wall 
Street  the  "vulture  market."  I'm  in  the  thick 
of  it,  organizing  the  vultures,  lawyers,  and  ac- 
countants who  cater  to  them.  I'm  sure  Marx 
is  proud  of  me  still. 

Mary  D.B.T.  Semans 

THE  GRANDDAUGHTER  OF  BENJAMIN  Dl'KE, 
WHOSE  $1,000  GIFT  TO  TRINITY  COLLEGE 
IN  1887  MARKED  THE  BEGINNING  OF  THE 
FAMILY'S  PHILANTHROPIC  TIES  TO  THE 
INSTITUTION  NAMED  FOR  THEM  IN   1924. 

Known  for  her  devote 

1'  ti  GING  F!     IM  ■■  ICE  AND 

RA(  1AL  EQUALITY  TO  GRASSROOTS  ARTS 

organizing,  semans  was  a  university 
from  1961  to  1981  (and  is 
-tee  emerita),  chairs  the 
board  of  trustees  of  the  duke 
Endowment,  and  is  vice  chair  of  the 
Mary  Duke  Biddle  Foundation.  She 

The  Vigil  was  a  special  chapter  in  the  life  of 
Duke.  It  was  a  collaboration  of  students  and 
faculty  acting  for  the  betterment  of  the  total 
university.  The  administration  realized  that  the 
students'  motives  were  sincere  and  serious, 
and  talks  were  started  between  the  administra- 
tion and  the  representatives  of  the  nonaca- 
demic  employees. 

The  demonstration  arose  from  a  sincere 
motive,  I  believe.  I  have  always  felt,  however, 
that  the  occupation  of  President  Knight's  house 
was  in  error  and  took  away  from  the  "purity" 
of  the  cause.  It  was  a  violation  of  his  rights. 
When  he  was  kind  enough  to  invite  them  in, 
they  should  have  entered  and  chatted  but 
then  should  have  left.  Nothing  was  accom- 
plished by  occupying  Dr.  Knight's  house,  and 
it  became  a  senseless  gathering  showing  bad 
manners.  I  know  I  speak  truthfully  because  I 
have  talked  with  a  former  student  who  says 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


that  they  had  a  sort  of  telephone  station  in 
the  house.  I  have  never  understood  the  stu- 
dents' feelings  about  the  president.  This  whole 
incident  exacerbated  his  illness  and  I  shall 
never  forget  the  night  when  he  said  "farewell" 
to  the  Duke  campus  and  the  students  were 
gathered  in  Page  Auditorium  with  long  faces. 
One  young  woman  queried:  "What  did  we  do 
to  him?" 

This  to  me  was  an  impetuous,  uncontrolled 
part  of  the  Vigil  and  became  the  target  of  crit- 
icism, whereas  the  Silent  Vigil  on  the  quad 
was  purposeful  and  amazingly  impressive,  non- 
violent and  constructive.  It  was  the  first  time, 
I  believe,  that  real  attention  had  been  paid  to 
these  employees  who  kept  the  campus  going. 

Much  credit  should  go  to  Charles  (Chuck) 
Huestis  [then  vice  president  for  business  and 
finance]  for  continued  talks  with  the  head  of 
the  non-academic  employees  while,  at  the  same 
time,  the  trustees  talked.  The  champion  of  in- 
telligent dialogue  on  the  board  of  trustees  was 
Charles  Wade,  who  had  the  savoir  faire  one 
assigns  to  the  "Southern  gentleman" — always 
courteous,  wonderful  to  students,  and  a  great 
compromiser  for  good  causes.  I  have  always 
felt  the  trustees  wanted  to  do  the  right  thing. 

The  period  represented  a  crossroads  in 
Duke's  life.  The  institution  had  started  with 
employees  who  wanted  to  work  at  the  "new" 
institution  in  the  Thirties.  In  the  hospital,  for 
example,  many  people  wanted  to  work  with 
new  people,  the  doctors  and  their  associates. 
For  these  reasons  the  salaries  could  be  low  and 
they  never  kept  pace  with  rising  costs  of  living 
and  pay  scales  elsewhere.  Duke  was  nervous 
about  unions  and  collective  bargaining  and 
there  was  much  apprehension  about  them 
during  the  Vigil  period. 

Despite  unpleasantness,  hurt  feelings,  etc., 
there  were  golden  moments,  a  new  maturity, 
elements  of  unselfishness  on  the  part  of  stu- 
dents, and  a  new  respect  for  non-academic 
employees  who  had  gained  decent  wages  as  a 
result.  Many  faculty  members  had  been  sup- 
portive and  the  administration  plus  trustees 
had  listened  and  acted. 

John  Strange  '60  was  an  assistant 

PROFESSOR  OF  POLITICAL  SCIENCE  AT  THE 

TIME  OF  THE  Yk.IL  AND  WORKED  EOR  THE 

NC  Fund,  an  innovative  anti-poverty 
organization.  there  was  some  specu- 
lation that  his  high  visibility  during 

th1  \  i.  iil  thwarted  his  bid  for  tenure, 
a  theory  he  dismisses.  he  is  now  a 

at  the  University  of  South 
Alabama's  Center  for  Technology 
AND  lives  in  Daphne,  Alabama. 

My  sophomore  year  at  Duke,  the  person 
who  cleaned  my  room  was  Oliver  Harvey.  I 
had  some  textbooks  on  race  issues  and  histo- 
ry and  he  asked  to  borrow  them.  We  got  to 


talking  about  those  books,  and  about  the  lives 
of  the  maids  and  janitors  at  Duke  and  how 
they  were  treated  and  mistreated.  He  wanted 
me  to  do  an  article  about  it  for  The  Chronicle 
and  I  said  sure,  but  I  couldn't  get  any  of  the 
blacks  to  participate.  About  a  month  later, 
Oliver  asked  me 
to  try  again,  and  ~%_  i_ 
this  time  I  had  no 


Strange:  "There  was  no  way  any 
I   accepted   an  happened.  It  was  serendipitous.. 
offer  to  come  back 

to  Duke  in  1966  but  ended  up  working  virtu- 
ally full-time  at  the  NC  Fund  while  teaching 
classes.  I  was  engaged  in  issues  of  race,  poli- 
tics, and  voting  rights,  and  was  in  daily  con- 
tact with  civil  rights  leaders  and  advocates. 
When  King  was  assassinated,  those  of  us  at 
the  Fund  were  extremely  concerned  what  the 
reaction  would  be  in  the  black  community.  At 
the  same  time,  a  number  of  my  students 
became  upset  and  mapped  out  a  series  of 
plans  to  do  some  really  wild  and  woolly 
things — chaining  themselves  to  dining  room 
tables,  for  example — and  we  became  con- 
cerned that  these  types  of  activities  might  be 
a  lighted  fuse.  So  I  got  the  students  to  invite 
me  to  a  series  of  meetings  and  we  came  up 
with  a  strategy  which  didn't  involve  any  vio- 
lence, destruction  of  property,  or  lawbreaking. 
We  spent  many  hours  drafting  a  list  of  very 
specific  demands. . .. 

I  really  didn't  have  much  to  do  with  the 
Vigil  other  than  being  a  faculty  member  who 
was  trusted  by  those  students  and  who  helped 
shape  the  course  of  what  we  did  initially.  When 
we  decided  to  sit  in  [at  Knight's  house],  it  was 
a  decision  I  participated  in  quite  fully.  I  was 
an  advocate  of  moving  to  the  quad  because 
everyone  saw  the  potential  of  a  positive  re- 
sponse, based  on  the  numbers  we  got  at  the 
house.  But  there  was  no  way  any  of  us  could 
have  predicted  what  happened.  It  was  seren- 
dipitous; as  it  evolved  it  was  magic,  it  was 
beyond  any  one  of  us.  People  who  took  part 
were  really  moved  and  touched.... 

My  leaving  Duke  had  nothing  to  do  with 
my  ability  to  stay  on  the  tenure  track.  I  have 
no  doubt  that  I'd  be  tenured  at  Duke  today  if 


I'd  decided  to  stay.  But  I  had  a  great  opportu- 
nity to  continue  the  work  we  had  been  doing 
at  the  Fund.... 

Looking  back  on  sixty  years  of  life,  I  can 
point  to  a  dozen  things  that  have  made  a  dif- 
ference. I've  always  been  involved  in  change- 
type  activities, 
whether  that's 
helping  start  a 
college  that  takes 
personal  life  ex- 
periences into  ac- 
count or  trying  to 
provide  access  to 
technology  to  peo- 
ple who  don't  have 
access.  Sometimes 
I've  been  less  suc- 
cessful than  I 
I  would  have  liked, 
I  but  every  once  in 
i  awhile  you  get 
I  lucky  and  set  into 

|  motion  something 

fuscouldhave  predicted  what  that  does  brin8 
it  was  beyond  any  one  of  us."     about  real  changes. 

Charles  Huestis 

of  the  y;  .  president  for 

business  Cited  as  a 

voice  of  moderation  during  the 
negotiation  process,  he  was  among 
the  administrators  credited  with 

servative  trustees  to  kl.i  onsider 
their  attitudes  toward  the  st 
and  the  non-academic  employees. 
now  a  senior  vi(  e  president  emeriti  s, 

Hi  ESTIS  LI\  l.  -  I'-.  Dl  RHAM. 

When  Wright  Tisdale  flew  in,  his  first  an- 
nouncement was  that  he  was  going  to  close 
the  university  down.  That  really  got  us  tied  up 
in  knots.  That  debate  went  on  for  the  greater 
part  of  twenty-four  hours.  Finally,  after  trying 
to  explain  what  the  students  were  trying  to 
say  to  us,  and  emphasizing  the  fact  that  it  was 
a  peaceful  demonstration  and  not  out  of  con- 
trol, Tisdale  said  he'd  heard  enough  and  was 
going  to  close  down  the  university.  I  remember 
saying,  "Wright,  you  don't  have  the  authority 
to  close  this  university.  At  a  minimum,  you've 
got  to  take  it  to  the  executive  committee." 

So  that's  what  we  did.  We  arranged  for  the 
executive  committee  to  come  to  town  and 
meet  at  Mary  Semans'  house  because  we 
didn't  want  them  on  campus.  The  astonishing 
thing  was  that  when  we  met,  Bill  [Griffith] 
and  I  hardly  had  to  say  a  word.  Wright  ex- 
plained what  the  students  were  trying  to  say 
to  us,  emphasizing  that  these  were  our  best 
and  brightest  students.  He  did  a  beautiful  job 
explaining  it.  Here  was  a  man  I'd  been  fight- 
ing for  forty-eight  hours. 


March -April  1998 


It  was  agreed  that  Wright  would  go  in  front 
of  the  crowd  to  read  a  statement  from  the 
committee  and  someone  mentioned  that  there 
would  probably  be  no  response  at  all,  followed 
by  the  crowd  singing  "We  Shall  Overcome." 
When  it  was  suggested  that  it  would  mean  a 
lot  to  the  students  if  he  joined  in,  Wright  gave 
a  long,  level,  cold  stare  and  said,  "I'm  not  sure 
I  can  do  that."  But  when  they  started  to  sing 
the  song,  I  was  suddenly  aware  that  here  was 
Wright,  booming  out  the  song  in  his  baritone 
voice,  and  he  knew  the  words!  He  got  caught 
up  in  the  emotion  of  the  moment. 

At  one  of  the  football  games  some  years 
ago,  Bill  Griffith  and  I  and  one  of  the  fellows 
who  was  active  on  campus  were  talking  about 
the  "old  days"  and  how  quiet  the  campus  is 
now  compared  to  back  then.  And  I  said,  you 
know,  it  was  hell  going  through  those  days  but 
they  were  really  great. 

Boyd  Tisdale  '68,  m.a.t.  70,  j.d. 

'75  is  the  son  of  Wright  Tisdale,  who 
died  in  1975.  He  is  an  attorney  lining 
in  Jacksonville,  North  Carolina. 

I  was  in  John  Strange's  seminar  on  black 
politics  and  there  were  some  class  members 
who  actively  participated  in  the  Vigil.  I  recall 
clearly  having  a  conversation  with  Dad  after 
he  got  to  Durham  in  which  he  wanted  to 
know  basically  what  was  going  on.  And  I  tried 
to  express  to  him  what  I  had  gleaned  as  a 
student,  what  the  concerns  were,  and  I  think 
that  gave  him  a  perspective  that  otherwise  he 
wouldn't  have  had. 

In  1968  there  were  only  a  handful  of  black 
professors  at  Duke,  one  of  whom,  Samuel  Cook, 
I  had  for  class  my  first  semester  senior  year.  It 
was  one  of  the  best  classes  I  ever  took  at 
Duke.  He  was  the  most  articulate  teacher;  it 
was  tempting  to  just  listen  to  his  voice  and 
not  even  take  notes.  He  and  I  had  a  number 
of  conversations  before  the  Vigil  and  I  later 
heard  that  someone  in  the  administration 
had  expressed  reservations  about  Sam  being 
there  on  a  permanent  basis.  And  if  my  recol- 
lection is  correct,  when  the  issue  came  up  at 
a  trustee  gathering,  my  dad — who  knew  who 
my  professors  were — made  clear  to  the  trus- 
tees that  his  son  happened  to  have  that  per- 
son as  a  professor  and  thought  he  was  pretty 
good. 

At  the  time  of  the  Vigil  there  was  a  curfew 
in  Durham  and  there  were  some  nights  when 
I  was  on  campus,  but  I  wasn't  really  active  in 
it.  I  didn't  stay  out  there  the  whole  time.  But 
the  Vigil  was  a  remarkable  event.  Students 
went  from  taking  over  the  president's  house 
to  a  peaceful  demonstration  for  issues  that 
were  in  part  uniquely  important  to  Duke  but 
also  reflected  the  broader  community. 


Samuel  DuBois  Cook 

the  university's  first  black  faculty 
member  and  an  associate  professor 
of  political  science  at  the  time  of  the 
Vigil.  Popular  among  his  students. 
Cook  delivered  a  poignant  speech  on 
April  10  following  his  return  from 
Kini  i's  i  i  neral  in  Atlanta.  "I  do  not 
know  if  you  fully  realize  the  ultimate 
significance  of  what  you  are  doing," 
he  told  the  hundreds  assembled.  "you 
would,  of  course.  expect  the  victims 
of  oppression  to  sacrifice,  to  take  the 
hot  sun,  to  take  the  rain,  to  sleep  at 
night  in  the  open  and  cold  air,  to 
expose  their  health,  to  do  everything 
possible  to  remove  the  yoke  of  oppres- 
sion and  injustice.  but  you  do  not 
expect  people  born  of  privilege  to 
undergo  this  harsh  treatment.  this 
is  one  of  the  things  i  think  will  help 
to  redeem  this  country  and  help  to 
create  the  beloved  community... you 
are  making  profound  history."  cook, 
who  was  a  university  trustee  from 
1981  to  1993  and  is  now  trustee 
emeritus,  is  president  emeritus  of 
Dillard  University. 

My  own  view  is  that  the  Silent  Vigil  was  a 
noble  event  and  a  sacred  or  divine  experi- 
ence— historical,  institutional,  symbolic,  exis- 
tential, and  personal.  It  was  one  of  those 
supreme  and  unforgettable  mountaintop 
experiences  in  which  the  "Word  was  made 
flesh."  I  have  profoundly  and  intensely  cher- 
ished the  event  and  the  experience  for  thirty 
years.  I  shall  continue  to  cherish  the  event 
and  the  experience,  deeply  and  poignantly 
until  I  die.  Instantly  and  intuitively,  I  knew 
that  the  Silent  Vigil  was  a  transcendent  mo- 
ment and  indelible  memory. 

Because  M.L.  (Dr.  King — we  always  called 
him  M.L.)  was  my  dear  college  classmate  and 
precious  friend,  and  because  of  my  own 
involvement  in  and  commitment  to  the  civil 
rights  movement  and  American  Dream,  his 
assassination  was  a  most  wrenching  and  chill- 
ing personal  experience  and  encounter.  My 
immediate  reaction  to  it  was  revelatory  of  my 
closest  brush  with  bitterness  and  unmitigated 
anger.  "Every  racist,"  I  said  at  the  time,  "had 
his  finger  on  the  trigger  of  the  gun  that  killed 
Dr.  King."  Incidentally,  the  Silent  Vigil,  which 
was  a  creative  and  redemptive  moment, 
helped  me  to  cope  with  the  tragedy  and  avoid 
the  terrible  peril  of  bitterness,  anger,  and  de- 
spair.... 

The  participants  were,  inevitably,  over- 
whelmingly white.  In  the  very  nature  of  the 
case,  black  participants  were  a  very,  very  small 
minority,  which  was  natural  and  inevitable  in 
view  of  the  tiny  black  enrollment  at  Duke  at 
the  time.  The  number,  quality,  and  leadership 


of  white  participants  was  the  most  amazing 
part  of  the  story.  They  came  from  all  over  the 
country,  but  I  was  especially  impressed  by  the 
white  student  participants  from  the  small, 
rural  towns  and  hamlets  of  the  Deep  South.  I 
was  also  impressed  by  the  determination  and 
"staying  power"  of  the  movement.  Instead  of 
being  on  the  quad  for  a  day  or  so  and  aban- 
doning the  movement,  the  longer  the  Silent 
Vigil,  the  greater  the  number  of  participants. 
One  of  my  students  told  me  that  his  fellow 
students  had  to  "justify"  to  themselves  their 
non-participation.  How  interesting  and  sig- 
nificant! An  atmosphere  of  decency,  morality, 
civility,  and  social,  racial,  and  economic  jus- 
tice permeated  the  campus.  A  great  and  proud 
moment  in  Duke  history,  ranking  with  the 
Bassett  Affair. 

Honestly,  painfully,  unfortunately,  and 
regretfully,  the  response  of  the  administration 
was,  from  my  frail  angle  of  vision,  weak,  my- 
opic, institutionally  unimaginative,  ethically 
insensitive,  humanistically  blind,  extremely 
disappointing,  and  quite  unworthy  not  only  of 
Duke,  but  also  of  its  own  great  potential.  I 
could  not  escape  or  hide  the  feeling  that  the 
administration  was  terribly  on  the  wrong  side 
of  a  great  moral  issue  and  missed,  so  sadly,  a 
great  and  unique  opportunity.  I  must  say,  how- 
ever, that  Dean  William  "Bill"  Griffith  made  a 
tremendous  contribution  to  the  success  of  the 
Silent  Vigil.  He  had  the  confidence  of  stu- 
dents and  others.  In  terms  of  logistical  and 
moral  support,  he  was  a  godsend.  He  also 
helped  to  ensure  that  the  bond  between  the 
administration  and  the  participants  was  not 
broken.  He  largely  kept  the  lines  of  commu- 
nication open.  Dr.  R.  Taylor  Cole  was  also 
a  key  player.  Thankfully,  Duke's  remarkable 
sense  of  community  stayed  intact. 

There  is,  of  course,  another  side  to  the  ad- 
ministration's stance,  but  "the  other  side" 
must  speak  for  itself.  I  do  not,  for  a  moment, 
question  the  good  will,  motives,  honor,  or 
decency  of  the  administration,  or  impugn  its 
integrity. 

To  be  sure,  life  has  taught  me  to  recognize 
and  appreciate  the  ambiguities  and  complex- 
ities of  human  encounters,  conflicts,  and 
struggles,  and  to  avoid  identifying  my  per- 
spective with  finality  or  with  "The  Truth."  We 
are  all  men  and  women  with  all  our  human 
frailties  and  limitations.  We  are  not  God. 
Thus  I  suppose  and  hope  that  I  am  today  a  bit 
wiser  and  more  tolerant  and  understanding  of 
detractors  and  opponents  than  in  the  glorious 
days  of  the  Silent  Vigil. 


Sarah  Harkrader  Brau  68, 

M.A.T  '68  HAS  LINED  IN  WASHINGTON, 

D.C.,  since  1969.  She  has  worked  in 
the  Commerce  Department  and  the 
X  \Th  >nal  Institutes  of  Health,  and 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


now  volunteers  at  the  white  house. 
Although  she  did  not  actively 
participate  in  the  vlgil,  she  says  it 
shaped  her  life  in  profound  ways. 

I  came  to  Duke  from  Mount  Airy,  North 
Carolina,  the  proverbial  Mayberry  of  Andy 
Griffith  fame — hardly  a  breeding  ground  for 
radicals  or  campus  activists.  In  fact,  this 
daughter  of  a  conservative  Republican  father 
and  a  loyal  Democratic  mother  was  taught  to 
value  stability  and  har- 
mony above  discord; 
civilized  discourse 
above  disagreement;  re- 
spect for  elders  above 
youthful  independence; 
and  to  accord  educa- 
tional institutions  the 
reverence  my  parents 
accorded  their  beloved 
colleges.... 

The  events  in  the 
civil  rights  movement 
touched  me  little  at 
all;  I  attended  segre- 
gated public  schools, 
segregated  churches, 
swimming  pools,  and 
community  centers.  I 
watched  the  Klan 
march  down  the  main 
street  of  our  town  on  a 
Saturday  afternoon  and 
tried  to  figure  out  who 
was  who  from  their  Spirited  start:  Hi 
shoes,  a  favorite  game....   present  a  list  of  demands 

I  finally  saw  Martin 
Luther  King,  just  after  he  had  won  the  Nobel 
Prize.  I  went  out  of  curiosity  and  some  reluc- 
tant admiration.  By  then  I  was  a  Duke  under- 
graduate and  the  tides  of  the  Vietnam  draft, 
the  student  activism,  and  the  civil  rights 
movement  were  beginning  to  converge.  I  was 
about  to  be  swept  up  in  the  forces  that  would 
affect  me  the  rest  of  my  life.... 

I  didn't  participate  in  the  Vigil,  mainly  be- 
cause I  thought  classes  were  sacred  and  edu- 
cation would  set  us  all  free  to  change  the 
world.  I  hung  around  the  fringes,  marching  to 
Doug  Knight's  house  in  the  dark  of  night  to 
protest  his  membership  in  the  Hope  Valley 
Country  Club  and  his  lack  of  response  to  the 
frustration  of  the  students  over  matters  both 
academic  and  racial.  I  remember  thinking 
mainly  what  my  parents  would  say  about  my 
daring  to  challenge  the  president  of  this  or 
any  college,  in  their  experience  a  person  of 
unquestioned  integrity. 

I  watched  as  I  walked  the  quad  from 
sparsely  attended  classes  as  friends  sat  in  the 
rain  and  mud,  protesting.  I  watched  as  the 
trustees  joined  hands  and  sang,  however  un- 
willingly, the  theme  of  the  movement.  1  am 


not  proud  that  I  watched,  and  perhaps  that 
more  than  anything  has  led  me  to  where  I  am 
today.  I  feel  guilty  that  the  men  in  my  class 
fought  the  Vietnam  War  while  I  did  not;  I  feel 
guilty  that  others  fought  the  early  civil  rights 
battles  while  I  did  not.  The  only  battle  I 
fought  was  to  extinguish  the  blaze  set  in  the 
small  frame  house  on  Swift  Avenue  next  to 
my  apartment  during  the  dark  nights  of  cur- 
few following  the  King  riots  —  a  calling  card 
left  by  the  forces  of  darkness  to  intimidate 


of  students  and  faculty  marched  to  President  Knights  house  in  Duke  Forest  to 


both  the  students  and  the  black  residents  of 
the  house.  The  fire  department  could  not  come, 
so  we  students  fought  the  blaze  with  garden 
hose  and  bucket.  I  will  never  forget  the  fear 
on  the  faces  of  those  residents,  and  their  grat- 
itude for  our  help. . .. 

As  thirty  years  bring  ironies  on  top  of 
ironies,  it  is  hard  to  sort  out  the  cause  and 
effect.  A  Vigil,  a  protest,  years  of  silence  fol- 
lowed by  quiet  action  in  quiet  corridors.  A 
childhood  in  the  South,  a  university  in  the 
South,  brushes  with  international  experience 
with  Vietnam  leading  to  a  career  as  an  inter- 
national spouse,  a  yearning  to  right  some  old 
wrongs  finally  after  remaining  silent  too  long 
leads  to  serving  in  the  White  House  under 
the  Democrats,  even  at  a  lowly  level — life 
lurches  somewhat  messily  ahead  and  under- 
neath it  all,  underpinning  it  all,  I  still  hear  the 
song  "We  Shall  Overcome." 

Bertie  Howard  76  came  to  duke 

in  1965.  Written  accounts  of  the 
Vigil  portray  her  as  doubtful  that 
the  energy  and  zeal  that  was  present 


at  Doug  Knight's  house  could  be  suc- 
cessfully maintained,  and  that  there 
WAS  a  danger  that  the  student 
protest  would  devolve  into  a  party 
atmosphere.  She  now  works  for 
Africa  News  Service  in  Durham. 

You  must  remember  these  events  have 
taken  on  a  completely  different  significance 
now  than  they  had  in  1968,  at  least  for  me. 
But  then  I'm  a  child  of  the  sttuggles  of  the 
civil  rights  era — like 
many  others  in  Duke's 
"chosen  few,"  a  mon- 
iker coined  by  some 
community  folk  for 
Duke's  African-Ameri- 
can students.  We  spent 
much  of  our  early  life 
involved  in  protest. 
Many  days  my  grade 
school  was  interrupted 
as  we  stood  and  ap- 
plauded students  from 
a  local  historically 
black  college  as  they 
marched  downtown  to 
picket  local  stores  that 
would  not  hire  African- 
Americans.  My  sopho- 
imore  homecoming 
i  football  game  did  not 
\  happen  because  most 
I  of  the  team  was  in  jail 
|  for  boycotting  segrega- 
tion. For  several  years, 
I  did  not  shop  in  my 
hometown  because  of  a 
boycott.  Back  then  black  folks  didn't  think  a 
lot  about  being  active;  you  had  to  fight  for 
your  rightful  place  in  society. 

Coming  to  Duke  did  not  change  any  of 
that.  In  addition  to  the  normal  acclimation  to 
college  life,  you  had  to  learn  to  deal  in  a  hos- 
tile environment.  For  black  students  some  of 
our  community  work  was  a  response  to  find 
acceptance.  So  we  caught  the  Durham  bus  to 
go  to  [the]  Hayti  [community]  to  eat  and  play 
where  we  could  be  at  home,  and  we  made 
friends  with  students  at  North  Carolina  Col- 
lege, where  there  was  a  comfort  zone. 

My  best  white  friends  at  Duke  were  ac- 
tivists and  most  were  involved  in  a  number  of 
Durham  community  projects.  The  campus  Y 
was  a  hotbed  of  community  work.  Students 
were  living  in  the  Edgemont  community  and 
doing  community  organizing  for  class  credit. 
Many  supported  the  Duke  workers'  union. 
Registering  people  to  vote  was  a  regular  Sat- 
urday activity.  And  the  war  in  Vietnam  was 
just  starting  to  escalate.  There  was  no  short- 
age of  important  issues  to  keep  you  busy — 
and  relevant.... 

Continued  on  page  49 


March -April  1998 


A     L     L     E     R     Y 


Monica  Carlson 

CLASS  YEAR  AND  MAJOl 

JOB  DESCRIPTION  Worker 

Garden  of  Native  Plants  in  the  Sarah  R  Duke 

Gardens 

WORK  SCHEDULE  Monday,  1-4:30  p.m.; 
Tuesday,  12:30-4:30  p.m.;  Wednesday,  1-3  p.m. 

HOURLY  WAGE  $6.40 

WHAT  APPEALED  TO  YOU  ABOUT  THIS 
JOB.'  I  like  working  outside  and  am  thinking  of 
concentrating  in  botany  within  my  major.  Mainly, 
this  just  seemed  like  something  I  would  love  to  do. 

WHAT  IS  THE  MOST  UNPLEASANT  OR 
DIFFICULT  ASPECT  OF  WHAT  YOU  1  lO? 
Distinguishing  between  weeds  and  flowers.  If  you 
make  a  mistake,  you  just  might,  in  a  matter  of 
seconds,  uproot  some  rare  plant  that  took  several 
years  to  reach  its  current  state  of  beauty,  or  some- 
thing to  that  disastrous  effect. 

WHAT  UNEXPECTED  LESSONS  HA' 
LEARNED  ON  THE  JOB/  To  ask  questions  if  I 
don't  understand  a  task  before  doing  it.  Fortu- 
nately, I  have  not  yet  made  any  major  mistakes  that 
I'm  aware  of. 

WHEN  YOUR  FR1E    I  WHAT 

YOU  DO,  THEIR  TYPICAI 

"Wow,  that  sounds  cool.  Do  they  have  any  more 
openings?" 

THE  MOST  POPULAR  MISCONCEPTION 
ABOUT  WHAT  YOU  DO  IS...  Some  people 
might  find  weeding,  potting,  and  raking  boring,  but 
when  you're  surrounded  by  the  beauty  of  the  gar- 
dens, nearly  every  task  is  enjoyable. 

CAREER  PLANS  As  of  now,  I  am  majoring  in 
biology  and  planning  to  go  to  grad  school  to  study 
botany  (you  can't  major  in  botany  as  an  undergrad- 
uate at  Duke).  I  would  like  to  have  a  career  either 
as  a  field  biologist  or  botanist,  or  work — maybe  a 
little  higher  up  in  the  ranks — at  a  place  very  simi- 
lar to  where  I  work  now. 


FOR  LOVE 
&  MONEY 

STUDENT  LABORERS  Campus  jobs  —  the  mundane 

and  the  marvelous  alike  —  are  a  commitment  for 

undergraduates  who  are  otherwise  devoting  hours  to 

the  library,  lab,  and  classroom.  For  work- study  students, 

these  regular  paid  hours  help  defray  tuition  costs  and 

living  expenses.  For  others,  unpaid  assignments 

provide  opportunities  to  explore  personal  or  professional 

interests.  Whether  compensated  financially  or  not,  the 

students  we  contacted  all  claim  to  have  reaped  singular 

rewards  from  their  extracurricular  endeavors. 


10      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


David  A.  Ahern 

CLASS  YEAR  AND  MAJOR  Junior,  physics 

JOB  DESCRIPTION  Peer  Minister  for  the  Lutheran 
Campus  Ministry 

WORK  SCHEDULE 

•  Sunday  5-7:30  p.m.:  planning  and  weekly  Sunday 
supper 

•  Tuesday  lla.m.-12  noon:  discussion  and  training 
with  Lutheran  Campus  Pastor 

•  Thursday  8-9  p.m.:  lead  and  participate  in  Bible  Study 

•  Friday  5:30-6:30  p.m.:  participate  in  Communion 
Service 

Also,  I  spend  an  additional  two  hours  per  week  of 
one-on-one  meeting,  counseling,  and  ministering 
with  students 

Volunteer 

WHAT  APPEALED  TO  YOU  ABOUT  THIS  JOB? 

Even  though  I  don't  see  it  as  a  "job"  per  se,  this  job 
allows  me  to  interact  with  other  students  on  a  spiritual 
level.  And  it  gives  me  an  opportunity  to  be  a  leader  in 
a  church  setting,  as  well  as  enabling  me  to  work  one-on- 
one  with  students  who  are  in  need  of  a  good  listener. 


DIF 


ILI 


Learning  to  reach  out  to  students 
whom  I  do  not  know.  In  these  days  of  quick  e-mail 
communication,  there  is  a  tendency  to  want  to  com- 
municate via  a  computer  monitor. 
However,  when  trying  to  interact  on  a  personal  level, 
this  is  the  worst  way  to  communicate.  I  need  to  force 
myself  to  pick  up  a  phone,  or  walk  over  to  someone's 


room  instead  of  typing  a  message.  With  no  experi- 
ence with  ministerial  work,  it  has  taken  a  lot  to  build 
enough  confidence  to  call  up  someone  I  do  not  know 
and,  for  instance,  say,"So-and-so  told  me  you're 
having  a  hard  time  lately  and  could  use  someone  to 
talk  to.  Would  you  like  to  go  grab  a  cup  of  coffee?" 

WHAT  UNEXPECTED  LESSONS  HAVE  YOU 
LEARNED  ON  THE  JOB.'  How  many  techniques 
there  are  for  having  a  conversation  with  someone 
who  is  in  a  time  of  need;  I've  learned  quite  a  bit 
about  how  to  make  someone  feel  comfortable  and 
to  trust  in  my  role  as  a  listener. 

WHEN  YOUR  FRIENDS  FIND  OUT  WHAT  YOL 
DO.THEIRTYPICAL  RESPONSE  IS....  Because 
most  of  my  friends  are  Christian,  a  major  response  I 
get  is  one  of  admiration,  almost.  They  feel  the  job  is 
very  worthwhile  and  are  happy  that  I  get  to  have 
such  a  fulfilling  job. 

THE  MOST  POPULAR  MISCONCEPTION 
AB(  )UT  WHAT  YOU  DO  IS...  That  my  job  is  to 
drag  as  many  people  to  church  as  possible.  While  I 
would  certainly  love  to  see  many  more  people  go  to 
church,  my  role  as  a  peer  minister  is  to  minister  to 
people,  and  counsel  them  in  their  times  of  need. 

CAREER  PLANS  I  plan  to  attend  graduate  school 
in  pursuit  of  a  Ph.D.  in  physics.  I  would  then  like 
to  work  in  academe  or  in  industry.  I  also  plan  on 
taking  an  active  role  in  my  church,  wherever  that 
may  be,  as  a  lay  member. 


Nikki  Husat 

UMfe 

I 

)  EAR  AND  MAJOR  Junior,  biology 

^     ^ 

■ 

IOB  DESCR1PTU  >N   Daily  maintenance  of 
mosquito  fish  and  helping  to  set  up  and  run  preda- 
tion  experiments. 

K*9i 

m 

WORK  SCHEDULE    Maintenance  is  about  an 

flgK  4^B 

mv 

hour  a  day,  more  if  we  are  running  an  experiment. 

JWr  ^^" 

Hr 

HOURLY  WAGE    $5.25 

^r    MBi 

WHAT  APPEALED  TO  YOU  ABOUT  THIS  JOB.' 
The  opportunity  to  get  hands-on  lab  experience  in 
marine  ecology,  which  is  the  field  that  I  am  looking 
to  go  into. 

*■ 

WHAT  IS  THE  MOST  UNPLEASANT  OR 
1  ILT  ASPECT  OFWHATYOU  DO? 
Raoul,  the  resident  cockroach,  who  likes  to  make 
surprise  appearances  in  and  around  the  fish  tanks. 

NEXPECTED  LESSONS  HAVE  YOU 
RNEDONTHEJOB?  That  fish  can  jump  out 
of  their  tanks;  it  isn't  too  fun  to  try  and  catch  them 
after  they  have  escaped. 

^5i 

^t&i£^ 

WHEN  YOUR  FRIENDS  FIND  OUTWHATYOU 
DO.THEIRTYPICAL  RESPONSE  IS....    They 
think  it's  interesting  that  I  have  the  chance  to  work 
on  an  experiment  that  is  already  in  progress. 

C  'ARLER  PLANS  I  do  not  have  any  specific  plans 
at  this  point,  but  I  am  definitely  looking  for  some- 
g      thing  in  the  field  of  marine  ecology. 

3 

m 

Bk\ 

March-April  1998        11 


Melanie  Shirley 

CLASS  YEAR  AND  XI  A|OR  Sophomore,  political        counselor  in  my  hometown  first  sparked  my  interest 
science  in  the  university,  but  a  campus  tour  made  me  crazy 


i  iPTION  Admissions  office  tour  guide 


about  it!  All  the  tour  guides  love  the  chance  to  make 
an  impact  on  others  by  talking  about  what  makes 


WORK  SCHEDULE  One  hour-long  tour  a  week  Duke  so  unique  and  exciting. 


X' ABOUT  THIS  JOB: 


WHAT  IS  THE  MOST  UNPLEASAN1 
ASPECT  OF  WHAT  VOL 
Sometimes  there  is  a  person  who  has  a  million 


Craig  Parker 

CLASS  YEAR  AND  MAJOR  Junior,  religion  and 
philosophy 

JOB  DESCRIPTION  Duke  Chapel  tower  elevator 
operator  (a.k.a.  "Elevator  Guy,"  "Vertical  Transpor- 
tation Engineer,"  or  "Lord  of  the  Lift") 

WORK  SCHEDULE  Tuesday, Thursday, and 
Friday,  1-4  p.m. 

HOURLY  WAGE  $5.50 

WHAT  APPEALED  TO  YOU  ABOUT  THIS 
JOB.'  The  hours  fit  in  well  with  my  class  schedule, 
I  enjoy  meeting  a  variety  of  people,  and  I  have 
instant  access  to  the  best  view  of  the  campus. 

WHAT  IS  THE  MOST  UNPLEASANT  OR 
DIFFICULT  ASPECT  OF  WHAT  YOl 
Nothing  comes  to  mind  except  for  the  occasional 
individual  with  bad  breath  (the  elevator  is  circular 
with  a  diameter  of  approximately  three  feet,  so  the 
quarters  are  pretty  tight). 

WHAT  UNEXPECTED  LESSONS  HAN 
LEARNED  ON  THE  JOB.'  That  operating  an 
elevator  is  a  lot  like  life:  You  have  to  deal  with 
people  up  close  and  personal  if  you  are  going  to 
make  it  through  the  ups  and  downs. 

WHEN  YOUR  FRIENDS  FIND  OUT  WHAT 
[  HEIRTYPICAL  RESPONSE  IS... 
Could  I  bring  a  date  up  to  the  top  after  hours? 
(By  the  way,  such  things  are  not  allowed.)  Nobody 
has  tried  to  bribe  me,  but  I  should  try  to  find  out 
how  high  they  would  be  willing  to  go. 

THE  MOST  POPULAR  MISCONCEPTION 
ABOUT  WHAT  YOU  DO  IS...  There  aren't 
many  misconceptions  (the  job  is  very  simple),  but 
many  people  do  not  know  that  one  can  go  all  the 
way  to  the  top  of  the  chapel. 

CAREER  PLANS  My  career  plans  are  not  set  right 
now.  I  do  feel  a  calling  in  my  life  to  enter  the  ministry 
of  the  Christian  church  in  some  capacity,  but  such 
a  calling  can  include  a  great  number  of  possibilities. 
I  simply  do  not  know  whether  the  future  will  in- 
volve teaching  or  ministry  or  missions  or  something 
else.  Due  to  the  fact  that  my  career  plans  do  not 
include  operating  elevators,  I  can't  say  that  this  job 
has  had  a  direct  influence  on  my  future.  Indirectly, 
however,  I  think  operating  an  elevator  and  the  per- 
sonal interaction  that  comes  with  the  job  has,  as  it 

§   always  will,  given  me  a  deep  love  and  appreciation 

sj  for  the  rich  tapestry  of  humanity. 


I  could  not  pass  up  the  opportunity  to  share  Duke  questions  and  doeslVt  waM  ^  ^  ^  tQ  answ£r 

with  anyone  who  is  interested.  Hearing  an  admissions       anyon£  ^  ft  h  alr£ady  g  cM[enge  tQ  d£VQt£  | 


12      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


Noah  Borun 

\R  AND  MAJOR  Junior,  public  policy 
and  economics 

JOB  DESCRIPTION  America  Reads  tutor.  I  work 
at  Forest  View  Elementary  School  with  four  children; 
English  is  a  second  language  for  three  of  them,  and 
one  needs  extra  help  with  reading.  The  technique 
we  use  is  called  Reading  Recovery,  and  was  taught  to 
us  by  the  school's  program  coordinator,  Susan  Ketch, 
who  is  a  veritable  Yoda  of  the  reading  world. 

WORK  SCHEDULE  Tuesday  and  Thursday,  12-3  p.m. 

HOURLY  WAGE  $7.00 

WHAT  APPEALED  TO  YOU  ABOUT  THIS 
JOB.' The  chance  to  work  with  children,  and  to 
affect  their  lives  positively.  This  is  something  I 


would  do  (and  have  done)  for  free,  so  the  idea  of 
getting  paid  for  it  was  too  good  to  pass  up. 


UNTLEAS.- 


WHAT  IS  TH 

DIFFICUL1  ASPECT  OFWHATYOU  DO?  It 

can  be  difficult  and  frustrating  for  both  of  us  when 
we  hit  a  serious  language  barrier.  Some  of  the 
children  read  English  better  than  they  speak  it,  so 
it  can  be  difficult  to  know  if  they're  getting  anything 
out  of  what  they  read. 

WHAT  UNEXPECTED  LESSONS  HAVEYOU 
LEARNED  ON  THE  JOB:  Children  have  an  amaz- 
ing ability  to  learn.  They  take  in  and  employ  new 
concepts  faster  than  I  think  most  Duke  students  do. 
It's  incredible  what  a  difference  a  little  personal 
attention  can  bring  about! 


1SE  IS...  How  did 


WHEN  YOUR  FRIEN 
DO,  THEIR  TYPICAL 

you  get  paid  to  do  THAT? 

THE  MOST  POPI  (LAR  MISCONCEPTION 
ABOUTWHATYOU  DO  IS...  That  I'm  a  student 
teacher  or  teaching  assistant.  The  program  directors 
hate  that;  we're  reading  specialists,  they  say,  and  we 
serve  a  specific  purpose  for  these  kids. 

CAREER  PLANS  I  wish  I  knew.  I'm  fairly  sure  law 
school  is  in  my  future  sometime  not  too  long  after 
graduation.  I'm  very  interested  in  international 
affairs,  and  possibly  environmental  law.  One  thing  I 
know  after  an  experience  like  this  one  is  that  it'll 
have  to  be  something  I  can  feel  good  about — sorry, 
Merrill  Lynch. 


equal  attention  to  everyone  in  a  large 
really  important  to  make  sure  that  e' 
chance  to  ask  questions. 

^EXPECTED  LESSONS  HAVEYOU 
LEARNED  ON  THE  JOB.'  I  love  to  talk  and  was 
pleasantly  surprised  to  realize  how  being  a  tour  guide 
improves  public  speaking  skills.  The  interaction 
makes  it  less  intimidating  than  addressing  an  audi- 
ence, but  I  can  practice  the  same  skills.  Fot  example, 
I  try  to  appeal  to  a  wide  age  group  in  order  to  make 


EN  YOUR  FRIENDS  FIND  OUT  WHAT  YOU 
>,  THEIR  TYPICAL  RESPONSE  IS...  "When  do 
you  give  a  tour?  What  would  you  do  if  I  came  on  your 
tour  and  asked  how  many  trees  are  in  the  Duke 
Forest?  Or  how  many  bricks  it  took  to  build  Randolph 
[residence  hall]  ?" 

THE  MOST  POPULAR  MISCONCEPTION 
ABOUTWHATYOU  DO  IS...  People  think  that 


:e  soun 
perfect.  We  may  think  Duke  is  the  best  university, 
but  it  will  have  some  problems  like  any  other  place 
and  it  would  be  worse  if  we  denied  it. 

CAREER  PLANS  Law  school. 


March -April  1998 


MINING 
THE  MEANING 
OF  MEMORIES 


COGNITIVE  SCIENCE 

BY  DENNIS  MEREDITH 

Psychologist  David  Rubin  uses  sophisticated  machines,  immobilizing  masks, 
and  modest  children's  rhymes  to  explore  how  we  store  the  memories  of  our  lives. 


Looking  like  a  horror-movie  prop,  the 
white  mesh  mask  envelopes  the  young 
man's  face,  clamping  his  head  immobile 
in  the  cavity  of  the  great  thumping  machine. 
Periodically,  a  puff  of  air  enters  his  nose,  smel- 
ling of  coconut,  salami,  strawberry... or  some- 
times nothing  at  all. 

"Suntan  lotion,"  he  says  to  the  researcher 
after  the  coconut  smell.  "I  remember  putting 
on  suntan  lotion  when  we  went  to  the  beach." 
Duke  experimental  psychologist  David  Ru- 
bin carefully  records  the  young  man's  remi- 
niscence, as  he  will  for  those  sparked  by  some 
three  dozen  other  odors  over  two  hours.  Once 
the  young  man  is  extricated 
from  the  machine,  Rubin 
will  have  more  data  points 
to  inform  his  explorations 
of  the  nature  of  memory. 
He  and  his  colleagues  use 
Duke  Medical  Center's 
functional  Magnetic  Res- 
onance Imaging  (fMRI)  ma- 
chine to  try  to  eavesdrop  on 
the  brain  as  it  undergoes  the 
mysterious  process  of  re- 
membering. Rubin  hopes 
that  the  fMRI  images  — 
which  light  up  where  the 


brain  shows  increased  blood  flow  that  pre- 
sumably reflects  increased  activity — will 
yield  "movies"  showing  how  remembering  pro- 
gresses across  the  brainscape. 

But  Rubin  is  not  interested  merely  in  the 
bare  neural  machinery  of  recall,  as  it  func- 
tions in  rote  exercises  at  recalling  lists  of 
words.  Rather,  he  is  fascinated  by  the  rich 
process  of  "autobiographical  memory"  by 
which  we  seem  to  relive  the  ghost-memories 
of  our  lives,  the  very  fabric  of  our  identity 
woven  over  decades  of  living.  In  his  explo- 
rations, Rubin  and  his  colleagues  employ  not 
only  the  latest  technology,  but  the  most  ven- 


YOU  CAN'T  REMEMBER  COINS. 


w 


ithout  turning  the  page  to  look  at  the  drawings  of  the  real 
drawing  the  images  on  the  "head"  side  of  a  penny, 
and  quarter.  Psychologist  David  Rubin  is  betting  you  can'l 
and  in  fact  will  make  some  standard  mistakes. 


erable  tool  of  human  ingenuity.  Over  the 
years,  Rubin  and  a  cadre  of  undergraduate 
and  graduate  students  have  conducted  a  mul- 
titude of  clever  experiments  to  tease  out  new 
insights  into  the  nature  of  memory.  They  have 
tested  how  people  remember  images  on  coins, 
Academy  Award-winning  movies,  and  even 
the  modest  children's  counting  rhyme  "Eenie, 
Meenie,  Miney,  Mo." 

The  very  sophisticated  analysis  of  these 
seemingly  simple  experiments  has  revealed  im- 
portant, often  startling  insights  into  how  our 
memories  work.  Rubin  has  quantified  the  strik- 
ing phenomenon  of  the  "memory  bump,"  in 
which  we  remember  most 
vividly  those  events  that  hap- 
pened between  the  ages  of 
ten  and  thirty.  Such  studies 
go  to  the  heart  of  many  pro- 
foundly important  human 
questions,  he  says.  "For  one 
thing,  memory  is  something 
that  people  lose  in  many  dis- 
eases, including  Alzheimer's 
disease,  amnesia,  and  head 
injuries.  It's  deeply  upsetting 
to  them,  and  the  hope  is  that 
the  understanding  we  can  de- § 


corns,  try  your 
nickel,  dime, 
get  them  right, 


velop  might  eventually  help 


14      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


44*2* 


• 


Where  YOU  LlVE    ThJJpREST    ISHowYouLlVE. 


Listen  to  the  crickets  serenade  you  on 
your  own  balcony.  Catch  a  pop-fly  at  a 
world-famous  Durham  Bulls  game.  Take 
a  class  at  one  of  the  three  universities 


Life  Care  Community 
2701  Pickett  Road 

Durham,  NC  27705 
1-800-474-0258 


that  make  up  the  Research  Triangle 
region.  No  matter  what  you  choose 
to  do,  you'll  find  life  is  better  at 
The  Forest  at  Duke. 


IF  IT  WEREN'T  FOR  OUR  ROLLING  HILLS  AND  FAIRWAYS, 
GUESTS  MIGHT  NEVER  GO  OUTSIDE. 

Situated  on  Duke  University's  campus,  we  are  proud  to 
have  recently  received  the  Mobil  Four-Star  and  AAA 
Four-Diamond  Awards,  two  prestigious  ratings  for 
excellence.  Our  171  newly  renovated,  luxurious  guest 
rooms  and  suites  are  the  first  in  the  country  to  feature 
Ethernet  access  to  the  Internet.  Enjoy  international  fine 
dining  at  the  Fairview  Restaurant.  Relax  with  a  drink 
and  good  conversation  at  the  Bull  Durham  Bar.  And 
come  play  on  our  classic  Robert  Trent  Jones  championship 
golf  course,  recently  redesigned  by  the  architect's  son, 
Rees  Jones.  This  challenging  course  has  been  ranked  fifth 
in  the  nation  by  Golf  Digest  as  one  of  their 
best  new  resort  courses. 

Whether  you're  visiting  Duke 
University  or  planning  a  getaway,  you'll 
feel  like  a  special  guest  in  a  gracious 
Southern  home.  Please  call  us  at 
(919)  490-0999  or  (800)  443-3853. 


http://www.washingtondukeinn.com 
3001  Cameron  Boulevard,  Durham,  NC  27706  •  (919)  490-0999  • 


^f 


...CAN  YOU? 


alleviate  such  problems." 

"But  more  broadly,  memo- 
ry is  people's  lives,"  he  says. 
"It's  what  people  tell  you 
about  themselves.  When  peo- 
ple sit  around  and  talk,  they 
tell  stories  from  their  lives. 
The  natural  human  way  that 
people  present  themselves 
socially  is  through  their  mem- 
ories, and  they  often  base 
their  behavior  on  what  they 
remember."  Thus,  says  Rubin, 
his  studies  seek  insights 
that  help  people  understand 
themselves,  as  well  as 
advance  scientific  under- 
standing about  cognitive 
function.  "It's  a  way  of  taking 
hard-nosed,  quantitative 
laboratory  research  and 
applying  it  in  an  area  that 
people  can  understand." 

Like  his  fellow  cognitive 
scientists,  Rubin  understands 
that  he  is  chipping  away  at  a 
massive,  profound  mystery.  "There's  really  no 
coherent  theory  of  memory,"  he  says.  "Even 
though  researchers  have  located  many  mem- 
ory functions  in  the  brain,  that  is  a  far  cry 
from  figuring  out  the  memory  process  itself. 
It's  a  standard  error  to  believe  that  if  you 
locate  something  in  the  brain  and  name  it, 
you  control  and  understand  it.  We've  done 
that  with  memory." 

The  popular  concept  that  human  memory 
is  like  computer  data  storage  reveals  most 
dramatically  how  woefully  inadequate  the  un- 
derstanding of  memory  is,  says  Rubin.  "This 
theory  implies  that  when  a  piece  of  informa- 
tion is  stored  in  long-term  memory,  it's  right, 
it's  accurate,  and  it  never  changes  by  itself. 
But  that's  not  the  way  biological  systems 
work.  Some  nerve  cells  may  die,  for  example, 
changing  a  memory  a  little  bit.  The  computer 
theory  also  holds  that  all  information  is  the 
same,  that  imagery  isn't  distinct  from  narra- 
tive." But  memories  are  actually  woven  from 
all  kinds  of  different  sensory  experiences,  each 
with  a  different  neural  circuit.  These  kinds  of 
experiences  include  narrative,  imagery,  rhythm, 
and  motor  movement,  all  of  which  integrate 
to  provide  a  unified  memory.  "As  a  baby  you 
put  things  in  your  mouth  and  ran  your  tongue 
around  them  and  built  images  of  them  that 
became  memories.  Or,  if  I  put  you  in  a  room 
with  a  blindfold  on,  after  a  while  you'd  still 
develop  a  mind's-eye  image  of  the  room,  as 
you  would  if  you  could  see  it.  So,  memory  has 
a  multi-modal,  spatial  aspect,  too. 

"Memory  is  really  what  happens  when  the 
whole  brain  works  together.  When  you  have 
a  vivid  memory  of  the  high  school  prom  or 
when  you  remember  a  song  or  a  poem,  the 


Real 


Here  are  images  of  real  U.S.  coins  and  a  set  representing  what  people  typically 
draw  using  recall.  If  you're  like  most  people,  you  drew  all  the  coins  similar 
to  an  idealized  coin  with  properties  no  coins  really  have.  For  example,  you 
might  have  inscribed  a  value  on  the  "head"  side  of  the  coin,  or  faced  Lincoln  the  same 
way  as  the  other  figures,  or  drawn  "In  God  We  Trust"  across  the  top  of  each  coin.  So, 
Rubin  asks,  if  you  can't  remember  the  coins  you  see  every  day,  what  about  the  really 
important  stuff? 


memory  sort  of  takes  over  and  moves  you 
from  where  you  are  back  into  a  state  of  recall. 
A  memory  has  a  bigger  effect  than  some  sort 
of  a  computer  access.  It  really  involves  the 
whole  body  in  a  reconstructive,  emotional,  and 
sensory  experience,  not  just  data  retrieval." 

Such  rich  biological  concepts  of  memory, 
even  though  more  accurate,  can  be  profound- 
ly disquieting  for  people  who  depend  on  the 
computer  theory,  says  Rubin.  "Lawyers  really 
don't  want  memory  to  be  a  reconstruction  of 
subjective  experiences  by  a  changing  biologi- 
cal system.  They  want  memories  to  be  accu- 
rate because  the  legal  system  depends  on  it. 
But  memory  of  a  visual  scene,  for  instance,  is 
a  process  in  which  photons  hit  the  eye,  some- 
thing happens  in  the  brain,  and  months  later 
when  somebody  asks  you  what  you  saw,  you 
reconstruct  it  using  a  biological  system.  We 
know  the  photons  didn't  just  go  up  little  tubes 
and  get  stored,  or  that  people  don't  have  a 
videotape  player  in  their  head." 

The  fMRI  studies,  supported  by  the  Olfac- 
tory Research  Fund,  represent  at  least  a  geo- 
graphical approach  to  understanding  how 
memories  are  evoked,  says  Rubin.  "First,  we're 
hoping  that  the  onset  of  the  odor  stimulus 
makes  olfactory  areas  become  active.  Then, 
for  those  vivid  memories,  we'd  like  to  see  visu- 
al areas  become  active,  because  when  people 
have  a  sense  of  reliving  a  memory,  it  often 
means  an  accompanying  image."  Other  re- 
searchers have  found  a  ten-second  lag  between 
a  stimulus  like  an  odor  and  a  vivid  autobio- 
graphical memory.  Rubin's  aim  is  to  learn  more 
about  the  search  process  that  apparently  goes 
on  during  this  lag.  "We're  asking  subjects  how 
arduous  the  search  process  was.  Did  they 


Recalled 


In 


really  feel  they  were  going 
after  something?  And  where 
does  that  go  on  in  the 
brain?" 

Rubin  and  his  colleagues 
recognize  that  geography 
doesn't  necessarily  reveal 
mechanism.  "If  we  see  the 
brain  lighting  up  in  one 
place,  it  could  be  a  center  of 
activity  or  it  could  be  an  in- 
hibitory center,  or  it  could 
merely  be  a  way  station  in 
processing.  And  maybe  a 
small  undetected  bit  of  ac- 
tivity could  represent  a  crit- 
ically important  processing 
step.  But  at  least  we're  be- 
ginning to  break  up  the  big 
black  box  of  memory  into 
small  black  boxes." 

The  psychologist  and  his 
students  have  also  tested 
undergraduates  in  experi- 
ments, exploting  the  quirks 
and  fallibility  of  normal 
paper  titled  "A  Schema  for 
Common  Cents,"  Rubin  and  then-undergrad- 
uate Theda  Kontis  '82  described  how  they 
asked  125  students  to  draw  from  memory  a 
penny,  nickel,  dime,  and  quarter.  The  analysis 
showed  that  they  could  recall  little  of  the 
coins  they  used  every  day.  The  finding  offered 
an  inttiguing  insight  into  the  spotty  nature  of 
memory,  says  Rubin.  And,  it  offers  a  telling 
lesson  for  the  designers  of  coins,  such  as  the 
ill-fated  Susan  B.  Anthony  dollar,  which  for 
recognition  relied  mainly  on  the  images  on 
the  coin,  rather  than  size  or  color. 

"People  don't  learn  things  they  see  over  and 
over  again,"  says  Rubin.  "They  learn  things 
enough  to  deal  with  the  world."  Similarly,  few 
people  could  tell  where  the  letters  and  num- 
bers are  on  telephone  buttons,  he  notes.  Nor 
can  most  people  describe  where  the  moles  or 
hairs  are  on  the  back  of  their  hand,  he  says, 
despite  the  popular  expression  "I  know  it  like 
the  back  of  my  hand." 

Perhaps  Rubin's  most  intriguing  finding  has 
been  the  phenomenon  of  the  "memory  bump," 
in  which  people  remember  most  vividly  those 
events  that  happened  to  them  between  ages 
ten  and  thirty.  In  numerous  studies,  Rubin  and 
his  students  tested  older  people's  recall  of  events 
such  as  Academy  Award-winning  movies, 
World  Series-winning  baseball  teams,  top  news 
stories,  presidential  campaigns,  or  important 
events  from  their  own  lives.  The  studies  re- 
vealed that  the  ages  between  ten  and  thirty 
provided  the  tichest  trove  of  memories. 

"Everybody  seemed  to  know  about  this 
phenomenon,"  says  Rubin,  "but  nobody  both- 
ered to  quantify  it."  The  explanations  tor  the 
bump  are  likely  complex  and  intertwined,  he 


March -April  1998 


17 


BUT  YOU  CAN'T  FORGET  "EENIE,  MEENIE. 


Eenie,  Meenie,  Miney,  Mo, 
Catch  a  tiger  by  the  toe. 
If  he  hollers  let  him  go. 
Eenie,  Meenie,  Miney,  Mo. 

This  modest  little  rhyme 
has  survived  for  centuries 
basically  unchanged.  Why? 
Because  of  its  "multiple  con- 
straints" that  combine  to  limit 
choices  and  to  cue  memory — a 
key  feature  of  other  oral  ballads 
and  rhymes,  say  David  Rubin, 
an  experimental  psychologist  at 
Duke,  and  his  colleagues. 

Here's  the  explanation,  from 
a  recent  paper  by  Rubin,  Violeta 
Ciobany  of  Bucharest  University, 
and  William  Langston  of  Deni- 
son  University: 

"Most  of  the  words  contain 
a  repeated  sound  pattern,  usually 
word  repetition,  rhyme,  or  allit- 
eration, and  all  the  words  not 


involved  in  the  meaning  are 
involved  in  one  of  these  poetic 
devices. 

"Consider  the  first  line.which 
has  remained  stable  without  any 
deep  structure.  The  first  word, 
eenie,  is  part  of  the  second 
word,  meenie.  Meenie,  miney, 
and  mo  alliterate.  Eenie,  meenie, 
and  miney  rhyme  with  a  sound 
that  repeats  as  the  first  vowel  of 
eenie  and  meenie.  Mo  rhymes 
with  toe  and  go.  The  first  lines 
also  contain  a  progression  of 
front-to-back  middle  vowels — 
e,  i,  o — as  in  the  fee,  fie,  fo  of 
fee,  fie,  fo,  fum,  or  the  ee,  eye,  ee, 
eye,  oh  of  'Old  McDonald  Had 
a  Farm.'  Therefore,  meenie, 
miney,  mo  sounds  better  than 
miney,  meenie,  mo,  and  the  order 
is  unlikely  to  change. 

"The  remaining  sound  'n'  re- 
peats in  the  same  location  in 


three  words.  The  whole  line 
repeats  as  the  last  line,  where 
the  single  syllable  word  mo 
coincides  with  the  person  who 
is  chosen.  The  change  from  the 
two-syllable  pattern  adds  to 
the  closure  of  the  piece.... 
Thus,  there  is  not  a  phoneme 
or  even  a  distinctive  feature  in 
the  first  line  that  can  change 
without  breaking  some  pattern. 
The  middle  two  lines  offer 
more  flexibility  and  do  change 
more  over  time  and  over 
retellings." 

(A  historical  note:  The  pre- 
tiger  victim  of  the  toe-catching 
is  a  term  now  considered  a  racial 
epithet,  but  was  not  so  when 
the  rhyme  originated.  Rather, 
the  word  referred  to  the  River 
Niger,  and  was  a  neutral  term 
for  a  person  from  that  region.) 


theorizes.  One  possible  explanation  for  the 
bump  is  that  the  novelty  of  experiences  dur- 
ing these  early  adult  years  leads  to  deeper 
memory  encoding,  he  says.  Or  a  young  adult's 
self-definition  of  identity  that  happens  during 
those  years  may  better  crystallize  memories. 
Also,  young  people  may  just  have  sharper 
mental  faculties — perhaps  to  increase  their 
fitness  at  choosing  a  mate — which  would 
contribute  to  the  more  vivid  memory  forma- 
tion. Whatever  the  explanation,  the  idea  of  a 
memory  bump  could  prove  clinically  useful, 
says  Rubin.  "For  example,  if  we  knew  what 
caused  this  phenomenon  in  healthy  people,  it 
would  help  explain  why  patients  with  Alz- 
heimer's disease  experience  the  kind  of  mem- 
ory degradation  they  do.  A  standard  anecdote 
you  get  about  Alzheimer's  patients  is  that 
they  remember  the  old  things,  but  not  the  new 
things.  And  eventually  as  they  get  near  the  end, 


they  jump  generations.  So,  their  daughter  comes 
to  visit  them  and  they  see  her  as  their  sister." 

In  one  set  of  experiments,  Rubin  and  re- 
search associate  Matthew  Schulkind  and  a 
team  of  undergraduates  are  playing  big-band 
music  to  groups  of  volunteer  senior  citizens  to 
try  to  understand  the  bump  phenomenon.  "We 
play  them  old  songs  and  ask  them  how  the 
songs  make  them  feel,  and  whether  they  can 
complete  the  words,"  says  Rubin.  "The  music 
may  work  because  it  resonates  with  memory 
that  involves  large  parts  of  the  brain,  including 
motor  movements  and  emotions."  According 
to  Rubin,  some  music  therapists  already  use 
the  golden-oldies  technique  with  nursing  home 
residents  who  suffer  Alzheimer's  and  other 
dementias,  to  enliven  them  and  get  them  to 
socialize  more. 

Of  all  Rubin's  studies,  though,  the  most 
prodigious  has  been  his  exploration  of  the 


psychology  of  epic  poems,  North  Carolina 
ballads,  and  counting-out  rhymes.  His  inte- 
gration of  the  folklore  and  history  of  these 
oral  recitations  with  cognitive  science  result- 
ed in  his  award-winning  1996  book  Memory  in 
Oral  Traditions,  which  Contemporary  Psychol- 
ogy called  "a  landmark  contribution  for  both 
scientists  and  scholars." 

In  the  book,  Rubin  sought  to  explain  how 
such  ballads,  and  even  the  seemingly  trivial 
rhymes  that  children  chant  to  choose,  have 
survived  almost  unchanged  for  centuries.  In 
his  studies,  he  found  a  wealth  of  insight,  even 
in  the  simple  "Eenie,  Meenie,  Miney,  Mo"  and 
its  fellow  rhymes.  "No  psychologists  studying 
memory  had  really  explored  these  oral  ballads 
and  rhymes,"  says  Rubin,  "even  though  recit- 
ing them  is  a  remarkable  mental  skill,  involv- 
ing remembering  a  lot  of  knowledge  in  a  way 
that  doesn't  change  because  of  the  structure 
of  the  ballad."  In  his  ballad  studies  Rubin  ex- 
plored how  the  rhythm,  the  words,  the 
images,  and  the  story  intertwined  to  make  it 
possible  for  balladeers  to  recall  accurately 
even  hours  of  song  verse.  "For  example,  these 
oral  traditions  are  high  imagery,  with  many 
changes  in  location.  In  ballads,  the  character 
goes  from  location  to  location,  with  the  ballad 
never  spending  more  than  three  verses  with- 
out changing  place.  And  in  ballads,  people 
don't  just  sit  around  and  mope.  They  jump  off 
bridges,  they  get  buried  in  shallow  graves, 
they  cut  off  people's  heads — it's  all  high 
imagery." 

Rubin  also  explored  how  the  oral  ballads 
and  rhymes  were  carefully  crafted  with  multi- 
ple constraints  in  form  and  subject,  like  an 
intricate  puzzle  that  fits  together  in  only  one 
way.  Such  constraints  make  the  recitations 
smooth  progressions  of  verse  that  lead  a  per- 
former almost  unavoidably  from  one  element 
to  the  next.  Each  stanza,  Rubin  points  out,  is 
a  rhythmic,  musical  unit  that  must  contain  a 
complete  idea,  must  follow  the  rhyme  scheme, 
and  must  avoid  words  larger  than  one  or  two 
syllables.  Rubin  has  interwoven  his  ballad  and 
rhyme  studies  with  his  research  on  autobio- 
graphical memory,  just  as  our  memories  are 
interwoven  with  our  lives.  "I  find  it  fascinat- 
ing studying  these  things  that  people  do  all  the 
time,  doing  careful  quantitative  work  to  un- 
derstand them  in  a  scientific  sense.  And  then 
contributing  that  understanding  to  society." 

In  Rubin's  view,  the  next  decade  of  science 
will  no  doubt  witness  an  enormous  leap  in 
understanding  how  genes  build  brains  and 
how  tiny  splashes  of  brain  chemicals  play 
among  the  labyrinth  of  brain  cells  to  create 
memories.  However,  he  emphasizes,  that  same 
decade  will  also  see  a  forging  of  even  richer 
partnerships  among  biologists,  psychologists, 
and  humanists  to  apply  that  knowledge  to 
medical  treatment  and  to  our  everyday  lives. 
The  effect  will  certainly  be  memorable.       ■ 


18      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


VVtfEKE   L?©   Vo\J  £*<>  T© 


...SEE  WoVV 

peep  fs 

TUE  SN©VN 

GoCarolinas.com's  new 
Ski  Cam  takes  you  high 

atop  Ski  Beech  Resort 
where  you'll  find  snow 
pics  updated  every 
minute,  along  with 
the  latest  conditions. 
Now  when  snow's  on  your 
mind,  you  can  also  see 
if  it's  on  the  ground. 


...see  woyv 

THE  S£l©«e 

GoCarolinas.com's  fast 
and  easy  access  to 
ACC  sports  stories, 
schedules  and  stats 
is  unmatched  anywhere. 
While  you're  there,  join 
in  some  fast  chat  about 
your  favorite  ACC  team. 

So.  whether  you  seek  snow, 
or  the  latest  ACC  scores, 
there's  no  faster  way  to  go 
than  GoCarolinas.com. 


www.GoCarolinas.com 


News.  Views  &  Sports 


IIIOI1  DUKES 


Duke  University  Athletic  Scholarship  Fund 


Now,  you  can  be  a  part  of  the  team.  By  contributing  as  little 
as  $100,  you  can  display  your  Iron  Duke  window  decal  with 
pride  and  know  you  have  helped  Blue  Devil  student-athletes 
maintain  Duke's  proud  athletic  tradition.  Take  the  next  step 
by  requesting  information,  NOW! 


I 1 

I     YES,  I  am  interested  in  finding  out  more  about  the  Iron  Dukes. 

Please  send  a  membership  information  brochure  to  the  address  listed  below. 


return  this  form  to:  Iron  Dukes 

311  Finch  Yeager  Bldg.,  Box  90542 
Duke  University 
Durham,  NC  27708-0542 
(919)  684-5033 


iE  GARGOY 


GLOBAL 
LEARNING 


BY  NANNERL  O.  KEOHANE 
President,  Duke  University 

In  June  1996,  Dean  Rex  Adams  wel- 
comed thirty-nine  students  from 
eleven  countries  as  the  first  stu- 
dents in  the  Global  Executive 
M.B.A.  program  at  the  Fuqua 
School.  He  called  GEMBA  "the 
most  significant  innovation  in  man- 
agement education  in  fifty  years." 
Back  then,  of  course,  there  were  plenty  of 
doubters — here  at  Duke  and  elsewhere  in 
the  academic  community,  and  possibly  among 
our  students'  families,  friends,  and  colleagues 
as  well. 

Last  December,  our  first  global  M.B.A.s  re- 
assembled here  on  campus  to  complete  what 
they  describe  as  one  of  the  most  intensive,  chal- 
lenging, and  gratifying  experiences  in  their 
lives.  It  also  has  been  a  deeply  gratifying  expe- 
rience for  Fuqua  and  Duke  because,  thanks 
to  their  nineteen  months  of  hard  work, 
GEMBA's  students  have  confirmed  the  dean's 
statement,  dismissing  all  doubts. 

GEMBA  has  captured  the  attention  of  the 
academic  world,  the  corporate  community, 
Business  Week,  and  other  leading  print  and 
electronic  media  here  and  abroad.  We  have  a 
hit  on  our  hands,  and  one  that  has  left  us  with 
at  least  two  important  questions:  "What  have 
we  learned  from  GEMBA?"  and  "What  do  we 
do  with  it?"  How  do  we  take  the  knowledge 
and  insights  from  GEMBA  and  apply  them  to 
enhance  teaching  and  learning  in  other  areas 
of  the  university?  What  does  GEMBA  mean 
for  our  medical  school?  For  Law?  For 
Divinity?  What  does  it  mean  for  our  under- 
graduates in  engineering  and  the  humanities? 
Most  immediately,  what  does  GEMBA  mean 
for  Fuqua  itself? 

Through  GEMBA,  we  have  learned  some 
very  important  lessons  about  globalizing  edu- 
cation, about  using  technology,  and  about 
building  community  in  a  non- traditional  en- 
vironment. And  if  there  is  a  grand  answer,  it 
must  be  that  all  three  goals  may  be  achieved, 
given  the  right  program  and  people. 

First  and  foremost,  we  have  seen  that  tech- 
nology-based instruction  does  not  have  to 
lead  to  diminished  academic  quality.  The  first 


class  posted  an  outstanding  level  of  perfor- 
mance and  our  faculty  successfully — and 
resourcefully — adapted  their  own  individual, 
proven  instructional  methods  to  this  new  for- 
mat. I  understand  that  faculty  also  developed 
a  keen  awareness  of  time  zones  worldwide 
and  learned  a  whole  new  meaning  to  "office 
hours."  So  it  is,  after  all,  possible  to  deliver  a 
degree  program  with  the  rigor  and  richness  of 
Fuqua's  other  programs  to  students  conti- 
nents apart. 

We  also  confirmed  what  we  believed  to  be 
true — that  it  is  crucial  to  retain  face-to-face 
instruction  as  an  integral  part  of  the  sort  of 
distance-learning  process  Duke  values.  In 
GEMBA,  it  is  the  combination  of  face-to-face 
contact  with  distance  learning  that  yields  en- 
hanced results  over  standard  technology- 
based  education.  This  is  a  crucial  difference  be- 
tween the  GEMBA  model  and  other  courses 
that  rely  solely  on  technology. 

GEMBA  has  taught  us  something  else:  that 
it  is  possible  to  engender  a  true  sense  of  team- 
work, camaraderie,  and  school  spirit  within  a 
program  that  involves  a  significant  amount  of 
communications  technology,  geographical 
distance,  and  marked  cultural  differences  among 
its  students.  The  students  forged  strong  per- 
sonal ties  with  one  another  and  their  profes- 
sors. They  tell  me  that,  in  many  ways,  they 
share  the  same  sense  of  "connectedness"  to  the 
university  that  our  campus-based  students  ex- 
perience. It  certainly  seemed  so  the  night  they 
joined  the  Cameron  Crazies  in  cheering  Duke 
on  to  victory. 

GEMBA  has  reinforced  our  desire  to  build 


a  class  that  is  internationally  diverse.  The 
eighty  students  in  the  first  two  GEMBA 
classes  represent  twenty-three  different  coun- 
tries, which  introduces  an  extraordinary 
range  of  cross-cultural  perspectives  to  the 
classroom.  Our  goal  must  be  to  reflect  the 
diversity  of  region,  culture,  gender,  and  pro- 
fessional background  that  are  part  of  the 
global  workforce  itself. 

Finally,  GEMBA  is  helping  Duke  explore 
new  and  effective  ways  to  address  growing 
pressures  on  educational  access.  Today  in  the 
United  States,  reduced  government  and  pub- 
lic support  has  created  new  barriers  to  higher 
education,  while  at  the  same  time  the  de- 
mand for  higher  education  is  growing  rapidly. 
This  increased  demand  is  far  outstripping  tra- 
ditional "on-campus"  facilities  and  resources. 

At  the  same  time,  education  is  becoming — 
more  than  ever — both  a  lifelong  pursuit  and 
an  economic  necessity.  Much  of  this  need  is 
driven  by  advances  in  information  technol- 
ogy— advances  that  demand  that  managers 
must  work  harder  and  smarter  if  they  want  to 
stay  on  top  of  the  latest  developments  in  their 
fields.  A  1995  IBM  study  estimated  that  man- 
agers in  the  Information  Age  will  need  to 
spend  at  least  20  percent  of  their  time  en- 
gaged in  learning.  As  with  the  first  GEMBA 
class,  mature,  experienced  professionals  are 
seeking  to  enhance  their  knowledge  and  skills 
to  compete  in  the  global  economic  arena.  Fu- 
qua and  other  business  schools  are  attempting 
to  meet  this  demand,  through  executive  de- 
gree programs  as  well  as  non-degree  courses. 

For  an  ever-larger  number  of  students,  com- 
puters and  networks  will  be  essential  compo- 
nents in  the  educational  environment.  I  do  not 
believe  that  distance-education  technology  can 
or  should  take  the  place  of  the  traditional, 
campus-based  experience  for  eighteen-to-twen- 
ty-two-year-old  undergraduate  students,  al- 
though it  surely  can  enhance  that  experience 
in  many  important  ways.  But,  as  GEMBA  de- 
monstrates, technology  can  help  individuals, 
companies,  universities,  and  societies  address 
the  issue  of  access  to  the  highest-quality  edu- 
cation in  ways  that  traditional  education  sim- 
ply cannot. 

Earlier  this  fall,  in  my  annual  address  to  the 
Duke  faculty,  I  cited  GEMBA  as  one  of  the 
growth  enterprises  of  this  university.  I  believe 
that  GEMBA  represents  a  bold  new  venture 
in  education,  building  on  traditional  strengths 
Continued  on  page  55 


20      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


DUKE 


MNI   REGIS 


ANOTHER  OPENING, 
ANOTHER  SHOW 

post-theater  reception,  sponsored  by  the  Duke 
gala  office.  For  more  than  a  decade,  theater 
galas  have  helped  raise  funds  for  Duke's  per- 
formance arts  endowment  funds  and  for  the 
drama  program.  Past  galas  have  been  held  for 
most  of  the  Duke  Pre -Broadway  series  in  Dur- 
ham; for  the  touring  company  of  Phantom  of 
the  Opera,  with  Kevin  Gray  '80  as  the  phan- 
tom, at  the  Kennedy  Center  in  Washington, 
D.C.;  for  Sunset  Boulevard  in  Chicago;  and  for 
Ragtime  on  Broadway  in  February,  its  tenth  in 
the  New  York  series. 

The  Duke  University  Metropolitan  Alumni 
Association  (DUMAA)  gives  priority  to  its 
dues-paying  members  for  tickets  to  the  latest 
Neil  Simon  play,  Proposals,  produced  by 
Manny  Azenberg,  former  visiting  instructor 
in  Duke's  drama  program.  Julie  Ehlers  '85  was 
the  contact.  In  May,  the  club  is  sponsoring 
a  block  of  tickets  for  Cirque  du  Soleil's 
Quidan,  the  latest  show  from  the  European 
circus  of  acrobats  and  performers.  Amy  Rey- 
del  '91  is  the  contact;  DUMAA's  president  is 
Susan  Callahan  '86. 

The  Duke  Club  of  Washington  offered  an 
evening  at  the  opera  in  March  with  a  pre-per- 

formance  cocktail  reception  for  the  East  Coast 
premiere  of  Dangerous  Liaisons  at  the  Kennedy 
Center  Opera  House.  Laura  Weatherly  '93  was 
the  contact  for  the  event.  The  DCW  president 
is  Nelson  Jackson  '53. 

The  Duke  Club  of  Miami  is  taking  advan- 
tage of  the  popularity  ot  the  Broadway  show 
Rait  when  its  touring  company  comes  to  town 
May  2  with  a  pre -performance  reception.  In- 
formation about  tickets  will  be  forthcoming  for 
regional  alumni.  The  Miami  club's  president 
is  Jonathan  E.  Perlman  '85. 

For  special  offerings  in  your  area,  or  for  when 
you  happen  to  be  in  another  city,  check  the  cal- 
endar of  club  events  at  the  Duke  Alumni  Asso- 
ciation website:  www.adm.duke.edu/alumni 
/homepage/events. html. 

M^    "Southern"   musical   premiere,  pre- 
M^k   theater  receptions,  blocks  of  tickets, 
^^^A  and  post-theater  galas  for  a  good  cause 
highlight  the  new  year  in  club  programming. 
From  Broadway  to  Durham,  the  performing 
arts  were  a  popular  item  on  club  calendars. 

With  slightly  more  than  10,000  members, 
the  Duke  Club  of  the  Triangle  is  the  largest,  and 
producers  were  counting  on  them  to  turn  out 
in  force  for  the  world  premiere  of  Kudzu,  the 
Southern  Musical.  Based  on  the  comic  strip  by 
North  Carolinian  Doug  Marlette,  the  musical 
Kudzu  features  Broadway  veterans  and  local 
performers  the  Red  Clay  Ramblers.  It  opened 

tries  Theater  in  the  Bryan  Center.  (Another 
club  event,  a  block  of  tickets  for  the  touring 
company  of  Phantom  of  the  Opera  in  Raleigh 

SPRING  FOR 
REUNIONS 

in  May,  is  already  sold  out.)  The  club's  presi- 
dent is  Charles  H.  Wilson  '51. 

Triangle  club  members  were  invited  to  the 
Washington  Duke  Inn  for  an  opening  night, 

M^    pril  1999  will  be  a  historic  occasion 
M^k   for  reunions:  Classes  scheduled  to 
^^  reunite  — 1949,  1954,  1959,  1964, 

March -April  1998        21 


1969,  1974,  1979,  1984,  1989,  1994,  and  the 
Half  Century  Club — will  come  back  to  cam- 
pus for  one  major  spring  reunion  weekend, 
instead  of  the  three  separate  fall  gatherings 
that  conclude  with  Reunions  1998.  Reunions 
were  shifted  in  1986  from  one  weekend  in  June 
to  individual  reunion  weekends  in  the  fall. 

"Fall  tends  to  be  frenetic,"  says  Lisa  Dilts  '83, 
Alumni  Affairs'  director  of  reunions.  "Vaca- 
tions are  over,  school  has  started,  and  coming 
back  to  campus  for  a  reunion  can  get  lost  in 
the  shuffle.  Also,  since  Duke  no  longer  has  con- 
trol of  the  football  schedule,  we  can't  guaran- 
tee a  home  game  for  each  reunion  weekend. 

"We  determined  that  the  best  way  to 
highlight  reunions  is  to  bring  classes  back  to 
campus  all  at  one  time.  By  placing  reunion 
weekend  front  and  center,  we  can  engage  the 
entire  Duke  community — faculty,  adminis- 
trators, and  students  —  and  make  reunions 
less  peripheral  to  campus  life." 

Dilts,  currently  in  the  midst  of  reunion- 
planning  committee  meetings  for  Reunions 
'98,  is  juggling  the  logistics  of  organizing  the 

SITE  SIGHTINGS 

DUKE  ALUMNI  ASSOCIATION 

www.adm.duke.edu/alumni/homepage/ 

Get  connected  to  a  wealth  of  information: 

Reunion  schedules 

Member  benefits 

Career  services 

Lifelong  learning  and  travel  opportunities 

Club  events  calendar  and  local  club  contacts 

Duke  merchandise 

Duke  Magazine 


i»> 


CLUBS  CALENDAR 

Alumni  events  around  the  world 

www.adm.duke.edu/alumni/lromepage/events.html 

SCHOOL  OF  THE  ENVIRONMENT 
www.env.duke.edu 

DAILY  UPDATE 

Duke  News  Service  press  releases 

www.dukenews.duke.edu/updates/update.htm 

THE  CHRONICLE  ONLINE 
Campus  news  and  sports 
www.chronicle.duke.edu/ 

MIKE  KRZYZEWSKI 

The  man,  the  program,  the  answers 

www.CoachK.com 

DUKE  MAGAZINE 

Selected  features  and  departments 

www.adm.duke.edu/alumni 


coming  fall  reunion  weekends  while  looking 
ahead  to  1999's  major  opus.  Tentative  plans 
for  the  new  spring  reunion  call  for  each  class 
to  have  its  own  headquarters  tent,  where  reg- 
istration and  class-specific  events  will  take 
place,  on  East  or  West  Campus. 

The  popular  Duke  Directions,  an  academic 
component  of  reunions  that  allows  alumni  to 
"enroll"  in  a  selection  of  classes  taught  by  top 
Duke  professors,  will  continue  with  half-day  and 
full- day  options.  Friday  evening  will  feature 
an  event  for  all  classes:  a  dance  at  Cameron 
Indoor  Stadium,  with  a  variety  of  bands  ap- 
pearing at  different  times.  There'll  be  "gastro- 
nomic grazing  at  its  best,"  as  one  alumnus  put 
it,  at  food  stations  all  over  the  complex. 

Saturday  morning  is  allotted  for  open  hous- 
es and  get-togethers.  Various  academic  pro- 
grams and  schools  will  have  the  chance  to 
schedule  social  events  for  their  alumni,  as  will 
affinity  groups,  such  as  sororities,  fraternities, 
and  athletics  teams.  And  reunion  classes  have 
the  option  of  hosting  class-specific  breakfasts 
or  brunches. 

President  Nannerl  O.  Keohane  will  hold 
her  annual  "conversation"  with  alumni,  pre- 
ceding the  Alumni  Association  Luncheon  for 
all  classes.  A  major  speaker  will  address  alum- 
ni later  in  the  afternoon  in  Cameron,  leaving 
the  evening  open  for  class-specific  reunion 
parties  under  headquarters  tents.  On  Sunday 
morning,  all  alumni  will  be  entertained  by  the 
Duke  Wind  Symphony  or  some  other  Duke 
musical  group  in  Duke  Gardens  at  a  cham- 
pagne brunch. 

"We  are  hoping  to  provide  a  healthy  mix  of 
interests,  class-specific  and  general,  intellectual 
and  social,"  says  Ruth  Wade  Ross  '68,  who  chairs 
the  Duke  Alumni  Association's  Lifelong  Re- 
lationships Committee.  Historically,  Ross'  com- 
mittee and  the  reunions  staff  have  gathered 
data  from  surveys  of  peer  institutions  and 
from  post-reunion  alumni  evaluations.  "We  re- 
searched what  people  want  to  do,  how  they 
want  to  spend  their  time  —  and  their  money," 
says  Ross. 

The  committee  learned  that  alumni  can't 
afford  the  luxury  of  three-day  reunions;  pro- 
gramming has  to  be  precise,  entertaining,  and 
have  an  educational  component.  Also,  there 
are  not  as  many  couples  who  attend,  and  more 
and  more  people  go  to  events  alone,  which 
changes  the  social  component. 

The  concept  of  bringing  more  than  3,000 
alumni  and  family  members  to  Duke  for  one 
"grand  and  glorious"  April  weekend,  as  Ross 
envisions  it,  was  well  received  by  the  univer- 
sity's academic  and  service  communities. 
Faculty  would  not  have  to  fragment  their  in- 
volvement over  three  weekends,  space  could 
be  more  easily  managed,  university  service 
components-transportation,  food,  security — 
could  function  efficiently  in  a  more  concen- 
trated effort. 


"There  was  a  need  for  Duke  to  establish  a 
stronger  identity  on  campus  for  its  returning 
alumni,"  says  Ross.  "Our  reorganized  fall 
Homecoming  programming  brought  young 
alumni  back  in  droves,  even  without  an  offi- 
cial reunion.  They  now  know  it's  the  time  and 
place  to  be.  We  want  our  spring  reunion  event 
to  have  that  same  feeling,  to  encourage  peo- 
ple to  come  back  for  every  reunion." 


ADMISSIONS 
COLLEGE 


Getting  into  college  isn't  as  simple  as 
getting  out  of  high  school.  And  it's 
more  than  good  grades  and  a  good 
essay;  it's  a  process.  To  help  both  potential 
college  students  and  their  equally  anxious 
parents  understand  the  intricacies,  the  Duke 
Alumni  Association  is  sponsoring  a  day-long 
Alumni  Admissions  Forum  Friday,  June  26. 

"This  is  our  seventh  forum,"  says  Edith 
Sprunt  Toms  '62,  assistant  director  of  Alumni 
Affairs  and  director  of  the  alumni  admissions 
program.  "Because  past  forums  were  so  help- 
ful for  their  older  children,  many  alumni  are 
signing  up  to  return  with  the  younger  siblings. 
Some  call  nine  months  ahead  to  find  out  the 
date  so  that  family  summer  vacation  plans 
can  be  made  to  include  this  day  at  Duke."  The 
cost  is  $95  per  family. 

This  year's  forum  offers  everything  one  could 
want  to  know  about  the  application  process, 
from  where  to  apply  to  how,  when,  and,  most 
importantly,  why.  All  information  is  not  spe- 
cific to  Duke.  A  panel  of  experts  includes 
Philip  Clinton,  director  of  college  counseling 
at  the  Woodberry  Forest  School  in  Virginia; 
Marcia  Hunt,  director  of  college  counseling 
at  the  Pinecrest  School  in  Fort  Lauderdale, 
Florida;  and  Marybeth  Kravets,  college  con- 
sultant for  Deerfield  High  School  in  Illinois. 

There  will  also  be  a  dual  session:  one  for 
parents  on  financial  aspects,  led  by  Duke's  di- 
rector of  financial  aid,  James  Belvin;  and  one 
for  students,  featuring  a  Duke  student  panel, 
moderated  by  Susan  Wasiolek  '76,  M.H.A. 
'78,  LL.M.  '93,  assistant  vice  president  for  stu- 
dent affairs. 

A  mailing  list  is  compiled  from  the  alumni 
records  of  parents  who  have  provided  the 
birth  dates  of  their  children.  Rising  ninth, 
tenth,  eleventh,  and  twelfth  grade  students 
on  file  will  be  invited. 

Toms  stresses  that  participation  in  the  Alum- 
ni Admissions  Forum  will  have  no  effect  upon 
a  student's  candidacy  for  admission  to  Duke. 
She  encourages  all  alumni  to  submit  the 
names  and  birth  dates  of  their  children  in  or- 
der to  get  on  future  forum  mailing  lists  by 
notifying  Alumni  Records,  Duke  University, 
Box  90613,  Durham,  N.C.  27708-0613. 


22      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


CLASS 
NOTES 


WRITE:  Class  Notes  Editor,  Duke  Magazine, 
614  Chapel  Dr.,  Durham,  N.C.  27708-0570 
FAX:  (919)  684-6022  (typed  only,  please) 
E-MAIL:  dulcemag@duke.edu 
CHANGE  OF  ADDRESS:  Alumni  Records, 
614  Chapel  Dr.  Annex,  Durham,  N.C.  27708-0613. 
Please  include  mailing  label.  Or  e-mail  address 
changes  to:  hluedevilCaduke.edu 

NOTICE:  Because  of  the  volume  of  class 
note  material  we  receive  and  the  long 
lead  time  required  for  typesetting, 
design,  and  printing,  your  submission 
may  not  appear  for  two  to  three  issues. 
>  urged  to  include  spouses' 
narriage  and  birth  announce 
do  not  record  engagements. 


20s,  30s  &  40s 


Genevieve  Myers  Rogers  longtime 

Durham  resident,  is  now  living  at  the  Springnux 
Retirement  Center  in  Raleigh. 


Universitv  in  Conway,  S.(     He  retired  after  38  years  of 
practicing  internal  medicine  and  established  a  tree  medi- 
cal clinic  Ehat  he  directs  for  the  indigent  on  Pawley's 
Island.  In  199b,  he  received  the  Duke  Medical  Alumni 
Association  Humanitarian  Award.  He  and  hi^  wife, 
Nancy  Arthur  Smith  '39,  In  e  at  Murrell's  Inlet,  S.C. 

Guillermo  Moscosco  LIB.  '41,  a  retired  lawyer- 
executive  living  in  San  Juan,  is  the  author  of  Puerto 
Rico's  Relations  with  the  United  States.  A  political  ana- 
lyst and  columnist,  he  is  also  honorary  consul  general 
of  the  principality  of  Monaco  in  Puerto  Rico  and  the 
U.S.  Virgin  Islands. 

David  Willis  Jr.  44.  a  retired  United  Methodist 
minister,  is  the  author  of  Children  of  the  Promise 
Prophecy  jor  Children.Youth.  ami  Adults,  published  by 
Impact  Christian  Books.  He  lives  in  Staunton,  Va. 


50s  &  60s 


Elinor  Divine  Benedict  53  was  first  prize  co- 
winner  in  the  international  Sandberg-Livesay  Award 
for  her  poem  "Paper  Flowers,"  published  in  the  anthol- 
ogy Doors  of  the  Morning.  She  has  published  several 
chaphooks  of  poetry,  including  The  Tree  Between  Us 
and  Cfiinai'ision.  She  lives  in  Rapid  River,  Mich. 

Kenneth  M.  Johnson  M.Div.  '55,  a  retired 
United  Methodist  minister  living  in  Lake  Junaluska, 
N.C,  is  the  author  of  The  Johnson  Family  Singers:  We 
Sang  for  Our  Supper,  published  by  the  University  Press 
of  Mississippi.  The  book  comes  with  a  compact  disc  of 
performances.  The  Johnson  Family  Singers,  whose 
career  spanned  1938  to  1951,  included  the  eldest  son, 
Kenneth,  and  his  mother,  father,  sister  (the  pop  singer 
Betty  Johnson),  and  twin  brothers. 


'60  writes  that  he  speed-walked,  tor 
the  first  time,  the  1997  New  York  Marathon  in  6:22:04, 
"snatching  29,424th  place."  He  is  senior  editor  for 
development  tot  The  New  York  Times  and  a  member  of 
Duke  Magazine's  Editorial  Advisory  Board.  He  and  his 
wife,  Jane,  live  in  Scarsdale,  N.Y. 

Fred  Chappell  '61,  A.M.  '64  was  selected  by  Gov. 


Jim  Hunt  as  poet  laureate,  North  Carolina's  highest 
literary  honor.  The  professor  ot  English  at  UNC- 
Greensboro  is  the  author  of  a  dozen  books  of  verse, 
two  volumes  of  stories,  and  seven  novels.  He  and  his 
wife,  Susan,  live  in  Greensboro. 


'.S.C.E.  '61  was  appointed  president 
of  the  USX  Realty  Development  division  of  U.S.  Steel 
Group,  where  he  has  worked  for  36  years,  and  as  direc- 
tor, raw  materials,  since  1994.  He  is  a  member  of 
Duke's  Alumni  Admissions  Advisory  Committee  in  his 
region.  He  and  his  wire,  Dana,  have  three  children  and 
live  in  Upper  St.  Clair,  Pa. 

Creighton  D.  Wright '61,  M.D.  '65  represented  Duke 
in  November  at  the  inauguration  of  the  ptesident  of 
Northern  Kentucky  University  in  Highland  Heights. 


Rebecca  Trent  Kirkland  '64,  M.D.  '68  represented 
Duke  in  November  at  the  inauguration  ot  the  president 

Kenneth  M.  Gammill  '65  joined  the  Greenwich, 

Conn.,  office  of  the  law  firm  Robinson  &  Cole  in  July. 

Andrew  T.  Graham  '67  is  a  co-recipient  of  the 
1997  Michigan  Research  &  Development  Scientists 
Award,  presented  by  Dow  Chemical  Co.,  for  contribu- 
tions to  the  development  of  the  technology  and  com- 
mercial success  oi  Drytech  superabsorbent  polymer,  a 
key  component  or  highly  absorbent  diapers.  He  joined 
Dow  in  1974.  He  lives  in  Midland,  Mich. 

Robert  W.  Jordan  '67,  a  trial  lawyer  and  partner  in 
the  firm  Baker  e*  Botts,  is  president-elect  of  the  Dallas 
Bar  Association.  He  and  his  wife,  Ann  Turner 
Jordan  68,  have  three  children,  including  Peter 
Jordan  '01 

Rose  Redding  Mersky  '67  is  president  of  the 
International  Society  for  the  Psychoanalytic  Study  ot 
Organizations.  She  lives  in  Port  Chester,  N.Y. 
David  W.  Carstetter  ID.  '68,  who  was  appointed 
a  federal  administrative  law  judge  in  August,  is  serving 
in  the  Office  of  Hearings  and  Appeals,  Social  Security 
Administration,  in  Fresno,  Calif. 


John  C.  Browne  Ph.D.  '69,  an  internationally  rec- 
ognized expert  in  basic  and  applied  neuron  science, 
was  named  director  ot  the  Los  Alamos  National 
Laboratory  in  New  Mexico.  He  joined  the  laboratory 
in  1979  after  nine  years  at  the  Lawrence  Livermore 
National  Laboratory  in  California. 
Harry  R.  Diz  '69,  who  earned  his  Ph.D.  in  civil  engi- 
neering at  Virginia  Tech,  is  now  an  instructor  there. 
He  lives  in  Blacksburg. 

Marc  R.  Hillson'69  is  an  administrative  law  judge 
for  the  Social  Security  Administration's  Office  of 
Hearings  and  Appeals  in  Wichita,  Kan.  He  had  worked 
for  the  E.RA.  for  20  years  in  Washington,  DC.  He 
and  his  wife,  Barbara,  and  their  daughter  live  in  Wichita. 

Kathleen  M.  Mills  j.D.  '69,  deputy  general  counsel 
at  Bethlehem  Steel  Corp.,  was  inducted  into  the 
Academy  of  Women  Achievers  of  the  YWCA  of  New 
York  City.  She  and  her  family  live  in  Hanover,  Pa. 

BIRTHS:  Second  child  and  first  daughte 

Lisk  Wyckoff  Jr.  '55  and  Elizabeth  Wyckoff  on 

Oct.  8.  Named  Elizabeth  Hannah  Longstreet. 


A.  Pitt  '71  is  vice  president  and  founding 
director  of  the  Bay  Architecture  Lab  at  Bay  Networks 


3te  IBufee 

in  pour 

bull? 


Traditionally,  bequests  have  been 

a  significant  source  of  Duke's 

financial  support.  Your  bequest  to 

Duke  will  help  to  ensure  Duke's 

continued  strength  and 

academic  excellence. 

High  federal  estate  tax  rates 

significantly  lower  the  cost  of 

making  a  bequest  to  Duke. 

Join  more  than  1,500  other  Duke 
alumni  and  friends  as  a  member 
of  the  Heritage  Society,  an  honor- 
ary circle  of  University  alumni  and 
friends  who  have  planned  an 
estate  gift  to  Duke. 


*M2 


Please  contact: 

Michael  C.  Sholtz.  J.D.,  Director 

Office  of  Planned  Giving 

Duke  University 

3100  Tower  Blvd. 

Suite  205 

Durham,  NC  27707 

(919)  419-5070 

(919)  684-2123 


March -April  1998        23 


Inc.,  with  facilities  in  Santa  Clara,  Boston,  and 
Research  Triangle  Park.  His  company  is  assisting 
Duke's  Fuqua  School  of  Business  in  upgrading  its 
infrastructure,  network  services,  and  information  tech- 
nology organizations.  He  and  his  family  live  in  Palo 
Alto,  Calif. 

Peter  K.  Senechal  71,  a  physician,  retired  as  a 
colonel  from  the  Air  Force  after  25  years,  most  recent- 
ly as  program  director  for  the  family  practice  residency 
at  Elgin  Air  Force  Base.  He  is  now  a  physician  at  a 
family  practice  clinic  in  Ft.  Walton  Beach,  Fla.  He  and 
his  wife,  Diana  Daffin  Senechal  71,  have  two 
children,  and  live  in  Niceville. 

Paul  R.  Lambert  72,  M.D.  76  is  professor  and  vice 
chairman  of  the  department  of  otolaryngology,  head 
and  neck  surgery,  at  the  University  of  Virginia  Medical 
Center,  where  he  is  also  director  of  otology-neurotology. 
Ed  Niehaus  B.S.E.  72  is  president  of  the  public 
relations  agency  Niehaus  Ryan  Group,  Inc.  He  and  his 
wife,  Carol  Munch,  and  their  three  children  live  in 
San  Francisco. 


I  D.  Kiser73  is  senior  pastor  at  First 
United  Methodist  Church  of  Corpus  Christi,  Texas.  He 
and  his  wife,  Stacy,  and  their  son  live  in  Corpus  Christi. 

William  W.  Baxter  75,  CEO  of  Holston  Gases, 
was  appointed  commissioner  of  economic  and  commu- 
nity development  by  Tenn.  Gov.  Don  Sundquist.  He 
was  finance  chairman  for  the  campaigns  of  U.S.  Sen. 
Fred  Thompson.  He  lives  in  Knoxville. 


L.  Goldstein  M.H.A.  75,  chief  adminis- 
trative officer  for  Browne-McHardy  Clinic  in  Metairie, 
La.,  received  the  1997  Administrator  of  the  Year 
Award  from  the  American  College  of  Medical  Practice 
Executives. 

Jon  Reynolds  A.M.  75,  Ph.D.  '80,  president  of 
Raytheon  Co.  in  China,  was  awarded  an  alumni  cita- 
tion by  his  alma  mater,  Trinity  College  of  Hartford, 
Conn.,  at  a  special  Century  of  Engineering  Convoca- 
tion. He  and  his  wife,  Emilee,  who  have  two  children, 
live  in  Beijing. 

Joseph  J.  Smallhoover  75  was  elected  a  member 
of  the  credentials  committee,  one  of  the  three  standing 
committees  of  the  Democratic  National  Committee. 
He  is  vice  chair  of  Democrats  Abroad  and  lives  in  Paris. 
Rebecca  M.  Wolfe  M.A.T  75,  who  earned  her 
Ph.D.  in  educational  leadership  at  Gonzaga  University, 
is  teaching  in  Istanbul,  Turkey. 

William  Robert  Bell  76,  M.Div.  79  was  appointed 
Mecklenburg  County  Superior  Court  judge  by  N.C. 
Gov.  Jim  Hunt.  He  was  an  assistant  district  attorney 
for  the  county  for  more  than  a  decade. 

Barbara  Kiehne  Younger  76  had  her  book  of 
children's  prayers,  A  Moment  With  God  for  Children, 
published  by  Dimensions  for  Living.  She  lives  in 
Hillsborough,  N.C. 

Henry  David  Blinder        77  is  city  attorney  for  the 
city  of  Durham.  He  and  his  wife,  Janice,  live  in  Durham. 
Robert  B.  Krakow  78,  J.D.  '81  is  a  partner  in  the 
Dallas  office  of  Gibson,  Dunn  &.  Crutcher,  where  he 
specializes  in  commercial  litigation  and  bankruptcy 
law.  He  and  his  wife,  Leslie,  and  their  son  live  in  Dallas. 

Lisa  Edelmann  McLaughlin  78,  who  earned 
her  law  degree  at  Vanderbilt  in  1981,  is  a  senior  vice 
president  at  NationsBank,  where  she  is  team  manager 
for  trust  consulting  and  wealth  management  services 
in  its  private  client  group  in  St.  Louis.  She  and  her 
husband,  Robert  W.  McLaughlin  79,  have  two 
children  and  live  in  St.  Louis. 

Paul  Collins  79  is  an  optometrist  and  contact  lens 
specialist  in  Newburgh,  N.Y.  He  and  his  wife,  Sherry, 
and  their  triplets  live  in  Wallkill,  N.Y. 


Davin  79  is  chief  operating  officer  of 
Taco  Bell  and  a  founding  partner  of  Tricon  Global 
Restaurants,  the  $10-billion  restaurant  enterprise  that 
became  a  public  company  as  a  spin-off  of  PepsiCo.  He 
and  his  wife,  Molly,  and  their  two  daughters  live  in 
Newport  Beach,  Calif. 

Jan  Larsson  M.H.A.  79,  vice  president  and  chief 
operating  officer  ofVersa  Products  Co.,  a  pneumatic 
valve  manufacturer,  was  honored  by  her  alma  mater, 
Trinity  College  in  Hartford,  Conn.,  with  an  alumni 
citation  for  outstanding  professional  achievement  in 
engineering.  She  lives  in  Franklin  Hills,  N.J. 

Evan  H.  Zucker  J.D.  79  is  president  of  Totality 
Software,  Inc.,  which  publishes  legal  and  astronomy 
software.  His  company's  flagship  "Totality"  program 
manages  collection  accounts  for  law  firms  and  collec- 
tion agencies.  He  and  his  wife,  Paula,  and  their  two 
children  live  in  San  Diego. 


MARRIAGES:  Robin  A.  Ferracone'75  to 

Stewart  R.  Smith  on  May  31.  Residence:  Los  Angeles. 
BIRTHS:  First  child  and  son  to  Raymond  D. 
Kiser  73  and  Stacy  Kiser  on  Jan.  27, 1997.  Named 
Raymond  Christopher... First  daughters,  twins,  and 
second  and  third  children  to  Robert  A.  Wason  73 
and  Candace  Johnson  Wason  B.S.N.  76  on 
Nov.  13.  Named  Kathryn  Louise  and  Laura  Elizabeth... 
First  child  and  son  to  Robert  B.  Krakow  78,  J.D. 
'81  and  Leslie  Philipson  Krakow  on  Sept.  23.  Named 
Benjamin  Philip... A  daughter  to  James  C.  Savage 

78  and  Ann  Savage  on  Sept.  26.  Named  Caroline 
Elizabeth... First  children,  triplets,  to  Paul  Collins 

79  and  Sherry  Collins  on  June  15.  Named  Daniel 
Austin,  Jake  William,  and  Megan  Rose. ..Second 
daughter  to  Thomas  E.  Davin  79  and  Molly 
Davin  on  June  24.  Named  Caroline  Elizabeth. .  .A  son 
to  Jay  Murray  Hill  II 79,  M.B.A.  '80  and  Latane 
Hill  on  Nov.  14.  Named  Gray  Murray. .  .Second  child 
to  Evan  H.  Zucker  J.D.  79  and  Paula  Eisenhart 
on  June  10.  Named  Alexander. 


is  a  full  professor  in  the  chem- 
istry department  at  the  University  of  Pittsburgh. 
After  completing  graduate  and  postdoctoral  studies, 
he  worked  at  the  Jet  Propulsion  Laboratory  in 
Pasadena,  Calif.,  for  five  years  before  coming  to  Pitt  in 
1992.  He  and  his  wife,  Kathi,  a  geology  professor,  live 
in  Pittsburgh. 


M.  Carroll  '80  is  an  associate  professor 
in  the  psychiatry  department  at  Yale  University's  medi- 
cal school.  She  and  her  husband,  Matthew  Chivian, 
and  their  daughter  live  in  Boston. 
Frederick  L.  Conrad  Jr.  '80  earned  the  designa- 
tion Creditors'  Rights  Specialist,  awarded  by  the 
Commercial  Law  League  of  America's  Academy  of 
Commercial  and  Bankruptcy  Law  Specialists.  He  is  an 
attorney  at  Ambrose,  Wilson,  Grimm  &  Durand  in 
Knoxville,  Tenn. 

Nanette  Thompson  Kellog  Garrison  '80  is 
a  senior  consultant  at  Campbell  &  Co.'s  western 
regional  office,  where  she  will  initially  manage  a  $10- 
million  endowment  campaign  for  the  Pacific 
Northwest  Ballet  in  Seattle. 


professor  of  urolo- 
gy and  health  services  at  UCLA,  was  awarded  a  $1- 
million  grant  for  a  five-year  study  of  prostate  diseases. 
He  earned  his  M.D.  at  Emory  University  and  a  master's 
in  public  health  at  UCLA.  He  lives  in  Santa  Monica. 
Tim  M.  Slevin  '81  is  managing  the  investment 
banking  group  Parker/Hunter  Inc.  His  wife,  Karen 

'82,  is  directot  of  foundation  relations 


and  major  gifts  for  Carnegie  Mellon  University's  grad- 
uate business  school.  They  have  three  children  and 
live  in  Pittsburgh. 

Paul  Hughes  Trotter  B.S.E.  '81  is  president  of  the 
William  Trotter  Co.  He  and  his  wife,  Kathy  Jane 
Rust  M.S.N.  '96,  a  nurse  practitioner,  live  in  Charlotte. 

Alan  Kaplan  '83  is  an  assistant  professor  in  the  de- 
partment of  Computer  Sciences  at  Clemson  University. 

Sandy  Jones  Stewart '83  is  on  a  leave  of  absence 
from  her  veterinary  career  to  join  her  husband,  Larry, 
in  his  international  travels.  They  recently  visited 
Auckland,  New  Zealand,  on  a  two-month  extended 
business  trip.  The  couple  and  their  daughter  live  in 
Atlanta. 

Laura  Chandler  Ellis  '84  is  public  relations 
coordinator  for  the  corporate  headquarters  of  Service 
Merchandise  Co.,  a  350-store  national  specialty 
retailer  based  in  Nashville,  Tenn.  She  chaired  Duke's 
Nashville  Alumni  Admissions  Advisory  Committee  for 
the  last  eight  years  before  stepping  down  last  summer. 

Doug  H.  Kramp  '84  was  named  executive  vice 
president  of  strategic  business  units  at  PageMart  Wire- 
less, Inc.,  a  Dallas-based  company  that  uses  direct- 
broadcast  satellite  technology  to  provide  messaging 
services  to  North  America,  Puerto  Rico,  the  U.S. 
Virgin  Islands,  the  Bahamas,  and  parts  of  Mexico  and 
Central  America. 

Frank  H.  Myers  '84,  a  lieutenant  commander  in 
the  Naval  Reserves,  earned  his  master's  at  George 
Washington  University  in  1996.  He  works  for  the 
Undersecretary  of  Defense,  acquisition  and  technolo- 
gy. He  and  his  wife,  Kelly,  live  in  Arlington,  Va. 

James  J.  Roe  M.E  '84  was  promoted  to  manage- 
ment forester  for  Gulf  States  Paper  Corp.'s  Demopolis, 
Ala.,  timber  management  district. 

Daniel  J.  Clark  A.M.  '85,  Ph.D.  '89  is  teaching 
American  history  as  a  visiting  assistant  professor  at 
Albion  College,  his  alma  mater.  He  is  also  a  special 
lecturer  at  Oakland  University  and  a  research  associ- 
ate with  Wayne  State  University's  United  Auto 
Workers'  oral  history  project. 

John  D.  Dolan  '85  is  a  director  in  commercial  real 
estate  at  Tfammell  Crow  Co.  in  Atlanta.  He  and  his 
wife,  Lisa,  and  their  son  live  in  Marietta,  Ga. 

Laura  Kottler  Egerter  '85  returned  with  her  hus- 
band, Dean,  and  their  three  children  to  the  United 
States  after  living  in  London  for  three  years.  They  now 
live  in  Chicago. 


H.  Koch  B.S.C.E.  '85  is  of  counsel  with 
Downey,  Brand,  Seymour  &  Rohwer  in  Sacramento. 
He  and  his  wife,  Laurie,  and  their  son  live  in  Fairfield, 
Calif. 

Kenneth  G.  Mattern  J.D.  '85,  an  Air  Force 
lieutenant  colonel,  participated,  along  with  19,000 
others,  in  the  annual  26.2-mile  Marine  Corps 
Marathon,  the  fourth  largest  marathon  in  the  U.S.,  in 
Washington,  DC. 

Kathleen  Costello  Proulx  M.H.A.  '85  is 
regional  vice  president,  corporate  development,  for 
HealthSouth  in  Lowell,  Mass.  She  and  her  husband, 
David,  and  their  son  live  in  Haverhill. 


Jeff  Wertheim  '85  is  a  securities  analyst  at  Bay 
Harbour  Management  in  New  York  City.  His  wife, 
Lauren  Levy  Wertheim  '86,  is  a  training  and  per- 
formance improvement  consultant.  The  couple  and 
their  son  live  in  Greenwich,  Conn. 


Paula  Y.  Paradis  '86  is  a  pediatrician  for  the 
Navajo,  working  in  the  Indian  Health  Service.  She 
and  her  husband,  physician  Daniel  Reuland,  and  their 
daughter  live  in  Chinle,  Ariz. 


24      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


FICTION-WRITING  PHYSICIAN 


People  under  fifty 
may  not  recog- 
nize his  name, 
but  for  avid  readers  of 
the  previous  genera- 
tion, Frank  V.  Slaugh- 
ter '26  was  a  house- 
hold name.  Author  of 
sixty-five  books,  plays, 
and  short  stories, 
Slaughter  is  still  going 
strong  at  age  ninety. 
He's  revising  a  play  he 
wrote  some  thirty 
years  ago,  midway 
through  his  career  as  a 
writer  that  began  when 
Duke  was  still  known 
as  Trinity  College. 

He  was  born  in  1908 
on  a  tobacco  farm  west 
of  Oxford,  North  Caro- 
lina. His  mother  tu- 
tored him  at  home  until 
he  was  eight  years  old, 
when  he  entered  school 
as  a  sixth-grader.  He 
graduated  as  class  vale- 
dictorian at  age  four 
teen  and  entered  Trin- 
ity College  that  same 
year.  At  Trinity,  the  un- 
dersized and  underaged 
Slaughter  was  accepted 
into  Delta  Sigma  Phi — 
a  renowned  "jock"  fra- 
ternity— in  part  be- 
cause he  could  write 
love  letters  for  the 
football  players. 

"I  charged  five  cents 
each  for  love  notes,"  he 
says. 

Although  skilled  as  a 
writer,  Slaughter  set 
bis  sights  on  practicing 
medicine.  He  was  ac- 
cepted into  the  Johns 
Hopkins  School  of 
Medicine  at  age  eigh- 
teen; he  graduated  in 
1930.  While  performing 
a  residency  at  Jefferson 
Hospital  in  Roanoke, 
Virginia,  he  says  he  met 
a  stunning  operating- 
room  nurse  named 
Jane  Monday.  They  fell 
madly  in  love  and  mar- 


Slaughter:  still  writing  at  the  age  of  ninety 


ried  two  years  later — a 
romance  that  he  was  to 
relive  many  times  in 
his  stories. 

"I  wrote  my  first 
novel,  That  None 
Should  Die,  in  1938," 
Slaughter  says.  "It  was 
a  largely  autobiograph- 
ical tale  about  a  young 
doctor  and  bis  loves.  It 
also  talks  about  the 
doctor's  troubles  with 
socialized  medicine, 
which  the  government 
was  threatening  to 
impose  at  that  time. 
The  atmosphere  was 
very  similar  to  what 
we  have  today — doc- 
tors were  strongly 
opposed  to  the  idea, 
while  the  public  was 
fascinated  by  it.  At  the 
end  of  the  book,  I 
spelled  out  my  plan  for 
what  I  thought  the 
health-care  system 


should  look  like,  and 
by  and  large,  that  is 
what  we  have  today." 

Slaughter  entered 
the  Army  in  1942, 
serving  as  a  command- 
ing officer  on  the  Emily 
H.M.  Weder,  a  hospital 
ship  based  in  the 
Philippines.  Later,  he 
served  as  chief  of  sur- 
gical services  at  the 
Los  Angeles  Port  of 
Embarkation  Hospital. 
At  war's  end,  he 
rejoined  his  wife  and 
two  sons  in  Roanoke, 
then  moved  to  Florida 
to  practice  surgery. 

All  the  while,  the 
writing  bug  stayed 
with  him.  He  wrote 
four  books  on  medical 
subjects,  the  most  pop- 
ular addressing  the  sub- 
ject of  psychosomatic 
illness.  The  New  Way  to 
Mental  and  Physical 


BHaaagBHE 


Health  was  published 
in  1951  in  hardback  and 
reprinted  as  a  paper- 
back under  the  title 
Your  Mind  and  Your 
Body.  "The  theme  of 
the  book,"  Slaughter 
says,  "is  that  we  strive 
to  be  healthy  in  order 
to  stay  happy,  when  we 
should  strive  to  be 
happy  in  order  to  be 
healthy." 

In  the  1950s, 
Slaughter  abandoned 
his  surgical  practice 
altogether  to  devote 
full  time  to  writing.  He 
produced  one  novel 
after  another,  most  of 
them  with  medical 
themes,  but  some  set 
in  biblical  times.  (He  is 
a  student  of  the  Bible 
as  well  as  of  medicine.) 
He  is  known  for  his 
devilish  sense  of  hu- 
mor, and  has  an  eye 
for  the  bizarre  as  well 
as  the  beautiful.  His 
last  book,  Transplant, 
deals  with  a  pair  of 
twins  (male  and  fe- 
male) who  decide  to 
have  their  genitalia 
surgically  exchanged, 
and  the  effect  that 
operation  has  on  their 
lives. 

Semi-retired  and  liv- 
ing in  Jacksonville, 
Slaughter  is  dictating 
his  autobiography  and 
working  on  a  play 
titled  Ladies  in  Hades. 
As  he  explains  the 
plot:  "The  main  char- 
acter is  putting  the 
moves  on  his  girlfriend 
and  says,  'They  could 
send  us  to  Hell  for 
this.'  She  says,  'I  wish 
they  would.'  There's  a 
clap  of  thunder,  and 
the  next  thing  they 
know..." 

— John  Manuel 


!  '86  is  a  copywriter  for  Mintz  and 
Hoke  Advertising  and  Public  Relations.  He  and  his 
wife,  Lisa,  and  their  son  live  in  Simshury,  Conn. 

Dinah  Lee  Swain  '86,  who  earned  her  master's  in 
journalism  at  N.Y.U.  in  1993,  is  a  news  anchor  on  the 
national  24-hour  All  News  Channel,  on  satellite  TV. 
Her  husband,  Slade  H.  Schuster  M.B.A.  '91,  does 
strategic  planning  for  West  Group.  They  live  in  St. 
Paul,  Minn. 


Simpson  Thacher  &  Bartlett  in  New  York.  He  and  his 
wife,  Lynne  Cohen  Wolitzer'87,  and  their  three 
children  live  in  Rye,  N.Y. 


Michael  Wolitzer 


i  a  partner  in  the  law  firm 


C.  Bader  '87,  executive  director  of  the 
N.C.  Student  Rural  Health  Coalition,  received  a  Z. 
Smith  Reynolds  Foundation  Sabbatical  Program  award, 
one  of  five  recipients  from  the  state.  He  and  his  wife, 
Jodi  Hall,  and  their  daughter  live  in  Durham. 

Thomas  W.  Dellinger  B.S.E.  '87,  who  earned  his 

master's  in  medical  phyMcs  at  bast  Carolina  University 


in  1995,  is  a  radiological  medical  physicist  for  Mission- 
St.  Joseph  Health  System  in  Asheville,  N.C.  He  and 
his  wife,  Kimberly,  and  their  daughter  live  in  Morganton. 

Sam  S.  Hewitt '87  is  chief  technical  analyst  for  Van 
Eck  Global  in  New  York  City. 

Craig  B.  Richardson  '87,  M.B.A.  '92  is  director  of 
business  development  for  the  sports  agent  company 
Leigh  Steinberg,  which  represents  more  than  100  ath- 
letes, including  Troy  Aikman,  Steve  Young,  and  Drew 
Bledsoe.  He  lives  in  Newport  Beach,  Calif. 

Elizabeth  R.  Campell  '88  is  an  account  executive 
with  the  public  relations  firm  Rountree  Group  Inc.  in 
Atlanta.  She  and  her  husband,  Kevin  Gosnell,  live  in 
Dunwoody,  Ga. 

Branan  W.  Cooper  '88  is  senior  vice  president  of 
MBNA  America  Bank  in  Newark,  Del,  working  as 
manager  of  consumer  finance  marketing.  He  and  his 
wife,  Desiree,  and  their  son  live  in  Landenberg,  Pa. 

Staige  Davis  Hodges  '88  writes  that  she  is  "a  full- 
time  mom  and  freelance  writer."  She  and  her  husband, 
Eric,  and  their  daughter  have  relocated  toTigard,  Ore. 
Lynn  Levy  Jahncke  '88,  who  completed  flight 

training,  is  a  commercial  pilot  and  a  flight  instructor. 
She  and  her  two  daughters  live  in  Milwaukee. 

Monica  Corston-Oliver  '89,  M.A.T  '91  is  a  graduate 
student  of  linguistics  at  the  University  of  California- 
Berkeley.  She  and  her  husband,  Simon  Corston- 
Oliver,  live  in  Berkeley. 

James  B.  Dolan  Jr.  '89  is  a  litigation  associate  at 
Cozen  &  O'Connor  in  New  York  City.  He  and  his  wife, 
Amy  Nobles  Dolan  '89,  and  their  son  live  in 
Brooklyn  Heights. 

George  Fox  Jr.  B.S.E.  '89,  who  graduated  in  June 

from  the  J.L.  Kellogg  School  of  Management,  is  a 
financial  analyst  at  Ford  Motor  Co.  He  and  his  wife, 
Karolyn,  have  two  children  and  live  in  Livonia,  Mich. 

Wendy  Sartory  Link  J.D.  '89,  managing  partner  of 
the  West  Palm  Beach  law  firm  Ackerman  Link  &. 
Sartory,  was  awarded  the  Up  and  Comers  Award  by 
the  South  Florida  Business  Journal.  Her  involvement  in 
community  service  includes  chairing  the  John  I. 
Leonard  High  School  Advisory  Council. 

Julie  M.  Mackie  '89,  who  earned  her  master's 
at  Columbia  University's  Teachers  College  in  1994, 
is  a  sixth  grade  mathematics  teacher  at  St.  Mary's 
Episcopal  School.  She  and  her  husband,  Michael  S. 
Reeves  M.B.A.  '95,  a  vice  president  at  NewSouth 
Capital  Management,  live  in  Memphis. 

Parrish  McCormack  '89,  an  attorney  and  an  asso- 
ciate at  Hunton  &  Williams  in  Charlotte,  was  elected 
to  the  board  of  directors  of  the  German- American 
Chamber  of  Commerce  of  the  southern  United  States 
and  has  been  named  its  corporate  secretary.  Co- 
founder  and  co-chair  of  its  South  Carolina  chapter, 
he  is  also  North  and  South  Carolina's  counsel  to  the 
Swiss  consulate  in  Atlanta.  He  lives  in  Charlotte. 
Mark  Kenneth  Roche  B.S.E.  '89  is  marketing 
director  for  Emerson  Electric  Co.  in  Pittsbutgh.  He 
and  his  wife,  Katherine,  live  in  Pittsburgh. 

Robin  Lee  Rosenberg  J.D.  '89,  A.M.  '89  is  a 
partner  in  the  West  Palm  Beach  office  of  the  law  firm 
Holland  &  Knight.  She  was  an  assistant  city  attorney 
for  the  city  of  West  Palm  Beach.  She  is  president  of 
the  Center  for  Children  in  Crisis  and  co-chair  of  the 
"Arthur's  Jam"  Committee  of  the  Cystic  Fybrosis 
Foundation. 

Suzanne  E.  "Suzie"  Rubin  '89,  who  graduated 
from  the  J.L.  Kellogg  Gtaduate  School  of  Management 
in  1994,  is  marketing  manager  for  nonmalignant  pain 
for  Medtronic.  She  and  her  husband,  Steve  Kahl,  live 
in  Minneapolis. 


March -April 


Brian  L.  Schwalb  '89  is  a  trial  attorney  with  the 
U.S.  Department  of  Justice's  tax  division.  He  and  his 
wife,  Mickie  Simon,  and  their  daughter  live  in 
Washington,  D.C. 


*  and  her  hushand,  Dave, 
of  Alliance  Capital  Management,  were  awarded  the 
Polish  Order  of  Merit,  Cavalier  of  the  Grand  Cross  of 
Poland,  First  Class  by  Polish  President  Alexander 
Kwaniewski.  The  honor  was  for  Alliance  Capital's 
contributing  "in  a  major  way  to  the  Polish  financial 
economy  by  forming  a  joint  venture  with  the  Bank 
Kepao."  She  serves  on  the  board  of  directors  of 
Alliance  Capital,  of  which  her  husband  is  chairman 
and  chief  executive  officer. 

MARRIAGES:  Daniel  Smith  Levinson  '80  to 

Meryl  Ivy  Poster  on  Oct.  19.  Residence:  Los  Angeles... 
Brooke  Kirlin  Wilson  'S3  to  David  Joseph 
Sheldon  on  Sept.  27.  Residence:  Cambridge,  Mass.... 
Frank  H.  Myers  '84  to  Kelly  Lynn  Pulsifer  on  Dec. 
28, 1996.  Residence:  Arlington, Va.... Kathleen 
Frances  Costello  M.H.A.  '85  to  David  Norman 
Proulx  on  June  20.  Residence:  Haverhill,  Mass. . .  .Ann 
Maria  Riposanu  J.D.  '85  to  Joannes  ter  Haar  on 
Oct.  11.  Residence:  New  York  (  i        Roberta  L. 
Gonzalez  B.S.E.  '86  to  Victor  L.  Parker  on  Nov.  30, 
1996.  Residence:  Marietta, Ga.... Dinah  Lee  Swain 
'86  to  Slade  H.  Schuster  M.B.A.  '91  on  Sept.  6. 
Residence:  St.  Paul,  Minn. .  ..Jeff  Blumenfeld  '87 
to  Mardene  Miller  on  Sept.  7.  Residence:  New  York 
City....Kalpana  K.  Gowda '87  to  Lingaiah 
Chandrashekar  in  December  1997.  Residence:  Shreve- 
port,  La. .  ..Jennifer  Kolb  Lees  '87  to  John  Floyd 
Warren  on  June  21.  Residence:  Miami.  ..Elizabeth 
R.  Campell  '88  to  Kevin  Gosnell  on  June  21. 
Residence:  Dunwoody,  Ga. ...  Hazel  Adele  Land- 
wehr  '88,  J.D.  '94  to  Gregory  Scot  Porter  on  June  14. 
Residence:  Dallas... Ashok  S.  Reddy  '88,  M.D.  '92 
to  Kimberly  Anne  Ackourey  89  on  Oct.  11. 
Residence:  Redondo  Beach,  Calif. .  .Suzanne 
Winitsky  B.S.E.  '88  to  Russell  Zukowski  on  Sept.  6. 
Residence:  Roswell,  Ga.     Tara  Dunion  '89  to  Gary 
Guggolz  on  Aug.  30.  Residence:  Singapore.. .Sara  L. 
Friedl  '89  to  Dale  Putnam  on  Aug.  31.  Residence: 
Decorah,  Iowa...  Kelly  Lea  tine  Jackson  '89  to 
David  H.  Schnabel  on  Sept.  20  in  Duke  Chapel. 
Residence:  New  York  City...  Andrew  James 
Landis  '89  to  Hilary  Jill  Smith  on  Sept.  27.  Residence: 
Freedonia,  NY.  ..Julie  M.  Mackie'89  to  Michael 
S.  Reeves  M.B.A.  '95  on  July  12.  Residence:  Mem- 
1  li     Monica  Jane  Oliver '89,  M.A.T. '91  to 
Simon  Corston  on  Dec.  5.  Residence:  Berkeley, Calif.. . . 
Mark  Kenneth  Roche  B.S.E.  '89  to  Katherine 
Graham  in  August  1996.  Residence:  Pittsburgh... 
Suzanne  Elizabeth  Rubin  '89  to  Steve  Kahl 
on  May  3, 1997.  Residence:  Minneapoli; 
M.  Turner  '89  to  F.  Franklin  Amanat  on  Oct.  5. 
Residence:  New  York  City. 


BIRTHS:  First  child  and  daughter  to  Kathleen  M. 
Carroll  '80  and  Matthew  Chivian  on  May  20.  Named 
Catherine  Sydney  "Kate"  Chivian...  A  daughter  to 
Kurt  A.  Haberyan  '80,  Ph.D.  '88  and  April  Haber- 
yan  on  Oct.  1.  Named  Brianna  Reese. .  .Third  child 
and  first  daughter  to  Timothy  M.  Slevin  '81  and 
Karen  Sartin  Slevin  '82  on  Sept.  3.  Named 
Margaret  "Mamie"  Dynes...  Second  child  and  first  son 


Bradley  Thomason  on  May  20, 1996.  Named  Evan 
Bradley. .  .Third  child  and  first  daughter  to  Sheri 
Levine  Cole  '82  and  Brent  Cole  on  July  7.  Named 
Lauren  Mackenzie.. .A  son  to  Elaine  Ritter 
Schaffer  B.S.N.  '82  and  Stanley  Schaffer  on  Sept. 
13.  Named  Jacob. .  .First  child  and  daughter  to  Farley 
William  Bolwell  B.S.E.  '83  and  Kathleen  Elisabeth 
Bolwell  on  May  17.  Named  Olivia  Therese. .  .First  sons, 
twins,  to  Margaret  Kemp  Carlson  '83,  M.B.A. 
'89  and  Rob  Carlson  on  May  19.  Named  Clayton 


MONUMENTAL  BUILDER 


w 


alk  into  any 
of  the  clas- 
sic govern- 
ment buildings  in 
Washington,  D.C— 
the  original  Smith- 
sonian, the  National 
Portrait  Gallery,  the 
Old  Post  Office,  the 
Library  of  Congress — 
and  you  will  witness 
the  handiwork  of 
James  V.Walsh '74  or 
his  father,  or  both.  It 
may  not  be  evident  to 
the  visitor,  but  every 
one  of  these  buildings 
has  undergone  major 
renovation,  thanks  to 
William  V.Walsh 
Construction  Com- 
pany, of  which  he  is 
president.  The  remod- 
eling of  these  national 
treasures  has  required 
an  uncommon  degree 
of  craftsmanship  and 
care.  And  having 
worked  for  the  compa- 
ny since  the  age  of 
fourteen,  Walsh  has 
many  a  tale  to  tell. 

"We  were  renovat- 
ing the  White  House 
during  the  Cuban 
Missile  Crisis  and  our 
workers  had  to  be 
locked  into  a  basement 
vault  for  three  days 
because  [President] 
Kennedy  was  afraid 
nuclear  war  might 
break  out,"  Walsh  says. 
"Then  there  was  the 
time  we  had  to  build  a 
war  room  for  the 


Pentagon  in  one  week. 
I've  been  in  a  lot  of 
places  only  a  handful 
of  other  people  have 
ever  seen,  and  even 
built  a  few  of  them." 

Walsh  Construction 
was  founded  in  1955 
by  Jim's  father,  William, 
who  moved  to  Wash- 
ington to  attend  Catho- 
lic University  after 
serving  as  an  Army 
aviation  engineer  in 
World  War  II.  William 
gravitated  toward  ren- 
ovation work;  he  soon 
found  himself  in 
demand  for  restoring 
many  of  the  capital's 
aging  buildings. 

"At  the  time,  most 
people  in  the  construc- 
tion industry  thought 
of  renovation  work  as 
unglamorous,"  Walsh 
says.  "My  dad  thought 
differently.   And  he 
turned  out  to  be  right. 
We've  worked  with 
some  of  the  greatest 
architects  of  all  time 
on  some  of  the  most 
spectacular  buildings." 

Young  Jim  worked 
summers  for  the  com- 
pany, starting  in  junior 
high  and  continuing 
through  his  years  at 
Duke.  He  reveled  in 
the  physical  access  to 
the  halls  of  power  and 
in  the  friendship  of  a 
small  workforce  that 
was  fiercely  loyal  to  his 
father.  Did  he  ever 


envision  doing  any- 
thing besides  working 
for  the  family  business? 
"I  considered  going 
pre-med  at  Duke,  but 
flunked  organic  chem- 
istry," he  says.  "That 
pretty  much  settled  it 
for  me."  After  leaving 
Duke,  he  took  some 
civil  engineering  at  the 
University  of  Maryland 
and  went  to  work  full- 
time  for  the  company. 

Over  the  years, 
Walsh  honed  his  skills 
as  a  project  manager 
and  estimator.  He  took 
on  an  increasing  lead- 
ership role  as  his  father 
neared  retirement.  In 
1996,  he  was  officially 
named  president. 

There  are  any  num- 
ber of  projects  in  the 
nation's  capital  that 
Walsh  can  brag  about, 
but  the  one  he  is  most 
proud  of  is  the  Frank- 
lin D.  Roosevelt  Me- 
morial, which  opened 
in  May  1997.  Designed 
by  architect  Lawrence 
Halpirin,  the  FDR 


and-one-half  acres 
along  Washington's 
Tidal  Basin.  It  consists 
of  a  progression  of 
four  outdoor  rooms 
conveying  the  great 
themes  of  FDR's  presi- 
dency. The  walls  are 
composed  of  4,000 
blocks  of  granite  inter- 
spersed with  waterfalls, 


gardens,  and  statuary. 

Three  months  into 
the  job,  he  discovered 
that,  among  the  700 
pages  of  architectural 
drawings,  there  was 
nothing  showing  how 
the  above-ground  fea- 
tures tied  into  the 
foundation.  "The  struc- 
ture was  meant  to  sit 
on  a  concrete  substruc- 
ture supported  by 
1,000  steel  pilings. 
But  the  interface 
between  the  cement 
pad  and  the  walls  had 
only  been  drawn  in 
schematic.  There  was 
no  detail  on  the  thou- 
sands of  connections 
for  the  piping  running 
to  the  fountains,  for 
the  electrical  system, 
or  the  steel  to  support 
the  walls.  We  lost  a 
whole  summer  doing 
those  drawings,  putting 
the  trades  people 
together,  and  coordi- 
nating the  scheduling. 
Then  when  we  started 
work,  we  faced  the 
worst  construction 
weather  in  100  years  in 
Washington.  With  thir- 
teen months  left  on  the 
job,  we  were  eight 
months  behind  sched- 
ule. 

"But  we  brought  the 
job  in  on  time.  That  is 
a  story  that's  never 
been  told." 

— John  Manuel 


26      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


Robert  and  Charles  John. .  .First  child  and  son  to 
Ronald  Scott  Graham  'S3  and  Bonnie  Lebre 
Graham  on  June  22.  Named  Lucas  Robert... Second 
child  and  first  daughter  to  Dorothy  Kathryn 
Holmes  '83  and  Christopher  Damon  Howard 
'83  on  Oct.  26.  Named  Julia  Holmes  Howard... A 
daughter  to  Sandy  Jones  Stewart  '83  and  Larry 
Stewart  on  Feb.  25, 1997.  Named  Stephanie  Alexandra. . . 
Third  child  and  second  daughter  to  Cynthia 

iman  B.S.N.  '84  and  J.  Richard 
i  III  '84  on  May  29.  Named  Hollis  "Bailey". . . 
Second  child  and  daughter  to  Allan  L.  Peck  '84 
and  Terry  Peck  on  Nov.  23.  Named  Amanda  Elise. . . 
Second  child  and  first  son  to  Gordon  Bernard 
Berger  '85  and  Rhonda  Karol  Berger  on  Sept.  3. 
Named  William  Meyer... First  child  and  son  to  John 
D.  Dolan  '85  and  Lisa  Dolan  on  March  21, 1997. 
Named  Joshua  Daniel. .  .Second  child  and  son  to  Kip 

A.  Frey  J.D.  '85  and  Meredith  Frey  on  Nov.  4. 
Named  Sam. . .  A  son  to  William  H.  Koch  '85  and 
Laurie  Koch  on  March  10, 1997.  Named  John 
Andrew... First  child  and  son  to  Jeff  Wertheim 
'85  and  Lauren  Levy  Wertheim  '86  on  March  8, 
1997.  Named  Samuel  Lewis... Third  son  to  John 
DeMatteo  BSE.  '86  and  Kristine  Gonzalez 
DeMatteo  '87  on  May  5.  Named  Gregory  Hill. . . 
Second  child  and  first  son  to  Amy  Hefferman 
Glenney  '86  and  Jeffrey  Welter  Glenney  '86 
on  Aug.  26.  Named  Benjamin  Weller... Fourth  child 
and  third  daughter  to  Brian  Stefanowicz  '86  and 
Mary  Elizabeth  Stefanowicz  on  April  26, 1996.  Named 
Millicent  Colleen.... Third  child  and  first  son  to 
Michael  Wolitzer'86  and  Lynne  Cohen 
Wolitzer'87  on  Oct.  6.  Named  Ryan  Samuel... First 
child  and  daughter  to  Michael  W.  Yen  '86  and 
Deanna  Lee  Yen  '89  on  Nov.  6.  Named  Rachel 
Caroline... A  son  to  Stephen  C.  Bader'87  and 
Jodi  Hall  on  May  7.  Named  Elijah  Harold. .  .A  son  to 
Christopher  B.  CatO  '87  and  Alison  Cato  on 
March  5, 1997.  Named  Kyle  Michael... First  child  and 
daughter  to  Thomas  W.  Bellinger  B.S.E.  '87  and 

Kimberly  Dellinger  on  Aug.  5, 1996.  Named  Reagan 

Anne... Third  son  to  Kristine  Gonzalez  DeMat- 
teo '87  and  John  DeMatteo  B.S.E.  '86  on  May  5, 
1997.  Named  Gregory  Hill. .  .Son  to  Angie  Fuller 

'87  and  Mark  Fuller  on  Sept.  20.  Named  Benjamin 
Eli.. Third  child  and  first  son  to  Ellen  von  der 
Heyden  Gillespie  '87  and  James  Gillespie  on  Oct. 
23.  Named  Thomas  James. .  .Second  child  and  son  to 
Suma  Ramaiah  Jones  '87,  A.M.  '95  and  Evan 
L.  Jones  '87  on  Dec.  4.  Named  Morgan  Rowlands 
Ramaiah... Second  child  and  tirst  daughter  to  Erika 
Chilman  Roach  J.D.  '87  and  Neal  R.  Roach  on 
Aug.  25.  Named  Sydney  Ellen... Second  child  and  first 
daughter  to  Daniel  James  Wolfe  B.S.E.  '87  and 
Wendy  Janisch  Wolfe  '88  on  Aug.  2.  Named 
Sabrina  Delaney. .  .Third  child  and  son  to  Lynne 
Cohen  Wolitzer  87  and  Michael  Wolitzer'86 
on  Oct.  6.  Named  Ryan  Samuel. .  .First  child  and  son 
to  Branan  W.  Cooper  '88  and  Desiree  Cooper  on 
Oct.  11.  Named  SeanWooten...  Second  child  and  son 
to  Robyn  Raynes  Myers  '88  and  Michael  Myers 
on  Oct.  7.  Named  Daryl  Joseph... A  daughter  to 
David  B.  Petty  '88  and  Kata  Lovejoy  Petty  on  Nov. 
25.  Named  Elizabeth  Anne  "Annie"... Second  child 
and  first  daughter  to  Wendy  Janisch  Wolfe  '88 
and  Daniel  James  Wolfe  B.S.E.  '87  on  Aug.  2. 
Named  Sabrina  Delaney...  Second  child  and  daughter 
to  Dawn  Taylor  Biegelsen  '89  and  David 
Biegelsen  on  Aug.  15.  Named  Emily  Claire. .  .First  child 
and  son  to  Amy  Nobles  Dolan  '89  and  James 

B.  Dolan  Jr.  '89  on  July  11.  Named  James  Barry 
III... Second  child  and  daughter  to  George  Fox  Jr. 
B.S.E.  '89  and  Karolyn  Fox  on  March  4, 1997.  Named 
Jillian Taylor... First  child  and  son  to  Elizabeth  A. 
Michael  J.D.  '89  and  Russell  Armstrong 
M.B.A.  '90  on  Aug.  7.  Named  Benjamin  Michael 
Armstrong. .  .Second  child  and  daughte 


and  James  Murphy  on 
April  29, 1997.  Named  Claire  Montgomery. .  .A  son  to 
Katharine  Huth  Parker  '89  and  Bret  Parker  on 
Nov.  7.  Named  Matthew  Edward. .  .A  daughter  to 
Brian  L.  Schwalb  '89  and  Mickie  Simon  on  Sept. 
17.  Named  Jessica  Lindsev  Schwalb... First  child  and 
son  to  Pamela  C.  Seamans  '89,  M.RE  '94  and 
Benjamin  D.  Feldman  '90,  M.B.A.  '94  on  Jan.  18. 
Named  Maxwell  Richard  Feldman... Suzanne 
Marie  Turner '89  to  Farzin  Franklin  Amanat  on 
Oct.  5... First  child  and  daughter  to  Deanna  Lee 
Yen  '89  and  Michael  W.  Yen  '86  on  Nov.  6.  Named 
Rachel  Caroline. 


Carolyn  Karr  Charnock  '90  is  director  of  com- 
munications for  the  mayor  of  Charleston,  S.C.  She  and 
her  husband,  John  Patrick,  live  in  Charleston. 

Alfred  W.  Mordecai  B.S.E.  '90,  who  earned  his 
M.B.A.  at  Harvard  in  1995,  is  a  financial  analyst  at 
Primecap  Management  Co.  He  and  his  wife,  Victoria 
"Tori"  Stover  Mordecai  '91,  and  their  son  live  in 

Pasadena,  Calif. 


I '90  has  joined  the  Ail. una  Children's 
Clinical  Center,  where  he  practices  pediatric  and 
adolescent  medicine. 

Gene  W.  Stuart  '90  is  completing  a  medical  resi- 
dency at  the  University  of  Florida  at  Jacksonville  and 
will  begin  a  fellowship  in  gastroenterology  this  summer 
at  UNC-Chapel  Hill.  He  and  his  wife,  Kathryn,  and 
their  daughter  live  in  Jacksonville. 

Talitha  Robinson  D'ltalia  '91  earned  her  O.D.  at 
the  Pennsylvania  College  of"  Optometry,  where  she  was 
inducted  into  the  Beta  Sigma  Kappa  and  Gold  Key 
Optometnc  honor  societies.  She  is  an  optometrist  for 
two  private  practices  in  Delaware  County,  Pa.  She  and 
her  husband,  Jeffrey,  live  in  West  Chester. 

Cindy  Cohen  Karlan  '91  is  teaching  in  Foxboro, 

Mass.,  at  a  school  for  gifted  students.  She  lives  in 

Cambridge. 

Adam  A.  Milani  J.D.  '91  is  an  assistant  professor  of 

legal  writing  and  analysis  at  Mercer  University's  law 
school  in  Macon,  Ga.  His  article,  "Can  1  Play.':  The 
Dilemma  of  the  Disabled  Athlete  in  Interscholastic 
Sports,"  appears  this  yeat  in  the  Alabama  Law  Review. 

James  S.  Rowe  J.D.  '91  is  a  partner  at  the  law 
firm  Kirkland  and  Ellis,  where  he  specializes  in  mergers 
and  acquisitions,  securities,  leveraged  buyouts,  and 
venture  capital  transactions.  He  and  his  wite,  Cynthia, 
live  in  Chicago. 

Slade  H.  Schuster  M.B.A.  '91  does  strategic  plan- 
ning for  West  Group.  His  wife,  Dinah  Lee  Swain 

'86,  is  a  satellite-TV  news  anchor  on  AH  News  Channel. 
They  live  in  St.  Paul,  Minn. 

Kirsten  Thayer  '91  is  business  development  man- 
ager for  Protein  Technologies  International,  a  sub- 
sidiary of  Ralston  Purina,  responsible  tor  developing 
strategy  and  sales  in  new  markets  in  Russia.  She  lives 
near  Frankfurt,  Germany. 

Susan  Hatch  Corry  '92  is  director  of  publications 
and  public  relations  at  The  Madeira  School,  an  inde- 
pendent boarding  and  day  school  lor  girls  in  grades  9- 
12.  She  and  her  husband,  Chris,  live  in  McLean,  Va. 


'92  is  a  human  resources  manag- 
er at  Parker-Hannifin  Corp.  His  wife,  Shannon 
Smith  Keating  '92,  recently  separated  from  the  Air 
Force  to  care  for  their  daughter  at  home.  They  live  in 
Dayton,  Ohio. 

Mark  P.  PalliS  '92,  an  Army  captain,  participated, 


along  with  19,000  others,  in  the  annual  26.2-mile 
Marine  Corps  Marathon,  the  fourth  largest  marathon 
in  the  U.S.,  in  Washington,  DC. 

Phyllis  J.  Proffer  M.B.A.  '92  was  named  vice 
president,  strategic  planning  and  investor  relations,  for 
ShopKo  Stotes,  Inc.,  a  retail  chain  and  health-care 
benefit  and  information  technology  company  in  Green 
Bay,  Wis. 

Bryan  L.  "Chip"  Esterly  M.B.A.  '93  is  director 
of  finance  for  Clarke  American,  security  printers,  in 
San  Antonio. 

Stacy  Nicole  Kleiner  Humphries  93,  who 

earned  her  law  degree  at  Harvard  University,  is  an 
associate  at  Vinson  &  Elkins  in  Houston.  She  and  her 
husband,  Scott,  an  attorney,  live  in  Houston. 

Gustavo  J.  Vergara  '93,  a  Navy  lieutenant,  par- 
ticipated in  Exercise  Bright  Star  '^7  while  on  a  six- 
month  deployment  to  the  Mediterranean  aboard  the 
aircraft  carrier  USS  George  Washington. 

Craig  S.  Arneson  '94,  a  Navy  lieutenant  j.g„  com- 
pleted a  six-month  deployment  to  the  Mediterranean 
Sea  aboard  the  aircraft  carrier  USS  John  E  Kennedy. 

John  P.  Cleveland  M.TS.  '94  presented  his  award- 
winning  essay,  "History  and  the  Sense  of  Tragedy: 
Nietzsche's  Psychological  Contribution,"  at  the  Florida 
Philosophical  Association's  annual  conference.  He  is 
pursuing  his  master's  in  philosophy  at  the  University 
of  South  Florida  in  Tampa,  where  he  is  also  a  graduate 
teaching  assistant. 

Brian  F.  Kowal  '94,  a  Navy  lieutenant  j.g.,  took 
pari  in  Exercise  Bright  Stat  '97  while  on  a  six-month 
deployment  to  the  Mediterranean  aboard  the  aircraft 
carrier  USS  George  Washington. 

Jennifer  Santos  Madriaga  '94  is  an  intern  at 
Duke  in  the  student  affairs  office  while  pursuing  her 
master's  in  liberal  studies.  She  and  her  husband, 
Joshua  Lee  Hardison  '95,  a  medical  student  at 
UNC,  live  in  Durham. 


A.  SmaiT'94,  who  earned  Ills  master's  in 

public  policy  at  Harvard  in  June,  is  the  director  of  tax 
incentive  programs  at  the  New  York  City  Department 
of  Housing  Preservation  and  Development.  He  lives  in 
New  York  City. 

Marvin  Lee  Barnes  Jr.  M.B.A.  '95  works  for 
M.M.  Fowler  Inc.  in  Durham.  He  and  his  wife, 
Christina,  live  in  Durham. 

Kathryn  Summers  Bean  '95  is  a  first-year  stu- 
dent at  Atlanta's  Columbia  Theological  Seminary, 
attending  on  a  full,  merit-based  Columbia  Scholarship. 
She  and  her  husband,  Christophet,  live  in  Atlanta. 

Joshua  Lee  Hardison  '95,  who  is  completing  his 
M.D.  at  UNC-Chapel  Hill,  is  planning  a  residency  in 
obstetrics/gynecology.  He  and  his  wife,  Jennifer 

iaga  '94,  a  master's  candidate  at  Duke, 
in  Durham. 

pageorgiou  M.B.A.  '95  is  a  research 
analyst  for  Cowen  and  Co.  He  lives  in  Boston. 

Michael  S.  Reeves  M.B.A.  '95  is  vice  president 
and  portfolio  managet  at  NewSouth  Capital  Manage- 
ment. He  and  his  wife,  Julie  M.  Mackie  '89,  a 
sixth-grade  mathematics  teacher,  live  in  Memphis. 

Molly  Hale  Reid  '95  works  in  the  stewardship 
office,  a  division  of  development,  at  Notre  Dame.  She 
and  her  husband,  Joseph,  a  law  student,  live  in  South 
Bend,  Ind. 
Stephanie  Roth-Evans  '95  is  pursuing  her  M.Div. 

at  Emory  University's  Candler  School  of  Theology, 
where  she  received  the  Bishop  Eugene  and  Wilma 
Frank  Scholarship.  She  and  her  husband,  William,  an 
environmental  engineer,  live  in  Prairie  Village,  Kan. 


March-April  1998        27 


Gardens  Past  &  Present: 

The  Legacy  of  Ellen  Biddle  Shipman 

MARCH  27  -  29 

Sarah  P.  Duke  Gardens,  Durham,  NC 

$145  -  $270  per  person 

Come  ana  experience  the  legacy  or  Ellen 
Shipman,  the  landscape  architect  who 
designed  the  heart  and  soul  of  the  Duke 
Gardens.  Hear  from  garden  experts  and 
tour  examples  or  her  work. 


Healthy  Mind,  Healthy  Body 
The  Mind-Body-Spirit 

May  1  -3,  Duke  University 
$275  per  person 

The  shortest  path  to  healing  the  hody 
may  he  through  the  mind.    Duke  physi- 
cians will  update  you  on  the  latest  research 
and  techniques  for  making  the  mind  an 
ally  in  healing. 


19th  Annual  Duke  Writers'  Workshop 

JUNE  7-11,  SALTER  PATH,  NC 
APPROX.  $495  PER  PERSON 

An  intensive  week  of  writing,  reading, 
and  manuscript  development  offering 
heginning  and  advanced  instruction  in  fic- 
tion, poetry,  and  non-fiction,  led  hy 
acclaimed  authors. 

Duke  Technical  Writers'  Workshop 


July  31  -  August  3.  Salter  Path,  NC 

APPROX.  $495  PER  PERSON 

Techmca 


ters  and  editors  from  a  range 
of  fields  are  invited  to  push  their  writing 
to  a  new  level  as  we  concentrate  on  the 
quality  and  clarity  oi  language  and  syntax. 


ur  Creativity: 
A  Workshop  and  Retreat  for 

August  4-7.  Salter  Path,  nc 
approx.  $495  per  person 

Learn  to  evoke  and  celehrate  your  cre- 
ative spirit  in  this  supportive,  structured 
workshop  for  women. 

Creative  Writing  Workshop 


August  25  -  28,  Salter  Path,  NC 

APPROX.  $595  PER  PERSON 

In  the  ancient  tradition  of  physician  poets, 
hegin  to  access  and  express  the  insights 
that  make  the  healing  arts  a  wellspring  of 
human  experience.    Daily  workshops  will 
cover  poetry,  essay,  fiction  and  memoir. 


Dolphins  &  Our  Changing  Environment   Alumni  College  of  Tuscany 


Duke  Marine  lab  Alumni  College 
June  4-7,   Beaufort,  North  Carolina 
$325  per  person 

Come  explore  the  heautiful  coast  of 
North  Carolina  and  learn  first-hand 
ahout  the  fascinating  world  of  dolphins 


Cortona,  Italy 

May  6  -  1 4  AND  20  -  28 

$2,195  PER  PERSON 

Immerse  yourself  in  the 
culture  of  a  typical  Tuscan 
village,  with  seminars  on 
Italian  life  and  culture  and 
excursions  to  significant  sites 


The  World  of  the  Vikings  and  the 
Horsemen:  A  Family  Adventure 

June  25- July  lO 

APPROX.  $3,095  PER  PERSON 

Scandinavia  and  the  Baltic  offer  an 
enchanting  destination  for  families, 
capturing  the  rich  pageantry  and  lore  of 
Vikings,  czars,  ana  kings. 

Alumni  College  in  Burgundy j 

Tournus,  France 

July  1  -  9 

$2,295  per  person 

Step  hack  in  time  and  immerse  yourself 
in  the  culture  of  a  typical  small  French 
town  in  the  heart  of  the  medieval  and  his- 
torical land  called  Burgundy. 


The  Oxford  Experience 


The  University  of  Oxford,  England 
September  6-19 
$3,150  PER  PERSON 

Immerse  yourself  in  centuries-old  tradi- 
tions of  learning  and  community.  Study 
in  small  groups  with  Oxford  faculty  and 
explore  the  English  countryside. 
Rediscover  what  it  is  to  he  a  student  again. 

Alumni  College  of  Ireland I 

County  Clare,  Ireland 
September  23  -  October  1 
$2,095  per  person 

From  awesome  seaside  vistas  to  Celtic 
history,  this  pleasant  mix  of  seminars 
and  excursions  will  expose  you  to  the  his- 
tory and  culture  of  the  Emerald  Isle. 


Duke 


September  18  and  November  6 
Durham,  NC 

IT)  ediscover  the  true  "Duke  experience" — 
llLthe  classroom  experience!   Return  to 
Duke  for  a  day  of  stimulating  classes  design 
for  alumni  and  taught  hy  top  Duke  faculty. 


Summer  Youth  Camps 


March,  June  -  August 
Durham  and  Salter  Path,  NC 

Camps  in  art,  writing,  drama,  ana  sci- 
ence are  offered  tor  youth  in  grades  5- 
11.  Weekend  workshops  are  offered  in  cre- 
ative writing  and  writing  the  college  essay. 


Wines  of  the  World 


April  23  -  May  3 

approx.  $3,995  per  person 

Spend  seven  days  in  Bordeaux  visiting 
famous  wineries  accompanied  by  a 
noted  oenologist.  Explore  the  Basque 
region  and  the  coastal  city  of  Biarritz  . 

Wings  Over  the  Kalahari 

MAY  8 -21 

APPROX.  $6,495  PER  PERSON, 

A  14-day  safari  to  South  Africa,  Namibia, 
Zimbabwe,  and  Botswana  ,  with  a  two- 
night  stay  at  Chobe  National  Park  Then  fly 
to  Cape  Town  for  three  nights. 

Cruise  the  Face  of  Europe 

JUNE    1    -   17 

$4,745  PER  PERSON  FROM   NEWARK  OR 

$4,845  PER  PERSON  FROM  ATLANTA. 

For  17  days  we  sail  the  Rhine,  the  Main 
Danube  Canal,  and  the  Danube  itself. 
From  Budapest  to  Amsterdam. 

Northern  Lights  Cruise 

JUNE  20  -JULY  3 
$4,995  PER  PERSON 

Discover  the  legendary  beauty  of 
Europe's  northerly  latitudes  to 
Denmark  and  Norway.  Visit  the  Shetland 
Islands  and  Scotland. 


D 


Portofir 


ad  St. 


as  well  as  some 


Tropez, 

lesser  known  jewels  — 
Calvi,  Bonifacio,  Costa 
Smeralda,  and  Porto- 
ferraio.  Seven  nights 
on  the  Star  Flyer. 


VOYAGE  OF  THE  GLACIERS 
JULY   19-31 
$2,995  PER  PERSON 

An  Inside  Passage  cruise  aboard  the 
four-star  deluxe  Crown  Majesty  and  the 
Midnight  Sun  Express.  Two  days  in 
Denafi,  with  calls  at  Juneau,  Skagi 
Sitka,  and  Ketchikan. 


aoway, 


Waterways  of  Russia 


AUGUST    18-30 

$3,795  PER  ( 

Spend  two  nights  in  Moscow,  visit  the 
Kremlin  and  Red  Square  before 
embarking  on  a  cruise  to  charming  village 
and  the  magnificent  city  of  St.  Petersburg 


Danube  to  the  Black  Sea 

AUGUST  26  -  SEPTEMBER  8 
$3,590  PER  PERSON 

Our  14-day  classic  itinerary  from  the 
Danube  to  the  Black  Sea  takes  you  froi 
Austria  to  Hungary  Yugoslavia,  Bulgaria, 
Romania,  and  Turkey.  Then  to  Istanbul  for 
two  nights.  Vienna  is  a  two-night  option. 

Spiritual  Siam: 
The  Traditions 
of  Thailand 

SEPTEMBER   11-21 
$3,795  PER  PERSON 

Spend  four  nights 
in  Bankok,  then 
to  Chiang  Mai  for 
three  nights.  See  the  Golden  Triangle, 
where  the  borders  of  Laos,  Myanmar 
(Burma),  and  Thailand  meet. 


to  the  Sea  of  Ulysses 


SEPTEMBER  26  -  OCTOBER  8 
$4,695  PER  PERSON 

A  cruise  of  Turkey  and  the  Greek  Isles  and 
stays  in  Istanbul  and  Athens.  The  center- 
piece is  a  seven-night  cruise  aboard  Radisson 


Seven  Seas  Cr 


'  Song  of  Flou 


Cotes  du  Rhone  Passage 


OCTOBER   14-27 

$  3.495  PER  PERSON  FROM  NEW  YORK  OR 

$3,595  PER  PERSON   FROM  ATLANTA 

Paris,  the  "City  of  Light,"  the  TGV 
(world's  fastest  passenger  train),  Cannes, 
Provence,  and  Burgundy. 

Heritage  of  Northern  Italy 

OCTOBER  20  -  NOVEMBER  2 
$3,900  PER  PERSON 

We  are  pleased  to  offer  a  journey 
through  Northern  Italy.  See  Venice 
and  Lake  Como,  as  well  as  visits  to 
Bergamo,  Verona,  Mantua,  Vicenza, 
Bassano  del  Grappa,  Padua,  and  Parma. 

Around  the  World  by  Supersonic 


Our  ultimate  24-day  Around  the  World 
journey:  two  nights  in  Kona,  Hawaii; 
three  nights  in  Queenstown,  New  Zealand; 
in  Sydney,  Australia;  in  the  Masai  Mara, 
Kenya;  and  in  London,  England. 


Old  World  Christmas  Markets 
December  7-14 
$2,495  PER  person 

Surround  yourself  in  the  winter  wonder- 
land of  the  Bavarian  Alps.  Three  nights 
in  Bad  Reichenhall  and  the  musical  city  of 
Salzburg,  Austria. 

Duke  Great  Teachers  Video  Series 


c 


itstanding  faculty. 


I 


For  detaded  brochures  on  these  programs 
listed  below,  please  return  this  form, 
appropriately  marked,  to  : 
Duke  Educational  Adventures 
614  Chapel  Drive,  Durham,  NC  27708 
or  fax  to:  (919)684-6022 


Alumni  Colleges 

□  Gardens  Past  and  Present 

Q  Healthy  Mind,  Healthy  Body 

□  Dolphins  and  Our  Environment 
Summer  Academy 

□  Duke  Writers'  Workshop 
Q  Technical  Writers'  Workshop 
Q  Accessing  Your  Creativity 

□  Creative  Writing  for  Healthcare 
Professionals 

Alumni  Colleges  Abroad 

□  Alumni  College  of  Tuscany 

□  The  World  of  the  Vikings  and  the 
Norsemen 

□  Alumni  College  in  Burgundy 
Q  The  Oxford  Experience 

□  Alumni  College  of  Ireland 
Otner  Programs 

□  Duke  Directions 

Q  Summer  Youth  Camps  &  Weekend 

Workshops 
Duke  Travel 

□  Wines  of  the  World 

LI  Wings  Over  the  Kalahari 

□  Cruise  the  Face  of  Europe 

□  Northern  Lights  Cruise 

□  Mediterranean  Adventure 

Q  Alaskan   Wilderness:  Voyage  of  the 

Glaciers 
Q  Waterways  of  Russia 

□  Danube  to  the  Black  Sea 

□  Spiritual  Siam:  The  Traditions  of 
Thailand 

Q  From  the  Bosphorus  to  the  Sea  of 
Ulysses 

□  Cotes  du  Rhone  Passage 
Q  Heritage  of  Northern  Italy 

Q  Around  the  World  by  Supersonic 

Concorde 
Q  Yuletide  in  Bavaria:  Old  World 

Christmas  Markets 
Video 

□  Duke  Great  Teachers 


Shankar  V.  Swamy  '95,  Navy  lieutenant  j.g.,  was 
designated  a  Naval  Aviator  while  serving  with  Training 
Squadron  86,  Naval  Air  Station,  Pensacola,  Fla. 

Julia  Jackson  Chitester  '96  is  director  of 

development  at  Hope  Haven,  a  drug  and  alcohol 
rehahilitation  center  in  Charlotte.  Her  husband, 
Todd  H.  Chitester  B.S.E.  '96,  is  a  staff  consultant 
at  Metasys  Corp.,  a  software  development  company. 
They  live  in  Charlotte. 

Clifford  Scott  Hofman  BSE.  '96  is  a  design  engi- 
neer at  Data  Communications  Technologies  in 
Research  Triangle  Park.  He  and  his  wife,  attorney 
Connie  Diane  Cole,  live  in  Raleigh. 

Kathy  Jane  Rust  M.S.N.  '96  is  an  adult  and 
geriatric  nurse  practitioner  at  Presbyterian  Healthcare 
Associates.  She  and  her  husband,  Paul  Hughes 
Trotter  B.S.E.  '81,  president  of  the  William  Trotter 
Co.,  live  in  Charlotte. 

Robin  Dearth  Soran  '96  is  an  analyst  for 
Andersen  Consulting  in  Chicago.  Her  husband, 
David  Soran  '96,  is  a  second-year  medical  student 
at  the  University  of  Chicago. 

Tracy  L.  Dearth  '97  works  for  AmeriCorps  in 
Denver,  Colo.,  and  with  literacy  programs  for  elemen- 
tary school  children. 


MARRIAGES:  Christina  Lynn  Goshaw  V  to 

David  J.  Hinkle  on  Sept.  27.  Residence:  Chapel  Hill... 
Laura  Felice  Jacobs '90  to  Robert  M.  Girvin  IV 
on  Sept.  27.  Residence:  San  Francisco... Caroline 
Karr'90  to  John  Patrick  Charnock  in  October  1995. 
Residence:  Charleston, S.C.... Amanda  Jennifer 
Mink  '90  to  David  Graftlin  Murray  on  Sept.  20... 
Curt  F.  Brockelman  Jr.  '91  to  Alisa  Ann 
Sacerdote  on  Sept.  20.  Residence:  New  York  City... 
Laura  Michele  Carter  '91  to  Bruce  Marshall 
Robinson  on  May  lO.Talitha  Robinson  '91  to 
Jeffrey  D'ltalia  on  Sept.  27.  Residence:  West  Chester, 
I        Slade  H.  Schuster  MBA.  '91  to  Dinah 
Lee  Swain  '86  on  Sept.  6.  Residence:  St.  Paul, 
Minn. ...Danielle  Teresa  Stevens '91  to  David 
W  Sanders  on  Oct.  18.  Residence:  Cuyahoga  Falls, 
Ohio. .  Aimee  A.  Vincent  '91  to  Jeremiah  S. 
Jamison  on  Oct.  11.  Residence:  Philadelphia... 
Sandra  J.  Galvis  J.D.  '92  to  David  K.  Park 
J.D.  '92,  A.M.  '92  on  Oct.  25.  Residence:  Washington, 
DC... .Rachel  Ellen  Gilbert  '92  to  Shannon 
William  Davis  on  May  24.  Residence:  Santa  Barbara, 
Calif... .Lynn  Marie  Gordon   M.H.S.  '92  to 
Christopher  G.  Eckert  on  May  3.  Residence:  Durham- 
Susan  Hatch  '92  to  Christopher  Corry  on  Oct.  4. 
Residence:  McLean,  Va... Namrata  Pai'92  to 
Brian  D.  Wheeler '94  on  June  28  in  Duke  Chapel 
and  the  Hindu  Bhavan  Temple.  Residence:  Chapel 
Hill.. .Christopher  B.  Parton  '92  to  Suzanne 
Archambault  on  Nov.  8.  Residence:  Monmouth  Beach, 

I     Ashley  Wilkes  Warren  '92  to  Hendrick 
Frederik  Jordaan  on  Aug.  16.. .William  Thomas 
Auchincloss  '93  to  Megan  Elizabeth  Mingey 
'94  on  Aug.  23.  Residence:  Bethesda,  Md....Reed 
Nicholas  Fountain  '93  to  Susan  Leigh  Twiddy  on 
Oct.  4.  Residence:  Raleigh.. ..Gregory  Wilhelm 
Holcombe  '93  to  Laura  Lynne  Rogers.  Residence: 
San  Francisco... Stacy  Nicole  Kleiner '93  to  Scott 
Anthony  Humphries  on  Nov.  1.  Residence:  Houston... 
Shelby  Haas  Snyder  '93  to  Allen  Morris  Hammer 
on  July  27.  Residence:  Northport,  Ala....Scott  F. 
Akers  M.B.A.  '94  to  Pauline  D.  Purcellon  on  Oct  18. 
Residence:  New  York  City... Ted  Galanthy  III  '94 
to  Linda  Margaret  Fairbanks  on  Sept.  20.  Residence: 
Chicago...  Joshua  Lee  Hardison'94  to  Jennifer 
Santos  Madriaga  '95  on  Nov.  8.  Residence: 
Durham... Julie  E.  Keaton  B.S.E.  '94  to  Mark  P 
Marzano  on  Oct.  25.  Residence:  Ellettsville,  Ind.... 
Jennifer  Kim  Licker  B.S.E.  '94  to  Eric  Marshall 
Larner  on  Aug.  31.  Residence:  New  York  City... David 


M.  Love  '94  to  Valerie  Lynn  Marx  B.S.E.  '94  on 
Nov.  8.  Residence:  Atlanta.. 


'93  on  Aug.  23.  Residence:  Bethesda,  Md. 
M.  Parizeau  A.M.  '94  to  Lisa  Domingo  on  Oct.  11. 
Residence:  Westfield,  N.J . . . . Brian  D.  Wheeler '94 
to  Namrata  Pai  '92  on  June  28  in  Duke  Chapel  and 
the  Hindu  Bhavan  Temple.  Residence:  Chapel  Hill... 
Valerie  L.  Yoder  J  D  94  to  Mark  R.  Busch  J.D. 
'95  on  May  24.  Residence:  Charlotte... Broadus 
Zane  Atkins  M.D.  '95  to  Kimberly  Lea  Powell  on 
Aug.  9  in  Duke  Chapel.  Residence:  Cary, N.C.... 
Marvin  Lee  Barnes  Jr.  M.B.A.  '95  to  Christina 
Lynn  Atwell  on  Nov.  8.  Residence:  Durham.    Mark 
R.  Busch  J.D.  '95  to  Valerie  L.  Yoder  J.D.  '94  on 
May  24.  Residence:  Charlotte... Laura  Abney 
Hagan  '95  to  Larry  Jay  Sauls  on  June  22.  Residence: 
Hollywood,  Fla. .  ..Molly  Hale  '95  to  Joseph  P  Reid 
on  July  12.  Residence:  South  Bend,  Ind. .    Maya 
Haroutunian  95  to  William  K.  Packard  95  on 
May  25, 1997  in  Duke  Chapel.  Residence:  Chapel 
Hill. .  Jennifer  Santos  Madriaga  '95  to  Joshua 
Lee  Hardison  '94  on  Nov.  8.  Residence:  Durham... 
Michael  S.  Reeves  MBA  95  to  Julie  M. 
Mackie  '89  on  July  12.  Residence:  Memphis... 
Stephanie  A.  Roth  '95  to  William  B.  Evans  on 
May  31.  Residence:  Prairie  Village,  Kan....  Todd  H. 
Chitester  BSE.  '96  to  Julia  D.  Jackson '96  on 
Nov.  1.  Residence:  Charlotte... Robin  Dearth '96  to 
David  Soran  '96  on  Aug.  30.  Residence:  Chicago... 
Shannon  M.  Haszard  '96  to  Joshua  H. 
Sherfey'96  on  Oct.  4.  Residence:  Winston-Salem... 
Clifford  Scott  Hofman  B.S.E.  '96  to  Connie 
Diane  Cole  on  Nov.  15.  Residence:  Raleigh... Kathy 
Jane  Rust  M.S.N.  '96  to  Paul  Hughes  Trotter 
B.S.E.  '81  on  June  21.  Residence:  Charlotte. .  Bret 
Alan  Rogers  B.S.E.  '97  to  Julie  Michelle 
Walden  '97  on  June  21.  Residence:  Philadelphia. 

BIRTHS:  First  child  and  son  to  Russell  Armstrong 
M.B.A.  '90  and  Elizabeth  A.  Michael  J.D.  '89  on 

Aug.  7.  Named  Rum. mint  Michael  Armstrong. ..First 

child  and  son  to  Benjamin  D.  Feldman  '90, 
M.B.A.  '94  and  Pamela  C.  Seamans  '89,  M.PP 
'94  on  Jan.  18.  Named  Maxwell  Richard  Feldman... 
First  child  and  son  to  Katie  O'Donovan  Hanusik 

'90  and  Tom  Hanusik  J.D.  '90  on  Oct.  22.  Named 
Matthew  Crossan. .  .First  child  and  daughter  to  Julie 
Potts  Hoffmann  M.H.A.  '90  and  Russell  Hoffmann 
on  Sept.  1.  Named  Sarah  Elizabeth. .  .A  son  to  Alfred 

I.S.E.  '90  and  Victoria  "Tori" 

'91  on  Nov.  18.  Named  Alfred 
Winbome  "Win"  Jr. ..  .A  son  to  Heather  Affleck 
Ortega  M.B.A.  '90  and  Miguel  Ortega  on  Nov.  5. 
Named  Evan  Miguel... A  daughter  to  Gene  W. 
Stuart  '90  and  Kathryn  Stuart  on  April  2, 1997. 
Named  Sara  Kathryn. . . A  son  to  Timothy  F.  Tate 
'90,  M.Div.  '95  and  Teresa  D.  Tate  on  Nov.  4.  Named 
Caleb  Franklin... A  daughter  to  Ernest  H.  "Bud" 
Zuberer'90  and  Elizabeth  Anne  Zuberer  on  Sept.  9. 
Named  Taylor  Anne. .  .A  son  to  Victoria  "Tori" 
Stover  Mordecai  '91  and  Alfred  W.  Mordecai 
B.S.E.  '90  on  Nov.  18.  Named  Alfred  Winbome  "Win" 
Jr.... Second  child  and  first  daughter  to  Allen  B. 
Parker  B.S.E.  '91  and  Rhonda  Riggins  Parker 
'91  on  Jan.  3, 1997.  Named  Emily  Lytle. . .  A  son  to 
William  A.  Silva  91  and  Krisanta  Lasko  Silva 
'92  on  Nov.  9.  Named  Jonah  Kai. .  .Second  child  and 
daughter  to  John  Albert  Burroughs  '92  and 
Amy  Quinn  Burroughs  '93  on  Sept.  19.  Named 
Erin  Siobhan... First  child  and  daughter  to  David  E. 
Keating  '92  and  Shannon  Smith  Keating  '92 
on  Oct.  15.  Named  Abigail  Margaret.. .A  son  to 
Jacqulynn  Broughton  J.D.  '93  and  Byron  Hugee 
on  Oct.  12.  Named  Tyson  Amir  Hugee... Second  child 
and  daughter  to  Amy  Quinn  Burroughs  '93  and 
John  Albert  Burroughs  '92  on  Sept.  19.  Named 

Erin  Siobhan... First  child  and  daughter  to  Traci 


Stroupe  Kyes  '93  and  Allyn  Kyes  on  April  25, 1997. 
Named  Rachel  Lauren. 


DEATHS 


ten  '23  of  Sugar  Land, 
Texas,  on  Dec.  21.  At  then-Trinity  College,  she  was  a 
member  of  Phi  Beta  Kappa  and  the  first  woman  to  be 
class  president.  She  chaired  the  board  of  Wesley  United 
Methodist  Church,  lived  at  the  Methodist  Home  for 
20  years,  and  established  several  scholarships  at  Wesley 
Seminary.  In  1964,  she  was  named  Mother  of  the  Year 
in  Washington,  D.C.  She  is  survived  by  a  son;  two 

daughters,  including  Ursula  Aiken  Mason  '48;  14 
grandchildren,  including  Scott  Aiken  Mason  '73, 
Randall  S.  Mason  74,  and  Jane  Aiken  Krot 

'88;  and  seven  great-grandchildren. 

Lewis  E.  Spikes  '24,  M.Ed.  '34  of  Burlington, 
N.C.,  on  Jan.  16, 1996.  Superintendent  of  the 
Burlington  City  Schools  from  1936  to  1963,  he  had 
earned  a  second  master's  at  Columbia  University  in 
1939  and  his  Ph.D.  at  George  Peabody  College  for 
Teachers  in  1942.  He  served  as  education  consultant 
to  the  U.S.  secretary  of  the  Army  to  advise  Japanese 
educators  in  setting  up  a  new  democratic  school  sys- 
tem as  Japan  recovered  from  World  War  II.  He  was  a 
former  chair  of  the  N.C.  State  Textbook  Commission. 
He  organized  and  was  president  of  both  Burlington's 
first  recreation  commission  and  its  first  Community 
Council.  He  was  also  a  past  president  of  the  Kiwanis 
Club  and  the  Burlington  Executive  Club.  In  1960,  he 
was  named  Alamance  County's  Citizen  of  the  Year.  In 
1961,  he  was  awarded  an  honorary  degree  by  Elon 
College.  He  is  survived  by  two  daughters,  three  grand- 
children, and  three  great-grandchildren. 

B.  Hatch  '25  of  Mt.  Olive,  N.C,  on  Aug.  8. 


Charles  H.  Pegram '26  of  Charleston,  S.C.,  on 
March  10, 1997.  He  is  survived  by  a  son,  Charles  Jr. 

Florence  Lewis  Rose '27  of  Lake  Junaluska,  N.C. 
Robert  G.  Gilfillan  Jr.  '31  of  Swarthmore,  Pa.,  on 
July  14.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Elizabeth. 
Alden  P.  Honeycutt  1  of  Raleigh,  on  Aug.  15.  He 
is  survived  by  his  wife,  Ruth  Ball  Honeycutt  A.M. 
'34;  two  sons;  a  sister;  and  four  grandchildren. 

Hubert  L.  Kanipe  '31  of  Asheviile,  N.C,  on  Sept. 

14, 1996. 

Mildred  Guthrie  Mann  Beales  '32  on  Jan.  3, 

1995.  She  is  survived  by  a  son. 
Benjamin  F.  Martin  '32  of  Winston-Salem,  N.C, 
on  July  26.  He  earned  his  M.D.  at  Jefferson  Medical 
School  and  practiced  internal  medicine  in  Winston- 
Salem.  He  is  survived  by  two  sons  and  a  brother, 
C.  Martin  Jr.  '35. 


Lucy  Guild  Toberman  A.M.  '32  of  Los  Angeles, 

Calif. 

Martha  Vance  Hecht'33  of  Sequim,Wash.,on 

July  4.  At  Duke,  she  was  a  member  of  Phi  Beta  Kappa. 

She  taught  history  at  Northwestern  University  until 

retiring  in  1971.  She  is  survived  by  a  son,  a  daughter, 

two  grandchildren,  and  two  great-grandchildren. 

E.  Marvin  Lemon '33  of  Roanoke,  Va.,  on  April  21, 
1997. 

Margaret  King  McAfee '33  of  El  Paso,  Texas,  in 
January  1997. 

Samuel  Innis  Barnes'34ofWarrenton,Va.,on 
June  14,  of  congestive  heart  failure.  He  left  Duke  to 
work  for  Southern  Railway  and  then  entered  the 
Army  during  World  War  II,  where  he  was  promoted  to 
Monel  in  the  Transportation  Corps.  He 


30      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


mam 


FIBER  FARMER 


There's  no  telling 
how  our  child- 
hood experiences 
will  influence  our  ca- 
reer choices.  Most  of 
us  follow  our  parents 
or  parents'  friends  into 
traditional  fields  such 
as  business,  law,  and 
medicine.  Erika  Rosen- 
berg '76  was  drawn  to 
her  exotic  pets — the 
mongoose,  skunks, 
donkeys,  and  talking 
birds  that  filled  her  life 
growing  up  on  the 
island  of  Saint  Thomas 
in  the  Virgin  Islands. 
Today,  Rosenberg  is  a 
"fiber  farmer"  who 
raises  exotic  rabbits, 
sheep,  and  goats  and 
harvests  their  fur  to 
fashion  into  prized  gar- 
ments. 

Rosenberg  graduat- 
ed from  Duke  with 
only  vague  notions  of 
what  to  do  with  her 
life.  After  a  sdnt  as  a 
restaurateur  in  St 
Thomas,  she  went  to 
nursing  school  and 
found  work  at  a 
hospital  in  San  Diego. 
There  she  met  and 
married  John  Reinke, 
a  cardiologist,  moving 
with  him  to  practices 
in  Louisiana,  Oregon, 
and  finally  Alabama. 


While  in  California, 
Rosenberg  fell  in  love 
with  ultra-soft  angora 
sweaters.  She  re- 
searched where  the 
wool  comes  from  and 
how  it  is  processed, 
with  the  thought  of 
one  day  making  her 
own  garments  for  sale. 
When  she  and  John 
purchased  a  thirty-two- 
acre  farm  in  St. 
Florian,  Alabama,  in 
1994,  she  finally  had 
the  space  she  needed 
to  start  her  business. 

"I  spent  the  first 
year  fencing  and  build- 
ing chicken  coops  and 
haylofts,"  she  says. 
"Then  I  set  about 
buying  the  animals." 

Angora,  Rosenberg 
explains,  is  derived 
from  the  Angora  breed 
of  rabbit.  Angora  wool 
is  considered  one  of 
the  softest  and  most 
sensuous  natural  fi- 
bers. When  spun  on 
a  wheel  and  twisted 
on  a  skein  winder,  the 
fibers  separate  from 
the  main  twist  of  the 
yarn  and  form  a  halo. 
The  fiber  has  no 
"memory,"  however, 
so  Rosenberg  prefers 
blending  angora  with 
other  wool,  especially 


Alpaca,  derived  from 
the  llama-like  animal 
of  the  same  name. 

"Alpacas  are  camelids 
nadve  to  South  Ameri- 
ca," she  says.  "They  are 
my  true  passion.  They 
are  very  tranquil  ani- 
mals, and  I  absolutely 
love  their  fiber." 

At  the  outset,  Ro- 
senberg had  the  inten- 
tion of  doing  every 
aspect  of  production. 
But  she  found  that  cer- 
tain steps,  such  as 
shearing  and  knitting, 
were  best  handled  by 
specialists.  So  she  ad- 
vertised for  and  found 
local  Alabamians  to 
do  the  shearing  and 
knitting  of  yarn  into 
sweaters,  blankets, 
comforters,  and  hats. 
She  concentrates  on 
raising  the  animals 
and  spinning  processed 
fiber  into  yarn. 

How  does  she  find 
her  customers? 

"It's  all  word  of 
mouth,"  she  says.  "I 
don't  do  any  advertis- 
ing; I  have  no  outlet. 
People  hear  about  my 
products  and  come  to 
me  with  orders.  I'm 
already  booked  up  for 
1998." 

On  top  of  t 


her  own  business,  Ro- 
senberg is  a  full-time 
mom.  She  has  four 
children:  Christian, 
Jevon,  Courtney,  and 
Hannah.  Their  moth- 
er's example  has  in- 
spired them  to  start 
their  own  businesses. 
Christian,  14,  raises 
rabbits  for  meat  and 
works  at  a  local  feed 
store.  Jevon,  13,  mows 
lawns,  pressure-washes 
decks,  and  blows  leaves 
for  a  host  of  clients. 
Courtney,  10,  gathers 
eggs  from  the  farm's 
hens  and  sells  them  at 
school.  Hannah,  8,  rais- 
es red  worms  for  sale  at 
bait  and  garden  stores. 

"The  business  has 
taught  my  kids  how  to 
be  financially  indepen- 
dent and  has  given 
them  a  lot  of  self-confi- 
dence," Rosenberg 
says.  "And  it  gives  me 
a  tremendous  sense  of 
satisfaction.  I  wake  up 
in  the  morning  to  the 
sound  of  a  rooster.  I 
walk  out  and  gather 
my  own  eggs  for  break- 
fast. And  1  see  the  ani- 
mals in  the  pasture 
that  provide  me  with 
the  clothes  I  wear." 

— John  Manuel 


returned  to  Southern  Railway  to  become  district 
manager,  passenger  sales,  in  Chattanooga  before  retinng 
in  1967.  He  then  bought  and  managed  the  Read  House 
Travel  Bureau,  conducting  tours  all  over  the  world  until 
selling  the  business  in  1974.  He  teturned  to  Duke  and 
finished  his  degree  in  1979.  He  is  survived  by  a  sister. 

Walter  G.  Canipe '  54  of  Charlotte,  on  July  21. 
He  retired  from  Caratistar  Industries  after  30  years. 
A  past  chairman  of  the  board  of  St.  Mark's  United 
Methodist  Church  and  Providence  United  Methodist 
Church,  he  was  a  past  president  of  the  Western  North 
Carolina  Conference  of  Methodist  Men.  He  was  a 
member  of  Duke  Divinm  School's  board  of  visitots. 
He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Virginia;  a  son,  W.  Kent 
Canipe  '69;  a  daughter;  a  sister;  a  brother;  and  three 
grandchildren. 

Kermit  Lee  Grogan  A.M.  '34  of  Welch,  W.Va.,  on 

June  14. 

Susan  Sheppard  McGillicuddy  '34  of  Fort 

Myers,  Fla.,  on  Aug.  4.  She  was  the  daughter  of  long- 
term  U.S.  Sen.  Morris  Sheppard  ofTexas  and  the 
mother  of  U.S.  Sen.  Connie  Mack.  She  is  survived  by 
seven  children,  14  grandchildren,  eight  great-grand- 
children, and  a  sister. 

Helen  Cox  Snead  '34  of  Rockingham,  N.C. 

Carlos  Weil  '34  ofWest  Chester,  Pa.,  on  Jan.  11, 
1997.  He  was  a  dentist  until  retiring  in  1985.  He  is  sur- 
vived by  his  wife,  Olive,  a  son,  a  daughter  a  sister,  and 
six  grandsons. 

Mary  Taggart  Jackson  '35  of  Durham,  on  June 
9.  She  was  a  member  of  the  Junior  League  of  Durham 
and  Orange  County  and  the  Halcyon  Literary  Club. 
She  is  survived  by  her  husband,  David  K.  Jackson 

'29;  a  son;  a  daughtet;  and  two  grandsons. 

Jack  Greenfield  M.D  '36  of  Mint  Hill,  N.C,  on 

March  20, 1997. 


D.  Hedden  B.D.  '36  of  Wilmington,  N.C, 
on  June  24.  In  1952,  he  became  superintendent  for  the 
Methodist  Home  for  Children  in  Raleigh.  He  went  to 
work  for  the  board  of  Global  Ministeries  in  its  finance 
and  field  service  office,  where  he  became  executive 
secretary.  He  retired  in  1970  and  served  as  a  minister 
for  nearly  a  decade  before  being  named  minister  emer- 
itus at  Pine  Valley  United  Methodist  Church.  He  is 
survived  by  his  wife,  Jean,  a  daughter,  three  sons,  four 
grandchildren,  and  three  sisters. 

L.  Sneed  High  '36  of  Fayetteville,  N.C,  on  May  12. 
He  was  a  legislatot  in  the  N.C.  House  and  a  former 
state  revenue  commissioner. 


A.  Pell  Jr.  '37  of  Pilot  Mountain,  N.C,  on 
Aug.  3.  From  1977  to  1984,  he  was  senior  assistant  and 
chief  of  staff  for  N.C.  Gov.  Jim  Hunt.  He  was  chair- 
man of  the  boatd  of  Pellcare  Corp.,  which  operates 
nursing  homes  in  Winston- Salem  and  Hickory,  and 
president  of  Growers  Warehouse  Co.  and  Growers 
Tobacco  Storage  Corp.  in  Winston-Salem.  Democtatic 
chaitman  tot  Surry  County,  he  worked  in  Terry 
Sanford's  gubernatorial  campaign  in  1960.  He  is  sur- 
vived by  his  wife,  Man',  a  daughter,  a  son,  five  grand- 
children, a  sister,  and  two  brothers. 

Hilliard  Frances  Hardin  '39,  A.M.  '49,  Ph.D.  '53 
of  Little  Rock,  Ark.,  on  Jan.  17, 1997,  of  a  heart  attack. 
She  was  a  Navy  veteran  of  World  War  II.  Before  earn- 
ing her  Ph.D.,  she  was  sent  to  Japan  by  the  Atomic 
Bomb  Casualty  Commission  to  study  the  after-effects 
of  the  bombings.  She  worked  at  Duke  Medical  Center 
before  going  to  the  Centers  for  Disease  Control  in 
Atlanta  as  chief  of  its  mycology  training  unit.  In  1968, 
she  became  director  of  clinical  microbiology  at  the 
McClellan  VA.  Hospital  in  Little  Rock.  A  past  ptesi- 
dent  of  her  American  Business  Women's  Association 
(ABWA)  chapter,  she  was  elected  the  1988  Arkansas 
Woman  of  the  Year  by  her  chapter  and  named  one  of 


March -April  1998        31 


Hit  pap£  to 
intiesft  tn 
©uke 


Put  your  trust  in  Duke 
University  by  establishing  a 
charitable  remainder  trust 
which  benefits  both  you  and 
Duke.  For  a  minimum  of 
$100,000,  you  can: 

*  Earn  5  to  7-1/2  percent 
income  on  your  gift 

Receive  an  income  for  life  for 
you  and  your  spouse 

*  Receive  a  charitable  income 
tax  deduction  this  year 

*  Transfer  appreciated 
securities  to  your  trust  and 
potentially  avoid  capital  gains 
taxes 

*  Select  a  payment  option  that 
either  pays  you  a  fixed  dollar 
amount  or  a  fixed  percentage  of 
the  trust  assets  revalued 
annually 

Support  a  University  program 
that  interests  you  or  create  a 
scholarship  or  other  endowment 
fund 

If  you  want  to  learn  how  a 
charitable  remainder  trust  can 
benefit  both  you  and  Duke 
University,  call  the  Office  of 
Planned  Giving  and  we  will 
send  you  a  personal  financial 
analysis. 

Please  contact: 

Michael  C.  Sholtz,  J.D.,  Director 

Office  of  Planned  Giving 

Duke  University 

3100  Tower  Blvd. 

Suite  205 

Durham,  NC  27707 

(919)  419-5070 

(919)  684-2123 


the  top  10  businesswomen  in  the  U.S.  by  the  ABWA. 
She  is  survived  by  four  nieces,  including  Barbara 
Proctor  Smith  '63  and  Addria  Proctor  Capps 
'61;  and  a  cousin,  James  C.  Hardin  B.S.M.E.  '37. 


S.  Heckman  Ph.D.  '39  of  Albuquerque, 
N.M.,  on  May  18. 

Charles  W.  Ramsey  B.S.C.E.  '39  of  Charlotte,  on 
July  30,  of  a  heart  attack.  At  Duke,  he  was  president  of 
the  engineering  student  council  and  a  member  of  Tau 
Beta  Pi  and  Omicron  Delta  Kappa  honorary  fraternities. 
He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Jane  Hawkins  Ram- 
sey'39,  a  daughter,  Elizabeth  R.  "Betsy"  Berry 
'66;  two  sons,  including  Charles  W.  Ramsey  III 
A.M.  74:  a  sister,  Ruth  R.  Fletcher  B.S.N.  '44; 
and  three  grandchildren. 

S.  Wilson  "Bill"  Gillingham  M.Ed.  40  of 
Kettering,  Ohio,  on  Dec.  21, 1996.  A  retired  project 
engineer  at  Wright  Patterson  Air  Force  Base,  he  served 
in  the  Navy  during  World  War  II  and  the  Korean 
Conflict.  He  retired  from  the  Naval  Reserves  as  a 
lieutenant  commander.  He  was  a  member  of  the 
Association  of  Former  Intelligence  Officers.  He  is 
survived  by  his  wife,  Marjorie,  two  daughters,  two 
stepchildren,  a  sister,  and  a  brother. 

Carl  E.  Heilman  A.M.  '40  of  Mt.  Joy,  Pa.,  on  June 
22.  He  was  a  senior  program  adviser  in  mathematics 
for  the  Pa.  Department  of  Education  for  22  years, 
retiring  in  1980.  Previously,  he  taught  mathematics  at 
Elizabethtown  College  for  15  years.  He  was  a  member 
of  the  National  Baseball  Hall  of  Fame  and  Museum 
and  received  several  presidential  fitness  awards  while 
in  his  late  seventies.  He  is  survived  by  a  son,  a  daugh- 
ter, three  grandchildren,  and  two  sisters. 

Thomas  D.  Reynolds  '40,  A.M.  '42,  Ph.D.  '48  of 
Black  Mountain,  N.C.,  on  June  5,  of  a  stroke.  He  is 
survived  by  his  wife,  Lillian,  and  three  daughters. 

Mary  Martin  Sherrill  Roach  '40  of  Durham,  on 
July  16.  She  was  a  member  of  the  Durham-Orange 
Junior  League.  She  is  survived  by  her  husband,  Charles, 
a  daughter,  three  sons,  and  nine  grandchildren. 


White  A.M.  '40  of  Harrisburg,  Pa., 
on  June  5.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Virginia 
Duehring  White  '37,  A.M.  39. 

John  Louis  Dupree  A.M.  '41  of  Windsor,  N.C.,  on 
Aug.  8.  A  Wake  Forest  graduate  and  star  athlete,  he 
coached  high  school  football  at  Cannon  High  School 
in  Kannapolis  until  1938,  when  he  was  named  principal. 
In  1946,  he  became  superintendent  of  the  Bertie  County 
Schools.  He  retired  in  1973.  He  is  survived  by  a  son, 
two  grandchildren,  a  great-grandchild,  and  a  sister. 


C.  Stauffer  M.D.  '41  of  Jackson,  Term.,  o 
Jan.  6, 1997.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Shirley. 

J.  Clyde  Allen  '42  of  Charlotte  on  Aug.  9,  in  an 
automobile  accident.  At  Duke,  he  was  a  basketball 
player  and  four-letter  athlete,  and  a  member  of  Sigma 
Chi  fraternity.  A  Navy  aviator  in  the  Pacific  during 
World  War  II,  he  was  a  captain  for  Aloha  Airlines 
from  its  inception  in  1946  to  his  retirement  in  1978. 
He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Emily  Vaughan  Allen 
'42;  a  son;  a  daughter;  and  three  stepsons. 


White  Creekmore '42  of  Richmond, 
Va.,  on  March  8, 1997,  of  colon  cancer.  He  is  survived 
by  his  wife,  Helen,  and  two  sons,  including  I 
R.  "Rob"  Creekmore  BSE.  '80. 


Jean  Hall 

on  July  31. 


42  ot'WesIcvville,  Pa-. 


John  C.  Hilbert  B.D.  '43  of  Leonardtown,  Md., 
on  Dec.  6, 1996.  He  was  a  United  Methodist  minister 
who  served  more  than  a  dozen  churches  in  the 
Baltimore -Washington  Conference  before  retiring  in 
19S3.  He  is  survived  by  a  stepson. 


ED. '43  of  Walkerville, 
Md.,  on  Aug.  24, 1996.  He  was  a  United  Methodist 
minister  who  served  the  Baltimore  Washington  Con- 
ference before  retiring  in  1984-  He  is  survived  by  three 
sons,  two  daughters,  and  10  grandchildren. 

David  C.  Black  '47  of  Durham  on  March  1997. 
He  is  survived  by  a  brother,  Robert  W.  Black  Jr. 

'54,  and  two  sisters. 

Mary  James  Deaver  R.N.  '47  of  San  Antonio,  in 
October  1996.  She  is  survived  by  a  daughter. 

Jeanne  Lentz  Morris '47  of  Albemarle,  N.C., 
on  Aug.  7.  A  school  teacher,  she  had  retired  from 
Albemarle  High  School.  She  was  a  member  and  for- 
mer regent  of  the  Yadkin  River  Patriots  chapter  of  the 
Daughters  of  the  American  Revolution.  She  is  sur- 
vived by  her  husband,  Dwight,  two  sons,  a  daughter, 
and  six  grandchildren. 


H.  Barnes  M.D.  '48  of  Scottsdale,  Ariz.,  on 
June  21.  He  was  a  psychiatrist  and  author  widely 
known  for  his  pioneering  work  in  the  psychology  of 
aging,  pain  control,  and  stress  reduction.  He  also 
developed  the  first  community  mental-health  centers 
in  the  U.S.  He  served  on  Duke's  medical  faculty,  where 
he  developed  long-range  studies  in  aging  that  resulted 
in  the  Duke  Aging  Center,  one  of  the  first  such  cen- 
ters in  the  nation.  He  served  in  various  leadership 
positions  at  St.  Luke's  Hospital,  where  he  developed  its 
pain  reduction  center,  and  Willow  Creek  Hospital, 
where  he  directed  its  comprehensive  eating  disorder 
program;  and  was  a  consulting  psychiatrist  for  busi- 
nesses and  other  organizations.  He  served  on  the  fac- 
ulty at  universities  in  Missouri  and  Texas.  He  pub- 
lished more  than  50  articles  on  mental  health  issues. 
He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Beverly,  a  son,  a  stepson, 
two  grandchildren,  and  a  sister. 

Mary  Frances  "Kitty"  Cassells  Daniel  '48 

of  Columbia,  S.C.,  on  June  11.  She  is  survived  by  her 
husband,  Reese,  and  two  children. 


G.  Aycock  '49,  M.D.  '54  of  Mebane, 
NC,  on  Aug.  8.  A  World  War  II  Army  veteran,  he 
practiced  medicine  in  Mebane  for  nearly  43  years.  He 
was  assistant  professor  of  community  medicine  at  Duke 
for  more  than  22  years  and  medical  examiner  for  Ala- 
mance County  for  more  than  18  years.  He  is  survived 
by  his  wife,  Susan,  four  daughters,  six  grandchildren, 
and  a  sister.      " 

S.  Kelly  Jordan  '49  of  Ft.  Lauderdale,  Fla.,  on 
Aug.  26,  of  cancer.  He  spent  most  of  his  career  with 
Sears  Roebuck.  He  retired  to  Ft.  Lauderdale,  where  he 
served  as  president  of  the  chamber  of  commerce,  chair- 
man of  the  United  Way  for  Broward  County,  and  on 
the  boards  of  directors  for  the  American  Cancer  Society, 
the  Boys  Club,  and  the  S.  Fla.  Council  of  Boy  Scouts. 
He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Dorothy  Dunson  Jordan 
'48;  a  daughter,  Nancy  Jordan  Ham  '82;  two  sons; 
a  granddaughter;  and  several  nieces  and  nephews. 

William  L.  Richardson  M.D.  '50  of  Fayetteville, 
N.C.,  on  Aug.  29, 1995.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife, 
Betty  Jean. 

Stanley  C.  Burgess  M.Div.  '51  of  Richmond,  Va., 
on  April  3, 1997.  He  was  a  Baptist  minister. 

George  Terpenning  '51  of  Hawks  Nest  Beach, 
Conn.,  on  June  27.  He  served  with  the  Army  in  Japan 
in  1952  and  worked  for  EW  Woolworth  in  New  York 
City  as  a  buyer  until  1982.  He  retired  from  Shogen 
Industries  in  1986  to  pursue  fly  fishing  and  bird  watch- 
ing at  his  summer  home  in  Hawks  Nest  Beach.  He  is 
survived  by  his  wife,  Nancy,  a  son,  and  a  daughter. 


D.  Brazis  '52  of  Hingham,  Ma 


Raymond  L.  Klein  D.Ed.  '53  of  Tu. 
Feb.  14, 1997. 


Aug 


32      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


Donn  McGiehan  B.S.M.E.  '53  ofVienna,Va.,on 
April  19, 1997.  At  Duke,  he  was  a  member  of  Pi  Kappa 
Alpha.  He  served  in  the  Navy,  where  he  was  awarded 
a  National  Service  Defense  Medal,  and  commissioned 
as  a  lieutenant  j.g.  in  the  Naval  Reserves.  He  earned 
his  law  degree  in  1968  at  George  Washington  Univer- 
sity, where  he  was  a  member  of  the  Delta  Theta  Phi 
law  fraternity.  He  worked  for  the  U.S.  Patent  Office 
before  retiring  to  private  practice  in  1989.  He  is  sur- 
vived by  two  sisters,  Dayne  M.  Sousa  '48  and 
Gail  M.  Miller '55;  and  two  daughters. 


G.  Blackard  M.D.  '57  of  Richmond,  Va., 
on  June  28, 1996,  of  cancer.  The  nationally  known 
diabetes  expert  chaired  the  endocrinology  and  metabo- 
lism division  at  the  Medical  College  of  Virginia  at 
Virginia  Commonwealth  University  before  retiring  in 
May  1996  due  to  illness.  In  1990,  he  received  VC.U.'s 
Distinguished  Scholar  Award.  He  served  on  the 
editorial  boards  of  Diabetes  and  the  Journal  of  Clinical 
Endocrinology  and  Metabolism.  He  was  a  member  of 
Alpha  Omega  Alpha  honorary  medical  fraternity  and 
was  a  Markle  Scholar  in  Academic  Medicine  and  re- 
ceived the  Sinsheimer  Award  while  a  visiting  professor 
at  the  University  of  Geneva,  Switzerland.  He  was  a 
director  of  the  American  Diabetes  Association  and 
the  Howard  Hughes  Medical  Institute  Review  Board. 
He  also  chaired  the  National  Institute  of  Health  Me- 
tabolism study  section  and  was  ptesident  of  the  Southern 
section  of  the  American  Federation  of  Clinical  Re- 
search. His  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Attelia  Shealy 
Blackard  '60;  a  daughter;  two  sons;  and  a  sister. 

J.  Wayne  Griffin  '58  of  Denver,  N.C.,  on  March  4, 
1997,  of  congestive  heart  failure.  An  interior  decorator, 
he  was  the  owner  and  operator  of  The  Coiner  Room, 
J.  Wayne  Griffin  Interiors,  for  32  years.  He  is  survived 
by  a  sister. 


(  A.M.  '60,  Ph.D.  '62  of  Carrolton, 
Ga.,  on  March  10, 1997.  He  had  retired  after  27  years 
at  West  Georgia  College,  where  he  had  been  a  history 
professor,  assistant  dean  of  graduate  studies,  and 
registrar.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Jane,  two  daughters, 
a  granddaughter,  and  two  sisters. 

Pryor  R.  Millner  IV  '60  of  Mooresville,  N.C.,  on 
May  20. 

David  Michael  Wood  '60  of  Raleigh,  on  Nov.  22, 
from  complications  following  a  bone  marrow  transplant. 
At  Duke,  he  was  a  member  of  Sigma  Alpha  Epsilon 
fraternity.  He  worked  tor  IBM  lor  the  past  35  years, 
retiring  as  director  of  networking  and  system  manager, 
service  and  support,  in  1996.  In  retirement,  he  devoted 
his  efforts  to  the  American  Cancer  Society.  He  is 
survived  by  his  wife,  Barbara  "Bee"  Rambin 

Wood  '60;  a  son:  two  daughters,  including  Lisa 
Tuttle  Wood  '85;  his  mother;  two  brothers;  and  two 
grandchildren. 


David  H.  Culver  M.A.T  '61  of  Eau  Claire, Wis.,  on 
July  20.  An  Army  veteran,  he  joined  Winona  Agency 
Inc.  in  1969  as  an  agent  and  was  vice  president  and 
secretary  of  the  corporation  and  manager  of  its  health 
and  life  department  upon  retiring.  He  is  survived  by 
his  wife,  Linda,  a  son,  a  daughter,  and  a  sister. 

W.  Ralph  Aiken  Jr.  Ph.D.  '62  of  Sweet  Briar,  Va., 
on  July  15.  He  was  a  professor  of  literature  at  Sweet 
Briar  College.  He  is  survived  by  two  sons,  two  brothers, 
and  a  grandchild. 

Alex  Beasley  '65  of  Aiken,  S.C.,  on  June  20,  of 
cancer.  He  served  in  the  Navy  before  earning  his  law 
degree  at  the  University  of  South  Carolina.  He  was  a 
partner  in  an  Aiken  law  firm.  He  is  survived  by  his 
wife,  Susan,  and  two  daughters,  including  Sarah  E. 


H.  Ives  M.A.T.  '65  of  Jacksonville,  N.C.,  in 
February  1997.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Eleanor. 


William  Jackson  "Jack"  Brown  Ph.D.  '66  of 
Carbondale,  111.,  on  Aug.  16.  He  was  a  Navy  veteran 
of  the  Korean  War.  He  taught  English  at  the  Univer- 
sity of  Colorado  until  1968,  when  he  joined  the  faculty 
at  Southern  Illinois  University.  He  retired  in  1996.  He 
is  survived  by  his  wife,  Kate,  a  son,  three  daughters, 
two  brothers,  two  sisters,  and  three  grandchildren. 

Ann  Pickard  Kalat  '68  of  Raleigh,  of  cancer.  A 
physical  therapist,  she  taught  physical  therapy  assistants 
at  Nash  Community  College.  She  is  survived  by  her 
husband,  James  W.  Kalat  '68;  three  children;  her 
father,  John  David  Pickard '37;  her  mother, 
Sara  Duckett  Pickard  '37;  and  a  sister,  Sallie 
Pickard  Page  61 

Martha  Allen  Robinson  M.Ed.  '68  of  Spartan- 
burg, S.C.,  on  June  20, 1996. 


'Bill"  Hamilton  '76  of  Hills- 
borough, N.C.,  on  Aug.  22.  He  earned  his  law  degret 
at  N.C.  Central  University  and  was  an  attorney  in 
Chapel  Hill  tor  14  years.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife, 
Susan  Davis  Hamilton  A.H.C.  '81;  his  parents; 

and  a  brother. 


Hardy  M.D.  '77  of  Studio  City, 
Calif,  on  Jan.  26, 1997.  He  was  head  of  anesthesiology 
and  medical  director  ot  the  out-patient  surgery  center 
at  Valley  Presbyterian  Hospital  in  Van  Nuys. 


J.  Poirer  A.M.  '82  of  Durham,  on  April 
23, 1997,  of  a  heart  attack.  He  earned  his  bachelor's  in 
biology  at  M.I.T  and  was  a  specialist  in  computet- 
assisted  design.  He  is  survived  bv  his  lather,  Duke  pro- 
fessor emeritus  Jacques  Poirier,  a  brother,  and  a  sister. 

Silas  B.  Coley  III  '89  of  Chapel  Hill  on  June  16,  of 
an  accident  in  Germany.  He  is  survived  by  his  mother 
and  a  cot 


Biochemist,  naturalist,  and  aviator  Molly  Christian 
Bernheim,  one  of  the  last  surviving  original  members 
of  Duke's  medical  school  teaching  faculty,  died  of 
heart  failure  November  19.  She  was  95. 

Born  in  Gloucester,  England,  she  spent  her  early 
childhood  in  India,  where  her  father  was  a  doctor, 
before  returning  at  age  seven  for  schooling.  She 
earned  her  bachelor's,  master's,  and  Ph.D.  at  Cam- 
bridge University,  where  she  met  her  husband, 
Frederick,  an  American  biochemist  studying  there. 

During  her  graduate  research,  she  discovered 
monoamine  oxidase,  a  liver  and  brain  enzyme  that 
breaks  down  adrenaline.   Later  research  by  pharma- 
cologists determined  that  inhibitors  of  this  enzyme 
produced  euphoria,  lending  i<>  the  first  drugs  for  treat- 
ing depression. 

She  came  to  Duke  in  1930  to  join  the  medical 
school's  original  faculty.  She  began  as  a  biochemistry 
instructor  and  later  became  a  full  professor.  Her  re- 
search into  liver  enzymes  and  nitrogen-containing  com- 
pounds resulted  in  her  publishing  more  than  sixty 
papers;  some  were  co-authored  by  her  husband,  Fred- 
erick, a  pioneer  in  drug-enzyme  interaction  studies. 

She  also  taught  nutrition  courses  at  Duke,  and  was 
one  of  the  first  to  warn  the  public  against  the  dangers 
of  dietary  fats  and  fad  diets.  Although  she  retired  in 
1973,  she  continued  teaching  nutrition  to  medical 
students  and  at  the  Duke  Institute  for  Learning  in 
Retirement.  She  and  Frederick  helped  create  the  Eno 
River  State  Park  with  a  gift  of  eighty-nine  acres  of 
land  they  owned  on  the  Eno  in  1970.  In  1986,  they 
donated  another  twenty-four  acres. 

She  became  interested  in  flying  in  the  late  Forties 
after  her  husband  became  a  pilot.  She  obtained  both 
private  and  commercial  pilot's  licenses  and  later 
became  a  flight  instructor.  In  1959,  her  book  A  Sky  of 
My  Own  was  published. 

She  is  survived  by  a  daughter,  a  son,  three  grand- 
sons, and  three  great-grandchildren. 


DATE  SOMEONE 
WHO  KNOWS 
KOFI  ANNAN  IS  NOT 
DECAFFEINATED 
BREW 

GRADUATES  AND  FACULTY 

OF 

DUKE, 

THE  IVIES,  SEVEN  SISTERS, 

MIT,  NORTHWESTERN, 

UNIVERSITY  OF  CHICAGO, 

STANFORD,  UC  BERKELEY, 

ACCREDITED  MEDICAL 

SCHOOLS 

DATE  ALUMNI  AND  ACADEMICS 
MORE  THAN  2500  MEMBERS 


_JHE_ 
RIGHT 

STUFF 
800-988-5288 


March -April  1998        33 


WHO'S  IN 
CHARGE? 


Editors: 

When  I  noted  on  the  cover  of  your 
November- December  1997  issue  that  it  con- 
tained an  article  on  "how  did  Duke  get  hot  so 
quickly?"  I  immediately  resolved  to  send 
copies  to  the  folks  back  home.  Hey,  maybe  I'd 
regain  some  of  the  credibility  I  lost  when  I 
threw  over  a  successful  freelance  business  and 
returned,  with  three  kids,  to  graduate  school. 
Unfortunately,  the  writer  himself  immediately 
lost  any  credibility  I  might  have  gained  with 
my  Canadian  family  when  he  bragged  on 
[Duke  President]  Keohane's  sharing  a  plat- 
form in  1995  with  "the  presidents  of  Canada, 
Mexico,  and  the  United  States." 

I'm  sure  my  prime  minister  now  barely  bats 
an  eyelash  when  Americans  pull  this  particu- 
lar blooper  but,  please,  this  kind  of  interna- 
tional ignorance  is  not  "how  Duke  got  hot." 
The  wretched  ignorance  of  Americans  about 
their  neighbor  to  the  North  is  already  leg- 
endary in  that  country.  Let's  not  perpetuate 
the  legend  from  our  gothic  halls,  too. 

Chris  R.  Armstrong 
Durham,  North  Carolina 


WHAT  RIGHT 
TO  WRITE? 


Editors: 

This  is  prompted  by  your  printing  of  ex- 
cerpts from  statements  by  John  Howard  and 
Tallman  Trask  ["Quad  Quotes"]  on  page  56 
of  your  fall  issue.  My  wife  is  a  Duke  graduate 
(I  am  not).  As  such,  she  receives  your  publi- 
cation, which  I  usually  read  and  for  the  most 
part  enjoy.  The  paragraphs  referred  to  are 
another  matter. 

Mr.  Howard's  less-than-temperate  statement 
is  about  what  one  could  expect  from  one  in 
this  position.  Organizations  of  this  tvpe  [Duke's 
Center  for  Lesbian,  Gay,  and  Bisexual  Life] 
thrive  on  and  strive  for  publicity,  which  all 
too  many  media  outlets  are  all  too  ready  to 
provide.  This  is  to  be  regretted.  If  nothing  else 
seems  appropriate,  such  actions  and  reactions 
are  best  ignored. 


Mr.  Trask's  reaction,  however,  is  a  different 
matter.  When  I  was  in  college,  painting  or 
otherwise  "decorating"  bridges,  chimneys, 
and/or  other  prominent  campus  features  was 
considered  to  be  defacing  school  property  and 
the  perpetrators,  if  apprehended,  were  subject 
to  at  least  school  discipline,  if  not  something 
more  stringent.  The  authorities  usually  were 
more  prompt  in  removing  the  graffiti,  not  to 
supress  free  speech  but  to  restore  the  defaced 
object  to  something  resembling  its  orginal 
condition.  What's  changed? 

Given  today's  standards  and  conditions,  that 
question  may  be  considered  rhetorical  if  not 
stupid.  However,  when  a  supposedly  responsible 
university  official  apologizes  so  humbly  to  such 
a  blatandy  offensive  demand  (I  refer  to  style,  not 
content),  I  feel  that  at  least  his  competence 
should  be  questioned.  I  also  think  he  should 
have  had  Mr.  Howard  and  his  followers  out 
there  with  scrub  brushes  and  detergent  clean- 
ing up  for  free  the  damage  they  had  done. 

Frank  C.  Gorham 
Springfield,  Virginia 

Your  question  is  not  stupid,  but  merely  based  on 
your  own  experience  at  ariother  school.  The 
bridge  between  Duke's  East  and  West  campuses 
has  always  served  as  a  bulletin  board  jor  an- 
nouncements by  student  groups  and,  occasional- 
ly, comments  by  anyone  with  a  paintbrush.  The 
student  group  m  question  was  merely  following  a 
tradition,  not  committing  a  disciplinary  offense. 


SILVER 
SALVOS 


Editors: 

With  reference  to  the  November-Decem- 
ber issue,  allow  me  to  state  that  I  was  very 
pleased  to  note  the  national  recognition 
given  to  Duke  regarding  its  position  among 
universities.  Surely,  this  position  was  not 
earned  by  trying  to  "go  for  the  silver." 

While  this  "going  for  the  silver"  may  be  the 
normal  thinking  of  the  average  liberal,  left- 
leaning  social  scientist,  it  is  far  from  the 
thinking  that  made  Duke  great.  If  Ben  or 
Washington  Duke  had  had  that  mindset,  Duke 
University  would  not  exist  and  its  great  boon 
to  mankind  would  have  gone  unnoticed. 

It  simply  goes  against  the  laws  of  nature  to 


try  not  to  win.  If  it  is  beneficial  to  aim  for  sec- 
ond, why  not  "go  for  the  lead"  (fifth  place)  or 
not  try  at  all. 

If  Ben  or  Washington  Duke  saw  the  fruits  of 
their  magnificent  philanthropy  so  misunder- 
stood, and  their  inspiring  examples  so  down- 
graded, they  would  have  a  perfect  right  to  turn 
over  in  their  graves  in  utter  disgust  that  this 
form  of  thinking  would  emanate  from  their 
crowning  accomplishments. 

The  world  and  all  o(  us  should  be  grateful 
for  those  who  went  "for  the  gold,"  and  partic- 
ularly those  who  made  it. 

Howard  H.  Schnure  '34 
Largo,  Florida 

Editors: 

I  wonder  if  you  could  persuade  [public  pol- 
icy professor]  Philip  Cook  to  respond  to  a 
couple  of  questions  about  points  made  in  the 
article  "Going  for  the  Silver" 

It  occurred  to  me,  reading  the  article,  that 
all  of  the  specific  cases  of  excess  cited  were  in 
businesses  that  have  a  strong  one-to-many 
property.  In  entertainment,  you  record  the  song 
once  and  sell  it  to  a  million  customers.  In  man- 
ufacturing, you  design  the  product  once  and 
make  it  a  million  times.  In  software,  you  write 
the  program  once  and  sell  a  million  copies  of 
it.  In  engineering  terms,  these  businesses  have 
something  resembling  an  amplifier  built  into 
them,  and  advances  in  technology  are  con- 
stantly turning  up  the  gain  of  the  amp. 

I  am  wondering  if  Mr.  Cook  has  noticed  and/ 
or  quantified  this  factor  and,  if  so,  whether 
economic  systems  show  any  of  the  instabili- 
ties of  over-gained  electronic  amplifiers. 

I  would  also  like  to  question  whether  Mr. 
Cook  actually  believes  that  a  more  progres- 
sive tax  system  would  repair  the  problem  he 
has  pointed  out,  or  if  he  feels  strongly  that 
something  must  be  done  and  that  is  the  only 
thing  he  can  think  of.  Personally,  I  am  disin- 
clined to  believe  that  a  tax  would  have  any 
positive  result  at  all.  Unless  you  are  prepared 
to  bar  anyone  from  prospering  beyond  a  cer- 
tain ratio  to  anyone  else,  payment  can  be 
manipulated  to  bypass  any  specialty  tax  you 
can  devise.  If,  however,  you  are  prepared  to 
lock  down  the  prosperity  ratio,  you  will  simply 
drive  the  one -to-many  businesses  (or  at  least 
their  profits)  out  of  the  country. 

I  find  it  distressing  for  Mr.  Cook  to  catego- 
rize "Earners  making  over  $100,000..."  as 


34      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


being  in  the  top  of  the  income  distribution, 
and  therefore,  I  presume,  in  need  of  a  more 
progressive  tax  structure.  Most  years,  my  fam- 
ily falls  in  that  category,  as  would  a  large  per- 
centage of  Duke  alumni.  Our  life  is,  however, 
rather  ordinary,  and  it  seems  ridiculous  for  us 
to  be  lumped  into  a  category  with  the  stars  of 
sports  and  entertainment.  I  hope  this  infer- 
ence is  an  accident  of  juxtaposition,  but  if  it 
is,  I  would  encourage  the  editors  of  the  mag- 
azine to  exercise  a  little  more  caution.  You  write 
to  a  terribly  influential  audience,  and  this  is  one 
suggestion  I  would  not  want  to  see  placed  in- 
to law. 

JohnW.  Curtis  B.S.E.  74 
Lament,  Georgia 

Professor  Philip  Cook  responds: 

I'm  no  electrical  engineer,  but  Mr.  Curtis' 
image  of  an  amplifier  seems  to  well  capture  one 
message  of  The  Winner-Take -All  Society  (fry 
Robert  H.  Frank  and  me).  We  note  that  there  are 
a  variety  of  endeavors  in  which  small  differmces 
in  individual  ability  translate  into  large  differ- 
ences in  value,  and  a  "one-to-many" technology  is 
one  important  source  of  such  leverage.  "Ampli- 
fication" also  occurs  in  high-stakes  contests;  for 
example,  buying  the  very  best  legal  representation 
is  only  sensible  when  a  firm  finds  itself  in  a  bil- 
lion-dollar lawsuit,  (almost)  regardless  of  the  fee. 
The  same  dynamic  helps  explain  the  run-away 
compensation  for  top  corporate -management  tal- 
ent. Our  book  explains  this  process  and  suggests 
how  and  why  it  is  becoming  both  more  pervasive 
and  more  intense.  We  did  not,  however,  investigate 
the  possibility  that  the  system,  like  an  "overgained 
amplifier,  "is  unstable  in  some  sense.  Our  concent 
was  with  the  increasing  inequality  in  the  overall 
distribution  of  earnings,  a  rather  steady  trend 
since  the  early  1970s. 

Mr.  Curtis'  observations  with  respect  to 
progressive  taxation  are  more  challenging.  First, 
there  is  the  factual  issue  of  what  it  means  to  be  at 
"the  top"  of  the  earnings  distribution.  Our  earnings 
data  are  now  a  bit  out  of  date,  but  may  noriethe- 
less  surprise  many  readers:  As  of  1989,  just  I  per- 
cent of  full-time  workers  had  earnings  in  excess  of 
$120,000.  Someone  whose  income  was  limited  to 
earnings  at  that  level,  and  had  a  family  to  sup- 
port, might  well  agree  with  Mr.  Curtis  that  their 
standard  of  living  was  "rather  ordinary" — cer- 
tainly so  in  comparison  with  the  top  "winners" in 
most  professions.  But  by  national  standards,  these 
"ordinary"  earnings  place  the  recipient  in  a  rather 
exclusive  club. 

Robert  Frank  and  I  do  not  claim  that  progres- 
sive taxation  will  fully  "repair"  the  problem  we 
have  pointed  out,  but  we  do  argue  that  a  progres- 
sive tax  is  helpful  in  making  the  distribution  of 
after-tax  income  somewhat  fairer.  (If  the  tax  is 
limited  to  consumption,  then  it  could  have  the 
added  benefit  of  enhancing  savings.)  And  we  are 
not  suggesting  that  the  top  rates  should  be  confis- 


catory, as  they  were  during  the  Eisenhower  ad- 
ministration. Rather,  a  modest  level  of  progress  at 
the  top  levels  is  feasible  and  fair  and,  contrary  to 
much  of  the  rhetoric  in  this  arena,  does  not  nec- 
essarily undercut  the  incentives  tliat  help  drive 
productivity  increases.  During  a  time  when  the 
flat  taxers  are  dominating  the  national  debate  over 
reform,  we  are  attempting  to  lean  against  the  rhe- 
torical wind,  providing  a  new  argument  for  pre- 
serving the  nation's  long  commitment  to  progress. 


WRONG 
BOCA 


Editors: 

While  Ed  and  I  appreciated  the  wonderful 
article  on  Charles  A.  Dukes  Awards  in  the 
November-December  issue,  we  were  disap- 
pointed that  you  identified  our  home  town  as 
Boca  Raton  rather  than  Boca  Grande,  Florida. 
We  actually  live  on  a  small  island  off  the  west 
coast  of  the  state,  with  an  entirely  different 
lifestyle  than  that  of  Boca  Raton  residents. 

There  are  also  a  large  number  of  "Dukies" 
on  our  island,  and  we  have  had  a  long  history 
of  Duke  connections,  as  our  local  medical  cli- 
nic has  been  staffed  with  Duke  doctors  and 
Duke  professors  since  1947.  Please  let  out  neigh- 
bors know  that  we  are  proud  to  be  "Boca 
Granders"! 


Nora  Lea  Reete  '67  and 
Ed  Reefe  B.S.C.E.  '68 
Boca  Grande,  Florida 


GAME'S 
TIMING 


Editors: 

Not  referencing  any  article,  I  beg  for  an  ex- 
planation from  someone  who  works  in  the  ath- 
letics department.  I  enjoy  Duke  basketball  as 
much  as  anyone,  attending  all  but  three  home 
games  in  my  four  years  at  Duke,  enduring  the 
transitional  dark  years  of  Emma,  England, 
Tissaw. 

Tell  me  it  is  not  television  revenue  that  mo- 
tivates scheduling  a  game  in  Michigan  on  De- 
cember 13,  two  days  before  finals  week.  Time 
spent  preparing  for,  traveling  to,  and  playing 
this  game  necessarily  detracts  from  finals- 
related  work. 

Phil  Abisognio  '83 
Herndon,  Virginia 

Sports  Information  Director  Mike  Cragg  replies: 
You  will  be  happy  to  know  that  television  alone 
does  not  dictate  the  day  of  games  and,  in  this  par- 
ticular case,  did  not  at  all.  Our  contract  with  the 
University  of  Michigan  is  a  balance  between  both 


our  institutions'  exam  schedules.  Obviously, games 
are  not  played  during  the  exam  period  that  began 
Monday,  December  15. 

With  a  relatively  short  period  of  time  to  fit  in 
twenty-six  regular  season  games,  plus  a  tournament 
appearance,  the  available  dates  of  competition  are 
very  limited;  thus,  the  Michigan  game  on  Decem- 
ber 13.  Having  traveled  with  the  team  to  Michi- 
gan, I  can  repent  tluit  all  of  the  players  l\ad  books  in 
hand  and  were  actively  involved  in  their  studies. 


TERMINAL 
TERMS 


Editors: 

I  would  like  to  point  out  a  serious  confu- 
sion of  terms  in  the  otherwise  excellent  arti- 
cle, "Preparing  tor  the  Final  Transition,"  in  the 
November-December  issue.  Bridget  Booher 
uses  the  terms  "euthanasia"  and  "physician-as- 
sisted suicide"  interchangeably,  as  if  they  meant 
the  same  thing.  However,  they  are  quite  dif- 
ferent: Euthanasia  refers  to  "mercy-killing" — 
killing  someone  else.  Physician-assisted  sui- 
cide refers  to  a  physician  helping  someone  kill 
themselves. 

I  would  be  opposed  to  legalizing  euthanasia, 
but  I  think  it  is  important  to  legalize  physi- 
cian-assisted suicide  for  terminal  patients  be- 
cause: it  is  already  widely  practiced;  a  large 
majority  of  Americans  favor  legalization;  it  re- 
duces waste  of  scarce  medical  resources;  and 
the  inalienable  right  of  terminal  patients  to 
die  when  they  want  to. 

The  confusion  of  suicide  with  euthanasia 
simply  makes  this  difficult  issue  more  prob- 
lematic. I  hope  this  letter  may  clarify  this  con- 
fusion. 

Erdman  Palmore  Ph.D.  '52 

Professor  Emeritus  of  Medical  Sociology 

Durham,  North  Carolina 


WAR  NO 
MORE 


Editors: 

I  was  much  moved  by  Bob  Wilson's  "War 
Without  End"  [November-December].  Having 
been  a  conscientious  objector  in  World  War 
II,  I  have  since  been  trying,  with  very  little 
results,  to  help  maintain  the  Quaker  testimo- 
ny against  war. 

During  the  Vietnam  time,  over  a  consider- 
able period,  I  spent  an  hour  twice  a  week  in 
silent  protest  at  the  post  office.  While  quietly 
passing  out  peace  pamphlets — some  read, 
some  rejected,  some  taken,  crushed,  and  thrown 
on  the  ground — what  does  one  think  about? 

Since  my  vigil  was  based  on  the  Quaker 


March -April  1998        35 


peace  testimony,  which  is  a  total  rejection  of 
the  institution  of  war,  I  had  been  thinking 
about  that  for  more  than  three  decades.  This 
vigil,  however,  in  Quaker  practice,  was  a  time 
of  quiet  worship,  and  the  mind  irresistibly 
moved  into  that  area  beyond  human  social 
control,  which  we  attempt  to  reach,  one  way 
or  the  other,  by  prayer. 

So,  what  do  you  pray  for?  To  start  locally, 
that  the  wife  and  family  and  valued  friends 
"may  be  whole  in  spirit  and  in  body  (includ- 
ing mind)."  Quakers  have  traditionally 
believed  that  there  is  that  of  God  in  every 
person,  including  the  soldiers  on  each  side  of 
the  Christian  armies  ravaging  against  Eng- 
land in  the  mid-1 600s  and  on  each  side  of  the 
Christian  armies  ravaging  against  the  United 
States  in  the  mid-1800s.  Thus,  I  must  pray 


that  all  our  enemy  soldiers  and  their  allies 
may  be  whole  in  spirit  and  in  body  so  that 
they  may  fulfill  their  spiritual  capacities. 

In  The  Iliad,  everyone  who  dies  does  so  un- 
willingly and  has  parents,  grandparents,  and 
a  home.  In  the  Trojan  War,  everyone,  good 
or  bad,  was  worthy  of  specific  mention  and 
thought.  Now,  those  engaged  in  war  are,  in 
general,  statistics. 

In  my  World  War  II  conscientious  objector 
service,  among  other  things,  I  worked  for  some 
time  in  a  mental  hospital,  which  was  the  most 
useful  time  of  my  life.  It  opened  up  to  me  the 
variety  of  human  experience.  For  some  time, 
I  have  been  attending  the  Narcotics  Anony- 
mous meetings  once  a  week  at  my  local 
Friends  meetinghouse.  Since  I  am  not  an  ad- 
dict, I  cannot  advise  them,  but  I  can  meet 


with  them  in  family  fellowship.  They  are  ir- 
reparably wounded  by  their  addiction,  so  that 
their  lives  are  forever  dominated  by  the  strug- 
gle to  get  through  the  day  clean. 

Yet  their  addiction,  at  its  worst  relapse,  does 
not  portend  the  end  of  the  species,  or  cer- 
tainly of  civilization,  as  does  the  final  para- 
graph of  Bob  Wilson's  account:  "I  am  afraid," 
Parrish  says  softly,  "I  will  discover  that  I  am 
fascinated  by  war." 

There  are  other  things  that  arouse  my  in- 
terest in  this  issue  of  Duke  Magazine,  but  in  over 
fifty  years  of  practicing  law  (now  retired),  I  have 
learned  that  in  one  letter  the  maximum  num- 
ber of  concerns  that  can  be  addressed  is  one. 

James  Mattocks  J.D.  '41 
Trinity,  North  Carolina 


CLASSIFIEDS 


ACCOMMODATIONS 

ARROWHEAD 
INN,  Durham's 
country  bed  and 
breakfast. 
Restored  1775 

plantation  on  four  rural  acres, 
minutes  to  Duke.  Written  up  ii 
USA  Today,  Food  &  Wine,  Mid- 
Atlantic.  106  Mason  Rd.,  27712.  (919)  477-8430; 
outside  919  area,  (800)  528-2207. 

113  LONDON  FLATS 

FINEST  SELECTION  OF  PRIVATE  FLATS 

IN  LONDON 

Highest  standards,  best  locations:  Mayfair, 

Belgravia,  Knightsbridge,  Chelsea,  Holland  Park, 

and  Covent  Garden 

MINIMUM  STAY  OF  ONE  WEEK 

Airport  pick-up  with  each  reservation 

One,  two,  three,  four,  five  bedrooms  available. 

$650  to  $3,500  per  week. 

13  COTSWOLD  COTTAGES 

Near  Tetbury 

FINEST  STANDARD 

Located  on  a  private  estate  with  manor  house 

Filled  with  history  and  charm 

Fully  modernized  to  a  very  high  standard 

Studios  to  five-bedroom  cottages 

$650  to  $1,200  per  week 

BROCHURES  AND  REFERENCES,  CONTACT: 

The  London  Connection 

Mr.  Thomas  Moore 

Phone:  (801)  393-9120  Fax:  (801)  393-3024 

EDISTO  ISLAND,  SC  (featured  in  NY  Times  and 
Washington  Post) :  Fantastic  front  beach  house  sleep- 
ing 13.  Great  spring/fall  rates.  Near  Charleston. 
(202)  338-3877  for  information,  pictures. 
FIGURE  EIGHT  ISLAND,  WILMINGTON,  NC: 
Four  bedrooms  (two  master  suites),  three  baths. 
Numerous  amenities:  linens,  VCR,  cable,  bikes,  etc. 
Screen  porch,  panoramic  views  sound/ocean. 
Weekly  $2,050.  (910)  686-4099. 
BLUE  RIDGE  MOUNTAINS:  Mountain  Rose  Inn; 
private  bath  and  fireplace  in  100-year-old  Victorian 
on  100  acres.  Two  hours  from  Durham.  (540)  930- 
1057,Woolwine,VA. 


ST  JOHN:  Two  bedrooms,  pool.  Quiet  elegance, 
spectacular  view.  (508)  668-2078. 

DURHAM'S  BEST  KEPT  CHARMING  SECRET 
DUKE  TOWER  RESIDENTIAL  SUITES 

Luxuriously  furnished  all-suite  hotel.  Award-winning 

gardens,  magnificent  outdoor  pool,  fitness  center, 

covered  walking  track,  fully  equipped  kitchen, 

two  remote  control  color  TVs,  HBO  and  cable, 

two  telephones,  free  local  calls,  call  waiting  and  voice 

mail,  laundry  room,  fax  and  copier  service,  uniformed 

security,  pets  permitted.  One  minute  from  East 
Campus,  two  minutes  from  West  Campus  and  Duke 
Medical  Center.  Just  streets  away  from  many  restau- 
rants and  Northgate  Mall,  fifteen  minutes  to  RDU 
Airport.  For  reservations  and  information, 
call  (919)  687-4444;  fax  (919)  683-1215. 


FOR  SALE 


N.C.  MOUNTAINS 
Lake  Lure  Area 

Three  Creeks — an  unparalleled  community. 

Only  16  three-acre  homesites,  none  contiguous  with 

another,  will  ever  be  offered  within  240  nature-filled 

acres.  The  surrounding  park-like  common  land  is 

deeded  to  the  owners.. .to  be  enjoyed  by  all. 

Abundant  water  sources,  prominent  waterfalls, 

meadows,  forest,  swim  pond,  trails,  library  cabin. 

Protective  covenants  with  architectural  review. 

Paved  roads,  underground  utilities. 

John  Nelson,  Owner/Broker 

241  Three  Creeks  Road 

Lake  Lure,  NC  28746 

(704)  625-4293. 


MISCELLANEOUS 

NORTH  CAROLINA  RETIREMENT: 

Receive  RETIREMENT  LIFESTYLES  IN  NORTH 
CAROLINA  and  three  SENIOR  LIVING  magazines! 
Send  $10  (P&H)  for  all  four  to  PO.  Box  11968, 
Charlotte,  NC  28220. 

FULBRIGHT  SCHOLARS:  The  German-American 
Fulbright  Commission  is  creating  a  directory  of  its 
former  grantees.  If  you  are  one  of  the  28,000  past 
recipients,  please  contact  Fulbright  Commission, 
Theaterplatz  1A,  D-53177  Bonn,  Germany;  telephone: 


+49/228/93569-0;  fax:  +49/228/363130;  e-mail: 
fuIkom@uni-bonn.de;  http://www.uni-bonn.de/ 
fulbright.germany 

AUTHOR!  AUTHOR! 
Some  years  ago — in  the  Sixties  or  Seventies — this 
sonnet  was  slipped  anonymously  under  my  office 
door.  I  respected  the  writer's  wish  for  privacy  and 
so — unwisely — did  not  pursue  the  matter.  At  this 
late  date,  I  should  like  to  commend  the  author,  and 
I  should  be  grateful  if  she  or  he  would  identify  her- 
self or  himself  and  take  credit  for  this  fine  poem 
addressed  to  Anne  Hathaway  Shakespeare  (Mrs. 
William  Shakespeare). 

— George  W  Williams 
Professor  of  English  (emeritus) 
Sonnet:  to  A.H.S. 
Anne,  he  has  left  you,  gone  to  make  his  fortune 
Dogging  a  cry  of  players  at  their  heels, 
Left  you  with  any  widow's  bitter  portion, 
Dried  sausage  skins  and  empty  orange  peels. 
It  was  this  recklessness  that  made  him  choose  you, 
Youth,  not  yet  man,  who  beggared  at  your  door. 
With  wild  words  at  night  he  comes  and  woos  you — 
Loving  his  tongue  you  fall,  and  make  it  sure. 
Centuries  pity  you,  poor  wife  beguiled 
By  the  sweet  poison  poured  into  your  ears; 
Older,  no  wiser,  carrying  his  child 
In  your  white  gown — but,  waiting  all  those  years, 
I  think  you  knew.  No  matter  what  they  said, 
You  would  have  slept  with  him  in  any  bed. 

CLASSIFIED  RATES 

GET  IN  TOUCH  WITH  60,000+  POTENTIAL 
buyers,  renters,  consumers,  through  Duke 
Classifieds. 

RATES:  $2.50  per  word,  minimum  10  words.  10  per- 
cent discount  for  two  or  rr 


DISPLAY  RATES  (with  art  or  special  type  treat- 
ment): $150  per  column  inch  (2  3/8"  wide). 
REQUIREMENTS:  All  copy  must  be  printed  or 
typed;  specify  section  (FOR  SALE,  etc.)  in  which 
ad  should  appear.  Due  to  postal  regulations,  no 
travel  arrangements  or  financial  services  allowed. 
ALL  ADS  MUST  BE  PREPAID:  Send  check  or 
money  order  (payable  to  Duke  Magazine)  to: 
Classifieds,  Duke  Magazine,  614  Chapel  Drive, 
Durham,  NC  27708-0570. 


36      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


S33SB3BB 


SCHOOL 


IN  A  BOX 


Two  years  ago,  Business  Week  reported 
that  the  "office  of  the  future"  had  ar- 
rived. "Work  anywhere,  anytime  is  the 
new  paradigm.  Your  car,  your  home,  your  of- 
fice, even  your  client's  office,"  said  the  maga- 
zine. "Work  alone,  coupled,  teamed.  Work  in 
real  space  or  in  cyberspace.  It  amounts  to  a 
massive  disaggregation  of  work,  spinning  out- 
side the  walls  and  confines  of  the  traditional 
office." 

If  the  virtual  workplace  has  become  almost 
a  commonplace,  the  virtual  classroom  has  been 
a  bit  slower  to  make  its  appearance.  But  edu- 
cation in  cyberspace  has  found  a  constituency 
at  Duke — the  corporate  executives  who  will 
be  managing  that  massive  disaggregation.  In 
December,  Duke's  Fuqua  School  of  Business 
graduated  its  first  class  from  the  Global  Ex- 
ecutive M.B.A.,  or  GEMBA  program.  Now 
GEMBA's  students,  faculty,  and  administrators 
are  pondering  the  lessons  learned  —  and  the 
significance  of  those  lessons  for  other  spheres 
of  the  campus. 

And  now  Business  Week  is  calling  the  pro- 
gram "the  talk  of  [Fuqua's]  B-school  rivals." 
GEMBA  is  helping  Fuqua — and  Duke — earn 
the  distinction  of  an  educational  innovator. 
"While  most  schools  have  incorporated  the  In- 
ternet and  other  technology  into  their  educa- 
tional offerings,  few  come  close  to  matching 
the  arsenal  of  cutting-edge  applications  Duke 
provides,"  the  magazine  said.  "If  the  Duke  pro- 
gram succeeds,  many  elite  universities — which 
have  long  linked  the  quality  of  their  executive 
education  to  their  ivy-covered  campuses  and 
personal  time  spent  with  professors  —  could 
be  forced  to  rethink  how  they  teach." 

Richard  Staelin,  past  director  for  GEMBA 
and  head  of  the  faculty  committee  that  de- 
signed the  program,  says  the  concept  pro- 
ceeded on  a  remarkably  fast  track.  "Like  any 
change,  the  process  had  to  be  managed  care- 
fully. The  initial  committee  was  very  support- 
ive; we  used  them  to  'sell'  the  program  to  the 
faculty  at  large  before  we  took  a  faculty  vote." 

The  committee  started  its  work  in  June  of 
1994.  It  took  six  months  to  lay  out  the  basic 
design  and  to  do  a  preliminary  analysis  of  the 
program's  viability.  It  then  took  two  months 
to  get  faculty  endorsement,  and  another  two 
months  to  get  the  final  go-ahead  from  the  dean. 
From  that  point,  the  school  assembled  a  team 
to  market  the  program  directly  to  about  a  hun- 


GLOBAL  M.B.A.S 

BY  ROBERT  J.  BLIWISE 

''WE'RE  NOT  SO  MUCH 
MOVING  FROM  THE 
TRADITIONAL  MODEL 
OF  TEACHING  TO  THE 
CYBERWORLD/'  SAYS 
GERARDINE  DeSANCTIS, 
ONE  OF  THE  PIONEERS 

OF  AN  EXECUTIVE- 
EDUCATION  INITIATIVE. 
"WE'RE  DOING  BOTH." 


-world  classroom:  DeSanctis  off-line 


dred  global  firms;  sent  out  some  10,000  bro- 
chures; ran  ads  in  business  publications  like 
Business  Week,  Financial  Times,  and  Tlie  Econo- 
mist; and  recruited  the  first  class.  According  to 
Staelin,  "The  program  was  viewed  to  be  the  best 
way  that  Fuqua  could  make  an  impact  on  busi- 
ness education,  and  thus  it  was  an  easy  sell." 

December's  graduation  culminated  a  con- 
centrated effort  at  studying,  continuing  on  the 
job,  and  living  some  kind  of  personal  life  for 
the  first  group  of  thirty-nine  graduates.  They 
came  from  eleven  countries:  Belgium,  Brazil, 
China,  England,  Japan,  the  Republic  of  Korea, 
Liechtenstein,  Poland,  Somalia,  Switzerland, 
and  the  United  States.  Their  affiliations  in- 
cluded consulting  groups,  financial-services 
companies,  the  automobile  giants  General 
Motors  and  Ford,  and  UNICEE  GEMBA  ad- 
ministrators expect  their  students  to  have  an 
average  of  fourteen  years  of  professional  work 
experience,  and  to  be  employed  in  a  manage- 
rial position  with  "globally  focused  content." 

Will  Davie  brought  a  typical  international 
orientation  to  GEMBA:  Now  oilfield  services 
coordinator  for  Schlumberger  Oilfield  Services 
in  London,  he  spent  five  months  traveling 
around  the  world  when  he  turned  eighteen. 
He  has  worked  for  Schlumberger  for  fifteen 
years.  Having  started  his  career  in  Tunisia,  he 
has  had  residential  assignments  in  France, 
Algeria,  Libya,  South  Africa,  Mozambique, 
Kenya,  Congo,  Vietnam,  and  Malaysia.  As  com- 
panies "become  more  transnational  and  oper- 
ate in  larger  global  markets  rather  than  his- 
torical regional  markets,"  he  observes,  their  em- 
ployees will  be  working  more  regularly  "across 
time  and  space."  To  the  extent  to  which  man- 
agers understand  the  capabilities  of  the  Inter- 
net— the  prime  delivery  device  for  GEMBA 
courses — they  will  have  mastered  "one  vital 
constituent  of  the  'glue'  to  bind  truly  global 
organizations,"  he  says. 

Students  found  the  program  appealing  not 
just  for  its  high-tech  character  and  its  inter- 
national emphasis,  but  also  because  it  allows 
them  to  continue  in  their  jobs.  (With  tuition 
charges  of  $82,500 — excluding  travel  costs  — 
most  students  find  it  convenient  to  have  their 
companies  as  their  sponsors.)  "It  was  critical 
that  I  did  not  have  to  give  up  two  years  of 
work  experience  and  compensation  in  order  to 
obtain  my  M.B.A.  degree,"  says  Doug  Decker 
'95,  who  was   an  economics   and   Spanish 


March -April  1998        37 


major  as  a  Duke  undergraduate.  "The  oppor- 
tunity cost  would  have  been  too  high  to  justi- 
fy returning  to  a  full-time,  day  program.  A 
weekend  program  that  required  me  to  be 
away  from  work  every  other  Friday  would 
have  been  too  disruptive." 

(One  student  told  his  Fuqua  professors  how 
he  signaled  his  "in  school"  time  to  himself  and 
his  four  children:  He  would  put  on  a  Duke 
sweatshirt  and  cap,  go  into  his  living  room, 
and  sit  at  his  computer,  undisturbed,  for  sev- 
eral hours.  When  the  sweatshirt  and  cap  came 
off,  school  was  over.) 


And  how  is  this  revolution  going  to  change  us 
as  a  business  school?  GEMBA  was  the  answer 
to  both  questions.  It  addresses  the  impact  of 
these  technologies  on  business  practice,  and 
it  creates  a  new  paradigm  to  deliver  the  busi- 
ness program." 

For  each  new  class,  the  program  begins  in 
May  with  time  in  Durham;  it  ends  there  nine- 
teen months  later  in  December.  In  addition 
to  initial  lectures  and  orientation,  students 
are  given  a  fully  loaded  IBM  laptop  computer 
dubbed  the  "GEMBOX."  GEMBA's  faculty  or- 
ganizers have,  in  fact,  attached  a  wry  label  to 


Control  in  Global  Organizations,"  and  "Tech- 
nology, Globalization,  and  Competition." 

When  they're  out  of  the  virtual  world  and 
stepping  into  the  real  world,  students  meet 
with  business,  academic,  and  civil  leaders  in  a 
particular  region.  Those  leaders  range  from 
the  president  of  AT&T  China  to  a  Procter  6k 
Gamble  vice  president  for  Latin  America. 
Doug  Decker,  who  is  a  New  York-based  cor- 
porate bond  trader  with  Morgan  Stanley, 
Dean  Witter,  Discover  6k  Co.,  says  he  reveled 
in  listening  to  a  Templeton  Funds  manager 
who  is  regarded  as  "one  of  the  legends  in  my 


Decker:  uses  "Real  Audio"  fa 
when  not  in  class 

Fuqua  professor  Robert  Clemen  calls  the 
GEMBA  students  "different  beasts  entirely  than 
the  day  timers.  These  are  executives  who  are 
ensconced  in  some  kind  of  job  that  requires 
them  to  make  decisions  all  the  time.  The  day- 
timers  are  mostly  career  changers;  they're 
here  to  get  an  M.B.A.  and  go  into  a  different 
field,  and  they're  really  looking  for  tools  to 
help  them  accomplish  that.  The  executives  in 
GEMBA  see  things  they  can  use  right  away." 
GEMBA  students  infuse  classes  not  just  with 
executive-tier  perspectives;  they  are  steeped 
in  global  organizations  and  are  comfortable 
accommodating  cross-cultural  business  prac- 
tices. And  so  a  truly  global  student  body  spurs 
global  thinking  in  the  curriculum. 

According  to  John  Gallagher,  one  of  the 
original  committee  members,  deliberations  at 
first  centered  on  distance -learning  technology 
that  would  permit  "global"  enrollment;  surveys 
of  corporate  leaders  later  helped  define  a  cur- 
riculum that  would  have  "global"  content.  Gal- 
lagher, director  of  computer  mediated  learning 
for  Fuqua,  says  the  committee  considered  two 
questions  that  came  to  be  entwined:  "What 
does  the  cyberspace  revolution  imply  for  what 
we  should  be  teaching  our  business  students? 


Davie:  working  "across  time  and  spti. 


the  program's  learning-on-the-run  empha- 
sis— "school  in  a  box."  Each  of  the  five  "mod- 
ules," or  learning  units,  includes  two  weeks  of 
face-to-face  encounters.  The  students — and 
their  instructors  —  assemble  for  residential 
classroom  sessions  in  Salzburg  and  Prague, 
Shanghai  and  Hong  Kong,  and  Sao  Paulo  and 
Buenos  Aires.  In  the  virtual  and  physical 
spheres  alike,  students  are  grouped  into  di- 
verse teams  that  change  twice  during  the 
course  of  the  program.  Each  team  consists  of 
five  or  six  members  from  different  national 
backgrounds  and  with  different  kinds  of  cor- 
porate affiliations. 

Classroom  instruction  features  the  usual 
arsenal  of  business-education  formats — lec- 
tures, case  studies,  simulations,  problem-solv- 
ing exercises,  and  company  visits.  The  focus 
throughout,  though,  is  decidedly  internation- 
al. At  the  starting  point  in  Durham,  an  orien- 
tation session  feeds  into  an  introduction  to 
"Managerial  Effectiveness  for  the  Global  Ex- 
ecutive." Later  modules  cover  themes  like 
"Interpersonal  and  Group  Relationships  in  the 
Global  Organization,"  "Marketing  in  a  Global 
Environment,"  "Financial  Management  in  a 
Global   Economy,"  "Cost  Management  and 


i>i glubal  business 


field  of  financial  services."  The  talk  took  place 
when  the  group  was  in  Hong  Kong.  He  also 
mentions  an  "awe-inspiring"  talk  during  the 
South  American  session  by  a  corporate  chief 
executive;  the  chief  executive  gave  a  step-by- 
step  description  of  how  he  had  turned  around 
a  money-losing  oil  business. 

It  isn't  this  more  conventional  "network- 
ing" that  gives  the  program  its  novelty.  Using 
the  Internet  and  local  dial-up  service  pro- 
viders, students  are  able  to  connect  from  any- 
where in  the  world  and  communicate  with 
faculty  and  classmates.  The  distance-education 
segments  of  GEMBA  incorporate  the  World 
Wide  Web,  that  vast  and  undisciplined  elec- 
tronic storehouse-and  a  useful  resource  for 
business  case  studies;  electronic  bulletin  boards, 
on  which  participants  post  and  receive  mes- 
sages as  they  see  fit;  chat  rooms,  or  places  for 
"real-time"  conversations — including  "office 
hour"  discussions  with  instructors  and  online 
meetings  of  student  teams;  so-called  File  Trans- 
fer Protocol  servers,  through  which  instructors 
and  students  send  files  back  and  forth;  Real 
Audio  files,  which  transmit  speech  digitally; 
and  customized  CD-Roms  with  multimedia 
presentations.  In  molding  a  virtual  communi- 


38      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


ty,  GEMBA  also  employs  experimental  appli- 
cations; one  example  is  ICQ  ("I  seek  you"),  a 
real-time  Internet  locator  system  that  alerts 
users  once  it  finds  someone  on  their  contacts 
list  who  is  also  online  at  that  moment. 

As  former  GEMBA  director  Staelin  de- 
scribes his  ideal  student,  "It  is  very  important  for 
the  person  to  have  the  right  motivation.  The 
program  is  a  'killer.'  "  For  his  part,  Decker  says 
on  average  he  spent  about  twenty-five  hours  a 
week  doing  work  for  the  program.  But  GEMBA 
demands  more  than  a  commitment  of  hours; 
it  also  demands  a  dependence  on  technology. 

"I  spent  the  July  4th  holiday  in  1996  at  a 
very  remote  beach  resort,"  recalls  Decker. 
"The  only  phones  were  rotary-dial  models 
from  the  1960s  with  strange  wall  plugs.  And 
as  you  might  imagine,  there  were  no  modem 
ports  in  the  rooms.  My  GEMBA  team  had 
been  assigned  a  project  over  this  long  week- 
end which  required  me  to  share  files  with  my 
teammates.  I  discovered  that  the  only  touch- 
tone  phone  line  —  and  the  only  normal  tele- 
phone wall  outlet  —  at  the  hotel  was  for  the 
fax  machine  in  the  manager's  office.  For- 
tunately, I  was  able  to  convince  the  front- 
desk  clerk  to  let  me  in  the  office  several  times 
over  the  weekend  to  connect  to  the  Internet, 
and  so  to  my  team." 

Decker  sees  advantages  to  an  M.B.A.  pro- 
gram steeped  in  cyberspace.  For  one  thing,  it 
gave  him  experience  in  gathering  and  evalu- 
ating information  on  the  World  Wide  Web. 
"The  'Emerging  Markets'  course  required  each 
team  to  gather  information  on  several  com- 
panies in  emerging  markets  and  on  the  macro- 
economic  conditions  in  each  of  these  market- 
places. My  team  was  able  to  find  a  tremendous 
amount  of  information  about  Russian  utility 
companies  and  the  macro-economic  conditions 
in  Russia,  all  over  the  Web.  Also,  with  the  pro- 
fessor's help,  we  were  able  to  e-mail  several 
leading  Russian  company  analysts,  and  these 
professionals  e-mailed  us  their  latest  research 
reports,  usually  within  one  day  of  sending  out 
our  request." 

In  Decker's  view,  the  professors'  lectures 
that  were  delivered  online  had  several  bene- 
fits over  traditional  classroom  lectures.  "The 
student  could  'pause'  the  lecture,  rewind  if  a 
point  was  missed,  listen  to  the  lecture  at  any 
time  of  the  day  or  night,  and  replay  the  lec- 
ture at  any  point  in  the  future  for  review." 

From  his  vantage  point,  Robert  Clemen, 
who  teaches  decision  modeling,  finds  that 
GEMBA's  technology  inspires  him  to  rethink 
the  art  of  teaching.  "I  was  going  to  have  this 
group  here  in  an  executive-education  session 
for  a  couple  of  weeks,  then  interact  with  them 
over  the  Internet.  So  I  would  have  to  break 
out  of  the  mindset  geared  to  the  constraints 
of  class  time." 

He  separated  out  some  core  material  — 
material  that  would  normally  form  themes  for 


class  lectures  —  and  developed  an  online  pre- 
sentation for  the  students  to  study  on  their 
own.  He  devoted  time  on  weekends  to  elec- 
tronic "office  hours"  through  the  GEMBA 
chat  rooms.  He  experimented  with  powerful 
technology  like  the  "screen-cam,"  which 
brings  a  video  track  and  sound  track  to  the 
computer  screen.  Committing  himself  to  "an 
almost  paper-less  course,"  he  trained  himself 
to  read  student  projects  on  the  screen,  and  to 
insert  his  comments — along  with  the  final 
grade — in  the  text.  "My  eyes  get  tired,  but 
they  get  tired  reading  stuff  on  paper,  too." 


And  Clemen  used  a  novel  way  to  introduce 
the  class  to  some  of  the  practicing  consul- 
tants who  use  the  tools  he  teaches.  "I  usually 
call  up  a  friend  and  invite  him  to  come  to 
class  to  give  a  guest  lecture.  It  somehow  oc- 
curred to  me  that  we  don't  have  to  bring  peo- 
ple in;  we  can  give  them  access  to  news  groups 
and  have  an  online  discussion."  By  visiting 
the  news  group,  or  chat  room,  three  outside 
experts  from  Indianapolis,  London,  and  Penn 
State  University  became  presences  in  class. 
Students  were  introduced  to  the  trio  by 
Clemen's  Web  page;  the  page  carried  short 


March -April  1998        39 


biographies,  photographs,  and  brief  recorded 
phone  interviews.  The  electronic  presentation 
inspired  a  sort  of  electronic  feedback — post- 
ings on  the  bulletin  board  that  went  on  for  a 
week.  Says  Clemen,  "The  experts  asked  pro- 
vocative questions,  the  students  talked  about 
what  was  going  in  their  companies,  and  the 
experts  came  back  and  gave  examples  about 
how  they  worked  on  similar  issues." 

All  those  possibilities  weren't  a  sure  thing 
at  the  birth  of  the  program.  As  GEMBA  got 
going  in  June  of  1996,  some  technological 
hurdles  were  quick  to  emerge,  says  computing 
director  Gallagher.  "One  of  the  critical  hur- 
dles was  the  availability  around  the  globe  of 
reliable  Internet  service  providers.  If  we  had 
actually  started  the  GEMBA  program  with 
the  first  class  three  months  earlier  than  we 
launched  it,  20  to  25  percent  of  our  people 
would  not  have  been  able  to  connect."  About 
a  year  into  the  initial  run  of  GEMBA,  global 
Internet  providers  like  AT&T  were  spreading 
the  Internet  globally. 

The  global  spreading  wasn't  easy  or  even. 
Dutch-born  Madeline  Klinkhamer,  a  water- 
and  sanitation-project  officer  for  UNICEF, 
was  GEMBAs  one  student  from  the  nonprof- 
it sector — and  the  one  student  working  out 
of  a  tent.  She  was  based  near  Mogadishu, 
Somalia.  "I  was  in  probably  one  of  the  most 
difficult  places  in  the  world  to  do  GEMBA," 
she  says.  And  her  list  of  obstacles  to  an  In- 
ternet connection,  as  she  recalls,  is  impres- 
sive: "mosquitoes,  snakes,  thieves  and  bandits, 
adapters,  electric  shocks,  rain."  A  student  in 
Shanghai  had  to  make  a  long-distance  call  to 
Hong  Kong  for  his  course  work,  since  there 
was  no  Internet  provider  in  China.  Another 
student,  supervising  work  in  the  mango  fields 
of  Nicaragua,  had  to  rig  a  digital  satellite  up- 
link system  connected  to  his  IBM  Thinkpad. 
"For  him,  there  was  no  telephone  available, 
let  alone  an  Internet  service  provider,"  Gal- 
lagher says.  "We  got  our  projections  about 
service  providers  just  about  right,  but  we  cut 
it  a  little  close." 

Connectivity  was  an  issue,  though,  in  a  dif- 
ferent, even  deeper,  sense.  As  Gallagher  puts 
it:  "Can  you  provide  a  quality  instructional 
experience  for  people  who  are  distributed  in 
different  places  for  twelve  weeks  at  a  time? 
Can  you  do  that  without  losing  people,  with- 
out their  feeling  isolated  and  lonely?  Would 
they  in  fact  feel  connected?  Our  model  was 
not  a  correspondence  school  where  you  are 
connected  only  by  a  mail  system.  But  it  was 
really  unknown  what  cultural  environment 
we  were  creating." 

"The  irony  is  that  this  is  by  far  the  closest 
group  of  student  and  faculty  we  have  ever 
had  in  an  M.B.A.  program,"  says  Gallagher. 
He  points  out  that  as  its  class  gift,  this  first 
group  donated  $137,000  to  improve  connec- 
tivity for  all  alumni  of  the  business  school. 


"Their  sense  of  community  is  very  strong; 
they  are  very  connected.  Our  teaching  style 
depends  on  a  strong  degree  of  interaction 
among  participants.  This  is  not  a  correspon- 
dence school  where  the  instructor  tells  it  all. 
Participants  bring  a  tremendous  amount  of 
perspective;  they  interpret  and  elaborate  on 
what  is  being  said." 

Gallagher  notes  that  the  electronic  com- 
munity is  particularly  effective  for  foreign- 
speaking  students.  In  fact,  English  is  not  the 
first  language  for  most  GEMBA  participants. 
"One  of  the  problems  you  find  in  the  physical 
classroom  environment  when  you  have  a  mix 
of  native-  and  non-native  speakers  is  that  the 


THE  ELECTRONIC 

COMMUNITY  IS 

PARTICULARLY 

EFFECTIVE  FOR 

FOREIGN-SPEAKING 

STUDENTS,  IN  THAT 

THEY  HAVE  TIME  TO 

READ,  TIME  TO  THINK, 

TIME  TO  COMPOSE. 


non-natives — because  of  language  barriers  or 
cultural  conditioning — may  not  participate 
as  actively.  They  may  have  difficulty  process- 
ing the  information  coming  at  them;  they 
may  find  it  harder  to  keep  pace  and  to  com- 
pose their  thinking.  In  the  electronic  environ- 
ment, they  have  time  to  read,  time  to  think, 
time  to  compose.  Even  for  native  English 
speakers,  there  may  be  some  personal  charac- 
teristics that  work  against  participation.  Some- 
one may  be  less  confrontational  than  his  peers, 
less  aggressive  in  putting  across  a  point,  less 
willing  to  offer  a  conflicting  opinion. 

"So,  the  playing  field  is  very  much  leveled 
out  by  the  fact  that  discussion  does  not  occur 
in  a  real-time  classroom  environment.  The 
technology  is  not  merely  as  good  as  the  phys- 
ical classroom.  As  an  approach  to  managing 
discussion,  it  is  much  better." 

Another  member  of  the  conceptualizing 
committee,  Fuqua  professor  Gerardine  De- 
Sanctis,  says  virtual  dealings  alone  aren't  likely 
to  forge  close  ties.  With  that  notion  in  mind, 
GEMBA  planners  decided  that  each  learning 
module  would  feature  some  real-world  to- 
getherness. "One  of  the  conclusions  from  re- 
search on  virtual  teams  is  that  people  form 
stronger  levels  of  trust  if  they  have  some  very 


meaningful  social  interactions  with  one 
another.  You  can  do  that  online.  But  it's  diffi- 
cult if  you  never  meet  face-to-face.  The  stu- 
dents look  forward  to  living  together,  getting 
together  for  meals,  shopping  together,  and 
giving  one  another  the  kind  of  support  they 
need  to  get  through  the  program. 

"At  the  same  time,  even  our  electronic  ped- 
agogy has  aspects  of  the  old  pedagogy — call- 
ing on  people  and  expecting  participation,  is- 
suing assignments  with  due  dates.  A  lot  of  the 
structure  in  this  new  world  comes  directly  from 
the  old  world.  So  we're  not  so  much  moving 
from  the  traditional  model  of  teaching  to  the 
cyberworld;  we're  doing  both." 

In  a  forthcoming  paper,  DeSanctis  and  col- 
league Senior  Associate  Dean  Blair  Sheppard 
note  that  GEMBA  transfers  traditional  labels 
— "courses,"  "libraries,"  "rooms,"  "calendars," 
"lounges" — to  the  virtual  learning  space.  To 
them,  it's  not  the  technological  wizardry  that 
makes  GEMBA  a  model  for  learning;  what's 
vital  about  this  world  of  the  virtual,  they  say, 
is  how  the  technology  promotes  collaboration 
and  community. 

One  student  told  them  that  participants 
come  to  "know  each  other  well"  through  their 
"conversational  writing."  As  they  work  elec- 
tronically on  teams,  they  learn  a  lot  about  the 
attitudes  and  aptitudes  of  far-flung  peers. 
"The  quant  [itative]  people  outline  the  intri- 
cacies of  'quant'  issues,  the  conceptual  people 
outline  the  meaning  and  logic  of  things,  the 
good  writers  edit  final  products,  we  circulate 
lots  of  drafts  in  a  systematized  way,  and  we 
stick  to  deadlines,"  in  the  words  of  one  team 
member.  DeSanctis  and  Sheppard  say  that 
with  such  fluid  electronic  interchanges,  pro- 
fessors have  an  easy  time  buying  into  the  col- 
laborative learning  environment:  Students 
help  shape  the  direction  and  content  of  class 
discussions,  and  they  help  identify  speakers, 
business  sites,  and  class  activities  when  the 
GEMBA  classroom  shifts  from  the  cyberworld 
to  the  real  world. 

As  they  consider  the  impact  of  distance- 
learning  programs,  DeSanctis  and  Sheppard 
are  skeptical  that  universities  will  become 
nothing  but  virtual  organizations.  Technology 
won't  be  "the  driver"  of  education,  they  say;  it 
will  be  part  of  the  "infrastructure"  of  educa- 
tion. And  it  will  have  a  transforming  impact, 
promoting  new  relationships  and  new  ways  of 
learning.  The  "classroom  of  the  future" — an  ar- 
ray of  electronic  links — may  supplement  the 
classroom  of  the  present.  Will  it  supplant  the 
classroom  of  the  present?  An  answer  of  sorts 
came  from  last  December's  experience  with 
the  initial  GEMBA  group,  as  they  gathered  in 
Durham  for  classes,  meals,  social  events,  and 
a  basketball  game.  The  high-spirited  camara- 
derie from  that  gathering  seemed  to  carry  a 
message:  that  living  and  learning  can't  be  con- 
fined to  the  virtual  world  alone.  ■ 


40      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


RESEARCH 


DECONSTRUCTING 


THE  DESERT 


Jim  Reynolds,  a  native  of  the  desert 
Southwest,  dresses  defiantly  in  mere 
T-shirt  and  shorts  against  the  re- 
lentless  sun  of  a  southern  New 
Mexico  July.  He  stands  confronting 
a  gangly  creosote  bush  that  stub- 
bornly thrusts  its  water-seeking  roots 
deep  into  the  sun-blasted,  coarse 
sand.  As  the  hot  sun  and  a  bone-dry 
wind  strip  precious  moisture  from 
their  bodies,  the  Duke  botany  professor  and 
his  associates  huddle  over  the  shrub,  wrapping 
strip-like  sensors  around  its  stems  and  plung- 
ing probes  into  the  ground  near  its  roots,  like 
preparations  for  a  lie-detector  test. 

Around  them,  the  Chihuahuan  desert  shim- 
mers under  a  vast  sky  flecked  with  morning 
clouds.  The  desert  floor's  brushy  patchwork  of 
tans,  browns,  and  bleached-out  greens  reveals 
countless  more  thickets  of  olive-colored  cre- 
osote bushes,  their  branches  covered  with  tiny 


SCRUBLAND  PATROL 

BY  MONTE  BASGALL 


A  TEAM  OF  DUKE 

ECOLOGISTS  ARE 

SWEATING  TO 

DISCOVER  WHY 

AMERICA'S  RICH 

GRASSLANDS  ARE 

RAPIDLY  EVOLVING 

INTO  BARREN 

STRETCHES  OF 


evergreen  leaves.  With  them  grow  their  part- 
ners in  environmental  subversion,  the  mes- 
quite  bushes,  whose  delicate  mimosa-like  leaves 
camouflage  thorny  branches. 

Today,  Reynolds'  team  hopes  its  test  subject 
will  give  up  more  secrets  of  its  nefarious  suc- 
cess— more  about  the  means,  motive,  and  op- 
portunity by  which  these  scraggly  desert  in- 
vaders overran  a  region  once  covered  with  a 
luxurious  carpet  of  grass  only  a  century  ago. 

As  a  scientist,  Reynolds  doesn't  really  hold 
a  grudge  against  either  creosotes  or  mesquites. 
"It's  more  of  an  admiration  society,"  he  says. 
"They  are  both  unique  plants  that  have  adapted 
in  different  ways  to  very  harsh,  arid  conditions. 
It's  a  natural  progression  of  things.  When  you 
disturb  a  system,  that's  what  you  get." 

Duke  ecologists  Reynolds  and  William 
Schlesinger  have  spent  decades  trying  to  fig- 
ure out  this  disturbance  that  transformed  a 
landscape.  They've  worked  with  scientific  col- 


COARSE  SAND. 


March -April  1998 


leagues  from  six  different  institutions,  enduring 
the  desert's  insults  on  their  sprawling  250,000- 
acre  study  site  at  a  former  cattle  range  near  Las 
Cruces,  New  Mexico.  The  two  scientists  lead 
the  Jornada  Long-Term  Ecological  Research 
(LTER)  program,  a  multimillion-dollar  effort 
funded  by  the  National  Science  Foundation 
to  study  "desertification"  of  grassland. 

The  researchers'  dedication  arises  from 
more  than  scientific  curiosity;  they  know  that 
unraveling  this  ecological  mystery  could  stem 
a  massive,  global  encroachment  of  deserts 
that  seems  to  be  getting  worse.  Worldwide, 
they  say,  almost  20  million  square  miles  of 
grasslands  and  farmland  face  the  prospect  of 
deterioration  into  a  scrub  wasteland  or  worse: 
Consequences  could  include  mass  migration 
or  starvation.  Each  year,  desertification  now 
claims  an  area  equal  to  about  10  percent  of 
South  Africa. 

The  Duke  scientists  also  know  that  under- 
standing this  devil  is  in  the  details.  So,  the 
electronic  sensors  Reynolds  and  his  colleagues 
install  on  the  bush  will  feed  a  stream  of  de- 
tailed data  into  the  recorder  boxes.  The  re- 
sult: round-the-clock  surveillance  of  how  the 
creosote  bush  and  surrounding  soil  make  use 
of  the  scant  nine  inches  of  rain  the  area  aver- 
ages annually. 

Rain  has  always  been  a  stranger  to  these 


ly,  to  be  replaced  by  rapidly  spreading  desert 
bushes  and  pockets  of  bare  ground.  Similar 
desertification  also  happened  beyond  the 
Jornada,  spreading  over  broad  areas  of  former 
grasslands  of  the  West. 

The  decline  in  grazing  disturbed  the  ranch- 
ers, and  that  soon  brought  in  the  politicians. 
In  1912,  the  U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture 
created  the  Jornada  Experimental  Range  to 
investigate  the  dilemma.  And  in  the  1930s,  ag- 
riculture department  workers  bent  on  bringing 
the  cattle  back  their  grass  began  a  desperate 
bush  eradication  campaign.  "They  tried  fire," 
says  Schlesinger.  "They  tried  chains  and  bull- 
dozers. They  also  tried  reseeding  with  black 
grama,  but  bunch  grasses  are  very  difficult  to 
re -seed.  They  even  tried  to  bring  camels  here 
to  eat  down  the  shrubs  and  let  the  grasses  come 
back.  But  the  camels  were  no  fools.  They  only 
ate  the  shrubs  after  the  grasses  were  gone." 

In  1981,  the  NSF  launched  the  Jornada 
LTER  program  to  bring  the  tools  of  science  to 
bear  on  the  problem.  Initially  led  by  scientists 
from  New  Mexico  State  University,  the  pro- 
gram changed  leadership  in  1990  to  Reynolds 
and  Schlesinger.  Like  all  good  scientists,  they 
and  their  colleagues  began  first  with  a  hy- 
pothesis: the  most  likely  perpetrators  of 
desertification  were  grazing  cattle.  By  the  sci- 
entists' theory,  heavy  grazing  does  more  than 


the  spread  of  the  vast  Sahel  desert. 

But  good  scientists  must  also  investigate 
alternatives  to  their  theories,  and  the  Duke 
scientists  have  considered  competing  hypothe- 
ses. Drier  weather  could  also  cause  grasses  to 
lose  ground  to  desert,  they  say.  In  fact,  they 
suspect  the  Chihuahuan  desert  has  switched 
from  grasses  to  shrubs  several  times  before  in 
its  9,000-year  history.  Also,  humans  could  be 
guilty  in  another  indirect  way,  besides  running 
cattle  into  the  grassland.  For  one  thing,  the 
human- caused  buildup  of  carbon  dioxide 
from  a  century  of  fossil-fuel  burning  could 
have  triggered  desertification,  since  CO2  can 
also  affect  plant  growth  patterns.  Or  humans 
may  be  guilty  of  disrupting  natural  desert  pro- 
cesses by  curbing  range  fires,  which  actually 
help  some  plants  proliferate. 

"The  weakest  hypothesis  is  probably  that 
kangaroo  rats  caused  the  desertification,"  says 
Schlesinger,  a  James  B.  Duke  Professor  of  Bo- 
tany as  well  as  a  professor  in  the  Nicholas 
School  of  the  Environment.  "The  idea  was 
that  an  explosion  of  kangaroo  rats  accompa- 
nied the  ranchers'  elimination  of  wolves  and 
coyotes.  The  kangaroo  rats  then  dispersed 
desert  shrub  seeds  and  buried  them,  making 
them  far  more  able  to  germinate."  But  what- 
ever the  cause,  once  a  shrub  invasion  begins, 
it  launches   a  "cycle  of  degradation"  that 


WORLDWIDE,  ALMOST  20  MILLION  SQUARE  MILES  OF  GRASS  AND  FARM 

LANDS  FACE  THE  PROSPECT  OF  DETERIORATION  INTO  A  SCRUB  WASTELAND. 

CONSEQUENCES  COULD  INCLUDE  MASS  MIGRATION  OR  STARVATION. 


parts,  even  when  the  plain  lay  covered  with 
grass,  fooling  travelers  into  the  sometimes  fa- 
tal belief  that  they  could  find  water  there. 
Spanish  traders  four  centuries  ago  dubbed  the 
region  Jornada  del  Muerto  (Journey  of  the  Dead). 

Despite  its  seeming  lushness,  the  land  was 
arid,  and  its  grass,  mostly  a  kind  called  black 
grama,  led  a  knife-edge  existence.  Most  of  the 
time,  the  stream  and  lake  beds,  called  arroyos 
and  playas  by  the  Spanish,  lay  dusty  dry.  But 
the  black  grama,  with  evolutionary  genius, 
made  their  own  beds  to  lie  in,  say  the  scien- 
tists. The  cover  of  grass  protected  the  soil 
from  the  drying  sun  and  wind,  and  the  plants' 
shallow  mesh  of  roots  trapped  any  available 
moisture.  The  moisture  that  did  evaporate  in 
the  sun's  glaring  heat  quickly  rose  to  spawn 
thunderstorms  that  kept  the  cycle  going. 

But  this  delicate  life-giving  balance  was 
somehow  upset  after  1880,  when  new  drilling 
technology  first  allowed  cattlemen  to  punch 
wells  400  feet  down  to  the  water  table.  These 
deep  wells  sustained  their  cattle,  and  ranchers 
soon  ran  some  20,000  head  into  the  Jornada. 
After  only  two  decades  of  such  intense  graz- 
ing, the  grass  cover  began  to  thin  significant- 


reduce  grass  cover.  Livestock  trampling  also 
compacts  the  soil,  making  it  tougher  for  the 
infrequent  rains — mainly  falling  in  sudden 
summertime  deluges — to  seep  into  the  top- 
soil.  In  the  good  old  days  of  grassland,  black 
grama  grass  promoted  this  seepage  by  absorb- 
ing some  of  the  raindrops'  energy,  discourag- 
ing erosion  and  runoff,  and  trapping  rainwater 
to  nourish  its  shallow  roots. 

With  grass  removed  and  soil  mashed,  rain 
and  wind  carried  off  vital  soil  carbon  and 
nutrients,  trapping  them  in  pockets  where 
conditions  favor  the  growth  of  the  deep-root- 
ed creosote  and  mesquite.  Once  grown,  these 
"crafty"  shrubs  improved  their  lot  by  trapping 
more  windblown  and  waterborne  soil  and 
nutrients  beneath  themselves.  Thus,  "islands 
of  fertility"  built  up  around  the  shrubs,  trans- 
forming desert  shrub  lands  into  patchy  clus- 
ters of  bush  with  bare  earth  in  between, 
unlike  the  relatively  homogenous  soils  of 
grasslands.  In  North  America,  a  similar  deser- 
tification has  occurred  in  the  transition  areas 
between  semi-arid  and  arid  lands  in  western 
Texas  and  eastern  New  Mexico.  And  in  West 
Africa,  an  analogous  process  may  have  aided 


Jornada  scientists  have  found  hard  to  reverse. 

Miles  from  Reynolds'  wiring  job  on  the  cre- 
osote bush,  the  tall,  rangy  Schlesinger  and  his 
cohorts  toil  on  their  own  research  plots  — 
230-square-foot  fenced  patches  where  they 
conduct  life-and-death  experiments  on  the 
plants  growing  there.  Their  eighteen  such 
plots  sit  in  a  transition  zone  between  grass- 
land and  desert,  a  location  that  allows  them 
to  subject  plants  to  treatments  that  could  flip- 
flop  the  ecology  in  either  direction,  with  the 
right  coaxing. 

To  study  how  desertification  happens,  "you 
want  to  look  at  the  edges  of  deserts,"  says 
Schlesinger.  "We're  in  one  right  now.  The  Chi- 
huahuan Desert  is  transitional  between  the 
really  grim  deserts  of  the  Southwest  and  the 
grasslands  of  the  Great  Plains."  The  scientists' 
ecological  coaxing  has  included  herding  cat- 
tle into  some  plots  to  try  to  pinpoint  the  ef- 
fects of  grazing;  spraying  plots  with  herbicide 
to  explore  the  effects  of  removing  all  the  shrubs; 
and  even  burning  off  areas  to  evaluate  which 
plants  re-colonize  after  a  range  fire,  and  how 
quickly.  "But  these  are  not  just  shrub  and 
grass  experiments,"  Schlesinger,  a  specialist  in 


42      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


soil  chemistry,  emphasizes.  "We  want  to  come 
hack  in  five  years  and  see  whether  the  treat- 
ments— grazing  or  non-grazing,  shrubbery  re- 
moval or  non-removal — make  any  difference 
in  the  spatial  distribution  of  soil  nutrients." 

The  scientists  have  already  confirmed  such 
a  change  in  nutrient  distribution  in  studies  of 
soil  from  grassland  and  desert  scrub  outside 
the  Jornada,  but  they  still  haven't  found  the 
"smoking  gun,"  evidence  that  cattle  caused 
Jornada  desertification.  However,  cattle  have 
been  implicated  dead-on  in  desertification  else- 
where in  the  Southwest,  Schlesinger  notes.  A 
study  found  that  cattle-trampling  damaged 
delicate  soil  crusts  constructed  by  beneficial 
algae  and  fungi.  These  organisms  harbor  vital 
bacteria  that  convert  nitrogen  from  the  air 
into  soil-nutrient  nitrogen,  and  destroying  the 
crust  disrupts  their  ecology. 

Reynolds'  shrub  scrutiny  also  includes  test- 
ing the  hardy  creosote  and  mesquite  for  their 
resistance  to  drought.  His  group  has  built  112 
"rainout  shelters"  with  removable  plastic  roofs 
to  test  the  importance  of  rain  to  the  shrubs. 
In  some  cases,  they  blocked  out  all  rainfall  to 
bushes  for  an  entire  summer,  which  is  the 
Jornada's  wettest  season.  To  their  utter  sur- 
prise, the  artificial  drought  had  no  effect  on 
the  plants.  Both  creosote  and  mesquite  — 
mesquite  can  extend  its  taproots  as  deep  as 


seventy  feet  in  search  of  water — survived 
quite  nicely.  "We  thought  that  summer  rain- 
fall was  really  critical  because  nearly  two- 
thirds  of  the  rain  here  occurs  during  the  sum- 
mertime," says  Reynolds.  But  detailed  analysis 
showed  that  heavy  summer  thunderstorm 
rains  quickly  ran  off  or  evaporated,  never  pen- 
etrating deeply  enough  into  the  soil  to  reach 
the  shrubs'  deep  roots.  The  winter  rains  real- 
ly mattered  to  the  shrubs.  "Winter  provides 
very  gentle  rains  over  longer  periods  of  time, 
with  really  nice  saturation  of  the  soils,"  Rey- 
nolds says. 

Back  at  Duke,  Reynolds  also  directs  the  Duke 
Phytotron,  a  high-tech  complex  of  computer- 
controlled  greenhouses  and  plant  growth  cham- 
bers that  allows  scientists  to  control  precisely 
growing  conditions  in  their  experiments.  When 
not  torturing  shrubs  in  a  sun-blasted  desert, 
he  works  in  an  air-conditioned  computer  room 
in  the  Phytotron  building,  constructing  math- 
ematical computer  models  of  plant  environ- 
ments. Such  models  help  scientists  make  sense 
of  the  complicated  interrelationships  of  clima- 
tic variations,  plants,  roots,  soils,  soil  microbes, 
and  animals  that  must  be  understood  in 
studying  desertification.  "We  don't  pretend  that 
our  models  are  correct,  because  they  aren't," 
Reynolds  admits.  "But  they  help  us  generate 
neat  ideas  and  hypotheses  that  we  can  test." 


But  the  necessary  hard  data  can  only  be 
wrested  from  the  land  itself.  In  their  scientif- 
ic quest,  the  Jornada  scientists  will  continue 
to  suffer  the  choking  dust  from  rattling  along 
in  trucks  for  miles  on  washboard  roads  and 
endure  the  vicious  summer  desert  heat.  They 
will  also  continue  to  conduct  experiments  that 
sometimes  resemble  a  scene  from  a  Fellini 
movie:  researchers  standing  in  the  desert  in 
raincoats,  directing  water  pumped  from  a 
tanker  truck  to  create  an  artificial  rainstorm 
onto  a  creosote  bush  mounted  on  a  Christ- 
mas tree  stand,  and  then  meticulously  observ- 
ing where  each  droplet  tails  from  the  bush;  or 
scientists  clambering  up  towers  to  retrieve 
samples  of  soil  dust  blowing  in  the  wind;  or 
those  who  painstakingly  collect  data  on  water 
runoff  at  900  different,  precisely  mapped  points 
in  the  vast  wasteland. 

Despite  the  sometimes  eccentric-looking 
nature  of  the  experiments,  the  purpose  is 
dead  serious.  Information  gathered  by  scien- 
tists over  decades  of  excruciatingly  hard  work 
may  help  rescue  vast  tracts  of  land  from  the 
desert.  And  it  could  offer  profoundly  hum- 
bling insights  into  the  intricate  machinery  of 
nature,  one  day  saving  populations  on  the 
brink  from  starvation.  ■ 


March -April  1998 


Ksmsm 


PRESIDENTIAL 
OCCASION 

^B&-  eorge  Bush,  who  served  as  the  forty- 
BE  MM  first  president  of  the  United  States 
^^  from  1989  to  1993,  will  deliver  Duke's 
1998  commencement  address  Sunday,  May  17. 

Says  Duke  President  Nannerl  O.  Keohane  of 
Bush:  "His  many  years  of  service  to  the  nation, 
from  his  combat  experience  in  World  War  II 
to  his  remarkably  broad  career  of  government 
leadership,  culminating  in  his  election  as  presi- 
dent of  the  United  States,  give  him  a  uniquely 
valuable  perspective  on  the  challenges  and  op- 
portunities that  our  students  will  encounter." 

During  his  term  in  office,  Bush  successfully 
fought  for  and  signed  into  law  the  Americans 
with  Disabilities  Act  (ADA)  and  the  Clean  Air 
Act.  Under  his  leadership,  an  unprecedented 
international  coalition  force,  led  by  the  United 
States,  liberated  Kuwait  from  Iraqi  occupation, 
which  led  to  a  renewal  of  the  stalled  Mideast 
peace  process.  He  also  created  the  "1,000  Points 
of  Light"  program,  which  led  to  a  renewed  na- 
tional emphasis  on  volunteerism. 

Since  leaving  office,  Bush  has  focused  his 
time  and  energy  on  the  completion  of  the 
George  Bush  Presidential  Library,  located  on 
the  campus  of  Texas  A&uM  University  at  Col- 
lege Station.  He  serves  as  the  chairman  of  the 
Eisenhower  Exchange  Fellowship,  and  hon- 
orary chairman  of  the  Points  of  Light  Founda- 
tion, and  is  a  member  of  the  board  of  visitors 
at  M.D.  Anderson  Cancer  Center  in  Houston. 

Bush  and  his  wife,  Barbara,  who  live  in 
Houston  and  Kennebunkport,  Maine,  have 
helped  support  more  than  150  charitable  or- 
ganizations in  their  community  and  around 
the  country,  from  fighting  drug  abuse  to  pro- 
moting literacy.  In  1995  and  1996,  they  helped 
raise  more  than  $20  million  for  charity. 


A  DEVIL  OF 

AN  IMPACT 

Duke's  annual  economic  impact  on  the 
city  and  county  of  Durham  weighs  in 
at  an  estimated  $1.9  billion.  According 
to  a  recent  study,  a  tally  of  local  spending  by 
the  university,  its  students,  and  visitors  in 
1996-1997  arrived  at  an  estimated  $944  mil- 
lion. The  impact  of  that  spending,  however,  is 


In  the  paint:  a  colorful  collection  of  Cameron  Crazies  conspire  for  Carolina  confrontation 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


at  least  twice  that  amount,  according  to  the 
study,  because  each  dollar  spent  initiates  at 
least  one  more  round  of  spending  before  it 
leaves  the  local  economy. 

"Understanding  the  extent  to  which  Duke 
is  an  important  engine  of  economic  activity  in 
Durham  can  help  all  of  us,  both  on  campus 
and  off  it,  appreciate  the  degree  to  which  Dur- 
ham and  Duke  are  inextricably  engaged  with 
each  other,"  says  President  Keohane.  "It  adds 
to  our  understanding  of  a  complex  and  im- 
portant town/gown  relationship  that  we  are 
committed  to  enhancing." 

As  the  largest  employer  in  Durham  County 
and  the  third  largest  private  employer  in  North 
Carolina,  Duke  annually  infuses  an  estimated 
$1.01  billion  into  the  community.  The  univer- 
sity employed  16,145  Durham  residents  out  of 
a  total  workforce  of  22,000  in  1996-1997.  Other 
effects  include  university  purchases,  services, 
donations,  and  student  and  visitor  spending. 

The  seventeen-page  report,  "Durham  and 
Duke,"  was  the  university's  first  study  of  its 
economic  impact  on  its  home  community.  It 
was  conducted  by  Duke's  public  affairs  office, 
with  consultation  from  economists  at  Duke 
and  North  Carolina  State  University  as  well 
as  government  and  outside  data  models. 


TWO  TIERS 

FOR  TUITION 

Duke  has  announced  the  lowest  tui- 
tion increase  in  thirty-two  years  for 
continuing  students  in  the  two  un- 
dergraduate colleges-along  with  an  extra  $800 
annually  for  new  arts  and  sciences  students. 
The  two-tiered  tuition  structure  is  modeled 
after  similar  programs  adopted  in  1988-89  and 
1994-95  that  sparked  new  investments  in  un- 
dergraduate education  and  faculty  develop- 
ment. 

Thirty  percent  of  the  funds  from  the  new 
two-tiered  tuition  plan  will  be  invested  in  fi- 
nancial aid.  The  balance  of  the  monies  gener- 
ated will  go  to  support  an  enhancement  fund 
for  five  undergraduate  education  programs  and 
faculty  support  that,  according  to  university 
officials,  will  have  an  immediate  impact  on 
the  quality  of  undergraduate  education.  The 
targeted  areas  are  the  freshman  "Focus"  pro- 
grams, which  integrate  living  and  learning  ex- 
periences; new  "capstone"  seminars  for  seniors; 
more  opportunities  for  independent  research; 
strengthened  foreign-language  courses;  and  a 
Center  for  Teaching,  Learning,  and  Writing, 
which  will  add  to  and  consolidate  existing 
programs.  With  support  from  other  sources, 
the  plan  will  allow  Duke  to  hire  some  thirty 
new  faculty  appointments  in  arts  and  sciences 
and  engineering  over  the  next  five  years. 
Under  the  plan,  approved  at  the  board  of 


trustees'  February  meeting,  tuition  for  contin- 
uing students  in  Trinity  College  of  Arts  and 
Sciences  in  1998-99  will  go  up  4  percent  to 
$22,420;  for  new  students,  tuition  will  be 
$23,220,  a  7.7  percent  increase.  Continuing  and 
new  students  in  the  School  of  Engineering  will 
see  their  tuition  rise  by  4  percent  to  $23,310. 


ELEVATION 
IN  ATHLETICS 

Joe  Alleva,  Duke's  associate  athletics  di- 
rector since  1987,  succeeded  Tom  But- 
ters as  director  of  athletics  in  March, 
concluding  a  four-month-long  national  search. 
The   forty-four-year-old   Alleva  joined   the 


athletics  staff  in  1980  and  was  named  assis- 
tant athletics  director  in  July  1986.  As  associ- 
ate director,  he  has  been  responsible  for  fiscal 
and  budgetary  management  in  the  depart- 
ment and  over  time,  at  Butters'  direction,  had 
assumed  responsibility  for  many  of  the  depart- 
ment's day-to-day  operations.  He  was  also  as- 
sistant director  of  the  Iron  Dukes,  the  athlet- 
ic scholarship  fund-raising  group  that  raises 
more  than  $4  million  annually  and  endows 
146  scholarships  for  Duke  student-athletes. 

Alleva  was  an  All-America  quarterback  at 
Lehigh  in  1974  and  was  the  team  captain  in 
1975,  his  senior  year.  He  also  lettered  in  baseball 
during  his  college  career.  He  began  working  at 
Duke  in  1976  in  the  office  of  the  vice  president 
and  later  as  an  administrator  at  Duke  Hos- 
pital before  joining  the  athletics  department. 


REGAL  ROLE  FOR  A  FORMER  PHANTOM 


Capturing  the  conscience  of 
the  king:  Gray,  with  Osmond 
as  Anna 


DIKE 


In  his  backstage  dressing 
room,  with  his  royal-red  ki- 
mono hanging  conspicuous- 
ly nearby,  Kevin  Gray  '80  spent 
some  time  this  winter  musing 
about  life  in  the  theater.  It's  a 
life  that  brought  him  to  the 
lead  role  in  Phantom  of  the 
Opera  (Duke  Magasjne,  Febru- 
ary-March 1991).  And,  through 
the  end  of  February,  it  landed 
him  in  The  King  and  I.  Gray 
played  the  King  — a  "stressed 
out  and  angry"  King,  as  he  de- 
scribed it-in  the  Broadway  pro- 
duction. In  its  final  weeks,  the 
production  brought  on  singer 
Marie  Osmond  as  Anna,  the 
British  schoolteacher  who  de- 
velops a  complex  attachment  to 
the  King. 

"What's  nice  about  this  play 
is  that  you  don't  need  to  make 
it  contemporary;  it  is  contem- 
porary," Gray  said.  "Despite  the 
advent  of  all  the  technologies 


that  seem  to  make  the  world 
smaller,  we  still  have  very  little 
experience  of  other  people's 
cultures  — how  alien  they  can 
be  to  us,  and  how  alien  our  cul- 
ture can  be  to  them." 

The  Rogers  and  Hammer- 
stein  musical  is  approaching 
the  half-century  mark,  but 
many  of  its  themes  are  timeless, 
or  at  least  ahead  of  their  time, 
Gray  said.  "I  think  ultimately 
the  play  has  the  message  that 
life  is  full  of  surprising  journeys 
that  happen  when  we  bounce 
off  each  other,  that  you  never 
know  who  is  going  to  walk  into 
your  room — or  what  room 
you're  going  to  walk  into — that 
is  going  to  change  your  life. 
This  is  a  man  who  has  a  very 
delicately  balanced  life.  And  a 
woman  who  is  a  complete 
stranger  walks  into  that  life  and 
changes  everything.  In  the 
same  way,  here  is  a  woman 


who  walks  out  of  a  very  or- 
dered Victorian  world.  Even 
though  they  can't  be  compati- 
ble, their  lives  are  forever 
changed.  That's  the  most  excit- 
ing part  of  what  life  is — going 
through  that  door,  or  opening  it 
and  seeing  who  comes  in." 
Now  Gray  is  considering 
opening  a  new  door  for  himself 
as  he  weighs  directing  oppor- 
tunities. "I  am  very  familiar 
with  the  process  from  the 
actor's  side.  I  would  be  curious 
to  see  the  process  from  the 
other  side,  to  see  how  it  all  fits 
together."  Not  that  he's  averse 
to  returning  to  his  more  famil- 
iar stage  roles.  "You  have  to 
work  with  what  you  have  in 
your  arsenal  at  a  particular 
time  in  your  life.  But  certainly 
fifteen  years  from  now,  there 
will  be  a  different  set  of  things 
in  the  arsenal." 


March -April  1998        45 


The  search,  which  concluded  in  late 
February,  was  highly  public,  with  sportscaster 
Dick  Vitale,  for  example,  calling  Alleva  the 
best  choice  in  a  national  broadcast.  Men's 
basketball  coach  Mike  Krzyzewski  had  also 
made  clear  his  support  for  Alleva.  Along  the 
way,  a  number  of  publicly-identified  candi- 
dates removed  themselves  from  considera- 
tion. The  Chronicle,  in  a  highly  critical  edito- 
rial, called  the  search  process  "sloppy  and 
indecisive"  and  pointed  to  "a  power  struggle 
showing  for  everyone  to  see." 

Alleva  was  one  of  four  finalists  brought  to 
President  Keohane  by  a  search  committee.  In 
announcing  the  appointment,  Keohane  said 
of  Alleva:  "His  accomplishments  at  Duke  and 
the  support  he's  received  from  people  within 
the  athletics  department  demonstrate  the 
very  high  regard  with  which  he  is  held  by  his 
colleagues,  those  who  know  him  best. ...  I  am 
confident  that  under  Joe's  leadership  we  will 
continue  the  tradition  of  excellence  and  sup- 
port for  student-athletes,  both  on  the  fields 
and  in  the  classrooms,  that  is  a  hallmark  of 
Duke." 

Butters,  who  had  held  the  position  for  thir- 
ty-one years,  said,  "It  has  been  a  wonderful 
ride  for  me."  None  of  the  accomplishments 
during  his  tenure  would  have  been  possible 
"without  the  guidance  and  support  of  Joe 
there,"  he  added. 


WEED 

STUDY 

In  what  will  be  the  National  Institutes  of 
Health's  first  large-scale  test  of  a  health- 
food  store  product,  Duke  has  received  a 
$4-3-million  grant  to  study  the  herbal  depres- 
sion "remedy"  St.  John's  wort. 

The  roadside  weed  St.  John's  wort,  or 
Hypericum  perforatum,  grows  prolificacy  and 
contains  a  combination  of  chemicals  that 
reputedly  offer  therapeutic  treatment  for 
depression.  St.  John's  wort  has  been  widely 
used  for  centuries  among  practitioners  of 
phytotherapy,  or  plant-based  medicine,  and  is 
already  an  accepted  remedy  for  depression 
in  Europe,  particularly  in  Germany,  where 
66  million  doses  of  the  herb  were  prescribed 
in  1994-  American  interest  in  the  plant  has 
skyrocketed  in  the  past  several  years  as  word 
of  its  availability  and  cost-effectiveness 
spread.  But,  up  until  now,  there  have  been  no 
studies  of  long-term  effects  on  diagnosed  suf- 
ferers of  depression  who  use  the  drug. 

Winning  the  much  sought-after  contract 
will  offer  Duke  Medical  Center  researchers  a 
chance  to  demonstrate  the  strengths  of  the 

Outdoor  artifacts:  some  of  the  billboards  in  gift 
collection  that  includes  posters  and  placards 


department  of  psychiatry  and  behavioral  sci- 
ences, as  well  as  the  Clinical  Research  Insti- 
tute, which  has  organized  huge  clinical  trials 
around  the  world. 

Physicians  at  Duke  are  coordinating  with  of- 
ficials from  as  many  as  twelve  other  centers 
around  the  country  to  enroll  336  psychiatric 
outpatients  with  moderate  depression.  Pa- 
tients will  be  divided  into  three  groups  — 
those  receiving  either  doses  of  St.  John's  wort, 
a  placebo,  or  a  commonly  prescribed  drug  for 
depression — and  results  following  six 
months  of  therapy  will  be  compared. 

Researchers  hope  to  answer  questions  about 
exactly  how  the  plant's  chemicals  work  on 
the  brain.  The  plant's  alkaloid  extracts  likely 
affect  the  action  of  at  least  two  neurotrans- 
mitters—  dopamine  and  GABA.  Both  are 
linked  to  depression  or  anxiety,  but  to  what 
extent  is  unknown. 


ROADSIDE 
REMINDERS 

To  some,  they  are  an  eyesore.  To  others, 
they  are  a  window  to  the  past  of  our 
American  landscape.  All  debate  aside, 
a  donated  collection  of  one  dozen  historic 
billboards  and  hundreds  of  thousands  of 
other  outdoor  advertisements  has  joined  the 
university's  Special  Collections  Library. 

In  October,  a  scale -model  presentation  of 
six  of  the  billboards  was  displayed  in  the  front 


lobby  of  Perkins  Library  on  West  Campus, 
"advertising"  the  new  holdings,  a  gift  from  the 
Outdoor  Advertising  Association  of  America 
(OAAA).  The  collection  features  subway  pla- 
cards, wartime  posters,  and  bus  displays,  among 
other  items.  The  materials,  now  located  in 
Duke's  John  W  Hartman  Center  for  Sales, 
Advertising,  and  Marketing  History,  were  pre- 
viously housed  at  Fairleigh  Dickinson  Uni- 
versity in  Rutherford,  New  Jersey. 


EX-SKINHEAD 
SPEAKS 

Perhaps  the  most  dramatic  moment  in 
a  March  campus  speech  came  when 
ex-skinhead  Tom  Leyden  displayed  his 
tattoo-covered  arm  to  his  audience-evidence 
of  the  extent  to  which  he  was  involved  with 
the  Hammer  Skin  Nation,  an  international 
racist  skinhead  movement.  A  year  and  a  half 
ago,  Leyden  re-evaluated  his  beliefs,  and  he 
now  speaks  for  the  Simon  Wiesenthal  Center, 
a  Jewish  human-rights  organization. 

Addressing  a  crowd  of  about  250  in  the 
Griffith  Film  Theater,  Leyden  discussed  his  in- 
volvement in  the  movement  and  why  he  quit. 
In  high  school,  he  had  become  involved  in  the 
punk  rock  scene.  It  was  at  that  point  when  he 
first  began  associating  with  racist  skinheads. 
"White -power  rock  is  the  equivalent  of  gang- 
ster rap,"  he  said.  "Music  is  the  most  powerful 
weapon  on  the  face  of  the  planet." 


I  always  stop 
at  the  R|TZ 


4  bedrooms,  3  baths...  2  FORDS 


46      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


After  working  his  way  up  the  hierarchy  of 
the  Hammer  Skin  Nation,  witnessing  and 
participating  in  many  acts  of  violence,  and 
spending  so  much  time  in  county  jail  that  the 
people  knew  him  "on  a  first-name  basis," 
Leyden  began  to  rethink  his  racist  ideology. 
Although  a  number  of  factors  made  him 
reconsider  his  beliefs,  ultimately  his  children 
caused  the  turnaround.  "For  the  first  time, 


they  held  a  mirror  up  to  my  face,"  Leyden  said 
of  his  sons.  "They  would  be  ten  times  tougher, 
meaner,  and  more  loyal  because  they  would 
be  second  generation  neo-Nazi  skinheads." 

Now,  Leyden  travels  around  the  country 
with  the  Simon  Wiesenthal  Center,  sharing 
his  experiences.  "The  reason  I  talk,"  Leyden 
told  his  audience,  "is  because  if  I  didn't,  I 
would  be  just  as  much  to  blame." 


COMPASSIONATE 
MERGER 


OFF  TO  OXFORD 


When  John  Tye '98 
told  his  parents 
that  he  had  won  a 
Rhodes  Scholarship,  they  were 
more  than  just  a  lit  tie  surprised. 
"They  were  extremely  excited," 
he  says:  He  hadn't  even  told 
them  that  he  had  applied. 

Tye  says  he  too  was  "very 
excited"  when  he  learned  on 
December  6  that  he  was  one  of 
thirty-two  Americans  chosen 
for  the  prestigious  scholarship. 
This  is  the  fifth  straight  year  a 
Duke  student  has  won  a 
Rhodes,  and  the  twenty-sev- 
enth time  the  university  has 
had  a  winner  since  the  program 
was  established  in  1903. 

The  Trinity  senior  from 
Belmont,  Massachusetts,  sur- 
vived a  series  of  "pretty  stress- 
ful" interviews  to  claim  one 
of  the  scholarships,  which 
entitles  him  to  two  years  of 
study  at  Oxford  University  in 
England.  Academic  expenses, 
fees,  and  transportation  are 
paid,  along  with  a  stipend 


of  $23,240.  He  says  he  plans 
to  study  philosophy,  politics, 
and  economics. 

At  Duke,  Tye  is  part  of 
Program  II,  which  allows 
students  to  design  their  own 
curriculum.  His  major  is  titled 
"Adaptive  and  Intelligence 
Systems";  he  studies  computer 
modeling  of  decision-making 
processes  and  neurosciences. 
"I've  been  looking  at  complex 
systems  with  lots  of  interactive 
parts.  For  example,  the  brain 
has  lots  of  neurons,  which  are 
relatively  simple  things,  yet 
when  they  are  combined, 
beautiful  properties  emerge. 
I've  also  studied  the  economy 
and  financial  markets  and 
how  group  behavior  emerges 
from  the  decisions  made  by 
individuals,"  he  says. 

Program  II  "is  one  of  the 
best  things  I've  done  at  Duke. 
I've  really  learned  a  lot"  He 
says  he  also  learned  a  lot  by 
taking  time  off  from  his  studies 
to  work  in  Nicaragua,  where 


Tye:  independent  study 
achieved  Rhi'des-worthiness 


he  installed  pipes  for  a  new 
water  and  sewage  system  for  a 
small  community,  and  in 
Honduras,  where  he  worked 
in  an  orphanage. 

Mary  Nijhout,  Trinity  College 
associate  dean  and  coordinator 
of  the  Rhodes  Scholarship 
program,  describes  Tye  as  a 
"wonderful  person"  who  meets 
the  program  criteria  for  aca- 
demic achievement,  integrity, 
leadership,  and  athletic  ability. 
She  says  the  program  looks 
for  "young  leaders  who  will 
go  on  to  be  great  leaders"  and 
that  Tye  obviously  fits  into 
that  category. 

This  year,  990  students  from 
314  colleges  and  universities  ap- 
plied for  the  thirty-two  scholar- 
ships. Two  went  to  students  at 
the  University  of  North  Carolina 
at  Chapel  Hill.  Rhodes  Scholar- 
ships were  established  at  the 
turn  of  the  century  by  the  estate 
of  Cecil  Rhodes,  a  British  phi- 
lanthropist and  colonialist. 

— Melznda  Stubbee 


The  boards  of  Triangle  Hospice  and  Duke 
University  Health  System  have  entered 
final  negotiations  on  a  proposed  merger 
that  will  enhance  and  expand  the  options  for 
"end-of-life  care"  for  terminally-ill  patients. 

The  agreement  will  formalize  a  long-standing 
relationship  between  Triangle  Hospice  and  the 
Duke  Medical  Center.  During  their  nineteen- 
year  affiliation,  Duke  has  provided  curative 
care  to  medically  ill  patients  while  Triangle 
Hospice  has  focused  on  pain  management 
and  quality-of-life  issues. 

"The  merger  will  allow  Triangle  Hospice  to 
serve  a  much  broader  range  of  patients  by 
providing  the  stability  and  patient  referral  base 
of  a  large  academic  health  system,  while  intro- 
ducing hospice  care  as  a  critical  component  of 
managed  health-care  delivery,"  says  Terry  Fisher, 
president  of  the  board  of  Triangle  Hospice. 

Under  the  terms  of  the  proposed  merger, 
Triangle  Hospice  will  retain  its  name  and  its 
mission,  with  community  program  direction 
coming  from  a  Triangle  Hospice  Community 
Advisory  Committee.  The  committee  will  have 
significant  representation  from  the  current 
Triangle  Hospice  board  of  directors  as  well  as 
from  Duke  and  the  community  at  large.  The 
fifty-five -member  Triangle  Hospice  staff  will 
become  employees  of  the  Duke  University 
Health  System. 


EXAMINING 
ARTHRITIS 

multidisciplinary  team  of  Duke  Uni- 
^  versity  Arthritis  Center  researchers 
.  will  spend  the  next  four  years,  with 
the  support  of  a  $4.3-million  grant  from  the 
National  Institutes  of  Health,  piecing  together 
possible  answers  to  the  puzzling  disease  rheu- 
matoid arthritis. 

As  the  nation's  only  Specialized  Center  of 
Research  (SCOR)  on  rheumatoid  arthritis,  the 
Duke  center  will  be  taking  a  four-pronged  ap- 
proach to  understanding  the  basic  mecha- 
nisms that  trigger  joint  destruction  in  the 
chronic  inflammatory  disease  that  affects 
more  than  one  million  Americans. 

"The  idea  behind  a  center-based  approach 
is  to  bring  scientists  and  clinicians  together  to 
try  to  understand  the  key  steps  in  the  dis- 
ease," says  professor  of  immunology  David 
Pisetsky,  the  primary  investigator  for  the  study 
and  chief  of  rheumatology,  allergy,  and  clinical 
immunology  at  Duke.  "Each  of  the  four  pro- 
jects under  the  grant  has  a  physician  and  a 
basic  researcher  to  try  to  use  new  techniques 
to  address  clinically  relevant  research.  We 


March -April  1998        47 


want  both  to  understand  the  disease  process 
and  to  find  new  therapies  for  patients." 

The  first  of  the  four  projects  will  focus  on 
the  molecules  that  regulate  trafficking  of  cells 
to  the  joints  and  the  interaction  between 
cells  and  joint  tissue.  The  researchers  will 
continue  to  explore  the  inflammatory  role  of 
CD44,  a  receptor  found  on  T-cells  in  joint 
fluid.  The  second  study  will  examine  the  rela- 
tionship between  rheumatoid  arthritis  and 
nitric  oxide,  which  has  been  found  in  high  lev- 
els in  affected  joints.  The  third  study  will  tar- 
get adhesion  molecules,  a  group  of  proteins 


connected  to  the  early  stages  of  immune  cell 
migration  to  joints.  The  final  project  will  study 
the  array  of  chemokines  and  chemokine  re- 
ceptors in  the  joints  and  their  role  in  regulating 
cell  activity. 

The  four  studies  involve  researchers  from 
rheumatology,  immunology,  hematology,  ortho- 
pedics, and  biomedical  engineering,  all  focused 
on  the  critical  steps  in  the  activation  and  mi- 
gration of  immune  cells  to  the  joint,  Pisetsky 
says.  The  current  project  builds  on  Duke  re- 
search conducted  under  SCOR  grants  over 
the  past  ten  years. 


While  Visiting  Durham, 


T_^"ya       wyh  •"^^^^^^"'^^^Btv'      "^^  ^- 


Why  Settle  For  Less  When  So 
Much  More  Costs  So  Little? 

Luxurious  All-Suite  Hotel 


Magnificent  outdoor  pool 
Two  remote  control  TVs 
Color,  HBO  and  cable 
Two  telephones 
Call  waiting  &  voice  mail 
No  charge  for  local  calls 
Fax  &  copier  service 
Superior  location 


Award-winning  gardens 

1  Fitness  center 
Covered  walking  track 
Fully  equipped  kitchen 
Top  quality  linens  &  towels 

■  Complete  laundry  facilities 
Pets  permitted 
Uniformed  security 


DUKE  TOWER 

Residential  Suites 


For  reservations  or  information  call: 

(919)  687-4444  •  Fax:  (919)  683-1215 

807  West  Trinity  Avenue,  Durham,  NC  27701  (corner  of  North  Duke  &  West  Trinity) 

Just  streets  away  from  many  restaurants,  Northgate  Mall,  Duke  University  and 

Duke  Hospital.  Ten  minutes  to  RTP,  15  minutes  to  RDU  Airport.  (=J 


GIVING 
HIGHLIGHTS 


Two  recent  gifts  are  meant  to  make  a 
campus  impact  in  varying  ways. 
Thanks  to  $1.5  million  in  contribu- 
tions from  the  Glaxo  Wellcome  corporation 
and  foundation,  Duke  Medical  Center  has 
established  the  Glaxo  Wellcome  Professorship 
of  pharmacology  and  cancer  biology.  Anthony 
Means,  chairman  of  the  department,  says  the 
professorship  gives  the  medical  center  an  op- 
portunity to  recruit  a  pre-eminent  senior  sci- 
entist who  applies  modern  techniques  to  the 
detection,  prevention,  or  cure  of  cancer.  The 
addition  of  "a  leading  cancer  biologist"  to  the 
department,  he  says,  "will  speed  our  progress 
even  more  toward  unraveling  the  mechanisms 
that  underlie  this  hugely  complex  series  of 
diseases." 

Researchers  in  the  department  use  basic  con- 
cepts of  biology  and  chemistry  to  determine 
how  cells  integrate  signals  received  in  re- 
sponse to  drugs,  growth-promoting  or  growth- 
inhibitory  substances,  from  the  molecular  level 
to  the  whole  animal.  Their  research  brings  an 
integrated  perspective  to  an  understanding  of 
how  molecules,  cells,  organ  systems,  and  or- 
ganisms function. 

An  individual  with  a  long-standing  con- 
nection to  the  medical  center — who  also  ad- 
mires the  corporate  stewardship  of  board  of 
trustees  chairman  Randall  L.  Tobias — is  be- 
hind another  gift.  Corporate  newsletter  pub- 
lisher Evelyn  Y.  Davis  and  the  Evelyn  Y.  Davis 
Foundation  are  giving  Duke  $100,000  to 
assist  seniors  who  have  expressed  a  career 
interest  in  business  journalism. 

The  Evelyn  Y.  Davis  Scholarship  Endow- 
ment Fund  will  support  up  to  five  $1,000 
scholarships  each  year  for  seniors  who  are  in 
need  of  financial  assistance,  have  demonstrat- 
ed superior  academic  achievement,  and  are 
interested  in  a  career  in  business  or  political 
journalism.  "I  think  it  is  very  important  to  do 
what  you  can  to  help  people,"  says  Davis,  who 
lives  in  Washington,  D.C.  Tobias,  chairman  of 
the  board  and  chief  executive  officer  of  Eli 


Supporting  future  journalists:  donor  Davis,  left, 
with  trustee  chair  Tobias 


48      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


Lilly  and  Company,  says,  "I  am  particularly 
pleased  that  [the  gift]  will  go  to  help  deserv- 
ing students  who  hope  to  report  on  business 
and  its  role  in  society." 

Davis'  late  father,  Herman  Dejong,  taught 
at  Duke  Medical  School.  She  edits  and  pub- 
lishes Highlights  and  Lowlights,  a  Washington- 
based  newsletter  for  corporate  chief  executive 
officers.  She  has  been  described  by  news 
media  as  a  "corporate  gadfly"  who  owns  stock 
in  110  corporations  and  who  attends  dozens  of 
stockholders'  meetings  annually. 


IN  BRIEF 

v.  The  Samuel  DuBois  Cook  Society  was  in- 
augurated in  February  to  commemorate 
trustee  emeritus  Samuel  DuBois  Cook,  who  in 
1966  joined  Duke's  political  science  faculty. 
He  was  the  first  African-American  professor 
named  to  the  faculty  of  a  predominantly  white 
university  in  the  South.  The  society — open  to 
students,  faculty,  and  staff — recognizes  new 
leaders  on  campus  who  are  working  toward 
the  advancement  of  African  Americans  and 
improved  race  relations.  Cook  delivered  the 
keynote  address  and  presided  over  the  founders' 
dinner  inaugurating  the  society,  which  was 
named  by  President  Keohane  last  year. 

v,  Robert  E.  Reinheimer  and  Wanda  T  Wallace 
have  been  named  associate  deans  for  execu- 
tive education  at  the  Fuqua  School  of  Business. 
The  former  managing  directors  for  Fuqua's  ex- 
ecutive programs  will  share  administrative  re- 
sponsibility for  the  school's  open-enrollment 
and  customized,  company-specific  executive 
programs. 

■S  Jean  Spaulding  M.D.  72,  adjunct  faculty 
member  in  die  psychology  department,  has  been 
appointed  vice  chancellor  for  health  affairs. 
The  Durham  psychiatrist,  well-known  for  her 
community  involvement,  will  serve  as  a  senior 
member  of  Duke  Medical  Center's  leadership 
team  recruiting  and  mentoring  medical  center 
faculty,  students,  and  alumni,  with  a  focus  on 
under-represented  minorities  and  women. 
Spaulding  was  the  first  African-American 
woman  to  attend  Duke's  medical  school. 

'i  John  Arnold  Board  B.S.E.  '82,  M.S.  '82, 
associate  professor  of  computer  science  and 
electrical  and  computer  engineering,  and  Eric 
John  Toone,  associate  professor  of  chemistry, 
have  been  named  to  the  first  two  chairs  in  the 
Bass  Program  for  Excellence  in  Undergrad- 
uate Education.  The  Bass  Program  is  a  $40- 
million  initiative  to  endow  faculty  chairs  and 
recognize  faculty  who  are  both  gifted  teachers 
and  scholars.  The  program  was  created  by  a 
gift  from  Anne  and  Robert  Bass. 


Tired  and  wet:  As  tfieV?gu  stretched  into  a  week,  participo 


REMEMBERING  THE  SILENT  VIGIL 

Continued  from  page  9 


t  of  rain  and  fatigue 


Over  the  years  legend  has  it  that  it  was  my 
idea  to  sit  quietly  and  neatly  on  the  quad.  My 
memory  is  that  we  engaged  in  collective  deci- 
sion making.  I  was  concerned  about  the  prin- 
ciple and  movement  tactics  more  than  disci- 
pline. I  was  conscious  about  responsibility  and 
not  having  us  dismissed  as  "crazies"  (some  of 
the  guerrilla  tactics  of  the  SDSers  were  fright- 
ening). The  lessons  from  my  youth  participat- 
ing in  demonstrations  were  applied  to  the  Vigil 
as  much  for  survival  (how  not  to  get  beaten 
by  the  police)  rather  than  a  recipe  for  a  suc- 
cessful protest. 

I  still  have  a  feeling  of  awe  when  I  think 
about  waking  up  that  first  morning  on  the 
quad.  I  did  not  believe  the  numbers  of  stu- 
dents who  had  joined  the  Vigil  during  the 
night.  It  was  incredible  how  the  amount  of 
space  we  used  up  had  multiplied.  It  was  heart- 
ening to  see  faculty  members  with  us.  There 
were  graduate  students  whose  spouses  would 
bring  their  children  to  visit  and  sit  with  their 
parents  during  the  day. 

Some  things  about  the  Vigil  will  always  re- 
main with  me.  Jesse  Helms,  who  was  then  a 
commentator  on  WRAL-TV  describing  us  as 
"the  clutter  on  the  lawn"  with  pure  contempt 
in  his  voice.  The  nightly  rallies  on  the  quad  in 
support  of  the  non-academic  workers'  strike, 
with  high-visibility  visitors  from  the  radical 
world  like  David  Harris  and  Joan  Baez.  A  del- 
egation from  UOCI  and  Durham's  black  com- 
munity marching  in  on  day  two  or  three  and 
sitting  down  with  us  for  the  afternoon.  Dis- 


cussions about  our  bank  account — we  had 
raised  $6,000  or  so  for  the  union  strike  fund 
in  a  few  days,  and  suddenly  there  was  talk 
about  a  tax  ID  number  and  investment  stra- 
tegies. Good  meals  served  on  the  quad  from 
the  Chicken  Box,  opening  up  a  whole  new 
world  to  white  students  who  had  not  ven- 
tured into  the  wonderful  world  of  African- 
American  cuisine.... 

Does  my  life  style  reflect  my  activist  expe- 
riences as  a  student?  The  answer  is  mostly  yes, 
though  I  wish  I  would  make  more  time  to  do 
more.  People  in  the  Durham  African-Ameri- 
can community  still  speak  warmly  of  the 
Duke  students  who  were  supportive  of  their 
causes  in  the  Sixties.  Many  of  us  continue  to 
work  for  social  justice.  We  are  environmen- 
talists, radical  feminists,  champions  of  human 
rights.  We  are  involved  in  international  is- 
sues. We  have  chosen  jobs  in  the  nonprofit 
sector  that  are  not  quite  the  norm  for  gradu- 
ates of  our  era.  We  have  tried  to  make  a  dif- 
ference as  we  raise  our  children.  And  for  many 
of  us,  the  determination  to  work  for  progres- 
sive change  is  a  part  of  the  legacy  of  our  time 
at  Duke,  and  the  lessons  we  learned  as  we 
struggled  together  as  students. 

Christopher  Edgar  '68  majored 

in  economics,  joined  delta  slgma  phi, 
and  opposed  the  vlgil.  he  is  now  a 
lawyer  \t  Law  Weathers  &.  Richard- 
son in  Grand  Rapids,  Michigan. 


March -April  1998        49 


There  were  several  reasons  why  I  did  not 
support  the  movement  that  culminated  in  the 
Vigil.  First,  I  did  not  see  the  connection  be- 
tween Dr.  Martin  Luther  King's  assassination 
and  the  strike  by  the  non-academic  employees. 
They  were  totally  unrelated  events  that  hap- 
pened to  occur  at  about  the  same  time.  The 
non-academic  employee  strike  was  a  local  labor 
action  for  union  recognition  and  for  higher 
wages.  The  sympathetic  factor,  of  course,  was 
that  many  of  the  non-academic  employees 
were  African  American. 

Secondly,  the  occupation  of  Dr.  Knight's 
personal  residence  was  very  distressing  to  me. 
As  president  of  my  fraternity,  I  had  had  occa- 
sion to  deal  with  Dr.  Knight  on  a  limited  basis 
in  connection  with  a  housing  issue  for  the  fra- 
ternity. I  found  him  to  be  a  very  considerate 
and  decent  person.  I  felt  that  he  probably  was 
not  prepared  for  the  vituperation  and  lack  of 
civility  exhibited  by  some  of  the  students  oc- 
cupying his  residence.  Nor  was  I.  I  think  that 
Dr.  Knight  would  likely  have  been  sympathe- 
tic to  many  of  the  student  demands  had  they 
given  him  a  chance  to  work  through  them. 

Thirdly,  I  did  not  think  that  it  would  be  in 
the  university's  best  interests  to  recognize  a 
union  for  the  non-academic  employees.  Nor 
did  I  support  the  wage  demands  of  the  non- 
academic  employees.  Basically,  I  felt  that  the 
administration  had  a  duty  to  its  students  to 
try  to  provide  the  highest  quality  education  at 
the  lowest  possible  cost.  (It  still  has  a  duty  to 
its  students  to  do  so.)  Certainly,  the  universi- 
ty had  a  duty  to  its  employees  as  well,  but  in 
balancing  those  duties,  the  welfare  of  the  stu- 
dent body  at  large  should  come  first.  In  my 
view,  a  unionized  work  force  would  make  it 
more  difficult  to  control  long-term  costs.  The 
wage  demands  were  a  more  difficult  issue  for 
me,  but  at  the  time  I  did  an  informal  survey  of 
local  employers  who  were  exempt  from  the 
federal  minimum  wage  requirements  and  found 
that  Duke  paid  wages  that  were  comparable  to 
other  employers  for  comparable  types  of  work. 

Fourthly,  there  were  some  politically  active 
students  who  were  working  hard  to  develop  a 
protest  movement  on  campus.  I  was  a  senior 
representative  on  the  Associated  Students  of 
Duke  University  (ASDU)  and  had  spent  the 
entire  year  wrangling  with  some  of  these  stu- 
dents. We  had  a  fundamentally  different  view 
of  the  function  of  student  government.  They 
thought  that  student  government  should  be 
active  in  national  political  and  social  issues.  I 
believed  that  student  government  should 
pretty  much  be  limited  to  student  and  cam- 
pus issues. 

Dr.  King's  assassination  created  a  perfect 
opportunity  for  those  who  were  protest  mind- 
ed. Several  of  the  activist  "student  leaders"  were 
involved  in  the  occupation  of  Dr.  Knight's 
residence  and  ultimately  in  the  Vigil.  Based 
on  my  experience  in  ASDU,  the  involvement 


of  some  of  the  student  leaders  caused  me  to 
question  the  validity  of  the  movement.  Dr. 
King's  death  had  a  profound  effect  on  many 
of  our  classmates.  Many  felt  compelled  to  do 
something  to  express  their  feelings  and  the 
strike  of  non-academic  employees  provided  a 
platform  for  them  to  do  so. 

On  the  other  hand,  most  Duke  students 
did  not  participate  in  the  Vigil.  In  addition, 
there  was  a  significant  number  of  Duke  stu- 
dents, myself  included,  who  worked  in  the 
cafeterias  to  keep  them  open  during  the  strike. 

There  were  a  wide  variety  of  views  that 
existed  among  the  students,  and  presumably 
faculty,  at  the  time.  My  recollection  is  that  once 
the  Vigil  started,  people  seemed  to  respect  each 
other's  opinions.  The  change  in  tone  was  a 
constructive  development  and  probably  made 
the  Vigil  a  beneficial  experience  for  the  uni- 
versity. 

Jack  Boger  os  was  one  of  tf 

leaders  of  the  student  movement. 
After  graduation,  he  earned  hi^ 
m  \ster's  of  divinity  from  Yale 
dlvinm  school  and  his  juris  doctor 
from  the  University  of  North 
Carolina  at  Chapel  Hill.  He  then 
worked  for  twelve  years  in  the 
naacp's  legal  defense  fund's  death- 
penalty  project.  in  1990,  he  joined  the 
unc  i  \\\  faculty,  where  he  teaches 
courses  on  the  constitution  and 
civil  rights  issues. 

Before  I  got  to  Duke  I  was  alert  to  the  civil 
rights  movement  that  had  taken  wing  in 
North  Carolina.  My  family  was  liberal  Demo- 
crat, which  I  suspect  was  not  normal  at  the 
time.  Duke  was  an  important  part  of  my  so- 
cial and  political  awakening  and  development. 
One  of  the  most  prominent  events  of  our 
freshman  year  was  Martin  Luther  King's  visit 
to  campus  right  after  he  had  won  the  Nobel 
Peace  Prize.  He  made  a  powerful  impression. 
The  moral  depth  and  clarity  of  his  thought 
and  his  call  toward  a  re-ordered  society  really 
set  the  tone  [for  that  time] .... 

There  were  also  a  number  of  other  forces  at 
work.  There  were  people  on  campus  who  had 
not  only  good  values  with  regard  to  social 
ethics,  but  who  put  themselves  on  the  line 
long  before  students  came.  Faculty  like  John 
Strange  [political  science] ,  John  Cell  [history] , 
Anne  Firor  Scott  [history] ,  Tom  McCollough 
[religion],  Robert  Osborne  [religion],  Peter 
Klopfer  [zoology] .  There  were  also  symposia 
that  were  very  provocative,  that  explored  ques- 
tions such  as  what  should  the  role  of  the  uni- 
versity be  in  society... and  in  the  class  ahead 
of  us  there  were  some  phenomenal,  electric 
seniors  who  were  thoughtful,  committed  peo- 
ple who  daily  raised  questions  around  campus 
about  all  kinds  of  issues.... 


[At  the  time  of  King's  assassination]  I  was 
attending  a  religion  department  symposium 
around  the  theme  "The  Theology  of  Hope". . . . 
Someone  came  down  the  aisle  and  told  every- 
one Martin  Luther  King  had  been  shot.  The 
theology  of  hope  seemed  instantaneously  ir- 
relevant. I  left,  stunned  at  the  news.... 

The  crowd  at  Knight's  house  got  very  large; 
we  really  covered  the  floor.  A  couple  of  peo- 
ple were  charged  with  making  pleas  to  him  on 
behalf  of  the  crowd.  He  listened  but  said  he 
couldn't  do  anything.  We  were  all  sitting  there 
with  the  TV  on,  watching  buildings  burning 
in  Washington  and  rioting  in  cities  and  there 
was  a  very  real  feeling  that  this  was  an  apoc- 
alyptic age.  There  was  a  feeling  that  if  we 
couldn't  get  a  rich,  prosperous,  progressive 
school  like  Duke  to  do  something  as  modest 
as  talking  about  the  president  ending  his  mem- 
bership in  a  segregated  country  club,  or  calling 
for  modest  wages  for  black  employees,  then 
there  was  not  much  hope  for  our  society.... 

I  heard  later  that  they  did  increase  wages 
but  fired  a  number  of  workers  to  cover  the 
costs.  I  left  Duke  and  didn't  come  back  to  Duke 
for  a  long,  long  time.  It  would  have  been  nice 
for  the  university  to  have  offered  courses  on 
the  issues  raised  by  the  Vigil.  There  was  a  large 
percentage  of  the  student  body  who  had  never 
been  involved  before,  and  it  would  have  been 
great  to  offer  courses  in  the  social  sciences, 
economics,  religion,  on  race  relations  and  ethics 
that  allowed  people  to  reflect  on  that. ... 

For  us,  the  civil  rights  movement  was  an 
immediate  issue  that  could  be  appreciated. 
There  as  an  evident  moral  justice  to  the  basic 
things  that  were  being  asked  for.  These  were 
not  special  preferences  or  breaks.  This  was 
about  the  right  to  sit  at  a  lunch  counter  or  go 
to  a  college  like  Duke.  Those  were  inescap- 
able issues  which  raised  profound  questions 
every  single  day.  We're  now  in  a  time  where 
the  questions  are  much  more  nuanced  and 
difficult  and  they're  not  on  the  front  burner. 
There's  great  prosperity,  no  war,  the  poor  and 
disenfranchised  are  mostly  out  of  sight.  So  I 
don't  claim  a  great  moral  virtue  for  the  time 
when  I  came  of  age.  It's  just  that  circumstances 
and  issues  were  unavoidable. 

David  Roberts  c  \m  to  duke  on 
an  nrotc  scholarship  in  1963, 
flunked  out,  reapplied,  and  was 
admitted  again  in  1965.  a  political 
science  major,  he  was  the  battalion 
officer  for  his  nrotc  unit.  he  is  now 
president  of  focus  advisors,  ln(  .  \np 
lives  in  Oakland,  Californj  \. 

When  I  first  arrived  at  Duke  in  September 
1963,  my  class  was  the  first  integrated  under- 
graduate class  at  the  university,  with  just  five 
black  students.  Durham  and  the  South  in  gen- 
eral were  still  in  the  throes  of  acknowledging 


50      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


the  coming  impact  of  the  civil  rights  struggle. 
Dave  Birkhead,  a  freshman  Chronicle  reporter, 
was  beaten  up  at  a  Klan  rally  within  a  couple 
of  months  of  his  arrival  at  Duke.  I  joined  a 
fraternity  where  a  fellow  pledge  insisted  that 
he  would  sooner  go  thirsty  than 
drink  out  of  a  cup  after  a  "nig- 
ger." Dorm  arguments  revolved 
around    how   certain    football 
players   had   ever  gotten  into 
Duke   and   whether   the   U.S. 
should   take   a   stand   against 
communism  in  Laos.  JFK  was 
assassinated  in  my  third  month 
at  Duke.... 

The    night    Martin    Luther 
King  was   killed,   a   march   to 
President  Knight's  house  led  to  g 
an  invitation  by  him  for  several 

hundred  students  to  enter  and  ,   jj^"  V^L  - '■-  V     u 
talk.  He  seemed  as  anguished  as    .'""•?     5^.  ;<F    .  jJ&r' 
we  and  his  invitation  seemed  ^*£     "*Cy~     ,^£jj[ 
genuine.   A  sleepless   night 
talk   and   anger   and   debating 
how  to  make  a  difference  wii 
our  protest  ended  with  a 
to  campus  and  the  settinj 
the  Vigil  on  the  main 

skipped  the  Graduate  Record  "  ■""»  .'  0f^^ 
Exam  that  Saturday  morning 
and  made  camp  with  hundreds  of 
others.  [I]  risked  court  martial 
and  posting  to  Vietnam  for  dis- 
obeying standing  orders  to 
attend 


Twenty-four  hours  after  graduation,  I  was 
disembarked  on  a  sunny  airstrip  at  Guantan- 
amo  Bay,  Cuba,  where  I  spent  six  weeks  look- 
ing across  barbed  wire  at  Cuban  soldiers, 
physically  and  emotionally  far  removed  from 


a-   with  ^^'       &1JS/        ^-.---v 

.return       fit-     *|     ^f     f& 
igupof     L^T     ,fWj      *3&~>   H*& 

quad.  I   ^..^      J^^T'^ 
Record   *'-   r~    JL.Z'      S&    _<fe 


and  humbled  by  that  memory.  In  the  arro- 
gance of  my  twentysomething  righteousness,  I 
was  convinced  that  there  should  be  no  sanc- 
tuary for  those  who  treated  blacks  the  way 
the  university  acted.  I  was  convinced  that  this 
was  evil  and  unjust  and  should 
be  confronted  wherever  its  pro- 
ponents could  be  found.  Today,  I 
realize  the  depth  of  personal 
anguish  and  uncertainty  that 
one  can  know  in  times  of  crisis 
and  conscience.  Whether  it  was 
Dr.  Knight  opening  his  home  to 
hundreds  of  angry  students,  or 
the  trustee  praying  in  the 
Chapel,  or  the  student  deciding 
whether  to  participate  in  the 
Vigil  under  threat  of  expulsion, 
we  were  all  in  anguish,  we  were 
all  in  despair,  we  were  all  seek- 
ing to  find  the  right  and  just  way 
through. 


Jeff  Van  Pelt  69  w 


v-. 


mm 


Sitting  firm:  Although  the  crowd  on  the  quad  swelled  i 
For  five  days  we  made  com-   atmosphere  dways  remained  orderb 
mon  cause  with  one   another 


and  the  workers.  Many  of  us  found  ourselves 
in  growing  realization  that  the  world  might 
not  be  so  predictable,  that  our  lives  might  not 
progress  from  comfort  to  comfort,  that  we 
would  not  have  the  luxury  of  ignoring  or 
merely  observing  the  anguish  and  misfortunes 
of  black  Americans.  We  were  convinced  of 
the  justice  of  our  protest.  We  were  convinced 
of  the  base  intentions  of  those  who  opposed 
us.  We  knew  we  were  right.  We  knew  history 
was  on  our  side. 

One  of  the  rainy  nights  during  the  Vigil,  I 
went  to  the  Chapel  to  dry  out  for  a  few  hours. 
While  I  was  lying  on  a  pew,  an  older  man 
entered  and  sat  several  rows  away,  looked  up 
at  the  ceiling  and  then  bowed  his  head.  I  rec- 
ognized him  as  one  of  the  trustees  who  had 
stood  up  before  the  students  several  hours 
earlier.  I  immediately  rose  and  walked  toward 
him  to  confront  him  with  the  injustice  of  the 
university's  refusal  to  recognize  the  workers.  I 
stopped  to  ask  a  couple  of  other  students  to 
go  with  me.  For  some  reason,  even  though  I 
was  full  of  righteousness,  I  stopped  short  of 
speaking  to  him.  Even  in  the  midst  of  a  pro- 
test, I  supposed  there  was  some  right  to  priva- 
cy he  held.... 


the  campus  and  the  Vigil....  [In  the  years  that 
followed]  I  spent  many  hours  learning  my 
navigator's  skills  as  a  Naval  Flight  Officer. 
Among  my  duties  was  the  responsibility  for 
nuclear  weapons  on  my  aircraft.  I  decided  that 
I  could  not  act  to  use  these  weapons  under  any 
circumstances  and  asked  to  be  granted  Con- 
scientious Objector  status.  After  four  months 
of  inquiry,  the  Navy  granted  me  an  Honorable 
Discharge.... 

In  the  thirty  years  since  the  Vigil,  watching 
and  experiencing  life  as  an  adult,  a  lawyer,  a 
businessman,  a  husband  and  father,  and  a 
church  member,  I  have  come  to  realize  for 
myself  some  of  the  difficult  things  I  rejected 
as  a  student.  I  know  that  I  have  limits  as  a 
person.  I  know  the  limits  of  anger  and  righ- 
teousness as  agents  for  change.  I  know  the 
power  of  money  and  position.  I  better  under- 
stand how  economics  drives  change  and  evo- 
lution. I  better  understand  the  human  ele- 
ments, too.  The  world  is  a  less  friendly  place 
than  I  wished  it  to  be.  What  we  deserve  and 
what  we  get  is  seldom  consistent.  Evil  and 
good  abound  side  by  side.... 

And  I  remember  the  late-night  visit  of  the 
trustee  to  the  Chapel.  Today,  I  am  embarrassed 


\mong  the  core  group  of 
student  leaders  who 
helped  coordinate  both 
the  march  to  doug 
Knight's  house  and  the 
|  Vigil.  Earlier,  he  had 
elped  usher  in  the 

I  ASSOC  IATED  STUDEN1      i  I] 

IDuke  University,  \i>\<  «  wi  u 

iTHE  MERGING  OF  THE  MEN'S 
AND  Wi  Ml  N'S  I    VMPUSES, 
FOUNDED  THE  CELESTIAL 
OMNIB1  S  COFFEEHOUSE  (THE 
FIRST  ON -CAMPUS  COFFEEHOUSE)  IN  THE 

i  >f  Flowers,  and  lobbii  i  i  for 

\i  ADEMll    REFORM  TO  PROMOTE  INDEPEN- 
DENT STUDY  OPPORTUNITIES.  I  ll      |i  IV    I  I\  ES 

in  Hamden,  Connei  mi  i  i. 

I  entered  Duke  in  1965  a  firm  supporter  of 
both  the  established  social  agenda  and  the 
U.S.  role  in  the  Vietnam  War.  As  a  child  of  a 
military  family,  I  believed  what  I  read  in  Time 
magazine  and  was  uneasy  around  scruffy 
protesters  of  all  stripes.  As  I  became  involved 
in  campus  religious  groups,  such  as  the  YM/ 
YWCA  and  the  University  Christian  Move- 
ment, I  came  into  contact  with  students  and 
ministers  who  were  clearly  ahead  of  me  both 
spiritually  and  politically.  Through  informal 
teach-ins  and  bull  sessions,  I  began  to  grasp 
the  enormity  of  the  lie  upon  which  my  idea  of 
America  was  based.  Two  events  made  that 
realization  undeniable.  I  smoked  my  first  joint 
in  1967  (about  the  time  Sgt.  Pepper's  came 
out),  found  it  a  delightful  revelation,  and  real- 
ized that  it  did  not  lead  inexorably  to  heroin 
and  death;  I  had  been  lied  to.  In  January  1968 
the  Tet  Offensive  swept  through  Vietnam,  tak- 
ing with  it  the  illusion  that  we  would  win  the 


March -April  1998        51 


war,  and  it  became  clear  to  me  as  I  followed 
the  reports  that  our  country  was  fighting  the 
good  guys.  That  made  us....  It  was  a  shattering 
revelation. 

It  is  hard  for  people  today  to  envision  a 
time  when  virtually  every  American  believed 
without  question  that  we  were  and  always 
had  been  the  good  guys,  which  is  why  we  were 
a  wealthy  nation  that  never  lost  a  war;  that 
our  leaders  and  law  enforcement  officials 
were  on  a  mission  from  God;  that  such  de- 
viance as  long  hair  on  men,  pants  on  women, 
and  protest  on  the  quad  was  symptomatic  of 
disease  best  effaced  at  its  earliest  manifesta- 
tion. My  generation  grew  up  with  those  be- 
liefs, so  ingrained  that  we  considered  them  not 
beliefs  but  simply  "the  way  things  are."  The 
shock  of  having  that  Faberge-egg-like  edifice 
crumble  as  it  encountered  a  crush  of  reality, 
and  the  consequent  transformation  of  my 
political  and  cultural  outlook,  was  a  terrible 
experience  that  I  shrink  to  recall. 

The  lies  and  the  death  and  the  greed  and 
intolerance  of  the  established  order  all  seemed 
of  a  piece,  which  had  to  emanate  from  a  sys- 
tem that  was  thoroughly  evil.  No  one  I  knew 
felt  that  the  Soviet  system  was  the  alterna- 
tive. Rather  the  conviction  took  hold  that  an 
entirely  new  attempt  would  have  to  be  made 
to  revive  the  American  Dream.  Many  of  us 
did  find  inspiration  in  the  struggles  of  the 
Vietnamese  and  the  Cuban  Davids  against 
the  American  Goliath,  so  purely  idealistic  and 
self-sacrificing  did  they  appear  to  be,  and 
many  of  us  sought  to  support  those  struggles 
from  our  uncomfortable  positions  "in  the  belly 
of  the  monster."  We  moved,  step  by  step,  from 
tentative  involvement  to  a  willingness  to  sac- 
rifice our  careers  and  possibly  our  lives  in  the 
struggle  to  sweep  away  the  old  evil  and  "make 
all  things  new."  Of  those  who  led  the  Vigil,  it 
may  have  been  a  minority  who  felt  as  strong- 
ly as  this  about  the  need  for  radical  change, 
but  the  feeling  was  in  the  air  and  served, 
along  with  the  shattering  trauma  of  Martin 
Luther  King's  death,  to  detach  the  thousands 
who  joined  us  from  the  confines  of  socially 
acceptable  behavior  that  would  otherwise 
have  kept  them  in  their  dorm  rooms.... 

The  first  night  Dr.  John  Strange  asked  the 
crowd  assembled  in  Dr.  Knight's  cavernous 
living  room  for  nominees  to  form  a  leadership 
committee.  My  name  was  called  out  by 
friends  who  were  active  in  the  counterculture 
movement,  whom  many  on  campus  would 
have  considered  more  "hippies"  than  "radi- 
cals".... I  considered  my  most  valuable  contri- 
bution to  have  been  the  successful  campaign 
to  open  up  the  Vigil  beyond  its  initial  core  of 
a  hundred  or  so  for  it  to  encompass  the  thou- 
sands it  did  ultimately.  The  method  was  to 
create  gradations  of  support  between  partici- 
pation and  non-participation.  For  example, 
we  distributed  cards  to  be  pinned  on  shirts 


and  coats  that  proclaimed  "I  Support  the 
Vigil,"  providing  a  way  for  those  not  ready  to 
join  to  begin  the  process  of  deciding  to  do  so; 
after  a  time,  the  step  from  the  sidewalk  to  the 
quad  seemed  not  so  enormous,  and  finally 
necessary.... 

The  success  of  the  Vigil  inspired  me  with 
the  confidence  that  I  could  make  a  positive 
difference,  if  I  could  frame  the  right  opportu- 
nity to  join  with 


l#*      **    ' 


mr 


my  fellow  pro- 
gressives. That 
confidence  was 
crucial  to  my  ac- 
tivities in  the  suc- 
ceeding five  years 
in  Tallahassee, 
where  I  founded 
a  large  coopera- 
tive residential 
"community  of 
friends  in  the 
country"  and 
worked  to  estab- 
lish alternative 
institutions  such 
as  a  free  universi- 
ty, book  co-op,  May.  second  thoughts  about  theVigil 
food  co-op,  credit 

union,  and  low-income  housing.  I  was  acute- 
ly disappointed  that  such  institutions  did  not 
grow  into  a  more  powerful  influence  on  the 
national  life,  and  that  the  Vigil  has  not  yet  led 
to  a  national  effort  by  which  progressive  alum- 
ni would  systematically  support  progressive 
student  efforts  on  campus.  Alumni  support  of 
the  Vigil  could  have  made  such  a  difference.  I 
resist  the  temptation  to  "fold  theVigil,"  i.e.,  to 
accept  it  as  a  peak  experience  consigned  to 
history,  whose  like  we  shall  not  see  again. 


Randy  May  '68,  j.d.  71,  who  was 

A  POLITICAL  SCIENCE  MAJOR  AND  MEMBER 

oi-  Lampa  Chi  Alpha,  is  now  a  partner 
in  the  Washington,  D.C.,  law  firm 
Sutherland,  Asbill  6k  Brennan.  He 
lives  with  his  family  in  Potomac  , 

Maryland. 

I  came  to  Duke  as  a  graduate  of  a  Wil- 
mington, North  Carolina,  public  high  school. 
My  family  politics  were  more  liberal  than  the 
prevailing  community,  and  I  thought  of  myself 
at  the  time  as  being  liberal.  The  social  issue 
that  was  important  to  me  when  I  arrived  at 
Duke  was  ending  segregation  and  trying  to 
achieve  equal  opportunity  because  I  had  gone 
through  a  segregated  school  system.... 

We  were  all  aware  of,  and  influenced  by, 
what  was  going  on  around  the  country,  the 
Vietnam  War  and  social  issues  like  the  civil 
rights  movement.  I  can't  remember  how  I  heard 
about  Martin  Luther  King  Jr.'s  assassination, 
but  I  do  remember  marching  to  Doug  Knight's 


house  and  spending  the  night  there.  As  the 
Vigil  unfolded,  the  issue  that  was  most  impor- 
tant to  me  was  whether  the  university  was 
treating  its  employees  fairly,  and  paying  them 
the  minimum  wage. 

The  Vigil  was  a  positive  experience  in  the 
sense  that  it  caused  me  to  consider  how  one 
participates  in  the  political  process.  But  I've 
never  been  afraid  to  look  back  and  try  to 
learn  from  things 


I've  done.  And  I 
have  second 

thoughts     about 
the    Vigil.     I've 
come  to  appreci- 
ate   even    more 
that   universities 
should     be,     as 
much  as  possible, 
places        where 
ideas  are  debated 
in  an  atmosphere 
free     from     the 
_  exercise    of  raw 
I  power  backed  up 
|  by  various  forms 
gof   intimidation. 
Although       the 
objectives    were 
meritorious — or  at  least  I  thought  so  at  the 
time  —  and  most  people  who  participated  did 
so  in  good  faith,  I  have  concerns  about  an 
activity  that,  in  essence,  shuts  down  the  uni- 
versity for  an  extended  period  of  time. 

A  lot  of  the  Vigil  had  to  do  with  youthful 
idealism,  and  that's  good.  But  the  purpose  of 
a  university  is  not  only  to  stimulate  idealism 
and  channel  it  in  constructive  ways,  but  to 
create  an  environment  where  essentially  all 
sides  of  a  debate  can  be  discussed  in  an  at- 
mosphere that's  free  of  intimidation.  The  Vigil 
may  have  been  right  for  that  particular  [his- 
torical] time  and  purpose,  but  in  retrospect  I 
see  that  it's  the  type  of  activity  that,  if  re- 
peated often,  would  not  be  conducive  to  estab- 
lishing a  productive  intellectual  environment. 


John  Cell 


s  a  history  profes- 
sor who  joined  the  faculty  in  1962. 
He  participated  in  campus  teach-ins 
about  the  vietnam  war,  and  during 
the  Vigil,  he  advocated  greater 
faculty  involvement  in  the  issue  of 
collective  bargaining  for  employees. 

Because  of  the  Vigil,  the  history  depart- 
ment split  and  it  was  extremely  bitter  for 
about  three  or  four  years,  in  some  cases  longer 
than  that.  That  was  typical  of  so  many  depart- 
ments, especially  in  the  social  sciences  and 
humanities,  in  every  university  in  the  country. 
There  was  a  real  generational  divide.  I  had 
one  guy  who  didn't  speak  to  me  between  1968 
and  when  he  left  the  university  in  1981.  He 


52      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


never  took  the  trouble  to  understand  what 
had  happened,  because  I  wasn't  a  rabble-rous- 
er, I  was  just  trying  to  do  something  construc- 
tive. 

In  1982, 1  wrote  a  book  called  The  Highest 
Stage  of  Wlrite  Supremacy,  which  examined 
various  ideologies  in  the  South  and  in  South 
Africa.  And  that  book  reflects  my  thoughts 
about  figuring  out  what  segregation  was  and 
where  it  came  from.  It  started  out  as  an  arti- 
cle but  when  it  came  out  to  fifty-five  pages,  I 
decided  to  make  it  into  a  book.  I  wrote  most 
of  the  book  over  one  summer.  And  the  rea- 
son I  was  able  to  write  with  that  kind  of  speed 
was  because  it  dealt  with  issues,  fundamental 
to  my  Southern  upbringing  and  my  very  being, 
which  I  had  avoided  for  so  long  and  which 
needed  to  get  out.  The  Vigil  didn't  start  that 
rumbling — but  it  did  have  a  lot  to  do  with 
the  process  of  articulation. 

I  think  the  Vigil  did  make  a  difference  in 
the  institution.  It  marked  the  beginning  of  the 
changeover  from  having  a  board  comprised  of 
mostly  conservative,  North  Carolina  business- 
men [to  a  more  progressive  board] .  The  image 
Duke  had  of  itself  and  the  kind  of  people  who 
were  in  positions  of  power  changed.  And  there 
was  a  committed  core  of  students  from  that 
period  who  are  still  involved.  That  is  the  kind 
of  activism  that  did  make  a  difference  in  peo- 
ple's lives,  and  made  a  difference  in  the  insti- 
tution, too. 

Rees  Shearer  '68  was  a  history 

MAJOR  WHO  RECALLS  EXPERIENCING 
"CHAGRIN  AND  ANGRY  TEARS"  WHEN 
HIS  LBJ  POSTER  WAS  TORN  FROM  HIS 
DORMITORY  WALL.  HE  ALSO  REMEMBERS 
[  BEING  THE  ONLY  ONE  IN  HIS  DORM  TO 
SPEAK  OUT  AGAINST  A  STUDENT  GROUP 

called  HVD  (Hate,  Vengeance,  and 
Destruction),  which  had  launched  "a 
systematic  program  to  harass  bl  ml-, 
[  Jews,  and  later,  'liberals.'  "  Now  an 

ELEMENTARY  SCHOOL  GUIDANCE  COUN- 
SELOR, HE  LIVES  IN  EMORY,  VIRGINIA. 

I  arrived  at  Duke  a  child  of  the  post-war 
(World  War  II)  upper  middle  class,  realizing 
that  there  were  wrongs  in  our  society  but  be- 
lieving in  the  great  power  and  good  will  of  the 
American  people  to  right  them.  My  family 
talked  about  these  inequities  around  the  din- 
ner table  and  the  result  was  abundant  nurture 
of  mind  and  spirit  as  well  as  body,  even  as  our 
family's  Negro  maid  shuffled  back  and  forth 
from  the  kitchen  carrying  the  food  we  ate  and 
the  dishes  we  dirtied.  As  a  schoolboy  in  north- 
ern Virginia,  I  graduated  from  racially  segre- 
gated schools  and  lived  in  a  racially  and  eco- 
nomically segregated  community. 

One  year  before  arriving  at  Duke,  I  took  what 
was  to  become  the  largest  step  of  my  life,  a 
step  off  the  curb  (of,  appropriately  enough,  In- 


dependence Avenue)  and  became  transformed 
from  bystander  to  participant  in  the  1963  March 
on  Washington.  That  transformation  has  never 
left  me.  Witnessing  Dr.  Martin  Luther  King's 
"I  Have  A  Dream"  speech  at  the  Lincoln  Me- 
morial that  day  was  truly  electrifying.  I  have 
never  felt  so  full  of  hope  since  that  time.  In  a 
word,  Dr.  King  became  my  hero. 

When  I  arrived  at  Duke  in  1964,  the  son  of 
a  bureaucrat  and  Democrats,  I  was  a  true  be- 
liever in  the  Great  Society.  Already  the  Civil 
Rights  Law  of  1964  was  on  the  books,  busting 
apart  Jim  Crow's  grip  on  public  accommoda- 
tions, and  other  laws  ending  de  jure  segregation 
and  assuring  voting  rights  were  in  the  works. 
Public  schools  were  desegregating  everywhere. 
President  Lyndon  B.  Johnson's  Wat  on  Poverty 
captivated  my  interest.  I  felt  challenged  to  be 
among  the  army  of  those  who  would  elimi- 
nate poverty  and  welcome  a  new  age  of  social 
and  economic  justice. 

But  just  like  at  my  own  home,  Duke  was 
part  of  the  very  problem  of  social  and  econo- 
mic inequity  that  I  and  many  others  wished  to 
eliminate.  Many  of  the  African-American 
women  who  cleaned  up  after  our  juvenile  ex- 
cesses had  worked  for  Duke  for  more  than 
thirty  years.  Their  work  was  demanding;  it 
took  a  strong  back  and  a  strong  stomach. 
Many  of  them  counseled  me  and  the  other 
boys  who  slept  through  morning  classes  to  get 
out  of  bed  and  take  advantage  of  our  privi- 
leged status.  I  had  just  come  that  summer  from 
working  as  an  unskilled,  raw  laborer  in  road 
construction  at  $1.65  an  hour,  the  federal  mini- 
mum wage  at  the  time.  The  Fair  Labor  Stand- 
ard Act  that  dictated  the  minimum  wage  did 
not  cover  private,  nonprofit  agencies  such  as 
Duke.... 

During  the  summer  of  1966  as  I  was  strug- 
gling in  my  quest  to  pass  the  language  re- 
quirement, I  took  a  history  class  on  a  lark  to 
ease  the  burden  of  elementary  French.  I  re- 
member the  professor,  Fred  Krantz,  a  deeply 
sensitive  and  caring  individual,  came  in  one 
morning  and  declared  that  he  could  not  teach 
today  because  our  country  had  that  day  indis- 
criminately bombed  military  and  civilian  tar- 
gets in  Haiphong,  North  Vietnam.  He  was  on 
the  verge  of  tears.  I  was  caught  by  surprise:  a 
professor,  a  man,  almost  tearful  about  LBJ's 
mission  to  preserve  democracy.  We  had  fought 
two  world  wars  with  the  same  purpose,  right? 
Wasn't  it  true  that  Asian  people  valued  life 
less  than  we  did?  After  all,  there  are  so  many 
of  them.  This  was  no  creeping  awareness  like 
the  one  telling  me  that  there  was  something 
wrong  about  race  in  our  country;  it  was  a 
crashing  question:  Are  we  killing  people  for 
no  purpose,  perhaps  even  the  wrong  purpose? 
Maybe  this  war  wasn't  just  going  to  go  away. 
Maybe  I  would  be  faced  with  choosing  whether 
or  not  to  participate  in  it.  These  were  abrupt 
feelings  and  heavy  thoughts  for  a  happy-go- 


lucky  kid  of  twenty  to  contemplate  on  a  lan- 
guid morning  of  a  quiet,  steamy  Durham  sum- 
mer.... 

On  a  warm  evening  in  early  April,  word 
began  to  spread  about  King's  assassination.  I 
heard  it  from  my  roommate,  who  found  me 
studying  in  East  Campus  library  with  my  girl- 
friend (and  now  wife),  Kathy  Cunning  ['69] .  I 
went  back  to  York  House  and  turned  on 
WDBS,  which  broadcast  information  about  a 
student  group  that  had  marched  from  the 
campus  to  the  president's  house  to  demand 
that  Local  #77  be  recognized  as  the  bargaining 
agent  for  its  members.  That  was  all  I  needed 
to  hear — these  people  were  serious!  I  jumped 
in  my  car  and  drove  over  to  Dr.  Knight's 
house.... 

In  reflection,  I  think  we  needed  Local  #77 
more  than  they  needed  us.  We  needed  a  way 
to  express  regret,  to  dissociate  ourselves  from 
the  assassination  and  to  try  to  do  something 
right  about  the  dominant  issue  of  our  nation: 
race.  Local  #77  needed  support  from  mem- 
bers of  the  campus  community  to  bring  their 
struggle  to  a  level  of  new  visibility  and  imme- 
diacy that  the  Duke  administration  could  no 
longer  ignore.  I,  for  one,  did  not  think  about 
these  things  so  much  as  act  from  a  visceral 
need  to  say,"This  is  where  I  stand:  I  believe  in 
justice...." 

I  remember  meeting  in  Page  Auditorium  to 
decide  what  to  do  next  and  whether  to  take 
the  word  of  the  trustees  that  they  would  han- 
dle the  question  of  recognition  appropriately. 
Our  youthful  exuberance,  which  had  already 
begun  to  tatter  in  the  elements,  now  ripped 
into  two  factions.  Someone  would  forcefully 
state  their  opinion  and  this  would  be  followed 
by  loud  boos  and  cheers.  This  went  on  and 
on.  At  that  point  I  saw  that  we  no  longer  had 
unity,  which  was  really  our  only  power.  I  felt 
that  all  the  board  had  to  do  was  wait  us  out 
— till  exams,  till  summer — and  they  would 
win.  That  is  what  I  mean  about  the  power 
and  limits  of  student  movements.  Students 
are  fickle.  They  can  come  together  for  short 
periods  of  intense  effort.  It  is,  however,  very 
difficult  for  students  to  maintain  a  sustained 
action  over  time.  I  felt  hoodwinked  and  out- 
gunned by  the  administration.  I  felt  that  we 
had  let  down  the  very  people  we  had  so  cav- 
alierly decided  needed  our  help.  I  learned 
that  students  should  be  the  support  and  not 
the  focus  of  any  non-academic  employee  ac- 
tion. Students  are  temporary  residents  of  a 
university  community,  employees  are  more  per- 
manent. That  temporal  quality  in  itself  sets 
the  boundaries  of  perseverance. 


For  additional  information  about  theVigil,  visit  us 
online  at  www.adm. duke.edu/ahtmni 


March -April  1998        53 


OOKS 


The  New  History  in  An  Old 
Museum:  Creating  the  Past 
at  Colonial  Williamsburg 

By  Richard  Handler  and  Eric  Gable.  Durham: 
Duke  University  Press,  1997.  272  pages.  $16.95 
paper,  $49.95  cloth. 

In  1931  stonemasons  were  hard  at  work 
building  Duke  Chapel  on  the  new  Main 
Quad,  designed  to  invoke  the  "dreamy 
spires"  of  historic  Oxford  University.  While 
James  B.  Duke  was  constructing  a  Tudor  Goth- 
ic campus  to  honor  his  father,  the  son  of 
another  millionaire  was  creating  a  very  differ- 
ent national  educational  institution.  Late  that 
same  fall,  John  D.  Rockefeller  Jr.  hired  brick 
masons  to  reconstruct  the  Capitol  Building 
and  the  colonial  Governor's  Palace  in  Wil- 
liamsburg, Virginia.  He  had  secretly  bought 
up  most  of  the  sleepy  college  hamlet,  displac- 
ing many  local  residents  in  order  to  reconstruct 
the  town  to  resemble  Virginia's  colonial  capi- 
tal on  the  eve  of  the  American  Revolution. 

In  1934  Colonial  Williamsburg  already  had 
more  than  100  employees  and  drew  31,000 
visitors.  Twenty-five  years  later,  the  site  em- 
ployed 1,800  workers  and  absorbed  more  than 
400,000  paying  visitors  each  year,  bringing  in 
nearly  $10  million.  By  1990  (undaunted  by  the 
success  of  a  major  theme  park  at  nearby  Busch 
Gardens),  the  restoration's  ever- expanding 
staff  was  serving  roughly  a  million  paying  cus- 
tomers annually  and  creating  yearly  operating 
revenues  approaching  $120  million. 

At  about  this  time,  two  Virginia-based  an- 
thropologists began  more  than  a  year  of  field- 
work  at  CW,  taking  tours,  examining  annual 
reports,  and  conducting  hundreds  of  inter- 
views with  managers,  workers,  guides,  and  vis- 
itors. Richard  Handler  and  Eric  Gable  tell  us 
they  "wanted  to  understand  Colonial  Wil- 
liamsburg as  an  institution  that  makes  history 
for  the  public,"  to  explore  "the  total  social  life 
of  a  contemporary  museum." 

The  results  of  their  foray  make  fascinating 
reading.  Given  wide -ranging  access  to  mingle 
with  the  "natives"  who  work  for  CW,  the  pair 
of  ethnographers  come  away  with  a  revealing 
picture  of  the  interconnections  of  culture  and 
business  in  late  twentieth-century  America. 
They  describe  the  institution's  anxious  con- 
cern for  "authenticity,"  down  to  the  smallest 
door  hinge,  and  its  incessant  quest  to  convey 
a  "proper  image."  The  authors  describe  the 
contradictions  between  luring  consumers  to 


THE   NEW   HISTORY 


Creating 

the-    Past 

at  Colon 

al  WiHia 

msburg 

%V 

" 

*\ 

I 

RICHARD    HANDLER    &   ERIC   GABLE 


buy  collectibles  and  attracting  visitors  to  ad- 
dress imponderables,  between  providing  a 
challenging  history  lesson  and  a  relaxing 
vacation.  They  probe  the  tensions  between 
business  managers  with  only  a  limited  sense 
of  the  general  educational  mission  and  edu- 
cators with  only  a  dim  awareness  of  the  finan- 
cial bottom  line.  Like  partners  in  a  strained 
marriage,  top  brass  on  both  sides  of  the  insti- 
tution seem  to  need  one  another,  defend  one 
another,  and  resent  one  another,  while  work- 
ing hard  to  hold  things  together  and  prosper 
in  a  changing  world. 

What  changes  is  not  only  the  dress  code 
and  attention  span  of  the  average  tourist,  but 
history  itself.  And  this,  as  the  title  suggests,  is 
where  the  authors  find  their  greatest  fascina- 
tion and  clearest  story  line.  The  New  History 
of  the  tide  does  not  refer  to  expanding  archae- 
ological knowledge  or  clearer  identification  of 
porcelain  fragments.  Instead,  it  suggests  the 
paradigm  shift  of  the  past  generation,  down- 
sizing the  role  of  great  men  in  history  and 
emphasizing  the  active  involvement  of  the 
majority  population  extending  beyond  white 
men  of  substance.  Handler  and  Gable  set  out 
to  discover  how  Mr.  Rockefeller's  "Old  Mu- 
seum," built  upon  veneration  for  the  Founding 
Fathers  and  the  Virginia  gentry,  was  coping 
with  this  not-so-new  social  history. 

In  the  early  1990s,  the  authors  found  that 
everyone — administrators,  tour  guides,  visi- 
tors— had  trouble  reconciling  the  tensions 


posed  by  a  post- Sixties  historical  perspective, 
especially  when  it  came  to  the  dilemmas  rep- 
resented in  the  matter  of  race  slavery.  But  a 
glance  at  this  spring's  new  visitor  brochure 
suggests  that  CW  still  has  the  marketing 
savvy  to  resolve  most  of  these  paradoxes. 
Shrewd  copywriters  reconcile  exploring  the 
past  and  collecting  antiques  under  the  head- 
line "They  fought,  they  won,  they  decorated." 
Facing  up  to  social  conflict  and  enjoying  the 
Southern  sun  are  resolved  with  the  squib 
"Here,  there  is  rumor  of  rebellion  and  war 
everywhere....  There  is  also  golf."  The 
Founding  Fathers  still  remain  present  and 
"accessible"  ("Introduce  the  kids  to  some  real 
father  figures"),  but  enslavement  is  now  all 
part  of  "Becoming  American"  ("Share  a  com- 
passionate moment  with  a  slave"). 

This  suggestive  book  prompts  thoughts 
about  more  than  Colonial  Williamsburg.  I 
found  myself  wondering  whether  Handler 
and  Gable  might  find  similar  tensions  if  they 
became  participant-observers  at  Mr.  Duke's 
university  instead  of  Mr.  Rockefeller's  muse- 
um. We  too  have  lived  with  a  strain  between 
our  educational  mission  and  our  financial  pri- 
orities ever  since  the  first  stones  were  laid  in 
the  Depression  years.  We  too  have  ongoing 
conflicts  over  our  exclusionist  inheritance  and 
our  multicultural  present.  What  is  the  proper 
balance  forour  intelligent,  upscale  student  con- 
sumers between  challenging,  even  troubling, 
intellectual  work  and  healthy  relaxation,  es- 
pecially if  we  are  to  expand  our  share  of  an 
increasingly  competitive  market? 

Again  this  spring  CW  is  offering  a  special 
package,  titled  "Felicity  in  Williamsburg," 
inviting  young  girls  and  their  moms  to  "expe- 
rience the  world  of  Felicity,  a  spunky  nine- 
year-old  character  from  the  American  Girls 
Collection  of  books  and  dolls."  Since  Duke 
already  makes  deals  with  shoe  manufacturers, 
perhaps  there  is  a  mutually  beneficial  contract 
with  a  doll  company  in  our  future.  One  thing 
is  sure:  The  students  from  my  class  on  the 
American  Revolution  who  accompanied  me 
on  a  short  trip  to  Williamsburg  over  spring 
break  were  asked  to  read  this  provocative  book 
before  we  set  out. 

—Peter  H.  Wood 

Wood,  professor  of  early  American  history  at 
Duke,  will  be  teaching  his  class  on  the  American 
Revolution  for  the  Master  of  Arts  in  Liberal 
Studies  program  this  summer. 


54      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


A  Way  of  Happening:  Observations 
of  Contemporary  Poetry 

By  Fred  Chappell  '61,  A.M.  '64-  New  York: 
Picador  USA.  320  pages.  $24. 

A  collection  of  book  reviews,  even  by  a 
writer  of  spritely  prose,  has  great  po- 
tential for  being  dull.  Most  reviews 
come  down  to  a  word — yes  or  no — and  a  whole 
book  of  such  reviews  could  be  nothing  more 
than  a  kind  of  Congressional  roll  call  vote,  with 
the  deep-throated  critic  droning  yea  or  nay  ad 
nauseam.  But  if  the  critic  taking  on  the  job  is 
one  Fred  Chappell,  you  can  bet  that  the  usual 
sort  of  voting  is  not  what  you're  going  to  get. 

In  A  Way  of  Happening,  Chappell  has  col- 
lected reviews  produced  over  the  years,  most- 
ly for  the  Georgia  Review,  and,  taken  together, 
they  provide  a  very  fine  map  of  the  landscape 
of  contemporary  poetry  in  the  United  States. 
He  achieves  this  cartography  by  means  of 
what  he  calls  the  "essay-review,"  a  meditative 
piece  that  concentrates  its  energies  on  the  first 
half  of  the  phrase.  As  he  explains  in  the  intro- 
duction, "I  decided  the  assessments  of  books 
would  have  more  point  and  cogency  if  they 
were  organized  around  a  single  topic  common 
to  all  of  them." 

It's  a  good  plan,  and  the  reader  of  A  Way  of 
Happening  is  treated  to  discussions  of  humor, 
Southern  poetry,  narrative  poetry,  and  the  long 
contemporary  poem,  among  others.  These  over- 
arching concerns  make  this  book  a  valuable 
resource  for  anyone  interested  in  what's  hap- 
pening in  American  poetry,  and  Chappell's 
prose  is  a  model  for  the  student  of  creative 
nonfiction.  Here,  for  instance,  is  how  he  starts 
the  essay  on  humor: 

"A  dreary  thing  happened  to  contemporary 
poetry  on  its  way  to  the  American  forum.  It 
tried  to  grow  up,  to  dress  in  long  pants  and 
coat  and  tie,  to  comb  its  hair,  and  to  sullen 
into  dark  irony.  All  too  successful  in  these 
ambitions,  it  no  longer  skipped  to  the  rhymes 
of  Theodore  Roethke,  stopped  attending  the 
rent  parties  thrown  by  archy  and  mehitabel 
and  their  rowdy  friends,  and  decided  that  the 
bumptious  waggeries  of  e.e.  cummings  should 
be  treated  with  Clearasil." 

If  you're  going  to  talk  about  humor  in  poet- 
ry, a  humorous  beginning  is  in  order,  especial- 
ly one  that  supplies  some  historical  context 
for  the  subject  at  hand.  Chappell,  a  gifted  poet, 
novelist,  and  short-story  writer,  shows  he  knows 
how  to  put  life  as  well  as  intelligence  into  lit- 
erary journalism.  But  he  goes  much  further  than 
just  good  beginnings.  By  applying  his  overall 
notion  of,  say,  narrative  poetry  to  specific  in- 
stances of  a  poet's  work,  Chappell  is  able  to 
make  concrete  what  would  otherwise  be  just 
theorizing.  For  example,  after  quoting  a  lengthy 
passage  from  Mary  Kinzie's  book  Autumn  Eros 
and  Other  Poems,  Chappell  is  able  to  muse  a  bit 
on  the  role  of  narrative  in  fiction  and  poetry: 


"If  we  came  across  this  passage  in  fiction, 
we  would  mark  it  as  a  faulty  transition,  flimsy 
and  arbitrary.  It  would  not  be  successful  in 
narrative  poetry,  and  even  in  this  story  poems 
it  finally  does  not  work:  We  are  able  to  recog- 
nize the  crossover  between  auditory  and  visual 
imagery  as  a  bit  of  a  cheat,  and  we  must  de- 
cide whether  the  charm  of  the  notion  makes 
up  for  its  implausibility  as  a  structural  ele- 
ment. It  is  in  instances  like  these  that  a  lyric 
or  story  poet  might  with  some  justice  claim 
'principle  of  association,'  while  a  narrative 
poet  might  cry  'Foul!' " 

If  you  came  across  that  passage  (as  you  are 
now)  unattached  from  the  specific  example  it 
relates  to,  you  might  find  it  windy  and  aca- 
demic, but  because  Chappell  has  set  it  up  care- 
fully— a  hallmark  of  this  book — it  becomes 
instructive  to  poets,  fiction  writers,  and  liter- 
ary critics. 

Another  instructive,  and  very  refreshing, 
element  of  Chappell's  review-essays  is  his  will- 
ingness to  take  on  some  of  the  sacred  cows  of 
contemporary  poetry.  Multiculturalism  has  be- 
come the  battle  cry  of  many  current  antholo- 
gists who  are  dragging  the  "literary"  results  of 
get-in-touch-with-your-anger  workshops  into 
print.  On  this  subject,  Chappell  cuts  right  to 
the  chase:  "That  is  the  trouble  with  a  poetry 
that  has  little  content  but  much  Attitude,  with 
pages  that  are  almost  nothing  but  shockshuck 
and  aggressojive.  Such  writing  is  mere  emo- 
tional reflex  triggered  by  rhetorical  cliche,  and 
it  produces  lines  that  are  hasty,  often  insin- 
cere, and  sometimes  unwitting  self-parodies." 

Chappell's  more  than  three  decades  in  the 
poetry  reviewing  business  and  his  thorough 
knowledge  of  poetry,  both  classical  and  mod- 
ern, give  such  critical  assessments  the  sting  of 
truth.  And  the  years  of  toiling  in  poetry's 
fields  has  made  him  tearless.  You  can  hear  his 
Appalachian  persona,"01e  Fred,"  chuckle, "You 
know,  these  days  I  just  don't  give  a  rat's  ass," 
as  the  learned  professor  Chappell  dismantles 
highly-praised  poets  like  Alfred  Corn,  Allen 
Ginsberg,  and  Robert  Bly. 

While  Chappell  takes  poetry  seriously,  he 
doesn't  take  poets,  including  himself,  too  seri- 
ously. So,  I'll  let  him  have  the  last  word  about 
this  book:  "If  the  poet  makes  mistakes,  how 
many  more  must  the  critic  commit!  The  poet 
gets  off  easy  by  comparison;  his  blundered 
poems  are  soon  forgotten.  The  critic's  inept 
judgments  show  him  a  fool  for  as  long  as  the 
poems  he  has  wronged  may  live.  Because  I 
have  tried  my  best  to  do  right,  I  am  willing  to 
live  with  this  prospect.  But  I  don't  look  for- 
ward to  it." 

— Miclwel  Chitwood 

Chitwood's  most  recent  book  is  The  Weave  Room, 
published  by  the  University  of  Chicago  Press.  He 
is  a  visiting  lecturer  at  the  University  of  North 
Carolina  at  Chapel  Hill. 


GLOBAL  LEARNING 

Continued  from  page  20 

and  marketing  them  in  a  changing  environ- 
ment for  a  changing  clientele  and  a  changing 
future. 

As  the  needs  and  expectations  of  career 
executives  and  other  professionals  evolve,  it  is 
critical  that  we  meet  the  demands  of  our  po- 
tential customers  and  those  who  hire  our  gradu- 
ates. Today  at  Fuqua,  as  well  as  at  Duke's  other 
professional  schools,  such  examinations  are  now 
an  ongoing  part  of  curricular  review  and  plan- 
ning. GEMBA  has  shown  us  that  we  should 
not  be  complacent  about  the  successful  pro- 
grams of  the  past.  We  must  adapt  and  refine 
those  programs  to  reflect  new  realities. 

Even  as  our  world  continues  to  shrink,  the 
role  of  the  modern  university  must  continue 
to  expand.  As  a  university  with  global  aspira- 
tions, we  at  Duke  must  reach  out  to  students 
and  faculty  the  world  over  as  we  seek  to  cre- 
ate a  learning  community  enriched  by  many 
creeds  and  cultures. 

Our  goal  is  to  become  more  thoroughly 
international  in  our  curriculum,  our  outreach, 
the  people  who  teach  and  learn  with  us,  so 
that  being  a  global  institution  is  not  an  add- 
on, but  an  intrinsic  part  of  everything  we  do. 
Fuqua  and  GEMBA  have  helped  us  take  a 
crucial  step  toward  this  goal. 


mmmmmmaMMm 


Understanding 
Reynolds  Price 

James  A.  Schiff 


"Knowledgeable,  comprehensive,  and 
highly  readable,  this  promises  to  remain  the 
book  on  Price  for  years  to  come,  appealing 
both  to  scholars  and  the  general  reader." 
— Jefferson  Humphries,  editor 
Conversations  with  Reynolds  Price 

"Jim  Schiff  is  our  best  critic  of  America's 
most  difficult  novelists — not  Pynchon  and 
Gaddis — but  Price  and  Updike,  whose 
works  demand  rhar  we  remember  gods  have 
spoken  to  women  and  men." 

— Tom  LeClair,  author 
The  Art  of  Excess 

(1997)  217  pages,  cloth 
#1-57003-126-6,  $24.95 


March -April   1998 


AD  OL 


"You  can  be  in  the  military  and 
join  any  hate  group  as  long  as  you 
are  'inactive.'  I  had  a  swastika  on 
my  locker,  I  had  tattoos,  I  had  a 
copy  of  Mem  Kampf.  They  were 
fully  aware  of  my  racist  beliefs, 
but  you  will  not  find  anything  in 
my  file  about  being  a  racist." 


"They  went  home  without  a 
check.  My  only  goal  was  to  pro- 
duce a  safe  party  for  the  students 
here  in  a  safe  space.  I've  been 
taking  more  heat  than  anybody 
because  I  stepped  up  and  tried  to 
plan  an  alternative  event  in  the 
midst  of  a  terrible  situation.  I  now 
know  that  foam  is  a  failure." 

rj, 


"I  think  the  book  itself  is  weird. 
If  I  got  that  manuscript  in  the 
mail,  I'd  be  worried  about  its 
prospects." 


"He's  a  very  straight  shooter;  he  is 
taking  this  role  very  seriously." 


"This  is  groundbreaking  and  very 
exciting.  This  code  of  conduct  is 


going  to  mean  real  changes,  real 
improvements  in  the  lives  of  gar- 
ment workers.  It  means  that  a 
major  institution  in  our  society, 
a  university  with  all  of  its  moral 
and  political  weight,  is  putting 
economic  pressure  on  companies 
to  produce  apparel  under  decent 
conditions." 


"Today  I  find  our  public  almost 
indifferent  to  the  problem.  I'm 
almost  ready  to  suggest  we  ought 
to  thank  Saddam  Hussein  be- 
cause he  keeps  our  attention  on 
this  problem." 


We  asked  fifteen  undergraduates: 


your  life  at  Duke? 

With  the  fresh  air  of  springtime 
comes  what  some  students  see  as 
the  hot  air  of  Duke  Student 
Government  campaigners.  The 
responses  were  mixed:  Some  stu- 
dents understood  the  effect  of 
DSG's  work  on  a  daily  basis,  oth- 
ers said  the  organization  had  no 
impact  whatsoever.  Many  were 
pleased  with  the  revised  financial- 
aid  car  policy  (by  which  students 
on  financial  aid  are  allowed  to 


have  cars  on  campus),  but  greater 
numbers  expressed  concern  about 
DSG's  management  of  the  tent 
policy,  which  applies  to  students 
camping  out  for  men's  varsity  bas- 
ketball games. 

"None  of  the  policies  that  DSG 
has  made  this  year  have  affected 
me  in  any  way,"  says  Trinity 
sophomore  Rajeev  Pandarinath. 
"You  can  never  tell  who  is  saying 
what,  or  what  the  end  result  is." 

Pandarinath's  disenchantment 
with  DSG  is  not  rare.  Many 
students  were  discouraged  by 
the  entire  tenting  system  this 
year,  which  lasted  for  eight  weeks 
and  culminated  in  the  lack  of 
space  in  Cameron  Indoor 
Stadium  to  accommodate  all 
the  tenters  for  the  UNC  game. 
"The  power  of  the  line  monitors 
should  not  be  left  in  the  hands 
of  the  students,"  Trinity  first-year 
Nathalie  Corredor  says.  "It  leads 
to  too  much  corruption  and 
cheating." 

Still,  other  students  see  DSG 
as  an  effective  body  that  affects 
the  campus  in  many  positive 
ways.  Trinity  first-year  Joe  Creech 
is  a  DSG  legislator:  "As  a  member, 
it  affects  me  in  that  I  know  a  lot 
more  about  what's  going  on 
around  campus.  Knowing  that 
puts  you  more  in  touch  with 
the  university  community  and 
gives  you  the  sense  that  you  can 
influence  the  community  in 
ways  that  most  people  would  not 
think  of" 

Engineering  junior  Neil  Berlin 
finds  the  theoretic  virtues  of  DSG 
more  appealing  than  the  actual 
organization.  "I  think  it's  good 
that  it  is  there  to  be  the  'voice  of 
the  people,'  but  they  do  not  do 
very  much." 

Trinity  senior  Lindsay  Smith 
disagrees  with  that  assertion.  "I 
think  it  definitely  has  an  impact 
on  the  morale  of  students  on 
campus.  For  the  majority  of  stu- 
dents involved  in  different  organi- 
zations, DSG  makes  a  noticeable 


contribution  to  the  functioning 
of  these  groups." 

Trinity  sophomore  Anya  Sostek 
says  that,  although  she  may  not 
acknowledge  it  on  a  daily  basis, 
DSG  does,  in  fact,  have  an  impact 
on  her  life:  "Sometimes  they're 
really  helpful.  Changing  the 
car  policy  really  affects  me — it's 
wonderful." 

— compiled  by  ]aime  Levy  '01 


"A  lot  of  people  have  questioned 
why  the  police  are  here  with  all 
their  equipment.  People  are  just 
revolting.  They  should  have  let 
us  have  [a  bonfire]  in  one  spot. 
Foam  from  five  p.m.  to  eight  p.m. 
was  not  going  to  compensate  for 
a  bonfire." 


Duke  of  eld  and  Hie  new  Duke" 


"I  enjoyed  the  opportunity  to 
celebrate  and  relish  in  the  victory, 
but  that  feeling  and  spirit  did 
not  last  very  long  because  of  the 
adversarial  nature  of  the  evening. 
My  goal  is  for  people  to  have 
fun  and  celebrate  in  a  safe  way, 
and,  in  the  past,  our  major 
challenge  has  been  with  fire. 
Our  approach  was  to  eliminate 
fire,  and  what  resulted  was  a  g 

combative  situation."  i 


56      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


»ukeK 


iJH"**" 


The  Duke  tradition 

of  excellence  continues 

with  the  creation  of 

four  fine  art  prints  of 

the  Duke  University® 

Golf  Course. 

The  photographic  style 

of  award  winning 

photographer 

Paul  Liggitt, 

combined  with  the 

grandeur  of  the  course 

makes  these  prints 

a  beautiful  addition 

to  your  home  or 

office  decor. 


Every  16x20  inch  print 

is  ready  for  framing 

and  meets  the  high 

standards  found 

in  other  fine  art 

reproductions. 


Money  Back  Guarantee  If  Not  Completely  Satisfied. 


Complete  set  of  4  prints  -  $110  a 
Single  print  only  -  $32 
Additional  prints  -  $28  ea. 

NC  Residents  add  6%  tax 
Add  $5  shipping  (cont.  US) 


To  Order  Call  1-800-761-3551 

please  have  credit  card  or  check  information  ready 


Please  Use  Credit  Wisely, 
For  Your  Convenie 
Credit  Cards  & 
Checks  Accepted 


Shipped  Flat 
Archival  Quality 
Acid  Free  Paper 

Heavy  Paper 

Rees  Jones,  designer  of 

the  Duke""  course  had 

these  comments. 

"Your  work  on  6,9,11, 
and  18  truly  depict  what 
we  tried  to  achieve  while 
redesigning  the  Duke*™ 
Golf  Course.  Your  art- 
work makes  our  design 
look  fantastic!" 

Order  the  set  of  four 
and  save  or  purchase 
any  print  individually. 

Quantities  Are 

Limited, 

Call  Today! 

This  product  is  copyrighted 

by  .-Paul  Liggitt, 
&  officially  licensed  by: 
The  Collegiate 
Licensing 
Company 


Serving  Corporate  America  with  sheetfed  and 
web  multi-color  printing,  binding  and  fulfillment. 


Proud  printer/mailer  of  Duke  Magazine 


Litho  Industries,  In 


DUKE 


614  CHAPEL  DRIVE, BOX  90570 
DURHAM, NORTH  CAROLINA 

27708-0570 

Address  Service  Requested 


NON   PROFIT   ORG. 


Durham,  N.C. 
PERMIT    NO.    60 


DUKE 


THE  LEGACY  OF  TERRY  SANFORP 
HOOPS  JOURNAL 


MODERN  DIPLOMACY 


ARCHIVING 
NATURE 

Duke's  botanical  sanctiiary 


YouVe  always  been  there  in  spirit. 
Maybe  its  time  you  brought  yourself  along,  too. 


1-800-44-MI D WAY 


Duke  Magazine  is 
printed  on  recycled 
paper 


EDITOR: 

Robert  J.  Bliwise  A.M.  '88 

ASSOCIATE  EDITOR: 

Sam  Hull 

FEATURES  EDITOR: 

Bridget  Booher  '82,  A.M.  '92 

SCIENCE  EDITOR: 

Dennis  Meredith 

PUBLISHER  M.  Laney 

Funderburk  Jr.  '60 

STUDENT  INTERNS: 

Brian  Henderson  '98 

Jaime  Levy '01 

DESIGN  CONSULTANT: 

Mills /Carrigan  Design 

PRINTER: 

Litho  Industries,  Inc. 

OFFICERS,  DUKE  ALUMNI 
ASSOCIATION: 
Michele  Clause  Farquhar '79, 
president;  John  A.  Schwarz  III 
'56,  president-elect;  M.  Laney 
Funderburk  Jr.  '60,  secretary- 


PRESIDENTS,  SCHOOL 
AND  COLLEGE  ALUMNI 
ASSOCIATIONS: 
James  R.  Cook  Jr. '50,  B.D. 
'54,  Pnnni\  NJien/,  George  J. 
Evans  B.S.E.E.  '56,  School  of 
Iji^nkvrmtr;  Barrett  B.  McCall 
M.F.'91,  Nicholas  School  of  the 
Environment;  Walter  W. 
Simpson  III  M.B.A.  '74,  Fuqua 
School  m/  HnsiTk'ss;  ludith  Ann 
Maness  M.H.A.  '83,  Department 
n/  Health  AJmnustidtion;  Bruce 
W.BaberJ.D.  '79,  School  of 
Law;  David  K.  Wellman  M.D. 
'72,  H.S.  '72-78,  Sclwol  of 
Medicine;  Linda  Spencer 
Fowler  B.S.N.  '79,  School  of 
.Yin-soy;  Mjnc  koval  Nardone 
M.S.  '79,  A.H.C.  '79,  Graduate 
/Vr'iM.un  in  I'lrv-Uid  Therapy; 
J.  Alexander  McMahon  '42, 
Half-Century  Club. 

EDITORIAL 
ADVISORY  BOARD: 
Clay  Felker  '51,  chairman; 
Frederick  F.  Andrews  '60; 
Debra  Blum  '87:  Sarah 
Hardesty  Bray  '72;  Nancy  L. 
Cardwell  '69;  Jerrold  K.  Footlick; 
Edward  M.  Gomez  '79;  Kerry  E. 
Hannon  '82;  Stephen  Labaton 
A.M.  '86,  J.D.  '86;  Elizabeth  H. 
Locke  '64,  Ph.D.  '72;  Thomas  E 
LoseeJr.'63;KimberlyJ. 
McLarin  '86;  Michael  J. 
Schoenfeld  '84;  Susan Tifft  '73; 
Jane  Vessels '77;  Robert  J. 
Bliwise  A.M.  '88,  secretary. 

SUBSCRIPTIONS: 
$15  per  year  ($30  foreign) 
Duke  Magazine,  Alumni  House, 
614  Chapel  Drive,  Box  90570, 
Durham,  N.C.  27708-0570. 

ADDRESS  CHANGES: 
Alumni  Records,  Box  90613, 
Durham,  N.C.  27708-0613 
or  e-mail  bluedevil(aduke.edu 

ONLINE  EDITION: 
www.adm.duke.edu/alumni/ 

©  1998  Duke  University 
Published  bimonthly  by  the 
Office  of  Alumni  Affairs. 


MAY- 
JUNE  1998 


DUKE 


VOLUME  84 
NUMBER  4 


Cover:  A  small  sampling — blossoms, 
leaves,  seed  pods,  berries — of  the  720,000 
plant  specimen*  carefully  preserved  at  Duke's 
herbarium.  Photos  try  Brent  Clayton. 


KNOCKING  AT  VICTORY'S  DOOR  by  Shane  Earner  2 

Dubbed  "the  most  sought-after  high  school  player  in  the  country,"  a  Duke  freshman 
reflects  on  a  season  of  accomplishment 

A  SEARCH  FOR  GREEN  TREASURE  by  Dennis  Meredith  8 

From  Costa  Rica  to  Australia,  from  Bolivia  to  China,  Duke  botanists  travel  the  planet 
to  gather  and  study  strands  of  life's  intricate  web 

FORGING  FOREIGN  FRIENDSHIPS  by  Robert].  Bliwise  14 

Two  American  diplomats-ambassadors  to  the  United  Kingdom  and  Canada- 
talk  about  their  roles  at  a  time  of  instant  communications  and  economic  integration 

LONGING  FOR  HOME  by  Bridget  Booher  37 

If  she's  managed  physically  to  extricate  herself  from  the  palpable  terrors  of  her 
childhood,  a  rising  senior  continues  to  be  haunted  by  an  ongoing  ordeal  she'll  never 
completely  escape 

ENTREPRENEUR  OF  THE  HEART  by  Stephen  Klaidman  40 

He  once  wanted  to  be  a  large-animal  veterinarian;  now  John  Simpson  is  fast  becoming 
known  as  the  godfather  of  Silicon  Valley's  medical-device  industry 


WHEN  TECHNOLOGY  MEETS  ART 

A  student-curated  exhibition  celebrates  the  cyber-culture  scene  of  San  Francisco 


45 


UNDER  THE  GARGOYLE  20 

A  student  discovers  something  about  the  life  of  a  researcher-and  about  himself 

GAZETTE  48 

Funding  financial  aid,  boosting  the  business  school,  celebrating  a  summer  of  dance, 
modeling  a  mathematical  achievement 

BOOKS  54 

Adventures  in  engineering 

QUAD  QUOTES  56 

A  Northern  Ireland  assessment,  some  freshman  advice-giving 


REMEMBERING  AN  UNCOMMON  PRESIDENT  by  Robert].  Bliwise       Fellows 

The  Duke  days  of  Terry  Sanford  page  28 


KNOCKING 
ATVICTORY'S 

K        /  V        /  |\     A  BASKETBALL  DIARY 

JL       y   ^_ S    ^<^S   JL     X.    BY  SHANE  BATTIER 

It  was  Basketball  Times  that  dubbed  Shane  Battier  "the  most  sought-after  high  school  player  in 
the  country."  In  a  profile  from  December  of  1996 — Battier 's  senior  year  in  high  school  —  the 
publication  called  him  "something  close  to  perfect":  an  academic  achiever  at  a  competitive  Michigan 
high  school,  an  athlete  who  shows  both  elegance  and  a  physical  style  of  play  on  the  court,  and  an 
individual  with  a  big  smile,  an  intelligent  sense  of  humor,  and  an  unfailing  politeness. 


Even  before  they  scored  their  first  bas- 
kets, the  Duke  freshman  class — Wil- 
liam Avery,  Elton  Brand,  Chris  Burgess, 
and  Battier — had  earned  plenty  of  accolades. 
As  the  season  progressed,  more  would  come 
their  way.  For  Battier,  those  included  being 
named  to  the  1998  Atlantic  Coast  Conference 
All-Freshmen  Team,  earning  a  place  on  Basket- 
ballTimes'  All-Freshmen  Third  Team,  and  tak- 
ing ACC  Rookie  of  the  Week  honors  in  Jan- 
uary. He  finished  the  season  placing  third  on 
the  team  for  most  minutes  played,  shooting 
over  50  percent  from  the  floor,  accumulating 
the  team's  second  highest  rebounding  aver- 
age, leading  the  team  in  blocked  shots,  plac- 
ing second  on  the  team  in  steals,  and  leading 
the  team  in  charges  taken. 

Duke  won  the  ACC  regular  season,  al- 
though it  lost  in  the  ACC  tournament  finals. 
It  lost  only  one  regular-season  conference 
game  —  and  never  lost  at  home  in  Cameron 
Indoor  Stadium.  In  April,  Duke  made  it  to  the 
NCAA  regional  finals-the  Elite  Eight — where 
it  was  edged  out  by  Kentucky.  It  ended  the 
season  with  thirty-two  wins  and  four  losses. 

Last  fall,  Duke  Magazine  asked  Battier  to 
keep  a  season  journal.  As  it  turned  out,  it  was 
a  remarkable  season  for  Duke  basketball  —  and 
for  Duke  basketball's  Shane  Battier. 

OCTOBER  17 

Words  really  can't  do  justice  to  all  the  fear 
and  excitement  that  I  feel  right  now.  Although 
the  season  began  the  first  week  of  school  with 


our  first  conditioning,  individual  workouts, 
and  scrimmages,  the  season  truly  starts  in  a 
couple  of  hours  when  the  clock  strikes  12  and 
the  Midnight  Madness  begins.  As  I  stand  in 
the  corner  of  Cameron  watching  everybody 
file  into  the  gym,  I  have  so  many  questions 
and  so  many  hopes.  Am  I  ready?  Has  my 
work  paid  off?  Will  college  basketball  be 
everything  it  is  hyped  up  to  be  and  possibly 
more?  I  sit  with  Chris  Burgess  as  we  repeat- 
edly ask  each  other,  "Could  this  be  real?" 

Duke  basketball  is  sacred.  Every  time  I  put 
on  that  practice  jersey,  I  look  at  the  name 
Duke  and  wonder  if  this  could  possibly  be 
true.  Then,  as  if  the  gods  themselves  were  lis- 
tening, they  send  down  the  one  man  synony- 
mous with  College  Basketball,  Mr.  Dick  Vi- 
tale.  In  an  instant,  all  my  questions  about  the 
realities  of  my  situation  were  erased.  Cameron 
Crazies.  Dick  Vitale.  Duke  basketball.  It  doesn't 
get  any  more  real,  and  better,  than  this. 

Sitting  in  the  locker  room  before  the  game, 
hearing  the  band  play,  feeling  the  excitement, 
makes  me  realize  how  fortunate  I  am.  Pressure. 
No  Fear.  Well,  a  little.  Indescribable  emotion. 
Most  definitely. 

OCTOBER  18 

The  feeling  I  got  when  I  ran  onto  Cameron's 
floor  for  the  first  time  with  9,000  screaming 
maniacs  is  a  cross  between  opening  presents 
Christmas  morning,  opening  up  all  the  candy 
on  Halloween,  prom  nights,  and  the  first  day 
of  school.  Midnight  Madness  was  in  fact  every 


bit  as  mad  as  it  was  hyped  up  to  be.  As  we  ran 
out  to  get  in  lay-up  lines,  the  noise,  heat,  sweat, 
and  electricity  of  Cameron  hit  me.  It  was  one 
of  the  best  feelings  ever.  Growing  up,  I  could 
never  imagine  an  arena  with  this  intensity.  I 
think  it's  safe  to  say  that  tonight,  I  jumped 
higher  than  I  ever  have  when  I  went  through 
lay-up  lines.  And  the  funny  thing  is  that  I 
could  have  jumped  a  little  higher — maybe. 

My  seconds  of  pure  adrenaline  energy 
eventually  came  back  to  hurt  me.  After  the 
lay-up  lines,  the  game  started  and  I  had  no 
energy  left  to  do  anything  worthwhile.  Now 
that  I  look  back  upon  it,  I  would  not  change 
a  thing.  I  gave  the  crowd  a  show  and  loved 
every  minute.  Forget  the  fact  that  I  was  terri- 
ble in  the  game.  One  of  the  highlights,  how- 
ever, was  awesome.  After  the  introduction  of 
the  players,  Coach  K  invited  the  "true  Sixth 
Man"  onto  the  floor  for  our  team  picture.  The 
whole  crowd  came  down  from  the  stands  and 
mobbed  us.  Just  to  see  the  excitement  of 
everyone  was  well  worth  the  near  injury  we 
faced  as  we  were  almost  stampeded  by  the 
Crazies.  Basketball  is  an  amazing  thing  to 
bring  so  many  so  close  to  each  other. 

After  we  pushed  through  the  crowd  and 
made  it  back  into  the  locker  room,  all  I  could 
do  was  sit  at  my  locker  and  stare  into  space. 
Mentally  and  physically,  I  was  drained.  I  must 
have  lost  about  ten  pounds  from  sweat  (those 
who  know  about  the  intense  Cameron  heat 
know  what  I'm  talking  about),  and  the  best 
part  about  it  is  that,  in  six  hours,  I  get  to  wake 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


up  and  start  real  practice.  Welcome  to  Col- 
lege Basketball! 

Note:  For  all  the  fun  that  last  night  brought, 
I  am  definitely  paying  for  it  now  as  I  try  to 
roll  out  of  my  bed  and  convince  myself  that 
mixing  it  up  with  a  bunch  of  guys  6-foot-8 
and  250  pounds  is  actually  worth  getting  out 
of  bed  for.  When  I  was  being  recruited,  they 
didn't  tell  me  I'd  be  this  sore.  And  only  six 
months  to  go. 

OCTOBER  25 

After  a  week  of  practice,  we  finally  got  to 
show  what  we  can  do  at  the  Blue -White 
scrimmage.  My  day  was  pretty  low-key;  I  just 
hung  around  in  my  dorm  and  relaxed.  Come 
game  time,  I  got  pretty  excited,  but  not  like 
Midnight  Madness.  I  was  going  to  be  ready  to 
play  this  time. 

As  I  came  out  for  the  game,  the  Crazies 
were  loud  and  raucous.  It's  Parents'  Weekend, 
so  it's  not  vintage  Cameron,  but  the  parents 
surprised  me  with  their  energy.  I  felt  good; 
this  would  be  my  coming-out  party.  As  the  tip 
went  up  and  the  game  started,  I  wanted  to  get 
with  the  flow  of  the  game.  I  scored  the  first 
four  points  via  rebounds,  I  hit  a  three,  then 
"It"  happened.  I  saw  a  loose  ball  and  I  dived 


for  it.  Unfortunately,  my  teammate,  Elton 
Brand,  had  the  same  idea.  We  butted  heads. 
And  I  lost.  I  lay  back  on  the  floor  hoping 
nothing  had  happened.  However,  like  a  great 
red  flood,  a  cut  over  my  eye  opened  up.  It 
didn't  hurt,  but  I  was  pretty  mad  because  I 
was  playing  pretty  well.  Coach  K  came  out  to 
see  how  I  was,  since  a  pint  of  blood  was  on 
the  floor.  I  told  him  the  only  thing  I  worried 
about  was  my  modeling  career.  I  got  up  and 
ran  off  the  court  to  a  standing  ovation  from 
the  Crazies.  It  was  great.  The  trainer,  Dave,  put 
butterfly  strips  on  my  eye  and  I  ran  onto  the 
court  to  another  standing  "O"  (I  could  get 
used  to  these  ovations). 

My  coach  immediately  put  me  into  the 
game,  I  hit  two  three-pointers,  and  my  team 
won.  I  finished  leading  all  scorers  and 
rebounders  with  sixteen  points  and  six 
rebounds.  I  know  everyone  will  expect  that 
every  time  I  step  onto  the  court.  Oh,  well,  I'll 
live  with  it!  I'm  ready  to  start  playing  some 
real  games. 

NOVEMBER  8 

Tonight  we  finally  got  some  competition.  We 
played  Australia;  most  of  the  team  were  adult 
players  who  had  played  in  the  Olympics.  We 
played  so  bad  in  the  first  half  and  were  only 


losing  by  one,  even  though  we  gave  up  forty- 
nine  points.  We  picked  it  up  in  the  second 
half,  however,  and  pulled  out  the  five -point 
win.  Even  though  it  was  an  exhibition  game, 
Coach  K  and  the  coaching  staff  and  the  play- 
ers made  it  seem  like  the  middle  of  the  ACC 
season.  Personally,  I  thought  I  played  all 
right — not  great,  not  bad.  It's  been  kind  of 
difficult  to  change  my  role  from  being  the 
franchise  in  high  school  to  being  a  cog  in  col- 
lege. But  I'm  starting  to  develop  a  passion  for 
defense.  Even  though  we  pulled  out  a  win 
tonight,  we  all  know  we  can  play  so  much  bet- 
ter. So  I  know  I'd  better  enjoy  my  day  off 
tomorrow,  because  I  have  a  feeling  practice 
on  Monday  is  not  going  to  be  a  Cakewalk. 

NOVEMBER  10 

Cakewalk?  Well,  practice  was  more  like  boot 
camp  today.  First  we  went  over  the  tape  of  the 
Australia  game,  analyzing  every — and  I  mean 
every — mistake  we  made.  I  have  a  feeling  tape 
sessions  are  not  going  to  be  my  favorite  times, 
but  I  understand  they  are  crucial  to  becoming 
a  championship  team — though  they  really 
put  a  dent  in  the  ego.  Some  of  the  mistakes 
we  make  are  so  brain-numbing,  it  seems  only 
a  complete  idiot  would  commit  them,  as  Coach 
K  will  not  hesitate  to  point  out.  We  knew  we 


May-June  1998 


could  have  played  much,  much  better  than  we 
did;  I  think  we  all  know  our  potential  as  a  team, 
and  that  we  are  not  close  to  that  level  now. 


Days  off  go  by  faster  than  just  about  anything. 
Especially  at  Duke,  when  homework  always 
looms  on  the  horizon,  off  days  do  not  have 
the  same  meaning  as  before.  Maybe  they 
should  call  them  "less-work  days."  Neverthe- 
less, I  wouldn't  trade  them  for  anything.  I'm 
just  really  tired  of  practicing  and  beating  on 
my  teammates.  I'm  ready  for  the  real  games  to 
start,  and  start  they  will:  We  have  eight  games 
in  two  and  a  half  weeks.  I'm  not  complaining, 
though.  This  is  what  I've  been  waiting  for. 

NOVEMBER  24 

For  those  who  merely  follow  us  on  Sports- 
center  or  in  the  paper,  they  may  hear  of  how 
special  a  coach  Coach  K  really  is.  But  only  if 
you  deal  with  him  on  a  daily  basis  do  you  truly 
appreciate  him.  Today  we  played  Chaminade 
in  the  opening  round  of  the  Maui  Invitational. 
We  played  great  in  spurts,  but  awful  (by  our 
standards)  in  other  spurts.  We  still  won  the 
game,  106-70.  Even  though  we  held  a  thirty- 
point  advantage,  we  knew  we  didn't  play  well. 
Coach  K  was  more  than  willing  to  let  us  know 
in  the  locker  room.  He  gave  us  a  verbal  tongue  - 
lashing  after  our  less-than-Duke-like  perfor- 
mance. 

Some  may  think,  wrongly,  that  Coach  K  is 
merely  overreacting  and  is  an  ultra-perfec- 
tionist to  a  fault.  Well,  needless  to  say,  the 
locker  room  was  silent,  as  was  the  ride  back  to 
the  hotel  and  post-game  meal.  You'd  have 
thought  we  just  lost  in  the  "Sweet  16"  round 
in  the  NCAA  tourney  and  not  just  beaten  a 
team  by  thirty.  Coach  K  is  a  master  psycholo- 
gist, however,  and  he  would  never  let  his  play- 
ers get  the  feeling  they  are  bad  basketball 
players.  So  at  the  evening  meeting,  he  reiter- 
ated all  of  our  faults  during  the  game  and 
his  concerns  for  the  team,  but  he  quickly 
showed  us  how  special  a  team  we  could  be  if 
we  started  to  do  the  little  things  that  win 
championships.  All  of  a  sudden  we  went  from 
a  discouraged  team  to  a  hungry  team  ready 
for  all  comers.  This  is  the  power  of  Coach  K. 

NOVEMBER  25 

I  can't  wait.  Today  we  play  the  reigning 
national  champions,  Arizona.  Even  though 
the  game  is  ten  hours  away,  I  can  feel  the  an- 
ticipation. In  our  meeting,  Coach  K  stressed 
not  to  feel  nervous  but  to  anticipate  the 
game.  It's  not  too  often  you  get  to  test  your- 
self against  a  Top  5  team  so  early;  this  is  a 
great  chance  for  our  young  team  to  grow.  We 
know  Arizona  is  more  experienced  and  cocky 
right  now.  I  have  a  feeling  we  are  going  to  play 
well,  and  if  we  can  do  the  little  things,  there  is 
no  doubt  we'll  win. 


Well,  we  did  it.  We  beat  the  champs.  It's 
really  scary  to  see  our  potential — we  were  up 
at  one  point  by  twenty-six.  Even  though  we 
are  young,  we  are  young  and  good.  There's  a 
big  difference.  Wojo  played  his  tail  off  and 
locked  up  the  All-American  Mike  Bibby.  He 
deservedly  won  the  MVE  I've  never  seen  him 
that  happy.  He  deserves  it:  He's  probably  the 
most  underrated  player  in  the  country.  Now 
that  we've  taken  care  of  business,  it's  time  to 
enjoy  Maui. 

DECEMBER  14 

We  suffered  our  first  defeat  of  the  year  at 
Michigan,  and  for  me  it  couldn't  have  come 
at  a  worse  time.  It  was  the  first  time  I  had  been 
home  since  I  came  to  Duke.  It  was  pretty  sur- 
real. Ever  since  I  was  a  little  kid,  Crisler  Arena 
seemed  so  far,  so  distant,  I  could  never  visual- 


IT'S  BEEN  KIND  OF 

DIFFICULT  TO  CHANGE 

MY  ROLE  FROM  BEING 

THE  FRANCHISE 

IN  HIGH  SCHOOL  TO 

BEING  A  COG  IN 

COLLEGE. 


ize  myself  playing  there.  It  was  the  home  of  the 
Fab  Five,  Glen  Rice,  and  a  whole  bunch  of 
players  better  than  I.  But  there  I  was  yester- 
day, thrust  into  the  sheer  madness  of  it.  It  still 
really  hasn't  hit  me  that  I'm  at  Duke,  playing, 
starting  for  the  (formerly)  Number-One  team 
in  the  nation.  I  really  don't  get  nervous  for 
games,  but  this  was  a  new  experience.  I  got 
booed  for  the  first  time  in  my  life.  Being  from 
Detroit,  I  heard  every  "sell-out"  chant  in  the 
book.  It  didn't  bother  me,  though.  After  nine- 
teen years  of  playing  the  "good  guy,"  it  felt 
pretty  cool  to  play  the  bad  guy. 

Yesterday  was  also  the  first  time  we  did  not 
control  the  game.  We  got  so  eager  to  blow 
them  out,  that  we  did  not  play  Duke  basket- 
ball. I  forgot  what  it  felt  like  to  be  losing  in  a 
game,  experiencing  that  nauseating  feeling  of 
exasperation.  It  was  a  feeling,  however,  that 
one  must  have  in  order  to  become  a  champi- 
onship team.  We  have  to  crave  that  feeling  of 
going  into  an  opposing  gym,  silencing  the 
crowd,  and  looking  into  the  other  team's  eyes 
and  seeing  fear.  And  then  we  rip  their  hearts 
out,  win  the  game,  and  have  a  nice  dinner 
afterwards.  This  is  what  being  a  road  warrior 
is  about.  We  will  get  there,  too.  Unfortunately 
we  had  to  find  out  about  this  at  one  of  my 
"favorite"  places — home. 


DECEMBER  20 

I  really  thank  the  Lord  that  finals  are  over. 
I've  never  been  as  stressed  as  I  am  now.  Even 
though  I  went  to  a  very  academically  chal- 
lenging high  school  where  a  good  portion  of 
my  classmates  went  Ivy  League,  nothing 
would  prepare  me  for  the  anxiety  I  faced  dur- 
ing my  first  finals  at  Duke.  The  Michigan  trip 
did  not  help  my  cause,  either.  Being  gone  the 
weekend  before  finals  did  not  make  me  too 
confident.  Nevertheless,  I  poured  every  last 
bit  of  energy  I  had  left  in  the  semester  toward 
studying  and  preparing. 

Did  I  forget  to  mention  the  fact  that  we 
still  had  the  intense  practices  of  the  Number- 
Two  Blue  Devils?  Even  though  I  love  the 
game  of  basketball,  the  idea  of  butting  heads 
and  banging  elbows  with  a  bunch  of  6-foot-8, 
6-foot- 9,  260-pound  giants  is  not  really  music 
to  my  ears.  Mentally  and  physically,  I  can 
sense  I  have  hit  a  proverbial  "wall."  My  whole 
attitude  and  appearance  have  changed.  I  have 
no  desire  to  do  anything  but  sit  on  my  bed 
and  listen  to  Beethoven  and  Wynton  Mar- 
salis.  I  made  it  through,  though.  I  guess  it  must 
be  true  that  what  doesn't  kill  you  only  makes 
you  strong.  Regardless  of  my  results,  I  feel  as  if 
a  huge  weight  has  been  lifted  from  my  shoul- 
ders. 

DECEMBER  22 

After  we  crushed  Mercer  today,  I'm  finally 
going  home  for  the  first  time  since  I've  been 
at  Duke.  I  really  haven't  been  homesick  that 
much,  but  it's  good  to  know  I'll  be  under  my 
own  covers  tonight.  It's  a  much-needed  break 
from  hoops.  I  need  to  step  away  from  the 
game  and  totally  refresh  my  mind,  body,  and 
spirit  and  rediscover  my  love  for  the  game. 

DECEMBER  30 

The  first  true  test  of  this  team's  character 
came  today  and  will  continue  for  the  remainder 
of  the  season.  Our  leading  rebounder,  scorer, 
future  player-of-the-year,  and  NBA  lottery 
pick  Elton  Brand  (A.K.A.  Big  E)  went  down 
with  a  broken  foot.  He's  going  to  have  surgery 
and  he's  out  for  the  rest  of  the  season.  It 
couldn't  have  come  at  a  more  ironic  time. 
Coach  K  had  just  explained  the  keys  to  suc- 
cess. Undoubtedly,  it  started  with  Elton;  he 
was  our  constant,  and  we  could  always  count 
on  him  for  sixteen  points  and  seven  or  eight 
boards  a  game.  At  first,  everyone  was  in  shock: 
How  could  this  man-child,  this  beast  under 
the  boards,  be  humbled  by  the  insignificant  5 
metacarpal  that  broke  in  his  right  foot? 

This  is  where  the  uniqueness  of  our  team 
comes  in.  Most  teams  would  just  feel  sorry  for 
themselves  after  losing  their  leading  scorer 
and  rebounder,  and  self-destruct.  Our  team 
just  picked  itself  off  the  ground,  brushed  off 
the  hurt  from  our  fall,  and  said,  "Let's  kick 
some  tail."  No  one  person  in  the  country  can 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


replace  Elton.  He  is  that  good.  But  if  every- 
one else  picks  up  his  game  to  the  next  level, 
we  will  still  be  in  for  a  special  season. 

A  wise  man  once  said:  "Success  is  not  mea- 
sured in  accomplishments,  but  in  the  ability 
to  overcome  adversity." 

JANUARY  2 

I  feel  like  I'm  in  the  NBA  right  now,  because 
all  we  do  is  wake  up,  play  ball,  eat,  and  sleep. 
I  have  no  other  responsibility.  No  school.  No 
friends  keeping  me  up.  Just  ball.  But  for  two 
weeks  we  have  nothing  to  do  but  play  ball. 
I'm  not  complaining. 

JANUARY  5 

Tonight  we  really  gained  a  true  sense  of  how 
lethal  we  can  become.  We  stopped  Maryland 
by  forty  at  their  placel  It  started  with  Trajan 
hitting  a  three  right  after  the  jump-ball,  and 
the  onslaught  never  ended.  It  was  one  of  our 
best  games  of  the  year.  Though  usually  defen- 
sive-minded, I  hit  a  career-high  eighteen  p.  nut---. 
We  have  a  great  chance  of  achieving  success, 
and  tonight  we  got  a  taste  of  it,  because  no 
one  goes  to  someone's  house  and  wins  by  forty 
in  the  ACC. 

Right  now  we  are  ranked  Number  Two  in 
the  country.  It's  kinda  funny,  though,  because 
no  one  really  thinks  about  or  mentions  the 
rankings.  We  all  know  we  have  much  bigger 
plans  than  the  rankings.  Not  to  get  ahead  of 
ourselves,  but  with  all  the  young  talent  com- 
ing in  and  already  here,  we  shouldn't  be  out  of 
the  top  five  teams  in  the  country  for  the  next 
five  years.  For  Duke  that  is  no  surprise:  As  a 
university,  Duke  is  synonymous  with  the  best. 

JANUARY  7 

Two  weeks  in  a  hotel  is  long  enough.  I  miss 
my  own  bed,  my  shower,  my  room.  The  NBA 
lifestyle  was  cool  for  a  week.  But  I'm  ready  to 
go  back  to  my  old  ways. 

JANUARY  17 

After  a  close  game  vs.  Clemson,  we  finally  had 
a  close  game  at  home.  Blowing  a  twenty-point 
lead,  we  escaped  with  a  one -point  win.  Every- 
one plays  their  hardest  against  us.  But  that's 
okay,  because  we  give  them  our  best  shot,  too. 
I'm  quickly  learning  why  the  ACC  is  the  su- 
perior conference  in  the  country. 

FEBRUARY  4 

I  really  can't  add  anything  that  hasn't  been 
said  about  the  Duke -Carolina  game.  So  on  the 
eve  of  this  game,  I'm  just  glad  we're  done  talk- 
ing to  the  media  horde  that  surrounds  this 
game,  and  glad  we're  about  to  play  the  game. 
The  media  attention  for  this  game  and  the 
hype  around  it  is  unbelievable.  Growing  up  in 
Michigan,  I  always  knew  the  Duke -UNC  game 
was  around  because  they  started  the  count- 
down three  weeks  away!  The  biggest  question 


for  me  was:  "Are  you  nervous  for  this  game?" 
I  honestly  am  not  nervous;  I  am  eager  and 
really  anticipating  the  game,  but  I'm  not  ner- 
vous. We  are  approaching  the  game  like  every 
other — like  our  biggest  game  of  the  year.  We 
know  the  season  is  larger  than  any  one  game. 
Regardless  of  the  outcome  tomorrow  night, 
we  will  still  be  on  our  track.  But  how  sweet  it 
will  feel  to  walk  among  the  Carolina  Blue 
with  a  "W" 

FEBRUARY  5 

This  is  probably  one  of  the  most  sickening 
feelings  I've  ever  experienced  in  my  life.  I'm 
talking  about  the  UNC  game.  Yes,  we  got  our 
heads  handed  to  us;  yes,  we  played  bad;  yes,  I 
played  like  "a  freshman"  for  the  first  time.  I 
refuse  to  feel  like  this  ever  again.  I  really  have 
a  sense  of  what  this  rivalry  is  all  about.  Let's 
just  say  it's  unfortunate  I  had  to  have  a  bap- 
tism by  fire.  We  were  humiliated  in  front  of  a 
national  audience.  Coach  K  wasn't  too  pleased 
with  us,  and  I  felt  I  personally  let  down  every- 
one associated  with  Duke.  It  won't  happen 
again. 


If  that  last  entry  was  kind  of  short,  I  wanted 
to  put  that  loss  behind  me  now — even 
though  that  game  will  be  in  the  back  of  my 
head  for  the  next  three  and  a  half  years! 
Especially  with  our  very  NCAA-toumament- 
like,  fourteen-game  stretch  coming  up  with 
games  at  Clemson,  UCLA,  Georgia  Tech,  and, 
of  course,  the  rematch  vs.  UNC.  I've  also  picked 
up  my  game  since  the  Carolina  game;  Coach 
K  (very  loudly  and  clearly)  told  me  I  needed 
to  stop  riding  the  proverbial  "deferral  train" 
where  I  don't  assert  myself  because  I'm  a 
freshman.  Those  days  are  over. 

FEBRUARY  19 

We  won  our  most  convincing  road  match  of 
the  year,  a  real  war  at  Clemson.  Roshown  and 
Trajan  played  huge  where  it  counted.  Ro  had 
twenty-three  and  Tra  had  a  huge  three  and 
three -point  play  when  it  counted.  (Even  I  got 
into  the  act  with  a  big  block!)  We  are  playing 
well  and,  much  to  our  surprise,  Elton  is  com- 
ing back  next  game!  Talk  about  momentum! 
Ranked  Number  Two  in  the  country,  tied  for 
first  in  the  ACC,  playing  well,  and  having  one 
of  our  best  players  coming  back — life  is  good! 

FEBRUARY  20 

Elton  practiced  today  for  the  first  time.  I  for- 
got what  it  felt  like  to  try  to  fight  him  in  the 
post.  I  compare  it  to  Atlas  holding  up  the 
weight  of  the  world.  But  I'm  not  complaining! 

FEBRUARY  21 

|  We  are  now  Number  One  again  after  UNC's 
1  unfortunate  loss  vs.  N.C.  State.  But  it's  kind 
i  of  funny  that  we're  as  excited  as  elementary- 


May-June  1998 


school  kids  on  sloppy-joe  day  at  lunch.  Just 
another  day  at  the  office. 

FEBRUARY  26 

This  place  is  going  crazy  over  "the  rematch." 
Electricity  is  at  an  all-time  high.  People  are 
going  insane,  especially  since  Elton  is  back. 
Now  things  will  be  different. 

FEBRUARY  27 

Well,  it's  the  night  before  "The  Game,"  and 
the  team  went  through  K-ville  tonight  (pop. 
1,400  strong).  It  was  a  huge  party!  As  we 
waded  our  way  through,  we  developed  a  fol- 
lowing comparable  to  the  Beatles.  Duke  fans 
are  the  best.  There  really  is  no  comparison  to 
any  other  fans  anywhere. 

As  we  walked  through  the  tents,  we  had 
been  taking  a  lot  of  pictures  with  everybody. 
Well,  as  I  was  posing  for  a  picture,  somebody 
yelled  out,  "Who's  your  daddy?,"  to  which 
somebody  replied, "Battier!"  And  thus  a  chant 
was  born.  They  repeated  this  chant  about 
twenty  times.  All  I  could  do  was  sit  back, 
smile,  and  soak  up  the  craziness  that  is  the 
Cameron  Crazies.  Time  to  go  to  bed:  I  have 
some  'Heels  to  deal  with  tomorrow. 

FEBRUARY  28 

Unbelievable!  It  all  seems  like  a  blur  right 
now.  Of  course  I'm  talking  about  the  Carolina 
game,  Part  II.  At  one  point  in  the  second  half, 
we  were  down  seventeen  points.  But  we  came 
back  and  won  in  an  incredible  fashion.  In 
need  of  a  bastion  of  stability,  we  rode  the  "El- 
train"  to  a  victory.  We  played  great  basketball 
for  the  last  eleven  minutes.  Our  only  lead  of 
the  game  came  with  twenty-two  seconds  left 
in  the  game  via  a  basket  by  Roshown.  After 
UNC  missed  some  big  free  throws  and  the 
buzzer  sounded,  all  I  felt  was  a  wave  of  emo- 
tion shoot  through  my  body.  I  looked  around 
for  someone  to  hug  as  the  crowd  stampeded 
onto  the  court,  mobbing  us. 

Before  I  knew  it,  J.D.  Simpson  and  Chris 
Burgess  gang-tackled  me,  as  we  tried  to  just 
take  in  every  precious  moment  of  our  obvious 
peak  of  the  season  thus  far.  After  the  game, 
we  went  and  just  hung  out  with  the  crowd.  It 
finally  hit  us  that  we  would  never  play  on  this 
floor  again  as  a  team,  which  is  kind  of  sad.  I'm 
happy  that  our  seniors  were  able  to  go  out  on 
top  with  a  great  win  today. 

MARCH  4 

The  ACC  tourney  is  up  next.  And  honestly,  I 
don't  know  how  to  feel.  I  mean,  I  want  to  win 
more  than  anything,  but  this  week-long  tour- 
ney is  very  different.  We've  just  completed  the 
season  as  the  only  team  ever  in  the  ACC  to 
have  won  fifteen  games.  That  in  itself  is  an  in- 
credible feat.  Even  though  we've  had  an  in-  ? 
credible  season,  it  is  very  difficult  to  bask  in  | 
our  success  right  now,  since  we  are  in  the  1 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


midst  of  approaching  our  higher  goals.  It  will 
be  much  easier  to  sit  back  and  enjoy  our  suc- 
cess once  the  season  is  over.  But  now  we're 
just  worrying  about  UVa. 

We  didn't  play  particularly  well  against 
UVa.  today.  No  excuse,  we  just  didn't  play  well. 

MARCH  7 

After  a  close  game  with  Clemson,  where  Will 
Avery  was  the  hero  with  a  last-second  shot, 
it's  Duke-UNC  III.  Playing  them  is  almost  old 
hat  now!  Compared  to  the  first  game,  when 
my  nerves  were  shot,  I'm  as  cool  as  the  other 
side  of  the  pillow  for  this  game.  We  were  the 
ACC  regular  season  champs  and  won  an  un- 
precedented fifteen  games  in  conference  play. 
But  we  still  have  not  "locked  up"  the  Number 
One  seed  in  the  East  with  a  potential  regional 
game  in  nearby  Greensboro,  where  the  home- 
court  advantage  might  prove  to  be  the  differ- 
ence. Rumor  has  it  that  the  winner  of  this  game 
will  get  Number  One  in  the  East  and  the  loser 
Number  One  in  the  South.  In  terms  of  the 
larger  picture,  this  is  a  pretty  big  game. 

MARCH  8 

Well,  we  hung  tough  but  lost.  We  didn't  nec- 
essarily play  bad,  but  not  great,  either.  Win  or 
lose,  it  is  not  a  time  to  dwell  on  the  ACC 
tourney,  because,  in  an  hour,  we'll  find  out  who 
we'll  play  in  the  NCAA  tournament. 

It's  really  surreal  to  sit  at  the  tournament 
selection  show  and  finally  be  a  part  of  all  the 
talk  about  RPI  ratings,  strength  of  schedule, 
and  at-large  bids.  Only  at  this  time  do  you 
ever  hear  of  teams  like  Prairie  View  A&M, 
Radford,  College  of  Charleston,  and  Northern 
Arizona  alongside  Arizona,  Duke,  and  Kansas. 

As  expected,  we  got  the  shaft  from  the 
tournament  selection  committee,  instead  of 
being  rewarded  for  our  unprecedented  regu- 
lar season,  not  to  mention  losing  only  once 
since  February  (how  you  finish  the  season  plays 
a  large  role  in  seeding).  We  are  being  shipped 
out  to  Lexington,  to  Kentucky  Wildcat  land. 
What's  even  worse  is  that  Kentucky,  arguably 
the  top  Number  Two  seed,  is  in  our  regional. 

MARCH  12 

It's  finally  upon  us — March  Madness.  It's  sur- 
real to  have  gone  from  seeing  the  games  for  so 
many  years  growing  up.  And  now,  not  only 
am  I  in  the  middle  of  the  madness,  we  are 
expected  to  win  the  damn  thing.  As  we  pre- 
pare to  play  Radford  in  the  first  round,  I 
remember  all  the  times  I  would  try  to  play 
hooky  from  school  so  that  I  could  watch 
the  games  on  CBS  starting  at  noon  on 
Thursday  and  Friday.  I  can't  wait  to  get  this 
show  rolling.  Everyone  says  we're  too  young 
to  make  any  noise  and  that  we're  still  a  year 
away.  But  we  beg  to  differ.  We're  young,  con- 
fident, and  hungry,  and  other  teams  are 
just  scared  as  hell  to  play  us.  Youth  can  be  a 


bad  thing,  but  it  is  certainly  a  scary  thing. 

After  receiving  a  "warm"  reception  from 
the  fans  in  Lexington,  we  took  care  of  Rad- 
ford pretty  handily.  The  fans  in  Lexington, 
home  of  the  UK  Wildcats,  still  hate  us  for 
knocking  them  out  of  the  tournament  thanks 
to  Christian  Laettner's  "miracle  shot."  We  take 
it  all  in  stride  and  even  laugh  at  it.  When  we 
decided  to  come  to  Duke,  we  knew  we  would 
be  loved  by  few,  hated  by  most,  respected  by 
all.  The  UK  fans  reminded  us  about  some- 
thing that  has  been  missing  in  the  last  couple 
of  years:  Success  breeds  jealousy.  Well,  if  things 
go  right,  in  a  couple  of  games  we'll  be  able  to 
give  it  to  UK  and  all  their  tans. 

MARCH  15 

Our  game  tonight  vs.  Oklahoma  State  was  a 
tough  one,  but  we  played  well  enough  to  win. 


WE  KNOW  WE 

ARE  ONE  OF  THE 

NATION'S  TOP 

TEAMS,  AND  PEOPLE 

EVERYWHERE  WAITED 

FOR  US  TO  FALTER 

AND  LOSE  BIG,  BUT 

WE  NEVER  FOLDED. 


Again,  we  were  welcomed  by  a  chorus  of  boos 
and  jeers,  and  we  ran  off  the  floor  laughing  all 
the  way  to  the  "Sweet  Sixteen." 

There  is  a  lot  being  made  of  the  fact  that 
no  one  on  the  roster  has  ever  advanced  to  the 
"Sweet  Sixteen,"  but  it's  not  really  a  big  deal. 
The  whole  basketball  community  thinks  that 
we  can't  win  because  we  are  young.  Tell  that 
to  the  Fab  Five  of  Michigan. 

MARCH  19 

Here  we  are  in  St.  Petersburg,  Florida,  playing 
in  the  regional  semifinals.  The  four  teams  here 
could  be  in  the  Final  Four.  Duke,  Kentucky, 
UCLA,  and  Syracuse  have  all  played  in  the 
finals  in  the  last  decade.  The  trip  so  far  hasn't 
been  too  peachy:  Our  bus  driver  got  us  lost 
five  minutes  from  the  airport.  We  must  have 
circled  the  same  block  five  times.  The  hotel 
we  stayed  in  wasn't  what  we  were  used  to, 
either.  It  felt  more  like  we  were  on  spring 
break  than  playing  in  the  NCAA  tourney.  It's 
cold  and  raining.  But  we  are  here  to  win  ball 
games,  not  to  enjoy  a  vacation. 

MARCH  20 

After  our  great  win  vs.  Syracuse,  when  the 


freshmen  really  stepped  up,  it  sets  up  a  re- 
match of  the  greatest  college  basketball  game 
ever:  Duke  vs.  Kentucky.  Anyone  who  knows 
anything  about  college  basketball  knows  about 
the  shot  Christian  Laettner  hit  against  Ken- 
tucky at  the  buzzer  to  propel  Duke  into  the 
Final  Four  and  eventually  the  championship 
in  1992.  The  media  are  really  hyping  the  his- 
tory behind  the  game.  All  of  us  were  only  in 
high  school  and  middle  school  when  this  hap- 
pened, so  it  is  not  really  a  big  deal  for  us. 

MARCH  22 

We  came  up  a  little  short  and  lost  the  game 
today.  We  squandered  a  seventeen-point  lead 
and  now  before  you  know  it,  the  season  is 
over.  This  is  one  of  the  lowest  feelings  of  my 
life.  The  feeling  of  something  so  special,  now 
over.  The  seniors  deserve  better.  Wojo,  Ro- 
shown,  Ricky,  and  Todd  all  deserve  to  get  out 
on  top.  We  have  nothing  to  be  ashamed  of, 
though.  We  know  we  are  one  of  the  nation's 
top  teams,  and  people  everywhere  waited  for 
us  to  falter  and  lose  big,  but  we  never  folded. 
It  hurts  right  now;  words  just  can't  describe 
the  feeling.  Of  course,  there  were  tears  but, 
either  way,  the  season  was  going  to  end  with 
tears  of  joy  or  tears  of  happiness.  It's  really 
odd  to  go  to  Cameron  and  feel  its  emptiness. 
All  I  can  say  now  is  that  this  year  Duke  was 
knocking  on  the  door.  Next  year  we  are  going 
to  knock  it  down. 

APRIL  3 

After  taking  a  week  off  from  everything  bas- 
ketball-related, it  is  much  easier  to  reflect  on 
the  truly  great  season  we  completed.  So  often 
in  life  one  forgets  to  stop  and  smell  the  pro- 
verbial flowers,  and  such  was  the  case  for  us 
during  the  basketball  season.  High  expecta- 
tions are  synonymous  with  Duke  basketball. 
These  expectations  act  as  both  blessings  and 
curses.  Only  at  a  place  like  Duke  would  a  sea- 
son that  falls  short  of  a  Final  Four  be  consid- 
ered an  inability  to  achieve  potential.  Our  32- 
4  season  will  always  be  remembered  with  a 
plethora  of  "what-if 's."  In  this  regard,  the  high 
expectations  are  a  curse. 

How  many  schools,  however,  would  give 
their  left  foot  for  a  32-4  season  and  a  trip  to 
the  "Elite  Eight"?  There  have  been  countless 
players  in  the  history  of  basketball  who  have 
never  experienced  the  thrill  of  playing  in  front 
of  a  sold-out,  45,000-seat  stadium,  or  playing 
on  television  in  front  of  a  global  audience. 
Few  players  have  ever  even  come  close  to 
being  ranked  Number  One  in  the  nation  in 
the  polls.  Some  people  spend  their  lives  trying 
to  make  the  cover  of  national  publications. 
We  have  been  fortunate  to  experience  all  of 
this. 

A  32-4  season  is  an  incredible  display  of 
basketball.  After  a  brief  sabbatical  from  the 
top  echelon,  Duke  is  back  on  top. 


May -In 


l^\s 


A  SEARCH 
FOR  GREEN 
TREASURE 


EDUCATIONAL  HERBARIUM 

BY  DENNIS  MEREDITH 

From  Costa  Rica  to  Australia,  from  Bolivia  to  China,  Duke  botanists 
travel  the  planet  to  gather  and  study  strands  of  life's  intricate  web. 


Lynn  Bohs  can  stroll  from  Costa  Rica  to 
Australia  in  a  minute  or  so,  from  Bolivia 
to  China  in  less  time,  if  she  walks  fast. 
And  the  Duke  botanist  can  leap  the  decades 
from  the  1930s  to  the  1950s  to  the  1980s  with 
the  twist  of  a  few  metal  handles.  Those  han- 
dles open  the  sealed  doors  of  some  700  gray 
steel  cabinets  crowding  the  rooms  and  halls  of 
Duke's  Biological  Sciences  building,  and  they 
contain  the  extraordinary  scientific  wealth  of 
the  720,000  plant  specimens  of  the  Duke 
herbarium. 

Bohs  can  open  folder  after  folder,  revealing 
myriad  plant  species,  each  displayed  on  a  sheet 
of  heavy,  acid-free  paper  with  a  label  docu- 
menting where,  when,  and  how  each  was  col- 
lected by  generations  of  botanists  who  have 
led  worldwide  expeditions  into  forests,  jun- 
gles, and  tundra  over  the  last  half-century.  A 
massive  trove  of  flowering  plants,  ferns,  mosses, 
lichens,  and  mushrooms,  the  herbarium  com- 
prises one  of  the  leading  such  collections  at 
any  university.  Much  more  than  an  exercise 
in  botanical  bookkeeping,  the  collection  con- 
stitutes an  ecological  treasure.  The  enduring 
dividends  it  returns  include  scientific  insights 
into  the  Earth's  complex  web  of  plant  life.  The 
vast  collection  also  enables  Duke  students  to 
undertake  broad-ranging  tours  of  the  world's 


flora  without  leaving  campus.  Although  the 
herbarium  has  been  compared  to  a  library,  it 
offers  a  far  richer  scientific  resource  than  any 
collection  of  books,  says  Bohs,  who  is  curator  of 
the  herbarium's  collection  of  "vascular  plants" 
— those  with  stems  and  leaves. 

"These  specimens  aren't  a  picture  or  a 
drawing  of  a  plant.  It's  the  plant  itself,"  she 
says.  "So,  if  you  need  to  look  at  the  hairs  on 
the  corolla  of  a  flower  under  the  microscope, 
you  can  look  at  the  real  hairs,  not  just  a  de- 
scription of  them.  Or,  when  someone  first 
describes  a  specimen,  even  though  they  think 
they  described  everything,  I  might  decide  the 
internal  stem  structure  is  important.  And  with 
an  actual  specimen,  I  can  go  back  and  exam- 
ine that."  Similarly,  she  and  her  colleagues  can 
apply  new  technology  to  old  herbarium  spec- 
imens, yielding  scientific  insights  undreamed 
of  when  the  initial  Duke  collectors  first 
traipsed  through  steamy,  uncharted  jungles  in 
the  1930s  gathering  specimens.  Certainly,  none 
dreamed  that  their  hard-won  finds  would  be 
studied  using  futuristic  electron  microscopes 
and  DNA  sequence  analysis  to  probe  plants' 
evolutionary  secrets. 

Also,  since  carefully  preserved  specimens 
can  last  for  centuries,  Duke's  herbarium  gives 
scientists  and  students  alike  a  first-hand  look 


at  botanical  history,  says  Bohs.  Sadly,  though — 
given  that  biologists  estimate  that  25  percent 
of  all  species  will  go  extinct  in  the  next  quar- 
ter-century^ the  herbarium  may,  in  fact,  be- 
come a  last  resting  place  for  many  plants  that 
no  longer  exist. 

The  Duke  herbarium  is  used  mainly  by  "sys- 
tematists,"  scientists  whose  aim  is  to  document 
the  Earth's  biodiversity  and  the  evolutionary 
relationships  among  organisms.  Their  insights 
take  the  form  of  "phylogenetic  trees" — com- 
plex diagrams  that  reveal  the  hierarchies  of 
species.  Such  missions  are  fundamental  to  in- 
ventorying the  biodiversity  of  species,  under- 
standing how  they  evolved,  and — critically 
important — learning  to  preserve  them  even 
as  rain  forests  are  burned  to  make  cropland 
and  wetlands  filled  to  make  settlements. 

Says  Jonathan  Shaw,  curator  of  the  herbar- 
ium's 245,000-specimen  moss  collection: 
"Herbarium  collections  are  the  nuts-and-bolts 
reservoir,  the  most  important  critical  resource 
for  understanding  patterns  and  levels  of  bio- 
diversity. Everything  in  systematics  works 
from  the  foundation  that  the  herbarium  pro- 
vides." 

Duke's  botanists  continue  to  build  up  that 
foundation,  mounting  expeditions,  funded 
mainly  by  the  National  Science  Foundation, 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


1 1 


"''') 


HEART  OF  THE  HERBARIUM 


i--^  (m  not  saying  I'm  an  artist," 
\ji  insists  Sherri  Herndon, 
!•£!  who  nevertheless  artfully 
arranges  the  exotic  Costa  Rican 
plant  just  so  on  the  large  sheet 
of  heavy  herbarium  paper — 
with  leaves  handsomely  fanned 
out  displaying  both  front  and 
back,  flowers  and  seeds  up 
front.  "But  you  have  to  have  a 
feel  for  it,"  she  adds,  as  she  pre- 
pares to  paste  the  specimen  into 
place.  "I  really  love  it.  I  really 
love  my  job." 

No  doubt  Duke's  botanists 
love  having  her  do  it,  for  Hern- 
don is  considered  a  master  of 
the  art  and  craft  of  preparing 
plant  specimens  after  more 
than  three  decades  as  the  "heart 
of  the  herbarium,"  the  chief 
preparer  of  tens  of  thousands  of 
vascular  plant  specimens  labori- 
ously fetched  by  the  botanists 
on  arduous  treks  to  the  ends  of 
the  Earth. 

Not  many  people  can  claim 
that  their  work  will  be  appreci- 
ated a  century  from  now,  but 
no  doubt  some  twenty-first-cen- 
tury botanist  will  give  thanks 
for  Herndon's  meticulous  care. 
"We're  almost  universally  com- 
plimented on  our  herbarium 
specimens,"  says  Robert  Wilbur, 
who  himself  has  contributed 
some  70,000  specimens  to  the 
herbarium  over  the  decades. 
"Other  botanists  borrow  our 
specimens  by  the  thousands 
every  year,  and  we  get  letters 
back  saying  what  superior  spec- 
imens they  are.  It's  really  re- 
warding. You  don't  want  to  cut 
corners  when  these  specimens 
are  so  precious." 


Indeed,  the  initial  pasting 
of  plants  on  paper  is  only  the 
beginning  of  the  preparation 
process.  Later,  heavy  parts 
such  as  thick  stems  and  seed 
pods  will  be  fastened  by  linen 
strapping  and  even  sewn  into 
place.  An  envelope  will  also  be 
fastened  to  the  sheet,  just  in 
case  pieces  should  fall  off,  and 
to  hold  extra  bits  of  material  for 
closer  study  or  possible  DNA 
analysis. 

Herndon  thoroughly  docu- 
ments each  specimen,  prepar- 
ing a  label  that  records  the 
most  exact  location  possible 
where  the  plant  was  collected, 
so  botanists  can  return  to  the 
very  spot,  if  necessary.  She  even 
includes  such  details  as  the 
colors  of  the  flowers  and  the 
date  the  plant  was  collected, 
so  scientists  will  know  as  much 
as  possible  about  the  point  in 
the  plant's  life  cycle  when  it 
was  collected. 

The  paste-up  completed,  she 
covers  the  herbarium  sheet 
with  wax  paper  and  stacks  it 


between  layers  of  foam  rubber 
to  dry,  creating  a  growing  pile 
representing  her  day's  work. 
That's  one  more  specimen  com- 
pleted. But  what  does  Herndon 
think  about  the  40,000  others 
still  waiting  to  be  mounted,  sit- 
ting in  great  stacks  of  card- 
board boxes  in  a  room  down 
the  hall?  And  is  she  haunted  by 
the  backlog  that  grows  by  thou- 
sands every  year? 

"I  call  it  job  security,"  she 
says,  laughing.  Then  she  slides 
another  swatch  of  dried  plant 
gently  from  its  resting  place 
between  sheets  of  newspaper, 
pondering  how  to  arrange  it  so 
the  specimen  will  yield  the 
keenest  scientific  insight  for 
future  scientists  and  students. 


A  pressing  profession:  Herndon, 
in  an  office  piled  high  with 
samples,  meticulously  prepares 
specimens  for  mounting 


that  result  in  the  addition  of  thousands  of 
specimens  each  year  to  the  collections.  This 
summer  Bohs  is  traveling  to  Bolivia  in  search 
of  ancestors  of  the  tree  tomato,  in  hopes  of 
adding  to  knowledge  ot  the  origins  of  a  useful 
food  crop.  Shaw  spent  a  month  last  summer 
in  the  high  Arctic  gathering  mosses,  and 
plans  to  journey  to  southern  Russia  this  sum- 
mer. Among  the  other  botanical  expedition- 
ers  are  Richard  Searles,  who  dives  into  under- 
water seaweed  forests  in  the  Caribbean;  Paul 
Manos,  who  prospects  for  unknown  oak 
species  in  China  and  southeastern  Asia; 
Rytas  Vilgalys,  who  gathers  fungi  in  Australia, 
New  Zealand,  and  New  Guinea;  botany 
department  chair  Donald  Stone,  who  seeks 
walnut  and  hickory  relatives  in  Central 
America;  and  herbarium  pioneer  Robert 
Wilbur,  who  is  completing  a  twenty-year  pro- 
gram to  collect  and  describe  some  1,800  fern 
and  flowering  plant  species  from  a  lush  low- 
land rain  forest  in  Costa  Rica. 

In  their  collecting  trips,  the  Duke  botanists 
serve  as  ambassador/educators,  as  well  as  col- 
lectors. They  often  forge  research  partner- 
ships with  local  scientists  that  aid  both  the 
host  country's  knowledge  and  Duke's  re- 
search. Manos  works  with  a  local  Chinese 
botanist  who  helps  him  collect  his  oak  speci- 
mens and,  in  return,  Manos  performs  sophis- 
ticated DNA  analyses  of  plants  that  the 
Chinese  researcher  could  not  do  otherwise. 
Searles  is  aiding  Mexican  researchers  in  cata- 
loguing the  rich  diversity  of  seaweeds  in  the 
waters  of  Cozumel,  to  give  a  baseline  for  con- 
servation efforts. 

Bohs,  who  works  with  local  botanists  in 
Costa  Rica  and  South  America,  echoes  her 
colleagues'  admiration  for  the  collaborators. 
"They  are  just  fantastic,"  she  says.  "They  have 
very  few  resources,  their  salaries  are  terrible, 
their  facilities  are  primitive,  and  yet,  they're 
excellent  botanists."  Also,  as  is  the  custom, 
the  Duke  botanists  share  their  finds  with 
their  colleagues  at  other  institutions,  often 
collecting  multiple  specimens  to  parcel  out  to 
other  herbaria.  And  through  a  loan  program 
traditional  in  the  profession,  the  Duke 
herbarium  ships  thousands  of  specimens  each 
year  around  the  world  for  study  by  fellow  sci- 
entists. 

The  Duke  botanists  downplay  the  hazards 
of  their  field  work,  which  may  include  snake 
bites,  robberies,  accidents  on  hazardous  back- 
country  roads,  and  even  attack  by  hostile 
local  drug  lords.  More  important  to  them  is 
the  thrill  of  discovery  of  a  species  unknown  in 
an  area,  or  even  a  totally  new  species,  a  not- 
unusual  occurrence  even  on  treks  through 
the  "untamed  wilderness"  of  North  Carolina. 
Shaw  recalls  just  such  a  home-grown  surprise 
on  one  of  his  moss-hunting  expeditions:  "A 
year  ago  I  was  out  on  a  field  trip  near  High- 
lands, in  Macon  County,  into  an  area  that  had 


1  0      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


been  collected  many,  many  times  before.  I 
picked  up  a  moss  that  I  didn't  recognize,  and 
when  I  got  it  back  to  Duke,  it  turned  out  to 
be  a  species  widespread  in  the  tropics,  but 
previously  unknown  north  of  southernmost 
Mexico." 

In  fact,  says  Shaw,  North  Carolina  turns  out 
to  be  a  refuge  for  many  exotic  plants.  "The 
southern  Appalachians  had  never  been  cov- 
ered by  glaciers  in  the  recent  past,  so  there's  a 
tremendous  diversity  of  all  sorts  of  plants  and 
animals  because  the  area's  been  available  to 
plants  and  animals  for  so  many  more  millions 
of  years  than  further  north." 

Shaw  and  his  colleagues  also  find  unpleas- 
ant surprises  on  their  expeditions,  in  the  form 
of  a  steady  loss  of  plant  species  and  their  habi- 
tat. Says  Shaw,  "There  are  many  habitats 
being  destroyed  in  North  Carolina  alone. 
There  are  peat  mosses  known  from  a  limited 
number  of  bogs  in  the  mountains  that  have 
disappeared  from  the  state,  perhaps  becoming 


even  more  rare 


Department  chair  Stone  has  seen  the  loss 
even  more  dramatically  over  his  nearly  four 
decades  of  collecting  walnut  species.  "When  I 
first  went  to  Costa  Rica  in  1961, 1  put  metal 
tags  on  the  trees  that  I  collected  from.  And 
over  time,  virtually  all  the  tags  have  disap- 


peared as  the  trees  have  been  cut  down. 
Where  there  was  once  tropical  rain  forest, 
there  is  now  a  barren  field." 

The  universality  of  the  botanists'  depress- 
ing encounters  has  been  dramatically  con- 
firmed by  a  worldwide  survey  of  plant  species 
by  a  coalition  of  environmental  and  scientific 
groups.  The  survey,  released  in  April,  found 
that  one  in  every  eight  plant  species  in  the 
world — and  nearly  one  in  three  in  the  U.S. — 
are  under  threat  of  extinction.  The  finding 
was  especially  alarming,  the  survey  report 
asserts,  given  that  plants  undergird  most  of 
nature  and,  in  fact,  human  life.  Plants  provide 
the  basis  for  all  human  foods,  much  of  our 
clothing  and  shelter,  and  most  medicines. 

Once  the  Duke  botanists  return  from  the 
field  with  their  valued  specimens,  Stone  and 
his  fellow  systematists  still  use  the  time -hon- 
ored techniques  of  botanical  description  of 
leaves,  flowers,  and  other  structures  to  help 
distinguish  species.  But,  increasingly,  they  de- 
pend on  analytical  machines  that  their  prede- 
cessors from  the  early  days  would  have  be- 
lieved to  be  nothing  less  than  science  fiction. 
Stone  studies  the  elegantly  sculptured  pollen 
grains  to  distinguish  subtly  different  species  of 
banana,  as  well  as  walnut  and  hickory — but 
he  doesn't  just  peer  into  a  traditional  light 


microscope.  Instead,  he  freezes  the  pollen  and 
uses  a  superfine  slicing  microtome  to  make 
cross-sections  of  the  dust-sized  grains,  which 
he  scrutinizes  using  an  electron  microscope. 
"The  pollen  it  turns  out  is  a  fairly  complex 
unit,  with  six  or  seven  layers  to  the  wall,"  he 
says.  "And  these  layers  form  in  a  specific  way." 
Such  clues  can  help  Stone  fit  the  plant 
species  into  a  phylogenetic  tree. 

Of  all  the  new  technologies,  DNA  analysis 
—  similar  to  the  method  used  by  police  labo- 
ratories— has  become  the  chief  tool  of  the 
modern  systematist.  Rather  than  catching 
criminals,  the  Duke  botanists  are  interested 
in  ferreting  out  plant  lineages  and  species. 
The  scientists  use  DNA  sequence  analyses  of 
the  different  plants  as  a  sort  of  "molecular 
clock"  to  compare  how  the  plant  species  have 
changed  and  to  organize  them  into  phyloge- 
netic trees.  Different  genes  prove  useful  for 
different  kinds  of  measurement.  To  distin- 
guish subtle  differences  among  different  pop- 
ulations of  a  single  species,  the  scientists  ana- 
lyze genes  that  evolve  rapidly  over  time — like 
using  a  stopwatch  to  time  a  Kentucky  Derby. 
On  a  broader  scale,  to  compare  more  distantly 
related  species,  the  systematists  choose  genes 
that  change  slowly,  like  using  a  calendar  to 
chart  the  passage  of  months. 


May-June  1998         11 


Shaw  uses  DNA  analyses  to  map  the  many 
species  of  peat  moss,  also  known  as  sphagnum 
mosses.  "If  we  are  interested  in  understanding 
the  evolution  of  the  whole  peat  moss  genus, 
we'll  choose  a  gene  that  evolves  fairly  slowly. 
Even  closely  related  species  will  be  identical 
for  that  gene.  That  means  we  can  choose  a 
sample  that's  representative  of  a  species  and 
not  have  to  analyze  fifty  samples.  But  in  stud- 
ies in  which  we're  interested  in  a  particular 
species  and  how  it  got  such  a  broad  geo- 
graphic range,  then  we're  sampling  individual 
populations  worldwide  of  the  species,  and  we 
need  a  gene  that  would  have  changed  rapidly 


over  the  amount  of  time  that  a  single  species 
has  been  in  existence." 

Some  of  his  DNA  studies  investigate  the 
fact  that  many  mosses  found  in  the  North 
Carolina  mountains  are  practically  identical 
to  those  found  in  eastern  Asia,  including 
Japan.  The  puzzle  of  how  such  identical 
species  can  exist  so  widely  separated  from 
each  other  is  important  to  understanding  the 
basic  mystery  of  how  species  of  any  animal  or 
plant  evolve  and  persist.  "It's  a  million- dollar 
question,"  he  says.  "Did  the  mosses  move  back 
and  forth  between  Asia  and  eastern  North 
America?  Or  does  this  reflect  ancient  history, 
maybe  species  that  are  thirty  to  forty  million 
years  old,  that  somehow  remained  the  same? 
It's  a  basic  question  in  biology — why  some 
plants  and  animals  become  different  over 
that  amount  of  time  and  others  don't." 

Shaw's  DNA  detective  work  has  also 
turned  up  instances  in  which  humans  might 
have  had  a  hand,  or  maybe  a  foot,  in  dis- 
tributing plant  species.  He's  used  molecular 
analysis  to  sort  out  the  mystery  of  the  "copper 
mosses,"  rare  organisms  that  thrive  only  in  far- 
flung  spots  where  they  have  encountered  the 
copper- rich  soils  they  need  to  grow.  These  dis- 
parate regions  include  the  U.S.,  the  Himalayas, 


the  Philippines,  South  America,  and  Mexico. 
Using  fast-changing  "stopwatch"  markers  to  dis- 
tinguish these  mosses,  Shaw  and  his  colleagues 
discovered  striking  similarities  between  plants 
growing  in  Nepal  and  those  growing  happily 
in  downtown  Tokyo,  under  the  drip  lines  of 
the  copper-roofs  of  Buddhist  temples.  The  in- 
triguing possibility,  says  Shaw,  is  that  ancient 
Buddhists,  migrating  from  western  Asia  into 
Japan,  may  have  inadvertently  carried  hitch- 
hiking moss  spores.  Thus,  he  says,  analysis  of 
plants  can  give  clues  to  human  history. 

As  for  Rytas  Vilgalys,  he  and  his  colleagues 
seek  to  unearth  the  mysteries  of  mushrooms, 


GIVEN  THAT  AN  ESTI- 
MATED 25  PERCENT  OF 
ALL  SPECIES  WILL  GO 
EXTINCT  IN  THE  NEXT 
QUARTER-CENTURY, 
THE  HERBARIUM  MAY 
BECOME  A  LAST  REST- 
ING PLACE  FOR  MANY 
PLANTS  THAT  NO 
LONGER  EXIST. 


ambitiously  performing  DNA  comparisons 
of  800  species  to  build  a  many-branched  phy- 
logenetic  tree.  He  is  also  performing  cross- 
breeding experiments  to  explore  the  phe- 
nomenon of  "intersterility,"  in  which  different 
species  rarely  interbreed,  even  when  growing 
on  the  same  log.  "This  species  question  is  one 


of  the  oldest  in  biology.  Why  isn't  there  just 
one  species  with  local  variations?"  he  asks. 
"Nobody  knows  how  these  species  maintain 
their  individuality."  Vilgalys  and  other  biolo- 
gists believe  that  geographical  separation  may 
play  a  key  role  in  species  evolution,  but  the 
mysteries  of  species  formation  remain  pro- 
found. 

The  phylogenetic  trees  that  the  Duke  sys- 
tematists  build  represent  more  than  organiza- 
tional charts  of  plant  species;  they  are  maps 
that  guide  scientific  insight  into  these  myster- 
ies of  evolution,  according  to  Paul  Manos. 
"Knowing  the  pattern  of  evolution,  as  is 


gained  with  phylogenetic  trees,  is  critical  to 
studying  the  process  of  evolution.  These  trees 
are  used  to  test  hypotheses  of  how  organisms 
adapted  and  changed.  So,  it's  really  become 
apparent  for  any  systematist  that  not  only  are 
they  doing  all  the  leg  work  for  understanding 
how  many  species  are  out  there,  but  they're 
usually  going  one  step  further.  They're  con- 
structing evolutionary  hypotheses." 

Manos  uses  the  Duke  herbarium's  wealth 
to  show  students  dramatically  the  incredible 
richness  of  life  that  evolution  has  produced. 
"When  I  teach  a  course  on  plant  families,  I  use 
the  live  plants  to  show  part  of  the  diversity. 
But  then  I  also  get  the  herbarium  sheets  to 
show  just  how  diverse  a  plant  family  is.  It's  im- 
portant for  students  to  really  learn  the  entire 
breadth  of  plant  species  as  much  as  possible." 

Unfortunately,  for  both  the  faculty  and  the 
students,  Duke's  herbarium  has  fallen  far  be- 
hind, both  in  space  for  plants  and  the  computer 
technology  to  organize  them.  The  hundreds  of 
herbarium  cases  lining  the  biology  building's 
hallways  are  nightmares  for  both  scientists  and 
fire  marshals.  The  herbarium's  record-keeping 
practices  are  reminiscent  of  the  mom-and- 
pop  grocery  stores  of  the  1950s,  consisting  of 
laboriously  handwritten  records  of  specimen 


12      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


loans  and,  in  fact,  no  overall  inventory  of  the 
collection.  Even  as  the  herbarium  runs  out  of 
room,  thousands  of  new  specimens  stream  in 
each  year,  the  sign  of  an  active,  growing  science. 
"We're  overflowing  right  now,"  says  Stone, 
"which  means  that  the  collections  can't  be 
properly  taken  care  of,  nor  can  they  be  ac- 
cessed readily  by  students  and  scientists,  or 
shared  with  the  community  of  scientists." 

Thus,  Stone  and  the  other  botanists  have 
proposed  building  a  modern,  efficient  Duke 
Biodiversity  Center  for  Teaching  and  Re- 
search that  would  give  plants,  faculty,  and  stu- 
dents alike  a  better  home.  The  priceless  plant 


tion  now  when  we  can't  even  maintain  it 
properly  and  it's  scattered  throughout  the 
building." 

To  put  it  botanically,  the  Duke  systematists 
believe  that  the  new  center  will  allow  cross- 
fertilization  of  ideas  and  knowledge  among 
scientists  and  students,  resulting  in  a  new 
breed  of  broad-ranging  expert  that  can  tackle 
the  vast  problems  of  preserving  nature's  bio- 
logical wealth.  "Duke  has  individual  strengths 
in  biodiversity  studies,  but  they  are  not  inte- 
grated," says  Vilgalys.  "We  have  ecologists,  we 
have  systematists,  and  we  have  conservation 
biologists.  But  we  don't  have  a  space  for  peo- 


ple to  get  together  to  exchange  ideas  about 
this  biodiversity  crisis." 

The  Duke  botanists  and  their  fellow  biolo- 
gists are  excruciatingly  aware  that  ignorance 
of  Earth's  creatures  could  well  spell  doom 
for  many.  They  live  with  the  frustrating  knowl- 
edge that  science  has  discovered  and  cata- 
logued only  a  puny  15  percent  of  the  10-  to 
100-million  species  of  plants  and  animals 
estimated  to  inhabit  the  planet.  Perhaps  the 
most  ironic,  tragic  symptom  of  our  disregard 
for  Earth's  web  of  life,  they  say,  is  that  we 
neglect  the  task  of  tracing  its  strands  even  as 
we  unravel  them. 


Family  photos:  from  left,  kapoc  pods,  Pachira 
aqiiatica  (Bombacaceae) ;  a  variety  of  sunflower, 
Erigeron  glabellus  (Asteraceae) ,  the  herbarium's 
oldest  specimen,  1862;  from  the  mangosteen  family, 
Clusia  valerii  (Clusiaceae) ;  and  glistening  oyster 
mushrooms  (Pleurotus) 

specimens  would  be  preserved  in  rooms  with 
controlled  temperature  and  humidity,  isolated 
from  plant-eating  pests.  And  people  would 
study  and  learn  about  the  plants  in  the  build- 
ing's teaching  lab,  offices,  and  auditorium. 
The  $6-million  investment  would  also  attract 
federal  funding  to  pay  for  motorized,  mobile 
"compactor"  shelving  that  telescopes  to  max- 
imize storage  space.  Such  funding  would  also 
support  the  gargantuan  task  of  creating  the 
first  computer  database  of  the  collection. 

Computer  records  could  greatly  enhance 
the  herbarium's  use  by  scientists  at  Duke  and 
worldwide,  says  Bohs.  "Right  now,  I  can  get 
on  my  computer  and  easily  access  informa- 
tion on  specimens  from  herbaria  at  other 
institutions.  In  fact,  I  can  even  ask  an  herbar- 
ium in  Costa  Rica  to  pull  a  specimen  and  scan 
it  into  the  computer  so  I  can  look  at  it  over 
the  Internet."  Adds  Stone,  "Computerization 
is  a  chicken-and-egg  situation,  in  a  sense.  It 
makes  little  sense  to  computerize  the  collec- 


1 


While  Visiting  Durham, 


Why  Settle  For  Less  When  So 
Much  More  Costs  So  Little? 

Luxurious  All-Suite  Hotel 


'  Magnificent  outdoor  pool 

■  Two  remote  control  TVs 
1  Color,  HBO  and  cable 

1  Two  telephones 

■  Call  waiting  &  voice  mail 

■  No  charge  for  local  calls 
1  Fax  &  copier  service 

1  Superior  location 


Award-winning  gardens 
Fitness  center 
Covered  walking  track 
Fully  equipped  kitchen 
Top  quality  linens  &  towels 
Complete  laundry  facilities 
Pets  permitted 
Uniformed  security 


DUKE  TOWER 

Residential  Suites 


For  reservations  or  information  call: 

(919)  687-4444  •  Fax:  (919)  683-1215 

807  West  Trinity  Avenue,  Durham,  NC  27701  (corner  of  North  Duke  &  West  Trinity) 

Just  streets  away  from  many  restaurants,  Northgate  Mall,  Duke  University  and 

Duke  Hospital.  Ten  minutes  to  RTP,  15  minutes  to  RDU  Airport.  (=J 


May -June  1998         13 


PERSPECTIVES 


FORGING  FOREIGN 


AMERICA'S 

AMBASSADORS 

ABROAD 

BYROBERTJ.BLIWISE 

Two  diplomats  talk  about 
their  roles  at  a  time  of 
instant  communications 
and  economic  integration. 


Winter  warmth  has  descended 
on  London;  at  least  one  relaxed 
swimmer  is  to  be  spotted  in  Hyde 
Park's  Serpentine  Lake.  Expressing  their  own 
exuberance  for  an  outdoors  cause,  a  dozen 
anti-abortion  protesters  are  waging  a  silent 
protest  in  front  of  the  American  Embassy.  It's 
a  building  that  hardly  tries  to  fit  in  with 
Grosvenor  Square  and  that,  in  fact,  dominates 
the  scene  with  its  protruding  communications 
equipment,  its  ostentatious  golden  eagle,  its 
sprawling  dimensions,  and  its  concrete  charm- 
lessness.  And  it's  just  blocks  from  Oxford 
Street — from  Marks  6k  Spencer,  which  hap- 
pens to  own  New  York's  venerable  Brooks 
Brothers,  and  the  American  Cafe  Bistro,  which, 
with  a  taste  for  irony,  advertises  "traditional 
fish  and  chips." 

Back  in  the  States,  President  Clinton  has 
been  finding  his  attention  diverted  by  what  has 
become  known  simply  and  quite  universally 
as  the  Monica  Matter.  Undoubtedly  hoping 
for  some  diversion  from  the  diversion,  Clin- 
ton is  about  to  play  host  for  visiting  Prime 
Minister  Tony  Blair. 

Such  summitry  prompts  some  conversation 
on  a  BBC  call-in  show,  where  the  host  asks 
his  listeners  for  a  list  of  "things  to  send  back 
to  America."  Among  the  first  suggestions: 
"MTV'  "high-five  hand  slaps,"  "sub-standard 
TV  shows,"  and,  inexplicably,  "The  Queen." 
"Frasier  I  adore,"  offers  one  caller.  Someone 
chews  out  those  who  indulge  in  chewing  gum 
for  their  "revolting  habit,"  adding  approvingly 
that  the  pursuit  is  banned  in  Singapore.  "I 
absolutely  hate  it  when  somebody  says,  'Have 
a  nice  day,'  and  they  don't  really  mean  it," 


PHILIP  LADER 

Ambassador  to  the  Court 
of  St.  James' 


suggests  another  caller.  She  proceeds  to  offer 
praise  for  the  American  service  ethic.  "I  think 
customer  service  here  in  Britain  is  appalling. 
We  as  customers  deserve  a  certain  decorum." 
Long  characterized  by  a  certain  decorum, 
the  relationship  between  the  two  nations  is 
sometimes  strange,  if  only  occasionally  strained. 
And  America's  prime  person  in  London  in 
shaping  that  relationship  is  Ambassador  Philip 
Lader  '66.  Just  before  Blair  jets  off  to  Wash- 
ington, Lader  holds  a  press  briefing  for  about 


a  dozen  British  journalists.  He  begins  with  the 
casual  observation  that  the  prime  minister  will 
be  the  first  head  of  state  named  Blair  to  be 
staying  at  Blair  House,  notes  that  Americans 
find  the  British  prime  minister  an  "intriguing 
personality,"  remarks  on  the  president's  policy 
predicaments — quite  foreign  to  Britain's  par- 
liamentary tradition — with  an  opposition-led 
Congress,  and  fields  questions  on  showdowns 
with  a  special  counsel  and  an  Iraqi  dictator. 
As  he  begins  the  briefing,  a  reporter  whispers 


14      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


FRIENDSHIPS 


to  a  colleague,  "Does  anyone  know  the  name 
of  the  ambassador?"  Diplomacy  doesn't  always 
produce  a  high  profile. 

Lader  is  the  first  American  ambassador  to 
the  Court  of  St.  James'  born  after  the  Second 
World  War.  (In  his  recently  published  memoirs, 
former  ambassador  Raymond  Seitz  has  some 
fun  with  the  origins  of  the  formal  title.  He  tracks 
it  back  to  St.  James'  Hospital  for  lepers,  which 
used  to  stand  where  the  Palace  of  St.  James 
now  is.)  His  inaugural  trip  abroad  was  for 


graduate  work  at  Oxford,  between  earning  a 
master's  in  history  at  the  University  of  Michi- 
gan and  his  law  degree  at  Harvard.  At  Duke, 
he  majored  in  political  science  and  took  a  con- 
centration in  religion.  He  did  an  independent 
study  on  William  Temple,  an  archbishop  of 
Canterbury  between  the  world  wars;  when  he 
had  lunch  recently  with  the  current  archbish- 
op, he  managed  to  get  a  private  viewing  of  the 
portrait  of  Temple.  "I  like  to  say  that  the  first 
time  I  saw  the  American  embassy  was  with  a 


copy  of  Frommer's  Europe  on  Five  Dollars  a 
Day  in  my  hand — which  shows  you  how  long 
ago  it  was — from  the  second  level  of  a  red, 
double  decker  London  bus." 

Lader  has  avoided  practicing  law,  but  his 
career  has  taken  him  into  the  spheres  of  gov- 
ernment, business,  and  education.  Before  his 
embassy  assignment,  he  was  administrator  of 
the  U.S.  Small  Business  Administration.  He 
had  a  couple  of  earlier  roles  in  the  Clinton 
White  House — White  House  deputy  chief  of 
staff  and  assistant  to  the  president,  and  de- 
puty director  for  management  of  the  Office  of 
Management  and  Budget.  In  his  own  trans- 
Atlantic  economic  relationship,  he  was  exec- 
utive vice  president  of  Sir  James  Goldsmith's 
U.S.  holding  company.  He  was  president  of 
Sea  Pines  Company,  a  developer  and  operator 
of  large-scale  recreational  communities. 
After  a  stint  as  president  of  Winthrop  College 
in  South  Carolina,  he  became  an  American 
transplant  in  Australia  as  the  head  of  Bond 
University.  He's  probably  best  known  for 
founding  Renaissance  Weekends,  the  family 
retreats  designed  to  attract  "innovative  lead- 
ers" from  a  broad  spectrum  of  endeavors  — 
including  Bill  Clinton,  from  the  time  that  he 
was  governor  of  Arkansas. 

Just  inside  the  embassy,  the  visitor  encoun- 
ters a  portrait  gallery  of  Lader's  predecessors. 
It's  an  impressive  array  of  personalities  — John 
Quincy  Adams,  Martin  Van  Buren,  James  Mon- 
roe, Andrew  Mellon,  W  Averell  Harriman, 
Walter  Annenberg.  The  first  ambassador,  John 
Adams,  went  on  to  become  president  of  the 
United  States,  as  did  four  others;  eight  be- 
came vice  president.  Lader's  immediate  pred- 
ecessor was  William  Crowe,  former  chairman 
of  the  Joint  Chiefs  of  Staff.  When  Al  Gore 
administered  the  oath  of  office  to  Lader  in 
December,  the  vice  president  observed  that 
the  occasion  marked  a  rare  instance  of  a  four- 
star  admiral  making  way  for  a  one-time  Army 
sergeant. 

If  he's  not  enamored  of  military  protocol, 
Lader  appears  to  be  enamored  of  a  physical- 
fitness  routine.  Once  a  month,  he  devotes  a 
weekend  to  walking  Britain.  The  first  week- 
end after  Thanksgiving  he  did  a  fifty-three- 
mile  coastal  walk  from  Land's  End  in  the 
southwest  to  Cornwall;  in  January  he  did  a 
seventy-one-mile  walk  through  Cornwall  and 
Devon.  "I'm  a  little  short  of  Scotland  now,"  he 
reports.  "You  really  do  get  a  good  perspective 


May -June    1998 


15 


Regal  summons:  Ambassador  Lader  and  his  wife,  Linda  he  Sourd  Lader,  en  route  to  Buckingham  Palace  to  present  his  diplomatic  credentials  to  the  Queen 


at  that  pace.  It's  great:  I  stay  at  bed-and- 
breakfasts  or  pubs,  and  farmers  don't  know 
and  don't  care  what  my  job  is.  It's  a  wonder- 
ful counterpoint  to  the  black-tie  dinners  and 
the  endless  stream  of  formal  meetings." 

One  of  his  most  striking  impressions,  he  says, 
comes  from  a  Sunday  morning  walk  through 
a  village  of  some  twenty-five  houses  and  a 
church  that  was  several  hundred  years  old. 
He  came  to  a  small  general  store  filled  with 
people  trying  to  buy  lottery  tickets,  and  then 
an  establishment  offering  Thai  food.  "Merry 
Olde  England  isn't  always  precisely  what  one 
might  visualize." 

Four  hundred  years  ago,  British  diplomat 
Sir  Henry  Wotton  defined  an  ambassador  as 
"an  honest  man  sent  abroad  to  lie  for  the 
Commonwealth."  Picking  up  on  that  quote, 
Lader  says,  "Today,  given  the  number  of  offi- 
cial meals,  I  feel  like  I've  been  sent  abroad  to 
eat  for  my  country."  He  may  be  consuming 
plenty  of  British  food  fare,  but  that  dubious 
obligation  is  not  what  is  consuming  him.  A 
big  part  of  his  project  in  Britain  is  working  to 
define  the  role  of  the  ambassador  at  a  time  of 
instant  communications,  when  Tony  Blair  and 
Bill  Clinton  speak  together  several  times  a 
week.  "The  model  of  the  ambassador  as  hav- 
ing extraordinary  and  plenipotentiary  powers 
really  dates  back  a  couple  of  centuries,  when 
you  went  to  another  nation  and  it  would  take 
six  weeks,  at  best,  to  communicate  with  your 
capital." 


So  today's  model  ambassador  is  more 
business  executive  than  freelance  diplomat. 
Lader  is,  after  all,  managing  the  alphabet-soup 
of  agencies,  from  the  I.R.S.  to  the  F.  A.  A.,  that 
operate  from  the  embassy.  "Our  embassies  to- 
day are  institutions  in  themselves,"  he  says. 
"We  have  600  employees.  They  represent  twen- 
ty-seven different  government  agencies.  The 
ambassador  today  is  like  a  country  manager  of 
a  multinational  company.  He  knows  that  all 
his  people  are  reporting  back  to  somebody  at 
company  headquarters,  but  he's  the  point  per- 
son who  has  to  make  sure  they're  not  tripping 
over  each  other." 

His  agenda  has  him  managing  what  he  calls 
"concierge"  functions.  That  workmanlike  term 
encompasses  accommodating  some  18,000 
official  visitors  to  the  embassy  each  year.  It 
involves  making  arrangements  for  two  Bill 
Clinton  meetings  in  May:  to  Birmingham,  Eng- 
land, for  the  so-called  G-8  meeting  of  the 
major  industrialized  nations,  and  to  a  Lon- 
don-based summit  involving  the  U.S.  and  the 
European  Union.  (Britain  now  holds  the  re- 
volving presidency  of  the  E.U.)  There  was 
spring  speculation  about  producing  presiden- 
tial moments  in  Northern  Ireland,  to  prop 
up  the  Good  Friday  peace  agreement  just 
before  it's  subjected  to  a  referendum  vote. 

Lader  regularly  steeps  himself  in  something 
akin  to  traditional  personal  diplomacy  as  well. 
When  the  Northern  Ireland  talks  came  to 
London  for  a  week,  he  organized  an  embassy 


reception  for  all  the  participants,  hoping  that 
such  a  gathering  might  cool  the  passions  of 
the  factions.  Right  after  Clinton's  May  meet- 
ings, he's  off  again  to  Northern  Ireland,  where 
he's  already  accompanied  Hillary  Rodham 
Clinton  and  Senator  Edward  Kennedy  on 
their  visits.  In  Belfast,  he'll  help  kick  off  a 
Habitat  for  Humanity  house -building  project 
involving  Catholics  and  Protestants  alike. 
"And  there  are  a  variety  of  economic -devel- 
opment programs,  public-private  partner- 
ships, that  we're  working  on  to  try  to  help 
Northern  Ireland  attract  more  investment. 
Once  another  generation  has  a  stake  in  the 
prosperity,  as  well  as  peace,  then  some  of  the 
traditional  antagonistic  sentiments  are  more 
likely  to  dissipate." 

Beyond  Northern  Ireland,  Lader  has  made 
five  trips  to  Scotland  and  a  two-day  visit  to 
Wales.  He  went  to  Canterbury  for  the  1,400th 
anniversary  of  St.  Augustine's  arrival.  He  at- 
tended political-party  conferences  in  Brighton, 
Blackpool,  and  Eastbourne. 

And  he's  sampled  a  host  of  diplomatic 
events  in  London.  "State  dinners  are  fascinat- 
ing. When  you  arrive,  every  person  who  par- 
ticipates is  announced  and  then  walks  into 
this  magnificent  gilded  hall.  And  you're  talk- 
ing about  hundreds,  in  their  white  ties  and 
tails  and  displaying  their  medals  and  their 
decorations.  Everything  is  specified  by  the 
minute — when  you  arrive,  when  you  enter 
the  door,  when  you  will  be  announced.  Her 


16      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


Majesty  has  an  annual  Buckingham  Palace 
reception  for  the  diplomats.  I've  had  some 
wonderful,  memorable  conversations  with  her. 
One  was  about  cheese.  There  was  some  con- 
cern about  American  regulations  having  to 
do  with  cheese  processing.  And  this  obvious- 
ly had  caught  her  attention.  On  a  more  re- 
cent occasion,  the  secretary  general  of  the 
Commonwealth  was  nice  enough  to  invite  me 
to  come  and  celebrate  Commonwealth  Day. 
As  the  Queen  arrived,  she  saw  me  and  said, 
'What  are  you  doing  here?'  To  which  I  re- 
sponded, 'With  all  due  respect,  we  in  the  United 
States  are  part  of  the  alumni  association.'  " 

Lader  is  performing  as  more  than  a  manag- 
er and  organizer;  he's  also  a  salesman  and  an 
advocate  of  economic  enterprise.  As  he  told  a 
Duke  audience  this  spring  during  a  brief  cam- 
pus visit,  "Economic,  trading,  and  investment 
issues  are  forming  the  architecture  for  the 
world  that  our  children  will  inherit  in  very 
much  the  way  that  security  agreements 
shaped  the  international  architecture  for  our 
parents'  generation."  In  the  last  forty-eight 
hours,  he  explained,  "I've  been  deeply  en- 
gaged with  American  Airlines  and  British 
Airways  to  figure  out  locations  for  landings, 
deeply  engaged  with  Monsanto  Corporation 
as  it's  trying  to  get  British  supermarkets  to 
accept  genetically  modified  foodstuffs,  deeply 
engaged  with  the  Pfizer  Corporation,  which 
has  a  great  concern  with  regulatory  issues  in 
pharmaceuticals.  As  you  look  at  each  of  these 
matters,  they  are  very  complex  and  don't  just 
go  to  one  company's  or  one  group  of  share- 
holder's concerns.  They  have  to  do  with  the 
whole  American  economy." 

In  February,  The  Financial  Times  inter- 
viewed Lader,  fresh  from  one  of  his  long-dis- 
tance walks  in  the  west  country,  and  pro- 
nounced him  "statistically  sound."  As  the  pro- 
file puts  it,  "He  is  nominally  over  here  as  the 
president's  representative.  But  when  he 
comes  yomping  down  from  Bodmin  Moor,  he 
is  not  wired  up  to  talk  about  matters  military, 
cultural,  constitutional,  or  sexual.  His  busi- 
ness, primarily,  is  business." 

Lader  unleashes  his  statistics  with  a  relish 
that  would  please  an  economist,  or  a  chamber 
of  commerce  booster.  Trade  and  investments 
between  the  U.S.  and  the  U.K.  surpass  the 
volume  between  any  other  two  countries  in 
the  world,  other  than  between  the  U.S.  and 
Canada.  That  comes  to  more  than  $240  billion 
in  two-way  investment,  and  some  $60  billion 
annually  in  two-way  trade.  U.K.  investments 
in  the  U.S.  support  more  than  a  million  Ameri- 
can jobs;  the  U.S.  stake  in  the  U.K.  represents 
more  than  40  percent  of  all  American  invest- 
ments in  the  entire  European  Union.  Trade  in 
services  between  the  two  countries  is,  by  far, 
the  largest  in  the  world.  Americans  have  in- 
vested more  in  the  United  Kingdom  than  in 
all  of  continental  Asia. 


However  tentatively,  Britain  seems  to  be 
moving  toward  closer  economic  integration 
with  Europe  —  something  that  Lader  sees  as 
ultimately  helpful  to  the  whole  set  of  trans- 
Atlantic  relationships.  Since  World  War  II,  he 
notes,  American  policy  has  supported  Euro- 
pean integration.  With  different  procedures 
for  setting  interest  rates,  different  economic 
ties  around  the  world,  different  cultures  and 
languages,  and  limited  labor  mobility  within 
Europe,  the  particular  workings  of  a  common 
currency  are  bound  to  be  trickier.  The  so- 


WHEN  THE  NORTHERN 
IRELAND  TALKS  CAME 
TO  LONDON,  LADER 
ORGANIZED  AN 
EMBASSY  RECEPTION 
FOR  ALL  THE  PARTICI- 
PANTS, HOPING  TO 
COOL  THE  PASSIONS 
OF  THE  FACTIONS. 


called  euro  would  be  "truly  one  of  history's 
great  experiments,"  he  says. 

With  the  hyper-energetic  Blair,  who  is 
younger  than  Bill  Clinton,  Britain  has  a  lead- 
er dubbed  "Europe's  newest  Eurostar"  by  The 
Economist.  Lader  diplomatically  describes  his 
own  efforts  to  reach  out  to  the  opposition 
parties  as  well  as  Blair's  Labor  Party.  But 
Lader  calls  Blair  "an  extremely  gifted  political 
leader"  who  "has  moved  his  party  more  to  the 
center  and  has  adopted  a  pragmatism  that  re- 
quires 'what  works?'  rather  than  'how  does 
this  fit  into  an  ideology?'  questions.  He  is 
committed  to  a  free-market  economy,  liberal- 
ization of  trade,  and  genuine  reform  of  insti- 
tutions — be  they  welfare  reform  or  the  devo- 
lution of  political  authority  to  Scotland  and 
Wales." 

Lader  enjoys  telling  and  retelling  the  story 
of  his  visit  to  a  distillery  on  the  shores  of 
Scotland's  Loch  Lomond.  "Fine  Scotch  whis- 
key was  being  prepared  in  what  looked  like  a 
bam  ancient  clans  would  have  known,  under 
the  watchful  eye  of  a  wizened  Scotsman  who 
seemed  to  have  abandoned  his  kilts  only 
months  before.  His  techniques  and  equipment 
had  not  changed  in  centuries.  In  the  adjacent 
new  building,  the  product  was  blended  with 
other  spirits  in  sanitized  vats,  controlled  by 
computers,  and  managed  by  chemists  in  white 
lab  coats."  It  was  there,  he  says,  that  he  sensed 
how  the  new  "Cool  Britannia"  is  seeking  to 
modernize  —  and  sensed  how  it  might  do  so 


without  compromising  its  traditions  or  run- 
ning away  from  its  heritage. 

Right  before  Thanksgiving,  the  U.S.  am- 
bassador to  Canada,  Gordon  Giffin  71, 
was  in  Vancouver  for  the  Asia-Pacific 
Economic  Cooperation  (APEC)  forum.  The 
event  attracted  eighteen  world  leaders.  Among 
them  was  Bill  Clinton,  for  whom  Giffin  had 
served  up  a  restaurant  recommendation.  An 
advance  team  of  Secret  Service  agents  de- 
scended on  the  restaurant  of  choice.  They  in- 
sisted that  special  accommodations  be  made 
for  an  American  visitor  of  note.  Bothered  by 
the  vagueness,  the  proprietor  said  he  wouldn't 
move  Heaven  and  Earth — or  the  appropriate 
tables — without  having  the  diner's  name. 
"I'll  give  you  a  hint,"  an  agent  told  him.  "Air 
Force  One.""My  God,  you'll  never  guess  who's 
coming!"  the  proprietor  shouted  to  an  associ- 
ate. "Harrison  Ford!" 

Giffin  offers  the  anecdote  during  an  April 
visit  to  campus  organized  by  Duke's  Canadian 
Studies  program.  He  observes,  "That  shows 
there  is  a  limit  to  the  Canadian  knowledge 
base  of  the  United  States." 

Of  course,  the  ignorance  is  greater  from  the 
other  direction.  As  Giffin  puts  it,  diplomati- 
cally enough,  "If  something  is  working  very 
well,  if  it's  not  causing  irritation  and  it's  not 
broken  down,  people  don't  spend  a  lot  of  time 
focusing  on  it.  The  relationship  with  Canada 
works  very  well." 

At  a  billion  dollars  each  day,  the  two  coun- 
tries have  the  world's  largest  and  most  exten- 
sive trading  partnership.  Canada  buys  almost 
twice  as  much  from  the  U.S.  as  does  Japan;  it 
is  a  larger  market  for  U.S.  goods  than  all  fif- 
teen members  of  the  European  Union  com- 
bined. For  forty  years,  U.S.  and  Canadian 
forces  have  cooperated  on  continental  air 
defense.  Instruments  like  the  Great  Lakes 
Water  Quality  Agreement  of  1972  have 
enshrined  a  process  of  consultation,  if  not  al- 
ways agreement,  on  environmental  matters. 
Still,  it's  reasonable  to  suppose  that  most  Ameri- 
cans could  not  name  the  prime  minister  of 
Canada  (who  happens  to  be  Jean  Chretien). 

When  Giffin  began  his  Canadian  assign- 
ment in  September,  it  was  in  many  respects  a 
homecoming.  His  father  was  born  in  Pem- 
broke, Ontario;  he  became  a  naturalized 
American  citizen  and  served  in  World  War  II. 
After  the  war,  he  went  to  work  for  New  York 
Life  Insurance  Company.  A  couple  of  months 
after  Giffin  was  born,  the  family  moved  from 
Massachusetts  to  Montreal,  where  his  father 
would  run  the  Eastern  Canada  marketing 
division  for  New  York  Life.  There  was  a  brief 
interlude  in  Boston,  and  then,  when  he  was  in 
ninth  grade,  the  family  moved  to  Toronto. 
Giffin  arrived  at  Duke  from  high  school  in 
Toronto. 

In  a  March  profile,  a  Montreal  newspaper 


May-June 


17 


ran  a  reverential  account  of  the  ambassador's 
attachment  to  the  Montreal  Canadiens  hock- 
ey team.  Just  before  Christmas  in  1959,  Giffin 
joined  his  father  for  a  luncheon  at  the  Mon- 
treal Athletic  Association.  One  of  the  fea- 
tures of  the  luncheon  was  the  raffling  off  of  a 
hockey  stick  autographed  by  the  then-domi- 
nant Canadiens.  Giffin  won  the  raffle,  and 
he's  held  on  to  his  treasure. 

"When  I  came  to  Duke,  I  knew  more  about 
Sir  John  A.  McDonald,  the  first  prime  minis- 
ter of  Canada,  than  I  did  about  George 
Washington.  A  lot  of  my  schooling  was  Cana- 
dian history,  Canadian  political  science;  and 
of  course  we  studied  a  lot  about  the  United 
Kingdom,  because  the  Queen  of  England  is 
also  Queen  of  Canada.  At  Duke  I  went  by 
'Gourd'  Giffin,  spelling  it  in  the  British  or 
Canadian  way.  Well,  the  instructor  in  fresh- 
man English  thought  I  had  signed  my  paper 
'Lourd  Giffin.'  And  he  assumed  I  was  a  mem- 
ber of  the  British  aristocracy,  which  was 
rather  comical,  but  was  reinforced  by  the 
spelling  that  I  used  throughout  the  paper.  I 
didn't  disabuse  him  of  that  view  for  a  while 
because  I  thought  it  might  assist  my  grade.  I 
don't  think  it  worked." 

Giffin  was  a  political  science  and  history 
major  at  Duke.  A  high  school  football  player 
who  wasn't  quite  college -athletics  material,  he 
managed  the  football  team  for  two  and  a  half 
years.  (He  met  his  future  wife,  Pacti  Alfred 
B.S.N.  '73,  at  a  Clemson  game.)  That  exper- 
ience, he  says,  gave  him  his  first  taste  of  ad- 
ministration. He  earned  a  law  degree  from 
Emory  University;  as  a  law  student,  he  worked 
as  an  intern  for  a  new  United  States  senator, 
Georgia's  Sam  Nunn.  The  internship  led  to  his 
first  job,  as  a  very  young  director  of  legislative 
affairs  and  chief  counsel  for  the  very  young 
senator.  He  later  practiced  law  in  Atlanta. 

And  he  found  himself  drawn  into  political 
circles:  in  1988,  as  general  counsel  to  the  De- 
mocratic National  Convention;  in  1992,  as 
chairman  of  the  Georgia  primary  and  election 
campaigns  for  Clinton;  in  1996,  as  chairman 
of  the  campaign  in  Georgia  and  senior  advis- 
er on  the  South;  and  in  the  same  year,  as 
chairman  of  the  site  selection  committee  for 
the  Democratic  National  Convention.  Giffin 
had  an  early  association  with  Bill  Clinton:  He 
joined  then-Governor  Clinton  in  founding 
the  Democratic  Leadership  Council,  which 
was  committed  to  giving  the  party  a  more 
centrist  stance,  in  1984. 

Giffin  now  presides  over  some  200  embassy 
employees;  900  Canada-based  U.S.  officials  in 
the  consulate,  border-control,  military,  and 
other  branches;  and  the  construction  of  the 
only  new  U.S.  embassy  in  the  world.  Needless 
to  say,  he  finds  his  Canadian  roots  invaluable 
in  his  new  assignment.  "There  are  some  things 
that  you  just  can't  learn  and  you  can't  read 
about,"  he  says.  "Growing  up  in  Canada  has 


given  me,  I  think,  that  intangible  understand- 
ing of  and  sensitivity  for  the  country  and  for 
the  people  and  for  many  of  the  issues  that  we 
confront.  I  know  as  much  Montreal  Canadien 
trivia  as  most  Canadians  do — more  than  some 
of  them.  I  remember  sitting  on  the  main  street 
in  Toronto  on  July  1st  of  1967,  which  was  their 
centennial  celebration.  That  memory  is  some- 
thing that  is  probably  unique  to  a  U.S.  ambas- 
sador to  Canada." 

Now  representing  American  interests  in  a 
bilingual  country,  Giffin  says  he's  working 


WHEN  HE  CAME  TO 
DUKE,  GRIFFIN  SAYS, 
"I  KNEW  MORE 
ABOUT  SIR  JOHN  A. 
MCDONALD,  THE 
FIRST  PRIME  MINISTER 
OF  CANADA,  THAN  I 
DID  ABOUT  GEORGE 
WASHINGTON." 


hard  on  his  French.  "My  accent  isn't  bad;  if  I 
have  a  prepared  speech,  I  can  deliver  it  in 
French.  I  can  read  French  fine,  but  in  conver- 
sation I'm  afraid  to  extemporize,  because  I 
sometimes  can't  find  the  right  word.  And  I 
can't  afford  to  choose  the  wrong  word."  He's 
working  with  a  tutor  three  days  a  week  to  pol- 
ish his  verbal  skills. 

French-speaking  skills,  naturally,  play  to 
French-speaking  Quebec.  And  Giffin  is  cau- 
tious in  assessing  the  outcome  of  Canada's 
longest  and  most  wrenching  internal  debate, 
over  Quebec's  future  with  the  federal  govern- 
ment. "There's  a  historic  genesis  to  the 
debate:  There  are  two  founding  nations  of 
Canada — France  and  England.  What  we've 
said  as  a  government  is  that  the  United  States 
has  had  a  long  and  successful  relationship 
with  a  strong  and  united  Canada.  We  go  on  to 
emphasize  that  it's  an  internal  Canadian  deci- 
sion to  be  made;  we  haven't  expressed  a  di- 
rect, forceful  opinion  one  way  or  the  other  on 
how  they  should  resolve  that."  He  does  point 
out  that  the  role  of  an  independent  Quebec 
in  NAFTA,  the  North  American  trading 
partnership,  would  be  very  much  up  in  the  air. 
In  two  referendums,  Quebec  has  turned  aside 
separatism,  though  most  recently  only  by  a 
slim  margin.  Voters  will  grapple  with  the  ques- 
tion again  some  time  in  the  next  year. 

Although  the  "squeaky  wheels"  are  few  in 
U.S.-Canada  bilateral  relations,  to  use  Giffin's 
term,  there's  a  tug-of-war  history  with  envi- 


ronmental resources.  Duke  historian  John 
Thompson,  director  of  the  Canadian  Studies 
program,  probes  that  history  in  his  book 
Ambivalent  Allies.  He  writes  that  in  the  1890s 
the  U.S.  wanted  to  close  the  Bering  Sea  to 
sealers,  arguing  the  necessity  to  protect  the 
seal  population.  Canada  charged  that  the 
U.S.  was  using  conservation  as  a  subterfuge  to 
protect  its  own  commercial  interests.  Now 
the  situation  is  reversed.  In  1985,  the  two 
countries  signed  a  Pacific  Salmon  Conven- 
tion. They  agreed  to  set  quotas  on  the  num- 
ber of  migrating  salmon  that  each  nation's 
fishers  could  take.  But  Alaska's  fishers  want 
to  keep  the  catch  unregulated;  they  counter 
that  Canada  wants  quotas  simply  to  hog  the 
fish  for  its  own  fishers.  Last  August,  protesting 
British  Columbia  fishers  barricaded  a  U.S. 
tour  boat  in  harbor  in  Prince  Rupert. 

"That's  been  a  very  emotional  issue,"  Giffin 
says.  "British  Columbia's  economy  right  now 
is  pretty  flat  and,  as  a  consequence  any  eco- 
nomic engine,  whether  it's  a  lumber  business 
or  a  fishing  business,  is  pretty  critical.  Salmon 
fishing  is  also  a  big  industry  in  Alaska.  There's 
a  principle  in  the  treaty  called  the  equity 
principle  that  is  supposed  to  be  the  founda- 
tion of  the  equitable  distribution  of  the  re- 
source. The  problem  is  that  we  disagree  on 
what  the  equity  principle  means."  Giffin  says 
a  new  negotiating  team  is  in  place.  Its  charge 
is  to  "focus  on  a  short-term  arrangement  for 
the  foreseeable  fishing  season,  so  that  we're 
not  arguing  with  each  other  as  fishing  boats 
are  going  out.  If  we  can  achieve  that,  which  I 
think  we  can,  then  in  a  more  calm  environ- 
ment we  can  work  on  the  long-term  princi- 
ples." 

In  global  relations,  too,  there  is  some  dicey 
diplomacy  between  the  two  nations,  notably 
over  the  long-standing  U.S.  boycott  of  Cuba. 
Giffin  prefers  to  paint  the  differences  as  argu- 
ments over  means  rather  than  ends.  "We  do 
have  a  policy  of  isolation,  they  have  a  policy 
of  engagement.  President  Clinton  has  said 
that  the  only  thing  we  can  say  about  the  two 
policies  is  that  they  have  both  failed.  There 
isn't  democracy  in  Cuba,  and  human  rights 
are  still  abridged  every  day.  Cuba  is  in  some 
respects  a  much  more  peculiarly  American 
problem;  Cuba  is  ninety  miles  from  our  shores 
and  pretty  distant  from  Canada.  I  like  to 
point  out  that  if  they  had  a  Communist  dic- 
tatorship in  Newfoundland,  ninety  miles  off  of 
Halifax,  they  might  have  a  different  view  of 
how  to  deal  with  things." 

One  outgrowth  of  U.S.  policy  toward  Cuba, 
the  Helms-Burton  act,  particularly  chafes  the 
Canadians.  The  act  covers  U.S.  nationals  with 
claims  to  property  expropriated  by  Cuba;  it 
permits  them  to  bring  suit  in  U.S.  courts 
against  any  person  who  "traffics"  in  such  con- 
fiscated property.  Third- country  nationals  are 
excluded  from  the  U.S.  if  they  violate  the 


18      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


Entertaining  the  boss:  Giffin  and  his  wife,  Patti  Alfred  Giffin,  with  Secretary  of  State  Madeleine  Albright,  outside  the  ambassador's  residence  in  Ottawa 


act — which  is  precisely  what  happened  to 
seven  Canadian  executives  of  Sherritt  Inter- 
national Corporation.  Giffin  insists  that 
Helms-Burton  doesn't  have  an  extra-territori- 
al impact.  "It  doesn't  undertake  to  impose 
U.S.  law  in  Canada,  which  is,  in  my  definition, 
what  extra-territorial  applications  of  U.S.  law 
would  be.  What  we  say  is  that  certain  actions 
by  companies  or  individuals  will  determine 
whether  or  not  they  can  gain  access  to  the 
United  States — just  like  we  say  that  if  you're 
a  convicted  felon  in  Canada,  you  can't  come 
to  the  United  States." 

According  to  Duke's  John  Thompson,  the 
most  powerful  and  persistent  issue  between 
the  nations  is  cultural  imperialism.  "For  al- 
most a  century,  Canadian  governments  have 
attempted  to  assert.. .cultural  sovereignty,  and 
to  control  the  allegedly  deleterious  effects  of 
U.S.  newspapers,  popular  fiction,  magazines, 
comic  books,  motion  pictures  (and  now 
videotapes),  radio,  and  eventually  television 
and  the  associated  recording  industry,"  he 
writes  in  a  contributed  chapter  to  the  book 
NAFTA  in  Transition.  Thompson  says  Canada 
has  been  searching  for  cultural  sovereignty 
for  almost  as  long  as  the  U.S.  has  been  export- 
ing popular  culture.  The  result  has  been 
attempts  to  protect  Canadian  cultural  indus- 
tries with  regulatory  or  tariff  barriers,  and  to 
promote  Canadian  mass  culture  through  sub- 
sidies. The  U.S.,  though,  tends  to  see  the  issue 
less  as  a  question  of  national  identity  than  of 


free  commerce;  so  it  resists  perceived  imped- 
iments to  commerce. 

"I  think  there  is  a  balance  to  be  struck," 
Giffin  says.  "First,  I  think  we've  got  to  work 
hard  to  define  what  we  mean  by  'culture.' 
There  are  some  business  interests  in  Canada 
that  are  trying  to  expand  the  definition  of  cul- 
ture to  include  things  like  ownership  of  tele- 
communications companies.  I  find  it  hard  to 
understand  why  that's  cultural.  Secondly,  I 
think  it's  possible  to  foster  and  enhance  and 
encourage  the  growth  and  distribution  of 
Canadian  culture — without  prohibiting  ac- 
cess to  American  media,  whether  movies, 
books,  plays,  or  television  programs. 

"In  some  respects,  Americans  don't  regard 
movies  necessarily  as  part  of  our  culture. 
They're  entertainment.  Frankly,  a  lot  of  our 
movie  interests  aren't  even  American-owned. 
But  I  believe  that  culture  is  more  regional 
than  it  is  national.  There  is  a  culture,  I  think, 
in  the  southern  United  States  that  is  different 
from  the  culture  of  the  northern  or  western 
United  States.  It  would  be  difficult  to  get 
somebody  in  Mobile,  Alabama,  to  define  for 
you  what  American  culture'  is.  But  they  sure 
could  tell  you  what  Southern  culture  is.  I 
actually  think  that's  true  in  Canada  as  well:  I 
think  it's  hard  to  define  what  'Canadian  cul- 
ture' is.  It's  different  in  British  Columbia  than 
it  is  in  Newfoundland." 

Giffin  and  Lader  are  at  work  in  a  confusing 
world.  This  is  a  time  when  the  usual  distinc- 


tions— like  business  judged  against  enter- 
tainment and,  perhaps,  like  one  national 
character  compared  with  another  —  don't 
seem  to  count  for  very  much.  And  this  is  a 
time  when  national  enterprises — like  New 
York's  Random  House  and  Detroit's 
Chrysler — evolve  into  international  amalga- 
mations, exercising  market  sovereignty  that 
can  overwhelm  national  sovereignty. 

These  ambassadors  may  not  be  witnessing 
the  end  of  history,  or  the  end  of  diplomacy. 
They  are,  though,  in  an  international  envi- 
ronment that  responds  to  the  same  consumer 
values  and  that  proceeds  along  the  same  elec- 
tronic byways.  What  Giffin  calls  "the 
sovereignty  of  ideas"  is  rooted  not  so  much  in 
a  national  culture  or  a  regional  culture,  but  in 
an  information  culture.  "Canadian  cable  sys- 
tems, which  carry  TSN,  the  Canadian  ana- 
logue to  ESPN,  cannot  carry  ESPN,"  he  told 
Canadian-Studies  students  at  Duke.  "But  for 
anyone  in  Canada  who  has  a  satellite  dish, 
they  can  pick  up  ESPN  anytime." 

National  policy  may  continue  to  be  shaped 
by  governments  and  by  diplomats  acting  on 
governments.  But  it  is  subject  to  two  more 
powerful  forces  —  an  unfettered  marketplace 
and  a  relentless  technology.  Diplomats  and  po- 
litical leaders  will  need  to  reckon  with  a  new 
information  order  defined  by  the  satellite  dish, 
the  Internet,  and  the  mega-corporation.      I 


MIND 
MAZE 


BY  BRIAN  SKOTKO  '01 

Although  he  had  no  way  of  knowing 
it,  a  kind,  older  man  and  his  simple 
crossword  puzzles  allowed  me  to  dis- 
cover how  fragile  memories  can  be  and  how 
easily  they  can  by  lost. 

I  watched  eagerly  as  a  congenial  seventy- 
two-year-old  man,  seated  at  a  small  rectangu- 
lar table  with  a  sharpened  number-two  pencil 
in  hand,  slowly  and  meticulously  printed 
"Lincoln"  into  my  black-and-white  checkered 
conundrum.  "You  see,"  he  explained,  "Lincoln 
was  nicknamed  Honest  Abe  and  that  fits  for 
18  Down."  Working  his  way  through  the  criss- 
crossing clues,  the  man  gradually  transformed 
my  vacant  crossword  puzzle  into  an  alphabet- 
ical mind  maze. 

Yet  as  he  persisted,  I  noticed  that  several 
boxes  were  left  unmarked  and  many  clues  re- 
mained unanswered.  "The  current  president  of 
the  United  States"  was  among  the  first  clues  to 
stump  this  longtime  crossword  guru.  He  could 
neither  name  the  husband  of  Jackie  Onassis 
nor  the  former  British  princess  who  recently 
died  in  an  auto  accident.  Unfortunately,  "forty- 
eight"  did  not  fit  for  the  number  of  states  in 
the  United  States,  and  terms  like  "laptop"  and 
"computer  virus"  seemed  to  elude  him.  As  a 
matter  of  fact,  any  clue  with  reference  to  his- 
torical events  after  1953  was  unusable,  and 
only  my  omniscient  answer  key  seemed  able 
to  supply  those  magically  correct  letters. 

More  than  just  forgetful,  this  humble,  soft- 
spoken,  grandfatherly  figure  has  become  one 
of  the  most  famous  patients  in  the  amnesia 
literature;  he  is  now  featured  in  countless  text- 
books studied  by  undergrads  and  fourth-year 
med  students.  My  invitation  to  the  Massa- 
chusetts Institute  of  Technology,  which  sprang 
from  Duke's  "FOCUS" — a  first-semester 
program  in  which  freshmen  of  similar  intel- 
lectual interests  take  courses  together  and 
live  together — allowed  me  to  take  a  first-hand 
look  at  this  man,  known  by  researchers  across 
the  country  as  "H.M."  Along  with  his  old, 
worn-out,  pencil- smudged  crossword  books, 
H.M.  may  hold  the  answer  to  one  of  medi- 
cine's biggest  mind-teasers — memories. 

Unlike  the  answers  "Clinton"  or  "JFK,"  my 
adventure  was  simply  unforgettable.  It  al- 


lowed me  to  partake  in  cutting-edge  research 
with  one  of  the  country's  top  behavioral  neu- 


1  ACROSS:  FEELING  OF 
WONDERMENT 

I  had  first  taken  an  interest  in  H.M. 
from  Gillian  Einstein's  "Exploring  the  Mind" 
FOCUS,  which  offers  a  concentrated  ap- 
proach toward  neurobiology.  Throughout  the 
semester,  I  studied,  along  with  my  classmates, 
the  numerous  research  projects  of  Suzanne 
Corkin,  a  behavioral  neurobiologist  at  M.I.T 
Until  that  point,  I  had  not  even  heard  of 
H.M.;  nor  could  I  even  name  specific  parts  of 
the  human  brain. 

Yet,  as  Einstein  began  to  lecture  about  the 
whole  dictionary  of  terms  describing  memory, 
I  became  increasingly  curious.  I  had  always 
taken  my  memories  for  granted.  Of  course, 

1  had  heard  of  amnesia  patients  forgetting 
their  pasts  after  tragic  accidents — but  they 
always  got  better,  right?  My  grandparents 
would  always  joke  that  they  were  forgetting 
more  and  more  as  they  got  older — but  they 
were  only  kidding,  right?  As  I  began  to  delve 
deeper  and  deeper  into  the  amnesia  litera- 
ture, I  started  to  realize  that  memory  prob- 
lems can  be  real  and  serious. 

In  my  interdisciplinary  course,  taught  by 
Larry  Tupler,  a  behavioral  psychologist  at 
Duke  Medical  Center,  I  had  the  opportunity  to 
meet  an  older  man  who  was  diagnosed  with 
Alzheimer's  disease.  I  listened  in  awe  as  this 
kind  man  fumbled  to  recall  his  recent  past. 
Questions  about  his  children,  current  home, 
and  most  recent  vacations  produced  a  look  of 
confusion.  He  strained  to  remember  these 
once  familiar  facts.  I  could  not  believe  that 
information  so  essential  could  escape  any- 
one's memory;  I  was  amazed  that  memories 
could  be  so  fragile. 

2  DOWN:  FEELING  OF 
SYMPATHY 

As  the  culmination  of  an  eye-opening 
semester  filled  with  presentations,  papers, 
readings,  and  group  discussions,  Einstein  and 
the  other  FOCUS  professors  asked  Corkin  to 
speak  to  our  now-intrigued  group  during  a 
one-day  retreat  at  a  local  bed-and-breakfast. 
I  could  not  wait  to  confront  Corkin  with  all 
my  questions,  all  my  worries,  all  my  ideas. 
Armed  with  carousels  of  slides,  she  dazzled 
our  group  with  updates  on  H.M.  and  her  most 


recent  neurological  projects. 

As  she  began  to  describe  her  famous  pa- 
tient, all  my  feelings  of  awe  soon  turned  to  a 
deep  compassion.  During  his  teenage  years, 
H.M.  suffered  from  severe,  frequent  epileptic 
seizures  that  unfortunately  induced  mockery 
from  his  classmates  and  ultimately  forced  him 
to  withdraw  from  high  school.  The  seizures, 
originating  in  a  sea-horse  shaped  portion  of 
the  brain  known  as  the  hippocampus,  soon 
became  so  intolerable  that  H.M.  needed  to 
quit  his  job  and  seek  medical  care.  Because 
he  failed  to  respond  to  any  anti-epileptic  drugs, 
he  and  his  neurosurgeon  soon  became  des- 
perate for  almost  any  cure. 

As  a  result,  in  1953  at  the  age  of  twenty- 
seven,  H.M.,  his  family,  and  his  neurosurgeon 
opted  for  experimental  surgery,  removing  both 
hippocampi,  as  well  as  several  neighboring 
cerebral  structures.  At  the  time,  researchers 
had  done  almost  no  animal  studies  of  the  hip- 
pocampus, and  no  one  could  predict  the  out- 
come of  the  surgery. 

Fortunately,  the  epileptic  seizures  seemed 
to  vanish  altogether  from  H.M.'s  life.  After 
the  surgery,  his  personality  and  intellect  re- 
mained intact,  and  his  I.Q.  score  even  in- 
creased slightly.  Unfortunately,  H.M.  immedi- 
ately demonstrated  difficulty  recalling  past 
events.  After  the  operation,  he  could  not  re- 
member how  to  get  to  the  bathroom,  nor  could 
he  describe  a  story  after  reading  it.  When  his 
parents  moved  to  a  new  address,  he  had 
major  difficulties  finding  anything  within  the 
house,  and  he  could  not  find  his  way  home 
from  a  distance  of  more  than  two  blocks. 

In  1980,  H.M.  moved  to  a  nursing  home 
when  his  parents  could  no  longer  care  for 
him.  According  to  Corkin,  four  years  later 
H.M.  could  still  not  say  where  he  lived  or  who 
cared  for  him.  Moreover,  for  several  years 
after  the  operation,  he  continued  to  respond 
"twenty-seven"  and "1953"  to  questions  about 
his  age  and  the  date.  Now,  he  just  hazards  a 
guess,  often  underestimating  by  more  than  fif- 
teen years. 

How  extremely  sad,  I  remember  saying  to 
myself.  What  if  my  own  grandparents — or 
even  my  own  parents  —  always  forgot  what  I 
was  doing?  Or  worse  yet,  what  if  I  could  not 
recall  any  of  the  wonderful  events  in  my 
life — my  surprise  eighteenth  birthday  party, 
my  high-school  graduation,  my  now-deceased 
grandfather  and  his  delicious  Slovak  delica- 
Continued  on  page  53 


20      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


DUKE 


ENGINEERING 
HONORS 


Duke's  Engineering  Alumni  Associ- 
ation honored  three  graduates  in 
April  at  its  annual  awards  banquet, 
held  at  the  Levine  Science  Research  Center. 
Arthur  J.  Wennerstrom  B.S.M.E.  '56  received 
the  Distinguished  Alumnus  Award,  Karen  E. 
Conover  B.S.M.E.  '85  received  the  Distin- 
guished Young  Alumnus  Award,  and  Thomas 
M.WoodardB.S.E.E. 
'69  received  the  Dis- 
tinguished Service 
Award. 

Wennerstrom  was 
recognized  for  his 
"world- renowned 
efforts  in  advancing 
the  art  and  science  of 
the  aerodynamic  design  of  high-performance 
axial-flow  compressors  for  aircraft  turbine  en- 
gines." He  earned  his  master's  in  aeronautical 
engineering  in  1958  from  M.I.T.  and  a  doctor- 
ate in  technical  science  from  the  Swiss  Fed- 
eral Institute  of  Technology.  In  1979,  he  re- 
ceived the  Air  Breathing  Propulsion  Award  of 
the  American  Institute  of  Aeronautics  and 
Astronautics,  the  Cliff  Garrett  Turbomachin- 
ery  Award  of  the  Society  of  Automotive  En- 
gineers in  1986,  and  the  R.  Tom  Sawyer  Award 
of  the  American  Society  of  Mechanical  En- 
gineers in  1993. 

He  is  known  worldwide  for  his  pioneering 
work  that  led  to  the  introduction  of  the  wide- 
chord,  low-aspect-ratio,  integrally  bladed  fan 
into  military  aircraft  engines;  this  innovation 
has  been  adopted  by  U.S.  engine  companies 
to  reduce  fuel  consumption  and  to  increase 
engine  durability  and  flight  safety. 

He  was  a  member  of  the  propulsion  and 
energetics  panel  of  NATO's  Advisory  Group 
for  Aerospace  Research  and  Development 
(AGARD)  from  1976  to  1985,  chairing  the 
U.S.  delegation  from  1978  to  1985.  In  1991,  he 
became  AGARD's  full-time  director  in  Paris, 
where  he  initiated  the  development  of  rela- 
tions between  AGARD  and  former  Warsaw 
Pact  nations.  He  is  a  past  chair  of  the  gas  and 
turbine  division  of  the  American  Society  of 
Mechanical   Engineers   and,   in   1994,  was 


named  an  honorary  professor  at  both  the 
Institute  of  Engineering  Thermophysics  of  the 
Chinese  Academy  of  Sciences  and  the  Beijing 
University  of  Aeronautics  and  Astronautics. 

Conover  was  selected  for  her  "professional 
expertise  and  increasing  success  in  the  areas 
of  renewable  energy  and  energy  efficiency,"  as 
well  as  for  her  Duke  and  community  involve- 
ment. At  Duke,  she  worked  with  ECOS,  the 
student  environmental  organization,  was  a 
manager  with  the  men's  basketball  team, 
worked  as  a  technician  at  performing  arts 
events  for  Duke  Technical  Services,  and  was  a 
Big  Sister  with  the  Durham  organization. 

After  earning  her  master's  in  energy  sys- 
tems engineering  at  the  University  of  Arizona, 
she  worked  on  solar,  energy-building,  and 
waste-to-energy  projects  before  joining  R. 
Lynette  &.  Associates,  a  consulting  firm  spe- 
cializing in  wind  and  solar  energy.  She  was 
manager  of  consulting  projects  before  leaving 
the  company  in  1994  to  start  her  own  busi- 
ness, Global  Energy  Concepts,  in  Kirkland, 
Washington.  She  has  conducted  renewable 
energy  work  for  projects  and  programs  in  more 
than  a  dozen  foreign  countries.  Her  clients 
include  the  U.S.  Department  of  Energy,  In- 
teramerican  Development  Bank,  Institute  of 
International  Education,  and  domestic  and 
international  utility  companies. 

She  chaired  Windpower '96,  the  annual  con- 
ference of  the  American  Wind  Energy  Asso- 
ciation, and  now  serves  as  the  association's 
president-elect.  She  also  serves  on  the  board  of 
directors  for  her  local  Duke  alumni  club  and 
is  a  volunteer  instructor  for  Skiforall,  a  ski 
school  dedicated  to  the  needs  of  the  disabled. 

Woodard  is  director  of  McKinsey  6k  Com- 
pany, where  he  heads  its  Stamford,  Con- 
necticut, office.  He  has  led  both  its  electron- 
ics and  telecom  practices.  He  earned  his  mas- 
ter's in  electrical  engineering  at  Southern 
Methodist  University  and  an  M.B.A.  at 
Harvard,  where  he  was  a  George  F.  Baker 
Scholar. 

As  a  member  of  the  engineering  school's 
Dean's  Council,  he  works  with  alumni  and 
parents  to  enhance  the  quality  of  education 
and  student  life.  For  many  years,  he  support- 
ed and  helped  finance  the  schools'  electric 
car  project.  He  also  advises  students  on  em- 
ployment opportunities  in  the  consulting  pro- 


fession. He  is  a  former  trustee  of  the  New  York 
City  Opera  and  has  been  involved  with  the 
Boys  Choir  of  Harlem. 

He  was  a  founding  member  of  the  board  of 
advisers  for  what  is  now  the  Levine  Science 
Research  Center  at  Duke.  Active  in  organiz- 
ing and  working  with  the  Northern  New  Jer- 
sey Duke  alumni  club,  he  has  established  an 
endowment  with  the  engineering  school  and 
is  a  member  of  the  university's  Founders' 
Society. 


The  School  of  Nursing  selected  Martha 
L.  Henderson  B.S.N.  '68,  M.S.N.  '78  for 
its  1998  Distinguished  Alumna  Award. 
Henderson  is  a  clinical  associate  professor  at 
the  University  of  North  Carolina's  nursing 
school  and  medical  school  in  Chapel  Hill. 

Throughout  her  career,  Henderson  has  been 
a  strong  advocate  for  patients, 
particularly  those  most 
vulnerable:  the  frail 
elderly,  those  living 
in  war-torn  areas, 
and  the  termi- 
nally ill.  She  , 
was  a  nursing 
instructor  with 
the  Visiting  Nurse 
Christian  Service  in 
Vietnam  during  the  war 
and,  later,  a  nursing  con- 
sultant in  South  Africa,  where  she  conducted 
workshops  on  nursing  ethics  and  delivered 
primary  care  to  black  township  residents  and 
geriatric  patients. 

Henderson,  who  holds  a  master's  in  divinity 
from  Yale  and  a  doctorate  in  ministry  from 
Southeastern  Baptist  Theological  Seminary, 
pioneered  compassionate  care  for  the  dying 
and  involvement  of  patients  in  decisions  about 
their  care.  Her  doctoral  research  on  living  wills 
was  conducted  at  Carol  Woods  Retirement 
Community  in  Chapel  Hill,  where  she  was 
director  of  clinical  services  for  ten  years.  She 
has  published  widely  on  ethical  issues  in  nurs- 
ing and  in  life  and  death  decisions.  She  is 


May-June   1998 


CELEBRATING  A  CENTENARIAN 


It  may  be  consid- 
ered impolite  to 
reveal  someone's 
age,  unless  it's  for  the 
sake  of  history,  and  to 
offer  a  belated  "happy 
birthday"  to  Duke's 
oldest  graduate.  On 
January  25,  Ruby 
Markham  Drakeford 
'12  celebrated  her 
106th  birthday.  (Tech- 
nically, Drakeford  is 
a  Trinity  College 
alumna,  since  Trinity 
did  not  change  its 
name  to  Duke  until 
the  signing  of  the 
Duke  Indenture  in 
December  1924.) 

Sensitivity  to 
revealing  a  young 
lady's  age  in  1912 
was  apparent  in  The 
Chanticleer  of  the 
period:  the  men's  ages 
are  listed,  but  beside 
"age"  for  the  women 
is  an  asterisk.  The 
humorous  reference 
reads:  "By  a  mutual 


no  co-ed 
may  remain  at  Trinity 
after  passing  the  age 
of  eighteen.  When 
there  is  a  danger  of  a 
violation  of  this  agree' 
merit,  the  accused 
party  ceases  to  have 
birthdays  following 
first  rumor  of  suspi- 
cion. (We  received 
a  co-ed  petition 
requesting  omission 
of  co-ed  ages  entirely, 
or  a  least  a  change  to 
sixteen  in  the  above 
statement.)  — Editor" 

A  Durham  native, 
Drakeford  is  the 
daughter  of  the  late 
Ianna  Rebecca  Lee 
and  James  W.  Mark- 
ham.  Her  father,  a 
mail  carrier,  men- 
tioned to  a  Trinity 
College  teacher  on  his 
mail  route  that  his 
daughter  Ruby  was  a 
good  student  at 
Durham  High  and 
wanted  to  go  to  col- 


lege. Family  lore  has  it 
that  the  teacher  helped 
her  get  into  Trinity, 
which  she  attended  on 
a  scholarship.  Even- 
tually, two  brothers, 
Allan  B.  Markham  '16 
and  Edwin  Markham 
'23;  a  sister,  Katherine 
Markham  Johnson  '30; 
and  a  nephew,  Allan 
B.  Markham  Jr.  '62, 
would  follow  in  her 
footsteps  at  Trinity 
and  Duke. 

Drakeford,  who 
lived  within  walking 
distance  of  campus, 
was  a  member  of  the 
Athena  Literary  So- 
ciety and  the  Writers' 
Club  at  Trinity.  At 
the  time,  the  only 
professions  open  to 
women  were  teaching 
and  nursing.  After 
graduating,  she  taught 
at  a  school  in  Mt. 
Olive  for  a  year  before 
returning  to  Durham 
to  teach  fifth  grade 


at  the  Edgemont 
School.  She  retired 
after  forty-two  years 
in  the  Durham  public 
school  system. 

She  now  lives  at 
Hillcrest  Convalescent 
Center,  1417  W.  Petti- 
grew  Street,  Durham, 
N.C.  27705. 


Class  of  1912: 
Trinity  College 
alumna  Drakeford 
sets  a  record 


nationally  known  for  her  work  on  care  for  the 
dying  and  end-of-life  decision  making.  Re- 
cently, she  received  a  Faculty  Scholar  Grant 
from  the  Project  on  Death  in  America  to  im- 
prove nursing  home  care  for  the  dying.  The 
new  UNC  Institute  of  Aging  has  funded  her 
work  to  help  resident  physicians  talk  to  pa- 
tients about  end-of-life  decisions.  (Henderson 
was  interviewed  for  "Preparing  for  the  Final 
Transition,"  an  article  about  death  and  dying  in 
the  November-December  1997  issue  of  Duke 
Magazine.) 

Henderson  was  one  of  the  early  geriatric 
nurse  practitioners  in  this  country,  and  she 
has  worked  tirelessly  to  see  that  nurses  receive 
third-party  payment  for  their  services.  She  has 
also  advocated  a  more  prominent  role  for  nurse 
supervisors  in  adult  and  family  care  homes, 
working  with  legislators  and  policy  makers  to 
improve  nursing  care  and  enlarge  nurses' 
roles  in  the  interest  of  better  patient  care. 


DAA  WINTER 
MEETING 


Gathering  on  an  unseasonably  warm 
February  weekend,  the  Duke  Alumni 
Association  board  of  directors  was 
updated  by  faculty,  students,  and  administra- 
tors on  campus  events  and  university  pro- 
grams, including  a  bus  tour  of  Durham  com- 
munity service  projects  sponsored  by  Duke. 

Speakers  were  Duke  parent  Leonard  Spicer, 
the  University  Distinguished  professor  of  ra- 
diology and  biochemistry  who  also  chairs  the 
Academic  Council;  Melissa  Malouf,  an  asso- 
ciate professor  of  the  practice  who  teaches 
creative  writing,  directs  the  A.B.  Duke 
Scholarship  program,  and  is  the  recipient  of 
the  DAAs  1997  Alumni  Distinguished  Un- 
dergraduate Teaching  Award;  Anthony  S. 
Brown,  who  teaches  in  the  Hart  Leadership 
Program  at  the  Terry  Sanford  Institute  of 
Public  Policy;  and  Duke  President  Nannerl 
O.  Keohane,  who  provided  a  university  cam- 
paign preview  presentation. 

The  board's  four  standing  committees  met 
and  issued  the  following  reports: 

•  Awards  and  Recognition.  Chair  Joanne  Yo- 
der  Dearth  '78  reported  that  the  committee 
had  reviewed  and  approved  a  revised  version 
of  the  Distinguished  Alumni  Award  form  for 
future  use.  There  was  also  discussion  about  a 
community  service  award,  the  criteria  for 
which  will  be  developed  by  the  alumni  clubs 
office.  This  award,  it  is  hoped,  will  eventually 
be  extended  to  include  student  organizations. 

•  Community  Service.  Chair  Gwynne  Young 
'71  reported  that  the  meeting  was  visited  by 
Sandy  Ogburn,  director  of  community  affairs 
at  Duke,  and  Bert  Fisher  '80,  director  of  the 
alumni  clubs  program.  Ogburn  gave  a  synop- 


22      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


sis  of  the  university's  commitment  to  seven 
neighborhoods  and  twelve  schools  adjacent 
to  campus.  She  also  noted  a  successful  col- 
laboration between  the  clubs  program  and 
Durham's  Rogers  Herr,  a  school  for  sixth- 
graders:  a  Shakespeare  production  presented 
in  Washington,  D.C.  Ogbum  mentioned  that 
a  community  service  coordinator,  who  would 
serve  both  Duke  and  the  alumni  clubs  pro- 
gram's community  service  efforts,  was  in  the 
process  of  being  hired.  Fisher  presented  a  j 
request  from  Rogers  Herr  to  fund  at  $1,500 
another  production  to  go  to  Washington.  The 
committee  also  requested  that  funded  pro- 
jects require  follow-up  reports. 

•  Information/Communications  Technology. 
Co-chair  Page  Murray  '85  reported  on  the 
gradual  progress  of  the  committee's  projects 
awaiting  university  implementation.  The  com- 
mittee is  reviewing  an  e-mail  message  to  be 
sent  to  alumni  announcing  an  online  e-mail 
directory  of  alumni  as  well  as  an  offer  of  per- 
manent e-mail  addresses  (e.g.,  jane.doe(5 
alumni.duke.edu)  as  a  forwarding  service. 
The  e-mail  message  will  notify  alumni  that 
their  name  and  e-mail  address  will  be  includ- 
ed in  the  directory  at  their  request. 

•  Lifelong  Relationships.  Chair  Ruth  Ross  '69 
reported  that  reunions  director  Lisa  Dilts  '83 
and  the  group  continued  discussions  on  plan- 
ning Reunions  '99,  Deborah  Weiss  Fowlkes  78 


gave  an  overview  of  the  alumni  continuing 
education  program,  and  Barbara  DeLapp 
Booth  '54  reviewed  the  Duke  travel  program. 


LINKING  UP 
ONLINE 


Ever  since  the  Duke  Alumni  Associa- 
tion established  an  Internet  link  with 
its  members  via  our  World  Wide  Web 
site,  we've  received  numerous  requests  for  an 
online  directory  of  alumni  e-mail  addresses. 
At  last,  it's  about  to  happen,  before  the  sum- 
mer, in  addition  to  some  other  electronic  en- 
hancements recommended  by  the  DAA's 
communications  committee. 

Having  purchased  a  server,  the  DAA  and 
Alumni  Affairs  is  working  with  Duke's  infor- 
mation technology  office  and  the  alumni 
records  office  to  establish  this  new  electronic 
service.  All  alumni  who  have  included  their  e- 
mail  addresses  to  the  records  office — now  ap- 
proximating 17,000 — will  be  notified  via  e- 
mail  and  given  the  option  to  have  their  name 
and  e-mail  address  included  in  an  online 
directory,  accessible  from  the  DAA  website. 
Because  of  Duke's  confidentiality  policy,  no 
home  or  business  address  information  will  be 
accessible. 


1998  Duke 
University 

SUMMER 

ACADEMY 


July  31- August  3 

Technical  Writers'  Workshop 
(A  conference  and  retreat 
for  working  professionals) 

August  4-August  7 
Claiming  Your  Creativity: 
A  Workshop  and  Retreat 
for  Women 


August  26-28 

Creative  Writing  Workshop 
for  Health  Professionals 
(Co -sponsored  by  the  North 
Carolina  Medical  Journal) 

September  20-24 

Duke  University 
Writers'  Retreat 


Another  service  offered  free  to  alumni  is  a 
permanent  e-mail  address.  The  alumni  asso- 
ciation has  set  up  a  forwarding  service  to  your 
existing  Internet  address  that  would  be  valid, 
even  when  you  change  providers,  jobs,  or  e- 
mail  accounts.  For  instance,  your  Duke  e-mail 
address  would  be  laney.  funderburk(5  alumni. 
duke.edu;  mail  sent  to  that  address  would  be 
forwarded  to  the  e-mail  address  you  current- 
ly use. 

Alumni  will  be  hearing  more  about  these 
free  services,  through  e-mail,  the  DAA  website 
(www.adm.duke.edu/alumni/homepage),  club 
newsletters,  and  in  the  magazine. 


Ottered  by  the  Duke  University  Office  ot  Continuing  Education  and  Summer  Session  and  the  Alumni  Lifelong  Learning 
Program  of  the  Duke  Alumni  Association.  All  workshops  take  place  in  a  special  retreat  setting  at  the  Trinity  Conference 
Center  on  the  coast  of  North  Carolina  in  Salter  Path.  For  information,  contact  The  Summer  Academy,  Duke  University,  Ek 
90070,  Durham,  N.C.  27708;  (919)  684-5375;  e-mail:  geubanks(u  mail.duke.edu;  website:www.learnmore.duke.edu 


SITE 
SIGHTINGS 

The  Duke  Alumni  Association 
www.adm.duke.edu/alumni/homepage 

Get  connected  to  a  wealth  of  information: 

Reunion  schedules 

Member  benefits 

Career  services 

Lifelong  learning  and  travel  opportunities 

Club  events  calendar  and 
local  club  contacts 

Duke  merchandise 
Duke  Magazine 


1  >•  M  -> 


CLUBS  CALENDAR 

Alumni  events  around  the  world 

www.adm.duke.edu/alumni/homepage/ 

events.html 

DAILY  UPDATE 

Duke  News  Service  press  releases 

www.dukenews.duke.edu/updates/update.htm 

DEVILNET 

Duke's  virtual  community  and  online  resource 

www.devilnet.duke.edu 

THE  CHRONICLE  ONLINE 
Campus  news  and  sports 
www.chronicle.duke.edu/ 

DUKE  MAGAZINE 

Selected  features  and  departments 

www.adm.duke .edu  alumni 


May-June  1998 


3f£  Bufce 

in  pour 

totll? 


Traditionally,  bequests  have  been 

a  significant  source  of  Duke's 

financial  support.  Your  bequest  to 

Duke  will  help  to  ensure  Duke's 

continued  strength  and 

academic  excellence. 

High  federal  estate  tax  rates 

significantly  lower  the  cost  of 

making  a  bequest  to  Duke. 

Join  more  than  1 ,500  other  Duke 
alumni  and  friends  as  a  member 
of  the  Heritage  Society,  an  honor- 
ary circle  of  University  alumni  and 
friends  who  have  planned  an 
estate  gift  to  Duke. 


Please  contact: 

Michael  Sholtz,  J.D.,  Director 

Office  of  Planned  Giving 

2127  Campus  Drive 

Durham,  N.C.  27708 

(919)  681-0464 
(919)  684-2123 


CLASS 
NOTES 


WRITE:  Class  Notes  Editor,  Duke  Magazine, 
614  Chapel  Dr.,  Durham,  N.C.  27708-0570 
FAX:  (919)  684-6022  (typed  only,  please) 
E-MAIL:  dukemag(«  duke.edu 

Include  your  full  name,  address,  and  class 
year  when  you  e-mail  us. 

CHANGE  OF  ADDRESS:  Alumni  Records, 
614  Chapel  Dr.  Annex,  Durham,  N.C.  27708-0613. 
Please  include  mailing  label.  Or  e-mail  address 
changes  to:  bluedevil@duke.edu 
NOTICE:  Because  of  the  volume  of  class 
note  material  we  receive  and  the  long 
lead  time  required  for  typesetting, 
design,  and  printing,  your  submission 
may  not  appear  for  two  to  three  issues. 
Alumni  are  urged  to  include  spouses' 
names  in  marriage  and  birth  announce- 
ments. We  do  not  record  engagements. 


30s,  40s  &  50s 


Marguerite  Neel  Williams  '38  received  the 
Louise  du  Pont  Crowninshield  Award,  the  highest 
honor  given  by  the  National  Trust  tor  Historic 
Preservation.  She  was  saluted  for  a  lifetime  commit- 
ment to  and  involvement  in  "saving  the  buildings  and 
neighborhoods  that  represent  the  heritage  of  her  own 
community  and  strengthening  the  cause  of  preserva- 
tion across  the  United  States."  She  lives  in 
Thomasville,  Ga. 

Donald  Richard  Beeson  Jr.  B.S.C.E.  '42  repre- 
sented Duke  in  February  at  the  inauguration  of  the 
president  ot  King  College  in  Bristol, Tenn. 

George  W.  Liles  '42,  B.S.M.  '44,  M.D.  '44  was  re- 
elected to  a  second  term  as  mayor  of  Concord,  N.C.  In 
September,  he  was  awarded  the  American  Medical 
Association's  Nathan  G.  Davis  Award  for  outstanding 
contributions  to  public  health  and  medicine  by  a  public 
official.  He  and  his  wife,  Jane,  have  six  grandchildren. 

Charles  Tichenor  '45  is  the  distinguished  chief 
executive-in-residence  and  professor  of  business  at  the 
Gardner-Webb  University  School  of  Business  in 
Boiling  Springs,  N.C. 

Jack  Geier  B.S.M.E.  '46  received  a  special  citation  for 
exceptional  volunteer  service  in  passenger  fleet  opera- 
tions at  the  American  Red  Cross  in  Rochester,  N.Y. 
He  and  his  wife,  Anne,  celebrated  their  48th  wedding 
anniversary  with  then  t.imily  on  j  Caribbean  cruise. 


Carl  James  '52  was  named  to  the  Orange  Bowl 
Coaches'  Hall  of  Honor.  He  was  commissioner  to  the 
Big  Eight  Conference  until  1996,  when  the  Big  Eight 
merged  with  the  former  SWC  to  become  the  Big  XII 
conference.  Previously,  he  was  athletics  director  at 
both  the  University  of  Maryland  and  Duke.  He  lives 
in  Cornelius,  N.C. 

Dennison  I.  Rusinow'52  is  a  professor  of  Russian 
and  East  European  studies  at  the  University  of  Pitts- 
burgh. Before  joining  Pitt  in  1988,  he  reported  for  25 
years  from  Belgrade,  Zagreb,  and  Vienna  on  current 
affairs  in  East,  Central,  and  Balkan  Europe  for  the 
American  Universities  Field  Staff. 


A.  Mayer  II  '55  retired  as  director  of  the 
child  care  division  of  The  Duke  Endowment  after 
serving  since  the  division's  esrahlishment  in  1988.  He 
has  been  a  staff  member  of  the  Endowment  since  1961. 
He  lives  in  Charlotte. 


E.  Moore  '58,  J.D.  '61,  South  Carolina 
Supreme  Court  Justice,  was  honored  by  Lander 
University  in  Greenwood,  S.C.,  with  an  honorary  doc- 
tor of  humanities  degree.  He  and  his  wife,  Mary,  who 
have  two  grown  children,  live  in  Greenwood. 

C.  Allen  Burns  A.M.  '59,  Ph.D.  '65,  vice  president 

and  dean  of  Meredith  G  illege  in  Raleigh,  N.C, 
presented  the  college's  annual  faculty  distinguished 
lecture,  titled  "Governance:  Decalogue,  Dialogue, 
Dialectic." 


W.  FrankO  '60,  who  retired  from  a  career 
as  a  corporate  economist  in  the  media  industry,  is  a 
consultant  for  his  own  company,  Media  Economics. 
He  is  also  teaching  undergraduate  and  M.B.A.  courses 
at  several  New  York  City  colleges. 

John  C.  Stuart  Jr.  M.S.  '60  and  his  wife,  Sara, 
returned  from  a  five-week  volunteer  mission  in 
Kazakhstan,  where  he  consulted  with  a  small  company 
that  wants  to  expand  and  diversify  its  business  in  the 
telecommunications  market.  He  retired  as  vice  presi- 
dent of  the  Advance  Technology  Systems  unit  of  Lucent 
Technologies.  He  and  Sara  live  in  Greensboro,  N.C. 

Calvin  V.  Morgan  Jr.  M.D.  '62  was  elected  by  the 

American  College  of  Surgeons  to  its  Tennessee  board 
of  governors  as  a  governor-at-large.  A  general  and 
thoracic  surgeon,  he  is  a  professor  of  surgery  at  East 
Tennessee  State  University's  James  H.  Quillen  College 
of  Medicine  and  on  staff  at  Johnson  City  Medical 
Center  and  the  James  H.  Quillen  Veterans  Affairs 
Medical  Center. 

Farrell  M.  Hatch  B.D.  '63  represented  Duke  in 
March  at  the  inauguration  of  the  president  of  South- 
eastern Oklahoma  State  University  in  Durant,  Okla. 


D.  Kirk  Jr.  '63  was  named  1997  Distin- 
guished Alumnus  by  the  Columbus  Academy  Alumni 
Association.  He  and  his  wife,  Sandra,  have  three 
children  and  live  in  Columbus,  Ohio. 

Doreen  D.  Dodson  '64,  a  St.  Louis  attorney,  chairs 
the  Standing  Committee  on  Legal  Aid  and  Indigent 
Defendants  of  the  American  Bar  Association. 

John  H.  Trout  '64  is  director  of  public  policy  at  the 
American  Academy  of  Actuaries  in  Washington,  D.C. 
He  came  to  the  Academy  after  10  years  at  the  Health 
Care  Financing  Administration  and  20  years  at  the 
Social  Security  Adn 


Harry  R.  Benner  '66  is  an  assistant  U.S.  attorney 
in  Washington,  D.C,  specializing  in  white-collar 
crimes.  His  wife,  Nancy  Allison  Benner  '67,  is  a 
technical  writer  and  trainer  for  the  Center  for  the 
Support  of  Families,  a  company  that  specializes  in 
child-support  issues.  They  live  in  Chevy  Chase,  Md., 
and  have  two  children,  including  Ann  C.  Benner 
'95,  who  works  for  Houghton-Mifflin  Co.  in  New  York 
City  as  a  publicist. 

Thomas  E.  Borcherding  Ph.D.  '66  represented 
Duke  in  February  at  the  inauguration  of  the  president 
of  Harvey  Mudd  College  in  Claremont,  Calif. 

Michael  Schipke  Hardy  '66  was  appointed 
president  of  the  Kentucky  Center  for  the  Arts  in 
Louisville. 

William  Kerr  B.D.  '68,  a  professor  at  Indiana 
University  School  of  Law-Indianapolis  for  nearly  30 
years,  will  begin  his  retirement  by  writing  his  second 


24      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


nsaammi 


lal  procedure  and  opening 


THE  MEDIA  WAS  HIS  MESSAGE 


As  longtime 
publisher  of 
the  "bible  of 
the  broadcasting  indus- 
try," Larry  Taishoff  '55 
has  tuned  in  to  revolu- 
tionary change,  from 
color  television  to 
media  mega-mergers. 
Broadcasting  and  Cable 
Magazine  was  co- 
founded  in  1931  as 
Broadcasting  Magazine 
by  Taishoff 's  father, 
Sol.  It  has  chronicled 
virtually  the  entire  his- 
tory of  the  broadcast- 
ing industry — from  the 
infant  days  of  radio  to 
the  modern  era  of 
satellite  transmission. 

Though  primarily 
concerned  with  report- 
ing insider  news  and 
industry  trends,  the 
magazine  has  always 
had  an  eye  for,  appro- 
priately, the  bigger 
picture — the  cultural 
impacts  of  broadcast 
technology.  The  advent 
of  television  in  the 
1940s  and  1950s,  for 
example,  brought  with 
it  seemingly  still-unan- 
swered questions  about 
the  medium's  cultural 
potential. 

"One  of  the  biggest 
worries  we  saw  with 
the  emergence  of  tele- 
vision was  how  vora- 
cious its  appetite 
would  be,"  Taishoff 
says.  "In  one  day 
alone,  it  eats  up  more 
product  than  the 
motion  picture  indus- 
try can  come  up  with 
in  a  whole  year." 

One  early  criticism 
of  television  that 
echoes  today  is  the 
perception  that  it  has 
the  power  to  influence 
its  viewers  negatively — 
whether  through  por- 
trayals of  violence  or 
suggestive  subject  mat- 
ter. Taishoff  says  he 
believes  that  television 
has  long  borne  an 
unfair  share  of  the 
blame  for  social  ills, 
too  easily  targeted  by 
politicians  and  lobbyist 
groups. 

"You  have  to  re- 
member that  back 
then  they  said  we  had 
too  much  violence  on 
television.  They  said 


the  same  thing  in  the 
1950s,  with  Gunsmoke 
and  the  other  westerns." 
He  doesn't  object  to 
government-proposed 
"V-Chip"  technology 
aimed  at  screening 
television  content;  he 
just  doesn't  believe 
consumers  would  really 
ever  use  the  device.  Its 
greatest  role,  he  ar- 
gues, may  be  in  finally 
proving  that  television 
is  not  the  major  cause 
of  violence.  "It's  really 
just  a  salve  for  a  much 
deeper  and  more  per- 


leadership  at  Broad- 
casting and  Cable,  the 
publication  tackled 
issues  including  FCC 
regulations,  satellite 
television,  and  the 
emergence  of  the 
Internet. 

Despite  the  unre- 
lenting march  toward 
communications  glob- 
alization allowed  by 
web  technology,  Tais- 
hoff says  there  will 
always  be  a  market 
for  local  interests — 
whether  print  or  televi- 
sion and  radio.  "The 


Taishoff  Family  Foun- 
dation in  February  to 
present  Duke  with  a 
gift  enabling  the  con- 
struction of  a  new  stu- 
dent aquatics  pavilion 
as  part  of  the  $20-mil- 
lion  West  Campus 
recreational  complex 
slated  to  open  in  1999. 
His  interest  in  refur- 
bishing the  present 
pool,  which  was  built 
in  1972,  stems  from  his 
years  as  a  student  ath- 
lete at  Duke.  After  a 
broken  leg  in  prep 
school  ended  his  plans 


Hail  to  the  chief:  Taishoff,  right,  with  Reagan,  the  first  broadcaster  to  become 
president 


vasive  problem  in 
American  society." 

During  the  industry's 
nascence,  Taishoff 
spent  two  years  as  an 
assistant  station  director 
at  Washington,  D.C.'s 
WTOP-TV  before 
joining  the  staff  of  the 
family  publication  in 
1957.  He  took  over  as 
president  and  publisher 
in  1971,  navigating  the 
weekly  through  the 
rapid-fire  broadcasting 
technology  explosion 
of  the  next  two  dec- 
ades. 

In  the  early  Eighties, 
he  persuaded  reluctant 
advisers  to  support  his 
decision  to  include 
print  coverage  of  the 
newborn  cable  indus- 
try (he'd  stood  on  hand 
to  watch  Ted  Turner 
throw  the  switch  on 
CNN  in  1978).  During 
the  latEr  years  of  his 


local  station  will  sur- 
vive because  of  its 
very  nature,"  he  says. 
"People  will  always 
want  both  local  news 
and  outlets  for  area 
merchants.  Everyone 
thought  we'd  see  their 
death  with  the  advent 
of  cable,  but  there's 
actually  been  more 
of  a  rebirth." 

As  for  print  media, 
Taishoff  foresees  great- 
est success  for  those 
magazines  specializing 
in  one  particular  focus 
— and  willing  to  go  on- 
line, as  Broadcasting 
and  Cable  Magazine  did 
in  1996. 

After  formally  retir- 
ing seven  years  ago, 
Taishoff  has  turned  his 
attention  to  real  estate 
development,  which 
helps  support  his  dedi- 
cation to  philanthropy. 
He  teamed  up  with  the 


to  play  college  football, 
he  found  his  varsity 
niche  in  swimming. 
Coach  Jack  "Black- 
jack" Persons  picked 
the  freshman  for  the 
team  after  watching 
him  tear  through  an 
informal  house  meet. 
In  his  two  seasons,  he 
earned  mostly  second- 
place  finishes,  making 
fifty- seven  turns  to 
complete  1500-meter 
races  in  the  old  twen- 
ty-five-yard-long pool. 
Despite  his  busy  sched- 
ule, he  says  he  still 


least  every  other  day. 

Does  he  see  a  lucra- 
tive future  in  televising 
swimming  meets?  The 
jury  is  still  out.  "No 
one  ever  thought  we'd 
be  watching  tennis,"  he 
says.  "Or  golf,  for  that 
matter." 
— Brian  Henderson  '98 


guidebook  on  Indiana  c 

Robert  S.  Levine  '68,  who  earned  his  J.D.  from 
Nova  Southeastern  University's  law  school  this  May, 
is  a  partner  in  the  West  Palm  Beach  law  firm  Quick 
and  Levine. 

Roger  Ray  Ph.D.  '68,  director  of  the  University  of 

Toledo's  Humanities  Institute,  received  the  Bjornson 
Award  tor  Distinguished  Service  in  the  Humanities 
from  the  Ohio  Humanities  Council. 

James  L.  Wiser  A.M.  '68,  Ph.D.  71  was  named 
vice  president  for  academic  affairs  at  the  University 
ot  San  Francisco.  He  and  his  wife,  Bethany,  have 

Arthur  H.  Brown  III  M.Div.  '69  is  vice  president 
tor  clinical  services  for  The  Family  Preservation 
Institute  Inc.  in  Brigham  City,  Utah,  a  community- 
based  residential  program  treating  at-risk  youth  in 
Utah,  Idaho,  and  Ari:ona.  He  and  his  wife,  Margaret, 
live  in  Bountiful,  Utah. 


L.  Eshelman  J.D.  70  was  honored  by 
the  Product  Liability  Advisory  Council  for  his 
contribution  to  a  book  on  scientific  evidence.  He  is 
a  partner  in  the  San  Francisco  law  firm  Carroll, 
Burdick  &  McDonough. 

Robert  E.  Cheney  B.S.E.  71  led  a  team  of 
National  Oceanic  and  Atmospheric  Administration 
scientists  who  were  awarded  a  gold  medal  by  the  U.S. 
Department  of  Commerce  for  enhancing  the  ability  of 
forecasters  to  predict  E(  Nino.  He  and  his  wife,  Lois, 
and  then  two  children  live  in  Bethesda,  Md. 


I  J.D.  71,  professor  and 
associate  dean  at  Nova  Southeastern  University 
Shepard  Broad  Law  Center,  chairs  its  services  and 
programs  committee  and  is  a  trustee  of  the  Shepard 
Broad  Law  Center  Admission  Council.  The  fifth  edi- 
tion ot  her  book,  FeJcm/  D\  Kc.sanv/i:  Guide  to 
Materials  and  Techniques,  was  published  in  May  1997. 
Kirk  P.  Pelland  72,  M.F.  78  is  grounds  superin- 
tendent at  UNC-Chapel  Hill,  where  he  has  worked 
as  a  university  forester  for  15  years.  He  lives  in 
Hillsborough. 

Thomas  H.  O'Hare  73,  a  Chicago  physician,  is  the 
associate  dean  of  the  Chicago  College  of  Osteopathic 
Medicine,  a  part  of  Midwestern  University  in  Downers 
Grove,  111.  He  is  also  an  associate  professor  of  emer- 
gency medicine  at  M.U. 

John  M.  Alton  74  became  board  certified  in  civil 
trial  law  by  the  National  Board  of  Trial  Advocacy.  He 
works  for  a  Columbus,  Ohm,  law  firm. 


D.  Egan  74  was  elected  vice  president  of 
the  Chartered  Property  Casualty  Underwriters  Society'. 
She  is  an  assistant  vice  president  of  CNA  Insurance  in 
Reading,  Pa. 

William  Ross  Foote  74  represented  Duke  in 
April  at  the  inauguration  of  the  president  of  Louisiana 
College  in  Pineville. 

John  B.  Ford  74  is  senior  vice  president  of  The 
Learning  Channel.  He  and  his  wife,  Margaret,  and 
their  two  children  live  in  Silver  Spring,  Md. 

Mark  R.  Howard  74  was  named  executive  editor 
of  Florida  Trend  magazine.  He  lives  in  St.  Petersburg. 

Jeffrey  E.  Johnson  76  is  chief  of  orthopedic 
foot  and  ankle  service  at  Washington  University's 
medical  school  and  at  Barnes-Jewish  Hospital.  He  and 
his  family  live  in  St.  Louis. 


77  practices  law 
at  the  Greensboro,  N.C.,  office  of  Smith  Helms  Mullis 
&  Moore. 

Alan  K.  Steinbrecher  J.D.  77  was  honored  by 
the  Product  Liability  Advisory  Council  for  his  work  on 
a  project  analyzing  case  law  from  around  the  country 
on  the  standards  for  the  admission  of  expert,  scientific 
evidence.  He  is  a  partner  at  the  Los  Angeles  firm  Paul, 
Hastings,  Janofsky  &  Walker. 

Bob  Altman  78  co-owns  a  medical-legal  consulting 
firm  that  serves  the  insurance  industry  and  legal  pro- 
fession in  California.  He  and  his  wife,  Beth,  and  their 
daughtet  live  in  South  Pasadena.  His  e-mail  address  is 
bbka(§  earthlink.net. 

Edward  P.  Tewkesbury  J.D.  78,  a  partner  in 
the  Greensboro,  N.C.,  firm  Adams  Kleemeier  Hagan 
Hannah  &  Fouts,  was  certified  as  a  specialist  in  teal 
estate  property  law — business,  commercial,  and  indus- 
trial transactions — by  the  N.C.  State  Bar  Board  of 
Legal  Specialization. 

Julia  Frey  79  was  selected  as  one  of  Central 

Florida's  "40  Under  40  Rising  Stars."  A  shareholder  in 
Lowndes,  Drosdick,  Doster,  Kantor  &  Reed,  she  is  one 
of  fewer  than  300  lawyers  who  have  achieved  board 
certification  in  wills,  trusts,  and  estates.  She  and  her 
husband,  sports  psychologist  David  Carter,  and  their 
son  live  in  Winter  Park. 

Judy  Herrin  79  is  the  director  of  development 
and  general  counsel  for  the  Jacksonville  Symphony 
Orchestra.  She  was  vice  president  and  of  counsel  at 
AT&T  Univetsal  Card.  She  lives  in  PonteVedra 
Beach,  Fla. 


'  A.  Neisser79  is  president  of  Renegade 
Marketing  Group,  a  New  York-based  agency  that 
develops  integrated  communication  solutions  for  high- 
tech  companies.  He  and  his  wife,  Linda,  and  their  two 
children  live  in  New  York  City. 


M.  Sanzo  79  was  named  a  partnet  in 

the  Washington,  D.C,  office  ot  Morgan,  Lewis  eVBockius. 

Charles  Christopher  Soufas  Jr.  Ph.D.  79, 
professor  of  Spanish  at  Tulane  University,  was  awarded 
the  Choice  Outstanding  Academic  Book  Award  for  his 
book,  published  by  the  University  of  Alabama  Press, 
on  the  theater  of  Spanish  playwright  Federico  Garcia 
Lorca.  He  and  his  wife,  Teresa  Scott  Soufas 
Ph.D.  '80,  live  in  New  Orleans. 

BIRTHS:  Fourth  child  and  third  daughter  to 
Maureen  Demarest  Murray  77  and  Douglas 
Clay  Murray  on  Nov.  10.  Named  Madeline  Joan. 


Mark  S.  Calvert  '80,  J.D.  '83  joined  the  Cary, 
N.C,  law  firm  Brooks,  Stevens  &  Pope.  He  and  his 
wife,  Rosemary  Antonucci  Calvert  '81,  A.M. 
'83,  who  works  as  a  freelance  artist,  and  theit  three 
children  live  in  Cary. 

Alex  Chartove  J.D.  '80  is  of  counsel  to  the  Wash- 
ington office  of  the  law  firm  Akin,  Gump,  Strauss, 
Hauet  &  Feld,  in  its  intellectual  property  group. 

Daniel  A.  Cohen  '80,  an  associate  professor  of 
history  at  Florida  International  University  in  Miami, 
edited  "The  Female  Marine"  and  Related  Works:  Nar- 
ratives of  Cross-Dressing  and  Urban  Vice  in  America's 
Early  Republic,  the  first  complete  modem  edition  of  a 
fictional  cross-dressing  trilogy  originally  published 
between  1815  and  1818. 

Jeffrey  P.  Davis  '80  was  appointed  chief  invest- 
ment strategist  of  State  Street  Global  Advisors' 
trust  and  investments  unit.  He  and  his  wife,  Dana, 


nd  their  two  children  live  in  Newton,  Mass. 


R.  Kennedy  '80  joined  Bank  of  the  West 
in  San  Francisco  as  senior  vice  president  for  business 
services. 

Suzanne  Tucker  Plybon  '80  was  elected  to  a 

partnetship  at  the  Atlanta  office  of  Arnall  Golden  and 
Gregory.  She  earned  her  J.D.  at  Emory  University 
School  of  Law. 

Teresa  Scott  Soufas  Ph.D.  '80,  professor  of 
Spanish  at  Tulane  Univetsity,  was  elected  dean  of  the 
faculty  of  liberal  arts  and  sciences.  She  has  also  pub- 
lished two  books  this  yeat  on  Spanish  women  dtama- 


COMMUNITY  CONSCIOU 


W 


hood  trans- 
formation and  the 
commitment  to  Chris- 


have  in  common? 
Quite  a  lot,  says  Of- 
ficer Judy  Hash. 

Hash  M.Div.  '87, 
who  was  recently 
named  the  National 
League  of  Cities'  Out- 
standing Community 
Police  Officer  of  the 
Year,  originally  plan- 
ned to  go  into  the 
ministry.  Two  years 
after  graduating  from 
divinity  school,  she 
decided  that  the  clergy 
was  not  her  calling, 
and,  motivated  by  both 
her  religious  convic- 
tions and  desire  to 
work  with  communi- 
ties, joined  Norfolk, 
i's,  police  de- 


"You  go  into  a 
community  without 
organization  and  they 
confess  [that  they 
haven't  been  involved]," 
she  says.  "It's  not 
apathy,  it's  a  general 
fear  and  misunder- 
standing. The  people 
really  want  to  be 
involved. 

"The  next  step  is 
a  transformation  of 
priorities,  which  is 
similar  to  [what  hap- 
pens] in  Christianity. 
It's  not  a  transforma- 
tion to  the  under- 
standing of  Christ,  it's 
the  transformation  to 
the  understanding  of 
community." 

While  on  staff  at  the 
Norfolk  Police  Depart- 
ment, Hash  helped 
establish  the  Five 


Until  recendy,  she 
says,  sections  of  the 
neighborhoods  making 
up  Five  Points  were 
"riddled  with  crack  ad- 
dicts. There  was  a 
group  of  drug  dealers 
victimizing  businesses 
and  residents.  They 
had  taken  over  one 
residential  street." 
The  Five  Points 
Partnership  began 
when  people  realized 
that  all  the  different 
sectors  of  the  commu- 
nity were  meeting 
separately  to  discuss 
problems — like  crime 
and  drugs — facing  the 
neighborhood  as  a 
whole.  Says  Hash, 
"We  invited  all  the 
segments  of  the  com- 

the  table.  The  answer 
was  not  going  to  come 
from  one  discipline." 
That  led  to  a  coalition 
of  schools,  businesses, 
churches,  public  safety 
groups,  and  citizens 
with  die  goal  of  main- 
taining a  safe  and 
healthy  environment 
for  all  residents  of  the 


The  coalition  imple- 
mented a  community 
policing  system,  which 
emphasizes  four  princi- 
ples. The  first  is  prob- 
lem-solving: Instead  of 
reacting  to  individual 
incidents,  police  offi- 
cers should  "look 
around  and  assess  the 
situation."  By  changing 
the  environment  itself, 
she  says,  police  can 
eliminate  surroundings 
that  encourage  crime. 

Second,  building 
relationships  among 


lists  of  the  seventeenth  century  with  the  University  of 
Kentucky  Press.  She  and  her  husband,  Charles  C. 
Soufas  Jr.  Ph.D.  79,  live  in  New  Orleans. 

Eric  Steinhouse  '80  was  promoted  to  senior  vice 
president  of  matketing  at  H  &  R  Block  Tax  Services  in 
Kansas  City,  Mo. 

Jim  Epes  '81,  director  of  information  services  at 
CB  Commercial  Real  Estate  Gtoup,  Inc.  in  Seattle,  is 
an  M.B.A.  candidate  at  the  University  of  Washington. 

John  F.  Lucas  M.D  '81  was  elected  president  of 
the  Duke  Medical  Alumni  Association.  He  will  serve 
until  November  1998. 


■mBHSfflJ 


Partners  against  crime:  Hash,  in  uniform  at  right, 
with  neighborhood  team 


other  communities 
provides  the  mecha- 
nism for  this  environ- 
mental transformation. 
Third,  the  program 
emphasizes  prevention: 
"We  want  to  know  the 


housing  officials,  and 


that  we  see  things 
coming  before  they 
come,"  Hash  says. 

Finally,  there  is 
enforcement,  the  arena 
where  Hash  sees  her- 
self fitting  into  the 
broader  picture. 
Whether  it's  housing 
codes  or  the  law, 
enforcement  officials 
need  to  implement  a 
zero-tolerance  policy. 
"All  the  enforcement 
agencies  need  to  en- 
force rules  to  bring  the 
community  to  a  new 
level." 

The  Partnership  also 
solicited  a  marketing 
agency  to  reshape  the 
lity's  image,  a 


step  that  Hash  says 
was  a  strong  tool  for 
crime  prevention. 
Currently,  the  Partner- 
ship is  raising  funds  for 
new  architectural 
changes  that  would 
include  walking  trails 
to  unite  the  neighbor- 
hood physically. 

Since  the  Five  Points 
Partnership  was  in- 
stalled, Hash  says,  the 
community  has  seen  a 
turnaround — one  that 
she  relates  to  what  she 
learned  at  divinity 
school. 

"What  I  am  doing  is 
an  expression  of  faith," 
she  says.  "The  tools  I 
learned  at  Duke  pre- 
pared me  for  commu 
nity  policing.  The 
emphasis  may  have 
been  different,  but 
when  you  change  the 


■Levy '01 


26      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


I  B.S.N.  '81  has  a  stress-manage- 
ment practice,  where  she  offers  individual  counseling, 
programs  for  businesses  and  organizations,  and  con- 
sulting. She  lives  in  Colts  Neck,  N.J.,  with  her  fiance, 
Edward  J.  Doyle. 

Gary  Strong  '81,  M.H.A.  '85  is  assistant  vice  presi- 
dent for  provider  networks  at  First  Health  Group 
Corp.'s  Sacramento  location.  He  lives  in  Atlanta. 

Marshall  D.  Orson  '82,  J.D.  '85  was  appointed  to 
a  three -year  term  on  the  board  of  directors  of  the 
Public  Education  Network,  an  advocacy  group  that 
assists  local  educational  organizations  in  uniting  and 
engaging  communities  to  build  public  school  systems 
that  result  in  high  achievement  for  every  child.  He 
lives  in  Atlanta. 

Alan  M.  Ruley  '82  was  elected  a  director  of  the 
Winston-Salem,  N.C.,  law  firm  Bell,  Davis  &  Pitt. 

Theodore  J.  Sawicki  '82  is  a  partner  in  the 
Atlanta  office  of  the  law  firm  Alston  &  Bird. 

Eric  Ward  '82  was  promoted  to  vice  president  of 
U.S.  research  for  Novartis  Crop  Protection,  Inc.  of 
Research  Triangle  Park.  He  lives  in  Durham. 

Dean  Blythe  J.D.  '83  is  senior  vice  president  of 
Hearst-Argyle  Television,  Inc.  in  New  York  City. 

David  S.  Gibson  '83,  who  earned  his  Ph.D.  in 
computer  and  information  science  at  Ohio  State 
University,  is  an  assistant  professor  of  computer 
science  at  the  U.S.  Air  Force  Academy.  He  and  his 
wife,  Cindy  Scholles  Gibson  '81,  and  their  two 
children  live  in  Colorado  Springs,  Colo. 

Philip  M.  Johnstone  '83  joined  the  firm  Waller, 
Smith  &  Palmer  of  New  London,  Conn. 

Robert  A.  Mogil  '83  is  president  of  the  Mogil 
Organization,  a  divetsified  insurance  and  financial 
services  firm  in  New  York  City.  His  wife,  Laura 
Joseph  Mogil  '84,  is  a  publicist  specializing  in  real 
estate  clientele.  They  have  two  sons  and  live  in 
Briarcliff  Manor,  N.Y. 

Grant  S.  Gardner  '84  was  named  a  partner  at  the 
New  York  office  of  the  law  firm  Holland  and  Knight. 

Robert  W.  Partin  '84  is  an  associate  in  the  Rich- 
mond, Va.,  office  of  the  law  firm  Mezzullo  ck  McCandish. 
He  and  his  wife,  Stacey,  and  their  two  daughters  live 
in  Chester,  Va. 

Karen  M.  Reigner  J.D.  '84  was  recognized  by 
Georgia  Trend  magazine  as  one  of  the  "40  under  40: 
1997  Rising  Stars."  She  is  the  vice  president  of 
Ticketmaster  in  the  Southeast  and  lives  in  Atlanta. 

John  H.  Sokul  Jr.  J.D.  '84  was  elected  president 
and  treasurer  of  Cleveland,  Waters,  and  Bass,  a 
Concord,  N.H.,  law  firm.  He  and  his  wife,  Susan,  and 
their  two  sons  live  in  Concord. 

Larry  A.  Cohen  '85  owns  Axis  Promotions  and 
Events,  located  in  New  York  City. 

Ernie  Costello  B.S.E.  '85  is  vice  president  of  Focus, 
a  strategy  consulting  firm  in  Palo  Alto,  Calif.  He  and 
his  wife,  Elizabeth  Lowe  '85,  and  their  daughter 
live  in  Danville,  Calif. 

Charna  L.  Gerstenhaber  J.D.  '85  is  of  counsel  in 
the  New  York  office  of  the  law  firm  Brobeck,  Phlegger 
ck  Harrison. 


en  J.D.  '85  chaired  the 
Association  of  International  Petroleum  Negotiators 
1997  fall  conference.  She  is  the  vice  president,  legal,  of 
Triton  Energy  Limited  in  Dallas,  and  the  vice  presi- 
dent, education,  of  AIPN. 

Mickey  D'Armi  '86,  M.B.A.  '95  is  the  global 
motorsports  merchandising  and  licensing  manager  for 
Ford  Motor  Co.  He  lives  in  Ann  Arbor,  Mich. 


Jennifer  Bancroft  DaSilva  '86  is  a  corporate 
attorney  at  Parker,  Chapin,  Flattau  &.  Klimpl  in  New 
York  City.  She  and  her  husband,  Kevin,  and  their 
daughter  live  in  South  Orange,  N.J. 

Toni  M.  Fine  J.D.  '86,  who  teaches  at  New  York 
University's  law  school,  has  had  her  book  American 
Legal  Systems:  A  Resource  and  Reference  Guide  pub- 
lished by  Anderson  Publishing. 

Chris  Lamb  B.S.E.  '86  graduated  from  the  execu- 
tive M.B.A.  program  at  the  Fuqua  School  of  Business 
at  Duke  while  working  for  IBM  Global  Services.  He 
and  his  wife,  Janet,  and  their  son  live  in  Chapel  Hill. 
Kenneth  A.  Murphy  '86,  J.D.  '89  is  now  a  share- 
holder in  the  Philadelphia  law  office  Miller,  Alfano  and 
Raspanti,  where  he  has  been  an  associate  since  1991. 

Allen  W.  Nelson  '86,  J.D.  '89  left  the  law  firm 
Hawkins  &  Parnell  to  join  BellSouth  Corp.'s  legal 
department.  He  and  his  family  live  in  Atlanta. 
Robert  W.  Thielhelm  Jr.  '86  was  named  a  part- 
ner at  the  Orlando  office  of  the  law  firm  Baker  and 
Hostetler.  He  earned  his  J.D.  degree  at  the  University 
of  Florida. 

Timothy  N.  Thoelecke  Jr.  '86  is  celebrating  the 
tenth  year  of  his  business,  Garden  Concepts,  Inc., 
which  designs  and  installs  custom  residential  land- 
scapes. He  and  his  wife,  Chris,  and  theit  two  children 
live  in  Glenview,  111. 

Robin  Grier  Vettoretti  '86  is  a  director  in  the 
information  technology  group  at  MCI  Telecommuni- 
cations in  Richardson,  Texas.  She  and  her  husband, 
Paul,  live  in  Dallas.  Her  e-mail  address  is  robin.grier 
@mci.com. 

Frank  N.  White  '86  was  named  a  partner  in  the 
Atlanta  office  of  the  law  firm  Arnall  Golden  and  Greg- 
ory. He  earned  his  J.D.  at  the  University  of  Georgia. 

Lori  G.  Baer  '87  is  a  partner  in  the  Atlanta  office 
of  the  law  firm  Alston  &  Bird. 

Deirdre  Koppel  Cohen  87  is  a  producer  at  CBS 
News'  48  Hours.  She  and  her  husband,  Larry  A. 
Cohen  '85,  and  their  son  live  in  New  York  City. 

Erik  N.  Johnson  '87,  a  Navy  lieutenant,  reported 
for  duty  with  Strategic  Communications  Wing  One, 
Tinker  Air  Force  Base,  Okla. 


.  M.S.  '87,  Ph.D.  '89  works  in  Rio  de 
Janeiro  as  sales  manager  for  Nuovo  Pignone,  an  Italian 
company  owned  by  General  Electric.  He  and  his  wife, 
Paola  Cruz,  have  two  children. 


Rohe  J.D.  '88  is  a  shareholder  in  the  la 
firm  Otjen,  Van  Ert,  Lieb  and  Wier  in  Milwaukee,  Wise 

Amy  Winans  '88,  a  visiting  instructor  of  English 
Dickinson  College  in  Carlisle,  Pa.,  is  completing  her 
Ph.D.  in  English  at  Pennsylvania  State  University. 

Craig  B.  Fields  J.D.  '89  is  a  partner  in  the  San 

Francisco  ottkc  ot  the  law  firm  Morrison  &  Foerster 


Mark  J.  Rosenberg  J.D.  '89  i: 
intellectual  property  firm  Rothstei 
New  York  City. 

Robin  Lee  Rosenberg  J.D.  '89,  A.M.  '89  is 

ner  in  the  West  Palm  Beach,  Fla.,  office  of  the  law  firm 

Holland  &  Knight. 

Kelly  Jackson  Schnabel  '89,  who  earned  her 

J.D.  at  Harvard  Law  School,  is  an  associate  with  the 

law  firm  Debevoise  &  Plimpton  in  New  York  City. 

Carolyn  Jeanne  Claire  Cavanaugh  Toft  '89 

is  a  lecturer  in  the  psychology  depart 

State  University.  She  also  has  a  clinical  practice  with 

Psychological  Pathways  in  Scottsdale,  Ariz. 


Donna  Zavada  Wilkinson  'I 


'  was  appointed 


May-June 


BBaBBflBl 


AN  ELEMENTARY  SUCCESS 


America's  present 
educational 
system  hasn't 
exactly  been  making 
the  honor  roll.  And 
that's  the  growing  con- 
cern sparking  the  char- 
ter school  movement 
nationwide.  Dishear- 
tened by  chronically 


test  scores,  North 
Carolina  lawmakers 
voted  in  1996  to  allow 
thirty-four  privately-run 
but  taxpayer-funded 
charter  schools  to  set 
up  shop  in  the  state. 
By  upping  that  number 
to  sixty-four  this  past 
March,  the  state  has 
stepped  to  the  fore- 
front as  one  of  the 
country's  most  educa- 
tionally experimental, 
situating  itself  atop  the 
charter  groundswell. 

Deollo  Johnson 
B.S.E.  '92  has  ridden 
that  wave  into  Duke's 
own  backyard.  As  co- 
founder  and  board 
member  of  the  Durham 
Community  Charter 
School,  he  has  worked 
with  local  educators 
to  establish  the  small 
elementary  school 
as  an  innovative  alter- 
native for  at-risk 
Durham  schoolchil- 
dren. Whether  deter- 
mining school  policy  in 
the  boardroom  or  help- 
ing pass  out  lunches  in 
the  cafeteria,  he  works 
overtime  to  ensure 
D.C.C.S.  takes  its  place 
as  one  of  the  move- 
ment's success  stories. 

Johnson  originally 
planned  on  a  career  in 


Intrigued  by  the  disci- 
plined creativity  of  the 
field  but  not  by  its  cor- 
porate environment, 
he  left  a  design  intern- 
ship to  start  working  in 
education.  He  signed 
on  with  FastTrack,  an 
outreach  program  tu- 
toring at-risk  Durham 
youth;  the  interaction 
with  young  minds  fed 
right  into  his  previous 
high  school  and  col- 
lege experiences  with 
educational  community 
service.  Over  the  past 
five  years,  he  has  split 
workdays  between  co- 


both  FastTrack  and  the 
National  Coalition 
Building  Institute,  a 
nonprofit  organization 
committed  to  promot- 
ing diversity  awareness. 

Through  his  involve- 
ment at  NCBI,  he  met 
Bonnie  Wright,  the 
future  president  of 
D.C.CS.'s  board,  who 
invited  him  to  attend 
an  informal  meeting  of 
educators  interested  in 
bringing  the  national 
charter  movement  to 
the  Triangle.  After  sev- 
eral sessions,  Johnson 
decided  to  sign  on  as 
one  of  the  school's  six 
founding  members. 

"The  opportunity 
was  something  I'd 
thought  about  for 
years,"  he  says.  "I  saw 
it  as  a  way  for  me  to 
address  the  education- 
al system  as  a  whole." 

He  and  his  col- 
leagues pitched  their 
inch-and-a-half-thick 
proposal  to  state  legis- 
lators in  October  1996 
and  later  to  Durham 
public  school  system 
trustees.  They  met  sur- 
prisingly little  opposi- 
tion from  skeptics. 
After  receiving  their 
charter  in  March  1997, 
the  organizers  took  out 
$325,000  in  personal 
loans  to  purchase 
school  buses  and  por- 
table classrooms  for 
the  Belvin  Street  site. 
Last  August,  Durham 
Community  Charter 


School  opened  its 
doors  for  the  first  time. 

Many  of  the  school's 
seventy-five  students 
come  from  economi- 
cally disadvantaged 
East  Durham  and  have 
had  negative  experi- 
ences in  public  systems. 
Others  have  "excep- 
tional needs"  that  past 
schools  may  have  been 
unable  to  address.  "We 
get  a  lot  of  the  kids  who 
never  used  to  want  to 
go  to  school,  for  what- 
ever reason,"  Johnson 
says.  "Now  we've  got 
these  children  up, 
dressed,  and  ready  for 
the  bus  every  morning." 

Parent  enthusiasm 
has  been  equally 
spirited:  First  semester 
parent-teacher  con- 
ferences saw  an 
astounding  100  percent 
turnout.  Most  who 
comment  applaud  the 
school's  multidisci- 
plinary,  integrated 
curriculum  and  12:1 
student-teacher  ratio. 

Johnson  is  quick  to 
answer  critics  of  the 
still-evolving  charter 
school  movement.  He 

concerns  with  the  fact 
that  the  schools  are 
required  to  reapply  for 
their  charters  every 
five  years.  And,  though 
D.C.C.S.  is  open  and 
free  to  all  local  students, 
he  acknowledges  the 
common  misconcep- 
tion that  charters  drain 


funds  from  district  cof- 
fers. In  reality,  however, 
each  school  receives 
the  same  allocation  of 
state  and  federal  funds 
per  student,  regardless 
of  its  administrative 
status.  "We  are  a  'Dur- 
ham public  school.' 
That  has  not  quite 
sunk  in  with  most  peo- 
ple yet,"  he  says. 

He  points  optimisti- 
cally to  the  first-year 
successes  of  D.C.C.S. 
in  promoting  the  char- 
ter movement  as  a 
viable  prototype  for 
public  school  reform. 
"Because  of  our  small 
size,  we  have  the  flexi- 
bility to  make  changes 
and  be  innovative,"  he 
says.  "It's  like  compar- 
ing a  yacht  to  a  big 
cruise  liner.  A  charter 
school  is  like  the  yacht, 
because  it  can  navigate 
more  easily  and  move 
more  quickly." 

He  says  he  hopes 
charter  schools  will 
ultimately  refocus  edu- 
cation on  students' 
personal  growth — not 
only  academic,  but 
physical,  emotional,  and 
social.  "Schools  should 
be  creating  the  space  for 
children  to  be  the  vi- 
brant, intelligent  beings 
they  naturally  are." 
—Brian  Henderson  '98 

Durham  Community 
Charter  School  may  be 
contacted  at  (919)  317- 
1711. 


at       Education  reformer:  Johnson  and  student  at  Durham  charter  school 


three-year  term  on  the  Owen  Alumni  Association's 
hoard  of  directors  at  Vanderbilt  University,  where  she 
received  her  M.B.A.  She  is  a  vice  president  for  human 
resources  for  State  Fair  Foods,  a  division  of  Sara  Lee. 
She  and  her  husband,  Jeff,  live  in  Dallas. 


MARRIAGES:  Marshall  D.  Orson '82,  J.D. '85  to 
Margaret  Ann  Kraus  on  July  5.  Residence:  Atlanta... 
Peter  Alan  Tannenbaum  '84  to  Nancy  Hutton 
Pickel  on  Jan.  24.  Residence:  Raleigh... Carol  Kelly 
Barnhill  '85  to  Franklin  Scott  Templeton  on  Jan.  3. 
Residence:  Raleigh... Ann  Robin  Grier'86  to  Paul 
Joseph  Vettoretti  on  Nov.  8.  Residence:  Dallas... Judy 
Holme  '86  to  Boh  Agnew  on  Oct.  18.  Residence:  San 
Francisco... Michelle  Renee  Aust  '88,  M.D.  '92 
to  Lee  F.  Veazey  '88  on  June  28, 1997.  Residence: 
Wichita  Falls, Texas. ..Santiago  Martin  Estrada 
'88  to  Maiy  Hart  Michaels  Orr  on  Dec.  20.  Residence: 
Raleigh... Marcus  Smith  '88  to  Penelope  Souquet 
on  Dec.  29... Carolyn  Jeanne  Claire  Cava- 
naugh  '89  to  Charles  Joseph  Toft  on  March  22, 1997. . . 
Kelly  Leanne  Jackson  '89  to  David  Henry 
Schnabel  on  Sept.  20.  Residence:  New  York  City. 

BIRTHS:  First  child  and  daughter  to  James  T. 
Crouse  J.D.  '80  and  Edna  Crouse  on  Nov.  13. 
Named  Sarah  Elisabeth... Daughter  to  Josie  A. 
Alexander  J.D.  '82  on  April  23, 1997.  Named  Rachel 
Yosetta...  Third  child  and  first  daughter  to  Melissa 
Raphan  '82  and  Tom  Rock  on  July  14.  Named  Julia 
Rose  Rock. . .  Son  to  Larry  A.  Cohen  '85  and 
Deirdre  Koppel  Cohen  '87  on  Nov.  18.  Named 
Jacob  Harrison...  First  child  and  daughter  to 
Jennifer  Bancroft  DaSilva  '86  and  Kevin 
DaSilva  on  June  11.  Named  Lauren  Alexis... Second 
child  and  first  son  to  Jennifer  Alexander  Delp 
'86  and  Tony  Delp  on  Oct.  28.  Named  Richard 
Clayton. .  .Son  to  Stephen  Labaton  J.D.  '86,  A.  M. 
'86  and  Miriam  Sapiro  on  Dec.  23.  Named  Max 
Sapiro  Labaton...  Second  child  and  son  to  Timothy 
N.  Thoelecke  Jr.  '86  and  Chris  Thoelecke  on  July 
8.  Named  William  Louis... Daughter  to  Cynthia 
Pope  Tripp  '86  and  Rick  Tripp  on  July  18.  Named 
Kila  Carmella. .  .First  child  and  daughter  to  Jamie 
Bock '87  and  Katie  Clark '87  on  Dec.  18.  Named 
Fiona  Manzanita  Bock... First  child  and  son  to 
Margot  Warren  Patterson  '87  and  James 
McKee  Patterson  '88  on  Oct.  21.  Named  William 
McCombs... Daughter  to  Thomas  M.  RoheJ.D. 
'88  and  Mary  Rohe  on  Nov.  23.  Named  Tiana  Chris- 
tine...First  child  and  son  to  David  R.  Shutley  '88 
and  Carol  C.  Shutley  on  Nov.  24.  Named  Mark 
Cowper. .  .Third  child  and  second  son  to  Wayne  T. 
Stewart  '88  and  Trisha  Stewart  on  Nov.  7.  Named 
Patrick  Ripley. ..Second  child  and  son  to  Nancy 
Ellen  Block  Whitesides  '88  and  Lee  M.  White- 
sides  on  Dec.  3.  Named  Daniel  Jared...Son  to  Maria 
Bardach  '89  and  Colin  McCracken  BSE.  '89  on 
Aug.  30.  Named  Matthew  Peter... First  child  and 
daughter  to  Robert  Lee  Newton  Jr.  '89  and 
Kira  Lee  Mueller  Newton  '90  on  Dec.  3.  Named 
Arianna  Rhiannon. 


John  W.  Alden  Jr.  J.D.  '90,  A.  M.  '90  was  named  a 
partner  in  the  Palo  Alto,  Calif.,  office  of  the  Los 
Angeles  law  firm  Morrison  &  Foerster.  He  lives  in 
Manhattan  Beach. 

John  S.  DeGroote  J.D.  '90  is  an  attorney  with 
McKool  Smith,  a  Dallas-based  firm  that  limits  its  prac- 
tice to  commercial  litigation. 

Thomas  W.  Heilke  Ph.D.  '90,  associate  professor  of 
political  science  at  the  University  of  Kansas,  was  named 
a  1997  Outstanding  Educator  by  the  university's  chapter 
of  Mortar  Board,  a  national  senior  honor  society. 


28      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


REMEMBERING 

AN  UNCOMMON 

PRESIDENT 

THE  DUKE  DAYS  OF  TERRY  SANFORD 

BY  ROBERT  J.  BLIWISE 

"We  do  not  take  lightly  our  responsibility  to  make  a  significant  difference 
in  the  lives  of  our  students,  and  through  our  students,  a  difference  in  society." 


Special  Section  •  May-June  ! 


"SI  fflft  St  hen  I  interviewed  Terry  Sanford 
-.'■-.',7  last  fall,  the  subject,  strictly 
a  speaking,  wasn't  Terry  Sanford. 
The  subject  was  how  Duke  become  a  "hot" 
college,  a  phenomenon  for  which  he  was 
reluctant  to  claim  credit.  He  wasn't  at  all 
reluctant  to  express  his  pride  in  this  place.  It 
was  clear,  he  said,  that  Duke's  student  body 
was  second  to  none,  and  that  it  kept  getting 
better.  And  what  about  that  locally  famous 
number-three  ranking  for  Duke  from  U.S. 
News  &  World  Report!  It  seemed  entirely  too 
low  a  ranking  to  him. 

One  of  my  opening  questions  referred  to 
his  fifteen-year  presidency.  He  interrupted 
the  question.  "I  always  say  'sixteen,'  since  it 
was  fifteen  years,  six  months,  and  something 
like  eighteen  days."  He  smiled.  "Always  round 
up  to  the  next  number." 

Sanford  said  he  had  never  considered  be- 
coming president  of  Duke — not  before  the 
search  committee  approached  him  in  1969, 
four  years  after  his  term  as  governor  of  North 
Carolina.  "A  man  told  me  yesterday,  just  by 
coincidence,  'I  thought  it  was  a  crazy  idea  when 
they  picked  you  as  president.'  And  I  said,  'Well, 
I  wasn't  so  sure  myself  that  it  wasn't  a  crazy 
idea.'  If  I  had  listed  my  ambitions,  I  never 
would  have  put  down  'president  of  Duke,'  be- 
cause it  never  would  have  seemed  to  me  that 
it  was  something  I  could  reasonably  aspire  to 
be.  The  search  committee  took  a  chance,  I 
think.  But  I  think  most  of  them  were  reason- 
ably satisfied." 

The  Duke  presidency  was  "the  fulfillment 
of  my  life,"  Sanford  remarked.  "Being  gover- 
nor was  great;  I  think  I  did  some  good  things, 
some  lasting  things.  But  if  that  had  been  all  I 


had  ever  done,  it  would  have  been  a  pretty 
shallow  kind  of  a  lifetime.  Having  been  at  Duke, 
and  still  being  at  Duke  —  that's  my  life." 

For  all  the  buildings  built,  for  all  the  pro- 
grams started,  for  all  the  faculty  hired,  for  all 
the  endowment  raised  during  his  presidency, 
his  most  remarkable  legacy  is  in  his  influence 
on  students.  Leadership  was,  of  course,  a  key 
theme  for  the  former  governor — a  theme  that 
found  its  educational  expression  in  the  new 
public  policy  institute  that  would  be  named 
for  Sanford.  But  in  inspiring  students  to  real- 
ize their  own  capacities,  he  was  teaching  les- 
sons of  leadership  all  the  time.  "When  I  came 
here,  there  was  terrible  dissatisfaction,"  he  said 
in  the  interview.  "And  one  of  the  things  that  I 
thought  we  had  done  right  was  to  involve  the 
students  in  their  own  lives  at  the  university." 
On  his  first  day  in  office,  he  met  with  stu- 
dents for  breakfast;  he  continued  that  routine 
throughout  his  presidency.  He  invited  every 
freshman  to  a  President's  House  reception,  met 
regularly  with  student  leaders,  assigned  con- 
trol over  student  activities  fees  to  the  student 
government,  and  extended  student  member- 
ship to  the  board  of  trustees  and  more  than 
fifty  university  committees. 

In  the  interview,  Sanford  said  that  after  the 
first  couple  of  years  of  his  presidency,  "There 
were  very  few  students  who  didn't  think  that 
this  was  absolutely  the  most  wonderful  place 
on  Earth."  That  fierce  attachment  to  their 
university  contributed  to  Duke's  "hot"  status, 
he  suggested.  "They  did  love  Duke,  and  they 
spread  the  word." 

If  Duke  was  looked  at — and  is  looked  at 
— as  the  most  wonderful  place  on  Earth,  that's 
just  another  insight  gleaned  from  a  president 
who  reveled  in  his  engagement  with 
"my  Duke  students."  Sanford,  who 
was  diagnosed  with  inoperable  can- 
cer in  December,  died  on  April  18. 
Immediately  after  his  death,  Duke 
Magazine  asked  some  former  stu- 
dents— editors  of  The  Chronicle, 
student  government  presidents,  and 
young  trustees — for  their  impres- 
sions of  an  impressive  president. 


THE 

SANFORD 

YEARS 

70 


Terry  Sanford  begins  his  first 
full  day  as  president  by  meeting 

■.rikk-ni  <  .it  bre;tki.w  ni  [he 
Union,  April  2. 

William  R.  Perkins  Library 
dedicated. 


A.  Hollins  Edens  Residence 
Hall  dedicated. 

Medical  Research  Park  com- 
pleted. 


n 


Advisory  Co 
ROTC  recommends 
tion,  but  with  substantial  modifi- 
cation, of  ROTC. 

Institute  of  Policy  Sciences 
and  Public  Affairs  established. 


72 


Duke  Indoor  Stadium  dedicat- 
ed as  Edmund  M.  Cameron 
Indoor  Stadium. 

Student  membership  on  the 
hoard  of  trustees  initiated. 

Campus  chapters  formed  of 
American  Federation  of  State, 
County,  and  Municipal  Employees 
and  International  Union  of 
Operating  Engineers. 

Intramural  Building  completed. 

Equal  Opportunity  Office 
established. 

Bookhout  Research  laboratory, 
Duke  University  Marine 


IN  HIS  OWN  WORDS 

I  don't  think  we  need  to  change  anything 

drastically.  I  think  we  need  to  get  on  with  it 

with  a  determination,  with  an  open  mind,  with 

a  feeling  that  some  change  is  inevitable....  I 

think  we  cling  to  the  past  and  the  traditions 

and  those  things  that  have  made  us  strong 

while  relating  these  strengths  to  what  we  need 

to  do  now  in  the  way  of  change. 

— December  1969,  following  the  announcement 

of  his  appointment  as  Duke  president, 

in  response  to  a  question  about  how  he 

might  change  the  university 

It  is  not  enough  for  Duke  University  to  as- 
pire to  be  the  best — the  best  of  what?  Rather 
it  is  for  Duke  University  to  be  unique,  with  its 
own  talents  and  strengths,  in  its  own  setting, 
with  its  own  history  and  heritage.  I  do  not 
propose  that  we  seek  for  ourselves  a  homoge- 
nized pattern  of  the  half-dozen  great  private 
universities  of  the  nation  of  which  we  are 
one,  or  that  we  try  to  "catch  up"  or  follow  any 
university,  no  matter  what  its  prestigious  posi- 
tion. Simply  to  do  as  some  other  university 
does,  to  teach  as  it  teaches,  to  operate  as  it  op- 
erates, to  accept  it  as  our  model,  would  make 
our  best  success  but  a  carbon  copy.  We  strive 
to  be  Duke  University,  an  institution  using  to 
the  fullest  its  own  peculiar  resources  and  cre- 
ative capabilities. 

— October  1970,  in  his  inauguration  address 

Even  the  cynic  must  admit  that  the  most 
vital  problems  now  facing  us  are  those  which 
are  rooted  in  moral  consideration.  World  strife, 
racism,  inhumanity,  imperialism,  disregard  for 
human  life,  war,  environmental  waste — all 


laboratory,  completed. 

Merger  of  the  Woman's 
College  and  Trinity  College  into 
Trinity  College  of  Arts  and 
Sciences. 

University  Archives  estab- 
lished. 


Divinity  School  remodeling 
and  addition  dedicated. 

Sanford  announces  candidacy 
for  Democratic  nomination  for 
president. 

Continuing  Education  pro- 
gram, begun  as  a  responsibility  of 


DUKE  MAGAZINE  Special  Section 


the  most  important  problems  which  confront 
us  will  require  of  us  an  expression  of  moral 
conscience  as  well  as  intellectual  creativity, 
or  else  our  efforts  will  profit  us  nothing....  In 
the  face  of  such  a  situation,  knowledge  is  not 
enough.  Intellectual  competence  is  not  enough. 
Mental  brilliance  is  not  enough.  Indeed,  sug- 
gesting to  students  that  they  might  face  these 
problems  with  intellectual  training  alone  is  like 
sending  them  out  to  run  a  race  blindfolded. 
We  need  moral  vision  to  guide  the  intellect. 
— December  1972,  in  a  Founders'  Day  address 

I  can  recall  a  small  restaurant  owner... who 
voluntarily  integrated  hfs  restaurant  before  the 
law  required  it,  as  an  example  for  his  commu- 
nity— and  who  ultimately  lost  his  business  in 
bankruptcy,  because  people  stirred  by  the  dema- 
gogues and  captured  by  their  own  demagogic 
spirits  quit  coming.  The  man  who  made  that 
harsh  choice  is  living  today  in  harmony  and 
inner  peace.  And  no  person  who  knows  him 
doubts  his  civilized  spirit  or  his  civilizing  in- 
fluence on  those  around  him.  The  demagogue 
is  busy  asserting  that  his  purpose  really  was 
not  racist,  that  he  simply  was  a  populist,  what- 
ever that  is.  But  his  denials  pathetically  dem- 
onstrate that  he  knows  very  well  that  he 
denied  truth,  that  his  life  has  been  wasted, 
and  that  his  part  in  history — attended  daily 
by  the  press  and  cheered  by  frenzied  crowds  — 
was  nevertheless  insignificant  and  contributed 
nothing  to  the  advance  of  civilization. 

— May  1979,  in  a  commencement 
address  at  Duke 

There  are  a  couple  of  things  I  want  to  say 
about  Duke  University.  First  of  all,  I  would 
like  for  you  to  know  that  this  is  very  much  a 
Southern  institution — built,  literally,  out  of 
the  soil  and  the  streams  of  North  Carolina, 
which  are  the  resources  that  were  brought 
together  to  develop  the  kind  of  financial  foun- 


dation that  made  this  university  possible.  We 
have  attempted  to  make  it  a  national  institu- 
tion, and  an  institution  with  an  international 
reputation.  I  think  maybe  that  is  the  mission 
of  the  South — to  use  the  strengths  we  have 
to  do  what  we  can  nationally  and  interna- 
tionally. 

— )une  1982,  in  remarks  to  the 
Southern  Growth  Policies  Board 

Let's  talk  about  students.  They  are  why  we 
are  here.  True,  the  university  has  other  pur- 
poses. We  do  essential  research,  advance  the 
cause  of  knowledge,  promote  the  search  for 
truth,  and  often  defend  and  protect  freedom. 
But  we  are  here  because  we  educate  stu- 
dents... We  are  not  here  to  cater  to,  to  pam- 
per, or  to  indulge  students.  We  are  here  to  be 
exacting  but  sympathetic  taskmasters  with  an 
insistence  on  the  highest  standards  of  excel- 
lence and  honor.  We  do  not  take  lightly  our 
responsibility  to  make  a  significant  difference 
in  the  lives  of  our  students,  and  through  our 
students,  a  difference  in  society. 

—October  1982,  at  the 
annual  meeting  of  the  faculty 

I  don't  think  we  need  to  be  crude  and  ob- 
scene to  be  effectively  enthusiastic.  We  can 
cheer  and  taunt  with  style;  that  should  be  the 
Duke  trademark.  Crudeness,  profanity,  and 
cheapness  should  not  be  our  reputation — 
but  it  is....  I  hope  you  will  discipline  your- 
selves and  your  fellow  students.  This  request 
is  in  keeping  with  my  commitment  to  self- 
government  for  students.  It  should  not  be  up 
to  me  to  enforce  proper  behavior  that  signi- 
fies the  intelligence  of  Duke  students.  You 
should  do  it.  Reprove  those  who  make  us  all 
look  bad.  Shape  up  your  own  language.  I  hate 
for  us  to  have  the  reputation  of  being  stupid. 
— January  1984,  in  his  "Avuncular  Letter" 
written  "To  M}  Duke  Students" 
and  signed  "Uncle  Terry" 

It  is  not  for  me  to  argue  that  a  president 
can  make  a  difference.  I  do  assert  that  the 
president  ought  to  strive  to  make  a  difference, 


the  Woman's  College  in  1969, 
expanded  to  a  university  program. 


73 


Engineering  School  Annex 
dedicated. 


Nursing  School  addition  dedi- 
cated. 

Telephone-Communications 
Building  completed. 

Eye  Center  dedicated. 

Epoch  Campaign,  producing 
$135,316,000  for  endowment, 


physical  facilities,  and  miscell 
neous  programs,  launched. 


74 


School  of  Forestry  renamed 
School  of  Forestry  and 
Environmental  Studies. 

Mary  Duke  Biddle  Music 
Building  dedicated. 

Alex  H.  Sands  Jr.  Research 
Building  dedicated. 

75 


Freshi 
Advising 
Center 

begun. 

76 


and  President  Crowell  sttived  mightily.  He 
sharply  increased  the  academic  standards  of 
Trinity,  created  the  library,  attracted  some  un- 
usually good  people  to  the  faculty,  started  and 
coached  the  football  team  (whose  16-0  victo- 
ry over  North  Carolina  in  1888,  incidentally,  is 
considered  the  first  teal  game  of  football  ever 
played  in  the  South!),  and  began  looking  au- 
daciously to  the  future.  He  reformed  the  cur- 
riculum so  fast,  the  story  is  told,  that  one 
young  man,  who  thought  he  was  a  junior 
when  the  new  president  atrived,  three  years 
later  found  himself  in  the  freshman  class!... 
The  lesson  I  get  from  this  bit  of  history  is  that 
there  is  nothing  wrong  with  being  outra- 
geously ambitious  for  your  institution.  I  am 
sure  that  President  Crowell  did  not  achieve 
everything  he  hoped  to  achieve.  But  think 
what  the  situation  would  have  been  in  higher 
education  and  the  South  had  it  not  been  for 
Crowell's  outtageous  ambition. 

— October  1984,  in  a  farewell 
address  to  the  facidty 

Even  today  academic  freedom  is  not  as 
solid  as  the  mountains  of  North  Carolina.  Its 
stability  is  more  like  the  sea  and  the  coast  of 
North  Carolina,  dangerously  unstable,  ebbing 
and  flowing,  vulnerable  to  the  winds  and  the 
tides.  It  has  not  been  long  since  North 
Carolina  had  a  "speaker  ban"  law  that  took  a 
Supreme  Court  case,  a  special  session  of  the 
legislature,  threats  from  accrediting  agencies, 

Opposite,  from  left:  with  University  Marslial  J.  H. 
PMlips  and  Charles  B.  Wade  Jr.  '38,  at  the  presidential 
inauguration;  speaking  out  in  the  aftermath  of  Kent 
State;  breaking  far  breakfast  during  his  first  day  on 
the  job;  annowKing  a  nm  for  t/ie  US.  presidency 


Central  Campus  Apartments 
completed. 


Medical 
Center's 
Seeley  G. 

Mudd  Building,  Coi 
Center,  and  Library  dedicated. 

Edwin  L.  Jones  Cancer 
Research  Building  dedicated. 

Benjamin  N.  Duke  Memorial 
Flentrop  Organ  dedicated. 

Sanford  announces  candidacy 


77 


Counseling  and  Psych  'logica 
Services  initiated. 


Special  Section  •  May-June  1998 


to  end  courses  and  cancel  exams  for  any  stu- 
dent who  wants  to  work  against  the  war  in- 
stead of  going  to  class.  Students  can  get  a 
"pass"  from  their  professors  instead  of  regular 
grades  and  spend  the  last  month  of  school 
lobbying,  marching,  canvassing  for  an  end  to 
the  war.  Hundreds  of  us  take  him  up  on  it. 

I  saw  that  night  in  the  Chapel  that  Sanford 
was  a  genius  as  a  leader.  Later,  as  student  gov- 
ernment president,  I  met  with  him  often  on 
contentious  issues.  Again,  he  never  said  "no." 
He  listened  and  soothed.  We  wanted  equal 
social  regulations  for  women  students  and  we 
wanted  the  cafeteria  to  boycott  non-union  let- 
tuce and  grapes  and  we  wanted  so  much  more. 
Over  time,  we  got  a  lot  of  what  we  wanted  — 
but  we  got  it  on  Sanford's  terms.  And  like  his 
response  to  our  anti-war  protests,  we  got  it 
because  he,  too,  thought  it  was  right. 

—Steve  Schewel  '73,  Ph.D.  '82, 

a  former  student  government  president, 

is  publisher  of  The  Independent  Weekly, 

published  from  Durham. 

"Allen  Building"  was  how  some  students  in 
the  1960s  referred  to  the  Duke  administra- 
tion, giving  a  cold,  impersonal  aura  to  those 
oppressive  officials  who  ran  the  university.  By 
my  senior  year,  in  1973-74,  the  animosity  had 
faded,  replaced  by  a  healthy  skepticism  on 
both  sides,  and  the  frosty  "Allen  Building"  had 
turned  into  President  Sanford,  a  friendly  fel- 
low with  an  "aw  shucks"  grin. 

Allen  Building  was  also  home  to  my  Eng- 
lish classes,  and  a  shortcut  through  the  second- 
floor  executive  offices  —  air-conditioned  in  an 
era  when  little  else  was — offered  a  brief  re- 
spite from  the  sticky  Durham  weather.  One 


a  milestone  in  academic  freedom. 

Partly  through  Sanford's 
efforts,  Durham  recognized  as 
All-American  City. 


84 


"An  Avuncular  Letter  to  My 
Duke  Students"  from  "Uncle 
Terry,"  calling  on  students  to 
improve  their  basketball-game 


behavior,  distributed. 

Presidential  award  for  merito- 
rious a.chievement  among  bi- 
weekly employees  inaugurated. 

VatMtY  Competition  ilivw.s  to 

Dine  team;,  m  women's  :-pon>. 
producing  top-twenty  individual 
rankings  in  fencing  and  tennis  in 
AIAW  competition  and  NCAA 
post-season  play  in  golf  and  vol- 
leyball. 


morning  as  I  breezed  through,  a  voice  called 
out  from  Sanford's  corner  office:  "Get  it  out. 
Come  help  me  get  it  out."  Somewhat  alarmed, 
I  rushed  in  through  the  open  doors.  Sanford 
was  standing  near  his  desk,  reaching  behind 
his  back.  "Help  me  get  this  knife  out,"  he  said. 
Grinning  broadly,  he  pulled  open  his  desk 
drawer  and  pawed  through  the  clippings  and 
letters  inside.  "It's  in  my  dump  drawer  some- 
where. Ah,  here  it  is."  Sanford  pulled  out  a 
news  clipping  from  The  Chronicle  that  he 
thought  criticized  him  a  little  too  harshly.  We 
shared  a  laugh,  chatted  about  the  issue,  and  I 
went  on  to  class. 

Who  could  stay  angry  with  a  man  so  ready 
to  answer  criticism  with  a  smile?  Or  so  willing 
to  put  himself  into  the  debate,  without  fear  of 
losing  face?  Again  and  again,  Sanford  reached 
out  to  students,  poking  into  controversies  that 
many  of  his  colleagues  preferred  to  avoid.  He 
had  major  accomplishments,  but  also  took 
time  to  fix  the  little  stuff. 

When  delays  threatened  to  sink  a  program 
to  place  students  as  Duke -paid  teacher-aides 
at  a  local  junior  high,  Sanford  stepped  in. 
Within  three  hours,  he  had  fleshed  out  the  de- 
tails of  pay  levels  and  applications  and  duties 
for  the  teacher-aides.  And  he  called  The  Chron- 
icle himself  to  deliver  the  information — and 
force  the  rewrite  of  a  front-page  story. 

When  Richard  Nixon  called  for  a  ban  on 
outdoor  lighting  to  save  energy  (this  was  gas- 
rationing  time),  Sanford  went  ahead  and 
switched  on  the  main  quad's  Christmas  tree. 
"We  need  to  light  up  our  spirits,"  he  told  the 
crowd  of  1,000  gathered  for  the  ceremony. 

When  a  student  member  of  a  dean  selection 
committee  spilled  the  beans  about  a  per- 
sonnel matter,  San- 
ford was  upset,  but 
knew  that  throwing 
the  student  off  the 
panel  was  not  an 
option.  He  "rede- 
fined" the  student's 
role,  keeping  him  out 
of  meetings  and  the 
committee's   sessions 


Nuclear 
Magnetic 
Resonance  facil- 
ity, an  addition 
to  Duke 
Hospital  North, 
~    completed. 
British-American  Festival,  cel- 
ebrating 400  years  of  shared  cul- 
ture heritage  from  the  settlement 
of  Roanoke  Island,  North 
Carolina,  in  1584,  held  on  cam- 


with  candidates,  but  promising  the  student  a 
chance  to  advise  Sanford  directly  and  inter- 
view candidates  on  his  own.  The  student 
resigned. 

Terry  Sanford  even  had  a  phrase  to  make 
alumni  feel  connected.  "Everybody  that 
comes  to  Duke  owns  a  little  piece  of  Duke," 
he  would  say.  Somehow  he  made  us  all  feel 
we  were  running  the  university  with  him. 
Now  that's  a  legacy. 

— Ann  Pelham  '74,  a  former  editor  of 

The  Chronicle,  is  associate  publisher  of 

Washington's  Legal  Times. 

I  was  busy  mowing  the  traffic  circle  the  first 
time  I  realized  just  how  well  Terry  Sanford 
knew  how  to  work  the  press.  Terry,  so  a  flak 
said,  was  moved  by  the  sight  of  students 
working  on  the  grounds  crew  and  ordered  up 
a  story.  Little  did  he  know  that  many  of  us 
were  dropouts — and  we  were  mowing  a 
peace  symbol  into  the  grass.  But  a  cute  fea- 
ture ran  anyway,  landing  Duke  in  the  local 
papers  in  a  warm  and  fuzzy  way. 

By  the  time  I  returned  to  school  and  found 
myself  editor  of  The  Chronicle  in  1975, 1  had 
developed  the  requisite  distrust  of  Terry  as 
"the  adversary."  I  was  like  a  punch-drunk 
boxer  going  after  him,  trying  in  vain  to  catch 
him  off  guard  as  he  juggled  his  Duke  tasks 
with  his  campaign  for  the  Democratic  presi- 
dential nomination.  Duke  was  moving  to- 
ward the  1980s  by  then:  Majors  in  humanities 
were  giving  way  to  economics.  Yet  a  small 
cadre  of  Chronicle  idealists  hammered  Terry 
about  black  studies,  affirmative  action,  low- 
wage  university  labor,  and  greater  student 
representation.  In  rambling  editorials,  I  held 
him  responsible  for  Duke's  "plantation  atmo- 
sphere" and  insisted  he  fix  it  before  he  tried  to 
run  the  country. 

Terry  ran  circles  around  us.  Yet  he  was 
never  demeaning  nor  did  he  suggest  we  change 
our  style.  His  tacit  support  of  an  outspoken  stu- 
dent press  has  served  us  well:  Chronicle  vet- 
erans work  at  TheWall  Street  Journal,  The  New 
York  Times,  The  Washington  Post,  Business  Week, 
National   Geographic,  and  The   Associated 


Nello  L.  Teer  Engineering 
Library  Building  dedicated. 

Trinity  College  Gazebo  in 
Randolph  County,  North 


Sciences,  seeking  $200  million  for  under  co-chairmanship  of  Terry 

endowment — the  largest  such  Sanford  and  George  Watts  Hill, 
drive  in  Duke's  history —  Master  of  Arts  in  Liberal 

announced.  Studies  program  established. 
New  Durham  Program  begun, 


6        DUKE  MAGAZINE  Special  Section 


Press,  among  others.  Just  six  weeks  before  his 
death,  Terry  wrote  to  me  of  his  fond  memories 
of  The  Chronicle  then.  "I  was  always  impressed 
that  you  stood  up  for  your  beliefs,"  he  said.  He 
was  vintage  Terry  right  up  to  the  end:  princi- 
pled, warm,  witty,  and  unfailingly  optimistic. 

— Anne  Newman  76,  a  former  editor  of  The 

Chronicle,  was  a  Wall  Street  Journal  reporter. 

She  now  works  part-time  at  Business  Week. 

Early  in  my  tenure  as  student  government 
president,  I  went  to  see  then-university  presi- 
dent Sanford.  My  purpose  was  to  demand 
that  the  administration  commit  to  an  upper 
limit  on  the  size  of  the  undergraduate  student 
body  to  eliminate  what  we  student  leaders 
deemed  dormitory  overcrowding.  It  will  be 
my  enduring  recollection  that  Terry  Sanford 
conducted  the  meeting  with  me,  a  twenty- 
year-old  student,  "president  to  president."  He 
later  wrote  me  a  letter  confirming  the  com- 
mitments he  made  that  day  so  that  I  could 
put  the  "win"  in  The  Chronicle. 

Terry  Sanford  was  invariably  respectful  of 
and  receptive  to  my  efforts  to  represent  our 
student  body.  Decades  later  he  had  the  grace 
to  remember  me  personally  and  took  pains 
always  to  say  something  complimentary  about 
our  experiences  together. 

I  am  a  native  North  Carolinian  from  a 
politically  active  family.  My  earliest  memories 
are  of  dinner-table  discussions  about  Gover- 
nor Sanford's  courageous  stands  on  desegre- 
gation, education,  and  North  Carolina.  These 
issues  were  far  from  just  academic  for  my  fam- 
ily and  other  African  Americans.  Even  before 
I  met  him,  Terry  Sanford  had  done  much  to 
improve  my  life  chances. 


Twenty  years  after  my  Duke  experience,  I 
am  a  practicing  trial  lawyer  and  partner  in  a 
Charlotte  law  firm.  Terry  Sanford's  example  of 
what  public  service-minded  lawyers  can  ac- 
complish continues  to  inspire  me.  I  will  never 
forget  his  wit  and  remarkable  ability  to  lead 
others  to  the  right  answer  and  make  them 
feel  that  the  inspiration  was  all  their  own. 

—  Frank  E.  Emory  Jr.  '79,  a  former 

student  government  president,  practices 

law  in  Charlotte,  North  Carolina. 

Terry  Sanford  truly  believed  in  students 
having  an  active  and  meaningful  role  in  the 
governance  of  the  university.  In  fact,  there 
were  many  issues  where  he  believed  that  the 
students  should  have  assumed  the  primary 
leadership  role.  When  student  government  es- 
tablished the  Black/White  Relations  Task  Force 
and  we  brought  our  recommendations  to  the 
board  of  trustees,  he  personally  supported 
every  recommendation  and  used  our  report 
to  push  the  board  toward  action. 

Terry  believed  in  big  ideas.  When  I  came  to 
him  with  the  idea  of  establishing  a  national 
computer  network  linking  students  across  the 
country  in  the  American  Association  of 
University  Students,  he  not  only  provided 
seed  capital  to  help  us  get  started,  he  person- 
ally called  the  presidents  of  other  universities 
around  the  nation  to  get  both  their  financial 
and  institutional  support.  Within  a  year,  we 
had  fifty-three  universities  linked  together. 

In  my  junior  and  senior  years,  Terry  would 
have  me  over  to  his  house  on  Sunday  morn- 
ings at  6:30  for  breakfast.  As  I  would  arrive  at 
sunrise,  he  would  be  in  the  kitchen  cooking 
and  telling  stories  of  politics,  his  experiences 
in  the  civil  rights  movement,  his  relationship 
with  John  F.  Kennedy,  the  challenges  for  the 
university,  and  his  vision  and  hope  for  Duke. 
But  many  times  he  would  just  talk  about  the 
responsibility  of  leadership  and  the  impor- 
tance of  making  a  difference.  I  did  not  realize 
how  much  he  was  teaching  me  on  those  Sun- 
day mornings. 

When  I  was  in  my  second  year  of  business 
school  at  Harvard,  Terry  was  in  the  midst  of 


Sanford  seeks  chairmanship  of 
the  Democratic  National 
Committee. 

Institute  for  Statistics  and 
Decision  Sciences  approved. 

Sanford  receives  Kappa  Alpha 
Psi's  C.  Eric  Lincoln  Award  for  his 
work  in  improving  race  relations. 

Trustees  vote  to  rename  public 
policy  institute  in  Sanford's  honor. 


Graduate,  undergraduate,  and 
professional  degrees  awarded  over 
the  signature  of  Terry  Sanford — 
37,813  (estimated). 

Sanford  succeeded  in  the 
Duke  presidency  by  H.  Keith  H. 
Brodie.Julyl. 


86 


Sanford  begins  ; 
U.S.  Senate. 


After  losing  his  race  for  re- 
clecdon,  SaniunJ  hc^m^  ic, idling 
a  course  on  state  government  at 
the  public  policy  institute  that 
bears  his  name. 


94 


New  building  is  dedicated  for 
the  Sanford  Institute. 


96 


Sanford's  book  Outlive  Your 


his  Senate  campaign.  When  I  spoke  with  him, 
I  asked  how  I  could  help.  He  said,  "Well,  get 
down  here  and  get  the  students  of  North 
Carolina  involved  in  our  effort."  I  volunteered 
to  leave  school  and  work  right  away,  but  Terry 
said,  "There  will  always  be  plenty  of  political 
campaigns.  You  finish  that  degree — even  if  it 
is  from  the  wrong  school."  I  did  finish.  I  com- 
pleted my  last  exam  in  April,  and  left  Boston 
within  two  hours. 

For  the  next  five  months,  I  lived  in  the 
Carolina  Inn  working  on  Terry's  campaign 
and  putting  together  "Terry's  Team"  of  college 
students  across  the  state.  And  I  was  a  regis- 
tered Republican!  It  was  the  worst  paying  but 
most  rewarding  job  I've  ever  had. 
— Shep  Moyle  '84,  a  former  student  government 
president,  is  co-owner  (with  his  wife)  of 

Stumps,  an  international  catalogue  and 
Internet  retailer  of  prom  and  party  supplies, 

decorations,  and  favors,  in  Fort  Wayne, 
Indiana.  He  remains  active  in  Indiana  politics. 

In  the  fall  of  1983,  The  Chronicle  staff  ap- 
proached President  Santord  about  establish- 
ing a  regular  dialogue.  He  thought  this  was  a 
fine  idea,  as  long  as  we  were  willing  to  meet 
him  for  breakfast  at  the  crack  of  dawn. 
Stumbling  toward  one  of  those  meetings,  I 
looked  up  to  see  President  Sanford  pop  jaun- 
tily out  of  Allen  Building.  He  was  all  alone  on 
the  misty  quad,  eyes  bright,  tie  straight,  strid- 
ing purposefully  toward  a  waiting  plate  of 
sausage  biscuits. 

Opposite,  from  left:  wandering  the  residential 
quads;  with  Elizabeth  Dole  '58,  winner  of  distin- 
guished alumni  award;  at  dedication  of  the  Trinity 

College  gazebo;  an  unJcr^niJuatc  immersion 


Enemies,  on 
the  theme  of 
aging,  is 
published. 


97 


Sanford 
becomes  a 

the  execu- 
tive committee  to  launch  the 
Performing  Arts  Institute  of 
North  Carolina,  a  $100-million 
project  slated  to  open  in  2000. 


Sanford  is  buried  in  ; 
Chapel  crypt,  April  22. 


University  Aiv/im  m  Wtllhim  I:   Kmg  '61,  A.M.  '63,  Ph.D.  70. 
Historical  photos  from  Dula?  University  Archives 


Special  Section  •  May-June  1998 


"I'm  a  slave  to  these  biscuits,"  he'd  say, 
launching  into  a  story  about  his  days  as  an 
FBI  agent,  paratrooper,  or  governor.  He  was 
usually  forthcoming  about  issues  at  Duke. 
When  we  asked  him  why  the  zillion- dollar 
Capital  Campaign  for  the  Arts  and  Sciences 
set  such  high  goals,  he  said  Duke  should  set 
goals  other  people  think  are  outrageous,  and 
then  strive  to  achieve  them. 

Sanford  encouraged  students  to  fully  par- 
ticipate in  university  life.  He  understood  the 
need  to  blow  off  steam  at 
times,  and  he  trusted 
young  men  and  young 
women  to  set  reasonable 
boundaries  for  their  be- 
havior. If  they  did  not,  he 
appealed  —  sometimes 
strenuously,  often  diplo- 
matically—  for  better 
judgment.  In  1984,  when 
a  few  students  showered 
a  miscreant  Maryland 
basketball  player  with 
condoms  and  panties, 
President  Sanford  didn't 
have  anyone  banned  or 
arrested.  Instead,  in  his 
famous  "Avuncular  Let- 
ter," "Uncle  Terry"  chal- 
lenged students  to  be 
creative  and  less  crass. 

— Jon  Scher  '84,  a  former  editor  of  The 

Chronicle,  is  New  York  editor  of  CNN/SI 

Interactive,  a  joint  venture  of  CNN  aiid 

Sports  Illustrated. 

I  got  to  know  Terry  Sanford  over  breakfast. 
One  morning  each  month,  he  would  invite 
The  Chronicle's  senior  editors  to  join  him  for 
eggs  and  grits  in  a  private  second-floor  dining 
room  near  the  Cambridge  Inn.  Not  surpris- 
ingly, he  would  do  virtually  all  of  the  talking, 
and  we  were  usually  able  to  eke  a  news  story 
or  two  out  of  the  meal.  Indeed,  after  some 
small  talk  by  him  at  one  of  these  sittings  in 
1985,  we  published  a  page -one  article  under 
the  headline  "Uncle  Senator?" — a  prediction 
that  proved  more  accurate  than  most  that  we 
printed  that  year.  But  filling  the  paper  was 
not  the  fun  of  these  events,  and  the  news  they 
produced  is  far  less  memorable  than  the  mood. 
As  a  raconteur  in  front  of  a  crackling  fire- 
place, Terry  Sanford  was  enchanting. 

During  the  period  Duke  was  searching  for 
his  replacement,  one  student  editor  asked  him 
whether  he  expected  that  the  next  university 
president  would  be  more  "academic"  than  he 
was.  He  took  brief,  minor  umbrage,  pointing 
out  that  he  was  quite  proud  of  his  own 
scholastic  record,  thank  you.  He  then  quickly 
defused  the  atmosphere  and  erased  my  col- 
league's embarrassment  with  a  humorous 
crack,  and  then  we  moved  on.  But  even  he 


recognized  the  point  of  the  unartful  question 
was  really  a  compliment  to  what  will  be  his 
lasting  contribution  to  Duke  —  a  vision  of  the 
university  that  went  beyond  the  ivory  tower. 
No  one  thought  Terry  Sanford  an  egghead, 
and  we  were  thankful  for  that. 

Universities,  particularly  young  universi- 
ties, grow,  and  from  the  perspective  of  an 
alumnus  who  does  not  visit  very  often,  Duke 
seems  to  be  a  much  different,  probably  much 
improved  school  now  than  it  was  during  Terry 


Sanford's  tenure.  It  is  difficult  to  conceive  that 
Duke  without  his  years  of  leadership  could  be 
where  it  is  today.  And  it  is  easy  to  see  how 
Duke  would  be  a  much  poorer  place  were  it 
ever  to  abandon  his  view  of  university  life. 
— Paul  Gaffney  '86,  a  former  editor  of  The 
Chronicle,  practices  law  in  Washington,  D.C. 

My  colleagues  and  I  met  with  Terry  weekly. 
This  was  not  the  Sixties  and  we  were  not  a 
rebellious  group  by  nature,  yet  we  tried  our 
best  to  catch  him  off  guard.  He  handled  our 
sophomoric  attempts  much  like  my  sixth- 
grade  teacher  would  have — simply,  directly, 
yet  with  patience  and  respect  and,  often,  a 
wry  smile.  I'm  sure  he  was  amused  knowing 
we  were  good  kids  who  would  one  day  join 
the  very  "Establishment"  we  were  trying  to 
challenge.  In  retrospect,  I  think  he  saw  him- 
self having  played  a  similar  role.  Yet  he  con- 
fronted the  established  order  more  thought- 
fully and  effectively  than  we  ever  did. 

My  parents  met  Terry  at  my  student  gov- 
ernment inauguration.  Not  officially  invited, 
they  made  a  special  trip  down — probably 
fearing  a  similar  occasion  might  never  again 
occur.  They  ran  into  Terry  outside  the  Cam- 
bridge Inn.  My  mother,  who  had  been  a  his- 
tory teacher,  was  well  aware  of  his  achieve- 
ments and  told  him  how  delighted  they  were 
to  meet  him — a  speech  I'm  sure  he  had 
heard  many  rimes  before  and  many  since.  He 


listened  patiently.  When  my  mother  added 
how  fortunate  I  was  to  go  to  a  university  like 
Duke,  Terry  broke  in:  "Mrs.  November,  you're 
wrong  there.  We  are  the  ones  who  are  fortu- 
nate. Thanks  for  letting  your  son  come  to 
Duke."  Words  every  parent  wants  to  believe, 
no  matter  how  trite  or  how  far  off  the  mark. 
Terry  said  them  so  honestly  and  sincerely  that 
even  I  had  to  believe  him. 

This  past  January,  when  I  learned  that  Terry 
was  ill,  I  wrote  him  a  much  overdue  letter;  I 
wanted  to  thank  him  for 
what  he  had  taught  me. 
From  his  example,  I 
2  learned  that  people  could 
make  a  difference  by 
working  within  "the  sys- 
tem," and  that  to  be  effec- 
tive in  public  service,  they 
didn't  need  to  sacrifice 
that  which  they  held 
sacred — but  rather  just 
the  opposite. 

— Martin  November 

'86,  a  former  student 

government  president,  is 

an  OB/GYN  physician 

on  staff  at  Boston's  Beth 

x    Israel  Hospital  working  in 

I     a  federally  funded  health 

|  center  in  Roxbury. 

Surely  there  is  a  place  in  heaven  for  Terry 
Sanford. 

For  eight  decades,  Duke's  patron  saint 
found  his  way  into  the  soul  of  this  university 
and  into  the  hearts  of  North  Carolinians.  The 
highlights  of  his  storied  career  read  like  the 
resume  of  a  dozen  men  combined:  four  deco- 
rations as  a  paratrooper  during  World  War  II, 
two  years  as  a  state  senator,  four  years  as 
North  Carolina  governor,  fifteen  years  as  uni- 
versity president,  two  runs  for  the  U.S.  presi- 
dency, and  six  years  as  a  U.S.  senator.... 

"Uncle  Terry,"  as  he  dubbed  himself  during 
his  university  presidency  in  a  now-legendary 
letter  to  the  student  body,  embodied  values  as 
a  man,  a  leader,  and  a  politician  that  nowadays 
seem  to  hold  meaning  only  in  dictionaries. 
Sanford  was  courageous,  genuine,  and  inno- 
vative. And  although  he  held  political  office 
on  several  occasions  during  his  lifetime,  he 
never  needed  a  title  to  do  the  work  of  kings. 
— Devin  Gordon  '98,  current  editor  of 
The  Chronicle,  is  begirming  an  internship 
with  Newsweek. 


Editor's  note:  The  magazine  is  grateful  for  the 
assistance  of  Duke  University  Archives  and  The 
Chronicle  in  compiling  this  section.  Addresses  from 
the  campus  memorial  senice  are  available  through 
www.dukenews.duke.edu. 


DUKE  MAGAZINE  Special  Section 


1933 


Duke  Technical  Writers'  Workshop      tory  and  culture  of  tke  Emerald  isle 


JULY  31    -  AUGUST  3,   SALTER   PATH,    NC 
APPROX.   $495  PER   PERSON 

Technical  writers  and  editors  from  a 
range  or  fields  are  invited  to  pusk  tkeir 
writing  to  a  new  level  as  we  concentrate 
on  tke  quality  and  clarity  of  language  and 
syntax. 

Accessing  Your  Creativity: 
A  Workshop  and  Retreat  lor 

AUGUST  4-7,   SALTER   PATH,    NC 
APPROX.  $495  PER  PERSON 

Learn  to  evoke  and  celekrate  your 
ative  spirit  in  tkis  supportive,  sti 
tured  workskop  for 


Creative  Writing  Workshop 

for  Health  Professionals 

AUGUST  25  -  28,   SALTER   PATH,    NC 
APPROX.  $595  PER  PERSON 

In  tke  ancient  tradition  of  pkysieian  poets, 
begin  to  access  and  express  tke  insigkts 
tkat  make  tke  kealing  arts  a  wellspring  of 
kuman  experience.    Daily  workskops  wul 
cover  poetry,  essay,  fcction  and  memoir. 


Tournus,  France 

July  1  -  9    •  $2,295  per  person 

Step  back  in  time  and  immerse  yourself 
in  tke  culture  of  a  typical  small  Frenck 
town  in  tke  keart  of  tke  medieval  and  his- 
torical  land  called  Burgundy. 

The  Oxford  Experience 

The  University  of  Oxford,  England 
September  6-19     •  $3,150  per  person 

Immerse  yourself  in  centuries-old  tradi- 
tions of  learning  and  community.  Study 
in  small  groups  witk  Oxford  faculty  and 
explore  tke  Englisk  countryside. 
Rediscover  wkat  it  is  to  be  a  student 
again. 

Alumni  College  of  Ireland 

County  Clare,  Ireland 

Sept.  23  -  Oct.  1  •  $2,095  per  person 

From  awesome  seaside  vistas  to  Celtic 
kistory,  tkis  pleasant  mix  of  seminars 
.and_excursion:;  will  ..exjiose  you  ..U^tlie  his; 


Duke  Directions 


September  18  and  November  6 
Durham.  NC 

Rediscover  tke  true  "Duke  experience" — 
tke  classroom  experience!    Return  to 
Dulse  for  a  day  ol  stimulating  classes 
designed  for  alumni  and  taugkt  by  top  Duke 
faculty. 


Youth 
and  Weekend  Workshops 


f 


^amps  in  art,  writing,  dr™- ,, , 

~^  ence  are  offered  for  youtk  in  grades  5- 
1 1 .  Weekend  workskops  are  offered  in  cre- 
ative writing  and  writing  tke  college  essay. 


Mediterranean  Adventure 


JULY  1  7  -  25  •  $2,995  PER  I 

Discover  Cannes,  Portokno,  and  St. 
Tropez,  as  well  as  some  lesser  known 
jewels  —  Calvi,  Bonifacio,  Costa 
Smeralda,  and  Portoferraio.  Seven  nigkts 
on  tke  Star  Flyer. 


Voyage  of  the  Glaciers 

JULY   19-31    ■  $2,995  PER  PERSON 

An  Inside  Passage  cruise  aboard  tke 
four-star  deluxe  Crown  Majesty  and 
tke  Midnight  Sun  Express.  Two  days  in 
Denali,  witk  calls  at  Juneau,  Skagway, 
Sitka,  and  Ketckikan. 

Waterways  of  Russia 

AUGUST    18  -  30  •  $3,795  PER  PERSON 

Spend  two  nigkts  in  Moscow,  visit  tke 
Kremlin  and  Red  Square  before 
embarking  on  a  cruise  to  ckarming  vil- 
lages and  tke  magnificent  city  of  St. 
Petersburg . 


to  the  Dlack  Sea 


Our  14-day  classic  itinerary  kom  tke 
Danube  to  tbe  Black  Sea  takes  you 
from  Austria  to  Hungary,  Yugoslavia, 


Bulgaria,  Romania,  and  Turkey.  Tken  to 
Istanbul  for  two  nigkts.  Vienna  is  a  two-night 
option. 

Spiritual  Siam: 

The  Traditions  of  Thailand 

SEPTEMBER    11    -  21  •   $3,795   PER  PERSON 

Spend  four  nigkts  in  Bankok,  tken  to 
Ckiang  Mai  for  tkree  nigkts.  See  tke 
Golden  Triangle,  wkere  tke  borders  of  Laos, 
Myanmar  (Burma),  and  Tkailand  meet. 


to  the  Sea  of  Ulysses 


September  26  -  October  8 
$4,695  per  person 

A  cruise  of  Turkey  and  tke  Greek  Isles  and 
stays  in  Istanbul  and  Athens.  The  center- 
piece is  a  seven-night  cruise  aboard  Radisson 
Seven  Seas  Cruises'  Song  of  Flower. 

Cotes  du  Rhone  Passage 

October  14-27 

$  3,495  per  person  from  new  york  or 

$3,595  per  person  from  atlanta 

Paris,  tke  "City  of  Ligkt,"  tke  TGV 
(world's  lastest  passenger  train),  Cannes, 
Provence,  and  Burgundy. 

Heritage  of  Northern  Italy 

October  20  -  November  2  •  $3,900  per  per- 
son 

We  are  pleased  to  offer  a  journey  tkrougk 
Nortkern  Italy.  SeeVenice  and  Lake 
Como,  as  well  as  visits  to  Bergamo,  Verona, 
Mantua,  Vicenza,  Bassano  del  Grappa, 
Padua,  and  Parma. 

Around  the  World  on  the  Concorde 

FALL  1  998  •  $55,800  PER  PERSON 

Our  ultimate  24-day  Around  tke  World 
journey:  two  nigkts  in  Kona,  Hawaii; 
tkree  nigkts  in  Queenstown,  New  Zealand; 
in  Sydney,  Australia;  in  tke  Masai  Mara, 
Kenya;  and  in  London,  England. 


Yuletide  in  Ravaria 


Old  World  Christmas  Markets 
December  7  -  14  •  $2,495  per  person 


Information  Request  Form 

For  detailed  brockures  on  these  programs 
listed  below,  please  return  this  form, 
appropriately  marked,  to  : 
Duke  Educational  Adventures 
614  Ckapel  Drive,  Durkam,  NC  27708 
or  fax  to:  (919)  684-6022 


Summer  Academy 

Q  Duke  Writers'  Workskop 

□  Tecknical  Writers'  Workskop 

□  Accessing  Your  Creativity 

01  Creative  Writing  for  Healtkcare 

Professionals 
Alumni  Colleges  Abroad 

□  Alumni  College  in  Burgundy 
Q  Tke  Oxford  Experience 

□  Alumni  College  of  Ireland 
Other  Programs 

□  Duke  Directions 

Q  Summer  Youtk  Camps  &  Weekend 
Workskops 


Dulse  Travel 

Q  Mediterranean  Adventure 
01  Alaskan  Wilderness 

□  Waterways  of  Russia 

□  Danube  to  tke  Black  Sea 
01  Spiritual  Siam: 

Tke  Traditions  of  Tkailand 
01  From  tke  Bospkorus  to 

tke  Sea  of  Ulysses 
Q  Cotes  du  Rkone  Passage 

□  Heritage  of  Nortkern  Italy 

□  Around  tke  World  on  tke  Concorde 
Ol  Yuletide  in  Bavaria 


Carolyn  Nelson  B.S.E.  '90  is  a  black-belt  quality 
engineer  for  General  Electric  in  the  Power  Systems 
division  in  Greenville,  S.C. 


i.A.  '90  was 

promoted  to  vice  president  of  Media  That  Works  in 
Cincinnati.  She  lives  in  Arlington  Heights,  111. 

Adam  Stein  M.D.  '90  is  the  director  of  the  Facial 
Plastic  Surgery  Center  in  Cary,  N.C. 

John  H.  Tabor  M.B.A.  '90  was  elected  vice  chair 
of  the  Charlotte-Mecklenburg  Planning  Commission. 
An  architect  by  training,  he  is  now  working  with  his 
wife,  Lee,  on  their  new  company,  US  Mortgage  Group. 

April  R.  Barnhardt  '91  was  promoted  to  vice  pres- 
ident for  new  business  development  at  Grey  Directory 
Marketing  Inc.  She  lives  in  Chicago. 


i  J.D.  '91  is  a  professor  of  legal  writing 
and  analysis  at  the  Mercer  University  School  of  Law  i 
Macon,  Ga. 


David  C.  Fuquea  A.M.  '92,  a  Marine  major,  com- 
pleted a  six-month  deployment  with  the  22nd  Marine 
Expeditionary  Unit  aboard  the  ships  of  the  USS 
Kearsarge  Amphibious  Ready  Group. 

Ruth  A  Glaser  M.H.A.  '92  is  vice  president  of  opera- 
tions at  Scotland  Memorial  Hospital  in  Laurinburg,  N.C. 

Thomas  K.  Loizeaux  M.B.A.  '92  is  a  vice  presi- 
dent, responsible  for  developing  new  relationships  with 
wealthy  individuals  and  families,  at  Fiduciary  Trust  Co. 
International  in  New  York  City. 
Carla  June  Spann  B.S.E.E.  '92  is  senior  manager 
of  collocation  at  Allegiance  Telecom  in  Dallas.  Her 
e-mail  address  is  cjspann@juno.com. 

Kent  AltSUler  '93,  who  earned  his  J.D.  at  the 
University  of  Texas'  law  school,  is  an  associate  at 
Fulbright  &  Jaworski  in  Houston. 

Aaron  J.  Enrico  '93  is  a  first-year  business 
student  at  the  Anderson  Graduate  School  of 


Business  at  UCLA.  He  lives  in  Westwood,  Calif. 

Catherine  Fellows-Jaquette  93  and  Laura 

Weatherly  '93,  owners  and  founders  of  Engaging 
Affairs,  Inc.,  were  featured  in  the  January  1998  issue  of 
Washingtonian  magazine  as  one  of  the  D.C.  area's  top 
wedding  and  party  planners. 

Shelby  Snyder  Hammer '93  received  a  Graduate 
Council  Fellowship  to  the  University7  of  Alabama  for 
the  1997-98  school  year. 

Karl  W.  Kottke  B.S.E.  '93,  M.S.  '94,  a  Navy 
lieutenant,  reported  for  duty  with  Strike  Fighter 
Squadron  37,  Naval  Air  Station  Cecil  Field,  Jack- 
sonville, Fla. 


;  J.D.  '93  joined  the  specialized 
finance  and  bankruptcy  practice  at  Shearman  6k 
Sterling  in  New  York  City. 

E.  Kristine  Chang  '94  is  an  associate  in  the  Dallas 
law  firm  Strasburger  6k  Price. 

Jill  R.  Fishow'94,  who  earned  her  J.D.  atVanderbilt 
University's  law  school,  is  an  associate  in  the  Houston 
office  of  Baker  6k  Hostetler. 

Terry  S.  Francis  M.B.A.  '94  is  senior  manager  of 
the  Atlanta  office  of  Ernst  6k  Young. 

Miho  Kameoka  '94,  who  graduated  from  Columbia 
Law  School,  joined  the  New  York  office  of  O'Melveny 
6k  Myers. 

John  S.  Lord  Jr.  J.D.  '94,  an  attorney  at  the 
Orlando  office  of  Foley  6k  Lardner,  was  elected  presi- 
dent of  the  board  of  directors  at  Hope  and  Help 
Center  of  Central  Florida  Inc. 


Phillips-Williams  '94,  who  earned  her 
master's  in  architecture  and  urban  planning  at  the 
University  of  Virginia,  is  the  urban  design  coordinator 
at  the  Riverfront/Downtown  Planning  and  Design 
Center  in  Chattanooga,  Tenn. 

Mandy  Riseden  '94  is  working  as  the  alumni 
coordinator  at  her  alma  mater,  St.  John's  School,  in 
Houston,  Texas. 


'  E.  Watson  J.D.  '94  is  a  corporate  counsel 
in  the  legal  department  at  Micron  Technology  in 
Boise,  Idaho. 


SEEDLING'S  HALF-CENTURY 


California  may 
have  the  world's 
largest  tree,  the 
Coast  Redwood 
(Sequoia  sempervirens), 
but  Duke  Gardens  has 
its  equally  impressive 
though  shorter  cousin, 
the  Dawn  Redwood 
(Metasequoia),  which 
celebrates  its  fiftieth 
year  on  campus.  (It's 
not  that  short;  in  1982, 
it  measured  sixty-six 
feet  and  came  in  sev- 
enteenth in  a  field  of 
fifty  Dawn  Redwoods.) 
Discovered  in  China 
in  1941,  this  "living  fos- 
sil" was  common  100 
million  years  ago;  dying 
dinosaurs  may  have 
lain  at  its  convoluted 
"feet"  of  roots.  Two 
men,  one  Japanese  and 


the  other  Chinese,  dis- 
covered it  simultane- 
ously but  separately. 
The  Japanese  paleob- 
otanist  Shigeru  Mild, 
studying  fossils  he  had 
collected  in  southern 
Japan,  first  assumed 
them  to  be  Sequoia,  but 
realized  they  differed 
significantly.  He  desig- 
nated them  a  new 
genus  of  fossil  conifers, 
"Metasequoia"  or  "near 
Sequoia" 

At  the  same  time,  a 


huge  and  locally  ven- 
erated conifer  in  the 
remote  part  of  Sichuan 
Province  that  he  had 
never  seen  before.  Since 
it  was  winter,  he  could 
not  take  leaf  samples, 


but  another  forester 
returned  three  years 
later  to  collect  speci- 
mens in  leaf.  Chinese 
botanists  determined 
these  were  the  same 
new  conifers  Miki 
had  just  discovered. 
After  the  war  ended, 
the  Harvard-trained 
botanist  H.H.  Hu  s 
samples  to  a  Harvard 
botanist,  Elmer  Drew 
Merrill,  who  pressed 
for  seed  samples.  Since 
the  war  had  left  the 
Chinese  laboratory 
destitute,  Hu  could  not 
pursue  any  field  work. 
Merrill  sent  him  $250 
"seed"  money  to  con- 
tinue his  work;  Hu 
gathered  and  sent  him 
a  large  quantity. 
By  January  1948, 


Merrill,  who  directed 
Harvard's  Arnold 
Arboretum,  had  germi- 
nated the  seed  in  the 
greenhouse  and  dis- 
tributed them  to  all  the 
major  botanical  gar- 
dens in  North  America 
and  Europe.  Duke 
Gardens  planted  its 

in  1949.  It 
has  thrived,  just  north 
of  the  fish  pond,  where 
it  likes  its  feet  wet.  (In 
China,  the  natives  call 
it  shui-sha,  or  water  fir.) 


— from  information 
provided  by  Hugo  L. 
Blomqiiisi  professor 
emeritus  William  L. 
Culberson  in  Flora,  the 
newsletter  for  the  Friends 
of  Duke  Gardens 


Ann  C, 

Mifflin  Co 


95  is  a  public 
New  York  City. 


:  Houghtc 


G.  Newsom  J.D.  '95  joined  the  Dallas 
office  of  the  law  firm  Strasburger  6k  Price. 

Lisa  Jeanne  Battaglia  Owen  '95  received  a 
Graduate  Council  Fellowship  to  the  University  of 
Alabama  for  the  1997-98  school  year. 
Sarah  E.  Prosser  '95,  who  was  a  U.S.  Peace  Corps 
volunteer  working  as  an  English  teacher  and  consultant 
to  women's  organizations  in  Uzbekistan,  is  now  in 
Almaty,  Kazakstan,  working  for  the  U.S.  Agency  for 
International  Development's  Office  of  Democratic 
Transition. 

Julia  A.  Eklund  J.D.  '96  is  an  independent  con- 
tractor and  consultant  for  various  firms  in  the  Kansas 
City,  Kansas,  area. 

Khris  Lewin  '96  began  his  third  season  acting 
with  the  Cincinnati  Shakespeare  Festival  this  past  fall. 
He  also  made  his  directing  debut  with  a  CSF  educa- 
tional outreach  production  of  Macbeth,  and  he  designed 
his  first  set  for  the  current  CSF  production  of  The 
Alchemist.  Last  July,  he  attended  the  National  Stage 
Combat  workshop  in  Las  Vegas,  where  he  won  the 
award  for  best  scene  in  the  actor-combatant  workshop. 

Josie  Amley  Pielop  '96,  a  first-year  medical  stu- 
dent, was  one  of  six  chosen  as  Presidential  Scholars  at 
Baylor  College  of  Medicine  in  Houston. 


30      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


5.S.E.  '96  appeared  in  The  Miami 
Herald  for  cooking  "Yummy  Bars,"  a  treat  introduced 
to  him  by  his  freshman  roommate,  Jason  GolbllS 
B.S.E.  '96. 

Matthew  Gidney  '97  is  an  account  coordinator  at 
Renegade  Marketing  Group  in  New  York  City,  where 
he  specializes  in  web  media. 

Jeremy  A.  Hushon  J.D.  '97  joined  the  Washington 
office  of  the  international  law  firm  Fulbright  & 
Jaworski.  He  lives  in  Arlington,  Va. 


S.  KelleyJ.D.'97isan 

the  Dallas  law  firm  Strasburger  &  Price. 


i  H.  Kirtland  J.D.  '97  joined  the 
Washington  office  of  the  international  law  firm  of 
Fulbright  &  Jaworski. 

Kathy  Michelle  Moore  '97  is  a  first-year  student 
at  the  Dickinson  School  of  Law  of  Pennsylvania  State 
University-.  She  lives  in  Harrisburg. 

Nelson  M.  Reid  J.D.  '97  is  an  associate  in  the 
litigation  department  at  the  law  firm  Bricker  &  Eckler 
in  Columbus,  Ohio. 

MARRIAGES:  William  Haymond  Cook '90  to 
Shelley  AnnTeets  on  Oct.  18.  Residence:  Morgantown, 
W.Va. .  Abby  Wolf  '90  to  Gentry  Menzel  on  Nov.  2. 
Residence:  Cambridge, Mass.... Mary  Virginia 
"Ginny"  Rollins  '91  to  Robert  Anthony  Millet  on 
Nov.  29... Jennifer  Allan  '93  to  Simon  Kassabian 
on  Jan.  2... Vanessa  Phillips '94  to  Albert  Jerome 
Williams  Jr.  on  Sept.  27...Mandy  Riseden'94  to 
Neil  Giles  on  Dec.  27.  Residence:  Houston... Heath 
Lance  Marcus  '95  to  Jennifer  Karen  Soininen 
'95  on  Oct.  4.  Residence:  Oak  Harbor, Wash.... Craig 
!  J.D.  '95  to  Natalie  Sidles  J.D.  '95  on 


June  21, 1997.  Residence:  Dallas. .  .Ryan  Scott  Mess- 
more  '97  to  Karin  K.  Stoskopf '97  on  Dec.  27. 

BIRTHS:  First  child  and  daughter  to  Patricia 
Keogh  Naslund  90,  M.D.  '94  and  Robert  A. 

Naslund  B.S.E.  '90,  Ph.D.  '95  on  June  20, 1997. 
Named  Laura  Catherine. . .First  child  and  daughter  to 
Kira  Lee  Mueller  Newton  '90  and  Robert 
Lee  Newton  Jr.  '89  on  Dec.  3.  Named  Arianna 
Rhiannon...A  daughter  to  Kelly  Capen  Douglas 
J.D.  '93  and  Jeffrey  D.  Douglas  on  Nov.  15.  Named 
Courtney  Capen  Douglas. .  .Second  child  and  son  to 
Nathan  K.  Cummings  LL.M.  97,  J.D  97  and 
Donna  Cummings  on  Sept.  7.  Named  Nathaniel  Isaac. 


DEATHS 


lone  Markham  Linker '20  of  Chapel  Hill,  on 
Sept.  4-  She  had  taught  in  the  Durham  City  Schools 
and  served  on  the  staff  at  the  UNC  library  in  Chapel 
Hill.  She  is  survived  by  three  sons,  including  Edward 
H.  Linker  B.S.M.E.  '47:  10  grandchildren;  and  eight 
great-grandchildren. 


U.  Haynes  Aiken  '23  of  Washington, 
D.C.,  on  Dec.  21.  The  retired  educator,  civic  worker, 
and  philanthropist  was  named  "Mother  of  the  Year" 
for  1964  in  Washington,  DC.  She  was  the  first  woman 
at  Trinity  College  to  serve  as  class  president.  She  is 
survived  by  two  daughters,  including  Ursula  Aiken 
Mason  '48:  a  son;  14  grandchildren,  including  Scott 
Aiken  Mason  7  3  and  Randall  Sherman 
'74;  and  seven  great-grandchildren. 

75  of  Atlanta,  on  July  18. 


/2e/u*td 
*7Ae  ^eamd 


I  ROIl  DUKES 


Duke  University  Athletic  Scholarship  Fund 


Now.  you  can  be  a  part  of  the  team.  By  contributing  as  little 
as  $100,  you  can  display  your  Iron  Duke  window  decal  with 
pride  and  know  you  have  helped  Blue  Devil  student-athletes 
maintain  Duke's  proud  athletic  tradition.  Take  the  next  step 
by  requesting  information.  NOW! 


I 

I      YES.  I  am  interested  in  finding  out  more  about  the  Iron  Dukes. 
I     Please  send  a  membership  information  brochure  to  the  address  listed  beiow 

I 

Name: 

Address: 

City:  State:  Zip: 

Phone  Number  (B):  H 


Please  return  this  form  to:  Iron  Dukes 

311  Finch  Yeager  Bldg..  Box  90542 
Duke  University 
Durham.  NC  27708-0542 
i  1 919 1  684-5033 


May -June  1998        31 


Members  Benefit. 


It  always  pays  to  call  Alamo*  first  when  renting  a  car.  Competitive  rates,  quality  service,  and 
an  extensive  fleet  makes  Alamo  the  right  choice  every  time.  And  now  these  exclusive 
benefits  make  Alamo  an  even  better  choice: 

Year-round  discounts  •  Special  money-saving  promotions 

•  Additional  driver  fee  waived  •  Dedicated  membership  reservations  line 

Plus,  enjoy  Alamo's  Travel  SmartSM  Extras: 

Frequent  flyer  rewards  •  24-hour  roadside  assistance  earned  with  every  rental 

Alamo  True  Blue™  Award  Points  •  Unlimited  free  mileage 

For  reservations,  contact  your  travel  agent  or  call  Alamo  at 

1-800-354-2322 

Be  sure  to  request  I.D.  #         410225  and  Rate  Code  BY. 

For  interactive  reservations  access  us  at  www.goalamo.com 

When  it's  your  time  and  money 


Travel  Smartss 


One  Free  Day 

Certificate  is  valid  for  one  free  day.  Just  reserve  a  compact  through  a  fullsize  4-door  car  in  the  United  States  or  Canada, 
or  a  Group  B  through  F  in  Europe  or  Mexico.  Valid  on  rentals  of  at  least  3  days. 


■  Only  one  certificate  per  rental;  not  to  be  used  in  conjunction  with  any 
other  discounted  or  promotional  rate.  Cannot  be  used  with  an  Alamo 
Express  Plus5M  or  a  Quicksilver^  rental. 

'  Please  make  your  reservation  at  least  24  hours  before  arrival.  Travel  Agents: 

Please  include  /SI-C-FN1B  in  the  car  sett. 
■You  must  present  this  certificate  at  the  Alamo*  counter  on  arrival;  it  is  void 

once  redeemed.  Valid  on  self-drive  rentals  only. 

•  One  free  day  certificate  will  be  calculated  by  prorating  against  the  entire  rental 
period  basic  rate,  whu-h  Jot-  not  imhkk'  uxo  fnu  kklmL:  in  California, VLF 
taxes  ranging  up  to  SI. 89  per  day),  registration  fee/tax  reimbursements,  airport 
concession  recoupment  charges,  fuel,  other  optional  items,  and  airport  access 
fees  (if  any). 

■  Certificate  has  no  cash  value,  and  any  unused  portion  is  n  on -refundable. 

•  Reproductions  will  not  be  accepted,  and  expired  or  lost  certificates  "  Coupon  is 
cannot  be  replaced. 

For  reservations,  contact  your  travel  agent 

1-800-354-2322 _,„,„ 

Be  sure  rn  remiesr  ID.  Number         410225, 


Offer  is  subject  to  Al. nno's  Nt.ind.uJ  conditions  it  the  time  of  rental. 

Offer  valid  through  December  31,  1998. The  following  blackout  dates  apply: 

In  the  United  States  and  Canada:  1 1/26-11/28/97,  12/18-12/29/97, 

2/12-2/14/98,4/9-4/11/98,5/21-5/23/98,7/02-7/4/98,7/16-8/15/98, 

9/3-9/5/98,  10/8-10/10/98,  11/25-11/27/98  and  12/17-12/31/98. 

In  the  United  kin-dom   (  ;i-s  m  .to    [klcium.  (  k  XciIktI  nuK   mj 

Switzerland:  12/20-12/31/97.  6/15-7/31/98  and  12/20-12/31/98.  In 

Ireland,  Greece,  Portugal.The  Czech  Republic  and  Malta:  12/20-12/31/97, 

7/15-9/30/98  and  12/20  12,  31/98.  In  Mexico:  12/12/97-1/31/98, 

7/1/98-8/31/98,  and  12/12/98-12/31/98. 

Coupon  is  valid  only  at  airport  and  airport  serving  locations  and  at 

participating  European  or  Mexican  locations  operating  under  the  name 

of  Alamo. 

Coupon  is  not  valid  on  plan  code  Al. 


oill  Al.i 


When  it's  your  time  and  money 


|  FN  IB  | 

Rate  Code  I 


>  request  I.D.  Numbe 


Rate  Code  BY  and  Coupon  Code  FN1B.  For  interactive 


Travel  Smart"' 

146402-1197 


78  of  Durham,  on 
Nov.  10.  She  taught  elementary  school  for  45  years 
before  retiring. 

Jesse  Page  Pate  '29  on  Sept.  27.  He  is  survived 
by  two  daughters,  two  grandchildren,  and  a  great- 

Elizabeth  Ann  MacFadyen  Graham 

A.M.  '31  on  Nov.  10,  after  a  long  illness.  In  the 
Thirties,  she  held  a  fellowship  at  the  Library  of 
Congress.  Later,  she  was  a  member  of  the  research 
and  editorial  staff  of  the  Colorado  State  Archives, 
worked  as  a  reference  librarian  at  UNC-Charlotte, 
and  was  public  documents  librarian  at  Duke.  She 
retired  in  1976.  She  is  survived  by  three  children, 
four  grandchildren,  a  brother,  and  a  sister. 

Rose  Laws  Jennings  '30  of  Charlotte,  on  May 

31,1997. 

Robert  Patterson  Thorne  '30  of  Littleton, 

N.C.,  on  Oct.  3.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Charlotte, 

two  daughters,  four  grandchildren,  and  two  great- 

L'randchildren. 


Frank  H.  Menaker'31  of  Camp  Hill,  Pa.,  on 
Sept.  9.  After  a  brief  acting  career  on  Broadway,  he 
entered  his  family's  mattress  manufacturing  business. 
He  later  became  founder  and  president  of  Domestic 
Distributors  Inc.  In  1967,  he  sold  his  business  interests 
to  become  a  member  of  the  faculty  of  Harrisburg 
Area  Community  College,  where  he  taught  speech 
and  drama  for  12  years.  After  that,  he  spent  five  years 
as  a  cruise  director  and  travel  lecturer  with  Nor- 
wegian-American Line.  He  is  survived  by  two  sons, 
including  J.  Thomas  Menaker'60,J.D.'63;  and 
a  brother,  Jerome  S.  Menaker  '37. 
David  Henry  Stowe  '31,  M.Ed.  '34  on  Nov.  10, 
of  lung  cancer.  He  was  a  labor  arbitrator,  former 
chairman  of  the  National  Mediation  Board,  and  an 
administrative  assistant  to  President  Harry  S  Truman. 
He  is  survived  by  two  sons,  five  grandchildren,  and 
three  great-grandchildren. 

Thomas  P.  Carriger '32,  M.Div. '35  of  Chattanooga, 
on  Nov.  12. 


i  A.  Gallia  '33  of  Vineland,  N.J.,  on  July  21, 
of  a  stroke.  A  Navy  veteran  of  World  War  II,  he  was 
co-owner  of  a  beer  distribution  company  for  32  years. 
He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Mary  Jane,  a  daughter,  a 
son,  four  grandchildren,  and  two  great-grandchildren. 

Margaret  Louise  Braswell  Hamilton  '33  of 

Whitakers,  N.C.,  on  Jan.  13,  of  heart  failure.  She  is 
survived  by  her  husband,  J.P;  a  daughter,  Margaret 
Louise  Hamilton  Johnston  '59;  four  grandchil- 
dren; and  three  gtvat-L;r,iiklchildren. 
Parker  R.  Hamlin  '33  of  Spanish  Fort,  Ala.,  on 
July  26,  of  lung  cancer. 

Kenneth  T.  Knight  B.S.E.  '33  of  Raleigh,  on  Jan. 
8.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Clara. 

Arthur  W.  Batson  Sr.  B.S.E.  '34  of  Partridge 
Circle  and  Kennebunk  Beach,  Maine,  on  Nov.  1.  He 
became  general  manager  of  Lucas  Tree  Expert  Co.  in 
1964,  and  chief  operating  officer  and  chairman  of  the 
board  in  1979.  Three  years  later,  he  and  his  son  bought 
the  business.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Alice,  two 
daughters,  a  son,  two  sisters,  two  brothers,  and  sue 
grandchildren. 

Hugh  A.  Curry  '34  on  Oct.  7.  He  was  president  of 
One  Valley  Bank  of  Charleston,  W.Va.,  before  retiring 
in  1975.  He  also  served  on  the  board  of  directors  of  the 
Charleston  Area  Medical  Center  and  the  University  of 
Charleston,  was  president  of  the  Charleston  Area  Cham- 
ber of  Commerce,  and  was  a  member  of  the  board  of 
governors  of  the  Federal  Reserve  Bank  of  Richmond. 
He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Elizabeth,  three  sons,  nine 


grandchildren,  and  three  great-grandchildren. 

Mary  Parkhurst  Ewell  '34  on  July  11.  She  is 
survived  by  her  husband,  George  W.  Ewell  '33; 

two  sons;  three  grandchildren;  and  two  great-grand- 
children. 

Gustave  Freeman  M.D.  '34  of  Palo  Alto,  Calif, 
on  Sept.  16.  A  scientist,  he  studied  the  impact  of  pol- 
lutants and  documented  the  effects  of  ordinary  expo- 
sure to  pollution  in  an  industrial  setting.  He  is  sur- 
vived by  two  sons,  including  Jonathan  Freeman 
M.D.  '68;  a  daughter;  and  five  grandchildren. 

Mary  Stuart  h/ey  Hitner  34  of  Travelers  Rest.S.C, 
on  Dec.  8.  She  was  a  high  school  teacher  of  Greek  and 
Latin  for  25  years.  She  is  survived  by  her  son,  Stuart. 

Thomas  Lewis  Jamerson  Jr. '34,  of  Charleston, 

WVa.,  on  July  29.  He  is  survived  by  a  sister. 

Katherine  Brooks  Warren  '34  on  Sept.  14.  She 

was  a  piano  teacher  for  ^5  veats  before  retiring  in 
1990.  She  is  survived  by  two  sons,  Brooks  and  Ricks, 
and  five  grandchildren. 

Robert  A.  Boyd  '35  of  Charleston,  S.C.,  on  Aug.  24. 

Theron  Clair  Cleveland  Jr.  35,  LL.B.  38  of 
Greenville,  S.C.,  on  Oct.  4,  of  colon  cancer.  He  prac- 
ticed law  in  Greenville  and  Knoxville.Tenn.,  before 
joining  South  Carolina  Bank  (now  Wachovia  Bank  of 
South  Carolina)  as  a  trust  officer.  He  retired  in  1980 
as  executive  vice  president  and  director  of  banking. 
An  Army  veteran  of  World  War  II,  he  had  served  for 
two  and  a  half  years  in  North  Africa  and  in  the 
Mediterranean.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Elizabeth, 
two  daughters,  a  son,  and  two  grandchildren. 

Ima  Honaker  Herron  Ph.D.  '35  of  Dallas,  Texas, 

on  Jan.  19,1997. 

Dan  H.  Montgomery  Sr.  '35  on  Sept.  14. 
Ordained  as  a  United  Methodist  minister,  he  served  a 
number  of  churches  in  the  S.C.  United  Methodist 
Conference.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Ann;  a 
daughter;  a  son,  Charles  H.  Montgomery  71; 
and  five  grandchildren. 

John  F.  Reed  '35,  Ph.D.  '36  of  Durango,  Colo.,  on 
Dec.  4.  He  is  survived  by  a  son,  Robert  M.  Reed  '63. 

Irving  Michael  Siegel  M.D. '35  of  New  York 
City,  on  Aug.  12.  He  ran  his  own  general  practice  in 
Greenwich  Village.  During  World  War  II,  he  was  a 
captain  in  the  Army  Medical  Corps.  He  is  survived 
by  two  sons. 

Betty  Halsema  Foley  '36  of  Scottsdale,  Ariz., 
on  Aug.  8.  She  is  survived  by  a  brother,  James  J. 
Halsema  '40. 


Jr. '37,  M.D. '41  of 
Concord,  N.C.,  on  Dec.  12.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife, 

Robert  P.  Daniels  '37  of  Elizabeth  City,  N.C.,  on 
May  8, 1997.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Alice,  a  daugh- 
ter, a  son,  and  two  grandchildren. 

Charlotte  S.  Koch  '37  of  Baltimore,  on  Aug.  21, 

of  complications  from  emphysema.  Site  is  survived  by 
three  sons  and  four  grandchildren. 


Lane  More  '37  of  Kennet  Square,  Pa., 
on  Nov.  11.  She  is  survived  by  a  son,  Ronald. 

R.  Mel  Perry  B.S.M.  '37,  M.D.  '38  ofVentura,  Calif, 
on  June  4. 

Dorothy  Seymour  Pettit'37  of  Arcadia,  Fla.  She 
is  survived  by  her  husband,  Paul  Pettit'37;  four 
children,  including  Randall  S.  Pettit  64,  Judith 
Powers  70,  and  Barbara  Chase  '74;  a  brother; 

10  grandchildren;  and  six  great-grandchildren. 

E.  Treat '37  of  Madison,  Conn.,  on  July  14. 


A  Charitable 

Annuity: 

The  Gift 

That  Pays 

In  exchange  for  a  gift  of 
$10,000  or  more,  Duke  can 
offer  you  (or  you  and  your 
spouse)  a  fixed  annual 
income  for  life. 

Your  age  (and  that  of  your 
spouse),  your  financial 
needs,  and  current  interest 
rates  determine  the  annuity 
rate  Duke  can  offer. 


Some  Sa 

nple  Rates 

Your  Age 

Annuity 

60 

6.5% 

70 

7.5% 

75 

8.0% 

Your  Ages 

Annuity 

70/68 

6.5% 

75/73 

7.0% 

Annuity  rates  are  subject  to 
change.  Once  your  gift  is  made, 
the  annuity  rate  remains  fixed. 

Please  alloiu  us  to  send  you 
a  proposal 


Please  contact 

Michael  C.  Sholtz,  J.D.,  LL.M. 

Director,  Duke  University 

Office  of  Planned  Giving 

Box  90606 

2127  Campus  Drive 

Durham  NC  27708-0606 

(919)  681-0464 

(919)684-2123 


May-June  1998        33 


Courtney '38  of  Orange  Park, 
Fla.,  on  Sept.  19.  An  FBI  agent  in  World  War  II,  he 
spent  most  of  his  life  with  Merrill  Lynch  in  Jacksonville, 
Fla.,  retiring  in  1974.  He  is  survived  hy  his  wife,  Nancy; 
a  daughter;  son  William  Courtney  Jr.  M.B.A.  '85; 
and  eight  grandchildren. 


T.  Gale  '38,  M.D.  '42  of  Narragansett,  R.I., 
April  19, 1997,  of  pneumonia.  During  World  War  I 


he  was  an  Army  captain.  He  was  one  of  the  first  doc- 
tors to  write  an  article  on  Vitamin  C  for  the  American 
Medical  Association's  journal.  He  specialized  in  geri- 
atric medicine.  He  is  survived  by  a  sister. 

Alfred  L.  "Pee  Wee"  Owens  '38  of  Wilson, 
N.C.,  on  Nov.  3.  He  was  a  colonel  in  the  U.S.  military. 

Elizabeth  Gibbons  lriplett'38  of  Lenoir, 
N.C.,  on  Oct.  29.  She  is  survived  by  her  husband,  Ira, 


a  son,  three  daughters,  six  grandchildren,  and  four 
great-grandchildren. 


P.  Miles  Jr.  A.M.  '39,  Ph.D.  '49  on  Oct.  2. 

Robert  A.  Goldberg  '40,  J.D.  '49  of  North 
Conway,  N.H.,  on  Aug.  10.  He  was  the  owner  and 
president  of  Gralyn  Furniture,  Inc. 


CLASSIFIEDS 


ACCOMMODATIONS 

ARROWHEAD 
INN,  Durham's 
country  bed  and 
breakfast. 
Restored  1775 

plantation  on  four  rural  acres,  20 
minutes  to  Duke.  Written  up  in 
USA  Today,  Food  &  Wine,  Mid- 
Atlantic.  106  Mason  Rd.,  27712.  (919)  477-8430; 
outside  919  area,  (800)  528-2207. 

113  LONDON  FLATS 

FINEST  SELECTION  OF  PRIVATE  FLATS 

IN  LONDON 

Highest  standards,  best  locations:  Mayfair, 

Belgravia,  Knightsbridge,  Chelsea,  Holland  Park, 

and  Covent  Garden 

MINIMUM  STAY  OF  ONE  WEEK 

Airport  pick-up  with  each  reservation 

One,  two,  three,  four,  five  bedrooms  available. 

$650  to  $3,500  per  week. 

13  COTSWOLD  COTTAGES 

Near  Tetbury 

FINEST  STANDARD 

Located  on  a  private  estate  with  manor  house 

Filled  with  history  and  charm 

Fully  modernized  to  a  very  high  standard 

Studios  to  five -bedroom  cottages 

$650  to  $1,200  per  week 

BROCHURES  AND  REFERENCES,  CONTACT: 

The  London  Connection 

Mr.  Thomas  Moore 

Phone:  (801)  393-9120  Fax:  (801)  393-3024 


DURHAM'S  BEST  KEPT  CHARMING  SECRET 
DUKE  TOWER  RESIDENTIAL  SUITES 

Luxuriously  furnished  all-suite  hotel. 

Award-winning  gardens,  magnificent  outdoor  pool, 

fitness  center,  covered  walking  track, 

fully  equipped  kitchen,  two  remote  control 

color  TVs,  HBO  and  cable,  two  telephones, 

free  local  calls,  call  waiting,  and  voice  mail, 

laundry  room,  fax  and  copier  service, 

uniformed  security,  pets  permitted. 

One  minute  from  East  Campus,  two  minutes 

from  West  Campus  and  Duke  Medical  Center. 

Just  streets  away  from  many  restaurants  and 

Northgate  Mall,  fifteen  minutes  to  RDU  Airport. 

For  reservations  and  information, 

call  (919)  687-4444;  fax  (919)  683-1215. 

EDISTO  ISLAND,  SC  (featured  in  NY  Times  and 
Washington  Post):  Fantastic  front  beach  house 
sleeping  13.  Great  spring/fall  rates.  Near  Charleston. 
(202)  338-3877  for  information,  pictures. 
ST  JOHN:  Two  bedrooms,  pool.  Quiet  elegance, 
spectacular  view.  (508)  668-2078. 


FRANCE,  DORDOGNE:  Attractive  three-bedroom 
house,  garden  in  medieval  village.  (513)  221-1253. 
bastides@aol.com 

FIGURE  EIGHT  ISLAND,  WILMINGTON,  NC: 
Four  bedrooms  (two  master  suites),  three  baths. 
Numerous  amenities:  linens,  VCR,  Cable,  bikes,  etc. 
Screenporch,  panoramic  views  sound/ocean.  Weekly 
$2,050.  (910)  686-4099. 


FOR  RENT 


Four-bedroom,  three -bath  house  on  12th  tee  of  Mt. 
Mitchell  Golf  Course.  Over  2,850  square  feet,  includ- 
ing 1,000-square-foot  game  room  with  pool  table, 
ping  pong,  foosball,  putting  green,  dart  board,  pinball 
machines,  Pac  Man  and  Astrowars  games,  TV  set, 
and  more.  Ideal  for  two  families.  Contact  Lawton 
Brown,  evenings,  (561)  434-2224. 


FOR  SALE 


N.C.  MOUNTAINS 
Lake  Lure  Area 

THREE  CREEKS...  an  unparalleled  community. 

Only  sixteen  3-acre  homesites  are  being  developed, 

none  contiguous  with  another,  within  240  acres 

of  conserved  land.  This  surrounding  nature 

preserve  is  deeded  to  the  owners-to  be  enjoyed 

by  all.  Abundant  water  sources,  prominent 

waterfalls,  meadows,  forest,  swim  pond,  trails, 

and  library  cabin.  Protective  covenants 

with  architectural  review.  Paved  roads, 

underground  utilities.  Eight  sites  sold, 

five  being  prepared. 

John  Nelson,  Owner/Broker 

241  Three  Creeks  Road 

Lake  Lure,  NC  28746 

(704)  625-4293. 


MISCELLANEOUS 


WALL  STREET  to  Main  Street. 

30  percent  off  The  Wall  Street  Journal  and  The 
Herald-Sun  delivered  to  your  home  daily  (new 

subscribers  only,  limited  delivery  area,  some 
restrictions  apply).  Call  (800)  672-0061  or  (919) 
419-6900  for  more  information,  or  visit  The  Herald- 
Sun  website:  www.herald-sun.com/service. 


CLASSIFIED  RATES 


GET  IN  TOUCH  WITH  60,000+  POTENTIAL 
buyers,  renters,  consumers,  through  Duke  Classifieds. 
RATES:  $2.50  per  word,  minimum  10  words.  10  per- 
cent discount  for  two  or  more  i 


DISPLAY  RATES  (with  art  or  special  type  treat- 


DATE 

SOMEONE 

WHO  KNOWS  THAT 

SMART  IS  SEXY 

GRADUATES  AND  FACULTY 

OF 

DUKE, 

THE  IVIES, 

SEVEN  SISTERS, 

MIT,  STANFORD, 

UNIVERSITY  OF  CHICAGO, 

UC  BERKELEY,  CALTECH, 

ACCREDITED  MEDICAL 

SCHOOLS 

DATE  ALUMNI 

AND  ACADEMICS 

MORE  THAN  2600  MEMBERS 


800-988-5288 


ment);  $150  per  column  inch  (2  3/8"  wide). 
REQUIREMENTS:  All  copy  must  be  printed  or 
typed;  specify  section  (FOR  SALE,  etc.)  in  which 
ad  should  appear.  Due  to  postal  regulations,  no 
travel  arrangements  allowed. 
ALL  ADS  MUST  BE  PREPAID:  Send  check  or 
money  order  (payable  to  Duke  Magazine)  to: 
Classifieds,  Duke  Magazine,  614  Chapel  Drive, 
Durham,  NC  27708-0570. 
We  also  accept  VISA,  MASTERCARD,  and 
DISCOVER.  No  phone  orders,  except  FAX  orders 
with  credit  card  numbers  and  expiration  date: 
(919)  684-6022. 

DEADLINES:  November  15  (January-February 
issue),  January  15  (March-April  issue),  March  15 
(May- June  issue),  May  15  (July-August  issue),  July 
15  (September-October  issue),  September  15 
(November-December  issue).  Please  specify  issues 
in  which  ad  should  appear. 


34      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


North  Adams,  Mass.,-on  Nov.  20. 

Arthur  Allen  Morris  '40,  M.D.  '44  on  Aug.  17,  of 
cancer.  After  serving  in  the  Army  Medical  Corps  in 
World  War  II,  he  began  a  neurosurgical  practice  in 
Washington,  D.C.  In  1974,  he  retired  from  medicine 
and  became  involved  in  commercial  real  estate  ven- 
tures. He  moved  to  Florida  in  1987.  He  is  survived  by 
five  children,  including  Dwight  A.  Morris  '70;  a 
sister;  and  nine  grandchildren. 

Walter  Spaeth  '40,  M.D.  '43  of  Elizabeth  City,  N.C., 
on  Dec.  7.  He  was  a  past  president  of  the  N.C  Society 
of  Internal  Medicine.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife, 
Shirley,  three  sons,  and  a  sister. 


mi3v»c  »>iivm«„J  Jr.  '40  of  Murfreesboro, 
Tenn.,  on  Sept.  29  after  a  long  illness.  He  was  a  profes- 
sor in  the  social  sciences  and  history  departments  of 
Middle  Tennessee  State  University.  He  is  survived  by 
his  wife,  Lucy,  a  daughter,  a  son,  and  a  granddaughter. 

Arthur  H.  Branson  A.M.  '41,  of  Woodland  Hills, 
Calif.,  on  Sept.  5. 


Jr.  A.M.  '41,  LL.D  '64  in 
August,  of  cancer.  A  Navy  veteran  of  World  War  II,  he 
became  president  of  the  University  of  Virginia,  where 
he  caused  much  controversy  over  his  outspoken  oppo- 
sition to  the  war  in  Vietnam.  He  is  survived  by  five 
daughters,  including  Lois  McCain  '84  and 
Virginia  Finley  '88. 

Creighton  Wells  Phillips  Jr.  '41  of  Honosassa, 
Fla.,  on  July  17.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Dorothy, 
four  children,  four  grandchildren,  and  a  sister. 

J.  Clyde  Allen  Jr.  '42  on  Aug.  9  in  a  car  accident. 
At  Duke,  he  was  a  member  of  Sigma  Chi  fraternity 
and  the  basketball  team.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife, 
Emily  Vaughan  Allen  Cotter  '42;  a  son;  a  sister; 
three  stepsons;  three  grandchildren;  two  great-grand- 
children; and  one  step-grandchild. 

John  Weber  Carr  III  B.S.E.E.  '43  of  Bryn  Mawr, 
Pa.,  on  April  8.  A  pioneer  in  computer  science,  he 
taught  at  the  University  of  Michigan,  UNC-Chapel 
Hill,  and  the  University  of  Pennsylvania.  He  was  a  vis- 
iting professor  in  Amsterdam  and  Sydney,  and  lectured 
in  the  Soviet  Union  and  China.  Later,  he  installed  the 
laboratory  and  curriculum  for  the  Egyptian  Air  Force 
Academy.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Esther,  a  son,  two 
daughters,  and  five  grandchildren. 

Larry  M.  Coyte  '43  of  Jeffersonville,  Ind.,  on  Feb. 
24, 1997. 


;  Jr. '43  of  Windsor,  N.C,  on 
Sept.  27.  A  farmer  and  merchant  who  served  on  the 
local  board  of  education  and  the  N.C.  Oil  Jobbers 
Association  board,  he  also  was  a  rural  mail  carrier  for 
35  years.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Anne,  a  daughter, 
a  son,  and  three  grandchildren. 

Verne  Lester  Harper  Ph.D.  '43  of  Gainesville, 
Fla.,  on  Nov.  12.  After  retiring  as  a  career  research  sci- 
entist in  the  USDA-Forest  Service,  he  taught  forest 
policy  at  the  University  of  Florida  School  of  Forest 
Resources  and  Conservation.  He  was  a  founder  of  the 
International  Union  of  Societies  of  Foresters  and  its 
first  president. 

E.  Lauck  Lanahan  '43  of  St.  Simons  Island,  Ga., 
on  Oct.  24.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Anne  M. 
Lanahan  '44;  two  sons;  a  daughter;  a  brother,  John 
S.  Lanahan  '45;  and  two  grandchildren. 

T.  Moffat  Storer  '43  of  Hilliard,  Ohio,  on  Jan.  8. 
At  Duke,  he  was  a  member  of  the  1942  Rose  Bowl 
football  team  and  captain  of  the  track  team.  He  was 
a  Marine  Corps  officer  during  World  War  II,  retiring 
from  the  Marine  Reserve  as  a  lieutenant  colonel. 
He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Gloria  I 
'43;  a  daughter;  and  a 


William  B.  Iyer  Jr.  '43  on  Nov.  27.  He  was  a 
World  War  II  veteran  in  the  Army  Air  Corps.  He  was 
the  first  man  to  fly  into  the  eye  of  a  hurricane  with 
weather  reconnaissance.  He  was  a  TWA  pilot  and  was 
national  president  of  Special  Industrial  Radio  Service 
Association.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Janet 
Iyer  '44;  a  daughter;  and  a  son. 


A.  Varney  '43  of  Darien,  Conn.,  on  Aug. 
28.  After  serving  in  the  Navy,  he  joined  the  J.  Walter 
Thompson  Co.  where,  as  a  senior  vice  president,  he 
had  an  important  role  m  ouNi^hm^  the  New  York 
Mets  and  the  Toronto  Blue  Jays  baseball  clubs.  He  is 
survived  by  his  wife,  Susan;  sons  Norman  A. 
Varney  Jr.  '73  and  Robert  R.  Varney  M.D.  '79; 

a  daughter;  and  four  grandchildren. 

George  Hilton  B.S.M.E. '44,  of  Northfield,  111.,  on 
Oct.  7.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Lorraine. 
Charles  Theodore  Speth  '44,  J.D.  '49,  LL.M.  '50 
of  Marion,  S.C.,  on  Sept.  21.  He  served  in  the  Navy 
during  World  War  II  and  retired  from  the  Naval 
Reserves  as  a  commander.  He  was  instrumental  in 
beginning  the  Barristers'  Club  at  Duke's  law  school. 
He  was  a  partner  in  the  law  firm  Speth  and  Blackmon. 
He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Anna  Williams  Speth 


WONDER 
WOMAN 


R.N.  '47,  B.S.N.  '47;  a  son,  Charles  T.  Speth  II  '73; 
a  daughter,  Patricia  Speth  Blackmon '77,  J.D. 

'84;  and  four  grandchildren. 

Elizabeth  D.  Williams '44  of  Berkeley,  Calif.,  on 
Nov.  28.  She  is  survived  by  a  brother,  Charles  R. 
Dilts  '52 

Lawrence  Kennedy  Boggs  '45  on  Oct.  31.  He 
was  a  pioneer  and  internationally  known  expert  in  the 
treatment  of  male  urologica]  problems.  He  was  a  char- 
ter member  and  violinist  in  the  Queens  College 
Community  Orchestra.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife, 
Jean;  two  sons,  including  Randall  B.  Boggs  '75;  a 
daughter;  five  grandchildren;  three  sisters;  and  two 
brothers. 

Blake  Wayne  Van  Leer  B.S.M.E.  '45  of 
Arlington,  Va.,  on  Oct.  3,  of  congestive  heart  failure.  A 
retired  Navy  captain,  he  later  operated  construction 
and  engineering  firms  in  the  Washington,  D.C,  area. 
He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Colleen,  three  children,  two 
stepsons,  a  sister,  a  brother,  and  11  grandchildren. 

John  H.  Cooke  B.S.M.E.  '46  of  Portland,  Conn.,  on 
Oct.  8.  Before  retiring,  he  was  an  assistant  project 
engineer  at  Pratt  &  Whitney. 


jle  Gavin  LL.B.  '46  of  Royal  Palm 
Beach,  Fla.,  on  Nov.  30.  She  is  survived  by  two  daugh- 
ters, two  sons,  and  four  grandchildren. 

Harold  W.  Gordon  '47  of  Youngstown,  Ohio,  on 
Nov.  20.  He  is  survived  by  a  son,  Michael. 
Peggy  Marston  '47  of  Staunton,  Va.,  on  Oct.  11. 
She  retired  as  nursing  supervisor  from  Western  State 
Hospital  in  Virginia.  She  is  survived  by  two  daughters 
and  a  sister. 

Frank  M.  Powell  J.D.  '47  of  St.  Augustine,  Fla.,  on 
Aug.  26. 

Mary  Kathryn  Gaines  Preston  R.N  '47  of 

Prattville,  Ala.,  on  May  14, 1997.  She  is  survived  by 

three  daughters,  including  Kathryn  Gaines 

Preston  '72;  a  son;  her  mother;  two  sisters;  and  five 

grandchildren. 

Myrtle  Pancake  '48  of  Bradenton,  Fla.,  on  Sept. 


Frank  Warren  Snepp  Jr.  J.D.  '48  of  Charlotte, 
N.C,  on  Sept.  28.  He  was  a  state  judge  in  Mecklen- 
burg County  for  22  years.  He  is  survived  by  two  sons, 
two  daughters,  and  two  grandchildren. 

Ray  Price  Hook  M.Div.  '49  of  Rock  Hill,  S.C,  on 
Aug.  29.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Anna  Scott 
Hook  '46,  M.R.E.  '47;  daughter  Mary  Hook 
Berry  '74;  and  son  Samuel  Scott  Hook  M.Div. 
'77. 

Frederick  C.  Maynard  Jr.  J.D.  '49  ofWeekapaug, 
R.I.,  on  June  16, 1997.  The  former  executive  vice  presi- 
dent and  assistant  to  the  chairman  of  the  Travelers 
Insurance  Cos.,  he  retired  in  1980  and  became  of 
counsel  to  the  firm  Reid  and  Reige  in  Hartford,  Conn. 
Under  President  Eisenhower,  he  served  as  national 
chairman  of  Savings  and  Bonds  for  Industry.  He  is  sur- 
vived by  his  wife,  Carol,  a  brother,  a  sister,  four  chil- 
dren, and  three  grandchildren. 

Roger  Stanley  Upchurch  '49,  LL.B.  '52  of 
Durham,  on  Oct.  8.  He  practiced  law  in  Durham  from 
1952  until  he  retired  in  1997.  He  is  survived  by  his 
wife,  Peggy;  three  sons,  including  Keith  A. 

'72;  two  brothers,  including  Oliver  W. 
i  '32;  a  sister;  and  two  grandsons. 


LL.B.'50ofPhoenixwlle, 


Pa.,  on  Dec.  17. 
William  D 

An  Army  ve 


51  of  Durham,  on  Oct.  5. 
of  the  Korean  War,  he  worked  for 
tt  &  Myers  Tobacco  Co.  for  25  years.  He  retired 


May-June  1998        35 


in  1979  as  vice  president  of  manufacturing  and 
operations.  He  is  survived  by  a  daughter,  a  son,  and 

Alice  G.  Foickemer  M  of  Chapel  Hill,  on  Nov.  6. 

Leland  C.  Glazier '51  on  July  25  of  a  heart  attack. 
He  is  survived  by  his  sister. 

Gordon  Ince  M.F.  '51  of  Bloomfield,  Texas,  on  Aug. 
9.  He  is  surviveJ  bv  two  brothers  and  two  sisters. 


L.  Oglukian '51  of  Charlotte,  N.C., 
on  Aug.  29.  He  served  in  the  Air  Force  for  20  years, 
achieving  the  rank  of  lieutenant  colonel.  He  is  sur- 
vived by  his  wife,  Mary;  two  daughters,  including 
Tanya  Mercedes  Oglukian  J.D.  '89;  two  grand- 
sons; and  a  sister. 

Edsel  McGuire  Owen  '51  of  Charlotte,  N.C.,  on 
Sept.  26.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Geneva,  a  daugh- 
ter, three  sons,  eight  grandchildren,  a  great-grandchild, 
five  sisters,  and  two  brothers. 


D. 


'51  of  St.  Cloud,  Fla.,  on  Dec.  5. 


C.  Brice  Ratchford  Ph.D.  '51  of  Columbia,  Mo., 
on  Dec.  18.  As  president  of  the  University  of  Missouri 
system  from  1971  to  1976,  he  created  the  four-campus 
University  Extension  program.  He  spent  a  year  re- 
searching international  agricultural  commodities 
marketing  at  Kansas  State  University.  He  returned  to 
the  University  of  Missouri  and  was  named  professor 
emeritus  in  1986.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Betty, 
and  two  children. 

Robert  Edward  Bangle  '52  of  Concord,  N.C.,  on 
Oct.  16,  of  cancer.  An  Army  veteran  of  the  Korean 
War,  he  worked  for  Abbott  Laboratories  until  retiring 
in  1990.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Sylvia  Stovall 
Bangle  B.S.M.T.  '53;  a  daughter;  a  son;  two  grand- 
daughters; and  a  brother. 


J.  Lawrence  Zimmerman  '52,  LL.B.  '53  of 
Stone  Mountain,  Ga.,  on  March  28, 1996.  He  was  in 
private  law  practice  for  more  than  20  years,  and 
worked  for  the  Environmental  Protection  Agency  for 
14  years.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Janice;  three 
daughters;  a  son;  a  brother,  Cullen  Caswell  Zim- 
'48,  A.M.  '68;  a  nephew,  Cullen  Cas- 
i  III  '81;  and  five  grandchildren. 


Barrick  Jr.'53,M.D.'57,of 
Raleigh,  on  Aug.  27.  A  veteran  of  World  War  II,  he  was 
a  Raleigh  physician  before  becoming  director  of  a  fam- 
ily residency  program  in  Pensacola,  Fla.  After  retiring, 
he  was  a  medical  consultant  for  the  DMV  medical 
review  board  in  Raleigh.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife, 
Elizabeth  Staton  Barrick '56;  five  sons;  a 

daughter;  nine  grandchildren;  and  two  brothers. 

Edwin  Mansfield  A.M.  '53,  Ph.D.  '55  of  Walling- 
ton,  Pa.,  on  Nov.  17,  of  cancer.  He  was  a  leading  scholar 
of  the  economics  of  technological  change.  He  was 
director  of  the  Center  for  Economics  and  Technology 
at  the  University  of  Pennsylvania,  where  he  taught 
from  1964  until  1997.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife, 
Lucille  Howe  Mansfield  '55;  a  son;  a  daughter; 
and  a  grandchild. 

Lloyd  Gilbert  Carroll  A.M.  '54,  Ed.D.  '60,  of  St. 
Lumberton,  N.C.,  on  Sept.  1.  He  taught  high  school 
social  studies  before  serving  as  a  captain  in  the  U.S. 
Marines.  He  was  superintendent  for  Lumberton  City 
Schools  from  1960  to  1987.  After  retiring  he  was  a 
member  of  the  board  of  education  for  the  public 
schools  of  Robeson  County.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife, 
Anne  House  Carroll  '52;  two  sons;  a  brother;  and 
two  grandchildren. 


'  Watson  Harvey  Jr.  M.D  '54  of  Manteo, 
N.C.,  on  Aug.  22,  of  emphysema.  He  was  former  mayor 
of  Manteo  and  a  Dare  County  commissioner.  He 
practiced  medicine  in  Manteo  for  18  years,  was  com- 


missioned as  a  flight  surgeon  in  the  U.S.  Public  Health 
Service,  and  served  17  years  in  the  Coast  Guard.  He 
was  an  Army  veteran  of  World  War  II.  He  is  survived 
by  his  wife,  Margaret  McMunran  Nelson 
Harvey '49;  two  daughters;  a  son;  and  a  sister. 

James  Ted  Best  '55  of  Gary,  N.C.,  on  Nov.  8.  He 
achieved  the  rank  of  captain  in  the  U.S.  Air  Force, 
and  he  practiced  family  medicine  until  1996.  He  was  a 
physician  at  N.C.  Central  Prison  in  Raleigh.  He  is  sur- 
vived by  his  wife,  Marjorie,  three  daughters,  and  a 
brother. 

Charles  Thomas  Patton  '57  on  July  10.  From 
1952  to  1956,  he  served  in  the  U.S.  Navy.  After  35 
years  in  education,  he  retired  in  1993.  He  is  survived 
by  his  wife,  Millison,  three  daughters,  two  grandchildren, 
a  sister,  and  a  brother,  Frank  C.  Patton  Jr.  '50. 


Stanley  Culp  '58  of  Potomac,  Md.,  on 
July  18,  of  cardiac  arrest.  In  1970,  he  joined  Pepco, 
where  he  served  as  a  comptroller  and  later  as  vice 
president.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Nancy,  and 
two  children. 

Harry  Joseph  O'Connor  Jr.  J.D.  '59,  of 
Greensboro,  N.C.,  on  Jan.  5.  A  veteran  of  the  U.S. 
Air  Force,  he  was  a  former  member  of  the  Board  of 
Directors  of  Greensboro  Day  School,  a  member  of 
the  North  Carolina  Academy  of  Trial  Lawyers,  and  a 
member  of  the  North  Carolina  State  and  Florida 
Bar  Associations.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Betty 
Jane  O'Connor  '56,  two  children,  two  sisters, 
two  brothers  and  three  grandchildren. 

Marcus  McDuffie  Moore  M.D.  '59  of  Ft.  Myers, 
Fla.,  on  June  4, 1997.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife, 
Jennifer. 

Robert  K.  Thompson  Jr.  '59  of  Raleigh,  on 
Dec.  4-  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Anne  Judell 
Thompson  '59;  sons  Robert  Kirk  Thompson 
III  '84  and  Scott  A.  Thompson  B.S.E.  '87;  two 
granddaughters;  his  mother;  a  brother;  and  a  sister. 


LL.B.  '60  of  Topeka, 
Kansas,  on  Aug.  24.  He  was  president  of  MedVenture 
Inc.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Jane,  a  daughter,  two 
sons,  and  a  brother,  Lawrence  Munns  LL.B.  '59. 


Ruby  R.  West  M.Ed.  '61  of  Durham,  on  Dec.  20. 
She  taught  elementary  school  for  39  years,  including 
15  years  at  Hillandale  Elementary  School.  She  was  a 
founder  of  the  Lawbach  Literacy  Program,  the  fore- 
runner of  the  Durham  Literacy  Council.  She  is 
survived  by  a  sister,  two  brothers,  a  son,  three  grand- 
children, and  three  great-grandchildren. 

Jean  B.  Miller  B.S.N.  '65  of  Wilmington,  Del.,  on 
Aug.  8,  of  a  stroke.  She  is  survived  by  her  husband, 
Gary,  a  daughter,  and  a  son. 

Henry  Haywood  Robbins  III '67  of  League  City, 
Texas,  on  Nov.  15,  of  brain  cancer.  He  is  survived  by 
his  wife,  Shirley,  and  a  sister. 

Nelson  Garrison  Ed.D.  '70  of  Lake  Havasu  City, 
Ariz.,  on  Aug.  15,  of  a  heart  attack.  He  was  a 
psychologist  for  the  Ariz.  Department  of  Corrections 
in  Florence. 

Rita  Gibson  Wall  M.A.T  '70  ofWashington, 
DC,  on  Jan.  2,  of  cancer.  She  was  a  former  teacher  of 
social  studies  at  the  International  School  in  Rio  de 
Janeiro.  She  later  accompanied  her  husband  to  World 
Bank  assignments  in  India  and  Pakistan.  She  is  sur- 
vived by  her  husband,  John,  two  daughters,  and  a  son. 

Joseph  D.  Bailey  M.Div.  '71  of  Graycourt,  S.C., 
on  June  26.  He  served  United  Methodist  churches 
throughout  the  Spartanburg,  Burlington,  Anderson, 
and  Greenville  districts.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife, 
Joyce,  three  daughters,  and  seven  grandchildren. 

Henry  C.  Cole  Ed.D.  '71  of  Raleigh,  on  Oct.  2. 


He  had  been  a  superintendent  of  schools  for  several 
counties,  and  had  worked  in  the  Division  of  School 
Planning  for  the  N.C.  Department  of  Education.  He 
is  survived  by  a  son,  a  daughter,  a  grandson,  and  a 
brother. 

Frances  L.  Miller  '72  of  Hurdle  Mills,  N.C,  on 
Oct.  1.  She  is  survived  by  her  husband,  Randall  C. 
Miller  '68;  her  mother;  and  a  sister,  Helga 


C.  Bradley  Jr.  '73  of  Tulsa,  Okla.,  on 
Oct.  25, 1996. 

Anna  Goth  Werner '74  of  New  York  City,  on  July 
15, 1995.  She  is  survived  by  her  husband,  Charles, 
three  daughters,  her  mother,  and  a  brother. 

Linda  Kae  Bolle  Martahus  B.S.N.  '76  of 
Shaker  Heights,  Ohio,  on  Dec.  20,  after  being  struck 
by  an  automobile  while  assisting  another  motorist. 
She  worked  as  a  nurse  at  Duke  Hospital  and  the 
Cleveland  Clinic  before  taking  leave  in  1989  to  raise 
her  children.  She  is  survived  by  her  husband,  Craig, 
and  three  sons. 


i  J.  Schmidt  Cambria  J.D.  '78  of  Green 
Brook,  N.J.,  on  Oct.  16,  of  breast  cancer. 

John  Zeigler  Jacoby  III  '79  of  New  York  City, 
on  Nov.  9,  of  kidney  and  liver  failure.  He  received  his 
M.D.  at  Northwestern  University  Medical  School  in 
1983.  He  was  attending  pediatrician  at  the  Cystic 
Fibrosis  Center  at  St.  Vincent's  Hospital  and  Medical 
Center  in  New-  York  City.  He  was  a  consultant  to  the 
Congressional  Office  of  Technology  Assessment  on 
Cystic  Fibrosis  Carrier  Screening,  and  sat  on  the  scholar- 
ship board  of  the  Cystic  Fibrosis  Association  of  New 
York.  He  is  survived  by  his  parents  and  a  brother. 


.  of  New  York  City, 
on  Dec.  19.  He  was  a  medical  administrator  at  St. 
Vincent's  Hospital  and  Medical  Center.  He  is  survived 
by  his  companion,  Jacques  Pavlenyi,  his  parents,  and 
two  brothers. 

Floyd  R.  Gilbert  M.Div.  '83  of  Central,  S.C,  on 
April  4, 1997. 

L.  Eric  Wasserman  '87  of  New  York  City,  on 
March  12.  The  former  vice  president  at  Shearson 
Lehman  Hutton  was  an  independent  finance  consul- 
tant, mergers  and  acquisitions.  He  is  survived  by  his 
mother,  his  father,  his  stepmother,  and  two  brothers. 

Robert  Arthur  Segall  J.D.  '89  of  Surfside,  Fla.,  on 
Nov.  3,  of  cancer. 

Trustee  Weldon 

A  Duke  trustee  emeritus  and  United  Methodist  minis- 
ter, The  Reverend  Dr.  Wilson  O.  Weldon  B.D.  '34 
died  on  his  birthday,  March  15,  in  Greensboro,  North 
Carolina.  He  was  87. 

Weldon  served  churches  in  Columbia,  South 
Carolina,  and  in  Winston-Salem,  China  Grove, 
Thomasville,  Charlotte,  Gastonia,  and  Greensboro, 
North  Carolina.  In  1952,  he  received  an  honorary  doc- 
tor of  divinity  degree  from  High  Point  University. 

He  was  chaplain  for  the  Oasis  Temple  of  the 
Shriners  from  1957  to  1980.  He  was  world  editor  for 
The  Upper  Room  from  1967  to  1973.  In  1975,  he  was 
named  district  superintendent  of  the  United 
Methodist  churches  in  Charlotte.  From  1982  to  1993, 
he  was  assistant  to  the  dean  of  Duke  Divinity  School. 

Active  in  Christian  higher  education,  he  was  a  life- 
time member  of  the  North  Carolina  Christian 
Advocate  Board  of  Publication.  He  was  a  Duke 
trustee  for  thirteen  years  and  a  trustee  of  Greensboro 
College  for  thirty-six  years. 

He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Margaret; 
O.  Weldon  Jr.  67;  a  daughter,  Alice 

Weldon  '69;  and  five  grandsons,  including  \ 

O.  Weldon  III  '96  and  Lester  Baker  Perry  '96. 


36      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


LONGING 


FOR  HOME 


Looking  back,  Jamila  Ran- 
dolph can't  cite  one  particu- 
lar incident  that  made  her 
withdraw  intellectually  and 
emotionally  as  a  child.  Rath- 
er, it  was  the  day-in  and  day- 
out  betrayal  of  trust  that  she 
encountered  growing  up  in 
an  abusive  household:  the  habitual  beatings 
her  father  inflicted  on  her  mother;  the  welts 
and  bruises  she  received  for  trying  to  inter- 
vene; the  deadly  mixture  of  rage  and  self-con- 
tempt that  infected  her  siblings. 

Today,  Randolph  is  a  rising  senior  majoring 
in  biology  and  classics,  with  a  minor  in  chem- 
istry. She  lives  off  campus  in  a  comfortable 
apartment,  performs  well  academically  in  her 
pre-med  curriculum,  and  has  a  devoted  boy- 


JAMILA  RANDOLPH 

BY  BRIDGET  BOOHER 


THE  RISING  SENIOR 

CONTINUES  TO  BE 

HAUNTED  BY  AN 

ONGOING  ORDEAL 

SHE'LL  NEVER 

COMPLETELY  ESCAPE. 


friend  she's  been  dating  for  three  years.  Despite 
her  wrenching  past,  there  is  a  sense  of  inno- 
cence and  trust  to  her  personality.  When 
she  laughs  —  and  it's  a  wonderfully  indulgent 
laugh,  sincere  and  happy — she  sometimes 
hides  her  joy  behind  the  palm  of  her  hand.  In 
a  crowd  on  the  quad,  Randolph  becomes  just 
another  high-achieving,  goal-oriented  Duke 
student. 

But  if  she's  managed  physically  to  extricate 
herself  from  the  palpable  terrors  of  her  child- 
hood, she  continues  to  be  haunted  by  an  on- 
going ordeal  she'll  never  completely  escape.  It 
shapes  her  interactions  with  other  people, 
and  colors  her  vision  of  the  future.  It  can  be 
both  exhilarating  and  daunting,  Randolph  says, 
to  be  at  a  university  so  full  of  rich  resources 
with  peers  who  don't  always  appreciate  what 


May-June  1998        37 


they've  got.  Listening  to  the  standard  under- 
graduate complaints  about  heavy  course 
loads  or  hectic  social  schedules  rings  hollow 
for  Randolph. 

"Last  year  I  thought  about  transferring," 
she  says.  "Other  students  were  always  asking 
me  why  I  worked  so  hard.  Or  if  they  heard 
that  I'd  had  some  struggles,  they'd  say,  'It  can't 
be  that  bad,  everyone  has  to  struggle  from 
time  to  time.'  It  made  me  so  angry." 

Born  in  Atlanta,  Randolph  grew  up  in  Chat- 
tanooga, Tennessee.  She  is  the  oldest  daughter 
of  a  jazz  musician  who,  at  his  peak,  performed 
with  such  artists  as  Stanley  Turrentine  and 
George  Benson.  Her  mother,  despite  having 
earned  a  degree  in  early  childhood  education, 
is  now  unemployed  and  surviving  mostly  on 
welfare  and  other  assistance  programs.  From 
an  early  age,  Randolph  witnessed  angry  con- 
frontations that  could  spring  from  the  most 
minor  of  perceived  transgressions.  The  scenario 
is  depressingly  familiar  to  anyone  acquainted 
with  domestic  violence  cases:  A  vitriolic  man, 
often  fueled  by  alcohol  or  drugs  and  deep- 
seated  feelings  of  insecurity,  verbally  and 
physically  accosts  his  partner — who  may  try 
to  leave  but,  inevitably,  always  comes  back. 
Children  from  such  backgrounds  learn  to  lay 
low  when  the  shouting  and  slapping  erupts,  to 
become  invisible,  or  nearly  so. 

Randolph  both  retreated  and  reached  out, 
hiding  in  her  room  but  then  coming  to  her 
mother's  aid  when  the  beatings  stopped.  "I 
would  clean  the  blood  off  the  carpet  and  ban- 
dage my  mother's  wounds,"  she  recalls  in  a 
matter-of-fact  tone.  "If  she  ran  away,  he  would 
beat  it  out  of  me  where  she  went.  My  siblings 
avoided  physical  abuse  because  they  stayed 
out  of  it.  They  told  me  I  was  stupid  for  trying 
to  protect  our  mom.  But  I'm  hard-headed 
and  stubborn." 

As  the  confrontations  occurred  more  fre- 
quently— becoming  nightly,  she  says,  by  the 
time  she  turned  thirteen — Randolph  had 
found  dependable  refuge  in  books  and  home- 
work. "School  was  my  escape,"  she  says. 
"When  my  parents  started  fighting,  I  would 
go  to  a  different  room  and  just  read  for  hours. 
I  read  the  Roots  series  by  Alex  Haley,  lots  of 
black  authors,  The  lliad,The  Odyssey,Watership 
Down,  and  anything  by  Laura  Ingalls  Wilder.  I 
loved  Little  House  on  the  Prairie.  Every  time  I 
picked  up  a  Wilder  book,  my  mind  just  flew.  I  I 
would  imagine  myself  in  one  of  her  stories; 
she  really  started  me  on  daydreaming  into  my 
own  little  world.  It  was  a  safe  place  to  go." 

Thanks  to  her  high  grades  and  an  attentive 
guidance  counselor,  Randolph  was  awarded  a 
full  scholarship  to  the  Baylor  School,  a  private 
college -preparatory  school  in  Chattanooga, 
beginning  in  her  eighth-grade  year.  She  flour- 
ished, indulging  in  the  arts  —  dancing  ballet 
and  jazz,  singing  classical  music,  playing  jazz 
piano — as  well  as  taking  science  courses  that 


fed  her  burgeoning  attraction  to  the  health- 
care profession.  Inducted  into  the  National 
Honor  Society  her  freshman  year,  Randolph 
took  advantage  of  the  wealth  of  opportunities 
Baylor  provided,  joining  the  yearbook  and 
newspaper  staffs,  volunteering  for  peer  tutor- 
ing and  as  an  admissions  tour  guide,  and 
singing  in  the  glee  club.  During  her  sopho- 
more year,  she  visited  the  school's  college  ca- 
reer center  and  discovered  Duke.  "I  read  that 
it  was  in  the  City  of  Medicine,  which  ap- 
pealed to  my  pre-med  interests.  And  the  view 
books  show  such  a  pretty  campus." 

By  this  time,  Randolph  was  already  deep 


"SCHOOL  WAS  MY 
ESCAPE.  WHEN  MY 

PARENTS  STARTED 
FIGHTING,  I  WOULD 
GO  TO  A  DIFFERENT 

ROOM  AND  JUST 
READ  FOR  HOURS." 


into  the  troublesome  journey  through  the  two 
shelters  and  five  foster  homes  she  eventually 
lived  in  during  her  high-school  years.  Her 
father,  it  was  later  discovered,  had  already 
molested  his  daughters  by  a  previous  marriage 
and  had  begun  to  treat  the  adolescent  Ran- 
dolph inappropriately.  (He  was  later  charged 
with  physical  and  sexual  abuse  but  never 
served  any  jail  time;  her  mother  subsequently 
lost  custody  of  her  children.)  She  confided 
her  fears  to  a  close  friend — who  had  also 
seen  scars  and  wounds  on  Randolph's  body 
when  the  two  changed  clothes  in  the  school's 
locker  room — and  the  friend  alerted  her  par- 
ents. As  it  turned  out,  the  foster  care  system 
was  little  improvement  over  what  Randolph 
had  left  behind.  She  was  raped  in  one  home, 
expected  to  work  as  a  domestic  servant  in 
another,  and  locked  up  at  night  in  the  base- 
ment bedroom  of  a  third. 

"When  I  went  into  foster  care,  I  was  both 
scared  and  relieved,"  she  says  quietly.  "I 
thought,  at  least  my  dad  won't  abuse  me  any- 
more and  there  won't  be  any  more  questions 
from  my  teachers.  But  a  lot  of  times  parents 
in  foster  homes  are  in  it  for  the  wrong  rea- 
sons." Her  adviser  at  Baylor,  aware  of  what 
was  happening,  lobbied  to  place  Randolph  as 
a  boarding  student  to  minimize  the  time  she 
had  to  spend  in  these  inhospitable  places.  She 
spent  as  many  weekends  and  breaks  as  she 


could  on  campus,  often  as  the  only  student 
left  behind. 

Through  the  foster  care  system,  Randolph 
received  twenty  dollars  a  week,  which  she 
saved  to  finance  a  college -visit  trip  that  took 
her  throughout  the  Southeast.  "I  fell  in  love 
with  Duke,"  she  says.  "It  was  my  first  choice." 
She  applied  for  early  decision,  while  also  sub- 
mitting applications  to  Emory,  Washington, 
Pennsylvania,  and  Yale  universities,  and  Mid- 
dlebury  and  Amherst  colleges.  By  senior  year, 
her  course  load  consisted  entirely  of  ad- 
vanced placement  courses,  and  she  was  earn- 
ing mostly  As  with  an  occasional  high  B.  That 
same  year,  her  mother  regained  custody  of 
Randolph  and  her  younger  sister  and  brother, 
but  continued  to  reunite  with  the  husband 
who  routinely  threatened  to  kill  her. 

"I  went  through  years  of  hell  because  she 
kept  going  back  to  him,"  says  Randolph.  "The 
only  thing  that  kept  me  going  was  knowing  I 
was  coming  to  Duke." 

On  her  eighteenth  birthday,  Randolph  ar- 
rived in  Durham  and  got  a  job  in  the  university 
housing  office.  The  majority  of  each  paycheck 
went  to  her  mother,  who  by  this  time  had 
become  dependent  on  Randolph  for  economic 
and  emotional  sustenance.  Despite  a  financial 
package  that  covers  most  of  her  tuition,  Ran- 
dolph soon  found  her  finances  stretched  thin; 
after  sending  checks  home  to  her  mother,  she 
never  had  enough  left  over  for  living  expenses. 
In  time,  she  maxed  out  four  credit  cards,  which 
she  has  since  consolidated  payments  on. 

Meanwhile,  her  plight  had  not  gone  unde- 
tected by  Duke  administrators.  Early  in  Ran- 
dolph's sophomore  year,  Vice  President  for 
Student  Affairs  Janet  Dickerson  noticed  while 
going  through  student  records  that  Randolph 
did  not  list  a  home  address  (by  this  point,  her 
mother  had  moved  to  Pennsylvania  and  was 
shuttling  through  various  shelters).  Dicker- 
son  called  Randolph,  and  the  two  embarked 
on  what  would  become  a  close  friendship, 
with  Dickerson  offering  advice  and  guidance 
on  everything  from  managing  money  to  taking 
advantage  of  the  university's  counseling  and 
psychological  services  program. 

"I  have  been  impressed  by  Jamila's  tenacity, 
her  courage,  and  her  resilience,"  says  Dickerson. 
"Seeing  her  grow  and  prosper  has  been  most 
rewarding — she  is  insightful  and  inspiring." 

Another  source  of  support  comes  from 
Chattanooga's  New  United  Church,  which 
Randolph  attended  while  growing  up.  The 
congregation  continues  to  mail  her  taped, 
weekly  sermons;  birthday  and  holiday  cards; 
and  on  one  occasion  when  she  had  nowhere 
else  to  turn,  money  for  textbooks.  She's  look- 
ing to  join  a  similar  multi-denominational 
church  in  Durham,  preferably  one  that  has  a 
lively  gospel  choir  she  could  join. 

By  any  measure,  Randolph  has  become  the 
kind  of  model  student  that  Duke  prides  itself 


38      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


on  shaping.  Dedicated 
to  community-service 
projects,  she  has  worked 
with  Project  Build, 
which  combines  practi- 
cal services  such  as 
painting  and  repairing 
community  centers  with 
mentoring  children 
from  those  neighbor- 
hoods; Habitat  for 
Humanity;  coordinating 
food  and  blood  drives; 
and  raising  money  for 
high  school  students 
who  can't  afford  college. 
Through  the  Health 
Careers  Internship  pro- 
gram, Randolph  worked 
closely  with  physicians 
across  a  variety  of  disci- 
plines and  had  direct 
contact  with  children 
who  were  patients  at 
Duke  Hospital.  She  re- 
ceived an  internship 
from  the  Howard 
Hughes  Foundation  for 
neurobiology  research, 
and  a  Mellon  Minority 
Undergraduate  Fellow- 
ship, which  she  used  for 
research  on  Egyptian  art 
and  the  interpretation  of 
black  people  in  the  an- 
cient world. 

She  has  also  found  a 
measure  of  peace  and 
security  through  her  re- 
lationship with  Chris 
Battle,  a  computer  sci- 
ence student  at  Dur- 
ham Technical  College, 
whom  she  met  shortly 
after  arriving  in  Dur- 
ham. He  provides  the 
kind  of  healthy,  compas- 
sionate support  that  has 
been  missing  through- 
out Randolph's  entire 
life.  After  a  hard  day,  Battle  might  cook  her  a 
Mexican  meal  or  treat  her  to  dinner  at  Out- 
back Steakhouse,  her  favorite  restaurant.  A 
few  months  ago,  he  surprised  her  by  fixing  up 
her  screened-in  porch  with  new  furniture  and 
indoor-outdoor  carpeting.  A  phone  call  from 
her  mother  or  father  can  leave  her  in  tears  for 
hours,  but  Battle  is  always  there  to  reassure 
her  and  remind  her  that  she  is  worthy  of  good 
things. 

"There  have  been  times  when  I've  told  him 
we  should  break  up,  because  it's  not  fair  for 
me  to  treat  him  as  a  boyfriend,  a  best  friend, 
a  mother,  and  a  father.  I  tell  him  he  deserves 


•ecause  she's  prc-mcd,  Raiulnlph  has  become  accustomed  to  late -afternoon  labs 


more,  he  should  be  with  someone  who  doesn't 
have  so  many  problems,"  says  Randolph. 
She  pauses,  and  a  shy  smile  begins  to  spread 
across  her  face.  "But  he  won't  leave.  He'll 
say  to  me,  'Why  should  I  leave?  I  have  the 
best,  I'm  totally  happy.  I  would  rather  have  a 
sweet  girl  who's  been  through  what  you've 
been  through  than  a  girl  with  a  good  past  but 
who's  selfish.'  " 

Although  they  are  still  relatively  young — 
she's  now  twenty  and  he's  twenty- three — the 
two  are  serious  enough  about  one  another 
that  they've  talked  about  marriage  and  chil- 
dren. "I  want  to  have  two  or  three  children, 


but  I'll  want  to  spoil 
them,"  says  Randolph. 
"I  want  to  make  sure 
they  never  have  to  go 
through  anything  I 
went  through." 

This  summer,  Ran- 
dolph has  been  awarded 
a  Minority  Education 
Development  grant  to 
introduce  her  to  the 
first-year  medical  school 
curriculum  at  the  Uni- 
versity of  North  Caro- 
lina at  Chapel  Hill. 
The  Mellon  Minority 
Fellowship  at  Duke  has 
been  renewed,  and  she 
plans  to  explore  either 
the  role  of  medicine  in 
the  Greco-Roman  em- 
pire, or  to  continue 
studying  minority 
groups — blacks  and 
women  —  in  ancient 
Egypt.  She'll  also  try  to 
save  money  for  living 
expenses  and  what  fi- 
nancial aid  doesn't 
cover,  as  well  as  an 
additional  $2,000  to  fi- 
nance application  fees 
and  trips  to  medical 
schools  next  year  for 
interviews.  Right  now, 
she's  considering  nearly 
a  dozen  institutions,  in- 
cluding UNC-Chapel 
Hill,  Emory,  Howard, 
Vanderbilt,  and  Duke. 

Although  medical 
school  remains  a  top 
priority,  in  the  past  few 
months  Randolph  has 
begun  to  explore  ways 
she  could  combine  re- 
8  search  and  patient  care 
3  with  her  broader  inter- 
ests in  the  humanities 
and  social  sciences.  One 
option  might  be  to  become  a  physician  or 
physician's  assistant  and  divide  her  time  be- 
tween a  medical  practice  and  an  academic 
appointment.  In  the  year  to  come,  Randolph 
says,  she  intends  to  weigh  all  her  choices 
before  choosing  the  next  step.  "Ever  since  the 
ninth  grade,  I've  been  interested  in  the  com- 
plexity of  the  human  body:  its  organization, 
the  interaction  between  multiple  organ  sys- 
tems, and  the  chemical  complexity  that  is 
responsible  for  health  and  disease.  At  the 
same  time,  I've  continued  to  pursue  the  study 
of  classics  because  the  knowledge  of  Greek 
Continued  on  page  55 


May- 


39 


OF  THE  HEART 


JOHN  SIMPSON 

BY  STEPHEN  KLAIDMAN 

HE  ONCE  WANTED  TO  BE  A  LARGE-ANIMAL  VETERINARIAN. 

NOW  THE  LANKY  TEXAN  IS  AT  THE  FOREFRONT  OF  INTERVENTIONAL 

CARDIOLOGY  AND  FAST  BECOMING  KNOWN  AS  THE  GODFATHER 

OF  SILICON  VALLEY'S  MEDICAL-DEVICE  INDUSTRY. 


In  the  late  summer  of  1977,  a  young 
cardiologist  in  training  noticed  an 
announcement  for  a  lecture  on  a 
radical  new  method  of  treating 
clogged  arteries.  "This  is  a  weird 
thing,"  he  thought,  but  he  said  to  a 
colleague,  "If  we're  going  to  waste 
our  lunch,  we  might  as  well  waste  it 
over  this."  The  main  attraction  was  a  thirty- 
seven-year-old  German  cardiologist  named 
Andreas  Gruentzig,  who  was  going  to  talk 
about  how  he  used  a  balloon  mounted  on  a 
catheter  to  open  arteries  by  squashing  the 
obstructing  material  against  the  arterial  wall. 
"I  had  never  heard  of  treating  vascular  dis- 
ease with  catheters,"  the  trainee  said.  "It  was 
laughable." 

The  skeptical  young  man  was  John  Simp- 
son M.D.  '74,  a  rangy  Texan  with  a  thick  shock 
of  brown  hair  who  wanted  to  be  a  large-ani- 
mal veterinarian,  but  did  not  do  well  enough 
at  Ohio  State  to  get  into  any  of  the  country's 
three  veterinary  schools.  Undaunted,  he  got  a 
Ph.D.  in  immunology  at  the  University  ofTexas, 
where  he  did  well  enough  to  be  admitted  to 
Duke  Medical  School.  Simpson  showed  up  at 
Duke  in  the  fall  of  1970,  his  newly  minted 
doctorate  in  hand,  filled  with  expectations  of 
intellectual  excitement.  Instead,  he  was  ex- 
posed to  the  dull  grind  of  first-year  medical 
studies.  He  might  have  been  charged  up  about 
looking  for  new  ways  to  solve  old  problems  in 
medicine,  but  his  professors  only  seemed  in- 
terested in  his  mastery  of  the  conventional 
curriculum.  Moreover,  he  remembers  some  of 
them  as  being  short-tempered  at  what  they 
considered  his  persistent  and  impertinent 
questions. 

Simpson  says  he  chose  Duke  because  the 


renowned  immunologist  Bernard  Amos  was 
on  the  faculty.  Amos  was  studying  the  way 
transplantation  antigens  were  suppressed  as  a 
step  toward  figuring  out  how  to  outwit  the 
body's  efforts  to  reject  an  alien  organ.  This 
subject  was  fascinating  to  the  young  Texan, 
who  had  done  his  Ph.D.  research  on  a  related 
phenomenon:  Why  is  it  that  the  bodies  of 
pregnant  women  do  not  reject  fetuses,  which 
contain  the  alien  DNA  of  the  father?  Simp- 
son and  his  colleagues  had  documented  a 
weak  response  indicating  that  the  woman's 
body  recognized  the  foreign  tissue,  but  did  lit- 
tle or  nothing  about  it. 

Once  at  Duke,  however,  Simpson  discovered 
that  opportunities  to  do  research  in  Amos' 
lab  were  extremely  limited.  For  the  most  part, 
his  participation  was  confined  to  that  of  a 
spectator.  As  a  result,  he  switched  to  the  labs 
of  James  Kelly  and  James  Wyngaarden  (who 
would  go  on  to  head  the  National  Institutes 
of  Health),  where  they  were  trying  to  teach 
cells  to  make  new  enzymes.  Before  long,  how- 
ever, he  realized  that,  while  studying  things  in 
test  tubes  was  interesting,  he  wanted  to  work 
with  patients.  So  he  switched  again,  this  time 
to  cardiology,  where  his  mentors  were  An- 
drew Wallace  and  Walter  Floyd.  He  says  he 
was  "mesmerized  by  Floyd's  ability  to  do  so 
much  for  patients,"  adding  that  Wallace  and 
Floyd's  teaching  "convinced  me  that  cardiol- 
ogy was  going  to  be  my  future." 

Simpson  was  invited  to  stay  on  to  complete 
an  internship  and  residency,  then  accepted  a 
two-year  fellowship  in  cardiology  at  Stanford. 
He'd  been  in  Palo  Alto  about  a  year  when  he 
sacrificed  his  lunch  break  to  hear  Gruentzig  de- 
liver what  he  expected  to  be  an  outlandish  talk. 
Blowing  up  balloons  in  coronary  arteries  was 


a  lot  further  outside  the  box  than  anything 
the  young  man  from  Lubbock  ever  conceived 
of  as  a  medical  student.  The  real  surprise  came 
when  Gruentzig  finished  the  advertised  part 
of  his  lecture  about  opening  blockages  in 
peripheral  arteries.  He  and  his  American  col- 
league Richard  Myler  then  reported  to  the 
group  of  about  thirty  polite  but  highly  skepti- 
cal Stanford  cardiologists  on  balloon  inflation 
in  coronary  arteries.  "I  thought  the  concept 
could  be  either  awesome  or  just  bizarre,"  Simp- 
son says.  "It  could  really  be  incredibly  danger- 
ous, or  it  could  be  incredibly  effective.  I  told  my 
wife,  'This  guy's  either  going  to  revolutionize 
the  treatment  of  coronary  disease  or  he's  going 
to  jail.'  I  was  sort  of  favoring  jail  at  the  time." 
Simpson  did  note  that  Gruentzig  was  char- 
ismatic, gracious,  and  politically  savvy:  "He 
said  all  the  right  things  to  the  right  profes- 
sors." Over  the  next  few  years,  these  qualities, 
as  much  as  Gruentzig's  inventiveness  and  clin- 
ical rigor,  transformed  coronary  angioplasty 
from  a  frightening  curiosity  into  a  standard 
form  of  treatment.  Simpson,  however,  remained 
ambivalent  about  the  new  procedure.  He 
didn't  do  anything  or  even  think  much  about 
it  until  several  months  later  when  he  was 
doing  a  diagnostic  procedure  and  a  piece  of 
plaque  broke  loose  inside  an  artery,  causing 
the  patient  to  suffer  a  major  heart  attack. 
Simpson  told  a  colleague  that  if  they'd  had 
Gruentzig's  catheter,  they  might  have  been 
able  to  push  the  plaque  up  against  the  arteri- 
al wall,  avoiding  the  heart  attack.  This  proved 
to  be  a  turning  point,  setting  Simpson  on  an 
entrepreneurial  path  for  which  he  was  thor- 
oughly unprepared  but,  in  just  a  few  years, 
made  him  the  godfather  of  the  medical- 
device  industry  in  Silicon  Valley. 


40      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


He  asked  Stanford's  chief  of  cardiology, 
Don  Harrison,  to  introduce  him  to  Myler. 
Soon  Simpson  began  observing  and  assisting 
with  Myler 's  cases  at  St.  Mary's  Hospital  in 
San  Francisco.  He  asked  Myler  how  he  could 
meet  Gruentzig;  Myler  generously  invited  him 
to  breakfast  with  Gruentzig,  who  was  speaking 
at  the  annual  American  Heart  Association 
meeting  in  Miami  in  late  November. 

Simpson  went  to  Miami  and  attended 
Gruentzig's  talk.  There,  among  other  things, 
the  still  relatively  unknown  young  German 
presented  the  first  human  coronary  angio- 
plasty not  done  as  an  adjunct  to  surgery. 
Gruentzig  spoke  in  a  small  room  that  was  not 
full.  "This  time,"  Simpson  says,  "I  thought  it 
was  for  real."  The  next  morning  he  listened 
respectfully  as  the  two  more  experienced  men 
talked.  He  was  now  certain  that  he  wanted  to 
be  included  among  the  pioneers  of  what  he 
believed  was  going  to  be  a  truly  important 
therapy.  Gruentzig  told  Myler  that  he  was  try- 
ing to  get  the  Schneider  company  in  Zurich 
to  make  enough  balloon  catheters  so  that  a 
few  interested  investigators  could  try  out  the 
procedure.  When  Simpson  said  he  wanted  to 
be  among  them,  Gruentzig  seemed  receptive. 

In  January  1978,  Simpson  went  to  Europe 
with  Myler  to  see  Gruentzig  and  another 
German  named  Martin  Kaltenbach  do  cases. 
Harrison  let  him  go,  but  made  him  pay  his 
way  because  he  viewed  the  trip  as,  at  best,  a 
ski  boondoggle.  They  went  first  to  Frankfurt, 
where  Gruentzig  and  Kaltenbach  did  a  case 
that  was  considered  a  major  success  at  the 
time.  They  reduced  a  90  percent  narrowing  in 
a  coronary  artery  to  70  percent.  "To  us,  it  was 
revolutionary,"  Simpson  says.  "We  declared 
coronary  disease  extinct  at  that  moment."  But 
the  cases  in  Zurich  were  harder.  To  the  best  of 
Simpson's  recollection,  none  of  them  worked. 

When  Simpson  returned  to  Stanford,  he 
ordered  the  devices  from  Schneider.  His  goal 
was  to  do  some  experiments  that  would  de- 
fine the  issues  associated  with  angioplasty 
that  might  need  to  be  tested  in  clinical  trials. 
When  the  set  arrived  without  a  balloon, 
Simpson  and  another  cardiology  fellow  he 
had  enlisted,  Ned  Robert,  decided  to  make 
one.  Of  course,  they  had  no  idea  how  to  go 
about  it  and,  for  all  practical  purposes,  had  no 
success.  However,  they  did  make  a  crude  bal- 
loon and  carried  out  some  rather  clumsy  dog 
experiments. 

They  waited  several  months.  When  no  bal- 
loon arrived  from  Zurich,  they  concluded 
that  it  wasn't  coming,  nor  had  the  company 
intended  for  it  to  come.  They  next  went  to 
established  companies  like  United  States  Ca- 
theter, Inc.  (USCI)  to  get  them  to  manufac- 
ture balloon  catheters  for  them,  but  no  one 
was  interested  in  supplying  their  minuscule 
needs.  They  decided  that  if  they  were  going  to 
do  angioplasty,  they  would  have  to  make  the 


May-June 


catheters  and  balloons  themselves.  Their  car- 
diology colleagues  at  Stanford  thought  they 
were  out  of  their  minds,  says  Simpson.  They 
bought  tubing  from  several  suppliers  and,  in 
almost  total  ignorance,  experimented  with 
various  balloon  materials,  including  latex  and 
Teflon,  with  no  success. 

Eventually,  they  hooked  up  with  Raychem, 
a  company  that  extruded  a  slippery  polymer, 
RNF-100,  which  was  used  as  electrical  insula- 
tion in  the  Air  Force's  state-of-the-art  fighter 
jet,  the  F-4  Phantom.  The  Raychem  sales  en- 
gineer said  Simpson  and  Robert  could  heat 
the  material  and  stretch  it  or  shrink  it  to  their 
requirements.  The  tubing  was  irradiated  to 
lock  in  a  chemical  bond,  which  gave  it  mem- 
ory— when  heat  or  pressure  sources  were  re- 
moved, it  would  return  to  its  original  shape 
and  dimensions.  A  balloon  could  be  created 
integral  to  the  catheter  tube  itself  by  heating 
short  segments  of  the  tubing,  and  the  bal- 
loon's ends  could  be  sealed  without  using 
adhesive.  These  last  items  were  important  be- 
cause Simpson  and  Robert  had  not  solved  the 
difficult  technical  problem  of  bonding  a  bal- 
loon to  the  end  of  the  catheter. 

Simpson  and  Robert  set  up  a  little  shop  in 
Simpson's  kitchen.  "It  drove  my  wife  crazy," 
Simpson  says.  "It  smelled  awful.  We  had  three 
little  kids  running  around  the  house.  She 
said,  'You  are  crazy.  What  are  you  going  to  do 
with  this?  Can't  you  go  out  and  get  a  job?' We 
had  no  money.  My  mortgage  payment  in 
California  was  more  than  my  salary.  That  put 
me  in  a  jam  and  made  my  father  not  too 
happy  because  I  was  borrowing  from  him.  He 
also  said  I  ought  to  get  a  job.  Actually,  I  ac- 
cepted a  job  with  a  practice  in  Jackson,  Mis- 
sissippi, but  reneged." 

Despite  the  financial  pressure,  Simpson 
and  Robert  stumbled  toward  their  goal  by 
trial  and  error.  Then,  one  day  they  came  up 
with  an  idea  that  seemed  natural  to  them,  but 
would  revolutionize  angioplasty.  They  decid- 
ed to  run  their  balloon  catheter  over  a  mov- 
able wire  much  as  was  done  with  a  diagnostic 
catheter  they  were  used  to  using.  This  would 
make  the  balloon  catheter  easier  to  manipu- 
late and  eventually,  they  hoped,  truly  steer- 
able.  The  Gruentzig  catheters,  which  had 
only  a  short,  fixed  wire  attached  to  the  tip, 
were  not  steerable  and  therefore  were  very 
difficult  to  manipulate  into  the  orifices  of  the 
coronary  arteries.  They  had  to  be  pushed 
through  stiff  guiding  catheters  with  pre- 
shaped  curves  on  their  ends.  That  might  have 
worked  just  fine  if  all  coronary  anatomy  were 
the  same;  but  it  isn't.  The  movable-wire 
hypothesis  was  a  clever  solution  to  the  steer- 
ing problem.  But  turning  it  into  a  workable 
device  would  require  engineering. 

The  wire  would  have  to  have  several  qual- 
ities to  work.  It  would  have  to  be  stiff  enough 
to  function  as  a  rail,  but  fine  enough  to  slip 


through  a  catheter  that  itself  was  fine  enough 
to  fit  into  a  two-  or  three-millimeter  coronary 
artery.  It  had  to  be  visible  on  X-ray  film.  It  had 
to  rotate  easily  so  that  its  tip  could  be  steered 
into  hard-to-reach  openings  in  the  coronary 
system.  At  the  same  time,  the  tip  had  to  be 
hard  enough  not  to  break,  but  soft  enough 
not  to  damage  the  arterial  wall.  And  a  bal- 
loon catheter  had  to  track  over  the  wire  eas- 


BLOWING  UP 
BALLOONS  IN  CORO- 
NARY ARTERIES  WAS 
A  LOT  FURTHER 
OUTSIDE  THE  BOX 
THAN  ANYTHING 
SIMPSON  HAD  EVER 
CONCEIVED  OF  AS  A 
MEDICAL  STUDENT. 


ily,  which  required  coiling  another  wire  over 
the  core,  like  a  guitar  string. 

By  the  spring  of  1978,  they  had  built  some 
rather  primitive  catheters  and  were  trying  to 
find  a  company  that  would  manufacture  their 
device  under  license.  Simpson  made  the  first 
foray:  He  went  to  USCI.  The  executives  he 
met  with  asked  him  to  tell  them  what  he  and 
Robert  had  done  and  what  they  were  plan- 
ning to  do;  only  then,  they  said,  would  they 
tell  him  what  they  had  done  and  what  their 
plans  were.  Simpson  says  he  talked  for  an 
hour  about  polymers,  wires,  everything.  Then 
the  USCI  executives  told  him  they  hadn't 
done  anything  yet.  He  says  he  felt  like  a  fool. 
Two  weeks  after  meeting  with  Simpson,  USCI 
announced  that  it  had  acquired  the  rights  to 
manufacture  the  Gruentzig  catheter  in  the 
United  States. 

After  trying  unsuccessfully  for  several 
months  to  license  their  catheter,  the  two  young 
cardiology  fellows  had  just  about  concluded 
that  the  only  way  the  device  was  going  to  be- 
come a  practical  reality  was  if  they  made  it 
themselves.  About  this  time,  Ray  Williams,  an 
entrepreneur  who  had  expressed  interest  in 


the  project  some  months  before,  called  Simp- 
son. Were  he  and  Robert  still  interested  in 
working  with  him?  The  answer  was  yes,  and 
the  three  men  met  at  the  Stanford  catheteri- 
zation laboratory.  They  all  remember  just  how 
alien  the  idea  of  business  was  to  the  two  doc- 
tors. Simpson  says,  "It's  hard  to  explain  how 
naive  I  was  at  the  time."  According  to  Wil- 
liams, "They  kind  of  sat  there  and  looked  at 
me.  I  don't  think  they  knew  a  stock  certificate 
from  a  corporate  by-law."  But  they  came  to  an 
agreement  that  day:  Williams  would  provide 
the  cash  and  own  50  per  cent  of  the  stock, 
and  Simpson  and  Robert  would  supply  the 
patent,  and  split  the  other  50  per  cent. 

Simpson  remembers  Williams  as  a  well- 
spring  of  optimism.  There  was  no  obstacle  that 
could  not  be  overcome,  including  money.  In 
the  beginning,  Williams  just  took  out  his 
checkbook  and  wrote,  eventually  in  the 
amount  of  about  $250,000.  And  later  he 
raised  from  venture  capitalists  the  millions 
needed  to  keep  the  new  company  going  dur- 
ing product  development  and  the  lengthy 
path  to  regulatory  approval.  At  last,  they 
moved  out  of  Simpson's  kitchen,  stopped  beg- 
ging Raychem  for  free  tubing,  and  hired  some 
help  to  assemble  catheters.  They  moved  into 
a  twenty-by-twenty  office  in  Palo  Alto  and 
hired  Simpson's  next-door  neighbor,  who 
knew  nothing  at  all  about  catheters,  to  start 
assembling  them.  Apart  from  her  lack  of  ex- 
perience, the  new  assistant  had  to  cope  with 
so  much  static  electricity  that  all  of  the  early 
catheters  had  blue  shag  all  over  them  from 
the  room's  carpet. 

A  key  concern  for  the  new  company,  which 
they  named  Advanced  Cardiovascular  Sys- 
tems (ACS),  was  how  to  guarantee  a  secure 
supply  of  extruded  plastic  tubing  to  make  cath- 
eters. Ordinary,  assembly-line  tubing  would 
not  be  good  enough.  For  ACS's  purposes,  the 
tubing  had  to  be  strengthened  by  exposure  to 
radiation  in  precisely  the  right  dose  to  be- 
come tough  enough  without  becoming  brit- 
tle, and  have  memory.  ACS  had  been  buying 
tubing  in  small  quantities  from  Raychem,  but 
Raychem  decided  it  would  no  longer  supply 
the  fledgling  company. 

This  meant  ACS  would  have  to  buy  off- 
the-shelf  tubing  and  irradiate  it,  a  delicate 
process  requiring  a  great  deal  of  precision.  No 
one  at  ACS  had  any  idea  how  to  do  it. 
Luckily,  they  found  Deepak  Gandhi,  an  engi- 
neer who  had  experience  setting  up  extrusion 
lines  —  albeit  for  trash  bags  —  and  knew  how 
to  irradiate  tubing.  When  ACS  began  pro- 
ducing its  own  tubing,  Gandhi  took  it  to 
Boston,  bought  time  on  an  electron  beam,  and 
gave  it  the  needed  strength  and  memory. 

Even  though  the  market  was  small  in  the 
early  1980s,  and  the  product  was  still  being 
perfected,  in  March  1984,  Eli  Lilly,  the  large 
Indianapolis-based  drug  and  device  company, 


42      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


acquired  ACS.  The  sale  was  on  what  is 
known  in  the  financial  world  as  an  earn-out 
basis:  Stockholders  of  the  company  being  sold 
receive  an  up-front  payment  and  then  over  a 
set  period  of  years  must  meet  negotiated 
earnings  targets  to  maximize  the  sale  price.  In 
the  case  of  ACS,  the  period  was  five  years,  all 
targets  were  met,  and  because  of  increases  in 
the  value  of  Lilly  stock,  the  total  price  paid  for 
ACS  could  be  valued  as  high  as  half  a  billion 
dollars. 

In  fall  1982,  while  the  negotiations  with 
Lilly  were  just  getting  under  way,  Simpson,  for 
the  first  and  only  time,  lost  an  angioplasty 
patient.  It  upset  him  greatly.  He  speculated 
that  a  clot  had  traveled  from  the  patient's  left 
anterior  descending  coronary  artery  to  his  left 
main  coronary  artery,  where  it  lodged,  block- 
ing blood  flow  to  the  heart  muscle  and  caus- 
ing death.  But  postmortem  angiography 
could  not  confirm  his  suspicion.  On  the  way 
to  the  autopsy  room,  however,  he  stopped  by 
his  desk  and  picked  up  a  biopsy  needle.  He 
approached  the  cadaver  and  placed  the  biop- 
sy needle  into  the  diseased  left  main  coronary 
artery,  applied  firm  direct  pressure,  and 
shaved  out  a  small  piece  of  plaque. 

It  was  not  until  the  summer  of  1983,  after 
another  angioplasty  failure,  that  Simpson  be- 
gan seriously  working  on  directional  atherec- 
tomy—  a  way  actually  to  cut  plaque  off  the 


arterial  wall  and  carry  it  out  of  the  vascular 
system.  The  patient,  who  went  to  surgery, 
afterwards  told  Simpson  that  if  he  "had  been 
a  truly  innovative  cardiologist  [he]  would  have 
figured  out  a  way  to  remove  his  plaque  rather 
than  just  trying  to  displace  it  with  a  balloon." 
At  that  point,  Simpson  says,  "my  'quick'  mind 
lurched  into  action  as  I  began  to  draw  the 
first  of  several  crude  sketches  of  ways  one 
could  adopt  a  biopsy-like  mechanism  to  the 
end  of  a  catheter  and  mount  it  beside  a  coro- 
nary angioplasty  balloon." 

Working  with  one  engineer,  two  Stanford 
pre-med  students,  and  his  own  money,  Simp- 
son began  trying  to  develop  a  device  to  slice 
plaque  off  and  carry  it  away.  It  didn't  go 
easily  at  first,  but  a  machinist  suggested  that 
they  rotate  the  blade  to  increase  cutting  effi- 
ciency. And  a  young,  inventive  cardiology  fel- 
low called  their  attention  to  a  motor  that 
would  give  them  sufficient  revolutions  per  min- 
ute—  about  2,000 — to  do  the  job.  The  de- 
vice was  still  crude,  but  promising  enough  to 
launch  another  company.  In  1984,  Simpson 
founded  Devices  for  Vascular  Intervention, 
Inc.,  and  by  mid-1995,  the  Simpson  Athero- 
Cath  had  been  used  more  than  130,000  times. 

Over  the  next  several  years,  Simpson  started 
several  other  companies,  each  with  the  pur- 
pose of  addressing  a  problem  related  to  inter- 
ventional cardiology.  These  problems  include 


sealing  incisions  in  the  groin  caused  by  the 
insertion  of  large  catheters,  introducing  drugs 
and  growth  factors  into  the  body  with  cathe- 
ters, and  treating  total  blockages  in  arteries. 
He  is  still  enthusiastic  about  the  way  devices 
are  developed  in  Silicon  Valley,  and  in  the 
United  States. 

Money,  of  course,  is  a  key  variable  in  the 
Silicon  Valley  equation.  But  like  all  true  en- 
trepreneurs, he  views  money  as  a  means,  not 
an  end.  It's  what  you  need  to  solve  problems, 
to  bring  ideas  to  fruition.  The  most  pressing 
problem  in  his  field  at  the  moment,  he  says,  is 
how  to  cure  or  prevent  atherosclerosis,  the 
disease  that  leads  to  heart  attacks.  He  sees 
"ten  more  years  of  palliation" — symptom  re- 
lief through  drugs,  surgery,  and  catheter-based 
interventions  like  angioplasty. 

Within  the  next  decade,  Simpson  predicts, 
there  will  be  a  potent  attack  on  the  underly- 
ing condition  itself.  "By  that  time,"  he  says, 
"we  will  have  agents  that  will  be  able  to  inter- 
act with  the  genetic  milieu  of  the  diseased 
coronary  artery  in  a  way  that  can  prevent  the 
process."  ■ 

Klaidman  is  a  freelance  writer  living  in  Wash- 
ington, D.C.  This  article  is  based  on  material  in- 
cluded in  a  forthcoming  book,  tentatively  titled 
Healers  of  the  Heart,  to  be  published  next  year 
by  Oxford  University  Press. 


Where  YOU  LIVE 

Listen  to  the  crickets  serenade  you  on 
your  own  balcony.  Catch  a  pop-fly  at  a 
world-famous  Durham  Bulls  game.  Take 
a  class  at  one  of  the  three  universities 


Life  Care  Community 
2701  Pickett  Road 

Durham,  NC  27705 
1-800-474-0258 


is  How  You  Live. 

that  make  up  the  Research  Triangle 
region.  No  matter  what  you  choose 
to  do,  you'll  find  life  is  better  at 
The  Forest  at  Duke. 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


L     L     E     R     Y 


WHEN  TECH 
MEETS  ART 


Cyber 


Seniors  Lorraine  Kodumal  and  Rachel 
Eggebeen,  both  art  history  majors,  traveled  to 
San  Francisco  last  August  with  their  faculty 
adviser,  Kristine  Stiles,  to  check  out  the  art 
scene  by  the  Bay.  They  visited  every  major 
contemporary  gallery  and  art  museum  and 
talked  to  artists,  collectors,  and  critics.  The 
result  of  their  pilgrimage  is  the  student- 
curated  exhibition,  "Interface:  Art  +  Tech 
in  the  Bay  Area,"  on  display  at  the  Duke 
University  Museum  of  Art  this  spring. 

"I  don't  know  of  any  other  program  in  the 
country  where  students  organize  the  entire 
exhibit,"  says  Stiles,  an  associate  professor  of 
art  history  at  Duke.  "They  develop  a  theme, 
select  the  art,  negotiate  loans  from  galleries, 
produce  critical  essays,  work  with  the  cata- 
logue designer,  install  the  show,  and  lecture  to 
the  public." 

The  show  comprises  seventeen  artists 
whose  work  illuminates  the  extent  to  which 
technology  is  denning  everyday  life.  It  also 
challenges  museum-goers  to  ponder  the 
consequences  of  this  fast-moving,  high-tech 
culture.  The  exhibit  includes  a  photo  series 
depicting  computer  cables  covered  with  pro- 
sthetic skin,  an  interactive  video  that  films 
the  subject  and  its  viewer,  and  an  installa- 
tion of  baked  goods  printed  via  ink-jet  with 
human  images  taken  from  personal  home 
pages  on  the  World  Wide  Web. 


REACH  by  Lynn  Herskman:  In  the  "milita- 
rized and  masculine  encoding  of  technology, 
women  are  often  marginalized, "  according  to  an 
essay  from  the  catalogue,  "@war:  When  Bodies 
and  Machines  Collide,"  by  student  curator 
Lorraine  Kodumal.  "[B]eneath  the  interaction 
between  the  (male)  viewer  and  the  cyborg 
woman  lies  a  reciprocal  struggle  for  control  and 
an  overriding  inability  to  communicate." 


May-June  1998        45 


Arc  was  also  provided  by  the  Bureau  of 
Inverse  Technology,  an  organization  of 
anonymous  engineers  that  mocks  society's 
ready  acceptance  of  information  gathered 
and  organized  using  technology.  Another 
contributor  was  Survival  Research  Labora- 
tories, a  group  of  creative  technicians  dedi- 
cated to  directing  the  techniques,  tools,  and 
tenets  of  industry,  science,  and  the  military 
away  from  their  typical,  practical  uses  as 
products  or  warfare. 

Kodumal,  who  also  took  part  in  the  SoHo 
at  Duke  program  that  sends  students  to  New 
York,  told  the  Raleigh  News  &  Observer, 

"There  are  so  many  details  you  can  never 
imagine.  We've  never  done  anything  like  this 
before."  The  two  curators  dealt  not  only 
with  the  logistics  of  gathering  the  works  and 
getting  them  to  campus.  They  also  created 
and  oversaw  the  printing  of  the  eighty-three 
page  catalogue,  for  which  each  wrote  an 
essay,  as  well  as  compiled  the  answers  about 
the  work  from  questions  posed  to  all  the 
artists  in  the  show. 

This  is  the  tenth  presentation  at  DUMA 
that  gives  student  curators  the  chance  to 
showcase  the  creations  of  established  and 
emerging  artists.                                            ■ 

Above,  SINGLE  ROOM  OCCUPANCY 

by  Susan  Schwartzenberg  and  Ali  SanC:  Student 
curator  Rachel  Eggebeen  in  her  essay,  "Touch 
Me, Talk  to  Me:  Interactive  Art  andTechnology," 
writes  of  the  artists'  installation  furnished 
with  "carefully  selected  domestic  and  electronic 
objects."  The  work  "explores  the  nature  of 
human  isolation  in  an  industrialized  urban 
environment....  [A]  society  driven  by  deperson- 
alized electronic  communication  is  one  that  lives, 
figuratively  if  not  literally,  in  a  sterile,  single- 
occupancy  hotel  room." 


Left,  SEX  LINKAGE  by  CatherineWagner: 
Exploring  the  "implications  of  the  postbiohgical 
age,"  the  artist  photographed  test  tubes  that  con- 
tain "genetic  crosses  between  male  and  female 
laboratory  subjects  of  an  anonymous  species.... 
[T]he  images  provide  a  striking  echo  of  recent 
developments  in  genetics  and  reproductive 
technologies,"  writes  Kodumal. 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


Left,  DIGITAL  WATCH  by  Jim  Campbell. 
Eggebeen  writes  that  t/ie  artist's  participatory 
work— "one  image  a  mirror,  the  other  image 
distorted  by  a  delay  in  time" — explores  the 
"interstice  between  human  memory  and  machine 
memory,  human  perception  of  time  versus 
machine  perception  of  time,  actual  versus 
digital  representation." 


Below,  co-curators:  Kodumal,  left,  and  Eggebeen 


TITLED  #3,  b>  Aziz  +  Cucher:  The  pho- 
tographs of  Anthony  Aziz  and  Sammy  Cucher 
"are  as  beautiful  and  deceptively  innocent  as  a 
magazine  advertisement," writes  Kodumal. 
"However,  closer  examination  provides  an  eerie, 
unsettling  revelation:  the  'products'  are  actually 
computer  peripheral  cables,  covered  in  prosthetic 
skin," inverting  the  usual  "intersection  between 
human  and  machine  represented  by  the  cyborg." 


Mav-June  1998 


■■ 


RECORD  GIFT  FOR 
STUDENT  AID 

^L  H  ot  since  James  B.  Duke  founded  The 
[■%al  Duke  Endowment  with  $40  million 
1  ^H  in  1924,  with  much  of  it  earmarked 
for  Duke  University,  has  a  gift  from  one  source 
matched  its  magnitude — and  from  its  original 
source  again.  The  Duke  Endowment  will  do- 
nate $30  million  to  the  university  to  strengthen 
financial  assistance  programs  for  undergradu- 
ates, particularly  students  from  the  Carolinas, 
and  for  graduate  and  professional  students.  As 
part  of  a  challenge  from  The  Endowment,  the 
university  is  pledging  to  raise  an  additional  $23 
million  over  five  years  to  support  student  aid. 
Duke  is  one  of  a  small  group  of  universities 
nationwide  that  accepts  students  without  re- 
gard to  their  ability  to  pay,  and  then  guaran- 
tees to  meet  the  full,  demonstrated  financial 
need  of  each  student.  "This  marvelous  gift 
from  The  Duke  Endowment  is  an  extraordi- 
nary restatement  of  commitment  to  one  of 
the  core  values  of  this  institution — making 
the  highest  quality  education  available  to  the 
brightest  young  people  from  across  the  nation, 
regardless  of  their  financial  circumstances," 
says  Duke  President  Nannerl  O.  Keohane. 
"That  was  part  of  Mr.  Duke's  original  vision 
and  it  is  appropriate  that  The  Duke  Endow- 
ment, the  university's  oldest  and  closest  insti- 

} 

tutional  friend  and  benefactor,  is  directing  its 
philanthropy  to  ensure  that  deserving  students 
of  all  backgrounds  are  welcome  at  Duke. 

"It  is  particularly  encouraging  that  included 
in  this  gift  are  special  funds  that  will  help  the 
brightest  students  from  North  and  South 
Carolina  attend  Duke,  reinforcing  the  univer- 
sity's commitment  both  to  our  region  and  to 
the  education  of  the  students  who  were  espe- 
cially valued  by  James  B.  Duke." 

The  gift  has  two  parts:  a  $20-million  con- 
tribution to  the  university's  endowment  in 
support  of  financial  aid  across  the  university's 
undergraduate,  graduate,  and  professional  pro- 
grams; and  an  additional  $10  million  to  help 
fully  endow  Duke's  two  premier,  merit-based 
scholarship  programs  for  undergraduates  — 
the  Angier  B.  Duke  Memorial  Scholarships 
and  the  Benjamin  N.  Duke  Scholarships. 

The  Angier  B.  Duke  Memorial  Scholar- 
ships, which  provide  four  years  of  full  support 
plus  a  summer  at  Oxford,  are  worth  more 
than  $85,000,  and  are  awarded  annually  to  fif- 

Bowled  over:  David  Grenke,  in  performance,  receivec 

teen  of  the  nation's  best  students.  The  com- 
panion Benjamin  N.  Duke  Scholarships  pro- 
vide 75  percent  of  tuition  to  ten  students 
from  North  and  South  Carolina  each  year, 
making  each  scholarship  worth  more  than 
$60,000  for  four  years.  The  Duke  Endowment 
gift  will  allow  the  university  to  increase  the 
value  of  B.N.  Duke  awards  to  full  tuition  over 
the  next  five  years. 

"A  grant  package  of  this  size  is  an  enormous 
challenge  for  The  Duke  Endowment,"  says 
Elizabeth  H.  Locke  '64,  Ph.D.  72,  president  of 
The  Duke  Endowment.  "We  want  young  schol- 
ars, new  leaders  and  their  parents — particu- 
larly if  they  live  in  the  Carolinas — to  feel  that 
they  can  at  least  consider  Duke  as  their  first 
choice.  We  want  them  to  know  that  if  they 
can  qualify  for  admission,  financial  aid  will  be 
there  for  them." 

Approximately  42  percent  of  Duke's  under- 
graduates are  expected  to  qualify  for  financial 

a  Doris  Duke  Award  for  New  Work 

aid  next  year.  The  university  plans  to  spend 
more  than  $30  million  in  student  support 
from  its  own  funds,  with  $24  million  coming 
from  the  operating  budget  and  the  balance 
from  income  from  the  university's  endowment. 
Because  Duke's  $1.13-billion  endowment  is 
considerably  smaller  than  the  endowments  of 
most  private  research  universities  and  several 
public  universities  with  which  it  competes,  a 
greater  proportion  of  Duke's  financial  aid  sup- 
port must  come  from  its  operating  budget. 

Half  of  the  new  Duke  Endowment  gift  will 
be  directed  over  the  next  five  years  to  support 
the  Angier  B.  Duke  and  the  Benjamin  N.  Duke 
scholarships.  Another  $7  million  is  committed 
for  need-based  aid  for  students  from  North 
and  South  Carolina,  with  Duke  to  raise  as 
much  as  $14  million  to  match  this  grant.  Need- 
based  aid  for  students  from  other  states  will 
receive  $3  million,  with  the  university  chal- 
lenged to  add  another  $6  million.  The  gift  also 

48      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


provides  $500,000  to  assist  Duke's  Carolinas 
recruitment  efforts.  Nearly  14  percent  of  Duke's 
undergraduates  come  from  North  Carolina 
and  2.5  percent  come  from  South  Carolina. 

The  Duke  Endowment,  one  of  the  nation's 
largest  foundations  with  assets  of  about  $1.5 
billion,  also  is  providing  $4.5  million  over  five 
years  to  support  fellowships  in  the  university's 
graduate  and  professional  schools.  Duke  will 
raise  $3.35  million  in  matching  funds. 


SUMMER 
DANCING 

Over  six  weeks  this  summer,  the 
American  Dance  Festival  will  cele- 
brate nearly  a  hundred  years  of 
modern  dance,  its  sbcty-fifth  anniversary,  the 
fiftieth  anniversary  of  the  founding  of  the 
state  of  Israel,  and  its  thirtieth  season  of  lead- 
ership by  Charles  Reinhart,  co-director,  and 
Martha  Myers,  dean. 

With  forty-three  performances  scheduled, 
ADF  will  premiere  thirteen  new  works,  honor 
lifetime  achievement  in  modern  dance  with 
the  Samuel  H.  Scripps  Award,  and  present 
new  works  commissioned  by  the  new  Doris 
Duke  Awards.  Performances  of  the  festival, 
which  runs  June  11  through  July  26,  feature 
such  companies  as  Pilobolus,  Dayton  Con- 
temporary, Cleo  Parker,  David  Parsons,  Paul 
Taylor  Dance,  and  Merce  Cunningham.  The 
Nicholas  Brothers,  Fayard  and  Harold,  will 
receive  the  Scripps  award  for  their  achieve- 
ments in  modern  dance  during  a  special  per- 
formance and  ceremony  June  29. 

The  recently  established  Doris  Duke  Awards 
are  divided  into  two  categories:  the  Doris  Duke 
Awards  for  New  Work,  and  the  Doris  Duke 
Millennium  Awards  for  Modern  Dance  and 
Jazz  Music  Collaborations.  The  latter,  a  joint 
Kennedy  Center/ADF  initiative,  will  combine 
the  two  American  art  forms  by  commission- 
ing, over  three  years,  six  choreographers  and 
six  jazz  composers,  whose  works  will  premiere 
at  the  ADF  and  the  Kennedy  Center. 

The  first  round  of  collaborations  this  sea- 
son begins  with  world  premieres  by  Pilobolus 
Dance  Theatre  and  jazz  composer  Maria 
Schneider  with  her  orchestra  on  June  11-13. 
Another  recipient  is  David  Parsons,  who  along 
with  jazz  composer  Phil  Woods  and  musi- 
cians, will  premiere  their  work  July  2-4.  World 
premieres  will  also  be  presented  by  the  first- 
time  recipients  of  the  Doris  Duke  Awards  for 
New  Work,  Taylor  and  Cunningham,  as  well 
as  Elizabeth  Streb,  Nathan  Birch,  Jawole  Willa 
Jo  Zollar,  and  David  Grenke. 

For  more  information,  contact  ADF's  Dur- 
ham office,  (919)  684-6402;  its  Internet  ad- 
dress, adf@american.dancefestival.org;  or  its 
website,  www.AmericanDanceFestival.org. 


TAKING  CARE 
OF  BUSINESS 

Entrepreneur  and  philanthropist  J.B. 
Fuqua  is  giving  $20  million  to  the 
Fuqua  School  of  Business  to  expand 
the  faculty  and  develop  the  school's  innova- 
tive international  business  education  pro- 
grams. The  gift  brings  J.B.  Fuqua's  cumulative 
giving  to  Duke  to  more  than  $37  million  and 
establishes  him  as  Duke's  second  largest  indi- 
vidual benefactor,  after  tobacco  magnate  and 
industrialist  James  B.  Duke,  who  gave  $40 
million  in  1924  to  create  The  Duke  Endow- 
ment and  found  Duke  University. 

"J.B.  Fuqua  is  a  far-sighted  entrepreneur 
who  nurtures  his  investments,"  said  Duke 
President  Nannerl  O.  Keohane  in  announc- 
ing the  gift.  "His  generosity  almost  twenty 
years  ago  transformed  the  school  that  bears 


his  name.  Now  he  is  transforming  Fuqua  once 
more  by  helping  it  train  leaders  for  the  global 
economy  of  the  twenty-first  century.  He 
always  has  taken  the  long  view  of  education, 
wisely  believing  education  is  an  investment  in 
the  future  and  a  good  business  decision." 

Fuqua  Dean  Rex  D.  Adams  '62  said  half  of 
the  $20  million  will  go  to  establish  a  fund  to 
add  endowed  professorships.  The  balance  of 
the  gift  will  be  divided  equally  between  glob- 
al programs  and  initiatives  aimed  at  strength- 
ening the  global  orientation  of  Fuqua's  cur- 
riculum and  funding  for  general  discretionary 
purposes. 

"We  are  absolutely  committed  to  building 
one  of  the  world's  leading  centers  for  man- 
agement education  and  research  here  at 
Duke.  This  gift  will  profoundly  enhance  our 
ability  to  attract  more  of  the  world's  best  fac- 
ulty while  nurturing  global  perspectives 
among  our  students,"  he  said.  "J.B.  Fuqua's 


HOPING  FOR  LASTING  PEACE 


Profiled  in  Duke  Magazine 
as  a  freshman  [Novem- 
ber-December 1994], 
Alma  Hakirevic  '98  had  a 
wrenching  story  to  tell — about 
life  in  war-torn  Bosnia,  about  a 
harrowing  escape,  and  about  a 
fierce  determination  to  succeed 
academically.  As  an  alumna, 
she  can  look  back  on  what  has 
to  be  considered  an  academic 
success  story:  She  graduated 
with  summa  cum  laude  honors 
in  public  policy  studies,  with 
additional  concentrations  in 
Arabic  language  and  literature 
and  in  political  science.  Her 
senior  honors  thesis — on 
"Implementing  the  Right  of 
Return  in  Bosnia  and  Herze- 
govina"— was  dedicated  to  a 
childhood  friend  who  was 
killed  in  the  Bosnian  conflict. 

In  the  classroom  and  beyond, 
Hakirevic's  Duke  program  has 
steeped  her  in  international 
concerns.  (It  has  also  steeped 
her,  as  a  resident  adviser,  in 
freshman  counseling.)  In  the 
summer  of  1995,  she  had  two 
assignments  in  Turkey.  She  or- 
ganized educational  and  recre- 
ational activities  for  Bosnian 
refugee  children  in  Istanbul. 
And  in  Kirklareli,  as  a  tutor  in 
the  English  language,  she  was 
the  only  volunteer  in  a  Bosnian 
refugee  camp  of  more  than 
3,000  people. 

In  the  summer  of  1996,  she 
evaluated  and  monitored  Save 
the  Children  programs  in  the 
former  Yugoslavia,  primarily 
Bosnia  and  Herzegovina  and 
Azerbaijan.  She  also  made  her 
first  return  trip  to  her  home- 


AN  EARLY 

LOSS  OF 

INNOCENCE 


town  of  Visoko — a  trip  that, 
eerily,  compelled  her  to  retrace 
the  route  of  her  escape  from 
Bosnia. 

Last  summer,  she  worked  in 
the  West  Bank,  the  Gaza  Strip, 
and  Jerusalem.  Concentrating 
on  Palestinian  refugee  camps, 
she  studied  the  role  of  the  United 
Nations  Relief  and  Works 
Agency  for  Palestine  Refugees 
in  the  Near  East. 

The  Dayton  peace  accords 
have  succeeded  in  quieting  the 
military  conflict,  but  they 
haven't  had  a  great  impact  on 
the  civilian  sphere,  she  says. 
"Peace  in  Bosnia  right  now  is  a 
peace  without  justice,  and  an 
unstable  peace."  Her  thesis 
accents  the  importance  of  guar- 


mitted  to  return,  and  that  the 
perpetrators  of  war  crimes  are 
brought  to  justice.  "Otherwise, 
genocide  is  sanctified."  A  divid- 
ed Bosnia,  she  adds,  "is  a  threat 


the  larger  region." 

This  summer,  Hakirevic 
plans  to  return  to  Azerbaijan, 
where  a  struggle  with  Armenia 
has  created  more  than  a  million 
refugees.  "How  much  difference 
can  an  individual  make  in  such 
circumstances?"  she  wonders. 
"It's  important  to  make  at  least 
a  small  step  forward.  And  it 
does  give  some  encouragement 
to  people  who  are  suffering  col- 
lectively and  as  individuals." 

Now  considering  graduate 
work  in  international  law  and 
diplomacy,  she  hopes  to  settle 
in  Bosnia — "a  goal  I  have  never 
forsaken,"  as  she  puts  it.  Even- 
tually she  wants  to  work  for  the 
Bosnian  government.  "I  really 
do  believe  that  Bosnia  can 
become  a  peaceful  and  stable 
society,  if  the  international 
community  does  what  it  has 
promised  to  do.  And  I  want  to 
help  make  a  difference  in 


May-June  1998        49 


impact  on  this  institution  will  he  felt  by 
countless  generations  of  future  students  and 
business  leaders." 

Adams  said  the  Fuqua  gift  will  enable  the 
school  to  expand  the  international  emphasis 
throughout.  Programs  already  in  place  include: 
Global  Academic  Travel  Experience  (GATE), 
overseas  student  tours  in  the  full-time  M.B.A. 
program;  customized  executive  education  pro- 
grams delivered  worldwide  for  companies  such 
as  Deutsche  Bank,  Glaxo  Wellcome  Inc.,  Ford 
Motor  Company,  and  Siemens  Corporation; 
and  the  Global  Executive  M.B.A.  (GEMBA), 
launched  in  1996,  which  combines  distance 
learning  via  Internet-based  technologies  with 
classroom  session  on  four  continents. 

J.B.  Fuqua  was  born  in  1918  and  reared  by 
his  grandparents  on  a  tobacco  farm  in  rural 
Virginia.  As  a  teenager,  he  educated  himself 
in  history,  business,  and  finance  by  reading 
books  borrowed  by  mail  from  the  Duke 
University  library.  He  never  went  to  college. 

His  business  career,  which  spans  nearly  six 
decades,  includes  founding  and  serving  as 
chairman  of  Fuqua  Industries  Inc.,  which 
grew  to  Fortune  500  status  in  three  years  and 
had  more  than  $2  billion  in  annual  revenue 
by  the  late  1970s.  He  also  headed  several 
other  national  companies,  including  six  that 
were  listed  on  the  New  York  Stock  Exchange. 
After  selling  his  interest  in  Fuqua  Industries 
Inc.  in  1989,  he  and  his  son,  J.  Rex  Fuqua, 
began  building  another  public  company, 
Fuqua  Enterprises  Inc.  They  sold  their  owner- 
ship in  that  company  in  September  1997. 


MODEL 

MATH 

JA  study  by  three  Duke  undergraduates 
M^L  of  ways  to  combat  grade  inflation  was 
ult^ML  selected  as  best  research  paper  in  the 
fourteenth  annual  Mathematical  Contest  in 
Modeling  (MCM),  an  event  that  pitted  their 
paper  against  about  470  others  from  around 
the  world. 

Modeling  team  captain  Garrett  Mitchener, 
a  Duke  junior,  sophomore  Jeffrey  Mermin, 
and  freshman  John  Thacker  will  travel  to 
Toronto  in  July  to  present  their  twenty-nine- 
page  analysis  at  Mathfest  98,  a  Mathematics 
Association  of  America  conference. 

"We  think  our  methods  avoid  penalizing 
people  too  much  for  taking  classes  with  other 
students  who  do  very  well,  which  is  better 
than  simply  ranking  on  a  curve,"  Thacker 
says.  "It's  a  big  problem  if  you  take  a  difficult 
class  and  score  worse  than  anyone  else,  but 
the  other  ten  people  in  the  class  are  the  best 
students  in  the  university.  You  don't  want  to 
penalize  people  too  much  because  they  never 
had  the  chance  to  show  themselves  in  a  very 


Mode!  students:  Mitchener,  left,  Mermin,  right, 
and  Thacker,  front 

difficult  class.  You  do  want  to  penalize  people 
somewhat  for  taking  an  easy  schedule." 

The  trio's  study  addressed  concerns  about 
grade  inflation  at  a  hypothetical  university 
where  the  average  grade  is  an  A-minus,  pre- 
cluding use  of  grade  point  averages  (GPAs) 
to  determine  class  rank.  "The  plain  GPA  me- 
thod encourages  students  to  take  easy  cours- 
es, a  major  cause  of  grade  inflation,"  the  team 
wrote.  "Plain  GPA  rankings  also  produce  a  lot 
of  ties,  especially  when  most  of  the  grades  are 
high." 

Working  for  four  days  up  to  February  9, 
when  the  contest  was  held  throughout  the 
world,  the  three  Duke  students  came  up  with 
options  to  the  GPA,  each  based  on  computing 
an  "ability  score"  that  can  account  for  talent 
while  making  allowances  for  effort.  Mitchener, 
of  Charlotte,  and  Thacker,  of  Durham,  both 
attended  Durham's  North  Carolina  School 
of  Science  and  Mathematics,  a  public  high 
school  for  talented  state  residents,  while  Mer- 
min attended  Chapel  Hill  High  School.  All 
three  were  acquainted  with  each  other  through 
math  contests  before  coming  to  Duke. 

"Duke  is  developing  the  reputation  that  it's 
a  good  place  for  strong  math  students,"  says 
Mitchener.  "So  the  Duke  math  department 
and  the  student  population  are  starting  to  build 
on  each  other." 

This  is  Duke's  best  finish  ever  in  the  math- 
ematical modeling  contest,  which  ranks  in 
prestige  second  only  to  the  William  Lowell 
Putnam  Mathematical  Competition,  says 
David  Kraines,  a  Duke  associate  professor  of 
mathematics.  Duke  placed  second  to  Har- 
vard in  the  latest  Putnam  competition,  held 


last  December,  bringing  $20,000  to  the  uni- 
versity's undergraduate  mathematics  program 
and  $800  to  each  of  its  three  team  members. 
While  the  MCM  provides  no  cash  awards 
for  universities  or  their  top-place  finishers, 
the  mathematics  association  will  provide  $600 
to  help  offset  the  cost  of  the  Duke  students' 
Toronto  travel,  with  the  university's  mathe- 
matics department  making  up  the  difference. 
The  contest  is  sponsored  by  the  Consortium 
for  Mathematics  and  Its  Applications. 


CULVERTS  AS 
CULPRITS 

Inadequately  sized  channels  passing  under 
superhighways  can  seriously  disrupt  road- 
side wetland  ecosystems  by  interfering 
with  the  natural  flow  of  water,  a  Duke  study 
has  found.  A  team  from  the  Duke  Wetland 
Center  at  Duke's  Nicholas  School  of  the  En- 
vironment found  that  trees,  plants,  and  soils 
in  two  wetland  systems  were  significandy 
changed  by  the  way  underlying  culverts  al- 
tered water  levels  on  either  side  of  an  eastern 
North  Carolina  stretch  of  Interstate  40. 

Curtis  Richardson,  a  Nicholas  School  pro- 
fessor who  directs  the  wetland  center,  report- 
ed the  pilot  study  in  March  at  the  annual 
North  Carolina  Water  Resources  Research 
Conference.  This  work,  funded  by  the  state- 
based  Center  for  Transportation  and  the  En- 
vironment, is  designed  to  help  fill  important 
gaps  in  environmental  data,  Richardson  says. 
"The  effects  of  highways  on  wetland  systems 
are  now  a  concern  at  the  national  and  state 
levels.  The  extension  of  1-40  to  Wilmington 
meant  cutting  through  literally  miles  of  wet- 
lands. The  effects  of  that  on  drainage  and 
water  flow  and  species  habitats  are  all  very 
important  questions." 

According  to  Richardson,  state  and  federal 
transportation  officials  now  recognize  a  vital 
need  for  new  construction  standards  to  deal 
with  this  problem.  "But  they  really  don't  have 
the  data  to  say  how  they  should  design  when 
crossing  wetland  areas,"  he  adds.  "So  that  is 
what  we  are  trying  to  provide." 

He  and  fellow  investigator  Kevin  Nunnery 
Ph.D.  '97,  now  a  Nicholas  School  post-doc- 
toral researcher,  faced  an  immediate  hurdle 
when  they  began  their  study  in  1995.  They 
had  to  assess  the  impact  of  the  construction  of 
a  highway  that  had  been  built  seven  years 
before  their  study  began.  They  chose  two  ad- 
jacent wetland  corridors,  Beaverdam  Swamp 
and  Kill  Swamp,  which  cross  the  interstate 
about  two  miles  apart  in  Sampson  County  in 
North  Carolina's  coastal  plain.  Both  swampy 
creeks  had  similar  water  flow  rates  and  kin- 
dred upstream  and  downstream  environ- 
ments. Their  upstream  land-use  patterns  — 


50      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


agriculture  and  livestock  production — were 
also  similar.  And  both  passed  under  1-40 
through  the  same  type  ot  conduit  systems — a 
central  box-shaped  culvert  and  two  smaller 
stream  overflow  pipes. 


BACKGROUND 
MESSAGES 

Selling  one's  product  is  the  ultimate 
goal  of  advertising.  But  in  the  process 
of  pitching  an  item,  advertisers  include 
"background  information."  It  may  be  a  white 
suburban  family  sitting  around  the  breakfast 
table  in  an  orange  juice  ad,  or  a  dad  giving  his 
daughter  a  piggy-back  ride  in  an  insurance 


William  M.  O'Barr,  who  chairs  Duke's  cul- 
tural anthropology  department,  is  not  inter- 
ested in  whether  the  ads  sell  juice  or  life  in- 
surance, but  he  is  intrigued  by  these  subtle 
implications.  Four  years  ago,  O'Barr  wrote  the 
book  Culture  and  the  Ad,  which  examined 
how  minorities  and  foreigners  were  portrayed 
in  ads  and  found  that,  generally,  they  were 
depicted  in  unflattering,  often  demeaning 
terms  for  most  of  the  twentieth  century.  This 
semester,  O'Barr  taught  a  new  undergraduate 
course  that  examined  masculinity  and  adver- 
tising. He  may  write  a  book,  based  on  his  own 
work  as  well  as  the  ideas  that  emerged  from 
the  seminar,  that  investigates  this  topic. 

O'Barr  says  he  chose  the  subject  because 
most  scholarly  research  has  looked  at  "how 
advertising  portrays  such  unrealistic  images  of 
women."  For  instance,  researchers  have  stud- 


mmnzEMmmx 

THAT  CHAMPIONSHIP  SEASON 


In  the  shadow  of  the  men's 
varsity  basketball  team  lies 
another  skilled  group  of 
players.  Although  they  may  not 
get  as  much  attention  as  their 
male  counterparts,  the  women's 
basketball  team  enjoyed  a  phe- 
nomenal season,  reaching  the 
Elite  Eight  in  the  NCAA  tour- 
nament and  winning  the  ACC 
regular  season  championship. 

One  of  the  major  forces  be- 
hind the  team's  winning  season 
is  junior  Nicole  Erickson,  who 
played  her  first  season  of  Blue 
Devil  basketball  this  year  after 
transferring  from  Purdue.  Since 
moving  here  from  the  Midwest, 
Erickson  says  she  has  devel- 
oped a  strong  sense  of  family 
with  her  teammates.  "Anytime 
you're  together  so  much,  and 
you  work  with  a  group  toward 
one  common  goal,  it  makes  you 
come  together." 

The  transition  from  Purdue 
was  not  easy  for  Erickson,  at 
first.  "The  first  three  or  four 
months  were  really  hard.  I 
hated  everything  different  than 
Purdue." 

Once  the  season  started,  she 
became  more  comfortable  in 
her  new  environment — a  nec- 
essary factor  in  order  to  keep 
up  with  the  daily  schedule  dur- 
ing the  season.  A  typical  day  be- 
gins at  6  a.m.,  with  condition- 
ing for  two  hours.  Players  go  to 
classes  for  the  rest  of  the  day  (a 
full  course  load),  but  there  is  a 
two-and-a-half-hour  time  block 
early  in  the  afternoon  during 
which  players  cannot  schedule 
anything — this  is  when  prac- 
tices take  place.  "They  usually 
go  over,"  she  says. 


The  right  guard:  Erickson  and 
team  joined  the  elite 

"Everything  is  structured  and 
on  a  schedule.  There  is  no  lee- 
way," she  says,  noting  that  most 
of  the  players  are  not  fazed  by 
this  rigorous  program.  "We  do 
it  from  the  beginning.  We  are 
used  to  being  on  a  schedule 
from  high  school,  although  it's 


stricter  in  college.  I  try  to  use 
every  spare  second.  Whenever 
you  make  time  for  other  things, 
you  have  to  make  it  up  down 
the  road.  During  the  school 
year,  it  is  constant  stress." 

Erickson  began  playing  bas- 
ketball in  elementary  school, 
and  her  parents  signed  her  up 
for  the  only  basketball  league, 
which  was  all-boys,  in  the  area. 
"At  school,  I  didn't  get  teased, 
because  everyone  knew  me," 
she  recalls.  "When  I  went  to 
the  league,  though,  no  one 
expected  much.  But  I  was  not 
far  behind  physically,  and  I  had 
a  lot  of  skill,  so  I  was  better 
than  a  lot  of  the  boys." 

Even  at  Duke,  men's  basket- 
ball still  takes  precedence  over 
women's  hoops — a 
that  Erickson  does  i 
changing  in  the  i 
future:  "Not  until  women  can 
do  360-degree  dunks,  which  is 
not  anytime  soon."  But  she  says 
that  a  winning  women's  team 
may  draw  in  more  crowds. 

"Success  is  what  brings  [fans] 
in,"  she  says,  pointing  out  that 
Purdue's  women's  team  had  an 
average  attendance  of  6,000. 
"You  have  to  earn  respect,  but 
I  don't  think  students  give  it  a 
chance.  If  you  really  appreciate 
basketball,  I  don't  see  how  you 
can't  appreciate  women's  bas- 
ketball." 

Despite  the  fact  that 
Erickson's  student  routine  is 
hardly  typical,  she  says  she 
would  not  trade  her  personal 
experience  for  the  world.  "I 
give  a  lot  up,  but  I  get  to  do  a 
lot  that  other  students  don't." 

— Jaime  Levy  '01 


ied  in  depth  the  connection  between  skinny 
models  and  women's  eating  disorders,  and 
they've  delved  into  sexist  advertising,  such  as 
the  posing  of  half-naked  women  on  cars. 
"Normally,  when  you  say  advertising  and  gen- 
der, all  the  stuff  about  women  comes  up 
immediately,"  he  says.  "But  to  ask  it  the  other 
way,  which  is  about  advertising  and  men  or 
advertising  and  masculinity,"  raises  questions 
that  haven't  been  thoroughly  examined. 

In  O'Barr 's  class,  students  explore  a  num- 
ber of  advertising  themes,  such  as  men  and 
women  in  relationships;  sports  and  men;  cars 
and  men;  images  of  men  through  the  life 
cycle;  and  men's  sense  of  themselves.  "We  will 
look  at  the  cowboy  because  the  Marlboro  man 
is  seen  by  many  as  the  prototype  ot  American 
masculinity  —  the  cowboy  and  rugged  inde- 
pendence, that  whole  business.  What's  inter- 
esting, from  the  surface  level,  is  the  guys  are 
usually  off  by  themselves,  they  don't  have 
wives,  they  don't  have  children  or  depen- 
dents. It  becomes  a  mythological  idea  about 
masculinity;  very  few  Americans  live  like  that, 
very  few  ot  us  get  that  far  away." 

In  advertising,  the  portrayals  of  boys  and 
girls  are  usually  pretty  clear,  he  says.  Boys  are 
usually  depicted  as  competitive  and  aggres- 
sive and  they  play  with  toy  trucks  and  guns. 
By  contrast,  girls  are  shown  as  cooperative 
and  playful,  and  they  play  with  dolls  and  play- 
houses. But  background  messages  can  some- 
times become  contradictory  when  the  ads 
focus  on  women  and  men. 

"What's  often  said  by  many  theorists  who 
write  about  this  is  that  a  woman  has  to  be 
either  a  madonna  or  a  whore,  that  this  is  sort 
of  a  choice.  Either  she  becomes  an  aggressive, 
interesting  sex  object  who's  exuding  sexuality, 
or  she's  busy  being  the  nurturing  mother  tak- 
ing care  of  the  children;  these  things  are  con- 
tradictory. So  we're  looking  at  how  men  in 
these  ads  relate  to  these  two  kinds  of  women. 
What  that  relationship  is  like." 

As  for  men,  they  often  are  portrayed  as  the 
aggressive  pursuer  of  women  or  the  stable 
provider  for  the  family.  But  a  new  phenom- 
enon is  beginning  to  emerge  in  the  adver- 
tising industry — ads  that  specifically  target 
gay  audiences,  O'Barr  says.  Products  such  as 
Parliament  cigarettes,  Bud  Lite  and  Miller  Lite 
beer,  and  others  have  ads  in  gay  magazines,  a 
dramatic  departure  from  their  mainstream 
images.  The  Parliament  ad  shows  two  men 
huddled  together,  while  the  copy  in  the  Bud 
Lite  ad  reads,  "Another  one  coming  out." 

O'Barr  says  he  is  interested  in  "this  closet 
personality  that  is  beginning  to  emerge  in 
advertising.  Racial  and  ethnic  differences, 
sexuality  differences,  this  diversity  and  multi- 
cultural thing  in  America  is  beginning  to  be 
picked  up  in  the  advertising  industry.  So  what 
you're  beginning  to  see  is  advertising  that  ex- 
plores  these   limits,  trying  to  reach  out  to 


May-June  1998        51 


diverse  communities.  It's  literally  trying  to  be 
all  things  to  all  people,  and  in  some  ways  they 
are  getting  away  with  it.  From  a  personal 
point  of  view,  I  think  it's  a  good  thing  that 
advertising  is  recognizing  the  fact  that  not 
every  man  is  straight,  because  that's  true." 


crowned  sifakas." 

The  center,  which  is  supported  by  the 
National  Science  Foundation  and  private  do- 
nations, houses  the  world's  largest  collection 
of  endangered  primates.  Duke  is  the  only  uni- 
versity that  concentrates  on  studying  and 


RARE-BABY 
BOOM 


Duke's   Primate   Center  greeted   the 
spring  with  the  birth  of  an  unusual 
number  of  babies  of  rare  species.  The 
infant  crop  includes: 

•  Three  Coquerel's  sifakas:  Livia  II,  Eugen- 
ius,  and  Antonias.  Sifakas  are  agile,  long- 
limbed  animals,  and  the  Coquerel  variety  has 
striking  maroon  and  white  fur. 

•  A  golden- crowned  sifaka  baby,  bringing  the 
total  in  captivity  to  four.  All  are  at  the  center. 

•  Two  aye-aye  babies,  one  that's  remained 
with  its  mother  and  another  that's  being  hand- 
raised,  since  its  mother  was  unable  to  feed  it. 
A  third  aye-aye,  Ozma,  is  pregnant.  Aye-aye 
are  exotic,  gnome -looking,  nocturnal  lemurs 
that  roughly  resemble  a  combination  of  bat, 
beaver,  and  raccoon. 

Primate  Center  officials  say  the  little  animals 
represent  confirming  evidence  that  the  center 
understands  the  nutritional  and  maintenance 
needs  of  the  highly  endangered  animals.  Col- 
ony manager  David  Haring  M.E.M.  '79  says 
this  spring  represented  a  "highly  successful" 
birthing  period  for  these  three  rare  species. 
"The  number  of  births  is  especially  large  for 
the  aye-aye,  because  of  the  lengthy  period 
between  births  for  that  species,"  he  says.  "And 
this  is  only  the  second  birth  ever  for  the  golden- 


protecting  "prosimians"  such  as  lemurs,  lorises, 
and  tarsiers.  Prosimians  descended  from 
primitive  primates  that  were  also  ancestors  to 
anthropoids,  which  include  monkeys,  apes, 
and  humans.  By  studying  prosimians,  scien- 
tists can  obtain  analogous  insights  into  the 
early  history  of  apes  and  humans. 

LOSING  IT  BY 

THE  GLASS 

Just  one  drink  can  impair  learning  and 
memory  in  both  young  animals  and 
young  humans,  but  has  no  memory  ef- 
fect on  adults,  according  to  researchers  from 
Duke  Medical  Center  and  the  Durham  VA 
Medical  Center.  The  investigators  said  their 
research  offers  the  first  scientific  evidence 
that  alcohol  has  a  markedly  different  effect 
depending  on  the  age  of  the  drinker.  In  addi- 
tion, they  said  their  studies  provide  the  first 
hard  evidence  to  support  the  ban  on  under- 
age drinking,  which  up  until  now  has  been 
based  on  moral,  political,  or  religious  reasons. 
"Historically,  there  has  been  no  compelling 
reason  to  deter  the  youth  of  America  from 
drinking,  other  than  a  moral  or  authoritarian 
message,"  says  neuropsychologist  Scott  Swartz- 
welder,  lead  investigator  of  two  studies  pub- 
lished in  April.  "At  least  now  we  can  back  our 
message  with  scientific  evidence  showing  that 


even  occasional  and  moderate  drinking  could 
impair  a  young  person's  memory  systems  much 
more  than  an  adult's." 

Swartzwelder  says  the  memory  loss  persisted 
as  long  as  the  subject  was  under  the  influence 
of  alcohol,  and  that  none  of  the  information 
presented  during  that  time  was  memorized. 
The  long-term  effects  of  chronic  drinking  are 
not  known. 

According  to  the  new  research,  young  ani- 
mals respond  differently  to  alcohol  in  three 
ways: 

•  They  suffer  memory  and  learning  impair- 
ments from  as  little  as  one  drink,  yet  adults  do 
not. 

•  They  develop  more  rapid  tolerance  to 
the  drug  than  adults — an  incentive  to  drink 
more  to  get  the  same  high. 

•  They  experience  less  sedation  from  the 
drug,  meaning  they  can  drink  far  more  than 
adults  before  falling  asleep.  This  puts  adoles- 
cents at  greater  risk  for  a  variety  of  dangerous 
outcomes,  from  memory  and  learning  impair- 
ments to  drunk-driving  and  impulsive  sexual 
behavior,  the  researchers  said. 

The  research  is  funded  by  the  Alcoholic 
Beverage  Medical  Research  Foundation,  the 
National  Institute  on  Alcoholism  and  Alcohol 
Abuse,  and  the  U.S.  Department  of  Veterans 
Affairs. 

In  one  new  study,  published  in  the  April 
issue  of  Alcoholism:  Clinical  and  Experimental 
Research,  Swartzwelder  showed  that  just  a  sin- 
gle dose  of  alcohol  prevented  adolescent  rats 
from  learning  how  to  swim  to  a  platform  in  a 
water-filled  maze,  yet  adult  rats  given  the 
same  dose  easily  learned  and  remembered  the 
task.  The  amount  of  alcohol  was  not  enough 
to  sedate  the  rats  or  even  affect  their  swim- 
ming abilities — in  the  range  of  .08  percent 
blood  alcohol  level — but  it  strongly  impaired 
learning  and  memory  in  the  adolescent  rats. 

This  finding,  which  supports  President  Clin- 
ton's recent  initiatives  aimed  at  lowering  the 
legal  blood  alcohol  level  in  all  states  to  .08 
percent  for  drunk  driving,  was  confirmed  in 
preliminary  human  studies  reported  by  Swartz- 
welder's  team  last  year  at  the  Research  So- 
ciety on  Alcoholism  meeting.  In  that  study, 
younger  people  given  alcohol  had  a  harder 
time  recognizing  words  from  a  list  read  to 
them  twenty  minutes  earlier,  compared  with 
older  subjects  who  received  an  equivalent 
dose.  While  alcohol  decreased  the  perfor- 
mance of  all  subjects,  who  ranged  in  age  from 
twenty-one  to  thirty,  there  was  a  strong  corre- 
lation between  their  ages  and  their  ability  to 
learn  and  recognize  the  words  after  a  dose  of 
alcohol.  Those  under  twenty-five  performed 
markedly  worse  than  those  over  the  age  of 
thirty,  he  says. 

"Quite  simply,  the  younger  the  age,  the 
worse  they  performed  on  the  memory  tests 
when  given  the  equivalent  of  two  drinks," 


52      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


Swartzwelder  says.  "If  alcohol's  effects  varied 
that  much  within  such  a  narrow  age  range, 
then  there's  a  compelling  reason  to  believe  its 
effects  are  even  stronger  in  adolescents  and 
children.  Young  brains  are  built  to  learn.  This 
could  account  for  why  young  brains  experi- 
ence such  a  dramatic  decrease  in  memory- 
related  activity  when  they're  exposed  to  low 
doses  of  alcohol." 


IN  BRIEF 

'?  Church  History,  the  quarterly  journal  of 
the  American  Society  of  Church  History,  offi- 
cially moved  its  editorial  offices  to  Duke  with 
the  publication  of  the  March  issue.  Tire  new 


Duke  editors  have  re-titled  the  journal  Church 
History:  Studies  in  Christianity  and  Culture. 
Editors  are:  Grant  Wacker,  coordinating  edi- 
tor, associate  professor  of  the  history  of  religion 
in  America  at  the  Duke  Divinity  School  and  a 
specialist  in  the  study  of  evangelical  and 
Pentecostal  Christianity;  Elizabeth  A.  Clark, 
John  Carlisle  Kilgo  Professor  in  the  religion 
department  and  specialist  in  the  history  of 
Christianity;  Hans  J.  Hillerbrand,  religion 
department  professor  and  specialist  in  the 
Reformation  and  the  history  of  modern 
Christianity;  and  Richard  Heitzenrater,  divin- 
ity school  professor  and  noted  scholar  of  John 
Wesley.  Associate  editors  at  Duke  are  English 
department  professor  David  Aers  and  divini- 
ty school  professors  Russell  E.  Richey  and 
David  C.  Steinmetz. 


>*  Poet  and  playwright  George  Elliott 
Clarke,  an  assistant  professor  of  English,  was 
awarded  the  first  Portia  White  Prize,  one  of 
Canada's  richest  arts  awards,  for  his  artistic 
achievement.  His  play,  Whylah  Falls,  adapted 
from  an  earlier  book  of  poetry,  was  produced 
for  Canadian  stage  and  radio.  The  author  of 
two  other  poetry  books,  Lush  Dreams,  Blue 
Exile  and  Saltwater  Spirituals  and  Deeper  Blues, 
he  is  at  work  on  an  opera,  Beatrice  Clumcy. 

F  Theodore  Slotkin,  who  joined  the  medi- 
cal school's  department  of  pharmacology  in 
1970,  was  awarded  the  Otto  Krayer  Award, 
named  for  the  distinguished  scholar,  teacher, 
and  humanitarian  who  chaired  Harvard 
University's  pharmacology  department  from 
1937  to  1966. 


MIND  MAZE 

Continued  from  page  20 

cies?  How  tragic  it  must  be  to  forget  life's  pre- 
cious moments! 

3  ACROSS:  FEELING  OF  JOY 

The  highlight  of  the  retreat  came  when  we 
all  sat  in  a  small  circle  in  a  cozy  room  adorned 
with  tinsel  and  colored  lights  while  Corkin 
entertained  our  questions.  After  about  thirty 
minutes  of  listening  to  our  inquiries,  sugges- 
tions, ideas,  and  curiosities,  she  suggested  that 
one  of  us  should  visit  her  lab  to  test  our  ideas. 
At  the  magical  moment,  I  knew  that  this  was 
my  chance! 

After  winter  break,  Einstein  suggested  that 
I  write  Corkin  to  see  whether  her  offer  still 
held.  "Sure,"  she  responded,  "H.M.  is  visiting 
the  lab  in  two  weeks.  Can  you  come?"  What 
a  surprise!  Of  course,  I  could  come;  but  two 
weeks  were  so  soon,  and  I  seemed  so  unpre- 
pared. Corkin  even  invited  me  to  administer 
a  test  to  H.M.  The  excitement  was  over- 
whelming— but  what  test,  in  what  form,  and 
for  how  long? 

During  the  retreat,  Corkin  had  mentioned 
that  H.M.  had  a  true  passion  for  crisscrossing 
word  games.  In  fact,  H.M.  and  his  puzzles 
were  almost  inseparable.  Even  his  walker  had 
a  pouch  filled  with  old  crossword  books 
whose  pages  were  crumpled  and  worn-out 
from  constant  handling.  A  classmate  of  mine, 
Allan  Stevens,  suggested  we  administer  a  test 
in  the  form  of  these  puzzles.  Duke  psychology 
professor  David  Rubin  pointed  out  that  cross- 
words are  ripe  for  psychological  literature,  in 
that  they  involve  procedural  memory  (learn- 
ing to  do  a  puzzle)  and  declarative  memory 
(factual  recall). 

Although  H.M.  had  enormous  difficulty 
learning  new  facts,  he  could  still  acquire  new 
skills.  Consequently,  the  development  of  his 
motor  skills,  or  procedural  memory,  appears  to 
remain  intact.  Ironically,  however,  he  does 


not  remember  learning  these  skills,  suggesting 
impaired  declarative  memory,  the  ability  to 
state  memory  in  words.  Perhaps  the  procedu- 
ral process  of  a  crossword  puzzle  could  im- 
prove H.M.'s  declarative  memory.  It  was  worth 
a  try,  I  thought. 

After  a  hectic  two  weeks  of  brainstorming, 
puzzle -making,  meetings,  phone-tag,  and  fax- 
machine  snafus,  I  developed  my  puzzles  for 
H.M.  I  then  received  an  extraordinary  mes- 
sage that  the  FOCUS  program  would  fund  my 
trip.  "Fantastic!"  I  yelled.  H.M.,  here  I  come! 

4  DOWN:  FEELING  OF 
ASTONISHMENT 

As  soon  as  I  arrived  in  Boston,  I  went  to 
visit  H.M.  at  the  M.I.T  Clinical  Research  Cen- 
ter. After  reading  about  this  extraordinary  fig- 
ure and  studying  him  for  many  months,  I  was 
somewhat  speechless  finally  to  have  met  the 
"king  of  crossword  puzzles,"  as  I  called  him. 
Oblivious  to  his  international  recognition,  H.M. 
was  humble  and  talkative,  and  took  a  genuine 
interest  in  meeting  me.  We  chatted  about  his 
love  of  crossword  puzzles  while  he  proudly 
showcased  his  worn-out  books.  "I  fool  around 
with  these  things  all  the  time,"  he  boasted. 

While  I  administered  my  crossword-puzzle 
memory-recognition  test,  H.M.  entertained  me 
with  stories  about  his  family,  childhood,  school 
days,  and  hobbies.  About  halfway  through  the 
experiment,  however,  he  repeated  the  same 
story  about  his  aunt  that  he  had  mentioned 
less  than  two  minutes  earlier.  I  had  prepared 
for  his.  I  knew  this  was  going  to  happen.  I  had 
read  extensively  about  this,  and  Corkin 
talked  about  this  on  the  retreat.  Yet  nothing 
could  have  prevented  my  initial  shock  when 
this  otherwise  intelligent,  interesting,  and 
warmhearted  man  started  to  forget.  At  first,  I 
felt  uncomfortable,  odd,  rather  peculiar — as 
if  I  were  somehow  responsible  for  H.M.'s  brief 
memory  lapse.  As  he  continued  to  finish  the 
story  for  the  second  time,  I  began  to  tune  out. 
I  thought  of  my  grandparents,  my  own  par- 


ents, my  closest  relatives  again.  But  H.M. 
continued  to  smile  and  merrily  continue  on 
about  his  aunt. 

5  ACROSS:  FEELING  OF 
AMUSEMENT 

As  I  made  my  way  to  M.I.T  the  next  day  to 
administer  the  same  test  to  H.M.,  I  realized 
that  he  would  not  remember  me  from  yester- 
day: You  can  make  a  first  impression  twice! 
Although  he  had  not  changed  a  bit  and  was 
the  same  congenial  man  as  the  day  before, 
I  was  much  calmer.  When  he  began  to  tell 
me  the  story  about  his  aunt,  I  began  to  smile. 
As  a  matter  of  fact,  I  had  to  bite  my  lip  to 
prevent  an  imminent  explosion  of  laughter. 
Nonetheless,  H.M.  had  an  intriguing  way  of 
captivating  me,  making  me  more  interested 
despite  the  numerous  repetitions.  After  hear- 
ing the  story  for  the  third  and  fourth  time,  I 
began  to  realize  that  I  was  hearing  something 
special.  I  was  listening  to  a  legend  tell  one  of 
his  favorite  stories;  I  was  listening  to  a  man 
who  has  defined  medicine's  knowledge  about 
memories. 

As  I  sat  there  for  the  second  and  third 
time,  I  realized  that  I  had  become  part  of  an 
incredible  adventure  that  was  much  larger 
than  just  3  Down  and  4  Across.  I  had  been 
invited  into  a  professional  world  of  re- 
searchers and  research  labs.  Moreover,  I  had 
learned  that  researchers  must  have  empa- 
thetic  personalities:  Patients  like  H.M.  were 
not  just  subjects  read  about  in  research  jour- 
nals—  they  were  individuals  with  detailed 
pasts  and  unpredictable  futures.  As  I  listened 
to  H.M.  recite  that  story  about  his  aunt,  I  felt 
deeply  connected  to  him,  privileged  to  get 
another  glimpse  into  his  life.  I  again  felt  that 
compassion  I  had  discovered  during  my 
retreat.  I  did  not  necessarily  need  to  laugh, 
talk,  or  become  emotional;  I  just  needed  to 
listen. 

Skotko  is  an  A.B.  Duke  Scholar. 


May-Ju 


Remaking  the  World:  Adventures 
in  Engineering 

By  Henry  Petroski.  Knopf,  1998.  240  pages.  $24. 


hose  familiar  with  Henry 
Petroski' s  other  books  for 
the  general  reader  will 
find  in  this  collection  of 
magazine  columns  the 
same  flashes  of  lively 
historical  curiosity  they 
loved  in  his  earlier  work, 


T 


as  well  as  occasional  examples  of  pedestrian 
prose  that  threaten  to  overwhelm  the  de- 
manding short  format.  In  some  cases,  Petroski, 
Aleksandar  S.  Vesic  Professor  of  civil  engi- 
neering and  professor  of  history,  has  happily 
expanded  a  piece  beyond  its  original  length  to 
give  scope  to  his  penchant  for  diversions, 
connections,  and  follow-ups  on  the  lives  of 
engineers  and  their  works.  One  remains 
grateful  for  his  indefatigable  curiosity. 

Though  he's  not  always  a  careful  stylist,  his 
delight  in  uncovering  the  inner  workings  of 
the  world's  big  engineering  projects  is  infec- 
tious and  irresistible.  No  one  can  walk  away 
from  a  single  essay  in  this  book  without  tak- 
ing along  at  least  one  thought-providing 
tidbit:  that  "bugs"  existed  long  before  the 
apocryphal  story  about  a  moth  in  a  main- 
frame computer,  having  been  cited  by 
Thomas  Edison  as  a  common  term  in  the 
1870s;  that  2,400  U.S.  patents  were  issued 
to  women  before  1888,  including  one  for 
the  first  machine  to  manufacture  paper  bags; 
that  brewery  horses  informed  James  Watts' 
eighteenth- century  neologism,  "horsepower"; 
that  modern  ships  are  still  being  designed 
to  fit  the  1914  Panama  Canal;  that  the  origi- 
nal Ferris  Wheel  carried  2,160  people  at  a 
time.  Even  when  the  pace  of  the  prose 
becomes  plodding,  you  are  sure  to  encounter 
a  startling  fact  or  two,  and  those  facts  will 
lead  you  to  a  reflection,  and  that  reflection 
will  make  you  both  set  down  the  book  for  a 
moment  and  just  as  surely  make  you  pick  it 
up  again  later. 

Most  of  these  nineteen  essays  first  ap- 
peared as  columns  in  American  Scientist,  a 
bimonthly  magazine  for  scientists  and  engi- 
neers—  and  thereby  hangs  a  tale.  A  better 
subtitle  might  be  "A  Celebration  and  Defense 
of  Engineering,"  which  is  to  say  that  some 
essays  have  a  burden,  leaving  one  with  the 
impression  that  engineers  carry  a  chip  on 


(EMAKING    THE    WORLD 


their  collective  shoulder  because  scientists 
don't  consider  them  equals,  Nobel  Prize  com- 
mittees rarely  reward  their  achievements,  and 
so  on.  If  at  times  we  hear  more  than  we  would 
like  about  the  rift  between  modern  scientists 
and  engineers,  and  recognize  that  other  peo- 
ple's political  battles  underlie  a  few  passages, 
we  nevertheless  forgive  them  as  minor  sins  of 
commission  in  an  otherwise  highly  entertain- 
ing and  good-natured  collection. 

No  technical  knowledge  is  required.  This 
kind  of  engineering  book  can  be  savored 
equally  by  poets  and  politicians,  who  may  re- 
spectively enjoy  running  across  the  likes  of 
Thoreau  (who  manufactured  pencils,  and  did 
so  very  well)  and  a  history  of  Robert's  Rules  of 
Order  (the  hobby  of  a  military  engineer  whose 
real  work  involved  freeing  Galveston  from 
sandbars). 

Some  essays  grow  out  of  a  particular  person 
or  project — the  Hoover  Dam,  whose  name 
remained  uncertain  and  a  subject  of  bitter 
controversy  for  eleven  years  after  its  comple- 
tion; the  Chunnel,  to  all  intents  and  purposes 
designed  in  1870  and  finally  opened  in  1994; 
the  Great  Eastern,  the  world's  biggest  steam- 
boat, whose  very  launching  was  a  project  of 
epic  proportions  in  which  men  died  and 
careers  were  on  the  line.  Others  follow  the 
ups  and  downs  of  a  single  career — George 


Steinmetz,  the  half-mythical  electrical  engi- 
neer who  led  General  Electric  to  dominance 
eighty  years  before  Jack  Welch  became  a 
household  name;  James  Nasmyth,  a  British 
polymath  whose  invention  of  giant  steam 
hammers  enabled  the  forging  of  gargantuan 
anchors  and  shafts  for  the  ever  larger  ships 
being  designed  in  the  nineteenth  century,  and 
whose  drawings  of  the  moon  attracted  the 
attention  of  the  Prince  Consort  at  the  1851 
Crystal  Palace;  KarlTerzaghi,  the  Prague -born 
engineer  whose  pioneering  experiments  in 
soil  mechanics  not  only  informed  the  attempt 
to  build  Chicago's  subways  but  inspired  two 
generations  of  buildings,  dams,  and  bridge 
towers. 

The  more  abstract  essays  are  less  apt  to  be 
burdened  by  a  message  but  are  equally  fun. 
When  we  read  "On  the  Backs  of  Envelopes," 
about  creativity  and  the  relationship  between, 
say,  designing  a  bridge  and  the  zillion  niggling 
details  and  calculations  that  will  make  it  safe 
and  functional,  we  cannot  but  delight  in  the 
author's  delight,  taking  pleasure  in  our  own 
childlike  wonder  at  how  things  happen. 
Petroski  liberally  laces  such  accounts  with 
examples  from  projects  as  diverse  as  the  first 
bridge  across  the  Mississippi  at  St.  Louis  to 
that  masterwork  of  the  Victorian  era,  the 
Crystal  Palace.  He  even  reproduces  Joseph 
Paxton's  miserable,  ink-smeared  little  sketch 
of  the  latter,  as  if  to  reassure  us  that  even 
geniuses  use  the  same  leaky  fountain  pens  we 
do,  and  scribble  their  greatest  ideas  on  the 
same  handy  scraps  we  use  for  grocery  lists. 
Always  and  always  we  return  to  the  men  and 
women  behind  the  designs,  eavesdropping  on 
their  diaries,  probing  into  the  lore  of  the 
trade,  looking  into  their  scrapbooks.  He 
makes  engineering  accessible,  funny,  human. 

There  are  inevitable  infelicities  that  make 
one  wish  for  a  heavier  editorial  hand:  We  are 
five  pages  into  the  essay  about  Alfred  Nobel's 
will  before  we  learn  what  year  he  died;  we  are 
told  that  the  best  way  to  remember  Steinmetz 
is  through  his  own  photos  that  reveal  a 
"proud  and  playful  genius" — yet  we  see  three 
other  photos,  taken  by  somebody  else,  in- 
stead. 

But  these  are  quibbles.  This  joyful  collec- 
tion inspires  awe. 

— Paul  Baerman 

Baerman  M.B.A.  '90,  who  lives  in  Durham,  falls 
into  the  camp  of  the  poets. 


54      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


Critical  Essays  on  Reynolds  Price 

By  James  A.  Schiff'81,  editor.  G.K.  Hall  & 
Co.,  1998.  321  pages. 

This  comprehensive  compilation  of  com- 
ments on  the  author  and  his  works  includes 
reviews,  essays,  and  tributes  to  a  writer  Schiff 
calls  "probably  the  finest  living  Southern 
novelist  and,  perhaps,  the  most  significant 
Southern  man  of  letters  of  the  latter  half 
of  the  twentieth  century."  Notable  are  remi- 
niscences by  such  authors  as  Anne  Tyler  '61, 
James  Dickey,  Fred  Chappell  '61,  Toni  Mor- 
rison, and  Stephen  Spender. 

A  Separate  Canaan:  The  Making 
of  an  Afro-Moravian  World  in 
North  Carolina,  1763-1840 

By  Jon  E  Sensbach  Ph.D.  '71.  University  of  North 
Carolina  Press,  1998.  368  pages.  $17.95,  paper. 

Based  on  German  church  documents,  in- 
cluding dozens  of  rare  biographies  of  black 
Moravians,  this 
book  explores  the 
fluidity  of  race  in 
Revolutionary  and 
nineteenth-century 
America,  highlight- 
ing the  struggle  of 
African  Americans 
to  secure  their  frag- 
ile place  in  a  cul- 
ture unwilling  to 
give  them  full  hu- 
man rights. 

Richard  Strauss:  New 
Perspectives  on  the  Composer 
and  His  Work 

By  Bryan  Gilliam,  editor.  Duke  University 
Press,  1997.  289  pages.  $16.95,paper. 

Despite  what  was  once  a  tendency  by  musi- 
cologists to  overlook  or  deny  Strauss'  impor- 
tance, the  essays  in  this  volume  firmly 
place  the  German  composer  among  the  most 
influential  composers  of  the  late  nineteenth 
and  early  twentieth 
centuries.  Original- 
ly published  by 
Duke  Press  in  1992, 
this  book  examines 
Strauss'  life  and 
work  from  a  number 
of  approaches  dur- 
ing various  periods 
of  his  long  career. 
Editor  Gilliam  is  an 
associate   professor 


RICHARD  STRAUSS 


of  music  at  Duke. 


Making  Up  Megaboy 

By  Virginia  Walter.  Graphics  by  Katrina 
Roeckelein'86.  DK  Publishing,  Inc.,  1998. 
$16.95  cloth. 

On  his  thirteenth  birthday,  Robbie  Jones 
takes  his  father's  handgun,  rides  his  bike 
into  town,  and  kills  an  elderly  Korean  shop- 
keeper. Everyone  is  shocked,  and  everyone 
is  looking  for  answers.  But  Robbie  is  not  talk- 
ing. The  only  clues  may  be  hidden  in  the 
frames  of  his  comic  strip  Megaboy,  the  super- 
hero he  created. 
The  story  is  writ- 
ten in  the  format 
of  news  broad- 
casts, headlines, 
and  interviews, 
and  is  supple- 
mented with 
Roeckelein's 
Macintosh-man- 
ipulated  graph- 


Human  Freedom,  Christian 
Righteousness:  Philip 
Melanchthon's  Exegetical  Dispute 
with  Erasmus  of  Rotterdam 

By  Timothy  J.  Wengert  Ph.D.  '84.  Oxford 
University  Press,  1998.  239  pages.  $40,  cloth. 

This  book  argues  the  thesis  that  Melanch- 
thon,  so  often  pictured  as  hopelessly  caught 
in  the  middle  between  Erasmus  and  Luther, 
and  more  "Erasmian"  than  Lutheran  in  his 
thought,  was,  at 


Human  Freedom, 

Christian 

Righteousness 


least  in  his  theo- 
logical methods 
and  views,  not 
so  at  all,  but,  in 
fact,  sharply  op- 
posed to  Eras- 
mus. Wengert  is 
a  professor  of  the 
history  of  Chris- 
tianity at  The 
Lutheran  Theo- 
logical Seminary 
in  Philadelphia. 


This  Gifted  Age:  Science  and 
Technology  at  the  Millennium 

By  John  H.  Gibbons  Ph.D.  '54-  Springer-Verlag, 
1997  346  pages. 

The  former  director  of  the  Congressional 
Office  of  Technology  Assessment,  who 
recently  retired  as  assistant  for  science  and 
technology  to  President  Bill  Clinton,  explores 
one  of  the  central  issues  of  our  time:  the  im- 
pact of  government  policy  on  scientific  and 
technological  advancement.  The  book  com- 
prises Gibbons'  non-technical  writing  from 
the  last  three  decades  and  includes  a  fore- 
word by  Vice  President  Al  Gore. 


LONGING  FOR  HOME 

Continued  from  page  39 

and  Roman  civilization  touches  on  many 
facets  of  modem  life:  economics,  politics, 
society,  religion,  philosophy,  art  and  archaeol- 
ogy, and  science  and  technology." 

Whichever  path — or  paths  —  she  choos- 
es, Randolph  says  she's  determined  to  inte- 
grate as  many  of  her  interests  as  possible 
while  still  making  time  for  her  planned  fami- 
ly. "That's  important  to  me.  As  long  as  I'm 
helping  people,  I'll  be  happy.  Of  course, 
there's  a  pay  difference  between  being  a  med- 
ical doctor  and  a  physician's  assistant,  if  that's 
what  I  plan  to  do.  But  all  I  want  is  to  be  able 
to  afford  a  house  and  a  car  and  to  send  my 
kids  to  school." 

On  a  crisp  Sunday  afternoon  in  early 
spring,  Randolph  took  a  break  from  writing  a 
paper  on  experimental  cell  biology  to  reflect 
on  how  far  she's  come  in  her  turbulent  life. 
With  finals  only  a  few  weeks  away,  she's  feel- 
ing pressure  to  make  every  minute  count, 
from  attending  class  to  conducting  library 
research  to  spending  a  few  precious  moments 
with  Chris.  It's  a  juggling  act  that  she's  grown 
accustomed  to  and  manages  without  com- 
plaint. Yet  she  still  has  to  deal  with  the  entan- 
glements of  her  nuclear  family.  Her  father, 
who  is  living  with  a  new  girlfriend,  thinks  it 
would  be  a  good  idea  for  Randolph  to  attend 
medical  school  close  to  him,  so  she  could  care 
for  him  as  he  ages.  With  the  money  she'll  be 
making  as  a  doctor,  he  reasons,  she  could 
finance  the  purchase  of  some  duplexes  and 
set  him  up  as  building  manager.  He  also  con- 
tinues to  pressure  Randolph  to  persuade  her 
mother  to  return  to  Chattanooga. 

Randolph's  mother  calls  constantly  to  ask 
for  money  or,  most  recently,  to  tell  her  that 
Randolph's  sixteen-year-old  pregnant  sister 
has  run  away  again.  The  support  network 
that  Randolph  has  managed  to  build  around 
herself — Battle,  Dickerson,  counselors,  and 
friends  —  tells  her  that  she  can't  allow  herself 
to  be  taken  advantage  of,  that  she  has  to 
protect  herself.  But  for  Randolph,  being  what 
she  calls  "a  people  pleaser"  has  become  sec- 
ond natute. 

Regardless  of  her  ultimate  career  choice, 
Randolph  admits  that  the  enduring  saga  of 
her  biological  family  has  contributed  to  her 
life's  goals.  The  daily  nightmare  of  domestic 
violence  taught  her  patience,  she  says,  and 
how  to  comfort  those  in  the  throes  of  despair. 
"I  want  to  be  able  to  help  my  mom  because  I 
feel  so  sorry  for  her.  I've  always  felt  like  I  had 
to  protect  her.  I  also  have  a  desire  to  help  oth- 
ers who  are  disadvantaged  [because]  I  have 
not  only  a  sympathetic  but  also  an  empathetic 
nature  of  understanding  the  difficulties  that 
people  must  often  cope  with." 


May-June   1998        55 


-    Mfc 


ls  Hie  Northern  Ireland 


Friday  likely  to  hold? 

Not  to  be  overly  cautious,  it 
depends  to  some  degree  on  what 
is  meant  by  "hold."  One  point 
that  needs  to  be  remembered  is 
what,  after  all,  is  the  comparative- 
ly low  level  of  actual  deaths.  The 
3,200  deaths  that  occurred  since 
the  onset  of  the  "Troubles"  in 
1967  would  fit  very  comfortably 
into  the  annual  homicide  rate  of 
any  sizable  American  city.  Since 
about  the  mid-1970s,  the  violence 
has  been  largely  contained  within 
a  few  blocks  of  Belfast  and  other 
Northern  Ireland  cities;  apart 
from  the  immediate  border  areas, 
the  rural  areas  have  hardly  been 
involved.  Moreover,  since  the 
IRA's  resumption  of  violence  in 
1996,  the  violence  has  been  large- 
ly restricted  to  the  bombing  of 
Center  City  Manchester  and  a 
couple  of  other  spectacular  exam- 
ples of  "propaganda  by  deed"  on 
the  British  mainland.  In  Northern 
Ireland  itself,  a  few  individual 
killings — but  not  much  else. 

I  do  not  expect  the  settlement 
to  "hold"  in  the  sense  of  a  total 
cessation  of  violence.  There  are 
too  many  loose  cannons  about, 
IRA  and  Protestant  factions  out 
of  control,  such  as  the  rebellious 
elements  portrayed  in  the  excel- 
lent, recent  Irish  film  The  Boxer. 
On  the  other  hand,  I  don't  think 
either  side  will  lightly  abandon 
the  settlement. 

The  long-term  trends  do  seem 
to  me  to  favor  "peace"  (i.e.,  a 
greatly  reduced  level  of  violence). 
These  include  the  obviously 
growing  weariness  of  ordinary 


people  on  both  sides  of  this  ap- 
palling conflict;  the  growing  will- 
ingness of  the  Irish  Republic  to 
assert  itself,  especially  the  pledge 
to  remove  from  its  constitution  its 
claim  to  represent  the  whole  of 
Ireland;  the  willingness  of  the 
U.S.  government  to  act  to  deprive 
the  IRA  of  the  financial  support 
that  Irish-Americans  have  histori- 
cally provided;  and  the  willing- 
ness of  Tony  Blair's  Labor  govern- 
ment to  put  more  pressure  on  the 
Protestants  than  the  Conserva- 
tives under  Margaret  Thatcher  or 
John  Major  were  willing  to  do. 
These  trends  have  been  evi- 
dent for  a  long  time.  The  pros- 
pects for  "peace"  seem  substan- 
tially more  favorable  than  they 
did  before  the  agreement.  But  I 
also  doubt  that  we  have  heard 
the  last  of  the  Irish  Question. 

—  John  Cell  '57,  Ph.D.  '65,  a 


We  asked  asked  a  dozen 

first-year  students: 

What  advice  would  you  give 

to  an  incoming  freshman? 

Many  current  high  school  seniors 
— admissions  letters  proudly  in 
hand — may  be  wondering  what 
to  expect  of  college  life.  With  two 
semesters  under  their  collective 
belt,  rising  sophomores  are  more 
than  willing  to  dole  out  some 
advice. 

For  incoming  frosh  contemplat- 
ing the  FOCUS  program,  which 
allows  students  to  spend  their  first 
semester  in  classes  that  concen- 
trate on  one  area  of  study,  some 


recommend  careful  consideration. 
After  her  first  semester  in  the 
Twentieth  Century  America 
program,  Kristen  Stenvall  warns, 
"It's  too  much  of  one  subject.  It's 
limiting  in  both  friendships  and 
the  subjects  you  can  take." 

Others,  however,  say  the 
FOCUS  program  opens  many 
doors  that  first  semester.  "Regard- 
less of  the  subject  matter,  the 
opportunity  to  live  and  think 
together  about  one  central  issue 
is  invaluable,"  says  Andrea  Wong, 
who  participated  in  the  Changing 
Faces  of  Russia  program.  "FOCUS 
allows  freshmen  to  be  a  part  of 
Duke's  intellectual  community 
and  to  contribute  from  the  get-go." 

How  does  a  lowly  first-year 
adjust  outside  the  classroom? 
"Get  involved  right  away,"  Ni- 
cole Hess  says.  "Look  into  joining 
groups  really  early.  Jump  into 
community  service,  or  The  Chron- 
icle, or  the  Union,  because  that 
helps  you  meet  people.  You  feel 
like  Duke  is  home  when  you're 
involved." 

With  all  these  activities,  how- 
ever, narrowing  your  choices 
becomes  important,  says  Kieran 
McMillen.  "Try  to  adjust  as 
smoothly  as  possible.  Then  try  to 
keep  your  priorities  straight.  Keep 
in  the  back  of  your  mind  that 
you'll  never  have  these  four  years 
back,  so  try  to  have  fun." 

Sarah  Bell  emphasizes  that  stu- 
dents need  to  personalize  their 
lifestyles.  "You  have  to  learn  how 
to  budget  time  and  take  care  of 
yourself.  Find  out  when  to  study 
and  when  to  party.  Make  sure  you 
eat  and  sleep.  A  lot  of  people  will 
do  things  differendy  than  you,  but 
you  have  to  remember  to  keep 
your  own  best  interests  in  mind, 
and  have  fun  at  the  same  time." 

For  Colin  Kimbrell,  the  fresh- 
man experience  defies  all  forms  of 
advice.  "Find  it  out  for  yourselves," 
he  advises.  "Just  be  ready  for  any- 
thing." 

— compiled  by  Jaime  Levy  '01 


■.IJ.IJ.1.I..III.I.1J.I..I.ULM 

"Terry  has  always  believed  that 
the  students  are  the  most  impor- 
tant purpose  of  the  university. 
When  I  had  breakfast  with  him 
early  in  my  tenure,  that  was  the 
first  thing  that  he  said  to  me. 
And  when  I  went  to  him. .  .to  ask 
him  about  the  great  bonfire  inci- 
dent this  spring,  that  was  what  he 
reminded  me  again." 


"It's  a  tragic  loss  for  the  nation, 
and  an  especially  great  loss  for 
Duke  University.  He  really  was 
the  person  responsible  for  moving 
us  from  a  regional,  Southern  col- 
lege into  this  respected,  interna- 
tional structure." 


"One  of  my  best  memories  of  col- 
lege will  always  be  a  university 
president  we  were  glad  to  call 
Uncle." 

85, 


"He  stood  for  civil  rights,  educa- 
tion for  all,  and  progressive  eco- 
nomic development.  His  work 
and  his  influence  literally  changed 
the  face  and  future  of  the  South, 
making  him  one  of  the  most 
influential  Americans  of  the  last 
fifty  years." 


56      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


OMO  APPLICATION. 


NO  ESSAY). 


NO  RECOMMENDA 


iflWUiHac 


nosatc 


rjusrcoME.j: 


REUNIONS 


WHEN  HAVE  YOU 
EVER  MADE  SUCH  GOOD 
FRIENDS?  STAYED  UP  SO  LA 
LEARNED  SO  MUCH? 
DUKE'S  STILL  HERE. . 

Whether  its  been  five  years  or  50  years  since  graduation, 
you  wont  want  to  miss  the  weekend  your  Reunion  Planning 
Committee  has  conjured!  Duke  Reunions  offer  something  for  everyone. 
Catch  up  and  reminisce  with  friends  at  special  parties  designed  just  for 
your  class.  Get  the  inside  scoop  on  Duke  today  by  spending  time  in  the 
classroom  at  Duke  Directions  (the  academic  mini-college  held  for  returning 
alumni)  or  by  going  on  some  of  the  many  tours  offered.  Learn  more  about 
the  course  Duke  is  charting  at  A  Conversation  with  President  Keohane. 

Look  for  your  reunion  registration  forms  in  late  summer,  and  sign  up  to 
be  part  of  the  fun!  And  for  an  up-to-the-minute  overview  of  reunion  specifics 
for  your  class,  check  out  the  Duke  Reunions  website  at 
www.adm.duke.edu/alumni/homepage/reunions.html 


1998  REUNION 

WEEKENDS 

SEPTEMBER  18-20 

lasses  of  1948,  1958, 

1968,  1978,  and  the 

Half  Century  Club 

NOVEMBER  6-8 

Masses  of  1953,  1963, 

1973.  and  1983 


..OMECOMIN61998 

SEPTEMBER  25-27 
sses  of  1988,  1993,  and  Young 
mi  Classes  of  1989-1998 
I  classes  are  invited  back  for 
ecoming  events,  including  the 
-lomecoming  Festival  on  the  Quad,  the 
traditional  Duke  Alumni  Association 
BBQ,  and  a  football  game  against 


r% 


on  Friday  night, 
ss  the  best  chance 


IF  IT  WEREN'T  FOR  OUR  ROLLING  HILLS  AND  FAIRWAYS, 
GUESTS  MIGHT  NEVER  GO  OUTSIDE. 


Situated  on  Duke  University's  campus,  we  are  proud  to 
have  recently  received  the  Mobil  Four- Star  and  AAA 
Four-Diamond  Awards,  two  prestigious  ratings  for 
excellence.  Our  171  newly  renovated,  luxurious  guest 
rooms  and  suites  are  the  first  in  the  country  to  feature 
Ethernet  access  to  the  Internet.  Enjoy  international  fine 
dining  at  the  Fairview  Restaurant.  Relax  with  a  drink 
and  good  conversation  at  the  Bull  Durham  Bar.  And 
come  play  on  our  classic  Robert  Trent  Jones  championship 
golf  course,  recently  redesigned  by  the  architect's  son, 
Rees  Jones.  This  challenging  course  has  been  ranked  fifth 
in  the  nation  by  Golf  Digest  as  one  of  their 
best  new  resort  courses. 

Whether  you're  visiting  Duke 
University  or  planning  a  getaway,  you'l 
feel  like  a  special  guest  in  a  gracious 
Southern  home.  Please  call  us  at 
(919)  490-0999  or  (800)  443-3853. 


http://www.washingtondukeinn.com 
3001  Cameron  Boulevard,  Durham,  NC  27706  •  (919)  490-0999  •  Fax:  (919)  688-0105 


*&+ 


DUKE 


614  CHAPEL  DRIVE, BOX  905  70 
DURHAM, NORTH  CAROLINA 

27708-0570 


NON    PROFIT   ORG. 

U.S.  Postage 

PAID 

Durham,  N.C. 

PERMIT    NO.    60 


Address  Service  Requested 


DUKE 


TOBACCO'S  DEADLY  TOLL 
LIMITING  LIABILITY 


MERGING  ARTISTIC  TRADITIONS 


ACCELERATED  STUDIES 


""&sdft 


YouVe  always  been  there  in  spirit. 
Maybe  its  time  you  brought  yourself  along,  too. 


"  AIRLIN 


'CUf 

LINES  # 

1-800-44-MI D WAY 


Duke  Magazine  is 
printed  on  recycled 
paper 


EDITOR: 

Robert  J.  Bliwise  A.M.  '88 

ASSOCIATE  EDITOR: 

Sam  Hull 

FEATURES  EDITOR: 

Bridget  Booher  '82,  A.M.  '92 

SCIENCE  EDITOR: 

Dennis  Meredith 

PUBLISHER:  M.  Laney 

Funderburk  Jr.  '60 

STUDENT  INTERNS: 

Brian  Henderson  '98 

Jaime  Levy '01 

DESIGN  CONSULTANT: 

Mills/Carrigan  Design 

PRINTER: 

Litho  Industries,  Inc. 

OFFICERS,  DUKE  ALUMNI 
ASSOCIATION: 
John  A.  Schwarz  III  '56, 
president;  Gwynne  A.  Young  '71, 
premlem-e/ect;  M.  Laney 
Funderburk  Jr.  '60,  secretary- 


PRESIDENTS,  SCHOOL 
AND  COLLEGE  ALUMNI 
ASSOCIATIONS: 
James  R.Cook  Jr. '50,  B.D. 
'54,  Diinun  Sclund;  George  J. 
Evans  B.S.E.E.  '56,  School  of 
l:iiL,':mvnn!,';  Barrett  B.  McCall 
M.E'91,  Nicholas  School  of  the 
Environment;  Walter  W. 
Simpson  III  M.B.A.  74,  Fuqua 
School  of  Business;  Judith  Ann 
Maness  M.H.A.  '83,  Department 
of  Health  Administration;  Bruce 
W.  BaberJ.D.  '79,  School  of 
Law;  David  K.  Wellman  M.D. 
'72,  H.S.  '72-'78,  School  of 
Medicine;  Linda  Spencer 
Fowler  B.S.N.  '79,  School  of 
Xnwn^;  M.ine  Koval  Nardone 
M.S. '79,  A.H.C. '79,  Graduate 
IVoin.mi  mi  P/miai/  Therapy; 
J.  Alexander  McMahon  '42, 
Ha//-Century  Chit. 

EDITORIAL 
ADVISORY  BOARD: 
Clay  Felker  '51,  chairman; 
Frederick  F.  Andrews  '60; 
Debra  Blum  '87;  Sarah 
Hardesty  Bray  '72;  Nancy  L. 
Cardwell  '69;  Jerruld  K.  Footlick; 
Edward  M.  Gome:  '79;  Kerry 
E.  Hannon  '82;  Stephen 
LabatonA.M.'86,J.D. '86; 
Elizabeth  H.  Locke  '64,  Ph.D. 
'72;ThomasRLoseeJr.'63; 
K.mberlyJ.McLarin'86; 
Ann  Pelham  '74;  Michael  J. 
Schoenfeld  '84;  Susan  Tifft  '73; 
Jane  Vessels '77;  Robert  J. 
Bliwise  A.M.  '88,  secretary. 

SUBSCRIPTIONS: 
$15  per  year  ($30  foreign) 
Duke  Magazine,  Alumni  House, 
614  Chapel  Drive,  Durham, 
N.C.  27708-0570. 

ADDRESS  CHANGES: 
Alumni  Records,  Box  90613, 
Durham,  N.C.  27708-0613 
or  e-mail  bluedevil@duke.edu 


JULY- 
AUGUST  1998 


FAX:  r>N)  dNMoW 


©  1998  Duke  University 
Published  bimonthly  by  the 
Office  of  Alumni  Affairs. 


DUKE 


VOLUME  84 
NUMBER  5 


MAGAZINE 


Cover:  Sublime  minds  and  soaring  spires — 
the  Rhodes  Scholars'  Oxford.  Photo  montage 
by  Chris  Donaghue. 


PREVENTING  POISONED  MINDS  by  Dennis  Meredith  2 

By  researching  the  results  of  bad  habits  and  other  neurological  villains,  a  Duke 
pharmacologist  has  discovered  how  certain  chemicals  insidiously  damage 
the  developing  brain 

OXFORD  AND  CAMBRIDGE  CALLING  by  Robert].  Bliwise  8~ 

Students  are  put  through  practice  interviews,  finalists  are  identified,  and  professors 
assigned  to  work  at  refining  interview  techniques  and  personal  essays  — 
all  toward  the  holiest  of  academic  grails 

AVOIDING  LEGAL  PERILS  K  Bridget  Booher  16 

From  monitoring  campus  crime  to  grappling  with  affirmative  action,  from  ensuring 
that  classrooms  are  accessible  to  complying  with  Title  IX,  universities  face  a  daunting 
set  of  legal  challenges 

FROM  ENGINEER  TO  IMAGINEER  by  Sarah  M  Brown  37 

Having  overseen  the  designs  for  resort  hotels,  Florida's  newest  city,  and  a  world-class  zoo, 
a  Disney  executive  is  about  to  launch  a  luxury  liner 

MANAGING  A  VAST  MENAGERIE  by  Bridget  Booher  38 

It's  an  elephantine  task  for  the  conservation  and  science  director  at  Disney's 
Animal  Kingdom 

ART  AND  THE  BLACK  AESTHETIC  by  Tom  Patterson  iT 

"Information,  art,  and  ideas  have  no  reins  on  them,"  says  a  Duke  professor  whose 
ground-breaking  scholarship  in  African-American  art  history  shows  the 
interconnections  among  cultural  traditions 


FORUM  34 

Disagreeing  about  disabilities,  validating  —  and  questioning — the  Vigil 

GAZETTE  49^ 

Presidential  pronouncements  for  commencement,  an  upgrade  for  a  neighborhood, 
a  name  for  a  Cameron  addition 

BOOKS  54 

Philosophical  storytelling  in  Cuba,  apocalyptic  events  in  Lisbon 


QUAD  QUOTES 

Summer  reading,  academic-year  issues 


56 


PREVENTING 


CIGARETTE  BABIES 


BY  DENNIS  MEREDITH 


By  researching  the  results  of  bad  habits  and 

other  neurological  villains,  pharmacologist 

Ted  Slotkin  has  discovered  how  certain  chemicals 

insidiously  damage  the  developing  brain. 


The  drug  is  a  viciously  addictive  poison, 
taken  without  prescription  by  about 
one-fourth  of  pregnant  women  in  this 
country.  Once  in  their  bloodstream,  it 
unerringly  finds  its  way  into  the  brains  of 
their  unborn  children.  There,  among  the  tan- 
gle of  rapidly  growing  nerve  cells,  it  subver- 
sively  masquerades  as  a  natural  chemical  sig- 
nal that  normally  instructs  the  neurons  how 
to  grow,  organize,  and  connect  themselves. 
The  drug's  pernicious  campaign  of  misinfor- 
mation kills  many  young  neurons  outright 
and  permanently  confuses  the  critical  inter- 
connections of  many  others.  Its  espionage 
also  wreaks  havoc  outside  the  fetal  brain, 
damaging  the  adrenal  hormone  system  that 
alerts  the  infant's  body  to  oxygen  deprivation. 

The  drug's  assault  kills  more  than  100,000 
babies  a  year  in  utero  and  many  thousands 
more  at  birth.  It  leaves  countless  newborns 
clinging  to  fragile  life  in  intensive  care.  Its 
tragic  impact  continues  beyond  the  hospital, 
suffocating  nearly  2,000  infants  a  year  in  their 
cribs.  And  still  later  in  life,  the  permanent 
brain  damage  the  drug  has  wrought  leaves 
countless  more  children  with  learning  disabil- 
ities, attention  deficit/hyperactivity  disorder, 
and  other  behavioral  problems  that  will 
plague  them  their  entire  lives. 

The  drug  is  nicotine. 

Disappointed?  The  letdown  you  likely  ex- 
perienced at  this  revelation — expecting  per- 
haps a  more  exotic  villain  like  cocaine  or 
heroin — is  no  surprise  to  Duke  Medical  Cen- 
ter pharmacologist  Ted  Slotkin.  He  knows  all 
too  well  that  the  public  continues  to  accept 
the  familiar  horror  of  "cigarette  babies," 
despite  his  decades  of  painstaking  laboratory 
studies  that  have  nailed  nicotine  as  a  key  cul- 
prit in  miscarriage  and  infant  death. 

We  are  not  alone  in  our  complacency,  Slot- 


kin asserts,  for  "both  the  press  and  the  medi- 
cal community  continue  to  regard  tobacco  as 
separate  from,  and  less  serious  than,  illicit 
drugs  of  abuse."  As  evidence,  he  cites  the  fact 
that  80  percent  of  medical  textbook  pages  on 
drug  abuse  concentrate  on  illicit  drugs,  com- 
pared to  less  than  5  percent  on  tobacco.  Yet 
illicit  drugs  account  for  only  a  few  thousand 
deaths  each  year,  compared  to  400,000  for 
tobacco.  Also,  cocaine  is  the  subject  of  four 
times  as  many  scientific  research  papers  as 
nicotine,  despite  the  fact  that  far  more  preg- 
nant women  smoke  cigarettes  than  use  crack 
cocaine. 

"Nicotine  exposure  is  likely  to  be  the  single 
most  widespread  prenatal  chemical  insult  in 
the  world,  continuing  unabated  despite  dec- 
ades of  educational  and  medical  intervention," 
Slotkin  wrote  in  a  landmark  paper —  "Fetal 
Nicotine  or  Cocaine  Exposure:  Which  One  is 
Worse?" — in  the  June  issue  of  the  Journal  of 
Pharmacology  and  Experimental  Therapeutics. 
(The  text  is  available  on  the  World  Wide  Web 
at  http://www.dukenews.duke.edu/nicotine/ 
slotkin.htm.) 

Besides  exposing  the  hazards  of  nicotine  to 
the  unborn,  Slotkin's  award-winning  re- 
search— conducted  at  Duke  since  he  first 
arrived  as  a  research  associate  in  1970 — has 
led  him  into  a  broad  range  of  other  startling 
explorations.  He  and  his  colleagues  have 
revealed  how  pesticides  affect  the  growing 
brain,  why  so-called  "birth  trauma"  is  good  for 
newborns,  and  how  depression  in  the  elderly 
differs  from  that  in  the  young.  Lately,  Slotkin 
is  exploring  what  he  calls  an  "off-the-wall" 
possibility  of  using  certain  drugs  to  persuade 
breast  cancer  cells  to  commit  suicide. 

"The  core  of  all  our  research  is  the  ques- 
tion of  how  developing  cells  make  decisions 
such  as  whether  to  divide  and  how  to  special- 


ize," he  says.  "Everybody  starts  out  as  a  single 
cell,  and  all  the  cells  that  come  out  of  it  have 
the  same  DNA.  And  yet,  cells  specialize — to 
become  a  brain  cell,  a  heart  cell,  a  skin  cell. 
Since  the  information  that  tells  cells  what  to 
become  doesn't  come  just  from  their  DNA,  it 
has  to  come  from  how  cells  talk  to  each  other, 
and  how  the  environment  talks  to  cells  to  en- 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


ILLUSTRATION  BY  JOE  SORREN 


POISONED  MINDS 


able  them  to  make  the  right  decisions.  To  an 
embryonic  cell,  it's  critical  who  its  neighbors 
are  and  what  external  cues  it  receives — such 
as  stimulation,  oxygen,  or  hormones."  And  these 
signals  must  appear  at  just  the  right  time.  "It's 
just  as  a  child  exposed  to  a  different  language 
within  a  very  fixed  period  can  learn  to  speak 
that  language  idiomatically  and  without  an 


accent,  and  to  think  in  that  language,  but 
loses  that  ability  after  a  certain  age.  So,  cells 
have  a  fixed  period  in  which  they  must 
receive  the  proper  inputs  to  assemble  the 
machinery  they  need  to  respond  to  those 
inputs  later  on."  Slotkin,  a  professor  of  phar- 
macology and  cancer  biology,  can  help  society 
deal  with  issues  such  as  pregnant  women's 


cocaine  or  cigarette  use  by  posing  them  as 
basic  biology  questions,  since  those  drugs 
switch  cell  signals  on  or  off  at  the  wrong  time. 
Particularly  disturbing,  he  emphasizes,  is 
that  fetal  cells  often  react  completely  oppo- 
site from  adult  cells  to  outside  signals  such  as 
"neurotransmitters" — chemical  signals  that 
plug  into  receptors  on  a  neuron's  surface  to 


July-Auaiust  l^S 


SLOTKIN'S  RESEARCH  HAS  REVEALED 


HOW  PESTICIDES  AFFECT  THE  GROWING  BRAIN, 

WHY  SO-CALLED  "BIRTH  TRAUMA"  IS  GOOD  FOR  NEWBORNS, 

AND  HOW  DEPRESSION  IN  THE  ELDERLY  DIFFERS 

FROM  THAT  IN  THE  YOUNG. 


stimulate  it.  "In  adults,  if  you  flood  the  brain 
with  a  neurotransmitter,  the  receptors  shut 
down  to  protect  the  cell  from  excessive  stim- 
ulation," says  Slotkin.  "But  when  fetal  cells 
are  stimulated  in  the  same  way,  they  actually 
enhance  their  response.  They're  essentially 
saying,  'Whatever  chemicals  I'm  exposed  to 
now  must  be  what  I'm  supposed  to  respond  to 
later,  so  I'll  turn  on  all  the  machinery  I  need 
to  respond  to  that  input.'  "  Slotkin's  experi- 
mental manipulation  of  such  signals  has 
yielded  some  disconcerting  results.  When  the 
Duke  researchers  denied  fetal  rats  the  chem- 
ical signals  needed  to  stimulate  their  develop- 
ing hearts,  those  hearts  never  "learned"  to 
connect  hard  work  with  growth.  No  matter 
how  much  the  treated  rat  exercised,  its  heart 
muscle  never  responded  by  strengthening. 
"It's  as  though  you  send  yourself  to  the  exer- 
cise room  to  develop  an  Arnold  Schwarze- 
negger build  and  wind  up  looking  like  Woody 
Allen,"  says  Slotkin. 

In  the  researchers'  animal  studies,  they  use 
implantable  mini-pumps  to  infuse  precisely 
metered  doses  of  a  chemical — perhaps  nico- 
tine, a  pesticide,  or  some  other  substance  — 
into  the  bloodstreams  of  pregnant  rats.  Then, 
using  meticulous  biological  analyses  and 
microscopic  studies,  they  measure  the  chemi- 
cal's effects  on  the  brains  of  the  rats'  unborn 
offspring.  The  techniques  have  proven  to  be  a 
powerful  approach  to  pinpointing  the  effects 
of  nicotine  on  the  growing  brain,  says  Slotkin. 
"Until  such  studies,  we  had  only  statistical 
associations  of  the  effects  of  women  smoking 
during  pregnancy  on  the  outcomes  of  their 
children.  But  those  kinds  of  associations 
didn't  automatically  connote  a  causal  rela- 
tionship. The  picture  was  confused  by  all  kinds 
of  other  factors  in  the  smoking  lifestyle — in- 
cluding lower  socioeconomic  status,  which 
leads  to  poor  prenatal  care,  as  well  as  other 
risky  behaviors,  including  use  of  other  drugs 
of  abuse  and  alcohol." 

With  animal  research,  Slotkin  can  test  in- 
dividual components  of  tobacco,  determining 
which  actually  elicit  such  effects  as  brain 
damage  or  sensitivity  to  hypoxia  after  birth — 
a  condition  that  can  trigger  Sudden  Infant 
Death  Syndrome  (SIDS).  Slotkin's  studies  re- 
vealed the  damning  details  of  the  mecha- 
nisms of  nicotine's  damage  to  the  fetal  brain. 
The  experiments  showed  that  nicotine  mim- 
ics a  key  brain  neurotransmitter,  acetylcho- 


Ofmice  and  man:  Slotkin  holds  a  nicotine  pump, 
which  administers  precise  doses  of  chemicals  into 
lab  rats 

line,  which  is  normally  released  in  a  precise 
sequence  of  signals  that  tell  the  sensitive 
growing  brain  cells  how  to  "wire"  their  con- 
nections. Nicotine  stimulates  the  same  cell 
receptors  as  acetylcholine,  but  at  the  wrong 
time  and  with  the  wrong  intensity,  confusing 
the  normal  development  process  and  causing 
the  fetal  brain  to  miswire  itself  permanently. 
Nicotine  also  kills  brain  cells  outright  by  in- 
ducing them  to  "age"  prematurely  and  die. 

Slotkin's  experiments  have  clearly  impli- 
cated nicotine  as  the  cause  of  one-third  to 
two-thirds  of  cases  of  SIDS,  the  second  lead- 
ing cause  of  infant  death  after  accidents.  Ni- 
cotine damages  the  adrenal  system,  which  the 
infant  needs  to  "alert"  its  body  to  stress.  The 
infant  uses  the  adrenal  system  to  boost  heart 
rate  and  breathing  during  periods  of  hypoxia — 
during  birth  itself  and  after  birth  when  some 
babies  have  an  inherited  predisposition  to  mild 
apnea,  or  breathing  cessation,  during  sleep.  In 
the  newborn,  the  heart  and  respiratory  sys- 
tems are  not  yet  fully  wired  with  nerve  cells  to 
allow  them  to  respond  to  hypoxia,  as  in  adults. 
Instead,  they  rely  on  secretion  of  certain  adre- 
nal stress  hormones,  called  catecholamines. 
In  their  experiments,  the  Duke  pharmacolo- 


gists first  infused  into  pregnant  rats  doses  of 
nicotine  that  mimicked  blood  levels  found  in 
typical  human  smokers.  After  the  baby  rats 
were  born,  the  researchers  exposed  them  to  a 
low- oxygen  environment,  similar  to  what  a 
human  infant  might  encounter  during  birth, 
sleep  apnea,  or  sleeping  in  a  face-down  posi- 
tion. The  high-dose  nicotine  group  of  baby 
rats  were  far  more  likely  to  die  during  low- 
oxygen  periods  than  those  whose  mothers 
had  not  received  nicotine. 

Besides  pinpointing  nicotine's  role  as  a 
neurological  villain,  Slotkin's  laboratory  has 
yielded  insights  that  will  help  pregnant 
women  quit  smoking  more  safely.  The  scien- 
tists have  found  that  during  the  first  trimester 
of  pregnancy,  women  can  more  safely  use 
nicotine  patches,  inhalers,  and  gum  to  quit 
smoking.  This  early-treatment  strategy  is  con- 
trary to  the  popular  belief  that  drugs  are  most 
harmful  to  the  fetus  during  early  pregnancy, 
says  Slotkin.  "Nicotine  works  on  a  very  spe- 
cific set  of  proteins  that,  although  they're 
present  from  early  in  pregnancy,  aren't  really 
there  in  very  large  numbers  until  the  second 
trimester.  This  tells  us  that  pregnant  women 
have  a  'window  of  opportunity'  we  didn't 
know  about  before."  Nevertheless,  he  warns, 
use  of  nicotine  therapy  must  be  carefully  cir- 
cumscribed, and  will  power  is  by  far  the  safest 
anti-smoking  treatment. 

The  Duke  pharmacologist's  research  has 
also  shown  the  inadequacy  of  the  U.S. 
Surgeon  General's  warning  that  links  smok- 
ing-related  fetal  damage  primarily  to  low 
birth  weight.  "We  have  fallen  into  the  trap  of 
thinking  that  if  a  baby  is  of  normal  weight, 
then  no  damage  has  been  done,"  says  Slotkin. 
"But  in  our  animal  studies  —  in  which  we 
could  simulate  smoking  levels  from  two  packs 
a  day  down  to  half  a  pack — we  found  that  all 
the  brain  damage  that  occurs  at  growth-re- 
tarding levels  of  nicotine  still  shows  up  at 
doses  that  don't  affect  growth.  The  brain  is 
much  more  sensitive  than  the  rest  of  the 
body." 

Slotkin's  studies  of  the  brain- damaging 
effects  of  pesticides  have  shown  similar  insid- 
ious effects  at  low  dosages.  Administering  low 
doses  of  the  widely  used  pesticide  chlorpyrifos 
to  pregnant  rats,  he  and  his  colleagues  have 
found  evidence  of  disrupted  brain  develop- 
ment at  doses  below  those  typically  identified 


July-August  1998 


As  the  graph  indicates,  research  on  cocaine  use  and  its  effects  far  outstrips  that  on  nicotine,  an  area  of  study  still  lacking 
research  funds.  Yearly  totals  show  primary  papers  and  review  articles;  the  bars  on  the  far  right  reflect  review  articles. 


Although  crack  cocaine  has  received  by  far 
the  most  research  media  attention,  Slotkin's 
studies  show  that  cigarette  babies  are  likely  in 
more  danger  than  crack  babies.  "Virtually  all 
crack  users  also  smoke  cigarettes,"  he  says. 
"So,  in  developing  the  statistical  associations 
of  crack-baby  syndrome,  researchers  have 
generally  not  separated  out  the  effects  due  to 
cigarette  smoking.  Many  previously  believed 
that  crack  cocaine  caused  SIDS,  but  when 
investigators  began  to  look  at  the  incidence 
of  SIDS  in  the  offspring  of  women  who  used 
crack  cocaine,  they  found  it  to  be  no  higher 
than  in  the  offspring  of  women  who  smoke 
cigarettes.  So  cocaine  itself  might  not  actual- 
ly cause  SIDS,  but  rather  the  associated  cig- 
arette smoking."  Also,  he  notes,  cocaine  use  is 
typically  episodic,  with  more  transient  effects 
than  that  of  the  constant  flow  of  nicotine  into 
the  fetal  brain  from  the  smoking  mother. 

Slotkin's  newest  nicotine  studies  will  strike 
at  the  very  heart  of  the  issue  of  teen  smoking. 
His  theory  is  that  the  still-developing  adoles- 
cent brain  may  suffer  permanent  physical 
damage  from  smoking.  "Most  smokers  begin 
smoking  in  adolescence,"  he  says,  "and  it  is 
quite  possible  that  nicotine  exposures  in  an 
adolescent  brain  also  can  cause  irreversible 
changes  in  the  development,  structure,  and 
function  of  specific  nerve  pathways.  Such 
effects  might  explain  why  nicotine  is  often 
more  viciously  addictive  in  adolescents  than 
it  is  in  adults,  and  why  the  adolescent  smoker 


becomes  the  lifelong  smoker."  He  plans  to 
expose  adolescent  rats  to  nicotine  levels  that 
mimic  smoking  and  to  use  the  lab's  arsenal  of 
powerful  analytical  techniques  to  search  for 
signs  of  brain  damage. 

Like  any  good  basic  research,  the  work  by 
Slotkin  and  his  colleagues  has  opened  other 
unexpected  pathways  to  key  discoveries  with 
important  clinical  implications.  More  than  a 
decade  ago,  he  and  his  colleagues  presented 
evidence  that  the  oxygen  deprivation  the 
fetus  usually  experiences  accompanying  birth 
is  actually  a  necessary  signal  for  its  develop- 
ment. "The  fetus  has  to  change  its  physiology 
drastically  to  adapt  to  life  outside  the  womb," 
says  Slotkin.  "It  turns  out  that  getting  as- 
phyxiated is  an  important  signal  to  the  infant, 
even  though  it  causes  oxygen  levels  to  fall  to 
only  10  percent  of  'normal'  While  those  lev- 
els would  cause  severe  brain  damage  in  the 
adult,  such  hypoxia  is  a  normal  condition  for 
the  newborn,  since  their  cells  work  in  a  com- 
pletely different  way  from  adult  cells.  This  low 
oxygen  triggers  the  infant  to  restructure  its 
respiration,  heart  function,  and  metabolism 
for  its  new  environment."  These  findings  have 
meant  a  rethinking  of  the  need  for  the  preva- 
lent practice  of  performing  Caesarean  sec- 
tions, says  Slotkin.  "We  need  to  reduce  the 
number  of  Caesarean  sections,  because  they 
reduce  a  critical  kind  of  stimulation  the  baby 
needs  to  live  outside  Mom." 

Like  his  studies  on  the  young,  Slotkin's 


studies  on  depression  among  the  elderly  have 
importantly  affected  thinking  about  the  other 
end  of  life's  road.  "You  can  ask  similar  kinds  of 
scientific  questions  about  the  aging  brain  as 
in  the  newborn.  We  are  exploring  the  signals 
sent  to  a  brain  cell  to  tell  it  to  die.  And  we're 
asking  whether  the  aging  brain  regulates  its 
pathways  differently  from  the  brains  of  young 
people." 

So  far,  Slotkin's  work  has  found  that  elderly 
depression  seems  to  be  biologically  different 
from  depression  in  the  young.  "We're  devel- 
oping animal  models  of  elderly  depression  that 
enable  us  not  only  to  dissect  out  the  biologi- 
cal differences,  but  possibly  to  come  up  with 
better  drug  therapies  for  elderly  depression, 
since  the  standard  therapies  don't  work  very 
well." 

To  study  elderly  depression  in  rats,  the 
pharmacologists  create  the  same  surgical  le- 
sions in  older  animals  that  cause  depression 
in  younger  animals — removing  the  olfactory 
region  that  is  so  important  to  a  rat's  connec- 
tion with  the  outside  world.  Besides  this  tech- 
nique, the  scientists  plan  to  develop  methods 
to  create  brain  lesions  that  closely  resemble 
the  same  brain  deficits  found  in  elderly 
humans.  With  such  animal  models,  they  can 
explore  the  resulting  depression  and  the 
effectiveness  of  potential  new  treatments. 

The  most  surprising  new  research  direction 
for  the  Slotkin  lab  seems  to  be  its  foray  into 
breast  cancer  research.  "Cancer  cells  are  those 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


that  have  gone  backwards  in  development, 
reverting  to  a  more  embryological  form,"  he 
says.  "And  many  breast  cancer  cells  have  sim- 
ilar molecular  characteristics  as  nerve  cells. 
We've  found  that  these  cancer  cells  start  to 
make  receptors,  called  beta  adrenergic  recep- 
tors, that  switch  on  replication  at  certain 
development  stages  and  switch  it  off  at  oth- 
ers. So,  our  idea,  which  might  be  totally  off 
the  wall,  is  to  find  drugs  that  manipulate 
these  receptors.  We  might  be  able  to  either 
shut  down  replication  of  the  breast  cancer 
cells,  or  even  tell  them  to  age  faster  and  die." 

Such  cancer  therapy  would  be  totally  dif- 
ferent from  current  drug  therapies,  which 
must  penetrate  cancer  cells  to  attack  their 
machinery  directly.  Cancer  cells  often  be- 
come resistant  to  such  drugs  by  evolving  ways 
to  pump  them  safely  out  of  the  cell.  "Since 
the  anti-cancer  drugs  we're  thinking  about 
affect  receptors  on  the  cells'  surface,  the  can- 
cer may  not  develop  resistance.  This  research 
might  give  us  a  whole  new  set  of  drugs  that 
would  work  on  cancer  cells  after  they've  es- 
caped standard  chemotherapy." 

As  if  nicotine,  pesticides,  depression,  and 
cancer  weren't  formidable  enough  foes, 
Slotkin,  like  his  fellow  scientists,  finds  himself 
to  maintain  his  lab's 


constant  strug 


funding.  He  is  certainly  thankful  for  his  cur- 


rent support  from  the  National  Institutes  of 
Health,  the  Department  of  Defense,  and-of 
all  groups  —  the  Smokeless  Tobacco  Research 
Council.  Even  with  a  positive  funding  climate 
in  Washington,  only  20  percent  of  grant  pro- 
posals are  accepted.  "So,  if  you  want  one 


SLOTKIN'S  STUDIES 

REVEALED  THE 

DAMNING  DETAILS 

OF  THE  MECHANISMS 

OF  NICOTINE'S  DAMAGE 

TO  THE  FETAL  BRAIN. 


grant,  you  have  to  write  five,"  he  says.  "The 
low  funding  rate  also  means  we're  throwing 
away  80  percent  of  the  proposals,  a  lot  of 
which  constitute  very  worthy  research  ideas. 
But  the  major  problem,  even  for  a  really  good 
lab,  is  continuity.  It's  very  hard  to  maintain  a 


decent-sized  laboratory  with  a  sense  of  re- 
search mission  and  intellectual  continuity 
when  you're  continually  suffering  uncertain- 
ties or  interruptions  in  your  funding.  Grad- 
uate students  need  to  have  support  for  about 
five  years  to  allow  them  to  get  Ph.D.s.  But  if 
grants  only  last  three  years,  you  can't  guaran- 
tee a  student  that  long-term  support." 

What's  more,  researchers  often  find  them- 
selves in  a  classic  Catch-22  situation:  "Given 
the  limited  grant  periods,  in  the  middle  of  a 
grant  you've  got  to  prepare  additional  grant 
proposals  in  order  to  guarantee  continuity. 
But  these  new  grants  often  suffer  a  reduced 
chance  of  being  funded  because  agencies 
might  take  into  account  that  you're  already 
funded,"  he  says.  "Believe  me,  even  senior  re- 
searchers suffer  plenty  of  anxiety  attacks  over 
these  funding  issues." 

Slotkin  likes  to  offer  a  reminder  that  basic 
scientific  research  offers  a  stunningly  latge  re- 
turn on  dollar  investment,  citing  economic 
studies  that  show  a  return  of  about  500  to 
one.  But  beyond  the  strict  monetary  measures, 
he  also  cites  the  extraordinary  "quality-of-life 
return  on  investment"  yielded  by  productive 
research  —  a  humane  dividend  of  lives  saved 
and  lives  enhanced. 


I  HO  II  DUKES 


FS 


Duke  University  Athletic  Scholarship  Fund 


Now,  you  can  be  a  part  of  the  team.  By  contributing  as  little 
as  $100,  you  can  display  your  Iron  Duke  window  decal  with 
pride  and  know  you  have  helped  Blue  Devil  student-athletes 
maintain  Duke's  proud  athletic  tradition.  Take  the  next  step 
by  requesting  information.  NOW! 


\ 


f« 


i^uSA 


YES.  I  am  interested  in  finding  out  more  about  the  Iron  Dukes. 

Please  send  a  membership  information  brochure  to  the  address  listed  belov.. 

Name: 

Address: 

City:  State:  Zip: 

Phone  Numbei   B):  (H): 

Please  return  this  form  to:  Iron  Dukes 

311  Finch  Yeager  Bidg..  Box  90542 
Duke  University 
Durham.  NC  2770&0542 
919  684-5033 


July-August  1998 


OXFORD  AND 

CAMBRIDGE 

CALLING 


TOP  SCHOLARS 

BY  ROBERT  J.  BLIWISE 


With  a  faculty  screening  committee  for  every  scholarship,  Duke  students 

are  put  through  practice  interviews,  finalists  are  identified, 

and  professors  assigned  to  work  at  refining  interview  techniques  and 

personal  essays — all  toward  the  holiest  of  academic  grails. 


Just  over  fifty  years  ago,  British  novelist 
and  critic  Aldous  Huxley  made  a  visit 
to  North  Carolina.  He  found  it  "a  rolling 
country  of  vague,  indeterminate  contour....  It 
is  a  pleasant  land,  but  unexciting;  a  land  where 
one  would  never  expect  anything  in  particu- 
lar to  happen." 

But  something  does  happen:  As  one  ap- 
proaches Duke's  campus,  "the  eye  wanders  in 
amazement  over  a  whole  city  of  grey  stone." 
Huxley  concluded,  "I  prefer  the  towers  and 
quadrangles  of  Duke  to  many  of  the  genuine- 
ly antique  buildings  of  our  university  towns." 
With  a  steady  rainfall  outside  and  architec- 
tural suggestions  of  English  Gothic  all  around 
them,  some  fifty  students  convened  on  campus 
in  April  to  speculate  about  England  (and  a 
couple  of  other  places).  They  were  gathered  to 
learn  about  international  scholarships.  Among 
the  speakers  was  John  Tye  '98,  Duke's  newest 
Rhodes  Scholar.  Tye  described  the  application 
process  as  a  chance  "to  think  carefully  about 
who  you  are  and  what  your  goals  are."  He 
talked  about  his  preparation  for  the  Rhodes 
process:  contemplating  the  questions  he  would 
love  to  see  the  world  answer  during  his  life- 
time, pondering  how  he  might  connect  the  "big 


issues"  with  his  own  experiences,  thinking  back 
to  each  college  course  he  had  taken  and  the 
themes  it  addressed.  He  mentioned  soliciting 
eight  letters  of  recommendation  and  going 
through  two  rounds  of  interviews — at  the  state 
and  the  district  levels — that  probed  him  on 
everything  from  his  community  service  to  his 
ideas  on  free  will.  He  recalled  enduring  the 
agony  of  waiting  in  the  same  room  with  his 
fellow  candidates  for  the  ultimate  verdict. 

"It  can  be  really  stressful,"  Tye  told  his  audi- 
ence. "But  actually  it  can  be  interesting  and 
fun." 

"We  have  a  lot  of  pre -professional  students 
who  have  planned  out  their  lives  from  the 
time  they  arrived  on  campus  through  admis- 


sion to  medical  school  or  law  school,"  says 
Mary  Nijhout,  the  associate  dean  of  Trinity 
College  responsible  for  pre-graduate  study  ad- 
vising. But  others  arrive  as  freshmen  enamored 
of  the  distant  prospects  of  advanced  study 
abroad.  Sophomores  and  juniors  learn  about 
the  university's  record  in  international  awards 
from  a  Nijhout  letter.  They're  invited  to  read 
the  winners'  written  impressions  of  an  appli- 
cation process  that,  for  programs  like  the 
Rhodes,  involves  not  just  multiple  recom- 
mendations and  rounds  of  interviews,  but  an 
unofficial  testing  opportunity — a  cocktail 
reception  with  interviewers  and  fellow  appli- 
cants. And  they're  urged  to  test  their  creden- 
tials— and  develop  the  application  habit — 
by  vying  for  other  awards,  including  Duke's 
own  Faculty  Scholar  Award. 

Duke  has  a  faculty  screening  committee  for 
every  scholarship.  (For  the  Rhodes,  Duke  can 
endorse  no  more  than  five  candidates  who 
elect  to  compete  within  the  state  of  North 
Carolina.)  The  committees  put  students 
through  practice  interviews,  identify  finalists, 
and  assign  professors  to  work  with  the  final- 
ists to  refine  interview  techniques  and  give 
advice  on  shaping  their  personal  essays. 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


PHOTOGRAPHY  BY  ANDREW  FLORIDES 


The  record  with  the  Rhodes  and  other 
awards  reflects  more  than  good  guidance. 
Award  winners  are  "intellectually  aggressive," 
as  Nijhout  describes  them.  Students  like  Ali- 
son Meekhof  '95,  now  a  Marshall  Scholar,  seek 
out  multiple  mentors.  Nijhout  recalls  that 
Meekhof  "made  the  rounds  of  every  faculty 
member  she  knew"  to  discuss  an  article  she 


they  enter  university;  their  graduate  degree 
program  is  much  like  the  research-oriented 
American  post-doc.  In  other  ways,  visiting 
Americans  learn  they're  in  a  different  envi- 
ronment, which  may  not  always  treat  itself — 
or  them — with  earnest  seriousness.  The  un- 
official handbook  observes:  "All  applicants  from 
outside  the  English-speaking  world  must  pos- 


sess a  fluent  command  of  English  before  ad- 
mission. Cambridge  accepts  that  the  United 
States  of  America  is  a  part  of  the  English- 
speaking  world,  but  only  just." 

Cambridge  has  had  plenty  of  time  to  develop 
its  standing  in  science.  As  an  official  history 
notes,  that  history  stretches  back  to  1209,  when 
a  band  of  scholars  fled  from  riots  in  Oxford 
and  established  themselves  in  Cambridge.  "The 
existence  of  the  university  in  its  midst  was  a 
real  threat  to  the  town,  for  thirteenth- century 
England  was  not  a  consumer  society,"  accord- 
ing to  the  history.  "The  economy  depended  on 
people  exchanging  their  own  produce,  and  the 
town's  growth  may  have  been  severely  limited 
by  the  influx  of  a  large  number  of  scholars,  who 
might  spend  much,  but  who  produced  nothing 
tangible." 

Today's  townspeople  may  hold  to  the  view 
that  scholars  are  still  producing  nothing  tan- 
gible. But  the  university  dominates  Cambridge. 
Or  more  properly,  the  twenty-five  colleges  dom- 
inate Cambridge:  While  the  university  is  the 
examining  and  degree-granting  body,  the  col- 
leges are  largely  self-administering. 

Elizabeth  Ayer  '96  graduated  into  one  of 
those  colleges  as  a  Churchill  Scholar.  The 
Winston  Churchill  Foundation  of  the  United 
States  was  established  in  1959  by  American 
friends  and  admirers  of  the  statesman.  The 
foundation's  trustees  set  out  to  develop  ties  to 
a  new  science-  and  engineering- oriented  col- 


Tony  Blair  may  be  famously  trying  to 
"rebrand"  Britain  as  a  nation  that's  made 
the  great  technological  leap  forward. 
And  his  government  may  be  intent  on  re- 
assessing funding  formulas  that,  in  the  sphere 
of  higher  education,  have  been  skewed  to  re- 
ward and  propagate  prestige.  Still,  Britain's 
brand-name  universities,  Oxford  and  Cam- 
bridge, are  secure  in  their  standing.  In  Cam- 
bridge, a  tour  guide  makes  a  point  with  refer- 
ences to  Watson  and  Crick  and  DNA,  Ruth- 
erford and  the  electron,  and  Microsoft  and  a 
new  European  research  base:  It's  a  good  place 
for  science.  It's  also  a  good  place  for  the  aca- 
demically motivated.  According  to  the  unof- 
ficial Cambridge  University  Graduate  Union 
Handbook,  "Many  academics  regard  three  years 
as  an  adequate  period  of  time  in  which  to 
complete  a  Ph.D."  That's  a  considerably  shorter 
time  than  the  American  standard. 
But  British  students  specialize  from  the  time 


July-August  1998 


lege,  established  at  Cambridge  the  previous 
year,  that  had  been  inspired  by  and  named  for 
Churchill.  Through  their  annual  scholarship 
program,  ten  Americans  became  Churchill 
College  graduate  students  in  engineering, 
mathematics,  and  the  physical  and  natural 
sciences.  Duke  has  had  thirteen  Churchill 
Scholars,  beginning  with  Charles  Ellington  73, 
who  now  teaches  zoology  at  Cambridge. 

Last  year,  Ayer  completed  the  fourth  year 
of  a  British  undergraduate  degree — the  equiva- 
lent of  an  American  master's  program — in 
pure  mathematics.  A  National  Science  Foun- 
dation fellowship  is  sustaining  her  graduate 
work  beyond  that. 

Ayer's  application  for  the  Churchill  ac- 
cented her  interest  in  Cambridge,  which  cer- 
tainly helped  her  chances.  Reflecting  on  an 
earlier  England  stint,  she  wrote,  "I  have  not 
forgiven  myself  for  not  having  gone  punting," 
a  reference  to  the  student  tradition  of  navi- 
gating the  River  Cam  on  rather  unsteady  boats. 
The  statement  detailed  her  love  of  mathe- 
matics, which  she  called  her  own  vision  of  the 
"real  world."  As  she  put  it.'Algebraic  structures 
are  the  objects  which  are  at  once  the  most  tan- 
gible and  the  most  beautiful  to  me." 

A  mathematics  and  computer  science  ma- 
jor, Ayer  was  multiply  distinguished  at  Duke. 
She  held  the  congressional  Goldwater  Scho- 
larship, a  recognition  of  superior  achievement 
in  mathematics  and  natural  science.  As  an 
A.B.  Duke  Scholar,  she  spent  a  Duke-sup- 
ported summer  in  Oxford.  Funded  by  the  Na- 
tional Science  Foundation,  she  had  summer 
research  internships  at  Cornell  University, 
the  Santa  Fe  Institute,  and  Rutgers.  She  sang 
as  a  soprano  in  the  Chapel  Choir,  co-founded 
the  Logic  Club,  contributed  as  a  columnist  to 
The  Chronicle,  and  did  an  independent  study 
course  on  mathematical  modeling  and  evolu- 
tion. She  is  credited  with  creating  the  Auto- 
mated Computer  Enrollment  System's  home 
page  on  the  World  Wide  Web,  an  Internet  site 
that  makes  Duke's  course  and  scheduling 
information  accessible  worldwide. 

For  all  of  her  math-mindedness,  she  once 
considered  going  into  law;  she  turned  down 
Yale  Law  School  in  committing  herself  to 
Cambridge.  Mathematics,  with  its  emphasis 
on  "thinking  analytically  in  the  purest  form," 
would  be  good  preparation  for  the  practice  of 
legal  argument,  she  says.  For  now,  she's  com- 
mitted to  doing  a  Ph.D.  in  mathematics  at 
Cambridge.  "I  still  don't  know  just  where  I 
will  take  mathematics,  but  for  now  I  know 
that  it  is  what  I  want  to  do." 

"It's  a  funny  thing  about  the  system  here," 
she  says.  "The  examinations  are  incredibly 
stressful.  They  are  the  only  evaluation  the 
students  receive  in  a  year  and  quite  a  lot  of 
stock  is  put  in  them.  I  think  that  because  of 
the  intense  pressure,  one  of  two  things  can 
happen.  A  student  either  becomes,  through 


Thirty-two  Scholarships  are 
assigned  annually  to  the 
United  States  of  America. 
The  states  of  the  Union  are 
grouped  into  eight  districts  for 
the  purpose  of  making  these 
appointments.  In  each  state  a 
Committee  of  Selection  may 
nominate  applicants  to  appear 
before  die  District  Committee. 
Each  District  Committee  then 
selects  from  the  nominated 
applicants  not  more  than  four 
who  will  represent  their  states 
as  Rhodes  Scholars  at  Oxford. 
The  names  of  Scholarship  win- 
ners will  be  announced  at  the 
close  of  the  District  Committee 
meetings.  No  alternates  are 
selected. 

After  the  successful  appli- 
cants' election  to  Scholarships, 
the  Rhodes  Scholarship  author- 
ities in  Oxford  seek  places  for 
the  Rhodes  Scholars-elect  in 
Oxford  Colleges,  following  the 
applicants'  preferences  insofar 
as  possible.  Because  the 


Colleges  make  their  own  admis- 
sions, there  is  no  guarantee  of  a 
place.  The  award  of  the 
Scholarship  is  not  confirmed  by 
the  Rhodes  Trustees  until  the 
Scholar-elect  has  been  accepted 
for  admission  by  a  College. 
Rhodes  Scholars  elected  in 
December  will  enter  the 
University  of  Oxford  in 
October  of  the  following 
year.... 

In  considering  applications, 
Committees  of  Selection  will 
have  regard  to  those  qualities 
which  Cecil  Rhodes  expressly 
listed  in  order  to  define  the 
type  of  Scholar  he  desired. 
Proven  intellectual  and  aca- 
demic achievement  of  a  high 
standard  is  the  first  quality 
required  of  applicants,  but  they 
will  also  be  required  to  show 
integrity  of  character,  interest 
in  and  respect  for  their  fellow 
beings,  the  ability  to  lead,  and 
the  energy  to  use  their  talents 
to  the  full.  Mr. 


over-exposure,  completely  turned  off  to  his 
subject  or — and  this  happened  in  my  case  — 
realizes  that  the  subject  is  still  beautiful  and 
enjoyable  even  through  the  intense  strains  of 
examination  time." 

One  of  her  junior-year  Chronicle  columns 
was  an  appeal  for  "active  learning."  Duke  is  a 
university  "bursting  with  untapped  talent,"  she 
wrote,  but  the  vigorous  exchange  of  ideas  of- 
ten is  subsumed  by  the  grasping  after  academic 
rewards.  For  her  British  peers,  "general  educa- 
tion is  finished  at  age  sixteen,"  she  observes. 
"Nevertheless,  the  average  level  of  training  in 
mathematics  is  about  comparable  to  that  of  a 
strong  Duke  student,  and  the  top-notch  stu- 
dents are  comparable  at  both  places.  At  both 
places,  there  is  a  strong  core  of  students  who 
love  what  they  are  doing  and  have  academic 
leanings.  From  my  limited  perspective,  there 
seems  to  be  a  higher  proportion  of  students 
here  who  have  these  tendencies.  That  said, 
many  undergraduates  do  not  seem  to  be  here 
because  of  a  particular  love  of  their  subjects. 
Just  as  the  prevailing  feeling  at  Duke  might  be 
summed  up  as  'I  am  here  so  that  I  can  get  a 
good  job,'  here  in  Cambridge,  students  have 
an  equally  non-compelling  rationale:  'I  am 
here  because  I  happen  to  be  good  enough  at 
my  subject.'  It  is  a  very  common  sentiment  to 
hear  expressed." 

Ayer  enjoys  the  distinctive  aspects  of  Cam- 
bridge life,  like  the  constant  rounds  of  formal 
dinner  parties  organized  by  students,  and  she 
is  at  least  resigned  to  the  Cambridge  necessi- 
ty of  maneuvering  a  bicycle  around  town.  She 


believed  that  the  last  of  these 
qualities  was  best  tested 
through  participation  and  suc- 
cess in  sports.  Participation  in 
varsity  sports  is  not  essential  if 
applicants  are  able  to  demon- 
strate in  other  ways  the  physi- 
cal vigor  which  will  enable 
Rhodes  Scholars  to  make  an 
effective  contribution  to  the 
world  around  them.  Such  a 
contribution  Mr.  Rhodes  clearly 
expected  in  expressing  the  hope 
that  Rhodes  Scholars  would 
come  to  "esteem  the  perfor- 
mance of  public  duties  as 
[their]  highest  aim."  Financial 
need  gives  no  special  claim  to  a 
Rhodes  Scholarship.  The  will 
lays  down  that  "no  student  shall 
be  qualified  or  disqualified  for 
election  to  a  Scholarship  on 
account  of  race  or  religious 
opinions." 

— from  the  Office  of  the  American 
Secretary,  The  Rhodes  Scholarship 
Trust  (http:uJuiuirfioaesschoIar.org) 


has  been  swimming  for  Churchill  College  in  a 
couple  of  intercollegiate  swim  meets.  "Taking 
up  the  lion's  share  of  my  non- academic  time 
last  term,  though,  was  ballroom  dancing,"  she 
reports.  "I  was  among  the  eight  couples  par- 
ticipating in  the  varsity  match  against  Ox- 
ford— which,  I  am  very,  very  sorry  to  say,  we 
did  not  win  this  year  despite  my  best  efforts.  I 
should,  perhaps,  mention  that  I  began  ballroom 
dance  with  Duke's  Social  Dance  course  in  the 
last  term  of  my  senior  year,  and  I  was  hooked." 

Tradition-bound  Cambridge — even  with  a 
history  of  promoting  scientific  accomplishment 
— poses  challenges  for  a  woman  mathemati- 
cian, she  says.  Role  models  are  not  readily 
available.  "There  is  exactly  one  female  among 
about  seventy  faculty  members,  and  I  have 
never  met  her.  I  also  don't  know  any  current 
female  Ph.D.  students. 

"I  think  that  female  undergraduates  are 
hampered  by  low  expectations  generally 
placed  on  them.  Over  and  over,  I  have  heard 
this  justified  by  more  senior  mathematicians 
who  cite  the  rarity  of  a  woman  placing  in  the 
top  ten  on  the  examinations  in  any  particular 
year.  I  have  also  often  heard  the  argument 
that  because  women  have  an  advantage  in 
admissions — Cambridge  does  make  attempts 
at  affirmative  action — more  of  the  people  of 
questionable  ability,  the  people  who  were  on 
the  admissions  borderline,  are  women.  This, 
so  I  am  told,  lowers  the  average  performance 
of  women  even  below  what  it  would  normal- 
ly be.  In  any  case,  women  are  certainly  not 
particularly  encouraged,  let  alone  given  the 


1  0      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


same  level  of  encouragement  as  male  students. 
The  resulting  low  performance  of  women  on 
the  exams  then  reinforces  the  stereotypes." 

But  as  a  graduate  student,  with  flexibility  in 
attending  lectures  and  arranging  supervisions, 
Ayer  says  she  hasn't  felt  held  back.  "I  mostly 
deal  with  the  people  in  my  field  and  related 
fields,  and  within  that  context  people  know 
me  well  enough  as  a  mathematician  that  my 
gender  has  not  been  an  issue.  My  supervisor, 
I  should  add,  is  particularly  encouraging  and 
has  had  an  unusually  high  number  of  success- 
ful female  students." 

Robert  Schneck  '97  followed  Ayer  to  Cam- 
bridge as  a  Churchill  Scholar — pointing  out, 


help  students  learn  scientific  concepts.  He  was 
the  one  student  in  his  class  to  be  awarded 
Duke's  North  Carolina  Mathematics  Contest 
Scholarship,  a  four-year,  full-tuition  scholar- 
ship, and  one  of  three  students  to  receive  the 
Duke  Faculty  Scholar  Award.  And,  like  Ayer, 
he  held  a  National  Science  Foundation  in- 
ternship, which  brought  Schneck  to  Michigan 
Technological  University,  and  also  brought 
him,  as  he  describes  it,  the  confidence  that  he 
"could  call  myself  a  mathematician." 

A  mathematics  major  who  completed  a 
double -minor  in  philosophy  and  Chinese,  he 
won  a  couple  of  mathematics  department 
awards  along  with  two  first-place  awards  in  the 


Rodriguez:  sixty  hours  a  week  in  a  lab,  along  with  the  freedom  to  "determine  the  course  of  my  projects" 


in  the  course  of  his  personal  statement,  that  he 
would  revel  in  studying  "alongside  the  memo- 
ries of  Isaac  Newton,  Bertrand  Russell,  G.H. 
Hardy,  and  so  many  others."  As  a  student  at  the 
North  Carolina  School  of  Science  and  Mathe- 
matics, he  participated  in  the  USA  Mathe- 
matics Olympiad  and  the  USA  International 
Physics  Olympiad.  While  in  high  school,  he  had 
a  summer  internship  developing  software  to 


university's  Chinese  speech  contest.  He  also 
earned  distinction  in  various  national  and  in- 
ternational math  competitions.  He  was  presi- 
dent of  both  the  Duke  Logic  Club  and  the 
Duke  University  Mathematics  Union,  and  for  a 
semester  headed  SHARE,  or  "Student  Housing 
for  Academic  and  Residential  Experimenta- 
tion." A  member  of  the  Duke  Symphony  Or- 
chestra, he  extended  his  performance  repertoire 


to  the  Chinese  Folk  Dance  Club  —  an  out- 
growth of  a  study- abroad  experience  in  China. 

The  first  line  of  his  statement  for  the 
Churchill  is:  "I  have  always  wanted  to  become 
a  mathematician";  he  dates  the  interest  to  his 
having  encountered  a  book  in  elementary 
school  called  How  to  Count  Like  a  Martian. 
"At  a  very  early  age,  I  was  already  developing 
a  deep,  intellectual  curiosity  about  how  things 
work,  how  they  arose,  and  what  affects  their 
use  today,"  he  wrote.  "These  were  the  seeds 
that  have  grown  to  become  the  motivation 
for  my  life  path — the  desire  not  only  to 
understand  systems,  but  to  become  a  builder 
of  systems."  He  said  he  believed  he  found  his 
calling  in  the  study  of  logic.  "I  remain  excited 
by  this  intersection  of  mathematics,  philoso- 
phy, computer  science,  and  language.  A  par- 
adise for  a  systems  builder  to  play  in." 

For  Schneck,  this  has  been  a  year  of  reflec- 
tion. It's  also  been  a  year  of  adjusting  to  a  dif- 
ferent pacing  in  the  classroom:  Cambridge 
has  three  terms  of  eight  weeks,  followed  by 
month-long  breaks,  and  a  lot  of  material  is 
crammed  into  each  of  those  terms.  There's  no 
"marked"  work  except  the  exams  at  the  end 
of  the  term.  "Spending  a  year  in  England  is  a 
sexy  thing  to  do,"  he  says.  "I've  learned  another 
way  of  looking  at  the  educational  process." 

Some  of  the  Cambridge  process  took  quite 
a  bit  of  getting  used  to.  "It's  strange  to  be  in  a 
system  where  teachers  don't  pause  in  their 
lectures  to  make  sure  students  have  followed 
them,  and  where  students  rarely  ask  ques- 
tions. Students  are  taking  notes  on  every- 
thing that's  written  down  on  the  board;  they 
work  to  figure  it  out  later.  It's  a  very  different 
culture."  That  lack  of  student-teacher  inter- 
action is  perhaps  made  up  for,  he  says,  by  the 
supervision  system,  which  pairs  groups  of  two 
or  three  students  with  a  tutor. 

At  the  end  of  June,  Schneck  got  his  certificate 
of  advanced  study  in  mathematics,  with  a  con- 
centration in  logic.  During  his  Cambridge 
stint,  he  hasn't  done  any  work  in  Chinese  or 
philosophy.  Having  missed  "the  interdisciplin- 
ary setting,"  he's  heading  off  for  a  doctorate  at 
Berkeley,  which  has  a  program  in  mathemat- 
ics and  philosophy. 

A  Schneck  classmate,  Chapin  Rodriguez  '97, 
is  one  of  two  Marshall  Scholars  among  the 
current  Cambridge  crop  of  Duke  graduates. 
The  scholarship,  founded  in  1953  by  the  Bri- 
tish Parliament  to  commemorate  the  Mar- 
shall Plan,  goes  to  as  many  as  forty  graduate 
and  undergraduate  students  in  the  United 
States.  It  supports  two  years  of  study  in  a  de- 
gree program  at  any  British  university.  Cri- 
teria for  selection  include  "distinction  of  in- 
tellect and  character  as  evidenced  both  by- 
scholastic  achievements  and  by... other  activi- 
ties." Fourteen  Duke  students  have  won  the 
Marshall;  the  first  was  Wallace  Kaufman  '61, 
who  began  his  career  as  an  assistant  professor 


July-August  1998        11 


of  English  literature  and  went  on  to  become  a 
writer,  conservationist,  and  international  de- 
velopment consultant. 

Rodriguez,  a  chemistry  major,  was  editor  of 
Vertices,  the  student  science  magazine,  and 
helped  to  organize  "Frontiers  of  Biotechnol- 
ogy," a  two-day  biotechnology  and  human  val- 
ues symposium  held  in  1994.  He  is  pursuing  a 
three-year  Ph.D.  program  in  structural  biolo- 


His  first  international  academic  experience 
— in  fact,  his  first  trip  abroad — took  him  to 
Madrid,  Spain,  during  his  junior  year.  Living 
with  other  chemistry- oriented  international 
students,  he  found  himself  "critical  and  ad- 
miring" of  his  own  culture.  During  that  year 
he  volunteered  in  a  residence  for  the  mentally 
handicapped,  discovering  a  passion  for  com- 
munity service  that  he  continued  back  at  Duke. 


Meekhof:  a  multiply-published  ch 


found  herself  fascinated  with  "the  art  of  problem-solving" 


gy  at  Cambridge,  working  at  the  Medical 
Research  Council's  Laboratory  of  Molecular 
Biology.  The  research  council  is  roughly  the 
British  equivalent  of  the  National  Institutes  of 
Health;  the  laboratory  is  the  birthplace  of 
structural  biology  and  has  been  the  setting  for 
some  of  the  field's  greatest  advances,  Rod- 


As  an  A.B.  Duke  Scholar,  he  had  a  summer 
stint  in  Oxford.  Spain  had  stirred  his  interest 
in  doing  graduate  work  in  Europe;  Oxford,  as 
it  happened,  directed  him  to  Cambridge.  He 
took  advantage  of  free  time  to  visit  a  Cam- 
bridge research  center.  "They  gave  me  the  red- 
carpet  treatment,"  he  recalls,  including  inter- 
views with  various  researchers.  He  began  a 


correspondence  with  one,  who  accepted  him 
into  his  lab.  That  acceptance  signaled  his  ser- 
iousness as  a  student,  and  the  certainty  of  his 
goals,  to  the  scholarship  review  committee. 

"When  I  entered  high  school,  I  was  singu- 
larly interested  in  languages  and  literature," 
he  said  in  his  Marshall  Scholarship  applica- 
tion essay.  "I  loved  (and  still  love)  studying 
languages,  the  logic  and  idiosyncrasies  of  their 
operation,  the  ways  in  which  they  reflect  their 
corresponding  cultures."  It  was  serendipity  that 
steeped  him  in  science.  As  a  high  school 
junior,  he  was  asked  by  two  science  teachers 
to  help  them  prepare  an  enzyme  lab  activity 
to  present  at  a  national  meeting.  That  hooked 
him — and  earned  him  the  role,  still  in  high 
school,  as  a  teaching  assistant  in  biology  and 
chemistry.  As  an  undergraduate,  he  worked 
for  two  years  in  a  biochemistry  lab  at  the 
medical  center,  and  then  for  one  summer  af- 
ter he  graduated. 

For  Rodriguez,  Cambridge  has  provided  a 
productive  environment  for  his  work  in  pro- 
tein crystallography — "an  incredibly  cool 
field,"  as  he  describes  it.  But  he  says  Cam- 
bridge life  can  be  intense,  and  insular.  "I  spend 
at  least  sixty  hours  per  week  in  the  lab.  Su- 
pervision styles  do  vary  from  individual  to  in- 
dividual, but,  in  general,  students  are  left  to 
fend  for  themselves,  and  so  we  set  our  own 
schedules  pretty  much.  It's  up  to  me  to  han- 
dle the  day-in,  day-out  stuff,  to  seek  help 
when  I  need  it,  and  to  determine  the  course 
of  my  projects.  It's  quite  a  responsibility,  but  I 
frankly  quite  enjoy  the  freedom.  It  helps  me 
to  realize  my  limitations  and  seek  the  exper- 
tise of  others  on  my  own,  not  because  they're 
leaning  over  my  shoulder." 

Working  in  a  research  center,  he  has  no  for- 
mal classes  through  his  Ph.D.  program.  "In  the 
end,  I  really  don't  think  my  lack  of  graduate 
classes  will  affect  my  planned  career,  just  be- 
cause in  the  final  analysis,  what  matters  is  the 
research  that  you  have  done  in  your  Ph.D. 
and  what  you  have  published,"  he  says.  "What 
I  do  wonder  about  is  the  length  of  the  Ph.D. 
It's  three  years  at  Cambridge,  versus  the  stan- 
dard five  to  six  in  the  States.  What  I  want  to 
avoid  is  going  back  to  the  States  and  not  hav- 
ing certain  opportunities  just  because  people 
think  I  haven't  spent  enough  time  doing  a 
formative  Ph.D." 

Rodriguez  may  stay  on  beyond  his  Ph.D.  to 
increase  his  chances  of  "finishing  with  some 
good  results  in  the  [scientific]  literature,"  he 
says.  He's  also  thinking  about  post-doctoral 
work  in  a  biomedical  field,  "something  that 
will  more  directly  benefit  people."  That 
thought,  he  says,  "just  comes  from  frustration 
at  how  slow  and  futile  the  research  process  — 
and  especially  protein  crystallography — can 
be.  So  maybe,  if  I  have  a  windfall  of  results, 
that  will  change." 

Alison  Meekhof  '95  is  the  senior  member 


12      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


of  the  Cambridge  contingent  of  Duke  gradu- 
ates, the  other  Marshall  Scholarship  winner, 
and  the  other  chemistry  major.  Meekhof 
showed  herself  an  intellectual  adventurer  in 
her  personal  essay  for  the  Marshall:  "Chem- 
istry is  a  magical  science.  At  the  same  time 
that  its  textbooks  present  hundreds  of  precise 
equations,  lab  work  ceaselessly  reconfirms  its 
intrinsic  element  of  mystery." 

At  Cambridge,  she  is  studying  biophysical 
chemistry.  With  one  year  left  toward  her  Ph.D., 
she  already  has  a  job  offer — with  the  con- 
sulting firm  McKinsey  &  Co.  It  seems  like  an 
odd  career  start  for  a  confirmed  chemist.  But 
she  says  business  consulting  appeals  to  her 
love  of  teaching  and  her  fascination  with  "the 
art  of  problem-solving."  And  from  living  in 
England,  she  says  she's  become  drawn  to  the 
idea  of  exploring  global  interconnections,  not 
just  scientific  interconnections. 

Meekhof  was,  like  Elizabeth  Ayer,  a  Goldwa- 
ter  Scholar  and  an  A.B.  Duke  Scholar.  During 
her  freshman  and  sophomore  years,  she  worked 
as  a  volunteer  in  a  chemistry  laboratory;  her 
later  laboratory  efforts  led  to  three  papers  pub- 
lished during  her  undergraduate  years.  She 
worked  as  a  laboratory  teaching  assistant  for 
"General  Chemistry."  Jokingly  calling  herself 
the  "orgo  doctor,"  she  was  an  organic-chem- 
istry tutor  with  the  Duke  peer  tutoring  pro- 
gram. Along  with  Rodriguez,  she  was  one  of 
the  organizers  of  the  "Frontiers  in  Biotechnol- 
ogy" symposium.  She  took  a  course  in  German, 
which  eased  her  later  dealings  with  a  German 
adviser  at  Cambridge,  and  another  on  women 
and  leadership,  which  sharpened  her  under- 
standing of  group  dynamics  in  the  academy. 

Concerned  about  the  advancement  of  wom- 
en in  science,  she  organized  for  the  Round 
Table — a  residential  group  devoted  to  com- 
munity interaction — a  series  on  the  question 
"Is  there  a  gender  style  to  science?"  As  she 
noted  in  her  Marshall  application  essay,  "In  my 
first  four  years  of  chemistry  research,  I  shared 
benchtops  with  twenty-three  men  and  only  two 
women." 

Meekhof  spent  her  A.B.  Duke  Scholar  sum- 
mer studying  twentieth-century  British  litera- 
ture at  Oxford.  That  time  abroad  helped  draw 
her  back  to  Britain.  She  says  she  appreciates 
many  features  of  British  living,  especially  in 
places  like  Cambridge  that  are  surrounded  by 
greenbelts.  "From  my  house,  it's  a  fifteen-minute 
walk  to  the  city  center;  in  twenty  minutes, 
I'm  in  a  field  with  cows."  She  also  revels  in  the 
ceremonial  side  of  Cambridge,  mentioning  a 
four-hour,  seven- course  Gonville  and  Caius 
College  "fellowship  dinner"  for  graduate  stu- 
dents and  their  research  supervisors.  And  she 
has  been  somewhat  of  a  continental  drifter, 
climbing  Mount  Aetna  while  attending  a 
conference  in  Sicily,  bicycling  around 
Scandinavia,  spending  a  couple  of  weeks  in 
The  Netherlands. 


Perceiving  a  genuine  sense  of  community 
among  graduate  students,  Meekhof  spends 
most  of  her  social  time  with  non-Americans. 
Some  of  those  close  ties  are  with  her  peers  on 
the  Caius  rowing  team,  a  six-day-a-week  com- 
mitment of  sunrise  practices,  aerobics  work- 
outs, and  weight-lifting.  She  has  competed  in 
London's  Head  of  the  River  race  and  rowed  in 
the  British  national  championships.  "It's  the 


group  won't  interact  much  with  another  re- 
search group,  and  even  the  Ph.D.  supervisor, 
who  is  dealing  with  forty  or  fifty  students, 
can't  easily  keep  tabs  on  a  particular  student. 
"I  respect  the  scientist  I  work  for,"  she  says, 
"but  I  can't  look  to  him  as  a  model  of  what  my 
own  experience  would  be  like  at  an  American 
university.  He  doesn't  have  to  get  grants, 
there's  not  pressure  on  him  to  publish,  and  he's 


Wenthe:  selected  for  the  Rhodes  along  with  his  wife,  he  demonstrated  his  singing  prowess  for  the  Rhodes  interview 


closest  thing  you  can  get  to  a  fraternity." 

In  her  view,  Cambridge  may  be  too  much  of 
a  fraternity — too  inbred  and  self-perpetuat- 
ing. "Cambridge  is  very  friendly  to  its  own: 
Undergraduates  are  not  encouraged  to  go 
elsewhere  for  new  perspectives,  and  a  lot  of 
people  just  sort  of  stick  around,"  she  says. 
"There's  not  a  seven-year  up-or-out  tenure 
process  here;  there  are  many  more  gradual 
steps  a  young  scholar  can  take.  So  a  Cam- 
bridge Ph.D.  earner  may  become  a  research 
fellow,  something  like  a  post-doc,  which  means 
looking  to  privileges  like  dining  at  High  Table 
and  walking  on  the  not-to-be-walked-on 
grass.  There  are  a  lot  of  people  who  will  ride 
the  system,  just  coast  along." 

Meekhof  helps  manage  a  nuclear  magnetic 
resonance  center;  the  responsibility  and  the 
access  are  extraordinary,  as  is  the  chance  to 
probe  her  interests,  to  prove  her  research  nim- 
bleness  (her  original  Ph.D.  project  didn't  work), 
to  develop  confidence  as  a  communicator 
(she's  presented  her  findings  in  a  number  of 
settings),  and  to  make  some  international  con- 
tacts, she  says.  Much  of  her  Cambridge  routine, 
though,  has  been  self-guided:  One  research 


not  interested  in  the  long-term  development 
of  me  as  a  student  or  a  scientist." 

She  notes,  "I  already  have  two  papers  sub- 
mitted for  publication  and  by  the  time  I  finish 
the  degree,  I  should  have  five.  That's  a  lot  for 
a  three-and-a-half-year  degree."  Those  first 
two  papers  will  appear  in  leading  professional 
journals,  Biochemistry  and  the  journal  of  Mo- 
lecular Bwlogy. 

"At  the  same  time,  I  really  do  believe  that  if 
I  were  interested  in  continuing  in  science,  I 
should  get  a  Ph.D.  in  the  United  States.  What 
is  a  Ph.D.?  If  it's  learning  what  it's  like  to  be  a 
scientist,  I  would  have  had  a  better  experi- 
ence in  the  United  States." 

Like  his  Cambridge  counterpart,  the  Ox- 
ford tour  guide  is  alternately  witty  and 
reverent  in  discussing  the  town- en- 
veloping university.  How  else  to  treat  a  site,  as 
described  in  a  university  guide,  where  since 
the  twelfth  century  or  so,  "sublime  minds 
have  had  brilliant  ideas,  producing  concepts 
as  varied  as  Methodism,  the  MG  sports  car, 
and  marmalade"?  Since  the  nineteenth  cen- 
tury, more  than  half  of  Britain's  prime  minis- 


July-August  1998        13 


ters  have  come  out  of  one  of  the  thirty-five 
colleges  of  Oxford.  But  the  current  prime 
minister,  Tony  Blair,  has  "no  rosy  glow  of  nos- 
talgia" for  his  Oxford  days,  reports  the  tour 
guide.  That  may  be  unfortunate  for  Oxford 
and  Cambridge,  whose  cherished  and  expen- 
sive tutorial  system  is  being  scrutinized  by  the 
efficiency-minded  government. 

The  guide  doesn't  share  this  aphorism;  it 
comes  by  way  of  a  British  acquaintance.  A 
Cambridge  man  walks  down  the  road  as  if  he 
owns  it.  An  Oxford  man  walks  down  a  road 
as  if  he  doesn't  care  who  owns  it. 

The  oldest  and  best-known  of  the  interna- 
tional fellowships,  the  Rhodes  Scholarship 
program  dates  back  to  1904;  1977  was  the  first 
selection  year  for  women.  The  first  of  Duke's 
thirteen  Rhodes  Scholars  was  Charles  Bagley 
'14,  who  was  already  on  the  Duke  faculty  when 
he  was  selected  in  1917.  Between  1993  and 
1997,  Duke  ranked  third  among  private  uni- 
versities in  the  number  of  Rhodes  Scholars. 
Over  that  period,  it  has  produced  one  or  two 
each  year.  Thirty-two  of  the  two-year  grants 
are  awarded  to  U.S.  citizens  annually  for  study 
in  a  degree  program  at  Oxford.  Among  the 
criteria  for  selection  are  "quality  of  both  char- 
acter and  intellect,"  "instincts  to  lead  and  to 
take  an  interest  in  one's  contemporaries,"  and 
"physical  vigor  to  enable  a  scholar  to  make  an 
effective  contribution  to  the  world." 

In  its  prospectus  for  graduate  students, 
Oxford  notes  that  the  prime  responsibility  for 
oversight  of  graduate  students  lies  with  the 
relevant  university  faculty  or  department. 
That  particular  faculty  or  department  ap- 
points a  supervisor  for  each  graduate  student, 
and  arranges  lectures  and  classes.  Graduate 
students  also  have  an  association  with  one  of 
Oxford's  colleges  —  an  association  that  is 
merely  "pastoral  in  nature."  The  colleges  con- 
cern themselves  with  housing  and  financial 
arrangements.  Typically,  they  are  at  the  center 
of  students'  social  life,  and  the  focus  of  their 
sports  participation.  The  Oxford  tradition  of 
study  puts  particular  emphasis  on  "individual 
endeavor  and  self-motivation,"  as  the  pro- 
spectus puts  it.  The  awarding  of  research 
degrees,  especially  the  doctorate,  is  based  only 
on  the  thesis  submitted  and  oral  examination 
of  the  thesis;  no  assessment  of  other  work 
contributes  to  the  degree. 

"At  graduate  level,  students  are  expected  to 
take  the  initiative  in  exploring  a  line  of  re- 
search, acquiring  a  necessary  skill,  or  remedy- 
ing an  area  of  weakness,"  the  prospectus  says. 
"In  all  the  university's  graduate  courses,  stu- 
dents will  often  find  the  degree  of  detailed 
teaching  less  than  they  have  experienced  in 
undertaking  undergraduate  or  graduate  courses 
elsewhere." 

Greitens:  in  the  annual  Oxford-Cambridge  boxing 
match,  he  won  with  a  first-round  technical  knockout 


The  senior  Oxonian  among  the  Duke  grad- 
uates is  Michael  Wenthe  '95.  Fresh  from  Duke's 
Trinity  College,  Wenthe  began  at  Oxford's 
Trinity  College  with  his  wife  and  fellow  Rhodes 
Scholar,  Rebecca  Boggs.  The  two  met  as  teen- 
agers at  Duke's  summer  Talent  Identification 
Program.  Through  college — with  Boggs  a  Har- 
vard student  during  Wenthe's  time  at  Duke 
—  they  continued  a  long-distance  romance. 
Wenthe  managed  a  one-semester  stint  to 
study  Middle  English  literature  and  Anglo- 
Saxon  at  Harvard;  to  plunge  into  the  second 
half  of  the  year-long  Harvard  course,  he  had 
learned  Old  English  grammar  on  his  own. 
Both  went  for  the  Rhodes  mindful  of  the  stag- 
gering odds  of  a  joint  selection.  "I  was  harbor- 
ing this  secret  hope  that  this  would  happen," 
Boggs  told  an  interviewer.  "Well,  I  dared  not 
hope,"  Wenthe  said. 

In  high  school,  Wenthe  had  his  first  one-act 
play  performed  in  a  community  festival  of 
new  plays.  An  A.B.  Duke  Scholar  and  a 
member  of  the  SHARE  living  group,  he  was  a 
literary  and  musical  achiever  at  Duke:  editor 
of  the  literary  magazine  The  Archive;  secre- 
tary of  the  undergraduate  Publications  Board; 
a  singer  with  the  male  a  capella  group  the 
Pitchforks;  a  main  player  in  a  Duke  Drama 
production  The  Love  of  the  Nightingale,  and 
the  "Adam"  character  in  a  fellow  student's 
version  of  The  Fall  of  Man;  and  the  lead  gui- 


tarist for  the  Snake  Oil  Salesmen,  a  four-piece 
band  performing  original  compositions  and 
traditional  ballads  in  the  Triangle  area. 

Musical  musings,  as  Wenthe  recalled  in  his 
post-selection  reflections,  dominated  the 
scholarship  committee  interview  that  landed 
him  a  Georgia  state  finalist  position:  "The  dis- 
cussion was  almost  wholly  focused  on  music, 
and  when  called  upon  to  demonstrate  my 
knowledge  of  Schubert's  lied  "Die  Erlkonig,"  I 
obliged  by  singing  the  first  verse  (and  then 
translating  it  at  an  interviewer's  request). 
There's  something  stuntish  about  this,  sure, 
but  I  happen  to  really  like  singing  that  song, 
so  I  had  fun  warbling  out  a  little  bit  of  it,  and 
I  think  that  the  fun  must  have  shown 
through."  The  regional  interviews  plunged 
Wenthe  into  what  he  calls  an  "identification" 
test — black  holes,  rational  numbers,  the  writ- 
er Wole  Soyinka,  Dante,  the  Romantic  poets. 
A  Duke  graduate  on  the  committee  asked 
him  about  his  editorship  of  The  Archive. 

"Scholarship  and  art  reflect  and  explore 
many  of  the  same  problems,  issues,  and  cu- 
riosities of  life,"  Wenthe  wrote  in  his  Rhodes 
statement.  "As  such,  each  is  itself  a  valid  ex- 
amination of  life,  but  the  two  together  can 
perhaps  teach  more  still."  At  Oxford,  Wenthe 
has  been  secretary  of  the  Early  Music  Society 
and  sang  bass  in  the  group's  own  choir.  He 
says  he's  a  beneficiary  not  just  of  his  musical 


14      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


passion  but  of  a  stereotype  that  his  British  peers 
apply  to  American  students:  "Americans  are 
good  organizers  and  can  get  things  done." 

Wenthe  completed  a  two-year  M.Phil,  de- 
gree in  medieval  English  literature  a  year  ago, 
reading  Chaucer,  Dante,  and  Malory.  His  the- 
sis was  about  fables  in  fifteenth-century  Bri- 
tish writing;  he  was  "looking  at  the  different 
ways  fabular  material  was  treated  by  some 
clerical  writers  (in  sermons,  e.g.)  versus  more 
'literary'  writers  (in  poems)."  In  June  he  wrap- 
ped up  a  one-year  certificate  program  with  a 
linguistic  and  literary  focus  in  modern  He- 
brew and  Yiddish. 

Wenthe's  Oxford  story  is,  in  some  ways, 
that  of  someone  who  relied  on  his  own  powers 
at  self-motivation — and  who  made  larger  ad- 
justments to  his  planned  curricular  course  — 
than  he  might  have  expected.  Sampling  Ox- 
ford for  the  first  time  as  a  graduate  student,  he 
discovered  that  the  teaching  didn't  compare 
well  with  the  Duke  at  Oxford  summer  pro- 
gram. "The  seminars  were  not  brilliantly  led; 
discussion  seemed  almost  nonexistent,  and  if 
it  did  exist,  it  was  discouraged  or  stymied  by 
leading  questions.  The  typical  seminar  would 
have  a  few  students  sitting  at  a  table  scrib- 
bling all  the  while  as  the  professor  recited  a 
carefully  prepared  lecture.  Certainly  in  lectures, 
questions  were  not  expected  of  students.  I've 
Continued  on  page  46 


July -August   1998         15 


AVOIDING 
LEGAL  PERILS 


RISKY  BUSINESS 

BY  BRIDGET  BOOHER 

From  monitoring  campus  crime  to  grappling 

with  affirmative  action,  from  ensuring  that  classrooms 

are  accessible  to  complying  with  Title  IX, 

universities  face  a  daunting  set  of  legal  challenges. 


16      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


ILLUSTRATION  BY  JOHN  S.  DYKES 


When  the  Sky  Devils  Club  wanted 
to  parachute  onto  East  Campus 
during  commencement  weekend 
festivities,  Kathy  Van  Nest  said  no.  Ditto  to  the 
company  that  wanted  to  offer  students  the  op- 
portunity to  bungee-jump  off  a  tower  erected 
on  West  Campus.  However,  the  vendor  pro- 
posing a  Velcro  wall,  against  which  students 
could  fling  themselves  and  get  stuck,  was 
given  the  green  light. 

For  Van  Nest,  now  in  her  sixteenth  year  as 
director  of  risk  management  for  the  university, 
these  decisions  were  fairly  easy  to  make.  Other 
scenarios  are  not  so  clear-cut.  How  to  ap- 
proach post-basketball  game  bonfires,  where 
injuries  and  out-of-control  behavior  are  almost 
inevitable?  Or  making  sure  that  a  campus 
tragedy  like  the  one  in  1992,  when  an  under- 
graduate was  killed  after  falling  out  of  a  cam- 
pus bus,  never  happens  again?  Or  preventing 
accidents  involving  toxic  chemicals  in  sci- 
ence labs? 

"I'm  a  paranoid  individual  by  virtue  of  the 
job  I  do,  so  I  see  the  downside  of  virtually  every- 
thing," Van  Nest  admits.  It's  no  wonder.  She 
handles  all  property  and  liability  exposures  that 
the  university  and  medical  center  are  subject  to, 
from  the  visitor  who  slips  and  falls  and  threatens 
a  lawsuit,  to  making  sure  the  Marine  Lab  re- 
search vessels  are  seaworthy,  to  alerting  student 
groups  that  they  need  insurance  coverage  and 
waivers  before  taking  a  group  of  Durham 
schoolchildren  to  a  swimming  pool. 

But  Van  Nest's  anxieties  about  maintaining 
a  safe  campus  environment  are  not  hers  alone. 
At  a  time  when  state  and  federal  legislation 
dictates  how  business  is  conducted  in  nearly 
every  sphere  of  higher  education,  universities 
across  the  country  have  become  increasingly 
sensitive  to  adhering  to  the  complexities  of 
these  new  and  evolving  laws.  From  monitoring 
campus  crime  to  grappling  with  legal  chal- 
lenges to  affirmative  action,  from  ensuring 
that  classrooms  are  accessible  to  complying 
with  Title  IX,  universities  face  a  daunting  set 
of  challenges.  Stanford  University  president 
(and  lawyer)  Gerhard  Caspar  was  recently 
quoted  as  saying  that  as  much  as  twelve-and- 
a-half  cents  of  every  Stanford  tuition  dollar 
goes  toward  compliance  with  state  and  feder- 
al regulation. 

Furthermore,  institutions  find  themselves 
operating  in  the  prevailing  climate  of  liti- 
giousness  that  pervades  contemporary  society. 
From  the  frivolous  to  the  consequential,  law- 
suits against  universities  have  become  as  com- 
mon as  cameras  at  graduation.  At  Wake  Forest 
University,  a  first-year  law  student  sued  his 
professor,  claiming  emotional  distress  because 
he  was  subjected  to  the  time-honored  tradi- 
tion of  standing  in  front  of  the  class  to  recite 
cases  (as  in  The  Paper  Chase).  Johns  Hopkins 
hired  its  own  environmental  lawyer  to  handle 
liability  issues  related  to  the  university's  dispos- 


al of  hazardous  wastes.  Bowling  Green  State 
University  was  threatened  with  a  lawsuit  by  the 
Thelonius  Monk  Corporation  because  a  grad- 
uate student's  Web  page  featured  dozens  of 
Monk  tunes. 

"Both  the  size  of  the  university  and  its  lia- 
bility exposures  have  grown  significantly  since 
I've  been  here,"  says  Van  Nest.  "When  I  start- 
ed, the  property  insurance  values  were  in  the 
range  of  $300  million.  Now,  for  insurance  pur- 
poses, the  property  values  are  at  $2.6  billion. 
Our  fleet  of  vehicles  has  grown  from  about 
325  to  close  to  600.  So  just  the  sheer  volume 
has  increased. 

"At  the  same  time,  there's  been  a  change  in 

"I'VE  ALWAYS  SAID 
THAT  IF  WE  TRULY 
WANTED  TO  AVOID 
LITIGATION,  WE  WOULD 
CLOSE  THE  DOORS  OF 
DUKE  UNIVERSITY." 

SUEWASIOLEK 

Assistant  Vice  President 
for  Student  Affairs 

the  attitude  of  the  general  population.  The  at- 
titude today  is  one  of  entitlement.  If  something 
happens  to  an  individual,  the  common  thread 
is  the  presumption  that  it  must  be  someone 
else's  fault,  someone  else  should  pay.  People 
have  lost  a  sense  of  accountability  and  they  look 
to  place  the  blame  someplace  else.  Usually 
they  look  to  a  place  with  deep  pockets,  and 
Duke  is  often  viewed  as  being  a  deep  pocket." 

Despite  the  escalating  risks  associated  with 
running  such  a  large  enterprise,  Duke  officials 
say  such  considerations  come  with  the  turf. 
With  more  than  11,000  undergraduate,  grad- 
uate, and  professional  students  enrolled  during 
the  academic  year,  hundreds  of  kids  attending 
summer  camps,  a  work  force  of  nearly  18,500 
throughout  the  university  and  medical  cen- 
ter, and  tens  of  thousands  of  visitors  to  cam- 
pus every  year,  the  population  of  the  Duke 
community  at  any  given  moment  resembles  a 
bustling,  self-contained  town. 

"When  you  think  about  it,  we  have  our  own 
housing,  restaurants,  police  department,  hos- 
pital, roads,  cultural  activities  — you  name  it," 
says  Senior  Vice  President  for  Public  Affairs 
John  Burness.  "Essentially,  the  only  direct  ser- 
vice we  get  from  the  local  municipalities  is 
fire  protection;  virtually  everything  else  we 
provide  for  ourselves.  We're  running  a  small 
city,  so  we're  subject  to  all  the  suits  you'd 
expect  to  see  in  any  city  setting.  Even  though 
we  try  to  build  in  as  many  fail-safe  mecha- 
nisms as  we  can,  the  law  of  averages  tells  you 


there  are  going  to  be  errors  and  mistakes." 

Even  when  a  university  has  checked  and 
double-checked  its  operations  to  ensure  com- 
pliance, blunders  occur.  Sheldon  Steinbach, 
general  counsel  for  the  American  Council  on 
Education,  recalls  a  query  from  a  university 
where  a  professor  had  imported  thirty-eight 
frogs  for  research  purposes.  Turns  out  the  frogs 
were  on  the  Endangered  Species  List,  and  the 
violation  cost  the  school  $50,000  per  frog. 
"The  collateral  costs  of  all  these  regulations 
are  huge,"  says  Steinbach. 

Burness  agrees.  "Regulation  in  and  of  itself 
is  not  a  bad  thing,"  he  says, "and  in  many  cases 
it's  a  very  good  thing.  But  the  accumulated 
burden  of  all  the  regulations,  at  a  time  when 
society  is  that  much  more  litigious,  compli- 
cates considerably  the  cost,  both  in  dollars 
and  in  time  and  effort,  of  operating  an  insti- 
tution. And  that  cost,  in  the  long  run,  gets 
passed  on  to  students  in  the  increasing  cost 
that  is  allocated  to  tuition." 

University  counsel  offices  are  equipped  to 
deal  with  the  stream  of  threatened  lawsuits  that 
occur  at  every  institution.  In  many  instances, 
the  threats  are  never  followed  through.  Other 
cases  are  settled  before  going  to  court.  For 
those  that  do  wind  up  in  litigation,  it's  often 
the  curious  or  big-dollar  cases  that  make  good 
headlines.  Duke  has  had  a  handful  of  such 
cases  in  recent  years.  A  former  patient  and 
employee  at  the  Rice  Diet  clinic  sued  the  uni- 
versity claiming  she  was  manipulated  into  a 
physical  and  emotional  relationship  with  the 
former  clinic  director.  A  female  place-kicker 
on  the  football  squad  sued  when  she  was  cut 
from  the  team.  The  family  of  a  patient  at  Duke 
Medical  Center  filed  a  multimillion-dollar  suit, 
claiming  her  autopsy  was  so  botched  that  they 
couldn't  hold  an  open-casket  funeral. 

Law  school  professor  Tom  Metzloff  says  that 
as  private  universities  like  Duke  gain  clout 
and  visibility,  it's  natural  that  their  operating 
practices  and  procedures  come  under  greater 
scrutiny.  "Universities  want  the  public  paying 
attention  to  what  they're  thinking  and  saying 
and  this  is  the  flip  side  of  that  coin.  We've 
become  important  institutions  in  the  United 
States  and  are  seen  as  a  way  of  accessing  a 
better  way  of  life  for  a  lot  of  people.  Univer- 
sities are  in  the  middle  of  many  cross-cur- 
rents— litigation  is  inevitable." 

Metzloff,  whose  scholarship  includes  medi- 
cal malpractice,  civil  procedure,  and  profes- 
sional liability,  says  that  as  capricious  as  some 
of  these  cases  may  seem  at  the  outset,  the  ju- 
dicial process  usually  works  quite  well.  "You 
are  always  going  to  have  cases  where  you  push 
the  edges  a  little  bit,  where  someone  is  bat- 
tling the  university.  And  most  of  us  in  the  le- 
gal business  think  that  ultimately  it's  a  pretty 
healthy  process.  It  may  take  ten  years  and  there 
may  be  some  real  wringing  of  hands  as  we  do 
it,  but  that's  how  we  racially  desegregated 


July-August  1998         17 


many  institutions  in  the  United  States,  through 
the  court  system.  Most  of  us  have  confidence 
that  it's  not  a  horrible  process.  It  isn't  always 
pleasant  for  the  people  going  through  it,  but  I 
think  there  are  a  lot  of  examples  in  American 
culture  where  that's  worked." 

Across  Duke,  departmental  officers  and  ad- 
ministrators are  learning  to  spot  potential 
problems  before  they  happen.  They  attend 
continuing- education  workshops,  have  con- 
versations with  colleagues  at  other  institutions, 
and  review  existing  policies  on  an  ongoing 
basis.  Such  precautionary  measures  are  part 
of  the  modern  landscape,  they  say,  but  they 
try  not  to  let  the  threat  of  litigation  alter  the 
way  they  conduct  their  jobs. 

^$r- 

nT  *  Up 


l»«U(< 


"I  would  say  that  almost  the  last  part  of  our 
planning  process  has  been  to  ask  the  ques- 
tion, what  are  our  risks?"  says  Assistant  Vice 
President  for  Student  Affairs  Sue  Wasiolek 
76,  M.H.  A.  78,  LL.M.  '93.  "Other  institutions 
would  likely  ask  that  question  much  earlier 
than  we  do.  That's  not  to  suggest  that  we  are 
willing  to  take  more  risks,  but  we  have  tried 
not  to  let  that  be  the  guiding  principle.  In- 
stead, we  look  at  how  a  particular  approach 
fits  in  with  our  overall  mission." 

In  her  nearly  two  decades  with  the  admin- 
istration, Wasiolek  has  been  named  in  five 
lawsuits.  One  concerned  the  university's  de- 
cision to  dissolve  a  fraternity  following  allega- 
tions that  a  number  of  members  had  sex  with 
a  woman  who  was  drunk  to  the  point  of  pass- 
ing out.  One  involved  a  sexual  assault,  two  in- 
volved injuries  to  students,  and  one  involved 
a  civil-rights  discrimination  suit  that  centered 
on  a  student's  disability.  Dozens  of  other  law- 
suits have  been  threatened  but  not  pursued. 

A  common  ingredient  in  many  student 
cases  is  alcohol,  says  Wasiolek,  both  at  Duke 
and  nationally.  At  the  University  of  Texas  sev- 
eral years  ago,  a  student  who  had  consumed 
about  a  dozen  beers  dove  head-first  into  a 
fountain  as  part  of  his  induction  into  the  track 
team.  In  pursuing  a  settlement  with  the  univer- 
sity, he  claimed  the  institution  should  have 


done  more  to  prevent  the  "hazing."  Another 
student  at  the  University  of  Idaho  was  para- 
lyzed from  the  waist  down  after  falling  three 
stories.  Her  blood  alcohol  was  0.25,  more  than 
twice  the  legal  limit.  She  and  her  family  filed 
a  $500,000  claim  against  the  university. 

In  the  wake  of  such  high-profile,  high-stakes 
cases,  national  fraternities  are  demanding  that 
their  individual  chapters  assume  greater  re- 
sponsibility for  alcohol  regulation.  The  cost  of 
insurance  has  become  so  prohibitive  that  many 
fraternities  are  abolishing  alcohol  altogether. 
An  increasing  number  of  universities  are  de- 
ciding to  follow  suit  as  well,  often  with  unex- 
pected results.  Angered  at  what  they  see  as  un- 
due control  of  their  conduct,  students  at  such 
places  as  Michigan  State,  the  University  of  Con- 
necticut, Washington  State,  Ohio  University, 
and  the  University  of  Tennessee  have  launched 
full-scale  riots  for  their  "right  to  party." 

The  problem  with  banning  alcohol,  says 
Wasiolek,  is  that  it  creates  an  expectation  that 
is  nearly  impossible  to  meet.  "Once  you  estab- 
lish a  particular  standard  or  rule,  the  expecta- 
tion by  the  courts  is  that  you  will  meet  that 
standard.  So  if  you  say  that  you're  going  to 
start  locking  the  doors  or  patrolling  the  cam- 
pus, or  declaring  a  particular  area  of  campus 
'dry,'  then  you  have  to  make  a  reasonable 
effort — however  that  is  defined  by  the 
courts — to  make  sure  you  uphold  those  stan- 
dards. Some  legal  counsels  would  say  don't 
even  think  about  putting  into  place  any  poli- 
cy you  can't  reasonably  enforce,  because  hav- 
ing it  on  the  books  makes  you  liable." 

Further  complicating  matters  is  that  while 
students  noisily  stake  their  claim  to  certain 
freedoms — even  ones  that  are  illegal,  such  as 
underage  drinking — they  still  expect  the  uni- 
versity to  protect  them  from  the  consequences 
of  such  behavior.  Like  Wasiolek,  Kathy  Van  Nest 
says  that  students  need  to  be  held  account- 
able for  their  actions.  Instead  of  making  Duke 
a  dry  campus,  she  says  "it's  better  to  educate 
them  and  make  them  aware  of  the  conse- 
quences of  underage  drinking  and  alcohol 
abuse.  Then,  if  they  make  the  decision  to 
abuse  alcohol,  they  will  be  held  accountable." 

This  spring,  the  administration  found  itself 
on  the  defensive  as  students  demanded  the 
right  to  build  bonfires  celebrating  men's  varsi- 
ty basketball  team  victories.  In  1991  and  1992, 
when  such  celebrations  degenerated  into  un- 
ruly and  dangerous  situations,  dozens  of  in- 
juries resulted  from  drunken  assaults;  students 
trying  to  run  through,  or  being  pushed  into, 
the  fire;  and  bottles  being  thrown  into  the 
crowds.  More  than  a  dozen  students  ended  up 
in  the  emergency  room  of  Duke  Hospital  with 
second-  and  third-degree  burns.  Hoping  to 
avoid  similar  outcomes,  a  number  of  campus 
groups  decided  to  sponsor  a  controlled,  uni- 
versity-sanctioned bonfire  that  would  have 
taken  place  if  Duke  had  won  the  NCAA  tour- 


nament. They  even  consulted  with  the  com- 
pany responsible  for  crowd  control  for  the 
Macy's  Thanksgiving  Day  parade  and  the  New 
Year's  Eve  celebration  in  Times  Square.  But  the 
students  remained  defiant.  They  proceeded  to 
burn  benches  and  build  fires  in  hard-to-ac- 
cess quad  spaces,  scuffle  with  campus  police 
who  tried  to  instill  order,  and  chant  obscenities 
directed  at  President  Nannerl  O.  Keohane. 

Campus  police  chief  Alana  Ennis  says  she 
and  others  who  had  tried  to  plan  an  enjoyable 
party  were  disheartened  by  the  ugly  turn  of 
events.  "We  planned  for  this  for  a  long  time. 
Our  goal  was  not  to  have  anyone  hurt.  And  we 
publicized  that.  We  talked  to  student  groups 
and  said  we  don't  want  to  arrest  people  and 
we  don't  want  to  have  to  take  you  to  the  hos- 
pital. But  there's  an  air  of  defiance  and  exu- 
berant youth,  and  when  you  add  alcohol,  rea- 
son goes  out  the  window.  Everyone  is  happy 
for  a  few  hours  after  the  game  and  then  things 
start  to  change.  You  can  watch  the  crowd  turn. 
At  the  bonfires,  students  were  physically  pre- 


venting officers  and  fire  fighters  from  putting 
out  the  fires.  And  they  weren't  just  starting 
fires;  they  were  using  accelerants.  Several  full 
gallons  of  gasoline  were  confiscated  near  where 
students  were  starting  fires.  It  was  really  frigh- 
tening and  dangerous." 

With  the  likelihood  of  another  successful 
basketball  team  during  the  1998-99  season, 
the  bonfire  issue  is  still  smoldering.  A  task  force 
that  includes  student  representation  will  con- 
tinue to  meet  to  hash  out  some  sort  of  com- 
promise for  future  festivities.  Stunned  by  the 
student  rebelliousness,  administrators  seem  re- 
signed to  the  fact  that  bonfires  will  continue 
to  be  a  tradition — albeit  a  dangerous  one — 
at  least  for  now. 

In  the  meantime,  the  university  continues  to 
follow  a  course  that  allows  for  student  inde- 
pendence while  recognizing  that  the  notion  of 
in  bco  parentis  is  not  yet  outdated — at  least  in 
the  minds  of  parents  and  students  who  find 
themselves  in  trouble.  It's  a  delicate  balancing 
act. 


18      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


"This  is  a  risky  business,"  says  Wasiolek. 
"I've  always  said  that  if  we  truly  wanted  to 
avoid  litigation,  we  would  close  the  doors  of 
Duke  University." 

Long  before  students  arrive  on  campus, 
they  have  gone  through  the  arduous  pro- 
cess of  applying  for  admission.  For  public 
institutions,  the  escalating  debate  over  affirma- 
tive action  is  having  a  direct  impact  on  how 
an  applicant  pool  is  selected.  Recent  court 


rulings  in  Texas  and  California  have  forced 
public  institutions  to  abandon  their  policies  of 
setting  aside  a  certain  number  of  spaces  for 
applicants  from  racial  or  ethnic  groups.  The 
Chronicle  of  Higher  Education  reported  that  the 
University  of  California-Berkeley  experienced  a 
52  percent  drop  in  the  number  of  black  and 
Hispanic  students  matriculating  this  fall. 
These  decisions  are  in  response  to  a  growing 
body  of  litigation,  usually  brought  about  by 
whites  charging  reverse  discrimination. 

For  private  universities,  the  implications  of 
these  rulings  remain  unclear.  Because  all  in- 
stitutions are  bound  by  anti-discrimination 
laws,  even  private  institutions  could  find 
themselves  in  violation  should  a  court  decide 
that  policies  aimed  at  increasing  a  diverse  stu- 
dent population  are  illegal.  Clouding  the 
waters  even  further  is  the  fact  that  special 
consideration  has  traditionally  been  extended 
to  other  applicant  pools  such  as  athletes  and 
alumni  children.  Broadly  speaking,  one  could 
claim  that  this,  too,  constitutes  a  form  of  dis- 
crimination—  against  non-athletes  and  chil- 
dren of  non-alumni. 

Admissions  director  Christoph  Guttentag 
says  that  regardless  of  where  the  dust  settles 
on  affirmative  action  and  college  admissions, 
Duke  will  continue  to  seek  a  heterogeneous 
student  body.  "The  diversity  of  values,  experi- 
ences, and  backgrounds  that  different  stu- 
dents bring  to  Duke  makes  the  education 
more  valuable  for  everyone,  and  we'll  be  able 
to  continue  to  have  our  admissions  practices 
reflect  that  principle,  regardless  of  whether 
there  are  constraints  in  one  particular  area." 


However,  other  constraints  are  creeping  in- 
to the  admissions  process.  The  relationship 
among  high  school  guidance  counselors  and 
teachers,  parents  and  students,  and  universi- 
ties has  taken  an  interesting  twist  in  recent 
years  as  the  nature  of  confidentiality  has  been 
called  into  question.  Instead  of  offering  hon- 
est assessments  of  a  student's  chances  at  a 
particular  institution,  high  school  administra- 
tors are  discovering  that  anything  less  than  a 
glowing  recommendation  could  prompt  liti- 
gation. Lawrence  University  found  itself  in 
such  a  predicament  when  it  decided  to  defer 
an  admission  offer  to  a  student  who  had  suf- 
fered a  nervous  breakdown.  As  reported  in 
The  New  York  Times,  Lawrence  wanted  to  see 
if  the  student  and  her  grades  would  recover, 
and  when  they  didn't,  she  was  denied  admis- 
sion. The  family  filed  a  complaint  with  the 
Department  of  Education's  civil  rights  office 
and,  although  Lawrence  was  eventually  ab- 
solved of  any  wrongdoing,  it  was  forced  to 
alter  its  application  form.  Now,  guidance 
counselors  are  no  longer  asked  about  "factors 
that  might  interfere  with  a  student's  perfor- 
mance, either  from  discipline,  chronic  illness, 
or  emotional  stability." 

In  the  Times  article,  Joyce  Smith,  executive 
director  of  the  National  Association  for  Col- 
lege Admission  Counseling,  said  that  the  trend 
is  taking  hold  across  the  country.  "Counselors 
are  becoming  afraid  of  telling  the  full  truth. 
They'll  write  that  Johnny  took  these  courses 
and  was  a  great  student,  but  they  won't  tell  you 
that  Johnny  burned  down  the  gym.  Whose 
job  is  it  to  tell  admissions  officers  about  that?" 

Guttentag  says  such  circumspection  carries 
dangerous  implications.  "Let's  say  a  counselor 
doesn't  share  something  about  a  student  that's 
important,  something  like  a  propensity  to- 
ward violence.  If  a  college  admits  the  student 
and  the  student  does  something  violent  on 
campus,  is  the  counselor  then  liable  for  not 
sharing  that  information?  I  would  argue  that 
we  had  every  right  to  know  it,  because  we're 
not  just  building  an  intellectual  community 
here,  we're  building  a  residential  one  as  well." 

Another  tricky  area  in  the  admissions  pro- 
cess, says  Guttentag,  is  the  increasing  number 
of  students  with  learning  disabilities.  "A  learn- 
ing disability  can  often  affect  some  element  of 
a  student's  academic  record.  The  dilemma  for 
the  parents  is  whether  they  want  their  child 
to  mention  it  or  not  to  mention  it  as  a  way  of 
explaining  the  record,  because  they're  wor- 
ried about  whether  the  college  will  hold  that 
against  the  student  —  even  though  we're  not 
allowed  to  do  so  under  the  Americans  With 
Disabilities  Act." 

To  take  some  of  the  guesswork  out  of  the  ad- 
missions process,  Duke  includes  an  explicit 
notice  on  the  application  form  that  students 
must  sign.  "I  authorize  the  Admissions  Office 
and  appropriate  faculty  and  staff  of  my  sec- 


ondary school  (s)  to  discuss  my  candidacy,"  it 
reads.  Acceptance  letters  include  a  caveat  that 
the  student  is  expected  to  continue  a  pattern 
of  academic  and  personal  behavior  that's  been 
demonstrated  thus  far.  Duke  has,  in  tact,  with- 
drawn admissions  offers  to  students  who  were 
expelled  from  their  high  schools  between  the 
time  of  acceptance  and  high  school  gradua- 
tion. 

"Applying  to  a  college  isn't  an  absolute 
right,"  says  Guttentag.  "We  are  allowed  to  put 
conditions  on  it,  such  as  paying  a  set  applica- 
tion fee,  requiring  submission  of  a  transcript, 
and,  in  our  case,  having  the  applicant  give  us 
the  authority  to  talk  to  someone  from  their 
high  school.  Some  parents  think  the  school's 
responsibility  is  only  to  present  their  child  in 
a  positive  way,  and  anything  that  might  de- 
tract from  that  is  somehow  an  abrogation  of 


their  responsibilities.  But  there  are  lots  of  am- 
biguous situations,  and  where  our  under- 
standing of  an  applicant  is  much  improved  by 
a  conversation  with  a  counselor  or  a  teacher, 
we  need  to  have  the  freedom  to  discuss  a  stu- 
dent's candidacy.  So  if  a  parent  questions  our 
desire  to  talk  with  a  guidance  counselor,  we 
can  point  to  our  statement  which  describes 
the  conditions  of  applying  to  Duke." 

If  changing  admissions  policies  aren't  yet 
making  front-page  education  news,  perhaps 
it's  because  they're  being  crowded  out  by 
reports  of  legal  quagmires  in  college  athletics. 
Issues  related  to  Title  IX  of  the  1972  Educa- 
tion Act,  which  prohibits  gender  discrimination 
in  high  school  and  college  sports,  are  prolifer- 
ating and  take  a  variety  of  forms.  Complicating 
matters  are  the  ambiguities  in,  and  changing 
interpretations  of,  the  law.  For  example,  an 
athletic  scholarship  can  be  awarded  to  one 
student  (in  a  "head  count"  sport  such  as  foot- 
ball) or  divided  among  several  varsity  athletes. 
If  a  school  divides,  say,  one  swimming  scholar- 
ship among  four  women  competitors,  how 
does  that  get  counted?  This  spring,  the  De- 
partment of  Education's  office  of  civil  rights 
stipulated  that  financial  aid  for  women  must 
be  in  direct  proportion  to  the  number  ot 


July-August 


19 


women  athletes  at  a  school,  rather  than  with- 
in a  range  of  a  few  percentage  points. 

At  Duke,  Title  IX  has  asserted  itself  in  both 
sweeping  and  specific  ways.  In  1997,  a  female 
place  kicker  filed  a  lawsuit  claiming  that  the 
university  violated  Title  IX  because  an  offer 
to  join  the  team  was  later  retracted.  The  case 
is  still  pending,  although  university  officials 
say  they  are  confident  any  ruling  will  be  in 


Duke's  favor.  More  generally,  the  National 
Women's  Law  Center  last  summer  named 
Duke  among  twenty-five  schools  that  didn't 
allocate  scholarship  money  equitably  be- 
tween male  and  female  athletes. 

Duke  athletics  director  Joe  Alleva  says  that 
is  simply  not  the  case.  "The  problem  for  years, 
quite  frankly,  has  been  the  sport  of  football, 
which  injects  100  or  so  males  into  a  sport  for 
which  there  is  no  comparable  piogram  for 
women.  That's  true  at  every  school.  But  one 
of  the  things  we've  done,  and  that  I'm  really 
proud  of,  is  that  for  all  the  sports  that  are  sim- 
ilar in  size  for  men  and  women — golf,  tennis, 
track,  soccer,  lacrosse  —  all  have  comparable 
budgets,  use  comparable  facilities,  have  com- 
parable accommodations  when  they  travel." 

Last  December,  the  board  of  trustees  ap- 
proved women's  crew  as  a  varsity  sport,  bringing 
the  number  of  men's  and  women's  varsity  teams 
to  thirteen  each.  (The  crew  team  begins  com- 
peting this  fall.)  At  the  same  time,  the  board 
approved  the  addition  of  twenty-one  more 
scholarships  for  women's  sports  over  the  next 
ten  years,  and  a  fourteenth  women's  varsity 
sport  by  2000,  when  the  total  number  of  var- 
sity female  athletes  will  be  314  and  the  total 
number  of  male  varsity  athletes  will  be  415. 
Although  the  announcement  came  on  the 
heels  of  the  National  Women's  Law  Center 
press  conference,  the  timing  was  coinciden- 
tal; the  changes  to  the  university's  athletics 
programs  had  been  in  the  works  for  months. 

In  the  quest  to  be  the  best,  some  colleges 
have  either  purposely  or  unknowingly  fol- 
lowed prohibited  pathways  in  recruiting  and 
retaining  the  nation's  top  high  school  ath- 
letes. Consequently,  the  National  Collegiate 
Athletic  Association  (NCAA)  continually  re- 
vises and  expands  its  rules  and  regulations. 
While  Duke  has  maintained  a  sterling  repu- 
tation for  its  athletics  programs,  the  trans- 


gressions of  other  schools  have  affected  how 
every  institution  conducts  itself. 

"You  now  have  NCAA  restrictions  on  how 
many  times  you  can  write  or  call  a  student," 
says  Alleva.  "What  that  has  done  is  that  it 
doesn't  allow  coaches  to  get  to  know  students 
as  well  as  they  used  to.  And  that  is  important 
for  a  school  like  Duke  because  we're  selling  re- 
lationships— between  the  coach  and  the  play- 
er, between  the  university  and  the  player — and 
obviously  when  you've  got  less  time  to  do  that, 
you  can't  build  those  relationships  as  well." 

Compounding  the  problem,  he  says,  is  how 


savvy  many  young  athletes  have  become  in 
marketing  their  talents.  "You've  got  high-school 
kids  who  are  represented  by  agents,  or  buddies, 
or  so-called  advisers  who  don't  always  have  that 
kid's  best  interests  in  mind.  So  it  becomes 
harder  and  harder  for  recruiters  to  know  who 
they  should  be  talking  to.  Fortunately  for  us, 
we've  been  very  lucky.  Take  Mike  Krzyzewski; 
he's  been  able  to  recruit  tremendous  kids  who 
really  fit  here.  They  represent  the  university 
well  and  reflect  the  kinds  of  values  that  we 
want  here — social  as  well  as  academic." 

Once  Duke  student-athletes  are  on  cam- 
pus, they  receive  continuing  reminders  about 
the  expectations  and  pitfalls  inherent  in  being 
a  sought-after  celebrity.  The  athletics  staff  co- 
ordinates academic  and  student-life  support, 
and  like  all  students,  athletes  receive  informa- 
tion about  the  dangers  of  such  temptations  as 
alcohol  and,  more  specifically  to  their  recrea- 
tional pursuits,  topics  like  gambling  and  deal- 
ing with  improper  offers  of  cash  or  merchan- 
dise. 

For  University  Counsel  David  Adcock, 
Duke's  clean  record  in  athletics  is  explained 
rather  simply.  "NCAA  rules  are  written  in  a 
common-sense  fashion  that  doesn't  require 
judges  and  lawyers  to  decipher  on  a  daily 
basis,  assuming  that  administrators  know  the 
difference  between  right  and  wrong.  And 
Duke  has  been  blessed  with  an  athletics 
administration  and  coaching  staff  that  knows 
the  difference  between  right  and  wrong. 
When  you  see  an  athletics  program  that  is 
papered  over  with  lawyers,  you  can  presume 
that  the  program  is  skating  very  close  to  the 


edge  of  the  pond.  If  we  were  to  suddenly  start 
getting  calls  about  whether  a  car  ride  or  meal 
was  appropriate,  that  would  be  cause  for  con- 
cern, because  it  would  indicate  we  were  push- 
ing at  the  edge  of  the  rules.  But  we  don't  get 
those  calls,  because  our  people  understand 
the  policies  and  laws  of  the  NCAA  and  abide 
by  them.  It's  a  matter  of  ingrained  integrity." 


ompliance  with  existing  laws  affects  the 
university's  other  day-to-day  operations 
as  well.  There  are  stringent  disposal  laws 
regarding  medical  wastes  and  hazardous  and 
toxic  chemicals.  University  buses  and  trucks 
must  meet  standards  set  by  the  Clean  Air  Act 
and  water  fountains  must  meet  standards  set 
by  the  Safe  Water  Drinking  Act.  On  the  per- 
sonnel side,  any  charges  of  harassment  or  dis- 
crimination must  be  documented  and  investi- 
gated. Those  who  serve  on  tenure  review  and 
departmental  hiring  committees  scrupulously 
document  the  factual  and  procedural  details 
of  every  case  in  the  event  their  decisions  are 
questioned.  Under  the  Student  Right  to  Know 
and  Campus  Security  Act,  university  officials 
are  required  to  report  crime  statistics  to  give 
prospective  students  and  parents  more  infor- 
mation about  incidents  that  occur  on  cam- 
pus. 

Given  the  intricacies  of  running  a  safe, 
secure,  and  law-abiding  campus,  it's  no  wonder 
that  university  officials  occasionally  bemoan 
the  burden  placed  upon  them.  But  with  new 
legislation  and  regulations  cropping  up  all  the 
time,  it's  unlikely  that  the  situation  will  get 
any  less  complicated. 

In  an  editorial  that  appeared  in  The  Chron- 
icle of  Higher  Education  in  March,  Terry  W 
Hartle,  senior  vice  president  for  governmental 
relations  and  public  affairs  at  the  American 
Council  on  Education,  noted  that,  overall, 
colleges  and  universities  are  doing  a  pretty 
good  job  at  juggling  the  demands  made  on 
them.  "Complex  regulations,  with  extensive 
reporting  requirements,  guarantee  problems 
with  compliance,"  he  wrote.  "The  more  com- 
plex the  requirements,  the  harder  compliance 
will  be,  and  the  more  likely  that  errors  will  oc- 
cur....The  wonder  is  not  that  some  colleges 
make  mistakes;  rather,  it  is  that  so  many  col- 
leges comply  successfully." 


20      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


DUKE 


MNI   R 


BECOMING  AND 
STAYING  INVOLVED 


John  A.  Schwarz  III  '56,  the  new  president 
of  the  Duke  Alumni  Association,  is  not 
the  only  Schwarz  with  a  Duke  connec- 
tion. Four  of  his  five  children  graduated  from 
Duke:  Jennifer  Schwarz  Home  '82,  J.  Adam 
Schwarz  '83,  Patrick  J.  Schwarz  '87,  and  Timothy 
D.  Schwarz  '96.  His  other  daughter,  Christy, 
graduated  from  Boston  College  in  1990. 

After  the  third  child  was  enrolled,  says 
Schwarz,  "I  realized  I  had  a  really  strong  family 
involvement  with  Duke,  so  I  became  an  inter- 
viewer with  the  AAAC."  He  recently  gave  up 
his  duties,  after  fifteen  years,  of  recommend- 
ing prospective  students  to  Duke  through  the 
Alumni  Admissions  Advisory  Committee. 

One  of  his  proudest  volunteer  accomplish- 
ments came  about  at  the  request  of  John  Piva, 
Duke's  senior  vice  president  for  alumni  and 
development.  Piva  asked  Schwarz  to  head  up  a 
major  speakers  committee  for  his  local  club, 
the  Duke  University  Metropolitan  Alumni 
Association  (DUMAA).  He  agreed,  although 
he  was  involved  with  a  Duke  major  gifts  com- 
mittee and  the  Duke  Museum  of  Art  Com- 
mittee, which  he  now  chairs.  Through  his  work, 
the  New  York  City  regional  alumni  club  events 
featured  talks  by  NBC  News  anchor  and  Duke 
parent  Tom  Brokaw;  television  personality 
David  Hartman  '56;  Lieutenant  General 
Walter  Boomer  '60,  who  led  the  80,000  U.S. 
Marines  in  the  Persian  Gulf  War;  playwright 
Neil  Simon;  journalist-presidential  adviser 
David  Gergen;  as  well  as  President  Nannerl 
O.  Keohane  and  Coach  Mike  Krzyzewski. 

For  the  past  six  years,  Schwarz  has  been  a 
member  of  the  Duke  Alumni  Association's 
board  of  directors.  What  does  he  see  as  the 
benefits  of  his  years  of  service?  "Two  come  to 
mind,"  he  says.  "First,  it  keeps  you  current  with 
what's  happening  at  Duke  University.  We  may 
think  we  know  what's  going  on,  but  being 
involved  brings  you  back  into  the  fold  and 
makes  you  aware  of  what  changes  are  taking 
place.  Second — and  this  is  from  my  experi- 
ence with  AAAC  interviewing — it  keeps  you 
in  touch  with  the  best  and  the  brightest  high 
school  seniors  who  are  considering  coming  to 
Duke." 


Schwarz,  who  earned  his  bachelor's  in  busi- 
ness administration,  did  a  two-year  stint  in  the 
Navy  as  a  lieutenant  j.g.  and  was  stationed  in 
Yokosuka,  Japan.  He  then  served  as  a  gunnery 
officer  aboard  the  USS  York  County  in  Little 
Creek,  Virginia.  After  leaving  the  Navy,  he 
joined  Kidder,  Peabody  &  Company,  where  he 
became  a  senior  vice  president  and  served  on 
its  board  of  directors.  He  handled  individual 
and  institutional  clients,  both  in  the  United 
States  and  internationally.  He  managed  the  New 


DAA  President  Schwarz:  "Being  involved  brings 
you  back  into  the  fold  and  makes  you  aware  of 
what  changes  are  taking  place." 

York  office  for  seven  years  and  later  was  in 
charge  of  Kidder's  international  sales.  In  1995, 
he  joined  Paine  Webber,  Inc.  as  a  consultant.  He 
and  his  wife,  Anita  Eerdmans  Schwarz,  live  in 
Rye,  New  York,  and  have  a  home  in  Bermuda. 
As  president  of  the  alumni  association, 
Schwarz  says  his  focus  will  be  broad.  "If  I  had 
to  choose  one  area,  it  would  be  reunions.  This 
is  extraordinarily  important  and  the  single 
most  important  thing  we  do,"  he  says.  "We  are 
moving  our  reunions  from  the  fall  to  the 
spring.  In  April  1999,  there's  just  going  to  be 


one  reunion  weekend  and  it  will  be  held 
annually  in  April. 

"We  have  sent  the  reunions  staff  to  Prince- 
ton, Yale,  Harvard,  and  Cornell  to  observe  how 
they  handle  their  reunions.  These  universities 
have  always  had  fabulous  reunions.  We  want 
Duke  reunions  to  be  as  important  and  as  much 
fun." 

Schwarz  says  he  anticipates  "an  exciting 
year  with  several  major  things  happening:  the 
launching  of  a  major  fund-raising  effort,  the 
seventy-fifth  anniversary  of  our  university  being 
called  Duke,  and  the  seventy-fifth  anniversary 
of  The  Duke  Endowment.  And,  of  course,  I 
hope  that  we  will  be  crowned,  for  the  third 
time,  national  champions  in  basketball." 


DAA  SPRING 
MEETING 


ichele  Clause  Farquhar  79  left  an 
important  message  before  stepping 
down  as  president  of  the  Duke 
Alumni  Association  when  the  board  of  direc- 
tors met  in  May:  a  statement  of  inclusion  that 
the  board  unanimously  approved  by  voice 
vote:  "The  Duke  Alumni  Association  asks 
the  alumni  office  to  encourage  all  of  its  pro- 
grams, particularly  Clubs,  Reunions,  and 
AAAC  [Alumni  Admissions  Advisory  Com- 
mittees], to  continue  to  broaden  their  out- 
reach efforts  to  increase  participation  among 
underrepresented  and  underserved  alumni, 
including  young,  minority,  international,  and 
graduate  and  professional  alumni."  She  also 
encouraged  members  of  the  board  to  be 
deeply  involved  and  engaged  in  the  work  of 
the  board  by  their  faithful  attendance  at  all 
scheduled  meetings. 

Robert  T  Harper  76,  J.D.  79,  DAA  imme- 
diate past  president,  who  serves  as  the  desig- 
nated alumni  trustee,  commented  on  the 
major  issues  the  board  of  trustees  focused  on 
this  year:  1)  purchase  of  Durham  Regional 
Hospital  by  Duke  Medical  Center,  2)  a  two- 
step  tuition  increase,  3)  action  on  recommen- 
dations in  a  residential  life  report,  4)  action 
on  recommendations  from  the  steering  com- 
mittee for  The  Campaign  for  Duke,  and  5)  re- 
viewing the  performance  of  President  Nan- 


July- August  1998       21 


NETTING  A  CHAMPIONSHIP 


The  night  before 
she  was  to  play 
for  the  NCAA 
women's  tennis  cham- 
pionship,  Vanessa  Webb 
says  she  felt  extremely 
nervous.  There  were 
several  reasons  why 
Webb,  a  rising  senior, 
was  close  to  the  point 
of  hyperventilating. 

From  the  moment 
she  had  decided  to 
attend  Duke  instead  of 
perennial  tennis  power 
Stanford  University, 
her  primary  goal,  she 
says,  had  been  to  help 
the  Blue  Devils  win 
their  first  NCAA  team 
title.  But  a  few  days 
earlier,  when  that  goal 
seemed  so  attainable, 
Duke  lost  in  the  team 
finals  to  Florida,  5-1, 
and  Webb  had  lost  at 
singles  in  a  close  three- 
set  match.  She  felt  as 
if  she'd  let  her  team- 
mates down. 

Another  of  her  goals 
was  to  win  an  individ- 
ual tide.  Suddenly,  that 
opportunity  was  at 
hand.  "It  scared  the 
heck  out  of  me,"  Webb 
says,  when  faced  with 
the  realization  that  she 
was  about  to  play  for 
an  NCAA  champion- 
ship. "There  is  so  much 
difference  between 
getting  to  the  finals 
and  winning  it." 

To  calm  herself,  she 
called  her  parents,  Cyn- 
thia and  Ian,  at  their 
hotel,  and  they  joined 
her  in  a  stroll  around 
the  campus  of  Notre 
Dame,  where  the 
championships  were 
being  held.  The  next 
day,  Webb  did  not  play 
her  best,  "but  I  fought 
hard,  I  ran  down  every 
ball  I  could."  And  she 
won  in  straight  sets,  6- 
3,  6-4,  to  become  the 
first  woman  at  Duke  to 
ever  win  an  individual 
NCAA  crown. 

"I  didn't  know 
whether  to  laugh  or 
cry,  I  was  so  tired,"  she 
says.  "I  knew  I  had  to 
end  the  match  in  two 
sets,  because  I  didn't 
know  if  I  could  go 
three." 

Webb  had  good  rea- 
son to  be  tired.  The  fi- 


nals were  her  fifteenth 
match  in  a  nine-day 
stretch  on  Notre  Dame's 
hot,  hardcourt  surface. 
First,  she  played  five 
single  and  double 
matches  in  the  team 
event.  Then,  without  a 
day  off,  she  began  the 
individual  portion  of 
the  tournament.  Not 
only  did  she  win  six 
consecutive  individual 
matches  without  drop- 
ping a  set  for  the  sin- 
gles title,  but  she  and 
teammate  Karen  Gold- 
stein won  three  doubles 
matches  before  losing 
in  the  semi-finals. 

Since  the  tourna- 
ment ended,  Webb  has 
been  getting  some  well- 
deserved  rest  at  home 
in  Toronto.  Her  days 
are  spent  fielding  calls 
from  friends,  hanging 
out  with  family,  even 
cleaning  her  room.  "I 
felt  like  if  I  could  just 
give  it  my  all  for  this 
tournament,  I'd  have 
the  next  three  days  to 
do  absolutely  nothing. 
I'm  just  relaxing." 

Soon,  she  will  be 
competing  again,  play- 


lower-level  profession- 
al tournaments.  And, 
by  winning  the  NCAA 
championship,  she  is 
qualified  for  the  main 
draw  in  this  summer's 
U.S.  Open. 

Jamie  Ashworth, 
Duke  women's  tennis 
coach,  says  Webb's 
competitors  often  pos- 
sess better  forehand 
or  backhand  strokes, 
"but  Vanessa  wears 
people  down  mentally. 
If  she  is  going  to  lose 
a  match,  the  other  per- 
son is  going  to  have 
to  hit  forty  winners 
to  beat  her,  and  not 
many  girls  in  college 
can  do  that." 

Ashworth  is  enjoy- 
ing the  success  that 
Webb  and  her  mates 
experienced  this  year. 
The  word  was  that, 
although  Duke  wom- 
en's tennis  dominated 
the  Atlantic  Coast 
Conference,  it  couldn't 
achieve  similar  success 
on  a  national  level,  he 
says.  "This  just  shows 


Webb:  NCAA  champ 

what  this  team,  this 
school,  is  capable  of." 

Webb,  who  is  twen- 
ty-two, says  this  team 
developed  a  closeness 
that  helped  it  succeed. 
As  a  show  of  unity, 
team  members  spray- 
painted  their  sneakers 
blue  for  the  NCAA 
tournament.  She  says 
she  was  particularly 
proud  that  the  team 
showed  "a  lot  of 
courage  and  fight"  to 
beat  an  old  nemesis, 
Stanford,  in  the  semi- 
finals of  the  team  com- 
petition. 

Her  personal  satis- 
faction should  come 
from  the  hard  work 
she's  put  in,  especially 
after  suffering  a  shoul- 
der injury  that  kept 
her  out  of  action  for 
two  months  last  sea- 
son. Her  workout  rou- 
tine includes  interval 
bike  riding,  stretching, 
weights,  and  court 
exercises  to  improve 
her  footwork. 

The  effort  was  defi- 
nitely worth  it,  she 
says.  "I  didn't  do  this  to 
impress  someone.  This 


is  a  goal  I  set  out  to 
accomplish  and  I  did 
it.  It's  a  great  feeling  of 
personal  satisfaction, 
but  if  only  my  parents, 
my  roommate,  and  my 
coach  knew  what  I 
had  done,  that  would 
be  all  right" 

Webb  is  the  sixth 
Duke  athlete  to  win  an 
NCAA  individual  tide. 
Other  winners: 

•  Danny  Farrar  '38, 
who  won  the  145- 
pound  boxing  title  in 
1936; 

•  Ray  Matulewicz, 
who  won  boxing  tides 
in  1936  and  1937; 

•  Joel  Shankle  '55, 
who  captured  the 
1955  long-jump  cham- 
pionship; 

•Bob  Wheeler '74, 
who  won  the  1,000- 
yard  run  at  the  1971 
indoors; 

•  Fencer  Jeremy 
Kahn  '97,  who  won  the 
epee  title  in  1996. 

—Keith 


Lawrence  is  senior  writer 
for  Duke  News  Service. 


nerl  O.  Keohane's  goals,  activities,  and  action 
on  Duke's  long-range  planning  report. 

John  A.  Schwarz  III  '56  reported  on  the 
progress  of  the  soon-to-be-announced  Cam- 
paign for  Duke,  which  has  set  a  fall  kickoff 
date.  In  his  monitoring  of  international  ad- 
missions, he  noted  that  Duke  has  made  sig- 
nificant progress  in  the  admission  of  foreign 
students  toward  a  goal  of  having  5  percent 
(300)  in  the  undergraduate  student  body. 

Gary  Melchionni  '73,  J.D.  '81,  reporting  for 
Joanne  Yoder  Dearth  '70,  Awards  and  Recog- 
nition Committee  chair,  announced  the  se- 
lections for  the  Distinguished  Alumni  Award, 
the  Alumni  Distinguished  Undergraduate 
Teaching  Award,  and  the  Charles  A.  Dukes 
Award  for  Outstanding  Volunteer  Service.  In- 
formation about  the  winners  will  appear  in  the 
September-October  issue  of  Duke  Magazine. 

Page  Murray  '85,  co-chair  of  the  Communi- 
cations Committee,  reported  that  the  pro- 
posed electronic  services  for  alumni  are  being 
tested  and  will  be  offered  by  summer.  An  e- 
mail  message  will  be  directed  to  the  approxi- 
mately 17,000  alumni  with  working  Internet 
addresses  advising  them  how  to  opt  in  to  a 
new  online  e-mail  directory.  Also  ready  to  roll 
out  are  permanent  e-mail  addresses  for  alumni 
(name@alumni.duke.edu),  a  forwarding  ser- 
vice; website  space  for  clubs,  reunion  classes, 
and  affinity  groups;  and  quarterly  e-mailed 
news  flashes  for  online  alumni.  In  light  of  in- 
creasing Internet  use,  the  committee  recom- 
mended that  no  future  alumni  directories  be 
printed. 

Gwynne  Young  '71,  chair  of  the  Community 
Service  Committee,  reported  that  the  com- 
mittee had  reviewed  plans  for  the  new  com- 
munity service  coordinator  to  be  hired  jointly 
by  Alumni  Affairs  and  Community  Relations. 
Part  of  the  alumni  office's  community  out- 
reach was  in  sponsoring,  for  a  second  year,  a 
Washington,  D.C.,  presentation  of  Durham's 
Rogers  Herr  Middle  School's  production  of 
Romeo  and  Juliet,  which  the  board  had  seen  at 
a  special  showing  during  the  weekend. 

Ruth  Wade  Ross  '68,  co-chair  of  the  Life- 
long Relationships  Committee,  reported  on  the 
progress  of  Reunions  '99,  which  will  take  place 
in  April,  replacing  fall  reunions.  The  infra- 
structure and  logistical  planning  are  in  place, 
but  the  special  speaker  has  yet  to  be  selected. 

Sharon  Bair,  director  of  alumni  member 
benefits  and  services,  reported  on  the  record 
success  this  year  of  two  major  income-pro- 
ducing programs,  the  affinity  credit  card  pro- 
gram and  the  Duke  Alumni  Association  dues 
program.  The  alumni  association  life  mem- 
bership program's  endowment  has  surpassed 
the  million-dollar  mark,  with  life  member- 
ships exceeding  2,000. 

Immediate  past  president  Harper  presented 
the  nominating  committee's  slate  of  officers  for 
1998-99:  John  Schwarz,  president,  and  Gwynne 


22      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


Young,  president-elect.  Both  were  elected  by 
acclamation. 

Farquhar  then  turned  the  gavel  over  to 
Schwarz,  who  presented  her  with  a  gift  on  be- 
half of  the  board. 


SCHOLARLY 
TRIO 


The  Duke  Alumni  Association  has 
awarded  named  scholarships  to  two 
students  entering  the  Class  of  2002  and 
to  one  who  will  study  abroad  a  year  before 
entering  the  Class  of  2003.  The  merit-based 
Alumni  Endowed  Undergraduate  Scholarships 
— each  a  yearly,  renewable  stipend  of  $8,000 
— are  awarded  to  children  of  Duke  alumni 
who  qualified  for  financial  aid. 

George  Mark  Freeman  Jr.  of  Brevard,  North 
Carolina,  is  the  Mary  Grace  Wilson  Scholar. 
Wilson,  now  deceased,  was  dean  of  under- 
graduate women  from  1930  to  1972;  she  retired 
as  dean  emerita.  Freeman,  the  son  of  George 
Mark  Freeman  M.Div.  79,  attended  the  Ashe- 
ville  School,  where  he  was  president  of  the 
student  council  and  managing  editor  of  the 
school  newspaper.  He  was  active  in  the  moun- 
taineering program,  the  International  Club, 
the  school  chorus  and  choir,  and  the  Mitchell 
Cabinet,  the  school's  philanthropic  organiza- 
tion. He  lettered  in  varsity  track  and  cross 
country  and  played  varsity  basketball  and  golf. 
He  attended  the  North  Carolina  Governors 
School  and  has  assisted  with  the  Special  Olym- 
pics program  in  Buncombe  County.  Freeman 
will  defer  his  scholarship  for  a  year  to  attend 
Fettes  College  in  Edinburgh,  Scotland,  as  part 
of  an  exchange  program  with  his  school. 

James  Applewhite  Grant  of  Ames,  Iowa,  is 
the  Roger  L.  Marshall  Scholar.  Marshall  '42 
was  director  of  Alumni  Affairs  from  1963  to 
1977  and  retired  as  secretary  to  the  universi- 
ty in  1986.  Grant  is  the  son  of  Henry  B.  Grant 
Jr.  M.Div.  '81  and  is  the  fourth  generation  to 
attend  Duke,  including  great-aunts,  great- 
uncles,  and  distant  cousins.  His  uncle  is  James 
W  Grant  M.D.  79;  his  grandmother,  Eliza- 
beth Applewhite  Grant  '37;  his  grandfather, 


H.  Boone  Grant  M.D.  '41 ;  and  his  great-great- 
grandfather, Archibald  Cheatham,  who  grad- 
uated from  Trinity  College  in  1885.  Apple- 
white attended  Ames  High  School,  where  he 
took  honors  and  advanced-placement  courses. 
He  was  an  all-conference  performer  on  the 
football  team  and  was  named  Most  Valuable 
Player  in  1997.  He  also  threw  the  shotput,  ran 
track,  and  played  intramural  basketball  and 
baseball.  He  was  involved  in  Amnesty  Inter- 
national, Key  Club,  the  student  council,  and 
Model  United  Nations.  Outside  of  school,  he 
was  a  volunteer  for  the  Alzheimer's  Associa- 
tion, the  United  Way,  and  the  AIDS  Coalition 
of  Central  Iowa.  He  was  also  a  Youth  State  Dele- 
gate to  the  Iowa  Democratic  convention.  His 
academic  interests  are  biology  and  medicine. 

Jessica  French  Snow  of  Somerville,  New 
Jersey,  is  the  Herbert  J.  Herring  Scholar.  Her- 
ring, now  deceased,  became  assistant  dean  of 
men  in  1924,  dean  of  men  in  1935,  dean  of 
Trinity  College  from  1942  to  1956,  and  vice 
president  in  the  student  life  division  before  re- 
tiring in  1964-  Snow,  whose  mother  is  Christie 
French  Snow  '68,  is  the  third  generation  to 
attend  Duke:  Her  grandfather  is  Charles  F. 
French  Jr.  '39  and  her  grandmother  is  Martha 
Williams  Young  '39.  She  attended  Hills- 
borough High  School  in  Belle  Mead,  where 
she  was  co-founder  and  secretary  of  the  Art 
Round  the  Town  Club,  and  served  on  the  stu- 
dent council,  the  Model  Congress,  Interact, 
and  the  Mock  Trial  team.  She  was  a  member 
of  the  cross  country  team  all  four  years,  and 
was  elected  in  her  junior  year  to  the  National 
Honor  Society  and  the  National  Art  Honor 
Society.  She  was  also  nominated  in  creative 
writing  to  attend  the  Governor's  School.  Her 
academic  interests  ate  history  and  literature. 

The  Alumni  Endowed  Undergraduate  Scho- 
larship program  was  established  in  1979  by 
the  Duke  Alumni  Association  to  recognize 
the  academic  and  personal  achievements  of 
children  of  Duke  alumni.  Recipients  must  de- 
monstrate superior  academic  performance, 
leadership  potential,  and  meritorious  activity 
outside  the  classroom.  While  at  Duke,  the 
scholars  are  invited  to  attend  a  monthly  pro- 
gram  of  educational,  cultural,  and   social 


Alumni  Endowed  Scholars:  Freeman,  Grant,  and  Snow 


WEB 


ALUMNI  E-MAIL  DIRECTORY 

The  Duke  Alumni  Association's  search- 
able online  e-mail  directory  is  up  and 
running.  Now  you  can  find  your  Duke 
friends  on  the  World  Wide  Web.  Just 
access  the  DAA  website  (www.adm.duke. 
edu/alumni/homepage),  where  you  can 
look  up  the  e-mail  addresses  of  your 
classmates.  And  don't  forget  to  register 
yourself  in  the  directory  by  e-mailing 
your  name  and  class  year  to  alumemail 
©duke.edu.  THIS  IS  A  FREE  SERVICE. 

LIFETIME  E-MAIL  ADDRESS 

Another  free  service  we're  offering  is 
your  own  permanent  Duke  e-mail 
address,  one  you  can  keep  for  the  rest  of 
your  life.  Select  your  own  alias,  as  long  as 
it  is  a  form  of  your  name  (for  example, 
jane.doe@alumni.duke.  edu).  Just  e-mail 
your  name,  class  year,  and  alias  request 
to  alumemail(«  duke.edu.  Your  alias  will 
be  verified  with  an  e-mail  message.  This 
forwarding  service  does  not  replace  your 
existing  Internet  Service  Provider  (ISP), 
and  you'll  need  to  update  us  whenever 
you  change  ISPs. 


DUKE  ALUMNI  ASSOCIATION 
lm.duke.edu/alunini/ 


COMMENCEMENT  SPEECHES 
www.dJukenews.dulce.edu/ 


THE  CHRONICLE  ONLINE 
www.chronicle.duke.edu 


DUKE  MAGAZINE  WEB  EDITION 
www.adm.duke.edu/alumni 


July-August  1998       23 


3fe  Bufee 

in  pour 

totU? 


Traditionally,  bequests  have  been 

a  significant  source  of  Duke's 

financial  support.  Your  bequest  to 

Duke  will  help  to  ensure  Duke's 

continued  strength  and 

academic  excellence. 

High  federal  estate  tax  rates 
significantly  lower  the  cost  of 
making  a  bequest  to  Duke. 

Join  more  than  1,500  other  Duke 
alumni  and  friends  as  a  member 
of  the  Heritage  Society,  an  honor- 
ary circle  of  University  alumni  and 
friends  who  have  planned  an 
estate  gift  to  Duke. 


Please  contact: 

Michael  Sholtz,  J.D.,  Director 

Office  of  Planned  Giving 

2127  Campus  Drive 

Durham,  N.C.  27708 

(919)  681-0464 
(919)  684-2123 


CLASS 
NOTES 


WRITE:  Class  Notes  Editor,  Duke  Magazine,  614 

Chapel  Dr.,  Durham,  N.C.  27708-0570 

FAX:  (919)  681-1659  (typed  only,  please) 

E-MAIL:  dukemag(5  duke.edu 

Include  your  full  name,  address,  and  class 


CHANGE  OF  ADDRESS:  Alumni  Records, 
614  Chapel  Dr.  Annex,  Durham,  N.C.  27708-0613. 
Please  include  mailing  label.  Or  e-mail  address 
changes  to:  bluedeviKgduke.edu 
NOTICE:  Because  of  the  volume  of  class 
note  material  we  receive  and  the  long 
lead  time  required  for  typesetting, 
design,  and  printing,  your  submission 
may  not  appear  for  two  to  three  issues. 
Alumni  are  urged  to  include  spouses' 
names  in  marriage  and  birth  announce- 
ments. We  do  not  record  engagements. 


30s,  40s  &  50s 


David  H.  Henderson  '35,  J.D.  '37,  a  retired  attorney 
living  in  Charlotte,  writes  that  his  fifth  book,  Dave 
Henderson's  Dog  Stories,  will  be  released  in  September 
by  Winchester  Press  of  Charlotte.  His  daughter,  Mary 
Shepard  "Shep"  Henderson  Foley  '67,  is  the 
illustrator,  as  she  has  been  for  all  of  his  outdoor- 
oriented  books. 


F.  Long  '41  of  Raleigh,  N.C,  writes 
that  the  Duke  Phi  Delta  Theta  Endowment  that  he 
helped  establish  in  1992  has  had  a  cumulative  growth 
of  119  percent  since  its  inception.  It  is  "well  on  its 
way  to  a  million  dollars  plus  by  2041,  when  an 
annual  gift  of  that  amount  will  be  presented  to 
Duke's  president." 

William  W.  Abbot  A.M.  '50,  Ph.D.  '53  received  an 

honorary  doctor  of  humane  letters  degree  from  The 
College  ofWilliam  &  Mary  in  Williamsburg,  Va.,  where 
he  was  a  history  professor  from  1953  to  1966. 

Leonard  R.  Dinkier  B.S.M.E.  '50,  an  engineering 
consultant,  has  been  named  a  Fellow  of  The  Ameri- 
can Society  of  Engineers  International.  He  lives  in 
Gainesville,  Fla. 


R.  Smith  Jr.  '53  retired  in  July  1997 
after  31  years  as  professor  of  Germanic  languages  at 
UNC-Chapel  Hill.  He  received  the  German  Teacher's 
Certificate  of  Merit  at  a  national  meeting  in  Novem- 
ber 1997.  He  continues  to  live  in  Chapel  Hill  and 
travels  extensively  in  Europe. 


John  H.  Gibbons  Ph.D.  '54  resigned  in  March 
from  his  positions  as  assistant  to  the  president  for 
science  and  technology  and  director  of  the  White 
House  Office  of  Science  and  Technology. 


pe  Sr.  '54,  M.Div.  '58  won 
his  11th  National  Masters  Weightlifting  Championship 
on  April  3  and  was  inducted  into  the  Weightlifting 
Hall  of  Fame.  He  lives  in  Stedman,  N.C. 

Sally  Dalton  Robinson  '55  won  UNC-Charlotte's 
Distinguished  Service  Award  in  March  for  her 
community  volunteer  work.  She  was  cited  for  her 
leadership  in  expanding  Charlotte's  Mint  Museum  to 
house  the  Harry  and  Mary  Dalton  art  collection.  She 
also  led  efforts  in  expanding  and  improving  the  public 
library  and  helping  establish  the  Museum  of  the  New 
South.  She  and  her  husband,  attorney  I 

II  LL.B.  '56,  live  in  Charlotte. 


Norwood  A.  Thomas  '55  is  a  principal  in  the 
Norfolk,  Va.,  assets  management  company  Wilbanks, 
Smith  &  Thomas,  where  his  son-in-law,  Wayne  F. 
'82,  is  president.  He  lives  in  Durham. 

M.  Wilson  '56  retired  as  CEO  of  the 

Hobie  Cat  Co..  .i  xiilboat  company  that  sells  catama- 
rans worldwide.  He  and  his  wife.  Holly,  live  near  San 
Diego,  and  they  have  five  children  living  in  Massa- 
chusetts, Connecticut,  California,  and  Colorado. 

Andrew  G.  Wallace  M.D.  '59,  who  stepped  down 

after  eight  years  as  dean  of  its  medical  school,  will 
have  a  Dartmouth  Medical  School  endowed  professor- 
ship named  for  him.  He  lives  in  West  Lebanon,  N.H. 

MARRIAGES:  Robert  Evans  Foreman  '42  to 
Kathleen  Watkins  Dale  '43  on  Aug.  3, 1996,  in 
Duke  Chapel.  Residence:  Pasadena,  Calif.;  Elizabeth 
City,  N.C;  and  Naples,  Fla. 


Lynne  Mokler  Simpson  '60  was  honored  in 
October  for  25  years  of  voluntary  leadership  in  the 
Sierra  Club  National  Outings  Program.  She  lives  in 
Sacramento,  Calif. 

Bruce  Clayton  A.M.  '63,  Ph.D.  '66,  a  history 
professor  at  Allegheny  College  in  Meadville,  Pa.,  is 
the  author  of  Forgotten  Prophet:  The  Life  of  Randolph 
Bourne,  published  by  the  University  of  Missouri  Press. 

John  T.  McNabb  '66,  M.B.A.  79,  chairman  and 
CEO  of  the  Houston-based  Growth  Capital  Partners,  an 
investment  and  merchant  banking  firm,  is  celebrating 
the  company's  fifth  year  in  business.  He  and  his  wife, 
Coye,  and  their  family  live  in  Spring,  Texas. 


B.S.N.  '66  represented 
Duke  in  April  at  the  inauguration  of  the  president  of 
Albion  College  in  Albion,  Mich.  She  lives  in  Kalamazoo. 

Rodney  Grunes  A.M.  '67,  Ph.D.  '72,  chairman 
of  the  department  of  history  and  political  science  at 
Centenary  College,  was  honored  with  its  1998  Out- 
standing Teacher  Award.  The  annual  selection  is  de- 
termined by  a  vote  of  the  entire  academic  community 
to  recognize  excellence  in  the  classroom.  He  joined 
the  Shreveport,  La.,  college's  faculty  in  1986. 

Richard  F.  Seamans  '67,  founder  and  managing 
director  of  Seamans  Capital  Management  of  Boston, 
is  serving  a  five-year  term  on  the  board  of  trustees  of 
Mount  Holyoke  College.  He  and  his  wife,  Caroline, 
have  three  children  and  live  in  Concord,  Mass. 

Lewis  B.  Campbell  B.S.M.E.  '68,  president  and 
chief  operating  officer  at  Textron  Inc.,  became  chief 
executive  of  the  auto  parts  and  aerospace  company 
this  summer.  He  lives  in  Providence,  R.I. 

David  Jeffrey  Hunt  '68  is  director  for  treaty 
implementation  for  the  U.S.  Southern  Command.  In 
addition  to  implementing  the  1977  Panama  Canal 
Treaties,  he  is  the  Command's  chief  negotiator  for  a 
multilateral  counter-drug  center.  He  and  his  wife, 
Melinda  Mallahan  Hunt  '67,  and  their  son  live 
in  Panama  City,  Panama. 

Robert  S.  Lewine  '68,  who  earned  his  J.D.  magna 
cum  \aude  at  Nova  Southeastern  University  School 
of  Law,  is  a  partner  in  the  West  Palm  Beach,  Fla.,  law 
firm  Quick  and  Levine. 
Roger  J.  Porter  M.D.  '68  was  promoted  to  vice 


24      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


maam 


BRUCE  IN  TOYLAND 


For  most  grown- 
ups, playing  with 
dolls  and  action 
figures  is  not  typical 
office  activity.  But  for 
Bruce  Lund  '73,  creat- 
ing and  testing  his  new 
toy  creations  is  his  rea- 
son for  going  to  the 
office  at  all. 

Lund  invents  toys 
based  on  general  speci- 
fications presented  by 
toy  companies.  After 
being  told  what  these 
companies  are  looking 
for  in  a  product — in 
terms  of  target  groups 
and  general  concepts — 
Lund  &  Company 
designs  a  prototype  for 
some  enjoyment-in- 
spiring object  that  will 
grab  the  manufactur- 
er's attention,  as  well 
as  that  of  the  children 
who  will  eventually 
play  with  Lund's  cre- 
ations. 

"A  good  product  will 
make  you  want  to  wet 
your  pants — it  has  to 
have  the  'oh  my  God!' 
factor,"  he  says.  "Toys 
need  a  unique  point  of 
difference,  and  should 
be  a  tremendous 
amount  of  fun.  There 
are  twelve  to  thirteen 
thousand  different  toys 
at  Toys  R  Us.  To  stand 
out  is  difficult  in  that 


After 

industrial  design 
(which  he  describes  as 
"the  closest  thing  to 

for  a  would-be 
')  from  the 
Illinois  Institute  of 
Technology,  Lund,  who 
majored  in  botany  and 
zoology  at  Duke, 
stumbled  into  a  toy 
studio  as  a  "last-ditch 
effort"  to  find  a  job. 
"I  didn't  know  any- 
thing about  toys." 

He  established  the 
Chicago-based  Lund 
&  Company  several 
years  later  after  work- 
ing with  Marvin  Glass 
&  Associates,  the  stu- 
dio responsible  for 
such  popular  games 
as  Mousetrap  and 
Operation."!  thought 
I  knew  more  than 
those  knuckleheads, 
but  it  took  me  a  few 
years  before  I  realized 
that  I  didn't,"  he  says 
of  his  decision  to  form 
his  own  company.  "I 
just  held  my  nose  and 
jumped  right  in." 

Since  his  company's 
beginnings  in  1984, 
Lund  and  his  staff  of 
eight  have  designed 
toys,  games,  and 
novelties  ranging  from 
Fireball  Island  (a  Mil- 
ton Bradley  board 


game)  to  Hasbro's 
Baby  Sip  V  Slurp.  "We 
love  things  that  crash 
and  blow  up,  but  we 
can't  do  those  all  day," 
he  says.  Boys'  products 
tend  to  be  based  on 
movies  and  television, 
he  says,  whereas  there 
is  more  opportunity  in 
creating  girls*  play- 
things. "We  like  mak- 
ing big  dolls,  too.  The 
new  dolls  are  based  on 
mechanisms  and  sim- 
ple electronics." 

Lund  says  his  com- 
pany, which  generally 
has  twelve  products 
under  development  at 
any  given  time,  is 
moving  into  designing 
more  electronic  toys 
and  games.  "Parents 
say  they  don't  like  toys 
with  batteries,  but 
they  buy  them  any- 
way." 

Although  he  says  all 
of  his  toys  are  good 
toys,  not  all  have  be- 
come successes:  "We 
made  two  products 
that  manufacturers 
couldn't  give  away. 
They're  probably  still 
sitting  in  a  warehouse 


One  of  die  keys  to 
creating  successful 
toys,  says  Lund,  is 
making  them  easily 
marketable.  "We  look 


for  things  that  can  be 
advertised  on  TV  and 
are  highly  promotable. 
Older  kids  tell  then- 
parents  what  they  want. 
The  nag  factor  works, 
and  sells  products.  Our 
job  is  to  make  sure 
that  the  mom  and  kid 
are  both  happy." 

The  games  that 
Lund  plays  at  home 
with  his  two-  and  four- 
year-old  children  serve 
as  springboards  for 
potential  work  proj- 
ects. His  kids  "are  a 
great  source  of  inspira- 
tion," he  says,  adding 
that  "they  love  coming 
into  the  office." 

Ultimately,  the  final 
judges  of  the  fun  factor 
are  the  inventors 
themselves,  he  says. 
"There's  a  kid  inside 
all  of  us.  If  a  toy  is 
truly  a  good  toy,  every- 
one universally  recog- 
nizes, 'hey,  that's  cool!' " 

— Jaime  Levy  '01 


The  playthings  the  thing: 
"Toys  need  a  unique 
point  of  difference, "  says 
inventor  Lund 


president,  clinical  research  and  development,  at 
Wyeth-Ayerst  Research  in  Philadelphia,  where  he  will 
supervise  clinical  pharmacology  and  pharmacokinetics 
on  a  global  basis.  He  lives  in  Devon,  Pa. 


Christopher  M.  Brandt  72  is  a  shareholder  in 
the  Colorado  Springs,  Colo.,  law  firm  Sparks  Dix.  Last 
year,  he  was  appointed  the  county  attorney  for  Teller 
County,  Colo. 

Paul  Follansbee  B.S.E.  72  was  promoted  to 

manager  ot  the  physical  metallurgy  laboratory  at  the 
G.E.  Research  and  Development  Center.  He  earned 
his  master's  in  mechanical  engineering  at  Rensselaer 
Polytechnic  Institute  and  his  Ph.D.  in  material  science 
and  engineering  at  Carnegie  Mellon  University.  He 
and  his  wife,  Robin,  and  their  three  children  live  in 
Clifton  Park,  N.Y. 

Christopher  B.  Hanback  72  is  a  partner  in  the 
Washington,  DC,  office  of  the  law  firm  Holland  & 

Knight. 

Cora  Pensyl  Brown  73  is  director  of  development 
and  community  relations  for  the  South  Coastal  division 
of  the  Children's  Home  Society  of  Florida.  She  and 
her  husband,  Walker,  live  in  Jupiter,  Fla.,  and  have  two 
sons,  including  Philip  Brown  '01. 

Scott  B.  Bullock  73,  M.H.A.  74,  president  and 
chief  executive  officer  of  Mid-Maine  Medical  Center 
and  Health  Systems,  was  appointed  to  the  board  of 
directors  of  Peoples  Heritage  Bank.  He  lives  in 
Waterville,  Maine. 

K.  Eyberg  73  is  a  member  of  the 
i,  Texas,  office  of  the  law  firm  LeBoeuf,  Lamb, 
&  MacRae. 

Tim  Grotts  73  is  a  tunnel  inspector  with  Hatch- 
Mott-McDonald,  working  on  the  Los  Angeles  Metro 
red  line  subway  project  under  the  Santa  Monica 
He  lives  in  Pasadena,  Calif 


Houst 
I  irccr 


Joseph  A.  Boone  74.  a  professor  of  English  at 
the  University  of  Southern  California,  is  the  author  of 
Libidinal  Currents:  Sexuality  and  the  Stuping  of  Modem- 
ism,  published  by  the  University  of  Chicago  Press. 

John  M.  Bremer  J.D  74  was  elected  executive 
vice  president,  administration  and  law,  by  the  board  of 
trustees  of  the  Northwestern  Mutual  Life  Insurance 
Co.  in  Milwaukee,  Wise. 

Lee  W.  Doty  75  is  a  partner  in  the  law  firm  Drinker 
Biddle  6k  Reath,  based  in  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

David  B.  Sand  J.D.  75  was  elected  to  the  board 


lith  75  was  promoted  to  senior 
director,  public  relations,  for  R.J.  Reynolds  Tobacco 
Co.  She  lives  in  Winston- Salem. 


inn  B.S.N.  76  completed 
her  Ph.D.  in  health  policy  and  health  services  research 
at  the  Johns  Hopkins  University  School  of  Hygiene 
and  Public  Health.  She  and  her  husband,  Kevin,  have 
two  children  and  live  in  Queenstown,  Md. 

Donna  Sparks  76  teaches  rlute  and  conducting  in 
Durham.  A  choral  conductor  at  Duke  from  1979  to 
1998,  she  was  program  director  and  assistant  conductor 
for  chapel  music,  director  of  the  Chord  Vespers,  and 
founding  conductor  of  the  Chord  Vespers  Ensemble. 

Andy  Crist  77  was  promoted  to  Wee  president,  fi- 
nancial operations,  at  Blockbustet,  where  he  has  worked 

since  1996.  He  and  his  wife  live  in  Dallas, Texas. 


July-August  1998        25 


PHOBIA 
FREE 


fter  coming  1 
terms  with 


-com- 
pulsive disorder,  Emily 
Colas  '87  is  offering 
insight  into  her  condi- 
tion through  a  collec- 
tion of  anecdotes  pack- 
aged in  Just  Checking: 
Scenes  from  the  Life  of 
an  Obsessive-Compulsive 
(Pocket  Books). 

As  the  tide  implies, 
Colas  shares  episodes 
of  her  obsessive-com- 
pulsive behavior  in  her 
newly  released  book, 
ranging  from  a  fear  of 
poisoned  food  to  a 
need  to  count  die 
number  of  words  in  a 
conversation.  These 
incidents  are  relayed  in 
short  segments,  though 


chronological  order. 

Colas  says  she 
began  writing  the  book 
as  she  worked  on  the 
personal-statement 
parts  of  her  law  school 
applications.  "I  just 
kept  writing  little 
vignettes.  I  decided  not 
to  go  to  law  school, 
and  I  just  kept  writing. 
Eventually,  the  book 
evolved  and  I  decided 
to  send  it  out." 

Although  it  seems  as 
if  Colas  is  baring  all  in 
Just  Checking,  she  says 
she  is  actually  some- 
what removed  from 
the  experiences  re- 
counted in  the  book. 
"People  read  it  and 
think  it's  very  forth- 
right, but  I  still  have 
secrets  that  I  am  not 
open  about.  I'm  able 
to  write  this  in  a  de- 
tached way;  I  see  a  lot 
of  humor  in  it." 

Her  disorder,  which 
afflicts  an  estimated 
one  in  fifty  people, 
became  especially  evi- 
dent when  she  was 
pregnant  with  her  sec- 
ond child.  In  the  book, 
Colas  describes  her 
concerns  about  things 
as  routine  as  going  to 
the  hospital:  "Every 
step  I  took  I  was  cer- 
tain that  I'd  stepped 
on  blood....  The  trip 
would  take  longer 
because  we'd  have  to 
go  up  the  stairs.  You 
never  knew  who'd  get 


From  disorder  to  book  order:  Colas'  compilation  deals  with  a  common  condition 


in  the  elevator  and  From  giving  the 

what  would  be  in  their     book  to  friends  and 
vials  and  cups.  Next  family  to  read,  Colas 


I'd  have  to  inspect  the 
doctor's  hand  for  cuts 
and  hope  the  nurse 
changed  the  white 
sheet  of  paper  after 
the  last  patient." 

Now,  with  the  help 
of  Prozac  and  a  strong 
support  system,  Colas 
says  she  has  the  disor- 
der "in  check."  "When- 
ever anybody  gets 
stressed,  they  fall  back 
on  certain  things.  This 
is  still  in  my  head,  but 
it  doesn't  affect  me 
as  much.  It  is  always 
there,  but  not  as  grip- 
ping." 

Kirlcus  Reviews 
observed,  "With  its 
unique  patient's-eye 
viewpoint  and  percep- 
tive honesty,  [Just 
Checking  is]  a  valuable 
contribution  to  the  lit- 
erature on  obsessive- 
compulsive  disorder." 
Still,  she  admits  to 
being  nervous  about 
the  book's  release. 
"It's  daunting  to  know 
someone  is  going  to 
read  it  and  publish 
something  about  it." 


has  found  that  "women 
click  with  it  more 
than  men.  I  tried  to  be 
funny  so  people  will 
enjoy  the  style  on  a 


c   h   e   c 


simple,  basic  level.  But 
it  can  also  make  you 
think." 

— Jaime  Levy  '01 


t 

i    n    g 


1 


e  m  i  I  y     colas 


Carolyn  R.  Pait'77  represented  Duke  in  April  at 
the  inauguration  of  the  president  of  Gainesville 
College  in  Gainesville,  Ga.  She  lives  in  Atlanta. 

Glenda  Rollins  Wetherill  77  retired  from  the 
Navy  after  20  years  so  she  could  spend  more  time  with 
her  five-year-old  daughter.  She  and  her  husband,  Ira 
Fahen,  and  their  daughter  are  moving  to  Oklahoma, 
where  they  plan  to  build  a  home  and  raise  cattle  on 
160  acres  near  Enid. 

Janice  Ropp  Jackson  '78  represented  Duke  in 
April  at  the  inauguration  of  the  president  of  California 
State  University,  San  Bemadino. 

Hugh  B.  Wellons  78,  M.B.A.  79  is  a  partner  in 
the  Roanoke,  Va.,  law  firm  Flippin,  Densmore,  Morse, 
Rutherford  &Jessee. 

David  Garman  79  is  the  personal  office  chief  of 
staff  for  Republican  Sen.  Frank  Murkowski  of  Alaska. 
He  earned  his  master's  in  environmental  earth  sci- 
ences at  Johns  Hopkins  and  was,  before  his  promotion, 
a  professional  staff  member  on  the  Senate's  Energy 
and  Natural  Resources  Committee.  He  lives  in 
Washington,  D.C. 

Susan  Feldsted  Halman  B.S.N.  79,  an  attorney 
specializing  in  the  insurance -coverage  field,  was 
elected  managing  partner  for  the  Oakland,  Calif.,  law 
firm  Larson  &  Bumham,  where  she  also  oversees  the 
bimonthly  journal  Larson  &  Bumham's  Coverage  News. 
She  earned  her  J.D  in  1983  at  Santa  Clara  University. 

Sue  Kurzock  79  was  named  managing  principal 
of  the  Seattle  office  of  Towers  Perrin,  a  management 
consulting  firm. 

John  J.  Reed  79  was  promoted  to  director  and 
chairman  of  the  department  of  emergency  medicine  at 
Provena-Covenant  Medical  Center  in  Urbana,  111.  He 
is  also  regional  director  of  EMS  for  a  21-county  area  of 
central  Illinois. 


77,  M.B.A.  79 
April  25.  Residence: 


MARRIAGES 

to  Mary  Starr  Gardner  o: 

Chapel  Hill. 

BIRTHS:  First  child  and 
Christianson  76  and  Maribel  Christianson  on 
April  7.  Named  Capri  Madelyn... Second  child  and 
second  son  to  Janet  R.  Laubgross  78  and  Alan 
March  3.  Named  Stuart  Benjamin  Orloff. 


Orloffc 


Donald  P.  Bassell  '80  is  retail  accounting  manager 
for  Mobil  Oil.  He  and  his  wife,  Sharon,  and  their  two 
daughters  live  in  Fairfax,  Va. 


Lynn  Cunningham  Brown  '80  was  promoted 
to  vice  president  of  communications  of  Raytheon 
Systems  Co.  She  will  be  based  at  the  company's  head- 
quarters in  Washington,  D.C. 

Marshall  Huey  '80  resigned  from  his  law  practice 
in  June  to  enter  the  Episcopal  seminary  at  the 
University  of  the  South  in  Sewanee,  Tenn.  He  and  his 
wife,  Saida  Alexander  Huey  '80,  and  their  two 
sons  were  living  in  Charleston,  S.C.,  where,  he  writes, 
he  hopes  to  return  "upon  graduation  in  May  2001  to 
work  in  one  of  the  local  Episcopal  churches." 


L.  Zirkman  '80  is  an  associate  in  the 
Atlanta  office  of  the  Philadelphia  law  firm  Schnader 
Harrison  Segal  &  Lewis,  where  he  works  in  the 
business,  trusts  and  estates,  and  tax  departments.  He 
earned  his  M.B.A.  at  Emory  University,  a  master's  in 
taxation  at  Georgia  State,  and  his  law  degree  at 
Washington  University. 

J.  Maroon  Jr.  '81,  M.D.  '85  is  chief  of 


26      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


the  department  of  pediatrics  at  Latrobe  Area  Hospital 
in  Latrobe,  Pa. 

Maria  N.  Sorolis  '81  is  an  attorney  and  a  share- 
holder in  the  Tampa,  Fla.,  law  firm  Allen  Norton  and 
Blue.  She  and  her  husband,  Gary  England,  have  three 
children. 

Joseph  D.  Fehribach  A.M.  '82,  Ph.D.  '86,  an 
associate  professor  of  mathematical  sciences  at 
Worcester  Polytechnic  Institute  in  Massachusetts,  was 
granted  tenure.  He  joined  the  faculty  in  1992. 

Mark  A.  McCallister  '82  is  an  assistant  general 
counsel  for  Price  Waterhouse  in  Washington,  D.C.  He 
and  his  wife,  Susan  Konopko  McCallister  82, 

have  two  daughters  and  live  in  Herndon,  Va. 

Lori  Hill  Mixson  '82,  who  received  her  Ph.D.  in 
biomathematics  from  N.C.  State  University,  is  a 
biometrician  at  Merck  &  Co.  in  West  Point,  Pa.  She 
and  her  husband,  Jim,  and  their  two  children  live  in 
Scllersville,  Pa. 


i  F.  Wilbanks  '82  is  president  of  Wilh.mU 
Smith  &  Thomas,  an  asset  management  company  in 
Norfolk,  Va.,  where  his  father-in-law,  Norwood  A. 
'55,  is  also  a  principal. 


Nicholas  V.  Beare  '83,  an  attorney,  is  a  managing 
director  at  NationsBanc  Montgomery  Securities  in  the 
corporate  finance  department.  He  joined  NationsBanc 
Capital  Markets  in  1989  as  an  associate.  He  lives  in 
DePere,Wisc. 


:  T.  Moorman  III  '83,  a  physician,  was  in- 
ducted as  a  fellow  of  the  American  Academy  of  Ortho- 
paedic Surgeons  in  March,  at  the  Academy's  annual 
meeting,  in  New  Orleans.  He  lives  in  Baltimore. 

Sol  W.  Bernstein  J.D  '84,  an  attorney  at  Reed 
Smith  Shaw  &  McClay,  was  guest  speaker  in  March  at 
the  Banking  Law  Committee  of  the  N.Y.  County 
Lawyers'  Association.  His  topic  was  "Hidden  Issues  in 
Syndicated  Loan  Agreements."  He  and  his  wife,  Risa, 
and  their  three  sons  live  in  Montclair,  N.J. 

Walter  L.  Biffl  '84  is  a  trauma  surgeon  at  Denver 
Health  Medical  Center  and  assistant  professor  of 
surgery  at  the  University  of  Colorado.  He  and  his  wife, 
Holly,  have  two  children  and  live  in  Denver. 


is  a  public  affairs  consultant  for 
the  New  Orleans  Police  Department.  He  had  been  a 
television  news  reporter  in  Miami,  Fla.;  Mobile,  Ala.; 
and  New  Orleans. 

Michael  F.  Brown  '84  is  a  partner  in  the 
Philadelphia  law  firm  Drinker  Biddle  &  Reath. 

Barbara  Tobin  Dubrow  J.D.  '84  is  a  partner  in 
the  Philadelphia  law  firm  Dilworth  Paxson.  She  and 
her  husband,  Ken  Dubrow,  have  two  children  and  live 
in  Bryn  Mawr,  Pa. 

Michael  B.  Kirwan  '84  is  a  member  of  the 
Jacksonville,  Fla.,  law  firm  LeBoeut,  Lamb,  Greene  & 
MacRae. 

Cynthia  Wright  Longest  '84  represented  Duke 
in  April  at  the  inauguration  of  the  president  of 
Franklin  College  in  Franklin,  Ind. 

Susan  Blick  Stein  '84  is  the  staff  director  of 
finance  and  operations  at  Bell  Atlantic  Mobile  in 
Silver  Springs,  Md.  She  and  her  husband,  Raffael  E. 
Stein  A.M.  '87,  who  works  for  the  E.RA.,  live  in 
Bethesda,  Md. 


i  G.  Auleta  '85,  a  physician,  was  inducted 
as  a  fellow  of  the  American  Academy  of  Orthopaedic 
Surgeons  in  March,  at  the  Academy's  annual  meeting, 
in  New  Orleans.  He  lives  in  Sugar  Land,  Texas. 

H.  Duff  '85  is  a  regional  development 
at  Apple  Computer  in  Chicago.  He  and  his 


wife,  Sara,  and  their  daughter  live  in  Wilmette,  111. 

Julie  A.  Guest '85  was  director  of  volunteer  ser- 
vices with  the  Jane  Harman  for  Governor  campaign  in 
California.  She  is  a  co-chair  of  the  Duke  Alumni 
Admissions  Advisory  Committee  in  Los  Angeles.  She 
and  her  husband,  Spencer  W.  White  B.S.E.  '85, 
and  their  two  sons  live  in  Los  Angeles. 

Kate  Hopp  '85  is  director  of  the  outdoor  program 
of  the  Pines  of  Carolina  Girl  Scout  Council,  where  she 
will  manage  the  council's  resident  camps  and  coordi- 
nate day  camps,  troop  camping,  and  outdoor  program 
activities.  She  lives  in  Durham. 

David  S.  Phillips  '85  has  returned  to  the  agent 
business  after  a  two-and-a-half-year  stint  as  a  managet 
and  producer.  He  now  heads  the  literary  department 
at  Innovative  Artists  in  Los  Angeles.  He  will  continue 
to  produce  all  of  the  projects  he  had  at  his  Corner  of 
the  Sky  production  company,  including  an  animated 
version  of  the  stage  musical  Pippin  and  Grandmaster 
Flash,  a  film  for  Sony  Pictures  about  the  creation  of 
rap  music  in  America. 


W.  White  B.S.E.  '85  is  a  senior  s 

engineer  at  Raytheon  Systems  Co.  in  El  Segundo, 
Calif,  where  he  works  in  re-configurable  computing. 
He  is  also  a  soccer  coach  and  board  member  for 
AYSO  Region  7  in  Westchester,  Calif,  and  a  member 
of  the  Duke  Alumni  Admissions  Advisory  Committee 
in  Los  Angeles.  He  and  his  wife,  Julie  A.  Guest 
'85,  and  their  two  sons  live  in  Los  Angeles. 

Faye  M.  Martin  M.B.A.  '86  is  a  manager,  financial 
analyst,  in  the  Profit  Planning  group  of  Campbell- 
Ewald  Advertising  in  Warren,  Mich. 

Robert  J.  McAfee  '86,  an  attorney,  is  a  partner  in 
the  law  firm  McCotter  &  McAfee  in  New  Bern,  N.C. 

Lori  G.  Baer  '87,  a  product  liability  and  medical 
malpractice  attorney,  was  elected  to  the  Product 
Liability  Advisory  Council.  She  was  recently  named  a 
partner  in  both  the  medical  products  and  services  and 
the  trial  and  appellate  practice  groups  at  Alston  & 
Bird,  the  Atlanta  law  firm. 


'87,  who  completed  his 
residency  in  general  surgery  at  Johns  Hopkins,  is  an 
assistant  professor  of  surgery  at  the  Baylor  College  of 
Medicine  in  Houston,  Texas. 


J.  Chanis  J.D.  '87  is  a  partner  in  the  New 
York  City  office  of  the  law  firm  Phillips,  Lytle, 
Hitchcock,  Blaine  &  Huber. 

David  McSweeney  '87,  M.B.A.  '88  is  running  in 
the  primaries  for  the  Republican  nomination  for  a 
seat  in  the  House  of  Representatives  in  the  8th 
Congressional  District  at  Illinois,  which  consists  of 
north  and  northwestern  suburbs  of  Chicago.  He  is  the 
managing  director  of  Chase  Securities,  Inc.  He  and 
his  wife,  Margaret,  and  their  two  daughters  live  in 
Ii 


Perkins  B.S.E.  '87  transferred  to  Germany 
with  Nortel,  whete  he  is  a  product  manager.  He  lives 
with  his  wife,  Jennifer  Collins  Perkins  '87,  and 
their  son  near  Lake  Constance. 

Marc  Raymond  Safran  M.D.  '87  is  the  co- 
director  of  Sports  Medicine  Orthopaedics.  He  and 
his  wife,  Lee  Shelburne  Safran  '88,  and  theit 
daughter  live  in  Newport  Beach,  Calif. 

Shayla  Berry  Spinner  '87,  who  completed  the 
physician  assistant  program  at  the  Univetsity  of 
Florida  in  1993,  is  a  physician  assistant  for  an  emergen- 
cy department  physician  group.  She  and  her  husband. 
Bill,  and  their  two  daughters,  live  in  Ft.  Lauderdale, 
Fla. 


Raffael  E.  Stein  A.M.  '87  is  an  associate  branch 
chief  with  the  U.S.  Environmental  Protection  Agency. 


He  and  his  wife,  Susan  Blick  Stein  '84,  live  in 
Bethesda,  Md. 

Suzie  Rogers  Stevens '87  is  a  communications 
specialist  with  William  M.  Mercer  in  Baltimore,  Md. 
She  and  her  husband,  Scott,  and  their  daughter  live 
in  Baltimore. 

Laura  Elizabeth  Zoole  '87  is  a  member  of  the 
Columbia,  S.C.,  office  of  the  Atlanta  law  firm 
Constangy,  Brooks  &.  Smith. 

Randye  Resnick  Bernot  88  is  an  assistant 

clinical  professor  at  emergency  medicine  at  Mount 
Sinai  Medical  School  in  New  York  City.  She  and  her 
husband,  Michael,  and  their  two  children  live  in 
North  Hills,  N.Y. 

Michael  C.  Brown  '88  is  a  gastroenterology 
fellow  at  the  University  ot  Washington  Medical 
Center.  He  and  his  wife,  Melissa  A.  Brown  '90, 
live  in  Seattle.  His  Internet  address  is:  mcbrownlfi  u. 
w.i-hington.edu. 


Ellen  M.  Bublick  'SS  is  an  assistant  professor  of 
law  at  the  University  of  Arizona  College  of  Law.  She 
and  her  family  live  in  Tucson. 


A.M. '92,  Ph.D. '96  is  a 
clinical  psychologist  at  the  Day  Center  for  Post- 
Traumatic  Disorders  in  Washington,  D.C.  She  and 
her  husband,  Evan  McDonnell,  live  in  Arlington,  Va. 

Timothy  W.  Busier  '88  is  a  vice  president  in  the 
New  York  office  of  Paribas  Merchant  Banking. 

Jan  Nolting  Carter  '88  is  associate  pastor  at  First 
Presbyterian  Church  inTopeka,  Kan. 

B.  Neil  S.  Clarke  J.D.  '88  has  moved  back  to  the 
United  States  to  join  Wolf  Block  in  Philadelphia  after 
spending  four  years  in  Paris. 


s  director  of 

client  relations  for  Renaissance  Entertainment,  Inc., 
an  Orlando-based  company  that  produces  live  shows 
and  spectaculars  worldwide.  She  and  her  husband, 
Irving,  split  their  time  between  Phuket,  Thailand, 
where  she  is  installing  the  show  "Fantasy  of  a  King- 
dom," and  Lake  Mary,  Fla.,  where  they  have  a  home. 

Lee  Shelburne  Safran  '88  is  a  physical  therapist 
who  earned  a  master's  at  Columbia  University.  She 
and  her  husband.  Marc  Raymond  Safran  M.D. 
'87,  and  their  daughter  live  in  Newport  Beach,  Calif. 

Phillip  G.  Day  '89  is  an  attorney  with  the  law  firm 
Trenam,  Kemker,  Scharf,  Barkin,  Frye,  O'Neill  and 
Mullis  in  Tampa,  Fla.  He  and  his  wife,  Paulee 
Coughlin,  live  in  Largo. 

Carol  L.  Ferren  J.D.  '89  is  a  partner  in  the 
Philadelphia  law  firm  Drinker  Biddle  &.  Reath. 

Benjamin  I.  Fink  '89  is  a  principal  in  the  law  firm 
Freed  &  Berman  in  Atlanta,  Ga.,  where  he  and  his 
wife,  Robin,  live. 

Jay  L.  Halpern  J.D.  '89  is  a  partnet  in  the 
Washington,  DC,  office  of  Reed  Smith  Shaw  & 
McClay.  He  and  hi-  family  live  in  Potomac,  Md. 


who  earned  her  master's 
at  Columbia  University's  Teachers  College  in  1994,  is  a 
sixth-  and  seyemh^r.klc  mathematics  teacher  at  St. 
Mary's  Episcopal  School.  She  and  her  husband, 
Michael  S.  Reeves  M.B.A.  '95,  a  vice  president  at 
NewSouth  Capital  Management,  live  in  Memphis. 

Shannon  Kennedy  Maynard  '89  is  directot  of 
development  for  the  honors  program  and  the  James  A. 
Johnston  Center  for  Undergraduate  Excellence  at 
UNC-Chapel  Hill.  She  and  her  husband,  Steve,  live  in 
Chapel  Hill. 

Scott  Telesz  B.S.E.  '89  has  joined  General  Electric 
as  a  manager  of  business  development  for  GE  Supply 


July-August  1998        27 


in  Shelton,  Conn.  He  and  his  wife,  Susan,  and  their 
daughter  live  in  Fairfield,  Conn. 

MARRIAGES:  Connie  M.  Wiggins  '85  to  David 
E.  Price  on  March  21.  Residence:  Raleigh... Lillian 
Jeanette  Garcia  '86  to  Bruce  Alan  Mandell  on 
Feb.  21.  Residences:  Stratford,  Conn.,  and  New  York 
i  n \     Dinah  Lee  Swain '86  toSlade  H. 
Schuster  M.B.A.  '91  on  Sept.  6.  Residence: 
Minneapolis... James  A.  Zirkman'87  toElisa 
Beth  Friedman.  Residence:  Long  Beach,  N.Y. ... 
Michelle  Renee  Aust'SS.M.D.  '92  to  Lee  F. 
Veazey  '88  on  June  28, 1997.  Residence:  Wichita 
Falls,  Texas. Michael  C.  Brown  '88  to  Melissa 
A.  Brown  '90  on  March  14.  Residence:  Seattle... 
Rachel  Burnett  '88,  A.M.  '92,  Ph.D.  '96  to  Evan 
McDonnell  on  Oct.  25.  Residence:  Arlington, Va.... 
Shannon  Kennedy  '89  to  Stephen  A.  Maynard  on 
Oct.  25.  Residence:  Chapel  Hill... Julie  Marie 
Mackle  '89  to  Michael  S.  Reeves  MBA.  '95 
on  July  12, 1997.  Residence:  Memphis. 

BIRTHS:  Second  daughter  to  Donald  P.  Bassell 

'80  and  Sharon  Bassell  on  Nov.  11.  Named  Rachel 
Ann. .  Third  child  and  first  daughter  to  Kenneth  A. 
Jones  J.D.  '81  and  Mary  Bowler  Jones  on  Dec.  28. 
Named  Sophie  Marie... Third  child  and  second 
daughter  to  Maria  N.  Sorolis  '81  and  Gary  England 
on  Sept.  16.  Named  Ana  Irene... Second  child  and 
first  son  to  Virginia  Turnbull  Gibbs  B.S.E.  '82 
and  Daniel  Gibbs  on  Dec.  22.  Named  Harrison 
Powell... First  child  and  son  to  Helene  Schlack- 
man  Rod  '82  and  Jonathan  Rod  on  Dec.  25.  Named 
Marc  Elliott. .  .A  son  to  Jean  Donath  Franke  '83 
and  Robert  Edward  Franke  '83  on  March  11. 
Named  William  Lehn. .  .Third  child  and  first  daughter 
to  Jane  Harris  Pate  '83,  M.B.A.  '86  and  Pray- 
son  Will  Pate  B.S.E.  '84  on  Nov.  8, 1996.  Named 
Natasha  Janelle. . .Second  child  and  first  son  to 
Walter  L.  Biffl  '84  and  Holly  Biffl  on  Feb.  19. 
Named  Alexander  James...  First  child  and  son  to 
Gilbert  Sewall  Howell  '84  and  Robin 
Odenweller  Howell  '84  on  Feb.  5.  Named  Charles 
Sewall...  Second  child  and  daughter  to  Robert  T. 
Molinet  '84  and  Janet  Finch  Molinet  '85  on 
Dec.  26.  Named  Katherine  Finch... First  child  and 
daughter  to  Marian  Brown  Sprague  '84  and  Ted 
Sprague  on  Dec.  8.  Named  Caroline  Amanda... First 
child  and  son  to  Susan  Blick  Stein  '84  and 
Raffael  E.  Stein  A.M.  '87  on  Feb.  11.  Named  Jacob 
Angelo...  Second  child  and  first  son  to  Sydney 
Baird  Bath  '85  and  Blake  Bath  on  Feb.  3.  Named 
Blake  Emerson... First  child  and  daughter  to  William 
H.  Duff '85  and  Sara  Gopal  on  Oct.  31.  Named 
Rani  Rajagopal...  Second  son  to  Donna  Ho  '85 
and  David  J.  Plewa  on  March  3.  Named  Jake  Timothy 
Plewa... Third  child,  a  daughter,  to  Melissa  Yoder 
Ricks  85  and  Thomas  W.  Ricks  Sr.  '93  on 
March  12.  Named  Maria  Regina  Caeli... Third  child 
and  son  to  Kelly  Perkins  Ryan  '85  and  David 
Ryan  B.S.E.  '85  on  Jan.  8.  Named  Patrick  Murphy. . . 
Second  son  to  Jeff  Baer  '86  and  Denise  Baer  on 
Jan.  26.  Named  Ryan  Thomas. .  .Son  to  Jon  R. 
Fahs  Jr.  B.S.E.  '86  and  Danielle  Mirecourt  on 
Feb.  3.  Named  Cameron  Nicolas... First  child  and  son 
to  Annalise  Metz  Herman  '86  and  Robert 
Herman  on  Dec.  22.  Named  Alexander  Steen... 
Second  child  and  second  daughter  to  Stephen  J. 
Meyer '86  and  Louise  Ward  Meyer  '87  on  Feb. 
8.  Named  Katherine  "Katie"  Karen. .  .A  daughter  to 
Michael  A.  Vasquez  '86  and  Melissa  Vasquez 
on  Feb.  22.  Named  Olivea  Marie... First  child  and 
daughter  to  Frank  W.  Cureton  J.D.  '87  and 
Leadley  Cureton  on  March  5.  Named  Hannah 
Leadley...A  son  to  Michael  Junkin  '87  and 
Carolyn  M.  Plump  '88  on  March  16.  Named  Jared 
Barnes  Junkin... First  child  and  daughter  to  Ellen 
Pilchik  Kaldor'87  and  Greg  Kaldor  on  March  15. 
Named  ZoeTabitha... First  child  and  son  to 


Elizabeth  Haber  Lacy  '87  and  John  Andre 
Lacy  on  Dec.  28.  Named  William  Rhodes...  Second 
daughter  to  Shayla  Berry  Spinner  '87  and  Bill 
Spinner  on  Sept.  24.  Named  Georgia  Elizabeth... 
First  child  and  daughter  to  Suzie  Rogers 
Stevens  '87  and  Scott  Stevens  on  Aug.  24, 1997. 
Named  Olivia  Rogers  Stevens... Second  child  and  first 
daughter  to  Sarah  Stahl  Stimson  '87  and  Drake 
Stimson  on  July  14, 1997.  Named  Grace  Elizabeth... 
Second  child  and  first  daughter  to  Ran  dye 
Resnick  Bernot  '88  and  Michael  Bernot  on  Jan. 
19.  Named  Adena  Michelle... Second  child  and  first 
son  to  Ronald  L.  Fouse  '88  and  Stephanie  H. 
Fouse  on  Feb.  25, 1997.  Named  John  Anderson... 
First  son  and  daughter,  twins,  to  Jeffrey  Hersh  '88 
and  Lora  Berson  Hersh  '91  on  Aug.  29, 1997. 

Named  Zachary  Oliver  and  Morgan  Rachel . . .  A  son 

to  Carolyn  M.  Plump  '88  and  Michael  Junkin 

'87  on  March  16.  Named  Jared  Barnes  Junkin... First 
child  and  daughter  to  John  W.  Birmingham  '89 
and  Kathy  Birmingham  on  Nov.  25.  Named  Madeleine 
Frances... Second  child  and  first  son  to  Pamela 
Foster  Crystal  '89  and  Stephen  Crystal  on  Dec.  17. 
Named  Daniel  Harrison...  First  child  and  son  to 
Laurel  Miller  Kimbrough  '89  and  Erich 
Kimbrough  on  Jan.  21.  Named  Charles  "Tucker"... 
Twin  daughters  to  Lori  Weiss  Kost  '89  and 
Robert  Kost  M.B.A.  '93  on  Aug.  17, 1997.  Named 
Samantha  Sumner  and  Zoe  Rachel... First  child  and 
daughter  to  Susan  Valente  Marandett  '89  and 
Eric  Marandett  on  Jan.  12.  Named  Rachel  Ann. .  .First 
child  and  daughter  to  Richard  J.  Pattinson 
B.S.M.E.  '89  and  Sheila  L.  Pattinson  on  April  14. 
Named  Lindsey  Alexa... First  child  and  daughter  to 
Scott  Telesz  '89  and  Susan  Telesz  on  Jan.  12. 
Named  Lauren  Elaine. 


A.  Brown  '90  is  the  producer  of  the  five 
KIRO-TV,  the  CBS  affiliate  in 
Seattle,  where  she  and  her  husband,  Michael  C. 
Brown  '88,  live. 

Paul  Dietrich  J.D.  '90  is  a  partner  at  Stump,  Storey 
&  Callahan  in  Orlando,  Fla.  His  wife,  Kristyn 
Elliott  J.D.  '90,  is  taking  time  away  from  her  commer- 
cial litigation  practice  at  Litchford  &  Christopher  to 
stay  at  home  with  their  daughter.  They  live  in 
Orlando. 

Terri  Johnson  Harris  J.D.  '90  is  a  partner  in  the 
law  firm  Smith  Helms  Mulliss  &  Moore,  practicing  in 
the  areas  of  health  care,  administrative  law,  and  gener- 
al litigation,  in  its  Greensboro,  N.C.,  office. 


A.  Krouse  J.D.  '90  is  a  partner  in  the 
Philadelphia  law  firm  Klehr,  Harrison,  Harvey, 
Branzburg  &  Ellers. 

Philip  LeMasters  Ph.D.  '90,  an  associate  professor 
of  religion  at  McMurry  University  in  Abiline,  Texas,  is 
the  author  of  Disapleslup  Betiueen  Creation  and 
Redemption,  published  by  University  Press  of  America. 

Sally  J.  McDonald  J.D.  '90  is  a  partner  in  the  law 
firm  Rudnick  and  Wolfe.  She  and  her  husband,  Rich 
Levin,  and  their  son  live  in  Chicago. 


i.S.E.  '90  is  a  senior  field  clinical 
engineer  with  Medtronic,  Inc.  She  and  her  husband, 
Todd,  live  in  Coppell,  a  suburb  of  Dallas,  Texas. 

Ben  F.  Johnson  IV  '91,  who  earned  his  J.D.  at  the 
University  of  Michigan,  is  an  associate  at  Hunton  & 
Williams.  He  and  his  wife,  attorney  Jennifer  White 
Johnson  '93,  live  in  Atlanta. 
Greg  Leibold  B.S.E.  '91  is  an  associate  in  the  law 
firm  Dorsey  and  Whitney.  He  and  his  wife, 


'91,  and  their  son  live  in  Denver. 


'91,  J.D. '96  joined  the 
Birmingham,  Ala.,  law  firm  Bradley  Arant  Rose  & 
White  a: 


Slade  H.  Schuster  M.B.A.  '91  is  a  strategic 
financial  analyst  for  The  West  Group.  He  and  his  wife, 
Dinah  Swain  Schuster '86,  live  in  Minneapolis. 

Kelli  Kaznoski  Ward  '91  is  a  resident  in  family 
practice  at  Garden  City  Osteopathic  Hospital  in 
Garden  City,  Mich.  She  and  her  husband,  Mike,  an  ER 
resident  at  GCOH,  and  their  two  children  live  in 
Garden  City. 

Maria  Weissler  '91,  M.D.  '95  is  in  her  third  year  as 
a  resident  in  general  surgery  at  Jackson  Memorial 
Hospital.  She  and  her  husband,  Scott  David  Dudak, 
live  in  Miami. 


Kristy  Bittenbender  Arbogast  B.S.E.  '92,  who 
earned  her  Ph.D.  in  bioengineering  at  the  University 
of  Pennsylvania  in  May  1997,  is  a  member  of  the 
research  faculty  at  the  Children's  Hospital  of 
Philadelphia.  She  and  her  family  live  in  Media,  Pa. 

David  C.  Decker  M.B.A.  '92  is  an  executive  vice 
president  and  portfolio  manager  at  Janus  Capital 
Corp.,  located  in  Denver,  Colo. 

Angela  Harris  '92  was  promoted  to  manager  of 
technical  publications  for  Computer  Sciences  Corp.  in 
Egg  Harbor,  N.J.  She  oversees  a  staff  of  writers,  editors, 
word  processors,  clerks,  and  proofreaders;  conducts 
technical  and  business  writing  courses;  and  designs 
software  training  programs. 

Ann  Heimberger  '92,  who  earned  her  J.D.  in  May 
at  New  York  University's  law  school,  is  an  associate 
with  the  law  firm  Hancock  Rothert  &  Bunshoft  in 

San  Francisco. 


:  '92  is  a  civil  engineer  at  Hooper 
and  Dennis.  She  and  her  husband,  Brian  Eugenis,  live 
in  LaCenter,Wash. 

Stephen  Ridley  B.S.E.  '92  is  a  manager  for 
Andersen  Consulting  in  Atlanta.  He  and  his  wife, 
Eleanor  Lassiter  Ridley '92,  and  their  son  live  in 
Lilburn,  Ga. 


Chuck  B.S.E.  '93  is  a  Ph.D.  candidate 
in  cell  biology  at  Case  Western  Reserve  University  in 
Cleveland,  Ohio.  He  recently  published  two  scientific 
papers  and  received  a  fellowship  from  the  North 
American  Society  of  Pacing  and  Electrophysiology. 

Alice  A.  Crowder'93  is  brand  and  marketing 
manager  for  Pennzoil  Products  Co.'s  automotive  chem- 
icals division.  She  and  her  husband,  Andrew  White, 
live  in  Durham. 


K.  Jackson  IV '93  is  a  graduate  stu- 
dent at  Harvard  Business  School.  He  and  his  wife, 
Jennifer,  live  in  Cambridge,  Mass. 

Jennifer  White  Johnson  '93,  who  earned  her 
J.D.  at  the  University  of  Michigan,  is  an  associate  at 
King  &  Spalding.  She  and  her  husband,  attorney 
Ben  F.  Johnson  IV  '91,  live  in  Atlanta. 


Gregory  P.  Lissy  B.S.E.  '93,  a  Navy  lieutenant, 
returned  to  his  new  home  port  of  Norfolk,  Va.,  after  a 
six-month,  around-the-world  deployment  aboard  the 
USS  Nimtz. 

Sarah  Baldwin  Mcllroy  '93  is  a  buyer  for 
Brookstone.  She  and  her  husband,  Todd,  Hve  in 
Salem,  Mass. 

Gustavo  J.  Vergara  '93,  a  Navy  lieutenant, 
received  the  Battle  Efficiency  Ribbon  (Battle  "E") 
while  on  a  six-month  deployment  to  the  Arabian  Gulf 
aboard  the  aircraft  carrier  USS  George  Washington. 

'94,  who  earned  his 


28      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


J.D.  at  UCLA,  is  an  associate  in  the  Los  Angeles  law 
firm  Pircher,  Nichols  &  Meeks. 

Brian  F.  Kowol  '94,  a  Navy  lieutenant  j.g.,  received 
the  Battle  Efficiency  Ribbon  (Battle  "E")  while  on  a 
six-month  deployment  to  the  Arabian  Gulf  aboard  the 
Aircraft  carrier  USS  George  Washington. 

Stephanie  Lea  Maher  '94,  who  earned  her 
master's  in  education  at  Columbia  University,  is  a 
research  associate  for  the  Frank  Porter  Graham  Child 
Development  Center  at  UNC-Chapel  Hill. 

Duane  D.  Draper  J.D.  '95,  an  attorney  in  the 
Tampa  office  of  Bryant,  Miller  and  Olive,  has  become 
a  shareholder  in  the  firm. 


|  J.D.  '95  is  a  member  of  Brobeck, 
Phleger  &  Harrison's  business  and  technology  group  in 
Austin,  Texas.  He  was  practicing  intellectual  property 
law  at  Hughes  &  Lee  in  Dallas. 


S.  Reeves  M.B.A.  '95  is  vice  president 
and  portfolio  manager  at  NewSouth  Capital  Manage- 


CHATTING  UP  A  STORM 


ment.  He  and  his  wife,  Julie  Marie  Mackle  '89, 
a  sixth-  and  seventh-grade  mathematics  teacher,  live 
in  Memphis. 


For  the  phone-bill 
conscious,  anoth- 
er method  of  in- 
stant communication 
has  come  onto  the 
technological  scene, 
allowing  Internet-users 
to  chat  online.  Andrew 
Busey  '93,  founder  and 
chairman  of  the  board 
of  the  Austin,  Texas- 
based  Acuity,  is  partial- 
ly responsible  for  the 
new  trend  of  virtual 
conversation. 

As  creator  of  ichat, 
a  server  that  allows 
companies  to  add  a 
chat  feature  to  their 
websites,  Busey  has 
advanced  the  trend 
toward  establishing 
virtual  communities 
online.  With  a  chat 
feature,  Busey  says, 
"people  come  back 
[to  certain  sites]  more 
often  because  they 
make  friends.  And 
they  stay  online  be- 
cause it's  entertaining." 

With  a  new  product 
called  WebCenter, 
Busey  hopes  to  contin- 
ue the  ability  of  com- 
panies to  assist  and 
interact  with  their 
online  clients  directly 
and  efficiently.  "Now 
people  can  get  help 
online  instead  of  call- 
ing an  800-number, 
which  is  expensive  for 
companies  to  main- 
tain," he  says. 

After  graduating 
from  Duke  as  a  com- 
puter science  major, 
Busey  joined  Spyglass, 


where  he  worked  on 
the  first  commercial 
version  of  Mosaic. 
Between  graduating 
and  beginning  a  com- 
pany of  his  own,  Busey 
wrote  a  book,  Secrets 
of  the  MUD  Wizards, 
explaining  how  to 
build  and  play  Multi- 
User  Dungeons,  games 
that  allow  Internet 
users  to  play  complex 
games  online. 

In  August  1995, 
Busey  began  ichat, 
which  was  recently 
renamed  Acuity.  "It 
came  from  the  stuff  I 
was  doing  at  Duke,"  he 
says,  referring  to  his 
vision  of  the  Internet's 
future.  As  of  now,  the 
company  of  ninety-five 
people  is  the  leading 
provider  of  software 
that  allows  Web  surfers 
to  chat  online.  Among 
Acuity's  more  than 
1,000  clients  are 
Yahoo,  CBS  Sportsline, 
and  the  National 
Hockey  League. 

Even  with  all  the 
advances  the  world 
has  seen  in  the  past 
several  years,  Busey 
says  society  has  barely 
scratched  the  surface 
of  the  technological 
revolution.  "I  don't 
think  we've  even  seen 
the  beginning  of  the 
changes  the  Internet 
will  make  on  the 
world,"  he  says,  pre- 
dicting that  "the  In- 
ternet will  become 
fairly  common  for 


ong  Christensen  '96,  Navy  ensign, 
is  stationed  at  the  Atlantic  Intelligence  Command  in 
Norfolk,  Va.  She  and  her  husband,  Jamie,  live  in 
Newport  News. 

April  D.  Preyar  '96  has  self-published  a  book  of 
poetry,  Melancholy  Blue:  Psalms  of  Soulful  Sadness, 
for  which  she  is  doing  all  the  promotion  and  advertising 
"with  the  aid  of  friends  and  family,"  she  writes,  while 
pursuing  a  law  degree  at  George  Washington  Univer- 
sity, interning  at  the  D.C.  Public  Defender  Service 
as  an  investigator,  and  serving  as  co-leader  for  a  local 
Girl  Scout  troop.  Her  Internet  address  is 
adp("  gwis2.circ.gwu.edu. 


R.  Ritchey  '96,  a  Navy  ensign, 
graduated  from  the  Submarine  Officer  Basic  Course, 
where  he  learned  about  the  theory,  construction,  and 
operation  of  nuclear-powered  submarines. 


IflHHBM'HH' 


ichat* 


people  in  middle - 
income  households 
and  over.  This  will 
even  change  the  way 
people  will  watch  TV: 
We  will  be  able  to  chat 
with  people  while  we 
watch." 

While  some  people 
may  be  nervous  about 
what  he  calls  "the  fun- 
damental changes  in 
the  way  people  com- 


municate" that  are 
bound  to  emerge  in 
the  next  five  to  ten 
years,  Busey  himself 
says  he  is  enthusiastic: 
"This  is  a  fun  time  for 
technology." 

— Jaime  Levy  '01 


Busey:  creating  virtual 
communities  online 


Brian  Roddy  B.S.E.  '96  is  living  in  Madison, 
Wise,  and  working  as  a  component  designer  for  Trek 
and  Bontrager  Bicycles.  He  is  a  project  leader  and 
engineer  for  all  Bontrager  components. 

Sarah  Stashak  '96  is  assistant  media  planner  at 
Ogilvy  &  Mather  advertising  agency  in  Atlanta. 

Timothy  J.  Wyse  '96,  a  Navy  ensign,  visited 
Singapore  while  serving  aboard  the  guided  missile 
cruiser  USS  Mobile  Bay,  which  he  helped  win  the  1997 
Commander,  U.S.  Seventh  Fleet  Air  Warfare  Excel- 
lence Award.  His  ship's  home  port  is  Yokosuka,  Japan. 

David  P.  Kunstle  J.D.  '97,  who  was  awarded  a 
Robert  Bosch  Foundation  Fellowship  for  1998-99,  will 
work  a  full-time  internship  in  Germany. 

Anthony  Paul  Volpe  '97  is  a  production  intern  in 
the  Advanced  Communications  Center  of  Campbell- 
Ewald  Advertising  in  Warren,  Mich. 

MARRIAGES:  Melissa  A.  Brown  '90  to  Michael 

C.  Brown  '88  on  March  14.  Residence:  Seattle... 
Torii  Patock  B.S.E.  '90  to  Todd  Turman  on  Jan.  2. 
Residence:  Coppell, Texas.. .Ben  F.  Johnson  IV 
'91  to  Jennifer  L.  White  '93  on  Aug.  28, 1997. 
Residence:  Atlanta..  Slade  H.  Schuster  M.B.A. 
'91  to  Dinah  Lee  Swain  '86  on  Sept.  6. 
Residence:  Minneapolis... Maria  Weissler '91, M.D. 
'95  to  Scott  David  Dudak  on  Dec.  20.  Residence: 
Miami...  Robert  M.  Biswas  '92  to  Angel  L. 
Fleming  '92  on  Nov.  29  in  Duke  Chapel.  Residence: 
Miami. . .  Susan  Mowles  '92  to  Brian  Eugenis  on 
Jan.  3.  Residence:  LaCenter, Wash.... Sarah 
Baldwin  '93  to  Todd  Mcllroy  on  June  28, 1997. 
Residence:  Salem,  Mass.... Alice  A.  Crowder  '93 
to  Andrew  White  on  Feb.  21.  Residence:  Durham... 
Theodore  K.  Jackson  IV  '93  to  Jennifer  M. 
Edwards  on  Dec.  20.  Residence:  Cambridge,  Mass.... 
Jeffrey  Craig  Galaska  '94  to  Tommi  Lou 
Overcash  on  Dec.  21...  Jeremy  Andrew  Long 
'94  to  Amy  Kathleen  Wilson  on  Oct.  4.  Residence: 
Chapel  Hill... Thomas  Mark  Miles '94  to 
Dara  Anne  Williams  on  Feb.  21.  Residence:  New  York 
City...Jared  Sclove  Trinity '94  to  Suzanne 
Rotenberg  on  July  20, 1997.  Residence:  Austin,  Texas. . . 
Michael  S.  Reeves  M.B.A.  '95  to  Julie  Marie 
Mackle  '89  on  July  12, 1997.  Residence:  Memphis. 
Brian  Allen  Shaner  '95  to  Heidi  Lynn  Young 
'96  on  March  21.  Residence:  Arlington,  Va. 

BIRTHS:  Second  child  and  son  to  Lisa  Corson 
Britchkow  '90  and  David  Britchkow  on  Feb.  20. 
Named  Evan  Samuel... Son  to  Donald  Lee  Fowler 
Jr.  '90  and  Ann  Marie  Fowler  on  April  11.  Named 
William  Anson. .  .Son  to  Sally  J.  McDonald  J.D. 
'90  and  Rich  Levin  on  July  31, 1997.  Named  Grant 
Benjamin... First  child  and  son  to  Leanne  E. 
Murray  '90  and  David  M.  Shofi  on  April  14. 
Named  Michael  Patrick  Shofi... First  daughter  and 
son,  twins,  to  Amy  Bernhardt  Strawser  '90 
and  Todd  Strawser  on  April  19.  Named  Rachel 
Michelle  and  Zachary  Evan. .  .Daughter  to  Victor 
Bongard  III  '91,  J.D  '98  and  Taylor  Mead 
Albright  J.D.  '98  on  Feb.  20.  Named  Victoria 
Albright  Bongard. .  .First  son  and  daughter,  twins,  to 
Lora  Berson  Hersh  '91  and  Jeffrey  Hersh 
'88  on  Aug.  29, 1997.  Named  Zachary  Oliver  and 
Morgan  Rachel... First  child  and  son  to  Debbie 
Gardner  Leibold  '91  and  Greg  Leibold  '91on 
Oct.  10.  Named  Nicholas  John...  Second  child  and 
first  daughter  to  Catherine  K.  McHorse  '91  and 
Edward  S.  McHorse  '91  on  Jan.  26.  Named 
Allison  Elizabeth... Daughter  to  Kristy  Bitten- 
bender  Arbogast  B.S.E.  '92  and  Geoff  Arbogast 
on  April  16, 1997.  Named  Katherine  Elizabeth. . . 
A  daughter  to  Michael  Faller  '92  andYasuko 
Faller  on  Feb.  13.  Named  Sarah  Emily... First  child 
and  son  to  Robert  E.  Kaelin  J.D.  '92  and  Linda 
Kaelin  on  April  14.  Named  Ryan  Edmund... First 


July-August  1998        29 


child  and  son  to  Marian  Graham  Lundberg  '92 

and  Andrew  Lundberg  on  Aug.  18, 1997.  Named 
Harrison  Graham... Son  to  Eleanor  Ridley '92  and 
Stephen  Ridley  B.S.E.  '92  on  July  17, 1997.  Named 
William  Cameron... Daughter  to  Robert  M. 
Hammock  '93  and  Amy  Elizabeth  Hammock  on 
Jan.  16.  Named  Elizabeth  Grace... Twin  daughters  to 
Robert  Kost  MBA.  '93  and  Lori  Weiss  Kost 
'89  on  Oct.  10.  Named  Samantha  Sumner  and  Zoe 
Rachel. .  .Third  child,  a  daughter,  to  Thomas  W. 
Ricks  Sr.  93  and  Melissa  Yoder  Ricks  '85  on 
March  12.  Named  Maria  Regina  Caeli... First  child 
and  daughter  to  Tracy  Bermont  Wise  '93  and 
Alan  Michael  Wise  '94,  M.B.A.  '98.  Named 
Allison  Riley... Son  to  Jennifer  Harrod  J.D.  '96 
and  Scott  de  Marchi  on  Nov.  24.  Named  Daniel  Took 
Harrod  de  Marchi. 


DEATHS 


Martha  Stroud  Ward  Isaacs  19  of  Durham,  on 
Feb.  25.  She  taught  at  E.K.  Powe  Elementary  School 
before  retiring.  She  is  survived  by  a  sister. 

Louise  Rightsell  '23  of  Durham,  N.C.  on  Jan.  30. 
She  is  survived  by  a  great-niece,  Janice  T  Davenport. 


'25  of  Raleigh,  N.C,  on 
Feb.  24.  She  is  survived  by  her  husband,  Egbert;  two 
daughters,  including  Susan  Peeler  Ruben  '60; 

four  grandchildren,  including  Matthew  J.  Ruben 

'92;  three  great-grandchildren;  a  brother;  and  a  sister. 

Beatrice  Harward  Wilson  25,  A.M.  33  of 

Durham,  N.C,  on  Feb.  7.  A  member  of  the  first 
graduating  class  of  Duke  University,  she  was  a  teacher 
for  37  years  in  the  North  Carolina  public  school 
system.  She  is  survived  by  two  sons,  a  sister,  and  three 

grandchildren. 

Annie  Blair  Anders  Underwood  '26  of 

Winston-Salem,  N.C,  on  Feb.  7.  She  is  survived  by 
two  sisters,  including  Helen  Freeman  '32. 

Gladstone  W.  McDowell  '28,  A.M.  '31  of  Ashe- 
ville,  N.C,  on  Feb.  11.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Janet. 

Martha  Layton  Winston  29  of  Lillington,  N.C., 
on  March  4.  She  had  been  a  district  director  for  the 
N.C.  Federation  of  Women's  Clubs  and  state  treasurer 
for  the  Daughters  of  the  American  Revolution.  She  is 
survived  by  two  sons  and  a  grandson. 

Paul  Graham  Trueblood  A.M.  '30,  Ph.D.  '35, 
of  Salem,  Ore.,  on  Dec.  27.  A  professor,  he  taught 
English  literature  and  had  served  as  chair  of  the 
English  department  at  Willamette  University.  He 
retired  in  1971  as  an  emeritus  professor.  An  interna- 
tionally recognized  Lord  Byron  scholar,  he  was  the 
first  American  to  address  the  Byron  Society  in  the 
House  of  Lords  in  1975.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife, 
Helen,  two  daughters,  three  grandchildren,  and  three 
great-grandchildren. 

Conrad  C.  Washam  '30  of  Charlotte,  N.C,  on 
July  16, 1997. 


'31  of 

Greensboro,  N.C,  on  Feb.  10.  She  was  an  English 
teacher  and  later  a  professor  of  English  at  East 
Carolina  University.  She  is  survived  by  her  husband, 
Murrell  K.  Glover  M. IV.  '50;  a  son,  Durant 
'73;  and  a  granddaughter. 


Robert  Williams  '31  of  Raleigh,  N.C,  on  Feb.  5. 
After  serving  as  a  lieutenant  commander  and  physi- 
cian in  the  U.S.  Navy  during  World  War  II,  he  moved 
to  Raleigh  to  practice  radiology,  both  privately  and 
at  the  Mary  Elizabeth  Hospital.  He  is  survived  by  his 
wife,  Mae,  two  daughters,  three  granddaughters,  and 


Atticus  Morris  Williams  B.D.  '32  of  Durham, 
on  Jan.  10,  of  respiratory  failure.  He  spent  37  years  as 
a  minister  in  the  N.C.  Conference  of  the  United 
Methodist  Church,  serving  39  churches  as  pastor 
during  10  different  appointments.  He  is  survived  by 
his  wife,  Katharine;  a  son,  Duke  trustee  A.  Morris 
Jr.  '62,  and  his  wife,  Ruth  Whitmore 

'63;  two  granddaughters,  Susan  Ruth 
Beltz  '85  and  Joanne  Williams  Markman  '87; 

and  three  great-grandchildren. 


'33  of  Norfolk,  Va.,  on  Sept.  18. 

C.  Wade  Goldston  B.D.  '33  on  Jan.  4.  A  minister 
for  60  years,  he  was  a  professor  of  religion  and  chaplain 
at  Louisburg  College.  He  is  survived  by  a  daughter,  a 
son,  tour  grandchildren,  and  six  great-grandchildren. 

Virginia  Kern  Aldridge'34  of  Rocky  Mount, 

N.C,  on  Jan.  28.  She  is  survived  by  a  son,  Julian  M. 
Aldridge  Jr.  B.D.  '64,Th.M.  '68;  two  daughters, 
Lucy  A.  Hinson  '64  and  Ginna  A.  Bailey  '67;  a 

sister;  seven  grandchildren,  including  Julian  M. 
Ill  '92;  and  a  great-grandchild. 


Cain  Culp  '34  on  Feb.  28.  She  is  survived 
by  a  daughter,  two  sons,  a  sister;  and  four  grandchildren. 

Alvin  O.  Moore  '34,  J.D.  '36  of  Chattanooga,  Tenn., 
on  Jan.  16.  He  was  a  partner  in  the  law  firm  Spears, 
Moore,  Rebman  &  Williams.  He  is  survived  by  his 
wife,  Annie  Kate  Rebman  Moore  '34;  a  son; 

four  grandchildren;  and  three  great-grandchildren. 

Mary  Alice  Herman  Park  R.N.  '34,  B.S.N.  '38  on 

July  4, 1997. 

John  William  Devine  Jr.  M.D.  '35  on  Feb.  1. 
He  practiced  medicine  with  his  lather  in  Virginia,  and 
was  a  surgeon  until  World  War  II,  when  he  was  assigned 
to  Percy  Jones  General  Hospital  for  two  years  in 
neurosurgery.  In  1968,  he  returned  to  school  at  the 
University  of  Miami  Medical  School,  where  he  trained 
in  plastic  surgery,  and  went  into  private  practice  in 
Miami,  Fla.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Jean,  two  sons, 
a  daughter,  two  stepchildren,  and  five  grandchildren. 

Frank  Cottier  '36  of  Chestnut  Hill,  Mass.,  on  Jan.  14. 

Joseph  Charles  Rintelen  Jr.  Ph.D.  '36,  on 
Jan.  13.  He  was  a  research  metallurgist  with  the  Inter- 
national Nickel  Co.  and  served  in  a  similar  capacity 
with  the  U.S.  Navy's  Bureau  of  Ordnance.  During 
World  War  II,  he  was  chief  of  Naval  Ordnance  Inspec- 
tion. In  1952,  he  became  chair  of  the  department  of 
mining  and  metallurgy  at  the  University  of  Texas  at 
El  Paso. 

Jesse  Quails  Stigler  Jr.  '36  of  Greenwood, 
Miss.,  on  July  29, 1997,  of  heart  failure.  He  is  survived 
by  a  brother,  three  daughters,  a  son,  11  grandchildren, 
and  two  great-grandchildren. 

Wayne  H.  Ambler  '37  of  PonteVedra  Beach,  Fla., 
on  Jan.  3.  He  worked  for  Standard  Press  Steel  and 
Pier  1  Imports  for  35  years  before  retiring  in  1986. 
He  played  professional  baseball  with  Connie  Mack's 
Philadelphia  Athletics  from  1937  to  1939,  with  the 
New  York  Giants  in  1940,  and  with  Cincinnati  and 
Indianapolis  in  1941,  before  serving  in  the  Navy  during 
World  War  II.  After  the  war,  he  continued  to  play 
semi-professional  baseball  for  another  decade.  He  is 
survived  by  his  wife,  Sara;  two  sisters;  a  daughter, 
Sally  Ambler  Hutchinson  B.S.N.  '64  and  her 
husband,  William  R.  Hutchinson  II  M.D.  '63;  a 
son;  and  five  granddaughters. 

George  Allen  Burwell  '37,  LL.B.  '39  of 
Warrenton,  N.C,  on  Jan.  15.  He  was  a  retired  Navy 
captain. 

n  Hartz  B.D.  '37,  Ph.D.  '53  of  Safety 


37  of  Ft.  Thomas,  Ky.  He  headed 


a  political  organization,  the  Committee  of  500,  which 
supported  reform-minded  prosecutors  and  judges 
who  vowed  to  change  Campbell  County's  gambling 
reputation.  He  was  also  chairman  and  CEO  of 
Johnson  Electric  in  Cincinnati,  Ohio.  He  is  survived 
by  his  wife,  Marie,  six  daughters,  two  sons,  three  step- 
daughters, a  stepson,  a  sister,  36  grandchildren,  and 
two  great-grandchildren. 

Harvey  A.  Kolb  '37  of  North  Palm  Beach,  Fla.,  on 
Feb.  9. 

Lintz  Kegley  Parker '37  on  Nov.  24.  Before 
World  War  II,  he  was  a  high  school  teacher  in  eastern 
Virginia,  teaching  agriculture,  math,  English,  and 
Latin.  After  the  war,  he  was  a  vocational  rehabilitation 
counselor  in  Durham  and  Wilmington,  N.C,  until  he 
retired  in  1970.  He  is  survived  by  a  daughter,  Sylvia, 
and  three  grandchildren. 

Betty  Gene  Gilbert  Barron  '38  of  Madison, 
Tenn.,  on  Jan.  17.  She  had  retired  from  teaching  in  the 
Metropolitan  Nashville  School  System.  She  is  survived 
by  her  husband,  Raymond;  two  daughters,  including 
Gene  Barron  Zablotney  '68;  and  four  grandchil- 
dren, including  Sara  B.  Zablotney  '99. 

H.  Patterson  Harris  Jr.  M.D.  '38  of  Fairfield, 
Conn.,  on  Jan.  5.  A  retired  medical  examiner,  he  had 
been  an  assistant  superintendent  at  Fairfield  Hills 
Hospital,  a  school  physician,  the  director  of  public 
health  for  Fairfield,  and  an  internist  in  a  private  prac- 
tice for  more  than  20  years.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife, 
Josephine;  a  son,  Christopher  B.  Harris  '64;  two 
grandchildren,  and  two  great-grandchildren. 

Walter  Ray  McCann  B.S.E.E.  '38  of  Palo  Alto, 
Calif.,  on  Nov.  22.  He  was  a  mathematician  and 
engineer  for  Westinghouse  Corp.  He  is  survived  by  a 
brother,  Frank  B.  McCann  B.S.C.E.  '38;  and  a 
sister,  Adriana  "Anne"  McCann  '41 

Paul  R.  Taylor  B.D.'38ofCharlotte,N.C,on 
Feb.  19.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Ruby,  a  brother,  two 
sisters,  two  stepdaughters,  five  grandsons,  three  grand- 
daughters, and  10  great-grandchildren. 

Wray  D.  Storey  M.D.  '39  on  Jan.  22. 

Forrest  E.  Church  '40  of  Oakboro,  N.C,  on  Nov. 
5.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Nellie. 


'J.D. '40  of  Raleigh  on 
Dec.  30,  of  complications  from  Parkinson's  disease.  He 
was  a  Raleigh  attorney  for  six  decades,  and  his  firm, 
Poyner  and  Spruill,  became  one  of  the  state's  largest. 
His  philanthropy  included  the  development  of  the 
North  Carolina  Symphony,  the  Opera  Company  of 
North  Carolina,  and  the  Raleigh  Little  Theatre.  He 
was  an  Army  veteran  of  World  War  II.  He  is  survived 
by  his  wife,  Florence;  four  daughters,  including 
Margaret  Poyner  Galbraith  '71;  a  son;  and 
eight  grandchildren. 

Luther  Hartman  Hoopes  A.M.  '41  of  Timonium, 
Md.,  on  June  16, 1997.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife, 
Patricia. 

Ralph  Lamberson  LL.B.  '42  on  Nov.  25.  He 
joined  the  Army  in  World  War  II  and  served  as  a  legal 
officer  in  General  MacArthur's  headquarters  in  Japan. 
From  1948  to  1950,  he  was  a  public  relations  director 
at  Stanford  University.  From  1950  to  1955,  he  was 
associated  with  Olin  Matheson  Chemical  Corp.,  and 
was  later  a  management  consultant  living  and  working 
in  Europe,  the  Middle  East,  and  Pakistan.  For  10  years, 
he  was  managing  director  of  the  International  Institute 
of  Synthetic  Rubber  Producers.  He  retired  in  1978.  He 
is  survived  by  his  wife,  Doris,  a  brother,  and  a  sister. 


P.  Plaze  '43  of  Terryville,  Conn.,  on  Jan. 
15,  of  a  heart  attack.  After  serving  in  the  Navy  during 
World  War  II,  he  attended  law  school  and  opened  a 
practice.  He  was  both  prosecuting  attorney  and  town 


30      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


counsel  for  the  Town  of  Plymouth,  and  he  was  elected 
judge  of  probate.  After  retiring  in  1990,  he  was 
appointed  part-time  magistrate  and  served  for  several 
years  on  the  Waterbury  Superior  Court.  He  is  survived 
by  three  children,  three  grandchildren,  and  a  sister. 

Frank  J.  Loftus  '44  of  Longboat  Key,  Fla.,  and 
Leland,  Mich.,  on  Dec.  20.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife, 
Barbara  Jeschke  Loftus  '44;  three  daughters, 
including  Elizabeth  Loftus  Fraker  71,  M.A.T. 

73  and  Nancy  Loftus  Devine  78;  two  sisters;  a 
brother;  and  nine  grandchildren. 

Marion  Ortez  Strickland  '44  of  Lyons,  Ga.,  on 
Jan.  5.  An  attorney,  he  was  a  former  member  of  the 
Georgia  General  Assembly.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife, 


John  S.  "Jack"  Lanahan'45  of  Richmond,  Va„ 
on  Jan.  7,  of  cancer.  He  was  a  management  consultant 
and  retired  senior  vice  president  of  CSX  Corp.  In 
1979,  he  was  named  Hotel  Manager  of  the  Year  by  the 
American  Hotel  and  Motel  Association.  He  was  also  a 
member  of  the  Hotel  Industry  Hall  of  Fame. 


S.  Stewart  IV  M.D.  '45  of  Hartford, 
Wise,  on  Jan.  16.  He  is  survived  by  five  children,  three 
grandchildren,  two  great-grandchildren,  and  a  sister. 

Audrey  Shumaker  Horton  '46,  LL.B.  '48,  of 
Asheville,  N.C.,  on  Dec.  26,  of  lung  cancer.  She  was  a 
partner  with  her  husband  in  the  law  firm  Horton  & 
Horton.  She  is  survived  by  her  husband,  Shelby 
Edmund  Horton  J.D  '48;  two  daughters;  a  sister; 
and  three  granddaughters. 

Timothy  Goode  Warner  '46,  LL.B.  '48  of  Greens- 
boro, N.C,  on  Jan.  18.  He  practiced  law  in  Greensboro 
and  was  an  attorney  for  the  Internal  Revenue  Service 
in  Atlanta  and  Dallas.  He  also  served  as  a  judge  of 
Greensboro's  municipal  county  court  from  1952  to 
1955.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Carin,  a  daughter,  a 
stepson,  a  sister,  a  brother,  and  two  grandchildren. 

Ivey  C.  Gentry  A.M.  '47,  Ph.D.  '49  on  Feb.  14,  of 
pneumonia.  A  professor  of  mathematics  at  Wake 
Forest  University  for  40  years,  he  spent  25  of  those 
years  chairing  the  mathematics  department.  He  retired 
from  the  faculty  in  1989. 

D.  Joyce  Preston  Hipp  '47  on  Feb.  9.  She  is  sur- 
vived by  her  husband,  Charles  R.  Hipp  B.S.M.E. 
'48;  two  sons;  a  daughter;  eight  grandchildren;  a  great- 
grandchild; two  sisters,  and  three  half-brothers. 

Graver  S.  Patterson  M.D.  '47  of  Carthage,  Mo., 
on  July  23, 1997,  of  pancreatic  cancer.  After  spending 
33  months  as  a  battalion  surgeon  in  Korea,  he  moved 
to  Carthage  to  set  up  his  medical  practice.  He  is  sur- 
vived by  his  wife,  Patty,  two  daughters,  a  brother,  four 
sisters,  and  five  grandchildren. 


W.  Trumble  47  of  Englewood,  Fla., 
on  Jan.  1.  After  serving  with  the  Army's  Military 
Intelligence  division,  he  worked  in  New  York  City 
for  the  American  Can  Co.  for  20  years  as  administrator 
of  special  projects  and  in  employee  relations.  He  then 
joined  Continental  Can  Co.,  where  he  was  manager 
of  group  insurance  administration.  He  retired  in  1982. 
Mo  i^  mii\  ived  hv  h^  wile,  Lucille,  a  daughter,  ;ind  a 
granddaughter. 

Joseph  L.  Graham  B.S.C.E.  '48  of  Huntsville, 
Ala.,  on  Oct.  18,  in  a  car  accident.  He  retired  from 
NASA  and  MSFC  as  an  engineer  and  contractor 
after  40  years.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Bobby,  three 
daughters,  five  sons,  a  sister,  a  brother,  and  11  grand- 
children. 


'50,  of  Fair  Haven,  N.Y.,  on 
Aug.  1, 1997.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Helen,  two 
daughters,  a  son,  and  a  sister. 

ieB.S.M.E. '50  of  Little  Egg 


S  S   O   C    I   A  T   I   O 


Mutational  Adventiiri 


'es 


J  993 


The  Oxford  Experience 


The  university  of  Oxford.  England 
September  6  -  19     •  $3. ISO  per  person 

Immerse  yourself  in  centuries-old  tradi- 
tions of  learning  and  community. 
Study  in  small  groups  with  Oxford  faculty 
and  explore  the  English  countryside.    Re- 
discover what  it  is  to  he  a  student  again. 

Alumni  College  of  Ireland 

County  Clare,  Ireland 

sept.  23  -  Oct.  1  •  $2,095  per  person 

From  awesome  seaside  vistas  to  Celtic 
history,  this  pleasant  mix  of  seminars 
and  excursions  will  expose  you  to  the  his- 
tory  and  culture  of  the  Emerald  Isle. 


From  the  Bosphorus 
to  the  Sea  ot  Ulysses 


A  cruise  of  Turkey   and  the  Greek  Isles 
-Tiand  stays  in  Isfanhul  and  Athens. 
The  centerpiece  is  a  seven-night  cruise 
aboard  Radisson  Seven  Seas  Cruises' 
Song  of  Flower. 

Cotes  du  Rhone  Passage 

October  1 4  -  27 

$  3,495  per  person  from  new  york  or 

$3,595  per  person  from  atlanta 

Paris,  the  "City  of  Light,"  the  TGV 
(world's  fastest  passenger  train), 
Cannes,  Pr< 


september  18  and  november  6 
Durham,  nc 

Rediscover  the  true  "Duke  experience"— 
the  classroom  experience!    Return  to 
Duke  for  a  day  of  stimulating  classes 
designed  for  alumni  and  taught  by  top 
Duke  faculty. 

Waterways  ot  Russia 

August  18-30  •  $3,795  per  person 

Spend  two  nights  in  Moscow,  visit  the 
Kremlin  and  Red  Square  before 
emharking  on  a  cruise  to  charming 
villages  and  the  magnificent  city  of 
St.  Petershurg. 


Our  14-day  classic  itinerary  from  the 
Danuhe  to  the  Black  Sea  takes  you 
from  Austria  to  Hungary,  Yugoslavia, 
Bulgaria,  Romania,  and  Turkey.  Then  to 
Istanbul  for  two  nights.  Vienna  is  a  two- 
night  option. 


Heritage  ot  Northern  Italy 

October  20  -  November  2  •  $3,900  per 
person 

We  are  pleased  to  offer  a  journey 
through  Northern  Italy.  SeeVenice 
and  Lake  Como,  as  well  as  visits  to 
Bergamo,  Verona,  Mantua,  Vicenza, 
Bassano  del  Grappa,  Padua,  and  Parma. 

Reauty  and  Wonder  Down  Under 

November  6-18  •  $4,595  per  person 
/Oruise  ahoard  the  sLx-star  Crystal 
\Jrlarmonu  from  Sydney,  Australia,  to 
Aukland,  New  Zealand.  Ports  of  calf 
include  Melbourne;  Hohart,  Tazmania; 
Dunedin;  and  Christchurch. 

Yuletide  in  Ravaria 

Old  World  Christmas  markets 

DECEMBER  7  -  14  ■  $2,495  PER  PERSON 

Surround  yourself  in  the  winter  won- 
derland  of  the  Bavarian  Alps.  Three 
nights  in  Bad  Reichenhall  and  the  musi- 
cal city  of  Salzhurg,  Austria. 


detailed  brochur 


the 


Irlisted  helow,  please  return  this  form,  to 
Duke  Educational  Adventures 
614  Chapel  Drive,  Durham,  NC  27708 
or  fax  to:  (919)  684-6022 


DI-'KECLAft 


Alumni  Colleges  Abroad 

Q  The  Oxford  Experience 
t  .  Q  Alumni  College  of  Ireland 

Other  Programs 
Q  Duke  Directions 
Duke  Travel 
Q  Danube  to  the  Black  Sea 
Q  From  the  Bosphorus  to 
the  Sea  of  Ulysses 

□  Cotes  du  Rhone  Passage 

□  Heritage  of  Northern  Italy 

□  Beauty  and  Wonder  Down  Unde 

□  Yuletide  in  Bavaria 


July-August   1998        31 


A  Charitable 

Annuity: 

The  Gift 

That  Pays 

In  exchange  for  a  gift  of 
$10,000  or  more,  Duke  can 
offer  you  (or  you  and  your 
spouse)  a  fixed  annual 
income  for  life. 

Your  age  (and  that  of  your 
spouse),  your  financial 
needs,  and  current  interest 
rates  determine  the  annuity 
rate  Duke  can  offer. 


Some  Sa 

nple  Rates 

Your  Age 

Annuity 

60 

6.5% 

70 

7.5% 

75 

8.0% 

Your  Ages 

Annuity 

70/68 

6.5% 

75/73 

7.0% 

Annuity  rates  are  subject  to 
change.  Once  your  gift  is  made, 
the  annuity  rate  remains  fixed. 

Please  allow  us  to  send  you 
a  proposal 


Please  contact 

Michael  C.  SholtzJ.D.,  LL.M. 

Director,  Duke  University 

Office  of  Planned  Giving 

Box  90606 

2127  Campus  Drive 

Durham  NC  27708-0606 

(919)  681-0464 

(919)684-2123 


Harbor,  N.J.,  on  Sept.  17,  of  a  heart  attack.  He  was  a 
retired  plant  environmental  engineer  with  Johnson  6k 
Johnson,  where  he  worked  for  23  years.  He  was  a  Navy 
veteran  of  World  War  II.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife, 
Sara,  and  a  brother. 

Loyd  Erskine  Sutton  '50  of  Washington,  D.C., 
on  Jan.  10,  of  a  heart  attack.  After  serving  in  the  Army 
in  World  War  II,  he  was  a  mathematician  for  the 
National  Bureau  of  Standards  until  retiring.  He  is 
survived  by  a  sister. 


E.  Briggs  Jr.  '51  of  Whispering  Pines, 
N.C.,  on  Feb.  4.  A  career  U.S.  foreign  service  officer 
since  1957,  he  served  in  Spain,  Zimbabwe,  Mozambique, 
and  Nicaragua.  At  the  Department  of  State,  he  held 
positions  as  country  director  for  El  Salvador;  executive 
secretary  of  the  Office  of  Congressional  Relations; 
director  of  the  International  Visitor  Program;  director 
of  the  Office  of  Inter-American  Cultural  and  Edu- 
cational Exchange;  and  staff  director  of  the  Board  of 
Examiners  for  the  Foreign  Service.  He  is  survived  by 
his  wife,  Elizabeth,  three  daughters,  three  grandchil- 
dren, and  a  sister. 


L.  Craig  '51  of  Durham,  on  Jan.  2. 

Richard  L.  Thomas  '51  on  Feb.  23.  An  Army 
veteran  of  World  War  II,  he  retired  as  an  agent  with 
Home  Beneficial  Life  Insurance  Co.  in  1988.  He  is  su: 
vived  by  his  wife,  Nancy,  a  son,  and  two  granddaugh- 


Kinney  Accuntius  '52  of  Georgetown, 
Texas,  on  Jan.  22,  of  breast  cancer.  She  worked  as 
a  reporter  and  public  relations  writer  in  New  York 
and  Washington  State.  She  is  survived  by  her  hus- 
band, Jim,  two  sons,  a  daughter,  a  brother,  and 
four  grandchildren. 

Mattie  Britt  Bynum  R.N.  '53  of  Greensboro,  N.C., 
on  July  29, 1997,  of  lung  cancer.  She  is  survived  by  her 
husband,  Harold,  and  a  daughter. 

William  Andrew  Taylor  '53,  of  Lufkin,  Texas,  on 
Oct.  16.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Virginia. 

Ann  Pace  Frankeberger  R.N.  '54,  B.S.N.  '57  of 
Mililani,  Hawaii,  on  Jan.  4.  She  was  a  retired  Army 
colonel,  having  served  in  Armed  Forces  hospitals  from 
1966  to  1987.  She  is  survived  by  her  husband,  John, 

two  daughters,  two  sons,  and  a  sister. 

Earl  V.  Nelson  M.Div.  '55  of  Boone,  Iowa,  on  Jan. 
4.  He  had  served  as  a  United  Methodist  pastor  in 
Kansas,  North  Carolina,  and  Iowa.  He  is  survived  by 
his  wife,  Dorothy  Howerton  Nelson  M.Ed.  '50; 
a  sister;  three  sons;  and  10  grandchildren. 

Norman  C.  Gregersen  '58  of  Palm  Beach  Gar- 
dens, Fla.,  on  March  7, 1997,  of  brain  cancer.  He  was 
the  owner  of  Palm  Beach  Motor  Cars,  the  world's 
highest-selling  Jaguar  dealership.  He  is  survived  by  his 
wife,  Sonia. 

Harry  Joseph  O'Connor  Jr.  J.D.  '59,  of 
Greensboro,  N.C.,  on  Jan.  5.  An  Air  Force  veteran, 
he  was  a  former  member  of  the  board  of  directors  of 
Greensboro  Day  School,  a  member  of  the  N.C. 
Academy  of  Trial  Lawyers,  and  a  member  of  the 
North  Carolina  and  Florida  bar  associations.  He  is 
survived  by  his  wife,  Betty  Jane  O'Connor  '56; 
two  children;  two  sisters;  two  brothers;  and  three 
grandchildren. 

Michael  Morris  Pousner  '68  of  Atlanta,  on  Jan. 
25,  of  a  heart  attack. 

Charles  William  Lowry  Jr.  '70  of  Burlington, 
N.C,  on  Jan.  27. 

Deborah  Fiori  Hayes  B.S.N. '74  of  North  Salem, 
N.Y.,  on  Nov.  20  in  a  car  accident.  The  first  master  of 
science  graduate  from  the  N.Y.  Medical  College's 
Nurse  Anesthesia  School,  she  was  a  nurse  anesthetist 


for  the  Nyack  Medical  Association  in  Chappaqua,  N.Y. 
She  is  survived  by  her  husband,  Robert,  a  son,  and 
three  brothers. 


Martens  '97  on  Feb.  24,  in  his  sleep.  He 
worked  for  an  advertising  firm  in  New  York  City.  He  is 
survived  by  his  parents,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Harry  Martens, 
of  Potomac,  Md. 

History  Professor  Clyde 

Paul  H.  Clyde,  a  Far  East  historian  whose  leadership 
was  important  in  Duke's  first  international  studies  pro- 
gram, died  April  29.  He  was  101. 

A  native  of  Canada,  he  attended  the  University  of 
British  Columbia  and  then  transferred  to  Stanford 
University,  where  he  earned  his  bachelor's  in  1920,  his 
master's  in  1922,  and  his  Ph.D.  in  1925.  He  taught  at 
Ohio  State,  Stanford,  and  the  University  of  Kentucky 
before  coming  to  Duke  in  1937. 

He  served  at  Duke  as  university  marshal,  director  of 
the  summer  session,  and  executive  secretary  of  the 
University  Committee  on  Long- Range  Planning.  He 
was  also  on  the  board  of  Duke's  first  international 
studies  program.  After  retiring  in  1961,  he  worked  with 
The  Duke  Endowment  from  1961  to  1966  as  secretary 
of  the  Committee  on  Education  Institutions. 

The  sixth  edition  of  the  book  The  Far  East:  A 
History  of  Western  Impacts  and  Eastern  Responses,  1830- 
1975,  co-written  with  his  graduate  student  Burton  F. 
Beers  A.M.  '52,  Ph.D.  '56,  was  recently  published  in 
paperback.  It  has  been  used  in  history  courses  for 
decades. 

He  is  survived  by  a  daughter,  a  son,  three  grandchil- 
dren, and  a  great-grandchild. 

English  Professor  Gohdes 

Noted  author,  pioneer  scholar  of  American  literature, 
and  James  B.  Duke  Professor  of  English  emeritus 
Clarence  Louis  Frank  Gohdes  died  in  Durham  on 
December  8.  He  was  96. 

Gohdes  earned  his  bachelor's  at  Capital  University 
in  1921,  earned  one  master's  at  Ohio  State  University 
in  1921  and  another  at  Harvard  University  in  1928, 
and  received  his  Ph.D.  from  Columbia  University  in 
1931.  He  joined  Duke's  faculty  in  1930.  Considered  an 
authority  on  Walt  Whitman  and  Ralph  Waldo  Emer- 
son, he  published  widely  in  the  field  of  American 
literature  and  served  in  editorial  and  advisory  capaci- 
ties for  leading  professional  journals  in  his  specialty. 

From  1932  to  1969,  he  was  managing  editor  and 
editor  of  American  Literature,  the  journal  of  the 
American  literatute  section  of  the  Modern  Language 
Association.  He  retired  from  Duke  in  1971. 

His  interest  in  Southern  history  resulted  in  the 
publication  of  Hunting  in  the  Old  South:  Original 
Narratives  of  the  Hunter  and  Scuppernong:  North 
Carolina's  Grape  and  Its  Wines.  The  latter  was  an 
authoritative  work  that  identified  the  state  as  the 
nation's  leading  wine  producer  before  the  Civil  War. 

He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Celestine 
Gohdes  '34;  two  daughters,  Eleai 
Baten  '65  and  Dorothy  Gohdes  '68;  and  a  sister. 

Public  Policy  Professor  McConahay 

John  B.  McConahay,  associate  professor  of  public  policy 
studies  and  expert  in  the  selection  of  jurors,  died  April 
30  at  Triangle  Hospice  in  Hillsborough,  North  Carolina. 
He  was  61. 

McConahay  ,  who  joined  the  faculty  of  the  Institute 
of  Public  Policy  in  1974,  specialized  in  opinion  polling 
and  the  polling  of  prospective  jurors.  He  was  involved 
in  the  trials  of  John  Z.  DeLorean,  Jeffrey  MacDonald, 
William  Kennedy  Smith,  and  Christian  Brando. 

He  also  studied  such  topics  as  school  desegregation, 
race  relations,  and  political  psychology.  He  was  the 
co-author  of  The  Politics  of  Violence,  which  won  the 
Outstanding  Social  Sciences  Award,  and  author  of 
the  Modern  Racism  Scale,  used  extensively  in  social  sci- 
ence research. 

He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Shirley;  a  son;  two 


32      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


daughters,  including  Mary  McConahay  Watke 
'90;  son-in-law  Chris  Watke  '89,  M.D.  '93;  a  sister; 
and  a  grandson. 

Mathematics  Professor  Roberts 

John  H.  Roberts,  directory  of  graduate  studies  in 
mathematics  from  1948  to  1960  and  mathematics 
department  chair  from  1966  to  1968,  died  October  8. 
He  was  91. 

Roberts  was  an  expert  in  topology,  a  branch  of 
geometry  that  studies  properties  ot  figures  on  solid 
bodies  that  remain  constant  despite  continuous  defor- 
mation. A  managing  editor  of  the  Duke  Mathematical 
Journal,  he  was  also  an  expert  in  dimension  theory 
and  transformations,  two  branches  ot  topology. 

He  was  educated  at  the  University  of  Texas,  where 
he  was  an  adjunct  professor  before  coming  to  Duke  in 
1931.  He  retired  in  1971. 

He  is  survived  by  a  son,  John  E.  Roberts 
B.S.E.E.'54. 
Trustee  Schaefer 

Norb  F.  Schaefer  Jr.  '52,  a  Duke  trustee  from 
1983  to  1995  and  chair  of  the  board's  buildings  and 
grounds  committee,  died  of  lung  cancer  on  April  19. 
He  was  with  his  family  at  their  new  home  in  Kulu, 
Maui,  Hawaii.  He  was  67.  Schaefer  and  his  wife, 
Carolyn,  contributed  funds  to  help  build  Schaefer 
House,  a  residence  hall  on  West  Campus,  in  1989. 

In  1969,  Schaefer  completed  Harvard's  advanced 
management  program.  He  worked  for  Inland  Container 
Corp.  from  1952  to  1977,  when  he  retired  as  president 
of  Inland  International.  He  had  also  been  a  managing 
partner  of  Schaefer  Investments  since  1974. 

He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Carolyn,  three  sons,  and 


DATE 

Someone  Who  Knows 
That 

Rimbaud 

Is  Not  A  Macho  Movies  Star 

Meet  Fellow 
Graduates  and  Faculty  of 

DUKE, 
The  Ivies,  Seven  Sisters, 
Stanford,  MIT,  Caltech, 

UC  Berkeley, 

U  of  Chicago,  Medical 

Schools  and  a  few  others 


THE 

RIGHT 

STUFF 


800-988-5288 

More  Than  2600  Members ! 


CLASSIFIEDS 


ACCOMMODATIONS 

ARROWHEAD 

INN,  Durham's 

country  bed  and 

breakfast. 

Restored  1775 

plantation  on  four  rural  acres,-  20 

minutes  to  Duke.  Written  up  in  USA 

Today,  Food  &  Wine,  Mid-Atlantic.  106 

Mason  Rd.,  27712.  (919)  477-8430;  outside  919  area, 

(800)  528-2207. 

ST.  JOHN:  Two  bedrooms,  pool.  Quiet  elegance, 

spectacular  view.  (508)  668-2078. 

FRANCE,  DORDOGNE:  Lovely  three-bedroom 

house,  garden  in  medieval  village.  (513)  221-1253. 

113  LONDON  FLATS 

FINEST  SELECTION  OF  PRIVATE  FLATS 

IN  LONDON 

Highest  standards,  best  locations:  Mayfair, 

Belgravia,  Knightsbridge,  Chelsea,  Holland  Park, 

and  Covent  Garden 

MINIMUM  STAY  OF  ONE  WEEK 

Airport  pick-up  with  each  reservation 

One,  two,  three,  four,  five  bedrooms  available. 

$650  to  $3,500  per  week. 

13  COTSWOLD  COTTAGES 

Near  Tetbury 

FINEST  STANDARD 

Located  on  a  private  estate  with  manor  house 

Filled  with  history  and  charm 

Fully  modernized  to  a  very  high  standard 

Studios  to  five-bedroom  cottages 

$650  to  $1,200  per  week 

BROCHURES  AND  REFERENCES,  CONTACT: 

The  London  Connection 

Mr.  Thomas  Moore 

Phone:  (801)  393-9120  Fax:  (801)  393-3024 

DURHAM'S  BEST  KEPT  CHARMING  SECRET 
DUKE  TOWER  RESIDENTIAL  SUITES 

Luxuriously  furnished  all-suite  hotel. 
Award-winning  gardens,  magnificent  outdoor  pool, 
fitness  center,  covered  walking  track,  fully  equipped 
kitchen,  two  remote  control  color  TVs,  HBO 
and  cable,  two  telephones,  free  local  calls, 
call  waiting,  and  voice  mail,  laundry  room, 
fax  and  copier  service,  uniformed  security, 
pets  permitted.  One  minute  from  East  Campus, 
two  minutes  from  West  Campus  and  Duke 
Medical  Center.  Just  streets  away  from  many 
restaurants  and  Northgate  Mall,  fifteen  minutes 
to  RDU  Airport.  For  reservations  and  information, 
call  (919)  687-4444;  fax  (919)  683-1215. 
EDISTO  ISLAND,  SC  (featured  in  NY  Times  and 
Washington  Post):  Fantastic  front  beach  house 
sleeping  13.  Great  fall/spring  rates.  Near  Charleston. 
(202)  338-3877  for  information,  pictures. 
FIGURE  EIGHT  ISLAND,  WILMINGTON,  NC: 
Four  bedrooms  (two  master  suites),  three  baths. 
Numerous  amenities:  linens,  VCR,  Cable,  bikes,  etc. 
Screenporch,  panoramic  views  sound/ocean.  Weekly 
$2,050.  (910)  686-4099. 


FOR  SALE 


Pfiesteria:  Crossing  Dark  Water  by  Ritchie  Shoemaker 
'73,  M.D.  '77.  True  story  about  lesioned  fish,  human 
health,  and  the  environmental  causes.  $15  +  $4.25 
shipping/handling.  RO.  Box  25,  Pocomoke,  MD  21851. 


36  SONGS  FROM  THE  '40s,  PLAYED  ON  DUAL 
PIANOS  at  Goldie's  Supper  Club,  New  York  City, 
by  Golson  Hawkins  '41.  Cassette  tape  for  $10  avail- 
able of  Hawkins,  accompanist  to  Duke  Men's  Glee 
Club  and  Sunday  Night  Sings,  1938-41.  Proceeds 
benefit  Duke  Annual  Fund.  Orders  to:  Bob  Long 
'41,  815-1  Marlowe  Rd.  Raleigh,  NC  27609.  (919) 
781-5669. 

CHARLOTTE,  NC:  LUXURY  TOWN  HOME. 
Brick,  two  bedrooms,  two  and  a  half  baths,  two-car 
garage,  hardwood  floors,  fireplace.  Jacuzzi  in  master 
bath.  Walk-in  closets.  Almost  1,900  square  feet. 
Lower  floor  has  extra  330  square  feet  for  bonus 
room/bedroom  and  bath.  Near  downtown.  By 
owner.  $210,000.  (704)  364-6123. 


N.C.  MOUNTAINS 
Lake  Lure  Area 

THREE  CREEKS...  an  unparalleled 
Only  sixteen  3-acre  homesites  are  being  developed 
none  contiguous  with  another,  within  240  acres 

of  conserved  land.  This  surrounding  nature 

preserve  is  deeded  to  the  owners-to  be  enjoyed 

by  all.  Abundant  water  sources,  prominent 

waterfalls,  meadows,  forest,  swim  pond,  trails, 

and  library  cabin.  Protective  covenants 

with  architectural  review.  Paved  roads, 

underground  utilities.  Eight  sites  sold, 

five  being  prepared. 

John  Nelson,  Owner/Broker 

241  Three  Creeks  Road 

Lake  Lure,  NC  28746 

(704)  625-4293. 


MISCELLANEOUS 

WALL  STREET  to  Main  Street.  30  percent  off  The 
Wall  Street  Journal  and  The  Herald-Sun  delivered  to 
your  home  daily  (new  subscribers  only,  limited  deliv- 
ery area,  some  restrictions  apply).  Call  (800)  672- 
0061  or  (919)  419-6900  for  more  information,  or 
visit  The  Herald-Sun  website  @  www.herald- 
sun.com/service. 


CLASSIFIED  RATES 

GET  IN  TOUCH  WITH  60,000+  POTENTIAL 
buyers,  renters,  consumers,  through  Duke  Classifieds. 
RATES:  $2.50  per  word,  minimum  10  words.  10 
percent  discount  for  two  or  more  insertions. 
DISPLAY  RATES  (with  art  or  special  type  treat- 
ment): $150  per  column  inch  (2  3/8"  wide). 
REQUIREMENTS:  All  copy  must  be  printed  or 
typed;  specify  section  (FOR  SALE,  etc.)  in  which 
ad  should  appear.  Due  to  postal  regulations,  no 
travel  arrangements  are  allowed. 
ALL  ADS  MUST  BE  PREPAID:  Send  check  or 
money  order  (payable  to  Duke  Magazine)  to: 
Classifieds,  Duke  Magazine,  614  Chapel  Drive, 
Durham,  NC  27708-0570. 
We  also  accept  VISA,  MASTERCARD,  and 
DISCOVER.  No  phone  orders,  except  FAX  orders 
with  credit  card  numbers  and  expiration  date: 
(919)  684-6022. 

DEADLINES:  November  15  (January-February 
issue),  January  15  (March-April  issue),  March  15 
(May-June  issue),  May  15  (July-August  issue),  July 
15  (September-October  issue),  September  15 
(November-December  issue).  Please  specify  issues 
in  which  ad  should  appear. 


July-August   1998         33 


Please  limit  letters  to  300  words,  and  include  full 
name,  address,  and  class  year.  We  reserve  the  right 
to  edit  for  length  and  clarity.  Our  Internet  address 
is:  dukemag@duke.edu. 


COOPERATION 
AND  COMPETITION 


Editors: 

I  read  with  a  great  amount  of  interest  the 
recent  article  "Undaunted  by  Disabilities." 
Times  have  changed  since  I  began  at  Duke  al- 
most forty  years  ago.  I  can  recall  at  that  time 
only  two  students  who  had  a  (physical)  dis- 
ability (Was  learning  disability  in  the  vocabu- 
lary then?),  and  I  was  one  of  them.  Of  course, 
there  could  have  been  others  whom  I  don't 
recall  or  wasn't  aware  of,  but  certainly  there 
was  only  a  handful. 

Today,  with  federal  laws  and  regulations 
dealing  with  the  disabled,  someone  who  has  a 
disability  can  make  a  reasonable  request  for 
accommodation  and  know  that  the  request 
will  be  taken  seriously,  and  hopefully  done 
sympathetically  and  with  an  understanding  of 
the  need  for  the  accommodation.  As  I  see  it, 
the  one  big  advantage  that  a  student  has  now 
is  that  there  is  one  person  responsible  for  co- 
ordinating accommodations  for  the  disabled. 
However,  my  experience  is  that  there  is  no  sub- 
stitute for  common  sense  and  empathy  when 
working  with  a  disabled  person.  If  an  accom- 
modation is  granted  "just  because  you  have 
to,"  the  whole  point  of  granting  the  request 
rings  hollow. 

When  I  was  at  Duke,  there  was  no  one  per- 
son charged  with  the  responsibility  and  ac- 
countability for  the  needs  of  the  disabled.  What 
was  present  were  staff  and  faculty  who  had 
the  ability  to  offer  assistance  in  an  unobtrusive 
manner  when  they  felt  it  was  needed.  I  was 
fortunate  enough  never  to  have  to  ask  for 
special  assistance  because  of  my  disability  (and 
I  was  too  proud  to  ask  anyhow),  but  the  "ac- 
commodations" I  did  receive  I  know  were  from 
the  heart.  Because  of  this,  the  persons  who  in- 
tervened when  I  needed  assistance  have  a  very 
special  meaning  to  me,  and  they  contributed 
to  my  sense  of  worth  as  an  individual. 

I  feel  honored  since  graduating  from  Duke 
to  have  participated  in  the  White  House  Con- 
ference for  the  Handicapped,  to  have  been  a 


founding  member  of  the  board  of  the  South 
Carolina  Protection  and  Advocacy  System,  to 
have  been  a  member  of  the  South  Carolina 
Disabilities  Council,  and  to  have  served  as  a 
chairman  and  member  of  my  college's  Pro- 
gram Accessibility  Committee.  Much  progress 
has  been  made  in  dealing  with  issues  facing 
the  disabled  through  the  years,  but  if  we  re- 
place respect  and  empathy  for  the  individual 
with  an  adversarial  position  by  either  the  dis- 
abled person  or  the  entity  being  asked  to  pro- 
vide access,  the  victory  will  be  shallow  and 
incomplete. 

Name  withheld  by  request 

Editors: 

I  need  to  voice  my  response  to  the  January- 
February  issue,  which  contained  articles 
featuring  Will  Grimsley  ["Breaking  Down 
Barriers"]  and  Professor  Thomas  McCollough 
["What  Was  the  Question  Again?"] ,  along  with 
[student]  David  Tonini's  slice-of-life  piece, 
"Swimming  Uphill." 

If  Tonini  and  his  father  think  that  they're 
tough  because  they're  super-competitive,  let 
them  sit  in  wheel  chairs  and  follow  Grimsley, 
or  Reynolds  Price,  around  the  campus  for  a 
day.  If  they  think  that  they  will  prevail  be- 
cause they  have  the  grit  to  compete  success- 
fully, let  them  contemplate  the  superior  value, 
at  least  in  Grimsley 's  life,  of  others'  determi- 
nation to  be  cooperative  instead  of  competi- 
tive. If  they  think  that  their  single-minded 
devotion  to  achieving  success  in  swimming 
counts  for  something,  let  them  attend  the  cel- 
ebration of  McCollough's  teaching  career  and 
discover,  in  his  students'  experiences,  what 
really  counts  in  life. 

As  the  father  of  two  U.S.A.  Swimming-regis- 
tered swimmers  for  ten  years  now,  I  am  famil- 
iar with  the  grueling  regimen  of  daily  prac- 
tices, all  year  long — even  during  lousy 
weather  most  of  the  winter.  My  daughters  are 
tough  and  know  how  to  compete;  and  in  their 
swimming  they  are  learning  that  there  is  a  dif- 
ference between  athletic  endeavor  and  a  pur- 
poseful life.  Swimming,  or  playing  any  sport, 
cannot  be  the  way  of  life,  except  for  a  self- 
absorbed  person. 

From  Tonini's  report,  I  get  the  impression 
that  he  has  yet  to  learn  this.  I  hope  that  he 
will  figure  out  how  to  make  life  meaningful 
and  useful  after  his  graduation  from  Duke. 


Spending  a  little  time  with  Will  Grimsley  and 
Professor  McCollough  before  leaving  proba- 
bly would  help.  I'll  bet  he  would  begin  to 
wonder,  reveling  in  competition,  whether  at 
the  end  of  the  ultimate  race,  he  will  be  happy 
to  be  standing  alone. 

Brian  Vaughn  J.D.  71 
Oakland,  California 


MILITARY 
FREEDOM 


Editors: 

I  was  intrigued  by  the  "Quad  Quotes"  quo- 
tation ["Heard  Around  Campus,"  March- 
April  1998]  of  Tom  Leyden,  the  former  white 
racist  who  had  been  in  the  Army.  He  noted 
that  while  in  the  Army  he  had  a  copy  of  Mein 
Kampf  and  that  the  Army  was  aware  of  his 
racist  beliefs,  but  no  mention  of  them  was 
placed  in  his  files. 

I  suppose  he  wants  us  all  to  shake  our  heads 
in  shock  and  think  "how  awful"  that  the  Army 
would  permit  such  things.  But  what  would  he 
have  the  Army  do?  Censor  soldiers'  reading 
material?  Ban  books?  Start  keeping  records  of 
soldiers'  political  beliefs  and  entering  them 
into  their  official  files? 

It  seems  to  me  that  such  alternatives  are  far 
worse  than  allowing  soldiers  the  same  freedom 
of  reading  and  thought  that  all  the  rest  of  us 
have,  and  military  personnel  have  traditionally 
enjoyed  in  the  U.S.  armed  services. 

Terence  Hines  73 
Chappaqua,  New  York 


EVOKING 
THE  VIGIL 


Editors: 

Even  if  "Remembering  the  Silent  Vigil" 
[March-April  1998]  author  Bridget  Booher 
had  actually  sat  on  the  quad  with  us  herself  in 
April  1968 — at  about  age  eight,  presum- 
ably— it's  hard  to  see  how  she  could  have 
evoked  that  group  secular  epiphany  more 
compellingly.  Among  much  else,  she  con- 
veyed the  useful  summation  of  former  Duke 
professor  and  trustee  Samuel  DuBois  Cook, 


34      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


the  college  friend  and  civil  rights  colleague  of 
The  Reverend  King,  who  recalls  the  Vigil  as  "a 
notable  event  and  a  sacred  or  divine  experi- 
ence," a  "transcendent"  and  "redemptive" 
moment  he  has  "profoundly  and  intensely 
cherished,"  as  he  will  continue  "deeply  and 
poignantly"  to  do  until  he  dies. 

Thanks,  Professor  Cook.  Thanks,  Ms. 
Booher.  And  after  thirty  years,  thanks  to  the 
Vigil  originals  and  leaders  who  transformed 
the  event  into  a  gentle  demonstration  that 
nearly  perfectly  matched  the  university  com- 
munity's moral  energies,  thereby  drawing  in 
many  of  us  not  just  for  a  few  days,  but  for  life. 

Stephen  T  Corneliussen  70 
Poquoson,  Virginia 

Editors: 

Your  decision  to  reprise  the  1968  Duke  Vigil 
was  courageous,  given  the  disinclination  of 
most  Americans  to  recall  the  tumult  of  1968. 
Your  coverage  inspires  all  of  us  who  were 
there  to  relive  the  event  and  reevaluate  our 
responses  to  it. 

In  1968  I  was  a  young  (age  thirty-five)  law 
professor  at  Duke.  I  believed  that  World  War 
II  had  been  a  just  war  and  that  the  Korean 
"police  action"  had  alerted  America  to  the 
need  to  contain  an  American-style  democracy 
in  what  was  then  known  as  South  Vietnam. 
After  the  Kennedy  assassination,  President 
Johnson  decided  in  1964  to  escalate  American 
involvement  in  Vietnam.  Long  before  the  Tet 
Offensive  in  early  1968,  many  Americans  (and 
I)  had  begun  to  ask  some  hard  questions: 
Why  aren't  these  people  willing  to  fight  the 
Communists  themselves?  Why  are  their  lead- 
ers so  corrupt?  What  are  we  doing  out  there? 

My  increasing  skepticism  about  Vietnam 
policy  coincided  with  growing  admiration  for 
Martin  Luther  King  and  the  movement  he 
(and  Rosa  Parks  and  the  Freedom  Riders) 
personified.  While  LBJ  committed  ever- 
increasing  human  and  economic  resources  to 
the  Vietnam  War,  King  spoke  out  strongly 
against  his  policies  and  priorities,  advocating 
the  same  Ghandian  tactics  of  nonviolent 
opposition  that  he  had  championed  so  suc- 
cessfully in  the  early  years  of  the  civil  rights 
movement. 

In  April  1968,  King  was  killed.  This  shock- 
ing event  outraged  decent  Americans  and 
caused  people  who  respected  King's  moral 
authority  to  align  themselves  even  more 
strongly  with  the  civil  rights  and  anti-war 
movements.  Many  Duke  students  and  faculty 
needed  only  a  spark  to  set  their  activist  im- 
pulses into  motion.  The  Local  77  labor  dis- 
pute was  the  spark  that  begot  the  Vigil. 

Your  picture  of  Duke  trustees  and  adminis- 
trators linking  hands  with  the  Vigil  demon- 
strators and  singing  "We  Shall  Overcome"  is 
priceless!  Here  we  see  comfortably  situated 


white  males  facing  a  situation  they  had  never 
imagined  possible:  By  nonviolent  protest  ac- 
tion, the  kids  (students)  had  actually  forced 
the  adults  (themselves)  to  confront  basic 
questions  about  the  nature  of  a  university  and 
its  role  in  society. 

Randy  May  perceptively  points  out  that 
disruptive  activities  like  the  Vigil  are  antithet- 
ical to  the  concept  that  our  universities  should 
be  places  where  ideas  are  debated  in  an  at- 
mosphere free  from  intimidation.  In  1968,  the 
Vietnam  War  and  the  civil  rights  movement 
were  the  most  important  issues  facing  the 
nation.  Institutionally,  Duke  largely  ignored 
those  issues.  If  it  had  provided  meaningful 
student  input  on  related  issues  of  university 
governance,  the  Vigil  would  not  have  been 
necessary. 

The  Vigil  changed  Duke  in  many  ways,  of 
which  student  trustees  are  only  one  manifes- 
tation. Nothing  similar  to  the  Vigil  has  since 
occurred.  Apparently,  Duke's  faculty  and  the 
administrators  got  the  message.  I'm  as  proud 
of  that  as  I  am  of  the  Vigil  itself.  Kudos  for  the 
students  who  conducted  themselves  so  ad- 
mirably during  those  tense  times,  reminding 
all  of  us  citizens  that  our  very  souls  are  at  risk 
whenever  we  relax  our  vigilance. 

John  D  Johnston  Jr.  '54,  LL.B.  '56 
Asheville,  North  Carolina 

Editors: 

The  Vigil  was  significant  in  its  nonviolence. 
The  administration  building  takeover  at  Co- 
lumbia had  gotten  pretty  ugly;  hence,  the 
comment  by  Roger  Mudd  (then  at  CBS,  I  be- 
lieve), "Call  me  when  you  get  some  violence." 
This  was  whispered  to  Pete  Seeger  as  he  per- 
formed. He  passed  it  on  to  us  and  was  "hot" 
about  it.  His  next  song  seemed  driven. 

On  the  evening  of  the  Vigil's  end,  a  remark- 
able person,  Bill  Lowry,  thought  there  should 
be  a  coda.  Bill  was  many  things  —  an  accom- 
plished organist,  for  one — to  many  people. 
Somehow,  he  was  able  to  get  a  key  to  the  gar- 
gantuan chapel  organ.  The  doors  were  prop- 
ped open  and  Bill  spilled  "Battle  Hymn  of  the 
Republic"  and  "Hallejuah  Chorus"  out  onto 
the  pounded  grasses  of  the  quad  and  under 
every  door  and  window  of  the  rocky  cross. 

Bill  Lowry  '70  died  January  27, 1998,  at  UNC 
Hospitals  in  Chapel  Hill  of  respiratory  disease. 

Dan  Walter  70 
walter@main-net.com 
Urbana,  Ohio 

Editors: 

For  the  record,  I  am  not  the  David 
Henderson  on  page  6  of  the  March-April 
issue.  I  am,  at  eighty-three,  a  long-standing 
Terry  Sanford,  anti-Nixon  Democrat,  and 
retired  lawyer  aftet  fifty-three  years  of  prac- 
tice. This  gives  me  credentials  to  decry  the 


Mark  Your 

Calendar 

For  The  Fall 

As  a  new  academic  year  gets 
underway,  the  Annual  Fund 
is  planning  several  events  to 
celebrate  the  success  of  the 

1997-98  fund  year. 

Invitations  to  the  specific 

events  will  be  sent  during 

the  summer;  we  hope  to  see 

you,  so  please  be  sure  to 
"save  the  dates"  on  your  per- 
sonal calendar. 

Reunions  are  for  the  classes 
of  '48,  '53,  '58,  '63,  '68,  '73, 

'78,  '83,  '88,  and  '93. 
Parents'  Weekend  is  for  fam- 
ilies of  all  undergraduates. 

Gift  Club  events  thank 

donors  of  leadership  gifts  to 

the  Annual  Fund. 

September  18-20: 

Reunions  for  '48,  '58, 

'68,  '78,  and  the  Half 

Century  Club. 
September  19: 

Gift  Club  Brunch 
September  25-27: 

Homecoming,  Reunions 

for  '88  and  '93 
September  26: 

Gift  Club  Picnic 
October  23-25: 

Parents'  Weekend 
October  23: 

Parents'  Gift  Club  Gala 
November  6-8: 

Reunions  for  '53,  '63,  '73,  '83 
November  7 

Gift  Club  Brunch 


July-August  1998 


radicalism  of  the  "Vigil,"  particularly  as  it 
instigated  and  condoned  the  trespass  in  the 
president's  home.  This  was  not  civil  disobedi- 
ence, but  crass  criminal  trespass,  and  should 
have  been  treated  accordingly. 

Note:  The  light  gray  print  following  the 
names  of  the  characters  in  the  Vigil  article 
is  extremely  hard  to  read.  The  tendency  of 
graphics  people  to  use  this  for  contrast  should 
be  resisted. 

Dave  Henderson  35,  J.D. '37 
Charlotte,  North  Carolina 

Editors: 

Thank  you  for  doing  a  piece  on  the  Vigil. 
Whenever  I  read  events  of  those  years  in  other 
alumni  magazines,  I  thought  of  your  silence. 
Perhaps  your  piece  signals  the  Duke's  many  con- 
stituencies are  beginning  to  reach  a  consensus 
that,  yes,  the  Vigil  was  of  some  significance. 

May  I  make  some  observations  as  one  who 
was  in  the  trenches  every  moment,  but  was 
only  interested  in'putting  my  body  on  the  line"? 
Most  of  us  were  devastated  by  the  death  of 
Dr.  King  and  were  terrified  that  Duke  risked 
arson.  Possibly  any  effort  toward  reconcilia- 
tion would  be  useless,  but  we  had  to  try.  To 
be  idle  was  to  be  part  of  the  problem  and 
would  ignore  an  opportunity  for  mediation. 
We  all  loved  Duke. 

President  Knight  was  thought  of  as  a  kindly, 
avuncular  man,  and  a  rather  ineffective  ad- 
ministrator, out  of  touch  with  the  affairs  of  the 
day.  When  we  reached  his  house,  it  was  dusk 
and  he  couldn't  see  the  crowd.  The  news  that 
he  had  invited  us  into  his  house  went  like 
lightning  to  the  back  of  the  line.  We  couldn't 
believe  our  luck,  but  President  Knight's  be- 
ginning road  to  hell  was  paved  with  his  good 
intentions.  By  the  time  I  entered  his  house, 
Knight,  standing  at  the  door,  was  in  a  state  of 
near  catatonic  immobility. 

All  of  us  considered  the  president's  house   | 
to  be  part  of  the  university's  physical  plant. 
We  were  completely  unmoved  by  statements 
that  we  were  a  home-invading  rabble. 

The  Vigil  received  no  press  — local,  state,  or 
national.  Some  of  us  had  been  participating 
in  a  weekly  peaceful  silent  vigil  in  front  of  the 
Durham  post  office  protesting  the  federal 
presence  in  Vietnam,  and  that  had  received 
far  more  coverage  than  the  Duke  Vigil.  We 
presumed  that  the  trustees  and  The  Duke  En- 
dowment were  able  to  throttle  the  press.  The 
idea  that  such  power  could  be  used  and  could 
be  effective  in  1968  was  the  most  frightening 
aspect  of  the  whole  week.  At  times,  some  of 
us  felt  as  if  we  had  gone  back  in  time  to  the 
decades  of  the  Twenties  and  Thirties. 

Throughout  the  week  of  the  Vigil,  a  feeling 
grew  among  us  that  we  were  doing  something 
that  Dr.  King  would  have  been  proud  of.  That 
was  the  reason  we,  in  some  small  way,  pre- 


vailed and  were  able  to  be  at  peace.  That  was 
the  reality  for  us. 

Eventually,  conciliation  prevailed.  A  small 
overlapping  interest  developed  between  the 
trustees  and  the  striking  students  and  was 
agreed  upon.  Those  of  us  seniors  who  partici- 
pated in  the  Vigil  were  the  most  favored.  We 
graduated  on  a  note  of  success  and  left  Dodge 
City.  Those  who  stayed  on  to  learn,  to  teach, 
to  work,  or  to  manage  within  an  atmosphere 
of  lost  innocence  were  less  fortunate. 

Serendipitous  events  like  the  Vigil  force 
institutions  like  Duke  to  define  itself  for  years 
afterward.  Duke's  current  trustees,  always 
maintaining  a  sense  of  humility,  a  commitment 
for  openness  and  reconciliation,  and  trepida- 
tion toward  the  unforeseen,  might  consider 
what  they  would  have  done  during  the  Vigil, 
and  how  they  will  be  remembered. 

Peter  Neumann  '68 
Arcadia,  California 

Other  responses,  from  the  Duke  Magazine  Web 
Edition's  chat  area  (www.adm.duke.edu/alumni), 
in  which  readers  were  asked  to  discuss  the  issues 
surrounding  the  Silent  Vigil: 

This  article  was  the  first  I've  devoured  in  a 
long  time  from  the  alumni  magazine.  It  was 
wonderful  to  hear  about  old  friends  and 
where  they  are  now,  and  to  get  the  thought- 
ful reconsiderations  of  that  time. 

I  graduated  in  1967,  but  was  still  in  town, 
working  for  the  North  Carolina  Fund,  and 
wound  up  baby-sitting  for  John  Strange  while 
he  and  Diana  went  to  the  meetings  and  the 
Vigil.  I  particularly  like  the  emphasis  on  the 
role  our  deep  spiritual  beliefs  had  in  it.  The 
UCM  and  YM/YWCA  were  critical  in  help- 
ing us  try  to  live  our  faith.  Mine  has  wobbled 
at  times  since  then,  for  sure.  But  this  article 
brought  back  the  serenity  of  it. 

The  whole  year,  1968,  changed  my  life 
totally,  probably  for  a  lot  of  us.  It  sent  me  back 
to  graduate  school  in  political  science  at 
UNC-Chapel  Hill,  and  on  into  my  life 

Pat  Maloney  Alt  '67 
palt@towson.edu 
Baltimore,  Maryland 

I  was  a  senior  that  year,  1968.  I  had  never 
been  a  particularly  activist  student.  My  heart 
was  with  them,  but  I  was  painfully  shy  and 
tended  to  support  from  the  sidelines,  a  lurker 
before  my  time! 

I  came  to  Duke  from  a  wildly  conservative, 
Republican,  military  family.  At  the  time  of  the 
Vigil,  my  oldest  brother  was  stationed  in  Viet- 
nam as  an  intelligence  officer.  I  was  the  sole 
liberal  Democrat  among  them-and  suspi- 
ciously viewed  as  a  dangerous  radical  by  them. 
My  coming  to  political  consciousness  had  be- 


gun with  the  presidential  campaign  in  1960, 
when  I  was  fourteen  years  old  and  reacted  to 
the  anti-Catholic  slurs  made  so  easily  by  my 
parents'  friends. 

I  loved  my  years  at  Duke.  Despite  having 
gone  there  because  a  boy  I  had  a  crush  on 
had  chosen  Duke,  I  ended  up  at  the  perfect 
university  for  me.  I  stretched  my  intellectual 
legs,  falling  in  defeat  to  physics  and  then  soar- 
ing in  psychology.  I  loved  my  classes,  the  stu- 
dents, the  basketball  games,  all  of  it.  Except 
for  one  thing:  I  was  deeply  troubled  by  the 
people  who  served  us  as  if  we  were  privileged 
gentry.  I  was  at  Duke  on  financial  aid.  I  felt 
awkward  and  uncomfortable  when  I  watched 
Lawrence  (I  think  I  never  knew  his  last 
name)  mop  the  halls  of  the  dorm  I  lived  in  or 
Pearl  clean  the  bathroom.  Something  about 
all  of  that  felt  really  off. 

I  thrilled  to  Martin  Luther  King's  Page  Audi- 
torium speech.  I  tutored  black  kids  in  Edge- 
mont.  I  cried  when  one  of  the  kids  I  worked 
with  touched  my  hair  and  told  me  I  had  good 
hair. 

Then  came  the  assassination.  I  wept.  I  was 
afraid.  I  was  not  one  of  the  original  protesters 
who  occupied  Dr.  Knight's  house.  I  was  not 
on  the  quad  the  first  day.  I  got  up  the  second 
day  and  went  over  to  West  Campus;  and  I 
looked  and  I  knew  I  would  never  forgive  my- 
self if  I  did  not  join  the  students  there,  if  I  did 
not  take  that  risk  and  represent  my  beliefs.  So 
I  joined  in. 

I  did  feel  a  pang  of  guilt  because  I  had  a 
campus  job  and  so  benefited  from  the  pay 
raise,  which  went  from  $.85  an  hour  (then  the 
North  Carolina  minimum  wage)  to  $1.25  an 
hour  (the  federal  minimum  wage).  But  my 
financial  well-being  was  not  why  I  was  there. 

I  was  hot  and  wet  and  cold  and  tired  and 
hungry  and  worried  because  I  knew  some  pro- 
fessors might  be  punitive  to  participants.  And 
I  cried.  I  cried  every  time  we  all  stood  and 
sang.  I  cried  when  I  listened  to  the  silence. 
We  were  so  young.  We  were  privileged.  We 
were  innocents.  And  we  were  willing  to  sac- 
rifice some  part  of  our  lives  for  something  we 
believed  in. 

I  don't  know  if  the  changes  we  wrought 
would  have  occurred  eventually  anyway.  I 
suspect  they  would  have.  But  I  feel  that  in 
our  silence  and  non-violence,  we  did  service 
to  Martin  Luther  King,  and  maybe  we  moved 
the  mountain  just  a  bit. 

Today,  thirty  years  later,  the  Vigil  still  stands 
as  my  proudest  moment  in  college.  I  spent  a 
long  time  last  week  talking  with  friends  and 
my  children,  who  are  in  college  now,  about 
what  we  did  and  how  it  changed  my  life. 

Cheryl  Fuller '68 
cfullerl  (pmaine.rr.com 
Portland,  Maine 


36      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


m 


TO  IMAGINEER 


Scrambling  among  the  School 
of  Engineering  classrooms, 
the  football  field,  and  his 
ATO  fraternity  at  Duke  in 
the  late  Sixties,  Bob  Shinn 
thought  that  managing  his 
time  was  difficult.  Three 
decades  later,  at  the  Walt 
Disney  Company,  he  is  supervising  the  con- 
struction of  the  world's  largest  animal  park, 
developing  a  new  international  cruise  line, 
and  overseeing  the  planned  community  of 
Celebration. 

Shinn's  title  at  Disney  is  senior  vice  presi- 
dent and  general  manager  of  Walt  Disney 
Imagineering — the  creative  team  that  de- 
and  builds  theme  parks,  resort  hotels, 
shopping  areas,  restaurants,  and  now  the  cruise 
line.  He  supervises  more  than  600  employees 
and  juggles  about  $2  billion  worth  of  projects. 


BOB  SHINN 

BY  SARAH  M.  BROWN 


Shinn  B.S.E.  71,  who  attended  Duke  on  a 
full  football  scholarship,  graduated  with  a  de- 
gree in  civil  engineering,  earning  an  M.B.A. 
at  the  University  of  North  Carolina  at  Chapel 
Hill  in  1973.  Right  out  of  graduate  school,  he 
was  hired  by  the  Sea  Pines  Company  of  South 
Carolina,  where  he  spent  the  next  fifteen  years 
developing  some  of  the  nation's  best-known, 
environmentally- sensitive  resorts,  including 
Hilton  Head,  South  Carolina,  and  Florida's 
Amelia  Island  Plantation.  Hired  in  1989  to 
build  a  string  of  resorts  at  Walt  Disney  World — 
the  Grand  Floridian,  Coronado  Springs,  All- 
Star  Resorts,  and  his  personal  favorite,  Wil- 
derness Lodge — he  rose  to  one  of  the  top 
engineering  posts  at  the  family  entertainment 
1996. 

On  a  recent  weekday  afternoon,  the  forty- 
nine-year-old  Shinn  is  dressed  casually  for  a 
Saturday  in  the  suburbs,  in  khakis  and  a 


July-August  1998        37 


brown  plaid  Ralph  Lauren  shirt.  His  modest 
corner  office  overlooks  Celebration,  an  inno- 
vative community  that  has  attracted  world- 
wide attention.  Symbols  of  other  current  pro- 
jects decorate  his  office:  a  baseball  jacket 
covered  with  Disney  Cruise  Line  patches 
hangs  on  the  back  of  his  teak  door,  along  with 
a  matching  baseball  cap;  a  model  of  the  sleek 
new  luxury  liner  Disney  Magic  dominates  a 
side  table;  his  coffee  table  holds  a  large,  white 
book,  Africa — Disney's  Animal  Kingdom  Lodge 
— Schematic  Design,  containing  sketches  for  a 
hotel  his  group  will  build  overlooking  the  new 
theme  park's  large  game  habitat. 

Building  Animal  Kingdom,  a  500-acre  theme 
park  featuring  1,000  live  African  animals  in 
natural  settings  with  an  emphasis  on  conser- 
vation, has  provided  Shinn  with  a  wide  range 
of  engineering  challenges.  His  role  in  this  bil- 
lion-dollar undertaking  was  to  construct  it 
from  the  ground  up.  "I  was  responsible  for  the 
delivery  of  the  project.  California  Imagineers 
designed  it,  and  my  job  was  to  build  it,"  he 
says  enthusiastically.  "It's  a  unique  theme  park 
with  classic  Disney-themed  attractions  and 
thrill  rides.  It's  very  natural,  very  real." 

Perhaps  one  of  the  more  daunting  tasks 
was  the  design  of  the  145-foot  Tree  of  Life,  the 
dominant  structure  and  symbol  of  the  park. 
The  trick  was  to  make  it  lifelike,  and  strong 

Disney's  suburban  vision:  the  planned  community 

Celebration  features  polished  town  squares  and 

bike-friendly  streets 


MANAGING  A  VAST 
MENAGERIE 


BY  BRIDGET  BOOHER 

On  any  given  day, 
Elizabeth  "Beth" 
Franke  Stevens  '81  is 
likely  to  encounter 
Maguari  storks, 
white-crested  horn- 
bills,  and  herds  of 
antelopes,  zebras, 
and  hippopotami.  While  her  peers  are  im- 
mersed in  routine  office  jobs,  Stevens  may 
find  herself  immersed  in  the  operation  of  a 
vast  marine  science  and  conservation  center, 
which  houses  more  than  2,700  fish,  sharks, 
sea  turtles,  and  bottle-nosed  dolphins.  An 
afternoon  could  include  collaborating  with 
leading  veterinarians  and  environmentalists 
on  educational  outreach  programs  that  ap- 
peal to  a  diverse  population  of  adults  and 
children. 


enough  to  withstand  Florida's  hurricane -force 
winds  and  occasional  tornadoes,  while  shel- 
tering a  400-seat  auditorium  in  its  base.  A 
Disney  structural  engineer  used  computer 
modeling  to  design  the  tree  as  a  free-standing 
structure  made  of  steel.  In  order  to  provide  a 
sturdy  framework  to  support  such  a  tall  struc- 
ture, a  Texas  oil-field  contractor  was  commis- 


sioned to  build  a  six-legged,  steel  oil  rig  in 
Houston  and  ship  it  to  Orlando  in  pieces, 
where  it  was  reassembled  by  crane.  Finally, 
sculptors  from  around  the  world  spent  twelve 
months  carving  325  animals  by  hand  in  thin 
cement  around  the  surface  of  the  massive 
tree. 
Another    challenging    project    involved 


Stevens  is  the 


conservation 


and 


director  at  Walt  Disney  World  Animal  Pro- 
grams. That  means  she's  responsible  for  re- 


search and  education  activities  and  for  leading 
the  animal  management  teams  for  Disney's 
Animal  Kingdom,  Discovery  Island,  The 
Living  Seas,  and  the  Tri-Circle  D  Ranch. 
Given  the  rich  biodiversity  of  Disney's  loca- 
tion on  30,000  acres  in  central  Florida,  the 
ambitiousness  of  the  company's  environmen- 
tal mission,  and  the  millions  of  guests  who 
stream  through  the  resort's  gates  every  year, 
she  has  an  elephantine  assignment. 

"There  is  no  such  thing  as  a  typical  day," 
says  Stevens,  who  joined  the  Disney  family  in 
1996.  "One  of  the  reasons  I  was  interested  in 
coming  here  was  knowing  the  potential  for 
reaching  millions  and  millions  of  people,  not 
just  guests  who  visit  the  theme  parks  but 
through  all  the  other  outlets  Disney  has,  from 
books  to  television  shows  to  movies." 

Stevens'  own  interest  in  the  natural  world 
began  when  she  was  growing  up  in  Summit, 
New  jersey.  "I  was  crazy  about  animals  from  a 
young  age,"  she  says.  She  played  with  neigh- 
borhood dogs,  and  rode  and  later  trained 
horses.  By  the  time  she  came  to  Duke  as  a 
zoology  major,  she  was  fairly  certain  she  want- 
ed to  become  a  veterinarian.  But  in  her  junior 
year,  she  spotted  an  ad  in  The  Chronicle  for  a 
summer  field  course  in  Kenya  on  animal  be- 


havior, led  by  Georgia  Tech  professor  Terry 
Maple.  The  experience  proved  pivotal  for 
Stevens,  who  decided  to  pursue  a  career  in 
wildlife  biology. 

After  graduating  cum  laude  from  Duke,  she 
received  a  German  Academic  Exchange  Fel- 
lowship to  study  at  the  Institute  for  Behavi- 
oral Physiology  at  the  University  ofTuebingen 
in  West  Germany.  She  earned  her  Ph.D.  in 
biology  from  the  University  of  North  Carolina 
at  Chapel  Hill,  writing  her  dissertation  on 
"Ecological  and  demographic  influences  on 
social  behavior,  harem  stability,  and  male  re- 
productive success  in  feral  horses."  (While 
earning  her  degree  at  UNC,  Stevens  main- 
tained ties  to  her  undergraduate  alma  mater, 
since  she  was  based  at  Duke's  Marine  Lab  in 
Beaufort,  North  Carolina.) 

Stevens  went  on  to  complete  a  post-doc- 
toral fellowship  at  the  National  Zoo  in  Wash- 
ington, DC,  before  reuniting  with  her  mentor, 
Terry  Maple,  at  Zoo  Atlanta.  (Maple,  who  de- 
veloped Zoo  Atlanta  into  one  of  the  country's 
premier  zoos,  is  internationally  known  for  his 
work  on  great-ape  behavior  and  environmen- 
tal psychology.  He  now  serves  on  Disney's 
Animal  Kingdom  advisory  panel,  which  also 
includes  leading  conservationists  William  Con- 


38      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


building  a  fifty-foot,  audio-animatronic  Bra- 
chiasaurus  in  Animal  Kingdom's  Dinoland 
area.  "It's  the  largest  figure  with  the  widest 
range  of  movements  and  special  effects  of  any 
that  we've  done  to  date,"  Shinn  says.  Small 
details  were  planned  and  executed  with  equal 
care:  Zulu  experts  were  brought  from  South 
Africa  to  thatch  roughly  40,000  square  feet  of 
roof  at  the  theme  park.  The  authentic  cover- 
ing, although  expensive,  should  last  up  to 
sixty  years,  resist  insects,  and  remain  water- 
tight. 

Beyond  Animal  Kingdom,  Shinn  is  presi- 
dent of  the  Celebration  Company,  which 
oversees  the  planned  residential  and  business 
community  expanding  beneath  his  ninth- 
floor  office  window.  Radio  ads  describe 
Celebration  as  "a  new  American  town  built 
on  traditions  from  the  past.  Historic  architec- 
tural details  with  front  porches  and  back 
alleys  — where  kids  walk  to  school  and  neigh- 
bors stroll  downtown  for  a  movie  and  dinner." 
The  community  has  been  an  experimental 
venture  for  Disney  and  has  met  with  some 
controversy.  In  a  reflective  New  Yorker  essay 
about  the  movie  The  Truman  Show,  architec- 
ture critic  Paul  Goldberger  tagged  Celebra- 
tion as  "an  effort  by  a  large  corporation  to 
market  sentimentality." 

Located  near  Walt  Disney  World,  the 
4,900-acre  development  includes  plans  for 
8,000  homes,  450  of  which  are  already  occu- 
pied, and  retail  space  of  up  to  two  million 
square  feet.  Celebration's  K-12  school,  hailed 


as  the  school  of  the  future  for  its  curriculum 
and  high-tech  facilities,  opened  in  August 
1996  and  has  an  enrollment  of  900  students. 
An  inn,  a  hospital,  several  houses  of  worship, 
and  an  office  park  will  be  completed  in  the 
next  twelve  years. 

Disney  meticulously  planned  Celebration 
over  a  four-year  period,  based  on  ideas  Walt 
Disney  himself  originated  in  the  1960s. 
Shinn's  role  was  to  coordinate  the  efforts  of 
the  large  group  of  architects,  city  planners, 
educators,  technologists,  and  engineers  who 
contributed  data.  "We  did  a  lot  of  research 
and  investigation  into  what  makes  communi- 
ties great,  with  the  kinds  of  lasting  and  endur- 
ing qualities  that  help  maintain  value,"  he 
says.  "We  wanted  to  make  sure  that  it  was 
special,  not  just  a  typical  real-estate  develop- 
ment, and  we  worked  real  hard  at  it." 

He  also  wanted  to  make  it  profitable  for 
Disney.  With  its  mix  of  both  neo-traditional 
and  historic-style  homes  set  close  together  on 
perfectly  manicured  lots,  Celebration  has  the 
feel  of  a  movie  set  or  theme  park,  not  unlike 
Disney's  own  "Main  Street."  Design  elements 
such  as  closely-spaced  lots,  small  front  yards, 
inviting  parks,  and  public  spaces  all  encour- 
age socializing.  Styles  vary  from  Victorian  to 
French  Colonial  to  Charleston  side  row,  and 
prices  range  from  apartments  starting  at  $640 
a  month  to  detached  homes  from  $150,000  to 
more  than  $1  million.  The  quaint,  upscale 
downtown  area  has  small,  tidy  shops,  a  bank 
and  post  office,  a  movie  theater,  restaurants, 


and  a  grocery,  all  linked  by  the  town's  own 
online  system  to  the  community's  homes  and 
classrooms.  A  public  golf  course  designed  by 
Robert  Trent  Jones  and  miles  of  biking  and 
walking  trails  promote  outdoor  exercise. 

The  Celebration  concept — coupled  with  the 
Disney  name  —  struck  an  immediate  chord, 
both  in  the  Orlando  housing  market  and  be- 
yond. There  was  a  waiting  list  and  a  lottery  for 
the  first  homes  put  up  tor  sale,  and  last  year 
Celebration  was  the  top-selling  development 
in  Osceola  County,  which  borders  Orlando  to 
the  south.  Some  residents  have  disagreed 
with  the  progressive  nature  of  the  school, 
which  is  run  by  the  county,  not  Disney.  And 
complaining  that  they  have  little  voice  in 
running  their  unincorporated  community, 
several  parents  have  either  withdrawn  their 
children  from  the  school  or  moved  out  of  the 
development  over  conflicts  with  Celebration's 
residential  restrictions. 

Disney's  experience  with  Celebration  has 
been  instructive.  After  the  controversy,  the 
large  banner  on  the  water  tower  that  read 
"Disney's  Town  of  Celebration"  was  replaced 
with  one  that  reads  simply  "Town  of  Cele- 
bration." Shinn  says  it's  unlikely  that  the  com- 
pany will  take  its  Celebration  model  else- 
where. "Our  core  business  is  family  entertain- 
ment. Celebration  really  is  a  small  part  of 
what  I  do  on  a  daily  basis,  although  it's  an 
important  project  for  us."  Will  others  emulate 
Celebration.7  Shinn  concedes  that  "it's  possi- 
ble, but  most  developers  don't  have  the  kind 

way  and  Russ  Mittermeier,  among  others.) 
Stevens  worked  her  way  up  from  a  research 
biologist  to  director  and  then  senior  vice  pres- 
ident of  Zoo  Atlanta's  Conservation  Action 
Resource  Center. 

Now  at  Disney,  she  says  she  relishes  the  no- 
tion of  having  a  captive  audience,  so  to  speak, 
with  which  to  share  the  message  of  environ- 
mental awareness.  "Disney  is  different  from 
zoos  or  science  museums  because  we  reach  a 
broader  cross-section  of  people.  We  focus  on 
getting  people  excited  and  interested  in  a 
topic  through  experiences  that  tug  on  their 
heartstrings.  That's  the  first,  most  important 
step  in  getting  people  to  want  to  learn  more. 
We've  created  so  many  different  kinds  of  set- 
tings that  there's  something  here  for  every- 
one, whether  that's  sitting  through  a  show, 
going  on  a  safari  ride,  interacting  with  a  cast 
member  who's  knowledgeable  about  animals, 
or  talking  one-on-one  with  a  vet."  For  guests 
who  want  to  learn  more,  there  are  specific  ed- 
ucational programs  tailored  for  kids  ("Team 
Up  for  Wildlife")  and  adults  ("Backstage 
Safari"). 

Natural  fascination:  Stevem  holds  an  African 
chameleon  from  the  species  chamaeleo  hoehneli 


July-August  1998        39 


of  capital  that  it  takes  to  do  this." 

Another  of  Shinn's  major  responsibilities 
has  been  the  construction  of  Disney's  first 
cruise  ship,  Disney  Magic,  whose  maiden  voy- 
age is  scheduled  for  this  summer.  A  second 
ship  will  launch  next  winter,  but  construction 
delays  at  the  shipyards  in  Marghera,  Italy,  near 
Venice,  caused  embarrassing  cancellations  of 
the  first  four  months  of  cruise  bookings. 
Shinn  has  had  to  make  more  than  fifteen  trips 
to  Italy  to  troubleshoot  with  his  staff  who  are 
based  there.  Yet  he  remains  optimistic  about 
the  cruise  line,  which  will  make  three-  and 
four-day  jaunts  from  Port  Canaveral,  Florida, 
to  Nassau  and  then  on  to  Disney's  own  is- 
land, Castaway  Cay,  in  the  Bahamas.  Disney 
dredged  a  channel  at  the  1,000-acre  island 
and  built  a  pier  for  docking  so  its  giant  ships 
can  actually  berth  there,  allowing  passengers 
to  come  and  go  at  will  without  tenders.  The 
project  cost  Disney  an  estimated  $25  million, 
but  it  gives  them  a  unique  position  in  the 
cruise-line  business. 

A  native  of  Washington,  D.C.,  Shinn  grew 
up  in  suburban  Annandale,  Virginia,  in  what 
he  describes  as  a  close-knit,  supportive  family. 
He  characterizes  himself  as  quiet  and  re- 
served. "I  don't  have  outbursts:  I'm  pretty  un- 
flappable," he  says.  Does  he  ever  lose  it?  "Ask 
Jane,"  he  says  with  a  laugh.  Shinn  met  nursing 
student  Jane  Rippe  on  a  blind  date  to  an 
ATO  toga  party  in  1969.  By  his  account,  their 
first  date  was  "pretty  rocky,"  but  he  saw  a  lot 
of  potential  for  the  two  of  them. 

Stevens  also  coordinates  an  array  of  conser- 
vation research  projects  that  take  place  at  the 
Walt  Disney  World  Resort  and  around  the 
world.  Disney  staff  and  independent  researchers 
explore  such  topics  as  how  dolphins  commu- 
nicate, whether  a  medical  procedure  used  on 
humans  can  treat  reptile  disease  in  wild,  en- 
dangered sea  turtles,  and  methods  for  pre- 
serving and  improving  wetlands  vegetation. 

"I'm  really  proud  of  the  quality  of  our  staff 
and  the  collaborators  we  work  with,"  says 
Stevens.  "We  are  considered  a  leading  resource 
for  individual  researchers  and  institutions  across 
the  country.  The  whole  zoo  world  is  looking 
to  us  to  raise  the  bar  in  caring  for  animals  in 
captivity."  The  Disney  Wildlife  Conservation 
Fund  supports  wildlife  conservation  programs 
in  twenty-nine  countries  throughout  the  world. 

Given  Disney's  commitment  to  environ- 
mental and  conservation  initiatives  on  both 
the  local  and  international  level,  Stevens  says 
it  was  particularly  disheartening  when  the 
media,  in  the  weeks  prior  to  opening,  called 
attention  to  several  animal  deaths  that 
occurred  earlier  this  year.  "Unfortunately,  the 
focus  [in  media  accounts]  became  these  few 
deaths  rather  than  on  how  many  other  ani- 
mals we  have  here  that  are  thriving,"  she  says. 


Jane  Rippe  Shinn  B.S.N.  71,  now  a  pedi- 
atric nurse  practitioner,  describes  that  first 
evening  together:  "He  was  drunk,  barefoot,  and 
wearing  a  toga  when  they  picked  me  up  that 
night.  It  was  December,  and  we  went  to  a 
Duke  basketball  game  dressed  like  that.  Ev- 
erybody was  crazy.  I  told  myself,  this  evening 
will  end  eventually."  They  were  married  in 
1972  and  now  live  in  Winter  Park,  thirty  miles 
north  of  Walt  Disney  World,  with  their  three 
children.  As  for  flappability,  Jane  Shinn  says 
it's  household  clutter  that  bothers  her  hus- 
band. "He  wants  things  straight  when  he  comes 
home.  When  he  calls  from  the  car  phone  on 
his  drive  home,  I  make  sure  the  kids  have 
picked  up  their  backpacks  and  swim  bags  from 
the  front  hall.  Bob  does  not  like  disorder." 

Wes  Chesson  '71,  a  former  teammate  and 
roommate,  who  now  does  color  commentary 
for  Duke  football  games,  calls  Shinn  "very 
conscientious,  well-disciplined,  and  hard- 
working. He  managed  his  time  well."  Former 
head  coach  Tom  Harp  says  Shinn  was  "an 
exceptional  leader,  able  to  motivate  other 
members  of  the  team.  He  was  prepared  in 
every  way  to  be  a  success.  He  had  the  per- 
sonality, work  ethic,  leadership  skills,  and  edu- 
cation— he  had  all  the  tools." 

Those  characteristics  and  the  experience  he 
gained  working  for  Sea  Pines  Company  foun- 
der, developer  Charles  Fraser,  have  served 
him  well.  Shinn  describes  Fraser,  his  first  em- 
ployer, as  a  mentor  who  was  very  influential 
in  his  career.  "He  was  the  first  person  to  un- 


"DISNEY  IS  DIFFERENT 

FROM  ZOOS  OR 

SCIENCE  MUSEUMS 

BECAUSE  WE  REACH 

A  BROADER  CROSS  - 

SECTION  OF  PEOPLE." 


derstand  that  you  can  add  value  to  land  by 
comprehensive  land  planning  and  architec- 
tural controls,  and  by  putting  deed  restrictions 
on  land  to  make  sure  that  those  design  ideas 
have  teeth.  He  revolutionized  the  business." 

Fraser,  who  consulted  in  the  planning  of 
Celebration,  has  equal  praise  for  Shinn. 
"When  we  hired  him,  we  felt  we  had  an  enor- 
mously alert  and  balanced  executive-in-the- 
making,"  he  says  in  a  call  from  the  Bahamas. 
"He  could  marry  his  engineering  credentials 
and  his  M.B.A.  credentials  into  complex  pro- 
jects." 

Shinn  credits  Duke  for  instilling  his  habit 
of  carefully  researching  and  planning  every 
project  he's  been  involved  in.  "That's  probably 
a  skill  set  that  I  got  out  of  Duke  Engineering 
School,  making  a  very  thorough  plan  to  make 
sure  that  when  we  start  it's  well  thought  out 
and  it's  done  properly,"  he  says.  He  now  serves 
on  the  school's  Dean's  Council. 

Playing  football  for  Duke  was  equally  edu- 
cational. "Football  teaches  you  to  deal  with 
adversity.  If  you're  not  always  winning,  you 
have  to  suck  it  in  and  get  ready  for  the  next 
game.  Business  and  life  are  that  way,  and  we 
didn't  have  many  winning  seasons  at  Duke  in 
the  late  Sixties."  ■ 


Brown  is  a  freelance  writer  and  photographer 
based  in  Orlando,  Florida. 


"The  fact  of  the  matter  is  that  the  number  of 
deaths  was  very  small  when  you  consider  the 
total  number  of  animals  we  care  for.  Just  as 
we  celebrate  every  birth  that  happens  here, 
we  mourn  each  and  every  death.  And  death 
is  part  of  the  circle  of  life.  Jane  Goodall  was 
here  for  the  opening  of  Animal  Kingdom,  and 
when  the  media  asked  about  the  animal 
deaths,  she  just  looked  at  them  with  her 
mouth  open.  She  pointed  out  that  the  ani- 
mals here  are  some  of  the  best  cared-for  in 
the  world." 

Stevens  lives  in  Winter  Garden,  Florida, 
with  her  husband,  Ted,  who  studies  the  effects 
of  habitat  restoration  on  the  threatened  scrub 
jay  for  the  Archbold  Biological  Station.  The 
couple's  two  sons,  Bradley  and  Alex,  are  al- 
ready following  in  their  parents'  footsteps. 
"We  have  three  German  shepherds  and 
there's  all  kinds  of  wildlife  where  we  live,"  says 
Stevens.  But  rather  than  capturing  prey  and 
leaving  it  to  languish  in  a  shoebox  or  jar, 
Stevens  says  her  sons  have  learned  to  be  care- 
ful stewards  of  their  backyard  menagerie. 
"Whatever  they  catch — turtles,  lizards,  frogs 
— the  boys  spend  some  time  observing  them 
before  letting  them  go."  ■ 


40      DUKEMAOAZ1VF 


ART  AND 


THE  BLACK 


AESTHETIC 


A 


little  more  than  eight 
years  ago — before  he 
became  a  professor  at 
Duke  and  gained 
international  recog- 
nition for  ground- 
breaking scholarship 
in  the  field  of  Afri- 
can-American art  history — Richard  Powell 
experienced  a  denning  moment  in  his  under- 
standing of  visual  art  and  its  relationship  to 
the  people  who  view  it.  It  didn't  happen  in  a 
classroom  or  a  library,  nor  did  it  take  place  in  a 
gallery  or  an  art  museum.  It  happened  on  the 
streets  of  Washington,  D.C.  Powell  was  working 
as  director  of  programs  at  the  Washington 


RICHARD  POWELL 

BY  TOM  PATTERSON 

Project  for  the  Arts  (WPA),  a  nationally  pro- 
minent nonprofit  "alternative  space"  for  the  ex- 
hibition of  cutting-edge  contemporary  art.  And 
it  took  the  form  of  a  tense  public  confronta- 
tion, rather  than  a  quiet,  private  epiphany. 

New  York  artist  David  Hammons,  known 
for  his  often  ironic  treatments  of  themes  re- 
lating to  African-American  life  and  culture, 
had  created  under  the  WPAs  auspices  a  special 
site-work  to  be  installed  on  Seventh  Street  so 
that  it  could  be  seen  from  the  nearby  Na- 


tional Portrait  Gallery.  Hammons'  piece  was 
a  billboard-scale,  metal,  cutout  portrait  of  the 
Reverend  Jesse  Jackson  with  his  hair  and  skin 
conspicuously  lightened.  Below  it  in  large 
boldface  type  was  the  title  of  a  then-current 
popular  song  by  rapper  Kool  Mo  Dee:  "How 
Ya  Like  Me  Now?"  The  piece  was  intended  as 
a  commentary  on  the  absence  of  images  por- 
traying prominent  African  Americans  in  the 
National  Portrait  Gallery.  Its  implication  was 
that  if  Jesse  Jackson  were  white,  perhaps  the 
gallery  might  accommodate  a  portrait  of  him 
among  the  other  prominent  figures  represent- 
ed there.  Powell  was  installing  the  piece  with 
a  group  of  fellow  WPA  staffers  when  the  trou- 
ble started. 


July-August  1998        41 


"There  was  a  bus  stop  near  where  we  were 
installing  the  piece,"  Powell  recalls,  "and  all 
day  the  people  who  had  been  gathering  there 
had  been  asking  us  about  what  we  were 
doing.  But  at  some  point  late  in  the  day,  we 
encountered  some  hotheads,  who  saw  that  the 
other  people  working  with  me  were  white. 
They  were  totally  uninformed  about  the 
context  of  the  piece,  and  they  apparently 
thought  it  was  'signifying'  about  Jesse  Jack- 
son, so  they  got  agitated.  They  decided  we 
were  imposing  ourselves,  our  values,  and  our 
images  on  the  public  domain,  and  they  didn't 
want  to  see  it.  So  a  riot  broke  out,  and  these 
roughhouse  types  knocked  the  piece  off  the 
platform  it  was  mounted  on.  Fortunately,  no 


Powell:  "1  can't 

think  of  a  moment 

in  my  life  when 

art  hasn't  played 

a  role  in  it" 


time  and  of  historical  periods.  Unlike  those 
angry  citizens  who  attacked  Hammons'  site- 
work,  Powell  has  always  maintained  an  open, 
receptive  attitude  toward  visual  art  and  a 
keen  interest  in  the  motivations  and  sensibil- 
ities of  artists.  He  began  his  education  in  the 
field  long  before  his  years  in  college  and  grad- 
uate school,  when  he  was  a  child  growing  up 
in  Chicago  during  the  late  Fifties  and  the 
socially  turbulent  Sixties.  He  says  he  has  al- 
ways had  a  strong  fascination  for  visual  cul- 
ture. "I  can't  think  of  a  moment  in  my  life  when 
art  hasn't  played  a  role  in  it.  My  earliest  child- 
hood memories  involve  drawing  with  crayons 
on  manila  paper  and  watching  my  father 
sharpen  pencils  with  a  kitchen  knife." 


one  was  hurt,  and  the  piece  wasn't  destroyed  or 
significantly  damaged.  We  were  able  to  bring  it 
back  into  the  WPA  gallery,  and  we  installed  it 
there." 

What  Powell  learned  from  this  explosive 
incident  was  that  sometimes  the  public  re- 
quires a  little  background  information  to  help 
them  process  contemporary  public  artworks. 
If  he  had  it  to  do  over,  he  says,  "We  would 
have  installed  the  piece  at  night,  when  no  one 
was  around.  And  before  doing  that,  we  would 
have  first  put  up  a  label  explaining  that  the 
artist  was  African  American  and  what  his 
intentions  were." 

The  riot  over  the  whiteface  Jesse  Jackson 
portrait  was  probably  the  most  harrowing  epi- 
sode in  that  front-lines  phase  of  Powell's  on- 
going engagement  with  the  art  of  his  own 


Powell's  late  father,  Louis  C.  Powell,  was  a 
waiter  at  the  famous  Palmer  House  hotel,  and 
his  mother,  Eliza  Hughes  Powell,  was  (and  still 
is)  an  elementary- school  teacher.  Powell  says 
both  parents  encouraged  and  accommodated 
his  interest  in  art,  just  as  they  did  his  older 
brother  Michael's  passion  for  music.  The  fam- 
ily lived  on  Chicago's  South  Side,  as  Powell 
says,  "just  a  stone's  throw  from  the  University 
of  Chicago  and  Hyde  Park.  It  was  a  liberal, 
progressive,  and  fairly  affluent  community." 

The  public  elementary  school  and  Roman 
Catholic  high  school  Powell  attended  didn't 
offer  art  classes,  so  he  worked  on  his  own  to 
develop  the  artistic  talent  he  demonstrated 
early  in  life.  "I  could  always  draw,  and  I  was 
very  young  when  I  started  painting,"  he  re- 
calls. "Before  I  went  to  college,  I  just  did  it  all 


on  my  own.  And  my  father  responded  to  my 
desire  to  know  more  about  art  by  taking  me 
to  museums.  Every  Sunday  he  would  take  me 
to  a  different  museum.  One  Sunday  it  would 
be  the  Oriental  Institute,  and  the  next  it 
would  be  the  Museum  of  Science  and  In- 
dustry, or  the  Art  Institute  of  Chicago.  I  re- 
member when  he  took  me  to  one  of  the  big 
Picasso  retrospectives  at  the  Art  Institute  in 
the  early  Sixties,  and  I  went  home  and  began 
trying  to  paint  cubistically.  I  was  probably 
twelve  or  thirteen." 

While  developing  his  art-making  skills  and 
learning  to  appreciate  a  wide  range  of  art  tra- 
ditions, Powell  says  he  was  "interested  in  other 
things  besides  art.  I've  always  liked  to  read, 
and  I've  always  written."  He  credits  Jack 
Skillman,  "a  very  good  family  friend  who 
worked  for  the  City  of  Chicago,"  as  an  impor- 
tant early  influence  on  his  reading.  "He  had 
an  amazing  library  of  books  on  African  and 
African-American  culture  and  history,  and 
my  brother  and  I  would  look  through  his 
books  and  talk  about  them."  Powell's  first 
exposure  to  African  art  was  through  books 
such  as  those  in  Skillmaris  library,  and  later 
he  saw  examples  of  it  firsthand  in  Chicago's 
Field  Museum  of  Natural  History. 

As  for  contemporary  art,  he  says,  "My  expo- 
sure was  limited  to  what  was  available  in 
Chicago.  So  during  my  adolescence,  I  knew 
about  artists  like  [sculptor]  Richard  Hunt 
and  [painter]  Jeff  Donaldson.  Donaldson  did 
a  kind  of  send-up  book  of  satirical  portraits 
called  The  Civil  Rights  Yearbook  that  we  had  at 
our  house  during  those  years."  Donaldson  was 
also  a  founding  member  of  the  ambitious  and 
influential  Chicago-based,  black  artists'  col- 
lective, AFRI-COBRA,  which  sought  to  cre- 
ate a  contemporary  "atavistic"  style  incorpo- 
rating the  essential  components  of  traditional 
African  art. 

Powell's  self-educational  impulse  was  fed 
by  a  variety  of  other  sources  and  experiences. 
He  shared  his  brother's  love  of  music.  He 
mentions  in  particular  the  impact  that  jazz 
artists  such  as  Miles  Davis  and  Alice  Coltrane 
had  on  him  during  his  youth,  but  he  insists  he 
lacked  the  instrumental  talent  his  brother 
displayed  on  the  guitar.  He  also  remembers 
being  "mesmerized  by  public  television"  in  his 
teen  years.  It  was  an  era  when  Chicago's  pub- 
lic TV  station,  WTTW  regularly  aired  black 
cultural  programs  such  as  Soul — a  variety 
show  that  featured  prominent  writers  and 
musical  artists,  including  Nikki  Giovanni, 
James  Baldwin,  and  Al  Green — and  Black, 
Blues,  Black!,  which  introduced  Powell  to 
writer  Maya  Angelou. 

"To  a  certain  extent,"  he  says,  "I'm  a  prod- 
uct of  a  particular  moment  of  heightened 
black  consciousness  in  this  country.  I  grew  up 
at  a  time  when  'Black  is  beautiful'  was  a  clar- 
ion call  and  there  was  a  growing  appreciation 


42      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


for  the  contributions  that  people  of  African 
descent  had  made  to  world  culture." 

"But,"  he's  quick  to  add,  "I  was  fortunate 
enough  early  in  my  life  to  get  exposed  to  a 
whole  range  of  experiences  that  allowed  me 
to  explore  the  African-American  experience 
without  forgetting  that  there  are  other  cul- 
tural expressions."  As  one  memorable  exam- 
ple, he  mentions  attending  events  connected 
with  anti-Vietnam  War  protests  outside  the 
Democratic  National  Convention  in  Chicago 
during  the  socially  contentious  summer  of 
1968.  At  one  such  event  on  the  University  of 
Chicago  campus,  the  fifteen-year-old  Powell 
was  excited  to  meet  French  existentialist  writ- 


HOMECOMING 
THE  ART  AND 
LIFE  OF 


stand  up  to  other  world  cultures,  and  we 
shouldn't  be  so  uptight  about  it  that  we  want 
to  isolate  it  or  set  it  aside  as  some  'other'  cat- 
egory." 

At  Morehouse,  Powell  majored  in  art  and 
made  English  his  minor.  "At  the  time,  I  had 
the  intention  of  being  a  practicing  artist  or 
teaching  art.  The  idea  of  teaching  art  history 
didn't  occur  to  me  until  a  few  years  later." 

Before  he  began  seriously  to  pursue  that 
idea,  he  graduated  from  Morehouse  and  spent 
two  years  pursuing  a  master's  in  fine  arts  in 
printmaking  from  Howard  University  in  Wash- 
ington, D.C.  Then  he  went  on  to  Yale  Uni- 
versity, where  he  earned,  over  the  next  ten 


weeks  on  the  job  at  that  alternative  art  space. 
It  was  November  1989,  and  Powell  had  com- 
missioned the  controversial  site -work  as  part 
of  his  ambitious  curatorial  project,  The  Blues 
Aesthetic:  Black  Culture  and  Modernism.  This 
exhibition  of  works  by  eighty-three  artists 
made  its  debut  that  fall  at  the  WPA  before 
traveling  to  museums  and  galleries  in  four 
other  cities  across  the  country,  including  the 
Duke  University  Museum  of  Art.  In  addition 
to  organizing  the  show,  he  wrote  the  104-page 
catalogue  that  accompanied  it.  The  flap  over 
the  Hammons  piece  happened  to  coincide 
with  other  controversies  involving  the  con- 
tent of  contemporary  artworks  exhibited  by 
nonprofit  art  spaces  supported  in  part  with 
public  funds — an  issue  that  continues  to  be 
hotly  debated  in  the  public  arena. 

Late  in  that  same  year,  Powell  re-entered 
academic  life  when  he  was  hired  as  an  assistant 
professor  in  the  department  of  art  and  art  his- 


WILLIAM 
JOHNSON 


er  Jean  Genet  and  "Yippie"  political  activist 
Abbie  Hoffman. 

"The  world  is  a  big  place,"  says  Powell,  "and 
culture  is  not  as  simple  as  black  and  white. 
Information,  art,  and  ideas  have  no  reins  on 
them.  They  get  out  there  and  people  pick 
them  up  as  they  will.  So  I'm  interested  in  the 
interplay  of  white  and  black  cultures." 

His  interest  in  this  cultural  interplay  was 
encouraged  by  Gloria  Wade  Gales,  a  teacher 
of  English  at  Atlanta's  Morehouse  College, 
where  he  did  his  undergraduate  work  in  the 
early  1970s.  "Her  response  to  the  black  na- 
tionalist position  was  something  to  the  effect 
of,  'Don't  hold  your  cultural  legacy  so  tightly 
that  you  choke  it,  because  it  needs  to  be  al- 
lowed to  live  and  function  on  its  own  terms.' 
What  she  meant  is  that  black  culture  can 


years,  two  master's  degrees  (in  Afro-Ameri- 
can studies  and  art  history)  and  a  Ph.D.  in  art 
history.  During  that  same  ten-year  stretch,  he 
was  an  instructor,  adjunct  professor,  or  visit- 
ing scholar  at  such  institutions  as  Norfolk 
State  University,  the  University  of  Hartford, 
Wesleyan  University  in  Connecticut,  and  Mid- 
dlebury  College.  From  1985  until  1987,  while 
working  on  his  Ph.D.,  he  was  a  pre-doctoral 
fellow  at  the  National  Museum  of  American 
Art,  the  visual-arts  component  of  the  Smith- 
sonian Institution.  He  remained  in  Washing- 
ton for  two  more  years  to  work  as  director  of 
programs  for  the  WPA. 

The  street  confrontation  that  accompa- 
nied the  attempt  by  him  and  his  co-workers 
to  install  David  Hammons'  bleached  Jesse 
Jackson  portrait  occurred  during  his  last  few 


tory  at  Duke.  By  1992  he  had  been  promoted 
to  associate  professor.  In  1996  he  was  named 
chair  of  the  department,  and  in  the  last  aca- 
demic year  was  named  a  full  professor.  Since 
his  arrival  in  Durham,  he  has  emerged  as  "the 
hottest  property  in  African-American  art  his- 
tory in  the  country  today,"  according  to  Duke 
professor  emeritus  John  Hope  Franklin,  him- 
self a  leading  scholar  of  African-American 
history. 

Powell's  growing  reputation  in  his  field  has 
resulted  largely  from  the  books  and  exhibition 
catalogues  he  has  written.  In  1991,  two  years 
after  he  came  to  Duke,  his  Homecoming:  The 
Art  and  Life  of  William  H.  Johnson  was  pub- 
lished by  Rizzoli  International  Publications  in 
conjunction  with  a  traveling  exhibit  of  work 
by  this  long-neglected  black  artist.  Powell  or- 


July-August  1998        43 


ganized  the  show  for  the  National  Museum  of 
American  Art,  where  it  opened  to  widespread 
attention  before  going  on  to  New  York's  Whit- 
ney Museum  of  American  Art  and  smaller 
museums  in  Andover,  Massachusetts;  Green- 
ville, South  Carolina;  and  Fort  Worth,  Texas. 
The  book  and  exhibit  were  initially  inspired 
by  Powell's  research  for  the  doctoral  disserta- 
tion he  wrote  on  Johnson,  who  was  almost 
seventy  when  he  died  in  obscurity  in  1970. 


Rizzoli  Art  Se 


Gallery  of  American  Art  in  Andover,  Mas- 
sachusetts. Scheduled  to  open  next  year,  the 
exhibit  will  draw  on  the  art  collections  of  six 
higher-education  institutions,  all  located  in 
the  southern  United  States. 

But  Powell's  most  ambitious  and  compre- 
hensive scholarly  work  to  date  is  his  book 
Black  Art  and  Culture  in  the  Twentieth  Century, 
published  last  year  by  Thames  and  Hudson. 
This  extensively  illustrated  volume  surveys 


themes  related  to  blackness  even  though  the 
artists  who  made  them  (including  Sue  Coe, 
Miguel  Covarrubias,  Walker  Evans,  Keith 
Hating,  Robert  Mapplethorpe,  Larry  Rivers, 
and  Andy  Warhol)  aren't  black.  Although 
dominated  by  discussion  of  artists  from  this 
country,  Powell's  wide-ranging  survey  also 
deals  with  artists  from  Africa,  Europe,  the 
Caribbean  region,  and  Latin  America. 

Roughly  the  last  quarter  of  Black  Art  and 
Culture  in  theTuientieth  Century  deals  with  the 
art  of  the  past  two  decades  and  black  culture's 
relationship  to  postmodernism.  Powell  points 
out  that  many  artists  of  this  era  have  adopted 
a  critical,  conceptual  approach  in  their  work, 
which  emerges  through  their  use  of  methods 
such  as  "analyzing  socially  rooted  emblems, 
questioning  traditional  concepts  of  identity, 
utilizing  testimony  and  scripted  narrative,  and, 
in  general,  dealing  with  culture  and  history  as 


QlAc-k    AthT  and   C^ulRnte 
i/v  the   %orn   C-bnTutly 

IICIIII     J.      Mllll 

^ 

In  1992,  Rizzoli  published  Powell's  Jacob 
Lawrence,  a  monograph  on  a  more  widely 
known  modern  African-American  artist. 
And  last  year  the  University  of  California 
published  his  Rhapsodies  in  Black:  The  Art  of 
the  Harlem  Renaissance,  the  catalogue  for  his 
most  recently  completed  curatorial  project, 
an  exhibition  that  opened  at  the  Hayward 
Gallery  in  London  and  is  now  traveling  to  the 
Corcoran  Gallery  of  Art  in  Washington,  the 
Los  Angeles  County  Museum  of  Art  (July  26- 
October  19),  and  the  Museum  of  Fine  Arts  in 
Houston  (November  22-February  14,  1999). 
His  latest  effort  as  a  curator  is  an  exhibition 
and  its  accompanying  catalogue,  To  Conserve 
a  Legacy:  American  Art  from  Historically  Black 
Colleges  and  Universities,  a  joint  project  of  the 
Studio  Museum  of  Harlem  and  the  Addison 


works  by  several  hundred  artists  in  order  to 
examine,  in  his  words,  "the  thematic  implica- 
tions of  black  culture  in  twentieth-century 
artistic  production."  He  begins  his  rich  art- 
historical  overview  with  a  discussion  of  "the 
problematic  nature  of  blackness"  as  a  cultural 
category  and  the  provocative  assertion,  "twen- 
tieth-century black  subjectivity  is,  first  and 
foremost,  a  choice  that,  while  frequently  in- 
fluenced by  the  artist's  personal  identity,  is  not 
solely  dependent  upon  it."  Following  up  on 
his  enduring  interest  in  "the  interplay  of  black 
and  white  cultures,"  the  book  looks  not  only 
at  works  by  artists  of  African  descent  (among 
them  Romare  Bearden,  John  Biggers,  Eliza- 
beth Catlett,  Lois  Mailou  Jones,  Kerry  James 
Marshall,  Adrian  Piper,  Carrie  Mae  Weems,  and 
Hale  Woodruff),  but  also  at  works  that  treat 


artistic  currency."  In  discussing  such  artists,  he 
notes  that  many  of  them  "turned  to  personal 
or  political  events  for  source  material,"  creating 
text  and  narrative-driven  works  distinguished 
by  their  "acknowledgment  of  the  pliancy  and 
unreliability  of  texts"  and  their  shared  view  of 
culture  as  "fleeting,  narrative -generated,  po- 
litically contentious,  and  impervious  to  single 
definitions  or  reductive  categories..."  Sum- 
marizing his  view  of  postmodernism's  rela- 
tionship to  the  book's  central  topic,  he  asserts, 
"The  role  of  black  culture  in  this  period  of 
ruin  and  reconfiguration  has  been  to  divest 
art  of  its  current  despair  and  create  in  its  place 
a  new  optimism,  an  alternative  world  view,  and 
an  unparalleled  critical  stance." 

The  latter  idea  was  on  his  mind  last  fall 
when  he  was  teaching  a  class  at  Duke  on 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


twentieth-century  American  art.  He  was  in- 
spired to  give  one  of  the  class'  final  sessions 
the  same  title  David  Hammons  appropriated 
from  Kool  Mo  Dee  for  that  controversial  Jesse 
Jackson  portrait  the  angry  mob  forcibly  dis- 
mantled on  a  Washington,  D.C.,  street.  The 
"HowYa  Like  Me  Now?"  session  was  devoted 
to  postmodernism,  and  Powell  had  chosen  to 
illustrate  his  lecture  for  the  occasion  with 
color  slides  of  works  by  Hans  Haacke,  Jenny 
Holzer,  Jasper  Johns,  Edward  Kienholz,  Jeff 
Koons,  Joseph  Kosuth,  Barbara  Kruger,  Maya 
Lin,  James  Luna,  Robert  Mapplethorpe,  Adrian 
Piper,  Robert  Rauschenberg,  Cindy  Sherman, 
and  Lorna  Simpson,  before  concluding  with  a 
slide  of  the  Hammons  piece.  He  wanted  to 
use  these  works  to  illustrate  a  number  of 
points  about  the  emergence  of  postmodernism 
and  the  characteristics  of  the  postmodern 
stance  toward  art  and  the  world.  It  was  an 
ambitious  agenda  for  an  hour-long  class.  He 
worked  hard  to  fit  it  all  in,  moving  along  so 
rapidly  that  at  one  point  an  overwhelmed  stu- 
dent interrupted  him  to  blurt  out,"Too  much! 
Too  much!  Don't  rush!"  But  in  the  end 
Powell  ran  out  of  time  before  he  could  go 
through  his  entire  slide  selection,  so  he  didn't 
get  around  to  showing  the  image  of  Ham- 
mons' monumental  cutout  portrait. 

After  the  class  session  was  over,  Powell  said 
he  had  intended  to  show  the  Hammons  piece 
because  "I  wanted  to  play  with  the  idea  of 


"I  GREW  UP  AT  A 

TIME  WHEN  'BLACK  IS 

BEAUTIFUL'  WAS  A 

CLARION  CALL  AND 

THERE  WAS  A  GROWING 

APPRECIATION  FOR  THE 

CONTRIBUTIONS  THAT 

PEOPLE  OF  AFRICAN 

DESCENT  HAD  MADE  TO 

WORLD  CULTURE." 


postmodernism  as  a  kind  of  moment  of  pro- 
vocation— artistically,  intellectually,  and  con- 
ceptually. The  title  is  perfect  for  that  purpose. 
Kool  Mo  Dee's  'How  Ya  Like  Me  Now?'  is  a 
call-and-response  rap  about  provocation,  and 
in  that  sense  it's  the  same  kind  of  statement 
that's  being  made  by  Hammons  and  all  of 
those  other  artists  I  discussed  in  the  class. 
Rapping  is  about  talking  and  testifying  about 
people's  experience  and  the  conditions  they're 
living  under,  and  that  particular  song  is  also  a 


statement  of  bravado.  Kool  Mo  Dee  is  saying, 
'I'm  amazing  and  I'm  extraordinary.'  It's  rhe- 
torical; it's  not  meant  to  be  answered.  It's 
about  confidence  in  oneself  in  the  world." 

The  rapper's  words  precisely  reflect  the 
"new  optimism"  and  "alternative  world  view" 
Powell  mentions  in  discussing  black  culture's 
contribution  to  postmodernism  in  Black  Art 
and  Culture  in  the  Twentieth  Century.  And  he 
himself  displays  something  of  that  same  con- 
fidence in  discussing  his  ability  to  make  such 
connections  and  move  easily  from  a  focus  on 
black  culture  to  an  examination  of  other  strains 
in  historical  and  contemporary  art.  "I've  al- 
ways been  able  to  cross  borders  and  under- 
stand the  world  at  large,"  he  says. 

Looking  back  on  the  late  Eighties,  when  he 
was  director  of  programs  for  the  WPA,  and 
comparing  the  work  he  did  then  to  his  pre- 
sent job  at  Duke,  Powell  says  he  sees  no  fun- 
damental difference  between  the  two  posi- 
tions. In  both  cases,  as  well  as  in  his  scholarly 
writings,  he  says,  "It's  all  about  educating  peo- 
ple to  be  visually  literate  and  turning  them  on 
to  visual  culture.  I  want  people  to  buy  into 
the  idea  that  artists  are  important  members  of 
our  society,  and  we  need  to  look  closely  and 
carefully  at  what  they  do." 

Patterson,  a  freelance  writer,  art  critic,  and  inde- 
pendent curator,  lives  in  Winston- Salem,  North 
Carolina. 


IF  IT  WEREN'T  FOR  OUR  ROLLING  HILLS  AND  FAIRWAYS, 
GUESTS  MIGHT  NEVER  GO  OUTSIDE. 


Situated  on  Duke  University's  campus,  we  are  proud  to 
have  recently  received  the  Mobil  Four-Star  and  AAA 
Four-Diamond  Awards,  two  prestigious  ratings  for 
excellence.  Our  171  newly  renovated,  luxurious  guest 
rooms  and  suites  are  the  first  in  the  country  to  feature 
Ethernet  access  to  the  Internet.  Enjoy  international  fine 
dining  at  the  Fairview  Restaurant.  Relax  with  a  drink 
and  good  conversation  at  the  Bull  Durham  Bar.  And 
come  play  on  our  classic  Robert  Trent  Jones  championship 
golf  course,  recendy  redesigned  by  the  architect's  son, 
Rees  Jones.  This  challenging  course  has  been  ranked  fifth 
in  the  nation  by  Golf  Digest  as  one  of  their 
best  new  resort  courses. 

Whether  you're  visiting  Duke 
University  or  planning  a  getaway,  you'l 
feel  like  a  special  guest  in  a  gracious 
Southern  home.  Please  call  us  at 
(919)  490-0999  or  (800)  443-3853. 


http://www.washingtondukeinn.com 
Cameron  Boulevard,  Durham,  NC  27706  •  (919)  490-0999 


July-August 


OXFORD  AND 
CAMBRIDGE 

Continued  from  fwge  15 

seen  professors  thrown  off  by  student  ques- 
tions." 

He  also  found  the  scholarly  direction  limit- 
ing. "Originality  is  valued  less  than  acquiring 
a  wide  overview  of  existing  scholarship,"  he 
says.  "Theory  is  looked  at  askance  by  a  large 
number  of  teachers  of  English.  The  approach 
to  literature  is  traditional  and  conservative, 
and  the  apparatus  of  scholarship  is  applied  to 
untangling  textual  histories,  to  looking  at 
everything  around  the  text  rather  than  what 
the  text  is  saying.  That's  useful  and  necessary. 
But  there  was  a  disjunction  between  the  way 
literature  was  taught  and  what  I  wanted  to  do 
with  literature." 

Wenthe  got  less  enjoyment  from  his  Oxford 
thesis  than  from  his  undergraduate  thesis, 
which  was  on  the  British  poet  Gerald  Manley 
Hopkins.  "I  was  spurred  on  by  that  most  effec- 
tive of  goads  —  the  need  to  get  the  degree. 
But  I  was  coming  to  the  conclusion  that  I  did- 
n't see  myself  as  a  medievalist.  I  had  stumbled 
into  medieval  literature,  had  allowed  myself 
to  be  taken  over  by  it,  and  had  found  great 
resources  for  it  here  at  Oxford.  But  the  more 
I  got  involved  with  it,  the  less  I  liked  it." 

For  next  fall,  the  Rhodes  couple  is  New 
Haven-bound.  His  wife  will  begin  a  Ph.D.  at 
Yale.  He  may  go  the  Ph.D.  path  for  the  fall  of 
1999,  after  spending  a  year  in  a  writing  job. 

Even  before  the  Rhodes  honor  went  his 
way,  Eric  Greitens  '96,  had  a  resume  that 
could  hardly  be  more  eclectic  or  substantive. 
An  A.B.  Duke  Scholar,  he  had  a  self-designed  | 
major  in  ethics,  with  an  emphasis  in  public  § 
policy  studies,  philosophy,  and   religion.  "I  § 
wanted  answers  to  deeper  questions  about" 
ethics,  policy,  and  public  justice,"  he  wrote  in 
his  statement  for  the  Rhodes.  "And  I  thought 
that  my  college  education  should  have  some- 
thing to  say  about  private  meaning  as  well; 
I've  sought  answers  in  the  classroom  as  well  as 
outside  of  it."  He  was  chairman  of  the  Honor 
Council  and  chairman  and  founder  of  the 
Mayor's  University  Advisory  Council,  which 
was  designed  to  improve  relations  among  Duke, 
North  Carolina  Central,  and  the  community. 

Greitens  spent  the  summer  of  his  junior 
year  working  in  Kigali,  Rwanda,  and  Goma, 
Zaire,  with  the  United  Nations  High  Com- 
mission for  Refugees  Regional  Support  Unit 
for  Refugee  Children.  During  the  previous 
summer,  he  spent  six  weeks  in  Croatian  refu- 
gee camps  with  Bosnian  Muslim  refugees,  and 
worked  with  the  U.S.  Committee  for  Refu- 
gees, a  private  humanitarian  agency.  And  be- 
tween his  freshman  and  sophomore  years,  he 
worked  and  studied  in  Changchun  and  Bei- 
jing, China.  He  lived  in  a  worker's  dormitory 
with  Chinese  men  and  women  who  had  par- 


ticipated in  the  Tiananmen  Square  demon- 
strations in  1989.  "I  was  myself  arrested  for 
speaking  about  human  rights  in  my  English 
class,"  he  noted  in  his  Rhodes  essay. 

Greitens  has  had  his  photographs  pub- 
lished in  nine  journals  and  newspapers; 
among  those  photographs  is  documentary  work 
from  his  summer  encounters.  He  also  did  a 
documentary  photography  project  in  the 
Durham  Boxing  Gym — appropriately  enough, 
since  he  competed  in  the  North  Carolina 
Golden  Gloves  Novice  Championship  in  his 
junior  year  at  Duke  and  the  national  Col- 
legiate Boxing  Association  events  as  a  senior. 


the  Rhodes;  a  member  of  the  selection  com- 
mittee declared  that  it  was  the  first  time  in 
thirty  years  that  he  had  received  such  a  letter. 
"I've  never  met  anybody  like  him  in  my  life," 
Blair  says  today.  "I  had  no  idea  of  the  intensity 
he  possesses.  He's  like  a  crab:  When  he  grabs 
hold  of  something,  he  will  not  let  it  loose." 
Blair  named  his  son  "Eric"  after  Greitens. 

Out  of  the  ring,  Greitens  has  been  studying 
at  Lady  Margaret  Hall,  concentrating  in  de- 
velopment studies,  international  relations,  and 
international  human  rights  law.  He  earned  his 
M.Phil,  degree  in  June;  he'll  probably  stay  at 
Oxford  for  his  Ph.D.  His  thesis  feeds  off  his 


■■i 


Sauer:  "If  you  want  prestige,  bug  off  and  don't  apply — you'll  be  happier  doing  something  else" 


He  now  boxes  on  Oxford's  team. 

In  the  most  recent  annual  match  between 
Oxford  and  Cambridge — held  before  "a  wild, 
intense  crowd  of  a  thousand  fans  packed  into 
the  Oxford  Town  Hall" — he  won  his  fight 
with  a  first-round  technical  knockout.  He 
says,  "The  whole  season  is  geared  toward  the 
Cambridge  match.  It's  like  the  NCAA  basket- 
ball championship,  but  it's  a  several-hundred- 
years-old  tradition."  Later  this  spring,  he 
earned  the  Gold  Medal  at  the  British  Univer- 
sities Sporting  Association  National  Boxing 
Championships.  In  the  national  tournament 
— with  boxers  from  all  over  England,  Scot- 
land, Wales,  and  Northern  Ireland — he  won, 
again,  with  a  first-round  technical  knockout. 
"I've  just  figured  out  that  I've  spent  about  the 
last  fourteen  weeks  training,  often  twice  a 
day,  for  a  grand  total  of  two  minutes  and  forty 
seconds  of  boxing." 

His  trainer  during  his  Duke  days,  Ariel 
Blair,  was  one  of  Greitens'  recommenders  for 


summer  experiences  and  examines  the  efforts 
of  international  institutions  to  protect  chil- 
dren caught  up  in  war.  Retreating  to  a  cottage 
in  southern  England,  he  is  also  plugging  away 
on  a  novel. 

With  Oxford's  calendar  of  eight-week  terms 
and  long  interim  breaks,  he  has  enlarged  on 
his  travel  and  documentary  repertoire.  He  has 
visited  Israel  to  photograph  Palestinian  refu- 
gee camps,  India  to  photograph  one  of  Mother 
Teresa's  houses  for  the  dying,  and  Mexico  to 
photograph  the  Indians  in  Chiapas.  For  the 
most  recent  interim  period,  he  visited  Cam- 
bodia. There  he  did  a  documentary-photogra- 
phy project  for  the  Cambodia  Trust,  which 
works  with  land-mine  victims  and  child  polio 
victims. 

"Oxford  is  primarily  an  undergraduate  uni- 
versity; undergraduate  education  is  what  it  does 
really  well,"  he  says.  It's  also  a  place  that  can 
impose  maddening  bureaucratic  impediments, 
like  a  several-days  wait  for  a  requested  library 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


book.  "American  Rhodes  Scholars  may  come 
here  and  find  themselves  deeply  dissatisfied 
or  at  least  marginally  disappointed.  That's 
because  they  wanted  to  be  Rhodes  Scholars; 
they  didn't  want  to  be  graduate  students.  For 
the  American  Rhodes  Scholar,  Oxford  can 
deal  out  a  lot  of  cards  that  aren't  going  to  ease 
the  academic  transition — bad  food,  phones 
that  don't  work,  cultural  differences,  a  level  of 
teaching  that  may  not  be  comparable  to  what 
they  had  in  the  States,  the  recognition  that 
this  place  operates  with  an  internal  logic  that 
will  take  a  while  to  figure  out." 

What's  important  for  graduate  students,  as 
he  sees  it,  is  to  identify  and  exploit  Oxford's 
strengths.  For  Greitens,  key  among  those 
strengths  is  the  refugee  studies  program  and 
the  related  library  holdings.  "This  is  probably 
the  best  place  in  the  world  to  be  doing  this 
thesis  topic."  It's  not  a  setting,  he  adds,  that 
will  cater  to  the  ego  needs  of  Rhodes  Scho- 
lars. "I  work  very  hard  at  what  I  do.  But  I've 
always  done  that.  The  majority  of  people  here 
don't  even  know  what  a  Rhodes  Scholar  is." 

Marking  his  first  year  at  Oxford,  John 
Sauer  '97  is  indulging  in  Oxford's  undergrad- 
uate offerings.  Although  he  planned  to  focus 
strictly  on  electrical  engineering,  Sauer  dis- 
covered philosophy  at  Duke  and  added  it  as  a 
second  major.  For  a  university  hymn-writing 
contest,  he  wrote  lyrics  based  on  the  Old 
Testament's  "Song  of  Solomon"  to  fit  the  final 
segment  of  Beethoven's  Ninth  Symphony,  the 
"Ode  to  Joy."  He  earned  second  place  (losing 
out  to  top  honors  only  because  most  congre- 
gations would  find  it  difficult  to  sing) — and 
expressions  of  surprise  from  the  judges  that 
he  wasn't  a  divinity  student.  A  devout  Ro- 
man Catholic  who  was  taught  by  Benedictine 
monks  in  high  school,  he  was  active  with 
Duke's  Catholic  Student  Center  and  tutored 
Hispanic  children;  in  his  hometown  of  St. 
Louis,  he  spent  one  summer  working  with 
prisoners  and  another  teaching  inner-city 
children.  And  he  was  a  walk-on  wrestler  on 
the  varsity  team. 

"Try  to  be  the  kind  of  person  who  loves 
truth  and  seeks  truth  with  eager  curiosity," 
Sauer  advised  future  Rhodes  hopefuls  from 
Duke.  "The  Rhodes  Scholarship  is  not  an 
award,  it's  a  scholarship  to  study  in  England 
where  the  weather  is  gloomy,  the  people  are 
gloomier,  and  the  food  is  gloomiest  of  all.  So 
if  you  want  prestige,  bug  off  and  don't  ap- 
ply— you'll  be  happier  doing  something  else. 
The  most  annoying  thing  is  the  press  inter- 
views afterwards.  But  the  hubbub  lasts  about 
an  afternoon,  and  all  your  friends  realize  that 
you're  still  the  same  bozo." 

Now  at  Oriel  College,  Sauer  is  working  on 
a  two-year  bachelor's  degree  in  theology.  His 
notable  out-of-the-classroom  involvement,  he 
says,  is  playing  soccer.  "I  get  a  lot  of  time  'rid- 
ing pine,'  as  the  saying  goes,  and  when  I  do  get 


on  the  field,  my  play  has  been  described  as 
'running  around  like  a  chicken  with  its  head 
cut  off.'  But  that's  a  kickin'  chicken." 

Sauer  is  doing  eight  tutorials  for  the  de- 
gree— in  areas  including  the  philosophy  of  re- 
ligion, Christian  doctrine  and  interpretation, 
the  history  of  medieval  theology,  and  the 
world  of  Saint  Augustine,  each  of  which  cor- 
responds to  a  final  exam  at  the  end  of  the  two 
years.  He'll  also  finish  with  an  extended  essay. 
The  topic  "will  probably  be  something  like  'Oc- 
casionalism and  the  Administration  of  Grace 
in  Medieval  Accounts  of  Sacramentality.'  " 

The  tutorial  system  is  "good  for  the  under- 


graduate degree  that  I  am  pursuing,"  he  says. 
"I  think  that  in  my  case  it  lends  itself  a  little 
better  to  learning  than  the  class-based  system 
in  the  United  States."  But  he  doesn't  consid- 
er the  Oxford  avenue  toward  a  degree  partic- 
ularly more  self-directed  than  Duke's  system. 
"The  weekly  topics  are  pretty  rigorously  de- 
fined, the  reading  lists  don't  leave  much  to 
your  investigative  imagination,  and  there's 
probably  almost  as  much  chance  to  slack  off, 
if  you  figure  out  how  to  work  the  system. 
Obviously,  I  haven't  figured  that  one  yet,  be- 
cause I  work  harder  here  than  before!" 
Quite  apart  from  his  own  working  habits, 


While  Visiting  Durham, 


Why  Settle  For  Less  When  So 
Much  More  Costs  So  Little? 

Luxurious  All-Suite  Hotel 


Magnificent  outdoor  pool 

■  Two  remote  control  TVs 
•  Color,  HBO  and  cable 

1  Two  telephones 

■  Call  waiting  &  voice  mail 

■  No  charge  for  local  calls 
1  Fax  &  copier  service 

■  Superior  location 


Award-winning  gardens 
Fitness  center 
Covered  walking  track 
Fully  equipped  kitchen 
Top  quality  linens  &  towels 
Complete  laundry  facilities 
Pets  permitted 
Uniformed  security 


DUKE  TOWER 

Residential  Suites 


For  reservations  or  information  call: 

(919)  687-4444  •  Fax:  (919)  683-1215 

807  West  Trinity  Avenue,  Durham,  NC  27701  (corner  of  North  Duke  &  West  Trinity) 

Just  streets  away  from  many  restaurants,  Northgate  Mall,  Duke  University  and 

Duke  Hospital.  Ten  minutes  to  RTP,  15  minutes  to  RDU Airport.  f=T 


July-August  1998        47 


Among  the  graduate  stu- 
dents in  England  with 
recent  Duke  pedigrees, 
one  with  an  especially  eclectic 
set  of  interests  is  Robin  Valenza 
'96.  At  Cambridge,  Valenza  is 
concentrating  in  computer 
speech  and  language  process- 
ing. Of  the  twenty  students  in 
the  program,  only  one  other  is 
female,  and  about  half  are 
international.  It  covers,  in 
Valenza's  words,  areas  ranging 
from  "digitizing  and  manipulat- 
ing analogue  speech  signals  to 
analyzing  and  generating 'natu- 
ral' language  for  human-com- 
puter dialogue." 

Valenza's  particular  concern 
is  with  using  computers  to  ease 
access  to  data  through  the  use 
of  natural  language.  "When  we 
have  several  hundred  hours  of 
radio  broadcasts,  or  handwrit- 
ten documents,  we'd  like  to  be 
able  to  use  this  data  without 
having  to  scan  through  all  of  it 
every  time  you  need  a  particu- 
lar bit  of  information,"  she  says, 
"and  without  having  a  human 
being  sit  down  and  index  it  all 
by  hand."  The  research  team  is 
aiming  to  develop  a  "recogniz- 
er" that  could  run  over  the 
speech  or  handwriting  and  gen- 
erate a  transcription;  the  goal 
entails  automatic  indexing  and 
summarizing  capabilities  as  well. 
A  double-major  in  computer 
science  and  English  at  Duke, 
she  came  across  a  description 
of  the  Cambridge  program  in 
the  spring  of  her  senior  year, 
when  she  was  browsing  through 
the  Web.  By  then,  she  had 
decided  to  study  eighteenth- 
century  English  literature  in  a 
Ph.D.  program,  but  she  was 
drawn  equally  to  the  idea  of 
deepening  her  knowledge  base 


Valenza  began  at  Cambridge 
in  the  fall  of  1996,  right  after 
completing  a  Duke  in  Oxford 
summer  program.  After  one 
term,  she  realized  she  needed 
a  break  from  school.  She  trav- 
eled in  the  U.S.,  developed  hob- 
bies like  painting  and  fencing, 
and  worked  at  Duke's  Digital 
Scriptorium.  One  project 
steeped  her  in  a  database  en- 
compassing tens  of  thousands 
of  nineteenth-  and  twentieth- 
century  documents — some  of 
them  one-of-a-kind — collected 
by  Guido  Mazzoni,  an  Italian 
bibliophile.  She  developed  soft- 
ware to  make  the  Mazzoni 
index  available  via  the  Web. 

On  her  own,  she  began  an- 
other electronic-retrieval  pro- 
ject That  one  involved  the  late- 


eighteenth-century  journals  that  she  had  received  a  Mellon 

and  letters  of  George  Staunton,  Fellowship  in  Humanistic 

who  as  a  child  served  as  page  to  Studies  to  study  English  litera- 

his  father  on  the  first  official  ture  at  Stanford,  which  is  also 

English  embassy  to  China.  supporting  her  with  a  long-term 

She  returned  to  Cambridge  fellowship.  She'll  be  concentrat- 

last  January  and  will  complete  ing  on  Restoration-era  English 


Valenza:  a  newly-minted  Mellon  Scholar,  slie's  found  avenues  for 
applying  her  double-major  in  computer  science  and  English 


her  M.Phil.  in  September.  (She 
explains  that  with  a  little  bit  of 
paperwork,  a  British  student 
can  get  an  M.A.  attached  to  his 
or  her  B.A.  degree  three  years 
beyond  the  B.A.;  the  "Phil."  sig- 
nals that  there  is  an  original 
research  component) 

"Since  students  here  specialize 
in  their  chosen  field  beginning 
in  high  school,  my  background 
in  two  fields  is  even  more  un- 
usual here  than  it  is  in  the 
United  States,"  says  Valenza, 
whose  project  is  a  collaboration 
with  Hewlett-Packard  in  Bris- 
tol, England.  "If  nothing  else, 
I've  strengthened  my  abilities 
to  'explain'  the  function  of  hu- 
manistic studies  to  engineers. 
Perhaps  more  importantly,  I've 
also  learned  how  to  think  con- 
structively about  applying,  and 
teaching,  computing  technolo- 
gies to  more  wide-ranging 
fields — and  my  background 
in  English  and  history  has  cer- 
tainly helped  here." 

This  spring,  Valenza  learned 


writing,  especially,  she  notes, 
"writings  that  today  people 
might  not  quite  think  of  as 
(polite)  literature — journalistic 
pamphlets,  conduct  and  assort- 
ed other  instructional  manuals, 
cookbooks,  and  handwriting 
manuals."  She  may  continue 
her  computing  work  on  the 
side,  and  perhaps  take  some 
time  off  to  do  a  digitized 
manuscript  project 

Valenza's  long-term  goal  is  to 
become  an  English  literature 
professor  who  is  "an  advocate 
of  humanities  computing  along- 
side traditional  humanities  edu- 
cation," as  she  puts  it  "For  the 
most  part,  what  Cambridge  has 
done  for  me  is  to  expose  me  to 
the  science  and  engineering 
culture  in  another  country,  and 
forced  me  to  be  quite  open 
about  why  I  am  rejecting  a 
highly  lucrative  field — speech 
and  language  engineering — 
with  a  very  prestigious  degree 
in  that  field,  for  interests  much 
closer  to  my  heart" 


Sauer  sees  little  pressure  to  succeed  created 
by  the  Rhodes  honor.  "Mr.  William  Jefferson 
Clinton  provides  the  classic  example  of  a 
Rhodes  Scholar  who  didn't  even  sit  for  his 
final  exams  at  the  end  of  his  stint.  And  nobody 
really  cared.  I  hear  that  Bill  Bradley  got  a 
Third  in  politics  and  economics,  which  is  as 
bad  as  you  can  do  without  failing,  like  gradu- 
ating from  Duke  with  a  1.0  GPA  or  some- 
thing." 

^f^^  ne  of  John  Sauer's  predecessors  as  a 
Rhodes  Scholar  from  Duke  is  John 
Board  B.S.E.  '82,  M.S.  '82.  Now  the 
Bass  Associate  Professor  in  Duke's  depart- 
ments of  electrical  engineering  and  computer 
science,  Board  had  an  undergraduate  major 
in  electrical  engineering  and  a  second  major 
in  French.  He  completed  his  master's  in  elec- 
trical engineering  before  leaving  for  England. 
At  Oxford  he  earned  a  doctorate  in  the  the- 
oretical physics  department.  In  1982, "this  was 
a  bit  of  a  compromise  choice  for  them,"  he 
says.  "They  were  not  sure  what  to  do  with 
someone  with  little  formal  training  in  physics 
interested  in  what  we  now  call  computation- 
al science." 

The  Oxford  immersion  made  an  early-ca- 
reer impact,  he  says.  "The  overall  pleasant  ex- 
perience of  graduate  work  did  cause  me  to 
seek  an  academic  position  immediately — at 
Duke,  as  it  happens — rather  than  work  in 
industry  for  a  few  years  first,  as  had  been  my 
grand  plan  at  the  outset.  The  decision  I  made 
at  the  front  end  of  the  Rhodes  —  to  do  grad- 
uate work  in  physics  rather  than  engineering, 
even  though  I  intended  to  probably  come  back 
to  engineering  when  I  was  done — was  impor- 
tant, and  something  I  could  not  have  done  (at 
least  not  easily)  via  the  traditional  graduate- 
school  route.  That  experience  confirmed  for 
me  the  notion  that  many  of  the  most  interest- 
ing scientific  questions  are  on  the  interfaces 
between  'traditional'  disciplines  —  a  philoso- 
phy I  espouse  here  by  doing,  for  instance, 
work  in  computational  structural  biology  from 
the  electrical  engineering  department." 

Although  an  Oxford  enthusiast,  Board  is 
not  excessively  enamored  of  such  interna- 
tional honors.  He  points  out  that  some  200 
Rhodes  Scholars  may  be  in  residence  at  Ox- 
ford at  any  one  time.  The  United  States  ac- 
counts for  thirty-two  Rhodes  Scholars  per 
year,  but  there  are  another  forty  or  so  from 
other  parts  of  the  world,  and  many  extend 
their  stay  beyond  the  standard  two  years. 

Those  numbers  have  a  "humbling"  effect,  he 
says.  A  prestigious  international  scholarship 
doesn't  so  much  contribute  to  the  urge  to  excel, 
he  suggests,  as  it  validates  the  urge  to  excel. 
"People  with  the  gall  to  apply  for  the  Rhodes 
are  already  as  a  group  rather  self-pressuring."  ■ 


48      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


m 


A  GLOBAL  FOCUS 
FOR  GRADUATION 

ormer  president  George  Bush  told 
Duke's  newest  graduates  that  they  are 
entering  a  world  that  is  safer  and  better 
than  that  faced  by  past  generations,  but  one 
with  enough  problems  to  require  the  United 
States  to  disregard  naysayers  and  continue  to 
stay  engaged.  "But  today,  you  know,  there's  a 
strange  coalition  at  work  in  Washington  and 


out,"  he  said  in  the  mid-May  commencement 
exercises.  "It  consists  of  the  people  on  the  po- 
litical right  and  the  political  left — big  labor 
joining  on  one  side,  independent  voices  on  the 
other,  joining  in — calling  for  America  to  come 
home,  the  selfish  call  that  we've  done  our  part 
and  it's  time  for  others  to  do  the  heavy  lifting 
on  international  leadership." 

Bush  said  "the  most  important  bilateral  re- 
lationship in  the  world"  requiring  attention  is 
the  U.S.-China  relationship.  While  acknowl- 
edging the  seriousness  of  India's  recent  nu- 
clear tests,  he  said  the  greatest  global  dangers 
will  come  from  "international  terrorism,"  "Isla- 
mic fundamentalism,"  "the  spread  of  chemical 
and  biological  weapons,"  and  "narco-traffickers." 
He  called  on  the  graduates  to  resist  sitting  and 
"whining  on  the  sidelines"  and  to  "serve  society 
and  serve  your  country." 

About  3,500  undergraduate,  graduate,  and 
professional  degrees  were  awarded  at  the  cere- 
mony before  a  Wallace  Wade  football  stadium 
crowd  estimated  at  17,000.  Bush  was  awarded 
an  honorary  doctor  of  laws  degree  by  President 
Nannerl  O.  Keohane.  She  cited  his  "visible  and 
vital"  leadership  internationally,  along  with  his 
emphasis  on  volunteerism,"a  theme  that  reso- 
nates strongly  on  college  and  university  cam- 
puses." 

Other  honorees  were  journalist  Clay  Felker 
'51,  doctor  of  humane  letters  ("as  founding 
editor,  you  built  NewYork  magazine  into  a  show- 
case of  writing  that  was  sometimes  sharp- 
edged,  often  unconventional,  and  unfailingly 
compelling") ;  CNN  anchor  and  former  Duke 
trustee  Judy  Woodruff  '68,  doctor  of  humane 
letters  ("you  showed  persistence  in  the  face  of 
obstacles — obstacles  that,  partly  through  your 
efforts,  are  no  longer  easy  to  fathom") ;  Duke 
historian  and  chair  of  the  White  House  advi- 
sory board  on  race  John  Hope  Franklin,  doctor 
of  humane  letters  ("you  have  dedicated  your  life 
as  an  intellectual  and  an  activist  to  the  cause 
of  equality");  and  Stanford  computer  scientist 
Donald  Knuth  ("your  main  life's  work,  The  Art 
of  Computer  Programming. .  .is  widely  credited 
with  establishing  and  defining  computer  sci- 
ence as  a  rigorous  intellectual  field  of  study"). 

This  was  the  second  year  that  Duke's  com- 
mencement featured  an  ex-president:  Last  year's 
speaker  was  Jimmy  Carter,  whose  grandson  is  a 
member  of  the  Class  of  1997.  In  his  address, 
Bush  praised  his  vice  president,  Dan  Quayle, 
whose  son  is  a  member  of  the  Class  of  1998. 


July-August  1998        49 


HERE  COMES  THE 
NEIGHBORHOOD 

iffe  s  part  of  its  ongoing  efforts  to  pro- 
^■Wk  vide  affordable  housing  to  its  faculty 
^^^^  and  staff,  and  to  help  encourage 
home  ownership  in  neighborhoods  near  cam- 
pus, Duke  is  selling  existing  and  new  homes 
to  Duke  employees  on  university-owned  pro- 
perty adjacent  to  East  Campus.  There  are  two 
phases  to  the  program,  known  as  East  Campus 
Home  Sites. 

Phase  I  involved  the  sale  of  nine  existing 
older  homes  at  prices  ranging  from  $69,000  to 
$170,000.  The  homes  had  been  rented  by  Duke. 
Phase  II  proposes  building  and  selling  about 
forty  single -family  homes  and  town  houses  on 
lots  Duke  owns. 

All  sales  are  made  only  to  the  faculty  and 
staff  of  Duke,  and  are  subject  to  restrictive  co- 
venants to  ensure  that  the  purchasers  reside  in 
their  houses.  Priority  for  resales  will  be  to  other 
Duke  faculty  members  or  staff.  The  idea,  Duke 
officials  say,  is  to  help  promote  home  ownership 
as  part  of  the  neighborhood's  efforts  to  mini- 
mize the  number  of  rental  properties. 

Residents  of  Trinity  Heights  have  long  viewed 
Duke's  rental  properties  and  vacant  lots  in 
their  neighborhood  as  a  destabilizing  influence 
because  of  the  uncertainty  of  the  type  of  devel- 
opment that  could  occur.  This  new  plan,  uni- 
versity officials  say,  was  designed  to  address 
these  concerns  and  ensure  long-term  owner 
occupancy. 

The  university  coordinated  arrangements  for 
mortgages;  it  also  guaranteed  the  loans  and 
pre-qualified  the  buyers  under  arrangements 
with  two  banks.  The  homes  and  duplexes  for 
sale  in  Phase  I  were  built  between  1900  and 
1937,  and  range  in  size  from  slightly  less  than 
1,500  square  feet  to  almost  3,500  square  feet. 
They  were  sold  on  a  first-come,  first-served 
basis,  and  were  "meant  to  appeal  to  those  who 
enjoy  renovating  older  homes,"  says  Jeffrey 
Potter,  director  of  real  estate  administration 
for  Duke. 

Phase  II  envisions  a  combination  of  town 
homes  and  single -family  residences  in  a  tradi- 
tional neighborhood  design  concept.  All  new 
homes  would  be  furnished  with  Ethernet  con- 
nections to  DukeNet. 

Trinity  Heights  was  one  of  the  first  planned 
residential  developments  in  Durham,  and  is 
listed  as  a  historic  district  in  the  National 
Register  of  Historic  Places.  It  is  among  the 
twelve  neighborhoods  near  the  Duke  campus 
that  are  the  focus  of  the  Duke-Durham  Com- 
munity Partnership  Initiative.  One  of  the  ini- 
tiative's goals  is  to  help  improve  the  quality  of 
life  in  neighborhoods  immediately  surround- 
ing the  campus. 

Duke  has,  as  a  matter  of  policy,  provided 
housing  assistance  for  faculty  and  other  em- 


ployees at  various  times  during  its  history.  In 
the  Thirties,  for  example,  the  university  desig- 
nated a  portion  of  Duke  Forest  near  campus 
for  residential  development  and  sold  home 
sites  to  faculty  at  cost  for  water,  sewer,  and 
road  improvements.  The  university  also  sub- 
sidized the  buyers'  first  mortgage  for  home 
construction. 

In  1989,  in  response  to  criticism  that  medi- 
cal center  expansion  was  depleting  the  supply 
of  affordable  housing  in  Durham,  Duke 
invested  $1.2  million  in  the  Triangle  Housing 
Partnership.  The  money  was  used  to  buy  land, 
build  affordable  houses,  and  assist  lower- 
income  home  buyers  with  financing.  In  1992, 
Duke  donated  three  duplexes  to  Habitat  for 
Humanity,  which  were  relocated  to  the  Crest 
Street  neighborhood  and  renovated  for  sin- 
gle-family homes.  One  year  later,  the  Burch 
Avenue  affordable  housing  program  gave  uni- 
versity employees  preference  in  purchasing 
nine  new  or  renovated  houses  on  Duke- 
owned  property.  First-time  homeowners  were 
assisted  with  down  payments  and  with  ob- 
taining mortgages. 

In  1994,  Duke  invested  $2  million  in  Dur- 
ham's Self-Help  Credit  Union,  which  is  help- 
ing to  revitalize  and  bring  stability  to  the 
neighborhoods  surrounding  the  Duke  cam- 
pus and  to  other  locations  throughout  the 
city.  In  the  Walltown  neighborhood,  for 
instance,  Self-Help  bought  thirty  dilapidated 
duplexes  and  renovated  them  as  single -fami- 
ly homes,  with  purchase  preference  given  to 
neighborhood  residents  and  eligible  Duke  em- 
ployees. 


HOLD  THE 
ESPRESSO 


Drinking  a  few  extra  mugs  of  coffee 
each  day  can  boost  blood  pressure, 
heart  rate,  and  stress  levels  enough  to 
increase  a  person's  risk  of  developing  heart  dis- 
ease over  a  lifetime  of  moderate  caffeine  con- 
sumption, according  to  a  Duke  researcher. 

In  a  study  of  nineteen  habitual  coffee 
drinkers  who  wore  "ambulatory"  blood-pres- 


sure monitors  throughout  their  daily  jobs,  the 
researcher  found  that  the  equivalent  of  four 
to  five  cups  raised  blood  pressure  an  average 
of  five  points,  compared  to  days  when  they 
consumed  only  one  cup.  The  effect  occurred 
within  an  hour  of  consumption,  and  the  sub- 
jects' blood  pressure  remained  elevated 
throughout  the  day,  the  study  found. 

The  volunteers  also  reported  higher  levels 
of  stress  during  the  day  when  they  received 
the  higher,  500-milligram  dose  of  caffeine, 
and  they  showed  a  corresponding  increase  in 
heart  rate,  says  James  Lane,  associate  research 
professor  of  psychiatry  at  Duke  and  lead 
author  of  the  study.  Results  of  the  study,  fund- 
ed by  the  National  Heart,  Lung,  and  Blood 
Institute,  were  published  in  the  May  issue  of 
the  journal  Psychosomatic  Medicine. 

While  a  five -point  increase  in  blood  pres- 
sure is  not  excessive,  it  can  have  significant 
clinical  implications  over  time,  Lane  says.  A 
review  of  nine  major  studies  of  blood-pressure 
and  cardiovascular-disease  risk  showed  that  a 
five -point  difference  in  diastolic  blood  pres- 
sure— used  to  assess  health  risk — was  associ- 
ated with  at  least  a  34  percent  increase  in  the 
incidence  of  stroke  and  a  21  percent  increase 
in  the  incidence  of  coronary  disease. 

In  an  unrelated  study,  called  the  Hyper- 
tension Detection  and  Follow-up  Program, 
researchers  reported  that  reducing  blood 
pressure  by  five  points  through  medication 
was  associated  with  a  20  percent  reduction  in 
five-year  mortality.  "The  relevant  message 
here  is  that  the  more  caffeine  you  consume 
during  the  day  in  coffee,  tea,  or  soft  drinks, 
the  higher  your  blood  pressure  is  likely  to  be," 
says  Lane.  "Over  many  years,  this  increase  in 
blood  pressure  may  heighten  your  risk  of  suf- 
fering a  heart  attack  or  stroke,  even  if  you 
don't  have  high  blood  pressure  now." 

While  researchers  have  long  known 
that  caffeine  boosts  blood  pressure,  nearly 
all  the  studies  have  been  conducted  in  a 
laboratory  setting  under  tightly  controlled 
circumstances  where  a  single  dose  of  caf- 
feine is  compared  to  none  in  a  short  time 
span.  Lane  says  his  study  is  among  the  first  to 
analyze  blood-pressure  levels  at  fifteen- 
minute  intervals  during  normal  working  con- 
ditions, while  subjects  were  exposed  to  a 
range  of  moods  and  activities,  from  sitting  to 
standing  to  walking.  "You  can  measure  how 
caffeine  affects  people  in  the  laboratory,  but 
that  doesn't  tell  you  what  effects  the  drug  has 
in  the  real  world  when  people  are  exposed  to 
normal  stressors  and  activities." 

In  previous  studies  conducted  over  the  past 
fifteen  years,  Lane  has  shown  that  caffeine 
raises  levels  of  adrenalin,  the  body's  major 
stress  chemical,  during  everyday  work  activi- 
ties, indicating  that  caffeine  made  the  day 
more  stressful.  The  question  he  wanted  to 
answer  in  the  current  study  was  whether  caf- 


50      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


feine  acted  directly  on  blood  pressure,  or 
whether  it  elevated  blood  pressure  through  its 
effect  on  stress  and  activity  levels. 

By  correlating  the  blood-pressure  readings 
with  the  subjects'  self-reports  of  their  activities 
and  moods  throughout  the  day,  the  Duke  re- 
searchers were  able  to  rule  out  the  possibility 
that  caffeine  was  simply  acting  through  a  stress 
response  or  burst  of  physical  activity.  "Essen- 
tially, we  have  demonstrated  that  the  effects 
of  caffeine  on  ambulatory  blood  pressure  can- 
not be  accounted  for  by  changes  in  activity, 
posture  (sitting,  standing,  or  walking),  or  per- 
ceived stress,"  Lane  says.  "This  strengthens  the 
evidence  that  caffeine  is  working  directly  on 
blood  pressure  rather  than  through  other 
mediating  factors." 


BALANCED 
BUDGET 

Duke's  trustees  approved  an  operating 
budget  for  the  fiscal  year  that  began 
July  1  totaling  nearly  $1.2  billion  for 
the  university's  academic  and  hospital  en- 
deavors. When  restricted  funds  for  specific 
projects  are  included,  the  university's  overall 
budget  for  fiscal  1998-99  totals  $1,531  billion, 
up  6  percent  from  the  current  year. 

The  spending  plan  includes  $565.4  million 
for  the  university's  academic  programs,  ad- 
ministration, and  general  operations,  5.5  per- 
cent more  than  the  current  year's  spending 
plan.  It  is  the  thirty-first  consecutive  year  that 
the  academic  budget  has  been  balanced. 

The  operating  budget  for  Duke  Hospital 
totals  $625.7  million,  up  0.3  percent  from 
expenses  anticipated  for  the  year  that  ended 
June  30.  The  budget  anticipates  an  increase  of 
0.4  percent  in  patient  days  with  a  0.2  percent 
decrease  in  the  average  length  of  hospital 
stay,  to  6.5  days.  Outpatient  clinic  visits  at  the 
hospital  are  expected  to  decrease  by  5  per- 
cent. 

Included  in  the  university's  academic  bud- 
get is  the  previously  announced  two-tiered 
tuition  for  next  year.  It  provides  for  the  low- 
est tuition  increase  in  thirty-one  years  for 
continuing  students  in  the  university's  two 
undergraduate  colleges,  and  an  extra  $800 
annually  for  new  arts  and  sciences  students  to 
be  invested  in  strengthening  five  undergradu- 
ate academic  programs,  financial  aid,  and  fac- 
ulty development. 

For  continuing  students,  the  total  price  — 
including  tuition,  room,  board,  and  fees  — will 
increase  by  3.5  percent,  the  lowest  total  in- 
crease in  at  least  sixteen  years,  to  $30,302. 
The  total  price  for  incoming  students  will 
increase  by  6.3  percent,  to  $31,102. 

The  spending  plan  emphasizes  that  Duke 
will  continue  its  twin  policies  of  accepting 


BACK  TO 
SCHOOL 

Although  college  is  gen- 
erally associated  with 
eighteen-  through 
twenty-one-year-olds  enjoying 
their  time  in  school  before 
going  into  the  working  world, 
there  are  a  handful  of  older 
undergraduates  who  have  al- 
ready been  there  and  done  that 

Cathy  Morrell,  a  forty- seven- 
year-old  mother  of  three,  is 
slated  to  graduate  with  the 
incoming  Class  of  2002.  An 
administrative  assistant  in  the 
psychiatry  department  for 
eleven  years,  the  classical  stud- 
ies major  has  been  working 
toward  her  degree  one  class  at 
a  time  for  the  last  four  years. 
"Actually  reading  Homer  in 
Greek  was  marvelous....  After 
each  semester  is  over,  I  love  to 
reread  all  the  books  more  slow- 
ly, because  they  are  wonderful." 

After  graduating,  Morrell 
plans  to  pursue  her  Ph.D.  "I'd 
like  to  be  an  archaeologist 
when  I  grow  up,"  she  says, 
laughing.  As  for  now,  she  takes 
one  course  each  semester — fall, 
spring,  and  summer — while 
simultaneously  balancing  her 
family  and  her  full-time  job. 

Actually,  it  is  her  employ- 
ment at  Duke  that  allows  her  to 
continue  her  education.  After 
two  years  of  service,  employees 
are  granted  a  90  percent  tuition 
discount  as  long  as  they  remain 
on  the  full-time  payroll.  Staff 
members  interested  in  obtain- 
ing a  degree  must — after  tak- 
ing four  classes — maintain  a 
3.3  grade  point  average,  receive 
three  letters  of  recommenda- 
tion, and  submit  an  essay 
before  they  are  accepted  to  the 
continuing  education  program: 
"It's  a  backdoor  way  of  getting 
into  Duke,"  Morrell  says.  Ac- 
cording to  Paula  Gilbert,  direc- 
tor of  the  continuing  education 
program,  there  are,  at  any  given 
time,  between  twenty  and 
twenty-five  "non-traditional" 
students  enrolled. 

As  a  degree  candidate,  Mor- 
rell must  follow  the  same  guide- 
lines as  other  undergraduates, 
including  meeting  with  an  ad- 
viser and  fulfilling  distribution 
requirements.  And  like  most 
undergraduates,  Morrell  is  try- 
ing to  find  out  "what  I  can  and 
can't  do,"  a  process  that  result- 
ed in  some  trouble  with  an  ac- 
counting course.  "I  was  trying 
to  branch  out,"  she  explains, 
"but  I  just  didn't  have  the  back- 
ground." 

Morrell  is  not  always  looked 
upon  as  a  typical  student  by  her 


Morrell:  classical  studies  major  with  a  contemporary  approach 
to  learning 


classmates  and  professors,  she 
says.  "At  first,  they  don't  know 
what  in  the  world  I'm  doing  [in 
the  classroom].  I've  had  grad 
students  think  that  I'm  a  facul- 
ty member  coming  to  observe 
them.  I  try  to  e-mail  professors 
in  advance  and  let  them  know 
that  I  am  not  a  regular  student. 
There  aren't  that  many  older 
students  at  Duke." 

Gilbert  says  that  the  presence 
of  adult  students  carries  many 
benefits.  "Students  like  Cathy 
bring  a  thirst  for  knowledge, 
intellectual  curiosity,  and  per- 
sonal discipline  that  make  them 
exciting  students  for  faculty  to 
teach.  And  it  is  often  the  case 
that  their  questions  and  re- 
search interests  reveal  a  depth 
and  rigor  not  always  present  in 
younger  students  whose  life 
experience  is  relatively  limited." 

Overall,  Morrell  says,  being 
surrounded  by  younger  class- 
mates has  been  a  positive  expe- 
rience. "The  kids  have  been 
wonderful  and  very  helpful. 
I've  learned  a  lot  from  them." 

Students  have  used  her  as 
a  resource  as  well,  she  says. 
"Once  when  I  was  taking  a  psy- 
chology class  that  was  mostly 
women,  we  were  talking  about 
work  and  sexual  harassment, 
and  I  was  able  to  share  my  own 
experiences.  Last  semester,  one 
of  the  guys  in  my  Greek  class 
was  considering  seminaries.  My 
husband  went  to  one  of  the 
ones  he  was  considering,  so  I 
was  able  to  talk  [with  the  stu- 
dent] for  a  while  about  them." 

Morrell  says  that  at  times  her 
age  has  given  her  an  edge  over 
her  younger  classmates.  "I  am 
able  to  understand  a  professor 
as  an  adult  and  professional, 
which  helps  me  understand 
what  he  wants,  and  what  his 
expectations  are.  Also,  I  am 


able  to  look  at  things  from  a 
different  perspective — not 
through  nineteen-  and  twenty- 
year-old  eyes." 

Her  own  children,  ages 
nineteen  through  twenty-four, 
have  assisted  their  mom,  too. 
"My  oldest  daughter  has  helped 
teach  me  how  to  study  and 
manage  time  better,"  Morrell 
says. 

Ordering  the  priorities  of  her 
job,  her  home  life,  and  her 
classes  has  become  important. 
"I've  been  able  to  compartmen- 
talize," she  says,  explaining  that 
Tuesday  and  Thursday  nights 
are  set  aside  for  studying,  while 
weekends  tend  to  be  "a  mad 
rush  to  see  what  are  the  most 
important  things  to  do." 

Although  being  in  school 
may  have  increased  the  compe- 
tition in  Morrell's  household 
("My  kids  don't  like  it  when  my 
grades  are  better  than  theirs"), 
she  says  her  family  as  a  whole 
supports  her  academic  endeav- 
ors, as  do  a  network  of  people 
ranging  from  her  boss  to 
Gilbert  But  Gilbert  says  this 
support  system  is  a  small  part 
of  Morrell's  success.  "Cathy 
Morrell  is  an  amazing  and  won- 
derful student  She's  also  quite 
modest  and  tends  to  want  to 
give  others  credit  for  helping 
her.  The  truth,  however,  is  that 
she  needed  only  a  litde  bit  of 
encouragement  She's  the  one 
who  has  done  all  of  the  work." 

Despite  her  success,  Morrell 
stresses  the  importance  of  pon- 
dering the  decision  to  go  back 
to  school  before  acting  upon 
the  idea:  "You  need  to  think 
about  it  carefully,  because  it  is 
such  a  huge  commitment  It 
becomes  the  center  of  your 
universe — it's  not  something 
you  can  jump  into." 

— Jaime  Levy  01 


students  without  regard  to  their  ability  to  pay, 
and  then  provide  a  financial  aid  program  that 
meets  their  entire  demonstrated  need.  The 
plan  includes  $56.4  million  for  the  financial- 
aid  requirements  of  undergraduate,  graduate, 
and  professional  students  —  up  2.8  percent 
from  the  current  year.  Projections  are  based 
on  an  enrollment  of  5,925  undergraduates  in 
Durham — although  that  number  is  expected 
to  be  closer  to  6,000  this  fall  —  and  the  full- 
time  equivalent  of  4,115  graduate  and  profes- 
sional students. 

Executive  Vice  President  Tallman  Trask  III 
told  the  trustees  in  a  letter  accompanying  the 
budget  that  the  university's  spending  plan 
limits  growth  in  academic  and  administrative 
support  costs  to  2.5  percent,  allowing  more 
resources  to  go  to  academic  areas.  The  budget 
is  the  fourth  based  on  the  university's  1994 
strategic  plan  that  emphasizes  controlling 
administrative  costs  to  free  additional  funds 
for  academic  programs. 


HOW  KIDS  SEE 
THEIR  WORLD 

Last  summer,  a  group  of  eight-  to  eleven- 
year-olds  from  Durham's  West  End  neigh- 
borhood set  out  to  document  everyday 
life  in  their  community.  An  exhibition  of  their 
photography,  which  was  sponsored  by  the 
West  End  Community  Center  and  the  Connect 
Program  at  the  Duke  Center  for  Documentary 
Studies,  runs  through  September  19  at  the 
center's  Porch  Gallery. 

The  children  involved  with  the  program — 
Tanicka  Williams,  Danielle  McLean,  Sidney 
Evans,  Bryant  Malone,  Lavoris  Langley,  Joshua 
Prout,  and  Brandon  Stevens — met  three  times 
a  week  over  the  summer  with  the  center's 
Abigail  Blosser  and  Tim  McGoin,  a  social  re- 
searcher from  the  University  of  North  Caro- 
lina at  Chapel  Hill,  who  helped  facilitate  the 
sessions. 

The  children  showed  Blosser  around  West 
End  and  surrounding  neighborhoods,  de- 
scribed their  community  to  her,  and  told  her 
what  they  wanted  to  photograph.  Blosser  taught 
them  how  to  use  a  35mm  camera,  how  to  ar- 
range their  subjects  within  the  frame  of  a  view- 
finder,  how  light  in  a  scene  darkens  a  nega- 
tive, and  how  to  process  film  in  a  darkroom. 
"The  photographs  were  taken  during  work- 
shop hours,  during  which  students  also  made 
pictures  whenever  something  struck  them," 
Blosser  says.  "As  each  child  furthered  her  or 
his  own  style,  they  individually  explored  their 
own  relationship  to  the  neighborhood." 

Young  photographer  Langley  says  he  aimed 
to  capture  what  a  typical  day  was  like  in  his 
neighborhood.  His  photographs  are  active 
images  of  people  at  work  and  at  play.  "I  like  to 


Candid  camera:  young  photographers  in  Durham's  West  End  neighborhood  captured  moments  of 
everyday  interactions  between  friends  and  family  members 


take  pictures  of  people  doing  their  daily 
things,"  he  says,  "like  sitting  on  their  porches 
on  hot  days,  people  washing  their  cars,  people 
at  the  store,  and  people  jogging." 

In  one  caption  for  a  photograph,  Prout 
writes,  "I  like  taking  pictures  because  I  like 
looking  at  things.  I  look  closely  when  I  take  a 
picture.  I  would  say  we  did  [so]  every  day." 

"The  West  End  is  bigger  than  I  thought," 
Malone  said  after  the  program. 

Children  who  participated  in  the  summer 
of  1997  joined  with  new  photographers  to 
document  additional  Durham  neighborhoods 
this  summer.  The  Connect  Program,  a  recent 
addition  to  the  community  programs  at  the 
Center  for  Documentary  Studies,  uses  docu- 
mentary skills  as  a  tool  for  collaborative  pro- 
jects with  local  communities. 


EPONYMOUS 
EDIFICE 


The  six-story  tower  under  construction 
next  to  Cameron  Indoor  Stadium  to 
house  an  academic  center  for  student 
athletes  and  basketball  offices  will  be  named 
the  Alan  D.  Schwartz-Tom  A.  Butters  Ath- 
letic Center.  The  name  honors  Schwartz  '72, 
a  New  York  investment  banker  who  is  being 
recognized  for  a  $2.5-million  gift,  and  Butters, 
who  recently  retired  as  Duke  athletics  direc- 
tor and  who  was  Schwartz's  baseball  coach  at 
the  university  in  1969  and  1970. 

"Alan  Schwartz  has  supported  Duke 
through  loyal  service  and  generous  financial 
assistance  over  the  years,"  said  President  Nan- 
nerl  O.  Keohane  in  announcing  the  naming. 


"He  wanted  to  honor  Tom  Butters  and  their 
close  friendship  of  nearly  three  decades.... 
The  lasting  association  of  an  alumnus  to  his 
alma  mater  is  often  tied  to  the  people  who 
touched  his  life  while  a  student  and  so  it  is 
with  Alan  Schwartz."  Butters,  she  said,  "is  in  a 
long  line  of  Duke  athletic  leaders  such  as 
Eddie  Cameron  and  Wallace  Wade,  and  it  is 
fitting  that  we  recognize  his  contributions  to 
Duke  by  naming  this  center  in  his  honor." 

Schwartz  is  executive  vice  president  of 
Bear  Stearns  6k  Companies  Inc.  In  addition 
to  his  support  for  Duke  athletics,  he  is  a  mem- 
ber of  the  Fuqua  School  of  Business'  board  of 
visitors  and  serves  on  a  major  fund-raising 
steering  committee  at  Duke.  He  also  is  a 
member  of  the  New  York  City  Development 
Council  and  the  New  York  City  Executive 
Leadership  Board. 

Between  his  appointment  as  the  universi- 
ty's athletics  director  in  1977  and  his  retire- 
ment earlier  this  year,  Butters  had  selected  all 
but  one  (men's  track  coach  Al  Buehler)  of 
Duke's  current  head  coaches,  had  presided 
over  the  creation  of  Duke's  thirteen  women's 
intercollegiate  teams,  and  had  molded  an  ath- 
letics program  that  achieved  many  of  Duke's 
greatest  sporting  successes.  Labeled  the  world 
champion  of  fund-raisers  by  The  Sporting  News 
in  1985,  Butters,  who  also  was  a  university  vice 
president,  oversaw  a  major  increase  in  schol- 
arships for  student  athletes  and  in  the  quality 
and  number  of  athletic  and  recreational  facil- 
ities. Designed  by  Cesar  Pelli,  the  athletic  cen- 
ter was  the  final  major  project  of  his  tenure. 
Construction  began  this  spring  and  is  expect- 
ed to  be  completed  in  the  summer  of  1999. 

The  41,000-square-foot  project  will  pro- 
vide an  academic  center  for  Duke's  student 


52      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


athletes,  including  a  large  reading  room  and  a 
separate  computer  room,  and  offices  for  men's 
and  women's  basketball  coaches  and  staff. 
The  project  consists  of  the  tower,  located 
next  to  the  north  corner  of  Cameron  Indoor 
Stadium,  and  a  linear  structure  housing  a  new 
Hall  of  Fame  for  sports  memorabilia  and  new 
locker  rooms  directly  accessible  from  Cam- 
eron Indoor  Stadium's  court  level.  Total  cost, 
including  furnishings,  is  $12.5  million,  with 
the  tower's  construction  cost  set  at  $5  mil- 
lion. 


BUSINESS  IS 
BUILDING 

Duke's  board  of  trustees  gave  the  Fu- 
qua  School  of  Business  the  go-ahead 
to  build  a  $15.3-million  academic 
center  joined  to  the  school's  Keller  Center  on 
West  Campus  to  alleviate  a  space  shortage 
and  accommodate  an  expanded  faculty  over 
the  next  few  years.  Construction  of  the  five- 
story  extension  to  the  Keller  Center's  west 
wing  was  expected  to  begin  this  summer  with 
completion  planned  by  the  start  of  the  fall 
semester  in  1999. 

"The  new  faculty  building  will  effectively 


allow  Fuqua  to  house  its  entire  academic 
enterprise  under  one  roof,  promoting  regular 
interaction  and  interdisciplinary  dialogue 
between  previously  separated  faculty,"  says 
Fuqua  Dean  Rex  Adams  '62.  "The  building 
will  be  home  to  a  growing  world-class  faculty, 
who  are  the  cornerstone  of  this  institution." 

Opened  in  1983,  the  current  facility  has 
had  a  space  shortage  for  a  number  of  years, 
say  school  officials,  and  can  no  longer  accom- 
modate existing  numbers  of  students  and 
faculty.  Fuqua  plans  to  increase  its  faculty 
from  the  current  level  of  sixty- seven  tenure - 
track  faculty  members  to  100,  in  addition  to 
adjunct  and  visiting  professors,  by  the  year 
2000. 

The  60,000-square-foot-building  will  match 
existing  architecture  and  consist  of  three 
linked  pavilions  of  three-story  height  that  will 
serve  to  extend  the  mallway  from  the  west 
wing  of  the  Keller  Center.  With  the  new 
building,  Fuqua  will  be  able  to  provide  more 
faculty  offices  —  including  enough  to  accom- 
modate the  entire  Ph.D.  program — along  with 
common  areas  and  conference  rooms.  In  ad- 
dition to  the  state-of-the-art  communications 
technology  that  will  be  built  into  the  infras- 
tructure of  the  building,  space  will  be  dedi- 
cated for  supercomputing  connections  and 
hardware. 


FORGING  MEDICAL  FUTURES 


As  other  academic 
medical  centers  around 
the  country  hemor- 
rhage red  ink  and  seek  fiscal 
CPR,  Duke  Medical  Center  is 
heartily  forging  ahead,  and  is 
busily  constructing  its  vision 
of  the  twenty-first-century 
university  health  center  (the 
theme  treated  in  "Prescription 
for  the  Future,"  Dulte  Magazine, 
March-April  1994). 

The  medical  center  vision, 
built  of  bricks,  mortar,  and 
handshakes,  aims  at  creating 
a  new  model  of  academic 
health  care,  says  Chancellor 
for  Health  Affairs  Ralph 
Snyderman.  It's  a  model  in 
which  the  medical  center 
expands  to  deliver  a  full  range 
of  competitive  medical  services. 
What's  more,  he  says,  "As  an 
academic  institution,  we  bring 
strengths  to  the  health-care 
market  that  commercial  health 
companies  do  not — the 
strengths  of  research  and  edu- 
cation...a  passion  for  excellence 
and  a  deep  commitment  to 
those  we  care  for." 

The  most  visible  evidence  of 
the  expansion  is  a  raft  of  new 
construction,  including  a  new 


177,000-square-foot  Duke 
Clinic,  an  outpatient  Children's 
Health  Center,  and  a  ten-story 
North  Pavilion  building  to 
house  outpatient  surgery,  bone- 
marrow  transplant  clinics,  and 
the  burgeoning  Duke  Clinical 
Research  Institute. 

The  center  is  also  forging  a 
multitude  of  new  partnerships, 


IN  BRIEF 


•  the  leasing  of  Durham 
Regional  Hospital  for  $7.1 
million  a  year, 

•  a  merger  with  the  United 
Methodist  Retirement  Homes, 


*  acquisition  of  Raleigh 
Community  Hospital,  and 

•  a  merger  with  Triangle 
Hospice  for  terminally  ill 
patients. 

To  support  the  first  three  ini- 
tiatives, the  medical  center  is 
seeking  a  bond  issue  of  $382 
million. 

To  expand  its  network  of  pri- 
vate diagnostic  clinics,  the  med- 
ical center  is  also  vastly  increas- 
ing its  affiliations  with  commu- 
nity physicians  across  the 
region.  "The  walls  of  Duke 
University  Medical  Center 

just  expanding  in  this  day 
and  age;  they  are  evaporating," 
is  the  way  Malcolm  Isley,  direc- 
tor of  affiliations  for  the  medi- 
cal center,  puts  it. 

With  the  initiatives  also  came 
a  new  organization:  The  board 
of  trustees  approved  a  new  gov- 
ernance structure  for  the  Duke 
University  Health  System 
(DUHS).  As  of  July  1,  DUHS 
became  a  wholly  owned,  non- 
profit subsidiary  of  Duke 
University,  with  its  own  board 
of  directors. 


\»  John  Strohbehn  will  step  down  as  Duke's 
provost  June  30, 1999,  at  the  completion  of  his 
five-year  term  as  the  university's  chief  aca- 
demic officer.  "At  that  point,  I  will  have  been 
a  provost  for  eleven  years  (including  six  at 
Dartmouth),"  he  said  in  a  statement,  "and 
that  probably  is  more  than  any  reasonable 
scholar  should  devote  to  such  a  position." 
Strohbehn  came  to  Duke  in  1994  from 
Dartmouth  College,  where  he  had  been 
provost  tor  six  years  and  a  member  of  its  engi- 
neering school  faculty  since  1963.  A  biomed- 
ical engineering  professor,  he  earned  his 
bachelor's,  master's,  and  Ph.D.  degrees  from 
Stanford  University.  He  will  take  a  sabbatical 
leave  from  1999  to  2000. 

\t  Ralph  Snyderman,  chancellor  for  health 
affairs,  dean  of  the  Duke  Medical  School,  and 
chief  executive  officer  of  the  Duke  University 
Health  System,  was  re-appointed  to  a  third 
five-year  term  by  Duke's  board  of  trustees,  on 
the  recommendation  of  President  Keohane. 
He  earned  his  bachelor's  at  Washington  Col- 
lege in  1961  and  his  M.D.  in  1965  at  Down- 
state  Medical  Center  of  the  State  University 
of  New  York.  He  served  an  internship  and  res- 
idency at  Duke  from  1965  to  1967  before 
going  to  the  National  Institutes  of  Health. 
After  returning  to  Duke  in  1972  to  teach  and 
conduct  research,  he  joined  Genentech  Inc.,  a 
biomedical  technology  firm,  in  1987.  He  was 
appointed  chancellor  in  1989. 

v  K.  Ranga  Krishnan,  professor  of  psychia- 
try and  chief  of  the  division  of  biological  psy- 
chiatry at  Duke  Medical  Center,  is  the  new 
chair  of  the  psychiatry  department.  A  faculty 
member  since  1981,  he  was  selected  following 
a  national  search.  A  native  of  Madras,  India, 
he  came  to  Duke  in  1981  as  a  psychiatry  resi- 
dent after  completing  internships  in  India 
and  the  West  Indies.  He  was  appointed  a  fac- 
ulty member  in  1985,  medical  director  of  the 
affective  disorders  unit  in  1989,  and  then  head 
of  the  division  of  biological  psychiatry  and  di- 
rector of  the  clinical  research  center  for  depres- 
sion in  later  life,  a  federally  funded  program. 

*  The  Reverend  Janice  A.  Virtue  is  the  new 
associate  dean  for  continuing  education  and 
strategic  planning  at  the  Duke  Divinity  School. 
She  was  at  Southern  Methodist  University's 
Perkins  School  of  Theology,  where  she  oversaw 
alumni  relations,  annual  fund  development, 
continuing  education,  and  public  affairs.  She 
earned  her  bachelor's  in  business  administra- 
tion at  the  University  ofToledo,  an  M.B.A.  at 
Indiana  University,  and  a  master's  of  divinity 
at  Perkins. 


July-August  1998       53 


BOOKS 


Calvert  Casey,  The  Collected 
Stories 

Translations  from  the  Spanish  by  John  H.  R. 
Polt;  edited  and  with  an  introduction  by  lion 
Stavans.  Durham:  Duke  University  Press,  1998. 
224  pages.  $16.95, paper. 

Calvert  Casey's  was  the 
kind  of  life  that  is  typi- 
cally described  as  "short 
and  tragic." 
Born  in  Baltimore  in 
1924  to  a  Cuban  mother 
and  an  Irish-American 
father,  he  spent  an  un- 
happy childhood  in  Havana,  separated  from 
his  father  and  isolated  from  other  children  by 
the  violent  stutter  that  plagued  him  through- 
out his  life. 

In  his  twenties,  Casey  emigrated  to  New 
York,  got  a  job  as  a  translator,  and  began  to 
write  stories  in  English.  Returning  to  Cuba  just 
before  the  triumph  of  the  Castro  Revolution, 
he  joined  other  Cuban  intellectuals  in  sup- 
porting the  new  regime,  worked  for  several 
government  publications,  and  published  two 
books  in  Spanish,  a  language  he  spoke  with  an 
American  accent.  By  the  mid-Sixties,  "La  Cal- 
vita,"  as  he  was  known  to  his  friends,  had  be- 
come a  popular  figure  in  Cuban  literary  circles, 
as  well-known  for  his  unusual  background  as 
for  his  writing. 

Then,  as  the  regime  clamped  down  on  po- 
litical and  sexual  dissidents,  Casey's  homosex- 
uality got  him  in  trouble  with  the  authorities 
and,  once  again,  he  left  Cuba.  A  couple  of 
years  later,  in  Rome,  despondent  over  his 
breakup  with  an  Italian  lover,  and  in  danger 
of  losing  his  position  at  UNESCO  (apparently 
because  of  pressure  from  the  Castro  regime), 
Casey  took  his  life  with  an  overdose  of  sleep- 
ing pills.  His  suicide  note,  written  in  Italian, 
apologized  to  the  Roman  police  for  any  incon- 
venience caused  by  the  circumstances  of  his 
death. 

Dead  at  forty-five,  Casey  left  behind  a  mod- 
est but  significant  body  of  fiction — one  no- 
vella and  sixteen  stories,  all  gathered  in  this 
useful  volume,  which  marks  his  first  substan- 
tial appearance  in  English.  Some  of  his  stories, 
though  quite  popular  at  the  time  they  were 
first  published,  will  strike  us  now  as  somewhat 
dated.  Their  portrait  of  alienated  outsiders  — 
"the  lonely,  the  abandoned,  the  wretched" — 


smacks  too  much  of  the  "existential"  literature 
that  was  all  the  rage  in  Cuba  (and  in  the  States) 
throughout  the  1950s  and  early  Sixties.  The 
most  ambitious  among  these  pieces, "The  Mas- 
ter of  Life  and  Death,"  recounts  in  crude  and 
excruciating  detail  a  bureaucrat's  obsession 
with  the  terminally  ill.  Another  story  focuses 
on  a  man  who  spends  his  leisure  hours  mem- 
orizing the  inscriptions  on  tombstones.  In  a 
third,  someone  is  arrested,  tried,  and  put  to 
death  for  a  crime  that  remains  unknown. 

Casey  was  at  his  best,  however,  when  he 
wasn't  trying  to  become  the  Cuban  Kafka.  His 
philosophical  stories,  though  quite  polished  in 
their  own  way,  lack  the  resonance  of  his  more 
topical  (and  tropical)  fiction.  When  Casey  tried 
to  be  profound,  he  was  often  tiresome;  but 
when  he  limited  himself  to  recording  or  imag- 
ining everyday  events,  he  produced  small 
masterpieces.  In  "My  Aunt  Leocadia,  Love,  and 
the  Lower  Paleolithic,"  the  narrator  sits  at  the 
soda  fountain  in  a  Woolworth's  (or"Ten-Cen," 
as  these  stores  were  known  in  Cuba)  drinking 
cafe  con  leche  thinking  about  an  aunt  whose 
grand  Colonial  house  used  to  sit  on  that  very 
corner.  The  juxtaposition  of  past  and  present, 
of  faded  elegance  and  contemporary  tawdri- 
ness,  movingly  makes  the  point  that  memory 
connects,  but  also  isolates.  In  "Happiness," 
the  furtive  meeting  of  two  lovers  becomes  the 
occasion  for  a  delicate  exploration  of  the  pas- 
sages that  lead  from  eagerness  to  remorse 
(and  back). 

More  generally,  Casey's  best  fiction  reflects 
his  relentless  search  for  stasis.  In  a  life  filled 


with  vacillations  and  upheavals,  he  wrote  to 
settle  himself,  to  gain  a  foothold.  The  grounds  of 
settlement  could  be  a  language,  a  city,  a  fami- 
ly, a  way  of  writing,  or  a  lover's  body.  But  the 
human  need  for  permanence  never  changed. 
In  his  most  famous  story,  "The  Homecoming," 
a  stuttering  young  man  (someone  very  much 
like  Casey  himself)  returns  to  his  homeland 
after  years  of  absence.  He  relearns  his  mother 
tongue,  makes  new  friends,  starts  on  a  new 
career — only  to  lose  his  life  in  the  country's 
civil  turmoil.  In  "Piazza  Margana,"  a  brilliant 
and  disturbing  tour  de  force  that  Casey  com- 
pleted shortly  before  his  death,  the  narrator 
navigates  in  his  lover's  bloodstream  looking 
for  a  place  to  lay  anchor,  an  organ  he  can  call 
home.  And  yet  the  fact  that  Casey  wrote  this 
story  in  English  while  living  in  Rome  as  an 
exile  from  Communist  Cuba  is  already  a  sign 
that  his  dislocation  had  no  remedy. 

Anton  Arrufat,  a  writer  friend,  once  said  that 
Casey  swallowed  the  words  he  could  not  ut- 
ter. But  La  Calvita  didn't  swallow  his  words; 
he  spit  them  out  on  the  page,  the  only  per- 
manent residence  that  he  was  ever  able  to 
achieve.  The  final  words  of  his  last  story,  which 
read  like  one  of  those  epitaphs  Casey  was 
fond  of,  say  it  best:  "This  is  my  private  claim, 
my  heritage,  my  fief.  I  am  NOT  leaving." 

Those  sentences  may  also  be  what  every 
exile  would  like  to  have  etched  on  his  tomb- 
stone. 

—  Gustavo  Perez  Firmat 


Perez  Firmat  is  a  professor  of  Romance  studies  at 
Duke  and  the  author  of  several  books,  including 
Life  on  the  Hyphen  and  Next  Year  in  Cuba. 


The  Last  Kabbalist  of  Lisbon 

By  Richard  limler  '77.  Woodstock,  New  York: 
Overlook  Press,  1998.  318  pages.  $24.95. 

The  historical  setting  of 
this  novel,  a  best  seller 
when  first  published 
in  Portugal  in  1996,  is 
factual  and  exotic.  Its 
story  unfolds  against  the 
sixteenth- century  back- 
ground of  Portugal  and 
Constantinople,  capital  of  the  Ottoman  Em- 
pire. The  main  characters  are  no  less  exotic 


54      DUKEMAUViXk 


and  reminiscent  of  reality-  They  are  "New 
Christians,"  or  Marranos,  Jews  expelled  from 
Spain  in  1492  who  found  their  way  to  Lisbon, 
where  they  were  forcibly  baptized  in  1496. 

Part  exotic  apocalypse,  part  historical  novel 
filled  with  Iberian  local  color,  part  murder 
mystery,  part  thinly  veiled  allegory  for  Hitler's 
genocidal  war  against  the  Jews,  part  Zionist 
ideology  condemning  the  hope  of  assimilated 
life  in  Diaspora,  part  wish-fulfilling  dream  of 
Israeli-Arab  rapprochement,  part  Enlighten- 
ment attack  against  aristocracy  and  established 
religion,  part  Nietzschean  humanism,  and  part 
allusion  to  the  horrors  of  ethnic  cleansing, 
The  Last  Kabbalist  of  Lisbon  provides  some- 
thing provocative  and  revolutionary  for  every- 
body. There  are  even  occasional  episodes  of  raw 
sexuality. 

Berekiah  Zarco,  the  lusty  hero  and  narrator 
of  the  tale,  becomes  Pedro.  He  is  a  healer,  an 


artist  who  illuminates  Hebrew  manuscripts, 
a  detective,  and  always  a  kabbalist,  a  Jewish 
mystic.  He  meditates  to  calm  his  anxieties, 
clearing  his  mind  to  achieve  insight  and  solve 
practical  problems.  Like  most  of  his  kinfolk  in 
the  novel,  Berekiah-Pedro  lives  publicly  as  a 
Christian  while  secretly  preserving  and  prac- 
ticing Judaism. 

The  tone  of  the  novel  is  angry  and  oppres- 
sively apocalyptic.  Heavenly  visions  and  rev- 
elations abound.  Duplicity  and  dissimulation 
reign  supreme.  All  sorts  of  things  come  vio- 
lently to  an  end.  Drought  and  plague  lead  the 
"Old  Christians"  of  Lisbon  to  blame  the  "New 
Christians"  for  these  terrors.  A  bloody  riot  en- 
sues, and  a  pogrom  explodes.  During  the  con- 
fusion, Abraham,  Berekiah's  uncle  and  mentor, 
is  brutally  murdered  in  the  secret  cellar  that 
hides  his  scriptorium  and  synagogue.  Flagel- 
lants, orphans,  beggars,  and  disfigured  corpses 


fill  the  streets.  A  demon  is  ritually  exorcised 
from  the  body  of  girl. 

The  innocence  of  Berekiah's  faith  is  shat- 
tered. Early  on  in  the  novel,  he  begins  to  feel 
that  "history  had  taken  off  on  an  errant  path 
unforeseen  by  God  Himself.  All  of  us  in 
Lisbon — Jew  and  Christian  alike — were  now 
dependent  only  on  ourselves  for  survival." 
Chilled  by  this  Nietzschean  thought,  he  spec- 
ulates "that  there  never  was  any  God  watch- 
ing over  us.  Even  at  its  kabbalistic  core,  the 
Torah  is  simply  fiction.  There  is  no  covenant. 
I  have  dedicated  my  whole  life  to  a  lie."  On 
the  eve  of  his  departure  from  intolerant 
Christian  Europe,  Berekiah  is  the  last  kabbal- 
ist in  Lisbon.  Dramatically  symbolizing  all  of 
these  violent  ends,  God's  name  is  blotted  away, 
inked  out  of  a  Bible.  The  desecrated  Bible  is 
burnt  to  ash  after  Berekiah  throws  it  into  a 
fireplace. 

As  is  to  be  expected  from  an  apocalypse,  the 
central  plot  is  a  mystery  intentionally  wrap- 
ped in  an  enigma:  Who  killed  Uncle  Abra- 
ham? There  are  six  possible  suspects.  They 
include  victims  ot  the  Spanish  Inquisition,  a 
former  rabbi,  and  a  ritual  slaughterer  of  ko- 
sher meat.  The  suspects  are  all  Jews  or  New 
Christians,  members  of  Uncle  Abraham's 
clandestine  mystical  society,  book  collectors 
and  smugglers,  or  extortionists.  Berekiah  stalks 
them  with  the  supernatural  help  of  amulets, 
talismans,  and  incantations.  He  is  aided  by 
the  uncanny  earthly  powers  of  his  lifelong 
companion  and  one-time  lover,  Farid,  a  poet 
and  deaf-mute  Muslim  who  earns  his  keep  by 
weaving  tapestries  and  whose  father,  Samir, 
was  killed  by  the  deranged  and  indiscriminate 
mob  of  Christian  rioters.  Adept  at  solving 
mysteries,  Berekiah  eventually  discovers  the 
murderer  and  sees  that  justice  is  done. 

Having  captured  his  readers'  attention 
with  a  story  from  the  past  and  allusions  to  the 
immediate  present,  Richard  Zimler  might  be 
hoping  that  they  do  not  overlook  Berekiah's 
paradoxical  vision  of  the  "new  era. ..a  world 
defined  by  history  texts,  not  the  works  of 
God."  In  this  "secular  landscape,"  there  will  be 
no  rabbis  or  priests.  It  will  be  "populated  only 
by  mystics  and  non-believers."  The  mystics  will 
live  knowing  that  human  beings  are  "God's 
self-portraits,"  that  God  only  dwells  inside  the 
human  soul,  waiting  to  hug  and  be  hugged. 

What  the  non-believers  will  live  knowing, 
neither  Berekiah-Pedro  nor  Zimler  has  yet  to 
say.  Reading  this  book  makes  one  wonder  what 
it  is  they  might  say,  as  well  as  what  the  rabbis 
and  priests  might  reply.  Reading  this  book 
also  shows  what  Zimler  considers  to  be  impor- 
tant about  politics,  religion,  and  society.  His 
book  invites  us  to  share  his  vital  concerns. 

—Kalman  P  Bland 

Bland,  who  teaches  ]udak  studies,  is  an  associate 
professor  in  the  department  of  religion  at  Duke. 


July-August  1998        55 


J3B33M 


We  asked  members  of  The 


pressing  campus  issues  for 
Hie  upcoming  school  year 


Many  editors  predict  that  the 
changing  residential  policy  will 
continue  to  be  a  major  area  of 
debate.  "With  so  many  students 
living  on  campus,  and  with  the 
social  scene  gradually  shifting 
off-campus,  living  space  is 
becoming  more  important  to 
people,"  says  associate  university 
editor  and  Trinity  sophomore 
Mary  Carmichael. 

University  editor  and  Trinity 
junior  Rich  Rubin  targets  cur- 
riculum review,  along  with  resi- 
dential life.  Both  issues  "allow 
[us]  to  think  about  a  university's 
role  in  shaping  the  lives  of  its 
students  and  to  ask  some  funda- 
mental questions  about  Duke: 
What  should  a  Duke  graduate 
know?  How  can  a  residential  sys- 
tem affect  students'  learning  and 
social  experiences?  What  are  the 
benefits  and  drawbacks  of  creat- 
ing unique,  innovative  residen- 
tial and  academic  structures?" 

On  the  athletics  front,  sports 
editor  and  Trinity  senior  Joel 
Israel  sees  added  pressure  on  the 
football  team  now  that  many  of 
the  players  have  gained  more 
experience.  "Results  will  be  mea- 
sured by  wins  more  than  any- 
thing else,"  he  says.  "  [Athletics 
director]  Joe  Alleva  is  deter- 
mined to  make  this  program 
successful,  and  this  year  will 
help  him  decide  if  the  current 


coaching  staff  can  do  the  job." 
Overall,  though,  the  campus 
journalists'  main  emphasis  re- 
mains the  changing  face  of  Duke 
in  general,  whether  it's  the  alco- 
hol policy,  the  residential  plan,  or 
the  bench-burning  controversy. 
"Many  of  us  came  to  Duke 
expecting  it  to  be  just  like  'Old 
Duke,'  and  I  don't  think  we're 
ready  to  give  that  up  quite  yet," 
Carmichael  says. 

— Compiled  by  Jamie  Levy  '01 


Reading  List 


Anticipating  a  summer  of  hik- 
ing, Editor  Robert  Bliwise  read 
(a  bit  anxiously)  Jon  Krakauer's 
Into  Thin  Air,  a  personal  account 
of  the  deadliest  season  in  the 
history  of  climbing  Mt.  Everest, 
and  Bill  Brysohs  A  Walk  m  the 
Woods,  which  documents  the 
evocative  landscape,  physical 
challenges,  and  offbeat  characters 
encountered  during  an  attempt 
on  the  2,000-mile  Appalachian 
Trail.  He  also  completed  the  latest 
literary  gift  by  Thomas  Cahill, 
The  Gifts  of  the  Jews.  Cahill's  book 
reveals  how  the  ancient  Jews 
changed  Western  notions  of  the 
promise  of  the  future  and  the 
place  of  the  individual.  In  a  shift 
of  ethnic  orientation,  he  reveled 
in  the  memoir  by  the  wonderfully 
named  Irish  Times  columnist 
Nuala  O'Faolain.  Called  Are  You 
Somebody  (with  a  curiously 


missing  question  mark),  it  docu- 
ments the  path  to  self-discovery 
of  a  woman  facing  very  Irish — 
and  very  human — travails. 

Associate  Editor  Sam  Hull 
says  he  recently  completed 
Arkansas,  a  collection  of  three 
novellas  by  David  Leavitt.  "It 
includes  'The  Term  Paper  Artist,' 
the  story  that  was  accepted  by 
Esquire  and  then  rejected 
because  of  pressure  from  adver- 
tisers." He  is  now  reading  two 
books,  Lives  of  the  Monster  Dogs, 
a  novel  by  Kirsten  Bakis,  and 
The  Camel's  Nose,  the  memoirs 
of  Knut  Schmidt-Nielsen,  James 
B.  Duke  zoology  professor 
emeritus.  "The  monster  dogs  are 
actual  dogs  developed  by  a  mad 
scientist:  They  stand  on  their 
hind  legs,  have  prosthetic  arms, 
and  speak  via  mechanical  voice 
boxes.  In  their  period  Prussian 
wardrobes,  they  are  a  sensation 
in  New  York  City,  where  they 
have  settled  after  overthrowing 
their  masters  and  escaping  with 
lots  of  gold  and  gems,"  he  says. 

Features  Editor  Bridget 
Booher  has  been  traveling  exten- 
sively, at  least  through  the  writ- 
ten word.  She  began  with 
Corelli's  Mandolin  by  Louis  De 
Bernieres.  Set  in  Cephalonia, 
Greece,  during  World  War  II,  the 
novel  is  "a  tragic  and  magical 
exploration  of  how  lives  are 
changed  by  world  events,"  says 
Booher.  From  the  Ionian  islands, 
she  journeyed  to  the  Amazon 
Rain  Forest  with  ethnobotanist 
Mark  Plotkin,  author  of  Tales  of 
a  Sliaman's  Apprentice.  With  his 
gentle,  self-effacing  manner, 
Plotkin  endears  himself  to  local 
tribes  (and  the  reader),  gradually 
learning  their  ages-old  insights 
into  nature's  healing  cornucopia. 
A  little  closer  to  home,  she  also 
read  Anne  Lamott's  Operating 
htstructions:  AJounial  of  My 
Son's  FirstYear.  (Booher  had  her 
first  child  earlier  this  summer.) 


■  ■IJ.I..P.|J.III.I.1J.U.IIU 

"And  the  world  you  enter  today 
is  far  from  perfect,  but  you're 
ready  because  you've  been 
blessed  here.  I  don't  know  if  you 
even  know  it,  but  you  have  been 
blessed — great  professors  have 
given  you  a  shot  at  the 
American  dream,  have  given  you 
a  great  education,  and  you've 
been  blessed  to  forge  friendships 
that  will  last  a  lifetime." 


commencement  address  in  May 


"Whether  Duke  is  number  three 
or  number  seven  matters  very 
little,  and  will  surely  go  up  and 
down  over  time.  The  important 
thing  is  to  continue  to  do  what 
we  do  best,  and  to  do  it  as  well 
as  we  can.  Perhaps  this  is  what  is 
truly  meant  by  the  phrase  'let 
Duke  be  Duke.'  " 


Class  of  1998  in  Duke  Chapel 

"My  mother  raised  me  to  the 
words,  La  vida  da  muclias  vueltas: 
Life  takes  many  unexpected 
turns.  You  never  know  what  may 
happen,  my  mother  would  say. 
One  day  you  lose  everything: 
your  family,  your  friends,  your 
home,  your  money — every- 
thing— but  you  will  never  lose 
your  education.  It  is  the  one  g 

thing  that  cannot  be  taken  from    \ 
you." 


56      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


Omo  application^ 


<^™^<fTO$AT$: 


NO  RECOMMEN 
i  REQUIRE 


JUST  COME.. 


BUNIONS 
*   1998   ~ 


WHEN  HAVE  YOU 
EVER  MADE  SUCH  GOOD 
FRIENDS?  STAYED  UP  SO  LATE? 
LEARNED  SO  MUCH? 
DUKE'S  STILL  HERE.  .. 

Whether  it's  been  five  years  or  50  years  since  graduation, 
you  won't  want  to  miss  the  weekend  your  Reunion  Planning 
Committee  has  conjured!  Duke  Reunions  offer  something  for  everyone. 
Catch  up  and  reminisce  with  friends  at  special  parties  designed  just  for 
your  class.  Get  the  inside  scoop  on  Duke  today  by  spending  time  in  the 
classroom  at  Duke  Directions  (the  academic  mini-college  held  for  returning 
alumni)  or  by  going  on  some  of  the  many  tours  offered.  Learn  more  about 
the  course  Duke  is  charting  at  A  Conversation  with  President  Keohane. 

Look  for  your  reunion  registration  forms  in  late  summer,  and  sign  up  to 
be  part  of  the  fun!  And  for  an  up-to-the-minute  overview  of  reunion  specifics 
for  your  class,  check  out  the  Duke  Reunions  website  at: 
www.adm.duke.edu/alumni/homepage/reunions.html 


ONCE  DUKE,  ALWA 
BE  DU"' 


<3G 


8  REUNION 
WEEKENDS 

SEPTEMBER  18-20 
asses  of  1948,  1958, 
1968,  1978,  and  the 

Half  Century  Club 
NOVEMBER  6-8 


ECOMINC  1998 

SEPTEMBER  25-27 

38,  1993.  and  Young 

li  Classes  of  1989-1997 


.o  invited  back  for  Homecoming 
including  the  Homecoming  Festival 
i  a  football  game  against 
a.  The  fifth  and  t«" 
celebrate  at  reunion  parties  on  Friday 
ht.  Don't  miss  the  best  chance  all  year  for 
Young  Alu 

5 — ited  to  the  traditional 


w 


-^ 


n  BBQ  held  on 


this  event,  please  call 
d  Frankel  at  Reunions, 


Where  YOU  LIVE 


Listen  to  the  crickets  serenade  you  on 
your  own  balcony.  Catch  a  pop-fly  at  a 
world-famous  Durham  Bulls  game.  Take 
a  class  at  one  of  the  three  universities 


Life  Care  Community 
2701  Pickett  Road 

Durham,  NC  27705 
1-800-474-0258 


is  How  You  Live. 


that  make  up  the  Research  Triangle 
region.  No  matter  what  you  choose 
to  do,  you'll  find  life  is  better  at 
The  Forest  at  Duke. 


DUKE 


614CHAPELDRIVE.BOX  90570 
DURHAM, NORTH  CAROLINA 

27708-0570 


NON   PROFIT  ORG. 

PAID 

Durham,  N.C. 
PERMIT    NO.    60 


Address  Service  Requested 


DUKE 


TARGETING  SWEATSHOPS 
CONTINENTAL  MYTHS 


BULLISH  ON  AFRICA 


You  ve  always  been  there  in  spirit. 
Maybe  it's  time  you  brought  yourself  along,  too. 


mktwi 

W  AIRLINI 


LINES   # 

1  ■  8  0  0  -  4  4  -  M  I  D  WAY 


Duke  Magazine  is 
printed  on  recycled 
paper 


EDITOR: 

Robert  J.  Bliwise  A.M.  '88 

ASSOCIATE  EDITOR: 

Sam  Hull 

FEATURES  EDITOR: 

Bridget  Booher '82,  A.M. '92 

SCIENCE  EDITOR: 

Dennis  Meredith 

PUBLISHER:  M.  Laney 

Funderburk  Jr.  '60 

STUDENT  INTERNS: 

Jaime  Levy  '01,  Scott  Meisler  '01, 

Philip  Tinari '01 

DESIGN  CONSULTANT: 

Mills  /Carrigan  Design 

PRINTER: 

Litho  Industries,  Inc. 

OFFICERS,  DUKE  ALUMNI 
ASSOCIATION: 
John  A.  Schwarz  III  '56, 
Incident;  Cnvynne  A.  Young  71, 
president-elect;  M.  Laney 
Funderburk  Jr.  '60,  secretary- 
treasurer. 

PRESIDENTS,  SCHOOL 
AND  COLLEGE  ALUMNI 
ASSOCIATIONS: 
James  R.  Cook  Jr.  '50,  B.D. 
'54,  Divinity  School-,  George  J. 
Evans  B.S.E.E.  '56,  School  of 
hn^MLvnni,';  Barrett  B.  McCall 
M.F.  '91,  Nicholas  School  of  the 
Environment;  Walter  W. 
Simpson  III  M.B.A.  74,  Fuqita 
Schnnl  <>f  l>Nsok's>;  Judith  Ann 
Maness  M.H.A.  '83,  Department 

W.  BaberJ.D.  79,  School  of 
Law;  David  K.  Wellman  M.D. 
72,  H.S.  72-78,  School  of 
Medicine;  Linda  Spencer 
Fowler  B.S.N.  79,  School  of 
Nursing;  Marie  Koval  Nardone 
M.S.  79,  A.H.C.  79,  Graduate 
Program  in  Physical  Therapy; 
J.  Alexander  McMahon  '42, 
Half-Century  Club. 

EDITORIAL 
ADVISORY  BOARD: 
Clay  Felker  '51,  clmirman; 
Frederick  E  Andrews  '60; 
Dehra  Blum  '87;  Sarah 
Hardesty  Bray  72;  Nancy  L. 
Cardwell  '69;  Jerrold  K.  Footlick; 
Edward  M.  Gomez  79;  Kerry 
E.  Hannon  '82;  Stephen 
LabatonA.M.'86,J.D.'86; 
Elizabeth  H.  Locke  '64,  Ph.D. 
72;  Thomas  R  Losee  Jr.  '63; 
KimberlyJ.  McLarin '86; 
Michael  Milstein  '88;Ann 
Pelham  74;  Michael  J. 
Schoenfeld  '84;  Susan  Tifft  73; 
Jane  Vessels  77;  Robert  J. 
Bliwise  A.M.  '88,  secretary. 

SUBSCRIPTIONS: 
$15  per  year  ($30  foreign) 
Duke  Magazine,  614  Chapel  Dr., 
Durham,  N.C.  27708-0570. 

ADDRESS  CHANGES: 
Alumni  Records,  Box  90613, 
Durham,  N.C.  27708-0613 
or  e-mail  bluedevil@duke.edu 


SEPTEMBER- 
OCTOBER  1998 


FAX:  (919)  681-1659 


©  1998  Duke  University 
Published  bimonthly  by  the 
Office  of  Alumni  Affairs. 


DUKE 


VOLUME  84 
NUMBER  6 


MAGAZINE 


Cover:  Is  time  running  out  on  deleting 
the  major  threat  to  the  information  age? 
Illustration  by  Walter  Stanford. 


GIVING  VOICE  TO  THE  CAMPUS  CONSCIENCE  by  Paul  Baerman 
As  it  works  to  ensure  that  Duke -related  merchandise  isn't  rooted  in  sweatshop  labor, 
a  student  group  finds  some  unexpected  allies 


BUGGED  BY  THE  MILLENNIUM  by  Monte 

With  computer  devices  primed  for  dysfunction,  we  may  be  facing  what  Byte  magazine 

calls  "a  crisis  without  precedent  in  human  history" 

A  NEW  GLOBAL  MODEL  by  Tom  Patterson  14 

A  geographer  and  a  historian  are  challenging  traditional  understandings  of  how  — 
and  why  —  the  world  is  divided  into  continents 

INVESTING  IN  AFRICA'S  FUTURE  by  ]ohn  Manuel  4T 

"South  Africa  is  just  like  the  U.S.  at  the  end  of  World  War  II, "  says  a  young 
entrepreneur.  "If  you  could  turn  back  the  clock  fifty  years  and  invest  in  that  market, 
wouldn't  you?" 

THE  BEST  FROM  THE  BRIGHTEST  by  Eric  Larson  44~ 

The  odds  of  winning  Duke's  most  prestigious  merit  scholarship  are  close  to  lottery 
standards;  but  while  lotteries  seem  to  produce  a  number  of  wrecked  souls,  the 
A.B.  Duke  almost  always  affects  lives  for  the  better 

EXPORTING  HELP  AND  HOPE  by  Brendan  Daly  49 

Just  what  makes  the  Peace  Corps  endure  —  and  makes  contributing  to  overseas  projects 
"the  toughest  job  they'll  ever  love"  for  those  who  volunteer? 

CLASSROOM  CORPS  by  Jaime  Levy  5<T 

Teach  for  America  is  proving  that  a  seasoned,  rigid  instructor  is  not  necessarily 
fundamental  to  a  successful  classroom 


UNDER  THE  GARGOYLE  20 

Across  the  continuum:  graduate  student  futures 


GAZETTE 

The  habits  of  readers,  the  dimensions  of  philanthropy,  the  resiliency  of  forests, 
the  origins  of  speech 

BOOKS 

A  woman's  life  in  a  first  novel,  a  scientist's  stories  in  a  reader-friendly  survey 

QUAD  QUOTES 

Freshman  impressions,  presidential  counsel,  best-selling  textbooks 


54 


58 


60 


GIVING  VOICE 

TO  THE  CAMPUS 

CONSCIENCE 


STUDENTS  AGAINST  SWEATSHOPS 

BY  PAUL  BAERMAN 

If  you  thought  the  rise  of  labor  unions  had  eliminated  the  inhumane  excesses 

of  sweatshops,  you  were  wrong.  One  student  group  is  ensuring 

that  such  exploitation  will  never  be  a  part  of  Duke-related  merchandise. 


Sweatshops  have  been  in  and  out  of  the 
news  since  the  beginning  of  the  indus- 
trial revolution.  In  early  nineteenth- 
century  England  and  during  the  Civil  War  in 
the   United   States,   the  "sweating  system" 
meant  producing  piecework  under  grinding 
conditions  of  long  hours,  low  wages,  and  in 
unsanitary  facilities, 
with  workers  recruited 
from  among  children, 
the  desperate,  the  poor, 
and  the  aged.  Sweat- 
shops became  a  partic- 
ular feature  of  the  gar- 
ment industry,  where 
low  capitalization  needs 
and   decentralization 
of  production   com- 
bined  with   central- 
ization  of  profits   to 
make  them  attractive 
to  unscrupulous  mid- 
dlemen. 

For  many  middle - 
class  Americans,  sweat- 
shops may  have  had  a 
whiff  of  the  exotic  or 
historical  until  recent- 
ly. But  if  we  thought 


the  rise  of  labor  unions  had  eliminated  such 
inhumane,  excessive  exploitation  even  in  our 
own  country,  we  were  wrong. 

The  news  stories  are  chilling.  In  August 
1995,  a  Department  of  Labor  raid  in  El 
Monte,  California,  found  seventy-two  Thai 
women  working  in  subhuman  conditions  for 


AN  ACTIVIST  CAMPUS? 


like  has  hit  the  national 
rankings  again,  this 
time  in  Mother  Jones 
magazine's  fifth  annual 
roundup  of  campus  activism. 
Duke  was  ranked  Number  1, 
thanks  to  its  policy  ensuring 
that  university-licensed  mer- 
chandise is  not  manufactured 
in  overseas  sweatshops.  A  stu- 
dent organization,  Students 
Against  Sweatshops,  played  a 
key  role  in  shaping  the  policy. 
In  a  September  Associated 
Press  story,  Eric  Edison  '00 
was  quoted  as  saying  that  the 
ranking  proves  that  Duke 
students  can  by  fiery  about 
more  than  basketball.  "I'm 
really  quite  proud,"  Edison, 


who  is  chief  of  staff  for  the 
Duke  Student  Government, 
told  the  news  service.  "I  expect 
that  out  of  this  school,  and  I'd 
like  to  see  us  do  even  more. 
There's  so  much  more  we  can 
build  on,  especially  our  work 
in  the  Durham  community." 
But  Duke's  debut  appear- 
ance— at  the  top,  no  less — 
surprised  some  students,  who 
said  they  had  never  thought  of 
the  university  as  a  place  of 
political  activism.  Ben  Au  '99, 
a  leader  with  Students  Against 
Sweatshops,  said  in  the  Duke 
Chronicle,  "Overall,  I  don't 
know  how  activist  people  are, 
except  about  beer-on-points." 
He  added,  "I  think  activism 


as  little  as  seventy  cents  an  hour.  That  same 
year,  a  newspaper  revealed  that  young  Hon- 
duran  child  laborers  were  assembling  clothing 
— sometimes  on  forced  overtime — for  a  line 
of  Kathie  Lee  clothing  sold  at  Wal-Mart.  Then 
the  Canadian  Broadcasting  Corporation  ran 
an  expose  on  Liz  Claiborne  supplier  factories 
in  Honduras   and   El 
Salvador,  where  ado- 
lescent girls  were  said 
to  be  working  oppres- 
sive hours,  sometimes 
from   daybreak   until 
late  into  the  night,  and 
were   reportedly   sub- 
ject to  pregnancy  tests 
so  the  employer  could 
avoid   paying   mater- 
nal-leave benefits. 

In  the  States, 
government  raids  con- 
tinued in  New  York, 
Dallas,  and  Los 
Angeles.  Names  that 
became  soiled  by  asso- 
ciation included  Tal- 
bot's, JCPenney,  and 
Macy's  East.  In  May 
1996,  another  supplier 


too  often  involves  an  image 
of  radicalism....  The  new 
activism  in  the  Nineties  is 
advocacy,  talking  calmly  to  the 
people  involved." 

Mother  Jones,  named  for 
"orator,  union  organizer,  and 
hell-raiser"  Mary  Harris 
"Mother"  Jones,  compiles  the 
annual  list  by  polling  twenty- 
one  organizations,  including 
Amnesty  International,  the 
Center  for  Campus  Organizing, 
Habitat  for  Humanity  In- 
ternational, the  National  Gay 
and  Lesbian  Task  Force,  the 
National  Organization  for 
Women,  the  Peace  Corps,  and 
the  Student  Environmental 
Action  Coalition. 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


for  Wal-Mart's  "Kathie  Lee"  label,  this  time 
in  New  York  City,  was  found  to  owe  its 
workers  more  than  $47,000  in  back  wages. 
The  industry  seemed  to  be  imploding. 

Robert  Reich,  secretary  of  labor  during  that 
turbulent  period,  launched  a  "No  Sweat"  cam- 
paign to  educate,  inform,  and  rally  the  public. 
Among  other  initiatives,  Reich's  office  backed 
the  formation  of  a  White  House -sponsored 
Apparel  Industry  Partnership,  which  he  hoped 
would  bring  together  interested  parties  on  all 
sides  of  the  sweatshop  issue  to  develop  a  code 
of  conduct  for  U.S.  manufacturers  and  a  means 
of  monitoring  compliance  with  that  code.  But 
while  few  manufacturers  or  distributors  were 
overtly  pro-sweatshop,  many  were  anti-regu- 
lation. The  AIP  struggled  with  behind-the- 
scenes  grudge  matches  and  found  difficulty  in 
persuading  members  of  the  industry  to  en- 
dorse its  efforts. 

The  Department  of  Labor,  of  course,  focuses 
on  goods  manufactured  in  the  U.S.,  not  those 
sold  in  the  U.S.  But  the  problem  produced  by 
a  global  economy  has  seemed  too  big  for  any 
one  country,  much  less  any  one  organization, 
to  tackle. 

For  Jim  Wilkerson,  Duke's  director  of  trade- 
mark licensing  and  stores  operations,  it  sud- 
denly became  personal  when  he  was  at  home 


channel-surfing  in  the  summer  of  1997.  An 
image  of  a  sweatshop  appeared  —  women  and 
children  laboring  over  sewing  machines  in  a 
filthy,  airless  room.  "Most  trademark  owners, " 
intoned  the  announcer,  "don't  realize  the  con- 
ditions in  which  products  bearing  their  marks 
are  being  manufactured." 

Wilkerson  paused.  He  runs  the  seventh- 
biggest  independent  university  store  in  the 
country,  and  he  didn't  know  where  his  T- 
shirts  came  from. 

Of  course,  he  knew  a  lot  about  the  Col- 
legiate Licensing  Company,  the  university's 
domestic  licensing  agent,  with  which  he  had 
negotiated  dozens  of  contracts  during  his  six- 
teen years  at  Duke  and  which  represented 
some  160  other  universities.  He  knew  all  the 
brand  names,  knew  the  vendors  from  Nike 
and  Cotton  Exchange  and  the  700  other  uni- 
versity licensees  that  applied  those  Duke 
logos.  He  knew  how  to  recognize  quality,  and 
he  knew  what  students  liked.  But  the  colle- 
giate apparel  industry  is  a  $1.6-billion  business 
nationwide,  just  a  fraction  of  the  world's 
$200-billion  retail  clothing  market,  and 
Duke's  $20-million  market  portion  paled  in 
comparison  to  the  big  players.  Naturally,  ven- 
dors were  going  to  contract  and  sub-contract 
production,  both  domestically  and  overseas. 


Past  imperfect:  Garment  workers  slip -stitching 
the  center  of  silk  ties  in  a  sweatshop,  working 
conditions  that  Duke  and  student  organizers  want 
to  relegate  to  history 

Wasn't  someone  already  looking  out  for  this 
problem?  Wilkerson  decided  he'd  better  ask  a 
few  questions. 

A  year  later,  Wilkerson  has  logged  count- 
less miles  and  met  with  everyone  from  the 
U.S.  secretary  of  labor  to  the  European 
Union's  commissioner  for  employment  and 
social  affairs;  he  has  attended  meetings  from 
Brussels  to  Washington  to  San  Antonio,  and 
spent  weekends  on  the  phone.  He's  watched 
manufacturers  and  human-rights  activists  jaw 
at  each  other  across  a  table,  and  he's  helped 
bring  them  together  again  when  everybody 
thought  the  jig  was  up. 

At  his  desk  in  the  basement  of  Union  West, 
he  leans  forward  conspiratorially.  "I've  never 
been  so  consumed  by  something  in  my  life, " 
he  confides. 

Tico  Almeida  '99  never  subscribed  to 
the  genteel  illusion  that  sweatshops 
were  primarily  a  nineteenth-century 
phenomenon:  His  great-aunt  had  worked  in  a 
Cuban  sweatshop,  and  he  knew  sweatshops 


September-October  1998 


still  existed.  In  the  summer  of  1997,  the  pub- 
lic policy  major  had  interned  with  the  Union 
of  Needletrades,  Industrial,  and  Textile 
Employees  (UNITE)  in  New  York  City,  fol- 
lowing in  the  footsteps  of  Glenn  Gutterman 
'98,  who  had  spent  the  previous  summer  at 
the  Garment  Workers  Justice  Center,  also  part 
of  UNITE.  The  UNITE  interns  vividly  re- 
member visiting  sweatshops  in  New  York's 
garment  district.  "Getting  to  talk  to  the  work- 
ers was  a  powerful  connection,"  Gutterman 
explains.  "And  right  while  I  was  there,  the 
Kathie  Lee  thing  broke." 

On  the  second  day  of  classes  last  fall, 
Almeida  and  Gutterman,  along  with  Ben  Au 
'99  and  Carolyn  Fanelli  '98,  founded  Students 
Against  Sweatshops  (SAS)  at  Duke.  Their 
mission  included  educating,  organizing,  and 
influencing  fellow  students  and  the  wider 
university  community,  and  pushing  for  the 
implementation  of  an  anti-sweatshop  code. 
They  began  with  presentations  to  sympathet- 
ic student  groups  and  classes,  set  up  a  table 
and  video  on  the  Bryan  Center  walkway, 
handed  out  leaflets,  and  launched  a  massive 
electronic-mail  campaign  directed  to  Presi- 
dent Nannerl  O.  Keohane  asking  the  univer- 
sity to  take  action  against  sweatshops.  Having 
been  briefed  on  Wilkerson's  ongoing  work, 
she  arranged  a  meeting  for  SAS  with  Execu- 


tive Vice  President  Tallman  Trask,  who 
stunned  the  students  by  immediately  inviting 
them  to  participate  in  drafting  a  new  code  of 
conduct  for  licensees. 

"In  the  very  beginning, "  says  Fanelli,  a  pub- 
lic policy  major  who  wrote  her  senior  thesis 
on  her  SAS  experience,  "we  never  anticipat- 
ed that  the  administration  would  be  receptive 
to  what  we  had  to  say.  We  went  to  Tallman 


"YOU  DON'T  GET 
MANY  OPPORTUNITIES 
TO  DO  A  LOT  OF  PEOPLE 
A  LOT  OF  GOOD.  I  KNOW 
WE  CAN'T  CHANGE  EVERY- 
THING OVERNIGHT,  BUT 
WE  CAN  GET  THE  BALL 
ROLLING." 

JIM  WILKERSON 

Director,  Duke  Stores  Operations 


Trask  and  were  prepared  to  have  him  slam  us, 
to  have  him  push  us  aside.  When  he  said  that 
not  only  was  he  receptive  but  that  Duke  was 
actively  thinking  about  this  —  well,  after  that, 
there  was  always  a  sense  of  possibility  and  of 
what  we  could  do.  We  said,  let's  ask  for  as  much 
as  we  can,  let's  push  this  as  far  as  it  can  go." 

The  student  body  did  not,  however,  speak 
with  a  single  voice,  and  SAS  had  plenty  of 
work  to  do.  In  the  wake  of  the  National  Day 
of  Conscience  to  End  Sweatshops  and  Child 
Labor  on  October  21,  an  anonymous  Chroni- 
cle editorial  pointed  out  the  futility  of  a  single 
university,  however  well-intentioned,  trying 
to  reform  an  entire  industry.  Fanelli  coun- 
tered in  a  letter  that  such  a  defeatist  attitude 
sold  short  the  ability  of  a  committed  few  to 
set  an  example  of  corporate  accountability 
that  could  inspire  other  schools  and  even 
move  the  industry  forward. 

Wilkerson  and  Almeida  began  weekly 
meetings,  often  disagreeing  about  tactics  or 
wording  but  quickly  learning  to  respect  each 
other's  determination  and  deep  thinking 
about  the  issues.  A  month  later,  after  a  con- 
ference held  at  Duke  called  "Global  Pro- 
duction, Regional  Responses,  and  Local  Jobs: 
On  Challenges  and  Opportunities  in  the  North 
American  Apparel  Industry,"  The  Chronicle 
quoted  Almeida  as  saying,  "SAS  and  adminis- 


k>          \sa          11 

1| 

mm  ■""***&& 

. 

v\ 

I  ta 

"iM 

■    1 
■  I 

^m            W     Mr 

V               i  ■ 

W 

DUKE  MAGAZINE 


trators  agree  upon  what  should  be  in  the  pol- 
icy. Now  our  biggest  problem  is  figuring  out 
who  will  enforce  it." 

Actually,  the  policy  was  still  very  much  a 
work  in  progress.  As  Almeida  later  admitted, 
"Sometimes  a  comma  here,  or  an  'and'  in- 
stead of  an  'or, '  makes  all  the  difference  in  the 
strength  of  the  code."  It  was  clear  that  a  lot  of 
discussion  still  lay  ahead. 

Discussions  lurched  forward  again  on 
November  17,  when  former  U.S.  Sec- 
retary of  Labor  Robert  Reich  visited 
the  university  and  offered  his  encouragement 
and  counsel  on  strategies  for  crafting  the  final 
code  and  putting  it  to  work.  "We  talked  about 
specific  language, "  reports  SAS  member  Gut- 
terman.  "How  to  word  things,  how  to  make 
sure  the  code  had  teeth." 

But  the  parties,  though  hungry  for  consen- 
sus, remained  uneasy.  Would  manufacturers 
agree  to  language  requiring  that  they  grant 
workers  the  right  to  collective  bargaining? 
What  should  be  the  minimum  age  for  work- 
ers, given  different  cultural  norms  around  the 
world  and  the  fact  that  families  in  developing 
countries  often  rely  on  children's  wages  to 
avoid  starvation? 

Everybody  wanted  Duke  to  be  the  first  uni- 
versity in  the  country  to  issue  a  comprehen- 
sive, enforceable  code  without  loopholes  — 
but  the  complexities  multiplied  with  every 
enlargement  of  detail.  Were  they  tilting  at 
windmills  after  all? 

Meanwhile,  during  a  trip  to  New  York,  a 
colleague  handed  Jonathan  Rosenblum  '81  an 
article  about  his  alma  mater  summarizing 
Duke's  efforts  on  the  sweatshop  issue  and 
announcing  its  intention  of  promulgating  a 
code.  What  struck  Rosenblum  was,  first,  the 
apparent  resolve  and  cooperation  between 
students  and  the  administration;  and,  second, 
the  fact  that  no  indication  was  given  as  to 
where  this  new  collegiate  licensing  code  of 
conduct  might  be  coming  from,  its  models, 
and  precedents.  As  a  former  journalist  who 
had  written  a  book  on  labor-management  re- 
lations in  the  mining  industry,  a  senior  fellow 
at  the  University  of  Wisconsin-Madison's 
Havens  Center  for  the  Study  of  Social  Struc- 
ture and  Social  Change,  and  as  a  lawyer  rep- 
resenting the  International  Labor  Rights 
Fund  —  a  tiny,  committed  group  whose  ini- 
tiatives reach  from  Burma  to  Guatemala  — 
Rosenblum  had  considerable  experience  with 
the  sweatshop  dilemma.  Having  participated 
in  the  founding  of  the  Apparel  Industry  Part- 
nership, he  was  helping  Liz  Claiborne's  general 
counsel,  in  the  wake  of  the  earlier  revelations, 
establish  a  preventive  monitoring  program  in 
some  of  its  Latin  American  supplier  factories  — 
"the  first  project  of  its  kind  in  trying  to  build 
independent  monitoring,  without  govern- 
mental involvement,  in  an  environment  of 


CODE  OF  CONDUCT 


ere  are  excerpts  from 
Duke's  code  required 
for  companies  licensed 


use  i 


Child  Labor  No  person  shall 
be  employed  at  an  age  younger 
than  fifteen  (or  fourteen, 
where,  consistent  with 
International  Labor  Organiza- 
tion practices  for  developing 
countries,  the  law  of  the 
country  of  manufacture  allows 
such  exception).  Where  the 
age  for  completing  compulsory 
education  is  higher  than  the 
standard  for  the  minimum  age 
of  employment  stated  above, 
the  higher  age  for  completing 
compulsory  education  shall 
apply  to  this  section.  Licensees 
agree  to  work  with  governmen- 
tal, human  rights,  and  non- 
governmental organizations,  as 
determined  by  Duke  University 
and  licensee,  to  minimize  the 
negative  impact  on  any  child 
released  from  employment  as  a 
result  of  the  enforcement  of 
this  code. 


t»or   There  shall 
not  be  any  use  of  forced  labor, 
whether  in  the  form  of  prison 
labor,  indentured  labor,  bonded 
labor  or  otherwise. 

Harassment  or  Abuse 

Licensees  will  not  use  or  toler- 
ate any  form  of  corporal  pun- 


Freedom  of  Association 

Licensees  shall  recognize  and 
respect  the  right  of  employees 
to  freedom  of  association  and 
collective  bargaining. 


Sixty  days  prior  to  the  date  of 
the  annual  licensee  renewal, 
licensee  shall  provide  the  fol- 
lowing to  Duke  University:  the 
company  names,  owners  and/or 
officers,  addresses,  phone  num- 
bers, e-mail  addresses,  and 
nature  of  the  business  associa- 
tion for  all  of  the  licensee's 
contractors  and  manufacturing 
plants  which  are  involved  in 
the  manufacturing  process  of 
items  which  bear,  or  will  bear, 


the  name,  trademarks,  and/or 
images  of  Duke  University. 

Internal  and  External 
Monitoring    Duke  University 
and  licensee  are  committed  to 
the  principles  of: 

•  creating  an  informed  work- 
force, including  communicating 
this  Code  to  workers  in  their 
own  languages; 

•  access,  on  a  confidential 
basis,  to  the  manufacturing 
facilities  and  information 
required  to  determine  compli- 
ance with  this  Code  by  inde- 
pendent external  monitors 
selected  by  Duke  University 
and  agreed  to  with  the  licensee; 

•  conducting  periodic 
announced  and  unannounced 
visits,  on  a  confidential  basis,  of 
an  appropriate  sampling  of 
company  factories  and  facilities 
of  contractors  to  survey  compli- 
ance with  this  Code; 

•  opportunity  for  employees 
to  report  noncompliance  with 
this  Code  in  a  manner  that 
ensures  they  will  not  suffer 
retaliation  for  doing  so. 


cooperation  rather  than  conflict, "  he  says. 

Rosenblum  started  ticking  off  a  mental  list 
of  the  people  he  still  knew  at  Duke,  where  he 
had  been  news  editor  for  The  Chronicle  and  a 
double  major  in  political  science  and  French. 
"What  I  learned  at  Duke  was  the  importance 
of  the  right  mix  of  seeing  intimately  how  peo- 
ple live,  while  appreciating  the  force  of  histo- 
ry on  their  lives, "  he  recalls. 

"And  I  was  interested  in  contributing  to 
this  whole  dialogue.  I  had  no  overwhelming 
truths  to  tell,  but  I  had  experience  with  these 
issues,  and  I  knew  Duke  was  headed  into  its 
own  uncharted  territory.  A  couple  of  years 
earlier,  we'd  been  saying  the  same  things,  ask- 
ing the  same  questions." 

He  dropped  an  e-mail  message  to  a  mentor, 
Carol  Meyers,  a  professor  in  the  religion  de- 
partment, offering  to  help.  She  passed  it  on  to 
others,  and  eventually  it  ended  up  with  Jim 
Wilkerson,  who  had  been  feeling  beset  with 
what  he  thought  was  biased  information  from 
industry  groups  on  one  side  and  activists  on 
the  other.  With  a  $30-million  business  to  run, 
he  felt  as  if  he  were  trying  to  hold  the  center 
when  everyone  else  was  at  the  fringe. 

Enter  Jon  Rosenblum.  The  young  lawyer 
instantly  hit  it  off  with  the  seasoned  retailer. 
Rosenblum  explains,  "Jim  and  I  reached  early- 
on  a  sense  of  solidarity:  Both  of  us  felt  really 
driven  by  this  issue,  willing  to  use  whatever 
physical  and  material  resources  we  had,  to 
burn  the  midnight  oil.  We  both  cared." 


He  reflects  a  moment.  "Frankly,  I  was  sur- 
prised, because  this  was  not  the  face  of  the  old 
Duke.  This  was  the  new  Duke  I  was  dealing 
with,  a  socially-conscious  stores  director  whose 
office  was  inside  the  old  Dope  Shop,  where  the 
cheap  malted  milks  had  been!" 

Wilkerson  soon  invited  Rosenblum  to  join 
the  effort  as  a  consultant  and,  by  December, 
the  process  of  hammering  out  the  most  difficult 
and  sensitive  parts  of  the  code  was  in  full  swing. 
Though  basing  their  work  in  part  on  earlier 
models,  Wilkerson,  Rosenblum,  and  Students 
Against  Sweatshops  pursued  a  higher  stan- 
dard than  anyone  had  yet  achieved,  hoping  it 
could  be  adopted  by  a  critical  mass  of  other 
American  colleges  and  universities,  thus  mak- 
ing requirements  clear  to  vendors  and  making  it 
possible  to  use  pooled  resources  for  effective 
enforcement. 

"Duke  has  led  the  way  in  providing  a  model 
for  a  university  consortium  to  examine  and 
adopt, "  Rosenblum  says.  "The  university's  code 
improved  on  that  of  the  AIP  in  several  re- 
spects, most  notably  around  the  labor  stan- 
dards to  be  applied  in  a  given  country  and  not 
just  in  a  given  company.  That  provision  has 
stimulated  thinking  more  widely.  And  indeed, 
I  would  expect  a  higher  standard  from  a  uni- 
versity." Especially  his  own. 

From  faculty  to  administration  to  student 
groups  to  vendors  to  human-rights  organiza- 
tions to  the  federal  government  to  manufac- 
turers, every  constituency  had  an  opinion,  but 


September-October 


the  hard  work  of  compromise  proceeded.  "I  was 
an  information-provider  to  both  the  students 
and  the  administration, "  says  Rosenblum.  "And 
I  was  increasingly  trying  to  help  Jim  steer 
through  the  icebergs  in  these  waters." 

"He  filled  me  with  data, "  Wilkerson  agrees, 
remembering  the  late  fall  as  a  blur  of  activity. 
"It's  been  amazing  how,  when  things  seemed  a 
little  low,  help  and  support  and  encouragement 
came  out  of  the  blue.  Jon's  e-mail  and  subse- 
quent involvement  was  one  of  those  events. 
He's  a  very  committed  and  principled  person." 

"I've  worked  on  this  almost  every  day,  al- 


"OUR  OPINIONS  WERE 

TAKEN  SERIOUSLY. 

STILL,  I'M  HOPEFUL 

THAT  STUDENTS  WILL 

BE  INCLUDED  IN  THE 

MONITORING,  WITHOUT 

WHICH  THE  BEST  CODE 

IN  THE  WORLD 

WON'T  MAKE  A  BIT 

OF  DIFFERENCE." 

TICO  ALMEIDA 

Co-founder, 
Students  Against  Sweatshops 


most  every  night, "  Wilkerson  continues  with- 
out a  trace  of  regret.  "I  had  about  five  hours 
off  over  the  whole  four-day  Thanksgiving 
weekend.  But  you  know  what?  You  don't  get 
many  opportunities  to  do  a  lot  of  people  a  lot 
of  good.  I  know  we  can't  change  everything 
overnight,  but  if  we  can  get  the  ball  rolling .... 
I'm  lucky  —  blessed,  even  —  to  have  been 
part  of  this." 

After  gathering  reactions  from  other  uni- 
versities, trade  organizations,  and  the  licen- 
sees themselves,  Duke  released  its  completed 
code  last  March.  Almost  immediately,  Tico 
Almeida  began  getting  ten  to  twelve  phone 
calls  and  e-mail  messages  a  day  from  students 
around  the  country  seeking  advice  on  how  to 
make  the  process  work  at  their  schools.  "A  lot 
of  our  work  during  the  spring  semester, "  says 
Carolyn  Fanelli,"was  working  with  the  media, 


doing  interviews,  responding  to  letters." 

Wilkerson  and  Rosenblum,  likewise  beset 
with  calls,  were  invited  to  speak  at  the  Na- 
tional Association  of  College  Stores  convention 
and  before  the  Association  of  Collegiate  Li- 
censing Administrators.  There  were  articles  and 
columns  about  Duke  in  The  New  York  Times, 
USA  Today,  the  Las  Vegas  Sun,  and  on  the 
Associated  Press  wire.  Wilkerson  was  invited 
to  join  the  Apparel  Industry  Partnership  as  its 
first  university  representative.  At  the  opening 
of  the  Smithsonian's  controversial  exhibit  on 
American  sweatshops,  Wilkerson  felt  some- 


effect  and  this  energy  that  has  shot  out  to 
campuses  all  along,  without  Duke;  and  Duke 
would  not  have  happened  without  the  stu- 
dents. We  launched  the  code,  and  that  ignit- 
ed activism  all  across  the  country.  You  think 
you're  working  for  change  in  just  one  little 
niche,  but  the  ramifications  are  global." 

"It  was  a  wonderful  way  to  end  my  career  at 
Duke, "  puts  in  SAS  stalwart  Fanelli.  "To  see 
something  real  and  concrete  come  out  of 
your  work,  and  to  see  it  spread  across  the 
country,  is  really  a  great  feeling." 

Tico  Almeida  had  been  SAS's  primary  con- 


one  touch  his  shoulder  and  turned  to  find 
himself  face  to  face  with  Secretary  of  Labor 
Alexis  Herman,  who  had  succeeded  Reich  in 
May  1997.  "We're  so  proud  of  the  work  you're 
doing  down  in  Durham,  Jim,"  she  said. 
"Please  thank  them  all."  And  he  did. 

"When  people  from  different  backgrounds 
come  together,  swimming  in  the  same  direc- 
tion, you  have  to  have  gratitude, "  says  Glenn 
Gutterman,  whose  SAS  efforts  were  recog- 
nized at  a  student  leaders  breakfast  on  gradu- 
ation weekend.  "Something  spectacular  took 
place  at  Duke.  Reflecting  on  it  now,  looking 
at  how  it's  playing  along  at  other  universities, 
it  shocks  me  that  it  happened  so  quickly. 
Brown  has  accepted  a  code;  Cornell  hasn't 
gotten  that  far  yet,  though  they've  an- 
nounced that  they're  going  to  adopt  a  code. 
This  would  not  have  happened,  this  ripple 


tact  with  the  administration.  "He  and  I  have 
met  a  lot, "  says  Wilkerson,  "and  argued  a  lot 
and  worked  together  a  lot  in  our  respective 
realms  to  move  the  process  forward.  I  like 
Tico  a  great  deal." 

For  his  part,  notes  Almeida,  "Jim  Wilkerson 
has  shown  exceptional  leadership  on  this 
issue.  He's  done  an  incredible  amount  of 
research  and  learning  about  something  he 
previously  knew  nothing  about.  Without  him, 
we  never  could  have  got  to  this  point.  Our 
opinions  were  taken  seriously.  Still,  I'm  hope- 
ful that  students  will  be  included  in  the  mon- 
itoring, without  which  the  best  code  in  the 
world  won't  make  a  bit  of  difference." 

"The  work  is  not  over,"  according  to 
Gutterman.  "It's  a  code  that  I  hope  will  be 
adopted  by  other  universities  and  used  as  a 
model.  The  university  has  garnered  a  lot  of 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


positive  attention  for  taking  the  lead  on  this, 
and  deservedly  so.  We  look  good — but  it's 
not  about  looking  good.  Now  we  have  to  fol- 
low through." 

Fanelli  agrees.  "Passing  the  code  was  an  end, 
in  a  way,  but  also  the  beginning  of  a  whole 
new  process."  The  task  at  hand  "is  to  live  up 
to  the  possibility  the  code  presents  by  pushing 
Duke  to  once  again  take  the  lead,  this  time  in 
the  code's  implementation  and  enforcement." 

At  a  conference  this  summer,  Almeida  met 
with  fifty  students  from  thirty- eight  universi- 
ties around  the  country  to  discuss  the  nu- 
ances of  implementing  the  code.  The  students 
reached  a  consensus:  Duke's  code — with  am- 
endments requiring  companies  to  pay  their 
workers  living  wages  and  for  the  schools  to 
disclose  companies'  factory  addresses-should 
be  adopted  by  every  college.  Unless  exact  ad- 
dresses are  released,  Almeida  says,  it  is  virtu- 
ally impossible  to  monitor  the  shops.  "There 
is  no  way  to  specifically  go  to  the  places  mak- 
ing Duke  clothing — like  trying  to  find  a  nee- 
dle in  a  haystack, "  he  says.  "As  long  as  com- 
panies can  get  Duke  to  keep  [their  locations] 
secret,  they  don't  have  to  worry  about  people 
finding  out  what  goes  on  in  those  machine 
gun-guarded  factories." 

Based  on  his  travels  to  Honduras,  El 
Salvador,  and  Nicaragua  later  in  the  summer, 
Almeida  is  certain  that  companies  are  con- 
cerned about  the  American  public  finding 
out  about  their  working  conditions.  The  day 
after  he  and  his  group,  sponsored  by  an  inter- 
national labor  rights  nonprofit  organization, 
arrived  in  Honduras,  they  read  in  a  national 
newspaper  that  their  leader  had  been  deemed 
"persona  non  grata"  and  a  national  business 
association  had  petitioned  the  government  to 
deport  the  entire  group.  "It  demonstrates  the 
lengths  to  which  corporations  will  go  to  make 
sure  Americans  don't  find  out  about  what  is 
going  on  in  the  factories, "  he  says.  "They  are 
deathly  afraid  of  us  talking  to  the  workers." 

While  no  licensee  has  yet  been  terminated 
during  the  infancy  of  the  monitoring  pro- 
grams, Wilkerson  fully  expects  that  sooner  or 
later  he  or  the  Collegiate  Licensing  Company 
will  have  to  pull  the  plug.  "We  don't  want  to 
sever  ties  with  any  of  our  licensees, "  he  says. 
"But  I  expect  in  the  future  there  will  be  com- 
panies caught  intentionally  violating  the 
code.  Why  would  I  want  to  own  something 
made  by  people  being  beaten,  kept  out  of 
school,  cheated,  being  made  to  work  fourteen 
or  sixteen  hours  a  day?  I  don't  want  any  part 
of  that.  Duke  doesn't  want  any  part  of  that." 

Rosenblum  summarizes  it  best:  "The  ad- 
ministration, Jim,  and  the  students  had  a  com- 
mon sense  of  where  they  wanted  to  go  and  a 
sense  of  how  to  get  there.  In  other  schools  I'm 
aware  of,  there's  been  severe  antagonism,  or  a 
focus  on  a  particular  company  as  a  'bench- 
mark of  evil.'  Although  Duke's  approach  is 


based  on  principles  that  could  be  applied  to  a 
certain  company,  everybody  recognizes  that 
policy  change  and  social  change  really  require 
disciplined  thinking  and  work.  [The  Duke 
players]  don't  get  caught  up  in  name  calling." 
"Not  to  say,"  he  adds,  "that  antagonism 
isn't  helpful  to  the  movement  as  a  whole." 

■  istory  up  close  is  messy.  As  history 
H  unfolds  before  the  eyes  of  its  actors, 

■  they  rarely  think  about  its  sweeping 
arc,  the  larger  forces  at  work  that  drive  the 
events  of  which  they're  part.  They  have  agen- 


das, opinions,  exams  to  take,  mouths  to  feed, 
planes  to  catch.  Yet  somehow,  at  the  center 
of  history,  you  find  personality.  You  find 
threads  that  tie  people  together  unexpected- 
ly —  threads  such  as  a  common  connection 
to  a  university:  a  willingness  to  identify  with 
it,  a  need  to  take  pride  in  it,  an  inner  impera- 
tive to  change  it  for  the  better.  And  by 
changing  it,  to  take  the  first  step  in  changing 
the  world. 


Baerman,  a  freelance  writer,  is  assistant  director 
of  finance  for  auxiliary  services  at  Duke. 


While  Visiting  Durham, 


Why  Settle  For  Less  When  So 
Much  More  Costs  So  Little? 

Luxurious  All-Suite  Hotel 


Magnificent  outdoor  pool 
Two  remote  control  TVs 
Color,  HBO  and  cable 
Two  telephones 
Call  waiting  &  voice  mail 
No  charge  for  local  calls 
Fax  &  copier  service 
Superior  location 


'  Award-winning  gardens 

■  Fitness  center 

■  Covered  walking  track 
Fully  equipped  kitchen 

■  Top  quality  linens  &  towels 
Complete  laundry  facilities 
Pets  permitted 
Uniformed  security 


DUKE  TOWER 

Residential  Suites 


For  reservations  or  information  call: 

(919)  687-4444  •  Fax:  (919)  683-1215 

807  West  Trinity  Avenue,  Durham,  NC  27701  (corner  of  North  Duke  &  West  Trinity) 

Just  streets  away  pom  many  restaurants,  Northgate  Mall,  Duke  University  and 

Duke  Hospital.  Ten  minutes  to  RTP,  15  minutes  to  RDU  Airport.  (=} 


September  -October 


BUGGED 

BY  THE 

MILLENNIUM 


Y2K 


BY  MONTE  BASGALL 


Are  the  computer  devices  most  societies  depend  upon  primed  for  dysfunction 

when  the  clock  turns  2000?  If  so,  we  may  be  facing  what  Byte  magazine  calls 

"a  crisis  without  precedent  in  human  history" 


The  most  symbolic  New  Year's  Day  in 
ten  centuries  may  take  on  a  disaster- 
movie  flavor  thanks  to  one  of  the 
greatest  blunders  in  computer  technology's 
short  history.  Just  picture  a  December  31, 
1999,  where  the  lights  go  out  at  the  end  of  the 
countdown  on  New  York's  Times  Square. 
What  if  the  international  TV  audience 
watching  the  ball  drop  see  their  screens  sud- 
denly blacken,  shutting  off  the  strains  of  Auld 
Lang  Syne?  What  if  traffic  lights,  elevators, 
electric-power  grids,  telecommunications 
networks,  and  air-traffic  control  systems  also 
suffer  disruptions?  What  if  cars  suddenly 
refuse  to  start  and  hospital  medical  monitors 
stop  making  measurements?  As  a  follow-up, 
what  if  worldwide  stock  markets  suffer  grid- 
lock on  January  3,  2000-the  next  thousand 
years'  first  business  day? 

As  one,  arguably  sensationalized,  Internet 
article  warns:  "Unless  they  are  fixed,  all  com- 
puter programs,  everywhere  in  the  world,  will 
go  on  strike  on  January  1,  2000."  Unfortu- 
nately, the  author,  Peter  de  Jager,  who  bills 
himself  as  an  "industry  speaker  on  the  topics 
of  change,  creativity,  and  management  tech- 
nology," isn't  kidding.  Experts  agree  that  at 
least  some  of  this  horror  script  could  come 
true  —  though  fortunately  only  the  far  fringe 


think  it  all  will  —  due  to  a  global  planning 
debacle  of  epic  proportions  variously  called 
the  "Year  2000  Problem,"  the  "Millennium 
Bug, "  or  "  Y2K."  Simply  put,  many  of  the  com- 
puterized devices  most  societies  depend  on 
have  long  been  primed  to  dysfunction  at  the 
stroke  of  the  Millennium.  And  it's  all  because 
they  use  calendars  that  cannot  accommodate 
an  extra  digit.  This  time  bomb  has  not  only 
been  widely  programmed  into  countless  soft- 
ware programs,  but  it  has  also  been  burned 
into  the  very  structures  of  microchips  embed- 
ded deep  inside  a  wide  variety  of  electronic 
devices.  Since  computer  hardware  and  soft- 
ware are  the  engines  of  the  industrialized 
world,  the  potential  repercussions  are  mind- 
boggling. 

"If  it  has  electricity  going  through  it,  it  is 
suspect,"  says  William  Edge,  IBM's  Year  2000 
consultant  and  solutions  manager.  "I  think  we 
all  agree  that  no  problem  facing  us  is  more 
pressing,  especially  since,  unlike  other  Wash- 
ington problems,  neither  the  president  nor 
Congress  can  push  the  deadline  back, "  added 
former  Duke  trustee  chairman  John  Koskinen 
'61 ,  who  is  now  the  White  House's  Year  2000 
czar,  during  his  testimony  to  a  U.S.  House  of 
Representatives  subcommittee. 

Byte,  a  computer  magazine,  called  Y2K  "a 


crisis  without  precedent  in  human  history.  We 
know  exactly  what's  causing  it  and  what  to  do 
about  it."  So,  with  just  over  one  year  left,  can 
the  problem  be  fixed  in  time?  Probably  not, 
Byte  opined,  at  least  not  completely. 

Such  pessimism  was  also  in  evidence  at  the 
first  of  two  "Year  2000  and  the  Millennium 
Bug"  conferences  for  the  Duke  community 
organized  by  Duke's  Office  of  Information 
Technology  (OIT)  to  spread  the  word  that 
the  Millennium  Bug  is  real.  Serving  out  a 
mixture  of  humor  and  alarm,  David  Kirby 
used  terms  like  the  "Lilliputian"  and  "Titanic" 
effects  to  describe  potential  scenarios  as  the 
calendar  fatefully  flips.  The  Lilliputian  Effect, 
a  reference  to  Gulliver's  Travels,  means  "many 
small  problems  at  once"  bogging  down  opera- 
tions; the  Titanic  Effect,  a  reference  to  1998's 
largest-grossing  disaster  movie,  means  "every- 
body in  trouble  at  once, "  he  said. 

Growing  more  serious,  Kirby,  who  is  Duke 
Medical  Center's  Year  2000  coordinator,  re- 
ported findings  that  about  5  percent  of  the 
medical  center's  20,000  clinical  devices  would 
have  failed  were  nothing  being  done  to  cor- 
rect their  Y2K-related  chip  glitches.  Some  of 
those  problems  "would  have  killed  people, " 
he  warned  the  audience.  IBM's  Edge  later  ad- 
ded, "Before  this  problem  is  resolved,  it  will 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


ILLUSTRATION  BY  WALTER  STANFORD 


:m 


probably  touch  some  facet  of  everyone's  life  in 
this  room." 

At  that  conference,  and  at  another  held 
three  weeks  later,  anybody  who  didn't  know 
already  learned  that  the  Millennium  Bug 
dates  back  to  the  1960s  and  Seventies,  when 
computers  had  far  less  memory  storage  than 
today's.  To  save  vital  space,  programmers  of 
the  time  decided  to  squeeze  in  only  the  last 
two  digits  of  four  digit  years,  entering  1971,  for 
example,  as  "71."  This  abbreviated  shorthand 
records  the  year  2000  as  "00."  And,  having  far 
less  insight  than  people,  computing  systems 
will  interpret  that  to  mean  1900 — all  over 
again.  If  you  turn  on  your  home  computer  on 
New  Year's  Day,  2000,  everything  may  seem 
normal  until  you  try  to  read  your  electronic 
mail.  Because  all  e-mail  is  "date  stamped," 
your  suddenly  confused  computer  may  file  it 
in  a  strange  place  if  it  thinks  the  year  is  a  cen- 
tury ago,  says  Tom  Noffsinger,  a  Vanstar  Cor- 
poration Year  2000  consultant  to  Duke's 
Medical  Center  Information  Systems  office. 
If  you're  lucky,  the  message  may  simply  be 
placed  at  the  very  bottom  of  your  e-mail  list 
so  that  you'll  only  have  to  "move  the  cursor 
down"  to  find  it,  Noffsinger  says.  If  you're 
unlucky,  "it  could  go  off  into  'bit  land,'  out  in 
the  middle  of  nowhere,  where  no  one  ever 
sees  it  again." 

If  it's  January  3,  2000,  and  you're  working 
on  an  office  computer  that  is  tied  to  others, 
you  may  face  another  set  of  problems.  Not 
only  must  the  computers'  calendars  all  be 
synchronized,  so  must  the  separate  software 
system  that  runs  your  computer  network. 
What  happens  if  everything  is  not  in  perfect 
sync?  "We  have  a  pretty  good  idea  in  specific 
cases,  but  we  don't  in  general  know  what  may 
or  may  not  happen,"  Noffsinger  admits.  "I 
don't  think  airplanes  are  going  to  fall  from  the 
sky.  But  we  don't  know  where  your  word-pro- 
cessing file  that  you've  got  to  get  done  by  a 
deadline  is  going  to  end  up."  In  big  mainframe 
computers,  the  kind  that  handle  everything 
from  billing  invoices  and  salary  records  to 
doctors'  appointments  and  student  loans,  los- 
ing track  of  the  date  could  obviously  wreak 
havoc.  At  best,  the  results  might  be  bills  or 
paychecks  bearing  the  wrong  information.  At 
worst,  the  date  confusion  might  provoke  a 
computer  to  crash.  If  that  happens,  it  may  be 
especially  difficult  to  find  someone  to  fix  the 
damage  quickly,  because  a  lot  of  computers 
may  be  crashing  simultaneously  on  that 
memorable  New  Year's  Day.  Remember  the 
Lilliputian  Effect  and  the  Titanic  Effect. 

While  many  Y2K  planners  initially  focused 
their  concerns  on  software,  they're  now 
equally  nervous  about  the  danger  from 
"embedded"  hardware.  That  means  two-digit 
dating  that  has  actually  been  "burned  into  a 
chip"  rather  than  being  written  into  software 
code,  says  Nevin  Fouts,  the  associate  dean  for 


information  technology  at  Duke's  Fuqua 
School  of  Business:  "It's  not  meant  to  be 
changed  without  replacing  the  whole  chip. 
And  the  chip  might  be  three  levels  inside  of 
some  device  that  you  can't  even  take  the  case 
off  to  try  to  find.  We  can  connect  into  a  soft- 
ware program,  and  we  can  then  see  the  code, 
edit  it,  and  change  it.  But  with  embedded  sys- 
tems, if  you  can't  get  to  it,  you're  not  even 
sure  of  where  the  logic  is." 

Fouts  says  that  the  instructions  etched  into 


"IF  IT  HAS  ELECTRICITY 

GOING  THROUGH  IT, 

IT  IS  SUSPECT," 

SAYS  IBM'S  YEAR 

2000  CONSULTANT. 

embedded  systems  are  more  miniaturized  and 
less  sophisticated  than  with  software  code. 
That  makes  embedded  chips  the  most  likely 
to  fail,  as  opposed  to  simply  making  mistakes. 
"The  condition  that  causes  things  to  lock  up, 
to  freeze,  is  the  unexpected  logic  condition." 
And  what  could  be  more  unexpected  than 
1999  turning  into  1900?  In  some  cases,  date- 
sensitive  embedded  chips  may  indeed  carry 
out  their  instructions,  to  everyone's  chagrin. 
Take  elevators  with  embedded  "maintenance 
chips"  that  "learn"  a  century  has  suddenly 
passed.  "It  is  very  likely  that  several  elevators 
will  look  at  their  dates,  say  'it's  been  a  long 
time  since  I  had  maintenance,'  go  down  to 
the  first  floor,  and  stop  functioning, "  Rafael 
Rodriguez,  OIT's  director  of  information  sys- 
tems architecture,  told  the  Duke  Y2K  confer- 


ence. Embedded  chips  may  be  inaccessible, 
but  they  are  located  in  all  kinds  of  devices 
that  keep  society  running.  A  short  list  would 
include  traffic  lights,  elevators,  air-condition- 
ing systems,  medical  devices,  automobiles, 
and  electric-power  plants,  not  to  forget  com- 
puters themselves. 

"The  growth  industry  of  the  problem  is 
embedded  chips, "  says  John  Koskinen,  a  for- 
mer deputy  director  for  management  for  the 
U.S.  Office  of  Management  and  Budget  who 
early  in  1998  became  a  presidential  assistant 
and  chair  of  the  President's  Council  on  the 
Year  2000  Conversion.  "Over  the  last  year  or 
so,  people  have  really  focused  on  the  fact  that 
we  run  oil  refineries,  power  plants,  waste- 
treatment  plants,  and  manufacturing  plants 
all  over  the  world  with  people  sitting  at  com- 
puters responding  to  data  that  come  from 
embedded  sensors, "  he  says.  Estimates  are  that 
only  1  or  2  percent  have  date  sensitivity.  "But 
we  shipped  at  least  5  billion  chips  in  1996,  and 
2  percent  of  5  billion  would  be  100  million 
chips  at  significant  risk." 

As  an  OMB  official,  Koskinen  supervised 
the  federal  government  shutdowns  of  1995- 
96.  (He  was  also  chair  of  Duke's  board  of 
trustees.)  In  a  previous  stint  in  the  private 
sector,  he  helped  reorganize  large  troubled 
firms  like  the  Penn  Central  Transportation 
Company  and  Mutual  Benefit  Life  Insurance 
Company.  "I  like  crisis  management, "  he  says 
of  his  new  job.  "And  it's  hard  to  turn  down  the 
president  and  vice  president,  especially  when 
it  is  a  really  national  challenge."  His  assign- 
ment is  to  lead  the  charge  to  keep  critical  fed- 
eral programs  free  fromY2K  disruptions.  He  is 
also  supposed  to  work  with  state  and  local 
governments,  and  to  cooperate  with  private 
entities  responsible  for  the  nation's  financial, 
telecommunications,  public  health,  trans- 
portation, and  electric-power  generating  sys- 
tems. 

Interviewed  in  June,  the  new  appointee  was 
already  caught  in  political  crossfire.  "Under 
Koskinen,  government  performance  has  thun- 
dered from  a  D  minus  to  an  F,"  proclaimed 
Steve  Horn,  a  Republican  California  congress- 
man. Koskinen's  own  assessment  is  more  san- 
guine. "The  major  systems  of  the  United  States 
will  probably  work  all  right, "  he  says.  "That 
includes  the  air-traffic  control  system,  which 
has  restructured  the  way  they  are  managing 
the  issue.  Their  backup  system,  which  now 
works  and  is  now  compliant,  will  support 
about  70  percent  of  normal  air  traffic." 

Running  down  the  list  of  federal  programs, 
Koskinen  says  that  "Social  Security,  because 
they  started  making  fixes  in  1989,  will  not 
have  a  problem  in  terms  of  issuing  their 
checks.  They  are  still  working  on  the  disabili- 
ty program  because  that's  administered  by  the 
states.  And  there  are  still  states  that  are 
struggling  to  get  their  systems  compliant.  The 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


Internal  Revenue  Service  has  major  chal- 
lenges. The  Medicare/Medicaid  processing 
system  has  major  challenges." 

Earlier,  prognosticators  had  estimated  that 
it  would  cost  a  whopping  $30  billion  to  fix  the 
federal  government's  Y2K  problem.  But  the 
latest  estimate  is  "closer  to  $5  billion,"  he 
says.  As  for  the  private  sector,  "I  think  in  gen- 
eral the  banking  system  will  be  in  pretty  good 
shape.  There  may  be  some  small  financial 
institutions  that  don't  make  it,  but  there  are 
small  financial  institutions  that  don't  make  it 
every  day."  More  ominously,  "There  are  about 
23  million  small  businesses  out  there,  and  a 
recent  survey  noted  that  40  percent  have  no 
intention  of  doing  anything  about  this  prob- 
lem, "  he  says. 

Another  potential  flash  point  is  the  securi- 
ties market,  which  depends  on  computerized 
systems  to  move  trading  information  and  funds 
from  country  to  country.  Maggie  Parent,  a 
senior  manager  in  the  technology  department 
of  the  Morgan  Stanley  global  investment 
firm,  is  equivocal  about Y2K's  potential  effects 
on  her  highly  automated  and  increasingly 
internationalized  industry.  "The  core  infras- 
tructure of  the  market,  those  kinds  of  entities 
which  make  up  the  backbone  or  central  re- 
positories for  the  marketplace,  are  by  and 
large  in  very,  very  good  shape, "  she  says.  "I'd 
say  that's  true  in  this  country  and,  with  some 
qualifications,  it's  true  internationally.  Where 
the  challenge  comes  in  is  in  the  market  par- 
ticipants, which  have  a  tremendous  diversity 
and  complexity." 

Stressing  that  her  expertise  is  on  the  tech- 
nical side  rather  than  in  investments,  Parent 
notes  that  the  international  markets  are 
linked  by  varieties  of  electronic  systems  and 
software  programs,  and  that  could  result  in 
logjams  if  some  parts  were  disrupted.  "For 
example,  Country  X  is  off-line,  so  investors 
who  have  money  there  can't  get  their  money 
out, "  she  says.  "The  assets  are  still  there,  but 
they  just  can't  get  to  them.  They  can't  move 
them.  They  can't  sell  them.  If  a  stock  market 
is  down,  or  up  only  intermittently,  you  might 
not  be  able  to  make  your  trade  happen.  If  for- 
eign investors  who  normally  buy  a  lot  of  U.S. 
government  bonds  were  unable  to  participate 
in  one  of  our  auctions,  that  will  throw  the 
normal  distribution  of  debt  out  of  kilter.  So 
it's  possible  that  people  will  end  up  with  assets 
tied  up  in  different  locations.  Or  their  cus- 
tomers may  not  show  up  on  the  days  that 
they  usually  buy." 

On  the  positive  side,  major  U.S.  investment 
firms  have  already  staged  a  simulated  test  of 
Wall  Street's  ability  to  communicate  and 
trade  on  the  new  millennium's  first  business 
days  —  essentially  by  moving  ahead  the 
clock.  As  of  late  July,  there  were  "no  major 
glitches,"  The  NewYorkTimes  reported. "A  lot 
of  responsible  activity  has  been  happening  on 


BE  PREPARED 


For  the  computer-connected  who  operate 
more  modest  desktops  in  their  homes 
and  offices,  the  watchword  from  those 
who  know  is:  Be  prepared,  and  don't  assume 
anything. 

"A  lot  of  people  are  just  ignorant  of  the 
problem,"  laments  Neal  Paris,  the  director  of 
technical  consulting  at  Duke's  Office  of 
Information  Technology  (OIT).  "Maybe  a  year 
ago  they  read  something  about  mainframe 
programs  and  they  said:  'That  doesn't  apply  to 
me.'  We're  trying  to  educate  them  that  it's  a 
lot  more." 

Word  is  that  even  "late  model"  PCs,  those 
packing  Pentium  processors  and  Windows 
95  programs,  may  not  be  corrected  for  the 
millennium.  Guidelines  are  available  from 
various  hardware  and  software  manufacturers. 
Read  the  small  print  carefully.  Even  "compli- 
ant"  products  may  require  a  little  extra 
tinkering.  Also  check  your  computer's  serial 


OIT  has  set  up  a  special  information- 
packed  website — http://www.oitduke.edu/ 
docs/y2k/y2k.html — that  will  guide  those 
concerned  about  Year  2000  to  sources  of 
information.  The  Duke  Medical  Center  has 
another,  http://prometheus.mc.duke.edu/ 
year2000A 

If  that's  not  enough,  check  out  other  Y2K 
websites  listed  by  The  New  York  Times  at: 
http://www.nytimes.com/library/tech/98/07/cyb 
er/articles/  03millennium.html. 


Wall  Street  for  two  or  three  years,  so  I  think 
we're  really  in  good  shape, "  says  Parent,  who 
was  heavily  involved  in  that  exercise.  But  she 
acknowledges  a  widespread  concern  about 
the  readiness  of  most  of  Europe,  now  devot- 
ing the  majority  of  its  information-technology 
resources  to  the  January  1999  conversion  to  a 
common  currency.  Likewise,  much  of  Asia  is 
preoccupied  with  financial  problems  and  has 
neither  the  funds  nor  the  focus  for  retooling. 
And  reports  from  Latin  America  aren't 
encouraging  either. 

"I  personally  think  there  is  no  way  this  is 
going  to  be  a  non-event, "  says  Parent.  "At  the 
best  it  will  be  a  couple  of  days  of  disruptions, 
with  little  electronic  blips  and  hiccups  and 
some  paper  backlogs.  There  is  a  possibility  that 
will  happen,  but  I  don't  think  that's  the  most 
likely  outcome.  Personally,  I  think  it  is  likely 
we  will  have  as  much  as  a  month  of  rickety 
market  operations,  with  trouble  spots  in  par- 
ticular countries.  We  just  need  to  keep  work- 
ing at  it  over  the  next  seventeen  months." 

Some  of  the  most  pessimistic  views  on  mar- 
ket repercussions  from  Y2K  have  come  from 
Edward  Yardini,  chief  economist  of  the  global 
investment  banking  firm  Deutsche  Morgan 
Grenfell.  Testifying  before  a  November  1997 
Senate  subcommittee,  Yardini  predicted  there 
was  a  40  percent  risk  the  Millennium  Bug 
could  provoke  a  worldwide  recession  lasting 
at  least  twelve  months  —  one  as  severe  as  the 
1973-74  global  recession.  Speaking  more  re- 
cently, Yardini  has  moved  up  that  risk  level  to 
70  percent. 

"One  of  the  good  things  that's  happened  is 
that  people  who  are  listened  to  closely  have 
been  strongly  broadcasting  the  message  that 
this  is  serious, "  says  David  Shumate,  director 
of  finance  and  administration  for  the  Duke 
Management  Company  (DUMAC),  which 
oversees  university  investments.  DUMAC 
functions  as  a  "manager  of  managers"  who  do 
the  actual  banking  and  investing  of  Duke 
assets,  Shumate  explains.  So,  as  the  "first  tier 
of  issues, "  his  office  is  now  busy  making  sure 
the  "custodial  bank" — Bankers  Trust — is  fix- 
ing its  own  millennium  bugs.  "The  second  tier 
is  the  portfolio  managers.  We're  working  with 
our  managers  now  to  make  sure  they're  com- 
ing to  terms  with  their  own  internal  systems." 

Especially  with  all  the  publicity,  Shumate 
says  he  doesn't  think  that  Y2K  will  catch 
investors  unprepared.  "They're  not  going  to 
be  asleep  at  the  wheel  on  this.  The  invest- 
ment managers  assess  all  kinds  of  risks,  and 
this  is  just  one  more — albeit  a  new  one — 
that  they  have  to  assess  in  looking  at  the  via- 
bility of  a  company." 

Electric  power  utilities  are  also  potentially 
prone  to  Y2K  problems  because  the  flow  of 
power  is  monitored  by  built-in  hardware  and 
software  clocks.  Since  most  utilities  are 
linked  to  one  another  in  a  grid-like  fashion, 


September -October  1998 


11 


IjWduke 

A  L  U M  N  !     ASSOCIATION 

; 

fCinl 

1  998-1 999 

I   Annual  Dues                                       $35 
5   Duke  couple  at  same  address           $50 
4    Half  Century  Club  Members              $20 
1   or  Recent  Graduates  (1997  &  1998) 
1    Life  Membership  -  Individual          $600 
1    Life  Membership  -  Couple               $900 

the  Alumni 
Association 

Duka  Alumni  Association 

614  Chapel  Drive,  Durham,  NC  27708 

(919)684-5114 
(800)  FOR-DUKE 
Fax:(919)684-6022 

www.adm.duke.edu/alumni/hofin 

si.  iff  VI 

0 

ft 

glitches  in  one  place  could  spread  to  others  in 
a  domino  effect.  Also  keep  in  mind  that  New 
Year's  Day  is  in  midwinter.  If  the  lights  go  out, 
the  furnace  might  not  work  either.  Reports 
from  the  front  lines  are  mixed.  None  of  the 
ten  largest  U.S.  utilities  had  completed  Y2K 
contingency  plans,  according  to  a  June 
Senate  panel  survey. 

But  the  word  from  Duke  Energy  Cor- 
poration, the  utility  that  supplies  the  univer- 
sity with  power,  is  more  upbeat.  "We  started 
on  it  in  1996;  the  target  is  to  have  it  all  cor- 
rected by  June  of  next  year, "  says  company 
spokesman  Randy  Wheeless.  Not  only  is 
Duke  Energy  assessing  and  correcting  its 
faulty  software  and  hardware,  the  company  is 
also  sharing  details  on  its  fixes  with  neighbor- 
ing utilities,  including  some  trade  secrets,  he 
adds.  "Because  utilities  are  so  interconnected, 
we  may  be  perfectly  fine,  but  if  something 
happens  at  Carolina  Power  &  Light  or  at 
South  Carolina  Electric,  that  could  affect  us, 
too."  Like  other  utilities,  Duke  Energy  also 
plans  to  have  extra  personnel  on  hand  who 
can  throw  switches  by  hand  if  automated  sys- 
tems fail.  And,  because  January  1,  2000,  will 
be  a  major  holiday,  energy  consumption  will 
be  lower  than  normal,  even  if  a  cold  snap 
were  to  hit  the  region,  Wheeless  contends. 

While  the  Internet  is  now  alive  with  Y2K 
news  stories,  rumors,  and  warnings,  planning 
and  repairs  have  been  quietly  under  way  in 
some  places,  including  Duke,  for  years.  "I've 
been  working  on  Year  2000  for  about  a  decade 
now, "  says  the  medical  center's  David  Kirby. 
"About  half  the  work  in  our  core  systems  has 
gotten  done  as  a  consequence  of  normal 
maintenance.  And,  of  course,  that's  a  lot  eas- 
ier than  correcting  a  whole  lot  of  things  later 
and  hoping  that  they  work  all  right."  Fixing 
programming  problems  means  "touching 
code, "  the  software  equivalent  of  performing 
major  surgery.  Programmers  must  carefully 
open  up  the  heart  of  a  computer  system's 
source  codes,  where  code  words  are  housed 
that  direct  the  machine  to  do  its  job.  Like  a 
surgeon,  a  programmer  must  plan  his  or  her 
operation  well,  starting  with  choosing  which 
software  "module"  to  enter. 

"Most  of  the  labor  is  tied  up  in  selecting  the 
module,  re-analyzing  what  it  does,  and  mak- 
ing sure  you  understand  it,  making  and  test- 
ing the  change,  then  replacement  of  the 
change  in  the  production  environment," 
Kirby  says.  "So  it's  very  efficient  to  make  these 
date -related  changes  while  you  have  to  be  in 
the  module  doing  something  else  anyway."  He 
says  a  combination  of  consultants  and  regular 
employees  on  overtime  are  performing  this 
work.  Overall,  he  "guesstimates"  that  correct- 
ing medical  center  Y2K  bugs  could  cost 
between  $4  million  and  $6  million  overall. 
And  he  thinks  it  can  get  its  "core"  units — the 
largely  mainframe-based  systems  that  handle 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


billings,  appointments,  orders,  and  inpatient 
and  outpatient  information — ready  for  Y2K 
in  time  to  reserve  the  final  year  for  testing. 

But  Kirby  sees  the  core  systems  as  only  the 
hub  of  a  wheel  made  up  of  other  concentric 
rings.  He  thinks  the  systems  most  likely  to 
have  problems  are  in  the  outermost  ring, 
composed  of  several  hundred  office  networks 
that  each  link  together  individual  personal 
computers.  These  smaller  "local  area  net- 
works" will  be  on  their  own  to  identify  and 
correct  their  millennium  bugs.  "They  may  not 
be  technically  adept,  and  have  no  routine 
source  of  funding  to  do  this  kind  of  thing, "  he 
says. 

Meanwhile,  the  medical  center's  clinical 
engineering  department  is  systematically 
looking  for  faulty  embedded  hardware  in  its 
inventory  of  about  20,000  clinical  devices. 
Even  if  its  failure  would  not  threaten  lives,  a 
Y2K-noncompliant  device  may  still  have  to 
be  junked.  For  example,  a  manufacturer  of 
older  defibrillators  —  devices  that  "shock" 
patients'  aberrant  heartbeats  into  stability — 
may  not  guarantee  their  product  can  accu- 
rately "time  stamp"  a  record  of  a  defibrillation 
incident  that  happens  in  the  year  2000.  That's 
unacceptable,  because  both  doctors  and 
lawyers  rely  on  the  accuracy  of  such  records. 
"So  here  are  $6,000  pieces  of  equipment  that 
will  have  to  be  thrown  away  because  they 
can't  correctly  create  a  record,  even  if  they 
still  technically  work,"  says  Kirby,  who  also 
focuses  on  how  problems  outside  the  campus 
will  affect  Duke.  "There  is  probably  nothing 
much  we  can  do  if  the  traffic  lights  are  not 
going  to  work,  but  we  have  to  be  aware.  And 
I  expect  someone  at  Duke  to  go  to  the  city  of 
Durham  and  ask:  'Is  your  payroll  system  Year 
2000-ready?'  And  if  the  answer  is  anything 
other  than  crystal-clear,  we  might  begin  to 
hedge  our  bets  about  the  bus  system.  If  pay- 
roll doesn't  pay,  then  the  bus  drivers  aren't 
going  to  drive." 

He  also  wonders  about  how  well  phone  sys- 
tems are  apt  to  work  in  some  more  outlying 
clinics  that  interact  with  Duke,  or  about  the 
e-mail  connections.  "Don't  worry,"  he  wryly 
tells  people  who  ask.  "Everything  will  not  be 
all  right." 

Y2K  is  not  just  a  coming  event.  Pager  cus- 
tomers and  broadcasters  already  got  a  taste  of 
the  future  last  May  when  the  Galaxy  IV  com- 
munications satellite  reportedly  went  out  of 
control  during  a  Year  2000-related  test.  Some 
of  Duke's  student  information  software,  part 
of  the  core  "Legacy"  administrative  systems 
maintained  by  OIT  on  the  university's  non- 
medical side,  began  operating  in  the  twenty- 
first  century  back  in  1996  in  order  to  track 
properly  the  Class  of  2000.  The  other  Legacy 
systems  that  process  university  finances  and 
employee  payrolls  and  benefits  are  being 
Continued  on  page  53 


1999 

DUKE 


four-color,  17"  x  12"  wall  calendar 

Yes,  I  would  like  to  order Calendar(s)  at  $12  each  = 

NC  residents  add  6%  sales  tax  = 

Shipping/Handling  Charges  (Continental  USA)  =  5.00 

Total  Enclosed  = 


Make  check  payable  to  Duke  University  Mail  Order  or  charge: 

□  Visa  d  Mastercard  □  AMEX  O  Discover 


Account  # 

Expiration  Date 

Name  (Please  print) 
Ship  To: 

Name  (Please  print) 

Address 

City                                                           State 

Mail  form  to  Duke  University  Stores/Mail  Order, 

or  call  1-800-842-3853,  8:30  a.m.  to  5:00  p.m.  Monday  - 
Internet:  www.shopdukestores.duke.edu 

Box  90850 
Friday  EDT, 

Zip 

Durham,  NC  27708-0850 
or  FAX  919-681-8352. 

September -October  1998 


ANEW 
GLOBAL 
MODEL 


RE-MAPPING  THE  WORLD 

BY  TOM  PATTERSON 

Geographer  Martin  Lewis  and  historian  Karen  Wigen  are  challenging  traditional 
understandings  of  how — and  why — the  world  is  divided  into  continents. 


artin  Lewis  and  Karen  Wigen 
want  us  to  rethink  the  way  we 
view  the  world  —  literally.  In 
their  book  The  Myth  of  Continents:  A  Critique 
of  Metageography,  published  last  year  by  the 
University  of  California  Press,  these  two  Duke 
professors  expose  the  intellectually  erro- 
neous, politically  biased  assumptions  that 
underlie  traditional  divisions  of  our  planet's 
land  masses,  and  they  lay  the  groundwork  for 
re-mapping  the  globe  according  to  more 
clear-eyed  and  culturally  equitable  standards. 
Hailed  as  a  landmark  in  geographical  analysis 
with  significant  implications  for  other  fields  of 
study,  the  volume  reflects  a  strong,  collabora- 
tive working  relationship  between  two  schol- 
ars who  are  also  partners  in  life.  This  year 
they're  celebrating  their  fifteenth  wedding 
anniversary  and  the  fourth  birthday  of  their 
son,  Evan  Karl  Lewis. 

In  setting  forth  the  fundamental  problem 
they  seek  to  redress  in  their  book,  they  write, 
"Whether  we  parcel  the  Earth  into  half  a 
dozen  continents,  or  whether  we  make  even 
simpler  distinctions  between  East  and  West, 
North  and  South,  or  First,  Second,  and  Third 
Worlds,  the  result  is  the  same:  Like  areas  are 
inevitably  divided  from  like,  while  disparate 
places  are  jumbled  together."  Convenient  as 
global  divisions  of  this  sort  may  be  for  some 
purposes,  Lewis  and  Wigen  argue  that  they 


are  oversimplifications  that,  in  the  worst 
cases,  can  lead  to  tragic  consequences  for  par- 
ticular environments  and  their  occupants. 
They  expose  the  conventional  geographical 
units  of  continents,  nation-states,  and  supra- 
continental  entities  such  as  East  and  West  as 
politically  motivated  "myths"  that  serve  pri- 
marily to  exaggerate  the  importance  of 
Europe  and  the  United  States.  At  the  same 
time,  they're  careful  to  point  out  that  Euro- 
American  geography  isn't  unique  in  its  eth- 
nocentrically  skewed  division  of  the  globe, 
citing  examples  in  which  nations  such  as 
China,  India,  and  Korea  have  been  given  un- 
due emphasis  on  maps  made  in  those  parts  of 
the  world.  As  an  alternative  to  these  preju- 
diced geographical  approaches,  they  propose 
a  new  global  model  that  would  conform  to 
more  balanced  criteria  and  highlight  culturally 
based  "world  regions." 

Lewis  is  an  associate  research  professor  of 
geography  affiliated  with  both  Duke's  Center 
for  International  Studies  and  its  program  in 
Comparative  Area  Studies,  of  which  he  and 
Wigen  are  co-directors.  Although,  like  her 
husband,  Wigen  earned  her  graduate  degrees 
in  geography,  she  is  an  associate  professor  in 
Duke's  department  of  history.  In  building 
their  critique  of  longstanding  geographical 
misconceptions,  they  carefully  examine  the 
historical  basis  of  the  mapmakers'  mythology 


they  seek  to  debunk;  and  in  that  sense,  their 
book  is  as  relevant  to  the  field  of  history  as  it 
is  to  geography. 

Their  main  impetus  for  embarking  on  the 
project,  Lewis  says,  was  "to  get  people  to  pay 
attention  to  how  the  world  is  divided."  This  is 
what  he  and  Wigen  mean  by  the  term  "meta- 
geography, "  which  they  define  in  their  book 
as  "the  set  of  spatial  structures  through  which 
people  order  their  knowledge  of  the  world." 

The  metageographical  terminology  we've 
inherited,  says  Lewis,  "is  largely  taken  for 
granted  or  ignored.  If  our  book  has  any  real 
impact,  it  will  be  to  convince  people  that  this 
issue  is  important.  It's  not  just  a  neutral  issue. 
It  has  an  interesting  history,  and  it  has  signifi- 
cant political  implications."  Citing  the  "very 
broad  trend  toward  questioning  the  cate- 
gories in  fields  such  as  history,  the  humanities, 
and  social  thought,"  Wigen  says  she  and 
Lewis  set  out  to  apply  that  same  kind  of  rig- 
orous critical  inquiry  to  global  geography. 

"There's  been  an  increasing  amount  of  crit- 
ical activity  in  the  discipline  of  geography  in 
the  last  twenty  years,"  Lewis  points  out. 
"Geographers  have  started  looking  at  the  ide- 
ology and  politics  that  are  implicit  in  our 
received  geographical  categories,  but  that 
approach  hasn't  previously  been  applied  on  a 
global  scale.  That's  because  modern  geogra- 
phy has  moved  away  from  a  focus  on  global 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


Saniflr 


^IW 


&#_■. 


jm 


f 


The  Ford  Plantation 

(Circa  1734) 
Savannah,  Georgia 

Spa,  Golf,  Yachting,  Fishing . . . 

"  I have  hardly  in  all  my  life  seen  anything  so  impressively  grand  and  beautiful " 
-  Frederick  Law  Olmsted,  1853 


Cold  War  continents., 
circa  1975:  Am- 
biguous cases  are 
indicated  with 
dots  (Mauri- 
tania and  the 
Sudan,  often 
placed  in 
sub- 
Saharan 
Africa  rather 
than  the  Mid- 
dle East; 
Afghanistan, 
located  in  South 
Asia  rather  than  the 


Middle  East;  and 
Mongolia,  sometimes 
placed  with  the 
Soviet  Union 
rather  than  with 
East  Asia).  The 
unlabeled 
Pacific  islands 
are  either 
grouped  as 
Oceania, 
divided  into 
three  realms 
(Melanesia,  Micro- 
nesia, and  Polynesia), 
or  simply  ignored. 


divisions.  It  seems  to  have  been  almost  for- 
gotten that  the  term  'geography'  literally 
means  'writing  about  the  world  as  a  whole.' 
There's  a  related  term,  'chorography, '  which 
means  writing  about  particular  places.  It's 
rarely  used  now,  but  if  you  go  back  to  the  sev- 
enteenth century,  you'll  find  people  who  stud- 
ied these  kinds  of  things  made  a  real  distinc- 
tion between  the  two  terms.  In  more  recent 
years,  the  two  have  become  conflated,  and  a 
lot  of  contemporary  geographical  studies 
could  be  more  accurately  described  as  choro- 
graphical.  So,  in  some  ways  you  could  say  that 
our  book  follows  some  of  the  major  trends  in 
the  discipline,  but  in  other  ways  —  particu- 
larly in  our  focus  on  the  world  as  a  whole  — 
it  represents  a  move  away  from  current 
trends.  Our  emphasis  on  how  the  world  is 
divided  into  these  big  categories  is  hardly  ever 
touched." 

Central  to  their  critique  of  the  convention- 
al system  by  which  the  globe  is  partitioned  is 
their  analysis  of  "the  European  anomaly" — 
the  fact  that  Europe  has  been  traditionally 
granted  continental  status  even  though  it 
doesn't  constitute  a  separate  land  mass  from 
the  much  larger  area  broadly  designated  as 
Asia.  Describing  Europe  as  merely  "one  of 
half  a  dozen  Eurasian  subcontinents,"  they 
suggest  that  it  might  be  more  aptly  compared 
to  a  region  such  as  South  Asia  than  to  all  of 
Asia,  as  is  implicitly  the  case  in  the  standard 
continental  system. 

Exaggerating  Europe's  significance  in  rela- 
tion to  the  rest  of  the  globe,  the  traditional 
designation  of  a  European  continent  gives  it 
unwarranted  historical  priority  and  effectively 
serves  as  "visual  propaganda  for  Eurocen- 
trism."  This  type  of  "geographical  myopia, " 
Lewis  and  Wigen  assert,  makes  the  so-called 
"Western"  sections  of  the  world  map  appear 
to  be  more  important  than  others. 


In  exposing  the  pro-"Western"  propaganda 
advanced  by  our  inherited  metageographical 
categories,  the  two  scholars  also  set  about  dis- 
mantling widely  accepted  notions  of  the  West 
as  the  cultural  fountainhead  of  rationalism, 
democracy,  and  modernity.  "  [R]  ationalism  in 
its  purest  form, "  they  point  out,  "was  never 
more  than  one  contender  among  many  in  the 
unsettled  field  ofWestern  epistemology,  and  it 
has  never  been  widely  accepted." 

As  for  democratic  ideals  and  other  values 
associated  with  progressive  modern  culture, 
they  sharply  challenge  the  notion  that  these 
are  by  any  means  essentially  "Western"  in 
character.  Prior  to  the  beginning  of  the  high 
modern  era,  they  note,  "The  foundational  in- 
stitution of  the  Occidental  cultural  region  — 
the  Roman  Catholic  Church  —  did  every- 
thing it  could  to  oppose  the  growth  of  indi- 
vidual freedoms,  modern  science,  democracy, 
market  culture,  and,  of  course,  secularism,  and 
today  it  finds  itself  uneasily  allied  with  radical 
Islam  in  an  attempt  to  maintain  traditional 
'family  structures.'  " 

In  their  deconstruction  of  the  Eurocentric 
assumptions  underlying  traditional  metageog- 
raphy,  Lewis  and  Wigen  would  appear  to  be 
closely  allied  with  radical  theorists  working  in 
other  disciplines.  But  in  several  key  respects 
they  part  company  with  their  fellow  propo- 
nents of  critical  theory.  For  example,  they 
fault  the  rhetoric  of  both  classical  and  cultur- 
al leftists  for  perpetuating  what  they  call 
"West-rest  binarism"  by  simplistically  dis- 
paraging the  West  in  order  to  celebrate  "the 
rest."  Characterizing  their  own  efforts  as 
simultaneously  deconstructive  and  conserva- 
tive, they  temper  their  critique  of  Eurocen- 
trism  by  acknowledging  a  need  for  some  form 
of  geographical  classification,  and  asserting 
that  inherited  metageographical  categories 
can,  in  some  cases,  be  of  limited  use  in  pro- 


viding a  framework  for  such  classification. 

In  what  is  potentially  one  of  their  book's 
most  controversial  chapters,  the  co-authors 
apply  their  critical  lens  to  a  cultural  perspec- 
tive that  some  of  their  fellow  scholars  have  in 
recent  years  held  up  as  an  alternative  to  the 
Eurocentric  view  —  namely  Afrocentrism. 
Acknowledging  Afrocentrism's  status  as  "a 
discourse  with  strong  political  and  moral 
claims,  some  of  which  we  really  agree  with, " 
Wigen  admits  that  their  position  as  white 
scholars  automatically  made  it  "politically 
delicate"  for  them  to  question  the  basis  for 
that  discourse.  "We  tried  to  frame  our  critique 
of  Afrocentrism  diplomatically, "  she  says,  "but 
it  seemed  imperative  to  us  to  be  rigorous 
toward  all  schools  of  thought.  We  tried  to  dis- 
tinguish between  different  variants  of  Afro- 
centrism, but  we  found  some  of  the  formula- 
tions to  be  objectionable  in  mirror-image 
ways  to  Eurocentrism.  To  say  that  its  underly- 
ing logic  is  a  mirror-image  of  the  Eurocentric 
view,  however,  is  not  to  say  that  Afrocentrism 
is  equally  pernicious,  because  it's  actually  a 
very  small  sidestream  of  intellectual  life  in  the 
United  States.  It's  certainly  not  a  mirror- 
image  in  the  institutional  sense." 

In  their  book,  Lewis  and  Wigen  identify  a 
variant  they  characterize  as  "radical  Afrocen- 
trism," describing  it  as  an  "inverted  Euro- 
centrism." Proponents  of  this  branch  of  the 
discourse,  they  write,  "go  beyond  rejecting  the 
notion  of  Western  priority  to  make  untenable 
claims  on  behalf  of  Africa,  upholding  it  as  the 
unique  locus  of  innovation  or  virtue."  In  so 
doing,  radical  Afrocentrists  "embrace  the 
same  faulty  geographical  thinking  they  so 
effectively  expose" — an  ultimately  flawed 
strategy  that  Lewis  and  Wigen  characterize  as 
"substituting  one  chauvinism  for  another." 

The  Myth  of  Continents  makes  the  case  that 
global  geographical  concepts  are  important 


September -October  1998 


Heuristic  world  regional 
ization  scheme:  The 
map  used  by  the 
authors  for 
teaching  global 
human  geog- 
raphy, its 
regions  are: 
East  Asia, 
Southeast 
Asia,  South 
Asia,  Central 
Asia  (subdi- 
vided into 
Islamic  and 
Lamaist  zones), 
Southwest  Asia  and 


North  Africa,  sub- 
Saharan  Africa 

nth  an  Ethiopian 
mi  Kin  lib  m  noted), 
Ibero  America, 
African  Ameri- 
ca, North 
America, 
Western 
and  Central 
Europe,  Russia- 
Southeast 
Europe  and 
the  Caucasus, 
Australia  and  New 
Zealand,  Melanesia,  and 
Micronesia  and  Polynesia. 


not  only  in  their  implications  for  discourse 
about  the  world,  but  in  the  influence  they 
have  over  policy  as  well.  "We'd  like  to  encour- 
age greater  geographical  literacy  among  poli- 
cymakers, "  said  Lewis,  "because  more  knowl- 
edge about  how  the  world  is  put  together 
could  have  some  real  payoff  in  that  area.  For 
one  thing,  if  policymakers  were  more  cog- 
nizant of  these  issues,  there  might  be  less  eth- 
nocentrism  behind  the  decisions  they  make. 
This  is  not  to  suggest  that  ethnocentrism  is  by 
any  means  unique  to  the  United  States.  But 
because  of  the  predominance  of  the  United 
States  in  the  global  arena,  it's  particularly 
important  for  politicians  in  this  country  to 
have  a  more  ecumenical  view  of  the  world." 

One  section  of  the  book  that  might  provide 
policymakers  with  useful  background  insights 
is  its  discussion  of  the  area  that  has  come  to 
be  popularly  known  as  the  Middle  East,  one 
of  the  most  politically  contentious  regions  on 
the  planet.  Lewis  and  Wigen  point  out  that 
the  current  concept  of  the  Middle  East  grew 
out  of  political  and  economic  events  sur- 
rounding World  War  II  and  the  beginning  of 
the  Cold  War,  when  the  East  was  redefined  to 
include  Russia,  Eastern  Europe,  and  in  some 
cases,  Germany  —  thus  separating  them  from 
the  rest  of  Europe.  This  redefinition,  they 
assert,  allowed  Western  Europe  "to  disown  the 
uglier  episodes  in  what  is,  in  fact,  a  shared 
political  history."  As  a  byproduct  of  this  re- 
vised metageographical  scheme,  the  Eastern 
and  Southern  Mediterranean  region  was 
reconceptualized  as  an  intermediate  zone 
connecting  Europe,  Asia,  and  Africa.  Al- 
though the  term  "Middle  East"  was  coined 
shortly  after  the  turn  of  the  century  to  desig- 
nate the  Persian  Gulf  region  as  a  strategic  mil- 
itary arena,  the  politically  motivated  reconfig- 
uration of  the  East-West  divide  effectively 
enlarged    this    zone    to    extend   from   Af- 


ghanistan to  Libya.  In  light  of  the  geographic 
facts,  Lewis  and  Wigen  find  the  designation 
confusing  and  misleading,  and  they  suggest 
that  this  part  of  the  world  might  be  more 
accurately  characterized  as  Southwest  Asia 
and  North  Africa. 

Politicians  in  the  United  States  and  else- 
where might  gain  a  valuable  perspective  on 
another  troubled  part  of  the  globe  from  Lewis 
and  Wigen's  analysis  of  the  Balkan  region.  As 
the  two  scholars  point  out,  the  "de- 
Europification"  of  this  part  of  Eurasia  also  had 
its  origins  in  the  most  recent  eastward  migra- 
tion of  the  East-West  divide.  The  resulting 
displacement  has  served  the  propaganda  pur- 
poses of  Western  Europe  and  the  United 
States,  they  assert,  by  allowing  the  region's 
formidable  problems  to  be  blamed  on  its 
Eastern  heritage.  While  they  acknowledge 
the  power  of  Turkish  and  Islamic  influences  in 
parts  of  the  Balkans,  they're  unequivocal  in 
calling  it  "a  serious  geographical  blunder  to 
imply  that  a  country  like  Serbia  has  more  in 
common.. .with  Eastern  regions... than  it  does 
with  the  rest  of  Europe." 

According  to  Lewis,  "It  would  be  helpful  if 
policymakers  had  more  of  a  genuinely  global 
perspective  —  one  that's  not  so  heavily  root- 
ed in  an  emphasis  on  Europe  and  the  United 
States  —  because  if  you  want  to  understand 
what's  really  going  on  in  the  world,  you  need 
a  broader  perspective  than  that.  I  think  about 
this  lately  every  time  I  hear  politicians  and 
news  commentators  refer  to  the  Asian  eco- 
nomic crisis, '  as  if  this  were  something  that's 
occurring  throughout  all  of  Asia,  when,  in 
fact,  it  only  applies  to  certain  countries  in 
East  and  Southeast  Asia,  like  Japan,  In- 
donesia, and  Thailand." 

It's  not  surprising  that  Lewis  and  Wigen  are 
particularly  concerned  with  the  way  Asia  is 
conceptualized,  since  they're  both  specialists 


in  the  study  of  regions  located  in  that  part  of 
the  world.  During  his  graduate-school  years 
at  the  University  of  California  at  Berkeley  — 
where  he  and  Wigen  met  in  the  early 
1980s  — Lewis  focused  on  the  northern 
Luzon  highlands  of  the  Philippines,  and  his 
research  in  that  area  eventually  resulted  in 
his  first  book,  Wagering  the  Land:  Ritual, 
Capital,  and  Environmental  Degradation  in  the 
Cordillera  of  Northern  Luzon,  1900-1986 
(University  of  California  Press,  1992).  Wigen's 
postgraduate  work  centered  on  the  transfor- 
mation of  a  rural  valley  in  Japan  from  a  rela- 
tively autonomous  center  of  protoindustrial 
production  to  an  industrialized  suburb  of 
Tokyo,  and  her  doctoral  dissertation  became 
her  first  book,  The  Making  of  a  Japanese 
Periphery,  1750-1920  (University  of  California 
Press,  1995). 

Their  collaboration  on  the  new  book  was 
in  some  ways  a  direct  result  of  their  more 
highly  specialized  work  on  sections  of  Asia. 
Lewis  said  the  idea  for  The  Myth  of  Continents 
grew  out  of  his  disappointment  over  the  min- 
imal response  to  his  book  on  the  Philippines' 
Luzon  district.  Having  concentrated  in  that 
volume  on  a  very  small  and  relatively  mar- 
ginal place,  he  decided  to  try  the  opposite 
geographical  approach  and  focus  on  the 
world  in  its  entirety.  Wigen  traces  the  initial 
impetus  for  her  involvement  to  her  interest  in 
Japan  and  her  "increasing  awareness  of  the 
energy  that  Japanese  intellectuals  have 
invested  in  trying  to  locate  themselves  global- 
ly." The  same  is  true  of  the  Chinese,  she  adds, 
noting  that  "in  both  countries  there's  been  a 
lot  of  wrestling  with  ideas  about  the  reconfig- 
uration of  the  globe." 

Roughly  four  years  in  the  making,  The 
Myth  of  Continents  was  published  in  August  of 
1997,  and  it  began  to  receive  attention  almost 
immediately.  The  first  review  of  the  book  ap- 


18      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


peared  not  in  a  scholarly  journal,  hut  rather  in 
The  New  York  Times  Book  Review.  Reviewer 
Michael  Lind  questioned  some  aspects  of  the 
"refined  world  regional  scheme"  Lewis  and 
Wigen  propose  as  an  alternative  to  widely 
held  metageographical  assumptions,  but  oth- 
erwise his  take  on  the  book  was  overwhelm- 
ingly positive  and  even  enthusiastic.  He  de- 
scribed it  as  "an  entertaining  and  informative 
account  of  the  way  our  maps  show  us  the 
world  that  we  want  to  see."  Lind's  main  criti- 
cism was  that  they  used  "different  and  incom- 
patible principles"  in  their  proposed  tripartite 
division  of  the  Western  Hemisphere,  defining 
North  America  and  Ibero-America  according 
to  criteria  of  language  and  colonial  heritage, 
while  they  employ  race  as  the  common  basis 
for  the  region  they've  designated  as  "African 
America." 

"We  think  each  region  should  be  defined 
by  the  same  criteria,  but,  from  a  practical 
standpoint,  it's  almost  impossible  to  do  that, " 


ways,  and  long-standing  cultural  ties." 

Lewis  and  Wigen's  refined  world  regional 
framework  divides  the  world  into  fourteen 
such  areas :  Micronesia  and  Polynesia;  Melan- 
esia; Australia  and  New  Zealand;  Southeast 
Asia;  East  Asia;  South  Asia;  Central  Asia 
(subdivided  into  Islamic  and  Lamaist  zones) ; 
Russia  (Southeast  Europe  and  the  Caucasus) ; 
Sub-Saharan  Africa;  Southwest  Asia  and 
North  Africa;  Western  and  Central  Europe; 
Ibero-America;  African  America;  and  North 
America.  In  proposing  this  system,  they're 
careful  to  qualify  it  as  no  more  than  "a  con- 
venient but  crude  device  for  making  sense  of 
particular  patterns  of  human  life,"  and  "a 
vehicle  for  talking  and  teaching  about  basic 
global  patterns  of  sociocultural  geography  at 
the  college  level." 

Lewis  and  Wigen  aren't  hesitant  to  point 
out  what  they  see  as  the  limitations  and 
shortcomings  of  the  ideas  they  present  in  The 
Myth  of  Contirients.  For  example,  Lewis  says 


launch  a  project  called  "Oceans  Connect: 
Culture,  Capital,  and  Commodity  Flows  Across 
Basins."  Initiated  last  fall  with  a  $50,000  seed 
grant  from  the  Ford  Foundation,  the  project 
brings  area-studies  scholars  together  in  sever- 
al groups  organized  around  six  different  mar- 
itime basins  —  the  Mediterranean  Sea,  the 
Indian  Ocean,  the  Atlantic  Ocean,  the 
Pacific  Ocean,  and  the  Black  and  Caspian 
seas  —  in  order  to  study  cultural  and  eco- 
nomic exchanges  across  these  major  water- 
ways. The  more  than  sixty  Duke  faculty  mem- 
bers and  graduate  students  who  have  partici- 
pated in  these  groups  have  come  from  such 
diverse  fields  as  literature,  classics,  public  pol- 
icy, religion,  philosophy,  Romance  studies,  cul- 
tural anthropology,  and  sociology. 

The  work  Lewis  and  Wigen  have  done  on 
the  "Oceans  Connect"  project  is  already 
beginning  to  have  an  impact  on  their  individ- 
ual scholarly  endeavors.  Lewis  says,  "In  my 
research,  I'm  starting  to  look  at  oceans  in  the 


WE'D  LIKE  TO  ENCOURAGE  GREATER  GEOGRAPHICAL  LITERACY 
AMONG  POLICYMAKERS,  BECAUSE  MORE  KNOWLEDGE  ABOUT 
HOW  THE  WORLD  IS  PUT  TOGETHER  COULD  HAVE  SOME  REAL  PAYOFF.' 


Wigen  says.  "We  tried  to  even  all  those  kinds 
of  considerations  out,  but  that's  especially  dif- 
ficult when  you're  dealing  with  the  way  things 
have  been  in  the  nineteenth  and  twentieth 
centuries,  with  people  migrating  en  masse,  so 
that  you  have  complete  creolization  every- 
where. What's  often  called  the  Black  Atlantic 
region  is  equally  Euro-Atlantic,  so  how  can 
you  adequately  label  it?" 

The  world  regional  scheme  that  Lewis  and 
Wigen  propose  as  an  alternative  to  the  spatial 
framework  of  traditional  metageography  is  a 
refinement  of  a  strategically  motivated  system 
that  U.S.  government  and  military  planners 
developed  during  World  War  II.  The  two  co- 
authors define  the  regions  into  which  this  sys- 
tem divides  the  Earth  as  "large  sociospatial 
groupings  delimited  largely  on  the  basis  of 
shared  history  and  culture."  These  differ  from 
civilizations,  they  point  out,  in  the  absence  of 
any  presupposition  of  a  literate  "high"  culture, 
and  for  that  reason  no  portion  of  the  globe  is 
omitted  from  the  system.  Although  this  stan- 
dard world  regional  system  relies  heavily  on 
traditional  metageographical  terminology, 
Lewis  and  Wigen  find  it  preferable  to  the  con- 
tinental framework  in  its  breakup  of  the 
Asian  supercontinent  and  its  delineation  of 
new  boundaries  based  not  on  land  forms  but 
rather  on  historical  connections.  "Where  the 
continental  scheme  is  based  on  a  spurious  iden- 
tity between  human  groupings  and  the  land 
masses  they  inhabit, "  they  write,  "the  world 
regional  framework  (at  its  best)  attempts  to 
delineate  areas  of  shared  ideas,  related  life- 


their  critique  is  largely  limited  to  European 
metageographical  concepts.  "We  tried  to  look 
at  some  of  the  ways  in  which  the  world  is 
conceptualized  by  non-Western  cultures,  but 
we  could  only  touch  on  those.  We  would  have 
liked  to  have  given  them  more  attention." 

Wigen  recalls  a  conversation  she  and  Lewis 
had  with  John  Headley  —  a  professor  of 
Renaissance  history  at  the  University  of 
North  Carolina  at  Chapel  Hill  —  soon  after 
their  book  was  released.  "His  first  comment 
was  that  he  thought  we  hadn't  broken  deci- 
sively enough  with  conventional  geography. 
To  exemplify  what  he  meant,  he  pointed  out 
that  all  of  the  maps  in  the  book  are  centered 
on  the  Atlantic  Ocean.  I  just  laughed,  be- 
cause I  immediately  saw  that  he  was  right." 

In  the  book's  conclusion,  they  deal  with  the 
potential  value  of  an  alternative  geographical 
frame  of  reference  emphasizing  water  rather 
than  land.  Arguing  that  "it  is  essential  in 
some  contexts  to  deploy  a  regionalization 
scheme  centered  on  oceans  and  bays  rather 
than  on  continents  or  cultural  blocs,"  they 
highlight  the  role  these  large  bodies  of  water 
serve  in  creating  "complex  webs  of  capital  and 
commodity  exchange."  They  also  encourage 
further  research  into  "the  intellectual  history 
of  maritime  regions  in  the  geographical  imag- 
ination, "  and  note  that  "communities  orient- 
ed around  the  world's  major  seas  have  become 
increasingly  visible  in  recent  decades...." 

Following  up  on  these  suggestions  in  their 
joint  roles  as  co-directors  of  Comparative  Area 
Studies  at  Duke,  Lewis  and  Wigen  have  helped 


same  way  we  looked  at  continents  in  our 
book.  I've  been  looking  at  atlases  from  differ- 
ent periods  in  history  and  different  parts  of 
the  world  to  see  how  bodies  of  water  have 
been  labeled  and  depicted  and  conceptual- 
ized, and  in  the  process  I've  begun  to  discov- 
er how  political  these  labels  can  be.  What  we 
call  the  Sea  of  Japan  is  not  the  Sea  of  Japan  as 
far  as  the  Koreans  are  concerned." 

The  co-authors  of  The  Myth  of  Continents 
are  the  first  to  acknowledge  that  the  labels  by 
which  we've  learned  to  identify  the  various 
land  masses  and  bodies  of  water  on  the  globe 
are  deeply  entrenched.  "There's  a  tremendous 
amount  of  inertia  about  changing  these  tradi- 
tional ways  of  looking  at  the  world,"  says 
Wigen.  "Maps  haven't  been  scrutinized  in  the 
same  way  that  texts  have.  They  have  an  aura 
of  authority,  and  they're  taken  as  more  of  a 
given  than  texts  are." 

"I  think  we  can  expect  gradual  changes  in 
these  geographic  concepts,  but  they're  not 
going  to  be  transformed  overnight,"  Lewis 
adds.  "For  example,  in  the  newer  geography 
textbooks,  you'll  never  see  an  old  Mercator 
projection  map  of  the  kind  that  were  so  com- 
mon in  the  older  books  —  the  map  that  shows 
Greenland  as  if  it  were  larger  than  South 
America.  So  these  things  have  changed,  and 
they  are  changing  to  the  extent  that  we 
change  the  way  we  teach  geography." 


Patterson,  a  freelance  writer,  lives  in  Winston- 
Salem,  North  Carolina 


September -October   1998 


E  GARGOYLE 


THE  POLLINATORS 

BY  NANNERL  O.  KEOHANE 

President,  Duke  University 

The  following  is  adapted  from  the  president's 

address  in  an  August  welcoming  convocation 

for  entering  graduate  and  professional- school 

students: 

IB  JM  ost  of  you  are  probably  curious 
about  what  graduate  school  life  is 
_  going  to  be  like,  and  how  it  will  be 
different  from  what  goes  before  and  after. 
Your  experiences  in  universities  and  colleges  so 
far  have  mostly  been  limited  to  learning  first- 
hand the  joys  and  sorrows  of  undergraduate 
life,  and  observing  from  a  closer  or  greater  dis- 
tance the  preoccupations  and  practicalities  of 
faculty  life. 

Graduate  students,  if  they  mean  anything 
to  undergraduates,  mean TAs  [teaching  assis- 
tants]— and  if  you  were  lucky  enough  to 
have  an  excellent  graduate  teacher  in  college, 
that  will  ring  a  positive  note.  But  if  not,  this 
will  probably  bring  connotations  of  second- 
best:  "Oh  no,  it's  not  a  real  faculty  member 
teaching  this  course,  but  just  a  TA."  Apart 
from  that,  grad  students  are  not  the  most  vis- 
ible folks  on  campus,  and  you'll  soon  discover 
why.  You  have  too  much  work  to  do  to  hang  out 
as  much  as  undergraduates,  and  not  enough 
money  to  fly  around  to  conferences  as  often 
as  faculty  members  do. 

And  now  you  are  about  to  discover  the 
paradox  of  tough  challenges  and  deep  rewards, 
loneliness  and  close  comradeship,  intellectual 
exhilaration  and  irritating  dry  spells,  which  is 
what  graduate  and  professional  student  life  is 
all  about.  Rewarding,  rich,  exciting — absolute- 
ly, at  times!  But  also,  anxiety-producing,  frus- 
trating, and  downright  difficult,  at  times. 

Most  of  you  will  learn  something  about 
being  poor,  but  you  will  also,  if  you  are  fortu- 
nate, form  friendships  and  intellectual  ties 
that  will  enrich  you  for  your  entire  life.  There 
is  not  a  lot  of  money  in  being  a  graduate  stu- 
dent. But,  the  experience  of  many  decades  tells 
us,  there  will  somehow  prove  to  be  enough. 
And  the  conversations  you  have  over  pizza  or 
tuna  casserole,  latte  or  cheap  wine — conver- 
sations ranging  over  every  conceivable  topic  — 
are  likely  to  be  among  the  very  best  conver- 
sations you  will  have  in  your  entire  life. 


The  activity  you  will  engage  in  over  the 
next  few  years  is  truly  at  the  heart  of  the  uni- 
versity. Your  life,  as  a  committed  scholar  given 
a  few  precious  years  to  develop  your  craft  and 
find  your  muse,  or  a  budding  professional  given 
a  few  precious  years  to  clarify  your  vocation 
and  take  your  place  among  the  leaders  of  your 
field,  is  in  a  very  real  sense  central  to  what  a 
university  is  all  about. 

Last  year  I  served  on  a  committee  of  the 
Association  of  American  Universities  charged 
with  reviewing  graduate  education  in  the  re- 
search universities.  Our  Duke  report  to  that 
committee  stressed  the  pivotal  role  of  gradu- 
ate education  in  the  life  of  the  university. 

We  argued  that  graduate  students  are  crucial 
in  shaping  the  larger  intellectual  conversations 
that  make  universities  such  exciting  places,  at 
least  potentially.  We  noted  that  many  of  the 
most  exciting  breakthroughs  in  many  fields 
come  from  the  cutting-edge  work  of  bright  and 
innovative  graduate  students.  That  many  of 
the  most  fertile  social/cultural  debates  —  about 
race,  gender,  individual  and  national  identity 
formations  —  are  extensions  of  discussions  and 
conferences  sponsored  by  graduate  and  pro- 
fessional students.  We  argued  that  the  whole 
intellectual  climate  of  our  research  universi- 
ties depends  fundamentally  on  the  fact  that 


we  have  so  many  bright  young  researchers  and 
developing  new  professionals  among  us. 

As  the  report  put  it,  "Graduate  students 
provide  many  of  our  faculty  with  their  only 
true  colleagues  in  specialized  subfields.  Fur- 
thermore, as  graduate  students  migrate  across 
departmental  lines  and  through  laboratory 
rotations,  they  pollinate  the  intellectual  cli- 
mate of  discrete  departments  and  cross-disci- 
plinary programs." 

I  bet  you  never  thought  of  yourselves  as 
providing  pollination,  which  may  not  be  the 
best  metaphor  we  could  have  chosen,  but  you 
get  the  point:  Your  own  restless  intellectual  ad- 
ventures and  search  for  the  best  possible  train- 
ing lead  you  to  ignore  disciplinary  barriers  and 
bureaucratic  silos  in  order  to  put  together  the 
best  possible  contexts  in  which  to  explore  the 
things  that  matter  to  you;  and  that's  how  the 
most  exciting  interdisciplinary  work  gets  done. 

The  report  describes  graduate  students  as 
"the  central  nodes  or  gateways  of  the  modern 
research  university. . . .  They  bring  faculty  from 
across  disciplinary  units  together  on  disserta- 
tion committes  to  focus  collectively  and  often 
uniquely  on  a  common  theme  or  subject;  they 
make,  through  their  work  as  teaching  and 
laboratory  assistants,  the  vital  links  between 
cutting-edge  research  and  the  foundational 
levels  of  undergraduate  instruction." 

And  thus,  we  argued,  "The  intellectual  cap- 
ital that  is  represented  in  our  graduate  student 
bodies  is  probably  the  most  widely  underuti- 
lized resource  of  the  research  university." 

You  will  be  both  teachers  and  learners, 
placed  squarely  amid  the  continuum  of  intel- 
lectual development  on  campus,  from  the 
rawest  first-year  undergraduate  to  the  most 
senior  emeritus  professor.  You  can,  if  you  care 
enough,  be  the  best  and  truest  link  across  the 
other  parts  of  this  continuum,  interpreting 
faculty  insights  to  bewildered  undergraduates 
in  language  they  can  understand,  and  pre- 
senting jaded  faculty  members  with  the 
incredible  jolt  of  deep  fascination  with  the 
field,  and  insights  nobody  ever  had  before. 

The  fact  that  graduate  and  professional 
students  are  too  seldom  given  the  opportunity 
to  provide  such  linkages  in  mutually  reward- 
ing and  innovative  ways  is  part  of  what  we 
meant  by  speaking  of  all  this  intellectual 
energy  as  an  "underutilized  resource."  We 
hope  to  improve  Duke  in  this  way  during  your 
time  here. 


20     DUKE  MAGAZINE 


DUKE 


ALUMNI  REGISTER 


Few  people  run  major  corporations,  take 
care  of  a  large  family  farm,  commute 
thousands  of  miles  to  work,  and  take 
time  in  such  a  busy  life  to  come  here,  to  Duke, 
to  be  with  us,"  Gerardine  DeSanctis  tells  her 
classes  when  introducing  Robert  M.  Price  Jr. 
'52,  who  "team  teaches"  a  Management  of 
Technology  course  with  her  at  Duke's  Fuqua 
School  of  Business.  In  her  letter  of  nomination 
for  Price  to  receive  the  1998  Duke  Alumni 
Association  Distinguished  Alumni  Award, 
she  wrote,  "I  am  certain  that  most  of  the  stu- 
dents and  other  faculty  have  no  idea  of  the 
sacrifice  and  inconveniences  that  Bob  Price 
undertakes  for  the  good  of  Fuqua  and  Duke 
University." 

The  award  recognizes  Price  as  being  among 
those  who  have  "distinguished  themselves  by 
contributions  they  have  made  in  their  own  par- 
ticular fields  of  work,  or  in  the  service  to  Duke 

Duke  Alumni  Association 
Distinguished  Alumni  Award 

Recipients 

1982-83:  Juanita  M.  Kreps  A.M.  '44, 

Ph.D.  '48 
1983-84:  William  C.  Styron  '47,  Litt.D.  '65 
1984-85:  Elizabeth  Hanford  Dole  '58 
1985-86:  Mary  Duke  Biddle  Trent 

Semans  '39,  LL.D.  '83 
1986-87:  Reynolds  Price  '55 
1987-88:  Edwin  L.  Jones  Jr.  B.S.C.E.  '48 
1988-89:  W  David  Stedman'42 
1989-90:  Isobel  Craven  Drill  '37 
1990-91:  L.  Neil  Williams  '58,  J.D.  '61 
1991-92:  John  H.  Adams  LL.B.  '62 
1992-93:  Lenox  Baker  M.D. '34 
1993-94:  Les  Brown '36 
1994-95:  JohnA.Forlines'39 
1995-96:  J.  Alexander  McMahon '42 
1996-97:  Jay  M.  Arena  M.D.  '32 

Eugene  F.  Corrigan'52 

Margaret  Taylor  Smith  '47 
1997-98:  William  Bevan  A.M.  '43, 

Ph.D.  '48,  LL.D.  '72 
1998-99:  Robert  M.  Price  Jr.  '52 


Robert  M.  Price  Jr.:  technology  pioneer,  education 
innovator,  DAA  Distinguished  Alumni  Award  winner 

University,  or  in  the  betterment  of  humanity." 
A  magna  cum  latide  graduate  in  mathematics 
at  Duke,  where  he  was  a  member  of  Phi  Beta 
Kappa  and  Omicron  Delta  Kappa  honorary 
societies  and  Sigma  Chi  fraternity,  Price  earned 
his  master's  in  applied  mathematics  at  Georgia 
Tech  in  1958.  He  worked  for  Standard  Oil  of 
California  before  joining  Control  Data  Cor- 
poration in  1961.  He  climbed  the  corporate 
ladder  there  in  almost  two-year  rungs,  even- 
tually being  named  chairman,  president,  and 
chief  executive  officer  in  1986.  Under  his 
leadership,  Control  Data  developed  educa- 
tional software  serving  students  from  kinder- 
garten through  the  college  level. 

He  left  Control  Data  in  1990  to  establish 
PSy  Inc.,  a  consortium  of  consultants  speciali- 
zing in  technology  commercialization,  inno- 
vation, assistance  to  business  start-ups,  "Total 
Quality  Management, "  and  human-resources 
management.  In  1996,  he  joined  International 
Multifoods  Corporation  as  its  chairman  and 
chief  executive  officer. 

Price  came  to  the  Fuqua  School  in  1990  as 
executive-in-residence,  where  he  developed 


syllabi  and  co-taught  with  Fuqua  professors. 
But  his  involvement  with  the  school  began 
earlier:  In  1980,  he  was  named  to  Fuqua's 
board  of  visitors,  which  he  chaired  from  1984 
to  1993.  During  his  chairmanship,  the  school 
completed  a  $10-million  effort  for  the  build- 
ing of  the  R.  David  Thomas  Center  for  exec- 
utive education.  He  also  helped  in  shaping 
curricular  initiatives  related  to  executive  edu- 
cation, internationalization,  and  business 
communications.  In  1993,  he  received  the  Fu- 
qua School's  Alumni  Award  for  Exemplary 
Service.  Indicative  of  his  engagement  with 
the  wider  university,  he  was  vice  chairman  of 
the  executive  committee  of  the  Campaign  for 
Duke  from  1989  to  1991. 

Price  also  serves  on  the  board  of  advisers 
for  the  Kellogg  School  at  Northwestern  Uni- 
versity and  the  Anderson  School  of  Manage- 
ment at  the  University  of  New  Mexico,  and  as 
a  consultant  to  the  Minnesota  State  college 
and  university  system.  He  chaired  the  devel- 
opment committee  that  raised  funds  to  bring 
the  Fourth  World  Conference  on  Engineering 
Education  to  the  United  States  in  1995,  the 
first  time  the  triennial  conference  had  been 
held  in  this  country. 

Active  in  his  local  community,  Price  has 
served  the  United  Way  of  the  Minneapolis 
area  for  two  decades:  as  a  member  of  its  board 
of  directors  for  ten  years,  of  its  executive  com- 
mittee for  five  years,  and  of  both  its  marketing 
and  resource  development  committee  and  its 
leadership  giving  committee.  He  and  his  wife, 
Mary  Walker  Price  '53,  have  three  daughters 
and  live  in  Edina,  Minnesota. 


Two  alumni  of  the  Duke  School  of  Law 
were  selected  for  the  school's  most 
prestigious  honors  during  Law  Alumni 
Weekend  in  April.  Daniel  T  Blue  J.D  '73 
received  the  Charles  S.  Murphy  Award,  and 
Robert  L.  Burrus  Jr.  LL.B.  '58  received  the 
Charles  S.  Rhyne  Award. 

The  Murphy  Award  is  presented  annually  to 
honor  an  alumnus  or  alumna  whose  career  re- 
flects the  ideals  exemplified  in  the  life  and  ca- 


September-October  1998        21 


reer  of  Charles  S.  Murphy  '31,  LL.B.  '34,  LL.D. 
'67.  Murphy,  who  died  in  1983,  devoted  his  ca- 
reer to  public  service,  holding  positions  in  the 
administrations  of  presidents  Truman,  Kennedy, 
and  Johnson.  He  was  a  Duke  trustee  and  a 
member  of  the  law  school's  board  of  visitors. 

Blue,  recipient  of  the  1998  Murphy  Award, 
started  his  academic  career  in  a  three-room 
school  house  and  concluded  it  at  Duke  law 
school,  winning  the  prestigious  Dean's  Cup 
Moot  Court  Competition.  Hired  by  Sanford, 
Cannon,  Adams  &  McCollough,  he  was  one 
of  the  first  African  Americans  employed  by  a 
major  North  Carolina  law  firm.  In  1976,  he 
established  the  firm  Thigpen,  Blue,  Stephens 
&  Fellers  in  Raleigh,  where  he  is  the  firm's 
managing  partner.  In  1980,  he  was  elected  to 
the  North  Carolina  House  of  Representatives, 
representing  Wake  County.  In  1991,  he  was 
elected  Speaker  of  the  House.  The  recipient 
of  eight  honorary  degrees,  Blue  is  a  Duke  trus- 
tee and  a  visiting  professor  at  the  Terry  San- 
ford Institute  of  Public  Policy.  He  is  a  lifetime 
member  of  the  law  school's  board  of  visitors. 

The  Rhyne  Award,  established  in  1994  to 
honor  alumni  in  private  practice  who  have 
made  significant  contributions  to  public  ser- 
vice, is  given  annually  by  the  law  school's 
alumni  association  to  a  graduate  whose  ca- 
reer as  a  practicing  attorney  exemplifies  the 
highest  standards  of  professional  ability  and 
personal  integrity.  Recipients  of  the  award 
have  made  significant  contributions  pro  bono 
publico  in  education,  professional  affairs,  public 
service,  or  community  activities.  The  award  is 
named  after  Charles  S.  Rhyne  '34,  LL.D.  '58, 
a  Duke  trustee  emeritus.  A  past  president  of 
the  American  Bar  Association,  he  has  taught 
at  American  University  and  at  George  Wash- 
ington University,  where  he  was  once  a 
trustee.  He  was  special  legal  consultant  to 
President  Eisenhower  and  was  personal  rep- 
resentative of  the  president  to  the  United 
Nations  High  Commission  for  Refugees. 

Burrus,  recipient  of  the  Rhyne  Award,  is 
the  chair  of  McGuire  Woods  Battle  &  Boothe, 
which  he  joined  after  graduating  from  Duke 
law.  His  practice  focuses  primarily  on  securi- 
ties and  financial  transactions,  mergers  and 
acquisitions,  and  corporate  and  fiduciary  coun- 
seling. He  has  also  served  on  the  boards  of 
directors  of  many  corporations,  including 
Heilig  Meyers  and  the  Best  Products.  He  is  a 
fellow  at  both  the  American  Bar  Foundation 
and  the  Virginia  Law  Foundation.  A  leader  of 
numerous  educational  and  philanthropic  caus- 
es, Burrus  is  the  rector-elect  of  the  University 
of  Richmond's  board  of  trustees.  He  has 
served  on  the  boards  of  the  State  Council  of 
Higher  Education,  the  Governor's  Commis- 
sion on  Intercollegiate  Athletics,  the  Virginia 
Historical  Society,  and  the  Virginia  Museum 
of  Fine  Arts.  He  is  a  lifetime  member  of  the 
board  of  visitors  for  Duke's  law  school. 


TEACHER  OF 
THE  YEAR 


The  winner  of  this  year's  Alumni  Dis- 
tinguished Undergraduate  Teaching 
Award,  according  to  one  student's  let- 
ter of  nomination,  "challenges  his  students  to 
think,  to  act,  to  react,  to  become  involved 
with  the  world  around  them,  to  break  down 
ill-informed  assumptions,  to  be  concerned,  to 
be  angry,  and  to  control  that  frustration  in 
order  to  use  it  to  the  betterment  of  ourselves 
and  of  the  system  we  seek  both  to  change  and 
to  work  within." 

David  W  Johnson,  an  economics  professor 
at  Duke,  was  selected  by  the  Duke  Alumni 
Association  at  the  recommendation  of  a  stu- 
dent-administered committee  from  a  field  of 
fifty-two  student-generated  nominations,  rep- 
resenting thirty-three  different  faculty  mem- 
bers. The  award,  presented  during  Founders' 
Day  ceremonies  in  October,  includes  a  $5,000 
stipend  and  $1,000  for  a  Duke  library  to  pur- 
chase books  recommended  by  the  recipient. 

Johnson  was  roundly  praised  for  his  class- 
room style.  "From  the  very  first  day  of  classes, 
he  taught  us  with  passion,  vigor,  and,  some- 
times, even  fury, "  wrote  another  student  nomi- 
nator. In  a  classroom  of  150  students,  Johnson 
does  not  merely  lecture  to  the  masses:  "He 
knew  all  our  names  and  faces.  I  can't  explain 
it,  and  it  seems  impossible,  but  I  swear,  he 
knew  each  of  our  names  when  we  went  to 
him  at  office  hours  or  before  and  after  class." 

A  1985  magna  cum  laude  graduate  of  Prince- 


Economist  Johnson:  Alumni  Distinguished 
Undergraduate  Teaching  Award  q 


ton  University,  Johnson  earned  one  master's, 
in  1986,  at  the  London  School  of  Economics 
and  another,  in  1989,  at  Harvard  University, 
where  he  completed  course  work  for  his 
Ph.D.  in  economics,  specializing  in  the  eco- 
nomics of  education.  While  at  Harvard,  he  was 
commended  each  year  for  teaching  excel- 
lence by  the  Derek  Bok  Center  for  Teaching 
and  Learning  and  received  the  Allyn  Young 
Award  in  1990  and  1993. 

Before  coming  to  Duke  in  1996,  he  taught 
mathematics  and  economics  for  three  years 
at  Saint  Ann's  School  in  Brooklyn,  where 
he  adapted  the  Harvard  curriculum  to  teach 
Advanced  Placement  micro-  and  macro-eco- 
nomics, and  intermediate  macro. 

Johnson's  remarkable  ability  to  enliven  a 
number- crunching,  chart- conscious  field  such 
as  economics  did  not  go  unnoticed  by  a  nom- 
inator: "He  encourages  us  to  remember  that 
behind  every  statistic  and  piece  of  cold  data 
there  are  living,  breathing  people, "  she  wrote, 
"while  at  the  same  time  reminding  us  that,  if 
efficiency  and  the  good  of  the  whole  are  con- 
sistently foregone  in  favor  of  the  desires  of 
individual  people  and  special-interest  groups, 
the  economic  pie  will  shrink  too  small  to  help 
anyone  at  all." 


INVALUABLE 
VOLUNTEERS 


Seven  alumni  are  being  recognized  this 
year  with  Charles  A.  Dukes  Awards 
for  Outstanding  Volunteer  Service  to 
the  university.  Established  in  1983,  the  awards 
honor  the  late  Dukes  79,  who  was  director  of 
Alumni  Affairs  from  1944  to  1963.  Recipients 
are  selected  by  the  Duke  Alumni  Association's 
Awards  and  Recognition  Committee  and  the 
Annual  Fund's  Executive  Committee. 

Adrienne  Lawler  Baroff  '87,  who  lives 
in  Durham,  is  a  senior  scientist  at  Glaxo  Well- 
come, which  she  joined  upon  graduation. 
She  was  co-chair  of  her  class'  tenth  reunion; 
her  dedication  in  planning  innovative  class 
events  helped  make  it  the  largest,  most  suc- 
cessful reunion  for  any  class,  ever.  She  paid 
special  attention  to  reactions  from  alumni 
with  small  children,  implementing  some 
events  geared  toward  children  or  as  "kid- 
friendly."  She  also  served  on  the  planning 
committee  for  her  class'  fifth  reunion  and  is  a 
member  of  the  Duke  Club  of  the  Triangle. 

A  member  of  the  Annual  Fund  Leadership 
Gift  Committee  from  1994  to  1996,  the  Dur- 
ham resident  says,  "Duke  is  essentially  a  part 
of  my  everyday  life.  It  is  important  to  me  to 
give  something  back  to  the  university  and  to 
help  other  alumni,  who  are  not  fortunate  to 
live  close  to  Duke,  still  to  feel  connected." 


22     DUKE  MAGAZINE 


Anne  Tyrrell  Elmore  78  lives  in  Cin- 
cinnati, Ohio,  where  she  is  vice  president  of 
tracking  services,  lender  services  division,  for 
the  Great  American  Insurance  Company.  In 
1995,  she  took  over  as  president  of  the  Duke 
Club  of  Cincinnati,  a  struggling  club  with  low 
attendance  at  the  few  scheduled  events.  Af- 
ter attending  the  annual  Alumni  Leadership 
Conference,  she  returned  home  to  set  up  a 
strong  board,  enlisting  thirteen  enthusiastic 
volunteers.  In  her  three  years  at  the  helm,  the 
club  has  sponsored  nearly  a  dozen  events, 
including  a  reception  for  President  Nannerl 
O.  Keohane  (who  scheduled  this  trip  in  re- 
sponse to  Elmore's  personal  invitation),  a  the- 
ater gala,  send-off  parties  for  current  and  new 
Duke  students,  basketball-watch  parties,  and 
receptions  for  guest  speakets. 

A  member  of  the  Cincinnati  area's  Duke 
Alumni  Admissions  Advisory  Committee 
(AAAC),  she  says  it's  rewarding  to  see  the 
various  generations  and  years  of  Duke  people. 
"Having  enjoyed  a  sense  of  community  and 
fun  while  at  Duke,  it  became  important  to  be 
able  to  make  those  same  sorts  of  Duke  con- 
nections in  the  adult  world.  Making  a  contri- 
bution and  giving  something  back  to  Duke 
was  also  important.  I  was  able  to  attain  all 
those  things  by  volunteering." 

Suma  Ramaiah  Jones  '87,  A.M.  '95,  who 
lives  in  Durham,  was  co-chair  of  her  tenth 
reunion's  planning  committee,  and  was  recog- 
nized for  her  efforts  in  recruiting,  training, 
and  supervising  a  legion  of  volunteers  in  "net- 
working" for  the  occasion.  She  even  used  her 
own  financial  resources  to  put  together  and 
send  a  mass  mailing  to  the  entire  class.  The 
result  was  record-breaking  attendance  at  607; 
the  Class  of  1987  had  the  largest  reunion  for 
any  class,  ever. 

Jones,  who  served  on  her  fifth  reunion's 
planning  committee,  has  been  a  member  of 
the  AAAC  and  the  Annual  Fund's  Young 
Alumni  program,  and  an  Annual  Fund  assis- 
tant class  agent.  "My  bond  with  this  institu- 
tion that  has  given,  and  continues  to  give, 
such  wonderful  gifts  to  my  family  cannot  be 
measured, "  she  says.  "Volunteering  for  Duke 
is  not  a  choice  for  me.  It  is  a  necessary  part  of 
my  relationship  with  Duke." 

Grace  "Happy"  Parker  Lowden  '52 

lives  in  Wilmington,  North  Carolina,  where 
she  has  been  president  of  the  Duke  Club 
of  Wilmington  since  1995.  Her  involvement 
with  Duke  precedes  her  arrival  in  the  area; 
her  Hartford,  Connecticut,  home  was  always 
open  for  basketball  game  parties  and  AAAC 
events.  As  president,  she  has  arranged  a  va- 
riety of  club  gatherings,  taking  the  extra  effort 
to  phone  alumni,  friends,  and  even  non-Duke 
people  who  might  have  an  interest  in  the 
topic,  just  to  make  the  event  better. 


"My  education  at  the  university  has  served 
me  extremely  well, "  she  says.  "Volunteering  is 
a  miniscule  'payback'  for  all  the  benefits  I 
have  received  over  the  years.  An  added 
bonus  is  that  you  meet  and  work  with  won- 
derful Duke  people  of  all  ages.  Who  could  ask 
for  more?" 

Margo  Drakou  Rorer  MAT.  '65  and 
David  Cooke  Rorer  Ph.D.  '64  live  in  Port 

Jefferson,  New  York.  He  is  senior  scientist  at 
Brookhaven  National  Laboratory  and  she 
chairs  the  guidance  department  at  Longwood 
Senior  High  School.  They  have  been  inter- 
viewing prospective  students  for  the  Suffolk 
County  AAAC  since  1980  and  have  co- 
chaired  the  committee  for  the  past  decade. 
They  assign  almost  200  applicants  from  the 
Long  Island  region  for  interviews  every  year 
and  host  accepted-students  parties  each 
April.  In  1996,  David  developed,  augmented, 
and  distributed  a  computer  program  to  assist 
AAAC  chairs  in  keeping  accurate  records  of 
interview  report  assignments.  Thirty-five  com- 
mittees now  use  the  program  and  praise  it  for 
its  effectiveness  and  efficiency.  Both  David 
and  Margo  are  always  available  to  applicants, 
their  parents,  school  counselors,  and  other 
AAAC  members  and  chairs. 

They  also  share  a  pride  in  their  alma  mater: 
"We  are  extremely  pleased  to  have  seen  the 
university  grow  in  academic  excellence  and 
diversity,  while  preserving  those  basic  values 
and  the  quality  of  life  which  we  remember  so 
fondly.  We  have  felt  fortunate  to  contribute, 
in  whatever  small  way,  to  the  process  of 
attracting  and  selecting  the  young  men  and 
women  who  will  make  up  Duke's  legacy." 

W.  Earl  Sasser  Jr.  '65,  Ph.D.  '69,  who 
lives  in  Belmont,  Massachusetts,  is  a  professor 
in  the  business  school  at  Harvard  University. 
A  member  of  the  Annual  Fund  Executive 
Committee  for  the  past  six  years  and  its  chair- 
man for  the  past  two,  he  was  instrumental  in 
crafting  the  strategic  plan  and  setting  the 
goals  for  the  Annual  Fund  in  the  Campaign 
for  Duke.  He  was  a  member  of  the  Arts  6k 
Sciences  and  Engineering  Campaign  Com- 
mittee, and  of  the  Executive  Leadership  Board 
for  Boston  and  the  New  England  Develop- 
ment Council. 

For  the  former  A.B.  Duke  Scholar,  "volun- 
teering for  the  Annual  Fund  has  been  both 
rewarding  and  fun.  I  have  made  a  whole  new 
set  of  friends  who  believe  in  Duke  and  who 
are  committed  to  help  make  our  alma  mater 
even  better.  My  new  Duke  friends  range  in 
age  from  twenty  to  eighty,  and  they  con- 
tribute their  time  and  resources  to  Duke  for 
many  reasons.  But  we  all  agree  that  Duke 
needs  our  help,  makes  it  easy  and  fun  to  help, 
uses  our  help,  and  appreciates  our  help.  No 
one  does  it  better." 


SITE 
SIGHTINGS 


DUKE  ALUMNI  ASSOCIATION 
www.adm.duke.edu/alumni/ 


THE  CHRONICLE  ONLINE 
www.chronicle.duke.edu 

DUKE  MAGAZINE  WEB  EDITION 
www.adm.duke.edu/alumni 

DUKE  MERCHANDISE 

www.shopdukestores. 

duke.edu 


WEB 


ALUMNI  E-MAIL  DIRECTORY 

The  Duke  Alumni  Association's  search- 
able online  e-mail  directory  is  up  and 
running.  Now  you  can  find  your  Duke 
friends  on  the  World  Wide  Web.  Just 
access  the  DAA  website  (www.adm.duke. 
edu/alumni/homepage),  where  you  can 
look  up  the  e-mail  addresses  of  your 
classmates.  And  don't  forget  to  register 
yourself  in  the  directory  by  e-mailing 
your  name  and  class  year  to  alumemail 
@duke.edu.  THIS  IS  A  FREE  SERVICE. 

LIFETIME  E-MAIL  ADDRESS 

Another  free  service  we're  offering  is 
your  own  permanent  Duke  e-mail 
address,  one  you  can  keep  for  the  rest  of 
your  life.  Select  your  own  alias,  as  long  as 
it  is  a  form  of  your  name  (for  example, 
jane.doe@alumni.duke.  edu).  Just  e-mail 
your  name,  class  year,  and  alias  request 
to  AlumEmail(5'duke.edu.  Your  alias  will 
be  verified  with  an  e-mail  message.  This 
forwarding  service  does  not  replace  your 
existing  Internet  Service  Provider  (ISP), 
and  you'll  need  to  update  us  whenever 
you  change  ISPs. 


September-October  1998       23 


DUKE  ALUMNI 

ASSOCIATION 

ANNUAL  REPORT 

FOR  1997-98 


The  Duke  Alumni  Association  (DAA)  exists  to 
serve  alumni  and  the  university,  maintaining  and 
promoting  relationships  that  form  lifelong  con- 
nections of  friendship,  learning,  support,  and  ser- 
vice —  to  the  university,  the  community,  and  the 
larger  community  that  is  our  world.  The  DAA 
sponsors  programs  and  gatherings,  travel  and  educational  op- 
portunities, publications,  student  activities,  and  alumni/  student 
interaction,  all  to  make  the  Duke  experience  last  a  lifetime. 

All  graduates  of  Duke,  as  well  as  those  who  attended  the  uni- 
versity for  at  least  two  semesters,  are  members  of  the  Duke  Alum- 
ni Association.  Alumni  are  encouraged  to  support  the  association 
by  becoming  dues-paying  members.  This  past  fiscal  year,  22,683 
alumni,  23  percent  of  the  alumni  body,  paid  their  annual  dues. 
Lifetime  alumni  association  memberships  rose  to  2,069. 

With  record  dues  revenues  this  fiscal  year,  the  association  is 
growing  and  improving  the  number  and  variety  of  programs,  ser- 
vices, and  benefits  we  provide  our  members.  Support  staff  has 
been  added  for  the  reunions  effort  and  a  coordinator's 
position  within  Duke's  Community  Services  division  is  being 
funded  to  enhance  community  outreach  within  the  local  and 
national  alumni  clubs. 


ALUMNI   AWARDS 

Three  major  awards,  administered  by  the  DAA's  Awards 
and  Recognition  Committee,  are  supported  by  member- 
ship dues.  These  awards  honor  faculty,  alumni,  and  out- 
standing volunteers. 

The  Distinguished  Alumni  Award,  begun  in  1983,  was  pre- 
sented to  former  Duke  provost  William  Bevan  A.M.  '43,  Ph.D. 
'48,  LL.D  '72  at  Founders'  Day  Convocation.  Twenty-three  nom- 
inations were  received. 

The  Alumni  Distinguished  Undergraduate  Teaching 
Award,  begun  in  1970,  was  presented  to  Melissa  Malouf,  associ- 
ate professor  of  the  practice  of  English.  Fifty-one  nominations 
were  received  from  students;  a  student-run  committee  recom- 
mends its  selection  to  the  DAA.  This  award  includes  a  $5,000 
stipend  and  $1,000  for  a  Duke  library  to  purchase  books  recom- 
mended by  the  recipient. 

The  Charles  A.  Dukes  Awards  for  Outstanding  Volunteer 
Service,  established  in  1982,  are  presented  each  year  to  volun- 
teers whose  services  go  beyond  the  basic  responsibilities  of  the 
positions  they  hold.  Recipients  were:  Charles  B.  Corley  Jr.  B.S.E. 
'49;  Robert  A.  Garda  B.S.E.  '61;  Cecilia  Gassner  B.S.E.  '94; 
Charles  V.  Ghoorah  '91,  J.D.  '94,  A.M.  '94;  Edward  M.  Reefe 
B.S.E.  '68;  Nora  Lea  Rogers  Reefe  '67;  Sheryl  C.  Sauter'97;  John 
L.  Sherrill  '50;  and  Susan  Payor  Wilkerson  '83. 


ALUMNI   ADMISSIONS   PROGRAM 

Alumni  Admissions  Advisory  Committees  interview  and 
champion  prospective  Duke  students  from  around  the 
world.  Alumni  volunteers — 3,290  strong — serve  on 
236  domestic  and  twenty-six  commities  in  foreign  countries. 

Advocacy  for  Alumni  Children  Throughout  the  application 
process,  the  alumni  admissions  program  acts  as  an  advocate  for 
children  of  alumni  who  are  in  the  undergraduate  applicant  pool. 
Of  the  children  of  alumni  applying  to  the  Class  of  2002,  53  per- 
cent were  admitted.  Alumni  parents  of  entering  first-year  stu- 
dents are  invited  to  a  picnic  at  Alumni  House  the  day  they  arrive 
on  campus  in  August.  Alumni  parents  of  graduating  seniors  are 
traditionally  invited  to  a  morning  breakfast  with  their  children 
on  graduation  day. 

The  Alumni  Admissions  Forum  is  held  every  two  years  in  June 
for  alumni  with  high-school  age  children.  Approximately  250 
attended  this  year's  all-day  conference  for  parents  and  students 
on  the  college  selection  and  admissions  process.  The  next  Forum 
is  scheduled  for  2000. 

Alumni  Endowed  Undergraduate  Scholarships,  awarded  an- 
nually since  1979,  recognize  the  academic  and  personal  achieve- 
ments of  children  of  alumni.  Three  $8,000  merit-based  awards 
are  given  each  year  to  first-year  students,  and  are  renewable  an- 
nually. All  children  who  apply  for  admission  to  Duke  who  have 
demonstrated  financial  need  are  considered.  This  year's  recipients 
are  James  Applewhite  Grant  and  Jessica  French  Snow;  George  Mark 
Freeman  will  defer  a  year  to  spend  1998-99  in  Great  Britain. 


BENEFITS   AND   SERVICES 

Duke  alumni  used  their  DAA  membership  cards  to  take 
advantage  of  a  number  of  benefits,  both  on  campus  and 
off  (some  fees  apply): 

•  Use  of  campus  athletic  facilities 

•  Use  of  Perkins  Library  and  its  branches 

•  Membership  in  the  Duke  University 
Federal  Credit  Union 

•  10  percent  discount  at  the  Gothic  Bookshop 

•  20  percent  discount  at  Duke  Stores 

•  Membership  in  the  Duke  University  Golf  Club 

•  Alumni  Locator 

•  Career  Development  Center 
(http://cdc.stuaff.duke.edu) 

•  DukeSource  (career-advice  network  of  5,000  alumni) 

•  SkillSearch  (1,300  alumni  have  joined  this  national 
job  network) 

•  Alumni  insurance 


24 

DUKE  MAGAZINE 


Car-rental  discounts 
Duke  vanity  plates 

(through  North  Carolina  and  Virginia  DMVs) 

Duke  VISA  card  (more  than  19,000  alumni  use  their 

cards,  which  helps  support  the  DAA) 

DAA  Website 

(http://www.adm.duke.edu/alumni/homepage) 

Alumni  E-Mail  Directory  (a  free,  searchable,  online 

listing  of  alumni  e-mail  addresses;  e-mail  your  name  and 

class  year  to  AlumEmail(a!duke.edu) 

Lifetime  E-mail  Address  (a  forwarding  service  that 

will  allow  you  to  have  the  same  e-mail  address  for  life;  to 

enroll,  e-mail  your  name,  class  year,  and  alias  request  to 

AlumEmail(«  duke.edu) 


ALUMNI   CLUBS 

Eighty-five  Duke  alumni  clubs  led  by  541  club  officers  and 
directors  provide  a  vital  Duke  connection  across  the  coun- 
try and  abroad.  Club  activities  —  including  receptions, 
luncheons,  and  dinners  featuring  Duke  speakers;  tickets  for  cul- 
tural events;  gatherings  to  watch  Duke  athletic  contests;  and 
community  service  projects — brought  together  more  than 
21,000  alumni  and  friends  on  584  separate  occasions  this  year. 

Mailings — newsletters,  notices,  and  invitations — to  alumni 
in  the  field  numbered  162,  representing  252,825  individual  con- 
tacts with  members  of  the  Duke  community.  The  average  mail- 
ing was  sent  to  1,561  alumni,  parents,  and  friends  to  provide  a 
recurring  nexus  of  Duke  spirit  and  university  information. 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 

The  university's  alumni  publication,  twice  named  Magazine 
of  the  Year  by  Newsweek  and  the  Council  for  Advancement 
and  Support  of  Education  (CASE),  is  mailed  bimonthly  to 
approximately  60,000  alumni  and  friends.  In  addition  to  national 
and  regional  CASE  awards,  the  magazine  has  been  selected  twice 
by  The  Chronicle  of  Higher  Education  for  a  Grand  Gold  Award  for 
"excellence  in  reporting  on  issues  in  higher  education."  This  year, 
it  received  a  bronze  award  in  that  category  and  was  named 
among  the  top  ten  university  magazines  in  the  nation. 

The  magazine  covers  the  campus,  faculty  research,  alumni 
newsmakers,  and  thoughtful  perspectives  on  issues  of  the  day. 
The  "Alumni  Register"  section,  the  core  of  the  magazine,  offers 
alumni  association  news,  alumni  profiles,  a  "Forum"  for  letters 
to  the  editors,  and  approximately  2,500  class  notes  per  issue. 
DAA  dues-paying  members,  life  members,  new  graduates  for  the 
first  two  years,  alumni  with  scheduled  reunions,  and  those  who 
contribute  to  the  Annual  Fund  and  other  areas  receive  the  mag- 


azine free.  "Voluntary"  subscriptions  from  alumni  and  friends  (at 
$15  a  year)  totaled  $61,000.  Selected  articles  and  departments 
are  featured  on  the  magazine's  website  (http://www.adm.duke. 
edu/alumni). 


LIFELONG   LEARNING 
AND   DUKE  TRAVEL 

Established  in  1992,  the  office  of  Lifelong  Learning  plans, 
organizes,  and  directs  programs  for  the  educational  bene- 
fit and  enjoyment  of  alumni  and  friends.  "Duke  Alumni 
Educational  Adventures,"  a  four-color,  twenty-four-page  booklet 
describing  all  travel  and  educational  events,  was  mailed  to 
25,500  alumni  in  the  fall.  Eight  Alumni  Colleges,  both  local  and 
abroad,  were  held.  A  total  of  765  people  participated  in  Lifelong 
Learning  programs  in  1997-98.  Duke  Travel  sponsored  nineteen 
trips  for  the  calendar  year,  ranging  from  cruises  to  the  Canary 
Islands,  to  two  weeks  in  Australia,  to  Yuletide  in  Bavaria.  Total 
participation  was  376. 

Alumni  Colleges  "Gardens  Past  and  Present:  The  Legacy  of 
Ellen  Biddle  Shipman"  in  March,  a  joint  program  with  the  Duke 
Gardens,  drew  approximately  150  participants. 

"Healthy  Mind/Healthy  Body"  in  May,  with  Duke  Medical 
Center  faculty,  was  sold  out,  with  70  participants. 

"Dolphins  and  Our  Changing  Environment"  in  June,  at  the 
Duke  Marine  Lab,  was  sold  out,  with  45  participants. 

"Voyage  to  the  Lands  of  Gods  and  Heroes"  in  August,  a  fami- 
ly, educational  travel/study  program,  drew  50  participants  to 
ancient  sites  in  Italy,  Greece,  and  Turkey.  Duke  classical  studies 
professor  Peter  Burian  was  the  faculty  lecturer. 

"The  Oxford  Experience"  in  September,  now  in  its  fifth  year, 
sold  out,  with  45  participants. 

"Alumni  College  in  Scotland"  in  October,  with  Duke  professor 
Michael  V.  Moses,  sold  out,  with  45  participants. 

"Alumni  College  in  Tuscany"  in  May,  with  Professor  Peter 
Burian,  was  so  popular,  it  sold  out  and  was  repeated. 

"The  World  of  the  Vikings  and  Norsemen"  in  June,  with  Duke 
military  historian  Alex  Roland,  drew  30  participants  to  Scan- 
dinavia and  Russia. 

Duke  Directions  Two  Duke  Directions  programs,  held  in  con- 
junction with  Reunion  Weekends  in  September  and  October, 
offered  a  day  of  special  classes  taught  by  Duke  faculty  on  topics 
ranging  from  health  to  art,  ethics  to  science.  A  total  of  210  peo- 
ple attended,  representing  13  percent  of  alumni  participating  in 
reunions  those  weekends. 

Duke  Travel  Participants  in  the  Duke  Travel  program,  es- 
tablished in  1972,  range  in  class  years  from  1937  to  recent  grad- 


25 

September-October  1998 


uates  and  are  a  loyal 
lot.  This  fiscal  year, 
of  the  376  who  par- 
ticipated, 41  percent 
were  repeat  travelers 
(36  percent  are  North 
Carolina  residents). 
Destinations  included 
not  only  stops  on  an 
around-the-world  trip 
aboard  the  supersonic 
Concorde,  but  also  a 
Panama  Canal  cros- 
sing, the  Canaries, 
Antarctica,  Alaska,  a 
cruise  from  the  Dan- 
ube to  the  Black  Sea, 
the  face  of  Europe,  the 
Mediterranean,  the 
Greek  Isles  and  Turkey,  and  Moscow  and  St.  Petersburg. 


REUNIONS 

Having  alumni  reconnect  to  the  university  is  the  prime 
mission  of  the  reunions  program.  Aside  from  seeing  old 
friends  and  classmates,  alumni  get  a  chance  to  learn 
about  the  Duke  of  today.  They  are  reminded  of  how  their  uni- 
versity is  still  theirs.  Reunions  are  not  only  about  appreciating 
Duke's  past  but  also  investing  in  Duke's  future. 

With  a  10.8  percent  increase  in  overall  attendance  last  year, 
Reunions  '97  broke  records  with  total  attendance  over  the  three 
fall  weekends  of  3,022.  This  represented  a  7.4  percent  attendance 
increase  over  their  last  reunion  in  1992,  and  a  43.4  percent  in- 
crease over  ten  years  ago.  Here's  a  breakdown  of  attendance: 
Half  Century  Club  ( 1946  and  before)  118 

Class  of  1947  (second  largest  fiftieth  reunion)  234 

Class  of  1952  105 

Class  of  1957  123 

Class  of  1962  (record-breaking  thirty-fifth)  162 

Class  of  1967  95 

Class  of  1972  302 

Class  of  1982  (record-breaking  fifteenth)  255 

Class  of  1987  (largest  attendance  of  any  class,  ever)      607 
Class  of  1992  424 

Young  Alumni  (classes  before  fifth  reunion)  395 

This  year  marks  the  last  time  classes  will  hold  reunions  in  the 
fall.  In  1999,  all  classes  having  reunions  will  converge  on  campus 
at  the  same  time,  April  16-18. 


STUDENTS 

AND  YOUNG 

ALUMNI 

Through  a  variety 
of  activities,  the 
alumni  office 
stays  in  close  touch  with 
current  students,  whom 
we  consider  "alumni  in 
residence."  For  first-year 
students,  the  DAA 
sponsored  a  picnic  on 
East  Campus  during 
orientation,  where  the 
Class  of  2001  directory, 
a  pictorial  and  infor- 
mative "yearbook,"  was 
distributed  as  a  gift  to 
each  student;  nearly  2,000  attended.  To  welcome  new  students 
into  the  graduate  and  professional  schools,  the  association  hosts 
a  picnic  on  the  lawn  at  Alumni  House,  following  their  opening 
convocation;  approximately  800  attended. 

For  graduating  seniors,  the  association  hosts  a  picnic  on  the 
Alumni  House  lawn.  This  year  approximately  1,000  celebrated 
before  starting  final  exams.  In  the  evening  before  graduation  day, 
our  biggest  event,  a  Commencement  party  for  graduates  and 
their  families  (nearly  6,000  total),  is  held  under  a  large  tent,  with 
free  food,  beverages,  music,  and  dancing. 

The  Class  of  1998  added  more  than  3,500  new  alumni  to  the 
DAA's  ranks,  breaking  the  100,000  mark  for  the  first  time.  The 
number  of  active  alumni  now  exceeds  102,000.  More  than  half  of 
Duke's  alumni  have  graduated  since  1980. 


MISSION 

The  stated  mission  of  the  DAA  is  to  "advance  the  interests 
of  Duke  University  and  to  create  opportunities  for  alum- 
ni to  participate  fully  in  the  life  and  vitality  of  the  global 
university  community."  Through  their  volunteer  service,  their 
gifts,  and  their  pride  in  Duke,  alumni  play  an  essential  role  in 
every  aspect  of  university  life. 


26 

DUKE  MAGAZINE 


CLASS 
NOTES 


WRITE:  Class  Notes  Editor,  Duke  Magazine,  614 
Chapel  Dr.,  Durham,  N.C.  27708-0570 
FAX:  (919)  681-1659  (typed  only,  please) 
E-MAIL:  dukemag@duke.edu 
Include  your  full  name,  address,  and  class 
year  when  you  e-mail  us. 
CHANGE  OF  ADDRESS:  Alumni  Records, 
614  Chapel  Dr.  Annex,  Durham,  N.C.  27708-0613. 
Please  include  mailing  label.  Or  e-mail  address 
changes  to:  hluedevil@duke.edu 
NOTICE:  Because  of  the  volume  of  class 
note  material  we  receive  and  the  long 
lead  time  required  for  typesetting, 
design,  and  printing,  your  submission 
may  not  appear  for  two  to  three  issues. 
Alumni  are  urged  to  include  spouses' 
names  in  marriage  and  birth  announce- 
ments. We  do  not  record  engagements. 


30s,  40s  &  50s 


Jerry  Menaker  '37  retired  in  July  from  the  faculty 
of  the  University  of  Kansas  School  of  Medicine  and 
from  his  private  medical  practice.  He  does  pro  bono 
work  at  the  Mid  America  Indian  Center  and  at  an 
inner-city  clinic.  "This  leaves  time  for  travel  and  the 
newly  discovered  world  of  'Cyber  Land, '  "  he  writes. 
He  lives  in  Wichita,  Kan. 


A.  Rapp  A.M.  '40,  Ph.D.  '44  was  honored 
at  the  seventh  annual  Finger  Lakes  Community 
College  Foundation  Gala  in  Canandaigua,  N.Y.,  for  his 
"significant  contributions  to  higher  education  at 
FLCC,  in  the  region,  and  throughout  New  York  State." 
He  lives  in  Canandaigua. 


I.  KorelitZ  '47,  director  of  the  division 
of  gastroenterology  at  Lenox  Hill  Hospital  and 
professor  of  medicine  at  New  York  University  Medical 
Center,  received  the  American  Gastroenterological 
Association's  Distinguished  Citizen  Award.  He  lives 
in  Manhattan. 


B.  Tyson  '50,  B.D  '53,  upon  retiring  as  a 
professor  at  Southern  Methodist  University  in  Dallas, 
was  honored  with  a  collection  of  essays  written  by 
leading  scholars  in  the  field  of  New  Testament  studies. 
He  joined  the  SMU  staff  in  1958.  He  lives  in 
Cincinnati,  Ohio. 


Currin  M.Div.  '56,  rector  of  Christ 
1  Church  in  Pensacola,  Fla.,  was  honored  by 
the  Episcopal  Day  School,  which  named  its  gym  The 
Currin  Center  to  commemorate  his  33  years  as  rector. 
He  has  been  appointed  to  the  state  Historic  Preser- 
vation Board  by  Florida's  governor.  He  and  his  wife, 
Eleanor,  live  in  Pensacola. 


I  M.  Copeland  III  '59,  who  chairs  the 
department  of  surgery  at  the  University  of  Florida 
College  of  Medicine  and  is  director  of  the  University 
of  Florida  Shands  Cancer  Center,  was  elected  presi- 
dent of  the  Society  of  Surgical  Oncology.  He  lives  in 
Gainesville. 


E.  Carmack  Holmes  '60  was  presented  with  the 
Distinguished  Service  Award  by  UNC-Chapel  Hill, 
where  he  earned  his  medical  degree.  He  was  a  clinical 


the  surgery  branch  at  the  National  Cancer 
Institute  and  completed  his  postdoctoral  training  as 
chief  resident  in  surgery  at  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital. 
He  now  chairs  the  department  of  surgery  at  the 
University  of  California-Los  Angeles  Medical  Center. 
Gilbert  C.  Thelen  '60  is  executive  editor  and  vice 
president  of  The  Tampa  Tribune.  He  was  executive  edi- 
tor of  The  Stale  newspaper  in  Columbia,  S.C.,  and  a 
newsroom  consultant  to  KnightRidder,  Inc.  He  chairs 
the  education  committee  of  the  American  Society  of 
Newspaper  Editors.  He  and  his  wife,  Cynthia,  and 
their  two  children  live  in  Tampa. 

Carol  Hedden  Hackett  \  1  is  president  of  the 
King  County  Academy  of  Family  Practice  for  1998-99. 
She  has  a  private  practice  in  Bellevue,  Wash.,  and  is 
a  clinical  assistant  professor  at  the  University  of 
Washington's  medical  school.  She  and  her  husband, 
John,  live  in  Mercer  Island,  Wash.,  and  they  have  three 
children,  including  John  Hedden  Hackett  '95 
and  Susanne  Rochet  Hackett  '99. 


Lynn  Peterson  A.M.  '63,  associate  dean  of  the 
University  of  Texas  at  Arlington's  College  of 
Engineering,  was  named  to  the  university's  Academy 
of  Distinguished  Teachers.  She  lives  in  Dallas. 

Paul  G.  Steinkuller'63  retired  as  chief  of  oph- 
thalmology at  Texas  Childten's  Hospital,  Baylor 
College  of  Medicine,  and  has  assumed  a  five-year  post 
in  Madagascar  as  project  ophthalmologist  for 
Christoffel-Blindenmission,  Benshein,  Germany. 

Owen  B.  Tabor  M.D.  '63  was  elected  to  the  board 
of  councilors  of  the  American  Academy  of  Orthopedic 
Surgeons,  which  advises  the  Academy's  board  of  di- 
rectors on  orthopaedic  issues  and  disseminates  academy 
policy  within  the  councilors'  home  states.  He  is  an 
assistant  professor  in  the  department  of  family  practice 
at  the  University  of  Tennessee,  and  also  has  a  private 
ptactice.  He  is  a  past  president  of  the  Tennessee 
Orthopedic  Society  and  president  of  the  Southern 
Orthopedic  Association.  He  lives  in  Memphis. 

David  Kaylor  Ph.D.  '64  retired  as  a  religion  profes- 
sor at  Davidson  College  in  Davidson,  N.C,  where  he 
had  taught  since  1964-  He  lives  in  Davidson. 

Anne  Braswell  McGee  M.A.T  '64  won  The 

Washington  Post  Educational  Foundation's  Agnes 
Meyer  Outstanding  Teacher  Award.  She  teaches  high- 
school  English  in  Stafford,  Va.  She  lives  in 
Fredericksburg,  Va. 

Jack  Marin  '66,  a  partner  in  the  Raleigh  law  firm 
Maupin  Taylor  &  Ellis,  was  inducted  into  the  N.C. 
Sports  Hall  of  Fame  in  May.  He  and  his  wife,  Robin, 
live  in  Durham. 

Everett  H.  Wilcox  Jr.  '66  has  joined  IBM  Global 
Services  as  a  senior  negotiations  executive.  He  was  a 
partnet  in  the  Atlanta  law  firm  Alston  &  Bird  and 
senior  director  of  the  Atlanta  Committee  for  the 
Olympic  Games.  He  lives  in  Atlanta. 

Peter  J.  Rubin  '67,  co-chair  of  the  litigation 
department  and  seniot  shareholder  at  Bernstein,  Shur, 
Sawyer  &  Nelson  in  Portland,  Maine,  was  awarded  the 
Maine  Bar  Foundation's  "pro  bono  publico"  award  for 
making  the  most  referrals  for  the  Volunteer  Lawyer 
Project  when  appointed  "lawyer  of  the  day"  by  the 
organization.  He  lives  in  Scarborough. 


W.  Wetterau  M.D.  '67  is  the  1998  New 
York  State  Academy  of  Family  Physicians  Family 
Physician  of  the  Year.  He  practices  in  Dansville,  N.Y., 
where  he  is  .ilfiliaied  with  the Tricounty  Family  Medi- 


3te  Bufee 

in  pour 

hull? 


Traditionally,  bequests  have  been 

a  significant  source  of  Duke's 

financial  support.  Your  bequest  to 

Duke  will  help  to  ensure  Duke's 

continued  strength  and 

academic  excellence. 

High  federal  estate  tax  rates 

significantly  lower  the  cost  of 

making  a  bequest  to  Duke. 

Join  more  than  1 ,500  other  Duke 
alumni  and  friends  as  a  member 
of  the  Heritage  Society,  an  honor- 
ary circle  of  University  alumni  and 
friends  who  have  planned  an 
estate  gift  to  Duke. 


Please  contact: 

Michael  Sholtz,  J.D.,  Director 

Office  of  Planned  Giving 

2127  Campus  Drive 

Durham,  N.C.  27708 

(919)  681-0464 
(919)  684-2123 


September-October  1998       27 


cine  group,  a  nonprofit,  rum!  healrlvc. 
organization.  He  and  his  wife,  Nancy,  1 


•  provider 

e  in  Dansville. 


Charles  B.  Clark  Jr.  '69  was  named  chief  executive 
officer  for  Hohhs  Group  LLC,  based  in  Guilford,  Conn. 

David  M.  Whalin  '69,  who  earned  his  LL.M.  in 
environmental  law  at  George  Washington  University's 
law  school  in  Washington,  D.C.,  works  with  the  Office 
of  Legislation,  Social  Security  Administration.  He  lives 
in  Annandale.Va. 


71  is  director  of  the  M.B.A. 
Placement  and  Career  Center  at  The  Eli  Broad 
Graduate  School  of  Management  at  Michigan  State 
University.  She  has  been  working  at  the  center  since 
1996.  She  lives  in  Lansing,  Mich. 

Emily  Austin  Thrush  71  had  three  new  textbooks 
for  teaching  English  as  a  Second  Language  published 
by  McGraw-Hill.  She  is  an  associate  professor  of 
English  at  the  University  of  Memphis.  She  and  her 
daughter  live  in  Memphis. 

Walter  W.  Manley  II  J.D.  72,  professor  of  business 
administration  at  Florida  State  University,  is  co-author 
of  his  fifth  book,  The  Supreme  Court  of  Florida  and  Its 
Predecessor  Courts,  1821-1917-  He  was  nominated  for 
the  1998  Littleton-Griswold  Prize  in  American  Law 
and  Society.  He  lives  in  Tallahassee. 


Kline  M.D.  73  is  the  new 
chairman  of  ophthalmology  at  the  University  of 
Alabama-Birmingham  School  of  Medicine.  He  has 
been  a  faculty  member  in  the  ophthalmology  depart- 
ment since  1979  and  a  professor  of  clinical  ophthal- 
mology and  associate  professor  of  neurosurgery  at 
UAB  since  1990.  He  lives  in  Birmingham. 

Scott  Aiken  Mason  73  is  managing  partner  of 
National  Health  Advisors  and  executive  vice  president 
of  APACHE  Medical  Systems,  Inc.,  of  McLean,  Va.  He 
is  past  chairman  of  the  American  Association  of 
Health  Care  Consultants.  He  and  his  wife,  Melanie, 
and  their  two  children  Im  in  Potomac,  Md. 


i  D.  Moran  III  73  was  named  dean  of  the 
College  of  Human  Ecology  at  the  University  of 

[L-ime-see-Knoxville.  He  lues  in  Knoxville. 


i  C.  Yardley  73  was  promoted  to  president  of 
Southern  Natural  Gas  Co.  He  lives  in  Birmingham,  Ala. 

ROSS  Connelly  74  entered  Maine's  primary  elec- 
tions for  Congress  as  the  potential  Republican  candi- 
date running  against  Rep.  Tom  Allen,  a  first-term 
Democrat.  Connelly  lives  in  Biddeford,  Maine. 

N.  Berkeley  Powell  M.D.  74  was  elected  to  the 
Royal  Society  of  Medicine  in  England.  He  is  past  pres- 
ident of  the  Houston  Society  of  Plastic  Surgeons  and  a 
clinical  assistant  at  Baylor  College  of  Medicine  in 
Houston.  He  has  been  in  private  practice  for  18  years. 
He  lives  in  Houston,  and  his  Internet  address  is: 
berkeley_powell(«  compuserve.com. 

Connie  B.  Bishop  B.S.N.  75  was  appointed  by  the 
director  of  the  National  Institute  of  Standards  and 
Technology  to  the  1998  Board  of  Examiners  for  the 
Malcolm  Baldridge  National  Quality  Award.  She  lives 
in  Gibsonville,  N.C.,  where  she  works  for  Blue 
Cross/Blue  Shield. 


SHOOTING  A  HOMICIDE 


i  F.  Young  75,  a  financial  adviser  with  Pruden- 
tial Securities  in  Raleigh,  was  named  a  commissioner 
for  the  World  Summer  Games  1999  Special  Olympics, 
to  be  held  in  the  Triangle  area.  She  lives  in  Apex,  N.C. 

Jane  Costlow  76,  associate  professor  of  Russian  at 
Bates  College  in  Maine,  won  the  1997  Heldt  Prize  for 


Theodore  Bogo- 
sian  '73  is  taking 
a  picture  of 
someone  taking  a  pic- 
ture. Since  February 
1997,  he  has  been  doc- 
umenting an  episode  of 
Homicide:  Life  on  the 
Street — from  the  time 
the  writer  came  up 
with  his  story  idea, 
straight  through  to 
when  the  episode  drew 
critical  acclaim  with  a 
Peabody  Award.  And 
he's  doing  it  with  a 
camera  of  his  own. 

"Anatomy  of  a 
Homicide:  Life  on  the 
Street"  will  be  broad- 
cast nationally  on  PBS 
on  November  4,  from 
9  to  11  p.m.,  and  is  the 
result  of  a  year  and  a 
half  of  Bogosian's 
work.  The  documen- 
tary is  his  latest, 
focusing  on  all  aspects 
of  making  an  award- 
winning  episode  of 
an  award-winning 
television  show.  But 
Bogosian  didn't  know 
that  when  he  started 
the  project  In  fact,  he 
didn't  even  know  if  the 
chosen  episode  would 
run — or  even  whether 
Homicide  would  be 
renewed — when  he 
was  struck  with  his 


original  idea  to  explore 
the  entire  process  of 
putting  the  "Subway" 
episode  together. 

"We're  trying  to 
understand  the  archi- 
tecture of  the  industry 
on  a  much  less  superfi- 
cial level,"  says 
Bogosian,  who  has 
been  making  docu- 
mentaries for  more 
than  two  decades. 
"We're  not  doing  the 
usual 'making  of  treat- 
ment.... By  and  large, 
[television]  is  a  compli- 
cated business  and 
we're  treating  it  that 
way,  not  just  like  eye 
candy." 

A  documentary 
about  a  TV  show 
seems  like  a  large  shift 
for  writer/director/pro- 
ducer Bogosian,  whose 
work  in  the  1980s, 
mainly  for  the  PBS 
series  Nova,  primarily 
consisted  of  science- 
related  films.  Although 
he  acknowledges  the 
change  in  subject  mat- 
ter, he  says  he  sees  one 
main  similarity  be- 
tween "Anatomy"  and 
his  previous  work: 
"We  are  applying  stan- 
dards that  normally  are 
in  demand  for  rigorous 
intellectual  subjects  to 


a  subject  that  is  not 
considered  intellectual: 
television." 

He  describes  making 
a  documentary  as 
"straddling  a  dichoto- 
my," a  merging  of 
creative  and  business 
processes.  "As  a  writer, 
producer,  and  director, 
I  have  to  do  both 
things  simultaneously," 
he  says.  "You  have  to 
protect  the  integrity  of 
an  idea  and  convince 
people  that  your 
unique  take  on  some- 
thing is  valid.  It's 
schizophrenic,  unlike 
Hollywood,  where  a 
director  only  directs. 
What  I  do  is  much  dif- 
ferent: Knowing 
enough  about  every- 
body's job  to  be  able  to 
do  it  myself,  but  super- 
vise instead." 

For  this  project, 
Bogosian  says  he  had  a 
smaller  staff  than 
usual,  in  an  effort  to 
remain  unobtrusive 
while  on  location  for 
Homicide.  "Because  of 
the  protracted  amount 
of  time,  we  had  to  be 
with  people  all  the 
time  to  capture  mo- 
ments," he  explains. 
"You  have  to  be  on 
call  as  a  filmmaker.  It's 


like  life;  you  never 
know  what  is  going  to 
happen.  It  takes  twists 
and  turns.  Unlike  most 
documentaries  on  TV, 
we  didn't  know  the 
beginning,  middle,  and 
end." 

With  his  documen- 
tary nearing  comple- 
tion, Bogosian  is 
already  thinking  about 
potential  future  pro- 
jects. Right  now,  he  is 
looking  into  making 
films  about  Soviet 
nuclear  problems  and 
war  crimes.  But  before 
he  pursues  those  seri- 
ously, he  says,  the 
ideas  must  "simmer  in 
my  consciousness." 

"If  you  get  bored 
with  a  story,  you're  not 
going  to  make  a  good 
movie,"  he  says.  "You 
have  to  have  a  lot  of 

or  you  burn  out  fast." 
— Jaime  Levy  '01 


Documenting  a  drama: 

Bogosian,  at  right, 

questions  a  guest  star 

on  a  Homicide  episode 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


best  essay  in  Slavic  women's  studies,  given  annually  by 
the  Association  of  Women  in  Slavic  Studies.  She  and 
her  family  live  in  Auburn,  Maine. 

Alvin  O.  Jackson  M.Div.  76  received  an  honorary 
degree  from  Rhodes  College  in  Memphis,  Tenn.  He  is 
senior  minister  of  the  National  City  Christian  Church 
in  Washington,  D.C.,  the  largest  Disciples  of  Christ 
congregation  in  the  country. 

Joan  Cassetta  Gurvis  B.S.N.  77  joined  the  staff 
of  North  Carolina  Trust  Co.  as  the  manager  of 
resource  development.  She  and  her  husband,  Dale, 
and  their  two  children  live  in  Greensboro,  N.C. 

Sean  J.  McManus77  is  the  president  of  CBS 
Sports.  He  and  his  wife,  Tracy,  live  in  New  York  City. 

Jerry  Provencher  ' ,  ,  is  president  and  CEO  of 
Property  Loss  Consulting,  Inc.,  an  international,  insur- 
ance-based consulting  firm  in  Baltimore.  He  lives  in 
Owings  Mills,  Md. 


■JHBEgaE 


I  J.D.  78  joined  the  law  firm  Dnnker 
Biddle  &  Reath  as  a  partner  in  its  Philadelphia  office. 
He  lives  in  Philadelphia. 

John  I.  Brooks  III  79  is  the  author  of  The  Eclectic 

Legacy:  Academh  j'/i//r>v'/>/i\  (ni,l  ilw  I  luman  Sciences 
in  Nineteenth-Century  France,  published  by  University 
of  Delaware  Press.  He  teaches  European  and  world 
history  atTeikyo  Loretto  Heights  University  in  Denver. 

Bruce  V.  Roberts  B.S.E.  79,  president  and  CEO  of 
Carolina  Financial  Group  of  Brevard,  N.C,  is  a  trustee 
of  Brevard  College. 

MARRIAGES:  Sean  Joseph  McManus  7    to 

Tracy  Lynn  Torre  on  May  23.  Residence:  New  York  City. 

BIRTHS:  Second  child  and  first  son  to  Scott  Aiken 

Mason  73  and  Melanie  Mason  on  June  8.  Named 
Nicholas  Scott... Second  child  and  first  daughter  to 
John  K.  Dolph  B.S.E.  78  and  Andrea  Dolph  on 
March  17.  Named  Emelyn  Paige. 


John  A.  Attaway  Jr.  '80,  a  corporate  attorney  for 
Publix  Super  Markets  Inc.,  received  the  Jere  Annis 
Award  for  his  leadership  and  community  contribu- 
tions. Among  his  community  contributions,  he  chaired 
the  board  for  the  United  Way  and  directed  the 
Exploration  V  Children's  Museum  in  Lakeland,  Fla., 
where  he  and  his  wife,  Elizabeth,  live. 

Mark  P.  Bauman  '80,  who  earned  his  Ph.D.  in 
business  at  the  University  of  Wisconsin-Madison,  is  an 
assistant  professor  at  the  University  of  Illinois  at 
Chicago.  He  and  his  wife,  Christine,  and  their  son  live 
in  Antioch,  111. 


;  E.  Sigrist  '80,  M.B.  A.  '88,  a  Navy  com- 
mander, completed  the  Reserve  Officers  National 
Security  Decision  Making  Course. 

Timothy  D.  Crawley  '82  was  named  the  resident 
managing  partner  of  the  Jackson,  Miss.,  office  of  the 
law  firm  Hopkins,  Crawley,  Bagwell,  Upshaw  & 
Persons.  He  lives  in  Brandon,  Miss. 


I  Ph.D.  '82,  who  was  vice 
president  for  academic  administration  at  Willamette 
University  in  Salem,  Ore.,  is  the  new  president  of  Utica 
College.  He  and  his  wife,  Jennifer,  live  in  Utica,  N.Y. 

Robert  Chamberlaine  Nevins  '82,  M.B.A.  '91  is 
a  consulting  networking  specialist  with  IBM  in  Cary, 
N.C.  He  and  his  wife,  Sharon  Pardy  Nevins  '82, 
and  their  four  children  live  in  Raleigh. 


il  '82  was  appointed  to  the  newly  creat- 
ed position  of  chief  operating  officer  for  CompuServe 


SOUTHWESTERN  STORY 


Park  interpreter  Dubois:  enjoy  the 
sights,  and  the  responsibilities 


Stephanie  Dubois 
'79  has  an  office 
with  a  view. 
From  her  desk  in  Glen 
Canyon  National 
Recreation  Area  in 
Page,  Arizona,  she  can 
see  thirty  miles  of  red 
mesas  and  plateaus,  a 
view  that  changes 
every  day,  depending 
on  the  weather. 

"I  appreciate  the 
perspective  that  wide- 
open  expanses  give 
me,"  Dubois,  the  chief 
interpreter  of  the  park, 
muses.  "The  world 
does  not  revolve 
around  me;  I  am  an 
insignificant  speck." 
This  kind  of  philo- 
sophical conversation 
is  what  Dubois  and  her 
staff  try  to  inspire 
among  visitors  to  the 
recreation  area.  As 
chief  interpreter, 
Dubois  relays  more 
than  just  solid  facts — 
dates,  geology,  plant 
information — to  the 
park's  guests.  Instead, 
she  encourages  visitors 
to  view  both  Glen 
Canyon  National  Rec- 
reation Area  and  the 
Rainbow  Bridge  Na- 
tional Monument  in 


as  the  subject  of  many 
environmental  debates, 
for  example,  or  as  a 


sacred  spot  for  sur- 
rounding Native 
American  tribes. 

"We're  here  to  use 
information  to  get  peo- 
ple to  think  about  the 
place  in  a  different 
way,  to  get  people  to 
question  their  values  in 
terms  of  how  they 
view  these  areas,"  she 
says.  "We  try  to  con- 
vey information  that 
causes  the  public  to 
think  something  other 
than  they  did  before." 

Glen  Canyon  and 
the  Rainbow  Bridge 
have  implications 
beyond  their  draws 
as  tourist  sites.  Glen 
Canyon's  biggest  at- 
traction, Lake  Powell, 
was  created  in  the 
1960s  as  an  alternative 
location  for  a  dam 
when  environmen- 
talists protested  the 
possibility  of  building 
the  dam  at  the  better- 
known  Dinosaur 
National  Monument. 
Now,  a  different  group 
of  environmentalists 
are  lobbying  for  the 
lake  to  be  drained. 
When  the  lake  came 
up,  it  inundated  much 
of  the  area's  natural 
foliage,  Dubois  says. 
"The  beauty  of  it  was 
lost,  in  their  view. 
They  want  the  lake 


level  lowered  so  back- 
canyons  can  recover." 

The  Rainbow  Bridge 
has  been  the  subject  of 
cultural  conflicts.  The 
world's  largest  natural 
bridge,  the  monument 
has  long  been  held 
holy  by  the  Navajos 
and  other  nearby 
tribes.  "We  consult 
with  five  tribes  every 
year  to  make  sure  it's 
portrayed  in  an  appro- 
priate light."  But, 
Dubois  says,  the  atten- 
tion to  this  aspect  of 
the  bridge's  history  is  a 
fairly  recent  develop- 
ment, and  frequent  vis- 
itors to  the  park  have 
reacted  strongly  to 
new  requests  that  they 
not  walk  beyond  a  cer- 
tain viewing  point 
"We  try  to  help  people 
understand  that  it  has 
always  been  sacred; 
it  is  just  an  issue  to 
which  the  government 
has  only  been  sensitive 
recently." 

Aside  from  educat- 
ing the  park's  guests, 
she  also  helps  to  teach 
the  area's  residents. 
She's  working  to  ex- 
pand a  program  that 
gives  local  high  school 
students  with  interests 
in  mathematics  and 
science  the  opportuni- 
ty to  complete  re- 


search. Before  the 
Glen  Canyon  dam  was 
created,  a  kind  of  fish, 
the  razorback  sucker, 
used  to  live  in  the 
Colorado  River.  The 
species  has  thinned 
out,  though,  and  razor- 
back  suckers  are  now 
endangered.  Using  stu- 
dents' data,  the  park  is 
working  to  raise  these 
fish  in  local  golf-course 
ponds.  "The  students 
are  the  monitors  of  the 
fish  and  the  water 
quality,"  says  Dubois. 
"Without  them,  the 
research  would  not 
occur." 

Beyond  helping  to 
fight  the  extinction 
of  a  species,  work 
with  students  has  had 
other  repercussions — 
in  particular,  publicity, 
which  Dubois  says 
helps  to  further  (he 
park's  main  goal  of 
education.  Research 
"gets  a  lot  of  visibility, 
and  generates  public 
interest,"  she  says.  "It 
spreads  like  a  spider 
web;  many  more  peo- 
ple understand  what's 
going  on  here." 


September-October  1998       29 


nSSSSlnZ  WE  WISH  TOSALUTE   ""    ""  LOWING  MEMBERS  OF  THE  WlLLIAM  PRESTON  FEW  ASSOCIATION  WHO 


IK 


bF.Akeks.T73 

'  purabeck  akers,  t75 
and  Mrs,  John  Edward 


MADE  UNRESTRICTED  LEADERSHIP  GIFTS  THROUGH  THE  ANNUAL  FUND  IN  1997-98.  THESE  ALUMNI, 
PARENTS  AND  FRIENDS  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY  CONTRIBUTED  MORE  THAN  $6.1  MILLION  TO  THE  OPERAT- 
ING BUDGETS  OF  THE  UNDERGRADUATE  AND  GRADUATE  SCHOOLS  AS  WELL  AS  OF  THE  MEDICAL 

Center,  the  Art  Museum,  the  Chapel,  the  Gardens,  the  Library  and  the  Marine  Lab 


C.  V.  Alexander  Jr..  T56,  M59,  H63,  H60 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Robert  Muse  Bass,  P97 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Phillip  Roger  Bennett,  Poo 
Deborah  Groves  Black,  T74 
Steven  Davis  Black,  T74 

MERIlEt   Ml-StR  BuMOCK.WCfe 


Roy  I 


:,T62 


Jack  O.  Bo\enderT67 
Robert  E.  Bridces,  T78 

E.  Bl\ke  Byrne,  T57 
John  T.  Chambers.  E71 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Roger  William  Corman,  Poo 
Barbara  Lynn  Dannenberg,  FR 
Richard  B.  Dannenberc,  T52 

F.  ReidErvtn,  E42 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  John  R.  Farmer,  P01 

Helen  B.  Fisher,  FR+ 

J.  Rex  Fuqua.  FR 

W.  Scott  Gehman,  FE+ 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  David  A.  George,  P01 

Valerie  Blish  Goodwin,  WC71 

William  Olin  Goodwin,  T68 

Mr   vnd  Mrs.  Peter  Haas,  P99 

Joyce  Harrold  Hamilton,  WC65 

Roger  C  Hamilton,  T64 

Harvey  B.  Hamrick,  T54 

Mrs.  Harvey  B.  Hamrick,  FR 

Jacob  George  Harris,  T60 

Raynelle  Heidrick,  FR 

Robert  L.  Heidrick,  T63 

Michael  D.  Hernandez,  T68,  G70 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Edward  D.  Horowitz,  P01 

T.  Rudolph  Howell,  M58 


.P98 


e  T.  Hoyle  J 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Robert  W.  Hughe 
Mrs.  Edwin  L.  Jones,  Jr.,  FR 
Edwin  L.  Jones  Jr.,  E48 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Thomas  M.  Kearns,  P97 
Nannerl  Overholser  Keohane,  SU 
Robert  Keohane,  Ft) 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  William  J.  Kirby,  P91 
J.  J.  Riser  III,  T6=; 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Peter  Allen  Levine.  Poo 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Yuk  Sui  Lo.  P98 
Charles  Keith  Love,  T83 
John  J.  Mackowski,  T48 
Ernest  Mario,  TR 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Henry  F.  McCance,  P98 
Aubrey  Kerr  McClendon,T8i 
Kathleen  Byrns  McClendon,  T80 
John  P.  McGovern,  T45,  M45,  H49, 

GHON95 
Earl  D.  McLean  Jr..  T49 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Lawrence  A  Mitchell.  Poo 
I.  Wistar  Morris  III,  FR 
Martha  Hamilton  Morris,  WC65 
Leslie  L.  Neumeister,  T53 
Ruth  Lilly  Nicholas,  WC64 
Peter  Nicholas,  T64 
Mr.  and  Mrs  Ram  Chun  Pang,  P98 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  James  M.  Pfohl,  P98 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Leonard  V.  Quigley,  P87 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Marshall  Truman  Reynolds. 


P99 


)Mrs., 


,  Pol 


I  iv,  \kh  Rubin,  L36 

Archibald  C.  Rufty,  FR 

Frances  Fulk  Rufty,  WC44,  L+s 

Carolyn  M.  Schaefer,  FR 

Norb  F.  Schaefer  Jr.,  T52+ 

Alan  D.  Schwartz,  T72 

Mr.  and  Mrs  John  Harold  Scully,  Poo 

Truman  T.  Semans,  TE 

Fred  W  Shaffer,  T54 

Mrs.  Fred  W.  Shaffer,  FR 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Kenneth  F.  Siebel,  Poo 

Lanh  L.  Smith,  L67 


,P98 


Robert  King  Steel,  T73 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  F  G.  Steincraber,  Poi 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Paul  H.  Stephens,  P98 

Mr  and  Mrs.  William  A.  Teasley,  Ttf 

Randall  A.  Tobias,  TR 

Robert  E.  Torray,  T59 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  William  John  Tyne.  P97 

JeffVinik,  E81 

James  Hudcins  Vogeley,  E'8o 

KARI    M.VONDERHEYDEN.T62 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  John  B.  White,  1 

A.  Morris  Williams,  Jr. 

L.  Roger  Williams,  T40 

Ruth  Whitmore  Williams 

LeDane  Williamson,  WC70 

President's    Council 

Ellen  Cates  Adams,  WC62 

Rex  D.  Adams,  T62 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Adam  M.  Albright.  Poi 

Laurence  Harr-i  Anderson, T63 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Harrison  M.  Bains,  Poo 

Robert  Derek  Bandeen,  T84,  B85 

Robert  P.  Barnett,  T42,  L48 

Joan  Parsons  Beber,  WC56 

Robert  H.  Beber,  T55,  L57 

Edward  H.  Benenson,  T34 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  John  P.  Bent,  Jr..  P84,  PS6. 

P88 
Mr.  and  Mrs  John  E.  Berndt,  P89 
Clyde  F.  Boyles,  T34 
Dr.  and  Mrs.  Alan  D.  Bramowitz,  Poo 
Bruce  H.  Brandaleone,  FR 
Sara  Hall  Brandaleone,  WC65 
Barbara  E.  Brandt,  FR 
Robert  J.  Brandt,  M58 
Margaret  Meeker  Bray,  WC48 
Thomas  Ray  Broadbent,  M46 
R.  Steven  Brooks,  T70 
William  Lester  Brooks  Jr.,  M47 
Dorcas  Maynor  Bucher,  FR 
Richard  S.  Buddincton,  T64,  H70 
Sunny  Harvey  Burrows.  BSS 
Robert  Lewis  Burrus  Jr.,  L58 
Paul  M.  BurLER  Jr.,  L64 
John  A.  Canning  Jr.,  L69 
J.  Carl  Clamp  Jr.,  T42 
Bert  Richard  Cohen,  P98 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Donald  C  Corey,  FR 
Charles  B.  Corley  Jr.,  E49 
James  H.  Corrigan  Jr.,  E47 
Jeffrey  C.  Coyne,  L79 
C.  William  Crain.  T63 
Sharon  A  Crain,  WC63 
Mr.  and  Mrs  A  Steven  Crown,  Poo 
Ann  Quattlebaum  Curry,  WC65 
James  L  Curry,  T65 
James  P.  Davenport.  T66,  L69 
Nancy  Garside  Davenport.  N67,  R69 
Nancy  Jean  Davis,  FR 
Lawrence  E.  Derito,  P97 
Margaret  N.  Derito,  P97 
Norton  T.  Dodce,  FR 
Edward  S.  Donnell,  T41 
Rose  Kuihmr  Donnell, WC41 
Cynthia  DeFrance  Dreyer,T73 
Thomas  M.  Dreyer,  H74 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Michael  K.  Ducan,  Poo 
Becky  Weathers  Dukes,  WC56 
Charles  A.  Dukes.  Jr.  T56 
Ralph  Eads,  T81 
David  M.  Eisenberg,  T74,  L77 
John  D.  Enclar,  T69,  L72 
Julie  Campbell  Esry.  WC60 

DEBORAH   BRAND  KaiNSTEIN,  T74 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Robert  Feibusch,  Poi 

Mr.  and  Mrs  Nachman  Feig,  P99 

Mrs.  Joseph  D.  Fincher,  P84 

Cretchen  Schroder  Fish,WC68 

John  A.  Forlines  Jr.,  T39 

William  F.  Franck  Jr.,  T39 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Brian  Michael  Freeman, 

P95.  P97.  P02 
Annie  Lewis  Johnston  Garda.  WC61 
Roberta.  Garda,  E61 
Steven  Dwicht  Gardner,  T83 
Mr.  vnd  Mrs.  Fredric  B.  Garonzik,  Poi 


Dan  Garson,  T41 

Melinda  French  Gates,  T86,  B87 

Charles  Jean  Gave,  Poo 

Roy  G.  Gignac,  FR 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Michael  L.  Glazer,  P98 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Arthur  M.  Coldberg.  P96 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Richard  Goldberc,  Poi 

James  B.  Golden,  T44,  M46,  H54 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Harvey  J.  Goldman,  T68 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Clifford  Goldsmith,  P93 

David  Ronald  Goode,  T62 

Susan  Skjles  Goode,  WC63 

Robert  Pinkney  Gorrell,  T53 

Sarah  S.  Gorrell,  FR 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  James  P.  Gorter,  P81,  P87 

John  T  Grigsby  Jr.,  T66 

George  M.  Grills,  E63 

Joe  Grills,  T57 

Margaret  Grills,  FR 

John  A.  Grue,  FR 

Trudy  Sanders  Guinee,  WC50 

W.  Fenton  Guinee  Jr.,  T49 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  D.  Ross  Hamilton.  P91,  P01 

James  H.  Hance,  Jr.,  FR 

Marilyn  Hofmann  Harrison,  WC71 

R.  Keith  Harrison  Jr.,  E70 
C  Fellx  Harvey  III,  P88 

Margaret  Blount  Harvey,  WC43 
Gerald  L.  Hassell,  T73 

John  R.  Herbert,  T78 

Alice  Blackmore  Hicks,  WC69 

Mary  Young  Hines,  G93 
Thomas  Blair  Hines,  G04 

Richard  X.  Hodde,  T75 

Benjamin  D.  Holloway,  T50 

Rita  Holloway,  FR 

Harold  Honickman,  FR 

Jerry  G.  Hubbard,  T57 

Patricia  Cranford  Hubbard,  WC59 

Fitzgerald  S.  Hudson,  E46 

Mrs  Fitzgerald  S.  Hudson,  FR 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Charles  H.  Jenkins  Jr.,  Pg- 

Brenda  La  Grange  Johnson,  WC61 

Carol  Harvey  Johnson,  WC70 

Charles  A.  Johnson,  T71 

Robert  Q.  Jones,  T51 

Sandra  Taylor  Kaupe,  FR 

Theodore  C.  Kennedy,  E52 

Nat  Koenicsberc,  FR 

Paul  Robert  Koepff,  L73 

Cookie  Anspach  Kohn,  WC60 

Henry  L.  Kohn,  Jr.,  FR 

John  A.  Koskinen,  T61 

Patricia  Koskinen,  FR 

Milton  Lachman,  P74 

Roslyn  Schwartz  Lachman,  WC49 

Robert  N.  Laughlin  Jr.,  T68 

Scott  Nelson  Ledbetter,  T73 

Anne  Sabiston  Lecgett,  T78 

Reid  Gordon  Leggett,  T78 

Mr.  .and  Mrs.  Brandt  C.  Louie,  Poo 

Elizabeth  Brumley  Love,  T84 


.P96 


L?3 
G\r\  G  Ly^jch,  L75 
Carl  F.  Lyon,  T65,  L68 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  M.  Brian  Maher,  Poi 
Anne  Herbert  Mai,  WC65 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Harold  D.  Marshall 
Helen  Plyler  Maxwell,  WC42 
Kenneth  Wayne  McAllister,  L74 
Irene  Lilly  McCutchen,  WC62 
William  Walter  McCutchen  Jr.,  E62 
William  Frank  McKinley,  B85 
T.  Bragg  McLeod,  T49 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Gary  M.  McLoughlin,  Poi 
Mary  C.  Metzcer,  WC68 
Michael  P.  Molinari,  FR 
Carol  Preston  Morgan,  N64 
Thomas  H.  Morcan,  T63,  L66 
Jonathan  Moss.  G74,  M73 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Theodore  R.  Murnick, 

P93.P98 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  .albert  Henry  Nahmad.  Poo 
Dr.  and  Mrs.  James  Edward  Nave,  Poi 


v  ]\mes  Whitney  Near,  P91,  P93 

cH.Neely.T8o 

.liam  New  Jr.,  M72 

.  and  Mrs.  George  W.  Newman, 


Elizabeth  Agnew  Nichols,  G71,  G74 

Joseph  C.  Nichols,  G70 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Phillip  Gerald  Norton,  Poo 

Henry  J.  Oechler  Jr.,  L71 

Enwis  1'.  Payne. T62 

Arthur  W.  Peabody  Jr.,  T65 

Joseph  G.  Perpich,  P99 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  S.  Dave  Ph 

Douglas  A.  Poe,  L67+ 

)  Mrs.  Peter  P.  Post,  P9S 


.IVIV^ 


Mr.. 


)Mri 


s  F.  Rabenhorst,  E64 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Charles  Edgar  Redman,  Poi 
Edward  M  Reefe,  E68 
Nora  Lea  Rogers  Reefe,  WC67 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Frederick  Reynolds,  P99 
Nancy  Aikens  Rich,  WC69 
Simon  B.Rich  Jr..  T67 
Frank  Adams  Riddick  III.  BSo 
Douglass  F.  Rohrman,  T63 
Lytjne  Faytor  Saldutti,  WC61 
Michell  Miller  Sales.  T78.  L81 
Charles  A.  Sanders,  FR 
W.  Earl  Sasser  Jr.,  T65,  G69 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Joseph  Marshall  Schell, 

Mr  and  Mrs.  Peter  A  Schneider,  Poi 

David  A.  Schoenholz,  T73 

Susan  Had  am  Schoenholz,  N73 

.\lthfa  \olde  Schreiber,  WC37 

Douglas  Guy  Scrivner,  T73 

Mary  Bovard  Sensenbrenner,  N^,  N55 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Marc  Julian  Shapiro,  Poo 

Barbara  Johnston  Shaughnessy,  T79 

John  P  Shaughnessy,  T79 

Karl  S.  Sheffield,  T54 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Harlf.y  F.  Shuford,  Jr.,  P98 

Edwin  N  Sidman,  TR 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Joseph  R.  Siegelbaum,  P98 

David  N.  Silvers,  M68 

Dorothy  Lewis  Simpson,  WC46 

Doris  Stroupe  Slane,  WC45 

Nancy-  B.  Sokal,  FR 

George  deLancey  Soule,  T86 

Nancy  Kaneb  Soule,  T86 

Cecil  E.  Spearman  Jr.,  T53 

T.  William  Spilman,  E48 

Barbara  Blackham  Spilman,  WC49 

Mark  Stalnecker,  T73 

Susan  Metamoros  Stalnecker,  T73 

Bradford  Graham  Stanbagk,T8i 

Richard  W.  Steenken,  T61 

Stuart  Mark  Stein,  L78 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Lorry  James  Stensrud.  Poi 

William  F.  Stevens,  L70 

Roberi  Mtovi.ii  Stewart,  M50+ 

Verna  Lee  Stewart,  FR 

Robert  P.  Strauss,  T53 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Brendan  V.  Sullivan,  P99 

Cathy  Sulzberger,  P99 

W.  John  Swartz,  E56 

Barry  Joel  Tarasoff,  T67 

G.  Austin  Trigcs  Jr.,  T75 

George  I.  Uhde,T34,M36 

Maurine  Whitley  Uhde,  N34 

John  Angier  Vernon.  T73 

Michele  Ruddy  Vernon,  T73 

James  L  Vincent,  E61 

Dr.  and  Dr.  Rao  V,  Vinnakota,  Poo 

Elaine  McWhorter  Watson,  WC64 

William  E.  Watson.  T64 

Milton  N.  Weinstein,  T37 

Howard  Whitaker  Jr.,  T39 

Wayne  Freeman  Wilbanks,  T82 

Carol  Andresen  Wilhelm,  WC70 

Philip  H.  Wilhelm,T69 

Jerry  C.  Wilkinson,  E67 

L.Neil  Williams  Jr..  T58,  L61 

SulS  Williams.FR 


Marcakii  Jam  Wiison,WC6o 

Gayi  e  Chandi  er  Winsor,  N57 

Jody  Wolfe,  Pg7 

Thomas  M  Woodard,  E69 

Jum  C.  Wuodrui-i-.UCDS,  GIlUNgS 

Harold  L.  Yoh  Jr.,  E58 

Muo  MnusYoH.WCro 


Rai.neli .[•  BoLit.K  Abernethy,  WC48 

Mr  and  Mrs  Russell  S.  Acker,  FR 

Clifford  S.  Adams,  T65 

Jean  Taylor  Adams,  WC72,  G75,  L79 

Thomas  R.  Adams,  T72 

Ernest  and  Barrak  a  Adelman,  Pgg 

Irving  E.  Alexander.  FE 

James  P.  Alexander,  T66,  L69 

Jeanne  Bannerman  Alexander,  WC66 

Richard  B.  Alexander,  T59 

Michael  John  Alix,  T83 

John  A.  Allison  IV,  B74 

|ea\ne  Jackson  \i  iman,  WC43 

Robert  W.  Anderson,  E59 

Mrs  Wiii.iamS    \nderson,  FR 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  John  Ed  Anthony,  Poo 

James  Bradford  Anwyll,  L82 

Herman  Ross  Arnoi  i>  III,  T67.  L76 

F.dwtn  I'ord  Barber,  FR 

Vii«.im\  Price  Barber,  (.;6o,  G69 

Edgar  W.  Barksdale  Jr.,  T66 

James  N.  Barton,  E60 

Janice  Cohen  Beckmen.  T88,  B92 

|[  II  RE',    Imo\1\S  Bl  ■(  KMEN,  B92 

Dr.  and  Mrs.  W.  Tyson  Bennett,  P96,  P99 

Mr.  and  Mrs,  James  R.  Berdell,  P99 

Pahi  R   Bircer,  T71 

Daniel  W  Blaylock,  T51 

Francis  Adams  Blaylock,  WC53 

David  L.  Bodenhamer,  T52 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Stephen  D.  Bocner,  P01 

Dr.  and  Mrs.  James  Lee  Bolen,  P01 

R.  Lawrence  Bonner,  L80 

Judy  Perry  Booker,  WC71 

Anne  Rociilin  BosrnwiTZ,  WC45 

Gregory  |.  Bowcott,  T69 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  R.  Alfred  Brand  III,  P94, 

P94 
Ann!:  Cowley  Brennan.  T83 
John  B   Brennan,  FR 
Eari  W.  Brian  Jr.,  T63 
R.  Hunter  Bridces,  T63 
Jonathan  D.  Britt,  T71 
Colin  Wecand  Brown,  L74 
Werner  C.  Brown,  T42 
William  G.  Brown,  T72 

S'lUYRI  lIl'CIIURCll  BlTCE,  WC64 

William  T,  Buice  III,  L64 
Ed  Bunce,  T41 

Mary  Elizabeth  Crawford  Bunce,  WC41 

Raymond  F.  Burke,  T55 

Christopher  E.  Burns,  T79 

Bourn  \\    Bush,T53 

Jane  B.  Bush.FR 

Van  C.  Campbell.  P89 

W  KintCanipe.T69 

Walter  C.  Canipe,  T34+ 

Mario  R  Chydwick  |r  .T51,  L53 

Laurel  Rosenbaum  Ciiadwick,  N53 

Gael  Marshall  Chaney,  T73 

J.  Smith  Chaney,  FR 

Mr  and  Mrs.  Samuel  Chase,  P98 

Stephen  M.  Chiles,  L67 

Carlotta  Menborne  Clement,  WC61 

Hayes  Clement  Jr.,  T58 

William  Edward  Cleveland,  F93,  B93 

Norman  A.  Cocke  III,  E68 

Anne  Tiirpin  Cody,  T76 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  John  F.  Coghlan,  P98 

Mr  and  Mrs  Piter  A.  Cohen,  Poo 

J.  Peter  Coll  Jr.,  T6s 

Nancy  Swan  Coll,  N68 

Mary  Ruffin  Collett,  FR 

David  Ray  Colley,  T86 

Calvin  J.  Collier,  L67 

Darryl  Wade  Copeland,  E58 

Ronnie  L.  Cox,  H66,  M61,  H61,  H62 

W  Mark  Craig,  D72 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Thomas  W.  Crawford,  P01 

George  H.  Crowell,  E67 

Nancy  M.Crowell,  FR 

Bruce  Cummincs,  P91 

Mikna  Pon-  Cdmmincs,  WC60 

James  G.  Dalton  Sr.,  T44 

Kit  in  M  Danko.TSo 

Victoria  Dauphinot.  FR 

Thomas  E,  Davin,T79 

Kaiiiekine  Buckman  Davis,  T84 

Patricia  deBlankKlink,  FR 

Gregory  DeMarco,  F91,  B91 

Susan  Marie  DeMarco,  B90 


John  M  Derrick  Jr.,  E61 
Barbara  M.  Deruntz,  FR 
Daniel  McKenzii-  Dickinson.  KS3 
I.I  IZABETH  DANIE1    DICKINSON,  WC6l 

Gary  Weller  Dickinson,  E60 
Henry  B.  Dixon  II.T56,  M61 
Kathryn  Fisher  Dixon,  N58 
Mr  and  Mrs  WILLIAM  DOHENY,  |h  .  I 

i-'.i  i/.areth  Mam- ori)  Dole,  WC58 


Dr. 


Mr.  and  Mrs  Walter  W  Driver.  Jr..  Pgg 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  James  Pi  ier  Druckman.  Poi 

Dams  W  Duke  Jr.,  T54 

Charles  Steven  Duncker,  T80 

Mr  Brian  G.  Dyson,  P95 

John  Eads,  Poi 

T.  A.  El-Ramey,  M61+ 

Harry  H.  Esbenshade  III,  T78 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Andrew  W.  Evans.  Poi 

Mark  Alan  Fishman,  L78 

Mr  and  Mrs.  John  N.  Fix,  P97 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Anthony-  F.  Francella,  P98 

Jessie  T.  Frizzelle,  FR 

Lnvn-  Frizzelle,  FR 

Frederick  Daniel  Carel  Jr.,T6o 

Margaret  Booker  Gabel,  WC60 

C.  Gary  Gerst,  E61 

Jeffrey  K.  Gicuere,T76,  M80 

Nancy  Parker  Gicuere,  N78 

Terry  S.  Gilbert,  T66 

Edward  Arthur  Gilhuly,  T82 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Robert  Goodman,  FR 

Joyce  Nemser  Gordon,  G67 

Richard  A.  Gordon,  L67 

Joseph  P.  Gorrell,  T49 

Abigail  Reardon  Gosnell.  L81 

Arthur  A.  Gosnell,  FR 

Ann  Maynard  Gray.  P98 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Melvin  Greenberc,  P97 

Marvin  H.  Greene,  T62 

Donna  Coleman  Gregg,  L74 

Robert  Edgar  Gregg.  L74 

Joseph  M.  Griffin,  Tss,  L61 

Charles  D  Grove,  Esl  M61,  H62 

George  C.  Guthrie.  T64,  L67 

Carol  Suwak  Guynn,  N62 

Cy-rusCuynn,  M61,  H62+ 

David  Maemisegger,  FR 

John  S.  Mahn,  T74 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Richard  Thomas  Hale,  P98 

Deborah  Atkins  Hall,  T78 

Jan  Tori-  Hall,  T73 

Ruthann  II.  HALL.T73 

Suzanni-  Mall,  FR 

Karen  Marie  Hammett,  T74 

Amurosi   G.  Mami'ion  Jr.,  M52 

John  M.  Hamrick,  T34 

Harry  M  Markins  Jr.,  T73 

Robert  T.  Harper,  T76,  L79 

H.  Patterson  Harris  Jr.,  M36+ 

Elizabeth  A.  Hart,  FR 

Robert  M  Mart,  L69 

Mutiny  Mays,  L82 

lunini  R  Menry.FR 

Patrick  J   Henry,  B8S 

W.  EricHinshaw,T7i 

Robert  Hirschfeld,  E91+ 

Carroll  R.  Hochner.  Poi 

Harvey  R  Holding,  T56 

Charles  Robi-rson  Molton,  L73 

Richard  Alan  Horvitz,  L78 

Richard  Louis  Horwitz,  L82 

Edwin  B  Howard  Jr.,  T63 

Jonathan  Thomas  Howe.  L66 

Kenneth  W  Hubbard,  T65 

David  M  Huggin,  T62 

Nancy  Lassiter  1  Iucc.in,  WC63 

Beeitsue  Cameron  [  Iughes,  WC65 

Jeffrey  P.  Hughes,  L65 

Ann  Hampton  Hunt,  G70 

Kenneth  Charles  Hunt,  L76 

David  W.  Ichel,  T75,  L78 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  David  A.  Igdal 

William  R.  Impey,  E70 

Jeffrey  D.  Ix,  E78 

Kathleen  D.  Ix,  E79 

Nancy  Page  Jackson.  WGhS 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Charles  K.  Jot 

J.Wfsley  Jones.  I IS3.  T72,  M76,  H79 

Lucy  Hollis  Jones,  FR 

Patricia  Furey  Jones,  N74 

Richard  Hubert  Jones,  T73 


,Pg8 


,Pg8 


Maiu.aki  1  Henderson 
Thomas  A  Jorcensen,  Ld- 
Nedra  Rolbin  Kalish,  WC63 
Ronald  C   Kalish,  E61 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  William  J.  Kam 
L.  Patrick  Kelly,  T72 
James  D.  Kemp,  E69,  B73 
Glenn  F.  Keener  |r.  Too 


WC68 


Mr.  and  Mrs  Gary  Josftii  Klein, 
Tracy  Susanne  Klingeman,  T88 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  JayT.  Kolb,  Poi 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Steven  H.  Korman. 
Alexandra  Davern  Korry,  L86 

John  [.    KlUMPF,  T6g 
Jesse  P.  Kuperman,  T38 
Dr.  and  Mrs.  Ted  Y.  Lai,  Poi 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  George  C.  Lamb,  Jr 
Edward  J.  Landau,  T51 
BrendaTodd  Larsen.  WC(S(i 
Charles  Larsen  III,  T66 
David  D  Laufer,  L6g 
Cordelia  Reardon  Lavei 


T80 


1  Mrs.  Robe 

Ce  David  Lenihan  Jr.,  E87 

Sheree  Cooper  Levy',  T8g 
Carmen  Turner  Lipe.  WC68 
Joseph  A.  Lipe.  T67 
W.  Curtis  Livingston  III,  T65 
Lucy  Enfield  Lockwood,  WC68 
Peter  Van  Lockwood,  FR 
Thomas  P.  Losee  Jr.,  T63 
Diane  Brttz  Lotti,  T74 
Dr.  Stan ely  J.  Lourdeaux,  M40 
Elizabeth  Howard  Lovett,  T?g 
MaryRalph  Lowe,  Pgg 
John  F.  Lowndes.  T53,  L58 
Marian  Pecot  Lowry,  WC4S 
William  J  Lowry,  T47,  L4g 


Mr  and  Mrs.  Stephen  Mann.  T 
Catherine  Scott  Manno,  T74 
Marijki-  Elizabeth  Mars,  T86 


JAM* 


.T63 


Richard  A.  Marsilius.  E70+ 

W11  mams  Swift  Martin  IV.  T83 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Arthur  C.  Martinez,  Pg6 

Ann  Henson  Mai  hi  son.  WC55 

J  Daniel  Matheson  Jr..  T48 

Mr  and  Mrs  Robert C.  Matthias, 

P97.  P93 
Laurie  Eisenberg  May,  WC71 
Randolph  J.  May,  T68 
Judith  Abrams  Maynes,  WC68 
Robert  A.  Maytmes,  L69 
Jo/Ynne  L.  Mazurki,  T74 
William  J.  McAnally,  E59 
Sim  1  Wiii.iis  Mi  Connell,Tt7 
Mavlinc  Blanco  \U Cormick,  T75 
William  McCormick.  Pgg 
John  Bell  McGaughy,  E38 
Mr  and  Mrs   Di-nms  Ikwin  Meyer, 

P9o,P„ 
Mr    vm.  Mrs   K  Duiiihh  Mi  11  uc  (inn. 

P95.P98 
Edwin  S.  Michaels,  T55 

MaKDING  BoEHMl    Mil  DEL,  WC46 

Anne  B  Mize,  WC68 

Albert  Coy  Monk  III,  T61 

Gian  Marco  Moratti.  Poi 

James  Keith  Morgan,  T73 

Kvnn.EEN  Barlow  Morgan,  T74 

Patricia  Ann  Roderick  Morton,  T77 

Robert  Gary  Moskowitz,  L77 

Gail  McDonald  Murphy,  WC70 

Bettye  Martin  Musham,  Ns4 

Nancy  Arnole  Nasher,  L79 

William  W,  Neal  III,  T54 

Mr  and  Mrs.  Jay  A.  Neveloff,  Poi 

Richard  A.  Northam.  T51 

Amy  Factor  Oyer,  T79 

Jay  Howard  Oyer,  T78 

Stephen  G.  Pagliuca,  T77 

Stephen  H.  Palmer,  L68 

Robin  1'anovka,  L86 

Jacque  H.  Passino  Jr.,  T70 

(Catherine  Baker  Penn,  T74 

Robert  Read  Penn,  T74 

Clifford  W.  Perry  Jr..  T66 

Michael  A.  PiperSmyer,  G77 

Patricia  PiperSmyer,  WC68,  G72,  C76 

John  B.  PlattIII,  L69 

Susan  F.  Poe,  WC68 

Amelia  Mix  P0CGLT84 

Fr,\ncis  Xavier  Poggi,  T84 

William  Porter  III,  L66 

Edmund  T.  Pratt  Jr.,  E47 

James  H.  Prentiss,  Tjg 

John  Robert  Previs,  L73 

Robert  B.  Pringle,  L6g 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  J.  Neal  Purcell,  FR 

Richard  Querry  Jr..  FR 

Dudley  Atkins  Rauch,  T63 

Cure  A.  Rawley,  E71 

Arthur  G.  Ray-nes,  T56 

Hi\m  S  R.\ynes.  FR 


Mr.  and  Mrs  Ci.innI.  Ri-dhoiul  Pg-.  IV 

Geoffrey  S.  Rehnert.  T79 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Michael  D.  Reiner,  Poi 

Ann  Bagay  Ridenhour,  T90 

Steven  Strawn  Ridenhour,  T86 

William  A.  Rigsbee,  T50 

Frederick  H.  R]tts,T62 

Steven  F.  Roark,  T74,  M78 

Virginia  Warn  Roark,  T74,  G87 

E.  Norwood  Robinson,  L52 
Pauline  Gray  Robinson.  FR 
Kevin  )  Roche,  T80 

Elisabeth  Stewart  Rockwood,  N71 

Thomson  W.  Rockwood,  E70 

Frances  Pace  Rollins,  WC58 

Thomas  D  Rowe,  Jr..  FU 

Glenn  N.  Rupp  Jr.,  E66 

Edward  T  Samuel,  M73 

A.  Daniel  Scheinman,  L87 

Pamei  \  Rancke  Schroeder,  N75 

Dr.  and  Mrs.  Chandra  M.  Sharma,  Poo 

Byriow  Solomon  Shaw  Jr.,  F64 

Joanna  Reed  Shelton,  T74 

Mr  and  Mrs  John  D  Shytle,  FR 

Ralph  C.Simpson  Jr.,  E47 

Marsha  Slane,  FR 

John  C.  Slane,  Tsi 

C.  Hamilton  Sloan,  T63 

Ann  Crandall  Sloan.  YVC63 

Bi  \i  i;n  Markham  Small,  WC49 

Gaston  E.  Small,  Jr.,  P74 

Gordon  L.  Smith  Jr.,  E48 

MaRGARE  1    I  VYLOR  Smith.  WC47 

Sidney  W.  Smith  Jr..  T43,  L49 

F.  Colton  Somers  III.  E36 
Vw  1  Watkins  Sommer.  WC52 
Laurene  Meir  Sperling.  T78 
Kenneth  Winston  Starr,  L73 
Jonathan  A.  Steer,  T75 

K\I  111  RIM     C.OODMAN   Sll  R\,  W'C'40 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Alberi  F  Stevenson.  Poi 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Lindsay  D.  Stewart,  Poi 

Robert  W.  Stivers,  T40 

Caroline  Phillips  Stoel,  WC35,  L37 

Thomas  Burrows  Stoel,  L37 

Mr  and  Mrs   Donald  I   Strauher.  PgS 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Gary  Hubert  Stroy.  Poi 

Barbara  Hoover  Sutherland,  T75 

Lewis  F  Sutherland  III,  T73 

WaverlyE.  SykesJr.,E6i 

Roman  l  uakman,  FR 

Susan  E.  Tynnehill,  T76 

A.  Jac:kTannenbaum,T3i+ 

David  K.  Taylor  Jr.,  T47,  L49 

Wesley  M.  Thompson,  T63 

I'.mmy  Lou  Morion  Tompkins,  WC36 

Reade  Y.  Tompson,  T45 

Sarah  Bond  Tompson,  N45 

Ron-  II    T0WE.T59 

Robert  Holmes  Tuttle,  Poi 

Jeffrey  W.  Ubben,T83 

Laura  Hess  Ubben,  T84 

Christian  Van  Thillo,  B8g 

K  MorcanVarnerIII,  L66 

Mr  and  Mrs.  Roger  Merle  Vasey,  Poo 

Audret  1  Iatcher  \  aughan,  N47 

David  L.  Vauchan,  L71 

John  W.  Vauchan,  E47 

Lynn  E.  Wacner,  L68 

Richard  Wagoner  Jr.,  T75 

Kathleen  Kaylor  Wagoner,  T77 

Mr.  and  Mrs  Michael  B.  Wue/kin,  Poi 

Donald  S.  Wall,  E43 

Ursula  Petre  Wall,  WC45 

James  W.  Warshauer,  T78 

Robert  Carl  Weber,  L76 

Gary  Willis  Weems,  T77 

Michael  W.  Weir,  T63 

[OEl  Weiser,  M62 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Alan  Roy  Wmskopf,  Pg4 

Carl  Rudolph  Wesselhoft,  T36 

Anne  Roebken  West,  N61 

Kathryn  Lee  West,  N77 

William  K.  West  Jr.,  ESg,  L62 

Dorothy  Sitvers  Whitman,  WC42 

Stanley  F.  Whitman,  T40 

K    I'AYE  WlCKERSHAM,  FR 

Warren  G.  Wickersham,  T60 
Laurie  Griggs  Williams,  NSo 

Sue  S  Williams,  FR 

Thomas  \\  11  liam  \\  inland.  L74 

Tyta  Winland,  P98,  Poi 

Gregory  Scot  Wolcott,  E78 

Mr  and  Mrs.  Geoffrey  F.  Worden,  Poi 

M.  Richard  Wyman,  T47 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  William  Vann  York,  P85 

Herbert  J.  Zimmer,  T67 

Audrey  /am hi  tit  /.inman,  T83 

Richard  Scoit  Zinman.  T82 


Interactive  Services.  She  and  her  husband,  Ken  Weil 
'82,  and  their  two  children  live  in  McLean,  Va. 

Kevin  Hopkins  A.M.  '83  received  the  Best 
Professor  Award  from  the  John  Marshall  Law  School 
in  Chicago,  where  he  is  a  law  professor. 
Allen  Mensinger  83,  a  researcher  at  Washington 
University's  medical  school  in  St.  Louis,  is  part  of  a 
team  of  researchers  studying  the  response  of  toadfish 
to  the  near-zero  gravity  conditions  in  a  shuttle  orbiting 
above  Earth's  atmosphere.  They  hope  to  help  under- 
stand why  astronauts  suffer  from  something  similar  to 


motion  sickness  during  their  first  few  days  in  space. 

Douglas  E.  Waters  '83,  a  Navy  lieutenant  comman- 
der, participated  in  the  Pacific  Joint  Task  Force  Exercise 
while  assigned  to  Fighter  Squadron  21,  embarked 
aboard  the  aircraft  carrier  USS  Abraham  Lincoln. 

Julia  T.  Woessner'83,  J.D.  '86  was  elected  a  part- 
ner in  the  St.  Louis  law  firm  Thompson  Coburn.  She 
lives  in  Richmond  Heights,  Mo. 

Marie  Attaway  Borland  '84  is  a  partner  in 
the  Tampa,  Fla.,  law  firm  Hill,  Ward  and  Henderson, 
specializing  in  appellate  law. 


MANN'S 
BEST 


ot  many  con- 
tractors bring 
I  dogs  with  them 
when  they  visit  their 
construction  sites.  But 
then  again,  not  many 
dogs  are  trained  to 
take  off  their  master's 
shoes  in  response  to  a 
quiet  command. 

Carroll  Mann  '81  has 
used  a  wheelchair 
since  being  paralyzed 
at  fourteen.  Dobkin, 


the  equivalent  of  a 
seeing-eye  dog;  he 
picks  up  objects  that 
Mann  drops,  helps 
Mann's  wife  with  laun- 
dry, flies  with  Mann  on 
airplanes,  and  could 
rescue  Mann  if  his 
wheelchair  were  to 
get  stuck. 

Dobkin  is  "like  a 
magnet,"  Mann  says. 
"He  knows  that  when 
I  am  working,  he's  sup- 
posed to  be  working." 

Although  this  close 
relationship  between  a 
disabled  person  and  a 
trained  dog  is  fairly 
common,  there's  noth- 
ing typical  about  the 
backdrop  against 
which  these  two  work. 
As  a  contractor,  Mann 
is  essentially  responsi- 
ble for  overseeing  the 
successful  construction 
of  his  clients'  homes. 
He  visits  his  sites  every 
day;  at  any  given  time 
he  is  supervising  the 
progress  of  three  or 
four  houses,  which  are 
usually  in  the  Lake 
Gaston,  North  Caro- 
lina, area. 

Mann  has  encoun- 
tered some  difficulties 
on  the  job — technical 
things,  like  not  being 
able  to  monitor  the 


progress  of  houses' 
second  floors.  But  his 
wife  and  business  as- 
sociate, Barbara,  takes 
care  of  those  complica- 
tions. The  worse  prob- 
lem Mann  says  he  has 
faced  involved  clients 
who  were  unwilling  to 
work  with  a  disabled 


"I've  had  negative 
vibes  from  a  couple  of 
people,  being  in  a 
wheelchair  on  a  job 
site,"  he  says.  "Home- 
owners are  very  preju- 
diced when  it  comes  to 
selecting  a  builder. 
Some  won't  talk  to  me. 
They're  intimidated; 
they  don't  know  how 
to  react." 

But  he  says  that  the 
few  potential  cutomers 
who  turn  him  down 
are  outnumbered  by 


those  who  respect  his 
work,  regardless  of  his 
disability.  Mann  built 
his  own  house  and  de- 
signed it  for  accessibili- 
ty, without  "the  stigma 
of  an  institutional  look." 

"Clients  come  to  my 
house,"  says  Mann, 
who  works  from  home 
in  Macon,  North  Caro- 
lina. "The  reason  I  get 
sales  is  because  they 
can  see  the  potential  of 
what  they  might  have." 

But  this  potential,  he 
says,  has  yet  to  be 
achieved  on  Duke's 
campus.  "1  went  to 
Christmas  Eve  services 
at  the  Chapel  and  was 
routed  around  it,"  he 
recalls.  "But  it  was  so 
dark,  I  could  hardly 
see  the  sidewalk." 

Duke  has  been 
working  to  improve  its 


Mann  am 
Dobkin:  "He  knows  that 
when  1  am  working,  he's 
supposed  to  be  working." 

access,  and  Mann  says 
he  is  pleased  with  the 
university's  attempts. 
On  a  more  practical 
note,  he  maintains  that 
the  campus'  beauty 
need  not  be  sacrificed. 
"You  do  not  have  to 
alter  the  campus  so 
that  it  looks  like  a 
government  facility. 
With  creativity,  you 
can  make  the  university 
accessible  without 
destroying  its  aesthet- 


ic Mark  Coleman  B.S.E.  '84,  who  earned  his  M.S.E. 
and  M.B.A.  at  the  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technol- 
ogy, is  a  program  director  at  Litton  Guidance  &  Con- 
trol Systems  in  Woodland  Hills,  Calif.  He  and  his  wife, 
Roubina,  and  their  daughter  live  in  Agoura,  Calif. 

Gregory  Carl  Cook '84  is  a  partner  in  the  law  firm 
Balch  &  Bingham  in  Birmingham,  Ala. 

Matt  Duffy  '84  is  director  of  marketing  for  Medlm- 
mune,  Inc.,  a  biotechnology  pharmaceutical  company 
based  in  Gaithersburg.  He  and  his  wife,  Mary-Jo,  live 
in  Potomac,  Md. 

Peter  J.  Ganz  '84  is  vice  president,  government 
affairs,  and  associate  general  counsel-litigation  of  GAF 
Corp.  and  International  Specialty  Products,  Inc.  He 
and  his  wife,  Toby,  and  their  two  children  live  in 
Cranford,  N.J. 

Chris  Plaut  '84  is  a  partner  in  the  New  York  office 
of  the  law  firm  Latham  &  Watkins.  He  and  his  wife, 
Nancy,  and  their  two  children  live  in  Larchmont,  N.Y. 


S.  Blank  '85  formed  his  own  i 
management  turn  with  omee>  in  New  York  City  and  West 
Palm  Beach,  Fla.  He  and  his  wife,  Laurie,  live  in  New 
York  City.  Their  Internet  address  is  jblank@jsbco.com. 

Harry  Galanty  '85  practices  sports  medicine  in  the 
orthopedics  department  at  Texas  Tech  University, 
where  he  is  a  team  physician.  He  and  his  wife,  Liz,  live 
in  Lubbock,  Texas,  with  their  daughter. 

Belinda  Hatzenbuhler  BSE.  '85  is  an  associate 
in  the  Miami  office  of  the  law  firm  Holland  &  Knight. 
She  lives  in  Miami  Beach. 


S.  Turtle  '85  is  president  of  Amsco,  Inc., 
a  residual  management  and  recycling  company  serving 
the  water  and  wastewater  industry  throughout  the 
Southeast.  He  and  his  wife,  Claire,  and  their  two  chil- 
dren live  in  Winston-Salem,  N.C. 

Stephen  J.  Cahill  B.S.E.  '87  is  the  senior  resident 
inspector  for  the  Nuclear  Regulatory  Commission  at 
the  Crystal  River  Nuclear  Plant.  He  and  his  wife, 
Sandra  Joyce  Cahill  '87,  live  in  Ocala,  Ha.,  with 

their  three  children. 

Paul  Heffemtan  '87  was  named  a  fellow  of  the 
Society  of  Actuaries.  He  is  a  senior  actuarial  consul- 
tant with  The  Prudential  Insurance  Co.  in  Florham 
Park,  N.J.  He  and  his  wife,  Maika,  and  their  daughter 
live  in  Providence,  R.I. 

Susan  Dannenberg  Randoing  '87  completed  a 
clinical  psychology  Ph.D.  program  at  Florida  Institute 
of  Technology,  where  she  was  selected  as  the  most  out- 
standing student  among  the  psychology  majors.  She 
and  her  husband,  Olivier,  and  their  son  live  in  Dallas. 

Patrick  Jarrett  Schwarz  '87  is  a  senior  vice 

president  and  securities  broker  at  Morgan  Stanley 
Dean  Witter  &  Co.  in  New  York.  He  and  his  wife, 
Whitney,  live  in  Old  Greenwich,  Conn. 


'87,  Ph.D.  '95,  an  Air  Force  captain 
and  chief  of  mental  health  services  for  the  821st  Space 
Group,  Denver,  Colo.,  was  named  the  USAF  Space 
Command's  Clinical  Psychologist  of  the  Year. 

Suzanne  Duryea  '88,  who  earned  her  Ph.D.  in 
economics  at  the  University  of  Michigan,  is  an  economist 
at  the  Inter- American  Development  Bank  in  Washing- 
ton, D.C.  She  and  her  husband,  Timothy  Waidmann, 
and  their  two  children  live  in  Silver  Spring,  Md. 

Emily  V.  Karr  '88,  LL.M.  '88  became  a  partner  in 
the  Portland,  Ore.,  law  firm  Stoel  Rives. 

Theodore  William  Macri  Jr.  '88  is  a  vice  presi- 
dent and  a  securities  trader  at  BT  Alex  Brown,  a  New 
York  brokerage  company.  He  and  his  wife,  Sheila,  live 
in  New  York  City. 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


CELEBRATE      SUCCESS 


1 


The  following  Reunion  Gift  volunteers  raised  more  than  $3.5 

MILLION  FOR  THE  DuKE  ANNUAL  FUND.  REUNION  CLASSES  COMMITTED 

almost  $17.8  million  to  all  areas  of  the  university  to  mark  this 
milestone  year.  the  duke  annual  fund  would  like  to  thank 

everyone  who  participated,  especially  our  loyal  volunteers  listed  below. 

Let's  celebrate  your  success  on  campus  this  fall! 


Leadership  Gifts  Chair 

Nancy  Henry  Dameron 
Noble  J.  David 
Mary  Ann  Duncan  Groome 
W.  Casper  Holroyd,  Jr. 
Marian  Pecot  Lowry 
Joel  E.  Martin 
Sally  Waddell  McKeague 
Billy  B.  Olive 
Anna  Cooper  Painter 
Jack  H.  Quaritius 
Gordon  L.  Smith,  Jr. 
Mary  Anne  Cromer  Stone 
Joan  Ancevine  Swift 


95? 


45th 


lnmns  F  Keller 
Class  Chair 

Frances  Adams  Blaylock 
Leadership  Gifts  Chair 
Ralph  R.  Rumer,  Jr. 
Engineering  Agent 

George  M.  Benda 
William  H.  Bogart 
Nancy  Hillman  Bumsted 
John  A.  Carnahan 
Lloyd  C.  Caudle 
Bernice  Shepherd  Cole 
Yvonne  Schweistris  Deyton 
Joan  Crowell  Gould 
Barbara  Seaberc  Hopper 
Christina  White  James 
W.  Scott  James,  Jr. 
Bernice  Levenson  Lerner 
Charles  B.  Looper 
LaNelle  Edwards  Looper 
Nancy  Miller  McLemore 
Samuel  Northrop,  Jr. 
Mary  Jacobs  Northrop 
William  E.  Painter 
William  G.  Robinson 
Patricia  Cohan  Seaton 
Cornelia  Aldridce  Service 
Robert  W.  Stubbs 
William  W.  Werber 
1  958    -    40th    Reun 
Katherjne  Mitchell  Bunting 
Class  Co-Chair 
Bobby  Joe  Harris 
Class  Co-Chair 
Harold  L.  Yoh,  Jr. 
True  Blue  Gifts  Chair 
Marilyn  Coen  McIlvaine 
Nursing  Agent 
Anthony  Bosworth 
Robert  F.  Clayton 
Clifton  R.  Cleaveland 
Edwin  S.  Gauld 
1963    -    3  5th    Reun 
TtaoMAS  H.  Morgan 
Class  Chair 

Margaret  Rouse  Bates 
Leadership  Gifts  Chair 
G.  Gerard  Barnett  III 
Sue  McGhee  Duttera 
Barker  French 
Constance  Finfrock  Galley 
Susan  Skiles  Goode 
C.  Roger  Hoffman 
Mary  Trent  Jones 
Thomas  P.  Losee,  Jr. 

Dudley  Atkins  Rauch 


Frank  V  Stith  III 
Barbara  Wishnov  Tanzer 
Richard  H.  Vincent 
John  A.  Walker,  Jr. 
Mighai-l  W.  Weir 


Eft     Re 


'968 


Class  Chair 
William  O.  Goodwin 
True  Blue  Gifts  Chair 


I  eader^hip  Gifts  Chair 
i'.nu  vro  \1.  Reefe 
Engineering  Agent 

John  C.  Alexander,  Jr. 

Jo  A.  Bennett 

Sarah  Harkrader  Brau 

James  R.  Fox 

Karla  Harbin  Fox 

Harvey  J.  Goldman 

Nancy  Page  Jackson 

Sarah  Patterson  Jacgar 

Ann  Turner  Jordan 

LeeM  Kenna,  Jr. 

Nancy  L.  Knapp 

Charlene  Vala  Laughlin 

Robert  N.  Laughlin,  Jr. 

William  C.  Ludwig 

Randolph  J.  May 

Rodney  C  Pitts 

Stuart  M.  Salsbury 

Sandra  Paine  Stewart 

Brooke  Mangels  Travelstead 

Malcolm  Patrick  Travelstead 

Alan  W.  Withers 

J  973    -    2  5  th    Reuni( 

Peter  B.  Kenney,  Jr. 

Class  Chair 

|v\n  s  Francis  Akers 

True  Blue  Gifts  Chair 

Mark  Eric  Stalnecker 

Leadership  Gifts  Co-Chair 

Susan  Matamoros  Stalnecker 

Leadership  Gifts  Co-Chair 

Stephen  Bruce  Rogers 

I  u^iin  cnng  Agent 

James  Robert  W.  Bayes 
James  Carroll  Camp 
Dara  Lyn  De  Haven 
Gerald  L.  Hassell 
Robin  Fowler  Hemphill 
Richard  Hubert  Jones 


WlL 


iGr 


Mary  Virginia  Litle 
Bradley  Angstman  Peete 
Glenn  Richard  Reichardt 
Douclas  Guy  Scrivner 
Lewis  F.  Sutherland  III 
Joseph  Mikesell  Thomas 
Phyllis  Scholl  Thomas 
John  Angier  Vernon 
Michele  Ruddy  Vernon 
Laura  Meyer  Wellman 


1  978  - 
Reid  Gordon 
Class  Co-Chai 


20th     Ri 


Robert  E.  Bridges 
True  Blue  Gifts  Chair 
Marylou  Queally  Salvati 
Leadership  Gifts  Chair 

Gregory  Scot  Wolcott 

l.n^iiiccniiv,   kxui 

E.  Donald  Bafford,  Jr. 
Thomas  Bruce  Bell 
Mary-Douglass  Scannell  Brown 
Thomas  P.  Brown 


Robert  C.  Chamberlain 
Diane  Moczulski  Chamberla: 
Benner  B.  Crigler,  Jr. 

William  A.  DeLacey 
Jeffrey  Wade  Garland 
Cynthia  Sitter  Graves 
Deborah  Atkins  Hall 
R.  Ross  Harris 
Patricia  M.  Haverland 
Kknmvih  R  Helm 
Jeffrey  D.  Ix 

Katherine  Fortino  Johnston 
Robert  B.  Krakow 
Marta  Sosangelis  Lyynas 
D.  Gilbert  Lee,  Jr. 
Carol  Dadakis  McKeever 
Lisa  Edelmann  McLaughlin 
Jay  Howard  Oyer 
Bonnie  Bean  Putnam 
Carol  Armstrong  Rubeo 

I.  Scott  Sokol 
William  Alvts  Stokes.  Jr. 
Richard  M.  Thicpen 
Shao  F.  Wanc 
James  YV  Warshauer 
David  L.  Wertz 
1  9 8 3    -    15  th    Reun 
Joseph  Porter  Durham,  Jr. 
Class  Chair 
Ji-rrfy  \Y.  Ubben 
True  Blue  Gifts  Chair 
Sc/anvk  Rich  Folsom 
Leadership  Gifts  Co-Chair 
Christine  Hoy  Gosnell 
Leadership  Gifts  Co-Chair 
Harold  Lionel  Yoh  HI 


Brian  Joseph  BinTERFiELD 
David  Lester  Cozart  III 
Frank  Jonathan  Dracos,  Jr. 
Susan  Wells  Drechsel 
John  Eugene  Featherston,  Jr. 
Mary  Sherk  Fusco 
Steven  Dwight  Gardner 
John  Louis  Giannuzzi 
Elizabeth  Johnson  Gustafson 
Kathryn  Lewis  Heidt 
Troy  Whitehurst  Holland 
Laurel  Hixon  Illston 
David  Randal  Keatley 
Dennis  Demosthenes  Kokenes 
Williams  Swift  Martin  IV 
Elizabeth  Jennings  Sibbring 
Gary  Mark  Starr 
Mark  Edward  Stephanz 
Rita  McCloy  Stephanz 
David  Maxwell  Strickland 
Ernest  Bell  Tracy  III 
Karen  Riecer  Tracy 
Sterly  Lebey  Wilder 
19  88    -     I  Oth     Reunic 
Tract  Susanne  Klinceman 
Class  Chair 

True  Blue  Gifts  Chair 
Thomas  Alan  Burcer,  Jr. 
Leadership  Gifts  Co-Chair 
Elizabeth  Malone  Burger 
Leadership  Gifts  Co-Chair 
Leslie  Susan  Prescott 

Andrew  Ross  Andreasik 
Robert  D.  Arthur  II 
Suzanne  Brune  Austin 


Merrill  Stuart  Buice 
Robert  Curt  Calamari 
Mary  Elizabeth  Caskey 
Kevin  Bruce  C.atlin 
Laura  Salizzoni  Dean 
Stanley  Paul  Dean 
Anthony'  Hume  Dilweg 
.Ann  Wooster  Elliott 
Elizabeth  Loyd  Gorman 
Michael  Brian  Gorman 
Mehiabeen  Hayath 
Kathleen  Hagan  Kilmer 
Thomas  S.  Kramer,  Jr. 
Andor  Michael  Laszlo 
Estelle  Sherry  Levine 
Elizabeth  Maly  Lindgren 
Thomas  Charles  Mazzucco,  Jr. 
Robert  Dennis  McArver.  Jr. 
Karen  Marie  Muller 
Michelle  Marie  Mundt 
Charli  s  Manning  Roebuck  III 
Stephen  Francis  Ryan 
Joseph  Anthony-  Saldutti.  Jr. 
Philip  Joseph  Santora  III 
Sonya  Stellwagon  Schroeder 
Vircinia  Finley  Shannon 
Douglas  Joseph  Shusterman 
David  Alan  Simon 
Landon  Clark  Slane 
Chadwick  Clair  Stearns 
James  Belk  Sutton 
R.  Brian  Timmons 
Gillian  Steele  Trimmer 
Ellen  Louise  Weigle 
William  Stephen  Wesit.rmann,  Jr 
Jeffrey  Milus  Yoh 
J993    -     5th     Reunion 


Kvil    SUU'IRA  L\TTS 

Class  Co-Chair 
Barky  Canon  Coplin 
J  liiiinccring  Agent 

David  Brouwer  Ackerman 
Ruth  Suzanne  Chang 
Kyra  Rachel  Darnton 
Laura  Lucre  Decrer 
Catherine  Fellows-Jaquette 
Gabriella  Paola  Fitzgerald 
Lee  Ann  Furrow-Tolsma 
Stacy  Glass  Goldstone 
Dartaganan  L.  Jackson 
Joanna  Lynn  Jann 
Michelle  Anne  Kisloff 
Beth  Christine  Krodel 
Kimberly  Dawn  Mirsry 
Lee  Suzanne  Murnick 
Mason  L.  Myers 
Ann  Marie  Scott 
Cathy  Lynn  Taylor 
Anita  L.  Walter 
William  Courtlandt  Yoh 
Susan  Priest  Zentay 


Joseph  F.  Polak  '88  writes  that  he  has  changed 
his  last  name  to  Kemme  to  honor  his  grandfather.  His 
full  name  is  now  Joseph  Francis  Kemme.  He  lives  in 
Denver. 

Hennessey  Tseng  '88  hegan  his  cardiology  fellow- 
ship at  the  University  of  Washington  in  Seattle. 

Stanton  S.  Coerr'89  is  a  student  in  the  Mid- 
Career  Master  of  Public  Administration  Program  at 
the  John  F.  Kennedy  School  of  Government  at 
Harvard  University.  He  left  the  Marine  Corps  as  a 
captain  after  nine  years  of  service. 

Ann  Wells  Dorminy  '89,  a  home  school  educator, 
was  given  awards  by  the  National  Junior  Horticulture 
Association  for  advising  the  1997  National  Winner  in 
three  divisions:  gardening,  plant  propagation,  and 
experimental  horticulture,  ages  eight  and  under.  She 


and  her  husband,  John  H.  Dorminy  IV  '91,  and 
their  three  children  live  in  McDonough,  Ga. 

Dana  Houghton  Harper  '89  is  a  vice  president 
and  bond  trader  at  Deltec  Asset  Management  in  New 
York.  She  and  her  husband,  Peter  Turk,  live  in  New 
York  City. 

Catherine  L.  Pollitt'89,  a  Navy  lieutenant,  partic- 
ipated in  the  Atlantic  Joint  Task  Force  Exercise  while 
assigned  to  the  destroyer  USS  Stump,  out  of  Norfolk,  Va. 

Peter  J.  Soloff  J.D.  '89  is  a  partner  in  the 
Philadelphia  law  firm  Blank  Rome  Comisky  McCauley. 
He  lives  in  Rydal,  Pa. 


MARRIAGES:  Jonathan  Steven  Blank '85  to 

Laurie  Sue  Rosensweig  on  May  9.  Residence:  New  York 
City...  Patrick  Jarrett  Schwarz'87  to  Whitney 
Paige  Schreiber  on  May  2.  Residence:  Old  Greenwich, 


CELEBRATE 


nthe  following  dlike  parents'  committee 
volunteers  raised  more  than  $2.4  million 
for  The  Duke  Annual  Fund.  Duke  Parents 
committed  almost  $6.9  million  to  all  areas 
of  the  University.  The  Duke  Annual  Fund  would 
like  to  thank  everyone  who  participated,  especially 

OUR  LOYAL  VOLUNTEERS  LISTED  BELOW.  Let's  CELEBRATE 
YOUR  SUCCESS  AT  PARENTS'  WEEKEND  THIS  FALL! 


Jeff; 


Volunteers 

Larky  and  Debbie  Mitchell  P99,  P'oo 

\<ih:mdl  C  7i,iiYs  1,/  Parents'  Program 

LVNDA  VlCKERS-S.MITH  P'gS,  P'oo 

Engineering  Chair 

Clenn  and  |ane  Cee  Redbord  P'97,  P'01 

International  Chairs 

Parents-of-Alumni 

Mac  and  Leslie  Bains  P'r^,  P'oo 

Parents-of-Alumni  Chairs 

Tyson  Bennett  P'96.  P'99 

Debbie  Bennett  P'96,  P'99 

SlEVE  AND  SUNNY  COLE  P'97,  P'99 

Terry  and  Beth  Collins  P'97 
Andy  and  Barbara  Cortese  P'97 
Jim  and  Gail  Cusick  P'g7 
Mel  .and  Marcaret  Creenberc  P'97 
Bill  and  Barbara  Haljun  P'gs 
Buddy  and  Chris  Haunss  P'95 
Dennis  and  Linda  Hunt  P'97,  P'99 
Al  and  Marilyn  Kaufman  P'9;,  P'97,  P'98 
)  Elsie  Kearns  P'97,  P'97 
)  Suzanne  Lehrl  P'93.  P'99 
)  Pecgy  Marshall  P'96 
Duff  and  Bunny  Meyercord  P'95.  P9S 
Ted  and  Maxine  Murnick  P93,  P9S 
George  and  Betsy  Newman  P96,  P'oo 
Tim  and  Susan  O'Reilly  P'94,  P'01 
Jim  and  Liz  Pfohl  P'95,  P'98 
Dave  and  Kay  Phillips  P'95,  P'98 
Glenn  and  Jane  Cee  Redbord  P'97.  P'01 
Toby  and  Sally  Rosenblatt  P'95,  P'oo 
Chandra  and  Patricia  Shauma  P'gd.  P'oo 


IVyUAYii    \\nU:\F.\iiM 

P'91,  P'01 
Class    of    199S 
Duff  and  Bunt 
Class  Co-Chairs 
Dan  and  Marilyn  Quayle 
Class  Co-Chairs 
Bill  and  Gail  Bevan 
Sam  and  Eszter  Chase 
John  and  Patricia  Cochlan 
Bob  Cohen  (also  01) 
Joanne  Cohen  (also  01) 
Patrick  and  Chessie  Donneli 
Don  and  Catherine  Finn 
Brian  and  Harriet  Freeman 
Jack  and  Carol  Hove 
Charles  and  Candace  Johnso 
Marilyn  Kaufman  (also  P'92, 1 
Gary  and  Lorraine  Klein 
Joe  and  Patty  Kraus 
Peter  and  Janet  Levtne  (also 
Henry  and  Allison  McCancf 
Joe  and  Beth  Mishkin 
Ted  and  Mamne  Murnick  (ai.; 


Dave  a 


Liz  Pfohl  i  also  P'95) 
d  Kay  Phillips  (also  P'95) 

John  and  Kenney  Pickens 

Peter  and  Beth  Post 

Ronnie  and  Janis  Rauch 

Charlie  and  Barbara  Reilly 

Glenn  and  Mary  Ruerano 

Stan  and  Adrienne  Schwartz 

Peter  and  Carole  Segal 

Buck  and  Helgi  Shuford 

Joe  and  Sue  Siegelbaum 

Mike  and  Joan  Spero 

Fred  and  V'roni  Steingraber  (also  P 

Lynda  Vickers-Smith  (also  P'oo) 

John  and  Ann  Marie  White 

Tyla  Wi.nland  (also  P'01) 

Dale  and  Wendy  Wortham 

Alan  and  Carol  Young  (also  P'01) 

Class    of    1999 

Walter  and  Bettie  Driver 

Co-Chairs 

Fritz  .and  Lee  Reynolds 

Tyson  Bennett  (also  P'96) 

Debbie  Bennett  (also  P'96) 

Bill  and  Leslie  Bennison 

Jim  and  Mary  Berdell 

Bob  and  Cindy  Blakely 

Chris  and  Cookie  Byczek 

Steve  and  Sunny-  Cole  (also  P'97) 

Anthony  and  Shirley  Costrini 

Ray  and  Dacmar  Dolby 

Ralph  and  Gwen  Everett 

Jamie  Feic 

Jon  ami  Judy  Harris 

Peter  and  Florence  Hart 

John  and  Jane  Heaps 

Dennis  vnd  Linp\  Mini  i.  also  P'9-1 

Jeff  and  Suzanne  Lehr  (also  P'93) 

Mary  Ralph  Lowe 

Joe  and  Susan  Nehmen 

Jim  \nm  W  \rrie  Price 

Gary  and  Nancy  Steele 

Wyatt  and  Renee  Stewart 

Brendan  and  Lila  Sullivan 

Gerry  and  Sandra  Tre.anor 

John  Yost 

Class    of    2000 

Steve  and  Nancy  Crown 

Co-Cnaiis 

Ward  Hunt 

Co-Chair 


Li  slii  Buns  ialso  P'97) 
\i>  B\ki  \i;\  Bancroft 
1  Liz  Barone 
Valerie  Bennett 


Jack  and  Barbara  Bieric 
Karl  and  Gabriele  Binzel 
Ted  and  Kathy  Botts 
Alan  and  Marsha  Bramowitz 
Mark  and  Paula  Butler 
Roger  and  Julie  Corman 

Will  [AM   AND  Kl  I/.AHI  IH  DOHENY 

Michael  and  Barbara  Dugan 
Paul  .and  Sherry  Durnan 
Nyambie  and  Marie  Ebie 
Fred  and  Juelle  Fisher 
Peter  and  Marianne  Fritts 
Dennis  .and  Robyn  Hall 
Pi  11  k  mi  Ianfi  Li  vine  (also  P'98) 
Alex  and  Freddy  McFerran 
Alan  and  Dlane  Melton 

Gl  OHCL   AND  Rl   1S\   NlAVMAN  (ALSO  P'96 

Phil  and  Pat  Norton 

Hi  bum  Ouintiliani 

loin  and  Sally  Roslnblatt (also  P'95 

Joseph  and  Debbie  Schell 

John  and  Irene  Scully 

Chandra  \\d  Patricia  Sharma  i  \i  so 

P96) 
Harvey  and  Mary  Struthers 
Paul  and  Phyllis  Suckow 
Roger  and  Sandy  Vasey 
Lynda  Vicklrs-Smith  (also  F98) 
Rao  and  Radha  Vinnakota 
Class    of    2001 
Lorry  and  Karen  Stensrud 
Co-Cndirs 

Ct  Ol  I  KIA    VND  AlKOIMA  WORDEN 

Co-Chairs 

Mark  and  Carol  Baskir 

Stephen  and  Linda  Bassler 

Lawrence  and  Janet  Bell 

James  and  Phyllis  Bolen 

Chris  and  Donna  Byczek  (also  P'99) 

Sl'MNI  K  AND  VICTORIA  CHARLES 

Bob  Cohen  (also  P'98) 

Joanne  Cohen  (also  P98) 

Thomas  and  Jillian  Crawford 

James  and  Nancy  Druckman 

John  Eads 

Gary  /and  Charlotte  Ehlic 

Biff  and  Elizabeth  Folbert 

David  and  Verna  George 

Eric  and  Robin  Hananel 

Edward  and  Susan  Horowit 

Maiinda  Howard 

James  and  Susan  Kelley 

Scott  and  Gail  Ledbetter 

David  and  Susan  Lewis 

Stephen  and  Sharyn  Mann 

Ralph  and  Susan  Muller 

Ronald  and  Suzanne  Naples 

Jay  and  Arlene  Neveloff 

Tim  and  Scsan  O'Reilly  (also  P94) 

Glenn  .and  )am  Ci  i  Rldkokp  ■  \i  so 

P'97) 
Michael  and  Andrea  Reiner 

Gail  Schneider 

Lindsay  and  Corinnf  Stfwari 
Robert  and  Marcy  Strauss 
Pasquale 


j  Carol  Young  (also  P'9 


Conn.... Scot  Bytnar'88  to  Mary  Catheryne 
Garvey  on  June  28, 1997.  Residence:  Columbia,  S.C.... 
Theodore  William  Macri  Jr.  '88  to  Sheila  Mary 
Cummings  on  May  9.  Residence:  New  York  City... 
Hennessey  Tseng  '88  to  Stephanie  Forbes  on 
April  4    Kira  Laurel  Van  Sickle  '88  to  Steven 
Arcangeli  on  April  25.  Residence:  Lexington, Va.... 
Dana  Houghton  Harper '89  to  Peter  Joshua  Turk 
on  May  9.  Residence:  New  York  City. 

BIRTHS:  First  child  and  son  to  Mark  P.  Bauman 
'80  and  Christine  Bauman  on  Feb.  2.  Named  Matthew 
Walter... Second  child  and  daughter  to  Peter 
"Bear"  Dean  '80  and  Michele  Dean  on  March  21. 
Named  Hayden  Valerie... A  daughter  to  Todd 
Jones  '80  and  Bridget  Booher  '82,  A.M.  '92  on 
July  13.  Named  Ella  Rock  Jones. .  .Fourth  child  and 
second  daughter  to  Sharon  Pardy  Nevins  '82  and 
Robert  Chamberiaine  Nevins  '82,  MBA.  '91 
on  March  21.  Named  Melanie  Hoagland...A  daughter 
to  Harry  Galanty  '85  and  Liz  Galanty  on  March  10. 
Named  Samantha... Second  child  and  first  daughter  to 
Randall  S.  Tuttle  '85  and  Claire  Turtle  on  May  22. 
Named  Carson  Elizabeth... A  daughter  to  Mark 
Alarie  '86  and  Rene  Augustine  '87  on  April  23. 
Named  Isabella  Augustine  Alarie... Third  child  and 
son  to  Alan  Baklor'86  and  Daniele  Baklor  on  Dec. 
18.  Named  Yair  Binyamin... Third  child  and  second 
daughter  to  Sandra  Joyce  Cahill  '87  and 
Stephen  J.  Cahill  B.S.E.  '87  on  March  13.  Named 
Lakin  Alyssa... Second  child  and  daughter  to  Leslie 
Byrd  Koscielniak  87  and  Walter  Tony 
Koscielniak  III  '88  on  March  25.  Named  Elizabeth 
Wren... Second  daughter  to  Suzanne  Duryea  '88 
and  Timothy  Waidmann  on  April  26.  Named  Lidia 
Marie... Second  child  and  daughter  to  John  N. 
Hunter  '88  and  Meredith  Hunter  on  April  24. 
Named  Avery  Kathryn. .  .Third  child  and  son  to  Ann 
Wells  Dorminy  '89  and  John  H.  Dorminy  IV 
'91  on  Jan.  18.  Named  Thomas  Jacob. 


A.M. '90,  Ph.D. '92  received 
t  Centre  College  in  Danville,  Ky.  He  is  an 
:  professor  of  economics. 

Carol  Hiscoe  Ph.D.  '90,  assistant  professor  in 
English  and  student  development  at  Peace  College  in 
Raleigh,  N.C.,  was  named  coordinator  of  teacher  licen- 
sure programs  at  the  college.  She  lives  in  Raleigh. 

Katherine  Reed  Hord  '90  is  a  staff  attorney  for 
the  Senior  U.S.  District  Judge.  She  and  her  husband, 
Daniel  Robert  Simon  '93,  live  in  Raleigh,  N.C. 

Alexandra  M.  Marsden  '90,  who  earned  her  M.B.A. 
in  finance  and  accounting  at  New  York  University,  is  a 
C.P  A.  at  Price  Waterhouse  in  New  York  City.  She  com- 
pleted a  three -year  tour  managing  Price  Waterhouse's 
London  office  and  returned  to  New  York  in  July. 

Julie  Tate  Walkup  '90  works  part-time  as  a  sign- 
language  interpreter.  She  has  interpreted  in  labor  and 
delivery  rooms,  as  well  as  on  stage  at  an  inaugural  ball 
for  President  Clinton.  She  and  her  husband,  Jonathan, 
and  their  two  sons  live  in  Silver  Springs,  Md. 

Eric  Bruce  Kirsten  '91  is  a  partner  with  the 
Denver  venture  capital  firm  Greendeck  Capital.  His 
wife,  Tracey  Cody  Kirsten  '91,  is  a  territory  man- 
ager with  Parke-Davis  Pharmaceuticals.  They  live  in 
Boulder,  Colo. 

David  L.  S.  Morales  '91  is  a  resident  in  general 
surgery  at  the  Columbia-Presbyterian  Medical  Center 
in  New  York.  He  and  his  wife,  Mary,  live  in  New  York. 

Julian  McClees  Aldridge  III  '92,  who  earned  his 
M.D.  at  Wake  Forest  University's  Bowman  Gray 


34     DUKE  MAGAZINE 


Duke  Alumni  Association 

Distinguished  Alumni  Award 

The  Distinguished  Alumni  Award  is  the  highest  award  presented  by  the  Duke  Alumni  Association.  It  is  awarded  with  great  care  to 
alumni  who  have  distinguished  themselves  by  contributions  that  they  have  made  in  their  own  particular  fields  of  work,  or  in  service  to 
Duke  University,  or  in  the  betterment  of  humanity.  Nominators  should  be  aware  that  previous  recipients  of  this  award  have  exhibited 
interest  and  commitment  in  all  of  these  areas.  Ail  living  alumni,  other  than  current  Duke  employees,  are  eligible  for  consideration. 

All  nominations  should  be  addressed  to  the  Awards  and  Recognition  Committee,  Alumni  House,  6 14  Chapel  Drive,  Durham,  NC  27708. 
Facsimile  materials  will  not  be  accepted.  Nominations  received  by  August  3 1  will  be  considered  by  the  Committee.  All  background 
information  on  the  candidates  must  be  compiled  by  the  individual  submitting  the  nomination.  The  nominator  must  provide  all  materials 
pertinent  to  the  nomination.  The  Awards  and  Recognition  Committee  will  not  do  further  research  on  behalf  of  any  nominee. 


Nominee 


Name  Class 

Title/Organization 

Address 


Nominator 


Name 


Title/Organizatic 


Address 


Telephone  (day  &  evening  numbers) 


Accomplishments 

On  separate  sheets,  please  summarize  the  more  significant  accomplishments  of  the  nominee  in  all  three  areas:  work,  service  to 
Duke,  and  the  betterment  of  humanity.  These  accomplishments  should  be  the  direct  result  of  the  nominee's  individual  interests 
and  efforts.  Evidence  of  personal  involvement  and  commitment  should  be  provided.  Specific  dates  and  tenure  of  activity  or  service 
should  be  included. 

Supporting  Documentation 

Please  attach  letters  of  recommendation,  citations,  and  newspaper  or  magazine  clippings  that  document  the  nominee's  contributions.  A 
current  curriculum  vitae  or  resume  should  be  submitted.  It  is  the  quality  of  the  testimonial  letters  that  impresses  the  committee,  not 
simply  the  quantity. 

For  additional  information  contact 
Barbara  Pattishall,  Associate  Director,  Alumni  House,  Duke  University  (1-800-367-3853  or  1-919-684-5 1 14). 


CLASSIFIEDS 


ACCOMMODATIONS 

ARROW- 
HEAD INN, 
Durham's 
country 
bed  and 
break- 
fast. Restored  1775  planta- 
tion on  four  rural  acres,  20  i 
utes  to  Duke.  Written  up  i 
Today,  Food  &Wine,  Mid-Atkintic. 
106  Mason  Rd„  27712.  (919)  477-8430; 
outside  919  area,  (800)  528-2207. 

DURHAM'S  BEST  KEPT  CHARMING  SECRET 
DUKE  TOWER  RESIDENTIAL  SUITES 

Luxuriously  furnished  all-suite  hotel. 

Award-winning  gardens,  magnificent 

outdoor  pool,  fitness  center,  covered  walking 

track,  fully  equipped  kitchen,  two  remote 

control  color  TVs,  HBO  and  cable, 

two  telephones,  free  local  calls,  call  waiting, 

and  voice  mail,  laundry  room,  fax  and 

copier  service,  uniformed  security,  pets  permitted. 

One  minute  from  East  Campus,  two  minutes 

from  West  Campus  and  Duke  Medical  Center. 

Just  streets  away  from  many  restaurants  and 

Northgate  Mall,  fifteen  minutes  to  RDU  Airport. 

For  reservations  and  information, 

call  (919)  687-4444;  fax  (919)  683-1215. 

EDISTO  ISLAND,  SC  (featured  in  NYTimes 
and  Washington  Post) :  Fantastic  front  beach  house 
sleeping  13.  Great  spring/fall  rates.  Near  Charleston. 
(202)  338-3877  for  information,  pictures. 

FIGURE  EIGHT  ISLAND,  WILMINGTON,  NO 
Four  bedrooms  (two  master  suites),  three  baths. 
Numerous  amenities:  linens,  VCR,  Cable,  bikes,  etc. 
Screenporch,  panoramic  views  sound/ocean.  Weekly 
$2,050.  (910)  686-4099. 

FRANCE,  DORDOGNE:  Lovely  three-bedroom 
house,  garden  in  medieval  village.  (513)  221-1253. 


113  LONDON  FLATS 

FINEST  SELECTION  OF  PRIVATE  FLATS 

IN  LONDON 

Highest  standards,  best  locations:  Mayfair, 

Belgravia,  Knightsbridge,  Chelsea,  Holland  Park, 

and  Covent  Garden 

MINIMUM  STAY  OF  ONE  WEEK 

Airport  pick-up  with  each  reservation. 

One,  two,  three,  four,  five  bedrooms  available. 

$650  to  $3,500  per  week. 

13  COTSWOLD  COTTAGES 

NearTetbury 

FINEST  STANDARD 

Located  on  a  private  estate  with  manor  house 

Filled  with  history  and  charm 

Fully  modernized  to  a  very  high  standard 

Studios  to  five-bedroom  cottages 

$650  to  $1,200  per  week 

BROCHURES  AND  REFERENCES,  CONTACT: 

The  London  Connection 

Mr.  Thomas  Moore 

Phone:  (801)  393-9120  Fax:  (801)  393-3024 


BIG  CANOE  LUXURY  HOME: 
pleasure!  Luxury  four-bedroom  home  on  5.2 
private  acres  in  golf  resort  an  hour  north  of  Atlanta. 
Fantastic  seasonal  mountain  and  lake  views. 
Sleeps  8-16.  Fully  equipped  conference  room  in 
home  seats  16.  Close  to  amenities.  (877)  773-8732 
or  www.pretreats.com 

FLORIDA  KEYS,  BIG  PINE  KEY.  Fantastic  open 
water  view.  Key  deer  refuge,  national  bird  sanctu- 
ary, stilt  house,  3/2,  screened  porches,  fully  fur- 
nished, stained  glass  windows,  swimming,  diving, 
fishing,  boat  basin,  non-smoking,  starting  at 
$2,100/week.  (305)  969-8844. 

CAFTIVA  ISLAND,  FL:  SUNSET  CAPTIVA 
Two-bedroom  home  in  private  community 
with  tennis,  pool,  and  boat  docks.  Located  steps 
from  Gulf  and  the  bay.  Many  direct  flights  to 
Ft.  Myers,  FL.  (910)  457-9251  for  information 
and  pictures. 


MISCELLANEOUS 


WALL  STREET  to  Main  Street.  30  percent  off 
The  Wall  Street  Journal  and  The  Herald-Sun 
delivered  to  your  home  daily  (new  subscribers 
only,  limited  delivery  area,  some  restrictions  apply). 
Call  (800)  672-0061  or  (919)  419-6900  for  more 
information,  or  visit  The  Herald-Sun  website  @ 
www.heraldsun.com/service. 


DATE 

Someone  Who  Knows 
TTiat 

Noh  Theater 

Is  Not  A  Cancelled  Performance 

Meet  Fellow 
Graduates  and  Faculty  of 

DUKE, 
The  Ivies,  Seven  Sisters, 
Stanford,  MIT,  Caltecb, 

UC  Berkeley, 

U  of  Chicago,  Medical 

Schools  and  a  few  others 


THE 

RIGHT 

STUFF 

An  Moducfcn  Nelwrt 


800-988-5288 

More  Than  2600  Members! 


FOR  SALE 


Pfiesteria:  Crossing  DarkWater  by  Ritchie 
Shoemaker  '73,  M.D.  '77.  True  story  about  lesioned 
fish,  human  health,  and  the  environmental  causes. 
$15  +  $4.25  shipping/handling.  P.O.  Box  25, 
Pocomoke,  MD  21851. 

36  SONGS  FROM  THE  '40s,  PLAYED  ON  DUAL 
PIANOS  at  Goldie's  Supper  Club,  New  York  City, 
by  Golson  Hawkins  '41.  Cassette  tape  for  $10  avail- 
able of  Hawkins,  accompanist  to  Duke  Men's  Glee 
Club  and  Sunday  Night  Sings,  1938-41.  Proceeds 
benefit  Duke  Annual  Fund.  Orders  to:  Bob  Long 
'41, 815-1  Marlowe  Rd.,  Raleigh,  NC  27609. 
(919)  781-5669. 


THREE  CREEKS... 

an  unparalleled  community. 

Only  eighteen  three-acre  homesites  are  being 

developed,  none  contiguous  with  another, 

within  270  acres  of  conserved  land. 

This  surrounding  nature  preserve  is  deeded 

to  the  owners  —  to  be  enjoyed  by  all. 

Abundant  water  sources,  prominent  waterfalls, 

meadows,  forest,  swim  pond,  trails,  and  library 

cabin.  Protective  covenants  with  architectural 

review.  Paved  roads,  underground  utilities. 

John  Nelson 

241  Three  Creeks  Road 

Lake  Lure,  NC  28746 

(828)  625-4293 


CLASSIFIED  RATES 


GET  IN  TOUCH  WITH  60,000+  POTENTIAL 
buyers,  renters,  consumers,  through  Duke 
Classifieds. 

RATES:  $2.50  per  word,  minimum  10  words. 
Ten  percent  discount  for  two  or  more  insertions. 

DISPLAY  RATES  (with  art  or  special  type  treat- 
ment): $150  per  column  inch  (2  3/8"  wide). 

REQUIREMENTS:  All  copy  must  be  printed  or 
typed;  specify  section  (FOR  SALE,  etc.)  in  which 
ad  should  appear.  Due  to  postal  regulations,  no 
travel  arrangements  allowed. 

ALL  ADS  MUST  BE  PREPAID:  Send  check  or 
money  order  (payable  to  Duke  Magazine  to: 
Classifieds,  Duke  Magazine,  614  Chapel  Drive, 
Durham,  NC  27708-0570. 

We  also  accept  VISA,  MASTERCARD,  and 
DISCOVER.  No  phone  orders,  except  FAX  orders 
with  credit  card  numbers  and  expiration  date: 
(919)  681-1659. 

DEADLINES:  November  15  (January-February 
issue),  January  15  (March-April  issue),  March  15 
(May- June  issue),  May  15  (July-August  issue), 
July  15  (September-October  issue),  September  15 
(November-December  issue).  Please  specify  issues 
in  which  ad  should  appear. 


36     DUKE  MAGAZINE 


School  of  Medicine  in  May,  is  a  resident  in  orthopedic 
surgery  at  Duke  Medical  Center. 

Christopher  C.  Chaffin  '92  is  a  corporate  attor- 
ney with  the  Houston  law  firm  Vinson  &  Elkins.  He 
and  his  wife,  Mary  Jane  Hurst,  live  in  Tyler,  Texas. 

Andrea  Marie  Fusco  '92,  who  earned  her  M.D.  at 
St.  George's  University  School  of  Medicine,  is  a  resi- 
dent in  general  surgery  at  Morristown  Memorial 
Hospital  in  Morristown,  N.J. 

Eugene  M.  Glavin  '92,  who  earned  his  M.D.  at 
Jefferson  Medical  College,  Thomas  Jefferson 

I  'niversity,  in  Philadelphia.  is  a  resident  in  pediatric 
medicine  at  the  Medical  Center  of  Delaware  in 
Newark,  Del. 

Ann  Heimberger  '92,  who  earned  her  J.D.  at  New 
York  University's  law  school,  is  an  associate  with  the 
law  firm  Hancock  Rothert  6k  Bunshoft  in  San 
Francisco. 

Costas  Dean  Lallas  '92,  who  earned  his  M.D.  at 
Jefferson  Medical  College,  Thomas  Jefferson 
University,  in  Philadelphia,  is  a  resident  in  urology  at 
Duke  Medical  Center. 

David  K.  Park  A.M.  '92,  J.D.  '92  has  joined  the 
antitrust  department  of  Rogers  &  Wells,  a  New  York 
City  law  firm. 

Leonard  Colin  Pipes  '92,  who  earned  his  Ph.D. 
in  physical  chemistry  at  the  University  of  California- 
Los  Angeles,  is  a  senior  process  engineer  for  Intel 
Corp.  He  and  his  wife,  Heather,  live  in  Portland,  Ore. 

Shayla  S.  Rose  '92,  who  earned  her  M.D.  at 
Southern  Illinois  University's  medical  school  in 
Springfield,  111.,  is  a  resident  in  ohstetrics  and  gynecol- 
ogy at  St.  Louis  University  School  of  Medicine. 


ker  '92,  who  earned  her  M.D.  at  Baylor 
College  of  Medicine  in  Houston,  is  in  a  combined 
internal  medicine  and  pediatrics  residency  program  i 
Baystate  Medical  Cenu  i  in  Sprin.uiield,  Mass. 


'92,  who  earned  his  M.B.  A. 
in  marketing  and  international  business  at  the 
University  of  Michigan,  is  assistant  brand  manager  for 
Cheer  laundry  detergent  at  Procter  &  Gamble  in 
Cincinnati.  He  began  work  after  spending  the  summer 
traveling  in  Australia  and  Thailand. 

Michael  D.  Todd  B.S.E.  '92,  M.S.  '93,  Ph.D.  '96  is 
a  mechanical  engineer  working  in  the  optical  sciences 
division  of  the  Naval  Research  Laboratory  in  Wash- 
ington, D.C.  He  conducts  research  in  fiber  optic  smart 
structures  and  in  nonlinear  dynamics.  He  also  plays 
bass  guitar  with  a  local  band,  Ruminating  Breathers. 
He  lives  in  Alexandria,  Va. 
George  D.  Brickhouse  '93,  a  Navy  lieutenant, 
participated  in  the  Atlantic  Joint  Task  Force  Exercise 
while  assigned  to  the  aircraft  carrier  USS  Dwight  D. 
Eisenhower,  out  of  Norfolk,  Va. 


i  Alexander  Hallab  BSE. '93, who 
earned  her  master's  in  engineering  at  Tulane 
University  in  New  Orleans,  is  working  for  S&G 
Packaging  in  Information  Systems  in  Chicago,  where 
she  and  her  husband,  Nadim,  live. 

Amy  Katch  M.B.  A.  '93  is  director  of  national  sales 
for  the  Palo  Alto-based  Centraal  Corp.'s  Real  Name 
service.  She  lives  in  the  San  Francisco  Bay  area  and 
her  Internet  address  is:  amy_katch@hotmail.com. 

Rosanna  Carol  McConnell  '93,  who  earned  her 
M.D.  at  Wake  Forest  University's  Bowman  Gray 
School  of  Medicine  in  May,  is  a  resident  in  internal 
medicine  at  University  Medical  Center  of  Eastern 
Carolina  in  Greenville,  N.C. 


Jonathan  Gann  Odom  '93,  a  Navy  lieu 
completed  a  successful  deployment  aboard  the  aircraft 


carrier  USS  Independence  as  part  of  the  military 
buildup  against  Iraq.  He  is  a  criminal  prosecutor  at 
Naval  Trial  Service  Office  in  Yokosuka,  Japan. 

Debra  M.  Parisi  B.S.E.  '93,  who  earned  her  M.D. 

at  New  York  Medical  College,  is  a  resident  in  orthopedic 
surgery  at  the  combined  Hospital  for  Joint  Diseases- 
NYU  Medical  Center  program  in  New  York  City. 


'93  is  a  third-year  law  stu- 
dent at  UNC-Chapel  Hill's  law  school.  He  and  his 
wife,  Katherine  Reed  Hord  '90,  live  in  Raleigh. 

Gustavo  J.  Vergara  '93,  a  Navy  lieutenant,  com- 
pleted a  six-month  deployment  to  the  Mediterranean 
Sea  and  Arabian  Gulf  aboard  the  aircraft  carrier  USS 
Genrgc  Washington. 

Elizabeth  K.  Berghausen  '94,  who  earned  her 
M.D.  at  Wake  Forest  University's  Bowman  Gray 
School  of  Medicine  in  May,  is  a  resident  in  pediatrics 
at  the  University  of  Texas  Southwestern  Medical 
School  in  Dallas. 


Chitkara  '94  earned  her  M.D.  at  the 
University  of  Texas  Southwestern  Medical  School  at 
Dallas.  She  and  her  fiance,  Jeff  Browning,  started  resi- 
dencies in  internal  medicine  at  the  University  of 
Alabama  at  Birmingham. 

C.  Scott  Kammer  '94,  who  earned  his  M.D.  at  the 
Medical  College  of  Wisconsin  in  Milwaukee,  is  a  resi- 
dent in  family  medicine  at  Iowa  Lutheran  Hospital  in 
Des  Moines.  He  and  his  wife,  Julie,  live  in  Johnston, 
Iowa. 

Brian  F.  Kowol  '94,  a  Navy  lieutenant  j.g.,  com- 
pleted a  six-month  depkiyment  to  the  Mediterranean 
Sea  and  Arabian  Gulf  aboard  the  aircraft  carrier  USS 
George  Washington. 


'94,  who  earned  her 
M.D.  at  Wake  forest  I'niversiiv's  Bowman  Gray 
School  of  Medicine  in  May,  is  a  resident  in  family 
medicine  at  Wake  Forest  Medical  Center. 

M.  Vanessa  Phillips-Williams  '94  joined  the 

Norfolk,  Va.,  architectural  firm  Hanbury  Evans  Newill 
Vlattas  &  Co.  as  an  intern  architect.  She  and  her  hus- 
band, Albert,  live  in  Chattanooga,  Tenn. 

Melanie  Shira  Pogach  '94,  who  earned  her  M.D. 
at  Jefferson  Medical  College,  Thomas  Jefferson 
University,  in  Philadelphia,  is  a  resident  in  internal 
medicine  at  the  University  of  Michigan  Medical 
Center  in  Ann  Arbor. 

Steven  M.  Taper '94  was  elected  accounting  offi- 
cer of  Wachovia  Bank  in  Winston-Salem,  N.C.  He  is  a 
financial  analyst  in  the  Financial  Analysis  Group. 

Astrid  Elizabeth  Woodward-Lee  BSE  94, 

who  earned  her  M.D.  at  Baylor  College  of  Medicine,  is 
a  resident  in  pediatrics  at  the  Mayo  Clinic.  She  lives 
in  Houston. 


L.  Zakriski  Ph.D.  '94  is  an  assistant  pro- 
fessor of  psychology  at  Connecticut  College  in  New 
London,  Conn. 

Heather  Bell  Adams  '95,  J.D.  '98  is  a  litigation 

associate  at  I  [union  and  Williams.  She  and  her  hus- 
band, Geoffrey  William  Adams  J.D.  '98,  live  in 
Raleigh,  N.C. 

Mark  C.  Lamb  '95  graduated  from  the  University 
of  California  Law  School  in  May.  He  lives  in  Los 
Angeles. 

Katie  McNabb  '96  is  vice  president  of  institutional 
equity  sales  at  Cleary  Gull  Reiland  &  McDevitt  Inc.  in 
Denver. 

Elizabeth  "Libby"  Urbauer  '97  is  a  researcher 

lor  (  'nn^rcss/nnu/  tjitarkaivV  New  Media  Division  in 
Washington,  D.C.  She  lives  in  Arlington,  Va. 


MARRIAGES:  Genevieve  Virginia  Donepp 

M.B.A.  '90  to  Mark  David  Reynolds  on  May  23... 
Katherine  Reed  Hord  '90  to  Daniel  Robert 
Simon  '93  on  May  23.  Residence:  Raleigh... David 
L.  S.  Morales  '91  to  Mary  Elizabeth  Collins  on 
May  3.  Residence:  New  York  City. .  .Joel  Brian 
Wommack  '91  to  Julie  Marie  Homan  on  May  24. 
Residence:  Alexandria, Va.... Christopher  C. 
Chaffin  '92  to  Mary  Jane  Hurst  on  May  16.  Resi- 
dence: Houston. .  .Anastasia  Alexander  B.S.E. 
'93  to  Nadim  Hallab  on  Oct.  11, 1997.  Residence: 
Chicago. . .  Anne  Thompson  J.D.  '93  to  Stephen 
Joseph  Madden  on  May  16... Heather  Lynn  Bell 
'95,  J.D.  '98  to  Geoffrey  William  Adams  J.D.  '98 
on  April  18.  Residence:  Raleigh. ..Jessica  Lynn 
Cohn  '95  to  Joshua  Adam  Lutzker  '96  on 
April  19... Pamela  Joy  Johnson  '95  to  Kevin 
Joseph  McLoughlin  B.S.E.  '95  on  May  30. 
Residence:  Beaufort,  S  C     Katrina  Sherry  '95  to 
Fernando  Ferreyra  on  Feb.  15.  Residence:  Alexandria, 
Va     Evangelos  Ringas  B.S.E  '96  to  Elizabeth 
Greene  '98  on  June  6.  Residence:  Greensboro. 


BIRTHS:  Twin  sons  to  Anthony  D'Amico  M.B.A. 
'90  and  Patricia  D'Amico  on  Feb.  28.  Named  Andrew 
Evan  and  Nicholas  Albert. .  .First  child  and  daughter 
to  Jennifer  Greenberg  Roberts  '90  and  Peter 
Roberts  J.D.  '90  on  Feb.  27.  Named  Abby  Elizabeth. . . 
Second  son  to  Julie  Tate  Walkup  '90  and  Jonathan 
Walkup  on  March  11.  Named  Cameron  Bridges... 
Third  child  and  son  to  John  H.  Dorminy  IV  '91 
and  Ann  Wells  Dorminy  '89  on  Jan.  18.  Named 
Thomas  Jacob.  ..First  birth  child  and  second  daughter 
to  Esther  Chan  Atwell  '93  and  John  Atwell  on 
May  4.  Named  Jordan  Lydia. 


Crook's 

Fine  Southern  Dining 


Serving  Dinner 
&  Sunday  Drunch 


Patio  dining,  weather  permitting. 

Bar  &  Dining  room  open 

every  night  at  6  pm. 

Sun.  Brunch  10:30  am-2  pm. 

010  W.  Franklin  Street 

Chapel  Hill,  North  Carolina 

Reservations  accepted.  919-929-7043 


September-Octobet 


DEATHS 


Mary  Sherill  Stough'25  of  Charlotte,  on  Nov.  10, 
1997. 

Mary  Elizabeth  Smith  77  of  Durham,  on  March 
19.  She  taught  for  27  years  at  Glenn  School  in 
Durham  County. 

Gladys  White  Grodstein  '28  of  Washington, 
D.C.,  on  Dec.  5.  After  holding  various  teaching  jobs, 
she  joined  the  textiles  section  of  the  organic  and 
fibrous  materials  division  at  the  National  Bureau  of 
Standards  in  1942.  Later,  she  moved  to  the  nuclear 
physics  section  and  radiation  theory  section,  where  she 
worked  until  retiring  in  the  early  1960s. 


'28,  M.Ed.  '31  of  Advance,  N.C., 
on  July  7, 1997.  From  1932  to  1994,  he  was  principal  and 
band  teacher  at  Monroe  High  School.  He  is  survived 
by  three  children,  including  David  Weldon  House 
'57  and  Donald  Ray  House  '63,  LL.B.  '66;  12  grand- 
children, including  Ray  Weldon  Helms  '94  and 
Jay  David  Helms  '96;  and  four  great-grandchildren. 

Isaac  "Jack"  Terry  Holt  '29,  A.M.  '30  of  Durham, 

on  April  30.  He  worked  with  Erwin  Mills  and 
Burlington  Industries  until  retiring  in  1973  as  director 
of  purchasing.  He  was  a  past  president  of  the  Carolina- 
Virginia  Purchasing  Management  Association  and 
past  director  and  vice  president  of  the  National 
Management  Association.  He  is  survived  by  a  daugh- 
ter, three  grandchildren,  and  four  great-grandchildren. 


'30,  of  Durham,  on  Sept.  1, 1997 

William  C.  Lassiter  '30.J.D.  '33  of  Raleigh,  N.C., 
on  May  8.  He  practiced  law  in  Raleigh  from  1933  until 
he  retired  in  1988.  He  was  Raleigh  city  attorney  for 
four  years  and  general  counsel  to  the  N.C.  Press 
Association  for  56  years.  The  author  of  Law  and  Press, 
he  was  a  past  president  of  the  Wake  County  Bar 
Association  and  a  past  president  of  the  Raleigh  Junior 
Chamber  of  Commerce.  He  was  a  former  member  of 
the  board  of  trustees  at  Shaw  University  and  a  trustee 
at  Meredith  College,  where  he  later  served  as  its  general 
counsel.  In  1984,  he  was  inducted  into  the  N.C.  Jour- 
nalism Hall  of  Fame.  In  1988,  the  N.C.EA.  inaugurated 
the  annual  William  C.  Lassiter  First  Amendment  Award. 
He  is  survived  by  his  wife;  two  sons;  a  brother, ' 
J.  Lassiter  Jr.  '32;  and  two  granddaughti 


'  Clay  B.D.  '32  of  Germanton,  N.C, 
on  Jan.  28.  After  four  years  as  a  pastor  in  the  Western 
North  Carolina  Conference  of  the  United  Methodist 
Church,  he  and  his  wife  went  to  Brazil  as  missionaries. 
In  Brazil,  he  served  as  teacher,  pastor,  district  superin- 
tendent, regional  secretary  of  both  social  action  and 
Christian  education,  founder  of  The  Rural  Institute,  a 
board  member  of  many  universities,  and  general  secre- 
tary of  Christian  education  for  the  entire  country.  He  is 
survived  by  three  daughters,  including  Linda  Clay 
Scherl  '65;  three  grandchildren;  and  a  sister. 

Samuel  M.  Lemons  '32  of  Largo,  Fla.,  on  Oct.  11, 

1997. 

Ernest  W.  Hildebrandt '33  ofCatonsville.Md., 

on  Jan.  16. 

Mary  Ivey  Hitner  A.M.  '34  of  Glenville,  S.C.,  on 
Dec.  8. 

Mary  Steele  Sneeden  Horton  '34  of  Durham, 
on  May  6.  She  is  survived  by  a  son,  two  daughters,  a 
sister,  eight  grandchildren,  four  great-grandchildren, 
and  two  nieces. 

George  T.  Lawver  '34  of  Atlanta,  on  March  26, 
after  a  long  illness. 

Frederick  D.  Gabel'35  of  Morrisville,  N.C,  on 
May  15.  He  spent  his  entire  business  career  with  Ha- 


gedorn  and  Co.,  a  Manhattan  international  insurance 
brokerage  firm.  He  was  also  a  partner  in  the  law  firm 
Gabel  and  Markey.  In  1969,  he  became  president  of  the 
Midland  Insurance  Co.  He  was  also  a  leading  member 
of  the  board  of  New  York  City's  Isabella  Geriatric 
Center  for  more  than  35  years.  In  1989,  he  founded 
the  N.C.  Center  for  Mature  Adults,  Inc.,  a  privately 
owned  daycare  center  and  residential  facility  for  senior 
citizens  and  rehabilitation  patients.  He  also  served  on 
the  advisory  boards  of  both  Duke's  geriatric  center  and 
medical  center.  He  is  survived  by  two  sons,  F.  Daniel 
Gabel  Jr.  '60  and  E.  Alexander  Gabel  '69, 
daughter-in-law  Margaret  Booker  Gabel  '60;  twin 
daughters;  and  several  grandchildren,  including  Carrie 
A.  Gabel  02  and  Elizabeth  B.  Gabel  02. 
Seth  Hinshaw'35  of  Greensboro,  N.C,  on  April  18. 
A  Quaker  minister,  he  was  the  superintendent  of  the 
N.C.  Yearly  Meeting  of  Friends  for  16  years.  He  was 
the  author  of  several  books  and  pamphlets  on  the 
Quaker  practice  and  heritage. 

John  H.  Keller  '35  of  Tucson,  Ariz.,  on  Oct.  10, 1997. 
Grace  R.  Levadie  A.M.  '35  of  Hilton  Head  Island, 
S.C.,  on  Feb.  10. 

'35  of  Morehead 


City,  N.C,  on  Dec.  13,1997. 

Lloyd  P.  Julian  B.S.E.  '36  of  Durham,  on  May  12. 
He  worked  for  Duke  Power  Co.  for  more  than  40 
years,  retiring  as  vice  president  of  operations  in  1978. 
He  was  also  a  committee  chairman  of  the  Intercon- 
nected Systems  Group,  a  member  of  the  Southeast 
Regional  NAPSIC  Committee,  and  a  Bulk  Power 
national  representative.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  a 
daughter,  a  son,  a  sister,  five  grandchildren,  and  nine 
great-grandchildren. 


Henderson  Lacey  '36  of  Washington, 
D.C,  on  Feb.  13,  of  pneumonia.  She  was  a  noted  flow- 
er arranger  who  headed  the  National  Cathedral  Altar 
Guild  from  1963  to  1973.  She  is  survived  by  two  sons,  a 
brother,  six  grandchildren,  and  a  great-grandchild. 

S.  Rolfe  Gregory  '37  of  Potomac,  Md.,  on  Nov. 
24-  A  graduate  of  the  Luscombe  School  of  Aeronautics 
in  1939,  he  became  chief  engineer  of  the  Luscombe 
Aircraft  Corp.  When  he  retired  in  1987,  he  had  been  a 
patent  adviser  in  the  Air  Force  Patents  Division  of  the 
Judge  Advocate  General's  office  in  Washington,  DC, 
for  23  years.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  two  children, 
four  grandsons,  and  two  step-grandchildren. 
Charles  R.  Vail  B.S.E.  '37  of  Denver,  on  Feb.  20. 
He  had  served  as  chair  of  the  electrical  engineering 
department  at  Duke.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Helen 
'39,  and  three  children,  including 
'64. 


Mary  Louise  Gamble  '38  of  Grand  Rapids, 
Mich.,  on  April  1.  She  is  survived  by  three  children,  10 
grandchildren,  and  a  brother. 
George  W.  Hathaway  '38  of  Atlanta,  on  April  15. 
A  World  War  II  veteran,  he  worked  for  Wheeling 
Pittsburgh  Steel  until  retiring  in  1970.  Later,  he 
worked  for  Consolidated  Associates  in  Columbia,  S.C, 
until  1984-  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  two  sons,  three 
daughters,  seven  grandchildren,  and  a  brother. 

Helen  S.  Scott '38  of  Elizabeth  City,  N.C,  on  Sept. 
9, 1997,  of  congestive  heart  failure.  She  is  survived  by  a 
son  and  three  grandchildren. 

David  M.  Smith  Sr.'38  of  Whiteville,  N.C,  on 
April  1.  After  playing  baseball  at  Duke,  he  played 
major  league  ball  with  the  Philadelphia  Athletics.  He 
was  a  U.S.  Navy  veteran  of  World  War  II.  He  is  sur- 
vived  by  his  wite,  a  daughter,  a  son,  tour  grandchil- 
dren, and  a  great-grandchild. 
Ada  Davidson  Dasher  '39  of  Augusta,  Ga.,  on 
March  31. 


yer  A.M.  '40,  Ph.D.  '49  of 
Cape  Coral,  Fla.,  on  Feb.  15.  A  World  War  II  veteran  of 
the  Marines,  he  was  a  professor  emeritus  at  Indiana 
University  School  of  Medicine  and  a  past  commodore 
of  the  Cape  Coral  Sailing  Club.  He  is  survived  by  a 
daughter  and  two  sons. 

George  H.  Court  '40  of  Ft.  Lauderdale,  Fla.,  on 
Feb.  28.  For  two  decades,  he  was  a  surgeon  on  staff  at 
Doctors  General  Hospital,  where  he  became  chairman 
of  the  department  of  surgery  and  then  chief  of  staff. 
He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Jane,  two  sons,  four  grand- 
children, and  a  brother,  Sidney  E.  Court  '40. 

Dorothy  Neel  Ellwanger '40  of  Pittsburgh,  Pa., 
on  April  24. 


Virginia  Hollins  '40  of  Nashville,  Tenn.,  on  May  5. 
A  teacher  for  more  than  30  years,  she  retired  in  1993. 
She  is  survived  by  a  son,  two  daughters,  and  three 

grandchildren. 

William  Robert  Isaly '40  of  Columbus,  Ohio,  on 
April  8.  He  worked  with  his  family  in  the  Isaly  Dairy 
Co.  in  Columbus  and  Marion,  Ohio,  and  Ft.  Wayne, 
Ind.,  before  taking  over  as  president  in  Pittsburgh. 
He  is  survived  by  two  daughters,  a  son,  two  grand- 
daughters, two  grandsons,  two  sisters,  and  a  brother. 

John  K.  Woody  Sr.  '40  of  Durham,  N.C,  on  June 
4.  A  veteran  of  World  War  II,  he  co-founded  Aldridge 
Power  Mower  Co.  and  later  became  its  president  and 
owner.  He  was  instrumental  in  the  development  of 
Stihl  Products  in  North  Carolina  and  Virginia.  He  is 
survived  by  his  wife,  Edna,  two  sons, 
brother,  and  a  sister. 


M.  Wyatt  '40  of  Vero  Beach,  Fla.,  on 
March  16.  She  earned  her  master's  at  the  University  of 
Toledo  in  Ohio  and  was  administrator  for  the  gifted 
children's  program  in  the  Toledo  Public  Schools.  She 
was  a  member  and  officer  of  the  American  Association 
of  University  Women.  She  is  survived  by  her  husband, 
a  daughter,  a  son,  a  stepson,  six  grandchildren,  and  two 
great-granddaughters. 

Frederick  T.  Eastwood  '41  of  Myrtle  Beach,  S.C, 
on  April  7.  He  was  a  pediatrician  in  Raleigh,  N.C,  for 
40  years  before  retiring.  He  served  in  the  Navy  during 
the  Korean  Conflict.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Yorke 
Lee  Eastwood  '40,  and  a  daughter. 

Theodore  J.  Fillas  M.F.  '41  of  Sun  City  West, 
Ariz.,  on  March  1,  of  heart  disease.  He  is  survived  by  a 
son,  three  daughters,  and  three  grandchildren. 

John  Nania  Jr.  '41  of  Middletown,  N.Y.,  on  May  19. 
He  was  a  retired  high  school  history  teacher.  He  was 
an  Army  first  lieutenant  in  World  War  II.  He  is  sur- 
vived by  his  wife,  Rose;  a  brother,  Frank  Nania  '51, 
Ed.D.  '57;  and  a  sister. 

Babbette  Baker  Smith  '41  of  Seven  Fountains,  Va., 
on  May  14.  She  was  past  president  of  what  is  now  the 
Campagna  Center,  a  social  service  organization  in 
Alexandria,  Va.  She  also  was  a  founder  of  FOLD,  which 
later  became  Residential  Youth  Services,  a  nonprofit 
organization  that  assists  at-risk  youths.  She  is  survived 
by  a  daughter,  a  son,  a  sister,  and  four  grandsons. 
Robert  B.  Miller  Jr.  '42,  LL.B.  '48  of  Elizabeth,  N.J., 
on  April  21, 1997.  He  was  an  officer  for  Chase  Man- 
hattan Bank  in  New  York  Cry  before  retiring  in  1984. 
He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Kathleen,  and  two  daughters. 

Harley  A.  Scott  Jr.  '42,  Ph.D.  '53  of  Rock  Hill, 
S.C,  on  Jan.  20.  He  was  chairman  of  the  psychology 
department  at  Winthrop  College  until  he  retired  in 
1983.  He  continued  to  do  psychological  evaluation  for 
disabilities  determination  for  the  S.C.  Vocational 
Rehabilitation  Department.  He  was  a  past  president  of 
the  S.C.  Psychological  Association  and  served  on  the 
boards  of  the  National  Science  Foundation  and  the 
American  Psychological  Association.  He  is  survived  by 


38      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


A  Charitable 

Annuity: 

The  Gift 

That  Pays 

In  exchange  for  a  gift  of 
$10,000  or  more,  Duke  can 
offer  you  (or  you  and  your 
spouse)  a  fixed  annual 
income  for  life. 

Your  age  (and  that  of  your 
spouse),  your  financial 
needs,  and  current  interest 
rates  determine  the  annuity 
rate  Duke  can  offer. 


Some  Sa 

mple  Rates 

Your  Age 

Annuity 

60 

6.5% 

70 

7.5% 

75 

8.0% 

Your  Ages 

Annuity 

70/68 

6.5% 

75/73 

7.0% 

Annuity  rates  are  subject  to 
change.  Once  your  gift  is  made, 
the  annuity  rate  remains  fixed. 

Please  allow  us  to  send  you 
a  proposal 


Please  contact 

Michael  C.  Sholtz,  J.D.,  LL.M. 

Director,  Duke  University 

Office  of  Planned  Giving 

Box  90606 

2127  Campus  Drive 

Durham  NC  27708-0606 

(919)  681-0464 

(919)684-2123 


his  wife,  Carol  Seeley  Scott  '41;  five  children, 
including  Michael  H.  Scott  B.S.E.  '66  and 

Elisabeth  C.  Scott  '66;  nine  grandchildren;  tw< 
sisters;  and  a  brother. 


Emily  Usrey  M.Ed.  42,  of  Columbia,  S.C., 
on  March  4,  of  a  subdural  hematoma. 

S.  Wilds  DuBose  A.M.  '43,  Ph.D.  47  of  Franklin, 
Va.,  on  March  18. 

Charles  Walter  Hill  B.S.E.  43  of  Inverness,  111.,  on 
Dec.  25,  of  an  aortic  aneurysm.  He  is  survived  by  his 
wife  and  sons. 

Frances  Muriel  Larson  B.S.N.  '43,  R.N.  43  of 
Milbridge,  Maine,  on  April  4.  She  worked  as  die  director 
of  child  welfare  in  Cameron  County,  Pa.,  as  head  nurse 
at  the  Danvers  State  Hospital  in  Danvets,  Mass.,  as  an 
assistant  professor  ot  nursing  at  Northern  Essex  Com- 
munity College  in  Haverhill,  Mass.,  and  as  head  nurse 
at  the  Hogan  Regional  Center  in  Danvers.  After  retiring 
in  1982,  she  moved  to  Milbridge,  where  she  became 
active  in  local  community  affairs.  She  is  survived  by 
her  husband,  Gilbert  A.  Larson  B.S.E.  '42;  too 

daughters;  a  son;  six  grandchildren;  and  two  sisters. 

Russ  Allman  Jr.  '44  of  East  Lansing,  Mich.,  on 
Nov.  14. 

Frank  J.  Loftus  44  of  Longboat  Key,  Ha.,  and 
Leland,  Mich.,  on  Dec.  20.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife, 
Barbara  Jeschke  Loftus  44;  three  daughters, 
including  Elizabeth  Fraker'71,  M.A.T.  73  and 

Nancy  Devine  '78;  two  sisters;  a  brother;  and  nine 

■grandchildren. 


'44,  A.M.  46  of  Coral  Gables,  Ha., 
on  Dec.  23,  of  a  heart  attack.  She  worked  at  the 
University  of  Miami  as  an  assistant  in  the  chemistry 
department  studying  brain  physiology.  She  later  con- 
ducted research  on  collagen,  tissues,  and  arteries.  She 
is  survived  by  her  husband,  Paul,  three  children,  a 
brother,  and  her  stepmother. 

Thomas  J.  Turner '44  of  Shavertown,  Pa.,  on 

March  24,  of  lung  cancer.  Before  retiring  in  1981,  he 
was  vice  president  of  J.L.  Turner  Co.,  Heating  and 
Plumbing  Contractors,  in  Wilkes-Barre.  He  was  a  vet- 
eran of  World  War  II.  He  is  survived  by  two  daughters, 
three  grandchildren,  and  a  sister. 


'45,  M.D.  '49  of  Durham,  on 
March  31.  After  completing  her  residency  in  internal 
medicine  at  Bowman  Gray  School  of  Medicine  as  the 
only  woman  in  her  class,  she  was  named  a  fellow  in 
hematology  at  Duke  Medical  Center.  She  served  as  a 
member  of  the  medical  staff  there  for  four  years,  spe- 
cializing in  hematology  and  oncologv.  In  1960,  she 
entered  private  practice  in  Durham.  She  was  on  the 
Board  of  Admissions  of  the  Duke  Medical  School  for 
twelve  years.  She  retired  in  1986.  She  was  listed  in 
Who's  Who  of  American  Women.  In  1986,  she  received 
the  Order  of  the  Long  Leaf  Pine,  the  state  of  North 
Carolina's  highest  civilian  award.  She  is  survived  by 
her  husband,  Ralph  Woodward  Coonrad  M.D. 

'47;  two  daughters;  three  grandchildren;  a  brother; 
and  two  sisters. 

Henry  L.  Izlar  Jr.  '45,  M.D.  '48  of  Durham,  on 

May  7.  After  serving  in  the  Navy  during  World  War  II, 
he  completed  his  specialty  in  cardiology  and  internal 
medicine,  and  was  a  founding  member  of  Durham 
Internal  Medicine,  where  he  practiced  until  1989.  He 
was  chief  of  the  cardiology  division  of  the  department 
of  internal  medicine  at  Watts  Hospital  and  Durham 
County  General  Hospital  tor  14  years,  and  was  a  mem- 
ber of  die  board  of  trustees  of  Durham  County  General 
Hospital  Corp.  for  six  years.  He  received  the  Distin- 
guished Alumnus  Award  from  the  Duke  Medical 
Alumni  Association  in  1977.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife; 
five  children;  two  sisters,  Camille  Izlar  Crouse 
'40  and  Ellen  Izlar  Starr '50;  and  11  grandchildren. 


Julia  Gennett  Lambeth  45  of  Winston-Salem, 
N.C.,  on  Jan.  11.  She  is  survived  by  her  husband, 
William  A.  Lambeth  Jr.  M.D.  '47. 

Ray  L.  Lindsay  45,  of  Decatur,  Ga.,  on  Feb.  20. 
After  serving  in  the  Marines  during  World  War  II,  he 
worked  for  Georgia  Power  Co.  until  retiring  in  1984  as 
general  manager  of  electrical  engineering.  He  is  sur- 
vived by  his  wife,  Ramah,  a  daughter,  a  son,  and  six 
grandchildren. 

Noah  O.  Pitts  45  of  Charlotte,  N.C.,  on  March  1. 
A  World  War  II  veteran,  he  was  the  principal  owner  of 
Pitts  Lumber  Co.,  a  member  of  the  board  of  directots 
of  Morganton  Federal  Savings  &  Loan,  and  a  lifetime 
member  of  the  Chamber  of  Commerce.  He  is  survived 
by  his  wife,  Mildred,  two  sons,  two  daughters,  a  brother, 
and  four  grandchildren. 

Fred  McKinley  Walker  Jr.  45  of  Alpharetta, 

Ga.,  on  Feb.  10,  of  a  heart  attack.  After  serving  in  the 
Army  during  World  War  II,  he  was  an  administrator  at 
hospitals  in  Georgia  and  Honda.  He  is  survived  by  his 
wife,  Delice;  a  brother,  Garth  Walker  45;  a  sister, 
Mary  Walker  Price  '53;  three  sons;  four  grand- 
children; and  tour  ^rcai -grandchildren. 

Wade  H.  Williams  Jr.  45  of  Venice,  Ha„  on  Dec. 
15.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Katherine  I 
'49. 


L.  Cox  47,  M.D.  '52  of  Wicomico  Church, 
Va.,  on  March  2.  An  officer  and  instructor  in  the  U.S. 
Air  Corps  during  World  War  II,  he  practiced  general 
medicine  for  five  years,  and  then  became  a  psychia- 
trist. He  retired  in  1991.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife, 
Ruth,  three  daughters,  three  stepchildren,  a  grandson, 
and  two  brothers. 

Nora  Recio  Miller  47  of  Hightstown,  N.J.,  on 
March  2,  of  cancer.  She  was  a  translator  at  the  N.J. 
Department  of  Corrections.  A  retired  teacher,  she  had 
taught  English  as  a  foreign  language  in  Puerto  Rico, 
and  French  and  Spanish  in  New  Jersey.  She  is  survived 
by  her  husband;  a  son;  two  daughters,  including 
Patricia  Miller-Pittman  '79;  five  grandchildren; 
and  a  sister. 

Connor  B.  Stroupe  Jr.  '48  of  Greensboro,  N.C., 
on  July  31, 1997.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  two  sons,  a 
stepdaughter,  two  brothers,  and  two  granddaughters. 

Robert  I.  Ayerst'49,  M.D.  '53  of  New  Orleans, 
on  May  22,  of  kidney  failure.  He  was  an  intern  at 
Duke  Hospital  and  a  research  assistant  at  Cornell 
Medical  School  in  New  York,  where  he  completed  his 
residency.  He  served  on  the  staffs  of  several  hospitals 
and  taught  atTulane  University's  medical  school.  He 
also  served  as  head  of  gynecology  at  East  Jefferson 
General  Hospital  and  was  a  past  president  of  the 
American  Cancer  Society.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife, 
Jane  Byrd  Ruff  in  Ayerst  '54;  a  son;  a  daughter; 
and  four  grandchildren. 

Augustus  McKee  Chreitzberg  Jr.  A.M.  '49,  of 
Yardley,  Pa.,  on  Jan.  30,  of  lung  cancer.  A  former  research 
chemist  for  Exide  Corp.,  he  was  associated  with  research 
projects  including  a  load-leveling  storage  battery  and 
batteries  for  the  Mariner  and  Ranger  lunar  spacecrafts 
in  the  1960s.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  a  son,  three 
daughters,  two  grandchildren,  and  two  sisters. 

Devries  B.  Fussell  '49  of  Decatur,  Ga„  on  Oct. 
14, 1997. 

Benjamin  T.  Holden  Jr. '49  of  Charlotte,  N.C., 
on  March  18.  He  was  an  Air  Force  veteran  of  World 
War  II.  He  was  a  certified  public  accountant  and  an 
active  campaign  worker  for  the  Democratic  Party.  He 
is  survived  by  his  wife,  two  daughters,  a  son,  and  six 
grandchildren. 

Thomas  C.  McEldowney  49  of  Sarasota,  Fla., 
on  Jan.  10,  following  a  stroke.  He  is  survived  by  his 


September- October  1998       39 


Betty  E.  Callahan  '50  of  Columbia,  S.C.,  on  Feb.  7. 

Ruth  Seeley  Ross  '50  of  Crozet,  Va.,  on  Dec.  26. 
She  is  survived  by  her  husband  and  three  sons. 
Donald  M.  Sibley  B.S.E.  '50  of  Raleigh,  on  Nov.  2, 
1997.  He  was  a  retired  engineer  for  the  North  Carolina 
state  government.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Helen 
F.  Sibley  R.N.  '49,  B.S.N.  '49;  a  son;  a  daughter;  and 
four  grandchildren. 

Margaret  P.  Blizard  Wilson '50  of  Dover,  Del., 

on  March  19,  of  a  heart  attack.  She  is  survived  by  a 
son,  a  daughter,  and  a  brother. 

Carlton  Gaither  Alspaugh  B.D.  '52  of 
Statesville,  N.C.,  on  May  3.  He  was  a  minister  for 
seven  United  Methodist  churches  and  had  been  dis- 
trict superintendent  for  the  Statesville  district.  He  is 
survived  by  his  wife,  Nell,  two  sons,  and  a  daughter. 

William  Ferneyhough  M.Div.'52  of  Reidsville,  N.C., 
on  April  15.  He  was  a  retired  Episcopal  minister  with 
30  years  of  service.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  two  sons, 
a  brother,  five  grandchildren,  and  a  great-grandchild. 

Jay  C.  Wertman  B.S.N.Ed.  '52  of  San  Antonio, 
Texas,  on  Aug.  23, 1996.  He  was  the  first  male  student 
enrolled  in  the  nursing  school.  He  is  survived  by  his 
wife,  two  brothers,  and  two  sisters. 

Richard  N.  Streeter  B.S.E.  '53  ofOpelika.Ala., 
on  Feb.  16,  of  a  heart  attack. 


Paul  C.  Bowers  Jr.  '56,  Ph.D. '65  of  Columbus, 
Ohio,  on  March  31,  of  cancer.  He  taught  history  at 
Ohio  State  University  for  27  years,  retiring  in  1991.  He 
was  the  author  of  The  New  Eden,  and  co-editor  of  The 
Civil  War  Reminiscences  of  General  M.  JeffThompson. 
He  is  survived  by  three  children  and  two  sisters. 

Sylvia  Moonyeen  Walker '56  of  Orlando,  Fla., 
on  May  2,  after  a  long  illness.  She  is  survived  by  her 
husband,  a  daughter,  and  a  son. 

John  D.  Ayres  LL.B.  '57  of  Albany,  Ga.,  on  Feb.  25. 
He  was  a  veteran  of  World  War  II.  A  member  of  the 
Florida  Bar  Association,  he  was  an  attorney  in  Ft. 
Lauderdale  for  25  years  before  practicing  in  Pensacola, 
Fla.,  and  Albany.  He  was  vice  president  and  general 
counsel  for  Ayres  Corp.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Jo 
Anne,  three  sons,  two  daughters,  a  brother,  a  sister, 
and  nine  grandchildren. 

Wade  F.  Hook  Ph.D.  '57  of  Gettysburg,  Pa.,  on  Jan.  27. 

Bonnie  DiGiosia  M.Ed.  '58  of  Springfield,  Va.,  on 
Dec.  3,  of  cancer.  A  longtime  legislative  aide  to 
Virginia  Senate  Democratic  leader  Richard  L.  Saslaw, 
she  served  two  terms  as  chairman  of  the  Fairfax 
Democratic  Party.  She  was  a  delegate  to  the  Virginia 
Democratic  Convention  for  the  last  27  years.  She  is 
survived  by  four  daughters,  her  mother,  two  sisters,  two 
brothers,  and  a  grandson. 

James  W.  Richardson  '58  of  Huntsville,  Ala.,  on 
Feb.  7. 

John  J.  Morrow  M.A.T  '59  of  Chambersburg,  Pa., 
on  March  31, 1997,  of  a  stroke.  His  Air  Force  career 
began  in  1929  with  pilot  training  and  took  him  to  the 
Pacific  Theater  in  World  War  II.  He  participated  in  50 
combat  missions.  After  graduating  from  the  National 
War  College,  he  was  assigned  as  chief  of  staff  at  the 
U.S.  Military  Academy.  He  later  worked  for  the  Office 
of  Deputy  Chief  of  Staff  Intelligence,  USAF,  in  the 
Pentagon.  After  retiring  from  the  military,  he  taught 
math  at  Penn  State  Mont  Alto  from  1959  to  1970.  He 
is  survived  by  two  sons,  two  daughters,  11  grandchildren, 
nine  great-grandchildren,  and  a  sister. 


LL.B.'63ofEdenton,N.C, 
on  Oct.  2, 1997.  He  retired  after  15  years  with  Eastern 
States  Title  Insurance,  which  he  founded.  He  had 


been  vice  president  of  Pioneer  National  Title  Insurance 
Co.  in  Morristown,  N.J.,  from  1972  to  1982.  He  is  sur- 
vived by  his  wife,  a  daughrer,  a  son,  and  two  sisters. 

Rebecca  Bahr  Burgess '65  of  Holcomb,  N.Y.,  on 
June  8,  of  cancer. 

Caroline  Tobia  Holloway-Lynn  Ph.D.  65  of 
Livermore,  Calif,  on  Feb.  16.  A  National  Institutes  of 
Health  scientist  since  1984,  she  was  a  grants  associate 
and  acting  director  for  biomedical  technology  at  the 
National  Center  for  Research  Resources.  In  California, 
she  was  the  director  of  the  Center  for  Accelerator 
Mass  Spectrometry  at  the  LawTence  Livermore 
National  Laboratories.  She  is  survived  by  her  husband, 
Joseph  Lynn,  two  children,  a  sister,  and  four  brothers. 

Otto  C.  Kitsinger  II  '65  of  Nashville,  Term.,  on 
April  15,  of  a  heart  attack.  A  former  Wall  Street 
lawyer,  he  had  built  a  new  career  as  a  countrv  music 
scholar,  historian,  and  journalist.  He  also  wrote  the 
weekly  "Opry  Backstage"  show  for  The  Nashville  Net- 
work. He  is  survived  by  his  former  wife,  Elizabeth 
Hiley  Scanlon  '66;  two  sons;  and  several  aunts, 
including  Mary  Evelyn  Blagg  Huey  Ph.D.  '54. 


E.  Mclntyre  M.A.T.  '65  ofVirginia 
Beach,  Va.,  on  Oct.  27.  He  was  a  Navy  veteran  of 
World  War  II  and  an  administrator  for  Virginia 
Wesleyan  College.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  two 
daughters,  a  brother,  and  four  grandchildren. 

in  Poe  J.D  '67  of  Chicago,  on  March  25. 

H.  "Robbie"  Robbins  Jr.  '67  of  League 
City,  Texas,  on  Nov.  15, 1997,  of  brain  cancer.  He  did  a 
year  of  graduate  work  in  computer  science  at  UNC- 
Chapel  Hill  before  joining  IBM.  He  worked  at  NASA 
as  a  subcontractor  on  the  Apollo  missions  and  on 
space  shuttles,  and  had  most  recently  worked  on  the 
international  space  station  with  Lockheed  Martin.  His 
parents  and  grandfather  both  attended  Duke  and  he 
was  a  life  member  of  the  Duke  Alumni  Association. 
He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Shirley,  and  a  sister. 

Carolyn  McGredy  '70  of  Annandale,  Va.,  on  Feb.  3. 

Robert  Brooks  Malone  Jr.  PA.  Cert.  71  of 
Durham,  on  March  27,  after  an  extended  illness.  He 
was  a  senior  physicians  associate  in  the  vascular  radi- 
ology section  at  Duke  Medical  Center  for  more  than 
25  years.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Gail,  two  sons,  a 
sister,  and  a  brother. 


C.  Mclntyre  '71  of  New  York  City,  on  May 
15,  of  an  apparent  heart  attack.  After  graduating  from 
Duke,  he  became  executive  director  of  the  Allied  Arts 
of  Durham,  which  he  helped  transform  into  the 
Durham  Arts  Council.  After  leaving  Durham,  he  was 
director  of  development  of  Carnegie  Hall  in  New  York, 
where  he  led  its  renovation  fund  drive.  He  became 
executive  director  of  the  Big  Apple  Circus,  leaving  to 
raise  funds  for  AIDS  sen-ice  organizations.  He  was  a 
member  of  the  board  of  the  Gay  Men's  Health  Crisis. 

Gregory  S.  Brown  J.D.  '72  of  Tempe,  Ariz.,  on 
Jan.  11. 

Walter  E.  "Gene"  Broadhead  M.D.  '81  of 
Yanceyville,  N.C.,  on  April  7.  He  was  an  associate  pro- 
fessor at  Duke  Medical  Center  and  practiced  medicine 
at  Broadhead  Family  Practice  in  Yanceyville.  He  is  sur- 
vived by  his  wife,  Carol,  a  daughter,  a  son,  his  father, 
two  sisters,  and  a  brother. 

Monica  Monet  Holloway  Barrett  '84  of 

Houston,  on  April  9,  in  a  car  accident.  She  earned  her 
M.D.  from  the  University  of  Texas  and  worked  for  the 
division  of  internal  medicine  at  the  University  of 
Texas-Houston.  She  is  survived  by  her  husband, 
Kenneth  Royce  Barrett  '81,  and  a  daughter. 

James  B.  Long  Jr.  M.B.A.  '89  of  Raleigh,  on  Jan. 
19,  after  a  brief  illness.  He  had  retired  from  IBM  after 


33  years.  He  opened  two  businesses:  Long  on  Quality, 
and  Long  on  Design.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife, 
Nancy,  a  son,  a  daughter,  a  stepson,  and  a  half  brother. 

Robert  Tillman  Neuner'94  of  Arlington,  Va.,  on 
March  8,  ot  suicide.  He  is  survived  by  his  parents,  a 
brother,  and  a  sister. 

Shannon  Schieber  '95  of  Chevy  Chase,  Md.,  on 
May  7,  of  an  apparent  homicide.  She  was  a  doctoral 
student  at  the  University  ot  Pennsylvania's  Wharton 
School  of  Business. 

Former  Divinity  Dean  Branscomb 

Former  Duke  Divinity  School  Dean  Harvie  Brans- 
comb,  a  leader  in  both  theological  and  higher  educa- 
tion, died  July  23  at  his  Nashville,  Tennessee,  home. 
He  was  103.  He  was  dean  of  the  divinity  school  from 
1944  to  1946  before  moving  to  Vanderbilt  University, 
where  he  served  as  chancellor  for  nearly  twenty  years. 

Branscomb  was  educated  at  Birmingham  Southern 
College;  Oxford  University  in  Oxford,  England,  where 
he  was  a  Rhodes  Scholar;  and  Columbia  University, 
where  he  earned  a  Ph.D.  in  New  Testament  studies. 
While  at  Oxford,  Branscomb  and  a  fellow  student, 
OC.  Carmichael,  were  among  a  group  of  American 
student  volunteers  who  worked  for  Herbert  Hxiver's  GTmmis- 
sion  for  Relief  in  Belgium.  The  two  smuggled  a  politi- 
cally sensitive  letter  from  Cardinal  Mercier  through  the 
German  lines.  The  letter  to  Belgian  priests  encouraged 
resistance  to  the  German  invasion  and  was  published  in 
The  London  Times.  For  this  they  were  awarded  the 
Medaille  du  Roi  Albert,  Medaille  de  la  Reine  by 
Belgium. 

Branscomb  served  briefly  on  the  faculty  of 
Southern  Methodist  l'ni\  crMtv  and,  in  1925,  came  to 
Duke  as  the  ditector  of  libraries.  While  at  Duke,  he 
was  decorated  by  the  Brazilian  government  with  the 
Order  of  the  Southern  Cross  for  his  work  in  reorganiz- 
ing the  National  Library  ot  Brazil. 

A  New  Testament  scholar,  Branscomb  became  known 
for  his  theological  works  on  the  person  and  message  of 
Jesus.  His  primary  contribution  was  the  study  of  the 
cultural  and  religious  roots  of  Christianity,  and  he 
wrote  four  books  on  theology:  The  Message  of  Jesus 
(1925),  Jesus  and  the  Law  of  Moses  (1930),  The  Teachings 
of  Jesus  (1931),  and  The  Gospel  of  Mark  (1937). 

He  is  survived  by  three  sons,  including  B.  Harvie 
Branscomb  Jr.  '43;  a  brother;  two  sisters;  nine 
grandchildren,  including  Margo  Branscomb  '75; 
and  nine  great-grandchildren. 


Clyde  de  L.  Ryals,  known  for  his  study  of  the  Victorian 
poets  Alfred  Lord  Tennyson  and  Robert  Browning  and 
for  his  editing  of  the  multi-volume  set  of  The  Collected 
Letters  of  Thomas  and  Jane  Welsh  Carlyle,  died  at  his 
home  July  9  after  a  lengthy  illness.  He  was  69. 

For  the  past  two  decades,  Ryals  worked  as  senior 
editor  of  the  more  than  13,000  Thomas  Carlyle  letters 
known  to  exist  in  the  world.  Thomas  Carlyle  (1795- 
1881)  is  recognized  as  one  ot  Victorian  England's  fore- 
most men  of  letters,  having  achieved  literary  and  pop- 
ular success  in  1837  with  his  history  of  the  French 
Revolution.  Jane  Welsh  Carlyle  is  known  tor  her  many 
letters,  which  were  edited  by  her  husband  and  first 
published  in  18S3,  many  years  after  her  death. 

In  1973,  Ryals  came  to  Duke  from  the  University  of 
Pennsylvania,  where  he  earned  his  Ph.D.  and  later 
taught.  Born  in  Atlanta,  he  received  his  bachelor's  and 
master's  degrees  from  Emory  University.  He  chaired 
Duke's  English  department  from  1979  to  1982. 

He  served  on  the  advisory  board  of  the  journal 
Victorian  Literature  and  Culture,  put  out  by  Cambridge 
University  Press.  His  most  recent  book.  The  Life  of 
Robert  Browning:  A  Critical  Biography  (1993),  was 
reissued  in  paperback  in  1996.  Critics  called  it  the  first 
biographical  study  in  fifty  years  to  examine  chronologi- 
cally and  in  depth  Browning's  literary  output. 

Ryals  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Hildegard,  and  a  stepson. 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


INVESTING 
IN  AFRICA'S 


FUTURE 


In  March,  President  Bill  Clinton 
descended  on  the  African  conti- 
nent and  declared  it  "a  land  of 
opportunity."  He  proposed  an 
African  Growth  and  Opportunities 
Act  that  would  create  a  free-trade 
zone  with  selected  African  coun- 
tries and  pledged  $650  million  in 
loan  guarantees  for  American  investors  in 
African  markets.  Clinton's  promotion  of 
Africa  as  a  promising  market  was  a  novel  and 
unexpected  step.  But  Justin  Beckett  '85  beat 
him  to  the  punch  long  ago. 

Beckett  is  president  and  CEO  of  New 
Africa  Advisers,  the  first  U.S.  investment  firm 
to  open  an  office  in  post-apartheid  South 


JUSTIN  BECKETT 

BY  JOHN  MANUEL 


Africa.  Back  in  the  early  Nineties,  even  be- 
fore trade  sanctions  against  South  Africa 
were  lifted,  Beckett  predicted  that  this  coun- 
try was  on  the  verge  of  a  historic  turnaround. 
He  persuaded  his  boss,  Durham  financier 
Maceo  Sloan,  to  underwrite  a  market 
research  effort  there.  And  when  the  interna- 
tional community  finally  lifted  its  sanctions, 
Beckett  was  out  in  front  of  the  investment 
competition.  Today,  American  investors  have 
put  more  than  $250  million  in  New  Africa 
Advisers'  stock  and  venture-capital  funds. 
While  these  funds  have  yet  to  produce  the 
kind  of  returns  investors  have  seen  in  other 
emerging  markets,  Beckett  is  convinced  the 


September -October  1998        41 


"South  Africa  is  just  like  the  U.S.  at  the 
end  of  World  War  II,"  he  says.  "If  you  could 
turn  back  the  clock  fifty  years  and  invest  in 
that  market,  wouldn't  you  do  it?" 

Chief  executive  officer,  supervisor  of  a  staff 
of  thirty-eight,  world  traveler  —  it's  a  remark- 
able achievement  for  a  thirty-five-year-old 
African  American  who  grew  up  in  the  work- 
ing-class neighborhoods  of  South  Boston. 
Kicked  out  of  the  city  schools  at  age  ten  for 
starting  fights,  Beckett  appeared  to  be  just 
another  homeboy  headed  nowhere.  But 
Beckett  has  never  been  one  to  stay  down  for 
long.  When  Boston  launched  its  school 
desegregation  program  known  as  METCO,  he 
climbed  on  board.  METCO  gave  inner-city 
minorities  the  chance  to  attend  the  mostly 
white  suburban  schools  if  they  were  willing  to 
be  bused  and  immersed  in  a  foreign  environ- 
ment. Beckett  was  accepted  into  the  program 
and  soon  found  himself  headed  for  the  posh 
surroundings  of  Lexington,  Massachusetts. 

"When  I  got  to  Lexington,  I  couldn't 
believe  my  eyes, "  he  says.  "I  had  never  seen 
single-family  homes  with  beautiful  lawns.  I 
had  never  seen  little  kids  riding  their  bikes  on 
the  sidewalks  without  fear  of  being  jumped." 

Beckett  worked  his  way  through  Clarks- 
ville  Junior  High  and  later  Lexington  Senior 
High.  He  did  reasonably  well  academically, 
but  stood  out  mostly  as  an  athlete.  "Being  a 
big  guy,  I  was  put  on  all  the  teams, "  he  says.  "I 
wrestled  and  played  football.  I  was  real  good 
at  [football] ,  which  led  to  a  lot  of  scholarship 
offers  when  it  came  time  to  graduate."  His 
senior  year,  he  was  recruited  by  Georgia  Tech, 
Duke,  Boston  College,  and  Rutgers.  His  criteria 
for  making  a  decision  were  that  he  wanted  to 
play  Division  I  football,  he  wanted  a  school 
with  a  good  academic  program,  and  he  want- 
ed to  be  warm.  That  cinched  it  for  Duke.  In 
the  fall  of  1981,  Beckett  boarded  an  airplane 
for  the  first  time  and  headed  for  the  Bull  City. 

Those  who  followed  Duke  football  in  the 
early  Eighties  have  an  idea  of  what  happened 
next.  An  eager  Justin  Beckett  donned  his  blue- 
and-white  uniform  and  strode  out  to  join  his 
teammates  at  the  sacrificial  altar  known  as 
Wallace  Wade  Stadium.  The  team  went  6-5  in 
1982  (Beckett  was  red-shirted  in  1981),  3-8  in 
1983, 2-9  in  1984,  and  4-7  in  1985.  "I  lost  more 
football  games  my  freshman  year  than  I  had 
my  entire  life,"  Beckett  says.  "I  was  really 
bummed." 

Over  his  four  years  as  an  offensive  tackle, 
Beckett  did  battle  with  some  of  the  most  pre- 
eminent defensive  linemen  the  game  has  ever 
known.  In  Duke's  1982  contest  with  the  Uni- 
versity of  Tennessee,  he  squared  up  against 
Reggie  White,  future  all-pro  tackle  for  the 
Green  Bay  Packers.  Virginia  Tech's  Bruce 
Smith  pummeled  him  in  three  successive 
meetings  before  going  on  to  star  for  the 
Buffalo  Bills.  And  Clemson's  William  "Re- 


frigerator" Perry  slapped  him  silly  in  another 
three  contests.  The  weekly  drubbing,  com- 
bined with  the  long  days  of  practice,  eventu- 
ally set  Beckett's  mind  to  wondering.  "Mid- 
way through  my  career  at  Duke,  I  came  to  the 
conclusion  that  football  hurt, "  he  says.  "I  can 
remember  standing  on  the  field  one  cold, 
rainy  October  day  and  thinking,  'there's  got 
to  be  another  way.' " 

Fortunately,  Duke  provided  Beckett  more 
than  just  a  chance  to  sacrifice  his  body  on  the 
gridiron.  Between  his  junior  and  senior  years, 
he  participated  in  Procter  6k  Gamble's  re- 
nowned executive-training  program.  There, 
he  was  first  able  to  imagine  himself  in  a  cor- 
porate career.  But  pushing  household  clean- 
ers was  not  his  first  choice.  Like  many  of  his 
peers  who  graduated  in  the  mid-Eighties,  he 
was  tempted  by  the  allure  of  investment 
banking. 

After  a  brief  stint  with  the  Dallas  Cowboys 
(he  played  three  games  and  was  cut),  Beckett 
took  a  job  at  an  E.F.  Hutton  office  in  Durham 
as  a  retail  stock  broker.  One  of  his  clients  at 
Hutton  was  Maceo  Sloan,  a  manager  of  the 
North  Carolina  Mutual  Life  Insurance  Com- 
pany, one  of  the  oldest  and  largest  black- 
owned  companies  in  the  U.S.  In  1986,  Sloan 
announced  his  plan  to  form  an  investment 
subsidiary  of  N.C.  Mutual,  to  be  called  NCM 
Capital.  Seeing  a  chance  to  break  new  ground 
with  a  man  he  admired,  Beckett  begged  Sloan 
to  take  him  on.  But  the  seasoned  business- 
man hesitated. 

"I  said,  'what  do  I  want  with  a  300-pound 
jock?' "  Sloan  recalls.  "But  Justin  started  doing 
things  to  help  me  start  my  company.  He 
would  jump  on  a  plane  and  fly  up  to  DC.  to 
do  research  at  the  Library  of  Congress.  He 
quickly  became  indispensable,  and  I  hired 
him  on  as  NCM's  first  employee." 

Over  the  next  few  years,  Beckett  learned 
the  rudiments  of  investment  management. 
He  wooed  investors,  researched  businesses, 
and  created  new  investment  products.  When 
Sloan  decided  to  take  NCM  Capital  indepen- 
dent in  1991,  Beckett  became  a  co-principal 
along  with  Sloan  and  American  Express 
Financial  Services.  Now  one  of  the  leaders  of 
a  thriving  business,  he  had  every  reason  to 
stay  the  course.  But  once  again,  he  lifted  his 
gaze. 

In  1990,  South  African  leaders  released  Nel- 
son Mandela  from  prison  and  began  working 
to  end  the  country's  devastating  legacy  of  apar- 
theid. Shortly  thereafter,  Mandela  announced 
he  was  embarking  on  a  goodwill  tour  of  the 
U.S.  to  raise  money  for  the  African  National 
Congress  (ANC).  Sloan,  who  sits  on  the  board 
of  Duke's  Center  for  International  Studies, 
wanted  to  bring  Mandela  to  Durham,  and  dis- 
patched Beckett  to  Washington  to  meet  with 
representatives  of  the  ANC.  Although  Bec- 
kett was  unsuccessful,  the  ANC  did  send 


another  representative  to  town.  Over  the  next 
few  years,  NCM  offered  key  financial  advice 
to  the  fledgling  party.  Realizing  that  sanctions 
against  doing  business  in  South  Africa  would 
inevitably  be  lifted,  Beckett  began  to  think  of 
the  economic  opportunities  there.  "The  more 
I  learned  about  South  Africa,  the  more  I  real- 
ized the  investment  potential, "  he  says.  "And 
I  thought,  who  better  to  initiate  it  than  me?" 

Pacing  back  and  forth  in  the  confines  of  his 
Durham  office,  Beckett  displays  the  restless- 
ness that  befits  a  man  on  the  go.  He  still  car- 
ries the  powerful  build  of  a  football  player, 
tempered  now  by  the  investment  banker's 
white  shirt  and  tie.  In  his  hands,  he  juggles  a 
rainbow- colored  Slinky.  "Maceo  wasn't  too 
excited  about  my  idea  at  first, "  Beckett  says  of 
his  plan  to  launch  an  African  investment 
fund.  "I  was  a  co-owner  of  NCM  Capital,  it 
was  doing  fine,  and  here  I  was  talking  about 
investing  in  South  Africa." 

But  Sloan  had  taken  a  chance  on  the  kid 
before,  and  he  was  willing  to  indulge  him 
again.  "Justin  is  a  lot  like  me  in  certain  re- 
spects, "  Sloan  says.  "When  I  decided  to  start 
NCM  Capital,  a  lot  of  people  said  I  was  crazy. 
Justin's  vision  for  New  Africa  Advisers  was 
something  I  could  relate  to.  I  thought  it  was 
time  for  him  to  spread  his  wings." 

With  Sloan's  backing,  Beckett  flew  to 
South  Africa  in  1991  and  began  researching 
the  African  market.  He  identified  a  number 
of  locally  owned  companies  he  thought  would 
thrive  with  some  outside  investment,  and 
fashioned  a  model  investment  product  that 
he  could  sell  to  potential  American  investors. 
But  international  sanctions  were  still  in  place 
and  the  threat  of  civil  war  was  ever-present. 
No  one  could  invest  under  these  circum- 
stances. 

He  returned  home  and  began  laying  the 
groundwork  for  his  business.  Dubbed  New 
Africa  Advisers,  it  existed  only  in  name  for 
two  years.  With  hints  that  sanctions  were 
soon  to  be  lifted,  Beckett  flew  to  Johannes- 
burg to  negotiate  a  lease  for  an  office.  On  No- 
vember 2,  1993,  the  day  after  newly  elected 
president  Nelson  Mandela  called  for  the  lift- 
ing of  sanctions,  Beckett  opened  the  doors  of 
New  Africa  Advisers,  the  first  American 
investment  firm  to  establish  an  office  in  post- 
apartheid  South  Africa. 

The  group's  first  investment  product, 
launched  in  April  1995,  was  sponsored  jointly 
by  the  Calvert  Group,  based  in  Bethesda, 
Maryland.  Known  as  the  Calvert  New  Africa 
Fund,  it  is  targeted  at  retail  investors  willing 
to  invest  a  minimum  of  $2,000.  Calvert  New 
Africa  is  the  first  open-ended  mutual  fund 
(shares  can  be  redeemed  directly  with  the 
fund  itself)  to  devote  its  entire  portfolio  to 
African  companies  or  multinational  corpora- 
tions doing  business  in  Africa. 

Securities   laws   require   that  investment 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


firms  reveal  to  potential  investors  the  risks 
inherent  in  their  products.  As  if  to  emphasize 
the  particular  hazards  of  investing  in  Africa, 
the  prospectus  for  the  Calvert  New  Africa 
Fund  states  in  bold  letters:  "The  Fund  is  de- 
signed for  aggressive  investors  who  are  willing 
to  accept  above  average  risk  in  order  to  seek 
a  higher  rate  of  return  on  investment  over 
time.  Investments  in  African  and  African-re- 
lated issues  involve  risk  factors  and  special 
considerations  not  normally  associated  with 
investments  in  United  States  issues." 

Indeed,  the  performance  of  the  New  Africa 
Fund  to  date  reflects  the  typical  up-and-down 
nature  of  emerging  markets.  The  fund  was  up 
2.42  percent  in  1995,  down  11  percent  in  1996, 
and  up  4.74  percent  in  1997.  For  the  first 
quarter  of  1998,  the  fund  was  up  14.13  per- 
cent, earning  it  Barron's  top  ranking  among 
the  world's  emerging  market  funds. 

The  prospect  of  making  big  money  in  an 
emerging  market  is  tempting  to  many  inves- 
tors, but  with  its  history  of  famine,  war,  and 
corruption,  why  would  anyone  take  a  chance 
on  Africa?  "There  is  no  question  that  there  is 
a  direct  correlation  between  economic  viabil- 
ity and  political  stability, "  Beckett  says.  "I  am 
confident  that  with  the  end  of  the  Cold  War, 
we  are  going  to  see  greater  political  stability 
in  Africa  accompanied  by  free-market  capi- 
talism. People  don't  appreciate  how  much  the 
Cold  War  had  to  do  with  instability  in  Africa. 
Both  the  East  and  the  West  were  funding  and 
arming  rival  political  factions  all  over  the  con- 
tinent. Now,  for  the  first  time,  no  one  is  sending 
millions  of  dollars'  worth  of  AK-47s  to  this  or 
that  group.  The  new  political  leaders  in  Af- 
rica recognize  that  the  only  macroeconomic 
game  in  town  is  the  World  Bank  and  private 
investors,  and  those  groups  will  only  invest 
where  there's  a  free  market." 

Despite  the  optimistic  scenarios  presented 
by  Beckett  and  others,  there  is  little  evidence 
of  the  kind  of  recovery  most  investors  are 
looking  for.  Since  1993,  the  South  African 
economy  has  grown  at  an  annual  rate  of  only 
2.7  percent.  The  South  African  rand  has 
steadily  declined  in  value  relative  to  the  dol- 
lar. And  despite  the  impressive  political  ad- 
vances, knowledgeable  observers  predict  hard 
times  ahead  for  the  economy. 

Peter  Brews  is  assistant  professor  at  the 
Fuqua  School  of  Business  and  a  native  of 
South  Africa.  He  returns  to  that  country  three 
to  four  times  a  year  to  teach  at  the  University 
of  Wits  Business  School  in  Johannesburg. 
"The  political  restructuring  of  South  Africa 
was  one  of  the  most  successful  in  history,  but 
that  was  the  easy  part,"  Brews  says.  "Eco- 
nomic restructuring  will  be  much  more  diffi- 
cult. Given  the  inequalities  that  existed  un- 
der apartheid,  it  will  probably  take  decades, 
even  generations  to  accomplish." 

Rising  to  the  occasion,  Beckett  launches 


into  the  second  half  of  his  sales  pitch — Africa 
as  the  world's  last  untapped  emerging  market. 
"Africa  is  a  land  of  600  million  people,  half  of 
whom  are  younger  than  twenty,"  Beckett 
says.  "In  South  Africa,  80  percent  of  the  pop- 
ulation— the  50  million  blacks — have  been 
outside  the  economy  for  decades.  Now,  they 
are  eligible  for  basic  goods  and  services.  They 
want  microwave  ovens  and  cell  phones.  They 
want  fast  food.  If  you  are  a  consumer-prod- 
ucts industry,  forging  an  identity  now  can  pay 
dividends  well  into  the  future." 

Indeed,  consumer-products  businesses  seem 
increasingly  drawn  to  the  African  market. 
Coca-Cola  is  in  the  midst  of  a  $600  million 
spending  program  in  Africa,  supplying  small 
businesses  with  kiosks,  promotional  material, 


THE  PROSPECT  OF 
MAKING  BIG  MONEY 

IN  AN  EMERGING 
MARKET  IS  TEMPTING 
TO  MANY  INVESTORS, 
BUT  WITH  ITS  HISTORY 

OF  FAMINE,  WAR, 

AND  CORRUPTION,  WHY 

WOULD  ANYONE  TAKE 

A  CHANCE  ON  AFRICA? 


and  products.  Carl  Ware,  Coca-Cola's  senior 
vice  president  and  president  of  the  company's 
Africa  Group,  was  one  of  a  dozen  business 
leaders  accompanying  President  Clinton  dur- 
ing his  eleven-day  March  tour  of  the  conti- 
nent. "We  believe  we  can  obtain  sustained 
double -digit  growth  in  Africa  for  many,  many 
years  to  come,"  Ware  said  in  an  interview 
with  The  Washington  Post  on  the  eve  of  Clin- 
ton's departure. 

In  July,  the  U.S.-based  Overseas  Private 
Investment  Corporation  (OPIC)  signed  a 
protocol  with  New  Africa  Advisets  to  back 
$120  million  worth  of  equity  investments 
through  Beckett's  New  Africa  Opportunity 
Fund.  The  purpose  of  OPIC  is  to  encourage 
private  investment  in  developing  countries, 
generating  U.S.  exports  and  supporting  job 
creation  both  in  the  U.S.  and  in  the  target 
region.  While  the  fund  will  seek  investments 
in  thirteen  countries  in  the  southern  half  of 
the  continent,  its  primary  focus  is  on  South 
Africa. 


Typical  of  the  partnerships  entered  into  by 
New  Africa  Opportunities  Fund  is  the  invest- 
ment in  Afinta  Motot  Corporation  (AMC),  a 
South  African  manufacturer  of  light  trucks 
and  buses.  New  Africa  has  invested  approxi- 
mately $5  million  in  AMC  preferred  stock, 
convertible  into  a  40  percent  stake  in  AMC. 
The  invested  capital  is  being  used  to  expand 
the  company's  finance  and  production  capa- 
bilities. 

Although  Sloan  says  he  hopes  his  partner 
will  someday  take  over  the  reigns  of  his  par- 
ent company,  Sloan  Financial  Group,  Beckett 
for  now  has  gone  thoroughly  African.  He 
spends  most  of  his  time  overseas.  He  has 
bought  a  house  in  Johannesburg  and  is  en- 
gaged to  a  Kenyan  woman.  His  overseas  staff 
grows  every  month.  At  last  count,  he  em- 
ployed twenty  people  in  the  "Jo-berg"  office, 
including  Duke  alumni  Jeff  Bacote  '96  and  Gil 
Winters  '95,  and  another  ten  elsewhere  on  the 
continent. 

How  does  Beckett  like  South  Africa?  "It's 
fun, "  he  says.  "There  are  a  lot  of  Americans 
moving  here,  especially  down  around  Cape 
Town.  Coastal  property  is  cheap  and  the 
views  are  spectaculat.  You  can  watch  whales 
out  your  living-room  window  for  $75,000." 

Actually,  he  confesses,  he  hasn't  had  a  lot  of 
time  to  explote  the  countryside.  He  works  an 
eight-hour  day  at  the  office,  then  gets  on  the 
phone  to  his  American  clients.  "There's  an 
eight-hout  time  difference  between  Johan- 
nesburg and  Durham,  so  right  when  we  quit 
at  five  p.m.  is  the  time  to  start  calling  the 
U.S."  And  then  there  are  the  airplane  rides.  "I 
haven't  gone  two  weeks  in  the  last  fifteen 
months  when  I  haven't  been  on  a  plane," 
Beckett  says.  "I'm  constantly  flying  around 
the  continent  to  visit  our  other  offices  and 
check  out  different  companies." 

Asked  about  the  notorious  crime  rate  in 
Johannesburg,  Beckett  admits  it's  a  problem. 
"You  have  to  move  around  the  city  very 
mindful  of  car-jacking  and  break-ins.  With  40 
percent  unemployment,  a  lot  of  ordinary  peo- 
ple have  become  criminals." 

Does  he  worry,  as  many  investors  do,  that 
the  massive  unemployment,  the  unequal  dis- 
tribution of  wealth  among  black  and  white, 
and  the  lingering  political  instability  could 
bring  the  whole  experiment  crashing  down? 
"I'm  confident  it  will  not, "  he  says.  "I  believe 
time  and  economic  development  will  heal 
these  wounds.  That's  part  of  why  I'm  here  and 
why  I  encourage  people  to  invest  in  the  New 
Africa  Fund.  This  fund  represents  the  first 
time  in  history  that  the  politically  correct 
thing  to  do,  the  socially  correct  thing  to  do, 
and  the  economically  correct  thing  to  do  are 
all  the  same." 


Manuel  is  a  Durham-based  freelance  writer. 


September -October  1998       43 


THE  BEST 


FROM  THE 


BRIGHTEST 


Chris  Wilkins  wasn't  in 
Kansas  anymore.  The 
high  schooler  from 
Lawrence  had  landed 
in  the  Gothic  Wonder- 
land and  couldn't  fig- 
ure out  how.  Sure,  he'd 
practically  aced  the 
American  History  Achievement  Test — 790 
out  of  a  possible  800 — as  well  as  every  other 
history  exam  his  senior  year.  But  being  flown 
to  Duke  the  first  week  in  April  to  compete  for 
a  full-tuition  scholarship  seemed  like  some- 
thing straight  off  the  big  screen.  "I  thought 
the  only  people  who  get  that  scholarship  are 
those  who  win  Westinghouse  or  write  nov- 
els, "  he  said. 

The  day  before,  high  school  senior  Pavan 
Cheruvu  of  Tampa,  Florida,  was  standing  near 
a  table  decked  with  good  eats.  Deans,  profes- 
sors, and  directors  of  what  seemed  like  every 
program  at  Duke  University  wanted  to  shake 
his  hand,  but  both  hands  were  full.  "This  is 
the  first  time  I've  ever  been  treated  royally 
before,"  said  Cheruvu  between  bites  of  cook- 
ie and  fruit. 

Cheruvu  could  be  considered  one  of  the 
top  mathematics  students  in  the  country, 
placing  second  his  sophomore  year  in  the  Mu 
Alpha  Theta  national  math  competition.  He 
had  applied  to  Harvard  and  planned  to  com- 
pete for  a  full-ride  scholarship  to  Emory,  but, 
even  if  these  options  came  through,  he 
planned  to  enroll  at  Duke — that  is,  if  he 
ended  up  winning  The  Big  One.  "Nobody 
truly  expects  a  scholarship  of  this  magni- 
tude, "  he  admitted.  "Around  the  nation,  it's 
considered  one  of  the  most  prestigious  awards 
for  high  school  students." 

He's  talking  about  the  Angier  B.  Duke 
Memorial  Scholarship,  or  simply  "the  A.B. 
Duke."  The  award  covers  four  years  of  tuition 
(which  totals  about  $88,000)  and  a  summer 
at  Oxford  University,  England.  Just  forty-five 
of  Duke's  13,900  applicants  (about  a  third  of 
one  percent)  receive  a  letter  in  late  February 
naming  them  finalists  for  the  award  and  invit- 
ing them  to  the  final  competition.  No  one 
applies  for  the  scholarship  directly;  all  Duke 
applicants  are  eligible.  Only  fifteen  end  up 
with  it. 


A.B.  DUKE  SCHOLARS 

BY  EFdC  LARSON 

When  you're  seventeen, 

it's  a  very  supportive 

thing  to  be  brought  in 

on  an  honorary  basis 

and  identified  as 

someone  special" 


The  odds  are  close  to  lottery  standards.  But 
while  lotteries  seem  to  produce  a  number  of 
wrecked  souls,  the  A.B.  Duke  almost  always 
affects  lives  for  the  better.  "It's  a  nice  way  to 
go  to  college,"  says  Grant  Simons  '85,  M.D 
'90.  "When  you're  seventeen,  it's  a  very  sup- 
portive thing  to  be  brought  in  on  an  honorary 
basis  and  identified  as  someone  special." 
Simons  saw  then,  in  1981,  what  I  would  see 
eight  years  later:  a  scholarship  that  is  more 
than  cash  and  a  summer  overseas  vacation, 
but  one  that  plugs  an  incoming  freshman  into 
a  network  of  Duke  students  and  instructors 
who  place  academics  at  the  center  of  their 
college  concern.  Simons  recently  started  a 
cardiac  electrophysiology  program  in  Annap- 
olis at  Anne  Arundel  Medical  Center,  which 
helps  people  with  rhythmic  disorders  of  the 
heart.  "The  presence  of  the  scholarship  really 
affected  my  path, "  he  says. 

Melissa  Malouf,  an  associate  professor  of 
the  practice  of  English  who  serves  as  the  A.B. 
Duke  program's  director,  has  several  terms  to 
describe  what  the  scholarship  committee 
looks  for  in  recipients:  "tone-setters,"  "citi- 
zens of  the  world,"  "public  intellectuals." 
Finding  them  in  the  application  haystack  isn't 
easy.  "The  committee  has  not  been  able  to 
articulate  for  itself  why  this  particular  file 
looks  like  a  potential  winner, "  she  says.  While 
at  least  two  of  this  year's  recipients  earned 
perfect  scores  of  1600  on  the  SAT,  others  who 
aced  the  test  didn't  even  make  the  finalist 


cut.  Being  a  minority  doesn't  make  one  a 
standout.  "Ethnicity  is  not  a  factor.  A  sense  of 
an  independent  mind  is  a  factor, "  she  says. 

Malouf  pretty  much  stops  there  when  list- 
ing qualities  of  winners.  She  consistently 
receives  e-mail  messages  from  students  and 
parents  who  locate  the  A.B.  Duke  Web  page 
and  want  to  know  the  secret  formula  to  win- 
ning. But  students  who  try  to  engineer  just 
the  right  balance  of  extracurriculars,  who  try 
to  say  all  the  right  things  in  their  interviews, 
and  volunteer  for  causes  simply  to  look  im- 
pressive, won't  get  far  anyway.  "I  tell  them: 
'Just  apply  to  Duke.  Everybody's  eligible,'" 
says  Malouf.  "What  we  find  [in  scholarship 
winners]  is  people  who  are  not  like  anybody 
else  we've  ever  met  before." 

Winning  the  scholarship  validates  the  hard 
work  of  high  school  and  introduces  scholars 
to  impressive  cohorts.  For  students  already 
sold  on  Duke,  the  award  can  mean  freedom — 
from  part-time  jobs,  massive  school  loans,  and 
career  choices  influenced  by  money  concerns. 
Duke  gets  a  share  of  the  bargain,  too:  a  cadre 
of  undergraduates  who  can  potentially  raise 
the  standards  of  leadership  and  academics  on 
campus. 

"Students  come  to  Duke  and  other  univer- 
sities for  a  variety  of  reasons,  not  always  be- 
cause they  are  passionately  committed  to  a 
life  of  the  mind, "  says  Seymour  Mauskopf,  a 
professor  of  history  and  director  of  the  fresh- 
man FOCUS  program  who  has  interviewed 
finalists  for  the  scholarship.  (First-semester 
FOCUS  students  take  courses  structured 
around  a  common  theme  and  meet  regularly 
over  dinner  with  participating  faculty  mem- 
bers.) "We  would  like  to  enhance  that  sort  of 
commitment  as  much  as  possible." 

But  maintaining  a  merit  scholarship  pro- 
gram isn't  exactly  academic,  as  university  offi- 
cials will  tell  you.  Choosing  who  should  get 
the  award  can  be  agonizingly  difficult.  Fur- 
thermore, when  the  university's  budget  has 
felt  a  crunch  over  the  years,  directors  of  the 
program  have  periodically  had  to  argue  for 
the  scholarship's  survival — an  argument  they 
partly  lost  in  1992,  when  five  of  the  then 
twenty  annual  awards  were  de-funded.  Such 
fights  may  be  a  thing  of  the  past.  Last  April, 
The  Duke  Endowment  announced  it  would 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


fully  endow  the  tuition  portion  of  the  A.B. 
Duke  fund.  The  university  will  continue  to 
cover  programming  costs  and  the  need-based 
aid  for  which  some  A.B.  Duke  scholars  quali- 
fy. "It  means  that  the  program  is  forever  safe, " 
says  history  professor  Ron  Witt,  who  directed 
the  A.B.  Duke  program  from  1981  to  1986. 

Of  course,  the  whole  notion  of  merit-based 
scholarships  is  not  immune  from  critical  ques- 
tions. What  can  merit  awards  accomplish  at  a 
university  that  already  has  high  standards  for 
admitted  students?  Is  it  justifiable  to  offer 


merit  awards  when  need-based  aid  is  at  a  pre- 
mium? And,  if  justification  can  be  found,  how 
in  the  world  should  students  be  judged? 

If  a  hard  choice  of  priorities  is  presented 
between  merit-  and  need-based  awards,  engi- 
neering dean  Earl  Dowell  knows  on  which 
side  he'd  fall.  'All  students  we  admit  to  Duke 
are  meritorious,  but  some  have  greater  finan- 
cial resources  than  others,"  says  Dowell.  "If 
your  question  is,  'Do  you  think  need-based 
aid  is  more  important  than  non-need-based 
aid?'  then  my  answer  is  yes." 


His  reason:  Need-based  aid  ensures  social 
and  economic  diversity  in  a  student  body.  But 
Norm  Christensen,  dean  of  the  Nicholas 
School  of  the  Environment  and  director  of 
the  A.B.  Duke  program  from  1987  to  1990, 
thinks  that  the  university  benefits  from  both 
types  of  aid  equally.  "Need-based  assures  the 
most  diverse  student  body  possible.  Merit- 
based  assures  we  can  attract  some  of  the  best 
minds  to  this  university,"  he  says.  "I  don't 
think  we're  trading  off  one  for  the  other." 

A  merit  scholarship  may  also  do  something 
that  need-based  aid  can't,  by  sending  the  mes- 
sage to  high  schoolers  that  good  grades  pay. 
"It's  very  clear  to  kids  that  if  they  strive  to  be 
good  athletically,  they  will  be  rewarded, "  says 
former  A.B.  Duke  Scholar  Grant  Simons. 
"Kids  should  know  the  same  holds  true  for 
academics,  which  are  a  loftier  goal." 

In  arguing  for  the  merits  of  merit,  Malouf 
has  had  to  come  to  terms  with  the  fact  that 
some  of  the  finalists  come  from  wealthy  back- 
grounds and  would  have  no  trouble  affording 
the  tuition  price  tag.  Now  she  sees  it  as  a  price 
to  pay  for  honoring  achievement  and  aca- 
demic promise.  "I  think  these  young  people 
tend  to  understand  that  they  are  privileged, " 
she  says.  "It  doesn't  necessarily  have  to  do 
with  money,  but  that  some  people  along  the 
way  made  sure  they  had  a  good  education, 
someone  is  looking  out  for  them."  The  schol- 
arship also  rewards  some  students  of  an  inde- 
pendent mindset.  "I  know  of  one  student  who 
said  that  his  parents  could  have  paid  to  send 
him  anywhere, "  says  the  program's  coordina- 
tor, Betty  Cowan.  "But  he  said  he  didn't  want 
his  parents  to  pay.  He  wanted  to  do  it  him- 
self." 

I  can  identify  with  such  sentiments.  My 
own  father  spent  three  years  working  assem- 
bly-line jobs  in  factories  to  pay  for  his  own 
college.  How,  then,  could  I  justify  asking  him 
to  pay  the  parents'  portion  of  even  the  most 
generous  financial  aid  offer?  I  would  have  in- 
stead chosen  a  state  school,  as  a  matter  of 
principle.  Others,  I'm  sure,  have  held  the 
same  thinking. 

Angier  B.  Duke  Memorial,  Inc.,  was  estab- 
lished by  Benjamin  N.  Duke  in  1925,  two 
years  after  his  thirty-nine-year-old  son  died  in 
a  Greenwich,  Connecticut,  boating  accident. 
Initially  the  fund  had  a  strong  need-based 
component,  providing  loans  as  well  as  grants 
to  students.  Then  in  1946,  seeing  that  G.I.  Bill 
scholarships  would  soon  dry  up,  the  memori- 
al's board  of  directors  made  a  decision  to  form 
the  Angier  B.  Duke  Memorial  Scholarship 
Program  and  to  actively  recruit  the  top  high 
school  students  in  North  Carolina.  Alumni  in 
six  regions  of  the  state  conducted  interviews 

Scholarly  flock:  prospects  for  A.B.  Duke 
Sclmhirships  take  a  break  on  the  steps  of  the 
East  Duke  Building 


September -October  1998 


"in  which  the  candidate's  personality,  poise,  ap- 
pearance, vitality,  and  stability"  were  gauged. 
Thirty  finalists  were  invited  to  the  university 
for  a  written  test,  follow-up  interviews,  and 
meals  at  professors'  homes.  Six  students  re- 
ceived scholarships  of  $750,  which  covered 
most  of  the  cost  of  attending  Duke. 

"Scholarship  aid  at  that  time  of  history  was 
virtually  non-existent  as  compared  to  now," 
says  Duke  English  professor  and  writer  Rey- 
nolds Price  '55,  who  was  awarded  the  scholar- 
ship in  the  spring  of  1951.  "I'm  certain  my  par- 
ents would  have  found  it  extremely  difficult, 
if  not  impossible,  to  send  me  to  Duke." 

The   scholarship   evolved.   More   awards 


North  Carolina,  a  member  of  the  1998  USA 
Today  All-Academic  Team,  says  without  the 
scholarship,  "I  was  going  to  meditate  for  five 
hours  and  decide  whether  to  pay  a  lot  of 
money  and  go  to  Yale  or  Brown,  or  spend  no 
money  and  go  to  UNC-Chapel  Hill, "  where 
he  was  accepted  into  the  Academic  Scholars 
Program.  But  he  didn't  care  for  the  Greek- 
dominated  social  life  of  UNC.  For  him,  the 
scholarship  will  mean  pursuing  "pure  re- 
search" without  feeling  the  need  for  a  more 
practical  course  of  study  to  pay  off  loans. 

The  A.B.  Duke  is  just  one  of  three  merit 
scholarships  administered  by  Duke.  The  B.N. 
Duke  Memorial  Scholarship  annually  goes  to 


regardless  of  financial  need.  "It's  a  nice,  dis- 
tinctive thing  Duke  offers,  and  it  very  well 
may  bring  people  into  our  applicant  pool," 
she  says. 

Once  they  apply,  Duke  would  like  to  use 
the  A.B.  Duke  to  keep  some  of  them.  "When 
Duke  goes  head  to  head  with  Yale,  Princeton, 
Harvard,  and  Stanford,  the  prestige  game  we 
don't  win, "  notes  Thomas  Robisheaux,  associ- 
ate professor  of  history  and  director  of  the 
A.B.  Duke  program  from  1991  to  1996.  The 
overall  matriculation  rate  of  students  admit- 
ted to  Duke  was  43  percent  this  year.  But  just 
8  percent  of  the  students  whose  list  of  college 
options  included  Stanford  ended  up  picking 


were  added,  and  students  from  the  Southeast, 
later  the  nation,  and  from  around  the  globe 
were  eventually  allowed  to  compete.  But  tui- 
tion costs  rose  beyond  the  scholarship's  scope. 
By  1981,  the  scholarship  award  amounted  to 
just  $1,000  a  year  for  students  who  failed  to 
demonstrate  financial  need.  That  year,  tired 
of  seeing  the  scholarship  turned  down  at 
alarming  rates,  university  officials  upped  the 
A.B.  Duke's  ante  to  full  tuition,  regardless  of 
a  student's  finances.  They  made  the  director's 
job  a  part-time  post  — Ron  Witt  was  the  first 
in  the  position  —  and  gave  him  funding  for  a 
weekend  "bonding"  retreat  in  the  summer 
and  activities  during  the  academic  year. 

The  bolstered  award  has  succeeded  at  win- 
ning over  students.  Sam  Malone  of  Zebulon, 


ten  students  from  the  Carolinas,  while  each 
year  the  Reggie  Howard  Memorial  Scholar- 
ship is  awarded  to  five  African-American  stu- 
dents. (All  are  due  to  extend  to  full-tuition 
benefits,  thanks  to  The  Duke  Endowment.) 
Together,  the  scholarships  attract  applicants 
who  may  initially  see  Duke's  price-tag  as 
repugnant.  "It's  almost  one  of  the  most  com- 
mon questions  you  hear:  'What  merit  schol- 
arships do  you  have?'"  says  Laura  Sellers, 
Duke's  senior  associate  director  of  admis- 
sions, who  travels  the  country  promoting  the 
university.  None  of  the  schools  with  which 
Duke  competes  most  rigorously — Harvard, 
Princeton,  Stanford,  and  Yale — offer  any- 
thing quite  like  the  A.B.  Duke,  which  is  open 
to  all  applicants,  even  international  students, 


Duke  instead.  The  figure  dropped  to  5  per- 
cent when  Harvard  was  among  students' 
choices.  "We  have  been  successful  in  attract- 
ing them,  not  as  successful  in  matriculating 
them, "  says  Christoph  Guttentag,  Duke's  di- 
rector of  undergraduate  admissions.  As  the 
pool  of  admittants  to  Duke  continues  to  have 
more  top-college  options,  the  percentage  of 
students  choosing  Duke  over  the  other  top 
schools  could  shrink  even  further.  The  schol- 
arship serves  as  one  way  to  attack  the  trend. 
The  road  to  becoming  an  A.B.  Duke  schol- 
ar begins  as  a  paper  trail.  Each  year  the 
admissions  office  doles  out  its  applications 
(13,950  for  the  1998-99  academic  year) 
among  seventeen  regional  admissions  officers 
who  apply  a  standard  rating  system  as  they 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


read.  The  system  helps  identify  400  to  450 
stand-outs  in  the  categories  of  grades  and 
achievements,  course  selection,  recommen- 
dations, essays,  personal  qualities,  extracurric- 
ulars,  and  standardized  tests.  After  a  meeting 
with  Malouf  in  which  she  talks  about  the 
scholarship's  aims,  the  admissions  officers  cut 
the  number  of  stand-outs  in  half.  This  year 
248  semi-finalist  files  went  to  the  nineteen- 
member  A.B.  Duke  advisory  committee, 
made  up  of  faculty  and  students,  which  then 
spent  several  weeks  filtering  out  the  top  forty- 
five  files. 

The  final  stage  is  the  interview,  conducted 
during  the  April  finalist  weekend  by  two  pro- 
fessors, two  current  A.B.  Duke  scholars,  and  a 
member  of  the  program's  advisory  committee. 
The  different  interviewing  groups  are  given 
free  rein  on  questions  and  are  not  necessarily 
expected  to  articulate  in  concrete  terms  why 
one  individual  scored  higher  than  another. 

The  interview  and  subsequent  selection 
process  was  just  abstract  enough  to  scare 
Michael  Todd,  B.S.E.  '92,  M.S.  '93,  Ph.D.  '96, 
who  interviewed  finalists  every  year  as  a 
scholar  and  sat  on  the  advisory  committee  for 
three  of  those  years.  He  remembers  the  pro- 
cess of  that  time  as  "frighteningly  arbitrary, " 
with  some  of  the  scholarships  offered  accord- 
ing to  force  of  argument,  not  raw  scores 
obtained  in  interviews  or  applications.  "What 
the  process  ended  up  relying  on  is  someone 
going  to  bat  for  you,  and  it  may  be  arbitrary 
for  someone  to  do  that, "  says  Todd.  "I  don't 
know  if  there's  any  way  to  do  it  better.  I  can 
criticize  but  I  can't  improve." 

Malouf  strives  for  consistent  evaluation. 
She  reads  all  semi-finalist  files  and  sometimes 
asks  first-time  readers  to  look  again  at  files 
they  rejected.  Since  she  became  director,  in- 
terviewing committees  have  received  a  list  of 
sample  questions  they  can  ask  of  candidates. 
Of  course,  after  the  interviews,  the  advisory 
committee  must  confront  the  personal  ele- 
ment. "Many  look  good  on  paper  and  not  in 
person,"  says  Malouf.  "If  we  went  by  SAT 
scores,  everybody  would  look  pretty  much  the 
same." 

According  to  Christensen,  the  Nicholas 
School  dean,  it's  impossible  for  a  committee 
of  people  to  avoid  a  philosophical  discussion 
when  deciding  among  highly  qualified  stu- 
dents. "Various  faculty  and  students  bring  dif- 
ferent values  to  the  table,"  he  says.  "The 
question  becomes,  how  do  we  reconcile  those 
different  world  views?" 

The  committee's  quest  is  taken  seriously, 
says  Malouf.  "We  all  want  to  get  it  right.  We 
have  people's  lives  in  our  hands,  so  we  can't 
be  sloppy  or  forgetful."  That  being  said,  she 
maintains  the  winners  are  easy  to  spot  in  the 
interviews.  "Usually  there  is  a  consensus 
when  someone  leaves  the  room  and  every- 
body goes,  'Wow!'  " 


Marie  Lynn  Miranda,  '85,  assistant  profes- 
sor of  the  practice  in  the  Nicholas  School  and 
an  A.B.  Duke  Scholar  in  her  own  day,  remem- 
bers an  occasion  when  she  argued  loudly  for 
one  candidate.  The  student  in  question  was 
interested  in  the  social  sciences,  an  area 
where  high  schoolers  sometimes  have  a  tough 
time  proving  aptitude.  "It  was  apparent  there 
was  this  incredible  spark  in  him,"  recalls 
Miranda.  "I  said,  'Four  years  from  now,  this 
guy  is  going  to  be  a  Rhodes  Scholar.  I  hope  he 
spends  the  intervening  years  at  Duke.'  "  The 
student,  Eric  Greitens  '96,  won  the  scholar- 
ship and  did  come  to  Duke.  He's  currently  at 
Oxford  —  as  a  Rhodes  Scholar. 


Miranda  may  be  able  to  pick  a  scholar,  but 
their  classmates  may  not.  The  reason:  Most 
A.B.  Dukes  realize  quickly  they  aren't  the 
only  good  students  on  campus.  Reluctant  to 
be  put  in  a  position  of  justifying  their  distinc- 
tion, they  keep  it  a  secret.  "I  met  many,  many 
people  who  hadn't  gotten  the  scholarship  that 
I  thought  deserved  one, "  says  Todd.  "There's 
a  slight  sense  of  guilt."  Professors  confirm  the 
observation.  "The  A.B.  Dukes  I've  had  are 
exceptional,  but  I've  had  an  equal  number  of 
non-A.B.  Dukes  who  are  exceptional,"  says 
history  professor  Mauskopf.  "I  couldn't  tell 
you  right  now  who  in  my  class  has  the  schol- 
arship." 


Seconds  from  Duke  University, 
Minutes  from  Research  Triangle  Park. 


HH       £*j 

r  tir  cVvf* 

!  tl  ffr 
I  El  u  i 
E  Eli'ii  i 

El 

E^ 

IPB53is2*  '^'jpfe 

and  Light  Years  Away  from  the  Ordinary 


Nestled  omong  tall  North  Carolina  pines  and 
hardwoods,  next  to  prestigious  Duke  University  and  near 
the  heart  of  the  world-renowned  Research  Triongle  Park, 
the  Washington  Duke  Inn  &  Golf  Club  is  the  destination- 
of-choice  for  countless  business  travelers,  high-level 
conferences  and  leisure  guests  from  all  points  of  the 


Another  asset  of  Duke  University  - 
ond  only  blocks  away  from  its  world 
famous  medical  center,  the  Inn  is  the 
only  Four-Star,  Four-Diamond  hotel  in 
eastern  North  Carolina. 


•  The  Inn's  superb  meeting  and  catering  facilities  easily 
accommodate  groups  from  20  to  400. 

•  Each  of  thel  71  newly-renovated  and  elegantly- 
appointed  guest  rooms  and  suites  has  complimentary 
Internet  access  at  Ethernet"'  speed. 


Recreational  amenities  include  an  18-hole, 
Robert  Trent  Jones-designed  championship  golf 
course,  home  of  the  2001  NCAA  men's 
championship,  along  with  a  3M  mile  long 
jogging  trail,  swimming  pool,  Duke  Center 
for  Living  privileges. 


•  Located  midway  between  New  York  Av    v~-    vy  •  Popular  local  attractions  -  the  Durham 
and  Atlanta,  the  Washington  Duke  Inn's      ^g^^^Q^    Bulls,  Duke  Chapel,  Duke  Gardens,  the 
300-acre  site  is  only  15  minute's  from         ^^^kngy^^    Museum  of  Life  ond  Science,  Morehead 
Raleigh-Durham  International  Airport                 .      *  Planetarium  and  the  very  finest  collegiate 
and  easy  to  get  to.                          Washington  L)uke    Sp0rTS  teams  anywhere. 

Inn  &  Golf  Club 

•  The  regional  and  seasonal  cuisines  of  And  it  almost  goes  without  saying,  the 
the  highly  acclaimed  Fairview  restaurant  attract  grand  tradition  of  superior  service  and  warm  Southern 
epicures  from  around  the  world.                               hospitality  is  alive  ond  well  here. 

3001  Cameron  Boulevard  •  Durham,  North  Carolina  •  (919)  490-0999 

*x  1800-443-3853 


*v* 


www.washinglondukeinn.com 


September -October  1998       47 


It's  a  running  joke  among  recipients  that 
the  glassed-in  medallions  given  to  incoming 
scholars  often  find  their  way  to  sock  drawers. 
In  1986,  a  professor  printed  commemorative 
T-shirts  for  the  scholars.  "I  found  them  in  used 
clothing  stores  all  over  town,"  recalls  Witt. 
"They  were  all  'closet  A.B.  Dukes.'  " 

That  is  not  to  say  that  students  feel  stigma- 
tized by  the  scholarship.  More  likely  it  serves 
as  a  boost  and  a  challenge.  "A  lot  of  the  schol- 
ars say  that  the  A.B.  Duke  'saved  me  from 
Harvard, ' "  says  Holly  Chang,  a  Duke  senior. 
"It  seems  absurd,  but  students  at  Harvard 
who  were  standouts  in  their  high  schools  may, 
in  a  bigger  pond,  see  themselves  as  merely 
'average.'"  For  A.B.  Duke  scholars,  says 
Chang,  the  distinction  they  carry  into  college 
serves  as  "a  confidence  or  backing.  Because 
we're  holding  this  banner,  we  feel  more  moti- 
vated to  do  things.  They  expect  us  to  be  lead- 
ers." Chang  was  captain  of  her  mock  trial 
team  freshman  year  and  is  now  on  the 
FOCUS  advisory  board. 

Andrea  Wong,  a  junior,  agrees  that  "iron 
sharpens  iron."  Yet  the  A.B.  Dukes  are  not  a 
cutthroat  group,  as  she  learned  during  her 
finalist  competition  when  she  stayed  up  until 
2  a.m.  playing  games  with  other  finalists  and 
current  scholars.  "I  thought,  'Wow,  these  are 
awesome,  intelligent  people  but  they  know 
how  to  have  fun.  They  enjoy  each  other's 


company' "  The  relaxed,  supportive  environ- 
ment will  make  it  easier  for  her  to  pursue  her 
interests  in  the  Russian  language  and  public 
policy,  she  says. 

University  officials  emphasize  that  A.B. 
Duke  scholars  "pay  back"  their  award  while 
they  are  at  Duke  by  contributing  to  the  over- 
all academic  atmosphere.  But  it  would  be 
interesting  to  find  out  if  the  award  predicted 
future  success.  In  terms  of  the  Rhodes  and 
other  post-graduate  honors,  A.B.  Duke  schol- 
ars have  done  well.  Since  1985,  six  of  Duke's 
nine  Rhodes  Scholars  and  eleven  of  Duke's 
twenty-two  Mellon  Fellows  in  the  Humani- 
ties were  A.B.  Dukes  first.  The  program  also 
claims  five  of  the  university's  eight  Marshall 
Scholars  since  1984,  and  fourteen  of  thirty- 
three  Barry  Goldwater  scholarships  since  1989. 

Will  there  be  Oscars,  Pulitzers,  and  Nobels 
in  the  lot?  Though  there  are  several  scholars 
prior  to  the  1980s  who  went  on  to  achieve 
notoriety  (Reynolds  Price  '55,  Anne  Tyler  '61, 
and  Josephine  Humphreys  '67,  to  name  three 
well-known  authors),  they  were  chosen  be- 
fore the  scholarship  assumed  its  present  form. 
(The  Class  of  1985  was  the  first  group  of  A.B. 
Dukes  that  was  both  drawn  from  an  interna- 
tional pool  of  applicants  and  given  full- 
tuition  awards  regardless  of  need.)  "Our 
alums  are  still  relatively  young, "  says  Malouf. 
"They've  been  out  there  ten  years,  but  they 


haven't  been  out  there  long  enough  yet." 

It's  not  too  early  to  say  the  scholarship  has 
made  positive  marks.  Molly  McCoy  '89  at- 
tended a  high  school  in  Land-o-Lakes,  Florida, 
where  the  dropout  rate  was  60  percent.  Fig- 
uring she'd  attend  a  state  college,  she  applied 
to  Duke  on  a  whim  and  landed  the  A.B. 
Duke.  All  through  high  school,  McCoy  had 
felt  pigeonholed  into  a  future  of  math  and  sci- 
ence until  a  poetry  class  her  sophomore  year 
at  the  university.  "That's  where  I  actually 
learned  to  think, "  she  remembers.  "That  whole 
semester  was  like  The  Wizard  of  Oz,  going 
from  black  and  white  to  Technicolor."  Sud- 
denly, McCoy  took  a  broader  look  at  the  world, 
getting  involved  in  women's  issues,  taking  part 
in  one  of  the  first  "Take  Back  the  Night"  anti- 
violence  rallies,  and  helping  to  write  the  Wom- 
en's Handbook.  She  recently  completed  an 
M.B.A.  at  Northwestern  and  plans  to  work 
for  a  consulting  firm  helping  business  people 
improve  their  communication  skills. 

Michael  Todd  credits  the  A.B.  Duke  schol- 
arship even  more  directly  with  informing  his 
career  path.  He's  currently  working  for  the 
Naval  Research  Center,  helping  to  develop 
safer  ways  of  transferring  loads  between 
storm-tossed  ships.  (The  research  involves 
developing  complex  algorithms  to  describe 
the  chaos  of  ocean  waves.)  Without  the  A.B. 

Continued  on  page  59 


Where  YOU  LIVE 

Listen  to  the  crickets  serenade  you  on 
your  own  balcony.  Catch  a  pop-fly  at  a 
world-famous  Durham  Bulls  game.  Take 
a  class  at  one  of  the  three  universities 


Life  Care  Community 
2701  Pickett  Road 

Durham,  NC  27705 
1-800-474-0258 


is  How  You  Live. 

that  make  up  the  Research  Triangle 
region.  No  matter  what  you  choose 
to  do,  you'll  find  life  is  better  at 
The  Forest  at  Duke. 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


IMW^.IMSfel 


EXPORTING 


HELP  AND 


HOPE 


When  Don 
Mooers  '81  ar- 
rived as  a  Peace 
Corps  volun- 
teer in  Sierra 
Leone  in  1982, 
nearly  one  out 
of  every  three 
children  in  his  village  never  reached  the  age 
of  five.  And  though  he  worked  diligently  over 
two  years  to  help  kids  become  healthier  by 
teaching  villagers  how  to  grow  more  nutri- 
tious food,  he  could  not  significantly  change 
that  grim  statistic  —  a  fact  that  still  haunts 
him  today. 

"Two  children  died  in  my  arms  during  my 
last  weeks  as  a  volunteer, "  he  says.  "They  died 


A  PEACE  CORPS  REVIVAL 

BY  BRENDAN  DALY 


Volunteers  range  in  age 

from  twenty^  one  to 

seventy- eight.  They 

come  from  every  ethnic 

background  and  from 

all  fifty  states,  but  with 

the  common  pumnsp 

3f  making  the 


from  diseases  that  required  simple  rehydration 
therapy  [a  combination  of  clean  water,  sugar, 
and  salt]  as  a  cure.  But  they  got  to  me  too 
late.  I  still  think  a  lot  about  these  and  the 
other  children  who  died  in  my  village  while  I 
was  there." 

Mooers  also  remembers  a  much  happier  time, 
when  he  was  named  an  honorary  village  chief 
in  the  West  African  nation.  "I  was  twenty- 
four-years  old,  a  Duke  graduate,  and  an  Afri- 
can chief.  How  could  life  be  any  better  than 
this?" 

It  is  such  experiences,  both  the  highs  and 

Esprit  de  corps:  A  twenty-two-year  old  Peace 
Corps  volunteer  with  village  children  in  Togo, 
in  the  early  Sixties 


September -October  1998 


the  lows,  that  volunteers  say  make  the  Peace 
Corps  "the  toughest  job  they'll  ever  love." 
Since  President  John  F.  Kennedy  founded  the 
Peace  Corps  in  1961,  more  than  150,000 
Americans  have  joined,  including  nearly  450 
graduates  of  Duke.  There  are  now  twenty- 
three  Duke  alumni  serving  in  the  Peace  Corps, 
ranking  the  university  sixty-second  out  of 
more  than  1,000  colleges  that  have  produced 
current  volunteers. 

Ask  volunteers  of  today  and  yesterday  why 
they  joined  and  their  answers  are  remarkably 
similar.  Take  Linda  Egan  Saltz  '61  and  Jason 
Carter  '97.  "I  just  wanted  to  see  another  part 
of  the  world, "  says  Saltz.  "I  wanted  some  ex- 
citement before  I  settled  down,  and  the  idea 
of  helping  people  really  appealed  to  me."  One 
of  the  first  volunteers  to  join  the  Peace  Corps, 
she  served  as  an  English  teacher  in  the  Phi- 
lippines from  1961  to  1963.  "I  had  heard 
President  Kennedy's  speech,  Ask  not  what 
your  country  can  do  for  you,  ask  what  you  can 
do  for  your  country.'  I  was  impressed  by  that 
and  I  really  hoped  to  make  a  difference  in  the 
world." 


Carter,  who  left  in  January  with  the  second 
group  ever  to  serve  in  South  Africa,  says  he 
too  wanted  to  have  an  adventure  while  mak- 
ing a  difference.  As  the  grandson  of  former 
President  Jimmy  Carter,  and  the  great-grand- 
son of  former  Peace  Corps  volunteer  Lillian 
Carter,  he  had  long  been  exposed  to  the 
Peace  Corps  and  says  he  was  eager  to  sign  up. 

While  there  are  many  similarities,  the 
experiences  and  expectations  that  Saltz  and 
Carter  brought  to  their  service  show  how  the 
agency  has  matured  in  thirty-seven  years. 
The  earliest  volunteers  did  not  really  know 
what  they  were  getting  into.  "We  were  like 
guinea  pigs,"  says  Saltz.  "It  was  so  exciting.  It 
was  all  so  new.  The  president  still  had  his 
hand  in  it.  Sargent  Shriver  [the  first  director 
of  the  Peace  Corps  and  Kennedy's  brother-in- 
law]  came  to  see  us  during  our  training  at 
Penn  State."  Now  a  grandmother  in  Tucum- 
cari,  New  Mexico,  Saltz  was  overwhelmed 
when  she  arrived  in  the  Philippines.  "I  was 
surrounded  by  unfamiliar  things  —  the  smells, 
the  sights,  the  language,  everything, "  she  says. 
"I  never  felt  completely  comfortable  there.  I 


loved  it,  but  I  always  felt  like  I  was  someplace 
else.  It  was  the  first  time  I  had  ever  been  out 
of  the  country." 

Carter,  on  the  other  hand,  had  traveled 
extensively  in  Africa,  Europe,  Asia,  and  Cen- 
tral America  before  he  joined.  During  his 
senior  year  at  Duke,  the  Decatur,  Georgia, 
resident  started  looking  into  ways  to  live  in 
Africa  and  decided  the  obvious  answer  was 
the  Peace  Corps.  "I  wanted  to  go  to  the  Peace 
Corps  and  find  out  if  I  wanted  to  do  some- 
thing in  Africa  for  the  rest  of  my  life, "  he  says. 
(If  not,  he  says  he  may  return  to  the  United 
States  to  attend  law  school.) 

While  most  current  volunteers  are  not 
from  such  a  famous  family,  Jason  Carter  per- 
sonifies today's  more  worldly  volunteer,  who 
knows  much  more  about  the  Peace  Corps  and 
where  volunteers  serve  than  did  previous 
generations.  Culture  shock  is  still  quite  com- 
mon, but  many  volunteers  today  view  their 
Peace  Corps  service  as  a  way  to  help  their 
careers,  not  just  postpone  a  decision  for  two 
years.  And  Carter,  a  community  resource  vol- 
unteer working  to  obtain  materials  and  train 


CLASSROOM 
CORPS 


BY  JAIME  LEVY 

JHL  yana  Kee  '93  did  not  plan  to  be  a 
^EJ&  teacher  when  she  grew  up.  The 
"—■thought  never  crossed  her  mind. 
Throughout  college,  the  Brooklyn  native  en- 
visioned herself  earning  a  Ph.D.  in  psycholo- 
gy and  eventually  working  as  a  researcher. 
Now,  after  completing  a  master's  program  in 
education  at  the  University  of  Oregon,  Kee  is 
preparing  to  teach  first  grade  at  a  local  ele- 
mentary school.  Why  the  turnaround?  She 
attributes  her  change  in  trajectory  to  her  two- 
year  stint  teaching  fourth-  and  fifth-grade 
special  education  in  Oakland,  California, 
where  she  was  placed  by  Teach  for  America. 

Toward  the  end  of  her  senior  year,  Kee-like 
many  other  students  who  need  a  break  from 
research  papers  and  exams  before  beginning 
graduate  school-found  out  about  TFA.  The 
brainchild  of  Wendy  Kopp,  who  was  a  twen- 
ty-one-year-old Princeton  senior  when  she 
conceived  the  idea  in  1990,  the  program  sends 
fresh  college  graduates  directly  into  urban  hot 
zones  and  rural  areas  —  places  that  generally 
have  trouble  hiring  and  keeping  teachers.  It's 
a  movement  that  may  revolutionize  the 
teaching  industry. 

These  fresh  faces  enter  classrooms  with  no 
more  experience  than  a  five-week  summer 
training  institute,  but  with  the  idealistic  ex- 
pectations of  young  college  grads.  Critics  say 
that  inviting  twenty-two-year-olds  to  learn 


how  to  teach  by  jumping  into  public  class- 
rooms without  a  formal  education  in  educa- 
tion is  dangerous.  They  argue  that  promising 
teachers  will  be  turned  off  by  the  profession 
when  they  enter  the  field  without  the  appro- 
priate background.  And  they  say  the  summer 
institute  is  inadequate  in  its  attempts  to  pro- 
vide one. 

"Adequate  for  what?"  asks  Kee,  echoing 
many  of  her  TFA  peers.  "Is  it  adequate  to  pre- 
pare expert  teachers?  No;  it  takes  years  to 
become  an  expert  teacher.  Is  it  adequate  to 
prepare  highly-motivated,  innovative  begin- 
ning teachers?  Absolutely." 

Kee,  who  says  she  was  "a  little  cocky"  going 
into  the  program,  admits  that  immediately 
immersing  herself  in  the  teaching  environ- 
ment was  a  hefty  challenge.  "I  was  like  many 
Duke  students:  a  high  achiever.  Therefore  it 
was  difficult,  ego-wise,  to  work  in  a  situation 
in  which  I  was  not  even  close.  At  first  every- 
thing was  so  new.  Every  day  felt  like  a  final 
exam  that  I  hadn't  studied  for." 

Eventually  she  refined  her  style,  she  says, 
making  her  a  more  capable  teacher.  "After  the 
first  few  months,  I  started  to  master  some  of 
the  details  of  teaching.  I  found  that  I  could 
think  more  long-term  than  just  trying  to  sur- 
vive the  day." 

This  is  the  goal  of  TFA.  By  placing  some  of 
the  nation's  brightest  graduates  in  areas  that 
desperately  need  enthusiastic,  creative  young 
educators,  the  program  is  proving  that  a  sea- 
soned, rigid  instructor  is  not  necessarily  fun- 
damental to  a  successful  classroom.  And 
many  TFA  corps  members  are  actually  fol- 
lowing through  on  these  objectives.  Not  only 


are  they  rated  by  principals  as  above  average 
when  compared  to  other  beginning  teachers, 
but  their  students  give  glowing  reports  about 
their  classroom  performances  as  well.  TFA 
members  are  even  more  active  in  extracurric- 
ular activities  than  their  colleagues;  in  the 
1997-98  academic  year,  86  percent  of  corps 
members  reported  that  they  were  involved  in 
sports,  clubs,  and  other  after-school  activities 
at  their  schools. 


WITH  ENTHUSIASTIC, 

CREATIVE  YOUNG 

EDUCATORS,  TEACH  FOR 

AMERICA  IS  PROVING 

THAT  A  SEASONED, 
RIGID  INSTRUCTOR  IS 

NOT  NECESSARILY 

FUNDAMENTAL  TO  A 

SUCCESSFUL  CLASSROOM. 


Take,  for  example,  Joshua  Gabel  '94-  Placed 
in  a  South  Central  Los  Angeles  high  school, 
the  biology  major,  like  many  corps  members, 
had  a  difficult  time  adjusting  to  his  first  year 
of  teaching.  But  after  a  year  spent  using  as 
many  sick  days  as  possible  to  allow  himself  a 
break  from  his  rowdy  ninth-  and  tenth-grade 
science  students,  Gabel  began  spending  extra 
hours  at  school  to  launch  a  radio  broadcast- 
ing club.  "For  me,  there  was  not  a  lot  of  reward 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


teachers  in  post-apartheid  South  Africa,  also 
typifies  the  new  Peace  Corps  volunteer,  who 
is  serving  in  emerging  countries  with  greater 
responsibilities  than  earlier  participants. 

To  allow  more  opportunities  for  Americans 
to  serve,  and  to  address  some  critical  needs  in 
the  developing  world,  President  Clinton 
wants  to  expand  the  volunteer  corps,  which 
has  shrunk  to  less  than  half  the  size  it  was  in 
its  heyday  in  the  mid-Sixties.  Citing  the  Peace 
Corps'  record  in  helping  other  countries  be- 
come "better  partners  for  us  as  we  work  to- 
gether to  meet  common  goals,"  Clinton  has 
proposed  a  20  percent  increase  in  its  budget, 
which  would  allow  the  agency  to  boost  its 
volunteer  force  from  a  current  level  of  6,500 
to  10,000  by  the  year  2000.  The  interest  is  cer- 
tainly there.  More  than  150,000  people  con- 
tacted the  Peace  Corps  last  year  to  request 
information  about  volunteering  — 40  percent 
more  than  in  1994.  It  is  difficult  to  pinpoint 
exactly  why  the  interest  is  growing.  It  may  be 
that  today's  volunteers,  much  like  their  pre- 
decessors, want  to  see  the  world. 

Peace  Corps  director  Mark  Gearan  says 


during  the  day, "  he  says.  "The  reward  was  who 
came  after  school  to  the  club  I  started.  It  was 
on  their  own  time." 

Duke  grads  seem  to  be  shaking  things  up  in 
full  force.  Duke  is  listed  as  one  of  the  top 
twenty-five  universities  from  which  the  TFA 
corps  members  are  plucked;  Harvard,  North- 
western, the  University  of  Michigan,  and  the 
University  of  North  Carolina  also  generate 
large  numbers  of  participants.  And  Duke's 
representation  in  TFA  is  increasing:  This  year, 
there  are  ten  Duke  grads  entering  the  corps, 
as  compared  to  the  four  Duke  alumni  matric- 
ulating into  the  corps  in  each  of  the  previous 
two  years. 

Incoming  corps  members  spend  almost  a 
month  and  a  half  at  a  summer  training  insti- 
tute in  Houston,  where  they  practice  teaching, 
take  methodology  classes,  and  attend  work- 
shops. "When  September  of  1994  arrived,  I 
was  ready — although  terrified — to  make  a 
difference  in  the  lives  of  my  students, "  Kee 
says.  "I  had  more  training  than  the  substitute 
that  my  students  would  have  been  assigned 
had  I  not  been  there,  and  I  had  the  support 
and  ongoing  training  that  was  provided  by 
TFA." 

"Before  I  went  to  the  institute,  I  didn't 
know  what  to  expect.  All  I  knew  was  that  I 
was  going  to  Washington,  D.C.,"  Luli  Lopez- 
Merino  '98  says,  days  before  leaving  her  home 
in  Fort  Lauderdale  to  settle  into  D.C.,  where 
she  will  begin  teaching  high-school  Spanish. 
She  adds  that  some  of  the  most  valuable 
lessons  she  learned  came  from  the  advice  of 
TFA  veterans.  "I  think  that  combining  all  the 
different  experiences  [I  heard  about]  will  be 


ONCE  YOU  ESTABLISH 

FRIENDSHIPS  WITH 

PEOPLE,  THEY  ARE  REALLY 

DEDICATED  TO  YOU.  THEY 

APPRECIATE  THAT  YOU 

HAVE  COME  TO  THEIR 

COUNTRY  AND  LEARNED 

THEIR  LANGUAGE." 


there  is  also  a  renewed  spirit  of  service  among 
people  in  their  twenties.  "The  popular  per- 
ception about  Generation  X —  that  young 
people  are  slackers  with  little  motivation  —  is 
a  myth.  Every  day,  we  see  more  and  more 
young  Americans  who  want  to  volunteer  and 
make  a  difference  in  the  lives  of  other  peo- 
pie." 

Marsha  Johnson  '98  of  Wilmington,  North 


positive.  I  really  think  it  prepared  me  as  well 
as  it  could  have. 

"Any  person's  first  year  teaching  will  have 
good  and  bad  times,  regardless  of  their  back- 
ground. You  just  have  to  keep  the  right  atti- 
tude." 

Peggy  Cross  '96  has  also  just  returned  from 
this  year's  institute;  but  with  two  years  of 
TFA  experience  under  her  belt,  she  sat  on  the 
other  side  of  the  desk  this  time.  Cross  applied 
for  and  landed  a  job  as  a  corps  member  advis- 
er, making  her  responsible  for  giving  incom- 
ing members  feedback  about  their  classroom 
technique.  Incoming  corps  members  are  di- 
vided into  groups  of  four;  each  unit  is  respon- 
sible for  teaching  a  class  of  Houston  students 
over  the  summer.  When  Cross  got  home  after 
the  1996  institute,  "I  showed  my  big  binder  to 
my  friends  who  had  majored  in  education," 
Cross  says.  "They  said  that  was  everything 
they  had  learned,  but  more  compressed." 

Cross,  a  former  Duke  Student  Government 
president,  says  she  surprised  her  peers  by 
shunning  the  expected  law-school  route  in 
favor  of  a  teaching  career;  she  spent  two  years 
teaching  in  an  elementary  school  in  Newark. 
Despite  her  long-term  interest  in  education, 
nothing  could  have  prepared  her  for  entering 
a  third-grade  classroom  on  her  first  day  of 
school.  "All  of  a  sudden  you  are  given  a  class- 
room, and  it's  overwhelming  at  first,"  she 
says.  "I  had  been  planning  on  teaching  high 
school.  I  got  [to  my  assignment]  and  they 
were  so  little,  and  so  young." 

But,  like  Kee,  Cross  says  she  developed  a 
personal  teaching  style,  making  her  more  con- 
fident each  day.  "I  realized  that  what  the  class- 


Carolina,  who  left  for  Cameroon  in  June,  says 
she  and  her  friends  are  turned  off  by  a  culture 
at  Duke  and  other  schools  that  seems  to  glo- 
rify finding  a  job  that  pays  a  great  deal  of 
money.  Johnson  will  teach  English  in  Came- 
roon and  plans  to  write  during  her  service  in 
West  Africa;  she  wants  to  land  a  job  at  a  mag- 
azine when  she  returns  to  the  States.  "I'm  just 
not  in  any  hurry  to  go  out  and  start  making 
money  right  now, "  she  says.  "I  don't  think  I'll 
have  a  less  successful  career  if  I  start  in  two 
years;  two  years  isn't  really  that  long  and  this 
is  something  I  really  want  to  do." 

As  press  director  for  the  Peace  Corps,  and  a 
1984  Duke  graduate  myself,  I  wanted  to  see 
first-hand  what  today's  students  think  of  the 
agency.  In  April,  I  went  on  a  recruiting  trip  to 
Duke,  my  first  trip  back  to  Durham  in  thir- 
teen years.  In  individual  conversations,  and  at 
a  general  information  session,  I  was  impressed 
with  both  the  number  of  students  interested 
in  the  Corps  and  their  commitment  to  ser- 
vice. 

I  recall  my  own  interview  with  a  Peace 
Corps  recruiter  my  senior  year.  I  expressed 


room  becomes  is  an  outgrowth  of  your  per- 
sonality. If  you're  not  comfortable  in  the  role 
you're  playing,  the  classroom  will  not  func- 
tion. You  have  to  use  [the  students']  strengths 
and  energy  to  make  the  classroom  a  commu- 
nity. My  second  year  was  phenomenally  bet- 
ter because  I  knew  that  from  the  beginning." 

After  her  last  day  teaching,  Cross  applied 
for  a  job  at  the  institute.  "I  felt  I  was  still 
learning,  and  to  leave  at  that  point  would 
have  been  an  abrupt  end, "  she  says.  "This  was 
a  good  sense  of  closure,  to  pass  on  what  I 
learned  to  help  get  them  started." 

For  now,  though,  Cross  will  suspend  her 
teaching  career  and  begin  law  school  at  Co- 
lumbia University,  where  she  plans  to  focus 
on  educational  policy.  "I  got  to  a  point  that  I 
felt  I  was  affecting  kids  in  the  classroom,  but 
the  system  needs  changing, "  she  says,  noting 
that  the  state  of  New  Jersey  has  taken  over 
the  school  systems,  disbanding  all  local  school 
boards  in  favor  of  state  control.  "And  I  can't 
make  those  changes  from  within  the  class- 
room." 

Gabel  says  he  wants  to  use  his  teaching 
experiences  as  subject  matter  for  his  writing. 
But  for  now,  he  plans  to  continue  educating 
older  students,  either  at  a  high  school  or  the 
community  college  level.  "Teaching  is  exciting 
and  creative;  you  never  look  at  the  clock, "  he 
says.  "It  feels  pure." 

Regardless  of  where  he  ends  up  teaching, 
Gabel  says  his  years  with  TFA  have  prepared 
him  for  anything:  "You  sink  or  swim  the  first 
year,  but  by  the  second,  you're  ready  to  go.  I 
could  walk  into  any  classroom  in  the  country 
and  handle  that." 


September  -October 


some  vague  interest  in  travel  and  helping 
people,  but  had  not  given  enough  thought  to 
why  I  really  wanted  to  join.  The  tecruiter  told 
me  to  come  back  when  my  commitment  was 
stronger.  After  writing  for  The  Chronicle,  I 
found  myself  attracted  to  daily  reporting  and 
went  straight  from  Duke  into  journalism  and 
then  public  affairs. 

Volunteering  is  rewarding,  but  it's  not  easy. 
Just  ask  Melissa  Johns  '95,  of  Tulsa,  Oklahoma, 
who  will  attend  law  school  this  fall  after 
returning  in  May  from  two  years  of  service  in 
Honduras,  where  she  helped  build  new  water 
systems.  "My  biggest  challenge  has  been  com- 
pleting my  projects  in  a  place  where  arranging 
even  basic  logistics  requires  imagination  and 
doggedness,"  she  wrote  in  an  e-mail  message 
from  the  Peace  Corps  office  in  Honduras.  (Like 
many  volunteers,  Johns  traveled  to  the  capital 
city  periodically  to  visit  the  staff  and  other 
volunteers,  and  to  use  such  amenities  as  the 
telephone,  computer,  and  fax  machine.)  "Trans- 
portation out  to  construction  sites  can  take 
the  form  of  a  horse,  mule,  bike  (either  riding 
on  the  handlebars  or  the  preferred,  propelling 
it  myself),  back  of  a  pickup  truck,  my  own  feet 
(most  common)  or  in  the  nice,  air-conditioned 
Land  Cruiser  when  Peace  Corps  staff  visits. 
Getting  the  materials  there  is  even  more 
complicated,  that  is,  if  they  are  available  in 
the  first  place.  Finding  people  excited  for  a 
water  project  and  willing  to  work  is  no  prob- 
lem; getting  everything  arranged  and  deliv- 
ered before  they  lose  that  enthusiasm  is  a  big 
problem." 

Such  difficulties  are  typical  for  Peace  Corps 
volunteers,  who  are  working  with  ordinary 
people  in  eighty-three  countries  to  encourage 
social  and  economic  progress  at  the  grass- 
roots level.  Volunteers  serve  for  two  years, 
working  with  their  host-country  counterparts 
to  help  to  protect  and  restore  the  environ- 
ment, collaborate  with  small-business  people 
to  create  economic  opportunities,  collaborate 
with  teachers  to  expand  access  to  education 
for  children  and  adults,  and  help  farmers  grow 
more  and  better  food.  Still  others  are  helping 
to  keep  families  healthy  and  prevent  the 
spread  of  terrible  diseases,  such  as  HIV/AIDS. 

Living  among  the  world's  poorest  people  in 
the  developing  world  means  not  only  adjust- 
ing to  a  new  culture  and  new  language,  and 
living  with  little  creature  comforts  (such  as 
electricity  and  indoor  plumbing),  it  also 
means  coping  with  the  daily  scenes  they  wit- 
ness. Jason  Carter  and  the  seventy  other  vol- 
unteers now  in  South  Africa  serve  poor  areas 
that  were  neglected  under  decades  of  apar- 
theid, the  system  of  racial  separation.  In  the 
1980s,  with  different  school  systems  for 
whites,  blacks,  and  those  in  the  homelands, 
the  white -ruled  government  spent  nearly  nine 
times  as  much  money  to  educate  a  white 
child  as  to  educate  a  black  child.  Today,  in 


most  of  the  rural  black  schools,  there  are  fifty 
to  100  pupils  per  class,  few  books,  and  limited 
physical  facilities. 

"Now,  they  are  trying  to  bring  all  of  these 
systems  under  one  roof  and  change  the  cur- 
riculum so  that  everyone  gets  an  'equal'  edu- 
cation, "  Carter  says,  "and  so  that  black  stu- 
dents aren't  conditioned  for  inferiority.  It  is  a 
mammoth  task,  especially  at  the  grass-roots 
level,  and  that  is  what  we  are  supposed  to 
help  with." 

Despite  the  challenges,  Don  Mooers,  who 
was  an  adviser  at  Peace  Corps  headquarters 


"MY  BIGGEST  CHALLENGE 
HAS  BEEN  COMPLETING 


MY  PROJECTS  IN  A 
PLACE  WHERE  ARRANGING 


EVEN  BASIC  LOGISTICS 
REQUIRES  IMAGINATION 


AND  DOGGEDNESS." 


in  Washington  to  Director  Mark  Gearan,  and 
is  now  director  of  Operation  Smile — which 
works  with  children  around  the  world  to  cor- 
rect facial  deformities —  says  there  are  suc- 
cesses: "Over  the  course  of  my  two  years,  I 
helped  build  three  schools,  develop  agricul- 
tural programs  for  the  disabled,  and  improve  the 
production  of  staple  crops  by  300  percent." 

Larry  Kaplow  '85,  who  was  an  agricultural 
volunteer  in  Guatemala  from  1989  to  1992, 
says  the  rewards  for  him  were  personal.  "I 
learned  that  I  can  go  anywhere  in  the  world 
and  eventually  find  my  way  around  and  get 
done  what  I  want  to  get  done."  A  former 
Chronicle  reporter  who  now  lives  in  Jeru- 
salem, Kaplow  is  the  Middle  East  correspon- 
dent for  Cox  Newspapers.  Kaplow  says  the 
freedom  he  had  as  a  volunteer  helps  him  now, 
as  one  person  covering  a  vast  and  complicat- 
ed region.  "As  a  volunteer,  you  set  your  own 
program,  and  you  can  do  as  much  or  as  little 
as  you  want  to  do.  It's  really  open-ended  that 
way.  If  you  don't  like  your  job,  you  can  change 
it.  A  lot  of  it  is  up  to  your  own  imagination 
and  ambition,  how  much  you  get  out  of  it." 

Like  many  other  volunteers,  Kaplow  says 
many  of  the  lessons  he  taught,  and  learned 
himself,  were  not  planned.  "I  learned  just  how 
incredibly  differently  people  look  at  the 
world, "  he  says.  "I'd  talk  to  some  farmers  for  a 
long  time  about  some  theoretical  Peace  Corps 
agricultural  technique,  and  they'd  nod  and 
nod  and  I'd  think  they  understood.  Then 
someone  would  say,  'You  know,  those  are  nice 
shoes.'  It  taught  me  to  always  try  to  look  at 


things  from  their  perspective;  often  what  you 
are  really  teaching  is  different  from  what  you 
think." 

Jackie  McKisson'93  of  Alexandria,  Virginia, 
a  volunteer  in  Estonia  from  1994  to  1996,  re- 
calls how  one  of  her  students  learned  a  word 
she  did  not  know  she  had  taught.  In  March 
1995,  when  Vice  President  Gore  came  to  visit 
Estonia,  he  wanted  to  meet  some  Peace  Corps 
volunteers  and  their  students.  She  invited 
one  of  her  best  students,  Anton  Sokolov, 
whose  knowledge  of  the  English  language  was 
impressive.  "Sometime  before  the  visit,  Anton 
had  heard  me  use  the  word,  'cute, '  but  didn't 
ask  for  an  explanation,"  says  McKisson.  "I 
shook  hands  with  the  vice  president  first  and 
made  some  small  talk,  then  Mr.  Gore  moved 
on  to  Anton.  To  my  surprise,  Anton  handed 
him  a  rose  and  said,  'Mr.  Gore,  you're  so  cute!' 
The  vice  president  just  stood  there  with  the 
funniest  expression  on  his  face,  not  knowing 
what  to  say.  Those  of  us  who  had  been  close 
enough  to  hear  what  Anton  said  started 
laughing  uncontrollably.  Anton  couldn't  figure 
out  what  was  so  funny.  I  told  him  that  nor- 
mally the  word  'cute'  is  used  to  describe  small 
children,  animals,  and  members  of  the  oppo- 
site sex,  not  the  vice  president  of  the  United 
States.  Anton  turned  positively  red.  After  that, 
he  never  used  the  word  incorrectly." 

While  that  brush  with  an  American  politi- 
cian was  harmless,  in  the  late  1960s  many 
Peace  Corps  volunteers  wanted  nothing  to  do 
with  U.S.  politics.  Denny  May  '68  of  Takoma 
Park,  Maryland,  joined  the  Peace  Corps  just  a 
few  months  after  participating  in  the  famous 
Silent  Vigil  on  Duke's  West  Campus  in  April 
1968,  in  the  wake  of  the  assassination  of  Mar- 
tin Luther  King  Jr.  May,  who  taught  English 
in  Ethiopia,  says  he  soon  concluded  that  he 
was  not  helping  his  students,  but  really  was 
being  used  by  the  U.S.  government  to  placate 
Emperor  Haile  Selassie. 

"A  group  of  us  came  to  believe,  rightly  or 
wrongly,  that  our  work  was  a  part  of  what  we 
saw  as  the  same  U.S.  foreign  policy  that  was 
fighting  an  unjust  war  in  Vietnam,"  says  May, 
now  an  assistant  professor  of  English  at 
Northern  Virginia  Community  College.  "We 
felt  our  teaching  positions  were  redundant. 
The  colleges  produced  enough  Ethiopian 
graduates  that  the  government  could  have 
put  them  in  teaching  positions.  It  was  sort  of 
like  the  Vigil  all  over  again.  We  began  to  orga- 
nize within  the  Peace  Corps  administration. 
There  was  a  big  meeting,  with  an  intense 
political  discussion." 

After  a  year,  May  decided  to  leave  Ethio- 
pia, coming  back  to  join  the  domestic  service 
corps,  VISTA.  Despite  his  leaving  early,  he 
says  he  still  treasures  his  time  as  a  Peace 
Corps  volunteer.  "It  was  absolutely  the  most 
formative  experience  in  my  life, "  he  says.  "It 
was  the  first  time  I  ever  left  my  home  at  all. 


52 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


We  didn't  have  much  money  and  we  didn't 
travel  much.  It  was  thirty  years  ago,  but  I'll 
never  forget  getting  off  the  plane  in  Addis 
Ababa,  looking  around,  and  thinking,  'Holy 
cow,  this  is  not  what  I  know.'  It  was  just  stag- 
gering culture  shock.  I  was  a  naive  kid  from 
Durham,  North  Carolina,  who  had  never  been 
on  a  plane  before  and  here  I  was  in  Africa." 

Besides  a  new  culture,  the  Peace  Corps 
offers  many  volunteers  the  chance  to  step 
back  from  the  hectic  pace  of  life  in  the 
United  States,  giving  them  time  to  read  and 
reflect.  "Some  of  the  best  memories  of  our 
lives  are  from  our  days  in  Botswana,"  says 
Guy  Seay  '85,  who  met  his  wife,  Deborah, 
while  serving  as  a  Peace  Corps  volunteer  in 
Botswana  from  1985  to  1987.  "There  were  so 
many  new  relationships  there,  the  sense  of 
open  space,  the  calmness  of  life.  It  was  a 
whole  different  way  of  living." 

Several  years  after  his  volunteer  service, 
Seay  helped  open  new  Peace  Corps  programs 
in  Mongolia  and  China.  He  now  lives  in 
Tacoma,  Washington,  working  as  an  assistant 
to  the  chief  financial  officer  for  Total  Renal 
Care,  a  health-care  company  with  400  loca- 
tions around  the  world.  Seay  says  his  toughest 
job  was  not  as  a  volunteer  but  as  an  adminis- 
trative officer  from  1991  to  1993  in  Mongolia, 
one  of  the  forty-five  new  countries  that  the 


Corps  entered  in  the  1990s.  "There  was  a  lot 
of  excitement  within  Peace  Corps  at  the  time. 
This  was  one  of  the  first  new  programs  after 
the  end  of  the  Cold  War.  After  Central  and 
Eastern  Europe,  Mongolia  was  the  next  fron- 
tier. Chuck  Howell,  the  country  director,  and 
I  were  literally  just  air-dropped  in  there.  We 
had  fifteen  extra  pounds  of  luggage  that  we 
could  take  with  us,  which  we  used  for  com- 
puters, extra  winter  clothes,  and  extra  food. 
Food  was  really  scarce  there." 

Despite  the  bitter  cold  weather  and  the  iso- 
lation, in  the  seven  years  that  the  Peace  Corps 
program  has  been  in  Mongolia,  surveys  reveal 
that  the  country  has  one  of  the  highest  rates 
of  volunteer  satisfaction.  He  has  a  theory  to 
explain  it.  "It  is  the  relationships  people  are 
able  to  establish, "  says  Seay,  who  adopted  a 
two-year-old  girl  in  Mongolia.  "Once  you  es- 
tablish friendships  with  people,  they  are  really 
dedicated  to  you.  They  appreciate  that  you 
have  come  to  their  country  and  learned  their 
language.  That  is  the  most  significant  thing, 
given  the  history  of  Russian  bilateral  assis- 
tance. The  Russians  came  and  made  them  speak 
Russian.  The  American  Peace  Corps  volun- 
teers came  and  learned  Mongolian." 

And  that,  in  the  end,  is  the  essence  of  the 
Peace  Corps.  Volunteers  range  in  age  from 
twenty-one  to  seventy-eight  (the  median  age 


is  twenty-five),  come  from  every  ethnic  back- 
ground and  from  all  fifty  states,  and  have 
varying  levels  of  skill.  Yet  for  all  of  their  diver- 
sity, the  volunteers  still  have  a  common  pur- 
pose —  to  help  make  the  world  a  better 
place.  They  all  live  at  the  income  level  of 
those  they  serve  with,  learn  the  local  lan- 
guage, and  become  part  of  the  community. 

And  just  as  it  was  in  the  beginning,  the 
Peace  Corps  is  much  more  than  a  develop- 
ment agency.  Volunteers  are  strengthening  the 
bonds  of  friendship  and  understanding  be- 
tween Americans  and  the  people  of  the  de- 
veloping world,  which  in  many  respects  forms 
the  foundation  of  peace  among  nations. 

Larry  Kaplow,  the  journalist  in  Jerusalem, 
says  he  still  keeps  in  touch  with  the  Gua- 
temalan family  he  lived  with  in  training,  even 
going  back  for  the  son's  wedding  a  few  years 
ago.  "Everyone  says  you  usually  get  more  out 
of  being  a  volunteer  than  you  give, "  he  says. 
"And  that's  definitely  true,  although  when  I 
went  back  two-and-a-half  years  after  I  left,  of 
the  fifteen  [grain  storage]  silos  I  worked  on, 
eight  of  them  were  still  being  used.  But  it's  the 
friendships  I  made  that  I'll  remember  the 


Daly  '84  is  the  director  of  press  and  public  affairs 
for  the  Peace  Corps. 


BUGGED  BY  THE 
MILLENNIUM 

Continued  from  page  13 

"remediated"  and  will  be  fully  tested  in  ad- 
vance of  the  year  2000,  says  Nancy  Wooters, 
the  assistant  director  of  OIT  Application 
Services  who  is  supervising  the  effort. 

Programmers  on  both  the  medical  and 
non-medical  campuses  are  also  making  limit- 
ed alterations  to  the  remaining  old  code  using 
a  technique  known  as  "windowing."  Wooters 
explains  that  "windowing  is  not  a  permanent 
fix.  You  really  haven't  changed  anything. 
You've  just  wrapped  a  protective  shell  around 
the  code  that  is  going  to  fail."  Windowing  lets 
programmers  sidestep  the  problem  of  trying 
to  change  all  30  percent  of  the  Duke  software 
estimated  to  need  conversion  from  two-  to 
four-digit  dates.  Instead,  it  superimposes  new 
logic  instructions  that  will  be  good  for  many 
more  years.  For  example,  in  the  software  that 
keeps  track  of  students,  "If  you  see  a  date  that 
says  '03,  it's  most  likely  not  going  to  be  1903, 
but  2003, "  Wooters  says.  "So  you  can  assume 
it's  in  the  new  century  and  can  then  make 
accurate  decisions.  I've  found  that,  in  indus- 
try, windowing  is  the  preferred  method  now 
because  of  the  lack  of  time." 

Duke  has  already  held  a  Year  2000  dress 
rehearsal  for  some  of  its  remediated  Legacy 
system  code.  The  tests  took  place  in  October 


1997,  and  again  last  April,  at  the  Boulder, 
Colorado,  "disaster  recovery"  facility  where 
Duke's  administrative  software  would  be  pro- 
cessed in  the  event  of  a  hardware  failure  on 
campus.  "What  we  did  was  answer  some  very 
basic  questions,  such  as  what  happens  to  the 
mainframe  on  December  31,  1999, "  Wooters 
says.  "Will  it  know  what  to  do?  Will  it  come 
up  if  we  turn  it  off  and  then  turn  it  back  on 
January  1  ?  No  one  knew.  We  had  to  find  out." 
Moving  the  disaster  recovery  computer's  clock 
ahead  to  11:30  p.m.  at  the  end  of  1999,  "We 
watched  it  roll  over  to  2000.  It  knew  what 
date  it  was,  and  the  date  was  correct." 

The  same  thing  happened  when  they  shut 
the  computer  off  in  the  old  millennium  and 
turned  it  back  on  in  the  new.  But  when  pro- 
grammers tried  to  make  the  computer  process 
data,  they  found  much  of  the  critical  software 
had  been  set  to  "expire"  before  2000.  They 
were  able  to  overcome  those  problems,  how- 
ever, and  began  testing  the  payroll,  financial, 
and  student  systems.  "Screens  came  up," 
Wooters  reports.  "Batch  jobs  ran,  and  gave  us 
good  results.  We  printed  payroll  checks,  and 
they  were  fine."  She  estimates  revamping  the 
Legacy  core  systems  may  cost  as  much  as  $1.2 
million. 

A  nagging  question  remains.  Why  did  a 
method  for  dealing  with  memory  space  short- 
ages during  the  early  days  of  computing  per- 
sist over  the  next  three  decades,  despite  vast 
improvements  in  technology  and  sharp  de- 


clines in  its  price?  "It  was  a  combination  of 
forces,"  says  the  White  House's  Koskinen. 
"Once  you  start  a  two-digit  identification  as 
the  standard,  then  every  new  system  gets  tied 
to  the  old  system.  There  was  also  the  contin- 
uing assumption  that  software  systems  were 
being  upgraded  and  replaced  so  frequently 
that  they  weren't  going  to  necessarily  be  there 
by  the  end  of  the  Nineties." 

The  medical  center's  Kirby  suggests  "low 
motive"  was  also  involved.  "It's  not  like  people 
in  the  software  industry  were  standing  around 
with  nothing  to  do.  We've  always  been  busy. 
It's  always  been  a  fifty-hour-a-week  kind  of 
environment.  There  have  always  been  things 
that  we've  regretted  not  being  able  to  do  just 
because  there  was  not  enough  of  a  combina- 
tion of  resources  and  people  time." 

Noffsinger,  the  Vanstar  consultant,  says  that 
computer  memory  actually  only  got  cheap 
very  recently.  Four  years  ago,  it  cost  him  $800 
to  double  his  home  computer  capacity  to  240 
million  bytes,  "which  I  thought  was  just  fan- 
tastic, "  he  says.  This  summer,  he  paid  $200  to 
upgrade  an  equivalent  system  to  5  billion 
bytes. 

Then  again,  "we  also  got  in  the  habit  of 
doing  it  that  way, "  he  acknowledges.  "We  got 
in  the  habit." 


Basgall  is  senior  science  writer  for  Duke's  Office 
of  Research  Communications. 


September -October  1998        53 


NEW  TRUSTEES 
TAPPED 

M^  n  attorney,  a  manufacturing  execu- 
M^k  five,  an  aspiring  attorney,  a  financial 
LkL^<J^  consultant,  and  a  minister  have  been 
elected  to  Duke's  board  of  trustees.  Frank  E. 
Emory  Jr.  79,  J.J.  Kiser  III  '65,  Christopher 
Lam  '98,  John  A.  Schwarz  III  '56,  and  the 
Reverend  Charles  A.  Smith  '62,  M.Div.  '65 
have  been  elected  to  their  first  terms  as  mem- 
bers of  the  thirty-seven-person  board. 

Emory,  of  Charlotte,  North  Carolina,  is  a 
partner  in  the  law  firm  Robinson,  Bradshaw 
&  Hinson  and  a  member  of  the  North  Caro- 
lina Board  of  Transportation.  He  has  chaired 
the  Charlotte-Mecklenburg  Planning  Commis- 
sion, the  board  of  directors  of  Legal  Services 
of  Southern  Piedmont,  and  the  board  of  di- 
rectors of  the  Charlotte-Mecklenburg  Urban 
League,  and  has  been  a  director  of  SouthTrust 
Bank  of  North  Carolina.  A  member  of  Duke's 
Trinity  College  board  of  visitors  since  1993,  he 
has  also  served  on  the  board  of  directors  of 
the  General  Alumni  Association,  the  Annual 
Fund's  executive  committee,  Duke's  Policy  Im- 
plementation Committee  on  Divestiture,  and 
the  B.N.  Duke  Scholarship  Committee. 

Kiser,  chairman  and  founder  of  American 
Fiber  &  Finishing  Inc.,  based  in  Westford, 
Massachusetts,  has  served  on  Trinity  College's 
board  of  visitors  since  1991,  including  two 
years  as  chair.  He  has  supported  a  number 
of  projects  at  Duke,  including  the  Brodie  Rec- 
reation Center  on  East  Campus,  the  Fuqua 
School  of  Business,  and  the  planned  Richard 
White  Lecture  Hall.  He  also  serves  on  the 
steering  committee  of  the  new  Campaign  for 
Duke,  and  is  a  past  chair  of  Duke's  Boston 
Executive  Leadership  Board. 

Lam,  who  recently  earned  his  bachelor's 
degree  in  public  policy  studies,  was  elected  to 
serve  as  the  "young  trustee"  on  the  Duke 
board.  He  will  spend  the  first  year  of  his 
three -year  term  as  a  non- voting  observer. 
Last  summer,  he  worked  at  the  Federal  Ju- 
dicial Center  in  Washington,  D.C.  He  is  at- 
tending law  school  at  the  University  of  North 
Carolina  at  Chapel  Hill,  where  he  was  awarded 
a  Chancellor's  Scholarship.  A  former  Duke 
Student  Government  vice  president,  he  was 
awarded  a  Harry  S.  Truman  Scholarship  in 
1997.   He   also  received  the  Terry  Sanford 


Public  Service  Award,  given  to  a  graduating 
public  policy  major  at  Duke  who  has  demon- 
strated leadership  in  the  community. 

Smith,  senior  pastor  at  First  United  Metho- 
dist Church  in  Wilson,  is  a  member  of  the 
Duke  Divinity  School's  board  of  visitors.  He 
has  served  on  the  National  Council  of  the  Duke 
Divinity  School  Alumni  Association  and  as 
an  adjunct  instructor  for  the  divinity  school, 
and  has  worked  on  Duke  Medical  Center's 
development  staff.  An  accomplished  musician, 
he  has  sung  for  performances  of  Handel's 
Messiah  in  Duke  Chapel. 

Schwarz,  an  independent  investment  adviser 
and  president  of  the  Duke  Alumni  Associa- 
tion, is  serving  a  two-year  term  on  the  board. 
His  first  year  will  be  spent  as  a  non-voting 
member  and  he  will  be  an  active  member  the 
second  year — the  year  after  his  presidency  of 
the  alumni  association.  He  is  chairman  of  the 
Duke  University  Museum  of  Art  Committee 
and  serves  on  the  New  York  area  alumni 
club's  major  speakers  program.  Before  becom- 
ing an  independent  investment  adviser, 
Schwarz  was  a  senior  vice  president  at  Kid- 
der, Peabody  6k  Company. 


RECORD 
GIVING 


When  the  university  closed  its  books 
June  30  on  fiscal  year  1997-98, 
Duke  celebrated  another  mile- 
stone in  giving  levels  at  $255  million.  The 
record- 16  percent  more  than  last  year-was 
set  by  100,893  donors  who  made  a  total  of 
126,263  individual  gifts. 

President  Nannerl  O.  Keohane  says  the 
healthy  economy  was  one  of  several  signifi- 
cant factors  in  the  increase.  "We  know  that 
people  give  in  part  because  they  care  and  in 
part  because  they  are  able  to  give." 

Equally  important,  she  and  other  officials 
maintain,  is  a  stronger  and  better  coordinated 
fund-raising  program  that  has  grown  in  re- 
cent years  as  Duke  prepares  for  a  major  cam- 
paign. "We've  got  the  volunteers  and  the  pro- 
fessionals working  together  and  the  schools 
collaborating  successfully, "  Keohane  says. 

Individual  gifts  (excluding  bequests)  in- 
creased 26.9  percent  to  reach  $74.7  million. 
Corporate  giving  totaled  $95.2  million,  up  22 


Poster  project:  David  Ferriero,  vice  provost  for  the  library  system,  persuaded  some  Duke  notables  to 
lend  their  images  to  help  "get  the  library  out  there  in  people's  faces."  Each  participant  picked  a  favorite 
book  and  locale  for  the  shoot. 

From  left  to  right,  President  Nannerl  O.  Keohane  in  Perkins'  Biddle  Rare  Book  Room  with  a  copy 
of  Virginia  Woolf's  A  Room  of  One's  Own;  John  Hope  Franklin,  James  B.  Duke  Professor  of  history. 


54     DUKE  MAGAZINE 


percent,  and  foundation  giving  was  $31.2  mil- 
lion, up  4-7  percent.  Annual  giving,  which  is 
important  to  funding  current  operations,  set  a 
record  of  $13.5  million — 20.5  percent  more 
than  last  year  and  representing  11  percent 
beyond  the  goal  set  by  annual  fund  officials. 

The  leading  donor  in  1997-98,  as  in  most 
years,  was  The  Duke  Endowment,  the  univer- 
sity's most  generous  benefactor.  Gifts  from  the 
philanthropic  organization  created  by  Duke's 
founder,  James  Buchanan  Duke,  totaled  $30.9 
million,  just  over  12   percent  of  all   gifts. 


TEACH  MORE 
REAPING 

Duke  is  expanding  its  America  Reads 
literacy  program  for  Durham  school 
children  this  year  to  include  faculty 
and  staff  volunteers  as  well  as  undergraduate 
and  graduate  student  tutors,  according  to 
Elaine  Madison,  director  of  Duke's  Commu- 
nity Service  Center.  A  joint  venture  of  the 
federal  government,  the  university,  Glaxo 
Wellcome,  and  the  Durham  Public  Schools, 
America  Reads  helps  place  literacy  tutors  in 
local  schools. 

Duke's  Community  Service  Center  and 
Duke's  Community  Affairs  office  are  coordi- 
nating the  university's  participation  in  the 
project  with  assistance  from  the  office  of  un- 
dergraduate financial  aid.  "We've  got  the  pro- 
gram well  established  now  and  it's  a  good 
opportunity  for  everyone  to  participate, "  Madi- 


son says.  "We're  asking  people  to  set  aside  one 
lunch  hour  a  week  to  work  with  a  child." 

Madison  anticipates  about  ninety  volun- 
teers this  year.  Since  the  costs  of  training, 
reading  materials,  and  transportation  for  the 
students  cannot  be  covered  in  the  work-study 
funds  under  federal  regulations,  Duke  asked 
Glaxo  Wellcome,  one  of  the  world's  largest 
pharmaceutical  companies,  to  help  make  the 
program  a  reality.  As  it  did  last  year,  Glaxo 
Wellcome  is  providing  $20,000  for  reading 
materials,  teacher  stipends,  transportation,  and 
training  sessions. 

The  Durham  Public  Schools'  board  of 
education  has  established  a  goal  for  all  third- 
graders  to  read  at  statewide  competency  stan- 
dards by  the  year  2000.  An  estimated  40 
percent  of  America's  fourth-graders  cannot 
read  at  the  basic  level  on  challenging  nation- 
al reading  assessments.  Studies  have  shown 
that  if  students  can't  read  well  by  the  third 
grade,  their  chances  for  later  success  are  sig- 
nificantly diminished,  including  a  greater  like- 
lihood of  dropping  out,  fewer  job  options,  and 
increased  delinquent  behaviors. 

The  Duke  tutors  give  individualized  atten- 
tion to  children  in  kindergarten  through  third 
grade.  These  learning  partners  meet  with  their 
young  reading  partners  two  to  three  times 
each  week  for  about  thirty  minutes.  Madison 
says  the  volunteer  tutors  make  a  commitment 
of  one  semester,  two  hours  a  week.  Work- study 
tutors  will  be  working  with  the  students  for 
six  to  twelve  hours  each  week  for  two  semes- 
ters. All  tutors  will  be  trained  and  assisted  by 
reading  specialists  in  the  public  schools. 


emeritus,  at  his  home,  reading  Shades  of  Freedom  by  Leon  Higginbotham;  English  professor  Karla 
Hottoway,  director  of  African  and  African-American  Studies,  in  her  office  with  Song  of  Solomon  fry 
Toni  Morrison;  and  author  Reynolds  Price  '55,  fames  B.  Duke  Professor  of  English,  in  the  dorm  room  of 
his  junior  and  senior  years  at  Duke,  reading  John  Milton's  Paradise  Lost  from  a  copy  that  belonged  to 
Milton's  daughter  Deborah. 


2002:  A  CLASS  PROFILE 


ACCEPTANCE  /  ENROLLMENT  SUMMARY 


Early  Regular 

Decision       Decision        Total 


Applications        1,332  12,615       13,947 

Accepted  542  3,404         3,946 

Enrolled  537  1,194         1,731 

ACADEMIC  PROFILE 

High  school  class  rank  (among  ranked  students) 
Arts& 
Sciences     Engineering 

Top  5%  73%  78% 

10%  16  14 

15%  7  7 

20%  and  below  4  1 

SAT  SCORES 

(Arts  &  Sciences  and  Engineering) 


Verbal 

Math 

750-800                            20.4% 

29.4% 

700-749                          26.8 

29.4 

650-699                          25.3 

23.0 

600-649                            16.4 

12.0 

550-599                              6.8 

4.2 

500-549                              3.3 

1.4 

Below  500                          1.0 

.6 

MINORITY  REPRESENTATION 

Asian,  Asian  American, 

or  Pacific  Islander 

14.2% 

African  American /Black 

9.8 

Hispanic  /  Latino 

4.8 

Biracial  /  Multiracial 

2.4 

Native  American,  American  Indian 

.3 

TYPE  OF  HIGH  SCHOOL 

Public 

64.9% 

Private 

31.0 

Parochial 

4.0 

Home-schooled 

-1 

TOP  TEN  STATES  REPRESENTED 

North  Carolina 

215 

New  York 

173 

Florida 

109 

New  Jersey 

94 

California 

90 

Pennsylvania 

90 

Maryland 

83 

Texas 

78 

Virginia 

72 

South  Carolina 

66 

INTERNATIONAL  STUDENTS 

121  students  (69  foreign  citizens,  13 
permanent  residents  and  39  U.S.citizens 
studying  abroad)  from  48  countries 
Countries  and  territories  represented: 
Argentina,  Australia,  Austria,  Bahamas, 
Bahrain,  Bangladesh,  Barbados,  Belgium, 
Bermuda,  Botswana,  Brazil,  Canada,  Chile, 
Costa  Rica,  Egypt,  France,  Germany,  Greece, 
Hong  Kong,  India,  Indonesia,  Italy,  Ivory 
Coast,  Japan,  Korea,  Mexico,  Nepal, 
Netherlands,  Nigeria,  Oman,  Pakistan, 
Panama,  Peru,  People's  Republic  of  China, 
Philippines,  Poland,  Romania,  Singapore, 
Slovenia,  Switzerland,  Syria,  Taiwan, 
Thailand,  Turkey,  United  Arab  Emirates, 
United  Kingdom,  Venezuela,  Zaire 


September -October  1998 


RAIN  FORESTS' 
RESILIENCY 

Eight  years  after  their  marketable  timber 
was  logged,  parcels  of  Indonesian  rain 
forest  contained  levels  of  tree  species  di- 
versity comparable  to  those  measured  in  nearby 
unlogged  forest  land,  a  scientific  study  has 
shown. 

"These  results  go  against  a  lot  of  popular 
dogma,"  says  Charles  Cannon,  a  Duke  doc- 
toral student  and  lead  author  of  a  report  pub- 
lished in  the  August  issue  of  the  journal 
Science.  "The  results  to  me  are  very  prelimi- 
nary, but  I  think  the  main  point  is  to  take 
from  this  is  that  logged  forests  are  not  neces- 
sarily destroyed,"  Cannon  says.  "If  they're 
selectively  logged  in  one  cut,  there  is  a  great 
deal  of  disturbance  and  damage.  But  the 
forests  are  more  resilient  than  perhaps  people 
have  given  them  credit  for. 

"This  is  not  pro-logging, "  he  adds.  "It's  not 
saying  that  forests  are  going  to  be  improved 
upon  by  logging.  And  it's  not  saying  that  log- 
ging doesn't  need  to  be  carefully  controlled 
and  managed  well." 

The  Science  report  was  co-written  by  David 
Peart,  an  associate  professor  in  biological  sci- 
ences at  Dartmouth  College,  and  Mark  Leigh- 
ton,  director  of  the  Laboratory  of  Tropical 
Forest  Ecology  at  Harvard  University's  Pea- 
body  Museum.  Funding  for  the  research  de- 
scribed in  the  Science  report  came  from  the 
Conservation,  Food,  and  Health  Foundation 
Inc.,  and  the  U.S.  Agency  for  International 
Development. 

"Everyone  talks  about  logging  in  such  trop- 
ical forests,  but  there  is  surprisingly  little  in- 
formation about  what  happens  to  them  after 
they're  logged,  particularly  in  Asia,"  says 
Cannon.  To  fill  that  gap,  Cannon  and  his 
co-authors  selected  sites  that  had  been  "selec- 
tively" logged — meaning  harvested  of  com- 
mercially desirable  trees  above  a  certain 
size — either  one  or  eight  years  before.  The 
logged  sites  also  were  intermixed  with  areas 
that  had  not  been  previously  harvested  be- 
cause they  were  inaccessible  to  heavy  ma- 
chinery or  otherwise  not  worth  the  loggers' 
time.  That  proximity  of  undisturbed  and  dis- 
turbed areas  let  the  researchers  assess  the 
overall  impacts  caused  by  logging. 

Indonesian  government  rules,  which  Can- 
non noted  are  not  rigorously  enforced,  restrict 
logging  activities  to  trees  at  least  50  centime- 
ters (about  1.6  feet)  in  diameter  as  measured 
at  chest  height.  Thinking  ahead  to  the  next 
generation,  Cannon,  with  help  from  his  co- 
authors, decided  to  do  detailed  inventories  of 
smaller  trees,  between  20  and  30  centimeters 
in  diameter,  at  the  study  sites.  Their  rationale 
was  that  the  young  would  be  the  ones  robust 
enough  to  eventually  fill  the  gaps  created  by 


AILING  ENGLISH? 


hairing  up  the  Literary 
Establishment,"  a  feature 
in  the  April-May  1990 
issue,  discussed  the  reinvention 
of  Duke's  English  department. 
As  then-department  chair 
Stanley  Fish  put  it,  an  open- 
ended  way  of  thinking  about 
literature,  a  new  "set  of  inter- 
pretive strategies,"  had  perme- 
ated the  academy. 

Now  it's  personnel  changes 
that  are  permeating  Duke's 
English  department  Over  the 
summer,  Fish  announced  that 
he  will  leave  Duke  in  January 
to  become  dean  of  the  College 
of  Liberal  Arts  and  Sciences  at 
the  University  of  Illinois  at 
Chicago.  Fish,  professor  of 
English  and  law  and  executive 
director  of  the  Duke  University 
Press,  had  reportedly  explored 
administrative  opportunities  for 
several  years.  He  said  the 
Chicago  school  "is  in  a  position 
to  do  some  innovative  things," 
and  that  it  represents  "a  great 
challenge  and  an  interesting 
project" 

English  professor  Jane 
Tompkins,  Fish's  wife,  will  join 
him  at  UIC  as  a  professor  in 
the  College  of  Education. 
Tompkins  has  become  a  well- 
known  advocate  of  student- 
centered  learning. 

Fish  recruited  a  number  of 
prominent  professors  and 
brought  the  English  department 
to  national  prominence  during 


felled  timber  and  the  damage  of  harvesting 
machinery,  as  well  as  produce  the  seeds  that 
would  regenerate  the  area,  Cannon  says. 

Detailed  comparisons  showed  that  areas 
logged  just  a  year  before  had  43  percent  fewer 
different  species  of  these  smaller  trees  than 
did  unlogged  sites.  But  the  picture  was  far  dif- 
ferent at  sites  that  had  been  given  eight  years 
to  recover  from  logging.  Overall,  the  "species 
richness  of  small  trees  in  the  eight-year  logged 
site  approached  that  of  unlogged  forest, "  says 
their  Science  report,  which  also  acknowledged 
that  the  reason  for  this  is  unclear. 

It  is  important  to  emphasize  that  these  sites 
"are  not  going  to  recover  to  their  former  nat- 
ural state, "  Cannon  says.  "They've  changed." 
In  fact,  the  study  notes  that  logging  seemed  to 
increase  the  numbers  of  a  commercial  cam- 
phor tree  family  that  produces  wood  as  well  as 
edible  fruits  and  seeds. 

Studying  such  disturbed  forests,  in  addition 
to  places  like  Gunung  Palung  National  Park, 
is  crucial,  Cannon  says.  "We  should  not  just 
focus  our  resources  and  energy  on  pristine 


SHAKING  UP 

THE  LITERARY 

ESTABLISHMENT 


his  term  as  chair,  which  began 
a  year  after  he  came  to  the  uni- 
versity in  1985.  His  shift  to 
Chicago  comes  on  the  heels 
of  the  departures  of  several 
faculty  members  in  English — 
and  follows  a  harsh  external 
review  of  the  department, 
whose  current  chair,  Marianna 
Torgovnick,  decided  not  to 
seek  reappointment  The  con- 
fidential review,  say  published 
reports,  found  the  English 
department  to  be  in  a  seriously 
weakened  condition. 

According  to  a  section  quoted 
in  Trie  Chronicle,  "The  depart- 
ment's personnel  emergency  is 
at  least  in  part  a  symptom  of 
endemic  pedagogical  and  struc- 
tural problems,  the  greatest 
being  the  absence  of  any  over- 


Responding  to  the  external 
review,  Arts  and  Sciences  Dean 
William  H.  Chafe  appointed  a 
six-member  executive  commit- 
tee to  help  the  department 
"retain  its  reputation  for  excel- 
lence," to  oversee  "a  rigorous 
examination  of  the  existing  cur- 
riculum," and  to  seek  a  new 
department  chair. 

The  committee  is  led  by 
James  Siedow,  dean  of  faculty 
development  It  includes  Fish; 
Torgovnick;  Karla  Holloway, 
Kenan  Professor  of  English  and 
African  American  Studies  and 
chair  of  African  American 
Studies;  Reynolds  Price  '55, 
James  B.  Duke  Professor  of 
English;  and  Janice  Radway, 
professor  of  1 


forests  that  have  not  been  tampered  with  in 
any  way,  because  those  areas  are  probably  not 
going  to  be  large  enough  to  maintain  popula- 
tions of  plants  and  animals  in  the  future.  We 
also  need  to  know  more  about  the  areas  sur- 
rounding these  protected  forests  and  investi- 
gate their  conservation  potentials." 


EARLY  HUMAN 
SPEECH? 

Duke  Medical  Center  anthropologists 
have  offered  anatomical  evidence 
from  skulls  suggesting  that  human 
vocal  abilities  may  have  appeared  much  earli- 
er in  time  than  is  suggested  by  the  first 
archaeological  evidence  for  speech.  By  mea- 
suring the  pencil-sized  "hypoglossal  canal," 
which  carries  the  motor  nerve  controlling  the 
tongue,  in  the  skulls  of  humans,  apes,  and  fos- 
sil hominids,  they  found  that  the  canal  in 
Neanderthals  and  early  humans  more  closely 


56     DUKE  MAGAZINE 


matched  that  of  modern  humans  than  did  the 
smaller  canals  of  apes  and  proto-humans 
such  as  Australopithecus. 

The  scientists,  professors  of  biological 
anthropology  and  anatomy  Richard  Kay  and 
Matt  Cartmill,  and  former  student  Michelle 
Balow  '97,  published  their  findings  in  the 
April  Proceedings  of  the  National  Academy  of 
Sciences.  In  their  studies,  they  made  rubber 
casts  of  the  hypoglossal  canals  in  skulls  of 
chimpanzees,  gorillas,  and  humans,  as  well  as 
those  of  three  specimens  of  the  early  "man- 
ape"  Australopithecus,  two  archaic  members 
of  the  genus  Homo,  two  Neanderthals,  and 
one  early  Homo  sapiens. 

"Our  conjecture  is  that  the  size  of  this 
canal  reflects  the  fineness  of  the  motor  con- 
trol over  the  tongue  in  people, "  Cartmill  says. 
"People  don't  need  a  big  nerve  to  the  tongue 
so  they  can  eat;  people  don't  process  their 
food  any  better  than  apes  do.  And  that's  what 
the  tongue  is  mainly  for  in  most  mammals  — 
for  the  stereotyped  behavior  of  manipulating 
food  to  position  it  for  chewing." 

The  researchers  found  that  the  canals  in 
humans  measured  about  twice  as  large  as 
those  in  chimpanzees.  The  Australopithecus 
canals  proved  to  be  ape-sized,  but,  by  con- 
trast, the  Neanderthal  and  early  human 
canals  fell  within  the  human  range.  To  correct 
for  possible  differences  in  the  size  of  the 
tongues  controlled  by  the  nerves,  the  scien- 
tists plotted  canal  size  versus  the  size  of  the 
oral  cavity.  The  apes  and  Australopithecus 
samples  measured  about  half  the  relative  size 
of  those  of  humans  and  Neanderthals. 

Because  Neanderthals  first  evolved  about 
300,000  years  ago,  the  Duke  scientists'  evi- 
dence disagrees  with  the  theory  that  human 
speech  may  not  have  arisen  until  about 
40,000  years  ago,  based  on  the  unambiguous 
appearance  of  symbols  in  the  archaeological 
record.  Some  researchers  infer  the  presence 


of  language  abilities  from  such  symbols  as 
body  ornamentation  and  deliberate  burial 
practices,  as  well  as  evidence  of  such  collec- 
tive action  as  hunting  or  the  design  of  habita- 
tion sites. 

The  Duke  findings  also  disagree  with  those 
of  scientists  who  measured  the  base  of  the 
Neanderthal  skull  in  an  attempt  to  recon- 
struct the  vocal  tract.  Those  scientists  con- 
cluded that  Neanderthals  and  earlier  homi- 
nids  may  not  have  had  the  ability  to  produce 
the  full  range  of  sounds  that  humans  produce. 

Kay  and  his  colleagues  emphasized  that 
further  measurements  must  be  made  to  refine 
their  data.  For  example,  besides  the  hypoglos- 
sal nerve,  the  canal  carries  two  tiny  arteries 
and  a  vein,  and  the  Duke  scientists  are  as- 
suming that  these  structures  are  about  the 
same  size  in  apes,  humans,  and  fossil  homi- 
nids.  The  scientists  plan  to  compare  these 
blood  vessels  in  apes  and  humans  to  confirm 
that  they  are  similar. 

They  will  also  conduct  measurements  of 
more  fossil  hominids  to  fill  in  the  roughly 
two-million-year  gap  between  the  fossils  of 
Australopithecus  and  the  archaic  humans  they 
studied.  Such  further  studies  might  reveal  a 
steady  increase  in  the  size  of  the  canal,  Cart- 
mill says.  The  scientists'  initial  work  was  sup- 
ported by  the  Duke  University  Research 
Council,  and  current  work  is  being  supported 
by  the  L.S.B.  Leakey  Foundation. 

Neanderthal  man  is  generally  considered  a 
subspecies  of  Homo  sapiens.  The  Neander- 
thals' culture  included  stone  tools,  fire,  burial, 
and  cave  shelters.  The  so-called  classic  Nean- 
derthals were  robust  and  had  a  large,  thick 
skull,  a  sloping  forehead,  a  chinless  jaw,  and  a 
brain  somewhat  larger  than  that  of  modern 
humans;  they  stood  slightly  over  five  feet.  It  is 
unclear  whether  Neanderthals  were  replaced 
by  Homo  sapiens  sapiens  or  interbred  with 
other  early  humans. 


Can  we  talk?:  Biological  anthropologist  Cartmill  and  Neanderthal  skull 


IN  BRIEF 


V  Stephen  A.  Cohn,  a  fifteen-year  veteran 
of  Duke  University  Press,  was  named  its  new 
director,  effective  October  1.  He  succeeds 
Stanley  Fish,  an  English  and  law  professor 
who  will  leave  Duke  to  become  dean  of  arts 
and  sciences  at  the  University  of  Illinois  at 
Chicago.  Cohn  joined  Duke  Press  in  1984  as 
manager  of  its  journals  division. 

"*  RoseMary  Watkins  is  the  new  director  of 
Programs  for  Persons  with  Disabilities.  She  was 
director  of  disability  services  and  compliance 
at  Emory  University.  Watkins,  who  earned  her 
master's  in  rehabilitation  administration  at 
the  University  of  San  Francisco,  has  served  on 
various  national  and  international  executive 
advisory  boards,  including  the  Association  of 
Higher  Education  and  Disability  and  the 
Georgia  Association  of  Disability  Service  Pro- 
viders in  Higher  Education. 

^  Steven  I.  Pfeiffer  was  appointed  director 
of  Duke's  Talent  Identification  Program  (TIP), 
as  well  as  a  research  professor  in  psychology, 
in  August.  TIP  founded  in  1980  and  currently 
the  largest  of  four  programs  of  its  kind  in  the 
country,  identifies  and  assists  academically 
talented  seventh-graders  and  sponsors  sum- 
mer educational  programs  at  Duke.  Pfeiffer,  a 
nationally  recognized  expert  in  the  field  of  chil- 
dren's mental  health,  was  psychology  profes- 
sor and  director  of  the  school  of  psychology  at 
Fairleigh  Dickinson  University  in  New  Jersey. 

•  Juliann  Tenney  J.D.  79,  former  North 
Carolina  assistant  secretary  of  commerce,  is  the 
new  director  of  strategic  initiatives  for  Duke 
Law  School.  She  will  help  the  school  develop 
its  research  centers  and  initiatives  in  public 
law,  law  and  business,  environmental  law,  health 
law  and  policy,  information  technology  and 
telecommunications,  and  intellectual  property. 

V  Michael  K.  Orbach  is  the  new  director  of 
Duke's  Marine  Laboratory  in  Beaufort,  North 
Carolina.  He  succeeds  Joseph  S.  Ramus,  who 
retired  after  ten  years  as  director  to  return  to 
teaching.  Orbach,  who  joined  the  Marine  Lab 
faculty  in  1993,  is  a  professor  of  marine  affairs 
and  policy  and  director  of  the  Coastal 
Environmental  Management  Program. 

*  Leo  J.  Charette,  director  of  the  Office  of 
Career  Services  at  the  College  of  William  and 
Mary,  will  become  director  of  Duke's  Career 
Development  Center,  effective  November  2. 
He  succeeds  John  Noble,  who  left  Duke  last 
fall  to  head  the  career  development  center  at 
Harvard  University's  John  F.  Kennedy  School 
of  Government. 


September -October  1998        57 


BOOKS 


Taming  It  Down 

By  Kim  McLarin  '86.  William  Morrow,  1998. 
312  pages.  $24- 

Then  emotionally  aware 

Of  the  black  and  boisterous  hair, 

Taming  all  the  anger  down. 

— Gwendolyn  Brooks 

In  one  of  her  finest  moments,  Hope 
Robinson,  protagonist  of  Taming  It 
Down,  dispatches  a  former  lover  to 
fetch  her  another  gin  and  tonic 
while  she  ravenously  devours  a 
party  meal.  Upon  his  return,  she 
slam  dunks  the  accommodating 
chap  with  the  following  verbal 
moves:  "What  do  you  want,  David?"  Of 
course,  he  "just  wants  to  be  friends."  "  'David, ' 
I  said  calmly,  'go  to  hell.' " 

Given  the  evidence  of  her  marvelously 
written  first  novel,  one  suspects  Kim  McLarin 
might  dispatch,  with  equal  verbal  facility,  any- 
one who  decided  to  read  her  achievement 
into  unholy  alliance  with  the  mass  of  "black- 
sister-speaks"  or  "black  girlfriend"  books  that 
occupy  so  much  shelf  space  at  chain  book- 
stores everywhere.  Not  only  does  McLarin 
possess  a  sure  ear  for  dialogue,  but  also  a  mag- 
nificent sense  of  figurative  language.  Her  all- 
woman  childhood  household  was  an  "estro- 
gen palace."  Further  examples:  "Memphis, 
Tennessee,  home  of  Elvis  and  the  Mississippi 
and  other  things  great  and  wide, "  or  "but  still 
the  sun  sat  buttery  and  warm  in  the  sky."  The 
list  could  be  multiplied.  Added  to  it  on  the 
side  of  praise  would  be  her  characterization. 
For  those  who  have  worked  among  the  mid- 
dle class,  especially  the  middle-class  sector 
that  reads  and  peoples  academic  novels, 
McLarin  must  be  judged  nearly  flawless. 

For  example,  while  they  share  the  same 
basic  white,  educational,  and  career  niche, 
David  and  Stephanie  are  in  no  way  as  "gold- 
en" as  Amy,  Hope's  white  prep -school  room- 
mate. Hope's  sisters  Faith  and  Charity  are  as 
different  from  each  other  as  they  are  from 
their  domestic  nurse  mother.  We  recognize 
the  "types, "  but  are  struck  by  the  individuali- 
ty of  tone  and  temper  McLarin  bestows  upon 
her  characters.  The  young  Malcolm  is  a 
fiercely  funny  and  ultimately  sympathetic 
portrayal  of  the  1990s  black  male  activist  as 
pedantic,  revolutionary  reporter.   No   one 


escapes  the  mordantly  satirical  wit  and  hu- 
mor of  McLarin;  she  seems  capable  of  taking 
down  even  the  most  earnest  folly  with  an 
arch  one-liner. 

This  is  the  autobiographical  first  novel  of  a 
middle-class,  African-American  woman's  life 
that  some  of  us  have  been  awaiting.  It  is  a 
fully  captivating  read  as  we  follow  the  for- 
tunes of  Hope  from  her  impoverished, 
Memphis  girlhood  in  a  house  full  of  women  to 
her  mother's  serendipitous  discovery  and 
enrollment  of  the  adolescent  girl  in  a  fancy 
New  England  prep  school  named  Astor.  Then 
comes  Dray  University,  a  southern  oasis  of 
higher  education  remarkably  akin  to  Duke. 

Hope's  major  at  Dray  is  journalism,  and  the 
school  is  the  scene  of  her  first  mind-numbing 
bout  with  identity  politics.  When  Hope  writes 
a  story  for  the  school  paper  criticizing  a  black 
fraternity's  hazing  practices,  she  is  visited  by  a 
legation  of  black  women  who  demand  a 
retraction,  a  show  of  her  "black"  loyalty.  Hope 
refuses,  just  as  she  has  refused  to  be  herded 
together  in  "blackness"  on  Dray's  "central 
campus." 

Race  and  identity  are  governing  themes  of 
Taming  It  Down.  But  both  have  been  convert- 
ed from  polemical  subjects  to  difficulties  of 
consciousness.  The  novel  is  both  autobio- 
graphical and  a  bildungsroman,  tracing  the  de- 


veloping consciousness  of  an  escaped  prisoner 
of  black  poverty  (a  poverty  whose  structural 
principle  is  "waiting")  who  makes  good  in  a 
universe  designed  for  the  pleasure  and  com- 
fort of  the  few,  the  proud,  the  rich  and  white. 
Taming  It  Down  is  a  self-critique  for  those  who 
wish  to  maintain  equilibrium  in  a  world  that 
is  not  fair. 

Affirmative  action,  interracial  relations, 
bonding  of  blacks  in  the  white  workplace,  and 
the  incumbencies  of  "home"  are  all  given  play 
as  we  follow  the  maturation,  trails,  and  perils 
of  Hope  in  a  world  where  it  is  easy  for  the 
young  and  black  to  slip  over  the  edge.  No 
mistake  about  it,  the  playing  field  for  Hope's 
generation  is  flat  but  not  level.  When  you  slip 
over  the  edge:  there  be  dragons,  or,  at  least,  dif- 
ficult personal  demons.  "Therapy"  is  a  topic  of 
Taming  It  Down,  but  one  suspects  the  best 
work  of  the  novel  will  not  be  to  portray,  but  to 
provide  therapy  —  a  brilliant  therapeutic  read 
for  those  who  secure  the  pleasure  of  this  fine 
book's  company. 

Kim  McLarin  is  a  marvelous,  promising  tal- 
ent whose  alma  mater  should  send  up  a 
salute,  and  set  up  at  least  one  book  party  on 
campus.  That  way,  "Dray"  can  pay  homage  to 
its  own. 

— Hows  ton  A.  Baker  ]r. 


Baker  is  a  visiting  professor  of  English  and  guest 
editor  of  American  Literature  at  Duke  for  the 
1998-99  academic  year. 

Cats'  Paws  and  Catapults: 
Mechanical  Worlds  of  Nature 
and  People 

By  StevenVogel.  WW  Norton,  1998.  382 
pages.  $27.50. " 

If  you  like  reading  John  McPhee, 
Diane  Ackerman,  and  Stephen 
Ambrose,  you'll  love  reading  Steven 
Vogel.  The  previously  dry  academic 
fields  of  the  sciences,  history,  and 
biography  are  now  publishing  dar- 
lings as  a  talented  group  of  witty, 
accessible,  articulate  authors  make 
their  turf  user-friendly  to  the  lay  reader.  Vogel 
gets  our  attention,  writes  persuasively,  and 
tells  some  great  stories. 

In  writing  Cats'  Paws  and  Catapults,Voge\, 
James  B.  Duke  Professor  of  Biology,  admits 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


that  it  is  the  elegance  of  natural  design  that 
seduces  many  biologists  into  their  vocation. 
Keeping  an  open  mind  with  a  balance  of 
appreciation  for  human  technology  and 
nature's  own  evolved  devices,  Vogel  asks  the 
reader  to  do  the  same.  We  see  the  way  living 
things  work,  juxtaposed  with  similar  man- 
made  endeavors.  Using  the  same  elements  in 
a  shared  environment,  nature  and  man  often 
assume  different  strategies.  You'll  never  look 
at  hinges,  water  flow,  chain-saw  teeth,  spider 
legs,  or  blowing  leaves  in  the  same  way  after 
reading  Vogel's  absorbing  treatments. 

Vogel,  having  been  trained  as  a  biologist, 
not  an  engineer,  has  an  infectious  love  of 
biomechanics.  His  mission  is  to  engage  the 
reader  by  looking  at  design  in  nature  beyond 
the  ideas  presented  in  standard  charts  and 
textbooks.  He's  very  willing  to  cross  disci- 
plines to  explore  possible  similarities  in  func- 
tion or  form.  In  one  paragraph,  he  leaps  from 
steam  engines  to  a  theory  about  straight  roads 
in  three  sentences.  It's  a  pleasure  to  keep  up 
with  him. 

Writing  about  force  in  columns,  cylinders, 
and  beams,  Vogel  throws  in  the  analogy  of 
long,  thin  pieces  of  dry  spaghetti.  Writing  about 
surfaces,  angles,  and  corners,  he  casually  men- 
tions that  Wyoming,  while  appearing  to  be 
rectangular,  really  has  a  shorter  northern  bor- 
der. Later,  he  presents  a  chart  comparing  the 
stress  and  strain  features  of  mild  steel  ver- 
sus...cow  bone.  Writing  for  the  intelligent  read- 
er, not  just  the  ivy-towered  scientist,  Vogel 
wants  us  all  to  get  it,  and  enjoy  it  as  much  as 
he  does.  (He  even  relates  a  story  from  his 
childhood,  when  Steve  Vogel,  budding  biolo- 
gist, tracked  fruit  fly  patterns  with  a  phono- 
graph needle  and  some  thread.) 

Well  aware  of  the  power  of  illustration  to 
our  Nineties  attention  spans,  Vogel  adds 
humor  and  surprise  in  spot-drawings  to  con- 
nect his  own  prose.  One  picture  features  a 
stop  sign  with  some  very  tiny  lettering.  Closer 
squinting  reveals  a  coda  of  "and  smell  the 
flowers."  Kathryn  K.  Davis'  cornucopia  of 
drawings  add  to  the  hypertext  flow  of  the 
book.  I  found  myself  willingly  jumping  around 
from  written  text,  to  pen-and-ink  icon,  to 
explanatory  footnote.  So  who  needs  a  CD- 
ROM? 

Vogel's  choice  of  illustrations  reminded  me 
of  those  childhood  magazine  games  where  we 
would  be  asked  to  choose  an  item  that  doesn't 
belong  with  the  group.  Not  only  are  his  dia- 
grams reflecting  his  writing,  they  are  tools  to 
keep  readers  on  their  toes.  Check  out  the 
rubber  duckie  (page  226)  and  the  perturbed 
fish  (page  182)  and  see  if  Dr.  Seuss  doesn't 
come  to  mind. 

He  is  especially  generous  and  appreciative 
of  four  groups  of  mammals:  inventors,  librari- 
ans, editors,  and  cats.  His  book  is  sprinkled 
with  tales  of  adventuresome,  free-associating 


biologists  who've  never  gotten  their  full  due. 
Vogel  champions  the  efforts  of  the  behind- 
the-scenes  lab  workers,  library  rats,  and  tin- 
kerers.  They  are  his  true  heroes.  And  their 
stories  continually  keep  Cats'  Paws  and 
Catapults  entertaining. 

We  relive  with  interest  the  saga  of  ex- 
machinist-logger  Joseph  Cox,  who  noted  the 
tunneling  technique  of  a  large  wood-boring 
beetle,  copied  its  alternating  cutting  teeth 


patterns,  and  went  on  to  invent  the  ubiqui- 
tous Oregon  chain.  And  the  story  of  the 
Swiss  engineer  and  avid  walker  Georges  de 
Mestral,  who  went  hiking  one  day  in  1948 
and  returned  with  a  better  idea,  is  totally 
inspirational.  De  Mestral  studied  the  sock- 
and-dog  clinging  patterns  of  the  cocklebur 
and  invented  Velcro. 

But  equally  fascinating  are  Vogel's  asides 
about  D'Arcy  Thompson,  a  pioneer  in  bio- 
mathematics,  and  George  Orwell's  observa- 
tions about  the  speed  attained  by  mice  falling 
down  a  coal  mine  shaft.  How  about  the  life 
work  of  Olavi  Sotavalta,  who,  in  the  1940s, 
compiled  a  compendium  of  wingbeat  fre- 
quencies for  insects  that  is  still  reliable  fifty 
years  later?  Whether  it's  the  psychological 
testing  of  Zulus  in  the  Fifties  or  explaining  the 
concept  of  "lock-in"  with  regard  to  a  domi- 
nant technology  in  the  marketplace  (QWER- 
TY keyboards,  VHS  videotape),  Vogel  gives 
biomechanics  an  accessible,  everyday  rele- 
vance. 

— JohnValentine  '71, M.Ed.  74 


Valentine,  co-owner  of  Durham's   Regulator 
Bookshop,  lives  in  Hillsborough,  North  Carolina. 


THE  BEST  FROM  THE 
BRIGHTEST 

Continued  from  page  48 

Duke,  Todd  is  not  sure  he  would  have  earned 
a  Ph.D.,  which  he  considers  his  life's  calling.  "I 
have  to  say  the  people  I  met  [through  the 
program]  were  the  ones  who  helped  me  shape 
what  I  was  going  to  do  with  my  life, "  he  says. 
"I  never  would  have  thought  of  graduate 
school  if  not  for  the  scholarship." 

There  is  some  question  as  to  whether  the 
scholarship  can  maintain  its  prominence  in 
an  environment  in  which  paying  for  a  name- 
brand  school  has  become  easier.  According  to 
a  front-page  article  in  The  NewYorkTimes  last 
June,  the  nation's  best-endowed  colleges  have 
shown  "increased  willingness  to  barter  for  the 
top  students,  regardless  of  income."  Such  a 
trend  means  that  Duke  is  finding  itself  out- 
competed  in  its  need-based  aid  proposals. 
"They  are  giving  more  grant  than  loan.  They 
are  just  not  calling  it  a  merit  scholarship," 
says  Laura  Sellers  in  the  admissions  office.  It 
may  also  be  part  of  the  reason  that  ten  of  the 
twenty-five  students  eventually  offered  the 
scholarship  this  year  turned  it  down.  (Of  those 
ten,  five  went  to  Harvard,  two  to  Stanford, 
and  one  each  to  Brown,  Emory,  and  Washing- 
ton University  in  St.  Louis.) 

Another  challenge  for  the  program  has  been 
to  attract  the  roughly  twenty-five  finalists 
who  aren't  offered  the  award.  "Who  is  more 
disappointed,  the  team  that  doesn't  make  it 
into  the  NCAA  tournament  or  the  team  that 
loses  the  championship  game?"  says  admissions 
director  Guttentag.  Last  year,  four  finalists 
enrolled  despite  falling  short  of  the  scholar- 
ship—  and  that's  one  of  the  largest  numbers 
to  date.  In  an  effort  to  matriculate  more  final- 
ists, this  year  fourteen  of  the  runners-up  were 
offered  Presidential  Research  Fellowships, 
which  provide  grants  totaling  $10,000  over 
four  years  for  student  research.  Only  three 
students  accepted,  but  university  officials  hope 
that  as  the  fellowship  develops  a  reputation 
and  a  clientele,  it  will  earn  a  larger  draw. 

Shortcomings  aside,  one  of  the  most  lucra- 
tive merit  scholarships  in  the  college  world 
continues  to  overwhelm  its  recipients.  Cheruvu 
"just  jumped  around"  when  he  learned  he'd 
been  selected  as  a  winner.  Back  in  Kansas,  Wil- 
kins  awoke  his  father  from  a  nap  to  tell  him 
the  news,  that  he  would  be  seeing  four  years 
of  Duke-blue  skies.  Those  four  years  may  pass 
without  Wilkins'  ever  learning  why  he  found 
himself  on  Duke's  campus  that  April  day. 
"Duke  maybe  saw  something  in  me  I  didn't 
realize  was  there.  They  saw  something  that 
made  them  want  to  wager, "  he  says.  "I'd  like 
to  ask  them,  'What  did  you  see  in  me?' " 

Larson  '93,  a  former  A.B.  Duke  Scholar,  is  a  free- 
lance writer  and  assistant  to  Reynolds  Price. 


September-October  1998        59 


Heard  Around  Campus 


"You  are  beginning  a  new  life. 
Get  into  it.  Savor  it.  Don't  move 
too  quickly  past  it  to  think  about 
how  this  is  going  to  help  you  get 
somewhere  else.  It's  terrible  to 
live  your  whole  life  always  seeing 
your  present  activities  as  instru- 
mental to  what  happens  next, 
never  enjoying  what  you  are  actu- 
ally doing  until  you're  old  and 
tired  and  it's  too  late." 


"Go  to  the  library.  Say  to  the 
librarian:  I've  come  to  get  it.  Will 
you  help  me?" 


in  part  by  the  Delta  Can 


"Some  of  the  best  years  of  my  life 
were  spent  at  Duke  University 
and  I  look  forward  to  sharing  that 
experience  with  other  young  peo- 
ple through  this  gift." 


M.B.A.  '87,  speaking  of  Hie 
$20-miir 

her  and  husband 


"It's  enough  to  bring  tears  to  my 
eyes.  I'm  so  happy.  Our  kids  need- 
ed a  win  for  their  confidence." 


"Whatever  his  misdeeds,  Bill 
Clinton  cannot  approach  John  F. 
Kennedy's  record  for  sexual 
escapades  in  the  White  House,  or 
Richard  Nixon's  penchant  for 
abusing  power  to  obstruct  justice. 
Nor  should  Kenneth  Starr  be  let 
off  the  hook  for  his  excesses  in 
using  a  sexual  relationship  to  'get' 
Clinton." 


Historians  and  dean 
of  arts  and  science 
his  opinion  piece  ' 


"Believing  that  Duke  students 
need  more  guidance  through 
their  learning  process  than  the 
current  undergraduate  curriculum 
offers,  the  committee  determined 
to  provide  greater  curricular 
structure  and  coherence  in  terms 
of  required  areas  of  knowledge, 
skills,  and  substantive  themes." 


"What's  been  your  biggest 
surprise  about  campus  life 
during  your  early  Duke 
days?"  Here's  a  sampling  of 


"The  friendliness  of  the  students 
and  the  sense  of  community.  Most 
college  campuses  around  the 
country  don't  seem  to  have  the 
positive  feeling  that  Duke  does." 


"The  prevalence  of  alcohol  in 
the  social  life  of  Duke  students. 
Although  there  is  a  significant 
minority  that  does  not  engage 
in  heavy  drinking,  I  was  surprised 
that  it  is  a  common  belief  even  at 
Duke  that  you  must  drink  in 
order  to  have  fun." 


"I  was  surprised  at  the  number 
of  students  who  seem  to  take 
their  work  almost  too  seriously — 
students  who  are  already 
'stressing'  over  Organic  Chemistry 
and  other  such  classes." 


"My  biggest  surprise  has  been 
how  little  time  for  sleep  there  is." 


"Just  how  apropos  the  'Work 
hard,  play  hard'  saying  is  here. 
After  only  two  weeks  on 
campus,  I've  already  noticed  a 
remarkable  pattern.  The  dorms 
quiet  down  remarkably  on 
Sunday  nights,  and  stay  that 
way  for  most  of  the  week. 
But  Thursday  through  Saturday, 
it's  a  whole  other  story." 


"Having  never  traveled  much 
and  coming  from  a  small,  rela- 
tively homogenous  community, 
meeting  people  from  across 
the  nation  and  around  the 
world  was  a  real  eye-opener. 
Thanks  to  Duke's  wide  diversity, 
I  will  return  to  Tennessee 
feeling  like  a  cosmopolite,  a 
man  of  the  world." 


"How  much  freedom,  choice,  and 
responsibility  we  are  given.  I  used 
to  be  in  the  midst  of  fairly  strong 
parental  control;  I  wasn't  really 
accustomed  to  making  decisions 
on  my  own." 


"I'm  shocked  by  the  brilliance  of 
so  many  of  my  classmates.  I  came 
from  a  small  school  where  it 
wasn't  difficult  to  be  at  the  top 
academically.  Now,  it  will  definite- 
ly be  a  challenge  to  make  a  name 
for  myself?' 


"Probably  most  surprising  is  that 
there  are  almost  no  unattractive 
people  here.  It  feels  like  The 
Twilight  Zone  meets  The  Truman 
Show!' 


Reading  List 


We  asked  the  Duke  Stores' 
textbook-sales  division  for 
a  list  of  this  semester's  ten 
best  sellers.  Here's  what 


Hughes-Hallett's  Calculus 
Masterton's  General  Chemistry 
Campbell's  Biology 
Booth's  Craft  of  Research 
Crowley's  Ancient  Rhetorics 
for  Contemporary  Students 

Mendenhall's 

Course  in  Business  Statistics 

Robert  Perm  Warren's 

Ail  the  King's  Men 

F.  Scott  Fitzgerald's 

The  Great  Gatsby 

TS.  Eliot's  Selected  Poems 

Bizzell's  Negotiating  Difference 


60     DUKE  MAGAZINE 


NO  APPUCAT10N^.^__ 


NORECOMME' 
REQ'»f 


"lUSTCOMr^ 


REUNIONS 
*19Q8  S* 


WHEN  HAVE  YOU 
EVER  MADE  SUCH  COOP 
FRIENDS?  STAYED  UP  SO  LATE? 
LEARNED  SO  MUCH? 
DUKE'S  STILL  HERE. .. 

Whether  if s  been  five  years  or  50  years  since 
graduation,  you  won't  want  to  miss  the  weekend  your 
Reunion  Planning  Committee  has  conjured!  Duke  Reunions 
offer  something  for  everyone.  Catch  up  and  reminisce  with 
friends  at  special  parties  designed  just  for  your  class.  Get  the 
inside  scoop  on  Duke  today  by  spending  time  in  the 
classroom  at  Duke  Directions  (the  academic  mini-college  held 
for  returning  alumni)  or  by  going  on  some  of  the  many  tours 
offered.  Learn  more  about  the  course  Duke  is  charting  at 
A  Conversation  with  President  Keohane. 

Be  on  the  lookout  for  your  reunion  registration  brochure 
and  sign  up  to  be  part  of  the  fun!  And  for  an  up-to-the- 
minute  overview  of  reunion  specifics  for  your  class, 
check  out  the  Duke  Reunions  website  at 
www.adm.duke.edu/alumni/ 
homepage/reunions.html 


1998 

HON 

KENP 

OVEMBER  6-8 

>f  1953,  1963, 
973,  and  1983 


MINC 
CTIONS 

SPRING  REUNIONS 
STARTING  IN  APRIL  1999!!! 
hat's  right,  starting  in  the  spring 
Duke  (undergraduate)  Reunions 
will  be  held  on  one  huge  stellar 
id  in  the  spring!  The  Classes  of 
1954,  1959,  1964,  1969,  1974, 
984,  1989,  1994,  and  the  Half 
tury  Club  will  celebrate  their 
inions  April  16-18,  1999. 

I  be  sent  more  information 
the  coming  months,  but  in 
e  meantime,  save  the  date 
leek  out  the  Duke  Reunion 
te  at:  www.adm.duke.edu/ 
/homepage/reunions.html) 


.ONCE  DUKE,  ALWAYS  DUKE. 

BE  DUKE  AGAIN  NEXT  SPRING 


JX 


i  non  DUKES 


Now,  you  can  be  a  part  of  the  team.  By  contributing  as  little 
as  $100,  you  can  display  your  Iron  Duke  window  decal  with 
pride  and  know  you  have  helped  Blue  Devil  student-athletes 
maintain  Duke's  proud  athletic  tradition.  Take  the  next  step 
by  requesting  information,  NOW! 


DUKE 


614  CHAPEL  DRIVE, BOX  905  70 
DURHAM, NORTH  CAROLINA 

27708-0570 


YES,  1  am  interested  in  finding  out  more  about  the  Iron  Dukes 

Please  send  a  membership  information  brochure  to  the  address  listed  below 

Name: 

Address: 

City: 

State: 

Zip: 

Phone  Number  (B): 

(H): 

Please  return  this  form  to 

Iron  Dukes 

311  Finch  Yeager  Bldg.,  Box  90542 

Duke  University 

Durham,  NC  27708-0542 

(919)  684-5033 

NON   PROFIT  ORG. 

PAID 

Durham,  N.C. 
PERMIT    NO.    60 

Address  Service  Requested 


DUKE 


■MB 


A    G    A    Z    I    N    E 


SCULPTING  WITH  SCALPELS 
CELEBRITY  SIGHTINGS 


THE  ROOTS  OF  CIVIL  RIGHTS 


AN  UNFATHOMABLE  FIGURE, 
A  DAUNTING  GOAL 


BREAKING 


The  proof  of  Duke's  ambitions 


YouVe  always  been  there  in  spirit. 
Maybe  it's  time  you  brought  yourself  along,  too- 


j£&z  1. 


800-44-MI  D  WAY 


S5t  T* 


Since  its  inception  in  1 984, 

Duke  Magazine  has  ranked  among 
the  nation's  top  university 
magazines,  selected  annually  for 
awards  by  the  Council  for 
Advancement  and  Support  of 
Education  (CASE).  Twice,  editors 
at  Newsweek  magazine  have  named  us  Magazine 
of  the  Year,  and  twice  we've  received  the  Grand 
Gold  Award,  sponsored  by  The  Chronicle  of  Higher 
Education,  for  "excellence  in  reporting  on  issues 
in  higher  education." 

The  bimonthly  magazine  is  sent  free  to  all  dues- 
paying  members  of  the  Duke  Alumni  Association, 
contributors  at  a  certain  level  to  the  Annual 
Fund  and  other  funds,  recent  graduates  of  the  uni- 
versity, or  "voluntary"  subscribers  at  $15  a  year 
($30  foreign). 


Please  complete  the  following,  including  your  label — or  your 
name  as  it  appears  on  the  label  and  the  I.D.  number  above 
your  name — and  send  it  to  us  in  the  envelope  attached: 

—I  I'm  getting  two  issues  of  the  magazine;  please  send  only 
one  to  my  address.  (Please  include  both  labels  or  names 
that  appear  on  labels  and  I.D.  numbers  above  the  names. 
For  two  Duke  alumni  living  at  the  same  address,  we'll  be 
glad  to  send  only  one  copy  per  household,  upon  request.) 

_J  Please  discontinue  mailing  the  magazine  to  me. 

_l  I'm  enclosing  $15  ($30  foreign)  to  become  a  voluntary 
subscriber,  or  charge  to  my  account  below. 

□  VISA         □  MasterCard        □  Discover 


EXPIRATION  DATE 


printed  on  recycled 


Sam  Hull 

FEATURES  EDITOR: 

Bridget  Booher '82,  A.M. '92 

SCIENCE  EDITOR; 

Dennis  Meredith 

PUBLISHER:  M.  Laney 

Funderhurk  Jr.  '60 

STUDENT  INTERNS: 

Jaime  Levy  '01,  Scott  Meisler  '01, 

Philip  Tinari  '01 

DESIGN  CONSULTANT: 

Mills/Carrigan  Design 

PRINTER: 

Litho  Industries,  Inc. 

OFFICERS,  DUKE  ALUMNI 

ASSOCIATION: 

John  A.  Schwarz  HI  '56, 

I'wsiJair.  Gwynne  A.  Young  71, 
president- elect;  M.  Laney 
Funderburk  Jr.  '60,  secretary- 


PRESIDENTS,  SCHOOL 
AND  COLLEGE  ALUMNI 
ASSOCIATIONS: 
James  R.  Cook  Jr.  '50,  B.D. 
'54,  Dnt>\uy  Sc'I:m,pI;  George  J. 
Evans  B.S.E.E.  '56,  School  of 
hn^nkwiniT;  Barrett  B.  McCall 
M.E'91,  Nicholas  School  of  the 
Environment;  Walter  W. 
Simpson  III  M.B.A.  74,  Fuqua 
School  of  Husnk'vs;  Judith  Ann 
Maness  M.H.A.  '83,  Department 
of  Health  AJinmi>[hnu<:\:  Brtkc 
W.  BaherJ.D.  79,  School  of 
Law;  David  K.  Wellman  M.D. 
72,  H.S.  72-78,  School  of 
Medicine;  Linda  Spencer 
Fowler  B.S.N.  79,  School  of 
\'m.smLl;  M.uic  koval  Nardone 

M.S.  79,  A.H.C.  79,  Graduate 

l\>y\im  "i  i'/ivx^;/ Therapy; 
1.  Xk'X.nxk'i  Nk'N!:lhon  '4_. 
Half-Century  Club. 

EDITORIAL 
ADVISORY  BOARD: 
Clay  Felker  '51,  chairman; 
Frederick  F.  Andrews  '60; 
Dehra  Blum  '87;  Sarah 
Hardesty  Bray  72;  Nancy  L. 
Cardwell  '69;  Jerrold  K.  Footlick; 
HJw.iid  M.  vv.uk'i  79;  Kerry 
E.  Hannon  '82;  Stephen 
Labaton  A.M.  '86,  J.D.  '86; 
Elizabeth  H.  Locke  '64,  Ph.D. 
72;ThomasRLoseeJr.'63; 
Kimberly  J.  McLarin  '86; 
Michael  Milstein  '88;  Ann 
Pelham  74;  Michael  J. 
Schoenfeld  '84;  Susan  Tifit  73; 
Jane  Vessels  77;  Robert  J. 
Bliwise  A.M.  '88,  secretary. 

SUBSCRIPTIONS: 
$15  per  year  ($30  foreign) 
Duke  Magazine,  614  Chapel  Dr., 
Durham,  N.C.  27708-0570. 

ADDRESS  CHANGES: 
Alumni  Records,  Box  90613, 
Durham,  N.C.  27708-0613 
or  e-mail  bluedevil@duke.edu 

FAX:  (919)  681-1659 


©  1998  Duke  University 
Published  bimonthly  by  the 
Office  of  Alumni  Affairs. 


NOVEMBER- 
DECEMBER  1998 


DUKE 


VOLUME  85 
NUMBER  1 


M    A    G    A    Z    I    N 


Cover:  One -point- five  billion — a  string  of 
8  zeros  that  ties  together  goals  ranging  from 
genetics  research  to  financial-aid  funding. 
Typographies  by  Milb/Carrigan  Design 


WHAT  IT  TAKES  TO  SHAPE  A  FUTURE  by  Robert).  Bitwise  2 

How  a  university  puts  together  a  massive  fund  drive  —  an  effort  that  becomes  both 
an  indication  of  ambition  and  of  the  ability  to  make  good  on  that  ambition 

TREKKING  THROUGH  A  CAREER  by  Eric  Larson  lT 

For  one  writer  and  producer,  Star  Trek,  an  obsession  for  generations  of  television  viewers, 
brings  a  refreshing  dose  of  optimism  in  a  cynical  age 

GETTING  THERE  AT  WARP  SPEED  by  Eric  Larson  10^ 

Eight  months  after  submitting  her  first  script,  a  novice  heard  from  Hollywood  executives 
—  and  saw  the  beginnings  of  her  own  Hollywood  story 

SURGICAL  ART  AND  ARTIFICE  by  Dennis  Meredith  14^ 

While  plastic  surgeons  work  in  the  operating  room  and  reshape  skin,  fat,  muscle, 
and  bone  to  correct  defects,  their  scientist  colleagues  experiment  in  the  laboratory 
to  speed  wound  healing  and  engineer  living  tissue  transfers 

WEARY  FEET,  RESTED  SOULS  by  Townsend  Davis  37 

Beginning  with  an  innocent  question  to  a  clerk  at  a  Birmingham  hotel,  a  writer 
finds  himself  on  a  journey  to  document  the  places  and  personalities  behind 
the  civil-rights  movement 

TINSELTOWN  FACTS  AND  FICTION  by  Dave  Karger  4T 

Celebrity  scoop:  "Everyone  is  young,  pretty,  and  fake;  no  one  ever  means  what 
he  or  she  says;  anything  hot  today  is  ice-cold  tomorrow." 


FORUM  35 

Sanford  and  the  South,  tall  trees  and  herbarium  honors,  Oxford  and  Cambridge 

GAZETTE  47^ 

Health  coverage  from  Time,  a  scholarship  boost  from  the  Gateses,  presidential 
assessments  from  Gergen 

BOOKS  sT 

The  life  and  death  of  an  American  factory,  the  truths  and  half-truths  about  the  war 
on  drugs 

QUAD  QUOTES  56 

Hopes  for  holiday  giving,  books  for  personal  pleasure,  fund  drives  for  turbulent  years 


PERSPECTIVES 


THE  CAMPAIGN 
FOR  DUKE 

BY  ROBERT  J.  BLIWISE 

How  a  university  puts 

together  a  massive  fund 

drive — an  effort  that 

becomes  both  an 

indication  of  ambition 

and  of  the  ability  to 

make  good  on  that 

ambition. 


eils  Bohr,  the  preeminent  philoso- 
pher of  physics,  once  mused:  "If  some- 
one says  that  he  can  think  about 
quantum  physics  without  becoming  dizzy,  that 
shows  only  that  he  has  not  understood  any- 
thing whatever  about  it."  So  how  can  we 
think  about  the  figure  1.5  billion  without  be- 
coming dizzy?  It's  smaller  than  some  things  — 
like  the  age  of  the  universe,  pegged  at  15  bil- 
lion years.  It's  larger  than  most  things — even 
the  activity  on  the  Mars  Pathfinder  website, 
which  drew  1  billion  worldwide  "hits,"  the 
largest  movement  of  information  in  history. 

As  a  figure,  1.5  billion  is  unfathomable;  as  a 
dollar  goal,  it  is  daunting.  Or  so  it  seems.  But 
appearing  undaunted,  Duke  officials  this  fall 


It*    - 


f^***         : : 


launched  a  fund-raising  campaign  to  conclude 
by  December  31,  2003.  This  Campaign  for 
Duke  embraces  all  of  Duke.  That's  a  $1.5-bil- 
lion  embrace. 

At  the  October  kickoff,  President  Nannerl 
O.  Keohane  told  trustees  and  key  supporters 
that  the  effort  proceeds  from  a  perceived  "gap 
between  what  we  can  accomplish  today  with 
our  people  and  resources,  and  what  we  could 
accomplish  tomorrow — if  only  we  had  the 
resources."  The  gap,  she  said,  "is  both  tantaliz- 
ing and  challenging."  Keohane  pointed  out 
that  Duke  has  faced  and  closed  other  gaps, 
and  in  so  doing  has  changed  the  look  and 
heightened  the  profile  of  the  university.  "The 
proof  of  our  ambition — and  our  ability  to 


make  good  on  it — is  there  for  everyone  to  see 
in  our  history  and  current  reputation." 

Duke  "now  is  a  player  in  the  'big  leagues' 
of  higher  education, "  as  she  put  it.  A  lot  in 
the  way  of  evidence  and  anecdotes  validates 
Duke's  big-leagues  status — admissions  statis- 
tics, faculty  reputations,  outside  support  for 
research,  media  attention,  published  rankings. 
And  now  there's  that  astronomical  dollar  goal. 

"We  can  look  at  this  campaign  from  two 
points  of  view,"  says  John  Piva,  senior  vice 
president  for  alumni  affairs  and  development. 
"One  is  sort  of  a  defensive  position:  We've 
done  so  well  in  such  a  short  period  of  time 
and  have  come  so  very  far,  but  we  don't  have 
the  underpinnings  in  terms  of  endowment.  And 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


we  have  to  consider  the  sources  of  money  that 
have  made  Duke's  success  to  date  possible: 
tuition  income,  government  support,  the  medi- 
cal center,  endowment,  annual  giving.  Those 
are  our  five  permanent  sources  of  income. 

"In  terms  of  tuition,  we  have  about  maxed 
out;  we're  not  going  to  make  the  kind  of  leaps 
from  one  year  to  the  next  that  we've  seen  with 
past  tuition  increases.  We  look  at  government 
grants,  and  we  see  cutbacks  in  Washington 
and  increased  competition  for  funds  from 
Washington.  We  look  at  the  medical  center, 
and  it's  no  longer  the  cash  cow  it  once  was. 
So  what's  left  is  endowment  and  annual  giv- 
ing. And  that  speaks  to  a  campaign." 

What  Piva  calls  "the  offensive  position"  in 


explaining  the  campaign  is  bringing  to  reality 
the  goals  in  the  university  strategic  planning 
process.  In  making  a  case  for  the  campaign, 
university  officials  point  out  that  Duke  has 
made  strategic  investments  in  the  past:  creat- 
ing a  medical  center  "way  ahead  of  the  curve" 
in  the  1930s;  establishing  and  then  endowing 
the  Fuqua  School  of  Business  in  the  1980s, 
and  the  Nicholas  School  of  the  Environment 
in  the  1990s;  targeting  significant  faculty  in- 
vestment in  the  humanities  in  the  1980s  — 
which  brought  Duke  to  a  position  of  promi- 
nence in  national  rankings  of  graduate  pro- 
grams; building  the  Levine  Science  Research 
Center  earlier  this  decade.  The  published  case 
statement  cites  former  Duke  President  Terry 


The  main  event:  A  banquet  in  Cameron,  featuring 
dancing  gargoyles  and  major  speakers,  capped  an 
October  weekend  that  celebrated  the  announce- 
ment of  Duke's  largest  fund-raising  foray 

Sanford's  frequent  reference  to  Duke's  "outra- 
geous ambitions." 

This  latest  set  of  ambitions  came  out  of  a 
long  period  of  planning.  The  campaign  essen- 
tially began  as  the  university  closed  its  last 
comprehensive  campaign,  which  ran  from  1984 
through  1992.  In  December  of  1992,  at  the  same 
meeting  in  which  they  elected  Nannerl  O.  Keo- 
hane  Duke's  president,  the  board  of  trustees 
received  the  report  "A  Duke  Plan:  Positioning 
Duke  for  the  Twenty-First  Century." 


November -December   1998 


"A  Duke  Plan"  begat  "Shaping  Our  Future, " 
which  was  approved  by  the  board  in  the  fall  of 
1994.  That  plan  called  for  "enhancing  aca- 
demic quality,  strengthening  Duke's  sense  of 
community  and  its  role  as  a  citizen,  enhanc- 
ing academic  medicine,  and  increasing  aca- 
demic and  administrative  effectiveness."  It 
reaffirmed  some  core  values,  notably  the  com- 
mitment to  need-blind  undergraduate  admis- 
sions (that  is,  making  admissions  decisions 
independent  of  the  financial  circumstances  of 
candidates).  It  also  advocated  "securing  our 
financial  future."  Along  those  lines,  the  uni- 
versity contracted  with  a  fund-raising  consul- 
tant, Carol  O'Brien  Associates,  to  explore  the 
feasibility  of  another  campaign. 

From  the  outset,  university  officials  saw  the 
campaign  as  comprehensive.  It  would  stretch 
to  all  areas  of  the  university,  including  the  medi- 
cal center,  the  professional  schools,  the  li- 
braries, and  athletics.  And  while  it  would 
have  an  endowment  orientation  rather  than 
a  facilities  focus,  it  would  stretch  to  all  forms 
of  giving.  The  campaign  goal  in  one  area, 
annual  giving,  is  $100  million;  to  generate 
that  sum  through  endowment  earnings  would 
take  $2  billion. 

"So  we  did  an  assessment  of  our  develop- 
ment operations,  and  our  preparedness, "  Piva 
says.  "Out  of  that  came  various  task  forces  to 
look  at  areas  we  felt  needed  shoring  up  before 
we  jumped  off  on  another  campaign."  The  cen- 
tral development  office  put  new  resources- into 
operations  like  prospect  research,  identifica- 
tion, and  management;  it  hired  new  staff  in 
areas  ranging  from  foundation  relations  to  re- 
gional campaigns  to  the  various  professional 
schools.  "We  then  began  to  work  with  the 
academic  administration,  and  the  academic 
administration  with  its  departmental  chairs 
and  faculty,  to  articulate  objectives.  And  out 
of  that  came  a  whole  big  'wish  list'  of  items 
that,  over  the  course  of  two  years,  we  had  to 
narrow  down  to  true  needs  and  reasonable 
aspirations." 

"The  process  in  coming  to  the  goals  is  set 
by  the  academic  administration — starting  with 
the  provost  and  then  the  deans  and  then  the 
departmental  chairs  and  then  the  faculty, "  Piva 
says.  "As  deans  and  others  look  at  the  wish 
list,  they  seek  our  advice:  Is  this  something 
that  will  sell,  that  people  will  become  enthu- 
siastic about?  Is  there  a  discrete  audience 
who  will  really  gravitate  to  this?  Or  is  this  a 
project  that's  so  hard  to  sell  that  we  should 
probably  support  it  apart  from  fund  raising? 
So  the  projects  that  are  hard  to  sell  get  funded 
through  general  revenue,  and  those  that  have 
some  pizzazz  emerge  in  the  campaign." 

One  thing  that  emerges  in  the  campaign  is 
the  high  profile  of  the  medical  center;  its  com- 
ponent of  the  campaign  is  $550  million.  Chan- 
cellor for  Health  Affairs  Ralph  Snyderman 
says  realizing  that  goal  will  both  "stabilize  the 


academic  mission  of  the  medical  center"  and 
allow  it  to  "take  the  next  great  leap  forward." 
Before  Keohane  came  on  board  as  president, 
Duke's  medical  center  was  contemplating  a 
free-standing  fund  drive — which  is  quite  in 
the  pattern  of  academic  medical  centers.  But 
Synderman  sees  a  mutual  reinforcement  in 
the  campaign- within-a- campaign:  Program 
initiatives  like  cognitive  neuroscience  and 
human  genetics  "draw  strength  from  the  uni- 
versity and  add  strength  to  the  university." 

According  to  Snyderman,  the  idea  for  a 
human  genetics  institute  —  one  aspect  of 
that  planned  "next  great  leap  forward"  for  the 
medical  center  and  for  the  campus  as  a 
whole — came  from  discussions  with  the  uni- 
versity's senior  officials.  When  the  conversa- 


"THE  IDEA  THAT 
EDUCATIONAL  INSTITU- 
TIONS ARE  CHARITIES 
IS  LONG  GONE.  THEY 
ARE  NOT  CHARITIES; 
THEY  ARE  INVESTMENTS 
IN  THE  FUTURE  OF 
OUR  SOCIETY." 


tion  turned  to  the  kind  of  initiative  that 
might  have  a  transforming  impact  on  Duke, 
genetics  seemed  a  natural  selection.  Beyond 
conducting  basic  research  and  aiming  for 
treatments,  the  institute  will  have  a  philo- 
sophical dimension.  "Genomic  technologies 
are  pretty  much  the  Holy  Grail  in  under- 
standing where  we  come  from  and  anticipat- 
ing where  we're  going  as  what  is,  so  far  as  we 
know,  the  most  complex  species  in  the  uni- 
verse. And  Duke  is  strongly  positioned  for 
such  a  project.  It's  unusual  in  a  single  institu- 
tion to  find  so  many  different  components 
that  could  be  applied  to  genetics,  including 
sociological,  political,  technological,  financial, 
legal,  ethical,  and  religious  perspectives." 

Trinity  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  has 
the  biggest  campaign  goal,  $325  million,  after 
the  medical  center's  target.  William  Chafe, 
dean  of  the  faculty  of  arts  and  sciences,  says 
the  college  organized  a  series  of  development 
retreats  by  all  the  deans  to  figure  out  funding 
priorities.  "We  talked  at  length  about  the  im- 
portance of  raising  endowment,  and  particu- 
larly about  the  importance  of  financial  aid 
and  securing  support  for  distinguished  profes- 
sorships." 


Chafe  says  it  wasn't  difficult  to  arrive  at  a 
consensus.  "From  the  beginning,  we  were  con- 
cerned with  shoring  up  the  intellectual  and 
undergraduate  aspect  of  our  Trinity  College 
mission.  There  were  some  capital  projects 
that  fell  by  the  wayside,  but  this  is  really  not  a 
campaign  about  bricks  and  mortar."  The 
$200-million  endowment  goal  for  Arts  and 
Sciences  is  the  hardest  kind  of  money  to  raise, 
he  says.  Still,  according  to  Chafe — who  says 
he  is  spending  a  quarter  of  his  time  doing 
development  work — donors  are  responding 
to  the  theme  of  student  aid,  just  as  they  are 
being  drawn  into  the  Bass  Professorships  pro- 
gram. (Launched  two  years  ago  by  Anne  Bass 
and  Robert  M.  Bass,  the  program  provides 
"bargain"  naming  opportunities  through  a 
rather  attractive  three-to-one  match.  So  a 
full  professorship,  which  at  Duke  requires  a 
minimum  endowment  of  $1.5  million,  can 
now  be  created  and  named  with  a  gift  of  just 
over  $1.1  million;  the  Bass  match  would  then 
contribute  the  remaining  $375,000.) 

Beyond  the  money  raised,  one  benefit  of 
a  campaign  may  be  the  planning  discipline 
that  it  imposes  —  and  the  "buy-in"  to  the  cen- 
tral university  on  the  part  of  the  professional 
schools.  The  law  school,  for  example,  engaged 
in  an  eighteen-month  planning  process. 
Pamela  Gann  J.D.  73,  dean  of  the  law  school, 
says  the  school  set  up  a  campaign  planning 
committee  composed  of  alumni,  friends,  and 
faculty.  The  committee  was  subdivided  into 
areas  that  touched  on  curricular  emphases, 
like  environmental  studies  and  globalization, 
and  on  core  themes,  like  scholarships  and  li- 
braries. Each  subcommittee  issued  a  report. 
Gann  put  together  a  synthesis  draft  that  was 
approved  by  the  full  campaign  committee. 
The  law  faculty  deliberated  on  the  draft  at  a 
retreat;  Gann  then  made  revisions  that  were 
considered  by  a  standing  faculty/student 
planning  committee.  Finally  the  plan  went  to 
the  full  faculty.  It  was  approved  by  them,  and 
also  by  the  school's  board  of  visitors. 

"We  certainly  took  into  account  fund-rais- 
ing potential  in  our  planning  process,"  says 
Gann.  "But  it  did  not  at  all  drive  the  process. 
We  simply  discussed  what  we  thought  was 
best  to  do."  The  ultimate  law  school  goal  — 
$50  million — "is  not  at  all  reflective  of  our 
history,"  she  adds.  Until  this  campaign,  the 
largest  single  gift  to  the  law  school  was  $1 
million.  "In  order  to  raise  $50  million,  we 
need  at  least  two  gifts  of  $5  million  or  higher, 
and  at  least  ten  to  twelve  gifts  of  $1  million 
to  $5  million.  We  are  definitely  using  this 
campaign  to  raise  our  sights." 

The  planning  discipline  helped  the  school 
revisit  and  reaffirm  its  priorities,  just  as  it 
ensured  that  fund  raisers  were  "on  message, " 
Gann  says.  "I  think  that  our  planning  process 
resulted  in  an  even  more  serious  commitment 
to  the  financial-aid  needs  of  our  students;  it 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


is  a  big  part  of  our  overall  campaign  goal.  It 
recommitted  us  to  our  faculty  through 
chaired  professorships.  It  also  recommitted  us 
to  some  particular  fields,  including  constitu- 
tional law,  international  law,  administrative 
law,  in  which  we  are  already  superb.  And  it 
raised  the  prospects  for  raising  funds  for  some 
joint  areas  in  which  we  are  good  at  Duke  — 
law  and  business,  health  law  and  policy,  envi- 
ronmental law  and  policy." 

Piva  says  that  as  priorities  were  emerging 
from  the  planning  process,  university  officials 
"began  testing  those  priorities  and  testing  our 
ability  to  raise  funds  to  meet  them."  Late  in 
1995,  the  board  of  trustees  endorsed  a  "quiet 
phase"  of  a  campaign.  The  board  set  a  prelim- 
inary goal  of  $400  million  over  two  years  — 40 
percent  of  a  billion  dollars,  which  they 
thought  might  be  the  eventual  goal.  They 
asked  trustee  Peter  Nicholas  and  Ginny 
Nicholas  (both  members  of  the  Class  of  '64 
and  the  parents  of  three  Duke  graduates)  to 
lead  a  committee  that  would  take  responsibil- 
ity for  the  campaign  on  behalf  of  the  board. 
The  Nicholases  were  among  the  first  to  con- 
tribute to  the  campaign,  then  in  its  quiet 
phase,  by  donating  $20  million  in  1996  to 
endow  and  name  the  Nicholas  School  of  the 
Environment  at  Duke.  And  from  the  spring 
of  1996  until  early  in  1998,  Keohane  drew 
hundreds  to  presidential  dinners — structured 
as  opportunities  to  probe  Duke  supporters  on 
campaign  priorities  —  in  eighteen  cities, 
stretching  all  the  way  to  London. 

By  the  spring  of  1998,  more  than  $500  mil- 
lion had  been  raised.  The  campaign  steering 
committee  recommended  to  the  full  board  a 
considerably  larger  goal — $1.5  billion — than 
had  been  projected,  with  the  public  phase  of 
the  campaign  to  begin  this  fall. 

With  the  formal  kickoff  in  October,  the 
so-called  "nucleus  fund"  produced  in  the  quiet 
phase  had  risen  to  rather  impressive  propor- 
tions — $684  million.  Aside  from  the  Nicho- 
lases, other  early  contributors  included  trus- 
tee Melinda  French  Gates  '86,  M.B.A.  '87, 
and  Bill  Gates,  the  founder  of  Microsoft.  Pre- 
kickoff,  the  university  announced  a  $20- 
million  gift  from  the  Gateses  to  strengthen 
financial  aid  and  create  the  interdisciplinary 
University  Scholars  program  for  undergradu- 
ate, graduate,  and  professional  students.  At- 
lanta financier  and  trustee  emeritus  J.B. 
Fuqua  gave  $20  million  to  the  Fuqua  School 
of  Business.  The  Basses — whose  $10-million 
gift  funds  the  Bass  Professorships  program — 
are  Duke  parents;  Anne  Bass  is  on  the  cam- 
paign steering  committee.  With  $30  million 
aimed  at  scholarships,  The  Duke  Endowment 
of  Charlotte  provided  the  campaign's  largest 
gift  to  date. 

Leadership  has  helped  sustain  the  mo- 
mentum. Keohane's  energy  is  matched  by  "a 
group  of  deans  who  are  aggressive,  enthusias- 


tic, and  effective  in  fund  raising,"  Piva  says. 
He  points  out  that  a  third  of  the  board  of 
trustees  has  been  through  a  past  campaign; 
many  other  board  members  have  had  experi- 
ence with  other  fund-raising  drives.  And  de- 
spite some  recent  bumps  in  its  trajectory,  the 
stock  market's  seemingly  relentless  rise — along 
with  the  overall  soundness  of  the  economy — 
has  worked  as  a  powerful  philanthropic  boost. 
In  Piva's  view,  years  of  a  stock-market  boom 
have  resulted  in  such  an  accumulation  of  wealth 
that  even  the  inevitable  slowdown — unless 
it's  ruinous — won't  have  a  major  impact  on 
the  campaign.  What  a  slowdown  might  do,  he 
speculates,  is  to  prompt  some  donors  to 
stretch  out  pledges  rather  than  parting  with  a 
lot  of  cash  in  a  single  gesture. 


BEYOND  THE  MONEY 
RAISED,  ONE  BENEFIT  OF 

A  CAMPAIGN  MAY  BE 

THE  PLANNING  DISCIPLINE 

THAT  IT  IMPOSES— AND 

THE  "BUY-IN"  TO  THE 

CENTRAL  UNIVERSITY 

ON  THE  PART  OF  THE 

PROFESSIONAL  SCHOOLS. 


The  university's  happy,  if  quiet,  testing  of 
the  campaign  goal  also  suggests  a  com- 
ing-of-age  reality.  Robert  Shepard  was 
recently  promoted  to  vice  president  with  day- 
to-day  responsibility  for  the  campaign.  He 
notes  that  the  fund  drive  coincides  with  a 
"maturing"  development  effort:  It  has  already 
enlisted  something  like  a  thousand  volun- 
teers, and  it  will  link  itself  to  alumni  reunions, 
class-specific  campaigns,  regional  campaigns 
in  key  cities,  and  alumni  club  events.  In  initi- 
ating the  effort,  the  trustees  approved  a  sup- 
plementary campaign  budget  of  $2  million 
annually,  or  $14  million  over  the  life  of  the 
campaign,  beyond  the  base-line  development 
budget.  Shepard  says  that  typically  for  fund- 
raising  organizations,  the  cost  per  dollar 
raised  is  between  five  and  eight  cents,  and 
that  Duke  is  on  the  lower  end  of  that  range. 
At  the  same  time  that  the  university  has 
staffed  up,  more  and  more  Duke  alumni  are 
achieving  the  sort  of  professional  standing 
that  prepares  them  for  the  big  gifts  that  will 
fuel  the  campaign.  And  that's  a  big  change  for 
Duke.  Places  like  Harvard,  Yale,  and  Stanford 
raise  half  or  more  or  their  money  from  indi- 
viduals, primarily  alumni,  and  the  rest  from 


corporations  and  foundations.  Duke  —  a  rel- 
atively young  university  with  a  relatively 
young  alumni  body — historically  has  raised  a 
third  of  its  money  from  individuals,  a  third 
from  corporations,  and  a  third  from  founda- 
tions. 

"As  our  alumni  body  ages  and  grows  in 
numbers,  we  should  see  that  percentage  shift, " 
Shepard  says.  "We  expect  that  by  the  end  of 
this  campaign,  about  50  percent  of  the  dollars 
raised  will  come  from  individuals.  And  our 
nucleus  fund  has  demonstrated  that  we're 
moving  in  that  direction." 

As  Piva  puts  it,  "While  we  need  thousands 
and  thousands  of  gifts,  the  success  or  failure  of 
this  campaign  will  really  rest  on  the  key  gifts 
at  the  top."  In  particular,  50  percent  or  more 
of  that  $1.5-billion  figure  will  come  from  gifts 
of  a  million  dollars  and  more.  Just  as  it  is  a 
"big  leagues"  player  in  higher  education  (as 
Keohane  says),  Duke  is  now  playing  in  the 
big-gifts  leagues.  John  Taylor,  Duke's  director 
of  gifts  records,  says  that  in  fiscal  year  1997- 
98,  the  university  had  three  gifts  of  $5  million 
or  more  from  individuals.  In  the  previous 
year,  he  registered  one  individual  gift  of  more 
than  $8  million,  along  with  two  individual 
gifts  of  $2.7  million.  Ten  years  ago,  Duke's 
three  largest  gifts  from  individuals  came  in  at 
$1  million,  $426,000,  and  $300,000. 

In  1995-96,  individuals  contributed  a  total 
of  $47.5  million  to  Duke;  the  following  year, 
the  total  from  individuals  was  almost  $59  mil- 
lion. Last  year's  figure  was  $74.7  million.  Total 
giving  last  year  was  $254.8  million — up  from 
$220  million  the  year  before,  and  nearly  three 
times  Duke's  giving  total  of  just  under  $86 
million  ten  years  ago.  These  days,  Taylor's 
office  is  weighed  down  with  more  and  more 
gifts  to  acknowledge.  And  more  and  more  of 
those  gifts  are  for  pretty  weighty  sums. 

Keohane's  participation  will  be  key  to  the 
campaign.  She  came  to  Duke  with  the  repu- 
tation of  an  accomplished  fund  raiser,  having 
brought  to  successful  completion  Wellesley 
College's  campaign — at  $150  million,  ambi- 
tious by  small- college  standards,  but  exactly 
one -tenth  of  Duke's  goal.  "I  think  it's  very  im- 
portant that  Duke's  is  a  comprehensive  cam- 
paign, as  it  was  for  Wellesley, "  she  says.  "But  a 
comprehensive  campaign  for  Wellesley  means 
the  college  and  a  few  small  research  centers; 
for  Duke,  it  means  every  school  and  college, 
all  the  programs,  athletics,  everything." 

At  Wellesley,  Keohane  says,  it  was  a  given 
that  her  campaign  commitment  would  take 
her  away  from  campus  for  long  stretches.  "I 
believe  the  same  will  be  true  for  Duke,  that 
when  people  hear  that  my  fall  schedule  is 
absolutely  chock-full  of  travel  and  I'm  just 
not  able  to  do  something,  that  they  will  un- 
derstand. I've  also  learned  from  the  Wellesley 
experience  that  once  you  get  into  a  cam- 
paign, you  need  to  really  strip  away  a  lot  of 


November -December 


other  things.  I've  cut  way  down  on  the  num- 
ber of  boards  I  serve  on;  I'm  being  absolutely 
draconian  about  not  accepting  outside  speak- 
ing commitments.  I  still  need  to  keep  my 
hand  in  commitments  to  higher  education 
generally.  I'm  on  the  executive  committee  of 
the  Association  of  American  Universities, 
and  I  will  still  go  to  Washington.  But  those 
activities  benefit  Duke  as  well  as  higher  edu- 
cation generally." 

Given  all  the  organizational  complications 
of  the  Duke  effort,  Keohane  says  she  saw  an 
early  campaign  dividend — better  coordination 
within  a  decentralized  fund-raising  organiza- 
tion. That  meant,  in  part,  figuring  out  a  pro- 
cess for  handling  prospects  with  multiple 
degrees  —  and  therefore  subject  to  multiple 
appeals — from  Duke.  "When  I  came  here  as 
president,  there  was  some  sense  that  people 
were  accustomed  to  doing  their  own  develop- 
ment work,  with  a  very  loose  coordination. 
For  this  comprehensive  campaign,  we've  need- 
ed that  coordination  to  be  more  than  loose. 
Each  school  still  has  its  own  development 
activity,  but  it's  with  common  campaign 
themes  and  logos,  common  ways  of  approach- 
ing donor  prospects,  common  ways  of  han- 
dling gift  reporting  and  stewardship.  And  that 
took  some  doing." 

What  took  even  more  doing  was  deciding 
on  the  priorities  outlined  in  "Shaping  Our  Fu- 
ture." "Every  school  set  its  own  fund-raising 
total, "  Keohane  says.  "And  no  school  had  an 
interest  in  setting  a  totally  unrealistic  goal; 
that  would  just  come  back  to  haunt  them.  We 
did,  however,  encourage  people  to  stress  across 


the  schools  some  areas  that  are  of  a  very  high 
priority  to  the  entire  university — faculty  sup- 
port and  scholarships.  That  wasn't  hard, 
because  these  are  indeed  among  the  highest 
priorities  of  every  school.  Whenever  possible, 
we  want  to  push  in  those  areas  rather  than 
putting  too  much  of  the  money  in  special  pro- 
grams. For  one  thing,  programs  tend  to  have 
a  particular  life.  Some  of  them  last  for  de- 
cades, some  only  last  for  a  period  of  years.  But 
we  see  the  campaign  as  building  for  the  indef- 
inite future,  as  making  a  difference  no  matter 
what  future  programs  people  may  launch." 

John  Strohbehn,  the  Duke  provost,  notes 
that  the  campaign's  emphasis  on  professor- 
ships and  student  aid  reflects  a  competitive 
disadvantage:  Duke  is  under-endowed  com- 
pared to  its  peers  among  private  colleges  and 
universities,  and  even  some  public  universi- 
ties. Duke's  endowment  per  student  is  not 
even  the  highest  in  North  Carolina.  Prince- 
ton funds  its  entire  financial- aid  program  from 
endowment  earnings;  on  a  dollars-per-stu- 
dent  basis,  Princeton  can  call  on  about  eight 
times  the  endowment  resources  available  at 
Duke.  Each  Harvard,  Yale,  or  Rice  student  is 
backed  by  five  times  more  endowment  than 
students  at  Duke.  For  Duke,  financial  aid  is  a 
tremendous  drain  on  operating  funds  year 
after  year:  The  university  must  pay  for  about 
80  percent  of  its  undergraduate  financial  aid 
program  from  operating  funds.  And  Duke, 
even  as  it  articulates  an  intention  to  heighten 
its  profile  internationally,  lacks  the  resources 
to  extend  aid  to  international  students. 

Such  budgetary  realities  hit  Duke  hard 


with  growing  competition  for  the  best  stu- 
dents: Increasingly,  colleges  are  revising  their 
criteria  for  financial  aid  to  attract  students 
from  middle-income  families.  According  to 
The  Chronicle  of  Higher  Education,  such  elite 
institutions  as  the  Massachusetts  Institute  of 
Technology,  Princeton,  Stanford,  and  Har- 
vard, just  in  the  past  year,  have  put  more 
funding  into  student  aid.  In  Harvard's  case, 
the  decision  was  to  increase  the  size  of  its 
scholarships  by  $2,000  each  per  year. 

And  in  the  past  academic  year,  Duke  saw 
"raids"  on  forty-three  professors,  or  nearly  10 
percent  of  its  tenure-track  liberal-arts  faculty. 
Only  ten  professors  left  to  accept  other  offers. 
Still,  as  The  Chronicle  of  Higher  Education  put 
it,  "fending  off  that  many  sweet  deals  from 
prestigious  institutions  is  a  lot  to  handle  in 
one  year — more  than  Duke  handled  in  the 
four  previous  years  combined,  in  fact."  Stroh- 
behn told  the  newspaper  that  Duke  brings  in 
about  as  many  faculty  members  as  it  loses, 
and  from  some  of  the  same  institutions.  But, 
he  notes,  Duke  is  less  likely  than  its  peer 
schools  to  have  a  named  professorship  that 
might  lure — or  keep  in  place — a  prized  pro- 
fessor. Overall,  Duke  has  less  than  half  the 
number  of  endowed  professorships  of  many  of 
its  competitors,  university  officials  estimate; 
and  a  big  aim  of  the  campaign  is  to  bridge  the 
gap.  A  named  professorship  might  bring  extra 
research  support  or  similar  perks.  More  basi- 
cally, it  represents  a  certain  stature:  If  you're 
inhabiting  a  named  professorship,  you're  con- 
sidered to  be  at  the  top  of  your  profession. 

Keohane  says  she  and  the  provost  also 


The  Campaign  lor  Duke:  An  Overview 

Duke  University 
Medical  Center 

Aits  and  Sciences  and  Trinity  College 

Divinity  School 

School  ol  Engineering 

Attracting  and  Supporting  the  Best  Students 

Goal:  S249  million 

$35  million 

Endowed  scholarships  and 

fellowships 

$110  million 

The  great  majority  for  need-based  undergraduate 

financial  aid;  also  graduate  fellowships 

$6  million 

Endowment  for  scholarships 

and  graduate  fellowships 

$13  million 
Undergraduate  finan 

- 

Recruiting  and  Retaining  Tnp  Faculty 
Goal:  $194  million 

$65  million 
Endowed  chairs  and 
instructorships 

$50  million 

Bass  Professorships,  departmental  chairs,  and 

faculty  salary  funds 

$10.5  million 

Endowment  for  professorships 
and  faculty  support,  restricted 
faculty  support 

$7  million 

Endowed  chairs,  Inc 
Professorships 

uding  Bass 

FOCUS  Program.Capstoi 


$4.5  million 
Endowment  for  global  i 
library,  music  and  the  a 
urban  ministry 


Advancing  the  Quest  (or  Knowledge 


Centers  of  excellence  in  research/scholarship 


Academic  and  field  programs 


Restricted  program  support 


Enriching  the  Campus  and  C 


$50  million 

A  children's  health  center  am 

other  facilities,  renovations, 


Student  life  endowment  funds;  facilities,  including 
science  labs,  lecture  halls,  drama  space,  residential 
space,  student  wellness  clinic 


A  variety  of  capital  projects, 


$15  million  $50  million 

Medical  Annual  Fund  support,         Supporting  Duke  today  with  the  Annual  Fund's 

providing  unrestricted  unrestricted  revenue 


$2.5  million 

Annual  Fund  support  as  w 

other  unrestricted  giving 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


pushed  for  initiatives  that  will  straddle  the 
schools.  The  University  Scholars  program,  in- 
volving students  at  all  levels  who  resist  intel- 
lectual compartmentalization,  has  attracted 
the  Gateses  as  patrons.  Another  boundary- 
breaking  goal  is  endowment  for  what  are 
called  university  professors,  scholars  whose 
reach  is  meant  to  be  interdisciplinary.  The 
campaign  sparks  or  sustains  a  number  of 
interdisciplinary  activities,  ranging  from  the 
human  genetics  institute  to  the  Kenan  Ethics 
Program  and  a  program  in  globalization  and 
democratic  governance. 

In  embarking  on  its  huge,  comprehensive 
fund  drive,  Duke  is  setting  a  standard: 
This  is  the  largest  fund-raising  campaign 
ever  conducted  for  a  university  in  the  South. 
It  is  also  following  a  pattern.  Harvard,  where 
Laura  Wilson  Smith  '90  is  associate  director  of 
development  communications,  is  completing 
a  $2.1-billion  campaign.  Harvard  formally 
launched  its  campaign  in  May  of  1994;  it's  set 
to  end  next  December.  Like  the  Duke  cam- 
paign, the  Harvard  drive  is  comprehensive, 
covering  "everything  from  financial  aid  to 
faculty,  to  libraries,  to  information  technology, 
to  international  initiatives,  to  basic  research, " 
Smith  says. 

This  is  the  first  time  that  Harvard  has  em- 
barked on  a  university-wide  campaign;  in  the 
past,  the  individual  schools  have  run  their 
own  efforts.  Student  aid  is  getting  a  big  push, 
with  Harvard  College  aiming  for  $200  million 
in  financial  aid  for  undergraduates.  Univer- 
sity-wide, the  campaign  calls  for  eighty  new 


faculty  chairs.  Interdisciplinary  activities  pro- 
vide another  theme — appropriately  enough, 
since  1924  Harvard  graduate  and  investment 
banker  John  Loeb  and  his  wife,  Frances  Loeb, 
provided  a  campaign  gift  of  more  than  $70 
million  to  benefit  various  Harvard  schools. 
"For  the  first  time,  Harvard  is  trying  to  raise 
money  formally  in  a  campaign  environment 
for  a  set  of  activities  that  cross  school  bound- 
aries, "  Smith  says.  Among  those  activities  are 
a  Mind/Brain/Behavior  initiative  along  with  a 
program  in  managing  nonprofit  institutions 
and  a  center  for  Latin  American  studies. 

For  a  place  that  gave  rise  to  the  expression 
"every  tub  on  its  own  bottom,"  Harvard's 
campaign-planning  experience  had  an  exhil- 
arating impact,  says  Smith.  Early  in  the  pro- 
cess, Harvard  President  Neil  Rudenstine  had 
all  of  his  deans  review  their  needs;  the  sums 
added  up  to  $3  billion,  which  fund  raisers 
thought  was  beyond  Harvard's  reach.  In  the 
next  round,  each  dean's  planning  and  budget- 
ing was  reviewed  by  a  team  of  deans  from 
other  Harvard  schools.  "That  brought  some 
new  perspectives  to  the  table.  It  was  a  useful 
exercise  for  a  lot  of  reasons.  For  one  thing,  it 
made  everyone  appreciate  the  role  of  the  uni- 
versity, that  we're  all  in  this  together." 

Johns  Hopkins — which,  in  the  Seventies, 
ran  the  first  $100-million  campaign  in  higher 
education — is  in  the  midst  of  a  $1.2-billion 
campaign.  Half  of  the  goal  comes  from  the 
medical  center.  The  campaign  was  publicly 
announced  in  October  of  1994  and  will  finish 
at  the  end  of  2000.  Robert  Lindgren,  the  vice 
president  for  development  at  Johns  Hopkins, 


says  the  campaign's  original  goal  was  $900 
million — a  sum  that  was  set,  he  notes,  with- 
out the  benefit  of  the  usual  feasibility  study. 
This  past  spring,  the  trustees  voted  to  expand 
the  goal.  Lindgren  credits  the  heightened  am- 
bitions to  campaign  commitments  (to  the  tune 
of  about  $450  million)  on  the  part  of  the  uni- 
versity's core  volunteers,  including  trustees  and 
members  of  the  alumni  council  and  advisory 
boards.  The  trustee  chairman,  and  formerly 
the  campaign  chairman,  is  Michael  Bloom- 
berg, a  1964  graduate  of  Hopkins'  engineering 
school.  Bloomberg,  the  financial-services  en- 
trepreneur, made  two  campaign  contributions 
totaling  $100  million,  covering  all  parts  of  the 
university.  "It's  very  unusual  for  a  big  gift  to  be 
spread  so  widely, "  Lindgren  says. 

The  main  focus  in  the  early  phase  of  the 
Hopkins  campaign  was  endowment;  in  the 
expanded  phase,  the  university  is  targeting 
student  aid  and  support  of  the  libraries  as  spe- 
cific priorities.  Lindgren  notes  that  Hopkins, 
like  Duke,  is  relatively  under-endowed.  "Low 
endowment  helps  build  the  case  tor  what  it  is 
we're  doing.  But  places  like  Duke  and  Hop- 
kins can't  build  an  underdog  case  very  easily. 
We're  very  successful  institutions,  and  we're 
really  trading  on  that  success  and  our  hopes 
for  the  future.  The  lead  reason  for  giving  is 
that  this  is  an  important  institution  that  mer- 
its support.  And  generally  those  we  solicit  will 
have  a  relationship  with  Hopkins  that  will 
justify  that  support." 

At  least  for  Hopkins,  endowment  has  be- 
come a  somewhat  easier  sell  than  facilities, 

Continued  on  page  45 


Fuqua  School  of  Business 


$1 0  millio 

Endowed 
operating 


Endowed  professorships  a 


Scholarship  grants,  loan  repayment 

funds,  public  interes 

stipends 


$15  r 


An  information  technology  fund,  Technology  and  library  support  am 

interdisciplinary  initiatives,  centers  for  global  capital  markets  a 

entrepreneurial  and  leadership  information  technologies,  conflict 

centers  resolution,  public  law,  joint  clinics, 

law,  and  sports  law 


Nicholas  School 
ol  the  Environment 


)  endowment,  much 


$13.5  million 
Endowment  for  faculty 
support,  including 


t  for  University  Professors, 
interdisciplinary  chairs  for  scholars 
of  particular  distinction 


$31.5  million 

Program  support,  as  well  as 
unrestricted  and  restricted 
endowment,  and  operating 
lunds  to  support  technology 


$2  million 

$3  million 

$13.5  million 

$70  million 

Faculty  development  and  research 

Faculty  research  funds 

Endowment  and  support  for 

Funds  to  develop  several  new  initiatives 

support 

centers  and  programs. 

and  endowment  to  provide  support  for 

including  community  outreach 

others  in  the  future 

Cameron  Pavilion  and 
improvements  to  footbc 
facilities 


Annual  support  of  the  Iron 
Dukes,  chiefly  to  provide  yearly 
funding  for  athletic  scholarships 


$92  million 

Funds  for  community  outreach, 
technology,  a  new  museum  of  art,  the 
Center  for  Jewish  Life,  Duke  Chapel, 
Sarah  P.  Duke  Gardens,  Brodie  and 
Wilson  Centers,  residential  facilities, 
and  renovations  to  the  Bryan  Center 
and  West  Campus  Union 

$25  million 


November  -December    I LHS 


TREKKING 
THROUGH 
A  CAREER 


RENE  ECHEVARRIA 

BY  ERIC  LARSON 

Star  Trek  is  more  than  a  television  adventure  series;  it's  an  obsession. 
And  for  one  writer  and  producer,  it  brings  a  refreshing  dose  of  optimism 

in  a  cynical  age.. 


Hollywood.  The  entertainment  fron- 
tier. A  place  where  style  battles  sub- 
stance, where  almost  everyone  is  alien 
(usually  from  New  York),  and  where  lunch  is 
the  most  important  meal  of  the  day.  This  is 
the  home  of  Rene  Echevarria  '84-  His  contin- 
uing mission:  to  pen  gripping  space  adven- 
tures; to  seek  out  stars  who  don't  mind  full- 
body  latex  costumes;  to  boldly  go  down  in  sci- 
fi  television  history — while  making  sure  an 
episode's  special  effects  don't  send  it  over 
budget.  (Cue  the  ethereal  theme  music.) 

If  you  didn't  recognize  the  Star  Trek-like 
opening,  you're  probably  not  from  this  planet. 
In  that  case,  Echevarria  would  like  to  meet 
you.  For  the  past  six  years,  he  has  visited  deep 
space  through  a  worm-hole  of  a  room  in  the 
Hart  Building  at  Paramount  Pictures  Studios 
headquarters,  555  Melrose  Avenue,  Hollywood. 
His  name  appears  in  the  credits  of  more  than 
thirty  episodes  of  Star  Trek's  Next  Generation 
and  Deep  Space  Nine  series.  The  co-design  of 
Star  Trek:  The  Experience — the  Las  Vegas, 
space-themed  casino,  shopping  plaza,  and 
motion  simulator — also  bears  his  signature;  it 
attracts  more  than  10,000  visitors  a  day. 

Currently,  most  of  Echevarria's  energy  is 
focused  on  Deep  Space  Nine,  where,  as  the 
show's  co-supervising  producer,  he  is  respon- 


sible for  making  sure  many  of  the  episodes  go 
from  the  page  to  the  camera  without  too 
many  crises  in  Engineering.  What  sometimes 
gets  lost  in  his  producer  title  is  that  he  is,  at 
heart,  a  writer.  That's  okay  by  Echevarria.  "I 
still  think  of  myself  as  a  writer, "  he  explains, 
"but  I  like  the  title  executive  producer,  be- 
cause I  get  all  the  letters." 

Anyone  who  has  caught  an  installment  of 
the  original  Star  Trek  series  or  its  subsequent 
spinoffs  (Next  Generation,  Deep  Space  Nine, 
Voyager)  knows  the  schtick:  Space  is  a  place 
populated  by  exceptional  androids,  devious 
Ferengi,  honor-bound  Klingons,  assimilating 
Borg,  and,  oh  yes,  the  occasional  omnipotent 
being.  But  Star  Trek  is  more  than  a  television 


adventure  series;  it's  an  obsession.  A  signifi- 
cant number  of  astronauts,  doctors,  and  even 
actors  attribute  their  career  choice  to  Trek. 
Thousands  of  fans  gather  for  multi-city  Star 
Trek  conventions  and  debate  the  shows'  story 
lines,  characters,  and  technological  advances 
— sometimes  conversing  entirely  in  Klingon. 

While  Echevarria  is  not  the  type  to  don 
plastic  Vulcan  ears  or  carry  a  toy  phaser  set  on 
"stun, "  he  is  known  to  visit  online  "Trekkie" 
chat  rooms  and  attend  a  live  gathering  on 
occasion.  "These  are  very  sweet-natured  peo- 
ple who  want  to  believe  in  a  better  future," 
says  Echevarria.  "There's  never  a  harsh  word 
exchanged."  Why  are  they  so  attracted  to 
Trek?  "People  are  fascinated  by  what  might  be 
out  there,"  he  says.  The  show  also  suggests 
that  humanity  has  a  future — a  refreshing 
dose  of  optimism  in  a  cynical  age. 

Echevarria  didn't  beam  into  the  world  of 
Trek  directly.  His  father  was  a  doctor,  and 
Echevarria  planned  to  follow  suit  upon 
enrolling  at  Duke.  But  one  semester  of  organic 
chemistry  persuaded  him  that,  decent  grades 
notwithstanding,  his  interests  lay  outside 
medicine.  ("I'm  a  history  major,  Dad,  not  a 
doctor!")  He  strayed  even  farther  into  the 
humanities  when  he  met  a  female  classmate 
on  the  East- West  bus  and  accompanied  her  to 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


an  audition  for  The  Real  Inspector  Hound. 
Attempting  to  impress  her,  he  told  a  joke  in  a 
British  accent  and  landed  a  part. 

The  accidental  actor  soon  made  theater  an 
intentional  enterprise.  In  his  senior  year, 
Echevarria  enrolled  in  an  improvisation  class 
taught  by  the  drama  program's  Jeff  Storer  that 
required  students  to  write  and  perform  a  play 
from  start  to  finish.  Three  of  the  play's  sketch- 
es flowed  from  Echevarria's  pen;  the  feedback 
was  exhilarating.  "I  was  so  much  more  excit- 
ed about  getting  a  response  from  the  audi- 
ence over  something  I'd  written  than  some- 
thing I'd  acted, "  he  says.  After  graduation,  he 
moved  to  New  York  City  with  plans  to  write 
or  direct.  He  settled  in  Brooklyn  and  took  a 
table -waiting  job  on  the  Upper  East  Side  —  a 
forty-five -minute  train  ride — but  it  kept  him 
afloat. 

Storer  introduced  Echevarria  to  Marshall 
Mason  of  the  Circle  Repertory  Company,  for 
whom  Echevarria  began  to  act  and  serve  as 
an  assistant  director.  Meanwhile,  he  teamed 
up  with  his  girlfriend  at  the  time,  Kristin 
McCloy  '84,  to  write  another  full-length  play, 
a  black  comedy  about  —  ahem  —  nuclear 
war.  The  seven-person  cast  took  the  play  to 
the  1986  Edinburgh  Theater  Festival,  where 
they  advertised  by  wearing  radiation  suits  and 
walking  through  the  town  in  slow  motion. 
"We  got  twenty  or  thirty  people  every  night 
that  way, "  Echevarria  recalls,  laughing  at  his 
troupe's  looniness.  "Truth  be  told,  I  had 
ridiculous  expectations  that  it  was  going  to  be 
a  career-making  thing."  Against  a  jet  stream 
of  emotions,  the  flight  back  to  New  York,  he 
says,  felt  much  longer  than  it  was. 

The  situation  would  soon  appear  to  get  bet- 
ter. Just  a  year  after  their  nuclear  play  bombed, 
McCloy  received  a  $100,000  advance  for  her 
first  novel,  Velocity,  and  the  couple  quit  their 
day  jobs  to  write  full-time.  Though  happy  for 
McCloy,  Echevarria,  for  his  part,  entered  a 
period  of  uninspired  funk — a  fretting  that 
ended  with  the  first  episodes  of  Next  Genera- 
tion in  the  fall  1987.  The  idea  of  a  new  Star 
Trek  series  had  passed  through  Echevarria's 
imagination  before,  and  this  one  appeared  to 
need  help.  Weeks  later,  he  had  his  first  Next 
Generation  episode  on  the  page. 

Unhappy  with  it,  he  sent  a  revised  script  to 
McCloy 's  agent.  The  story — in  which  the  star- 
ship  Enterprise  encounters  a  quantum  dupli- 
cate of  itself — received  a  reading,  but  was 
ultimately  rejected.  (A  similar  story  by  a  dif- 
ferent writer  eventually  did  see  production.) 
Undaunted,  Echevarria  developed  yet  anoth- 
er idea,  an  episode  in  which  Data,  the  show's 
emotionless  android,  conspires  with  the  ship's 
computer  to  conceive  a  daughter.  Echevarria 
skipped  the  step  of  an  agent  when  he  learned 

Echevarria:  on  the  bridge  of  Paramount's  science 
fiction  phenomenon;  opposite,  station  DS9 


November-December   1998 


that  Star  Trek  considered  work  by  unestab- 
lished  writers,  a  practice  unique  in  television. 

Nearly  a  year  passed,  but  Echevarria  still 
believed  in  his  fledging  script.  Even  a  Magic 
Eight  Ball  promised  success.  "I'm  not  a  super- 
stitious person  at  all,"  smiles  Echevarria, "but 
every  time  I  asked  [the  eight  ball] ,  it  said,  'Yes, 
undoubtedly,  it's  going  to  work  out.'  Every 
time  the  phone  rang  I  thought,  'It's  them.'  " 
One  day  in  1989  it  was  them — the  executive 
producer  of  Next  Generation,  Michael  Piller, 
who  liked  the  script;  it  would  eventually 
become  "The  Offspring"  and  air  in  the  show's 
third  season. 

Echevarria  would  sell  two  episodes  a  year 
to  Next  Generation,  usually  stories  he  pitched 
himself,  with  each  episode  netting  an  impres- 
sive $18,000.  In  1992,  the  show's  producers 
asked  him  to  move  to  Los  Angeles  for  its  last 
two  seasons.  Then,  when  Deep  Space  Nine  was 
conceived,  Paramount  moved  him  over  to  the 
new  series.  Unlike  Next  Generation  and  Voy- 
ager, the  action  in  Deep  Space  Nine  would 
hinge  on  a  mostly  stationary  space  station. 
Owned  by  the  United  Federation  of  Planets, 
the  port  would  serve  as  the  gateway  to  a  near- 
by worm-hole,  which  would  allow  characters 
to  transport  across  space  at  quicker-than- 
warp  speeds.  Efforts  to  take  over  the  station 
and  control  the  travel  route  would  constitute 
constant  threats  to  the  station's  staff. 

Echevarria  says  he  knew  he  would  enjoy 


GETTING  THERE  AT 
WARP  SPEED 

BY  ERIC  LARSON 

If  a  group  calling  itself  the  PT  Collective 
sends  you  a  package,  you  call  in  the  bomb 
squad,  right?  Not  if  you're  a  writer  for  Star 
Trek.  In  that  case,  you  go  ahead  and  open  it. 
The  terrorist  group  in  this  case  was  actually 
an  America  On-Line  "Trekkie"  fan  club  that 
admired  Tom  Parris  and  B'Elanna  Torres,  two 
of  the  characters  on  Star  Trek:  Voyager. 

The  object  of  the  group's  affection,  Lisa 
Klink  '92,  had  helped  to  write  "Revulsion, "  an 
episode  in  which  the  two  characters  kissed  for 
the  first  time,  and  "Scientific  Method, "  in  which 
the  two  were  constantly  caught  necking  on 
the  spacecraft.  The  special-interest  groupies 
wanted  to  show  their  appreciation  in  seeing 
their  favorite  characters  hooked  up  on  screen. 
"They  loved  that  kissing  scene, "  says  Klink, 
somewhat  flattered  but  a  little  unsure  just 
how  to  take  her  own  admirers.  "I  thought  the 
flowers  were  very  nice,  but  just  a  little  creepy." 
From  her  secure  condominium  in  Beverly 
Hills,  Klink  is  anything  but  creeped  out.  The 
three  years  she  served  as  a  staff  writer  for  Voy- 
ager, putting  words  into  the  mouths  of  aliens, 


the  switch.  Creating  conflict  on  the  Next 
Generation's  starship  Enterprise  had  become 
difficult  because  the  ship's  security  made  it 
hard  for  the  bad  guys  to  get  on  board.  It  was 
also  tough  to  find  the  conflict  between  char- 
acters. "NG  had  iconic  characters  who  were 
larger  than  life — wonderful,  perfect  people 
who  were  nice  to  each  other,"  Echevarria 
explains.  They  all  listened  to  classical  music, 
and  conversations  often  careened  into  psy- 
cho-babble. "It's  like  everyone  was  in  therapy 
or  something.  I'd  sit  down  to  write  a  scene 
with  Geordi  and  Beverly  and  think,  what  are 
these  two  going  to  say  to  each  other?"  The 
genre  for  Deep  Space  Nine  was  entirely  differ- 
ent. "The  people  there  are  more  like  I  think 
people  really  are.  They  don't  analyze  what's 
driving  them,  they're  indirect.  You  sit  down  to 
write  a  scene  with  Bashir  and  O'Brien  and 
you've  got  ten  pages." 

After  writing  an  episode,  he  must  cast  it, 
locate  a  director,  supervise  production,  and 
make  sure  all  the  beans  are  counted.  The  high 
level  of  detail  required  surprised  even  Eche- 
varria, who  started  at  Trek  with  zero  television 
production  experience.  "They'll  ask  me, 
'We're  wondering  about  her  hair.  Do  you 
want  pig-tails  or  a  pony  tail?'  And  I'll  say,  'I 
don't  know — pony  tail,  I  guess.'  And  they'll 
say,  'Thank  you,  sir!'"  Echevarria  laughs.  It's 
not  the  kind  of  technical  expertise  he  ever 
expected  to  need. 


SCRIPT  WRITER  LISA 

KLINK,  IN  SUCH  A 

SHORT  TIME,  ALREADY 

HAS  A  HISTORY  OF 

MEMORABLE  TELEPLAYS— 

THIRTEEN  TOTAL— 

FOR  FANS  OF  VOYAGER 

AND  DEEP  SPACE  NINE. 


Echevarria  explains  that  as  much  as  he  and 
other  writers  appreciate  graduates  of  Star 
Fleet  Academy  (you've  seen  the  back-win- 
dow stickers,  haven't  you?),  diehard  Trekkies 
are  not  the  primary  viewers  Trek  writers  aim 
to  please.  In  television,  a  fan  of  a  show  is 
defined  as  someone  who  watches  40  percent 
of  a  season  but  only  20  percent  of  each 
episode.  (Television  viewers  tend  to  do  a  lot 
of  tuning  out  while  tuning  in,  such  as  talking 
on  the  phone  or  vacuuming  the  carpet.)  The 
staunchest  Trekkies  don't  even  know  what 
they  want  from  Trek,  he  says.  "What  they 
think  they  want  to  see  is  old  characters  com- 
ing on  to  the  show,  space  battles,  and  remakes 
of  original  episodes.  But  I  think  if  we  gave 
them  that  they  wouldn't  be  happy.  They'd  say 
this  isn't  moving  forward,  it's  all  about  nostal- 
gia." 

"Trials  and  Tribble-ations"  (co-written  by 
Echevarria  and  Ronald  D.  Moore)  in  DS9's 
fifth  season  was  Echevarria's  brainstorm  and 
the  year's  most  direct  tribute  to  the  original 
series,  a  "Forrest  Gumping"  of  DS9  cast  mem- 
bers into  footage  from  the  "Trouble  with 
Tribbles."  "We  got  a  huge  budget  for  that  [an 
extra  $500,000]  and  some  special- effects 
houses  did  work  for  free.  They  were  old-time 
fans  and  they  loved  the  idea  so  much." 

Echevarria's  DS9  episode  "Explorers"  (1995), 
in  which  Commander  Sisko  builds  a  space- 
ship from  an  ancient  blueprint,  won  an  award 

were  well-spent,  she  says,  not  only  because  it 
got  her  foot  in  the  door  of  Hollywood,  but 
also  helped  make  her  mark  in  a  series  that 
will  be  remembered  in  TV  history.  "Everyone  in 
the  world  knows  what  Star  Trek  is.  They  at 
least  know  Spock,"  says  Klink,  recalling  the 
Leonard  Nimoy  character  from  the  original 
series.  "The  cool  thing  about  Trek  and  sci-fi  in 
general  is  you  can  tell  allegories.  You  can  talk 
about  race  without  mentioning  whites  and 
blacks.  It  makes  it  more  universal.  Then 
it's  about  racism  all  over  the  world,  all 
through  history." 

Klink  learned  allegory — of  story  and  of 
dreams — tackling  both  English  and  psychol- 
ogy at  Duke.  If  she  "had  any  head  for  math," 
she  might  have  gone  to  graduate  school  in  her 
psych  concentration,  neuro-psychology.  In- 
stead she  headed  for  California.  A  fan  of 
James  Cameron's  Terminator  and  Alien  movies, 
Klink  originally  set  her  goal  at  directing  ac- 
tion films.  Writing  was  barely  in  the  back  of 
her  mind.  At  Duke,  she  had  taken  a  playwriting 
class  taught  by  Yussef  El  Guindi  and  "hacked 
at  a  screenplay, "  but  she  didn't  think  she  had 
the  necessary  skills,  she  says,  to  make  it  as  a 
writer  in  Hollywood. 

Six  months  after  arriving  in  Tinseltown, 
Klink  found  a  job  reading  scripts  for  director 
Kathryn  Bigelow.  Besides  providing  insight  on 


10      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


THOUSANDS  OF  FANS 

GATHER  FOR  MULTI-CITY 

STAR  TREK  CONVENTIONS 

AND  DEBATE  THE 

SHOWS'  STORY  LINES, 

CHARACTERS,  AND 

TECHNOLOGICAL 

ADVANCES  —  SOMETIMES 

CONVERSING  ENTIRELY 

IN  KLINGON. 


from  the  Space  Frontier  Foundation  and  al- 
lowed the  writer  to  shake  the  hand  of  astro- 
naut Buzz  Aldrin.  Echevarria's  other  notable 
bylines  include  NG's  "I,  Borg, "  in  which  the 
Enterprise  crew  meets  a  young  Borg  drone 
separated  from  the  mother  ship,  and  DS9's 
"Rejoined"  (also  co-written  with  Moore)  in 
which  Dax — formerly  male,  now  in  a  female 
"symbiont"  body — is  reunited  with  his  for- 
mer wife.  The  "lesbian"  kiss  received  viewer 
mail  that  was  ten-to-one  supportive.  "The  only 
time  we  get  negative  mail  is  when  we  kill 
somebody,"  says  Jill  Sherwin,  Echevarria's 
assistant.  "But  then  it's  science  fiction,  so  we 
can  always  bring  them  back." 

In  a  futuristic  universe,  issues  of  racism, 
sexism,  and  nationalism  can  be  explored  un- 
threateningly.  Star  Trek  has  proven  a  notable 
vehicle  for  social  progress  from  the  start.  The 
original  series  had  one  of  the  first  black  ac- 
tresses, Nichelle  Nichols,  to  appear  as  a  regu- 
lar character.  (Her  character,  Uhura,  also  took 
part  in  the  first  on-television,  interracial  kiss 
with  Captain  Kirk.)  Breaking  such  barriers  is 
not  always  a  straight-forward  enterprise;  for 
example,  the  issue  of  how  to  portray  Voyager's 
Janeway,  Trek's  first  female  captain.  "She's 
played  by  a  woman,  but  nothing  about  her 
command  style  differentiates  her  from  the  male 
captains  we've  seen, "  Echevarria  says.  "Is  this 
right?  Should  there  be  a  difference?  It's  a 
tough  call.  Say  yes  and  some  people  will  call 


you  sexist.  Say  no  and  some  people  will  say 
you  have  a  hopelessly  male-dominated  view 
of  the  world." 

Some  have  criticized  Star  Trek  for  being  too 
old-school  in  one  respect,  in  that  the  charac- 
ters still  relate  within  a  military  command 
structure.  Don't  democracy  and  non-violent 
problem-solving  have  dominant  spots  in 
humanity's  future?  Echevarria  maintains  the 
characters  on  his  series  use  force  only  as  a  last 
resort,  but  sometimes  drama  requires  some 
rumbling.  "Let's  face  it:  If  the  only  thing  you 
saw  on  Star  Trek  every  week  was  a  bunch  of 
explorers  meeting  nice  new  aliens  with 
unique  and  interesting  ways  of  doing  things, 
you'd  think  you  were  watching  National  Geo- 
graphic," he  says.  "Sometimes  you  need  bad 
guys.  And  if  they're  really  bad,  then  our  peo- 
ple are  as  justified  in  opposing  them  as  the 
Allies  were  in  opposing  the  Nazis." 

All  fiction  is  about  story,  even  when  it's 
laced  with  Treknobabble.  According  to  Eche- 
varria, many  DS9  writers  don't  consider  their 
series  strict  science  fiction.  "We  think  of  it  as 
a  drama  that  happens  to  be  set  in  space, "  he 
says.  "Sometimes  there's  no  science  fiction 
in  an  episode  except  for  the  fact  that  they  are 
in  space  and  some  of  them  happen  to  be 
aliens."  Episodes  range  from  romance  to  com- 
edy to  adventure  and  political  intrigue.  While 
the  philosophy  may  hook  those  who  never 
did  very  well  in  physics  class,  it  may  have 


the  development  side  of  Hollywood,  her  eigh- 
teen months  of  reading  taught  her  a  lot  about 
the  competition  she  would  find  as  a  script- 
writer. "It  was  good  to  see  the  mistakes  that 
professional  writers  were  making,  writers 
coming  from  high-level  agencies,"  she  says. 
The  quality  of  writing  was  much  lower  than 
what  she  would  have  expected,  seeding  the 
notion  that  she  had  a  chance. 

In  college,  Klink  had  been  a  fan  of  Star  Trek: 
The  Next  Generation.  Now  in  Hollywood,  she 
decided  to  attend  a  Trek  convention  that  was 
offering  a  writers'  workshop.  There  she  learned 
that  the  producers  of  the  series  read  scripts  by 
unestablished  writers.  Why  did  they  do  it?  "It's 
because  they're  nice,"  Klink  puts  it  simply. 
"Part  of  it  also  has  to  do  with  the  fact  the 
franchise  is  so  stable.  There's  so  much  of  a  fan 
following  they  wanted  to  tap  into  that." 

Her  first  spec  script  for  Next  Generation 
involved  Geordi,  the  sight-impaired  chief  en- 
gineer, who  finds  he  is  able  to  pick  up  tele- 
pathic communication  between  two  aliens 
using  his  infra-red  visor.  Counselor  Troy 
teaches  him  to  understand  their  language  and 
retrieve  information  vital  to  the  crew's  safety. 

|  "I  assumed  the  script  had  been  tossed, "  Klink 

|  says. 

|     In  the  meantime,  she  enrolled  in  a  UCLA 

5  extension  class  in  television  writing.  For  the 


November  -December 


^  m 

The  definition  of  a  butte  is  a  mountain 
that  stands  separate  and  distinct  from 
others.  I  think  that  describes  who  we  are 
pretty  well,  too.  Crested  Butte  is  a  large 
family  owned  resort  run  by  people  passionate 
about  the  spoil  and  the  area.  You  11  notice  the 
difference  as  soon  as  you  arrive.  No  interstate 
highway,  no  connived  amusements.  It's  a 
refreshing  change,  a  well-deserved  break. 
Were  a  world-class  ski  area,  as  well  as  a 
year-round  destination  resort.  I  invite  you 
to  come  experience  Crested  Butte  hospitality, 
any  time  of  the  year. 

'       0  "Ralph  Walton  HI 

1/        Senior  lice  President 

Crested  Butte  Mountain  Resort 
Class  of  19S5 

For  a  free  brochure  or  all-inclusive  package  deals, 
call  toll-free  1-877-326-1468. 

Crested  Butte 

Mountain  Resort 

■www.  crestedbutteresort.  com 

also  cost  the  show  ratings.  "Television  is  all 
about  the  same  show  every  week, "  says  Eche- 
varria.  Formulas  such  as  Murder,  She  Wrote  or 

dne  JLast  (great 
vjoMradv  <&ki  down. 

*4^                 . 

countless  sitcoms  present  a  comic  dilemma 
and  then  deliver  a  moral  at  the  end.  "I  don't 
think  people  know  what  they  are  going  to  get 
on  DS9." 

Even  the  producers  don't  know  what's  going 
to  happen  too  far  in  advance.  The  writing  for 
a  season's  episodes  starts  in  June;  filming  be- 
gins in  July.  Each  episode,  which  consists  of  a 
teaser  and  five  acts,  requires  seven  to  eight 

fltfii    ■ 

days  to  shoot.  An  hour-long  teleplay  is  ap- 
proximately fifty-six  pages,  which  translates 
to  seven  to  eight  pages  of  teleplay  a  day,  five 
days  a  week.  "It's  a  machine  that  needs  to  be 
fed  all  the  time, "  says  Echevarria,  who  gener- 
ally writes  a  script  every  four  shows.  Often,  he 
says,  it's  a  mad  dash  to  make  the  prep  date, 
about  eight  or  ten  days  before  shooting,  and 
sometimes  massive  rewriting  is  required.  "You 
can't  be  precious.  You  have  faith  that  when 
you  kill  your  babies,  you're  going  to  have 
something  that  works  even  better." 

Even  in  the  lucrative  business  of  Holly- 
wood, a  story's  possibilities  can  be  limited  by 
cash.  Each  DS9  episode  has  a  budget  of  $2 
million,  but  most  of  that  figure  consists  of 
fixed  costs:  actor  salaries,  studio  rental  fees, 
and  the  like.  About  $300,000  is  left  over  for 
guest  stars,  new  sets,  special  effects,  and 
extras.  When  he  first  began  writing  for  Trek, 

class,  she  wrote  a  teleplay  for  the  Lois  and 
Chrk  Superman  series  and  showed  it  to  sev- 
eral people,  including  a  Lois  and  Clark  pro- 
ducer, who  provided  encouraging  feedback.  "I 
thought,  'This  I  can  do!'  "  She  then  returned 
her  sights  on  Trelc,  developing  a  plot  line  for 
Deep  Space  Nine  in  which  Dax's  "symbiont"  is 
stolen.  A  week  after  mailing  the  script,  Klink 
was  shocked  to  see  the  story  on  television. 
Someone  else  had  thought  of  the  plot  long 
before  her.  "It's  a  pretty  obvious  story  for  a 
character  like  that, "  she  admits. 

All  was  not  lost.  Eight  months  after  sub- 
mitting that  first  script,  she  received  a  phone 
call.  Though  StarTrek's  executives  didn't  want 
to  buy  either  of  her  teleplays,  they  liked  her 
eye  for  story  and  wanted  her  to  pitch  ideas  to 
Deep  Space  Nine.  "I  was  stunned,"  she  says. 
For  her  pitch  meeting,  Klink  was  allotted  twen- 
ty minutes  to  present  three  ideas.  Staring  her 
down  was  the  staff  writing  team  of  Ira  Beahr, 
Robert  Wolf,  Rene  Echevarria  '84,  Ronald  D. 
Moore,  and  Michael  Piller.  She  let  fly  her  first 
pitch:  a  naive,  fairly  tenderfoot  Bashir  having 
his  mettle  tested  in  an  alien  prison  camp. 
"They  started  riffing  on  all  these  prison 
movies — Bridge  Over  the  River  Kwai,  Escape 
from  Akatraz, "  says  Klink.  "I  was  going,  'Yeah, 
that's  what  I  meant!'  "  The  team  told  her  to 
think  more  about  her  idea  and  come  back  later. 


Klink  pitched  three  more  times  in  the  next 
eighteen  months.  During  one  of  the  visits,  she 
pitched  the  Bashir-River  Kwai  idea  again  with 
Bashir  as  the  Alec  Guinness  character.  Still 
she  came  up  empty.  She  began  pitching  for 
the  Voyager  series,  with  no  results  there  either. 
"It's  frustrating,  but  it's  par  for  the  course," 
she  says.  "You  have  to  expect  to  be  rejected  a 
lot,  but  they  were  encouraging.  They  kept  in- 
viting me  back." 

In  the  spring  of  1995,  Klink  found  an  agent 
and  quit  her  job  with  Bigelow  to  concentrate 
on  writing.  She  told  her  new  plans  to  Eche- 
varria, whom  she  had  run  into  at  a  Duke- 
in-Hollywood  alumni  function.  A  couple 
weeks  later,  Echevarria  called  her  back  to  of- 
fer her  an  internship  at  the  offices  of  Deep 
Space  Nine.  Klink's  agent,  seeing  it  as  a  step 
down  from  pitching  stories,  tried  to  dissuade 
her,  but  Klink  thought  better  of  it.  "I  knew  six 
weeks  of  being  in  that  office  couldn't  possibly 
hurt  me." 

For  a  month  and  a  half,  she  served  as  a 
shadow  to  the  DS9  writers.  With  no  formal 
duties,  she  got  paid  to  attend  production 
meetings  and  watch  episodes  coalesce  on  the 
set.  When  the  internship  ended,  a  greater  glory 
was  in  store:  Star  Trek  decided  to  buy  her 
Bashir  story  and  wanted  her  to  begin  writing 
it  immediately.  Her  script  became  the  episode 


"Hippocratic  Oath,"  in  which  Bashir  and 
O'Brien  are  at  odds  over  whether  to  help 
their  captors  break  the  genetically  engineered 
drug  habit  that  keeps  them  in  line. 

Klink's  script  ended  up  in  the  hands  of  Jeri 
Taylor,  the  executive  producer  of  Voyager.  In 
July  1995,  Taylor's  assistant  called  to  offer  Klink 
a  staff  writing  job  on  the  new  series.  Her  first 
episode  was  "Resistance,"  in  which  Joel  Grey 
(an  old  hand  who  won  an  Oscar  for  Cabaret) 
plays  an  aging  rebel  fighter  helped  by  Janeway. 
Voyager's  captain.  "Innocence"  was  her  story 
of  aliens  who  aged  backwards.  In  "Sacred 
Ground, "  Klink  helped  send  a  normally  ultra- 
scientific  Janeway  on  a  spiritual  quest. 

In  all,  Klink  wrote  thirteen  scripts  for  the 
series.  In  March,  she  left  Wyager  to  pursue  a 
freelance  career.  Her  first  gig  was  "Loss,"  an 
episode  of  Hercules,  in  which  the  demigod  lit- 
erally goes  to  Hell,  that  aired  in  October. 

Klink  says  she  considers  her  Hollywood 
experience,  if  not  science  fiction,  at  least  be- 
yond the  norm.  Few  people  achieve  success 
in  "The  Business"  so  quickly.  But  she  says 
she  doesn't  think  anyone  with  a  measure  of 
talent  ever  has  to  play  Hollywood  games.  "I've 
never  been  into  the  whole  schmoozing  thing. 
I  don't  go  to  power  lunches  and  I  don't  know 
a  lot  of  executives.  If  you  have  a  script  that 
people  want,  that's  enough." 


12      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


he  says  he  was  surprised  to  find  his  dialogue 
cut  for  monetary  reasons.  In  Hollywood's  union 
environment,  having  an  actor  say,  "Yes,  sir, " 
costs  $1,500;  a  nod  requires  a  mere  $100. 

A  successful  show  is  defined  as  lasting  four 
seasons,  or  about  a  hundred  episodes.  This  fall 
is  DS9's  seventh  and  final  installment.  (The 
original  deal  with  affiliate  stations  was  for  six 
years;  all  the  actors  but  Terry  Farrell,  who 
played  Dax,  rejoined  the  show  for  an  encore.) 
Echevarria  is  almost  certain  that  a  new  Star 
Trek  series  will  emerge,  but  not  until  Voyager 
has  run  its  course.  With  more  than  one  Trek 
series  at  a  time,  "people  don't  know  what  you 
mean  when  you  say  Star  Trek.  They  ask, 
'Which  one?'  " 

While  nine  years  in  deep  space  has  rubbed 
off  on  Echevarria,  he  hasn't  left  firm  ground 
far  behind.  The  often  Utopian  outlook  of  Star 
Trek  still  appears,  to  him  at  least,  several  light- 
years  away.  "I  believe  in  a  better  future,  but  I 
do  believe  it  is  a  long  way  off  and  it  will  take 
a  lot  of  radical  change  to  get  there."  Tech- 
nology, he  says,  has  a  bad  habit  of  creating 
new  problems  even  as  it  solves  old  ones.  For 
example, "We're  going  to  have  to  confront  the 
problem  of  what  we  do  when  we're  so  effi- 
cient that  we  don't  have  the  jobs  for  everyone 
to  work."  Already  much  of  France  is  going  to 
a  four-day  work-week,  he  points  out.  Will 
someone  have  to  invent  a  way  for  people  to 
share  jobs? 

Echevarria's  own  work  schedule  certainly 
hasn't  shrunk.  In  December  1997,  he  struck  a 
deal  with  Dreamworks  to  write  Domestic  Part- 
ners, a  romantic  comedy.  While  he  is  enthusi- 
astic about  stretching  out  of  his  sci-fi  pigeon- 
hole, Echevarria  says  he's  already  anticipating 
the  drawbacks  of  Hollywood  film-making. 
"In  movies,  others  don't  feel  like  they've  done 
their  job  if  they  haven't  hired  someone  to  'im- 
prove' a  script.  For  a  writer,  it's  devastating, " 
he  says.  "It  doesn't  happen  that  way  in  televi- 
sion." 

Though  DS9  is  ending,  Echevarria's  future 
in  TV  is  not  shutting  down.  He's  signed  a 
year-long  development  contract  with  Para- 
mount that  will  allow  him  to  pitch  television- 
series  ideas  to  the  networks.  And  he's  open  to 
the  idea  of  working  on  another  Trek  series. 
Being  on  the  command  bridge  of  a  new  show 
would  be  gratifying,  he  says.  "If  your  show  is 
successful,  you're  telling  a  200-hour  story. 
That's  more  time  than  your  audience  spends 
with  your  characters  and  your  story  than  in 
any  novel  or  any  movie." 

Added  to  another  airwave  phenomenon — 
the  Principle  of  Infinite  Syndication — it's  like- 
ly Echevarria's  stories  will  be  reaching  viewers 
well  into  the  next  millennium.  And — who 
knows? — maybe  into  the  next  galaxy.  ■ 

Larson  '93  is  a  freelance  writer  and  assistant  to 
Reynolds  Price. 


1999 

DUKE 


four-color,   17"  x  12"  wall  calendar 

Yes,  I  would  like  to  order Calendar(s)  at  $  1 2  each  = 

NC  residents  add  6%  sales  tax  = 

Shipping/Handling  Charges  (Continental  USA)  =  5.00 

Total  Enclosed  = 

Make  check  payable  to  Duke  University  Mail  Order  or  charge: 

□  Visa  O  Mastercard  O  AMEX  □  Discover 


Account  # 

Expiration  Date 

Name  (Please  print) 
Ship  To: 

Name  (Please  print) 

Address 

City                                                           State 

Mail  form  to  Duke  University  Stores/Mail  Order 

or  call  1-800-842-3853,  8:30  a.m.  to  5:00  p.m.  Monday  - 
Internet:  www.shopdukestores.duke.edu 

Box  90850, 
Friday  EDT, 

Zip 

Durham,  NC  27708-0850 
or  FAX  919-681-8352. 

November -December  1998 


SURGICAL 
ART  AND 
ARTIFICE 


RECONSTRUCTIONS  AND  RESTORATIONS 

BY  DENNIS  MEREDITH 


While  Duke  plastic  surgeons  work  in  the  operating  room  to  reshape  skin,  fat, 

muscle,  and  bone  to  correct  defects,  their  scientist  colleagues  experiment 
in  the  laboratory  to  speed  wound  healing  and  engineer  living  tissue  transfers. 


B 


efore  he  begins  the  operation,  the  plastic 
surgeon  surveys  the  gleaming  surgical 
steel  instruments  arrayed  neatly  on 
the  tray  beside  the  operating  table.  He  scru- 
tinizes the  razor-sharp  scalpels,  the  clamps, 
the  needles,  and  the  scissors.  He  inspects  the 
sturdy  spirit-lifter,  the  gracefully  curved  confi- 
dence-builder, and  the  finely  honed  self- 
image -shaper. 

Of  course,  the  last  three  instruments  are 
fanciful,  but  they  might  as  well  be  real,  given 
the  outcome  of  plastic  surgeons'  labors.  These 
physicians,  with  their  meticulous  reconstruc- 
tions and  restorations,  are  indeed  surgeons  of 
the  spirit  as  well  as  the  flesh — erasing  the 
cleft  lip  of  a  child,  repairing  the  face  of  the 
man  disfigured  in  an  auto  accident,  or  return- 
ing a  buoyant  expression  to  the  middle-aged 
woman  whose  face  merciless  gravity  has 
tugged  into  a  haggard  mask. 

Such  skillful  handiwork  most  visibly  dra- 
matizes the  fact  that  surgery — and,  indeed, 
all  of  medicine — is  both  high  art  and  com- 
plex science.  While  Duke  Medical  Center's 
plastic  surgeons  work  in  the  operating  room 
to  reshape  skin,  fat,  muscle,  and  bone  to  cor- 
rect defects,  their  scientist  colleagues  experi- 
ment in  the  laboratory  to  speed  wound  heal- 


ing and  engineer  living  tissue  to  improve  arti- 
ficial arteries  and  other  implants.  Such  re- 
search has  ambitious  clinical  aims,  says  L. 
Scott  Levin  77,  chief  of  the  medical  center's 
division  of  plastic,  reconstructive,  and  max- 
illofacial surgery.  "Within  our  lifetimes,  we 
could  likely  see  the  construction  of  whole  ar- 
tificial body  parts, "  he  says.  "We  will  be  able 
to  build  a  framework  of  bone,  cartilage,  mus- 
cle, and  skin,  and  make  a  nose,  an  ear,  a 
breast,  or  a  hand." 

Clearly,  enormous  scientific  problems 
remain,  cautions  Levin,  before  the  Six-Mil- 
lion-Dollar Man  is  more  than  science  fiction. 
Scientists  still  need  decades  of  research  to 
learn  how  to  cause  blood  vessels  and  func- 
tioning nerves  to  sprout  within  engineered 
body  parts.  And,  like  surgeons  who  transplant 
hearts,  kidneys,  and  other  organs,  they  must 
learn  to  overcome  fully  the  body's  immunity- 
system  rejection  of  foreign  tissue. 

Levin  and  his  colleagues  are  already  up  to 
the  intricate  surgical  demands  of  installing 
tissue-engineered  hands  or  other  organs.  The 
plastic  surgeons,  often  working  in  multidisci- 
plinary  surgical  teams,  have  long  perfected 
the  delicate  microsurgical  techniques  for  rou- 
tinely reattaching  limbs,  and  transplanting 


living  tissue  from  one  part  of  a  patient's  body 
to  another.  They  frequently  transplant  toes  to 
give  hand-trauma  patients  a  new  thumb  or 
finger.  They  also  routinely  restore  the  surface 
of  severely  wounded  limbs  by  moving  flaps  of 
muscle  and  skin  from  other  parts  of  the  body. 
While  such  reconstructive  surgery  represents 
the  Duke  surgeons'  major  clinical  effort,  they 
are  best  known  for  their  aesthetic  surgery, 
blending  artistic  sense  and  surgical  skill  to 
create  new  images  for  their  patients. 

Working  at  Duke's  new  Center  for  Aes- 
thetic Services,  Levin  and  his  colleagues  per- 
form facelifts,  eyelid  surgery,  skin  resurfacing 
and  rejuvenation,  brow  and  forehead  lifts, 
nose  surgery,  chin  augmentation,  ear  sur- 
geries, liposuction,  and  breast  enhancements. 
The  demand  for  such  surgeries  is  booming, 
says  Gregory  Georgiade  M.D.  74,  a  trauma 
surgeon  who  specializes  in  breast  restorations. 
"As  our  Baby  Boomers  start  to  age,  they're 
probably  far  more  body  conscious  and  health 
conscious  than  the  generation  before  them. 
They  practice  good  health  habits  like  not 
smoking  and  keeping  their  weight  down,  and 
they  have  new  attitudes  about  aesthetic  sur- 
gical procedures." 

National  statistics  reflect  the  soaring  popu- 


14      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


Hers:  Time  and  gravity  can  drag  the  skin  down 
to  produce  a  scowling  visage.  Plastic  surgeon 
Gregory  Ruff  restored  a  naturally  pleasant  expres- 
sion to  this  young  woman  by  using  a  face  and  neck 
lift,  along  with  a  "mask"  lift  of  facial  skin. 


His:  To  Ruff,  reshaping  a  face  can  be  a  fine,  subtle 
art,  as  shown  by  his  work  with  this  young  man. 
By  slightly  altering  the  shape  of  the  nose,  removing 
fat  from  the  neck,  and  adding  an  implant  to  the 
chin,  he  achieved  a  more  balanced  look. 


larity  of  cosmetic  surgery.  According  to  the 
American  Society  of  Plastic  and  Reconstruc- 
tive Surgeons  (http://www.plasticsurgery.org/), 
between  1992  and  1997  alone,  liposuction 
procedures  increased  215  percent,  eyelid  sur- 
gery 86  percent,  facelifts  52  percent,  and 
breast  augmentation  275  percent.  In  1997 
alone,  patients  in  this  country  underwent 
more  than  half  a  million  cosmetic  procedures. 

Ironically,  plastic  surgeons  must  involve 
themselves  as  much  with  the  inside  of  a 
patient's  head  as  the  outside.  Listening  to  the 
patients  is  paramount,  says  plastic  surgeon 
Gregory  Ruff,  who  works  at  the  Aesthetics 
Center.  "You  can  have  ears  like  Dumbo,  but 
when  you  first  come  in,  I'm  not  going  to  say, 
'Oh,  are  you  here  for  your  ears?'  I  want  to 
hear  from  you.  I  don't  want  to  be  the  person 
writing  your  list  of  problems  for  you.  I  want  to 
know  what  you're  not  happy  with." 

Georgiade  warns  that  some  surgeons  tend 
to  ignore  patients'  wishes,  because  they  see  their 
patients  as  walking  advertisements.  "A  pa- 
tient might  realistically  be  a  good  candidate 
for  a  number  of  procedures  and  the  surgeon 
might  feel  that,  if  his  name  will  be  associated 
with  that  patient's  results,  he  wants  to  have 
the  best  possible  outcome.  We  have  to  make 
sure  our  perceptions  take  a  back  seat  to  what 
the  patient  wants."  On  the  other  hand,  says 
Georgiade,  other  patients  may  be  so  unrealistic 
in  their  expectations  that  the  surgeon  must 
sometimes  just  say  no. 

"The  physician  needs  to  be  comfortable  that 
he  can  get  in  the  range  of  the  result  the  pa- 
tient wants, "  Georgiade  says.  "If  he  can't  get 
there,  or  if  the  patient  will  only  accept  the  top 


North  Americans  tend  to  like  larger  pro- 
jecting breasts,  he  says,  while  South  Ameri- 
cans prefer  smaller  breasts,  and  Europeans 
most  admire  flatter,  broader  breasts.  Iron- 
ically, many  women  in  this  country  who  seek 
larger  breasts  would  be  considered  ideal  in 
South  America.  He  theorizes  that  American 
women  prefer  a  larger  post-surgery  breast  size 
because  breast  augmentation  is  more  preva- 
lent here,  and  women  want  more  evident 
results.  American  women  are  also  highly 
averse  to  scarring,  while  South  Americans  are 
more  interested  in  the  shape  and  form  of  the 
breasts  than  the  scars,  says  Georgiade.  As  ex- 
acting as  his  patients  are  in  their  require- 
ments, he  says,  the  best  plastic  surgeons  are 
even  greater  perfectionists.  "Ideally,  the  sur- 
geon's going  to  be  more  critical  of  the  result 
than  the  patient  is — always  looking  for  ways 
to  make  it  better.  In  my  operations,  there  are 
certain  things  I  might  not  like  about  the  out- 
come that  just  don't  bother  the  patient." 

The  surgeon's  continuing  search  for  such 
perfection  can  be  particularly  frustrating  be- 
cause his  artistic  medium — flesh — can  be 
such  an  unpredictable  one.  Gregory  Ruff  says 
surgeons  must  constantly  judge  how  best 


ONE-STOP  SELF-IMPROVEMENT 


SSBfek  own  a  pleasant 

road  through 
m^r  the  thick  forest, 
the  new  Duke  Center 
for  Aesthetic  Services 
seems  a  tranquil  place 
apart  from  the  rest  of 
the  medical  center's 
high-velocity  pace,  and 
it's  supposed  to.  Accor- 
ding to  director  Gregory 
Georgiade  M.D.  '74, 
the  center  was  launched 
in  1997  as  a  "lifestyle" 
clinic  where  patients 
could  more  comfort- 
ably undergo  plastic 


surgery,  hair  restora- 


tion, skin  rejuvenation, 
blemish  removal,  and 
other  enhancement 
procedures. 

"We  realized  that,  as 
people  live  longer  and 
healthier  lives,  they 
would  seek  these  med- 
ical procedures  that 
made  them  look  as 
good  as  they  feel,"  says 
Georgiade.  "And  we 
knew  they  would  want 
a  clinic  where  they 
could  see  the  same  aca- 
demic specialists  who 
work  in  Duke  Hospital, 
but  in  a  m 
personalized  atmo- 


sphere. When  we 
looked  for  an  off-cam- 
pus location  for  our 
center,  we  also  realized 
that  such  a  center 
would  fit  well  with  the 
existing  Center  for 
Living  and  the  Diet  and 
Fitness  Center,  so  that's 
where  we  setded." 

Although  Georgiade 
and  Duke  Medical 
Center  surgery  depart- 
ment chair  Robert 
W  Anderson  B.S.C.E. 
'59  conceived  of  the 
aesthetics  center,  it 
emphasizes  a  muludis- 
ciplinary  approach 


ogists,  ophthalmolo- 
gists, surgeons,  and 
even  an  "aesthetician," 
who  shows  patients 
how  to  achieve  more 
flattering  makeup 
techniques  to  comple- 


surgery.   since  we 
have  a  complete 
facility  and  an  all- 
encompassing  group 
of  practitioners,  we 
can  make  the  treat- 
ment fit  I 
says  Georgiade. 


5  percent  of  outcomes  for  an  operation  to  be 
satisfied,  the  surgeon  probably  shouldn't  oper- 
ate. For  example,  I  sometimes  see  women  who 
want  me  to  give  them  the  breasts  they  had  when 
they  were  twenty,  and  without  any  scars.  They 
may  have  significant  droop,  atrophy,  stretch 
marks,  and  thinning  skin,  but  expect  those  to 
be  corrected.  If  I  don't  think  I  can  get  within 
the  ballpark  of  what  they  expect,  I  shouldn't 
operate."  Like  his  colleagues,  Georgiade  also 
must  work  within  our  culture's  sometimes  very 
different  accepted  norms  for  physical  attrac- 
tiveness. "When  I  go  to  international  con- 
ferences, I  see  results  of  breast  surgeries  from 
other  countries;  if  I  got  the  same  result  here, 
the  patient  would  probably  shoot  me." 


to  redrape  skin  in  performing  facelifts.  "Skin 
will  stretch  in  all  directions,  and  you  have 
to  make  that  extension  even,  or  the  skin  will 
give  unevenly."  Also,  skin  adjusts  to  stretching 
over  time,  as  fluid  shifts  within  the  skin's  sup- 
porting collagen  fibers  and  the  slippery  fat 
beneath.  In  his  many  facelift  operations,  he 
has  perfected  the  art  of  redraping  with 
exquisite  care,  sometimes  removing  only  small 
amounts  of  skin  to  achieve  the  ideal  tighten- 
ing. Working  with  fat  is  another  artistic  chal- 
lenge entirely,  says  Ruff,  who  uses  fat  to  fill 
in  facial  creases  or  enlarge  lips.  "Fat  that's 
been  minced  up  and  injected,  probably  three- 
fourths  of  it  melts  away  on  the  average. 
Therefore,  you've  got  a  lot  of  potential  differ- 


16      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


ence  between  individuals,  making  a  fat  graft 
one  of  the  trickiest  things  of  all  because  so  lit- 
tle of  it  is  retained." 

Rhinoplasties — popularly  known  as  nose 
jobs — present  their  own  set  of  surgical  chal- 
lenges, he  says.  "You've  got  the  cartilage,  which 
is  deformable,  and  the  nasal  bones,  which  are 
very  thin  and  delicate.  And,  you've  got  to 
work  through  an  incision  in  one  nostril  where 
you're  working  with  your  head  bent  and  a 
headlight  on."  Unlike  many  plastic  surgeons, 
who  work  only  in  skin,  Ruff  is  "good  to  the 
bone."  His  orthopedic  surgical  background 
allows  him  to  sculpt  a  patient's  underlying 
facial  bones,  reshaping  cheekbones,  for  exam- 
ple. "Bone  is  a  nice  predictable  substance  in 
most  circumstances.  Whereas  skin  is  always 
going  to  heal  with  scar  tissue,  bone  will  usual- 
ly heal  completely." 

Ruff  emphasizes  that  achieving  perfection 
in  plastic  surgery  often  means  making  succes- 
sive approximations  toward  an  end,  given  the 
subtlety  of  the  desired  affect  and  the  com- 
plexity of  the  medium.  "In  the  general  surgery 
training  I  had,  when  you  removed  a  gall  blad- 
der, it  didn't  grow  back,  and  you  were  done. 
But  plastic  surgery  is  something  like  golfing. 
You  may  not  be  able  to  predict  exactly  how  a 
patient  will  heal  the  first  time,  you  may  hit  a 
drive  on  the  first  operation,  then  a  chip  shot, 
and  finally  putt  a  couple  of  times  before  you 
get  it  just  right,  and  both  you  and  the  patient 
are  happy." 

Facelifts  are  a  good  example,  he  says.  "The 
underlying  shape  of  the  patient's  face  and  the 
individual  properties  of  the  skin  really  deter- 
mine how  you  shape  the  skin  and  pull  the 
various  muscles  and  connective  tissue."  Thus, 
Ruff  tells  his  patients  that  the  results  of  their 
cosmetic  surgery  will  be  like  receiving  a  birth- 
day present.  "The  present  you  may  get  may 
not  be  one  that  you've  exactly  specified,  or 
you  might  as  well  have  gone  out  and  bought 
it  yourself.  But  we're  going  to  give  you  some- 
thing nice,  that  you  wanted,  as  close  as  we 
possibly  can." 

Duke  Medical  Center  plastic  surgeons  all 
predict  that  future  scientific  and  technologi- 
cal developments  will  profoundly  benefit  their 
clinical  art.  According  to  Georgiade,  future 
breast  reconstruction  will  be  made  using  im- 
plants that  are  sturdier,  and  possess  a  bio- 
degradable filler  that  more  closely  resembles 
the  texture  of  natural  breast  tissue.  For  face- 
lifts, Ruff  foresees  the  possibility  of  porcupine- 
quill-like  struts  that  can  be  inserted  into 
facial  and  other  tissues  to  support  them  and 
prevent  the  sagging  of  aging. 

In  his  three  years  as  chair  of  plastic 
surgery,  Scott  Levin  has  built  clinical  and 
basic  laboratory  research  into  a  key  ele- 
ment in  the  division's  mission.  He  says  the 
research  involves  not  only  faculty  but  also 


surgical  residents,  who  constitute  the  future 
generation  of  clinician-researchers.  He  cred- 
its former  surgery  department  chairman 
David  Sabiston  as  a  leading  early  champion 
of  this  philosophy.  "Dr.  Sabiston  always  em- 


known  as  "band-aid  surgery" — to  plastic  sur- 
gery. Surgeons  using  endoscopic  methods  per- 
form surgery  by  remote  control  by  inserting 
video-carrying  cables  and  instruments  through 
a  small  slit  into  the  body.  Used  primarily  in 


phasized  the  importance  to  medicine  of  the 
scholar-clinician-scientist  combination,  as 
has  chief  of  experimental  surgery  Dani  Bo- 
lognesi." 

A  serious  problem  in  plastic  surgery,  says 
Levin,  is  that  many  new  techniques  spread 
out  into  surgical  practice — along  with  great 
ballyhoo  about  their  value — before  scientists 
can  do  careful  studies  of  their  true  effective- 
ness, especially  scientists  at  university  medical 
centers.  "Such  new  technologies  as  laser 
skin  resurfacing  and  the  use  of  ultrasound  to 
liquefy  and  remove  fat  spark  a  tremendous 
wave  of  over-enthusiasm.  Everybody  wants 
to  jump  on  the  bandwagon,  advertising  the 
new  technique  to  patients  as  the  greatest 
thing  since  sliced  bread.  After  this  enthusi- 
asm falls  off,  people  begin  to  look  at  whether 
the  technique  is  really  practical  and  cost-ben- 
eficial." 

Duke's  plastic  surgeons  have  done  careful 
laboratory  studies  of  ultrasound-assisted  lipo- 
suction to  separate  hype  from  truth  about  its 
usefulness  and  inform  surgeons  about  when 
to  use  the  technique.  Ruff  cites  the  use  of  car- 
bon dioxide  lasers  to  resurface  skin  as  another 
overhyped  technique.  Although  introduced 
with  great  fanfare,  the  laser  devices  proved  to 
cause  more  skin  damage  and  required  a  longer 
healing  time  than  the  chemical  peels  that 
Ruff  prefers  for  skin  resurfacing. 

In  their  clinical  studies,  Levin  and  his  col- 
leagues have  made  the  pathway  between  clinic 
and  laboratory  a  two-way  street.  In  award- 
winning  research,  for  example,  they  have  ap- 
plied   endoscopic    techniques — popularly 


abdominal  surgery,  the  techniques  have  be- 
come enormously  popular  because  they  con- 
siderably reduce  the  time,  scarring,  bleeding, 
and  pain  of  surgery — and  allow  faster  heal- 
ing. In  their  endoscopic  approach  to  plastic 
surgery,  Levin  and  his  colleagues  first  insert  a 
balloon  expander  through  a  slit  that  reaches 
between  naturally  occurring  tissue  layers.  The 
surgeons  inflate  the  balloon  to  separate  the 
layers  bloodlessly,  opening  space  for  surgical 
work  or  an  implant.  They  first  experimented 
with  the  new  technique  using  cadavers  in  the 
division's  Human  Tissues  Laboratory. 

Once  the  technique  was  perfected,  working 
in  the  Duke  University/US.  Surgical  Corpor- 
ation Endosurgical  Center,  they  began  applying 
it  to  patients,  in  muscle  flap  transfers,  tissue 
expansion  and  harvest  for  reconstruction, 
breast  augmentation,  and  face  and  neck  lifts. 
They  have  also  returned  to  the  laboratory  to 
use  animal  models  to  refine  it  further  for  clin- 
ical practice. 

In  their  basic  studies,  scientists  in  the  divi- 
sion explore  the  complex  biology  of  wound- 
healing,  biochemically  "eavesdropping"  on 
the  healing  wound  itself.  The  snooping  tech- 
nique developed  by  researcher  Spencer 
Brown — sponsored  by  the  Plastic  Surgery 
Educational  Foundation — carries  the  im- 
pressive moniker  "immuno-afnnity  capillary 
electrophoresis."  The  analytical  method  al- 
lows the  researchers  to  make  infinitesimally 
fine  measurements  of  the  chemicals  in  the 
fluid  that  bathes  the  cells  rebuilding  the 
wounded  tissue.  With  their  method,  they 
can  measure   levels  of  key  wound-healing 


November  -December 


For  a  Healthier 
Mind  and  Body. 

As  you  plan  your  next  trip,  treat  yourself  to  a  healthy 
experience  with  all  the  amenities  of  a  medical  spa. 

The  Duke  Diet  and  Fitness  Center  with  its  two  campuses 
has  programs  in  weight  management,  cardiac  disease  and 
diabetes.  These  programs  offer: 

•  Lifestyle  Education    •  Amenities  such  as  massage,  yoga, 

•  Medical  Education       personal  training  and  tai  chi 
All  available  from  one  of  the  most  respected  medical 

institutions  in  the  world. 

Duke  Diet  and  Fitness  Center 

A  SERVICE  OF  DUKE  UNIVERSITY  HEALTH  SYSTEM 


Q 

DELTA 


w 


Duke  Leadership 
training  Associate 


A. 


1)  It's  tailor-made  leadership  and 
management  training. 

2)  One-day  workshops,  customized 
training,  coaching,  team-building 
retreats,  seminars. 

3)  CEOs,  CFOs,  deans,  directors, 
managers. 

4)  Local,  national  and  international. 
Just  this  year  we  worked  with 
the  National  Hispanic  Program, 
US  Postal  Service,  National 
Computer  Systems  of  Singapore, 
Boys  &  Girls  Clubs  of  America... 

5)  Duke  Continuing  Education  and 
Summer  Session. 

6)  We'd  love  to.  Call  919-684-6259 
to  request  a  catalog  of  workshops, 
or  visit  us  at  www.learnmore. 
duke.edu/DEL1A/ 


chemicals  called  cytokines  from  as  few  as 
two  cells.  "Other  researchers  have  tried  to 
study  wound-healing  by  taking  overall  blood 
samples,  but  those  aren't  detailed  enough  to 
tell  you  what's  happening  right  at  the  wound 
site,"  says  Brown.  Their  pilot  studies  have 
revealed  ten  to  twenty  times  higher  cytokine 
levels  than  in  the  bloodstream,  telling  them 
that  they  are  zeroing  in  on  the  very  heart  of 
the  healing  process. 

Says  Levin,  "A  detailed  molecular  under- 
standing of  the  wound  environment  will 
prove  extremely  valuable  clinically.  Medicine 
still  does  not  understand  such  details  of  heal- 
ing wounds.  Even  though  we  know  about 
chemical  growth  factors  that  trigger  wound- 
healing,  we  still  have  not  been  able  to  clini- 
cally deliver  them  to  heal."  Surgeons  treat 
major  wounds  and  non-healing  pressure  sores 
by  importing  skin  and  muscle  to  cover  the 
wound,  which  somehow  helps  mobilize 
wound-healing  cells  to  do  their  job.  However, 
says  Brown,  "We  don't  know  what  the  triggers 
are  and  the  molecular  mechanisms  behind  all 
this.  And  most  important,  we  are  desperately 
lacking  information  about  what  building 
blocks  are  missing  in  those  wounds  that  are 
abnormal  and  don't  heal." 

The  scientists'  eavesdropping  on  the  heal- 
ing may  also  help  them  catch  another  culprit 
in  the  act:  bacteria.  "Many  patients  with 
wounds  can  have  a  smoldering  infection  that 
doesn't  even  show  up  in  tests,"  says  Brown. 
"They  might  be  released  from  the  hospital 
and  months  later  come  in  with  a  raging  infec- 
tion that  causes  them  to  lose  a  limb,  or  worse. 
Our  studies  could  result  in  a  clinical  test  that 
allows  a  surgeon  to  sample  wound  fluid  and 
detect  biomarkers  of  bacterial  infection  to  give 
a  warning  long  before  it  becomes  a  problem." 

The  enormous  clinical  potential  of  such 
new  research  has  led  Levin  and  dermatologist 
Claude  "Skip"  Burton  M.D.  79  to  propose  a 
wound  center  at  Duke  that  will  include  a 
team  of  dermatologists,  plastic  surgeons,  vas- 
cular surgeons,  orthopedists,  and  other 
experts.  Funded  by  Johnson  &.  Johnson  and 
other  sources,  the  center  will  aim  to  move 
basic  research  advances  in  wound  healing 
quickly  into  clinical  practice  to  help  patients. 

The  plastic  surgery  division's  other  major 
line  of  basic  research,  called  "tissue 
engineering,"  aims  to  speed  the  time 
when  surgeons  can  help  their  patients  by 
transplanting  body  parts — including  skin 
flaps,  ears,  breasts,  and  even  hands — grown 
in  a  tissue  bank.  Maybe  such  a  possibility 
seems  like  science  fiction  today,  says  Levin, 
but  at  one  time  so  did  now-routine  surgical 
achievements.  "Just  twenty  years  ago,  people 
would  have  been  amazed  that  we  could 
take  a  piece  of  vascularized  fibula  from  the 
leg  and  make  a  jaw, "  says  Levin.  "But  we  do 


18      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


such  surgeries  routinely  now." 

When  implants  of  engineered  organs 
become  possible,  they  will  no  doubt  be  done 
at  Duke,  says  Levin,  for  the  medical  center  is 
already  among  the  country's  leaders  in 
"microvascular  surgery."  That  involves  com- 
pletely removing  living  tissue  from  a  patient 
and  meticulously  implanting  it  elsewhere  on 
the  body  for  reconstruction.  Under  Bruce 
Klitzman  B.S.E.  74,  director  ot  the  plastic  sur- 
gery research  laboratories,  the  division's  sci- 
entists are  exploring  basic  questions  that  will 
aid  progress  toward  cultured  body  parts.  The 
scientists  are  especially  interested  in  the  de- 
tails of  how  body  tissue  grows  blood  vessels  — 
a  process  called  angiogenesis.  "We  can  al- 
ready grow  two-dimensional  sheets  of  tissue, 
where  diffusion  can  supply  nutrients  and  oxy- 
gen, "  says  Klitzman.  "But  creating  large  blocks 
of  tissue  means  that  we  also  have  to  grow  a 
blood  supply." 

In  one  set  of  experiments,  the  researchers 
are  testing  drugs  and  other  techniques  to  per- 
suade the  body  to  grow  a  blood  supply  into 
the  fibrous  tissue  that  the  body  surrounds 
surgical  implants  with  in  order  to  "protect" 
itself.  Such  fibrous  tissue  currently  fouls  all 


A  GIFT  TO  THE  LIVING 


uman  Tissue 
Laboratory 
manager  Clint 
Lieweke  calls  up  on 
the  computer  screen  a 
simplified  outline  of  a 
human  body,  with  most 
of  the  parts  colored  red 
and  labeled  with  a 
name  and  date.  Each 
label,  he  explains,  signi- 
fies a  potential  medical 
advance,  as  Duke 
Medical  Center  sur- 
geons use  the  laborato- 
ry's fresh  cadavers  to 
advance  their  skill  and 
their  science.  "The  lab 
is  set  up  just  like  a 
fully-equipped  operat- 
ing room  with  the 
ability  to  do  complete 
surgical  techniques," 
says  Lieweke. 

A  red-labeled  chest 
on  the  diagram  marks 
where  a  cardiac  surgeon 


will  test  a  new,  less 

ipproach  to 
the  chest  for 
heart  surgery  that  does 
not  involve  completely 
cutting  the  sternum.  A 
red-labeled  knee  marks 
where  another  surgeon 
will  compare  the 
strength  of  a  replace- 
ment knee  ligament 
with  the  original. 
Another  label  marks 
where  a  cardiac  sur- 
geon plans  to  test  a  new 
cardiac  bypass  method 
of  attaching  a  vein  to 
the  heart.  All  the  surgi- 
cal disciplines  — includ- 
ing neurosurgery,  plas- 
tic surgery,  orthopedic, 
thoracic,  and  cardiac — 
have  used  the  laborato- 
ry, for  a  total  of  900 
procedures  in  the  past 
year,  says  Lieweke. 
Even  medical  equip- 


WITHIN  OUR  LIFETIMES, 

WE  COULD  LIKELY  SEE 

THE  CONSTRUCTION  OF 

WHOLE  ARTIFICIAL  BODY 

PARTS.  WE  WILL  BE  ABLE 

TO  BUILD  A  FRAMEWORK 

OF  BONE,  CARTILAGE, 

MUSCLE,  AND  SKIN,  AND 

MAKE  A  NOSE,  AN  EAR,  A 

BREAST,  OR  A  HAND." 

— L.  SCOTT  LEVIN 


ment  companies  use 
the  laboratory  to  per- 
fect new  devices  be- 
fore introducing  them 
into  clinical  practice. 

The  laboratory  is 
funded  by  the  depart- 
ments of  surgery  and 
anatomy,  and  by  the 
office  of  Ralph  Snyder- 
man,  chancellor  for 
health  affairs.  The  re- 
source is  a  rarity  among 
medical  centers,  says 
L.  Scott  Levin  '77,  who 
conceived  a  facility 
that  "goes  way  beyond 
the  medical  student 
anatomy  lab."  He  says, 
"This  is  a  laboratory 
for  surgeons  and  physi- 
cians to  develop  new 
surgical  techniques 
and  practice  operations 
to  reduce  time  spent  in 
the  operating  room, 
which  is  good  for  both 


the  hospital  and  the 
patient." 

Unlike  those  in  med- 
ical school  anatomy 
classes,  the  cadavers 
are  fresh  and  not  em- 
balmed, meaning  they 
represent  more  ac- 
curately the  living  body 
for  surgical  purposes, 
says  Levin.  The  labora- 
tory allows  people  who 
have  donated  their 
bodies  to  science  under 
Duke's  Anatomical  Gift 
Program  to  give  one 
last,  important  gift  to 
their  fellow  humans, 
he  says.  "Out  of  this 
research  with  fresh 
cadavers,  we  can  redis- 
cover anatomy  that 
leads  to  new  proce- 
dures, which  is  some- 
thing that  had  been 
lost  in  surgical  evolu- 
tion for  a  long  time." 


implanted  devices,  such  as  the  glucose  sen- 
sors used  in  implantable  insulin  pumps  for 
diabetics. 

Another  major  tissue-engineering  problem 
is  producing  the  smaller  artificial  blood  ves- 
sels necessary  for  finer  reconstructive  surgery 
and  advanced  transplants.  Artificial  vessels 
smaller  than  about  one-quarter  inch  in  diam- 
eter clog  quickly  with  blood  clots.  The  lack  of 
smaller  artificial  vessel  substitutes  forces  car- 
diac surgeons  to  use  a  patient's  leg  vein  in 
coronary  bypass  surgery.  Surgeons  also  need 
artificial  vessels  even  smaller  than  coronary 
arteries  to  do  many  kinds  of  transplants  and 


reconstructions,  including  those  that  bridge 
damaged  sections  of  natural  blood  vessels. 

To  solve  the  clotting  problem  in  artificial 
vessels,  Klitzman  and  his  colleagues  are 
developing  techniques  to  coat  the  inside  of 
artificial  vessels  with  the  patient's  own 
cells — called  endothelial  cells.  The  trick, 
says  Klitzman,  is  to  keep  such  cells  "happy." 
"The  endothelial  cell  is  very  dynamic,  and  if 
you  'anger'  it  as  occurs  during  inflammation, 
it  can  cause  clotting  and  other  bad  things 
that  stop  blood  flow."  Klitzman  has  found  that 
simply  gluing  the  cells  to  the  inside  of  a  blood 
vessel  absolutely  enrages  them  chemically.  He 


and  his  co-workers  are  pinpointing  the  chem- 
ical changes  in  the  inflamed  cells  that  could 
lead  to  treatments  that  will  prevent  the  cells 
from  triggering  clotting. 

Among  the  challenges  is  attaching  the  cells 
to  the  inside  of  artificial  vessels  so  that  they 
will  hold  fast,  yet  grow  and  attach  to  one 
another  to  make  a  protective  coating.  Bio- 
medical engineers  Monte  Reichert  and 
George  Truskey  are  working  with  Klitzman  to 
perfect  a  superior  biological  glue,  called 
biotin-avidin.  "It's  almost  like  tacking  the 
cells  in  one  spot  to  hold  them  firmly  in  place, 
yet  allowing  them  to  spread  and  attach  to  one 
another  normally, "  Klitzman  says. 

Once  he  and  other  scientists  perfect  such 
natural  cell  adhesives,  they  hope  to  develop 
techniques  to  cover  implants  with  such  cells, 
to  fool  the  body  into  accepting  them  more 
readily.  Eventually,  surgeons  might  first  har- 
vest a  cell  sample  from  a  patient  to  "seed"  the 
surface  of  such  implants  as  heart-assist  pumps, 
catheters,  pacemakers,  and  artificial  joints. 
After  the  cells  have  covered  the  implant,  it 
will  be  essentially  disguised  from  the  immune 
system,  which  would  ignore  it,  rather  than 
attacking  and  causing  potentially  dangerous 
inflammation  and  rejection. 

In  all  their  clinical  practice  and  basic  re- 
search, the  Duke  plastic  surgeons  have  found 
that  living  flesh  is  a  wondrously  complex  and 
mysterious  tissue.  But  they  believe  their  ad- 
vances mean  that  the  next  century  will  see 
incredible  progress  in  both  the  art  and  the  sci- 
ence of  repairing  and  reshaping  bodies. 


November -December  1998 


The  Duke  Alumni  Association 
is  pleased  to  sponsor: 


DUKE 

pROJSJET 


A  career  service  for  people 
not  looking  for  a  job...  and  those  who  are. 


Don't  miss  the  opportunity  of  a  lifetime  because  a  Venture  Capital 

company  doesn't  know  you  are  there. 

Dllke  ProJSI  et  S  clients  include  the  best-known  corporate  names 
from  venture  capital  firms  seeking  senior  management  for  start-ups  to 
Fortune  500  companies  searching  for  experienced  professionals. 
Companies  of  all  types  and  sizes  are  always  looking  for  top  talent.  They 
look  to  us  to  find  the  highest  quality  people  for  their  most  exciting 
positions. 


Content  as  you  may  be  with  your  current  position,  there  are 
opportunities  out  there  that  might  entice  you  to  make  a  change.  And,  if 
you're  actively  looking  for  a  new  position,  ProNet  can  help  you,  too. 

Registering  with  ProNet  assures  that  a  profile  of  your  experience  and 
abilities  is  available  to  employers  seeking  to  fill  positions  you  wouldn't 
hear  about  otherwise. 


Start-ups 


Management 


HOW  does  Duke  ProNet  UW'k ?  Engineering 

ProNet 's  clients  request  searches  for  the  individuals  they  need.  These 

requests  are  cross-matched  against  the  profiles  of  participating  alumni. 

If  your  background  and  interests  match,  you'll  be  notified  and  you  can  Pharmaceuticals 

decide  whether  to  proceed  or  not.  Complete  confidentiality  of  your 

personal  information  is  maintained.  You  are  in  control. 


Learn  more. 

Visit  us  at  www.dukepronet.com.  You  can  do  everything  on  our  secure, 
password  protected  Duke  ProNet  website. 


Chemicals 


Manufacturing 


DUKE 


HOMECOMING: 
A  CLASS  ACT 


Students,  past  and  present,  gathered  on 
campus  in  September  for  football,  soc- 
cer, volleyball,  concerts,  barbecues,  and 
rounds  of  parties  to  celebrate  Homecoming 
and  fifth-  and  tenth-year  class  reunions.  One 
of  the  highlights  was  a  semi-formal  dance 
under  a  marquee  tent  on  the  Main  Quad  for 
students  and  alumni.  The  evening  was  cap- 
ped by  a  fireworks  display  over  Duke  Chapel. 

On  Friday,  there  was  a  choice  of  the  Adidas 
Women's  Soccer  Classic  (Duke  vs.  Baylor)  or 
women's  volleyball  (Duke  vs.  Maryland).  Con- 
currently, young  alumni  gathered  for  the  main 
event,  a  free  Homecoming  party  in  the  CI/ 
Great  Hall,  with  approximately  1,200  in  atten- 
dance. The  Homecoming  Concert,  sponsored 
by  the  Duke  Alumni  Association  and  the  ath- 
letics department,  featured  The  Connells  on 
Few  Quad. 

On  Saturday,  the  Class  of  1988  organized  a 
children's  breakfast  at  Indian  Trial  Park;  the 
annual  Duke  Alumni  Association  Pregame 
Barbecue,  with  nearly  500  attending,  was  held 
on  the  Blue  Devil  Tailgate  Terrace  at  Wallace 
Wade  Stadium,  followed  by  the  Duke-Vir- 


ginia football  game  (which  Duke  lost).  In 
Saturday's  postgame  festivities,  the  Class  of 
1988  held  its  reunion  gala  in  the  East  Campus 
Union,  with  a  social  hour,  a  buffet  dinner,  and 
music  provided  by  a  DJ;  there  was  even  a 
children's  room  with  toys  and  Disney  movies. 
Nearly  350  attended. 

The  Class  of  1993  held  a  Cameron  Crazy 
Party  within  the  basketball  palace  itself. 
Sports  highlights  played  on  a  big  screen  while 
nearly  250  alumni  visited.  Concurrently,  one 
of  Homecoming's  most  popular  events,  the 
Step  Show,  featured  two  hours  of  coordinated 
talent.  The  Duke  University  Alumni  Black 
Connection  and  the  Black  Student  Alliance 
were  sponsors.  At  10:30,  nearly  300  alumni 
joined  students  under  the  festival  tent  for  the 
semi-formal  dance. 


CURTAIN 
CALL 


Alumni  and  friends  of  Duke  gathered 
for  pre-theater  galas  surrounding  the 
Atlanta  stage  premiere  of  Elaborate 
Lives:  The  Legend  of  Aida  in  October,  and  a 
performance  in  Chicago  of  the  Broadway  hit 


Ragtime  in  December.  Duke  Galas  include  a 
pre-theater  dinner  reception  and  tickets  to 
the  show;  a  majority  of  the  price  of  gala  tick- 
ets is  tax-deductible,  with  the  net  proceeds 
benefiting  the  Duke  Arts  Performance  Endow- 
ment Fund  and  the  Duke  Drama  program. 

Elaborate  Lives,  a  collaborative  effort  by  El- 
ton John  and  Tim  Rice,  was  presented  at  the 
Alliance  Theatre,  preceded  by  a  reception  in 
Center  Space  at  the  Woodruff  Arts  Center. 
This  new  collaboration  by  John  and  Rice, 
both  winners  of  Oscar  and  Tony  awards  for 
The  Lion  King,  is  based  on  the  legend  in 
Verdi's  opera  Aida,  the  story  of  an  Egyptian 
princess  and  her  Ethiopian  slave  girl  who 
both  love  the  same  soldier.  Elaborate  Lives  is 
the  first  Disney  production  developed  direct- 
ly for  the  stage,  and  the  largest  production 
ever  to  originate  on  a  regional  theater  stage. 

Aside  from  Duke  Galas,  a  number  of  club 
events  attract  alumni  by  offering  a  block  of 
tickets  to  local  and  touring  productions.  In 
October,  the  Duke  Club  of  Washington  ar- 
ranged a  pre-performance  reception  and  tick- 
ets to  Bring  in  Da  Noise,  Bring  in  Da  Funk, 
playing  at  the  National  Theatre.  In  New  York, 
the  Duke  University  Metropolitan  Alumni 
Association  (DUMAA)  sponsored  an  event 
around  a  performance  of  the  opera  Hansel 


SITE 
SIGHTINGS 

DUKE  ALUMNI  ASSOCIATION 


DUKE  MAGAZINE  WEB  EDITION 

www.dukemagazine. 

duke.edu 

DUKE  SPORTS 
www.goDuke.com 

DUKE  MERCHANDISE 

www.shopdukestores. 

duke.edu 


ALUMNI  E-MAIL  DIRECTORY 

The  Duke  Alumni  Association's  search- 
able online  e-mail  directory  is  up  and 
running.  Now  you  can  find  your  Duke 
friends  on  the  World  Wide  Web.  Just 
access  the  DAA  website  (www.alumni. 
duke.edu),  where  you  can  look  up  the 
e-mail  addresses  of  your  classmates. 
And  don't  forget  to  register  yourself  in 
the  directory  by  e-mailing  your  name 
and  class  year  to  AlumEmail@duke.edu. 
THIS  IS  A  FREE  SERVICE. 

LIFETIME  E-MAIL  ADDRESS 

Another  free  service  we're  offering  is 
your  own  permanent  Duke  e-mail 
address,  one  you  can  keep  for  the  rest  of 
your  life.  Select  your  own  alias,  as  long 
as  it  is  a  form  of  your  name  (for  example, 
jane.doe(2'alumni.duke.  edu).  Just  e-mail 
your  name,  class  year,  and  alias  request 
to  AlumEmail(S  duke.edu.  Your  alias 
will  be  verified  with  an  e-mail  message. 
This  forwarding  service  does  not  replace 
your  existing  Internet  Service  Provider 
(ISP),  and  you'll  need  to  update  us 
whenever  you  change  ISPs. 


and  Gretel  at  Lincoln  Center.  And  the  Duke 
Club  of  the  Triangle  arranged  an  event  for  a 
concert  by  Marvin  Hamlisch  at  Duke  in  Page 
Auditorium  in  October  and  another  event  in 
December  for  a  performance  of  Handel's 
Messiah  in  Duke  Chapel.  Two  other  popular 
holiday  events,  performances  of  The  Nut- 
cracker, were  planned  by  DUMAA  in  New 
York  at  Lincoln  Center  and  the  Duke  Club  of 
Washington  at  the  Kennedy  Center. 

If  you're  going  to  be  in  the  New  York  area 
for  business  and  would  like  to  make  a  Duke 
connection,  contact  the  DUMAA  Hotline  at 
(212)  439-7280.  For  visitors,  or  residents,  in  the 
D.C.  area,  contact  the  Duke  Club  of  Wash- 
ington Hotline  at  (703)  684-DUKE,  or  the 
website:  www.dcw.org. 

More  road  show  theatrical  events  are  in  the 
works  for  1999.  The  Duke  Club  of  the  Tri- 
angle has  a  block  of  tickets  and  has  planned  a 
pre -performance  reception  for  the  musicals 
Miss  Saigon  on  March  23  and  Rent  on  April  27, 
both  at  Raleigh's  Memorial  Auditorium.  In 
July,  the  Duke  Club  of  Nashville  has  planned 
a  similar  evening  on  July  23  for  a  production 
of  Showboat. 

For  a  complete  listing  of  club  events  in  your 
area,  and  the  people  you  can  contact  about 
them,  go  to  the  Duke  Alumni  Association's  web- 
site: www.alumni.duke.edu. 


PRESIDENTIAL 
ROAD  TRIPS 


President  Nannerl  O.  Keohane,  who 
journeyed  to  England  and  Asia  earlier 
this  year  to  speak  to  alumni  abroad,  is 
continuing  her  conversations,  but  closer  to 
home.  This  fall,  Keohane  spoke  to  alumni — 
between  150  and  200 — at  club  events  in 
North  Carolina,  California,  and  Virginia. 

In  October,  the  Duke  Club  of  Asheville, 
North  Carolina,  held  an  evening  reception  for 
the  president  in  the  Sammons  Wing  of  the 
Heritage  Ballroom  at  the  historic  Grove  Park 
Inn.  Tom  Sanders  '52,  Alice  Weldon  '69,  and 
Phil  Winchester  '60  are  the  club's  tri-presi- 
dents.  Later,  Michael  A.  Casey  '87,  president 
of  the  Duke  Club  of  Northern  California,  wel- 
comed Duke's  president  to  San  Francisco  at 
an  evening  reception  at  the  Hyatt  Regency 
Embarcadero. 

The  Duke  Club  of  Charlotte,  North  Caro- 
lina, was  host  to  the  president  in  early  No- 
vember; she  spoke  at  an  evening  reception  at 
the  Mint  Museum  of  Art.  C.  Russell  Bryan '83 
is  the  club's  president. 

In  mid-November,  another  history-rich  ho- 
tel, the  Jefferson  Hotel,  was  the  gathering  place 
for  an  alumni  reception  hosted  by  the  Duke 
Club  of  Richmond  in  Virginia.  Judith  Reagan 
Craggs  B.S.N.  '71  is  the  club's  president. 


1998-99  MEN'S 
BASKETBALL  SCHEDULE 


Dec.  2 

at  Michigan  State 

9:30  (ESPN) 

Dec.  5 

N.C.  STATE 

7:00  (ESPN) 

Dec.  9 

FLORIDA 

7:30  (ESPN) 

Dec.  12 

MICHIGAN 

9:00  (espn2) 

Dec.  20 

N.C.  A&T 

1:00 

Dec.  22 

at  Kentucky 

9:00  (ESPN) 

Dec.  30 

UNC-GREENSBORO 

7:30  (FSS/HTS) 

Jan.  3 

at  Maryland 

1:30(RJ/espn2) 

Jan.  6 

GEORGIA  TECH 

9:00  (ESPN) 

Jan.  10 

VIRGINIA 

4:00  (RJ) 

Jan.  13 

at  Wake  Forest 

7:00  (ESPN) 

Jan.  16 

FLORIDA  STATE 

1:00  (ESPN) 

Jan.  20 

at  Clemson 

9:00  (ESPN) 

Jan.  24 

at  St.  John's 

12:00  (CBS) 

Jan.  27 

NORTH  CAROLINA 

9:00  (ESPN) 

Jan.  30 

at  N.C.  State 

4:00  (RJ/espn2) 

Feb.  3 

MARYLAND 

9:00  (ESPN) 

Feb.  6 

at  Georgia  Tech 

1:00(RJ/espn2) 

Feb.  11 

at  Virginia 

8:00  (RJ) 

Feb.  13 

WAKE  FOREST 

1 :30  (ABC) 

Feb.  17 

at  Florida  State 

7:00  (ESPN) 

Feb.  20 

CLEMSON 

1:00(RJ/espn2) 

Feb.  24 

at  DePaul 

9:00  (ESPN) 

Feb.  27 

at  North  Carolina 

8:00  (RJ/espn2) 

March  4-9  ACC  TOURNAMENT,  Charlotte,  N.C. 

All  times  are  Eastern  Standard  and  subject  to 
change.  Check  local  listings  on  game  day. 
RJ=Raycom/JP  Sports;  HTS=Home  Team  Sports; 
FSS=Fox  SportSouth;  RSN=Regional  Sports 
Network. 

1998-99  WOMEN'S 
BASKETBALL  SCHEDULE 

Dec.  2  FLORIDA  STATE  7:00 

HONDA  ELITE  FOUR  CLASSIC,  Orlando,  Fla. 


Dec.  6 

TENNESSEE 

3:30  (ESPN) 

Dec.  12 

TEMPLE 

2:00 

Dec.  19 

UNC-ASHEVILLE 

7:00 

Dec.  28 

at  UCLA 

10:00 

Jan.  2 

at  Maryland 

2:00 

Jan.  4 

VIRGINIA 

7:00 

Jan.  7 

GEORGIA  TECH 

7:00 

Jan.  1 1 

at  Wake  Forest 

7:00 

Jan.  14 

CLEMSON 

7:00 

Jan.  17 

at  N.C.  State 

1 :00  (espn2) 

Jan.  22 

at  North  Carolina 

7:00 

Jan.  25 

at  Florida  State 

7:00  (RSN) 

Feb.  1 

MARYLAND 

7:00  (RSN) 

Feb.  4 

at  Virginia 

7:30 

Feb.  7 

at  Georgia  Tech 

2:00 

Feb. 11 

WAKE  FOREST 

7:00 

Feb.  14 

at  Clemson 

12:30  (RSN) 

Feb.  18 

N.C.  STATE 

7:00 

Feb.  21 

NORTH  CAROLINA 

12:30  (RSN) 

Feb.  26-March  1    ACC  TOURNAMENT,  Charlotte,  t\ 

22      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


CLASS 
NOTES 


WRITE:  Class  Notes  Editor,  Duke  Magazine,  614 
Chapel  Dr.,  Durham,  N.C.  27708-0570 
FAX:  (919)  681-1659  (typed  only,  please) 
E-MAIL:  dukemag(5  duke.edu 
Include  your  full  i 
year  when  you  e 
CHANGE  OF  ADDRESS:  Alumni  Records, 
614  Chapel  Dr.  Annex,  Durham,  N.C.  27708-0613. 
Please  include  mailing  lahel.  Or  e-mail  address 
changes  to:  bluedevild  duke.edu 
NOTICE:  Because  of  the  volume  of  class 
note  material  we  receive  and  the  long 
lead  time  required  for  typesetting, 
design,  and  printing,  your  submission 
may  not  appear  for  two  to  three  issues. 
Alumni  are  urged  to  include  spouses' 
names  in  marriage  and  birth  announce- 
ments. We  do  not  record  engagements. 


30s,  40s  &  50s 


Farley  Sheldon  J.D.  '37  is  director  of  development 
for  the  Rocky  Mountain  Institute.  She  lives  in 

Sin  •«  mass,  Colo. 


C.  Shivers  A.M.  '43,  Ph.D.  '47  was  awarded 
the  Olney  Modal  Mr  achievement  in  textile  chemistry 
by  the  American  Association  of  Textile  Chemists  and 
Colorists.  While  working  for  DuPont  Co.  from  1946- 
1980,  he  helped  develop  the  basic  structural  concepts 
that  led  to  the  discovery  of  Lycra.  He  lives  in  Venice,  Fla. 


'45  received  the  Margueritte  Mills  Volun 
teer  of  the  Month  award  for  her  community  work  in 
Severn,  Md.  She  has  served  as  the  Severn  Town  Club 
president  and  publicity  chair,  raised  funds  for  the 
Women's  Auxiliary  of  the  Baltimore  Engineer's  Club, 
and  was  chair  for  the  Severna  Park  United  Methodist 
Women's  Church  Circle's  annual  peach  festival. 

Chester  Paul  Middlesworth  '49,  a  retired 
newspaper  executive,  was  appointed  to  the  Mitchell 
Community  College's  board  of  trustees.  He  lives  in 
Statesville,  N.C. 


I  T.  Butler  R.N.  '50  is  the  : 
director  of  nursing  at  a  local  hospital  in  Florence,  Ala. 
She  and  her  husband,  William  G.  Butler  M.D.  '53, 
live  in  Florence  and  have  four  grandchildren. 

Paul  R.  Leitner  '50  is  a  senior  partner  in  the 
Chattanooga.Tenn.,  law  firm  Leitner,  Williams,  Dooley 
&  Napolitan.  He  and  his  wife,  Jeanette,  live  in 
Lookout  Mountain,  Tenn. 


i  D.  Grove  B.S.E.  '51  received  Mount  Union 
College's  McKinley  Fellow  Award,  which  honors  non- 
alumni  who  are  significantly  involved  with  the  college. 
He  is  president  and  owner  of  Grove  Appliance,  and 
has  been  a  Mount  Union  trustee  since  1993.  He  and 
his  wife,  Carol,  live  in  Alliance,  Ohio. 


I  G.  Butler  M.D.  '53  retired  after  39  years 
at  the  Florence  Clinic  in  Florence,  Ala.  He  and  his 
wife,  Winifred  T.  Butler  R.N.  '50,  live  in  Florence 
and  have  four  grandchildren. 


i  F.  Glenn  M.D.  '53,  professor  of  surgery  at 
the  University  of  Kentucky,  was  awarded  an  honorary 
doctor  of  science  degree  by  the  university.  He  lives  in 
Winchester,  Ky. 


'53  gave  the  commencement 
speech  at  the  UNC  Law  School  in  May.  He  was 


named  Floyd  Countian  of  the  Year  by  the  Floyd 
County  Chamber  of  Commerce  for  his  efforts  in 
establishing  the  East  Kentucky  Center  for  Science, 
Mathematics,  and  Technology.  The  center's  new  facility 
will  include  a  planetarium  and  a  simulated  coal  mine. 
He  and  his  wife,  Jean,  live  in  Prestonburg,  Ky. 

Bill  Huntley  '55,  Ph.D.  '64,  chair  of  the  department 
of  religious  studies  at  the  University  of  Redlands  in 
Redlands,  Calif,  received  an  award  "for  service  from 
both  the  heart  and  the  head,  for  always  being  present 
to  provide  a  faculty  role  model  to  students  and 
colleagues  alike,  and  tor  homing  and  serving  as  an 
ambassador  for  the  university  at  home  and  abroad." 
He  has  been  at  Redlands  for  24  years  and  has  taken  10 
groups  of  students  to  Asia  and  two  groups  to  Europe. 

E.  Lisk  Wyckoff  Jr.  '55  is  a  partner  in  the  New 
York  City  law  firm  Kramer,  Levin,  Naftalis  &.  Frankel. 
He  is  president  of  Homeland  Foundation,  Inc.,  which 
operates  Wethersfield  House,  Gardens,  Stables,  and  Farm; 
conducts  educational,  religious,  and  charitable  seminars 
and  programs;  and  makes  grants  to  other  charitable 
organizations.  He  and  his  wife,  Elizabeth,  and  their 
three  children  live  in  Essex,  Conn.,  and  New  York  City. 

Tom  Wooten  B.S.E.  '57,  Ph.D  '64  retired  as 
president  of  Research  Triangle  Institute,  where  he 
has  been  president  since  1989.  He  lives  in  Raleigh. 


'61,  M.A.T  '62  was  inau- 
gurated as  president  of  the  University  of  Gainesville. 
She  and  her  husband,  John,  live  in  Gainesville,  Ga., 
and  have  two  children  and  a  grandchild. 

Hugh  Gravitt  II  M.A.T.  '62  is  teaching  chemistry 
for  Piedmont  Community  College  in  Roxboro,  N.C. 


'62  wrote  an  essay,  "The  Tutelary 
State:  'Censorship, '  'Silencing, '  and  the  'Practices  of 
Cultural  Regulation,'  "  which  will  appear  in  the  book 
Censorship  ami  Silencing:  Practices  of  Cultural  Regulation, 
published  by  the  Getty  Research  Institute  for  the  His- 
tory of  Art  and  the  Humanities.  He  is  a  law  professor 
at  the  University  of  Texas  at  Austin. 

Scott  H.  Hendrix  '63  was  appointed  the  James 
Hastings  Nichols  Professor  of  Reformation  History  and 
Doctrine  at  Princeton  Theological  Seminary.  He  lives 
in  Blue  Bell,  Pa. 


Brill  '65  was  named  the  Vincent  Foster 
Professor  of  Legal  Ethics  and  Professional  Responsibility 
at  the  University  of  Arkansas.  He  is  the  university's 
representative  to  the  NCAA  and  the  Southeastern 
Conference.  He  and  his  wife,  Katherine,  have  three 
children  and  live  in  Fayetteville,  Ark. 

David  Burke  '65,  president  of  Boston  Steel  & 
Manufacturing  Co.,  was  honored  when  the  Maiden, 
Mass.,  Chamber  of  Commerce  named  the  company 
Business  of  the  Year.  It  is  the  oldest  tank  truck  manu- 
facturing company  in  the  United  States. 

Mason  Clark  B.S.E.  '65  retired  after  30  years  at 
Duke  Power  Co.  He  is  now  the  manager-electrical  for 
Duke  Engineering  and  Services  in  Fort  Worth,  Texas. 

Noel  J.  Kinnamon  '65  co-edited  The  Collected 
Works  of  Mary  Sidney  Herbert,  Countess  of  Pembroke 
(Oxford  Press,  1998),  the  first  edition  of  the  Oxford 
English  Texts  series  to  be  devoted  to  a  woman  writer. 
He  was  on  leave  from  Mars  Hill  College  this  fall  to 


3te  IBuke 

tn  pour 

totll? 


Traditionally,  bequests  have  been 

a  significant  source  of  Duke's 

financial  support.  Your  bequest  to 

Duke  will  help  to  ensure  Duke's 

continued  strength  and 

academic  excellence. 

High  federal  estate  tax  rates 

significantly  lower  the  cost  of 

making  a  bequest  to  Duke. 

Join  more  than  1 ,500  other  Duke 
alumni  and  friends  as  a  member 
of  the  Heritage  Society,  an  honor- 
ary circle  of  University  alumni  and 
friends  who  have  planned  an 
estate  gift  to  Duke. 


Please  contact: 

Michael  Sholtz,  J.D.,  Director 

Office  of  Planned  Giving 

2127  Campus  Drive 

Durham,  N.C.  27708 

(919)  681-0464 
(919)  684-2123 


November-December   1998         23 


continue  assisting  the  ongoing  revision  of  the  Oxford 
English  Dictionary  by  verifying  more  than  4,000  quota- 
tions from  Spencer's  The  Faerie  Queen. 

Norman  L.  Owsley  M.S.  '65,  Ph.D.  '68  won  the 

Robert  Dexter  Conrad  Award,  the  Navy's  highest 
honor  for  scientific  achievement.  The  award  recognizes 
his  pioneering  research  in  the  development  of  submarine 
sonar  arrays  and  bioscience  technology.  He  is  a  senior 
research  electronics  engineer  in  the  Advanced  Sonar 
Technology  branch  of  the  Naval  Undersea  Warfare 
Center  Division,  Newport.  He  and  his  wife,  Judith,  live 
in  Gales  Ferry,  Conn. 

Paul  B.  Pritchard  III  '65  is  a  professor  of  neurology 
at  the  Medical  Center  of  South  Carolina.  He  and  his 
wife,  Becky,  live  in  Charleston,  S.C. 

Jack  L.  Gosnell  '66  left  the  U.S.  Foreign  Service 
after  28  years,  including  more  than  eight  consecutive 
years  each  in  China  and  Russia.  He  joined  the  Ameri- 
can-international pharmaceutical  company  ICN  as  vice 
president  and  general  manager  for  Asia,  Africa,  and 
Australia.  He  and  his  family  live  in  Falls  Church,  Va., 
although  he  writes  that  he  fears  that  his  actual  address 
for  the  next  several  years  will  be  "a  suitcase,  somewhere 
in  Asia."  His  Internet  address  is  gosnell@erols.com. 

Lewis  B.  Campbell  B.S.H.  '68  is  the  new  chief 
executive  officer  of  Textron,  Inc.  He  is  also  a  director 
of  Citizens  Financial  Group  and  is  a  member  of  the 
board  of  visitors  for  Duke's  Fuqua  School  of  Business. 
He  lives  in  Providence,  R.I. 

Jasper  L.  Cummings  Jr.  '68  is  a  partner  in  the 
Atlanta  law  firm  Alston  6k  Bird's  Research  Triangle 
office  in  Raleigh.  He  is  an  adjunct  professor  of  tax  law 
at  Duke  Law  School. 

Gary  L.  May  '68,  who  earned  his  Ph.D.  in  human 
resource  development  at  Georgia  State  University,  is 
senior  vice  president  and  chief  learning  officer  with 
Millbrook  Distribution  Services.  He  and  his  wife,  Regina, 
have  two  grown  children  and  live  near  Atlanta. 

MARRIAGES:  Charles  M.  Webster '67  to  Melissa 
E.  Kirkland  on  May  22.  Residence:  Pensacola,  Fla. 


John  A.  Diffey  70  is  president  of  The  Kendal  Corp., 
a  not-for-profit  organization  "committed  to  meeting 
the  needs  of  older  people  through  communities  and 
services  provided  in  accordance  with  the  principles  of 
the  Religious  Society  of  Friends."  He  lives  in  West 
Chester,  Pa. 

Robert  Miller  70,  who  spent  the  1996-97  academic 
year  as  a  visiting  professor  at  the  National  University 
of  Malaysia,  is  back  as  senior  lecturer  in  sociology  at 
the  Queen's  University  of  Belfast,  Northern  Ireland. 
He  was  elected  general  secretary  of  the  European 
Sociological  Association. 


1  R.  Smith  70  formed  a  new  law  firm  in 
Chicago,  Engelberg  &  Smith,  which  specializes  in 
corporate  and  commercial  law  and  litigation,  family 
law,  federal  and  state  taxation,  and  estate  planning. 

Douglas  S.  Brierly  71.  a  partner  in  the  Morris- 
town,  N.J.,  law  firm  Schenck,  Price,  Smith  &  King,  was 
awarded  the  N.J.  Commission  on  Professionalism's 
1998  Professional  Lawyer  of  the  Year  Award.  He  and 
his  wife,  Eve  Costopoulos,  and  their  two  children  live 
in  Morristown. 

J.  Rod  Paschall  A.M.  71,  a  retired  Army  colonel, 
is  editor  of  MHQ:  The  Quarterly  journal  of  Military 
History.  He  is  the  author  of  several  books  and  mono- 
graphs, including  Defeat  of  Imperial  Germany,  1917-1918 
and  Witness  to  War:  Korea.  He  lives  in  Carlisle,  Pa. 


RETRACING  HER  ROOTS 


Clarissa  Thomas- 
son  '64  grew  up 
hearing  the  sto- 
ries about  her  great- 
great-grandmother: 
Widowed  during  the 
Civil  War,  Sarah  Stroud 
was  a  strong  woman 
who  raised  seven 
daughters,  outwitted 
General  Sherman's 
troops,  and  saved  her 
family's  historic  hotel 
in  Hillsborough, 
North  Carolina.  Now, 
Thomasson  has  chroni- 
cled the  family  tale 
for  the  public  interest 
in  her  book  Defending 
Hillsborough. 

She  spent  six  months 
writing  the  novel — and 
another  five  years  veri- 
fying dates  and  other 
facts.  She  researched  in 


and  even  on  the  Inter- 
net to  find  the  docu- 
mentation that  would 
historically  ground  her 
family's  story.  But 
details  about  women's 
lives  during  that  time 
period  were  elusive. 

"You  don't  find 
much  about  women 
because  papers  and 
businesses  were  in  the 
man's  name,"  Thomas- 
son  says,  noting  that 
even  birth  certificates 
listed  fathers'  names, 
but  not  mothers'. 
"You're  basically  dig- 
ging and  hoping  some- 
thing will  pop  up." 

t  did  have 


points  to  her  research, 
whether  through  the 
family  history  her  great 
aunt  had  already  writ- 
ten, or  through  the 
family  folklore  that  she 
grew  up  learning  first- 
hand. "While  I  was  at 
Duke,  I  spent  every 
holiday  with  [my  great 
aunt],"  she  says.  "We 
always  stopped  at  the 
inn  on  the  way  back 
and  ate  dinner  there." 
The  Orange  Hotel— 
the  inn  that  Sarah 
Stroud  ran  during  and 
for  three  years  after 


the  Civil  War— is  still 
standing  in  Hills- 
borough, and  is  one  of 
the  ten  oldest  inns  in 
the  country.  During 
the  war,  Stroud  kept 
the  hotel  running, 
despite  the  vast  short- 
ages of  food,  supplies, 
and  help. 

"They  ran  out  of 
coffee,  they  couldn't 
get  much  meat," 
Thomasson  explains, 
saying  she  was  sur- 
prised by  the  degree  of 
deprivation  they 
encountered.  "Water 


■namaama 


was  from  a  well  across 
the  street,  and  they 
couldn't  get  sugar  or 
butter — or  any  of  the 
goods  they'd  been 
importing,  because  the 
Union  forces  had  put 
up  blockades." 

Thomasson  has 
already  written  a 
sequel,  Reconstructing 
Hillsborough,  although 
she  says  it  will  not  be 
released  anytime  soon. 
For  now,  she  is  focus- 
ing on  the  original, 
which  is  already  into  a 
second  printing.  "They 
went  like  hotcakes  in 
North  Carolina,"  she 
says.  "I  sold  forty-five 
copies  in  three  hours." 

Of  her  four  other 
books  that  have  not 
yet  been  printed,  two 
of  them  are  historical 
fiction,  the  genre 
Thomasson  says  she 
prefers.  "It's  like  a 
cryptogram.  You  have 
to  fit  the  dates  with 
events,  and  build  the 
story  around  them." 

The  Civil  War 
period,  she  says,  is  the 
era  she  finds  most 
appealing,  and  one  that 
is  just  now  beginning 
to  get  popular  literary 
"It's  not 


we're  not  angry  about 
what  happened,"  she 
says.  "We  can  look 
back  with  nostalgia, 
not  the  hurt  that  peo- 
ple had  for  so  long." 

— Jaime  Levy  '01 


Clarence  M.  Templeton  III  71  was  promoted  to 
senior  chief  petty  officer  in  the  U.S.  Navy.  He  lives  in 
Columbia,  Md. 

Allen  R.  Dyer  M.D.  72,  Ph.D.  '80,  a  professor  of 
psychiatry  and  behavioral  sciences  at  East  Tennessee 
State  University,  received  a  distinguished  teaching 
award  from  the  college.  He  and  his  wife,  Susan,  live  in 
Gray,  Tenn. 

Paul  C.  Porter  72  was  promoted  to  president 
and  chief  executive  officer  of  Automation,  Inc.  He  and 
his  wife,  Cheryl,  and  their  two  children  live  in  Jack- 
sonville, Fla. 

S.  Ward  Green  J.D.  73,  president  of  the  law  firm 
Greene  &  Markley  ,  was  elected  president  of  the 
Multnomah  Bar  Association.  He  lives  in  Portland,  Ore. 

John  A.  Thorner  73  is  executive  director  of  the 
Optical  Society  of  America,  a  nonprofit  association 
dedicated  to  advancing  the  fields  of  optics  and  pho- 
tonics. He  lives  in  Pittsburgh. 

G.  Cofer  74  was  appointed  by  Gov.  Lawton 


Chiles  as  county  court  judge  for  Duval  County,  Fla. 
He  and  his  wife,  Emily,  and  their  daughters  live  in 
Jacksonville. 

Jon  Manger  74  is  a  senior  economist  with  the 
Bank  of  Nova  Scotia,  Canada's  fourth-largest  bank. 
He  analyzes  the  U.S.  economy  and  various  industry 
issues.  He  lives  in  Toronto,  Ontario. 


Utgoff  Braswell  75  has  taken  a  leave  of 
absence  from  her  job  as  an  assistant  U.S.  attorney  in 
Washington,  DC,  to  take  her  two  children  on  a  cross- 
country camping  trip. 

Diane  Browder  75  is  the  Lake  and  Edward  J. 
Snyder  Jr.  Distinguished  Professor  of  Special  Education 
at  UNC-Charlotte. 


R.  Dover  B.S.C.E.  75,  M.S.C.E.  77  is 
vice  president  and  regional  manager  of  engineering 
firm  Fugro  West  Inc.'s  Oakland,  Calif,  office.  He  lives 
in  Oakland. 

J.  Ken  Greer  B.S.E.  75  is  practicing  intellectual 
property  law  in  Tennessee.  His  practice  in  patent  law 


24      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


comes  after  a  16-year  career  as  an  environmental 
engineer  in  five  states.  He  and  his  family  live  in  Oak 
Ridge,  Tenn. 


J.  "Duke"  Hanson  75  is  a  vice  president 
for  Lockheed  Martin  IMS's  marketing  and  business 
development  staff"  in  the  company's  Washington,  D.C., 
office.  He  focuses  on  intelligent  transportation  system 
applications  for  state  and  local  governments.  He  and 
his  wife,  Whajin  Ro,  live  in  Wheaton,  Md. 

Cindy  Ward  Welti  75  writes  that  she  dropped  out 
of  corporate  life  last  year,  after  17  years  with  Hewlett- 
Packard,  "to  pursue  a  variety  of  interests."  She  and  her 
husband,  Bruce,  and  their  three  children  live  in  the 
Seattle  area. 

Laura  Peterson  Butler  76  practices  estate 
planning  and  probate  law  at  Wetheringti  >n,  Mechionna, 


Terry,  Day  &  Ammar.  She  also  helps  her  husband, 
Manley,  run  Butler  Parachute  Systems,  Inc.  They  and 
their  two  children  live  in  Roanoke.Va. 

J.  Robert  Nations  Jr.  76,  M.Div.  '80  earned  his 
doctor  of  ministry  degree,  with  concentration  in 
marriage  and  family,  from  Eastern  Theological 
Seminary  in  Philadelphia.  He  is  the  minister  of 
counseling  and  conL'rcLMtional  care  tor  Centenary 
United  Methodist  Church  in  Winston-Salem. 


Blair  J.  Packard  M.S.  76  received  the  Lucy  Blair 
Service  Award  from  the  American  Physical  Therapy 
Association.  The  award  honors  APTA  members  who 
have  made  exceptional  contributions  to  the  associa- 
tion through  district,  chapter,  committee,  section,  task 
force,  or  national  activities.  He  and  his  wife,  Cindy, 
live  in  Gilbert,  Ariz. 


Cyndie  Childress  77  was  elected  treasurer  of  the 
N.C.  Automobile  Dealers  Association.  She  is  a 
franchised  dealer  at  Ben  Mynatt  Pontiac  Buick  GMC 
Truck,  and  has  won  the  Buick  Best-in-Class  Dealer 
and  the  Pontiac  Master  Dealer  for  three  consecutive 
years.  She  lives  in  Concord,  N.C. 

Margaret  Spratt  A.M.  77  was  honored  by 
California  University  of  Pennsylvania's  Faculty 
Professional  Development  Center  for  her  research. 
She  lives  in  Pittsburgh. 

David  K.  Wessner  M.H.A.  77  is  the  president 
and  chief  executive  officer  ot  HealthSystem  Minnesota. 
He  and  his  wife,  Patti,  and  their  three  children  live  in 
Shorewood,  Minn. 

Gary  Burchill  B.S.E.  78,  who  retired  from  the 
Navy  after  20  years  as  a  supply  corps  officer,  is  the 
president  of  the  Center  for  Quality  of  Management, 
a  nonprofit  consortium  ot  more  than  100  companies 
and  15  universities.  He  and  his  wife,  Diane,  and  their 
four  children  live  in  Medfield,  Mass. 

Eric  Ferraro  B.S.E.  78,  who  retired  from  the  Navy 
after  a  20-year  career,  has  joined  the  government 
consulting  practice  of  PricewaterhouseCoopers, 
located  in  Fairfax,  Va. 

Wende  L.  Fox  78  is  a  director  of  APM  Management 
Consultants/CSC  Healthcare.  She  and  her  husband, 
Jim  Lawson,  and  their  two  children  live  in  Chicago. 

Margaret  Adams  Hunter  78  represented  Duke 
in  September  at  the  inauguration  of  the  president  of 
Wayne  State  University  in  Detroit.  She  lives  in 
Bingham  Farms,  Mich. 

Timothy  J.  Lomperis  A.M.  78,  Ph.D.  '81,  a 
professor  at  Saint  Louis  University,  won  the  1996-97 
Alpha  Sigma  Nu  National  Jesuit  Book  Award  in  the 
category  of  social  science  for  his  book  From  People's 
War  to  People's  Rule:  Insurgency,  huenxnimm,  and  the 
Lessons  ojVietnam. 

Robert  C.  Brighton  Jr.  79,  who  joined  the  Fort 
Lauderdale,  Fla.,  law  firm  Ruden,  McClosky,  Smith, 
Schuster  6k.  Russell  as  a  partner,  will  head  the  firm's 
securities  law  practice  group.  He  and  his  wife,  Charlene, 
live  in  Plantation,  Fla. 

Mauri  A.  Ditzler  Ph.D.  79  is  acting  vice  president  for 
academic  affairs  tor  Millikin  University  in  Decatut,  111. 

Richard  D.  Pilnik'79  was  named  vice  president  of 
global  markering  for  Eli  Lilly  and  Co.  He  and  his  wife, 
R.  Pilnik  'SO,  and  their  three  children 


R.  Davis  Webb  Jr.  B.S.E.  79  is  program  manager 
in  The  Timken  Co.'s  bearing  business  at  Timken 
Research.  He  lives  in  Canton,  Ohio. 


MARRIAGES:  Daniel  J.  "Duke"  Hanson  75  to 

Whajin  Ro  on  June  2.  Residence:  Wheaton,  Md.... 
Laurette  Hankins  76  to  Kevin  M.  O'Connell  on 
June  13.  Residence:  Baltimore. 

BIRTHS:  A  daughter,  adopted  by  Andrew  Kliger- 
man  71  and  Lucy  Adams  M.S.  '89  on  July  22, 
1996,  from  the  People's  Republic  of  China.  Named 
Anna  Zhen. .  .Second  child  and  son  to  Wende  L. 

Fox  78  and  Jim  Lawson  on  Feb.  18.  Named  James. . . 
Second  daughtet  to  Diane  L.  Prucino  79  and 

Thomas  E  Heyse  on  March  13.  Named  Anne 
Elizabeth  Dorothy  Heyse. 


Robert  H.  Braham  B.S.E. E.  '81  is  a  marketing  di- 
rector at  Sun  Microsystems  in  Palo  Alto,  Calif.  He  and 
his  wife,  Carol,  and  then  t\v, .  children  li\  e  in  Los  Gatos, 


November- December    1°°S 


Calif.  His  Internet  address  is  bob.braham(gJsun.com. 

Marc  Gilman  '81  is  a  vice  president  at  The  Vantive 
Corp.  Before  joining  Vantive,  he  co-founded  Innova- 
tive Computer  Concepts,  which  created  software 
solutions  for  service  IogMk>  organizations  and  was 
acquired  by  Vantive.  He  and  his  wife,  Cindy,  and  their 
child  live  in  Manchester,  N.H. 


Anne  C.  Granfield  'SI,  who  earned  her  master's 
at  Columbia  University 's  Graduate  School  of 
Journalism,  is  a  reporter  at  Forbes  magazine.  She  lives 
in  New  York  Ciry. 

Michael  S.  Barranco  '82  is  an  associate  with  the 
Towson,  Md.,  law  firmTreanor,  Pope  &  Hughes.  He  and 
his  wife,  Kimberly,  and  their  daughter  live  in  Baltimore. 


Anthony  Becker  A.M. 
sultant  with  Analytics,  Inc. 


,  Ph.D.  '87  is  senior  con- 
:  and  forensic 


economics  consulting  firm  in  Excelsior,  Minn.  He  and 
his  wife,  Rebecca  Judge  Ph.D.  '87,  are  both  asso- 
ciate professors  of  economics  at  Saint  Olaf  College. 
They  have  two  children  and  live  in  Northfield,  Minn. 

Arnald  B.  Crews  A.M.  '82  is  regional  vice  presi- 
dent for  the  Washington,  D.C.,  region  of  the  American 
Arbitration  Association.  He  lives  in  McLean,  Va. 

Todd  S.  Hutton  Ph.D.  '82  was  named  president  of 
Utica  College  in  Utica,  N.Y. 

Harvey  Chimoff  '83  formed  Velocity  1  Consulting, 
Inc.  to  help  small-  and  medium-size  companies  link 
strategic  planning  with  powerful  marketing  campaigns. 
He  lives  in  Edgewater,  N.J. 

Thomas  J.  Condon  '83  is  a  product  billing  man- 
ager for  AT&T  He  and  his  wife,  Lisa,  and  their  son 
live  in  East  Brunswick,  N.J. 


ATTENTION  RECENT  GRADUATES! 


The  Washington  Duke  Club  of  the  Duke  Annual  Fund  is  open- 
ing its  membership  to  all  young  alumni. 

•  For  more  than  30  years,  the  Washington  Duke  Club  has  been  a  mainstay  of 
the  Annual  Fund  and  one  of  its  most  celebrated  gift  clubs. 

•  For  as  little  as  $100  for  alumni  1-4  years  out,  and  $300  for  alumni  5-9 
years  out.  Duke's  young  alumni  can  join  this  prestigious  club,  which  has 
previously  been  reserved  for  those  who  made  annual  gifts  of  $1,000  or 


•  Some  of  the  benefits  of  membership  include: 

-  networking  opportunities  with  Washington 
Duke  Club  members  from  all  classes 

-  a  parking  pass  for  use  when  visiting 
campus 

-  a  Duke  screen  saver 

Visit  our  website  at 
http://dukecomm.duke.edu 
or  call  (919)  684-4419  to  find 
out  more  about  the  Washington 
Duke  Club  and  the  benefits  of 
membership. 


The  Campaign 
for  Duke 


Philip  M.  Johnstone  '83,  a  partner  of  Waller, 
Smith  &  Palmer  in  New  London,  Conn.,  was  elected 
chair  of  the  firm's  trusts  and  estates  practice  group.  He 
and  his  wife,  Elizabeth,  live  in  Stonington,  Conn. 

Greg  Stocks  '83  is  an  orthopedic  surgeon  at  Texas 
Tech  University  Health  Sciences  Center  in  Lubbock, 
Texas.  He  and  his  wife,  Farah  Shah  '85,  and  their 
son  live  in  Lubbock. 


s  vice  president  of  business 
affairs  for  PorchLight  Entertainment,  a  production 
and  distribution  company  for  family  and  children's 
programming,  in  Los  Angeles. 

Gina  TatsiOS  '83,  who  earned  her  J.D.  from  the 

University  of  Virginia  School  of  Law,  is  an  associate  in 
the  Los  Angeles  office  of  Howrey  &  Simon.  She  and 
her  husband,  David  Saviola,  and  their  daughter  live  in 
Los  Angeles. 

Douglas  E.  Waters  '83,  a  Navy  lieutenant  com- 
mander, is  on  a  six-month  deployment  to  the  Western 
Pacific  Ocean,  Indian  Ocean,  and  Arabian  Gulf, 

aboard  ihe  aircraft  came:  I   SS  Abralhim  Lincoln 


Allyson  Tucker  Cowin  '84  i 

counsel  at  The  Edison  Project,  a  private  company 
based  in  New  York  that  runs  public  and  charter 
schools.  She  and  her  husband,  Andrew,  and  their 
daughter  live  in  New  York  City. 

Thomas  Merrick  Keller  '84  represented  Duke  in 
September  at  the  inauguration  of  the  president  of 
South  Dakota  State  University  in  Brookings.  He  lives 
in  Sioux  Falls. 


J.  Novick  J.D.  '84,  who  left  his  partnership 
with  the  law  firm  Wolf,  Block,  Schorr  and  Solis  Cohen 
in  Philadelphia,  is  general  counsel  of  Kravco  Co.,  a 
regional  mall  developer  based  in  King  of  Prussia,  Pa. 
He  and  his  wife,  Judy,  and  their  two  children  live  in 
Bala  Cynwyd,  Pa. 

H.  George  White  III  '84  is  general  manager  of 
Bullseye  Productions,  the  largest  division  of  Gibson 
Greetings.  He  and  his  wife,  Anne  Barton  White 

'84,  and  their  two  sons  live  in  Wyoming,  Ohio. 
David  T.  Beverly  '85,  a  Navy  ensign,  graduated 
from  the  Uniformed  Services  University  of  the  Health 
Sciences  in  Bethesda,  Md.,  and  was  commissioned  to 
his  present  rank. 

Elisa  Hirschfield  Goldklang  85  is  a  speech 
language  pathologist  in  private  practice,  specializing  in 
language  learning  disabilities.  She  and  her  husband, 
Jay,  and  their  son  live  in  Bronxville,  N.Y. 

Douglas  R.  Imig  M.S.  '85,  A.M.  '86,  Ph.D.  "91  is 
the  author  of  Poverty  arid  Power:  The  Political  Represen- 
tation of Poor  Americans  (University  of  Nebraska  Press). 
He  lives  in  Las  Vegas. 

Anna  Jenefsky  '85  has  a  law  practice  in  Washing- 
ton, DC,  representing  children  with  disabilities  and 
their  parents  in  special  education  matters.  She  and  her 
husband,  Wynn  Segall,  and  their  daughter  live  in 
Bethesda,  Md. 

Matt  Koch  '85,  a  Navy  lieutenant  commander,  is 
completing  his  Navy  Department  head  tour  in  San 
Diego,  where  he  and  his  wife,  Kandi,  live. 


A.  Korman  B.S.E.  '85  was  promoted  to 
Marine  Major  while  serving  with  Headquarters  and 
Service  Company,  Third  Battalion,  24th  Marines, 
Fourth  Marine  Division,  in  Bridgeton,  Mo. 
Rodney  A.  McCloy  '85  is  principal  staff  scientist 
of  the  Human  Resources  Research  Organization  in 
Alexandria,  Va.  He  and  his  wife,  Christine,  and  their 
three  children  live  in  Kingstowne.Va. 
Lori  Tansey  Martens  '85  is  founder  and  president 
of  the  International  Business  Ethics  Institute,  a  nonprofit 


26      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


mamm 


'85,  and  their  I 


in  Santa  Rosa,  Calif. 


MEDICINE  MAN 


Peter  Lorber  M.S. 
'84  went  to 
Uganda  pre- 
pared to  assess  the  fea- 
sibility of  beginning  a 
program  to  prevent 
sleeping  sickness.  On 
the  day  he  arrived,  a 
cholera  epidemic  broke 
out,  and  he  "threw  the 
briefing  out  the  win- 
dow." For  the  next 
seven  months,  Lorber, 
a  logistical  coordinator 
for  Doctors  Without 
Borders,  organized  and 
carried  out  an  effort  to 
contain  and  treat  the 
epidemic — saving 
more  than  30,000  peo- 
ple through  his  work. 

Doctors  Without 
Borders  is  a  volunteer 
humanitarian  organiza- 
tion dedicated  to  pro- 
viding medical  relief  to 
populations  facing 
crises.  Known  interna- 
tionally as  Medecins 
Sans  Vrontieres,  the  or- 
ganization also  reports 
human-rights  viola- 
tions its  volunteers  wit- 
ness while  doing  their 
medical  work. 

Lorber  says  he  first 
heard  about  DWB  ten 
years  ago;  after  he 
gradually  decided  to 
devote  all  of  his  time 
to  volunteer  work,  he 
remembered  DWB. 

"1  wanted  to  find  an 
organization  doing  a 
lot  of  good  for  desper- 
ate people,"  he  says. 
"The  name  is  compel- 
ling. It  evokes  images 
of  people  disregarding 
minor  obstructions  and 
just  giving  aid  when 


To  ensure  its  aim  of 
providing  medical 
relief  wherever  it's 


needed,  Lorber  says, 
DWB  is  unaffiliated 
with  any  specific  orga- 
nizations or  govern- 
ments. "Doctors  With- 
out Borders  works  in 
a  lot  of  places  that  are 
not  popular,"  he  ex- 
plains. "We  do  not 
want  to  be  compelled 
by  donors'  agendas." 

Once  he  arrived  in 
Uganda,  Lorber  was 
responsible  for  coordi- 
nating DWB's  efforts 
there:  He  allocated 
resources,  ordered 
medical  supplies, 
handled  security,  and 
organized  the  con- 
struction of  quarantine 
facilities.  Cholera 
crops  up  as  a  result  of 
poor  sanitation,  and 
can  kill  within  twelve 
to  twenty-four  hours 
by  dehydration.  Usu- 
ally, the  disease  has  a 
40-50  percent  fatality 
rate;  under  Lorber's 
supervision,  DWB 
kept  the  rate  down  to 
2  percent.  "I  didn't 
contemplate  the  num- 
bers until  I  got  back 
for  two  or  three  weeks. 
Then  I  thought  about 
the  scope." 

"It's  work  that  has 
to  be  done,"  he  says. 
'Teople  need  help,  you 
go  help  them.  You 
can't  afford  to  be  ideal- 
istic and  noble.  If 
you're  going  to  make 
things  happen,  you 
can't  be  ideal,  you 
have  to  be  practical." 

Lorber  says  he  was 
surprised  by  the  range 
of  people  "willing  to 
do  something  out  of 
die  ordinary  to  help. 
I  would  walk  into  a 
school  or  church  and 


organization  with  headquarter  in  Washington,  D.C. 
She  is  establishing  a  European  office  of  the  institute. 
She  and  her  husband,  Josef,  live  in  London,  England. 


;  '85,  who  completed  i 
fellowship  at  Louisiana  State  University  Medical 
Center,  has  joined  North  Bay  Vitreoretinal  Consultants 
in  Santa  Rosa,  Calif.,  where  he  and  his  wife,  Melissa 
Kelly  '86,  and  their  two  daughters  live. 

Lynn  Rosner  Rauch  '85  is  a  partner  of  the  Phila- 
delphia law  firm  Dilworth  Paxson.  She  and  her  husband, 
Mark,  and  their  two  children  live  in  Bala  Cynwyd,  Pa. 

Farah  Shah  '85  is  a  pediatric  dermatologist  at  Texas 
Tech  University  Health  Sciences  Center  in  Lubbock, 
Texas.  In  1997,  she  was  named  one  of  the  region's  best 


be  asked  to  take  over 
the  building  as  a  quar- 
antine facility  for  two 
months,"  he  says,  de- 
scribing his  team  as  a 
group  of  medical  com- 
mandos. "That  is  quite 
a  thing  for  somebody 
to  digest,  but  I  almost 
never  got  a  'no.'  You 
don't  ask  permission; 
you  ask  for  forgiveness 
after." 

When  Lorber  finish- 
es "decompressing"  at 


Lorber:  managing 
medical  c; 
worldwide  ft 
Doctors  Without 


his  sister's  California 
house,  he  says  he  will 
probably  go  to  Bangla- 
desh or  South  Sudan. 
"I  found  what  I  really 
like  doing.  I  don't  have 
plans  to  do  anything 
else." 


— Jaime  Levy  '01 


For  more  information 
online,  contact  www. 


doctors  by  her  peers.  She  and  her  husband,  Greg 
Stocks  '83,  and  their  son  live  in  Lubbock. 
Jennifer  Sharp  Thielhelm  '85  is  practicing  pedi- 
atrics in  Orlando,  Fla.  She  and  her  husband,  Robert 
William  Thielhelm  '86,  and  their  two  children  live 
in  Orlando. 


M.  Dietz  M.B.A.  '86  is  the  new 

director  of  investor  relations  for  Corning  Inc.  She  and 
her  husband,  Douglas  Vandort,  live  in  Corning,  N.Y. 
Vernon  W.  Johnson  III  '86  is  a  director  with  the 
law  firm  Jackson  6k  Campbell  in  Washington,  D.C.  He 
and  his  wife,  Kathleen  L.  Mullins,  live  in  the  District. 
Melissa  Kelley  '86  is  an  independent  marketing 
consultant.  She  and  her  husband,  ■ 


completed  his  fellowship 
in  pediatric  ophthalmology  at  Temple  University 
Hospital.  He  is  now  practicing  ophthalmology  at 
Fairview  Eye  Center  in  Cleveland. 

Robert  William  Thielhelm  '86  is  an  attorney 
and  partner  with  Baker  Hostletler.  He  and  his  wife, 
Jennifer  Sharp  Thielhelm  '85,  and  their  two 
children  live  in  Orlando,  Fla. 

James  Daniel  Blitch  IV  '87  is  a  attorney  with 
the  law  firm  Brinson,  Askew,  Berry  Seigler,  Richardson 
&  Davis  in  Rome,  Ga.  He  and  his  wife,  Anne 
Norwood  Lindgren  '89,  live  in  Atlanta. 

Jane-Scott  CantUS  '87  is  managing  director  of 
the  executive  search  firm  Christian  &  Timbers,  based 
in  Cleveland.  She  will  establish  and  direct  the  firm's 
Tysons  Corner,  Va.,  office  to  support  its  growing  client 
base  in  the  Northern  Virginia  technology  community 
and  the  mid-Atlantic  region. 

Stephen  Burton  Crain  '87,  who  earned  his  J.D. 
at  the  University  of  Texas,  is  a  partner  in  the  Houston 
office  of  Bracewell  &  Patterson.  He  and  his  wife, 
Stephanie,  and  their  two  children  live  in  Houston. 

Rebecca  Judge  Ph.D.  '87  is  an  associate  professor 
of  economics  at  Saint  Olaf  College.  She  and  her 
husband,  Anthony  Becker  A.M.  '82,  Ph.D.  '87, 
and  their  two  children  live  in  Northfield,  Minn. 

Geoff  Davis  '88  is  taking  a  one-year  leave  of 
absence  from  his  assistant  professorship  in  the  math 
department  at  Dartmouth  College  to  work  in  the 
Semantic  Analysis  group  at  Microsoft. 

Eric  M.  Johnsen  '88  earned  his  J.D.  at  the 
University  of  South  Carolina's  law  school  after  receiving 
his  master's  ot  public  administration  from  the  College 
of  Charleston.  He  is  a  clerk  for  the  U.S.  District  Court 
judge  for  the  District  of  South  Carolina.  He  lives  in 
Anderson,  S.C 

David  A.  Konanc  '88  received  the  1998  Golseth 
Young  Investigator  Award  from  the  American  Associa- 
tion of  Electrodiagnostic  Medicine.  He  lives  in  Raleigh. 

Craig  Lazarus  '88  is  a  coordinating  producer  at 
ESPN.  He  is  in  charge  of  the  documentary  series 
Outside  the  Lines  and  recently  won  his  sixth  Emmy 
Award.  He  lives  in  West  Hartford,  Conn. 

Domenic  A.  Palagruto  II  '88,  who  earned  a 

doctor  of  osteopathic  medicine  degree  from  the 
Philadelphia  College  of  Osteopathic  Medicine,  is  an 
intern  at  the  University  of  New  England  College  of 
Osteopathic  Medicine. 

John  W.  Reis  '88  is  a  litigation  associate  with  the 
Charlotte,  N.C.,  office  of  Cozen  and  O'Connor,  a 
Philadelphia-based  law  firm.  He  and  his  wife,  Denise, 
live  in  Charlotte. 

Gregory  L.  Slover  B.S.E.  '88,  an  Air  Force  captain, 
graduated  from  the  USAF  Test  Pilot  School.  He  is 
Edwards  Air  Force  Base,  Calif. 


Ken  Tegtmeyer  '88,  who  completed  a  fellowship 
in  pediatric  critical  care  medicine,  joined  the  pedi- 
atrics department  faculty  of  the  University  of 
Minnesota.  He  and  his  wife,  Danna  Premer,  and  their 
three  children  live  in  Minneapolis.  His  Internet 
address  is  tegt0001@tc.umn.edu. 

Carrie  Christine  Chorba  '89,  who  earned  her 
Ph.D.  in  philosophy  from  Brown  University  in  May, 
is  an  assistant  professor  of  Spanish  and  Spanish  litera- 
ture at  The  Claremont  Colleges,  Claremont,  Calif. 

Phillip  G.  Day  '89  is  an  attorney  with  the  law  firm 
Trenam,  Kemker,  Scharf,  Barkin,  Frye,  O'Neill  and 
Mullis  in  Tampa,  Fla.  He  and  his  wife,  Paulee  Coughlin, 
live  in  Tampa. 


November-  December 


27 


Expedition  to  Antarctica 


January  15  ■  January  28 
approx.  $3,995  per  person 

E:plore  Antarctica  while  aboard  the  four- 
tar  M.  V.  Marco  Polo,  fully  equipped  with 
sturdy  Zodiac  landing  craft  staffed  with 
expert  naturalists  and  guides.  As  an  added 
honus,  we  have  included  a  three-night  stay 
in  Buenos  Aires. 


the  Windwards/Leewards 


Our  voyage  to  the 
hidden  islands  ol 
the  Grenadines  and 
theWindwards  and 
Leewards  —  also 
known  as  the  Lesser 
Antilles  —  is  rich  in 
substance  and  recre- 
ational opportunities. 
Aboard  the  138-pas- 
senger  Yorktown 
Clipper. 


February  1  1  ■  February  27 
Approx.  $5,945  per  person 

Come  along  with  us  on  this  truly  exciting 
adventure  aboard  the  beautiful  M.  S.  Song 
of  Flower,  beginning  in  Singapore,  stopping 
in  all  of  the  major  and  historic  locations  in 
Vietnam,  and  ending  in  Hong  Kong. 


Paris  Escapade 


March  5-12 

Approx.:  $1,795  per  person 

Enjoy  an  unforgettable  week  in  Paris,  the 
"City  of  Light,"  in  the  ambiance  of  the 
exquisite  Le  Grand  Hotel,  located  on  the 
famous  Place  de  l'Opera.    Visit  the 
incomparable  Louvre  or  the  Sorbonne, 
the  lamed  Palace  or  Versailles  or  the 


China's  Cultural  Triangle 


March  29  -  April  17 
approx.:  $5,295  per  person 

Experience  the  magic  that  has  drawn 
travelers  to  the  mysterious  East  for  cen- 
turies.   Visit  Beijing,  Chongqing,  Fengdu, 
Badon£,  \icbang,  Shashi,  Jingzhou, 
Chihi,  Wuhan,  and  Shanghai?   See  the 
Great  Wall,  the  Forbidden  City  and  The 
Temple  of  Heaven. 

Wings  Over  the  Okavango  Safari 

APRIL  24  -  MAY  8 

APPROX.   $7,280  PER   PERSON 

Eplore  "undiscovered"  Africa  in  her 
lost  prolific  Same  preserves  —  Chobe 


proline  Same  preserves  — 
National  Pare,  the  Okavango  Delta  and 
Moremi  Wildlife  Reserve,  Victoria  Falls 
and  the  Zambezi  River. 

Legendary  Passage 

May  26  -  June  7 

Approx.  $3,295  per  person 

Journey  to  Lucerne,  Switzerland,  to 
Strasbourg,  France,  where  you  will 
embark  the  M.S.  Erasmus,  one  of 
Europe's  finest  "floating  hotels."  Cruise 
along  the  Rhine  between  Strasbourg  and 
Dusseldorf,  and  along  the  Moselle  from 
Koblenz  to  medieval  Cochem. 

Changing  Tides  of  History:  Cruising 
the  Baltic  Sea  Countries 

June  4  -  June  17 

Approx.  $3,395  PER  PERSON 

Spend  twelve  days  in  the  enchanting 
"white  nights"  oi  the  Baltic  Sea  region 
while  cruising  aboard  the  nimble  expedi- 
tionary vessel M.V.  Kristina  Regina. 
From  the  architectural  gem  that  is 
Helisinki,  cruise  to  St.  Petersburg  as  well 
as  Estonia,  Latvia,  Russia,  Poland, 
Germany,  and  Copenhagen. 


Magnificent  Passage 

July  6  -  20 

Approx.:  $4,495  per  person 

Spend  three  nights  exploring  Paris. 
Board  the  hish-speed  TGV  train  for 
Avignon  to  embark  the  elegant  M.S. 
Cezanne.  Journey  to  Aries  and  to  the 
French  Riviera. Travel  to  the  Renaissance 
city  of  Florence  and  on  to  Rome. 

Alaskan  Wilderness  and  Voyage  of 
the  Glaciers 

August  1-13 

Approx.  $2,795  per  person 

The  combination  of  passage  aboard  the 
four-star  deluxe  M.S.  NoorJam  and  the 
luxury  of  the  McKinleu  Explorer's  glass 
domed  rad  cars  provide  maximum  comfort 
and  the  best  possible  vantage  to  view  the 
stunning  Alaskan  landscape. 

Cotes  Du  Rhone  Passage 

September  7  -  20 

Approx.  $3,695  per  person 

Paris,  the  "City  of  Light;"  Cannes,  the 
French  Riviera's  sparkling  jewel;  leg- 
endary Provence;  and  Burgundy,  land  of 
some  of  the  world's  finest  wines;  and  you 
have  a  fabulous  trip  to  France. 

Exotic  India  with  the  Palace  on 


Travel  aboard  the  Palace  on  Wheels  train, 
Jlused  by  Maharajas  to  crisscross  the  desert 
of  Rajastan.    Your  adventures  include 
Moghul  capitals  of  Delhi,  Agra  with  the 
Taj  Mahal,  the  "Pink  City"  ol  Jaipur  and 
National  Park,  home  to  endangered  wddlife. 


November  4-14 

approx.  $2,695  per  person 

Turkey  is  a  country  that  spans  two  conti- 
nents, has  a  history  that  covers  more 
than  10,000  years,  and  offers  endless 
opportunities  to  sample  different  cultures 
in  one  country.    The  tour  begins  in  the 
imperial  city  of  Istanbul  and  visits 


.lJU'.HKV 


Antal 


id  the 


rounding  treasures,  including  Ephesus 

Alumni  Colleges 

East  Meets  West:  Exploring 


May  5  -  7.  Duke  University 
Approx.  $275  per  person 

Many  alternative  medical  techniques, 
such  as  acupuncture  and  meditation, 
are  derived  from  ancient  Eastern  tradi- 
tions, and  are  now  being  incorporated  into 
mainstream  Western  medicine.  Learn  how 
faculty  at  Duke  Medical  Center  are  work- 
ing to  combine  the  best  of  both  worlds. 


Our  Changing  Coastline:  Planning  for    Voyage  to  the  Lands  of  Gods 
the  Future  ot  Our  Barrier  Islands        a 


MAY  21    ■  23 

Duke  Marine  Lab,  Beaufort,  NC 

Approx.  $275  per  person 

Come  explore  the  forces,  both  natural 
ana  human-induced,  that  shape  our 
nation's  coastline.    Orrin  Pifkey,  an 
internationally  known  expert  on  coastal 
processes,  and  Mike  Orhach,  director  of 
the  Duke  Marine  Laboratory,  will  he  your 
guides  lor  this  timely  subject. 

Nature,  God,  and  Art:  Images  of 
Mature  in  American  Art  and  Poetry 

NOVEMBER  5  -  7,  WAYNESVILLE,  NC 

Tuition:  Approx.  $175  per  person, 
lodging/meals:  from  $240  per  couple 

PER  DAY. 

Come  explore  the  various  experiences 
of  nature  in  art  by  delving  into  great 
American  poetry,  music,  and  painting, 
led  by  popular  Duke  prolessor  William  H. 
Willimon,  Dean  of  the  Chapel  andprofes- 
sor  of  Christian  ministry.  Stay  at  The 
Swag,  a  tour-star  mountaintop  inn  called 
"I  he  Ril/.-Carllon  tjone  rustic"  by  Southern 


Living. 

Alumni  Colleges  Abroad 


May  25  -  June  3 
$2295  per  person 

Immerse  yourself  in  the  beauty  and  unique- 
ness of  Greek  island  life  as  you  spend  time 
on  Poros,  located  among  the  spectacular 
Saronic  Gulf  islands,  less  than  an  hour  from 
Athens.  Diskin  Clay,  professor  of  classical 
studies  at  Duke,  will  lead  you  in  a  stimulating 
discussion  ol  Greek  art,  myth,  and  history. 

Alumni  College  in 
Spain 

june  7-15,  ubeda, 

Spain 

$2195  per  person 

Step  back  in  time 
to  the  Middle 
Ages  as  you  join 
Seymour  Mauskopf      f 
of  Duke's  depart- 
ment of  history  on 
a  learning  adven- 
ture to  Spain's 
lovely  Andalucia  region,  with  its  vibrant 
Moorish  history  and  culture. 

Exploring  the  Art  and  Culture 

of  the  Netherlands 

JUNE  21  -  JULY  3 

APPROX.  $2700  PER  PERSON 

The  Netherlands  has  more  art  per  square 
mile  than  any  other  country.  Led  by 
Hans  Van  Miegrot  of  Duke's  art  history 
department,  you'll  learn  about  her  art, 
architecture,  and  rich  cultural  legacy  as 
you  spend  six  days  in  Amsterdam,  and  six 
days  in  the  historic  city  of  Ghent,  famous 
for  its  medieval  dwellings  and  castles. 


June  22  ■  July  4 

Greece,  Aegean  Islands,  Turkey 

From  $4495  per  adult  and  $1995  per  child 

This  summer  you  and  your  family  can 
explore  the  ancient  world  of  the  Mediter- 
ranean on  the  Clelia  II,  an  all-suite,  private 
yacht.  Youth  education  experts  will  be  on 


hoard  to 


activities  for  young  peo- 


The  Oxford  Experience 


September  5-18 

The  University  of  Oxford.  England 

$3150  per  person 

Immerse  yourself  in  centuries-old  tradi- 
tions of  learning  and  community,  study 
in  small  groups  with  Oxford  faculty, 
explore  the  English  countryside,  and  visit 
fascinating  historic  landmarks. 

Alumni  College  in  Ireland 

September  22  •  30.  County  Clare.  Irelanc 

$2295  PER  PERSON 

From  awe-inspiring  seaside  vistas  to  fasci- 
nating Celtic  history,  discover  a  world  of 
lush  green  hills  and  ancient  monuments. 
Join  Michael  Valdez  Moses  of  Dulse's 
English  department  as  you  explore  the  Irish 
countryside  and  discuss  Irish  lilerature. 


June  -  August,  Salter  Path,  NC 
Approx.  $495  -  $695  per  person 

Join  us  at  the  Trinity  Center  on  the  North 
Carolina  coast  for  a  variety  ot   programs 
offering  dynamic,  interactive  instruction  in 
a  retreat  atmosphere.  All  programs  include 
single  or  double  accommodations  and  meals 

20th  Annual  Duke  University 
Writers'  Workshop 


The  Heart  of  It:  Researching  and 
Writing  Memoir  and  Family  Oral  History 


Finding  Your  Voice:  A  Creativity 
Workshop  and  Retreat  lor  Women 


Strictly  for  Reginners: 

A  Creative  Writing  Workshop 


C'est  si  boa:  Fine  Wine  Appreciation 

August 


Coastal  Ecology  Workshop 


I 


^a^vLUUUttl': 


For  detailed  brochures  on  these  programs 
listed  below,  please  return  this  form,  appro- 
priately marked,  to  : 
Duke  Educational  Adventures 
614  Chapel  Drive,  Durham,  NC  27708 
or  fax  to:  (919)  684-6022 


STATE  ZIP 

Duke  Travel 

Q   Expedition  to  Antarctica 
G   Hidden  Islands  of  the  Grenadines 
and  the  Windwards/Leewards 

□  Treasures  of  Vietnam 
U   Paris  Escapade 

Q  China's  Cultural  Triangle 

Q  Wings  Over  the  Okavango  Safari 

□  Legendary  Passage 

□  Changing  Tides  of  History: 
Cruising  the  Baltic  Sea  Countries 

U  Magnificent  Passage 

□  Alaskan  Wilderness  and  Voyage  of  the 
Glaciers 

□  Cotes  Du  Rhone  Passage 

□  Exotic  India  with  the  Palace  on  Wheels 
Q   Imperial  Turkey 

Alumni  Colleges 

Q   East  Meets  West:  Exploring  Integrative 
Medicine 

□  Our  Changing  Coastline:  Planning  for 
the  Future  of  Our  Barrier  Islands 

□  Nature,  God,  and  Art:  Images  of 
Nature  in  American  Art  and  Poetry 

Alumni  Colleges  Abroad. 
Q  Alumni  College  in  Greece 

□  Alumni  College  in  Spain 

Q  Exploring  the  Art  and  Culture  of  the 

Netherlands 
Q  Voyage  to  the  Lands  of  Gods  and 

Heroes 

□  The  Oxford  Experience 

□  Alumni  College  in  Ireland 
Q  Summer  Academy 

□  20th  Annual  Duke  LIniversity 
Writers'  Workshop 

□  The  Heart  of  It:  Writing  Memoir 
and  Family  Oral  History 

Q  Finding  Your  Voice:  A  Creativity 
Workshop  and  Retreat  for  Women 

□  Strictly  for  Beginners:  A  Creative 
Writing  Workshop 

Q  C'est  si  oon:  Fine  Wine  Appreciation 

□  Coastal  Ecology  Workshop 


i  HI.  Graff  Ph.D  '89,  M.D.  '90  received  the 
Charles  E.  Culpeper  Foundation  Scholarship  in  Medical 
Science.  He  will  receive  $100,000  a  year  for  up  to  three 
years  to  fund  his  research  at  the  University  of  Texas, 
Southwestern  Medical  Center  at  Dallas,  where  he  is 
assistant  professor  in  the  Center  for  Developmental 
Biology.  He  and  his  wife,  Audrey  Milkins,  live  in  Dallas. 
Jonathan  Maislen  Korn  '89  is  a  litigation 
associate  in  the  Cherry  Hill,  N.J.,  office  of  Blank  Rome 
Comisky  &  McCauley.  He  and  his  wife,  Deborah  Ann 
Shore,  and  their  daughter  live  in  Haddonfield,  N.J. 

Anne  Norwood  Lindgren  '89  is  an  attorney  with 
the  Atlanta  law  firm  Troutman  Sanders.  She  and  her 
husband,  James  Daniel  Blitch  IV  '87,  live  in 
Atlanta. 

Sean  W.  O'Brien  B.S.E.  '89  is  a  patent  attorney 
in  the  Washington,  D.C.,  office  of  Fitzpatrick,  Cella, 
Harper  &  Scinto.  He  and  his  wife,  Paula,  and  their  son 
live  in  Falls  Church,  Va. 


Catherine  L.  Pollitt'89,  a  Navy  1 

six-month  deployment  to  the  Mediterranean  Sea  and 

Arabian  Gulf  aboard  the  destroyer  VSS  Stump. 

Carlos  E.  Roscoe  '89,  who  earned  his  M.B.A.  at 
the  University  of  Virginia's  Darden  School,  works  for 
Kimberly-Clark  Corp.  in  Neenah,  Wise. 


MARRIAGES:  Lori  Tansey  85  to  Josef  Martens  on 
May  2.  Residence:  London,  England. .  .Vernon  W. 
Johnson  III  '86  to  Kathleen  L.  Mullins  on  June  20. 
Residence:  Washington,  D.C.... James  Daniel 
Blitch  IV  '87  to  Anne  Norwood  Lindgren  '89 
on  July  18.  Residence:  Atlanta... William  Baske- 
rville  Lewis  Hudson  '88  to  Hannah  Williams  on 
July  18.  Residence:  San  Francisco... Rodger  David 
Rochelle  B.S.C.E.  '89,  M.S.C.E.  '92  to  Andrea 
Nicole  Parker.  Residence:  Knightdale,  N.C. . 
Rougier-Chapman  '89,  M.D.  '91 
Scurry  '95  on  May  9.  Residence:  Durham. 

BIRTHS:  First  child  and  daughter  to  Benita  A. 
Miller  '80  and  Michael  Miller  on  May  2.  Named 
Anne  Alexandra... Second  child  and  son  to  Steven 
P.  Natko  '80,  J.D.  '84  on  Jan.  7.  Named  Andrew 
Ellis... First  child  and  son  to  Tracy  Korbel  Oliver 
'82  and  Tim  Oliver  on  April  6.  Named  Grant  Edward. . . 
Son  adopted  by  Thomas  J.  Condon  '83  and  Lisa 
Condon,  from  Khabarovsk,  Russia,  on  Jan.  16.  Named 
Michael  Sergei  John... First  son  to  Greg  Stocks  '83 
and  Farah  Shah  '85  on  Jan.  9.  Named  Omar  Gregory 
Stocks. .  .First  child  and  daughter  to  Jeremie 
Moses  Butlien  '84  and  Larry  Butlien  on  June  20. 
Named  Samantha  Joan... First  child  and  daughter  to 
Allyson  Tucker  Cowin  '84  and  Andrew  Cowin 
on  Nov.  11, 1997.  Named  Catherine  Reagan... Son  to 
Virginia  Chen  Wells '84  and  Mark  Russell  Wells 
on  May  28.  Named  Matthew  Hunter... Second  son  to 
Anne  Barton  White  '84  and  H.  George  White 
III  '84  on  April  8.  Named  Joseph  Cameron... First 
child  and  son  to  Patricia  Bowman  '85  and  Barry 
Bowman  on  Jan.  6.  Named  Trevor  Ryan... First  daugh- 
ter to  Margaret  Condie  '85  and  Parker  Condie  on 
April  3.  Named  Corinne  Marie. .  .First  child  and  son  to 
Joy  Gordon  Decker  '85  and  Kevin  Decker  on 
April  21.  Named  Benjamin  Antonio... Twins  to  Zoe 
Warwick  Forsyth  '85,  Ph.D.  '92  and  J.  David 
Forsyth  '86.  Named  Caroline  Ann  and  Andrew 
Patrick... First  child  and  son  to  Elisa  Hirschfield 
Goldklang  '85  and  Jay  GoldHang  on  April  10.  Named 
Benjamin  Justin. .  .First  child  and  daughter  to  Anna 
Jenefsky  '85  and  Wynn  Segall  on  May  25.  Named 
Dora  Rose. . .  Twin  sons  to  Rodney  A.  McCloy  '85 
and  Christine  McCloy  on  Jan.  28.  Named  Colton  Jake 
and  Spencer  Alan. . .Second  daughter  to  Stephen 
Meffert  '85  and  Melissa  Kelley  '86  on  March  24. 
Named  Clarice  Nicole  Meffert. .  .First  child  and  daughter 
to  N.  Page  Murray  III  '85  and  Laura  Clark  Murray 


on  Sept.  10.  Named  Nell  Mills. .  .Second  child  and  first 
daughter  to  Lynn  Rosner  Rauch  '85  and  Mark  A. 
Rauch  on  May  15.  Named  Allison  Hope. .  Twins  to 
Bernard  C.  Schramm  III  '85  and  Laura  Schramm 
on  Jan.  19.  Named  Whitney  Cameron  and  Bernard 
Charles  rV...  First  child  and  daughter  to  Susan 
McKenzie  Carson  '88,  M.B.A.  '93  and  Thomas 
Hooper  Carson  '88  on  June  5.  Named  Leah  Cal- 
laway...First  child  and  son  to  Marisa  Hanscum 
Dietsche  '88  and  Rene  Dietsche  on  June  5.  Named 
Zachary  Davis. . .  Third  child  and  first  daughter  to 
Ken  Tegtmeyer'88  and  Danna  Premer  on  March 
9.  Named  Isabelle  Louise Tegtmeyer... Daughter 
adopted  by  Lucy  Adams  M.S.  '89  and  Andrew 
Kligerman  '71  on  July  22, 1996,  from  the  People's 
Republic  of  China.  Named  Anna  Zhen... First  child 
and  son  to  Cynthia  Womack  David  '89  and 
Chris  David  on  June  12.  Named  Matthew  Allen... First 
child  and  daughter  to  Jonathan  Maislen  Korn 
'89  and  Deborah  Ann  Shore  on  June  10.  Named  Leah 
Abigail. .  .First  child  and  son  to  Sean  W.  O'Brien 
B.S.E.  '89  and  Paula  Pederson  O'Brien  on  Dec.  31, 
1997.  Named  Liam  Pederson  O'Brien. 


Harold  Bost  '90  is  Centura  Bank's  program  manager 

lor  ilk- Year  2000  problem.  He  and  his  wife,  Aileen  Bost 
'90,  and  their  two  children  live  in  Rocky  Mount,  N.C. 

Cheryl  Senter  Brashears  B.S.E.  '90  is  a  micro- 
processor designer  at  AMD  in  Sunnyvale,  Calif,  where 
she  lives  with  her  husband,  Robert,  and  their  son. 

David  Brooks  '90,  who  earned  his  M.Div.  at  the 
Lutheran  Theological  Seminary  in  Philadelphia,  is  pastor 
at  the  Good  Shepherd  Lutheran  Church  in  Orange, 
Va.,  and  Mt.  Nebo  Lutheran  Church  in  Rochelle,  Va. 

Sarah  Carroll  '90  completed  her  master's  degree 
at  Northwestern  University.  She  and  her  fiance,  Greg 
Davis  '92,  live  in  Chicago. 

Carolyn  Karr  Charnock  '90  is  the  executive  di- 
rector of  the  Metro  911  Emergency  Operations  Center 
in  Kanawha  County,  WVa.  She  lives  in  Charleston,  WVa. 

Lisa  Efron  A.M.  '90,  Ph.D.  '95  is  the  director  of 
psychosocial  treatment  for  the  hyperactivity,  attention, 
and  learning  problems  at  Children's  National  Medical 
Center,  based  in  Fairfax,  Va.  She  lives  in  Silver 
Spring,  Md. 

Susan  Hirsch  Ph.D.  '90  is  the  author  of  Pronouncing 
and  Persevering:  Gender  and  the  Discourses  of  Disputing 
in  an  African  Islamic  Court  (University  of  Chicago  Press). 
She  lives  in  Middleton,  Conn. 


Jasper  '90  graduated  first  in 
her  class  from  the  Defense  Language  Institute's  Basic 
Arabic  course.  She  lives  in  Seaside,  Calif. 
Talfourd  "Fourd"  H.  Kemper  Jr.  '90  joined  the 
law  firm  Woods,  Rogers  &Hazlegrove  in  Roanoke,  Va., 
where  he  lives  with  his  wife,  Ann  Kelley  Yelverton. 


W.  Schaffer  90,  M.D.  '94,  a  Navy  lieutenant, 
reported  for  duty  at  Naval  Hospital  in  Jacksonville,  Fla. 


'90  works  J 
for  Miller  Anderson  and  Sherrerd,  an  i 
management  firm.  She  and  her  husband,  Chuck,  and 
their  daughter  live  outside  Philadelphia. 

Christopher  D.  Stanley  Ph.D.  '90,  assistant  pro- 
fessor at  McKendree  College  in  Lebanon,  111.,  won  a 
$10,000  prize  from  the  John  Templeton  Foundation  for 
designing  a  new  course  about  science  and  religion.  He 
and  his  wife,  Laurel,  and  their  two  sons  live  in 
Belleville,  111. 

Derek  K.  Fry  '91,  a  Navy  lieutenant,  participated  in 


the  Atlantic  Joint  Task  Force  Exercise  while  assigned 
to  Helicopter  Anti-Submarine  Squadron  15,  based  in 
Jacksonville,  Fla.  He  is  on  a  six-month  deployment  to 
the  Mediterranean  Sea  and  Arabian  Gulf  aboard  the 
aircraft  carrier  USS  Dwight  D.  Eisenhower. 

Dara  Grossinger  Redler  J.D.  '91  is  the  senior 

attorney  lor  Workkpan.  She  and  her  husband,  Daniel, 
and  their  two  sons  live  in  Atlanta. 

Amy  S.  Rothlisberger'91,  who  earned  her  master's 
in  engineering  management  at  George  Washington 
University,  is  a  research  fellow  with  the  Logistics 
Management  Institute.  She  and  her  husband,  Rodney 
Hopfe,  and  their  two  sons  live  in  Fairfax,  Va.  Her 
Internet  address  is  ahopfe@lmi.org. 

Chris  Wlxom  '91,  who  earned  his  M.B.A.  at  the 
University  of  Virginia's  Darden  School,  works  for 
Sprint  in  Kansas  City,  Kan. 

Judy  Chambers  '92,  who  earned  her  M.B.A.  at 
the  Northwestern  University's  Kellogg  Graduate 
School  of  Management,  is  an  associate  in  investment 
banking  at  Lehman  Brothers  in  New  York  City. 

Greg  Davis  '92  is  pursuing  a  Ph.D.  in  developmental 
biology  at  the  University  of  Chicago.  He  and  his 
fiancee,  Sarah  Carroll  '90,  live  in  Chicago. 

Christopher  L.  Dowdy  '92,  who  earned  his 
M.B.A.  at  the  University  of  Virginia's  Darden  School, 
works  for  the  Eaton  Corp.  in  Cleveland,  Ohio. 

John  Andrew  Folmar  J.D.  '92  joined  the  litigation 
practice  group  at  Kilpatrick  Stockton.  He  lives  in 
Alexandria,  Va. 


David  C.  Fuquea  A.M.  '92  is  on  a  six-month  de- 
ployment to  the  Mediterranean  Sea  and  Arabian  Gulf 
with  the  22nd  Marine  Expeditionary  Unit,  aboard  the 
ships  of  the  USS  Sapian  Amphibious  Ready  Group. 


J.D.  '92  joined  the  mergers  and 
acquisitions  group  at  BancAmerica  Robertson  Stephens 
in  Chicago.  He  and  his  wife,  Lynn,  live  in  Chicago.  His 
Internet  address  is  douglasJackson@rsco.com. 

Dan  Martin  '92  earned  his  M.B.A.  at  the  University 
of  Virginia's  Darden  School,  where  he  won  the  C. 
Stewart  Sheppard  Distinguished  Service  Award.  He 
works  for  Bank  of  America  in  San  Francisco. 

David  Joseph  Witzel  B.S.E.  '92  is  a  pricing  analyst 
for  D.H.  Brown  Associates,  Inc.  in  Port  Chester,  N.Y. 
He  and  his  wife,  Jennifer  Gill,  live  in  New  York  City. 

Rudolph  Andrew  Antoncic  III  '93,  who  graduated 
from  St.  George's  University  School  of  Medicine,  is  a 
resident  in  internal  medicine  at  Long  Island  College 
Hospital  in  Brooklyn  Heights,  N.Y. 

Douglas  S.  Belvin  '93,  a  Navy  lieutenant,  was 
named  a  patrol  plane  commander.  He  is  stationed  in 
Barbers  Point,  Hawaii. 

Anjali  Bhatt  '93,  who  graduated  from  Wake  Forest 
University's  Bowman  Gray  School  of  Medicine,  is 
completing  a  residency  in  internal  medicine  at  Stan- 
ford University  in  Palo  Alto,  Calif. 

George  D.  Brickhouse  '93,  a  Navy  lieutenant, 
departed  for  a  six-month  deployment  to  the  Mediter- 
ranean Sea  and  the  Arabian  Gulf  aboard  the  aircraft 
carrier  VSS  Dwight  D.  Eisenhmver. 


I  '93,  who  graduated 
from  the  University  of  California-Berkeley,  is  doing  a 
joint  residency  in  family  practice  and  obstetrics  at  the 
University  of  California-Davis  Medical  Center.  She 
and  her  husband,  Hendry  Ton,  live  in  Vallejo,  Calif. 

Gene  I.  Gorman  '93  is  a  staff  writer  for  The 
Birmingham  News.  He  and  his  wife,  Terri  Elisa 
Dixon  '95,  live  in  Birmingham,  Ala. 

'93,  who  earned  her 


30      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


EBZEHBJ 


TWO-STEP 


For  sisters  Kim- 
berly  and  Kath- 
erine  Corp  '91, 
dancing  has  been  a 
long-practiced  pastime. 
But  when  they  joined 
the  Rockettes  in  tune 
for  the  dance  troupe's 
Christmas  Spectacular, 
the  twins'  tapping 
became  a  way  of  life. 

In  August,  Kimberly 
and  Katherine  came 
across  an  advertise- 
ment announcing  audi- 
tions for  the  company's 
renowned  winter 
show.  The  sisters,  who 
are  also  roommates, 
decided  to  take  a  shot 
at  what  both  say  had 
been  in  the  back  of 
their  minds  for  years: 
the  high-kicking  dance 
corps  known  for  its 
perfecdy  synchronized 
performances.  "I 
thought,  'If  I  don't  try, 
I'll  always  regret  it,' " 
Katherine  says. 

After  intense  audi- 
tions spread  over  two 
days,  both  sisters — 
who  practice  sixteen 
hours  a  week — 
clinched  slots  in  the 
troupe.  Each  says  they 
were  lucky  in  both 
earning  places  on  the 
kick-line,  considering 
there  are  a  limited 
number  of  spots  for 
women  of  any  given 
height,  a  range  be- 
tween five-foot-five 
and  five-nine.  Kim- 
berly and  Katherine 
are  both  five-seven. 


"could  have  been  a 
detriment  if  they  only 
needed  one  girl  that 


was  five-seven,"  says 
Kimberly.  But  both 
made  the  cuts,  and 
prepared  for  twenty 
days  of  rigorous  re- 
hearsals before  the 
curtain  rose  November 
4  on  the  Radio  City 
Christmas  Spectacular. 
"You're  getting  thirty- 
six  girls  to  do  every- 
thing alike.  Everything 
is  so  precise,  so  specif- 
ic," Kimberly  says. 
The  dancers  had  to 
order  six  pairs  of 
shoes,  and  learn  as 
many  routines. 

After  graduation,  the 
twins,  who  both  ma- 
jored in  comparative 
area  studies,  worked 
for  companies  in  Japan 
for  four  years — Kim- 
berly with  Fujibank 
and  Katherine  with 
Furukawa  Electric. 
They  danced  recrea- 
tionally  while  they 
were  abroad,  but, 


Kimberly  says,  "being 
foreigners,  we  stood 
out  too  much." 

When  they  returned 
to  the  United  States, 
they  attended  graduate 
school  at  Columbia 
University  in  New 
York  City.  With  one 
semester  remaining  in 
their  studies,  the  sisters 
left  the  world  of  inter- 
national economic  pol- 
icy to  go  on  tour  with 
a  major  national  act 
for  fifteen  months. 
Says  Kimberly:  "It  was 
great  to  be  in  different 
venues  in  different 
parts  of  the  world.  It 
was  very  exciting." 

Now,  they  will  be 
performing  in  one  of 
the  world's  most  famous 
places:  Radio  City 
Music  Hall.  The  Radio 
City  Christmas  Spec- 
tacular runs  from  early 
November  to  early 
January,  and  has  an 


estimated  annual  audi- 
ence of  more  than  a 
million.  "Our  parents 
think  it  is  a  wonderful 
thing  because  they 
know  it  is  what  we 
want  to  do,"  Katherine 
says. 

She  also  stresses  that, 
because  they  have  ex- 
perience working  with 
major  corporations, 
they  have  a  fall-back 
option  in  case  they  are 
not  Rockettes  forever. 
"We  have  created  a 
safety  net,"  she  says. 

Still,  neither  sister 
expects  to  terminate 
her  tapping  career  any- 
time soon:  "Some  of 
the  women  have  been 
doing  it  forever,"  Kath- 
erine says.  "They  seem 
to  enjoy  it,  and  I  can't 
see  why  I  wouldn't." 


■  Levy  '01 


M.B.A.  at  the  Univetsity  of  Virginia's  Darden  School, 
works  for  Merrill  Lynch  in  New  York  City. 

Lisa  Howe  '93,  who  earned  her  M.BA.  at  the 
Kenan-Flagler  Business  School  at  UNC-Chapel  Hill, 
works  in  portable  product  marketing  at  Dell  Computer 
Corp.  in  Austin,  Texas. 


ing  '93,  who  earned  his 
M.B.A.  at  the  University  of  Virginia's  Darden  School, 
works  for  J.R  Morgan  &  Co.  Inc.  in  New  York  City. 

Barbra  Marcus  Kolton  '93,  who  graduated  from 
the  Georgetown  University  Law  Center,  is  a  first-year 
associate  at  the  Washington,  DC,  office  of  Baker  & 
Hostetler.  She  and  her  husband,  Jeffrey,  live  in 
Arlington,  Va. 

Jeffrey  Michael  Maher  '93  earned  his  M.D. 
with  honors  at  the  University  of  Missouri-Columbia, 


where  he  won  the  John  Aure  Buesseler  Award  for 
Excellence  in  Ophthalmology.  He  and  his  wife,  Kelly 
Dawn  Belshe,  live  in  Columbia,  Mo. 

Jonathan  G.  Odom  '93,  a  Navy  lieutenant, 
completed  a  four-month  deployment  to  the  Arabian 
Gulf  aboard  the  aircraft  carrier  VSS  [independence. 

Abraham  Palmer  B.S.E.  '93  is  working  for  Star- 
bucks Coffee  Co.  as  an  application  architect.  He  and 
his  wife,  Julie  DeCamp  Palmer  '94,  live  in  Seattle. 

LeDayne  McLeese  Polaski  M.Div.  '93  is 

managing  director  of  the  Baptist  Peace  Fellowship  of 
North  America,  based  in  Lake  Junaluska,  N.C.  She 
lives  in  Charlotte. 

Sabrina  E.  Ricci  '93,  who  earned  her  M.B.A.  at 
the  University  of  Chicago  Graduate  School  of  Business, 
is  an  associate  at  Lehman  Brothers  in  New  York  City. 


Vanessa  A.  Simmons  '93,  who  earned  her  J.D  at 
Vanderbilt  University's  law  school,  is  an  associate  at 
the  law  firm  Lange,  Simpson,  Robinson  &  Somerville 
in  Birmingham,  Ala. 

Jonathan  R.  Cantor  '94  earned  his  J.D.  at  the 
George  Washington  University  law  school,  and  is 
working  for  the  Social  Security  Administration  Office 
of  General  Counsel  in  Baltimore. 

Kearns  Davis  A.M.  '94  is  an  attorney  in  the 
Greensboro  law  firm  Brooks,  Pierce,  McLendon, 
Humphrey  &  Leonard. 

Deirdre  Hudson  Delisi  '94  is  policy  director  for 
Rick  Perry's  campaign  for  lieutenant  governor  of 
Texas.  She  and  her  husband,  Ted,  live  in  Austin. 

Jason  S.  Friedman  '94  is  an  associate  at  Chase 
Capital  Partners,  a  New  York-based  private  equity  and 
venture  capital  firm.  He  attends  Harvard  Business 
School. 

Allison  HajdU-Paulen  '94  and  her  husband, 

Jeremy  Hajdu-Paulen  '94,  are  first-year  students 
at  Emory  University's  Candler  School  of  Theology. 
They  live  in  Atlanta. 


'94  was  named  a  Bnti-h  Methodist 
intern  for  the  1998-99  academic  year.  She  will  serve 
five  British  Methodist  churches  near  Crediton,  England. 
She  completed  her  second  year  of  an  M.Div.  program 
at  Emory  University. 


A.  Jurgens  '94,  who  earned  his  M.B.A. 
at  the  University  o[  Virginia's  Harden  School,  works 
for  Chase  Manhattan  Bank  in  New  York  City. 

Stephanie  Lea  Maher  '94,  who  earned  her  mas- 
ter's in  education  at  Teacher's  College  of  Columbia 
University,  is  a  project  coordinator  in  research  at  the 
Frank  Porter  Graham  Child  Development  Center  at 
UNC-Chapel  Hill. 

Christopher  John  Maughan  '94  is  a  software 
developer.  He  and  his  wife,  Sarah  Rachelle  Bailey,  live 
in  Atlanta. 

Rosanna  Carol  McConnell  '94,  who  earned 
her  M.D.  at  Wake  Forest  University's  Bowman  Gray 
School  of  Medicine,  began  an  internship  in  internal 
medicine  at  Pitt  County  Memorial  Hospital  in 
Greenville,  N.C.  She  and  her  husband,  Jonathan 
Harris  Woody,  live  in  Greenville. 

Michael  S.  McNamara  '94,  who  earned  his  J.D. 

at  Washington  University's  law  school  in  May,  won  the 
school's  William  M.  Pomerant:  Trial  Prize  for  excellence 
in  regional  mock  trial  competition.  He  also  won  the 
Judge  John  C.  Calhoun  Trial  Practice  Award  for  talent 
and  enthusiasm  for  trial  practice. 

Katharine  O'Connell  '94,  who  earned  her  M.D. 
at  the  New  Jersey  Medical  School,  is  a  resident  in 
obstetrics  and  gynecology  at  Baystate  Medical  Center 
in  Springfield,  Mass.  She  lives  in  Northampton,  Mass. 

Julie  DeCamp  Palmer  '94,  who  earned  her  Ph.D. 
at  the  University  ot  North  Carolina  School  of 
Pharmacy,  is  a  pharmacy  resident  at  the  University  of 
Washington  Medical  Center.  She  and  her  husband, 
l.S.E.  '93,  live  in  Seattle. 


Kimberly  Robertson  '94,  who  earned  her  M.B.A. 

at  the  University  of  Virginia's  Darden  School,  works 
for  Wachovia  Corp.  in  Atlanta. 
Laura  J.  Schick  '94  earned  her  M.B.A.  at  the 
University  of  Virginia's  Darden  School,  where  she 
received  the  Faculty  Award  for  Excellence.  She  works 
for  Bain  &  Co.  in  Atlanta.  She  and  her  husband, 
Mark  S.  Miles,  live  in  Atlanta. 

Jeffrey  Mark  VanderKam  '94,  who  earned  his 
Ph.D.  in  mathematics  at  Princeton  University,  is  a 
research  fellow  at  the  Institute  for  Advanced  Study, 


November- December 


CLASSIFIEDS 


ACCOMMODATIONS 


ARROWHEAD  INN, 

Durham's  country 

bed  and  breakfast. 

Restored  1775 

plantation  on 

four  rural  acres,  20  minutes  to- Duke. 

Written  up  in  USA  Today,  Food  &Wine, 

Mid-Atlantic.  106  Mason  Rd.,  27712. 

(919)  477-8430;  outside  919  area,  (800)  528-2207. 

FRANCE,  DORDOGNE:  Lovely  three-bedroom 
house,  garden  in  medieval  village.  (513)  221-1253. 


LONDON  FLATS 

Finest  accommodations  in  central  London 

One,  two,  three  bedrooms  — 

seven-night  minimum  stay 

COTSWOLD  COTTAGES 

THE  LONDON  CONNECTION 

Mr.  Thomas  Moore  III 

Phone:  (801)  393-9120  Fax:  (801)  393-3024 

E-mail:  londonui  lnnjonconnection.com 


DURHAM'S  BEST-KEPT  CHARMING  SECRET 
DUKE  TOWER  RESIDENTIAL  SUITES 

Luxuriously  furnished  all-suite  hotel. 

Award-winning  gardens,  magnificent  outdoor  pool, 

fitness  center,  covered  walking  track,  fully  equipped 

kitchen,  two  remote  control  color  TVs, 

HBO  and  cable,  two  telephones,  free  local  calls, 

call  waiting,  and  voice  mail,  laundry  room, 

fax  and  copier  service,  uniformed  security, 

pets  permitted.  One  minute  from  East  Campus, 

two  minutes  from  West  Campus  and  Duke  Medical 

Center.  Just  streets  away  from  many  restaurants 

and  Northgate  Mall,  fifteen  minutes  to 

RDU  Airport.  For  reservations  and  information, 

call  (919)  687-4444;  fax  (919)  683-1215. 

BIG  CANOE  LUXURY  HOME:  Business  or  pleasure! 
Luxury  four-bedroom  home  on  5.2  private  acres  in 
golf  resort  an  hour  north  of  Atlanta.  Fantastic  sea- 
sonal mountain  and  lake  views.  Sleeps  8-16.  Fully 
equipped  conference  room  in  home  seats  16.  Close 
to  amenities.  (877)  773-8732  or  www.pretreats.com 

COASTAL  NORTH  CAROLINA  WATERFRONT 
Escape  the  snow!  Seasonal  rental  overlooks 
Intetcoastal  Watetway.  Quality  condo,  Morehead 
City  area.  Three  bedrooms,  two  and  a  half  baths, 
living  room,  dining  room,  full  kitchen,  two  decks, 
furnished,  utilities.  $l,450/month,  begin  December 
or  January  for  four  or  five  months.  (919)  383-1134 
day,  (919)  383-1083  night. 

EDISTO  ISLAND,  SC  (featured  in  New  York  Times 
and  Washington  Post):  Fantastic  front  beach  house 
sleeping  13.  Great  fall/spring  rates.  Near  Charleston. 
(202)  338-3877  for  information,  pictures. 

FIGURE  EIGHT  ISLAND,  WILMINGTON,  NC: 
Four  bedrooms  (two  master  suites),  three  baths. 
Numerous  amenities:  linens,  VCR,  Cable,  bikes,  etc. 
Screenporch,  panoramic  views  sound/ocean. 
Weekly  $2,150.  (910)  686-4099. 


ST.  JOHN:  Two  bedrooms,  pool.  Quiet  elegance,  spec- 
tacular view.  (508)  668-2078. 


FOR  SALE 


SIX  DUKE  COMMEMORATIVE  PLATES. 
Wedgwood.  Mulberry.  Mint  condition.  $600  plus  ship- 
ping. (404)  355-0551. 


Pfiesteria:  Crossing  Dark  Water  by  Ritchie  Shoemaker 
'73,  M.D.  '77.  True  story  about  lesioned  fish,  human 
health,  and  the  environmental  causes.  $15  +  $4.25 
shipping/handling.  PO.  Box  25,  Pocomoke,  MD  21851. 

36  SONGS  FROM  THE  '40s,  PLAYED  ON  DUAL 
PIANOS  at  Goldie's  Supper  Club,  New  York  City,  by 
Golson  Hawkins  '41.  Cassette  tape  for  $10  available  of 
Hawkins,  accompanist  to  Duke  Men's  Glee  Club  and 
Sunday  Night  Sings,  1938-41.  Proceeds  benefit  Duke 
Annual  Fund.  Orders  to:  Bob  Long  '41,  815-1  Marlowe 
Rd.  Raleigh,  NC  27609.  (919)  781-5669. 

THE  PRIME  MERIDIAN: 
ANTIQUE  MAPS  &  BOOKS 

We  buy  and  sell  pre-20th  century  maps 

and  related  books  (travel/exploration). 

Online  browsing  and  secured  ordering  is  available. 

(www.bibliocity.com/home/PM).  We  specialize  in  maps 

of  the  southeastern  U.S.  and  Africa,  with  a  variety  of 

general  inventory.  Office  hours  by  appointment 

(Danville,  VA).  Phone:  (804)  724-1106;  Fax:  (804) 

799-0218;  E-mail:  jsk@gamewood.net 


DATE 

Someone  Who  Knows 
That 

Pas  De  Deux 

Is  Not  The  Father  of  Twins 


Meet  Fellow 
Graduates  and  Faculty  of 

DUKE, 
The  Ivies,  Seven  Sisters, 
Stanford,  MIT,  Caltech, 

UC  Berkeley, 

U  of  Chicago,  Medical 

Schools  and  a  few  others 


THE 

RIGHT 

STUFF 

An  InMucUon  Network 
www.rightstuffdating.com 

800-988-5288 

More  Than  2600  Members! 


FT.  MYERS,  FLORIDA:  Riverfront  home,  117  feet 

on  river  by  210  feet  deep  lot.  Three  bedrooms, 
walk-in  closets,  two  baths,  den,  living/dining  room, 
fireplace,  kitchen.  3,035  square  feet,  20-foot  by  40- 
foot  pool.  $549,000.  (941)  334-1471. 

TWELVE  WEDGWOOD  ETRURIA  DINNER 
PLATES,  1937.  Duke  campus  scenes.  $1,200.  Mary 
Geyer  Carleton  '45,  (219)  288-0967. 


N.C.  MOUNTAINS 
Lake  Lure  Area 

THREE  CREEKS... an  unparalleled  c 


Lity. 


Only  eighteen  thtee-acre  homesites  are 
being  developed,  none  contiguous  with  another, 

within  270  acres  of  conserved  land. 

This  surrounding  nature  preserve  is  deeded  to  the 

owners-to  be  enjoyed  by  all.  Abundant  water 

sources,  prominent  waterfalls,  meadows,  forest, 

swim  pond,  trails,  and  library  cabin. 

Protective  covenants  with  architectural  review. 

Paved  roads,  underground  utilities. 

John  Nelson 

241  Three  Creeks  Road 

Lake  Lure,  NC  28746 

(828)  625-4293 


Did  you  receive  the  inaugural  edition  of  of/Center, 
the  newsletter  of  the  Center  for  LGBT  Life  at  Duke? 
Are  you  a  member  of  Bi-GALA,  Duke's  LGBT 
alumni  group?  Did  you  know  that  Duke  is  hosting 
the  Southeastern  LGBT  College  Conference  (SEC), 
March  5-7, 1999?  If  you  answered  no  to  any  of 
these  questions  and  are  interested  in  learning  more, 
please  contact  the  Center  for  Lesbian,  Gay,  Bisexual, 
and  Transgender  Life,  Duke  University,  Box  90958, 
Durham,  N.C.  27708,  lbgcenter@acpub.duke.edu, 
(919)  684-6607.  Confidentiality  concerns  accom- 
modated. 


CLASSIFIED  RATES 

GET  IN  TOUCH  WITH  65,000+  potential  buyers, 
rentets,  consumers,  through  Duke  Classifieds. 

RATES:  $2.50  per  word,  minimum  10  words. 
10  percent  discount  for  two  or  more  insertions. 

DISPLAY  RATES  (with  art  or  special  type  treat- 
ment): $150  per  column  inch  (2  3/8"  wide). 

REQUIREMENTS:  All  copy  must  be  printed  or 
typed.  Please  specify  section  (FOR  SALE,  etc.)  in 
which  ad  should  appear.  Due  to  postal  regulations, 
no  travel  arrangements  allowed. 

ALL  ADS  MUST  BE  PREPAID:  Send  check  (payable 
to  Duke  Magazine)  to:  Duke  Magazine  Classifieds, 
614  Chapel  Drive,  Durham,  NC  27708-0570.  We 
accept  VISA,  MASTERCARD,  and  DISCOVER. 
No  phone  orders,  except  FAX  orders  with  credit 
card  numbers  and  expiration  date:  (919)  681-1659. 

DEADLINES:  November  15  (January-February 
issue),  January  15  (March-April  issue),  March  15 
(May-June  issue),  May  15  (July-August  issue),  July 
15  (September-Octobet  issue),  September  15 
(November-December  issue).  Please  specify  issues 
in  which  ad  should  appear. 


32      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


on  a  National  Science  Foundation  postdoctoral 
fellowship.  He  and  his  wife,  Susan,  and  their  daughter 
live  in  Princeton,  N.J. 

Christin  L.  Bassett  '95,  who  graduated  from  the 
George  Washington  University  law  school,  is  an  associ- 
ate with  Morgan,  Lewis  and  Bockius  in  Philadelphia. 

Laura  BettlS  '95,  who  spent  almost  a  year  traveling 
through  Europe  and  Southeast  Asia,  is  now  at  home  in 
Boise,  Idaho,  helping  on  her  family  cattle  ranch. 

Thema  Simone  Bryant  '95,  A.M.  '97,  whose  book 
of  poetry  The  Birthing  of  a  Lioness  has  been  published, 
is  completing  her  Ph.D.  in  psychology  at  Duke.  She 
lives  in  Durham. 

Teni  Elisa  Dixon  '95  is  a  medical  student  at  the  Uni- 
versity of  Alabama  School  of  Medicine.  She  and  her 
husband,  Gene  I.  Gorman  '93,  live  in  Birmingham. 

Steve  Dunn  '95  graduated  from  UNC  Law  School 
and  joined  the  law  firm  Van  Hoy,  Reutlinger,  and 
Taylor  in  Charlotte,  N.C. 

Marc  Eumann  LL.M.  '95,  who  earned  a  degree  at 
Bochum  University  Law  School  in  February,  passed 
the  German  bar  exam  after  a  two-year  clerkship  at  the 
City  of  Duisburg  District  Court.  He  lives  in  Ober- 
hausen,  Germany. 

Pamela  Hull  '95,  who  completed  an  A.M./Ph.D.  pro- 
gram in  sociology  at  Vanderbilt  University,  was  awarded 
a  four-year  teaching  assistantship  and  honors  scholar- 
ship to  pursue  her  studies.  She  lives  in  Antioch,  Tenn. 

Kevin  Scott  Jacobson  '95  is  assistant  director 
of  undergraduate  admissions  at  New  York  University. 
He  began  NYU's  master's  program  in  African  studies. 
He  lives  in  Brooklyn,  N.Y. 

Melissa  Johns  '95  finished  her  Peace  Corps  tour  in 
Honduras  and  began  law  school  at  Stanford  University 
this  fall. 

Peter  Kottke  B.S.E.  '95,  a  Navy  ensign,  is  the  dam- 
age control  assistant  on  the  VSS  Tennessee,  a  ballistic 
missile  submarine  based  in  Kings  Bay,  Ga. 

Donald  D.  Kranbuehl  '95  is  pursuing  a  master's  in 
architecture  and  a  master's  in  civil  engineering  at  Vir- 
ginia Polytechnic  Institute.  He  lives  in  Blacksburg,  Va. 


Brt  '95  is  pursuing  her  master's  in  inter- 
national studies  at  the  University  of  South  Carolina- 
Columbia.  She  is  studying  Portuguese  and  will  intern 
in  Brazil  for  six  months,  beginning  May  1999. 

Carla  Wong  '95  graduated  summa  cum  laude  from 
the  University  of  Georgia  School  of  Law.  She  and  her 
husband,  Lance  Parks  McMillan,  live  in  Peachtree 
City,  Ga. 


:  Carpenter '96,  editor  and  publisher  of  In- 
side Lacrosse,  was  honored  with  the  United  States  Inter- 
collegiate Lacrosse  Association's  Doyle  Smith  Media 
Award  for  outstanding  journalistic  coverage  of  the  sport. 

Courtney  Forsloff ' 96  won  a  Cullen  University 
Scholarship  and  History  Department  Scholarship  from 
the  University  of  Houston. 

Khris  Lewin  '96  is  an  actor  with  the  Cincinnati 
Shakespeare  Festival,  where  he  also  directs  plays  and 
stage  fights.  He  spent  the  summer  of  1998  at  the 
National  Stage  Combat  Workshop  in  Las  Vegas,  on 
staff  as  a  journey-person. 

Ashley  Megan  Wells  '96  is  in  Germany  for  the 
1998-99  academic  year,  teaching  English  language  and 
American  studies  and  literature  to  high  school  stu- 
dents, through  the  Fulbright  program.  For  the  past  two 
years,  she  taught  seventh  grade  in  the  South  Bronx  as 
a  Teach  for  America  corps  member. 

Timothy  J.  Wyse  '96,  a  Navy  ensign,  is  participating 
in  a  multinational  exercise  in  the  Western  Pacific  Ocean 


aboard  the  guided  missile  cruiser  VSS  Mobile  Bay. 

MARRIAGES:  Talfourd  "Fourd"  H.  Kemper 

Jr.  '90  to  Ann  Kelley  Yelverton  on  May  23.  Residence: 
Roanoke, Va....Aimee  Vincent  '91  to  Jay  Jami- 
son '92  on  Oct.  11, 1997.  Residence:  Seattle. . .  Monica 
Kotelanski  '92  to  Joel  Recht  on  April  4.  Residence: 
Ellicott  City, Md....Wetona  Suzanne  Eidson'93 
to  Hendry  Ton  on  April  1.  Residence:  Vallejo,  Calif. . . . 
Gene  I.  Gorman  '93  to  Terri  Elisa  Dixon  '95 
on  Sept.  6,1997.  Residence:  Birmingham,  Ala.... 
Laura  Magistro  '93  to  Charles  Talley  Wells 
'93,  J.D.  '98.  Residence:  Orlando,  Fla     Jeffrey 
Michael  Maher'93  to  Kelly  Dawn  Belshe  on  June 
13.  Residence:  Columbia, Mo....  Barbra  Marcus 
'93  to  Jeffrey  E.  Kolton  on  March  28.  Residence: 
Arlington,  Va....Kearns  Davis  A.M.  '94  to  Ashley 
Payne  on  June  27.  Residence:  Greensboro...  Jason 
Friedman  '94  to  Sheri  Telanoff  on  May  17  Residence: 
New  York  City...  Jeremy  Daniel  Hajdu'94  to 
Allison  Ann  Paulen  '94  on  June  27.  Residence: 
Atlanta...  Deirdre  Hudson  '94  to  Ted  Delisi  on 
June  6.  Residence:  Austin, Texas... Kevin  Michael 
Lally  J  D  94  to  Carol  R.  Williams  J.D.  94  on 
May  30.  Residence:  Alexandria, Va.... Christopher 
John  Maughan  '94  to  Sarah  Rachelle  Bailey  on 
July  4.  Residence:  Atlanta... Rosanna  Carol 
McConnell  '94  to  Jonathan  Harris  Woody  on  June  6. 
Residence:  Greenville, N.C...  Laura  Schick '94  to 
Mark  S.  Miles  on  June  20.  Residence:  Atlanta. .  .Dana 
Cook  '95  to  Gregory  Feller  on  July  11.  Residence: 
New  York...  Amy  Gravitt'95  to  Jonathan  Eric 
Jensen  '95  on  Sept.  5.  Residence:  West  Hollywood, 
Calif.    Pamela  Joy  Johnson  '95  to  Kevin 
Joseph  McLoughlin  B.S.E.  '95  on  May  30.  Resi- 
dence: Beaufort, S.C....  Kathryn  Schoenbrun  '95 
to  Seth  Kaplan  M.D.  '96  on  Aug.  16, 1997.  Resi- 
dence: Brookline,  Mass... .Maggie  Scurry '95  to 
Duncan  Rougier-Chapman  '89,  M.D.  '98  on  May 
9.  Residence:  Durham... Anne  Elizabeth  Tretter 
'95  to  Jeffrey  Ross  Rothman  on  March  21.  Residence: 
Baltimore,  Md....Moriah  Utley'95  to  Michael 
Brown  '96  on  Dec.  27, 1997.  Residence:  Pittsburgh... 
Carla  Wong  '95  to  Lance  Parks  McMillan  on  Dec. 
21, 1997.  Residence:  Peachtree  City,  Ga.... Christin 
Neal  Richardson  '96  to  Jason  Martin  Munyon  on 
Sept.  2.  Residence:  Chapel  Hill,  N.C. 


BIRTHS:  Second  child  and  son  to  Aileen  Bost  '90 
and  Harold  Bost  '90  on  Dec.  9, 1997  Named  Jeremy 
TulIy...Son  to  Cheryl  Senter  Brashears  B.S.E 
'90  and  Robert  Btashears  on  April  1.  Named  Jacob 
Andrew. .  .Son  to  Stefanie  Faris  '90  and  Dave  Faris 
on  June  23.  Named  Robert  Angelo...  Second  child 
and  first  daughter  to  Tami  Sandercock  Holsten 
'90  and  Stephen  E.  Holsten  on  May  24.  Named  Julia 
Marie... First  child  and  daughter  to  Susan  Queller 
Needleman  '90  and  Mike  Needleman  on  June  19. 
Named  Jessica  Eve... Son  to  Elizabeth  Edwards 
Russell  '90  and  Britton  Thomas  Russell  '90 
on  May  9.  Named  Tyler  William. .  .Daughter  to 
Michael  Zilles  B.S.E.  '90  and  Michele  Zilles  on 
Feb.  7.  Named  Alexandra  Blake... Second  child  and 
first  son  to  C.  Ben  Farrow  B.S.E.  '91  and  Julia  Farrow 
on  March  25.  Named  Joseph  Aubrey. .  .First  child  and 
son  to  Lindsay  Newbold  Purcell  '91  and  John 
Purcell  on  Jan.  6.  Named  John  Joseph  Purcell  IV. . . 
Second  son  to  Dara  Grossinger  Redler  J.D.  '91 
and  Daniel  Redler  on  May  25.  Named  Jansen  Bryce. . . 
First  child  and  son  to  Jay  R.  McDonald  '91  and 
Maggie  McDonald  on  March  1.  Named  Cade  Angus. . . 
Son  to  Kevin  Shaw  '91  and  Lisabeth  Shaw  on  Dec. 
14, 1997.  Named  Connor  John... Daughter  t 
M.B.A. '93  and  Victoria  I 
J.D.  '94  on  July  4.  Named  Sarah  Cath- 
erine... First  daughter  to  Jeffrey  Mark  Vander- 
Kam  '94  and  Susan  K.  VanderKam  on  March  10. 
Named  Kathleen  Elizabeth... Son  to  Rachel 

'95  on  Dec.  29, 1997.  Named  Caleb  Reid. 


A  Charitable 

Annuity: 

The  Gift 

That  Pays 

In  exchange  for  a  gift  of 
$10,000  or  more,  Duke  can 
offer  you  (or  you  and  your 
spouse)  a  fixed  annual 
income  for  life. 

Your  age  (and  that  of  your 
spouse) ,  your  financial 
needs,  and  current  interest 
rates  determine  the  annuity 
rate  Duke  can  offer. 


Some  Sample  Rates 

Your  Age 

Annuity 

60 

6.5% 

70 

7.5% 

75 

8.0% 

Your  Ages 

Annuity 

70/68 

6.5% 

75/73 

7.0% 

Annuity  rates  are  subject  to 
change.  Once  your  gift  is  made, 
the  annuity  rate  remains  fixed. 

Please  allow  us  to  send  you 
a  proposal 


Please  contact 

Michael  C.  SholtzJ.D.,  LL.M. 

Director,  Duke  University 

Office  of  Planned  Giving 

Box  90606 

2127  Campus  Drive 

Durham  NC  27708-0606 

(919)  681-0464 

(919)684-2123 


November-December  1998        33 


DEATHS 


Mildred  Frances  Dehart  '32  of  Roanoke,  Va., 

Mattie  Hubbard  '32  of  Palm  Beach  Gardens,  Fla., 
on  Jan.  31. 

Lucy  H.  Tolson  '34  of  Southern  Pines,  N.C.,  on 
Dec.  30,  1997.  She  is  survived  by  her  daughter,  Jane 
Tolson  Coombes  '63. 


i  B.S.E.  '35  of  Charlottesville, 
Va.,  on  June  5.  In  1940,  he  became  a  commissioned 
officer  in  the  U.S.  Public  Health  Service,  where  he 
served  for  30  years.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Ruth,  a 
daughter,  and  two  step-sons. 

Loraine  Greene  Flowers  '35  of  Euaw,  Ala.,  on 
Dec.  6,  1997. 

C.  Nash  Herndon  '35  of  Winston-Salem,  N.C.,  on 
March  29. 

Harvey  B.  Black  '36  of  Durham,  on  June  19.  He  is 
survived  by  his  wife,  Minnie;  a  son;  a  brother,  i 
C.  Black  '36;  three  grandchildren;  and  a  great- 
grandchild. 


i  C.  Wentsel  '38  of  Sun  City  Center, 
Fla.,  on  Dec.  25,  1997.  She  is  survived  by  a  daughter,  a 
son,  and  two  grandchildren. 

Richard  P.  Gingland  B.S.E.  '40  of  Highland, 
Calif.,  on  May  9,  after  a  brief  illness.  He  retired  in  1976 
as  an  Air  Force  colonel,  having  served  for  30  years.  He 
is  survived  by  his  wife,  Harriette,  a  son,  a  daughter,  and 
five  grandchildren. 

Edna  Leggett  '42  of  Tucson,  Ariz.,  on  May  23. 

Martin  L.  Parker  '42  of  Briarcliff  Manor  N.Y.,  on 
May  29.  He  was  a  lieutenant  in  the  Navy  Supply 
Corps  in  the  South  Pacific  during  World  War  II.  Later, 
he  worked  at  Reuben  H.  Donnelly  Corp.  in  Mount 
Vernon  and  Stamford,  Conn.,  for  36  years.  He  retired 
in  1984  as  general  manager  of  field  marketing.  After 
retiring,  he  worked  as  the  town  attorney  for  Ossining, 
N.Y.,  for  four  years.  He  was  a  past  president  of 
Westchester-Putnam  Legal  Services  and  treasurer 
of  the  Open  Door  Family  Medical  Center  in  Ossining. 
In  1967,  he  helped  start  the  Concerned  Democrats 
of  Westchester-New  Democratic  Coalition,  an  anti- 
Vietnam  War  organization.  He  was  elected  as  a 
delegate  to  the  1968  and  1972  National  Democratic 
conventions.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Caroline; 
two  sons,  including  Andrew  C.  Parker  '72;  a 
daughter;  and  three  grandchildren. 


;  S.  Keller  '43,  M.D.  '47  of  Hemet,  Calif,  on 
March  12.  From  1949  to  1964,  he  had  a  general  prac- 
tice in  obstetrics,  surgery,  and  family  medicine  in  Safford, 
Ariz.  During  the  Korean  War,  he  was  a  medical  officer. 
After  teaching  in  San  Francisco  for  a  year,  he  joined 
the  staff  of  Berkshire  Medical  Center  and  earned 
board  certification  in  nuclear  medicine.  Later,  he  qual- 
ified for  a  commercial  pilot's  license  and  returned  to 
Arizona  to  join  a  group  of  flying  radiologists,  serving 
hospitals  in  many  small  Arizona  towns.  He  retired 
from  a  private  firm  in  1990.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife, 
Maren  Lee  Keller  '45;  two  sons;  and  a  daughter. 

Edwin  E.  McMorries  '43  of  Peachtree  City,  Ga., 
on  Jan.  29.  A  retired  Navy  rear  admiral,  be  had 
attended  the  Naval  War  College  and  was  a  veteran  of 
World  War  II,  the  Korean  War,  and  the  Vietnam  War. 
An  aircraft  procurement  specialist,  he  was  responsible 
for  procuring  the  Navy's  F-14  jet  fighter.  He  was  also 
the  special  assistant  to  the  assistant  secretary  of  the 
Navy  for  installation  and  logistics.  He  was  awarded 
the  Bronze  Star  and  the  Legion  of  Merit  Service.  After 
retiring  in  1974,  he  directed  NCR's  distribution  center 
in  Peachtree  City  and  was  a  consultant  to  Pratt  & 


Whitney  aircraft.  He  earned  his  J.D.  from  Mercer 
University  Law  School  in  1980,  and  practiced  law  in 
Fayette  County  until  1993.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife, 
Cynthia  Read  McMorries  '45;  a  daughter, 
Melissa  McMorries  Simmons  '73;  his  mother; 
and  three  grandchildren. 

Robert  Louis  Roelike  '46  of  Dennis,  Mass.,  and 
Lake  Worth,  Fla.,  on  May  30.  A  captain  of  the  Duke 
basketball  team,  he  interrupted  his  college  career  to 
join  the  Army  infantry  during  World  War  II.  He 
graduated  from  Upsala  College  in  East  Orange,  N.J. 
He  later  joined  Travelers  Insurance  Co.  and  was  named 
manager  of  the  life,  accident,  and  health  division  for 
the  Newark  office.  In  1979,  he  retired  and  moved  to 
Dennis,  where  he  was  elected  director  of  the  Yarmouth 
Recreation  Department.  He  was  appointed  business 
manager  of  and  fund-raiser  for  the  Tony  Kent  Arena  in 
South  Dennis.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Betsy  Anne, 
two  daughters,  five  sons,  and  16  grandchildren. 

Warren  H.  Pope  '47  of  Yardley,  Pa.,  on  May  21.  He 
is  survived  by  his  wife,  Janice. 

Clyde  L.  Collins  M.Div.  '48  of  Gastonia,  N.C.,  on 
June  11,  of  complications  from  heart  surgery. 


H.  Gentry  M.D.  '49  of  Wendell,  N.C.,  on 
May  9.  After  working  as  a  staff  physician  at  the  N.C. 
Sanatorium  for  seven  years,  he  became  associate 
superintendent  and  medical  director  of  the  hospital 
at  McCain.  Later,  he  was  appointed  medical  director 
of  the  N.C.  Specialty  Hospitals.  He  retired  in  1975. 
He  is  survived  by  a  son,  a  daughter,  two  brothers,  four 
sisters,  and  two  grandchildren. 

Joseph  Patrick  Morgan  B.S.E.  '49  of  Jackson- 
ville, Fla.,  on  June  23.  He  served  in  the  Navy  in  World 
War  II.  An  engineer,  he  was  licensed  in  Horida,  Georgia, 
South  Carolina,  and  Virginia.  He  is  survived  by  his 
wife,  Claire  Flowers  Morgan  '49;  a  daughter; 
and  two  sons,  including  Joseph  P.  Morgan  Jr.  '80. 

Jeanne  McPherson  Stansell  '49  of  Barrow 
County,  Ga.,  on  June  11.  She  taught  in  the  Barrow 
County  school  system  for  2 1  years,  and  was  a  past 
president  of  the  Barrow  County  Association  of 
Educators.  A  member  of  the  Winder  First  United 
Methodist  Church,  she  was  the  first  woman  to  serve 
as  the  church's  administrative  board  chairman.  She 
also  chaired  the  Barrow  County  Foster  Child  Review 
Panel.  She  is  survived  by  her  husband,  John,  six  chil- 
dren, 10  grandchildren,  and  four  great-grandchildren. 


Fred  J.  Friedman  '50  of  Livingston,  N.J.,  on  Dec. 
26,  1997,  of  Alzheimer's  disease.  He  had  a  dental 
practice  in  Livingston  for  30  years  before  retiring  in 
1989.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Joan;  a  son,  Ronald 
Seth  Friedman  '93;  and  two  daughters. 

Frederick  W.  Graham  Jr.  50,  M.D.  55  of  Ashe 
boro,  N.C,  on  March  1,  1997,  of  complications  from 
surgery  for  esophagus  cancer.  He  was  a  family  physi- 
cian in  Asheboro  for  almost  40  years.  In  1991,  he  was 
named  the  N.C.  Academy  of  Family  Physicians'  Family 
Doctor  of  the  Year  and  recognized  as  one  of  the  top 
ten  in  the  nation.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Grace 
Sunny  Korstian  Graham  '50,  and  three  children. 

Charles  Andrew  Hanson  M.D.  '51  of  Geneva, 
111.,  on  June  17,  of  colon  cancer.  He  practiced  medicine 
in  Geneva  for  43  years.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife, 
Lorelei  Hanson  '50;  two  sons,  including  Jeffrey 

B.  Hanson  M.D.  '78;  a  daughter;  a  sister;  two 
brothers;  and  four  grandchildren. 

Nancy  J.  Procter  Langley  '54  of  Sneads  Ferry, 
N.C,  on  March  26.  She  is  survived  by  her  husband, 
mgley  M.D.  '55,  and  a  sister, 
Little  51 


C.  Mason  Jr.  '54,  B.D.  '57  of  Chicago, 
on  Oct.  1,  1997.  He  was  the  founding  director  of  the 


Center  of  Religion  and  Psychotherapy  of  Chicago, 
established  in  1965.  He  also  helped  form  the  American 
Association  of  Pastoral  Counseling.  He  became  a 
clinical  instructor  in  Imago  Relationship  therapy,  and 
received  a  meritorious  contribution  award  in  1997. 
He  published  many  articles,  his  most  recent  being 
"Imago  Relationships  and  Empathy"  and  "Imago:  A 
Theory  and  Therapy  of  Connectivity."  He  is  survived 
by  his  wife,  Margaret,  two  sons,  three  step-daughters, 
a  granddaughter,  and  a  brother. 

Kenneth  Martin  Hulbert  '55  of  Santa  Barbara, 
Calif,  on  Dec.  12,  1997.  He  is  survived  by  two  sons,  a 
sister,  and  two  grandchildren. 


E.  Teets  Ph.D.  '55  of  Baltimore,  on  Oct.  24, 
1997.  He  began  teaching  in  1932  when  he  was  18  years 
old.  He  retired  in  1981  from  Central  Washington 
University  as  professor  emeritus  of  English,  having 
taught  for  46  years.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Virginia, 
and  a  daughter,  Catherine  Teets  Davidoff  '65. 

Romaine  Barnes  Campell  M.Ed.  '59  of  Vesta, 
Va.,  on  June  9,  of  adult  respiratory  distress  syndrome. 
She  is  survived  by  her  husband,  I 
M.D.  '60;  three  daughters,  including  I 
Campell  Jaffe  85  and  Elizabeth  C. 
'88;  and  a  grandchild. 

W.  M.  "Terry"  Gillies  '59  of  Rancho  Santa  Fe, 
Calif,  on  May  17,  of  a  heart  attack.  He  is  survived  by 
his  wife,  Gayle  Summers  Gillies  '59;  a  son, 
Bill  Gillies  M.B.A.  '88;  two  daughters;  two  sisters, 
including  Susan  Gillies  Bush  '70;  and  seven 
grandchildren. 

Charles  E.  Carter  B.S.E.  '60  of  Greenfield,  Mass., 
on  Feb.  7.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Lois. 


Joan  C.  Yannis  '65  of  Tappan,  N.Y,  on  June  3. 
She  is  survived  by  her  husband,  Alex,  and  a  son. 

Diane  Halle  Heck  '71  of  Williamsburg,  Va.,  on  Feb. 
16,  of  breast  cancer.  A  licensed  clinical  social  worker, 
she  was  a  partner  in  the  Family  Living  Institute.  She  is 
survived  by  her  husband,  Michael,  a  son,  two  daughters, 
her  mother,  a  brother,  and  five  sisters. 

Eileen  Elizabeth  Hartsoe-Katz  76  of 

Morristown,  N.J.,  on  June  28.  She  practiced  obstetrics 
and  gynecology  for  10  years  in  Morristown.  She  is 
survived  by  her  husband,  Robert,  and  three  sons. 

Mark  Kirby  '78  of  Crozet,  Va.,  on  June  22,  in  a  car 
accident.  He  was  an  attorney  in  Raleigh.  He  is  survived 
by  his  wife,  Lisa,  three  children,  a  sister,  and  two  brothers. 

Emily  Jane  Woo  M.D.  '95  of  Cherry  Hill,  N.J.,  in  May. 

Professor  Emeritus  Fowlie 

Wallace  Fowlie,  a  prolific  author  and  professor  emeritus 
of  French  literature  at  Duke,  died  of  heart  complica- 
tions on  August  16.  He  was  89. 

Fowlie  made  his  mark  as  a  scholar  by  writing  about 
the  great  French  poets  and  other  literary  figures  of 
the  nineteenth  and  twentieth  centuries,  including 
Baudelaire,  Mallarme,  Proust,  Rimbaud,  and  Verlaine. 
In  all,  he  wrote  more  than  twenty  books,  including  the 
scholarly,  translations,  and  several  personal  memoirs. 

In  1994,  he  crossed  into  popular  culture  and 
received  national  attention  when,  as  an  octogenarian, 
he  wrote  Rimbaud  and  Jim  Morrison:  The  Rebel  As  Poet, 
published  by  Duke  Press.  That  book  elicited  much 
curiosity  because  it  parallels  the  lives  of  the  French 
poet  Arthur  Rimbaud  and  the  lead  singer  of  The 
Doors.  According  to  Fowlie,  both  men  were  rebels, 
both  grew  up  without  fathers,  both  experimented  with 
drugs  and  alcohol,  and  both  dealt  with  death  and 
pathos  in  their  poems. 

He  earned  his  bachelor's,  master's,  and  doctoral 
degrees  at  Harvard  University.  Before  arriving  at  Duke 
in  1964,  he  had  taught  at  Bennington  College,  the 
University  of  Chicago,  and  Yale. 


34      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


TRIBUTES 
TO  TERRY 


Editors: 

Congratulations  on  your  last  two  issues 
[March- April  and  May-June] — and  the  bud- 
ding Internet  supplements. 

The  tribute  to  Terry  Sanford  gave  me  a  real 
sense  of  what  it  would  have  been  like  to  have 
been  on  campus  during  his  amazing  tenure, 
and  provided  new  insight  into  his  achieve- 
ment in  leading  Duke  to  new  horizons  be- 
yond the  South. 

The  retrospective  on  the  Vigil  was  very  en- 
lightening, and  a  good  example  of  growing  pains. 

Plus,  [University  Photographer]  Chris  Hil- 
dreth  is  an  amazing  photographer. 

Ed  Richards '63,  J.D. '66 
via  e-mail 

Editors: 

Speaking  of  Terry  Sanford's  legacy,  I  think  his 
greatest  gift  to  the  state  was  the  establishment 
of  a  climate  of  tolerance  in  North  Carolina. 

Our  state  was  torn  among  bitter  groups 
when  Terry  returned  from  World  War  II  and 
entered  politics.  I  was  among  those  who  op- 
posed him  at  first.  By  the  time  he  was  running 
for  the  U.S.  Senate,  I  had  come  around  to  the 
point  where  he  quoted  some  of  my  editorials 
in  his  campaign  ads. 

By  the  time  he  was  running  for  re-election, 
I  was  helping  to  manage  his  campaign  in 
western  North  Carolina  and  was  able  to  in- 
troduce him  at  one  rally  as  a  man  who  came 
home  from  the  war  "with  a  purple  heart  on  his 
chest  and  an  open  heart  in  his  bosom." 

I  think  that  was  Terry  Sanford. 

J.R  Huskins 
Athens,  Georgia 


BOTANIC 
MATTERS 


Editors: 

While  I  enjoyed  the  "Fact  File"  [May- June 
1998]  on  the  Dawn  Redwood  in  Duke  Gar- 
dens, I  must  admit  to  being  disappointed  in 
the  opening  remark  that  continues  the  erro- 
neous statement  that  the  largest  tree  in  the 


world  is  the  Coastal  Red- 
wood. 

The  redwood  has  the  dis- 
tinction of  tallest,  but  it  is 
not  the  largest  in  at  least 
two  different  ways:  area  co- 
vered and  mass.  The  largest 
organism  (not  just  tree)  in 
the  world  is  the  quaking  as- 
pen, as  documented  in  the 
technical  literature  (Nature, 
360:  page  216, 1992)  and  in 
the  popular  press  {Discover, 
October  1993,  pages  82-89). 

As  senior  author  of  these 
papers  and  a  Duke  alumnus, 
I  would  have  hoped  that 
this  fascinating  bit  of  biology  might  have  been 
taken  up  by  Duke  Magazine,  as  did  The  New 
York  Times  and  others.  At  the  very  least,  I 
could  hope  that  you  might  consider  "correct- 
ing" the  "Fact  File!"  (The  largest  Coastal  Red- 
wood on  record,  General  Sherman,  was  less 
than  one-third  the  size,  in  mass,  of  Pando,  the 
giant  aspen.) 

Michael  C.  Grant  Ph.D.  74 
Professor  of  Biology 
University  of  Colorado 
Boulder,  Colorado 

Editors: 

The  recent  article  on  the  Duke  Herbarium 
["A  Search  for  Green  Treasure,"  May- June 
1998]  highlighted  the  current  work  and  po- 
tential future  value  of  such  a  facility.  Many 
superb  botanists  associated  with  the  herbar- 
ium and  their  travels,  collections,  and  re- 
search showed  the  importance  of  maintaining 
a  modern,  well-curated  collection. 

I  was  extremely  disappointed  that  a  fairer 
and  more  inclusive  hearing  was  not  given  to 
the  lone  voice  for  the  herbarium  over  the  past 
twenty  years.  Prior  to  the  current  popularity 
of  the  term  "biodiversity,"  there  was  a  long 
period  during  which  few  recognized  the  value 
of  or  need  for  expending  resources  on  such  a 
facility.  Dr.  Robert  Wilbur,  the  former  curator, 
has  spent  his  entire  career  collecting  for  and 
maintaining  the  Duke  Vascular  Plant  Her- 
barium. Truth  be  told,  it  was  quite  rare  to  see 
another  faculty  member  enter  the  herbarium 
during  the  five  years  that  I  was  at  Duke. 

Dr.  Wilbur  fought  to  keep  the  herbarium  a 


vital  part  of  the  botany 
department,  and  he  initi- 
ated the  move  to  build  a 
new  facility.  Moreover,  his 
extensive  collection  for 
North  Carolina  and  Cen- 
tral America  form  the 
backbone  of  the  strengths 
of  the  Duke  Herbarium. 
Collecting  for  a  herbarium 
is  largely  a  philanthropic 
activity,  in  the  sense  that 
the  collector  is  rarely  the 
person  who  uses  those 
specimens  for  research. 
Rather,  it  is  someone  in 
the  near  or  distant  future, 
often  at  some  other  institution,  who  requests 
loans  to  use  specimens.  The  amount  of  time 
and  effort  that  Dr.  Wilbur  has  devoted  to 
these  activities  should  not  have  been  slight- 
ed, as  they  clearly  were  in  the  Duke  Magazine 
article. 

The  herbarium  still  exists  and  is  prominent 
worldwide  because  of  Dr.  Wilbur.  Not  to  slight 
the  excellent  botanists  now  associated  with 
the  herbarium,  a  more  accurate  presentation 
would  have  highlighted  the  current  and  his- 
torical role  of  Dr.  Wilbur. 

Foster  Levy  A.M.  79,  Ph.D.  '89 
Associate  Professor  of  Biology 
East  Tennessee  State  University 
Johnson  City,  Tennessee 


LOOKING 
AT  LIFE 


Editors: 

I  can  tell  you  exactly  where  I  was  when  I 
read  the  article  "Oxford  and  Cambridge  Cal- 
ling" in  the  July-August  issue.  I  was  seated  in 
a  plastic  chair  outside  a  coin  laundromat  near 
my  home,  riveted  while  learning  about  the 
honors  and  accomplishments  of  the  Duke 
graduates  the  article  described.  When  I  re- 
turned home,  I  told  my  wife,  also  a  Duke 
graduate,  "If  you  want  to  get  an  inferiority 
complex,  read  this." 

I  should  explain  that  when  I  read  the  arti- 
cle two  loads  were  going  in  the  dryer,  about  a 
minute  apart;  I  was  concerned  about  not 
being  in  attendance  on  the  clothes,  because 


November-December   1998         35 


an  eager  store  owner  had 
already  been  making  in- 
quiries about  how  a  certain 
"toploader  model"  had  stop- 
ped, and  no  one  could  lay 
claim  to  the  underwear  in- 
side. Getting  the  clothes 
out  of  the  dryer  had  me  pre- 
occupied, but  the  Oxford 
and  Cambridge  article  put 
that  worry  in  its  proper  per- 
spective. 

"Inferior"  is  not  the  word 
to  describe  how  the  article 
made  me  feel;  rather,  I  have 
decided  that  the  article 
made  me  feel  some  degree 
of  impurity.  The  large  pictures  of  the  students 
accompanying  the  story  had  a  great  effect. 
Seven  of  the  eight  looked  at  the  camera  and 
smiled,  or  worked  at  their  smiles,  and  even 
the  one  who  did  not  look  at  the  camera 
(Michael  Wenthe  '95)  had  a  nice  smile.  I 
hope  that  you  will  realize  at  this  point  that  it 
was  not  personal  resentment  that  I  felt.  I  do 
not  want  to  write  a  letter  that  undercuts 
these  students,  or  that  praises  them  while 
questioning  the  ethic  of  "life  equals  achieve- 
ment," which  in  reality  would  be  undercut- 
ting them. 

Seeing  these  eight  lives  on  glossy  pages  in 


DUKE 


the  alumni  magazine  trig- 
gered a  self-indicting  mech- 
anism, which  says  more 
about  me  than  it  does 
about  them.  Two  facts  in 
particular  hit  hard.  The 
first  was  the  incident  con- 
cerning Alison  Meekhof 
'95,  who  at  Duke  "made 
the  rounds  of  every  faculty 
member  she  knew"  to  dis- 
cuss an  article.  The  second 
fact  was  the  victory  of  Eric 
Greitens  '96,  boxing  for 
Oxford,  over  a  Cambridge 
opponent  by  a  first-round 
technical  knockout.  These 
are  incredible  feats  to  me.  I  have  never  done 
either  deed;  usually  I  have  been  slow  and 
cautious  about  life.  Despite  four  years  at 
Duke  and  five -plus  in  graduate  school,  I  often 
experienced  school  as  a  threatening  environ- 
ment, while  the  students  who  are  the  subject 
of  the  magazine  article  have  feasted  on  it.  Yet, 
at  the  same  time,  they  recognize  their  dissat- 
isfactions, so  theirs  are  not  Pollyanna-ish  atti- 
tudes. 

I  write  this  letter  because  I  feel  acutely  the 
fear  that  others  might  share,  that  the  institu- 
tional association  of  Duke  follows  me,  that  all 
the  goals  in  my  life,  like  the  goals  of  the  Duke 


capital  campaigns  or  annual  funds,  must 
always  be  met  and  exceeded.  I  carry  this  fear 
not  because  of  the  magazine,  which  writes  of 
former  students  like  Emily  Colas  '87,  also  in 
the  July-August  issue,  who  has  openly  shared 
problems  with  obsessive-compulsiveness.  In- 
deed, I  remember  the  magazine  in  the  past 
has  encouraged  alumni  to  send  in  news  other 
than  the  milestones  of  marriage  and  birth,  the 
promotions  and  changes  in  responsibilities.  I 
have  wanted  to  send  in  cards  saying  that  I 
had  read  War  and  Peace,  that  I  had  supported 
my  wife  through  a  difficult  time  at  work,  that 
I  had  been  remembering  people's  birthdays. 
But  I  did  not  send  in  these  cards. 

I  am  writing  so  that  others  might  know 
what  I'm  thinking,  so  the  editors  of  this  mag- 
azine might  know  that  Duke  as  an  institution 
does  leave  a  patina  on  its  graduates.  I  am 
writing  to  proclaim  that  I  am  living  a  magnif- 
icent life. 

John  C.  Turnbull  '85 
Decatur,  Georgia 


Please  limit  letters  to  300  words,  and  include  your 
full  name,  address,  and  class  year.  We  reserve  the 
right  to  edit  for  length  and  clarity.  Our  fax  num- 
ber is  (919)  681-1659  and  our  Internet  address  is 
dukemag@duke.edu. 


Even  if  you: 

Have  tickets  in  Cameron 
/    Own  a  satellite  dish 
S    Enjoy  internet  access 

Live  on  campus 


/ 


/ 


The  Best  Way 

to  follow  Duke  Basketball  is  through  the  pages  of 

Blue  Devil  Weekly 

$31-95  for  a  one-year  subscription  to  the  publication  that  covers  Duke  Athletics  like  no  one  else. 
Now  in  our  eighth  year.  Published  25  times  annually,  including  weekly  issues  during  basketball  season. 

Subscribe  today  by  phone  or  mail 

1.800.642.1183 

P.O.  Box  2982 
Durham,  NC  27715-2982 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


WEARY  FEET, 


RESTED  SOUL 


I  still  think  of  it  as  the  day  trip  that 
turned  into  a  seven-year  odyssey. 
My  first  job  out  of  law  school,  I 
clerked  for  a  judge  based  in  Sa- 
vannah, Georgia.  As  part  of  our 
duties  on  the  federal  11th  Circuit, 
we  traveled  to  appeals  courts  in  the 
Deep  South  to  hear  arguments 
in  cases  from  district  courts  stretching  from 
the  hill  country  of  Alabama  down  to  the 
Florida  Keys.  The  tradition  dates  back  to  the 
earliest  days  of  the  American  judiciary,  when 
judges  were  required  to  "ride  the  circuit"  on 
horseback. 

In  the  early  1990s,  our  federal  caseload  in- 
cluded numerous  cases  that  originated  when 
the  racial  tumult  of  the  civil-rights  movement 
brought  legal  reforms  to  the  South  in  the  1950s 
and  Sixties.  Many  governments,  schools,  and 
prisons  still  labored  under  complicated  con- 


LIVES  THAT  MADE 
A  DIFFERENCE 

BY  TOWNSEND  DAVIS 

sent  decrees  designed  to  stamp  out  some  as- 
pect of  segregation,  while  private  parties 
sought  justice  through  the  laws  against  dis- 
crimination in  the  workplace.  These  issues 
were  fresh  in  my  mind  when  I  made  my  first 
trip  to  Birmingham,  Alabama,  site  of  a  dra- 
matic showdown  between  Martin  Luther  King 
Jr.'s  organization  and  the  old  racial  order  in 
the  spring  of  1963. 

My  quest  began  with  an  innocent  question 
to  a  clerk  at  my  Birmingham  hotel.  I  had 
some  extra  time  one  afternoon  and  went  down 
to  ask  him  if  he  could  tell  me  where  to  find 
the  church  where  four  girls  were  tragically 


killed  in  a  racially  motivated  bombing  in 
1963.  I  later  found  out  it  was  called  the  Six- 
teenth Street  Baptist  Church  (the  same  one 
featured  in  Spike  Lee's  documentary  Four 
Little  Girls),  and  it  was  about  four  blocks  from 
my  hotel.  But  when  I  asked  back  in  1991,  the 
clerk  shrugged  and  said  he  had  no  idea  where 
it  was.  I  asked  around  at  a  bookstore  and  a 
few  other  places.  No  one  knew.  So  I  started 
wondering  if  anyone  had  bothered  to  map  out 
the  battlegrounds  of  this  momentous  period 
so  that  curious  people  could  experience  his- 
tory firsthand.  I  thought  there  might  be  a 
book  on  the  subject,  but  there  wasn't. 

It  turned  out  that  at  that  time  the  federal 
government  had  only  designated  three  sites 
in  the  South  related  to  civil  rights  as  National 
Historic  Landmarks:  Central  High  School  in 
Little  Rock;  the  King  home  and  church  in 
Atlanta;   and  King's  first  church  in  Mont- 


November-December 


gomery.  I  started  keeping  notes  on  other  civil- 
rights  locations  in  the  cities  we  visited  that 
year,  but  it  was  nothing  more  than  a  hobby.  I 
moved  to  New  York  and  began  practicing  as  a 
lawyer,  figuring  some  historian,  travel  writer, 
or  academic  would  eventually  put  the  idea  of 
a  civil-rights  guide  into  finished  form,  saving 
me  any  further  work  on  it. 

Three  years  later,  the  idea  still  gnawed  at 
me,  and  no  other  book  had  materi- 
alized. Some  historical  societies 
were  just  beginning  to  put  up 
markers  to  celebrate  civil-rights 
heroes  to  stand  alongside  the  obe- 
lisks and  statues  for  the  Con- 
federacy that  had  always  been  evi- 
dent in  public  spaces  in  the  South. 
I  was  visiting  a  friend  in  Atlanta 
and  decided  to  drive  down  to  Sel- 
ma,  Alabama,  for  a  commemorative 
civil-rights  march.  The  place  struck 
me  as  a  time  capsule:  The  highway, 
the  courthouse,  the  churches  looked 
exactly  as  I  had  seen  them  in  pho- 
tographs, and  it  still  had  a  small- 
town rhythm.  The  Edmund  Pettus 
Bridge  arched  over  the  muddy 
Alabama  River,  just  as  it  had  in 
1965  when  civil-rights  marchers 
were  charged  by  state  troopers  and 
subdued  with  tear  gas  and  clubs. 
The  same  mayor,  Joseph  T.  Smith- 
erman,  was  still  in  office  after  near- 
ly thirty  years,  as  was  the  pastor  of 
a  leading  black  church  that  had 
held  the  first  mass  meeting  to  orga- 
nize for  civil  rights.  At  that  point,  I 
decided  that  I  had  better  write  the 
book  I  had  been  pondering  before 
the  legacy  of  this  history  slipped 
out  of  view.  I  used  material  gath- 
ered in  Selma  to  fashion  a  book 
proposal,  and  set  aside  six  months 
to  scout  out  historical  sites  by  car. 

My  journey  began  with  a  com- 
memorative march  from  Selma  to 
Montgomery,  Alabama,  in  March 
1995  to  remember  the  fifty-four-  ""ikLw 
mile  civil-rights  trek  of  1965  that 
solidified  the  drive  for  new  voting-rights  laws. 
Several  people  from  the  original  march — 
gray-haired  but  still  bellowing  the  Movement 
songs  of  old — joined  high  school  and  college 
students  in  carrying  a  banner  along  Highway 
80  out  of  Selma,  through  the  desolate  area 
of  Lowndes  County  known  as  Big  Swamp,  and 
on  to  the  state  capital,  Montgomery.  This  time, 
Alabama  State  troopers  lined  the  road  to  pro- 
tect them.  In  fact,  they  were  so  vigilant  that 
they  mistook  my  1981  Volkswagen  Rabbit, 
which  I  had  parked  temporarily  in  a  cotton 
field,  for  a  potential  car  bomb.  Later,  when  I 
accidentally  drove  into  a  ditch,  Movement 
organizers  simply  lifted  the  car  out  with  their 


hands  and  dropped  it  back  on  the  highway. 

A  nighttime  meeting  at  a  church  by  a  road 
crossing  called  Trickem  Fork  brought  residents 
from  the  surrounding  towns  to  greet  the 
marchers.  That  meeting  brought  to  life  all 
the  fervor  and  warmth  that  had  marked  the 
Movement's  nightly  mass  meetings  of  years 
past,  which  were  central  to  organizing  for 


racial  change 


Hunched  in  his  wheelchair  but  sharply  at- 
tired, Wallace  could  barely  be  heard  as  the 
crowd  settled  in  front  of  the  building  en- 
trance. But  he  had  not  lost  his  knack  for  the- 
ater. He  clasped  hands  with  the  head  of  the 
Southern  Christian  Leadership  Conference 
(formerly  headed  by  King),  issued  a  shaky  wel- 
come to  the  marchers,  and  said  to  the  audi- 
love  you  all." 

When  I  got  back  to  Birming- 
ham, changes  were  everywhere. 
The  Sixteenth  Street  Baptist 
Church,  where  my  mission  began, 
was  renovated  and  shone  with 
the  splendor  of  a  Broadway  the- 
ater, while  a  new  civil-rights  mu- 
seum had  grown  up  across  the 
street.  In  nearby  Kelly  Ingram  Park, 
graphic  sculptures  of  snarling 
police  dogs  and  young  marchers 
facing  powerful  fire  hoses  re- 
enacted  the  famous  street  clashes 
of  1963  that  had  been  on  front 
pages  worldwide.  As  in  many 
communities,  churches  and  civil- 
rights  groups  continued  to  work 
for  change,  although  civil  rights 
had  given  way  to  a  focus  on  penal 
reform,  economic  opportunities, 
and  revitalizing  downtown  busi- 
nesses. 

Then  came  Mississippi,  which 
was  new  territory  for  me.  I  had 
spent  several  months  staying  with 
friends  along  the  way,  but  in  Mis- 
sissippi, I  was  on  my  own.  One  of 
my  journal  entries  from  my  trip  to 
Meridian,  where  slain  civil-rights 
-worker  James  Chaney  grew  up, 
gives  an  idea  of  my  daily  routine: 
"I  rumble  across  six  railroad 
tracks,  get  an  orange  juice  and 
Snickers.  I  go  to  the  church  where 
|  the  memorial  service  for  Chaney 
|  was  held.  I  know  there  is  a  mid- 
pweek    prayer    meeting    at    six 
|H  o'clock.  They  are  in  the  basement 
Homers  grave:  Movement  motivator  rests  in  MevJle,  Mississippi    chanting  blessings.  Two  women 

sing  in  the  higher  registers.  I  find 


At  the  outskirts  of  Montgomery,  marchers 
were  greeted  by  a  peculiar  site.  Former  Gov- 
ernor George  Wallace  was  waiting  on  the  steps 
of  a  Catholic  compound,  where  marchers 
were  scheduled  to  make  their  last  stop  before 
entering  the  city  limits  and  marching  to  Wal- 
lace's old  office  at  the  state  capitol.  Wallace 
had  made  himself  famous  by,  among  other 
things,  planting  himself  in  front  of  a  school- 
house  door  at  the  University  of  Alabama  in 
Tuscaloosa  in  1963  to  physically  block  the 
entrance  of  two  black  students.  This  time, 
Wallace  had  a  different  purpose.  He  had  years 
before  renounced  his  past  racist  statements 
and  sought  to  project  an  image  of  repentance. 


the  pastor,  and  explain.  He  is  accommo- 
dating, shows  me  the  sanctuary,  sits  me  down 
in  front  of  the  bulky  metal  heater,  shows  me 
some  old  church  programs.  The  place  smells 
of  damp  bibles.  No  one  has  the  program  from 
the  Chaney  funeral,  but  the  place  was  packed 
with  people,  he  knows  that  much.  Someone 
may  have  a  tape  of  it.  He  taps  two  people  who 
have  been  in  his  church  since  the  1940s  to 
talk  to  me.  One  gabs,  the  other  sits  with  gog- 
gle-style sunglasses  and  rubs  his  cane.  I  run 
the  tape  recorder.  I  don't  get  much  this  time, 
but  ask  them  apologetically  to  sign  legal  re- 
leases. They  sign.  I  give  them  my  card,  pat  the 
old  man  on  the  back.  He  needs  to  go  home  to 


38      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


dinner.  I  wave,  walking  down  the  steps.  Have 
to  call  B'Nai  Brith  and  the  NAACP  for  fol- 
low-up. And  the  local  TV  station.  I  sling  the 
notepads  into  the  back  seat  along  with  every- 
thing else.  I  check  to  make  sure  the  usual 
leaks  haven't  reached  my  computer. 

"I  retrace  the  tour  I  just  did  of  downtown. 
Like  all  of  them,  it  is  burned  out,  except  for 
Kress  5  &  10,  Bill's  Dollar  Store,  the  hotel 
with  rusty  neon  signs.  Neutron 
bomb  downtown.  I  make  a  map, 
the  ink  streaks  in  the  rain.  I  ask  at 
the  beauty  salon  what  the  number 
of  the  next-door  building  is.  It  is 
where  Schwerner  and  Chaney 
were  last  seen  before  going  off  to 
their  deaths.  It  used  to  be  the  of- 
fice of  COFO  (Council  of  Feder- 
ated Organizations),  complete 
with  cast-off  college  texts  and 
hand-cranked  mimeograph  ma- 
chines. The  hairdresser  does  not 
know  the  number. 

"Decide  to  stop  agonizing.  Go  to 
Chaney 's  grave.  Easy  to  find,  de- 
spite eye-rolling  direction  givers  in 
town.  On  a  hill  just  before  the 
road  turns  to  dirt.  It  is  a  moving 
sight.  The  eternal  flame  is  out,  but 
the  roses,  rain,  slate  sky  embody 
solemnity.  The  headstone  reads: 
'There  are  those  who  are  alive,  yet 
will  never  live.  There  are  those 
who  are  dead,  yet  will  live  forever. 
Great  deeds  inspire  and  encourage 
the  living.'  I  realize  that  I  am 
standing  in  a  hood  of  mosquitoes. 
I  photograph  the  grave,  once  in 
color,  once  in  black-and-white.  I 
notice  other  graves  and  wonder  if 
this  was  a  segregated  cemetery.  I 
vaguely  remember  something 
about  either  Goodman  or  Schwer- 
ner [who  were  white]  wanting  to 
be  buried  beside  Chaney  [who  was 
black]  and  not  being  allowed  to.  I 
pull  off  to  the  side  of  the  road  and 
lie  down  on  the  two  front  seats.  James 

Sleep  for  a  half  hour,  and  no  one 
bothers  me." 


stopped  off  at  a  mountain  retreat  outside 
Chattanooga,  Tennessee,  at  the  Highlander 
Center,  where  Movement  strategy  and  train- 
ing had  taken  place  since  the  1950s.  In  their 
wonderful  library  with  a  peaceful  view  of  the 
valley,  I  immersed  myself  in  documents,  tape 
recordings,  and  photographs  from  the 
Movement  era. 

Finally,  I  made  it  back  to  New  York,  my  car 


^^E! 

*(£!!& 

•  £*fk  mm 

~    M 

■MM  '~iir^ 

w  ' 

*  v  ■< 

jjj* 

W  & 

^V      '"'vm.-ipuniUii 

Armstrong:  barber  and  Movement  veteran  in  his  shop,  J  996 


The  Mississippi  Delta  was  more  of  the 
same,  only  flatter  and  drier.  Many  times  I 
traveled  back  and  forth  across  highways,  see- 
ing nothing  but  open  fields  and  a  comet  tail  of 
dust  kicked  up  by  a  pickup  racing  down  a  dirt 
road  in  the  distance.  Every  town  seemed  to 
have  its  ramshackle  houses  on  cinder  blocks, 
its  barbecue  joints,  and  its  Head  Start  vans. 
Sources  very  kindly  guided  me  along  the 
routes  they  had  traveled  as  Movement  lead- 
ers, re -mapping  the  area  in  my  mind.  By  this 
time,  it  was  getting  hot  during  the  day,  and  I 


bulging  with  notes,  photocopies,  and  tapes.  I 
had  a  meeting  with  my  editor  from  Norton, 
and  he  asked  me  to  guess  how  many  miles  I 
had  logged  during  the  trip.  Although  my 
odometer  was  broken  for  much  of  it,  I  esti- 
mated about  30,000.  It  was  a  journey  unlike 
any  other  I  had  experienced,  a  powerful  mix 
of  inspiration,  frustration,  and  surprises. 
There  were  days  when  I  didn't  speak  at  all, 
except  to  the  hotel  clerk  or  the  cashier  at  the 
drive-through  window.  Other  days  I  felt  like  I 
was  in  conversation  continuously  from  break- 
fast until  after  midnight.  It  took  all  the  con- 
centration I  had  to  stick  with  the  mission, 
rather  than  following  any  number  of  fascinat- 


ing detours  that  beckoned  at  several  junc- 
tions. What  kept  me  going  was  the  willingness 
of  people  to  stop  what  they  were  doing,  listen 
to  my  purpose  for  coming,  and  tell  me  some- 
thing about  their  past.  Now,  nearly  three 
years  later,  some  of  those  people  have  died  or 
moved  to  other  cities.  I  feel  lucky  to  have  met 
them  when  I  did  and  to  have  preserved  a 
piece  of  their  lives,  however  small. 

Fannie  Lou  Hamer  House 
and  Gravesite 

721  Fannie  Lou  Hamer  Drive 
(formerly  ]ames  Street) 
Ruleville,  Mississippi 

Fannie  Lou  Townsend  Hamer 
was  born  in  1917  and  grew  up  in 
the  fields  of  the  Delta.  She  be- 
came a  Movement  heroine  for 
her  steely  will.  The  youngest  of 
twenty  children,  she  began  pick- 
ing cotton  at  age  six  on  a  planta- 
tion. She  worked  the  same  back- 
breaking  hours  as  the  rest  in  the 
field,  from  "can  to  can't,"  and 
later  became  a  timekeeper  on 
the  plantation  of  WD.  Marlow. 
Only  miles  away,  but  eons  apart, 
lived  James  Eastland,  the  rank- 
ing segregationist  in  the  U.S. 
Senate  during  the  1960s.  He 
owned  a  fifty-four-hundred-acre 
plantation  near  Doddsville,  a 
few  miles  south  of  Ruleville.  By 
1964  so  much  had  changed  that 
there  was  talk  of  Mrs.  Hamer 
challenging  Eastland  for  his 
Senate  seat. 

She  first  heard  about  voting 
while  attending  a  civil-rights 
meeting  at  William  Chapel  in 
Ruleville.  She  quickly  adopted  the 
|  Movement,  and  it  her,  lending 
g  her  booming  voice  and  a  keen 
I  eye  for  injustice.  "Mrs.  Hamer 
°  became  a  person  who  could 
not  only  bring  people  together, " 
said  SNCC  [Southern  Non- 
violent Coordinating  Committee]  worker 
Charles  McLaurin,  "but  who  could  say  things 
that  would  make  people  move." 

After  her  first  failed  attempt  to  register  in 
August  1962  forced  her  to  leave  her  home  on 
the  plantation,  she  took  refuge  at  a  guest 
house  in  Ruleville.  She  passed  the  voting  test 
on  her  second  try  in  December  1962.  About 
the  same  time  she  moved  in  to  a  rented  home 
at  626  East  Lafayette  Street  in  Ruleville,  near 
William  Chapel.  She  began  to  travel  for  the 
Movement  and  served  as  a  popular  speaker 
and  a  SNCC  field  secretary.  Her  first  trip  in 
April  1963  was  to  the  Dorchester  Academy  in 
Georgia  for  citizenship  training.  She  went  back 


November -December  1998        39 


to  the  citizenship  school  on  Johns  Island, 
South  Catolina.  Returning  home  from  that 
trip,  she  and  two  other  Movement  workers 
were  beaten  in  a  notorious  incident  at  the 
Winona  jail.  Her  account  of  this  incident 
formed  the  core  of  her  short  but  riveting  tes- 
timony at  the  Democratic  Convention  in  At- 
lantic City.  The  Montgomery  County  jail  (217 
Sterling  Avenue,  Winona),  where  the  inci- 
dent happened,  remains  a  jail  today. 

The  first  time  Mrs.  Hamer  cast  a  ballot,  she 
voted  for  herself  as  a  congressional  candidate 
for  the  MFDP  [Mississippi  Freedom  Demo- 
cratic Party]  in  1964.  She  challenged  Jamie 
Whitten,  a  twelve-term  segregationist  with  a 
firm  grip  on  federal  agriculture  policy  govern- 
ing the  Delta.  She  lost  in  a  landslide  because 
of  the  still-minuscule  number  of  registered 
black  voters.  In  1964  the  Hamer  house  be- 
came a  Freedom  Summer  headquarters.  Stu- 
dents white  and  black  lugged  their  trunks  to 
James  Street,  filled  the  house  with  Movement 


chaos,  and  taught  classes  on  the  lawn  near 
the  pecan  tree. 

Mrs.  Hamer  also  worked  with  the  Delta 
Ministry  and  the  National  Council  of  Negro 
Women  to  develop  housing  and  a  day-care 
center  in  Ruleville.  In  1969  she  founded  a 
680-acre  agricultural  cooperative  called  the 
Freedom  Farm,  located  in  north  Sunflower 
County  not  far  from  the  Marlow  plantation 
where  she  had  worked  for  eighteen  years.  The 
co-op  grew  beans,  peas,  okra,  potatoes,  and 
peanuts  and  raised  hogs  for  members  to  eat.  It 
also  sold  cotton  and  soybeans. 

Mrs.  Hamer's  prominence  in  the  Move- 
ment led  to  honorary  degrees  from  several 
colleges  and  a  critical  role  in  the  1968  chal- 
lenge to  Mississippi's  all-white  Democratic 
delegation.  She  gave  her  name  and  time  to  a 
lawsuit  to  desegregate  the  schools  of  Sun- 
flower County  and  ran  unsuccessfully  for  the 
state  senate  in  1971.  Battling  ill  health,  she  con- 
tinued to  make  appearances  and  work  for  the 


Duke  University 
PreCollege  1999 


i 


July  4  -August  15 


♦  Experience  university  life  before  graduating 
high  school 

♦  Spend  six  weeks  on  Duke's  famed  West 
Campus 

♦  Take  two  Duke  courses  and  earn  college 
credit 

Call  to  receive  your  1999  Summer  Options 
Catalogue  and  application 

Duke  University  PreCollege  Program  (919)  683-1725 
1121  West  Main  Street,  Suite  100  www.tip.duke.edu 
Durham,  NC  27701  sean@tip.duke.edu 


Other  summer  opportunies  available  in 

Scientific  and  Humanities  Field  Studies 

and  International  Programs! 


Movement.  One  day  in  1972,  after  picketing  a 
white  grocery  store  that  had  mistreated  a 
black  customer,  she  collapsed  and  was  admit- 
ted to  the  hospital.  Five  years  later,  on  April 
14,  1977,  she  died  of  cancer  at  a  hospital  in 
Mound  Bayou. 

Mrs.  Hamer  was  buried  on  land  formerly 
held  by  the  Freedom  Farm  and  now  the  prop- 
erty of  the  city  of  Ruleville.  She  had  died  vir- 
tually penniless,  so  Owen  Brooks  and  other 
activists  raised  money  for  the  funeral.  Her 
headstone  reads:  "I  am  sick  and  tired  of  being 
sick  and  tired."  Her  husband,  Perry,  a  farm 
worker  known  as  Pap  who  later  worked  for 
Head  Start,  died  in  1992  and  is  buried  beside 
her.  The  Ruleville  post  office  was  named  for 
her  in  1994,  and  her  name  is  still  wistfully 
mentioned  by  black  and  white  leaders  who 
saw  her  as  the  embodiment  of  commitment. 
The  house  is  now  inhabited  by  one  of  Mrs. 
Hamer's  grandchildren. 

Armstrong's  Barbershop 

708  Eighth  Avenue  North 
Birmingham,  Alabama 

For  more  than  forty  years  former  Army  man 
James  Armstrong  has  been  cutting  hair  here. 
Owning  his  own  business  gave  him  the  inde- 
pendence to  support  the  Movement  from  the 
beginning.  If  there  were  front-line  duties,  he 
was  there:  at  the  Greyhound  Station  attempt- 
ing to  integrate  the  waiting  room,  with 
[Alabama  Christian  Movement  for  Human 
Rights  founder  Reverend  Fred]  Shuttlesworth 
in  Gadsden  to  retrieve  Shuttlesworth's  jailed 
children,  and  in  the  city  jail  in  April  1963 
after  the  ACMHR's  first  effort  to  integrate 
downtown  stores.  Armstrong's  family  was  one 
of  the  eight  black  families  who  sued  in  August 
1957  to  integrate  the  public  elementary 
schools,  and  his  children,  Dwight  and  Floyd, 
were  the  first  blacks  to  be  admitted  to 
Graymont  School  in  1963. 

A  flag  bearer  in  his  Army  unit,  Armstrong 
also  was  designated  to  carry  an  American  flag 
during  the  1965  march  from  Selma  to  Mont- 
gomery. Since  then  he  has  carried  a  flag  dur- 
ing commemorative  retracings  of  that  route. 
During  one  of  the  marches,  which  went  all 
the  way  to  Washington,  D.C.,  he  wore  out  two 
pairs  of  size  11D  shoes. 

The  barbershop  is  still  in  operation.  The 
window  bears  the  warning  "If  You  Don't  Vote, 
Don't  Talk  Politics  in  Here."  Old  magazines 
are  stuffed  in  a  rack,  and  photos  of  black 
officeholders  from  across  the  nation  adorn 
the  walls.  Why  doesn't  he  give  it  up,  as  his 
children  have  urged?  "I  just  stay  down  there 
and  enjoy  the  lies, "  he  says.  ■ 

WW  Norton  and  Company  published  Weary 
Feet,  Rested  Souls:  A  Guided  History  of  the 
Civil  Rights  Movement,  by  Davis  '82,  last  January. 


40      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


HlfflHllffW 


TINSELTOWN 


FACTS  AND  FICTION 


H 


ere  you  are,  Mr.  Kar- 
ger, "  intones  a  young 
movie-studio  em- 
ployee as  she  hands 
me  a  glass  of  water. 
I'm  reclining  on  a 
plush,  leather  ban- 
quette in  a  pristine 
private  screening  room  as  the  lights  dim  and 
the  curtain  opens  to  reveal  a  new  Harrison 
Ford  film  weeks  before  its  official  release  date. 
Sounds  glamorous?  It  is,  but  only  for  two 
hours.  After  the  movie  ends,  I  trudge  back  to 
my  windowless  office  and  sit  in  front  of  my 
computer's  blank  screen.  Ah,  the  life  of  an 
entertainment  journalist:  rubbing  shoulders 
with  the  stars  one  moment,  closing  a  story  in 
a  quiet  office  until  past  midnight  the  next.  It's 
a  strange  existence,  covering  the  hype  ma- 
chine that  is  Hollywood — one  that's  quite 
different  from  actually  being  a  part  of  that 


THAT'S  ENTERTAINMENT? 

BY  DAVE  KARGER 

It's  a  strange  existence, 

covering  the  hype 

machine  that  is 

Hollywood. 

crazy  business.  In  other  words,  I  don't  live 
here;  I'm  just  visiting. 

It's  also  been  quite  enlightening,  especially 
considering  how  I  spent  the  night  before  my 
first  summer  internship,  at  an  entertainment 
PR  firm  in  New  York:  I  saw  Robert  Altman's 
vicious  takedown  of  Hollywood  sleaziness, 
The  Player.  (For  the  unfamiliar,  that's  the  movie 


about  the  amoral  studio  executive  who  dresses 
in  designer  suits,  indulges  in  mud  baths,  and 
kills  a  disgruntled  screenwriter.)  Besides  pro- 
viding for  an  interesting  night's  sleep  that 
evening,  the  film  underscored  many  common 
perceptions  most  of  us  have  regarding  the 
entertainment  universe:  Everyone  is  young, 
pretty,  and  fake;  no  one  ever  means  what  he 
or  she  says;  anything  hot  today  is  ice-cold 
tomorrow. 

Well,  after  spending  the  three  years  since  I 
graduated  from  Duke  covering  the  movie 
world  as  a  correspondent  for  Entertainment 
Weekly  magazine  (granted,  in  New  York,  but 
still),  I'm  here  to  tell  you... it's  all  true.  Okay, 
almost.  By  traveling  to  Los  Angeles,  Orlando, 
and  Park  City,  Utah,  interviewing  hundreds  of 
actors,  directors,  screenwriters,  and  producers 
(including  a  dozen  or  so  Duke  folks),  and  gen- 
erally navigating  through  Hollywood  hoopla, 
I've  discovered  firsthand  whether  the  most 


November -December   199$ 


commonly  held  beliefs  about  Tinseltown  are 
fact  or  fiction.  And  I  challenge  you  to  find 
anyone  whose  answers  are  the  same. 

IN  HOLLYWOOD,  IT'S  ALL 
ABOUT  BEING  IN  THE  RIGHT 
PLACE  AT  THE  RIGHT  TIME. 

TRUE.  And  no  experience  sums  it  up  bet- 
ter than  the  craziest  night  of  my  life:  the  1998 
Academy  Awards.  Arguably  the  Holy  Grail  of 
entertainment  journalism  assignments,  cover- 
ing the  Oscars  caused  me  to  pinch  myself  so 
many  times  that  I'm  surprised  I  didn't  leave 
with  scars.  As  I  checked  into  the  Four  Sea- 
sons Hotel  in  Beverly  Hills  (we  may  not  make 


a  movie  star's  salary,  but  at  least  Time  Warner 
lets  us  travel  in  style),  I  spotted  Best  Actor 
nominees  Robert  Duvall  and  Peter  Fonda 
breezing  by  each  other  in  the  lobby  ("Hey!" 
"Hey!"). 

My  beat  for  the  weekend  was  anything  in- 
volving Miramax  Films,  the  young  studio  be- 
hind the  nominated  films  Good  Will  Hunting, 
The  Wings  of  the  Dove,  and  Jackie  Broun.  The 
evening  before  the  awards,  Miramax  held  a 
cocktail  party  to  toast  each  of  its  nominees, 
including  Robin  Williams,  Matt  Damon,  and 
Ben  Affleck.  The  highlight:  watching  Best 
Actress  nominees  Helena  Bonham  Carter 
and  Dame  Judi  Dench  act  out  an  expletive- 


Seconds  from  Duke  University, 
Minutes  fr vm  Research  Triangle  Park. . . 


and  Light  Years  Away  from  the  Ordinary. 


Nestled  among  tall  North  Carolina  pines  and 
hardwoods,  next  to  prestigious  Duke  University  and  near 
the  heart  of  the  world-renowned  Research  Triangle  Park, 
the  Washington  Duke  Inn  &  Golf  Club  is  the  destination- 
of-choice  for  countless  business  travelers,  high-level 
conferences  and  leisure  guests  from  all  points  of  trie 


•  Another  asset  of  Duke  University  - 
and  only  blocks  away  from  its  world 
famous  medical  center,  the  Inn  is  the 
only  Four-Star,  Four-Diamond  hotel  in 
eastern  North  Carolina. 

•  located  midway  between  New  York 
and  Atlanta,  the  Washington  Duke  Inn's 
300-acre  site  is  only  1 5  minutes  from 
Raleigh-Durham  International  Airport 
and  easy  to  get  to. 


The  regional  and  seasonal  cuisines  of 

the  highly  acclaimed  Fairview  restaurant  attract 

epicures  from  around  the  world. 


•  The  Inn's  superb  meeting  and  catering  facilities  easily 
accommodate  groups  from  20  to  400. 

•  Each  of  thel  71  newly-renovated  and  elegantly- 
appointed  guest  rooms  and  suites  has  complimentary 
Internet  access  at  Ethernet5  speed. 

•  Recreational  amenities  include  an  18-hole, 
Robert  Trent  Jones-designed  championship  golf 
course,  home  of  the  2001  NCAA  men's 
championship,  along  with  a  314  mile  long 
jogging  trail,  swimming  pool,  Duke  Center 
for  Living  privileges. 


•  Popular  local  attractions  -  the  Durham 
Bulls,  Duke  Chapel,  Duke  Gardens,  the 
Museum  of  Life  and  Science,  Morehead 
.,    ,        Planetarium  ond  the  very  finest  collegiate 
Washington  Duke    sports  teams  anywhere. 
Inn  &  Golf  Club 

And  it  almost  goes  without  saying,  the 
grand  tradition  of  superior  service  and  warm  Southern 
hospitality  is  alive  and  well  here. 


3001  Cameron  Boulevard  •  Durham,  North  Carolina 

mjl  1-800-443-3853 


(919)  490-0999 


**** 


'.washingtondukeinn.com 


filled  scene  from  Good  Will  Hunting  as  a  howl- 
ing Madonna  and  Demi  Moore  egged  them 
on.  As  for  Oscar  night  itself,  everything  about 
the  event  was  magical:  the  legendary  turnout, 
the  flashbulb-studded  red  carpet,  the  ward- 
robe (including  my  borrowed  Dolce  6k  Gab- 
bana  tuxedo).  Sitting  in  the  auditorium  dur- 
ing the  ceremony,  I  witnessed  which  winners 
earned  enthusiastic  audience  response  (nice 
guy  Robin  Williams  and  stunning  Kim  Ba- 
singer),  and  which  received  only  perfunctory 
applause  (aloof  Jack  Nicholson  and  cocky 
Titanic  director  James  Cameron). 

Following  the  ceremony  and  the  official 
after-party  called  the  Governor's  Ball,  I 
boarded  my  limousine  (God  forbid  I  should 
have  to  park  anywhere),  which,  by  the  way, 
was  custom-built  for  Michael  Jordan  for  his 
visits  to  Los  Angeles,  and  made  my  way  to  the 
Miramax  bash  at  the  Beverly  Hills  Hotel.  At 
the  same  time,  my  three  colleagues  headed  off 
to  parties  thrown  by  Paramount,  Sony,  and 
Vanity  Fair;  what  we  all  had  in  common  was 
that  none  of  us  was  able  to  land  an  interview 
with  James  "King  of  the  World"  Cameron,  the 
evening's  big  winner  with  three  Oscars,  since 
he  was  routinely  swarmed  by  executives,  pub- 
licists, friends,  and  fans  wherever  he  went. 

Just  before  3  a.m.,  the  Miramax  fete  began 
drawing  to  a  close;  I  called  for  my  limo,  and 
returned  to  the  hotel  to  throw  on  some  comfy 
clothes  before  meeting  my  colleagues  at  EWs 
West  Coast  bureau.  As  we  pulled  up  in  the 
hotel  driveway,  we  stopped  behind  another 
stretch  limo.  The  door  opened,  and  out 
walked... Cameron  and  his  then- wife,  Linda 
Hamilton.  Like  a  predator  stalking  its  prey,  I 
leapt  out  of  the  car,  sneaked  past  the  couple, 
and  waited  for  their  footsteps  in  the  elevator 
bank.  Seconds  before  they  turned  the  corner, 
I  hit  the  elevator  button,  which  opened  im- 
mediately as  if  on  cue.  Before  I  knew  it,  the 
doors  shut.  In  the  small,  enclosed  area  were 
just  the  six  of  us:  me,  James,  Linda,  Oscar,  Os- 
car, and  Oscar.  I  introduced  myself,  extracted 
a  couple  of  choice  one-liners  (Cameron:  "I've 
never  been  nominated  for  one  of  these  before, 
much  less  won  any."  Hamilton:  "I've  been 
using  them  as  weights  all  night  long!")  Need- 
less to  say,  my  good  timing  saved  the  day,  and 
my  editors  want  me  to  return  to  the  Academy 
Awards  next  year. 

IN  HOLLYWOOD,  EVERYTHING 
IS  GLAMOROUS. 

FALSE.  Alas,  the  Oscars  are  just  one  end 
of  the  spectrum.  Last  June,  I  was  excited  to 
learn  the  magazine  was  sending  me  to  the 
Kennedy  Space  Center  in  Cape  Canaveral, 
Florida,  to  cover  the  world  premiere  of  the 
asteroid  thriller  Armageddon,  with  Bruce  Wil- 
lis. Envisioning  an  experience  similar  to  the 
Academy  Awards  —  scores  of  celebrities, 
non-stop   excitement,  lounging  by   a   posh 


42      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


swimming  pool  during  an  afternoon  off — I 
giddily  boarded  the  plane  to  Orlando.  Well, 
the  seat  in  coach  was  about  the  most  glam- 
orous aspect  of  the  forty- eight-hour  trip.  My 
itinerary  for  the  two  days:  check  in  to  the 
family-friendly  Wilderness  Lodge,  sit  and 
wait  for  press  credentials,  eat  alone  among 
screaming  children,  sleep,  eat  again  with  the 
crying  kids,  sit  and  wait  some  more,  then 
twiddle  my  thumbs 
in  a  bus  for  ninety 
minutes  to  Cape  Ca- 
naveral. 

Once  at  the  pre- 
miere site,  I  sat  and 
waited  for  the  film 
to  begin  and,  after- 
wards, chatted  for 
about  three  min- 
utes each  with  Ar- 
mageddon s  director, 
producer,  and  co- 
stars  Ben  Affleck 
and  Liv  Tyler.  (Wil- 
lis, though  present, 
had  just  split  with 
his  wife,  Demi 
Moore,  and  shun- 
ned the  media  for 
the  entire  evening.) 
I  then  boarded  I 
another  bus  back  to 
the  lodge,  wrote  a  draft  of  my  story,  e-mailed 
it  to  the  New  York  office,  and  flew  back  the 
next  morning.  My  impressions  of  the  experi- 
ence are  less  about  the  event  or  the  film  than 
they  are  about  the  tremendous  waste  of  time 
and  money  the  whole  undertaking  turned  out 
to  be.  Now  I  don't  bother  telling  anyone  that 
I  even  went. 

IN  HOLLYWOOD,  SOME 
CELEBRITIES  ARE  MORE  EQUAL 
THAN  OTHERS. 

Sad  but  TRUE.  I  often  make  the  point  of 
saying  to  myself  before  I  encounter  a  particu- 
larly difficult  or  worshipped  star,  "I'm  a  hu- 
man being.  He's  a  human  being.  Don't  forget 
that."  But  I'm  not  the  one  who  suffers  such 
memory  loss.  The  bigger  stars  get,  the  more  they 
are  surrounded  by  yes-men  who  tell  them  every- 
thing they  want  to  hear  and  shield  them  from 
anything  they  don't.  The  result  is  the  stand- 
offish aura  the  public  often  mistakes  for  cool. 

Nowhere  is  the  vast  chasm  between  the  A- 
list  and  the  rest  of  us  more  evident  than  at  a 
movie  premiere,  where  publicists  must  strong- 
arm  their  clients  through  masses  of  screaming 
fans  and  pushy  photographers.  While  attending 
a  premiere  as  a  reporter  can  sometimes  be 
enjoyable  and  downright  exhilarating,  an  event 
for  an  especially  anticipated  film  is  most  often 
a  nightmare. 

I  didn't  know  what  to  expect  when  I  head- 


ed to  Lincoln  Center  in  September  for  the 
premiere  of  Woody  Allen's  latest  film,  Celeb- 
rity— a  humorous  look  at  the  lifestyles  of  the 
rich  and  famous,  starring  Kenneth  Branagh, 
Winona  Ryder,  and  today's  most  hysteria- 
inducing  actor,  Leonardo  DiCaprio.  A  pre- 
miere for  a  Woody  Allen  film  that  takes  down 
the  worlds  of  celebrity  and  fame,  I  thought  — 
sounds  like  the  perfect  place  for  a  party  that 


pokes  fun  at  itself,  too.  Right?  No  such  luck. 

The  fete  after  the  screening  at  New  York's 
gorgeous  but  staid  Tavern  on  the  Green  was  a 
completely  un-ironic  madhouse  where  atten- 
tion was  focused  on  who  showed  up  rather 
than  the  actual  film.  Among  a  throng  of  rub- 
berneckers,  a  press-shunning  DiCaprio  sat  at 
a  corner  table,  surrounded  by  studio  employ- 
ees and  bodyguards,  and  chatted  on  a  cell 
phone  (I'm  not  kidding);  elsewhere,  fashion 
designer  (and  Celebrity  cameo  provider)  Isaac 
Mizrahi  was  shoved  aside  by  frantic  publicists 
clearing  a  path  for  Branagh  and  girlfriend 
Helena  Bonham  Carter.  In  the  night's  most 
fittingly  bizarre  moment,  the  crowd  watching 
the  film  at  Lincoln  Center  gave  actor  Joe 
Mantegna  far  and  away  the  loudest  ovation 
of  any  cast  member  in  attendance  as  they 
were  introduced  (alphabetically,  as  per  usual 
with  Woody  Allen),  including  DiCaprio, 
Branagh,  and  Ryder.  Right  then  I  was  remind- 
ed (for  about  the  billionth  time)  how  ridicu- 
lous it  all  is. 

Now,  I  understand  that  I  further  this  ridicu- 
lous caste  system  of  sorts  by  saving  voice-mail 
messages  from  Jodie  Foster  and  Matt  Damon 
and  playing  them  for  all  of  my  friends.  (Yes, 
Jodie  was  frighteningly  smart.)  But  it's  a  bit 
sad  and  sickening  that  in  Hollywood,  the 
term  "talent"  is  used  only  to  refer  to  actors 
and  actresses.  Aren't  directors  talented?  How 
about  screenwriters?  Or  assistant  set  dressers, 


for  that  matter?  Only  when  everyone  in 
showbiz  starts  ascribing  to  that  "I'm  a  human 
being"  credo  can  anything  change. 

MOVIE  SETS  ARE  THE  EPITOME 
OF  HOLLYWOOD  GLITTER. 

FALSE.  In  striking  contrast  to  the  lights 
and  glamour  of  a  movie  premiere  is  the  at- 
mosphere surrounding  the  making  of  the  film 
itself.  A  movie  set, 
you'd  think,  would 
feature  impeccably- 
dressed  stars  gliding 
from  their  limou- 
sines to  the  makeup 
room,  rehearsing 
nes  when  not 
being  visited  by 
some  fabulous  ac- 
quaintance. In  real- 
/ity,  a  day  on  the  set 
usually  involves  50 
:  percent  standing 
I  around,  40  per- 
1    cent  moving 

]  equipment,  and  10 
percent  actual  act- 
ing. And  the  room 
I  and  board — a  few 
I  low-rent  trailers 
|  and  a  bunch  of  kid- 
"  die-style  snacks 
found  on  what's  called  the  craft  services 
table — has  all  the  quality  of  a  tailgate  party. 
That  low-key  feel  was  especially  evident 
during  my  most  positive  visit  to  a  movie  set: 
the  independent  drama  The  Myth  of  Finger- 
prints, starring  Noah  Wylie  (from  the  televi- 
sion show  ER)  and  Julianne  Moore  (Oscar- 
nominated  last  year  for  Boogie  Nights).  The 
shoot,  which  took  place  in  middle-of-no- 
wheresville  Bethel,  Maine,  felt  more  like  a 
family  reunion  than  a  Hollywood  set.  Unlike 
most  set  visits,  where  a  guest  reporter  is  avoid- 
ed like  the  plague,  the  cast  and  crew  seemed 
to  enjoy  entertaining  their  visitor  (perhaps 
they  were  all  just  sick  of  each  other).  In  be- 
tween takes,  they  would  sing  country  songs  or 
give  each  other  back  rubs.  And  dinner  was  a 
communal  event  that,  on  the  evening  of  my 
trip,  was  titled  "Jamaica  Night, "  complete  with 
jerked  chicken,  cous  cous,  bread,  and  fruit  salad, 
accompanied  by  reggae  music  played  from  a 
boom  box.  For  my  money,  it  glowed  far  brighter 
than  any  flashbulb-infested  red  carpet. 

IN  HOLLYWOOD,  PEOPLE 
BELIEVE  EVERYTHING  THEY 
READ. 

TRUE.  One  thing  that  keeps  me  on  my 
feet  is  that  no  two  days  are  the  same  at  EW. 
As  a  correspondent,  my  assignments  range 
from  a  short  piece  on  how  the  director  of 
Godzilla  is  paranoid  about  the  media  leaking 


November-December  1998        43 


details  of  his  prized  creature  to  in-depth 
profiles  of  an  actor  or  director.  Logic  would 
indicate  that  the  bigger  the  story,  the  more 
impassioned  the  reader  response  it  generates. 
Alanis  Morissette  showed  me  that  was  all 
wrong. 

While  listening  to  her  hit  song  "Ironic"  in 
early  1996,  I  paid  close  attention  to  her 
lyrics  — "It's  like  rain  on  your  wedding  day, " 
"A  black  fly  in  your  chardonnay,"  etc. —  and 
it  hit  me:  This  woman  has  no  idea  what  "iron- 
ic" means.  So  I  picked  up  the  phone  and 
called  the  one  person  who  could  best  articu- 
late Morissette's  deficiency:  my  adviser  at 
Duke,  English  and  literature  professor  Susan 
Willis.  "I'd  say  Joan  Osborne's  'One  of  Us'  has 
a  hell  of  a  lot  of  irony, "  she  told  me.  "What 
Alanis  is  singing  about  is  a  bunch  of  bum- 
mers." Eminently  quotable  and  right  on  the 
money,  I  cited  Professor  Willis  in  a  tiny  blurb 
tucked  away  in  a  corner  of  a  page  and 
thought  that  was  the  end  of  it. 

A  few  weeks  later  I  got  my  answer  in  the 
form  of  a  piece  of  teenage  hate  mail  (a  badge 
of  honor  for  any  self-respecting  journalist). 
"How  dare  you  make  fun  of  Alanis!"  read  the 
tirade,  written  in  dead-giveaway  bubbly  pen- 
manship. "She  is  the  voice  of  our  generation. 
I'd  like  to  see  you  try  to  write  a  song!"  Mean- 
while, three-page  features  have  come  and 
gone  without  so  much  as  a  word. 


cX^    ...andTenOther 

GUILTYPLEASURES 

WeteNotAshamed 

To  Love 

One  for  the  Boys:  Karger's  first  cover  story  for 
Entertainment  Weekly 

IN  HOLLYWOOD,  ANYONE  CAN 
BE  A  STAR. 

TRUE.  An  offshoot  of  my  duties  at  the 

magazine  for  the  last  two  years  has  been  the 
occasional  television  appearance  on  such  pro- 
grams as  Entertainment  Tonight,  Access  Hol- 
lywood, and  Good  Morning  America  to  discuss 


a  recent  story  I've  written.  (I  also  fill  a  regular 
spot  on  the  cable  channel  CNNfn  every 
week.)  To  most  observers,  I'm  a  mere  journal- 
ist spouting  off  about  the  world  I  cover;  to  a 
deranged  few,  I'm  a  full-fledged  celebrity. 

A  few  months  ago,  I  pointed  out  a  stain  on 
my  shirt  collar  to  the  woman  at  the  dry-clean- 
er shop  on  my  block  in  Manhattan.  "What  is 
it?"  she  said.  "Urn,  it's  makeup, "  I  replied.  She 
of  course  asked  for  an  explanation,  and 
instead  of  inventing  a  more  interesting  lie 
about  a  side  career  in  drag,  I  fessed  up:  "Well, 
I  do  a  television  show  every  week."  At  that 
point,  it  was  as  if  Tom  Cruise  had  walked  into 
the  store.  "Do  you  have  a  picture?"  she  gasped. 
Again,  I  should  have  fibbed,  but  I  admitted 
that  I  did.  For  my  next  four  visits,  she  remind- 
ed me  of  my  promise  to  bring  her  a  photo. 

The  result:  On  the  wall  of  the  cleaners 
(and  don't  even  think  I'm  giving  the  address), 
next  to  hockey  star  Mark  Messier,  TV  host 
Bill  Moyers,  and  a  couple  of  wannabe  actress- 
es, is  my  head  shot.  So,  can  anyone  be  a  star? 
Sure.  In  fact,  I'll  take  it  a  step  further:  Every- 
one is  a  star — it  just  depends  on  the  day.    ■ 

Karger  '95,  in  true  modesty,  did  not  report  on  his 
appearance  on  the  Comedy  Central  cable  show 
Viva  Variety,  in  which  he  won  $60  for  selecting 
the  winner  of  a  Celebrity  hookalike  Pie-Eating 
Contest. 


Where  YOU  LIVE 

Listen  to  the  crickets  serenade  you  on 
your  own  balcony.  Catch  a  pop-fly  at  a 
world-famous  Durham  Bulls  game.  Take 
a  class  at  one  of  the  three  universities 


Life  Care  Community 
2701  Pickett  Road 

Durham,  NC  27705 
1-800-474-0258 


is  How  You  Live. 

that  make  up  the  Research  Triangle 
region.  No  matter  what  you  choose 
to  do,  you'll  find  life  is  better  at 
The  Forest  at  Duke. 


PUKE  MAGAZINE 


WHAT  IT  TAKES  TO 
SHAPE  A  FUTURE 

Continued  from  page  7 

Lindgren  says.  "In  part,  that's  because  facili- 
ties, and  their  accompanying  technology,  have 
become  so  complicated  and  expensive.  It's  a 
little  more  challenging  these  days  to  go  to  a 
single  donor  and  ask  that  donor  to  under- 
write the  cost  of  something  like  a  sophisticat- 
ed building  for  the  medical  school." 

That  challenge  hinges  on  a  wealth-creation 
environment  filled  with  Bloombergs,  or  quasi- 
Bloombergs.  "One  of  the  things  we've  noticed 
in  these  billion-dollar-level  campaigns  is  that 
there's  a  heavy  dependence  on  big  gifts," 
Lindgren  says.  More  than  half  of  Hopkins' 
contributions  come  from  individuals;  but  even 
with  the  continuing  nurturing  of  annual-giv- 
ing donors,  there's  a  heavy  focus  on  major 
gifts  from  individuals.  As  of  this  fall,  some  62 
percent  of  what  Hopkins  has  raised  has  come 
in  donations  of  a  million  dollars  or  more.  As 
the  conventional  thinking  once  had  it,  20 
percent  of  the  donors  accounted  for  80  per- 
cent of  the  total.  Hopkins'  record  shows  that 
1  percent  of  the  donors  are  accounting  for  90 
percent  of  the  total. 

Bob  Carter,  himself  a  Johns  Hopkins  gradu- 
ate, is  the  president  of  Ketchum,  Inc.,  one  of 
the  best-known  consulting  firms  in  educa- 
tional fund  raising.  Carter  says  he  has  seen 
"a  real  surge  in  endowment  fund  raising," 
partly,  he  says,  as  a  hedge  against  restraints 
on  tuition  income.  And  the  targeting  of  en- 
dowment has  produced  what  he  calls  "mega- 
goals"  for  campaigns.  "You  need  to  create  that 
billion- dollar  threshold  if  you  want  to  solicit 
gifts  in  the  range  of  $50  million  to  $100 
million.  You  don't  get  those  kinds  of  gifts  in 
small  campaigns;  you  get  them  in  campaigns 
that  have  a  scope  appealing  to  mega-donors." 
People  of  enormous  resources  like  Bloomberg 
need  "a  context  in  which  to  give, "  he  says. 
"The  larger  the  context,  the  larger  the  gifts." 

"The  idea  that  educational  institutions  are 
charities  is  long  gone, "  Carter  says.  "They  are 
not  charities;  they  are  investments  in  the  fu- 
ture of  our  society.  So  their  donors  give  very 
little  on  the  basis  of  need;  they  give  largely  on 
the  basis  of  opportunity."  In  Carter's  view,  the 
investment  model  pays  huge  dividends  for 
universities:  Even  if  donors  impose  limits  on 
their  charitable  contributions,  they're  less  likely 
to  impose  limits  on  their  investments. 

Carter  says  one  recent  campaign  phenom- 
enon is  the  growing  fund-raising  prominence 
of  public  universities.  In  1995,  the  University 
ofVirginia  announced  a  comprehensive  $750- 
million  campaign.  Last  February,  it  upped  the 
goal  to  a  billion  dollars.  Early  in  the  campaign, 
several  volunteer  leaders  made  gifts  of  a  mil- 
lion dollars  or  more,  notes  Bill  Sublette, 
Virginia's  director  of  development  communi- 


cations. He  says  the  campaign  grew  out  of  a 
negative  —  a  dropping  off  in  state  support  for 
the  university — but  has  since  shifted  to  a 
more  positive  and  "aspirational"  tone. 

Virginia's  last  campaign,  in  the  early 
Eighties,  aimed  for  $90  million  and  raised 
$146  million.  This  effort  takes  the  school  a 
huge  distance  from  the  old  benchmark.  "It 
shows  the  maturation  of  our  fund-raising  pro- 
cess, and  the  enhanced  expectations  of  our 
alumni, "  Sublette  says. 

The  distinction  of  running  the  first  com- 
prehensive five-year  campaign  with  a  billion- 
dollar  goal  belongs  to  Stanford.  Stanford  con- 
cluded its  Centennial  Campaign  in  February 
1992;  its  components  included  student  aid, 
professorships,  and  bricks-and-mortar  proj- 
ects. The  campaign  brought  in  $1.1  billion.  "It 
was  a  quantum  leap,"  says  John  Ford,  Stan- 
ford's vice  president  for  development.  "We 
knew  we  were  out  there  testing  completely 
new  ground:  We  called  it  the  billion-dollar 
question."  By  the  time  of  the  public  kickoff, 
with  just  one  year  of  a  quiet  phase,  Stanford 
had  raised  $310  million — nearly  the  sum 
raised  in  all  the  years  of  the  university's  most 
recent  campaign,  from  about  a  decade  earlier. 

'Any  goal  should  be  based  on  an  institu- 
tion's particular  circumstances  and  what  it 
can  accomplish,"  Ford  says.  "In  reality,  the 
competitive  juices  get  going  at  the  level  of  the 
president's  office  and  the  board  of  trustees. 
And  if  other  schools  are  reporting  success 
with  their  own  goals,  no  one  is  going  to  want 
to  try  for  something  less." 

One  of  the  most  effective  of  the  campaign 
messages  confronted  the  idea  that  Stanford 
should  be  satisfied  with  its  wealthy  position. 
Stanford  President  Donald  Kennedy  ad- 
dressed "how  we  can  look  so  rich  and  feel  so 
poor, "  recalls  Ford,  in  one  of  his  presidential 
talks.  "And  that  message  applies  today  as  our 
universities  are  sitting  on  top  of  multi-billion- 
dollar  endowments.  We  all  have  a  constant 
battle  in  educating  people  about  how  these 
places  work  and  why  they  are  as  expensive  as 
they  are." 

In  mid- campaign,  Stanford  faced  one  un- 
expected battle,  and  it  was  compelled  to  do 
some  reorienting  of  priorities.  After  an  earth- 
quake struck,  the  university  had  to  scale  back 
on  building  plans  for  a  science  complex  and 
apply  resources  to  earthquake  recovery — 
"trading  one  capital  project  for  another,"  in 
Ford's  words.  And  near  the  end  of  the  cam- 
paign, Stanford  was  hit  with  the  controversy 
over  its  overhead  charges  for  federally-funded 
research.  The  unwelcome  attention  produced 
what  Ford  calls  a  "plateau"  in  fund  raising.  In 
that  plateau  year,  1992-93,  Stanford  raised 
$185  million.  The  next  year,  it  raised  $226 
million.  In  the  past  fiscal  year,  it  took  in  $319 
million.  Those  results  show  one  of  the  endur- 
ing benefits  of  a  campaign — elevating  expec- 


tations for  giving  even  beyond  the  life  of  the 
campaign. 

Expectations  for  giving  hardly  registered 
early  in  Duke's  history.  The  university 
came  slowly,  and  not  exactly  energeti- 
cally, into  the  age  of  sophisticated  fund 
raising.  As  part  of  the  institution's  centennial 
celebration  (Brown's  Schoolhouse,  the  fore- 
runner of  Trinity  College  and  Duke,  opened 
in  1838),  Duke  President  William  Few  sought 
to  educate  alumni  about  such  "needs  and 
opportunities"  as  hoped-for  library  additions, 
a  new  dormitory  group,  and  an  engineering 
building.  But  1938-39  was  hardly  a  propitious 
time  to  ask  alumni  for  money.  The  Great 
Depression  had  pulled  down  an  already  ailing 
economy  in  the  South.  Also,  most  people 
believed — incorrectly — that  Duke,  as  a  re- 
sult of  James  B.  Duke's  philanthropy  toward 
the  Carolinas  and  the  university,  was  among 
the  nation's  richest  schools. 

Responding  to  trustee  concerns  that  the 
university  should  not  engage  in  "begging, "  Few 
declared  that  the  centennial  material  would 
not  involve  "a  direct  appeal  of  the  university 
to  anyone,  but  it  will  stimulate  thinking  and 
might  bring  valuable  results  even  though  we 
do  not  reach  all  our  goals."  That  same  fund- 
raising  tentativeness  expressed  itself  in  his 
appeal  to  the  Carnegie  Foundation:  "You  are 
no  doubt  'fed  up'  on  such  things,  but  after  all, 
this  is  a  bit  unique,  in  that  we  are  trying  to 
build  up  a  great  endowed  university  in  the 
Southeast  where  none  has  ever  been."  As  it 
turned  out,  it  was  the  campaign  that  never 
should  have  been:  It  drew  minimal  support. 

The  first  organized  fund  drive,  begun  in 
1947,  went  much  more  smoothly.  The  cam- 
paign targeted  a  student  and  alumni  center, 
dormitories,  a  law  and  administration  build- 
ing, medical  research  and  instruction,  schol- 
arships and  fellowships,  faculty  salaries  and 
endowed  professorships,  and  equipment  and 
maintenance.  But  many  of  the  university's 
alumni  still  expressed  surprise  that  Duke 
needed  money.  "We  started  with  an  unedu- 
cated (in  giving),  uncultivated  consistency," 
noted  one  internal  assessment. 

With  the  Fifth  Decade  Campaign,  starting 
in  1965,  Duke  looked  to  fund  a  ten-year  plan 
that  encompassed  educational  and  research 
programs  of  greater  breadth  and  depth;  a  fac- 
ulty of  notable  stature;  and  needs  in  physical 
facilities  and  equipment.  Four  years  ahead  of 
schedule,  the  $102-million  goal  had  been 
exceeded  by  $3  million.  A  report  on  the  cam- 
paign concluded  that  "It  is  time  now  to  begin 
again:  to  envision  and  to  plan  and  to  add  to 
the  tapestry  of  support  woven  over  the  years 
with  such  care  and  thought....  The  vision  is 
not  merely  to  perpetuate  what  Duke  now  is, 
but  to  constantly  improve." 

Against    this    backdrop,    the    university 


November-December 


embarked  on  The  Epoch  Campaign  in  1973. 
Of  the  $162-million  goal,  $65  million  would 
go  toward  buildings,  including  a  new  univer- 
sity center;  student  aid  and  faculty  develop- 
ment also  figured  prominently.  After  four 
years,  the  drive  netted  about  $136  million. 
That  total  was  short  of  the  goal.  But  univer- 
sity officials  declared  that  the  campaign  point- 
ed the  way  to  broad  recognition  of  "Duke's 
true  stature  and  potential."  As  a  published 
campaign  summary  observed,  "Starting  in  a 
period  of  economic  uncertainty,  we  built  an 
increasing  momentum  with  each  year.  Today, 


we  are  pleased  to  be  among  those  private  uni- 
versities capable  of  raising  over  $25  million 
per  year." 

The  last  comprehensive  drive,  which  ran 
from  1984  until  1992,  began  as  The  Capital 
Campaign  for  the  Arts  &  Sciences  and  En- 
gineering. The  campaign's  $200-million  goal  — 
with  all  gifts  to  go  toward  endowment — 
"demonstrates  a  resolute  commitment  to  the 
university's  future  and  to  its  intellectual  core, " 
said  a  promotional  brochure.  University  offi- 
cials ended  up  enlarging  on  the  scope — and 
the  time -frame — of  the  campaign.  The  re- 


While  Visiting  Durham, 


Why  Settle  For  Less  When  So 
Much  More  Costs  So  Little? 

Luxurious  All- Suite  Hotel 


Magnificent  outdoor  pool 
Two  remote  control  TVs 
Color,  HBO  and  cable 
Two  telephones 
Call  waiting  &  voice  mail 
No  charge  for  local  calls 
Fax  &  copier  service 
Superior  location 


Award-winning  gardens 
Fitness  center 
Covered  walking  track 
Fully  equipped  kitchen 
Top  quality  linens  &  towels 
Complete  laundry  facilities 
Pets  permitted 
Uniformed  security 


DUKE  TOWER 

Residential  Suites 


For  reservations  or  information  call: 

(919)  687-4444  •  Fax:  (919)  683-1215 

807  West  Trinity  Avenue,  Durham,  NC  2770 1  (corner  of  North  Duke  &  West  Trinity) 

Just  streets  away  from  many  restaurants,  Northgate  Mall,  Duke  University  and 

Duke  Hospital.  Ten  minutes  to  RTP,  15  minutes  to  RDU Airport.  f=r 


named  Campaign  for  Duke  raised  a  total  of 
$565  million,  including  $232  for  endowment. 
"Duke  University  has  come  of  age  through 
the  capital  campaign, "  declared  its  chairman, 
the  public  policy  institute's  Joel  Fleishman. 

This  year's  Founders'  Day  speaker, 
Elizabeth  Locke  '64,  Ph.D.  72,  focused 
on  the  theme  of  giving.  Locke,  presi- 
dent of  The  Duke  Endowment,  told  the 
October  convocation  audience  that  she  is  not 
impressed  by  cases  for  campaigns  that  hinge 
on  the  expected  themes — particularly  the 
idea  of  keeping  up  with  the  competition.  Phil- 
anthropy, she  said,  flows  from  deep  and  per- 
sonal bonds  of  loyalty.  During  her  own  stu- 
dent days,  "At  every  turn,  I  found  faculty  who 
always  had  time  to  talk,  who  invited  us  to 
their  homes,  who  even  lent  books." 

Locke  recalled  convening  with  other  stu- 
dents in  the  apartment  of  Duke  writing  in- 
structor William  Blackburn;  they  would  spend 
their  time  reading  their  works  and  talking, 
"and  arguing,  and  growing  very  earnest  about 
eternal  values  and  literature  and  poetry."  She 
added:  "People  talk  a  lot  about  sports  being  so 
important  because  they  unite  the  university. 
But  believe  me,  there  are  other  and  perhaps 
more  lasting  bonds,  deeper  bonds,  bonds  that 
shaped  us  into  the  adults  we  became  and  that 
sustain  us  today." 

And  what  sustains  the  fund  raisers?  Senior 
Vice  President  John  Piva,  now  in  his  second 
Duke  campaign,  says  he  has  to  think  big  and 
to  think  small.  In  line  with  the  big  thinking, 
the  development  staff  has  charted  out  a  need 
for  sixty-seven  gifts  of  $5  million  and  more, 
and  275  gifts  of  $1  million  to  $4.9  million,  for 
the  campaign  to  succeed.  But  the  only  way  he 
can  conceive  of  this  enormous  fund  drive,  he 
says,  is  by  its  various  parts — progress  toward 
the  law  school's  goal,  or  the  annual  giving 
goal,  or  the  Charlotte  regional  goal.  Over- 
seeing a  $1.5-billion  campaign  brings  a  need 
to  reduce  it  to  scaled-back  terms. 

And  so  he  looks  not  just  to  the  mega-gifts 
for  professional  satisfaction.  "I  love  it  when  a 
person  really  has  a  good  time  making  a  gift, " 
Piva  says.  In  fact,  the  same  campaign  plan 
that  envisions  the  multi-million  contributions 
also  calls  for  "many"  gifts  of  less  than  $25,000. 

"I'm  working  with  some  people  who  just 
made  a  very  large  commitment  to  the  library. 
And  when  we  started  talking  about  that  gift, 
they  were  appalled  to  think  that  anybody 
would  even  suggest  that  amount  of  money. 
When  we  were  all  through,  they  actually 
ended  up  giving  more,  because  they  had  ac- 
quired a  taste  for  giving.  They  saw  the  joy  that 
it  brought  to  a  lot  of  people,  including  them- 
selves, and  they  saw  how  it  was  going  to  have 
an  impact."  ■ 


46      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


HOSPITAL 
TIME-LIFE 

Duke  Medical 
Center  was  front 
and  center  with 
a  thirty-six  page  cover 
story — "A  Week  in  the 
Life  of  a  Hospital" — in 
Time  magazine's  October 
12  issue.  In  introducing 
the  special  report  inside, 
the  magazine  described 
the  nature  of  modern 
medicine:  "The  same  ur- 
gency and  intellect  that  America's  teaching 
hospitals  apply  to  saving  lives  is  now  also 
going  into  saving  the  institutions  themselves. 
All  across  the  country,  academic  medical  cen- 
ters are  trying  to  figure  out  how  to  marry 
progress  with  profits.  At  the  Duke  University 
Medical  Center,  Time  visits  the  front  line  in 
the  war  between  money  and  medicine." 

According  to  university  public-affairs  offi- 
cials, Time  chose  Duke  over  other  academic 
medical  centers  because  of  Duke's  creative 
responses  to  the  new  health-care  environ- 
ment, and  also  because  of  the  range  of  medi- 
cal news  with  a  Duke  focus. 

Journalist  Nancy  Gibbs,  who  worked  with  a 
team  of  eight  reporters  (most  of  them  non- 
specialists  in  the  medical  sciences)  and  six 
photographers  in  September,  received  praise 
from  medical  center  staff.  "I  am  really  pleased. 
It's  a  beautiful  piece  of  work,"  Ralph  Sny- 
derman,  chancellor  for  health  affairs,  told  The 
Chronicle.  Snyderman,  who  was  described  by 
Time  as  Duke  Medical  Center's  "chief  vision- 
ary, "  said  the  article  "captured"  the  medical  cen- 
ter: "They  realized  that  this  is  a  very  special 
slice  of  life." 

"I  didn't  find  the  cameras  or  reporters  to  be 
disruptive  to  me, "  said  Pierre  Clavien  in  The 
Chronicle.  "We  had  a  good  relationship, "  said 
the  associate  professor  of  surgery,  who  per- 
formed the  partial  liver  transplant  that  was 
featured  in  the  story  and  on  the  magazine's 
cover. 

Duke's  "new  approach"  to  health  care  was 
the  story's  underlying  theme.  "People  will 
hopefully  better  appreciate  us  for  the  value 
we  deliver  in  the  community  as  providers  of 
everything  from  great  primary  care  to  the 


most  complex  of  high- 
tech  care,"  said  Peter 
Kussin,  chief  medical 
officer  at  Duke  Hos- 
pital. "We  are  pushing 
the  envelope  trying  to 
figure  out  how  to  be  a 
health  system  and  good, 
old-fashioned  doctors 
at  the  same  time.  If  any 
place  can  do  it,  Duke 
can." 

For  an  online  version 
of  the  special  issue, 
check  Time's  archives 
at  www.time.com. 


GATESES 
GIVE 


A$20-million   endowment   gift   from 
Duke  trustee  Melinda  French  Gates 
'86,  M.B.  A.  '87  and  her  husband,  Bill 
Gates,  will  launch  a  pioneering  academic  pro- 
gram expanding  teaching  and  research  across 
traditional  disciplinary  boundaries.  President 
Nannerl  O.  Keohane  announced  the  gift  in 
September,  saying  that  she  expects  the  new 
University  Scholars  program,  which  also  will 
strengthen   financial   aid   to   students,   to 
become  known  "as  one 
of  Duke's  most  distinc- 
tive  achievements"   in 
exemplifying    a    "bold 
commitment   to   intel- 
lectual  risk-takers   and 
to  crossing  disciplinary 
boundaries." 

A  principal  goal  of 
the  University  Scholars 
program,  which  will  be- 
gin in  the  fall  of  1999,  is 
to  identify  intellectually 
gifted  undergraduate, 
graduate,  and  profes- 
sional students  and 
provide  them  with  the 
resources,  curricular  free- 
dom, and  extracurricu- 
lar forums  for  cross-fer- 
tilizing each  other's  ideas  Gates:  supporting  independent  thinking  for 
in  creative  and  novel  in-    University  Scholars 


tellectual  collaborations.  Students  selected  as 
University  Scholars  will  be  characterized  by  a 
rare  level  of  "intellectual  brilliance  and  intellec- 
tual fearlessness,"  said  Cathy  N.  Davidson, 
recently  appointed  vice  provost  for  interdisci- 
plinary studies,  who  heads  the  planning  for 
the  new  program  and  will  lead  its  initial 
phase.  "A  University  Scholar  will  have  demon- 
strated early  signs  of  brilliance  combined  with 
an  edge  of  individuality,  independent  think- 
ing, risk-taking,  iconoclasm,  and  even  intellec- 
tual fearlessness.  He  or  she  will  value  dialogue 
and  thrive  in  combinations  of  an  indi- 
vidualized curriculum  and  collective,  interac- 
tive thinking,  linking  learning  and  research." 
Davidson  said  the  program  is  expected  to 
begin  with  a  set  of  at  least  eight  undergradu- 
ate scholars  annually  and  eight  graduate  and 
professional  students.  Other  support  will  be 
sought  from  alumni  and  friends  of  the  univer- 
sity so  that  the  program  can  grow  to  a  steady 
state  of  seventy-five  to  eighty  students,  with 
at  least  half  being  undergraduates.  The  pro- 
gram will  include  students  who  have  financial 
need,  as  well  as  provide  research  grants  for 
those  who  do  not. 

Melinda  Gates,  who  lives  in  Medina,  Wash- 
ington, was  elected  to  Duke's  board  of  trustees 
in  1996  and  serves  on  its  Academic  Affairs 
Committee.  She  earned  two  degrees  from 
Duke  —  a  bachelor's  degree  in  computer  sci- 
ence and  economics,  and  an  M.B.  A.  from  the 
Fuqua       School       of 
Business.   From   Duke 
she    joined    Microsoft 
Corp.,  serving  as  both 
product   manager   and 
general   manager  with 
oversight   responsibili- 
ties  for   the   develop- 
ment    of     many     of 
Microsoft's  multimedia 
products.  In  1994,  she 
married  Microsoft 

founder,  chairman,  and 
CEO  Bill  Gates.  After 
the  birth  of  a  daughter 
in  1996,  she  resigned 
from  Microsoft  to 
devote  more  time  to 
§  family  as  well  as  chari- 
i  table  interests,  includ- 
ing her  roles  as  co- 
founder  of  the  William 


November  -December 


47 


H.  Gates  Foundation  and  trustee  of  the  Gates 
Library  Foundation. 

Created  in  1994  by  Bill  and  Melinda  Gates, 
the  William  H.  Gates  Foundation  supports 
initiatives  in  areas  that  are  of  particular  con- 
cern to  them.  Grants  from  the  foundation 
support  education  and  institutions  of  higher 
learning,  world  health  and  population,  and 
nonprofit  civic  and  arts  organizations  in  the 
Northwest.  The  Gateses  have  also  established 
the  Gates  Library  Foundation,  chartered  to 
provide  computer  and  Internet  access  to 
patrons  at  public  libraries  in  low-income  com- 
munities across  the  U.S.  and  Canada. 

The  gift  to  Duke  is  one  of  the  largest  in  the 
university's  history,  comparable  to  entrepreneur 
J.  B.  Fuqua's  $20-million  donation  in  April  to 
the  business  school  that  bears  his  name,  and 
that  of  trustee  Peter  Nicholas  and  his  wife, 
Virginia,  who  in  1995  donated  $20  million  to 
the  Nicholas  School  of  the  Environment. 


CHARACTER  AND 
POLITICS 


B: 


eginning  with  a  paraphrase  from  John 
Updike-"The  fact  that  we  live  well 
doesn't  mean  we  live  nobly  "-David 
Gergen  led  a  two-part  informal  seminar  in 
late  September.  The  seminar  focused,  in  time- 
ly fashion,  on  morality  and  the  presidency. 
Gergen  has  been  a  counselor  to  several  presi- 
dents, Bill  Clinton  among  them.  He  is  about 
to  leave  his  position  as  a  visiting  professor  at 
Duke's  Terry  Sanford  Institute  of  Public  Policy 
for  a  faculty  appointment  at  Harvard. 

Reaching  back  to  Watergate,  Gergen  said  the 
"redeeming  feature"  of  the  political  scandal  of 
the  Seventies  was  the  sense  that  "the  system 
had  worked  well."  That's  not  at  all  clear,  he 
suggested,  with  the  investigation  growing  out 
of  the  president's  involvement  with  White 
House  intern  Monica  Lewinsky.  What  is  clear 
is  that  the  latest  scandal  has  produced  an 
industry  of  political  "spin"  that  has  "made  a 
mess  out  of  our  politics, "  he  said.  "Nobody 
believes  anybody  about  anything." 

Gergen  took  the  seminar  participants  on  a 
brief  tour  of  history  and  political  philosophy. 
Aristotle  assumed  that  the  purpose  of  the  state 
is  to  encourage  people  to  lead  the  good  life, 
and  so  the  leader  should  foster  a  spirit  of  civic 
virtue.  For  Machiavelli,  writing  at  a  time  of 
political  turmoil,  the  first  concern  of  the  lead- 
er was  safety  and  security;  the  leader  could  be 
either  virtuous  or  duplicitous,  but  the  ends 
would  justify  the  means.  Jefferson,  in  framing 
the  Declaration  of  Independence  with  its 
"self-evident"  truths,  projected  an  optimistic 
view  of  humanity.  That  view  was  revised  with 
the  Constitution,  which  put  in  place  a 
checks-and-balances  system  that  would  con- 


PRESIDENTIAL  PAIR 


Almost  immediately 
after  Nannerl  O. 
Keohane  was  named 
president  of  Duke  in  late  1992, 
speculation  began  about  the  aca- 
demic home  of  her  husband, 
Robert  O.  Keohane,  then  Stan- 
field  Professor  of  International 
Peace  at  Harvard  [Duke  Maga- 
zine, January-February  1994]. 
The  University  of  North 
Carolina  at  Chapel  Hill,  along 
with  Duke,  began  vying  for 
him;  but  he  said  his  Harvard 
obligation  would  keep  him  in 
place  for  a  while. 

Two  years  ago,  Bob  Keohane 
joined  Duke's  political  science 
faculty  as  a  James  B.  Duke 
Professor.  And  now  he's  the 
president-elect  of  the  American 
Political  Science  Association. 
APSA,  the  major  professional 
society  for  the  study  of  politics 
and  government,  brings  togeth- 
er political  scientists  from  all 
fields  of  inquiry.  While  most 
APSA  members  are  scholars 
who  teach  and  conduct  re- 
search in  colleges  and  universi- 
ties in  the  United  States  and 
abroad,  one-fourth  work 
outside  academe  in  govern- 
ment, research,  organizations, 
consulting  firms,  the  news 
media,  and  private  enterprise. 

Peter  Lange,  chairman  of  the 
political  science  department  at 
Duke,  said  in  his  nomination 
letter  that  Keohane's  outstand- 
ing research,  and  his  work  with 
students  and  in  his  profession, 
have  made  him  a  leader  in  the 
discipline.  "His  work  in  inter- 
national relations  and  interna- 
tional political  economy  is 
superb,  and  he  has  also  made 
major  contributions  in  the 


areas  of  methodology  and,  with 
less  frequency,  comparative 
politics  and  political  economy. 
He  also  is  well  known  to  be  a 
superb  undergraduate  teacher, 
a  reputation  to  which  I  can  at- 
test since  his  arrival  at  Duke." 

Keohane  is  chiefly  known  as 
a  theorist  who  has  sought  to 
understand  how  international 
institutions  facilitate,  and  some- 
times hinder,  cooperation 
among  states.  He  has  applied 
his  theory  to  issues  of  interna- 
tional political  economy,  inter- 
national environment  politics, 
and,  recently,  international 
security  affairs.  His  numerous- 
articles  in  professional  journals 
range  in  themes  from  "Inter- 
national Liberalism  Recon- 
sidered" to  "The  Big  Influence 
of  Small  Allies." 

Having  received  both  his 
master's  and  Ph.D.  from  Har- 
vard, Keohane  won  the  Sumner 
Prize  for  the  best  dissertation  in 
the  department  of  government 
in  1966.  Before  his  teaching 
stint  at  Harvard — where  he  also 
chaired  the  government  depart- 
ment— he  taught  at  Swarth- 
more  College,  Stanford  Univer- 
sity, and  Brandeis  University. 

Keohane  received  the  first 
mentorship  award  from  the 
Society  for  Women  in  Inter- 
national Political  Economy,  and 
he  won  the  1989  Grawemeyer 
Award  for  Ideas  Improving 
World  Order.  Earlier,  he  held  a 
German  Marshall  Fund  Re- 
search Fellowship,  a  Guggen- 
heim Fellowship,  and  two  fel- 
lowships at  the  Center  for 
Advanced  Study  in  the  Be- 
havioral Sciences.  And  this 
fall,  he  received  his  first  hon- 


orary degree,  from  the  Univer- 
sity of  Aarhus  in  Denmark. 

A  past  president  of  the  Inter- 
national Studies  Association 
and  a  member  of  the  American 
Academy  of  Arts  and  Sciences, 
he  has  written,  co-written,  or 
edited  thirteen  books  on  inter- 
national themes.  Among  them 
are  Designing  Social  Inquiry: 
Scientific  Inference  in  Qualitative 
Research;  After  Hegemony: 
Cooperation  and  Discord  in  the 
World  Political  Economy;  and 
Power  and  Interdependence: 
World  Politics  in  Transition. 

Around  the  time  that  Bob 
Keohane  was  elected  to  the  top 
spot  of  his  professional  associa- 
tion, Duke's  trustees  enthusias- 
tically renewed  the  term  of 
President  Nannerl  O.  Keohane 
for  five  years.  Trustee  chair 
Randall  Tobias  said  the  board's 
commitment  to  Keohane,  and 
her  commitment  to  continue  as 
president,  signal  that  "this  great 
university  will  continue  to  be 
superbly  led  well  into  the  first 
decade  of  the  r 


LUKE 


48      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


front  ambition  with  ambition — reflecting 
Madison's  view  that  people  would  not  be 
guided  by  the  better  angels  of  their  nature. 

Citing  the  writings  of  recent  cultural  com- 
mentators, Gergen  said  American  history  has 
been  moving  away  from  the  notion  of  virtue: 
Conservatives  have  come  to  worship  capital- 
ism, while  the  left  has  come  to  worship  enti- 
tlements, and  "no  one  is  arguing  for  virtue  as 
a  public  good." 

Gergen's  own  scrutiny  of  American  history 
uncovered  examples  of  moral  leadership — 
though  the  examples  were  invariably  nuanced. 
Lincoln  was  accused  by  the  Abolitionists  of 
being  too  tentative;  from  Lincoln's  perspec- 
tive, though,  the  need  to  preserve  the  Union 
trumped  the  need  to  end  slavery  outright.  So 
he  put  off  issuing  the  Emancipation  Procla- 
mation so  as  not  to  fan  the  seccessionist 
flames.  Most  political  observers  would  rank 
both  Franklin  D.  Roosevelt  and  Martin  Lu- 
ther King  Jr.,  along  with  Lincoln,  high  on  the 
moral-leadership  scale.  Their  private  lives,  as 
Gergen  put  it,  were  "anything  but  a  model  of 
decorum."  Still,  they  projected  a  principled 
steadfastness.  King  "knew  he  wasn't  perfect, 
and  he  was  humble — certainly  not  self-righ- 
teous— in  front  of  audiences.  He  may  have 
been  sufficiently  troubled  by  his  private  life 
that  he  felt  an  extra  urge  to  contribute  in  his 
public  life." 

Gergen  suggested  that  the  ability  to  inspire 
the  people  to  great  ends  requires  a  consisten- 
cy about  principles.  Both  Margaret  Thatcher 
and  Ronald  Reagan  were  "conviction  politi- 
cians who  believed  in  what  they  were  saying, " 
he  said.  The  Iran-Contra  affair,  which  emerged 
in  1986,  was  particularly  damaging  for  Rea- 
gan, according  to  Gergen:  "It  was  the  first 
time  in  which  Reagan  was  caught  in  a  situa- 
tion where  he  was  espousing  one  thing  in 
public  and  doing  something  else  in  private." 
Gergen  contrasted  Reagan's  presumed  steadi- 
ness with  an  episode  early  in  Clinton's  presi- 
dency, when  Clinton  leaned  on  Democratic 
members  of  the  House  of  Representatives  to 
back  a  controversial  energy  tax — only  to 
back  off  the  idea  during  tough  bargaining 
with  the  Senate. 

Clinton  has  been  hurt  also  by  the  shifting 
media  landscape,  said  Gergen.  "In  the  late 
Sixties,  when  I  first  came  to  Washington,  it 
was  standard  that  the  press  didn't  talk  about 
private  behavior  unless  it  interfered  with  pub- 
lic activities.  The  press  and  the  government 
were  very  cozy  with  one  another." 

That  standard  has  "obviously  changed, "  he 
said,  in  part  owing  to  the  growing  presence  of 
women  in  the  press  corps,  in  part  to  new  stan- 
dards of  conduct  in  the  workplace,  and  in 
part  to  the  recognition  that  a  focus  on  private 
morality  "sells."  A  generational  shift  within  the 
press  corps  has  brought  into  positions  of  influ- 
ence individuals  who  are  "much  more  cynical 


and  judgmental,"  Gergen  said,  adding  that 
"there  is  much  to  be  cynical  about."  And  with 
the  explosion  in  the  number  of  media  outlets, 
a  once -reliable  audience  is  being  "sliced  and 
diced, "  with  a  felt  urgency  to  "titillate  rather 
than  educate  and  enlighten  the  audience. 
Clinton  in  some  ways  has  replaced  O.J.,  and 
the  dress  has  replaced  the  glove." 

The  very  first  president  was  "an  extraordi- 
narly  rare  person  in  our  public  life, "  said  Ger- 
gen. Washington  apparently  had  "an  unblem- 
ished character."  We  should  not  expect  "saints 
in  our  public  life, "  and  we  should  not  subject 
the  private  lives  of  political  leaders  to  micro- 
scopic review,  according  to  Gergen.  But  Clin- 
ton crossed  a  line  when  he  denied  his  extra- 
marital involvement  in  a  public  statement, 
and  then  sent  out  his  cabinet  to  defend  him. 
"If  you  put  yourself  in  the  tradition  of  public 
trust  and  draw  on  the  well  of  public  respect, 
even  veneration,  for  high  office,  certain 
things  are  expected." 


ROBERTS  AT 
GRADUATION 

ABC  News'  chief  congressional  ana- 
lyst Cokie  Roberts  will  deliver  Duke's 
1999  commencement  address  Sun- 
day, May  16.  Roberts,  who  co-anchors  the 
ABC  News  program  This  Week  With  Sam 
Donaldson  and  Cokie  Roberts,  covers  politics, 
Congress,  and  public  policy  issues  for  the  net- 
work. Roberts  often  serves  as  substitute  an- 
chor for  ABC's  Nightline  and  is  a  senior  news 
analyst  for  National  Public  Radio  (NPR), 
where  she  was  the  congressional  correspon- 
dent for  more  than  a  decade. 

Roberts  first  served  as  a  panelist  on  This 
Week  With  David  Brinkley  in  1987,  and  was 


Media  master:  author,  anchor,  < 
Commencement  speaker  Roberts 


named  a  regular  panelist  to  the  program  in 
1988.  Along  with  her  husband,  Steven  V 
Roberts,  a  George  Washington  University  pro- 
fessor, she  writes  a  weekly  column  syndicated 
by  United  Media  that  appears  in  newspapers 
around  the  country. 

Before  joining  ABC  News  in  1988,  Roberts 
was  a  contributor  to  PBS-TV's  MacNeilfLehrer 
Newshour.  She  also  has  worked  as  a  reporter 
for  CBS  News  in  Athens,  Greece;  served  as  a 
co-host  for  The  Lawmakers,  a  weekly  public 
television  program  on  Congress;  and  pro- 
duced and  served  as  a  host  for  a  public  affairs 
program  on  WRC-TV  in  Washington.  She  is 
former  president  of  the  Radio  and  Television 
Correspondents  Association. 

Earlier  this  year,  she  published  the  book  We 
Are  Our  Mothers'  Daughters,  which  is  part 
memoir  and  part  social  history  and  has  been 
on  The  New  York  Times  best- seller  list  for  more 
than  half  a  year.  Roberts  is  the  daughter  of 
two  members  of  Congress:  Hale  Boggs,  the 
Louisiana  congressman  who  died  in  a  plane 
crash  in  Alaska,  and  Lindy  Boggs,  who  is  now 
ambassador  to  the  Vatican. 

A  1964  graduate  in  political  science  from 
Wellesley  College,  Roberts  received  a  1985 
Distinguished  Alumnae  Achievement  Award. 
She  and  her  husband  are  the  parents  of  two 
grown  children,  including  a  son  who  graduat- 
ed from  Duke  in  1990. 


FOUNDERS' 
HONORS 


DAY 


Thomas  A.  Langford  B.D.  '54,  Ph.D.  '58, 
former  dean  of  the  Duke  Divinity 
School  and  university  provost,  was 
honored  in  September  with  the  University 
Medal  for  Distinguished  Meritorious  Service 
for  decades  of  service  to  Duke.  The  medal, 
the  university's  highest  service  award,  was 
presented  by  President  Nannerl  O.  Keohane 
during  the  annual  Founders'  Day  Convoca- 
tion in  Duke  Chapel.  The  convocation  ad- 
dress was  delivered  by  Elizabeth  Locke  '64, 
Ph.D.  72,  president  of  The  Duke  Endow- 
ment. 

First  awarded  in  1986,  the  University 
Medal  recognizes  long-standing  contributions 
to  members  and  close  friends  of  the  Duke 
community.  Keohane  also  presented  Duke's 
Humanitarian  Service  Award  to  Richard 
Stubbing  of  the  Sanford  Institute  of  Public 
Policy,  and  the  Distinguished  Alumni  Award 
to  Robert  Price  Jr.  '52  of  Selina,  Minnesota. 

The  University  Scholar/Teacher  Award  went 
to  Toril  Moi  of  the  literature  program.  The 
award  was  created  by  the  Board  of  Higher 
Education  and  the  Ministry  of  the  United 
Methodist  Church  for  the  purpose  of  "recog- 
nizing an  outstanding  faculty  member  for... 


November-December 


49 


dedication  and  contribution  to  the  learning 
arts  and  to  the  institution."  The  Richard  K. 
Lublin  Distinguished  Award  for  Teaching 
Excellence,  Trinity  College's  top  award  for 
teaching,  went  to  Clay  Taliaferro,  professor 
of  the  practice  of  dance,  and  Marie  Lynn 
Miranda  '85,  assistant  professor  of  the  prac- 
tice in  the  Nicholas  School  of  the  Environ- 
ment. The  honor  was  established  by  Lublin 
'61,  a  member  of  Trinity  College's  board  of  vis- 
itors. The  Trinity  College  Distinguished 
Teaching  Awards  went  to  David  Aers,  profes- 
sor of  English;  Ruth  Grant,  associate  professor 
of  political  science;  and  Roxanne  Springer, 
assistant  professor  of  physics.  The  awards 
honor  recipients  for  their  efforts  "to  encour- 
age intellectual  excitement, "  their  knowledge 


of  the  field,  their  skill  in  organizing  courses 
and  communicating  with  students,  and  their 
commitment  to  teaching. 

The  Howard  Johnson  Distinguished 
Teaching  Award  went  to  Daniel  Graham, 
professor  of  economics.  Established  by  the 
Howard  Johnson  Foundation,  the  honor  rec- 
ognizes distinguished  teaching  by  professors 
in  Trinity  College. 

Keohane  said  Langford  has  the  qualities 
cited  in  the  title  of  one  of  his  scholarly  arti- 
cles, "Discipline  and  Devotion."  "Here  is  a  man 
whose  intellectual  depth  and  range  have  in- 
vigorated the  field  of  philosophical  theology, 
whose  religious  faith  has  expressed  itself  in 
service  to  the  church  and  the  community, 
whose  caring  disposition  has  made  him  a  re- 


REYNOLDS    PRICE 

LEARNING  A  TRADE 

A  Craftsman's  Notebooks,  1955-1997 


REYNOLDS  PRICE 


From  Reynolds  Price,  much 
acclaimed  author  of  award- 
winning  novels,  plays,  poems, 
stories,  and  essays,  comes  a 
work  that  is  unique  among 
contemporary  writers  of 
American  literature.  For  more 
than  forty  years,  Price  has 
kept  a  working  journal  of  his 
writing  life.  Now  published 
for  the  first  time,  Learning 
a  Trade  provides  a  revealing 
window  into  this  writer's 
creative  process  and  crafts- 
man's sensibilities. 


"Reynolds  Price's  life,  while 
as  unique  as  his  thumbprint, 
turns  out  here  to  be  a  strik- 
ingly general  anatomy  of 
virtually  every  good  writer's 
artistic  development  from 
childhood  on.  I  would  not 
have  thought  that  generaliza- 
tions about  growth  in  such  a  complex  profession  were  plausible — until  this 
meticulous  dissection  was  shown  to  me." — Kurt  Vonnegut 


624  pages,  cloth  $34.95 


Duke  University  Press 

Available  at  bookstores  or  toll-free  1-888-651-0122 
www.duke.edu/web/dupress/ 


vered  colleague  and  a  valued  mentor,  whose 
steadfastness  has  impressed  those  who  have 
observed  his  administrative  adeptness,  and 
whose  loyalty  over  more  than  forty  years  has 
helped  to  shape  this  university, "  Keohane  said. 

Langford's  tenure  at  Duke  touches  nearly 
every  aspect  of  the  university  community.  He 
joined  the  faculty  in  1956,  teaching  in  both 
the  department  of  religion,  where  he  served 
as  chair,  and  in  the  divinity  school.  From  1971 
to  1981,  he  was  divinity  school  dean.  In  1984, 
he  became  vice  provost  for  academic  affairs 
under  Provost  Phillip  Griffiths.  When  Grif- 
fiths took  a  sabbatical  leave  for  most  of  1990, 
Langford  stepped  in  as  interim  provost.  He 
assumed  the  position  full  time  when  Griffiths 
became  director  of  the  Institute  for  Ad- 
vanced Study  in  1991.  Langford's  tenure  as 
provost  ended  in  1994-  He  is  now  William 
Kellon  Quick  professor  emeritus  of  theology 
and  Methodist  studies. 

As  an  administrator,  he  led  Duke  through 
an  important  time  of  change.  He  guided  the 
divinity  school  through  a  period  of  growth, 
and  as  provost,  he  helped  the  university 
respond  to  a  series  of  tight  budgets  caused  in 
part  by  declining  government  support,  esca- 
lating capital  and  technology  costs,  and  an 
increasing  need  for  financial  aid. 


MAMMOGRAPHY 
'LOTTERY' 

Few  women  in  their  forties  benefit  from 
mammography  screenings  to  detect 
breast  cancer  while  many  may  suffer 
emotionally  and  physically  from  the  conse- 
quences of  unclear  results,  says  a  Duke  re- 
searcher in  the  October  issue  of  the  Journal  of 
the  National  Cancer  Institute.  Donald  Berry,  of 
the  Institute  of  Statistics  and  Decision  Sci- 
ences, based  that  conclusion  on  a  study  of  the 
findings  of  eight  large  clinical  trials  that  com- 
pared women  in  their  forties  who  received 
mammograms  with  women  who  didn't. 

Mammography  screening  is  difficult  in 
younger,  pre -menopausal  women  because 
their  breast  tissue  is  often  dense,  and  fat 
deposits  are  often  diagnosed  as  suspicious  tu- 
mors in  a  first  screening.  Berry  says  that  often 
means  a  second  mammogram  needs  to  be 
taken,  sometimes  followed  by  a  surgical  biop- 
sy to  remove  and  test  tissue  for  cancer — a 
procedure  that  is  often  negative  in  women 
this  age.  "Screening  is  a  lottery.  Any  winnings 
are  shared  by  the  minority  of  women,  about 
one  in  sixty  or  seventy,  who  are  diagnosed 
with  breast  cancer  in  their  forties, "  Berry  says. 
"The  overwhelming  proportion  of  women 
experience  no  benefit  and  they  pay  with  the 
time  involved  and  the  risks  associated  with 


50      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


CLIENTS  AND 
CLASSES 


^t  ■  ext  year,  as  many  mem- 
W^M  bers  of  the  Class  of 
M  '<£i  2000  are  looking  to 
work  for  information  technology 
consulting  firms,  one  will  be 
looking  to  sell  his.  Vision 
Computer  Services,  which  sells 
hardware  and  software  to 
schools  around  the  South,  is 
the  brainchild  of  John  Auer- 
bach,  who  founded  it  when  he 
was  twelve. 

Auerbach  was  so  young,  he 
says,  that  he  can  hardly  remem- 
ber the  day  he  received  his  first 
computer.  Following  some  sum- 
mer programs,  his  childhood 
interest  in  technology  grew  into 
a  respectable  knowledge  base. 
Then,  eight  years  ago,  at  the 
Westminster  Schools  in  Atlanta, 
Georgia,  he  found  himself 
advising  his  computer  teachers 
on  upcoming  purchases.  "I 
thought  to  myself,  why  not  take 
it  a  step  further  and  actually 
sell  the  equipment  to  them?" 
After  resale  contracts  with 
Microsoft,  Adobe,  and  IBM  (to 
name  a  few),  dozens  of  clients, 
and  hundreds  of  thousands  of 
dollars  in  sales,  the  Trinity 
junior  is  president  of  a  well- 
regarded,  highly  profitable  cor- 
poration. 

"I  sit  down  with  a  client,"  he 
explains,  "and  they  tell  me 
what  they're  looking  for.  Or 
sometimes  they  just  call  and 
tell  me  exactly  which  products 
they  want  Then  I  give  them 
five  different  options  and  tell 
them  about  each  one.  The  key 
to  it  all  is  that  I  help  design 
what  they  need."  Because  of 
his  specialized  knowledge  and 
his  contracts  with  most  major 
suppliers,  Auerbach  can  gener- 
ally get  what  the  client  needs 
more  quickly  and  cheaply  than 
anyone  else.  Once  a  client 
orders,  he  takes  care  of  obtain- 
ing and  delivering  the  equip- 
ment. The  business  model  has 
worked,  and  Vision  has  been 
hired  by  educational  institu- 
tions ranging  in  size  from 
Charlotte's  Providence  Day 
School  to  Emory  University. 

At  Duke,  Auerbach  majors  in 
economics,  although  he  claims 
this  pursuit  is  not  directly  relat- 
ed to  his  entrepreneurial  ven- 
tures. However,  in  the  courses 
he  has  taken  for  a  certificate  in 
Markets  and  Management 
Studies,  especially  Steve  Elliot 
and  Kiersten  Hoeffler's  apdy 
named  Marketing  Manage- 
ment, he  has  picked  up  some 
new  ideas  for  VCS. 


Auerbach:  as  a  grade  schooler,  he  saw  a  future  for  Vision 
Computer  Services 


In  the  absence  of  direct  con- 
nections between  coursework 
and  consulting,  Auerbach  man- 
ages to  keep  the  two  from 
interfering  with  each  other.  He 
spends  between  five  and  fifteen 
hours  a  week  on  the  business, 
sometimes  flying  to  Atlanta  for 
weekend  work  sessions  in  his 
home  office.  "The  bulk  of  my 
business  comes  in  the  summer, 
when  schools  are  purchasing 
for  the  upcoming  year,  and  at 
the  end  of  the  fiscal  year,  when 
they  have  money  left  over." 
The  work  load  has  picked  up 
somewhat  in  recent  months,  as 
Vision  looks  to  online  expan- 
sion. His  goal  is  a  site  with  an 
online  catalog  and  ordering 
capability,  which  should  be 
available  in  the  next  few 
months. 

Auerbach  says  his  youth  is 
no  longer  an  issue  when  deal- 
ing with  clients.  "When  I  was 
twelve  and  thirteen,  people 
were  really  impressed  that  I 
was  so  young,  but  now  no  one 
even  thinks  about  it"  There 
was,  however,  one  place  where 
pre-adolescence  proved  prob- 
lematic: "It  was  tough  to  make 
deliveries  when  I  couldn't  drive 
myself." 

Vision  has  won  national 
acclaim  for  its  founder.  In 
1995,  Auerbach  was  presented 
with  the  Association  for 
Corporate  Growth's  Youth 
Entrepreneur  of  the  Year 
Award,  with  the  judges  claim- 


ing he  was  without  a  doubt  the 
best  candidate.  A  year  later, 
he  was  approached  by  a 
Harvard  School  of  Education 
professor  studying  non-tradi- 
tional school  leadership.  Their 
collaboration  resulted  in  an 
article,  "The  Development  of 
Non-Traditional  School 
Leadership,"  which  appeared  in 
the  journal  New  Directions  for 
School  Leadership  last  year.  "The 
point  of  that,"  says  Auerbach, 
"is  that  you  don't  have  to  be 
class  president  to  be  a  leader." 

Despite  the  success  he's  had, 
he  sees  himself  pursuing  some- 
thing new  once  he  has  his 
diploma.  "I'd  like  to  sell  the 
company  by  graduation,"  he 
says.  Having  interned  for 
Premiere  Technologies'  chief 
technology  officer  and  Coca 
Cola's  director  of  marketing 
systems,  he  has  forged  some 
firm  links  between  his  own 
ventures  and  those  of  corporate 
America. 

And  despite  the  balance  he 
strikes  between  diligent  colle- 
gian and  poised  businessman, 
there  are  signs  that  Auerbach 
has  to  struggle  to  make  it  all 
work:  His  initial  interview  with 
a  Duke  Magazine  reporter  was 
postponed  until  the  following 
morning,  at  his  request  "Can 
we  do  this  later?"  he  asked.  "I 
haven't  slept  in  two  days." 


—Philip  Tinari  '01 


Berry  conducted  his  analysis  to  help  guide 
women  in  their  individual  decision  making. 
In  his  study,  he  found  that  having  regular 
mammography  from  age  forty  to  fifty  adds 
about  five  days  to  the  life  expectancy  of  each 
woman  screened.  The  risk  of  not  having  a 
mammogram  until  after  age  fifty  is  about  the 
same  as  "riding  a  bicycle  for  fifteen  hours 
without  a  helmet,  or  of  gaining  two  ounces  of 
body  weight,  and  keeping  it  on, "  he  says. 

He  says  that  women  should  carefully  weigh 
recommendations  for  screenings  because 
"mammograms  are  pushed  by  physicians  and 
some  members  of  the  radiology  community. 
Politics  played  a  crucial  role  in  the  federal 
recommendations.  Few  medical  issues  have 
generated  as  much  controversy  as  the  ques- 
tion of  whether  to  recommend  regular  mam- 
mograms to  women  age  forty  to  forty-nine." 

Berry  was  a  member  of  a  National  Insti- 
tutes of  Health  advisory  panel  that  in  January 
1997  neither  endorsed  nor  recommended 
against  mammograms  for  women  this  age,  but 
concluded  women  should  decide  for  them- 
selves. But  after  an  outcry  from  breast  cancer 
advocates  and  Congressional  members,  the 
National  Cancer  Institute  took  a  different 
view,  recommending  screenings  every  one  or 
two  years  for  forty- something  women.  The 
American  Cancer  Society  recommends  them 
every  year. 

Berry  studied  the  eight  large  clinical  trials 
following  the  advisory  panel  conclusions.  The 
trials  compared  women  in  their  forties  who  re- 
ceived mammograms  with  women  who  didn't. 
Altogether,  these  trials  enrolled  200,000  wom- 
en in  the  United  States,  Canada,  Scotland, 
and  Sweden.  When  considered  together  in  a 
meta-analysis,  the  studies  conclude  that  ap- 
proximately fifteen  years  after  the  trials 
ended,  women  who  were  screened  had  18 
percent  fewer  breast  cancer  deaths  compared 
to  women  of  the  same  age  who  weren't 
screened. 

While  that  number  sounds  impressive,  it 
isn't  when  put  in  context,  Berry  said.  In  the 
women  followed,  689  died  of  breast  cancer. 
Of  that  group,  326  had  a  mammogram  while 
in  their  forties  and  363  didn't.  After  account- 
ing for  different  numbers  of  total  women  in 
the  two  arms  of  the  trials,  the  difference  in 
mortality  between  the  groups  represents  the 
18  percent  reduction  in  death. 

"The  relevant  question  here  is  whether 
finding  and  treating  breast  cancer  at  an  earli- 
er time  point  extends  women's  lives  or  im- 
proves the  quality  of  their  lives, "  Berry  says. 
"Although  some  people  feel  passionately,  no 
one  knows  for  certain  whether,  or  how  much, 
getting  mammograms  before  the  age  of  fifty 
increases  life  expectancy.  Some  women  die 
from  breast  cancer  even  if  their  cancers  are 
small  when  detected  by  mammography." 

The  difficulty  with  mammography  is  that 


November -December   1998         51 


no  one  can  say  for  sure  what  the  cancer  that 
is  detected  will  do,  says  Berry.  "There  is  no 
universal  answer.  All  women  can  do  is  to 
think  carefully  about  the  question  and  decide 
what  is  appropriate  for  themselves." 


ELEANOR 

ON  STAGE 

Duke  Drama's  Theater  Previews  series 
launches  its  second  project,  Eleanor: 
An  American  Love  Story,  a  musical 
based  on  Eleanor  Roosevelt's  life  with  FDR 
before  he  became  president.  After  perfor- 
mances at  Duke  on  February  9  though  28  in 
Reynolds  Industries  Theater  in  the  Bryan 
Center,  the  play  will  run  at  Ford's  Theater  in 
Washington,  D.C.,  for  sixteen  weeks. 

Written  by  Thomas  Tierney,  Jonathan  Bolt, 
and  John  Forster,  Eleanor  explores  women's 
rights  and  federal  social  programs  in  the  con- 
text of  the  personal  story  of  the  former  First 
Lady's  life.  Duke  drama  students  will  serve  as 
understudies  for  the  actors  in  the  production 
on  campus;  they  will  also  intern  on  the  tech- 
nical side  of  the  production. 

Eleanor  is  a  co-production  between  Theater 
Previews  at  Duke  and  Ford's  Theater,  similar 


Serving  Dinner 
&  Sunday  Brunch 


Bar  &  Dining  room  open 

every  night  at  6  pm. 

Sun.  Brunch  10:30  am-2pm. 

Reservations  accepted. 

919-929-7043 

010  W.Franklin  Street 

Chapel  Hill,  North  Carolina 


Acting  as  Eleanor:  Anne  Kanengeiser 

to  last  year's  performances  of  Kudzu,  which 
premiered  at  Duke.  Performances  of  Eleanor 
at  Ford's  Theater  will  coincide  with  the  opening 
of  the  First  Ladies  Museum  in  Washington. 
Tickets  are  available  at  Page  Auditorium  box 
office,  (919)  684-4444;  for  groups  of  ten  or 
more,  call  681-1837. 


IN  BRIEF 


^  Robert  S.  Shepard,  a  principal  planner  of 
Duke's  new  $1.5-billion  fund-raising  cam- 
paign, and  H.  Clint  Davidson,  who  has  led 
the  university's  human  resources  programs 
for  sixteen  months,  have  been  appointed  uni- 
versity vice  presidents.  Before  coming  to 
Duke  in  1995  as  associate  vice  president  and 
executive  director  of  University  Develop- 
ment, Shepard  was  associate  director  of  the 
University  of  Pennsylvania's  successful  $1.4- 
billion  campaign  and  vice  dean  for  external 
affairs  of  the  School  of  Arts  and  Sciences.  As 
vice  president  for  development,  Shepard  will 
continue  to  direct  the  operations  of  the  uni- 
versity's central  fund-raising  staff  and  play  a 
leading  role  in  the  five-year  campaign. 

Davidson,  who  also  came  to  Duke  from  Perm, 
became  associate  vice  president  for  human  re- 
sources in  May  1997.  He  has  more  than  twenty- 
five  years'  experience  as  a  human  resources 
executive  at  research  universities  and  health- 
care facilities;  he  was  vice  president  for 
human  resources  at  Perm  when  he  came  to 
Duke.  He  is  overseeing  a  major  effort  to  reor- 
ganize human  resources  operations  and  im- 
prove service  to  university  departments.  In 
addition,  Davidson  is  playing  an  important 
role  in  supporting  the  integration  of  Durham 
County  Regional  Hospital  and  Raleigh  Com- 
munity Hospital  with  the  Duke  University 
Health  System. 


'  Susan  Cranford  Ross  has  been  appointed 
director  of  development  for  Duke  athletics 
and  associate  athletics  director.  Ross  has  been 
associate  dean  of  arts  and  sciences  since  1992. 
She  was  director  of  annual  giving  for  the  uni- 
versity from  1985  to  1992,  responsible  for  fund- 
raising  programs  for  alumni,  parents,  and  others 
for  current  operating  support  of  the  university. 
She  was  assistant  director  and  then  i 
director  from  1980  to  1985. 

Jane  Dittmann  will  succeed  her  as  ; 
dean  for  development  in  arts  and  sciences, 
leading  the  development  effort  for  Trinity 
College  of  Arts  and  Sciences,  the  home  of 
most  of  the  university's  undergraduates.  She 
joined  arts  and  sciences  development  in  1993 
and  has  been  director  of  development  for 
Trinity  since  1996. 

▼  Edward  W.  Holmes  has  been  named 
Duke  Medical  Center's  vice  chancellor  for 
academic  affairs  and  dean  of  the  School  of 
Medicine.  He  was  selected  to  fill  the  vice 
chancellor's  position  vacated  by  the  coming 
retirement  of  Gordon  Hammes.  Holmes  spent 
twenty-one  years  at  Duke,  leaving  as  the 
Wyngaarden  Professor  of  Medicine  and  chief 
of  the  division  of  metabolism,  endocrinology, 
and  genetics  to  develop  the  department  of 
medicine  at  the  University  of  Pennsylvania. 
He  was  most  recently  at  Stanford  as  senior 
associate  dean  for  research,  vice  president  for 
translational  medicine  and  clinical  research, 
and  special  counsel  to  the  president. 

*  Photographer,  filmmaker,  and  folklorist 
Tom  Rankin  has  been  named  executive  direc- 
tor of  Duke's  Center  for  Documentary 
Studies.  Iris  Tillman  Hill,  who  has  been  direc- 
tor of  the  center  since  its  inception  in  1989, 
has  been  named  director  of  programs  and 
publications.  Rankin,  who  comes  to  Duke 
from  the  Center  for  the  Study  of  Southern 
Culture  at  the  University  of  Mississippi,  will 
focus  on  three  core  areas  of  the  center's  work: 
teaching,  creating  original  documentary  pro- 
jects and  publications,  and  working  on  com- 
munity-based programs.  He  has  been  associ- 
ate professor  of  art  and  Southern  studies  and 
director  of  documentary  projects  at  the 
University  of  Mississippi  since  1992. 


CORRECTION:  Information  about  an  alumni 
discount  was  incomplete  in  the  September- 
October  issue  under  the  Benefits  and  Ser- 
vices portion  of  the  Duke  Alumni  Association 
Annual  Report.  The  line  should  read: 
20  percent  discount  at  Duke  Stores  on  all 
merchandise  identified  with  an  alumni 
logo,  bought  on  store  premises  only  (DAA 
membership  card  required). 

The  magazine  apologizes  for  any  confusion 
this  may  have  caused. 


52      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


Closing:  The  Life  and  Death  of  an 
American  Factory 

By  Bill  Bamberger  and  Cathy  N.  Davidson. 
DoubleTake  Books/WW.  Norton  &  Company, 
1998.  223  pages.  $27.50. 

For  a  hundred  years,  the  fam- 
ily-owned White's  Furniture 
Factory  practically  was  Me- 
bane,  North  Carolina.  One 
in  twenty  residents  worked 
there,  not  just  as  cheap,  non- 
unionized  labor,  but  as  skilled 
artisans  who  handcrafted  fine 
furniture  for  the  likes  of  Asheville's  tony  Grove 
Park  Inn.  Indeed,  White's  was  known  through- 
out the  country  for  its  premium  quality. 

Full  of  greed  and  fear  in  a  rapidly  changing 
industry,  the  White  family  sold  out  to  a  larger 


company  in  1985  after  a  couple  of  bad  years. 
The  new  owners  tried  to  turn  this  proud 
maker  of  premium  furniture  into  a  more  pro- 
duction-oriented house.  They  increased  ben- 
efits and  upgraded  machines,  and  in  return 
demanded  quantity,  efficiency,  consistency — 
the  watchwords  of  many  a  successful  manu- 
facturing business.  It  didn't  work. 

During  and  after  their  painful  closing  in 
1993,  University  of  North  Carolina  photogra- 
pher Bill  Bamberger  and  the  Southern  Oral 
History  Program  collected  a  mass  of  material 
chronicling  the  works  and  days  of  a  dying 
breed  in  a  dying  industry  niche.  Cathy  David- 
son, Ruth  F.  DeVarney  Professor  of  English  at 
Duke  and  well-known  outside  academe  for 


Layoff  meeting:  White's  Furniture  workers  lea 
the  news  of  the  shutdown 


November -December   1998 


ike  most  founders  of  large 
philanthropic  foundations  in  the 
United  States,  James  B.  Duke 
assumed  that  the  Duke  Endowment, 
which  he  established  in  1 924,  would 
continue  its  charitable  activity 
unchanged  forever.  Lasting  Legacy  to 
the  Carolinas  is  an  examination  of  the 
history  of  this  foundation  and  the 
ways  in  which  it  has — and  has  not — 
followed  Duke's  original  design. 
(1998)  408  pages 
19  b&w  photographs,  cloth  $55.95 

Also  available  from  Robert  E  Durden 
The  Launching  of  Duke 
University,  1924-1949 

(1993)  588  pages,  40  b&w 
photographs,  cloth  $32.95 

The  Dukes  of  Durham,  1865-1929 

(1987)  309  pages,  paper  $19.95 

Duke  University  Press 

Box  90660  Durham,  NC  27708-0660 
Toll-free  I -888-65 1 -0 1 22 
www.duke.edu/web/dupress/ 


her  nonfiction,  was  invited  to  examine  and 
write  about  that  material  in  what  she  de- 
scribes as  "a  book  intended  not  for  specialists 
in  labor  history,  Southern  history,  or  econom- 
ic relations,  but  for  anyone  urgently  interest- 
ed in  the  human  cost  of  postindustrialism." 
(Davidson  is  now  Duke's  vice  provost  for  in- 
terdisciplinary studies.) 

I  spent  my  first  hour  with  the  book  just  por- 
ing over  its  eight-dozen  photographs,  and  I 
cried  over  them  before  I  had  read  a  word  of 
the  text.  They  are  mostly  pictures  of  people. 
Two  hundred  and  three  employees  were  laid 
off  when  the  factory  closed;  this  record  of  their 
faces  and  their  workplace  aspires  to  be  a  mi- 
crocosm for  an  industry,  and  even  for  an  age. 

Subdued  anger,  shock,  disbelief,  challenge, 
and  thoughtfulness  mark  the  faces  of  the 
workers  in  the  black-and-white  photo  "Layoff 
meeting,  cabinet  room."  Their  hands  are  as 
expressive  in  their  candor  as  Claire  Bloom's 
ever  were  on  the  London  stage:  One  woman 
holds  her  arms  protectively  in  front  of  her, 
resting  her  right  elbow  on  her  left  hand  as  her 
right  hand  partially  covers  her  mouth  in  a 
gesture  of  worried  stroking,  as  though  she 
thought  she  might  vomit.  Her  hands  are  sure, 
sinewy,  capable,  experienced.  Another  man 
looks  directly  into  the  eyes  of  the  supervisor, 
whose  back  is  to  us,  his  arms  hanging  limply 
at  his  sides.  We  see  the  back  of  one  strong, 
idle  hand,  the  veins  clearly  visible  as  though 
the  worker  had  been  standing  that  way  for 
some  minutes,  his  powerful  fingers  curled  up 
out  of  sight.  A  third  man,  taller,  glowers  from 
behind  a  wild  black  beard,  his  arms  folded,  his 
hands  a  study  in  checked  aggression. 

Davidson  cultivates  a  sympathetic  and  bal- 
anced tone,  though  at  times  she  veers  toward 
a  preachiness  one  associates  with  activists:  "We 
are  in  an  era  of  disposable  work  and  dispos- 
able workers, "  or  "It  is  all  too  easy  to  forget 
the  human  cost  of  one's  rising  dividends." 
There  is  deliberate  exaggeration  when  she 
takes  on  Wall  Street  on  behalf  of  the  unem- 
ployed, the  downsized,  the  re-engineered.  But 
while  we  may  tire  of  phrases  such  as  "the  dev- 
astation of  postindustrial  America"  or  the 
"tragedy  of  being  deprived  of  work, "  there  is 
ample  inspiration,  pride,  and  pathos  here  to 
reward  our  patience. 

Some  of  the  laborers  are  surprisingly  artic- 
ulate. "In  the  old  system, "  as  one  explains,  "the 
primary  relationship  was  between  a  worker 
and  an  employer;  in  the  new  system,  it  is  be- 
tween a  company's  management  and  its 
shareholders." 

The  author  argues  that  "the  system"  is 
careening  out  of  control  under  the  impulse  of 
abstract  economic  forces — that  "the  entire 
corporate  structure  of  global  capital  in  postin- 
dustrial America"  is  to  blame  for  this  and 
indeed  all  layoffs;  and  for  that  matter,  that 
blame  ought  to  be  assigned,  that  the  system 


ought  to  be  forced  to  change.  The  economy, 
she  says,  may  seem  senseless  "from  any  point 
of  view  other  than  that  of  the  very  rich." 

This  is  hard  stuff.  Davidson's  work  is  most 
palatable  when  she  focuses  on  the  story  in 
hand,  on  the  lives  of  the  people  at  White's. 
The  facts  are  rich,  compelling,  and  well- 
researched.  We  Southerners,  whether  born  or 
transplanted,  will  recognize  these  working 
people,  will  be  able  to  hear  their  laughter  and 
sorrow  in  the  accents  of  our  region,  and  per- 
haps will  feel  their  pain,  anger,  and  gratitude 
more  acutely  for  having  met  them  at  some 
crossroads  of  our  own  lives. 

Altogether  too  much  time  is  spent  specu- 
lating by  the  employees  and  the  author  as  to 
whether  the  buyer  had  intended  to  shut  the 
plant  from  the  start,  and  flirting  with  the  idea 
that  there  must  have  been  some  cigar-smok- 
ing fat  cat  maliciously  engineering  it  all  from 
behind  the  scenes.  But  there  are  chapters  with 
extended  interviews  of  five  of  the  employees, 
including  the  president  at  the  time  of  the 
1985  buyout.  The  details  of  their  lives  and 
opinions  are  touchingly  revealing  and  at  times 
almost  poetic. 

"You  say  goodbye  and  it  hurts,  and  you  do 
it  over  and  over  and  over  and  over  and  over, " 
said  one  former  supervisor.  "As  they  were 
tearing  this  place  apart  and  selling  it  off,  it  was 
like  they  were  tearing  us  apart  inside  and 
selling  us  off  in  pieces,"  mourns  another. 
And,  in  what  could  have  been  a  caption  for 
the  grim  photo  of  a  layoff  meeting,  "You  know 
everybody's  going  to  be  told  and  everybody's 
going  to  go,  oh,  and  their  faces  are  going 
to  drop,  and  they  are  going  to  wonder  and 
think  the  same  things:  What  am  I  going  to  do 
next?  How  am  I  going  to  support  myself? 
Where  am  I  going  to  live?  How  am  I  going  to 
buy  food?" 

There's  a  heartbreaking  chapter  about  a  re- 
union in  an  abandoned  store  a  year  after  the 
closing.  "It  was  a  wake,"  reports  Davidson,  "a 
wake  for  the  community  that  had  formed  with- 
in the  confines  of  that  enormous  building  and 
for  the  relationships  that  had  been  sustained 
by  work  and,  without  the  contingency  of 
work,  had  disappeared,  leaving  an  emptiness." 

If  there  are  executives  out  there  who  are 
facing  the  seemingly  inexorable  logic  of  plant 
closings,  they  could  do  worse  than  to  spend  a 
few  hours  with  this  book.  Not  that  it  would 
necessarily  change  minds,  but  that  it  might 
help  them  walk  into  it  with  their  eyes  open. 
And  if  they  haven't  got  time  to  read  it,  just 
looking  at  the  photos  will  do. 

— Paul  Baerman 


Baerman  M.B.A.  '90  is  a  freelance  writer  and 
assistant  director  of  finance  for  Auxiliary  Ser- 
vices at  Duke. 


54      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


Buzzed:  The  Straight  Facts  About 
the  Most  Used  and  Abused  Drugs 
From  Alcohol  to  Ecstasy 

By  Cynthia  Kukri  Ph.D.  76,  Scott  Swartzwelder, 
and  Wilkie  Wilson  Ph.D.  11.  WW.  Norton  & 
Company,  1998.  317  pages.  $14-95,  paper. 

Early  this  year,  the  head  of 
the  Office  of  National  Drug 
Control  Policy,  retired  Gen- 
eral Barry  McCaffrey,  made 
the  assertion  that  "The  most 
dangerous  person  in  the 
United  States  is  a  twelve- 
year-old  smoking  marijua- 
na." This  was  the  so-called  drug  czar's  way  of 
drawing  attention  to  a  billion-dollar  media 
blitz  intended  to  dissuade  young  people  from 
illicit  drug  use.  The  Clinton  administration 
big-budget  answer  to  Nancy  Reagan's  "Just 
Say  No"  campaign  of  a  decade  ago,  this  new 
taxpayer-funded,  public-relations  program 
will  spend  roughly  $195  million  per  year  over 
a  five-year  period,  mostly  for  anti-drug  adver- 
tisements. 

The  three  Duke  Medical  Center  professors 
who  co-wrote  this  reader-friendly  sourcebook 
on  legal  and  illegal  drugs  would  no  doubt  take 
strong  exception  to  McCaffey's  hyperbolic 
sound-bite,  since  it  represents  precisely  the 
kind  of  alarmist  sloganeering  that  they  cau- 
tion against  in  the  introduction.  And  they 
would  probably  raise  serious  questions  about 
the  value  of  the  media  campaign.  Recounting 
grim  horror  stories  about  drugs  and  categoriz- 
ing all  illegal  substances  as  "terribly  danger- 
ous," they  argue,  is  a  good  way  for  would- 
be  drug  educators  to  lose  credibility  with 
the  young  people  who  stand  to  benefit  most 
from  accurate  information  on  these  subjects. 
Published  about  the  time  the  new  anti-drug 
initiative  was  getting  off  the  ground,  Buzzed 
provides  a  straightforward,  scientifically 
grounded  look  at  drugs  in  a  dozen  categories, 
reviewing  the  history  of  their  use  and  examin- 
ing their  long-  and  short-term  effects. 

Even  if  one  accepts  the  dubious  proposition 
that  a  twelve-year-old  could  be  the  nation's 
"most  dangerous  person"  as  a  result  of  his  or 
her  drug  use,  the  book  suggests  that  the  un- 
named youngster  would  have  to  be  using 
something  besides  marijuana.  Young  people 
pose  far  greater  dangers  to  themselves  and 
others,  according  to  the  authors,  when  they 
use  certain  other  mind-altering  substances  that 
are  legal  and  relatively  easy  for  them  to  ob- 
tain, such  as  alcohol  and  chemical  solvents. 
"Automobile  accidents  and  stupid  mistakes 
are  the  largest  risks  of  marijuana  intoxication," 
they  conclude,  and  "people  do  not  die  from 
marijuana  overdoses  (as  they  do  from  over- 
doses of  alcohol)."  As  for  gasoline,  glue,  paint, 
cleaning  fluids,  and  other  solvents  whose  fumes 
are  sometimes  inhaled  for  their  intoxicating 


effects,  the  authors  categorize  these  "among 
the  most  toxic  substances  used  for  drug  recre- 
ation"— and,  they  note,  the  ones  most  often 
used  for  such  purposes  by  children  under  four- 
teen. These  substances,  they  unequivocally 
declare,  "should  never  be  used  by  anyone 


under  any  circumstances,  especially  children." 
It's  appropriate  that  the  book's  longest 
chapter  is  devoted  to  marijuana,  the  most 
widely  used  and  hotly  debated  illegal  drug  in 
our  society.  While  they  offer  some  cautionary 
notes  about  the  long-term  consequences  of 
smoking  pot  and  the  risks  of  combining  it 
with  other  drugs  —  particularly  cocaine  — 
Kuhn,  Schwartzwelder,  and  Wilson  present  a 
strong  argument  that  it  is  relatively  safe  and 
possesses  definite  medical  benefits.  In  their 
view,  its  continued  criminalization  and  demo- 
nization  have  engendered  a  skeptical  attitude 
toward  all  warnings  about  the  dangers  of 
drugs.  By  relentlessly  promoting  the  notion 
that  pot  is  a  "gateway  drug"  that  inevitably 
leads  to  the  use  of  more  harmful  illegal  sub- 
stances—  a  claim  that  contradicts  what  mil- 
lions of  marijuana  consumers  know  from  per- 
sonal experience  —  authority  figures  have 
seriously  undermined  their  own  credibility. 

Other  categories  of  drugs  that  the  authors 
examine  in  depth  are  alcohol  ("a  powerful 
drug"  that  "must  be  treated  accordingly");  caf- 
feine (a  fatal  overdose  of  which  is  "extremely 
rare,  but... possible");  enactogens  (synthetic 
chemicals  that  promote  energy,  altertness,  and 
empathic  feelings  but  can  be  lethal  in  heavy 
doses);  hallucinogens  (whose  effects  demon- 
strate that  "one  person's  enlightenment  can  be 
another  person's  hell");  herbal  drugs  (made 
from  plant  matter  and  usually  marketed  as  nu- 
tritional supplements);  inhalants  (nitrites  and 
the  highly  dangerous  chemical  solvents  refer- 
red to  above) ;  nicotine  (an  addictive  stimulant 


that  "increases  attention,  concentration,  and 
[possibly]  memory");  opiates  (opium derivatives 
such  as  heroin  and  morphine,  and  their  syn- 
thetic equivalents) ;  sedatives  (for  which  "the 
safety  window  between  the  effective  dose  and 
the  lethal  dose  may  be  rather  small");  steroids 
(which  can  indirectly  cause  death  due  to 
body- function  changes);  and  stimulants  (the 
most  powerfully  addictive  drugs).  The  book 
also  includes  useful  scientific-background 
chapters  on  the  brain,  how  drugs  work,  and 
the  neurological  mechanisms  of  addiction,  as 
well  as  a  chapter  on  pertinent  legal  issues,  an 
extensive  glossary  of  street  terminology,  and  a 
list  of  recommendations  for  further  reading. 

As  evidence  of  the  authors'  familiarity  with 
those  segments  of  popular  culture  in  which 
recreational  drug  use  is  taken  for  granted, 
Buzzed  includes  quotations  from  William  Bur- 
roughs' novels,  references  to  recent  movies  in 
which  illegal  drugs  play  a  prominent  role 
(Traiiispotting,  Pidp  Fiction),  and  a  mention  of 
Grateful  Dead  guitarist  Jerry  Garcia's  death  (a 
result  of  diabetic  complications  rather  than 
his  addiction  to  heroin).  To  enhance  further 
the  book's  credibility  and  its  appeal  to  young 
people  who  aren't  likely  to  be  swayed  by  the 
federal  government's  new  anti-drug  propagan- 
da campaign,  the  authors'  introduction  is  fol- 
lowed by  a  prefatory  essay,  appropriately  titled 
"Just  Say  Know, "  co-written  by  college  students 
Leigh  Heather  Wilson  (the  daughter  of  one  of 
the  authors)  and  Jeremy  Foster.  Complaining 
that  "we  are  all  being  sold  a  bill  of  goods  when 
it  comes  to  recreational  drugs, "  Wilson  and 
Foster  commend  this  volume  for  its  reliability, 
its  avoidance  of  "scare  tactics, "  and  its  refusal 
to  "insult  our  intelligence." 

The  cost  of  the  "War  on  Drugs"  is  stagger- 
ing— $17  billion  for  this  year  alone — and  the 
vast  majority  of  the  money  is  being  used  to 
pay  for  law  enforcement  rather  than  treatment 
for  people  with  drug  problems.  That  figure 
reflects  national  priorities  that  the  authors  of 
Buzzed  suggest  are  overdue  for  re-examination. 
"It  is  important, "  they  write,  "to  try  to  put  aside 
the  emotion  of  the  debate  and  look  closely  at 
the  issues  from  a  broad  perspective,  which  in- 
cludes pharmacological,  social,  and  economic 
viewpoints." 

Because  of  its  usefulness  in  providing  such 
a  perspective,  this  book  should  be  required 
reading  for  McCaffrey  and  everyone  else  with 
a  stake  in  the  issues  surrounding  drug  use  in 
our  society.  Predicting  that  the  terms  of  this 
debate  will  undergo  further  transformation 
before  these  issues  are  resolved,  the  authors 
encourage  us  to  "recognize  the  two  principal 
factors  that  change  attitudes  and  laws  about 
drugs:  culture  and  time." 

— Tom  Patterson 

Patterson  is  a  freelance  writer  who  lives  in  Win- 
ston-Salem, North  Carolina. 


November -December  1998        55 


Before  they  left  campus  for  winter 

break,  we  canvassed  sixteen  students 

in  the  Bryan  Center: 


like  to  receive  as  a  holiday 
present? 

Responses  ranged  from  the  mate- 
rialistic to  the  adventurous.  Soph- 
omore Sonwha  Lee  chose  "port- 
able CD  players  because  I  listen 
to  music  a  lot."  Senior  Aaron 
Cohn  wants  "a  Dodge  Viper 
because  it's  cool  and  fast  and  my 
roommate  would  be  jealous." 

Travel  beckons.  Jaime  Lip- 
schultz,  a  sophomore,  wants  an 
airline  ticket  to  Atlanta  to  visit 
her  best  friend,  who  goes  to  school 
at  Emory.  Sophomore  Cassie 
Munoz  wants  to  go  skiing:  "I  love 
skiing  and  there  is  somebody  spe- 
cial in  California  that  I'd  really 
like  to  see."  Shaminda  Amara- 
koon,  a  junior  in  engineering, 
wants  "to  be  with  my  whole  family 
in  Sri  Lanka,  my  native  country." 

Some  saw  the  bigger  picture.  "A 
career  and  security  after  I  gradu- 
ate— knowing  what  I'm  going  to 
do.  It's  the  biggest  thing  on  my 
mind  right  now, "  said  sophomore 
Saud  Rahman.  "Health  and  hap- 
piness for  myself  and  my  family 
forever, "  said  sophomore  Diane 
Sistani. 

Two  pragmatic  students  picked 
free  tuition,  "and  room  and  board, 
too, "  said  another.  One  exasper- 
ated sophomore,  Julisa  Espinoza, 
needed  a  double  donation:  "An 
easy  Duke  degree — I'm  having  a 
rough  semester.  And  a  nice  vaca- 


tion home  to  Adanta." 

Of  course,  Blue  Devil  basketball 
was  at  the  top  of  the  list.  "Revenge 
against  Kentucky, "  said  junior 
Matt  Weiss;  "a  national  cham- 
pionship, "  echoed  seniors  Geeta 
Arora  and  Howard  Goldstein. 

There  was  a  tending  toward 
the  ridiculous  — "Drew  Barry- 
more.  Nicely  wrapped" — for 
junior  Adam  Bomarsi;  the  exis- 
tential— "I  don't  need  anything" 
— for  (or  not  for)  senior  Dorothy 
Kozlowski,  and  the  inevitable, 
from  Matt  Cassidy,  a  junior  in 
engineering:  "world  peace." 

Compiled  by  Jaime  Levy  '01 


Reading  List 


Apropos  of  the  Modem  Library's 
attempt  at  listing  the  100  greatest 
books  of  the  twentieth  century, 
the  reference  staff  at  Perkins 
Library  set  up  a  booth  on  campus 
during  Oktoberfest  so  students 
could  vote  for  five  books  that  they 
considered  the  best.  Ballots  num- 
bered 268,  with  more  than  400 
titles  submitted. 

"Recess, "  The  Chronicle's 
weekly  arts  and  entertainment 
insert  that  printed  the  list,  won- 
dered: "Did  all  Duke  students  quit 
reading  books  after  they  finished 
their  high  school  English  courses?" 

The  following  is  the  top  twenty 
in  a  list  of  titles  that  received  at 
least  four  votes: 
Book,  author  Votes 

1.  The  Great  Gatsby,  54 
by  F.  Scott  Fitzgerald 

2.  The  Catcher  in  the  Rye,       47 
by  J.D.  Salinger 


3.  1984,  by  George  Orwell     36 

4.  Catch-22,  31 
by  Joseph  Heller 

5.  To  Kill  a  Mockingbird,         28 
by  Harper  Lee 

6.  Beloved,  by  Toni  Morrison  26 

7.  Slaughterhouse-Five,  24 
by  Kurt  Vonnegut  Jr. 

8.  Heart  of  Darkness,  21 
by  Joseph  Conrad 

9.  Brave  New  World,  19 
by  Aldous  Huxley 

10.  The  Grapes  of  Wrath,  18 
by  John  Steinbeck 

11.  Invisible  Man,  16 
by  Ralph  Ellison 

12.  The  Color  Purple,  15 
by  Alice  Walker 

Lord  of  the  Flies,  15 

by  William  Golding 

14.  Animal  Farm,  14 
by  George  Orwell 

15.  All  the  King's  Men,  13 
by  Robert  Perm  Warren 

The  Fountainhead,  13 

by  Ayn  Rand 

The  Sound  and  the  Fury,        13 
by  William  Faulkner 

18.  A  Clockwork  Orange,  12 
by  Anthony  Burgess 

19.  The  Hitchhiker's  Guide  to 

the  Galaxy,  10 

by  Douglas  Adams 
20.At!as  Shrugged,  9 

by  Ayn  Rand 

Cat's  Cradle,  9 

by  Kurt  Vonnegut  Jr. 
Gone  With  the  Wind,  9 

by  Margaret  Mitchell 
Native  Son,  9 

by  Richard  Wright 
A  Prayer  for  Owen  Meaney,    9 
by  John  Irving 

The  Sun  Abo  Rises,  9 

by  Ernest  Hemingway 
Their  Eyes  Were 
Watching  God,  9 

by  Zora  Neale  Hurston 


■S- 


III 


"I  started  asking  him  when  his 
next  book  would  be  published, 
and  each  year  my  father  would 
tell  me  next  fall,  and  that  fall, 
he'd  tell  me  next  spring.  I  said, 
'I  bet  it  won't  be  published 
until  I'm  in  college, '  and  every- 
one laughed  at  me." 

—Alexandra    Wolfe  '02, 

daughter  of  author  Tom  Wolfe, 

who  read  from  his  latest  novel, 

A  Man  in  full,  at  "Duke  Moms 

and  Dads  Read,"  part  of  Parents' 

Weekend  in  October 

"In  those  turbulent  years,  many 
of  you  may  not  have  known,  we 
also  took  what  was  in  those  days 
a  major  financial  step  forward. 
We  managed  to  raise  what  at 
the  time  was  a  large  amount, 
nearly  $200  million." 


from  1963  to  1969,  addressing 

Duke's  board  of  trustees  in 

October  before  it  approved  the 

$1.5-billion,  five-year  Campaign 

for  Duke 


"NASA  has  invested  far  more 
time  and  energy  and  resources 
in  parading  the  astronauts 
than  in  educating  the  public  — 
and  schoolchildren — about 
many  of  its  other  activities, 
especially  in  the  sciences. 
NASA's  public-relations 
machine  focuses  more  on  the 
part  of  the  program  that  is 
popular  rather  than  the  part  of 
the  program  that  is  significant." 


56      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


D2>o 

ml 


C  NO  APPLICATION. 


<s°l^cfios*nr 


NO  RECOMMENDATION' 
— REQUIRE*  _^ 


iTusTCOME.^; 


W  REUNIONS 


FOR  A 
REUNION 
YOU'LL  ALWAYS 
REMEMBER,  COME 
BACK  TO  THE  PLACE 
YOU  NEVER  FORCOT. 

SPRING  REUNIONS 
STARTING  IN  APRIL  1999!!! 

Yes,  that* s  right,  this  spring,  Duke 

(undergraduate)  Reunions  will  be  held  on  one 

huge  stellar  weekend!  The  Classes  of  1949, 

1954,  1959,  1964,  1969,  1974,  1979,  1984, 

1989, 1994,  and  the  Half  Century  Club  will 

celebrate  their  reunions  April  16-18, 1999. 

In  the  coming  weeks  and  months,  you'll  be  receiving 

lots  of  reunion  information  in  the  mail  AND  you'll 

also  be  able  to  get  the  latest  scoop  on  all  the  plans 

for  April  16-18  by  visiting  the 

Duke  Reunions  website  at: 

www.alumni.duke.edu/alumni 

/homepage/reunions. html 

So  save  the  date,  and  plan  to  be  a  part 

of  an  unforgettable  weekend. 


VE 

VER 

MADE  SUCH 

OD  FRIENDS? 

STAYED  UP  SO 

LATE?  LEARNED 

SO  MUCH? 

DUKE'S  STILL 

HERE..  . 

/hether  it's  been  five  years  or  50 
want  to 
tanning 
teunions  offer 


or  go  on  some , 
Learn  more  about  th 
ung  at  A  Conversatio 
with  President  Keo 
et  up-to-the-minute  reuni 
tion  and  keep  in  touch  witl 
s  by  visiting  the 
lions  website. 


.ONCE  DUKE,  ALWAYS  DUKE. 

BE  DUKE  AGAIN  THIS  SPRING 


i  mm  dukes 


Now,  you  can  be  a  part  of  the  team.  By  contributing  as  little 
as  $100,  you  can  display  your  Iron  Duke  window  decal  with 
pride  and  know  you  have  helped  Blue  Devil  student-athletes 
maintain  Duke's  proud  athletic  tradition.  Take  the  next  step 
by  requesting  information,  NOW! 


am  interested  in  finding  out  more  about  the  Iron  Dukes. 

Please  send  a  membership  information  brochure  to  the  address  listed  below. 


;  form  to:  Iron  Dukes 

311  Finch  Yeager  Bldg.,  Box  90542 
Duke  University 
Durham,  NC  27708-O542 
(919)  684-5033 


DUKE 


614CHAPELDRIVE.BOX  90570 
DURHAM, NORTH  CAROLINA 

27708-0570 


NON   PROFIT  ORG. 

U.S.  Postage 

PAID 

Durham,  N.C. 

PERMIT    NO.    60 


Address  Service  Requested 


DUKE 


MAGAZINE 

JANUARY- FEBRUARY  1999 

INFANT  INTELLIGENCE 
LAWYER  JOKES 


TEACHER  TALK 


YOU    PUSH   YOURSELF.  YOU   ALWAYS    HAVE. 

If  you're  going  to  get  an  MBA,  you  want  the  best:  a  top-rated 
school,  an  Internet-mediated  environment  utilizing  virtual  teams, 
residencies  on  four  continents  -  all  while  continuing  your  career. 

Duke  University's  GEMBA™  program 

MAY    BE  JUST   WHAT   YOU'RE    LOOKING    FOR. 

Consider  the  push  you'll  get  from  a  unique  19-month  program 

with  global  content  and  international  students  that  Business  Week 

called  "the  talk  of  its  B-school  rivals." 


To  find  out  more  about  the  Global  Executive  MBA  program, 
call  919.660.7804  or  visit  www.tuqua.duke.edu. 


JANUARY- 
FEBRUARY  1999 


Robert  J.  Bitwise  A.M.  '81 
ASSOCIATE  EDITOR: 


INTERIM  FEATURES 

EDITOR: 

RohOdom'92 

SCIENCE  EDITOR: 

Dennis  Meredith 

PUBLISHER:  M.  Laney 

Fundethurk  Jr.  '60 

CLAY  FELKER 

MAGAZINE  FELLOW: 

Philip  Tinari '01 

STUDENT  INTERNS: 

Jaime  Levy '01,  Buchanan 

Vrazel'02 

DESIGN  CONSULTANT: 

Mills /Carrigan  Design 

PRINTER: 

Litho  Industries,  Inc. 

OFFICERS,  DUKE  ALUMNI 
ASSOCIATION: 
John  A.  Schwarz  III  '56, 
J'ivmJl'iu,  Gwynne  A.  Young  71, 
president-elect;  M.  Laney 
Funderburk  Jt.  '60,  secretary- 
treasurer. 

PRESIDENTS,  SCHOOL 
AND  COLLEGE  ALUMNI 
ASSOCIATIONS: 
James  R.  Cook  Jr. '50,  B.D. 
'54,  Divinity  School;  George  J. 
Evans  B.S.E.E.  '56,  School  of 
!:nL,'m<vrni<:;  H.irtvu  B.  McCall 
M.E'91,  Nicholas  School  of  the 
Environment;  Walter  W 
Simpson  III  M.B.A.  74,  fuaua 
School  i'!  Hii.smL'vs;  Judith  Ann 
Maness  M.H.  A.  '83,  Department 
o\  ikJlh  Administration;  Bruce 
W  BaberJ.D.  79.  School  of 
Law;  David  K.  Wellman  M.D. 
72,  H.S.  72-78,  School  of 
Medicine;  Linda  Spencer 
Fowler  B.S.N.  79,  School  of 
Nursing;  Marie  Koval  Nardone 
M.S.  79,  A.H.C.  79,  Graduate 
J'r-mi.iin  in  r/ivwL.i/  Therapy; 
J.  Alexander  McMahon  '42, 
Half-Century  Club. 

EDITORIAL 
ADVISORY  BOARD: 
Clay  Felker  '51,  chairman; 
Frederick  E  Andrews  '60; 
Debra  Blum  '87;  Sarah 
Hardesty  Bray  72;  Nancy  L. 
Cardwell  '69;  Jerrold  K.  Foodick; 
Edward  M.  Gomez  79;  Kerry 
E.  Hannon  '82;  Stephen 
LabatonA.M.'86,J.D.'86; 
Elizabeth  H.  Locke  '64,  Ph.D. 
72;  Thomas  R  Losee  Jr.  '63; 
Kimberly  J.  McLarin  '86; 
Michael  Milstein  '88;  Ann 
Pelham  74;  Michael  J. 
Schoenfeld '84;  Susan  Tint  73; 
Jane  Vessels  77;  Robert  J. 
Bliwise  A.M.  '88,  secretary. 

SUBSCRIPTIONS: 
$15  per  year  ($30  foreign) 
Duke  Magazine,  614  Chapel  Dr., 
Durham,  N.C.  27708-0570. 

FAX:  (919)  681-1659 

ADDRESS  CHANGES: 
Alumni  Records,  Box  90613, 
Durham,  N.C.  27708-0613 
or  e-mail  bluedevil@duke.edu 


©  1999  Duke  University 
Published  bimonthly  by  the 
Office  of  Alumni  Affairs. 


DUKE 


VOLUME  85 
NUMBER  2 


Cover.-  Detail  from  Frank  Waller's  1881 
painting  Interior  View  of  the  Metropolitai 
Museum,  Fourteenth  Street.  Image  from 
Bettrruinn  Archive 


BURNISHING  THE  GOLDEN  AGE  OF  ART  by  Robert].  Bliwise  2 

Once  seen  as  elitist,  aloof,  and  off-putting  shrines  to  high  art,  museums  have  become 
the  temples  of  late  twentieth-century  secular  culture 

WHEN  BABIES  TEACH  by  Dennis  Meredith  8~ 

A  psychologist  uses  colorful  cardboard  boxes,  key  rings,  and  a  scientist's  ingenuity 
to  discover  the  amazing  aptitudes  of  the  youngest  infants 

DEFINING  GOOD  TEACHING  lwT 

Reflections  on  the  methods  and  philosophies  that  have  brought  some  award-winning 
teacher- scholars  to  the  forefront  of  their  profession 

PLAYING  FOR  LAUGHS  by  Bill  Glovin  37 

Having  given  up  his  law  career,  a  stand-up  comedian  finds  himself  on  the  precipice 
of  moving  from  an  unknown  to  a  discovered  talent 

A  HISTORY  OF  HEALTHY  RETURNS  by  John  Manuel  4T 

"The  key  is  to  have  a  diversified  portfolio  that  will  stand  up  through  different  seasons, " 
says  an  official  of  the  university's  management  company 

A  JOURNEY  OF  HEALING     Allen  W.Wicken  45~ 

The  challenge:  Bike  1,200  miles  in  sixteen  days,  from  Hanoi  to  Ho  Chi  Minh  City, 
with  a  team  of  veterans  from  both  sides  of  the  Vietnam  War 


UNDER  THE  GARGOYLE  20 

Coming  to  terms  with  a  community  of  contradictions 

FORUM  35~ 

Football  forecasts,  sweatshop  standards,  mathematical  musings 

GAZETTE  4lT 

Celebrating  civil  rights,  reinventing  the  curriculum,  recognizing  women's  studies 

BOOKS  54^ 

A  tale  of  history  and  humanity,  a  financial  future  for  the  suddenly  single 

QUAD  QUOTES  56 

A  Chilean  controversy,  some  student  awakenings,  an  animated  Moses 


PERSPECTIVES 


MUSEUM  MOMENTUM 

BY  ROBERT  J.  BLIWISE 


Once  seen  as  elitist,  aloof,  and  off-putting  shrines 

to  high  art,  museums  have  become  the  temples  of  late 

twentieth- century  secular  culture. 


On  a  gray  November  day  in  the  nation's 
capital,  official  Washington  has  its 
attention  fixed  on  a  spectacle — the 
House  Judiciary  Committee  and  its  impeach- 
ment hearings.  But  within  sight  of  the  Capitol 
building,  unofficial  Washington  is  assembling 
for  a  spectacle  of  a  different  sort. 

More  than  an  hour  before  opening  time,  a 
line  is  stretching  from  the  National  Gallery 
West  Building  entrance  at  Constitution  Av- 
enue, down  Seventh  Street,  along  Madison 
Drive  by  the  Mall,  and  almost  all  the  way  to 
the  East  Building  entrance  at  Fourth  Street. 
With  their  briefcases,  shopping  bags,  cell 
phones,  and,  here  and  there,  bed  rolls,  thou- 
sands have  turned  out — many  of  them  des- 
tined for  disappointment  this  day — for  some- 
thing that's  at  once  transcendent  and  trendy: 
"Van  Gogh's  Van  Goghs, "  masterpieces  from 
the  Van  Gogh  Museum  in  Amsterdam. 

Several  weeks  later,  New  York's  Metropoli- 
tan Museum  of  Art  is  reporting  one  of  the 
five  busiest  days  in  its  128-year  history.  For 
one  weekday  between  Christmas  and  New 
Year's  Day,  the  museum  draws  47,165  visitors. 
That  influx,  according  to  a  museum  official 
quoted  in  The  NewYorkTimes,  reflects  the  in- 
fluence of  tourism,  school  holidays,  family 
outings,  an  eclectic  exhibition  schedule,  and 
rainy  weather.  I  can  testify  to  the  pressures  of 
over-population:  After  starting  out  together 
in  "From  Van  Eyck  to  Bruegel" — gallery  after 
gallery  of  the  Met's  Netherlandish  offerings  — 
a  fellow-traveler  and  I  lose  track  of  the  other's 
whereabouts.  We  manage  to  reconnect  hours 
later  through  a  serendipitous  sighting  between 
the  gift  shop  and  the  cloak  room. 

Just  over  a  year  ago,  a  Times  headline  her- 
alded "Glory  Days  for  the  Art  Museum."  For 
the  Duke  University  Museum  of  Art,  the 
glory  days  may  be  just  ahead:  In  November, 
Duke  announced  that  Dallas  art  collector, 
philanthropist,  and  real-estate  developer  Ray- 
mond D.  Nasher  '43  is  giving  $7.5  million 
toward  a  new  art  museum  on  campus.  Con- 
struction of  the  50,000-square-foot,  $15-mil- 
lion  facility  is  expected  to  begin  in  the  year 
2000;  it  will  replace  a  museum  that  moved 
into  a  renovated  science  building  in  1969. 

The  Times  article  pointed  out  that  even  as 

2         DUKE  MAGAZINE 


dance  companies,  orchestras,  and  theater 
groups  struggle  to  retain  their  audiences,  mu- 
seums are  setting  one  new  attendance  record 
after  another.  In  1996,  America's  art  museums 
drew  an  estimated  100  million  visitors.  The 
article  painted  the  museum  as  appealing  to  a 
culture  that's  consumed  with  the  visual 
image,  with  leisure  pursuits,  and  with  freedom 
of  choice.  "Americans,  particularly  young 
ones,  learn  their  news  on  the  tube  and  their 
history  in  the  movie  theater,  and  what  inter- 
est they  have  in  the  high  arts  is  best  satisfied 
by  the  visual  richness  of  museums, "  said  the 
writer,  Judith  H.  Dobrzynski.  At  the  same 
time,  she  observed,  most  museums  charge  less 
than  the  price  of  a  movie  ticket,  visitors  can 
go  when  they  want  and  stay  as  long  as  they 
like,  and,  once  inside,  they  can  choose  their 
own  path,  "stopping  to  look  at  something — 
or  not." 

That  pick-and-choose  quality  of  the  museum 
visit  gets  to  one  of  the  strengths — and  ironies 
— of  a  relentless  museum  momentum:  The  mu- 
seum, at  least  as  it  was  once  conceived,  cele- 
brated excellence  in  creation  and  a  legacy  of 
refined  patronage.  But  its  dedication  to  un- 
fettered exploration,  to  broad-based  learning, 
signals  a  commitment  to  democracy. 

"Museums  traditionally  have  been  viewed 
not  just  as  educational  institutions,  but  as  places 
you  can  go  to  'better  yourself, ' "  says  Michael 
Mezzatesta,  director  of  the  Duke  University 
Museum  of  Art  for  the  past  twelve  years. 
"From  the  nineteenth  century,  museums  were 
built  to  create  a  sense  of  moral  uplift;  that's 
why  you  have  museums  built  in  Boston,  New 
York,  Philadelphia,  Chicago — they  were  com- 
munity projects  that  were  meant  to  educate 
the  masses.  What  has  happened  over  the  last 
twenty-five  years  is  that  museums  have  be- 
come even  more  democratic." 

Particularly  with  the  decade -long  adminis- 
tration of  the  Met's  Thomas  Hoving,  begin- 
ning in   1967,  museums   abandoned   their 

A  private  collection:  detail  from  The  Archduke 

Leopold  Wilhelm  in  His  Picture  Gallery, 

164 Z.  by  Flemish  artist  David  Tenier,  court 

painter  and  keeper  for  the  art  collections  of  the 

archduke,  who  was  the  Netherlands'  regent 


[SHING  THE 
EN  AGE  OF  ART 


January-February 


"stance  of  superiority, "  in  Mezzatesta's  words. 
As  Hoving  writes  in  his  memoir,  Making  tlie 
Mummies  Dance,  "I  was  interested  in  anything 
that  made  a  news  splash  or  changed  the  pub- 
lic perception  of  the  stodgy  gray  old  lady  of 
the  Metropolitan  Museum  of  Art,  whether  in 
statements  to  my  colleagues  or  flamboyant 
exhibitions  or,  the  most  fun,  acquisitions." 

Museums  have,  in  fact,  become  what  cultural 
reporter  and  critic  Edward  Gomez  79  calls  "the 
temples  of  late  twentieth-century  secular  cul- 
ture. People  are  responding  to  the  cultural 
pulse  of  the  moment,  which  is  a  recognition 
of  the  art  museum  as  an  entertaining  place 
that  has  depth  and  intellectual  dimensions 
beyond  television  and  the  movies."  If  they're 
no  longer  exalted  as  sacred  space,  museums 
have  evolved  into  prime  social  space.  And 
that  evolution  has  reflected  a  staple  of  mod- 
ern business — sophisticated  marketing. 

Becca  Seitz  '84  is  director  of  marketing  and 
communications  for  the  Baltimore  Museum  of 
Art,  Maryland's  largest  art  museum.  The  BMA 
has  one  of  the  finest  collections  of  modern  art 
in  the  country,  and  the  largest  holdings  of 
Matisse — paintings,  sculptures,  and  works  on 
paper — outside  France.  "The  trend  of  the 
Nineties  is  audience  development, "  Seitz  says. 
"Museums  are  looking  closely  at  who  comes, 
why  they're  coming,  what  they  do  when  they 
visit,  and  what  it  takes  to  get  them  back." 


Responding  to  the  reality  of  busy  working 
schedules,  BMA  has  moved  beyond  the  usual 
docent-led  walk-throughs  by  introducing 
after-hours  programs  for  the  first  Thursday  of 
every  month.  Embracing  gallery  tours,  music 
performances,  and  dance,  each  event  draws 
some  1,600  people.  There's  a  summer  jazz 
series  in  the  sculpture  garden,  a  contemporary 
dance  series,  and  an  African  performance 
series.  The  museum  runs  art-making  work- 
shops for  children,  and  it  brings  in  some 
40,000  through  school  visits  each  year. 

Seitz  says  the  BMA  makes  a  particular 
marketing  push  for  its  special  exhibitions.  "A 
Grand  Design, "  an  exhibition  from  last  year 
focusing  on  the  art  of  London's  Victoria  and 
Albert  Museum,  was  promoted  by  full-page 
advertisements  in  The  Baltimore  Sun  and  The 
Washington  Post.  (The  corporate  sponsor, VISA, 
helped  to  foot  the  advertising  bill.)  For  a 
more  recent  exhibition,  "Degas  and  The  Little 
Dancer,"  the  museum  set  up  a  mock  dance 
studio  at  the  end  of  the  exhibition.  Children 
sketched  and  shaped  clay  models  of  dancers 
from  the  Baltimore  School  for  the  Performing 
Arts — following  in  Degas'  dance  steps,  as  it 
were. 

At  the  Nelson-Atkins  Museum  in  Kansas 
City,  Dawn  Taylor  Biegelsen  '89  is  steeped  in 
fund  raising,  membership  development,  and 
searching  for  corporate  sponsorship  dollars. 


To  increase  membership  by  30  percent  within 
five  years,  the  museum  is  employing  direct- 
mail  campaigns,  telemarketing,  and  person- 
to-person  "asks."  Every  blockbuster  needs  its 
underwriter,  and  museum  officials  are  "trying 
to  get  corporations  to  think  of  art  museums  in 
a  business  way,  to  use  museums  as  one  vehicle 
to  reach  consumers,"  she  says.  "We  want  to 
be  savvy  and  anticipate  some  of  their  de- 
mands — how  many  will  get  the  mailed  an- 
nouncement, how  big  the  logo  will  be,  what  it 
takes  to  be  called  a  presenting  sponsor.  But 
we  don't  want  to  jeopardize  the  integrity  of 
the  museum  or  the  collection  for  financial 
gains."  The  Nelson-Atkins  launched  a  $175- 
million  fund  drive  in  March  1997;  it's  due  to 
finish  in  June  2000,  coinciding  with  the  150th 
anniversary  of  Kansas  City.  The  campaign  will 
fund  museum  expansion  and  renovation  along 
with  educational  outreach.  "The  biggest  pre- 
dictor of  adult  visits  to  the  museum  is  that 
they  visited  as  children, "  Biegelsen  says. 

The  Nelson- Atkins  has  made  itself  an  invi- 
ting space  for  social  interactions — an  effort 
that's  bolstered  symbolically,  notes  Biegelsen, 
by  its  playful  display  of  giant  shuttlecocks  just 
outside  its  neoclassical  facade.  The  museum 
showcases  barbershop  quartets,  dance  groups, 
and  children's  puppet  shows;  it  runs  events  for 
teachers  and  develops  curriculum  materials;  and 
it  organizes  mixers  for  young  professionals. 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


For  its  part,  Duke's  art  museum  is  reaching 
out  more  conspicuously  to  the  Durham  schools. 
It  has  shaped  curriculum  guides  to  comple- 
ment classroom  work.  Last  summer,  it  played 
host  for  a  workshop  in  which  teachers  earned 
continuing- education  credits  while  spending 
the  day  at  the  museum.  It  held  a  second 
workshop  geared  to  arts  educators  during  the 
North  Carolina  Arts  Education  Association 
Conference. 


"PEOPLE  ARE  RESPONDING 

TO  THE  CULTURAL 

PULSE  OF  THE  MOMENT, 

WHICH  IS  A  RECOGNITION 

OF  THE  ART  MUSEUM 

AS  AN  ENTERTAINING 

PLACE  THAT  HAS 

DEPTH  AND  INTELLECTUAL 

DIMENSIONS." 


The  Duke  museum  is  more  fully  integrating 
itself  with  campus  and  community  life,  socially 
and  educationally.  In  last  fall's  "A  Moving 
Experience, "  students  in  the  Duke  dance  pro- 
gram choreographed  and  performed  a  dance 
inspired  by  a  work  on  display  in  the  museum. 
With  The  North  Carolina  Independent,  the  mu- 
seum sponsors  a  Wednesday  series  of  mixers. 
In  the  words  of  the  museum's  events  calendar: 
"These  popular  evenings  feature  unique  cuisine 
— from  fresh  oysters  to  Ethiopian — as  well  as 
great  local  musicians — from  harpists  to  blues 
guitarists — and  of  course  the  usual  profes- 
sional single  adults  from  all  over  the  Triangle." 
An  after-hours  series  offers  a  smorgasbord  of 
lectures,  concerts,  and,  last  fall,  an  artist  and 
cook  sharing  her  memories  of  growing  up  in 
Italy  through  slides,  recipes,  food  tasting,  and 
an  exhibition  of  clay  pots  she  created  in  her 
nearby  studio. 

"I  view  the  museum  as  an  intellectual  center 
for  the  university, "  says  Michael  Mezzatesta. 
"We  need  to  be  interacting  with  the  various 
departments  and  programs,  and  we've  done 
that  for  years  on  end — not  just  with  the  de- 
partment of  art  and  art  history,  but  with  the 
Slavic  languages  department,  with  the  Ro- 
mance languages  department.  Through  our 
links  with  the  writing  program,  which  runs 
the  only  course  required  of  all  students,  we 
have  freshmen  coming  in  here  all  the  time 
and  looking  at  individual  works  of  art." 

One  of  the  museum's  winter  exhibitions,  "A 


Celebration  of  Barrier  Islands:  Restless  Rib- 
bons of  Sand, "  involves  a  collaboration  among 
Mary  Edna  Fraser,  Marjory  Wentworth,  and 
Orrin  Pilkey,  James  B.  Duke  Professor  of  Ge- 
ology. The  exhibition  incorporates  poetry  by 
Wentworth,  who  writes  about  barrier  islands 
and  endangered  shorelines  from  South  Caro- 
lina; text  by  Pilkey,  the  author  or  co-author  of 
twenty-six  books,  including  The  Beaches  Are 
Moving:  The  Drowning  of  America's  Shoreline; 


mean.  They're  too  quick  to  interpret,  much 
too  quick.  They  need  to  slow  down  and  ex- 
amine before  they  begin  to  interpret.  Exami- 
nation takes  time,  and  it  takes  thought.  But 
everything  is  instant  gratification:  I  want  to 
know  it  right  away,  and  I  certainly  don't  want 
to  read  this  150-page  catalogue. 

"We  want  students  to  be  able  to  analyze  a 
painting  or  a  sculpture  as  thoughtfully  as  they 
analyze  a  novel,  a  poem,  a  sonnet,  a  short  story. 


and  artwork  by  Fraser,  whose  "batiks"  derive 
from  on-site  water-color  studies  and  photo- 
graphs that  she  takes  from  her  grandfather's 
1946  Ercoupe  airplane.  (The  batik  is  pro- 
duced when  removable  wax  is  applied  to  fab- 
ric, creating  areas  that  will  resist  dye,  while 
any  unwaxed  areas  will  absorb  dye.) 

And  this  spring,  the  Duke  museum  pre- 
sents its  eleventh  student- cura ted  exhibition. 
Unique  among  American  university  muse- 
ums, the  program  gives  undergraduates  the 
opportunity  to  indulge  in  "the  complete  cura- 
torial experience, "  as  a  printed  notice  calls  it, 
culminating  in  an  exhibition  of  contemporary 
art  in  the  museum's  main  gallery.  With  the 
guidance  of  art  professor  Kristine  Stiles,  the 
student  curators  travel  to  a  major  city,  where 
they  visit  artists,  collectors,  and  dealers;  de- 
velop a  theme;  select  art  works  for  loan;  ne- 
gotiate loan  agreements;  write  critical  essays; 
work  with  the  catalogue  designer;  install  the 
show;  meet  the  press;  and  lecture  to  the  pub- 
lic. The  new  show  focuses  on  Los  Angeles. 

Despite  the  status  that  contemporary  cul- 
ture assigns  to  the  visual  image,  Mezzatesta 
has  his  doubts  about  students'  skills  in  visual 
literacy.  "Those  skills  are  not  highly  devel- 
oped. To  me,  that's  the  irony  of  the  situation. 
You  have  students  who  grow  up  exposed  to  a 
wide  range  of  visual  stimuli,  but  they  don't  yet 
have  the  critical  faculties  or  the  methodology 
to  take  those  images  and  understand  how 
they're  composed  and  effectively  what  they 


Because  there's  a  way  of  looking  visually.  It's  a 
way  of  taking  something  apart,  deconstruct- 
ing it,  asking  yourself  certain  questions,  and 
then  understanding  in  some  fundamental 
way  what  the  context  is.  But  you  have  to  be- 
gin by  getting  them  to  look,  to  describe  what 
they  see,  not  to  interpret.  Artists  help  us  see 
things  that  we  haven't  seen  before;  they  are  in 
many  ways  like  the  nerve  endings  of  society." 

The  United  States  has  around  1,200  art 
museums;  in  1970,  the  number  was  600.  If,  as 
the  Times  article  declares,  "the  Nineties  are 
the  age  of  the  art  museum  in  the  United 
States,  perhaps  even  the  golden  age, "  muse- 
ums are  buying  into  the  golden  age  by  con- 
structing new  buildings  or  expanding  old 
ones.  Looking  to  a  major  expansion,  New 
York's  Museum  of  Modern  Art  has  begun  a 
$650-million  capital  campaign.  It  is  the 
largest  fund-raising  effort  by  any  museum  in 
the  country  and  possibly  by  any  American 
cultural  institution. 

The  most-commented-upon  addition  to 
the  American  museum  scene  is  the  J.  Paul 
Getty  Museum  in  Los  Angeles.  Time  dubbed 
it  "Moby  Museum, "  noting  that  it  is  possibly 
the  most  expensive  building  (at  a  cost  of  more 
than  a  billion  dollars)  in  American  history. 
Decked  out  in  Italian  travertine  and  alu- 
minum, the  Getty  is  a  symbol  of  architectural 
exuberance,  perched  as  it  is  on  a  710-acre  hill- 
top above  the  San  Diego  Freeway.  More  than 
that,  it  points  to  a  role  that  the  museum  has 


January-February   1999 


come  to  assume — a  marker  of  local  pride: 
"Large  expectations  ride  on  it  as  both  a  cul- 
tural institution  and  an  emblematic  focus  for 
Los  Angeles  itself." 

And  just  before  the  Getty  opened  last  win- 
ter, an  outgrowth  of  the  Guggenheim  Museum 
opened  in  Bilbao,  in  the  Basque  region  of 
northern  Spain.  In  the  same  article,  Time  pro- 
claimed that  the  glass-and-titanium  Guggen- 
heim has  hit  Bilbao  "with  the  force  of  an 
architectural  meteorite."  Architecturally,  it 
earns  approbation  as  "the  most  exciting  pub- 
lic building  put  up  in  a  long  time."  And  as  a 
symbol  of  the  (decaying  industrial  and  terror- 
ism-inflicted) city,  it  ranks  as  "a  solid  emblem 
of  peace  and  cultural  openness." 

Britain  is  a  year  and  a  half  away  from  open- 
ing its  first  new  national  museum  in  a  hun- 
dred years  and,  as  it  happens,  the  first  nation- 
al museum  in  London  devoted  solely  to  mod- 
ern art.  The  new  Tate  Gallery  of  Modern  Art 
takes  over  a  former  power  station  across  the 
Thames  from  St.  Paul's  Cathedral.  Even  as  a 
work-in-progress,  it  is  "already  becoming  part 
of  the  fabric  of  London's  cultural  life, "  The 
New  York  Times  reports,  as  a  setting  for  site- 
specific  art  installations. 

While  society  doesn't  place  much  stock  in, 
or  encourage  much  devotion  to,  the  contem- 
plative experience,  the  museum  can  be 
viewed  as  an  elevating  alternative.  Still,  the 


"WE  WANT  STUDENTS 

TO  BE  ABLE  TO  ANALYZE 

A  PAINTING  OR  A 

SCULPTURE  AS 

THOUGHTFULLY  AS  THEY 

ANALYZE  A  NOVEL, 

A  POEM,  A  SONNET, 

A  SHORT  STORY." 

MICHAEL  MEZZATESTA 

Director,  Duke  University  Museum  of  Art 


popularity  of  shows  like  Van  Gogh  at  the 
National  Gallery  and  the  Jackson  Pollock  ret- 
rospective at  MOMA  feed  into  a  celebrity- 
obsessed  culture.  These  are  "the  big  brand 
names  of  modern  art, "  says  Edward  Gomez, 
with  the  requisite  "quirks  and  eccentricities." 
And  visitors  are  drawn  to  the  image  of  the 
artist  just  as  they're  drawn  to  the  image  on 
canvas. 

And  far  from  serving  as  some  kind  of  aes- 
thetic redoubt,  the  modern  museum  enthusi- 
astically embraces  consumerism.  Museums  are 


simply  buying  into  the  same  "commodification 
of  the  art  object, "  Gomez  observes,  that  has 
preoccupied  artists  like  Robert  Rauchenberg, 
who  employs  Japanese  kites  and  other  "found 
objects"  in  his  art.  In  a  pre -Christmas  segment 
on  National  Public  Radio,  special  correspon- 
dent Susan  Stamberg  spelled  out  her  version 
of  the  museum  routine:  "Look  till  you  drop, 
then  shop."  She  ran  through  a  list  of  "art- 
related  offerings"  for  the  holidays:  "lacy  glass 
icicles"  meant  to  evoke  the  Phillips  Collec- 
tion's "Impressionists  in  Winter"  show;  stuffed 
teddy  bears  pegged  to  a  National  Portrait  Gal- 
lery exhibit  that  featured  Theodore  Roosevelt; 
animal  crackers  inspired  by  a  Delacroix  retro- 
spective at  the  Philadelphia  Museum  (which 
also  served  up  pasta  shaped  like  forms  from 
Rodin's  sculpture) ;  a  water-lily  pin  offered  by 
the  Boston  Museum  of  Fine  Arts  to  com- 
memorate "Monet  in  the  Twentieth  Century." 
In  December  editions  of  The  Times,  MOMA 
advertised  its  book  store  and  design  store 
offerings  alongside  display  ads  from  mer- 
chants like  Saks  Fifth  Avenue.  The  newspa- 
per, in  its  "Inside  Art"  column,  reported  that 
for  its  Van  Gogh  exhibition,  the  National  Gal- 
lery would  be  selling  "everything  from  watch- 
es and  vases  to  mouse  pads  and  computer 
screen  savers,  in  addition  to  the  standard 
selection  of  posters,  postcards,  calendars,  tote 
bags,  and  wrapping  paper."  The   National 


The  value  of  the  spectacle  was  a  feature  of 
Thomas  Hoving's  time  at  the  Met;  the  spec- 
tacle is  now  enshrined  through  blockbuster 
shows  like  Van  Gogh  at  the  National  Gallery. 
At  Atlanta's  High  Museum,  Anne  Knutson 
'86  is  organizing  a  blockbuster-in-the-making, 
a  Norman  Rockwell  retrospective  planned  in 
conjunction  with  the  Norman  Rockwell  Mu- 
seum in  Stockbridge,  Massachusetts.  "Norman 
Rockwell:  Pictures  for  the  American  People" 
will  encompass  seventy  of  the  artist's  original 
paintings,  all  of  them  done  as  cover  art  or  il- 
lustrations for  the  Saturday  Evening  Post — 
with  which  Rockwell  had  a  fifty-year  affilia- 
tion. The  show  opens  next  November. 

An  American-studies  expert,  Knutson  did 
her  doctoral  dissertation  at  the  University  of 
Pittsburgh  on  illustration.  She  hopes  the  Rock- 
well show  will  have  popular  appeal  and  schol- 
arly substance  alike.  "The  taint  of  illustration 
has  steered  scholars  away  from  him  for  so  long, " 
she  says.  But  scholarly  opinion  is  beginning  to 
shift.  "Now  we  see  tons  of  people  producing 
dissertations  and  books,  and  scholars  are 
looking  to  illustration  as  subject  matter." 

The  local  media  have  already  made  note  of 
the  upcoming  exhibition,  Knutson  says,  "and 
they  love  the  idea  that  the  critics  have  bashed 
Rockwell  for  so  long." 

"Our  approach  is  two-pronged.  We'll  be 
looking  at  Rockwell  as  a  mass-media  artist 


Gallery  set  up  a  special  Van  Gogh  shop  across 
the  hall  from  the  show;  at  the  Soho  branch  of 
the  Guggenheim,  visitors  are  obliged  to  enter 
the  galleries  through  the  museum  shop. 

"I  personally  do  not  find  that  belittling  of 
the  art  work  or  degrading,"  Gomez  says.  "I 
think  that  would  be  a  very  elitist  view.  We  live 
in  a  consumerist  culture,  and  everything  is  up 
for  grabs,  everything  has  its  price,  every  per- 
son has  a  price."  Art  museums,  in  his  view, 
espouse  not  just  aesthetic  values  but  the  com- 
mercial values  of  the  wider  culture. 


and  also  as  a  fine  artist  who  has  created  com- 
pelling narratives,  many  of  them  influenced 
by  early-American  genre  painting  from  the 
nineteenth  century  and  Dutch  genre  painting 
from  the  seventeenth  century.  Rockwell 
referred  to  himself  as  an  illustrator,  but  he 
had  formal  art  training  and  a  stint  in  Europe, 
where  he  dabbled  in  the  modernist  style."  The 
exhibition,  she  says,  will  bring  in  material 
from  other  disciplines  to  put  Rockwell's 
work — which  reverberates  in  spheres  rang- 
ing from  the  Disney  theme  parks  to  Jimmy 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


Stewart  in  Mr.  Smith  Goes  to  Washington — in 
a  social  and  political  context. 

When  a  major  museum  like  the  High  as- 
signs the  imprint  of  "art"  to  illustration — to 
Norman  Rockwell  illustration,  for  that  mat- 
ter— it's  making  a  decidedly  anti-elitist  state- 
ment. This  past  fall,  the  Duke  University 
Museum  of  Art  displayed  "Popular  Passions: 
Romance  Novel  Art."  This  was,  according  to 
a  museum  promotion,  a  presentation  of  "the 


"ART  IS  NOT 

SOMETHING  THAT 

IS  AIMED  TO  HANG 

OVER  SOFAS  AND  BE 

SOLD  AT  CHRISTIE'S. 

PROGRESSIVELY, 
WE  HAVE  REDUCED 
ART  TO  A  THING." 


drama  and  vivacity  of  these  novels  as  seen 
through  the  original  paintings  on  which  the 
covers  were  based."  The  show  featured  twen- 
ty-one Harlequin  cover  paintings. 

Such  exhibitions  point  to  part  of  the  appeal 
of — and  the  challenge  for — today's  muse- 
um. In  the  presumably  postmodern  context, 
"art"  is  a  fluid  term.  Critic  Arthur  Danto,  for 
one,  declared  that  art  "came  to  an  end"  with 
a  pop-art  movement  rooted  in  cultural  com- 
modities— "when  art,  as  it  were,  recognized 
that  there  was  no  special  way  a  work  of  art 
had  to  be." 

A  milestone  of  sorts  was  achieved  in  1990 
when  Kirk  Varnedoe  and  Adam  Gopnick,  in 
their  ground-breaking  "High  and  Low"  show, 
admitted  pop  art  into  the  Museum  of  Modern 
Art.  As  they  said  in  the  accompanying  cata- 
logue, within  the  realm  of  graffiti,  caricature, 
comics,  and  advertising — the  artifacts  of 
popular  culture — exist  works  of  "originality 
and  intensity."  The  guiding  spirit  of  the  show 
was  their  notion  that  "modern  painters  and 
sculptors  have  made  new  poetic  languages  by 
re -imagining  the  possibilities  in  forms  of  pop- 
ular culture."  If  "art"  as  a  term  is  to  embrace, 
say,  the  comic- strip  form,  the  idea  of  the 
stuffy,  elitist  museum — dedicated  to  "the  tra- 
ditional 'high'  ceremonial  and  religious  art 
enshrined  in  places  like  the  Louvre,"  as 
Varnedoe  and  Gopnick  described  it — is  out 
of  fashion. 

Just  how  out  of  fashion  was  demonstrated 


late  last  summer  at  New  York's  Guggenheim 
Museum.  "The  Art  of  the  Motorcycle"  became 
the  single  most  popular  exhibition  in  the 
museum's  sixty-one -year  history.  More  than  a 
hundred  motorcycles  were  parked  in  the  spi- 
ral-ramp building,  ranging  from  an  1868 
French  velocipede  to  a  replica  of  the  "chop- 
per" Peter  Fonda  rode  in  the  1969  film  Easy 
Rider.  By  the  time  it  ended  a  three -month  run, 
the  show  had  drawn  some  280,000  visitors. 


he  sees  a  pig  floating  in  a  tank  or  a  cow  cut  in 
half  and  presented  as  an  object  of  aesthetic 
appreciation.  But  I  think  you  have  to  be  will- 
ing to  suspend  your  hostility  and  try  to  look  at 
these  things  with  a  fresh  eye." 

Gomez,  who  teaches  design  at  the  Pratt  In- 
stitute in  New  York,  has  curated  and  written 
catalogue  essays  for  exhibitions,  and  has  had 
his  own  work  shown  in  exhibitions,  says, 
"What's  interesting  is  that  here  we  are  at  the 


Newsweek,  in  an  article  (co-written  by  former 
Chronicle  editor  Devin  Gordon  '98)  called 
"Rumble  on  the  Ramps, "  observed:  "In  a  soci- 
ety where  the  political  climate  discourages 
public  funding  of  'elitist'  cultural  institutions, 
museums  are  thinking  more  about  box  office. 
So  now  they're  selling  tickets  to  bike  lovers." 

"One  of  the  first  shows  I  wanted  to  do  when 
I  came  here  was  on  the  tailfin  in  American 
car  design, "  says  Duke's  Michael  Mezzatesta, 
trained  as  an  art  historian  and  a  specialist  in 
Italian  Renaissance  and  Baroque  art.  "We  had 
the  show  all  planned  out;  I  was  working  with 
a  member  of  the  University  of  North  Carolina 
faculty  who  subsequently  published  a  book  on 
the  history  of  the  tailfin  in  American  car 
design.  And  the  reason  we  couldn't  do  it  was 
because  we  couldn't  get  the  cars  into  the 
building — the  doors  weren't  big  enough.  I 
think  art  and  design  go  hand-in-hand,  and  I 
think  a  car  is  as  much  a  work  of  art  as  a  paint- 
ing or  a  sculpture:  It's  a  three-dimensional 
form,  and  the  history  of  automotive  design  is 
not  just  a  technical  history,  it's  also  a  history 
of  our  culture.  Is  that  stretching  the  defini- 
tion of  art?  Certainly  over  the  last  twenty-five 
years,  that  definition  has  become  more  and 
more  elastic. 

"Art  is  difficult.  Contemporary  art  is  very, 
very  hard  to  understand.  I  still  struggle  with  a 
lot  of  material  I  see.  So  if  it's  hard  for  me, 
imagine  how  hard  it  is  for  someone  who's 
coming  to  the  museum  for  the  first  time  when 


end  of  the  twentieth  century,  and  classic 
forms  of  modern  art  from  the  beginning  of  the 
century — painting,  sculpture,  music,  dance 
—  are  still  seen  as  radical,  incomprehensible, 
controversial."  Never  has  the  answer  to  the 
classic  question  "What  is  art?"  been  "as  diffi- 
cult, as  frustrating,  sometimes  as  downright 
annoying, "  he  says.  While  barriers  are  being 
broken  between  high  and  low  art,  post- 
modern theory  focuses  less  on  the  qualities  of 
an  art  work  than  on  the  cultural  and  political 
context  behind  its  production.  And  with  in- 
stallation art  that  invites  the  viewer's  partici- 
pation — where,  in  fact,  the  viewer  makes  an 
impact  on  the  art  —  the  lines  are  disappearing 
between  audience  and  artist.  When  the  viewer 
assumes  a  shaping  role,  and  the  work  is  con- 
sidered a  product  of  cultural  circumstances, 
the  artist  loses  authority  as  an  original  thinker 
who  is  uniquely  adept  at  transforming  forms. 

"Does  that  mean  anything  could  be,  any- 
thing should  be,  put  on  display?"  Gomez  asks. 
"Well,  if  you  subscribe  to  the  viewpoint  of  move- 
ments such  as  Fluxus,  the  answer  is  yes.  The 
Fluxus  artist  is  saying  art  is  life.  And  we  saw 
throughout  the  Seventies  and  Eighties  a  num- 
ber of  performance  artists  who  made  everyday 
life  activities  the  substance  of  their  art." 

Kristine  Stiles  has  a  background  not  only  as 

an  art  historian  and  painter,  but  also  as  a 

politically-minded   performance   artist;   she 

was  the  first  art  historian  to  teach  a  course  on 

Continued  on  page  40 


January-February   1999 


WHEN 


TEACH 


LABORATORY-THEATER 

BY  DENNIS  MEREDITH 


Psychologist  Amy  Needham  uses  colorful  cardboard  boxes,  key  rings,  and  a 
scientist's  ingenuity  to  discover  the  amazing  aptitudes  of  the  youngest  infants. 


Elena  Storelli  enjoys  absolutely 
the  best  seat  in  the  house,  nes- 
tled on  her  mom's  lap  at  front-   I 
row  center  waiting  for  the  show  to 
begin.  In  fact,  Elena's  is  the  only  seat  '  I 
in  the  house:  She  will  be  the  sole 
audience  member.  Even  mom,  Anne 
Storelli,  has  to  keep  her  eyes  shut  , 
during  the  performance. 

The  white  muslin  curtain  rises  to  | 
reveal  a  brightly  lit  stage  with  the 
play's  single  character — a   colored 
plastic  key  ring  sitting  on  a  yellow 
box.  After  a  moment,  another  player 

appears:  A  purple-gloved  hand   __^ 

emerges  silently  from  stage  right,   Setting  fa  stage:  Needham  and  the  "props"  for  her  abstract  playlet 
grasps  the  ring,  and,  in  a  surprise   opposite,  a  delighted  audience  of  one,  whose  amazement  at  objects' 
ending,  pulls  it  away  from  the  keys   is  fa  me  source  0f  Needham' s  research  on  infant  learning 
as  if  it  were  a  separate  object.  The 


curtain  falls  on  this  minimalist  drama,  and  al- 
though it  has  held  Elena's  rapt  attention, 
she  does  not  applaud.  After  all,  the  dimpled, 
red-haired  Elena  is  only  five-and-a-half 
months  old. 

Psychologist  Amy  Needham — who  pro- 
duced and  directed  this  abstract  playlet — 
needed  no  applause  to  gauge  Elena's  interest. 
Instead,  Needham  had  two  stealthy  under- 
graduates peeking  at  Elena  through  holes  in 
the  tiny  theater's  side  curtains,  pressing  joy- 
stick triggers  to  tell  a  computer  precisely  how 


long  Elena's  gaze  rested  on  the  stage  action. 
Such  a  peculiar  scenario  of  students-watch- 
ing-babies-watching-key  rings  might  seem 
slightly  Kafkaesque.  But  Needham  seeks  not 
to  create  good  art,  only  good  science. 

In  her  laboratory-theater,  she  has  presented 
hundreds  of  infants  with  scenarios  featuring 
key-rings,  blocks,  cylinders,  octagons,  and  other 
objects.  By  precisely  measuring  the  infants' 
reactions,  Needham  is  exploring  one  of  the 
most  intriguing  and  important  mysteries  in 
psychology — how  a  baby's  brain,  born  inno- 


cent of  the  world's  ways,  learns  to 
perceive  objects  and  predict  how 
they  will  behave.  To  a  baby,  such  an 
achievement  is  both  remarkable  and 
crucial  for  cognitive  development. 
Unable  to  manipulate  objects  to 
learn  about  them,  infants  even  a  few 
months  old  nevertheless  make  great 
strides  in  figuring  out  how  to  process 
the  avalanche  of  visual  information 
bombarding  them  into  an  ordered 
object-world  of  cars,  cans,  clocks,  and 
m  cats.  Such  early  skills  are  the  necessary 
i  foundation  on  which  the  baby  builds, 
J  maturing  from  mere  passive  observer 
to  active  manipulator  of  objects. 

"This  is  really  a  hot  research  topic 
right  now,  trying  to  figure  out  the  dif- 
ferences between  babies'  visual  abili- 
ties and  their  manual  abilities,"  says 
Needham,  whose  work  is  sponsored  by  the 
National  Institute  of  Child  Health  and 
Human  Development.  Discoveries  such  as 
hers  have  called  into  question  long-held  the- 
ories about  infant  cognition  first  developed  by 
the  famed  Swiss  psychologist  Jean  Piaget  half 
a  century  ago.  "Piaget  didn't  believe  that  chil- 
dren had  a  full-blown  concept  of  objects  until 
around  age  two,"  she  explains.  "He  thought 
babies'  own  manipulations  on  objects  were  crit- 
ically important  for  their  learning  about  the 


behavior 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


world.  He  didn't  think  that  babies  engaged  in 
much  observational  learning,  so  that  watch- 
ing their  parents  drop  things  would  have  been 
meaningless  if  the  baby  wasn't  doing  it  him- 
self or  herself.  But  our  new  studies  show  that 
observational  learning  is  important,  that 
babies  know  a  great  deal  before  they're  really 
acting  on  the  world." 

To  begin  to  figure  out  how  babies  perceive 
objects,  Needham  and  her  fellow  psycholo- 
gists had  to  first  overcome  the  daunting  hur- 
dle of  babies'  inability  to  tell  experimenters 
what's  going  on  inside  their  darling  noggins. 
Very  young  babies  couldn't  even  give  re- 
searchers clues  about  their  perceptions  through 


such  overt  actions  as  reaching  for  objects.  So, 
Needham  and  other  scientists  have  come  to 
depend  on  the  simple  fact  that  babies  tend  to 
look  longer  at  things  that  surprise  them.  In 
the  one  experiment,  baby  Elena  would  have 
tended  to  look  longer  at  the  ring  separating 
from  the  keys  if  the  object  she  believed  was 
one  piece  turned  out,  surprisingly,  to  be  two. 
The  key-ring  experiment  is  only  the  latest 
of  a  long  line  of  studies  that  have  brought 
Needham,  an  assistant  professor  in  the  de- 
partment of  psychology:  experimental,  ever 
greater  insights  into  babies'  cognitive  devel- 
opment. In  one  of  her  seminal  studies,  she 
and  her  students  showed  babies  a  simple  dis- 


Seconds  from  Duke  University, 
Minutes  from  Research  Triangle  Park. 


and  Light  Years  Away  from  the  Ordinary 


Nestled  among  tall  North  Carolina  pines  and 
hardwoods,  next  to  prestigious  Duke  University  and  neor 
the  heart  of  the  world-renowned  Research  Triangle  Park, 
the  Washington  Duke  Inn  &  Golf  Club  is  the  destination- 
of-choice  for  countless  business  travelers,  high-level 
conferences  and  leisure  guests  from  all  points  of  the 
globe. 


•  Another  asset  of  Duke  University  - 
and  only  blocks  away  from  its  world 
famous  medical  center,  the  Inn  is  the 
only  Four-Stor,  Four-Diamond  hotel  in 
eastern  North  Carolina. 


•  The  Inn's  superb  meeting  and  catering  facilities  easily 
accommodate  groups  from  20  to  400. 

•  Each  of  thel  71  newly-renovated  and  elegantly- 
appointed  guest  rooms  and  suites  has  complimentary 
Internet  access  at  Ethernet®  speed. 


Recreational  amenities  include  an  18-hole, 
Robert  Trent  Jones-designed  championship  golf 
course,  home  of  the  2001  NCAA  men's 
championship,  along  with  a  3H  mile  long 
jogging  trail,  swimming  pool,  Duke  Center 
for  Living  privileges. 


•  Located  midway  between  New  York  ^^V*^P       •  Popular  local  attractions  -  the  Durham 
and  Atlanta,  the  Washington  Duke  Inn's  ^s^^P^r?^    ^u"s'  "u'ffl  CnaPe'-  Duke  Gardens,  the 
300-acre  site  is  only  15  minutes  from  ^^^w^t"^    Museum  of  Life  and  Science,  Morehead 
Raieigh-Durham  International  Airport  Planetarium  and  the  very  finest  collegiate 
and  easy  to  qet  to.  Washington  Duke    sports  teams  anywhere. 

Inn  &  Golf  Club 

•  The  regional  and  seasonal  cuisines  of  And  it  almost  goes  without  saying,  the 
the  highly  acclaimed  Fairview  restaurant  attract  grand  tradition  of  superior  service  and  warm  Southern 
epicures  from  oround  the  world.                               hospitality  is  alive  and  well  here. 

3001  Cameron  Boulevard  •  Durham,  North  Carolina  •  (919)  490-0999 

**  1800-443-3853 


*>«¥ 


www.washingtondukeinn.com 


play  of  a  curved,  corrugated,  yellow  cylinder 
sitting  smack  against  a  tall,  blue  box  covered 
with  white  squares.  A  mysterious  gloved  hand 
would  appear  and  grasp  the  cylinder,  in  some 
cases  dragging  it  away  separately  from  the  box, 
and  in  others,  pulling  the  two  objects  as  a  sin- 
gle assemblage. 

"In  that  experiment,  we  tried  to  address 
whether  babies,  seeing  a  stationary  display, 
use  the  objects'  physical  features  alone  to  fig- 
ure out  that  these  should  be  two  separate 
things, "  she  says.  Other  scientists'  studies  had 
indicated  that  young  infants  could  only  gain 
clues  from  the  objects'  motion  and  separa- 
tion, not  their  features,  to  figure  out  that  two 


objects  were  separate.  "When  I  started  my  re- 
search as  a  graduate  student,  people  commonly 
believed  that  if  objects  were  stationary,  and 
there  weren't  big  spaces  between  them,  young 
babies  had  no  hope  of  figuring  out  whether 
they  were  two  separate  pieces  or  not.  By  this 
theory,  for  example,  they  would  see  the  pa- 
pers, pencils,  staplers,  and  other  objects  on  a 
desk  as  one  big  blob." 

Her  first  experiments  confirmed  this  con- 
ventional wisdom.  She  found  that  four-and- 
a-half-month-old  babies  didn't  seem  to  grasp 
the  concept  that  objects  that  looked  different 
are  likely  separate  entities.  The  infants  didn't 
show  particular  suprise  either  when  the  yellow 
cylinder  dragged  the  blue  box  across  the  stage 
— indicating  they  were  one  object — or  when 
the  cylinder  moved  as  a  separate  object. 

Needham  didn't  give  up  on  the  possibility 
that  young  babies  could  use  "featural"  infor- 
mation to  sort  out  objects.  (Featural  informa- 
tion refers  to  the  visual  appearance,  or  visual 
features,  of  an  object — color,  size,  shape,  and 
so  forth.  Physical  information  encompasses 
how  the  object  behaves  according  to  physical 
laws — whether  it  falls,  for  example,  or  moves 
through  other  objects.) 

For  one  thing,  she  reasoned  that  young 
babies  might  be  overwhelmed  by  the  demands 
of  visually  processing  a  complex  scene.  So,  in 
follow-up  experiments,  she  simplified  the  ob- 
jects and  how  they  were  viewed,  straightening 


10      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


out  the  yellow  cylinder  and  orienting  the  blue 
box  face-on  to  the  babies'  view,  instead  of 
comer- on. 

Sure  enough,  these  experiments  revealed 
for  the  first  time  that  four-and-a-half-month- 
old  babies  did  look  significantly  longer  at  the 
struck-together  cylinder-box  than  at  the  one 
that  moved  apart.  "We've  found  that,  as  long 
as  the  objects  are  simple  and  the  information 
clear,  babies  can  start  using  the  color  and 
shape  of  objects  as  clues." 

The  featured  players  in  the  trickiest  pro- 
duction of  her  "Theater  of  the  Inferred"  were 
two  yellow  octagons  and  a  retractable  metal 
blade,  which  she  enlisted  to  help  her  discover 


between  the  octagons,  it  actually  retracted, 
maintaining  their  connection.  Next,  the  ever- 
busy  hand  appeared  and  grasped  one  octagon 
to  drag  it  across  the  stage,  either  drawing  the 
other  octagon  along  or  not. 

Needham  discovered  that  the  babies  who 
saw  the  blade  simply  sit  beside  the  octagons 
showed  more  surprise  by  looking  longer  when 
the  shapes  moved  apart  and  those  who  saw 
the  blade  apparently  slice  the  octagons  apart 
seemed  more  surprised  when  the  octagons  slid 
along  as  one  piece.  "This  experiment  showed 
that  babies  used  both  featural  and  physical 
cues  to  decide  about  the  connectedness  of 
objects.  And  when  there's  a  conflict  between 


cylinder,  and  either  pulled  it  apart  from  the 
box  or  dragged  the  two  as  a  unit.  Theorized 
Needham,  "If  the  infants  used  the  features  of 
the  objects  to  segregate  the  display,  they 
would  see  the  display  as  composed  of  two  sep- 
arate units.  However,  if  they  used  the  physical 
information  like  gravity  to  segregate  the  dis- 
play, they  would  see  the  cylinder-up  display 
as  composed  of  a  single  unit." 

Her  baby- data  showed  that  the  infants  did 
expect  the  display  with  the  cylinder  resting  on 
the  stage  to  be  two  separate  objects  and  the 
display  with  the  cylinder  off  the  stage  to  be  a 
single  object.  "This  suggests  that  by  eight 
months,  babies  can  use  object  features,  but  they 


how  infants  cope  with  multiple  conflicting  cues 
about  objects.  In  these  experiments,  the  curtain 
opened  to  show  the  baby  the  two  octagons 
sitting  together.  Next,  the  gloved  hand  would 
appear  holding  a  metal  blade  encased  in  a 
bright  red  wooden  frame.  In  some  trials,  the 
hand  would  merely  set  the  blade  down  beside 
the  octagons;  in  others  the  hand  would  push 
the  blade  down  between  the  two  octagons. 
Although  the  baby  perceived  the  blade  to  slice 


the  two,  they  choose  the  interpretation  based 
on  the  more  reliable  physical  information." 

In  a  related  bit  of  experimental  sleight-of- 
hand,  Needham  explored  whether  eight- 
month- old  babies  understood  the  gravity  of 
situations,  so  to  speak.  In  this  experiment,  the 
curtain  rose  to  reveal  the  bent  yellow  cylinder 
either  resting  on  the  stage  against  the  box 
or  up  off  the  stage  against  the  box.  In  both 
scenarios,  the  hand  appeared,  grasped  the 


Tubular  sensation:  In  this  experiment,  above,  a 
mysterious,  gloved  hand  appears  to  grasp  the 
cylinder,  in  some  cases  dragging  it  aivay  separately 
from  the  box:  "We  tried  to  address  whether  babies, 
seeing  a  stationary  display,  use  the  objects'  features 
alone  to  figure  out  that  these  should  be  separate 
things," says  Needltam;  left,  the  baby's  mother,  a 
non-participant,  keeps  her  eyes  closed  during  the 
experiments  to  keep  from  evoking  a  ■ 


are  also  sensitive  to  the  support  of  objects, " 
says  Needham.  "And  they  seem  to  have  a 
ranking  system  in  which  they  go  with  the 
physical  information  first,  because  it's  more 
likely  to  be  accurate  than  the  colors  and  pat- 
terns and  shapes." 

In  another  gravity-defying  experiment, 
Needham  and  her  students  showed  four-and- 
a-half-month-old  infants  the  gloved  hand 
either  stacking  one  box  safely  on  another  or 
performing  the  seemingly  impossible  act  of 
setting  the  second  box  in  mid-air.  As  expected, 
the  infants  in  this  experiment  gazed  longer  at 
the  "impossible"  event  of  the  box  hovering 
with  no  support.  This  particular  experiment 
also  showed  how  complicated  and  subtle  baby 
cognition  studies  can  prove.  "The  babies  might 
have  looked  longer  at  the  impossible  event, 
not  because  they  were  surprised  that  the  box 
didn't  fall,  but  simply  because  they  had  never 
seen  the  deliberate  release  of  an  object  in 
mid-air."  To  test  this  confounding  possibility, 


January-February  1999        1 1 


Needham  conducted  yet  another  experiment 
in  which  the  box  actually  fell  after  being 
released  in  mid-air.  "Our  reasoning  was  that, 
if  the  infants  in  the  first  experiment  looked 
longer  just  because  the  box  was  released,  they 
should  look  longer  when  it  is  released  and 
falls  than  when  it  is  set  on  the  other  box." 

The  results  showed  that  infants  were  no  more 
interested  in  the  box  that  fell  than  the  one  that 
simply  rested  on  the  other  box.  Quandary 
solved:  It  was  the  physical  "impossibility"  of 
the  event  that  fascinated  the  babies. 

As  clever  as  young  babies  might  seem,  says 


Needham,  her  tests  reveal  that  they  still  have 
only  a  naive  mental  model  of  gravity  and  sup- 
port. "While  young  babies  find  it  surprising 
when  an  object  just  hovers  in  space,  if  they 
see  even  a  finger  touching  it  from  the  side, 
they  think  that's  adequate  support."  Need- 
ham is  further  exploring  the  limits  of  babies' 
models  of  support  by  showing  them  scenes  in 
which  one  box  is  perched  atop  another  too 
precariously  to  support  it.  She  is  testing  just 
how  far  the  top  box  can  be  pushed  out  before 
infants  find  support  impossible. 

Believing  in  the  old  adage  "Experience  is 


While  Visiting  Durham, 


Why  Settle  For  Less  When  So 
Much  More  Costs  So  Little? 

Luxurious  All-Suite  Hotel 


'  Magnificent  outdoor  pool 
1  Two  remote  control  TVs 
•  Color,  HBO  and  cable 

■  Two  telephones 

1  Call  waiting  &  voice  mail 

■  No  charge  for  local  calls 

■  Fax  &  copier  service 
"  Superior  location 


1  Award-winning  gardens 

'  Fitness  center 

'  Covered  walking  track 

■  Fully  equipped  kitchen 

1  Top  quality  linens  &  towels 
'  Complete  laundry  facilities 

■  Pets  permitted 

■  Uniformed  security 


DUKE  TOWER 

Residential  Suites 


For  reservations  or  information  call: 

(919)  687-4444  •  Fax:  (919)  683-1215 

807  West  Trinity  Avenue,  Durham,  NC  27701  (corner  of  North  Duke  &  West  Trinity) 

Just  streets  away  from  many  restaurants,  Northgate  Mall,  Duke  University  and 

Duke  Hospital.  Ten  minutes  to  RTF*  15  minutes  to  RDU  Airport.  (=J 


the  best  teacher, "  Needham  is  also  testing  the 
limits  of  babies'  ability  to  leam  from  experience 
with  objects.  In  one  set  of  experiments,  she 
found  that,  when  babies  were  not  allowed  the 
five-second  exposure  that  gave  them  a  chance 
to  familiarize  themselves  with  a  display,  they 
couldn't  seem  to  decide  whether  two  differ- 
ent-looking objects  were  separate  or  not.  Con- 
versely, she  found  that  giving  babies  a  preview 
of  the  experiment,  by  showing  them  either 
object  separately,  enhanced  their  ability  to  per- 
ceive a  separate  cylinder  and  box.  Even  bring- 
ing the  objects  to  the  babies'  homes  as  long  as 


JH 

- 

twenty-four  hours  before  the  experiment  was 
enough  to  help  them  in  the  experiment. 

She  also  discovered  limits  to  babies'  ability 
to  learn  from  experience.  For  one  thing,  the 
box  they  saw  beforehand  had  to  be  almost  ex- 
actly the  same  one  used  in  the  experiment  or 
the  babies  could  not  connect  it  with  the  ex- 
periment box.  Says  Needham,  "If  we  showed 
four-month-olds,  say,  a  purple  box  with  yellow 
dots,  then  later  in  the  lab  used  a  same-sized 
blue  box  with  white  squares,  they  couldn't 
make  the  connection.  The  only  time  they 
could  extrapolate  from  their  experience  was 
when  we  showed  them  a  blue  box  with  white 
circles,  and  in  the  lab  used  a  blue  box  with 
white  squares." 

Needham  extended  her  study  to  showing 
babies  bunches  of  boxes.  "We  wondered 
whether,  if  we  showed  babies  a  lot  of  different 
boxes  together  before  the  test,  that  they  would 
create  a  mental  category  of  boxes  that  would 
help  them  later, "  she  says.  "So,  we  did  the  ex- 
periment, and  it  worked.  Those  babies  appar- 
ently formed  some  kind  of  category  of  col- 
ored, decorated  boxes  that  exist  as  separate 
objects.  And,  they  used  this  category  in  the 
lab  tests  to  help  them  see  the  cylinder  as  sep- 
arate from  the  box,  even  though  they  had  not 
seen  that  particular  box  before."  Again,  she 
found  limits  to  baby  thought.  Her  experiments 
showed  babies  could  not  use  a  prior  encoun- 
ter with  three  identical  boxes  —  different  from 
the  test  box — to  create  a  category  of  boxes. 
Nor  could  they  make  a  category  when  shown 


12      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


only  two  different  boxes  before  the  experiment. 
"Thus,  infants  may  need  experience  with  dif- 
ferent exemplars  of  a  category,  and  may  need 
more  than  one  set  of  differences,  to  generalize 
across  these  differences  to  form  a  category  to 
which  these  objects  could  belong." 

Understanding  such  details  of  early  learn- 
ing by  experience  is  important,  she  says, 
because  babies  are  not  likely  born  with  their 
brains  pre -wired  with  basic  ideas  of  object 
support  or  other  rules  of  physics.  "Our  posi- 
tion is  that  infants  are  born,  not  with  sub- 
stantive beliefs  about  objects,  but  rather  with 


sume  the  ring  to  be  attached  to  the  keys,  or 
the  handle  to  the  paint  brush."  Needham's  re- 
sults so  far  confirm  this  developmental  learn- 
ing theory.  She  has  found,  for  example,  that 
twelve -month- olds  are  surprised  when  a  paint 
brush  handle  comes  off,  while  eight-month- 
olds  don't  seem  to  be  surprised. 

Needham  is  also  exploring  whether  tem- 
peramental differences  among  babies  affect 
their  ability  to  perceive  objects.  By  placing 
objects  in  young  babies'  hands  and  observing 
their  reactions,  she  can  determine  whether 
individual  babies  are  "high  explorers" — who 


Her  work  has  attracted  some  undergradu- 
ates to  stay  a  year  after  graduation  to  work  as 
laboratory  managers  and  co-author  research 
papers — giving  them  a  valuable  start  on  their 
own  research  careers.  Former  lab  manager 
Erika  Holz  '95  is  now  completing  a  master's 
degree  in  speech  pathology;  former  manager 
Cynthia  Ramirez  '97  has  entered  a  doctoral 
program  in  clinical  psychology;  and  this  year's 
manager,  Avani  Modi  '98,  plans  to  do  gradu- 
ate work  in  clinical  psychology. 

Needham's  work  has  yielded  practical 
insights  into  baby-raising,  as  well.  "If  you 


UNDERSTANDING  THE 

DETAILS  OF  EARLY 

LEARNING  BY  EXPERIENCE 

IS  IMPORTANT  BECAUSE 

BABIES  ARE  NOT  LIKELY 

BORN  WITH  THEIR  BRAINS 

PRE-WIRED  WITH  BASIC 

IDEAS  OF  OBJECT 

SUPPORT  OR  OTHER  RULES 

OF  PHYSICS. 


highly  constrained  learning  mechanisms  that 
enable  them  to  quickly  arrive  at  important 
generalizations  about  objects." 

Now,  Needham  is  showing  babies  such  as 
Elena  other  objects  to  explore  further  their 
concepts  of  categories.  "We're  showing  babies 
key  rings  and  paint  brushes  to  see  whether 
their  experience  of  watching  parents  or  sib- 
lings use  such  things  has  affected  their  per- 
ceptions, "  she  explains.  "Because  the  parts  of 
a  key  ring  or  a  paint  brush  look  very  different, 
those  babies  who  analyze  only  features  might 
normally  expect  the  parts  to  be  separate 
objects.  In  contrast,  if  babies  are  developing 
some  kind  of  category  knowledge  about  these 
objects,  as  they  get  older  they  might  override 
whatever  featural  analysis  they  do  and  as- 


typically  handle  objects  and  stick  them  in 
their  mouths  to  learn  about  them — or  "low 
explorers"  who  do  less  manipulation.  "We've 
found  that  the  high  explorers  are  more  likely 
to  see  the  cylinder  and  box  display  as  two 
separate  pieces,  and  the  low  explorers  are  less 
likely,"  she  says.  "We're  still  not  sure  why, 
but  we  think  that  the  high  explorers  gather 
more  data  about  objects,  such  as  color  and 
texture  and  feel,  that  help  them  form  rules 
about  objects."  She  emphasizes  that  the  low- 
explorer  babies  are  not  necessarily  more  pas- 
sive than  high-explorers,  but  just  slower  to 
develop  their  strategies  for  exploring  objects. 
Besides  a  steady  stream  of  some  eighty 
babies  a  month  coming  through  Needham's 
lab,  there  are  many  undergraduates;  she  en- 
courages student  involvement  in  her  experi- 
ments. "We  get  a  lot  of  students  who  love 
babies,  and  my  work  integrates  that  interest 
with  their  academic  pursuits.  For  students 
who  are  interested  in  graduate  school,  this 
research  gives  them  a  much  better  sense  of 
whether  they're  interested  in  pursuing  their 
studies  in  psychology."  Needham,  who  teaches 
undergraduate  classes  on  developmental  psy- 
chology, sees  laboratory  experience  as  giving  a 
very  different  view  of  the  field  from  that 
gained  in  the  classroom.  "I  tell  students  that, 
even  if  they  didn't  like  my  classes,  they 
shouldn't  be  dissuaded  from  continuing  in 
psychology,  because  research  can  be  much 
different  and  more  interesting  than  a  class- 
room experience." 


Sense  of  gravity:  For  the  first  stage  of  this  experiment, 
one  box  is  safely  stacked  on  the  other,  and  then  the 
gloved  hand  seems  to  set  the  second  box  in  mid-air. 
As  expected,  the  four-month- old  looked  at  the  event 
longer,  fascinated  by  its  seeming  impossibility 

know  what  perceptual  skill  your  child  is 
working  on  or  capable  of  at  a  given  time,  you 
can  provide  them  with  experiences  more  tai- 
lored to  what  they're  ready  for,"  she  says. 
"Years  ago,  people  didn't  know  much  about 
young  babies'  visual  abilities,  so  they  weren't 
sure  about  the  best  toys  to  give  them.  But 
now  we  know  that  their  contrast  sensitivity  is 
not  very  good,  so  if  you  give  them  pastel  toys, 
they're  not  going  to  distinguish  them  from 
the  environment  very  easily.  Toys  in  vivid  col- 
ors of  black,  white,  or  red  will  likely  attract 
infants'  attention  better  than  pastels." 

Needham  theorizes  that  babies  benefit 
most  from  experiences  in  the  real  world,  and 
not  just  from  designer  toys:  "In  the  normal 
visual  environment,  there's  a  very  healthy 
diet  of  angles  and  colors  and  shadings  and 
movement  that  can  help  babies  learn  about 
objects.  Just  letting  your  baby  watch  you  vac- 
uum or  wash  the  dishes  or  chop  wood  pro- 
vides a  lot  of  interesting  sights  to  help  both 
their  visual  and  cognitive  development."  But 
her  intricate  experiments  also  reveal  that 
studying  the  mysteries  of  infant  development 
is  no  child's  play;  that  each  finding  is  only  a 
baby  step  toward  understanding  a  stunningly 
complex  process.  ■ 


January-February  1999         13 


PERSPECTIVES 


DEFINING 

GOOD 

TEACHING 

According  to  The  Bulletin  of  Duke  University,  "The  university  faculty,  numbering 
approximately  1,900,  maintains  a  tradition  of  personal  attention  to  students  and  devotion  to 
research."  What  does  it  mean  for  the  individual  professor  to  follow  this  tradition — to  he  a  com- 
pelling presence  in  the  classroom,  an  adviser  outside  the  classroom,  and  a  productive  scholar?  Here, 
some  of  the  teaching-award  honorees  from  this  past  fall's  Founders'  Day  ceremonies  reflect 
on  the  methods  and  philosophies  that  have  brought  them  to  the  forefront  of  their  profession. 


I  think  the  principal  goal  of  teaching  at  a 
university  like  Duke  is  to  create  a  learning 
environment  that  challenges  and  excites 
students  to  engage  in  creative  intellectual 
inquiry.  All  of  our  students  are  bright  enough 
to  do  this;  the  pertinent  question  seems  to  be, 
how  can  we  make  them  decide  they  want  to 
participate  fully  in  the  learning  process? 
While  there  are  many  different  methods  for 
engaging  students,  my  preferred  approach  cen- 
ters on  active  learning  techniques.  Among 
other  things,  this  model  uses  role-playing 
exercises,  simulations,  and  field  visits  to  make 
students  enthusiastic  participants  in  the 
learning  process. 

To  provide  an  example,  we  teach  an 
interdisciplinary  module  on  solid-waste  man- 
agement in  the  environmental  sciences  and 
policy  introductory  core  course.  During  this 
module,  we  take  students  to  the  Orange  Coun- 
ty landfill,  as  well  as  to  several  of  the  proposed 
sites  for  the  county's  new  landfill — including 
one  in  the  Blackwood  Division  of  the  Duke 
Forest.  This  experience  provides  them  with  a 
clear  sense  of  how  the  landscape  changes  and 
how  people's  lives  are  affected  by  the  location 
of  such  a  facility. 

We  also  want  to  make  a  very  important 
point  that  there  are  clear  political,  economic, 
and  ecological  risk  trade-offs  associated  with 
different  landfill  sites — and  that  different 
people  will  value  these  trade-offs  differently. 

14      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


"IT  HAS  ALWAYS 
BEEN  MY  EXPERIENCE 
THAT  DUKE  STUDENTS 
RISE  TO  YOUR  LEVEL 
OF  EXPECTATION." 


Rather  than  simply  lecturing 
about  these  concepts,  we  de- 
veloped a  very  complicated 
role -playing  exercise  based 
on  the  actual  situation  in 
Orange  County.  Basically,  we 
assign  students  to  different 
roles  on  a  Landfill  Selection 
Committee,  lock  them  up  in 
classrooms  for  four  hours  on 
a  Friday  night,  and  tell  them  they  cannot  come  out  until  they  have 
decided  as  a  group  where  to  site  the  next  landfill  in  Orange  County. 
We  follow  up  the  role -playing  exercise  with  a  debriefing  session  that 
compares  and  contrasts  the  experiences  of  students  playing  different 
roles  in  the  different  simulations. 

Frankly,  it's  an  organizational  nightmare  doing  field  trips  and  small- 
group  simulations  with  seventy-five  students.  In  the  end,  the  results 
amaze  me.  You  would  think  that  students  would  not  want  to  stay 
around  for  a  debriefing  late  on  a  Friday  night.  But  they  remain  en- 
gaged and  enthusiastic  (and  often  times  very  loud),  well  past  my  own 
willingness  to  stay  on  campus! 

I  try  to  incorporate  these  kinds  of  active  learning  approaches  into 
all  of  my  classes  and  thus  rely  on  students  to  come  to  my  classroom 
prepared  and  energized  every  day.  It  has  always  been  my  experience 
that  Duke  students  rise  to  your  level  of  expectation.  I  expect  a  lot  from 
Duke  students  and  believe  they  have  the  right  to  expect  a  lot  from 
Duke  faculty.  My  students  rarely  disappoint  me — I  hope  the  feeling 
is  mutual. 

—MARIE  LYNN  MIRANDA  '85,  assistant  professor  of  the  prac- 
tice in  the  Nicholas  School  of  the  Environment,  is  a  recipient  of  the  Richard 
K.  Lublin  '61  Distinguished  Award  for  Teaching  Excellence. 


"MENTORING,  BY 
THE  WAY,  IS  NEVER 
ABOUT  'BEING  NICE' 
—THAT  DOESN'T 
WORK.  IT  IS 
ABOUT  LISTENING, 
NURTURING,  BEING 
EXACTING,  AND 
BEING  THERE." 


Who  I  am  and  what  I 
have  to  offer  as  a 
teacher  always  seems 
to  be  of  great  importance  to 
students  once  they — after  expe- 
riencing several  classes  with 
me — find  themselves  dispelling 
many  myths  about  the  study  of 
dance  in  particular,  and  of  art  in 
general.  They  come  to  realize  that 
all  dance  courses  are  not  aca- 
demically subordinate  or  solely 
physical  education.  They  discov- 
er that  the  art  form  is  also  a  seri- 
ous field  of  study  with  large  and 
growing  libraries  of  resources, 
both  written  and  on  video.  And  perhaps,  most  importantly,  they  come 
to  realize  that  they  can  learn  through  dance  to  think,  to  explore,  and 
to  search  in  ways  they  never  before  imagined. 

Oftentimes,  this  new  dance  experience  is  so  contradictory  to  what 
they  had  previously  been  led  to  believe  about  this  field  of  study  (to 
which  our  society  continues  to  give  little  value  and  importance)  that 
they  need  a  lot  of  "other"  help.  I,  as  a  matter  of  course,  offer  this  assis- 
tance as  a  continuation  of  the  work  being  done  in  the  classroom,  and 
through  informal  contact,  mentoring,  and  advising,  which  usually  be- 
comes as  important  as  inside-the-classroom  teaching  and  learning. 
Some  of  my  most  memorable  moments  with  students  have  occurred 
on  the  bus  from  East  to  West  in  the  rush  between  classes.  There,  a  stu- 
dent's accessibility,  which  is  often  not  present  in  the  classroom,  where 
peer  pressure  is  great  and  defenses  are  up,  invites  me  in.  Important 
non-grade-conscious  exchanges  ensue.  Basketball  scores,  news  of  a 


January-February  1999        15 


party  dips. 


and  class  reunions 


For  classes  celebrating  reunions  in  April, 
we  offer  old  friends,  great  memories, 
bunches  of  broccoli  with  sour  cream  dip, 
and,  of  course,  the  Duke  Annual  Fund. 

Reunion  classes  will  provide  some 
$3.5  million,  which  is  nearly  a  quarter  of 
the  fund's  $14.3  million  1998-99  goal, 
to  keep  the  Duke  Annual  Fund  vigorous 
and  strong. 

Hey,  keep  us  in  the  green,  and  we'll 
make  sure  you  get  to  dip  as  much 
broccoli  as  you  want  at  your  reunion 
this  spring! 


Duke      Annual      Fund 


We're 

counting  on 
you  to  keep 
the  Duke 
Annual  Fund 
green  and 
healthy. 


m 


new  dating  partner,  a  package  from  home,  or 
a  major  discovery  made  that  the  pelvis  is  part 
of  the  torso — all  seem  equally  important  in 
the  moment,  and  somehow  connected. 

It  is  vital  to  engage  students  outside  the 
classroom,  to  encourage  the  work  of  the  indi- 
vidual student  who,  for  example,  may  have  a 
desire  to  have  a  life  in  art  but  lacks  the  cour- 
age to  pursue  it.  To  inspire  self-trust  and  self- 
belief  early  in  these  students'  careers  is  crucial, 
I  believe,  especially  in  our  electronic  age.  The 
serious  students  of  dance  and  the  other  art 
disciplines — whose  primary  function  is  to 
speak  to  the  heart — usually  have  already  been 
ostracized  by  the  time  they  arrive  at  the  uni- 
versity. This  is  always  unpleasant. 

Fortunately,  the  mentoring  that  takes  place 
outside  the  structure  of  the  classroom — ex- 
clusively about  the  student,  without  any  kind 
of  required  academic  or  academic  adviser's 
agenda — can  be  greatly  beneficial  in  addressing 
such  situations.  This  mentoring,  by  the  way,  is 
never  about  "being  nice" — that  doesn't  work. 
It  is  about  listening,  nurturing,  being  exacting, 
and  being  there.  It  is  about  influencing  the 
lives  and  careers  of  my  students  through  my 
availability  and  readiness  to  help. 

I  have  always  tried  to  embody  what  I  teach. 
What  a  student  gets  from  me  in  the  class- 
room is  not  terribly  different  from  what  he  or 
she  will  experience  outside  the  classroom.  My 
great  hope  is  that  from  their  contacts  with 
me,  students  will  come  to  understand  that 
they,  too,  are  the  same  person  in  both  settings, 
and  that  learning  is  not  for  school,  but  for  life. 

—CLAY  TALIAFERRO,  professor  of  the 
practice  of  dance,  is  a  recipient  of  the  Richard  K. 
Lublin  '61 .  Distinguished  Award  for  Teaching 
Excellence. 


y  teaching  is  centered  on  English 
writing  from  1300  to  1670  and  seeks 
to  foster  the  close  reading  and 
analysis  of  a  rich  array  of  medieval  and  early 
modern  texts.  My  approach  goes  across  cus- 
tomary divisions  between  departments  of  lit- 
erature, religion,  history,  and  politics.  This 
emerges  both  in  the  way  I  teach  works  of  liter- 
ature and  in  my  selection  of  texts  and  topics. 
For  example,  in  a  course  on  "Faith,  Ethics, 
and  Literature, "  I  teach  works  by  Saint  Au- 
gustine and  Saint  Thomas  alongside  poems 
by  William  Langland  and  Edmund  Spenser. 
Or,  in  a  course  on  Chaucer,  students  will  en- 
counter various  kinds  of  texts  around  the 
great  rising  of  1381,  examples  of  sermons  and 
of  contemporary  heretical  (Wycliffite)  mate- 
rials. Students'  perceptions  of  just  what  Chau- 
cer was  up  to  can  be  greatly  enhanced  by 
an  approach  that  is  interdisciplinary  both  in 
the  research  underlying  the  teaching  and 
in  the  materials  brought  to  their  attention. 
Here  students  are  encountering  models  of 


16      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


critical  inquiry  that  will  also  engage  them  in  contemporary  cultural 
production. 

In  the  wide  range  of  medieval  and  early  modern  courses  I  offer  at 
Duke,  I  teach  works  that  are  sometimes  strikingly  "other"  in  their  ver- 
sions of  the  self,  of  community,  of  sanctity,  of  virtues,  of  vices,  of  gen- 
der, of  sexuality,  and  of  families.  But  the  works  on  which  I  concentrate 
have  a  power  to  fascinate  students,  leading  them  to  discover  how  the 
works'  very  strangeness,  mixed  with  a  sometimes  deceptive  familiarity, 
speaks  to  their  own  present.  I  aim  to  help  the  students  see  how  these 
writings  encourage  and  actually  enable  profoundly  serious  interroga- 
tions of  current  cultural  and  political  identities,  of  current  assumptions 
about  virtues,  religion,  justice,  and  the  self.  My  task  is  to  help  students 
grasp  the  past  texts  as  wonderful  resources  for  exploring  their  own  pre- 
sent demands  and  to  help  them  understand  that  this  can  only  be  done 


—  i — ^■sc=:  7&  T      J^ 


"MY  TASK  IS  TO 
HELP  STUDENTS 
GRASP  PAST  TEXTS 
AS  WONDERFUL 
RESOURCES  FOR 
EXPLORING  THEIR 
OWN  PRESENT 
DEMANDS." 


by  attending  to  the  past's  histor- 
ical difference. 

In  this  way,  a  genuinely  cre- 
ative dialogue  between  contem- 
porary students  and  the  late 
medieval  or  early  modern  writ- 
ings becomes  possible.  The  stu- 
dents can  learn  habits  of  reading 
and  analysis  that  may  be  applied 
as  fruitfully,  for  example,  to  a 
political  oration  in  1999  as  to  a 
sermon  against  rebellious  peas- 
ants in  late  1381  or  1525. 

My  aim  is  to  impart  informa- 
tion and  to  teach  models  of  investigation  in  a  process  that  is  commit- 
tedly  dialogic.  I  set  out  from  texts  the  students  have  in  front  of  them, 
and  I  always  begin  by  eliciting  their  responses — whether  these 
involve  the  work's  concerns,  or  their  own  puzzlement,  irritations,  or 
pleasures,  they  are  all  welcomed,  and  taken  seriously.  The  seminar 
builds  on  the  students'  developing  trust  that  their  readings  provide 
the  crucial  basis  for  a  fruitful  meditation  and  that  generating  ques- 
tions, individually  and  collectively,  is  how  they  will  learn  in  the  classes 
to  come. 

The  questions  I  myself  put  to  these  responses,  and  to  the  text,  seek 
to  encourage  the  closest  attention  to  modes  of  writing  and  argument 
while  at  the  same  time  drawing  out  the  wider  implications  of  the  text. 
Depending  on  the  texts,  that  discussion  may  involve  a  combination  of 
issues  concerning  theology,  politics,  gender,  or  sexuality,  and  it  may 
move  from  the  1390s  to  the  1990s  and  back  to  the  1390s. 

—  DAVID  AERS,  professor  of  English,  is  a  recipient  ofthelrinity  College 
Distinguished  Teaching  Award. 


The  only  way  to  keep  students  engaged  is  for  me  to  be  engaged, 
too.  If  I  am  not  interested  in  the  questions  or  text  we  discuss  in 
a  seminar,  then  I  really  can't  expect  the  students  to  be.  I  try  to 
create  an  atmosphere  in  which  everyone  feels  that  what  we  read  mat- 
ters to  them,  that  we  are  all  trying  to  sort  out  important  and  interest- 
ing questions  together.  I  can  do  this  because  I  do  not  feel  there  is  any 
conflict  between  the  kind  of  thought  that  goes  into  an  undergraduate 
course  and  the  kind  of  thought  I  want  to  develop  in  my  research:  I  go 
into  an  undergraduate  seminar  or  a  graduate  class  or  write  my  books 
in  the  same  spirit,  with  the  same  attitude  of  inquiry,  raising  the  same 
kind  of  questions.  The  difference  is  more  one  of  depth  of  reading  and 
research  than  one  of  approach. 

As  a  result,  students  in  my  undergraduate  classes  tend  to  feel  that  they 
have  been  stretched  very  far,  that  they  have  done  a  lot  of  thinking  for 
themselves,  not  just  passively  listened  to  me.  (I  do  lecture  when  I  think 
I  should,  but  I  let  the  class  dynamic  determine  when  it  is  necessary.) 

For  me,  teaching  is  a  dialogic  process.  That  means  there  is  no  real 
class  going  on  unless  the  students'  observations,  thoughts,  and  feelings 
become    starting 


points  for  reflec- 
tion. My  job  is  to 
help  them  to  see 
that  even  the  most 
emotional  or  in- 
tellectual reaction 
("I  just  hated  An- 
na Karenina")  can 
be  used  produc- 
tively, if  it  is  re- 
spected and  taken 
seriously.  Why  did 


"STUDENTS  IN  MY  UNDER- 
GRADUATE CLASSES  TEND 
TO  FEEL  THAT  THEY  HAVE 
BEEN  STRETCHED  VERY  FAR, 
THAT  THEY  HAVE  DONE  A 
LOT  OF  THINKING  FOR 
THEMSELVES,  NOT  JUST 
PASSIVELY  LISTENED  TO  ME." 


January-February  1999 


As  you  plan  your  next  trip,  treat  yourself  to  a  healthy 
experience  with  all  the  amenities  of  a  medical  spa. 

The  Duke  Diet  and  Fitness  Center  with  its  two  campuses 
has  programs  in  weight  management,  cardiac  disease  and 
diabetes.  These  programs  offer: 

*  Lifestyle  Education    •  Amenities  such  as  massage,  yoga, 

•  Medical  Education       personal  training  and  tai  chi 
All  available  from  one  of  the  most  respected  medical 

institutions  in  the  world. 


i« 


Duke  Diet  and  Fitness  Center 

A  SERVICE  OF  DUKE  UNIVERSITY  HEALTH  SYSTEM 


I-SoO-ZJJ-jSjJ 


DATE 

Someone  Who  Knows 
That 

Pas  De  Deux 

Is  Not  The  Father  of  Twins 

Meet  Fellow 
Graduates  and  Faculty  of 

DUKE, 
The  Ivies,  Seven  Sisters, 
Stanford,  MIT,  Caltech, 

UC  Berkeley, 

U  of  Chicago,  Medical 

Schools  and  a  few  others 


THE 

RIGHT 

STUFF 

AiMraMonNehrorir 
www.rightstuffdating.com 

800-988-5288 

More  Than  2600  Members! 


Serving  Dinner 
&  Sunday  Brunch 


Bar  &  Dining  room  open 

every  night  at  5:30  pm. 

Sun.  Brunch  10:30  am-2  pm. 

610  W.Franklin  Street 

Chapel  Hill,  North  Carolina 

019-920-7643 


the  student  hate  Anna  Karenma?  What  obser- 
vations has  that  student  made  of  the  text? 
What  do  other  students  think  of  the  reasons 
the  student  has  for  hating  the  novel?  What 
can  they  be  connected  to?  Are  there  really  off- 
putting  elements  in  the  novel?  What  might 
they  be?  What  criteria  are  we  using  to  discuss 
this?  What  criteria  did  people  use  to  evaluate 
it  at  the  time?  Because  my  major  aim  is  to  make 
students  realize  that  they  can  read,  respond  to, 
and  truly  enjoy  complex  texts  for  themselves, 
I  use  few  secondary  sources  in  the  class. 

The  way  I  teach  undergraduate  courses  is 
deeply  informed  by  the  way  I  think  about  lit- 
erature in  general.  Literary  texts  are  as  thought- 
ful as  philosophical  texts.  Great  writers  are  no 
less  insightful  than  great  philosophers.  Lit- 
erature and  philosophy  often  raise  exactly  the 
same  questions,  and  each  thinker,  whether 
philosopher  or  writer,  contributes  his  or  her 
own  answers.  This  is  why  I  never  "apply"  a 
theory  or  a  philosophy  to  a  literary  work,  but 
rather  read  philosophy  and  literature  togeth- 
er, as  equal  partners  in  a  conversation  about 
the  same  things. 

In  a  course  called  "Love,  Marriage,  and 
Adultery  in  the  Nineteenth  Century  Euro- 
pean Novel, "  we  start  out  by  reading  Ibsen's 
A  Doll's  House.  Alongside  that  we  read  a  few 
pages  from  Hegel's  Phenomenology  of  Spirit,  a 
few  pages  from  Milton's  1643  tract  on  divorce, 
and  a  few  pages  from  Simone  de  Beauvoir's 
Second  Sex.  Then  we  try  to  see  what  questions 
each  writer  raises  (What  is  a  good  marriage? 
What  do  women's  social  and  legal  status  have 
to  do  with  the  first  question?),  and  what  new 
light  such  considerations  shed  on  the  texts. 

All  this  takes  a  lot  of  time,  since  patient  un- 
derstanding of  the  details  of  the  text  is  of  the 
essence.  It  is  because  I  take  a  genuine  interest 
in  such  texts  and  such  questions  that  it  be- 
comes possible  for  my  students  to  do  so,  too. 
In  short,  in  teaching  I  put  my  experiences,  my 
evaluations,  my  judgments  on  the  line,  not  in 
a  monologic,  but  in  a  dialogic  spirit — in 
effect  opening  them  up  to  the  students' 
responses,  saying  to  them:  "This  is  what  I  find 
interesting.  Can  you  find  interest  in  it,  too?" 

— TORIL  MOI,  professor  of  literature  and 
romance  studies,  is  the  recipient  of  the  University 
Scholar /Teacher  Award,  the  university's  highest 
teaching  lienor. 

I  always  try  to  make  clear  to  the  students 
that  they  already  know  something  about 
the  subject  and  the  issues  we  are  dis- 
cussing, even  if  the  textual  material  in  the 
class  is  totally  foreign  to  them.  They  have  cer- 
tainly thought  about  the  authority  of  parents 
and  the  obligations  of  children,  even  if  they 
have  never  heard  of  King  Lear  and  his  daugh- 
ters before;  they  have  ideas  and  opinions 
about  liberalism  and  conservatism,  though 


18      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


Locke,  Mill,  or  Burke  may  seem  at  first  strange  and  difficult  material. 
Starting  with  what  they  do  know  gives  students  the  confidence  to 
engage  with  the  unknown. 

It  is  important  to  ask  genuine  questions  —  the  kind  to  which  there 
is  more  than  one  interesting  answer.  Genuine  questions  may  lead  the 
conversation  into  uncharted  territory.  When  I  started  teaching,  I  tend- 
ed to  ask  questions  that  would  lead  students  through  my  "map"  of  the 
lesson  down  a  clearly  marked  trail.  This  is  a  common  error.  It  leads  to 
questions  and  answers  that  do  not  create  a  true  conversation,  and  it 
becomes  easy  for  students  to  disengage. 


time  to  address  their  curiosities  made  them  more  confident  and  more 
determined  economists.  It  also  made  them  angry  that  so  very  few  of 
their  friends  and  families  had  the  basic  understanding  of  economics 
that  was  slowly  becoming  second  nature  to  them. 

To  be  sure,  pure  research  has  had  an  enormous  effect  on  our  world. 
But  where  do  the  scientists,  engineers,  economists,  or  sociologists  go 
for  their  ideas?  They  begin  with  the  basic  principles  from  their  fresh- 
man courses.  In  my  case,  they  refer  to  the  Ricardian  trade  model  or  to 
simple  supply  and  demand.  And  they  remember  my  criticisms  of  Pat 
Buchanan  and  rent  control. 

Good  teaching  not  only  empowers  students  with 
knowledge;  it  plants  an  important  seed  of  responsi- 
bility. If  I  have  trained  even  one  percent  of  the  next 
legislators,  the  country  will  be  all  the  better  for  it. 
Sound  arrogant?  When  I  walked  through  campus  re- 
cently, I  met  a  Duke  junior  and  former  student  who 
interned  at  the  White  House  last  summer  and  ac- 
companied the  president  on  several  visits  to  groups 
involved  with  Social  Security  reform.  He  could  hard- 
ly contain  his  excitement  as  he  replayed  the  Social 
Security  debate  I  included  in  one  of  the  last  lectures 
of  the  "macro"  course.  Indeed,  he  felt  a  duty  to  help 
change  the  current  system. 

"GOOD  TEACHING  NOT 

ONLY  EMPOWERS  STUDENTS 

WITH  KNOWLEDGE;  IT 

PLANTS  AN  IMPORTANT  SEED 

OF  RESPONSIBILITY." 


"YOU  YOURSELF  HAVE  TO  BE 
ENGAGED  WITH  WHAT  YOU  ARE 
DOING.  IF  THE  CLASS  IS  STALE 
FOR  YOU,  IT  CERTAINLY  WILL  BE 
STALE  FOR  THE  STUDENTS." 

Most  of  all,  you  yourself  have  to  be  engaged  with  what  you 
are  doing.  If  the  class  is  stale  for  you,  it  certainly  will  be  stale 
for  the  students. 

—  RUTH  GRANT,  associate  professor  of  political  science,  is    l 
a  recipient  of  the  Trinity  College  Distinguished  Teaching  Award 


In  the  evaluations  for  the  first  course  I  taught  at  Duke, 
macroeconomic  principles,  one  student  wrote,  "This  may 
sound  cheesy,  but  this  course  has  changed  my  life."  I  have 
never  known  a  student,  undergraduate  or  graduate,  who  felt 
the  same  way  about  an  issue  of  American  Economic  Review,  for 
example.  The  chance  to  have  a  profound  and  lasting  effect  on  the  lives 
of  young  people  is  the  most  important  reward  good  teaching  offers. 

As  we  move  headlong  into  the  computer  age,  I  would  argue  that  this 
reward  is  in  serious  jeopardy.  My  impassioned,  often  frenetic  lectures 
on  the  importance  of  world  financial  markets  and  free  trade  inspired 
many  of  my  students  to  continue  studying  economics.  I  succeeded  in 
imparting  to  them  the  gravity  of  economic  forces,  whether  they  were 
budding  biologists  interested  in  environmental  decay  or  future  politi- 
cos  concerned  with  the  health  of  the  Russian  economy. 

My  effectiveness  hinged  on  the  personal  interaction  I  had  with 
these  students,  either  in  lectures  or  through  office  hours.  Taking  the 


Only  good  teaching  can  produce  that  kind  of  excitement,  that  air  of 
opportunity.  With  each  published  article,  we  are  adding  to  an  existing 
body  of  knowledge.  With  each  well-taught  course,  we  are  inspiring  stu- 
dents to  probe  more  deeply  into  our  disciplines.  And  with  that  search 
often  comes  a  life-changing  experience.  I  am  truly  awed  by  that  poten- 
tial each  time  I  pick  up  the  chalk.  Or  does  that  sound  "cheesy"? 

— DAVID  JOHNSON,  a  former  instructor  in  the  economics  depart- 
ment, is  the  recipient  of  the  Alumni  Distinguished  Undergraduate  Teaching 
Award,  presented  by  the  Duke  Alumni  Association. 


January-February  1999        19 


A  COMMUNITY  OF 
CONTRADICTIONS 

BY  ROGER  KAPLAN 

Recently,  sitting  with  some  friends,  I 
was  asked,  "So  what  is  it  about  Israel 
that  you  do  like?"  I  had  just  spent  the 
last  ninety  minutes  with  these  friends  discus- 
sing my  past  three  years  living  in  Israel,  the 
politics  of  the  country,  its  people,  and  its  cul- 
ture. I  replied,  "Do  you  mean  to  say  that  after 
all  this  time,  you  get  the  impression  that  I  don't 
like  Israel?" "Well,  yes,"  they  responded. 

What  could  I  say?  How  could  I  sum  up  in  a 
few  words  the  experiences  and  feelings  I  have 
had  in  nearly  twenty  years  of  traveling  back 
and  forth  between  the  U.S.  and  Israel?  I've 
lived  in  Israel  more  than  a  quarter  of  that  time. 
I  love  the  country,  and  its  people.  After  all,  I 
completed  a  Ph.D.  in  Hebrew  and,  two  and  a 
half  years  ago,  I  became  an  Israeli  citizen. 

I  found  my  Israel  encounters  challenging  me 
every  day  and  often  in  conflicting  directions. 
But  then,  Israel  is  a  country  of  contradictions. 

From  1996  to  1998,  I  worked  at  the  Jeru- 
salem Foundation,  a  nonprofit  agency  raising 
funds  for  social,  educational,  cultural,  and  wel- 
fare projects  benefiting  both  Jewish  and  Arab 
citizens  of  the  city  of  Jerusalem.  In  1998,  the 
foundation  secured  pledges  totaling  $33  mil- 
lion. As  coordinator  of  educational  and  com- 
munity projects,  I  worked  on  a  daily  basis  with 
Jewish  (religious  and  secular)  and  Arab  schools 
and  community  centers. 

Jerusalem,  like  any  world-class  city,  is  not 
homogenous,  and  it  is  very  poor — the  second- 
poorest  city  in  Israel.  With  the  ultra-religious 
Jewish  community  and  the  Arab  sector  com- 
prising a  significant  percentage  of  the  city's 
population,  many  residents  are  unemployed  or 
working  for  minimal  wages.  Yet,  as  the  coun- 
try's capital,  home  to  the  prestigious  Hebrew 
University,  and  a  popular  tourist  destination, 
the  city  has  visible  middle  and  upper  classes. 

My  job  was  to  help  these  communities  raise 
funds  by  identifying  social  and  educational 
projects  attractive  to  potential  individual  and 
corporate  donors.  Sometimes  the  needs  were 
universal  —  after-school  learning  centers  for 
both  Jewish  and  Arab  students;  other  times 
they  were  unique — the  introduction  of  public 
services  into  a  poor  Arab  neighborhood.  Some- 


times the  need  was  more  urgent  for  one  group 
than  the  other.  There  are  tens  of  senior- citi- 
zen centers  in  the  Jewish  sector  of  the  city,  but 
no  more  than  three  in  the  Arab  sector.  With 
the  city's  Arab  population  at  more  than  a  third 
of  that  of  the  Jewish  population,  the  shortage 
is  at  crisis  level. 

In  the  Jewish  sector,  there  are  serious  social 
problems:  domestic  violence,  drugs,  child  abuse. 
Working  with  Jerusalem's  public  schools,  I  often 
thought  that  Americans  would  never  tolerate 
such  a  crowded,  run-down  environment  for 
their  children.  Yet,  other  students  enjoy  state- 
of-the-art  computer  laboratories,  television 
studios,  and  advanced  science  equipment. 

Israel  is  undergoing  great  domestic  changes. 
Political  and  religious  strife  are  polarizing  the 
people.  A  major  part  of  the  work  of  the  Jeru- 
salem Foundation  centers  on  bridging  social 
gaps,  in  particular  between  the  religious  and  the 
secular  and  between  Jews  and  Arabs.  Dozens 
if  not  hundreds  of  organizations  in  the  coun- 
try are  spending  countless  hours  and  dollars 
in  an  attempt  to  bring  some  domestic  peace. 

The  chasm  between  the  religious  and  secu- 
lar was  highlighted  when  Prime  Minister  Yitz- 
hak Rabin  was  assassinated  on  November  4, 
1995,  at  the  hands  of  a  religious  zealot.  More 
recently,  on  the  eve  of  Israel's  fiftieth  anniver- 
sary, the  rift  deepened  even  further.  Among 
the  performances  scheduled  at  the  national 
celebrations  was  the  dance  piece  "Who  Knows 
One"  (based  on  a  popular  Passover  tune)  by  the 
acclaimed  Bat  Sheva  Dance  Company.  Only 
days  before  the  performance,  the  minister  of 
education,  culture,  and  sport,  whose  office  was 
in  charge  of  the  event,  called  for  the  exclusion 
of  the  Bat  Sheva  company  from  the  celebrations 
because  its  work  includes  dancers  disrobing. 
Secular  Israelis  saw  the  attack  on  Bat  Sheva 
as  censorship  at  the  highest  level,  putting  into 
question  Israel's  future  as  a  democratic  soci- 
ety that  celebrates  individual  freedoms. 


The  quest  for  cultural  freedom  in  Israel  took 
an  unusual  turn  last  spring.  In  the  annual 
European  Song  Festival,  viewed  live  on  tele- 
vision by  tens  of  millions,  Israel's  pop  singer 
Dana  International  narrowly  beat  out  the 
United  Kingdom's  and  Malta's  entries  with  her 
song  "Diva."  Dana  International  is  a  transsex- 
ual. The  religious  cried  that  Dana  Interna- 
tional (who  was  chosen  to  represent  Israel  by 
a  government-appointed  committee)  was  a 
disgrace  to  the  country.  Her  live  performance 
and  the  subsequent  contest  voting  received 
the  highest  television  ratings  in  the  country's 
history,  and  secular  Israelis,  including  the 
growing  gay  and  lesbian  community,  celebrat- 
ed by  jamming  Rabin  Square  in  central  Tel 
Aviv  to  celebrate  her  victory. 

At  the  Jerusalem  Foundation,  we  viewed  such 
incidents  as  an  urgent  cry  for  education.  We 
redoubled  our  efforts  to  develop  innovative  pro- 
grams aimed  at  religious  and  secular  youth,  such 
as  "Bridges, "  which  focuses  on  young  adults. 

"Bridges"  brings  groups  of  religious  and  sec- 
ular Jewish  teenagers  from  the  same  neighbor- 
hoods together  to  find  their  common  bonds. 
They  can  at  least  agree  on  improving  the  liv- 
ing conditions  in  their  own  community.  In 
"Bridges,"  the  youth  determine  the  agenda: 
litter,  road  safety,  senior  citizens,  special-edu- 
cation children.  They  then  created  a  series  of 
civic  actions  around  that  topic.  In  the  south- 
ern Jerusalem  neighborhood  of  Gilo,  the  young 
people  created  a  public-relations  campaign 
aimed  at  educating  drivers  about  the  dangers 
of  speeding  in  residential  communities.  In  the 
north,  youth  from  Shmuel  Hanavi  went  to 
local  supermarkets  to  hand  out  holiday  greet- 
ings to  residents,  and  distributed  food  gifts  to 
the  poor  and  elderly. 

Not  all  of  the  eleven  Jerusalem  neighbor- 
hoods involved  in  "Bridges"  enjoy  such  success. 
Unfortunately,  the  distrust  and  stereotyping 
common  among  the  adults  find  their  way  to 
the  younger  generation.  Secular  youth  do  not 
believe  that  the  religious  are  truly  interested 
in  compromise;  the  religious  fear  that  the  sec- 
ular are  attempting  to  "seduce"  them  to  leave 
their  way  of  life. 

Similarly,  efforts  to  bring  Jews  and  Arabs 
together  focus  on  common  bonds  and  not  on 
differences.  The  Jerusalem  Foundation  uses  the 
city's  many  cultural  venues  to  educate  Jewish 
and  Arab  schoolchildren  in  an  atmosphere  of 
on  page  40 


20      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


DUKE 


The  reunions  program  celebrated  record 
numbers  in  both  attendance  and  class 
giving  as  a  swan  song  to  fall  reunions. 
(All  reunions  will  move  to  one  spring  week- 
end, starting  in  1999.)  Attendance  was  at  an 
all-time  high  of  3,421,  a  13.2  percent  increase 
over  1997  reunion  numbers.  Total  class  giving 
was  more  than  $3.5  million  to  the  Annual 
Fund,  an  increase  of  43  percent  over  last  year's 
total. 

This  is  a  breakdown  of  attendance  and 
Annual  Fund  giving  for  Reunions  '98: 

•  Half  Century  Club  (pre-1948),  132  at- 
tending, $1,113,258  in  gifts; 

•  Class  of  1948, 210,  $222,725; 
•Class  of  1953, 162,  $382,205; 
•Class  of  1958, 142,  $200,858; 
•Class  of  1963, 150,  $387,269; 
•Class  of  1968, 164,  $594,018; 

•  Class  of  1973, 384,  $660,867; 

•  Class  of  1978,  347  (record-breaking  for 
twentieth  reunions),  $465,536; 

•  Class  of  1983,  259  (record-breaking  for 
fifteenth  reunions),  $411,278; 

•Class  of  1988, 562,  $131,643; 

•  Class  of  1993, 407,  $70,624- 
Attendance  by  Young  Alumni,  who  com- 
prise classes  graduating  after  1993,  was  500. 

During  reunion  weekends,  President  Nan- 
nerl  O.  Keohane  presented  two  awards:  one 
for  participation  and  another  for  largest  An- 
nual Fund  gift.  The  classes  of  1973  and  1948 
shared  the  President's  Award  for  percentage 
of  class  members  giving;  each  class  achieved 
45  percent  participation  in  the  Annual  Fund 
from  class  members.  The  fiftieth-reunion 
class,  1948,  was  led  by  Edwin  Jones,  class 
chair,  and  John  Mackowski,  leadership  gifts 
chair.  The  Class  of  1973,  led  by  Peter  Kenney, 
class  chair;  Susan  and  Mark  Stalnecker,  co- 
leadership  gifts  chairs;  and  "True  Blue"  chair 
Jake  Akers,  won  the  President's  Award  for 
largest  reunion  gift. 

Reunions  '99  will  be  held  April  16-19  for 
the  following  classes:  1949,  1954,  1959,  1964, 
1969,  1974,  1979,  1984,  1989,  1994,  and  the 
Half  Century  Club.  If  you  have  not  received 
information  about  your  upcoming  reunion, 


January-February   1999         21 


SITE 
SIGHTINGS 

DUKE  ALUMNI  ASSOCIATION 


DUKE  MAGAZINE  WEB  EDITION 

www.dukemagazine. 
duke.edu 

DUKE  SPORTS 
www.goDuke.com 

DUKE  MERCHANDISE 

www.shopdukestores. 

duke.edu 


WEB  FEAT 


ALUMNI  E-MAIL  DIRECTORY 

The  Duke  Alumni  Association's  search- 
able online  e-mail  directory  is  up  and 
running.  Now  you  can  find  your  Duke 
friends  on  the  World  Wide  Web.  Just 
access  the  DAA  website  (www.alumni. 
duke.edu),  where  you  can  look  up  the 
e-mail  addresses  of  your  classmates. 
And  don't  forget  to  register  yourself  in 
the  directory  by  e-mailing  your  name 
and  class  year  to  AlumEmail(5  duke.edu. 
THIS  IS  A  FREE  SERVICE. 

LIFETIME  E-MAIL  ADDRESS 

Another  free  service  we're  offering  is  your 
own  permanent  Duke  e-mail  address, 
one  you  can  keep  for  the  rest  of  your  life. 
Select  your  own  alias,  as  long  as  it  is  a 
form  of  your  name  (for  example,  jane. doe 
(5  alumni.duke.edu).  Just  e-mail  your 
name,  class  year,  and  alias  request  to 
AlumEmail@duke.edu.  Your  alias  will  be 
verified  with  an  e-mail  message.  This  for- 
warding service  does  not  replace  your 
existing  Internet  Service  Provider  (ISP), 
and  you'll  need  to  update  us  whenever 


please  contact  the  reunions  office  at  (919)  684- 
5114,  or  check  our  website  (www.adm.duke. 
edu/alumni/ homepage/reunions. html) . 


DAA  BOARD 
CONVENES 


The  Duke  Alumni  Association's  board  of 
directors  met  in  October  for  a  fall 
weekend  that  included  guest  speakers 
and  reports  from  university  administrators. 
The  four  standing  committees — Awards, 
Reunions,  Community  Service,  and  Com- 
munications—  met  Friday  and  Saturday. 
Committee  chairs  summarized  their  sessions 
for  the  full  board  at  the  Sunday  morning 
meeting. 

After  a  luncheon  on  Friday  at  the  Wash- 
ington Duke  Hotel,  DAA  president  John  A. 
Schwarz  III  '56  introduced  Michael  Mez- 
zatesta,  director  of  the  Duke  University  Mu- 
seum of  Art.  Mezzatesta  spoke  of  the  signal 
gift  from  Ray  Nasher  '43,  Duke  trustee  emeri- 
tus, that  will  drive  the  building  of  a  new  art 
museum  on  Campus  Drive. 

Following  a  plenary  session,  members  pro- 
ceeded to  standing  committee  break-out 
meetings  until  the  evening's  cocktail  and  din- 
ner reception.  Committee  meetings  resumed 
Saturday  morning  before  a  luncheon  that  fea- 
tured David  Ferriero,  university  librarian,  as 
speaker.  He  commented  on  developments  at 
the  library,  and  the  board  reconvened  for  a 
tour  of  Perkins.  The  day  ended  with  a  barbe- 
cue dinner  at  the  Devil's  Den  on  Central 
Campus. 

On  Sunday  morning,  the  meeting  of  the 
DAA  board  of  directors  was  called  to  order. 
Here  are  summaries  of  standing-committee 
reports: 

•  Awards  and  Recognition.  Chair  Gary  D. 
Melchionni  73,  J.D.  '81  announced  that  the 
recipient  of  the  Distinguished  Alumni  Award 
had  been  selected,  but  could  not  be  made 
public  pending  notification  of  the  winner.  He 
also  discussed  a  letter  from  the  dean  of  under- 
graduate affairs  at  Trinity  College  that  sug- 
gested only  "regular  rank  faculty"  be  consid- 
ered for  the  Undergraduate  Distinguished 
Teaching  Award.  The  sense  of  the  committee 
was  to  maintain  existing  criteria  based  on  stu- 
dent nominations  of  all  teachers. 

•Reunions.  Chair  Ruth  Wade  Ross  '68 
reported  that  planning  for  Reunions  '99  was 
complete.  All  eleven  classes  and  the  Half 
Century  Club  will  have  headquarter  tents  on 
the  main  quad.  Saturday's  event  will  be  a  din- 
ner-dance under  a  large  tent  near  Wallace 
Wade  Stadium.  Duke  Directions,  a  continuing- 
education  program  that  takes  place  on  the 
Friday  of  the  reunion  weekend,  will  offer  a 
special  session  with  best-selling  author  Tom 


Wolfe,  and  other  sessions  on  the  changing 
nature  of  athletics  and  medicine  in  the  new 
millennium. 

•  Communications.  Chair  Wilton  D.  Alston 
B.S.E.  '81  reported  on  the  progress  of  the 
committee-driven  establishment  of  Internet- 
related  services  for  alumni.  Already  in  place 
are  an  online,  voluntary,  alumni  e-mail  direc- 
tory and  the  option  of  a  "permanent"  e-mail 
address.  In  October,  there  were  3,200  alumni 
in  the  e-mail  directory  and  2,300  had  signed 
on  for  a  lifetime  e-mail  address. 

•  Community  Service.  Chair  N.  Page  Mur- 
ray III  '85  noted  that  Sandy  Ogburn,  Duke's 
Office  of  Community  Affairs  director,  attended 
the  meeting  and  gave  an  update  on  a  joint 
service  project  with  the  alumni  office.  The 
committee  also  discussed  a  new  Duke  Book 
Award  for  secondary  schools  to  present  to 
students  excelling  in  community  service; 
Washington,  D.C.,  and  Jacksonville,  Florida, 
are  being  considered  for  a  pilot  project.  Mur- 
ray also  announced  that  the  committee  was 
working  on  a  community  service  project  for 
the  DAA  board's  meeting  in  May. 


IN  SEARCH  OF 
ALUMNI 


Watch  the  mails:  There's  a  global 
search  for  alumni  to  be  included 
in  the  most  comprehensive  list- 
ing the  Alumni  Affairs  office  and  the  Duke 
Alumni  Association  have  done  to  date.  Alum- 
ni Directory  2000  will  comprise  more  than 
100,000  names,  and  will  be  available  in  hard- 
back, softback,  and — for  the  first  time — a 
CD-ROM  version. 

Each  biographical  listing  offers  your  cur- 
rent name,  and  your  name  when  you  were  a 
student  at  Duke,  class  year,  degrees  earned, 
home  address,  phone  number,  and  names  of 
spouse  and  children,  in  addition  to  detailed 
professional  information.  This  new  edition 
will  list  alumni  alphabetically,  by  class  year, 
and  by  geographic  location,  as  well  as  by 
occupation  in  a  special  career-networking 


22      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


section.  For  alumni  with  electronic  connec- 
tions, a  separate  section  will  list  you  by  name, 
class  year,  and  Internet  address  (e-mail). 

The  Bernard  C.  Harris  Publishing  Com- 
pany, which  is  publishing  the  Duke  Alumni 
Directory  2000,  will  begin  researching  and 
compiling  the  data  by  mailing  all  alumni  a 
questionnaire  in  the  spring  ot  1999.  If  you  are 
planning  to  change  addresses  soon,  please 
notify  our  Records  Office  at  (919)  684-2338 
(e-mail:  bluedeviKSduke.edu)  so  you'll  be  sure 
to  receive  a  directory  questionnaire.  Look  for 
more  details  on  this  project  in  future  issues  of 
the  magazine. 


FIRST  FELKER 
FELLOW... 


With  its  March-April  issue,  Duke 
Magazine  celebrates  its  fifteenth 
anniversary.  To  commemorate  that 
milestone,  the  magazine's  Editorial  Advisory 
Board,  at  its  fall  meeting  in  New  York,  formal- 
ly agreed  to  establish  a  Clay  Felker  Fellows 
program;  the  program  is  named  for  the 
board's  founding  (and  current)  chair,  Felker 
'51,  founding  editor  of  NewYork  magazine  and 
for  decades  a  major  force  in  American  maga- 
zine journalism. 

The  program  supplements  the  magazine's 
longstanding  arrangements  for  student  in- 
terns. It  recognizes  a  particular  student's  ded- 
ication to  the  magazine  and  potential  as  a 
journalist.  And  it  promotes  engagement  with 
the  profession  of  journalism — including  the 
expectation  of  bylined  feature  stories  in  the 
magazine,  provisions  for  the  student  to  join 
the  editorial  staff  at  professional  conferences, 
specially  tailored  meetings  with  visiting  jour- 
nalists and  local  journalists,  opportunities  to 
observe  editorial  operations  at  other  institu- 
tions, and  opportunities  to  structure  a  sum- 
mer experience  related  to  the  student's  pro- 
fessional interests. 

Felker  is  renowned  for  identifying  and  nur- 
turing young  journalistic  talent;  several  years 
ago,  a  New  York  tribute  dinner  for  the  Felker 
Magazine  Center  at  the  University  of  Califor- 
nia at  Berkeley  (where  he  now  teaches)  drew 
more  than  700  of  his  proteges.  For  its  part, 
Duke  Magazine  over  the  years  has  seen  its 
internship  program  help  a  number  of  students 
develop  the  journalistic  skills  —  and  the  jour- 
nalistic enthusiasm — to  launch  them  on  a 
career  path. 

The  inaugural  Clay  Felker  Fellow  is  Philip 
Tinari  '01.  Tinari,  a  third-generation  Duke 
student  from  Huntingdon  Valley,  Pennsylva- 
nia, has  a  self-designed  curriculum  at  Duke 
called  "Intellectual  Foundations  of  Global  Dis- 
course." Internationally  oriented,  he  worked 
in  Rome  last  summer  as  part  of  the  United 


Tinari:  magazine's 


Felker  fellou 


States  delegation  to  the  United  Nations  Con- 
ference on  the  Establishment  of  an  Inter- 
national Criminal  Court.  He  worked  at  the 
same  time  for  the  U.S.  Embassy.  The  previous 
summer,  he  held  an  editorial  assignment  with 
the  Foreign  Policy  Research  Institute  in 
Philadelphia. 

Tinari  is  a  recipient  ot  the  Duke  President's 
Research  Fellowship,  which  was  awarded  to 
just  twenty-five  of  the  university's  13,300  ap- 
plicants in  1997.  This  past  fall,  he  was  a  teach- 
ing fellow  tor  the  freshman  FOCUS  program 
in  Globalization  and  Cultural  Changes.  He 
serves  on  oversight  committees  for  the  Office 
of  Undergraduate  Scholars  and  Fellows  and 
the  faculty-in-residence  program.  His  prime 
athletic  involvement  of  note  —  intriguing  if  a 
bit  incongruous  in  the  Duke  setting — is  his 
participation  on  the  Duke  ski  team. 

Beginning  his  second  semester  as  a  Duke 
Magazine  intern,  Tinari  has  participated  in  in- 
terviews, performed  research  for  the  editorial 
staff,  and  contributed  alumni  and  student 
profiles. 


...AND  OTHER 
HONORS 


Clay  Felker  '51  and  Judy  Woodruff  '68 
are  the  recipients  of  the  first  Futrell 
Awards,  which  will  go  to  outstanding 
Duke  alumni  in  journalism  or  communica- 
tions. The  award  was  established  by  Ashley  B. 
"Brownie"  Futrell  Jr.  '78  in  tribute  to  his  father, 
Ashley  B.  Futrell  Sr.  '33,  for  his  career  contri- 
butions to  Duke  and  to  the  profession  of  jour- 
nalism. The  Futrells  own  and  operate  the 
Pulitzer  Prize -winning  Washington  (North 
Carolina)  Daily  News. 

The  awards  were  presented  at  the  North 
Carolina  Press  Association's  Winter  Institute 
at  Duke  in  late  January.  Felker  and  Woodruff 
each  received  a  $1,000  cash  prize  and  an  en- 
graved gift;  in  addition,  a  permanent  plaque 
will  be  displayed  at  the  De  Witt  Wallace  Center 
for  Communications  and  Journalism  listing 


the  annual  award  recipients. 

Felker  is  visiting  journalism  professor  and 
founder  of  the  Felker  Magazine  Center  at  the 
University  of  California  at  Berkeley.  Widely 
recognized  as  the  major  initiator  of  the  city- 
magazine  movement  in  publishing,  he  founded 
NewYork  magazine  in  1967.  He  had  edited  the 
predecessor  publication,  a  Sunday  magazine 
supplement  to  the  New  York  Herald  Tribune. 
He  went  on  to  become  editor  of  the  Village 
Voice,  editor  and  publisher  of  Esquire,  editor  of 
Adweek,  and  editor  of  Manhattan,  inc.  and  M 
magazines.  A  gifted  editor  in  recognizing  and 
cultivating  talent  —  and  among  the  first  to 
promote  the  "New  Journalism, "  or  narrative, 
point-of-view  journalism — he  has  worked 
with  writers  ranging  from  Tom  Wolfe  to  Gloria 
Steinem. 

Woodruff,  a  veteran  of  more  than  twenty 
years  in  broadcast  journalism,  is  CNN's  prime 
anchor  and  senior  correspondent.  She  co- 
anchors  Inside  Politics,  the  country's  only  daily 
program  devoted  exclusively  to  politics,  and 
V/orldView,  an  hour- long  newscast  that  exam- 
ines major  stories  and  issues  around  the 
world.  She  also  co-anchors  CNN's  special 
coverage  of  such  events  as  political  conven- 
tions and  summits.  In  the  decade  before  she 
joined  CNN,  she  was  the  chief  Washington 
correspondent  for  the  MacNeil/Lehrer  News- 
Hour.  From  1984  to  1990,  she  anchored  public 
television's  award-winning  weekly  documentary 
series  Frontline.  Earlier,  she  was  a  Washington 
correspondent  and  White  House  correspon- 
dent for  NBC. 

Both  Felker  and  Woodruff  received  hon- 
orary degrees  at  last  May's  commencement 
exercises. 


CORRECTION:  An  attendance  number  was 
inadvertently  omitted  from  the  Reunions  sec- 
tion of  the  Duke  Alumni  Association  Annual 
Report  for  1997-98  in  the  September-October 
issue.  The  Class  of  1977's  attendance  at  its 
twentieth  reunion  in  1997  was  202.  We  apol- 
ogize for  the  oversight. 


January-February  1999        23 


3fe  IBufee 

in  pour 

tutll? 


Traditionally,  bequests  have  been 

a  significant  source  of  Duke's 

financial  support.  Your  bequest  to 

Duke  will  help  to  ensure  Duke's 

continued  strength  and 

academic  excellence. 

High  federal  estate  tax  rates 
significandy  lower  the  cost  of 
making  a  bequest  to  Duke. 

Join  more  than  1 ,500  other  Duke 
alumni  and  friends  as  a  member 
of  the  Heritage  Society,  an  honor- 
ary circle  of  University  alumni  and 
friends  who  have  planned  an 
estate  gift  to  Duke. 


Please  contact: 

Michael  Sholtz,  J.D.,  Director 

Office  of  Planned  Giving 

2127  Campus  Drive 

Durham,  N.C.  27708 

(919)  681-0464 
(919)  684-2123 


CLASS 
NOTES 


WRITE:  Class  Notes  Editor,  Duke  Magazine,  614 
Chapel  Dr.,  Durham,  N.C.  27708-0570 

FAX:  (919)  681-1659  (typed  only,  please) 

E-MAIL:  dukemag@duke.edu 

Include  your  full  name,  address,  and 

class  year  when  you  e-mail  us. 

i  CHANGE  OF  ADDRESS:  Alumni  Records, 

!  614  Chapel  Dr.  Annex,  Durham,  N.C.  27708-0613. 

I  Please  include  mailing  label.  Or  e-mail  address 

|  changes  to:  hluedevil(5  duke.edu 

!   NOTICE:  Because  of  the  volume  of  class 
note  material  we  receive  and  the  long 
lead  time  required  for  typesetting, 
design,  and  printing,  your  submission 
may  not  appear  for  two  to  three  issues. 
Alumni  are  urged  to  include  spouses' 
names  in  marriage  and  birth  announce- 
ments. We  do  not  record  engagements. 


40s,  50s  &  60s 


S.  Hubbell  '43,  M.D.  46,  who  retired  from 
teaching  surgery  at  the  University  of  South  Florida, 
teaches  anatomy  and  collects  Mark  Twain  hooks  and 
letters.  His  wife,  Barbara  Baynard  Hubbell  47, 

does  interior  decorating  and  gardening.  They  live  in 
St.  Petersburg,  Fla. 

Carl  F.  Sapp  49  represented  Duke  in  October  at 
the  inauguration  of  the  president  of  Bradford  College, 
in  Haverhill,  Mass.  He  lives  in  Durham. 

Tom  Sanders  '52  and  Mary  Elder  Lasher 

'53,  A.M.  '58  share  a  mountainside  house  in  Asheville, 
N.C.  Before  their  retirement,  he  taught  at  Brown 
University  and  she  was  a  curriculum  coordinator  for 
the  Greenville,  S.C.,  public  schools  and  taught  history 
at  Furman  University.  He  is  director  of  the  World 
Affairs  Council  of  Western  North  Carolina  and  she  is 
president-elect  of  Asheville  Sister  Cities. 

Nelson  Painter  Jackson  '53  represented  Duke 
in  November  at  the  inauguration  of  the  president  of 
The  Catholic  University  of  America,  in  Washington, 
D.C.  He  lives  in  Alexandria,  Va. 


'54  was  inducted  into  the  Western 
New  York  Baseball  Hall  of  Fame  in  September.  He 
pitched  for  the  only  two  Duke  baseball  teams  to  play 
in  the  College  World  Series,  in  1952  and  1953.  He  is 
the  executive  director  of  the  Sisters  Hospital  Foun- 
dation, the  fund-raising  arm  of  the  Sisters  Hospital  in 
Buffalo,  N.Y.  He  lives  in  Tonawanda,  N.Y. 


S.  James  English  III  '56  retired  as  general 
manager  of  WTMD-FM,Towson  University's  public 
radio  station.  He  was  an  adjunct  faculty  member 
teaching  media  performance  and  radio  production  in 
the  university's  mass  communication  department.  He 
lives  in  Baltimore. 

Patricia  A.  Jones  '58  presided  as  national  presi- 
dent at  the  July  meeting  of  the  trustees  of  The 
Educational  Foundation  for  Women  in  Accounting. 
She  is  a  CPA  in  the  firm  Jones,  Wheeler  &  Co.,  and 
lives  in  Santa  Barbara,  Calif. 

Carol  Louise  Anspach  Kohn  '60  represented 
Duke  in  November  at  the  inauguration  of  the  presi- 
dent of  The  Chicago  Theological  Seminary.  She  is  a 
Duke  trustee  and  lives  in  Highland  Park,  111. 


Pete  Coggeshall  B.S.M.E.  '61  retired  in  July,  after 
working  for  Amoco  for  35  years.  He  and  his  wife, 
Sandy,  moved  from  Chicago  to  Colorado  Springs, 
Colo.,  where  they  are  building  their  "dream  home  with 
a  mountain  view, "  he  writes. 

Clark  G.  Reynolds  A.M.  '63,  Ph.D.  '64,  a 
professor  at  the  College  of  Charleston,  is  the  author  of 
Navies  in  History,  published  by  Naval  Institute  Press. 
He  lives  in  Mount  Pleasant,  S.C. 

Zeb  E.  Barnhardt  Jr.  '64  retired  from  practicing 
law  with  Womble  Carlyle  Sandridge  &  Rice  and 
established  Barnhardt  &  Associates,  Inc.,  a  consulting 
firm  for  small  and  growing  businesses.  He  and  his  wife, 
Pamela,  live  in  Clemmons,  N.C. 


Austell  Craver'64  is  chief  e 
officer  and  president  of  The  First  National  Bank  of 
Shelby,  N.C. 

Jane  Black  Harris  '65  is  a  management  and 
personal  development  instructor  in  Sara  Lee  Knit 
Products'  University  for  Employee  Excellence.  She 
and  her  husband,  Justus,  and  their  four  children  live 
Winston-Salem,  N.C. 


S.  Kitterman  '65  is  vice  president, 
operations,  for  Intellectual  Development  Systems,  Inc. 
He  lives  in  Sparks,  Md. 

Margaret  Leahy  '65  chairs  the  interior  design 
department  at  Moore  College  of  Art  and  Design  in 
Philadelphia. 

Craig  Ward  J.D.  '65  was  elected  chairman  of  the 
board  of  The  Children's  Home  Society  of  Florida  for  a 
two-year  term.  He  is  an  attorney  in  Orlando. 

John  L.  Crossno  '67,  an  associate  professor  of 
history  at  Peace  College  in  Raleigh,  was  named  the 
college's  director  of  institutional  effectiveness.  He  lives 
in  Raleigh. 

Michael  DiLeo  '68  won  the  Society  of  American 
Travel  Writers'  1997  Lowell  Thomas  Award  in  the 
environmental  tourism  category  for  his  story  "Undoing 
a  Dam, "  which  appeared  in  American  Way  magazine. 
He  and  his  wife  and  two  sons  live  in  Austin,  Texas. 

Larry  C.  Ethridge  '68  chairs  the  American  Bar 
Association's  section  of  state  and  local  government 
law.  His  law  firm  recently  merged  with  Ackerson, 
Mosley  &Yann,  in  Louisville,  Ky.  He  is  also  general 
counsel  to  the  Mobile  Pdverine  Force  Association. 
He  and  his  wife,  Edith,  and  their  two  children  live 
in  Louisville. 

Pender  M.  McCarter  '68  was  elected  a  Fellow 
of  the  Public  Relations  Society  of  America.  The 
PRSA's  College  of  Fellows  includes  less  than  2  percent 
of  the  professional  society's  total  membership  and 
comprises  members  who  have  distinguished  them- 
selves as  professionals  and  mentors.  He  lives  in 
Washington,  D.C. 


A.  Nunley  '69  was  re-elected  to  the 
American  Orthopaedic  Foot  and  Ankle  Society's 
board  of  directors.  He  is  a  professor  in  the  division 
of  orthopaedic  surgery  at  Duke  Medical  Center  and 
is  a  member  of  the  Surgical  Private  Diagnostic  Clinic 
in  Durham.' 


MARRIAGES:  Zeb  E.  Barnhardt  Jr.  '64  to 

Pamela  Hall  on  April  25.  Residence:  Clemmons, 
N.C...  Jane  Black  Barnhardt '65  to  Justus 
Everett  Harris  on  May  17, 1997.  Residence:  Winston- 
Salem.Frances  Payne  Darr  '67  to  Rodger 
B.  Parker '68  on  Aug.  9.  Residence:  Charlotte. 


24      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


mMsmnnm 


FAKING  FAULKNER 


1  though  many 


J^^^  Southern  writ- 
ers  might  be  offended 
to  have  their  work 
regarded  as  a  William 
Faulkner  imitation, 
one  Missouri  physician 
was  quite  honored. 
Robert  Blake  Jr. '67 
was  "jubilant"  when 
he  heard  in  July  that 
his  work  "Pile  On" 
had  clinched  first  place 
in  the  annual  Jack 
Daniels  Faux  Faulkner 


His  winning  entry, 
its  tide  an  allusion  to 
the  novel  Pylon,  strings 
nearly  200  words  into 
an  intense  chronicle  of 
a  gridiron  down.  In  true 
Faulk  nerian  complexity, 
Blake  never  uses  the 
word  football,  referring 
to  the  object  of  his  nar- 
rative as  a  "leather 
oblong  not-trophy,  nei- 
ther chalice,  but  rather 
palpable  symbol  of 
insatiable  honor,  im- 
pregnable, invincible 
but  ephemeral." 

The  players  assemble 
themselves  with  "hands 
splayed  on  bended 
knees,  semicrouched 
in  rapt  immobility." 
They  begin  "with  the 
sound,  an  inviolate 
sonorous  command, 
refusing  abnegation, 
compelling  allegiance" 
of  the  quarterback's 
voice,  until  they  hear 
"the  penetrant  whistling 
infiltrating  through  the 
laboriously  unlimber- 
ing  extrication  of  virile 
man-flesh  to  the  abject 
fury  of  disembodied 
surrender." 

"Almost  all  of  my 
other  writing  is  medi- 
cal," says  Blake,  who 
has  published  more 
than  seventy  journal 
articles  on  social  stress- 
es, support  networks, 
and  coping.  A  professor 
of  family  and  commu- 
nity medicine  at  Uni- 
versity of  Missouri- 
Columbia  medical 
school,  Blake  says  his 
victory  came  as  a  sur- 
prise to  the  countless 


careers. 

Blake  is  a  Durham 
native,  the  son  of  a 


Prize  -winning  Blake:  framing  football  in  i 
fashion  Faulknerian 


medical  illustrator, 
Robert,  who  worked 
for  forty-two  years  at 
Duke  Hospital.  His 
brother,  Kennard, 
works  in  the  1990s 
equivalent  of  his 
father's  department, 
making  medical  films. 

Like  his  family 
roots,  Blake's  literary 
inclinations  are  mark- 
edly Southern.  Faulk- 
ner's are  just  some  of 
the  works  on  a  book- 
shelf that  includes 
works  by  Flannery 
O'Connor,  Jul  McCor- 
kle,  Cormac  McCarthy, 
and  Ernest  Gaines. 
But  the  master's 
Mississippi  musings 
remain  at  the  top  of 
his  list  And  The  Sound 
and  the  Fury,  his  first 
Yoknapatawpha 
experience,  is  still  his 
favorite.  "I  read  at 
least  one  of  his  novels 
a  year,"  says  Blake. 
"I  just  think  he  is  the 
best." 

The  lifelong  love 
began  in  Blake's  fresh- 
man year  at  Duke, 
when  a  then-junior 
English  faculty  mem- 
ber, Professor  Emeritus 
Gerald  Gerber,  re- 
quired the  chemistry 


major  to  read  The 
Sound  and  the  Fury  for 
a  survey  course  on 
American  literature. 
Though  Blake  has 
maintained  a  scientific 
focus  throughout  his 
academic  career,  litera- 
ture is  perhaps  his 
favorite  diversion. 

Actually  writing  the 
piece  took  less  than  an 
evening.  "Before  that, 
I  thought  about  the 
idea  for  a  year  or  two, 
kind  of  formulating  it 
in  my  head."  After 
showing  it  to  his  wife, 
Cokie,  and  their  two 
sons,  Blake  set  the 
composition  aside  for 
several  months.  He 
had  heard  about  the 
nine-year-old  contest 
earlier,  and  entered 
when  he  saw  an  ad  in 
a  publication  from  the 
University  of  Missis- 
sippi ! 


The  Jack  Daniels 
Corporation,  which 
sponsors  the  competi- 
tion, honored  Blake 
with  "a  lot  of  whis- 
key." Since  he  doesn't 
drink  whiskey,  Blake 
has  given  much  of  the 
loot  away,  keeping  "a 
few  bottles  as  tro- 


phies." (Or  should  we 
say  not-trophies  nei- 
ther chalices?) 

He  also  won  a  trip 
to — and  a  chance  to 
read  his  parody  at — 
the  yearly  "Faulkner 
and  Yoknapatawpha" 
conference,  which  the 
University  of  Missis- 
sippi sponsors  at  the 
author's  antebellum 
home.  "It  was  an  inter- 
esting mix  of  aca- 
demics and  people 
who  just  love  Faulk- 
ner," Blake  recalls. 

The  victory  brought 
some  national  press, 
which  prompted  a 
shower  of  correspon- 
dence from  old  friends, 
Faulkner-loving  and 
otherwise.  Several 
would-be  relatives 
wrote  and  called  to  see 
if  they  could  claim 
kinship  based  on  a 
shared  surname. 


•  expected  to 


win,"  he  says  of  the 
contest  entered  annu- 
ally by  hundreds  of 
Faulkner  scholars  and 
career  novelists.  "I  did 
it  just  to  take  part. 
Faulkner  is  my  favorite 
author.  I  wanted  to 
acknowledge  him,  and 
to  tell  myself  I  had  par- 
odied him." 

The  prized  plunge 
into  football  does  not 
follow  direcdy  from 
either  the  author's 
work  or  the  pundit's 
personal  experience. 
"[Faulkner]  mentions 
football  briefly  in 
Sanctuary,  and  uses 
some  of  the  imagery  in 
Pylon,  but  that's  about 
it"  Blake's  own 
pigskin-toting  was 
short-lived;  he  relin- 
quished his  early  ado- 
lescent gridiron  yearn- 
ings after  a  year  of 
high  school  play. 
Though  it  provided  a 
vehicle  for  his  Faux 
Faulkner  prowess, 
"football,"  he  admits, 
"is  certainly  not  my 
favorite  sport."  Ever 
current  with  the  Blue 
Devils,  Blake  says, 
"basketball  is  my 
favorite  sport." 


-Philip  Tinari  '01 


Lawrence  Edward  McCrone  71  is  a  principal 
ecologist  with  the  Exponent  Environmental  Group  in 
Bellevue.Wash.  He  and  his  wife,  Heather,  live  in  Bellevue. 


Lynn  Saville  71  received  the  first  "Scanno  dei  Foto- 
grafi"  award  for  her  photographs  of  Scanno,  a  mountain 
town  east  of  Rome.  She  is  known  for  her  black-and- 
white  photographs  collected  in  her  book  Acijuainteii  with 
the  Night  (Rizzoli,  1997).  She  lives  in  New  York  City. 

Walter  W.  Manley  II  J.D.  72  has  published  the 
hook  The  Supreme  Court  of  Florida  and  Its  Predecessor 
Courts,  1821-1917,  after  working  on  it  for  six  years.  He 
lives  in  Tallahassee,  Fla.,  and  is  president  of  Florida 
North  Shore  Technology  Centers. 


M.Ed.  72  is  president  of 
National  Charities  Information  Bureau,  a  charity 
watchdog  organization.  He  lives  in  New  York  City. 

Kathryn  Braun  73  retired  as  head  of  Western 
Digital  Corp.'s  desktop  computer  hard-drive  business. 
As  the  company's  No.  2  executive,  she  was  in  charge 
of  the  $3-hillion  desktop  business  since  its  founding  10 
years  ago.  She  lives  in  Newport  Beach,  Calif. 

Sally  Tom  73,  B.S.N.  75  was  inducted  as  a  Fellow 
in  the  American  College  ofNurse-Midwives  in 
recognition  of  her  distinguished  achievements  in 
advocacy  for  better  health-care  for  women  and 
infants.  She  lives  in  Silver  Spring,  Md. 

Hank  Jones  76  joined  the  law  firm  Arnold,  White 
&  Durkee,  where  he  leads  its  Internet  and  information 
technologies  practice.  He  lives  in  Austin,  Texas. 

Robert  E.  Lowdermilk  III  M.Div.  76  became 
the  tenth  president  of  the  United  Methodist-related 
Wood  College  in  Mathiston,  Mo. 

Nancy  M.  Schlichting  76  was  appointed  senior 
vice  president  and  chief  administrative  officer  of 
Henry  Ford  Health  System.  She  lives  in  Detroit,  Mich. 

Henry  C.  Deaver  77  was  named  principal  with 
the  financial  services  practice  of  Ray  &.  Bemdtson  in 
Chicago. 

Allan  C.  DeLaine  77,  J.D.  '81  has  established  a 
law  practice  in  Clayton,  N.C. 

Elizabeth  Hoop  Fay  77  is  a  partner  in  the 
Philadelphia  office  of  Morgan,  Lewis  and  Bockins.  She 
and  her  husband,  Joseph,  and  their  two  daughters  live 
inVillanova.Pa. 

Jay  R.  Hone  J.D.  77,  an  attorney,  has  a  litigation 
practice  in  Albuquerque,  N.M.,  where  he  and  his  wife, 
Heather  Wilson,  and  their  children  live. 

Peter  Levinson  77  is  an  investment  limited 
partner  at  JC  Bradford.  He  and  his  wife,  Cynthia,  and 
their  two  children  live  in  Charlotte. 


77  was  named  president  of  the 
newly  established  investment  management  unit  of 
First  Union  Corp.,  First  Union  Institutional  Debt 
Management  Inc.  He  lives  in  Charlotte,  N.C. 

Janet  Walberg  Rankin  77  was  promoted  to  foil 
professor  at  Virginia  Tech  in  the  department  of  health 
nutrition,  foods,  and  exercise.  She  and  her  family  are 
on  sabbatical  at  Colorado  State  University  for  this 
academic  year. 

H.  Glenn  Tucker  77,  J.D.  '80  became  a  named 
partner  at  the  law  firm  Greenberg  Dauber  Epstein  & 
Tucker  in  Newark,  N.J.  He  and  his  wife,  Wendy,  and 
their  three  children  live  in  Westfield,  N.J. 

Julia  Caudle  Cogburn  78  is  director  of  plan- 
ning and  development  for  the  city  of  Asheville,  N.C. 

Marylou  Queally  Salvati  78  is  a  senior  district 


January-February  1999        25 


manager  for  Equitable  Life  Assurance,  in  Greenwich, 
Conn. 

Carolyn  S.  Wilson  78,  a  member  of  Womble 
Carlyle  Sandridge  &  Rice,  was  appointed  president  of 
Commercial  Real  Estate  Women  of  Atlanta,  Inc. 
CREW  is  a  group  of  more  than  300  top  professionals 
in  Atlanta  commercial  real  estate. 

Christopher  B.  Hughes  M.Div.  79  represented 
Duke  in  October  at  the  inauguration  of  the  president 
of  Wood  College,  Robert  E.  Lowdermilk  III 

M.Div.  76,  in  Lake  Junaluska,  N.C. 


L.  Mazur  79  is  the  founder  and  president 
of  Progressive  Handicapping,  Inc.,  a  Hollywood,  Fla.- 
based  company  that  writes  and  publishes  books  relating 
to  thoroughbred  horse  racing.  He  and  his  wife,  Davia 
Odell  Mazur  '80,  J.D.  '85,  and  their  two  sons  live  in 
Cooper  City,  Fla. 

MARRIAGES:  Lawrence  Eward  McCrone 

71  to  Heather  Day  West  on  Jan.  1, 1998.  Residence: 
Bellevue,Wash....Gerald  C.  Stoppel  M.Div.  77 
to  Jo  Stafford  on  Oct.  16.  Residence:  Saugatuck,  Mich. 


BIRTHS:  Son  to  R.  Jeffrey  Smith  75  and  Rhon- 
da Joy  Tobin  '84,  J.D.  '90  on  May  27.  Named 
Benjamin  Michael  Smith.. .Third  child  and  first  son 
to  Hank  Jones  76  and  Sally  Rice  Jones  77 

on  April  25.  Named  Henry  Hodge. ..Second  child  and 
daughter  to  Elizabeth  Hoop  Fay  77  and  Joseph 
B.G  Fay  on  March  27.  Named  Maura  Sloan.. .Second 
child  and  daughter  to  Peter  Levinson  77  and 
Cynthia  Levinson  on  April  5.  Named  Sophie  Nicole- 
Third  child  and  son  to  Julia  Caudle  Cogburn 
78  and  Steven  Douglas  Cogburn  on  July  23.  Named 
Jacob  Killian... Second  child  and  first  daughter  to 
John  K.  Dolph  B.S.E.  78  and  Andrea  Dolph  on 
March  17.  Named  Emelyn  Paige. ..Son  to  Marylou 
Queally  Salvati  78  and  Michael  Salvati  on  Jan. 
27, 1998.  Named  Luke  MichaeL.A  daughter  to 
Kathryn  Ross  Arterberry  79  and  Joe  Franklin 
Arterberry  on  Aug.  2.  Named  Elizabeth  Ross... 
Daughter  to  Joe  Sinsabaugh  79  and  Sharon 
Sinsabaugh  on  July  16.  Named  Sylvia  Grace.. .Third 
child  and  daughter  to  Drake  Zaharris  79  and 
Kim  Zaharris  79  on  July  13.  Named  Cole  Bretten. 


Davide  M.  Carbone  M.H.A.  '80  is  president  and 
CEO  of  Aventura  Hospital  and  Medical  Center,  which 
was  named  one  of  the  100  top  hospitals  for  the  third 
year  in  a  row.  The  results  of  the  study,  conducted  by  two 
independent  consulting  firms,  appeared  in  the  January 
1998  issue  of  Modem  Healthcare  magazine.  He  and  his 
wife,  Barbara,  and  their  two  sons  live  in  Parkland,  Fla. 

Gayle  Anna  Weinraub  '80  participated  in  her 
third  mission  trip  to  Fortaleza,  Brazil,  with  Northside 
Church  of  Christ  in  San  Antonio,  Texas.  Since  1995,  she 
has  worked  at  The  Psychological  Corp.  in  San  Antonio. 

Bruce  Dawson  Coleman  '82  is  a  real-estate 
developer  in  Rochester,  N.Y.,  and  owner  of  six  Jiffy  Lube 
franchises  in  the  area.  He  and  his  wife,  Veronica 
Coleman  'SX  live  in  Rochester. 

Vicki  Foster  Lofland  '82  is  executive  vice  presi- 
dent of  Weil  Foot  and  Ankle  Institute  in  Des  Plaines,  111. 
She  and  her  husband,  Michael,  live  in  Rolling  Meadows, 
111.  Her  Internet  address  is  vlofland@  aol.com. 

John  L.  Austin  '83  is  an  assistant  professor  of 
communications  and  theater  at  Illinois  College  in 
Jacksonville,  111. 

Margaret  Rennolds  Chace  S3  was  promoted 
to  vice  president  and  managing  editor  of  Harry  N. 
Abrams,  Inc.,  Publishers,  in  New  York. 


Veronica  Coleman  '83  is  an  interior  designer  in 
Riverside,  Conn.  She  and  her  husband,  Bruce 
Dawson  Coleman '82,  live  in  Rochester,  N.Y. 

Clay  Robinson  '83  joined  Projections,  Inc.,  an  At- 
lanta-based communications  firm  specializing  in  union 
avoidance  and  employee  benefits  issues.  He  lives  in  Nor- 
cross,  Ga.  His  Internet  address  is  clay(5  unionfree.com. 

Randy  Zeno  '83,  M.B.A.  '86  joined  International 
Home  Foods  as  senior  vice  president  and  general  man- 
ager. He  and  his  wife,  Kathy  Zeno  '83,  M.B.A.  '86, 
and  their  two  children  live  in  Ridgewood,  N.J. 

Paul  A.  Gydosh  Jr.  M.B.A.  '84  was  named  one 
of  the  nation's  300  Best  Financial  Advisers  by  Worth 
Magazine  in  its  September  1998  issue.  He  is  also  presi- 
dent of  the  Rotary  Club  in  Dublin,  Ohio. 


lit  B.S.N.  '84  is  territory  manager  for 
Karl  Storz  Endoscopy  in  New  England.  She  and  her 
husband,  James  Joseph  Linsdell,  live  in  Boston. 

Craig  Cone  Freeman  '85  writes  that  he  spent 
last  year  traveling  to  "various  corners  of  the  globe. 
Reality,  however,  remains  providing  consulting  services 
on  water  quality  projects,  playing  soccer,  and  freeing 
the  occasional  cork  in  San  Francisco." 

Patrick  R.  Hayes  '85,  an  Air  Force  major, 
reported  for  duty  at  National  Naval  Medical  Center 
in  Bethesda,  Md. 


'Bud"  P.  Nixon  III  '85,  M.B.A.  '92  is  a 
technology  consultant  with  American  Management 
Systems.  He  and  his  wife,  Deborah  Gardner 

Nixon  '88,  and  their  daughter  live  in  Charlotte. 

Susan  L.  Trevarthen  '85  was  certified  as  a  spe- 
cialist in  city,  county,  and  local  government  law  by  the 
Florida  Bar  in  August.  She  practices  law  with  Burke, 
Weaver  &  Prell  in  Boca  Raton. 

Madelyn  Adams  Cobb  '86  was  appointed  vice 
president,  employee  development,  for  The  Atlanta 
Journal-Constitution.  She  lives  in  Atlanta. 

David  R.  Hazouri  '86  is  an  associate  in  the  Miami 
office  of  Shook,  Hardy  &  Bacon. 

Wanda  Pak  '86,  M.D.  '94,  who  completed  her  resi- 
dency in  ophthalmology  at  Vanderbilt  University 
Medical  Center,  joined  University  Eye  Surgeons  in 
Knoxville  and  is  on  the  faculty  at  the  University  of 
Tennessee,  Knoxville. 

Ronald  B.  "Rob"  Drabkin  '87  works  for  the 
Intel  Corp.  in  Santa  Clara  as  the  supply  chain  integra- 
tion manager  for  its  assembly  and  test  factories.  He 
and  his  wife,  Davina,  live  in  Burlingame,  Calif. 

Lane  Hensley  '87  is  a  student  at  Seabury-Western 
Theological  Seminary  in  Evanston,  III.,  studying  for  or- 
dination to  the  Episcopal  priesthood.  He  and  his  wife, 
Rebecca,  and  their  two  children  live  in  Lake  Forest,  111. 


'87,  a  clinical  psychologist, 
opened  his  own  practice  in  Washington,  D.C.,  in  1997. 
He  also  works  for  a  private  health-care  company. 

Maria  Sophocles  Martin  '87  is  practicing 
obstetrics  and  gynecology  in  Summit,  N.J.  She  and  her 
husband,  J.  Alex  Martin,  and  their  two  sons  live  in 
Madison,  N.J. 

Bob  Swoap  'S7  is  a  professor  of  psychology  at 
Warren  Wilson  College.  He  and  his  wife,  Christine, 
live  in  Asheville,  N.C. 


Jackie  Linn  Earner  '88  is  an  assistant  vice  presi- 
dent at  MGI  Properties,  based  in  Boston.  She  and  her 
husband,  Jeff,  and  their  daughter  live  in  Walpole,  Mass. 

Gary  L.  Goldsholle  '88  is  assistant  general  coun- 
sel with  NASD  Regulation,  Inc.  in  Washington,  D.C. 
He  and  his  wife,  Theresa,  and  their  son  live  in  Silver 
Spring,  Md. 


Khinda  '88  is  a  manager  in 
the  CIS  Group  at  FannieMae.  She  and  her  husband, 
Philip,  and  their  two  sons  live  in  Washington,  D.C. 

Deborah  Gardner  Nixon  '88,  who  is  completing 
dermatology  training,  will  be  working  with  a  group  in 
Charlotte.  She  and  her  husband,  William  "Bud" 
P.  Nixon  III  '85,  M.B.A.  '92,  and  their  daughter  live 
in  Charlotte. 

Carolyn  Zander  Alford  '39  is  an  associate  at 
King  &  Spalding.  She  and  her  husband.  Tucker  Alford, 
live  in  Atlanta. 

Laura  Ferguson  Bednarski  '89  is  an  attorney 
at  Faegre  &  Benson  in  Minneapolis.  She  and  her  hus- 
band, Piotr,  live  in  St.  Louis  Park,  Minn. 

Nelson  Bellido  '89  is  an  associate  at  the  Miami 
office  of  the  law  firm  Hinshaw  &  Culbertson. 

William  P.  Geraghty  '89  joined  the  Miami  office 
of  Shook,  Hardy  &  Bacon  as  an  associate.  He  and  his 
wife,  Corina  Caminos-Geraghty  '91,  live  in 
Miami  Beach. 

Marjorie  Silverman  Guff ey  S9  is  a  senior  con- 
sultant with  KMPG  Peat  Marwick  in  White  Plains, 
N.Y.  Her  husband,  Mark  Guff  ey  '89,  is  a  proposal 
manager  with  MCI  in  Rye  Brook,  N.Y.  The  couple  and 
their  son  live  in  Rye  Brook. 

Susan  Denman  Kadri  '89  is  a  product  director 
in  the  women's  health  division  of  Johnson  &  Johnson. 
She  and  her  husband,  Paul,  live  outside  Princeton,  N.J. 

Catherine  L.  Pollitt  '89,  a  Navy  lieutenant,  par- 
ticipated in  a  multinational  exercise  while  on  a  six- 
month  deployment  to  the  Mediterranean  Sea  and 
Arabian  Gulf  aboard  the  destroyer  USS  Stump. 

James  R.  Tobin  Jr.  '89  is  director  of  public 
affairs  for  the  Michigan  Jobs  Commission,  the  state's 
economic  development  agency.  He  and  his  wife, 
Kathy,  and  their  daughter  live  in  Okemos,  Mich.  His 
Internet  address  is  tobinjtg  aol.com. 

MARRIAGES:  Bruce  Dawson  Coleman  '82  to 
Veronica  Penelope  Laughlin  'S3  on  Aug.  22. 

Residence:  Rochester,  NY    Juliana  Smit  B.S.N. 
'84  to  James  Joseph  Linsdell  on  Sept.  26.  Residence: 
Boston.. .Jennifer  Showhite  '84  to  Angus 
MacLachlan  on  Sept.  22  in  Prince  Edward  Island, 
Canada.  Residence:  Winston-Salem.. .Vernon 
Webster  Johnson  III  'S6  to  Kathleen  Louise 
Mullins  on  June  20.  Residence:  Washington,  D.C... 
Carolyn  Zander  '89  to  J.  Tucker  Alford  on  June 
13.  Residence:  Atlanta. 


BIRTHS:  First  child  and  son  t 
'80  and  Mary  Czajkowski  on  April  25.  Named  Nicholas 
Cassara  Goldrosen... Second  child  and  first  daughter  to 
Irma  Kanter  Nimitz  '84  and  Warren  Nimitz  on 
June  7.  Named  Abigail  Leigh.. .Son  to  Rhonda  Joy 
Tobin  '84,  J.D.  '90  and  R.  Jeffrey  Smith  75  on 
May  27.  Named  Benjamin  Michael  Smith. ..Fourth 
child  and  third  son  to  Amy  Cozewith  Giddon 
'85  and  Ken  Giddon  on  Oct.  19, 1997.  Named  William 
Cole. ..Second  son  to  Matt  Koch  '85  and  Kandi 
Koch  on  Aug.  3.  Named  Ryan  Joseph...  First  child  and 
son  to  Robert  Harleston  Lesesne  '85  and 
Margaret  Wueste  Lesesne  '86  on  Jan.  19, 1998. 
Named  Samuel  "Sam"  Brodie...  Third  child  and  son  to 
Cymantha  Diaz  Liakos  '85  and  William  G. 
Liakos  '85  on  Aug.  5.  Named  Gus  Hendricks...First 
child  and  daughter  to  William  "Bud"  Preston 
Nixon  III  '85,  M.B.A.  '92  and  Deborah  Gard- 
ner Nixon  '88  on  Aug.  19.  Named  Kristen  Ivy- 
Third  child  and  second  daughter  to  Stephanie 
Childs  Struble  '85  and  Bob  Struble  on  Sept.  12. 
Named  Mary  Christina. ..Second  child  and  son  to 
Suzanne  Mann  Zilber  '85  and  J.  Adin  Mann  III 
on  Aug.  24.  Named  Aaron  Zilber  Mann...Son  to 


26      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


mamrn 


DIAMOND  LIFE 


B 


efore  he  gradu- 
ated from 
Duke,  Quinton 
McCracken  '92  had  to 
decide  whether  to  play 
professional  football  or 
baseball.  A  star  second 
baseman  and  defensive 
back  at  Duke,  the 
muscular  McCracken 
runs  like  the  wind  but 
stands  only  5-foot-7 
and  weighs  175  pounds. 
'Tor  a  guy  with  my 
skills  and  stature,"  he 
says,  "I  had  a  better 
chance  for  a  career  in 
baseball  than  football 
or  basketball.  My  body 
would  be  pretty  much 
destroyed  if  I  tried  the 
other  two." 

"So  far,  it's  turned 
out  for  the  best,"  says 
McCracken,  an  out- 
fielder for  the  Tampa 
Bay  Devil  Rays.  "Of 
course,  I  still  have  a  lot 
of  work  to  do  to  better 
myself  as  a  player." 

As  reporter  Bruce 
Herman  in  Devils  Rays 
Magazine  describes 
him:  "The  Devil  Rays 
outfielder — probably 
their  most  consistent 
performer  all  year 
long — is  not  prone  to 
taking  frivolous  chances 
or  letting  emotions 
befog  his  judgment. 
Around  the  clubhouse, 
teammates  find  him 
pleasant,  though  quiet 
In  the  media  commu- 
nity, he  is  respected  for 
his  approachability,  yet 
notorious  for  his 
straight-forward,  run- 
of-the-mill  quotes." 
The  write-up  goes  on 
to  characterize  his 
"zest  for  life"  and  his 
"tenacious  loyalty  for 
the  people  who  have 
touched  his  own." 

"He  plays  baseball 
the  way  it's  supposed 
to  be  played — hard," 
says  Tampa  Bay  out- 
field coach  Billy  Hat- 
cher. "When  other 
guys  see  that,  they  try 
to  play  as  hard  as  he 
does." 

One  of  six  siblings, 
McCracken  grew  up  in 
Southport,  North 
Carolina,  a  town  of 
2,500  people  south  of 
Wilmington.  His  father 
spent  most  of  his  life 


McCracken:  "He  plays  baseball  the  way  it's  supposed  to  be  played-hard." 


on  the  docks,  loading 
and  unloading  ships; 
his  mother  worked  as  a 
teacher  and  teacher's 
aide.  After  a  storied 
career  there  as  a  high 
school  athlete  in  four 
sports,  he  came  to 
Duke — and  within 
months,  found  himself 
a  starting  cornerback 
for  the  football  team 
(which  would  share 
the  ACC  title),  and 
then  the  opening-day 
shortstop  (and  eventu- 
al team  MVP)  on  the 
diamond.  "In  the 
spring,  after  football 
practice,  he  would 
often  still  have  his  pads 
on  when  he'd  job  over 
to  the  baseball  field  for 
a  little  batting  prac- 
tice," according  to 
Devils  Rays  Magazine. 

McCracken  graduat- 
ed with  a  major  in 
political  science  and  a 
minor  in  history — and 


with  a  .349  career 
average  along  with 
ninety-eight  stolen 
bases.  While  a  four- 
year  letterman  in  foot- 
ball, he  became,  in  his 
baseball  phase,  Duke's 
all-time  leader  in  runs 
scored,  base  hits,  triples, 
and  stolen  bases.  He 
was  drafted  in  the 
twenty-fifth  round  by 
the  Colorado  Rockies. 
"Anybody  that  drafts 
Quinton  is  going  to 
love  him  when  he 
shows  up  for  camp," 
said  his  coach,  Mike 
Traylor,  at  the  time. 

In  1993,  his  second 
year  as  a  baseball  pro- 
fessional, he  switched 
from  second  base  to 
center  field  and  was 
named  the  Rockies' 
Minor  League  Player 
of  the  Year.  Two  years 
later,  he  led  all  switch- 
hitters  in  professional 
baseball  with  a  com- 


bined .359  average  for 
the  Double-A  New 
Haven  and  Triple-A 
Colorado  Springs 
teams;  he  made  his 
big-league  debut  the 
following  September. 
In  his  two  full  seasons 
with  the  Rockies,  as  a 
part-time  outfielder,  he 
batted  .290  and  .292 
before  being  selected 
in  the  expansion  draft 
by  Tampa  Bay. 

"I'm  far  from  a 
finished  product," 
McCracken  told  a 
sports  writer.  "I  know 
this.  I  also  know  that 
whenever  you  stop 
growing  or  stop  learn- 
ing, it's  time  to  move 
on.  I  want  to  come  out 
every  day  and  contin- 
ue to  work  hard  and 
improve  every  aspect 
of  my  game.  If  I  get 
better  each  and  every 
day,  only  good  things 
can  happen." 


Elizabeth  Barksdale  Barker  '86  and  Michael 
R.  Barker  on  Sept.  26, 1997.  Named  Elias  Kivett... 
Second  child  and  first  daughter  to  Judy  Freed 
Carter  M.B.A.  '86  and  Robert  E.  Carter 
M.B.A.  '86  on  July  17.  Named  Rachel  Anna...First 
child  and  daughter  to  Randi  Kent  Gordon  '86 
and  Steven  Gordon  on  July  3.  Named  Eliana  Dori... 
Third  child  and  second  son  to  Jeffrey  W.  Jones 
'86  and  Lisa  L.  Jones  on  Sept.  23.  Named  Andrew- 
Patrick.. .First  child  and  son  to  Margaret  Wueste 
Lesesne  '86  and  Robert  Harleston  Lesesne 
'85  on  Jan.  19, 1998.  Named  Samuel  "Sam"  Brodie...A 
son  to  Bruce  G.  Rosner  '86  and  Karen  Rosner  on 
Aug.  24.  Named  Jared  Ian.. .Triplets  to  Melinda 
Marion  Wick  '86  and  Tom  Wick  on  Feb.  10.  Named 
Thomas  Murphy,  Katherine  Marion,  and  Abigail  Page... 
A  daughter  to  Hilary  Stone  Carroll  '87  and 
Christopher  Carroll  on  July  13.  Named  Anderson 
Taylor...A  daughter  to  Eva  Herbst  Davis  '87  and 
Rich  Davis  on  July  29.  Named  Alexandra  Mariah... 
Twins  to  Lane  Hensley  '87  and  Becky  Hensley  on 
May  8.  Named  Robert  Edward  and  Ellen  Julia.. .Third 
child  and  son  to  Karen  Klein  Herbst  '87  and 
Rich  Herbst  B.S.E.E.  '88  on  Nov.  19.  Named 
William  Frederick. ..Second  child  and  first  daughter  to 
Barbara  Thompson  Isaf  B.S.E.E.  '87  and  John 
Isaf  on  June  15.  Named  Meghan  O'Connor... Second 
son  to  Maria  Sophocles  Martin  '87  and  J.  Alex 
Martin  on  Feb.  19, 1998.  Named  Thomas  Sophocles- 
Second  child  and  first  son  to  Donna  Keffer 
McShea  '87  and  Christopher  McShea  on  March  19. 
Named  Matthew  Christopher...  Second  son  to  Paul 
J.  Mosca  '87  and  Katharine  S.  Mosca  on  July  20. 
Named  Matthew  Joseph.. Third  child  and  first  daughter 
to  Cheri  DeFelice  Polk  '87  and  Mike  Polk  on 
May  13.  Named  Kendall  C'vnthia... First  child  and  son 
to  Edra  S.  Abramson  '88  and  Larry  Weider  on 
Sept.  9.  Named  Adam  Harrison  Weider.. .First  child  and 
daughter  to  Cristina  Mendoza  Bourelly  '88 
and  Alex  Bourelly  on  May  17.  Named  Alicia  Isabella... 
First  child  and  son  to  Karen  Kesmodel  Brown 
'88  and  Mason  B.  Brown  '89  on  July  15.  Named 
John  Mason.. .First  child  and  daughter  to  Jackie 
Linn  Earner  '88  and  Icttrey  Earner  on  June  24. 
Named  Katie  Linn...  Son  to  Gary  L.  Goldsholle 
'88  and  Theresa  Morgan  Goldsholle  on  July  16.  Named 
Evan  James...  Second  son  to  Elanna  "Loni"  Piatt 
Kaplan  '88  and  Todd  M.  Kaplan  M.D.  '89  on 
Sept.  21.  Named  Jaron  Andrew  ...Second  child  and 
son  to  Pamela  Postma  Khinda  '88  and  Philip 
S.  Khinda  on  May  21.  Named  Thomas.. .First  child  and 
son  to  Thomas  P.  Losee  III  '88  and  Paige  York- 
Losee  on  March  16.  Named  Lars  Thomas. ..First  child 
and  daughter  to  John  A.  MacLeod  II  B.S.E.  '88, 
'89  and  Sarah  MacLeod  on  Aug.  9.  Named  Grace  Ayer... 
First  child  and  daughter  to  Deborah  Gardner 
Nixon  '88  and  William  "Bud"  Preston  Nixon 
III  '85,  M.B.A.  '92  on  Aug.  19.  Named  Kristen  Ivy... 
Twin  sons  to  Leigh  Joyner  Wynkoop  '88  and 
Rodney  Wynkoop  on  April  6.  Named  Andrew  Thomas 
and  Paul  Matthew.. .First  child  and  daughter  to  Anne 
Wixom  Asher  '89  and  John  Henry  Asher  on  July 
18.  Named  Julia  Baker... Second  daughter  to  Al  Cave 
'89  and  Lisa  Newlin  '89  on  Aug.  19.  Named  Maya 
Newlin  Cave...  First  child  and  son  to  Marjorie 
Silverman  Guffey  '89  and  Mark  Guffey  '89  on 
Jan.  1.  Named  Zachary  Aaron  Silverman  Guffey.. .First 
child  and  daughter  to  Lisa  Weinerman  Horak 
'89  and  Michael  Horak  on  Jan.  15, 1998.  Named  Molly 
Caroline.. .Second  son  to  Todd  M.  Kaplan  M.D. 
89  and  Elanna  "Loni"  Piatt  Kaplan  '88  on 
Sept.  21.  Named  Jaton  Andrew... Second  child  and  first 
daughter  to  Richard  S.  Schweiker  Jr.  '89  and 
Mary  Michael  Taylor  Schweiker  '90  on  Aug. 

15.  Named  Claire  Taylor.. .First  daughter  to  James  R. 
Tobin  Jr.  '89  and  Kathy  Tobin  on  July  3.  Named 
Madison  Ann. 


January-February  1999        27 


Expedition  to  Antarctica 


Explore  Antarctica  while  aboard  the  iour- 
star  M.  V.  Marco  Polo,  fully  equipped  with 
sturdy  Zodiac  landing  craft  stalled  with 
expert  naturalists  and  guides.  As  an  added 
honus,  we  have  included  a  three-night  stay 
in  Buenos  Aires. 

Hidden  Islands  of  the  Grenadines  and 
the  Windwards/Leewards 

January  31  •  February  7 
approx.  $1  .950  per  person 

ax  voyage  to  the 
idden  islands  of 
the  Grenadines  and 
theWindwards  and 
Leewards  —  also 
Known  as  the  Lesser 
Antilles  —  is  rich  in 
substance  and  recre- 
ational opportunities. 
Aboard  the  138-pas- 
senger  Yorktown 
Clipper. 

Treasures  of  Vietnam 

February  1  1  -  February  27 
approx.  $5,945  per  person 

Cbme  along  with  us  on  this  truly  exciting 
adventure  aboard  the  beautiful  M.  S.  Song 
of  Flower,  beginning  in  Singapore,  stopping 
in  all  of  the  major  and  historic  locations  in 
Vietnam,  and  ending  in  Hong  Kong. 


Paris  Escapade 


March  5-12 

approx.:  $1  ,795  per  person 

Enjoy  an  unforgettable  week  in  Paris,  the 
"I 


l"City  of  Light, "  in  the  ambiance  of  the 
exquisite  Le  Grand  Hotel,  located  on  the 
famous  Place  de  l'Opera.    Visit  the 
incomparable  Louvre  or  the  Sorbonne, 
the  famed  Palace  of  Versailles  or  the 
Basuica  of  Sacre  Coeur. 


China's  Cultural  Triangle 


March  29  •  April  17 

APPROX.:  $5,295  PER  PERSON 

Experience  the  magic  that  has  drawn 
travelers  to  the  mysterious  East  for  cen- 
turies.   Visit  Beijing.  Chongqing,  Fengdu, 
Badong,  Yichang,  Shashi,  Jingzhou, 


Chili,  V/uka 


idSha 


Great  Wall,  the  Forkidden  City  and  Tke 
Temple  of  Heaven. 

Wings  Over  the  Okavango  Safari 

APRIL  24  -  MAY  8 

APPROX.  $7,280  PER  PERSON 

Eplore  "undiscovered"  Africa  in  her 
lost  prolific  game  preserves  —  Chobe 
National  Park,  the  Okavango  Delta  and 
Moremi  midlife  Reserve,  Victoria  Falls 
and  the  Zambezi  River. 


May  26  -  June  7 

APPROX.  $3,295  PER  PERSON 

Tourney  to  Lucerne,  Switzerland,  to 
J  Strasbourg,  France,  where  you  will 
embark  the  M.S.  Erasmus,  one  of 
Europe's  finest  "floating  hotels."  Cruise 
along  the  Rhine  between  Strasbourg  and 
Dusseldorf,  and  along  the  Moselle  from 
Koblenz  to  medieval  Cochem. 

Changing  Tides  of  History:  Cruising 
the  Baltic  Sea  Countries 


CJpend  twelve  days  in  tke  enchanting 
i3"white  nights"  of  the  Baltic  Sea  region 
whde  cruising  aboard  the  nimble  expedi- 
tionary vessel  M.  V.  Kristina  Regina. 
From  tke  arckitectural  gem  tkat  is 
Helisinki,  cruise  to  St.  Petersburg  as  well 
as  Estonia,  Latvia,  Russia,  Poland, 
Germany,  and  Copenkagen. 


Magnificent  Passage 

JULY  6  -  20 

APPROX.:  $4,495  PER  PERSON 

Spend  tkree  nigkts  exploring  Paris. 
Board  tke  kigh-speed  TGY  train  for 
Avignon  to  embark  tke  elegant  M.S. 
Ce:anne.  Journey  to  Aries  and  to  tke 
Frenck  Riviera. Travel  to  tke  Renaissance 
city  of  Florence  and  on  to  Rome. 

Alaskan  Wilderness  and  Voyage  of 
the  Glaciers 

AUGUST    1-13 

APPROX.  $2,795  PER  PERSON 

The  combination  of  passage  aboard  tke 
Ifour-star  deluxe  M.S.  Noorjam  and  tke 
luxury  of  tke  McKinley  Explorer's  glass 
domed  rau  cars  provide  maximum  comfort 
id  tke  best  possible  vantage  to  new  the 


stunning  Alaska 

Cotes  Du 


SEPTEMBER  7  -  20 

APPROX.  $3,695  PER  PERSON 

Paris,  tke  "City  of  Ligkt;"  Cannes,  tke 
Frenck  Riviera's  sparkling  jewel;  leg- 
endary Provence-  and  Burgundy,  land  of 
some  of  tke  world's  nnest  wines;  and  you 
kave  a  iabulous  trip  to  France. 

Exotic  India  with  the  Palace  on 


October  9  -  November  2 
approx.  $6,300  per  person 

Travel  akoard  tke  Palace  on  Wkeels  train, 
used  ky  Makarajas  to  crisscross  tke  desert 
of  Rajastan.    Your  adventures  include 
Mogkul  capitals  of  Delki,  Agra  with  tke 
Taj  Makal,  tke  "Pink  City"  of  Jaipur  and 
National  Park,  home  to  endangered  wildlife. 


Imperial  Turkey 


Turkey  is  a  country  that  spans  two  conti- 
nents, has  a  history  that  covers  more 
than  10,000  years,  and  offers  endless 
opportunities  to  sample  different  cultures 
in  one  country.    The  tour  begins  in  the 
imperial  city  of  Istanbul  and  visits 
Cappadocia,  Antalya,  Izmir,  and  their  sur- 
rounding treasures,  including  Epkesus. 


Alumni  Colleges 


East  Meets  West:  Exploring 


MAY  5  -  7,  DUKE  UNIVERSITY 
APPROX.  $275  PER  PERSON 

Many  alternative  medical  teckniques, 
suck  as  acupuncture  and  meditation, 
are  derived  from  ancient  Eastern  tradi- 
tions, and  are  now  keing  incorporated  into 
mainstream  Western  medicine.  Leam  kow 
faculty  at  Duke  Medical  Center  are  work- 
ing to  combine  tke  best  of  both  worlds. 


Our  Changing  Coastline:  Planning  for 
the  Future  of  Our  Barrier  Islands 

MAY  21  -  23 

Duke  Marine  Lab,  Beaufort,  NC 

APPROX.  $275  PER  PERSON 

Gme  explore  trie  forces,  both  natural 
nd  human-induced,  that  shape  our 
nation's  coastline.    Orrin  Pilkey,  an 
internationally  known  expert  on  coastal 
processes,  and  Mite  Orhach,  director  of 
the  Duke  Marine  Laboratory,  will  he  your 
guides  for  this  timely  subject. 

Nature,  God,  and  Art:  Images  of 
Mature  in  American  Art  and  Poetry 


m&% 


/IBER  5  -  7.   WAYNESVILLE.   NC 
TUITION:   APPROX.  $175  PER   PERSON. 
LODGING/MEALS:   FROM  $240  PER  COUPLE 
PER  DAY. 

Come  explore  the  various  experiences 
of  nature  in  art  by  delving  into  great 
American  poetry,  music,  and  painting, 
led  by  popular  Duke  professor  William  H. 
Willimon,  Dean  of  the  Chapel  andprotes- 
sor  of  Christian  ministry'.  Stay  at  The 
Swag,  a  four-star  mountaintop  inn  called 
"the  Ritz-Carlton  gone  rustic"  by  Southern 
Living. 

Alumni  Colleges  Abroad 

Alumni  College  in  Greece 

MAY  25  -  JUNE  3 
$2295  PER  PERSON 

Immerse  yourself  in  the  beauty  and  unique- 
ness of  Greek  island  life  as  you  spend  time 
on  Poros,  located  among  tire  spectacular 
Saronic  Gulf  islands,  less  than  an  hour  fr< 


Voyage  to  the  Lands  of  Gods 

and  Heroes 

June  22  -  July  4 

Greece,  Aegean  islands.  Turkey 

From  $4495  per  adult  and  $1995  per  child 

This  summer  you  and  your  family  can 
explore  the  ancient  world  of  the  Mediter- 
ranean on  the  Clelia  II,  an  all-suite,  private 
yacht.  Youth  education  experts  will  be  on 
board  to  lead  special  activities  for  young  peo- 
ple of  all  ages, 
while  adults 
will  be  able  to 
attend  stimu- 
lating lectures 
by  Peter 

Duke's  depart- 
ment of  classi- 
cal studies. 

The  Oxford  Experience 

September  5-18 

The  University  of  Oxford.  England 

$3150  per  person 

Immerse  yourself  in  centuries-old  tradi- 
tions of  learning  and  community,  study 
in  small  groups  with  Oxford  faculty, 
explore  the  English  countryside,  and  visit 
fascinating  historic  landmarks. 

Alumni  College  in  Ireland 

September  22  •  30.  County  Clare.  Ireland 
$2295  per  person 

From  awe-inspiring  seaside  \istas  to  fasci- 
nating Celtic  history,  discover  a  world  of 
lush  green  hills  and  ancient  monuments. 
Join  Michael  Yaldez  Moses  of  Duke's 


cazuruc  ^iun  isianus,  ie^  man  an  uuiu  iium        V-      i    i     |  1  1      t      1 

Athens.  Diskin  Clay,  professor  of  classical  En^h  department  as  you  explore  the  Insh 

^Jio.  ,4-  n„1,„  „,;TI  LoJ  , —  ;„  =■  ^™,l^„rf      countryside  ^n,\  discuss  Irish  literature. 


studies  at  Duke,  will  lead  you  in  a  stimulating 
discussion  of  Greek  art,  myth,  and  history 


Summer  Academy 


Spain 


June  7-15,  Ubeda, 

Spain 

$2195  per  person 

Sep  back  in  time 
o  the  Middle 
Ages  as  you  join 
Seymour  Mauskopt      f 
of  Duke's  depart- 
ment of  history  on 
a  learning  adven- 
ture to  bpain  s 
lovely  Andalucia  region,  with  its  vibrant 
Moorish  history  and  culture. 

Exploring  the  Art  and  Culture 
oft 


The  IN  etherlanas  has  more  art  per  squ; 
Imile  than  any  other  country.  Led  by 
Hans  Van  Miegrot  of  Duke's  art  history 
department,  you'll  leam  about  her  art, 
architecture,  and  rich  cultural  legacy  as 
you  spend  six  days  in  Amsterdam,  and  six 
days  in  the  historic  city  of  Ghent,  famous 
for  its  medieval  dwellings  and  castles. 


June  -  August.  Salter  Path.  NC 
APPROX.  $495  •  $695  PER  PERSON 

Join  us  at  the  Trinity  Center  on  the  North 
Carolina  coast  for  a  variety  of   programs 
offering  dynamic,  interactive  instruction  in 
a  retreat  atmosphere.  All  programs  include 
single  or  double  accommodations  and  meals 

20th  Annual  Duke  University 

Writers'  Workshop 

July 

The  Heart  of  it:  Researching  and 
Writing  Memoir  and  Family  Oral  History 

AUGUST 

Finding  Your  Voice:  A  Creativity 
Workshop  and  Retreat  tor  Women 


Strictly  I 

A  Creative  Writing  Workshop 

AUGUST 

C'est  si  ton:  Fine  Wine  Appreciation 

AUGUST 

Coastal  Ecology  Workshop 


Information  Request  Form 

For  detailed  brochures  on  these  programs 
listed  below,  please  return  this  form,  appro- 
priately markecl,  to  : 
Duke  Educational  Adventures 
614  Chapel  Drive,  Durham,  NC  27708 
or  fax  to:  (919)  684-6022 


Duke  Travel 

□  Expedition  to  Antarctica 

□  Hidden  Islands  of  the  Grenadines 
and  the  Windwards/Leewards 

□  Treasures  of  Vietnam 

□  Paris  Escapade 

□  China's  Cultural  Triangle 

a  Wings  Over  the  Okavango  Safari 
Q  Legendary  Passage 

□  Changing  Tides  of  History: 
Cruising  the  Baltic  Sea  Countries 

□  Magnificent  Passage 

Q  Alaskan  Wilderness  and  Voyage  of  the 
Glaciers 

□  Cotes  Du  Rhone  Passage 

□  Exotic  India  with  the  Palace  on  Wheels 
Q  Imperial  Turkey 

Alumni  Colleg'es 

Q  East  Meets  West:  Exploring  Integrative 

Medicine 
G  Our  Changing  Coastline:  Planning  tor 

the  Future  of  Our  Barrier  Islands 

□  Nature,  God,  and  Art:  Images  of 
Nature  in  American  Art  and  Poetry 

Alumni  Colleges  Abroad 
Q  Alumni  College  in  Greece 

□  Alumni  College  in  Spain 

□  Exploring  the  Art  and  Culture  of  the 
Netherlands 

□  Voyage  to  the  Lands  of  Gods  and 
Heroes 

□  The  Oxford  Experience 

□  Alumni  College  in  Ireland 
Q  Summer  Academy 

□  20th  Annual  Duke  University 
Writers'  Workshop 

□  The  Heart  of  It:  Writing  Memoir 
and  Family  Oral  History 

□  Finding  Your  Voice:  A  Creativity 
Workshop  and  Retreat  for  Women 

□  Strictly  for  Beginners:  A  Creative 
Writing  Workshop 

□  C'est  si  hon:  Fine  Wine  Appreciation 

□  Coastal  Ecology  Workshop 


Bill  Beasley  B.S.E.  '90  is  manager  of  applications 
engineering  at  Sumitomo  Electric  Lightwave,  a  fiber 
optics  company  in  Roeaioh  Triangle  Park,  N.G  He 

and  his  wife,  Aurora  Pryor  Beasley  B.S.E.  '91, 

M.D.  '95,  and  their  son  live  in  Durham. 


i  ArkOW  Gross  '90  is  a  labor  and  employ- 
ment law  attorney  with  the  firm  of  Richards,  Watson 
&  Gershon  in  Los  Angeles.  She  and  her  husband, 
Eric,  live  in  Los  Angeles. 

Rhys  L.  Moore  M.B.A.  '90  is  a  principal  and  vice 
president  at  Sydney  Harbor,  Inc.  He  and  his  wife, 
Spencer,  live  in  Charleston,  S.C. 

Sylvia  Tennies  '90  is  a  senior  financial  analyst 
with  the  National  Wildlife  Federation.  She  lives  in 
Alexandria,  Va. 

Robin  R.  Vann  '90  joined  the  faculty  of  the  Duke 
University  Eye  Center  as  an  assistant  professor  of 
clinical  ophthalmology.  He  and  his  wite,  Ann 

Winter- Vann  '92,  live  in  Durham. 

Elizabeth  Jensen  Lund  90,  M.H.S.  98  is  a 

physician  assistant  in  Seattle,  where  she  and  her  hus- 
band, John  Gilbert  Nelson,  live. 

Paul  T.  Baird  '91,  M.D.  '96  is  a  medical  resident 
at  Duke  Hospital.  He  and  his  wife,  Tracy  Unice 
Baird  '94,  live  in  Durham. 

Brian  Kennedy  '91,  J.D.  '94,  a  JAG  attorney,  has 
been  detailed  to  the  Office  of  Counsel  to  the  President 
at  the  White  House.  He  lives  in  Washington,  D.C 

Steven  V.  Key  '91  is  an  attorney  in  the  law  depart- 
ment at  the  Office  of  the  Comptroller  of  the  Currency 
in  Washington,  D.C.  He  and  his  wife,  Laura  J.  Ortiz, 
live  in  Arlington,  Va. 

Thomas  D.  Meyer  '91  is  director  of  marketing, 
artisans,  and  estates  wineries  for  Kendall-Jackson 
Winery  in  Santa  Rosa,  Calif,  where  he  and  his  wife, 
Aimee,  live. 

Jill  Carico  '92  is  branch  manager  of  the  Murfrees- 
boro  office  of  StaffMark,  Inc.,  a  personnel  staffing 
service  firm.  She  lives  in  Franklin,  Tenn. 

Scott  Haden  Collins  '92  is  an  assistant  professor 
in  the  psychology  department  at  Western  Michigan 
University  in  Kalamazoo.  He  and  his  wife,  Amy 
Carolyn  Long,  live  in  Battle  Creek,  Mich. 

Lindy  Morris  Fishburne  '92  is  a  marketing  and 
sales  consultant  with  The  Alexander  Group.  She  and 
her  husband,  Rodes,  live  in  San  Francisco. 

Kristin  Calvert  Johansson  '92,  a  Navy  lieu- 
tenant., is  assigned  to  the  U.S.  Atlantic  Fleet  Head- 
quarters as  the  Intelligence  Fleet  Support  Officer.  She 
and  her  husband,  Jake,  live  in  Virginia  Beach,  Va. 

Charles  Medrano  '92  works  for  his  family's 
commercial  construction  company  in  Ft.  Lauderdale, 
Fla.  His  wife,  Melissa  Bott  Medrano  '92,  is  an 
attorney  in  the  Miami  law  firm  Muller  Mintz.  The 
couple  and  their  daughter  live  in  Ft.  Lauderdale. 

Hollace  Cole  ShantZ  '92,  who  earned  her 
M.B.A.  at  New  York  University  and  her  CPA 
certification,  is  a  financial  services  audit  manager  at 
PricewaterhouseCoopers.  She  and  her  husband,  Mark 
Le  Lievre,  live  in  Manhattan. 


is  a  portfolio  manager  with 
Mercantile-Safe  Deposit  and  Trust  in  Baltimore,  Md. 
He  was  the  Republican  nominee  for  the  Maryland 
House  of  Delegates  District  47  A  in  the  November  1998 
elections.  He  and  his  wife,  Jessica,  live  in  Baltimore. 

Meghan  S.  Skelton  '92  is  prosecuting  tax  crimes 


CELEBRATING  A  CENTURY 


In  an  out-of-the- 
way  place  on  East 
Campus  stands  a 
historic,  century-old 
building  with  a  most 
unusual  name.  A  hand- 
painted  biblical  scene 
over  the  door  identifies 
the  building  as  "The 
Ark."  But  such  a  des- 
ignation raises  more 
questions  than  answers. 
Built  and  furnished  in 
1898  with  a  donation 
from  Benjamin  N. 
Duke,  the  building  was 
officially  named  the 
Angier  B.  Duke  Gym- 
nasium in  honor  of  his 
son,  who  was  then 
fourteen  years  old. 

When  the  more  mo- 
dern Alumni  Memorial 
Gymnasium  opened 
across  campus  in  1923, 
the  original  gym  as- 
sumed a  new  identity. 
Over  the  next  decade, 
as  the  building  was  put 
to  a  variety  of  uses,  its 
long,  narrow,  bridge- 
like walkway  forced 
people  to  enter  "two  by 
two";  hence,  it  became 
commonly  referred  to 
as  the  Ark.... 

The  building  is  prob- 
ably the  first  college 

i  the  state. 


Ark  archives:  Physical 

Education  teacher 

"Cap"  Card,  Class  of 

1900,  and  students 

on  the  walkway. 


Its  director  from  1899 
to  1902,  Albert  White- 
house,  was  the  first 
paid  physical-educa- 
tion director  in  North 
Carolina.  Whitehouse 
proudly  boasted  of  a 
large  and  well-arranged 
building  equipped  with 
the  latest  gymnastic 
equipment,  a  running 
track,  baseball  batting 
cage,  bowling  alley, 
swimming  pool,  trophy 
room,  and  shower  baths. 
Formal  instruction  in 
physical  education 
took  place  between 
Thanksgiving  and 
Easter  with  outdoor 
activities  scheduled  in 
the  fall  and  spring. 

For  years,  campus 
literature  has  pro- 
claimed that  the  Ark 
was  the  site  of  the  first 
intercollegiate  basket- 
ball game  in  the  state. 
On  March  2,  1906, 
Trinity  played  host  to 
Wake  Forest  in  a  game 
that  Wake  won  24  to 
10.  When  Trinity  made 
plans  for  the  game,  it 
may  have  been  the 
first  scheduled.. .[but] 
by  the  time  the  game 
took  place,  Wake  Forest 
already  had  played 
Guilford  College.  How- 
ever, it  remains  the 
first  so-called  "Big 
Four"  basketball  game 
as  nearby  schools — 
Duke,  Carolina,  State, 
and  Wake  Forest — 


developed  i 
letic  rivalries. 

No  longer  needed  as 
a  gym,  the  Ark  became 
the  cafeteria  for  men 
in  1923.  The  women 
had  their  own  cafeteria 
in  their  new  Southgate 
dormitory.  When  the 
new  Union  opened  in 
1930,  the  Ark  became 
the  campus  laundry. 

When  West  Campus 
opened  and  the  original 
campus  became  exclu- 
sively for  women,  stu- 
dents felt  the  need  for 
a  social  center  for  re- 
laxation and  dancing. 
Though  convenient  to 
downtown,  many  stu- 
dents had  to  remain  on 
campus  due  to  financial 
constraints  caused  by 
the  Great  Depression. 
The  Social  Standards 
Committee  of  the  Wom- 
en's Student  Govern- 
ment and  individual 
classes  set  about  to  re- 
novate the  Ark.  They 
purchased  curtains  for 
the  thirty-six  windows, 
wicker  furniture,  a 
piano,  and  ping-pong 
and  bridge  tables.  One 
class  spent  $175  for  a 
combination  radio  and 
Victrola,  and  all  four 
of  the  classes  in  resi- 
dence contributed  to- 
ward refinishing  the 
floor  so  one  could 
dance  in  socks  without 


so  popular  in  the  West 
Campus  Union  Ball- 
room performed  in  the 
Ark  every  Saturday 
night  and  one  Wednes- 
day evening  per  month. 
Les  Brown  '36,  long- 
time director  of  the 
"Band  of  Renown," 
began  his  career  with 
one  of  the  student 
bands  that  played  reg- 
ularly in  the  Ark.... 

The  building  contin- 
ues in  its  eclectic  tradi- 
tion. It  is  primarily 
used  by  the  Duke 
Dance  program  and 
the  American  Dance 
Festival.  On  occasion 
in  the  summer,  it  has 
had  a  snack  bar — 
called  the  Barre — for 
dance  festival  partici- 
pants. The  undergrad- 
uate Duke  Photo 
Group  has  its  dark- 
room in  the  building. 
Few  buildings  on  cam- 
pus have  had  such  a 
varied  and  student- 
centered  history. 

—William  E.  King 


King'61,A.M. '63, 
Ph.D.  '69,  University 
Archivist,  is  the  author  of 
If  Gargoyles  Could 
Talk:  Sketches  of  Duke 
University,  from  which 
this  is  excerpted.  The 
book  is  available  at  the 
Gothic  Bookshop,  (919) 
684-3986. 


30      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


across  the  country  with  the  Department  of  Justice 
Honors  Program.  She  and  her  husband,  James  G. 
Connell  III,  live  in  Arlington,  Va. 

Don  R.  Willett  J.D.  '92,  A.M.  '92  is  director  of 
research  and  special  projects  for  Texas  Governor 
George  W.  Bush.  He  lives  in  Austin. 
Ann  Winter- Vann  '92  is  a  graduate  student  in  the 
cell  and  microbiology  program  at  Duke.  She  and  her 
husband,  Robin  Vann  '90,  live  in  Durham. 

David  Gregory  Hill  Brackett  93  is  an 

associate  with  the  Atlanta  law  firm  Bondurant, 
Mixson,  and  Elmore.  His  wife,  Margaret  Hoff- 
man Hill  Brackett  '93,  who  earned  her  master's 
in  public  policy  at  the  University  of  Michigan  in  May 
1998,  is  a  consultant  for  the  Applied  Research  Center 
at  Georgia  State  University  in  Atlanta. 

R.  Scott  Collins  '93  graduated  from  the  University 
of  Florida  College  of  Law  with  a  master's  in  taxation. 
He  and  his  wife.  Kelly,  live  in  Sarasota,  Fla.,  where  he 
is  a  tax  attorney  with  the  law  firm  of  Williams,  Parker, 
Harrison,  Diet;  &  Getzen. 


Reginald  Glenn  King  B.S.E.  '93  is  an  Air  Force 
Intelligence  officer  stationed  at  Los  Angeles  Air  Force 
Base.  He  and  his  wife,  Tanya  Forsheit  '94,  live  in 
Hermosa  Beach,  Calif. 


Kisloff  '93  is  an  associate  at  Simpson 
Thatcher  &  Bartlett  in  New  York  City. 

Josh  David  Kun  '93  was  appointed  assistant  pro- 
fessor  of  comparative  literature  at  Amherst  College  in 
Amherst,  Mass. 


G.  Odom  '93,  a  Navy  1 
ticipated  in  a  change  of  home  port  ceremony  aboard 
the  aircraft  carrier  USS  Independence. 
Mary  Ramseur  Pickens  '93  is  the  director  of 
alumni  relations  for  Briar  Cliff"  College,  a  small  private 
college  in  Northwest  Iowa.  She  and  her  husband, 
James  Winckler,  live  in  Sioux  City,  Iowa. 

Wade  Strickland  '93  is  a  product  development 
manager  at  DoubleClick  Inc.,  an  Internet  advertising 
company  in  New  York  City. 

Margo  Renee  Topman  '93  is  an  attorney  in  the 
corporate  department  at  Cravath,  Swaine  &  Moore. 
She  and  her  husband,  Jason,  live  in  New  York  City. 

Rachel  Pearce  Anderson  '94  is  an  associate 
editor  for  Archer  Editorial  Services,  which  provides 
freelance  book  editing  services  to  publishers.  She  lives 
in  Durham. 

Tracy  Unice  Baird  '94  is  a  research  analyst  at 
Research  Triangle  Institute.  She  and  her  husband, 
Paul  T.  Baird  '91,  M.D.  '96,  live  in  Durham,  N.C. 

Greg  Davidson  '94  recently  earned  his  M.B.A. 
with  honors  at  the  University  of  Texas  at  Austin.  He  is 
now  the  business  development  manager  for  Digital 
Motorworks,  Inc.,  in  Austin. 

Tanya  Lee  Forsheit  '94,  who  earned  her  J.D.  at 
the  University  of  Pennsylvania  law  school  in  1997,  is  a 
litigation  associate  with  the  Los  Angeles  office  of 
Proskauer  Rose.  She  and  her  husband,  Reginald 
King  B.S.E.  '93,  live  in  Hermosa  Beach,  Calif. 

Joshua  Lawrence  Goldberg  '94  is  a  CPA  at 

PricewaterhouseCoopers.  He  and  his  wife,  Andrea 
Meryl  Kirshenbaum  '96,  live  in  Philadelphia. 

Joshua  Lee  Hardison  '94  is  an  intern  in  Brown 
University's  obstetrics  and  gynecology  residency  pro- 
gram at  Women  and  Infants'  Hospital  in  Providence, 
R.I.  He  and  his  wife,  Jennifer  Santos  Mad- 
riaga  '95,  A.M.  '98  live  in  Cumberland,  R.I. 

Aric  Keck  M.B.A.  '94  is  a  sales  manager  for  Dia- 
mond Multimedia  Systems.  He  and  his  wife,  Melanie 


Lynn  Bankston,  and  their  daughter  live  in  Raleigh,  N.C. 

David  Mosse  '94  is  an  associate  at  the  law  firm 
Cravath,  Swain  &  Moore.  He  and  his  wife,  Danielle 
Saul,  live  in  New  York  City. 

Lisa  P.  Summer  J.D.  '94  is  an  associate  at  the  law 
firm  Gentry  Locke  Rakes  &  Moore  in  Roanoke,  Va. 

Alan  Michael  Wise  '94,  M.B.A.  '98  is  a  consultant 

with  the  Boston  Consulting  Group.  He  and  his  wife, 
Tracy  Bermont  Wise  '93,  and  their  daughter 
live  in  Atlanta. 

Darryl  Anderson  '95  graduated  cum  laude  with 
honors  from  Harvard  Law  School  in  June. 

David  Buza  B.S.E.  '95  is  a  senior  associate  with 
Princeton  Consultants  in  Princeton,  N.J.  His  wife, 
Caroline  Dooley  '95,  is  an  associate  at  Brown  and 
Wood,  LLP  a  law  firm  in  New  York  City.  They  live  in 
Mountain  View,  N.J. 

Santos  Madriaga  '95,  A.M.  '98  is  an 

dean  of  academic  advising  and  multicultural 
programming  .it  Whc.Uon  College  in  Norton,  Mass. 
She  and  her  husband,  Joshua  Lee  Hardison 
'94,  live  in  Cumberland,  R.I. 


T.  Molano  Ph.D.  '95  is  the  author  of  The 
Logic  of  Privatization:  The  Case  of  Telecommunications 
m  the  Southern  Cone  of  Latin  America,  published  by 
Greenwood  Press.  An  economist,  he  is  director  of 
economic  and  financial  research  at  Swiss  Bank  Corp. 
He  lives  in  Norwalk,  Conn. 

Ben  Pearce  '95  is  working  in  the  University 
Hospital  in  San  Antonio,  Texas,  before  he  pursues 
specialization  as  a  pediatric  cardiologist. 


Poole  '95  started  her  own 
business,  Archer  Editorial  Sen-ices.  She  provides 
freelance  book  editing  services  to  publishers,  including 
Duke  University  Press.  She  lives  in  Durham. 

Joseph  P.  Reid  '95,  a  second-year  law  student  at 
the  University  of  Notre  Dame  and  a  member  of  the 
Law  Review,  worked  for  the  law  firm  Gray,  Cary,  Ware 
&  Friedenrich  in  San  Diego  this  past  summer.  His 
wife,  Mary  J.  "Molly"  Reid  '95,  is  pursuing  her 
master's  in  administration  of  nonprofit  organizations  at 
the  University  of  Notre  Dame.  The  couple  co-chair 
the  Duke  Alumni  Admissions  Advisory  Committee  in 
South  Bend,  Ind. 

Heather  Eileen  LaGrange  Johnson  '96 

is  an  agent  at  the  Corcoran  Group,  a  residential  real- 
estate  company  in  New  York.  She  and  her  husband, 
John  Sargent,  live  in  New  York  City. 

Andrea  Meryl  Kirshenbaum  '96  is  a  first-year 

law  student  at  the  University  of  Pennsylvania.  She  and 

her  husband,  Joshua  Lawrence  Goldberg 

'94,  live  in  Philadelphia. 

Tamara  Mannelly  '96  is  a  director  and  teacher  at 
Ombudsman  Learning  Center,  an  alternative  high 
school  in  Glenview,  111.  She  and  her  husband,  James 
'97,  live  in  Highland  Park,  111. 


Nicole  Smith  '96  is  a  graduate  student  at  Rutgers 
University.  She  lives  in  Highland  Park,  N.J. 

Timothy  J.  Wyse  '96,  a  Navy  ensign,  recendy 
visited  Australia  while  on  board  the  guided  missile 
cruiser  VSS  Mobile  Bay,  based  in  Yokosuka,  Japan. 

James  Patrick  Mannelly  '97  is  a  long  snapper 

and  offensive  lineman  for  the  Chicago  Bears.  He  and  his 

wife,  Tamara  Mannelly  '96,  live  in  Highland 
Park,  111. 

Jillion  Weisberg  J.D.  '97  is  a  senior  tax  consultant  at 
Ernst  &  Young  in  Los  Angeles.  Her  husband,  Michael 
Weisberg  J.D.  '97,  is  an  associate  at  Paul,  Hastings, 
Janorsky  and  Walker.  They  live  in  Los  Angeles. 


MARRIAGES:  Karen  R.  Cashion  J.D.  '90  to 
Richard  Burton  on  Sept.  2.  Residence:  Atlanta- 
Miriam  Diana  Filipowicz  '90  to  Steve  E.  Fore- 
man in  September.  Residence:  Redwood  City,  Calif.... 
Elizabeth  Jensen  Lund  '90,  M.H.S.  '98  to  John 
Gilbert  Nelson  on  Aug.  14  on  Blake  Island  in  Puget 
Sound.  Residence:  Seattle. ..Rhys  Moore  M.B.A. 
'90  to  Spencer  Kathryn  Barnes  on  March  14-  Residence: 
Charleston,  S.C... Ashley  Carol  Roberts '90  to 
Adam  Benjamin  Rosenbluth  '90  on  Oct.  10. 
Residence:  Boston... Timothy  Wood  Wilson  '90 
to  Wendy  Adele  Pitcher  on  July  18.  Residence:  Wake 
Forest,  N.C....Angie  Yang  '90  to  Sean  E.  Doyle  on 
May  23.  Residence:  Los  Angeles...  Paul  T.  Baird 
'91,  M.D.  '96  to  Tracy  Lynne  Unice  '94  on  Sept 
19.  Residence:  Durham...  Steven  V.  Key '91  to 
Laura  J.  Ortiz  on  Sept.  26.  Residence:  Arlington,  Va.... 
Daniel  Raymond  King  B.S.E.  '91  to  Elizabeth 
Martha  Wood  on  Sept.  19.  Residence:  Columbia, 
Md....Pete  Smith  '91  to  Nancy  E.  May  on  Aug.  22. 
Residence:  Denver...  Mark  Botvinick  '92  to 
Christine  Gauld  '93  on  Oct.  3.  Residence:  Los 
Angeles.. .Kristin  C.  Calvert  '92  to  Michael  H. 
Johansson  on  Feb.  14, 1998.  Residence:  Virginia  Beach, 
\       Rebecca  Forgash  '92  to  Bryan  J.  Ax  on 
June  6.  Residence:  Tucson,  Ariz.. ..Elaine  Ham- 
mond '92  to  John  Donald  J.D.,  M.B.A.  '97  on 
Aug.  15.  Residence:  Fremont,  Calif..  ..Scott  Haden 
Kollins  '92  to  Amy  Carolyn  Long  on  Aug.  8.  Resi- 
dence: Battle  Creek,  Mich....Lindy  Morris  '92  to 
Rodes  Fishbume  on  Sept.  19.  Residence:  San  Francisco... 
Horace  Cole  Shantz  '92  to  Mark  Le  Lievre  on 
March  28, 1998,  in  Sydney,  Australia.  Residence:  New 
York  City.. .Bill  Sheldon  '92  to  Jessica  Burger  on 
Aug.  29.  Residence:  Baltimore.. .Meghan  S.  Skel- 
ton  '92  to  James  G.  Connell  III.  Residence:  Arlington, 
Va    William  Paige  Silver  92  to  Kimberley 
Susanne  Weber  '93  on  Aug.  15.  Residence:  Dur- 
ham-Sandra Windland  Smith '92  to  Jeffrey 
Rice  on  Aug.  15.  Residence:  Jackson  Hole.Wyo.... 
David  Gregory  Brackett  '93  to  Margaret 
Hoffman  Hill  '93  on  May  30.  Residence:  Atlanta... 
R.  Scott  Collins  '93  to  Kelly  C.  Jamieson  on  May 
16.  Residence:  Sarasota,  Fla.. ..Christine  Gauld  '93 
to  Mark  Botvinick  '92  on  Oct.  3.  Residence:  Los 
Angeles.. .Robert  Bryan  Garner  Jr.  '93  to  Kelly 
Michelle  Cowan  on  Sept.  6.  Residence:  Port  St.  Lucie, 
Fla.   Reginald  Glenn  King  B.S.E  '93  to  Tanya 
Lee  Forsheit  '94  on  July  4.  Residence:  Hermosa 
Beach,  Calif. ..Melissa  Munday  Kirkman  '93  to 
Jonathan  Gann  Odom  '93  on  Aug.  8...  Mi- 
chelle Kisloff  93  to  Wade  Strickland  93  on 
June  20.  Residence:  New  York  City...Margo  Renee 
Needleman  '93  to  Jason  Seth  Topman  on  Aug.  9. 
Residence:  New  York  City...  Mary  Ramseur 
Pickens  '93  to  James  Ronald  Winckler  on  Sept.  5. 
Residence:  Sioux  City,  Iowa...  Kurt  M.  Bloomhuff 
'94  to  Suzanne  L.  Connell  on  June  13.  Residence: 
Grand  Rapids,  Mich....  Kearns  Davis  A.M.  '94  to 
Ashley  Payne  on  June  27.  Residence:  Greensboro, 
N  C    Kristine  L.  Garrett  94  to  Jeffrey  W. 
Jarrett  M.B.A.  '97  on  May  23.  Residence:  West 
Chester,  Ohio... Tanya  Lee  Forsheit '94  to 
Reginald  Glenn  King  BSE  93  on  July  4 
Residence:  Hermosa  Beach,  Calif... Joshua  Law- 
rence Goldberg  '94  to  Andrea  Meryl  Kir- 
shenbaum '96  on  Aug.  9.  Residence:  Philadelphia- 
Conrad  Alden  Hall  '94,  M.A.T  '96  to  Virginia 
Masterson  Reves  on  Aug.  1.  Residence:  Durham... 
David  Mosse  '94  to  Danielle  Saul  on  Aug.  22. 
Residence:  New  York  City...  Suzanne  M. 
Schwartz  '94  to  Michael  E.  Scheuing  on  Aug.  15. 
Residence:  Austin, Texas...  Tracy  Lynne  Unice 
'94  to  Paul  T.  Baird  '91,  M.D.  '96  on  Sept.  19. 
Residence:  Durham.. .David  Buza  B.S.E.  '95  to 
Caroline  Dooley  '95  in  May.  Residence:  Moun- 
tain View,  N.J.Chris  Dauk  95  to  Kelly  Lorch 
'97  on  July  11.  Residence:  Versailles,  Ky.. 


January- February  1999        31 


Godwin  '95  to  Laura  Holloman  '95  on  April 

26, 1997.  Residence:  Trinity,  N.C....Amy  Gravitt  '95 
to  Jon  Jensen  '95  on  Sept.  5.  Residence:  West 
Hollywood,  Calif.. ..Edward  Sassower'95  to 
Wendy  Ann  Elias  on  Aug.  27.  Residence:  New  York 
City... Sara  Ellen  Anderson  M.S.N.  '96  to  David 
Thompson  on  Oct.  17.  Residence:  Cary,  N.C.... 
Tamara  Marie  John  '96  to  James  Patrick 
Mannelly  '97  on  June  20.  Residence:  Highland 
Park,  111  ...Heather  Eileen  LaGrange  John- 
son '96  to  John  Harrison  Sargent  on  June  13. 
Residence:  New  York  City... Matthew  Harold 
Kamm  '96  to  Kathryn  Louise  Ensch  on  Aug.  14. 
Residence:  New  York  City.. .Heather  Leigh  Lail 
'96  to  Scott  Alan  Laffler  on  Sept.  19.  Residence: 
Clayton,  N  C    Evangelos  Ringas  B.S.E.  '96  to 
Elizabeth  Greene  '98  on  June  6.  Residence: 
Loveland,  Ohio...Elena  Boley  M.D.  '97  to  David 
Jeffrey  Leviss  on  Sept.  6.  Residence:  Washington, 
D.C....John  Donald  J.D./M.B.A.  '97  to  Elaine 
Hammond  '92  on  Aug.  15.  Residence:  Fremont, 
Calif....Jeffrey  W.  Jarrett  M.B.A.  '97  to  Kris- 
tine  L.  Garrett  '94  on  May  23.  Residence:  West 
Chester,  Ohio.. .Kelly  Lorch'97  to  Chris  Dauk 
'95  on  July  11.  Residence:  Versailles,  Ky....  Jennifer 
Beth  Smith  '97  to  Timothy  Joseph  Roach  on  Aug. 
25  Jillion  Stern  J.D.  '97  to  Michael  Weis- 
berg  J.D.  '97  on  Aug.  1.  Residence:  Los  Angeles. 

BIRTHS:  Son  to  Kristin  Bilden  '90  and  Paul 

Bilden  '91  on  Aug.  6.  Named  Theodore  Maximillian... 
First  child  and  son  to  Bill  Beasley  B.S.E.  '90  and 
Aurora  Pryor  Beasley  B.S.E.  '91,  M.D.  '95  on 
Aug.  24.  Named  Sage  Alexander.. .First  child  and 
daughter  to  Paige  Tobias  Button  '90,  J.D.  '94 
and  Timothy  Button  on  Aug.  19.  Named  Emily  Mareve... 
First  child  and  son  to  Christopher  S.  Drew  '90 
and  Katie  S.  Martin  on  July  31.  Named  Carson  Bayley 
Drew.. .Second  child  and  first  daughter  to  Mary 
Michael  Taylor  Schweiker  '90  and  Richard 
S.  Schweiker  Jr.  '89  on  Aug.  15.  Named  Claire 
Taylor.. .First  child  and  daughter  to  Amy  Wechsler 
'91  and  Harry  Lander  on  Oct.  7.  Named  Zoe  Mara... 
First  child  and  son  to  Aurora  Pryor  Beasley 
B.S.E.  '91,  M.D.  '95  and  Bill  Beasley  B.S.E.  '90  on 
Aug.  24.  Named  Sage  Alexander.. .First  child  and  son 
to  J.  Scott  Jaquette  '92  and  Catherine  Fel- 
lows-Jaquette  '93  on  Aug.  10.  Named  Tyler  Henry- 
First  daughter  to  Charles  Medrano  '92  and 
Melissa  Bott  Medrano  '92  on  May  28.  Named 
Vanessa  Ashley...  Daughter  to  Amanda  Waugh 
'92  and  Daniel  Cantor  on  July  20.  Named  Lily  August 
Waugh  Cantor...  First  child  and  son  to  Catherine 
Fellows- Jaquette  '93  and  J.  Scott  Jaquette 
'92  on  Aug.  10.  Named  Tyler  Henry.. .First  child  and 
daughter  to  Lisa  Constantino  Hurley  '93  and 
Tom  Hurley  '93  on  July  2.  Named  Catherine 
Becker...  First  child  and  daughter  to  Jennifer  Ann 
Kraynak  '93  and  Graham  Andrew  Orriss  93 
on  Oct.  10.  Named  Grace  Ann  Orriss.. .Daughter  to 
Tracy  Bermont  Wise  '93  and  Alan  Michael 
Wise  '94,  M.B.A.  '98  on  Feb.  17.  Named  Allison 
Riley.. .First  child  and  daughter  to  Aric  Keck 
M.B.A/94  and  Melanie  Lynn  Bankston  on  July  17. 
Named  Emily  Susan. 


DEATHS 


Edith  Ward  Deyton  '26  of  Raleigh,  on  July  18. 
She  was  former  president  of  the  board  of  the  Raleigh 
Girl  Scouts,  a  member  of  the  Brevard  Chapter  of  the 
Daughters  of  the  American  Revolution,  and  an  active 
member  of  the  Hayes  Barton  Baptist  Church.  She  is 
survived  by  a  son,  Robert  G.  Deyton  Jr.  '51, 
M.D.  '55;  a  daughter;  eight  grandchildren;  and  20 
great-grandchildren. 


Cynthia  Celene  Phipps'28  of  Independence, 
Va.,  on  June  19. 

Katie  Green  Morgan  '29  of  Wilmington,  N.C., 
on  Nov.  21, 1997.  She  had  retired  as  a  Durham  County 
school  teacher. 

Patsy  G.  McKay  '30  of  Durham,  on  Aug.  14.  She 
was  former  director  of  Alumni  Records  at  Duke. 

Ennis  W.  Atkins  '31  of  Gastonia,  N.C.,  on  June  28. 
He  helped  start  the  Little  Theatre  in  Gastonia  and 
acted  in  more  than  100  of  its  productions.  He  is  sur- 
vived by  his  wife,  two  daughters,  six  grandchildren, 
and  six  great-grandchildren. 

Clarice  Bowman  '31,  B.D  '33,  A.M.  '37  of  Ashe- 
ville,  N.C.,  on  June  25.  A  United  Methodist  minister, 
she  published  numerous  books  on  prayer,  worship,  and 
religious  education.  She  received  the  Distinguished 
Alumni  Award  from  the  Duke  Divinity  School  in  1984. 

Kathleen  Mock  Craver  '31  of  Reeds  Crossroads, 
N.C.,  on  March  30, 1998.  She  was  a  charter  member 
of  the  Genealogical  Society  of  Davidson  County,  a 
teacher,  and  a  writer. 

Virginia  Shewey  Dawson  '32  of  Salem,  Va.,  on 
April  8.  She  is  survived  by  three  daughters,  two  sistets, 
a  brother,  eight  grandchildren,  nine  great-grandchildren, 
and  numerous  nieces  and  nephews,  including  Mar- 
shall Lee  Foley  95 


Cecil  Hauss '32  of  Newton,  N.C., 
on  Jan.  18, 1998.  He  served  in  the  U.S.  Army  during 
World  War  II  and  was  a  retired  accountant.  He  is 
survived  by  his  wife. 

Elizabeth  Clarke  Kirkpatrick  32  of 

Wilmington,  N.C.,  on  July  14-  She  was  a  member  of 
Phi  Beta  Kappa.  She  taught  in  the  New  Hanover 
County  schools  until  1941,  when  she  joined  the 
Atlantic  Coastline  Railroad's  passenger  traffic  depart- 
ment. She  is  survived  by  her  husband,  Laurence. 


C.  Spencer  Plyler'32  of  Albemarle,  N.C.,  on 
March  1, 1998. 

H.  Lee  Ellis  '33  of  Wayne,  N.J.,  on  Oct.  27, 1996. 

Lawson  B.  Knott  Jr. '33  of  Arlington,  Va.,  on 
May  23.  He  was  a  retired  Army  lieutenant  colonel  and 
an  administrator  with  the  General  Services  Adminis- 
tration. He  was  a  trustee  emeritus  of  the  National 
Trust.  He  is  survived  by  a  son;  a  daughter,  Marcia 
Knott  Churchill  B.S.N.'  64;  and  seven  grandchildren. 

Mary  Hew  '33  of  Greenville,  S.C.,  on  Sept.  22,1997. 

Elizabeth  Evans  Sullivan  R.N.  '33,  of 
Arlington,  Va.,  in  June.  She  served  during  World  War  II 
with  Duke's  65th  General  Hospital  Unit.  She  is  sur- 
vived by  a  daughter,  Helen  Sullivan  Lydon 

B.S.N.  '75,  and  a  grandson. 

Roy  Alpert  '34  of  Glen  Head,  N.Y.,  on  Feb.  29, 1996. 

Glenn  E.  Anderson '34  of  Raleigh,  on  July  21.  He 
was  executive  vice  president  of  Kirkland  6k  Arnold,  Inc., 
before  leaving  to  become  CEO  of  Carolina  Securities 
Corp.  He  finished  his  career  as  senior  adviser  to  Legg 
Mason  in  April.  He  has  chaired  numerous  regional  and 
national  securities  committees,  including  the  National 
Business  Conduct  Committee  and  the  National 
Association  of  Securities  Dealers.  A  member  of  Hayes 
Barton  United  Methodist  Church,  he  was  a  trustee 
and  finance  committee  chair.  He  is  survived  by  his 
wife,  Grace  Curtis  Anderson  '33;  two  children; 
a  grandson;  two  great-grandchildren;  and  a  brother. 

Clare  X.  Dowler  A.M.  '34  of  Powell,  Tenn.,  on 
Sept.  3, 1997.  He  was  a  lifetime  member  of  the 
N.E.A.,  the  O.E.A.  Retired  Teachers,  and  the  Sons  of 
the  American  Revolution.  He  is  survived  by  a  daugh- 
ter, a  brother,  two  grandsons,  and  a  great-grandson. 


Louise  Barlow  Ackerman  '35  of  Henderson- 
ville.N.C,  on  Sept.  19,1996. 

F.  Dixon  Dailey  '35  of  Naples,  Fla.,  on  May  1.  He 
is  survived  by  his  wife,  Marion. 

Henry  W.  Marshall  '35  of  High  Point,  N.C.,  on 
April  26.  At  Duke,  he  was  a  member  of  the  football 
team.  He  was  associated  with  Cone  Export  and 
Commission  Co.  and  Bottoms-Fiske  Truck  Line.  He 
was  vice  president  of  sales  and  a  membet  of  the  board 
of  directors  for  Old  Dominion  Freight  Lines,  retiring  in 
1975.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Dorothy  Kirkman 
Marshall  '34;  two  sons;  and  two  grandchildren. 

Louis  Clinton  Holan  Ph.D.  '35  of  Bessemer  City, 
N.C.,  on  Jan.  8, 1996. 

Porter  W.  Peteet  J.D.  '35  of  Greenwood,  Miss.,  on 
July  29.  A  Navy  veteran,  he  retired  with  the  rank  of 
commander.  A  longtime  attorney  in  the  Greenwood 
community,  he  was  a  past  president  of  the  Leflore  County 
Bar  Association  and  the  Rotary  Club.  He  is  survived 
by  his  wife,  three  daughters,  and  four  grandchildren. 


Jr.  '35  of  Lexington, 
N.C.,  on  June  14, 1993.  He  was  a  leading  businessman 
and  civil  leader  who  specialized  in  the  manufacturing 
industry.  He  was  a  former  chairman  of  the  Davidson 
County  Board  of  Commissioners  and  director  of 
Davidson  Federal  Savings  Bank.  He  is  survived  by  his 
wife,  a  son,  two  daughters,  and  seven  grandchildren. 

Carrie  Fraley  '36  of  Hillsborough,  N.C.,  on  July  22. 

Frederick  L.  Guerin  '37  of  Melbourne,  Fla.,  on 
Feb.  4, 1995.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Hilda 
'36. 

Brown  '38  of  Wyncote,  Pa.,  on  Feb. 
28, 1998.  A  retired  physician,  he  received  a  Legion  of 
Honor  Award  in  1983  for  his  contributions  in  the 
field  of  medicine.  He  was  also  a  member  of  the  Order 
of  DeMolay,  affiliated  with  the  Masons.  He  is  survived 
by  his  wife,  three  children,  and  four  grandchildren. 

George  T.  Frampton  '38,J.D.'41ofUrbana,Ill., 
on  May  23.  A  veteran  of  World  War  II,  he  practiced 
law  and  eventually  turned  to  teaching  it.  He  was  an 
expert  in  corporate  law  and  co-authored  a  textbook. 
He  was  professor  emeritus  at  the  University  of  Illinois 
College  of  Law.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Margaret 
Anne  Raup  Frampton  '40;  two  children;  four 
grandchildren;  brother-in-law  William  W.  Raup 
'45,  A.M.  52;  and  a  sister. 


i  B.S.E.E.  '38  of  Rutherford  College,  N.C., 
on  April  30.  A  veteran  of  World  War  II,  he  worked  at 
Duke  Power  Co.  before  opening  Pons  Insurance  Agency 
in  Valdese,  N.C.  He  was  a  member  and  once  headed 
the  board  of  deacons  at  Waldensian  Presbyterian 
Church.  He  was  a  past  president  of  the  Rotary  Club. 
He  is  survived  by  wife,  Julie;  two  daughters,  including 
Pons  Weber '70;  and  two  sisters. 


A.W.  "Gus"  Griswold  B.S.E.E.  '40  of  Rush,  N.Y., 
on  July  3.  A  World  War  II  Navy  veteran,  he  was  co- 
founder  of  DYNAK,  Inc.,  an  inventor,  and  a  holder  of 
many  patents.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Dorothy,  a 
daughter,  three  sons,  eight  grandchildren,  five  stepchil- 
dren, and  15  step-grandchildren. 

Eleanor  Belvin  Hobgood  '40  of  Raleigh,  on  Aug. 
15.  A  media  coordinatot  for  Hillandale  and  Magnum 
schools,  she  was  Mother  of  the  Year  in  1985.  She  is  sur- 
vived by  two  daughters,  including  Rebecca  Hob- 

good  M.Ed.  '66;  a  son;  a  brother;  and  10  grandchildren. 
Lester  H.  Margolis  M.D. '40  of  Hillsborough, 
Calif,  on  June  20.  He  served  in  the  Army  Medical 
Corps  during  World  War  II,  achieving  the  rank  of 
major.  A  neuropsychiatrist  noted  for  his  research  in 
psychopharmacology,  he  was  an  associate  clinical  pro- 
fessor in  the  psychiatry  department  at  the  University 


32      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


of  California  School  of  Medicine.  He  is  survived  by  his 
wife,  two  children,  a  brother,  and  a  sister. 

Polly  Sellers  R.N.  '40  of  Williamsburg,  Va.,  on  July 
19.  She  is  survived  by  her  husband,  Frank  Sellers 

J.D.  '43;  a  daughter;  three  grandchildren;  and  three 

great-grandchildren. 

Stewart  M.  Alexander  Jr.  '41  of  St.  Petersburg, 

Fla.,  in  October  1997. 


E.  Killian  '41  of  Weston,  W.Va.,  on  July  4. 
A  retired  Air  Force  captain,  he  had  received  the 
Distinguished  Flying  Cross.  He  was  a  member  of  the 
Duke  football  team  that  played  in  the  Rose  Bowl. 
He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  two  sons,  a  sister,  and  four 
grandchildren. 

Herbert  G.  Patterson  Jr.  B.S.E.  '41  of  Tampa,  Fla. 

Jack  H.  Sawyer  B.S.C.E.  '42  of Wallingford,  Pa., 
on  March  17, 1998.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Mary  Ann. 
Mark  A.  Ranier  Jr.  '43  on  June  13.  He  is  survived 
by  his  wife,  Alice. 

William  H.  Watson,  Jr.  J.D.  41  of  Keene,  N.H., 
on  Dec.  1, 1997.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  a  son,  two 
daughters,  a  brother,  and  two  grandchildren. 

F.  David  Beary  B.S.E.E.  '43  of  San  Diego,  Calif, 
in  February  1998.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  E. 
Maxwell  Beary '42. 

Henrietta  Lorentz  Cook '44  of  Charleston, 

W.Va.,  on  Oct.  26,1997. 

Charles  M.  Davis  '44  of  Tampa,  Fla.,  in  April.  He 
was  decorated  as  an  Air  Force  pilot  during  World  War 
II.  Active  in  his  community,  he  had  received  many 
civic  and  marketing  awards.  He  was  founding  chair- 
man of  the  Bank  of  Tampa  and  CEO  of  Davis  Brother 
Insurance.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Margaret,  three 
children,  six  grandchildren,  and  two  sisters. 

James  Allen  Knight  M.Div.  '44  of  New  Orleans, 
on  July  17. 


'45  of  Warwick,  R.I.,  on  Dec. 
9, 1997.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Eileen. 

Jeanne  Robeson  Plunkett  R.N.  '45  of 
Augusta,  Ga.,  on  Oct.  16, 1997. 

Cecilia  Glen  Butler  R.N. '46  of  Newark,  Ohio, 
on  June  11. 

William  P.  McClamroch  '47  of  Twin  Lakes 
Center,  N.C.,  on  Aug.  2.  He  is  survived  by  two  sons 
and  a  granddaughter. 

Bruce  Moore  A.M.  '47  of  Bedford,  Mass.,  on  April 
20, 1997. 

Anna  B.  Speth  R.N.  '47,  B.S.N.  '47  of  Marion, 
S.C.,  on  Feb.  19, 1998.  She  had  served  in  the  Army 
Nurses  Corps.  She  was  director  of  nursing  at  Marion 
Memorial  Hospital  and  a  coordinator  and  instructor 
at  Marion  County  Technical  Education  Center.  She 
was  selected  as  outstanding  alumna  of  the  Duke 
University  School  of  Nursing  in  1972,  and  was  chosen 
by  the  National  Nurses  Association  to  write  a  national 
examination.  She  is  survived  by  a  daughter,  Patricia 
S.  Blackmon  '77,  J.D.  '84;  a  son,  Ted  Speth  II 
'73;  two  sisters;  a  brother;  and  four  grandchildren. 


i  A.M.  '47  of  Rockville,  Md.,  on  May  9. 
She  is  survived  by  three  children,  a  brother,  and  a 
grandson. 

Joseph  B.  Warren  '47,  M.D.  '51  of  New  Bern, 
N.C.,  on  Aug.  3.  He  served  in  the  Navy  during  World 
War  II.  He  was  president  of  the  N.C.  Medical  Society 
in  1980,  the  same  year  he  received  Duke  Medical 
School's  Distinguished  Alumnus  Award.  He  is  sur- 
vived by  his  wife,  Virginia;  son  Edward  S.Warren 
B.S.E.  '72;  daughter  Rebecca  Warren  Hardy 
B.S.N.  '75;  and  seven  grandchildren. 


William  F.  Andrews  '48,  H.A.  Cert.  '50  of 
Raleigh,  on  July  25.  He  was  chief  executive  officer  of 
Wake  County  Hospital  Systems  from  1957  to  1984, 
where  he  also  served  as  president  for  27  years.  He  was 
an  Air  Force  veteran  of  World  War  II.  He  received  the 
J.  Michael  Weeks  Humanitarian  Award  from  the  staff 
of  Wake  Medical  Center  in  1993  and,  in  1995,  the 
South  Carolina  Hospital  Association  Board  of  Trustees 
gave  him  an  Appreciation  Award  for  his  contributions. 
He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Dorothy,  a  son,  four  daughters, 
and  13  grandchildren. 

Mary  Lou  Shippey  Hoshall  '48  of  Atlanta. 


Van  de  Venter  Learning  J.D.  '49 
of  Durham,  on  July  13.  A  veteran  of  World  War  II,  he 
served  in  the  FBI  hctoiv  entering  the  banking  industry, 
eventually  returning  to  government  service  on  the 
National  Labor  Relations  Board.  He  is  survived  by  a 
son,  a  daughter,  and  two  grandchildren. 

Murrell  K.  Glover  M.Div.  '50  of  Chapel  Hill,  on 
Aug.  5.  A  Methodist  minister,  he  was  a  U.S.  Army 
chaplain,  retiring  with  the  rank  of  major.  He  is  survived 
by  a  son,  Durant  Murrell  Glover  '73;  a  grand- 
daughter; a  brother;  and  two  sisters. 

William  B.  Gunter  '50  of  Raleigh,  in  July.  He 
was  a  Navy  veteran  of  World  War  II  and  a  building 
inspector  for  the  City  ot  Durham.  He  is  survived  by 

his  wife,  Jeanne  Werner  Gunter  A.M.  '90;  a 

son;  a  sister,  Ellen  G.  Ward  '29,  A.M.  '36;  two 
brothers;  and  a  granddaughter. 

Ralph  J.  Brown  Jr.  '51  ofWayne,  Pa.,  on  July  11, 

1997. 

Dorothy  Woodward  Le  Gore '51  ofVineland, 

N.J.,  on  Jan.  17, 1997.  She  is  survived  by  her  husband, 
Norman  C.  Le  Gore  '51. 

F.  Stewart  Stokes  Jr.  '51  of  Gulfport,  Miss.,  in 

January  1998. 

Dorothy  C.  Ware  '51  of  Yorktown,  Va.,  on  July  25. 
A  veteran  of  World  War  II,  she  had  retired  as  a  nurse 
at  the  Boone  Clinic  Naval  Amphibious  Base  in  Norfolk, 
Va.  She  is  survived  by  a  son,  a  brother,  a  sister,  and 
two  grandsons. 

Ann  Deyton  Lentz  '53,  B.S.N.  '62  of  Clemmons, 
N.C,  on  June  14.  She  is  survived  by  a  brother,  Robert 
Deyton  Jr.  '51,  M.D.  '55;  a  sister,  Edith  Deyton 
Makepeace  '48;  and  nieces  Melinda  Deyton 
Fox  '76,  M.Ed.  76,  Nancy  Deyton  Nelson  78, 
Catherine  Deyton  '79,  and  Kara  Deyton 
Waters  89 

Robert  Allen  Lawler  '54  of  Port  Angeles,  Wash., 
on  Feb.  11, 1998.  An  Army  veteran,  he  was  a  systems 
analyst  for  32  years  at  the  company  now  called 
UNISYS.  Upon  retiring,  he  chaired  the  board  of 
trustees  at  his  church.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  a 
son,  two  daughters,  and  a  grandchild. 

L.  Jane  Hickson-Moss '55  of  Clearwater,  Fla. 

Margaret  N.  Neuhaus  '55  of  Wilmette,  111.,  on 
June  16.  A  flutist,  she  earned  her  doctorate  in  musical 
arts  in  1984.  She  was  a  past  elder  and  deacon  of  the 
First  Presbyterian  Church  of  Wilmette.  She  is  survived 
by  her  husband,  Francis  C.  Neuhaus  '54,  Ph.D. 
'58;  four  children,  including  Robert  F.  Neuhaus 
'82;  11  grandchildren;  and  two  great-grandchildren. 

Gerson  '57  of  Palm  Bay,  Fla. 


C.  Rau  '57  of  Clemmons,  N.C,  on  June 
23,  while  swimming  at  Lake  Norman.  At  Duke,  he  was 
a  member  of  Delta  Sigma  Phi  and  Alpha  Kappa  Psi. 
He  worked  for  both  R.J.  Reynolds  and  Del  Monte  Corp., 
retiring  in  1989  as  a  vice  president.  He  was  a  past 
director  of  the  Twin  City  club,  a  past  district  comman- 
der of  the  U.S.  Power  Squadrons,  and  vice  president  of 
the  Special  Operations  Response  Team  (SORT),  where 


A  Charitable 

Annuity: 

The  Gift 

That  Pays 

In  exchange  for  a  gift  of 
$10,000  or  more,  Duke  can 
offer  you  (or  you  and  your 
spouse)  a  fixed  annual 
income  for  life. 

Your  age  (and  that  of  your 
spouse),  your  financial 
needs,  and  current  interest 
rates  determine  the  annuity 
rate  Duke  can  offer. 


Some  Sample  Rates 

Your  Age 

Annuity 

60 

6.5% 

70 

7.5% 

75 

8.0% 

Your  Ages 

Annuity 

70/68 

6.5% 

75/73 

7.0% 

Annuity  rates  are  subject  to 
change.  Once  your  gift  is  made, 
the  annuity  rate  remains  fixed. 

Please  allow  us  to  send  you 
a  proposal 


Please  contact 

Michael  C.  Sholtz,  J.D.,  LL.M. 

Director,  Duke  University 

Office  of  Planned  Giving 

Box  90606 

2127  Campus  Drive 

Durham  NC  27708-0606 

(919)  681-0464 

(919)684-2123 


January-February  1999        33 


he  received  its  National  Disaster  Medical  System 
Distinguished  Member  of  the  Year  Award.  He  is  sur- 
vived by  his  wife,  Linda,  five  children,  two  stepchildren, 
his  mother,  two  sisters,  and  nine  grandchildren. 

Ronald  M.  Sindberg  Ph.D.  '58  of  Middleton, 

Wis.,  of  a  heart  attack  on  April  28.  He  is  survived  by  a 

daughter. 

Janice  Mellinger  A.M.  '59  of  Pittsburgh,  Pa.,  in 

1991. 

Bruce  W.  VonZellen  Ph.D.  '59  of  DeKalb,  111., 
on  Dec.  12, 1997.  He  was  an  Army  veteran  of  World 
War  II.  He  was  an  associate  professor  in  the  biological 
sciences  department  at  Northern  Illinois  University. 
He  taught  at  Duke  from  1956  to  1958.  He  is  survived 
by  his  wife,  Estelle,  and  a  daughter. 

Carl  M.  Longley  M.A.T  '61  of  La  Jolla,  Cat,  on 
Aug.  4, 1995. 

William  L.  Pfeiffer'63  ofGladstone,N.J.,on  May 
29.  He  is  survived  hy  his  wife,  Deborah,  two  daughters, 
a  brother,  his  mother,  and  stepfather. 

Robert  G.  Smith  '63  of  Saint  Cloud,  Minn.,  on 
May  20. 

Stephen  F.  Sziarto  B.S.E. '64  of  Cleveland,  Ga., 
on  Feb.  6, 1998.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Rosalie 
Shaw  Sziarto  B.S.N.  '64;  two  daughters;  his  parents; 
and  a  sister. 

K.  Weeks  '64  of  Wilmington,  Del.,  on 


John  S.  Stoppelman  '66  of  McLean,  Va.,  on 
July  15. 

Sidney  F.  Wogan  B.D.  '66  of  Ocean  Springs, 
Miss.,  on  July  21.  He  was  a  retired  Air  Force  colonel, 
having  served  34  years  in  the  Judge  Advocate  General's 


office.  He  was  director  ot  religious  education  at 
Keesler  Air  Force  Base.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  two 
sons,  five  grandchildren,  and  two  great-grandchildren. 

Marie  "Dinny"  Mickal  Abaunza  67  of  Salt 
Lake  City,  on  June  15.  She  was  a  senior  research  specialist 
at  the  University  of  Utah.  She  was  a  member  of  the 
Girl  Scouts  Utah  Council,  a  past  chair  of  the  local 
Duke  Alumni  Admissions  Advisory  Committee,  and  a 
past  president  of  the  local  Duke  club.  She  is  survived 
by  a  daughter,  her  parents,  two  sisters,  and  a  brother. 

Thomas  Hugh  Murphy  J.D.  '68  of  Seattle, 
Wash.,  on  July  3, 1997.  He  was  a  partner  at  the  law 
firm  Murphy,  Elgot,  ck  Moore. 

Bingham  Dai  House  Staff'69  of  Swiss  Pine  Lake, 
N.C.,  on  Oct.  31, 1996.  He  was  a  professor  emeritus  at 
Duke,  where  he  taught  psychotherapy.  He  is  survived 
by  his  wife;  a  daughter,  Meiling  Dai  '59;  a  son; 
and  a  sister. 

Patricia  Chilcote  Elledge  '75,  A.H.Cert.  '81, 
M.S.  '81  of  West  Bloomfield,  Mich.,  on  Aug.  17, 1996. 

Paul  W.  Schach  75  of  Arlington,  Va.,  on  Nov.  4, 
1997. 


A.M.  '77,  Ph.D  '79  on  Dec.  12, 1996. 

Charles  Scott  Baker  III  M.D.  '79  of  Concord, 
N.C.,  on  June  13.  He  had  a  private  practice  and  taught 
at  East  Carolina  University's  medical  school  before 
becoming  clinic  director  of  Kannapolis  Family 
Physicians  in  1995.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Mary, 
rwo  daughters,  his  parents,  two  brothers,  and  a  sister. 

David  Parker  Boyd  '79  of  Chicago  on  Nov.  20, 
from  complications  of  lymphoma.  At  Duke,  he  was  a 
member  of  Phi  Kappa  Psi  fraternity  and  Phi  Beta 
Kappa.  He  attended  Oxford  University  and  earned  a 
law  degree  at  Yale  in  1982.  He  later  completed  the 


Kellogg  Management  Institute  at  Northwestern's  grad- 
uate school  ot  management.  He  was  a  partner  at 
Williams  &  Montgomery,  Ltd.  He  is  survived  by  his 
wife,  Dede,  two  daughters,  a  son,  his  mother,  and  a 
brother,  Richard  H.  Boyd  '79. 

Andrew  Greer  Morton  '86  of  Los  Angeles,  of  a 
motorcycle  accident  in  Colorado  on  July  17. 

John  Christian  Browning  BSE.  '89  of  Temple, 
Texas,  on  Nov.  6, 1997. 

Jessica  Cohen  '95  of  Phoenix,  Ariz.,  on  June  29, 
of  a  brain  tumor.  At  Duke,  she  wrote  a  column  for 
The  Chronicle,  and  helped  to  form  a  policy  magazine, 
The  Modern  Crisis.  She  was  a  journalisr  at  U.S.  News 
&  World  Report  as  well  as  Entertainment  Weekly.  She  is 
survived  by  her  parents,  a  stepfather,  her  grandparents, 
her  fiance,  and  three  siblings. 

Alumni  Administrator  Garrard 

Duke  Alumni  Affairs'  former  assistanr  director, 

Annie  Walker  Garrard  '25,  A.M.  '30,  and  winner 
of  the  University  Medal,  one  of  Duke's  highest  honors, 
died  October  14.  She  was  93. 

At  Duke,  she  was  a  founder  of  White  Duchy,  the 
school's  first  honor  society  for  women.  She  taught 
at  Watts  Street  School  for  ten  years  before  becoming 
dean  of  women  at  Greensboro  College.  In  1939,  she 
returned  to  Duke  as  assistant  director  of  alumni 
affairs.  She  retired  in  1970.  In  1981,  the  Duke  Alumni 
Association  named  one  of  its  alumni  endowed 
scholarships  for  her. 

In  1995,  she  was  honored  with  the  University 
Medal.  The  citation  read,  "for  many  alumni  of  Duke 
University,  the  person  we  now  honor  has  been,  quite 
literally,  the  personification  of  their  alma  mater." 
Memorial  conrributions  may  be  sent  to  the  Annie  W. 
Garrard  Scholarship  at  the  alumni  office. 


DUKE 

1999 
Summer  Youth  Programs 


Constructing  Your  College  Experience 

•  One  one-week  session     •  Residential  participants  only 

•  For  students  currently  in  grades  10-1 1 

Duke  Creative  Writers'  Workshop 

•  One  two-week  session     •  Residential  participants  only 

•  For  students  currently  in  grades  10-11 

Duke  Drama  Workshop 

•  One  two-week  session     •  Residential  participants  only 

•  For  students  currently  in  grades  10-11 


Duke  Young  Writers'  Camp 

•  Three  two-week  sessions*  Residential  and  day  campers 

•  For  students  currently  in  grades  6-1 1 

Duke  Action  Science  Camp  for  Young  Women 

•  One  two-week  session     •  Residential  and  day  campers 

•  For  young  women  currently  in  grades  5-8 

Expressions!  A  Duke  Fine  Arts  Day  Camp 

•  One  two-week  session     •  Day  campers  only 

•  For  students  currently  in  grades  5-8 


Call  919-684-6259  or  visit  our  web  site  at  www.learnmore.duke.edu/youth 


34      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


FOOTBALL 
FUTURES 


Editors: 

Wall  Street  had  its  "Black  Monday"  on 
October  19, 1987,  when  the  Dow- Jones  Aver- 
age fell  more  than  22  percent;  Duke  Uni- 
versity had  its  own  on  November  30,  when  it 
dismissed  football  coach  Fred  Goldsmith. 
Because  a  disaster  is  always  a  good  time  for 
serious  reflections,  this  is  a  good  time  to  re- 
assess the  future  of  football  at  Duke.  There 
are  at  least  four  quite  distinct  paths  that  the 
Blue  Devils  might  follow. 

Option  1:  Duke  might  attempt  to  become  a 
consistent  Division  I  powerhouse  in  football, 
much  as  it  is  in  basketball,  soccer,  lacrosse, 
and  tennis.  To  do  so  would  require  some  ma- 
jor changes.  Academic  requirements  would 
have  to  be  diluted  to  the  point  that  Duke 
could  compete  in  recruitment  with  the  likes 
of  the  present  "top  twenty"  football  schools. 
The  SAT  might  still  be  required,  but  scores 
would  largely  be  disregarded,  as  would  high 
school  grades.  To  keep  these  "student  ath- 
letes" academically  eligible  would  require 
establishing  new  majors  such  as  "general  stud- 
ies" or  "leisure  studies,"  both  of  which  are 
very  popular  at  football  factories. 

Finally,  Duke  would  need  to  accept  gradu- 
ation rates  at  the  levels  of  Florida  State, 
UNC,  and  other  "successful"  ACC  football 
programs — that  is,  50  percent  or  less  instead 
of  its  current  95  percent.  Option  1  might  be 
costly,  but  as  $65  million  of  the  current  capi- 
tal campaign  will  go  to  athletics  (more  than 
twice  the  level  for  the  library),  this  path  seems 
financially  if  not  ethically  affordable,  and  it 
would  no  doubt  delight  some  elements 
among  the  alumni. 

Option  2  continues  the  status  quo,  the  main 
features  of  which  are  occasional  winning 
seasons  and  firing  football  coaches  every  few 
years  after  losing  seasons.  Since  my  arrival 
at  Duke  in  1974,  the  university  has  fired  four 
coaches  and  seen  Steve  Sloan  and  Steve 
Spurrier  leave,  all  after  relatively  short  ten- 
ures. After  Goldsmith's  experience,  when  he 
turned  down  numerous  outside  offers  to  re- 
main at  Duke  after  his  successful  first  season, 
wouldn't  any  future  coach  be  wise  to  abandon 
ship  after  any  winning  season? 

Given  the  experienced  team  that  Goldsmith 


leaves  and  a  soft  non-conference  schedule  in 
1999,  Carl  Franks  could  be  expected  to  have 
a  winning  season.  Then  what?  I  take  a  back 
seat  to  no  one  in  wishing  for  Franks  to  be  suc- 
cessful, but  I  hope  that  he  will  not  be  held  to 
unreasonable  standards  that  lead  to  his  dis- 
missal in  a  few  years.  The  reality  ot  football  in 
the  1990s  is  that  private  universities  seeking 
to  maintain  academic  standards  simply  can- 
not compete  consistently  with  Division  I  foot- 
ball factories  that  are  willing  to  recruit  semi- 
literates,  tolerate  oft-field  behavior  that  would 
land  most  citizens  in  jail,  and  pay  only  slight 
lip  service  to  education  and  graduation  rates. 
The  example  of  a  nearby  state  university  is 
instructive  in  this  respect. 

Option  3  would  have  Duke  drop  out  of  the 
ACC  for  football  and  fill  its  football  schedule 
with  such  academic  schools  as  those  in  the 
Ivy  League,  Colgate,  Davidson,  and  the  like. 
ACC  affiliation  would  be  maintained  in  all 
other  sports.  The  obvious  objection  to  this 
path  is  that  the  other  ACC  schools  would 
threaten  to  expel  Duke  from  the  conference. 
But  is  the  threat  credible,  and  is  Duke  with- 
out any  bargaining  chips?  Would  the  ACC, 
which  badly  needs  the  academic  respectabili- 
ty that  Duke  provides,  expel  its  top  academic 
school?  Would  the  ACC  really  want  to  lose 
one  of  its  top  two  basketball  teams?  If  it  with- 
drew from  football,  Duke  would  have  to  give 
up  its  share  of  football  bowl  revenues,  and  this 
could  well  be  a  financial  incentive  for  the 
others  to  accept  Duke's  withdrawal,  as  the 
bowl  funds  would  be  split  eight  rather  than 
nine  ways. 

Option  4  is  for  Duke  to  drop  football.  The 
threat  that  the  ACC  would  expel  Duke  can- 
not be  dismissed  out  of  hand,  but  again  Duke 
is  not  without  bargaining  chips.  Some  other 
major  Division  I  universities  —  for  example, 
Georgetown  and  several  other  Big  East 
Conference  members — compete  in  all  sports 
except  football.  If  the  ACC  were  foolish 
enough  to  expel  Duke  for  dropping  football, 
wouldn't  several  other  conferences  eagerly 
tender  offers  to  join? 

None  of  these  options  is  without  some 
costs.  The  first  would  be  a  tragedy,  as  it  would 
drag  Duke  down  to  the  level  of  the  football 
factories;  a  corrupted  Duke  would  no  longer 
be  Duke.  The  second  is  tolerable  but  it  also 
represents  a  denial  of  reality  if  Coach  Franks 
is  expected  to  do  what  no  coach  at  a  small 


private  university,  Notre  Dame  excepted,  has 
been  able  to  achieve  in  recent  decades.  The 
third  and  fourth  would  entail  some  losses,  but 
they  would  solve  Duke's  Title  IX  problems. 
They  would  also  recognize  that,  given  the 
nature  of  contemporary  college  football,  it  is 
the  one  sport  in  which  private  schools  that 
are  unwilling  to  cortupt  themselves  and  jetti- 
son all  academic  standards  cannot  reasonably 
expect  to  be  consistently  competitive. 
Ole  R.  Holsti 

George  V  Allen  Professor  of  Political  Science 
Durham,  North  Carolina 


IN  MEMORIAM 


Editors: 

I  was  deeply  saddened  to  learn  of  Professor 
Wallace  Fowlie's  death  this  past  summer.  He 
was  an  institution  on  the  Duke  campus  for 
many  years.  A  James  B.  Duke  professor,  Fowlie 
was  internationally  recognized  as  a  leading 
scholar  in  Dante,  Proust,  and  the  French 
Symbolist  poets.  He  led  a  fascinating  life,  in- 
teracting with  such  diverse  figures  as  T.S. 
Eliot  and  John  E  Kennedy. 

To  me,  however,  Fowlie's  greatest  contribu- 
tion was  his  teaching.  He  was  a  superlative 
teacher,  making  difficult  texts  come  alive  for 
his  students.  I  had  the  great  fortune  to  take 
his  course  on  Proust.  One  of  Proust's  major 
themes  is  the  destructiveness  of  time.  Proust 
maintained  that  art  was  one  of  the  few  things 
to  transcend  time.  Along  with  art,  I  would 
add  Fowlie's  teaching.  His  course  will  stay 
with  me  the  remainder  of  my  life. 


David  A.  Skidmore  Jr.  '87 
Terrace  Park,  Ohio 


ECONOMIC 
INDICATORS 


Editors: 

In  regard  to  "Giving  Voice  to  the  Campus 
Conscience"  by  Paul  Baerman,  in  the  Sep- 
tember-October 1998  edition,  I  must  confess 
that  the  story  is  well  written.  However,  there 
are  always  two  sides  to  the  story. 

I  earned  my  master's  in  economics  at  Duke, 
then  my  Ph.D.  at  Vanderbilt,  then  returned 


January-February  1999        35 


home  to  Honduras.  Ever  since,  I  have  devoted 
full  time  to  making  Honduras  a  better  place; 
I  am  a  commissioner  for  the  National  Tele- 
communications Commission  (CONATEL) 
and  also  a  governor  for  the  Foundation  for 
Investment  and  Development  of  Exports 
(FIDE).  And  I  can  assure  you  that  the  story 
was  based  on  one-sided  information. 

The  sweatshops  that  the  story  mentions  are 
locally  referred  to  as  "maquila, "  or  offshore  man- 
ufacturing centers  in  which  garments  and 
some  appliances  are  assembled.  These  centers 
tend  to  utilize  the  relatively  abundant  labor, 
especially  that  of  women.  The  wages  paid 
there  are  low  by  U.S.  standards;  however, 
these  are  the  highest  wages  for  unskilled  labor 
in  the  whole  economy.  The  transformation  of 
the  Honduran  economy  is  imminent  as  wom- 
en enter  the  labor  force  in  greater  numbers. 

As  with  the  United  States  in  the  last  cen- 
tury, as  your  story  describes  it,  there  had  been 
abuses.  But  the  government  of  Honduras, 
owners  of  maquila  factories,  and  non-govern- 
mental agencies  (such  as  FIDE)  have  been 
very  active  in  freeing  the  system  of  abuses. 
These  factories  have  been  applying  national 
labor  laws  accordingly,  and  there  is  also  an 
ample  voluntary  set  of  labor  regulations.  The 
result  is  that  maquila  workers  have  better  liv- 
ing standards  than  other  traditional  sectors, 
such  as  agriculture. 

The  conscience  of  the  students  can  be  ma- 
nipulated by  labor  movements  that  feel  their 
interests  are  being  affected  by  a  thriving  in- 
dustry that  is  "sucking  jobs  South" — which  is 
just  the  result  ot  globalization  of  the  economy. 
And  at  this  moment,  after  the  area  was  hit  by 
Hurricane  Mitch,  maquila  is  the  industry  that 
will  most  likely  lead  the  other  sectors  to  re- 
cover from  this  tragedy  of  biblical  proportions. 

Dante  Mossi  A.M.  '92 
Tegucigalpa,  Honduras 


MATH  GAFFE 


Editors; 

The  amount  shown  on  the  cover  of  the 
November-December  issue  is  not  what  was 
intended.  The  graphic  shows  $1.500000000, 
which  is  a  dollar- fifty  rather  than  $1.5  billion. 
If  this  graphic  is  to  be  used  as  a  logo  for  the 
fund-raising  event,  it  might  be  best  to  alter 
the  decimal  to  a  comma  or  no  mark  at  all. 
The  current  image  does  not  serve  the  univer- 
sity well  at  a  sensitive  time. 

Philip  Shore  '69 
Asheboro,  North  Carolina 

The  operative  word  is  "graphic,  "as  in  graphic  de- 
sign, "to  convey  information  or  create  an  effect." 
We  were  conveying  a  mass  of  zeros,  not  a  mass  of 
commas.  Forgive  us  our  graphic  license. 


CLASSIFIEDS 


ACCOMMODATIONS 


k 


ARROWHEAD  INN 
Bed  &  Breakfast 


1775  PLANTATION  HOUSE 
4  acres  of  gardens  and  trees,  9  suites  and  room, 
log  cabin,  full  gourmet  breakfast, 
whirlpools,  fireplaces,  serenity 
106  Mason  Rd.  Durham  27712 
(919)  477-8430  (800)  528-2207 
www.arrowheadinn.com 


ST  JOHN:  Two  bedrooms,  pool.  Quiet  elegance, 
spectacular  view.  (508)  668-2078. 

FRANCE,  DORDOGNE:  Lovely  three-bedroom 
house,  garden  in  medieval  village.  (513)  221-1253. 

DURHAM'S  BEST-KEPT  CHARMING  SECRET 
DUKE  TOWER  RESIDENTIAL  SUITES 

Luxuriously  furnished  all-suite  hotel. 

Award-winning  gardens,  magnificent  outdoor  pool, 

fitness  center,  covered  walking  track,  fully  equipped 

kitchen,  two  remote  control  color  TVs, 

HBO  and  cable,  two  telephones,  free  local  calls, 

call  waiting,  and  voice  mail,  laundry  room, 

fax  and  copier  service,  uniformed  security, 

pets  permitted.  One  minute  from  East  Campus, 

two  minutes  from  West  Campus  and  Duke  Medical 

Center.  Just  streets  away  from  many  restaurants 

and  Northgate  Mall,  fifteen  minutes  to  RDU 

Airport.  For  reservations  and  information,  call 

(919)  687-4444;  fax  (919)  683-1215. 

FLORIDA  KEYS,  BIG  PINE  KEY.  Fantastic  open 
water  view.  Key  deer  refuge,  national  bird  sanctu- 
ary, stilt  house,  3/2,  screened  porches,  fully  fur- 
nished, stained  glass  windows,  swimming,  diving, 
fishing,  boat  basin,  non-smoking,  starting  at 
$2,100/week.  (305)  969-8844. 

EDISTO  ISLAND,  SC  (featured  in  New  York  Times 
and  Washington  Post) :  Fantastic  front  beach  house 
sleeping  13.  Great  fall/spring  rates.  Near  Charleston. 
(202)  338-3877  for  information,  pictures. 

FIGURE  EIGHT  ISLAND,  WILMINGTON,  NC: 
Four  bedrooms  (two  master  suites),  duee  baths. 
Numerous  amenities:  linens,  VCR,  Cable,  bikes,  etc. 
Screenporch,  panoramic  views  sound/ocean. 
Weekly  $2,150.  (910)  686-4099. 


LONDON  FLATS 

Finest  accommodations  in  central  London 

One,  two,  three  bedrooms  — 

seven-night  minimum  stay 

COTSWOLD  COTTAGES 

THE  LONDON  CONNECTION 

PARIS  •  IRELAND  •  ROME 

Phone:  (801)  393-9120  Fax:  (801)  393-3024 

E-mail:  london@relia.net 


FOR  RENT 


BEACHFRONT  GULFSTREAM,  FL:  one-bedroom 
unit.  April  24-May  1.  (864)  468-4328. 

French  Home  Rentals:  Comfortable  apartments, 
homes,  chateaux  in  Paris,  S.W  France.  Recommended 
by  French  Government  Tourist  Office.  Toll  free  (877) 
219-9190.  FHR@earthlink.net  www.cdfrance.com/ 
IFLSInternet/FrenchHomeRentals.html 


N.C.  MOUNTAINS 
Lake  Lure  Area 

THREE  CREEKS.. .an  unparalleled  communiry. 

Only  eighteen  three-acre  homesites  are  being 

developed,  none  contiguous  with  another, 

within  270  acres  of  conserved  land. 

This  surrounding  nature  preserve  is  deeded  to  the 

owners — to  be  enjoyed  by  all.  Abundant  water 

sources,  prominent  waterfalls,  meadows,  forest, 

swim  pond,  trails,  and  library  cabin. 

Protective  covenants  with  architectural  review. 

Paved  roads,  underground  utilities. 

John  Nelson 

241  Three  Creeks  Road 

Lake  Lure,  NC  28746 

(828)  625-4293 


THE  PRIME  MERIDIAN: 

ANTIQUE  MAPS  6k  BOOKS 

We  buy  and  sell  pre-20th  century  maps  and 

related  books  (travel/exploration). 

Online  browsing  and  secured  ordering  is  available. 

(www.bibliocity.com/home/PM).  We  specialize 

in  maps  of  the  southeastern  U.S.  and  Africa,  with 

a  variety  of  general  inventory.  Office  hours  by 

appointment  (Danville,  VA).  Phone:  (804)  724-1106; 

Fax:  (804)  799-0218;  E-mail:  jsk@gamewood.net 


CLASSIFIED  RATES 

GET  IN  TOUCH  WITH  75,000+  POTENTIAL  buy- 
ers, renters,  consumers,  through  Duke  Classifieds. 

RATES:  $2.50  per  word,  minimum  10  words.  10  per- 
cent discount  for  two  or  more  insertions. 

DISPLAY  RATES  (with  art  or  special  type  treat- 
ment): $150  per  column  inch  (2  3/8"  wide). 

REQUIREMENTS:  All  copy  must  be  printed  or 
typed.  Please  specify'  section  (FOR  SALE,  etc.)  in 
which  ad  should  appear.  Due  to  postal  regulations,  no 
travel  arrangements  allowed. 

ALL  ADS  MUST  BE  PREPAID:  Send  check  (pay- 
able to  Duke  Magazine)  to:  Duke  Magazine  Classifieds, 
614  Chapel  Drive,  Durham,  NC  27708-0570. 

We  accept  VISA,  MASTERCARD,  and  DISCOVER. 
No  phone  orders,  except  FAX  orders  with  credit  card 
numbers  and  expiration  date:  (919)  681-1659. 

DEADLINES:  November  15  (January-February  issue), 
January  15  (March-April  issue),  March  15  (May- June 
issue),  May  15  (July- August  issue),  July  15  (September- 
October  issue),  September  15  (November-December 
issue).  Please  specify  issues  in  which  ad  should  appear. 


36      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


IslsSsfcUi 


PLAYING 


FOR  LAUGHS 


Jason  Kuller  was  confident  that  light- 
ning wouldn't  strike  twice  and  get  in 
the  way  of  his  network  television 
debut  on  The  Late  Show  with  David 
Letterman.  A  few  months  before,  he 
had  been  bumped  from  the  green 
room  when  Whoopi  Goldberg  went 
long.  In  a  few  days,  he  would  do  the 
drill  again:  visit  the  hair  stylist  and 
dry  cleaners,  put  his  relatives  on 
alert,  and  fly  from  Los  Angeles  to  New  York. 
But  then  his  manager  called  with  bad  news: 
He'd  been  bumped  again  when  Jerry  Seinfeld 
decided  to  make  a  last-minute  appearance.  "I 
guess  Jerry  was  afraid  of  the  competition," 
deadpans  Kuller.  "At  least  that  first  time  I  got 
to  see  my  name  in  TV  Guide!' 

If  Kuller  J.D.  '89,  A.M.  '90  has  learned  any- 
thing since  he  decided  to  give  up  a  law  career 
for  stand-up  comedy,  it's  to  roll  with  the 
punches.  In  the  five  years  since  he  bombed 
before  his  fellow  attorneys  in  a  local  comedy 
club  contest,  he  has  performed  at  some  of  the 


JASON  KULLER 

BY  BILL  GLOVIN 

WHAT  WAS  SUCH  A  NICE 

JEWISH  BOY  THINKING 

WHEN  HE  GAVE  UP  A  LAW 

CAREER  FOR  THE  LIFE 

OF  A  STAND-UP  COMIC? 

most  prestigious  comedy  festivals  in  the 
world,  appeared  on  Comedy  Central  and  Louie 
Anderson's  Comedy  Showcase,  and  taped  a 
one-man  show  for  HBO.  He  was  re -invited  to 
appear  on  the  Letterman  show  in  early  Jan- 
uary and  is  now  developing  a  sitcom  to  be  co- 
produced  by  HBO  Independent  Productions 
and  Castle  Rock  Entertainment. 

Kuller's  biggest  break  came  when  HBO 
spotted  him  at  the  Montreal  Comedy  Festival 


last  year  and  signed  him  to  a  two-year  devel- 
opment deal.  As  part  of  the  deal,  HBO  asked 
him  to  develop  an  autobiographical,  one-man 
theater  piece  that  is  scheduled  to  air  in  the 
spring.  "Before  my  older  brother  Glen  died,  he 
always  encouraged  me  to  pursue  my  dream, " 
says  Kuller.  "His  death  crystallized  the  notion 
that  I  should  not  look  back  in  twenty  or  thirty 
years  and  think,  'I  wonder  what  would  have 
happened  if  I  had  given  comedy  a  shot?' " 

For  Kuller,  rolling  with  the  punches  has 
meant  putting  up  with  naysayers  and  heck- 
lers, jealous  colleagues,  and  club  owners  who 
expect  new  talent  to  work  for  free  or  next  to 
nothing.  He  has  developed  his  own  sardonic 
style  and  strives  to  "just  have  fun  on  stage, 
which  is  harder  than  it  sounds, "  he  says.  "If  the 
people  don't  laugh,  no  big  deal.  I  just  go  home 
and  sob  quietly  into  my  pillow."  Now  that 
Kuller  is  on  the  precipice  of  moving  from  an 
unknown  to  a  discovered  talent,  the  pressure 
is  on  to  succeed — or  fall  back  into  anonymity. 

Kuller,  now  thirty-five,  couldn't  have  been 


January-February  1999        37 


further  from  a  career  as  a  comic  when  he 
graduated  from  Duke's  law  school.  He  grew 
up  as  the  youngest  of  three  sons  in  a  family 
that  often  made  him  the  brunt  of  their  hu- 
mor. His  brother  Glen  had  dabbled  in  comedy 
for  a  short  time  in  his  early  twenties,  but  had 
lacked  discipline  and  patience.  Says  brother 
Mark,  a  Washington,  D.C.,  attorney,  "While 
our  father  was  always  funny  with  a  joke  and 
quick-witted,  and  my  younger  brother  Glen 
was  this  hilarious,  larger-than-life  character, 
Jason  was  always  very  quiet.  When  I  heard 
Jason  was  leaving  the  law  for  comedy,  I  told 
my  dad,  'But  Jason's  not  funny.'  " 

Kuller  points  out  his  family's  perspective  on 
his  comic  sensibilities  in  his  one -person  show, 
"Goodbye  Yellow  Brick  Joke";  the  title  refers 
to  a  joke  by  his  father  that  becomes  a  meta- 
phor for  life.  The  show  traces  Kuller 's  unlike- 
ly journey  to  become  a  stand-up  comedian  as 
he  struggles  to  please  both  his  parents.  As  he 
speaks  on  stage,  a  large  screen  behind  him 
compares  a  picture  of  his  mother,  Millie,  a 
beautiful  woman  from  an  Orthodox  Jewish 
family,  with  a  less-flattering  photo  of  his  secu- 
lar Jewish  father,  Sol,  whom  he  describes  as  "a 
low-level  Mafia  bookie."  Their  courtship, 
which  begins  on  the  lower  East  Side  of  New 
York,  continues  when  his  father  is  drafted 
into  the  Navy  during  World  War  II,  makes  a 
small  fortune  scamming  his  shipmates  with 
an  unmarked  deck  of  cards,  then  treats  them 
to  lavish  dinners  at  every  port.  "I  wish  my 
father  was  some  sort  of  war  hero,  but  unfortu- 
nately we  didn't  play  the  Nazis  in  poker," 
Kuller  laments. 

After  wining,  dining,  and  otherwise  "con- 
ning" Millie  into  marrying  him,  Sol  moved  to 
Monticello,  New  York,  the  Catskill  Mountains 
region  known  for  its  Jewish  resort  hotels,  bun- 
galow colonies,  and  race  track.  Millie  sent 
Kuller  and  his  brothers  to  yeshiva  (a  private 
Hebrew  school),  but  Sol  exposed  them  to 
Borscht-belt  comedians  and  the  trotters  at 
Monticello  Raceway.  His  was  a  family  in 
which  the  mother  lit  Sabbath  candles,  kept  a 
kosher  home,  and  encouraged  her  sons  to 
become  doctors  or  lawyers,  while  the  father 
took  bets,  slipped  his  sons  ham,  and  beamed 
whenever  one  of  them  delivered  a  good  joke. 
"Once  you've  tasted  ham,  it's  like  smoking 
crack,"  Kuller  quips.  "Pretty  soon  you're  on 
the  corner  hocking  your  yarmulke  for  bacon." 

When  Millie  died  from  cancer  a  month 
before  his  bar  mitzvah  in  1976,  his  father 
moved  the  family  to  Las  Vegas.  By  this  time, 
Mark,  who  is  ten  years  older  than  Jason,  was 
on  his  way  to  becoming  legislative  counsel  to 
the  head  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Service. 
Glen,  five  years  older,  was  on  his  way  to 
becoming  one  of  the  biggest  bookmakers  on 
the  West  Coast,  not  only  in  terms  of  betting 
action  but  in  weight — he  topped  the  scales 
at  more  than  300  pounds.  "I  once  questioned 


Glen  on  one  of  his  point  spreads  and  he  gave 
me  this  incredulous  look  and  huffed,  'They 
didn't  question  Van  Gogh  on  his  use  of  yellow.' 
Fortunately,  Mark  was  in  a  great  position  to 
help  Glen  and  my  dad  with  their  considerable 
income-tax  issues,"  says  Kuller. 

In  Las  Vegas,  Kuller  was  enrolled  in  a  pub- 
lic high  school,  where  he  ran  track,  was  pres- 
ident of  a  Jewish  youth  group,  and  received 
straight  As.  He  also  started  perfecting  some 
of  the  magic  tricks  he  had  learned  years  earlier 
as  a  way  to  wrestle  some  of  the  attention  away 
from  his  brothers.  He  attended  workshops 
and  hung  around  magicians  who  performed 
in  the  casinos.  But  he  lacked  direction:  "It  was 
like  I  had  Mark  on  one  shoulder  advising  me 
to  stay  in  school  and  get  an  education  and 
Glen  on  the  opposite  shoulder  encouraging 
me  to  do  whatever  made  me  happy." 

Still  hearing  his  mother's  voice  in  his  head 
and  feeling  that  his  traditional  upbringing  had 
kept  him  sheltered,  Kuller  decided  to  come 
out  of  his  shell  in  a  big  way.  "I  decided  to  be- 
come the  nation's  first  Jewish  president."  To 
achieve  this  lofty  goal,  he  enrolled  at  George- 
town University,  which  put  him  in  the  nation's 
political  center  as  well  as  a  multicultural  en- 
vironment. "Growing  up  so  immersed  in  Jewish 
traditions,  I  thought  I'd  see  how  the  other  half 
lives  by  going  to  a  Jesuit  school, "  he  recalls.  "I 
tried  to  pass  myself  off  as  a  Catholic,  but  the 
giant,  rapper- sized  Mezuzah  was  a  giveaway." 

A  highlight  at  Georgetown  was  performing 
his  card  tricks  for  Patrick  Ewing  and  the  other 
basketball  stars  who  lived  on  his  dormitory 
floor.  But  mostly,  Kuller  says,  he  was  a  "nerd" 
and  an  "egghead"  who  was  so  shy  that  he  had 
but  one  date  in  four  years.  "Even  that  ended 
in  disaster  when  I  underestimated  the  cost  of 
dinner,  didn't  have  enough  money  to  pay  for 
a  cab,  and  we  had  to  walk  home  from  the  res- 
taurant in  the  pouring  rain." 

His  friends  admired  his  wry,  cynical  obser- 
vations, but  he  didn't  know  what  to  make  of 
such  praise.  "As  far  as  I  was  concerned,  I  was 
just  reflecting  one-tenth  of  my  dad's  and 
Glen's  sense  of  humor  and  charisma." 

In  May  1985,  he  received  a  bachelor  of  arts 
degree  in  philosophy  and  political  science. 
"Imagine  my  surprise  when  I  discovered  that 
none  of  the  big  philosophy  companies  were 
hiring, "  he  says.  That  summer  he  visited  his 
childhood  best  friend,  Todd  Slayton  '84.  As 
boys  in  Monticello,  Kuller  and  Slayton  had 
recreated  Marx  Brothers  routines  and  made 
Super  Eight  films  with  their  G.I.  Joes.  "I  had 
the  typical  Eastern  preconception  that  North 
Carolina  was  Hicksville,"  says  Kuller.  "But  I 
was  won  over  by  the  charm  of  Durham,  the 
fried  chicken,  and  the  Southern  women — 
not  necessarily  in  that  order.  I  really  love  fried 
chicken." 

Kuller  stayed  in  Durham  with  Slayton 
while  he  took  a  year  off  to  ponder  the  future. 


In  the  interim,  the  philosophy  major  found 
work  as  a  car  salesman:  "Once  I  got  customers 
questioning  their  own  existence,  it  was  very 
tough  to  sell  them  an  extended  warranty." 
The  job  turned  sour  when  the  dealership  was 
closed  by  consumer  regulators  for  faulty  busi- 
ness practices.  "I  almost  did  something  illegal, 
which  was  a  proud  moment  for  my  dad, "  he 
says.  But  he  ultimately  heeded  his  mother's 
advice  and  applied  to  Duke's  joint  degree  pro- 
gram in  law  and  philosophy.  "I  wanted  to  stay 
in  Durham,  so  my  goal  shifted  from  president 
to  philosopher-king." 

A  huge  basketball  fan,  Kuller  had  reveled 
in  Georgetown's  success  during  the  Patrick 
Ewing  era.  But  the  atmosphere  at  Cameron, 
his  admiration  of  Coach  K  and  the  ACC  style 
of  play,  and  two  Final  Fours  in  his  three  years 
at  Duke  persuaded  him  to  switch  allegiances. 
One  favorite  hangout  on  campus  was  "The 
Bubble, "  an  outdoor  basketball  court  enclosed 
by  a  chain-link  fence  in  the  middle  of  the 
woods  between  the  law  school  and  Cameron. 
Success  on  one  of  the  Bubble's  courts  fre- 
quently meant  Kuller  skipping  or  arriving  late 
for  class.  When  he  won  a  grant  from  the 
Freewater  Film  Society,  he  took  his  cues  from 
the  Bubble  and  began  making  a  Spinal  Tap- 
like mockumentary  about  a  mild-mannered 
Duke  business  professor  who,  despite  his  un- 
assuming appearance  and  thick  Slavic  accent, 
was  one  of  the  Bubble's  dominant  players. 
"One  of  my  big  regrets  is  not  finishing  that 
film,  but  graduation  got  in  the  way." 

That  September,  he  started  at  Vinson  &. 
Elkins,  a  top-ten  law  firm  in  Houston.  He  was 
attracted  by  the  firm's  budding  entertainment 
division  and  his  desire  to  help  put  together 
film  deals  on  the  "third  coast."  But  he  soon 
found  himself  working  on  less-glamorous  cor- 
porate law  matters,  like  securities  regulations, 
so  he  switched  to  the  firm's  appellate  division. 

"For  the  first  time  in  my  life,  I  had  the  crea- 
ture comforts — the  nice  apartment,  the 
fancy  car — all  the  things  people  generally 
associate  with  success, "  he  says.  "But  I  knew 
in  my  heart  of  hearts  that  I  didn't  want  to  be 
practicing  law  for  the  rest  of  my  life." 

Frustrated  by  three  years  surrounded  by 
humorless  lawyers,  Kuller  spotted  an  ad  for  a 
comedy  workshop  and,  within  weeks,  had 
written  and  performed  five  minutes  of  his 
own  material  in  front  of  the  class.  Afterward, 
the  instructor  told  him  he  was  a  natural  and 
suggested  that  he  try  performing  at  an  open- 
mike  night  in  a  real  comedy  club.  Says  Kuller, 
"It  was  two  weeks  before  my  thirtieth  birth- 
day. I  figured  it  was  now  or  never." 

He  compares  hearing  his  name  announced 
from  the  stage  for  the  first  time  to  being 
pushed  out  of  an  airplane.  "There  was  no 
going  back.  That  was  the  moment  I  realized 
there's  a  huge  difference  between  making  my 
friends  laugh  and  trying  to  be  funny  in  front 


38      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


of  a  group  of  strangers.  I  tried  to  ignore  the 
blinding  spotlight,  the  noise  from  clinking 
glasses  and  conversation,  and  the  deafening 
lack  of  laughter.  When  I  finished,  one  of  the 
regular  comics  there  came  over  and  told  me 
that  my  material  was  good  but  that  I  needed 
more  time  on  stage  to  get  comfortable." 

Those  few  words  of  encouragement  in- 
spired him  to  return  each  week  and  tape  his 
act.  Working  on  cases  during  the  day,  he 
found  himself  drifting  from  torts  to  comedy 
tactics.  He  also  started  to  improve.  "The 
euphoria  I  felt  from  making  strangers  laugh 
kept  me  coming  back.  Stand-up  is  such  a 
wonderfully  pure  form  of  entertainment 
because,  unlike  anything  else,  there  is  instan- 
taneous feedback."  That  year  he  entered  the 
"Funniest  Person  in  Houston"  contest,  made 
it  to  the  finals,  and  invited  everyone  from  his 
law  firm  to  the  competition.  "I  was  so  nervous 
that  I  bombed.  It  was  difficult  to  show  up  for 
work  on  Monday.  I  thought  they  were  going 
to  fire  me  because  of  my  set." 

But  he  didn't  give  up.  Based  on  the  many 
successful  sets  he  had  delivered  in  Houston's 
comedy  clubs,  he  was  invited  to  perform  in  a  g 
"New  Faces  of  Texas"  show  in  July  1993  at  the  * 
Improvisation  in  Los  Angeles.  It  was  there  g 
that  Sol  and  Glen  first  saw  him  perform.  "I  I 
could  see  them  laughing  in  the  audience, "  he 
recalls.  "When  I  came  off  stage,  they  hugged 
me  as  if  I  had  just  won  the  NCAA  Tour- 
nament. I  think  I  genuinely  surprised  them." 
Six  months  later,  Glen,  who  had  been  fighting 
a  drug  and  weight  problem,  was  dead  from  a 
drug  overdose. 

Kuller,  who  had  always  been  encouraged  by 
Glen's  support  and  positive  outlook  on  life, 
was  devastated.  He  didn't  feel  much  like  tel- 
ling jokes  anymore  and  stopped  performing. 
A  year  later,  shortly  before  the  unveiling  of 
Glen's  gravestone,  Sol  was  diagnosed  with 
congestive  heart  failure  and  told  that  he  had 
less  than  a  year  to  live.  Leaving  the  law  firm 
and  any  chance  he  had  of  making  partner 
behind,  Kuller  moved  to  Florida  to  spend  time 
with  Sol.  "I  was  only  twelve  when  my  mother 
died,  and  I  hadn't  realized  that  she  was  so 
sick,"  he  says.  "Her  death  had  been  a  total 
shock.  I  wasn't  going  to  let  my  father  go  with- 
out him  knowing  how  much  he  meant  to  me." 

After  Sol's  death  in  September  1994,  Kuller 
moved  to  Los  Angeles  with  an  ultimatum:  He 
had  three  years  to  find  a  way  to  support  him- 
self as  a  comic  or  comedy  writer.  He  found 
contract  work  as  an  attorney  to  pay  the  bills 
and  hit  the  open  mikes.  Sometimes  he  would 
wait  as  long  as  four  hours  for  a  five -minute 
spot  in  front  of  three  people.  "There  are  so 
many  talented  comedians  in  Los  Angeles.  It 
was  both  inspiring  and  depressing.  You  have 
to  really  want  it  bad." 

Andy  Kindler,  one  of  his  comedy  idols, 
helped  boost  his  confidence  one  night  when 


he  approached  Kuller  after  a  gig  and  told  him 
he  had  enjoyed  his  set.  In  March  1997,  Kuller 
invited  Kindler  to  "headline"  an  amateur 
showcase  at  the  Comedy  Store's  Belly  Room. 
A  talent  scout  from  MTV  came  by  to  see 
Kindler  and  happened  to  catch  Kuller's  act. 


THE  MAJO 
LLENGE  IN 
ITING  AND 
PERFORMING 
AN  AUTOBIO- 
GRAPHICAL 
THEATER  PIECE 
WAS  TO  WALK 
THAT  FINE  LINE 
BETWEEN  FUNNY 
AND  SAD, 
BETWEEN  HUMOR 


Kuller  was  floored  when  the  scout  invited 
him  to  perform  at  an  upcoming  MTV  show- 
case at  the  Improvisation  on  Melrose,  one  of 
the  city's  top  clubs.  "It  was  a  fluke, "  he  says.  "I 
was  an  open-mike  comic  and  most  of  the 
other  showcase  performers  had  been  on  tele- 
vision. I  talked  myself  into  not  being  nervous 
and  just  having  fun.  Two  beers  helped." 

Kuller's  set  at  the  MTV  showcase  got  him 
an  audition  for  the  "Just  For  Laughs"  Comedy 
Festival  in  Montreal,  the  largest  comedy  fes- 
tival in  the  world.  He  was  competing  with  sev- 
eral hundred  comedians  from  every  English- 
speaking  nation  for  one  of  the  coveted  "New 
Faces  of  Comedy"  slots.  When  the  twenty- 
four  "new  faces"  were  announced,  Kuller  was 
on  the  list.  He  says  his  odds  of  becoming  a 
"New  Face"  without  an  agent  or  manager  was 
like  "an  at-large  team  making  it  to  the  Final 
Four." 

A  good  set  at  the  festival  led  to  an  agent,  a 
manager,  and  the  development  deal  with 
HBO.  When  HBO  encouraged  Kuller  to  fash- 
ion his  one-man  show,  he  pitched  them  on  his 
life  story,  and  they  were  sold.  Says  Kuller,  "My 
family  history  is  filled  with  death,  and  the 
major  challenge  in  writing  and  performing  an 
autobiographical  theater  piece  was  to  walk 
that  fine  line  between  funny  and  sad,  between 
humor  and  pathos,  which  is  a  much  different 
creative  process  than  stand-up." 

His  debut  performance  in  December  1997 
at  the  HBO  Workspace  in  Hollywood  went 
over  so  well  that  he  was  invited  to  perform 


"Goodbye  Yellow  Brick  Joke"  along  with  his 
stand-up  act  at  the  U.S.  Comedy  Arts  Festi- 
val in  Aspen,  the  country's  premier  comedy 
festival.  "I  had  an  amazingly  successful  series 
of  performances  in  Aspen,"  he  says.  "Men 
were  coming  up  to  me  saying  I  had  made 
them  cry  for  the  first  time,  strangers  were 
handing  me  bottles  of  wine  and  telling  me 
how  much  my  show  had  meant  to  them." 

On  the  last  day  of  the  festival,  his  manager 
called  with  word  that  both  the  Letterman 
show  and  Politically  Incorrect  were  interested 
in  having  him  on.  "I  was  on  Cloud  Nine  — 
make  that  Cloud  Ten, "  he  says.  "Letterman 
is  another  idol  of  mine.  And  his  show  breaks 
in  only  a  handful  of  new  comedians  each 
year." 

Kuller  is  now  at  a  crossroads  of  sorts.  He's 
developing  a  sitcom  with  Alan  Zwiebel,  co- 
creator  of  It's  Garry  Shandhng's  Show,  for  next 
season.  He's  also  started  on  a  screenplay  ver- 
sion of  his  show,  in  which  the  movie  industry 
has  expressed  interest.  Then  there's  his  man- 
ager's advice  to  continue  developing  his  stand- 
up  act,  which  cannot  be  dismissed  lightly:  His 
manager  also  represents  Billy  Crystal  and 
Robin  Williams. 

Kuller,  trying  to  do  all  these  things,  says  his 
heart  is  still  with  the  show.  He  dreams  of  ex- 
panding it  and  taking  it  Off-Broadway.  "My 
friends  have  told  me  that  I  seem  so  happy 
when  I'm  doing  the  show.  The  show  helps  me 
relive  those  glorious  times  when  my  family 
was  all  together  and  laughing.  It's  like  I'm  car- 
rying the  family  torch  and  presenting  them 
in  such  a  way  that  the  world  can  enjoy  them, 
too." 

One  thing  Kuller  says  he's  sure  of:  He  will 
not  go  back  to  practicing  law.  "Duke  Law 
School  should  pray  I  become  its  most  famous 
alumnus,  though, "  he  says.  "Otherwise,  they're 
going  to  be  stuck  with  Nixon  and  Ken  Starr." 

In  October,  Kuller  screened  the  HBO 
video  of  his  show  for  relatives  at  a  post- 
bas  mitzvah  brunch  at  Mark's  house  in  Po- 
tomac, Maryland.  Most  thought  he  was  crazy 
or,  at  the  very  least,  misdirected  for  giving  up 
the  law  for  show  business.  Even  his  brother, 
now  his  biggest  booster,  said  he  should  have 
stayed  with  the  law  firm  and  made  partner. 
Now,  as  the  credits  roll,  his  aunts,  uncles,  and 
cousins  have  tears  in  their  eyes  as  they  line  up 
to  congratulate  him  on  his  work  and  to  give 
him  their  blessings. 

"How  can  I  explain  to  you  how  this  feels?" 
Suddenly  he  has  the  answer:  "It's  like  hitting 
the  winning  shot  against  Carolina." 


Glovin,  senior  editor  for  Rutgers  Magazine,  was 
in  the  audience  when  Kuller  appeared  on  the 
Letterman  show  January  7. 


January-February  1999        39 


GOLDEN  AGE  OF  ART 

Continued  from  page  7 

art  and  popular  culture  at  the  University  of 
California  at  Berkeley  in  1980,  when  she  was 
still  a  graduate  student  there.  Still,  she  has 
concerns  about  the  blurring  of  boundaries, 
about  museums  approaching  art  primarily  as  a 
commodity  or  failing  to  make  a  distinction 
between  art  and  popular  culture.  "I  have  never 
believed  that  art  is  for  everyone, "  says  Stiles, 
of  Duke's  art  and  art  history  department.  "Just 
because  art  is  visual,  people  assume  that  be- 
cause they  have  eyes  to  see  they  will  be  able 
to  understand  what  they  see.  They  don't  think 
that  because  they  can  count,  they  will  be  able 
to  grasp  physics." 

Stiles  says  it  is  useful  to  consider  the  refer- 
ence of  art  historian  E.H.  Gombrich  to  "cup- 
ology, "  or  the  study  of  common  objects  that 
differ  from  art  objects.  "Art  is  not  something 
that  is  created  only  to  hang  over  sofas  and  be 
sold  at  Christie's.  Progressively,  we  have  re- 
duced art  to  a  thing.  I  don't  believe  that  the 
purpose  of  art  is  to  be  commodifled,  and  I 
don't  teach  it  that  way.  And  I  don't  believe 
that  exhibiting  art  as  a  commodity  is  the  best 
way  for  museums  to  present  it.  If  there  is  not 
a  large  public  for  art,  just  as  there  is  not  a 
large  public  for  quantum  physics,  so  be  it." 

In  an  effort  to  build  their  constituencies, 
"museums  run  the  risk  of  pandering  to  the 
lowest  common  denominator  and  to  the  least 
problematic  way  of  understanding  what  is 
shown, "  Stiles  says.  "So  of  course  museums 
think  that  the  public  wants  to  see  Impres- 
sionists— Van  Gogh,  for  example,  because  he 
is  a  romantic  hero.  He  made  brightly  colored 
pictures  and  he  cut  off  his  ear.  But  I  have 
more  respect  for  the  public's  sense  of  art  than 
that,  even  though  I,  too,  like  Van  Gogh  and 
Impressionism.  Museums  should  also  edu- 
cate, not  simply  supply  what  they  think  will 
attract  the  largest  paying  audience." 


Stiles  was  on  the  board  of  directors  for  the 
Washington  Project  for  the  Arts  when,  in  the 
early  Eighties,  the  Corcoran  Gallery  cancelled 
a  controversial  exhibition  featuring  the  ho- 
moerotic  photos  of  Robert  Mapplethorpe.  The 
WPA  took  the  show  immediately.  It  then  found 
itself  with  some  10,000  visitors  a  day.  But  such 
creative  risk-taking  is  increasingly  unlikely  in 
the  museum  community,  she  says,  because  "mu- 
seum administrators  are  concerned  about  los- 
ing their  audience  and  their  funding." 

The  historical  example  of  Pompeii  wall 
painting  points  to  an  enduring  interest  in  "a 
pleasant  encounter  with  something  visual," 
she  says.  "I'm  not  opposed  to  decoration;  I'm 
not  against  commodities  either.  But  I  think 
we  need  a  healthy,  vigorous  discussion  about 
the  difference  between  art  and  the  popular 
world.  Sometimes  art  is  something  from  pop- 
ular culture.  More  often,  it  is  not.  We  need 
that  pleasant  visual  experience,  and  we  need 
that  which  is  something  more.  And  we  need 
that  something  more,  that  something  else,  in- 
creasingly as  we  become  more  technological, 
more  homogenous,  less  ritualistic,  more  com- 
modity-oriented, and  less  spiritual. 

"Throughout  time  all  cultures  have  provid- 
ed a  privileged  place  for  art.  Everyone  who 
visits  a  museum  is  in  search  of  finding  out 
something  about  the  privileged  site.  That 
place  is  — I  don't  want  to  say  necessarily  sanc- 
tified, elite,  liminal,  ritual,  or  metaphysical  — 
all  those  things,  and  more.  Art  cannot  be 
reduced  only  to  everyday  life.  I'm  not  saying 
that  art  has  to  become  something  like  the 
Mora  Lisa,  God  forbid.  In  fact,  perhaps  the 
Mom  Lisa  has  become  a  cup  because  of  its 
over-commodification  in  commercial  culture. 
I  am  saying  that  art  serves  an  extraordinary 
other  function." 

In  the  midst  of  the  Van  Gogh- seeking 
hordes,  Earl  A.  Powell  III,  director  of  the  Na- 
tional Gallery  in  Washington,  pauses  to  con- 
sider the  future  of  the  art  museum.  World  Wide 


Web  technology  is  serving  up  possibilities  like 
the  National  Gallery's  virtual  tour.  But  far 
from  replacing  the  museum  visit,  a  technolo- 
gy-based delivery  system  "abets  the  curiosity" 
and  inspires  a  visit,  he  says.  And  even  as  he 
notes  steady  hikes  in  museum  attendance — 
5.5  million  last  year  for  the  National  Gallery — 
he  says  that,  unlike  performing-arts  audiences, 
art-museum  visitors  tend  to  be  younger.  He 
thinks  art  is  addictive,  and  he  is  convinced 
that  the  National  Gallery  will  see  most  of  the 
Van  Gogh  visitors,  museum  first-timers  in- 
cluded, make  return  visits.  Many  of  them,  he 
notes,  will  indulge  in  the  National  Gallery's 
recently  renovated  social  space:  a  cafeteria 
that  he  characterizes  as  having  the  aura  of  "a 
European  sidewalk  cafe." 

The  Van  Gogh  crowds  don't  allow  much 
opportunity  for  the  individual  visitor  to  be 
alone  with  art.  But  leisure  time  is  precious  in 
our  society,  says  Powell,  and  few  experiences 
provide  the  equivalent  of  the  encounter  with 
the  visual  arts  — "relaxing  and  learning  at  the 
same  time."  And  few  institutions  can  ap- 
proach the  museum's  comprehensiveness: 
Powell's  National  Gallery  offered  lectures  on 
Van  Gogh's  techniques  and  reputation,  a  slide 
overview  of  the  exhibition,  films  on  the 
artist's  life,  an  evening  for  arts  educators,  a 
concert  of  music  by  Van  Gogh's  contempo- 
raries, and  a  160-page  exhibition  catalogue. 

Museum  visitors  "walk  away  with  some- 
thing they  haven't  had, "  in  Powell's  view.  "May- 
be that's  entertainment  in  some  sense,  but  it's 
also  spiritual  and  intellectual  growth.  In  the 
museum,  you  are  always  picking,  choosing, 
evaluating,  making  value  judgments.  You  are 
always  learning.  One  of  the  great  manifesta- 
tions of  the  democratic  idea  is  public  education. 
The  notion  of  the  museum  as  sacred  space  or 
holy  ground — the  notion  of  a  glass  wall 
between  the  collection  and  the  public — has 
dissolved.  People  see  the  museum  as  a  cultural 
institution  that  belongs  to  them."  ■ 


UNDER  THE  GARGOYLE 

Continued  from  page  20 

respect  and  dignity.  At  the  Bloomfield  Science 
Museum,  groups  of  Jewish  and  Arab  school- 
children participate  in  after-school  workshops. 
Working  in  small  groups,  joint  teams  design 
and  construct  their  own  science  projects. 
Throughout  the  program,  the  students  devel- 
op friendships,  learn  one  another's  language, 
and  participate  in  cultural  education.  But  there 
are  many  obstacles  to  overcome:  The  students 
who  sign  up  for  these  programs  are  usually  al- 
ready open-minded;  those  who  would  benefit 
most  are  usually  reluctant  to  participate. 

In  learning  to  work  with  the  Arab  commu- 
nity, I  found  the  reaction  to  my  presence  was 
not  always  what  I  expected.  In  one  Arab  vo- 
cational high  school,  which  was  part  of  Jordan 


before  the  1967  Six-Day  War,  the  principal 
and  his  assistant  were  shocked  to  learn  of 
my  leftist  political  leanings.  "We  thought  that 
all  the  American  Jews  were  settlers  in  the 
occupied  territories,"  they  commented.  I  had 
to  correct  them,  noting  that  while  a  signifi- 
cant number  (if  not  the  majority)  of  Jewish- 
American  immigrants  to  Israel  are  religious 
and  align  themselves  with  the  right-wing  par- 
ties, I  was  not  one  of  them. 

Jerusalem  is  a  city  with  a  growing  religious 
population.  Secular  Jews  are  fleeing  the  city 
as  the  religious  demand  more  and  more  con- 
trol over  neighborhood  issues  as  well  as  city 
government.  Friends  of  mine  in  a  Jerusalem 
suburb  are  looking  to  move  because  they  fear 
that  by  the  time  their  eleven  year-old  son  is  in 
high  school,  there  won't  be  any  secular  school 
for  him  to  attend. 


Despite  this,  efforts  are  being  made  to  main- 
tain a  secular  way  of  life  in  the  city.  More  restau- 
rants are  defying  rabbinic  orders  and  opening 
their  doors  on  the  Sabbath,  as  are  movie  the- 
aters and  discotheques.  (The  Jerusalem  Foun- 
dation invited  the  Bat  Sheva  Dance  Company 
to  perform  "Who  Knows  One"  in  the  city  this 
past  summer.) 

Even  efforts  to  promote  tolerance  and  un- 
derstanding among  Jews  and  Arabs  often 
seem  in  vain.  Great  accomplishments  seem  to 
vanish  every  time  there  is  a  terrorist  attack,  or 
the  city  authorizes  the  construction  of  Jewish 
homes  in  an  Arab  neighborhood.  Yet,  the  re- 
cord of  small  accomplishments  —  and  bridges 
— keeps  building.  ■ 

Kaplan  is  the  newly  appointed  director  of  the  Cen- 
ter for  Jewish  Life  at  Duke. 


40      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


DIRECTION 


A  HISTORY 


OF  HEALTHY 


RETURNS 


hen  it  comes 
to  investing 
Duke's  $2.34- 
billion  endow- 
me  n  t ,  the 
Duke  Manage- 
ment Company 
(DUMAC) 


w 

does  not  want  to  hear  about  social  justice.  It's 
not  giving  any  special  breaks  to  spin-off  com- 
panies championing  Duke  technologies.  And 
it's  not  partial  to  investing  in  the  Durham 
community.  It  looks  prospective  investment 
managers  in  the  eye  and  makes  one  demand 
— show  us  the  money. 

Simply  put,  DUMAC  wants  to  invest 
Duke's  money  where  it  will  generate  the 
biggest  return.  It's  a  philosophy  that  has  pro- 
pelled DUMAC  to  the  upper  echelons  of  the 
nation's  university-owned  management  com- 


DUKE  MANAGEMENT 
COMPANY 

BY  JOHN  MANUEL 

"THE  KEY  IS  TO  HAVE 

A  DIVERSIFIED  PORTFOLIO 

THAT  WILL  STAND  UP 

THROUGH  DIFFERENT 

SEASONS/'  SAYS  DUMAC 

CHAIRMAN  ROBERT  STEEL. 


panies  and  provided  the  school  with  a  growing 
source  of  income  to  spend  on  such  benefits  as 
professorships,  scholarships,  and  building  con- 


At  the  helm  of  DUMAC  is  Eugene  J. 
McDonald,  a  former  Duke  administrator  of 
finance  who  became  chief  executive  officer  of 
DUMAC  in  1991.  Easygoing,  yet  with  a  man- 
ner of  speaking  almost  Elizabethan  in  its 
formality,  McDonald  gives  off  an  air  of  abso- 
lute calm  in  a  turbulent  time  for  investors. 
Under  his  stewardship,  the  one-year  return 
for  the  Long  Term  Pool  —  the  endowed  assets 
invested  for  the  long-term — was  20.3  per- 
cent for  fiscal  year  1998,  meaning  Duke  per- 
formed better  than  71  percent  among  a  "peer 
universe"  of  fifty  similar  universities.  The 
average  annual  compound  return  for  the  past 
three  years  was  22.5  percent,  which  puts 
Duke  in  the  top  13  percentile.  Over  a  five- 
year  period,  Duke  looks  even  better,  scoring 
in  the  top  ninth  percentile  with  an  average 
annual  return  of  17.9  percent. 

"Duke  is  doing  extremely  well, "  says  Jack 


January-February   1999        41 


Meyer,  president  of  the  Harvard  Manage- 
ment Company,  which  has  earned  top  honors 
among  university  management  companies 
over  the  past  five  years.  "I  look  at  their  num- 
bers and  see  no  statistical  difference  between 
them  and  us." 

One  is  tempted  to  quiz  McDonald  about 
his  favorite  prospects  —  the  next  Microsoft, 
the  future  ofAmazon.com — but  he  and  his 
team  of  five  investment  directors  are  really 
managers  of  other  managers  rather  than  pick- 
ers of  individual  securities.  DUMAC  invests 
its  funds  through  some  sixty-five  to  seventy 
outside  managers  representing  all  manner  of 
different  asset  classes.  Before  even  picking 
these  outside  managers,  DUMAC  decides  the 
investments  classes  it  wants  to  put  money  in, 
and  how  much  to  put  in  each  class.  Those 
decisions,  experts  say,  have  the  greatest  im- 
pact on  return  and  represent  a  fascinating 
process  in  and  of  itself. 

Back  in  1985,  Duke's  trustees  adopted  a 
financial  management  policy  for  the  universi- 
ty, with  one  of  its  basic  tenets  calling  for  the 
preservation  of  the  purchasing  power  of  the 
endowment.  The  trustees  set  a  long-term  av- 
erage annual  return  objective  for  endowment 
assets  of  5.5  percent,  after  inflation.  The  trus- 
tees then  adopted  an  annual  spending  rate  of 


5.5  percent  of  the  endowment's  market  value 
to  cover  such  expenses  as  scholarships,  pro- 
fessors' salaries,  and  research. 

To  achieve  an  annual  return  after  inflation 
and  fees  of  at  least  5.5  percent,  DUMAC's 
strategy  is  to  invest  heavily  in  equities  (stocks), 
but  with  exposure  diversified  among  various 
types  of  equity  investments.  These  include 
domestic  and  international  equities,  emerging 
markets,  private  equity  (venture  capital  and 
buyout  funds),  and  absolute  return  (hedge 
funds).  The  model  also  calls  for  a  smaller  per- 
centage to  be  invested  in  other  asset  classes, 
such  as  real  estate,  commodities,  and  fixed  in- 
come (bonds),  that  provide  hedges  in  the 
event  of  severe  inflation  or  deflation.  "The 
key  is  to  have  a  diversified  portfolio  that  will 
stand  up  through  different  seasons,"  says 
DUMAC  chairman  Robert  Steel.  "I  will  trade 
away  the  upside  for  a  little  security." 

DUMAC's  strategic  plan  is  expressed  in  its 
model  asset-allocation  portfolio.  The  array  of 
asset  classes  selected  and  the  weight  of 
investment  targeted  for  each  class  is  deter- 
mined through  the  use  of  a  qualitative  hedg- 
ing model;  that  is  supplemented  with  a  math- 
ematical model  incorporating  expected  re- 
turns and  historical  relationships  among  asset 
classes.  The  choice  and  weighting  assigned  to 


each  asset  class  is  critical.  "Research  says  that 
90  percent  of  one's  returns  come  from  an  asset 
class  rather  than  an  individual  investment," 
McDonald  says. 

Each  of  the  different  asset  classes  is  as- 
signed a  policy — or  target — weighting,  with 
minimum  and  maximum  permissible  invest- 
ment levels.  Sometimes  these  ranges  can  be 
quite  large.  For  example,  the  current  asset 
allocation  model  calls  for  a  domestic  equity 
target  of  23  percent  with  a  range  of  20  to  60 
percent.  In  "normal"  conditions,  the  alloca- 
tions will  match  the  policy  weightings.  But  in 
times  of  perceived  disequilibrium,  DUMAC 
will  opt  to  put  more  or  less  cash  into  individ- 
ual asset  classes  within  their  permissible 
ranges.  This  is  where  McDonald  and  his  team 
of  managers  have  some  running  room,  and 
where  they  have  shined  on  a  number  of  occa- 
sions in  the  past. 

In  the  mid-to-late  1980s,  investments  in 
the  area  of  private  equity  fell  on  hard  times  as 
a  result  of  poor  management  and  too  much 
money  invested  at  overly  high  prices.  Many 
investors  lost  money,  and  this  asset  class 
earned  the  reputation  of  being  overly  risky  for 
university  endowments.  The  result  was  that 
in  the  early  1990s,  general  partners  of  private 
equity  funds  had  a  hard  time  raising  money, 


Where  YOU  LIVE 

Listen  to  the  crickets  serenade  you  on 
your  own  balcony.  Catch  a  pop-fly  at  a 
world-famous  Durham  Bulls  game. 
Take   a    class    at   one    of   the    three 


Continuing  Care 
Retirement  Community 

2701  Pickett  Road 

Durham,  NC  27705 

800-474-0258 

919-490-8000 

www.forestMe.eom 


jp  is  How  You  Live. 

universities  that  make  up  the  Research 
Triangle  region.  No  matter  what  you 
choose  to  do,  you'll  find  life  gets 
better  at  The  Forest  at  Duke.  |SS| 


42      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


even  for  what  were  perceived  as  promising 
business  ventures.  Even  when  prices  were 
lowered,  this  asset  class  was  starving  for  capi- 
tal. A  proponent  of  contrarian  thinking, 
McDonald  decided  this  was  the  time  for 
DUMAC  to  buy.  "I  made  the  decision  in  1990 
to  increase  money  in  that  area  [private  equi- 
ty] in  a  big  way, "  he  says.  "That  lowered  our 
returns  in  '91,  '92,  and  '93,  but  has 
thankfully  paid  off  as  these  invest 
ments  have  matured." 

Indeed,  Duke  saw  returns  of  101 
percent  in  1995   from  having 
helped  finance  such  start-up 
companies  as  Netscape  Commu- 
nications, Cisco  Systems,  Inc., 
and  Spyglass,  Inc.  Duke  is  now  con- 
sidered a  national  player  in  the  area  of 
private  equity,  invited  to  join  in  on 
some   of  the   most  promising  deals. 
"Having  Duke  as  an  investor  is  like 
having  a  Good  Housekeeping  Seal  of 
Approval, "  says  Steel,  a  partner  at  Gold- 
man Sachs.  "They  command  the  same 
respect  as  a  Stanford  or  a  Yale." 

McDonald  saw  another  opportunity  in  1994 
when  the  Mexican  peso  was  devalued. 
He  says  he  felt  Mexico's  economic 
fundamentals  were  sound  and  recom- 
mended DUMAC  invest  $25  million 
in  financing  that  nation's  debt.  That 
move  paid  off  with  a  handsome  60  percent 
return  in  1995. 

There  have  been  other  significant  alter- 
ations in  asset  classes  since  the  early  Nineties. 
While  80  percent  of  its  portfolio  remains  in- 
vested in  equities,  DUMAC  has  lowered  its 
exposure  to  the  domestic  U.S.  stock  market 
from  38  percent  in  1991  to  approximately  20 
percent  today.  At  McDonald's  urging,  DUMAC 
established  a  significant  presence  (11  percent) 
in  foreign-based  stocks,  stocks  with  a  global 
range  (7  percent),  and  emerging  markets  (5 
percent). 

Perceiving  that  many  stocks  have  become 
too  expensive,  McDonald  urged  DUMAC 
to  make  a  significant  investment  in  an  area 
called  absolute  return.  He  describes  this  as 
more  of  an  investment  style  than  an  asset  class: 
"Here,  one  tries  to  lock-in  returns  by  buying 
stocks  long  and  selling  short,  and  investing  in 
merger  and  arbitrage.  The  returns — 12  to  15 
percent  a  year  even  in  highly  volatile  mar- 
kets—  are  smaller  than  the  market  would  al- 
low, but  more  certain.  Absolute  return  strategies 
are  hedges  against  down-turns  in  the  equities 
market.  They  have  worked  as  planned  so  far. 
But  it's  too  early  to  say  whether  we  should 
have  had  a  larger  exposure  in  these  areas." 

DUMAC's  total  investment  in  "alternative" 
asset  classes — private  equity,  absolute  return, 
real  estate,  and  oil  and  gas  —  is  now  40  per- 
cent or  more,  a  position  that  might  have 
raised  eyebrows  ten  years  ago,  but  not  today. 


"I'm  a  strong  supporter  of  their  move  into 
these  asset  classes, "  says  Joe  Grills,  a  member 
of  DUMAC's  board  of  directors  and  a  former 
manager  of  the  IBM  Retirement  Fund.  "In- 
vesting in  U.S.  public  markets,  it's  very  diffi- 
cult to  do  better  than  average. 
These  private  areas  allow  one 
to  do  better." 


AT  $2.34  BILLION,  DUKE'S 

ENDOWMENT  RANKS 
SEVENTEENTH  AMONG  THE 

NATION'S  COLLEGES  AND 

UNIVERSITIES.  THAT'S  UP 
FROM  TWENTY-SECOND  IN 

1991,  WHEN  DUMAC  WAS 
FORMED,  BUT  IS  SHORT  OF 

COMPARABLE  SCHOOLS. 


One  area  in  which  DUMAC  is  making  a 
sharp  break  from  the  past  is  direct  real-estate 
investing.  When  Terry  Sanford  was  university 
president  in  the  1970s,  he  championed  the 
purchase  of  1,200  acres  of  land  in  North  Ra- 
leigh. Duke  has  developed  two  sections  of  it 
as  mixed-use  development  (River  Bend/Falls 
River)  and  will  now  sell  the  balance  to  a  joint 
partner.  McDonald  says  Duke  has  made  "sev- 
eral millions"  on  the  deal,  but  will  not  attempt 
to  delve  directly  in  real  estate  again.  "Our  con- 
clusion is  that  this  kind  of  investing  is  not  for 
us,"  he  says.  "It's  very  time-  and  people-inten- 
sive, and  that's  not  our  strength.  We  will  still 
invest  in  real  estate,  but  through  such  indi- 
rect vehicles  as  real-estate  investment  trusts." 


Along  with  direct  investment  in  real  estate, 
the  "socially  responsible"  investing  of  the  Sev- 
enties and  Eighties  also  seems  to  have  gone 
by  the  wayside.  Ten  years  ago,  McDonald 
grudgingly  accepted  Duke's  board  of  trustees' 
directive  to  rid  the  endowment  of  stock  in 
companies  that  did  business  in  South  Africa. 
He  also  faced  pressure  from  local  activists  to 
■I  make  a  purposeful  investment  in  low- 
income  housing  and  office  space  in 
downtown  Durham.  With  the  end  of 
apartheid,  DUMAC's  investment  man- 
agers are  now  free  to  put  money  into 
the  South  African  market  and  have  done  so 
with  considerable  success.  And  DUMAC  has 
not  made  any  significant  investments  in 
the  Durham  community.  That  suits  the 
profit-minded  McDonald  fine.  "It's  im- 
portant to  distinguish  between  how  and 
where  the  endowment  looks  to  invest  its 
funds  and  how  and  where  the  university 
looks  to  invest  its  time  and  money, "  he 
says. "[President]  Nan  Keohane  has 
expressed  her  desire  to  invest  in 
the  Durham  community.  We 
will  follow  her  lead  when  called 
upon,  but  we  are  strictly  invest- 
ment managers.  We  look  to  get  the 
greatest  return  on  our  money." 

Another  politically- charged  area 
now  left  behind  is  direct  investments  in 
Duke  spin-off  companies.  In  the  early  Nineties, 
there  was  a  strong  feeling  within  the  universi- 
ty that  DUMAC  ought  to  act  as  a  catalyst  to 
promote  promising  technologies  developed 
by  Duke  faculty.  Duke  put  money  into  Sphinx 
Technologies,  founded  by  Duke  biochemistry 
professor  Robert  Bell  to  commercialize  his  lipid 
technology,  and  followed  with  investments  in 
Trimeris  and  Macronex.  DUMAC  even  hired 
a  staff  person,  Max  Wallace  '74,  to  champion 
direct  investments  in  technology  transfer. 

Wallace  has  since  left  DUMAC  to  start  his 
own  company,  and  the  commitment  to  invest 
in  Duke  spin-offs  has  fallen  out  of  favor.  Even 
Wallace,  now  president  of  Cogent  Neuro- 
science,  concedes  this  change  is  probably  for 
the  best.  "DUMAC  should  not  be  making 
decisions  on  which  professors  to  back  finan- 
cially, "  he  says.  "They  need  to  stay  out  of  the 
political  arena  as  much  as  possible.  There  was 
a  horrible  incident  at  Boston  University 
where  the  president  got  the  university  to 
invest  heavily  in  some  technology  he  was 
enamored  of.  The  business  went  bad  and  they 
nearly  lost  their  shirts.  We  don't  want  to  fall  in 
that  trap.  Duke  could  set  up  its  own  small 
investment  pool,  but  it  would  still  be  subject 
to  the  same  political  pressures.  It's  learned  its 
philosophy  over  time,  and  I  think  the  more 
professional  it  is  the  better." 

The  professionalism  of  DUMAC's  staff  is 
considered  by  outside  observers  to  be  one  of 
its  greatest  strengths.  More  than  half  came  to 


January-February  1999        43 


Duke  from  Cambridge  Associates,  one  of  the 
premier  firms  in  endowment  consulting.  Sev- 
eral have  gained  a  national  reputation.  Sally 
Shuping  Russell  is  particularly  singled  out  for 
her  expertise  in  private  equity  investing.  "Any 
venture  fund  in  the  world  would  like  to  get 
Sally  involved, "  says  Wallace.  "Originally,  Duke 
wasn't  able  to  invest  in  the  most  successful 
venture  funds  because  the  managers 
filled  them  up  with  investors  they'd 
worked  with  in  the  past.  Now,  they  call 
Sally  because  they  know  she's  a  player." 

Shuping  Russell  cites  three  reasons 
why  venture  fund  managers  want  DUMAC 
among  their  investors.  "For  one,  we've  been  in 
the  game  since  1978  and  are  in  some  of 
the  most  prominent  partnerships  like 
Greylock,"  she  says.  "For  another,  we've 
had  a  tremendous  history  of  returns  in 
our  investments.  Finally,  we're  a  value- 
added  investor.  If  I  discover  a  good 
prospect  in  the  way  of  a  new  company, 
I  may  call  one  of  our  portfolio  man 
agers  and  urge  him  or  her  to 
take  a  look  at  it.  This  kind  of 
trading  of  information   makes 
the  relationship  stronger." 

Cynthia  Frost,  another  staffer,  is  the 
author  of  The  Making  of  Investment 
Policy,  a  document  DUMAC  developed 
for  in-house  use  that  has  since  been 
requested  by  a  number  of  peer  universities 
and  pension  plans.  The  sixty-page  publication 
describes  DUMAC's  approach  to  investment 
policy  formulation  and  the  various  models  it 
uses  to  prepare  its  asset  allocation  model.  It 
then  goes  on  to  detail  the  implementation  of 
that  policy,  including  how  managers  are  se- 
lected and  how  the  company  seeks  to  exploit 
temporary  disequilibria  in  the  marketplace. 

The  wise  selection  of  managers  to  invest 
Duke's  assets  has  been  another  key  to 
DUMAC's  success.  The  selection  process  is 
an  arduous  one.  DUMAC  looks  for  managers 
who  have  demonstrated  a  consistent  applica- 
tion of  an  effective  strategy,  have  an  organiza- 
tional structure  and  level  of  assets  consistent 
with  that  strategy,  and  have  generated  superi- 
or relative  risk-adjusted  performance.  "There 
are  hundreds  of  investment  managers  in  var- 
ious asset  classes,  and  they  do  their  best  to 
make  themselves  known  through  the  trade 
press  and  various  investment  forums,"  says 
McDonald.  "When  we  look  to  add  a  new 
manager,  we  consult  all  the  known  sources. 
We  do  a  review  to  create  a  first-cut  short  list, 
then  we  bring  them  in  for  interviews.  After 
the  interviews,  we  cut  the  list  further  and 
interview  the  remaining  ones  in  their  own 
office  framework  to  see  what  kind  of  support 
systems  they  have.  Then  we  cut  the  list  fur- 
ther and  make  the  final  decision." 

Most  managers  work  for  independent  com- 
panies  rather   than  big  brokerage   houses. 


Among  them  are  several  Duke  alumni,  in- 
cluding Bruce  Karsh'77  of  Oak  Tree  Capital, 
Jeffrey  Vinik  B.S.C.E.  '81  of  Vinik  Overseas, 
and  Peter  Castleman  '79  of  J.H.  Whitney. 
While  any  investment  manager  can  be  ex- 
pected to  work  hard  for  his  clients,  Karsh  says 
investing  on  behalf  of  his  alma 
mater  has  been  a  distinct  plea- 


1* 


"OUR  ENDOWMENT  IS 
STILL  PAINFULLY  SMALLER 

THAN  THE  UNIVERSITY 

WOULD  WANT  AND  NEED 

TO  PROVIDE  SUPPORT 

FOR  ITS  AMBITIONS," 

SAYS  EUGENE  McDONALD, 

DUMAC  PRESIDENT 

AND  CEO. 


sure.  "There  is  a  special  attachment  I  have  to 
Duke,"  he  says.  Karsh  has  set  up  his  own 
endowment  to  fund  a  scholarship  for  needy 
students.  "I'm  really  proud  of  counting  the 
university  from  which  I  graduated  as  a  client." 
One  of  the  problems  DUMAC  faces  is  how 
to  keep  their  own  in-house  managers  from 
jumping  ship  to  work  for  one  of  the  many  out- 
side investment  companies,  or  from  starting 
their  own  company.  Since  1992,  DUMAC 
has  lost  investment  directors  Wallace  and 
Mark  Kuhn  '72,  M.M.  '78,  and  counsel 
Donald  Etheridge  '74,  J.D.  '77,  to  the  private 
sector.  "It's  not  easy  keeping  good  people," 
McDonald  says.  "We  have  a  very  dynamic 
and  stimulating  environment  with  a  lot  of 


opportunities  to  grow  and  learn.  We  feel  our 
compensation  is  fair  and  has  substantial  in- 
centives if  you  do  well,  but  we  can't  pay  the 
good  people  the  salaries  they  could  make  on 
the  outside." 

The  inability  to  pay  salaries  competitive  with 
the  private  sector  is  one  of  the  principal  rea- 
sons DUMAC  hires  outside  portfolio  managers, 
rather  than  trying  to  bring  them  in- 
FRI'S1  house.  For  years,  the  Harvard  Manage- 
ment Company  has  hired  its  own  port- 
folio managers,  but  it  has  recendy 
decided  to  follow  in  Duke's  path. 
I  don't  think  that  internal  man- 
gement  is  a  good  idea  for  the 
W   principal  reason  that  you  can't 
pay  people  competitive  salaries, "  says 
Harvard's  Jack  Meyer.  "If  you  try,  you 
put  up  with  a  lot  of  heat  from  other 
branches  of  the  university.  We  are  now 
in  the  process  of  moving  several  of  our 
investment  classes  out  of  house." 

For  all  DUMAC's  success,  McDonald 
is  quick  to  point  out  that  the  school's 
endowment  is  not  what  it  should  be.  At  $2.34 
billion,  Duke's  endowment  ranks  seventeenth 
among  the  nation's  colleges  and  univer- 
sities. That's  up  from  twenty-second  in 
1991  when  DUMAC  was  formed,  but 
is   short  of  such  rivals   as   Princeton 
($4.94  billion),  Yale  ($5.7  billion),  and 
Harvard  ($10.9  billion).  "Our  endowment  is 
still  painfully  smaller   than  the   university 
would  want  and  need  to  provide  support  for 
its  ambitions,"  he  says.  "The  shortfall  mani- 
fests itself  in  a  number  of  ways.  The  develop- 
ment office  has  to  work  harder,  the  university 
must  seek  more  grants.  And  the  university  is 
not  able  to  extend  the  amount  of  scholarship 
support  that  it  would  like." 

William  Chafe,  dean  of  the  Faculty  of  Arts 
and  Sciences,  echoes  McDonald's  concern. 
"We  are  at  risk  of  becoming  a  rich  person's 
school, "  says  Chafe.  "That's  why  we've  set  out 
to  raise  $325  million,  $100  million  of  which 
will  go  to  financial  aid  and  endowment.  We  de- 
pend upon  DUMAC  to  maximize  the  efforts 
of  our  fundraising." 

The  university  can  only  hope  that  the 
volatility  of  the  world's  financial  markets 
doesn't  wreak  havoc  on  its  endowed  assets. 
Like  waves  in  a  pool,  the  collapse  of  the 
Russian  ruble,  the  failure  of  Japan  to  adopt 
monetary  reforms,  and  the  loss  of  confidence 
in  Asian  markets  may  ultimately  mean  the 
difference  between  Duke's  achieving  its  lofty 
goals  or  settling  for  something  less.  Mean- 
while, McDonald  and  company  will  continue 
to  do  what  they  have  proven  to  do  best — 
ignoring  the  temptations  of  politics  and 
favoritism  and  focusing  on  the  bottom  line.  ■ 


Manuel  is  a  Durham-based  freelance  writer. 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


A  JOURNEY 


OF  HEALING 


January  1968  was  an  anxious  —  and 
interesting — time  for  undergradu- 
ates in  the  Class  of  '68.  In  my  case, 
it  was  at  Concordia  College  in 
Moorhead,  Minnesota.  Graduation 
was  just  four  months  away  and,  in 
addition  to  the  usual  anticipation 
that  precedes  a  major  milestone  (in 
our  case,  commencement  exercises 
featuring  King  Olav  of  Norway,  no 
less),  we  also  had  the  Vietnam  War  raging  at 
perhaps  its  fiercest  level.  Graduate  school  was 
ruled  out,  its  student- deferment  status  having 
been  eliminated  a  few  months  earlier  by  the 
Johnson  administration. 

An  "invitation"  to  report  to  the  Army, 
followed  by  an  "invitation"  to  journey  to  Viet- 
nam, seemed  a  real  possibility  for  me.  The 
Army's  bidding,  which  I  could  not  easily  re- 
fuse, came  two  and  a  half  years  later.  But  the 
expected  trip  to  Vietnam  did  not  happen  for 
thirty  years.  It  was  a  far  more  positive  experi- 
ence than  it  would  have  been  three  decades 


CYCLING  THROUGH 
MEMORIES 

BY  ALLEN  W.WICKEN 

THE  CHALLENGE:  BIKE 

1,200  MILES  IN  SIXTEEN 

DAYS,  FROM  HANOI  TO  HO 

CHI  MINH  CITY  (THE 

FORMER  SAIGON),  WITH  A 

TEAM  OF  VETERANS  FROM 

BOTH  SIDES  OF  THE 

VIETNAM  WAR. 

earlier;  in  fact,  it  was  one  of  the  richest  expe- 
riences of  my  life. 

During  my  senior  year,  many  of  us  were  busy 
amassing  education  credits  and  scheduling  stu- 


dent-teaching experiences  in  anticipation  of  a 
"deferrable"  teaching  career  immediately  after 
graduation.  Concordia's  education  department 
asked  me  if  I  would  be  interested  in  doing  my 
biology  student-teaching  as  part  of  an  exper- 
imental program  in  an  all-black  high  school 
in  Richmond,  Virginia.  It  didn't  take  long  for 
me  to  recognize  this  opportunity  to  witness, 
and  participate  in,  a  current  of  great  social 
change  in  America  that  was  not,  directly  at 
least,  affecting  many  in  northwestern  Minne- 
sota. In  March,  I  returned  to  Concordia  to  fin- 
ish the  semester,  just  a  week  or  so  before  the 
murder  of  Martin  Luther  King  Jr. 

The  winter  of  1968  launched  me  into  two 
years  of  teaching,  followed  by  two  years  in  the 
U.S.  Army  (fortunately,  at  the  Army's  envi- 
ronmental medicine  research  facility  near 
Boston),  two  years  pursuing  a  graduate  degree 
in  physical  therapy  at  Duke,  twenty-one  years 
of  physical  therapist  practice  and  raising  a 
family  in  Maine,  and  the  last  three  years 
at  American  Physical  Therapy  Association 


January-February  1999        45 


(APTA)  headquarters  in  Alexandria,  Virginia. 

Among  my  responsibilities  in  the  practice 
and  research  division  is  representing  APTAs 
"corporate  partner"  relationship  in  support  of 
World  T.E.A.M.  Sports  (WTS).  T.E.A.M. 
stands  for  "the  exceptional  athlete  matters." 
This  nonprofit  organization  was  created  to 
encourage,  promote,  and  develop  opportuni- 
ties in  sports  for  all  persons,  especially  persons 
with  physical  disabilities. 

About  two  years  ago,  the  board  of  WTS 
and  representatives  of  corporate -partner  or- 
ganizations such  as  APTA  set  the  ambitious 
goal  of  bringing  together  a  team  of  able-bodied 
and  disabled  veterans,  from  both  sides  of  the 
Vietnam  War,  in  a  physically  challenging 
event — cycling  1,200  miles  in  sixteen  days, 
from  Hanoi  to  Ho  Chi  Minh  City  (the  former 
Saigon).  When  Steve  Whisnant,  the  execu- 
tive director  of  WTS,  called  me  in  August  of 
1997  to  invite  me  to  be  one  of  about  fifty 
team  members,  it  took  a  nanosecond  for  me 
to  say  yes.  I  saw  an  opportunity  to  experience 
a  place  of  great  significance  to  my  generation 
and  to  bring  together  people  from  different 
cultures  and  different  physical  abilities  in  a 
context  of  emotional  and  spiritual  healing.  I 
also  saw  an  opportunity  to  challenge  myself 
physically  in  a  spectacular  setting. 

No  matter  how  much  I  read  about  and 
researched  Vietnam,  during  my  four  months 
of  training  on  a  mountain  bike  and  station- 
ary-bicycle ergometers,  I  did  not  come  close 
to  preparing  myself  adequately  for  the  en- 
counters I  was  about  to  have.  The  journey 
started  the  day  after  Christmas  at  Vikenhjem 
("Wicken  home"  in  Norwegian),  our  lakeside 
cabin  in  the  western  mountains  of  Maine  (we 
Minnesotans  consider  it  a  birthright  to  have  a 
place  "at  the  lake").  Since  moving  to  Virginia 
in  1995,  we  have  spent  each  Christmas  at  this 
cedar  log  retreat,  our  family  touchstone.  I  flew 
to  Los  Angeles  to  meet  with  the  other  team 
members  and  the  support  staff.  A  long  flight 
to  Hong  Kong  was  followed  by  a  Vietnam 
Airlines  flight  to  Hanoi. 

We  arrived  at  the  Hanoi  airport  late  in  the 
afternoon.  We  were  now  in  a  country  that 
seemed  mired  in  the  technology  of  decades  past: 
Much  of  the  countryside  was  being  farmed 
using  practices  similar  to  those  used  centuries 
ago.  But  there  was  a  more  striking  image — 
three  disabled  veterans  huddled  together  in  a 
corner  of  the  small  terminal,  gazing  out  at  the 
Republic  of  Vietnam  military  aircraft  on  the 
tarmac,  tears  rolling  down  their  faces. 

Surreal  is  the  only  word  I  could  find  to 
describe  our  trip,  complete  with  military  es- 
cort, into  the  heart  of  Hanoi.  (Through  the 
length  of  the  trip,  we  were  accompanied  by  a 
film  crew;  the  result,  Vietnam:  Long  Time 
Coming,  by  the  production  team  behind  Hoop 
Dreams,  aired  nationwide  on  NBC  in  late  De- 
cember.)  It  was  dusk  before  we  really  got 


going.  Customs  routines,  loading  our  gear, 
and  the  general  mayhem  of  getting  organized 
into  the  prescribed  caravan  for  the  journey  to 
the  city  took  at  least  an  hour.  A  storm  had 
passed  earlier  and  dark,  low,  swirling  clouds 
were  obscuring  the  nearby  mountains  we 
later  found  to  be  visually  enchanting.  We 
passed  rice  fields  being  cultivated  by  peasants 
directing  their  slow,  methodical  water  buffalo. 


i      '  * 


FROM  OUR  POINT  OF 

VIEW,  THE  VIETNAMESE 

HAD  EVERY  REASON 

IN  THE  WORLD  TO 

BE  HOSTILE  TO  AND 

SUSPICIOUS  OF  A  GROUP 

OF  AMERICANS. 

WE  NEVER  SAW  IT. 


As  we  began  to  enter  Hanoi,  those  sights 
were  supplanted  by  more  familiar  traffic  jams 
—  though  defined  by  bicycles  rather  than 
cars. 

I  remain  impressed,  and  somewhat  puzzled, 
by  the  enthusiastic  response  we  received  in 
virtually  every  meeting  with  the  Vietnamese 
during  this  1,200-mile  journey.  From  our  point 
of  view,  they  had  every  reason  in  the  world  to 
be  hostile  to  and  suspicious  of  a  group  of 
Americans.  We  never  saw  it.  We  did  see  that 
the  Vietnamese  are  a  resilient,  hard-working, 
admirable  people,  capable  of  a  determined 
optimism  even  in  the  face  of  very  limited  eco- 
nomic resources. 

Preparatory  team  meetings,  mountain-bike 
and  hand-cycle  adjustments,  government- 
sponsored  functions,  and  cultural  events  filled 
the  two  days  in  Hanoi  before  the  start  of  the 
ride  on  New  Year's  Day.  The  event  that  was 
most  significant  to  me  as  a  physical  therapist 
was  our  visit  to  the  Bach  Mai  Hospital.  Quite 
spartan  by  U.S.  health-care  standards,  the 
hospital  was  partially  destroyed  by  bombing 


during  the  war.  The  Vietnam  Challenge  spon- 
sors, in  conjunction  with  the  Vietnam 
Veterans  of  America  Foundation  (WAF), 
presented  the  hospital's  rehabilitation  depart- 
ment with  a  check  for  $200,000  to  establish  a 
prosthetics  (artificial  limbs)  and  orthotics 
(bracing)  service.  There  is  an  acute  need  for 
these  services  in  Vietnam:  Landmine  explo- 
sions continue  to  maim  and  kill  each  year. 
The  WAF  was  instrumental  in  establishing 
the  international  landmine  ban  agreement 
last  year;  they  were,  in  effect,  co-recipients  of 
the  Nobel  Peace  Prize  in  1997  for  this  human- 
itarian effort. 

By  the  afternoon  of  December  31,  we  were 
all  getting  quite  eager  to  climb  on  the  cycles 
and  start  riding.  Greg  LeMond,  three -time 
Tour  de  France  cycling  champion,  was  part  of 
the  team.  He  is  on  the  World  TE.  A.M.  Sports 
board  of  directors,  as  is  another  member  of 
the  team,  world-record-holding,  long-distance 
swimmer  Diana  Nyad.  It  was  a  collection  of 
people  different  in  many  ways,  but  united  in 
purpose — and  adventurous  enthusiasm. 

The  day  before  the  starting  ceremonies 
near  Ho  Chi  Minh's  tomb,  government  offi- 
cials announced  their  interest  in  having  the 
U.S.  and  Vietnamese  veterans,  together,  place 
a  wreath  at  the  Tomb  of  the  Unknown  North 
Vietnamese  Soldier.  This  proved  to  be  a  diffi- 
cult request  for  a  number  of  war  veterans. 
Not  having  served  in  the  war  zone,  I  felt  I  had 
not  "earned"  a  place  in  the  discussion.  Most  of 
the  veterans  decided  to  participate;  and  the 
entire  group  unanimously  voted  to  include 
me  in  the  ceremony.  I  did  not  realize  until 
that  very  moment  how  much  that  affirmation 
would  mean  to  me. 

Dawn  on  New  Year's  Day  in  Hanoi  was 
beautiful.  A  light  rain  had  fallen  overnight, 
and  the  sky  was  clearing  in  the  east,  providing 
rich,  saturated  colors  everywhere.  The  anxi- 
ety level  was  high  for  everyone,  especially  the 
veterans,  as  we  drew  to  within  minutes  of 
the  starting  ceremonies.  Each  of  us  fumbled 
around  with  many  small  details  that  all  of  a 
sudden  seemed  very  large,  very  important, 
and  all  requiring  a  satisfactory  answer  or  solu- 
tion simultaneously.  Do  I  have  enough  air  in 
my  tires?  Where  did  I  put  my  cycling  gloves? 
Where  is  the  support  van  with  water  for  our 
bottles? 

The  signal  was  given  for  the  veterans  to 
assemble  at  the  Unknown  Soldier's  tomb.  Par- 
alyzed veterans,  seated  in  their  handcycles, 
were  carried  up  the  steps.  Handicapped  ac- 
cessibility provisions  are  virtually  unknown  in 
Vietnam.  Two  veterans — one  American,  one 
Vietnamese — carried  the  large  yellow-and-red 
flowered  wreath  to  the  base  of  the  memorial. 
Then  each  of  us  was  asked  to  place  an  in- 
cense stick  in  a  sand-filled  brass  urn  at  the 
center  of  the  marble -columned  structure.  Ho 
Chi  Minh's  tomb  and  a  large  Republic  ofViet- 


46      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


nam  flag,  red  with  a  yellow  star  in  the  center, 
were  visible  between  the  columns.  Blind, 
able-bodied,  and  physically-disabled  veterans, 
some  arm-in-arm,  stood  together  in  common 
cause  while  wracked  by  conflicting  emotions. 

After  the  obligatory  speeches  (this  was  to 
become  a  bilingual,  daily  event  for  the  next 
sixteen  days)  by  local  officials,  an  impressive 
performance  by  young  martial-arts  students, 
and  a  drum-corps  send  off,  we  were  on  our 
way  through  the  maze-like  streets  of  Hanoi, 
which  were  lined  all  the  way  with  thousands 
of  cheering,  waving,  smiling  citizens  and  their 
children.  For  the  next  hour,  our  police-es- 
corted caravan  of  cyclists  and  support  vehi- 
cles threaded  its  way  toward  Highway  One,  | 
the  irregular,  crowded,  noisy,  dusty,  narrow, 
sometimes  barely  passable  strip  of  interrupted 
asphalt  that  would  lead  us  to  Ho  Chi  Minh 
City,  1,200  miles  to  the  south. 

As  challenging  as  the  road  surface  was  at 
times,  I  enjoyed  virtually  every  mile.  Granted, 
it  was  continuous  physical  work  pedaling  a 
bike  all  day  in  mostly  sunny  85-  to  95-degree 
heat,  but  a  bicycle  can  be  very  forgiving.  Plus, 
I  had  little  time  to  think  about  the  physical 
demands.  There  was  too  much  to  see,  hear,  and 
absorb,  and  for  me,  the  surroundings  proved 
endlessly  interesting. 

The  "no-discernable-rules"  approach  to 
traffic  management  allowed  for  a  continuous 
study  of  disparate  vehicles  and  their  cargoes: 
aged  trucks  and  buses  loaded  inside  and  often 
on  top  with  far  too  many  people,  ducks,  chick- 
ens, cages  of  dogs  (destined  for  dinner  tables 
somewhere,  I  am  sorry  to  report),  produce,  buil- 
ding materials,  or  sometimes  all  of  the  above, 
in  or  on  a  single,  over-worked  vehicle.  Peasant 
women  shouldered  huge  loads  of  everything 
from  crockery  to  caged  ducks  balanced  on 
each  end  of  a  six-foot,  bamboo  pole,  evenly 
divided  by  their  shoulder  fulcrum.  Their  rhyth- 
mic, determined  cadence  pointed  to  years  of 
hard-working  practice  at  conveying  goods  to 
and  from  the  local  marketplace.  Countless 
Honda  motor  scooters,  horns  beeping  almost 
constantly,  sometimes  carried  entire  families, 
or  occasionally  one  somewhat  nonchalant  fel- 
low with  an  adult  pig  caged  in  a  wire  basket 
strapped  crosswise  on  the  rear  fender. 

Bicycles,  all  of  which  appeared  to  be  at  least 
thirty  years  old,  were  propelled  by  the  elderly, 
by  children,  or  by  young  women  made  elegant 
in  silk  au  dai,  traditional  Vietnamese  gar- 
ments. "Work"  bicycles,  meticulously  loaded 
and  balanced  in  logic-defying  arrangements 
with  everything  from  mountains  of  pottery  to 
large  bundles  of  rice,  were  pushed  from  the 
side  by  their  determined  owners.  Throw  in  an 
occasional  water  buffalo  or  cattle-drawn  cart, 
and  you  have  one  of  countless  interesting 
100-yard  segments  of  Highway  One. 

All  of  this  was  in  the  context  of  a  lush 
natural  environment.  The  first  few  days,  the 


so-called  "dragon's  tooth"  mountains  were 
constantly  gnawing  on  the  western  horizon. 
South  of  the  DMZ  (the  old  "de -militarized 
zone"  separating  the  country  into  warring 
halves)  were  views  of  enchanting  segments  of 
white-sand  beaches.  Were  it  not  for  the  obvi- 
ous problem  of  too  many  people  trying  to 
carve  out  an  existence  in  this  varied  geogra- 
phy, I  would  be  tempted  to  describe  the  coun- 


BLIND,  ABLE-BODIED, 

AND  PHYSICALLY- 
DISABLED  VETERANS, 
SOME  ARM-IN-ARM, 
STOOD  TOGETHER 
IN  COMMON  CAUSE 
WHILE  WRACKED  BY 
CONFLICTING  EMOTIONS. 


try  as  absolutely  blessed  by  nature.  We 
seemed  to  have  people  always  in  view  over 
each  cycling  shoulder,  even  in  the  countless 
glistening,  water-filled,  rice  paddies  on  every 
tillable  acre  we  passed. 

Beyond  the  scenery,  we  were  absorbed  with 
trying  to  stay  somewhat  organized  amid  the 
various  competing  conveyances;  the  task  of 
trying  to  stay  adequately  hydrated  by  draining 
the  frequendy  filled  water  bottles  while  si- 
multaneously trying  to  ignore  that  ache  be- 
tween the  shoulder  blades;  or  trying  not  to 
pay  much  attention  to  the  "comfort"  level  of 
the  bike  seat. 

When  the  route  became  particularly  chal- 
lenging, our  "really  tough"  teammates — para- 
plegic handcyclists  and  amputee  cyclists  — 
got  going.  It  seemed  inappropriate  for  me  to 
think  about  how  hard  I  was  working.  One 
young  female  teammate  from  Hanoi  never 
failed  to  impress  me:  An  above-knee  amputee, 
she  used  what  we  in  the  U.S.  would  describe 
as  a  somewhat  ancient  prosthesis.  She  ped- 
aled up  mountain  passes  and  endured  our  two 


100-plus  mile  days  with  no  expectation  of 
special  consideration  or  assistance. 

We  did  find  it  necessary  to  fashion  an 
"assist  device"  for  our  handcyclists  when  we 
encountered  long,  arduous  hills.  There  is  far 
less  muscle  mass  in  the  arms,  compared  to  the 
legs,  from  which  to  coax  that  extra  push  to 
conquer  mountain-pass  switchbacks.  Each 
handcycle  frame  was  soon  equipped  with  a 
four-foot,  sturdy,  wooden  pole  or  tree  branch 
projecting  vertically  from  behind  the  cyclist's 
seat.  As  the  handcyclists  gradually  slowed 
going  uphill,  a  bicycle -mounted  teammate 
could  ride  alongside,  grasping  the  stick  to 
provide  an  "assist." 

As  the  ride  progressed,  getting  closer  to 
Saigon  by  an  average  eighty-mile  increment 
each  day,  our  various  personal  goals  gradually 
melded.  This  growing  unity  of  purpose  was 
something  felt  by  every  one  of  us.  It  was  be- 
coming more  evident  that  the  Vietnam  Chal- 
lenge had  been  growing  in  importance  to  the 
Republic  of  Vietnam  government,  the  coun- 
try's news  services,  and  to  many  people  in  the 
rural  areas.  Friendship,  camaraderie,  mutual 
understanding,  and  abilities  —  not  disabilities 
— were  being  demonstrated  each  day. 

A  phrase  used  by  World  TE.A.M.  Sports, 
"we  all  ride  on  the  same  road, "  seemed  fitting. 
Cyclists'  personal  accounts  and  impressions, 
as  well  as  daily  pictures  of  the  ride,  were  being 
sent  to  schoolchildren  worldwide  each  morn- 
ing on  the  Internet  via  the  Asia  Society's 
website,  and  hundreds  of  newspaper  and  tele- 
vision accounts  were  broadcast  in  the  U.S. 
and  around  the  world. 

The  Vietnam  Challenge  ended  on  the  steps 
of  Reunification  Hall  in  Ho  Chi  Minh  City  on 
January  16, 1998.  Our  tired  yet  exultant  team 
rolled  through  the  same  gates  communist  tanks 
entered  the  grounds  of  what  was,  in  1975,  the 
Presidential  Palace  of  South  Vietnam.  What  a 
difference  a  few  decades,  and  a  few  people 
with  vision,  can  make.  Vietnam  veterans  Sen- 
ator John  Kerry  of  Massachusetts  and  US. 
Ambassador  Pete  Peterson,  himself  a  RO.W 
for  six  years  in  the  infamous  "Hanoi  Hilton" 
prison,  accompanied  us  on  the  last  day's  ride 
fromVungTau. 

Impressions  from  those  past  sixteen  days, 
and  from  the  war  years  of  the  Sixties  and 
early  Seventies,  raced  through  my  mind  as  I 
stood  arm-in-arm  with  two  of  my  Hanoi  team- 
mates. In  front  of  the  old  palace,  we  listened  to 
Kerry,  Peterson,  and  other  Vietnamese  and 
American  dignitaries  as  they  articulated  the 
significance  of  some  sweaty  cyclists  on  Viet- 
nam's Highway  One.  It  was  an  affirmation  of 
a  human  drive  to  succeed  that  can  triumph 
over  old  enmities. 

Wicken  M.S.  74,  a  physical  therapist,  is  the 
associate  director  of  practice  at  the  American 
Physical  Therapy  Association. 


January-February  1999        47 


BOARD  BACKS 
BUILDINGS 

Duke's  board  of  trustees,  meeting  in 
December,  gave  preliminary  approval 
to  a  new  250-seat  lecture  hall  on  East 
Campus,  a  visitors  and  education  center  at  the 
Sarah  R  Duke  Gardens,  and  a  six-court,  in- 
door tennis  center  to  anchor  the  southeast  end 
of  the  new  athletics  plaza  on  West  Campus. 

The  East  Campus  project,  to  be  named  the 
Richard  White  Lecture  Hall  in  honor  of  his 
service  as  past  dean  of  Trinity  College  and  vice 
provost  for  undergraduate  education,  will  be 
built  between  East  Duke  Building  and  Ay- 
cock  residence  hall.  There  will  be  a  two-level 
connecting  link  to  East  Duke,  providing  handi- 
capped access  to  the  Nelson  Music  Room  on 
the  second  floor  of  East  Duke.  The  two-story 
lecture  hall,  expected  to  cost  about  $2.5  mil- 
lion, will  provide  advanced  electronic  teach- 
ing equipment  and  will  have  raked  seating 
and  a  stage  to  accommodate  student  perfor- 
mances, concerts,  and  films.  The  hall  will  be 
paid  for  by  $2  million  in  contributions,  of 
which  $1.4  million  already  has  been  received, 
and  $500,000  of  university  resources.  If  the 
board  gives  final  approval  at  its  next  meeting 
in  February,  construction  could  begin  as  early 
as  next  spring  or  summer. 

The  gardens'  facility  will  be  called  the 
Doris  Duke  Center  after  the  late  daughter  of 
James  B.  Duke,  the  principal  benefactor  of 
Duke  University.  The  gardens  are  named  for 
Sarah  E  Duke,  wife  of  Benjamin  N.  Duke, 
who  was  James'  brother.  The  center,  expected 
to  be  completed  in  2000,  is  projected  to  cost 
$4-7  million,  $3.9  million  of  which  already  has 
been  raised. 

As  announced  two  years  ago,  the  18,000- 
square-foot  building  will  be  located  in  the 
existing  parking  lot  near  the  gardens'  main 
gate  on  West  Campus.  The  center  will  be  used 
to  receive  and  orient  the  350,000  visitors  who 
come  to  the  gardens  annually,  provide  a  facil- 
ity to  teach  the  hundreds  of  school  children 
who  tour  the  gardens,  and  provide  meeting 
rooms  for  garden  clubs,  volunteers,  and  adult 
evening  classes,  as  well  as  space  for  special 
displays  and  exhibits. 

The  44,000-square-foot  tennis  facility  will 
include  six  courts  for  varsity  practice,  matches, 
and  recreational  tennis.  An  adjacent  building 


will  house  coaches'  offices,  locker  rooms  for 
home  and  visiting  teams,  and  meeting  and  re- 
ception space.  Officials  say  the  center  will  give 
Duke  parity  with  other  Atlantic  Coast  Con- 
ference schools  and  aid  in  recruiting  student 
athletes.  The  tennis  court  building,  expected 
to  open  next  fall,  will  be  built  east  of  the  re- 
furbished Intramural  Building  and  adjacent 
to  existing  outdoor  tennis  courts.  The  facility 
will  complete  the  southeast  end  of  the  new 
athletics  plaza  being  formed  by  the  construc- 
tion of  the  Wilson  Recreation  Center  to  the 
west  and  counter-balance  the  Schwartz-But- 
ters athletics  center  under  construction  to 
the  northwest. 

The  tennis  center  is  expected  to  cost  be- 
tween $3.5  million  and  $4  million,  with  gifts 
and  pledges  already  totaling  $2.1  million.  The 
architectural  firm  Cesar  Pelli  Associates  of 
New  Haven,  Connecticut,  developed  the  design 
for  the  tennis  complex. 


DOUBLETAKE  TAKING  OFF 


McGOVERN'S 
HEALTHY  GIFT 

John  E  McGovern  B.S.M.  '45,  M.D.  *45, 
Hon.  '95,  a  noted  allergist-immunologist 
from  Houston,  has  given  $6.5  million 
to  Duke  Medical  Center  to  help  fund  a  new 
children's  health  center.  The  90,000  square- 
foot  facility  will  be  named  the  McGovern- 
Davison  Children's  Health  Center  in  honor 
of  McGovern  and  his  longtime  mentor  and 
friend,  the  late  Wilburt  Cornell  Davison,  a 
pediatrician  who  was  the  first  dean  of  Duke's 
School  of  Medicine. 

In  addition  to  the  McGovern  gift,  The 
Duke  Endowment  has  contributed  $5  million 
toward  the  center.  The  Endowment's  gift  also 
was  made  in  honor  of  Davison  and  his  lasting 
impact  on  the  medical  center. 

Scheduled  to  be  completed  in  2000,  the 


n  the  heels  of  $2.25 
million  in  gifts  from  two 
new  donors,  DoubleTake 
magazine  announced  plans  to 
pull  up  stakes  and  move  opera- 
tions to  Boston  this  spring.  The 
magazine  will  sever  ties  with 
Duke's  Center  for  Documentary 
Studies,  which  published  its 
first  fifteen  issues.  The  gifts — 
from  the  Massachusetts-based 
Institute  for  Civil  Society  and 
an  anonymous  donor — enable 
DoubleTake  to  continue  publish- 
ing, following  the  decision 
made  by  the  center  to  with- 
draw funding  on  December  31. 
Since  its  inception  three  years 
ago  (featured  in  the  March- 
April  1996  issue  of  Duke  Maga- 
zine), DoubleTake  has  garnered 
praise  from  critics  and  several 
awards,  including  last  year's 
National  Magazine  Award  for 
General  Excellence.  With  65,000 
readers,  it  now  stands  as  the 
nation's  largest-circulation  liter- 
ary quarterly.  Despite  its  critical 
success,  the  magazine  has  been 
financially  troubled  with 
reported  annual  losses  of  $3 
million — expenses  the  center's 
board  felt  reluctant  to  shoulder. 


DUKE 


"To  launch  a  magazine  is  ex- 
tremely expensive  if  you  want 
it  to  reach  a  lot  of  people,"  Iris 
Tillman  Hill,  director  of  pro- 
grams and  publications  for  the 
center,  told  the  Raleigh  News  & 
Observer.  "If  we'd  been  able  to 
sustain  that  vision,  it  would 
have  been  wonderful,  but  we 
didn't  have  the  resources." 

David  Parker,  publisher  of 
DoubleTake,  says  most  of  the 
magazine's  staff,  which  had 
consisted  of  about  a  dozen  peo- 
ple, were  laid  off  December  31. 


Several  staff  members  may 
join  the  magazine  in  the  move 
to  Boston. 

Duke  professor  of  the  practice 
of  public  policy  Alex  Harris, 
who  co-founded  the  magazine 
in  1995,  resigned  as  co-editor 
last  February  to  concentrate  on 
teaching  and  his  own  work  as  a 
photographer.  Parker  says  the 
magazine's  move  will  bring  it 
closer  to  its  remaining  editor, 
Harvard  University  professor 
and  psychiatrist  Robert  Coles. 

"We  hope  there  will  always 
be  a  linkage  between  the  center 
and  the  magazine,"  Hill  told 
the  Durham  Herald-Sun.  "There 
are  so  many  deep  ties,  dating 
back  to  the  center's  founding 
of  the  magazine. ..personal  and 
working  ties  between  the  peo- 
ple at  the  center  and  the  people 
at  the  magazine." 

The  center  will  continue  to 
publish  the  DoubleTake  Books 
series  in  partnership  with  W.W. 
Norton  &  Company  and  to 
support  the  annual  DoubleTake 
Documentary  Film  Festival  in 


48      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


$30.5-million  McGovem-Davison  Children's 
Health  Center  will  serve  more  than  35,000 
patients  each  year.  It  will  house  the  pediatric 
medical  and  surgical  clinics,  which  include 
surgery,  urology,  pulmonology,  otolaryngology, 
hematology/oncology,  cardiology,  and  pedi- 
atric radiology. 

McGovern  is  the  founder  of  the  McGovern 
Allergy- Immunology  Clinic  in  Houston,  which 
is  the  largest  private  allergy  clinic  in  the  United 
States.  He  retired  from  full-time  practice  in 
1985.  During  his  career,  in  addition  to  his 
clinical  work,  he  held  seventeen  full  or  adjunct 
professorships  at  fifteen  university  depart- 
ments; he  is  a  widely  published  author  in  the 
medical  sciences,  humanities,  and  health  fields. 
McGovern  is  president  and  chairman  of  the 
board  of  the  John  R  McGovern  Foundation, 
which  he  established  in  1961.  The  foundation 
supports  a  wide  array  of  activities,  especially 
in  family  issues,  education,  health  promotion, 
and  disease  prevention,  with  emphasis  on  sub- 
stance abuse  and  other  addictions. 

"Facilities  for  children  haven't  changed  at 
Duke  much  since  I  was  there, "  says  McGov- 
ern. "I  knew  that  to  bring  the  pediatric  clinics 
and  technology  contiguous  to  the  hospital 
would  be  of  tremendous  help  to  the  physi- 
cians of  the  pediatrics  department  in  the  care 
of  their  patients.  And  I  know  Dean  Davison 
would  be  more  than  pleased  and  supportive  of 
this  plan.  He  represented  the  best  of  medicine 
at  Duke,  and  I  wanted  to  make  this  gift  in 
memory  of  him." 

McGovern  has  maintained  a  strong  rela- 
tionship with  Duke  since  he  graduated.  He  is 
a  former  president  of  the  Duke  University 
Medical  Alumni  Association,  and  he  received 
the  association's  Distinguished  Alumnus 
Award  in  1976.  The  university  awarded  him 
an  honorary  doctor  of  science  degree  in  1995. 


CELEBRATING 
KING 

Civil-rights  activist  Julian  Bond  deliv- 
ered the  keynote  address  at  Martin 
Luther  King  Jr.  commemorative  ser- 
vices in  Duke  Chapel  on  January  17.  The  uni- 
versity canceled  classes  so  students  would  be 
able  to  observe  the  holiday  by  attending  and 
participating  in  the  planned  events. 

Student-planned  activities  included  films, 
discussions,  community- service  work,  readings, 
and  a  commemorative  mural.  The  events  con- 
cluded with  a  presentation  by  playwright  and 
performance  artist  Anna  Deavere  Smith,  who 
performed  excerpts  from  her  work  at  Page 
Auditorium.  In  addition  to  the  speech  by  Bond, 
the  Sunday  service  featured  music  by  Duke's 
United  in  Praise  Gospel  Choir  and  the  Paul 
Jeffrey  Jazz  Ensemble.  Others  participating  in 


the  service  included  Ralph  Snyderman,  chan- 
cellor for  health  affairs  and  president  and 
chief  executive  officer  of  Duke  University 
Health  System;  Nick  Tennyson,  mayor  of  Dur- 
ham; Micah  Mitchell  '99,  president  of  Duke's 
Black  Student  Alliance;  and  William  Chafe, 
dean  of  Trinity  College  and  the  faculty  of  arts 
and  sciences. 

Bond,   chairman    of   the    board   of  the 


Lyndon  Johnson  in  the  Sixties,  when  "the  fab- 
ric of  legal  segregation  came  undone"  in  a 
"second  Reconstruction."  He  said  "a  callous 
coalition"  has  taken  over  Congress,  and  he 
attacked  some  Republican  leaders  for  their 
affiliation  with  the  Council  of  Conservative 
Citizens,  a  group  with  racist  beliefs. 

In  a  spirited  defense  of  affirmative -action 
ond  decried  a  climate  in  which 


imimi  iwn 


jv^ 


Remembering  Martin:  Friday's  candlelight  vigil,  top  left,  in  Duke  Chapel;  civil  rights  activist  Julian  Bond, 
top  right,  delivers  the  keynote  address  on  Sunday;  and,  above,  "Yam  Jam," Monday's  campus  service  pro- 
ject, with  volunteers  bagging  yams  to  be  distributed  to  Triangle  families 


NAACP  said  the  divide  between  the  races 
could  remain  America's  problem  in  the  twen- 
ty-first century — just  as  it  has  been  in  the 
twentieth  century.  He  said  a  black  child  is 
one  and  a  half  times  more  likely  than  his  or 
her  white  counterpart  to  grow  up  in  a  family 
whose  head  did  not  finish  high  school,  two 
times  more  likely  to  be  born  to  a  teenage 
mother,  and  nine  times  more  likely  to  be  a 
victim  of  homicide  as  a  teenager  or  young 
adult.  "Today,"  he  said, "the  net  financial  as- 
sets of  black  families  in  which  one  member 
has  a  post-graduate  degree  are  lower  than  the 
assets  of  white  families  in  which  the  highest 
level  achieved  is  elementary  school." 

Bond  lamented  the  absence  of  the  kind  of 
political  leadership   exhibited  by  President 


affirmative  action  has  substituted  for 
a  dialogue  on  race, "  and  in  which  "America's 
most  privileged  population  imagine  themselves 
a  besieged  class."  The  issue,  as  he  put  it,  is  "not 
about  preferential  treatment  for  blacks;  it's 
about  giving  equal  treatment  for  people  denied 
equal  treatment  in  the  past." 

Smith's  work,  which  explores  the  American 
character  and  its  multifaceted  national  iden- 
tity, has  been  acclaimed  by  the  media,  critics, 
and  audiences.  In  1993,  Newsweek  called  her 
"the  most  exciting  individual  in  American 
theater."  In  1996,  the  MacArthur  Foundation 
awarded  her  a  fellowship,  saying  she  has  "cre- 
ated a  new  form  of  theater — a  blend  of  the- 
atrical art,  social  commentary,  journalism,  and 
intimate  reverie."  Smith  has  created  a  body  of 


January-February  1999        49 


theatrical  works  that  she  calls  On  the  Road:  A 
Search  for  American  Character.  Out  of  this  series 
came  two  one-woman  plays  about  racial  ten- 
sions in  American  cities.  Fires  in  the  Mirror: 
Crown  Heights,  Brooklyn,  and  Other  Identities, 
which  explores  the  1991  clash  between  Jews 
and  blacks  in  that  New  York  community,  was 
the  runner-up  for  the  1993  Pulitzer  Prize.  Twi- 
light: Los  Angeles,  1992,  which  examined  the 
civil  unrest  and  its  aftermath,  received  critical 
acclaim  on  Broadway  and  in  Los  Angeles. 

Besides  the  commemorative  service,  Duke 
held  a  candlelight  vigil  on  Friday  in  Duke 
Chapel,  where  President  Nannerl  O.  Keo- 
hane  gave  a  brief  talk  and  Joel  McCauley,  a 
student  at  the  Durham  Magnet  Center,  pre- 
sented a  dramatic  reading  of  the  "I  Have  a 
Dream"  speech. 


17,  opened  in  conjunction  with  "A  Positive 
Life, "  an  exhibition  about  women  nationwide 
living  with  HIV  Visitors  to  the  gallery  will  be 
encouraged  to  add  their  own  thoughts  and 
artwork  up  until  the  close  of  the  exhibitions. 

"Work  received  since  a  call  for  contribu- 
tions in  late  fall  1998  has  included  pieces  from 
many  different  media  that  weave  sentimental 
and  strident  themes  as  well  as  those  seeking 
to  combine  elegiac  remembrances  and  politi- 
cal statements, "  says  Chris  Sims,  the  center's 
program  coordinator  for  exhibitions.  "Taken 
together,  these  exhibitions  offer  complex  and 
layered  understandings  and  insights  into  the 
state  of  the  epidemic  in  the  late  1990s  in  the 
United  States." 

"A  Positive  Life"  is  a  collaboration  between 
photographer  Mary  Berridge  and  writer  River 


Coping  with  HIV:  Patricia  with  Dawn  and  her  friends,  1996  from  the  exhibit  "A  Positive  Life 


ADDING  TO 
ART 


In  an  effort  to  make  a  moving  exhibition  on 
the  HIV/ AIDS  crisis  even  mere  personal, 
Duke's  Center  for  Documentary  Studies 
invited  all  those  who  visit  the  gallery  to  con- 
tribute their  own  stories.  The  exhibition, 
"Living  with  HIV/AIDS  in  the  Triangle, "  con- 
sists of  photographs,  poems,  installations,  and 
mementos  contributed  by  area  artists,  care- 
givers, and  families  who  felt  compelled  to  re- 
spond in  a  creative  way  to  the  impact  on  their 
own  lives  or  the  lives  of  those  close  to  them. 
The  exhibition,  which  runs  through  May 


Huston,  who  together  received  the  Dorothea 
Lange-Paul  Taylor  Prize  in  1996  for  their 
revealing  interviews  and  artful  photographs 
that  detail  the  emotional  and  physical  strug- 
gles of  women  nationwide  living  with  HIV. 
The  women  featured  in  the  exhibition  come 
from  a  variety  of  backgrounds:  Some  were  IV 
drug  users  and  prostitutes,  one  is  a  film  actress 
and  lawyer,  one  is  a  published  poet,  one  is  a 
college  student,  and  another  is  an  artist. 

Huston,  the  poet  laureate  of  Bucks  County, 
Pennsylvania,  was  herself  drawn  to  the  project 
as  a  woman  living  with  HIV  In  her  introduc- 
tion to  the  exhibition,  she  writes,  "I  have  often 
been  the  one  interviewed;  the  one  answering 
the  questions.. .frequently  misquoted,  misun- 
derstood, or  censored  beyond  all  recognition." 


Berridge  teaches  photography  at  Princeton  Uni- 
versity and  was  awarded  an  Ernst  Hass  Prize  in 
1996  for  her  extraordinary  color  photography. 
More  information  is  available  at  aaswebsv. 
aas.duke.edu/docstudies/cds/. 


POISONOUS 
PENNIES 

When  a  child  swallows  a  penny,  it 
can  react  with  stomach  acid  to 
create  a  toxic  mixture  as  corro- 
sive as  car  battery  acid,  leading  to  severe 
stomach  inflammation  and  even  ulcers,  physi- 
cians at  Duke  Medical  Center  have  discov- 
ered. According  to  the  Consumer  Products 
Safety  Commission,  more  than  21,000  chil- 
dren made  trips  to  the  emergency  room  after 
swallowing  coins  in  1997. 

Research  findings  show  that  the  problem  of 
ingested  coins  can  pose  a  serious  threat  to 
children  and  pets.  The  research  was  support- 
ed by  the  Duke  department  of  radiology. 

Sara  O'Hara,  a  pediatric  radiologist,  and  her 
Duke  colleagues,  Lane  Donnelly,  Emil  Chuang, 
William  Briner,  and  George  Bisset,  conducted 
the  research  after  a  two-year-old  boy  was 
brought  to  Duke  with  an  upset  stomach.  When 
doctors  X-rayed  the  child's  stomach,  they  dis- 
covered a  small  disk  full  of  holes,  which  they 
assumed  was  a  toy  part  or  small  battery.  When 
doctors  removed  the  object  with  an  endo- 
scope (a  thin  tube  with  a  surgical  tool  insert- 
ed from  the  mouth  into  the  stomach),  they 
discovered  that  the  object  was  a  1989  penny 
the  child  had  swallowed  four  days  earlier.  The 
child  had  developed  a  stomach  ulcer  in  the 
area  where  the  penny  had  lodged. 

"We  were  surprised  to  find  that  the  object 
we  saw  on  the  X-ray  was  a  penny  because  it 
had  holes  in  it, "  says  O'Hara.  "Kids  ingest  coins 
all  the  time,  and  they  usually  pass  through  the 
stomach  and  intestinal  tract  without  incident. 
So  we  wanted  to  investigate  what  happened." 

The  researchers  conducted  a  series  of  ex- 
periments in  which  they  bathed  pennies  in  a 
solution  of  stomach  acid  (hydrochloric  acid). 
Pennies  minted  before  1982,  which  are  95 
percent  copper  and  5  percent  zinc,  showed  no 
erosion.  Those  minted  after  1982,  which  are 
nearly  all  zinc,  with  a  thin  copper  plating, 
began  eroding  immediately.  By  the  second 
day,  they  had  holes  in  them.  The  researchers 
found  the  zinc  in  the  coins  reacted  with  the 
acid  to  form  hydrogen  gas  and  zinc  chloride. 
The  reaction,  similar  to  the  chemical  process 
that  occurs  in  car  batteries,  can  erode  the 
stomach  lining,  causing  an  ulcer.  Other  U.S. 
coins  are  made  of  non-corrosive  metals, 
mainly  nickel,  and  don't  cause  the  problem. 

"The  high  zinc  content  in  recently  minted 
pennies  poses  a  potentially  serious  problem 


50      Dl'KHMAUAZlXI: 


CONSTITUTIONAL  CONVENTIONS 


On  the  main  floor  of 
Perkins  Library  there  is 
a  shelf  of  recently  pub- 
lished books  by  Duke  scholars. 
Lone  Star  Justice:  A  Biography  of 
Justice  Tom  C.  Clark  is  one  of 
them,  and  the  only  one  on  its 
topic  among  the  4  million  vol- 
umes in  Perkins.  And  it's  the 
only  one  by  a  Duke  undergrad- 
uate. Evan  Young,  a  senior  from 
San  Antonio,  has  written  the 
first  biography  of  the  only  Texas- 
born  Supreme  Court  justice. 

Clark  was  the  U.S.  attorney 
general  under  President  Harry 
Truman  from  1945  until  1949, 
and  then  an  associate  justice  of 
the  Supreme  Court  from  1949 
until  1967.  As  a  senior  at  Tom 
C.  Clark  High  School  in  San 
Antonio,  Young  was  responsi- 
ble for  getting  a  speaker  for  the 
National  Honor  Society  induc- 
tion ceremony,  and  he  recruited 
a  county  official  for  whom  he 
had  been  working.  "She  told 
me  that  she  always  liked  to  say 
a  few  words  in  the  speech 
about  the  person  the  high 
school  is  named  after,"  he  re- 
calls. "It  turned  out  that  there 
was  no  biography  on  Clark,  but 
I  collected  some  information 
and  helped  her  write  the 
speech."  He  built  on  this 
research  for  his  high  school 
senior  project. 

"When  it  was  ready  to  be 
turned  in,  I  didn't  just  print  it 
out  and  hand  it  in,  I  took  it  to 
Kinko's,  printed  it  on  half- 
sheets  of  paper,  and  had  them 
cut  it  and  bind  it  so  it  looked 
like  a  small  paperback  book. 
And  the  teacher  liked  that,  so 
she  sent  it  to  the  central  office. 
The  central  office  liked  it,  so 
they  had  a  number  of  copies 
prepared,  and  then  they  sent 
those  out,  without  my  knowl- 
edge, to  publishers  all  over  the 
place."  A  few  weeks  later,  a 
book  contract  arrived  from 
Hendrick-Long,  publishers  in 
Dallas. 

At  Duke,  Young  is  working 
on  a  senior  thesis  with  Peter 
Fish  of  political  science  on  the 
influence  that  Clark,  as  attor- 
ney general,  wielded  in  do- 
mestic Cold  War  policy.  He's 
researching  the  Clark  papers 
in  the  Truman  Library  in  Inde- 
pendence, Missouri,  and  at  the 
University  of  Texas  at  Austin, 
in  addition  to  the  Justice  De- 
partment files  in  the  National 
Archives.  "There  was  a  lot 
going  on  at  the  time  in  terms 
of  the  war  against  communism 
and  against  subversive  activi- 


ties. What  was  his  role  in  the 
formulation  of  domestic  Cold 
War  policy?  Was  he  the  creator, 
a  salesman,  or  both?" 

The  book  and  the  senior  the- 
sis reflect  Young's  fascination 
with  Clark,  but  also  with  what 
he  calls  "a  lifelong  interest  in 
the  idea  of  government."  In  the 
first  grade,  he  read  the  Scholas- 
tic Books  classic  Mr.  President: 
A  Biography  of  U.S.  Presidents, 
and  had  memorized  the  names 
of  the  chief  executives  up  to 
Reagan  in  a  week. 

His  curiosity  about  the 
Supreme  Court  began  with  the 
Senate  hearings  over  the  failed 
nomination  of  Robert  Bork. 
After  his  sixth-grade  year,  his 
family  moved  to  the  Washing- 
ton area  for  a  couple  of  years. 
He  says  he  dragged  his  mother 
and  sister  to  the  Supreme  Court 
about  ten  times  and  read  every 
Supreme  Court-related  book  in 
the  Alexandria  library.  "I 
couldn't  have  possibly  under- 
stood everything  in  those  books, 
but  I  understood  enough  to 
know  I  was  interested  in  the 
subject."  The  Supreme  Court 
Historical  Society,  a  group  that 
includes  some  of  the  nation's 
foremost  judges  and  lawyers — 
and  whose  inaugural  chairman 
was  Justice  Clark — made  him 
its  first  seventh-grade  member. 

Having  begun  studying 
Japanese  in  his  first  semester  at 
Duke,  he  spent  his  junior  year 
studying  Japanese  history,  cul- 
ture, language,  and  literature 
at  Waseda  University  in  Tokyo. 
Even  in  Japan,  he  found  him- 
self constitutionally  immersed. 
"While  I  was  there,  I  invariably 
ended  up  studying  Japanese 
constitutionalism,  and  that 
became  quite  a  useful  compara- 
tive study."  He  points  out  that 
Japan's  constitution  is  essential- 
ly an  American  product,  im- 


posed on  the  vanquished  nation 
by  General  Douglas  MacArthur. 

Just  days  after  he  returned  to 
Texas  from  Japan,  Young  was 
off  again,  this  time  for  a  six- 
week  summer  stint  at  Oxford. 
That  program,  which  he  partic- 
ipated in  as  an  A.B.  Duke 
Scholar,  focused  him  on  the 
political  history  of  modern 
Britain.  "It  was  the  most  stress- 
ful six  weeks  of  my  life — I 
pulled  more  all-nighters  than  I 
ever  did  at  Duke.  But  I  learned 
so  much  so  fast."  The  experi- 
ence inspired  an  interest  in 
advanced  study  at  Oxford.  And 
late  this  fall,  he  was  named 
Duke's  newest  Marshall  Scho- 
lar; the  scholarship,  which  rec- 
ognizes "distinction  of  intellect 
and  character,"  supports  two 
years  of  study  in  a  degree  pro- 
gram at  a  British  university. 
Young  plans  to  return  to 
Oxford  for  a  degree  in  British 
history  and  politics. 

"For  the  kind  of  study  I  want 
to  do,  which  is  understanding 
the  relationship  that  constitu- 
tionalism and  history  have  to 
each  other,  I  think  Britain  is 
the  best  place  in  the  world  to 
be,"  he  says. 

Britain  lacks  a  written 
constitution,  he  notes,  and  so 
its  legal  history  reflects  more 
than  a  compilation  of  appellate 
decisions.  That  history  allows 
scholars  to  consider  Britain's 
"constitution"  in  the  broadest 
sense. 

Young  likes  to  view  the 
American  constitution  in  a  sim- 
ilar way,  seeing  it  as  "the  actu- 
ality of  what  is  happening,  what 
the  people  truly  believe,  what 
constitutes  the  core  of  the 
American  people  at  a  given 
in  history." 


-Philip  Tinari  '01 


when  ingested, "  O'Hara  says.  "Most  likely,  a 
single  coin  would  pass  through  the  stomach, 
but  if  it  does  lodge  there,  it  can  quickly  become 
toxic.  Pediatricians  and  radiologists  should  be 
alerted  to  consider  this  possibility  when  ex- 
amining a  child  who  has  swallowed  a  coin." 

When  zinc  is  absorbed  into  the  body  in  high 
enough  doses,  it  can  cause  problems  ranging 
from  stomach  ulcers  to  kidney,  liver,  and  bone- 
marrow  damage.  While  a  single  coin  isn't  likely 
to  cause  severe  damage  to  a  child,  says  O'Hara, 
it  can  cause  ulcers.  If  a  pet  swallows  a  coin,  it 
can  cause  serious  systemic  damage,  and  a  visit 
to  the  veterinarian  may  be  warranted. 

O'Hara  recommends  that  parents  wait  a 
day  or  two  when  they  know  their  child  or  pet 
has  swallowed  a  penny  and  check  the  stool  to 
see  if  the  coin  emerges.  If  the  child  starts  hav- 
ing stomach  pain  or  vomiting,  bring  the  child 
to  an  emergency  room  and  report  that  a 
penny  was  swallowed. 


MILLENNIAL 
CURRICULUM 


B 


y  a  near  two-third  majority,  the  Arts 
and  Sciences  Council  approved  a  re- 
structured undergraduate  curriculum, 
labeled  "Curriculum  2000,"  at  its  January 
meeting.  The  curriculum  will  be  implemented 
with  the  Class  of  2004.  Before  the  vote,  Wil- 
liam Chafe,  dean  of  Trinity  College  and  of  the 
faculty  of  arts  and  sciences,  told  the  council, 
"We  have  today  the  opportunity  to  exercise  a 
role  of  leadership  that  is  consistent  with  our 
standing  as  one  of  the  leading  universities  in 
the  United  States." 

The  curriculum  requirements  are  based  on 
a  matrix  that  cross-lists  a  variety  of  areas  of 
knowledge,  modes  of  inquiry,  focused  in- 
quiries, and  competencies: 

•  Areas  of  Knowledge — Arts  and  Litera- 
tures; Civilizations;  Social  Sciences;  and  Na- 
tural Sciences  and  Mathematics.  Three  courses 
are  required  for  each. 

•  Modes  of  Inquiry — Quantitative,  Induc- 
tive, and  Deductive  Reasoning;  and  Interpre- 
tive and  Aesthetic  Approaches.  A  minimum 
of  two  courses  are  required. 

•  Focused  Inquiries — Cross-Cultural  In- 
quiry; Science,  Technology,  and  Society;  and 
Ethical  Inquiry.  Minimum  of  two  courses 
required. 

•  Competencies:  Foreign  Language — Wri- 
ting; and  Research.  The  foreign  language  re- 
quirement is  based  on  level  of  proficiency.  It's 
expected  that  there  will  be  a  three-course 
writing  requirement,  but  the  specifics  depend 
on  recommendations  of  a  Writing  Task  Force 
and  later  approval  by  the  Arts  and  Sciences 
Council.  Students  will  have  a  two-course  re- 
search requirement. 


January-February  1999        51 


Peter  Lange,  professor  and  chair  of  political 
science,  headed  the  Curriculum  Review  Com- 
mittee. According  to  Lange,  Curriculum  2000 
will  bring  more  rigor  to  graduation  require- 
ments. Students  won't  be  able  to  opt  out  of 
taking  foreign  languages,  for  example;  foreign 
language  is  one  of  six  areas  of  knowledge  listed 
in  the  current  curriculum,  but  students  may 
avoid  classes  in  one  of  those  areas.  The  new 
curriculum  also  expands  the  writing  require- 
ments, now  concentrated  in  the  first-year 
Undergraduate  Writing  Seminar.  According  to 
Lange,  students  will  still  take  one  first-year 
writing  seminar  or  something  similar,  but  in 
addition,  they'll  be  required  to  enroll  in  two 
writing-intensive  courses.  Such  a  pattern  would 
follow  a  national  trend  of  "Writing  Across  the 
Curriculum, "  where  some  courses  are  desig- 
nated as  writing-intensive. 

The  curriculum  codifies  some  ongoing  trends 
at  Duke,  including  internationalization,  the 
integration  of  service -learning  and  ethical 
issues  into  mainstream  courses,  and  opportu- 
nities for  undergraduate  research.  Lange  points 
out  that  boundaries  between  disciplines  are 
falling,  so  that  mathematics  courses,  for  ex- 
ample, can  reflect  aesthetic  approaches  rather 
than  just  quantitative  learning.  The  new  cur- 
riculum allows  the  requirements  for  modes  of 
inquiry,  competencies,  and  thematic  interests 
to  be  met  in  a  variety  of  departments. 

"The  curriculum  should  encourage  faculty 
members  to  teach  about  what  excites  us,  not 
only  to  those  whom  our  discipline  comes  easy, 
but  also  to  those  who  are  new  and  wary  about 
the  discipline, "  Lange  says. 


Duke  Magazine,  Duke's  award-winning  bi- 
monthly university  magazine,  is  seeking  a 
features  editor.  The  features  editor  is  ex- 
pected to  contribute  at  least  one  substan- 
tive feature  story  to  every  issue,  to  write 
shorter  pieces  on  a  regular  basis,  to  identify 
and  guide  freelance  writers,  to  assign  pho- 
tography and  illustrations,  to  generate  story 
ideas,  and  to  share  in  copy-editing,  fact- 
checking,  and  other  editorial  tasks.  Duke 
Magazine  is  produced  by  a  staff  of  three  full- 
time  editors,  a  contributing  science  editor, 
an  outside  design  team,  and  student  interns. 
Candidates  for  features  editor  should  have 
a  minimum  of  five  years'  experience  as  a 
writer  covering  a  broad  range  of  topics,  a 
background  in  supervising  other  writers,  a 
strong  knowledge  of  the  production  rou- 
tine of  a  magazine,  respect  for  deadlines, 
and  sensitivity  to  a  campus  environment. 
Direct  serious  inquires  to  the  editor, 
Robert  Bliwise,  at  Duke  Magazine,  614 
Chapel  Drive,  Durham,  N.C.  27708. 


THE  BISHOP'S 
WIFE 

Representatives  of  Duke's  Women's 
Studies  program  joined  nearly  750 
Anglican  bishops  and  their  spouses 
for  the  thirteenth  Lambeth  Conference  this 
past  summer  in  Canterbury,  England.  The 
three-week  conference,  held  every  ten  years, 


offers  organizational  meetings,  prayer,  and  fel- 
lowship for  an  international  gathering  of 
church  leaders  and  a  separate  program  for 
more  than  600  of  the  group's  spouses  on  a 
variety  of  topics,  from  how  to  mend  a  miter  to 
basic  airplane  mechanics. 

The  "Spouse's  Programme"  included  a  ses- 
sion led  by  Duke  Women's  Studies  director 
Jean  O'Barr  and  the  screening  of  Women 
World  Leaders,  a  film  by  Seattle  attorney  Laura 
Liswood,  featuring  interviews  with  fifteen 
female  presidents  and  prime  ministers.  The 
film,  which  O'Barr  introduced  as  asking  fe- 
male political  leaders  about  "their  paths  to 
power,  their  leadership  styles,  their  experiences 
as  leaders,  and  their  ideas  about  power, "  was 
the  leaping-off  point  for  a  larger  discussion 
about  the  roles  women  play  in  changing  lives. 

"Women  have  always  been  leaders,  if  we 
use  the  term  leadership  to  mean  the  ability  to 
bring  about  change,"  O'Barr  told  the  group. 
"Women  affect  the  conditions  of  their  lives 
constantly,  altering  the  nature  of  their  rela- 
tionships to  others  and  to  society,  wherever 
they  might  be  located." 

O'Barr  was  invited  to  attend  the  meeting 
at  the  suggestion  of  Kristy  Knapp  Lee  '64,  the 
spouse  of  Peter  James  Lee,  Bishop  of  Virginia. 
As  a  member  of  the  Council  on  Women's 
Studies  at  Duke,  Lee  had  met  Liswood  and 
participated  in  a  discussion  of  her  film  at  one 
of  the  group's  semi-annual  meetings  with  fac- 
ulty, visiting  scholars,  and  alumni. 

"For  many  women  at  the  conference, "  Lee 
says,  "Jean's  talk  was  a  sort  of  'a-ha'  moment, 
as  we  would  say  in  the  West.  The  message  of 


IN  BRIEF 


4  Richard  A.  White,  a  distinguished  ser- 
vice professor  of  botany  and  former  dean  of 
Arts  and  Sciences  and  Trinity  College,  is  the 
new  director  of  the  Sarah  P  Duke  Gardens, 
effective  January  1.  He  succeeds  botanist 
William  Louis  Culberson,  gardens  director 
since  1978,  who  has  retired.  White,  who  ac- 
cepted a  three -year  term  as  director,  will 
oversee  the  construction  and  development 
of  the  Doris  Duke  Center,  a  major  visitors 
and  educational  site  for  the  university  and 
the  community.  He  chaired  Duke's  botany 
department  from  1978  to  1984- 

■  Donna  Lisker,  assistant  director  of  the 
Women's  Center  at  Virginia  Tech  Univer- 
sity, will  become  director  of  Duke's  Women's 
Center  in  April.  She  will  be  developing  and 
implementing  policy,  programs,  and  support 
services  for  women,  coordinating  rape  edu- 
cation and  prevention  programming  on 
campus,  analyzing  university-wide,  gender- 
related  issues,  and  advising  the  Panhellenic 
Council.  She  taught  two  women's  studies 


courses  at  Virginia  Tech  and  courses  in  wom- 
en's studies,  literature,  and  composition  in  the 
University  Writing  Lab  at  the  University  of 
Wisconsin-Madison,  where  she  earned  both 
her  master's  and  Ph.D. 

V  Carl  W  Franks  Jr.  '83,  a  former  Duke 
football  player  and  the  assistant  offensive  co- 
ordinator and  running  backs  coach  under  the 
University  of  Florida's  Steve  Spurrier,  was 
named  Duke's  new  football  coach.  The  Gar- 
ner, North  Carolina,  native,  a  three -year  let- 
terman  from  1980  though  1982  and  academic 
all-ACC  performer  his  senior  year,  succeeds 
Fred  Goldsmith. 

"  George  L.  Maddox,  program  director  of 
Duke's  Long-Term  Care  Resources  Program, 
was  honored  with  the  Gerontological  Society 
of  America's  Distinguished  Career  Contri- 
bution Award  of  the  behavioral  and  social 
sciences  section.  An  emeritus  professor  in  the 
sociology  department,  he  is  the  recipient  of 
numerous  other  awards,  including  a  presiden- 
tial citation  from  the  International  Associa- 
tion of  Gerontology  and  the  Distinguished 


Contribution  Award  from  the  American 
Sociological  Association's  section  on  aging. 
Maddox  directed  the  Center  for  the  Study 
of  Aging  and  Human  Development  at  Duke 
from  1972  to  1982  and  chaired  the  University 
Council  on  Aging  and  Human  Development 
from  1982  to  1992. 

"  Leon  Latimer  Dunkley  Jr.  has  been 
named  the  director  of  the  Mary  Lou  Williams 
Center  for  Black  Culture.  He  will  take  over 
the  post  this  summer.  Dunkley  replaces  the 
interim  director,  C.T  Woods-Powell,  who  in 
1997  received  a  one -year  appointment  after 
Director  Ed  Hill's  death  in  1995.  Hill  became 
director  in  1983  when  the  center  opened  to 
increase  understanding  among  races  and  pro- 
mote an  appreciation  for  black  culture  at 
Duke.  Dunkley  earned  his  Ph.D.  in  ethno- 
musicology  and  jazz  studies  at  the  University 
of  Pittsburgh  and  holds  a  bachelor's  degree 
in  music  from  Tufts  University.  He  performed 
on  the  piano  and  various  percussion  instru- 
ments with  the  University  of  Pittsburgh  Jazz 
Ensemble  and  Jazz  Combo  and  the  Carnegie - 
Mellon  University  Jazz  Band. 


52      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


the  film  that  women  can  be  and  are  leaders, 
which  is  Jean's  message,  was  a  message  of 
empowerment."  That  message  went  out  to  a 
diverse  group,  a  growing  number  from  emerg- 
ing nations,  Lee  says,  places  where  "women  do 
not  have  institutional  power  but,  by  being  the 
bishop's  wife,  they  play  a  leadership  role,  even 
if  they  may  not  recognize  it....  One  of  the 
women  in  my  group  was  from  Nigeria,  and 
she  had  to  grow  and  prepare  all  of  the  food 
that  was  eaten  in  the  bishop's  compound.  She 
just  celebrated  her  sixty-sixth  birthday." 

"It's  important  to  remember  that  eleven  of 
these  spouses  are  male, "  O'Barr  says.  (Eleven 
women  had  been  consecrated  as  bishops  since 
the  last  conference.)  "But,  overwhelmingly, 
they're  female.  The  wives  of  bishops,  by  and 
large,  participate  in  one  of  those  professions 
where  the  wife  is  still  the  partner  and  the 
helper  but  perhaps  is  not  recognized  as  she 
ought  to  be. 

"Kristy  deserves  credit.  She  really  wanted 
the  bishops'  wives  from  around  the  world  to 
understand  how  much  the  scholarship  on 
women  could  help  their  thinking.  Having  a 
lecture  from  women's  studies  validated  what 
the  women  themselves  were  already  doing, 
and  it  offered  them  a  framework  for  talking 
about  the  role  of  the  bishops'  wives  as  leaders, 
even  when  they  don't  hold  formal  positions." 


STUDENT  JOURNAL 
A  FIRST 

The  first  national  research  journal  for 
undergraduates  has  published  its  pre- 
mier online  issue  (at  www.jyi.org), 
beginning  what  its  student  founders  hope  will 
become  a  centerpiece  for  encouraging  stu- 
dents to  launch  research  careers  in  science 
and  engineering. 

The  inaugural  issue  of  The  National  Journal 
of  Young  Investigators  (JY1  )  includes  a  broad 
range  of  undergraduate-authored  articles  in 
biological  and  biomedical  sciences,  physical 
sciences  and  mathematics,  and  basic  engi- 
neering sciences — with  themes  ranging  from 
the  movement  of  tidal  channels  in  Venice, 
Italy,  to  the  molecular  biology  of  healing 
injuries  in  the  nerve  of  a  squid. 

]Y1  is  a  faculty-  and  student-reviewed,  peer- 
edited  and  -published  national  journal  whose 
staff  is  composed  of  undergraduate  students 
from  diverse  academic  institutions.  The  jour- 
nal is  advised  by  Science  and  funded  by  The 
National  Science  Foundation,  the  Burroughs 
Wellcome  Fund,  Glaxo  Wellcome,  Duke,  and 
Swarthmore  College. 

The  journal  project  was  begun  in  February 
1997  by  five  undergraduates  from  three  insti- 
tutions: Brown  University,  Duke,  and  Swarth- 
more. Together  with  two  undergraduates  from 


Johns  Hopkins  University,  the  seven  students 
serve  as  the  board  of  directors,  which  guides 
the  editorial  direction  of  the  journal.  JYl  has 
grown  to  involve  more  than  forty  undergrad- 
uate scientists  in  all  disciplines  who  serve  as 
associate  and  section  editors. 

"While  many  undergraduates  participate  in 
scientific  research,  too  few  have  the  opportu- 
nity to  communicate  their  research  and  results 
to  other  students — especially  outside  their 
institutions, "  says  the  journal's  chief  executive 
officer,  Andrew  Medina-Marino,  a  Swarth- 
more junior. 


BARRIER  ISLAND 
BATIKS 

An  exhibition  of  batik  prints  that  cel- 
ebrates the  natural  beauty  of  barrier 
islands  and  warns  against  ill-advised 
shoreline  development  opened  at  the  Duke 
University  Museum  of  Art  in  January  and  will 
run  through  March  21  in  the  main  gallery. 
"A  Celebration  of  Barrier  Islands:  Restless 
Ribbons  of  Sand"  is  a  series  of  large-scale 
batiks  on  silk  by  artist  Mary  Edna  Fraser  of 
Charleston,  South  Carolina.  It's  accompanied 
by  the  poems  of  Marjory  Wentworth,  also 
from  Charleston,  with  wall  text  by  Orrin  H. 
Pilkey,  James  B.  Duke  professor  of  geology 
and  internationally  known  expert  on  coastal 
geology. 

As  an  integrated  presentation,  the  batiks, 
poems,  and  scientific  text  make  an  "ardent" 


Fraser  began  creating  batiks,  which  employ 
a  "dye  resist"  process,  in  1980.  She  applies  re- 
movable wax  to  fabric  to  create  areas  that 
resist  the  dye,  while  unwaxed  areas  absorb  the 
same  coloring.  The  technique  predates  re- 
corded history.  Evidence  of  early  batik  has 
been  found  in  the  Far  East,  Middle  East, 
Central  Asia,  Africa,  and  India. 

What  is  unusual  about  Fraser's  batiks  is 
their  aerial  perspectives.  She  studies  naviga- 
tional charts  to  identify  visually  interesting 
features,  then  photographs  those  features 
while  aloft  in  her  grandfather's  1946  Ercoupe 
airplane.  As  her  father  or  brother  pilots  the 
plane,  she  typically  takes  hundreds  of  pho- 
tographs, as  each  change  in  the  plane's  angle 
or  altitude  offers  a  different  perspective  on 
the  shapes  and  contours  below. 

"Through  the  camera's  eye,  I  have  scruti- 
nized most  ot  the  eastern  coastline  of  the  United 
States, "  Fraser  wrote  in  a  recent  catalogue  in- 
troduction to  her  work.  "What  I  have  observed 
is  both  breathtakingly  beautiful  and  disturb- 
ing. Usually  a  research  excursion  will  yield 
about  500  photographs,  approximately  twen- 
ty of  which  will  be  chosen  to  translate  into  my 
medium  of  batik  on  silk.  However,  trips  of  up 
to  eight  hours  have  [sometimes]  not  yielded  a 
single  photo  I  can  use  for  a  design.  Jetties,  sea 
walls,  landfills,  and  false  harbors  have  altered 
nature  beyond  recognition." 

Her  concern  for  the  coastal  environment 
drew  her  to  the  work  of  Pilkey,  who  is  author 
or  co-author  of  more  than  twenty  books, 
including  The  Beaches  are  Moving:  The 
Drowning  of  Americas  Shoreline  and  Living  By 


From  photo  to  fabric:  Cross  Island  of  the  Arctic,  batik  on  silk,  by  Mary  Edna  Fraser 


statement  that  the  coast,  by  and  large,  should 
be  left  in  its  natural  state.  Pilkey,  through 
many  years  of  research,  says  that  sea  walls  and 
other  protective  structures  can  be  effective  in 
the  short  term,  but  they  also  disrupt  the  nat- 
ural process  of  beach  replenishment. 


the  Rules  of  the  Sea.  He  also  is  director  of 
Duke's  Program  for  the  Study  of  Developed 
Shorelines  and  a  winner  of  the  Shepard 
Medal  for  Excellence  in  Marine  Geology. 

For  more  information,  see:  www.duke.edu/ 
web/duma/. 


January-February  1999        53 


Roxanna  Slade 

B?  Reynolds  Price  '55.  Scribner,  1998.  301 
pages.  $25. 

At  age  sixty-five,  now 
author  of  more  than 
thirty  books  that  de- 
monstrate his  talent 
in  a  wide  range  of 
genres  —  fiction, 
drama,  essay,  transla- 
tion, criticism,  mem- 
oir, as  well  as  work  for  television  and  radio — 
Reynolds  Price  has  solidified  his  position  as 
one  of  America's  litterateurs.  He  certainly  is 
one  of  the  Souths  most  prominent  writers,  a 
fading  pantheon  that  includes  Eudora  Welty 
and  William  Styron  '47,  Hon.  '68. 

In  the  last  five  years,  Price  has  published  his 
Collected  Stories  and  Collected  Poems,  as  well  as 
the  final  novel  in  the  trilogy  A  Great  Circle,  a 
project  that  began  with  The  Surface  of  the 
Earth  in  1975,  followed  by  The  Source  of  Light 
in  1981  and  The  Promise  of  Rest  in  1995.  The 
three  novels  chronicle  the  fate  of  one  family 
over  the  course  of  nine  decades,  and,  in  this 
sense,  Price's  new  novel,  Roxanna  Slade,  might 
be  described  as  a  one-volume  condensation 
of  the  trilogy — bringing  the  same  sense  of 
closure  to  his  novels  as  the  collected  works 
did  to  his  shorter  fiction  and  poetry. 

Certainly  Roxanna  Slade,  born  at  the  turn 
of  the  century  and  now  in  her  mid-  nineties,  has 
closure  on  her  mind,  and  circles  figure  promi- 
nently in  this  leisurely,  discursive,  at  turns  fasci- 
nating and  frustrating  book.  "I'm  as  old  as 
humans  get  to  be  with  rare  exceptions, "  she 
tells  her  readers  —  the  novel  is  her  memoir  of 
her  long  life.  "And  the  main  hint  that  I've 
picked  up  on  the  subject  of  immortality  has 
come  with  my  age  in  the  past  ten  years....  I 
don't  mean  that  people  learn  nothing  from 
life,  but  the  hearts  and  souls  they  bring  are  ex- 
tremely persistent."  Price  chose  no  epigraph 
for  the  book,  but  he  might  have  taken  Stanza  V 
from  Wordsworth's  famous  "Intimations  of  Im- 
mortality": "But  trailing  clouds  of  glory  do  we 
come/From  God,  who  is  our  home." 

Roxanna  paraphrases  the  sentiment  in  her 
own  simple  words.  "We  come  here  from  some- 
where that  shaped  us  already, "  she  concludes 
at  the  novel's  end.  "After  so  many  years  we 
head  out  again  for  maybe  that  homeplace  or 
somewhere  else  that  keeps  on  lasting." 


REYNOLDS 

PKICE 


Roxanna  Slade  begins  on  the  morning  of  the 
heroine's  twentieth  birthday,  October  8, 1920. 
Her  younger  brother,  Fern,  has  borrowed  the 
family  Model  T  for  the  eight-mile  trip — quite 
a  journey,  to  hear  Roxanna  tell  it — to  the 
Slade  farm,  where  he  had  worked  during  the 
summer  and  befriended  Larkin  Slade.  Fern 
has  a  surprise  for  his  sister:  He  has  primed 
Lark  with  the  expectation  of  meeting  his  fu- 
ture bride.  As  it  turns  out,  Roxanna  is  a  more 
than  willing  participant  in  the  ruse. 

"This  Slade  boy  though  wore  a  curious  close 
glove  of  light  all  around  him, "  she  recalls,  and 
his  presence  has  a  powerful  effect  on  her.  "My 
body  stayed  completely  quiet,  but  slowly  it 
seemed  to  grow  lighter  and  larger  and  a  good 
deal  stronger  till  my  two  arms  could  fold  Lark 
in  like  a  needy  soul.  And  once  I  had  him  held 
safe  with  me,  I  went  on  growing,  adding  cir- 
cles around  him  as  if  I  were  a  tree  till  he  was 
rocking  deep  inside  my  new  mind  and  chest  — 
no  risk  of  harm  or  loss,  not  to  him  anyhow." 
Roxanna's  vision,  one  of  many  to  follow,  proves 
portentous  in  unexpected  ways:  She  and  the 
Slades  will  be  forever  bound  in  ever-widening 
circles  of  love,  betrayal,  and  redemption  by  a 
sudden  accident  that  changes  everything. 

The  novel,  though  propelled  by  a  series  of 
shocking  events  right  from  the  start,  is  hardly 
plot-driven.  Roxanna  is  a  chatty  narrator,  given 
to  speculation  on  subjects  as  diverse  as  good 
sex  and  brain  chemistry.  Mostly,  she  holds  forth 
on  race  relations  and  women's  liberation,  two 
subjects  Price  explores  at  length.  She  also  suf- 
fers from  severe  depression,  one  reason  the 


book  is  so  melancholic  in  tone,  often  dark 
and  lugubrious  —  if  ultimately  hopeful. 

In  fact,  much  of  Roxanna's  story  concerns 
her  struggle  to  overcome  suicidal  tendencies, 
to  continue  on  while  staring  (as  she  puts  it) 
into  the  pit  of  Hell.  "The  dark  wind  clamping 
your  eyes  never  quits — not  entirely,"  she  says, 
describing  one  of  her  ordeals.  "You  tended  to 
look  on  the  dark  side  of  everything,  you  were 
sadly  ungrateful  for  life's  simple  gifts,  you  were 
selfishly  choosing  to  shut  the  window  and 
doors  of  your  mind  and  refuse  air  and  light." 
Neither  science  nor  religion  is  a  source  of 
solace  for  such  lost  souls:  Roxanna  even  spec- 
ulates that  God  for  unknowable  reasons  is  the 
source  of  her  torment.  "At  my  own  worst  I'd 
open  the  Bible  many  times  a  week  and  look  at 
that  hardest  verse  of  all  in  the  tenth  chapter 
of  the  Episde  to  the  Hebrews — 'It  is  a  fearful 
thing  to  fall  into  the  hands  of  the  living  God.' 
All  I  could  ever  say  back  was  Amen." 

Roxanna  is  not  easy  to  like.  She  is  para- 
noid, self-absorbed,  and  needy — traits  com- 
mon to  Price's  characters,  who  live,  as  he  has 
said,  "beneath  the  world  perceived  by  other 
people."  She  can  be  honest  with  herself,  con- 
fessing her  irrational  urges  to  harm  those  she 
loves  most,  yet  she  fails  to  recognize,  or  only 
glibly  acknowledges,  the  burdens  she  places 
on  others,  including  her  formidable  mother- 
in-law,  her  husband,  her  sister,  her  son  and 
daughter — all  of  whom,  by  the  way,  come 
laden  with  their  own  flaws.  But  Price  seems  to 
want  to  distance  readers  from  his  characters 
(as  his  characters  distance  themselves  from 
each  other)  in  order  that  we  see  them  more 
clearly — and  thus,  perhaps,  come  to  value 
them  more  dearly  (as  his  characters  do  each 
other). 

Price's  heightened  lyricism  (accented  by 
dialogue  approaching  verse  drama),  his  sepia 
tones  (a  mixture  of  respect  for  tradition  and 
mawkish  nostalgia),  and  his  digressive  narra- 
tives aren't  for  everyone.  Those  who  like 
his  work  will  find  him  in  good  form  in 
Roxanna  Slade,  once  again  shifting  through 
the  remains  of  history  to  discern  the  human- 
ity hidden  within.  There's  a  century-worth  of 
both  history  and  humanity  in  this  novel. 

— Rex  Roberts 


Roberts  is  a  freelance  writer,  editor,  and 
living  in  New  York. 


54      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


Suddenly  Single:  Money  Skills  for 
Divorcees  and  Widows 

By  Kerry  Harmon  '82.  John  Wiley  &  Sons,  Inc., 
J 998.  204  pages.  $14.95  paper. 


E 


ven  when  the  pain  of  losing 
a  spouse  is  still  raw,  unwel- 
come realities  of  everyday  life 
intrude  and  demand  atten- 
tion. Avoiding  those  reali- 
ties is  a  common  reaction. 

Yet  there  is  one  area  of  life 
that  can't  be  put  on  hold: 
finances.  This  time  when  a  woman  feels  most 
fragile  and  least  able  to  think  about  her  finan- 
cial future  is  the  most  important  time  to  take 
charge.  That's  the  message  of  Kerry  Hannon 
in  her  book  Suddenly  Single:  Money  Skills  for 
Divorcees  andWidows.  Hannon  has  written  an 
easy-to-use  guidebook  that  makes  the  poten- 
tially overwhelming  topic  of  personal  finances 
a  manageable  process.  Step  by  step,  she  walks 
the  reader  through  what  must  be  done  to 
achieve  financial  independence. 

But  why  read  a  book  written  by  someone 
who  is  not  one  of  the  "suddenly  single"?  (She 
dedicated  the  book  to  her  husband,  Cliff  Hac- 
kel.)  Gathering  and  explaining  complex  finan- 
cial information  is  a  job  that  Hannon  has  done 
expertly  for  years.  This  USA  Today  columnist 
has  written  about  tax  preparation,  savings, 
401  (k)  fees,  the  marriage -tax  penalty,  and  mu- 
tual funds.  She  has  worked  at  U.S.  News  & 
World  Report,  Money,  and  Forbes,  and  penned 
the  JO  Minute  Guide  to  Retirement  for  Women. 
Her  experience  prepared  her  to  use  clear,  eco- 
nomical language  that  makes  her  advice  easy 
to  follow  and  that  engages  the  reader. 

This  slim  volume  is  a  gem;  its  layout,  writ- 
ing style,  and  brevity  make  it  approachable. 
Readers  will  find  a  measure  of  comfort  in  the 
information  that  is  clearly  explained  in  a  calm, 
conversational  tone.  Hannon  administers  just 
the  right  dose  of  sympathy  to  the  reader 
before  she  gets  down  to  business  with  tough- 
love  advice:  "To  rebuild  your  life,  you  need  to 
get  a  grip  on  your  finances  as  quickly  as  pos- 
sible, "  she  writes.  "Making  the  effort  to  learn 
about  money  will  give  you  the  knowledge  and 
confidence  to  handle  your  own  finances." 

Though  the  book  is  aimed  at  the  financial 
novice,  Hannon  is  neither  condescending  nor 
simplistic.  She  prods  those  who  are  frozen  by 
uncertainty  or  prone  to  procrastination  ("ac- 
tion is  empowering")  and  sets  priorities  for 
what  must  be  done  quickly  and  what  can  wait 
until  the  emotional  dust  settles.  Her  advice 
ranges  from  the  most  basic  ("make  about  two 
dozen  copies  of  your  husband's  death  certifi- 
cate, "  and  a  comprehensive  list  of  the  finan- 
cial and  legal  papers  that  need  to  be  located) 
to  insurance  needs,  employee  benefits,  saving 
and  investing,  and  will  and  retirement  plan- 
ning. She  includes  a  glossary,  recommended 


reading,  and  information  resources. 

Separate  chapters  address  the  different  is- 
sues for  widows  and  divorcees,  but  subsequent 
chapters  apply  to  both  groups.  In  "A  Budget 
that  Works,"  Hannon  provides  an  exercise  on 
developing  a  budget — which  includes  a  help- 
ful list  of  questions  to  calculate  net  worth, 
worksheets  on  expenses,  and  recommenda- 
tions about  good  software  programs  for  bud- 
geting and  money  management.  Typical  of 
her  no-nonsense  advice  is  this  warning:  "The 
most  important  thing  to  remember  is  that  this 
is  not  a  time  to  be  careless  with  your  funds  or 
hand  over  all  the  decisions  to  someone  else. 
It's  your  life,  your  money,  and  your  responsi- 
bility. Moreover,  it's  definitely  not  the  time  to 
spend  on  nonessential  items  to  make  yourself 
feel  better  for  a  while  in  superficial  ways." 

The  goal  of  becoming  "financially  literate" 
underpins  the  chapter  "Investing  101."  It's  an 
especially  worthwhile  section,  full  of  clear 
explanations  of  bonds,  stocks,  CDs,  mutual 
funds,  and  more — even  explaining  how  to 
read  quotations  in  the  newspaper.  The  chap- 
ter about  on-line  investing  is  destined  to  be 
outdated  quickly,  given  the  exponential 
growth  of  information  and  products  available 
on-line:  The  Wall  Street  Journal  Interactive 
Edition,  for  instance,  offers  financial  informa- 
tion and  advice  to  subscribers,  as  well  as  e- 
mail  alerts  about  market  swings  and  breaking 
business  news.  Still,  the  information  is  useful, 
thanks  to  Hannon's  expertise  in  assessing  web- 
sites and  personal-finance  software. 

Personal-finance  books  are  big  business. 
An  Internet  search  for  "women  and  finance" 
books  turns  up  1,000-plus  titles  —  from 
"Maxing  Out:  Why  Women  Sabotage  Their 
Financial  Independence"  to  "A  Girl  Needs 
Cash:  Banish  the  White  Knight  Myth  6k  Take 
Charge  of  Your  Financial  Life."  The  9  Steps  to 
Financial  Freedom  by  Suze  Orman,  "practical 
and  spiritual  advice,"  has  been  on  The  New 
York  Times'  best  seller  list  for  nearly  a  year. 

Suddenly  Single  is  different  because  it  tar- 
gets such  a  specific  audience  and  because  it 
compiles  practical  solutions  to  life's  personal- 
finance  mysteries  in  a  single  source.  Particu- 
larly for  readers  without  financial  expertise, 
this  book  is  a  godsend.  It  also  would  be  help- 
ful for  adult  children  who  find  themselves  in 
charge  of  their  aging  parents'  finances  and 
don't  know  where  to  begin. 

It  is  statistically  likely  that  most  women  will 
be  on  their  own  one  day,  says  Hannon.  So,  if 
a  friend  has  recently  been  widowed  or  di- 
vorced, send  flowers  and  a  note  of  support, 
but  also  send  Suddenly  Single. 

— Allison  Adams 


Adams,  the  former  director  of  communications  at 
Duke's  Fuqua  School  of  Business,  is  a  communi- 
cations consultant. 


% 


Back  in  Print 


George  Washington 
Williams 

A   BIOGRAPHY 


JOHN  HOPE 
FRANKLIN 


Franklin  reconstructs  the  life  of  the 
controversial,  self-made  black  intel- 
lectual who  wrote  the  first  history  of 

African  Americans  in  the  United 
States.  The  result  is  a  unique  consid- 
eration of  a  pioneering  historian  by 

his  most  distinguished  successor. 

"Mr.  Franklin's  quest  .  .  .  offers 

a  unique  view  of  the  historian  as 

detective  as  well  as  scholar.  .  .  . 

Fascinating  and  engaging  reading." 

— Ira  Berlin,  New  York  Times  Book 

Review 

"In  the  historiography  of  African 
Americans,  Williams  stands  not  only 
as  a  pioneer,  but  as  an  author  whose 
work  has  held  its  value.  The  conjunc- 
tion of  these  two  giants  makes 
Franklin  on  Williams  a  work  of 
enduring  worth." — Nell  Irvin  Painter 

400  pages,  20  b&w  photos, 
paper  $18.95 


Duke  University  Press 

Box  90660 

Durham,  NC   27708-0660 

toll-free  1-888-651-0122 

www.duke.edu/web/dupress/ 


January-February  1999        55 


-  ^m* 


Ask  the  Expert 


What  are  the  implications 
of  the  arrest  by  British 


rights  violations— of  Chile's 


The  tragedy  of  my  country  was 
that  we  would  not  put  the  mur- 
derers and  violators  on  trial.  That 
was  the  pact  we  signed,  the 
consensus  we  reached.  Our 
ambiguous  freedom  depended  on 
co-existing  with  the  dictator's 
shadow  and  more  than  his  shad- 
ow, with  his  presence  as  a  senator 
for  life  in  a  senate  that  he  himself 
closed  down. 

I  cannot  predict  if  Pinochet  will 
be  released  or  if  he  will  stand  trial, 
whether  this  sets  a  precedent  and 
warns  all  dictators  to  be  wary  or 
whether  this  becomes  just  anoth- 
er brave  yet  failed  attempt  to 
globalize  justice  as  finance  and 
communications  have  been  glob- 
alized. Whatever  the  outcome,  this 
faraway  act  of  justice,  rather  than 
a  form  of  meddling  in  our  internal 
affairs  as  Margaret  Thatcher  has 
suggested,  should  be  considered  a 
gift  to  Chile,  a  unique  opportunity 
to  face  our  common  future,  which 
Pinochet  had  hidden  from  us. 

In  one  sense,  of  course,  the 
fractured  antagonistic  zones  of  my 
country  have  become  more  in- 
transigent than  before.  Pinochet's 
followers,  used  to  having  their 
way,  in  love  with  their  own  invul- 
nerability, are  furious  and  threaten 
retaliation.  The  victims  feel 
vindicated  and,  after  decades  of 
suffering,  will  not  give  an  inch  in 
their  demands.  And  the  buffeted 
government  tries  to  mediate  and 
is  pressed  from  one  and  the  other. 

And  yet  my  hope  is  that  this 
turbulence  may  be  transitory  and 
will  be  replaced  by  maturity.  We 
should  be  able  to  withstand  the 


spectacle  of  Pinochet's  trial,  the 
very  trial  that  we  are  witnessing 
at  this  moment,  as  he  stands 
accused  in  front  of  the  eyes  of  all 
mankind. 

It  should  be  a  cleansing  experi- 
ence, the  start  of  what  could  be  a 
healing  of  my  nation,  a  real  rather 
than  a  sham  reconciliation. 


In  December,  while  most  people 
were  in  the  throes  of  holiday 

shopping,  Duke  undergrads  were 
in  the  middle  of  final  exams. 
We  asked  an  unlucky  thirteen: 

How  many  hours  of  sleep 


"Six  and  a  half  hours,  which  is  less 
than  I  nonnally  get.  I  woke  up 
early  for  an  exam.  When  exams 
are  over,  I'll  go  out  to  lunch  with 
some  good  friends,  then  just  pack 
my  car  and  go  home.  But  if  I'm  too 
tired,  I  may  just  stay  here,  which  I 
have  a  feeling  is  going  to  happen." 


"I  got  a  lot  of  sleep — nine  hours. 
That's  a  lot  more  than  usual. 
Monday,  I  had  two  papers  and  an 
exam,  so  that  was  crunch  time. 
Now  I  have  only  one  more  exam." 


"Six  hours — I  just  couldn't  fall 
asleep.  I  stayed  up  too  late  the 
night  before,  studying  for  engi- 
neering." 


"I  was  studying  until  three,  then  I 
was  up  by  6:30  to  start  studying 
again  for  my  exam  at  nine." 


"I  think  I  got  about  five  and  a 
half  hours.  I  had  to  be  at  work  at 
eight  a.m.  It  was  ugly." 


"Last  night  was  a  good  night.  I 
got  nine  hours  because  I  didn't 
have  anything  today.  My  next 
exam  isn't  until  Saturday." 


"I  finished  exams  yesterday.  I  just 
had  fun  last  night  because  it  was 
my  first  night  off,  and  I  spent  it 
just  wasting  time  because  every- 
one else  still  had  work.  If  you  had 
asked  two  days  earlier,  I  would 
have  told  you  two  hours." 


"Six  hours.  If  I  don't  sleep,  I  don't 
function." 

-Colette  Alvis,  Trinity  senior 

"I  went  to  bed  around  five,  and 
got  up  at  ten.  Yesterday  was  a 
good  day.  My  boyfriend  got  three 
hours,  and  one  of  my  really  good 
friends  got  a  half-hour.  My  exams 
are  over,  so  I  was  helping  my 
boyfriend  study." 

— tanm  Elphinstone,  Trinity  sophomore 

"Last  night  I  went  to  bed  at  three 
and  woke  up  at  eleven  because  I 
have  no  more  finals.  But  the  night 
before,  I  only  got  three  hours  of 
sleep." 


"Last  night  I  got  eight  hours  be- 
cause I  finished  exams.  It  felt 
wonderful — I  didn't  sleep  at  all 
the  night  before." 


"Three  hours.  I  had  been  procras- 
tinating all  week  due  to  my  immi- 
nent departure  next  semester.  I 
was  lured  into  spending  time  with 
those  significant  people  in  my  life 


with  whom  I  will  not  have  daily 
contact  next  semester." 


"Five  hours.  I'm  going  to  jump  for 
joy  when  this  exam  is  over." 


-compiled  by  Jaime  Lei^  '01 


"In  the  popular  mind,  the  Exodus 
story  is  still  one  of  the  corner- 
stones of  the  biblical  narrative. 
I'm  thrilled  they  made  this  movie 
about  it.  The  Exodus  narrative 
is  important,  and  I  think  people 
who  see  the  movie  will  go  away 
thinking  and  asking  questions 
about  it." 


of  The  Prince  of  Egypt 

"Our  highest  priority  in  Arts  and 
Sciences  is  to  recruit  a  number  of 
outstanding  senior  (full  and  asso- 
ciate) professors  to  replace  the 
losses  in  the  humanities,  with  par- 
ticular emphasis  on  rebuilding  the 
English  department." 

—  Provost  John  Stohbehn,  in  a 


"I  think  that  as  a  college  popula- 
tion, there  is  definitely  a  lot  of 
risky  behavior  going  on,  and  peo- 
ple don't  necessarily  take  safety 
precautions."  | 


56      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


CI  NO  APPLICATION. 


CNOSATS. 


JUSTCOME..r> 


;,•»_ 


■•-<-. 


fc*  REUNIONS 


FORA 
REUNION 
YOU'LL  ALWAYS 
REMEMBER,  COME 
BACKTOTHE  PLACE 
YOU  NEVER  FORCOT. 

SPRINC  REUNIONS 
STARTING  IN  APRIL  19991?! 

Yes,  thafs  right  this  spring,  Duke  (undergradu- 
ate) Reunions  will  be  held  on  one  huge  stellar 
weekend!  The  Classes  of  1949, 1954, 1959, 
1964,  1969,  1974, 1979, 1984,  1989,  1994,  and 
the  Half  Century  Club  will  celebrate  their 
reunions  April  16-18, 1999. 
In  the  coming  weeks,  you'll  be  receiving  reunion 
information  (registration  brochures  will  mail  first 
class  on  March  1).  AND  get  the  latest  scoop  on 
all  the  plans  for  April  16-18  by  visiting  the 
Duke  Reunions  website  at: 
www.alumni.duke.edu/alumni 
/homepage/reu  nions.html 
So  save  the  date,  and  plan  to  be  a  part 
of  an  unforgettable  weekend. 


AVE 

EVER 

MADE  SUCH 

OD  FRIENDS? 

STAYED  UP  SO 

LATE?  LEARNED 

SO  MUCH? 

DUKE'S  STILL 

HERE.  .  . 

Whether  if s  been  five  years  or  50 

■  since  graduation,  you  won't  want  to 

the  weekend  your  Reunion  Planning 

Committee  is  conjuring!  Duke  Reunions  offer 

mething  for  everyone.  Catch  up  and  reminisce 

ith  friends  at  both  casual  and  gala  events.  G  ' 

Duke  today  by  participatin 


ONCE  DUKE,  ALWAYS  DUKE. 

BE  DUKE  AGAIN  THIS  SPRING. 


>. 


W*£ 


inon  dukes 


Duke  University  Athletic  Scholarship  Fund 


Now,  you  can  be  a  part  of  the  team.  By  contributing  as  little 
as  $100,  you  can  display  your  Iron  Duke  window  decal  with 
pride  and  know  you  have  helped  Blue  Devil  student-athletes 
maintain  Duke's  proud  athletic  tradition.  Take  the  next  step 
by  requesting  information,  NOW! 

I 


YES,  I  am  interested  in  finding  out  more  about  the  Iron  Dukes. 

Please  send  a  membership  information  brochure  to  the  address  listed  below. 


Please  return  this  form  to:  Iron  Dukes 

311  Finch  Yeager  Bldg.,  Box  90542 
Duke  University 
Durham,  NC  27708-0542 
(919)  684-5033 


DUKE 


614CHAPELDRIVE.BOX  90570 
DURHAM, NORTH  CAROLINA 

27708-0570 

Address  Service  Requested 


NON   PROFIT  ORG. 

U.S.  Postage 

PAID 

Durham,  N.C. 

PERMIT    NO.    60 


***************************5-DIGIT    27705 

0000032611       C248  734 
DR.  WILLIAM  E.  KING,  PH.D. 
4434  SUNNY  COURT 
DURHAM  NC   27705-1762 


DUKE 


COMRADE  FREUD? 
TUNA  TALES 


HOME  SCHOOLING 


Executive  Education 


DUKE 

7761 

THE  FUQUA 

SCHOOL 
OF  BUSINESS 

Tel.919.660.80II     Fax,  919.681. 


wwwfuqua.duke.edu 


MARCH- 
APRIL  1999 


EDITOR: 

Robert  J.  Bliwise  A.M. '88 

ASSOCIATE  EDITOR 

Sam  Hull 

INTERIM  FEATURES 

EDITOR: 

Rob  Odom  '92 

SCIENCE  EDITOR: 

Dennis  Meredith 

PUBLISHER:  M.  Laney 

Funderburk  Jr.  '60 

CLAY  FELKER 

MAGAZINE  FELLOW: 

Philip  Tinari  '01 

STUDENT  INTERN: 

Jaime  Levy '01 

DESIGN  CONSULTANT: 

Mills /Carrigan  Design 

PRINTER: 

Litho  Industries,  Inc. 

OFFICERS,  DUKE  ALUMNI 
ASSOCIATION: 
John  A.  Schwarz  III  '56, 
president;  Gwynne  A.  Young  71, 
president-elect;  M.  Laney 
Funderburk  Jr.  '60,  secretary- 

PRESIDENTS,  SCHOOL 
AND  COLLEGE  ALUMNI 
ASSOCIATIONS: 
James  R.  Cook  Jr.  '50,  B.D 
'54,  Dnmm  School;  George  J. 
Evans  B.S.E.E.  '56,  School  of 
En^ihvrmg;  Barrett  B.  McCall 
M.E'91,  Nicholas  School  o/ the 
Environment;  Waltet  W. 
Simpson  III  M.B.A.  '74,  Fuqna 
School  of  Business;  Judith  Ann 
Maness  M.H.A.  '83,  Department 
W  Hcj.hl;  .'Wminisn.iNMii;  Bruce 
W.  BaberJ.D.  79,  School  of 
Law;  David  K.  Wellman  M.D. 
72,  H.S.  72-78,  School  of 
Medicine;  Linda  Spencer 
Fowler  B.S.N.  79,  School  of 
Nursing;  Marie  Koval  Nardone 
M.S.  79,  A.H.C.  79,  Graduate 
Program  in  Physical  Therapy; 
Kay  Goodman  Stern  '46,  Half- 
Century  Club. 

EDITORIAL 
ADVISORY  BOARD: 
Clay  Felker  '51,  clmirman; 
Frederick  E  Andrews  '60; 
Debra  Blum '87;  Sarah 
Hardesty  Bray  72;  Nancy  L. 
Cardwell  '69;  Jerrold  K.  Foodick; 
Edward  M.  Gomez  79;  Kerry 
E.  Hannon'82;  Stephen 
Labaton  A.M.  '86,  J.D.  '86; 
Elizabeth  H.  Locke  '64,  Ph.D. 
72;  Thomas  P  Losee  Jr.  '63; 
Kimberly  J.  McLarin  '86; 
Michael  Milstein  '88;  Ann 
Pelham  74;  Michael  J. 
Schoenfeld  '84;  Susan  Tift  73; 
Jane  Vessels  77;  Robert  J. 
Bliwise  A.M.  '88,  secretary. 

SUBSCRIPTIONS: 
$15  per  year  ($30  foreign) 
Duke  Magazine,  614  Chapel  Dr., 
Durham,  N.C.  27708-0570. 

FAX:  (919)  681-1659 

ADDRESS  CHANGES: 
Alumni  Records,  Box  90613, 
Durham,  N.C.  27708-0613 
or  e-mail  bluedevil@duke.edu 

ONLINE  EDITION: 
www.dukemagazine.duke.edu 

©  1999  Duke  University 
Published  bimonthly  by  the 
Office  of  Alumni  Affairs. 


DUKE 


Cover:  A  DNA  molecule,  the  model  for  a 
new  path  in  science  —  and  ethics,  Illustration 
from  Corbis /Digital  Art 


VOLUME  85 
NUMBER  3 


PROBING  THE  SOVIET  PSYCHE  by  Robert].  Bliwise  2 

The  sometimes  supportive  but  ultimately  fractious  relationship  between  communism 
and  psychoanalysis  is  examined  in  a  new  book  by  a  Russian  historian 

HOME  IS  WHERE  THE  TEACHING  IS  by  Robert  Odom  8 

In  an  age  of  magnet  schools  and  standardized  curricula,  more  and  more  families  are 
saying  no  to  institutionalized  learning  in  favor  of  educating  their  children  at  home 

THE  GENETIC  REVOLUTION  by  Dennis  Meredith  14 

"This  is  a  complex  technology  that  will  improve  the  quality  of  human  life,  but  will 
also  have  some  real  problems,  and  we  need  to  sort  through  these  with  precision, 
common  sense,  and  care" 

IS  THERE  A  DOCTOR  IN  THE  MAKING?  by  Brian  Skotko  37 

Competition  among  pre-med  students  stems  from  student  ability  and  drive  —  and 
from  the  fact  that,  of  the  43,000  applicants  to  medical  school  every  year,  only  about 
17,000  will  be  accepted 

CALLING  THE  PLAYS  by  Michael  A.  Goldstein  42 

The  president  of  CBS  Sports  played  high  stakes  when  he  took  possession  of  football; 
that  game  plan,  and  some  new  plays,  could  assist  CBS  in  reclaiming  its  spot  as  the 
premier  sports  network 

45 


HOT  TO  TAG  A  TUNA  by  Monte 

Concerned  about  the  decline  of  bluefin  tuna  stock,  a  marine  scientist  —  and 

"genius  award"  winner — is  galvanizing  North  Carolina's  sports  fishing  community 


UNDER  THE  GARGOYLE  20 

The  educator  as  mentor 

GAZETTE  49 

Multi-millions  for  the  campaign,  slow  growth  for  tuition,  reality  checks  for  Shakespeare 


BOOKS 

How  mind  and  body  intermesh,  how  writing  can  change  your  life 

QUAD  QUOTES 

Oscar  impressions,  "docudrama"  liberties,  family-friendly  books 


54 


56 


PROBING  THE  SC 


GIVING  FREUD  THE  SLIP 

BY  ROBERT  J.  BLIWISE 

The  sometimes  supportive  but  ultimately  fractious  relationship  between  communism 
and  psychoanalysis  is  examined  in  a  new  book  by  a  Russian  historian. 


Sigmund  Freud  hasn't  had  an  easy 
time  of  it,  lately.  A  Library  of  Con- 
gress exhibition,  "Sigmund  Freud: 
Conflict  and  Culture,"  finally  opened  this 
past  fall — some  five  years  after  it  was 
conceived.  When  the  director  of  the  Freud 
Archives  proposed  the  show,  a  "Freud- 
bashing  contingent,"  as  an  account  in 
The  New  Yorker  put  it,  looked  warily  to  a 
"lovefest"  and  circulated  a  protesting 
petition.  The  petition  attracted  the  sig- 
natures of,  among  others,  Oliver  Sacks, 
Gloria  Steinem,  and  a  granddaughter  of 
Freud.  So  the  library  "beat  a  tactical  re- 
treat, "  said  the  magazine  story,  and  re-  Cultural  clash:  above,  the  Soviet  troika  of  Lenin,  Marx,  and 
thought  its  presentation  of  the  master,  facing  page,  the  iconic  inventor  of  psychoanalysis 
That  rethinking  led  to  a  presentation 


a  *y 


of  the  full-fledged  Freud — not  exactly  a  love- 
fest, but  a  feast  for  those  drawn  to  Freud  as  a 
force  in  modern  culture.  Along  with  original 
manuscripts  of  works  like  Civilization  and  Its 
Discontents,  the  exhibition  embraces  the  odd, 
like  the  death  mask  of  the  "Wolf  Man";  the 
poignant,  like  a  snapshot  from  Vienna  showing 
the  four  sisters  of  Freud  destined  to  perish  in 
Nazi  death  camps;  and  the  irreverent,  like 
video  clips  from  The  Flintstones  that  give 
comic  expression  to  psychoanalytic  concepts. 
Through  a  wrap-around  series  of  wall  quota- 
tions, it  also  incorporates  critical  commen- 


tary; J.M.  Cattell  observed,  in  1926,  that  "psy- 
choanalysis is  not  so  much  a  question  of  sci- 
ence as  a  matter  of  taste,  Dr.  Freud  being  an 
artist  who  lives  in  the  fairyland  of  dreams 
among  the  ogres  of  perverted  sex." 

If  it  is  a  matter  of  taste,  psychoanalysis 
follows  a  precarious  course  in  a  culture  dedi- 
cated to  conformity  and  resistant  to  competing 
teachings.  Duke  historian  Martin  Miller  charts 
that  course  in  Freud  and  the  Bolsheviks:  Psy- 
choanalysis in  Imperial  Russia  and  the  Soviet 
Union,  published  last  fall  by  Yale  University 
Press.  Miller's  project  was  sparked  in  1979, 


when  he  was  studying  in  the  Psychiatric 
Epidemiology  program  at  the  Columbia 
University  Medical  Center.  A  colleague 
there  showed  him  six  letters  that  had 
been  purchased  many  years  before  by 
the  Psychiatric  Institute  at  Columbia, 
only  to  be  forgotten.  The  letters  had 
been  written  by  Freud  to  a  Russian  psy- 
choanalyst. They  "weren't  all  that  inter- 
lesting, "  Miller  says,  "but  it's  always  wild 
|  for  a  historian  to  find  unpublished  mate- 
1  rials  from  somebody  famous." 
|  After  that  discovery,  he  uncovered 
8  records  of  debates  on  Freud  and  psycho- 
analysis. The  debates  had  been  conducted 
by  senior  Soviet  communist  party  offi- 
cials. Delving  into  recently  released  So- 
viet archives,  he  found  episodes  "that  I  didn't 
know  existed  and  that  my  colleagues  in  Rus- 
sian and  Soviet  history  didn't  know  existed." 
In  its  handling  of  psychological  deviance, 
tsarist  Russia  showed  a  peculiar  combination 
of  Enlightenment  thinking  and  state-cen- 
tered concerns.  Miller  notes  in  his  book  that 
the  idle,  for  Peter  the  Great,  had  to  be  "cured" 
in  order  to  work  to  serve  the  state;  the  insane, 
for  Catherine  the  Great,  had  to  be  "cured"  to 
regain  their  reason  and  contribute  to,  rather 
than  disturb  or  threaten,  the  social  order.  The 
first  Congress  of  Russian  Psychiatry  in  Mos- 


Engels: 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


sflE 


Historian  Miller:  "Certain  forms  of  experimentation  were  tolerated  as  long  as  they  could  be  justified  as  supportive  of  the  revolution" 


cow,  in  1887,  was  filled  with  warnings  that  the 
country  was  being  "enveloped  by  a  pandemo- 
nium of  insanity"  demonstrated  by  political 
radicalism,  artistic  decadence,  and  criminal 
deviance.  Those  drawn  to  radical  politics  had 
a  different  view  of  social  engineering  and  so- 
cial menace:  One  skeptical  physician,  R  I. 
Iakobii,  declared  that  the  institutionalization 
of  the  insane  was  not  rooted  in  ideas  of  hu- 
mane treatment  but  in  "class  fear  of  the 
abstract  madman." 

Freudianism  made  an  early  entry  into  Rus- 
sia. A  Russian  translation  of  Freud's  Interpre- 
tation of  Dreams  appeared  in  1904;  it  was  the 
first  to  be  made  into  any  other  language.  Four 
years  later,  a  review  article  on  psychoanalysis 
was  published  in  the  country's  leading  psychi- 
atric journal.  The  author  was  Nikolai  Osipov, 
a  psychiatrist  at  the  Moscow  Psychiatric  Cli- 
nic. Like  disciples  elsewhere,  Osipov  would 
be  drawn  to  psychoanalysis  as  "a  method  of 
understanding  the  psychogenesis  of  neurosis,  a 
method  of  psychotherapy,  and  a  scientific 
worldview,"  as  one  of  his  colleagues  would 
note.  He  went  on  to  organize  a  "little  Friday 
group"  at  his  clinic  devoted  to  psychoanalysis, 
and  to  set  up  an  outpatient  facility  for  neu- 
rotics based  on  Freud's  treatment  methods. 

Osipov  was  a  pioneer  in  applying  psycho- 
analytic theory  to  literature,  a  movement 


that  was  to  gain  a  large  following  among  the 
Russian  Freudians.  In  one  of  his  papers,  he 
discussed  the  emotional  distress  of  two  of  Tol- 
stoy's female  characters — Natasha  Rostova 
in  War  and  Peace  and  Kitty  Shcherbatskaia  in 
Anna  Karenina —  and  offered  a  critical  exam- 
ination of  their  doctors'  response  to  their 
symptoms.  As  Osipov  saw  them,  "the  two 
women  suffered  deeply  from  phobias,  tortu- 
ous dreams,  and  suicidal  urges,"  says  Miller. 
"The  physicians  in  each  novel  tended  to  dis- 
miss these  symptoms  as  romantic  excesses  of 
aristocratic  women  rather  than  to  recognize 
the  possibility  of  'deep  psychic  trauma'  in  an 
individual  who  either  threatens  or  attempts 
to  kill  herself." 

Another  Russian  psychiatrist,  Tatiana 
Rosenthal,  published  a  study  of  Dostoevsky's 
novellas.  She  was  particularly  interested  in 
the  connection  between  creativity  and  psy- 
chopathology;  the  writer's  own  biography,  in 
her  view,  mirrored  the  descriptions  of  delu- 
sions, hallucinations,  fantasies,  and  phobias  in 
his  fictional  characters.  She  concluded  that 
"the  root  principle  of  creative  expression  lies 
in  the  immanent  unconscious." 

In  1909,  Osipov  helped  found  Russia's  first 
psychoanalytic  journal,  Psychotherapy.  It  pub- 
lished examples  of  theoretical  and  clinical 
research,  along  with  reviews  of  papers  and 


reports  of  meetings  on  psychoanalytic  issues. 
Freud's  own  journal  wouldn't  make  its  debut 
until  a  full  year  later. 

The  rise  of  psychoanalysis  in  pre -revolution 
Russia  reflected,  in  part,  the  failures  of  the  psy- 
chiatric profession.  "Despite  all  the  advances 
of  modern  scientific  medicine,  psychiatrists  had 
managed  primarily  to  treat  cases  of  highly  dis- 
turbed patients,"  Miller  writes.  "People  with 
symptoms  of  a  less  severe  kind  — who  were 
already  being  referred  to  as  'neurotics' — did 
not  fall  easily  into  existing  diagnostic  cate- 
gories." At  the  same  time,  Freud's  theories 
coincided  with  the  rise  of  outpatient  therapy; 
psychoanalysis  involved  the  creation  of  a  pro- 
fessional subspecialty  that  was  committed  to 
the  use  of  words  rather  than  confinement  or 
drugs.  "The  psychiatrists  who  were  turning 
with  enthusiasm  to  Freud  were  also  redefin- 
ing what  it  meant  to  be  a  patient.  People  who 
would  not  have  been  under  medical  care  with 
their  symptoms  in  earlier  times  now  were 
being  attracted  to  the  clinics  and  private 
offices  of  a  new  generation  of  psychoanalysts." 

Freud  himself  was  aware  of  developments 
in  Russia,  though  he  read  no  Russian.  On  the 
eve  of  the  First  World  War,  he  noted  that  "in 
Russia,  psychoanalysis  has  become  generally 
well  known  and  has  spread  widely,"  but  la- 
mented the  absence  of  "a  really  penetrating 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


comprehension  of  analytic  theories."  Russian 
psychiatrists  from  time  to  time  would  come  to 
meet  and  train  with  him.  He  also  received 
professional  referrals  from  Russia — the  most 
important  being  the  patient  known  in  the 
clinical  literature  as  the  Wolf  Man. 

The  Wolf  Man,  whose  real  name  was  Sergei 
Konstantinovich  Pankeev,  was  bom  into  the 
Russian  aristocracy.  Pankeev  began  to  experi- 
ence symptoms  of  depression  as  a  university 
student.  Freud's  analysis  of  the  case  centered 
on  the  patient's  recovery  of  the  early  memory 
of  having  witnessed  his  parents  engaged  in 
sexual  intercourse.  Pankeev 's  recovered  mem- 
ory, Freud  decided,  was  far  more  important 
than  proving  whether  the  memory  was  based 
on  a  real  event.  Remarkable  for  the  detec- 
tive-story richness  of  its  narrative,  the  case,  as 
outlined  by  Freud,  had  a  transforming  impact 
on  psychoanalysis:  It  was  central  to  Freud's  ef- 
forts "to  argue  his  general  theory  about  the 
destructive  significance  of  unconscious  drives, " 
writes  Miller,  "against  his  main  rivals  in  the 
psychoanalytic  movement,  Jung  and  Adler." 

Russia  underwent  its  own  political  transfor- 
mation in  1917.  In  February,  Nicholas  II  abdi- 
cated and  his  autocracy  was  replaced  by  a 
provisional  government.  Eight  months  later, 
the  Bolsheviks  seized  power.  "On  the  one 
hand,  the  centralization  of  power  was  accom- 
plished, which  included  the  elimination  of 
competing  political  parties  and  the  enforce- 
ment of  decision  making  by  the  party's  in- 
creasingly authoritarian  central  committee," 
Miller  notes.  "On  the  other  hand,  as  bound- 
aries remained  fluid  in  many  areas  of  society, 
certain  forms  of  experimentation  were  toler- 
ated as  long  as  they  could  be  justified  as  sup- 
portive of  the  revolution."  The  psychoanalyt- 
ic community  recognized  that  survival  was 
not  possible  without  the  approval  and  toler- 
ance of  the  party;  their  agenda  was  not  en- 
tirely their  own. 

Still,  the  agenda  moved  forward  for  a  time. 
In  1922,  two  leading  psychoanalysts  formed 
the  country's  first  Institute  for  Psychoanalysis. 
At  that  point,  there  were  just  two  such  train- 
ing institutes  in  Europe — one  in  Vienna  and 
the  other  in  Berlin.  Moscow,  under  commu- 
nist authority,  became  the  third  center.  Partici- 
pants at  that  year's  International  Psychoana- 
lytic Association  congress  in  Berlin,  though, 
weren't  uniformly  impressed.  In  Russia,  many 
psychologists  and  other  non-medical  special- 
ists from  the  social  sciences  and  humanities 
practiced  psychoanalysis;  outsiders  were  suspi- 
cious of  the  trend.  There  was  also  widespread 
suspiciousness  directed  toward  Soviet  ideolo- 
gy. Most  psychoanalysts  outside  Russia  were 
politically  conservative  and  anti-Marxist.  All 
of  those  currents  kept  the  Russians  isolated  in 
the  International  Psychoanalytic  Association. 

The  rise  of  the  Moscow  institute  in  the 
early  Twenties  signaled  what  Miller  calls  "the 


high  tide  of  the  psychoanalytic  movement  in 
Russia."  It  supported  an  outpatient  clinic,  of- 
fered training  programs,  and  published  some 
of  the  most  influential  books  and  articles  by 
Freud  and  his  followers.  "No  government  was 
ever  responsible  for  supporting  psychoanaly- 
sis to  such  an  extent,  before  or  after." 

But  that  support  was  tenuous.  One  of  the 
institute's  most  conspicuous  activities  was  in 
directing  an  experimental  home  for  disturbed 
children.  The  school  devoted  itself  to  applying 
Freud's  ideas  to  the  psychological  conflicts  of 
infants  and  adolescents.  "Great  attention  was 
devoted  to  the  sexual  life  of  the  children, " 
Miller  writes.  "Since  it  was  assumed  that  many 
of  their  actions  were  motivated  by  the  uncon- 
scious quest  for  sexual  gratification,  the  chil- 
dren were  permitted  to  express  themselves 


INTERNATIONALIST 

MOVEMENTS  LIKE 

PSYCHOANALYSIS,  WITH 

ITS  INSTITUTES 

STRETCHING  FROM 

AMERICA  TO  EUROPE, 

WERE  VIEWED  AS 

DANGEROUS  BY  PARTY 

OFFICIALS. 

and  interact  with  others  freely,  as  long  as  no 
physical  harm  was  evident."  A  government 
commission  applauded  the  school's  "progres- 
sive" work,  but  it  recommended  some  serious 
political  compromises.  The  school  was  asked 
to  focus  on  "the  study  of  the  social  origins  of 
child  development,"  by  which  the  commis- 
sion meant  "the  problem  of  social  classes"  so 
important  to  the  ideology  of  the  party.  The 
school's  founders  balked,  and  the  authorities 
brought  a  speedy  end  to  the  experiment. 

Psychoanalysts  continued  to  plunge  into 
the  minefield  of  ideological  politics.  Bernard 
Bykhovskii,  a  young  Bolshevik  philosopher 
specializing  in  dialectical  materialism,  wrote 
an   article   called  "On   the   Methodological 


Foundations  of  Freud's  Psychoanalytic  Theory." 
Bykhovskii  argued  that  psychoanalysis  as  a 
theory  could  contribute  to  a  deeper  under- 
standing of  man  and  society  in  the  specific 
context  of  a  socialist  future.  The  article  was 
published  in  a  major  party  organ  in  1923;  it 
inaugurated  a  public  debate  on  "Freudian 
Marxism."  In  Miller's  words,  "This  debate  on 
Freudian-Marxist  theory,  which  was  argued 
out  in  the  party's  most  important  journals, 
emerged  at  a  critical  juncture  in  the  post-rev- 
olutionary period.  Lenin  was  still  alive,  but 
ailing.  The  party  leadership  was  divided  into 
numerous  factions  and  without  a  clearly 
established  ideological  direction.  It  is  highly 
unlikely  that  Freudian  Marxism  could  have 
risen  to  such  prominence  in  Bolshevik  jour- 
nals at  any  other  moment." 

Bykhovskii's  article  was  followed  by  anoth- 
er, "Freud  and  His  School  on  Religion, "  by 
M.A.  Reisner.  Reisner,  one  of  the  principal 
authors  of  the  first  Soviet  constitution,  tried 
to  show  the  points  of  convergence  shared  by 
Marx  and  Freud  in  their  interpretation  of  reli- 
gion. From  Freud,  he  said,  one  can  see  that 
there  are  concealed  forces  motivating  indi- 
viduals; individuals  who  turn  to  religion  are 
frequently  seeking  solace  from  the  burden  of 
personal  conflicts.  When  placed  beside  a 
Marxist  analysis  of  society  and  history,  this 
insight  leads  to  an  understanding  of  how 
organized  religion — supporting  traditional 
social-class  hierarchies  with  its  powerful  cere- 
monies and  symbols — has  acted  to  maintain 
order  over  freedom.  Religion,  then,  becomes 
the  "organization  of  neuroses  and  manias  on  a 
large  scale, "  a  social  project  that  leads  to  "the 
sublimation  of  the  creative  forces  of  man 
through  the  power  of  revelations." 

The  counterattack  against  the  supporters 
of  Freudian-Marxist  harmony  came  swiftly.  In 
treating  the  two  theories,  a  party  ideologist 
named  V  Iurinets  wrote  darkly  about  ideolog- 
ical colonialism  emanating  from  the  West  and 
threatening  post-revolutionary  Russia.  A  mem- 
ber of  the  Communist  Academy  in  Moscow, 
I.D.  Sapir,  pointed  out  that  the  concept  of  the 
unconscious  had  been  dismissed  by  Engels  and 
Lenin  as  being  the  result  of  "nonexistent,  in- 
sufficient, or  distorted  knowledge  of  the  objec- 
tive processes  of  nature  and  society."  Freud's 
patients,  he  said,  were  selected  products  of 
the  collective  mentality  and  class  structure  of 
their  society.  Class  society  was  "the  richest 
source  of  traumatizing  influences  on  the  psy- 
che, "  but  it  was  the  nature  of  that  society — 
not  its  individual  victims — that  ought  to  be 
the  focus  of  inquiries  into  the  roots  of  distress. 

Miller  notes  that  the  record  is  ambivalent 
on  Lenin's  own  views  toward  Freud.  One 
memoir  of  Lenin  quotes  the  Soviet  leader  as 
declaring  of  psychoanalytic  theory:  "There  is 
no  place  for  it  in  the  party,  in  the  class-con- 
scious, fighting  proletariat."  But  the  context  of 


March -April  1999 


that  quote  is  often  overlooked:  Lenin  was 
lamenting  the  extension  of  Fteudianism  into 
sexual-conduct  guides.  In  fact,  Lenin  owned 
three  volumes  of  Freud  translations,  and  many 
of  his  top  aides  were  sympathetic  to  psycho- 
analysis. Before  he  fell  into  political  disfavor, 
Trotsky  wrote  that  Freud's  theories  produce 
"deductions  and  surmises  which  point  to  a 
materialist  psychology." 

By  the  end  of  the  1920s,  the  Soviet  Freu- 
dians, their  institutions,  and  their  ideas  had 
been  silenced.  "As  long  as  the  party  leadership 
felt  itself  in  need  of  legitimation,  it  accommo- 
dated psychoanalysis  as  part  of  the  effort  to 
establish  a  Marxist  psychology, "  Miller  writes. 
The  eventual  attack  on  the  psychoanalytic 
community  was  "part  of  the  intentional  shift 
from  a  creative  period  of  competitive  theories 
to  one  in  which  any  concept  or  organization 
could  be  seen  as  a  threat  to  the  hardening 
doctrine  of  Stalinism."  During  the  late  1920s, 
in  the  name  of  "building  socialism,"  vestiges 
of  private  ownership — banks,  businesses, 
schools,  or  land — were  nationalized  or  abol- 
ished. The  distinction  between  public  and  pri- 
vate spheres  was  obliterated  in  exclusive  favor 
of  the  former.  What  fell  outside  the  approved 
public  realm  was  relegated  to  the  domain  of 
"counterrevolutionary  forces."  The  concept  of 
socialism  "in  a  single  country  at  war  with  the 
capitalist  world, "  says  Miller,  "meant  that  in- 
ternationalist movements  like  psychoanalysis, 
with  its  institutes  stretching  from  America  to 
Europe,  were  viewed  as  oppositional  and  dan- 
gerous." 

Psychoanalysis  "remained  at  its  core  a  sys- 
tem of  ideas  about  personality  development 
and  a  clinical  approach  to  certain  mental  dis- 
turbances that  could  not  be  subsumed  within 
a  Marxist  framework  or  a  Bolshevik  policy," 
according  to  Miller.  "Its  theoretical  founda- 
tions were  rooted  in  sexual  conflicts  operating 
within  the  individual's  unconscious,  whereas 
Marxism's  assumptions  centered  on  class  con- 
flicts in  the  external  world  of  socioeconomic 
relations  of  groups."  Both  were  interpreting 
these  respective  conflicts  with  deterministic 
fervor:  Freud  saw  the  need  to  mediate  an 
internalized  conflict  between  the  individual's 
instinctual  need  for  both  gratification  and 
social  adaptation,  while  Marxist-Leninist  ide- 
ology saw  a  revolution  that  would  put  an  end 
to  class-based  oppression  and  inequality.  Con- 
flict in  psychoanalytic  theory  was  individual, 
internal,  and  repetitive;  conflict  in  the  Bolshe- 
vik scheme  of  things  was  collective,  imposed 
by  external  forces,  and  certain  to  run  its  his- 
torical course. 

The  place  of  Freudianism  in  the  Soviet  con- 
text wasn't  helped  by  more  strident  state- 
ments from  Freud  himself.  In  Civilization  and 
Its  Discontents,  he  expressed  serious  reservations 
about  a  communist  society  in  which  private 
property  was  abolished  and  the  bourgeois 


class  made  into  an  officially  approved  enemy. 
In  other  writings,  he  drew  parallels  between 
religious  commitment  and  Marxist  political 
ideology;  the  Soviet  Union  had  created  illu- 
sions that  were  "no  less  questionable  and  un- 
provable than  the  earlier  ones." 

For  its  part,  the  communist  party  came  to 
treat  Freud's  ideas  as  not  just  questionable  and 
unprovable  but  unacceptable.  A 1930  Congress 
on  Human  Behavior  was  called  to  resolve  the 
disputes  among  the  competing  psychological 
theories  and  establish  an  authoritative  Marxist 
psychology.  One  of  the  organizers  of  the  con- 
gress and  its  keynote  speaker,  Aron  Zalkind, 
directed  a  devastating  attack  on  psychoanal- 
ysis. He  insisted  that  for  Freud,  "man  exists 
entirely  in  the  past, "  "the  conscious  is  subor- 
dinate to  the  unconscious, "  and  "man  is  pre- 
served from  the  demands  of  society  in  a  pri- 
vate little  world."  Socialist  society,  in  contrast, 
requires  "a  socially  'open'  man  who  is  easily 
collectivized,  and  quickly  and  profoundly 
transformed  in  his  behavior  —  a  man  capable 
of  being  a  steady,  conscious,  and  independent 
person,  politically  and  ideologically  well 
trained." 

"Freudian  Man"  would  not  meet  the  de- 
mands of  "the  task  of  socialist  construction." 
Psychoanalysis  was  equated,  then,  with  being 
bourgeois  and  anti-Soviet. 

The  death  of  Stalin  in  1953  paved  the  way 
for  a  new  round  of  Soviet  shifts — including 
the  gradual  rehabilitation  of  Freud.  Psycho- 
analytically  informed  clinical  studies  began  to 
see  publication.  One  Soviet  psychologist, 
Dmitry  Uznadze,  took  it  upon  himself  to 
accomplish  something  that  Freud  had  never 
done — to  establish  empirical  proof  for  the 
existence  of  the  unconscious.  In  advertising 
his  work  as  a  scientific  advance  over  Freud's, 
he  was,  at  least  implicitly,  paying  tribute  to  the 
master.  "Intentionally  or  not,  he  was  setting 
the  stage  for  a  full- scale  renewal  of  the  Soviet 
interest  in  Freud,  which  had  been  dormant 
since  the  1920s, "  Miller  writes. 

That  renewal  saw  its  early  expression  with 
a  1958  conference  held  in  Moscow  under  the 
auspices  of  the  Presidium  of  the  Soviet  Aca- 
demy of  Medical  Sciences.  The  conference 
offered  the  requisite  condemnation  of  Freud- 
ianism as  "an  ideological  weapon  in  the  fight 
against  Marxism."  But  it  also  affirmed  the  ur- 
gent need  for  an  intense  study  of  Freud  and 
the  entire  field  of  modern  psychoanalysis. 

One  of  the  presenters,  a  neurophysiologist 
named  F.V.  Bassin,  would  later  write  a  study 
called  The  Problem  of  the  Unconscious.  Bassin 
criticized  Freud  for  his  decision  to  stress 
psychological  mechanisms,  rather  than  neu- 
rological processes,  in  his  theory  of  the  un- 
conscious. Still,  he  recognized  psychoanalysis 
as  an  achievement  for  having  devoted  such 
attention  to  the  role  of  unconscious  conflict. 

Miller  writes  that  by  the  end  of  the  1970s, 


"psychoanalytic  works  could  be  read  but  not 
published,  discussed  but  not  approved,  pre- 
sented in  a  paper  at  a  scientific  meeting  but 
not  practiced  in  a  hospital  or  psychiatrist's 
office.  A  substantial  number  of  specialists  in 
the  philosophy,  history,  and  sociology  of  psy- 
choanalysis were  at  work,  but  the  subject 
could  not  be  taught  in  university  or  medical 
school  courses."  Their  moment  of  validation 
finally  came  in  1979,  when  some  1,400  people 
convened  in  Tbilisi  for  the  first  International 
Symposium  on  the  Unconscious.  Viewed  in 
the  context  of  the  larger  world  of  Cold  War 
political  competition  with  the  West,  the  So- 
viet participants  were,  says  Miller,  "clearly 
supporting  the  view  of  peaceful  cooperation 
with  the  capitalist  enemy." 

In  1987,  two  years  into  the  era  of  Gor- 
bachev-inspired perestroika  and  glasnost,  the 
official  newspaper  hvestiia  published  a  story 
on  psychoanalysis.  The  author  was  Andrei 
Voznesensky,  one  of  the  Soviet  Union's  most  re- 
spected poets.  "Why, "  he  asked,  "have  Freud's 
works  not  been  published?"  And  "why  has 
psychoanalysis  been  excluded  from  clinical 
practice"  in  the  Soviet  Union?  For  Voznesen- 
sky, the  ability  to  choose  what  to  read  was 
basic  to  the  creation  of  "a  science  united  with 
humanism,  one  that  is  free,  open,  and  limit- 
less, like  thought  itself."  The  posing  of  such 
questions  heralded  an  intellectual  reawakening 
—  an  effort  at  understanding  the  past  and  the 
commitment  to  conduct  the  search  in  public 
space,  which,  as  Miller  puts  it,  "until  now  had 
been  defined  by  the  ruling  authorities." 

An  open  "discussion  of  psychoanalytic  con- 
cepts returned  to  the  journals  and  newspa- 
pers. And  those  concepts  found  unexpected 
application — for  their  power  in  interpreting 
the  infant  and  adolescent  years  of  a  dissem- 
bling Soviet  Union.  In  1989,  two  psycholo- 
gists, Leonid  Gozman  and  Alexander  Etkind, 
published  an  article  that  represented  a 
startling  turnaround  for  Soviet-style  Freud- 
ianism. Conditions  of  freedom  could  not  be 
realized,  they  asserted,  until  the  Soviet  Union 
evolved  from  a  society  beholden  to  authority 
figures  to  one  that  placed  power  in  the  hands 
of  the  people.  Stalin  had  established  a  tyran- 
ny based  on  the  "love  of  power, "  while  com- 
municating to  society  a  "dictatorship  of  love"; 
to  oppose  the  regime,  even  in  thought,  was 
tantamount  to  betrayal,  automatic  guilt,  and 
denial  of  the  right  to  live. 

"At  this  juncture,  the  Freud  critique  had 
turned  completely  around, "  says  Miller.  "From 
an  object  of  scorn  and  attack  as  ordered  by 
the  governing  authorities,  psychoanalytic  the- 
ory was  converted  into  a  critical  weapon 
against  the  government." 

Psychoanalysis  is  far  more  popular  in  post- 
Soviet  Russia  than  it  is  in  this  country.  Ac- 
cording to  Dan  Blazer,  Gibbons  Professor  of 
psychiatry  and  dean  of  medical  education  at 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


BATTLE  OF  MINDS: 
FREUD  VS.  MARX 


Theoretical  Marxism,  as  realized  in 
Russian  Bolshevism,  has  acquired  the 
energy  and  the  self-contained  and 
exclusive  character  of  a  Weltanschauung,  but 
at  the  same  time  an  uncanny  likeness  to  what 
it  is  fighting  against.  Though  originally  a 
portion  of  science  and  built  up,  in  its  imple- 
mentation, upon  science  and  technology,  it 
has  created  a  prohibition  of  thought  which  is 
just  as  ruthless  as  was  that  of  religion  in  the 
past.  Any  critical  examination  of  Marxist 
theory  is  forbidden;  doubts  of  its  correctness 
are  punished  in  the  same  way  as  heresy  was 
once  punished  by  the  Catholic  Church. 
The  writings  of  Marx  have  taken  the  place 
of  the  Bible  and  the  Koran  as  a  source  of 
revelation,  though  they  would  seem  to  be  no 
more  free  from  contradictions  and  obscurities 
than  those  older  sacred  books. 

— Sigmund  Freud,  "The  Question 
of  a  Weltanschauung"  (1932). 


Why  does  Soviet  psychology  reject 
Freud's  teaching?  Above  all,  we  have  the 
incompatibility  of  the  entire  methodology 
of  Freudianism  with  generally  accepted  meth- 
ods for  the  establishment  of  scientific  data, 
the  arbitrary  character  of  psychoanalytic 
dogmas,  the  therapeutic  ineffectiveness  of 
the  psychoanalytic  method,  the  harm  done 
to  public  health  by  psychoanalysis  as  a  result 
of  deflecting  attention  from  the  true  capacities 
of  medicine  and  prophylaxis,  the  demoralizing 
influences  spread  by  psychoanalysis — espe- 
cially in  the  younger  generation — which 
give  criticism  the  place  of  a  leading  social 
principle  and  encourage  the  very  worst  forms 
of  decadent  literature  and  art.  Other  reasons 
for  our  rejection  include  the  nonscientifie 
interpretation  of  the  role  which  the  so-called 
unconscious  plays  in  normal  and  pathological 
behavior,  the  grossly  biological  explanation 
which  psychoanalysis  gives  for  sociological 
problems,  and  the  reactionary  role  which 
this  point  of  view  plays  by  masking  the  true 
causes  of  social  disaster  with  discussions  of 
"displacement"  instead  of  concentrating  on 
the  tasks  related  to  the  struggle  against  class 
exploitation  and  other  negative  aspects  of  the 
:  system. 
-Soviet  psychologist  F.  V.  Bassin  (1962) 

— from  Freud  and  the  Bolsheviks 
by  Martin  A.  Miller 


Duke,  "Basically,  psychoanalysis  today  is  con- 
sidered primarily  of  cultural  interest.  It  is  not 
taught  in  medical  schools — perhaps  beyond 
a  scarce  mention  or  one  lecture,  but  even 
there  as  historical  background.  The  'medical- 
ization'  of  psychiatry  for  the  most  part  elimi- 
nated psychoanalysis  from  the  curriculum  of 
medical  schools  and  to  a  large  extent  from 
psychiatry  residency  programs  as  well.  For 
example,  the  type  of  talking  therapy  taught 
today  is  more  likely  to  be  cognitive/behavioral 
rather  than  psychoanalysis  or  even  psychody- 
namic  psychotherapy.  There  remain  some 
strongholds,  such  as  in  New  York  City,  but 
even  there  the  shift  has  been  remarkable." 

"But  I  am  not  certain  we  have  seen  the  last 
word, "  Blazer  adds.  "I  have  talked  with  some 
analysts  from  the  old  Soviet  Union.  From  my 
perspective,  the  reason  that  analysis  kept  a 
stronghold  was  that  psychoanalysis  was  a  re- 
action to  the  scientific  reductionism  that  per- 
vaded Soviet  culture.  We  see  a  similar  reduc- 
tionism in  the  U.S.  today — witness  Edward 
O.  Wilson's  book  Consilience."  (In  his  book, 
the  Harvard  biologist  argues  that  "all  tangible 
phenomena,  from  the  birth  of  stars  to  the 
workings  of  social  institutions, "  are  based  on 
material  processes  that  are  ultimately  redu- 
cible to  one  particular  class  of  explanation.) 
The  reaction  to  such  a  reductionistic  ap- 
proach "may  lead  to  a  revitalization  of  some 
variant  of  psychoanalysis  in  the  future, "  Bla- 
zer says.  "In  fact,  I  just  returned  from  the 
American  College  of  Psychiatrists  and  this 
was  a  'back  hall'  topic  discussed  by  many,  even 
by  some  of  the  founders  of  the  medical  model 
of  psychiatry." 

Literature  professor  Toril  Moi,  who  teaches 
a  Duke  course  called  "Freud  for  Beginners, " 
says,  "In  the  American  popular  imagination 
today,  Freud  has  a  very  negative  image.  When 
they  say  they're  studying  Freud,  the  first  reac- 
tion my  students  get  is,  'hasn't  he  been  proved 
all  wrong?'  or  'isn't  he  totally  passe?'  If  I  were 
teaching  Wittgenstein,  a  very  controversial 
philosopher,  the  reaction  would  not  be  the 
same.  But  people  who  haven't  read  any  Freud 
are  very  comfortable  saying  he's  all  wrong." 

There  are  "material  reasons"  for  that  readi- 
ness to  criticize,  in  her  view.  With  the  growth 
of  health-maintenance  organizations,"any  kind 
of  mental  treatment  that  is  long,  time-con- 
suming, and  has  no  quick  result  is  not  going 
to  be  paid  for.  That  means  psychoanalysis  is 
not  going  to  be  paid  for."  Beyond  such  imme- 
diate explanations,  the  individualism  at  the 
core  of  American  ideology,  in  a  different  sense 
than  state-centered  Soviet  ideology,  may  be 
at  odds  with  Freud.  "Americans  hate  thinking 
that  they  are  not  totally  in  control  of  their 
own  destinies,"  says  Moi.  But  Freudianism 
hinges  on  unconscious  forces,  meaning  that 
"there  are  things  going  on  in  our  psyches  that 
we  are  not  always  in  control  of  or  aware  of." 


Americans,  too,  are  enamored  of  a  kind  of 
knowledge  that  is  not  in  the  realm  of  psycho- 
analytic language.  "What  makes  Freud  espe- 
cially unpalatable  to  people  is  the  argument 
that  he  isn't  scientific.  Obviously,  it's  difficult 
to  set  up  experiments  that  analyze  the  treat- 
ments of  two  people  with  the  same  trauma. 
But  Americans  leap  from  the  idea  that 
Freudianism  is  not  a  natural  science  to  the 
idea  that  it  is  all  pure  imagination.  And 
American  culture  really  has  a  thing  about 
hard  science:  Hard  science  is  something 
instantly  taken  as  having  truth  and  authority 
in  this  society." 

"Freud  is  everywhere  in  contemporary 
culture, "  Moi  adds.  "You  can't  understand  the 
twentieth  century  if  you  don't  understand 
Freud."  In  fact,  the  culture  is  dismissive  of 
Freud  even  as  it  embraces  him — as  the  Li- 
brary of  Congress  exhibition,  documenting  as 
it  did  the  popularity  of  concepts  like  repres- 
sion and  sublimation,  demonstrated.  Such  a 
split  reaction  (a  split,  that  is,  between  con- 
sciously articulated  beliefs  and  unconscious 
sentiments)  is  itself  remarkably  Freudian,  Moi 
points  out:  "It  was  Freud  who  theorized  that 
we  are  capable  of  denying  something  that  we 
also  believe  in." 

In  the  Russian  context,  an  enduring  belief 
in  Freud  is  fueled  by  larger  political  and  social 
forces  that,  Miller  says,  are  reminiscent  of  the 
turmoil  during  the  early  part  of  the  century, 
when  the  old  regime  was  collapsing  and  a  new 
order  was  being  invented.  "Once  again,  Rus- 
sia is  going  through  a  transformation  of  polit- 
ical legitimacies."  At  the  same  time,  Russians 
liberated  in  their  thinking  are  drawn  to  "a  for- 
bidden past, "  as  he  puts  it,  including  intellec- 
tual traditions  that  were  officially  condemned. 

But  the  changing  fortunes  of  Freudianism 
reflect,  in  large  part,  the  declining  fortunes  of 
Russia  and  of  Russians  —  a  shift  documented 
this  winter  in  chilling  detail  in  an  issue  of 
Granta,  the  British  literary  magazine.  The  is- 
sue was  devoted  to  the  theme  of  "Russia:  The 
Wild  East."  In  an  article  about  the  "vodka 
escape, "  Russian  expatriate  writer  Vitali  Vi- 
taliev  recalls  a  Moscow  colleague,  "a  gifted 
journalist,  who  was  suffering  from  a  bleeding 
stomach  ulcer,  but  kept  drinking  vodka,  wash- 
ing it  down  with  Almagel — a  sickeningly 
sweet  liquid  medicine.  'What  are  you  doing? 
You  are  killing  yourself, '  I  told  him  once  as  he 
coughed  up  blood  after  another  glass  of 
vodka.  'I  don't  care  whether  I  survive  for 
another  twenty  years  of  queuing  and  humili- 
ation. I  don't  like  this  life.  Do  you?'  " 

Russians  may  be  returning  to  Freud  as  a 
consequence  of  a  new  openness  to  competing 
ideologies.  Or,  uncomfortable  with  their  past 
and  uncertain  about  their  future,  they  may 
simply  feel  they  need  some  healing  time  on 
the  couch. 


March-April  1999 


PERSPECTIVES 


home  is: 

WHERE  THE* 
TEACHING  IS 


THE  HOME-SCHOOLING  BOOM 

BY  ROBERT  ODOM 

In  an  age  of  magnet  schools  and  standardized  curricula, 

more  and  more  families  are  saying  no  to  institutionalized  learning 

in  favor  of  educating  their  children  at  home. 


Levi  Ruff  will  not  join  the  throngs  of 
schoolchildren  entering  Pearsontown 
Elementary  today.  At  seven  a.m.,  when 
most  kids  his  age  are  waiting  for  their  buses 
— lunches  packed,  books  in  hand — Levi  is 
still  asleep.  But  just  about  when  other  kids  are 
settling  into  their  homeroom  classes  and 
beginning  to  concentrate  on  the  fundamental 
principles  of  reading  or  arithmetic,  Levi,  nine, 
and  his  younger  brother  Christiaan,  seven,  are 
wakened  by  their  mother  and  asked  to  come 
downstairs  to  have  their  breakfast  and  begin 
school. 

All  the  Ruff  children,  including  five-year- 
old  Prescott  and  three-year-old  Eva  Grace, 
are  home-schooled. 

"Between  eight  and  nine  o'clock,  I'm  trying 
to  get  everybody  dressed  and  eating,"  says 
Amy  Kinney  Ruff '89,  who  educates  the  chil- 
dren while  her  husband,  Brian  Ruff  B.S.E.  '90, 
works  full  time  as  a  civil  engineer.  "By  nine 
o'clock,  I  expect  Levi  to  be  in  his  station  and 
going.  Christiaan  can  start  a  little  bit  later, 
being  in  first  grade  and  having  large  sleep 
needs,  but  they  begin  with  their  core  subjects 
[reading  and  arithmetic]  in  the  morning 
when  they're  freshest.  A  little  bit  of  snack 
somewhere  in  the  middle  there.  Lunch  some- 


where around  noon,  and  then  right  after 
lunch  is  a  good  time  for  either  my  reading  out 
loud  to  them,  which  can  cover  a  lot  of  social 
studies  and  science-type  things,  or  some  sci- 
ence experiments,  which  we  do  together  with 
some  other  home-school  kids." 

In  the  afternoons,  the  Ruff  children  are 
typically  occupied  with  "after-school"  activi- 
ties like  private  piano  and  singing  lessons, 
basketball  practice,  or  self-directed  reading. 

For  the  Ruffs,  who  met  and  married  during 
their  undergraduate  years  at  Duke,  the  deci- 
sion to  home  school  came  naturally.  "It  was 
like  a  given,"  says  Amy  Ruff.  "We  just  said, 
'Hey,  these  are  ours,  and  we're  keeping  them, ' " 
Brian  Ruff  says.  "Our  basic  premise  is  that 
you've  created  these  people,  you  know  them 
better  than  anyone.  Regardless  of  your  own 
training  level,  you  have  the  intuitive  ability  to 
reach  into  them,  to  draw  out  what  their  gifts 
are.  If  it's  a  lack  of  training,  you  can  get  it." 

The  Ruffs  are  part  of  the  growing  num- 
ber of  families  who  choose  to  educate 
their  children  at  home.  Whereas  News- 
week reported  that  in  1992  home-school  stu- 
dents numbered  only  300,000,  Patricia  Lines, 
a  senior  analyst  at  the  U.S.  Department  of 


Education,  now  estimates  the  number  of 
school-aged  children  who  are  learning  out- 
side a  classroom  on  any  given  day  to  be 
"roughly  half  a  million."  That  figure  amounts 
to  one  percent  of  the  total  population  of 
school-aged  children — a  number  equivalent 
to  almost  10  percent  of  the  population  at- 
tending private  schools.  Other  estimates  from 
home-school  research  and  advocacy  groups, 
like  the  National  Home  Education  Research 
Institute  of  Salem,  Oregon,  are  nearly  double, 
placing  the  number  of  home-schoolers  at 
more  than  a  million  nationwide. 

With  a  proliferation  of  resources  available 
to  families  on  the  Internet  and  by  mail,  home 
schooling  has  become  an  option  for  more  and 
more  children.  Although  popular  resistance 
to  the  idea  is  eroding,  the  practice  is  still 
controversial  among  some  public-school 
administrators  and  other  educators.  In  a 
1998-99  resolution,  the  National  Education 
Association  asserted  that  "home  schooling 
programs  cannot  provide  the  student  with  a 
comprehensive  education  experience"  and  — 
sharpening  the  lines  of  separation — that 
"home-schooled  students  should  not  partici- 
pate in  any  extracurricular  activities  in  the 
public  schools."  In  1997,  the  National  As- 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


sociation  of  Elementary  School  Principals 
(NAESP)  re-issued  a  similar  position  state- 
ment, offering  concerns  that  home  schooling 
may  "deprive  the  child  of  important  social 
experiences;  isolate  students  from  other 
social/racial/ethnic  groups;  deny  students  the 
full  range  of  curriculum  experiences  and 
materials;  [and]  be  provided  by  non-certified 
and  unqualified  persons." 

Ron  Areglado,  principal  of  Charlestown 
School  in  Charlestown,  Rhode  Island,  and 
former  executive  director  of  programs  for 
NAESP,  helped  draft  its  resolution  on  home 
schooling.  "Our  concern  is  that  it's  a  bit  too 
simplistic  for  every  parent  to  think  that  he  or 
she  can  teach  their  children,"  he  says.  "Just 
the  fact  that  a  parent  has  children  doesn't 
mean  that  they  can  be  an  effective  teacher — 
just  as  they  might  not  be  an  effective  doctor 
for  their  children." 

If  children  are  introduced  to  a  classroom 
setting  later  in  their  school  careers  or  in  col- 
lege, Areglado  worries  that  they  may  not  be 
prepared  to  make  the  transition.  "We  have  a 
concern  that  there's  an  alignment  between 
what  they  learn  at  home  and  what  they  would 
otherwise  learn  at  school,"  he  says.  "The 
other  factor  that  we  deal  with  is  that,  unless 


parents  are  very  skillful  in  making  sure  that 
their  children  embrace  a  larger  population  of 
kids,  they  may  be  limiting  their  exposure  to 
racial  differences,  gender  differences,  and  reli- 
gious differences....  You  can't  manufacture 
that  in  your  home." 

In  rare  instances,  home  schooling  may  even 
be  a  form  of  neglect.  As  one  of  his  responsi- 
bilities as  an  elementary-school  principal  in 
the  state  of  Rhode  Island,  Areglado  visits 
home -school  families  and  monitors  the 
progress  of  their  children.  "I've  had  to  involve 
child  protection  services  in  situations  where 
parents  had  them  home  under  the  guise  of 
home  schooling,  but  they  were  really  home 
baby-sitting  younger  children.  That's  the 
exception  to  the  rule,  but  we  have  these  kinds 
of  cases." 

ome  schooling  was,  of  course,  com- 
monplace during  the  early  part  of  this 
Hi  nation's  history  when  there  were  a 
limited  number  of  schools.  In  Family  Matters: 
Why  Homeschooling  Makes  Sense,  David  Gu- 
terson,  a  best-selling  novelist  and  elementary- 
school  teacher  who  home  schools  his  chil- 
dren, reminds  us  that  today's  home-schoolers 
are  "following  in  the  footsteps.. .of  George 


Piano  lessons:  While  brothers  Levi  and  Christiaan 
tackle  workbooks  in  another  room,  Eva  Grace 
and  Prescott  get  a  head  start  on  phonics  by  singing 
their  ABCs  under  the  family  piano 

Washington,  Abraham  Lincoln,  Woodrow 
Wilson,  Theodore  Roosevelt,  Thomas  Edison, 
Frederick  Douglass,  Margaret  Mead,  Andrew 
Carnegie,  Mark  Twain,  Charlie  Chaplin,  An- 
drew Wye  th,  Pearl  Buck,  George  Washington 
Carver,  and  Albert  Einstein." 

What  might  be  called  "the  modern  home- 
schooling  movement, "  however,  has  its  roots 
in  the  educational  philosophy  of  child-led 
learning  that  became  popular  in  the  1970s. 
One  of  the  most  influential  speakers  and  writ- 
ers on  this  subject  was  John  Holt,  who 
preached  a  doctrine  of  "unschooling."  For 
Holt,  who  was  something  of  a  firebrand,  home 
schooling  was  a  revolutionary  act  of  resis- 
tance meant  to  topple  institutional  education 
and  uniform  pedagogy.  In  a  letter  to  a  like- 
minded  social  critic,  Ivan  Mich,  in  1972,  he 
declared:  "School  has  become  the  planned 
process  which  tools  man  for  a  planned  world, 
the  principal  tool  to  trap  man  in  man's  trap.  It 
is  supposed  to  shape  each  man  to  an  adequate 
level  for  playing  a  part  in  this  world  game. 


March -April  1999 


Inexorably,  we  cultivate,  treat,  produce,  and 
school  the  world  out  of  existence." 

For  others,  home  schooling  was  simply  a 
last  resort. 

Karen  and  Ron  Jenkins  began  teaching 
their  sons  Drake  and  Colby  (who  is  now  a 
Duke  junior)  at  home  in  rural  Georgia  after 
exhausting  every  resource  available  to  them 
in  public  and  private  schools.  Karen  Jenkins 
remembers  the  frustration  she  felt  grappling 
with  a  school  system  that  was  failing  to  reach 
her  children:  "I  went  to  class  with  Colby 
many,  many  days  of  his  third  grade — to  the 
point  where  the  headmaster  suggested  that  I 
might  pay  tuition — and  even  with  my  sitting 
in  the  room,  Colby  would  put  his  head  down 
and  go  to  sleep.  This  was  not  a  sick  child.  This 
was  a  child  who  just  didn't  have  anything  bet- 
ter to  do.  He  would  not  do  his  work  because, 
he  said,  'Why  bother?  I  would  make  a  hun- 
dred anyway.' " 

At  that  point  the  Jenkinses  sold  their  house 
in  town  and  moved  to  an  isolated  plot  of  land 
bordered  by  a  lake  —  a  setting  that  Ron  Jen- 
kins compares  to  Walden  Pond.  He  worked 
full  time  as  a  college  English  professor  while 
she  supervised  the  children's  schooling  during 
the  day. 

The  boys'  education  was  largely  self-direct- 
ed and  nontraditional.  "I  don't  think  that 
either  one  of  us  ever  stood  up  and  taught 
them  as  you  would  in  a  traditional  class- 
room," Ron  Jenkins  says.  "We  would  sit  on 
the  dock,  talking  about  The  Iliad  and  The 
Odyssey  and  all  those  islands  that  we  could 
see,  and  we  would  imagine  being  some  place 
the  various  characters  visited  in  The  Iliad  or 
in  Odysseus'  wanderings." 


With  individual  attention,  both  boys  pros- 
pered, each  working  at  his  own  pace.  Karen 
Jenkins  says,  "One  of  the  big  advantages  in 
home  schooling,  of  course,  is  they  can  go 
quickly  in  the  subjects  that  they  master 
quickly,  and  they  can  go  slowly  where  they 
need  to  go  slowly,  and  they  don't  feel  dumb  if 
the  rest  of  the  class  is  proceeding.  One-on- 
one,  it's  very  difficult  not  to  learn  quickly." 

During  what  would  otherwise  have  been 
his  tenth-grade  year,  Colby  Jenkins  passed  his 
G.E.D  and  entered  Georgia  College  as  a 
freshman.  Then,  wanting  to  be  among  stu- 
dents his  own  age,  he  attended  Phillips  Exeter 
Academy  and  then  Choate,  where  his  brother 
joined  him.  Today,  he's  pursuing  his  under- 
graduate major  in  English. 

Kenneth  Barnes,  who  is  a  sophomore  at 
Duke,  also  took  college  courses  near  the  end 
of  his  years  as  a  home-school  student  in 
Raleigh,  North  Carolina,  in  order  to  tackle  lab 
sciences  and  higher  mathematics.  His  only 
experience  in  a  classroom  setting  had  come  as 
a  kindergarten  student  in  a  public  elementary 
school  in  Greensboro.  His  parents,  Cynthia 
Barnes  and  Larry  Barnes  M.D.  74,  made  the 
decision  to  pull  him  and  an  older  brother, 
Paul,  from  the  public  schools  after  encountering 
what  they  perceived  as  a  disregard  for  their 
children  because  they  are  African  American. 

"It  was  one  of  the  best  school  systems  in  the 
state,  and  we  weren't  learning  as  much  as  [our 
parents]  thought  we  should  know, "  says  Ken- 
neth Barnes,  remembering  being  passed  over 
by  teachers  who  refused  to  call  on  him  in 
class.  After  repeated  visits  with  teachers 
failed  to  improve  the  situation  at  school, 
Cynthia  Barnes  began  to  educate  the  chil- 


dren at  home.  Because  of  their  expense,  pri- 
vate schools  were  not  an  option. 

Finding  the  books  and  other  resources  to 
begin  home  schooling  at  that  time  was  diffi- 
cult for  many  parents.  In  North  Carolina,  home 
schooling  was  not  even  legally  sanctioned  un- 
til 1985.  But  by  attending  regional  meetings  of 
home-schooling  organizations,  Cynthia  Barnes 
developed  a  structured  curriculum  of  reading, 
grammar,  and  arithmetic  for  both  boys. 

Kenneth  Barnes  believes  he  fared  better  in 
a  home-school  setting  than  he  might  have  in 
public  schools.  "Especially  as  I  got  older,  I 
knew  that  if  I  went  through  the  public  school 
system,  I  probably  would  not  have  graduated, 
and  even  if  I  had  graduated  I  would  not  be  at 
a  school  like  Duke,"  he  says.  "I  think  a  lot 
depends  on  the  level  of  push  that  a  student  is 
given  while  in  school,  more  than  their  actual 
academic  aptitude.  I  don't  believe  that  I  would 
have  received  the  push  from  the  teachers  and 
the  administration  to  go  and  achieve  at  the 
highest  level." 

Today,  Barnes  is  an  active  member  of  Psi 
Upsilon  fraternity  and  of  the  larger  Duke  com- 
munity, serving  as  an  intern  in  the  Under- 
graduate Admissions  Office  and  representing 
fellow  students  on  the  Craven  Quad  Council 
and  the  Selective  Living  Groups'  Annual  Re- 
view Committee.  He  seems  well- suited  to  these 
roles  in  part  because  of  his  "people  skills" — 
the  ease  and  readiness  with  which  he  is  able 
to  make  friends  of  strangers.  That  trait,  which 
might  surprise  many  home-school  critics, 
served  him  well  during  his  freshman  year.  "My 
first  three  months  at  Duke,  I  would  eat  with 
somebody  completely  different  every  night  in 
the  Marketplace  [a  campus  eatery]  because  I 


FSy&SSp 

i&Q#?m. 

7J:< 

"  ®KM> 

*w4 

■ 

EA!®mB 

j 

Wr- 

~^Mll 

pujTS 

m 

m 

— j 

f^"fj| 

10      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


didn't  want  to  get  into  a  clique,"  he  says.  "So 
I  would  find  someone  to  sit  with,  introduce 
myself,  and  just  start  chatting.  I  think  it  was 
one  of  the  best  decisions  I've  made  since  I've 
been  at  Duke  because  it's  given  me  a  broad 
base  of  people  whom  I  know  and  whom  I  can 
converse  with." 

According  to  Ian  Baucom,  an  assistant  pro- 
fessor of  English  who  directs  the  senior  hon- 
ors program,  junior  Colby  Jenkins  is  very 
much  like  other  students  at  Duke,  except  per- 
haps, for  a  consistent  desire  to  do  work  be- 
yond what  is  assigned  in  class.  Jenkins  and  a 
roommate  volunteered  to  host  a  student  din- 
ner at  Baucom's  house,  and,  Baucom  says,  "no 
one  has  ever  done  that  before."  Although  he 
finds  it  difficult  to  say  whether  or  not  any  of 
this  is  due  to  home  schooling,  he  sees  in 
Jenkins  a  serious  regard  for  intellectual  pur- 
suits that  distinguishes  him  from  other  stu- 
dents. "Colby  is  not  one  of  those  people  who 
think  of  class  as  the  price  you  pay  for  four 
years  of  fun." 

Successes  like  these  are  not  unusual  at 
Duke,  according  to  Anne  Sjostrom,  a  senior 
admissions  officer  who  reads  each  of  the  ap- 
plications that  the  university  receives  from 
home -schooled  applicants.  And  despite  the 
challenge  that  evaluating  a  nontraditional 
applicant  presents  the  admissions  committee, 
home-schooled  applicants  don't  appear  to  be 
at  a  disadvantage  in  the  application  process. 
In  fact,  Sjostrom  says,  "I'm  sort  of  concerned 
this  year  as  I  go  through  and  read  all  these 
home-schooled  applications  —  the  four  I've 
seen  so  far — that  I  don't  want  to  make  it  eas- 
ier to  get  into  Duke  as  a  home-schooled  stu- 
dent. They  present  such   unusual  profiles 


sometimes  that  they  do  become  more  appeal- 
ing; they're  not  just  that  sort  of  suburban, 
public  high  school,  top  5  percent  of  the  class, 
captain  of  a  sport,  and  vice-president  of  the 
student  body.  Those  things  are  great,  but  we 
see  them  on  most  applications  that  we  read. 
So  when  you  come  across  somebody  who's 
studying  botany  and  mythology  and  weather, 
and  also  taking  aviation  classes,  it's  hard  not 
to  favor  those  students." 

Duke,  like  most  other  universities,  asks 
home-schooled  applicants  to  submit  scores 
for  the  same  standardized  tests  that  it  asks  of 
all  applicants  —  although  admissions  officers 
might  weigh  those  scores  more  heavily  in  lieu 
of  other  indicators  of  high  achievement,  like 
grades  and  recommendations  from  teachers 
and  administrators.  A  few  universities,  how- 
ever, take  a  hard  line.  Georgia  Institute  of  Tech- 
nology, for  example,  requires  home-schooled 
applicants  to  take  SAT  II  tests  (formerly 
called  Achievement  Tests)  in  six  subject  areas, 
for  which  it  is  recommended  that  they  achieve 
scores  comparable  to  those  of  the  top  40  per- 
cent of  the  school's  freshman  class.  Beginning 
with  the  freshman  class  enrolling  in  2001, 
Georgia  Tech  will  add  requirements  for  SAT 
II  tests  in  three  additional  subject  areas. 

That  degree  of  increased  scrutiny  toward 
home -schooled  applicants  is  far  from  the 
norm,  however.  David  Illingsworth,  a  Har- 
vard admissions  officer  who  evaluates  home- 
schooled  applicants,  says,  "We  try  not  to  eval- 
uate students  on  background  but  on  what 
they've  done  with  their  background.  We  don't 
give  extra  credit  for  going  to  the  most  won- 
derful high  school,  nor  do  we  deduct  from 
those  who  went  to  terrible  high  schools." 


Although  admissions  officers  at  Duke, 
Harvard,  North  Carolina,  and  Stan- 
ford—  and  at  small  private  schools 
like  Antioch  in  Ohio  and  Oglethorpe  College 
in  Atlanta — all  sense  a  growing  trend  toward 
home  schooling,  they're  still  not  seeing  the 
bumper  crop  of  applicants  one  might  expect. 
All  report  receiving  only  about  a  dozen  such 
applications  each  year.  By  comparison,  Bob 
Jones  University,  a  Christian  college  in  Green- 
ville, South  Carolina,  yearly  receives  about 
250  applications  from  home-schooled  stu- 
dents, according  to  admissions  director  David 
Christ  (pronounced  "Krist").  Of  these,  some 
200  are  admitted,  making  up  between  20  and 
25  percent  of  any  year's  freshman  class. 

Those  numbers  would  seem  to  confirm  the 
assumption  that  many  families  home  school 
for  religious  reasons.  In  fact,  in  North  Caro- 
lina, 74  percent  of  home-schooling  families 
are  registered  with  the  state's  Division  of  Non- 
Public  Education  as  operating  "religious" 
schools. 

Bob  Houston,  a  doctoral  candidate  in  eco- 
nomics at  the  University  of  Kentucky  who 
has  been  completing  a  study  on  factors  influ- 
encing the  decision  to  home  school  in  ten 
states,  says  it's  not  that  simple.  "The  purpose 
of  my  study  is  to  say,  listen,  obviously  religious 
affiliation  is  going  to  have  something  to  do 
with  this.  When  scholars  study  the  decision  to 
send  kids  to  private  schools,  they  always  find 

Self- directed  learning:  Over  the  course  of  one 
school  day,  the  Ruff  children  cover  reading,  math, 
science,  and  social  studies  at  their  own  pace 
with  individualized  instruction  from  their  mother, 
Amy  Ruff 


March-April  1999        11 


■  socialization:  Shorter  school  days  leave 
time  for  "after-school"  activities,  like  this  basketball 
game  at  a  neighborhood  church  with  home- 
schooled  kids  of  different  ages 

a  correlation  with  Catholicism.  But  not  all 
families  who  go  to  private  schools  are  Cath- 
olic, and  not  all  Catholics  go  to  private 
school.  Similarly,  religion  has  an  impact  on 
home  schooling,  but  there  are  going  to  be 
other  determinants." 

Among  these  other  determinants,  Hous- 
ton's preliminary  findings  indicate  that  the 
quality  of  the  public  schools  and  the  demo- 
graphics of  the  school  district  play  some  role 
in  a  parent's  decision  to  school  at  home.  For 
instance,  where  more  money  is  spent  per  stu- 
dent in  the  public  schools,  fewer  parents 
make  the  decision  to  home  school.  Further, 
the  more  diverse  a  school  district  is  in  terms 
of  ethnicity  and  family  income,  the  more  likely 
it  is  for  a  family  to  choose  home  schooling 
over  public  schools,  but  the  less  likely  it  is  for 
a  family  to  choose  home  schooling  over  private 
schools.  Houston  suggests  that  one  explan- 
ation for  these  findings  is  that  peer  diversity  is 
perceived  by  parents  as  advantageous  in  a 
selective,  private-school  setting  but  detri- 
mental in  the  public  schools.  This  may  further 
explain  why,  in  some  states,  home  schooling 
seems  concentrated  in  urban  areas,  which 
tend  to  be  more  ethnically  and  economically 
diverse.  In  urban  areas,  Houston  points  out, 
those  families  that  do  decide  to  home  school 
are  turning  down  the  opportunity  to  educate 
their  children  at  religious  schools  that  offer  an 
emphasis  on  values  similar  to  what  might  be 
found  in  a  religious  home. 


"WE  WANTED  TO  BUILD 

CHARACTER  IN  OUR 
CHILDREN,  AND  WE  FELT 

THAT  THAT  WAS  OUR 

RESPONSIBILITY  IN  THE 

YOUNGER  YEARS. 

THAT'S  THE  WHOLE 

REASON  THAT  WE  CHOSE 

TO  HOME  SCHOOL." 


Amy  Ruff,  who  is  the  chair  of  a  support 
organization  called  the  Christian  Home  Edu- 
cators of  Greater  Durham,  says  she  does 
teach  Christian  values  in  her  home -schooling 
practice,  but  not  to  the  point  of  short-shrift  - 
ing  core  subjects  like  reading  and  math.  "Ed- 
ucation is  a  matter  of  excellence.  It's  not  nec- 
essarily a  matter  of  religious  conviction  for 
us, "  says  Brian  Ruff.  "We  do  combine  the  two, 
but  that's  a  personal  thing.  Our  goal  is  for 
them  to  be  good  at  what  they're  doing  when 
it  comes  to  education.  And,  in  fact,  we've 
seen  examples  of  religious  schools  that  do  a 
poor  job  of  combining  the  two." 

"One  of  my  goals  is  that  they  would  be 
National  Merit  Finalists,  like  Brian  was,  be- 
cause, why  not?"  says  Amy  Ruff.  In  addition 
to  an  accelerated  math  curriculum,  the  Ruff 
children  learn  Greek  and  Latin  roots  to  en- 
hance their  vocabulary,  and  they  study  Spanish 
and  ballet.  "It's  so  little  effort  for  you  to  feel  so 
good  about  yourself  and  accomplish  some- 


thing. The  truth  is,  we  could  just  kind  of  play 
at  this,  or  we  could  just  put  in  a  little  more 
effort  and  do  it  really  well." 

If  home  schooling  began  with  the  failure  of 
traditional  schools,  today  it  more  often  re- 
flects the  willingness  of  parents  to  explore 
other  options.  Janice  Dargan,  who  is  a  mem- 
ber of  the  Ruffs'  support  group,  says  she  began 
home  schooling  her  two  sons,  James,  fourteen, 
and  Paul,  nine,  after  James  demonstrated  a 
gift  for  music.  "We  felt  that  not  only  would  we 
be  able  to  devote  more  time  to  his  academic  up- 
bringing, but  he  would  also  be  available  to 
practice  at  times  when  he  normally  wouldn't 
in  a  traditional  school-day  setting." 

With  less  time  spent  on  school,  James  can 
practice  violin  for  three  hours  each  day,  with 
additional  time  spent  traveling  to  perfor- 
mances and  offering  private  lessons  to  younger 
children.  With  luck,  he's  headed  toward  a 
conservatory  to  complete  his  training  as  a 
concert  musician. 

The  hope  for  the  Ruff  children,  however,  is 
that  they're  headed  toward  college,  and,  even 
sooner,  that  they  will  attend  middle  school. 
"Our  goal  is  really  to  just  instill  excellence, 
have  fun,  get  to  know  our  kids,  and  retain 
control  of  the  formative  stage  of  their  devel- 
opment, "  says  Brian  Ruff.  When  Levi  gets  to 
be  twelve  or  thirteen,  he  says,  they'll  re-eval- 
uate that  goal  and  investigate  the  possibility 
of  putting  each  of  the  kids  in  school.  In  the 
meantime,  both  parents  are  enjoying  the 
extra  time  with  their  children  and  the  chance 
to  structure  their  lives  as  they  see  fit. 

Amy  Ruff  recalls  a  conversation  with  an 
older  friend  about  college-age  children  that 
put  her  in  mind  of  her  own  years  as  a  schol- 


12      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


arship  student  at  a  high-pressure  boarding 
school,  an  experience  Ruff  likens  to  being  on 
a  "gerbil  wheel."  "My  friend  said  to  me,  'Did 
you  know  how  much  they're  having  to  do  and 
all  that  they  have  to  put  on  their  application 
to  get  into  college?'  And  I  was  like,  'Where 
have  you  been,  Jane?  Of  course  I  know,  I  just 
came  out  of  it!  I  feel  like  it  was  yesterday.'  I 
would  love  for  my  kids  to  have  a  little  more 
breathing  room." 

That's  not  to  say  that  home  schooling  doesn't 
present  its  own  challenges.  Amy  Ruff  recalls 
butting  heads  with  her  oldest  son,  Levi,  over  the 
way  she  exerted  her  authority  as  a  teacher. 
"There's  a  willingness  to  wage  war,  to  conflict, 
and  I  wanted  to  get  us  to  a  place  where  it 
wasn't  conflict,  it  was  compromise."  Reaching 
that  balance  took  time,  reflection,  and  no 
small  amount  of  prayer,  she  says.  "But  he  needs 
it;  his  ego  needs  it.  And  until  I  succumbed  to 
that  reality,  I  was  trying  to,  if  you  will,  boss 
him  around  too  much.  He  didn't  need  that. 
So  we're  in  a  great  place  now,  but  I  think 
some  don't  overcome  those  problems.  They 
can't  figure  it  out,  and  they  say,  'Well,  we  just 
have  a  conflict  and  1  can't  home  school.' " 

Levi's  younger  brother  Christiaan  presented 
a  different  problem:  a  hesitancy  to  learn,  which 
the  Ruffs  believe  might  soon  be  diagnosed 
during  annual  testing  as  a  learning  disability, 
perhaps  dyslexia.  "With  him,  I  was  like,  'Okay, 
do  we  pound  our  head  against  the  wall?' 
Because  it's  not  'b, '  it's  'd.'  And  furthermore, 
it's  not  'p.' "  Ruff  says  she  used  every  ounce  of 
ingenuity  she  had  to  reach  Christiaan,  devis- 
ing a  method  that  he  could  use  to  decipher 
the  appearance  of  letters  on  a  page.  "I  really 
labored  with  him,"  she  says,  but  today  she 
believes  she's  offered  him  training  comparable 
to  what  he  might  have  otherwise  been  offered 
in  an  institutional  setting.  Now  Christiaan  is 
reading  at  an  advanced  grade  level. 

^Ut^  n  the  surface,  the  McClure  family 
has  a  lot  in  common  with  the  Ruffs. 
'  They  live  in  the  same  school  district, 
just  a  stone's  throw  away,  and  they  faced 
similar  problems  in  home  schooling  their  own 
four  children,  who  are  slightly  older.  Like  the 
Ruffs,  Veronica  and  her  husband,  David 
McClure,  wanted  to  instill  good  values  in  their 
children,  and  that  led  them  to  home  schooling. 
"We  did  it  because  we  wanted  to  build  char- 
acter in  our  children,  "Veronica  McClure  says, 
"and  we  felt  that  was  our  responsibility  in  the 
younger  years.  That's  the  whole  reason  that 
we  chose  to  home  school." 

And,  like  the  Ruffs,  the  McClures  always 
intended  to  enroll  their  kids  in  school  before 
they  reached  their  teenage  years.  But  that 
time  came  sooner  than  they  expected  when 
illness  and  the  stress  of  teaching  four  individ- 
ual grades  led  them  to  explore  other  options. 
Continued  on  page  40 


class  podticipation 


keeps  Duke  on  solid  ground. 

Your  participation  in  the  Duke  Annual 
Fund  plants  seeds  that  help  Duke 
stay  strong  and  vigorous.  The  more  seeds 
that  are  planted  annually,  the  more 
fruitful  Duke  will  be,  year  after  year. 

If  two  peas  in  a  pod  are  good,  three, 
or  more,  are  even  better!  Become 
another  pea  in  the  Duke  Annual  Fund 
pod  and  make  this  year's  crop  the 
best  ever.  Join  other  alumni,  parents, 
and  friends  to  increase  podticipation 
for  the  Duke  Annual  Fund  from  35,965 
to  at  least  38,500  donors  in  1998-99. 

Peas  keep  us  in  the  green. 

Make  your  Annual  Fund  gift  today. 


Duke      Annual      Fund 


We're 
counting 
on  you 
to  keep 
the  Duke 
Annual  Fund 
green  and 
healthy. 


m 


March- April  1999        13 


THE  GENETIC 


14      DUKEMAUAZKt 


REVOLUTION 


THE  GENE  TEAM 

BY  DENNIS  MEREDITH 

"This  is  a  complex  technology  that  will  improve 
the  quality  of  human  life,  but  will  also  have  some  real 
problems,  and  we  need  to  sort  through  these  with 
precision,  common  sense,  and  care." 


The  woman,  a  Duke  undergraduate,  never 
expected  to  face  a  decision  about  her 
own  life  and  death  at  such  a  young  age. 
But  instead  of  coping  with  the  routine,  even 
happy,  exigencies  of  youth,  two  years  ago  she 
found  herself  trapped  at  the  perilous,  leading 
edge  of  the  genetic  revolution,  facing  an  ago- 
nizing choice.  She  had  undergone  a  new  ge- 
netic test  produced  by  the  rush  of  progress  in 
understanding  breast  cancer,  and  it  revealed 
that  she  harbored  the  same  faulty  gene  that 
had  killed  her  mother  and  other  family  mem- 
bers through  a  predisposition  for  the  disease. 
The  same  science  had  not  yet  yielded  a  certain 
cure,  leaving  her  with  the  excruciating  choice 
of  whether  or  not  to  gamble  on  a  drastic  mea- 
sure— a  double  mastectomy — now  in  an  at- 
tempt to  save  her  life  decades  in  the  future. 

Kathy  Rudy,  who  teaches  a  Duke  course  on 
reproductive  ethics  and  genetics,  knows  this 
young  woman  as  one  of  a  growing  number  who 
are  coping  with  such  decisions  in  the  face  of 
uncertainty,  as  new  genetic  knowledge  floods 
in  from  laboratories.  "In  twenty  years,  we 
could  look  at  this  glitch  in  history  when  we 
were  doing  horrible  things  to  women's  bodies, 
and  we  will  be  appalled  that  we  did  them," 
says  Rudy,  assistant  professor  of  the  practice 
in  Women's  Studies.  "Or,  such  operations  could 
be  practiced  regularly.  It's  hard  to  know  what's 
going  to  happen." 

The  Duke  student  finally  chose  to  have  the 
mastectomy,  a  decision  supported  by  a  newly 
published  study  showing  that  90  percent  of  at- 
risk  women  who  have  the  operation  do  avoid 
breast  cancer.  While  relatively  few  young  peo- 
ple will  confront  their  own  mortality  in  such 
agonizing  fashion,  most  will  face  a  far  more 
complex  future  world  of  genetic  choices,  both 
positive  and  negative.  Rudy  says  her  students 
reveal  in  classroom  discussions  that,  as  future 


mothers,  they  already  expect  to  make  far 
more  deliberate  choices  about  their  offspring 
than  could  their  own  mothers.  "Many  of  the 
students  at  Duke  are  very  career-oriented, 
and  although  they  want  children,  they  only 
want  one  or  two, "  she  says.  "They're  very  clear 
that,  if  they  were  having  three  or  four,  they 
wouldn't  mind  if  one  wasn't  perfect.  But  be- 
cause they  really  feel  like  they  can  only  have 
one  or  two,  they  really  can't  afford  to  have  a 
baby  who  has  a  lot  of  problems." 

Over  the  next  decade  most  of  us  will  join 
Rudy's  students  in  coping  with  the  new  choices 
of  the  genetic  revolution.  After  all,  scientists 
estimate  that  each  of  us  possesses  an  estimat- 
ed five  to  fifty  abnormal  genes  that  predispose 
us  to  some  disorder — whether  an  obvious 
genetic  disease  such  as  sickle  cell  anemia  or  a 
subtler  inherited  tendency,  for  example, 
toward  asthma  from  a  sensitivity  to  air  pollu- 
tants. Few  of  us  realize  how  extensively  our 
health  depends  on  our  genetic  makeup,  says 
Joseph  Nevins,  a  Howard  Hughes  Medical 
Investigator  at  Duke  and  chair  of  Duke  Medi- 
cal Center's  genetics  department.  "It's  com- 
monly said  that  virtually  any  patient  who 
enters  a  hospital  —  other  than  from  being  run 
over  by  a  truck — is  there  because  of  his  or 
her  genetic  background.  Even  if  you  have  an 
infection,  the  extent  or  the  probability  of  that 
infection  is  influenced  by  your  genetic  make- 
up. If  you  have  hypertension,  it's  influenced 
by  your  genetic  makeup." 

To  geneticist  Jeffery  Vance,  the  solution  to 
such  quandaries  is  to  speed  the  advance  of 
genetic  knowledge,  not  to  wish  for  a  retreat  to 
simpler  times.  "In  the  near  future,  we  will  be 
faced  with  situations  in  which  we  will  have 
such  information  but  are  not  be  able  to  do 
much  about  it, "  he  says.  Vance  heads  the  mo- 
lecular laboratories  of  Duke's  Center  for  Hu- 


ILLUSTRATIONS  BY  RAUL  COLON 


March-April  1999        15 


man  Genetics,  which  explores  the  genetic 
basis  of  diseases.  "This  is  going  to  be  a  major 
source  of  conflict  for  those  receiving  the 
information.  The  answer,  of  course,  is  to  move 
forward  as  fast  as  we  can  to  get  by  this  period, 
because  we  can't  cure  a  disease  until  we  un- 
derstand it.  Life  deals  you  choices  that  are 
sometimes  not  the  ones  you  want,  but  they 
are  choices." 

Nevins,  Vance,  and  their  colleagues  believe 
such  advances  are  guaranteed  by  the  inevitable 
success  of  the  massive  federal  and  private  re- 
search effort  to  sequence  all  100,000  human 
genes  by  the  year  2003.  Both  the  federal  Human 
Genome  Project  (http://www.nhgri.nih.gov/) 


and  its  corporate  competitors,  such  as  the  pri- 
vately held  Institute  for  Genomic  Research 
(http://www.tigr.org/)  and  Incyte  Pharmaceu- 
ticals (http://www.incyte.com/),  are  cranking  out 
masses  of  data  on  human  genetic  sequences. 
Once  they  complete  their  task,  they  will  have 
published  the  contents  of  the  entire  genetic 
"instruction  book"  of  human  DNA.  Scientists 
are  exploring  the  huge  volume  of  data  so  far, 
comparing  normal  genetic  instructions  with 
the  "typographic  errors"  in  genes  that  cause 
many  diseases.  And  as  this  massive  research 
effort  continues  to  unfurl  over  the  next  cen- 
tury, this  basic  understanding  will  lead  to 
cures  or  treatments  for  a  stunning  list  of  dis- 


orders— including  cancer,  heart  disease, 
Alzheimer's  disease,  autism,  asthma,  muscular 
dystrophies,  multiple  sclerosis,  Parkinson's 
disease,  arthritis,  psychiatric  disorders,  and 
many,  many  others. 

Physicians  will  learn  to  treat  these  diseases 
using  revolutionary  techniques  of  "genomic 
medicine,"  in  which  they  will  pinpoint  drug 
treatments  based  on  a  patient's  specific  sensi- 
tivities, as  revealed  by  analyses  of  the  patient's 
genes.  This  new  approach  will  transform  drug 
treatment  from  today's  chemical  equivalent 
of  a  general-purpose  sledgehammer — with 
frequent  unwanted  side-effects — to  a  molec- 
ular scalpel  that  a  physician  precisely  targets 
to  an  individual  patient's  disease. 

Such  potent  discoveries  will  certainly  bring 
major  new  problems.  People  seeking  infor- 
mation about  their  odds  of  having  a  genetic 
disease  could  leave  themselves  open  to  dis- 
crimination by  employers  or  insurance  com- 
panies. Parents  who  can  use  gene  therapy  to 
avoid  the  risk  of  genetic  disease  in  their  un- 
born offspring  may  also  demand  "designer  ba- 
bies, "  featuring  the  latest  fads  in  intelligence, 
hair  color,  or  muscles.  In  fact,  the  population 
may  become  divided  into  what  Princeton  bi- 
ologist Lee  Silver  dubs  the  "gen-rich"  and  the 
"gen-poor" — with  the  latter  citizenry  over- 
burdened by  genetic  disease  they  cannot  af- 
ford to  treat. 

Controversy  will  also  arise  from  the  profit 
motive  that  drives  development  of  these  new 
genetic  treatments.  Corporations,  including 
both  the  smaller  gene -sequencing  companies 
and  pharmaceutical  giants,  have  already 
launched  their  lawyers  on  a  genetic  "land 
rush"  to  patent  genes  that  might  yield  lucra- 
tive new  treatments  or  other  products.  It's  a 
multi-billion- dollar  grab,  with  the  govern- 
ment seeking  to  preserve  human  genomic 
data  as  a  scientific  "public  park"  for  all  to  use 
as  the  basis  for  new  diagnostic  tests  and  treat- 
ments. Meanwhile,  corporations  seek  to  lock 
up  choice  stretches  of  genetic  territory  for 
their  own  commercial  exploitation.  Privacy 
and  profit  will  also  drive  patients  to  assert 
legal  rights  to  their  own  DNA  or  tissues,  espe- 
cially if  those  tissues  hold  the  profitable  key  to 
treatment  of  a  disease. 

i  1  n  facing  such  complications,  perhaps  the 
ft|  greatest  mistake  will  be  to  oversimplify 
™  one's  view  of  the  genetic  future,  says  Eliz- 
abeth Kiss,  director  of  Duke's  Kenan  Ethics 
Program.  "Many  people,  including  popular 
writers,  tend  either  to  see  this  revolution  as  the 
Second  Coming  and  to  overlook  problems;  or 
to  focus  on  the  worst-case  scenarios  and  see  it 
as  a  Brave  New  World, "  she  says.  "I  emphati- 
cally think  it  is  neither  of  those.  This  is  a  com- 
plex technology  that  will  improve  the  quality 
of  human  life,  but  will  also  have  some  real 
problems,  and  we  need  to  sort  through  these 


16      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


with  precision,  common  sense,  and  care." 

While  Duke  has  not  been  among  the  cen- 
ters for  sequencing  the  human  genome,  it  is 
already  a  leader  in  searching  for  genes  that 
cause  disease,  and  in  developing  new  tests 
and  treatments.  In  the  last  few  years  alone, 
Duke  scientists  have  made  stunning  discover- 
ies about  the  genetic  basis  of  Alzheimer's  dis- 
ease, heart  disease,  breast  cancer,  and  many 
other  disorders.  They've  also  begun  testing 
genetically  engineered  cancer  vaccines,  gene 
therapy  for  sickle  cell  disease,  and  genetic 
approaches  to  strengthen  failing  hearts.  How- 
ever, such  a  far-reaching  revolution  demands 
even  more  far-reaching  responses  from  soci- 
ety's brain-trusts,  the  universities. 

Chancellor  for  Health  Affairs  Ralph  Sny- 
derman  began  to  conceive  of  Duke's  response 
when  he  found  the  medical  center  caught  be- 
tween the  promise  of  the  genetic  revolution 
and  its  profound  quandaries.  "On  the  one  hand, 
some  faculty  had  proposed  that  the  medical 
center  take  a  lead  in  developing  a  large-scale 
genetic  screening  program  for  high-risk  dis- 
eases, "  recalls  Snyderman.  "They  were  also  ex- 
cited by  the  enormous  potential  of  the  Center 
for  Human  Genetics,  with  its  databank  of 
DNA  of  tens  of  thousands  of  families,  to  ex- 
plore the  causes  of  genetic  disease.  But  on  the 
other  hand,  faculty  such  as  [medical  ethicist] 
Jeremy  Sugarman  pointed  out  that  nowhere 
in  the  country  was  there  sufficient  study  of 
the  implications — legal,  ethical,  and  policy 
— to  guide  the  proper  use  of  these  data." 

The  university  administration  was  at  the 
same  time  seeking  ideas  for  initiatives  that 
would  be  important  enough  to  "transform"  the 
direction  of  the  entire  university.  A  natural 
answer  to  both  quests,  Snyderman  thought, 
was  a  university-wide  Institute  for  Human 
Genetics  that  would  forge  links  among  many 
disciplines — and  that  would  include  scien- 
tists, engineers,  lawyers,  policymakers,  ethi- 
cists,  and  theologians — to  help  enhance  the 
benefits  and  solve  the  problems  presented  by 
the  genetic  revolution.  What's  more,  no  other 
university  appeared  to  be  contemplating  such 
a  broad-range  program  in  genetics.  Snyder- 
man discovered  that  when  he  broached  the 
idea  with  leaders  in  the  field,  including  Fran- 
cis Collins,  who  directs  the  federal  Human 
Genome  Project. 

Other  senior  administrators,  trustees,  and 
deans  enthusiastically  supported  the  idea  for 
the  institute.  And  in  a  dramatic  signal  of  the 
university's  commitment,  the  administration 
designated  more  than  $110  million  from  the 
$1.5-billion  Campaign  for  Duke  to  support  it. 
"Certainly,  there  should  be  scholars  at  Duke 
University  who  are  looking  into  the  causes  of 
war,  who  help  us  understand  political  influ- 
ences in  human's  behavior,  who  help  us  think 
about  crime,  and  all  the  other  macro  issues, " 
said  President  Nannerl  O.  Keohane  at  an 


October  symposium,  "Letting  the  Gen[i]e 
Out  of  the  Bottle:  the  Impacts  of  Research  on 
Twenty-First  Century  Life."  The  symposium, 
held  on  the  occasion  of  the  campaign  launch, 
was  aimed  at  introducing  the  institute  and 
its  goals.  Keohane  told  the  audience,  "If  we 
can  understand  better  some  of  the  roots  of 
human  behavior  in  very  specific  genetic  ways, 
as  these  factors  move  through  psychology  to 
economics  and  political  science  and  sociology 
and  history,  we  will  have  a  better  ability  to 
answer  the  larger  questions." 

The  new  institute's  leader  arrived  in  Janu- 
ary in  the  person  of  Edward  Holmes,  whom 
Snyderman  recruited  as  the  medical  center's 


A  NEW  APPROACH 

WILL  TRANSFORM 

DRUG  TREATMENT 

FROM  TODAY'S 

CHEMICAL 

EQUIVALENT  OF 

A  SLEDGEHAMMER 

TO  A  MOLECULAR 

SCALPEL  THAT 

A  PHYSICIAN 

PRECISELY  TARGETS 

TO  A  DISEASE. 


vice  chancellor  for  academic  affairs  and  med- 
ical school  dean.  Holmes  also  spent  twenty- 
one  years  as  a  Duke  faculty  member,  his  last 
post  as  Wyngaarden  Professor  of  medicine 
and  chief  of  the  division  of  metabolism,  en- 
docrinology, and  genetics.  He  returned  to 
Duke  from  Stanford,  where  he  was  senior 
associate  dean  for  research,  vice  president  for 
translational  medicine  and  clinical  research, 
and  special  counsel  to  the  president.  Newly 
arrived  back  at  Duke,  Holmes  promptly  put 
his  mark  on  the  embryonic  institute  by  advo- 
cating that  it  be  renamed  the  Institute  for 
Genome  Sciences  and  Policy. 

"Genomics  is  a  new  way  of  thinking  about 
doing  biology, "  he  explains.  "Genetics  implies 
to  some  people  single-gene  defects  that  cause 
disorders  in  humans,  animals,  or  plants. 
Whereas,  genomics  implies  looking  at  the  en- 
tire genome — in  the  case  of  humans,  all 
100,000  genes  at  one  time — and  trying  to  un- 
derstand how  they  work  as  a  unit."  Genomics 
also  reflects  the  burgeoning  power  of  the  tech- 


nology, says  Holmes.  "With  new  technology, 
we  are  now  capable  of  looking  at  10,000  genes 
at  one  time,  and  soon  we'll  be  able  to  do  more." 

Holmes  points  out  that  such  technological 
power  affects  the  very  scientific  questions 
that  scientists  can  ask.  "For  example,  in  study- 
ing cancer,  you  can  isolate  from  a  pathologi- 
cal specimen  a  single  cancer  cell  and  a  nor- 
mal cell  sitting  right  next  to  it.  And  you  can 
compare  10,000  genes  expressed  in  the  cancer 
cell  with  10,000  in  the  normal  cell  and  ask 
what  they  are  doing.  So  now,  you  can  explore 
entire  molecular  pathways,  seeing  how  the 
cancer  cell  functions  as  a  whole.  It  allows  you 
to  think  of  the  cancer  as  a  different  sort  of  pro- 
cess from  what  we  could  before." 

This  "genomic  way  of  drinking,"  says  Holmes, 
allows  profound  new  insights  into  the  ma- 
chinery of  disease  that  will  underpin  the  new 
era  of  genomic  medicine.  "Let's  say  I  develop 
high  blood  pressure  and  you  develop  high  blood 
pressure.  But  I  get  renal  failure  from  high 
blood  pressure  and  I  lose  my  eyesight,  but  you 
don't.  The  difference  between  us  is  partly  how 
some  of  our  genetic  differences  at  an  individ- 
ual level  modulate  how  we  respond  to  a  dis- 
ease that  is  not  strictly  a  genetic  disease." 

The  institute's  new  name  also  emphasizes 
its  broad  reach,  says  Holmes.  He  expects  the 
institute  to  benefit  from  Duke's  established 
strengths,  not  only  in  the  medical  center,  but 
across  the  intellectual  spectrum.  He  says  the 
new  institute  must  be  far  more  than  a  re- 
search-oriented province  of  the  medical  cen- 
ter, but  he  also  believes  that  it  will  depend 
considerably  on  the  new  Duke  Health  System 
for  the  vitality  of  its  research  component.  The 
comprehensive  system  enables  Duke  "not  only 
to  provide  better  health  care  for  people  in  the 
community,  but  also  to  carry  out  the  kind  of 
basic  and  clinical  research  represented  by 
genomics.  In  more  distributed  health-care  sys- 
tem, there's  certainly  a  great  deal  of  intellec- 
tual power.  But  they  don't  have  an  integrated 
health  system  that  provides  patients  who  are 
the  critical  basis  for  developing  new  treat- 


Among  the  new  institute's  many  ben- 
eficiaries will  be  the  Center  for  Hu- 
man Genetics,  a  renowned  medical 
center  "detective  bureau"  that  uses  family  his- 
tories, sophisticated  genetic  analyses,  and  high- 
powered  computers  to  reveal  the  genetic  ori- 
gin of  a  wide  array  of  disorders.  In  particular, 
the  center  is  advancing  from  exploring  ap- 
parent single-gene  disorders  such  as  the  mus- 
cular dystrophies,  to  those  that  are  far  more 
subtle,  such  as  Alzheimer's  disease  and  car- 
diovascular disease.  "Working  with  collabora- 
tors, we're  tackling  a  whole  new  range  of 
complex  disorders  that  have  a  high  genetic 
component,  but  also  have  multiple  other  caus- 
es such  as  environmental  factors, "  says  center 


March- April  1999        17 


director  Margaret  Pericak-Vance.  According 
to  Pericak-Vance,  the  center  has  launched 
studies  of  cardiovascular  disease,  osteoarthri- 
tis, asthma,  prostate  disease,  Parkinson's  dis- 
ease, autism,  schizophrenia,  and  depression,  to 
name  a  few.  "These  diseases  also  affect  a  lot  of 
people,  making  them  good  targets  for  therapy, 
which  is  why  we're  also  collaborating  with 
Glaxo-Wellcome." 

That  partnership,  like  other  Duke  corpo- 
rate partnerships,  is  mutually  beneficial,  she 
says.  While  the  company  will  have  a  chance 
to  license  new  discoveries  by  the  center  for 
commercial  development,  center  researchers 
will  gain  invaluable  access  to  advanced  ana- 
lytical machines.  "A  company  will  have  these 
state-of-the-art  research  machines,  like  a 
$300,000  DNA  sequencer,  that  would  be  dif- 
ficult to  get  government  funds  to  buy.  This 
support  allows  us  to  attack  major  health  prob- 
lems, such  as  the  cancer  syndromes  and  car- 
diovascular diseases." 

Pericak-Vance  looks  forward  not  only  to 
research  support  through  the  Institute  for 
Genome  Sciences  and  Policy,  but  also  to  insti- 
tute-fostered public  education  and  informed- 
consent  policies  that  will  encourage  families 
to  participate  in  studies  such  as  those  ongoing 
in  the  center.  "I  don't  think  everyone  has 
made  the  connection  between  having  their 
relatives  in  the  hospital  with  a  cancer  that 
needs  to  be  cured  and  the  fact  that  this  cure 
is  not  going  to  happen  unless  they  participate 
in  research  studies.  This  is  a  team  effort,  with 
families  working  hand-in-hand  with  the 
research  community." 

Besides  strengthening  such  existing  re- 
search, the  genomic  institute  will  spawn  radi- 
cal new  research  facilities.  For  example,  the 
medical  center  is  planning  to  create  a  Center 
for  Models  of  Human  Disease  —  a  sort  of 
"mouse  medical  center"  that  aims  to  make 
the  mouse  a  much  more  effective  surrogate 
for  human  disease.  Says  genetics  department 
chair  Nevins,  "We're  aiming  to  utilize  the 
mouse  in  a  way  much  like  human  populations 
are  studied  to  try  to  better  understand  more 
complex  diseases,  like  diabetes,  hypertension, 
and  asthma."  According  to  Nevins,  the  center 
will  emphasize  multi-gene  studies  that  could 
have  a  profound  impact  on  understanding  of 
the  subtleties  of  disease  predispositions.  "Let's 
say  you've  got  a  mouse  genetic  model  for  a 
form  of  cancer.  Then,  let's  say  that  most 
humans  who  develop  this  cancer  do  so  at  age 
forty,  but  some  develop  it  at  age  thirty,  and 
others  never  at  all.  To  study  this  variation  in 
humans  is  very  difficult.  But  with  a  mouse,  we 
could  mutate  the  basic  mouse  cancer  model 
in  a  massive  number  of  ways  and  screen  for 
animals  that  get  the  cancer  at  different  times. 
Then,  we  could  pinpoint  the  subtle  genetic 
factors  at  work  and  extrapolate  to  humans  to 
better  understand  the  complexity  of  the  dis- 


ease and  to  eventually  lead  to  improved  can- 
cer treatments." 

The  center  would  include  two  basic  com- 
ponents, says  Nevins:  a  new  mouse  facility  that 
incorporates  research  labs  right  into  the  mouse 
holding  rooms,  so  that  scientists  can  easily  test 
the  enormous  numbers  of  mice  needed  for  ge- 
netic screening;  and  a  sort  of  "mouse  clinic" 
where  physiologists  can  develop  new  ways  to 
measure  the  mouse  as  a  full-fledged  organism, 
just  as  physicians  examine  humans  in  diag- 
nosing disease.  These  clinical  measurements 
will  range  from  the  physiological,  such  as 
blood  pressure,  to  the  psychological,  such  as 
hyperactivity.  "In  other  words,  we  want  to 


"MANY  PEOPLE, 

INCLUDING  POPULAR 

WRITERS,  TEND 

EITHER  TO  SEE  THIS 

REVOLUTION  AS  THE 

SECOND  COMING 

AND  TO  OVERLOOK 

PROBLEMS;  OR  TO 

FOCUS  ON  THE 

WORST-CASE 

SCENARIOS  AND 

SEE  IT  AS  A  BRAVE 

NEW  WORLD." 


treat  the  mouse  as  an  organism,  not  as  a  bag 
of  cells  that  one  is  going  to  analyze,"  says 
Nevins.  "It's  not  going  to  be  easy,  both  be- 
cause the  mouse  is  a  very  small  animal  and, 
obviously,  because  it  can't  tell  you  what  it's 
feeling." 

Engineers  are  also  important  contribu- 
tors to  the  genomic  revolution,  says 
biomedical  engineer  Ashutosh  Chil- 
koti,  who  advocates  an  expansion  of  such 
research  at  Duke.  Engineering  is  critical  to 
the  development  of  so-called  DNA  chips, 
which  consist  of  fingernail- sized  bits  of  silicon 
that  hold  tens  of  thousands  of  DNA  samples, 
allowing  rapid  analysis  of  large  numbers  of 
genes  at  once.  "When  most  people  think  of 
genetic  research,  they  think  of  diagnosing  and 
treating  disease,  but  there  is  a  fair  amount  of 
physics,  chemistry,  and  engineering  behind 
genetics,"  says  Chilkoti.  "Sure,  you  can  slap 


DNA  onto  a  chip  surface,  but  you  need  a 
whole  science  of  physical  chemistry  and  sur- 
face engineering  to  make  it  work  right." 

Scientists  and  engineers  are  already  working 
to  create  technologies  to  make  genetic  analy- 
ses faster  and  cheaper  by  inventing  a  whole 
new  generation  of  three-dimensional  "labs- 
on-a-chip,"  complete  with  tiny  pumps  and 
reaction  chambers.  These  chips  could  be  used 
to  analyze  several  hundred  protein  samples  at 
once,  says  Chilkoti.  "Such  analyses  are  going 
to  become  increasingly  important  because, 
once  we  sequence  the  genome,  we  will  have 
the  genetic  information  for  a  lot  more  pro- 
teins that  these  sequences  encode."  Since 
proteins  make  up  the  cell's  working  machin- 
ery, scientists  who  want  to  understand  that 
machinery's  function  will  want  to  analyze  the 
function  of  multitudes  of  proteins  at  once. 

Chilkoti  believes  that  engineers  will  play  an 
important  role  in  computer-modeling  of  cell- 
ular machinery.  "When  you  consider  a  tissue 
or  organ,  you  go  from  molecular  interactions 
at  the  cellular  level,  to  cells  communicating 
with  one  another,  and  finally  ensembles  of 
cells  that  make  an  organ, "  he  says.  "Engineers 
are  experienced  at  modeling  complex  sys- 
tems. And  as  we  discover  more  about  the  in- 
terrelationship between  different  genes  and 
molecules  and  start  to  build  up  our  knowl- 
edge of  the  network  that  is  the  body,  you're 
going  to  have  to  model  things  on  a  very,  very 
large  scale." 

Finally,  says  Chilkoti,  engineers  and  materi- 
als scientists  can  play  a  key  role  in  developing 
genetic  therapies  that  involve  inserting  genes 
into  cells.  "If  you  want  to  get  a  gene  into  a 
particular  cell,  in  most  cases  you  have  to 
package  it  to  maximize  the  chances  of  it  get- 
ting there  and  being  incorporated.  And  there 
are  also  a  whole  host  of  transport  issues, 
because  it's  not  like  the  cell  is  hanging  free  in 
a  bath  of  liquid.  There  are  intervening  tissues, 
so,  from  an  engineering  standpoint,  a  gene 
carrier  has  to  travel  through  a  very  heteroge- 
nous medium."  Engineers  can  also  help  devel- 
op new  carriers  for  genes,  he  says,  such  as 
bubble-like  fatty  structures  called  liposomes 
and  engineered  viruses. 

The  Nicholas  School  of  the  Environment 
will  be  another  key  player  in  the  new  insti- 
tute. Environmental  genetic  studies  are  par- 
ticularly important  in  fostering  a  more  accu- 
rate understanding  of  the  old  "nature  versus 
nurture"  debate  over  which  is  more  impor- 
tant in  shaping  people,  Dean  Norm  Christen- 
sen  told  the  October  genetics  symposium. 
Historically,  he  said,  the  debate  has  been 
framed  wrongly  as  "environment  or  genetics, " 
with  philosophers  asking  "to  what  extent  is 
our  behavior,  our  appearance,  our  tendencies 
toward  ill  or  good  health  determined  by  the 
environment;  or  to  what  extent  are  these  ten- 
dencies predetermined.  Today  we  know  that's 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


far  too  simple  a  question;  that.. .the  expression 
of  our  genetic  code  is  influenced  by  the  envi- 
ronment, "  he  said. 

In  linking  nature  and  nurture,  the  Nicholas 
School  is  exploring  how  trace  amounts  of  en- 
vironmental contaminants  can  affect  genes. 
"We  know  that  these  things,  for  example,  can 
cause  cancers,  and  those  represent  genetic 
changes,"  Christensen  said.  "What  are  the 
mechanisms?  Why  are  some  of  us  more  sus- 
ceptible than  others?  How  do  our  systems 
repair  themselves?"  The  Nicholas  School  is 
developing  genetic  methods  of  "environmen- 
tal diagnosis, "  using  mutations  in  the  genes  of 
fish  and  other  creatures  as  supersensitive  de- 
tectors of  trace  amounts  of  contaminants. 


B 


esides  rapid  progress  in  the  laboratory, 
the  genomic  revolution  will  bring  ma- 
jor progress  in  the  classroom  to  under- 
stand the  revolution's  implications.  The  Kenan 
Ethics  Program  has  already  launched  an  edu- 
cational effort  to  explore  ethical  issues  raised 
by  genomics.  Elizabeth  Kiss  and  her  col- 
leagues have  organized  a  genetics  and  ethics 
working  group  that,  besides  Duke,  includes 
representatives  from  GlaxoWellcome,  the 
North  Carolina  Biotechnology  Center,  the 
National  Humanities  Center,  North  Carolina 
State  University,  and  the  North  Carolina 
School  of  Science  and  Mathematics.  The 
group's  meetings,  Kiss  says,  are  producing 
valuable  dialogues  about  such  issues  as  the 
control  and  uses  of  genetic  information,  the 
pros  and  cons  of  commercial  development  of 
genomic  discoveries,  and  the  challenges,  real 
or  perceived,  that  genomics  poses  for  conven- 
tional ideas  of  free  will.  For  example,  corpo- 
rate involvement  in  university  research  has 
raised,  on  the  one  hand,  thorny  issues  of  con- 
flict of  interest  when  academic  scientists  also 
work  with  industry.  On  the  other  hand,  the 
corporate  profit  motive  is  the  major  force 
driving  development  of  widely  available 
treatments  based  on  genetic  discoveries. 
Without  that  profit  motive,  the  genetic  revo- 
lution would  no  doubt  remain  only  a  labora- 
tory curiosity. 

Kiss  says  that  helping  society  cope  with  the 
genomic  revolution  will  require  higher  levels 
of  scientific  literacy  and  greater  familiarity 
with  tools  and  insights  from  traditional  phi- 
losophy and  theology.  "My  sense  is  that  the 
moral  questions  being  raised  by  genetics 
aren't  qualitatively  new.  People  often  say  that 
cloning  raises  entirely  new  issues,  and  yet  we 
have  had  clones  since  the  beginning  of 
time  —  twins.  Similarly,  we  already  have 
many  ways  of  shaping  our  offspring,  although 
genetics  will  dramatically  increase  our  ability 
to  do  so.  What  we  face  with  the  genetic  rev- 
olution are  more  pronounced,  and  more 
urgent  forms  of  perennial  ethical  questions." 
Unfortunately,  the  revolution  now  presents 


TEACHING  A  BRAVE  NEW  GENERATION 


W     s  the  genetic  revolution 
MjL  steams  full-speed 
■aT    _a-  ahead,  faculty  such  as 
zoology  professor  Nicholas 
Gillham  are  among  those  pre- 
paring students  to  face  both 
the  enormous  benefits  and  the 
pitfalls  of  our  burgeoning 
power  over  our  own  heredity. 

Gillham's  two  undergraduate 
seminars  cover  the  history  and 
future  of  genetics,  including  the 
resulting  social  and  ethical 
quandaries  students  will  likely 
face.  The  students  tackle  issues 
ranging  from  their  rights  to 
genetic  privacy,  to  the  implica- 
tions of  genetics  for  free  will,  to 
the  excruciatingly  complex 
dilemma  of  how  to  counsel  par- 
ents-to-be about  the  risks  of  a 
genetic  disease  in  their  unborn 
babies. 

Many  of  Gillham's  students 
will  go  on  to  health-care  profes- 
sions, and  he  emphasizes  the 


importance  of  preparing  them 
for  the  genetic  future.  "We've 
made  a  special  effort  here  at 
Duke  to  ensure  that  these  un- 
dergraduates learn  both  genet- 
ics and  cell  biology,"  he  says. 
"The  principles  of  genetics  can 
be  arcane,  and  we  want  under- 
graduates to  be  exposed  to  them 
early.  As  doctors,  they  may  have 
to  offer  diagnoses  about  genetic 
diseases  that  could  include 
informing  a  couple  of  the  prob- 
ability that  their  unborn  child 
will  have  a  specific  genetic  dis- 
ease, with  consequences  for 
them  and  for  the  child." 

Students  who  become  future 
business  and  political  leaders 
will  face  far  more  complex  and 
subtle  genetic  issues  than  their 
parents.  Gillham  wants  to  en- 
sure that  his  students  aren't 
taken  in  by  the  insidious  no- 
tions, for  example,  of  genetic 
I.Q.  differences,  as  implied  in 


the  book  The  Bell  Curve. 

"I  am  quite  concerned  that 
there's  too  much  emphasis  on 
heritability  as  a  source  of  differ- 
ences in  intelligence,"  he  says. 
"1  have  serious  doubts  about 
the  meaning  of  studies  of  twins 
reared  apart  that  purport  to 
show  similarities  in  intelligence. 
One  important  question  not 
asked  is  just  how  apart  is  apart? 
And  people  always  emphasize 
the  similarities  of  such  twins, 
but  never  their  dissimilarities. 
Similarities  are  easy  to  pin- 
point, while  dissimilarities  are 
not.  All  this  creates  a  false 
picture  in  one's  mind  of  nature 
triumphant  over  nurture." 

Gillham's  take-home  lesson  is 
that  today's  students  are  savvy 
enough  to  handle  their  genetic 
future,  as  long  as  their  faculty 
mentors  take  the  time  and 
effort  to  help  them  understand 


far  more  questions  than  answers,  says  medical 
center  professor  Jeremy  Sugarman,  who  co- 
directs  the  Program  in  Medical  Ethics.  After 
he  and  colleagues  Dirk  Iglehart  and  John 
Bartlett  convened  a  broad-based  working 
group  on  ethics  in  genetics,  Sugarman  con- 
cluded that  "we're  like  most  if  not  every  insti- 
tution in  the  country  doing  cutting-edge 
research,  in  that  there  were  no  clear  answers 
to  the  many  quandaries  that  arise  in  the  con- 
text of  clinical  care  and  research  involving 
genetics." 

Sugarman  says  ethicists  have  yet  to  sort  out 
the  implications  of  a  person's  participation  in 
a  genetics  research  study  for  that  person's 
family.  Also,  there  is  a  need  for  ethical  analy- 
sis of  the  strategic  decisions  involving  which 
diseases  to  tackle  as  research  priorities.  "Should 
we  concentrate  on  rare  conditions  with  obvi- 
ous genetic  causes  or  common  conditions 
where  the  genetic  components  are  a  bit  more 
nebulous?"  he  asks. 

According  to  Sugarman,  two  particularly 
profound  moral  questions  looming  over  gene- 
tic research  are  how  to  define  a  "disease"  and 
whether  to  allow  tinkering  with  "germline" 
cells — sperm  and  eggs — when  those  changes 
will  reverberate  down  through  generations 
yet  unborn.  So  far,  he  says,  gene  therapy  has 
been  aimed  at  "somatic"  cells — body  cells  — 
rather  than  reproductive  cells.  "We've  held 
two  big  moral  lines  in  gene  therapy.  One  is  to 
concentrate  only  on  somatic,  rather  than 
germline  interventions.  The  other  is  to  focus 
on  diseases  and  not  traits.  But  distinguishing 
between  a  disease  and  a  trait  can  be  difficult. 


Do  we  call  obesity  a  trait  or  a  disease?  We  need 
to  address  explicitly  and  specifically  whether 
we're  going  to  hold  these  lines." 

The  genomic  revolution  presents  immense 
challenges  to  science,  technology,  and  ethics. 
But  the  befefits  will  be  well  worth  the  effort, 
Chancellor  Snyderman  told  the  October  gen- 
etics symposium.  "The  aggregation  of  tech- 
nologies that  are  now  enabling  us  to  identify 
and  determine  the  structure  and  function  of 
genes  is  the  most  powerful  technology,  with  a 
potential  impact  affecting  civilization,  of  any 
technology  that  has  come  before.  Genetics  is 
going  to  transform  medicine,  from  an  individ- 
ual having  a  disease  seeing  a  doctor — and 
presumably  having  the  disease  treated  well  — 
to  the  ability  not  only  to  prevent  disease,  but 
to  predict  it  long  before  it  comes." 

However,  said  Snyderman,  the  revolution's 
most  important  ultimate  impact  may  well  be 
on  our  understanding  of  our  own  origins. 
"Some  of  the  greatest  questions  that  have 
been  facing  us  as  a  species  are,  Where  did  we 
come  from?  What  is  it  that  created  us  in  this 
form?  How  did  we  get  to  be  the  way  we  are, 
and  where  are  we  likely  to  be  going  in  the 
future?"  Scientists  will  answer  these  ques- 
tions, says  Snyderman,  by  exploring  the  broad 
sweep  of  genetics,  from  worms  to  humans. 
Their  discoveries  will  allow  us  to  understand 
for  the  first  time  how  we  managed  to  evolve 
from  simple  molecules  floating  in  the  primor- 
dial ocean  to  complex  creatures  advanced 
enough  to  take  control  of  our  own  genetic 
destiny. 


March-April  1999        19 


RULES  OF 
ENGAGEMENT 

BYROBERTJ.BLIWISE 

Earlier  this  spring,  the  nearby  National 
Humanities  Center  celebrated  its  twen- 
tieth anniversary  with  a  meal  of  North 
Carolina  barbecue  and  musings  on  how 
scholarly  worlds  connect  with  the  world-at- 
large.  Scholars  talked  about  the  most  mean- 
ingful way  to  connect  with  something  larger 
than  themselves,  or  their  disciplines — through 
the  students  they  teach.  "Students  can  be  de- 
stroyed by  their  own  sense  of  self-criticism, " 
said  one.  "A  professor's  job  is  to  inculcate  self- 
confidence." 

Does  that  mean  the  professor  should  be  a 
good  student  of  the  student,  mindful  of  the 
text  and  the  sub-text  that  may  be  hidden 
from  casual  viewing?  And  even  if  the  adviser 
is  discerning  and  caring,  with  so  much  power 
invested  in  his  end  of  the  relationship,  can  he 
be  a  friend? 

In  its  last  issue,  this  magazine  collected  es- 
says from  Duke's  teaching-award  winners.  One 
of  the  striking  statements  came  from  Clay 
Taliaferro  of  the  dance  program.  He  wrote,  "I 
have  always  tried  to  embody  what  I  teach." 
Dance,  he  suggested,  is  all  about  engagement 
with  life,  and  he  shows  his  power  as  a  teach- 
er—  and  his  dedication  to  his  craft — with 
his  readiness  to  engage  students.  The  ensuing 
conversation  might  be  about  dance,  or  dating. 

Teaching  in  the  first-year  writing  program 
has  taught  me  a  lot  about  students,  and  about 
myself.  One  of  the  program's  virtues  is  its 
emphasis  on  one-on-one  conferences.  As  you 
talk  with  students  about  their  writing,  you 
explore  themes  that  get  at  how  they  think 
and  how  they  live;  you  gauge  their  concerns 
and  their  capacities.  You  offer  them  support, 
as  well.  Over  Thanksgiving  break,  I  took  an 
international  student,  who  was  rather  lonely 
on  a  nearly  deserted  campus,  to  dinner.  At 
the  end  of  the  semester,  he  didn't  fare  glori- 
ously with  his  course  grade,  but  I  suspect  in 
later  years  he'll  look  back  not  on  the  grade 
awarded,  but  on  that  small  pedagogic — or 
friendly — gesture. 

"The  relation  between  student  and  teacher 
must  be  about  the  most  complex  and  ill- 
defined  there  is,"  wrote  May  Sarton  in  her 


book  The  Small  Room.  A  Duke  civil  engineer- 
ing professor,  E  Aarne  Vesilind,  began  with 
the  Sarton  quote  in  a  paper  he  gave  at  a  sym- 
posium last  year  on  graduate  research  and 
teaching.  Vesilind  talked  about  the  joy  taken 
by  the  mentor  in  watching  the  protege  suc- 
ceed, and  he  recounted  a  visit  to  campus  by 
engineers  associated  with  the  American  So- 
ciety of  Civil  Engineers.  They  came  to  cam- 
pus mostly  to  offer  advice  and  expertise  to 
students.  Asked  about  their  efforts  to  make 
such  connections,  they  told  him,  "It  simply  is 
what  you  do  as  a  professional  engineer.  It's 
part  of  your  heritage — your  debt  to  pay  to 
the  people  who  helped  you  in  your  own  path 
to  professional  engineering." 

That's  one  way  to  rationalize  mentoring — 
to  see  it  as  professional  (or  professorial)  respon- 
sibility. Perhaps  there's  an  even  more  basic 
way  to  look  at  it — as  an  expression  of  the  hu- 
man need  to  connect.  It's  a  need  that  an  edu- 
cational "system"  doesn't  necessarily  nurture. 

Six  years  ago,  in  his  probing  report  on  cam- 
pus dynamics — "We  Work  Hard,  We  Play 
Hard"— Dean  of  the  Chapel  William  H.  Wil- 
limon  said  that  detachment  seems  to  be  the 
prevailing  mode  of  the  modern  university. 
"Classes  and  curricula  are  structured  in  such 
a  way  that  faculty  and  students  alike  will  re- 
main as  much  strangers  to  one  another  when 
we  leave  the  university  as  when  we  arrived, " 
he  wrote.  "Forgetting  the  etymology  of  the 
name  professor  as  'someone  who  professes 
something, '  we  are  more  inclined  as  faculty  to 
say,  'The  data  show...'  than  'I  have  found'  or  'I 
believe  that...'  " 

Mentoring,  then,  involves  intersecting  worlds. 
It  is  rooted  in,  and  expresses,  the  ideas  and 
values  that  matter  to  the  teacher.  And  it 
prompts  the  student's  consideration  of  his  own 
ideas  and  values. 

Vesilind  compares  learning  the  rules  of 
good  mentoring  to  learning  how  to  ride  a 
bicycle:  With  the  right  commitment,  it  comes 
naturally.  In  Willimon's  words,  "I  believe  that 
we  teach  people  to  learn  how  to  think,  to 
learn  how  to  take  hold  of  their  lives,  not  by 
stepping  back  from  them,  not  by  leaving  them 
to  their  own  devices,  but  rather  through 
engaging  them....  As  Aristotle  contended,  it  is 
impossible  to  teach  anything  important  to 
people  who  are  not  your  friends,  because  only 
friends  know  how  to  hurt  you  in  the  right 
way.  A  friend  knows  when  to  speak,  and  when 


to  listen,  when  to  push,  and  when  to  let  go." 

One  reality  behind  mentoring  is  that  it 
takes  initiative  on  both  sides  of  the  relation- 
ship. Some  students  are  happy  enough  to  coast 
through  a  four-year  college  education  with- 
out making  a  mark  on  the  place,  or  having  it 
make  an  appreciable  mark  on  them,  beyond 
the  expectations  of  the  classroom.  But  then 
there  are  the  intellectual  agitators — the  cu- 
rious, insistent,  and  eager  students  who  revel 
in  learning.  When  I  researched  Duke's  Pvhodes 
Scholars  and  other  super- achieving  students, 
I  was  struck  by  the  fact  that  they  weren't  just 
classroom  performers.  As  collaborators  in  re- 
search projects  and  as  partners  in  intellectual 
conversation,  they  had  become  colleagues  to 
professors. 

Mentoring  doesn't  flow  from  curricular  con- 
nections alone.  After  the  heartbreaking  loss 
in  the  national  championship  game,  men's 
basketball  coach  Mike  Krzyzewski  told  re- 
porters, "I  don't  coach  for  winning;  I  coach  for 
relationships."  The  image  of  the  coach's  com- 
forting the  disappointed  athlete  makes  a 
more  powerful  symbol  of  mentoring — and 
friendship — than  any  rules  of  the  (basketball 
or  mentoring)  game. 

Just  recently,  I  found  myself  in  separate 
conversations  with  two  students  that,  in  part, 
centered  on  a  mutual  friendship  with  another 
student.  One  observed  that  she  saw  our  friend- 
in-common  as  a  younger  version  of  me,  at  least 
in  terms  of  intellectual  seriousness  (or  resis- 
tance to  intellectual  compartmentalizing).  The 
other  asked  good-naturedly  why  I  might  be 
putting  so  much  energy  into  guiding  an  un- 
dergraduate. My  response  was,"Because  I  knew 
I  could  change  his  life."  Those  themes  are 
tightly  linked:  Of  course,  we're  drawn  to  those 
who  show  certain  qualities  that  we  like  in 
ourselves,  and  we  should  delight  in  helping 
others  to  recognize  those  qualities  and  to 
explore  their  potential. 

As  they  cope  with  the  pressures  of  manag- 
ing competing  commitments  and  thinking 
about  their  ultimate  choices,  Duke  students 
can  look  to  Curriculum  2000  as  a  model  of 
curricular  coherence.  But  students  are  also  in 
search  of  coherence  in  their  lives.  For  that 
they  need  the  help  of  dedicated  educators. 
They  want  to  be  valued  as  the  interesting 
people  they  are  and  will  become.  And  so 
growth  is  shared  and  lives  are  changed  across 
the  generations.  That's  friendship. 


20      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


DUKE 


ALUMNI   REGISTER 


HOOPING 
IT  UP 


lue  Devilirium  was  rampant  this  phe- 
nomenal basketball  season,  both  on 
and  off  campus.  Through  local  club 
events,  loyal  alumni  followed  the  men's  team 
— which  won  the  Atlantic  Coast  Conference 
— either  on  the  road  or  on  the  tube.  The 
women's  basketball  team,  also  a  contender  for 
the  national  championship,  likewise  was  part 
of  the  hoopla  when  and  where  particular  peo- 
ple congregated. 

To  guarantee  a  Duke  victory  over  Virginia's 
Lady  Cavaliers  in  February,  the  Duke  Club  of 
Charlottesville  arranged  a  block  of  tickets 
and  a  pregame  reception  at  the  BW3  Grill  & 
Pub.  Attendees  were  eligible  for  a  door  prize 
of  two  tickets  behind  the  Duke  bench  for  the 
next  week  when  the  men's  team  came  to 
stomp  Virginia.  Sandy  Wilcox  73  is  the  Char- 
lottesville club's  president. 

As  an  early  holiday  gift  in  December,  when 
Duke  went  against  Kentucky  at  the  Jimmy  V 
Classic  at  the  Meadowlands,  the  Duke  Uni- 
versity Metropolitan  Alumni  Association 
(DUMAA)  arranged  a  pregame  buffet  and  a 
block  of  tickets  to  the  doubleheader  (Purdue 
played  South  Carolina  in  the  first  game).  It 
was  a  sellout,  with  1,800  fans  feasting  on  roast 
turkey,  pork  loin,  stir-fry,  chicken,  and  pizza  at 
the  Sheraton  Meadowlands,  and  the  sweet 
taste  of  a  Blue  Devil  victory  as  an  additional 
dessert. 

In  January,  DUMAA  set  up  another  mem- 
orable fete  with  a  pregame  breakfast  buffet  in 
Madison  Square  Garden  when  Duke  played 
St.  John's  in  January.  Nearly  900  attended  this 
sold- out  event.  Susan  L.  Callahan  '86  is  the 
DUMAA  president. 


In  February,  when  Duke  played  Florida 
State  in  Tallahassee,  the  Duke  Club  of  Talla- 
hassee hosted  a  pregame  reception  and  invited 
the  neighbors:  the  Duke  Club  of  Greater 
Jacksonville.  The  Capital  Duke  Club  in  Tal- 
lahassee, whose  president  is  Walter  W.  Manley 
II  J.D.  72,  arranged  door  prizes  and  a  special 
appearance  by  Duke  great  Steve  "Wojo" 
Wojciechowski  '98.  Almost  a  hundred  Blue 
Devil  fans  arrived  on  two  chartered — and 
catered — buses  from  Jacksonville  for  the 
event.  Page  Ives  Lemel  B.S.E.  '84  is  the  Jack- 
sonville club's  president. 

The  Duke-DePaul  game — the  Blue  Devils 
versus  the  Blue  Demons — was  another  hot 
ticket  in  late  February,  but  the  Duke  Club  of 
Chicago  met  the  challenge:  a  pregame  Italian 
buffet  at  the  Como  Inn,  with  parking,  tickets, 
and  transportation  to  the  game  at  the  United 
Center.  Robert  E.  "Ned"  Franke  '83  is  the 
club's  president. 

When  local  alumni  couldn't  make  it  on  the 
road,  nearly  two  dozen  Duke  alumni  clubs — 
from  Boston  to  Austin,  from  Atlanta  to  Hono- 
lulu— sponsored  hoops  watch  parties  in  pubs 
and  local  restaurants.  Here's  just  a  sampling: 
the  Duke  Club  of  Denver,  where  Lisa  Dator 
'87  is  president,  met  at  Chopper's;  the  Duke 
Club  of  Houston  (James  Byerly  74,  president) 
at  SRO;  the  Duke  Club  of  Hampton  Roads 
(Jessica  Johnson  '91,  president)  in  the  Norfolk 
Marriott  for  the  UNC  games;  the  Duke  Club 
of  Asheville  (Tom  Sanders  '52,  president)  at 
Northside  for  the  UNC  game;  the  Duke  Club 
of  Portland  (Les  Smith  '62,  president)  at 
Champions,  also  for  UNC;  the  Duke  Club  of 
New  Mexico  (Becky  Brindley  '90,  president) 
at  Spectators  for  the  Tarheel  rematch;  the 
Duke  Club  of  Albany  (G.T  Hollett  B.S.E.  '93, 
president)  at  Playfield's  for  the  Georgia  Tech 
game;  the  Duke  Club  of  Mobile  (Ryan  North- 


rup  '94,  president)  at  Garfield's  for  the  Mary- 
land game;  and  the  Duke  Club  of  Buffalo/ 
Western  New  York  (Bob  Schmid  77,  presi- 
dent) at  Damon's  in  Williamsville  for  the  Clem- 
son  game. 

The  Duke  Club  of  Hawaii  arranged  a  buf- 
fet lunch  at  Murphy's  in  Honolulu  when  the 
Blue  Devils  met  the  Wolfpack  in  January;  Jeff 
Portnoy  J.D.  72  is  the  club's  president.  The 
Main  Game — Duke  versus  Carolina — got 
the  special  attention,  and  hospitality,  of  Bettsy 
Creigh  Leib  B.S.N.  '62  and  Tom  Leib  B.S.E. 
'61,  who  hosted  a  big  screen  TV  viewing  party 
in  their  Solon  home  for  the  Duke  Club  of 
Northeast  Ohio.  The  gathering  spot  to  watch 
other  Duke  games  is  the  Winking  Lizard  in 
Cleveland  Heights.  Denise  Finkelstein  '86  is 
the  club's  president. 

Alumni  are  encouraged  to  check  regularly 
alumni  clubs  calendars  of  events  on  the  alum- 
ni association  website  (www.  DukeAlum  ni.com). 
Since  postcards  announcing  special  events  are 
mailed  to  regional  alumni,  it  is  important  to 
keep  your  address  updated  when  moving 
across  town  or  across  country.  You  can  do  this 
via  the  DAA  website,  or  by  mail  to  Alumni 
Records,  614  Chapel  Drive  Annex,  Durham, 
N.C.  27708;  by  fax  to  (919)  681-1659;  or  by 
e-mail  to  bluedevil(5'duke.edu. 


VAN  GOGH 
VIEWING 


When  "Van  Gogh's  Van  Goghs: 
Masterpieces  from  the  Van  Gogh 
Museum,  Amsterdam,"  fresh  from 
its  overwhelmingly  popular  stint  at  the 
National  Gallery  of  Art  in 
Washington,   D.C.,   moved 


> 

•    • 

•          # 

%  • 

•    • 

%• 

t  0 

t 

0 

1991 

1992 

HOOPS  HOPES  FOR  1999 


March -April   1999        21 


,,'<> 


Drawing  a  crowd  in  Los  Angeles:  Self-Portrait 
as  an  Artist,  Paris,  winter  1887-88  by  Vincent  van 
Gogh.  Photo:  Van  Gogh  Museum,  Amsterdam 
(Vincent  van  Gogh  Foundation) 

to  the  Los  Angeles  County  Museum  of  Art,  Duke 
alumni  were  invited  to  a  private  showing  of 
the  biggest  art  event  to  hit  the  city  in  a  dec- 
ade. 

The  exhibit's  record-breaking  status — 500 
to  700  museum  patrons  per  hour  viewing  the 
Van  Goghs — was  matched  only  by  Duke's  at- 
tendance, more  than  800,  at  its  special  event 
February  2;  that  represents  the  largest  off- 
campus,  non-athletic  gathering  in  the  univer- 
sity's history.  Sponsored  by  the  Duke  Alumni 
Lifelong  Learning  Program  and  the  Duke 
Club  of  Southern  California,  the  exclusive, 
private  showing  was  preceded  by  a  buffet  re- 
ception and  a  talk  by  Duke  art  history  profes- 
sor Hans  Van  Miegroet,  "Van  Gogh:  Con- 
temporary Culture  and  Early  Influences."  Van 
Miegroet,  a  1991  recipient  of  Duke's  Trinity 
College  Distinguished  Teaching  Award,  is  di- 
rector of  graduate  studies  in  the  art  history 
department  and,  since  1989,  director  of  the 
Duke  in  the  Netherlands  Program,  a  student 
study-abroad  summer  session. 

Introducing  "a  new  chapter  in  the  Duke 
Alumni  Lifelong  Learning  and  Duke  Clubs 
programs,"  M.  Laney  Funderburk  Jr.  '60,  asso- 
ciate vice  president  for  alumni  affairs  and 
development  and  director  of  the  alumni  of- 
fice, told  attendees  that  "Southern  California 
is  the  first  location  for  a  series,  Lifelong 
Learning  Educational  Seminars,  which  Duke 
will  organize  in  twenty-four  major  cities  over 
the  next  four  years."  He  thanked  Rick  Welch 
74  and  Jim  Camp  73  for  their  assistance  in 
pulling  the  Los  Angeles  event  together. 

Deborah  Weiss  Fowlkes  78,  director  of 
alumni  lifelong  learning  and  assistant  director 
of  alumni  affairs,  will  design  the  programs  for 


A  MAN,  A  PLAN,  A  CIGAR 


Trinity  College 
became  forever 
associated  with 
tobacco  in  1892  when 
it  relocated  to  Dur- 
ham, a  city  built  on 
the  manufacture  of 
tobacco  and  its  associ- 
ated products.  At  that 
time,  Durham  was  pro- 
ducing more  cigarettes 
than  any  place  on  Earth 
and  the  primary  bene- 
factors of  the  college 
were  the  Dukes,  a  fam- 
ily that  had  emerged  as 
the  predominant  en- 
trepreneurs in  the  cut- 
throat competition  in 
the  industry  due  to  the 
business  genius  of 
James  B.  Duke.... 

When  the  statue  of 
James  B.  Duke  was 
unveiled  in  the  main 
quadrangle  on  West 
Campus  at  commence- 
ment in  1935,  even 
that  occasion  proved  to 
be  controversial.  No 
one  questioned  the 
appropriateness  of  the 
right  to  recognize  the 
institution's  primary 
benefactor  with  a 
larger-than-life  bronze 
statue,  but  the  cigar  in 
his  hand  set  off  debate. 


honor  him  in  any  way, 
however  conspicuous, 
for  the  power  of  his 
example  as  a  great 
benefactor  and  lover 
of  mankind." 

It  was  perhaps  sur- 
prising that  students 
would  protest  Duke's 
cigar  because  smoking 
was  becoming  part  of 
campus  culture.  How- 
ever, women  smoking, 
even  in  the  tobacco 
state  of  North  Carolina, 
posed  a  dilemma.  The 
Woman's  College  stu- 
dent government  asso- 
ciation debated  the 
issue  and  arrived  at  a 
compromise  permitting 


smoke  in  their  rooms, 
dormitory  parlors,  and 
private  homes,  but  not 
elsewhere  on  campus 
or  in  public  in  Durham. 
Town-gown  interests 
merged  humorously  in 


the  1930s  in  one  cheer 
at  athletic  contests: 
"Chesterfield,  Bull  Dur- 
ham, Lucky  Strikes,  and 
Plug;  Duke  University 
Slug,  Slug,  Slug." 

Ironically,  today  the 
"town  renowned 
around  the  world"  for 
tobacco  takes  pride  in 
being  called  the  "City 
of  Medicine."  At  Duke, 
non-smoking  areas 
have  been  creeping 
across  campus  until 
vast  areas  are  smoke- 
free.  The  medical 
center  first  banned 
smoking  in  its  building 
in  1989  and  Perkins 
Library  and  Cameron 
Indoor  Stadium  fol- 
lowed suit-  The  provost 
issued  a  memorandum 
banning  smoking  in 
all  classrooms  in  1991. 
Employee  services 
even  include  access  to 
smoking-cessation 


s.  Sponsored 
research  has  run  the 
gamut,  from  grants 


nies  early  in  the  cen- 
tury to  support  for 
documenting  the  harm- 
ful effects  of  tobacco 
today.  Clearly,  despite 
it  location  and  basis 
of  financial  support, 
Duke  University  has 
never  been  far  from 
controversy  in  the  con- 
tinuous debate  over 
the  use  of  tobacco. 

— William  E.  King 


King'61,A.M.'63, 
Ph.D.  '69,  University 
Archivist,  is  the  author  of 
If  Gargoyles  Could 
Talk:  Sketches  of  Duke 
University,  from  which 
this  is  excerpted.  The 
book  is  available  at  the 
Gothic  Bookshop,  (919) 


petition  opposing  the 
statue  or  at  least  re- 
questing that  it  be  lo- 
cated in  an  adjacent 
quadrangle.  Opponents 
feared  that  "the  cigar 
would  attract  more  at- 
tention than  the  chapel 
itself"  and  that'TJuke 
University  will  be 
known  as  a  gift  from 
which  the  price  tag  has 


President  Few  silenced 
the  opposition,  noting 
that  there  were  care- 
fully drawn  and  ap- 
proved plans  to  i 
rialize  Duke  in  the 


that  he  "would  gladly 


the  series  and  recruit  the  faculty.  "Alumni  have 
asked  for  new  programs,"  says  Fowlkes,  "and 
we  hope  this  will  address  that  need.  The  pur- 
pose, of  course,  is  to  bring  Duke  to  alumni 
wherever  they  might  be,  to  give  them  a  chance 
to  hear  from  Duke's  outstanding  faculty,  and 
to  provide  them  with  opportunities  to  extend 
their  Duke  educational  experience  through 
engaging,  lifelong-learning  events." 


Fowlkes  will  be  working  in  tandem  with  the 
alumni  clubs  program,  which  will  gather  re- 
gional insights  and  ideas  from  area  alumni 
leaders.  The  development  office  will  oversee 
the  logistics  of  these  innovative  events.  The 
next  major  city  under  consideration  is  Wash- 
ington, D.C. 


22      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


DUKE 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 
TURNS  FIFTEEN 

BY  ROBERT  ODOM 

This  issue  marks  an  anniversary  for  Duke 
Magazine — fifteen  years  of  publication 
during  a  time  of  tremendous  growth 
and  innovation  at  the  university  and  broad 
changes  in  mood  and  lifestyle  nationwide.  In 
May  1984,  the  community  this  magazine 
served  and  surveyed  was  that  of  an  upstart 
university  just  emerging  nationally  as  a  leader 
in  education  and  research.  The  following  year 
saw  the  retirement  of  the  late  Terry  Sanford 
from  his  post  as  university  president.  Sanford 
is  often  credited  for  consolidating  Duke's 
resources  and  laying  the  groundwork  for  the 
growth  that  followed.  His  successor,  H.  Keith 
H.  Brodie,  ushered  in  an  era  of  aggressive  fac- 
ulty hires,  facility  expansion,  renovation,  and 
construction.  Today,  under  President  Nannerl 
O.  Keohane,  the  university  is  stretching  fur- 
ther to  reach  a  $1.5-billion  campaign  goal  for 
the  year  2003 — funds  that  would  provide 
resources  to  advance  scholarship,  teaching, 
and  service  to  the  larger  community. 

Throughout  these  years  of  change,  one  of 
Duke's  most  valued  resources  has  been  its 
student  body,  a  diverse  group  that  has  kept 
pace  with  the  university's  greatest  ambitions. 
In  1984,  just  over  10,000  applicants  vied  for  a 
spot  in  that  year's  freshman  class.  By  the  mid- 
1990s,  that  number  had  risen  by  almost  35 
percent.  And  the  applicant  pool  was  likewise 
getting  stronger.  This  year,  combined  SAT 
scores  for  accepted  students  averaged  between 
1340  and  1520  of  a  possible  1600.  (Fifteen 
years  ago,  Duke  freshmen  averaged  1253.) 
And  this  year  also  saw  the  matriculation  of 
the  most  diverse  class  ever  admitted  to  the 
university,  with  a  31.5  percent  minority  repre- 
sentation. 

The  growing  interest  in  Duke  among  pro- 
spective applicants  followed  a  big  bang  in  media 
coverage  in  the  mid-1980s.  In  1985,  one  year 
after  the  university  was  featured  in  a  NewYork 
Times  Magazine  cover  story  on  "Hot  Colleges," 
U.S.  News  &  World  Report  ranked  Duke  as  a 
top-ten  school  in  the  first  of  its  annual  sur- 
veys of  college  presidents.  Duke  was  now 
widely  considered  in  league  with  the  nation's 
most  competitive  research  universities. 


Annual  tuition  hikes  have  done  nothing  to 
deter  prospective  students.  Tuition  for  the 
1984-85  school  year  for  entering  students  was 
$7,380.  This  year's  freshman  class  paid 
$23,220.  (Subscriptions  to  Duke  Magazine,  by 
comparison,  have  held  steady  at  a  bargain 
domestic  rate  of  $15  a  year.) 

Meanwhile,  Duke  athletics  was  making 
news  in  men's  basketball.  In  1986,  the  Blue 
Devils  entered  the  Final  Four  for  the  first 
time  in  eight  years,  and  sports  writers  every- 
where learned  to  spell  "Krzyzewski."  In  less 
than  a  decade,  Coach  K  would  oversee  two 
consecutive  NCAA  national  championships 
—in  1991  and  1992.  Soccer  coach  John  Ren- 
nie  led  the  men's  soccer  team  to  an  NCAA 
championship  in  1986,  and  Duke  football 
took  a  great  leap  forward  in  1989  when  Coach 
Steve  Spurrier  led  the  Blue  Devils  to  an  ACC 
championship  (in  a  tie  with  Virginia)  and  a 
bid  to  compete  in  the  All-American  Bowl, 
Duke's  first  bowl  game  since  the  1961  Cotton 
Bowl.  In  1995,  Duke  football  made  good  again 
with  an  8-3  winning  season  under  Coach 
Fred  Goldsmith  and  another  bowl  bid,  the 
Hall  of  Fame  Bowl. 

Individual  athletes  made  their  mark,  as 
well.  In  1984,  Duke  swimmer  Nancy  Hogs- 
head '86  brought  home  the  gold  in  three 
events  and  a  silver  in  another  during  the 
summer  Olympics  in  Los  Angeles.  Just  last 
year,  Jenny  Chausiriporn  '99  posted  the  low- 
est score  ever  by  an  amateur  in  the  U.S. 
Open,  and  Vanessa  Webb  '99  captured  the 
1998  NCAA  women's  individual  tennis  title, 
making  her  the  first  female  and  only  the  sixth 
athlete  in  all  of  Duke  history  to  win  an 
NCAA  individual  tennis  title. 


When  Mother  ]ones  ranked  Duke  this  year 
as  the  number-one  activist  school,  it  high- 
lighted the  recent  efforts  of  the  Duke  chapter 
of  Students  Against  Sweatshops,  praising  the 
university  as  one  of  "several  hopeful  examples 
that  prove  activism  and  community  service 
are  alive  and  well  on  campus."  At  Duke,  stu- 
dent activism  has  been  a  vital  force  for 
change  for  many  years.  In  1985,  students  erec- 
ted a  makeshift  shanty-town  in  front  of  Duke 
Chapel  to  protest  the  system  of  apartheid  and 
to  support  the  decision  of  Duke  trustees  to 
divest  the  university  of  some  $12.5  million  in 
stocks  and  bank  deposits  in  South  Africa. 
(That  move  was  rescinded  eight  years  later 
when  apartheid  fell  to  a  new  democratic  gov- 
ernment led  by  Nelson  Mandela.)  A  1988 
campus  visit  by  then- President  Ronald  Rea- 
gan sparked  student  protests  over  the  Iran- 
Contra  scandal,  and  that  same  year  students 
and  faculty  organized  to  address  the  lack  of 
minority  representation  among  faculty.  In 
1989  alone,  students  protested  against  the 
presence  of  CIA  recruiters  on  campus  and 
the  unfair  labor  practices  of  ServiceMaster  (a 
housekeeping  management  corporation)  and 
took  to  the  streets  in  a  "Take  Back  the  Night 
March"  to  call  attention  to  women's  safety 
issues  on  campus. 

The  past  fifteen  years  have  also  seen  the 
rise  of  interdisciplinary  studies  at  Duke,  in 
keeping  with  a  national  trend.  The  first  grad- 
uate course  in  feminist  theory  was  taught  at 
Duke  in  1984,  a  time  when  the  new  Women's 
Studies  program  offered  only  a  handful  of 
courses  for  slightly  more  than  200  students. 
This  year  the  program  enrolled  more  than 
2,000  students  in  over  a  hundred  courses,  and 
in  February  it  was  awarded  three  tenure-track 
positions.  Tenure  lines  were  likewise  approved 
last  spring  for  the  African  and  African- 
American  Studies  Program,  which  has  seen 
similar  growth.  Both  programs  see  potential 
for  future  gains  with  the  advent  of  Cur- 
riculum 2000,  the  ambitious  new  curriculum 
that  emphasizes  broad  distribution  require- 
ments and  interdisciplinary  studies.  It  will 
take  effect  with  the  freshman  class  entering 
in  the  year  2000. 

As  scholarship  advanced,  administrators 
and  faculty  were  meanwhile  beginning  to 
address  a  growing  concern  about  campus  life. 
Spurred  on  by  a  1992  Founders'  Day  speech 
made  by  James  B.  Duke  Professor  of  English 


March -April  1999        23 


THE  DUKE  MAGAZINE  QUIZ 


I 


f  you  bunked,  you  might  have  missed  these 
stories  featured  over  the  last  fifteen  years  in 
the  pages  of  Duke  Magazine: 


1.  A  male  Trinity  sophomore  completely 
disrobed  "to  open  people's  minds"  about  nudity 
during  a  campus  discussion  of  what  1990 
controversy? 


2.  Who  penned  an  "avuncular  letter"  to  chide 
Duke  student  basketball  fans  for  unsportsman- 
like behavior? 

3.  Name  Duke  law  school's  third-most-famous 
graduate. 

4.  These  identical  triplets  excelled  as  scholarship 
athletes  in  what  NCAA  sport? 


5.  What  natural  disaster  frustrated  motorists 
along  Flowers  Drive  by  laying  waste  to 
several  hundred  feet  of  parking  in  1984? 

6.  Filmmakers  triggered  an  uproar  when  they 
constructed  a  set  for  what  scene  (from  a  best- 


Reynolds  Price  '55  (which  described  "a  pre- 
vailing cloud  of  indifference,  of  frequent  hos- 
tility to  a  thoughtful  life")  and  by  a  report 
by  Dean  of  the  Chapel  William  Willimon 
(on  the  "We  Work  Hard,  We  Play  Hard"  infor- 
mal undergraduate  motto),  the  university 
worked  over  the  next  five  years  to  implement 
changes  designed  to  foster  intellectual  growth 
among  undergraduates.  In  1993,  the  univer- 
sity strengthened  the  Duke  Student  Honor 
Commitment  by  adopting  an  academic  honor 
code  that  requires  undergraduates  to  report 
incidents  of  cheating.  In  1996,  the  university 
and  the  Inter-Fraternity  Council  adopted  a 
revised,  more  restrictive  alcohol  policy  in- 
tended to  curb  alcohol  abuse  on  campus.  The 
most  sweeping  of  these  changes,  however,  was 
a  new  residential  plan,  resulting  in  all  first- 
year  students  residing  on  East  Campus. 

As  the  university's  ambitions  have  grown, 
so  too  have  the  efforts  of  the  university  devel- 
opment office.  In  1989,  the  university  launched 
the  first  Campaign  for  Duke,  a  successful  uni- 
versity-wide drive  that  raised  more  than  $500 
million.  That  campaign,  which  incorporated 
an  earlier  campaign  to  raise  $200  million  for 
arts  and  sciences  and  the  school  of  engineer- 
ing, was  itself  a  precursor  of  the  university's 
current  campaign.  As  a  result  of  these  efforts, 
university  facilities  and  research  centers  are 
booming,  with  the  construction  of  the  San- 
ford  Institute  of  Public  Policy,  new  Edens  and 
East  Campus  dorms,  the  R.  David  Thomas 
Center  at  the  Fuqua  School  of  Business,  the 
completion  of  the  Asiatic  Arboretum,  the 
renovation  and  dedication  of  Lilly  Library, 
the  endowment  of  the  Nicholas  School  of  the 
Environment,  the  renovation  and  expansion 
of  East  Campus  Memorial  Gym  (renamed  for 
Keith  and  Brenda  Brodie),  and  the  construc- 
tion of  the  university's  largest  building,  the 


selling  novel  by  Margaret  Atwood)  in  front  of 
Duke  Chapel  in  1989? 

7.  In  1990,  gardens  workers  placed  a  half-ton 
granite  disk,  four  feet  in  diameter,  in  the 
Blomquist  Garden  of  Native  Plants  near  the 
Undergraduate  Admissions  house  to  commemo- 
rate the  discovery  of  what  site? 

8.  Fearing  it  would  ruin  his  chances  of  graduat- 
ing magna  cum  laude,  a  Duke  senior  threatened 
to  sue  the  university  in  1993  after  receiving  what 
grade  in  a  second-semester  English  course? 
(Extra-credit:  Name  the  student's  course  of 
study.) 

9.  A  sophomore  was  convicted  of  three  felonies 
after  a  botched  attempt  to  blow-up  what  West 
Campus  landmark  in  1994? 

10.  Name  the  popular  breakfast  treat  that  was 
Duke  Stores'  top-selling  item  in  1990,  with  about 
14,000  boxes  sold? 


Levine  Science  Research  Center.  The  last  fif- 
teen years  have  also  seen  the  creation  of  the 
Center  for  Documentary  Studies,  the  Com- 
munity Service  Center,  the  revitalized  Office 
of  Intercultural  Affairs,  the  Center  for  Les- 
bian, Gay,  and  Bisexual  Life,  and  the  Women's 
Center.  Ongoing  projects  include  the  Center 
for  Jewish  Life,  the  McGovern-Davison  Chil- 
dren's Health  Center,  the  Doris  Duke  Center 
for  Duke  Gardens,  the  Wilson  Student  Rec- 
reation Center,  the  Butters-Schwartz  Ath- 
letic Center,  and  the  Nasher  Museum  of  Art. 

What's  ahead  for  the  university?  "Duke  has 
achieved  a  great  deal  since  it  was  endowed  as 
a  university  by  James  B.  Duke  almost  seventy- 
five  years  ago,"  President  Keohane  told  a 
crowd  of  university  supporters  last  October. 
"We  believe  that  our  university  can  set  the 
standard  for  a  research  university  of  our  size 
and  purpose  in  the  coming  century." 

Duke  Magazine  will  be  there  to  cover  it. 


•sUELdoj  -oi 

^"fpips  uanv 'a:»gjo  s<-rejns!33a  3il  '6 

(■paui-ojd  qipajD-euxg)  --y    -g, 

•pmucd  m9f  aux     i 

*areLs.P?I"uPUI'H  3U 
ui  9U33S  uonnoaxa  ain  uioju  savojjeS  sujl    -9 

■oSeuiep  ui  uornrui  ujj  jsouire 

ui  Supjnsai  'pauado  ajou-^pns  a^n-Jajeja  y    *£ 

•STUU3J  s(uauiO/tt  paAejd 

06<  AuPH.O  P»Ed  P1"3  'aunsino  '"MX    "fr 

(isn  auj  doj  jjbjs  <p30mraM  puB  uoxifsj  pjeipry) 

'T66I  B3H3mV  SS!JV  'jumuj^  suoCib]^    •£ 

W61  ™  pjonres  ^"50,  luapjsMj    'Z 

,<-DDV3mJosP»„s<<c<*)'c>'Io[    "I 


CLASS 
NOTES 


WRITE:  Class  Notes  Editor,  Duke  Magazine, 
614  Chapel  Dr.,  Durham,  N.C.  27708-0570 

FAX:  (919)  681-1659  (typed  only,  please) 

E-MAIL:  dukemag@duke.edu 
Include  your  full 


CHANGE  OF  ADDRESS:  Alumni  Records, 
614  Chapel  Dr.  Annex,  Durham,  N.C.  27708-0613. 
Please  include  mailing  label.  Or  e-mail  address 
changes  to:  bluedevil@duke.edu 

NOTICE:  Because  of  the  volume  of  class 
note  material  we  receive  and  the  long 
lead  time  required  for  typesetting, 
design,  and  printing,  your  submission 
may  not  appear  for  two  to  three  issues. 
Alumni  are  urged  to  include  spouses' 
names  in  marriage  and  birth  announce- 


30s,  40s  &  50s 


H.  Townes  A.M.  '37,  Hon.  '66  was 
inducted  into  the  National  Academy  of  Engineering. 
He  is  a  professor  of  physics  at  the  University  of 
California  at  Berkeley. 


Kiely  '43  received  an  honorary 
doctorate  of  engineering  degree  from  Monmouth 
University  in  West  Long  Branch,  N.J.,  on  Oct.  14.  He 
has  been  a  trustee  since  1971  and  a  life  trustee  since 
1990.  He  is  chairman  of  the  board  at  Thomas  Procter, 
Inc.  He  and  his  wife,  Vi,  live  in  Rumson,  N.J. 

Catherine  Mayers  Walber'46  was  appointed 
director  of  Court  Appointed  Special  Advocates  (CASA) 
for  Rockland  County,  N.Y.  CASA  is  a  national  non- 
profit organization  that  trains  volunteers  to  investigate 
cases  of  child  abuse  and  neglect. 

Charles  G.  Monnett  Jr.  '47  was  awarded  the 
Lions  Club  International  Foundation's  Melvin  Jones 
Fellowship  for  humanitarian  service  by  the  Greens- 
boro, N.C,  Lions  Club. 

Robert  McFadden  '51,  J.D.  '54  was  honored  in 
September  by  the  York  County  Courthouse  in  York,  S.C, 
when  his  portrait  was  hung  on  one  of  its  walls. 

Clayton  W.  Lewis  '58,  senior  program  officer  at 
the  National  Endowment  for  the  Humanities  in 
Washington,  DC,  is  the  author  of  Battlegrounds  of 
Memory:  A  Memoir  of  Southern  Family,  published  by 
the  University  of  Georgia  Press. 

Tony  Marquis  B.S.E.  '58  retired  from  KeyCorp  after 
25  years  in  the  equipment  financing  business.  He  chairs 
the  Regional  Arts  and  Culture  Council  of  Portland, 
Ore.  He  and  his  wife,  Janice,  live  in  Lake  Oswego,  Ore. 


'60  is  an  i 
at  First  Presbyterian  Church  in  Kalamazoo,  Mich. 

Staley  M.  Gentry  '63  has  been  appointed  general 
manager  at  Equitable,  a  member  of  the  Global  AXA 
Group.  He  and  his  wife,  Christine,  and  their  four 
children  live  in  Raleigh,  N.C. 

'65  was  confirmed  as  the  first 


24      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


woman  to  preside  as  justice  of  a  division  of  the  First 
District  Court  of  Appeals.  She  heads  Division  5  in  San 
Francisco. 


'66,  M.B.A.  79  chairs  Growth 
Capital  Partners,  Inc.,  a  private  placement  company  in 
Houston  that  is  a  conduit  of  capital  for  oilfield  service 
companies.  He  lives  in  Spring,  Texas. 

Roger  A.  Bruhwel  '67,  M.A.T.  73,  who  teaches  at 
West  Charlotte  High  School,  was  honored  by  the  N.C. 
Council  of  Teachers  of  Mathematics  with  the  WW 
Rankin  Memorial  Award  for  excellence  in  mathematics 
education.  The  award  is  named  for  its  first  recipient, 
the  former  Duke  mathematics  professor. 

Deane  Corliss  B.S.N./R.N.  '67,  a  partner  at  Bradley 
Arant  Rose  &  White  LLP,  was  named  chair  of  the 
firm's  health  law  practice  group.  She  and  her  husband, 
David,  live  in  Birmingham,  Ala. 


:  C.  Hayes  '67  of  Concord,  N.C,  was  elected 
last  November  to  the  U.S.  Congress  from  the  8th 
District  in  North  Carolina. 


M.  Koerner  Ph.D.  '68,  a  professor  of  civil 
engineering  at  Dtexel  University  in  Philadelphia,  was 
inducted  into  the  National  Academy  of  Engineering. 

Donald  Poe  Jr.  '68  is  a  partner  of  Applied  Re- 
search Analysts,  a  customer  and  member  satisfaction 
research  company.  He  and  his  wife,  Susan,  live  in 
McLean,  Va. 


L.  Wiser  A.M.  '68,  Ph.D.  71  is  the  editor 
of  The  Collected  Works  of  Eric  Voegelin,  Volume  25, 
History  of  Political  Ideas,  Volume  5,  Religion  and  the  Rise 
of  Modernity,  published  by  the  University  of  Missouri 
Press.  He  is  vice  president  for  academic  affairs  at  the 
University  of  San  Francisco. 


'69,  a  researcher  in  the  environ- 
mental sciences  division  of  the  Department  of  Energy's 
Oak  Ridge  National  Laboratory,  participated  in  the 
1998  Science  Experts  Workshop  on  Mercury.  He  and 
his  wife,  Kay,  live  in  Kingston,  Tenn. 

Carol  R.  Withers  '69  is  division  vice  president  of 
information  technology  for  Foodmaker,  Inc.,  operator 
and  franchiser  of  Jack  in  the  Box  restaurants.  She  lives 
in  Solana  Beach,  Calif. 


J.  Russell  Phillips  71  is  a  senior  vice  president 
and  director  of  non-proprietary  mutual  funds  and 
annuities  at  Prudential  Investments.  He  recently  com- 
pleted the  GTE  Big  Ride  Across  America  (by  bicycle) 
for  the  American  Lung  Association.  He  lives  in 
Morristown,  N.J. 

Walter  L.  Sheffield  III  71  is  a  partner  at  Atlantic 
Capital  Management  LLC,  an  investment  advisory  firm 
in  Raleigh,  N.C,  affiliated  with  the  Frank  Russell  Co. 
He  and  his  wife,  Sarah,  and  theit  son  live  in  Cary,  N.C. 


I  V.  Hoverman  M.D.  72  has  been  named 
the  Texas  Society  of  Internal  Medicine's  Internist  of 
the  Year  for  her  service  to  the  practice  and  to  the 
medical  profession.  She  was  president  of  TSIM  in 
1990-91,  ptesident  of  TSIM's  Educational  Foundation 
board  of  directors  in  1996-97,  and  president-elect  of 
the  American  Society  of  Internal  Medicine  in  1997. 
Her  husband,  Russell  J.  Hoverman  M.D.  71,  is  a 
physician  with  a  private  practice  in  oncology  and 
hematology.  The  couple  lives  in  Austin. 


E.  Strobel  A.M.  72,  Ph.D.  75  was 
named  Furman  University's  William  M.  Burnett  chair 
in  history.  She  is  an  author  and  an  expert  on  women's 
issues.  She  lives  in  Greer,  S.C. 

Robert  D.  Peltz  73  joined  the  law  firm  Mcintosh, 
Sawran  &  Craven  as  the  pattnet  in  charge  of  the 
firm's  new  Miami  office. 


Katie  Sudduth  Clark  74, 

Jeopardy  in  October  and  November,  won  $7,600  and  a 
week  for  two  in  Lake  Tahoe.  She  is  a  choir  accompanist 
and  handbell  choir  director.  She  and  her  husband, 
Robert,  and  their  two  sons  live  in  Gastonia,  N.C. 


Connelly  74  is  running  for 
Congress  in  Maine.  He  will  face  state  Rep.  David  Ott 
in  the  Republican  primary.  He  and  his  wife,  Dianne, 
live  in  Biddeford. 


Pauley  Ml  74,  J.D.  77  was  confirmed  by 
the  U.S.  Senate  as  a  federal  judge  in  New  York's 
Southern  District.  He  lives  in  Garden  City,  N.Y. 

Dan  Neuharth  75  has  written  his  first  book,  I/You 
Had  Controlling  Parents:  How  to  Make  Peace  with  Your 
Past  and  Take  Your  Place  in  the  World,  published  by 
HarperCollins.  He  is  a  licensed  marriage,  family,  and 
child  counselor  in  the  San  Francisco  Bay  area. 

Deborah  Orrill  75  is  chairman  of  the  board  of 
The  American  Institute  of  Wine  &  Food,  a  nonprofit 
educational  organization  "dedicated  to  understanding 
and  celebrating  the  pleasures,  benefits,  and  traditions 
of  the  table."  She  lives  in  Dallas. 


G.  Richard  Wagoner  Jr.  75  has  been  named 
president  and  chief  operating  officet  of  General  Motors 
and  elected  to  GM's  board  of  directors.  He  will  lead 
the  new  GM  Automotive  Operations,  a  consolidation 
of  the  corporation's  Notth  American  and  international 
businesses.  He  was  an  executive  vice  president  and 
president  of  North  American  operations.  He  joined 
the  company  in  1977.  He  and  his  wife,  Kathleen 
Kaylor  Wagoner  77,  and  their  three  childten  live 
in  Birmingham,  Mich. 

James  I.  Anthony  Jr.  76  was  elected  to  the  cen- 
tral region  board  of  directors  of  Wachovia  Bank.  He 
and  his  wife,  Susan,  and  their  three  children  live  in 
Raleigh,  N.C. 

Anne  L.  Edwards  B.S.N.  76  relocated  her  plastic 

and  reconstructive  surgery  practice  to  Bon  Secours-St. 
Francis  Xavier  Hospital  in  Charleston,  S.C. 

Gloria  J.  Green  76,  who  earned  her  J.D.  at 
Georgetown  University  in  1979,  is  deputy  general 
counsel  to  the  Housing  Authority  of  Atlanta,  Ga. 


77  is  vice  president  of 
pubic  affairs  and  communications  for  Children's 
Television  Workshop.  She  earned  an  M.PA.  at  Har- 
vard University.  She  and  her  husband,  Owen,  live  in 
Bronxville,  N.Y. 

J.  Herbert  Waite  Ph.D.  77  was  named  Maxwell 
P  Harrington  professor  of  marine  studies  at  the 
University  of  Delaware  in  Newark,  Del. 

William  Anlyan  J.D.  78,  a  stockbroker  with  the 
Wilmington,  N.C,  office  of  J.C.  Bradford  and  Co.,  has 
joined  the  board  of  directors  at  the  Bank  of  Wilmington. 

Catharine  Drozdowski  79  is  a  senior  technical 
architect  for  EmeryWorldwide,  [nc.  She  and  her 
partner,  Wendy  Votroubek,  and  their  daughter  live 
in  Portland,  Ore.  Their  Internet  addtess  is  cidnwlv@ 
teleport.com. 


3fe  Buke 

in  pour 

totll? 


Traditionally,  bequests  have  been 

a  significant  source  of  Duke's 

financial  support.  Your  bequest  to 

Duke  will  help  to  ensure  Duke's 

continued  strength  and 

academic  excellence. 

High  federal  estate  tax  rates 

significandy  lower  the  cost  of 

making  a  bequest  to  Duke. 

Join  more  than  1,500  other  Duke 
alumni  and  friends  as  a  member 
of  the  Heritage  Society,  an  honor- 
ary circle  of  University  alumni  and 
friends  who  have  planned  an 
estate  gift  to  Duke. 


Please  contact: 

Michael  Sholtz,  J.D.,  Director 

Office  of  Planned  Giving 

2127  Campus  Drive 

Durham,  N.C.  27708 

(919)  681-0464 
(919)  684-2123 


March -April   1999        25 


79  is  a  managing  partner  of  Maveron 
Equity  Partners,  a  venture  capital  company  in  Seattle. 
He  and  his  wife,  Stacey,  live  in  Seattle. 

Gray  McCalley  J.D.  79  is  assistant  general  counsel 
of  Coca-Cola  Beverages,  a  publicly  held  Coca-Cola 
bottler  based  in  London. 


Stojiljkovic  Kidd  79  is  a  technical  support 
analyst  at  the  SAS  Institute.  She  and  her  husband, 
Kevin,  and  their  two  children  live  in  Raleigh,  N.C. 

John  A.  Wallace  Jr.  79  is  regional  vice  president 
of  BLC  Financial  Network.  He  and  his  wife,  Kaye,  live 
in  Charleston,  S.C. 


MARRIAGES:  Michael  J.  Berger78  to  Maria 
Hwang  on  Aug.  23.  Residence:  Beverly  Hills, 
Calif...Dan  Levitan  79  to  Stacey  Rae  Winston  on 
Nov.  7.  Residence:  Seattle. 

BIRTHS:  First  adoption  and  second  daughter  to 
Gloria  J.  Green  76.  Named  Jennifer  Kelley... Third 
child  and  son  to  Stephen  C.  Schoettmer  76, 
J.D.  '80,  M.B.A.  '80  and  Donna  Schoettmer  on  Sept. 
21.  Named  Michael  Andrew... Second  child  and  son  to 
Vesna  Stojiljkovic  Kidd  79  and  Kevin  Kidd  on 
Feb.  2, 1996.  Named  Ryan  William. 


Richard  Brasington  M.D.  '80  will  represent  the 
American  College  of  Rheumatology  in  the  first 
academic  rheumatology  exchange  program  with  the 
European  League  Against  Rheumatism.  He  is  an 
associate  professor  and  director  of  clinical  rheumatolo- 
gy at  Washington  University  School  of  Medicine  in  St. 
Louis. 

Michael-David  Kerns  'SO  is  a  Ph.D.  candidate 
in  human  development  and  lifespan  studies  and  a 
research  fellow  at  the  German  Center  for  Research 
on  Aging  at  the  University  of  Heidelberg.  His  wife, 

Bonnie  Roberts  Kerns  '80,  is  a  part-time 
research  assistant  at  the  University  of  Heidelberg. 

Kathryn  Reiss  '80  has  written  her  fourth  book  for 
young  adults,  Paperquake,  published  by  Harcourt  Brace 
&  Co.  She  and  her  husband,  Tom  Strychacz,  and  their 
three  children  live  in  Oakland,  Calif. 

Roland  Zimany  Ph.D.  '80  is  senior  pastor  of  Luther 
Memorial  Church  in  Des  Moines,  Iowa. 

Sally  Baker '81  is  assistant  director  of  news  and 
public  affairs  at  Harvard  University.  She  lives  in 
Cambridge,  Mass. 

Laura  Stager  Foulk  '81  is  a  senior  petrophysicist 
at  the  Petroleum  Technology  Center  in  Littleton, 
Colo.,  the  research  branch  of  Marathon  Oil.  She  and 
her  husband,  Cary,  and  their  two  children  live  in 
Golden,  Colo. 

Paul  Bishop  Jenkins  '81  was  named  a  "Top  Doc," 
according  to  the  November  1998  issue  ofhlew  Jersey 
Monthly.  The  magazine  reports  on  a  nationwide 
database  compiled  through  a  peer-review  method. 
He  chairs  the  anesthesia  department  at  St.  Peter's 
Medical  Center  in  New  Brunswick,  N.J. 

James  Vernon  Maniace  J.D.  '81  has  joined  the 
Columbus,  Ohio,  office  of  the  law  firm  Benesch, 
Friedlander,  Coplan  &  Aronoff  as  a  partner  in  the 
Real  Estate  Practice  Group. 

Donald  L.  Mooers  '81  is  executive  director  of 
The  Smile  Train,  a  new  initiative  for  Operation  Smile. 
The  not-for-profit  medical  services  organization  pro- 
vides free  reconstructive  facial  surgery  to  children  in 
the  United  States  and  abroad.  He  and  his  wife,  Magda, 
and  their  three  children  live  in  Long  Island,  N.Y. 


H.  Rosenfield  Jr.  '81  is  the  noon  and  six 
o'clock  anchor  and  correspondent  at  WCBS-TY  the 
CBS  flagship  station  in  New  York  City.  He  and  his 
wife,  Dana,  and  their  two  sons  moved  to  New  York 
from  Chicago,  where  he  had  spent  nine  years  as  week- 
end anchor  and  reporter  at  the  ABC  station,  WLS-TV 


retired  from  the 
Navy  after  17  years  of  service.  His  final  assignment  was 
command  duty  officer  for  the  commander  of  the  U.S. 
Pacific  fleet  in  Pearl  Harbor.  He  and  his  wife,  Cathy, 
live  in  Honolulu,  where  they  are  co-owners  of  Oahu 
Homebrew  and  Winemaking  Supply. 

Steven  Abert  B.S.E.  '82  is  an  emergency  medicine 
physician  at  North  Arundel  Emergency  Physicians  in 
Glen  Burnie,  Md.  He  and  his  wife,  Laura  Ingham 
Abert  '84,  and  their  two  children  live  in  Annapolis. 


Stecker:  on  the  fast  tn 
of  good  breeding 


Jane  Sikorski  Santinelli  82  completed  her 
master's  in  education  at  Harvard  University.  She  and 
her  husband,  Angelo,  and  their  three  children  live  in 
Sudbury,  Mass. 

Bernadette  Donovan-Merkert  '83  has  been 
named  one  of  nine  Henry  Dreyfus  Teacher-Scholars 
for  1998  by  the  Camille  and  Henry  Dreyfus  Foundation. 
She  holds  a  Ph.D  in  analytic  and  inorganic  chemistry 
and  is  an  associate  professor  of  chemistry  at  UNC- 
Charlotte. 


ie  T.  Doty  '83  is  senior  major  gifts  officer  for 
the  Metropolitan  Opera  Association  in  New  York  City. 


T.  Fair '83,  M.B.A.  '91  is  president  of 
BuyinGuide  Corp.,  a  consumer  information  provider. 
He  lives  in  Charleston,  S.C. 


RACING  THE  HOUNDS 


What  does  a 
retired  mili- 
tary man  do 
when  he  gets  "tired  of 
playing  golf  every 
day"?  Claude  Stecker 
B.S.E.  '52  just  changed 
his  sporting  prefer- 
ence: He  moved  to  Ft. 
Myers,  Florida,  and 
edged  into  the  grey- 
hound-racing scene. 

Since  the  late 
Seventies,  Stecker  and 
his  wife  have  owned 
and  operated  a  grey- 
hound-racing farm, 
where  they  breed  grey- 
hounds and  lease  them 
to  both  local  and  na- 
tional tracks.  Stecker's 
dogs  have  traveled  to 
some  of  the  most 
famous  tracks  in  the 
country — places 
where  even  he  has 
never  been. 
Although  Stecker 


only  takes  care  of  eight 
of  the  dogs  now,  his 
farm,  in  its  heyday, 
housed  450  grey- 
hounds. "It's  a  really 
thrilling  endeavor,"  he 
says.  "We  haven't  made 
much  money  at  it,  but 
we've  had  some  really 
famous  dogs." 

Indeed,  some  of  his 
dogs  have  become 
some  of  the  biggest 
contenders  at  large 
tracks.  Most  of  his 
greyhounds  are  named 
with  the  initials  "JCK," 
so  that  "everybody 
knows  they  come  from 
us."  Name  recognition 
is  important  in  a  field 
that  involves  develop- 
ing new  bloodlines  for 
the  racing  dogs.  "You 

try  to  get  familiar 

studs.  You  try  to  get 
the  traits  you  want  by 
distributing  genes,"  he 


explains.  "You  don't 
want  fighters  on  the 
track.  You  want  a  dog 
that's  smart,  that  picks 
its  way  through  the 
other  racers." 

Even  with  careful 
breeding,  Stecker  says, 
each  dog  develops  its 
own  running  charac- 
teristics. JCK  Digger 
Doo,  a  dog  that 
Stecker  says  won  many 
state  races,  had  an 
unusual  style:  "She 
loped  out  of  the  box 
and  looked  at  the 
crowd,  then  made  her 
move,"  he  recalls.  "It 
was  very  exciting — she 
always  won  in  the  last 
few  strides." 

Now  JCK  Digger 
Doo,  retired,  is  one  of 
the  greyhounds  that 
reside  on  Stecker's 
farm.  Although  retired 
greyhounds  once  faced 


uncertain  fates,  Stec- 
ker says  that  cases  of 


are  far  less  frequent 
than  in  the  past.  "The 
people  mistreating 
greyhounds  are  not  in 
the  business  anymore; 
they  were  ostracized. 
People  are  in  the  busi- 
ness now  because  they 
love  greyhounds,  and 
enjoy  associating  with 
them." 

Stecker  says  that  he 
has  become  more  and 
more  involved  with  his 
dogs,  which  he  calls 
"beautiful  animals." 
He  says  that  although 
his  wife  is  not  as  at- 
tached to  them,  "as 
long  as  I  breathe,  I'll 
have  greyhounds 
around." 

— Jaime  Levy  '01 


26      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


Douglas  E.  Waters  '83,  a  Navy  lieutenant  com- 
mander, completed  a  six-month  deployment  to  the 
Western  Pacific  and  Indian  oceans  and  Arabian  Gulf 
aboard  the  aircraft  carrier  L/SS  Abraham  Lincoln. 

Gail  Dunkel  Cawkwell  '84  is  a  pediatric  rheuma- 
tologist  and  an  assistant  professor  in  the  department 
of  pediatrics  at  the  University  of  South  Florida.  She 
and  her  husband,  Roger,  and  their  four  children  live 
in  St.  Petersburg. 

William  Keith  Davis  '84,  A.M.  '87  has  left  the 
U.S.  State  Department  to  join  the  Organization  for 
Economic  Cooperation  and  Development.  He  is  the 
deputy  director  for  public  affairs  for  OCED's  Washin- 
gton Center.  He  and  his  wife,  Anne  Richard,  and  their 
two  children  live  in  Bethesda,  Md. 


\  is  the  author  of  Reading  Public 
Opinion:  How  Public  Actors  View  r/ie  Democratic  Process, 
published  by  the  University  ot  Chicago  Press.  She  lives 
inPeekskill.N.Y. 

Loren  Brian  Mark  J.D  '84  was  promoted  to 
assistant  district  counsel  in  the  Los  Angeles  district 
counsel  office  of  the  IRS  Chief  Counsel.  He  was  the 
criminal  tax  specialist  and  senior  attorney  in  the 
IRS  Counsel  in  Omaha,  Neb.  He  and  his  partner, 
Steven,  live  in  Eagle  Rock,  Calif. 


:  was  promoted 
to  senior  editor  at  Reader's  Digest.  He  and  his  wife, 
physician  Carol  Kannen,  and  their  two  sons  live  in 
Yorktown  Heights,  N.Y. 

Delia  Schneider  Martin  '84  was  named  a  judge 
for  Microsoft's  Visual  FoxPro  Excellence  Awards.  She 
is  a  senior  research  associate  in  computer  science  at 
the  University  of  Tennessee.  She  and  her  husband, 
Mike,  and  their  daughter  live  in  Knoxville. 


Smit  '84  is  a  territory  manager  tor  Karl  Storz 
Endoscopy  in  New  England.  She  and  her  husband, 
James  Linsdell,  live  in  Boston. 


I  A.M.  '85,  Ph.D.  '88  is 
professor  of  history  and  chair  of  the  history  department 
at  Mars  Hill  College  in  Mars  Hill,  N.C.  Her  new 
book,  Short  of  the  Glory:  The  Fall  and  Redemption  of 
Edward  F.  Prichard  Jr.,  was  published  bv  the  University 
of  Kentucky. 

Todd  Outcalt  M.Div.  '85  has  had  two  books 
published,  Be/ore  You  Say  "I  Do"  (Putnam/Perigee) 
and  The  Best  Things  in  Life  Are  Free  (Health  Com- 
i,  Chicken  Soup  for  the  Soul  Books).  He 


John  M.  Owen  IV  'S5,  assistant  professor  of  gov- 
ernment and  foreign  affairs  at  the  University  of 
Virginia,  is  the  author  of  Liberal  Peace,  Liberal  War: 
American  Politics  and  International  Security,  published  by 
Cornell  University  Press.  He  and  his  wife.Trish,  and 
their  son  live  in  Charlottesville, Va. 


JZ  '86  relocated  to  the  London  office 
of  the  international  law  firm  Milbank,  Tweed,  Hadley 
&  McCloy. 


is  a  research  j 
professor  of  psychology  at  the  State  Univetsity  of  Ne 
York  at  Stony  Brook.  He  has  several  federal  grants  tc 
study  spouse  abuse.  He  and  his  wife,  Maria  V. 
Vanoni  '85,  live  in  Stony  Brook. 

Charles  Littleton  '86  is  a  researcher  at  Birbeck 
College,  University  of  London.  He  is  working  on 
a  project  to  put  the  complete  works  of  seventeenth- 
century  scientist  Robert  Boyle  on  the  Internet.  He 
and  his  wife,  Fiona  Kisby,  live  in  London. 


I  M.B.A.  '86  is  vice  president 
of  Carolina  Power  and  Light's  economic  development 
department.  She  lives  in  Cary,  N.C. 
Jill  C.  Greenwald  '87,  J.D.  '90  is  an  associate  with 


the  law  firm  Fried,  Frank,  Harris,  Shriver  &  Jacobson 
in  New  York  City. 

Karin  Krueger  '87  was  promoted  to  vice  president 
of  state  legislation  for  the  Motion  Picture  Association 
of  America.  She  and  her  husband,  Elan,  and  their 
daughter  live  in  Bethesda,  Md. 

Kathleen  L.  Nooney  '87  is  a  partner  at  the  law 
firm  Rudnick  &  Wolfe  in  Chicago,  where  she  practices 
environmental  law  and  litigation.  She  and  her  hus- 
band, John  A.  Coladarci,  and  their  son  live  in  River 
Forest,  111. 


is  a  lawyer  at  Hogan 
&  Harson.  She  and  her  husband,  Brad  Fagg,  and  their 
daughter  live  in  Washington,  D.C. 


th  '87,  M.D.  '91  has  joined  the  West 
Valley  Orthopedics  &  Sports  Medicine  Medical  Group 
in  West  Hills,  Calif.  He  and  his  wife,  Melissa,  live  in 
Calahusas,  Calif. 


Alec  J.  Schramm  Ph.D.  '87  is  a  theoretical  particle 
physicist  and  professor  at  Occidental  College.  His 
wife,  Laurel  Jeanine  Haines  Schramm  '92, 

completed  medical  school  at  UCLA  and  an  internship 
in  obstetrics  and  gynecology  at  Cedars-Sinai  Medical 
Center  in  Los  Angeles. 

John  Howard  Arundel  '88,  who  earned  his 
master's  at  Johns  Hopkins  School  of  Advanced 
International  Studies  in  Washington,  D.C,  is  a 
financial  consultant  with  Private  Client  Services  at 
Salomon  Smith  Barney  in  Washington.  He  and  his 
wife,  Christine  Dempsey,  live  in  Alexandria,  Va. 
Janice  Cohen  Beckmen  '88,  M.B.A.  '92  is  a 
vice  president  in  venture  capital  for  The  CIT  Group 
in  Livingston,  N.J.  Her  husband,  Jeff  Beckmen 
M.B.A.  '92,  is  an  institutional  bond  salesman  for 
Jefferies  &  Co.  in  New  York  City.  The  couple  and 
their  daughter  live  in  Summit,  N.J. 

Mark  Gerard  Califano  J.D.  '88  is  an  assistant  U.S. 
attorney  in  the  district  of  Connecticut  in  Bridgeport. 

John  Mark  Meiggs  B.S.E.E.  '88  works  for 

Mitsubishi  Semiconductor.  He  and  his  wife,  Christie 
Leigh  Sparrow,  live  in  Rougemont,  N.C. 

Carol  Lynn  Calomiris  '89  is  a  partner  at  her 
law  firm,  Calomiris  &  Calomiris  in  Bethesda,  Md. 
She  and  her  husband,  George  Edmunds  Jr.,  live  in 
Washington,  D.C. 

Christa  McGill  A.M.  '88,  J.D.  '88,  Ph.D.  '98 
received  a  fellowship  for  the  1998-99  academic  year 
from  the  American  Association  of  University  Women 
Educational  Foundation.  She  lives  in  Durham. 


StaiT  '88  is  the  regional  directot  of 
and  registered  principal  tor  Sagemark 
Consulting,  a  member  of  the  Lincoln  Financial  Group. 
He  and  his  wife,  Alie  Scholes,  and  their  two  children 
live  in  Kansas  City,  Mo. 

Thomas  A.  Balsbaugh  '89  joined  Jefferson 
HealthCARE-Chestnut  Hill,  a  new  Thomas  Jefferson 
University  Hospital  family  medicine  satellite  in 
Philadelphia.  He  is  a  clinical  instructor  of  family 
medicine  at  Jefferson  Medical  College  of  Thomas 
Jefferson  University.  He  lives  in  Haverford,  Pa. 

Greg  Carter '89  was  named  to  the  faculty  at 
Cornish  College  of  Arts  in  Seattle,  where  he  is  also 
technical  director.  He  holds  the  same  position  at 
Book-It  Repertory  Theatre.  He  lives  in  Seattle. 

David  Lawrence  Green  '89,  who  earned  his  law 
degree  at  Emory  University,  is  a  staff  lawyer  with  the 
Federal  Aviation  Administration.  He  and  his  wife, 
Laura,  live  in  Atlanta. 

Robert  R.  MacDonald  III  '89  is  completing  a  res- 
idency in  otolaryngology,  head,  and  neck  surgery,  at 


SITE 
SIGHTINGS 


DUKE  ALUMNI  ASSOCIATION 
NEW:  www.DukeAlumni.com 


DUKE  MAGAZINE  WEB  EDITION 
www.dukemagazine. 


aga 
du 


duke.ei 

DUKE  SPORTS 
www.goDuke.com 

DUKE  MERCHANDISE 

www.shopdukestores. 

duke.edu 


ALUMNI  E-MAIL  DIRECTORY 

The  Duke  Alumni  Association's  search- 
able online  e-mail  directory  is  up  and 
running.  Now  you  can  find  your  Duke 
friends  on  the  World  Wide  Web.  Just  access 
the  DAA  website  (www.alumni.duke.edu), 
where  you  can  look  up  the  e-mail  ad- 
dresses of  your  classmates.  And  don't 
forget  to  register  yourself  in  the  directory 
by  e -mailing  your  name  and  class  year  to 
AlumEmail@duke.edu.  THIS  IS  A 
FREE  SERVICE. 

LIFETIME  E-MAIL  ADDRESS 

Another  free  service  we're  offering  is  your 
own  permanent  Duke  e-mail  address,  one 
you  can  keep  for  the  rest  of  your  life. 
Select  your  own  alias,  as  long  as  it  is  a 
form  of  your  name  (for  example,  jane.doe 
@  alumni.duke.edu).  Just  e-mail  your- 
name,  class  year,  and  alias  request  to 
AlumEmail  (2duke.edu.  Your  alias  will 
be  verified  with  an  e-mail  message.  This 
forwarding  service  does  not  replace  your 
existing  Internet  Service  Provider  (ISP), 
and  you'll  need  to  update  us  whenever 
you  change  ISPs. 


March -April    1999        27 


Washington  University's  medical  school  in  St.  Louis. 
Jackie  Escano  Perry  '89  is  a  counselor  at 

Counseling  and  Psychology  Resources  in  Hickory, 

N.C.  Her  husband,  John  W.  Perry  B.S.E.  '89,  is  a 

manager  with  Century  Furniture  in  Hickory. 


L.  Pollitt  '89,  a  Navy  lieutenant, 
recently  completed  a  six-month  deployment  to  the 
Mediterranean  Sea  aboard  the  destroyer  (JSS  Stump. 

Carlos  E.  Roscoe  '89,  who  earned  his  M.B.A.  at 
the  University  of  Virginia,  works  for  Kimberly-Clark 
Corp.  in  Neenah.Wis. 

Laura  Zavelson-Cox  '89  is  a  manager  of  business 
development  for  the  Guidant  Corp.  in  Santa  Clara, 
Calif.  She  and  her  husband.William,  live  in  Palo  Alto, 
Calif. 

Jennifer  Kahn  Zeidman  '89  has  been  named 
executive  producer  of  CNN's  Crossfire  in  Washington, 
D.C. 


MARRIAGES:  Juliana  Smit  B.S.N.  '84  to  James 
Linsdell  on  Sept.  26.  Residence:  Boston.. .John 
Howard  Arundel  '88  to  Christine  Dempsey  on 
Nov.  4.  Residence:  Alexandria, Va.... Mark  Gerard 
Califano  J.D.  '88  to  Margery  Feinzig  on  Nov.  15... 
John  Mark  Meiggs  B.S.E.E.  '88  to  Christie  Leigh 
Sparrow  on  Oct.  24.  Residence:  Rougemont,  N.C... 
Carol  Lynn  Calomiris  '89  to  George  William 
Edmunds  Jr.  on  Oct.  24-  Residence:  Washington,  DC... 
David  Lawrence  Green  '89  to  Laura  Ellen  on 
Nov.  7.  Residence:  Atlanta.. .Laura  Zavelson  '89  to 
William  D.  Cox  on  Oct.  24.  Residence:  Palo  Alto,  Calif. 

BIRTHS:  Second  child  and  first  daughter  to  Laura 
Stager  Foulk'81  and  Cary  Foulk  on  Sept.  18. 
N'.iaieJ  I  Mi  Eli:,  ilvth...  Twins,  first  son  and  daughter, 
to  Pia  Beate  Frost  Natoli  '81  and  John  P  Natoli 
Jr.  on  Feb.  26, 1998.  Named  John  R  III  and  Gabriella 
Maia... Fourth  child  and  daughter  to  Gail  Dunkel 
Cawkwell  '84  and  Roger  Cawkwell  on  Oct.  20 
Named  Rebecca  Gabrielle... First  child  and  son  to 
Marie  Lee  Marchesseault  B.S.E.E.  85  and 
Robert  Marchesseault  on  Aug.  8.  Named  Benjamin 
Jian-An.. .Second  child  and  first  son  to  Elizabeth 
Moody  Kunetz'86  and  William  Kunetz  on  Oct.  15. 
Named  Michael  William. ..First  child  and  son  to 
Kathleen  L.  Nooney  '87  and  John  A.  Coladarci 
on  Nov.  23, 1997.  Named  John  Nooney  "Jack" 
Coladarci.. .First  child  and  daughter  to  Eva  Herbst 
Davis  '87  and  Rich  Davis  on  July  29.  Named 
Alexandra  Mariah... First  son  to  Lee  DePalma 
Dorsey  '87  and  Patrick  Dorsey  on  Aug.  26.  Named 
Nicholas  Seybold... Third  child  and  son  to  Karen 
Klein  Herbst  '87,  Ph.D.  '90  and  Richard 
Frederick  Herbst  B.S.E.  '88  on  Nov.  19.  Named 
William  Frederick.. .First  child  and  daughter  to  Mary 
Elizabeth  Peters  '87  and  Brad  Fagg  on  Aug.  24. 
Named  Kathryn  Elizabeth...  First  child  and  son  to 
Alec  J.  Schramm  Ph.D.  '87  and  Laurel  Jeanine 
Haines  Schramm  '92  on  Aug.  27.  Named  Eitan 
Efrayim... Second  child  and  first  son  to  James  Philip 
Starr '88  and  Alie  Scholes  on  Oct.  26.  Named  Ethan 
James.. .Second  child  and  first  son  to  Jackie 

Escano  Perry  '89  and  John  W.  Perry  B.S.E.  '89 
on  April  14, 1997.  Named  Alexander  William. 


Thomas  Kerk  Burnet  B.S.E.  '90,  Ph.D.  '98 
began  a  three-year  Mennonite  Central  Committee 
assignment  in  Burkina  Faso.  He  and  his  wife,  Colleen, 
will  be  working  in  community  development  and 

water  resources. 


5.S.E.  '90,  who  earned  his 
master's  in  engineering  management  at  Washington 


28      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


1999 


DUKE       ALUMNI       ASSOCIATION 

Laucational  Adventure 


Wings  Over  the  OKavango  Safari 

April  24  -  May  8 

Approx.  $7,280  per  person 

TPxplore  "undiscovered"  Africa  in  her 

Itlmost  prolific  toe  preserves  —  Chobe 

National  Park,  the  Okavango  Delta  and 

Moremi  Wlldlire  Reserve,  Victoria  Falls 

and  the  Zambezi  River. 

Legendary  Passage 

May  26  -  June  7 

approx.  $3,295  per  person 

Journey  to  Lucerne,  Switzerland,  to 
Strasbourg,  France,  where  you  will 
embark  the  M.S.  Erasmus,  one  or 
Europe's  finest  "floating  hotels."  Cruise 
along  the  Rhine  between  Strasbourg  and 
Dusseldorf,  and  along  the  Moselle  from 
Koblenz  to  medieval  Cochem. 

Changing  Tides  of  History:  Cruising 
the  Baltic  Sea  Countries 

June  4  -  June  17 

Approx.  $3,395  per  person 

Spend  twelve  days  in  the  enchanting 
"white  nights"  of  the  Baltic  Sea  region 
cruising  aboard  the  nimble  expeditionary 
vessel  M.  V.  Kristina  Regina.    From  the 
architectural  gem  that  is  Helisinki,  cruise 
to  St.  Petersburg  as  well  as  Estonia, 
Latvia,  Russia,  Poland,  Germany,  and 
Copenhagen. 


July  6  -  20 

approx.:  $4,495  per  person 

Spend  three  nights  exploring  Paris.  Board 
the  high-speed  TGV  train  for  Avignon 
to  embark  the  elegant  M.S.  Cezanne. 
Journey  to  Aries  and  to  the  French 
Riviera. Travel  to  the  Renaissance  city  of 
Florence  and  on  to  Rome. 

Alaskan  Wilderness  and  Voyage  of 
the  Glaciers 

AUGUST   1    -   13  . 

APPROX.  $2,795  PER  PERSON 

The  combination  of  passage  aboard  the 
four-star  deluxe  M.S.  Noordam  and  the 


luxury  of  the  McKinleu  Explorer's  glass 
domed  rail  cars  provide  maximum  comfort 
and  the  best  possible  vantage  to  view  the 
stunning  Alaskan  landscape. 

Cotes  Du  Rhone  Passage 

september  7  -  20 

Approx.  $3,695  per  person 

Paris,  the  "City  of  Light;"  Cannes,  the 
French  Riviera's  sparkling  jewel;  leg- 
endary Provence:  and  Burgundy,  land  of 
some  of  the  world's  finest  wines;  and  you 
have  a  fabulous  trip  to  France. 

Exotic  India  with  the  Palace  on 


October  9  -  November  2 
Approx.  $6,300  per  person 

Travel  aboard  the  Palace  on  Wheels  train, 
used  by  maharajas  to  crisscross  the  desert 
of  Rajastan.    Your  adventures  include 
Moghul  capitals  of  Delhi,  Agra  with  the 
Taj  Mahal,  the  "Pink  City"  of  Jaipur,  and 
National  Park,  home  to  endangered  wildlife. 


November  4-14 
Approx.  $2,695  per  i 

Turkey  is  a  country  that  spans  two  conti- 
nents, has  a  history  that  covers  more 
than  10,000  years,  and  offers  endless 
opportunities  to  sample  different  cultures 
in  one  country.    The  tour  begins  in  the 
imperial  city  of  Istanbul  and  visits 
Cappadocia,  Antalya,  Izmir,  and  their  sur- 
rounding treasures,  including  Ephesus. 


Alumni  Colleges 


East  Meets  West:  Exploring 
Integrative  Medicine 

may  5  -  7,  duke  university 
Approx.  $275  per  person 

Many  alternative  medical  techniques, 
such  as  acupuncture  and  meditation, 
are  derived  from  ancient  Eastern  tradi- 
tions, and  are  now  being  incorporated  into 
mainstream  Western  medicine.  Learn  how 
faculty  at  Duke  Medical  Center  are  work- 
ing to  combine  the  best  of  both  worlds. 


Our  Changing  Coastline:  Planning  for    Voyage  to  the  Lands  of  Gods 
the  Future  of  Our  Barrier  Islands 

MAY  21   -  23 

Duke  Marine  Lab,  Beaufort,  NC 

APPROX.   $275  PER   PERSON 

Come  explore  trie  forces,  both  natural 
ana  human-induced,  that  shape  our 
nation's  coastline.    Orrin  Pilkey,  an 
internationally  known  expert  on  coastal 
processes,  ana  Mike  Orhach,  director  or 
the  Duke  Marine  Laboratory,  will  be  your 
guides  for  this  timely  subject. 


June  22  -  July  4 

greece.  aegean  islands.  turkey 

From  $4,495  per  adult  and  $1 ,995  per  child 

This  summer  you  and  your  family  can 
explore  the  ancient  world  of  the  Mediter- 


ranean on  the  Clclia  II,  an  all-suite,  private 
yacht.  Youth  education  experts  will  be  on 


Nature,  God,  and  Art:  Images  of 
Mature  in  American  Art  and  Poetry 

NOVEMBER  5  •  7,   WAYNESVILLE,   NC 
TUITION:   APPROX.  $175  PER   PERSON. 
LODGING/MEALS:  FROM  $240 /COUPLE  PER  DAY. 

Come  explore  the  various  experiences 
or  nature  in  art  by  delving  into  great 
American  poetry,  music,  and  painting, 
led  by  popular  Duke  professor  William  H. 
Willimon,  Dean  of  the  Chapel  and  professor 
or  Christian  ministry.  Stay  at  The  Swag,  a 
four-star  mountaintop  inn  called  "the  Ritz- 
Carlton  gone  rustic"  by  Southern  Living. 

Alumni  Colleges  Abroad 

Alumni  College  in  Greece 

MAY  25  -  JUNE  3 
$2,295  PER  PERSON 

Immerse  yourself  in  the  beauty  and  unique- 
ness of  Greek  island  life  as  you  spend  time 
on  Poros,  located  among  the  spectacular 
Saronic  Gulf  islands,  less  than  an  hour  from 
Athens.  Diskin  Clav,  professor  of  classical 
studies  at  Duke,  will  lead  you  in  a  stimulating 
discussion  ot  Greek  art,  myth,  and  history. 

Alumni  College  in  Spain 

JUNE  7-15,  UBEDA,  SPAIN 

$2,195  PER  PERSON       

Step  back  in  time 
to  the  Middle 
Ages  as  you  join 
Seymour  Mauskopf 
of  Duke's  depart- 
ment of  history  on 
a  learning  adven- 
ture to  Spain's 
lovely  Andalucia 
region,  with  its 
vibrant  Moorish 
history  and  culture. 


Exploring  the  Art  and  Culture 

of  the  Netherlands 

JUNE  21    -  JULY  3 

APPROX.  $2,700  PER  PERSON 

The  Netherlands  has  more  art  per  square 
mile  than  any  other  country.  Led  by 
Hans  Van  Miegrot  of  Duke's  art  history 
department,  you'll  learn  about  her  art, 
architecture,  and  rich  cultural  legacy  as 
you  spend  six  days  in  Amsterdam,  and  six 
days  in  the  historic  city  of  Ghent,  famous 
for  its  medieval  dwellings  and  castles. 


s> 


board  to  lead  special  activities  £ 
pie  of  all  ages, 
while  adults 
will  be  able  to 
attend  stimu- 
lating lectures 
Ly  Peter 
Burian  of 
Duke's  depart 
ment  of  ckissi 
cal  studies. 

The  Oxford  Experience 

September  5-18 

The  University  of  Oxford,  England 

$3, 1 50  per  person 

Immerse  yourself  in  centuries-old  tradi- 
tions of  learning  and  community,  study 
in  small  groups  with  Oxford  faculty,  explore 
the  English  countryside,  and  visit  fascinat- 
ing historic  landmarks. 

Alumni  College  in  Ireland 

September  22  -  30,  County  Clare.  Ireland 
$2,295  per  person 

From  awe-inspiring  seaside  vistas  to  fasci- 
nating Celtic  history,  discover  a  world  of 
lush  green  hills  and  ancient  monuments. 
Join  Michael  Valdez  Moses  of  Duke's 
English  department  as  you  explore  the  Irish 
countryside  and  discuss  Irish  literature. 

Summer  Academy 

June  -  August,  Salter  Path.  NC 

APPROX.  $495  ■  $695  PER  PERSON 

Join  us  at  the  Trinity  Center  on  the  North 
Carolina  coast  for  a  variety  of   programs 
offering  dynamic,  interactive  instruction  in  a 
retreat  atmosphere.  All  programs  include 
single  or  double  accommodations  and  meals. 

20th  Annual  Duke  University 

Writers'  Workshop 


The  Heart  ot  It:  Researching  and 
Writing  Memoir  and  Family  Oral  History 


Finding  Your  Voice:  A  Creativity 
I  Retreat  lor 


Strictly  for  Beginners: 

A  Creative  Writing  Workshop 

August 

C'est  si  bon:  Fine  Wine  Appreciation 

August 

Coastal  Ecology  Workshop 


I 


August 


For  detaded  brochures  on  these  programs 
listed  below,  please  return  this  form,  appro- 
priately marked,  to  : 
Duke  Educational  Adventures 
614  Chapel  Drive,  Durham,  NC  27708 
or  fax  to:  (919)  684-6022 


STATE  ZIP 

Duke  Travel 

Q  Wings  Over  the  Okavango  Safari 

□  Legendary  Passage 

Q  Changing  Tides  of  History: 

Cruising  the  Baltic  Sea  Countries 

□  Magnificent  Passage 

Q  Alaskan  Wilderness  and  Voyage  of  the 

Glaciers 
3   Cotes  Du  Rhone  Passage 
—I   Exotic  India  with  the  Palace  on  Wheels 
—I   Imperial  Turkey 
Alumni  Colleges 
G   East  Meets  West:  Exploring  Integrative 

Medicine 

□  Our  Changing  Coastline:  Planning  for 
the  Future  of  Our  Barrier  Islands 

Q   Nature,  God,  and  Art:  Images  of 
Nature  in  American  Art  and  Poetry 

Alumni  Colleges  Abroad 

Q  Alumni  College  in  Greece 

_J  Alumni  College  in  Spain 

Q  Voyage  to  the  Lands  of  Gods  and  Heroes 

Q   Exploring  the  Art  and  Culture  of  the 
Netherlands 

Q  The  Oxford  Experience 

□  Alumni  College  in  Ireland 
Q   Summer  Academy 

□  20th  Annual  Duke  University 
Writers'  Wjrkshop 

□  The  Heart  of  It:  Writing  Memoir  and 
Family  Oral  History 

Q   Finding  Your  Voice:  A  Creativity 
Workshop  and  Retreat  for  Women 

□  Strictly  for  Beginners:  A  Creative 
Writing  Workshop 

□  C'est  si  bon:  Fine  Wine  Appreciation 

□  Coastal  Ecology  Workshop 


State  University,  is  a  mechanical  engineer  at  Meta- 
wave  Communications  Corp.  in  Redmond,  Wash.  He 
and  his  wife,  Stacey,  live  in  Bellevue,  Wash. 

Lee  Folger  M.B.A.  '90  is  the  publisher  of  Baseball 
America,  a  leading  sports  newspaper.  He  and  his  wife, 
Jill,  live  in  Chapel  Hill,  N.C. 

David  Edmund  Lees  M.B.A.  '90,  a  senior  financial 

counselor  for  Ernst  & Young  in  Philadelphia,  i-  .iKo  an 
adjunct  professor  in  Villanova  University's  commerce 
and  finance  department,  where  he  has  taught  courses 


in  portfolio  management  and  equity  markets  since 
1996.  In  September,  he  was  named  to  Worth  magazine's 
list  of  Top  300  Financial  Advisers  in  the  United  States 
for  1998. 


'90,  M.B.A.  '94  is  marketing 
manager  for  Dreyer's  Grand  Ice  Cream.  Her  husband, 
Oren  Chaim  Lewin  '90,  works  for  Clorox.  The 

couple  and  their  son  live  in  Oakland,  Calif. 

Joey  Tull  Nord  '90  is  director  of  analyst  relations 
for  Nortel  Networks,  a  global  telecommu 


FOLLOWING  THE  BOUNCING  BALL 


With  a  packed 
audience 
watching 
htm  play  on  center 
court  at  the  Australian 
Open  in  January,  Geoff 
Grant  '92  faced  off 
against  Mark  Philip- 
poussis,  the  fourteenth' 
ranked  men's  tennis 
player  in  the  world 
and  the  second  in  Aus- 
tralia. Grant,  ranked 
110th  and  playing  for 
the  first  time  as  part  of 
the  main  draw,  says  the 
transition  from  playing 
primarily  at  100-spec- 
tator  venues  to  being 
"thrown  into  an  atmo> 
sphere  with  15,000  peo- 
pie  cheering  against 
you"  was  an  education, 
if  not  an  easy  one. 

"It  was  the  biggest 
crowd  I've  ever  played 
in  front  of,"  he  says  of 
his  performance.  "Next 
time,  I'll  be  more  pre- 
pared for  that  atmo- 
sphere." 

Grant's  stint  in  the 
Australian  Open  may 
have  been  short — he 
lost  in  the  first  round 
in  both  singles  and 
doubles — but  he  says 
the  experience  was  in- 
valuable. "To  be  able  to 
compare  myself  to  the 
best  players  in  the 
world — no  one  can 
teach  you  that." 

It  had  been  a  steep 
climb  for  Grant  from 
Duke,  where  he  was 
captain  of  the  tennis 
team,  to  the  Australian 
Open.  Few  professional 
tennis  players,  he  says, 
actually  complete  col- 
lege; that  put  him  a  few 
years  behind  other  pros 
when  he  graduated. 

The  undergraduate 
years  can  "set  you  back 
because  you  have  ac- 
tivities other  than  just 
improving  your  ten- 


BB8M 


world  and  playing 
center  court,  I'd  rather 
do  that." 

In  1995,  he  says,  he 
"rededicated"  himself 
to  the  game  and  found 
people  to  invest  in  his 
career.  This  enabled 
him  to  pay  travel  costs 
of  $35,000  to  $40,000 
a  year  to  get  from  tour- 


Grant:  courting  the  peripatetic  life 


nis,"  he  observes.  But, 
"At  eighteen,  I  was  not 
big  enough,  strong 
enough,  or  mentally 
ready  to  start  with  es- 
tablished pros.  School 
helped  me  grow  and 
develop  my  game.  I 
always  wanted  the 
security  of  having  my 
education  behind  me; 
I  didn't  want  to  be  on 
the  pro  tour  while  I 
was  eighteen." 


After  graduation, 
Grant  played  profes- 
sionally for  two  years, 
then  took  some  time 
off.  "Other  Duke  grads 
were  getting  ahead  of 
me.  I  felt  ther 


and  see  what  the  real 
world  held  for  me." 
After  nine  months, 
Grant  says,  "I  realized 
that  if  I  could  make  a 
living  traveling  the 


"Now  I  am  at  a  point 
where  prize  money 
pays  for  expenses.  It's 
nice  to  be  in  that  posi- 
tion, but  it  took  a  long 
time  to  get  there." 

Grant's  schedule 
includes  about  260 
days  a  year  on  the 
road.  Although  he 
admits  to  burning  out 
emotionally  once  in  a 
while,  he  says  the  trav- 
eling is  one  of  his 
favorite  parts  of  profes- 
sional tennis.  He  has 
visited  cities  through- 
out the  United  States 
and  as  far  away  as 
Australia  and  China. 
But  he  says  the  best 
part  of  his  job  is  the 
competition. 

"It  is  so  much  fan  to 
play  in  front  of  a  big 
crowd.  There  is  such  a 
rush,  a  thrill,  when 
you  hit  a  shot  and  the 
crowd  goes  crazy.  All 
the  attention  is  on  you 
and  one  other  guy.  You 
will  never  be  able  to 
create  that  kind  of 
excitement  unless  you 
become  a  rock  star." 

— Jaime  Levy  '01 


working  firm.  She  and  her  husband,  Peter  G.  Nord 

'91,  M.B.A.  '95,  and  their  daughter  live  in  Atlanta. 

Jason  Scott  '90,  chief  operating  officer  for  Tog- 
glethis,  was  selected  to  participate  in  the  Rockefeller 
Foundation's  two-year  Next  Generation  Leadership 
program.  He  lives  in  New  York  Ciry. 

Jane  McCabe  Zeender  B.S.E.  '90  sells  medical 
devices  for  Ethicon  Endo-Surgery,  a  division  of 
Johnson  &  Johnson.  She  and  her  husband,  Florian, 
live  in  Anchorage,  Alaska. 

Daniel  Yehuda  Zohar  '90  has  left  the  law  firm 
Paul,  Hastings,  Janofsky  &  Walker  to  start  his  own 
litigation  firm,  Lee  &  Zohar,  in  Los  Angeles.  He  and 
his  wife,  Kimberly,  live  in  Los  Angeles.  Their  Internet 
address  is:  dyz@lzlaw.com 

Calvin  B.  Bennett  J.D.  '91  opened  his  own  law 
firm  in  Raleigh,  N.C. 

Lisa  M.  Cartwright  B.S.E.  '91,  a  Navy  lieutenant, 

reported  for  duty  at  Naval  Medical  Center  in 
Portsmouth,  Va. 

Derek  K.  Fry  '91,  a  Navy  lieutenant,  completed  a 
six-month  deployment  to  the  Mediterranean  Sea  and 
Arabian  Gulf  aboard  the  aircraft  carrier  USS  Dwight 
D.  Eisenhower. 


■J.D. '91  is  the  senior 
attorney  at  Worldspan,  owned  by  Delta  Airlines, 
Northwest  Airlines,  and  TWA.  She  and  her  husband, 
Daniel,  and  their  two  sons  live  in  Atlanta. 

Anthony  Mark  Sease  B.S.E.  '91  earned  his  mas- 
ter's in  architecture  at  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute  in 
Blacksburg.Va. 

Stanford  Maxwell  Brown  '92  was  named  Gifted 
Teacher  of  the  Year  by  the  Bibb  County  Supporters  of 
the  Gifted  in  Macon,  Ga.  He  teaches  history  in  the 
gifted  and  international  baccalaureate  programs  at 
Macon's  Central  High  School. 

Susan  Hatch  Corry  '92  has  joined  the  University  of 
California  at  Berkeley's  development  staff  as  a  principal 
editor.  She  and  her  husband  live  in  Marin  County,  Calif. 

David  Fuquea  A.M.  '92,  a  Marine  lieutenant 
colonel,  completed  a  six-month  deployment  to  the 
Mediterranean  Sea  and  Arabian  Gulf  with  the  22nd 
Marine  Expeditionary  Unit. 

Jason  Reams  Jordan  '92  is  a  consultant  on 
telecommunications  and  information  technology  with 
Renaissance  Worldwide,  a  management  and  IT  ser- 
vices firm.  He  received  an  M.B.A.  from  the  University 
of  Virginia.  He  and  his  wife,  Liza  Norton,  live  in 
McLean,  Va. 

David  Christopher  Kwee  '92,  who  earned  his 
M.D.  at  the  Medical  College  ofVirginia  in  Richmond 
in  May,  has  begun  a  residency  in  pediatrics  there.  His 
wife,  Lydia  Coulter-Kwee  '94,  who  earned  her 
master's  in  cell  and  molecular  biology  at  Baylor 
College  of  Medicine  in  1996,  works  as  an  outreach 
educator  at  the  Science  Museum  ofVirginia. 

James  V.  Lawler  B.S.E.  '92,  a  Marine  lieutenant, 
completed  a  beach  clean-up  project  in  Okinawa, 
Japan,  as  part  of  the  Unit  Deployment  Program. 

Judy  Miaw-Tyy  Lin  '92  is  an  associate  in  the 
corporate  section  of  the  Richmond  office  of  Williams, 
Mullen,  Christian  &  Dobbins.  She  earned  her  law 
degree  in  1997  at  the  TC.  Williams  School  of  Law 
and  her  M.B.A.  at  the  Richard  Reynolds  School  of 
Business,  both  at  the  University  of  Richmond.  She  is  a 
former  judicial  clerk  for  the  4th  Judicial  Circuit  of  the 
Norfolk  Court. 

Sara  Louise  Porter  '92  works  for  the  Southern 
Piedmont  chapter  of  the  Alzheimer's  Association.  She 
and  her  husband,  David  Martin  III,  live  in  Charlotte. 


30      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


Eric  A.  Stach  '92,  who  earned  his  Ph.D.  in  materials 
science  and  engineering  at  the  University  ofVirginia, 
is  a  member  of  the  scientific  staff  at  the  Lawrence 
Berkeley  National  Lab  in  Berkeley,  Calif. 

Heather  Lynne  Wister  '92,  who  earned  her 
M.B.A.  at  Harvard  Business  School,  is  an  associate  in 
the  Private  Client  Group  of  J.E  Morgan.  She  and  her 
husband,  Lou  Fouts,  live  in  New  York  City. 

George  D.  Brickhouse  III  '93,  a  Navy  lieutenant, 
completed  a  six-month  deployment  to  the  Mediter- 
ranean Sea  and  Arabian  Gulf  aboard  the  aircraft 
carrier  USS  Dwight  D.  Eisenhower. 

William  H.  Carter  '93  received  the  Samuel  Forrest 
Hyde  Memorial  Fellowship  and  a  William  Shermet 
Award  at  the  University  of  Virginia's  Darden  Graduate 

School  of  Business  Administration. 


D.  Eginton  M.B.A.  '93  is  vice  president 
of  corporate  development  for  AMETEK,  Inc.  He  and 
his  wife,  Kathlen,  live  in  West  Chester,  Pa. 

Alexandra  Eve  Goldsmith  '93  is  an  art  director 

at  Ogilvy  &  Mather.  She  and  her  husband,  Daniel 
Fallon,  live  in  New  York  City. 

Paul  Matthew  Wallace  A.M.  '93,  Ph.D.  '96  is  an 

assistant  professor  of  physics  at  Berry  College  in 
Mount  Berry,  Ga.  He  and  his  wife,  Elizabeth,  live  in 
Rome,  Ga. 

Kirstin  Widding  B.S.E.  '93  is  the  head  of  the 
NASA  team  analyzing  muscle  protein  turnover — 
an  experiment  related  to  the  effect  of  space  on  the 
aging — on  the  space  shuttle  Discovery.  She  is  based 
at  NASA  Houston. 

Jodi  Berlin  Ganz  '94  is  an  associate  at  Davis  Polk 

&  Wardwell.  She  and  her  husband,  Marc,  live  in  New 
York  City. 

Laura  Gentile  '94,  who  earned  her  M.B.A.  in  1996 
at  Boston  College,  is  an  account  supervisor  at 
Ammirati  Puris  Lintas,  a  global  advertising  agency. 
She  lives  in  Manhattan. 

Allison  Hajdu-Paulen  '94  has  been  selected  a 
Dean's  Award  scholar  at  Emory  University's  Chandler 
School  of  Theology.  Her  husband,  Jeremy  Hajdu- 
Paulen  '94,  received  the  Robert  W  Woodruff 
Fellowship  in  Theology  and  Ministry  at  the  Chandler 
School.  They  live  in  Atlanta. 

Douglas  B.  Neu  J.D.  '94  is  an  associate  in  the 
employment  law  group  at  Posternak,  Blankstein  &. 
Lund  in  Boston.  He  lives  in  Arlington,  Mass. 

Monica  Maria  Quintero  M.B.A.  '94  is  a  marketing 
recruiter  for  The  Minute  Maid  Co.  in  Houston,  Texas. 
She  and  her  husband,  Rudolf  Bono,  live  in  Houston. 

Kristine  Gilligan  Waide  BSE.  '94  works  for  Day 
and  Zimmerman  on  the  Philadelphia  airport  expansion 
project.  Her  husband,  Dustin  Marshall  Waide 

B.S.E.  '94,  attends  the  University  of  Pennsylvania's 
Wharton  School  of  Business.  They  live  in  Philadelphia. 

Leana  C.  Allen  '95,  who  completed  her  master's 
in  criminology  and  criminal  justice  at  the  University 
of  Maryland,  College  Park,  is  enrolled  in  the  Ph.D. 
program  there. 

Alan  Matthew  Byrd  B.S.E.  '95  has  been  named 
the  technical  lead  for  IBM's  server-division  recruiting 
efforts  at  Duke.  He  received  an  Outstanding  Technical 
Achievement  Award  for  his  work  on  the  RS/6000  S70 
and  was  co-inventor  in  his  first  patent  filing,  "Method 
and  Apparatus  to  Access  Non-JTAG  Error  Information." 

E.  Elizabeth  "Liza"  Dabbs'95  is  an 

the  Atlanta  law  firm  Alston  &  Bird. 


Germany.  He  was  an  intellectual  property  lawyer  in 
Dusseldorf  at  Puender.Volhard,  Weber,  and  Axster. 

John  R.  Miller  Jr.  '95,  J.D.  '98  is  an  associate 
attorney  with  Sullivan  &  Cromwell  in  New  York  City. 

Tiffani  Lee  Sherman  '95  has  been  promoted  to 
five  p.m.  news  producer  at  WKRC-TV,  the  CBS  affiliate 
in  Cincinnati,  Ohio,  where  she  moved  in  May  1997  to 
develop  and  produce  a  new  four  p.m.  newscast. 

William  Stacey  White  '95,  who  earned  his  J.D.  at 
the  University  of  Illinois  College  of  Law  in  May  1998, 


is  a  law  clerk  for  Senior  Judge  Jesse  Eschbach  of  the 
US.  Court  of  Appeals  in  West  Palm  Beach,  Fla. 

Alon  Zadok  Weizer  '95  was  elected  to  member- 
ship in  Alpha  Omega  Alpha,  the  honorary  medical 
society,  at  Baylor  College  ot  Medicine  in  Houston, 
where  he  is  a  medical  student. 


I  M.S.  '96,  Ph.D.  '98  received  a 
fellowship  for  the  1998-99  academic  year  from  the 
American  Association  of  University  Women  Edu- 
cational Foundation. 


BULLY  PULPIT  AGAINST  VIOLENCE 


The  Reverend 
Amelia  Stinson- 
Wesley  MDiv. 
'93  is  a  woman  on  a 
mission.  From  the  Uni- 
ted States  to  Cambodia, 
Stinson-Wesley  uses 
her  influence  as  a  pas- 
tor to  raise  awareness 
of  domestic  abuse  as  a 
human-rights  issue. 
When  she  was  in 
high  school,  Stinson- 
Wesley  volunteered  at 
Parents  Anonymous, 
where  she  worked 
with  children  of  abu- 
sive parents.  While  in 
graduate  school  at 
Duke,  she  was  one  of 
the  first  volunteers  at 
the  Women's  Center 
and  Safe  Haven.  After 
earning  her  master's 
degree,  she  founded 
the  nonprofit  organiza- 
tion Response:  A  Re- 
ligious Response  to 
Violence  Against 
Women  and  Children. 
Essentially  a  one- 
woman  production 


(she  was  the  only  em- 
ployee), Response 
"specifically  dealt  with 
what  the  church  could 
do  about  the  issue." 

"The  first  thing  the 
church  can  do  is  ac- 
knowledge that  violence 
exists,  even  in  good 
Christian  or  Jewish 
homes,"  she  says.  "If 
the  church  would  ac- 
knowledge it,  it  would 
go  a  long  way  in  help- 
ing the  issue." 

Although  Response 
was  absorbed  after  two 
years  by  the  Durham- 
based  Resource  Center 
for  Women  and  Minis- 
try in  the  South,  Stin- 
son-Wesley continued 
speaking  around  the 
country,  stressing  the 
need  for  more  clerical 
training  in  dealing  with 
domestic  violence. 

"Clergy  are  still  the 
main  venue  for  creating 


try,"  she  says.  "If  you 
are  in  the  business  of 


I  LL.M.  '95  is  junior 
Northrhine-Westphalian  State  District  Co 


judge  at  the 


helping  marriages  be- 
gin, you  should  know 
about  the  violence 
that  takes  place  within 
families.  It  should  be  a 
part  of  premarital 
counseling." 

Stinson-Wesley  be- 
came active  on  an  in- 
ternational scale  when 
she  gave  a  presentation 
about  the  religious 
response  to  domestic 
violence  at  the  United 
Nations'  Fourth  World 
Conference  on  Women 
in  1995.  There,  she 
made  connections  with 
women  from  Cambo- 
dia, and  she  traveled  to 
the  Pacific  less  than  a 
year  later.  She  focused 
primarily  on  clerical 
misconduct  while  she 
was  abroad.  "It's  an 
issue,  it's  a  problem, 
and  the  church  is  be- 
ginning to  address  it 
finally." 

Although  domestic 
abuse  is  a  global  prob- 
lem, there  is  a  signifi- 
cant difference  in  the 
way  it  is  categorized 
around  the  world. 
"Often  in  other  coun- 
tries, violence  against 
women  is  talked  about 
in  terms  of  human 
rights  issues,"  she  says. 
"We  really  don't  talk 
about  is  as  a  violation 
of  human  rights.  The 
U.S.  tends  to  see  itself 
as  a  champion  of  hu- 
man rights,  but  there 
are  violations  of  hu- 
man rights  in  our 
country  that  we  choose 
to  ignore.  Children's 
rights  are  human 
rights,  women's  rights 
are  human  rights." 

During  her  travels 
in  the  Pacific,  Stinson- 
Wesley  became  in- 

Stinson-Wesky:  a  voice 
for  human  rights 


volved  in  the  peace 
campaign  in  Cambo- 
dia, where  government 
forces  target  religious 
dissidents  for  persecu- 
tion. She  has  become  a 
consultant  of  sorts  for 
Cambodian  monks 
who  are  "trying  to 
wage  peace"  there. 

"I  go  and  listen.  I 
hear  what  they're  say- 
ing and  help  them 
decide  what  the  next 
step  is." 

After  visiting  the 
Phuom  Penh  Genocide 
Museum — on  the  site 
of  a  former  extermina- 
tion camp — with  a 
native  Cambodian,  she 
says  she  came  to  real- 
ize that  "the  human 
spirit  is  indomitable 
and  we  have  an  awful- 
ly long  way  to  go  be- 
fore we  see  peace  in 
the  world.  [The  muse- 
um] had  not  been 
washed  out;  we  could 
still  see  blood  stains. 
The  driver  could  tell 
me  where  he  was 
when  he  saw  his  par- 
ents for  the  last  time. 
Afterwards,  we  were 
quiet,  and  I  said,  'How 
do  you  go  on  after 
that?'  He  didn't  have 
any  profound  state- 
ments; he  just  said 
'You  do.  You  learn  to 
move  on.' 

"To  live  through 
something  that  horrific 
and  still  be  able  to 
grow  up  and  have  a 
life  is  absolutely  amaz- 
ing. It's  remarkable 
that  you  can  survive 
that  much  violence 
and  stay  sane.  I  am 
personally  in  awe  of 
that." 


March -April   1999        31 


A  Charitable 

Annuity: 

The  Gift 

That  Pays 

In  exchange  for  a  gift  of 
$10,000  or  more,  Duke  can 
offer  you  (or  you  and  your 
spouse)  a  fixed  annual 
income  for  life. 

Your  age  (and  that  of  your 
spouse) ,  your  financial 
needs,  and  current  interest 
rates  determine  the  annuity 
rate  Duke  can  offer. 

Some  Sample  Rates 


Your  Age 

Annuity 

60 

6.5% 

70 

7.5% 

75 

8.0% 

Your  Ages 

Annuity 

70/68 

6.5% 

75/73 

7.0% 

Annuity  rates  are  subject  to 
change.  Once  your  gift  is  made, 
the  annuity  rate  remains  fixed. 

Please  allow  us  to  send  you 
a  proposal 


Please  contact 

Michael  C.  Sholtz,  J.D.,  LL.M. 

Director,  Duke  University 

Office  of  Planned  Giving 

Box  90606 

2127  Campus  Drive 

Durham  NC  27708-0606 

(919)  681-0464 

(919)684-2123 


Kenneth  E.  Harbaugh  '96,  a  Navy  ensign,  was 
designated  a  naval  aviator  while  serving  at  Corpus 
Christi,  Texas. 


'26  of  Charlotte,  N.C.,  on 
July  26.  A  physician,  he  is  survived  by  a  son, 
'55. 


R.  Ritchey  '96,  a  Navy  lieutenant  j.g., 
completed  a  four-month  training  cruise  in  the  North 
Atlantic  Ocean  aboard  the  attack  submarine  USS 
Montpelier. 

Alexis  Wolf '96  works  at  Littlejohn  &  Co.,  a  small 
buyout  firm  in  Greenwich,  Conn.  She  lives  in  New 
York  City. 

Joseph  M.  Bologna  Jr.  M.B.A.  '97  was  named 
plant  manager  of  a  Malaysia  branch  of  Eastman 
Chemical  Co.  He  and  his  wife,  Peggy,  live  in  Kuantan, 
Pahang,  Malaysia. 

Carrie  Stewart  '97  is  an  associate  producer  for 
NFL  Films.  She  lives  in  Maple  Shade,  N.J. 

Kevin  J.  Volpe  '97  was  awarded  his  wings  as  a 
naval  flight  officer  in  Pensacola,  Fla.  He  is  now  training 
at  Whidbey  Island,  Wash. 

J.  Edward  Powell  Jr.  M.B.A.  '98  works  for 
LendingTree,  an  online  mortgage  site  that  connects 
borrowers  with  lenders.  He  lives  in  Charlotte,  N.C. 

MARRIAGES:  Josephine  Millicent  "Jodi" 

Clement  M.B.A.  '90  to  Michael  Smart  on  Oct.  17. 
Residence:  New  York..  .Jason  Reams  Jordan '92 
to  Liza  Norton  on  Nov.  15.  Residence:  McLean,  Va.... 
David  Christopher  Kwee'92  to  Lydia  Coulter 
'94  on  May  9.  Residence:  Richmond.. .Sara  Louise 
Porter  '92  to  David  G.  Martin  III  on  Nov.  14. 
Residence:  Charlotte. ..Heather  Lynne  Wister'92 
to  J.  Lou  Wister  on  Oct.  24.  Residence:  New  York 
City.Neal  Bimbach  Wolgin  MBA  92  to 
Elizabeth  Ann  Heslip  on  July  18.  Residence:  Durham... 
Alexandra  Eve  Goldsmith  '93  to  Daniel  Fallon 
on  Nov.  15.  Residence:  New  York  City...Lydia  Coulter 
'94  to  David  Christopher  Kwee  '92  on  May  9. 
Residence:  Richmond.. .James  Robert  Frederick 
'94  to  Amy  Elisabeth  Reed  '94  on  May  23... 
Kristine  Nancy  Gilligan  BSE. '94  to  Dustin 
Marshall  Waide  B.S.E.  '94  on  July  12.  Residence: 
Philadelphia... Monica  Maria  Quintero  94  to 
RudolfV.  Bono  on  Sept.  12.  Residence:  Houston. 

BIRTHS:  First  child  and  son  to  David  Edmund 
Lees  M.B.A.  '90  and  Constance  Ann  Lees  on  April 
26, 1997.  Named  David  Connor...First  child  and  son  to 
Allison  Miller  Lewin  '90,  M.B.A.  '94  and  Oren 
Chaim  Lewin  '90  on  Nov.  8.  Named  Jordan 
Alexander... First  child  and  daughter  to  Joey  lull 
Nord  '90  and  Peter  G.  Nord  '91,  M.B.A.  '95  on 
Dec.  20.  Named  Emily  Grace. ..First  child  and 
daughter  to  Katherine  Kimball  Richmond  '90 
and  Rodney  Dean  Priddy  M.S.  '91  on  Oct.  23. 
Named  Lulu  Katherine.. .Second  child  and  son  to 
Dara  Grossinger  Redler  J.D.  '91  and  Daniel 
Redler  on  May  25.  Named  Jansen  Bryce... First  child 
and  daughter  to  Brian  Richard  Overton  B.S.E. 
•91  and  Suzanne  Scott  Overton  '93,  M.S.  '98  on 
Feb.  6.  Named  Margaret  Katherine.. .First  child  and 
daughter  to  Jon  Robert  Hibschman  B.S.E.  '91 
and  Lisa  Fatall  Hibschman  B.S.E.  '92  on  March 
6.  Named  Laura  Elisabeth.. .First  child  and  son  to 
Laurel  Jeanine  Haines  Schramm  '92  and 
Alec  J.  Schramm  Ph.D.  '87  on  Aug.  27.  Named 
Eitan  Effayim. 


DEATHS 


•  Evans  '24  of  Durham,  N.C,  on  Aug.  20. 
She  is  survived  by  a  sister  and  five  nieces. 

Lucy  T.  Waller  '25  of  Durham,  on  Sept.  24,  after 
long  illness.  She  is  survived  by  a  niece  and  three 
nephews. 


ie  '27  of  Durham,  on  Oct.  14.  He  was  a 
founder  of  Pente,  the  first  Jewish  fraternity  at  Duke. 
After  receiving  a  law  degree  at  UNC-Chapel  Hill,  he 
served  in  the  U.S.  Armed  Forces  during  World  War  II. 
He  was  the  first  judge  to  preside  over  Durham's 
Recorder's  Court  in  1964.  He  served  as  president  of 
the  local  and  state  B'nai  B'rith  and  the  Beth  El 
Synagogue. 


■  L.  Ketchie  '27  of  Kannapolis,  N.C, 
July  13, 1996. 


Kathryn  Zimmerman  Finley  Lindsay '27  of 

San  Antonio,  Texas,  on  March  16, 1997,  after  a  brief  ill- 
ness. She  taught  high  school  mathematics  in  Marion, 
N.C,  where  her  late  husband  had  been  a  postmaster. 
She  married  Kenneth  D.  Lindsay  and  moved  to  Texas. 
Her  late  father  and  sisters  were  all  Trinity  College 
alumni.  She  is  survived  by  a  daughter,  a  son,  and  five 
grandchildren,  including  Amanda  Finley  '84  and 

Christopher  Lindsay  Finley  00. 

Blanche  Henry  Clark  Weaver  '27,  A.M.  '29,  of 
Nashville,  Tenn.,  on  Sept.  24. 
T.  Rupert  Coleman  '28,  A.M.  '30.,  B.D  '31  of 
Bradenton,  Fla.,  on  Aug.  17.  A  Baptist  minister,  he 
retired  in  1973  and  served  for  three  years  as  a  volunteer 
missionary.  In  1990,  friends  established  the  T  Rupert 
and  Lucille  K.  Coleman  professorship  at  the  Southern 
Baptist  Theological  Seminary  in  Louisville,  Ky.  He 
is  survived  by  his  wife,  Lucille,  a  son,  three  grand- 
daughters, and  a  sister,  Margaret  L.  Coleman  '31, 
AM.  '35. 

Voris  G.  Brookshire  '29  on  April  18, 1998. 
Oscar  D.  Fussed  '29  of  Rose  Hill,  N.C,  on  May 
16, 1994. 

Irene  Presson  Archibald  '30  of  San  Francisco, 
in  August. 

Douglas  C.  Giles  '30  of  Lake  Orion,  Mich.,  in  May 
1994. 

Grady  C.  Frank  '31  of  Alexandria,  Va.,  on  Aug.  25. 
He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Louise,  a  daughter,  and  two 
sons,  including  Grady  C.  Frank  Jr.  '69. 
Horace  Green  Ray '31  of  Winston-Salem,  N.C, 
on  Aug.  9.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  a  son,  and  four 
brothers. 

Roy  D.  Boggs  '32  of  Valdese,  N.C,  on  June  15, 
1994. 

Everett  L.  Peterson  '32  of  Clinton,  N.C,  on  Aug. 
24-  He  was  a  retired  insurance  agent  and  accountant. 
He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Elizabeth,  a  son,  a  daughter, 
and  two  grandchildren. 

Eleanor  Beamer  Easley  M.D.  '34  of  Chapel 
Hill,  on  Aug.  23.  In  the  1940s,  she  founded  the 
Durham  Women's  Clinic,  one  of  the  earliest  partner- 
ship practices  in  North  Carolina.  She  is  survived  by  a 
sister  and  two  nieces. 
Ralph  R.  Roth  '34  of  Sandy  Springs,  Ga.,  on  June  25. 

Burke  M.  Smith  '34,  A.M.  '37,  Ph.D.  '47  of 
Charlottesville,  Va.,  on  Aug.  23,  of  cancer.  He  was  a 
member  of  Phi  Beta  Kappa  and  Sigma  Chi  and  a 
Navy  veteran  of  World  War  II.  He  taught  psychology 
at  Appalachian  State  Teachers  College  and  at  the 
University  of  Virginia  Hospital  School  of  Medicine. 
He  served  a  term  as  president  of  the  Virginia  Board  of 
Medicine  before  retiring  in  1981.  He  is  survived  by  a 
sister,  Mabel  Yarbrough  Smith  29,  and  a 
nephew,  Roy  G.  Elmore  Jr.  B.S.C.E.  '57. 
Ruth  T.  Callahan  '35  of  Fort  Belvoir.Va.,  on 
March  27, 1996. 


32      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


CLASSIFIEDS 


ACCOMMODATIONS 


A 


ARROWHEAD  INN 
Bed  &  Breakfast 


1775  PLANTATION  HOUSE 
4  acres  of  gardens  and  trees,  9  suites  and  room, 
log  cabin,  full  gourmet  breakfast, 
whirlpools,  fireplaces,  serenity 
106  Mason  Rd.  Durham  27712 
(919)  477-8430  (800)  528-2207 
www.arrowheadinn.com 


ST  JOHN:  Two  bedrooms,  pool.  Quiet  elegance, 
spectacular  view.  (508)  668-2078. 
FRANCE,  DORDOGNE:  Lovely  three-bedroom 
house,  garden  in  medieval  village.  (970)  223-5995. 
SOUTHERN  FRANCE:  Better  than  a  bed  and 
breakfast;  it's  a  moveable  feast.  For  information: 
(828)  248-2465,  www.blueridge.net/~frenchconnect 


LONDON  FLATS 

Finest  accommodations  in  central  London 

One,  two,  three  bedrooms — 

seven-night  minimum  stay 

COTSWOLD  COTTAGES 

PARIS  -  IRELAND  -  ROME 

THE  LONDON  CONNECTION 

Phone:  (801)  393-9120  Fax:  (801)  393-3024 

E-mail:  london@relia.net 


FIGURE  EIGHT  ISLAND,  WILMINGTON,  NC: 

Four  bedrooms  (two  master  suites),  three  baths. 

Numerous  amenities:  linens,  VCR,  Cable,  bikes,  etc. 

Screen  porch,  panoramic  views  sound/ocean. 

Weekly  $2,150.  (910)  686-4099. 

DURHAM'S  BEST-KEPT  CHARMING  SECRET 

DUKE  TOWER  RESIDENTIAL  SUITES 

Luxuriously  furnished  all-suite  hotel. 

Award-winning  gardens,  magnificent  outdoor  pool, 

fitness  center,  covered  walking  track,  fully  equipped 

kitchen,  two  remote  control  color  TVs, 

HBO  and  cable,  two  telephones,  free  local  calls, 

call  waiting,  and  voice  mail,  laundry  room, 

fax  and  copier  service,  uniformed  security, 

pets  permitted.  One  minute  from  East  Campus, 

two  minutes  from  West  Campus  and  Duke  Medical 

Center.  Just  streets  away  from  many  restaurants 

and  Northgate  Mall,  fifteen  minutes  to  RDU 

Airport.  For  reservations  and  information,  call 

(919)  687-4444;  fax  (919)  683-1215. 

FLORIDA  KEYS,  BIG  PINE  KEY.  Fantastic  open 

water  view.  Key  deer  refuge,  national  bird  sanctuary, 

stilt  house,  3/2,  screened  porches,  fully  furnished, 

stained  glass  windows,  swimming,  diving,  fishing, 

boat  basin,  non-smoking,  starting  at  $2,100/week. 

(305)  969-8844. 

EDISTO  ISLAND,  SC:  Fantastic  beachfront  house 
sleeping  13.  Great  fall/spring  rates.  Near  Charleston. 
(202)  338-3877  for  information,  pictures. 
PARIS,  SW  FRANCE:  Comfortable  apartments, 
homes,  chateaux.  FrenchHomeRentals.com. 
FHR@earthlink.net  (877)  219-9190. 


FRANCE:  Superbly  renovated  villas,  farmhouses, 
and  chateaux  of  beauty  and  distinction  in  Provence, 
Cote  d'Azur,  Burgundy,  Dordogne,  Loire.  Superior 
Paris  apartments  from  $2,000  a  week.  Some  proper- 
ties for  sale.  JUST  FRANCE,  (610)  407-9633,  FAX: 
(610)  407-0213.  www.justfrance.com 

FOR  SALE 


N.C.  MOUNTAINS 
Lake  Lure  Area 

THREE  CREEKS.. .an  unparalleled  community. 

Only  eighteen  three-acre  homesites  are  being 

developed,  none  contiguous  with  another, 

within  270  acres  of  conserved  land. 

This  surrounding  nature  preserve  is  deeded  to  the 

owners — to  be  enjoyed  by  all.  Abundant  water 

sources,  prominent  waterfalls,  meadows,  forest, 

swim  pond,  trails,  and  library  cabin. 

Protective  covenants  with  architectural  review. 

Paved  roads,  underground  utilities. 

John  Nelson 

241  Three  Creeks  Road 

Lake  Lure,  NC  28746 

(828)  625-4293 


DUKE  GOLF  ART 
Perfect  Gifts 
www.roxboro.net/GOLFSHOT 
RARE  FIND:  A  beautifully  designed,  Victorian  cylin- 
der-roll secretary,  1860-65.  A  Duke  family  piece,  guar- 
anteed authentic  with  paperwork.  This  piece  would 
enhance  any  room.  Serious  inquiries,  please. 
Information  and  picture(s).  Philip  Schulz,  (910)  875- 
7020,  pdschulz@mindspring.com 
Eight  Duke  scenes  Wedgwood  dinner  plates.  Never 
used.  $800.  (847)  272-7753. 

LAKE  GASTON 

Gaston  Pointe  Properties 

Servicing  all  of  your  real  estate  needs,  including 

sales,  property  management,  and  rentals. 

SALES  (800)  471-4395 

RENTALS  (800)  477-4181 

Twelve  Duke  commemorative  blue  Wedgewood 

plates,  1937.  Mint  condition.  Call  (919)  286-2775. 


CLASSIFIED  RATES 


GET  IN  TOUCH  WITH  75,000+  POTENTIAL 
buyers,  renters,  consumers,  through  Duke  Classifieds. 
RATES:  $2.50  per  word,  minimum  10  words.  10  per- 
cent discount  for  two  or  more  i 


DISPLAY  RATES  (with  art  or  special  type  treatment): 
$150  per  column  inch  (2  3/8"  wide). 
REQUIREMENTS:  All  copy  must  be  printed  or 
typed.  Please  specify  section  (FOR  SALE,  etc.)  in 
which  ad  should  appear.  Due  to  postal  regulations,  no 
travel  arrangements  allowed. 
ALL  ADS  MUST  BE  PREPAID:  Send  check  (pay- 
able to  Duke  Magazine)  to:  Duke  Magazine  Classifieds, 
614  Chapel  Drive,  Durham,  NC  27708-0570. 
We  accept  VISA,  MASTERCARD,  and  DISCOVER. 
No  phone  orders,  except  FAX  orders  with  credit  card 
numbers  and  expiration  date:  (919)  681-1659. 
DEADLINES:  November  15  (January-February  issue), 
January  15  (March-April  issue),  March  15  (May- June 
issue),  May  15  (July-August  issue),  July  15  (September- 
October  issue),  September  15  (November-December 
issue).  Please  specify  issues  in  which  ad  should  appear. 


-=4( 


WATCH  THE  MAIL 

All  107,769  alumni/ae  with  current  addresses 
will  soon  be  receiving  an  important  question- 
naire in  the  mail  to  give  you  the  opportunity  to 
be  listed  accurately  in  the  upcoming  Duke 
Alumni  Directory  2000. 

Please  be  sure  to  complete  and  return  your 
directory  questionnaire  before  the  deadline  indi- 
cated! 

The  information  you  provide  will  be  edited 
and  processed  by  Bernard  C.  Harris  Publishing 
Co.,  Inc.  for  inclusion  in  the  new  directory. 
Later,  you  will  be  contacted  direcuy  by  Harris 
to  verify  that  your  personal  data  are  correct. 

If  you  don't  return  your  questionnaire,  you 
could  be  inadvertently  omitted  or  existing  but 
incorrect  information  we  have  could  appear  in 
the  directory.  So  don't  take  a  chance!  Watch  for 
your  questionnaire  form,  return  it  promptly, 
and  be  listed  with  all  your  classmates  in  Duke 
Directory  2000. 


DATE 

Someone  Who  Knows 
That 

Pas  De  Deux 

Is  Not  The  Father  of  Twins 

Meet  Fellow 
Graduates  and  Faculty  of 

DUKE, 
The  Ivies,  Seven  Sisters, 
Stanford,  MIT,  Caltech, 

UC  Berkeley, 

U  of  Chicago,  Medical 

Schools  and  a  few  others 


_JHE_ 
RIGHT 

STUFF 

An  Introduction  Netwoti 


800-988-5288 

More  Than  2600  Members! 


March -April   1999        33 


Lon  Albert  Coone  B.S.E.E.  '35  of  Pisgah  Forest, 
N.C.,  on  March  10, 1998.  He  worked  as  sales  manager, 
electrical  engineer,  and  then  personnel  manager  at 
General  Electric  in  Charlotte  for  almost  40  years 
before  retiring  in  1976.  He  then  worked  with  a  group 
of  technicians  and  other  engineers  on  the  targeting 
sights  of  the  B-29  bomber.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife, 
Evelyn,  a  daughter,  a  brother,  a  sister,  and  three  grand- 
children. 

McCarthy  "Mac"  Hanger  Jr.  '35  of  Webster 
Groves,  Mo.,  on  Sept.  9,  of  cancer.  A  Phi  Beta  Kappa 
graduate,  he  earned  his  M.B.A.  at  University  of 
Virginia's  Darden  School  before  serving  as  Navy 
lieutenant  during  World  War  II.  He  was  CEO  and  then 
chairman  of  J.E.  Hanger,  a  prosthetics  company,  for 
almost  50  years.  He  is  survived  by  a  son,  two  daughters, 
six  grandchildren,  a  brother,  and  a  sister. 

Benjamin  Franklin  Meacham  '36,  M.Div.  '42 
of  Saint  Pauls,  N.C.,  on  Sept.  13.  He  was  a  retired  min- 
ister, having  served  congregations  in  Durham,  Mt. 


Gilead,  Saint  Pauls,  and  Fayetteville.  He  is  survived  by 
his  wife  and  a  daughter,  Marilyn  I 
70. 


'36  of  Tylertown, 
Miss.,  on  Aug.  26.  She  attended  Louisiana  State 
University  Graduate  School  before  teaching  in  the 
public  schools  of  Mississippi  and  Tennessee.  During 
World  War  II,  she  spent  three  years  with  the  American 
Red  Cross  in  France  and  Germany.  After  the  war,  she 
was  a  professor  at  Southeastern  Louisiana  University. 
She  is  survived  by  a  son  and  three  brothers. 

Robert  T.  Bean  '37  of  Islamarada,  Fla.,  on  Dec.  26, 
1997.  He  is  survived  by  a  son  and  a  daughter. 

Jr.LL.B.'37onAug.  19. 


H.  Griffiths  Jr.  B.S.E.  '38  of  Alexandria, 
Va.,  on  Sept.  1,  of  congestive  heart  failure.  He  was  a 
Navy  veteran  of  World  War  II,  having  served  as  a 
captain  in  the  Pacific  Theater.  For  his  service  at  Navy 
headquarters  in  Vietnam  and  at  the  naval  station  in 


l,  D.C.,  he  was  decorated  with  the  Navy 
Legion  of  Merit  and  an  Oak  Leaf  Cluster.  He  is 
survived  by  his  wife,  Elizabeth,  a  daughter,  two  sons, 
two  grandchildren,  and  a  great-grandchild. 

William  H.  Kaufman  M.D.  '38  of  Baltimore,  Md., 
on  July  29,  of  cancer.  He  had  a  private  medical  prac- 
tice for  30  years,  specializing  in  dermatology.  He  is 
survived  by  a  daughter;  two  sons,  including  John  P. 
Kaufman  '66;  a  brother;  and  six  grandchildren. 

Louise  Meiklejohn  Hollis '38  of  Florence,  S.C., 
on  June  3.  She  taught  school  in  Darlington,  S.C.  She  is 
survived  by  her  husband,  Charles,  a  son,  a  daughter, 
four  grandchildren,  and  a  great-granddaughter. 
Dorothy  Mathes  Morton  '38  of  Montclair,  N.J., 
on  June  15. 


rry  '38  of  Frankfurt,  Ky.,  on 
Aug.  2.  She  was  the  longtime  women's  editor  of  the 
State  Journal,  published  by  her  husband,  Norvin  A. 
Perry  Jr.  '38.  She  is  survived  by  her  husband;  two 
daughters;  three  sons,  including  Christopher  B. 
Perry '88;  and  11  grandchildren. 


"Ibby"  Hungate  Wentsel  38  of  Sun 

City,  Fla.,  on  Dec.  25, 1997.  She  was  a  member  of 
Kappa  Kappa  Gamma  sorority.  She  is  survived  by  a 
daughter,  a  son,  and  two  grandchildren. 

H.  Ellis  Jones  '39  of  Sea  Island,  Ga.,  on  Aug.  5,  of 
cancer.  An  Army  veteran  of  World  War  II,  he  was 
owner  of  Jones  Motor  Lines,  one  of  the  largest  trucking 
companies  east  of  the  Mississippi  River.  He  was  a  past 
president  of  the  Philadelphia  Golf  Association.  He  is 
survived  by  his  wife,  Olive;  daughter  Mary  Ellis 
Jones  Carsten  '63  and  son-in-law  Jack  Craig 
Carsten  '63;  a  son;  and  six  grandchildren. 

Thomas  Camill  Morrow  '40  of  Valdosta,  Ga.,  on 
Aug.  16.  He  was  a  captain  in  the  Coast  Artillery  during 
World  War  II,  serving  in  the  Pacific  Theater.  He  was 
vice  president  of  Avis  Rent-A-Car  before  retiring  to 
operate  his  own  company,  Cottage  Industries  of 
Valdosta.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  a  brother,  three 
children,  and  three  stepchildren. 

Louis  A.  "Pete"  Brooks  Jr.  '41  of  Waynesboro, 
Va.,  on  Sept.  16.  He  was  a  former  mayor  and  city 
councilman  of  Waynesboro,  and  the  retired  owner  of 
Brooks  Sporting  Goods.  He  served  in  the  European 
Theater  in  the  Air  Force  during  World  War  II.  He  is 
survived  by  his  wife,  Jean,  a  son,  and  two  stepdaughters. 
William  J.  Dacey  '41  of  Pompano  Beach,  Fla.,  on 
July  4.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Helen,  two  sons,  and 
a  granddaughter. 

Herbert  Walter  Hargreaves  Ph.D.  '41  of 
Lexington,  Ky.,  on  July  21,  of  pneumonia.  He  was 
professor  emeritus  of  economics  at  the  University  of 
Kentucky.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Mary. 

Myra  Williams  Thornton  Ph.D.  '41  of 
Greenwood,  S.C,  on  Aug.  6.  She  taught  at  Meredith 
College,  Peace  College,  and  Virginia  Commonwealth 
University's  Medical  College,  where  she  was  a  professor 
of  anatomy  for  nearly  40  years.  She  was  a  member 
of  Delta  Kappa  Gamma,  an  honor  society  for  teachers. 
She  is  survived  by  two  brothers,  including  I 
M.Ed.  '40. 


Jackson  Reid  Hambrick  LL.B.  '42,  of  Washing- 
ton, DC,  on  Sept.  13,  from  complications  due  to 
stroke.  He  practiced  law  in  New  York  and  Cleveland 
before  joining  the  Internal  Revenue  Service's  chief 
counsel's  office  in  1948.  He  later  taught  at  George 
Washington  University  law  school  until  retiring  in 
1982.  He  is  survived  by  a  son,  a  daughter,  four  grand- 
children, two  brothers,  and  a  sister. 


R.N.'42ofDanbury, 
Conn.,  on  Sept.  1.  She  had  worked  at  the  Danbury 
Hospital  and  as  a  private  duty  nurse.  She  is  survived 


34      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


by  her  husband,  Jeremiah  Francis  Lombardi 

Jr.  '43;  a  son;  two  daughters;  and  three  grandchildren. 


i  A.  Richards  Jr.  Ph.D.  '42  of  Crossville, 
Tenn.,  on  July  28,  of  complications  due  to  ALS,  Lou 
Gehrig's  disease.  He  was  a  professor  of  physics  who 
had  also  taught  math,  astronomy,  and  computer 
science.  Physics  of  the  Atom,  which  he  co-authored, 
was  used  world-wide  for  decades.  He  was  president 
and  an  officer  of  the  Alternatives  to  Violence  Project. 
He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Marion,  two  sons,  two 
daughters,  and  11  grandchildren. 

F.  David  Beary  B.S.E.  '43  of  San  Diego,  Calif,  on 
Feb.  14, 1998,  of  pneumonia.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife, 
Virginia  Maxwell  Beary  42 

Clair  H.  Gingher  Jr.  B.S.M.E.  '43  of  Greensboro, 

N.C.,  on  July  16.  In  1987,  he  retired  as  president  of 
Gingher,  Inc.,  a  manufacturer  ot  seizors  shears.  He 
served  in  the  Army  Air  Corps  as  an  aircraft  engineering 
officer  from  1943  to  1946.  He  worked  for  14  years  in 
project  engineering  for  Western  Electric  Co.,  where  he 
introduced  into  production  two  airborne  missile  guidance 
systems.  In  1965,  he  took  over  the  family  business, 
converting  it  trom  an  importer  ot  scissors  to  a  manu- 
facturer. He  held  eight  patents,  and  one  of  his  shears  is 
a  part  of  the  Design  Study  Collection  of  the  Museum 
of  Modern  Art.  He  is  a  past  chairman  ot  the  board  oi 
the  Greensboro  YMCA.  For  Duke,  he  was  a  member 
of  the  engineering  school's  Dean's  Council,  the  Wash- 
ington Duke  Club,  the  Founders'  Society,  the  Society 
of  Centurions,  and  the  James  B.  Duke  Society  In  1989, 
he  received  the  engineering  school's  Distinguished 
Alumni  Award.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife, 
gher'44,  and  four  children. 


Robert  Thomas  Cronk  M.D.  '44  of  Tulsa,  Okla 

on  April  15,  199S,  o!  a  heart  attack.  He  was  captain 


in  the  U.S.  Armed  Forces  before  joining  the  Glass- 
Nelson  Clinic,  where  he  specialized  in  internal 
medicine.  Later,  he  served  as  chief  of  staff  at  St.  John 
Medical  Center.  He  operated  his  own  practice  until 
retiring  in  1985.  He  is  survived  by  his  wite,  three  sons, 
a  daughter,  and  seven  grandchildren. 

Marjorie  Lucke  Fairhurst'44  of  Perrysburg, 
Ohio,  on  March  16, 1998.  She  is  survived  by  her 
husband,  William,  and  their  two  daughters. 

Wallace  Hardin  McCown  '45,J.D.'48ofManteo, 
N.C.,  on  Sept.  19,  of  cancer.  He  was  a  Navy  lieutenant 
j.g.  before  earning  his  law  degree.  He  was  an  instructor 
at  the  Duke  Law  School's  legal  aid  clinic  in  1948. 
Before  retiring  after  50  years,  he  had  chaired  the 
Campaign  for  Higher  Education,  which  oversees  the 
establishment  of  Methodist  colleges  in  North  Carolina. 
He  is  survived  by  his  wife.  Sue  Vick  McCown  J.D. 
'50;  two  daughters,  including  Linda  H.  McCown 
'80,  J.D.  '88;  a  son;  and  five  grandchildren. 

Davis  Bryce  '45  of  Savannah,  Ga.,  on 


Grace  P.  Ford  '45  of  Manatee  County,  Fla.,on  Nov. 
16. 1996. 


Jr.  '45,  M.Div.  '4S  of 
Charlotte,  N.C.,  on  July  25.  He  was  a  minister  for  more 
than  42  years.  In  1967  and  1969,  he  led  mission  trips  to 
Scandinavia  and  Costa  Rica,  respectively.  He  is  sur- 
vived by  two  daughters,  including  Claire  Courtney 
Adams  '76,  and  a  granddaughter. 

Herbert  A.  Swindell  B.S.E.  '45  of  Durham,  on 
Oct.  13.  He  was  a  Navy  veteran  of  World  War  II  who 
served  in  the  Pacific  Theater.  He  retired  as  vice  presi- 
dent of  Hockaday  Heating  and  Air  Conditioning.  He 
is  survived  by  his  wife,  a  son,  two  daughters,  seven 


grandchildren,  and  two  sisters. 

Frank  A.  Atcheson  '46  of  San  Jose,  Calif,  on 
March.  6, 1998.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Jeanne. 

John  H.  "Sarge"  Deibler  III '46  of  Aiken,  S.C., 
on  Sept.  21,  of  a  stroke.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife, 
Mary,  a  son,  and  a  daughter. 

Paul  M.  Dennis  Sr.  B.D. '46,  of  Greensboro,  N.C., 
on  Sept.  3.  He  was  a  minister  in  Rockwell,  N.C.,  before 
retiring  in  1981.  He  is  survived  by  a  son,  Paul  M. 
Dennis  Jr.  72. 


'46  of  Washington,  N.C 
Neal  Pat  "N.P."  McArthur  Jr.  '46  of  Goldsboro, 
N.C,  in  October.  He  was  a  vice  president  of  Wayne 
Memorial  Park.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  two 
daughters,  tour  grandchildren,  and  two  sisters. 

Warren  Bernard  Petteway  M.Div.  '46  of 
Raleigh,  N.C,  on  Sept.  19.  He  was  a  retired  United 
Methodist  minister  who  served  42  years  as  a  pastor  in 
the  N.C.  Conference  of  the  United  Methodist  Church. 
He  was  superintendent  of  the  conference's  Raleigh 
district  and  received  an  honorary  doctorate  from 
Methodist  College  in  Fayetteville,  N.C. 

Charlotte  G.  Tripp '46  of  Chattanooga,  Tenn.,  on 
Oct.  25, 1997.  She  is  survived  by  a  son,  a  daughter,  five 
grandchildren,  and  a  brother. 

Louis  Gressett  Williams  A.M.'46,  Ph.D.  '48  of 
Ruby,  S.C.,  on  Dec.  20, 1997.  He  served  in  the  Navy 
for  four  years  before  joining  the  faculties  of  Furman 
University  and  the  University  of  North  Carolina. 
After  working  at  the  Taft  Institute  in  Cincinnati, 
Ohio,  he  became  a  professor  ot  botany  at  the 
University  ot  Alabama.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife, 
Dorothy  Huntley  Williams  A.M.  '40;  two  sons; 


faut 


QeUudd 


I ROn DUKES 


FS 


Duke  University  Athletic  Scholarship  Fund 


Now,  you  can  be  a  part  of  the  team.  By  contributing  as  little 
as  $100,  you  can  display  your  Iron  Duke  window  decal  with 
pride  and  know  you  have  helped  Blue  Devil  student-athletes 
maintain  Duke's  proud  athletic  tradition.  Take  the  next  step 
by  requesting  information,  NOW! 


I 

I      YES,  I  am  interested  in  finding  out  more  about  the  Iron  Dukes. 

Please  send  a  membership  information  brochure  to  the  address  listed  below. 


Address: 

City: 

State: 

Zip: 

Phone  Number  (B): 

(H): 

Please  return  this  form  to 

Iron  Dukes 

311  Finch  Yeager  Bldg., 
Duke  University 
Durham,  NC  27708-0542 
(919)  684-5033 

Sox  90542 

March 

-April    1999        3 

three  grandchildren;  two  brothers;  and  three  sisters. 

Patricia  Silliman  Bishop '47  of  Hillsborough, 
N.C.,onJune9,1997. 

Coco  Snyder  Foster  B.S.N.  '47  of  Figure  Eight 
Island,  N.C.,  on  Aug.  26.  She  was  a  public  health 
nurse  in  Baltimore,  and  then  served  abroad  with  the 
U.S.  State  Department  in  Nicaragua,  Guatemala,  and 
Peru.  She  began  several  clinics  for  U.S.-trained  doctors 
and  established  a  nursing  service  for  the  400-bed 
Managua  General  Hospital.  After  retiring  in  1968,  she 
continued  her  work  with  the  Red  Cross.  She  was  chief 
of  staff  of  the  New  Hanover  Conservancy  and  both 
the  editor  and  publisher  of  its  newsletter. 

Lucille  Bailey  Moize  R.N.  '47  of  Arlington,  Va., 
on  Aug.  16.  She  is  survived  by  two  daughters  and  five 
grandchildren. 

H.  Herman  Roach  Jr.  '47  of  Lexington,  N.C.,  on 
Oct.  8.  He  was  a  Navy  ensign  in  World  War  II.  He  was 
business  manager  for  Thomasville  Schools  and  an 
administrator  at  Siceloff  Manufacturing.  He  was 
vice  president  of  student  affairs  at  Davidson  County 
Community  College  before  retiring  in  1984.  He  was 
a  past  president  of  the  local  Civitan  chapter  and,  in 
1991,  received  the  Jaycee  Distinguished  Citizen  Award. 
He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Evelyn  Cline  Roach 
'44;  a  daughter;  a  sister;  and  a  brother. 

Lloyd  Vincent  "Bill"  Collicott  '48,  M.F.  '50  of 
Panama  City,  Fla.,  on  Aug.  22.  He  was  a  fighter  pilot 
in  World  War  II.  He  worked  for  International  Paper 
and  Southwest  Forest  Industries.  In  1975,  he  was  hon- 
ored as  the  Florida  Section  Forester  of  the  Year.  After 
retiring,  he  was  employed  by  the  Bay  County,  Fla., 
Property  Appraisers  Office.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife, 
two  daughters,  two  sons,  five  grandsons,  and  a  sister. 

Frank  P.  Trechsel  '48  of  Birmingham,  Ala.,  on 
Sept.  20,  after  a  long  illness.  He  was  president  of  the 
Southern  Coupon  Co.  He  chaired  the  Birmingham 
Festival  Theatre.  For  his  contributions  to  theater,  he 
had  received  many  awards,  including  the  Silver  Bowl 
Award  for  the  Festival  of  Arts,  an  Obelisk  as  Best 
Director,  and  the  Mirian  Galloway  Award.  He  is  sur- 
vived by  his  wife,  Jane,  three  sons,  two  daughters, 
seven  grandchildren,  his  mother,  and  two  sisters. 

Eddy  LL.B.  '49,  of  Areata,  Calif.,  on 


Sept.  3. 

Cecil  Robbins  Gray  Jr.  '49  of  Durham,  on  Aug. 
14.  He  was  a  veteran  of  the  Army  and  the  Army  Air 
Corps.  He  was  a  regional  manager  at  Wyeth  Pharma- 
ceuticals. He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  a  son,  a  daughter, 
three  grandchildren,  and  a  sister. 

Mary  Frey  Hickman  '49  of  Blowing  Rock.N.C, 
on  June  24.  She  was  director  of  financial  aid  at  Lees- 
McRae  College  in  Banner  Elk,  N.C.  She  is  survived  by 
her  husband,  a  son,  and  a  daughter. 

Mary  Neighbour  Lockman  B.S.N.  '49  of 
Geenville  S.C.,  on  Aug.  28. 

Thomas  Christian  Upchurch  '49  of  Durham, 
on  Oct.  2.  He  was  a  Realtor  with  Southland 
Associates  in  Durham.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife, 
Margaret,  two  daughters,  and  three  grandchildren. 

Betty  Baker  Mills  R.N.  '50  of  Carthage,  N.C,  on 
Aug.  12, 1997. 

J.  Chalmers  Vinson  Ph.D.  '50  of  Athens,  Ga.,  on 
Feb.  9, 1998.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife. 

George  Richard  Wagoner  Sr.  '50  of  Richmond, 
Va.,  on  July  19.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Martha;  a 
son,  George  R.  Wagoner  Jr.  '75;  and  a  daughter, 
Judith  Wagoner  Pahren  '84 


Keith 

July  9. 


SI  .>!  Guiles  illc.  Ha., 


J.  Callahan  '51  of  San  Francisco,  Calif,  on 
Jan.  18, 1993. 

Ann  Barnett  O'Briant'51  of  Logan,  WVa.,  on 
April  21, 1998. 

Eleanor  Enloe  White  M.R.E.  '51  of  Tallahassee, 
Fla.,  in  May  1992. 

Walter  R.  Wise  Jr.  B.S.M.E.  '52  of  Pittsford,  N.Y., 
on  June  1, 1997.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Miriam. 

Roy  C.  Hillard  '53  of  Durham,  on  Sept.  3.  He 
retired  from  the  Liggett  Group  in  1991.  He  is  survived 
by  his  wife,  Anne,  a  son,  a  daughter,  four  grandchildren, 
a  brother,  and  three  sisters. 

Frank  I.  Smith  M.Div.  '53  of  Lee  Center,  N.Y.,  on 
June  16.  He  was  a  United  Methodist  minister  for  more 
than  45  years,  retiring  in  1992.  He  was  president  of  the 
Oswego  County  Association  for  Retarded  Citizens.  He 
is  survived  by  two  daughters,  three  sons,  four  grand- 
children, two  sisters,  and  five  brothers. 
Nancy  O'Neil  Whitley  '54  of  Baltimore,  Md.,  on 
May  16.  She  is  survived  by  a  son  and  a  daughter. 
Robert  Charles  Burckel  '55  of  Rosemead,  Calif., 
in  February  1995. 

Jewel  Jones  Glenn  M.R.E.  '57  of  Redondo 
Beach,  Calif,  on  Dec.  11, 1997. 

57LL.B.'60ofNovato, 


Calif.,  in  October  1994. 

Arnold  Kimsey  King  Jr.  M.Div.  '59  of  Durham, 
on  Nov.  30.  A  United  Methodist  minister,  he  was  a 
past  chairman  of  the  Conference  Board  of  Evangelism 
and  the  author  of  the  Christian  Advocate  Sunday  lesson 
for  more  than  21  years.  He  was  an  administrator  at 
the  Methodist  Retirement  Home  in  Durham.  He  is 
survived  by  his  wife,  Margaret,  a  son,  three  daughters, 
seven  grandchildren,  a  sister,  and  a  brother. 

Robert  C.  Barrier  '60  of  Atlanta,  Ga.,  on  July  1, 
1996.  He  was  a  systems  manager  for  Fulton  County 
Data  Processing.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Jo  Ann. 
Don  Ross  Craft  LL.B.  '60  of  Birmingham,  Ala.,  on 
Aug.  17,  of  complications  due  to  a  stroke.  He  practiced 
law  for  many  years  in  Grand  Rapids,  Michigan.  He  is 
survived  by  his  wife,  Sandra,  a  daughter,  and  a  son. 
John  David  Bach  '61,  M.B.A.  '77  of  Crestwood, 
Ky.,  on  July  15.  He  was  a  systems  analyst  and  financial 
consultant.  He  is  survived  by  his  mother. 


'61  of  Nashville,  Tenn., 
on  Aug.  8,  of  a  heart  attack.  He  was  president  of 
Wallace  Management  Consulting,  and  had  served  as 
an  executive  of  Union  Planters  Bank  of  Nashville.  He 
chaired  the  Multiple  Sclerosis  Society  in  Tennessee. 
He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Patricia  Wallendorf 
Wallace  '62;  two  sons;  a  daughter;  three  grandchil- 
dren; a  brother;  and  a  sister. 

Richard  Best  Lowe '65  of  San  Antonio,  Texas,  on 
Aug.  24.  He  worked  for  many  years  in  the  television 
broadcast  industry  and  was  president  of  Mail  4  US, 
Inc.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Janice  Fisher 


John  Kenneth  Wittman  '68  of  Hackensack, 
N.J.,  on  July  3, 1996.  After  serving  in  the  Army  in 
Germany,  he  worked  for  IBM  in  Franklin  Lakes,  N.J. 
He  is  survived  by  a  sister. 


F.  White  M.A.T  '69  of  Dry  Fork.Va.,  on 
Aug.  28.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife. 

George  C.  Yehling  III  '69,  A.M.  '73  of  Milwaukee, 
Wis.,  on  Aug.  14,  of  complications  from  AIDS.  He  was 
a  computer  consultant.  He  is  survived  by  his  mother. 

Virginia  Bogan  Gilmore  A.M.  '70  of  Lajolla, 
Calif.,  on  June  3, 1997,  after  a  long  illness.  She  worked 
at  Convair  and  General  Dynamics  in  the  aerospace 


industry  before  earning  her  degree  in  sociology  at  Duke. 

William  E.  Carroll  '72  of  Staunton,  Va.,  on  Feb.  2, 
1991. 

James  A.  Robinson  Ph.D.  '75  of  College  Park, 
Md.,  on  Aug.  2,  of  cancer.  An  associate  professor  of 
English  at  the  University  of  Maryland,  he  was  an 
authority  on  playwright  Eugene  O'Neill.  He  is  sur- 
vived by  his  wife,  Susan  Porter  Robinson  A.M. 
'74;  three  children;  a  grandson,  and  his  mother. 

Eileen  Swabb  Albert  B.S.N.  '76  of  Eagle  River, 
Alaska,  on  July  3.  After  retiring  as  president  of  the 
Alaska  School  Nurse  Association  when  she  was 
diagnosed  with  leukemia  in  1990,  she  and  her  husband 
spearheaded  the  development  of  the  bone -marrow 
donor  program  in  Alaska.  She  is  survived  by  her  hus- 
band, Steven,  two  sons,  her  parents,  and  two  brothers. 

Michael  Durell  Mangum  '78  of  Macon,  Ga., 
on  Oct.  18.  After  earning  an  M.D.  from  Wake  Forest 
University,  he  entered  clinical  practice  at  Central 
Georgia  Hematology  and  Oncology  Associates.  He 
was  an  assistant  professor  at  the  Mercer  University 
School  of  Medicine's  department  of  internal  medicine. 
He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Rebecca,  two  sons,  a 
daughter,  his  father,  a  sister,  a  half-brother,  a  step- 
brother, and  a  stepsister. 

George  William  Seagraves  M.Ed.  '79  of 
Pawleys  Island,  S.C.,  on  Oct.  10.  He  was  a  principal 
at  a  number  of  schools  along  the  East  Coast.  During 
his  tenure  at  Lee  County  High  School,  he  led  the 
school  to  its  first  national  recognition  as  a  "School 
of  Excellence,"  and  was  named  Principal  of  the  Year  for 
the  state  of  North  Carolina.  He  is  survived  by 
his  wife,  two  sons,  a  daughter,  two  stepdaughters,  a 
id  four  sisters. 


Brian  Joseph  Butterfield  '83  of  Buenos  Aires, 
Argentina,  on  July  27.  He  earned  a  law  degree  in  inter- 
national telecommunications  from  the  University  of 
Colorado  and  taught  in  France.  Later,  he  became  a 
ski  instructor  at  Loveland  Basin  and  worked  as  a  tour 
guide  for  Professional  Seminars  International  in  Mo- 
rocco, Kenya,  Spain,  and  Russia.  He  was  an  associate 
partner  with  Andersen  Consulting.  He  is  survived  by 
his  parents,  a  brother,  and  a  sister. 

Ying  Liu  Lowrey  Ph.D.  '90  of  San  Diego,  Calif. 

Vice  President  Hopkins 

Everett  H.  Hopkins,  a  former  vice  president  and 
education  professor,  died  November  21  in  Durham. 
He  was  86. 

Hopkins,  who  retired  in  1981,  came  to  Duke  in  1961 
as  vice  president  for  institutional  advancement  and 
assistant  provost.  In  1963,  then-Duke  President 
Douglas  Knight  appointed  him  vice  president  for 
planning  and  institutional  studies,  assisting  the  presi- 
dent in  long-range  planning.  He  was  also  named 
professor  of  higher  education. 

In  1967,  while  on  leave  from  Duke,  he  was  appointed 
president  of  the  National  Laboratory  for  Higher  Edu- 
cation. He  returned  to  Duke  after  serving  five  years. 

Hopkins  earned  his  bachelor's  at  Wittenberg 
University  in  1934,  his  master's  at  the  University  of 
Pennsylvania  in  1935,  and  his  LL.D.  at  Wittenberg  in 
1958.  He  taught  at  Wittenberg  from  1935  to  1937  and 
at  Miami  University  from  1937  to  1942.  During  World 
War  II,  he  was  a  Navy  lieutenant  commander.  From 
1946  to  1951,  he  was  dean  of  students  and  a  vice  presi- 
dent at  Washington  State  University  before  moving  to 
Washington  University,  where  he  was  vice  chancellor 
for  development  from  1954  to  1961. 

He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Bernice;  sons  Jay  E. 
Hopkins  '64,  M.D.  '68  and  his  wife,  Beverly 
Colvin  Hopkins '65,  David  H.  Hopkins '66, 
and  Richard  A.  Hopkins  '70,  M.D.  '74  and  his 
wife,  Jeanette  Clark  Hopkins  B.S.N.  '80;  and 
six  grandchildren. 


36      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


RECTIONS 


IS  THERE  A 


DOCTOR  IN 


THE  MAKING? 


On  a  stiflingly  hot  day 
in  late  August,  more 
than  400  students 
file  into  the  Gross 
Chemistry  Building 
lecture  hall,  home  to 
what  many  consider 
the  most  challenging 
prerequisite  for  pre-med  students — organic 
chemistry.  Some  students,  dressed  in  shorts 
and  bronzed  by  the  summer  sun,  casually  chit- 
chat about  family  vacations.  Others  seem 
slightly  pale,  a  little  nervous  in  their  conver- 
sations and  fidgety  in  their  seats. 

The  hall  is  packed  primarily  with  sopho- 
mores and  juniors.  Some  of  them  are  biology 
and  chemistry  students;  some  are  pre-meds  for 
whom  organic  chemistry,  along  with  courses 
in  biology,  physics,  and  inorganic  chemistry,  is 
part  of  a  competitive  curriculum.  Despite  the 
best  efforts  of  advisers  to  persuade  them  oth- 
erwise, many  persist  in  thinking  that  an  A  in 
this  course  will  be  a  stepping-stone  to  medical 
school — though  the  heralded  A  never  did,  and 
never  will,  guarantee  acceptance.  On  a  day  like 
today,  with  success  in  prior  courses  behind 
them,  students  find  it  easy  to  feel  up  to  the 
challenge.  That  confidence  is  quickly  shaken, 
however,  when  Michael  Montague-Smith,  the 
organic  chemistry  professor,  voices  his  stu- 
dents' worst  fears:  "For  a  bunch  of  you,  taking 
this  course  will  show  you  that  your  dreams  of 
going  to  medical  school  are  unrealistic." 

Each  year,  about  25  percent  of  Duke's  first- 
year  undergraduates  consider  themselves  pre- 
med,  according  to  a  survey  administered 
during  orientation  week.  That's  high  com- 
pared to  other  universities.  But  by  senior  year, 
only  about  13  percent  of  Duke's  graduating 
class  will  apply  to  medical  school  —  a  figure 
comparable  to  peer  schools.  Nationally,  of  the 
43,000  applicants  to  medical  school  every 
year,  only  about  17,000  will  be  accepted. 

After  encountering  the  academic  rigor  of  pre- 
med  science  classes,  many  students  label  biol- 
ogy, chemistry,  and  physics  "weed-out"  courses 
— that  is,  indicators  of  medical-school  worthi- 
ness. Kay  Singer,  assistant  dean  and  director 
of  the  Health  Professions  Advising  Center, 
prefers  another  analogy.  "There  are  no  weed- 


PROGNOSIS:  HARD  WORK 

BY  BRIAN  SKOTKO 


COMPETITION  AMONG 

PRE-MED  STUDENTS 

STEMS  FROM  STUDENT 

ABILITY  AND  DRIVE— 

AND  FROM  THE  FACT 

THAT,  OF  THE  43,000 

APPLICANTS  TO 

MEDICAL  SCHOOL 

EVERY  YEAR,  ONLY 

ABOUT  17,000  WILL 

BE  ACCEPTED. 


out  courses  at  Duke, "  she  says,  "but  there  are 
wake-up  calls."  In  order  to  keep  afloat  in  the 
applicant  pool,  students  must  demonstrate 
proficiency  in  basic  science  coursework.  But 
proficiency  does  not  mean  perfection,  Singer 
emphasizes.  She's  quick  to  cite  students,  now 
enrolled  in  medical  school,  who  as  under- 
graduates showed  themselves  to  be  energetic 
and  interesting  even  as  they  fell  short  of  earn- 
ing a  straight-A  science  average. 

Far  from  forcing  students  through  an  un- 
necessary academic  rite  of  passage,  some  shifts 
in  Duke's  science  curriculum  have  catered  to 
life-science  majors  and  pre-meds.  An  introduc- 
tory physics  sequence  is  less  math-intensive 
than  the  physics  courses  taken  by  engineering 
students.  A  revitalized  introductory  biology 
course  stresses  scenario -solving  seminars, 
group-based  laboratories,  and  lectures  filled 
with  demonstrations  and  multimedia  presen- 
tations. "The  course  is  fast-paced  and  covers  a 
lot  of  material,  probably  more  than  many  stu- 
dents are  used  to,  either  in  other  Duke  courses 
or  certainly  in  their  high  school  courses, "  says 
biology  professor  Frederick  Nijhout.  It  is  a 
pace  that  will  become  all  too  familiar  once 
these  students  enter  medical  school. 


"An  understanding  of  calculus  is  not 
required"  for  the  Medical  College  Admissions 
Test  (MCAT),  according  to  the  Association  of 
American  Medical  Colleges.  "Chemistry  and 
physics  concepts  included  in  the  Physical 
Sciences  section  [of  the  MCAT]  are  consid- 
ered basic...  Advanced  coursework  in  chem- 
istry and  physics  is  not  needed  for  the  test." 
Still,  medical  admissions  committees  expect 
students  to  demonstrate  depth  in  a  science, 
and  Duke  pre-meds  tend  to  populate  upper- 
level  courses  like  biochemistry. 

Once  pegged  as  a  rote -memorization  expe- 
rience, organic  chemistry,  too,  has  undergone 
some  rethinking,  and  it  now  has  students  learn 
more  about  mechanisms  that  underlie  complex 
biological  processes.  "Twenty  years  ago  there 
would  not  have  been  a  serious  look  at  proteins, 
peptides,  enzymes,  and  DNA  in  an  organic 
chemistry  class, "  says  Steven  Baldwin,  chair  of 
the  chemistry  department.  Along  with  weekly 
four-hour  laboratories  and  early-morning 
exams,  students  are  asked  to  illustrate  stereo- 
chemical mechanisms  with  curved-arrow  for- 
malism, master  a  seemingly  infinite  number  of 
reactions,  and  synthesize  complex,  substituted 
molecules  from  simple  hydrocarbon  chains. 
"The  fact  of  the  matter  is  that  some  people  will 
decide  in  the  course  of  taking  organic  that 
they're  not  willing  to  make  the  sacrifice  at  the 
level  needed  to  do  well, "  says  Montague-Smith, 
the  organic  chemistry  professor.  "And  if  they're 
not  willing  to  make  the  sacrifice  for  organic, 
they're  probably  not  going  to  do  it  for  medical 
school  either." 

Between  memorizing  chemical  reactions, 
writing  laboratory  reports,  and  experimenting 
with  plastic  molecular  model  kits,  students 
quickly  realize  that  the  path  toward  the  M.D. 
is  an  exceptionally  challenging  one.  "Medical 
school  is  going  to  be  a  highly  competitive,  dif- 
ficult road.  Organic  is  just  some  people's  first 
taste  of  that,"  says  Montague-Smith.  In  part  be- 
cause he  recognizes  the  reputation  of  organic 
chemistry,  Montague-Smith  reserves  ten  "of- 
fice hours"  for  students  each  week  and  en- 
courages students  to  seek  him  out  for  direct 
help  when  they  find  themselves  struggling 
with  the  course. 

Still,  pre-med  coursework  can  be  bitter- 


March -April  1999       37 


sweet.  Myrna  Serrano,  a  sophomore  who 
decided  against  pursuing  medicine  as  a  result 
of  organic  chemistry,  says,  "Orgo  is  so  com- 
petitive and  downright  nasty  sometimes. 
Everyone  is  at  your  back  trying  to  beat  you." 
Though  the  atmosphere  may  be  relaxed  in 
weekly  laboratories,  students  study  hard  to 
beat  the  curve  on  exams.  A's  are  scarce  and  the 
median  grade  is  a  low  B,  so  organic  chemistry 
students  strive  not  only  to  perform  well,  but  to 
out-perform  fellow  students.  In  a  large  course 
filled  with  high-school  valedictorians  and  sci- 
ence prodigies,  the  difficulty  is  compounded. 

Serrano  entered  Duke  as  an  enthusiastic  pre- 
med  student  with  a  strong  background  in 
genetics  research  and  science  coursework. 
Interested  in  children,  she  says  she  felt  it  was 
only  logical  to  pursue  a  career  as  a  pediatri- 
cian. Interning  at  Duke  Medical  Center  made 
her  begin  to  question  her  goal.  "I  did  not  like 
my  internship  at  all, "  she  says.  "Being  a  doctor 
is  very  sterile  and  cold  from  a  patient's  per- 
spective." As  part  of  her  internship  in  internal 
medicine,  Serrano  worked  with  elderly  pa- 
tients with  incurable  illnesses.  "I  felt  like  I  was 
making  their  problems  worse." 

The  decision  to  drop  organic  chemistry — 
and  plans  for  a  medical  career — did  not  come 
easily.  "A  big  part  of  me  felt  like  I  was  quitting, 
like  I  couldn't  take  it.  I  also  felt  that  my  friends 
who  were  pre-med  were  going  to  look  at  me 
differently  because  I  decided  not  to  continue 
with  organic  chemistry."  Even  her  own  family, 
she  says,  was  surprised  by  her  choice.  "My  par- 
ents were  scared  for  me  because  I  was  letting 
go  of  something  that  I  had  dreamed  of  for  so 
long.  I  also  have  a  grandmother  who  wanted 
me  to  be  a  doctor  forever."  Serrano  is  now  ma- 
joring in  linguistics,  studying  Spanish  and 
Italian.  "I  feel  good  because  I  don't  have  to  be 
scared  of  my  classes  now.  I  had  to  go  through 
orgo  in  order  to  learn  about  myself.  Orgo  just 
wasn't  one  of  my  best  grades,  and  I  wasn't  will- 
ing to  sacrifice  my  GPA  for  something  I  wasn't 
sure  that  I  wanted  to  be  doing.  Pre-med  stu- 
dents generally  are  grade-grubbers — realisti- 
cally, you  almost  have  to  be." 

But  medical  schools  are  quick  to  pick  up 
on — and  turn  aside — candidates  with  a  fix- 
ation on  grades,  says  Duke  dean  Kay  Singer.  "I 
have  cases  where  students  were  not  accepted  to 
med  school  at  least  in  part  because  they  came 
across  as  grade-grubbing." 

And  even  in  those  challenging  courses, 
high  GPAs  and  high  MCAT  scores  alone  will 
not  get  students  into  med  school,  according 
to  Brenda  Armstrong  70,  associate  dean  and 
director  of  admissions  for  the  Duke  School  of 
Medicine.  "Medicine  will  demand  more  than 
just  technical  precision  in  science;  it  demands 
significant  people  skills,  and  those  are  ac- 
quired through  exposure  on  a  broad  academic 
and  experiential  level." 

With  a  medical  center  right  on  campus,  un- 


dergraduates don't  have  to  go  far  for  meaningful 
exposure  to  the  working  lives  of  physicians, 
nurses,  and  primary-care  administrators.  Now 
in  its  twenty-first  year,  the  Health  Careers  In- 
ternship Program  (HCIP)  has  educated  6,700 
Duke  undergraduates  in  its  one-semester  pro- 
gram of  "experiential  education"  and  has  con- 
tributed more  than  300,000  patient-care  hours 
to  the  medical  center.  For  three  hours  each 
week,  more  than  250  undergraduates  clad  in 
navy-blue  volunteer  jackets  disperse  to  all 
portions  of  the  hospital.  They  exercise  skills 
learned  in  a  role-playing  workshop  adminis- 
tered in  partnership  with  the  medical  school. 
"Students  get  a  head  start  in  developing  strong 
communication  and  interpersonal  skills  through 
direct  patient  interaction, "  says  Sandra  Tut- 
hill,  senior  career  specialist  and  director  of 
HCIP  "These  skills  are  essential  for  making 
informed  career  decisions." 

Students  may  be  helped  in  those  career  de- 
cisions—  and  ultimately  in  deepening  their 
intellectual  lives  — by  choosing  majors  in  un- 
related fields.  Medical  school  admissions  com- 
mittees emphasize  that  an  applicant's  major 
is  of  no  consequence  in  admissions,  as  long 
as  the  applicant  has  chosen  a  challenging 
curriculum  and  demonstrated  ability  in  the 
sciences.  "Medicine  really  is  an  art  which 
combines  science  and  humanism,  and  that  is 
what  we  are  looking  to  recruit  in  the  students 
who  are  seeking  admission,"  says  Armstrong. 
Every  year,  between  33  and  40  percent  of  pre- 
med  applicants  from  Duke  choose  to  major  in 
social  sciences,  humanities,  or  engineering,  or 
to  create  a  self-tailored  curriculum  that  Duke 
calls  Program  II. 

Although  minimal  undergraduate  exposure 
to  science  may  prove  to  be  a  handicap,  data 
from  the  Duke  Medical  School  suggest  that 
most  medical  students  catch  up  by  the  middle 
of  the  first  year.  Non-science  majors,  then,  are 
almost  academically  indistinguishable  from 
their  science -major  peers.  "There  are  obvious 
advantages  for  students  choosing  to  major  in 
something  other  than  straight  science.  Their 
curricular  exposure  by  definition  will  be 
broader,"  Armstrong  says.  "They  tend  to  be 
more  well-rounded,  which  is  borne  out  in 
their  essays,  their  interview  performances,  and 
— once  in  med  school — their  abilities  to 
connect  more  easily  with  patients,  ancillary 
health  personnel,  attendings,  and  faculty." 

Jeffrey  Simons  '96,  a  third-year  medical  school 
student  and  Distinguished  Alumni  Scholar  at 
Washington  University  School  of  Medicine, 
added  a  music  minor  to  his  already  full  Duke 
undergraduate  schedule  as  a  biology  major  and 
chemistry  minor.  "It  was  much  more  inter- 
esting in  interviews  to  talk  about  music  rather 
than  my  research  in  Alzheimer's,"  Simons 
says.  During  his  undergraduate  years,  he  gave 
solo  piano  concerts  at  local  nursing  homes 
and  played  trumpet  in  the  marching  band.  He 


says  an  abiding  interest  in  science  prompted 
him  to  apply  to  medical  school.  "You  can  al- 
ways be  a  doctor  and  play  the  piano,  but  you 
cannot  be  a  musician  and  have  medicine  as 
your  hobby." 

As  a  season-ticket  holder  with  his  local  sym- 
phony, Simons  still  makes  music  an  integral 
part  of  his  life,  even  with  an  extremely  hectic 
and  demanding  academic  schedule.  "Our  days 
are  so  full  of  medicine, "  he  says.  "It's  nice  to 
have  something  else  to  talk  about  to  family, 
friends,  patients,  and  other  physicians." 

Finding  someone  to  talk  to  is  the  aim  of  the 
Duke  Summer  Alumni  M.D.  Mentorship  Pro- 
gram. Since  1996,  more  than  150  students  have 
been  paired  with  Duke  alumni  with  M.D.  de- 
grees in  order  to  explore  career  goals.  David 
Feldman  '80,  M.D.  '84,  director  of  plastic  and 
reconstructive  surgery  at  the  Maimonides  Medi- 
cal Center  in  New  York,  has  been  a  mentor  to 
Duke  senior  Stephen  Broderick.  Feldman 
"opened  my  eyes  to  and  often  talked  about 
was  how  little  of  his  day  he  actually  spends 
with  patients  and  how  much  he  spends  doing 
paperwork, "  says  Broderick.  In  a  medical  world 
now  dominated  by  HMOs  and  insurance  forms, 
many  students  are  rudely  awakened  when  they 
find  how  managed  care  affects  patient  treat- 
ment. Broderick  says  that  during  one  of  many 
opportunities  to  observe  a  minor  operation 
during  his  mentorship,  "One  surgeon  turned 
to  me  and  said,  'I  just  lost  seventy  dollars.' " 
Unfortunately,  the  patient's  health-care  cov- 
erage did  not  completely  cover  the  cost  of  ma- 
terials needed  to  provide  what  the  physician 
considered  Bn  appropriate  standard  of  care. 

"The  doctor  performed  the  surgery  anyway, 
but  actually  lost  money  doing  it,"  Broderick 
says.  "He  said  that  he  did  not  feel  comfortable 
providing  the  level  of  care  that  the  coverage 
provided  for." 

Managed  care  is  a  major  frustration  for 
today's  doctors.  Still,  it's  a  subject  few  stu- 
dents consider  during  the  course  of  their  un- 
dergraduate years.  "Pre-med  students  receive 
very  little  training  in  health- care  policy  and 
are  not  well  prepared  for  med  school,"  says 
Frank  Sloan,  ].  Alex  McMahon  Professor  of 
Health  Policy  and  Management  and  an  eco- 
nomics professor  at  Duke's  Center  for  Health 
Policy,  Law,  and  Management.  "They  need  to 
know  about  health-care  delivery,  statistics,  cost 
effectiveness,  and  population-based  studies." 

Currently,  only  twenty- seven  students  — 
only  a  handful  of  whom  are  pre-med  — are 
completing  the  university's  health- care  policy 
certificate  program.  "Very  few  courses  at 
Duke  address  these  issues,"  says  Sloan. 
"These  courses  at  Duke  do  not  exist  because 
Duke  students  have  not  asked  to  take  them." 

Garrick  Stewart  '98,  a  first-year  medical 
student  at  Johns  Hopkins,  says,  "At  Duke,  I 
don't  recall  ever  hearing  pre-meds  discuss 
health-care  reform,  health  economics,  or 


38      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


HMO's  outside  the  context  of  the  classroom 
or  a  public  speaker.  Pre-meds  are  more  likely 
to  talk  about  the  tricky  synthesis  problem  on 
last  week's  organic  chemistry  test." 

Managed  care  seems  to  be  on  the  verge  of 
dominating  the  entire  health-care  system.  "The 
constraints  imposed  by  managed  care  will 
demand  that  providers  have  a  much  more  sig- 
nificant understanding  of  health-care  manage- 
ment issues,  and  there  will  be  an  even  greater 
need  for  leadership  and  advocacy  by  physi- 
cians, "  says  Armstrong,  the  admissions  direc- 
tor at  Duke's  medical  school.  "In  addition,  the 
'bad  name'  that  managed 
care  has  had  among  pro- 
viders, the  media's  coverage  I 
of  the  exaggerated  failures  of 
managed  care,  the  frustra- 
tions that  both  physicians 
and  patients  have  felt,  and 
the  evening- out  of  incomes 
among  physician  specialties 
have  all  had  some  impact  on 
the  numbers  of  people  ap- 
plying to  medical  school." 

The  number  of  Duke 
seniors  applying  to  medical 
school  declined  sharply  from 
216  in  1996  to  173  in  1997 — 
part  of  a  national  drop -oft 
in  applicants.  According  to 
Armstrong,  "There  is  a  ten- 
dency to  look  at  other  ven- 
ues of  post-graduate  training, 
especially  in  times  of  signifi- 
cant economic  growth  and 
prosperity." 

Some  pre-med  students, 
like  Marc  Cavan  '94,  move 
to  equally  competitive  pro- 
grams. As  an  undergraduate 
major  in  biology  and  his- 
tory, Cavan  applied  to 
twelve  medical  schools  and 
received  acceptances  from 
some  of  the  best.  He  de- 
cided to  defer  his  admission 
at  Yale  Medical  School  for  a  --".-7"  ..  ;  ■; 
year  for  a  teaching  opportu- 
nity at  Eton  College  in  England.  While  teach- 
ing biology  there,  his  career  goals  changed.  "I 
just  didn't  seem  to  enjoy  the  rabbit  anatomy 
demonstrations  or  the  hands-on  biology  les- 
sons, "  he  says. 

As  a  result,  he  withdrew  his  acceptance 
from  Yale  and  decided  on  law  school.  After 
taking  the  LSAT,  he  ultimately  accepted  an 
admission  offer  from  Harvard  Law.  "Majoring 
in  a  non-science  really  opened  many  more  ca- 
reer opportunities  for  me, "  he  says.  "Medicine 
is  as  much  of  a  challenge  as  law  school.  Law, 
however,  tends  to  be  more  philosophical, 
while  medicine  tends  to  be  more  personal." 
Cavan  now  works  at  a  law  firm  in  Chicago. 


"YOU  CAN  ALWAYS  BE 

A  DOCTOR  AND  PLAY 

THE  PIANO,  BUT  YOU 

CANNOT  BE  A  MUSICIAN 

AND  HAVE  MEDICINE  AS 

YOUR  HOBBY." 


It  is  not  uncommon  for  students  to  make 
this  jump  between  pre-med  and  pre-law.  While 
addressing  his  seniors  during  group  infor- 
mation meetings,  Gerald  Wilson,  senior  asso- 
ciate dean  and  pre-law  adviser,  says,  "Let  me 
go  over  a  few  things  that  I  said  to  you  during 
my  meeting  with  pre -laws  during  your  fresh- 
man orientation  week — since  half  of  you  were 
at  the  pre-med  meeting."  It  always  gets  a  laugh. 
"The  shift  from  pre-med  to  pre-law  is  not  as 
radical  as  it  appears  on  the  surface, "  he  says. 
"Both  are  professions  that  assume  leadership 
roles  in  the  community,  both  are  respected, 
and  both  appear  to  be  financially  rewarding." 

The  switch  from  pre-med  to  pre-law  may 


also  reflect  the  single-mindedness  with  which 
many  students  pursue  a  pre -professional  cur- 
riculum. The  1998  self-study  report  presented 
by  Duke's  Academic  Council  declares  that 
"pre -professionalism  is  a  widespread  student 
culture  issue:  Many  undergraduates  will  go  to 
a  job  fair,  for  instance,  but  give  no  thought  to 
going  to  hear  a  world-class  lecturer."  As  the 
report  put  it,  some  undergraduates  "find  pre- 
occupation with  acquisition  of  credentials 
prejudicial  to  development  of  a  genuine  love 
of  learning."  For  her  part,  Singer,  of  the  Health 
Professions  Advising  Center,  says,  "We  have 
■  numerous  successful  appli- 
ed cants  each  year  who  do  not 
follow  the  typical  pre-med 
path,  but  rather  take  time  to 
reflect  on  their  future  before 
committing  themselves  to 
medicine." 

Peter  Mcllveen  B.S.E.  '84 
was  one  of  those  students 
who  was  hardly  credentials- 
driven  at  Duke.  After  ten 
years  at  a  major  engineering 
consulting  firm,  he  com- 
pleted a  one-year,  post-bac- 
calaureate program  at  the 
University  of  Connecticut 
and  then  was  accepted  in- 
to Connecticut's  medical 
school.  "At  first,  my  family 
did  not  realize  what  I  was 
doing, "  he  says.  "It  was  a  sur- 
prise to  everyone  except  my 
wife."  As  a  father  of  three, 
Mcllveen  admits  that  it  is 
often  exhausting  to  support 
a  family  while  meeting  the 
demands  of  medical  school. 
But  he's  quick  to  point  out 
that  doing  both  is  manage- 
able— and  enjoyable.  Even 
I  as  the  oldest  person  in  class, 
I  he  finds  his  fellow  students 
\ "still  don't  call  me  grand- 
|pa,"  he  says.  Now  at  age 
I  thirty-six  and  a  fourth-year 
*  -medical  student,  he  has  yet 
to  complete  a  three-  to  five-year  residency 
program.  But  he  doesn't  have  any  regrets 
about  the  timing.  "In  retrospect,  I  don't  think  I 
would  have  done  anything  differently  through- 
out my  undergraduate  days." 

Pursuing  a  medical  degree  usually  includes 
twelve  to  thirteen  applications  and  more  than 
$5,000  in  MCAT  review  courses,  application 
fees,  and  airfares  to  final  interviews.  According 
to  the  Association  of  American  Medical  Col- 
leges, the  average  debt  of  a  medical  student  in 
the  1997  graduating  class  was  $80,462.  Facing 
the  prospect  of  debt  and  the  certainty  of  man- 
aged care,  pre-med  students  are  learning  that 
an  M.D.  degree,  whatever  its  traditional  re- 


March -April  1999       39 


wards,  is  not  a  guarantee  of  financial  success. 
"If  an  individual  is  interested  in  primarily 
being  an  entrepreneur,  having  a  lot  of  ability 
to  make  money  and  leveraging  what  they  do 
to  make  a  lot  of  money,  then  it  would  be  fool- 
ish to  go  into  medicine,"  says  Ralph  Sny- 
derman,  chancellor  for  health  affairs  at  Duke. 

And  yet,  Duke  students  go  into  medicine  in 
healthy  numbers  —  if  in  somewhat  more 
modest  numbers  now  than  in  the  recent  past. 
Whether  early,  late,  bio-majored,  or  musically 
adept,  they  have  followed  traditional  and  non- 
traditional  paths  to  becoming  a  doctor.  Each 
year,  pre-medical  students  from  Duke  have 
boasted  an  almost  80  percent  acceptance  rate 
to  medical  schools;  nationally,  just  40  percent 
of  national  applicants  are  accepted. 

Some  of  that  success  can  be  credited  to  the 
pre-med  advising  —  a  process,  in  Singer's 
words,  "through  which  students  are  encour- 
aged to  challenge  their  decision  to  pursue 
medicine,  expose  themselves  to  the  practice 
of  medicine,  and  make  sure  that  not  only  are 
their  academic  skills  sufficient,  but  their  inter- 
personal skills  are  well-matched  to  a  career  as 
a  physician."  Students  also  get  advice  on  the 
application  process  itself  and  on  their  selec- 
tion of  schools.  But  Duke's  placement  record, 
Singer  says,  reflects  especially  the  scientific 
ability  and  strength  in  interpersonal  skills  — 
and  the  drive — of  Duke's  pre-meds. 

On  the  first  day  of  the  second  semester  of 
organic  chemistry,  fewer  students  seem  to  file 
into  the  lecture  hall  that  had  once  seemed  so 
daunting.  The  class  is  missing  the  biology  ma- 
jors who  need  only  the  first-semester  course  to 
satisfy  their  requirements.  Others  have  learned 
during  the  earlier  semester  that  medicine  was 
not  an  ideal  match  for  them  and  have  decided 
to  pursue  other  academic  adventures.  Those 
who  have  remained  seem  refreshed  by  the 
winter  break  and  ready  to  confront  another 
challenging  semester.  Some  silently  study  their 
notes  from  last  semester  in  an  attempt  to  re- 
member forgotten  formulas,  and  still  others 
sketch  detailed  tenting  schedules  on  the 
backs  of  old  tests  for  the  upcoming  basketball 
season. 

With  a  smaller  class  of  more  successful  stu- 
dents, Professor  Montague-Smith  warns  that 
the  median  exam  grades  will  undoubtedly  be 
a  little  higher  this  semester.  This  news  is 
greeted  by  amazing  calm.  If  the  students  had 
survived  the  first  half  of  the  course,  well,  they 
could  certainly  pass  the  second  one.  The 
competition  would  be  stiffer  and  the  studying 
would  be  more  intense.  But  they  were  then 
one  step  closer  to  earning  the  M.D. 


Skotko,  a  sophomore  from  Strongsville,  Ohio,  is  an 
A.B.  Duke  Scholar  and  an  aspiring  physician. 


HOME  SCHOOLING 

Continued  from  page  13 

One  of  the  first  things  they  did  was  to  visit 
Pearsontown  Elementary,  the  same  institution 
the  Ruff  children  would  attend  if  they  were  to 
enroll  in  public  school.  Pearsontown  is  a  year- 
round  school  in  Durham  that  serves  more 
than  900  students,  grades  K-5. 

They  were  surprised  by  what  they  saw.  "We 
thought  the  kids  were  just  going  to  be  run- 
ning wild,"  says  Veronica  McClure.  "You 
know,  you  hear  how  bad  the  schools  are,  and 
so  I  had  this  fear  that  we  were  going  to  walk 
into  the  school  and  it  was  going  to  be  chaos, 


the  parents  in  the  classroom,  and  the  princi- 
pal wants  the  parents  here." 

That  degree  of  involvement  was  particular- 
ly crucial  for  her  youngest  son,  Nathan,  six,  a 
slow  learner  who  entered  first  grade  unable  to 
recite  his  ABCs.  "I  think  I  was  not  concerned 
about  the  fact  that  he  was  behind,  except  that 
I  was  concerned  that  he'd  get  lost,  and  he 
didn't.  They  didn't  allow  that  to  happen," 
McClure  says.  Instead,  Nathan  spent  time  in  a 
program  at  school  called  "Reading  Recovery" 
that  concentrated  on  basic  skills.  Today  he 
has  caught  up  with  his  classmates.  "Part  of 
that  is  because  I'm  very  involved, "  McClure 
says.  "But  I'm  not  just  involved  for  my  kids.  I 


that  the  classrooms  were  going  to  be  so  noisy 
that  the  kids  could  not  hear  or  learn  any- 
thing. It's  not  at  all  like  that." 

Instead,  she  says,  they  found  a  large,  mod- 
ern facility,  filled  with  caring  teachers  and 
orderly  children  enjoying  structured,  produc- 
tive days.  They  also  found  in  Audrey  Boykin 
a  principal  who  was  willing  to  offer  them  a 
chance  to  become  highly  involved  in  their 
children's  education.  McClure  says,  "I  sat 
down  with  Ms.  Boykin  within  a  month  of  my 
kids  entering  Pearsontown  and  I  said,  'I  want 
to  walk  side-by-side  with  you  in  the  educa- 
tion of  my  children.  I  do  not  want  you  to  be 
the  one  who  is  solely  responsible,  and  I  do  not 
want  to  be  solely  responsible,  but  I  think  if  we 
walk  side-by-side  as  adults  for  these  children 
then  our  efforts  will  really  benefit  them.  And 
they're  going  to  achieve.'  " 

Within  two  months  of  enrolling  her  chil- 
dren in  school  last  January,  McClure  was 
elected  president  of  the  Pearsontown  PTA. 
Today,  she  invests  the  four  and  a  half  hours  a 
day  that  she  would  otherwise  have  spent  home 
schooling  by  volunteering  at  Pearsontown. 
"One  of  my  big  fears  was  that  I  would  just  be 
sending  my  kids  off  and  that  would  be  it;  I 
wouldn't  see  them  for  eight  hours.  And  it 
doesn't  have  to  be  that  way.  The  teachers  want 


make  sure  the  kids  in  my  kids'  classes  don't 
get  lost  for  the  parents  who  aren't  able  to  be 
as  involved." 

All  told,  however,  the  transition  from  home 
school  to  public  school  is  not  easy  for  every 
child.  McClure  regrets  that  she  didn't  stress 
timed  tests  in  both  writing  and  math  while 
home  schooling.  She  says  her  children  were 
ill-prepared  for  the  time  constraints  of  tradi- 
tional school.  The  social  demands  of  peer  in- 
teraction were  also  difficult  to  master. 
McClure  recalls  one  instance  during  the  first 
few  weeks  at  school  when  her  son  Joshua,  ten, 
got  in  trouble  for  repeating  profanity  he'd 
read  on  the  school's  bathroom  wall.  "Well, 
Joshua  had  no  idea  what  that  meant,  because 
we  call  everything  by  its  proper  name,"  she 
says.  "You  'suck'  a  sucker.  That's  not  a  bad 
word  to  him." 

That  sort  of  confusion,  short  of  embarrass- 
ment, can  be  easily  ironed  out,  but  what 
about  the  larger  question  of  depriving  kids  of 
peer  socialization?  Aren't  home-schoolers 
missing  out  when  it  comes  to  interacting  with 
a  variety  of  other  children  in  a  competitive 
classroom  setting?  That  all  depends  on  the 
parents,  says  William  Coleman,  associate  pro- 
fessor of  pediatrics  at  the  Center  for  De- 
velopment and  Learning  at  the  University  of 


40      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


North  Carolina  at  Chapel  Hill.  Coleman,  who 
also  trains  medical  students  in  behavioral 
pediatrics  at  the  residency  program  at  Duke, 
says,  "I've  worked  with  one  child  who  was 
doing  very  well  academically  but  was  defi- 
nitely missing  out  on  the  social  aspect  of 
school — who  was  a  little  lonely  and  adulti- 
fied....  But  some  parents  do  a  very  nice  job  of 
keeping  them  involved  with  their  peers. 
That's  especially  important  in  the  sixth  or 
seventh  grade  when  kids  need  a  lot  of  peer 
feedback  and  a  lot  of  other  people  to  help 
them  identify  who  they  are." 

Amy  Ruff  agrees.  Her  children's  need  for 
peer  socialization  influenced  the  family's  de- 
cision to  move  a  year  ago  to  an  affluent  neigh- 
borhood in  Durham  on  a  cul-de-sac  where 
there  were  eleven  other  kids.  The  Ruff  children 
participate  in  team  sports  and  have  opportun- 
ities to  interact  with  other  home-schoolers  on 
regularly  scheduled  field  trips  through  the 
support  organization  to  which  they  belong. 

That  kind  of  extracurricular  activity  requires 
extra  commitment  on  the  part  of  parents  and 
a  great  deal  of  effort  from  all  concerned.  "I 
still  have  lots  of  friends  that  home  school,  and 
for  a  lot  of  them  that's  not  the  norm, "  says 
McClure.  "Now,  a  mom  will  tell  you,  'I  love 
home  schooling, '  but  if  you're  a  fly  on  the 
wall  of  a  group  of  home -school  moms,  that's 
not  what  you  hear!  You  hear,  'This  is  the 
hardest  thing  I've  ever  done  in  my  entire  life. 
I  don't  know  if  I  can  continue  to  do  it.'  That's 
what  you  hear.  And  it  is  very,  very  hard,  and 
you  have  to  be  extremely  dedicated  to  it  to  do 
a  good  job  and  continue." 

"I  do  not  think  that  everyone  should  be 
home  schooling,"  says  Amy  Ruff.  "Maybe  I 
used  to  think,  oh,  anybody  could  do  it.  But 
I've  seen  some  friends  become  really  burned 
out,  really  coming  into  difficulty  in  their  rela- 
tionships with  their  children."  For  those  par- 
ents, Ruff  supports  the  decision  to  enroll  the 
children  in  traditional  school. 

Boykin,  the  principal  of  Pearsontown,  em- 
phasizes the  importance  of  considering  differ- 
ent opportunities  for  every  child.  "The  beauty 
of  the  Durham  Public  Schools  at  this  time  is 
that  there  are  so  many  options,  and  I  really 
think  that  if  people  knew,  the  way  I  know,  the 
principals  at  these  schools,  many  of  the  em- 
ployees at  these  schools,  and  the  offerings  at 
these  schools,  that  they  could  find  a  place  for 
their  children,  and  most  of  our  kids  could  be 
very  well  educated  within  the  public  school 
arena.  That  was  not  the  case  six  or  seven 
years  ago." 

"But  even  at  that,  there  is  no  Utopia  for 
every  single  child, "  Boykins  adds.  "And  we  do 
have  children  who  fall  through  the  cracks 
because  you  can't  give  them  that  very,  very 
individualized  attention,  although  we  say  we 
individualize,  and  I  tell  teachers  that's  the 
expectation.  Very,  very  rarely  do  I  want  to  go 


into  a  classroom  and  see  whole-class  instruc- 
tion. I  want  to  see  differentiation  and  varia- 
tion.... Ideally,  I  want  every  child's  needs  to  be 
met  and  to  take  a  child,  where  they  are,  where 
they  come  to  us,  and  then  move  that  child, 
using  that  child's  learning  style,  and  let  that 
be  the  focal  point.  That's  impossible  with  the 
tax  base  being  what  it  is  in  most  areas  of  the 
country.  I  mean,  if  we  could  have  our  dream 
schools,  we  could  have  a  school  where  every- 
body would  want  to  come.  I  think  all  over  the 
country  educators  know  what  to  do  and  how 
to  do  it,  but  with  the  resources  that  are  avail- 
able they're  just  not  able  to  do  it." 

Ron  Jenkins  advises  parents,  "If  I  were  a 


parent  who  loved  learning,  I  would  be 
inclined  to  regard  my  child  as  a  candidate  for 
home  schooling  when  I  saw  a  failure  of  the 
love  of  learning  developing  in  the  child. 
That's  the  whole  point  of  being  an  educator: 
to  develop  a  life-long  desire  to  learn.  And 
that's  killed  off  in  our  children  quite  early." 

Areglado  in  Rhode  Island  says  he  hopes 
that  those  decisions  are  made  in  partnership 
with  public  schools.  "When  it's  handled  well 
and  we  have  full  and  ongoing  conversations 
with  each  other,  it  only  enriches  the  child's 
life.  And  that's  what  it's  fundamentally  all 
about, "  he  says.  "That  should  be  the  common 
vision  that  we  all  share." 


Seconds  from  Duke  University, 
Minutes  from  Research  Triangle  Park. 


and  Light  Years  Away  from  the  Ordinary. 


Nestled  among  tall  Norm  Carolina  pines  and 
hardwoods,  next  to  prestigious  Duke  University  and  near 
the  heart  of  the  world-renowned  Research  Triangle  Pork, 
the  Washington  Duke  Inn  &  Golf  Club  is  the  destination- 
of-choice  for  countless  business  travelers,  high-level 
conferences  and  leisure  guests  from  all  points  of  the 


•  Another  asset  of  Duke  University  - 
and  only  blocks  owoy  from  its  world 
famous  medical  center,  the  Inn  is  the 
only  Four-Star,  Four-Diamond  hotel  in 
eastern  North  Carolina. 

•  Located  midway  between  New  York 
and  Atlanta,  the  Washington  Duke  Inn's 
300-acre  site  is  only  15  minutes  from 
Raleigh-Durham  International  Airport 
and  easy  to  get  to. 

•  The  regional  and  seasonal  cuisines  of 
the  highly  acclaimed  Fairview  restaurant 
epicures  from  around  the  world. 


•  The  Inn's  superb  meeting  and  catering  facilities  easily 
accommodate  groups  from  20  to  400. 

•  Each  of  the!  71  newly-renovated  and  elegantly- 
appointed  guest  rooms  and  suites  has  complimentary 
Internet  access  at  Ethernet®  speed. 

•  Recreational  amenities  include  on  18-hole, 
Robert  Trent  Jones-designed  championship  golf 
course,  home  of  the  2001  NCAA  men's 
championship,  along  with  a  3/4  mile  long 
jogging  trail,  swimming  pool,  Duke  Center 
for  Living  privileges. 


•  Popular  local  attractions  -  the  Durham 
Bulls,  Duke  Chapel,  Duke  Gardens,  the 
Museum  of  Life  and  Science,  Morehead 
, , .    .  .  ,  Planetarium  and  the  very  finest  collegiate 

Washington  Duke    sports  teams  anywhere. 

Inn  &  Golf  Club 

And  it  almost  goes  without  saying,  the 
:ttract  grand  tradition  of  superior  service  ond  warm  Southern 

hospitality  is  alive  and  well  here. 


3001  Cameron  Boulevard  •  Durham,  North  Carolina  •  (919)  490-0999 

JUL  1-800-443-3853  ^ir 

■^  I?™  -^  www.washingtondukdnn.com  Ziiw*' 


March-April  1999        41 


CALLING 
THE  PLAYS 


L 


ast  year,  CBS  Sports  presi- 
dent Sean  McManus  '71 
wagered  $4  billion  of  his 
network's  money  to  buy  the 
rights  to  broadcast  profes- 
sional football  on  Sunday 
afternoons  from  1998  until 
2006.  It  was  a  high-profile, 
high-pressure  turn  at  the  roulette  wheel:  If 
the  ball  landed  on  black — or  rather,  in  the 
black,  meaning  that  CBS  recoups  its  $500- 
million-  per-year  investment — then  McManus 
would  be  hailed  as  a  hero.  If  not,  well,  enter- 
tainment executives,  like  Westinghouse  (which 
owns  CBS)  CEO  Mel  Karmazin,  are  not  well- 
known  for  their  forgiveness.  As  Bill  Carter  of 
The  New  York  Times  wrote  last  September, 
"Forget  all  those  quarterbacks  surrounded  by 
300-pound  charging  linemen:  When  the  NFL 
season  starts  this  Sunday,  the  real  pressure 
will  be  on  the  execs  who  call  the  plays  at 
CBS.  And  they  don't  get  to  wear  helmets." 

I  first  spoke  with  McManus  a  few  days 
before  the  1998  football  season  was  about  to 
begin.  Hired  to  run  CBS  Sports  in  1996,  he 
was  pleased  to  have  reacquired  the  rights  to 
pro  football,  which  CBS  had  lost  to  FOX  in 
1993.  "I'm  not  sure  the  network  would  sur- 
vive without  football, "  he  said.  "If  we  hadn't 
gotten  the  NFL,  CBS  would  have  had  no  shot 
whatsoever  at  reclaiming  its  spot  as  the  pre- 
mier sports  network." 

Indeed,  when  FOX  in  1993  lured  the  NFC 
rights  away  from  CBS  with  a  brash  bid,  Dan 
Rather 's  Tiffany  network  was  crushed.  "Mo- 
rale was  horrible  here,"  said  McManus.  "It 
was  absolutely  devastating.  The  image  of  our 
affiliates  [the  local  stations]  went  down;  we 
lost  twelve  important  affiliates  to  FOX.  CBS 
went  into  a  tailspin."  Indeed,  despite  the  addi- 
tion of  David  Letterman,  CBS  was  viewed  as 
a  network  for  older  folks.  Three  years  later, 
CBS  shuffled  executives  and  hired  McManus. 
There's  no  doubt  that  the  AFC  games  are  a 
valuable  property.  But  did  he  pay  too  much? 
The  sum  was  more  than  double  what  NBC 
had  been  paying  for  the  same  rights  last  year, 
but  McManus  insisted  that  the  decision  was  a 
good  one.  "We'd  accept  a  deal  that  meant  los- 
ing $50  million  per  year" — that  is,  one  that 
netted  only  $450  million  per  year  in  ad  rev- 
enues against  the  $500  million  rights  fee. 
Why?  The  art  of  assigning  a  value  to  profes- 


SEAN  McMANUS 

BY  MICHAEL  A.  GOLDSTEIN 


THE  PRESIDENT  OF  CBS 

SPORTS  PLAYED  HIGH 

STAKES  WHEN  HE 

RETOOK  POSSESSION  OF 

FOOTBALL.  THAT  GAME 

PLAN,  AND  SOME  NEW 

PLAYS,  COULD  ASSIST 

CBS  IN  RECLAIMING  ITS 

SPOT  AS  THE  PREMIER 

SPORTS  NETWORK. 


sional  sports  has  undergone  a  cataclysmic 
change  over  the  last  decade.  Back  then,  the 
value  of  a  sports  league — whether  basketball, 
baseball,  or  football — was  fairly  easy  to  cal- 
culate: How  much  ad  time  could  you  sell,  and 
at  what  price?  Now  the  formula  is  more  spec- 
ulative: How  much  revenue  can  you  derive 
from  pregame  and  post-game  broadcasts,  and 
how  much  can  you  shake  out  of  your  local 
affiliates?  Then  there  are  tougher  numbers  to 
decide.  How  much,  for  example,  is  it  worth  for 
the  opportunity  to  promote  prime-time  shows? 
NBC  did  a  lot  to  showcase  Friends  and  Sein- 
feld using  the  NBA. 

Even  with  all  of  the  potential  synergy,  NBC 
Sports  President  Dick  Ebersol,  who  wouldn't 
match  McManus's  bid,  called  the  $4-billion 
deal  unconscionable.  "CBS  is  practicing  a 
form  of  mathematics  with  which  none  of  my 
professors  was  familiar — because  they  didn't 
have  enough  beads  in  their  abacus,"  he  has 
said.  He  predicted  huge  losses  for  CBS  and 
layoffs  of  200  to  300  people.  Indeed,  CBS  did 
lay  off  180  employees  soon  after  striking  the 
AFC  deal,  though  CBS  denied  the  cuts  were 
related  to  the  football  contract. 

In  a  sense,  this  was  a  game  of  musical 
chairs.  The  NFL  offered  three  packages  — 
the  AFC,  NFC,  and  Monday  Night  Foot- 


ball—to four  networks  (ABC,  NBC,  CBS, 
and  FOX).  McManus  wasn't  going  to  be  the 
one  without  a  seat.  And  now  that  the  first 
season  is  over,  did  McManus'  gamble  pay  off? 
Beyond  his  wildest  dreams.  The  $500-million 
deal  itself  was  a  winner.  Rather  than  losing 
$50  million,  the  network  claims  to  have 
earned  $50  million.  But  more  importantly, 
CBS  regained  the  top  spot  in  prime  time. 

I  spoke  with  McManus  again  in  February, 
and  he  was  rightly  triumphant.  "The  NFL  on 
CBS  worked  extremely  well  for  the  shows  we 
promoted  during  broadcasts,  like  Everybody 
Loves  Raymond,  Walker  Texas  Ranger,  and  60 
Minutes  11, "  he  says.  "The  general  perception 
is  now  that  we  have  the  strongest  year-round 
sports  schedule." 

He  expected  nothing  less.  After  all,  he  grew 
up  with  a  seat  at  the  sports  table.  His  father  is 
Jim  McKay,  the  legendary  ABC  sports  an- 
nouncer. As  a  child,  Sean  saw  the  television 
business  first-hand.  By  age  twelve,  he  was  an 
ABC  gofer,  and  he  spent  his  teenage  years  in 
TV  trucks.  In  1968,  he  watched  Lee  Trevino 
win  the  U.S.  Open;  in  1972,  he  was  in  Mu- 
nich, watching  his  father  ad-lib  as  the  news  of 
the  terrible  attack  on  Israeli  Olympic  athletes 
unfolded. 

McKay,  now  seventy-six,  has  said  of  his  son: 
"You're  proud  of  yourself,  but  then  you  say, 
'Doggone  it.  It's  that  little  kid  that  has  grown 
up  and  had  amazing  success  at  a  reasonably 
young  age.'  The  odds  were  so  much  against  it." 
McKay,  who's  called  Sean  "my  best  male 
friend... since  he  was  a  kid,"  was  constantly 
critiqued  by  his  son.  Now  McManus  gets  to 
use  those  critical  skills  on  his  own  commen- 
tators, who  include  Greg  Gumbel,  Phil 
Simms,  and  Lou  Holtz. 

At  Duke,  he  wrote  for  The  Chronicle  and 
avidly  followed  Duke  basketball.  "This  was 
the  Gene  Banks  era, "  he  points  out.  He  was 
an  English  and  history  double  major,  but  he 
knew  all  along  he  wanted  to  become  a  pro- 
ducer of  TV  sports.  "I  could  have  made  a  lot 
on  Wall  Street, "  he  says,  "but  upon  gradua- 
tion I  took  a  job  as  a  production  assistant  at 
ABC  making  $12,300  a  year.  I  passed  up  a  lot 
of  money.  In  the  end  it  all  balanced  out." 

After  two  years  at  ABC,  he  went  to  NBC, 
working  the  ladder  to  become  the  youngest 
vice  president  in  network  history.  In  1987,  he 
left  to  run  IMG's  TV  division,  negotiating 


42      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


rights  deals  for  the  Olympics,  Wimbledon  and 
the  U.S.  Open,  and  golfs  British  Open.  It  was 
the  perfect  preparation  for  his  current  job  of 
buying  sports;  at  IMG  he  sold  them.  Back 
then,  he  was  still  known  in  the  business  as 
McKay's  son,  but  he  says  he  didn't  mind;  their 
relationship  remained  close.  In  fact,  in  1988 
his  father,  who  had  started  buying  thorough- 
bred horses,  won  the  Maryland  Million  with  a 
steed  named  "Sean's  Ferrari."  As  a  child,  Sean 
had  lobbied  for  his  folks  to  buy  one,  without 
success. 

Now  McManus  has  the  money  to  buy  his 
own  Ferrari — and  even  an  excuse,  given  the 
auto  racing  he  broadcasts  on  CBS — but  not 
the  personality.  In  a  sports-media  world  where 
rivals  like  NBC's  Ebersol  and  ABC/ESPN's 
Steven  Bornstein  are  huge  personalities, 
McManus  is  low-key.  He's  not  a  philosopher, 
ruminating  on  the  role  of  sports  in  a  hero- 
starved  society,  but  a  businessman. 

Any  sports  coach  knows  the  ideal  time  to 
take  over  a  once -proud  franchise  is  when  it's 
at  its  nadir;  Rick  Pitino,  for  example,  left 
Kentucky  at  its  peak  and  inherited  the 
Boston  Celtics  after  one  of  its  worst-ever  sea- 


sons. McManus,  too,  accepted  the  CBS  job 
with  the  network  mired  in  a  slump.  As  one 
observer  wrote,  "The  eye  in  the  famed  CBS 
logo  needed  Kleenex."  When  McManus  was 
hired,  the  announcer  Jim  Nantz  said,  "It's 
given  us  more  than  just  a  pulse,  but  a  reason 
to  feel  complete  and  whole  again." 

Things  are  better  now.  In  addition  to  the 
AFC,  CBS  broadcasts  the  Final  Four,  the 
Masters,  tennis'  U.S.  Open,  college  football, 
the  Super  Bowl  every  third  year,  and  other 
events.  McManus  is  considering  acquiring 
baseball  coverage.  "The  game  is  starting  to 
regain  the  luster  that  it  lost;  it's  healthier  now 
than  two  years  ago,  and  it  will  be  even 
stronger  in  another  two  years."  Baseball  has 
its  vulnerable  points  along  with  its  strong 
points:  "McGwire  and  Sosa  brought  interest 
to  a  much  higher  level  than  it  would  have 
been.  The  World  Series  is  an  excellent  TV 
property.  The  playoffs  are  good.  The  regular 
season  is  problematic." 

CBS's  golf  coverage  is  solid,  especially 
with  the  emergence  of  Tiger  Woods.  "While  I 
thought  he'd  win  more  major  tournaments 
than  he  has  between  the  1997  Masters  and 


now,"  McManus  says, "he's  still  competitive  in 
every  event  he  plays,  and  will  be  a  positive 
factor  for  twenty  years."  Naturally,  McManus 
was  beaming  when  Woods  won  a  February 
tournament  with  an  eagle  on  the  eighteenth 
hole — this  a  week  after  an  incredibly  excit- 
ing Daytona  500,  which  earned  the  all-time 
highest  ratings  for  that  race. 

Not  only  is  CBS  on  a  winning  streak,  but 
rival  NBC  has  some  threatened  properties  — 
like  the  Olympics.  "If  they  don't  purge  the 
problem  at  the  IOC  and  clean  up  the  scan- 
dal, "  McManus  says,  "they  risk  very  serious 
long-range  damage.  It's  still  a  great  property, 
but,  at  this  time,  I  wouldn't  risk  it." 

That's  not  to  say  that  he  won't:  CBS's 
Karmazin  has  publicly  mused  about  buying 
NBC  outright.  "I  think  it's  very  possible.  If  Dis- 
ney can  own  ABC  and  ESPN  and  the  Disney 
Channel,  why  should  one  company  not  own 
two  networks.7"  McManus  speculates.  Asked 
whether  that  might  affect  the  TV  packages, 
which  ultimately  yield  giant  salaries  for  ath- 
letes, he  replies,  "As  long  as  two  parties  aggres- 
sively bid  for  TV  rights  —  and  there  would 
still  be  FOX  and  ABC — then  it  won't  affect 


March -April   1999        43 


the  prices."  Still,  the  implications  for  NFL 
rights  are  daunting:  If  FOX  had  NFC  games 
and  ABC  had  Monday  Night  games,  why 
would  a  CBS-owned  NBC  bid  aggressively 
against  CBS  itself  for  the  AFC  package? 

One  of  the  less  successful  CBS  Sports  prop- 
erties is  men's  tennis.  "Pete  Sampras'  problem 
is  he  doesn't  have  a  foil,"  McManus  says. 
"Borg  and  Connors  had  McEnroe,  Chrissie 
Evert  had  Martina  Navratilova.  For  Sampras, 
no  one  else  is  out  there,  though  Patrick  Rafter 
might  emerge  as  that  person."  So,  if  profes- 
sional sports  so  depend  on  personalities,  how 
does  McManus  bid  on  TV  rights  without 
knowing  who,  five  years  down  the  road,  will 
emerge?  "You  try  to  do  a  worst-case  scenario 
and  make  your  bid  based  on  that,"  he  ex- 
plains. "If  a  Venus  Williams  or  Anna  Kourni- 
kova  or  Tiger  comes  along,  that's  just  a  plus." 

McManus  says  he  thinks  the  biggest  prob- 
lem in  team  sports  is  that  there's  no  consis- 
tency in  the  cast  of  players.  They  move 
around.  "One  week  you're  rooting  for  Bobby 
Bonilla  playing  for  the  Orioles,  then  the 
Marlins,  now  the  Dodgers,  not  to  mention  the 
Pirates  and  Yankees.  I  don't  see  it  stopping, 
but  it's  one  of  most  dangerous  trends  in  sports 
right  now.  I  can't  do  anything  about  it; 
it  would  be  presumptuous  of  me  to  raise  it 
with  team  owners.  Fortunately  from  a  TV 
standpoint,  especially  with  the  NFL,  it  hasn't 
dramatically  affected  ratings.  But  it  has  dra- 
matically affected  interest  in  some  sports,  par- 
ticularly baseball." 

There  isn't  a  single  major  sports  property 
that  at  this  point  he  feels  is  overvalued,  he 
says.  "True,  from  a  programming  standpoint, 
certain  properties  don't  make  sense — the 
NBA,  we  physically  can't  accommodate  it 
with  our  college  basketball  commitment." 
Actually,  college  hoops  or  not,  he  did,  in  fact, 
vie  for  the  NBA.  In  an  ingenious  but  failed 
tactical  maneuver,  he  tried  to  get  NBA 
Commissioner  David  Stern  to  split  the  TV 
rights  between  two  networks,  like  football 
does  with  its  Sunday  afternoon  games,  thus 
wresting  half  of  the  league  from  NBC.  He  says 
now,  "With  Michael  Jordan  gone,  it's  still  a 
very  viable  property,  but  everyone  admits  it 
will  not  be  what  it  was.  The  lingering  image 
problems  from  the  strike  will  be  felt  for  a  few 
more  years.  Given  the  choice  between  college 
basketball  or  the  pros,  I'd  take  college,  defi- 
nitely." McManus  plans  to  continue  aggres- 
sively courting  his  rivals'  big  events.  From  the 
Kentucky  Derby  to  the  Indy  500,  "there  isn't  a 
major  property  we  won't  take  a  look  at." 
That's  because,  as  the  network  TV  audience 
fragments — lost  to  cable,  Direct  TV,  and  the 
Internet — it's  the  big  events  that  make  the 
networks  viable. 

Will  women's  sports  become  a  viable  net- 
work TV  package?  "The  WNBA  is  viable 
right  now,  propped  up  by  the  NBA.  Women's 


tennis  is  as  appealing  if  not  more  appealing 
than  men's — there's  Venus  and  Kournikova, 
plus  the  older  guard  of  Steffi  [Graf]  and 
Monica  [Seles]."  Still,  he  says,  men's  sports 
will  continue  to  dominate  network  TV,  leav- 
ing little  room  for  women's.  "Nobody  has  yet 
proven  that  women  will  watch  women's 
sports  [in  huge  numbers];  advertisers  aren't 
convinced  that  the  way  to  reach  women  is 
through  women's  sports.  Fifty  percent  of 
major  league  baseball  watchers,  for  example, 
are  women.  A  lot  more  women  watch  the 
World  Series  than  the  WNBA  Finals." 

One  of  the  staples  of  the  CBS  Sports  line- 
up is  the  NCAA  tournament.  "It  has  gotten 
bigger  and  better  every  year  for  the  last  fifteen 
years, "  McManus  contends.  "One  advantage 
is  single  elimination.  [Last  year's  Cinderella 
team]  Valparaiso  may  not  belong  on  the  same 
court  as  other  teams,  but  through  sheer  will 
and  emotion  and  good  fortune,  it  can  manage 
to  pull  some  upsets.  A  Coppin  State,  you 
never  hear  anything  about  them  all  year,  and 
then  suddenly  they  emerge  on  national  tele- 
vision. It's  so  much  more  refreshing  than  pro 
basketball.  Dave  Gavitt  [the  former  Big  East 
Commissioner]  once  said  that  the  NBA  is 
about  the  name  on  the  back  of  jersey,  while 
college  basketball  is  about  the  name  on  the 
front."  A  rivalry  like  Duke-UNC,  he  says,  will 
be  as  great  in  ten  years  as  it  was  ten  years  ago. 
"But  right  now  the  [once-storied  rivalry  of 
the]  Boston  Celtics  versus  the  L.A.  Lakers 
doesn't  mean  anything  to  the  American  peo- 
ple." What  did  he  think  of  this  year's  Duke 
squad?  "It's  exciting  for  me  personally,  but  it's 
also  good  for  the  network,  because  Duke  is 
the  most  promotable  team  in  the  nation,  a 
great  draw." 

While  college  basketball  continues  to  have 
a  certain  sports  purity,  other  sports  have 
floundered.  Baseball  enjoyed  its  glorious 
home-run  race  between  Mark  McGwire  and 
Sammy  Sosa,  one  that  seemed  to  re -ignite  the 
passions  of  some  erstwhile  fans.  But,  overall, 
even  Jim  McKay  has  said  that  TV  is  getting 
"too  smoothly  packaged." 

CBS  seemed  to  fall  into  that  trap  during 
the  1998  Winter  Olympics,  where  disappoint- 
ing ratings  were  a  black  eye  for  McManus.  In 
1996,  NBC's  coverage  of  the  Summer  Games 
in  Atlanta  received  enormous  ratings  but  was 
criticized  by  some  for  its  soap  opera-style  cov- 
erage, disproportionately  featuring  athlete  pro- 
files with  violins  playing  in  the  background 
over  of  the  events  themselves.  The  strategy  is 
essentially  that  the  sports  enthusiasts  consti- 
tute a  captive  audience — they'll  watch  the 
Olympics  no  matter  what — so  why  not  ap- 
peal to  some  of  the  less  die-hard  potential 
viewers,  especially  women?  Some  sports  pu- 
rists were  gleeful,  then,  that  CBS's  1998  at- 
tempt to  execute  the  same  strategy  failed. 

McManus  takes  issue  with  that  criticism. 


"We  could  have  done  a  much  better  job, "  he 
says.  "We'd  make  different  decisions  on  how 
to  produce  it."  While  he  points  out  that  some 
of  the  problems  —  a  lack  of  compelling  story- 
lines, bad  weather,  the  time  delay  from 
Japan — were  beyond  CBS's  control,  "we 
learned  that  we  need  the  right  people  in 
place."  Heads  rolled.  But  the  problem,  he  says, 
was  not  the  story-telling  style.  "This  approach 
wasn't  invented  two  years  ago,  by  NBC, "  he 
says.  Sports  coverage  "has  been  moving  to- 
ward personalizing  the  athlete  since  the  1964 
Games,  and  at  Mexico  City  in  1968."  Le- 
gendary ABC  producer  Roone  Arledge, 
McManus'  father's  boss  in  the  1960s,  called  it 
the  "up-close-and-personal  profile."  Says 
McManus,  "You  show  one  before  the  race  or 
the  game.  It's  the  same  old  formula,  just  re- 
packaged." 

And  indeed,  personalities  do  drive  sports. 
"People  watch  TV  to  watch  individuals.  The 
NBA  does  as  well  as  it  does  because  the  audi- 
ence cares  about  Jordan  or  Pippen.  Arledge 
said,  'It  doesn't  matter  if  you  love  or  hate  a 
guy,  as  long  as  it's  one  of  those  two  emotions.' 
People  hate  Dennis  Rodman,  so  they  watch 
him.  Nobody  likes  him,  or  at  least  no  stable 
person  likes  him.  It's  why  the  Yankees  are  the 
highest-rated  team — half  love  them  and  half 
hate  them.  It's  the  same  with  the  Dallas  Cow- 
boys. They  generate  such  strong  feelings." 

McManus  has  been  a  close  observer  of  the 
business  of  sports  for  thirty-plus  years.  What's 
changed?  "The  technology,"  he  muses.  "You 
see  and  hear  so  much  more  of  the  game.  Of 
course,  the  money  involved,  too.  This  is  such 
a  huge,  huge  business,  a  multi-billion-dollar 
business."  From  his  standpoint,  the  corporate 
ownership  of  teams  (Disney,  FOX,  Comcast, 
and  Paramount  are  just  a  few)  doesn't  much 
affect  the  business.  "It  might  press  up  rights 
fees,  but  otherwise  we  don't  care  who  owns 
teams." 

He  seems  pleased  more  with  what's  re- 
mained constant  than  with  what's  changed. 
"The  most  refreshing  thing  is  that  the  people 
who  are  successful  are  the  ones  who  care 
most  about  winning.  The  primary  reason  the 
Bulls  won  the  last  championship  was  Jordan's 
will  to  win.  The  last  two  minutes  of  Game  6, 
he  scored  his  team's  last  eight  points  purely 
through  will.  He  wasn't  the  best-conditioned 
athlete  out  there,  not  the  most  physically 
qualified — he  just  forced  himself.  The  same 
with  Sampras.  That  hasn't  changed  and  never 
will." 


Goldstein  '91,  a  freelance  writer,  is  the  founder 
of  a  new  school,  the  Media  and  Technology  Char- 
ter High  School  (MATCH),  which  serves  inner- 
city  Boston  students.  His  Internet  address  is 
Goldstein7@aol  com. 


44      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


HOW  TO  TAG 


A  TUNA 


From  the  rear  "fighting  chair" 
of  a  fifty-five -foot  boat  slowly 
cruising  a  choppy  January 
ocean  off  Morehead  City, 
North  Carolina,  a  big-game 
angler  suddenly  focuses  with 
moment- of- truth  awareness 
on  one  of  a  row  of  fishing  rods 
dangling  from  the  boat's  stern,  trolling  men- 
haden bait  through  the  water  on  lines  strong 
enough  to  snare  and  hold  the  mightiest  of 
catches.  The  stout  rod  has  suddenly  been 
yanked  with  great  authority  by  a  violent 
downward  force,  giving  the  fisherman  no  time 
to  deliberate.  His  adrenaline  levels  in  heart- 
pounding  overdrive,  he  grabs  its  handle  and 
with  all  his  might,  furiously  reels  in  the  line 
while  heaving  up  on  the  rod  to  check  the 
determined  crash  dive  of  an  unseen  giant 


BARBARA  BLOCK 

BY  MONTE  BASGALL 

A  MARINE  SCIENTIST  — 

AND  "GENIUS  AWARD" 

WINNER— IS  GALVANIZING 

NORTH  CAROLINA'S  SPORTS 

FISHING  COMMUNITY. 

THEIR  SHARED  CONCERN: 

THE  DECLINE  OF  BLUEFIN 

TUNA  STOCK  IN  THE 

WESTERN  ATLANTIC  OCEAN. 


bluefin  tuna  —  the  world's  most  commercial- 
ly valuable  fish  species,  and  one  of  its  biggest. 
This  age-old  fight  for  domination  is  just  the 
prelude  to  the  main  event.  The  fish  surfaces 
magnificently,  gray-bodied  with  silver  and  gold 
accents  on  the  top  and  tail  fins.  As  soon  as 
the  angler  has  won  the  battle,  he  immediately 
cedes  control  of  the  stout,  two-toned  trophy 
to  a  hardy  group  of  researchers  led  by  Barbara 
Block  Ph.D.  '86,  a  MacArthur  "genius  award" 
winner  and  Stanford  University  associate  pro- 
fessor of  biological  sciences.  Members  of  Block's 
close-knit  team  pull  the  big  fish — weighing 
many  hundreds  of  pounds  —  up  a  ramp,  in 
choreography  practiced  time  after  time  on 
slippery  boat  decks,  often  pitching  furiously  in 
wintertime  Carolina  seas.  Gloved  against  the 
cold  and  wind,  they  gingerly  muscle  the  tuna 
onto  a  cushioning  blue  foam  pad  and  calm  it 


March-April  1999        45 


down  by  covering  its  eyes  with  a  soft  blind- 
fold, the  same  tactic  falconers  use  to  pacify 
their  birds.  By  then,  the  scientists  have  inserted 
a  flowing  seawater  hose  in  the  animal's  mouth 
to  irrigate  its  gills,  ensuring  proper  breathing. 
And  they  have  checked  the  tuna's  length  and 
girth  with  a  tape  measure. 

They  next  perform  surgery,  which  in  many 
fish  begins  with  a  one-inch  incision  into  the 
skin  of  the  giant  bluefiris  belly.  After  cutting 
a  channel  into  its  body  cavity,  the  scientists  in- 
sert an  instrument- crammed  tubular  "archival 
tag"  beneath  the  skin,  allowing  an  attached 
antenna-like,  light-sensing  stalk  to  protrude 
from  the  rear  of  the  belly  wall.  Then  they  sew 
up  the  incision  with  dissolvable  sutures  and  at- 
tach separate  green-and-white  "streamer"  tags 
near  the  animal's  front  bottom  fin.  After  that, 
the  team  slides  the  fish  back  into  ocean, 
working  so  swiftly  that  its  entire  out-of-water 
experience  is  only  three  minutes.  On  other 
fish,  the  researchers  dart  an  area  just  behind 
the  fin  with  a  "pop-up  satellite  tag" — a  device 
shaped  like  a  bulbous  stage  microphone  with 
an  antenna  jutting  from  its  nose. 

By  all  outward  signs,  these  procedures  are 
painless.  And  post-surgical  surveillance  shows 
that  the  fish  resume  feeding  normally  within 
hours.  Both  kinds  of  tags  are  providing  the 
scientists  with  the  best  records  to  date  of  the 
activities  of  the  mysterious  bluefins.  The  re- 
cords from  one  archival  tag — which  fisher- 
men eventually  remove  and  return  to  the  sci- 
entists after  catching  the  tuna  and  noticing 
the  colorful  streamer  tags — recently  re- 
vealed that  bluefins  can  dive  more  than  2,400 
feet  below  the  surface.  Other  recent  data 
from  pop-up  satellite  tags — which  are  time- 
released  from  the  fish  to  float  up  to  the  sur- 
face and  broadcast  their  information  to  Block 
by  satellite — have  confirmed  that  giant  blue- 
fin  tuna  are  long-distance  swimmers.  One 
animal  that  received  its  pop-up  tag  off  Cape 
Hatteras  moved  1,670  nautical  miles  in  nine- 
ty days,  following  the  Gulf  Stream  to  the  edge 
of  the  eastern  Atlantic. 

One  of  many  remaining  mysteries  is  why 
bluefin  tuna  gather  near  the  Carolina  coast  in 
the  middle  of  blustery,  stormy  winters.  But  the 
fact  that  they  do  has  drawn  Block  and  her 
team  every  year  but  one  since  1996  from  their 
base  of  operations  at  Stanford  and  the  Mon- 
terey Bay  Aquarium  in  California,  where  she 
co-directs  the  Tuna  Research  and  Conser- 
vation Center.  Block's  energy  and  drive,  in 
turn,  have  galvanized  North  Carolina's  sports 
fishing  community,  who  share  her  concern 
about  the  profound  decline  of  bluefin  tuna 
stock  in  the  western  Atlantic  Ocean. 

Giant  bluefins  are  hot  property.  Their  large 
size — up  to  1,500  pounds — and  their  ten- 
dency to  crash- dive  with  thrilling  power,  make 
them  a  top  big-game  fishing  species.  They  can 
also  help  commercial  fishermen  pay  off  mort- 


gages. In  the  early  1990s,  before  the  Japanese 
economy  faltered,  restaurants  there  paid  as 
much  as  $70  a  pound  for  the  best  bluefins, 
whose  meat  is  especially  prized  for  sushi.  Ac- 
cording to  a  recent  Los  Angeles  Times  story  on 
Block's  work,  the  National  Marine  Fisheries 
Service  estimates  that  western  Atlantic  blue- 
fin breeding  stocks  have  dwindled  to  only 
about  15  percent  of  what  they  were  in  1975. 

With  tuna  fishing  severely  restricted  along 
the  United  States  East  Coast,  anglers  in  the 
Cape  Hatteras  area  are  more  than  willing  to 
provide  their  boats  and  fishing  expertise  for 
what  amounts  to  an  annual  catch- and-release, 


RECORDS  FROM  ONE 

ARCHIVAL  TAG  REVEAL 

THAT  BLUEFINS  DIVE 

MORE  THAN  2,400 

FEET  AND  CAN  SWIM 

AS  MANY  AS  1,670 

NAUTICAL  MILES 

IN  90  DAYS. 


scientific  tuna  roundup.  They  hope  her  work 
can  help  resurrect  the  fortunes  of  an  animal 
that  is  at  the  top  of  the  oceanic  food  chain. 
They  also  hope  she  can  help  confirm  their 
suspicions  that  less  restrictive  catch  limits 
in  the  eastern  Atlantic  allow  European  and 
Mediterranean  fishermen  to  over-harvest  tuna 
that  may  actually  be  migrating  there  from  fur- 
ther west. 

Block  stresses  that  she  approaches  such  tu- 
na questions  as  an  objective,  non-partisan  sci- 
entist. But  an  enthusiasm  bordering  on  affec- 
tion for  this  special  fish  can't  help  but  surface. 
"I've  always  been  interested  in  bluefin  tuna, " 
she  says  while  hard  at  work  during  a  rare  day 
ashore  at  Duke's  Nicholas  School  of  the  En- 
vironment Marine  Laboratory  in  coastal  Beau- 
fort. "I  was  caught  by  it  as  a  youngster.  To  me, 
it's  the  most  majestic  fish  in  the  sea.  A  bluefin 
tuna  is  the  pinnacle  of  boney  fish  evolution. 
You're  talking  about  an  animal  that  is  at  the 
top  of  the  fish  world.  And  the  question  is, 
what  makes  them  so  successful?  Why  are  they 
so  good? 

"Part  of  the  answer  is  that  their  physiology 
and  their  biology  are  pushed  to  the  level  of 
almost-mammals.  The  big  thing  is  that  they're 
warm-blooded.  If  you  are  warm-blooded, 
what  does  that  help  you  do?  If  you're  a  bird  or 
a  mammal,  it  helps  you  get  into  new  environs 
that  are  colder.  It  helps  you  access  prey  in  a 
much  wider  niche  by  not  being  limited  by 
temperature.  And  almost  all  fish  in  the  world 
are  limited  by  temperature." 


By  the  time  she  came  to  Duke  to  study  for 
her  Ph.D  in  zoology,  from  1981  to  1986,  Block 
had  become  captivated  by  the  warm-blooded- 
ness  known  to  occur  in  tuna  and  several  other 
fast-moving,  deep-ocean  fish  species.  Born 
in  Springfield,  Massachusetts,  she  had  be- 
come fascinated  with  the  ocean  and  its  crea- 
tures during  childhood  summers  on  Cape  Cod. 
That  interest  was  strengthened  when  she  was 
an  undergraduate  at  the  University  of  Ver- 
mont, a  school  that  stresses  field  experience. 
There,  she  participated  in  the  Semester  at 
Sea  program  offered  by  the  Woods  Hole 
Oceanographic  Institution  in  Massachusetts, 
where  she  met  her  first  mentor.  He  was  Frank 
Carey,  a  charismatic  scientist  whom  she  calls 
"the  father  of  tuna  biology."  Carey  had  pio- 
neered techniques  to  study  the  swift,  difficult- 
to-handle,  giant  bluefins.  And,  he  had  dis- 
covered that  their  cousins,  the  swordfish,  har- 
bor "heater  organs"  to  keep  their  brains  and 
eyes  warm. 

It  was  Carey  who  first  introduced  Block 
to  the  concept  of  these  organs.  She  later 
worked  to  break  new  ground  in  heater-organs 
research  after  entering  a  doctoral  program 
under  the  legendary  Duke  animal  physiolo- 
gist Knut  Schmidt-Nielsen.  Block  first  want- 
ed to  extend  Carey's  work  with  swordfish,  but 
found  they  were  over-fished  and  hard  to  find 
in  the  1980s.  So,  she  opted  instead  to  study 
heater  organs  in  "billfishes, "  a  group  that  in- 
cludes marlins,  sailfish,  and  spearfishes.  To 
carry  out  her  research,  Block  went  to  sea 
aboard  sport  fishing  boats  from  Cape  Hatteras 
to  Hawaii,  being  careful  to  pick  locations  near 
coastal  research  laboratories  so  she  could  do 
follow-up  investigations  at  the  cellular  and 
molecular  levels. 

"This  was  the  golden  age  of  zoology  at 
Duke, "  she  recalls.  "I  look  at  it  as  the  fondest 
years  of  my  career."  She  was  introduced  to 
intense  multidisciplinary  training  that  drew 
on  experts  at  Duke  Medical  Center  as  well  as 
the  zoology  department  and  Duke's  marine 
lab  at  Beaufort.  And  the  experts,  in  turn,  were 
amazed  by  Block. 

"She  mastered  a  wide  range  of  fields  re- 
markably well,"  recalls  Schmidt-Nielsen,  a 
James  B.  Duke  Professor  Emeritus  immortalized 
with  his  own  statue  outside  the  bioscience 
building  (as  the  man  with  the  camel).  The 
statue  commemorates  his  landmark  discovery 
of  how  camels  can  go  for  months  without  wa- 
ter by  adjusting  their  metabolism.  "I  think  she 
produced  enough  to  cover  three  Ph.D.s.  She 
was  remarkably  energetic  and  incisive,  always 
looking  for  the  right  questions  and  finding 
the  answers  to  them,  with  a  never-hesitating 
ability  to  pick  up  new  techniques  and  knowl- 
edge, and  doing  it  all  extremely  well.  She 
could  see  the  big  problems  in  biology  and 
solve  them,  from  the  entire  organism  down  to 
the  biochemistry  of  the  reactions  in  cells." 


46      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


Joseph  Bonaventura,  a  professor  of  cell 
biology  at  the  marine  laboratory,  served  as  a 
second  Duke  mentor  when  Block  did  field- 
work  there;  he  still  keeps  in  touch  when  she 
visits  Beaufort  for  tuna-tagging.  "I've  watched 
her  progress  over  the  years  with  pride,  fasci- 
nation, and  admiration,"  Bonaventura  says. 
"She  is  intense,  focused,  highly  spirited,  and 
full  of  life.  She  is  a  female  scientist  who  is  able 
to  interact  with  the  heads  of  major  funding 
foundations  and  also  spend  weeks  on  the  sea 
as  a  fishing  boat  crew  member,  catching  the 
fish,  doing  surgery  on  them,  and  releasing 
them.  She's  a  real  whirlwind." 

Block's  doctoral  dissertation,  in  four  packed 
chapters,  detailed  how  modified  muscle  called 
"heater  tissue"  warms  the  brain  and  eyes  of 
billfishes  while  the  rest  of  their  bodies  remain 
at  seawater  temperature.  The  action  of  the 
heater  tissue  is  coupled  with  a  "countercur- 
rent  heat  exchanger,"  which  transfers  heat 
between  warmer  and  cooler  blood  vessels  to 
prevent  its  dissipation  by  the  gills.  She  also 
examined  the  roles  of  energy-producing  cellu- 
lar structures,  the  mitochondria.  And  she 
investigated  the  involvement  of  charged  cal- 
cium atoms,  or  ions,  in  the  biochemistry  of 
heat  production.  In  acknowledgments,  she 
thanked  Carey  for  his  inspiration  and  thanked 
"all  the  captains  and  anglers  who  provided 
me  with  the  opportunity  to  examine  their 
prize  billfishes  before  they  reached  the  scales." 

After  receiving  her  Ph.D.,  she  spent  a  post- 


doctoral year  at  the  University  of  Pennsylvania 
and  then  went  to  the  University  of  Chicago, 
where  she  continued  studying  warm-blooded- 
ness  in  billfishes  and  tuna.  Unlike  the  billfishes, 
which  keep  only  their  brains  and  eyes  warm, 
tuna  use  a  combination  of  muscle  action  and 
countercurrent  heat  exchange  to  elevate  temp- 
eratures throughout  most  of  their  bodies. 

Block's  1996  "genius  grant"  was  an  unre- 
stricted $245,000  from  the  John  D.  and 
Catherine  T.  MacArthur  Foundation.  By  then 
she  had  moved  to  Stanford,  where  she  helped 
set  up  the  Tuna  Research  and  Conservation 
Center.  She  had  also  won  a  National  Science 
Foundation  Presidential  Young  Investigator 
Award,  and  one  of  Stanford's  first  prestigious 
Terman  Fellowships.  Her  MacArthur  fellow- 
ship came  two  years  after  she  had  confronted 
the  ignorance  about  bluefin  biology. 

The  epiphany  occurred  at  a  session  of  a 
National  Research  Council  panel  charged  with 
determining  why  tuna  stocks  remained  de- 
pleted, despite  years  of  conservation  efforts. 
Appointed  to  serve  on  that  panel  on  the  rec- 
ommendation of  Carey,  who  was  ill  at  the 
time,  Block  says  she  "sat  in  that  meeting  and 
was  amazed  that  there  was  so  little  knowledge 
about  a  fish  that  was  one  of  my  favorite  ani- 
mals in  the  ocean.  I  decided  that  it  is  vital  for 
the  future  of  the  bluefin  that  biologists  like 
myself  focus  on  this  problem." 

While  still  probing  further  details  about  fish 
warm-bloodedness,  she  began  concentrating 


her  efforts  on  the  Giant  Atlantic  Bluefin  Tuna 
Tagging  Project  she  directs  with  support  from 
the  National  Marine  Fisheries  Service,  the 
National  Science  Foundation,  the  Monterey 
Bay  Aquarium,  the  Lucille  and  David  Pack- 
ard Foundation,  and  the  North  Carolina  com- 
munities of  Cape  Hatteras  and  Morehead  City. 

Until  1993,  scientists  were  only  able  to  track 
tuna  with  attached  "pinger"  tags  that  broad- 
cast sonar  signals.  So,  research  vessels  had  to 
follow  the  fish  wherever  they  went  to  keep 
the  sound  waves  in  "earshot."  That  was  obvi- 
ously "labor  intensive,  expensive,  and  chal- 
lenging to  do, "  says  Block,  who  began  working 
with  several  engineers  on  new  generations  of 
tagging  technology  that  can  track  tuna  re- 
motely. The  first  seminal  improvement,  the 
archival  tag,  is  actually  a  tiny  computer  that 
"wakes  up"  every  two  minutes  to  record  infor- 
mation about  the  tagged  fish  and  its  surround- 
ings. Because  the  archival  tag  keeps  track  of 
their  internal  temperature,  Block  now  knows 
tuna  can  maintain  bodily  readings  near  80  de- 
grees Fahrenheit  in  water  temperatures  as  cold 
as  39  degrees.  And  because  the  tag  records  wa- 
ter pressure,  Block  knows  that  giant  bluefins 
can  dive  to  a  phenomenal  2,400  feet. 

Scientists  can  also  use  the  tag's  data  to  plot 
the  fishes'  movements,  even  1,000  miles  or  more 
away,  by  studying  the  daily  record  of  light  lev- 
els logged  by  the  tag's  external  light-sensing 
stalk.  From  the  light  levels  recorded  at  noon, 
researchers  can  deduce  longitude  just  as  an- 


March -April  1999        47 


cient  mariners  once  did.  From  the  recorded 
length  of  the  sunlit  day,  they  can  also  deter- 
mine the  latitude.  The  light  sensor  data  tell 
them  that  at  least  some  tuna  travel  all  the  way 
from  the  U.S.  East  Coast  to  the  Mediter- 
ranean, although,  from  evidence  to  date,  most 
seem  to  remain  in  the  western  Atlantic. 

In  1996,  Block  discovered  an  ideal  locale  to 
try  the  new  tag  after  hearing  interesting  re- 
ports from  conservationist-minded  North 
Carolina  fishermen.  Anglers  were  encounter- 
ing large  numbers  of  ravenously  hungry  giant 
bluefins  biting  at  anything  that  moved  in  the 
winter  months  near  Cape  Hatteras.  The  rea- 


sons for  such  tuna  crowds  are  unclear,  though 
some  speculate  that  the  tuna  are  attracted  by 
schools  of  baitfish  congregating  in  the  many 
shipwrecks  there.  Another  theory  is  that  the 
animals  are  drawn  by  a  confluence  of  cold 
northern  currents  with  the  warm  Gulf  Stream. 
Whatever  the  cause,  the  tuna  have  returned 
each  year  since — except,  mysteriously,  in 
1998.  That  prompted  Block's  center  to  col- 
laborate with  the  Tar  Heel  fishing  community 
in  what  has  become  a  wintertime  event:  the 
"Tag  a  Giant"  tuna  roundup  that  draws  some 
of  the  area's  best  rod-and-reel  artists.  Fisher- 
men who  hope  the  scientific  inquiry  will  help 


While  Visiting  Durham, 


Why  Settle  For  Less  When  So 
Much  More  Costs  So  Little? 

Luxurious  All-Suite  Hotel 


Magnificent  outdoor  pool 
Two  remote  control  TVs 
Color,  HBO  and  cable 
Two  telephones 
Call  waiting  &  voice  mail 
No  charge  for  local  calls 
Fax  &  copier  service 
Superior  location 


Award-winning  gardens 
Fitness  center 
Covered  walking  track 
Fully  equipped  kitchen 
Top  quality  linens  &  towels 
Complete  laundry  facilities 
Pets  permitted 
Uniformed  security 


DUKE  TOWER 

Residential  Suites 


For  reservations  or  information  call: 

(919)  687-4444  •  Fax:  (919)  683-1215 

807  West  Trinity  Avenue,  Durham,  NC  27701  (corner  of  North  Duke  &  West  Trinity) 

Just  streets  away  from  many  restaurants,  Northgate  Mall,  Duke  University  and 

Duke  Hospital.  Ten  minutes  to  #77?  15  minutes  to  RDU  Airport.  (=J 


improve  the  state  of  the  tuna  fishery  are  actu- 
ally willing  to  pay  $1,500  to  "sponsor"  a  tag 
that  will  be  implanted  in  prized  catches  that 
are  immediately  released.  Tag  a  Giant  has 
been  so  successful  that  Block  and  her  crew 
tagged  and  released  200  tuna  in  just  one  epic 
year,  1997. 

Beyond  the  North  Carolina  project,  Block's 
team  works  with  commercial  fishermen  who 
net  tuna  in  New  England  and  those  who 
catch  them  on  long,  baited  lines  in  the  Gulf  of 
Mexico.  Her  new  goal  is  to  tag  1,000  more 
giant  bluefins  by  2001. 

Because  only  3  to  6  percent  of  archival  tags 
ever  get  returned — despite  a  hefty  $1,000  re- 
ward for  each  tag — Block  has  collaborated 
with  another  engineer  to  develop  new  gener- 
ations of  pop-up  satellite  tags  that,  after  a  pre- 
determined time  in  the  fish,  automatically  float 
to  the  surface  and  broadcast.  The  tags  can  be 
preset  to  be  released,  for  example,  when  the 
fish  are  expected  to  be  at  their  breeding  peak, 
in  the  hope  of  determining  exactly  where 
western  Atlantic  bluefins  are  spawning. 

While  scientists  already  know  of  bluefin 
spawning  grounds  in  the  Gulf  and  the  Medi- 
terranean, they  wonder  if  there  are  others. 
Both  the  research  and  policy-making  com- 
munities would  also  like  to  know  if  there  is 
much  crossover  between  the  eastern  and 
western  Atlantic.  Now,  the  fish  are  interna- 
tionally regulated  as  two  independent  groups, 
but  that  might  not  actually  be  the  case.  "One 
thousand  more  tags  should  give  us  a  more 
robust  idea  of  the  biology  of  the  animal," 
Block  says,  "They  will  tell  us  where  bluefin  go, 
and  how  much  western  bluefin  tuna  move 
into  the  vulnerable  fishing  grounds  of  the 
eastern  Atlantic."  To  supplement  the  tagging, 
her  group  is  doing  DNA  analysis  to  deter- 
mine whether  Atlantic  giant  bluefin  tuna  are 
genetically  one  group  or  several. 

"The  giant  bluefin  tuna  is  one  of  the  most 
spectacular  fish  in  the  world.  It's  also  in  seri- 
ous conservation  difficulty, "  says  Michael  Or- 
bach,  director  of  the  Nicholas  School's  ma- 
rine lab,  who,  along  with  Bonaventura,  has 
personally  brought  in  tuna  for  Block's  group 
to  tag.  "There  are  not  a  lot  of  people  in  the 
scientific  community  who  actually  go  out  on 
boats  like  this  and  do  surgery  on  fish,  especially 
great  big  fish.  This  is  an  absolutely  unique 
combination  of  science  and  policy  and  sea- 
manship and  local  community  relations." 

"I'm  around  tuna  biologists  all  the  time 
who  sit  in  laboratories  and  analyze  bad  data, " 
says  Orbach.  "Barbara's  going  to  get  some- 
thing to  really  chew  on  here.  It  will  be  the  first 
time  we  get  good  data  on  tunas." 


Basgall  is  senior  science  writer  for  Duke's  Office 
of  Research  Communications. 


48      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


MACKS  GIVE 
$10  MILLION 

Christy  King  Mack  and  John  J.  Mack  '68 
are  contributing  $10  million  to  The 
Campaign  for  Duke.  John  Mack,  a 
Duke  trustee,  is  president  and  chief  operating 
officer  of  Morgan  Stanley  Dean  Witter  &.  Co., 
the  global  investment  banking  giant  head- 
quartered in  New  York. 

The  Campaign  for  Duke  seeks  to  raise  $1.5 
billion;  to  date,  it  has  surpassed  $800  million. 
The  Macks'  gift  supports  programs  ranging 
from  athletics  and  academics  to  residential 
and  community  life: 

•  $3  million  for  financial  aid  to  North 
Carolina  students  through  the  Christy  K.  and 
John  J.  Mack  Family  Scholarship  Endowment 
Fund.  (Both  Macks  are  native  North  Caro- 
linians.) In  keeping  with  the  Macks'  interest 
in  providing  opportunities  for  deserving 
young  people,  minority  students  will  be  given 
preference.  Duke  gives  preference  in  admis- 
sions to  North  and  South  Carolinians,  who 
typically  represent  about  15  percent  of  the 
undergraduate  student  body. 

•  $1.1  million  for  the  football  program, 
including  $100,000  for  a  feasibility  study  and 
master  plan  for  athletics  facilities. 

•  $500,000  for  the  Duke-Durham  Neigh- 
borhood Partnership  Initiative,  Duke's  program 
to  aid  seven  Durham  public  schools  and  twelve 
neighborhoods.  It  is  the  largest  gift  in  the  pro- 
gram's three-year  history.  The  initiative  has 


brought  more  than  $3  million  in  corporate, 
federal,  and  foundation  funds  and  hundreds 
of  student,  faculty,  and  staff  volunteers  into 
community-based  programs  in  housing,  health, 
education,  and  economic  development.  Duke 
has  committed  to  raising  $10  million  to  sup- 
port the  initiative  as  part  of  The  Campaign 
for  Duke. 

•  $500,000  for  improving  residential  life  at 
Duke.  Current  discussions  are  focused  on 


new  housing  arrangements  for  West  Campus 
that  will  build  upon  the  experiences  of  first- 
year  students  on  all-freshman  East  Campus. 

•  $250,000  for  the  Integrative  Medicine 
Program,  which  combines  "mind,  body,  and 
spirit"  approaches  in  treating  patients. 

•  $3.6  million,  principally  for  discretionary 
purposes,  but  including  generous  support  of 
the  Duke  Annual  Fund  and  gifts  to  the  Fuqua 
School  of  Business. 


SIT-INS  AND 
COMPROMISES 


The  September-October 
1998  issue's  feature 
"Giving  Voice  to  the 
Campus  Conscience"  outlined 
the  recent  history  of  "labor 
rights"  activism  on  Duke's  cam- 
pus, during  which  student 
groups  and  administrators 
worked  together  to  craft  a  labor 
code  for  Duke-licensed  manu- 
facturers. Despite  the  initial 
success  of  the  cooperation 
between  students  and  officials, 
the  two  sides'  not-always-similar 
beliefs  seemed  destined  to  cre- 
ate conflict.  The  introduction 
of  a  controversial  new  labor 
code  sparked  an  ideological 
clash  that  resulted  in  further 
protests  in  February,  ending 
with  a  hard-won  compromise. 

The  Collegiate  Licensing 
Company  (CLC),  which  over- 
sees licensing  arrangements  for 
170  colleges  and  universities, 
released  a  new  "Code  of  Con- 
duct" late  last  year  based  upon 
the  Duke  model.  The  code 
places  strict  limitations  on  the 
hours  a  person  may  work,  child 
labor,  and  the  minimum  wage  a 
person  may  be  paid.  Clauses 
prohibiting  child  labor,  impris- 
onment, and  the  use  of  punitive 
force  against  employees  are 
also  included. 

Although  administration  offi- 
cials were  pleased  with  the  new 
code,  Students  Against  Sweat- 
shops (SAS)  was  dissatisfied 
with  the  CLC  disclosure  policy, 
which  requires  that  companies 
release  all  factory  addresses  to  a 
private  monitoring  agency.  Stu- 
dent activists  maintained  that, 


DUKE 


without  public  disclosure  of 
private  plant  locations,  the  CLC 
code  was  largely  unenforceable. 
As  the  February  1  deadline  ap- 
proached, it  became  clear  to 
activists  that  President  Nannerl 
O.  Keohane  would  sign  the  code. 

Just  three  days  before  the 
deadline,  SAS  activists  held  a 
protest  on  the  Duke  Chapel 
steps.  Shortly  before  one  o'clock, 
a  crowd  of  about  100  students 
marched  into  the  Allen  Building 
lobby  and  then  upstairs  to  occu- 
py the  reception  area  outside 
President  Keohane's  office.  The 
group  refused  to  leave  without 
receiving  word  from  the  admin- 
istration that  the  CLC  code 
would  not  be  signed. 

After  returning  from  a  doc- 
tor's appointment,  a  physically 
drained  Keohane  spoke  with  the 
students,  listened  to  their  com- 
plaints, but  refused  their  de- 
mands to  reject  the  "weakened" 
code.  Keohane  told  the  students 
that  even  a  "flawed"  code 
would  be  better  than  having  no 
code  at  all. 

Executive  Vice  President 
Tallman  Trask  III  spent  part  of 


the  following  day  in  negotia- 
tions with  the  SAS  leadership, 
and  they  finally  hammered  out 
a  compromise.  Keohane  would 
go  ahead  and  sign  the  revised 
code,  but  she  would  also 
require  a  complete  list  of  the 
factory  addresses  of  all  Duke- 
related  manufacturers  within 
twelve  months. 

The  landmark  compromise 
gained  national  attention  and 
has  encouraged  student  groups 
on  other  campuses  to  reach 
similar  agreements.  New  York 
University  and  Cornell  Univer- 
sity, among  others,  have  consid- 
ered using  Duke's  agreement  as 
a  model. 

The  deal  did  not  satisfy  all 
student  demands.  After  signing 
an  agreement  similar  to  the  one 
between  the  SAS  and  Duke, 
University  of  Wisconsin  students 
occupied  their  administration 
building  for  more  than  ninety- 
seven  hours;  they  left  only  after 
they  obtained  a  promise  from 
administration  officials  that  the 
university  would  withdraw  from 
the  CLC's  "Code  of  Conduct"  if 
provisions  for  the  payment  of  a 
"living  wage"  were  not  included. 

"Living  wage"  standards 
were  not  part  of  the  Duke  com- 
promise agreement.  The  direc- 
tor of  Duke  Stores  operations, 
Jim  Wilkerson,  who  played  an 
important  role  in  drafting 
Duke's  labor  code,  emphasized 
the  difficulty  of  enforcing 
vague  provisions:  "It's  just  not 
reasonable  to  require  some- 
thing we  can't  define." 


March-April  1999        49 


The  $10-million  gift  includes  one  of  the 
earliest  commitments  to  the  campaign,  $1 
million  donated  in  1996  during  its  "quiet  phase" 
to  create  a  scholarship  fund  to  assist  students 
from  Mooresville  and  Iredell  County.  The 
scholarship  is  named  in  memory  of  Alice 
Azouri  Mack,  John  Mack's  mother,  who  had  a 
strong  belief  in  the  importance  of  education 
and  a  love  of  North  Carolina  and  Duke. 

After  graduating  from  Duke  on  a  football 
scholarship,  John  Mack  went  to  work  in  New 
York  as  a  municipal  bond  trader  and  salesman 
with  Smith  Barney.  Today,  he  is  a  leader  on 
Wall  Street,  where  he  was  a  key  figure  in  the 
$10-billion  merger  in  May  1997  that  created 
Morgan  Stanley  Dean  Witter  6k  Co.  The  firm 
has  more  than  47,000  employees  in  399 
branches  worldwide  and  a  reported  net  in- 
come of  $3,276  billion  for  1998.  John  Mack  is 
a  member  of  the  steering  committee  for  The 
Campaign  for  Duke  and  the  steering  commit- 
tee for  the  Fuqua  School  of  Business,  for 
which  he  served  as  a  member  of  its  board  of 
visitors  from  1994  to  1998.  He  was  Fuqua's 
commencement  speaker  in  1995  and  last  year 
received  its  Thomas  F.  Keller  Distinguished 
Leadership  Award. 

Christy  Mack,  a  University  of  North  Caro- 
lina at  Chapel  Hill  graduate,  is  a  member  of 
the  board  of  visitors  of  Trinity  College.  She  al- 
so has  been  a  supporter  of  the  North  Carolina 
School  of  the  Arts,  the  Greensboro  Children's 
Museum,  and  Exploris,  a  global  communica- 
tions museum  and  education  system  for  chil- 
dren that  will  open  this  fall  in  Raleigh. 

Both  are  deeply  involved  in  civic,  health, 
and  education  affairs  in  New  York.  He  serves 
on  the  executive  committee  of  the  board  of 
trustees  of  the  New  York  Presbyterian  Hos- 
pital, the  University  Hospital  for  Columbia, 
and  Cornell.  He  also  is  a  trustee  of  The  Doris 
Duke  Charitable  Foundation  and  a  member  of 
the  International  Advisory  Panel  for  the 
Monetary  Authority  of  Singapore.  She  is 
president  of  the  board  of  trustees  of  Rye 
Country  Day  School  in  New  York,  a  charter 
board  member  of  the  New  York  Presbyterian 
Hospital  Infant  6k  Child  Care  Center,  and  a 
volunteer  leader  for  the  New  York  Presby- 
terian Babies  and  Children's  Hospital. 


YOHS'  $5  MILLION 
FOR  FOOTBALL 

■  ■   ary  Milus  Yoh  '59  and  Harold  L. 

IUI  "Spike"  Yoh  Jr.  B.S.E.  '58,  vice  chair- 
K  man  of  Duke's  board  of  trustees, 
have  given  Duke's  athletics  department  $5 
million  to  support  major  facility  improvements 
for  the  football  program.  The  gift,  the  largest 
ever  for  intercollegiate  athletics  at  Duke, 
launches  a  football  enhancement  effort  that 


IN  SEARCH  OF  SOCIAL  OPTIONS 


B 


randon  Busteed  '99  is 
trying  to  think  outside 
"the  box.  At  a  time  when 
rising  concerns  about  the  col- 
lege drinking  scene  are  trans- 
lating  into  short-term  solutions 
at  universities  everywhere, 
Busteed  is  not  merely  looking 
for  Band-Aids,  nor  does  he 
expect  to  discover  an  immedi- 
ate panacea.  Instead,  he  is 
exploring  new  approaches  to 
what  he  describes  as  an  institu- 
tional problem  around  the 
country. 

To  address  the  problem  on 
a  national  scale,  Busteed  spon- 
sored discussion  at  a  Duke  con- 
ference in  March  that  gathered 
student-affairs  officials  and  stu- 
dent leaders  from  a  range  of 
other  colleges.  The  idea  was  to 
consider  long-term  solutions  to 
bridge  the  separation  between 
drinking  and  non-drinking 
social  options. 

"If  CSB  [the  Campus  Social 
Board]  does  not  develop  insti- 
tutional memory,  the  cause  will 
be  lost  when  we  leave,"  says 
Busteed,  the  group's  founder 
and  chair.  "We're  not  having  a 
conference  to  look  for  techni- 
cal solutions.  We're  looking  for 
broader  solutions  to  systemic 
problems." 

Busteed  created  the  CIRCLe 
network,  an  acronym  for  College 
Initiatives  to  Reinvent  Campus 
Life.  As  the  sponsor  of  the  March 
conference,  CIRCLe  worked  to 
create  a  forum  for  thinking 
about  changes  in  student  life, 
regionally  and  nationally. 

For  now,  though,  he  has  been 
working  on  projects  closer  to 
home.  In  the  name  of  providing 
more  events  where  alcohol  is 
not  the  only  attraction,  Busteed 


and  the  CSB  organized  fifty- 
two  events  last  fall,  including  a 
Homecoming  semiformal. 
Boasting  more  than  2,500  at- 
tendees, the  semiformal  allowed 
no  alcohol  inside;  Busteed 
recalls  students  throwing  out 
beers  in  order  to  dance  under 
the  tent  set  up  in  Main  Quad. 

But  he  is  by  no  means  look- 
ing to  eliminate  alcohol  entire- 
ly. Case  in  point:  the  Beer 
Gardens  last  fall.  Sponsored  by 
CSB,  the  Beer  Gardens  present- 
ed Duke  with  a  series  of  Friday 
soirees  on  Clocktower  Quad.    - 
Live  bands,  food,  and  non-alco- 
holic beverages  were  featured 
alongside  the  university-operat- 
ed beer  truck.  (Under  Duke 
Dining  Services'  auspices,  the 
truck,  available  to  all  student 
groups  interested  in  featuring 
it  at  their  events,  is  meant  to 
provide  a  controlled  drinking 
environment;  it  was  partially 
subsidized  by  Alumni  Affairs 
for  the  spring  semester.) 

"The  Beer  Gardens  are  a 
huge  success  because  we're 
integrating  the  two  lifestyles," 
he  says,  pointing  to  a  CSB  sur- 
vey that  showed  48  percent  of 
students  have  involvement  with 
greek  life,  though  fraternities 
and  sororities  are  seen  as  Duke's 
dominant  social  outlet.  Busteed 
himself  is  an  independent. 
"We're  trying  to  say,  why  make 
alcohol  such  a  divisive  factor?... 
This  environment  is  open  to 
everyone.  The  university  is 
helping  students  create  a  climate 
where  we  can  all  interact." 

Not  all  of  his  projects  have 
been  equally  successful,  though. 
Last  spring,  Busteed  endured 
harsh  criticism  from  the  student 
body  after  organizing  the  post- 


Carolina  game  "foam  party"  to 
replace  bonfires.  The  plan  was 
to  fill  Clocktower  Quad  with  a 
sudsy  substance  dispensed  from 
improvised  leaf-blowing 
machines;  the  consensus  was 
that  foam  could  not  outdo  fire. 

Busteed  says  that,  once  the 
administration  made  it  clear 
that  bonfires  would  be  unac- 
ceptable, he  started  working  to 
"change  the  cultural  perception 
of  the  campus.  Change  scares 
us  too  much.  If  we  are  going  to 
be  a  leader  in  higher  education, 
we  need  to  accept  that  change 
is  inevitable.  I  still  would  say 
that  I  don't  think  [burning] 
benches  is  safe....  There  has  got 
to  be  another  way  to  make  the 
celebration  wonderful — one  of 
the  great  Duke  traditions." 

Busteed  recognizes  that,  as  a 
graduating  senior  and  recently 
appointed  Young  Trustee — who 
plans  to  work  in  a  market  re- 
search and  consulting  firm  next 
year — he  will  not  be  able  to 
continue  exploring  what  some 
have  described  as  his  unortho- 
dox ideas.  "By  being  with  CSB, 
I've  been  more  free  to  test 
things  than  I  will  as  a  trustee. 
[Making  decisions]  at  the  trus- 
tee level,  you  have  to  be  sure 
something  is  a  surefire  deal." 

Still,  the  public  policy  major 
plans  to  use  his  undergraduate 
experience  to  help  the  board 
move  away  from  making  deci- 
sions at  the  micro-level.  "I 
want  to  take  the  idea  that  we 
should  be  looking  at  things  in  a 
systemic  light.  We  have  to  con- 
sider how  residential  life  affects 
social  life,  and  how  academics 
affect  residential  life.  They're 
all  connected." 

— Jaime  Levy  '01 


50      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


officials  say  will  feature  a  new  football  com- 
plex adjacent  to  Wallace  Wade  Stadium. 

The  athletics  department  has  launched  a 
planning  effort  and  hopes  to  break  ground  in 
2000  following  a  comprehensive  size  and 
scope  assessment  from  an  architectural  firm. 
The  proposed  building  would  include  a  new 
locker  room,  weight  room,  equipment  room, 
and  state-of-the-art  training  facilities,  as  well 
as  coaches'  offices. 

Spike  Yoh  retired  last  month  as  chairman  of 
the  board  and  chief  executive  officer  of  Day  &. 
Zimmermann  Inc.,  a  billion-dollar  sales  diver- 
sified professional  service  firm  now  managed 
by  his  children  in  Philadelphia.  All  five  of  the 
Yohs'  children— Harold  L.  Yoh  III  B.S.E.  '83; 
Michael  H.  Yoh  B.S.E.  '85;  Karen  B.  Yoh  '87; 
Jeffrey  M.  Yoh  B.S.E.  '88,  M.B.A.  '94;  and  Wil- 
liam C.  Yoh  '93 — earned  degrees  from  Duke. 

The  Yohs'  past  gifts  have  supported  the  uni- 
versity's academic  programs.  In  1996,  they 
established  the  Yoh  Family  Professorship,  and 
they  were  among  the  first  donors  to  respond 
to  a  major  university  initiative  to  enhance 
faculty  support  that  was  made  possible  by  a 
matching-gifts  challenge  from  Duke  parents 
Anne  and  Robert  Bass,  of  Fort  Worth,  Texas. 
Spike  Yoh  chaired  the  Duke  Annual  Fund 
from  1993  to  1996.  Under  his  leadership,  the 
Annual  Fund  set  giving  records,  reaching  the 
$11- million  mark  for  the  first  time. 

Yoh  began  his  professional  career  in  1960, 
joining  a  firm  begun  by  his  father — the  H.L. 
Yoh  Co.,  which  merged  with  Day  &  Zimmer- 
mann in  1962.  He  held  a  variety  of  management 
positions  with  the  firm,  becoming  chief  exec- 
utive officer  in  1976  and  chairman  of  the  board 
in  1980.  He  earned  his  M.B.  A.  at  the  University 
of  Pennsylvania's  Wharton  School  in  1962. 

Since  graduating  from  Duke,  he  has  been 
active  in  university  affairs,  particularly  at  the 
school  of  engineering,  where  he  chaired  the 
Dean's  Council  and  served  on  the  school's 
development  committee.  First  elected  a  Duke 
trustee  in  1991,  he  is  in  his  second  term.  He 
received  the  Charles  A.  Dukes  Award  for  Out- 
standing Volunteer  Service  from  the  Duke 
Alumni  Association  in  1996,  the  Blue  Devil 
Award  in  1986,  and  the  engineering  school's 
Distinguished  Alumni  Award  in  1983. 


TUITION  UP 

BUT  DOWN 

Duke's  board  of  trustees  approved  a  3.5 
percent  increase  in  the  tuition  for 
undergraduates  next  fall — the  lowest 
increase  in  thirty-three  years.  The  trustees 
also  reaffirmed  admissions  and  financial-aid 
policies  to  ensure  a  Duke  education  is  avail- 
able to  all  qualified  students,  regardless  of 
family  income. 


At  its  meeting  in  February,  the  board  en- 
dorsed a  plan  to  increase  the  university's  un- 
restricted operating  budget  for  undergraduate 
financial  aid  by  5.6  percent  to  more  than  $25 
million.  Gifts  and  endowment  support  will 
push  that  figure  to  more  than  $30  million. 
Four  out  of  ten  Duke  students  receive  finan- 
cial aid,  which  is  the  cornerstone  of  the  uni- 
versity's long-standing  need-blind  admissions 
policy.  Duke  remains  one  of  the  few  colleges 
and  universities  in  the  nation  that  accepts 
students  without  regard  to  their  ability  to  pay 
projected  tuition  and  fees  and  then  guaran- 
tees to  meet  the  full  demonstrated  financial 
need  of  each  student. 

Under  the  new  tuition  rates,  continuing 
third-  and  fourth-year  students  will  pay 
$23,210  in  tuition,  an  increase  of  $790  over 
the  current  year.  Tuition  for  students  who  ma- 
triculated last  fall  and  those  entering  next  fall 
will  be  $24,040 — $820  more  under  a  two- 
tiered  tuition  structure  adopted  by  the  trus- 
tees last  year  to  raise  additional  funds  to  be 
invested  in  strengthening  five  undergraduate 
academic  programs,  financial  aid,  and  faculty 
development.  Tuition  for  all  engineering  un- 
dergraduates next  fall  will  be  $24,130. 

University  officials  said  this  year's  percent- 
age increase  in  tuition  is  the  lowest  since 
1966,  when  there  was  no  increase  from  1965. 
Mandatory  fees  next  year  will  be  $711  and 
estimated  room  and  board  will  be  $7,088  for 
two  semesters,  a  2.3  percent  increase  for  all 
undergraduates.  The  total  price  for  continu- 
ing third-  and  fourth-year  students  next  year 
will  be  $31,009,  up  3.2  percent  from  this  acad- 
emic year. 

The  trustees  built  on  financial-aid  initia- 
tives adopted  last  year  by  agreeing  to  give  stu- 
dents needing  financial  assistance  the  full 
benefit  of  outside  scholarships  they  bring  to 
Duke  when  computing  their  package  of 
grants  and  loans.  This  is  expected  to  benefit- 
primarily  high-achieving,  middle-income  stu- 
dents. The  board  also  agreed  to  expand  a  pro- 
gram that  substitutes  $2,000  in  grants  for  the 
first  $2,000  in  normal  loans. 

In  a  report  to  the  trustees,  Executive  Vice 
President  Tallman  Trask  III  and  Provost  John 
W  Strohbehn  said  the  tuition  price  increase 
for  next  year  was  kept  low  in  part  because  the 
administration  has  agreed  to  limit  growth  in 
administrative  support  costs  to  3  percent  for 
fiscal  1999-00.  "This  commitment  helps  to 
ensure  that  resources  are  targeted  as  much  as 
possible  to  academic  programs  and  health- 
care delivery, "  they  said.  The  overall  budget 
for  the  next  fiscal  year  will  be  determined  by 
the  board  at  its  May  meeting. 

Tuition  next  year  for  graduate  and  profes- 
sional students  varies  by  schools,  with  the 
medical  school  tuition  remaining  the  same  as 
this  year  in  response  to  growing  concerns 
about  student  debt  levels.  The  following  are 


tuition  rates  for  graduate  and  professional 
schools:  divinity  school,  $10,720,  up  5.1  per- 
cent over  the  current  year;  Fuqua  School  of 
Business,  $26,200,  up  3.8  percent;  graduate 
school,  $20,020,  up  5.2  percent;  law  school, 
$25,500,  up  4.5  percent;  Nicholas  School  of 
the  Environment,  $18,900,  up  4.4  percent; 
medical  school,  $26,700,  no  increase;  and 
nursing  school,  $20,664,  up  4.0  percent. 


JAVA  TOO 
JOLTING 

People  who  drink  four  or  five  cups  of 
coffee  throughout  the  morning  have 
slightly  elevated  blood  pressure  and 
higher  levels  of  stress  hormones  all  day  and 
into  the  evening,  creating  a  scenario  in  which 
the  body  acts  like  it  is  continually  under 


stress,  according  to  a  group  of  Duke  Medical 
Center  scientists. 

In  a  study  of  seventy-two  habitual  coffee 
drinkers,  the  researchers  found  that  subjects 
produced  more  adrenaline  and  noradrenalin 
and  had  higher  blood  pressure  on  days  when 
they  drank  caffeine,  compared  with  days  they 
abstained.  The  two  stress  hormones  are  vital 
in  helping  the  body  react  quickly  in  times  of 
danger  or  stress,  but  they  can  damage  the 
heart  over  a  lifetime  of  heightened  produc- 
tion, says  James  Lane,  associate  research  pro- 
fessor of  psychiatry  at  Duke.  Lane  prepared 
results  of  his  study,  funded  by  the  National 
Heart,  Lung,  and  Blood  Institute,  for  presen- 
tation in  March  to  a  meeting  of  the  Society  of 
Behavioral  Medicine. 

"Moderate  caffeine  consumption  makes  a 
person  react  like  he  or  she  is  having  a  very 
stressful  day, "  Lane  says.  "If  you  combine  the 
effects  of  real  stress  with  the  artificial  boost  in 


March-April  1999        51 


FOWLIE  REMEMBERED 

allace  Fowlie,  the  popular 
professor  emeritus  of  French  litera- 
ture who  died  in  August  1998,  had 
acquired  a  small  but  impressive  collection  of 
art,  much  of  it  given  to  him  by  the  artists 
themselves.  The  Duke  University  Museum  of 
Art  even  displayed  a  selection  of  his  collection 
in  1987  in  the  exhibit  "A  Scholar  Collects: 
Twentieth  Century  Works  on  Paper  from  the 
Collection  of  Wallace  Fowlie." 

As  a  result  of  that  show,  the  amiable  professor 
and  the  museum's  director,  Michael  Mezzatesta, 
became  great  friends.  That  relationship  led 
Fowlie  to  bequeath  to  the  museum  nineteen 
sketches,  drawings,  and  watercolors:  works  by 
Francis  Picabia,  Max  Jacob,  Pablo  Picasso, 
Henri  Matisse,  Jacques  Villon,  Edouard  Manet, 
Marie  Laurenein,  William  Maynard,  Howard 
Hussey,  and  J.M.  G roottin. 

Some  of  the  works  were  gifts  from  the 
friends  he  made  while  living  and  studying  in 
post-World  War  II  Paris,  including  the  four 
drawings  by  author  and  filmmaker  Jean 
Cocteau  and  three  watercolors  by  controversial 
novelist  Henry  Miller. 


Jacques  Villon,  Imaginary  Portrait  of  Rimbaud  (undated)       Jean  Cocteau,  Two  Profiles  (1956) 


stress  hormones  that  comes  from  caffeine, 
then  you  have  compounded  the  effects  con- 
siderably." 

During  the  two-week  study,  the  subjects 
experienced,  on  average,  a  32  percent  increase 
in  adrenaline  and  a  14  percent  increase  in 
noradrenalin  on  days  when  they  consumed 
caffeine.  Their  blood  pressure  rose  an  average 
of  three  points.  Lane's  study  builds  on  smaller 
ones  in  which  he  found  that  caffeine  boosted 
blood  pressure,  heart  rate,  and  stress  hor- 
mones in  subjects  who  drank  four  to  five  cups 
of  caffeine  per  day.  In  the  current  study,  Lane 
replicated  those  findings  and  added  to  them 
by  showing  that  subjects'  blood  pressures  and 
stress-hormone  levels  stayed  elevated  until 
bedtime,  even  though  they  last  consumed 
caffeine  between  noon  and  one  p.m. 

Occasional  surges  of  stress  hormones  tem- 
porarily raise  heart  rate,  blood  pressure,  and 
mental  acuity — long  enough  to  accomplish 
the  task  at  hand.  But  an  excess  of  stress  hor- 
mones has  been  shown  to  compromise  health 
in  a  variety  of  ways,  from  damaging  blood  ves- 
sels to  weakening  the  immune  system.  Even 
the  small  boost  in  blood  pressure  seen  in  this 
study — an  average  of  three  points  during  the 
day  and  evening — can  have  clinical  signifi- 
cance, Lane  says.  A  review  of  nine  major 
studies  of  blood  pressure  and  heart-disease 
risk  showed  that  a  five -point  difference  in 
diastolic  blood-pressure — the  lower  number 
used  to  assess  health  risk — was  associated 
with  at  least  a  34  percent  increase  in  stroke 
and  a  21  percent  increase  in  the  incidence  of 
coronary  heart  disease. 

While  researchers  have  long  known  that 
caffeine  can  boost  stress  hormones  and  blood 


pressure,  Lane  says  most  studies  have  been 
conducted  in  a  laboratory  setting  under  tight- 
ly-controlled circumstances,  where  a  single 
dose  of  caffeine  is  compared  to  none  in  a 
short  time  span.  Lane  says  his  body  of  re- 
search is  unique  because  it  measures  blood 
pressure,  heart  rate,  and  stress-hormone  lev- 
els at  timed  intervals  during  normal  working 
conditions,  while  subjects  are  exposed  to  a 
range  of  moods  and  activities. 

"You  can  measure  how  caffeine  affects  peo- 
ple in  the  laboratory,  but  that  doesn't  tell  you 
what  effects  the  drug  has  in  the  real  world 
when  people  are  exposed  to  normal  stressors 
and  activities, "  he  says. 


CORRECTING 
SHAKESPEARE 

Duke  English  department  scholars  agree 
that  Shakespeare  produced  great  the- 
ater, whether  his  plays  stemmed  from 
individual  genius  or  brilliant  collaboration  or 
both.  Now,  with  Hollywood's  Shakespeare  in 
Love  having  garnered  seven  Academy  Awards 
(including  best  picture),  three  English  profes- 
sors—  all  experts  on  Shakespeare — com- 
mented on  the  movie's  accuracy,  and  shared 
their  thoughts  on  the  bard  himself. 

"I  think  it's  a  fine  film....  They  don't  pre- 
tend to  be  telling  the  truth, "  says  Dale  B.  J. 
Randall,  who  has  taught  at  Duke  for  forty- 
two  years.  His  specialty  is  seventeenth- century 
English  drama.  An  authority  on  Shakespeare's 
contemporary  Ben  Jonson,  he  is  the  author  of 
Winter  Fruit:  English  Drama  from  1642  to  1660 


(Kentucky,  1995).  This  semester,  he  teaches 
"Tragedies  of  Shakespeare." 

"I  thought  it  was  enormous  fun, "  says  Jo- 
seph A.  Porter,  an  expert  on  Romeo  and  Juliet, 
the  play  featured  in  Shakespeare  in  Love.  But 
Porter  adds,  "While  Shakespeare  often  acted 
in  his  own  plays,  he  never  played  Romeo,  as 
the  movie  shows,  so  far  as  anyone  knows." 

Much  of  Porter's  scholarly  work  has  fo- 
cused on  Jlomeo  and  Juliet,  including  two 
books,  Shakespeare's  Mercutio:  His  History  and 
Drama  (University  of  North  Carolina  Press, 
1989)  and  Critical  Essays  on  Shakespeare's  Ro- 
meo and  Juliet  (G.  K.  Hall,  1997).  He  is  also 
editor  of  the  New  Variorum  Othello,  a  Modern 
Language  Association  project  that  will  up- 
date a  series  of  scholarly  editions  on  all  of 
Shakespeare  plays.  This  semester,  he  teaches 
a  graduate  seminar  on  Othello  and  an  under- 
graduate course  on  "Shakespeare  after  1600." 
He  also  publishes  fiction  under  the  name  Joe 
Ashby  Porter. 

Laurie  Shannon,  an  assistant  professor,  is 
finishing  a  book  on  Renaissance  friendship, 
Sovereign  Amity:  Figures  in  Friendship  in  Shakes- 
pearean Contexts.  She's  a  specialist  on  gender 
relationships  and  social  hierarchies  in  Shakes- 
peare's time,  and  she  has  published  articles  in 
the  scholarly  journals  English  Literary  Renais- 
sance and  ELH.  Although  she  hasn't  yet  seen 
the  movie,  she  characterizes  Shakespeare  as 
"a  linguistic  and  verbal  prodigy  who  never 
forgot  a  single  word  he  ever  heard.  He  is  the 
ultimate  wordsmith." 

"It  sounds  so  cliched, "  adds  Randall, "but  I 
think  Shakespeare  is  still  the  best  thing  going, 
and  I  have  spent  most  of  my  career  on  other 
writers,  such  as  Ben  Jonson.  It's  his  ability  to 


52      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


Henry  Miller,  Fantasy  (1944) 


Francis  Picabia,  The  Mama  and  The  Angel  (undated) 


let  the  language  do  in  effect  what  it  wants 
and  needs  to  do  in  his  mind.  The  English  lan- 
guage had  been  changing  very  fast  at  the  time 
that  Shakespeare  was  writing.. .and  Shakes- 
peare was  attuned  to  those  facts  and  could  let 
himself  become  in  fact  a  medium  for  the  lan- 
guage. 

"Another  reason  that  he  has  lasted  is  that 
he  seems  to  be  the  most  generous  of  all  ar- 
tists. By  that  I  mean,  everybody  that  appears 
in  a  play  has  a  kind  of  authenticity,  a  right  to 
be  there....  Sympathy  is  another  word  for  what 
I  call  generosity  toward  his  characters.  It's  a 
non-prescriptive  kind  of  humanness.  We,  as 
his  audience,  I  think,  learn  and  become  more 
human  and  we  do  it  without  realizing  it. 

"One  other  thing  is  what  I  would  call,  and 
others  have  called,  his  proto-feminism....  He 
is  very  different  from  all  his  contemporaries  in 
the  kind  of  questioning  he  exhibits  about  the 
inequalities  that  women  face  in  his  plays. 
Shakespeare  isn't  any  kind  of  late  twentieth- 
century  feminist,  but  in  his  plays,  he  shows  a 
kind  of  sympathy....  He  makes  his  plays  seem 
like  a  kind  of  good  medicine  for  us." 

The  scholars  agree  that  Shakespeare  never 
suffered,  as  far  as  anyone  can  tell,  from  writ- 
er's block.  According  to  Randall,  his  rival  Ben 
Jonson  said  of  him,  "He  needs  to  be  stopped. 
He  writes  too  fast."  But  they  point  out  that 
Shakespeare's  plays,  as  the  movie  would  have 
it,  did  serve  as  popular  entertainment  in  Re- 
naissance times:  "Many  people  say  if  Shakes- 
peare were  alive  now,  he  would  be  producing 
films, "  Shannon  says.  And,  true  to  the  movie, 
Christopher  Marlowe  did  die  in  a  tavern  brawl. 
Porter  says,  "Officially,  it  was  over  the  reckon- 
ing of  the  bill.  There  is  speculation,  and  has 


been  for  some  time,  that  it  was  a  government- 
ordered  assassination." 

The  appearance  of  Queen  Elizabeth  at  one 
of  the  bard's  plays  was  highly  unlikely.  "That 
would  never  have  happened,"  says  Porter. 
"Shakespeare's  company  would  have  been 
commanded  to  come  to  her.  Shakespeare  did 
perform  before  her....  She  would  never  have 
spoken  to  him  because  of  a  wall  of  decorum 
that  existed." 


IN  BRIEF 

*  Duke  law  school  dean  Pamela  Gann  J.D. 
'73  will  become  president  of  Claremont 
McKenna  College  in  California,  effective 
June  30.  She  will  be  the  fourth  president  in 
the  liberal-arts  college's  fifty-two  year  history. 
Gann  joined  the  Duke  law  faculty  in  1975; 
she  has  been  dean  since  1988.  Under  her 
leadership,  the  law  school's  endowment  has 
increased  eight-fold,  and  its  graduate  degree 
program  for  young  foreign  lawyers  now  ranks 
among  the  top  five  in  the  U.S. 

*  Both  the  women's  and  the  men's  basket- 
ball coaches,  Gail  Goestenkors  and  Mike 
Krzyzewski,  were  selected  ACC  Coaches  of 
the  Year  by  the  Associated  Press.  This  was  the 
third  time  in  four  seasons  that  Goestenkors 
was  selected,  and  it  was  Kryzyzewski's  fifth 
time  winning  the  ACC  coaching  honors.  Cap- 
ping a  remarkable  year,  both  teams  made  it 
to  the  national  championship  games,  after 
winning  the  Atlantic  Coast  Conference  regu- 
lar season  titles.  The  women  lost  to  Purdue 


and  the  men  to  Connecticut  in  the  finals. 

*  Clarence  Birkhead,  who  rose  from  patrol- 
man to  assistant  chief  in  a  decade,  was  named 
director  and  chief  of  the  Duke  University 
Police  Department.  Birkhead  has  served  as 
interim  chief  of  the  department  since  Alana 
Ennis  left  last  fall  to  become  chief  of  the 
Burlington,  Vermont,  police  department.  As 
chief,  Birkhead  is  responsible  for  law  enforce- 
ment and  security  for  the  entire  university, 
including  the  Duke  University  Health  Sys- 
tem, satellite  facilities  throughout  the  state, 
and  the  7,700-acre  Duke  Forest  in  Durham 
and  Orange  counties.  He  earned  an  associate 
degree  in  applied  science/law  enforcement  at 
Guilford  Technical  Community  College  and  a 
bachelor's  in  criminal  justice  at  Shaw  Uni- 
versity; he  is  now  pursuing  his  master's  in 
organizational  management. 

*  Tom  Rankin,  executive  director  of  the 
Center  for  Documentary  Studies  at  Duke, 
was  appointed  to  a  four-year  term  on  the 
board  of  trustees  of  the  American  Folklife 
Center,  a  branch  of  the  Library  of  Congress  in 
Washington.  The  folklife  center,  created  by 
the  U.S.  Congress  in  1976,  includes  the  Li- 
brary's Archive  of  Folk  Culture,  founded  in 
1928  as  a  repository  of  American  folk  music. 
Rankin,  a  photographer,  filmmaker,  and  folk- 
lorist,  has  been  documenting  and  interpreting 
the  folk  culture  of  the  American  South  for 
more  than  fifteen  years. 


March -April  1999        53 


Lifeskills 

By  Virginia  ParrottWilliams  '62,  A.M.  73, 
Ph.D.  '80  and  Redford  Williams.  Times  Books, 
1998.  345  pages.  $24. 

In  the  hardscrabble  1930s,  a  politi- 
cian-entrepreneur that  only  Louisi- 
ana could  produce  cooked  up  a 
brown,  foul-tasting  mixture  of  al- 
cohol, vitamin  B,  and  assorted 
other  cheap  ingredients  in  a  barn. 
State  Senator  J.  Dudley  LeBlanc  — 
"Coozan  Dud"  he  called  himself — 
had  made  his  first  batch  of  Hadacol. 
LeBlanc 's  potion,  with  its  promise  to  cure 
everything  from  "feelin  peaked"  to  impo- 
tence, would  soon  make  him  a  wealthy  man. 
Many  a  teetotaling  Southerner  conveniently 
overlooked  the  fact  that  Hadacol  contained 
enough  alcohol  to  drop  a  black  bear  in  his 
tracks — LeBlanc's  elixir  worked.  No  less 
than  Hank  Williams  said  so. 

Hadacol,  of  course,  was  just  one  more  in  a 
long  line  of  over-the-counter  stump-jumpers 
to  exert  a  powerful  placebo  effect.  People 
wanted  to  believe  Hadacol  was  happiness  in  a 
bottle,  though  any  beneficial  effects  probably 
had  as  much  to  do  with  the  product's  alcohol 
content  than  anything  else. 

Almost  seventy  years  since  Dudley  LeBlanc's 
triumph  of  marketing,  today's  health-care 
marketplace  offers  a  far  greater  variety  of  self- 
help  remedies,  many  based  on  medicinal 
herbs  such  as  St.  John's  Wort,  said  to  be  effec- 
tive against  mild  depression,  and  purple  cone- 
flower,  advertised  as  an  immune-system 
booster.  The  names  and  formulations  may 
change,  but  the  get-rich  quick  dreams  of  pro- 
moters and  the  hopes  of  consumers  never  do. 
Into  this  cyclone  of  claims  and  counter- 
claims come  two  refreshing  voices  with  im- 
peccable credentials,  Redford  and  Virginia 
Williams,  a  husband-and-wife  team  at  Duke 
Medical  Center.  The  Williamses  (he's  a  physi- 
cian, she's  a  writer-historian)  don't  bottle 
good  health.  Instead,  they  put  a  recipe  for  it 
between  the  covers  of  Lifeskills,  a  book-length 
program  for  achieving  what  medicine  shows 
promised  but  could  not  deliver:  How  to  live  a 
less  stressful,  happier,  and  longer  life. 

The  Williamses  overlay  their  structured 
program  on  Redford's  pioneering  work  in  the 
1970s  that  helped  identify  the  link  between 
anger  and  coronary  disease.  Much  of  what 


Redford  Williams  has  learned  about  the 
body's  response  to  continual  stress,  put  into 
layman's  terms  in  Anger  Kills,  their  first  col- 
laboration, seems  like  common  sense  today. 
But  twenty  years  ago,  the  idea  that  an  un- 
sound mind-body  connection  can  lead  to  ser- 
ious, even  fatal,  illness  was  by  no  means  uni- 

C4A  masterful  manual  describing  practical  skills 

for  transforming  hostility,  depression,  and 
loneliness  into  relationships  and  communities 
dial  are  healthier,  happier,  and  more  loving.  75 


versally  accepted  in  the  medical  community. 
It  still  isn't,  but  the  Descartian  separation 
of  mind  and  body  has  lost  much  of  its  curren- 
cy. We  now  know,  thanks  to  the  work  of  inves- 
tigators like  Redford  Williams  and  Eduard 
Suarez,  a  colleague  at  Duke,  that  mind  and 
body  intermesh  in  ways  that  would  dazzle  the 
great  French  philosopher. 

Indeed,  a  latter-day  Descartes  would  be 
intrigued  by  one  of  the  most  useful  aspects  of 
Lifeskills,  a  true-and-false  questionnaire  that 
gauges  the  reader's  level  of  hostility  and  what 
the  Willamses  call  "social  support."  The  114- 
question  test  lies  at  the  heart  of  what  the  duo 
urges  people  to  understand  and  practice:  rela- 
tionships matter.  They  matter  so  much  to  our 
mental  and  physical  well-being  that  we  place 
ourselves  at  great  risk  by  ignoring  or  belittling 
their  effect. 

The  question,  of  course,  is  why?  What  is 
it  about  a  universe  of  sound  relationships 


that  affects  our  health,  our  mood,  even  our 
chances  of  living  a  long  time?  For  the  Wil- 
liamses, the  answer  lies  in  our  past.  Humans 
may  be  at  the  top  of  the  planet's  food  chain — 
we  made  it  through  Darwin's  evolutionary 
maze  when  our  less-adaptive  hominid  cousins 
didn't — but  we  did  so  with  the  aid  of  an 
instinct  that  haunts  us  today. 

We  inhabit  bodies  that  in  some  ways  are 
still  more  at  home  on  the  savannas  of  Africa 
than  in  high-tech  office  suites.  Hominids  used 
their  autonomic  fight- or-flight  response  skill- 
fully— otherwise  we  probably  wouldn't  be 
here — but  what  helped  these  proto-humans 
live  for  another  day  now  works  to  our  com- 
munal disadvantage.  Fear  and  hostility  flood 
our  bodies  with  a  powerful  cocktail  of  adren- 
aline and  other  hormones.  But  instead  of  using 
this  self-defense  mechanism  as  hominids  did, 
to  fight  or  flee,  society  demands  that  we  sub- 
mit to  complex,  non-violent  rules  of  civil 
behavior.  It's  no  longer  acceptable  to  work  off 
hostility  by  wielding  a  femur  against  real  or 
imagined  enemies  or,  as  we  see  all  too  often 
these  days,  an  assault  rifle  or  a  pipe  bomb. 

Philosopher  Immanuel  Kant  believed  the 
answer  to  this  conundrum  lay  in  his  categori- 
cal imperative:  Always  act  as  if  what  you  do 
possesses  the  force  of  universal  law.  Lifeskills 
is  the  categorical  imperative  writ  large  for 
achieving  better  individual  health  through 
better  group  relationships.  The  Williamses' 
chart  an  eight-fold  path  for  positive  change: 

•  Identify  your  thoughts  and  feelings, 
especially  those  such  as  fear,  jealousy,  and 
anger,  that  work  against  an  upbeat,  affirma- 
tive worldview.  To  understand  negative  feelings 
better,  analyze  them  and  their  importance  in 
your  life.  Do  we  control  these  feelings,  or  do 
they  control  us? 

•  Listen  to  others,  even  if  we  don't  like 
what  they  are  saying.  Better  interpersonal  com- 
munication helps  defuse  health-threatening 
behavior  such  as  anger  and  even  prejudice. 

•  Practice  empathy  to  put  yourself  "in- 
side" others  so  that  you  can  better  under- 
stand their  behavior  and  points  of  view. 

•  Deconstruct  problems  that  send  your 
stress  level  off  the  chart.  For  example,  if  your 
new  CEO  is  another  "Chainsaw  Al"  Dunlap, 
evaluate  the  importance  of  such  a  problem  in 
your  life,  how  much  you  can  do  about  it — 
and  be  ready  with  alternatives. 

•  Don't  be  a  wallflower.  Speak  up  and  act 


54      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


for  positive  change.  As  Mark  Twain  said,  this 
will  please  some  people  and  astonish  the  rest. 

•  Learn  to  accept  what  cannot  be  changed. 
Jimmy  Carter  was  right  when  he  said  life  is 
basically  unfair,  but  learning  from  experience 
steers  us  around  many  of  the  snares. 

•  Accentuate  the  positive  and  be  realistic 
about  the  negative.  Yes,  it  sounds  as  simplistic 
as  the  song  lyric,  but  seeing  the  glass  as  half 
full  instead  of  half  empty  works. 

Writing  in  a  genre  justly  criticized  for 
human-potential  psychobabble,  the  Williamses 
immediately  reveal  themselves  as  an  excep- 
tion. Redford  and  Virginia  (from  page  one, 
the  reader  feels  on  a  first-name  basis  with 
them)  sprinkle  their  own  foibles  and  discov- 
eries throughout  the  book.  It's  a  subtle  way  to 
bond  with  the  reader — to  form  a  relation- 
ship, really — and  they  succeed  with  one  of 
the  highest  compliments  in  the  healing  arts: 
They  have  a  superb  bedside  manner. 

Even  "Coozan  Dud, "  who  clearly  believed 
in  the  power  of  the  half-full  glass,  would  have 


— Bob  Wilson 

Wibon  A.M.  '88  is  the  editorial  page  editor  for 
the  Durham  Herald-Sun. 


Letters  Home:  How  Writing  Can 
Change  Your  Life 

By  Terry  Vance  Ph.D.  71.  Pantheon  Press,  1998. 
288  pages.  $23. 


T 


he  simple  act  of  letter 
writing  can  enable  us  to 
confront  our  problems 
and  heal  our  psyches,  says 
psychotherapist  Terry 
Vance  in  her  ground- 
breaking book,  Letters 
Home.  After  reading  her 
book  and  employing  the  techniques  with  sev- 
eral of  my  own  patients,  I  am  convinced  that 
the  system  she  describes  can  produce  dramat- 
ic and  rapid  change  for  the  letter-writer. 

Vance,  the  director  of  Psychology  Associ- 
ates in  Chapel  Hill,  details  in  her  book  the 
method  she  has  perfected  in  her  clinical  prac- 
tice over  the  last  twenty  years.  She  has  used 
confrontational  letter-writing  to  deal  with 
damaging  and  traumatic  experiences,  as  well 
as  ordinary  conflicts.  Letter-writing  becomes 
a  form  of  healing  for  patients  —  a  process  that 
can  unearth  unresolved  conflicts  and  point 
the  way  to  growth.  Even  when  letters  were  not 
sent,  the  writing  promoted  dramatic  changes 
in  the  writers'  lives. 

Vance  writes:  "Initially,  I  thought  of  letter- 
writing  as  a  crutch  preparatory  to  'real'  com- 
munication, but  over  the  years  I  discovered 
that  this  form  of  letter  writing  enables  people 
to  fully  express  what  they  think  and  feel.  The 
writers  can  free  themselves  from  crippling 


t,  /«*,    How  Writing  Can 
•^  f   Change  Your  Life 


% 


•tf- 


ynrjrsrKCT** 


T 


conflicts  and  impasse,  even  when  there  is  no 
'real'  (face-to-face)  communication.  Letter- 
writing  has  proved  an  effective,  goal-oriented 
way  to  work  out  these  conflicts.  Because  let- 
ters are  documents  that  can  be  reread,  progress 
is  easily  measured  and  concretely  visualized." 

Letters  Home  reveals  the  innermost  lives  of 
sons  and  daughters,  brothers  and  sisters,  and 
husbands  and  wives  as  they  strive  to  trans- 
form themselves.  Letters  written  by  actual 
patients  to  confront  the  most  significant  peo- 
ple in  their  lives  will  inspire  readers  to  articu- 
late their  own  experiences  and  assure  them 
that  they  are  not  alone.  Sharing  experiences 
is  one  of  the  primary  benefits  of  being  in  a 
therapy  group;  readers  of  this  book  can  derive 
a  similar  benefit. 

In  her  book,  Vance  provides  drafts  of  letters 
that  are  not  effective,  as  well  as  revisions  and 
final  versions  that  produced  positive  results. 
Some  of  the  letters  are  haunting,  even  shock- 
ing, to  read  because  they  are  by  patients  who 
suffered  physical  and  psychological  abuse.  She 
presents  lucid  and  reasoned  discussions  of 
controversial  subjects — blame  and  responsi- 
bility, abuse  and  memory  of  abuse,  religious 
faith,  and  the  keeping  of  secrets. 

The  book's  subtext  is  a  discussion  of  what 
causes  people  to  get  stuck  in  self-defeating 
patterns  and  how  honest  confrontation  of 
feelings  and  thoughts  can  enable  them  to 
break  out  of  these  patterns.  The  reader  comes 
away  with  insight  into  the  emotional  dynam- 
ics of  individuals  and  families. 

No  one  has  previously  elaborated  a  coherent 
system  of  confrontational  letter-writing  that 
could  be  taught  to  others.  Vance's  step-by-step 
system  can  help  anyone  compose  a  clear,  strong 
letter  to  a  parent  or  "significant  other"  with 
whom  he  or  she  is  having  difficulty.  She  de- 
scribes this  system  in  a  matter-of-fact  style, 


complete  with  theoretical  discussion  and  steps 
to  be  taken  and  to  be  avoided.  She  shows  how 
successive  drafts  help  writers  sharpen  their  mes- 
sage, clarify  their  thinking,  and  avoid  language 
that  could  dampen  the  letter's  factual  or  emo- 
tional impact.  She  presents  how  the  letter- 
writers  have  changed  their  lives  as  a  result  of 
the  process — whether  they  get  a  positive  or, 
in  fact,  any  response  from  the  addressee. 

Written  to  appeal  to  the  lay  public  as  well 
as  to  the  seasoned  therapist,  this  book  brings 
the  knowledge  Vance  has  gained  in  her  clini- 
cal practice  to  a  wider  audience.  It  will  be 
welcomed  by  anyone  concerned  with  person- 
al development.  Her  system  will  also  benefit 
those  whose  problems  may  not  require  pro- 
fessional therapy,  such  as  adult  children  seek- 
ing to  establish  warmer,  closer  relationships 
with  their  parents,  divorced  spouses  trying  to 
resolve  problems  in  the  interest  of  their  chil- 
dren, or  old  friends  who  have  grown  apart. 

I  recommend  this  book  to  anyone  who 
wants  to  break  out  of  rigid  patterns,  resolve 
conflicts,  heal  old  wounds,  or  increase  intima- 
cy. Letters  Home  will  inspire  people,  whether 
they're  in  therapy  or  not,  to  make  changes  in 
their  lives. 

— Susan  Schiffman 

Schiffman  is  a  professor  oj  medical  psychology  in 
the  psychiatry  department  at  Duke  Medical 
Center. 


Master 

of  Arts 

in 

Conflict 

Resolution 

two  limited, 
distance-based 
residency  formats  for 
working  professionals 

applications  I 

accepted  now  I 

for  Fall  1999  I 

Contact: 

Qeorgia  Doran 

803-786-3180 

800-277-1301 

gdoran@colacoll.edu 

COLUMBIA  COLLEGE 

Columbia,  SC  29203 


March -April  1999        55 


■M.W«llM.R8fcl 


We  checked  in  with  our  book- 
seller connection  for  a  few 
reading  recommendations.  In 
addition  to  a  couple  of  titles,  we 
also  got  some  insight  into  world 
book  commerce. 

John  Valentine  71,  M.Ed.  73,  a 
co-owner  of  Durham's  Regulator 
Bookshop  on  Ninth  Street,  has 
discovered,  with  his  daughters' 
help,  "the  best  family  read-aloud 
book  this  side  of  Narnia,  Tolkein, 
or  Watership  Down."  His  choices: 
Harry  Potter  and  the  Sorcerer's 
Stone  and  Harry  Potter  and  the 
Giamber  of  Secrets. 

"Scottish  single  mother  Jo 
Rowling  has  crafted  one  of  litera- 
ture's most  enduring  heroes  for 
readers  of  all  ages.  Harry  Potter  is 
a  wizard,  a  curious,  engaging, 
brave  ten-year-old  boy  trapped  in 
a  muggle  (  non-wizard)  house- 
hold, "  says  Valentine.  "Invited  to 
attend  the  grandest  wizard  acade- 
my in  the  land,  Hogwarts,  Harry 
has  the  most  wonderful  adven- 
tures imaginable.. .winning  wizard 
soccer  matches,  struggling  with 
bullies  of  the  Dark  Arts,  and 
befriending  some  other  pretty 
cool  wizard  classmates  and  ghosts. 

"When  we  finished  Sorcerer's 
Stone  (titled  the  Philosopher's 
State  in  Great  Britain),  we  found 
out  the  second  book  wasn't  set  for 
release  in  the  United  States  until 
August.  What's  a  bookseller  to 
do?  Like  hundreds  of  other 
households  in  the  United  States, 
we  went  online  and  ordered  the 
second  book  from  England.  Six 


nights  later  we  were  huddled 
again,  continuing  our  delight  in 
Harry's  battles  with  evil  wizards, 
serpents,  and  school  trustees. 

"An  international  bookseller/ 
publisher  rights  battle -royal  has 
ensued  as  eager  readers  in  the 
United  States  flood  English  web- 
sites with  orders,  threatening 
copyright  agreements.  An  eigh- 
teen-month delay  in  publication 
dates,  from  abroad,  for  first  novels 
in  not  rare,  but  Harry  Potter  has 
become  an  international  phe- 


uotm  lion. 


"Frustrating  the  stateside  pub- 
lisher even  more  is  the  knowledge 
that  the  third  (of  seven!)  Harry 
Potter  books,  Prisoner  ofAzkaban, 
is  slated  for  release  in  Great 
Britain  on  July  10.  My  kids  have 
already  got  it  on  order.  We  can't 
wait  to  welcome  Harry  back." 


■■imi.l].UI.I.IJ.I..I.Illl 


"We've  got  this  theory  of  every- 
thing. But  that  sounds  kind  of 
obnoxious:  If  you're  not  working 
on  that  theory,  you're  working  on 
nothing." 


best-selling  beak.  The 


Elegant 
Hidden 


"I'm  glad  Duke  doesn't  have  a 
school  of  journalism." 

-Clay  Felker  '51,  who  chairs  Hie 


niversity's  legacy  ef  en-campus 


"It's  kind  of  like  big-game  hunt- 
ing. The  hackers  talk  to  one 
another  in  chat  rooms  and  they 
brag  about  their  latest  conquest. 
It's  like  having  a  rhinoceros  head 
on  your  wall." 

Register  '72,  Duke': 


officer,  commenting  to  The  Chronicle 

about  a  computer  "hacking" 

incident  in  March 

"This  is  a  fictional  account. 
Historical  accuracy  is  harmful  to 
television  ratings." 

-University  Archivist  William  E.  King 

'61,  A.M.  '63,  Ph.D.  '70,  speaking  to 

the  alumni  board  ol  directors  in 


Ask  the  Expert 


litis  year's  Academy  Award 


interesting  questions.  Why 
were  they  all  for  historical 


World  War  II? 

Just  as  Shakespeare  found 
material  for  his  plays  in  history, 
so  too  does  Hollywood  turn  regu- 
larly to  historical  drama.  Lack 
of  imagination  might  also  be  at 
work,  but  one  suspects  that  this 
year's  nominees  are  simply  a  coin- 
cidence. 

The  nomination  of  three  war 
movies  in  a  single  year  is  more 
exceptional.  It  has  happened  only 
twice  before,  in  1935  and  1943, 
when  there  were  twelve  and  ten 
nominations,  respectively. 
Hollywood  did  not  move  to  the 
current  format  of  five  nomina- 
tions in  each  category  until  1944. 


But  there  have  been  two  war 
movies  nominated  seven  times. 
War  simply  makes  good  theater. 
When  pacifist/philosopher  J. 
Glenn  Gray  revisited  Europe  in 
1959  to  try  to  make  sense  of  his 
own  participation  in  World  War 
II,  he  found  a  director's  paradise. 
His  book,  The  Warriors:  Reflections 
on  Men  in  Battle,  chronicles  the 
soldier's  delight  in  the  spectacle 
of  war,  in  comradeship,  and  in 
destruction.  Gray  discovered  four 
kinds  of  love  in  war  and  an  exhil- 
aration that  made  the  experience 
for  most  men  "the  one  great  lyric 
passage  in  their  lives."  Little  won- 
der that  producers  and  directors 
find  themselves  drawn  to  it. 

More  remarkable  is  that  all  the 
nominated  war  movies  chronicle 
the  same  war.  The  popularity  of 
World  War  II  has  been  demon- 
strated by  three  past  "best  picture" 
awards:  From  Here  to  Eternity 
(1953),  The  Bridge  on  the  River 
Kwai  (1957),  and  Patton  (1957). 
But  the  next  two  awards  for  war 
movies  went  to  Vietnam  films: 
The  Deer  Hunter  (1978)  and 
Platoon  (1986). 

Now,  it  seems,  "the  good  war" 
is  making  a  comeback.  Perhaps 
we  are  simply  putting  Vietnam 
behind  us.  More  likely,  the  pro- 
ducers and  directors  who  are  at 
the  peak  of  their  powers  are  pay- 
ing tribute  to  their  fathers'  gener- 
ation. Surely  that  seems  to  be  the 
case  for  Steven  Spielberg,  whose 
Schindler's  List  won  him  the  1993 
"best  picture"  award,  by  focusing 
on  World  War  II.  It  can  hardly  be 
coincidental  that  Tom  Brokaw's 
The  Greatest  Generation  sat  atop 
the  NeuiYorkTimes  bestseller  list 
when  the  envelopes  were  opened 
in  Hollywood. 

—Alex  Roland  Ph.D.  '74,  an  expert 


hnology,  is  a  history 
and  chair  ef  the  d< 


56      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


yules  a?. 


At  Alamof  we  want  to  make  renting  our  care  a 
fun  part  of  your  travels.  Get  year-round  discounts, 
frequent  flyer  rewards,  and  unlimited  mileage 
when  you  rent  with  Alamo  on  your  next  trip. 
Plus,  we'll  even  waive  our  fee  for  additional 
drivers.  Alamo  delivers  the  discounts  you 
want  and  the  Drive  Happy-"  experience  you 
deserve!  Call  us  today  at  i-&00-354-2322. 


\)vwe 


YW?Y 


Alamo' 


*  .'Mr'  crfwv.-i,1'  \i,>\cr-  <■,?'-■   ui.r  thr  fvntiac  Grand  / 


for  reservations,  contact  your  travel  agent  or  call  Alamo®  at 

I-W030-2322 

Access  us  at  www.go^vl^mo.cow 


Be  sure  to  request 
I.D.  Number  | 

Rate  Code  I 
Coupon  Code  FY3& 

at  t/me  of  reservation. 


\)vNe 


W??Y 


Alamo 


|     Travel  Agents  GPS:  /IP-XA_ 


.XPBY/SI-C-FY3B 


One  certificate  per  Alamo  rental  and  void  once  redeemed.  Original  certificate  must  be  presented  at  counter  upon 
arrival.  Free  day  is  pro-rated  against  basic  rate  of  entire  rental  period.  Does  not  include  taxes  (including  VLF  taxes  up 
to  $1 .89  per  day  in  California  and  GST/VAT),  govemmentally-authorized  or  imposed  surcharges,  license  recoupment 
fee,  or  other  optional  items.  Offer  is  subject  to  standard  rental  conditions.  Subject  to  availaoility  and  good  only  at 
participating  Alamo  locations.  Blackout  dates  may  apply.  Not  valid  with  any  other  discount  or  promotional  rate. 


Where  YOU  LIVE  Ik 


Listen  to  the  crickets  serenade  you  on 
your  own  balcony.  Catch  a  pop-fly  at  a 
world-famous  Durham  Bulls  game. 
Take  zl   class   at   one   of   the   three 


Continuing  Care 
Retirement  Community 

2701  Pickett  Road 
Durham,  NC  27705 
800-474-0258 
919-490-8000 
www.forestduke.com 


is  How  You  Live. 

universities  that  make  up  the  Research 
Triangle  region.  No  matter  what  you 
choose  to  do,  you'll  find  life  gets 
better  at  The  Forest  at  Duke.  155| 


DUKE 


614CHAPELDRIVE.BOX  90570 
DURHAM, NORTH  CAROLINA 

27708-0570 


NON  PROFIT  ORG. 


,N.C. 
PERMIT    NO.    60 


Address  Service  Requested 


DUKE 


TOM  WOLFE  COURTSIPE 
FOREIGN  LANGUAGE  REDUX 


CHASING  STARLIGHT 


Display  Your  Duke  Pride 
On  the  Day  It  Matters  Most! 


Duke  Chapel  Pen  and  Ink  Print 
Now  Only:  $129.99 


Duke  Chapel  Photograph 
Now  Only:  $119.99 


Capture  your  Duke  memories  and  protect  your  diploma  forever  with  the  DiplomaDisplay- 

/  Professional  pen  and  ink  print  or  color  photograph  of  Duke  Chapel 

/  Imported  hardwood  moulding  is  hand-finished  and  assembled  in  the  USA 

/  Conservation-quality  double  matting  in  Duke  blue  and  ivory 

/  Quick  and  easy  diploma  insertion  without  tools  or  adhesives 

/  100%  satisfaction  guaranteed  or  your  money  back! 

/  Fast  and  convenient  home  delivery 

/  Not  available  in  Frame  Shops! 


Transform  your  greatest  achievement 
into  your  greatest  treasure! 


Call  Now  To  Order 
1-800-4224100 


DiplomaDisplay 


is  a  trademark  of  OCM,  Inc.  All  rights  n 


MAY- 
JUNE  1999 


EDITOR: 

Robert  ].  Bliwise  A.M.  '88 

ASSOCIATE  EDITOR 

Sam  Hull 

INTERIM  FEATURES 

EDITOR: 

Rob  Odom  '92 

SCIENCE  EDITOR 

Dennis  Meredith 

PUBLISHER:  M.  laney 

Funderburk  Jr.  '60 

CLAY  FELKER 

MAGAZINE  FELLOW: 

Philip  Tinari '01 

STUDENT  INTERN: 

Jaime  Levy  '01 

DESIGN  CONSULTANT: 

Mills /Carrigan  Design 

PRINTER 

Litho  Industries,  Inc. 

OFFICERS,  DUKE  ALUMNI 
ASSOCIATION: 
John  A.  Schwarz  III  '56, 
president;  Gwynne  A.  Young  71, 
president-elect;  M.  Laney 
Funderburk  Jr.  '60,  secretary- 


PRESIDENTS,  SCHOOL 
AND  COLLEGE  ALUMNI 
ASSOCIATIONS: 
James  R.  Cook  Jr. '50,  B.D. 
'54,  Divinirv  School;  George  J. 
Evans  B.S.E.E.  '56,  School  of 
L'iii.'m.vnni,';  Barrett  B.  McCall 
M.F.  '91,  Nicholas  School  of  the 
Environment;  Walter  W 
Simpson  III  M.B.A.  74,  Fuqua 
Sclmni  <>/  Mionu'w.  Judith  Ann 
Maness  M.H.A.  '83,  Department 
it/  J  k'ahli  Administration;  Bruce 
W.  BaberJ.D.79,Sc/ioolo/ 
Law;  David  K.  Wellman  M.D. 
72,  H.S.  72-78,  School  of 
Medicine;  Linda  Spencer 
Fowler  B.S.N.  79,  Sclwol  of 
\nrstTK';  M.inc  koval  Nardone 
M.S.  79,  A.H.C.  79,  Graduate 
Program  in  Physical  Therapy; 
Kay  Goodman  Stern  '46,  Half- 
Century  Club. 

EDITORIAL 
ADVISORY  BOARD: 
Clay  Felker  '51,  chairman; 
Frederick  F  Andrews  '60; 
Debra  Blum '87;  Sarah 
Hardesty  Bray  72;  Nancy  L. 
CardweU'69;JerroldK.Footlick; 
Edward  M.  Gomez  79;  Kerry 
E.  Harmon '82;  Stephen 
LabatonA.M.'86,J.D.'86; 
Elizabeth  H.  Locke  '64,  Ph.D. 
72;  Thomas  R  Losee  Jr.  '63; 
Kimberly  J.  McLarin  '86; 
Michael  Milstein  '88;  Ann 
Pelham  74;  Michael  J. 
Schoenfeld'84;SusanTiffi73; 
JaneVessels'77;RobertJ. 
Bliwise  A.M.  '88,  secretary. 

SUBSCRIPTIONS: 
$15  per  year  {$30  foreign) 
Duke  Magazine,  614  Chapel  Dr., 
Durham,  N.C.  27708-0570. 

FAX:  (919)  681-1659 

ADDRESS  CHANGES: 
Alumni  Records,  Box  90613, 
Durham,  N.C.  27708-0613 
or  e-mail  bluedevil@duke.edu 

ONLINE  EDITION: 


DUKE 


Cover:  Blue  Devil  center  Michelle  VanCorp 
'99  and  forward  Lauren  Rice  '01  rejoice  after 
the  women's  basketball  team  wins  a  berth  in 
the  Final  Four.  Photo  by  Bruce  Feeley. 


NUMBER  4 


MAKING  THE  FOREIGN  FAMILIAR  by  Robert  Odom  2 

In  light  of  new  international  economic  and  political  interdependencies,  Curriculum 
2000  places  an  accent  on  foreign-language  study  and  on  new  ways  of  teaching 

A  FAN  IN  FULL  by  Robert].  Bitwise  8 

After  sampling  the  unfathomable  atmospherics  of  Cameron,  cultural  chronicler 
Tom  Wolfe  ponders  whether  it's  the  players  on  the  court  or  the  students  in  the  stands 
who  have  the  right  stuff 

SHOOTING  FOR  PARITY  by  Georgann  Eubanks  lT 

Duke's  extraordinary  climb  to  national  prominence  in  women's  basketball  is  the  result 
of  a  century-long  revolution  in  sports  and  a  cultural  sea  change 

ACADEMIC  APPRENTICES:  STILL  AN  IDEAL?  by  Barry  Yeoman  I4~ 

With  hundreds  of  Ph.D.s  competing  for  every  available  faculty  position,  the  apprentice 
model  that  sustained  generations  of  silversmiths  and  printers  seems  to  fall  apart 
at  the  university  level 

THE  DEATH  OF  DREAMS  by  Meghan  Cronin  37^ 

On  a  journey  to  Sarajevo  and  Tuzla,  a  student  learns  some  jarring  lessons  about  the 
aftermath  of  war 

STAR  PROFESSOR  by  Dennis  Meredith  41 

A  mathematician  explores  gravitational  lensing,  a  method  of  tracing  the  intricate 
pathways  of  starlight 


KEEPING  NATURE'S  BALANCE  by  h bm  Patterson 

The  work  practices  of  a  sheep  rancher  and  farmer  are  consistent  with  his  deeply  held 

environmental  convictions 


45 


UNDER  THE  GARGOYLE  20 

"We  are  looking  for  intellectual  dynamism  that  can  change  the  world" 

FORUM  34~ 

The  art  of  museum  messages,  the  urgency  of  football  futures,  the  shallowness  of 
Hollywood  hype 

GAZETTE  49~ 

A  provost  is  found,  a  department  is  revived,  a  Pdiodes  Scholarship  is  engineered 

BOOKS  54 

A  medical  mystery  that  wields  a  sharp  scalpel,  a  romantic  thriller  that  makes  use  of 
a  familiar  setting 


©  1999  Duke  University 
Published  bimonthly  by  the 
Office  of  Alumni  Affairs. 


QUAD  QUOTES 

Analyzing  school  violence,  1 


56 


debrating 


summer  plans 


MAKING 

THE  FOREIGN 

FAMILIAR 


THINKING  GLOBALLY 

BY  ROBERT  ODOM 

In  light  of  new  international  economic  and  political  interdependencies, 

Curriculum  2000  places  an  accent  on  foreign-language  study 

and  on  new  ways  of  teaching. 


2         DUKE  MAGAZINE 


What  should  any  Duke  graduate 
know?  That  was  the  question  that 
Dean  William  H.  Chafe  put  before 
a  committee  of  diverse  faculty  in  September 
1997  as  part  of  an  organized  effort  to  devise  a 
new  curriculum  for  Trinity  College  of  Arts  and 
Sciences.  The  faculty  put  forward  what  later 
came  to  be  dubbed  "Curriculum  2000, "  a  new 
plan  for  undergraduate  instruction  organized 
around  the  intersection  of  four  "areas  of 
knowledge" — arts  and  literatures,  civiliza- 
tions, natural  sciences  and  mathematics,  and 
social  sciences — with  five  interdisciplinary 
learning  strategies:  interpretive  and  aesthetic 
approaches,  and  quantitative,  inductive,  and 
deductive  reasoning. 

That  intersection  forms  what  curriculum 
authors  call  "the  matrix, "  a  grid-like  map  in 
which  students  make  choices  to  fulfill  re- 
quirements to  suit  scholarly  interests.  There's 
little  wiggle-room,  however,  in  avoiding  the 
new  "competency"  requirements.  These  in- 
clude three  writing  classes,  two  research  ex- 
periences, and — for  the  first  time  in  more 
Leaps  in  language  learning:  multimedia  advances, 
above,  assist  in  Beginning  German,  taught  by  fourth- 
year  graduate  student  Katharina  Altpeter-]ones; 
students  taking  Spanish  in  the  Fifties,  left,  are  drilled 
to  improve  vocabulary  and  diction 


than  thirty  years  at  Duke — course  work  in 
foreign  languages. 

Political  scientist  Peter  Lange,  Duke's  newly 
appointed  provost  who  headed  the  curriculum 
committee,  says  that  the  new  foreign-language 
requirement,  although  not  exactly  controver- 
sial, was  apt  to  provoke  groans  from  faculty 
who  remembered  acquiring  second  languages 
twenty  and  thirty  years  ago.  Back  then,  the 
requisite  pedagogy  was  simply  "drill,  drill,  drill, 
boring,  boring,  boring." 

It  was  up  to  Clare  Tufts  and  other  members 
of  the  Language  Task  Force,  which  she  chairs, 
to  dispel  old  myths  and  bring  colleagues  up  to 
date  on  recent  advances  in  second-language 
learning.  "An  awful  lot  of  people  who  haven't 
been  in  language  courses  in  a  long  time  still 
have  this  idea  that  it's  basically  memorization 
of  verbs  and  vocabulary  lists  and  filling  in  the 
blanks, "  says  Tufts,  associate  professor  of  the 
practice  in  Romance  Studies.  "Then  when 
you  go  to  a  foreign  country  where  you're  in  a 
situation  with  a  foreign  speaker,  you  can't 
communicate  with  them  at  all." 

In  the  "bad  old  days"  of  foreign-language 
instruction,  that  kind  of  experience  was  not 
uncommon.  Modem  languages  weren't  com- 
monly offered  at  American  liberal-arts  col- 
leges until  the  nineteenth  century,  and  then 


they  were  taught  to  students  using  the  peda- 
gogies that  had  been  devised  for  learning 
"dead"  classical  languages  like  Latin  and  an- 
cient Greek. 

"Latin  is  one  of  these  things  that  is  tradi- 
tionally taught  as  if  it  were  a  grid, "  says  John 
Younger,  professor  and  director  of  undergrad- 
uate studies  in  Duke's  classics  department. 
"It's  very  much  a  visual  experience,  very  logi- 
cally conceived.  You  have  the  first  declension, 
the  second  declension,  the  first  conjugation, 
the  second  conjugation,  and  so  on.  I've  seen  a 
couple  of  textbooks  where  they'll  present  in 
one  chapter  the  nominatives  of  all  the  de- 
clensions or  the  second  person  singular  of  all 
the  conjugations  rather  than  this  vertical 
arrangement — which  is  a  nightmare." 

This  taxonomy  of  parts  can  sometimes  bor- 
der on  the  absurd,  as  Younger  observes.  He 
quotes  one  example  in  the  slim  volume  from 
which  he  himself  learned  all  of  first-year  an- 
cient Greek  (in  ninety-seven  economical 
pages):  "Here  it  tells  you  the  names  of  the 
various  accents,  and  not  only  that  the  accents 
have  names,  but  that  they  have  special  names 
according  to  the  positions  where  they  occur 
in  words.  It  tells  you  all  of  this  and  then  it 
says,  'These  terms,  though  formidable,  will  save 
much  laborious  periphrasis.'  That's  the  level 


May-June  1999 


at  which  you're  dealing  with  these  terms.  This 
is  not  a  popular  method." 

Younger  is,  however,  quick  to  point  out  two 
great  advantages  to  this  strategy  of  acquiring 
language:  It's  intellectually  rigorous  and  uni- 
versally applicable.  "You  have  to  intellectually 
understand  precisely  how  grammar  works," 
he  says.  "And  once  you  get  the  idea  that  a  lan- 
guage can  be  diagrammed,  you  can  pick  up 
any  book  that  treats  a  language  this  way  and 
learn  it — in  some  sort  of  intellectual  sense." 

But  would  anyone  want  to?  Younger  re- 
members dreary  days  of  learning  German  in 
his  adolescence.  Students  "would  all  hold  hands 
and  march  around  the  room,  reciting  preposi- 
tions and  the  cases  they  took."  Years  of  puz- 
zling over  made-up  sentences  and  textual 
fragments  outside  their  cultural  contexts  did 
not  help  the  student  in  terms  of  conversing  in 
the  language  later  on.  Nor  does  the  study  of 
language  "as  a  fossilized  object"  do  much  to 


KOREAN  LANGUAGE 

INSTRUCTION  WAS 

FIRST  OFFERED  AT 

DUKE  IN  RESPONSE 

TO  STUDENT  DEMAND 

AND  A  PETITION 

WITH  MORE  THAN 

2,000  SIGNATURES. 


advance  the  study  of  culture,  Younger  says. 
"And  it  doesn't  do  much  at  all — and  I'm 
being  quite  critical  here — for  what  our  new 
generation  of  linguistic  theorists  are  telling  us 
about  how  language  and  culture  are  almost 
interchangeable.  The  way  we  acculturate  our- 
selves is  the  way  we  speak,  and  vice  versa." 

Today  at  Duke,  language  and  culture  are 
presented  side-by-side  beginning  on  the  first 
day  of  class,  which  is  taught,  in  most  cases,  in 
the  target  language.  "We  really  want  students 
to  feel  motivated  enough  to  start  using  the 
language  immediately, "  says  Tufts,  who  directs 
the  French  language  program  in  addition  to 
chairing  the  language  task  force.  "They  still 
have  to  learn  the  grammar,  how  to  write,  how 
to  read,  but  also  we  want  them  to  feel  the 
confidence  that  they  can  start  using  a  lan- 
guage immediately,  even  if  they  aren't  perfect 
speakers.  That  they're  going  to  make  mistakes. 
They've  got  to  make  mistakes  when  they  write, 
they're  going  to  misunderstand  some  things 
when  they  read,  but  they  still  have  to  start 
doing  it  actively." 

This  emphasis  on  active  learning  leads  to 
new  strategies   that  may  help  students  in 


other  disciplines,  Tufts  says.  "We're  teaching 
them  to  circumlocute,  for  example,  and  also 
we're  teaching  them  to  guess,  to  get  the  gist  of 
what's  going  on,  whether  it's  in  a  conversation 
or  whether  it's  in  a  reading  passage.  It's  the 
same  strategy  that  they  apply  to  reading  a 
newspaper  in  their  native  language." 

These  techniques  represent  a  break  with  how 
language  was  taught  even  a  generation  ago, 
Tufts  observes.  "That's  certainly  not  the  way  I 
was  taught  to  read  in  French.  I  was  taught  to 


work  closely  with  the  textbooks  they'll  be  using, 
visit  classes,  study  tests  and  exams,  and  talk  to 
other  teachers.  Tufts  visits  these  classes  her- 
self once  graduate  students  start  teaching  and 
recommends  that  they  videotape  their  class 
performance  at  least  once  a  semester.  At  the 
end  of  each  semester,  Tufts  meets  with  stu- 
dents to  go  over  student  course  evaluations 
and  helps  to  develop  students'  teaching  portfo- 
lios, which  they  will  use  in  interviewing  for 
jobs  after  they  complete  their  studies. 


read  every  word,  and  in  my  books  I  wrote 
above  each  line  every  word  that  I  looked  up, 
and  I  had  no  idea  what  I  was  reading." 

Classroom  activities  and  small-group  dis- 
cussions combined  with  new  technological 
resources  like  video,  CD-ROMs,  and  the  World 
Wide  Web  have  changed  the  appearance  and 
the  effectiveness  of  elementary  language 
courses.  That  trend  toward  a  more  diverse 
classroom  experience  has  been  helped  along 
by  this  year's  move  in  many  departments  from 
three  to  five  class  meetings  a  week. in  ele- 
mentary courses.  The  difference,  Tufts  says,  is 
that  "you  can  get  the  material  covered,  and 
you  can  actually  have  time  to  do  other  things 
like  extended  conversations  in  the  language, 
bring  in  more  cultural  information,  do  songs, 
do  all  this  stuff  that  we  weren't  able  to  do 
when  we  were  just  dashing  madly  to  cover  the 
basic  grammar  by  the  end  of  the  semester." 

As  pedagogy  has  advanced,  so  has  training 
for  instructors.  In  Romance  Studies  and  in 
other  departments,  full-time  faculty  share  re- 
sponsibility for  foreign-language  classes  with 
graduate  students  and  part-time  instructors. 
Duke's  graduate  programs  in  Spanish  and 
French  (which,  when  evaluated  by  the  Na- 
tional Research  Council,  ranked  second  and 
third  respectively  within  their  disciplines  na- 
tionally) incorporate  language  teaching  for 
graduate  students  as  an  essential  part  of  their 
training.  "We  really  want  them  to  understand 
the  field  of  second-language  acquisition — its 
problems  and  controversies, "  Tufts  says. 

Usually  during  their  first  year  of  study, 
instructors  take  part  in  a  practicum  where  they 


oreign-language  requirements  have 
long  been  a  flash  point  in  curriculum 
debates  nationwide,  and  the  particular 
emphasis  on  foreign  language  in  the  1968  cur- 
riculum committee  report  at  Duke  prefigured 
the  role  it  would  play  in  shaping  future  dis- 
cussions. Varieties  of  Learning  Experience,  dub- 
bed the  "Krueger  Report"  after  the  director  of 
the  curriculum  review,  English  professor  and 
later  dean  Robert  Krueger,  argued  for  the  new 
curriculum  that  took  effect  in  1969.  Dispensing 
with  the  old  notion  of  a  "core  curriculum, "  this 
New  Curriculum  represented  the  most  signif- 
icant reappraisal  of  undergraduate  education 
at  Duke  until  today's  Curriculum  2000. 

In  revising  the  old  curriculum,  which  had 
guided  the  instruction  of  thousands  of  under- 
graduates in  one  form  or  another  since  the 
school's  inception,  the  authors  of  the  Krueger 
report  were  responding  with  dismay  to  the 
realization  that  "in  many  ways  we  have  failed 
to  develop  in  our  graduates  an  interest  in  the 
kind  of  study  taken  at  the  university."  After  suc- 
cessfully completing  uniform  course  require- 
ments representing  elementary  knowledge  of 
many  diverse  fields,  from  mathematics  and 
natural  sciences  to  physical  education,  "the 
majority  of  our  graduates  do  not  continue  to 
read  in  the  fields  that  the  requirements  repre- 
sent," the  report  noted.  In  response  to  alumni 
questionnaires,  for  example,  former  English 
majors  registered  their  disinterest  in  reading 
"literary  classics."  "The  book  most  often  read 
by  our  alumni, "  the  report  revealed,  "is  Valley 
oftheDoUs'' 

In  an  effort  to  correct  the  disparity  between 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


undergraduate  study  and  later  life,  the  report 
advocated  dispensing  with  a  curriculum  that 
sacrificed  depth  of  study  for  breadth  of  expo- 
sure. "While  some  encounter  is  better  than 
none  for  most  students,  we  believe  that  stu- 
dents have  spent  too  much  of  their  time  tak- 
ing introductory  courses  designed  to  lead  a 
student  somewhere  he  never  goes."  Relaxing 
distribution  requirements  would  allow  under- 
graduates to  pursue  individual  interests  in 
greater  depth,  and  catering  the  curriculum  to 
student  interests  would  ensure  a  richer 
engagement  with  intellectual  life. 

In  short,  the  New  Curriculum  of  1969  was 
intended  to  offer  undergraduates,  while  they 
were  still  being  mentored  by  faculty,  some  of 
the  intellectual  freedom  that  they  would  en- 
joy in  later  life:  "The  committee  agrees  that 

Then  and  now:  Total  immersum  instruction,  below,  is 
de  rigueur  today  in  language  classes,  opposite 


universities  in  different  parts  of  the  country 
and  make  the  assumption  that  most  students 
would  choose  language  requirements  if  they 
were  not  required." 

Fein's  remarks  seemed  prescient  today  when 
one  considers  the  resulting  drops  in  enroll- 
ment in  foreign-language  courses  in  years  fol- 
lowing. In  1980,  a  new  curriculum  review 
committee  sought  to  address  those  losses  by 
instituting  proficiency  requirements  in  math- 
ematics and  foreign  language  that  could  be 
satisfied  either  by  prior  coursework  or  high 
test  scores.  But  in  1986,  those  requirements 
were  dropped  in  favor  of  the  current  curricu- 
lum, which  incorporates  foreign  language  and 
quantitative  reasoning  as  two  of  six  "areas  of 
knowledge."  Under  the  1986  curriculum, 
which  remains  in  effect  for  all  students  who 
will  have  matriculated  before  the  year  2000, 
students  are  asked  to  traverse  five  of  these 
areas,  but  may  eliminate  one. 


education  should  be  seen  by  a  student  as  a 
stance  toward  life:  open-minded,  flexible,  ver- 
satile, appreciative,  rational,  and  well-inten- 
tioned," the  report  said.  "A  student  is  most 
likely  to  develop  such  a  stance  in  an  atmo- 
sphere of  freedom:  where  he  shares  responsi- 
bility for  his  own  education  and  his  own  de- 
cisions; where  he  can  be  concerned  not  only 
with  what  he  learns  but  how  he  learns;  and 
where  he  can  develop  skills  that  will  allow 
him  to  continue  his  education  on  his  own." 

Such  a  move  had  its  detractors.  In  a  mem- 
orandum included  in  the  1968  curriculum 
sub-committee  report,  then-chairman  of  the 
Romance  Studies  department  John  M.  Fein 
argued  that  core  requirements  should  not  be 
taken  lightly.  "Foreign-language  study  is 
uniquely  equipped  to  correct  the  provincial- 
ism of  American  education,"  he  said.  Nor 
should  faculty  leap  to  assume  that  students 
know  best  what  is  good  for  them.  "Since  so 
many  of  our  students  come  from  a  region 
where  the  prevailing  philosophy  in  certain 
circles,  at  least,  seems  to  be,  'If  English  is  good 
enough  for  Jesus  Christ,  it  is  good  enough  for 
me, '  we  cannot  rely  on  the  experience  at  other 


Indeed,  the  committee  wrote  that  their 
thinking  about  the  1986  curriculum  coalesced 
around  the  decision  to  strike  the  foreign-lan- 
guage proficiency  requirement  from  the  new 
curriculum  proposal:  "Once  we  arrived  at  that 
conclusion,  we  arrived  as  well  at  a  clearer 
understanding  of  the  tenor  and  aspirations  of 
our  entire  proposal.  Those  students  who  choose 
to  include  the  study  of  foreign  language  in 
their  curriculum  will  have  made  some  deci- 
sion about  themselves,  their  interests,  and 
their  capabilities.  The  same  goes  for  those 
who  choose  not  to  include  foreign-language 
study  in  their  curriculum — or  quantitative 
reasoning,  social  sciences,  natural  sciences,  arts 
and  literature,  or  civilization.  The  proposed 
curriculum  gives  unambiguous  importance  to 
the  breadth  of  study  and  cross-disciplinary 
work,  but  it  does  not  tell  the  student  what  his 
or  her  priorities  must  be." 

In  preserving  student  choice  and  disputing 
the  notion  of  a  "minimum  proficiency"  as  "a 
contradiction  which  frustrates  students  and 
faculty  alike, "  the  new  report  echoed  the  spirit 
of  the  1968  curricular  reforms.  But  the  com- 
mittee further  justified  their  view  with  a  new 


concern  that  the  institution  not  favor  any  dis- 
cipline over  another  through  curricular  re- 
quirements. "What  is  true  about  our  foreign 
language  would  appear  to  be  true  about  most 
specific  general  education  requirements:  that 
is,  that  the  potential  value  of  such  study  is 
seriously  undermined  when  a  curriculum  in- 
sists on  it  and  distinguishes  it  from  other  po- 
tentially valuable  learning  experiences,"  the 
report  said.  "The  reasons  for  imposing  [a  for- 
eign-language requirement]  do  not  seem  to 

BEGINNING 
LANGUAGES, 
FROM  A  TO  Y 

The  linguistically  adventurous  can  complete 
coursework  in  any  of  the  following  twenty- 
one  languages  offered  at  Duke: 

Arabic  Italian  Serbian  and 

Balto-Finnic  Japanese  Croatian 

Chinese  Korean  Spanish 

French  Latin  Swahili 

German  Persian  Ukrainian 

Greek  Polish  Yiddish 

Hebrew  Portuguese 

Hindi-Urdu  Russian 


warrant  our  insistence  that  it  is  good  for  every 
student,  more  important  than  other  kinds  of 
learning." 

Curriculum  2000  runs  counter  to  this 
notion,  with  its  four  required  areas  of  knowl- 
edge and  a  new  foreign-language  proficiency 
requirement  to  be  satisfied  through  participa- 
tion in  a  fifth-semester,  100-level  course. 

What  prompted  Duke  faculty  to  reverse 
their  thinking? 

In  1997,  a  self-study  by  Duke's  Academic 
Council  cited  with  alarm  that  in  data  collect- 
ed on  the  class  of  1995,  52.4  percent  of  stu- 
dents chose  to  omit  entirely  one  area  of 
knowledge  from  their  curriculum.  The  area  of 
knowledge  that  students  omitted  most  fre- 
quently (at  17.8  percent)  was  foreign  lan- 
guage. "It  is  clear  that  there  was  never  an 
intellectual  justification  for  Duke's  unusual, 
optional  area  of  knowledge,"  the  self-study 
says.  "It  was  a  politically  viable  proposal  in 
that  it  made  some  curricular  reform  possible 
by  avoiding  a  quarrel  over  which  areas  are 
important  enough  to  be  required....  We  do  not 
castigate  them  for  doing  so;  nevertheless, 
some  years  later  it  appears  more  clearly  as  a 
pragmatic,  but  hardly  bold,  formulation." 

Meanwhile,  the  world  was  changing  in 
ways  that  made  faculty  begin  to  view  language 
study  once  again  as  essential  preparation  for 
all  Duke  graduates. 

In  1995,  the  university  set  international- 
ization as  an  institutional  goal,  creating 
the  Office  of  the  Vice  Provost  for  Acade- 
mic and  International  Affairs.  Bruce  Kuniholm, 


May-June  1999 


a  public  policy  professor  who  succeeded  Peter 
Lange  in  that  office,  says  that  international- 
ization became  a  priority  at  Duke  at  the  end 
of  the  Cold  War  and  in  the  wake  of  increasing 
global  economic  interdependence.  To  survive 
in  this  new  environment,  he  writes,  "students 
need  greater  interaction  with  different  peoples 
and  cultures.  Knowledge  of  different  cultures 
and  languages  is  critical  to  their  development 
as  human  beings,  to  their  professional  lives, 
and  to  their  capacity  to  fulfill  their  responsi- 
bilities, not  just  as  citizens  of  the  countries 
where  they  happen  to  be  born,  but  as  citizens 
of  an  increasingly  global  society." 

One  way  to  achieve  that  goal  is  through 
coursework  in  foreign  languages  and  cultures. 
Another  is  to  study  abroad — an  increasingly 
attractive  proposition  under  Curriculum  2000, 
which  encourages  students  to  satisfy  foreign- 
language  proficiency  requirements  through 
coursework  overseas.  However,  students  will 
not  find  study  abroad  to  be  an  easy  out.  Al- 
though Christa  Johns,  director  of  Duke's  Of- 
fice of  Foreign  Academic  Programs,  is  inter- 
ested in  developing  Duke  programs  for  begin- 
ning language  students  in  light  of  the  new 
curriculum,  most  current  offerings  require  as 
much  as  two  years  of  prerequisite  coursework 
in  a  foreign  language  (enough,  in  most  cases, 
to  satisfy  the  new  proficiency  requirements). 

The  real  impact  of  the  curriculum  on  study 
abroad  may  be  in  producing  more  interested 
students  who  will  be  qualified  to  study  in 
countries  where  English  is  not  spoken.  Cur- 
rently some  43  percent  of  Duke  undergradu- 
ates study  overseas  at  some  point  in  their 
Duke  careers  (most  often  in  the  fall  of  their 
junior  year),  and  overwhelmingly  they  choose 
to    study    in    English-speaking    countries. 


DUKE  AMBASSADORS 


Whether  they  choose  to  study  in  England  or 
Australia  or  in  any  of  the  dozens  of  other 
Duke-sponsored  programs  in  non-English- 
speaking  countries,  the  numbers  of  Duke  stu- 
dents studying  abroad  has  been  steadily 
increasing  over  the  last  fifteen  years,  in  keep- 
ing with  a  national  trend.  According  to  new 
figures  released  by  the  Institute  of  Interna- 
tional Education,  the  number  of  American 
students  studying  overseas  in  the  1996-97 
school  year  was  up  a  sharp  11.4  percent  over 
the  previous  year. 

For  many  students,  travel  overseas  repre- 
sents a  unique  growth  experience.  Johns  takes 
it  as  a  sign  of  the  success  of  Duke  programs 
that  in  written  evaluations  students  often 
report  an  interest  in  going  back  to  the  coun- 
tries they  visited.  "It's  very  gratifying  for  stu- 
dents to  come  back  having  had  a  fruitful  time 
overseas, "  Johns  says.  "I  think  that  these  stu- 
dents mature  a  lot.  They  become  more  inde- 
pendent, and  they  oftentimes  learn  to  fend 
for  themselves." 

Another  reason  for  the  increasing  popular- 
ity of  study- abroad  programs  is  the  rising  costs 
of  tuition  at  American  universities.  Even  with 
the  cost  of  airfare  and  program  fees  factored 
into  the  equation,  a  semester  or  year  in  an 
overseas  program  can  offer  significant  finan- 
cial savings.  For  example,  Duke  students  who 
study  for  a  year  in  Munich,  Germany,  on  a 
Duke-approved  program  sponsored  by  Wayne 
State  University  pay  $15,573,  which  includes 
program  fees,  living  expenses,  and  airfare, 
compared  to  the  Office  of  Financial  Aid's 
estimated  student  budget  for  this  year's  Duke 
freshman,  which  amounts  to  $33,830.  Even 
once  the  Duke  fee  of  $1,750  for  non-Duke 
programs  is  added,  students  who  study  abroad 


The  first  international  stu- 
dent enrolled  at  Duke 
more  than  a  hundred 
years  ago,  when  it  was  Trinity 
College.  In  1880,  Yao-ju  Soong 
studied  for  a  year  in  Durham 
before  returning  to  his  native 
China.  Since  Soong"s  time, 
however,  recruiting  interna' 
tional  students  to  Duke  has  been 
an  uphill  battle,  principally 
because  the  university  is  unable 
to  extend  financial  aid  to  for- 
eign students. 

Given  the  relatively  small 
size  of  Duke's  endowment,  that 
situation  is  not  liable  to  be  rec- 
tified anytime  soon.  But  admin- 
istrators hope  to  make  a  first 
step  toward  addressing  the 
problem  with  a  newly  an- 
nounced fellowship  fund,  to  be 
named  "the  Ambassador  Duke 
International  Scholarships 


Program"  for  Ambassador 
Angier  B.  Duke.  With  further 
support,  these  scholarships  will 
offer  foreign  applicants  requir- 
ing financial  aid  the  opportuni- 
ty to  attend  Duke  while  provid- 
ing other  students  with  expo- 
sure to  international  perspec- 
tives during  their  four  years  of 
study  on  campus. 

Duke,  a  young  institution,  is 
not  very  well  known  abroad 
compared  to  older,  more  estab- 
lished American  universities. 
But  through  the  combined 
efforts  of  President  Nannerl  O. 
Keohane  and  alumni  clubs  in 
fifteen  countries,  Duke  is 
beginning  to  make  inroads 
overseas.  Part  of  that  effort  has 
included  presidential  travel  to 
Mexico  and  Latin  America, 
Canada,  Hong  Kong,  Japan, 
and  Southeast  Asia,  where 


Keohane  has  spoken  to  foreign 
media  and  worked  to  develop 
new  and  promising  relation- 
ships with  foreign  corporations, 
universities,  and  government 
agencies. 

"What  are  we  doing  at  Duke 
to  prepare  our  graduates  in 
every  school  for  an  increasingly 
diverse  world  economy?"  Keo- 
hane asked  an  audience  of 
alumni,  parents,  and  friends  in 
Taipei  last  May.  "We  are  capi- 
talizing upon  the  entrepreneur- 
ial and  innovative  spirit  of  our 
faculty.  We  are  responding  to 
what  our  students  tell  us  they 
need  to  know,  particularly  when 
they  come  to  us  for  professional 
or  mid-career  education.  We 
intend  to  be  a  world  leader  in 
higher  education  in  the  new 


on  this  program  save  more  than  $15,000  on 
the  cost  of  a  year  spent  in  Durham. 

What's  more,  Duke  students  studying 
abroad  carry  their  financial  aid  with  them. 
"It's  really  very  generous  of  Duke  to  let  the 
financial  aid  travel  with  students, "  Johns  says. 
"In  many  cases,  this  is  the  only  way  that  a  stu- 
dent could  go  abroad.  Now  there  are  a  lot  of 
other  institutions  that  don't  do  that,  and  who 
would  say,  'Well,  you  can  get  financial  aid  for 
our  own  program  but  not  if  you  go  on  some- 
body else's.'  But  on  the  other  hand,  we  feel 
very  strongly  that  we  don't  want  to  have 
study  abroad  only  for  those  kids  who  can 
afford  it,  because  it's  really  an  educational 
experience  that  should  be  open  to  everybody. 
We're  very  grateful  that  Duke  lets  this  hap- 
pen, and  we  hope  this  will  continue." 

While  Curriculum  2000  advocates 
succeeded  in  persuading  faculty 
of  the  importance  of  the  foreign- 
language  requirement  (the  curriculum  mea- 
sure passed  by  a  two-thirds  majority  vote), 
they  may  have  a  tougher  row  to  hoe  when  it 
comes  to  persuading  undergraduates. 

Ingeborg  Walther,  assistant  professor  and 
director  of  the  German  language  program, 
says  faculty  may  need  to  do  a  better  job  of 
educating  students  in  elementary  classes  about 
the  importance  of  studying  other  cultures.  "In 
most  other  countries  in  the  world,  knowledge 
of  a  foreign  language  and  culture  is  simply  part 
and  parcel  of  what  it  means  to  be  an  educated 
person, "  she  says.  "They  don't  consider  mono- 
lingual people  to  be  educated,  and  that's  why 
Americans  are  kind  of  laughed  at  by  many 
Europeans  as  being  superficial  and  ignorant." 

Miriam  Cooke,  who  chairs  Duke's  depart- 
ment of  Asian  and  African  languages  and  lit- 
erature, says  language  students  develop  skills 
that  help  them  in  other  kinds  of  courses.  "I 
think  it  develops  critical  thinking  in  a  very 
different  way, "  she  says.  "It  compels  attention 
to  language  and  writing  skills  at  a  time  when 
our  attention  span  is  so  short."  It  may  be  more 
difficult  to  do  that  kind  of  work  on  language 
and  writing  skills  in  classes  where  English  is 
spoken  and  students  take  their  mistakes,  their 
grammatical  weaknesses,  and  the  holes  in 
their  vocabulary  for  granted.  "There's  a  lot  of 
undoing,"  she  says.  "But  in  a  language  that 
you're  starting  from  scratch,  there's  a  chance 
to  do  what  should  ideally  should  have  been 
done  when  you  were  a  child  developing  your 
writing  and  critical  thinking  skills." 

Today's  foreign-language  students  cite  di- 
verse reasons  for  choosing  their  course  of  study. 
Some  students  hope  knowledge  of  foreign 
languages  and  cultures  will  enhance  their  ca- 
reers: Enrollments  in  Japanese  and  Chinese 
courses  surged  with  those  countries'  booming 
economies.  "Others  simply  want  to  be  able  to 
speak  with  their  grandmother, "  says  Walther. 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


As  Duke's  undergraduate  pool  has  become 
more  and  more  ethnically  diverse  (this  past 
fall  witnessed  the  matriculation  of  Duke's  most 
diverse  freshman  class  ever),  the  number  of 
students  who  enter  Duke  with  some  prior  ex- 
posure to  other  languages  through  older, 
immigrant  family  members  has  grown.  These 
students,  called  "heritage  learners,"  demon- 
strate varying  degrees  of  literacy  in  languages 
other  than  English  and  are  generally  more 
difficult  to  place  in  existing  programs.  Clare 
Tufts  says  that  departments  may  develop  new 
courses  to  target  these  students. 

New  languages  may  also  be  offered  in  existing 
departments  or  through  consortium  arrange- 
ments with  nearby  universities.  Miriam  Cooke 
says  that  the  department  of  Asian  and  Afri- 
can languages  and  literature  hired  Hae-Young 
Kim  to  teach  Korean  partly  in  response  to  stu- 
dent demand  and  a  petition  presented  to  the 
department  with  more  than  2,000  signatures. 

Other  students  simply  take  foreign-language 
classes  to  satisfy  distribution  requirements  un- 
der the  old  curriculum,  and  departments  are 
bracing  themselves  to  accommodate  many 
more  such  students  under  Curriculum  2000. 
Will  the  quality  of  instruction  suffer  once 
courses  are  flooded  with  disinterested  stu- 
dents? Walther  doesn't  think  so.  "I  really  hate 
this  attitude  of,  'I'm  going  to  have  a  bunch  of 
duds  in  my  class  who  don't  want  to  be 
there, ' "  she  says,"because  I  feel  that  it's  my  job 
as  a  teacher  to  inspire  them."  For  others,  the 
concern  boils  down  to  numbers. 

Most  agree  that  Spanish  will  be  the  hardest 
hit,  citing  a  freshman  class  survey  for  the 
Trinity  Class  of  2002  in  which  more  than  50 
percent  of  respondents  indicated  that  they 
would  take  Spanish  if  foreign  language  were 
required.  Robert  Thompson,  dean  of  Under- 
graduate Affairs,  estimates  that  sixty  new  sec- 
tions of  foreign-language  instruction — taught 
by  new  post-doctoral  fellows  — will  be  need- 
ed to  accommodate  these  students.  Funding 
for  new  instructors  and  facilities  for  foreign 
language  and  other  departments  affected  by 
Curriculum  2000  will  come  from  the  recent 
two-step  tuition  increase  (a  portion  of  which 
is  dedicated  to  undergraduate  improvements), 
the  ongoing  capital  campaign,  and  budget 
relief  from  the  gift  that  established  the  Bass 
Chairs  for  distinguished  faculty. 

One  thrust  of  these  efforts  has  been  to 
improve  existing  facilities  and  undergraduate 
resources,  such  as  the  language  corridors  on 
Duke's  West  Campus.  Established  in  response 
to  a  faculty  initiative  in  1989,  the  language 
corridors  were  intended  to  provide  a  total- 
immersion  experience  for  students  of  French, 
Spanish,  Italian,  German,  Japanese,  and  Chi- 
nese living  in  six  respective  halls.  Over  time, 
however,  that  vision  had  devolved,  Clare 
Tufts  says,  and  some  of  the  corridors  have 
become  a  home  for  students  who  spoke  no 


languages  other  than  English.  Other  corridors 
were  home  to  native  speakers  who  had  little 
interaction  with  others. 

Today,  with  a  new  charter,  the  corridors 
"are  back  where  they  need  to  be, "  Thompson 
says.  Part  of  the  plan  to  revitalize  the  dorm 
has  been  to  involve  the  Faculty  Associates 
Program,  which  assigns  interested  faculty  to 
residential  areas  and  student  groups,  where 
they  serve  as  both  mentors  and  intellectual 
resources  to  undergraduates.  Faculty  paired 
to  each  resident  language  hall  will  share 
meals  with  students,  organize  trips  and  group 
activities,  and  monitor  students'  progress  in 
learning  second  languages  with  oversight  and 
encouragement.  Mary  Armstrong,  associate 
director  of  the  program,  says  that  faculty  wel- 
come such  opportunities.  "Just  like  students, 
faculty  at  Duke  are  searching  for  ways  to  make 
residential  and  out-of-the-classroom  life  as 
exciting,  as  vibrant,  and  as  intellectually  vital 
as  possible,"  she  says.  "Many  faculty  jump  at 
such  a  good  opportunity  to  connect  with  stu- 
dents in  a  productive  way  and  around  some- 
thing in  which  they're  powerfully  interested." 

Meanwhile,  the  Office  of  Undergraduate 
Admissions  is  busy  coming  up  with  new  ways 
to  talk  about  the  Duke  curriculum.  "For  better 
or  worse — and  it  really  is  both  better  and 
worse — we've  been  able  to  talk  about  the  Duke 
curriculum  as  one  where  a  student,  if  he  or 
she  so  desires,  does  not  have  to  go  further  in  an 
area  that  doesn't  particularly  interest  them  or 
in  which  they're  not  particularly  gifted, "  says 
Christoph  Guttentag,  director  of  undergradu- 
ate admissions.  "I  think  that's  not  always  a  good 
thing.  It  sometimes  gives  students  the  oppor- 
tunity to  just  avoid  being  challenged  in  an  area 
that's  not  their  strength,  and  I  think  that  chal- 


lenge is  part  of  an  undergraduate  education." 
If  any  one  group  of  prospective  students 
could  be  deterred  by  particular  challenges  as- 
sociated with  the  new  curriculum,  varsity  ath- 
letes would  seem  the  most  vulnerable.  For  these 
students,  who  number  500  to  600  men  and 
women  (or  approximately  one  tenth  of  the 
student  body),  class  time  must  be  juggled  with 
a  full  schedule  of  practices  and  travel  to  away- 
games.  "If  you're  a  golfer  and  you  miss  ten  days 
of  class  in  a  foreign  language,"  says  Chris  Ken- 
nedy Ph.D.  '79,  associate  director  of  athletics, 
"that  can  be  a  very  significant  handicap." 

During  early  discussions  about  the  foreign- 
language  requirement,  coaches  were  among 
the  first  to  voice  concerns,  citing  the  frequent 
practice  of  negative  recruiting  at  rival  schools 
and  the  likelihood  that  stiffer  requirements 
could  be  used  to  dissuade  students  from  ac- 
cepting admission  offers  to  Duke.  However, 
many  varsity  athletes  succeed  in  foreign-lan- 
guage classes  currently,  Kennedy  points  out, 
and  the  athletics  staff  stands  ready  to  chip  in 
with  tutoring  assistance,  motivation,  and 
"whatever  else  we  can  do  to  help  them."  He 
says,  "Our  position  has  been  that,  having  ex- 
pressed our  concerns,  this  was  a  faculty  deci- 
sion. The  decision  having  been  made,  we're 
ready  to  make  it  work." 

By  and  large,  Guttentag  expects  parents, 
counselors,  and  prospective  students  to  sup- 
port the  faculty's  decision  and  to  be  reassured 
by  how  foreign  language  has  been  incorporated 
in  the  larger  vision  and  scope  of  the  Duke  un- 
dergraduate experience.  "What  the  new  cur- 
riculum stresses  is  that  the  faculty  has  given 
thought  to  what  students  should  be  gaining 
from  their  academic  experience  here,  and 
that's  a  powerful  statement." 


ENGINEERS  ABROAD 


Although  some  43  per- 
cent of  undergraduates 
:  K  -  in  the  school  of  Arts 
and  Sciences  study  abroad  for 
some  portion  of  their  Duke 
career,  engineering  students,  by 
and  large,  stick  to  their  home 
turf  on  campus.  Fewer  than  10 
percent  of  engineering  under- 
graduates study  abroad.  Con- 
ventional wisdom  has  it  that 
requirements  for  majors  in 
technical  fields  like  engineering 
are  more  difficult  to  satisfy 
overseas,  and  the  rigid  course 
sequence  of  the  engineering 
track  makes  electives  like  foreign 
languages  difficult  to  tackle. 

Difficult,  but  not  impossible. 

Since  1990,  civil  engineering 
professor  Miguel  Medina  has 
directed  an  international  hon- 
ors program  for  Duke  engineer- 
ing students  to  develop  their 


awareness  of  global  economic 
concerns  and  technology.  "We 
can't  learn  every  language  in 
the  world,  but  we  do  have  to  be 
able  to  converse  with  foreign 
engineers  in  their  own  language 
to  understand  their  methods," 
Medina  says.  "There's  no  ques- 
tion that  engineering — by  virtue 
of  math  and  scientific  symbols 
— is  a  fairly  universal  language, 
and  English  is  a  fairly  universal 
language,  but  not  everybody 
wants  to  do  business  in  English." 

Learning  just  how  interna- 
tional engineering  firms  do 
business  is  one  goal  for  students 
in  the  program.  In  the  past, 
student  engineers  have  gained 
experience  through  summer 
work  internships  in  robotics 
research  at  GM  in  Tokyo,  auto- 
motive research  at  Bosh  GmbH 
in  Munich,  and  large  high-rise 


construction  at  BATEG  in  Paris. 

Medina  hopes  that  work  in- 
ternships, in  addition  to  under- 
graduate coursework  in  foreign 
languages  and  comparative  area 
studies,  will  prepare  students 
for  global  citizenship.  "Working 
abroad  at  a  top  firm  is  learning. 
To  me,  it's  just  as  valuable  or 
more  valuable  than  taking  a 
course  abroad,"  he  says.  "The 
experience  of  being  immersed 
in  a  foreign  language  and  surviv- 
ing in  the  workplace  at  a  for- 
eign engineering  company  gives 
them  the  international  skills 
that  make  them  more  mar- 
ketable to  any  American  firm. 

"We're  still  small,  but  these 
students  are  getting  jobs.  And  I 
think  the  model  can  be  extend- 
ed from  honors  students  to 
larger  numbers  of  undergrad- 


May-June  1999 


PERSPECTIVES 


A  FAN  IN  FULL 


TOM  WOLFE 

BY  ROBERT  J.  BLIWISE 


After  sampling  the  unfathomable  atmospherics  of  Cameron, 

a  cultural  chronicler  ponders  whether  it's  the  players  on  the  court  or 

the  students  in  the  stands  who  have  the  right  stuff. 


A  best-selling  author,  Tom  Wolfe  can  be 
appreciated  as  a  field  anthropologist 
of  contemporary  America.  Whether 
documenting  the  culture  of  drug- driven  hip- 
pies in  The  Electric  Kool-Aid  Acid  Test,  the 
gumption  of  the  early  astronauts  in  The  Right 
Stuff,  the  frenzied  profit-seeking  of  bond  tra- 
ders in  The  Bonfire  of '  the  Vanities,  or — most  re- 
cently— the  muscularity  of  the  New  South  in 
A  Man  in  Full,  he  has  explored  and  explained 
the  trends  of  our  times.  As  one  critic  noted, 
what  makes  him  so  good  is  his  ability  "to  get 
under  the  skin  of  a  phenomenon  and  trans- 
mit its  metabolic  rhythm."  He  does,  after  all, 
have  a  Ph.D.  in  American  studies  from  Yale. 
At  the  height  of  the  basketball  season,  Wolfe 
— whose  daughter  attends  Duke  —  expressed 
interest  in  observing  a  game  in  Cameron  Indoor 
Stadium.  Cameron  certainly  constitutes  a 
campus  phenomenon  with  its  own  peculiar 
rhythm.  The  magazine  brought  him  into  that 
raw  and  rarified  setting  in  mid-February,  for 
the  home  game  against  Wake  Forest.  Several 
weeks  later,  Wolfe  was  interviewed  back  in 
New  York,  which  was  enjoying  its  own  infu- 
sion of  energy  from  the  St.  Patrick's  Day 
parade.  He  delved  into  disparate  themes  of 
basketball,  sports  fanaticism,  heroism,  and 
collective  life  forms.  Excerpts  from  the  con- 
versation follow. 

Each  of  us  has  seen  a  space  launch — for  you, 
while  researching  The  Right  Stuff — and  it's  a 
spectacular  show  of  physical  and  emotional  in- 
tensity. How  does  that  experience  compare  with 
Cameron? 

The  big  difference  is  that  with  a  space  launch, 
you  can't  get  closer  than  a  mile-and-a-half  to 


the  players.  In  Cameron,  you're  right  on  top 
of  the  players. 

So  wliat  happens  when  the  distance  is  bridged 
between  player  and  fan? 

Here's  the  best  college  team  in  America;  they 
are  better  than  many  professional  teams.  But 
they  are  not  the  show.  As  good  as  they  are,  they 
play  second-fiddle  to  the  crowd.  You  know  the 
biological  term  colonial  animal?  It's  an  animal 
made  up  of  independent  organisms  all  attached 
to  one  another.  Most  colonial  animals  are  in 
the  water.  And  that's  what  the  crowd  is  like 
—  it's  like  one  great  colonial  animal  that  has 
immediate  responses  to  whatever  is  going  on. 

What  was  remarkable  about  the  Cameron  colo- 
nial animal? 

I  happened  to  have  gone  to  a  fabulous  ex- 
hibition of  inspired  torment.  Before  the  game, 
while  the  teams  were  warming  up,  a  Wake 
Forest  player  tried  to  dunk  the  ball  and 
missed.  Somehow  you  can  be  seven-four  and 
miss  your  dunk.  And  the  crowd  got  on  his 
case  immediately.  So  he  came  around  again 
to  dunk  the  ball,  and  he  was  so  rattled  by  the 
crowd  that  he  missed  a  second  time.  He  came 
around  a  third  time:  He  dunked  the  ball  suc- 
cessfully, and  he  jumped  and  hung  onto  the 
rim  as  players  sometimes  do  after  a  fabulous 
dunk  shot.  And  the  backboard  shattered. 
The  colonial  animal  began  to  chant,  "You 
break  it,  you  pay  for  it,  you  break  it,  you  pay 
for  it."  And  I  think  it  was  at  that  point  that 
Wake  Forest  lost  the  game.  The  game  hadn't 
started  yet,  but  they  were  shadowed  by  the 
great  colonial  animal. 


As  the  game  got  under  way,  how  did  the  colonial 
animal  express  itself? 

The  first  twenty  rows  were  filled  with  stu- 
dents in  blue  shirts.  If  you're  an  opposing 
player  not  used  to  this,  you  were  surrounded 
by  this  wall  of  blue;  somehow  you  were 
enclosed  in  the  fiendish  organism.  There  are 
cheerleaders,  but  I  don't  think  they  had  to  sig- 
nal the  crowd  to  chant  at  any  given  moment. 
And  there  were  more  jeers  than  cheers  from 
the  crowd,  which  is  something  I  had  never 
seen  before.  As  the  opposing  player  goes  to 
the  foul  line,  everyone  leans  at  a  forty-five- 
degree  angle;  as  he  goes  for  the  shot,  he's  try- 
ing to  square  away,  and  they're  all  trying  to 
throw  him  off.  It's  like  a  learned  reflex. 

Is  there  a  correlation  between  student  creativity 
in  the  stands  and  student  achievement  in  the 
classroom? 

It's  high- class  choreography.  There  are  also 
elements  of  ballet  about  it,  and  of  ancient 
religious  choreography  in  particular.  Rhyth- 
mic dance  started  when  people  who  believed 
in  magic  were  facing  a  drought.  They  would 
all  get  together  and  start  swaying  to  imitate 
the  motion  of  wind  against  wheat.  The  an- 
cient folk  thought  that  when  the  wheat 
danced,  the  rain  would  come. 

Duke  students  camp  out  for  days,  sometimes  for 
weeks,  in  order  to  secure  a  spot  in  the  stands. 
Does  this  reflect  their  passion  as  sports  spectators 
or  is  it  basic  to  the  culture  of  the  campus? 

My  impression  is  the  game  must  be  anti-cli- 
mactic if  you've  been  camping  out  that  long. 
I  think  of  it  as  a  sort  of  Academic  Outward 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


Bound.  I  personally  have  always  detested  camp- 
ing out;  I  went  to  summer  camp  for  three  years 
and  liked  it  a  lot,  except  for  the  camp's  insis- 
tence on  camping  out.  I  guess  those  students 
at  least  have  cookouts  to  look  forward  to. 

Actually,  they  call  out  for  pizza  delivery,  which 
they  cliarge  against  their  campus  debit  cards. 

Academic  Outward  Bound  is  a  little  different 
from  regular  Outward  Bound.  Yesterday,  some- 
one was  making  a  movie  right  outside  my 
building  in  New  York.  They  had  a  complete 
buffet  spread  on  the  sidewalk  for  the  crew. 
The  chef  had  a  little  gas  stove,  and  he  would 
fix  any  eggs  you  wanted.  That's  just  a  sugges- 
tion for  the  students. 

Duke  students  have  been  drawn  to  the  idea  of 
celebrating  basketball  victories  with  a  bonfire. 
What  significance  do  you,  as  author  of  Bonfire  of 
the  Vanities,  attach  to  the  idea  of  the  bonfire — 
something  that  consumes  even  as  it  dazzles? 

The  original  bonfires  of  the  vanities  in  Flo- 
rence were  great  public  events.  I  suppose  a  bon- 
fire is  a  demonstration  of  how  much  you've  got. 
In  Florence,  they  were  throwing  in  valuable 
things,  like  clothing  and  expensive  paintings. 
For  any  bonfire,  there's  a  lot  of  conspicuous 
consumption. 

Of  course,  the  thing  that's  conspicuously  con- 
sumed in  student  bonfires  are  the  house  benches 
that  students  themselves  build  and  then  sacrifice. 

Maybe  there's  something  religious  about  it.  In 
Kyoto,  Japan,  there's  a  famous  Buddhist  shrine 
that  is  burned  every  twenty  years  and  then 
rebuilt  exactly  the  way  it  was.  Maybe  there's  a 
point  of  entry  for  Buddhism  at  Duke. 

What's  the  relationship  between  a  school's  standing 
in  die  public  mind  and  its  sports  accomplishments? 

During  research  for  A  Man  in  Full,  I  learned 
about  the  history  of  the  University  of  Geor- 
gia-Georgia Tech  football  rivalry.  It  started  in 
the  late  nineteenth  century.  And  from  the 
very  beginning,  each  university  was  accusing 
the  other  of  bringing  in  ringers  and  adding 
boys  to  the  student  rolls  just  so  they  could  go 
out  and  play  football.  So  this  is  nothing  new 
that  we're  looking  at.  If  you  look  back  to  the 
history  of  any  of  the  well-known  universities 
in  America,  you'd  be  amazed  at  how  much  of 
that  history  is  told  in  terms  of  sports  and  the 
passions  the  students  attached  to  sports. 
Washington  &  Lee,  where  I  went  to  school,  is 
next  door  to  VM.I. — one  campus  goes  right 
into  the  other.  At  a  certain  point  early  in  the 
century,  they  had  to  end  all  sports  competi- 
tion; the  two  student  bodies  had  become  so 

Cameron  cool:  Wolfe,  courtside,  watches  the  Blue 
Devils  defeat  the  Demon  Deacons  in  mid-February 


May-June  1999 


emotional  about  it  that  mutual  vandalism 
was  a  problem. 

In  The  Right  Stuff,  you  celebrate  the  fraternity  of 
flyers.  Is  it  easier  to  root  for  a  college  team,  whose 
athletes  are,  in  a  broad  sense,  members  of  the  stu- 
dent fraternity,  tlian  for  a  team  of  free-agent  pro- 
fessionals? 

I  can  no  longer  maintain  a  fan's  attachment 
to  a  professional  team  for  that  very  reason.  It's 
a  revolving  door.  Washington  &  Lee  decided 
for  a  time  to  get  into  big-time  sports.  We  man- 
aged to  get  to  the  Gator  Bowl  one  year.  And 
there  was  on  campus  this  cadre  of  extremely 
big  people.  You  could  say,  "Hey,  Rocky, "  and 
about  fourteen  guys  would  turn  their  heads.  It 
was  interesting  that  you  were  constantly  close 
to  these  guys:  You  got  a  chance  to  meet  them 
and  to  talk  to  them,  and  they  did  become  fel- 
low students  in  your  mind. 

Wlxat  explains  the  fan's  exuberance  for  athletics? 

There  are  two  areas  of  psychology  that  I  don't 
comprehend.  One  has  to  do  with  the  field 
that  I'm  in.  I  don't  know  why  people  like  sto- 
ries so  much.  Just  think:  Every  night  in  this 
country,  a  vast  proportion  of  the  population  is 
watching  stories.  And  in  the  days  before  tele- 
vision, they  read  stories  constantly,  in  Collier's 
or  the  Saturday  Evening  Post.  The  other  mystery 
is,  why  do  citizens  who  are  not  themselves  ath- 
letes work  up  such  fervor  for  the  athletes  that 
represent  their  town,  their  university,  their 
high  school?  How  are  people  able  to  transfer 
their  own  yearnings,  ambitions,  hostilities,  pri- 
mal emotions  of  various  sorts  to  a  group  of 
athletes  who  represent  them  in  competition? 
The  best  example  is  New  York  City.  The 
Rangers,  the  ice-hockey  team,  were  in  con- 
tention for  the  Stanley  Cup  title,  and  they 
were  coming  up  against  the  Montreal  Cana- 
diens.  In  a  television  interview,  one  of  the  top 
Rangers  players  was  asked  what  he  thought 
the  chances  were  against  the  heavily-favored 
Canadiens.  He  says,  "Well,  most  of  the  Cana- 
diens  are  from  eastern  Canada  and  from 
Quebec  itself,  whereas  most  of  our  guys  are 
from  the  Vancouver  area,  and  we  really  have  it 
in  for  the  eastern  Canada  bunch."  And  I  just 
had  to  break  out  laughing.  Here's  New  York, 
full  of  fans  absolutely  fervid  about  their 
Rangers,  and  their  Rangers  are  coming  from 
Vancouver. 

How  would  you  characterize  your  own  athletic 
loyalties? 

I'm  not  immune;  I've  been  caught  up  in  this 
kind  of  thing,  too.  For  some  reason,  my  favo- 
rite baseball  team  has  always  been  the  Detroit 
Tigers.  I  have  been  to  Detroit  just  once.  Yet  I 
could  really  get  emotional  about  them. 

Continued  on  page  53 


CAMERON-CRAZED 


Standing  in  line  for  half- 
tune  pizza  during  Satur- 
day's Michigan  State 
game — one  of  the  Final  Four 
games  that  would  involve 
Duke's  men's  and  women's 
teams,  and  that  was  transmitted 
to  a  giant  screen  in  Cameron 
Indoor  Stadium — I  was  asked  a 
question  by  a  confused  Durham 
Herald-Sun  reporter:  "Why  did 
you  come  here  to  watch  the 
game  tonight?"  "Why  not?"  was 
the  first  thing  that  came  to  my 
mind.  But  wanting  to  be  more 
memorably  represented  in  print, 
I  repeated  a  friend's  earlier 
conclusion:  "It's  like  the 
world's  biggest  living  room." 

For  much  of  the  game,  that's 
what  it  felt  like.  More  refined 
fans  lined  the  upper  level  of 
Cameron  like  so  many  couch- 
inhabiting  aunts  and  uncles 
after  Thanksgiving  dinner, 
while  the  craziest  of  the  Crazies 
took  the  floor  like  little  kids. 
Some  6,000  eyes  honed  in  on 
that  432-square-foot  TV  set. 
Yeah,  it  would  be  fair  to  call 
the  atmosphere  familial. 

But  whoever  said  that  televi- 
sion reduces  attention  span  needs 
to  pay  us  a  visit.  The  weekend's 
four  Final  Four  games  began,  as 
every  Cameron  match-up  does, 
with  a  rhythmic,  synchronized 
jumping  up  and  down,  each  as- 
cent accompanied  by  a  beat  of 
the  bass  drum  and  several  thou- 
sand high-pitched  "WHOO!"s. 
Michigan  State  possessions 
brought  with  them  loud  chants 
of  "dee-fense,"  or  "boink,  boink, 
pass."  Timeouts  brought  pep 
band  renditions  of  "Fight,  Fight, 
Blue  Devils."  Spartan  foulings- 
out  brought  thousands  of  hands 
waving  goodbye.  And  when  TV 
cameras,  which  had  come  to 
Duke  for  the  strange  purpose 
of  watching  us  watch  the  game, 
pierced  the  darkness  with  their 
high-intensity  lights,  the  shouts 
and  gestures  of  the  fifty  closest 
fans  quadrupled  in  intensity. 
It  was  no  different  from  a  Sat- 
urday afternoon  in  Cameron 
during  the  regular  season. 

The  energy  and  excitement 
during  the  concluding  minutes 
of  Friday's  and  Saturday's  semi- 
finals were  as  poignant  as  the 
crippling  sadness  of  the  five 
minutes  that  followed  Sunday's 
and  Monday's  final  buzzers.  I 
remember  at  the  outset  of 
Sunday's  game  glancing  at  the 
1991  and  1992  championship 
banners.  They  hung  directly 
opposite  the  screen,  as  if  to  say 
"come  on,  where  are  you  going 
to  put  up  another  two  of  us?" 


That  was  the  question  on  every 
spectator's  mind.  We  expected 
those  banners. 

With  5.7  seconds  left  in  the 
final  Blue  Devil  game  of  the 
season,  we  were  still  convinced 
that  someone  would  be  mount- 
ing a  ladder  with  a  hanging  rod 
a  few  days  later.  Only  the  final 
buzzer,  and  the  CBS  shot  of  our 
ecstatic  counterparts  in  Con- 
necticut's arena,  could  make 
the  defeat  real. 

Dejected  fan  turned  to  de- 
jected fan  in  search  of  an  un- 
derstanding face.  Not  finding 
it,  the  eyes  of  Cameron  moved 
from  the  screen  to  the  rear  exit 
signs,  and  then  to  the  floor. 
The  lights  came  up,  and  the 
projector  went  down.  The  doors 
clogged.  Paper  plates  and  plas- 
tic cups  littered  the  floor.  Some 
shocked  students  couldn't  mus- 
ter the  energy  to  move  from 
their  game-watching  spots.  The 
brassy  "Alma  Mater,"  and  a  few 
students  jeering  it,  were  the 
only  sounds  in  the  once  noisy 
room.  The  silence  was  more 
deafening  than  the  loudest 
cheer.  This  was  not  how  it  was 
supposed  to  end. 

The  same  reporter  found  me 
again  on  Monday;  he  asked  for 
a  reassessment  of  what  drew 
such  a  massive  crowd  to  Came- 
ron. I  gave  him  three  more 
answers.  First,  the  teams  are 
insistent  that  rabid  fan  support 
is  one  reason  for  their  victories, 
so  maybe  it's  reassuring  to 
Trajan  Langdon,  as  he  prepares 
to  shoot  a  game-deciding  three, 
to  know  that  his  fan  base  is 


sending  cheers  from  Durham. 
Regardless  of  its  influence  on 
the  team,  our  reputation  as  the 
nation's  best  basketball  fans 
goes  on  the  line  with  every 
game.  It's  a  reputation  we're 
awfully  proud  of,  and  one  that 
we'd  surely  lose  without  an 
impressive  Final  Four  assembly. 

Then  there's  the  achievement 
explanation.  We  watch  this 
place  achieve  at  the  national 
level  every  day.  Walking  down 
the  quad,  I'm  just  as  likely  to 
see  a  Rhodes,  Marshall,  or  Tru- 
man Scholar  as  I  am  to  see 
Shane  Battier  or  Michelle  Van- 
Gorp.  One  good  friend's  class- 
mate, a  classics  graduate  student, 
had  just  returned  from  the 
Oscars,  where  one  of  her  docu- 
mentaries had  been  nominated. 
These  are  all  incredible  achieve- 
ments. Basketball  is  the  one 
that  fits  on  a  screen.  The  dy- 
namics of  the  game — its  ups  and 
downs,  absolute  physical  and 
mental  demands,  and  changes 
in  tempo — dramatically  repli- 
cate the  thought  processes  of 
Duke  students  as  we  strive  to 
accomplish  our  own  goals.  If 
basketball  is  what  we're  going 
to  use  to  celebrate  achievement 
at  Duke  in  a  broader  context, 
let's  cheer  louder. 

Finally,  partaking  of  such  a 
spectacle  is  quite  simply  a  lot  of 
fun.  Nothing  intellectual,  noth- 
ing metaphysical;  just  a  really 
good  time.  When  else  do  you 
and  a  few  thousand  of  your 
closest  friends  get  to  scream  at 
an  inanimate  object? 

—Philip  Titian  '01 


10      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


SHOOTING  FOR 
PARITY 

WOMEN'S  BASKETBALL 
By  Georgann  Eubanks 

The  bands  are  already  trading  fight 
songs.  The  sell-out  crowd  of  more  than 
17,000  is  pouring  in,  the  air  is  electric 
with  anticipation.  You  are  warming  up.  The 
cut,  shoot,  and  rebound  drill  is  crisp,  but  you 
can  tell  that  both  teams  are  more  than  a  little 
nervous. 

It  is  the  biggest  day  of  your  life  so  far — a 
day  that  will  either  haunt  you  or  thrill  you 
every  time  you  think  of  it  for  the  rest  of  your 
life.  It  may  never  get  any  better  than  this. 
You've  dreamed  of  it  for  years.  The  NCAA 
championship  game.  You  can't  believe  it's 
finally  here. 

You're  trying  not  to  think  about  the  national 
television  audience,  though  you  will  learn 
later  that  ESPN  recorded  its  biggest  cable 
rating  in  the  network's  four-year  history  of 
broadcasting  this  event. 

Focus  and  execution.  That's  what  your  mind 
should  be  on.  Forget  the  the  class  work  you 
are  going  to  have  to  make  up  next  week. 

Most  likely  you  haven't  begun  yet  to  realize 
how  much  you'll  have  to  struggle  to  remain  as 
fit  as  you  are  today,  how  you'll  probably  put  on 
a  pound  every  year  or  so,  how  your  hair  will  go 
gray,  how  you  may  try  to  tell  your  kids  or  your 
friends  in  later  years  just  what  this  day,  this 
whole  experience,  was  like,  back  when  you  were 
twenty-one  years  old,  with  the  best  hopes  and 
good  wishes  of  an  entire  university  behind  you. 

The  game  begins  in  ten  minutes.  And  in  a 
couple  of  hours  it  will  be  over. 

No  matter  what,  you  will  never  be  the  same. 

I'm  sitting  at  one  of  the  press  tables  in  the 
San  Jose  Arena,  watching  Duke  center 
Michelle  VanGorp  run  the  pregame  drills, 
trying  to  imagine  what  she  is  thinking  and 
feeling — wondering  if  she  knows  what  she 
represents  to  those  of  us  in  the  stands  who  have 
just  crossed  the  continent  to  witness  Duke's 
first  appearance  in  the  NCAA  Women's  Final 
Four.  The  record  book  I  picked  up  in  the  press 
room  earlier  only  provides  statistics  back  to 
1975-76,  four  years  after  Duke's  Woman's  Col- 
lege merged  with  Trinity  College  to  become  co- 
educational, four  years  after  the  institution  of 
Title  IX — federal  legislation  that  was  meant  to 
guarantee  gender  equity  in  educational  pro- 
grams, including  sports — and  the  same  year 
women's  basketball  was  first  declared  an  Olym- 
pic sport.  It  was  also  my  senior  year  at  Duke. 
I  didn't  even  know  we  had  a  women's  basket- 
ball team. 

In  that  first  year  of  Duke  women's  basket- 
ball, Coach  Emma  Jean  Howard  and  her 


squad  recorded  a  perfect  losing  season  of  0-14- 
Joining  in  Atlantic  Coast  Conference  play  for 
the  first  time  the  following  season,  the  Duke 
women  won  a  total  of  only  three  games  over 
the  next  two  years.  By  1978-79,  Coach  Debbie 
Leonard's  squad  managed  a  break-even  rec- 
ord of  11-11  and  finally  reached  beyond  the 
.500  mark  by  a  single  game  the  next  year,  fin- 
ishing at  14-13. 

But  Duke's  extraordinary  climb  to  national 
prominence  in  women's  basketball  from  such 
humble  beginnings  is  not  just  a  story  about 
coming  from  behind  in  the  rankings  to  build 
a  winning  program.  It's  about  a  century-long 
revolution  in  sports  and  a  cultural  sea  change, 
culminating  in  Title  IX  in  1972.  Those  of  us 
who  remember  the  passage  of  Title  IX  came 
to  San  Jose  to  celebrate  the  changes  and  to 
remember  another  time  when  women  could 
not  so  readily  find  athletic  success  in  the  con- 
text of  their  college  careers — either  as  play- 
ers or  spectators. 


Women's  basketball  teams  came  into  being 
before  the  turn  of  the  twentieth  century,  just 
after  the  game's  invention  by  James  Naismith 
in  1891.  However,  prevailing  medical  beliefs  sug- 
gested that  women  were  unsuited  to  jumping 
and  running,  that  such  activity  would  devel- 
op unsightly  muscles  and  a  competitive  spirit 
that  were  not  only  improper,  but  might  pose  a 
hazard  to  childbearing.  Accordingly,  a  coach 
at  Smith  College  modified  the  women's  rules, 
adding  a  sixth  player,  dividing  the  court  into 
three  parts,  and  confining  players  from  run- 
ning the  full  length  of  the  court.  The  women's 
rules  prohibited  blocking  and  tying  up  the 
ball  and  only  allowed  two  dribbles  before 
passing.  Getting  the  ball  down  court  under 
these  restrictions  was  more  of  an  assembly- 
line  effort  than  any  feat  of  athleticism. 

In  1926,  at  the  first  national  basketball 
tournament  for  women  sponsored  by  the 
Amateur  Athletic  Union  (AAU),  the  wom- 
en's court  was  divided  into  two  halves.  Now, 


May-June  1999 


11 


up  to  three  dribbles  were  permitted.  Incred- 
ibly enough,  those  same  rules  were  the  ones 
we  followed  in  Atlanta  more  than  forty  years 
later  in  church-league  play,  since  we  had  no 
girls'  basketball  team  at  my  public  high  school. 
It  was  tantamount  to  a  revolution  in  1970 
when  the  roving  forward  was  introduced,  and 
one  player  could  actually  cross  the  half  court 
line.  Several  of  us  in  San  Jose  talked  and 
laughed  about  that  transition  game. 

In  the  1930s,  women's  basketball  teams  — 
segregated  into  white  and  African-American 
leagues — were  organized  from  industry,  busi- 
ness schools,  and  some  colleges  and  grew  in 
popularity.  By  the  war  years  of  the  Forties, 
women's  basketball  had  become  a  crucial  outlet 
for  women  working  in  the  defense  industry. 
The  games  played  by  professional  barn- 
storming teams  drew  record  crowds  in  local 
communities  in  much  the  same  way  women's 
baseball  became  popular  entertainment,  as  por- 
trayed in  the  film  A  League  of  Their  Own. 

The  All  American  Redheads,  the  Atlanta 
Blues,  Hanes  Hosiery  from  North  Carolina, 
and  most  notably,  Hazel  Walker's  Arkansas 
Travelers,  would  hit  the  road  and  play  a 
game — and  sometimes  two — every  night  for 
six  months  at  a  stretch.  They  challenged  local 
men's  teams  and  independent  clubs,  winning 
some  85  percent  of  their  games.  Their  show- 
manship and  antics  were  every  bit  as  deft  as 
the  Harlem  Globetrotters. 

In  the  1997  public  television  documentary 
Women's  Basketball:  The  Road  to  Respect,  which 
recounts  this  history  for  the  first  time,  one  play- 
er for  the  Arkansas  Travelers,  Francis  "Goose" 
Garroute,  explains  that,  back  then,  there  was 
a  bad  thought  in  people's  minds  about  women 
athletes.  And  people  thought  women  travel- 
ing together  were  trash,  that  we  would  be  a 
bunch  of  rough-looking  women.  There  was  a 
stigma  attached  to  women's  basketball.  The 
players  proved,  though,  that  you  can  be  a  lady, 
look  like  a  lady,  and  still  play  ball. 

Although  women's  basketball  was  finally 
introduced  in  the  Pan  American  games  in 
1951  and  several  four-year  colleges  joined  the 
AAU  during  that  decade,  most  of  the  great 
industrial  teams  of  the  war  years  were  dissolv- 
ing. An  argument  was  heating  up  in  the  AAU 
about  whether  women  should  be  allowed  to 
play  full- court  ball  with  five  instead  of  six 
players  in  order  to  compete  internationally. 

Meanwhile,  the  North  Carolina  legislature 
had  a  better  idea.  In  1953,  they  outlawed  the 
girls'  state  basketball  tournament  for  white 
high  schools  —  a  move  that  had  already  been 
made  in  several  other  states,  as  early  as  1932 
in  Kentucky.  Championships  everywhere  were 
threatened  by  a  new  wave  of  concern  that 
high-level  competition  was  dangerous  to  the 
physical  and  psychological  welfare  of  females. 
Perhaps  in  reaction  to  this  concern,  the  AAU 
tournament  not  only  crowned   a  national 


championship  team,  but  also  selected  a  beauty 
queen  from  the  ranks  of  tournament  players. 
Despite  this  climate,  women's  basketball 
continued  to  thrive  in  some  regions  through- 
out the  1960s.  The  Iowa  Girls  State  Tourna- 
ment in  1968  drew  more  fans  than  the  boys' 
state  tournament,  largely  due  to  the  reputa- 
tion of  standout  player  Denise  Long,  who  had 
scored  111  points  in  a  single  game  during  the 
regular  season.  After  her  team  won  the  Iowa 
championship,  Long  was  drafted  by  the  Gol- 


Record  year:  fifteen  ACC  wins,  a  second  straight 
ACC  championship,  and  a  repeat  of  ACC  Coach 
of  the  Year  honors  for  coach  Gail  Goestenkors,  left 

den  State  Warriors  to  play  in  the  NBA.  The 
NBA,  however,  quickly  nullified  the  offer. 

The  National  Women's  Invitational  Tourn- 
ament replaced  the  AAU  tournament  in  1969, 
but  it  would  take  a  decade  after  the  introduc- 
tion of  Title  IX  for  the  first  NCAA  Women's 
Final  Four  to  be  introduced  in  Norfolk,  Vir- 
ginia, in  1982.  By  comparison,  the  first  men's 
Final  Four  championship  was  held  in  Evans- 
ton,  Illinois,  in  1939.  Fifty-five -hundred  fans 
witnessed  that  final  game.  By  contrast,  9,500 
fans  attended  the  first  NCAA-sanctioned  wom- 
en's championship.  Only  two  years  ago,  the 
largest  crowd  ever  to  attend  a  women's  cham- 
pionship game  was  recorded  in  Charlotte — 
23,291  fans  showed  up.  That  same  year,  for 
the  men's  final,  19,229  fans  came  to  the  Con- 
tinental Airlines  Arena  in  East  Rutherford, 
New  Jersey.  Admittedly  it  was  an  unusually 
low  attendance  for  the  men  that  year,  but 
women's  basketball  had  finally  arrived. 

Besides  all  the  middle-aged  women  who 
had  come  to  San  Jose,  the  number  of  girls 
brought  to  the  tournament  festivities  by  their 
parents  was  striking.  On  the  day  before  tour- 
nament play  began,  bus  loads  of  kids  — Girl 
Scout  troops,  YWCA  teams,  and  grade- 
school  groups — lined  up  in  the  arena  for 


12      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


MASTERS  OF  THE  MEDIA 


The  last  home  game  of  the 
season  and  every  newspa- 
per and  magazine  is  in 
town.  USA  Today,  Sports  Illustra- 
ted, The  New  York  Times,  the 
Chicago  Tribune — they're  all 
there.  Duke  is  facing  Clemson 
in  Cameron  and  every  reporter 
knows  how  it  will  end:  Duke  by 
a  lot.  Still,  every  reporter  want- 
ed in  on  this  story.  In  the  press 
room  before  the  game,  we  ate 
sugar  cookies  and  joked  about 
how  lucky  we  were  to  be  in 
Durham.  We  even  congratulated 
each  other  for  getting  our  edi- 
tors to  spring  for  the  trip. 

And  the  Devils  did  not  let  us 
down.  They  won  by  thirty-three 
points  and  looked  happy,  re- 
laxed, and  even  welcoming  as 
we  jammed  their  locker  room 
after  the  game.  The  players  sat 
and  smiled  as  a  mess  of  reporters 
jumbled  into  the  small  space, 
stood  four  and  five  deep  around 
each  one  of  them,  and  then  jos- 
tled to  get  tape  recorders  and 
microphones  through  the  crowd. 
When  the  media  does  this  in 
NBA  locker  rooms,  the  players 
put  up  with  it  because  they  have 
to;  the  league  will  fine  them  if 
they  don't.  In  Durham,  the 
Devils  looked  like  they  liked  us, 
like  they  were  even  enjoying  the 
whole  thing. 

Trajan  Langdon  answered  a 
dozen  questions  about  the 
stitches  in  his  lip,  two  dozen 
about  leaving  Cameron  for  the 
last  lime,  and  still  took  more. 
Reporters  asked  the  same  things 
over  and  over,  and  the  shooter 
from  Alaska  never  said  no. 
Across  the  room,  Will  Avery 
sat  shirtless  in  a  corner  and  ad- 
dressed every  topic  from  fast 
breaks  to  fast  food.  When  a 
reporter  from  Cleveland  asked 
what  he  and  Elton  Brand  liked 
to  cook,  Avery  thought  a  second, 
said,  "Hamburger  Helper,"  and 
told  a  story  about  the  oven  mitts 
Elton's  mom  sent  In  another 
corner,  Corey  Magette  talked 
casually  about  his  monster  dunk 
and  the  disciplined  program  he 
was  proud  to  be  a  part  of.  "Can 
you  believe  he's  only  nineteen?" 
a  cameraman  said  as  he  left  the 
room. 

This  year,  for  the  first  time, 
the  women's  team  joined  the 
party.  And  like  the  men,  they 
left  reporters  shaking  their  heads. 
First  the  women  knocked  down 
Tennessee  to  become  giant- 
killers,  which  is  a  story  everyone 
always  loves,  and  then  they 
entertained  the  national  media 
as  if  they'd  done  it  all  their  lives. 
Senior  center  Michelle  VanGorp 


was  quick-witted,  honest,  and 
fun.  She  never  gave  a  one-word 
answer,  never  ducked  a  ques- 
tion, and  never  said,  "We're  just 
taking  it  one  game  at  a  time"  or 
any  other  cliche.  Sophomore 
guard  Georgia  Schweitzer  holds 
all-everything  player  Chamique 
Holdsclaw  to  eight  points  and 
says,  "I  just  tried  to  stay  be- 
tween her  and  the  basket" 
C'mon,  where's  the  ego  we're 
used  to? 

And  Coach  Gail  Goestenkors 
was  patient  and  sincere  and 
almost  confusing  to  sportswrit- 
ers,  who  don't  see  many  coaches 
like  her.  We're  more  familiar 
with  guys  like  Bobby  Knight 
who  say  things  like,  "We  all 
learned  to  write  in  third  grade. 
Some  of  us  went  on  to  better 
things."  Coach  G  thanked  us  for 
coming.  Is  there  any  doubt  we 
would  like  her? 

By  that  last  weekend  in 
March,  when  madness  was  run- 
ning full  tilt  and  fans  with  paint- 
ed faces  were  getting  crazier  by 
the  day,  members  of  the  media 
couldn't  join  in.  At  this  point 
the  press  has  to  stay  clear.  There 
are  stories  to  file  and  editors  to 
please.  A  surprising  number  of 
basketball  writers  are  ACC 


grads,  and  even  they  will  admit 
you  can  root  for  your  team,  but 
on  deadline,  you  root  for  your 
story.  In  the  post-game  frenzy, 
every  reporter  has  a  job  to  do. 
And  at  that  moment  every 
reporter  hopes  for  a  coach  who 
speaks  candidly  and  for  players 
who  forgo  one-word  answers  to 
give  a  little  more.  By  the  last 
weekend  in  March,  every 
reporter  knew  where  to  find 
what  they  needed.  And  maybe 
that's  why  the  pregame  hype  in 
St  Pete  had  more  than  a  subtle 
tint,  a  faint  shade  of  blue — a 
true  blue.  And  maybe  that's 
why  in  San  Jose,  the  coverage 
split  straight  down  the  middle, 
even  though  Duke  looked  over- 
matched on  the  floor. 

In  the  end,  when  it  turned 
out  that  the  Devils  were  out- 
matched on  both  coasts,  the 
media  stayed  with  them.  In 
newspapers  outside  of  Durham, 

Duke  fan  was  feeling:  that  it 
was  the  wrong  ending  to  a  sea- 
son where  everything  went 
right  The  women's  team  lost 
seven  players  to  graduation.  The 
men's  team  lost  one  that  way, 
three  to  the  NBA  and  one  to 
transfer.  It  may  be  a  long  time 
before  Duke  goes  on  another 
run  like  this  year,  and  it  could 
be  even  longer  before  both  bas- 
ketball teams  reach  the  champi- 
onship game.  But  the  media 
will  stick  around. 

Coach  G  pushed  the  women's 
team  into  the  spotlight  and,  as 
Coach  K  can  tell  her,  there's  no 
going  back.  Reporters  know  a 
good  thing  when  they  have  one. 

—Jody  Berger  '88  is  a 
reporter  for  ESPN  Magazine. 


player  autographs  in  designated  thirty-minute 
intervals.  The  Duke  women's  victory  over 
top-ranked  Tennessee  in  the  regional  finals 
had  wowed  the  crowd,  and  the  simultaneous 
hope  of  a  championship  finish  for  the  Duke 
men's  team  was  also  a  factor  in  the  frenzy  to 
reach  the  Duke  players.  The  stigma  of  being  a 
woman  athlete  is  diminishing. 

Finally,  though,  the  cultural  sea  change  was 
nowhere  more  evident  than  at  Hoop  City,  an 
NCAA-sponsored  exhibition  concurrent  with 
the  tournament  in  the  San  Jose  Convention 
Center.  Here,  young  fans  could  run  lay-ups  on 
a  motion-sensitive  floor  and  measure  their 
"hang  time"  in  the  air.  Another  booth  offered 
girls  the  chance  to  slam- dunk  the  ball  in 
hoops  of  various  heights.  Practice  at  free 
throws,  three  pointers,  and  more  opportuni- 
ties for  player  autographs  kept  the  crowds 
moving.  A  Kodak  booth  offered  to  put  any 
girl's  photo  on  a  take-home  cover  of  Sports 
Illustrated  by  means  of  digital  photography. 
Seated  in  a  mock  studio  made  to  look  like 
ESPN  Sports  Center,  pairs  of  would-be 
sportscasters  could  read  from  pre -written  cue 
cards  on  camera  and  take  home  a  videotape 
of  their  tournament  predictions.  It  was  as  if 
every  fantasy  a  sports-minded  girl  ever  had 
was  served  up  to  encourage  a  future  genera- 
tion of  women  who  might  have  no  clue  that 
parity  between  men  and  women's  basketball 
has  been  so  long  and  hard  in  coming. 

Duke  standouts  Michelle  VanGorp,  Nicole 
Erickson,  Peppi  Brown,  and  Lauren  Rice  all  got 
their  start  in  grade  school  on  mixed-  league 
teams  composed  mostly  of  boys.  Their  moth- 
ers signed  them  up;  their  mothers  who  were 
most  likely  in  college  at  the  advent  of  Title 
IX.  These  young  women  not  only  "raised  the 
bar"  for  the  Duke  women's  basketball  pro- 
gram, as  Coach  Gail  Goestenkoers  told  the 
Cameron  crowd  that  welcomed  both  Duke 
teams  home  from  their  respective  Final  Four 
appearances,  but  also  the  Duke  women  (and 
their  mothers  and  fathers)  have  contributed 
toward  a  new  age  in  which  women's  basket- 
ball is  more  healthy,  the  talent  pool  larger 
than  ever. 

"I  wish  I  could  roll  back  the  clock  and  be 
thirty  again  so  I  could  coach  twenty-five  more 
years,"  Leon  Barmore  told  the  press  in  San 
Jose.  Barmore  is  the  Louisiana  Tech  coach  who 
lost  to  Purdue  in  the  semi-final  game  that  fol- 
lowed Duke's  semi-final  victory  over  Georgia. 
"Because  the  next  ten,  fifteen,  twenty  years 
—  it  will  be  unbelievable  what  you're  going  to 
see  with  women's  basketball.  Girls  on  all  these 
teams,  they  are  tying  their  shoes  on  tight  and 
saying,  I  can  whip  you,  and  they  believe  that. 
That's  good  for  the  game." 


Eubanks  76  is  assistant  director  for  continuing 
education  and  summer  programs  at  Duke. 


May-June  1999        13 


ACADEMIC 

APPRENTICES: 
STILL  AN  IDEAL? 


GRADUATE  SCHOOL  REALITIES 

BY  BARRY  YEOMAN 

With  hundreds  of  Ph.D.s  competing  for  every  available  faculty  position, 

the  apprentice  model  that  sustained  generations  of  silversmiths  and  printers 

seems  to  fall  apart  at  the  university  level. 


The  apprentice  is  one  of  Amer-  « ■ 
ica's  most  enduring  icons. 
Whether  it's  Paul  Revere 
silversmithing  at  his  father's  shop  or 
fifteen-year-old  Horace  Greeley 
knocking  on  an  editor's  door  to  ask 
for  work,  our  history  is  filled  with 
tales  of  accomplished  men  taking 
younger  ones  under  their  wing,  teach- 
ing them  a  craft,  then  releasing  them 
into  a  world  of  boundless  economic 
opportunity.  In  his  paean  to  John 
Deere,  inventor  of  the  steel  "singing 
plow, "  Neil  Clark  describes  the  young 
man's  apprenticeship  to  a  Vermont 
blacksmith:  "Under  his  master's  eye, 
he  acquired  the  art  of  making  his  forge  fire 
neither  too  great  nor  too  small.  He  learned 
the  maxim  'Strike  while  the  iron  is  hot' — and 
the  reason  for  it....  Skilled  workmanship  was 
the  master's  creed,  and  became  the  boy's 
delight.  He  gained  proficiency  in  sharpening 
farmers'  plowshares,  shaping  axe  heads,  repair- 
ing scythe  knives.  He  took  even  more  plea- 
sure fashioning  new  tools....  He  could,  in  a 
word,  do  more  than  make  sparks  fly  from  the 
anvil.  He  could  create." 
These  stories  were,  of  course,  romanticized. 

14      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


Apprentice  Ben  Franklin  fled  his  Boston 
printer  after  one  too  many  beatings.  And 
after  the  Industrial  Revolution,  manufacturers 
viewed  apprentices  as  cheap  semiskilled  la- 
bor. But  the  legend  persists. 

These  days,  the  apprenticeship  model  has 
descended  on  the  university  full-force.  A 
bright  young  student  is  given  tuition  and  liv- 
ing expenses  for  five  years.  During  that  time, 
she  is  assigned  to  a  faculty  mentor,  who 
teaches  her  everything  she  needs  to  know  to 
become  a  professor.  She  develops  teaching 


skills  through  a  series  of  assignments 
— first  grading  papers  and  leading  dis- 
cussions, then  giving  the  occasional 
lecture,  then  designing  and  teaching 
classes  of  her  own.  She  learns  re- 
search skills  through  a  series  of  assis- 
tantships.  By  the  time  she  finishes  her 
dissertation  and  earns  her  Ph.D.,  she's 
a  master  of  her  profession,  ready  to  be 
hired  for  a  tenure-track  position  at 
another  university. 
That's  the  model. 
Now,  meet  the  reality:  Jennifer 
Terni,  a  sixth-year  graduate  student 
in  Duke's  Romance  Studies  depart- 
ment. A  native  of  Montreal  with  a 
master's  degree  in  history,  Terni  moved  south 
because  Duke  offered  her  the  opportunity  to 
pursue  interdisciplinary  studies  at  an  outstand- 
ing university.  She's  been  working  on  a  disser- 
tation about  consumerism,  spectacle,  and  the- 
ater in  nineteenth-century  Paris.  But  the 
research  is  going  slower  than  she'd  like — 
partly  because  she  has  spent  an  exorbitant 
number  of  hours  each  semester  teaching 
classes  such  as  Elementary  French.  Terni 
loves  teaching — "It  makes  my  time  here 
rich,"  she  says  — but  after  eight  sections  of 


similar  language  courses, 
she's  sharpening  her  pedagogic  skills 
less  and  less.  And  with  her  pay,  which  has 
ranged  from  $3,300  to  $6,000  per  class,  she 
wonders  if  her  work  could  better  be  described 
as  inexpensive  labor  rather  than  true  appren- 
ticeship. 

"We  provide  a  huge  amount  of  the  labor  that 
actually  runs  the  department,"  says  thirty- 
three -year-old  Terni.  "That's  how  we  eat." 

What  makes  this  all  the  more  difficult  is 
the  fact  that  Terni  has  no  guarantee  of  a  job 
once  she  finishes  her  degree,  despite  Duke's 
stellar  reputation  in  Romance  languages. 
While  John  Deere  had  his  pick  of  black- 
smithing  jobs  across  Vermont,  today's  Ph.D. 
faces  the  specter  of  part-time  or  temporary 
employment,  or  even  total  unemployment  in 
her  field;  while  universities  churn  out  Ph.D.s 
at  record  rates,  those  same  institutions  are  re- 
lying more  on  low-wage  adjunct  lecturers  to 
teach  undergraduates.  That  has  kept  the 
schools'  expenses  down,  but  it  has  also  de- 
pressed the  market  for  tenure-track  profes- 
sors. According  to  the  Association  of  Ameri- 
can Universities,  nearly  40  percent  of  recent 
doctoral  students  from  its  prestigious  member 
schools  were  still  looking  for  work  by  the  time 


they  received  their  degrees,  up  from  one-third 
a  decade  earlier.  Hardest  hit  are  humanities 
areas  like  English,  literature,  and  foreign  lan- 
guages. But  the  situation  is  not  much  better 
for  the  social  sciences  and  even  for  some  nat- 
ural sciences. 

And  with  hundreds  of  Ph.D.s  competing 
for  every  available  faculty  position,  the  model 
that  sustained  generations  of  silversmiths  and 
printers  seems  to  fall  apart  at  the  university 
level.  "How  can  you  have  all  these  appren- 
tices if  there  are  no  jobs  for  them,  if  they  don't 
move  up  and  become  master  craftsmen?"  asks 
Paul  Ortiz,  a  history  graduate  student  at 
Duke.  "It  isn't  even  a  job  market  anymore.  It's 
more  like  a  lottery." 

For  Terni,  that  means  bracing  herself  to 
take  a  job  in  the  private  sector.  When  she 
talks  to  undergraduates,  she  urges  them  to 
think  hard  before  applying  to  graduate 
school.  "I  systematically  discourage  students 
from  pursuing  Ph.D.s,"  she  says.  "It's  a  bad 
business  to  get  into." 


Jennifer  Term's  experience  is  part  of  a 
national  debate  over  the  structure  and 
purpose  of  graduate  education  today. 
It's  a  complex  debate,  but  it  ultimately  boils 
down  to  the  rationale  behind  the  two  main 
tasks  graduate  students  perform:  teaching 
and  research.  "At  what  point  are  you  really 
furthering  the  educational  enterprise?"  asks 
David  Steinmetz,  director  of  graduate  studies 
for  Duke's  religion  department.  "And  at  what 
point  are  you  making  use  of  cheap  labor?" 

Until  a  couple  of  years  ago,  those  questions 
were  all  but  taboo.  It  was  assumed  students 
served  both  purposes.  Low-wage  employment 
was  a  small  price  to  pay  for  a  degree  that 
would  throw  open  career  doors.  But  now  that 
those  doors  aren't  opening  so  easily,  the  ques- 
tion is  being  asked  on  college  campuses,  at 
professional  conferences,  and  even  on  picket 
lines  around  the  country.  "We  were  lured  in 
by  the  notion  of  apprenticeship, "  says  Har- 
vard student  William  Pannapacker,  a  leader  in 
the  Modern  Language  Association's  Gradu- 
ate Student  Caucus.  "But  as  we  went  along, 
we  realized  the  notion  was  bankrupt." 

When  Pannapacker,  who  is  working  on  his 
doctorate  in  American  history,  entered  grad- 
uate school  in  1991,  he  had  every  reason  for 


May-June  1999        15 


optimism  about  the  future.  Experts  were  pre- 
dicting a  huge  demand  for  professors  in  the 
late  Nineties,  as  college  enrollments  rose  and 
a  generation  of  academics  retired.  "I  became 
fully  invested  in  the  idea  that  I  would  pay  my 
dues  for  however  many  years  it  took  to  get  a 
Ph.D.,  and  at  the  end  of  that  time,  there 
would  be  positions  available,"  he  says.  "But 
the  market  didn't  open  up,  and  the  positions 
that  did  open  up  got  filled  by  part-time  and 
adjunct  faculty."  Now,  with  his  dissertation 


"STAYING  IN 

GRADUATE  SCHOOL 

IS  AN  ACT  OF  FAITH. 

YOU  WILL  NEVER 

FINISH  IF  YOU 

SPEND  YOUR  TIME 

THINKING  ABOUT 

THE  MARKET." 


almost  complete,  Pannapacker  hopes  to  land 
a  teaching  position  at  a  branch  campus  of  a 
state  university,  paying  less  than  he  earned 
loading  trucks  as  a  member  of  the  Teamsters 
union.  "After  eight  years,  I'm  actually  worse 
off  than  when  I  began." 

Desperate  to  gain  a  competitive  advantage, 
some  students  are  doing  things  that  were  un- 
heard of  even  ten  years  ago.  It  used  to  be  that 
"publish  or  perish"  was  the  rallying  cry  for  junior 
faculty  seeking  tenure;  now  it  applies  to  grad- 
uate students,  who  scramble  to  get  papers  pub- 
lished in  refereed  journals  before  they  enter  the 
job  market.  "Nobody  thought  of  that  in  my 
day, "  says  Steinmetz,  who  earned  his  doctorate 
in  1967.  "You  would  have  been  told,  'Forget  it.'  " 

A  December  1997  report  by  the  Modern 
Language  Association  (MLA)  highlighted  why 
the  situation  is  so  dire,  at  least  in  the  human- 
ities. "Fewer  than  half  the  seven  or  eight  thou- 
sand graduate  students  likely  to  earn  Ph.D.s 
in  English  and  foreign  languages  between 
1996  and  2000  can  expect  to  obtain  full-time 
tenure -track  positions  within  a  year  of  re- 
ceiving their  degrees, "  the  report  said.  In  the 
first  half  of  the  decade,  55  percent  of  Ph.D.s 
in  these  areas  couldn't  find  tenure-track  jobs 
the  year  their  degrees  were  awarded.  Most  of 
those  found  temporary  teaching  jobs. 

But  that's  not  because  these  departments 
are  shrinking,  the  MLA  noted.  "The  slow 
growth  of  permanent  faculties  in  English  and 
foreign-language  departments  has  been  coun- 
terpoised by  an  increasing  reliance  on  part- 


time  lecturers — many  of  them  'freeway  fly- 
ers' who  can  only  achieve  a  living  wage  by 
putting  together  jobs  at  different  institu- 
tions— and  on  often  equally  undercompen- 
sated cadres  of  graduate  student  teachers, " 
the  report  said.  In  1991-93,  when  the  number 
of  full-time  jobs  advertised  in  the  MLA's  Job 
Information  list  dropped  by  29  percent  in 
English  and  14  percent  in  foreign  languages, 
temporary  and  part-time  jobs  at  four-year  col- 
leges rose  by  17  percent,  the  report  said.  From 


1970  to  1993,  the  proportion  of  part-timers  at 
all  colleges  almost  doubled,  from  22  to  40  per- 
cent. The  situation  is  the  worst  at  public  insti- 
tutions, according  to  the  report,  because  of 
political  pressure  to  cut  budgets.  "We  have, 
albeit  unwittingly,  become  complicit  in  an 
economic  system  that  does  not  serve  our  own 
best  interests  or  those  of  our  students, "  says 
Texas  A&M  English  professor  J.  Lawrence 
Mitchell,  who  served  on  the  MLA  committee 
that  drafted  the  report. 

Nor  does  the  system  serve  doctoral  candi- 
dates, who  are  being  produced  at  record  rates. 
From  1985  to  1995,  annual  Ph.D.  production 
rose  from  31,297  to  41,610,  according  to  the 
National  Research  Council. 

While  the  situation  is  the  worst  in  the 
humanities  and  social  sciences,  the  natural 
sciences  haven't  been  spared.  A  recent  report 
by  the  National  Academy  of  Sciences  said 
the  United  States  is  producing  more  than 
twice  as  many  Ph.D.s  in  the  life-sciences  as 
our  universities  can  absorb.  Government  and 
industry  can't  make  up  the  deficit,  so  many 
young  scientists  wander  from  post-doc  to 
post-doc  without  finding  permanent  work. 
"Even  so,  the  Ph.D.  machine  grinds  on,  sus- 
tained by  government  funds,  the  appeal  of  a 
scientific  career,  and  youthful  hopes,  mainly 
to  the  benefit  of  the  sovereign  professors  who 
harness  the  enthusiasm  of  graduate  students 
for  the  conduct  of  their  own  research  pro- 
jects," writes  Daniel  Greenberg,  a  visiting 
scholar  in  the  history  of  science,  medicine, 


BEATING  THE 
ODDS 

Given  the  exigencies  of  today's  job 
market,  graduate  students  in  the 
humanities  count  their  blessings  if 
they  are  granted  even  one  interview  at  the 
Modern  Language  Association's  annual 
meeting.  Part  professional  meeting,  part  job 
fair,  the  MLA  convention  draws  hundreds 
of  job-seekers  each  year  to  meet  with  hiring 
committees  from  a  range  of  schools, 
from  large  research  universities  to 
small  community  colleges. 

Job  offerings  in  a  particular  field, 
however,  tend  to  be  limited  from 
year  to  year,  making  employment 
prospects  seem  like  a  crap  shoot  for 
many. 

Nicholas  Brown  of  Duke's  litera- 
ture program  beat  the  odds  this  fall 
with  fifteen  interviews,  enough  to 
keep  him  hopping  throughout  the 
duration  of  the  MLA's  four-day  con- 
vention this  past  December  in  San 
Francisco.  After  a  round  of  second 
interviews  and  campus  visits,  he  set- 
tled on  a  tenure-track  assistant  pro- 
fessorship in  the  English  department 
of  the  University  of  Illinois,  Chicago. 
At  the  beginning  of  his  job  search, 
Brown  was  helped  along  with  coach- 
ing from  faculty  and  other  advisers, 
including  Alberto  Moreiras,  the  liter- 
ature program'  s  director  of  graduate  stud- 
ies, and  Virginia  Steinmetz,  a  career  special- 
ist at  Duke's  Career  Development  Center. 
With  the  prospect  of  completing  his  Ph.D. 
in  the  spring  with  a  dissertation  on 
American  modernism,  African  literature, 
and  critical  theory,  he  was  able  to  compete 
for  more  than  forty  jobs  in  three  different 
fields. 

That  kind  of  flexibility  may  account  for 
some  of  Brown's  success  on  the  job  mar- 
ket— as  may  the  reputation  of  his  program. 
Duke  ranked  number  one  nationally  in  the 
field  of  critical  theory  in  U.S.  News  & 
World  Report's  most  recent  rankings  of 
graduate  schools,  and  second  in  compara- 
tive literature  in  rankings  by  the  National 
Research  Council.  Among  other  recent 
alumni  of  the  graduate  program  in  litera- 
ture, Brown  finds  himself  in  good  company. 
Over  the  last  five  years,  Duke's  newly-mint- 
ed Ph.D.s  have  found  permanent  tenure- 
track  positions  in  English,  Romance  studies, 
performance  studies,  and  German  and 
Asian  studies  departments  at  universities 
such  as  Stanford,  the  University  of  Vir| 
Rutgers,  and  New  York  Univeristy,  as 
well  as  at  small  liberal-arts  colleges  like 
Macalaster  College  in  Minnesota  and  Coker 
College  in  South  Carolina. 

What  does  a  success  story  like  Nicholas 
Brown's  tell  us  about  what'  s  going  on  in  the 
job  market  in  the  humanities?  "The  job 
market  is  very  tight,"  says  Alberto  Moreiras, 
"but  there  will  always  be  room  for  students 
whose  work  is  at  the  intersection  of  differ- 
ent trends  in  the  field — work  that  is  attrac- 
tive because  it  is  original  and  innovative." 


16      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


and  technology  at  Johns  Hopkins  University. 
That  imbalance  has  forced  graduate  stu- 
dents to  rethink  their  role  at  the  university. 
At  about  twenty  schools,  including  Yale, 
Michigan,  and  Minnesota,  students  have  been 
forming  labor  unions.  At  the  University  of 
California,  teaching  assistants  affiliated  with 
the  United  Auto  Workers  held  brief  strikes  at 
eight  campuses  in  December.  Graduate  stu- 
dents at  those  schools  have,  in  effect,  declared 
themselves  employees  rather  than  appren- 


"HOW  CAN  YOU 

HAVE  ALL  THESE 

APPRENTICES  IF 

THERE  ARE  NO 

JOBS  FOR  THEM, 

IF  THEY  DON'T 

MOVE  UP  AND 

BECOME  MASTER 

CRAFTSMEN?'' 


tices,  thus  deserving  the  rights  afforded  other 
workers,  including  collective  bargaining. 

Students  have  mobilized  in  other  ways,  too. 
Since  1995,  the  MLA's  Graduate  Student 
Caucus  grew  from  twenty  members  to  6,000. 
The  caucus  has  called  on  the  MLA  to  use  its 
muscle  to  fight  the  exploitation  of  graduate  - 
student  labor  and  the  increase  in  part-time 
teaching  positions.  "Today,  the  future  of  the 
profession  belongs  to  those  who,  at  present, 
have  no  future,"  Pannapacker  said  on  the 
first  day  of  the  MLA's  annual  convention  in 
December,  in  an  address  titled  "Enjoying  Your 
Apprenticeship?"  At  the  same  convention, 
the  caucus  persuaded  the  MLA  to  gather  and 
publish  information  on  the  working  condi- 
tions faced  by  part-time  teachers. 

Thanks  in  part  to  this  militancy,  the  acade- 
mic world  has  taken  note  of  the  new  eco- 
nomic realities  of  graduate  student  life.  "As 
recently  as  three  years  ago,  most  people  did 
not  want  to  talk  about  it, "  says  Michael  Tino, 
former  president  of  Duke's  Graduate  and  Pro- 
fessional Student  Council.  "The  recent  atten- 
tion it  has  received  has  forced  people  to  start 
the  conversation.  There  was  a  fierce  denial  of 
the  benefits  graduate  students  give  the  uni- 
versity for  their  cost." 

No  longer.  In  its  October  1998  report,  the 
Association  of  American  Universities  called 
on  its  member  schools  to  stop  hiding  behind 
the  "apprenticeship"  label  when  using  low- 
wage  student  labor.  "Financial  support  should 
be  designed  to  assist  students  in  their  progress 


to  a  degree, "  said  the  report.  "To  the  extent 
possible,  this  support  should  not  involve  work 
that  draws  students  away  from  their  graduate 
programs.  In  particular,  students  should  not 
be  supported  as  teaching  and  research  assis- 
tants without  progressing  to  greater  levels  of 
responsibility  and  independence;  students  sup- 
ported primarily  to  meet  the  teaching  needs 
of  departments  or  institutions,  or  the  research 
needs  of  faculty  research  projects,  should  be 
reclassified  and  compensated  appropriately." 


40B?  ome  students  are  luckier  than  others. 

Ej  In  a  sparkling  clean  laboratory  at 
W  Duke's  Levine  Science  Research  Cen- 
ter, filled  with  graduated  cylinders,  autoclaves, 
and  round-bottomed  flasks,  Sherry  Debenham 
has  spent  most  of  the  past  four  years  studying 
the  interactions  of  proteins  and  carbohydrates. 
She  arrives  at  the  lab  at  7  a.m.  and  often  works 
ten-hour  days,  seven  days  a  week,  with  ten- 
minute  lunch  breaks.  "In  the  winter,  there  are 
times  when  I  don't  see  the  sun, "  she  says. 

But  unlike  students  in  other  departments, 
Debenham  has  felt  like  a  real  apprentice,  in 
that  all  her  research  relates  directly  to  her  ca- 
reer plans.  In  her  first  year,  she  worked  under 
the  supervision  of  upper-level  graduate  stu- 
dents and  post- docs,  who  showed  her  how  to 
produce  certain  chemical  reactions,  pointed 
her  to  library  and  human  resources,  and  helped 
her  move  toward  more  complex  lab  work.  As 
she  took  on  more  responsibility,  she  began  con- 
sulting more  with  Eric  Toone,  the  chemistry 
professor  who  runs  her  lab,  about  her  own 
ideas  for  the  project.  "I'm  not  a  peer  to  my 
boss, "  she  says.  "But  we  work  together." 

Most  importantly,  the  job  market  has  bare- 
ly been  a  concern  for  Debenham.  Like  most 
Duke  chemistry  graduate  students,  she  has 
intended  all  along  to  work  for  industry,  not 
academia.  "Chemical  and  pharmaceutical  com- 
panies are  dying  for  people  to  do  organic  syn- 
thesis, "  she  says.  When  she  went  on  the  job 
market,  it  was  with  a  specific  criterion:  to  find 
work  in  Kingsport,  Tennessee,  where  her  hus- 


band lives.  She  found  it  with  no  problem.  East- 
man Chemical  Company  interviewed  her  for 
four  jobs,  one  of  which  it  offered  her,  at  a 
starting  annual  salary  of  more  than  $60,000. 
It's  hard  to  believe  Debenham  is  getting  her 
degree  from  the  same  university  as  Ian  Lekus, 
a  sixth-year  history  student.  Unlike  Deben- 
ham, Lekus  has  no  reason  to  feel  confident 
his  degree  will  lead  to  a  job,  at  least  not  in  the 
short  term.  According  to  The  NewYorkTimes, 
the  typical  holder  of  a  new  Ph.D.  in  history 
in  1996  had  a  less  than  50  percent 
chance  of  finding  a  university  teaching 
job.  "Staying  in  graduate  school  is  an 
act  of  faith — both  belief  in  my  project 
'■Sfr  and  belief  that  it  will  work  out  career- 
wise,"  Lekus  says.  "We  try  to  stay  in 
denial  until  we  have  to  deal  with  it. 
You  will  never  finish  if  you  spend  your 
time  thinking  about  the  market." 

Instead,  Lekus  has  spent  much  of  his 
time  thinking  about  how  to  fund  his 
dissertation  research  on  anti-commu- 
nism and  homophobia  in  the  early 
Cold  War  era.  "I  spend  all  my  time 
writing  grants  for  money  rather  than 
doing  my  research, "  he  says,  and  as  a 
result,  his  project  is  behind  schedule. 
Since  all  his  financial  support  comes 
from  on-campus  work,  he  has  trouble 
getting  away  for  the  out-of-town  research 
required  for  his  dissertation. 

If  Lekus  were  an  apprentice,  he  could  turn 
to  his  mentors  for  advice  on  how  to  finish  his 
dissertation.  But  his  adviser  is  also  a  dean, 
with  little  time  to  meet  with  students. 
Another  committee  member  left  Duke  for 
Rutgers,  and  a  third  lives  in  Washington,  DC. 
He  jokes  about  the  "Lekus  Diaspora, "  but  his 
point  is  more  serious.  "It  doesn't  feel  so  much 
like  an  apprenticeship,  as,  'Go  do  a  disserta- 
tion and  come  back  in  seven  years, ' "  Lekus 
says.  "I  see  my  adviser  four,  maybe  five  times  a 
year."  As  a  result,  he  says,  "I  feel  like  I'm  miss- 
ing instruction  in  the  mechanics  of  shaping  a 
dissertation.  I  can  fend  for  myself  intellectu- 
ally. But  decisions  on  how  to  organize  a  pro- 
ject, what  goes  in,  what  doesn't  go  in — the 
nuts  and  bolts — I  need  more  guidance  than 
I've  received." 

Lekus  says  his  department's  "anarchic"  ap- 
proach to  graduate  studies  has  its  upsides.  No 
one  has  hassled  him  about  his  unconventional 
research  topic,  or  about  the  time  he  lost  when 
his  father  died.  Still,  he  says,  "the  isolation  and 
the  lack  of  funding  make  it  hard  for  me." 

Duke  students  are  better  off  than  most. 
Even  in  the  most  frustrating  disciplines,  the 
job  placement  rate  is  higher  than  the  nation- 
al average.  "That  anyone  gets  a  job  from  the 
English  department  or  the  literature  depart- 
ment or  the  history  department  says  a  lot 
about  the  university,  because  there  are 
schools  where  nobody  is  getting  jobs,"  says 


May -June  1999        17 


Michael  Tino,  the  former  student  leader.  Still, 
Duke  has  two  of  the  same  problems  as  many 
top-ranked  graduate  schools:  too  many  stu- 
dents without  enough  funding  and  too  many 
teaching  and  research  jobs  that  don't  educate 
the  student. 

The  university's  administration  is  well  aware 
of  the  problems.  Graduate  School  Dean  Lewis 
Siegel  says  it's  been  one  of  his  top  priorities  to 
increase  funding  while  enriching  the  students' 
educational  experience.  In  the  early  Nineties, 
"in  far  too  many  cases,  students  were 
brought  in  with  no  support,  and  they 
had  to  prove  themselves  the  first  year. 
There  was  no  guarantee  of  future  sup- 
port," Siegel  says.  Students  were  of- 
ten expected  to  teach  two  sections 
per  semester,  generally  the  most  ele- 
mentary language  and  writing  courses. 
"Essentially,  it  was  cheap  teaching," 
he  says.  "It  wasn't  a  good  or  beneficial 
experience  for  the  student." 

Even  with  all  their  work,  humanities 
and  social- science  students  earned  an 
average  of  $7,580  in  1992-93,  placing 
Duke  second  from  the  bottom  among 
fifteen  leading  private  universities. 
Natural-science  students  ranked  sec- 
ond-last, too,  with  an  average  stipend 
of  $10,710.  "The  attrition  rates  were 
enormous, "  Siegel  says.  "We  were  graduating 
only  half  the  people  who  entered  in  the  hu- 
manities and  social  sciences.  This  was  a  tre- 
mendous waste  of  human  talents." 

Acknowledging  the  problems,  the  Graduate 
School  developed  a  plan  to  support  all  in- 
coming students  for  five  years,  provided  they 
make  a  good-faith  effort  to  obtain  external 
support.  Students  still  have  to  teach,  but  work- 
loads have  been  reduced,  and  students  are  sup- 
posed to  be  given  incrementally  more  chal- 
lenging teaching  responsibilities.  On  top  of 
that,  stipends  were  increased  enough  to  place 
Duke  in  the  middle  of  its  peer  universities. 
Next  year,  humanities  and  social-science  stu- 
dents are  expected  to  average  $12,100,  while 
their  colleagues  in  the  natural  sciences  will 
earn  an  estimated  $17,000.  The  increase  has 
already  made  a  difference,  Siegel  says:  Attri- 
tion has  been  cut  in  half. 

To  improve  funding,  the  university  has  cut 
che  number  of  arts-and-sciences  doctoral  stu- 
dents it  admits.  There  are  currently  1,100, 
down  from  a  high  of  1,250.  Siegel  expects  the 
number  to  level  out  at  about  1,000. 

On  top  of  this,  some  departments  have  been 
making  special  efforts  to  restore  the  best  of  the 
apprenticeship  system.  The  political  science 
department,  for  example,  has  implemented  a 
Teaching  Politics  Certificate  program,  which 
allows  students  to  pair  up  with  faculty  men- 
tors who  provide  advice,  criticism,  and  sup- 
port during  weekly  meetings.  Students  in  the 
program  also  attend  workshops  on  such  ped- 


agogic issues  as  stimulating  classroom  discus- 
sion and  respecting  racial  differences.  "We 
regard  our  graduate  students  as  junior  col- 
leagues rather  than  peons, "  says  John  Brehm, 
the  department's  director  of  graduate  studies. 
All  the  department's  students  are  fully 
funded  at  the  same  level,  which  fosters  coop- 
eration rather  than  competition.  And  the  fac- 
ulty works  with  students  to  make  sure  their 
research  experience  is  relevant  to  their  stud- 
ies. "I  haven't  had  to  do  photocopying.  I  have 


had  to  get  some  books  in  the  library.  But  for 
the  most  part,  my  research-assistant  work  has 
led  to  co-authored  conference  papers,"  says 
Mark  Berger,  who  worked  with  Brehm  on  a 
paper  about  the  Watergate  era  and  public 
trust  in  government.  "I  see  what  I'm  doing 
now  as  totally  the  first  step  toward  being  a 
professor.  It  doesn't  pay  much,  which  is  unfair. 
But  I'm  not  doing  it  for  the  pay." 

Berger  is  about  to  earn  his  Ph.D.  Like  many 
of  his  colleagues,  he  was  anxious  about  the 
job  market.  "I  had  all  the  backup  plans  pre- 
pared,"  he  says.  "I  was  going  to  go  to  New 
York  and  work  on  Wall  Street."  But  Berger 
never  had  to  put  Plan  B  into  effect:  He 
received  three  offers  and  accepted  a  tenure- 
track  position  at  the  State  University  of  New 
York  at  Stony  Brook,  teaching  American  pol- 
itics. Now,  looking  back,  he  considers  his 
experience  at  Duke  nothing  but  positive. 
"When  other  schools  have  talked  about 
unionization,  and  you  heard  what  their  situa- 
tion was,  they  truly  weren't  well-treated.  Why 
shouldn't  they  unionize?"  By  contrast, "it's  dis- 
gusting how  well  we're  treated  here.  There's 
no  reason  why  we  should  do  it." 

But  the  Duke  campus  hasn't  been  com- 
pletely silent  on  the  issue  of  graduate-student 
union  organizing.  Each  year,  the  issue  comes 
up  among  students  who  are  frustrated  by 
their  funding  levels  and  overwork.  "Among 
the  students  in  the  humanities  and  social  sci- 
ences— who  have  had  the  most  legitimate 
complaints — there  has  been  quite  a  lot  of 


talking  about  it,  and  an  overall  realization 
that  with  labor  laws  in  North  Carolina  and 
the  amount  of  energy  that  people  had  to  de- 
vote to  organizations  like  that,  it  wasn't  going 
to  happen  right  away, "  says  Michael  Tino.  "It 
really  needed  to  be  an  effort  that  went  past  a 
small  subset  of  graduate  students."  Duke  stu- 
dents have  been  in  touch,  however,  with 
union  leaders  at  other  campuses. 

And  there  have  been  less  formal  efforts  at 
organizing.   Several  years  back,  University 


UNIVERSITIES  ARE 
RELYING  INCREAS- 
INGLY ON  PART-TIME 
LECTURERS— 
"FREEWAY  FLYERS" 
—WHO  CAN  ONLY 
ACHIEVE  A  LIVING 
WAGE  BY  PUTTING 
TOGETHER  JOBS 
AT  DIFFERENT 
INSTITUTIONS. 


Writing  Course  instructors  formed  an  alliance 
to  push  for  higher  salaries  and  compensation 
for  their  training  time.  More  recently,  a  group 
of  humanities  and  social-science  students  has 
been  meeting  to  discuss  labor  and  apprentice- 
ship issues.  There  have  been  interdepartmen- 
tal efforts,  too.  When  it  became  known,  for 
example,  that  some  history  professors  were 
hiring  students  to  do  private  work  for  $6.50 
an  hour,  the  department's  graduate  students 
posted  a  sign  inside  their  lounge,  announcing 
they  would  refuse  to  work  for  less  than  $10. 

Ultimately,  many  students  and  professors 
agree,  change  won't  come  at  a  department 
level,  or  even  a  university  level.  There  must 
be  a  recognition  across  the  academy  that  the 
system  needs  an  overhaul.  Universities  must 
reverse  the  practice  of  hiring  adjunct  teachers 
at  the  expense  of  tenure -track  positions.  And 
they  must  stop  accepting  Ph.D.  students  at  a 
rate  the  market  can't  support.  If  every  gradu- 
ate school  in  the  country  started  mentoring 
students,  and  if  graduate  students  everywhere 
formed  unions,  and  if  every  professor  helped 
students  get  published  in  refereed  journals,  it 
would  still  not  correct  the  fundamental  trend 
toward  more  doctorates  and  fewer  jobs. 

"Enough  has  been  said  about  finding  life- 
boats," says  William  Pannapacker  of  the 
MLA's  Graduate  Student  Caucus.  "Now  let's 
work  together  to  save  the  ship." 

Yeoman  is  a  senior  staff  writer  for  The  Indepen- 
dent, a  weekly  newsmagazine  based  in  Durham. 


18      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


Executive  Education 


Tel.919.660.801I     Fax,  919681.7761 


."HE  FUQUA 

SCHOOL 

OF  BUSINESS 


wwwfuqua.duke.edu 


STOCKING  THE 
GREENHOUSE 

BY  NANNERL  O.  KEOHANE 
President,  Duke  University 

^/M^  n  March  26,  while  two  sets  of  extra- 
ordinary student  athletes  were  re- 
^^^^  presenting  Duke  on  each  coast,  my 
faculty  colleagues  brought  to  campus,  all  ex- 
penses paid,  a  select  group  of  seventeen  pro- 
spective students.  Those  students,  who  already 
have  been  assured  of  admission  to  Duke,  toured 
the  campus,  attended  campus-wide  scheduled 
and  special  events,  tasted  Final  Four  fever  at 
its  peak,  got  to  know  one  another,  and  con- 
versed with  faculty  and  graduate  students. 

I  was  on  my  way  to  San  Jose  when  they  ar- 
rived, so  I  sent  them  a  welcoming  letter  to  let 
them  know  how  eager  Duke  is  to  have  them. 
They  are  potential  members  of  the  first  group 
of  undergraduate  University  Scholars,  under 
the  aegis  of  a  far-reaching  and  intellectually 
ground-breaking  program  that  begins  this  fall. 

The  seventeen  students  are  a  diverse  lot  — 
racially,  culturally,  socially.  They  come  from 
across  the  country,  from  great  schools  and  not- 
so-great  schools.  They  share  uncommon  abil- 
ity, promise,  and  financial  need.  They  were 
chosen  by  a  faculty  committee  from  a  group 
of  200  of  our  highest-ability  applicants  who 
also  need  financial  assistance.  Their  visit  to 
the  campus  was  designed  to  help  them  leam 
more  about  Duke,  and  the  program,  we  be- 
lieve, is  well-suited  to  their  special  talents. 

Because  they  are  among  the  very  best  stu- 
dents to  graduate  from  American  high  schools 
this  year,  they  are  sought  after  by  institutions 
from  Cambridge  to  Palo  Alto.  That's  because, 
as  near  as  one  can  tell  from  interviews,  letters, 
and  the  usual  assortment  of  academic  statistics 
and  rewards,  they  are  students  who  have  the 
intellectual  creativity  and  special  academic 
talents  that  can  flourish  in  the  academic  green- 
house we  are  creating,  thanks  to  the  leadership 
gift  of  Duke  trustee  Melinda  French  Gates 
'86,  M.B.  A.  '87  and  her  husband,  Bill  Gates. 

We  are  looking  for  intellectual  dynamism 
that  can  change  the  world.  The  standard  isn't 
the  800s  across  the  SAT  boards  many 
achieved,  but  an  ability  to  think  across  dis- 
ciplinary boundaries,  accompanied  by  intense 
curiosity,  an  almost  ferocious  drive  to  learn 


and  contribute  to  the  world  of  the  intellect. 

Because  we  believe  that  many  of  the  great  in- 
tellectual advances  in  the  next  century  will  be 
the  result  of  daring  leaps  across  traditional  dis- 
ciplines, we  are  also  looking  for  students  whose 
originality  of  thought  will — in  the  company  of 
outstanding  faculty  and  graduate  students  — 
change  Duke's  own  intellectual  map.  We  see 
the  University  Scholars  as  a  pioneering  effort 
to  accelerate  the  great  push  toward  interdis- 
ciplinary thinking  and  work  that  has  been  un- 
der way  at  Duke  for  some  time. 

These  are  young  men  and  women  whose 
intellectual  abilities  enable  them  to  attend  any 
university  in  the  world,  so  long  as  they  have 
the  necessary  financial  support.  Thanks  to  the 
Gateses  and  others  who  will  join  them  in 
funding  this  program,  Duke  now  can  offer 
these  students  the  financial  resources  to  ex- 
plore their  creative  impulses.  We  are  commit- 
ted to  making  Duke  the  best  possible  setting 
for  educating  such  remarkable  young  men 
and  women.  They  will  be  joined  by  University 
Scholars  chosen  through  the  Graduate  School 
and  each  of  our  professional  schools  as  well, 
so  that  the  program  will  have  intergenera- 
tional  as  well  as  interdisciplinary  dimensions. 

We  are  aiming  high,  and  with  good  reason: 
Duke  strives  to  bring  together  in  a  distinctive 
fashion  the  qualities  and  resources  of  a  major 
research  university  and  medical  center  with 
the  character,  ideals,  and  traditions  of  a 
liberal-arts  college.  Duke  fosters  connec- 
tions— whether  in  familiar  interdisciplinary 
fields  such  as  biomedical  engineering  or  novel 


and  revolutionary  ones  such  as  the  impact  of 
the  Internet  on  society;  in  specific  endeavors 
such  as  the  Kenan  Ethics  Program,  the  Cog- 
nitive Neuroscience  Program,  and  the  John 
Hope  Franklin  Seminars  for  Interdisciplinary 
Studies  in  the  Humanities;  in  the  first-year 
FOCUS  program,  which  involves  students  in 
study  around  a  particular  intellectual  theme; 
and  in  the  rigorous  self-designed  curriculum 
of  Program  II. 

Programmatically,  the  University  Scholars 
program  will  bring  together  undergraduate, 
graduate,  and  professional  students  for  intel- 
lectual collaboration,  original  research,  inno- 
vative thinking,  and  networking.  The  premise 
is  that  our  interdisciplinary  and  intergenera- 
tional  community  of  scholars  (both  students 
and  faculty)  will  make  for  the  most  vital,  chal- 
lenging education;  that  it  is  an  ideal  way  to 
prepare  students  for  the  new  and  complex 
demands  of  life  in  the  twenty-first  century. 

For  most  of  their  academic  lives,  University 
Scholars  will  live  and  learn  like  students  at 
Duke  in  any  program.  They  will  be  unique, 
however,  in  participating  in  the  University 
Scholars  Seminar  and  the  annual  University 
Scholars  Symposium.  The  seminar  will  meet  in- 
formally over  lunch  or  dinner  every  two  or 
three  weeks,  providing  a  chance  for  beginning 
undergraduates  to  talk  seriously  about  their 
intellectual  life  with  graduate  and  professional 
students  and  with  invited  faculty  such  as,  this 
coming  fall,  the  distinguished  natural-history 
writer  Stephen  Jay  Gould.  The  seminar  will 
provide  insights  into  field  specializations  and 
research  opportunities  that  typically  are  off- 
limits  until  the  last  stages  of  undergraduate 
education. 

The  annual  University  Scholars  Sympo- 
sium will  be  a  conference  where  University 
Scholars  who  wish  a  public  audience  for  their 
ideas  and  research  will  present  their  work, 
probably  focused  around  a  specific  topic  or  set 
of  topics  each  year.  The  University  Scholars 
will  invite  a  Duke  faculty  member  to  serve  as 
keynote  speaker  at  each  symposium. 

Since  it  was  first  announced  last  September, 
our  fledgling  program  has  prompted  inquiries 
from  students  and  institutions  across  the  count- 
ry. We  have  chosen  our  first  class  of  University 
Scholars  with  special  care  because  we  realize 
that  they — and  Duke  — will  set  the  standard 
for  such  intellectual  initiatives  both  here  and 
eventually  at  other  leading  universities.       ■ 


20      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


til  i 


ld| 

■bo 

: 

- 

REUNIONS  SPRING 

April  on  campus:  An  array  of  tents 
popped  up  on  both  East  and  West  Campus 
quads  like  tulips  in  the  Duke  Gardens 
to  welcome  more  than  3,000  alumni  and 
family  members  for  a  fresh  concept  —  a 
spring  reunion  weekend.  Replacing  separate 
reunions  in  the  tall,  one  grand  gathering 
of  graduates  will  be  held  each  spring. 
Autumn  will  be  reserved  for  the  traditional 
Homecoming. 

The  classes  1949, 1954, 1959, 1964, 1969, 
1974, 1979, 1984, 1989, 1994,  and  the  Half 
Century  Club  celebrated  at  Friday  class 
parties  on  the  quads,  a  variety  of  campus 
events  on  Saturday,  the  Big  Dance  that 
evening,  and  a  Sunday  champagne 
breakfast  in  the  Sarah  E  Duke  Gardens. 
A  University  Fhotography  team  captured 
those  memorable  moments. 

May-June  1999        21 


CLASS 
NOTES 


WRITE:  Class  Notes  Editor,  Duke  Magazine, 
614  Chapel  Dr.,  Durham,  N.C.  27708-0570 

FAX:  (919)  681-1659  (typed  only,  please) 

E-MAIL:  dukemag@duke.edu 

Include  your  full  name,  address,  and 

class  year  when  you  e-mail  us. 

CHANGE  OF  ADDRESS:  Alumni  Records, 
614  Chapel  Dr.  Annex,  Durham,  N.C.  27708-0613. 
Please  include  mailing  label.  Or  e-mail  address 
changes  to:  bluedevil@duke.edu 

NOTICE:  Because  of  the  volume  of 
class  notes  material  we  receive  and 


40s  &  50s 


P.  Penfield  '40  was  inducted  into  the 
Carolinas  Golf  Hall  of  Fame  in  November.  He  is 
entering  his  62nd  year  in  radio  as  an  early-moming 
newscaster  and  sports  commentator  for  the  Asheboro, 
N.C,  station  WKXR. 

Joseph  L.  Allen  '50  retired  as  a  professor  of  ethics 
at  Southern  Methodist  University.  He  remains  active 
with  SMU's  Cary  M.  Maguire  Center  for  Ethics  and 
Public  Responsibility,  and  he  teaches  classes  in  the 
Master  of  Liberal  Arts  program.  He  lives  in  Dallas. 
Malcolm  O.  Magaw  50.  a  professor  of  English  at 
the  University  of  New  Orleans,  received  the  university's 
National  Alumni  Association  Excellence  in  Teaching 
Award  for  "outstanding  and  devoted  service."  A  mem- 
ber of  the  UNO  faculty  since  1961,  he  specializes  in 
ninetheenth-  and  twentieth-century  American  literature 
and  seventeenth-century  English  prose  and  verse. 
David  L.  Tubbs  B.S.E.  '50  returned  from  a  six- 
week  volunteer  assignment  to  Sarajevo  helping  an 
emerging  computer  software  company  develop  a  new 
application  software  package  for  manufacturing 
companies.  He  lives  in  San  Jose,  Calif. 


Robert  C.  Oshiro  LL.B.  '52,  LL.M.  '53  was  elected 
chairman  of  the  board  of  trustees  for  The  Queen's 
Health  Systems,  Hawaii's  largest  health-care  provider. 
He  is  also  chairman  and  CEO  of  The  Queen  Emma 
Foundation,  a  Queen's  Health  Systems  subsidiary.  He 
and  his  wife,  Ruth,  live  in  Wahiawa. 


G.  Donald  Roberson  '54  retired  after  34  years 
practicing  otolaryngology  in  Charlotte,  N.C. 

William  H.  Kelley  A.M.  '55,  Ph.D.  '57  represented 
Duke  in  April  at  the  inauguration  of  the  president  of 
Berry  College.  He  lives  in  Marietta,  Ga. 

Joan  Klimo  '55,  a  New  York  artist,  had  her  work 
exhibited  in  December  at  the  Whitney  Museum  of 
American  Art.  The  window  installation,  "The  Ameri- 
cans, "  comprises  21  hand-made  dolls  featuring  average 
Americans  in  a  variety  of  sizes,  shapes,  and  colors. 

Roland  R.  Wilkins  J.D  '55  represented  Duke  in 
April  at  the  inauguration  of  the  president  of  Peace 
College  in  Raleigh. 


Rineberg  '56,  M.D  '60  represented 
Duke  in  April  at  the  inauguration  of  the  president  of 
the  University  of  Medicine  and  Dentistry  of  New 
Jersey.  He  lives  in  New  Brunswick. 

Thaddeus  Alvin  Wheeler  Jr.  57,  A.M.  72 


22      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


V      I     * 


SMaSi 


represented  Duke  at  the  inauguration  of  the  presideni 
of  Lees-McRae  College  in  Banner  Elk,  N.C.  He  lives 
in  Blowing  Rock,  N.C. 


I  L.  Dees  '59  has  relocated  to  St.  Peters- 
burg, Fla.,  where  she  is  a  consultant  in  computer 
software  training.  She  had  taught  mathematics  and 
mathematics  education  in  the  Chicago  area. 

MARRIAGES;  Eugene  G.  Wilson  '40  to  Frances 
Allred  Garvey  on  Feb.  13.  Residence:  Winston-Salem. 


I  J.D.  '61,  vice  president  and 
general  counsel  for  Los  Angeles  Cellular  Telephone 
Co.,  was  named  1998  Outstanding  Corporate  Counsel 
by  the  Los  Angeles  County  Bar  Association's  corporate 
law  departments  section. 

David  Anderson  Ph.D.  '62  retired  in  June  as  a 
professor  at  Central  Washington  University  in 
Ellensburg,Wash.  He  has  been  at  CWU  since  1969, 
primarily  teaching  math. 

Mary  Ann  Oakley  '62,  a  partner  in  the  Atlanta 
office  of  Holland  &  Knight,  was  named  a  leading 


attorney  in  the  area  of  labor  and  employment  law  in 
the  1999-2000  edition  of  The  Best  Lau^ers  in  America. 

L.  Kinder  Cannon  '64,  an  attorney  with  the 
Jacksonville,  Fla.,  office  of  Holland  &  Knight,  was 
named  a  leading  attorney  in  the  area  of  corporate  law 
in  the  1999-2000  edition  of  The  Best  Lawyers  in  America. 


H.  Cheek  III  '64,  a  senior  member  of  the  law 
firm  Bass,  Berry  &  Sims,  chairs  the  business  law  section 
of  the  American  Bar  Association.  He  lives  in  Nashville. 

Stephen  P.  Johnson  '64  was  appointed  by  the 
governor  for  a  10-year  term  as  a  judge  on  the  District 
Court  of  Maryland. 

Nancy  Ingram  Kenderdine  '64  represented 
Duke  in  April  at  the  inauguration  of  the  president  of 
Oklahoma  City  University. 

Harry  L.  Nolan  Jr.  '64  is  founder  and  president 
of  Management  Advisory  Services  Inc.,  a  16-year-old 
management  consulting  firm.  He  and  his  wife,  Susan, 
live  in  Atlanta. 

William  C.  Sammons  '65  is  the  managing 
partner  of  Tydings  &  Rosenberg,  a  60-attorney  law 
firm  with  its  principal  office  in  Baltimore.  He  and  his 
wife,  Kay,  live  in  Columbia,  Md.  His  Internet  address 
is  wsammons@tydingslaw.com. 


Lynn  Reiser  '66  is  the  author  and  artist  of  Little 
Clam,  a  children's  bedtime  book,  published  by 
Greenwillow  Books.  She  lives  in  Hamden,  Conn. 

Ralph  Lynn  Braibanti  '67  received  the  Depart- 
ment of  State's  1998  Warren  Christopher  Award  for 
Outstanding  Achievement  in  Global  Affairs.  He  was 
recognized  for  his  key  role  in  bringing  Russia  into  the 
International  Space  Station  program,  and  for  effective- 
ness in  integrating  space  activities  with  U.S.  foreign 
policy  objectives.  He  lives  in  Arlington,  Va. 

Lanty  L.  Smith  LL.B.  '67  is  chairman  of  the 
Greensboro,  N.C-based  investment  banking  firm  Soles 
Brower  Smith  &  Co.  He  is  chairman  of  the  board  of 
directors  ofThe  Greenwood  Group,  Inc.,  in  Raleigh, 
and  he  is  a  member  of  the  boards  of  First  Union 
Corp.,  Oakwood  Homes  Corp.,  and  Wikoff  Color 
Corp.,  as  well  as  many  nonprofit  and  industry  groups. 

Toby  B.  Prodgers  '68  represented  Duke  in  April 
at  the  inauguration  of  the  president  of  Southern 
Polytechnic  State  University  in  Marietta,  Ga.  He  lives 
in  Kennesaw. 

Norman  M.  Davis  M.H.A.  '69  was  appointed  as 
administrator  of  St.  Marys  Convalescent  Center  in  St. 
Marys,  Ga.  He  has  been  a  long-term-care  administrator 
since  1989. 


May-June  1999        23 


Kaleidoscope:  above,  clockwise 
from  top  left,  going  Gothic  for  Saturday 
night  imbibers;  Class  of  '49  i 
rabilia;  champagne  and  strawberries, 
and  a  portable  Sunday  brunch;  tenting 
on  the  quad. 

Music  and  movement:  opposite,  Sunday's 
sounds  by  the  Duke  Wind  Symphony; 
Saturday's  Alumni  Fun  Run 


W.  Thomas  Parrott  III  '69  was  appointed  to  the 
editorial  committee  for  the  American  Bar  Associa- 
tion's publication  Model  Joint  Venture  Agreement,With 
Commentary.  He  lives  in  Vienna,  Va. 

MARRIAGES:  Lenard  Eduard  Jacobson  '60, 
M.D.  '64  to  Elizabeth  Maria  Bryant  on  Oct.  24... 
Harry  L.  Nolan  Jr.  '64  to  Susan  Roose.  Residence: 
Atlanta.  Margaret  "Peggy"  Pauley  Collins 

'65  to  Del  Dowling  on  Jan.  10.  Residence:  Chatham, 
N.J.,  and  Columbia,  Md. 


Gordon  G.  Carmichael  70  represented  Duke  at 
the  April  inauguration  of  the  president  of  the  Univer- 
sity of  Hartford.  He  lives  in  West  Hartford,  Conn. 


R.  Barbara  Gitenstein  70  was  named  the 
fifteenth  president  of  The  College  of  New  Jersey.  She 
was  provost  and  executive  vice  president  at  Drake 
University  in  Iowa. 

Fred  Blank  A.M.  71,  Ph.D.  75  received  Ripon 
College's  May  Bumby  Severy  Award  for  excellence  in 
teaching.  He  has  taught  economics  at  Ripon  since 
1979.  He  lives  in  Ripon,  Wise. 


Ferris  71  is  a  special  consultant  on 
international  relations  with  the  World  Council  of 
Churches  in  Geneva,  Switzerland.  For  the  past  five 
years,  she  was  director  of  the  Church  World  Service 
Immigration  and  Refugee  Program  in  New  York. 
Lawrence  E.  Blanchard  III  72  was  elected  pres- 
ident of  the  Medical  Society  of  Virginia  in  November. 
He  is  a  practicing  physician  with  Dermatology 
Associates  of  Richmond.  He  lives  in  Richmond. 


73  received  the  Lilla  M. 
Hawes  Award,  given  every  two  years  by  the  Georgia 
Historical  Society  to  the  author  of  the  best  book  on 
local  or  county  history  in  Georgia.  She  received  the 
award  for  the  1996-97  period  for  Bishop,  Georgia:  The 
Ancient  Roots,  Rich  History,  and  Enduring  Spirit  of  a 
Southern  Crossroads  Community.  She  and  her  family 
live  in  New  York  City. 

Alan  S.  Ctirrie  74  is  senior  vice  president  of 
Arthur  A.  Watson  6k  Co.,  one  of  Connecticut's  largest 
independent  insurance  agencies.  He  lives  in 
Manchester,  Conn. 

Rory  R.  Olsen  J.D  74  was  sworn  in  as  presiding 
judge  of  Probate  Court  No.  3  of  Harris  County 
(Houston),  Texas. 
Jeffrey  C.  Howard  76  was  elected  secretary  and 


of  The  Shepherd  Street  Equity  Fund,  a  new, 
no-load  mutual  fund  managed  by  Salem  Investment 
Counselors  of  Winston-Salem,  N.C.  He  is  also  a  vice 
president  at  Salem  Investment  Counselors. 

J.  Kevin  Moore  76,  M.H.A.  79  was  promoted  to 
senior  vice  president,  operations,  for  Carolinas  Medical 
Center.  He  and  his  family  live  in  Charlotte,  N.C. 


Kerry  Kathleen  Karukstis  77,  Ph.D.  '81 
represented  Duke  in  March  at  the  inauguration  of 
the  president  of  Claremont  Graduate  University.  She 
lives  in  Claremont,  Calif. 

Diane  E.  Waller  78  was  promoted  to  deputy  gen- 
eral counsel  of  the  Government  Securities  Clearing 
Corp.  She  and  her  family  live  in  New  York  City. 

Diane  Hofbauer  Davidson  79  has  moved  to  the 
Walt  Disney  Co.'s  Washington,  D.C.,  office,  where  she 
will  represent  Disney's  cable  television  networks. 

Kevin  J.  Edgar  Ph.D.  79  was  named  senior 
research  associate  for  Eastman  Chemical  Co.  He  and 
his  wife,  Marilyn,  live  in  Kingsport,  Tenn. 
Maury  Hanigan  79  is  CEO  of  Hanigan  Consulting 
Group,  a  human  resource  strategy  firm  in  Manhattan. 
She  and  her  husband,  Brian  Edwards,  and  their  children 
live  in  New  York  City. 


24      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


79,  a  Marine  lieutenant  colonel, 
returned  from  five  years  of  service  in  the  former  Soviet 
Union,  where  he  was  assistant  naval  attache  in  Moscow 
from  1993-95  and  defense  attache  at  the  American 
Embassy  in  Tbilisi,  Georgia,  from  1995-98.  He  is  now 
assigned  to  the  headquarters  of  the  2nd  Marine 
Expeditionary  Force  and  lives  in  Emerald  Isle,  N.C. 

David  C.  Reames  Ph.D.  79  was  named  senior 
development  associate  for  Eastman  Chemical  Co.  He 
and  his  wife,  Laura,  live  in  Kingsport,  Tenn. 

MARRIAGES:  Maury  Hanigan  79  to  Brian 
Edwards  on  Sept.  19.  Residence:  New  York  City. 

BIRTHS:  Third  child,  a  son  to  Ellen  Humphries 

ChartOCk  77  and  Lee  Chartock  on  Oct.  19.  Named 
Oliver.. .Second  child  and  daughter  to  Robert  E. 
Ellett  Jr.  77  and  Margaret  A.  Ellett  on  Sept.  22. 
Named  Katherine  Connery... First  child  and  son  to 
Pamela  Jones  Reis  B.S.N.  77  and  Julian  Reis  on 
Nov.  16.  Named  Paul  Christopher... Third  daughter  to 
Steven  Winkler  M.H.A.  78  and  Monica  Winkler 
on  Aug.  26.  Named  Alyssa  Lauren.. Third  child  and 
first  daughter  to  Mark  N.  Griffith  79  and  Dianne 
Griffith  on  Oct.  2.  Named  Annie  Katherine.. .First 
child  and  daughter  to  Robert  Vincze  79  and  Sarah 
Vincze  on  Nov.  30.  Named  Paris  Claire. 


bo  '80  was  appointed  director 
of  communications  and  marketing  for  the  Optical 
Society  of  America.  She  lives  in  Alexandria,  Va. 

David  N.  Hardie  '80  is  vice  president  of  marketing 
for  Eastman  Kodak's  consumer  business.  He  and  his 
wife,  Marissa,  and  their  two  sons  have  relocated  to 
Atlanta. 

Grace  Chuang  Ju  '80  was  promoted  to  associate 
professor  in  biology  and  granted  tenure  at  Gordon 
College  in  Wenham,  Mass.  She  and  her  husband,  Garth 
Miller,  and  their  two  children  live  in  Beverly,  Mass. 

Richard  Liebeskind  '80  received  the  Paul  Rand 
Dixon  Award  for  his  contribution  to  the  Federal  Trade 
Commission's  antitrust  enforcement.  He  is  deputy 
assistant  director  in  the  FTC's  Bureau  of  Competition, 
where  he  is  supervising  the  FTC's  investigation  of  the 
proposed  merger  of  Exxon  and  Mobil. 

Charles  O'Shea  '80  was  elected  chairman  of  the 
Nassau  County  (N.Y.)  Board  of  Assessors.  He  lives  in 
North  Merrick,  N.Y. 

A.M.  "Arky"  Pollokoff  M.H.A.  '80  was  named  a 


partner  in  the  Chicago  office  of  Arthur  Andersen.  He 
and  his  wife,  Lori,  and  their  two  daughters  live  in 
Buffalo  Grove,  111. 

Valerie  L.  Andrews  '81  is  a  partner  at  the  Boston 
law  firm  Hill  &  Barlow.  She  and  her  husband,  Hale, 
and  their  two  daughters  live  in  Sherbom,  Mass.  Her 
Internet  address  is  vandrewsc  liilllxirlow.com. 

Al  Colby  '81  practices  commercial  and  corporate 
litigation  and  bankruptcy  law  with  the  Tampa,  Fla., 
firm  Ketchey  Horan.  He  and  his  wife,  Donna 
DeRango  Colby  '83,  and  their  three  children  live 
in  Tampa. 

Kurt  J.  Kitziger'Sl  is  an  orthopaedic  surgeon 
with  the  Pontchartrain  Bone  &  Joint  Clinic  in 
Metairie,  La.  He  is  active  on  the  teaching  staffs  at 
both  Louisiana  State  University  and  Tulane  Medical 
Schools.  He  and  his  wife,  Leslie,  and  their  four 
children  live  in  New  Orleans. 

Stephen  D.  McCarty  '81  was  promoted  to  vice 
president  of  sales  for  LodgeNet  Entertainment,  a 
global  provider  of  interactive  media  services.  He  lives 
in  Dallas. 

Robin  J.  Stinson  '81  was  elected  a  director  in  the 
law  firm  Bell,  Davis  &  Pitt  in  Winston-Salem,  N.C. 
She  is  a  board-certified  family  law  specialist,  and  she 
chairs  the  N.C.  Bar  Association's  Family  Law  Section. 
She  and  her  husband,  John  E.  Mulherin,  and  their 
daughter  live  in  Winston-Salem. 

Bridget  Booher  '82,  A.M.  '92,  former  features 

editor  for  Dukd  Magazine,  is  a  freelance  writer  and 
editor.  She  and  her  husband,  Todd  Jones  '80,  and 
their  daughter  live  in  Durham.  She  can  be  reached  at 
bridgetbooher@mindspring.com. 


Mark  B.  Kadonoff  B.S.E.  '82,  M.S.  '83  is  president 
of  RPG  Digital  Inc.,  an  engineering  graphics  equipment 
reseller  in  the  Washington,  DC,  area.  He  and  his  wife, 
Laura,  and  their  three  children  live  in  Vienna,  Va. 
Mary  Dabney  Benjamin  '83  is  a  full-time  mother 
and  a  volunteer  La  Leche  League  leader.  The  group 
supports  and  educates  mothers  who  want  to  breastfeed 
their  babies.  She  and  her  husband,  James  S.  Williamson, 
and  their  two  daughters  live  in  Seattle. 
Joe  Bennett  '83  works  for  Microsoft.  He  and  his 
wife,  Megan  Wheeler  Bennett  '85,  a  high  school 

volleyball  coach,  and  their  four  children  live  in  Seattle. 

Brian  S.  Hernandez  '83,  M.B.A.  '89  is  district 

manager  at  AT&T,  where  he  is  the  national  account 
manager  for  the  Xerox  Corp.  account.  He  and  his 
wife,  Susan,  have  relocated  to  Rochester,  N.Y. 
Philip  M.  Johnstone  '83  chairs  the  trust  and 
estates  practice  group  and  management  committee  of 
the  law  firm  Waller,  Smith  &  Palmer.  He  and  his  wife, 
Elizabeth,  and  their  daughter  live  in  Stonington,  Conn. 
Douglas  E.  Waters  '83,  a  Navy  lieutenant 
commander,  completed  a  sfx-month  deployment  to 
the  Western  Pacific  and  Indian  oceans  and  Arabian 
Gulf  with  Fighter  Squadron  31,  embarked  aboard 
the  aircraft  carrier  USS  Abraham  Lincoln. 


May-June  1999        25 


Margaret  Jones  Helber'84  represented  Duke  in 
April  at  the  inauguration  of  the  president  of  Nazareth 
College.  She  lives  in  Rochester,  N.Y. 

Kevin  L.  Sowed  '84  is  vice  president  of  operations 
at  LISN  Inc.,  an  Amherst,  Ohio-based  company  that 
provides  engineering,  installation,  and  materials  to 
the  telecommunications  industry. 


D.  Whitaker  '84  was  awarded  a 
Fulbright  grant  to  conduct  anthropological  research  in 
Italy  until  July.  She  is  living  in  Casola  Valsenio,  Italy. 

Megan  Wheeler  Bennett  '85  is  a  high  school 
volleyball  coach  in  the  Seattle  area.  Last  fall,  her  team 
placed  eleventh  at  the  Washington  State  cournament. 
She  and  her  husband,  Joe  Wheeler '83,  and  their 
four  children  live  in  Seattle. 


A.  Korman  B.S.E.  '85  joined  Science 
Applications  International  Corp.  in  October  as  a 
senior  business  process  engineer  in  their  health-care 
technology  sector.  He  is  a  project  manager  helping 
Scripps  Health  system  implement  an  enterprise-wide 
core  clinical  system.  He  also  serves  as  a  major  in  the 
USMC  Reserves  with  the  4th  Tank  Battalion.  He 
and  his  wife,  Elizabeth,  and  their  three  children  live 
in  San  Diego. 


'85  joined  the  department  of  radiation 
oncology  at  the  University  of  Colorado  Health 
Sciences  Center  as  an  assistant  professor.  He  and  his 
wife,  Carrie  Pinkerton  '86,  and  their  two  children 
live  in  Englewood,  Colo. 

Arlen  Appelbaum  '86  is  an  attorney  and  director 
of  program  business  and  legal  affairs  for  Thirteen/ 
WNET  the  flagship  PBS  television  station  in  New 
York  City.  He  lives  in  Hoboken,  N.J. 

Karen  C.  Bloch  '86  completed  her  fellowship  in 
infectious  diseases  at  the  University  of  California,  San 
Francisco,  and  has  joined  the  faculry  of  Vanderbilt 
University  Medical  Center.  She  and  her  husband, 
David  S.  Morgan,  and  their  son  live  in  Nashville. 

Richard  Greenwald  B.S.E.  '86  was  appointed 
adjunct  assistant  professor  of  orthopedics  at  Brown 
University's  division  of  biology  and  medicine  in 
Providence,  R.I. 

Mark  R.  Kirby  '86  is  a  pilot  for  United  Airlines. 
He  and  his  wife,  Michelle,  and  their  two  sons  live  in 
Pensacola,  Fla.,  where  they  are  restoring  a  historic 
Victorian  home. 

Stephen  J.  Meyer '86  left  McKinsey  &  Co.  to 
join  Trilogy  Software  as  vice  president  of  marketing. 


He  and  his  wife, 

their  two  daughters  live  in  Austin,  Texas. 

John  Molleur'86,  who  retired  from  the  Navy  as  a 
lieutenant,  is  a  third-year  associate  with  Shuman, 
Annand,  Bailey,  Wyant  &  Earles,  an  insurance  defense 
litigation  firm  based  in  Charleston,  W.Va.  He  lives  in 
Charleston. 

Gregory  T.  Payne  '86  is  a  recruitment  and  research 
coordinator  in  the  City  of  Durham's  Office  of  Economic 
and  Employment  Development.  He  lives  in  Durham. 

Thomas  S.  Rivkin  '86  is  a  partner  with  Central 
Building  &  Preservation  in  Chicago  and  chairman  of 
the  Tuckpointers  Local  52  Pension  Fund.  He  and  his 
wife.Viki,  and  their  three  children  live  inWilmette,  111. 


Iris  T.  Warren  '86  is  a  principal  at  American  Manage- 
ment Systems.  She  and  her  husband,  Eric  Edmond 
M.B.A.  '93,  and  their  two  children  live  in  Fairfax,  Va. 


Gary  Wilcox  '86  is  an  assistant  U.S.  attorney  in  the 
criminal  division  in  the  U.S.  Attorney's  Office  for  the 
District  of  New  Jersey.  He  and  his  wife,  Wendy,  and 
their  son  live  in  northern  New  Jersey. 

James  M.  Arges  '87  is  an  attorney  in  private 
practice.  He  and  his  wife,  Catherine,  and  their  two 
children  live  in  Durham. 


26      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


James  K.  Austin  B.S.E.  '87  is  a  partner  practicing 
corporate  and  commercial  law  at  Ellis,  Painter, 
Ratterree  6k  Bart.  He  and  his  wife,  Carol,  live  in 
Sav.mnah,  Ga. 

Brenton  Edward  Bunn  B.S.E.  '87  is  a  manage- 
ment consultant  at  Price WaterhouseCoopers.  He  and 
his  wife,  Sarah  Elizabeth,  live  in  Charlotte,  N.C. 

Caryn  Lidz  Burk  '87  is  a  vice  president  at  KPR,  a 
pharmaceutical  advertising  and  marketing  agency  in 
New  York  City.  She  and  her  husband,  David,  and  their 
sonliveinWestfield.N.J. 

Kathleen  L.  Nooney  '87  was  named  partner  at  the 
law  firm  Rudnick  &  Wolfe  in  Chicago,  where  she  prac- 
tices environmental  law  and  litigation.  She  and  her 
husband,  John,  and  their  son  live  in  River  Forest,  111. 

Lise  Kai  Starner  '87  works  for  Andersen 
Consulting,  along  with  her  husband,  Bruce.  They  live 
in  Chicago. 

Patricia  Bolduc  B.S.E.  '88  is  a  senior  manager  with 
Deloitte  Touche  in  Los  Angeles.  She  consults  in  health- 
care services  and  lives  in  Manhattan  Beach,  Calif. 

Camilla  McCrea  '88  is  managing  director  of  The 
New  York  Times  in  its  San  Francisco  office,  where  she 
manages  its  technology  advertising. 
Darren  Pocsik  '88  is  an  attorney  with  the  law 
firm  Jones,  Day,  Reavis,  and  Pogue.  He  and  his  wife, 
Elizabeth  Kritzik  Pocsik  '90,  live  in  New 
York  City. 


Philip  J.  Santora  III  '88,  managing  director  of 
the  Georgia  Shakespeare  Festival,  recently  received 
the  first-ever  Abby  Award  in  Arts  Administration 
from  the  Arts  and  Business  Council  ot  Atlanta.  The 


'■UlvV 


BellSouth  Arts  Administrator  Award,  added  this  year, 
recognizes  an  outstanding  arts  administrator  in  any 
discipline  who  has  demonstrated  innovative  leadership 
in  his  or  her  organization  and  field. 

John  H.  Taws  '88  was  elected  to  the  board  of  di- 
rectors for  Wachovia  Bank.  He  is  president  of  Fletcher 
Industries,  Inc.,  and  lives  in  Southern  Pines,  N.C. 

Heather  A.  Creran  '89  is  vice  president  of 
operations  at  IMPATH  Inc.  She  lives  in  Manhattan 
Beach,  Calif. 

John  M.C.  Kelly  '89  is  a  trademark  attorney  at  the 
U.S.  Patent  and  Trademark  Office  in  Crystal  City,  Va. 
He  and  his  wife,  Karen  Nayar  B.S.E.  '89,  and  their 
daughter  live  in  Annapolis,  Md. 

Robert  Kohn  '89,  J.D.  '92  is  a  partner  in  the  Los 
Angeles  office  of  the  law  firm  McDermott,  Will  &. 
Emery.  He  lives  in  Santa  Monica,  Calif. 

Karen  Nayar  B.S.E.  '89  is  a  special-education 
teacher  at  Bowie  High  School  in  Prince  George's 
County,  Md.  She  and  her  husband,  John  M.C. 
Kelly  '89,  and  their  daughter  live  in  Annapolis,  Md. 


Catherine  L.  Pollitt  '89,  a  Navy  lieutenant,  partic- 
ipated in  a  community  relations  project  in  Romania 
while  on  a  six-month  deployment  to  the  Mediter- 
ranean Sea  aboard  the  destroyer  USS  Stump.  Crew 
members  assembled  toys,  refurbished  playground 
equipment,  and  painted  a  clubhouse  at  an  orphanage 
designed  to  provide  care  and  medical  attention  to 
children  with  HIV 

Jon  Shalowitz  '89  is  a  product  line  manager  at 
3Com  Corp.  in  Santa  Clara,  Calif.  He  and  his  wife, 
Naomi,  and  their  son  live  in  Menlo  Park,  Calif. 

Carl  Westman  '89,  a  fellow  of  the  Society  of 
Actuaries,  earned  his  Chartered  Financial  Analyst 
designation  from  the  Association  of  Investment 
Management  and  Research.  He  is  a  consulting  actuary 
in  Chattanooga,  where  he  lives  with  his  wife,  Heather, 
and  their  two  children. 

MARRIAGES:  Doug  Grossman  '85  to  Irene 
Stukshis  on  Oct.  24.  Residence:  Watertown,  Conn.... 
Brenton  Edward  Bunn  B.S.E.  '87  to  Sarah  Eliza- 
beth Ray  on  Oct.  17.  Residence:  Charlotte...  David 
Joel  Breeder  '87  to  Stephanie  Lynn  Siegel  on  Feb. 
14, 1999...Gwendolyn  Sue  Kerby       to  Paul 
Fontenot  on  Sept.  26.  Residence:  Denver..  Lise  Kai 
Starner  '87  to  Bruce  Cacho-Negrete  in  November 
1998.  Residence:  Chicago... Margarita  Bird '88  to 
Miguel  Buendia  on  Feb.  14, 1998.  Residence:  Portland, 
Ore.Darren  Pocsik  '88  to  Elizabeth  Kritzik 
'90  on  Aug.  29.  Residence:  New  York  City...Debra 
Lynn  Dickinson  '89  to  John  Kelly  Jr.  Residence: 
Alexandria, Va... .Catherine  Anne  Pond '89  to 
John  Josef  Wranek  III  on  Dec.  12.  Residence:  York,  Pa. 

BIRTHS:  Second  child  and  first  son  to  Grace 
Chuang  Ju  '80  and  Garth  Miller  on  April  25, 1998. 


I  R.  Norris  '89  is  an  orthopedic  surgeon  at 
Womack  Army  Medical  Center  in  Fort  Bragg,  N.C.  He 
and  his  wife,  Jane,  and  their  son  live  in  Fayetteville,  N.C. 


Named  Noah  Garth  Miller.. .Second  daughter  to 
Charles  O'Shea  '80  and  Carole  O'Shea  on  Aug. 
18.  Named  Courtney  Alexandra. ..Sixth  child  and 
fourth  daughter  to  Jane  Weideli  Ott  B.S.N.  '80 
and  Gregory  Ott  on  March  10, 1998.  Named  Courtney 
Hannah.. .Second  daughter  to  Valerie  L.  Andrews 
'81  and  R.  Hale  Andrews  Jr.  on  March  6, 1998. 
Named  Natalie  Grace.. .Fourth  child  and  first  son  to 
Kurt  J.  Kitziger  '81  and  Leslie  Kitziger  on  Jan.  5. 
Named  Raymond  Lewis.. .Second  daughter  to 
Michael  S.  Barranco  '82  and  Kimberly  S. 
Barranco  on  Oct.  2.  Named  Peyton  Elise... First  child 
and  son  to  Leslie  Sparks  Hock  '82  and  David 
Hock  on  Feb.  24, 1998.  Named  Christopher  David... 
Third  child,  a  daughter  to  Mark  B.  Kadonoff 
B.S.E.  '82,  M.S.  '83  and  Laura  Kadonoff  on  Jan.  18. 
Named  Lucy  Corcoran.. Twins  to  Robert  Bahner 
Jr.  '83  and  Sarah  Bahner  on  March  25, 1998.  Named 
Mary  Margaret  and  William  Kent.. .Second  child  and 
daughter  to  Mary  Dabney  Benjamin  '83  and  Jim 
Williamson  on  Oct.  18.  Named  Amy  Benjamin 
Williamson.. .Fourth  child  and  third  daughter  to  Joe 
Bennett  '83  and  Megan  Wheeler  Bennett  '85 
on  Dec.  12.  Named  Allison  Jordan. .Third  child  and 
son  to  Mary  Jane  Johnson  '83  and  Ronald 
Johnson  on  Dec.  10.  Named  Luke  Richard. ..Second 
child  and  first  daughter  to  David  Korn  B.S.E.  '83 


and  Shara  Aranoff  on  May  15, 1998.  Named  Leora 
Fleurette... First  child  and  daughter  to  Kevin  P. 
Morin  B.S.E.  '83  and  Cynthia  L.  Hutchings  on  Nov. 
17.  Named  Caroline  Hutchings  Morin...  Second  child, 
a  son  to  Ronni  Zimbler  Newton  '83  and 
Edward  G.  "Ted"  Newton  '84  on  May  1, 1998. 
Named  Samuel. ..Second  child  and  first  daughter  to 
Lisa  McLeod  Balazs  '84  and  Rob  M.  Balazs  on 
Jan.  28.  Named  Kari  Louise. ..First  child  and  son  to 
Matthew  P.  Duffy  '84  and  Mary- Jo  Duffy  on 
March  4.  Named  Luke  Patrick. ..Fifth  child  and  fourth 
son  to  Laura  Mauney  Foster '84,  M.B.A.  '88  and 
Daniel  L.  Foster  M.B.A.  '88  on  Feb.  12.  Named 
Aidan  McEllin... Second  child  and  son  to  Raymond 
Allen  Jones  III  '84  and  Ellen  Hale  Jones  on  Dec.  5. 
Named  Bradley  Hale. ..First  child  and  daughter  to 
Sharon  Wolmer  Portnoi  '84  and  Alan  Portnoi 
on  Nov.  28.  Named  Isabel  Gwen... Second  child  and 
son  to  Christopher  Bauder  '85  and  Mary  Bauder 
on  April  21, 1998.  Named  Luke  Christopher.. .Fourth 
child  and  third  daughter  to  Megan  Wheeler 
Bennett '85  and  Joe  Bennett  '83  on  Dec.  12. 
Named  Allison  Jordan. ..Third  child  and  first  son  to 
Greg  Carney  B.S.E.  '85  and  Laura  Carney  on  July 
29.  Named  Gregory  Jackson.. .Second  daughter  to 

Ernest  F.  Costello  III  B.S.E.  '85  and  Elizabeth 

T.  Lowe  '85,  M.E.M.  '86  on  July  9, 1998.  Named 
Cameron  Frances  Costello. .Third  child  and  son  to 
Michael  A.  Korman  B.S.E.  '85  and  Elizabeth 
Korman  on  June  10, 1998.  Named  Dillon  Patrick... 
Daughter  to  Jonathan  Perlman  '85  and  Lauren 
Perlman  on  Dec.  2.  Named  Lindsey  Beth.. .First  child 
and  son  to  Karen  C.  Bloch  '86  and  David  Morgan 
on  Dec.  1.  Named  Alexander  Bennett.. Third  child 
and  daughter  to  Mark  Buranosky  '86  and  Julie 
Buranosky  '87  on  Nov.  9.  Named  Brooke  Alysse... 
Daughter  to  Elizabeth  Davies  Hood  '86  and  Jason 
Hood  on  Jan.  14.  Named  Meredith  Rees... Second  son 
to  Mark  R.  Kirby  '86  and  Michelle  Kirby  on 
June  15, 1998.  Named  John  Carter...Second  child,  a 
daughter  to  C.  Scott  Litch  A.M.  '86  and  Bonnie 
Litch  on  Sept.  30.  Named  Emma  Beatrice.. .First  child 
and  son  to  Sean  Moylan  '86,  A.M.  '92,  J.D.  '92  and 
Cara  Barrett  Moylan  '90  on  June  16, 1998. 
Named  Declan  Thomas.. .Second  child  and  son  to 
Sean  Mitchell  Nix  '86  and  Don  Gregory  Nix  on 
March  31, 1997.  Named  Cameron  McConnell... Third 
daughter  to  Catherine  Koch  Osmera  '86  and 
Michael  J.  Osmera  M.B.A.  '98  on  March  26, 
1998.  Named  Lindsey  Rose. .Third  child  and  first  son 
to  Thomas  S.  Rivkin  '86  and  Viki  Rivkin  on  Jan. 
4.  Named  Michael  Solomon. ..Second  child  and  first 
son  to  Iris  Warren  '86  and  Eric  Edmond  M.B.A. 
'93  on  Aug.  14.  Named  Brandon  William.. .Son  to 
Gary  Wilcox  '86  and  Wendy  Wilcox  on  Dec.  9. 
Named  Justin  Clarke.. .First  child  and  daughter  to 
Virginia  Davila  Allhusen  '87  and  Gary  Allhusen 
on  Nov.  13.  Named  Abigail  Jane... A  daughter  to 
John  Dudley  Baird  '87,  M.H.A.  '91  and  Heidi 
Todd  on  Dec.  22.  Named  Eileen  McCrocklin  Baird... 
Third  child  and  daughter  to  Julie  Buranosky  '87 
and  Mark  Buranosky  '86  on  Nov.  9.  Named 
Brooke  Alysse.. .Second  child  and  first  daughter  to 
James  M.  Arges'87  and  Catherine  A.  Knight  on 
Oct.  27, 1995.  Named  Olivia  Grace  Elizabeth  Arges... 
First  child  and  son  to  Caryn  Lidz  Burk'87  and 
David  Burk  on  Nov.  30.  Named  Eli  Alexander-First 
child  and  son  to  Jeff  McCrea  B.S.E.  '87  and 
Camilla  Lapwing  McCrea  '88  on  Dec.  30. 
Named  John  "Jack"  Alexander... First  child  and  daughter 
to  Mark  D.  Noonan  '87  and  Katie  Feffer 
Noonan  '89  on  Sept.  29.  Named  Olivia  Sage- 
Second  child  and  first  son  to  Stephanie  Gordon 
Posner  '87  and  Ethan  Posner  on  Oct.  16.  Named 
Andrew  Harris.. .First  child  and  son  to  Amy 
Spaulding  '87,  A.M.  '96  and  Joseph  Tansey  on  Feb.  3. 
Named  Nicholas  James  Spaulding-Tansey..A  daughter 
to  David  R.M.  Barnes  '88  and  Michelle  Barnes  on 


May-June  1999        27 


3fe  IBube 

in  pour 

bjtll? 


Traditionally,  bequests  have  been 

a  significant  source  of  Duke's 

financial  support.  Your  bequest  to 

Duke  will  help  to  ensure  Duke's 

continued  strength  and 

academic  excellence. 

High  federal  estate  tax  rates 

significandy  lower  the  cost  of 

making  a  bequest  to  Duke. 

Join  more  than  1,500  other  Duke 
alumni  and  friends  as  a  member 
of  the  Heritage  Society,  an  honor- 
ary circle  of  University  alumni  and 
friends  who  have  planned  an 
estate  gift  to  Duke. 


Please  contact: 

Michael  Sholtz,  J.D.,  Director 

Office  of  Planned  Giving 

2127  Campus  Drive 

Durham,  N.C.  27708 

(919)  681-0464 
(919)  684-2123 


March  15.  Named  Shannon  Helene...Son  to  Jody 
Kathaleen  Debs  J.D.  '88,  A.M.  '88  and  George 
Gigiolio  on  April  8.  Named  Michael  George  Gigiolio... 
First  child  and  son  adopted  from  Thailand  to  Susana 
Huaman  Dragosavac  '88  and  Irving  Dragosavac 
on  July  14, 1997.  Named  Rattasart  Evan.. .Fifth  child 
and  fourth  son  to  Daniel  L.  Foster  M.B.A.  '88  and 
Laura  Mauney  Foster '84,  M.B.A.  '88  on  Feb.  12. 
Named  Aidan  McEUin... First  child  and  son  to  Camilla 
Lapwing  McCrea '88  and  Jeff  McCrea  BSE. 
'87  on  Dec.  30.  Named  John  "Jack"  Alexander.. .First 
daughters,  twins  to  F.  Tyler  Morrison  III  B.S.E.  '88 
and  Margot  Morrison  on  Jan.  7, 1998.  Named  Annika 
Thomas  and  Tessa  Elise... First  child  and  daughter  to 
John  M.C.  Kelly  '89  and  Karen  Nayar  B.S.E. 
'89  on  May  19, 1998.  Named  Kaitlyn  Nicole  Kelly... 
First  child  and  daughter  to  Katie  Feffer  Noonan 
'89  and  Mark  D.  Noonan  '87  on  Sept.  29.  Named 
Olivia  Sage. ..Twin  daughters  to  Karen  Sawyer 
BaptiSte  '89  and  James  J.  Baptiste  on  March  8. 
Named  Madeleine  Jeanne  and  Samantha  Joan... First 
child  and  daughter  to  Cathy  Pennington  Fishel 
'89  and  Barry  Fishel  on  April  2, 1998.  Named  Emily 
Carter.. .First  child  and  daughter  to  William  F. 
Herbert  Jr.  B.S.E.  '89  and  Diana  Herbert  on  Dec.  9. 
Named  Olivia  Jane.. .First  child  and  daughter  to 
Lorraine  S.  Lee  '89  and  Gene  Poteat  on  Feb.  16. 
Named  Tara  Lee  Poteat.. .First  child  and  son  to  Steven 
R.  Norris  '89  and  Jane  Anne  Norris  on  Nov.  28. 
Named  John  Roland.. .A  son  to  Scott  F.  Rosen  '89 
and  Felicia  Rosen  on  Feb.  4-  Named  Benjamin  Joseph... 
First  child  and  son  to  Kelly  Jackson  Schnabel 
'89  and  David  Schnabel  on  Jan.  7-  Named  Matthew 
David.. .First  child  and  daughter  to  Daniel  Frank 
Sedwick  89  and  Patricia  Sedwick  on  Nov.  2.  Named 
Emily  Rose. ..First  child  and  son  to  Jon  Shalowitz 
'89  and  Naomi  Shalowit:  on  I  \\  .  1(\  Named  Micah 
Tom.. .Second  child  and  first  daughter  to  Gary  I. 
Shapiro  '89  and  Faye  L.  Shapiro  on  Jan.  1.  Named 
Allison  Rachel.. .Second  child  and  son  to  Lauren 
Jennifer  Greene  Stubbs'89  and  Timothy 
Stubbs  on  Sept.  6.  Named  Kyle  Richard... Second  child 
and  first  son  to  Carl  Westman  '89  and  Heather 
Westman  on  Feb.  3.  Named  Scott  Andrew. 


'90,  who  earned  her  J.D.  at  the 
UCLA  School  of  Law  in  1994,  is  a  marketing  manager 
at  Twentieth  Century  Fox.  She  and  her  husband,  Sean, 
live  in  Los  Angeles. 

Christopher  V.  Forinash  B.S.E.  '90  is  a  trans- 
portation modeler  at  Parsons  Brinckerhoff,  a  consult- 
ing firm.  His  wife,  Elizabeth  Karr  Forinash 
B.S.E.  '90,  is  an  environmental  engineer  at  the  U.S. 
Environmental  Protection  Agency.  The  couple  has  a 
son  and  live  in  Arlington,  Va. 


'90  is  taking  a  year  off 
from  her  job  as  technical  director  at  Universal  Systems 
Inc.  in  Chantilly.Va.,  to  be  with  her  new  son.  She  and 
her  husband,  Bill,  and  their  son  live  in  Reston,  Va. 
Their  website  is  www.home.att.net/~huebsch. 

Kevin  Lawrence  Leahy '90  is  an  associate  at 
Connell,  Foley  &  Geiser,  a  law  firm  in  Roseland,  N.J. 
He  and  his  wife,  Catherine,  live  in  Roseland. 

Anthony  Leung  B.S.E.  '90,  an  Air  Force  captain,  is 
an  aircraft  commander  on  the  C-130  Hercules.  He  and 
his  wife,  Christina  Wagner '92,  and  their  family 
live  in  Abilene,  Texas. 


i  '90  represented  Duke  in  April 
at  the  inauguration  of  the  president  of  Washington 
and  Jefferson  College  in  Washington,  Pa. 

ages  sales  for  The  Corporate 


Executive  Board  in  Washington,  D.C.,  where  he  and 
his  wife,  Teresa,  and  their  son  live. 

Scott  G.  McWethy  B.S.E.  '90,  a  Navy  lieutenant, 
was  selected  Flight  Instructor  of  the  Year  with  Training 
Squadron  10,  Naval  Air  Station,  Pensacola,  Fla. 

Joey  Tull  Nord  '90  is  director  of  analyst  relations 
for  Nortel  Networks,  a  global  telecommunications 
networking  firm.  She  and  her  husband,  Peter  Nord 
'91,  M.B.A.  '95,  and  their  daughter  live  in  Atlanta. 

Elizabeth  Kritzik  Pocsik  '90  is  a  regional 
sales  manager  for  Marchon/Calvin  Klein  Eyewear. 
She  and  her  husband,  Darren  Pocsik  '88,  live  in 
New  York  City. 

Joerg  M.  RieherTh.M.  '90,  Ph.D.  '94  is  the  author 
of  Remember  me  Poor:  The  Challenge  to  Theology  in  the 
Twenty-first  Century  (Trinity  Press  International)  and 
editor  of  Liberating  the  Future:  God,  Mammon,  and 
Theology  (Fortress  Press).  He  teaches  systematic  the- 
ology in  the  Perkins  School  of  Theology  at  Southern 
Methodist  Univetsity  in  Dallas. 

Ashley  Carole  Roberts  Rosenbluth  '90,  who 
earned  her  master's  in  advertising  and  marketing  at 
UNC-Chapel  Hill's  journalism  school  in  1993,  is  senior 
marketing  communications  manager  for  licensing  at 
The  Timberland  Co.  in  Stratham,  N.H.  Her  husband, 
Adam  Benjamin  Rosenbluth  '90,  earned  his 
M.D.  at  Cornell  University's  medical  college  in  1996 
and  is  chief  medical  resident  at  Boston  Medical 
Center.  They  live  in  Boston. 

Tracy  Thomas  Stone  '90,  an  attorney,  works  in 
the  Washington,  DC,  tax  office  of  KPMG.  She  and 
her  husband,  Chris,  live  in  Arlington,  Va. 

Jeanne  Nielsen  Clelland  '91,  A.M.  '93,  Ph.D.  '96 
and  her  husband,  Richard  Clelland  Ph.D.  '96,  are 
assistant  professors  of  mathematics  at  the  University  of 
Colorado  in  Boulder. 

Ann  Hall  Etter'91  is  a  benefits  consultant  in 
Washington,  DC.  She  and  her  husband  and  their  son 
live  in  Alexandria,  Va. 


K.  Fry  '91,  a  Navy  lieutenant,  completed  a 
six-month  deployment  to  the  Mediterranean  Sea 
and  Arabian  Gulf  with  Helicopter  Anti-Submarine 
Squadron  15,  embarked  aboard  the  aircraft  carrier  USS 
Dwight  D.  Eisenhower. 

Stephen  A.  Good  J.D.  '91  is  a  shareholder  and 
director  of  Fennemore  Craig,  one  of  the  largest  law 
firms  in  Arizona.  He  and  his  wife,  Cynthia,  and  their 
son  live  in  Phoenix. 

Mark  Heinrich  B.S.E.  '91,  M.S.  '91  earned  his  Ph.D. 
in  electrical  engineering  and  is  an  assistant  professor  of 
electrical  engineering  at  Cornell  University.  He  and 
his  wife,  Kim,  and  their  daughter  live  in  Ithaca,  N.Y. 

Geoffrey  M.  Hendrick'91,  a  Navy  lieutenant, 
completed  the  Submarine  Officers  Advanced  Course, 
a  preparation  course  for  department  heads  aboard 
Navy  submarines. 


H.  Heritage  '91  practices  law  at  Cox, 
Hodgman  6k  Giarmarco  in  Detroit.  He  and  his  wife, 
Kathy,  and  their  daughter  live  in  Rochester  Hills,  Mich. 

S.  Andrew  Jurs  '91  is  an  associate  in  a  law  firm  in 
Gastonia,  N.C,  where  he  and  his  wife,  Lisa,  and  their 
two  children  live. 

Peter  Lowder  '91  is  a  manager  with  Andersen 
Consulting.  He  and  his  wife,  Amy,  and  their  daughter 
live  in  Charlotte,  N.C. 

David  C.  Nelson  '91,  J.D.  '94  is  a  partner  with  the 
law  firm  Nelson  &  Nelson  in  Belleville,  111.  He  and  his 
wife,  Rebecca  Denson  Nelson  '90,  J.D.  '93,  and 
their  daughter  live  in  Belleville. 


28      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


'91  is  a  co-owner  of  Rubell  Hotels, 
a  Miami  Beach  company  that  he  runs  with  his  sister. 
The  company  develops  and  manages  hotels  and  com- 
mercial buildings  in  Florida.  He  and  his  family  also 
own  the  Rubell  Family  Collection,  a  permanent  exhi- 
bition of  contemporary  art  in  Miami.  He  and  his  wife, 
Michelle,  live  in  Miami  Beach. 


Peter  M.  Winkler  '91  was  appointed  European 
marketing  director  for  the  information,  telecommuni- 
cations, and  entertainment  industry  group  at  Price- 
waterhouseCoopers.  He  is  on  a  two-year  stint  living 
and  working  in  London.  His  Internet  address  is 
peter.m.winklerl"  uk.pwcglobal.com. 


David  C.  Fuquea  A.M.  '92,  a  Marine  lieutenant 
colonel,  completed  NATO  exercises  while  on  a  six- 
month  deployment  to  the  Mediterranean  Sea  and 
Arabian  Gulf.  He  was  with  the  22nd  Marine  Expedi- 
tionary Unit  embarked  aboard  the  ships  of  the  USS 
Saipan  Amphibious  Ready  Group. 

Michele  KirkJ.D.  '92  left  the  Washington,  D.C.,  law 
firm  Akin,  Gump,  Strauss,  Hauer  &  Feld  to  become  a 
labor  and  employment  attorney  for  AT&T  Corp.  She 
lives  in  Hoboken,  N.J. 


V.  Lawler  B.S.E.  '92,  a  Navy  lieutenant, 
completed  a  six-month  deployment  to  Okinawa  under 
the  Unit  Deployment  Program. 

Gerry  Rogers  '92,  who  earned  her  M.Ed,  at  the 
University  of  Virginia's  Curry  School  of  Education,  is 
the  museum  educator  for  the  Des  Moines  Art  Center. 
She  was  named  Outstanding  Museum  Art  Educator, 
1998-99,  by  the  Art  Educators  of  Iowa.  She  lives  in 
Des  Moines. 


I  Wagner '92,  who  left  the  Air  Force  as  a 
captain  in  September  1997,  is  a  full-time  mother,  "the 
toughest  job  around, "  she  writes.  She  and  her  husband, 
Anthony  Leung  B.S.E.  '90,  and  their  family  live  in 
Abilene,  Texas. 


'  F.  Andresen  '93  is  president  of  The 
Island  ECN,  the  largest  trading  network  in  the  country, 
trading  more  than  100,000,000  shares  of  stock  a  day. 
The  Manhattan-based  company  is  registering  to  be  its 
own  stock  exchange.  He  and  his  wife.Teri,  and  their 
son  live  in  Cranbury,  N.J. 

George  Blickhouse  '93,  a  Navy  lieutenant,  com- 
pleted a  six-month  deployment  to  the  Mediterranean 
Sea  and  Arabian  Gulf  aboard  the  aircraft  carrier  USS 
Dwight  D.  Eisenhower. 

Eric  Edmond  M.B.A.  '93  is  the  business  manager 
for  Chemical  Intermediates  Co-products  at  Allied 
Signal  Inc.  He  and  his  wife,  Iris  T.  Warren  '86,  and 
their  two  children  live  in  Fairfax,  Va. 


!  B.S.E.  '93  is  a  resident  in 
surgery  at  New  York  Presbyterian  Hospital  in  New 
York.  He  and  his  wife,  Ellen,  live  in  Tewksbury,  Mass. 


'93,  who  completed  his  Ph.D.  in 
chemistry  at  the  University  of  Texas  at  Austin,  is  a 
postdoctoral  fellow  at  the  University  of  Southern 
California.  His  wife,  Lori  B.  Epps  '94,  graduated 
from  Bowman  Gray  School  of  Medicine  and  is  doing  a 
residency  at  the  UCLA  Neuropsychiatry  Institute. 
They  live  in  Los  Angeles. 

Michael  D.  Hill  '94  is  a  technology  consultant  for 
Insource  Technology,  an  information  technology 
consulting  firm  in  Houston.  He  and  his  wife,  Robin 
MalOOf  Hill  '94,  live  in  Houston. 

Jeffrey  Layne  J.D.  '94  joined  the  Washington, 
D.C.,  office  of  the  international  law  firm  Fulbright  & 
Jaworski,  where  he  is  an  associate  focusing  on  health 
administration  and  litigation  matters. 

Vanessa  Phillips-Williams '94  is  an  intern- 
architect  at  Hanbury  Evans  Newill  Vlattas  &  Co.  in 


Norfolk,  Va.  In  March  at  the  American  Collegiate 
Schools  of  Architecture  convention,  she  served  on 
a  panel  that  discussed  academic  preparation  for 
internships  and  the  value  of  internships. 

Warren  L.  Ratliff '94  is  an  associate  at  the  law  firm 
Farris,  Warfield  &  Kanaday.  He  lives  in  Nashville. 

Jonathan  E.  Rucker  B.S.E.  '94,  a  Navy  lieutenant, 
is  an  assistant  professor  of  naval  science  at  Duke.  He 
and  his  wife,  Kathleen  Finnegan  Rucker  '94, 
and  their  daughter  live  in  Chapel  Hill. 

Jeffrey  Todd  Schwartz  '94  is  a  first-year  student 
at  Northwestern  University'-.  Kellogg  Graduate  School 
ot  Management.  He  an  J  his  wife,  Mkhclle,  live  in 
Evanston,  111. 

C.  Harrison  Springfield  '94,  who  earned  his 

M.D  at  the  University  ot  Mississippi  in  May  1998,  is  a 


family  medicine  resident  at  the  University  of 
Tennessee  in  Knoxville. 


Robert  A.  Marcis  II  '95  is  an  associate  with  the  law 
firm  Kelley  and  Ferraro.  He  lives  in  Bay  Village,  Ohio. 


Ph.D.  '96  and  his  wife 
Clelland  '91,  A.M.  '93,  Ph.D.  '96,  are 
assistant  professors  of  mathematics  at  the  University 
of  Colorado  in  Boulder. 

Dora  J.  Fang  '96  is  a  project  coordinator  with 
Medical  Media  Communications  in  Chicago, 
where  she  lives  with  her  two  dogs.  Last  summer, 
she  won  a  Harley-Davidson  at  the  Harley-Davidson 
95th  Anniversary  Reunion  in  Milwaukee.  Her 
Internet  address  is  dora.fangfaalumni.duke.edu. 

Brian  C.  Jacobs  M.B.A.  '96  is  a  vice  president  ai 
C.S.  McKee  &Co.,  Inc.,  a  Pittsburgh-b; 


May-June  1999        29 


SITE 
SIGHTINGS 


DUKE  ALUMNI  ASSOCIATION 
NEW:  www.DukeAlumni.com 

DUKE  MAGAZINE  WEB  EDITION 

www.dukemagazine. 

duke.edu 

DUKE  SPORTS 
www.geDuke.com 

DUKE  MERCHANDISE 
www.shopdukestores. 


WEB 


ALUMNI  E-MAIL  DIRECTORY 

The  Duke  Alumni  Association's  search- 
able online  e-mail  directory  is  up  and 
running.  Now  you  can  find  your  Duke 
friends  on  the  World  Wide  Web.  Just  access 
the  DAA  website  (www.DukeAlumni. 
com),  where  you  can  look  up  the  e-mail 
addresses  of  your  classmates.  And  don't 
forget  to  register  yourself  in  the  directory 
by  e -mailing  your  name  and  class  year  to 
AlumEmail@alumni.duke.edu.  THIS  IS 
A  FREE  SERVICE. 

LIFETIME  E-MAIL  ADDRESS 

Another  free  service  we're  offering  is  your 
own  permanent  Duke  e-mail  address,  one 
you  can  keep  for  the  rest  of  your  life. 
Select  your  own  alias,  as  long  as  it  is  a 
form  of  your  name  (for  example,  jane. doe 
@alumni.duke.edu).  just  e-mail  your 
name,  class  year,  and  alias  request  to 
AlumEmail@alumni.duke.edu.  Your  alias 
will  be  verified  with  an  e-mail  message. 
This  forwarding  service  does  not  replace 
your  existing  Internet  Service  Provider 
(ISP),  and  you'll  need  to  update  us 
whenever  you  change  ISPs. 


management  firm.  He  lives  in  Lakewood,  Ohio. 

Ryann  McAllister  '96  is  a  media  planner  at  Ogilvy 
&  Mather,  an  advertising  firm,  in  Atlanta. 


Orr  '96  is  a  business  development  specialist 
for  Direct  Results  Group,  an  all-media  direct  marketing 
agency.  He  lives  in  Boston. 

Matthew  R.  Ritchey  '96,  a  Navy  lieutenant  j.g., 
completed  a  four-month  training  cruise  in  the  North 
Atlantic  Ocean  aboard  the  attack  submarine  VSS 
Montpelier. 

Jason  Carter  '97  addressed  the  January  Global 
Meeting  of  Generations  with  his  grandfather,  former 
President  Jimmy  Carter.  He  is  a  Peace  Corps  volunteer 
in  South  Africa. 


B.S.E.  '97  is  a  graduate  student 
at  the  University  of  Miami  pursuing  a  master's  in  music 
engineering  technology.  He  lives  in  Coral  Gables,  Fla. 

Richard  S.  Woods  '98  is  an  analyst  at  Soles 
Brower  Smith  &  Co.,  an  investment  banking  firm.  He 
lives  in  Greensboro,  N.C. 

MARRIAGES:  Elizabeth  Kritzik'90  to  Darren 

Pocsik'88  on  Aug.  29.  Residence:  New  York  City- 
Kevin  Lawrence  Leahy '90  to  Cory  Catherine 
Russell  on  Nov.  21.  Residence:  Roseland,  N.J....  Brian 
Eugene  Miller '90  to  Wendy  Patterson  on  April  19, 
1998.  Residence:  Red  Bank  N  J    Ashley  Carole 
Roberts  '90  to  Adam  Benjamin  Rosenbluth 
'90  on  Oct.  10.  Residence:  Boston...  Robert  L. 
Seelig  B.S.E.  '90,  M.B.A.  '91  to  Karin  J.  Dell'Antonia 
on  Jan.  30.  Residence:  New  York  City....  Tracy  M. 
Thomas  '90  to  Chistopher  B.  Stone 
on  Jan.  2.  Residence:  Arlington,  Va.Monique 
Alexandra  Tuttle  '90  to  Wesley  V.  Williams 
'92  on  March  28, 1998.  Residence:  Denver...Lisa 
Janel  Weisfeldt  '90  to  David  Michael  Strouse  on 
Feb.  14.  Residence:  Baltimore. ..Brad  Harvey '91  to 
Aimee  Owings  on  Jan.  30.  Residence:  Chattanooga... 
Jason  Lewis  Rubell  '91  to  Michelle  Ann  Simkins 
on  March  13.  Residence:  Miami  Beach.. .Jamie 
Bechtold  '92  to  Carlos  Quintana  on  Aug.  29, 1998. 
Residence:  San  Diego.. .Katherine  Ferguson '92 
to  Christopher  Abram  Jones  '93  on  Jan.  2. 
Residence:  Richmond,  Va.Magda  Leah 
Kornitzer  '92  to  Gregg  David  Schmalz  '92  on 
May  24, 1998.  Residence:  Boston...Emily  Ann 
Lopez  '92  to  Russell  Scott  Christ  on  Jan.  1. 
Residence:  Phoenix.. .Sara  Louise  Porter '92  to 
David  Grier  Martin  III  on  Nov.  14.  Residence: 
Charlotte,  N.C. ..Julie  Anne  Fishman'93  to 
Jason  Leif  Ekedahl  B.S.E.  '94  on  Jan.  30. 
Residence:  Kennett  Square,  Pa.... Jason  Michael 
Sample  B.S.E.  '93  to  Ellen  Elizabeth  Devlin  on  Dec. 
5.  Residence:  Tewksbury,  Mass.. ..Vanessa  A.  Sim- 
mons '93  to  Quentin  E.  Scott  on  Oct.  3.  Residence: 
Birmingham,  Ala.... Darrell  Spells  '93  to  Lori  B. 
Epps  '94  on  May  30, 1998.  Residence:  Los  Angeles- 
Charlotte  Susan  Wood  '93  to  Brian  Evan 
McClure  on  May  2, 1998.  Residence:  Viera,  Fla.... 
Danny  Felton  B.S.E.  '94  to  Suzanne  Bieksha 
'97  on  Feb.  6.  Residence:  Sterling,  Va....Jo-Ellyn 
Sakowitz  Klein  '94  to  Charles  B.  Klein  on  Aug.  11, 
1996.  Residence:  Arlington, Va....Jeffrey  Todd 
Schwartz  '94  to  Michelle  Elise  Lipson  on  July  5. 
Residence:  Evanston,  111.. ..Joanna  Claire 
Boettinger  '95  to  Jason  Myles  Goger  '95  on 
Aug.  15.  Residence:  Annapolis.. .Matthew  Paul 
Cotter '95  to  Carrie  French  Walter '95  on  Aug. 
8.  Residence:  Chicago.. .Erin  Freeland  '95  to  Andy 
Heiskill  on  Oct.  17.  Residence:  Indianapolis.. .Geof- 
frey Green  '95  to  Alison  Stuebe  '95  on  June  27, 
1998.  Residence:  St.  Louis...Robyn  Elizabeth 
Osborne '95  to  Bradley  Ewing  Paris  B.S.E.  '95 
on  Oct.  10.  Residence:  Arlington,  Va. ...Katherine 
Cooper  Shewey  96  to  Christian  Streit 


White  Jr.  M.Div.  '97  on  Sept.  26, 1998.  Residence: 
Alexandria,  Va.... Suzanne  Bieksha '97  to  Danny 
Felton  B.S.E.  '94  on  Feb.  6.  Residence:  Sterling, 
Va... .Dresden  Marie  Koons'97  to  Alexander 
Lucas  Perdikis  on  June  28, 1998. 

BIRTHS:  First  child  and  son  to  Christopher  V. 
Forinash  B.S.E.  '90  and  Elizabeth  Karr 

Forinash  B.S.E.  '90  on  Jan.  25.  Named  Carter 
James.. .First  child  and  son  to  Will  McKinnon  '90 
and  Teresa  McKinnon  on  Jan.  7.  Named  William 
Boston  IV. .First  child  and  son  to  Cara  Barrett 
Moylan  '90  and  Sean  Moylan  '86,  A.M.  '92,  J.D. 
'92  on  June  16, 1998.  Named  DeclanThomas...First 
child  and  daughter  to  Rebecca  Denson  Nelson 
'90,  J.D.  '93  and  David  C.  Nelson  '91,  J.D.  '94  on 
Dec.  6.  Named  Zoe  Alexandra... First  child  and  daugh- 
ter to  Joey  Tull  Nord  '90  and  Peter  Nord  '91, 
M.B.A.  '95  on  Dec.  20.  Named  Emily  Grace...First 
child  and  daughter  to  Kelly  Hubbard  Estes'91 
and  Tim  Estes  on  Nov.  10.  Named  Ashley  Noelle... First 
child  and  son  to  Ann  Hall  Etter  '91  and  Todd  Etter 
on  Sept.  25.  Named  Timothy  Lewis.. .First  child  and 
daughter  to  Mark  Heinrich  '91  and  Kim  Heinrich 
on  Feb.  10.  Named  Kerstin  Kelley... First  child  and 
daughter  to  William  H.  Heritage  '91  and 
Katherine  K.  Heritage  on  Sept.  15.  Named  Briley 
Elizabeth...  Second  son  to  Debra  Horner '91  and 
David  W.  Williams  '91  on  Jan.  18.  Named 
Benjamin  Thomas...  First  children,  twins  to  S. 
Andrew  Jurs  '91  and  Lisa  Albright-Jurs  on  April  9, 
1998.  Named  Drew  and  Linnea... First  child  and  son  to 
Cindy  Cohen  Karlan  '91  and  Dean  Karlan  on 
Dec.  14.  Named  Maxwell  Lee.. .First  child  and  daugh- 
ter to  Peter  Lowder  '91  and  Amy  Lowder  on  Oct. 
6.  Named  Emma  Rose. ..First  child  and  daughter  to 
David  C.  Nelson  '91,  J.D.  '94  and  Rebecca 
Denson  Nelson  '90,  J.D.  '93  on  Dec.  6.  Named  Zoe 
Alexandra...  First  child  and  son  to  William  T. 
Smith  IV  '91  and  Amy  Chiappari  Smith  on  March  2. 
Named  William  Thomas  V..Second  son  to  David  W. 
Williams  '91  and  Debra  Horner  '91  on  Jan.  18. 
Named  Benjamin  Thomas.. .Twins  to  Michael 
Verona  '92  and  Stephanie  Verona  on  Nov.  11. 
Named  Bennett  Michael  and  Paige  Delynne... First 
child  and  son  to  Matthew  F.  Andresen  '93  and 
Teri  Andresen  on  Nov.  8.  Named  Eric  Matthew.. .First 
child  and  son  to  Alexandra  Lynn  Maynard 
Crutchfield  93  and  Scott  Crutchfield  B.S.E. 
'93  on  Oct.  20.  Named  Adam  Wesley.. .Second  child 
and  first  son  to  Eric  Edmond  M.B.A.  '93  and  Iris 
T.  Warren  '86  on  Aug.  14.  Named  Brandon 
William... First  child  and  son  to  Theodore  E. 
Galanthay  '94  and  Linda  Galanthay  on  Nov.  25. 
Named  Theodore  Emil  IV.. First  child  and  daughter  to 
Mark  Gustafson  Ph.D.  '94  andWendi  Gustafson 
on  Dec.  29.  Named  Kiersten  Snow. .First  child  and 
daughter  to  Kathleen  Finnegan  Rucker  94  and 
Jonathan  E.  Rucker  B.S.E.  '94  in  June  1998. 
Named  Alyssa  Kathleen.. Third  daughter  to  I 
J.  Osmera  M.B.A.  '98  and  Catherine  Koch 
Osmera  '86  on  March  26, 1998.  Named  Lindsey 
Rose. 


DEATHS 


J.  Daniel  Redwine'27  of  Lexington,  N.C,  on 
Dec.  7.  After  earning  his  M.D.  at  Emory  Medical 
School  in  1932,  he  established  Family  Medical  Practice 
in  Lexington.  During  World  War  II,  he  was  a  major  in 
the  U.S.  Army  before  returning  to  Lexington,  where 
he  practiced  medicine  until  1988.  He  is  survived  by 
three  sons,  including  James  D.  Redwine  Jr.  '54 
and  Hal  M.  Redwine  '59;  a  daughter,  Margaret 
Redwine  Timberlake  '55;  eight  grandchildren; 
and  nine  great-grandchildren. 


30      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


Erven  Boles  '28  of  Matthews,  N.C. 

Richard  C.  Home  78  of  Biltmore  Forest,  N.C, 

on  Dec.  18. 

Margaret  Blackwell  Michaels  28  of 

Blacksburg.Va. 

S.  Order  Goode  Jr.  '30  of  Ormond  Beach,  Fla.,  on 

Oct.  9, 1996. 

Elton  W.  Ellis  '30  of  Clayton,  N.C,  on  Jan.  22.  He 

was  a  former  Johnston  County  School  Board  member, 

and  a  Clayton  farmer  and  merchant. 

Francis  G.  Dressel  Sr.  Ph.D.  '33  of  Licking,  Mo., 
on  Feb.  1, 1998. 

R.B.  Anderson  '34  of  Valdosta,  Ga.,  in  1994. 
Joseph  A.  Martin  '34  of  Orangeburg,  S.C. 
Franklin  S.  Vamer'34  of  Edenton.N.C  on  Oct.  20. 
William  Jackson  Patterson  '35  of  Allentown,  Pa. 

Richard  Conradi  '36  of  Essex  Falls,  N.J.,  on 
April  1, 1997. 

Frank  E.  Mazuy  '36  of  Durham,  on  Oct.  26.  He 
worked  for  Newton  Service  Agency  for  31  years,  and 
eventually  purchased  it.  He  is  survived  by  two  sons,  a 
daughter,  a  half-sister,  and  six  grandchildren. 

Walter  Aldine  Smith  '36  of  Atlanta,  on  Aug.  2, 
of  cancer.  He  had  been  an  attorney,  a  newspaper 
reporter,  a  naval  officer  during  World  War  II,  and  a 
teacher.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Jean;  a  sister; 
several  sons  and  daughters,  including  Walter  A. 
Smith  Jr.  '65;  and  five  grandchildren,  including 

Erin  Canfield  Smith  99 

Smith  '37  of  Overland  Park,  Kan., 


in  March. 

Carl  L.  Clover '38  of  Oil  Cit 


.Pa., 


i  Jan.  28, 1996. 
Jose  A.  Bechara  '39  of  Mayaguez,  Puerto  Rico, 
on  Aug.  23. 


Bridges  A.M.  '39  of  Rutherfordton, 

N.C,  on  Nov.  6, 1997. 


'39  of  Ormond  Beach,  Fla.,  on  Dec. 
29.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Claira,  two  sons,  a 
daughter,  and  two  grandchildren. 

Stanley  Westerfield  '39  of  Charlotte,  N.C, 
on  July  5. 

Theodore  R.  Fletcher  '40  of  Bradenton,  Fla., 
on  Sept.  26,  of  injuries  sustained  in  a  bicycle  accident. 
He  taught  mechanical  engineering  at  Manatee  Com- 
munity College  for  10  years,  and  he  worked  as  a 
substitute  teacher  for  the  Manatee  County  school 
system  for  10  years.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife, 
Beatrice  R.  Fletcher  '39;  two  daughters;  four 
sons;  21  grandchildren;  and  three  great-grandchildren. 
Kitty  Lou  Thompson  Tilghman  '41  of 
Marion,  S.C,  on  July  8.  She  is  survived  by  a  daughter 
and  a  brother. 


i  W.  Dodson  Jr.  '42  of  Lemoyne,  Pa., 
on  July  10.  He  is  survived  by  a  son,  W.  Buck 
M.D.  '83. 


M.  Benavides'43  of  Key  West,  Fla.,  on 
Aug.  30, 1995.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Nela,  a  son, 
two  daughters,  five  grandchildren,  his  mother,  a 
brother,  and  a  sister. 

Dixie  D.  Kilham  '43  of  Harper's  Ferry,  WVa.,  on 
Aug.  15. 


Harry  W.  Treleaven  Jr.  '43  of  Manhattan  and 
Amagansett,  N.Y.,  on  Dec.  9.  An  advertising  executive 
and  early  political  consultant,  he  is  credited  for  creating 
the  "Nixon's  the  One!"  slogan  for  the  1968  presidential 
campaign.  He  was  one  of  the  first  practitioners  of 


today's  technique,  of  packaging  and  handling  candi- 
dates. He  is  survived  by  two  sons,  a  daughter,  and 
four  grandchildren. 

Jean  La  Vine  Speed  '44  of  Baltimore,  on  Dec.  23, 
of  complications  from  lung  cancer.  An  artful  flower 
arranger,  museum  volunteer,  and  accomplished  French 
cook,  she  is  survived  by  her  husband,  William,  two 
sons,  and  four  grandchildren. 
Bob  Vehe  '44  of  Mount  Prospect,  111.,  on  July  9.  For 
10  years,  he  was  the  editor  of  the  Racing  Blade  Amateur 
Speedskating  Union  Handbook.  He  was  facilities  director 
for  the  ASU  Speedskating  Hall  of  Fame  and,  in  1994, 
was  elected  a  member  of  the  Hall  of  Fame. 
Margaret  K.  Woodhouse  A.M.  '44  of  Radford, 
Va.,  on  Jan.  14-  She  is  survived  by  a  son  and  two 
ginulchtldren. 


Eugene  Callaway  M.D.  '45  of  Selma,  Ala.,  on  May 
6, 1998.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Evelyn. 

Jack  Terrell  Cosby '46  of  Huddleston,Va.,on 
June  30, 1998. 

Kathryn  Thackston  Gurley  '46  of  High  Point, 
N.C,  on  Oct.  20.  She  taught  elementary  school  and 
was  an  avid  gardener,  cook,  and  reader.  She  is  survived 
by  her  husband,  Ralph,  a  daughter,  a  son,  and  five 
grandchildren. 

Billye  Pope  Creel  '47  of  Dunn,  N.C,  in  January. 

Edward  T.  Sullivan  M.E  '47,  D.F.  '53  of  Gaines- 
ville, Fla.,  on  Nov.  7.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Mary. 

Howard  Terry '47  of  Houston,  on  Dec.  17.  A  World 
War  II  veteran,  he  worked  in  pnnt  advertising  and 
sales  marketing  for  the  Houston  Post,  Thomas  Pub- 


While  Visiting  Durham, 


Why  Settle  For  Less  When  So 
Much  More  Costs  So  Little? 

Luxurious  All-Suite  Hotel 


Magnificent  outdoor  pool 
Two  remote  control  TVs 
Color,  HBO  and  cable 
Two  telephones 
Call  waiting  &  voice  mail 
No  charge  for  local  calls 
Fax  &  copier  service 
Superior  location 


Award-winning  gardens 
Fitness  center 
Covered  walking  track 
Fully  equipped  kitchen 
Top  quality  linens  &  towels 
Complete  laundry  facilities 
Pets  permitted 
Uniformed  security 


DUKE  TOWER 

Residential  Suites 


For  reservations  or  information  call: 

(919)  687-4444  •  Fax:  (919)  683-1215 

807  West  Trinity  Avenue,  Durham,  NC  27701  (corner  of  North  Duke  &  West  Trinity) 

Just  streets  away  from  many  restaurants,  Northgate  Mall,  Duke  University  and 

Duke  Hospital.  Ten  minutes  to  RTP,  15  minutes  to  RDU  Airport.  (=J 


May-June  1999        31 


A  Charitable 

Annuity: 

The  Gift 

That  Pays 

In  exchange  for  a  gift  of 
$10,000  or  more,  Duke  can 
offer  you  (or  you  and  your 
spouse)  a  fixed  annual 
income  for  life. 

Your  age  (and  that  of  your 
spouse),  your  financial 
needs,  and  current  interest 
rates  determine  the  annuity 
rate  Duke  can  offer. 

Some  Sample  Rates 


Your  Age  Annuity 

60  6.5% 

70  7.5% 

75  8.0% 


Your  Ages 
70/68 

75/73 


Annuity 

6.5% 
7.0% 


Annuity  rates  are  subject  to 
change.  Once  your  gift  is  made, 
the  annuity  rate  remains  fixed. 

Please  allow  us  to  send  you 
a  proposal 


Please  contact 

Michael  C.  Sholtz,  J.D.,  LL.M. 

Director,  Duke  University 

Office  of  Planned  Giving 

Box  90606 

2127  Campus  Drive 

Durham  NC  27708-0606 

(919)  681-0464 

(919)684-2123 


lishing  Co.,  and  Terry  Advertising.  He  is  survived  by 
his  wife,  Nyle  Brug  Terry '50;  two  sons;  five  grand- 
children; and  a  sister. 


Sylvester  Forbes  '49  of  Charlotte,  N.C., 
on  Aug.  19.  He  was  an  accountant.  He  is  survived  by 
his  wife,  Evelyn,  two  sons,  and  a  brother. 

Edgar  Hall  Hand  Jr.  '49  of  Charlotte,  N.C.,  on 
Oct.  26, 1997.  He  is  survived  by  two  daughters,  a  son, 

and  seven  grandchildren. 

Morton  H.  Engelman  LL.B.  '51  of  Middlebury, 
Conn.,  on  July  14.  A  World  War  II  veteran,  he  began 
practicing  law  in  1950.  He  served  as  a  Cub  Scout  lead- 
er, a  member  of  the  Middlebury  Board  of  Education, 
and  a  member  of  the  Middlebury  Democratic  Town 
Committee.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Marilyn,  his 
mother,  two  sons,  and  three  grandchildren. 

Howard  D.  Caudill  Sr.  '53  of  Goldsboro,  N.C., 
on  Oct.  21.  A  World  War  II  veteran,  he  was  owner 
and  operator  of  Howard's  Service  Center  in  Goldsboro 
for  37  years.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Carol,  two 
daughters,  two  sons,  six  grandchildren,  a  brother,  and 
two  sisters. 

Charles  C.  Wigger  B.D.  '54  of  Oxford,  Miss.,  on 
Jan.  19, 1998.  He  was  a  retired  United  Methodist  min- 
ister who  served  in  the  North  Mississippi  Conference. 
He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Mary,  two  daughters,  two 
sons,  11  grandchildren,  and  a  great-granddaughter. 

Charles  McAllister  Culver  LL.M.  '55  of  Macon, 
Ga.,  in  July  1998. 

Allie  Lou  Lassiter  Gordon  R.N.  '55  on 
Sept.  1.  She  worked  at  Duke  Medical  Center  in 
psychiatric  nursing.  She  is  survived  by  her  husband, 
Ken,  four  children,  a  stepson,  six  grandchildren,  and 
a  step-grandson. 

J.  Patrick  Cogan  B.S.E.  '57  of  Oxford,  Ohio,  on 
Sept.  26.  A  former  U.S.  Marine  jet  pilot,  he  established 
the  J.  Patrick  Cogan  Engineering  &  Surveying  firm. 
He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Nelly  Bly,  three  daughters, 
and  three  grandsons. 

Thomas  Andrew  Moneymaker  Jr.  '58  of 

Beacon,  N.Y.,  on  Nov.  13. 

Charles  Allison  Simonton  Jr.  M.Div.  '58  of 
Charlotte,  N.C.,  on  Oct.  20.  He  was  a  former  editor  of 
the  North  Carolina  Christian  Advocate,  a  United  Metho- 
dist publication.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Nancy,  two 
sons,  two  daughters,  and  eight  grandchildren. 

James  Benjamin  Thomas  Jr.  B.D.  '58  of 
Etowah,  N.C.,  on  July  23,  of  prostate  cancer.  He  was 
active  in  his  ministry  from  1959  until  he  retired  in 
1982.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Bernice;  a  son,  Paul 


'73;  and  three  grandchildren. 
Doney  '60  of  Westminster,  Calif. 

Paul  Croll  B.S.E.  '62  of  Denton,  Md., 
on  April  25, 1998.  For  20  years,  he  owned  Caroline 
Box  Co.  in  Federalsburg,  Md.  He  is  survived  by  his 
wife,  Sarah,  two  daughters,  a  son,  two  sisters,  and  two 
granddaughters. 

William  F.  Preston  '63  of  Akron,  Ohio,  on 
March  25, 1992. 


Olivia  Edmonsom  Sanderlin  65  of  Atlanta,  on 
Aug.  15.  She  is  survived  by  her  husband,  Gwyn,  three 
daughters,  her  parents,  and  two  brothers. 

Susan  Faye  Poe  '68  of  Arlington,  Va.,  on  Nov.  21. 
She  was  an  attorney  with  the  Internal  Revenue  Service. 
She  is  survived  by  a  brother,  John  R.  Poe  Jr.  '66. 

William  F.  Glover  M.H.  A.  '69  of  San  Jose,  Calif., 

on  Nov.  13, 1997. 

Michael  D.  Mangum  '78  of  Macon,  Ga.,  on  Oct. 


18.  He  entered  clinical  practice  with  Central  Georgia 
Hematology  and  Oncology  Associates  in  Macon  in 
1998.  He  served  as  chief  of  medicine,  as  well  as  a 
member  of  the  executive  committee  at  Columbia 
Coliseum  Medical  Centers,  and  was  a  clinical  assistant 
professor  in  the  Mercer  University  School  of  Medi- 
cine's department  of  internal  medicine.  He  is  survived 
by  his  wife,  Rebecca,  two  sons,  a  daughter,  his  father 
and  stepmother,  and  several  brothers  and  sisters. 

David  Bennett  Parran  B.S.E.  '81  of  Bakersfield, 
Calif.,  on  Sept.  24,  of  brain  cancer.  A  California  sales 
nuii.iLyi  im  Selilumhen:ei\  he  wa>  awarded  a  U.S. 
patent  for  a  pressurized  sheave  used  in  completing 
wells.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Cindy,  a  son,  his  par- 
ents, and  two  brothers,  including  Richard  B. 
Jr.  B.S.E.  '79. 


Keith  Beal  M.Div.  '83  of  Conway,  Ark.,  on 
Sept.  29.  He  was  associate  director  of  development 
and  director  of  major  gifts  at  Hendrix  College  in 
Conway.  Before,  he  had  been  a  United  Methodist 
minister  for  10  years.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Joy, 
two  sons,  his  parents,  a  sister,  and  his  grandmother. 

McKinley  Alfred  Deshield  M.R.E.  '86  of 

Greensboro,  N.C.,  on  Feb.  9, 1997. 

Julie  M.  Baranyai  Ph.D.  '88  of  Saginaw,  Mich., 

and  Landenburg,  Pa.,  on  Jan.  3, 1996.  She  is  survived 

by  her  husband,  her  parents,  two  sisters,  and  three 

brothers. 

Professor  Davidson 

Arnold  E.  "Ted"  Davidson,  professor  of  Canadian  stud- 
ies, died  January  8  of  pancreatic  cancer.  He  was  62. 

Known  for  his  study  of  contemporary  Canadian 
literature,  Davidson  had  written  eight  books  and  was 
working  on  two  others — on  novelist  Margaret  At- 
wood  and  Native  American  writerThomas  King — at 
the  time  of  his  death.  He  was  a  founding  member  of 
the  Margaret  Atwood  Society. 

He  was  also  the  author  or  co-author  of  books  on 
the  literature  of  Joy  Kogawa.Jean  Rhys,  Joseph 
Conrad,  and  Mordecai  Richler.  He  contributed  more 
than  seventy-five  articles  to  journals  and  served  on 
the  editorial  boards  of  Conradiana,  Textual  Studies  in 
Canada,  Modern  Fiction  Studies,  and  American  Review  of 
Canadian  Studies. 

Davidson  came  to  Duke  in  1989  from  Michigan 
State  University,  where  he  was  a  professor  of  English. 
Born  in  Canada,  he  earned  his  bachelor's  and  master's 
at  the  University  of  Chicago  and  his  Ph.D.  at  the 
State  University  of  New  York  at  Binghamton. 

He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Judy,  a  son,  his  father,  a 
sister,  and  a  brother. 


Wesley  A.  Magat,  an  economics  professor  and  former 
associate  dean  for  the  executive  M.B.A.  program  at 
Duke's  Fuqua  School  of  Business,  died  of  an  inopera- 
ble brain  tumor  on  April  4  at  his  Chapel  Hill  home. 
He  was  50. 

Magat  graduated  from  Brown  University  and 
earned  his  master's  and  Ph.D.  in  managerial  eco- 
nomics and  decision  sciences  at  Northwestern 
University.  He  came  to  Duke  in  1974.  He  directed 
Duke's  Center  for  the  Study  of  Business  Regulation 
and  Economics  Policy  since  1984  and  served  as  associ- 
ate dean  for  the  executive  M.B.A.  program  at  Fuqua 
from  1991  to  1997. 

He  won  a  Fulbright  Research  Scholarship  in  1987 
for  his  work  on  environmental  risk  and  information 
regulation.  He  was  a  visiting  professor  at  several 
French  universities  and  helped  write  four  books. 

He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Joan,  two  daughters,  his 
parents,  and  two  sisters.  A  memorial  fund  has  been 
established  in  his  name  at  the  Fuqua  School  of 


32      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


CLASSIFIEDS 


ACCOMMODATIONS 


A 


ARROWHEAD  INN 
Bed  &  Breakfast 


1775  PLANTATION  HOUSE 
4  acres  of  gardens  and  trees,  9  suites  and  room, 
log  cabin,  full  gourmet  breakfast, 
whirlpools,  fireplaces,  serenity 
106  Mason  Rd.  Durham  27712 
(919)  477-8430  (800)  528-2207 
www.arrowheadinn.com 


SOUTHERN  FRANCE:  Better  than  a  bed  and 
breakfast;  it's  a  moveable  feast.  For  information: 
(828)  248-2465,  www.blueridge.net/~frenchconnect 

DURHAM'S  BEST-KEPT  CHARMING  SECRET 
DUKE  TOWER  RESIDENTIAL  SUITES 

Luxuriously  furnished  all-suite  hotel. 

Award-winning  gardens,  magnificent  outdoor  pool, 

fitness  center,  covered  walking  track,  fully  equipped 

kitchen,  two  remote  control  color  TVs, 

HBO  and  cable,  two  telephones,  free  local  calls, 

call  waiting  and  voice  mail,  laundry  room, 

fax  and  copter  service,  uniformed  security, 

pets  permitted.  One  minute  from  East  Campus, 

two  minutes  from  West  Campus  and  Duke  Medical 

Center.  Just  streets  away  from  many  restaurants 

and  Northgate  Mall,  fifteen  minutes  to  RDU 

Airport.  For  reservations  and  information,  call 

(919)  687-4444;  fax  (919)  683-1215. 

FIGURE  EIGHT  ISLAND,  WILMINGTON,  NC: 
Four  bedrooms  (two  master  suites),  three  baths. 
Numerous  amenities:  linens,  VCR,  Cable,  bikes,  etc. 
Screen  porch,  panoramic  views  sound/ocean. 
Weekly  $2,150.  (910)  686-4099. 


LONDON  FLATS 

Finest  accommodations  in  central  London 

One,  two,  three  bedrooms  — 

seven-night  minimum  stay 

COTSWOLD  COTTAGES 

PARIS  -  IRELAND  -  ROME 

THE  LONDON  CONNECTION 

Phone:  (801)  393-9120  Fax:  (801)  393-3024 

E-mail:  london@relia.net 


Universally  accessible  beach  house  at  EMERALD 
ISLE,  NC:  four  bedrooms,  two  baths  (aerated  tub), 
large  deck  with  screened  porch  overlooking  wet- 
lands. Three  blocks  from  beach,  two  blocks  from 
private  pool.  Contact  Mindy,  (800)  245-7746. 

FRANCE:  Superbly  renovated  villas,  farmhouses, 
and  chateaux  of  beauty  and  distinction  in 
Provence,  Cote  d'Azur,  Burgundy,  Dordogne,  Loire. 
Superior  Paris  apartments  from  $2,000  a  week. 
Some  properties  for  sale.  JUST  FRANCE,  (610) 
407-9633,  fax:  (610)  407-0213.  www.justfrance.com 

EDISTO  ISLAND,  SC:  Fantastic  beachfront  house 
sleeping  13.  Great  fall/spring  rates.  Near  Charleston. 
(202)  338-3877  for  information,  pictures. 


ST.  JOHN:  Two  bedrooms,  pool.  Quiet 
spectacular  view.  (508)  668-2078. 


FOR  SALE 


CLASSIC  CAR:  1963  Corvette  convertible,  white 
with  Duke  blue  interior,  two  tops,  four-speed,  300HP, 
all  numbers  match.  Car  obtained  from  original 
owner's  estate  and  stored  for  five  years.  Show  quality: 
$35,900.  Jim,  (703)  313-0155,  Alexandria,  VA. 

LAKE  GASTON 

Gaston  Pointe  Properties 

Servicing  all  of  your  real  estate  needs,  including 

sales,  property  management,  and  rentals. 

SALES  (800)  471-4395  RENTALS  (800)  477-4181 

RARE  FIND:  A  beautifully  designed,  Victorian 
cylinder-roll  secretary,  1860-65.  A  Duke  family  piece, 
guaranteed  authentic  with  paperwork.  This  piece 
would  enhance  any  room.  Serious  inquiries,  please. 
Information  and  picture(s).  Philip  Schulz,  (910)  875- 
7020,  pdschulz@mindspring.com 


N.C.  MOUNTAINS 
Lake  Lure  Area 

THREE  CREEKS. ..an  unparalleled  community. 

Only  eighteen  three-acre  homesites  are  being 

developed,  none  contiguous  with  another, 

within  270  acres  of  conserved  land. 

The  surrounding  nature  preserve  is  deeded  to  the 

owners  —  to  be  enjoyed  by  all.  Abundant  water 

sources,  prominent  waterfalls,  meadows,  forest, 

swim  pond,  trails,  and  library  cabin. 

Protective  covenants  with  architectural  review. 

Paved  roads,  underground  utilities. 

John  Nelson 

241  Three  Creeks  Road 

Lake  Lure,  NC  28746 

(828)  625-4293 


CELEBRITY  GOLF  TOURNAMENT 
September  13, 1999 
Ridgewood  Country  Club 
Paramus,  New  Jersey 
Mark  your  calendars  for  the  seventh  annual  Duke 
Northern  New  Jersey  golf  tournament  for  Duke 
Children's  Hospital.  Duke  All-American  and 
Charlotte  Hornet  star  Mike  Gminski  '80  and 
comedian  Jeff  Foxworthy  are  this  year's  celebrity 
guests.  Tournament  events  conclude  with  cocktails, 
a  dinner  buffet,  and  a  silent  auction.  Tax  deductible 
individual,  tournament,  and  corporate  spaces  are 
available.  For  more  information  or  to  request  a 
sign-up  form,  contact  Bucky  Waters,  (919)  419-3260; 
fax  493-3039. 

The  U.S.  Presidential  Scholars  Alumni  Society  is 
searching  for  past  recipients  of  the  Presidential 
Scholar  award  given  by  the  White  House 
Commission  on  Presidential  Scholars  since  1964- 
We'd  love  to  hear  from  you.  Please  contact  us 
through  our  website  at  www.presidentialscholars.org 
or  call  us  at  (292)  682-1288. 


CLASSIFIED  RATES 


:  or  special  type  treat- 
ch  (2  3/8"  wide). 


GET  IN  TOUCH  WITH  75,000  POTENTIAL 
buyers,  renters,  consumers,  through  Duke 
Classifieds. 

RATES:  $2.50  per  word,  minimum  10  words. 
10  percent  discount  for  t 

DISPLAY  RATES  (with  i 
ment):  $150  per  column 

REQUIREMENTS:  All  copy  must  be  printed  or 
typed.  Please  specify  section  (FOR  SALE,  etc.)  in 
which  ad  should  appear.  Due  to  postal  regulations, 
no  travel  arrangements  allowed. 

ALL  ADS  MUST  BE  PREPAID:  Send  check 

(payable  to  Duke  Magazine)  to:  Duke  Magazine 

Classifieds,  614  Chapel  Drive,  Durham,  NC 

27708-0570. 

We  accept  VISA,  MASTERCARD,  and  DISCOVER. 

No  phone  orders,  except  FAX  orders  with  credit 

card  numbers  and  expiration  date:  (919)  681-1659. 

DEADLINES:  November  15  (January-February 
issue),  January  15  (March-April  issue),  March  15 
(May- June  issue),  May  15  (July-August  issue),  July 
15  (September-October  issue),  September  15 
(November- December  issue).  Please  specify  issues 
in  which  ad  should  appear. 


CALLING  ALL 
ALUMNI/AE 


Beginning  July  19,  representatives  of 
Bernard  C.  Harris  Publishing  Co.,  Inc., 
will  start  phoning  you  for  the  verification 
phase  of  Alumni  Directory  2000. 

This  comprehensive  directory  will 
list  your  name,  class  year,  residence, 
and  phone  number  (optional)   in  the 
alphabetical  division;  and  your  name  by 
class  year  and  by  geographical  location  in 
separate  sections.  There's  also  a  special 
section  that  will  include  photos,  history, 
and  information  about  Duke. 

You  may  reserve  your  personal  copy 
when  the  Harris  representative  phones, 
but  don't  delay:  Only  pre-publication 
orders  received  at  that  time  will  be 
guaranteed. 


May-June  1999        33 


MUSEUM 
MUSINGS 


Editors: 

I  read  with  interest  the  piece  on  art  muse- 
ums in  the  January-February  issue  ["Burnish- 
ing the  Golden  Age  of  Art"] .  I  have  long  been 
an  inveterate  museum-goer,  but  I  still  remem- 
ber my  first  time  as  a  boy,  at  the  Prado  in  Ma- 
drid, which  was  like  being  thrown  in  at  the 
deep  end  of  the  pool.  In  my  time  at  Duke,  the 
East  Campus  museum  was  one  of  my  favorite 
haunts.  I  also  wrote  the  obligatory  freshman 
essay  on  a  work  of  art — although  I  chose  a 
landscape  by  Claude,  which  was  a  bit  beyond 
the  means  of  DUMA.  I  look  forward  to  visiting 
the  new  museum  arising  from  the  Nasher  gift, 
but  I  hope  it  will  be  put  to  better  use  than  as  a 
venue  for  car  or  motorcycle  shows,  not  to  men- 
tion Harlequin  Romance  covers  (and  please, 
no  retrospective  on  velvet  paintings  of  Elvis). 

It  may  be  evident  that  I  do  not  live  in  mor- 
tal fear  of  being  called  elitist.  I  do  not  seek 
that  label,  but  I  certainly  question  those  who 
use  it  as  a  weapon,  or  as  a  deflector  shield.  It 
would  pain  me  far  more  to  be  considered  a 
shallow  trend  follower,  someone  afraid  to  de- 
cide for  himself  lest  he  be  judged  incorrect 
(gasp!)  or  unfashionable  (the  horror!).  My  views 
concur  with  those  of  [art  professor]  Kristine 
Stiles.  I  definitely  favor  education  and  acces- 
sibility, but  I  do  not  believe  in  manipulating  or 
cajoling  anyone  into  the  arts.  Art  should  be 
taken  on  its  own  terms,  not  "popularized"  in  a 
vain  effort  to  convert  those  without  the  req- 
uisite aptitude.  Furthermore,  everything  is  not 
art,  and  calling  something  art  does  not  make 
it  so — Fluxus  most  assuredly  notwithstand- 
ing ■  (incidentally,  any  movement  with  Yoko 
Ono  as  an  exponent  seems  rather  suspect). 

Regarding  the  attempted  mall-iflcation  of 
museums,  with  attendance  figures  and  gift-shop 
sales  as  major  priorities,  I  am  very  luery.  Some 
of  my  most  memorable  visits  have  been  to  in- 
timate places  with  minimal  distractions,  such 
as  the  Frick  Collection  in  New  York  and  the 
Dulwich  Gallery  in  London,  where  experienc- 
ing great  art  is  really  the  only  issue.  That 
experience,  which  presumes  contemplation  and 
reflection,  is  obviously  compromised  at  the 
"blockbuster"  exhibitions,  where  swarming  and 
noisy  crowds  are  the  rule.  I  have  attended 
them,  as  their  offerings  may  be  too  good  to 


miss,  but  they  are  hardly  unadulterated  plea- 
sures. The  blockbuster  syndrome,  along  with 
the  pursuit  of  notoriety,  is  generally  traced  to 
Thomas  Hoving's  term  at  the  Met.  The  tide 
of  his  memoir,  Making  the  Mummies  Dance, 
may  be  quite  telling.  If  one  thinks  about  what 
mummies  are,  and  the  context  in  which  they 
were  created,  Mr.  Hoving's  predictably  catchy 
phrase  seems  inappropriate  at  best,  and  raises 
obvious  questions. 

As  a  final  note,  I  was  struck  by  [DUMA 
director]  Michael  Mezzatesta's  comment, 
"Contemporary  art  is  very,  very  hard  to  un- 
derstand." Why?  Is  it  because  current  artists 
are  so  enlightened,  so  advanced  intellectually 
and  spiritually  that  the  public  cannot  rise  to 
their  level?  Or  is  it  because  their  work  is  inco- 
herent, or  gratuitously  alienating,  or  empty 
posturing,  or  hopelessly  self-regarding?  I  am 
not  issuing  a  blanket  condemnation,  but 
these  are  questions  that  need  to  be  answered, 
and  too  often  they  are  not  even  asked. 

Dr.  Mezzatesta  also  begs  tolerance  for  the 
likes  of  floating  pigs  and  dismembered  cows 
proffered  as  art.  I  know  history  has  many 
examples  of  initial  hostility  to  great  art,  but  it 
does  not  follow  that  hostility  is  always  unjus- 
tified. I  agree  one  can  judge  too  quickly  and 
superficially,  but  one  cannot  simply  suspend 
judgment  or  deny  sense — an  open  mind  does 
not  imply  critical  paralysis.  The  title  of  artist 
does  not  confer  magical  powers  or  visionary 
status;  credibility  has  to  be  earned,  and  atten- 
tion has  to  be  deserved  (mine  does,  at  any 
rate).  When  it  comes  to  popular  culture  or  the 
contemporary  art  scene,  I  am  often  reminded 
of  a  great  children's  story,  "The  Emperor's 
New  Clothes."  I  highly  recommend  it. 

Jacinto  J.  Regalado  79 
Miami,  Florida 


HEALING 
JOURNEYS 


Editors: 

I  enjoyed  immensely  Allen  Wickeris  article 
"A  Journey  of  Healing"  in  the  January-February 
issue.  Three  years  ago,  I  had  planned  to  cycle 
from  Hanoi  to  Ho  Chi  Minh  City  under  the 
aegis  of  a  commercial  cycling  tour  group.  Un- 
fortunately, because  of  work  obligations,  I  was 
unable  to  pursue  the  adventure.  Consequendy, 


I  shifted  my  attention  to  a  shorter  and  less  time- 
consuming  journey,  the  Washington  AIDS 
Ride,  a  four-day  bicycle  ride  from  Raleigh,  North 
Carolina,  to  Washington,  DC. 

This  journey  of  350  miles  with  more  than 
1,000  cyclists  and  support  crew  was  "one  of  the 
richest  experiences  of  my  life"  (to  borrow  a 
phrase  fromWicken's  story).  While  the  AIDS 
Ride  is  a  fund-raiser  for  organizations  that  sup- 
port and  treat  individuals  with  HIV/  AIDS,  it 
goes  beyond  contributing  to  a  charitable  en- 
deavor. As  Wicken  can  probably  confirm,  there 
is  the  added  dimension  of  physical,  mental, 
and  spiritual  commitment  to  an  effort  that  has 
a  clear  and  distinct  objective — start  from 
one  city,  end  at  another. 

Sometimes  on  journeys  such  as  these,  one's 
experiences  go  beyond  the  scenery  and  saddle 
sores.  This  year,  I  am  scheduled  to  cycle  in  my 
third  AIDS  Ride.  My  experiences,  and  those 
of  many  other  riders  who  have  participated, 
can  be  summed  up  in  the  words  of  Ralph 
Hurne  in  his  cycling  novel  The  Yellow  jersey,  as 
he  presents  two  racing  cyclists  struggling  up  a 
steep  mountain:  "I've  read  of  people  'finding 
themselves'  on  a  mountain,  and  I  wonder  if  in 
a  remote  sort  of  way  it's  not  what  I'm  doing 
now,  just  like  a  bloody  fakir.  I  can't  tell  you 
why  but  I  suddenly  feel  I  know  myself,  as  if 
I've  stepped  out  of  my  body  and  sat  next  to  a 
blazing  fire  to  watch  myself  on  a  TV  screen." 

James  Dorsey  70,  M.D.  74 
Berwyn  Heights,  Maryland 


FOOTBALL 
FANTASIES 


Editors: 

The  letter  from  Ole  R.  Holsti,  "Football 
Futures, "  in  the  January- February  1999  Duke 
Magazine  overlooks  several  salient  points  con- 
cerning the  future  of  Duke  football.  First  and 
foremost,  given  the  history  of  Duke  football,  it 
is  inconceivable  to  consider  Option  4,  drop- 
ping the  sport  altogether.  Notwithstanding  the 
recent  lack  of  success,  there  are  simply  too 
many  positive  aspects  of  the  sport  and  its  his- 
tory at  Duke  to  give  up. 

His  discussion  of  the  three  other  options 
fails  to  recognize  important  facts  about  the 
sport  at  this  point  in  its  evolution.  For  exam- 
ple, several  of  the  other  ACC  schools  also 


34      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


maintain  excellent  academic  standards  and 
reputations;  Wake  Forest,  Virginia,  and  Geor- 
gia Tech  all  come  to  mind.  So  while  it  might 
be  difficult  to  compete  with  Florida  State  and 
some  of  the  other  schools  whose  standards  do 
not  measure  up,  Duke  is  hardly  the  only  ACC 
school  facing  this  hurdle. 

It  is  tempting  to  contemplate  a  new,  super 
Ivy  League,  consisting  only  of  schools  that 
have  established  standards  of  academic  excel- 
lence. Duke,  Wake  Forest,  UVA,  Georgia  Tech, 
Vanderbilt,  Northwestern,  Rice,  Stanford,  Ar- 
my, and  Navy  all  have  long  histories  of  foot- 
ball success,  but  have  had  trouble  over  the  past 
few  decades  competing  in  the  modern  era  of 
commercialized,  televised,  college  football. 

But  Steve  Spurrier  and  Steve  Sloan  have 
demonstrated  that  it  is  possible  for  Duke  foot- 
ball to  compete  successfully,  notwithstanding 
the  difficulties  involved.  Whatever  formula 
they  used  could  succeed  again,  given  the  same 
level  of  support  from  the  university.  And  if 
the  NCAA  continues  to  limit  the  number  of 
football  scholarships,  the  talent  pool  should 
spread  out  to  allow  more  schools  to  recruit  on 
a  more  equal  basis.  Further  cuts  in  the  num- 
ber of  scholarships  would  help  schools  like 
Duke  by  reducing  the  number  of  "blue  chip- 
pers"  that  can  be  stockpiled  by  the  likes  of 
Florida  State  and  UNC. 

Let's  hope  that  new  coach  Carl  Franks  can 
recapture  the  secrets  of  past  success,  and 
become,  in  his  own  way,  the  Mike  Krzyzewski 
of  a  revitalized  Duke  football  dynasty. 

Peter  Nunez  '64 
San  Diego,  California 

Editors: 

Professor  Ole  Holsti  outlined  four  options 
for  the  future  of  Duke  football.  This  is  a  sub- 
ject I  have  great  interest  in  both  as  the  parent 
of  a  Duke  alumnus  ('98)  and  a  current  Duke 
student  ('01),  and  as  a  former  college  athlete. 
While  I  am  not  a  former  Duke  athlete,  I  can 
put  myself  in  their  position,  having  played 
football  for  Boston  University  on  scholarship 
from  1966  through  1969. 

I  believe  Option  2  would  be  the  most  vi- 
able for  Duke — that  is,  maintaining,  with  an 
eye  toward  improvement,  the  status  quo.  Drop- 
ping or  de-emphasizing  football  is  an  option 
that  should  not  even  be  mentioned,  let  alone 
considered.  Athletics  are  a  tremendous  mag- 
net for  bringing  a  university  community  to- 
gether. They  help  generate  a  sense  of  alumni 
pride  for  years  after  graduation.  As  a  parent,  I 
take  great  pride  in  my  children's  accomplish- 
ments, both  academic  and  social,  while  their 
pride  is  in  their  university. 

Coaching  is  a  precarious  profession.  I  know 
from  personal  experience,  having  coached 
football  for  the  first  two  years  after  graduating 
college.  All  football  coaches  realize  they  are 


only  as  good  as  their  most  recent  season.  It 
was  certainly  sad  for  Coach  Goldsmith  and 
his  family  that  the  university  decided  to  go 
in  a  different  direction.  However,  he,  like  all 
coaches,  was  aware  of  the  consequences  of 
several  losing  seasons  and  a  continually 
empty  stadium.  On  the  other  hand,  if  a  coach 
is  successful,  he  may  well  be  lured  away,  as  was 
the  case  with  Steve  Sloan  and  Steve  Spurrier. 
Both  of  these  men  had  ties  elsewhere.  The 
present  coach,  Carl  Franks,  is  a  good  choice 
because  his  roots  are  with  Duke.  His  loyalty 
to  and  love  of  the  university  is  apparent. 

Predicated  on  the  eighty-five  scholarship 
limitation  for  Division  I  football  schools,  Duke 
has  a  good  chance  to  field  a  competitive  team 
if  recruiting  can  break  right  for  several  con- 
secutive years.  It  is  a  matter  of  fact  that  many 
of  the  athletes  who  attend  top  football  and 
basketball  schools  are  academically  deficient. 
Fortunately,  Duke  will  not  prostitute  itself.  As 
was  recently  proven  by  Northwestern  and  is 
quite  often  proven  by  Stanford,  a  university 
can  maintain  high  academic  standards  and 
also  win  on  the  football  field.  This  may  not  be 
consistent,  but  it  is  possible. 

When  I  was  in  college,  there  were  academ- 
ic requirements  for  athletes.  Even  with  that,  I 
had  several  teammates  who  ran  into  some 
very  serious  trouble  with  the  law.  Alumni  of 
the  many  sports  factories  around  the  country 
should  feel  guilty  when  some  of  their  favorite 
athletes  cannot  put  two  sentences  together. 
Nothing  in  life  is  more  pathetic  than  a  former 
college  athlete  who  is  academically  deficient, 
after  his  or  her  eligibility  runs  out. 

Duke  recently  just  missed  two  basketball 
championships.  However,  every  alumnus  (par- 
ents, too)  should  feel  very  proud  of  the  young 
men  and  women  playing  for  and  representing 
Duke.  These  are  indeed  special  people  who 
are  developing  skills  that  will  make  them  suc- 
cessful long  after  their  playing  days  end. 

I  personally  have  gone  on  to  an  extensive 
business  career  since  leaving  coaching.  I  do- 
nated money  regularly  to  Boston  University 
football  and  was  very  much  hurt  when  the 
university  decided  to  drop  the  sport  after  the 
1997  season.  If  one  looks  to  schools  such  as 
Boston  University,  they  do  not  see  nearly  as 
much  pride  as  the  Duke  alumni  and  students 
display  within  their  community. 

As  a  college  freshman,  I  had  an  assistant 
coach,  Jay  Wilkinson,  who  had  been  a  top- 
flight running  back  for  the  Blue  Devils  during 
the  early  1960s.  His  father  was  one  of  football's 
all-time  greatest  coaches.  I  can  remember  ask- 
ing Jay  why  he  did  not  attend  Oklahoma, 
where  his  father  was  coach.  Part  of  his  answer 
was,  "I  wanted  to  attend  a  really  fine  academic 
institution."  He  said  that  to  me  thirty-two-plus 
years  ago  with  great  pride.  I  was  fortunate  to 
run  into  Jay  outside  Cameron  after  a  basket- 
ball game  at  the  end  of  the  '98  season.  He 


introduced  me  to  his  son  and  proudly  said  he 
will  be  a  freshman  at  Duke  next  year.  For  all 
the  Jay  Wilkinsons  who  gave  their  hearts  to 
Duke  football,  let's  all  get  together  and  main- 
tain the  tradition.  This  makes  a  great  univer- 
sity complete. 

Stephen  D.  Bogner 
Cresskill,  New  Jersey 


Editors: 

Ole  R.  Holsti's  letter  drew  my  attention 
initially  because  I  was  under  the  impression 
that  someone,  anyone,  was  thinking  critically 
about  Duke  football.  I  was  disappointed  to 
learn,  as  I  read  on,  that  Professor  Holsti  had 
brought  none  of  his  considerable  intellectual 
power  to  bear  on  this  question.  In  fact,  over 
even  the  lowest  of  logical  flames,  Professor 
Holsti's  argument  that  Duke  would  be  better 
off  without  football  reduces  quickly  to  a  thin 
and  runny  mixture  of  wrongheaded  elitism 
and  disingenuousness. 

The  letter  (over)  dramatically  insinuates 
that  it  was  a  tragedy  tantamount  to  the  tem- 
porary failure  of  this  nation's  financial  markets 
that  Fred  Goldsmith  was  fired.  Presumably, 
we  are  to  feel  sorry  for  Coach  Goldsmith,  but 
his  teams  won  eight  conference  games  and  six- 
teen games  overall  in  five  years.  Discounting 
1994  when  Goldsmith  inherited  a  team  (and 
probably  a  playbook)  from  Coach  Barry  Wil- 
son, Goldsmith's  Duke  football  teams  won 
three  conference  games  in  four  years  and  only 
seven  games  overall. 

Holsti  would  probably  say  Duke  and  "pri- 
vate schools"  like  it  are  unable  to  be  compet- 
itive and  that  Goldsmith,  "given  the  nature  of 
contemporary  college  football, "  had  done  the 
best  he  could.  I  find  serious  limitations  with 
the  evidence  Holsti  introduces,  and  I  am  per- 
sonally offended  by  his  dismissal  of  public 
institutions  of  higher  education  that  happen 
also  to  field  consistently  successful  football 
teams.  Worst  of  all,  his  thesis — which  is  ob- 
scured by  the  presentation  of  "options, "  but 
clear  through  their  order  and  execution — 
that  Duke  should  either  give  up  in  the  ACC 
or  give  up  entirely  is  just  one  more  example  of 
a  vision  that  would  lead  Duke  to  truly  be- 
come the  Harvard  or  Princeton  of  the  South, 
instead  of  just  being  Duke. 

The  fact  that  Duke  football  has  been  suc- 
cessful before  without  any  significant  changes 
in  admission  policy  or  damage  to  the  univer- 
sity's overall  academic  reputation  suggests 
that  success  is  possible.  From  1987  to  1989, 
Steve  Spurrier  coached  Duke  to  successful 
seasons,  each  better  than  the  one  previous, 
winning  eleven  ACC  games  and  twenty  over- 
all. That's  three  more  ACC  games  and  four 
more  games  overall  than  Goldsmith's  team 
won  in  twice  the  time.  Was  Duke,  for  three 
years,  a  "football  factory?"  Did  Duke  "jettison 


May-June  1999       35 


all  academic  standards"  or  was  Spurrier  just  a 
good  coach?  The  community  of  students  and 
alumni  of  my  undergraduate  alma  mater  and 
Steve  Spurrier's  next  stop  after  leaving  Duke 
will  probably  tell  you  that  four  SEC  champi- 
onships in  a  row  and  a  national  championship 
in  1996  are  pretty  good  indicators  that  Spur- 
rier is  a  good  coach. 

Scrambling,  Holsti  would  probably  insist  now 
that  Duke  can  no  more  compete  for  coaches 
like  Spurrier  than  they  can  top  players,  but  he 
forgets  that  the  fame  Duke  receives  as  a  result 
of  men's  and  women's  basketball,  lacrosse,  and 
tennis  is  a  clear  signal  to  an  intelligent  coach 
and  an  intelligent  player  that  Duke  does 
indeed  have  a  commitment  to  athletics  and 
that  we  want  only  the  best  of  the  best.  This 
ethic  is  illustrated  year  after  year  when  Coach 
Mike  Krzyzewski  brings  home  the  best  high 
school  basketball  players  in  the  country — 
who  also  happen  to  be  bright  guys — who 
choose  Duke  over  other  schools  because  they 
want  what  Duke  has  to  offer  outside  Cam- 
eron. I  hope  Coach  Franks  understands  the 
importance  of  athletics  to  the  Duke  commu- 
nity and  can  make  that  clear  to  the  young 
men  he  recruits. 

So  we  are  left  with  the  "problem"  of  the  ath- 
letes themselves.  Holsti  insists  that  competing 
with  UNC,  Florida  State,  and  the  other  giants 
of  college  football  means  accepting  "semi-lit- 


erates" whose  "off-field  behavior... would  land 
most  citizens  in  jail"  as  freshmen  at  Duke. 
Worse  than  the  fact  that  this  argument  is  not 
true  and  intended  to  scare  impressionable 
and  judgmental  alumni,  it  is  an  elitist  (if  not 
classist  and  racist)  critique  of  public  higher 
education  that  I  will  simply  not  endure. 

Again,  we  can  look  to  examples  of  success. 
Running  a  top-quality  football  program  has  not 
led  Stanford  to  slip  in  the  all-important  U.S. 
News  &  World  Report  rankings.  What  about 
Notre  Dame,  and  Northwestern?  And  indeed, 
what  of  the  top  public  universities  to  whom 
Duke  undoubtedly  loses  top  athletes  and  top 
students,  like  Michigan,  Virginia,  and,  yes,  the 
University  of  North  Carolina  at  Chapel  Hill? 

Holsti's  conclusion  that  Duke  should  quit 
fielding  a  football  team  isn't  based  on  football, 
and  even  though  it  employs  the  unfortunate 
characterization  of  athletes  at  public  schools 
as  drooling,  moronic,  half-witted  criminals,  it 
isn't  even  based  on  an  honest  fear  that  Duke's 
overall  academic  standards  will  be  materially 
altered  by  wider  recruiting.  Holsti's  conclu- 
sion springs  directly  from  the  same  unfortu- 
nate point  of  view  that  would  lead  Duke  away 
from  its  most  endearing  qualities;  a  point  of 
view  that  would  shape  this  place  of  wonderful 
contradiction  (Gothic  and  Georgian,  work  hard 
and  play  hard)  into  a  soulless,  warm-weather 
facsimile  of  Harvard,  Princeton,  or  Yale. 


Fiduciary 
Trust 

International 

] 

Focused  exclusi 

estate,  and  ci 

managem 

Independer 

Th 

ndependent-minded 

vely  on  investment  manag 
istody  services.  Over  $40 
ent.  Separately  managed  j 
it  ownership  since  foundi 

e  way  our  clients  like 

ement,  trust  and 
billion  under 
portfolios, 
ng  in  1931. 

;it. 

NEW  YORK  •  LOS  ANGELES  •  MIAMI  •  WASHINGTON,  D.C.  •  WILMINGTON 
LONDON  •  GENEVA  •  HONG  KONG  •  MELBOURNE  •  TOKYO 
':                                                                     GRAND  CAYMAN  •  GUERNSEY 

Inquiries:  for  accounts  of  at  least  $2  million,  please  call 
Ellen  Kratzer  or  Thomas  K.  Loizeaux  M.B.A.  '92  at  877-384-1  111. 

Successful  or  not,  football,  basketball,  ten- 
nis, and  lacrosse  are  an  irreplaceable  part  of 
Duke,  as  is  the  Atlantic  Coast  Conference. 
And  I  want  to  be  specific  here  that  I  appeal 
not  to  tradition,  but  to  function.  Sports, 
including  football,  and  the  ACC,  serve  a  pur- 
pose in  the  Duke  community  and  the  Duke  ex- 
perience, a  purpose  that  would  not  be  served 
by  the  sad  resignation  Holsti  advocates.  I  am 
hopeful  that  the  university  administration 
views  his  arguments  with  the  same  skepticism 
and  incredulity,  and  I  admonish  them  to  just 
let  Duke  be  Duke. 

Rob  Schmoll  M.RE  '98 
Durham,  North  Carolina 


DISAPPOINTING 
DEPARTURE? 


Editors: 

In  his  piece  "Tinseltown  Fact  and  Fiction" 
[November- December  1998] ,  Dave  Karger  tries 
to  take  on  the  appeal  and  perspective  of  the 
"common  man"  while  describing  his  profes- 
sional world  of  entertainment  journalism.  He 
spends  two  pages  telling  us  how  shallow  and 
arrogant  the  Hollywood  scene  is.  Yet  in  the 
end,  I  cannot  help  but  feel  that  Mr.  Karger  is 
in  good  company  there.  While  feigning  de- 
tachment from  his  surroundings  (in  his  own 
words:  "I  don't  live  here;  I'm  just  visiting"), 
Mr.  Karger  nonetheless  manages  to  detail  for 
us  his  personal  encounters  with  no  fewer  than 
a  dozen  celebrities,  as  well  as  his  numerous  tele- 
vision appearances.  I  can  only  imagine  that 
we  are  supposed  to  be  impressed.  Who  does 
he  think  he  is  fooling?  His  missive  amounts  to 
no  more  than  a  name-dropping,  self-congrat- 
ulatory list  of  accomplishments. 

That  Mr.  Karger  has  chosen  to  pursue  a 
career  in  what  is  arguably  the  pariah  of  legit- 
imate journalism  is  his  own  choice.  However, 
his  belief  that  we  would  be  interested  in  read- 
ing about  it  in  such  detail  is  just  another  indi- 
cation of  his  egotism  that  seems  right  at  home 
in  the  Hollywood  of  which  he  writes.  Further- 
more, I  believe  your  decision  to  print  such 
"fluff"  represents  a  disappointing  departure 
from  your  other  feature  articles  in  this  and 
previous  issues  that  deal  with  important  top- 
ics facing  Duke  and  its  alumni. 

Stephen  Whearty  '93 
Oak  Harbor,  Washington 

Karger  was  commissioned  to  write  about  celebrity 
journalism,  his  current  career.  Duke  Magazine 
considers  this  a  lens  into  our  culture  and  our 
times,  and  not  "fluff";  we  offer  a  diversity  of  arti- 
cles for  our  diverse  readership.  Wouldn't  it  be 
dreary  for  every  story  in  every  issue  to  deal  with 
"important  topics  facing  Duke  and  its  alumni"? 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


THE  DEATH 


OF  DREAMS 


Vanesa  pulled  her  bor- 
rowed car  up  to  the 
curb  and  peered  at  me 
over  a  pair  of  dark,  tor- 
toise-shell sunglasses. 
She  was  a  friend  of  a 
friend — someone  my 
co-worker  in  Geneva 
had  known  during  his  time  in  Sarajevo. 
When  I  first  expressed  an  interest  in  seeing 
the  effects  of  the  recent  war  in  Bosnia,  he  got 
on  the  phone  and  arranged  for  me  to  stay  in 
the  city  with  her.  I  wondered  if  I  seemed  as 
tired  as  I  was  feeling  at  that  moment.  My 
jeans  and  wrinkled  T-shirt  looked  positively 
banal  in  comparison  to  Vanesa's  seductive  black 
attire,  from  her  sheer  tank  top  to  her  strappy 
pump-sandals.  I  was  expecting  to  be  met  by 
someone  a  little  older,  someone  dressed  in 
drab  browns  and  grays,  with  wrinkles  around 
her  eyes.  Instead,  I  was  caught  off  guard  by 
her  stunning,  olive -skinned  beauty  and  her 
confident  air. 

At  first  glance,  Vanesa  Zecevic  hardly  re- 
sembles a  survivor  of  war. 

It  was  still  early  in  the  morning,  and  our 
drive  from  the  Sarajevo  bus  terminal  was 
like  a  temporary  displacement  into  another 
dimension.  Here  I  had  my  first  look  at  the 
ravenous  wasteland  left  by  the  Bosnian  war. 
Around  the  terminal,  abandoned  cars  were 
piled  around  graffiti- tagged  buildings;  most  of 
the  windows  were  broken,  and  virtually  every 
building  was  speckled  with  bullet  holes  and 
shell  scars,  like  chicken  pox  on  the  cement. 
These  were  the  visible  remains  of  a  hatred 
incomprehensible  to  outsiders. 

Vanesa  didn't  seem  to  notice  the  destruc- 
tion as  she  drove  toward  the  city  center  and 
her  home.  Too  shocked  to  speak,  I  found  that 
my  limited  conversation  with  my  host  con- 
sisted mainly  of  small-talk  about  my  trip  and 
the  route  I  took  through  northern  Bosnia.  I 
had  left  Geneva  two  nights  earlier  on  an 
overnight  train,  arrived  in  Zagreb,  Croatia, 
the  following  day,  and  then  took  an  overnight 
bus  the  rest  of  the  way  to  Sarajevo  (there  are 
no  train  lines  remaining  in  Bosnia). 

I  broke  a  moment  of  silence  and  asked 
Vanesa  what  she  did  for  a  living.  During 
Sarajevo's  three-year  siege,  she  had  worked 
for  the  International  Red  Cross,  making  runs 
across  the  border  into  Serb  territory,  checking 


A  BOSNIAN  JOURNAL 

BY  MEGHAN  CRONIN 


ON  A  JOURNEY  TO 

SARAJEVO  AND  TUZLA, 

A  STUDENT  LEARNS  SOME 

UNEXPECTED  LESSONS 

ABOUT  THE  MEANING  OF 

FRIENDSHIP,  THE  COSTS 

OF  SURVIVAL,  AND  THE 

AFTERMATH  OF  WAR. 


on  detainees,  and  taking  supplies  to  refugees 
around  Bosnia.  Today  she  is  employed  by  an 
agency  that  deals  with  refugee  property  rights. 
My  own  college  stories  of  classes  and  dorms 
seemed  too  distant  to  offer  in  exchange.  Ours 
was  the  rift  between  two  worlds. 

The  bullet  holes  and  imploded  walls  were 
more  pervasive  as  we  neared  the  town  center, 
but  again,  Vanesa  appeared  unaffected.  People 
have  to  live  and  work  in  these  concrete  shells 
because  there's  nowhere  else  to  go,  she  said. 
Sarajevo's  two  tallest  buildings — like  a  min- 
iature version  of  the  World  Trade  Center's 
Twin  Towers  in  New  York — loomed  ahead, 
just  behind  the  completely  unscathed  (and 
bright  yellow)  Holiday  Inn  that  housed  jour- 
nalists during  the  war.  One  tower  was  com- 
pletely charred  and  decrepit;  the  other  was  in 
the  process  of  repair.  I  wondered  where  my 
host  was  on  a  comparable  scale  of  healing — 
how  long  ago  she  stopped  counting  the  hol- 
lowed-out  floors  on  her  way  to  work. 

Evidence  of  machine-gun  fire  scarred  the 
doorways  and  stairwells  of  Vanesa's  apart- 
ment complex,  an  otherwise  typical  urban 


building  inhabited  by  young  families  and  pro- 
fessionals. After  putting  my  bags  in  the  spare 
bedroom  where  I  would  sleep,  Vanesa  brought 
me  a  cup  of  Turkish  coffee  and  began  telling 
me  her  memories  of  the  spread  of  war  into 
Bosnia,  back  in  1992.  At  that  time,  she  was 
vacationing  on  the  beaches  of  Croatia,  but  lit- 
tle by  little,  as  the  Serbs  began  positioning 
themselves  closer  to  Sarajevo  and  Vanesa  un- 
derstood that  war  was  inevitable,  she  returned 
home  to  her  family. 

At  first,  she  said,  no  one  believed  there 
would  be  an  attack  on  Sarajevo,  but  almost 
imperceptibly  the  mood  of  the  city  changed. 
Suddenly,  people  were  emptying  grocery 
stores  of  food,  toilet  paper,  and  other  sup- 
plies— stockpiling  for  the  unexpected.  Then 
word  leaked  out  that  Serbs  in  the  city  had 
themselves  been  secretly  stockpiling  weapons 
over  the  course  of  the  previous  months.  In 
response,  the  Bosnian  government  began  con- 
fiscating weapons,  and  Serb  families  exited 
the  city  by  the  thousands — just  picking  up 
and  fleeing  to  Serbia  or  neighboring  coun- 
tries. At  the  time,  Vanesa  and  her  family  were 
getting  by  as  well  as  they  could.  She  and  her 
best  friend  of  twenty  years  (a  Serb)  were 
drinking  coffee  one  afternoon,  speculating  on 
what  store  might  have  a  little  bread  left.  Per- 
haps they  could  go  shopping  that  evening. 
When  Vanesa  called  several  hours  later,  she 
had  packed  up  and  left  Sarajevo  without  say- 
ing good-bye. 

"But  that's  how  it  was,  "Vanesa  told  me  with 
some  bitterness.  "Some  people  who  could,  they 
left.  That's  how  they  dealt.  Some  people  hid 
in  cellars  for  a  month  at  a  time.  That's  how 
they  dealt.  I  couldn't  do  that."  Vanesa  intended 
to  outlast  the  misery  by  standing  her  ground. 

Then  the  fighting  started.  Here  I  began  to 
notice  gaps  in  Vanesa's  story.  At  first,  she  had 
little  to  say  about  how  the  people  of  Sarajevo 
coped  with  conditions  between  1992  and  1995, 
but  bits  and  pieces  came  out  at  intervals.  She 
told  me  how  the  winters  were  so  cold,  her 
family  burned  their  furniture  for  heat,  and 
when  that  was  gone,  they  burned  shoes  and 
clothes.  She  held  out  her  hands  to  show  me 
permanent  scars  of  frost-bite  that  even  her 
darkly  painted  nails  could  not  hide.  And  for 
three  years,  she  endured  a  massive  food  short- 
age caused  by  the  Serb  army's  encirclement  of 
the  city.  (An  ex-soldier  I  later  met  told  me  how 


May-June  1999        37 


he  had  to  kill  and  eat  snakes  because  food  was 
so  hard  to  come  by.) 

After  we  talked  for  an  hour  or  so,  Vanesa 
took  me  for  a  tour  of  Sarajevo.  She  pointed  out 
back  alleys  that  had  been  protected  by  strate- 
gically placed  boxes  and  crates,  providing  just 
enough  coverage  to  run  through  and  avoid 
snipers.  We  slowed  as  we  passed  through  the 
market  near  the  center  of  town  where  a  Bos- 
nian Serb  mortar  shell  had  exploded  at  eight 
in  the  morning  on  August  27,  1995,  killing 
thirty-eight  civilians  and  wounding  an  addi- 
tional eighty-five.  The  "market  massacre, "  as 
it  was  dubbed  by  major  news  organizations, 
was  a  turning  point  in  the  Western  powers' 
involvement  in  the  war.  Shortly  after  the 
shell  exploded,  NATO  began  air  strikes 
against  the  Bosnian  Serbs,  and  a  few  weeks 
later,  negotiations  began  to  put  an  end  to  the 
siege  of  Sarajevo.  Vanesa  wasn't  aware  of  the 
larger  political  changes  that  resulted  from  the 
events  that  morning,  but  she  had  witnessed 
the  immediate  human  toll  of  the  violence.  On 
that  day,  she  said,  the  road  resembled  a  river 
of  blood  with  bodies  laid  out  everywhere. 

How  does  one  live  through  an  experience 
like  that — through  three  years  of  terror  and 
the  incessant  sound  of  shelling?  The  Serb  army 
had  taken  position  on  one  hill  high  above  the 
city  and  worked  its  way  downward  to  occupy 
many  of  the  taller  buildings  and  housing  com- 
plexes. From  those  vantage  points,  they  tar- 
geted civilians  along  what  came  to  be  known 
as  "Sniper's  Alley,"  the  main  road  dividing 
Sarajevo.  Vanesa  told  me  that  after  a  while 


she  got  so  tired  of  the  noise,  so  sick  of  hearing 
shells  explode,  so  weary  of  picking  bits  of  brain 
off  her  jeans  when  someone  in  front  of  her 
was  shot,  she  lost  her  will  to  live.  One  day  she 
went  out  into  the  main  road  and  walked  as 
slowly  as  she  could,  "like  a  turtle, "  she  said. 
"  'Please,  God,  let  them  shoot  me.  Let  me  die. 
I  don't  want  to  hear  another  shell.'  " 

Vanesa  was  spared  that  day.  Not  everyone 
was  so  lucky.  Eighty  percent  of  the  casualties 
in  Sarajevo  were  civilians.  Four  hundred  were 
killed  on  the  outskirts  of  the  city  as  the  fight- 
ing began.  We  stopped  in  front  of  one  shelled 
building  that  Vanesa  said  was  the  house  of  a 
Muslim  family  she  vaguely  knew.  They  were 
driven  from  their  home  with  the  Serb  ad- 


ABANDONED  CARS 
WERE  PILED  AROUND 

GRAFFITI-TAGGED 

BUILDINGS;  MOST  OF 

THE  WINDOWS  WERE 

BROKEN,  AND  VIRTUALLY 

EVERY  BUILDING  WAS 

SPECKLED  WITH  BULLET 

HOLES  AND  SHELL  SCARS, 

LIKE  CHICKEN  POX  ON 

THE  CEMENT. 


jU 


01280312  01280312 

AUTOBUSNA  KARTA 

CENTROTRANS  SARAJEVO 
SARAJEVO 
8-08-1998      19:00      303        1 


3ffl    95/08-OB-1998  15:48/5530 


vance,  but  the  father  stayed  behind  to  protect 
the  house.  When  he  was  found  a  few  days  la- 
ter by  Red  Cross  officials,  he  was  hanging,  cru- 
cified, next  to  the  front  door. 

Everyone  in  Sarajevo  has  a  story  like  this. 
Yet  they  carry  on. 

Back  in  town,  as  we  wandered  through  the 
revived  shopping  district,  Vanesa  pointed  out 
small  patches  of  cement  with  splotched  red 
paint.  These  are  called  "roses, "  and  they  were 
painted  after  the  war  in  places  where  a  shell 
or  grenade  exploded  and  blood  was  shed.  But 
they're  fading  now,  and  the  blood-red  color  is 
a  light  pink.  For  Vanesa  and  many  Bosnians  in 
Sarajevo,  other  reminders  have  faded,  too. 
Lado  laughed  and  told  me  how  months  after 
the  shelling  stopped,  the  sound  of  a  door 
slamming  would  send  pedestrians  falling  to 
the  ground.  Of  course,  as  Vanesa  pointed  out, 
hearing  the  shell  was  a  good  sign.  You  never 
hear  the  one  that  hits  you. 

That  night  Vanesa  and  I  went  to  a  down- 
town bar  and,  when  we  left,  we  walked  down 
the  street — over  the  "roses"  on  the  sidewalk 
and  past  the  crowded  taxi  stops.  When  night 
falls,  you  don't  notice  the  bullet  holes  as  much, 
or  the  newly  plastered  walls.  There  are  people 
laughing  and  drinking  together  and,  in  a  few 
hours,  the  discos  will  open  again.  In  the  mor- 
ning, new  coffee  shops  that  were  built  over 
the  ruins  of  tattered  buildings  will  fill  up  with 
customers  on  their  way  to  work.  The  market 
where  thirty-eight  people  were  slaughtered  in 
1995  will  continue  to  open,  like  clock-work, 
at  eight  in  the  morning.  The  discotheques  will 
have  closed  at  six  o'clock,  and  young  party-goers 
will  be  resting  on  the  bridge  for  one  final 


CENTROTRANS  SARAJEVO 

RELACIJA 

ZAGREB 
SARAJEVO 


POLASKA                   PERON             BROJ  A 
KOL.  USLUGE: 

JTOBUSA       SJEDALO         55| 

fc  ■  6  0    KN   DATL^ 

1ZNOS  RELACUE: 

0.00    KN  popu 

UKUPNO:               **   ' 

60       KN  cum. 

38      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


drink — the  same  bridge  that  separated  Serbs 
from  Muslims  and  Croats  for  three  years. 

Those  two  buildings  I  saw  when  I  first  en- 
tered Sarajevo  are  looming  reminders  of  a  past 
that  cannot  be  forgotten  and  a  future  that  must 
take  place.  And  it  is  exactly  this  paradox  that 
shapes  Bosnia-Herzegovina.  For  some,  the 
future  depends  on  understanding  the  past. 

"I  want  to  know  how  human  beings  can  do 
this  to  each  other, "  Vanesa  says.  "Human  be- 
ings. How  can  they  feel  this  much  hate?  We 
were  neighbors  and  friends.  Why  did  this  hap- 
pen?" 

ortheast  of  Sarajevo,  former  refugees 
in  the  city  of  Tuzla  are  asking  the 
same  questions.  Like  Vanesa,  they  all 
have  their  stories  of  war. 

The  transition  from  Sarajevo  to  Tuzla  is 
dramatic.  Sarajevo's  stories  and  ravaged  build- 
ings are  the  only  reminders  of  the  three  years 
of  violence — a  memory  in  repair.  Tuzla  remains 
in  the  aftermath  of  war.  Unlike  so  much  of 
Bosnia,  Tuzla  is  an  open  city  and  is  today 
home  to  a  large  ethnic  mix,  a  reminder  of  the 
multicultural  community  that  existed  before 
the  war.  Due  to  a  combination  of  shrewd  po- 
litical maneuverings  by  the  city's  mayor  at  the 
start  of  the  war  and  UN  protection,  which 
was  extended  to  include  the  Tuzla  region  in 
1993,  the  city  remains  a  booming  industrial 
center  and  host  to  one  of  Europe's  largest  elec- 
tricity plants.  Despite  the  resources  of  business 
and  industry,  Tuzla's  inhabitants  are  struggling, 
just  like  their  neighbors  in  Sarajevo.  And  for 
many,  the  situation  is  a  lot  worse. 

A  walk  through  the  town  center  brings  you 


to  a  bustling  market,  a  haven  for  tennis-shoe 
and  T-shirt  vendors,  and  a  small  store  with 
glass  windows  that  displays  embroidered  table- 
cloths and  woven  rugs.  This  is  the  Bosnia  Family 
workshop  (BOSFAM),  one  of  five  remaining 
centers  that  have  become  home  to  several  hun- 
dred survivors  of  the  massacre  in  Srebrenica. 
BOSFAM 's  workshops,  which  used  to  num- 
ber as  many  as  twelve,  are  slowly  closing  from 
a  lack  of  funds.  In  those  that  remain,  women 
work  side -by-side,  weaving  intricate  wool  rugs 
and  sweaters,  crocheted  handkerchiefs,  and 
colorful  hats  and  gloves. 

I  spent  a  few  days  in  the  Tuzla  workshop, 
the  site  of  BOSFAM's  headquarters.  Anessa, 
only  a  few  years  older  than  I,  told  me  every- 


ONE  DAY  VANESA 

WENT  OUT  INTO  THE 

MAIN  ROAD— SNIPER'S 

ALLEY— AND  WALKED 

SLOWLY.  "PLEASE, 

GOD,  LET  THEM 

SHOOT  ME.  LET  ME  DIE. 

I  DON'T  WANT  TO  HEAR 

ANOTHER  SHELL." 


one's  story  but  her  own.  First,  there  was  Jeffa, 
thin  and  frail,  who  lost  her  son  and  her  hus- 
band in  Srebrenica.  She  showed  me  pictures  of 
her  remaining  children.  Then  there  was  Beba, 
the  founder  of  BOSFAM,  who  still  dreams 
about  buying  a  new  lake  house  and  escaping 
there  with  her  loved  ones.  At  one  point  dur- 
ing an  evacuation,  her  husband  was  separated 
from  her  to  be  killed,  but  a  kind  Serb  (an  old 
friend)  smuggled  him  back  to  the  safe  convoy. 
Her  son  spent  much  of  the  war  moving  from 
place  to  place  and  living  undercover  to  avoid 
detection. 

These  women  have  something  in  common 
—  they  were  living  in  the  village  of  Srebrenica 
("sreb-ren-itza"),  a  UN-declared  Safe  Area, 
when  it  fell  to  the  Bosnian  Serb  army  in  1995. 
The  mainly  Muslim  population  was  herded 
together  like  cattle — women  and  children  were 
placed  on  buses  and  shipped  to  nearby  cities 
(such  as  Tuzla),  while  the  remaining  men  and 
boys  were  killed  in  what  became  known  as 
the  worst  massacre  Europe  had  seen  since 
World  War  II.  The  "missing  person"  list  fol- 
lowing the  Srebrenica  massacre  numbers  more 
than  10,000.  Those  who  had  permanent  homes 
in  Srebrenica  before  the  war  began  cannot  go 
back.  It  is  now  Serb  territory.  Strangers  live  in 
their  houses,  eat  on  their  tables,  sleep  on  their 
beds,  and  water  their  flowers.  For  these  women, 
to  return  would  be  a  death  sentence.  Today  in 
Tuzla,  a  major  housing  shortage  is  exacerbated 
by  poverty  and  a  scarcity  of  jobs. 


Hope  for  a  new  life:  Women 
of  the  Bosnia  Family  workshop 
(BOSFAM),  behvo,  support 
themselves  and  other  survivors 
of  the  massacre  at  Srebrenica 
by  weaving  rugs  and  other  hand- 
made textiles  in  the  industrial 
city  of  Tuzla 


May-June  1999        39 


But  BOSFAM  has  replaced  some  of  what 
these  women  have  lost  by  offering  them  a 
livelihood  and  a  sense  of  community.  They 
have  found  comfort  in  each  other,  a  sense  of 
empowerment,  and  the  practical  means  by 
which  they  may  care  for  the  surviving  mem- 
bers of  their  families.  Unfortunately,  funding 
for  BOSFAM  and  other  support  organiza- 
tions is  wearing  thin,  and  Beba  and  the  other 
women  may  soon  be  forced  to  find  new  forms 
of  support. 

If  awareness  is  the  first  step  toward  setting 
up  continuing  support  programs  for  BOSFAM 
and  other  organizations,  we're  on  the  right  track 
here  at  Duke.  This  spring,  the  United  Nations 
high  commissioner  for  refugees  came  to  campus 
as  part  of  a  globalization  and  equity  program 
(UNHCR  is  the  world's  foremost  humani- 
tarian aid  organization).  We  also  sponsored  a 
live  broadcast  of  the  first-ever  UN  Conference 
on  Violence  Against  Women,  which  linked 
victims  of  violence,  activists,  politicians,  and 
aid  workers  across  four  continents  in  a  televised 
discussion.  The  current  situation  in  Kosovo 
has  renewed  interest  in  and  concern  for  the 
former  Yugoslavia,  and  I  and  a  group  of  stu- 
dents recently  organized  to  raise  money  to  aid 
refugees  in  the  region.  In  two  weeks,  we  were 
able  to  raise  nearly  $8,000. 


Promoting  awareness:  To  aid  refugees  in  the 
Kosovo  region,  Cronin  solicited  donations  from 
students  on  the  Bryan  Center  walkway,  part  of 
an  effort  that  raised  $8,000  this  spring 


Meanwhile,  I've  kept  in  touch  with  the 
women  I  met  in  Bosnia,  particularly  Vanesa.  "I 
used  to  paint  before  the  war,  but  I  don't  any- 
more," she  told  me  at  one  point.  "Now  I 
write.  It's  just  me  and  my  papers.  You  know,  I 
told  someone  once,  and  I  really  believe  it — 
when  you're  a  child,  you  dream,  but  when  you 
grow  up,  you  hope." 

The  perseverance  and  resilience  of  women 
like  Vanesa  seem  reason  enough  to  continue 
to  hope  for  a  resolution  to  the  conflict  in 
Eastern  Europe.  Another  time,  when  we  were 
driving  through  the  outskirts  of  Sarajevo,  she 
told  me  about  her  experience  working  for  the 
Red  Cross  and  having  to  travel  through  Serb 
check-points.  "I  used  to  fool  around  with  the 
Serb  guards, "  she  told  me.  "Give  them  a  hard 
time,  you  know.  They  would  always  stop  us 
and  ask  what  we  were — Serb,  Croat,  or 
Bosniak  [slang  for  Muslim] — and  I  would 
look  straight  at  them  and  say,  Tm  a  human 
being.' " 


Cronin,  a  rising  senior  political  science  major  from 
Columbia,  Maryland,  was  in  Geneva  last  summer 
as  an  intern  with  the  U.S.  Department  of  State. 


/2e/ufitd 


m 


Now,  you  can  be  a  part  of  the  team.  By  contributing  as  little 
as  $100,  you  can  display  your  Iron  Duke  window  decal  with 
pride  and  know  you  have  helped  Blue  Devil  student-athletes 
maintain  Duke's  proud  athletic  tradition.  Take  the  next  step 
by  requesting  information,  NOW! 


YES.  I  am  interested  in  finding  out  more  about  the  Iron  Dukes. 

Please  send  a  membership  information  brochure  to  the  address  listed  below. 


Please  return  this  form  to:  Iron  Dukes 

311  Finch  Yeager  Bldg.,  Box  90542 
Duke  University 
Durham,  NC  27708-0542 
(919)  684-5033 


40      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


A 


s  a  boy,  Arlie  Petters 
lulled  himself  to  sleep 
by  peering  out  his 
window  at  the  swath 
of  stars  across  the 
black  sky  above  his 
small  hometown  in 
Belize.  The  inquisi- 
tive youngster  constantly  peppered  his  indul- 
gent elders  in  the  Central  American  village 
with  questions  about  those  alluring,  distant 
lights:  "How  did  they  get  there?  What  holds 
them  up?  Why  do  they  glim- 
mer so?" 

As  Petters  grew  up,  he  kept 
that  same  eager  sense  of  won- 
derment; today  it  has  led  him 
to  revelations  about  the  heav- 
ens more  stunning  than  he 
once  dreamed  possible.  His 
curiosity  has  also  propelled 
him  into  a  brilliant  career  as 
a  mathematician — with  a 
Ph.D.  from  M.I.T.,  a  post  at 
Duke  as  the  William  and  Sue 
Gross  Associate  Professor  of 
Mathematics,  and  a  mission 
to  bring  the  wonder  of  astro- 
physics to  students. 

Petters  still  ponders  the 
heavens,  but  he  now  concen- 
trates his  talents  on  a  cosmic 
phenomenon  that  sounds  like 
the  most  outlandish  science 
fiction — gravitational  lensing. 
Astronomers  first  observed 
gravitational  lensing  in  1979, 
when  the  startled  scientists  dis- 
covered that  the  image  from 
a  distant  cosmic  object  ap- 
peared to  split  into  multiple 
images  due  to  the  effect  of 
gravitational  force  exerted  by 
massive  intervening  objects 
between  them  and  Earth. 
The  effect  begins,  of  course, 
with  light  streaming  from  a 
distant  astronomical  object, 
such  as  a  star  like  the  sun,  or 
even  an  ultrabright  quasar  in 
the  farthest  reaches  of  the 
universe.  Quasars — interga- 
lactic  beacons  that  blaze  with 


STAR 
PROFESSOR 

ARLIE  PETTERS 

BY  DENNIS  MEREDITH 


A  MATHEMATICIAN 

EXPLORES  GRAVITATIONAL 

LENSING,  A  METHOD  OF 

TRACING  THE  INTRICATE 

PATHWAYS  OF  STARLIGHT. 


the  light  of  a  trillion  suns  —  are  violent  young 
galaxies  with  black  holes  lurking  at  their  cen- 
ter that  gobble  stars  like  poppy  seeds,  crunch- 
ing them  into  nothingness,  and  spewing  out 
intense  radiation. 

As  the  light  from  a  quasar  speeds  on  its  bil- 
lion-year journey  toward  Earth,  its  path  can 
be  diverted  when  it  slaloms  past  objects  such 
as  a  whirling  galaxy  of  billions  of  stars  or  a  sin- 
gle neutron  star — a  collapsed,  dead  star  so 
dense  that  a  single  teaspoon  of  its  matter 
weighs  100  tons.  Or  the  streaming  light  might 
be  deflected  by  a  "stellar  black 
hole,"  the  corpse  of  a  giant 
star  so  immense  that  its  gravi- 
ty has  caused  it  to  collapse 
down  to  a  pinpoint  of  infin- 
itely dense  matter.  So  power- 
ful is  the  gravity  of  such  ob- 
jects that  they  warp  space  and 
time  around  them,  bending 
the  passing  light  rays  like  im- 
mense space-time  lenses. These 
lenses  —  depending  on  the 
positions  of  Earth,  the  incom- 
ing light,  and  the  intervening 
objects  — may  split  a  single  im- 
age of  a  star  or  quasar  into 
multiple  images,  or  even  mag- 
nify such  images. 

Gravitational  lenses  de- 
lighted astronomers  because 
the  phenomenon  offered  them 
the  chance  to  "candle  the  uni- 
verse"—  using  the  distortion 
of  light  from  distant  galaxies, 
black  holes,  and  stars  to  un- 
derstand the  structure  of  those 
objects.  The  lenses  could  even 
be  used  to  detect  planets 
around  other  stars  and  even 
intergalactic  concentrations 
of  "dark  matter" — immense 
invisible  masses  of  gas,  dust, 
and  dead  stars  that  astrophysi- 
cists believe  might  profoundly 
affect  the  evolution  and  struc- 
ture of  the  universe. 

Unfortunately  for  astrono- 
mers, the  universe  seldom  co- 
operates by  producing  simple 
cosmic  phenomena.  For  one 
thing,  the  zigging  and  zagging 


May-June  1999        41 


Elegant  science:  Mathematician  Arlie  Fetters' 
theory  of  gravitational  /easing  can  calculate  how 
the  gravitational  fields  of  intervening  objects  will 
intricately  sculpt  the  light  from  a  distant  cosmic 
object  as  it  passes  them  on  its  way  to  Earth. 
These  three  computer  diagrams  plot  the  "caustics" 
produced  by  different  arrays  of  such  intervening 
objects.  Caustics  are  positions  in  space  where  a 
distant  object's  image  would  be  gravitationally 
focused  by  an  array  of  intervening  objects,  down 
to  intensely  bright  points  called  singularities. 

of  wayward  celestial  light  can  be  extremely 
complex  because  of  the  gravity  of  many  inter- 
vening bodies — like  a  golf  ball  putted  across 
the  frustrating,  undulating  green  of  the  sev- 
enth hole  at  the  Duke  University  Golf  Course 
(its  toughest  green,  says  golf  pro  Ed  Ibarguen). 
So,  despite  the  scientific  juiciness  of  gravita- 
tional lenses,  no  mathematician  had  dared 
tackle  the  incredibly  thorny  problem  of  creat- 
ing a  general  mathematical  theory  to  explain 
the  lens'  properties — the  theory  that  would 
give  astrophysicists  the  right  tool  to  help  them 
analyze  the  intricacies  of  wayward  cosmic 
light  and  deduce  what  gravitational  adven- 
tures it  had  experienced  on  its  way  to  Earth. 
Even  Einstein,  who  first  suggested  that 
such  lenses  might  exist,  hadn't  gone  beyond 
figuring  out  how  a  lens  would  split  the  light  of 
a  single  star  into  two  images.  Later  theorists 
had  gone  through  laborious  calculations  to 
yield  only  the  result  that  light  passing  two 
stars  would  produce  five  images.  Not  until  an 
affable,  young,  star- struck  mathematician  from 
Dangriga,  Belize,  tackled  the  problem  would 
there  arise  the  first  promising  general  theory 


to  sort  out  gravity-warped  starlight  streaming 
to  Earth. 

But  that  theory  and,  in  fact,  Arlie  Petters' 
brilliant  career  almost  didn't  happen  at  all.  In 
the  first  place,  his  initial  boyhood  enthusi- 
asms were  for  his  Methodist  religion  and  art. 
"I  didn't  play  a  lot  as  a  kid, "  he  recalls.  "After 
school  I'd  come  home,  do  my  homework,  and 
then  I'd  sit  at  the  dining  table  and  draw. 
That's  what  I  did  all  the  time  —  draw,  draw, 
draw.  Initially,  I  drew  a  lot  of  pictures  of 
nature  and  people.  And  then  I  began  drawing 
more  about  how  I  felt,  expressing  my  philo- 
sophical feelings  by  drawing  distant  horizons 
and  quiet  places  and  mysterious,  even  mysti- 
cal settings."  His  religion  and  his  art,  he  real- 
ized, were  connected.  "There's  a  certain  joy 
and  peace  you  get  from  a  belief  in  God  and 
trying  to  lead  a  Christian  way  of  life.  And  I 
realized  that  the  good  feeling  I  had  in  church 
was  similar  to  this  good  feeling  I  got  when  I 
look  at  a  beautiful  painting  or  sketch." 

The  young  Arlie  did  have  some  inkling 
that  a  similar  beauty  might  lie  in  the  world  of 
mathematics.  "I  had  a  cousin  at  home  who 
used  to  explain  a  lot  of  things  to  me,  so  I  used 
to  bug  him  a  lot.  I  remember  he  had  books 
that  had  these  strange  symbols  that  I  loved 
looking  at."  But  when  Petters  emigrated  to 
the  U.S.  as  a  teenager,  he  fully  intended  to 
become  a  preacher.  "Although  I  did  very  well 
in  science  and  math,  it  was  just  a  side  thing, " 
he  recalls.  As  he  continued  to  explore  math, 
though,  he  experienced  the  dawning  of  an 
intellectual  passion.  "At  first,  I  didn't  know 
what  mathematical  thinking  was  all  about.  I 
thought  math  dealt  only  with  calculations, 
but  as  I  began  looking  deeper  into  math, 
toward  my  junior  year  of  high  school,  I  began 


realizing  it  has  a  beauty  of  its  own.  And  I  dis- 
covered that  the  same  joy  I  felt  when  I  did  art 
is  present  in  the  abstractions  of  mathematics." 

Still,  the  starry  sky  of  his  boyhood  beck- 
oned: He  entered  Hunter  College  planning  to 
study  astrophysics.  Again,  he  almost  missed  a 
promising  mathematical  career  when  family 
problems  nearly  forced  him  to  drop  out  of  col- 
lege and  return  to  Belize.  Fortunately  for  Pet- 
ters and  for  science,  he  received  a  Minority 
Access  to  -Research  Careers  Fellowship.  The 
support  that  came  with  the  fellowship  proved 
to  be  just  the  intellectual  spark  his  career 
needed.  When  Petters  told  his  mentor  that  he 
was  interested  in  Einstein's  theory  of  relativi- 
ty, he  was  sent  to  an  expert  on  the  subject, 
Professor  Edward  Tryon.  "Ed  took  me  under 
his  wing  and  voluntarily  taught  me  relativity 
theory  from  scratch." 

Relativity  theory  proved  a  stunning  per- 
sonal and  intellectual  revelation  for  the 
young  Petters.  "I  grew  up  thinking  of  space 
and  time  as  these  independent  things  that 
have  always  existed.  And  what  struck  me 
about  relativity  was  how  Einstein  had  to  alter 
completely  his  world  view.  He  had  to  let  go  of 
tradition  and  immerse  himself  in  this  new 
world,  where  space  and  time  are  relative  and 
can  be  warped.  That  turned  my  world  view 
upside  down.  To  me,  it  took  so  much  bravery. 
He  must  have  had  a  deep  faith  that  relativity 
is  right,  because  when  you  go  through  a  whole 
shift  in  your  world  view  like  that,  it's  a  fright- 
ening experience." 

Taking  to  heart  the  lessons  of  both  Ein- 
stein's courage  and  his  mathematics,  Petters 
himself  became  a  sort  of  intellectual  quasar, 
gobbling  up  every  math  and  physics  course  at 
Hunter  and  proceeding  to  devour  the  scien- 


42      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


tific  course  offerings  at  City  College  of  New 
York.  There,  he  met  the  famed  physicist 
Michio  Kaku,  author  of  such  popular  books  as 
Hyperspace:  A  Scientific  Odyssey  Through 
Parallel  Universes,  Time  Warps,  and  the  Tenth 
Dimension.  Kaku  took  Petters  into  an  entirely 
different  realm,  from  the  vastness  of  the  uni- 
verse down  to  the  infinitesimal  world  of  the 
subatomic.  He  introduced  Petters  to  "string 
theory, "  which  holds  that  all  matter  is  com- 
posed of  infinitesimal  mathematical  entities 
resembling  vibrating  strings. 

The  adventure  confirmed  Petters'  fascina- 
tion with  mathematics,  and  his  brilliance  as  a 
student  brought  him  yet  another  golden  op- 
portunity: a  Bell  Labs  Fellowship  to  study 
math  at  one  of  the  world's  meccas  of  math 
and  astronomy,  M.I.T  There,  he  learned  both 
math  and  humility.  "I  left  Hunter  College  as  a 
star,  but  when  I  arrived  at  M.I.T,  I  was  just 
average, "  he  says  with  a  chuckle.  The  sober- 
ing experience  led  him  to  serious  soul-search- 
ing to  assess  his  talents  realistically  and  seek  a 
specialization  to  match  them.  "I  discovered 
that  my  mathematical  thinking  is  much 
stronger  than  my  physical  thinking.  And  so  I 
anchored  myself  in  math  and  looked  out 
across  physics." 

Following  his  instinct,  he  spent  his  last  two 
years  of  graduate  work  at  Princeton,  initially 
exploring  string  theory  further,  and  it  was 
there — working  under  renowned  astrophysi- 
cist David  Spergel — that  he  first  learned 
about  the  startling  observations  of  gravita- 
tional lenses.  "It  sounded  exciting  to  me,  like 
getting  a  chance  to  be  on  the  frontier,  clear- 
ing undeveloped  land,"  he  says.  So,  Petters 
plunged  into  the  physics  and  mathematics  of 
the  lenses,  seeking  to  stake  his  own  claim  in 


this  new  intellectual  landscape.  "Initially,  it 
was  tough  trying  to  get  through  some  of  the 
actual  physics  literature  because  they  looked 
at  gravitational  lensing  strictly  from  a  physics 
perspective.  And  I  was  trying  to  dig  out  the 
underlying  mathematics  of  the  subject." 

Then,  on  a  train  ride  back  to  M.I.T.  to  see 
his  math  adviser  Bertram  Kostant  —  as  he 
watched  the  New  England  landscape  slide 
past  the  train  window  and  mulled,  he  says, 
over  the  complexities  of  gravitational  lenses  — 
he  experienced  the  conceptual  Eureka!  that 
would  propel  his  professional  career.  "The 
problem  of  how  to  describe  gravitational  lens- 
es mathematically  had  stuck  in  the  back  of 
my  head,"  he  says.  He  knew  that  other  at- 
tempts to  create  theories  about  them  had 
involved  "a  lot  of  algebra,  a  little  calculus,  and 
a  whole  lot  of  messy,  messy  calculations." 
Suddenly,  he  says,  he  realized  that  the  tools 
for  creating  such  a  theory  already  existed,  in  a 
sophisticated  kind  of  mathematics  called  sin- 
gularity theory.  Ironically,  a  special  case  of  this 
theory,  called  Morse  theory,  had  existed  even 
in  Einstein's  day,  and  the  legendary  scientist 
could  have  used  it  to  create  a  lensing  theory, 
had  he  thought  of  it. 

Inspired  by  his  train-ride  flash  of  inight, 
Petters  launched  himself  on  an  effort  to  use 
singularity  theory  to  build  the  first  general 
mathematical  theory  of  gravitational  lensing. 
The  payoff  was  immediate.  His  work  revealed 
key  details  of  how  gravity  from  not  just  one  or 
two  objects  but  multiple  objects  at  various 
cosmic  distances  will  split  passing  light  into 
images,  including  their  number  and  magnifi- 
cation. It  also  allowed  him  to  begin  to  map  an 
optical  "halo"  phenomenon  that  occurs,  for  ex- 
ample, when  a  distant  star  lies  directly  behind 


Gravity  lenses:  The  above  diagrams  show  what 
happens  when  light  speeding  toward  Earth  from  a 
distant  cosmic  object  such  as  a  quasar  passes 
through  the  intense  gravitational  field  of  an  inter- 
vening body  such  as  a  galaxy.  When  the  quasar 
and  the  galaxy  are  in  a  line  with  Earth  (top),  the 
galaxy's  gravity  shapes  the  quasar's  light  to  create 
an  intensely  bright  ring  around  the  galaxy.  But 
when  the  quasar  is  slightly  off  the  axis  (bottom), 
the  galaxy  splits  the  quasar's  image  into  two 
separate  images,  as  seen  from  Earth. 

an  intervening  object.  In  such  rare  instances, 
gravitational  lensing  causes  the  star's  image 
to  appear  as  a  ring  of  intense  brightness  sur- 
rounding the  object.  Astrophysicists  use  the 
term  "caustics"  to  describe  the  unique  posi- 
tions of  distant  stars  or  quasars  that  produce 
these  infinitely  bright  points. 

Advancing  his  work  far  beyond  a  single 
source  and  single  lens,  Petters  has  now  used 
singularity  theory  to  predict  the  caustics  that 
result  when  the  gravity  of  many  objects  — 
galaxies,  black  holes,  and  stars — sculpt  star- 
light on  its  cosmic  journey.  "It  turns  out  that 
when  you  have  more  than  one  intervening 
star,  the  caustics  are  no  longer  a  point,"  he 
explains.  "They  form  curves." 

Remarkably  beautiful  curves,  in  fact.  With  a 
powerful  computer,  astrophysicists  and  math- 
ematicians have  used  Petters'  theory  to  gen- 
erate intricate  maps  of  such  caustics,  caused 
not  only  by  the  gravity  of  multiple  objects 
such  as  stars  but  also  by  objects  in  different 
planes — each  intensifying  or  attenuating  the 
light  refracted  from  the  other.  "My  dream  has 
been  to  isolate  those  properties  of  gravita- 


May-June  1999        43 


exceptional  heads. 


at  this  graduation. 

Time  to  think  about  bright  futures, 
wonderful  memories,  outstanding 
graduates  with  great  heads 
on  their  shoulders,  and  of  course, 
the  Duke  Annual  Fund. 

We  count  on  you  as  alumni  and 
parents  to  keep  the  Annual  Fund 
vigorous  and  strong  with  your 
support.  Duke's  graduates  are 
head  and  shoulders  above  the  rest, 
and  if  you  keep  us  in  the 
green,  we'll  make  sure  they  have 
an  alma  mater  to  be  proud  of. 


Annual      Fund 


We're 
counting 
on  you 
to  keep 
the  Duke 
Annual  Fund 
green  and 
healthy. 


Hi 


tional  lensing  that  are  generic  and  stable  — 
features  that  are  robust  and  independent  of 
the  simplifications  used  in  most  models  of  real 
lens  systems, "  he  says.  "Singularity  theory  gives 
me  a  rigorous  framework  for  accomplishing 
this  goal,  yielding  insights  where  physical  in- 
tuition can  hardly  penetrate." 

The  scientific  community  will  get  its  first 
comprehensive  overview  of  Petters'  theories 
with  the  publication  of  his  book,  Singularity 
Theory  and  Gravitational  Lensing  (Birkhauser, 
Boston),  with  co-authors  Harold  Levine  and 
Joachim  Wambsganss.  Besides  helping  astro- 
physicists understand  the  properties  of  lens- 
ing, Petters  hopes  his  theories  will  influence 
the  entire  direction  of  the  field.  "I  think  of 
these  theories  as  being  a  first  step  toward 
mathematical  astrophysics.  Most  of  the  twen- 
tieth century  has  seen  little  communication 
between  mathematicians  and  astrophysicists. 
However,  with  gravitational  lensing,  we  now 
have  a  bridge." 

Inspired  by  his  university  mentors,  and  Bell 
Labs  scientist  Bill  Massey,  who  gave  him  cru- 
cial help  in  developing  his  own  career,  Petters 
has  also  dedicated  himself  to  helping  stu- 
dents. Because  of  this  commitment  and  his  ex- 
ceptional record  of  research,  he  has  been  named 
a  Fellow  in  the  Bass  Program  for  Excellence 
in  Undergraduate  Education,  launched  in  1996 
by  a  $10-million  challenge  gift  from  Anne  and 
Robert  Bass.  In  his  teaching,  Petters  plans  to 
use  students'  natural  fascination  with  all 
things  cosmic  (witness  the  popularity  of  Star 
Wars)  to  pique  their  interest  in  math. 

"I  am  hoping  that  my  new  course,  'The 
Mathematics  of  Light  Deflection  in  the 
Universe, '  based  on  our  book,  can  show  stu- 
dents how  basic  ideas  in  regular  calculus  can 
be  extended  and  applied  to  real  problems  in 
gravitational  lensing, "  he  says.  In  the  course, 
Petters  will  challenge  students  to  develop 
their  own  projects  using  his  mathematical 
tools  to  analyze  different  cases  of  gravitation- 
al lensing.  What's  more,  he  says,  the  students 
can  more  broadly  apply  the  mathematics  they 
learn  in  his  course  to  other  science  and  engi- 
neering problems,  such  as  structural  mechan- 
ics, aerodynamics,  shock  waves,  laser  physics, 
and  climate  studies. 

Petters'  goal  will  be  to  inspire  in  his  stu- 
dents that  same  sense  of  wonder  and  aes- 
theticism  that  he  still  enjoys  himself.  He  still 
loves  to  draw,  taking  his  kit  of  pencils  and 
paper  on  afternoon  walks  in  Sarah  R  Duke 
Gardens  to  sketch  and  use  the  peace  and 
quiet  to  ponder  his  latest  mathematical  prob- 
lem. The  same  small  boy  who  sat  at  his 
kitchen  table  industriously  drawing  pictures 
of  nature  has  now  become  a  renowned  artist. 
But  his  medium  is  starlight  and  his  canvas, 
the  universe. 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


KEEPING 
NATURE'S 


BALANCE 


It's  a  gorgeous,  mild,  late-summer 
afternoon  in  Alleghany  County, 
North  Carolina.  The  crystal-blue 
sky  is  almost  cloudless,  and  sprays 
of  newly  blossomed  goldenrod  are 
intermingled  with  the  tiny  white 
flowering  tops  of  Queen  Anne's 
lace  alongside  the  gravel  lane  that 
leads  from  a  winding  two-lane  blacktop  high- 
way onto  Stoney  Knob  Farm,  211  secluded 
acres  of  hilly  pastureland  and  woods  located 
about  a  mile  from  the  New  River  and  adjoin- 
ing the  Virginia  state  line. 

James  Coman  III  '69,  M.E  71,  who  bought 
this  place  and  moved  here  from  the  North 
Carolina  Piedmont  a  dozen  years  ago,  stands 
on  a  steep  hillside  about  a  hundred  yards 
below  the  rocky  peak  for  which  he  named  the 


JAMES  COMAN  III 

BY  TOM  PATTERSON 


THE  PRACTICES  OF  A 
SHEEP  RANCHER  AND 


FARMER  ARE  CONSISTENT 
WITH  HIS  DEEPLY  HELD 


ENVIRONMENTAL 
CONVICTIONS. 


farm.  He  surveys  the  idyllic  domain  where  he 
lives  and  tends  his  flock  of  some  335  sheep. 
To  a  visitor's  untrained  eye,  it  might  look  like 
paradise,  but  Coman  picks  out  the  scrubby 
brownish  grass  and  other  signs  of  a  summer- 
long  drought  that  has  plagued  this  part  of 
North  Carolina  and  much  of  the  rest  of  the 
Southeast. 

"Usually  the  pastures  look  a  lot  better  than 
this,"  he  says, "but  it's  been  an  extremely  dry, 
hot  summer.  There  hasn't  been  enough  grass 
to  feed  the  lambs  in  the  last  month,  so  I've  got 
them  penned  up  and  on  a  special  diet  of  high- 
protein  feed." 

Coman  is  neatly  dressed  in  suede  work 
boots,  faded  blue  jeans,  and  a  long-sleeved, 
forest-green  sport  shirt.  His  salt-and-pepper 
crewcut  is  covered  by  a  khaki  baseball  cap 


May-June  1999        45 


emblazoned  with  a  Nature  Conservancy  logo. 
Scanning  the  rugged  Blue  Ridge  mountain 
landscape  to  the  south  and  west,  he  points 
out  a  cleft  between  forested  ridges  that  marks 
the  winding  path  of  the  New  River.  Despite 
its  name,  it's  the  second  oldest  river  in  the 
world,  a  waterway  whose  preservation  has 
become  a  major  concern  for  Coman  in  the 
years  since  he  moved  to  this  part  of  his  home 
state.  Threats  to  the  river's  ecosystem  have 
led  him  to  take  an  increasingly  strong  role  as 
an  environmental  activist. 

After  gazing  toward  the  riverbed  for  a 
moment,  he  turns  his  eyes  upward  and  takes 
note  of  a  solitary  bird  gliding  back  and  forth 
in  the  azure  sky.  Even  before  taking  up  his 
binoculars,  he  recognizes  it  as  an  accipiter 
and,  more  specifically,  a  Cooper's  hawk,  iden- 
tifiable by  its  size,  its  slightly  rounded  tail,  and 
the  distinctive  brown-and-white-striped  pat- 
tern on  the  underside  of  its  wings. 

"I  knew  there  was  a  hawk  around  here 
somewhere, "  he  announces, "because  you  don't 
hear  any  birds  calling,  and  that's  unusual  for 
this  time  of  the  year  and  this  time  of  day." 

Coman  has  been  raising  sheep  and  watch- 
ing birds  for  most  of  his  life,  ever  since  he  was 
a  child  growing  up  on  a  small  farm  near  Hills- 
borough, North  Carolina.  "Despite  my  faults, " 
he  says,  "I've  got  a  lot  of  determination,  and 
I'm  bullheaded.  I've  had  several  main  inter- 
ests just  about  all  my  life — sheep,  farming, 
land  preservation,  and  birding — and  I've  just 
followed  those  interests  and  kept  at  it." 

Even  while  attending  Duke,  Coman  was 
immersed  in  the  pursuit  of  these  same  inter- 
ests. As  a  day  student  who  commuted  to  the 
university  from  the  family  farm  in  nearby 
Orange  County,  he  chose  to  major  in  forestry. 
"I  was  probably  the  only  student  who's  gone 
to  Duke  while  taking  care  of  a  flock  of 
sheep, "  he  says.  "One  day  I  had  an  exam,  and 
that  morning  the  1949  Dodge  I  usually  drove 
to  school  wouldn't  start.  So  I  got  on  our  twen- 
ty-some-year-old, two-cylinder  John  Deere 
Model  B  tractor  and  chugged  in  to  school  at 
seventeen  miles  an  hour." 

Coman  acknowledges  that  he  was  some- 
thing of  a  misfit  at  Duke  during  that  political- 
ly charged  era  of  radicalism  on  American  col- 
lege campuses.  "I  was  the  archetypal  square 
peg  in  a  round  hole.  I'm  very  conservative  in 
many  ways,  and  I  was  very  disaffected  with 
campus  life  and  student  attitudes,  but  I  stayed 
for  five  and  a  half  years  and  got  my  master's 
degree.  Like  I  said,  I'm  bullheaded." 

Coman's  ties  to  Duke  go  back  two  genera- 
tions on  both  sides  of  his  family.  His  paternal 
grandfather,  James  Hilary  Coman,  grew  up  in 
the  mountains  of  Haywood  County,  in  south- 
western North  Carolina,  and,  after  finishing 
high  school  in  1911,  walked  some  250  miles  to 
Durham  to  enroll  at  what  was  then  Trinity 
College.  After  earning  a  degree  in  physics  and 


serving  a  military  stint  in  World  War  I,  he 
worked  for  about  three  years  as  an  associate 
professor  in  the  physics  department  at  Trinity 
before  resigning  to  take  a  higher-paying  man- 
agerial job  at  Liggett  and  Myers  Tobacco 
Company  in  Durham.  When  James  Coman's 
mother,  Billie  Crouse,  was  a  child,  her  own 
widowed  mother  married  A.S.  Brower,  who 
was  comptroller  at  Duke  from  the  mid-1930s 
until  the  late  Fifties.  The  family  lived  in  the 
house  where  the  Duke  alumni  office  and  the 
editorial  offices  of  this  magazine  are  now 
headquartered.  Coman's  parents  met  while 
they  were  students  at  Durham  High  School. 
After  graduating,  they  both  enrolled  at  Duke; 
she  took  a  pre-med  curriculum  and  he  ma- 
jored in  forestry. 

Coman's  father,  J.H.  Coman  Jr.  '42,  joined 
the  Navy  and  served  out  the  remainder  of 
World  War  II  as  a  lieutenant  on  a  destroyer 
that  patrolled  sections  of  both  the  Atlantic 
and  Pacific  oceans.  Discharged  at  the  war's 
end,  he  returned  to  Durham,  helped  his  own 
father  start  a  lumber  company  there,  and  mar- 
ried Coman's  mother.  The  third  James  Hilary 
Coman  was  born  in  Durham  in  October  1947. 
About  two  years  later,  his  parents  decided  they 
wanted  to  live  in  a  more  rural  setting.  That 
decision  led  them  to  buy  the  seventy-five - 
acre  Orange  County  farm  where  the  younger 
Coman  would  spend  the  remainder  of  his 
childhood  and  early  adulthood,  by  which 
time  his  father's  purchase  of  an  adjoining 
land  tract  had  enlarged  the  farm  to  150  acres. 

"My  father  had  every  intention  of  building 
up  the  farm  to  the  point  that  he  could  get  out 
of  the  lumber  business,"  Coman  explains, 
noting  that,  as  things  turned  out,  his  father 
didn't  actually  retire  until  1985.  "It  wasn't  long 
before  he  had  a  hundred  sheep,  a  hundred 
and  fifty  hogs,  and  some  horses.  We  decided 
that  hogs  were  too  much  trouble,  so  we  sold 
them.  We  kept  the  sheep." 

Coman  joined  the  Orange  County  4-H 
Club  upon  entering  elementary  school  in  the 
fall  of  1953.  Before  he  finished  second  grade, 
he  assumed  full  responsibility  for  the  sheep  on 
his  family's  farm  as  a  4-H  project,  and  he  sin- 
gle-handedly fed  and  cared  for  them  for  thir- 
teen years.  In  1967,  with  his  studies  at  Duke 
occupying  more  of  his  time  and  his  father 
busy  running  the  lumber  company  in  Dur- 
ham, he  and  his  parents  decided  to  disperse 
the  flock. 

When  Coman  graduated  with  his  master's 
in  forestry  and  forest  management,  he  en- 
tered a  job  market  that  was  almost  impossibly 
tight.  Richard  Nixon  had  begun  his  first  term 
as  president  two  years  earlier  vowing  to  bal- 
ance the  federal  budget  and,  with  that  aim  in 
mind,  had  greatly  reduced  the  staff  of  the  U.S. 
Forest  Service.  As  a  result,  Coman  and  other 
graduates  of  forestry  schools  across  the  coun- 
try found  themselves  competing  for  jobs  with 


longtime  Forest  Service  veterans. 

Having  decided  against  pursuing  a  Ph.D., 
Coman  says  he  felt  that,  under  these  circum- 
stances, he  was  limited  to  two  options:  mili- 
tary service,  most  likely  in  the  Vietnam  War, 
or  going  to  work  for  his  father  in  the  retail 
lumber  business.  He  was  deferred  from  the 
draft  due  to  a  history  of  debilitating  migraine 
headaches  and  a  spinal  injury  he  had  sus- 
tained in  a  childhood  fall  from  a  rope  swing. 

At  the  time,  the  U.S.  Army  was  recruiting 
foresters  to  work  on  the  deforestation  of  South- 
east Asia.  Coman  almost  certainly  would  have 
been  accepted  as  a  volunteer  in  that  effort, 
but  he  says  he  found  the  prospect  horrifying. 
So  he  spent  the  next  six  years  working  in  the 
family  lumberyard  in  Durham.  He  started  his 
own  landscaping  and  grounds-maintenance 
business  as  a  sideline. 

He  continued  to  live  with  his  parents  during 
those  years  so  he  could  save  enough  money  to 
buy  a  small  farm  of  his  own,  and  he  spent  most 
of  his  spare  time  traveling  around  eastern  North 
Carolina  in  search  of  available  farmland.  In 
1977,  he  found  Melrose,  a  160-acre  farm  in  Cas- 
well County,  only  thirty  miles  from  his  home- 
place.  The  land  hadn't  been  tended  since  the 
1920s,  and  the  200-year-old  farmhouse  was 
somewhat  deteriorated.  But  Coman  saw  a  lot  of 
potential  in  the  place  and  invested  everything 
he  had  to  meet  the  $145,000  asking  price. 

That  same  year,  he  won  a  contract  from  Cen- 
tral Carolina  Bank  to  maintain  the  grounds  of 
all  its  branch  banks  in  the  surrounding  Pied- 
mont region.  The  resulting  guarantee  of  a 
steady  income  enabled  him  to  leave  his  lum- 
ber company  job  and  become  fully  self-em- 
ployed. He  hired  a  small  crew  of  workers  to 
assist  him  in  fulfilling  the  CCB  contract,  and 
for  the  remainder  of  the  Seventies,  any  time 
and  energy  he  didn't  devote  to  supervising 
their  efforts  went  into  restoring  the  house, 
fields,  and  pastures  at  Melrose. 

One  of  Coman's  intentions  in  establishing 
himself  at  Melrose  was  to  start  a  containerized 
nursery  that  would  augment  his  landscaping 
work.  He  soon  abandoned  that  plan  because 
of  increasing  domination  of  the  nursery  busi- 
ness by  large-scale  operations  with  which  he 
felt  ill-equipped  to  compete. 

His  other  agricultural  goal  was  a  return  to 
his  childhood  specialty  of  raising  sheep.  Soon 
after  he  bought  the  place,  he  acquired  a  flock 
of  about  forty  sheep  that  grew  to  nearly  100 
within  three  years.  At  first  he  marketed  the 
wool  they  produced  by  attending  regional 
craft  fairs  and  selling  it  from  the  back  of  a 
pickup  truck.  Then  in  1982,  he  incorporated 
this  enterprise  as  Caswell  Sheep  and  Wool 
Company  and  began  selling  to  retailers  with- 
in a  300-mile  radius.  This  expansion  of  his 
wool-marketing  business  came  about  as  an  in- 
direct result  of  a  serious  bout  of  heatstroke  he 
suffered  in  the  summer  of  that  year.  That  epi- 


46      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


sode  caused  him  to  scale  back  and  eventually 
terminate  his  work  as  a  landscaping  contrac- 
tor. It  also  led  him  to  start  thinking  about 
moving  to  where  the  climate  was  milder  during 
the  summer  months. 

By  this  time,  Coman  had  restored  the  farm- 
house at  Melrose,  filled  it  with  an  impressive 
collection  of  antiques,  and  arranged  for  it  to 
be  listed  on  the  National  Register  of  Historic 
Places.  "I  had  put  a  great  deal  of  effort  into  it 
and  turned  it  into  a  showplace, "  he  says.  "But 
I  was  beginning  to  decide  I  wanted  less  show 
and  more  place."  Standing  on  the  hillside 
overlooking  his  present  farm  in  northwestern 


Eighties  had  left  the  place  pretty  well  picked 
barren  when  I  bought  it  in  1986.  It  was  cov- 
ered in  broomsedge  and  blackberries  and  not 
much  else.  It  took  four  years  for  the  native 
pasture  to  recover." 

Coman's  Alleghany  County  farm  is  situated 
on  the  outskirts  of  Piney  Creek,  an  unincor- 
porated community  of  about  150.  "Piney 
Creek  is  a  place  that's  special  in  the  late 
twentieth  century.  It's  as  much  a  state  of  mind 
as  it  is  anything  else."  When  he  bought  the 
farm,  it  included  a  large,  red  dairy  barn,  a  few 
smaller  outbuildings,  and  an  old  farmhouse 
that  had  been  so  badly  vandalized  that  he  was 


icMbi 

THE  NEW  RIVER... 
-     LIKE  IT  IS!  _ 

CHEVf 

Z-      ' 

* 

. 

.    J 

. 

—  , 

\ 

* 

m 

iwai  ~fl 

Uoom 

:      _  — 

ma 

North  Carolina,  he  smiles  with  satisfaction 
and  says,  "This  fits  the  bill  nicely,  I  think." 

"When  I  decided  to  move  to  the  moun- 
tains, "  he  says,  "I  looked  from  Asheville  to 
Staunton,  and  the  more  I  got  to  know  about 
Alleghany  County,  the  more  impressed  I  was. 
What  I  was  looking  for  when  I  came  here  was 
a  decent  community,  good  pastureland,  rea- 
sonable land  prices,  and  a  cooler  climate.  I 
subscribed  to  local  newspapers  in  different 
mountain  communities  and  began  talking  to 
chambers  of  commerce.  I  talked  to  people  in 
adjacent  communities  and  asked  them  about 
their  neighboring  counties.  And  I  kept  hear- 
ing the  same  thing  about  Alleghany  County: 
'There's  almost  no  industry  there,  and  there's 
a  limited  infrastructure,  but  the  people  are 
nice  folks.'  So  I  looked  around,  and  that's  my 
opinion,  too. 

"I  first  saw  this  farm  in  1985,  and  I  thought 
I  could  make  something  out  of  it.  I  bought  it 
in  part  because  it's  virtually  invisible  from  the 
road.  It  was  originally  used  for  dairy  cattle  and 
riding  ponies,  but  in  the  late  1970s,  it  was 
rented  out  for  beef  cattle,  and  there  were  way 
too  many  of  them  for  a  farm  of  this  size.  That 
and  several  years  of  drought  in  the  early 


unable  to  restore  it.  He  disassembled  the 
house  and  used  much  of  the  salvaged  lumber 
in  the  1,400-square-foot,  log-walled  home  he 
designed  and — with  the  help  of  two  or  three 
additional  construction  workers — built  for 
himself  in  a  grove  of  apple  trees  that  were 
once  part  of  a  larger  orchard  on  the  hillside 
below  Stoney  Knob. 

Ten  years  later,  he  designed  and  built  a  ma- 
jor addition  that  doubled  the  size  of  the  house 
so  that  his  parents  could  move  in  with  him. 
They  had  sold  their  farm  in  Orange  County 
in  1987  and  bought  a  home  in  Sparta,  the  Al- 
leghany County  seat,  less  than  twenty  miles 
from  Coman's  farm.  A  massive  stroke  in  the 
spring  of  1996  had  left  his  mother  bedridden, 
and  his  father  needed  help  caring  for  her. 

Every  year  since  Coman  restored  it,  Stoney 
Knob  Farm  has  produced  about  100  tons  of 
mixed  orchard  grass  and  white  clover  hay,  a 
small  crop  of  ornamental  gourds,  and  some 
pine-tree  trimmings  for  use  in  making  Christ- 
mas wreaths.  He  occasionally  sells  a  small 
amount  of  timber  as  well.  But  the  farm's  pri- 
mary enterprise  has  been  direct  marketing  of 
sheep  fleeces  to  individual  craftsmen  and  lambs 
to  members  of  growing  Muslim  communities 


in  the  North  Carolina  Piedmont,  whose  dietary 
customs  include  a  preference  for  fresh  lamb 
meat.  The  sheep  he  currently  maintains  are  de- 
scended from  those  he  bought  more  than  twen- 
ty years  ago  for  his  farm  in  Caswell  County. 
The  flock  is  now  sufficiently  large  and  healthy 
to  produce  about  2,400  pounds  of  wool  a  year. 
"It's  a  calm,  healthy,  crossbred  flock, "  he  says. 
"They  know  the  farm  and  they  know  me.  It's 
easier  to  work  with  calm  animals." 

Coman's  farming  practices  are  consistent 
with  his  interest  in  preserving  wildlife  habi- 
tats, his  concern  for  water  quality,  and  his 
other  deeply  held  environmental  convictions. 


COMAN'S  ALLEGHANY 

COUNTY  FARM  IS  SITUATED 

ON  THE  OUTSKIRTS 

OF  PINEY  CREEK,  AN 

UNINCORPORATED 

COMMUNITY  OF  ABOUT 

150.  "PINEY  CREEK 

IS  A  PLACE  THAT'S 

SPECIAL  IN  THE  LATE 

TWENTIETH  CENTURY. 

IT'S  AS  MUCH  A  STATE 

OF  MIND  AS  IT  IS 

ANYTHING  ELSE." 


He  supplies  his  sheep  with  water  in  gravity- 
fed  basins  from  two  small  ponds  on  his  prop- 
erty. Strategically  placed  fences  keep  the  flock 
out  of  the  small  creeks  that  traverse  his  farm. 
A  number  of  the  wooden  fence  posts  are  sur- 
mounted by  birdhouses  regularly  used  by  nes- 
ting bluebirds,  kestrels,  and  wood  ducks. 

"Here  I  am  making  a  modest  living  on  a 
farm, "  he  says,  "and  I'm  convinced  that  I  do 
not  have  to  contribute  to  any  water-quality 
problems,  unlike  many  agricultural  operations 
today.  Not  only  am  I  making  a  living  here,  but 
I'm  managing  a  flock  of  sheep  under  a  rough 
approximation  of  natural  conditions.  I'm  care- 
ful about  my  carrying  capacity  and  about 
moving  my  sheep  from  paddock  to  paddock 
so  that  I  don't  damage  my  pasture.  And  in  the 
past  twelve  years,  this  farm  has  become  much 
more  biologically  diverse  than  it  was  when  I 
bought  it.  I've  been  a  member  of  the  Carolina 
Bird  Club  for  years,  and  we  have  an  informal 
competition  to  see  which  member  can  identi- 
fy the  largest  number  of  different  bird  species 
in  his  backyard.  Stoney  Knob  Farm  holds  the 
state  record.  I've  recorded  172  species  within 
ten  years.  Admittedly,  I've  got  a  bigger  backyard 
than  most  people,  but  this  is  an  area  that's  not 


May -June  1999        47 


known  to  be  ornithologically  unusual." 

Aside  from  his  ecologically  sound  farming 
practices,  Coman  has  backed  up  his  strong 
environmental  convictions  through  his  long- 
time involvement  in  organizations  that  pro- 
mote the  preservation  of  land  and  wildlife. 
He  has  been  a  member  of  the  National  Audu- 
bon Society  since  he  was  eighteen  years  old. 
From  1967  until  he  left  Orange  County  in 
1986,  he  was  active  in  the  Eno  River  Asso- 
ciation, which  supports  conservation  of  land 
along  the  Eno  River  near  Durham  and  Hills- 
borough. Since  moving  to  Alleghany  County, 
he  has  worked  closely  with  several  groups 
committed  to  preserving  land  in  the  sur- 
rounding mountain  region. 

The  National  Committee  for  the  New  River 
(NCNR),  in  particular,  has  been  the  benefi- 
ciary of  Coman's  considerable  energy.  This  non- 
profit river  advocacy  organization  was  founded 
in  1973  to  stop  the  proposed  construction  of 
two  hydroelectric  dams  that  would  have 
flooded  some  40,000  acres  in  Alleghany  and 
adjacent  counties  along  the  New  River  in 
both  North  Carolina  and  Virginia.  Its  preven- 
tive effort  succeeded  in  1976,  when  President 
Gerald  Ford  designated  the  targeted  section 
of  the  New  as  a  National  Wild  and  Scenic 
River. 

"I  became  a  member  of  NCNR  in  the  late 
Eighties,  not  long  after  I  moved  here,"  says 
Coman.  "Initially,  I  was  most  concerned  with 
the  water-quality  and  wildlife-habitat  aspects 
of  the  river,  but  in  the  early  Nineties,  we 
began  to  see  a  quantum  increase  in  second- 
home  development  along  the  river.  As  this 
development  juggernaut  began  to  gather 
steam,  the  preservation  of  riverfront  land 
came  to  the  fore  as  a  major  concern." 

By  the  time  he  joined  the  NCNR  in  1989, 
its  membership  had  declined  from  a  high  of 
about  2,000  in  the  1970s  to  only  about  fifty. 
Then,  in  1990,  the  organization  was  reorga- 
nized and  belatedly  incorporated  as  a  land 
trust  so  that  it  could  buy  or  accept  donations 
of  conservation  easements  restricting  the  de- 
velopment of  designated  parcels  of  land  along 
the  New.  The  decrease  in  membership  had  be- 
gun to  reverse  itself  by  July  1994  when  Coman 
was  hired  as  the  NCNR's  executive  director. 
His  chief  responsibilities  in  that  full-time, 
salaried  position  were  to  continue  rebuilding 
the  organization's  membership,  diversify  its 
funding  base,  and  create  an  endowment.  He 
was  successful  in  all  three  areas  during  his 
three-year  tenure  at  NCNR's  helm,  and  he 
was  able  to  make  the  organization  "a  land 
trust  in  fact  as  well  as  in  name." 

Membership  increased  to  nearly  900,  aver- 
age individual  dues  rose  from  $9  to  $27,  and 
income  from  sources  other  than  grant  awards 
escalated  from  3.5  to  44  percent  of  the  bud- 
get. Also  during  Coman's  term  as  executive 
director,  an  NCNR  member  gave  the  organi- 


zation a  tract  of  land  appraised  at  $449,000. 
Coman  negotiated  the  sale  of  the  tract  so  that 
the  proceeds  could  be  used  to  establish  an 
endowment.  In  order  to  ensure  that  the  tract 
wouldn't  be  intensely  developed,  a  conserva- 
tion easement  limited  its  future  uses  to  farm- 
ing and  forestry. 

After  leaving  his  paid  position  with  the 
NCNR  in  early  1997,  he  served  as  a  consul- 


"NOT  ONLY  AM  I 

MAKING  A  LIVING 

HERE,  BUT  I'M 

MANAGING  A  FLOCK 

OF  SHEEP  UNDER  A 

ROUGH  APPROXIMATION 

OF  NATURAL 

CONDITIONS." 


tant  to  the  organization,  helping  to  negotiate 
the  donation  of  several  new  conservation 
easements.  He  also  assisted  in  forming  the 
New  River  Heritage  Task  Force  (NRHTF), 
which  was  organized  later  that  year  to  pro- 
mote the  designation  of  the  New  River  as  a 
National  Heritage  River,  under  a  new  federal 
program.  That  program  was  designed,  in  his 
words,  "to  help  local  communities  in  specially 
designated  river  basins  lift  themselves  up  by 
their  own  bootstraps  through  community 
development  programs  involving  sustainable 
agricultural  projects,  the  funding  of  ease- 
ments on  threatened  properties,  and  the  revi- 
talization  of  downtown  areas."  Thanks  in  part 
to  Coman's  efforts,  the  New  won  recognition 
under  the  program  the  following  year,  and  at 
this  writing  the  task  force  is  working  with  a 
federal  employee  assigned  to  help  implement 
the  program  in  communities  along  the  river. 

Coman's  interest  in  land  preservation  isn't 
limited  to  his  own  farm  and  acreage  immedi- 
ately adjoining  the  New  River.  In  addition  to 
his  work  with  these  river-advocacy  groups,  he 
is  a  founding  member  and  steering- commit- 
tee chairman  of  a  relatively  new  organization 
called  the  Blue  Ridge  Rural  Land  Trust,  which 
works  to  preserve  productive  farm  and  forest 
lands  in  northwestern  North  Carolina,  as  well 
as  the  rural  communities  these  lands  support. 
"We're  approaching  this  on  a  very  local 
basis, "  he  says  of  his  latest  land  preservation 
project,  "with  neighbors  talking  to  neighbors 
about  conservation  easements  and  the  land 
trust  program.  We  have  a  growing  network  of 
locally  respected  people  representing  us  on 
these  issues.  I'm  well  placed  to  work  on  this, 
and  I  want  to  put  half  of  my  time  into  it  over 
the  next  ten  years." 

Why  does  he  believe  this  effort  is  so  impor- 


tant? "With  much  of  the  agriculture  in  the 
Piedmont  and  the  Coastal  Plain  rapidly  going 
under  corporate  control,  family  farming  is 
making  its  last  stand  here  in  Appalachia, "  he 
says.  "We've  had  a  tremendous  increase  in  the 
level  of  land  development  that's  going  on  in 
the  mountains  in  the  past  six  or  seven  years. 
And  since  Alleghany  and  most  other  moun- 
tain counties  have  no  planning  ordinances, 
this  is  leading  to  real  problems  for  the  future. 
The  extremely  low  dairy  prices  that  we've 
seen  in  recent  years  are  putting  farm  families 
under  a  lot  of  pressure  to  sell  their  land.  We've 
got  to  make  sure  the  remaining  land  here  is 
not  cut  into  half-acre  lots.  If  current  land-use 
trends  continue,  we're  going  to  lose  all  our  re- 
maining open  space  within  fifty  years.  So  we 
need  to  do  something  about  this  as  a  society. 

"I'm  proud  of  and  happy  with  my  land-trust 
work.  I've  been  successful  at  it  because  I  can 
take  a  farmer's  viewpoint  and  talk  to  other 
landowners  in  ways  that  they  understand." 

Coman's  first-hand  understanding  of  the 
farmer's  viewpoint  includes  a  keen  awareness 
of  the  hardships  and  occasional  indignities  that 
come  with  the  territory.  In  that  connection,  he 
recalls  an  experience  from  the  particularly 
severe  winter  that  Alleghany  County  saw  in 
1996.  "We  had  had  a  small  snowfall,  and  it 
was  followed  by  three  ice  storms.  There  was  a 
three-inch  layer  of  ice  everywhere.  One  night 
at  about  nine,  it  was  pitch-black  and  about 
two  degrees  above  zero,  and  I  was  walking  on 
the  ice  with  a  kerosene  lantern  in  my  hand, 
trying  to  get  to  the  bam,  where  there  were 
two  ewes  lambing.  A  third  one  was  out  in  the 
corral  on  a  slope.  So  I  creep  out  on  that  icy 
slope  and  I  fall  flat  on  my  back.  The  lantern 
shatters  and  I  slide  down  that  slope  and  right 
up  against  that  ewe.  The  only  other  light  is 
from  a  sixty-watt  bulb  about  a  hundred  yards 
away  in  the  barn.  My  head  hurts.  And  I  begin 
to  rethink  this  whole  farming  situation." 

He  shakes  his  head  and  chuckles.  "And  as 
I'm  lying  there  thinking,  'This  can't  get  much 
worse, '  that  old  ewe  turns  around  and  pisses 
right  on  my  chest." 

That  incident  and  other  similarly  discour- 
aging experiences  might  have  deterred  less 
bullheaded  individuals,  but  Coman  has  main- 
tained his  commitment  to  the  rural  lifestyle 
he  chose  long  ago.  "I  know  the  attitudes  of 
most  Duke  graduates  are  not  quite  mine, "  he 
says.  "A  lot  of  the  things  I've  done  have  been 
worthwhile  and  rewarding,  but  most  of  the  re- 
wards haven't  necessarily  been  financial.  I'm 
not  living  in  a  $600,000  house  with  a  Mercedes 
and  servants.  I'm  not  independently  wealthy, 
but  I'm  independent  as  hell.  Sometimes  I  feel 
as  though  I'm  paddling  against  the  current,  but 
I'm  not  unhappy  with  where  I've  ended  up."  ■ 

Patterson  is  a  freelance  writer  in  Winston- Salem, 
North  Carolina. 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


MM*** 


LANGE  NEW 
PROVOST 


Political  science  professor  Peter  Lange, 
who  led  an  effort  to  expand  the  uni- 
versity's international  role  and  recently 
chaired  the  first  major  revision  of  the  under- 
graduate curriculum  in  more  than  a  decade, 
has  been  named  provost.  Lange,  who  chairs 
the  political  science  department,  was  selected 
following  a  national  search  involving  more 
than  150  candidates.  He  succeeds  John  Stroh- 
behn,  who  will  complete  his  five-year  term  as 
the  university's  chief  academic  officer  June  30. 

President  Nannerl  O.  Keohane,  in  a  letter  in- 
forming the  faculty  of  his  appointment,  noted 
that  Lange  has  considerable  knowledge  of  the 
provost's  responsibilities  from  serving  as  vice 
provost  for  academic  and  international  af- 
fairs, "where  he  provided  skillful  leadership  in 
the  earlier  stages  of  Duke's  current  focus  on  in- 
ternationalization. As  vice  provost,  he  played 
a  critical  role  in  the  planning  process  that  pro- 
duced Shaping  Our  Future,  the  university's  long- 
range  plan  that  was  adopted  by  the  board  of 
trustees  in  1994.  This  year  he  chaired  the  com- 
mittee that  crafted  the  new  Curriculum  2000 
and  brought  it  successfully  to  a  favorable  vote 
in  the  Arts  and  Sciences  Council." 

"As  chief  academic  officer  of  the  universi- 
ty," says  Lange,  "the  provost  must  provide  the 
strategic  and  intellectual  leadership  necessary 
to  attain  our  goal  of  becoming  one  of  Ameri- 
ca's truly  preeminent  universities.  This  will 
require  innovative  thinking,  the  highest  stan- 
dards, clearly  articulated  academic  priorities, 
and  a  firm  commitment  that  all  that  we  do  in 
the  university  must  be  directed  toward  building 
the  best  faculty,  attracting  the  finest  students, 
and  attaining  outstanding  achievements  in 
research  and  teaching.  In  doing  so,  the  uni- 
versity will  best  be  able  to  serve  society." 

Lange,  an  expert  on  Western  European  pol- 
itics and  the  political  economies  of  advanced 
industrial  societies,  taught  at  Harvard  Univer- 
sity before  coming  to  Duke  as  a  visiting  asso- 
ciate professor  of  political  science  in  1981.  He 
joined  the  permanent  faculty  in  1982. 

As  vice  provost  for  academic  and  interna- 
tional affairs,  Lange  helped  Duke  expand  its 
international  curricula  and  its  recruitment  of 
foreign  students.  Curriculum  2000,  which  he 
spearheaded,  places  more  rigorous  graduation 


MAKING  GAINS  IN  HIRING 


■  n  his  annual  report  to  the 
Academic  Council  in  April, 
Duke  provost  John  Stroh- 
behn  noted  continued  progress 
— and  a  few  pitfalls — in  the 
effort  to  increase  the  number  of 
black  faculty  at  Duke  under  a 
strategic  initiative  launched  six 
years  ago.  According  to  the 
report,  the  number  of  black 
faculty  has  risen  from  thirty- six 
in  tenured  and  tenure-track 
positions  in  1993  to  forty-seven 
today  (or  3.1  percent  of  the 
total  number  of  tenured  and 
tenure-track  professors  at 
Duke).  The  number  of  African 
Americans  in  non-tenure-track 
positions  has  risen  by  sixteen. 
The  current  Strategic  Plan 
for  Black  Faculty  Development 
was  the  second  such  initiative 
launched  by  the  university  and 
the  faculty's  Academic  Council. 
The  first  was  the  controversial 
1988  Black  Faculty  Initiative 
(featured  in  the  September- 
October  1988  issue  of  Duke 
Magazine),  which  required  each 
department  and  school  to  add 
at  least  one  black  faculty  mem- 


ber to  its  ranks  by  1993.  That 
initiative  failed,  and  in  January 
1994  the  Academic  Council 
unanimously  adopted  the  cur- 
rent plan,  which  includes  in- 
centives that  allow  departments 
to  share  the  costs  of  hiring 
black  faculty  members  with  the 
central  administration. 

Under  the  new  plan,  Trinity 
College  posted  the  most  signifi- 
cant gains,  with  a  net  increase 
of  twelve  black  faculty  members 
since  1993.  More  than  three- 
quarters  of  these  new  hires 
were  for  tenure-track  positions. 
The  School  of  Medicine  gained 
nine  black  faculty  members 
in  the  same  period  (only  two 
are  employed  in  tenure-track 
positions). 

Other  schools  haven't  fared  as 
well.  Engineering  gained  one 
black  faculty  member,  Fuqua 
gained  two,  and  Divinity,  with 
three  black  faculty  members  in 
regular-rank  positions,  posted 
no  gains  since  1993.  The  Nich- 
olas School  of  the  Environment 
has  no  black  faculty  members. 

"Our  progress  in  recruiting 


and  retaining  black  faculty  is 
now  steady,"  according  to  the 
latest  report,  "but  we  are  not  as 
far  ahead  as  we  thought  we 
would  be,  largely  because  we 
lose  too  many."  Departments 
should  intensify  their  efforts  in 
order  to  meet  the  goal  of  dou- 
bling the  number  of  African- 
American,  regular-rank  faculty 
by  2003,  the  report  said,  fur- 
ther recommending  that  atten- 
tion be  paid  to  recruitment 
plans  for  Asian,  Latino,  and 
Native  American  faculty. 

hike 


Lange:  from  Img-range  [limning  to  faculty  leadership 


requirements  on  students  in  Duke's  Trinity 
College,  beginning  with  those  entering  in  the 
fall  of  2000.  The  new  requirements,  approved 
this  past  January,  include  foreign-language 
courses,  intensive  writing  and  research  expe- 
riences in  and  outside  the  major,  and  broader 
and  deeper  study  of  ethical,  cross-cultural, 
and  science  and  society  issues. 

Lange  has  served  as  a  member  of  the  Pro- 
vost's Committee  on  Academic  Priorities  and 
the  President's  Advisory  Committee  on  Re- 
sources. He  has  represented  the  faculty  on  the 
board  of  trustees'  Business  and  Finance  Com- 
mittee; and  he  served  as  a  member  of  the 
executive  committee  of  the  Graduate  School 
and  as  a  member  of  the  Academic  Council, 
including  the  council's  executive  committee. 

Lange's  most  tecent  scholarly  work  is  as  co- 
editor  of  and  contributor  to  Continuity  and 
Change  in  Contemporary  Capitalism,  from  Cam- 
bridge University  Press.  Since  1991,  he  has 
been  editor  of  Cambridge  Studies  in  Compar- 
ative Politics.  In  1986,  he  was  a  visiting  profes- 


May-June  1999        49 


sor  at  the  University  of  Milan  as  a  Fulbright 
Research  Scholar.  He  earned  his  bachelor's 
degree  at  Oberlin  College  and  his  Ph.D.  at 
the  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology. 


ENGLISH 
ADDITIONS 

aureen  Quilligan,  a  prominent 
University  of  Pennsylvania  Ren- 
aissance scholar  and  a  leading 
voice  in  feminist  theory,  will  head  the  Duke 
English  department.  She  will  assume  her  new 
responsibilities  January  1,  2000,  after  complet- 
ing a  sabbatical  leave  at  the  Huntington  Li- 
brary, a  private  research  library  in  San  Ma- 
rino, California. 

Her  appointment  caps  a  national  search 
involving  more  than  thirty  candidates  for  a 
chair  of  English  in  the  wake  of  an  outside 
review  committee  report  last  spring  that  said 
internal  problems  seriously  threatened  a  de- 
partment that  had  undergone  a  "meteoric  rise 
to  national  leadership"  in  recent  years.  Wil- 
liam Chafe,  dean  of  the  faculty  of  arts  and  sci- 
ences, says  he  plans  to  appoint  an  interim 
chair  for  the  fall  semester. 

Quilligan,  who  succeeds  Marianna  Torgov- 
nick,  is  noted  for  her  scholarship  on  a  wide 
array  of  English  and  continental  authors  of 
the  early  modern  period  from  the  late  four- 
teenth century  into  the  sixteenth  century, 
with  special  attention  to  women  and  litera- 
ture. She  is  viewed  "as  one  of  the  luminaries 
of  Renaissance  literary  studies, "  says  Chafe. 

She  has  published  three  books:  The  Lan- 
guage of  Allegory:  Defining  the  Genre  (Cornell 
University  Press,  1979);  Milton's  Spenser:  The 
Politics  of  Reading  (Cornell,  1983);  and  The 
Allegory  of  Female  Authority:  Christine  de 
Pizan's  Cite  des  Dames  (Cornell,  1991).  She 
has  also  co-edited  two  volumes  of  essays:  Re- 
writing the  Renaissance:  The  Discourses  of  Sexual 
Difference  in  Early  Modem  Europe  (University 
of  Chicago  Press,  1986)  and  Subject  and  Object 
in  Renaissance  Culture  (Cambridge  University 
Press,  1996).  She  is  working  on  book-length 
projects  on  female  political  authority  in  the 
sixteenth  century,  incest  and  female  agency, 
and  slavery  in  the  Renaissance  epic. 

Quilligan  earned  her  bachelor's  and  mas- 
ter's degrees  at  the  University  of  California, 
Berkeley,  and  her  Ph.D.  at  Harvard.  Before 
going  to  Penn  in  1983,  she  taught  at  Yale 
University  from  1973  to  1977. 

Her  appointment  to  Duke  follows  by  a 
month  the  announcement  that  African- 
American  studies  scholar  Houston  A.  Baker 
Jr.,  founder  of  the  Center  for  the  Study  of 
Black  Literature  and  Culture  at  the  Uni- 
versity of  Pennsylvania,  and  his  wife,  linguist 
Charlotte  Pierce -Baker,  will  join  the  English 


faculty  in  September.  Baker  will  be  a  full  pro- 
fessor in  Duke's  English  department  with  a 
secondary  appointment  in  African  and  Afri- 
can-American studies.  Pierce -Baker  will  be 
an  associate  research  professor  and  teach  in 
the  university's  women's  studies  and  African- 
American  studies  programs. 

Baker  was  president  of  the  Modem  Lan- 
guage Association  in  1992,  the  first  African 
American  to  hold  that  position  in  the  100- 
year  history  of  the  leading  academic  organiza- 
tion for  the  study  and  teaching  of  language 
and  literature.  Known  for  his  literary  and  cul- 
tural studies  of  the  African  diaspora,  he  has 
been  a  professor  of  English  and  director  of 
Afro-American  studies  at  Penn  since  1974. 
He  is  the  author  of  Workings  of  the  Spirit:  The 
Poetics  of  Afro-American  Women's  Writing  and 
Black  Studies,  Rap,  and  the  Academy.  Also  a 
published  poet,  he  has  a  recent  volume,  Blues 
Journeys  Home. 

Pierce -Baker  has  taught  at  the  University 
of  Delaware,  the  University  of  Pennsylvania, 
and  St.  Hughes  College  of  Oxford  University. 
She  was  director  of  Innovative  Study  in 
Teaching  and  the  Humanities  at  Penn  from 
1990  to  1998,  as  well  as  assistant  dean  for  its 
Master  of  Liberal  Arts  Program.  She  recently 
published  a  book  about  her  own  and  other 
black  women's  experiences  of  rape,  Surviving 
the  Silence:  Black  Women's  Stories  of  Rape.  The 
book  has  been  well  received  by  critics  who 
have  lauded  her  for  its  portrayal  of  rape's  ef- 
fect on  the  lives  of  African- American  women 
and  men. 

This  past  year,  Baker  and  Pierce -Baker 
have  taught  as  visiting  professors  at  Duke. 


CROSS-TRAIN 
YOUR  BRAIN 

Shower  with  your  eyes  closed.  Take  a 
different  route  to  work.  Learn  the 
Braille  numbers  in  the  elevator  for  the 
floors.  Hold  your  nose  as  you  try  different 
foods  to  explore  how  the  taste  changes.  These 
are  among  eighty-three  "neurobic"  exercises 
advocated  by  Duke  Medical  Center  neurobi- 
ologist  Lawrence  Katz  and  co-author  Man- 
ning Rubin  in  their  new  book  Keep  Your  Brain 


Alive,  from  Workman  Publishing  Company. 

In  the  book,  Katz,  a  Howard  Hughes  Medi- 
cal Institute  Investigator  at  the  medical  center, 
takes  out  of  the  laboratory  and  into  everyday 
life  the  latest  insights  into  how  the  brain  can 
rewire  itself  to  adjust  to  new  experience.  New 
scientific  evidence  shows  that  the  brain  can 
rewire  itself,  even  in  adults,  Katz  says.  "It  was 
not  appreciated  for  a  long  time  how,  even 
quite  late  in  life,  the  brain  has  quite  a  lot  of 
residual  capacity  for  reorganization." 

Basically,  brain  cells  learn  by  making  new 
connections  with  one  another,  growing  tendril- 
like  connections  called  dendrites,  say  Katz 
and  Rubin,  senior  creative  supervisor  at  K2 
Design  in  New  York  City  and  the  author  of  60 
Ways  to  Relieve  Stress  in  60  Seconds.  These  den- 
drites connect  with  neighboring  cells  through 
linkages  called  synapses.  As  brains  age,  these 
dendritic  connections  may  thin  out,  but  Katz 
and  Rubin  advocate  mental  exercise  as  a  way 
to  enrich  those  connections. 

"It's  long  been  clear  that  during  critical 
periods  early  in  life,  people's  brains  set  up 
some  of  their  very  basic  circuits,"  he  says. 
"But  the  long-held  idea  that  after  that,  brain 
connections  were  frozen  is  probably  not  true. 
And,  in  fact,  it's  obvious  that  people  learn 
things  throughout  their  lives;  even  if  they're 
eighty  years  old,  they  can  learn  new  things." 

Katz  emphasizes  that  "neurobics"  is  not 
about  doing  puzzles  or  brain-teasers,  but  about 
using  the  full  range  of  the  senses  to  help  forge 
new  connections  among  the  different  sensory 
structures  of  the  brain.  "A  huge  area  of  our 
brain  is  devoted  to  processing  sensory  inputs, 
because  that's  how  we  deal  with  the  outside 
world,"  he  says.  "And  the  senses  need  to 
know  what's  going  on  in  the  other  senses  as 
well,  to  try  to  make  predictions  about  the 
future.  So,  for  example,  if  you  hear  a  gunshot 
and  see  a  bottle  next  to  you  explode,  you  make 
a  very  strong  association  that  that  sound 
means  something  bad." 

When  we  "starve"  our  senses,  brain  function 
degrades,  he  says.  "We  believe  that  people  use 
the  same  senses  in  modem  life  over  and  over 
again,  so  that  they  end  up  using  lots  of  visual 
and  auditory  associations.  But  by  bringing  the 
other  possible  associated  sensory  pathways  on 
line,  you  actually  increase  the  repertoire  of 
brain  pathways  that  are  activated."  Unfor- 
tunately, he  says,  the  conveniences  of  modem 
life  have  robbed  us  of  some  of  this  sensory 
richness.  "We  don't  forage  for  food  in  the 
dark,  for  example,  where  we  have  to  rely  on 
smell  to  know  whether  we're  near  a  rotting 
log,  or  touch  to  feel  our  way  along.  We  just 
don't  rely  on  such  richness  of  sensory  input 
very  often,  so  those  kinds  of  possible  conjunc- 
tions are  underused." 

In  their  book,  Katz  and  Rubin  recommend 
eighty-three  different  exercises  that  use  not 
only  the   five   usual  senses — vision,  taste, 


50      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


ECONOMICS,  ENGINEERING,  AND  THE  BIOMEDICAL 


When  Neil  Hattangadi 
B.S.E.  '99  was 
named  Duke's  twen- 
ty-eighth Rhodes  Scholar  in 
December — one  of  thirty-two 
selected  from  990  applicants 
nationwide — reporters  had  a 
tough  time  defining  his  aca- 
demic concentration.  That's  be- 
cause Hattangadi  resists  being 
pigeon-holed  academically.  Of- 
ficially a  biomedical  engineer- 
ing major,  he  also  came  close  to 
completing  majors  in  chemistry 
and  economics.  But  acquiring 
labels  isn't  among  his  interests. 
"Whatever  scholastic  goals  I  set 
for  myself  as  a  freshman,  1  have 
achieved,"  he  says.  "Things  like 
requirements  for  majors  matter 
a  lot  less  than  diverse, 


ing  experiences. 

He  chose  to  forego  an  upper- 
level  financial  markets  course, 
which  would  have  added  the 
economics  major  to  his  reper- 
toire, upon  realizing  that  it 
overlapped  precisely  with  the 
studies  he  will  begin  in  Octo- 
ber, during  the  first  of  two 
years  of  his  M.Phil.  (Oxfordese 
for  master's  by  coursework)  in 
economics.  Hattangadi's  pas- 
sion for  economics  is  twofold: 
He  wants  the  skills  to  analyze 
decisions  made  by  firms  and 
governments  in  developing  new 
technologies,  and  he  enjoys 
using  the  quantitative  and  ana- 
lytical methods  characteristic  of 
the  natural  sciences  to  examine 
the  way  people  behave.  His 
latest  interest  is  pharmaco-eco- 
nomics,  which  uses  game  theory 
to  analyze  the  allocation  of 
resources  during  the  pharma- 
ceutical research  and  develop- 
ment process.  He  wants  to  know 
how  incentives  at  the  highest 
level  can  lead  to  innovations  that 
will  benefit  the  larger  society. 

And  in  place  of  a  senior-year 
chemistry  lab,  he  spent  hours 
preparing  to  publish  the  results 
of  a  four-year  research  project. 
"Basically,"  he  says  before 
offering  the  same  summary  he 
gave  throughout  the  Rhodes 
interviews,  "it  involves  design- 
ing protein  molecules  that  bind 
to  agents  of  interest  in  the 
blood,"  such  as  toxins,  drugs, 
sugars,  and  viral  co-proteins. 
His  ultimate  goal  is  a  diagnostic 
chip  bearing  these  specially  en- 
gineered proteins  that,  attached 
to  an  electronic  interface, 
would  give  information  about  a 
blood  sample  by  quantifying 
the  concentrations  of  bound 
proteins  on  it.  This  palm-sized 
device  would  test  for  more  than 


Hattangadi:  "Ideally,  I  want  to  oversee  a  bunch  of  very  diverse  projects" 


1 ,000  agents  and  display  the 
results  on  a  monitor  immedi- 
atly  after  pricking  a  patient's 
finger.  Current  laboratory  pro- 
cedures require  separate 
lengthy  tests  for  each  agent. 

"It's  a  three-step  process — 
designing  proteins,  patterning  a 
chip,  and  interfacing  this  all 
with  a  microprocessor,"  he  says. 
"It's  engineering  proteins,  engi- 
neering materials,  and  engi- 
neering electronics."  The  pro- 
ject is  nearing  the  end  of  its 
"proof  of  principles"  stage; 
Hattangadi,  president  of  the 
university's  chapter  of  Tau  Beta 
Pi,  the  national  engineering 
honor  society,  has  demonstrated 
that  his  idea  is  feasible. 

Though  they  certainly  could 
have,  the  Rhodes  interviewers 
did  not  dwell  entirely  on  his 
academic  pursuits.  Hattangadi 
was  thrown  questions  on  every- 
thing from  painter  Georgia 
O'Keeffe  to  slugger  Mark 
McGwire.  He  was  even  asked 
about  the  Blue  Devils'  then 
recent  loss  to  Cincinnati.  The 
hardest  question,  he  says,  dealt 
with  the  Waxman-Hatch  Act,  a 
piece  of  legislation  that  extends 
patent  life  for  prescription 
drugs,  inducing  companies  to 
expand  their  research  and 
development  operations. 

"They  wanted  to  know  what 
I  thought  of  the  argument  that 
the  bill  should  apply  to  drugs 
already  on  the  market.  It 
shouldn't."  Though  he  claims 
he  floundered  on  the  question, 
such  intersections  between 
social  and  natural  science  are 
what  interest  Hattangadi  most 

After  Oxford,  Hattangadi 
plans  on  entering  medical 
school,  probably  in  a  combined 
M.D./Ph.D.  program  offered 
through  Harvard  and  M.I.T. 
Though  he  says  he'd  like  to 


keep  one  foot  in  the  academy 
even  after  that,  his  ultimate  am- 
bition is  to  start  up  a  biotech- 
nology firm.  To  begin  exploring 
that  ambition,  he's  working  this 
summer  with  the  Boston  Con- 
sulting Group;  he'll  be  an  adviser 
to  biotechnology  firms. 

Hattangadi  claims  he's  a 
"lousy  experimental  scientist," 
who  would  much  rather  have  a 
set  of  data  to  analyze  and  apply 
than  shoulder  the  burden — 
often  mired  in  menial  questions 
of  malfunctioning  instruments 
and  faulty  pipettes — of  collect- 
ing the  data.  "Ideally,  I  want  to 
oversee  a  bunch  of  very  diverse 
projects — in  biomedical  engi- 
neering, molecular  biology, 
modeling—and  to  figure  out 
how  to  allocate  resources  to 
each  project  based  on  its 
chance  of  success." 

His  own  success  has  been 
helped  by  what  he  calls  "my 
diversity  of  contacts  with 
Duke's  committed  intellectuals, 
athletes,  and  social  activists"; 
they  have  pushed  and  prodded 
him  and  nurtured  his  interests, 
he  says.  He  has  excelled  as  a 
triathlete,  and  he's  placed  near 
the  top  of  his  age  group  in  local 
competitions.  He's  also  played 
on  Duke's  water-polo  club — an 
activity  that  he  says  has  allowed 
him  to  explore  his  own  capaci- 
ties, physical  and  mental  alike. 
"Playing  water  polo  is  physi- 
cally demanding,  and  it 
involves  great  coordination 
among  players.  At  the  club 
level,  you  don't  receive  a  great 
deal  of  recognition.  But  the 
sport  demands  a  great  deal  of 
dedication  and  discipline  and, 
in  that  sense,  it  helps  one  suc- 
ceed in  the  academic  arena." 


smell,  touch,  and  hearing — but  also  what 
they  call  the  "sixth  sense"  of  emotion.  The 
authors'  criteria  for  such  neurobic  exercises 
are  that  they  involve  one  or  more  of  your 
senses  in  a  novel  way,  engage  your  attention, 
and  break  a  routine  activity  in  an  unexpected, 
nontrivial  way. 

With  these  criteria,  the  book  divides  its  list 
of  neurobic  exercises  into  six  categories  of 
daily  routine: 

•  Starting  and  Ending  the  Day.  Suggested 
example:  Go  through  your  morning  hair- 
combing,  tooth-brushing  routine  using  the 
nondominant  hand. 

•  Commuting.  Close  your  eyes  as  you  get 
into  the  car,  find  the  keys,  and  start  the  car. 

•  At  work.  Make  a  "sensory  cannister"  con- 
taining such  aromatic  substances  as  sage, 
thyme,  or  cloves  and  take  a  whiff  when  you 
dial  a  certain  phone  number.  See  if  it  helps 
you  remember  the  number. 

•  At  the  market.  Go  to  new  markets  such 
as  an  ethnic  market  or  a  bakery  to  experience 
new  sights  and  aromas. 

•  At  mealtimes.  Share  a  meal  in  silence 
and  see  how  it  affects  your  sensory  experience 
of  the  food. 

•  At  leisure.  Go  camping  or  visit  a  place 
you've  never  been. 

The  aim  of  neurobics  is  not  to  increase 
intelligence,  Katz  emphasizes.  "Neurobics  is 
not  going  to  make  you  have  the  brain  of  a 
twenty-year-old.  And  it's  not  going  to  make 
you  smarter  than  you  were.  It's  the  equivalent 
of  a  physical  exercise,  in  that  it's  designed  to 
keep  you  mentally  fit  and  able  to  engage  in  a 
wide  range  of  mental  activities.  It's  designed 
to  preserve  and  firm  up  your  mental  capaci- 
ties, not  to  augment  them." 


BOOKSTORES  OFF 
THE  MARKET 

M^  fter  a  review  of  external  proposals  to 
M^k  manage  the  Duke  Stores,  university 
^■^^^  officials  have  closed  the  chapter  on 
plans  to  lease  the  stores'  management  to  an 
outsider,  concluding  that  there  would  be  no 
financial  advantage.  Instead,  the  university 
plans  to  invest  in  upgrading  the  current 
stores'  operation. 

In  a  letter  to  law  professor  Robert  Mosteller, 
chair  of  the  executive  committee  of  the  Aca- 
demic Council  (ECAC),  Executive  Vice  Presi- 
dent Tallman  Trask  III  said,  "We  have  now 
completed  the  analysis  of  two  vendor  proposals. 
On  a  net  present  value  basis,  even  with  con- 
servative growth  estimates,  neither  is  much  bet- 
ter (if  at  all)  than  we  might  expect  to  do  our- 
selves." Trask  also  told  Mosteller  that  the  uni- 
versity was  committed  to  continue  "to  improve 
the  quality  and  appearance  of  the  bookstore." 


May -June  1999        51 


In  recent  years  several  major  universities  — 
including  Harvard,  Yale,  Chicago,  and  the 
University  of  Pennsylvania — have  turned 
over  their  bookstore  operations  to  external 
firms.  Last  fall,  after  consultation  with  the 
ECAC  and  political  science  professor  Michael 
Gillespie,  who  chaired  the  council's  Book- 
store Advisory  Committee,  officials  agreed 
that  Duke  should  assess  how  university  stores 
could  more  efficiently  and  effectively  serve 
the  needs  of  faculty  and  students.  Trask 
authorized  Joseph  Pietrantoni,  associate  vice 
president  for  auxiliary  services,  to  conduct 
such  a  review  and  to  invite  Barnes  &  Noble 
and  Follett  College  Stores  to  submit  proposals 
for  running  the  stores'  operations. 

Conducted  by  Auxiliary  Services  in  con- 
junction with  the  university's  Bookstore  Ad- 
visory Committee,  the  review  concluded  that 
projected  revenues  over  a  fifteen-year  period 
for  the  two  chains  would  not  be  substantially 
different  than  if  the  stores  remained  indepen- 
dent. "Because  the  cumulative  figures  of  all 
three  [projections]  were  relatively  close,  the 
loss  of  operational  controls  is  not  worth  the 
potential  risks  or  gains  of  employing  a  priva- 
tized vendor, "  Pietrantoni  says. 

Trask  says  he  wasn't  surprised  by  the  result 
of  the  analysis.  Most  of  the  successful  privati- 
zation efforts  have  been  at  universities  where 
the  bookstore  is  in  disarray  or  losing  money, 


and  that  isn't  the  case  at  Duke.  "The  stores 
have  had  good  leadership  over  the  years, "  he 
says.  "It's  also  in  Durham,  which  means  the 
market  forces  are  somewhat  different:  big 
enough  to  have  a  market  but  not  so  big  that 
it's  overwhelmed  with  competitors." 

The  panel's  analysis  examined  what  priva- 
tization would  offer  in  program  and  product 
services  and  financial  returns.  The  Bookstore 
Advisory  Committee  helped  raise  the  key 
questions  as  to  what  was  special  about  the 
stores  and  what  kind  of  guarantees  the  uni- 
versity should  demand  of  potential  external 
managers. 

For  students,  Gillespie  says,  one  of  the  key 
issues  was  whether  the  chains  would  buy  back 
used  textbooks  and  provide  competitive 
prices  for  books.  For  staff,  there  were  job  ben- 
efits and  other  employment  concerns.  The 
committee  insisted  that  the  staff  would  have 
to  be  protected  either  by  keeping  them  as 
Duke  employees  or  as  chain  employees  with 
benefits  comparable  to  Duke  staff. 

Faculty  members  also  wanted  guarantees 
that  scholarly  titles  would  not  be  pushed  out 
for  best-sellers,  that  foreign  titles  and  hard-to- 
get  scholarly  texts  could  be  delivered  quickly, 
and  that  revenues  would  not  be  drained  from 
academic  programs.  During  the  discussions 
with  ECAC  and  Gillespie,  Trask  said  these 
issues  would  be  part  of  the  analysis. 


"I'm  pleased  with  the  process,"  says  Mos- 
teller.  "I  think  it  worked.  When  the  issue 
came  up,  it  seemed  to  me  it  was  not  clear  that 
there  was  a  right  answer.  What  needed  to  be 
done  was  for  it  to  be  worked  through  by 
thoughtful  people,  and  I  think  the  adminis- 
tration and  the  Bookstore  Advisory  Commit- 
tee played  that  role  asking  the  right  ques- 
tions." 

But  Pietrantoni,  Trask,  and  Gillespie  agree 
the  end  of  this  review  process  marks  the 
beginning  of  another  process  of  keeping  the 
operation  competitive.  In  his  memo  to  Mos- 
teller  on  the  issue,  Trask  cautioned  that  if  the 
market  continues  on  this  same  course,  the 
university  may  have  to  revisit  the  issue  of  pri- 
vatization. 

"From  the  start, "  said  Trask,  "our  review  was 
predicated  on  wanting  to  be  sure  we  were  pro- 
viding the  best  possible  service  to  our  students 
and  faculty  within  the  realistic  market  con- 
straints the  bookstore  faced.  This  review  gave 
us  a  chance  to  assess  these  issues  in  a  formal 
way,  and  we  learned. 


SUMMER 
DANCING 

he  American  Dance  Festival  will  bring 
to  the  Duke  campus  the  world's  most 
outstanding  dance — and  the  most  out- 
standing dancers  in  the  field  of  modern  dance 
— with  sixteen  commissioned  works  June  10 
through  July  24-  In  addition,  nearly  450  pro- 
fessional and  pre -professional  dancers  from 
around  the  globe  are  expected  to  converge 
for  six  weeks  of  intensive  training  at  the  ADF 
school. 

In  this,  its  sixty-sixth  season,  the  ADF  will 
feature  performances  and  commissioned  pieces 
by  Bill  T  Jones/Arnie  Zane  Dance  Company, 
African  American  Dance  Ensemble,  Martha 
Clarke,  Pilobolus  Dance  Theatre,  Eiko  & 
Koma,Tharp!,  John  Jasperse  Company,  Phila- 
danco,  David  Dorfman  Dance,  Argentina's  El 
Angiel  Dance  Company,  China's  Ma  Bo  and 
Li  Han  Zhong,  Russia's  Tatiana  Baganova, 
Israel's  Barak  Marshall,  and  Paul  Taylor 
Dance  Company. 

For  1999,  the  Samuel  H.  Scripps  American 
Dance  Festival  Award  to  honor  lifetime 
achievement  in  modern  dance  went  to  Pina 
Bausch.  The  $25,000  annual  award  was  es- 
tablished in  1981. 

Doris  Duke  Millennium  Awards  for 
Modern  Dance  and  Jazz  Music  Collabora- 
tions united  the  talents  of  choreographer  Bill 
T  Jones  with  composer  Fred  Hersch,  and  Paul 
Taylor  with  Rick  Benjamin  and  the  Paragon 
Ragtime  Orchestra.  Doris  Duke  Awards  for 
New  Work,  cash  prizes  awarded  at  three  dif- 
ferent levels,  went  to  Twyla  Tharp  and  Mere- 


52      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


dith  Monk  ($100,000),  Eiko  &  Koma  and 
Martha  Clarke  (each  $40,000),  and  John 
Jasperse  and  David  Dorfman  (each  $15,000). 

From  June  through  the  end  of  July,  the 
ADF-mounted  "Full-bodied  Expressions  of 
Modern  Life:  Modern  Dance  and  the  Ameri- 
can Twentieth  Century"  will  be  exhibited  in 
the  Perkins  Library  lobby  at  Duke.  The  exhibit 
features  materials  from  the  ADF  archival  col- 
lection of  photos,  letters,  and  administrative 
files  from  its  earliest  days  to  the  present. 

The  ADF  was  established  in  1934  in  Ben- 
nington, Vermont,  with   Martha   Graham, 


ADF:  Paul  Taylor  Dance  Company  in  last 
summer's  "Nightshade" 


Hanya  Holm,  Doris  Humphrey,  and  Charles 
Weidman  as  founding  artists.  The  festival,  di- 
rected by  Charles  and  Stephanie  Reinhart, 
moved  to  Durham  in  1978.  Throughout  its 
history,  the  ADF  has  played  a  critical  role  in 
increasing  the  repertoires  of  American  mod- 
ern dance  companies,  hosting  more  than  480 
premieres,  many  of  them  landmark  dances. 

Performances  will  be  held  in  Page  Audi- 
torium and  Reynolds  Industries  Theater.  For 
rickets,  contact  the  Page  box  office  at  (919)  684- 
4444.  For  more  information,  see  the  website 
at  www.AmericanDanceFestival.org. 


A  FAN  IN  FULL 

Continued  from  page  10 


What  kind  of  primal  appeal  would  you  speculate 
is  at  work? 

It's  like  single-combat  warfare,  as  when  Go- 
liath and  David  fought.  Each  side  would  send 
out  its  champion  before  the  battle,  and  they 
would  fight. 

In  A  Man  in  Full,  you  have  former  NBA  star 
Blaq  Fleet  explaining  how  life  is  like  a  basketball 
game:  "Maybe  that's  why  so  many  folks  like  bas- 
ketball. The  lessons  are  right  there  in  front  of  you. 
It's  a  team  sport."  Is  that  you  or  your  character 
speaking? 

That's  what  a  politician  would  say.  I  think  the 
definition  of  a  good  coach,  particularly  in  bas- 
ketball, is  one  who  can  force  a  team  effort  and 
won't  let  it  be  anything  else.  That's  not  a  mat- 
ter of  players  being  seized  by  the  team  spirit, 
but  of  the  coach  having  moral  authority. 
From  my  own  days  of  struggling  to  be  a  sports 
star,  I  can  tell  you  that  teamwork  has  nothing 
to  do  with  it.  You  may  need  teamwork  in 
order  to  excel,  but  I  don't  think  that  team- 
work is  what  is  motivating  you.  Glory  is  what 
motivates  you. 

So  in  college  basketball,  do  we  value  the  single- 
combat  warrior  as  much  as  we  value  the  team? 

Bill  Bradley  was  a  great  star  at  Princeton,  then 
he  was  a  Rhodes  Scholar.  Then  he  signed  on 
with  the  New  York  Knicks.  And  I  remember 
saying  to  myself,  what  a  fool.  He's  throwing 
away  his  life:  He  could  have  started  out  with 
Morgan  Stanley  and  really  made  a  career  for 
himself.  And  now  he'll  be  a  nobody.  But  how 
wrong  I  was.  After  a  few  seasons  of  profes- 
sional basketball,  he  was  a  New  Jersey  single- 
combat  warrior,  and  he  was  elected  to  the 
Senate.  It  was  the  greatest  career  move  any- 
body ever  made. 

Has  the  sports  icon  become  the  authentic  Ameri- 
can hero? 

Yes,  but  that's  a  very  good  thing,  because  na- 


tional heroes  almost  always  come  out  of  war. 
If  there  are  no  heroes,  one  of  the  things  that 
indicates  is  that  there  is  no  great  national 
danger.  John  Glenn  was  a  hero  because  every- 
body thought  that  he  was  standing  up  to  the 
Russians.  It's  wasn't  about  exploring  space,  it 
was  standing  up  to  the  Russians.  And  when 
he  returned,  he  was  treated  like  a  hero.'  His 
ticker-tape  parade  in  New  York  was  on  a  very 
cold  February  day.  Millions  turned  out,  and 
there  were  archetypal  New  York  policemen  in 
the  middle  of  intersections  with  tears  stream- 
ing down  their  faces  as  Glenn  went  by  in  his 
motorcade.  When  Neil  Armstrong  walked  on 
the  moon,  he  was  not  received  as  a  hero.  He 
was  admired  for  his  bravery,  certainly.  But  it 
was  an  amazing  technical  feat,  almost  a  stunt. 
So  he  got  respect  and  not  worship;  he  was  not 
seen  as  a  protector. 


Scion  of  the  Wolfes:  father  Tom  and  daughter 
Alexandra  in  Cameron  Indoor  Stadium 

Your  Man  in  Full  protagonist,  Charlie  Croker, 
ruminates  on  football  and  declares  that  at  least  in 
the  Georgia  context,  football  is  "an  obsession  no 
one  can  resist."  As  a  former  sports  star,  is  he 
another  single -combat  warrior? 

Charlie  Croker  in  the  book  gets  his  start  from 
the  fact  that  he  was  a  star  for  Georgia  Tech. 
Even  though  he  comes  from  some  of  the 
worst  rural  background — he's  a  real  cracker — 
he  was  a  football  player.  That  makes  him  at- 
tractive to  a  socially-connected  young  wom- 
an from  Richmond,  where  social  means  really 
social,  and  she  falls  for  him  and  marries  him. 
And  she  helps  give  him  the  cachet  to  become 
a  very  successful  developer.  Sports  can  do  that 
for  people. 


How  does  your  own  abbreviated  sports  career 
reflect  a  search  for  celebrity  status? 

There  is  a  real  sports  mania  in  this  culture 
which  only  gets  bigger  and  bigger  each  year.  I 
was  certainly  caught  up  in  it  myself.  I  played 
baseball  in  high  school  and  college.  I  played 
for  two  years  after  college.  I  was  always  think- 
ing, this  year,  some  pro  scout  is  going  to  dis- 
cover me.  It  turned  out  I  was  in  no  danger  of 
being  discovered.  If  I  had  been  offered  a  pro- 
fessional sports  contract,  I'm  sure  I  would 
have  gladly  done  that.  Who  cares  about  writ- 
ing? Nobody  cheers  you  for  writing. 

Who  has  been  a  sports  hero  to  you? 

One  of  my  heroes  was  Ken  Buchanan.  He  was 
the  lightweight  champion  of  the  world  at  one 
time.  He  was  rail-thin,  with  hardly  a  muscle 
on  his  body,  and  he  had  enormous  speed.  I 
saw  him  fight  and  I  said,  I  could  do  this,  too.  I 
wasn't  completely  agog  over  him.  But  I  fol- 
lowed him.  He  was  the  lone  Scotsman  in  New 
York  in  the  fight  game,  and  some  of  my  ances- 
tors were,  I  think,  from  Scotland. 

Do  sports  abo  give  rise  to  the  anti-hero,  like 
Dennis  Rodman? 

That  began  with  Joe  Namath;  I  think  he  was 
the  first  bad-boy.  And  since  then,  there  have 
been  others,  in  tennis  and  everywhere  else  in 
sports.  That's  not  heroism;  it's  the  appeal  of  the 
rake,  the  rebel.  Namath  was  marvelous.  He  had 
to  go  back  to  the  University  of  Alabama  to 
complete  his  four  years  of  study,  and  the  press 
was  invited  back  for  his  last  semester.  And  he 
loved  to  pose  in  class  with  a  book  upside- 
down  for  the  benefit  of  photographers. 

What  do  you  think  of  the  Duke  basketball  uni- 
forms? Would  you  prefer  pure  white  to  blue-and- 
whitel 

The  thing  that  I  don't  like  about  the  basket- 
ball uniforms  is  the  baggy  pants.  I  don't  get  it; 
they're  not  elegant,  they're  goofy.  But  they're 
very  much  in  style.  Maybe  one  day  they'll 
wear  Lycra,  and  the  players  will  all  look  like 
Spiderman. 


May-June  1999        53 


Bad  Medicine 

By  Paul  S.  Auerbach  73,  M.D.  77. 
Specialized  Publications  Company,  1998. 
349  pages.  $16.95,  paper. 

Americans  like  their 
doctors.  Patients  may 
gripe  about  being 
kept  waiting  or  com- 
plain about  being  ad- 
dressed by  their  first 
names,  but  most  of  us 
.  like  and  trust  the  phy- 
sicians who  care  for  us.  And  we  respect  them 
too.  Politics,  journalism,  and  law  have  all  suf- 
fered a  kind  of  fall  from  grace  in  the  public 
eye,  but  medicine  is  still  considered  a  noble  pro- 
fession, and  those  who  practice  it  basically  good. 
In  his  first  novel,  Bad  Medicine,  Paul  Auer- 
bach seems  to  suggest  we  should  not  hold  our 
health-care  professionals  in  such  high  regard. 
Auerbach,  a  physician  and  former  professor 
and  chief  of  emergency  medicine  at  both  Stan- 
ford and  Vanderbilt  medical  schools,  sets  out 
to  tweak  academic  medicine  in  the  same  way 
John  Grisham  so  successfully  tweaked  the  le- 
gal profession. 

The  novel  opens  in  Kuwait  during  the  Gulf 
War.  Dr.  Frank  Klawitter  is  performing  his  pa- 
triotic duty  by  serving  a  tour  in  the  military. 
Along  the  way,  he  helps  and  inspires  Sam 
Anderson,  an  idealistic  young  corporal  and 
future  medical  student  who  wants  to  know 
what  doctors  do  when  other  doctors  make 
mistakes.  Dr.  Klawitter's  answer:  It  depends. 
Sometimes  they  discipline  each  other,  some- 
times they  don't.  Terrible  mistakes  occur  every 
day  in  hospitals  but  nobody  finds  out,  the 
good  doctor  says.  That's  the  way  it  has  to  be. 
"But  why?"  Sam  asks. 

"For  lots  of  reasons.  Mostly  political.  An 
unwritten  code  of  honor.  To  avoid  lawsuits. 
To  preserve  reputations.  To  keep  the  public 
from  getting  scared.  To  hold  onto  business.  If 
people  knew  everything  that  went  wrong, 
then  the  good  doctors  would  suffer  as  well." 

Frank's  neatly  arranged  little  world  begins 
to  rip  apart  a  few  months  later  when  he  re- 
turns home  and  takes  up  his  position  at  the 
prestigious  Branscomb  teaching  hospital. 
Frank's  beloved  cousin  dies  on  the  operating 
table,  the  result  of  spectacular  incompetence 
by  a  smug,  arrogant,  has-been  anesthesiolo- 
gist, one  of  a  half-dozen  terrible  doctors  who 


nonetheless  seem  to  be  protected  from  on 
high  in  the  medical  school.  Everyone  knows 
how  inadequate,  out-of-date,  and  downright 
dangerous  these  physicians  are.  The  nurses 
cry,  the  paramedics  are  bitter,  the  folks  in  the 
morgue  stand  over  the  mutilated  bodies  of 
the  victims,  shaking  their  heads. 

Who  keeps  covering  up  for  these  guys  and 
why?  With  the  help  of  Sam  Anderson,  now  a 
medical  student,  Frank  learns  the  dean  is  not 
only  protecting  the  bad  doctors,  but  making 
them  rich  by  skimming  profits  from  the  prac- 
tice plan.  But  why?  And  what  can  be  done? 

Bad  Medicine  has  all  the  necessary  elements 
of  a  good  thriller — murder,  blackmail,  sex,  and 
general  mayhem.  The  book  has  the  added  ad- 
vantage of  focusing  on  an  issue  about  which 
no  thinking  person  can  afford  to  be  compla- 
cent: the  competence  and  integrity  of  our 
medical  professionals. 

Legal  thrillers  are  enormously  successful 
despite  the  fact  most  of  us  can  hope  to  get 
through  life  without  ever  seeing  the  inside  of 
a  courtroom,  except,  possibly,  from  a  jury  box. 
But  sooner  or  later  everyone  has  to  see  a  doc- 
tor. We  all  must  place  our  health,  our  trust, 
and  sometimes  our  lives,  in  the  hands  of  this 
human  being.  How  are  we  to  know  whether 
the  doctor  is  truly  dedicated  to  his  or  her 
"sacred  trust"  or  just  a  greedy,  incompetent 
quack?  Bad  Medicine  successfully  plays  upon 
these  fears. 

The  author  does  a  good  job  of  presenting 
complicated  medical  diagnoses  and  procedures 
without  condescending  to  or  confusing  the  lay 
reader.  Take  this  example:  "He  deftly  carved  a 
vertical  skin  incision  that  began  a  few  inches 
below  her  breastbone,  curved  around  her  um- 
bilicus, and  stopped  at  the  top  of  her  pubis.  Be- 


cause time  was  of  the  essence,  he  didn't  bother 
to  meticulously  cauterize  small  residual  'bleed- 
ers,' the  tiny  arteries  and  veins  that  course 
through  the  fat  and  muscle  layers  overlying 
Eleanor's  intra-abdominal  contents." 

Such  paragraphs  may  not  be  for  the 
squeamish,  but  neither  do  they  require  a  med- 
ical degree  to  penetrate.  Only  every  now  and 
then  does  Auerbach  slip  into  the  kind  of  jar- 
gon doctors  often  can't  seem  to  help.  In  one 
chapter,  he  writes,  "The  pre-syncopal  lass  sat 
in  a  chair  near  the  sink."  I  know  what  synco- 
pated means,  but  pre-syncopal? 

The  novel's  major  weakness  lies  with  its 
characters.  Although  the  author  makes  an  ad- 
mirable effort  to  round  them  out  with  hobbies 
and  romantic  lives,  the  characters  nonethe- 
less come  across  as  flat.  Perhaps  the  problem 
stems  from  the  constantly  shifting  point  of 
view.  The  reader  is  given  a  great  amount  of 
background  information  about  a  great  many 
characters,  but  never  comes  to  really  believe,  or 
empathize  with,  any  one.  Sam  Anderson  seems 
impossibly  eager  and  resourceful,  a  real  Boy 
Scout  around  whom  people  just  happen  to 
keep  ending  up  dead.  Frank  Klawitter  comes 
across  less  as  the  highly  intelligent  and  moral 
surgeon  clearly  intended  and  more  as  a  fin- 
icky, unstable  hothead  who  only  decides  to  act 
when  the  death  toll  includes  one  of  his  own. 
Even  Dean  Wiley  Waterhouse,  a  promisingly 
evil  character,  ultimately  disappoints. 

Still,  good  thrillers  are  about  plot,  not  char- 
acters, and  the  plotting  of  this  book  is  swift 
and  sure,  racing  toward  the  climactic  scene  in 
which  the  good-guy  doctors  have  it  out  with 
the  bad-guy  doctors  in  an  improbable  but  exci- 
ting free -for- all  in  the  operating  room.  During 
the  fight,  the  good  guys  come  up  with  all 
lands  of  interesting  uses  for  the  high-tech  medi- 
cal equipment  surrounding  them.  Do  they 
teach  this  in  medical  school? 

You  may  not  walk  away  from  Bad  Medicine 
wondering  if  your  HMO  would  accept  a  sha- 
man as  your  primary- care  provider,  but  you 
probably  won't  be  completely  reassured  of  the 
medical  profession's  ability  to  police  itself 
either.  As  Dr.  Frank  himself  says,  there  is  far 
too  much  at  stake. 

— Kim  McLarin 

McLarin  '86,  a  member  of  Duke  Magazine's  ed- 
itorial advisory  board,  is  the  author  of  the  novel 
Taming  It  Down. 


54      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


The  Blue  Hour 

By  Julie  Tetel  Andresen  '72.  Madeira  Books, 
1998.  439  pages.  $23.50 


J 


ulie  Tetel  Andresen  wants  it  all.  Not 
content  with  her  national  fame  as  a 
best- selling  romance  genre  author 
of  thirteen  books  and  her  academic 
credentials  as  an  associate  professor 
of  English  at  Duke,  Andresen  has 
published  a  new  novel,  The  Blue 
Hour,  that  defies  niche  labeling. 

Not  many  writers  could  combine 
plot  lines  involving  molecular  biol- 
ogy, eroticism,  Paris,  and  Cary,  North  Carolina. 
The  Blue  Hour  reads  like  a  romantic  thriller 
set  locally  in  the  Research  Triangle,  from  the 
sophisticated  DNA  labs  to  the  college-town 
restaurant  scene.  Not  to  miss  out  on  two  of 
our  driving  subcultures,  she  adds  humorous 
comments  about  the  rush-hour  freeways  and 
Duke  basketball.  (Obviously  a  fan,  Andresen 
gives  her  main  character  a  Polish  last  name, 
Kaminski,  and  the  lab  office  the  nickname  of 
"Coach  K.") 

What's  most  significant  about  The  Blue  Hour 
is  the  sheer  determination  of  its  launch  into 
the  publishing  and  book-selling  worlds.  An- 
dresen founded  Madeira  Books,  becoming  both 
a  print  and  Web  publisher,  retaining  artistic 
control  over  all  manner  of  significant  details. 
Featuring  a  tipped-in  tide  plate,  a  dark-blue, 
silk  bookmark,  and  evocative,  blue-toned  illus- 
tration montages  by  artist  David  Terry  A.M. 
'89,  Ph.D.  '95,  The  Blue  Hour,  the  physical 
book,  has  a  dramatic  impact  on  the  reader. 

As  a  studio  and  online  publisher,  Madeira 
Books  and  Andresen  will  seek  other  novelists 
and  book  ideas  for  partnership  affiliations. 
One  benefit  of  Madeira's  clean,  fresh  Web 
presence  is  the  quickness  and  breadth  with 
which  books  and  authors  can  be  promoted. 
Links  and  frequent  website  updates  drive 
publicity  and  create  the  buzz.  See  for  yourself 
at  www.madeirabooks.com. 

Alexandra  Kaminski  is  The  Blue  Hour's 
heroine,  cancer  researcher  by  day,  time  traveler 
by  alternate  chapters!  As  mundane  dialogue 
and  the  setting  of  a  DNA  science  lab  is  script- 
ed, Alexandra  drifts  to  become  a  much  more 
spirited,  sensuous  personality.  All  of  a  sudden 
we  are  backstage  at  a  Paris  cancan  club,  Le 
Chat  Noir,  discussing  "art"  and  dangerous  liai- 
sons. These  leaps  are  no  surprise,  really.  An- 
dresen writes  in  her  biographical  note  that, 
growing  up  in  the  Chicago  suburbs,  she  used 
to  dress  up  as  a  cancan  dancer  for  Halloween. 


While  scenes  of  overt  bodice-ripping,  over- 
played heavy  breathing,  and  "significant"  as- 
kance glances  that  might  highlight  pulp  ro- 
mances are  nowhere  to  be  found  in  The  Blue 
Hour,  erotic  encounters  do  spice  up  Alexan- 
dra's story.  Lure  and  intrigue  are  played  out  in 
her  relationship  with  a  jet-setting,  business- 
man-of-the-world,  Valery  Dorsainville.  Mais, 
oui!  Of  course,  Val  combines  the  good  looks 
and  athleticism  of  a  former  Grand  Slam  ten- 
nis player  and  the  risk-taking  willpower  of  a 
pharmaceutical  company  entrepreneur. 

We  are  not  surprised  at  the  electricity  of  their 
meetings,  in  Research  Triangle  Park  or  Paris, 
at  the  Duke  Medical  Center  or  in  Alexandra's 
Trinity  Park  living  room.  "Val's  overall  impres- 
sion of  the  woman  was  of  a  ripe  wheat  field 
with  a  hint  of  green  that  flattered  a  woman  of 
her  coloring.  The  sun  filtered  in  and  glanced 
off  her  thick  blond  hair  that  was  caught  back 
from  her  temples  and  clouded  around  her 
shoulders."  While  day-to-day  venues  add  lo- 
cal color  to  The  Blue  Hour,  the  reader  knows 
these  two  star-crossed  scientists  won't  be  end- 
ing up  at  Krogers  supermarket. 

A  favorite  chapter  of  mine  was  Alexandra's 
return  home  to  Chicago,  filled  with  all  the 
tensions  and  feared  betrayals  of  high-school 
reunions.  Leaving  Duke  Medical  Center  to  take 
care  of  itself,  Alexandra  embraces  the  old-world 
styles  of  her  extended  family.  The  dinner  scenes 
and  the  alert,  affectionate  asides  of  her  grand- 
mother read  with  a  tender  honesty.  Back  in 
Durham,  Alexandra  chats  about  the  American 
Dance  Festival,  drops  by  the  Bryan  Center  on 
Duke's  campus,  and  gets  contemplative  in  the 
Duke  Gardens;  all  the  while  a  plot  of  corpo- 
rate jealousy,  macho  greed,  and  coveted  can- 
cer research  secrets  boils  around  her. 

Filled  with  multi-syllable  molecular  biology 
jargon,  French  art  history  lessons,  chase  scenes, 
with  knowledgeable  nods  to  reincarnation  and 
murder  mysteries,  The  Blue  Hour  is  Andre- 
sen's  answer  to  some  of  her  academic  col- 
leagues who've  been  challenging  her  to  write 
"a  real  book."  Responding  to  a  comment  that 
no  one  will  ever  give  a  Nobel  Prize  to  a  romance 
novel,  Andresen  bristles.  "The  1928  Nobel 
Prize  in  literature  went  to  Sigrid  Undset  for  her 
historical  romance  Kristin  Lavransdatter, "  she 
has  said,  "and  it's  about  time  for  another  one." 

Andresen's  heart  is  in  the  right  place.  Her 
heroine  even  wanders  Paris  in  a  Duke  T-shirt. 
Andresen's  passion  is  her  writing,  and  who 
could  ever  fault  her  as  she  follows  form  in  The 
Blue  Hour's  last  chapter?  American  literature 
needs  more  of  the  girl-gets-the-guy,  the  guy- 
gets-the-girl,  and-they-embrace  final  scenes. 
The  fact  that  they're  just  a  few  blocks  from 
East  Campus  makes  it  even  sweeter. 

— John  Valentine 


Valentine' 71, M.Ed.  '74,  co-owner  of the] 
Bookshop,  lives  in  Hilbborough,  North  Carolina. 


Patio  Dining! 

Soft  Shell  Crabs,  Shrimp  &  Grits, 

Summer  Salads,  Homemade 

Ice  Creams  &  Sorbets,  Microbrews, 

Martinis,  Mint  Juleps  &  More 


FINE  SOUTHERN  DINING    Sunday  Brunch  10:30  am-2  pm 

Bar  and  dining  room  open  every  night  at  5:30  pm 
610  West  Franklin  Street  Chapel  Hill,  NC   919-929-7643 


DATE 

Someone  Who  Knows 
TTiat 

Pas  De  Deux 

Is  Not  The  Father  of  Twins 

Meet  Fellow 
Graduates  and  Faculty  of 

DUKE, 
The  Ivies,  Seven  Sisters, 
Stanford,  MIT,  Caltech, 

UC  Berkeley, 

U  of  Chicago,  Medical 

Schools  and  a  few  others 


_JHE_ 
RIGHT 

STUFF 

Ai/nfroductoi/ve/wonx 
www.rightstuffdating.com 

800-988-5288 

More  Than  2600  Members! 


May- 


"Sixty-three  percent  of  the  stu- 
dents we  admitted  indicated  they 
would  apply  for  financial  aid.  To 
me,  this  is  an  indication  that  we 
appeal  to  students  from  a  broad 
range  of  backgrounds." 


director,  en  Hie  Class  el  2003, 
targeted  at  1,605  from  a  peel  of 
13,840 

"While  many  Duke  basketball  fans 
cheer,  Go  to  Hell,  Carolina,  some 
satirize  this  dorm  with  T-shirts 
that  read,  Go  to  Trent,  Carolina." 


The  Chronicle. 


"You  cannot  personify  team  play 
any  better  than  Steve  did  during 
his  career.  His  ability  to  teach  that 
concept  as  a  coach  will  be  impor- 
tant in  our  success  at  Duke." 


Ask  the  Expert 


What  lessens  about 


Littleton,  Colorado? 

There  are  two  different  types  of 
school  violence  that  concern  us 
today.  One  we  are  familiar  with 
because  it  is  part  of  the  everyday 
life  at  many  schools.  It  involves 
the  intimidation,  the  rage -filled 
flare-ups,  the  sexual  bullying,  and 
the  revenge  violence  that  makes 
school  hallways  and  bathrooms 
uncertain  and  sometimes  terrify- 
ing places  for  middle -school  and 


high-school  youth.  The  aggressors 
usually  can  be  predicted  from  a 
history  of  aggressiveness  and  dis- 
cipline problems. 

The  second  type  seems  of  more 
recent  origin  but  has  appeared 
from  time  to  time  in  the  past. 
These  are  the  Jonesboro  and 
Littleton  tragedies.  These  youth 
who  can,  in  hindsight,  be  seen  to 
have  been  brooding  on  peer-relat- 
ed grievances,  suddenly  invade 
the  school  and  kill  or  wound 
classmates  who  had  no  real  part 
in  these  grievances.  The  arbitrari- 
ness of  this  latter  type  of  violence 
is  what  shocks  us,  whereas  we 
seem  to  come  to  terms  more  easily 
with  the  predatory  or  retaliatory 
nature  of  the  former. 

Social  scientists  now  actually 
know  quite  a  bit  about  the  pre- 
dictably antisocial  youth,  and 
this  knowledge  can  inform  our 
prevention  efforts.  Early  identifica- 
tion and  intervention  with  these 
children  to  help  them  develop 
anger  control  and  pro-social  skills 
that  reduce  the  need  to  rely  on 
aggression  can  be  very  effective 
when  coupled  with  programs  for 
parents.  These  programs  enable 
them  to  support  their  child's 
positive  development  and  aban- 
don the  abusive  and  inconsistent 
discipline  patterns  that  actually 
promote  antisocial  behavior. 
Classroom  programs  are  now 
available  to  help  all  children 
develop  more  effective  social 
behavior  and  reduce  the  tensions 
and  conflicts  in  the  classroom 
and  on  the  playground. 

Although  it  is  probably  true 
that  a  school  system  that  has  a 
systematic  curriculum  for  teaching 
anger  control,  non-aggressive  prob- 
lem solving,  and  conflict  manage- 
ment might  be  less  likely  to  have 
a  Jonesboro-type  incident,  the  fact 
is  that  these  are  relatively  rare 
events  —  and  hard  to  predict. 
Clique  tensions  such  as  those  at 
Columbine  High  School  need  to 


be  taken  seriously  by  school 
authorities.  Unless  schools  com- 
mit themselves  to  reducing  inter- 
group  hostility,  they  will  not  make 
the  effort  to  understand  student 
rumors  and  perceptions  in  order 
to  prevent  such  tragedies.  Metal 
detectors  do  some  good  but  can 
be  circumvented.  School 
Resource  Officers  can  play  a  valu- 
able role  but  their  presence  did 
not  prevent  the  Littleton  episode. 

Communities  must  meet  the 
need  for  more  systematic  preven- 
tion efforts  that  begin  in  the 
preschool  years,  and  continue  to 
address  developmental  needs  of 
high-risk  youth  and  their  families 
throughout  the  school  years. 


Prefect,  geared  to  at-risk  youths 


We  asked  fourteen 
undergraduates: 


Nearly  all  will  be  combining  the 
"work  hard,  play  hard"  philosophy 
inherent  to  Duke.  Dana  Tyree,  a 
rising  sophomore,  will  be  "taking 
math  classes  until  July,  when  I'll 
be  traveling  through  Australia 
and  Fiji  with  my  family."  Two  will 
be  studying  in  Oxford,  England. 
And  Amy  Johnson,  a  rising  junior, 
will  be  traveling  to  the  Far  East 
before  a  study-abroad  commit- 
ment that  itself  sounds  inviting:  "I 
am  traveling  with  two  of  my 
roommates  to  Hong  Kong.  From 
there,  we  plan  to  backpack 
through  Thailand  before  starting 


at  the  University  of  Wollongong  in 
Australia  in  the  fall." 

Rising  senior  Amit  Shah  will 
"be  doing  volunteer  work  in 
India, "  and  rising  junior  Nicole 
Hess  will  "be  in  Beijing,  China,  for 
two  months.  Before  that,  I'll  be 
working  for  the  AFL-CIO  Inter- 
national Department  doing 
human  rights  research."  Recent 
graduate  Molly  Kastory  is  reward- 
ing herself  by  "traveling  around 
Europe  for  a  month  after  gradua- 
tion with  two  friends  from  Duke." 

Stateside  summer  activities 
include  hiking  the  Appalachian 
Trail  for  Christina  Carlson,  who 
will  be  a  junior  in  the  fall,  to 
working  as  a  cabin  counselor,  for 
rising  junior  Kate  Heath,  at 
Florida's  Boggy  Creek  Gang 
Camp,  "which  is  devoted  to  chil- 
dren with  chronic  illnesses." 

Other  students  are  working  on 
their  careers.  "I'll  be  continuing 
my  research  at  the  National  Eye 
"Institute  in  Bethesda,  Maryland," 
says  Anand  Shah,  who  will  be  a 
sophomore.  "My  lab  team  and  I 
are  completing  a  study  to  deter- 
mine the  sequence  and  timing  of 
visual  processing  in  the  visual  cor- 
tex of  awake -behaving  Rhesus 
monkeys."  Ayelet  Schleicher,  a  ris- 
ing junior,  is  "working  at  Philips 
Magnavox  developing  Web  pages 
for  the  information  technology 
department." 

Politics  also  beckon.  Lindsey 
Carson,  a  rising  junior,  is  "working 
for  a  nonprofit  organization  that 
strives  to  get  eighteen-  to  thirty- 
year-olds  involved  in  the  political 
processes,  and  in  their  communi- 
ties in  general."  And  Michael 
Gribble,  another  junior  next  fall, 
is  "interning  for  North  Carolina 
Congresswoman  Sue  Myrick  in       < 
Washington,  DC,  for  six  weeks."    i 

But  it's  Dwayne  Harris,  a  rising  | 
junior,  who  earns  our  sympathy.  | 
"I'll  be  here  in  Durham,  taking  I 
summer  classes." 

— compiled  by  Neeta  Bidwai  '01    | 


56      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


JULY  6  -  20 

APPROX.:  $4,495  PER  PERSON 

'^  pend  three  nights  exploring  Paris.  Board 

)  trie  high-speed  TG  V  train  tor  Avignon  to 
embark  the  elegant  M.S.  Cezanne.  Journey  to 
Aries  and  to  the  French  Riviera. Travel  to  the 


l'iliismukv 


city  of  Flc 


nd  on  to  Ro 


Voyage  ol  the  Glaciers 


AUGUST   1-13 

APPROX.  $2,795  PER  PERSON 

The  comhination  of  passage  ahoard  the 
four-star  deluxe  M.S.  Noordam  and  the 
luxury  of  the  McKinleu  Explorer 's  glass- 
domed  rail  cars  provide  maximum  comfort 
and  the  hest  possible  vantage  to  view  the 
stunning  Alaskan  landscape. 

Cotes  Du  Rhone  Passage 

September  7  -  20 

approx.  $3,695  per  person 

Paris,  the  "City  of  Light;"  Cannes,  the 
French  Riviera's  sparkling  jewel;  leg- 
endary Provence;  and  Burgundy,  land  of 
some  of  the  world's  finest  wines;  and  you 
have  a  fahulous  trip  to  France. 

Exotic  India  with  the  Palace  on  Wheels 

OCTOBER  9  -  NOVEMBER  2 
APPROX.  $6,300  PER  PERSON 

Travel  ahoard  the  Palace  on  Wheels  train, 
used  hy  maharajas  to  crisscross  the  desert 
of  Rajastan.   Your  adventures  include 
Moghul  capitals  of  Delhi,  Agra  with  the 
Taj  Mahal,  the  "Pink  City"  of  Jaipur,  and 
National  Park,  home  to  endangered  wildlife. 


NOVEMBER  4-14 

APPROX.  $2,695  PER  PERSON 

Turkey  is  a  country  that  spans  two  conti- 
nents, has  a  history  that  covers  more 
than  10,000  years,  and  offers  endless 
opportunities  to  sample  different  cultures 
in  one  country.    The  tour  begins  in  the 
imperial  city  of  Istanbul  and  visits 
Cappadocia,  Antalya,  Izmir,  and  their  sur- 
rounding treasures,  including  Ephesus. 


Nature,  God,  and  Art:  Images  of 
Nature  in  American  Art  and  Poetry 

NOVEMBER  5  -  7,  WAYNESV1LLE,   NC 
TUITION:  APPROX.  $175  PER  PERSON. 
LODGING/MEALS:  FROM  $240/COUPLE  PER  DAY. 

Gne  explore  the  various  experiences 
nature  in  art  hy  delving  into  great 
American  poetry,  music,  and  painting, 
led  hy  popular  Duke  professor  William  H. 
Willimon,  Dean  of  the  Chapel  and  professor 
of  Christian  ministry.  Stay  at  The  Swag,  a 
four-star  mountaintop  inn  called  "the  Ritz- 
Carlton  gone  rustic"  hy  Southern  Living. 

Alumni  Colleges  Abroad 


i  Art  and  Culture 
of  the  Netherlands 

June  21  -  July  3 

approx.  $2.700  per  person 

The  Netherlands  has  more  art  per  square 

Jlmile  than  any  other  country.  Led  hy 

Hans  Van  Miegrot  of  Duke's'art  history 

department,  you'll  learn  ahout  her  art, 

architecture,  and  rich  cultural  legacy  as  you 

spend  six  days  in  Amsterdam,  and  six  days 

in  the  historic  city  of  Ghent,  famous  for 

its  medieval  dwellings  and  castles. 

Voyage  to  the  Lands  of  Gods 

and  Heroes 

June  22  -  July  4 

Greece,  Aegean  Islands.  Turkey 

From  $4,495  per  adult  and  $1 ,995  per 

CHILD 

This  summer  you  and  your  family  can 
1  explore  the  ancient  world  of  the  Mediter- 
ranean on  the  Clelia  II,  an  all-suite,  private 
yacht.  Youth  education  experts  will  be  on 
board  to  lead  special  activities  for  young 
people  of  all  ages,  while  adults  will  be  able  to 
attend  stimulating  lectures  by  Peter  Burian 
of  Duke's  department  of  classical  studies. 


The  Oxford  Experience 


September  5-18 

The  University  of  Oxford,  England 

$3,150  per  person 

Immerse  yourself  in  centuries-old  traditions  of 
learning  and  community,  study  in  small  groups 
with  Oxford  faculty,  explore  the  English  coun- 
tryside, and  visit  fascinating  historic  landmarks. 

Alumni  College  in  Ireland 


SEPTEMBER  22  -  30,  COUNTY  CLARE,    IRELAND 
$2,295  PER  PERSON 

From  awe-inspiring  seaside  vistas  to  fascinat- 
ing Celtic  history,  discover  a  world  of  lush 
green  hills  and  ancient  monuments.  Join 
Michael  Valdez  Moses  of  Duke's  English 
department  as  you  explore  the  Irish  country- 
side and  discuss  Irish  literature. 

Summer  Academy 


JUNE  -  AUGUST,  SALTER  PATH.  NC 
APPROX.  $495  -  $695  PER  PERSON 

Join  us  at  the  Trinity  Center  on  the  North 
Carolina  coast  for  a  variety  of  programs 
offering  dynamic,  interactive  instruction  in  a 
retreat  atmosphere.  All  programs  include  sin- 
gle or  double  accommodations  and  meals. 

20th  Annual  Duke  University 

Writers'  Workshop 


JULY  25-29 


The  Heart  of  It:  Researching  and 
Writing  Memoir  and  Family  Oral  History 


AUGUST  8- 


Finding  Your  Voice:  A  Creativity  Workshop 
and  Retreat  tor  Women 


August  15- 18 

Strictly  for  Reginners: 

A  Creative  Writing  Workshop 


AUGUST8- 


C'estsi  ton:  Fine  Wine  Appreciation 

AUGUST  15-18 


For  detailed  brochures  on  these  programs 
listed  below,  please  return  this  form, 
appropriately  marked,  to  : 
Duke  Educational  Adventures 
614  Chapel  Drive,  Durham,  NC  27708 
or  fax  to:  (919)  684-6022 


Duke  Travel 

Q  Magnificent  Passage 
Q  Alaskan  Wilderness  and 

Voyage  of  the  Glaciers 
Q  Cotes  Du  Rhone  Passage 

□  Exotic  India  with  the  Palace 
on  Wheels 

Q  Imperial  Turkey 
Alumni  Colleges 

□  Nature,  God,  and  Art:  Images  of 
Nature  in  American  Art  and  Poetry 

Alumni  Colleges  Abroad 

□  Voyage  to  the  Lands  of  Gods  and  Heroes 


Q  Exploring  the  Art  and 

Culture  of  the  Netherlands 
□  The  Oxford  Experience 
Q  Alumni  College  in  Ireland 
_l   Summer  Academy 

Q  20th  Annual  Duke  University 

Writers'  Workshop 
Q  The  Heart  of  It:  Writing  Memoir 

and  Family  Oral  History 
Q  Finding  Your  Voice:  A  Creativity 
Workshop  and  Retreat  for  Women 
Q  Strictly  for  Beginners:  A  Creative 

Writing  Workshop 
□  C'est  si  Don:  Fine  Wine  Appreciation 


Where  YOU  LIVE  Th 


Luten  to  the  crickets  serenade  you  on 
your  own  balcony.  Catch  a  pop-fly  at  a 
world-famous  Durham  Bulls  game. 
Take  a   class   at   one   of   the   three 


Continuing  Care 
Retirement  Community 

2701  Pickett  Road 

Durham,  NC  27705 

800-474-0258 

919-490-8000 

www.jorestiuke.com 


is  How  You  Live. 


universities  that  make  up  the  Research 
Triangle  region.  No  matter  what  you 
choose  to  do,  you'll  find  life  gets 
better  at  The  Forest  at  Duke.  |55| 

ssass 


DUKE 


614CHAPELDRIVE.BOX  90570 
DURHAM, NORTH  CAROLINA 

27708-0570 

Address  Service  Requested 


U.S.  Postage 

PAID 

Durham,  N.C. 

PERMIT    NO. 


****#****#*****************5_DIGIT   27705 

0000032611  C273  810 

DR.  WILLIAM  E.  KING,  PH.D. 
4434  SUNNY  COURT 
DURHAM  NC   27705-1762 


DUKE 


BIG-CITY  SEMESTER 
RECONSTRUCTING  ISHI 


SCIENCE  SUBMERGED 


JULY- 
AUGUST  1999 


EDITOR: 

Robert  J.  Bliwise  A.M.  '88 

ASSOCIATE  EDITOR: 

Sam  Hull 

INTERIM  FEATURES 

EDITOR: 

RobOdom'92 

SCIENCE  EDITOR: 

Dennis  Meredith 

PUBLISHER:  M.  Laney 

Funderburk]r.'60 

CLAY  FELKER 

MAGAZINE  FELLOW: 

Philip  Tinari  '01 

STUDENT  INTERNS: 

Jaime  Levy  '01 

Jaime  Ramirez  '02 

DESIGN  CONSULTANT: 

Maxine  Mills  Gtaphic  Design 

PRINTER: 

Progress  Printing 

OFFICERS,  DUKE  ALUMNI 
ASSOCIATION: 
Gwynne  A.  Young  71,  president; 
Ruth  Wade  Ross  '68,  president- 
elect; M.  Laney  Funderburk  Jr. 
'60,  secretary-treasurer. 

PRESIDENTS,  SCHOOL 
AND  COLLEGE  ALUMNI 
ASSOCIATIONS: 
James  R.  Cook  Jr. '50,  B.D. 
'54,  Divinity  School;  George  J. 
Evans  B.S.E.E.  '56,  School  of 
Engineering;  Barrett  B.  McCall 
M.F.  '91,  Nicholas  School  of  the 
Environment;  Walter  W 
Simpson  HI  M.B.A.  74,  Fuqua 
Sciu'td  uj  Mmmhl'ys,  Judith  Ann 
Maness  M.H.  A.  '83,  Department 
of  Health  Administration;  Bruce 
W.  Baber  J.D.  '79,  School  of  haw; 
David  K.WellmanM.D. '72, 
H.S.  72-78,  School  of  Medicine; 
Linda  Spencer  Fowler  B.S.N. 

'7'\  Schnnl  n/'iVin'Miii;;  M;il!0 

Koval  Nardone  M.S.  79, 
A.H.C.  79,  Graduate  Program 

?n  P/YvMai/  Hk-rj/n'; 
Kay  Goodman  Stern  '46, 
Hal/-Century  Club. 

EDITORIAL 
ADVISORY  BOARD: 
Clay  Felker  '51,  chairman; 
Frederick  F.Andrews '60; 
Debra  Blum  '87;  Sarah 
Hardesty  Bray  72;  Nancy  L. 
Cardwell'69;  Jenold  K.  Footlick; 
Edward  M.  Gomez  79;  Kerry 
E.  Hannon  '82;  Stephen 
LabatonA.M.'86,J.D.'86; 
Elizabeth  H.Locke  '64,  Ph.D. 
72;ThomasRLoseeJr.'63; 
KimberlyJ.  McLarin'86; 
Michael  Milstein  '88;  Ann 
Pelham  74;  Michael  J. 
Schoenfeld '84;  SusanTifft  73; 
Jane  Vessels  77;  Robert  J. 
Bliwise  A.M.  '88,  secretary. 

SUBSCRIPTIONS: 
$15  per  year  ($30  foreign) 
Duke  Magazine,  614  Chapel  Dr., 
Durham, N.C.  27708-0570. 

FAX:  (919)  681-1659 

ADDRESS  CHANGES: 
Alumni  Records,  Box  90613, 
Durham,  N.C.  27708-0613 
or  e-mail  bluedevil@duke.edu 

ONLINE  EDITION: 
www.dukemagazine.duke.edu 

©  1999  Duke  University 
Published  bimonthly  by  the 
Office  of  Alumni  Affairs. 


DUKE 


VOLUME  85 
NUMBER  5 


M    A    G    A    Z    I    N 


Cover:  Has  the  high-speed  campus  culture 
squeezed  out  the  values  of  reflection  and 
contemplation?  Photo  by  Les  Todd 


VELOCITY  by  Philip  Tinari  2 

Technologies  and  practices  once  heralded  as  innovations  have  lost  their  novelty; 
magnetic  strips,  fiber-optic  cables,  and  to-go  dining  establishments  keep  Duke  students 
running  from  day  to  day 

THE  SEARCH  FOR  ISHI'S  BRAIN  by  Tom  Patterson  8 

An  anthropologist's  research  on  North  America's  "last  wild  Indian"  set  off  a  surprising 
chain  of  events,  raising  profound  questions  about  relationships  among  whites  and 
Native  Americans,  science,  and  indigenous  tradition 

A  NEW  YORK  STATE  OF  LEARNING  by  Kirk  Kicklighter  14 

Through  "Leadership  and  the  Arts,"  students  immerse  themselves  for  a  semester 
in  the  world  of  New  York  theater,  dance,  opera,  music,  visual  arts,  and  philanthropy 

THE  READABLE  RADICAL  AFTER  FIFTY  by  Mark  I.  Pinsky  37 

A  journalist  reaches  inward — and  reaches  out  to  his  college  friends  —  to  answer 
the  question, "How  does  a  once-angry  young  man  fairly  keep  score  in  middle  age?" 

UNDERWATER  SLICES  OF  A  VIOLENT  EARTH  by  Monte  Basgall  40 

For  three  weeks  this  past  spring,  an  expedition  using  sturdy  submersible  vehicles  worked 
around  the  clock  to  explore  the  high-pressure  depths  west  of  the  Galapagos  Islands 

VOICE  OF  AUTHORITY  by  Robert  Odom  44 

An  opera  singer  has  channeled  the  hard  work  and  determination  that  fueled 
her  singing  career  into  her  teaching 


UNDER  THE  GARGOYLE  20 

Impressions  —  and  advice  —  after  eleven  continuous  years  at  Duke  and  four  different  degrees 

GAZETTE  48 

A  call  for  political  engagement,  a  change  in  engineering,  an  archive  of  advertising 


BOOKS 

A  transporting  journey  into  Tibet 


54 


QUAD  QUOTES 

Students  and  their  summer  reading,  theology  and  a  Kennedy  tragedy 


56 


/ 


W  PHILIP  TIN  ARI 


E  CULTURE  ON  THE  RUN 


Technologies  and  practices  once  heralded 
have  lost  their  novelty.  A  network  of  magnetic 
fiber-optic  cables,  and  to-go  dining  establishments  keeps^ 
Duke  students  running  from  day  to  day. 


0 

^m Fl 

mm  actl 

Mm    MM    to  ta 


ise   at   7:30   to   room- 
mate's PC-driven  alarm 
clock.  Check  e-mail.  Dress. 
Finish  writing  Chinese  char- 
acters for  9: 10  section.  Forget 
to  take  DukeCard  from  yester- 


check  e-mail  on  trendily-laheled  "cafemail" 
terminal.  Attend  art  history  lecture.  Grab  a 
Cosmic  Cantina  burrito  to  go  at  the  Rathskel- 
ler. Wait  five  minutes  at  dorm  entryway  for 
passerby  with  swipe-capable  DukeCard.  Check 
e-mail.  Shove  laptop  into  bookbag,  head  back 


day's  pocket.  Review  Mandarin  grammar  on 
bus  from  East  to  West  Campus.  Attend  sec- 
tion. Take  bus  back  to  West.  Stop  by  Perkins  to 
perform  online  search  for  articles  relating 
Thomas  Hobbes'  Leviathan  toThucydides'  His- 
tory of  the  PeloponnesianWar.  Stop  at  phone  in 
Perkins  foyer  to  call  ACES —  the  automated 
course  registration  system — and  straighten  out 
courses  for  next  semester.  Grab  a  bagel  in  the 
express  line  at  Alpine  Bagels  in  the  C.I.  Duck 
downstairs  and  add  money  to  flexible  spend- 
ing account  at  DukeCard  office.  Move  hur- 
riedly down  Bryan  Center  walkway.  Enter  cafe, 


to  Perkins  for  further  sustained  paper-writing. 
Attend  7:00  evening  seminar  onThucyd- 
ides.  Forage  for  food  at  9:30,  after  most  campus 
eateries  have  closed.  Return  to  dorm,  order 
sub  from  Jimmy  John's  using  "food  points." 
Plug  in  laptop,  check  e-mail.  Activate  AOL 
Instant  Messenger  to  see  whether  any  friends 
from  other  schools  are  "on."  End  up  having 
thirty-minute,  typed  conversation  with  a 
friend,  whose  window  I  can  see  from  my  own, 
about  how  we  never  see  each  other  anymore. 
Interrupt  computer  conversation  to  pick  up 
telephone — Jimmy  John  has  arrived.  Desper- 


ately look  for  cash  to  tip  delivery  guy  (a  diffi- 
cult task  since  I  don't  normally  keep  any  on 
me  during  the  week).  Find  six  quarters,  descend 
stairs,  sign  for  sandwich,  and  give  quarters  to 
delivery  guy.  Receive  dirty  look.  Finish  online 
conversation  while  eating  sandwich,  being 
careful  not  to  get  lettuce  caught  between  keys 
of  laptop. 

Consult  planner  about  tomorrow's  sched- 
ule. Realize  there's  no  possible  way  to  get 
everything  done  betore  then.  Run  frantically 
to  Bryan  Center  cafe,  hoping  not  to  have 
missed  the  midnight  closing.  Buy  coffee  with 
DukeCard.  Ingest  caffeine.  Return  to  room, 
go  on  state-theory  reading  spree  for  tomor- 
row's seminar.  E-mail  mom  to  let  her  know 
I'm  doing  fine.  Fall  asleep  on  futon  at  3  a.m., 
book  in  hand,  laptop  close  by.  Rise  at  7:30  to 
roommate's  alarm.  Tuesday. 

At  Duke,  we  have  been  given  an  infrastruc- 
ture of  velocity  and  have  created  a  culture  to 
go  with  it.  Technologies  and  practices  once 
heralded  as  innovations  have  lost  their  novel- 
ty. What  remains  is  a  network  of  magnetic 
strips,  fiber-optic  cables,  and  to-go  dining 
establishments  that  keeps  Duke  students  run- 
ning from  day  to  day.  This  state  of  affairs  is  no 
accident:  Each  of  the  services  and  products  I, 
like  most  Duke  undergrads,  use  every  day  was 
put  there  for  my  convenience.  The  same  stu- 
dent-oriented administrators  who  brought  us 
Alpine  Bagels  and  the  online  library  cata- 
logue may  soon  offer  us  twenty-four-hour 
gyms  and  restaurants.  I  wonder,  though,  does 
this  instant  accessibility,  as  pervasive  as  it  is 
convenient,  come  at  a  price? 

The  story  behind  my  typical  Monday  began 
in  1985.  Joe  Pietrantoni,  the  newly-appointed 
director  of  auxiliary  services,  had  a  vision. 
Duke  meals  were  then  accessible  using  elec- 
tronic cards  and  readers  furnished  by  a  small 
regional  company.  Library  checkout  required 
another  card.  A  third  ID  badge  was  necessary 
for  entry  into  campus  athletic  facilities. 
Washers  and  dryers  took  a  fourth. 

Enter  the  Phoenix,  Arizona-based  Harco  In- 
dustries. At  the  time,  it  was  a  magnetic-strip 
and  door-lock  company,  without  even  a  single 
college  contract.  Together  with  Pietrantoni 
and  his  staff,  it  built  the  DukeCard  —  the  na- 
tion's first  comprehensive  college  card  system. 
"We  sat  down  with  everybody  we  thought 
would  be  interested, "  says  Pietrantoni,  "and  we 
asked,  'What  if  we  had  an  electronic  mecha- 
nism that  could  record  transactions  —  either 
access,  like  door  locks,  or  financial?  And  what 
if  this  system  were  online,  and  it  were  infalli- 
ble? That  is,  you  can't  make  a  mistake  since 
there  are  telephone  lines  running  to  and  fro 
to  pick  up  those  transactions.  And  what  if 
that  data  could  be  converted  into  managerial 
intelligence?"  The  result  was  an  800-page 
document  outlining  possible  uses  for  an  elec- 
tronic card,  from  student-government  voter 


July-August  1999 


registration  to  Cameron  Indoor  Stadium  bas- 
ketball game  access. 

One  by  one,  these  dreams  have  become 
realities.  There  are  now  more  than  800  Duke- 
Card  readers  on  campus,  which  register,  during 
a  given  twenty-four-hour  period,  some  300,000 
transactions.  Just  last  year,  Duke  Medical 
Center,  which,  according  to  Pietrantoni,  had 
been  "watching  the  card  from  a  distance  for 
years,"  outfitted  each  of  its  15,000  members 
with  a  card.  No  card  readers  are  active  there 
yet,  but,  soon,  employees  will  be  able  to  buy 
soft  drinks  from  vending  machines  on  payroll 
deduction — just  like  Duke  undergrads  do 
through  their  (typically)  parent-financed  din- 
ing accounts.  With  each  swipe  comes  a  piece 
of  data,  and  these  data  are  constantly  ana- 
lyzed and  processed  in  search  of  greater  and 
greater  returns,  or  "throughput, "  as  Pietrantoni 
calls  it. 

What  might  be  called  the  "DukeCard  men- 
tality" signals  the  expectation  of  instant  grati- 
fication. The  urge  we  feel  on  campus  to  have 
anything  and  everything  available  at  the 
swipe  of  a  plastic  card  is  the  same  interest  in 


"throughput, "  Duke  gains  bargaining  power, 
which  it  used  in  this  case  to  demand  a  higher 
commission.  The  card  has  become  a  source  of 
revenue. 

The  next  piece  of  my  Monday  puzzle  came 
about  in  the  late  1980s.  In  an  effort  to  raise 
revenue  and  satisfy  student  demands,  Duke 
shifted  from  self- operated  toward  privatized  and 
non-traditional  eateries.  During  the  1998-99 
academic  year,  excluding  the  first-year  East 
Campus  board  plan  (which  requires  first-year 
students  to  have  twelve  meals  a  week  in  the 
East  Campus  Union's  Marketplace),  just  35 
percent  of  the  $16,641,000  spent  on  food  at 
Duke  went  to  dining  "self-op"  establishments. 
The  other  65  percent  includes  $1.8  million  in 
off- campus  deliveries  made  using  food  points, 
$1.1  million  in  vending-machine  purchases, 
and  $2.3  million  in  purchases  from  on-cam- 
pus,  privately  operated  establishments. 

Duke  students  are  the  envy  of  their  peers 
as  far  as  food  is  concerned.  Privatization  and 
merchants-on-points  arrangements  have  al- 
lowed for  a  degree  of  variety  and  quality  un- 
known to  many  collegians.  But  what  has 


wait-service  —  epitomizes  this  trend.  "Alums 
of  fifteen  to  twenty  years  ago  don't  believe  me 
when  I  tell  them  that  our  students  get  Oak 
Room  to-go,  because  that  was  the  real  heart 
and  soul  of  the  Oak  Room  experience — sit- 
ting there  and  enjoying  company,  conversa- 
tion, and  good  food.  But  to  take  that  good 
food  and  go  to  a  computer  cluster,  or  a  library, 
or  back  to  your  dorm  room — and  to  think 
that  a  student  of  today  is  going  to  have  a  fond 
memory  of  that  years  from  now — is  absurd." 
For  Wasiolek,  this  all  comes  back  to  a  fun- 
damental dichotomy  in  values.  "The  academic 
community  values  certain  things,  and  those 
certain  things  may  not  be  consistent  with 
what  I'll  call  a  market-driven  society.  And  to 
a  certain  extent  today,  universities  have  to  be 
mindful  of  the  market.  This  is  a  community 
that  relies  on  a  successful  recruitment  pro- 
cess. And  part  of  recruiting  new  members  to 
this  community,  whether  they're  students  or 
faculty,  is  to  recognize  what  those  folks  expect 
and  need,  and  to  provide  it.  On  one  hand, 
we're  a  community  of  scholars  and  thinkers. 
On  the  other,  we're  a  community  of  individu- 


THE  URGE  WE  FEEL  ON  CAMPUS  TO  HAVE  ANYTHING  AND  EVERYTHING  AVAILABLE 

AT  THE  SWIPE  OF  A  PLASTIC  CARD  IS  THE  SAME  INTEREST  IN  CONVENIENCE 

THAT  DROVE  THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  DUKECARD  ITSELF. 


convenience  that  drove  the  development  of 
the  card  itself.  When  that  swipe  occurs,  the 
total  due  is  instantly  transferred  from  a  stu- 
dent's account  to  that  of  dining  services, 
Domino's  Pizza,  or  the  Duke  textbook  store. 
When  a  holder  loses  her  card,  she  need  only 
notify  the  attendant  working  the  twenty-four- 
hour  DukeCard  office,  and  it  is  instantly  can- 
celed. If  I  need  to  add  money  to  my  account,  I 
simply  hand  over  a  check  and  its  equivalent 
in  "points"  instantly  appears  in  the  system. 

The  other  side  of  the  DukeCard  mentality 
is  a  constant  desire  to  consume.  The  act  of  swip- 
ing, in  a  sense,  turns  experiences  as  basic  as 
borrowing  library  books  and  entering  dormi- 
tories into  acts  of  consumption.  And  the  fact 
that  each  undergraduate  living  on  West  Cam- 
pus holds  a  card  wired  to  a  dining  account  of  at 
least  $1,145  a  semester  (known  casually  as  "food 
points"  or  just  "points")  creates  a  pervasive 
attitude  of  "it's-not-money-it's-only-points." 

The  link  between  convenience  and  con- 
sumption is  one  that  is  systematically  ex- 
ploited by  the  card's  creators.  Pietrantoni  cites 
an  early  illustration  of  this:  "Coca  Cola  put 
thirteen  vending  machines  in  dormitories 
and  measured  sales  with  quarters  over  a  thir- 
teen-week period  one  fall  semester.  Then  they 
took  the  same  period  a  year  later  and  saw 
what  would  happen  when  vending  came  at 
the  convenience  of  the  card.  Transactions  went 
up  over  400  percent."  With  this  increase  in 


become  of  the  communal  dining  experience, 
which  for  centuries  had  been  a  focal  point  of 
academic  life?  "Your  generation  is  so  different 
from  mine, "  says  Pietrantoni.  "I  went  to  col- 
lege and  they  said,  'Joe,  you  will  eat  from  five 
to  seven,  right  here.'  And  I  was  there  at  5: 15. 1 
didn't  even  give  it  a  second  thought.  If  I  force 
you  into  a  cafeteria,  you  are  mad  at  me 
because  I  didn't  give  you  what  you  wanted. 
What  dining  experience  are  you  going  to  get 
out  of  being  mad?  I've  got  to  give  you  free- 
dom of  choice.  Go  where  you  want  to  go,  do 
what  you  want  to  do,  think  of  a  product  you 
want,  and  we'll  get  it  for  you.  Maybe  you'll 
bond  better  under  that  kind  of  freedom." 

Too  often,  though,  the  shift  from  institu- 
tionally prepared  mashed  potatoes  and  green 
beans  to  Alpine  Bagels  sandwiches  and  Han's 
Fine  Chinese  Cuisine  accompanies  a  shift  from 
cafeteria  tray  to  Styrofoam  to-go  carton.  The 
DukeCard  hasn't  found  a  way  to  measure  it 
yet,  but  the  number  of  students  who  actually 
take  a  break  to  eat  and  talk  with  others  is 
dwindling.  Foam  cartons  are  not  uncommon 
sights  in  computer  clusters  and  library  study 
rooms,  and  deliveries  on  points  enable  stu- 
dents to  meet  their  nutritional  needs  without 
ever  having  to  leave  their  rooms. 

For  Sue  Wasiolek  76,  M.H.  A.  78,  LL.M.  '93, 
assistant  vice  president  for  student  affairs,  the 
phenomenon  of  take-out  from  the  Oak  Room 
—  the  only  campus  eating  establishment  with 


als  who  expect  a  certain  level  of  service.  We 
need  to  keep  these  things  in  balance." 

Something  that's  increasingly  basic  to  indi- 
vidual expression — and  to  community  iden- 
tity— is  electronic  mail.  In  1992,  the  Office  of 
Information  Technology  issued  every  Duke 
student  an  e-mail  account  on  its  "acpub" 
server.  Seven  years  later,  not  a  day  during  the 
academic  year  goes  by  without  300,000  mes- 
sages generated.  In  Wasiolek's  opinion,  the 
general  preference  of  the  Duke  community 
has  shifted  from  print  to  electronic  correspon- 
dence. And  with  that  shift  comes  a  lot  of  speed, 
much  convenience,  and  a  problem  or  two. 

The  first  thing  anyone  needs  to  know  about 
e-mail  at  Duke  is  its  pervasiveness.  There  is 
currently  a  network  "ethernet"  hook-up  for 
every  bed  space  in  the  residential  system. 
There  are  twenty-four  public  computer  clus- 
ters scattered  across  campus.  There  are  solitary 
e-mail  terminals  in  high-traffic  areas,  includ- 
ing the  Bryan  Center  cafe  and  several  East 
Campus  commons  rooms.  Last  year,  a  trans- 
mitter was  placed  in  a  Crowell  Quad  window, 
providing  wireless  e-mail  access  for  the  lap- 
top-owning denizens  of  "Krzyzewskiville" — 
the  tent  city  that  forms  outside  Cameron  in 
anticipation  of  big  basketball  games. 

Rare  is  the  student  who  checks  his  or  her 
e-mail  less  than  five  times  a  day.  Oceans  can't 
keep  Duke  students  from  the  acpub  system: 
Since  telnet  will  allow  a  connection  from 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


almost  any  web-capable  computer,  Dukies 
studying  in  Oxford,  Beijing,  and  La  Paz  can  all 
be  reached  through  their  Duke  e-mail  ac- 
counts. E-mail  serves  a  nearly  infinite  variety 
of  purposes.  From  the  listserves  (university- 
facilitated  e-mail  lists,  such  as  duke-ski@ 
duke.edu,  or  kappa@duke.edu),  which  have 
come  to  function  as  a  sort  of  marker  of  legiti- 
macy for  student  organizations,  to  the  im- 
promptu lists  of  friends  and  family  used  by 
students  eager  to  forward  on  jokes  or  transmit 
news  of  their  travels  abroad,  electronic  corre- 
spondence is  now  commonplace. 

E-mail's  convenience  has  made  it  univer- 
sal. Ease  of  communication,  however,  doesn't 
mean  quality  of  communication,  and  "conve- 
nient" quickly  translates  into  "inescapable." 
What  happens,  for  example,  when  e-mail  me- 
diates interactions  in  other  domains — emo- 
tional, academic,  or  romantic?  Noah  Pickus, 
assistant  professor  of  public  policy,  says  that 
e-mail  has  put  him  in  touch  with  a  greater 
number  of  his  students,  but  it  has  actually  de- 
creased the  number  that  come  to  see  him 
during  office  hours.  Maria  Fackler  '01,  an 
English  major  who  last  semester  took  profes- 
sor Reynolds  Price's  legendary  Milton  class, 
laments  that  "class  participation"  in  this  con- 
text referred  not  only  to  her  participation  in 
class  discussions,  but  her  submissions  to  an 
electronic  conversation  about  Paradise  Lost. 

Some  view  e-mail  in  a  more  positive  light. 


Ron  Butters,  professor  and  director  of  under- 
graduate studies  in  English,  says,  "I  think  I  see 
more  students  now  in  my  office  than  I  did 
before  because  they  are  more  willing  to  make 
appointments  with  me  over  e-mail.  Or  I  can 
e-mail  a  student  and  say,  'Hey,  you  did  really 
poorly  on  this  exam,  and  I  think  you  ought  to 
come  see  me, '  and  that  somehow  makes  more 
of  an  impact  than  just  writing  it  in  red  ink  at 
the  top  of  the  page." 

Most  of  the  difficulties  that  arise  from  cam- 
pus e-mail  exchanges  point  to  the  fact  that 
we  as  a  society  have  yet  to  construct  mores 
for  the  use  of  the  medium.  Jeff  Horwich  '99, 
one  of  the  creators  of  Devilnet,  a  campus 
online  community,  sees  e-mail  as  "an  extend- 
ed real-time  conversation"  with  the  expecta- 
tion of  a  prompt  response.  Many  others  have 
been  known  to  let  messages  sit  unanswered 
for  weeks.  Wasiolek  is  reluctant  to  let  such  an 
expectation  entirely  shape  her  life.  "Communi- 
cation," she  says,  "in  order  for  it  to  be  mean- 
ingful, needs  to  involve  a  certain  level  of 
effort.  E-mail  is  just  a  bit  too  effortless.  And 
therefore  I  question  how  meaningful  it  is,  or 
how  much  value  I  should  place  on  it." 

Scholars  and  writers  have  been  debating 
for  the  last  several  years  whether  e-mail  or, 
more  generally,  word-processing  changes  the 
nature  of  the  writing  process.  Sven  Birkerts, 
who  issued  a  dire  forecast  for  the  future  of 
reading  in  his  1994  book  The  Gutenberg 


Elegies,  argues  passionately  that  it  has.  In  a 
February  NewYorkTimes  article,  he  writes, "I 
never  see  a  sentence  with  a  semicolon  in  it 
anymore.  We  tend  to  read  the  prose  of  the  age, 
and  the  prose  of  the  age,  influenced  by  the 
ethos  of  electronic  communication,  is  almost 
overwhelmingly  flat,  punchy,  and  declara- 
tive....The  fact  that  there  are  floods  of  five- 
line  communiques  going  back  and  forth 
between  the  circuits  has  little  to  do  with  the 
health  of  the  language.  Have  we  added  any- 
thing to  the  world  if  a  lot  more  people  are 
dashing  off  written  things  in  the  key  of  casual 
conversation?" 

Butters  calls  this  bunk.  "People  are  not 
stupid, "  he  says.  "People  know  what  different 
registers  of  communication  are.  I  think  the 
biggest  problem  with  e-mail  is  not  that  it's 
affecting  other  kinds  of  writing,  but  that  no- 
body quite  knows  how  to  use  e-mail  yet  be- 
cause it's  a  new  medium.  Nobody  knows  what 
the  ground  rules  are.  But  it  isn't  tearing  over 
into  other  dimensions  any  more  than  watching 
movies  causes  students  to  use  bad  grammar. 
And  that's  a  professional  linguistic  opinion  as 
much  as  a  gut  feeling.  People  know  that  you 
write  differently  than  you  speak." 

With  the  volume  of  e-mail  that  Duke  stu- 
dents confront  daily,  each  message  receives  less 
than  complete  attention.  I  can  attest  to  this 
from  personal  experience.  As  I  was  preparing 
to  leave  for  a  spring  break  trip  to  London,  I 


July-August  1999 


sent  an  e-mail  to  Mike  Colsher  '01,  my  travel- 
ing companion,  asking  him  to  bring,  when  he 
left  to  meet  me  in  Philadelphia  later  that  day, 
a  few  articles  of  clothing  I  had  left  in  a  House 
H  dryer.  I  went  on  my  car  trip  north,  thinking 
I  would  meet  Mike  at  the  30th  Street  Station 
in  Philadelphia  with  his  luggage  and  a  tiny 
bag  of  my  own  things.  When  I  picked  him  up, 
he  was  hauling  a  huge  duffel  bag  full  of  some 
other  guy's  laundry;  he  had  glanced  over  the 
message  and  grabbed  the  clothes  on  the  dryer, 
rather  than  the  ones  in  it.  Colsher  has  the  dis- 
tinction of  being  the  smartest  person  I  know, 
so  this  is  not  a  reflection  on  his  intelligence.  It 
is,  however,  an  illustration  of  how  e -corres- 
pondence is  consumed  quickly  and  thought- 
lessly, which  is  why  I'm  wary  of  it  becoming 
the  default  mode  of  communication  in  any 
community,  particularly  an  academic  one. 

Of  course,  academics  have  benefited  from 
new  technology,  just  as  everyone  else  has.  In 
1986,  says  reference  librarian  Ken  Berger, 
Perkins  library  began  to  barcode  every  book 
that  it  acquired.  Less  than  a  year  earlier,  the 
first,  most  primitive  version  of  the  library's 


As  someone  of  an  archival  bent,  Ferriero 
is  struck,  on  a  different  level,  by  Alexander 
Stille's  observation  in  a  March  edition  of  The 
New  Yorker  that  "one  of  the  great  ironies  of 
the  information  age  is  that,  while  the  late 
twentieth  century  will  undoubtedly  record 
more  data  than  have  been  recorded  at  any 
other  time  in  history,  it  will  also  almost  cer- 
tainly lose  more  information  than  has  been 
lost  in  any  previous  era." 

"We've  just  figured  out  how  to  preserve 
print, "  he  says,  referring  to  the  recent  avail- 
ability of  acid-free  paper,  believed  to  last  500 
years.  "Electronic  information  presents  tre- 
mendous problems  in  terms  of  preservation." 
Just  as  people  haven't  figured  out  conven- 
tions for  the  use  of  e-mail,  they  have  yet  to 
decide  on  effective  methods  for  preserving  it. 
Ferriero  recalls  his  days  at  M.I.T,  where  the 
university  archivist's  office  asked  the  presi- 
dent's office  to  print  out  each  important  e- 
mail  it  sent  or  received.  "We  haven't  come 
very  far  in  terms  of  solving  the  problem  of  how 
we  preserve  the  electronic  record."  He  also 
offers  the  story  of  one  Berkeley-based  scholar 


a  complex  academic  apparatus  has  been  re- 
duced to  technological  shorthand. 

Enlarging  on  that  communications-tech- 
nology fixation,  Jeff  Horwich  '99  and  Brady 
Wood  '98  created  Devilnet,  "Duke's  virtual 
community  and  online  resource,"  in  1998. 
Begun  as  a  final  project  for  a  public  policy 
class,  the  site  (www.devilnet.duke.edu)  con- 
solidates bits  of  information  ranging  from 
area  restaurant  menus  to  available  rides  to 
and  from  campus.  In  addition  to  textbook 
resale  interfaces  and  music  reviews,  it  boasts 
areas  like  "The  Forum"  and  "The  Vent," 
where  students  anonymously  engage  in  heat- 
ed discussions  of  Duke -related  issues. 

Early  last  academic  year, The  Vent  was  taken 
down  for  a  few  days.  The  reason:  threats  of 
physical  violence  had  been  posted  in  the  course 
of  an  ongoing  argument  about  race  relations 
on  campus.  Says  Horwich,  "We're  well  aware 
of  the  propensity  people  have  at  this  stage  to 
abuse  the  perception  of  anonymity  that  comes 
with  being  online.  We  set  up  The  Vent  to  try 
and  shape  the  kind  of  interaction  we  wanted 
to  see.  It's  a  pressure  valve  for  the  site,  and  it's 


WITH  THE  SHIFT  FROM  INSTITUTIONALLY  PREPARED  MASHED  POTATOES 

AND  GREEN  BEANS  TO  FRANCHISED  FOOD  ESTABLISHMENTS, 

THE  CAFETERIA  TRAY  IS  SUPPLANTED  BY  THE  STYROFOAM  TO-GO  CARTON. 


"online  catalogue"  was  made  available.  Today, 
a  large  portion  of  the  library's  4  million  vol- 
umes, and  each  of  the  library's  25,000  users,  is 
assigned  a  barcode.  Most  of  the  collection  is 
searchable  from  any  Web-capable  computer 
(www.lib.duke.edu). 

Has  the  ease  of  the  Web-based  search 
changed  the  way  scholarship  advances?  Uni- 
versity librarian  David  Ferriero  says  yes.  For 
example,  JSTOR  is  one  of  dozens  of  electron- 
ic databases  to  which  Duke  subscribes.  On  it, 
one  can  find  full-text  archives  of  more  than  a 
hundred  journals  of  politics,  philosophy,  liter- 
ature, economics,  and  other  disciplines.  A  stu- 
dent wishing  to  compare,  for  example,  Hobbes' 
Leviathan  and  Thucydides'  History  now  has 
instant,  full-text  "keyword"  access  to  many  of 
the  world's  premier  refereed  journals,  saving 
him  or  her  hours  in  the  Perkins  sub-basement 
in  front  of  a  photocopier.  "The  potential  for 
new  discoveries — the  creation  of  new  know- 
ledge based  upon  that  already  existing  knowl- 
edge— is  astounding,"  says  Ferriero. 

He  also  notes  one  of  the  downsides  to  these 
new  methods  of  research.  "I  think  the  inclina- 
tion is  to  go  online  first,  even  though  there  may 
be  more  substantive  information  in  paper  for- 
mat." In  their  quest  for  instant  knowledge, 
however,  "students  actually  waste  a  great  deal 
of  time  doing  research  on  the  Web,  because  the 
quality  is  so  mixed  that  you  have  to  go  through 
a  lot  of  garbage  to  get  to  anything  worthwhile." 


working  on  a  method  for  "photographing" 
World  Wide  Web  pages.  "But  that's  just  anec- 
dotal, "  he  says.  "We  don't  know  how  to  pre- 
serve these  things  systematically." 

Even  preservation-minded  librarians  wouldn't 
lament  the  dissipation  of  long  course -registra- 
tion lines.  The  mid-1990s  saw  the  advent  of 
Duke's  Automated  Course  Enrollment  Sys- 
tem (ACES).  With  ACES,  students  search  for 
courses  on  the  Web  (http://registrar.duke.  edu/ 
registrar/aces. htm) — with  information  on 
everything  from  synopses  to  seats  available. 
Then,  using  a  personal  identification  number, 
attained  at  the  price  of  a  short  chat  with  an 
adviser,  one  dials  into  the  system  with  a 
touchtone  phone  and  identifies  his  or  her 
academic  choices  by  a  seven- digit  call  num- 
ber. The  system  is  efficient,  and  saves  a  great 
deal  of  time  and  labor.  But  it  has  brought 
about  a  telling  linguistic  shift. 

About  midway  through  each  semester,  the 
"ACES  book"  comes  out.  The  ACES  book  is 
the  course  roster  for  the  coming  semester,  with 
instructors'  names  and  course  times  and  loca- 
tions. Before  semesters  begin,  students  wake 
up  early  to  "call  ACES"  and  register.  When 
semesters  end,  students  wait  anxiously  for 
grades  to  be  "posted  to  ACES."  The  "ACES 
lady, "  an  electronic  voice  akin  to  the  woman 
who  has  asked  us  all  to  "please  hang  up  and 
call  again, "  controls  almost  every  aspect  of  a 
student's  registration  for  coursework.  And  so 


worked  almost  too  well."  The  reason  for  the 
"Vent  incident,"  according  to  Horwich,  is 
that  "nobody  knew  who  anybody  else  was." 

The  latest  campus  electronic  phenomenon 
is  the  prevalent  use  of  America  Online's  In- 
stant Messenger  and  Mirabilis  ICQ  to  con- 
duct conversations  on  matters  that  range 
from  the  banal  to  the  grandiose.  With  these 
programs,  students  carry  on  instantaneous 
conversations  with  friends  around  the  world 
— or  across  the  hall.  Some  have  even  been 
known  to  "IM"  or  "ICQ"  their  own  room- 
mates. A  recent  Chronicle  survey  concluded 
that  more  than  half  of  Duke's  message  traffic 
on  these  programs  is  between  students  on 
campus.  It  is  not  uncommon  to  walk  down  a 
dorm  hall  and  hear  half  a  dozen  distinctive 
beeps  —  each  signaling  that  a  new  message 
has  arrived. 

What's  next  for  a  fast-living  campus? 
Twenty-four-hour  facilities  for  dining  and 
athletics?  Electronic  textbooks?  The  former, 
says  Pietrantoni,  may  be  reality  by  fall.  The 
engineering  library,  says  Ferriero,  has  brought 
the  latter  into  its  prototype  stage.  Using  this 
model,  a  first-year  student  could  load  all  the 
texts  he  or  she  needed  for  two  semesters  onto 
a  backlit,  portable  monitor — a  sort  of  modi- 
fied laptop  computer. 

Some  say  the  academy  itself  is  untenable  in 
such  an  environment.  Columbia  English  pro- 
fessor James  Shapiro  argues  that  this  expectation 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


of  instantaneity  with  regard  to  information  has 
reduced  the  student's  capacity  to  reckon  with 
texts  longer  than  a  few  hundred  pages.  In  a 
February  Chronicle  of  Higher  Education  op-ed 
column,  he  states  the  results  of  an  informal 
study:  Of  the  twenty-one  hooks  on  the  Mo- 
dern Library  top  100  English-language  novels 
that  were  assigned  in  Columbia  classes  last 
fall,  only  three  were  longer  than  350  pages.  Of 
the  remaining  eighteen,  seven  weighed  in  at 
less  than  200  pages.  He  concludes  the  piece 
titled  "When  Brevity  Rules  the  Syllabus 
Ulysses  Is  Lost,"  saying, "Today's  literature  class 
es  increasingly  reflect  and  perpetuate  the  val 
ues  that  our  society  holds  most  dear:  expedi 
ency,  brevity,  uniformity." 

Apart  from  the  infrastructure  of  the  insti- 
tution, students  are  acquiring  the  accoutre- 
ments of  a  busy  life:  Brian  Skotko,  a  Duke 
Magazine  contributor,  and  the  aforementioned 
Maria  Fackler,  both  rising  juniors,  keep  fax 
machines  in  their  rooms.  When  he  was  chair 
of  the  Campus  Social  Board,  Brandon  Busteed 
'99  carried  a  pager.  Cell  phones  have  become 
a  common  sight  on  the  East- West  bus.  Even 
students  who  don't  partake  of  this  atmo- 
sphere must  come  to  terms  with  its  effects. 
Carolyn  Mork  '00  expressed  this  sentiment 
poignantly  in  a  February  column  in  Duke's 
Chronicle:  "Every  Monday,  I  tell  myself,  'If  I 
make  it  through  this  week,  I'll  be  able  to  slow 
down  and  take  a  breather.'  But  I  get  through 


the  week  and  realize  that  the  next  one  will  be 
just  as  horrendous." 

What  is  the  role  of  a  university  in  shaping 
its  campus  culture?  Responding  to  an  essay  by 
Duke  classicist  W.  Robert  Connor  in  Ideas,  the 
journal  of  the  National  Humanities  Center 
(which  he  directs),  Columbia  professor  An- 
drew Delbanco  wrote,  "We  should  never  get 
into  the  business  of  proselytizing  the  impres- 
sionable young,  or  teaching  dogma,  or  trans- 
mitting any  ideas — moral  or  otherwise  — 
uncritically."  It  seems,  though,  that  the  man- 
dates of  velocity  are  as  much  an  ideology  as 
an  amenity,  as  much  a  dogma  as  a  means  of 
transmission.  And  unlike  other  ideologies 
and  dogmas,  which  universities  have  ques- 
tioned and  analyzed,  this  one  is  bought  into, 
wholeheartedly,  without  skepticism. 

I  started  this  investigation  looking  to  show 
how  substance  and  contemplation,  long-held 
virtues  in  academic  communities,  had  given 
way  to  instant  accessibility.  I  realize  now  that 
those  virtues  are  no  less  dogmatic  than  the 
mandates  of  a  speed-driven  culture.  But  there 
is  a  tiny  fracture:  "Substance  and  contempla- 
tion," though  vague  and  arbitrary,  refer  to 
something  beyond  themselves.  The  discourse 
of  velocity  is,  on  the  other  hand,  hollow. 

The  code  of  values  that  underlay  universi- 
ties for  hundreds  of  years  brought  with  it  a 
whole  set  of  hierarchies,  associations,  and  rit- 
uals. At  Pembroke  College,  Oxford,  every  mem- 


ber of  the  college  convenes  nightly,  clad  in 
academic  robes,  for  dinner  and  conversation. 
We  can  ask  if  this  practice  is  dated  or  oppres- 
sive; but  it  is  ultimately  grounded  in  human 
interaction,  and  was  established  because  these 
mealtime  discussions  themselves  added  to  the 
quality  of  life — intellectual  and  otherwise  — 
on  campus.  The  campus  committed  to  veloci- 
ty, though,  risks  dedicating  itself  to  accelerat- 
ed living  at  the  expense  of  educational  ends. 

In  1784,  French  visionary  architect  Etienne- 
Louis  Boullee  etched  his  Project  for  a  Memo- 
rial to  Isaac  Newton.  Boullee's  dream  (though 
never  realized)  was  a  giant,  hollow  sphere,  oc- 
cupied only  by  an  empty  sarcophagus  symbol- 
izing the  scientist's  mortal  remains.  "O  New- 
ton!" he  wrote  in  ironic  celebration,  "I  con- 
ceived the  idea  of  surrounding  you  with  your 
discovery,  and  thus,  somehow,  of  surrounding 
you  with  yourself."  Boullee  wanted  to  enshrine 
Newton  in  the  empty  sphere  of  his  ideas. 
Looking  at  Duke  today,  it  seems  that  we  have 
done  the  same  to  ourselves.  Increasingly,  the 
conventions  of  the  campus  are  indistinguish- 
able from  those  of  a  wider  culture  on  the  run. 
They,  and  the  technologies  that  speed  them 
along,  are  at  once  totally  liberating,  totally 
empty,  and  totally  confining.  ■ 

Tinari  '01,  from  HuntingtonValley,  Pennsylvania, 
is  the  magazine's  Clay  Felker  Fellow.  He  is  currently 
on  a  Duke  study-abroad  program  in  China. 


July-August  1999 


PERSPECTIVES 


ORIN  STARN 

BY  TOM  PATTERSON 


When  Orin  Stam,  associate  profes- 
sor of  cultural  anthropology  at 
Duke,  began  research  for  a  book 
on  Ishi,  the  so-called  "last  wild  Indian  in 
North  America, "  he  had  no  reason  to  suspect 
that  his  efforts  would  generate  widespread  na- 
tional news  coverage  months  before  he  even 
started  writing  the  book.  But  that's  exactly 
what  happened. 

Long  believed  to  have  been  the  last  survivor 
of  the  Yahi — a  small  Native  American  tribe 
that  once  inhabited  the  rugged  foothill  terri- 
tory around  Mount  Lassen  in  northern  Cali- 
fornia— Ishi  was  starving  and  exhausted  when 
he  wandered  into  the  white  world  late  in 
August  1911.  Shortly  after  his  appearance  at  a 
slaughterhouse  in  Oroville,  a  town  on  the  edge 
of  the  Sacramento  Valley,  he  was  taken  into 
custody  by  local  law-enforcement  officers  and, 
a  few  days  later,  turned  over  to  anthropologists 
at  the  University  of  California  in  San  Francisco. 
He  became  an  object  of  scientific  scrutiny  and 
popular  curiosity,  on  public  display  in  the  uni- 
versity's anthropology  museum,  where  thou- 
sands of  visitors  came  to  see  his  demonstrations 
of  arrowhead-making,  fire -starting,  and  other 
skills  essential  to  his  native  culture.  His  career 
as  a  living  anthropological  exhibit  ended  with 
his  death  from  tuberculosis  in  1916. 


An  anthropologist's 
research  on  North 
America's  "last  wild 
Indian"  set  off  a  surprising 
chain  of  events,- raising 
profound  questions  about 
relationships  among 
whites  and  Native 
Americans,  science,  and 
indigenous  tradition. 


In  subsequent  years,  Ishi  has  been  the  sub- 
ject of  scores  of  books,  academic  articles,  jour- 
nalistic feature  stories,  documentary  films,  and 
even  a  Hollywood  movie.  The  most  popular 
and  comprehensive  account  of  his  life  to  ap- 
pear so  far  is  the  book  Ishi  in  Two  Worlds,  pub- 
lished in  1961  by  the  University  of  California 
Press.  Its  author,  Theodora  Kroeber,  was  the 
second  wife  of  noted  anthropologist  Alfred 
Kroeber,  who  headed  the  university's  anthro- 
pology department  during  Ishi's  years  in  the 
museum  there.  She  also  wrote  Ishi:  The  Last  of 
His  Tribe,  a  children's  version  of  Ishi's  story, 
published  in  1964. 

Among  the  facts  about  Ishi's  life  and  death 
that  weren't  fully  detailed  in  either  of  Kroe- 
ber's  books — or  in  any  other  published  infor- 
mation about  him  until  very  recently — were 
the  circumstances  surrounding  the  disposal  of 
his  body  after  he  died.  As  Kroeber  and  other 
Ishi  chroniclers  have  noted,  an  autopsy  was 
performed  on  Ishi's  body,  and  his  brain  was 
preserved  for  further  study,  in  keeping  with 
scientific  practices  common  in  the  late  nine- 
teenth and  early  twentieth  centuries.  The  rest 
of  his  remains  were  cremated  and  placed  in 
a  burial  niche  at  Mount  Olive  Cemetery  in 
Colma,  on  the  southern  outskirts  of  San  Fran- 
cisco. But  accounts  of  these  posthumous  events 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


ANTHROPOLOGIST  STARN,  ABOVE,  WITH  PHOTO  OF 
THE  MAN  ONCE  BELIEVED  TO  BE  THE  LAST  OF  HIS 
TRIBE;  AT  LEFT,  A  PHOTO  OF  ISHI  TAKEN  DURING  THE 
RETURN  TRIP  TO  DEER  CREEK,  MAY-JUNE  1914 

neglected  to  mention  what  became  of  Ishi's 
brain. 

No  one  seemed  to  notice  this  oversight  un- 
til the  spring  of  1997,  when  an  organization  of 
Maidu  Indians  in  California's  Butte  County  set 
out  to  claim  Ishi's  remains  and  rebury  them  in 
the  Mount  Lassen  hills,  where  he  lived  before 
wandering  into  Oroville.  In  keeping  with  a 
common  Native  American  tradition  that  a 
body  must  be  whole  for  the  spirit  to  reach  the 
land  of  the  dead,  the  Butte  County  Native 
American  Cultural  Commission  (BCNACC), 
as  the  group  was  called,  wanted  all  of  Ishi's 
remains  included  in  the  reinterment.  Their 
efforts  called  attention  to  the  fact  that  the 
brain  seemed  to  be  missing. 

That's  when  Duke  anthropologist  Orin  Starn 
entered  the  picture.  Starn  became  aware  of 
the  initiative  by  the  BCNACC  only  after  he 
had  begun  researching  Ishi  in  1998,  and  the 
mystery  over  the  whereabouts  of  the  long- 
dead  Indian's  brain  immediately  piqued  his 
curiosity.  He  launched  his  own  investigation 
and,  early  this  year,  tracked  the  brain  to  a 


THE 
SEARCH 
FOR  ISHFS 
BRAIN 


Smithsonian  Institution  warehouse  in  Mary- 
land. It  was  this  piece  of  scholarly  detective 
work  that  led  to  what  Starn  describes  as  a 
"media  feeding  frenzy"  and  set  the  stage  for 
the  brain's  shipment  to  California.  There  it 
would  be  reunited  with  the  rest  of  Ishi's  re- 
mains for  a  very  belated  burial  according  to 
Native  American  funerary  customs.  For  Starn, 
this  chain  of  events  highlights  a  variety  of  is- 
sues having  to  do  with  race,  science,  and  cul- 
tural identity. 

Starn  grew  up  in  Berkeley,  where  his  father 
was  and  still  is  a  professor  of  history  at  the 
University  of  California,  and  it  was  there  that 
he  first  became  aware  of  Ishi.  During  his  child- 
hood in  the  1960s,  he  read  Ishi:  The  Last  of  His 
Tribe  and  saw  exhibits  of  related  artifacts  in 
the  university's  Phoebe  Hearst  Museum  of 
Anthropology  (which  was  relocated  from  San 
Francisco  to  Berkeley  in  1931).  The  climate  of 
radical  political  activism  of  those  times  influ- 
enced his  later  decision  to  forge  a  career  in 
the  social  sciences. 

"I  went  into  anthropology  partly  because  it 
seemed  like  a  field  that  was  dealing  with  is- 
sues of  injustice  and  power  and  inequality," 
says  Starn.  "One  tradition  in  anthropology 
that  goes  back  to  Franz  Boas,  who's  known  as 
the  founder  of  twentieth-century  anthropolo- 


gy, is  that  of  speaking  truth  to  power.  When  I 
was  growing  up,  there  was  a  trend  among  an- 
thropologists to  denounce  racism  and  to  argue 
for  cultural  relativism.  There  were  a  number 
of  anthropologists  who  were  activists  against 
the  Vietnam  War  and  in  support  of  feminism 
and  human  rights." 

Starn  decided  to  study  anthropology  only 
after  leaving  UC-Berkeley  at  the  end  of  his 
junior  year  to  spend  a  year  working  at  a  reser- 
vation high  school  for  Navaho  dropouts  in 
New  Mexico.  As  he  writes  in  the  introduc- 
tion to  Nightwatch:  The  Politics  of  Protest  in  the 
Andes  (Duke  University  Press,  1999),"When  I 
returned  to  college,  anthropology  appeared  to 
be  an  avenue  for  further  involvement  in  so- 
cial change  —  the  discipline  most  concerned 
with  the  predicament  of  Indians,  peasants, 
the  urban  poor,  and  the  rest  of  global  society's 
dispossessed  majorities."  He  finished  his  un- 
dergraduate work  in  the  field  at  the  Uni- 
versity of  Chicago  in  1982,  then  returned  to 
the  Bay  Area  and  entered  Stanford  Univer- 
sity, where  he  earned  his  master's  and  Ph.D. 
degrees  and  spent  a  year  teaching  before  he 
joined  Duke's  cultural  anthropology  faculty  in 
1992. 

Starn's  research  and  writings  since  the  early 
1980s  have  focused  largely  on  Latin  America 


July-August  1999 


ANALYZING 
ANTHROPOLOGY 

In  this  excerpt  from  Nightwatch:  The 
Politics  of  Protest  in  the  Andes 
(Duke  University  Press,  1999),  Orin 
Stam  moves  beyond  his  specific  subject 
matter  to  reflect  on  wider  trends  in  the 
discipline  of  anthropology: 

hese  last  decades  have  been  a  time 
of  "anthro(a)pology,"  in  the  neolo- 
gism of  one  pundit.  As  part  of  the 
self-pillorying,  we  have  spilled  gallons  of 
ink  dissecting  the  missteps  and  abuses  in 
the  endeavor  of  writing  about  people  in 
out-of-the-way  places,  sometimes  sounding 
much  like  a  committee  of  Maoists  intent 
on  purging  rivals  to  chart  the  politically 
correct  line.  Recognition  of  the  dangers  of 
exoticism  and  silencing  has  hastened  an- 
thropology's transformation  from  the  study 
of  "primitives"  to  what  it  is  today,  namely, 
the  examination  of  life  "here"  in  the  United 
States  as  well  as  "there"  in  the  Third  World 
— zoos,  nightclubs,  restaurants,  biotechnol- 
ogy labs,  museums,  and  just  about  every 
other  imaginable  form  of  human  organiza- 
tion. The  turn  to  "bring  it  back  home"  is  a 
welcome  broadening  of  focus. 

Nevertheless,  the  persistence  of  Western 
ignorance  and  miscomprehension  means 
that  a  role  still  exists  for  an  anthropology 
of  places  like  Burundi,  New  Guinea,  Indo- 
nesia, or... Peru.  A  recent  piece  in  The  New 
York  Times,  for  example,  serves  up  a  sorry 
mishmash  of  exaggeration  and  stereotype 
about  Africa  as  "an  incomprehensible 
dystopia  of  random  murder,  tribal  depravi- 
ty, and  political  corruption."  This  sort  of 
coverage  makes  me  thankful  for  studies... 
which  show  the  ambiguity,  complexity,  and 
humanity  of  African  life,  as  well  as  the 
ways  in  which  the  destinies  of  non-Western 
and  Western  societies  have  been  bound 
together  by  the  facts  of  conquest,  colonial- 
ism, migration,  trade,  and  the  mutual 
exchange  of  technology,  values,  and  ideas. 
Surely  anthropology  can  contribute  to 
combating  the  frightening  parochialism 
that  dismisses  those  who  live  outside  the 
United  States  and  Europe  as  unworthy  of 
attention,  understanding,  or  sometimes 
even  acknowledgment. 

Yet  anthropology  must  be  read  to  do  any 
good.  In  recent  years,  reliance  on  and  at 
times  reveling  in  arcane  and  often  unnec- 
essary jargon  have  risked  turning  our  disci- 
pline into  a  secret  society,  a  clubhouse 
closed  to  everyone  but  the  graduate  student 
and  professional.  To  advocate  accessibility 
is  not  to  deny  the  value  of  specialized  ter- 
minology and  debate  in  anthropology 
any  more  than  in  literary  studies,  biology, 
physics,  or  other  fields.  It  does  mean  recog- 
nizing that  anthropologists  can  do  more  to 
reach  broad  audiences,  as  did  our  totems 
such  as  Franz  Boas,  Ruth  Benedict,  and 
Margaret  Mead  (even  if  what  they  wrote 
about  the  Samoans,  Japanese,  and  others 
has  not  always  held  up  in  retrospect). 


and,  more  specifically,  the  Peruvian  Andes  — 
an  area  that  he  first  visited  in  1982  with  jour- 
nalist Robin  Kirk,  whom  he  later  married.  He 
decided  to  shift  his  attention  to  the  projected 
book  on  Ishi  because  of  his  long- standing  in- 
terest in  the  subject  and  because  he  sees 
strong  historical  and  sociopolitical  parallels 
between  Ishi's  story  and  the  plight  of  the 
indigenous  Peruvians. 

"In  both  cases,"  he  says, "you  have  indige- 
nous people  who  have  been  catastrophically 
affected  by  white  conquest.  Both  California 
and  Peru  were  colonized  by  the  Spanish  and, 
in  both  places,  it  resulted  in  devastating  con- 
sequences for  the  indigenous  population, 
where  you  had  entire  peoples  who  were  wiped 
out.  With  Ishi,  as  with  Peruvian  village  cul- 
ture, you  have  indigenous  people  who,  against 
the  odds,  managed  to  survive  and  were  trying 
to  define  their  identities  in  a  way  that  comes 
to  terms  with  new  technology  while  main- 
taining their  own  cultural  identities.  The  in- 
digenous people  in  Peru  speak  Quechua,  but 
they  buy  noodles  in  the  store;  they  worship 
mountain  spirits,  but  they're  also  Christians. 

"It's  the  same  with  Ishi.  He  knew  a  hun- 
dred Yahi  songs  by  heart;  he  knew  how  to 
chip  arrowheads;  and  he  knew  more  stories 
than  even  the  anthropologists  want  to  hear. 
At  the  same  time,  he  used  elements  of  mod- 
ern technology  and  modified  them  as  part  of 
his  survival  strategy  — using  the  stocks  of 
guns,  for  example,  to  chip  arrowheads.  He 
liked  sleeping  in  a  bed  and  wearing  shoes  and 
pants.  He  was  very  open  to  establishing 
friendships  with  whites,  but  at  the  same  time, 
he  maintained  a  lot  of  traditional  Yahi  taboos, 
and  he  never  told  anybody  what  his  Yahi 
name  was."  (Most  accounts  indicate  that 
Alfred  Kroeber  originated  the  practice  of  call- 
ing him  ishi,  the  Yahi  word  for  "man.") 

In  explaining  why  he  sees  a  need  for  a  new 
book  on  Ishi,  Starn  expresses  appreciation  for 
what  Theodora  Kroeber  accomplished  with 
Ishi  in  Two  Worlds.  "Her  account  of  Ishi's  life 
was  really  path-breaking, "  he  says.  "It  was  the 
first  book  to  raise  the  issue  of  the  violence  that 
had  been  done  against  Indians  in  California. 
It  forced  Califomians  to  face  up  to  what  hap- 
pened to  the  Yahi  and  other  Native  Ameri- 
cans. She  was  writing  in  the  wake  of  two  world 
wars  and  the  Holocaust,  so  she  was  looking  at 
Ishi's  story  in  light  of  these  episodes  of  mass 
violence  in  our  history.  But  her  book  was  pub- 
lished in  1961.  Since  that  time  there  has  been 
new  research  on  Ishi,  and  new  material  and 
controversies  have  come  to  light.  There  has 
been  no  attempt  to  look  at  all  of  these  new 
issues  that  have  come  up  in  this  story.  We  also 
know  now  that  there  are  a  number  of  things 
that  Theodora  Kroeber  got  wrong  or  that  are 
at  least  open  to  debate." 

Starn  cites  several  examples,  including  Kroe- 
ber's  contention  that  the  Yahi  cremated  the 


"IT'S  MORE  THAN 
JUST  A  BRAIN; 
IT'S  A  SYMBOL 
OF  THE  LACK  OF 
RESPECT  FOR 
NATIVE  AMERICAN 
RIGHTS  AND  THE 
LACK  OF  RESPECT 
ON  THE  PART  OF 
SCIENCE  FOR  THE 
WISHES  OF  NATIVE 
AMERICANS." 


dead,  which  has  been  more  recently  disproven 
by  archaeological  evidence  suggesting  they 
buried  their  dead.  And  he  notes  that  details 
cited  in  Kroeber 's  account  of  Ishi's  arrival  in 
Oroville  have  been  contradicted  by  an  eye- 
witness who  came  forward  after  her  book  ap- 
peared and  gave  a  different  report  about  such 
particulars  as  the  time  of  day  when  Ishi  was 
found  and  the  way  he  was  dressed.  More  im- 
portantly, Starn  points  to  a  considerable  body 
of  evidence  that  discredits  Kroeber 's  depic- 
tion of  Ishi  and  Yahi  culture  as  pristine  and 
uncontaminated  by  white  civilization — a  view 
that  she  adopted  from  her  husband.  Early 
nineteenth-century  accounts  of  intermarriage 
and  other  forms  of  close  contact  between  the 
Yahi  and  Mexican  ranchers  in  California,  he 
says,  are  bolstered  by  close  linguistic  affinities 
between  certain  words  Ishi  used  and  common 
Spanish  words  with  the  same  meanings. 

And  clear  indications  that  the  few  Yahi  who 
remained  alive  in  the  first  decade  of  our  cen- 
tury weren't  entirely  out  of  touch  with  the 
white  world  can  be  seen  in  the  inventory  of 
items  found  by  a  surveying  crew  that,  in  1908, 
stumbled  on  a  secluded  Yahi  encampment 
known  as  Bear's  Hiding  Place.  Among  these 
items,  Starn  says,  were  sawblades,  jackknives, 
glass  bottles,  sacks  of  barley  and  flour,  and  even 
a  few  tins  of  Log  Cabin  syrup.  These  stores  were 
stolen  from  whites  who  lived  nearby  by  the 


10      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


Yahi  to  supplement  their  own  handmade 
tools  and  the  food  obtained  through  tradi- 
tional methods  of  hunting  and  gathering. 

"Part  of  the  romance  of  Ishi  is  that  he  was 
the  last  survivor  of  his  tribe, "  says  Starn. 
"That  fits  with  the  notion,  popular  in  the 
early  twentieth  century,  that  Native  Ameri- 
cans were  a  vanishing  race,  which  was  part  of 
the  idea  of  Manifest  Destiny.  It's  true  that 
many  Native  Americans  were  destroyed. 
There  were  an  estimated  310,000  Native 
Americans  in  California  before  the  Spanish 
arrived  there  in  1767,  and,  by  the  beginning  of 
the  twentieth  century,  that  number  had  been 
reduced  to  only  30,000.  But  what  you  see  very 
much  in  the  early  twentieth  century  is  an  at- 
titude of  what  anthropologist  Renato  Rosaldo 
has  called  'imperialist  nostalgia.'  Rosaldo  has 
pointed  out  that  people  who  conquer  other 
people  begin  to  feel  a  kind  of  nostalgia  for 
them.  That's  why  we  have  the  idea  that  Na- 
tive Americans  are  more  noble,  pure,  and  dig- 
nified than  white  people,  and  more  closely  in 
touch  with  nature.  That's  very  different  from 
the  attitude  that  was  current  in  the  mid-nine- 
teenth century,  when  white  people  thought  of 
the  Indians  as  the  enemy,  as  red  devils  who 
needed  to  be  exterminated. 

"But  after  the  Plains  Wars  were  over,  Na- 
tive Americans  no  longer  posed  a  threat  to 
white  society.  Ever  since  then,  this  'imperialist 


ABOVE,  BUILDING  A  FIRE  TO  HEAT  A  DRILLSTICK, 
MAY-JUNE  1914 

nostalgia'  has  been  the  dominant  attitude, 
right  up  to  the  present,  with  the  movie  Dances 
With  Wolves.  What's  lost  in  all  this  is  that 
many  Native  Americans  do  survive.  There  are 
dozens  of  recognized  tribes  in  California.  There 
are  parts  of  fifty  Native  American  languages 
that  are  still  spoken  there;  and  there  are  big 
ceremonies  like  the  Bear  Dance  in  Susanville. 
In  parts  of  the  state,  there  has  been  economic 
recovery  around  casinos,  which  have  provid- 
ed a  new  source  of  income  for  a  lot  of  Native 
Americans  and  ushered  in  a  kind  of  cultural 
renaissance.  So  this  idea  of  Native  Americans 
as  a  disappearing  people  is  just  wrong." 

Furthermore,  Starn  points  out,  new  evi- 
dence has  emerged  to  suggest  that  Ishi  wasn't 
the  last  of  the  Yahi,  as  has  long  been  assumed. 
He  cites  one  Native  Califomian's  testimony 
before  the  state  assembly,  to  the  effect  that  a 
number  of  Yahi  fled  their  traditional  home- 
land during  the  1850s  and  '60s  —  a  time  when 
many  Yahi  were  massacred  by  white  vigi- 
lantes —  and  intermarried  with  members  of 
the  Pit  River  Tribe  in  far  northeastern  Cali- 
fornia. He  also  notes  a  Sacramento  man's 
claim  to  being  the  grandson  of  a  Yahi  woman 
who  was  adopted  by  whites  after  her  parents 
were  killed  in  one  of  those  vigilante  raids. 


And  he  mentions  the  possibility  that  some 
Yahi  were  rounded  up  in  the  mid-nineteenth 
century  and  taken  to  live  on  the  Round  Valley 
Reservation,  north  of  Marin  County,  a  rela- 
tively large  reservation  where  members  of 
many  tribal  groups  from  northern  California 
were  forcibly  resettled. 

Such  departures  from  the  long-accepted  ver- 
sion of  Ishi's  story  were  uppermost  in  Starn's 
mind  as  he  immersed  himself  in  research  for 
his  book  on  the  so-called  last  Yahi.  He  says  he 
was  unaware  of  the  mystery  surrounding  the 
whereabouts  of  Ishi's  brain  until  he  met  with 
BCNACC  chaimian  Arthur  Angle  in  the  sum- 
mer of  1998,  after  his  research  turned  up  infor- 
mation on  the  group's  efforts  to  rebury  Ishi's 
remains.  Angle  told  him  that  the  BCNACC 
had  been  unsuccessful  in  their  attempts  to  lo- 
cate the  brain.  Starn  promised  to  let  Angle 
know  if  he  came  across  any  helpful  clues. 

At  the  time,  Starn  didn't  know  that  an  arti- 
cle about  Ishi's  missing  brain  had  appeared 
about  a  year  earlier  in  the  Los  Angeles  Times, 
prompting  officials  at  the  University  of  Cali- 
fornia at  San  Francisco  to  investigate  the 
matter.  But  he  obtained  a  copy  of  the  article 
not  long  after  his  first  meeting  with  Angle, 
and  he  soon  learned  that  the  university's  search 
had  reached  a  dead-end  at  the  Smithsonian 
Institution.  This  information  came  from  Nancy 
Rockafellar,  a  UCSF  research  historian  who 
had  helped  conduct  the  investigation. 

"I  met  with  her  in  December  of '98, "  Starn 
says.  "She  told  me  she'd  heard  a  story  that  the 
brain  was  sent  to  the  Smithsonian,  but  when 
she  had  called  the  Smithsonian  and  tried  to 
find  out  what  happened  to  it,  she  had  been 
told  by  the  director  of  the  American  Indian 
Program  that  the  story  was  'old  folklore'  and 
that  the  brain  no  longer  existed." 

Skeptical  of  this  official  denial,  Starn  em- 
barked on  his  own  search  for  more  complete 
information.  In  January  of  this  year,  he  found 
what  he  was  looking  for  in  the  Bancroft  Li- 
brary at  UC-Berkeley:  the  original  correspon- 
dence between  Alfred  Kroeber  and  officials  at 
what  was  then  known  as  the  Smithsonian  In- 
stitution's United  States  National  Museum — 
letters  exchanged  in  the  wake  of  Ishi's  death 
and  autopsy,  from  late  October  1916  until 
February  of  the  following  year,  along  with  an 
official  document,  dated  March  7, 1917,  con- 
firming that  the  museum  accepted  Kroeber's 
donation  of  the  brain  to  its  study  collection. 

"I  still  remember  what  it  felt  like  to  sit  there 
in  the  library  reading  those  letters, "  Starn  says. 
"I  was  just  astonished  that  here  was  this  box 
of  papers  that  clearly  showed  Alfred  Kroeber 
returning  from  New  York  after  Ishi's  death  and 
after  the  autopsy,  and  getting  in  touch  with  the 
Smithsonian  to  offer  them  the  brain.  After 
that,  I  contacted  David  Hunt,  a  museum  spe- 
cialist with  the  Smithsonian's  department  of 
anthropology,  and  he  said,  'No,  I  don't  think 


July-August  1999        1 1 


the  brain  was  destroyed.  I  think  we  have  it.' 
Then  he  did  a  search  and  confirmed  that  they 
did.  So  I  told  the  BCNACC  what  I'd  found 
out,  and  they  contacted  the  Smithsonian. 
Then  the  whole  story  hit  the  media." 

As  reported  in  February  on  National  Public 
Radio,  in  The  New  York  Times,  and  in  dozens  of 
major  daily  newspapers,  Ishi's  brain,  preserved 
in  formaldehyde  in  a  glass  tank,  was  being 
stored  in  Sudand,  Maryland,  at  a  warehouse  that 
belonged  to  the  Smithsonian's  National  Mu- 
seum of  Natural  History.  In  tracing  its  location 
and  reporting  his  findings  to  the  BCNACC, 
Starn  set  off  a  chain  of  events  that  reverberated 
from  coast  to  coast,  involving  several  govern- 
mental entities,  universities,  and  Native  Ameri- 
can groups.  Armed  with  this  new  information, 
the  BCNACC  held  a  press  conference  in  Oro- 
ville  on  February  23  and  issued  a  statement 
stressing  the  traditional  Native  American  view 
that  "a  complete  body  is  necessary  for  proper 
burial  and  release  of  the  spirit, "  and  express- 
ing confidence  that  "in  this  discovery  of  the 
missing  body  part,  we  can  now  proceed  with 
the  repatriation  of  our  red  brother." 

The  group's  repatriation  effort,  Stam  points 
out,  "is  very  much  in  line  with  Native  Ameri- 
can groups  across  the  country  wanting  the 
remains  of  their  ancestors  returned  from  mu- 
seums and  other  institutions  for  reburial, "  a 
trend  he  credits  in  part  to  the  growing  em- 
phasis on  identity  politics  since  the  1960s.  On 
the  legal  front,  this  Indian  pressure  culminat- 
ed with  the  National  Museum  of  the  Ameri- 
can Indian  Act,  passed  by  Congress  in  1989, 
and  the  Native  American  Graves  Protection 
and  Repatriation  Act,  which  Congress  passed 
the  following  year.  Both  acts  reflect  the  prin- 
ciple that  Native  Americans  have  a  right  to 
their  ancestral  remains,  sacred  objects,  funer- 
ary offerings,  and  cultural  patrimonial  objects 
housed  in  museums  across  the  country.  As  a 
result,  many  research  institutions  have  com- 
piled and  delivered  inventory  lists  of  Native 
American  artifacts  to  the  756  federally  recog- 
nized tribes.  This  effort,  in  compliance  with 
the  1990  law,  allows  these  tribal  groups  to  re- 
quest the  repatriation  of  culturally  significant 
items  from  the  list. 

In  late  April,  the  largest  repatriation  in  the 
nation's  history  was  completed  when  Pecos 
and  Jemez  Pueblo  in  New  Mexico  held  a  cere- 
monial reburial  of  the  skeletal  remains  of 
nearly  2,000  of  their  ancestors  and  hundreds 
of  sacred  objects  returned  to  them  from  mu- 
seums at  Harvard  University  and  Phillips 
Academy  of  Andover,  Massachusetts.  Since 
the  advent  of  the  new  law,  the  Smithsonian 
alone  has  returned  more  than  4,000  human 
skeletons  and  nearly  1,000  cultural  objects  to 
Native  American  organizations.  Soon  after 
they  confirmed  their  possession  of  Ishi's  brain, 
officials  there  indicated  they  were  open  to 
cooperating  in  its  return  to  an  appropriate 


group  of  indigenous  people  in  California. 

Because  of  his  pivotal  role  in  locating  the 
brain,  Starn  was  invited  to  accompany  Arthur 
Angle  and  seven  other  BCNACC  members 
to  Washington  in  late  March  for  a  firsthand 
look  at  the  brain.  Smithsonian  staff  members 
had  retrieved  it  from  the  warehouse  where  it 
had  been  stored  for  so  long  and  brought  it 
into  a  conference  room  at  the  National  Mu- 
seum of  Natural  History,  where  Starn  and  the 
group  of  Maidu  Indians  from  Butte  County 
had  gathered.  In  accordance  with  a  Native 
American  tradition  that  it's  dangerous  for  the 
living  to  come  into  contact  with  the  dead,  a 
Maidu  healer  who  was  part  of  the  group  per- 
formed a  cleansing  ceremony  that  involved 
the  burning  of  wormwood  incense,  the  shak- 
ing of  a  deer-hoof  rattle,  and  the  recitation  of 
a  special  prayer  as  they  gathered  around  the 
table  where  Ishi's  brain  floated  in  its  glass 
tank.  The  following  day,  back  in  Califonia,  the 
state  assembly  passed  a  resolution  urging 
Governor  Gray  Davis  "to  direct  all  affected 
state  agencies  to  cooperate  in  the  effort  to  re- 
turn the  remains  of  Ishi  so  that  a  proper  In- 
dian burial  ceremony  may  take  place  and  clo- 
sure may  be  brought  to  this  indignity." 

The  next  major  development  in  the  story 
came  six  weeks  later,  on  May  7,  when  Smith- 
sonian officials  announced  their  plans  for  re- 
patriating the  brain.  Instead  of  turning  it  over 


to  the  Maidu  Indians  in  Butte  County,  they 
said  they  would  deliver  it  to  Shasta  County 
descendants  of  the  Yana,  the  Native  Ameri- 
can tribe  of  which  theYahi  were  a  sub-group. 
In  a  statement  on  the  matter,  National  Mu- 
seum of  Natural  History  director  Robert  Fri 
acknowledged  that  "all  California  Native 
Americans  feel  a  powerful  connection  with 
Ishi  and  a  responsibility  to  see  that  his  re- 
mains are  united  and  given  a  proper  burial." 
But  he  went  on  to  explain  that  "we  were  guid- 
ed by  the  moral  and  legal  obligation  to  find 
out  whether  any  of  Ishi's  descendants  were 
still  alive."  The  decision  seemed  to  surprise 
everyone  involved,  but  it  followed  from  muse- 
um officials'  determination  that  Yana  mem- 
bers of  two  federally  recognized  tribes  — the 
Redding  Rancheria  and  the  Pit  River  Tribe  — 
were  Ishi's  closest  living  relatives.  About  a 
week  after  the  announcement,  leaders  of 
those  two  groups  met  with  members  of  the 
BCNACC  to  make  plans  for  reburying  Ishi's 
remains. 

According  to  Starn,  "It's  more  than  just  a 
brain;  it's  a  symbol  of  what  happened  to  Na- 
tive Americans  in  California  and  throughout 
this  country — of  the  lack  of  respect  for  Na- 
tive American  rights  and  the  lack  of  respect 
on  the  part  of  science  for  the  wishes  of  Native 
Americans."  Anticipating  the  imminent  repa- 
triation and  reburial,  he  says,  "I  hope  this  can 


12      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


"ISHI  KNEW  A 
HUNDRED  YAHI 
SONGS  BY  HEART; 
HE  KNEW  HOW  TO 
CHIP  ARROWHEADS; 
AND  HE  KNEW 
MORE  STORIES 
THAN  EVEN  THE 
ANTHROPOLOGISTS 
WANT  TO  HEAR." 


IN  WESTERN  DRESS,  ABOVE,  POSING  BEHIND 
THE  WHEEL  OF  AN  AUTOMOBILE  AT  THE  WINTON 
MOTOR  COMPANY,  POSSIBLY  IN  SAN  FRANCISCO, 
DATE  UNKNOWN 

be  an  occasion  for  reflection  on  the  relation- 
ship between  Native  Americans  and  whites, 
and  on  the  history  of  violence  against  Native 
American  people.  Every  time  I  talk  to  anybody 
in  California  about  this,  it  quickly  becomes 
apparent  that  it's  a  very  emotional  issue,  be- 
cause the  fact  is  that  in  California  there  was 
genocide  committed  against  Native  American 
people.  Genocide  is  an  overused  word  these 
days.  But  if  one  defines  it  as  an  intentional 
effort  by  a  government  to  wipe  out  a  whole 
group  of  people,  then  what  happened  in  Cali- 
fornia definitely  qualifies,  because  at  one  point 
some  county  governments  were  paying  a  dol- 
lar a  scalp  for  Indian  scalps.  After  California 
became  a  part  of  the  United  States  in  1848, 
there  was  an  explicit  policy  of  ethnic  extermi- 
nation for  Native  Americans. 

"It's  true  that  a  hundred  and  thirty  years 
have  passed  since  that  era  came  to  an  end 
with  the  defeat  of  the  Modoc  Indians  in  the 
last  armed  confrontation  between  Indians 
and  the  government  in  California,  but  it's 
never  been  formally  acknowledged  that  this 
happened.  There's  been  no  apology  issued, 
and  there  have  been  no  reparations.  The 


reservations  that  exist  in  California  today  are 
very  small,  and  in  a  lot  of  the  nearby  commu- 
nities Native  Americans  are  not  admired  and 
respected  but  viewed  as  socially  inferior.  So, 
when  people  in  California  talk  about  repatria- 
tion, it's  a  very  emotional  issue,  because  it's 
an  effort  to  make  right  what  happened  there." 
Having  nearly  completed  his  research  on 
Ishi,  Starn  plans  to  write  his  book  during  the 
1999-2000  academic  year  while  on  leave  from 
his  teaching  duties  at  Duke;  it  will  eventually 
be  published  by  Duke  University  Press.  Aside 
from  his  desire  to  correct  historical  and  an- 
thropological errors  in  previously  published 
material  on  Ishi,  he  says  what  he  hopes  to 


accomplish  in  writing  about  Ishi  is  "to  pro- 
mote an  understanding  of  histories  of  vio- 
lence and  issues  of  power  and  to  get  beyond 
the  kinds  of  romantic  stereotypes  of  Native 
Americans  that  are  so  common  today.  I 
would  like  to  contribute  to  a  better  under- 
standing of  Native  Americans  and  the  rela- 
tionship between  whites  and  Native  Ameri- 
cans. And  I  would  also  like  for  this  book  to 
get  at  the  Native  American  experience  and 
the  effort  that  Native  Americans  have  made 
toward  cultural  survival." 

Patterson  is  a  freelance  writer  who  lives  in  Win- 
ston-Salem, North  Carolina. 


Seconds  from  Duke  University, 
Minutes  from  Research  Triangle  Park 


and  Light  Years  Away  from  the  Ordinary. 


Nestled  among  tall  North  Carolina  pines  ond 
hardwoods,  next  to  prestigious  Duke  University  and  nea 
the  heart  of  the  world-renowned  Research  Triangle  Park, 
the  Washington  Duke  Inn  &  Golf  Club  is  the  destination 
of-choice  for  countless  business  travelers,  high-level 
conferences  ond  leisure  guests  from  all  points  of  the 
globe. 


•  The  Inn's  superb  meeting  and  catering  facilities  easily 
accommodote  groups  from  20  to  400. 

•  Each  of  thel  71  newly-renovated  and  elegantly- 
appointed  guest  rooms  and  suites  has  complimentary 
Internet  access  at  Ethernet'  speed. 

•  Recreational  amenities  include  an  18-hole, 
Robert  Trent  Jones-designed  championship  golf 
course,  home  of  the  2001  NCAA  men's 
championship,  along  with  a  3'/i  mile  long 
jogging  trail,  swimming  pool,  Duke  Center 
Living  privileges. 

•  Popular  local  attractions  -  the  Durham 
Bulls,  Duke  Chapel,  Duke  Gardens,  the 
Museum  of  Life  and  Science,  Morehead 
,  Planetarium  and  the  very  finest  collegiate 

Washington  Duke    sports  teams  anywhere. 
Inn  &  Golf  Club 

And  it  almost  goes  without  saying,  the 
attract  grand  tradition  of  superior  service  and  warm  Southern 

hospitality  is  alive  and  well  here. 

3001  Cameron  Boulevard  •  Durham,  North  Carolina  •  (919)  490-0999 

mm  1-800-443-3853 


•  Another  asset  of  Duke  University  - 
and  only  blocks  awoy  from  its  world 
famous  medical  center,  the  Inn  is  the 
only  Four-Star,  Four-Diamond  hotel  in 
eastern  North  Carolina. 

•  Located  midwoy  between  New  York 
and  Atlanta,  the  Washington  Duke  Inn's 
300-acre  site  is  only  15  minutes  from 
Raleigh-Durham  Internah'onal  Airport 
ond  easy  to  get  to. 

•  The  regional  and  seasonal  cuisines  of 
the  highly  acclaimed  Fairview  restaurant 
epicures  from  around  the  world. 


M^M 


www.washinglondukeinn.com 


July- August  1999        13 


liMJJd.JkliJJ 


A  NEW  YORK 

STATE  OF 

LEARNING 


MANHATTAN  AS  MENTOR 

BYKIRKKICKLIGHTER 

Through  "Leadership  and  the  Arts, "  students  immerse  themselves 

for  a  semester  in  the  world  of  New  York  theater,  dance, 

opera,  music,  visual  arts,  and  philanthropy. 


About  11:30  on  a  Monday  night,  the 
group  of  fourteen  Duke  juniors  and 
seniors  crowd  around  a  cluster  of 
tables  within  the  art-deco  confines  of  the 
Dorsay  restaurant  in  Manhattan's  theater  dis- 
trict. They've  come  to  discuss  Eugene  O'Neill's 
wrenching  drama  The  Iceman  Cometh,  a  play 
they  had  just  clocked  four-and-a-half  hours 
watching — for  the  second  time  that 
semester.  The  play  centers  on  a  group  of  alco- 
holic losers  who  inhabit  a  bar  in  1912 
Manhattan  and  the  traveling  salesman 
Hickey,  played  by  Kevin  Spacey,  who  whirls 
into  town  as  equal  parts  savior  and  Satan  to 
exorcise  these  low-life  denizens  of  their  pipe 
dreams  once  and  for  all.  The  production  was 
a  smash  in  London  before  moving  to  the  U.S. 
and  is  now  only  the  third  show  in  Broadway 
history  to  sell  tickets  for  $100  a  sef.t. 

"I'm  so  tired, "  mutters  Evan  Osborn,  now  a 
rising  senior,  as  he  munches  on  breadsticks, 
"and  I  still  have  a  paper  to  write."  But  Os- 
born's  fatigue  vanishes  as  Kevin  Spacey  enters 
the  restaurant.  Dressed  in  a  leather  jacket, 
black  jeans,  and  white  basketball  sneakers, 
the  actor  is  drained  but  gracious.  He  shakes 
each  student's  hand  and  sits  down  to  a  discus- 
sion about  Iceman  and  what  it  has  to  say, 


among  other  things,  about  leadership. 

Moments  like  these  are  part  of  a  Duke  pro- 
gram in  New  York,  called  "Leadership  and  the 
Arts, "  directed  each  spring  semester  by  Duke 
lecturer  Bruce  Payne  and  sponsored  by  the 
Terry  Sanford  Institute  of  Public  Policy. 
Students  immerse  themselves  in  the  world  of 
New  York  theater,  dance,  opera,  music,  visual 
arts,  and  philanthropy.  They  meet  with  direc- 
tors, choreographers,  writers,  and  musicians, 
and  they  also  sit  down  with  government  and 
business  leaders  with  philanthropic  interests. 
They  learn  how  arts  organizations  are  sup- 
ported and  led  and  about  the  place  and 
meaning  of  the  arts  in  our  culture. 

"These  students  have  seen  more  than  thirty 
plays,  sixteen  operas,  and  so  on,  since  Janu- 
ary, "  Payne  notes  for  the  benefit  of  Spacey. 
"And  we  don't  just  go  to  theater;  we  argue 
about  it!" 

What  they  argue  about  this  night  at  the 
Dorsay  is  the  nature  of  "pipe  dreams"  and 
"happiness"  in  American  life.  Many  of  the  stu- 
dents see  O'Neill's  play  as  irredeemably  de- 
pressing. Spacey  considers  their  impressions 
while  picking  at  a  vegetable  quesadilla.  It's  not 
Spacey 's  first  experience  with  Duke  students, 
or  with  Eugene  O'Neill:  In  1986,  he  played 


opposite  Jack  Lemmon  and  Peter  Gallagher  in 
Long  Day's  Journey  Into  Night,  part  of  the 
Broadway  at  Duke  series  begun  in  the  early 
1980s.  "I  disagree, "  says  Spacey.  "I  think  Iceman 
is  a  play  about  love,  about  when  you  should 
be  honest  in  the  name  of  love,  and  about  how 
that  honesty  should  manifest  itself." 

Most  of  the  students  are  public  policy 
majors,  but  the  discussion  addresses  issues  of 
"policy"  only  in  the  broadest  sense,  in  terms  of 
values  and  human  development.  Spacey  ex- 
plains his  view  that  the  "American  Dream" 
can  easily  disintegrate  into  "pipe  dreams, "  de- 
lusions that  eventually  leave  people  bitter 
and  hollow.  The  conversation  meanders  past 
one  in  the  morning,  covering  everything  from 
government  support  for  the  arts  to  advice  on 
how  to  follow  one's  heart. 

"Can  the  characters  in  the  play  ever  find 
happiness  at  the  end?"  asks  junior  Katie  Bar- 
tram. 

"To  tell  you  the  truth,  I  don't  know  that 
many  happy  people,"  grins  Spacey,  before 
bowing  out  for  the  evening.  "What  do  they 
look  like?" 

For  program  director  Bruce  Payne,  Spacey 's 
final  question  is  exactly  the  kind  of  "leader- 
ship" riddle  he  wants  students  to  tackle — one 


14      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


£3  1.     fi 


1: 


; 


H 


that  can't  be  answered  easily  using  statistics 
or  economic  theory.  Payne  has  been  interested 
in  leadership  since  he  was  a  teenage  Eagle 
Scout  in  Oakland,  California,  fighting  for  a  tax 
increase  to  support  the  city  schools.  While  at- 
tending the  University  of  California  at  Ber- 
keley in  the  early  Sixties,  he  became  drawn  to 
the  civil-rights  movement  and  to  what  he  calls 
"aesthetics  and  democracy." 

"I  was  interested  not  only  in  what's  'good' 
in  life,  but  in  why  it  matters,"  says  Payne,  a 
rumpled  and  often  weary-looking  man  whose 
eyes  convey  youth  and  a  buzz-saw  intellect.  "I 
felt  that  the  real  challenge  for  liberalism  was 
to  develop  a  way  of  relating  to  life  that  was 
more  alive,  more  conscious.. ..Why  can't  we  see 
questions  such  as  'How  does  one  learn  to  love 
effectively?'  as  part  of  the  public  agenda?" 

Payne  studied  for  a  Ph.D.  in  political  sci- 
ence at  Yale  and,  while  there,  got  to  know  Joel 
Fleishman,  who  was  also  then  at  Yale,  and 
North  Carolina  Governor  Terry  Sanford,  who 
was  visiting  the  university.  Payne  made  a 
good  impression.  When  Duke  — with  Sanford 
as  president  —  decided  to  start  the  Institute 
of  Policy  Sciences  and  Public  Affairs  (now  the 
Sanford  Institute)  in  the  early  1970s,  Fleish- 
man, as  the  founding  director,  asked  Payne  to 
come  South  to  "help  us  figure  out  what  to  do 
about  teaching  ethics, "  as  Payne  puts  it. 

Payne  arrived  at  Duke  in  the  summer  of 
1971  and  has  been  there  ever  since.  He  never 
finished  his  Ph.D.  (he  has  a  master's  in  politi- 
cal science),  but  he  found  joy  in  teaching. 
From  the  beginning,  he  called  on  the  human- 
ities to  study  policy  conflicts.  In  one  class,  he 
examined  the  Vietnam  War  as  portrayed  in 
David  Halberstam's  The  Best  and  the  Brightest 
and  compared  it  to  Greek  tragedies  and  nar- 
ratives as  described  in  Aristotle's  Poetics.  In 
another  class,  he  taught  about  the  corruption 
of  values  using  the  novel  All  the  King's  Men.  "I 
started  teaching  novels  and  plays,  and  one  of 
the  surprising  things  I  discovered  was  that 
those  things  were  more  alive  for  the  students 
and  were  remembered  better  than  the  more 
abstract  political  and  ethical  theories." 

In  the  Eighties,  Payne  witnessed  the  rise  of 
public  policy  studies  as  a  "hard-core"  social 
science  dominated  by  quantitative  analysis  and 
economic  theory.  As  "leadership"  became  a 
popular  new  focus  for  universities,  he  created 
a  curriculum  for  teaching  the  subject  that 
didn't  fit  neatly  within  prescribed  disciplines 
and  included  an  emphasis  on  experiential 
learning  over  abstraction.  His  interest  in  the 
arts  then  led  him  to  develop  courses  that  ex- 
plored philanthropy  as  well  as  the  impact  of 
public  policy  on  the  arts  in  America — and 
vice  versa. 

"Bruce  understood  that  the  important  ques- 
tions about  leadership  are  questions  covered 
in  the  great  works  of  art, "  say  Joseph  Lips- 
comb, director  of  undergraduate  studies  at  the 


16      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


WE'LL  TAKE  MANHATTAN:  'LEADERSHIP  AND  THE  ARTS'  STUDENTS  LINE  UP  BEFORE  LINCOLN  CENTER,  PART  OF  THEIR  NEW  YORK  CITY  CAMPUS 


Sanford  Institute.  "And  his  unique  vision  made 
it  work." 

Then  a  few  years  ago,  Payne  met  Jack 
Thomas,  an  executive  with  the  Shubert  Or- 
ganization, a  company  that  owns  and  runs  a 
number  of  performing- arts  venues  in  New 
York  City.  The  two  men  started  seeing  each 
other,  and  their  time  together  included  end- 
less visits  to  the  theater  and  opera.  "Finally,  I 
said  to  Jack,  'You  know,  my  students  should 
have  this  experience,  too, '  "  says  Payne.  "And 
Jack  said,  'Yes,  they  should.  If  you  want  to  do 
it,  then  I'll  help  you.'  " 

Thus,  Duke's  Leadership  and  the  Arts  pro- 
gram was  born.  Now  in  its  fourth  year,  the 
program  offers  fifteen  students  the  chance  to 
immerse  themselves  in  the  New  York  arts 
scene.  Students  live  together  at  the  St.  George 
Hotel  in  Brooklyn  Heights  —  a  large,  old,  brick 
building  that  now  serves  as  part  dormitory 
and  part  hostel  for  student  visitors  from  as 
many  as  seventy-five  different  schools.  "It's 
very  demanding,  and  we  are  around  each  other 
constantly, "  says  rising  senior  Alissa  Perine, 
who  still  managed  to  break  away  from  this 
year's  group  to  try  out,  along  with  2,000  other 
hopefuls,  for  an  MTV"VJ"  opening.  "This  pro- 
gram is  kind  of  like  The  Real  World  with  grades." 

The  Duke  group  attends  performances  and 
lectures  nearly  every  afternoon  or  evening, 
sometimes  going  to  three  or  more  events  in 
a  single  day.  When  not  stepping  out  for  Rigo- 
letto  at  the  Metropolitan  Opera  or  Macbeth 
in  Greenwich  Village,  the  Duke  students  are 
usually  holed  up  in  their  rooms  or  at  the 
NYU  library,  working  on  weekly  essays  and 
reflection  papers,  and  on  independent  tutori- 
al projects. 


"We  go  to  plays,  operas,  and  ballet  every 
night,  and  we  really  focus  our  mental  energy 
on  them, "  says  Katie  Murphy,  a  rising  senior 
from  St.  Louis.  "We  usually  get  back  to  the 
hotel  around  midnight,  and  then  we  have 
class  or  a  meeting  the  next  day,  then  maybe  a 
lecture.  In  between  we  write  —  and  read." 

Payne  says  the  frenetic  pace  is  a  deliberate 
strategy  to  hone  in  on  the  intellectual  rigors 
of  the  program  over  the  touristy  temptations 
of  New  York.  "This  city  is  very  enticing,  and 
the  students  certainly  get  an  insider's  view  of 
what  it's  like  to  live  and  work  here, "  he  says. 
"But  I  don't  want  this  to  be  a  'playtime  in  the 
city'  experience." 

Some  students  find  it  overwhelming,  at  least 
at  first.  "I'm  from  Iowa  City,  so  New  York 
alone  was  a  culture  shock  at  the  beginning, " 
says  rising  senior  Karen  Cowdery.  "And  the 
program  is  so  intense.  I  didn't  even  try  to  see  the 
tourist  sites  in  New  York  until  spring  break." 

"Some  of  the  students  get  pissed  off  at  the 
pace,"  says  Payne's  program  assistant,  Natalie 
Lamarque  '98,  who  enrolled  in  the  program 
in  1997  and  will  enter  Duke  Law  School  this 
fall  with  an  interest  in  entertainment  law. 
"Usually,  they  have  trouble  when  they're 
being  challenged  personally,  meaning  it  hits 
home  in  some  way.  But  Bruce  is  good  at  pre- 
empting revolts.  He  checks  in  with  them  and 
knows  when  to  ease  up." 

Students  tend  to  take  their  assignments  per- 
sonally, responding  to  performances  as  they 
might  real-lite  case  studies.  Last  semester,  for 
example,  students  got  to  know  an  aging  Bri- 
tish actress  (played  by  Judi  Dench)  reflecting 
on  the  meaning  of  her  career  in  Amy's  View, 
and  they  met  Brian  Dennehy's  Willy  Loman 


in  Death  oj  a  Salesman.  Such  characters  be- 
come opportunities  for  discussing  issues  of 
vulnerability,  trust,  regret,  and  the  meaning  of 
success  —  issues  they  will  later  face  themselves 
as  leaders  of  families,  organizations,  and  com- 
munities. (Dench,  Dennehy,  and  Salesman  all 
received  Tony  Awards  in  June.) 

"Duke  students  are  never  taught  about 
things  like  failure  or  weakness,  and  we  are  ter- 
rified of  those  things.  We  equate  it  with  the 
loss  of  everything, "  Lamarque  says.  "These 
works  of  art  give  us  a  way  of  facing  it  and  talk- 
ing about  it." 

Students  spend  most  of  their  "down"  time 
crafting  written  assignments  that  use  art  to 
delve  into  the  tough  questions  of  human  ex- 
perience. One  assignment  asked  the  group  to 
compare  "love"  as  a  theme  in  Swan  Lake,  Car- 
men, and  La  Boheme.  In  those  works,  how  is 
love  thwarted  or  blocked  in  some  way  that 
leads  to  death?  How  is  love  thwarted  in  our 
daily  lives  and  in  the  institutions  we  create? 
In  another  assignment,  students  picked  four 
characters  from  productions  they'd  attended 
and  discussed  the  ways  in  which  these  char- 
acters are  both  effective  and  counter-produc- 
tive as  leaders  and  teachers.  After  attending 
the  theater  production  of  Snakebit,  students 
read  The  New  York  Times  review  and  then 
wrote  essays  on  "the  important  matters  that 
reviewers  ordinarily  don't  discuss."  Payne  and 
his  colleagues  usually  limit  the  essays  to  about 
five  "closely  argued"  pages,  which  makes  tor  a 
lot  of  cramming  and  rewriting. 

To  pull  off  the  logistics  of  such  a  program, 
Payne  gets  little  sleep,  about  five  hours  a  night, 
yet  still  has  energy  to  match  even  that  ot  his 
most  "hyper"  students.  He's  a  born  schmoozer 


July- August  1999        17 


NEW  YORK  MENU 

ast  spring's  Leadership  and  the  Arts  program,  based  in  New  York,  involved  a  full 
four  courses  for  students.  The  three  required  courses  were  "Leadership  and  Quality 
in  the  Arts,"  taught  by  Broadway  producer  Manny  Azenberg  and  public  policy's 
Bruce  Payne;  "Policy,  Philanthropy,  and  the  Arts,"  taught  be  Payne,  with  the  assistance  of 
leaders  from  several  major  foundations  and  nonprofit  organizations;  and  "Opera  at  the 
Met,"  taught  by  Robert  Bucker,  dean  of  the  arts  at  the  University  of  Minnesota,  an  adjunct 
member  of  the  Duke  faculty  in  music,  and  formerly  director  of  the  education  department 
at  The  Metropolitan  Opera. 

Students  then  chose  one  tutorial  from  this  list:  "Art  in  the  1990s:  Excavating  the  New 
York  Art  World,"  taught  by  David  Little,  a  member  of  the  staff  of  the  Museum  of  Modern 
Art;  "Food  and  Hunger:  Policy,  Politics,  and  Philanthropy  in  New  York  City,"  taught  by 
sociologist  and  Hunter  College  dean  Janet  Poppendieck;  and  "Entertainment  Law,"  taught 
by  David  Garfinkle  '83,  an  entertainment  lawyer. 

Assignments  included  attending  the  theater — thirty-five  plays  and  musicals  in  all — the 
opera,  symphony  concerts,  dance  performances,  and  exhibitions.  Students  visited  artists' 
studios,  galleries,  outdoor  sculpture  gardens,  and  the  homes  of  art  collectors  and  enthusi- 
asts. Here  are  cultural  samplings  from  the  first  six  weeks  of  the  most  recent  program: 


Ballet,  Swan  Lake 
Theater,  Racine's  Phedrc 
Theater,  Sophocles'  Electra,  followed  by  dis- 
cussion with  one  of  the  actors 
Art  exhibit,  Jackson  Pollock  retrospective, 
Museum  of  Modern  Art,  followed  by  a  lec- 
ture on  Pollock's  art 
Metropolitan  Opera,  Donizetti's  Lucia  di 
Lammermoor 

Metropolitan  Opera  Pension  Fund  Gala 
Metropolitan  Opera,  Puccini's  La  Boheme 
Photography  exhibit,  "Aegean:  Trajectories 
in  Light  and  Time,"  Foundation  for  Hellenic 
Culture,  followed  by  discussion  with  the 
artistic  director  of  the  Photographic  Center 
of  Skopelos 

Metropolitan  Opera,  Massenet's  Werther 
Theater,  Sideman,  followed  by  discussion 
with  one  of  the  actors 
Metropolitan  Opera,  Janacek's  Kdta 
Kabanovd,  followed  by  discussion  with  a 
United  Nations  official 
Theater,  Shaw's  Caesar  and  Cleopatra,  fol- 
lowed by  discussion  with  the  cast  and  the 
artistic  director 

Concert,  "David  Campbell  in  Sweet  Dreams: 
An  Evening  of  Songs  by  John  Bucchino" 
Theater,  The  Blue  Room,  followed  by  discus- 
sion with  the  former  president  of  the  Screen 
Actors  Guild 


Theater,  The  Lion  King 

Theater,  This  Is  Our  Youth,  followed  by 

discussion  with  the  producer 

New  York  City  Ballet 

Theater,  Miller's  Death  of  a  Salesman 

New  York  Philharmonic  Orchestra, 

Prokofiev  and  Shostakovich  program 

Metropolitan  Opera,  Verdi's  Simon 

Boccanegra 

Metropolitan  Opera,  Moses  und  Aron 

Theater,  Wit,  followed  by  discussion  with 

the  audience  and  cast  members 

Theater  (rehearsal),  Last  Train  to  Nihrock, 

followed  by  discussion  with  the  playwright 

and  cast 

Theater,  Orton's  Loot 

Theater,  Euripides'  Iphigenia  Cycle 

Metropolitan  Opera,  Verdi's  II  Trovatore 

Theater,  Rudnick's  The  Most  Fabulous 

Story  Ever  Told 

Dance,  Doug  Varone  and  Dancers 

Theater,  Williams'  Night  Must  Fail 

Lecture,  Nobel  Laureate  Wolfe  Soyinka 

on  "The  Arts  and  Democracy  in  Africa" 

Theater,  Hedwig  and  the  Angry  Inch 

Theater,  McDonough's  The  Beauty  Queen 

of  Leenane,  followed  by  discussion  with  the 

producer 

Theater,  Reza's  Art 


who  spends  long  hours  each  morning  and 
evening  e-mailing  and  speed-dialing  to  coor- 
dinate fund  raising,  tickets,  lectures,  and  din- 
ners. In  between,  he  writes  up  assignments, 
grades  papers,  and  meets  with  students.  In 
everything,  he  relies  heavily  on  his  network  of 
friends,  Duke  alumni,  and  supporters  known 
affectionately  as  "FOBs"  or  "Friends  of  Bruce." 

"One  thing  you  have  to  understand  about 
Bruce,"  says  his  partner,  Jack  Thomas.  "He 
would  chat  up  a  stone  if  you  let  him.  He  loves 
talking  to  people.  They  are  endlessly  fascinat- 
ing to  him." 

Most  of  the  people  who  make  the  New  York 
program  a  success  are  Duke  FOBs.  Payne  en- 
listed Bob  Bucker,  a  former  director  of  educa- 
tion for  the  Metropolitan  Opera  and  current 
dean  of  the  School  of  Fine  Arts  at  the  Uni- 
versity of  Minnesota-Duluth,  to  teach  the 
students  about  opera.  He  was  introduced  to 
Bucker  after  sharing  his  concerns,  with  a 
stranger  sitting  next  to  him  at  an  American 
Ballet  Theater  production  of  La  Bayadere, 
that  too  many  performances  were  unafford- 
able  to  college  students.  The  stranger  turned 
out  to  be  Sarah  Billinghurst,  the  assistant 
manager  of  the  Metropolitan  Opera. 

Manny  Azenberg,  the  Broadway  producer 
behind  the  current  run  of  Iceman,  co-teaches 
with  Payne  and  is  an  adjunct  faculty  member 
for  Duke  Drama.  David  Little,  whom  Payne 
met  by  chance  at  a  photography  exhibition,  is 
completing  his  Ph.D.  in  art  history  from  Duke 
and  works  as  a  lecturer  at  the  Museum  of 
Modern  Art.  He  now  teaches  the  tutorial  on 
"Art  in  the  Nineties"  in  the  Duke  program. 
Jan  Poppendieck  '65  teaches  a  poverty  and 
homelessness  tutorial.  She's  a  sociologist  and 
dean  at  Hunter  College  and  the  author  of 
Sweet  Charity,  a  book  about  food,  hunger,  and 
philanthropy.  She  and  Payne  met  at  a  party 
for  the  New  York  Progressive  Network,  a 
group  of  academics  and  foundation  people 
who  care  about  social  change.  And  David 
Garfinkle  '83  is  a  Chicago-based  lawyer  who 
teaches  a  segment  on  entertainment  law.  He 
was  a  student  in  Payne's  ethics  course  in  1980. 

The  FOBs  not  only  teach  but  also  provide 
office  space  for  meetings,  help  in  fund  raising 
—  even  dinner  invitations  to  students.  Shane 
Doty  '83,  who  works  in  development  and 
major  gifts  at  the  Metropolitan  Opera,  offered 
his  apartment  near  Lincoln  Center  for  class 
discussion.  Heather  Ruth  '65,  president  of  the 
Bond  Market  Association  in  New  York  City, 
invited  the  group  to  her  Central  Park  West 
apartment  for  dinner.  "I'd  been  a  member  of 
the  board  of  visitors  at  the  Sanford  Institute 
for  years  and  our  son  Douglass  is  at  Duke 
now, "  explains  Ruth.  "It's  a  really  enjoyable 
way  for  us  to  stay  in  touch  with  Duke  people, 
and  it  gives  students  a  chance  to  see  what 
kinds  of  things  alumni  in  New  York  are  doing." 

Because  the  program  is  so  demanding,  stu- 


18      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


"WE  GO  TO  PLAYS, 

OPERAS,  AND  BALLET 

EVERY  NIGHT.  WE 

USUALLY  GET  BACK 

TO  THE  HOTEL  AROUND 

MIDNIGHT,  AND 

THEN  WE  HAVE  CLASS 

OR  A  MEETING  THE 

NEXT  DAY,  THEN 

MAYBE  A  LECTURE. 

IN  BETWEEN  WE 

WRITE— AND  READ." 


dents  must  meet  one-on-one  with  Payne  in 
the  fall  semester  in  order  to  apply.  "I'm  look- 
ing for  a  combination  of  energy  and  enthusi- 
asm as  well  a  sense  of  a  search  or  quest  and  a 
willingness  to  be  changed, "  Payne  says.  He 
strives  for  balance  in  the  group  in  terms  of 
geography,  gender,  race,  and  economic  status. 
Many  of  the  students  believe  the  program  is 
more  diverse  than  Duke  as  a  whole,  and  is- 
sues of  race  and  class,  which  many  students 
say  they'd  never  bring  up  on  the  quad  in  Dur- 
ham, sometimes  surface  in  New  York. 

"The  arts  deal  with  race  and  class,  too, "  Payne 
says.  "So,  once  in  a  while  we  end  up  looking 
back  at  Duke.  One  question  that  comes  up  is, 
'Why  does  Duke  appear  so  homogenous  when, 
in  fact,  it  really  isn't?'  We  laugh  about  how 
everybody  [at  Duke]  looks  like  they  came  out 
of  an  elegant  suburb.  And  God  forbid  some- 
one should  wear  an  unnatural  fiber!" 

The  program  costs  the  same  as  a  semester 
at  Duke  for  each  participant  and  is  open  to 
those  on  financial  aid.  Some  students  in  the 
program  assist  Payne  and  his  colleagues  in 
work-study  jobs  to  meet  their  expenses,  and 
New  York's  high  cost  of  living  is  eased  by 
housing  and  meal  subsidies.  "From  the  begin- 
ning, I've  said  I  wouldn't  be  interested  in  this 
program  unless  it  was  open  to  students  on 
financial  aid.  This  is  not  just  a  program  for 
children  of  the  affluent,"  says  Payne. 

Students  say  exposure  to  new  art  forms 
helps  them  strengthen  modes  of  expression 
that  can  atrophy  in  the  competitive  and  con- 
formist climate  of  an  elite  university.  They 
compare  the  raw  emotional  power  of  an  opera 
like  Susannah  with  the  blase  cool  of  campus 
banter,  and,  soon,  they  begin  to  question  long- 
held  assumptions  about  their  relationships 
with  others.  During  a  visit  to  the  Doug  Varone 
Dance  Company,  students  rehearsed  with  the 
troupe  and  learned  Varone's  mantra  that 
"everything  is  dance, "  including  everyday  life 
and  a  person's  inner  thoughts.  Students  were 


FIRED  UP:  PROGRAM  DIRECTOR  PAYNE,  RIGHT,  DURING  A  CLASS  DISCUSSION  IN  / 
A  HOSPITABLE  PROGRAM  SUPPORTER 


APARTMENT  OF 


instructed  to  choreograph  movements  that 
described  the  place  of  their  father's  birth, 
their  favorite  planet,  and  so  forth. 

For  some,  the  exercise  was  terrifying.  "At 
first,  we  were  like,  'No  way,  this  is  not  happen- 
ing. I  need  a  Valium, '  "  says  rising  senior  John 
Auerbach.  Each  of  the  students  performed 
his  or  her  piece  with  one  of  the  company 
dancers  and,  afterward,  many  in  the  program 
viewed  the  experience  as  a  breakthrough  in 
their  ability  to  relate  to  other  people.  "It  really 
loosened  folks  up  to  see  physical  expression  as 
a  legitimate  form  of  communication, "  says 
Natalie  Lamarque,  the  program  assistant. 

Coming  face-to-face  with  dancers,  actors, 
producers,  and  arts  administrators  also  intro- 
duces students  to  new  career  possibilities,  in- 
cluding those  outside  the  law,  business,  and 
medicine  triumvirate.  Elias  Muhanna,  a  rising 
senior,  says  he  especially  loved  the  experience 
of  New  York  theater.  A  linguistics  and  philos- 
ophy double-major  at  Duke,  he  wants  to  be- 
come a  fiction  writer  and  perhaps  a  playwright 
someday. 

Melinda  Steele  '99  once  considered  medi- 
cal school,  then  became  active  in  community 
service  work  with  migrant  farmworkers  the 
summer  before  coming  to  New  York.  "I  had 
experience  with  service  at  the  local  end  of  the 
spectrum,"  says  Steele, "but  I  wanted  to  learn 
more  about  community  engagement  from  the 
end  with  the  purse  strings."  She  became  in- 
trigued by  the  possibility  of  working  for  a  foun- 
dation after  college  and,  once  in  New  York, 
she  visited  the  Ford  Foundation  and  spent  time 
doing  independent  study  with  Sarah  Ritchie, 
a  program  officer  at  The  Century  Foundation. 
By  the  end  of  the  semester,  she  was  offered  a 
summer  position  there.  And  after  a  semester 
under  the  tutelage  of  David  Little  at  MoMA, 
public  policy  major  Sasha  Jackowich  decided 
to  spend  the  summer  working  in  her  native 
Washington  State  for  the  Seattle  Arts  Com- 
mission and  the  Corporate  Council  for  the 


Arts.  "This  is  exactly  what  I  want  to  be 
doing,"  says  Jackowich.  "I've  found  a  way  of 
combining  my  love  of  art  and  art  history  with 
a  practical  interest  in  policy-making." 

Payne  is  writing  a  book  based  on  his  work 
with  "Leadership  and  the  Arts."  He  is  also  ex- 
ploring cooperative  relationships  with  other 
schools,  hoping  to  spark  similar  programs 
across  the  country.  "My  immediate  aim  is  to 
maintain  the  Duke  program  as  a  pilot  pro- 
gram and  make  it  into  a  shining  example, "  he 
notes,  "but  I  also  want  to  consider  developing 
a  coalition  or  clearinghouse  to  support  col- 
leges interested  in  this  kind  of  learning."  He 
says  he  would  like  to  see  a  more  permanent 
presence  for  the  program  in  New  York.  Housing 
continues  to  be  a  major  concern,  and  a  sort  of 
"Duke  House"  in  Manhattan  would  provide 
year-round  housing  to  interns,  be  available  to 
other  Duke  programs  like  a  parallel  Institute 
of  the  Arts  program  in  the  fall,  and  also  be- 
come a  stop  for  faculty  and  administrator  vis- 
its to  the  city. 

Whatever  shape  the  program  takes  in  the 
next  few  years,  Payne  says  he  will  continue 
to  focus  the  core  of  his  energy  on  teaching. 
"I'm  naturally  drawn  to  the  conversations 
with  the  students,  and  that  will  always  be  a 
priority, "  he  says.  "That's  what  matters  most 
to  me  in  all  this." 

Broadway  producer  and  teaching  colleague 
Manny  Azenberg  agrees.  "There  are  days 
when  I  think  Shakespeare  was  right,  that  life 
is  a  tale  told  by  an  idiot,  signifying  nothing. 
But  seeing  these  kids  get  charged  up  by  this 
stuff,  and  seeing  what  they  do  with  the  experi- 
ence— it  gives  me  some  hope  that  we  can  all 
make  meaning  out  of  chaos.  Isn't  that  what 
leadership  is  all  about?"  ■ 


Kicklighter  '86  is  a  freelance  writer  living  in 
Carrboro,  North  Carolina,  and  at  kickligh(a 

hclhintth.net. 


July- August  1999        19 


FOUR  DEGREES, 
NO  SEPARATION 

BYSETHA.WATKINS 

After  my  eleven  continuous  years  at 
Duke  and  four  different  degrees, 
graduation  exercises  have  become 
something  of  an  inside  joke  in  my  family.  This 
spring,  when  I  received  my  J.D.  from  Duke's 
law  school,  family,  friends,  and  colleagues 
wondered  what  degree  I  would  pursue  next. 
After  all,  they  said,  a  B.S.,  an  M.S.,  and  a 
Ph.D.  in  engineering  were  all  well  and  good, 
but  that  still  left  medical  school,  divinity 
school,  and  the  Nicholas  School  of  the  En- 
vironment. Why  stop  now? 

As  I  expected,  graduation  was  deja  vu,  com- 
plete with  my  mother's  insisting  on  being  the 
very  first  person  to  get  a  seat  in  Wallace  Wade 
Stadium  and  my  father's  insisting  on  carrying 
fifty  pounds  of  camera  equipment.  The  only 
real  difference  was  the  weight  of  my  gradua- 
tion robes  and  the  color  of  my  tassel.  I  wore 
two  hoods  this  year — Ph.D.  and  J.D. —  along 
with  the  impressive  Duke -blue  doctoral  gown 
that  my  family  gave  me  for  my  birthday.  As  I 
sat  there  with  my  law-school  colleagues  and 
looked  around  at  all  of  the  younger  students 
waiting  to  receive  their  bachelor's  degrees,  I 
thought  about  how  much  Duke  has  changed 
since  I  first  set  foot  on  campus  in  1988. 

There's  no  question  that  academic  stan- 
dards have  skyrocketed  over  the  past  decade. 
Today's  students  are  brighter,  more  highly 
motivated,  and  more  focused  on  their  studies. 
Yet  I'm  left  wondering  whether  many  of  these 
same  students  are  missing  much  of  the  out- 
of-the-classroom  education  that  I  took  for 
granted  a  decade  ago.  Current  students  spend 
far  less  time  partying — or  even  relaxing — 
than  the  students  I  remember  from  my  under- 
graduate days.  I  have  vivid  memories  of  rau- 
cous Thursday  night  parties  the  first  semester 
of  my  freshman  year  that  ended  at  two  in  the 
morning.  Then  I  would  retrieve  my  knapsack 
from  the  empty  classroom  where  I  had  stowed 
it  and  commence  studying  for  my  Friday  mor- 
ning, first-year  chemistry  quiz.  Most  of  today's 
students,  living  under  the  new  alcohol  policy, 
can't  fathom  such  a  lifestyle. 

Today,  there  appears  to  be  a  much  greater 
focus,  from  the  very  moment  a  student  sets 


foot  on  campus,  on  reaching  the  next  step, 
whether  it's  graduate  or  professional  school 
or  a  career.  When  I  entered  Duke,  I  knew  I 
wanted  to  go  on  to  law  school,  but  I  was  one 
of  the  few  over-anxious  students  who  insisted 
on  meeting  with  the  pre-law  dean  as  early  as 
my  sophomore  year.  At  that  time,  conven- 
tional wisdom  for  aspiring  law  students  con- 
sisted of  no  more  than  a  brief  pep  talk:  Get 
good  grades,  have  a  good  time,  and  check  back 
before  senior  year.  Times  have  changed.  Stu- 
dents are  advised  to  begin  early  planning  their 
careers.  This  year  at  an  undergraduate  sym- 
posium, one  dean  emphasized  the  importance 
of  beginning  individual  research  through  inde- 
pendent studies  during  the  freshman  year. 

I  learned  about  these  new  challenges  and 
expectations  when  I  came  eye-to-eye  with 
Duke  students  for  the  first  time  as  an  instruc- 
tor during  my  graduate-school  years  and  later 
as  an  adjunct  professor  in  mechanical  engi- 
neering, a  position  I  hold  today.  As  a  residen- 
tial adviser  for  the  last  seven  years,  however, 
I've  learned  to  my  dismay  that  there  appears 
to  be  a  direct  correlation  between  increasing 
SAT  scores  and  decreasing  common  sense.  All 
too  often,  our  students  don't  think  before  they 
act,  and  the  Internet  and  e-mail  have  made 
the  results  of  poor  judgment  instantaneous  as 
students  send  messages  they  could  never  give 
face  to  face.  I've  also  seen  quite  a  bit  of  old- 
fashioned  carelessness,  such  as  the  time  I  raced 
into  a  smoke -filled  dorm  room  in  an  evacuat- 
ed building  only  to  find  the  charcoal-bri- 
quette-like remains  of  a  roast  beef  sandwich 
in  a  student's  microwave,  or  the  several  times 
I've  comforted  crying  students  who  had  man- 
aged to  flush  their  keys  down  the  toilet. 

To  today's  Duke  undergraduates,  take  it  from 
someone  who's  been  there.  These  are  lessons 
that  no  one  should  wait  eleven  years  to  learn: 

•  Duke  administrators,  from  the  presi- 
dent's office  to  the  housekeeping  offices,  work 
incredibly  long  hours  to  make  the  university 
function  efficiently  and  effectively.  The  fact 
that  their  work  oftentimes  goes  unnoticed  is  a 
sure  sign  of  what  a  good  job  they  do. 


•  Contrary  to  popular  belief,  all  Duke  stu- 
dents were  not  born  grasping  the  keys  to  sport- 
utility  vehicles  in  their  little  hands.  Four  out 
often  Duke  students  receive  financial  aid  and 
live  at  Duke  on  very  limited  resources.  Just  this 
year  I  sat  for  hours  with  a  distraught  resident 
of  my  dormitory  whose  divorced  parents  were 
fighting  over  tuition  bills,  resulting  in  her  being 
frozen  out  of  drop-add  due  to  nonpayment. 

•  The  unsung  heroes  of  the  university  are 
the  members  of  the  student  affairs  division, 
who  operate  behind  the  scenes  to  handle 
countless  student  problems,  all  day  and  all 
night,  every  day  of  the  week. 

•  The  K  in  DUKE  stands  for  Krzyzewski. 
No  matter  how  much  studying  awaits  you,  do 
not  miss  a  chance  to  learn  about  leadership 
from  one  of  the  best. 

•  Your  conduct  and  grades  at  Duke  follow 
you  to  any  graduate -program  admissions  of- 
fice and  to  many  job  interviews.  Honorable 
behavior  and  hard  work  are  the  foundation  of 
success. 

•  The  relationships  you  build  with  faculty 
members  and  administrators  can  last  a  life- 
time, just  like  your  friendships  with  fellow 
Duke  students.  It's  worth  your  time  to  learn 
about  the  people  who  surround  you  at  Duke. 

•  Enjoy  the  Gothic  Wonderland  while  you 
can.  In  the  rest  of  the  world,  they  actually  ex- 
pect you  to  pay  your  phone  bills  on  time. 

When  I  arrived  at  Duke  in  August  1988, 1 
had  no  gray  hair.  As  I  leave,  I  have  plenty, 
mixed  in  with  the  brown.  But  living  with 
Duke  students  has  kept  me  young.  This  spring 
I  packed  up  my  room  and  moved  off  campus 
for  the  last  time.  Although  I've  grown  accus- 
tomed to  living  out  of  a  box,  I  look  forward  to 
graduating  from  my  dorm-size  MicroFridge  to 
a  real  kitchen.  I  look  forward  to  a  full  night's 
sleep,  with  no  one  knocking  on  my  door  at 
three  in  the  morning  in  need  of  assistance.  I 
look  forward  to  not  having  to  take  —  or 
grade  —  final  exams  in  December  and  May. 
But  most  of  all,  I  look  forward  to  my  alumni 
seats  in  the  rafters  of  Cameron.  ■ 

Watkins  B.S.E.  '92,  M.S.  '93,  Ph.D.  '96J.D.  '99 
is  a  visiting  assistant  professor  in  the  mechanical 
engineering  and  materials  science  department  at 
Duke's  engineering  school.  This  fall,  he  begins 
working  at  the  intellectual-property  law  firm 
Pennie  &  Edmonds  inWashington,  D.C.  He  can 
be  reached  at  saw@acpub.duke.edu. 


20      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


DUKE 


ALUMNI  REGISTER 


The  annual  spring  meeting  of  the  Duke 
Alumni  Association's  board  of  directors, 
May  7  and  8,  was  a  springboard  for  com- 
munity service,  including  a  project  in  which 
DAA  members  took  part. 

An  opening  luncheon  on  Friday  featured 
guest  speaker  Will  Willimon,  dean  of  the 
Chapel,  followed  by  a  plenary  session  with  re- 
ports by  DAA's  departing  president  John  A. 
Schwarz  III  '56,  and  Edith  Sprunt  Toms  '62, 
Alumni  Affairs'  assistant  director  in  charge  of 
Alumni  Admissions  Advisory  Committees 
(AAAC).  Toms  noted  that  admission  to  the 
Class  of  2003  was  offered  to  53  percent  of 
daughters  and  sons  of  alumni  who  applied. 
The  overall  admit  rate  was  25  percent  of  this 
year's  pool  of  13,846. 

The  meeting  was  recessed  at  two  o'clock  so 
that  members  of  the  DAA  board  could  join 
Duke  University  Retirees  Outreach  (DURO) 
for  a  community  service  project  at  Lakewood 
Elementary  School.  Some  took  part  in  land- 
scaping, cleaning,  and  painting  outside  while 
others  organized  and  shelved  books  in  the 
library.  DAA's  Community  Service  Commit- 
tee chair  Page  Murray  '85  and  board  member 
and  DURO  president  William  J.  Griffith  '50 
made  the  arrangements. 

On  Saturday,  the  Reunions  Committee, 
chaired  by  Ruth  Wade  Ross  '68,  praised  the 
reunions  staff  for  its  success  in  the  planning 
and  consolidation  of  three  fall  reunions  into 
one  grand  spring  reunion.  Reunions  director 
Lisa  Dilts  '83  then  presented  a  series  of  color 
slides  of  the  gala  reunion  weekend. 

After  meeting  in  morning  sessions,  standing 
committee  chairs  gave  the  following  reports: 

•  Community  Service.  Page  Murray  thanked 
the  board  for  its  participation  in  the  commu- 
nity service  project  and  suggested  it  participate 
in  one  similar  event  each  year.  He  presented 
guidelines  for  book  awards  to  secondary  schools 
for  community  service.  He  recommended  a 
community  service  panel  be  organized  as  part 
of  the  reunions  programming  and  that  stu- 
dent groups  be  invited  to  set  up  student- 
interest  booths  on  the  Bryan  Center  walkway 
during  reunion  weekend. 


July -August  1999        21 


Digging  it:  clockwise  from  top,  DAA  board 
members,  left  to  right,  Michele  Sales,  Ruth  Ross, 
Katie  Mercer,  and  Judy  Maness;  Barbara 
Pattishall,  Alumni  Affairs'  associate  director; 
and  Wilt  Alston,  who  chairs  the  board's 
;  technology  committee 


•Awards.  Gary  Melchionni  73  reported 
that  the  committee  had  endorsed  the  student 
committee's  selection  for  the  Distinguished 
Alumni  Undergraduate  Teaching  Award.  The 
board  concurred.  Also,  five  alumni  were  se- 
lected to  receive  Charles  A.  Dukes  Awards 
for  Outstanding  Volunteer  Sendee.  (Recipients 
will  named  in  the  magazine's  September- 
October  issue.) 

•  Communications  Technology.  Wilt  Aston 
B.S.E.  '81  reported  that  almost  all  committee 


recommendations  over  the  last  three  years  had 
been  achieved:  a  DAA  website,  an  e-mail 
alumni  directory,  lifetime  e-mail  address  with 
a  Duke  alumni  identity,  and  other  interactive 
electronic  enhancements  for  alumni  programs 
and  services.  The  new  website,  DukeAlumni. 
com,  has  averaged  about  100,000  page  hits 
per  month  since  coming  online  in  March. 

•  Nominating.  Robert  T.  Harper  76,  J.D 
79,  immediate  past  president,  presented  the 
roster  of  DAA  officers:  Gwynne  A.  Young  71, 
president;  Ruth  Wade  Ross,  president-elect;  and 
Laney  Funderburk  '60,  secretary  and  treasurer. 

Nominations  for  1999-2000  officers  were 
seconded  and  unanimously  affirmed.  Schwarz 
symbolically  turned  the  gavel  over  to  Young, 
who  adjourned  the  meeting 


DISTINGUISHED 
ENGINEERS 


Three  Duke  engineering  graduates  were 
honored  in  April  at  the  annual  Engine- 
ering Alumni  Awards  Banquet.  James 
F.  Rabenhorst  B.S.M.E.  '64  received  the  En- 
gineering Alumni  Association's  Distinguished 
Alumnus  Award,  Terry  Myerson  B.S.E.  '92  its 
Distinguished  Young  Alumni  Award,  and  Ed- 
ward M.  Reefe  B.S.C.E.  '68  its  Distinguished 
Service  Award. 

Rabenhorst,  who  earned  an  M.B.  A.  at  Case 
Western  Reserve  University,  is  a  principal  with 
PricewaterhouseCoopers  in  its  Washington, 
D.C.,  office.  He  was  selected  for  his  achieve- 
ments in  the  field  of  professional- service  firm 
management.  He  has  recently  focused  his  ef- 
forts on  improving  the  business  and  financial 
operations  of  large  law  firms  and  making  ef- 
fective use  of  technology  advancements.  A 
frequent  speaker  before  state  and  national  bar 
associations,  he  is  the  author  of  monographs 
for  the  American  Bar  Association's  law  man- 
agement section  on  such  subjects  as  profit 
planning  and  control  and  cost  accounting.  He  is 
a  member  of  the  board  of  visitors  and  chair  of 
its  faculty  support  committee  for  Duke's  Fuqua 
School  of  Business.  He  is  also  on  the  Engin- 
eering Dean's  Council  and  conducts  seminars 
within  the  master's  of  engineering  manage- 
ment program. 

Myerson  was  selected  on  the  basis  of  his 
"innovative  entrepreneurship  and  his  passion 
for  utilizing  his  talents  in  business."  He  began 
his  career  at  the  North  Carolina  Supercom- 
puting  Center,  where  he  developed  computer 
visualizations  of  scientific  work  done  in  Re- 
search Triangle  Park.  He  published  seven  tech- 
nical papers  on  the  innovative  use  of  computer 
graphics  in  understanding  scientific  phenom- 
ena. In  1994,  he  founded  Interse  Corporation, 
a  pioneer  in  analyzing  website  traffic  data  to 
determine  the  number  and  frequency  of  web- 
site visits.  These  analyses  helped  launch  the 
earliest  Internet  marketing  and  advertising. 
Over  two-and-a-half  years,  Interse  grew  to 
twenty-five  employees  and  more  than  1,000 
customers.  In  1997,  Microsoft  acquired  Interse 
and  moved  Myerson  and  his  team  to  Seattle, 
where  they  now  help  lead  its  electronic  com- 
merce efforts. 

Reefe  is  known  for  considerable  contribu- 
tions made  to  his  Tampa  Bay  community  and 
in  the  development  of  the  area,  including 
such  projects  as  Tampa  International  Airport, 
the  Tampa  Bay  Performing  Arts  Center,  and 
the  Florida  Marine  Research  Center  in  St. 
Petersburg.  After  serving  in  the  Navy's  civil 
engineering  corps,  he  helped  design  and  build 
hospitals  and  government  facilities  in  Puerto 
Rico  and  Vietnam.  He  then  obtained  a  master's 
in  architecture  at  the  University  of  Virginia 


22      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


and  moved  to  Charlotte,  North  Carolina,  where 
he  registered  as  an  architect  and  engineer.  He 
moved  to  the  Tampa  area  in  the  Eighties.  He 
has  been  a  member  of  the  board  and  presi- 
dent of  the  Tampa  chapter  of  the  American 
Institute  of  Architects,  and  he  chaired  Hills- 
borough County's  code  enforcement  board 
from  1986  to  1992.  For  Duke,  he  serves  on  the 
Engineering  Dean's  Council  and  has  been  a 
member  of  the  Duke  Club  of  Tampa's  board  of 
directors.  To  aid  students  in  civil  and  environ- 
mental engineering,  he  established  the  Edward 
M.  Reefe  Endowment  and  the  Reefe  Family 
Student  Service  Endowment.  He  and  his  wife, 
Nora  Lea  Reefe  '67,  have  two  daughters,  Don- 
na R.  Childress  '93  and  Katie  Reefe  '99. 


NURSING 
HONORS 


Jane  Dilliard  Scott 
B.S.N.  73,  an  as- 
sistant professor 
in  the  epidemiology  and 
preventive  medicine  de- 
partment at  Johns  Hop- 
kins University,  was 
named  Distinguished 
Alumna  for  1999  by  the 
School  of  Nursing.  She 
is  also  a  health  services 
researcher  at  the  JHU 
medical  school's  Ma-  Distinguished  nurse 
thias  National  Study  and  researcher:  Jane 
Center  for  Trauma  and  Dillard  Scott 
Emergency  Medical  Systems. 

Scott,  once  a  staff  nurse  in  Duke's  emer- 
gency department,  earned  her  M.S.N,  at  Wayne 
State  University  in  1978  and  her  Sc.D  degree 
at  Hopkins'  School  of  Hygiene  and  Public 
Health  (SHPH)  in  1988.  From  1977  to  1985, 
she  was  a  nurse  practitioner  in  the  adult  emer- 
gency department  at  the  Johns  Hopkins  Hos- 
pital. From  1979  to  1981,  she  was  an  instructor 
in  the  University  of  Maryland's  Continuing 
Education  Adult  Nurse  Practitioner  program 
and  co-organized  the  first  four  UMD  Na- 
tional Nurse  Practitioner  Symposiums. 

In  1982,  she  entered  the  health  policy  and 
management  department  at  SHPH  to  study 
the  then  relatively  new  discipline  of  health 
services  research.  Her  doctoral  research,  funded 
by  the  National  Cancer  Institute,  investigated 
adequacy  of  follow-up  for  women  whose  Pap 
results  were  abnormal.  She  documented  sub- 
stantial delays  and  errors  in  follow-up  care.  As 
a  result,  she  received  an  award  for  the  signifi- 
cance of  her  doctoral  research. 

She  was  a  consultant  to  the  National  Insti- 
tutes of  Health's  National  Center  for  Nursing 
Research.  She  then  joined  the  original  staff  of 
the  new  Center  for  Medical  Effectiveness  Re- 


search, now  known  as  the  Center  for  Out- 
comes and  Effectiveness  Research.  She  was 
also  liaison  to  the  Centers  for  Disease  Con- 
trol, the  National  Cancer  Institute,  the  FDA's 
National  Strategic  Planning  Group  on  Breast 
and  Cervical  Cancer,  the  NIH  National  Heart, 
Lung,  and  Blood  Institute's  Heart  Attack  Alert 
program,  and  the  Department  of  Health  and 
Human  Services  Public  Health  Service's  Coor- 
dinating Committee  on  Women's  Health  Issues. 
From  1992  to  1994,  Scott  was  a  technical 
adviser  to  the  World  Health  Organization  and 
helped  establish  a  national  cervical  cancer 
screening  program  in  Romania.  In  1993,  she 
joined  the  Duke  School  of  Nursing's  National 
Advisory  Committee.  In  1995,  she  was  recog- 
nized by  the  U.S.  Public  Health  Service  for 
providing  leadership  within  the  federal  gov- 
ernment and  the  research  community  in  pa- 
tient outcomes.  She  has  also  been  honored  by 
the  Department  of  Health  and  Human  Ser- 
vices' Agency  for  Health  Care  Policy  and  Re- 
search for  her  work  in  ensuring  the  scientific 
integrity  and  clinical  validity  of  research  done 
by  the  Agency  for  Health  Care,  Policy,  and 
Research. 


Duke's  law  school  announced  the  win- 
ners of  its  annual  awards  honoring 
alumni,  including  a  new  award  named 
for  the  late  A.  Kenneth  Pye,  former  law  school 
dean  and  university  chancellor.  Presented  in 
April  during  the  school's  reunion  weekend  were 
the  Charles  S.  Murphy  Award,  the  Charles  S. 
Rhyne  Award,  the  school's  Service  Award,  and 
the  first  A.  Kenneth  Pye  Award.  Departing  law 
dean  Pamela  D.  Gann  J.D.  73  was  also  honored. 
Rhonda  Reid  Winston  76,  J.D.  79  received 
the  Murphy  award,  presented  to  an  alumnus 
or  alumna  whose  career  reflects  the  ideals  ex- 
emplified in  the  life  and  career  of  Murphy '31, 
LL.B.  '34,  Hon.  '67,  who  devoted  his  life  to 
public  service.  Murphy  served  in  the  adminis- 
trations of  U.S.  presidents  Truman,  Kennedy, 
and  Johnson. 

Winston,  who  was  appointed  to  the  Su- 
perior Court  of  the  District  of  Columbia 
bench  by  President  Clinton  in  1994,  has  de- 
voted her  career  to  public  interest  law,  includ- 
ing nine  years  working  as  special  litigation 
counsel  and  deputy  director  with  the  Public 
Defender  Service.  She  has  also  served  as  an 
assistant  district  attorney  in  the  Office  of 
Special  Narcotics  Prosecutor  in  New  York 
City,  as  visiting  assistant  professor  of  law  in 
the  criminal  justice  clinic  at  Georgetown  Law 
Center,  as  a  trial  attorney  in  the  Baltimore 
district  office  of  the  Equal  Opportunity  Com- 
mission, and  as  the  deputy  director  of  the 


District  of  Columbia  Pretrial  Services  Agency. 
An  A.B.  Duke  Scholar  while  an  undergradu- 
ate at  Duke,  Winston  is  a  lifetime  member  of 
the  law  school's  board  of  visitors. 

David  Klaber  J.D.  '69  received  the  Rhyne 
award,  which  honors  alumni  who  exemplify 
the  highest  standards  of  professional  ability 
and  personal  integrity.  Rhyne  served  on  the 
board  of  trustees  at  Duke  and  George  Wash- 
ington universities  and  was  president  of  the 
American  Bar  Association.  He  also  was  spe- 
cial legal  consultant  to  President  Eisenhower 
and  later  served  as  personal  representative  of 
the  president  to  the  United  Nations  High 
Commission  for  Refugees. 

Klaber  is  a  partner  at  Kilpatrick  &  Lock- 
hart  in  Pittsburgh,  where  he  concentrates  his 
practice  in  litigation,  construction,  and  per- 
sonal injury.  He  is  a  lifetime  member  of  the 
school's  board  of  visitors,  a  past  president  of 
the  Law  Alumni  Association,  and  a  co-chair 
of  his  thirtieth  reunion  class.  In  1987,  Klaber 
helped  organize  the  Pittsburgh  local  Duke  Law 
Alumni  Association  and  served  as  its  first 
president.  In  1991,  he  received  a  Charles  A. 
Dukes  Award  for  Outstanding  Volunteer  Ser- 
vice, given  by  the  Duke  Alumni  Association. 

Melvin  G.  Shimm,  a  professor  emeritus  of 
law,  was  named  the  first  recipient  of  the  Pye 
award,  which  will  not  be  presented  annually, 
but  only  when  the  Law  Alumni  Association 
chooses  to  honor  an  individual  whose  excep- 
tional service  to  the  field  of  legal  education 
merits  recognition.  It  is  designed  to  recognize 
contributions  made  to  the  field  of  legal  edu- 
cation by  Duke  law  alumni  or  other  members 
of  the  law  school  community.  Pye  was  at  Duke 
for  twenty  years,  twice  as  law  dean,  and  as 
chancellor,  before  leaving  to  become  presi- 
dent of  Southern  Methodist  University. 

Shimm  has  been  a  member  of  the  law  fac- 
ulty since  1953.  Besides  teaching  bankruptcy 
law  for  more  than  thirty-five  years,  he  edited 
Law  and  Contemporary  Problems,  helped  es- 
tablish the  Du/ce  Law  Journal,  and  created  an 
interdisciplinary  seminar  on  medical,  legal, 
and  ethical  issues.  When  he  retired  three  years 
ago,  members  of  the  Duke  law  community 
created  an  endowed  scholarship  in  his  name. 
Faculty  members  have  praised  him  for  his 
friendship,  the  demanding  standards  he  al- 
ways achieved  in  teaching,  and  for  the  exam- 
ple he  set  in  nurturing  enduring  friendships 
with  students. 

David  Vaughan  J.D.  71,  president  of  the  Law 
Alumni  Association,  received  the  law  school's 
service  award.  Under  his  leadership,  the  asso- 
ciation's board  achieved  an  international  fo- 
cus with  the  addition  of  LL.M.  members,  ad- 
vised on  recruiting,  and  helped  structure  the 
website.  He  is  a  partner  at  Kelley  Drye  &  War- 
ren in  Washington,  DC,  where  he  specializes 
in  administrative,  aviation,  and  government 
procedure,  and  international  trade  law. 


July-August  1999        23 


DUKE  MAGAZINE  WEB  EDITION 

www.dukemag«ine. 

duko.edu 


DUKE  MERCHANDISE 
www.shopdukestores. 


The  Duke  Alumni  Association's  search- 
able online  e-mail  directory  is  up  and 
running.  Now  you  can  find  your  Duke 
friends  on  the  World  Wide  Web.  Just  access 
the  DAA  website  (www.DukeAlumni. 
com),  where  you  can  look  up  the  e-mail 
addresses  of  your  classmates.  And  don't 
forget  to  register  yourself  in  the  directory 
by  e -mailing  your  name  and  class  year  to 
AlumEmail@alumni.duke.edu.  THIS  IS 
A  FREE  SERVICE. 

LIFETIME  E-MAIL  ADDRESS 

Another  free  service  we're  offering  is  your 
own  permanent  Duke  e-mail  address,  one 
you  can  keep  for  the  rest  of  your  life. 
Select  your  own  alias,  as  long  as  it  is  a 
form  of  your  name  (for  example,  jane.doe 
@alumni.duke.edu).  Just  e-mail  your 
name,  class  year,  and  alias  request  to 
AlumEmailig'alumm. duke.edu.  Your  alias 
will  be  verified  with  an  e-mail  message. 
This  forwarding  service  does  not  replace 
your  existing  Internet  Service  Provider 
(ISP),  and  you'll  need  to  update  us 
whenever  you  change  ISPs. 


Dean  Pamela  Gann 

who  is  the  new  presi- 

been  designated  fo 

a  specific  area  of  legal 

dent  of  Claremont  McKenna  College  in  Cali- 

study. The  impetus  for  endowing  the  chair  came 

fornia,  was  surprised  a 

the  banquet  with  the 

from  three  Duke  law  alumni  who  have  worked 

announcement  that  she  is  being  honored  with 

closely  with  Gann 

over  the  years:  Jeffrey  R 

an  $1.5-million  endowed  chair  in  her  name. 

Hughes  LL.B.  '65,  campaign  chair;  George  R. 

The  seventh  endowed  professorship  at  the  law 

Krouse  J.D  70,  chair  of  the  board  of  visitors; 

school,  the  Pamela  Brooks  Gann  chair  has  not 

and  Duke  trustee  Lanty  L.  Smith  LL.B.  '67. 

PRESIDENT  \ 

■  n  the  1970s  when 

VHO? 

BET 

_ 

to  pay  off  the  debt  or 

■J  the  secretary  to  the 

MjBfc 

» 

raise  endowment 

Bi  university  mounted 

,dBC..Ni 

Wood  devoted  a  life- 

photographs of  the 

time  of  time,  patience, 
labor,  and  suffering  to 
his  alma  mater,  even 

presidents  of  Trinity 

College  and  Duke  Uni- 

versity in  the  board- 

#*    , 

stepping  aside  as  presi- 

room of  Allen  Building, 

dent  when  the  offer  of 

a  forgotten  president 

money  seemed  immi- 

received long  overdue 

nent  if  the  management 

recognition.  Marquis 

of  the  college  were  en- 

Lafayette Wood,  who 

■Hi^V 

trusted  to  wealthy  lay- 

served as  duly  elected 

jdBflflk       - 

i 

men  of  the  church. 

president  of  Trinity 

He  remained  a 

College  from  June  1883 

member  of  the  board 

until  January  1885,  had 

ji>:'H        EV 

of  trustees  throughout 

been  largely  over- 

his life,  ironically  sub- 

looked because  of  the 
brevity  of  his  tenure 

mitting  the  resolution 
in  1889  that  authorized 

during  tumultuous 

the  removal  of  the  col- 

times. 

lege  from  his  beloved 

Wood's  term  was 

native  county  to  the 

sandwiched  between 
a  period  when  the 

city  of  Durham.  That 
move  also  brought 

Wood:  graduate,  preacher,  president 

chairman  of  the  faculty, 

spectacular  financial 

W.  H.  Pegram,  admin- 

which became  a  col- 

rollment dropped  from 

support  from  yet 

istered  college  affairs, 

lege  during  his  atten- 

100 to  sixty  in  a  year, 

another  layman  honor- 

following the  sudden 

dance.  Wood  epito- 

with ten  of  those  stu- 

ing commitment  to  the 

death  of  Braxton  Cra- 

mized the  kind  of  stu- 

dents receiving  free 

teaching  of  his  church. 

ven,  and  the  critical 

dent  Craven  believed 

tuition  and  eight  given 

Perhaps  Wood  heard 

assumption  of  adminis- 

the college  existed  to 

permission  to  pay  "on 

the  suggestion,  uttered 

tration  by  a  manage- 

serve. Converted  at  a 

time."  He  worked 

in  frustration  and 

ment  committee  con- 

nearby Methodist 

extremely  hard  at 

maybe  in  jest,  of  a 

sisting  of  three  wealthy 

camp  meeting  and 

rebuilding  confidence 

financial  agent  of  the 

Methodist  laymen. 

licensed  to  preach, 

in  the  school 

college  who  said, 

Preceded  and  followed 

Wood  fervently  be- 

through preaching  and 

"Trinity  should  go  to 

by  such  dominating 

lieved  that  education 

lecturing  across  the 

the  Dukes  and  become 

personalities  as  Craven 

and  religion  were  vital 

state.  Believing  there 

Duke  College."  That 

and  Julian  S.  Carr, 

components  in  better- 

to be  an  abundance  of 

development,  however, 

James  A.  Gray,  and 

ing  one's  lot.  Carefully 

money  in  the  tobacco 

remained  for  another 

John  W.  Alspaugh, 

kept  diaries  reveal  that 

section  of  North  Caro- 

generation and  another 

Wood  became  lost  in 

after  ordination  Wood 

lina,  he  even  led  a 

time.  But  today  it  is 

transition. 

meticulously  followed 

modest  beginning  at 

entirely  proper  and 

Yet  Marquis  Lafay- 

the requirements  of 

raising  the  first  endow- 

overdue that  Marquis 

ette  Wood's  overall 

the  Methodist  Church. 

ment  for  the  college. 

Lafayette  Wood  be  rec- 

career is  fascinating 

He  sought  out  and 

Wood,  however,  had 

ognized  as  a  worthy 

and  his  presidential 

preached  to  slaves, 

difficulty  with  the  fac- 

leader in  the  list  of 

term  significant.  Inter- 

distributed church  lit- 

ulty. Professor  John  F. 

presidents  of  Duke 

estingly,  among  a  dozen 

erature,  and  founded 

Heitman  alluded  to  the 

University. 

leaders,  Wood  is  the 

Sabbath  Schools,  which 

problem  when  he  stated, 

— William  E.  King 

only  alumnus  to  serve 

often  taught  reading 

"The  government  of 

as  president  in  Duke's 

and  writing  as  well 

the  college  is  in  the 

King  '61,  A.M.  *63, 

history. 

when  ten  or  more 

faculty,  the  president 

Ph.D.  '69,  University 

Born  in  the  local 

children  were  present 

being  the  executive  of- 

Archivist, is  the  author 

community  in  1829, 

in  a  congregation. 

ficer."  Wood  became 

of  If  Gargoyles  Could 

the  tenth  of  fourteen 

When  Wood  became 

inundated  with  admin- 

Talk: Sketches  of  Duke 

children,  Wood  worked 

president  in  1883,  the 

istrative  detail,  includ- 

University, from  which 

on  his  father's  farm 

college  had  a  debt  of 

ing  the  disciplining  of 

this  is  excerpted.  The  book 

until  age  twenty-one 

$6,786  and  assets,  "as 

students,  and  he  be- 

is available  at  the  Gothic 

when  he  enrolled  in 

supposed  to  be  good," 

came  embroiled  in  con- 

Bookshop, (919)  684- 

the  Union  Institute, 

of  only  $1,903.60.  En- 

troversy  over  whether 

3986. 

24      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


CLASS  NOTES 


WRITE:  Class  Notes  Editor,  Duke  Magazine, 
614  Chapel  Dr.,  Durham,  N.C.  27708-0570 
FAX:  (919)  681-1659  (typed  only,  please) 
E-MAIL:  dukemag(5'duke.edu 
Include  your  full  name,  address,  and 
class  year  when  you  e-mail  us. 

CHANGE  OF  ADDRESS:  Alumni  Records, 
614  Chapel  Dr.  Annex,  Durham,  N.C.  27708-0613. 
Please  include  mailing  label.  Or  e-mail  address 
changes  to:  bluedeviltg  duke.edu 

NOTICE:  Because  of  the  volume  of  class 
note  material  we  receive  and  the  long 
lead  time  required  for  typesetting, 
design,  and  printing,  your  submission 
may  not  appear  for  two  to  three  issues. 
Alumni  are  urged  to  include  spouses' 
names  in  marriage  and  birth  announce- 
ments. We  do  not  record  engagements. 


30s,  40s  &  50s 


Lewis  I.  Terry  '33,  a  former  industrial  chemist  with 
Argo  Corn  Products,  continues  to  trade  on  the  floor  of 
the  Mid-America  Commodity  Exchange.  He  lives  in 
Lemont,  111. 


■  L.  Hard  Ph.D.  '37,  former  dean  of  the 
University  of  South  Dakota  School  of  Medicine,  was 
honored  by  the  school  when  it  established  a  donor 
society  in  his  name.  He  lives  in  Rice,  Minn. 

James  J.  Hutson  '42,  M.D.  '44  received  the 
71st  Annual  Wright  Brothers  Memorial  Award  for 
community  service  in  Miami,  Fla. 

Tam  Latty  Vogel  '50  writes  that  her  nine-year-old 
granddaughter,  Hayden  Panettiere,  played  the  young 
Doris  Duke  in  the  recent  CBS  mini-series  on  Duke's 
life.  She  and  her  husband,  John  L.  Vogel  '46,  M.D. 
'50,  live  in  Winona  Lake,  Ind. 


i  G.  Brenner  '54  has  written  a  book, 
College  Basketball's  National  Championships.  He  live 
Haverton,  Pa. 


J.  Amoroso  '58  retired  as  vice  president 
of  CIGNA  Financial  Advisers.  He  and  his  wife,  Elsa, 
live  in  Randolph,  N.J. 

Clay  Lewis  '58  is  the  author  of  Battlegrounds  of 
Memory:  A  Memoir  of  Southern  Family,  from  the  Uni- 
versity of  Georgia  Press.  He  lives  in  Washington,  DC. 

Edward  M.  Copeland  III  '59  was  elected  first 
vice  president  of  the  Southeastern  Surgical  Congress. 
He  is  the  Edward  R.  Woodward  Professor  of  Surgery 
and  chairman  of  the  department  of  surgery  at  the 
University  of  Florida  College  of  Medicine. 
Noel  Yarger'59  is  a  board  member  of  the  Inter- 
national Sign  Association.  He  has  been  president  of 
North  American  Signs  since  1959.  He  lives  in  South 
Bend,  Ind. 

MARRIAGES:  Avis  Watchman  Pierry'53 
to  Russell  B.  Wann  on  Jan.  26, 1998.  Residence: 
Dallas,  Texas. 


W.  Jack  Martin  M.Div.  '61  is  the  author  of  Alaska 
Methodist  Circuit  Preacher,  a  memoir,  from  Dorrance 
Publishing  Co.  The  retired  United  Methodis 


md  hi-,  wite.  K.iJk'1. 


■.  Godfrey, 


Richard  W.  Steenken  '61  retired  as  managing 
director  of  ARCO  Investment  Management  Co.  He 
now  operates  his  own  money  management  firm, 
Barnes  Circle  Investments.  He  and  his  wife,  Margaret, 
live  in  Glendale,  Calif. 

Judith  S.  Miller '62  is  the  deputy  executive  director 
of  the  American  Academy  of  Audiology,  based  in 
Washington,  D.C. 

Susan  Scharwiess  '63  presented  a  paper  at  the 
International  Colloquium  of  Psychological  and  Social 
Dimensions  of  Transformation  Processes  in  Europe  in 
Brno,  Czech  Republic.  She  is  a  clinical  psychologist  in 
Berlin,  Germany. 

John  W.  Harris  '65  was  named  partner  in  the 
Dallas  law  firm  Jordan  Dunlap  Prather  6k  Harris. 

Lewis  Byrns  Campbell  B.S.M.E.  '68  is  president 
and  chief  executive  officer  of  Textron  Inc.  He  lives  in 
Brookline,  Mass. 

James  Wiser  A.M.  '68,  Ph.D.  '71  was  named 
university  provost  at  the  University  of  San  Francisco. 

'69  is  assistant  vice  president  for 
;  for  the  Office  of  Alumni 
and  University  Relations  at  Georgetown  University. 
She  and  her  husband,  Robert  Rankin,  and  their  son 
live  in  Alexandria,  Va. 

Stephen  I.  Johnson  '69,  a  Navy  rear  admiral,  is 
program  director  for  the  U.S.  Navy's  Year  2000  (Y2K) 
program. 

Richard  G.  LaPorte  J.D.  '69  retired  as  senior  vice 
president  and  assistant  chief  counsel  at  Wells  Fargo 
Bank  in  Los  Angeles. 


Ph.D.  '69,  professor  of  mathematics 
at  Lewis  6k  Clark  College,  published  a  new  textbook, 
An  Introduction  to  Copulas. 

Alfred  T.  "Fred"  Zirkle  '69  was  recently 
honored  by  the  International  Business  Brokers 
Association  for  his  service  as  chairman  of  the  M6kA 
Source.  His  firm,  Zirkle  6k  Co,  was  also  recognized. 
He  and  his  wife,  Liz,  and  their  seven  children  live  in 
Park  City,  Utah. 

MARRIAGES:  Charles  B.  Mills  Jr.  J.D.  '65  to 
Jane  Cole  on  Dec.  30.  Residence:  Columbus,  Ohio. 


Aaron  R.  Cahn  '70  has  joined  the  law  firm  Carter 
Ledyard  6k  Milburn  as  counsel  in  the  bankruptcy 
practice  group.  He  lives  in  Woodmere,  N.Y. 

James  C.  Cox  Jr.  '70,  who  earned  his  M.B.A. 
at  Wake  Forest  University  in  May  1998,  is  associate 
professor  of  communications  at  Salem  College.  He 
and  his  wife,  LeeAnna,  live  in  Pfafftown,  N.C. 


A.M.  '71  is  the  author  of  Missed 
Connections:  Hard  of  Hearing  in  a  Hearing  World,  from 
Temple  University  Press.  She  is  a  sociology  professor 
and  assistant  dean  in  the  general  college  at  UNC- 
Chapel  Hill. 


les  '73,  professor  of  psychology  at  Pace 
University,  has  been  appointed  adjunct  professor  of 
neurology  at  New  York  Medical  College. 

Julie  Hesler  Dellinger  '75  is  managing  vice 
president  for  equities  and  fixed  income  investments  at 
ICMA  Retirement  Corp.  in  Washington,  D.C.  She  is 
also  director  of  ICMA/RC  VantagePoint  In 


3h  Suke 

in  now: 

mill? 


Traditionally,  bequests  have  been 

a  significant  source  of  Duke's 

financial  support.  Your  bequest  to 

Duke  will  help  to  ensure  Duke's 

continued  strength  and 

academic  excellence. 

High  federal  estate  tax  rates 

significantly  lower  the  cost  of 

making  a  bequest  to  Duke. 

Join  more  than  2,100  other  Duke 
alumni  and  friends  as  a  member 
of  the  Heritage  Society,  an  honor- 
ary circle  of  University  alumni  and 
friends  who  have  planned  an 
estate  gift  to  Duke. 


To  learn  more  about  the 

Heritage  Society  and  how  to 

make  a  bequest  gift  to  Duke, 

please  contact: 

Duke  University 

Office  of  Planned  Giving 

Box  90606 

2127  Campus  Drive 

Durham,  NC  27708-0606 

919-681-0464  (Phone) 
919-684-9731  (Fax) 

planned.giving@dev.duke.edu  (Email) 
www.dukecomm.duke.edu  (Web) 


July -August  1999        25 


Advisers.  She  and  her  husband,  Royal,  and  their  four 

daughters  live  in  Rockville,  Md. 

Andrea  Hammerschmidt  Felkins  75  is 

completing  her  second  term  as  president  of  her  local 
school  board.  She  and  her  husband,  Robert,  and  their 
three  children  live  in  Berwyn,  Pa. 
Joseph  Smallhoover  75  is  chairman  of  Demo- 
crats Abroad.  He  also  serves  on  the  Credentials 
Committee  of  the  Democratic  National  Committee. 
He  lives  in  Paris,  France. 

David  Allan  Bitterman  76  is  a  broker  at  Oppen- 
heimer.  He  and  his  wife,  Laura,  and  their  son  live  in 
Dallas,  Texas. 

Judith  Hammerschmidt  76  is  the  international 
general  counsel  for  Herbalife.  She  and  her  husband, 
Hank,  and  their  two  children  live  in  Chevy  Chase,  Md. 

John  Kevin  Moore  76,  M.H.A.  79  is  senior  vice 
president  and  chief  operating  officer  for  the  Carolinas 
Medical  Center.  He  and  his  wife,  Beth,  and  their  two 
children  live  in  Charlotte,  N.C. 
Sarah  Pigman  Tellefsen  76  is  a  systems 
information  consultant  with  Keane  Inc.  She  and  her 


husband,  Roger,  and  their  < 


i  Berwyn,  Pa. 


S.  Cooper  M.M.  77  was  named  presi- 
dent of  the  Washington-based  Alliance  of  Automobile 
Manufacturers.  She  serves  on  the  board  of  visitors  of 
Duke's  Nicholas  School  of  the  Environment. 


T.  Crist  77  is  chief  lin.mcul  officer  and 

chief  operating  officer  at  DVD  Express.  He  lives  in 
Los  Angeles. 

Beverly  Nicholas  Jones  77  received  a  five-year 
development  award  from  the  National  Institute  of 
Mental  Health  to  study  the  application  of  telemedicine 
to  geriatric  psychiatry.  She  is  the  medical  director  for 
the  Memory  Disorders  Clinic  at  the  Wake  Forest  Uni- 
versity Baptist  Medical  Center  in  Winston-Salem,  N.C. 

George  E.  Murphy  B.S.E.  77,  M.S.  '80  has  been 
named  general  marketing  manager  for  the  Ford  Division 
of  Ford  Motor  Co.  He  was  vice  president,  worldwide 
product  management,  for  GE  Lighting  in  Cleveland. 

1 78  is  assistant  vice  president 
Lewis  &  Clark  College  in 


for  college  rela 
Portland,  Ore. 


Thomas  J.  Considine  Jr.  M.F. ' 


EB3H3333H! 


A  NEW  FORMULA  FOR  CHEMISTRY 


In  a  twist  on  the 
traditional  high 
school  science 
course,  John  Ihde 
M.A.T.  '73  is  defying 
the  stereotype  of 
chemistry  labs  as  bor- 
ing, technical,  and 
irrelevant  to  the  out' 
side  world.  Ihde,  a 
teacher  at  West  High 
School  in  Wausau, 
Wisconsin,  worked 
with  an  artistically  ori- 
ented coworker  to 
design  a  course  called 
"Kaleidoscope."  The 
course  allows  the  sci- 
ence instructor  and  art 
teacher  to  join  forces 
in  the  name  of  a  well- 
rounded  education. 

"The  art  process  and 
the  scientific  method 
are  not  that  far  apart 
in  actuality,"  says  Ihde. 

He  and  art  teacher 
Lee  Michlein  use  four 
materials  as  the  con- 
necting fabric  between 
the  two  fields.  For 
example,  in  the  first 
segment  of  the  year- 
long course,  the  teach- 
ers use  paper  as  a  link 
between  several  areas: 
After  exploring  the 
chemical  properties  of 
paper,  Ihde  and 
Michlein  allow  stu- 
dents to  make  their 
own.  Eventually,  they 
construct  their  own 
books,  which  leads 
them  to  the  topic  of 


.Thatt 


their  identifying  their 
favorite  children's  sto- 
ries and  creating  bal- 
loon sculptures  of 
characters  in  the 
books.  Then  the  stu- 
dents go  to  local  ele- 
mentary schools  and 
present  their  creations 
to  the  younger  chil- 
dren. 

"We  are  constantly 
doing  things  mat  relate 
to  the  real  world,"  he 
explains.  'It  lends  itself 
to  showing  relevance." 

He  and  Michlein 
designed  the  course 
six  years  ago,  when 
casual  conversation 
about  possibly  merging 
classes  resulted  in  a 


focus  group  of  twelve 
students  who  met 
with  them  weekly. 
The  teaching  team 
won  both  school 
board  approval  and  a 
$10,000  Toyota  Tapes- 
try Grant.  From  there, 
the  course  took  off. 
Their  first  class  of  fifty 
people  soon  grew  to 
more  than  eighty. 

"We've  had  to  turn 
people  away,"  Ihde 
says.  "The  course  is 
quite  popular." 

In  recognition  of 
Hide's  innovative  class- 
work,  the  American 
Chemical  Society  hon- 
ored him  in  March 
with  its  1999  James 
Bryant  Conant  Award 
in  High  School 


Chemistry. 

Although  the  later 
parts  of  the  course, 
which  deal  with  glass, 
plastic,  and  metals,  do 
not  cross  over  into  as 
many  outside  areas  as 
the  paper  segment 
does,  Ihde's  philosophy 
of  merging  seemingly 
unrelated  areas  runs 
through  the  entire 
year. 

"The  further  up 
the  [academic]  ladder 
you  go,  the  more  spe- 
cialized and  narrow 
you  get,"  he  says.  "All 
courses  are  in  their 
own  little  boxes.  Stu- 
dents think  there  are 
no  connections  be- 
tween them." 

— Jaime  Levy  '01 


/ 

"\ 

\^J^~ 

r                \ 

//: 

1  tc 
1— ' 

-- 

W 

V'K 

'-r 

,1   v 

ft 

i 

\ 

1 

\ 

\ 

1 

I 

mmm 

\ 
\ 

! 

1 

j 

1 

w. 

II       !      *> 

i  O ' 

( 

' 

» 

'  ofVlasic  Foods  International  Inc.  He  and  his 
wife,  Karen,  and  their  two  children  live  in  Gladwyne,  Pa. 

William  Clark  Davenport  BSE 78  was  inducted 
as  a  fellow  of  the  American  Academy  of  Orthopaedic 
Surgeons.  He  lives  in  Orlando,  Fla. 

Charles  Fine  78  is  an  associate  professor  at 
Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology's  Sloan  School 
of  Management.  He  recently  wrote  the  book 
Ckckspeed:  Winning  Industry  Control  in  the  Age  of 
Temporary  Advantage.  He  lives  in  Cambridge,  Mass. 


David  Nathan  Beratan  '80,  a  professor  of 
chemistry  at  the  University  of  Pittsburgh,  will  be 
spending  his  sabbatical  year  as  a  Guggenheim  Fellow 
in  the  chemistry  department  at  the  University  of 
Oxford  in  England. 


has  joined  the  Cook  Children's 
Physician  Network  in  Grand  Prairie,  Texas.  He  and 
his  wife,  Amy,  and  their  two  daughters  live  in 
Arlington,  Texas. 

Paul  Emory  Snyder  '80  is  vice  president  and 
general  manager  for  Sara  Lee  Casualwear  in  Winston- 
Salem,  N.C. 

Scott  Anderson  Dyche  '81  has  joined  the 
Texas-based  law  firm  Munsch  Hardt  Kopf  &  Harr 
as  a  shareholder.  He  lives  in  Dallas. 

Mark  Samuel  Litwin  '81  was  awarded  tenure  at 
UCLA's  medical  school,  where  he  was  promoted  to 
associate  professor  of  urology  and  health  services. 

James  Vernon  Maniace  J.D.  '81  was  named 
partner  at  the  law  firm  Benesch,  Friedlander,  Coplan 
&  Aronoff  in  Columbus,  Ohio. 


Jeffrey  Kent  Tupper  '81  is  vice  president  of 
private  banking  for  the  Garden  City,  Long  Island, 
office  of  the  United  States  Trust  Co.  of  New  York. 
He  and  his  wife,  Patti,  live  in  Huntington,  N.Y. 

Sarah  Hays  Van  Lierde  '81,  treasurer  of  the 
United  States  Enrichment  Corp.,  was  honored  by  the 
company  for  her  skill  and  excellence  in  the  handling 
of  the  company's  initial  public  offering. 

Jacqueline  Hebert  Becker  B.S.N.  '82  is  a  litiga- 
tion team  leader  for  the  Seattle  office  of  the  Washington 
State  Attorney  General's  office.  She  and  her  I 
Kurt,  and  their  two  daughters  live  in  Seattle. 


Henry  Griffith  Brinton  '82  is  senior  writer  for 
the  preaching  journal  Homiletics.  He  also  serves  as 
pastor  to  the  Calvary  Presbyterian  Church  in 
Alexandria,  Va. 

Stephen  Wayne  Morgan  '82  is  senior  director  of 
marketing  for  Gallo  of  Sonoma  wines  at  the  E  &.  J  Gallo 
Winery.  He  and  his  wife,  Ana,  live  in  Modesto,  Calif. 


'83  is  i 

professor  of  government  at  the  College  of  William  and 
Mary.  He  recently  wrote  the  book  The  Hidden  Welfare 
State:  Tax  Expenditures  and  Social  Policy  in  the  United 
States.  He  lives  inToano.Va. 

Mitchell  A.  Weitzner  '83  is  a  producer  for  the 
CBS  Evening  News.  He  and  his  wife,  Judy  Tygard,  and 
their  two  children  live  in  Sleepy  Hollow,  N.Y. 
Mark  Eric  Indermaur  B.S.E.  '84  is  business 
development  manager  for  IBM  Network  Computing 
Software.  He  and  his  wife  and  their  five  children  live 
in  Raleigh,  N.C. 

James  Rhodenhiser  '84  is  rector  of  Episcopal 
Church  of  the  Good  Shepherd.  He  and  his  wife,  Jayin 
Wavrik,  and  their  three  children  live  in  Salinas,  Calif. 


26      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


Scott  David  Schulman  '84  is  vice  president  of" 
strategic  planning  and  development  for  Dow  Jones  & 
Co.  He  and  his  wife,  Jennifer,  live  in  Manhattan. 

Robert  Kirk  Thompson  III  '84  is  senior  vice 
president  and  group  account  director  for  Fitzgerald  & 
Co.,  formerly  McCann-Erickson  Advertising,  in  Atlanta. 
He  and  his  wife,  Ellie,  and  their  three  children  live  in 
Decatur,  Ga. 

Chaim  Arlosoroff  '85  was  inducted  as  a  fellow  of 
the  American  Academy  of  Orthopaedic  Surgeons.  He 
lives  in  West  Palm  Beach,  Fla. 

John  Frederick  Hammerschmidt  M.B.A.  '85 
is  an  investment  manager  with  Turner  Investment 
Partners  in  Berwyn,  Pa.  He  and  his  wife,  Helen,  and 
their  three  children  live  in  Paoli,  Pa. 


'85  is  Elliot  Associate 
Professor  of  Biology  at  Hampden-Sydney  College  in 
Virginia.  His  research  on  whale-feeding  mechanisms 
has  been  featured  in  Sciei\ce  and  Discover  magazines. 

Thomas  Scott  Wilkinson  '85,  J.D.  '88  is  senior 
counsel  for  Turner  Sports,  Inc.  in  Atlanta. 

Thomas  Karl  Hoops  '86  is  managing  director 
of  the  Charlotte  office  of  Lloyd  &  Co.,  an  investment 
banking  firm. 

James  Van  Ingold  '86  is  chair-elect  of  the  Virginia 
Bar  Association's  young  lawyers  division  for  1999.  He 
is  an  associate  at  the  law  firm  Chadwick  Washington 
Olters  Moriarty  &  Lynn.  He  lives  in  Fairfax,  Va. 

Alfred  Caprio  Martino  II  '86  is  the  president  and 
founder  of  Listen  &  Live  Audio,  Inc.,  an  audiobook 
publishing  company.  He  lives  in  Jersey  City,  N.J. 

Deborah  Hollen  Losee  Mooradian  BSE.  '86 


completed  her  master's  degree  in  education  at  Old 
Dominion  University  in  December  1996. 

Elizabeth  Carolyn  Riordan  '86  is  a  board- 
certified  surgeon  in  New  York.  She  now  practices  at 
the  North  Shore  Medical  Group  of  the  Mt.  Sinai 
School  of  Medicine. 


M.B.A.  '86  is  an  inter- 
national financial  manager  for  Liebert  Global  Services. 
He  and  his  wife,  Mari,  and  their  two  daughters  live  in 
Columbus,  Ohio. 

Cyndi  Yag-Howard  '86  is  a  dermatologist  with  a 
private  practice  in  Naples,  Fla.  She  and  her  husband, 
Corey  Howard,  a  gastroenterologist,  have  two  children 
and  live  in  Naples. 

Harshavardhan  Venkappa  Agadi  '87  is  president 
and  chief  operating  officer  of  Little  Caesar  Enterprises 
Inc.  He  and  his  wife,  Geetha,  live  in  Novi,  Minn. 
Brenton  Edward  Bunn  B.S.E.  '87  is  a  principal 
consultant  with  PriceWaterhouseCoopers.  He  and  his 
wife,  Sarah  Ray,  live  in  Charlotte,  N.C. 

Elizabeth  Sabatini  Coyne  '87  owns  Educational 
Technology  Consulting.  She  and  her  husband,  Mike, 
and  two  sons  live  in  Ramsey,  N.J. 

Clifton  Douglas  Green  '87  was  named  an 
associate  at  the  law  firm  Zimmerman,  Shuffield,  Kiser 
&  Sutcliffe.  He  lives  in  Orlando,  Fla. 

Timothy  Allen  Hodge  Jr.  '87  is  a  partner  at  the 

law  firmTydings  6k  Rosenberg.  He  lives  in  Baltimore. 

Robert  S.  Freedman  '88  is  a  shareholder  at  the 
Tampa  office  of  the  law  firm  Carlton  Fields.  He  and  his 
wife,  Sheri,  and  three  children  live  in  Safety  Harbor,  Fla. 

Kelly  Matthews  Gerber  '88  is  a  partner  in 


the  Washington,  D.C.,  office  of  the  law  firm  Baker 
•&  Hosteller. 

Christine  Range!  Hollenberg  '88,  Ph.D.  '89 
is  a  pharmaceutical  specialist  with  Astra  Pharma- 
ceuticals in  Houston.  Her  husband,  Gregg  Aaron 
Hollenberg  '88,  M.B.A.  '92,  is  director  of  market 
strategy  for  Reliant  Energy.  They  live  in  The 
Woodlands,  Texas. 

Christopher  Joiner  '88  was  granted  a  fellowship 
from  the  Kansas  State  University  College  of  Business 
Administration,  where  he  is  an  assistant  professor  of 
marketing  and  international  business.  He  lives  in 
Manhattan,  Kan. 

Andras  Tibor  Koppanyi  '88  is  the  general 
manager  of  the  American  International  Group.  He 
and  his  wife,  Kathryn  Edson  Koppanyi  '88,  and 
their  three  children  live  in  Budapest,  Hungary. 

Carol  Michelle  Madren  '88  is  director  of  consulting 
services  for  HNC  Software.  She  lives  in  San  Diego. 

Jason  Monroe  Murray  '88  is  a  shareholder  at  the 
Miami  office  of  the  law  firm  Carlton  Fields. 

Yoon-Son  Choi  Nofsinger  '88  graduated  from 
the  University  of  Pennsylvania's  medical  school  in 
1993  and  completed  her  residency  in  otolaryngology  in 
1998.  She  is  an  assistant  professor  at  Mt.  Sinai 
Hospital  in  New  York  City. 

Betsy  Lynn  Schmerler'88,  M.H.A.  '90  is  a 
pediatrics  resident  at  the  University  of  Florida's 
Shands  Hospital.  She  and  her  husband,  Cameron 
Woodlief,  live  in  Gainesville,  Fla. 
Anne  Bernadette  Talley  '88  is  a  senior  marketing 
manager  at  Revlon.  She  and  her  husband,  Brian,  and 
their  son  live  in  Harrison,  N.Y. 


fOM4 


*7Ae  ^e&m 


IROIl  DUKES 


Duke  University  Athletic  Scholarship  Fund 


Now,  you  can  be  a  part  of  the  team.  By  contributing  as  little 
as  $100,  you  can  display  your  Iron  Duke  window  decal  with 
pride  and  know  you  have  helped  Blue  Devil  student-athletes 
maintain  Duke's  proud  athletic  tradition.  Take  the  next  step 
by  requesting  information,  NOW! 

I 

jMMk  I    YES,  I  am  interested  in  finding  out  more  about  the  Iron  Dukes. 

|  Please  send  a  membership  information  brochure  to  the  address  listed  below. 
I 


(H): 


Please  return  this  form  to:  Iron  Dukes 

311  Finch  Yeager  Bldg.,  Box  90542 
Duke  University 
Durham,  NC  27708-0542 
(919)  684-5033 


July -August  1999 


Beth  Davis  Wilkinson  J.D.  '88  is  an  associate 
with  the  Atlanta  office  of  Dow  Lohnes  &  Albertson 

Timothy  Noel  Young  '88,  Ph.D.  '95,  M.D.  '96  is 
his  second  year  of  an  ophthalmology  residency  at 
Washington  University  in  St.  Louis. 

Rob  Yowell  '88  heads  the  business  development 
division  of  Envision,  a  sports  marketing  agency 
specializing  in  naming  rights  for  sports  and  ( 
ment  venues,  in  Los  Angeles.  He  and  his  wife, 

Heather,  and  their  son  live  in  Studio  City,  Calit. 


Steve  Ward  Davis  S9,  a  Navy  1 

reported  for  duty  at  the  Naval  Medical  Center  in 

Portsmouth,  Va. 

Sarah  E.  DeWitt  '89,  who  completed  her  orthopedic 

surgery  residency  at  the  University  of  Utah  in  July,  will 

begin  a  foot  and  ankle  fellowship  in  Los  Angeles  in 

the  fall. 

James  Barry  Dolan  Jr.  '89  is  counsel  in  Liberty 

Mutual  Insurance  Co.'s  environmental  department. 

He  and  his  wife,  Amy  Nobles  Dolan  '89,  and  their 

two  children  live  in  Hamilton,  Mass. 

Michael  D.  Golden  J.D.  '89  is  a  partner  at  the 
Atlanta  law  firm  Amall  Golden  &  Gregory. 


sin  '89,  who  earned  her 
M.B.A.  at  Emory'  University,  is  vice  president  of 
human  resources  at  WorldTravel  Partners  in  Atlanta. 
She  and  her  husband,  Sam,  live  in  Atlanta. 

Sheree  Cooper  Levy '89  sits  on  the  board  of 

directors  of  the  Sid  Jacobson  Jewish  Community 
Center  in  Roslyn,  N.Y.  She  and  her  husband,  Peter, 
and  their  two  children  live  in  Jericho,  N.Y. 

Molly  McCoy  '89,  who  earned  her  M.B.A.  at  the 
Kellogg  Graduate  School  of  Management  at 
Northwestern  University  in  June  1998,  is  a  senior 
manager  in  communication  services  for  Andersen 
Consulting.  She  and  her  husband,  Ari  Straus,  and 
their  daughter  live  in  Atlanta. 

Gregg  R.  Mclinson  J.D.  '89,  a  partner  in  the 
Philadelphia  law  firm  Drinker  Biddle  &  Reath,  was 
appointed  to  the  governing  board  of  the  Pennsylvania 
Intergovernmental  Cooperation  Authority. 

Katherine  S.  Spencer '89,  J.D.  '93  is  a  partner  in 
the  law  firm  Mullikin  Larson  &  Swift.  She  and  her 
husband,  Gregory  Zalazny,  live  in  Jackson  Hole,  Wyo. 

David  L.  Strauss  '89  is  assistant  general  counsel 
for  Wallace  Computer  Services,  Inc..  He  and  his  wife, 
Deborah,  live  in  Chicago's  Lincoln  Park. 

MARRIAGES:  Lauren  Dale  Stogel  '83  to  Rafael 
C.  Menkes  on  Oct.  17  Residence:  Los  Angeles... 
Elizabeth  Carolyn  Riordan  '86  to  Richard 

Avery  Flagg  in  October.. .Betsy  Lynn  Schmerler 

'88,  M.H.A.  '90  to  Cameron  Woodlief  on  April  17. 
Residence:  Gainesville,  Fla.Wendy  Friedland  '89 

to  Sam  Klein  on  May  17, 1998.  Residence:  Atlanta. 

BIRTHS:  Third  child  to  Paul  Emory  Snyder '80 

and  Jennifer  Snyder  on  March  19, 1998.  Named 
Matthew.. .Second  child  and  daughter  to  Jacqueline 
Hebert  Becker  B.S.N.  '82  and  Kurt  Becker  on 
March  2.  Named  Elizabeth  Anne. ..Third  child  and 
son  to  Stuart  Edward  Jones  '82  and  Barbara  L. 
Jones  on  Aug.  8.  NameJ  Woodrow  Joseph.. .Second 
child  and  first  son  to  Jane  Mobille  '82  and  Jean- 
Jacques  Gonnard  on  Dec.  18.  Named  Jacques  Alexan- 
der Gonnard... Second  child  and  first  son  to  Mitchell 
A.  Weitzner'83  and  JudyTygard  on  Aug.  28, 1998. 
Named  Jack  TygardWeitzner... First  child  and  son  to 
Nancy  Meredith  Hirsch  Dodderidge  '84  and 
Daniel  James  Dodderidge  on  Oct.  21.  Named  Bradley 
Tucker.. .Fifth  child  and  second  son  to  Mark  Eric 
Indermaur  B.S.E.  '84  and  Meredith  Indermaur  on 
March  30.  Named  Benjamin  Carter.. Third  child  and 


WOMEN'S  HISTORY  FOR  CHILDREN 


a  Kiehne 
ger  '76 
'  always  knew 
she  wanted  to  write 
children's  books.  Even 
as  an  undergraduate 
toiling  away  in  Perkins 
Library  on  her  course' 
work  in  women's 
studies,  she  found 
ways  of  connecting  the 
children's  books  she 
loved — those  by  A.A. 
Milne,  Beatrice  Potter, 
and  Laura  Ingalls 
Wilder — to  move- 
ments in  American 
and  European  history. 

But  it  wasn't  until 
after  Younger  had 
raised  her  own  children 
that  she  put  pen  to  pa- 
per to  tell  the  story  of 
Katharine  Lee  Bates, 
author  of  "America  the 
Beautiful."  Illustrated 
by  Stacey  Schuett,  Pur- 
ple Mountain  Majesties 
(Dutton,  1998)  follows 
Bates'  journey  from 
her  home  near  Welles- 
ley  College,  where  she 
was  an  instructor,  to 
Colorado  Springs, 
Colorado,  in  the  sum- 
mer of  1893.  Along  the 
way,  Bates  visited  Ni- 
agara Falls,  the  Mid- 
i  prairies,  and 


the  World's  Columbian 
Exposition  in  Chicago, 
where  Bates  and  a 
friend  rode  the  first 
Ferris  Wheel. 

Younger  learned  of 
Bates'  travels  from 
reading  the  author's 
diary,  housed  at  the 
WeUesley  College  ar- 
chives.  "I  knew  imme- 
diately that  all  these 
places  would  make  in- 
triguing illustrations," 
she  says. 

One  illustration  in 
the  book  depicts  a  dra- 
matic vista  that  Bates 
viewed  from  the  top  of 
Pike's  Peak.  Despite 
the  rigors  of  the  jour- 
ney (two  fellow 
instructors  fainted 
from  altitude  sickness), 
Bates  composed  die 
first  lines  of  her  famous 
song  that  very  evening, 
inspired  by  her  memo- 
ry of  her  "one  brief 
ecstatic  moment"  atop 
the  peak. 

Younger  shares  these 
stories  today  with  chil- 
dren during  her  visits 
to  local  public  schools 
and  libraries.  "Children 
fuel  you  and  feed  your 
imagination,"  she  says. 
"I  have  to  be  careful  to 


stay  in  touch  with  the 
children  I'm  writing 
for  as  my  own  kids  get 
older." 

After  a  long  career 
as  a  children's  librarian, 
Younger  now  writes 
full-time  for  people  of 
all  ages.  "Picture  books 
don't  have  to  be  just 
for  little  kids,  because 
you  don't  have  to  write 
down  to  children  any- 
more," she  says.  "You 
have  to  be  mindful  of 
vocabulary  and  diffi- 
cult concepts,  but  you 
can  still  be  expansive 
at  the  same  time." 

Younger  does  much 
of  her  writing  at  home 
in  a  yellow,  rambling, 
150-year-old  house  in 
Hillsborough,  North 
Carolina,  that  she 
shares  with  her  hus- 
band, Clifford  Younger 
B.S.E.E.'77,  two 
daughters,  two  cats, 
and  a  collection  of 
dolls,  old  toys,  book- 
marks, buttons,  hat- 
boxes,  and,  of  course, 
books.  Soon  she  will 
have  another  picture 
book  to  place  on  the 
shelf  beside  Purple 
Mountain  Majesties. 
Her  next  project  is  to 


tell  the  story  of  the 
little-known  author  of 
another  popular  song: 
Jane  Taylor,  author  of 
"Twinkle,  Twinkle 
Little  Star." 

—Robert  Odom  '92 


Younger:  "You  don't 
have  to  write  down  to 
children , 


28      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


daughter  to  Robert  Kirk  Thompson  III  '84  and 

Ellie  Thompson  on  April  7.  Named  Tracy  Amanda.. .A 
daughter  to  Jorge  Diaz-Silveira  '85  and  Renee 
Silveira  on  April  4-  Named  Michelle  Marie...A  son  to 
Thomas  Scott  Wilkinson  '85,  J.D.  '88  and  Beth 
Davis  Wilkinson  J.D.  '88  on  Sept.  9.  Named 
Benjamin  Davis.. .First  child  and  daughter  to  Robert 
Jay  Brager  '86  and  Sharon  Scott  Brager'87 
on  May  30, 1998.  Named  Erica  Lynn.. Twins  and  first 
daughters  to  Deborah  Roy  Crumpler  '86  and 
Wyatt  Lyle  Crumpler  M.B.A.  '94.  Named  Nicole 
Roy  and  Erin  Cloyes... Second  child  and  first  son  to 
Melinda  French  Gates  '86,  M.B.A.  '87  and  Bill 
Gates  on  May  23.  Named  Rory  John.. .Second  child 
and  first  daughter  to  Deborah  Hollen  Losee 
Mooradian  B.S.E.  '86  and  Steve  Mooradian  on 
Sept.  18, 1997.  Named  Lynne  Doreen... Second  child 
and  first  son  to  Cyndi  Yag-Howard  '86  and  Corey 
Howard  on  Oct.  6.  Named  Bradley  Auston  Howard... 
A  son  to  Harshavardhan  Venkappa  Agadi 
M.B.A.  '87  and  Geetha  Agadi  on  April  11.  Named 
Samir  Anand... First  child  and  daughtet  to  Sharon 
Scott  Brager'87  and  Robert  Jay  Brager '86 
on  May  30, 1998.  Named  Erica  Lynn.. .Second  daugh- 
ter to  Stephanie  Perkins  Clifford  '87  and  Peter 
Clifford  on  Nov.  24.  Named  Olivia  Hagen... Second 
child  and  son  to  Elizabeth  Sabatini  Coyne  '87 
and  Michael  J.  Coyne  on  Jan.  26.  Named  Sean 
Lawrence.. .First  child  to  Matthew  A.  Galum- 
beck  M.D  '87  and  Cynthia  Galumbeck  on  Feb.  11. 
Named  Alix  Gwynn  Reed.. .First  child  and  son  to 
Nancy  Carol  Kim  '87  andTae-SikYoon  on  Feb.  21. 
Named  Alexander  In  Sup.. .Second  son  to  Sarah 
Dotson  Mathews  '87  and  Scott  Mathews  on  June 
25, 1998.  Named  Duncan  Kent...Third  child  and  first 
son  to  Robert  Scott  Freedman  '88  and  Sheri 
Freedman  on  Sept.  8.  Named  Parker  Scott.. .Second 
child  and  son  to  Christine  Rangel  Hollenberg 


'88,  Ph.D.  '89  and  Gregg  Aaron  Hollenberg  '88, 

M.B.A.  '92  on  March  1.  Named  Andrew  Bennett- 
Third  child  and  son  to  Andras  Tibor  Koppanyi 
'88  and  Kathryn  Edson  Koppanyi  '88  on  March 
18  in  Budapest,  Hungary.  Named  Peter  James.. .First 
child  and  daughter  to  Kyle  Edelen  Myres  B.S.E. 
'88  and  Robert  Myres  on  Dec.  3.  Named  Sarah 
Anne. ..First  child  and  son  to  Anne  Bernadette 
Talley  '88  and  Brian  McDermott  on  May  9.  Named 
Rory  Nevin...A  son  to  Beth  Davis  Wilkinson  J.D. 
'88  and  Thomas  Scott  Wilkinson  '85  J.D.  '88  on 
Sept.  9.  Named  Benjamin  Davis.. .First  child  and  son 
to  Victoria  Callaway  Wolle  '88  and  Scott 
Edwin  Wolle  M.B.A.  '98  on  Oct.  25.  Named 
Alexander  Clayton.. .Second  son  to  Timothy  Noel 
Young  '88,  Ph.D.  '95,  M.D.  '96  and  Kelly  Watson 
Young  on  March  30.  Named  Wesley  Dean. ..First  child 
and  son  to  Rob  Yowell  '88  and  Heather  Yowell  on 
May  4.  Named  Cameron  James. ..Second  child  and 
daughter  to  Michael  Campbell  Bangs  Jr.  '89 
and  Susan  Bangs  on  March  19.  Named  Mary  Brack- 
mann...A  daughter  to  Jeffrey  T.  Constable  '89 
and  Michelle  M.  Constable  on  April  7.  Named  Grace 
Calder... Second  child  and  first  daughter  to  Amy 
Nobles  Dolan  '89  and  James  Barry  Dolan  Jr. 
'89  on  Jan.  25.  Named  Kathleen  Louise... Second  child 
and  first  son  to  Sheree  Cooper  Levy  '89  and 
Peter  Levy  on  April  9.  Named  Spencer  Jay.. .First  child 
and  daughter  to  Molly  McCoy  '89  and  Ari  Straus 
on  Sept.  17.  Named  Aurora  Elena  Straus. 


Susan  McLaughlin  Brown  '90  is  a  communica- 
tions officer  for  NATO.  She  and  her  husband,  Brian, 
and  their  daughter  live  in  Izmir,  Turkey. 


Nestor  de  la  Cruz-Munoz  '90,  who  completed  a 
residency  in  general  surgery  in  June,  joined  a  private 
practice  surgical  group  in  Miami.  He  and  his  wife, 
Amy  Vernon  de  la  Cruz-Munoz  '90,  and  their 
son  live  in  Miami. 

Julie  Duncan  Nichols  Mercer  '90  is  owner  of 
J.  Duncan  &  Co.  She  and  her  husband,  Ronn,  live  in 
Woodinville.Wash. 

Carolyn  Choate  Nelson  B.S.E.  '90  is  a  buyer  and 
materials  requisition  planner  for  combustion  system 
liners  at  GE  Power  Systems  gas  turbine  plant  in 
Greenville,  S.C. 

Martin  Joseph  Ricciardi  J.D.  '90  is  a  partner  in 
the  law  firm  Whiteman,  Osterman  &  Hanna.  He  lives 
in  Glenmont,  N.Y. 

Tracy  Marie  Thomas  '90  works  at  the 
Washington  National  Tax  office  of  KPMG  She  and 
her  husband,  Chris,  live  in  Arlington,  Va. 


Curtis  L.  Bowe  III  '91  is  an  associate  at  the 
Charlotte  office  of  the  law  firm  Kilpatrick  Stockton. 

Jennifer  J.  Dacey  '91,  who  earned  her  J.D.  in 
1998  at  Geotge  Mason  University,  is  an  associate  in 
the  law  firm  Hazel  &  Thomas  in  Fairfax,  Va. 

Erica  Chalson  DelCore  '91  is  a  meeting  planner 
for  Impact  Communications.  She  and  het  husband, 
Angelo,  live  in  Hoboken,  N.J. 

Amy  Snodgrass  Genender  '91  is  a  labor  and 
employment  law  attorney  with  the  firm  Locke  Liddell 
&  Sapp.  She  and  her  husband,  David,  and  their 
daughter  live  in  Dallas,  Texas. 

Brian  Richard  Knox  '91  is  a  financial  analyst  at 
Amerada  Hess  in  New  York  City. 

Stuart  Alexander  McCanghey  '91  completed 


homeccmn- 

1999 


schedule  of  events 


FRIDAY,  SEPTEMBER  24 


Young  Alumni  Homecoming  Party 

Great  Hall,  8:00  pm 

Homecoming  Semiformal 

Festival  Tent,  Main  Quad,  West  Campus,  10:00  pm 
Free  to  all  alumni  and  students. 

SATURDAY,  SEPTEMBER  25 

Duke  Women's  Center  10th  Anniversary 
Celebration 

Gothic  Reading  Room,  Perkins  Library,  10:00  am 


Alumni  Association 

Blue  Devil  Tailgate  Terrace,  5:00  pm 
Revive  your  school  spirit  as  we  gather  under  a  big  tent  to 
I  enjoy  all  the  authentic  North  Carolina  tailgating  cuisine  you 
can  eat,  featuring  Bullock's  BBQ.  The  Blue  Devil  Tailgate 
Terrace  is  off  Wannamaker  Drive,  near  the  East  Gate  (Visitor's 
Entrance)  of  Wallace  Wade  Stadium.  Tickets  are  $12  for  adults 
and  $6  for  children.   Please  reserve  tickets  in  advance  by 
calling  the  Alumni  Office  at  (800)  FOR-DUKE. 

Homecoming  Football  Game, 
Duke  vs.  Vanderbilt 

Wallace  Wade  Stadium,  7:00  pm 
Celebrate  the  dawning  of  a  new  era  of  Duke  Football  under 
Coach  Carl  Franks  '83.  Alumni  can  purchase  game  tickets  from 
the  Duke  Ticket  Office  at  (919)  681-BLUE,  or  through  the 
Alumni  Office  at  (800)  FOR-DUKE;  for  the  special  rate  of  $12, 
you  can  join  other  visiting  alumni  in  non-reserved  seating  in 
Section  12  as  we  cheer  the  Blue  Devils  to  victory  over  the 
Commodores! 

Homecoming  Band  Concert 

Few  Quad,  11:00  pm 


July-August  1999        29 


ropsychology.  He  lives  in  Philadelphia. 


'  M.H. A.  '91  is  vice  president 
of  Lewis-Gale  Medical  Center  in  Salem,  Va. 

Jeffrey  W.  Taliaferro  '91,  who  completed  a  Ph.D. 

in  government  at  Harvard  University  in  1997,  is  an  as- 
sistant professor  of  political  science  at  Tufts  University. 

Jared  Michael  Wolff '91  is  a  founder  and  vice 
president  of  operations  at  eNutrition.com.  in  Califor- 
nia. He  lives  in  Santa  Monica. 

Matthew  Robert  Carlson  '92  is  a  cofounder  of 
Pangea  Submarine  Systems,  based  in  Washington,  D.C. 

Anne  Dowling  '92  completed  her  first  year  of  law 
school  at  Georgetown  University.  Her  husband,  Derek 
B.  Hess  '92,  is  a  resident  in  ophthalmology  at  the 
Medical  College  of  Virginia.  They  live  in  Richmond. 

Alayna  A.  Gaines  '92  is  the  assistant  business 
editor  at  Golfu-cck,  Sinah  Business,  and  Superintendent 
News  for  Turnstile  Publishing  Co.  She  lives  in 
Orlando,  Fla. 

Scott  William  Hackwelder  BSE.  '92,  who  earned 
his  master  of  civil  engineering  degree  at  Villanova 
University,  is  a  senior  engineer  with  ENPROTEC,  Inc. 
in  Lubbock,  Texas. 


'92  is  an  attorney  : 
the  law  firm  Smith  Helms  Mulliss  &  Moore  in 
Charlotte,  N.C. 


Luke  M.  Babcock  '93  is  a  vice  president  at 
Donaldson  Lufkin  &  Jenrette.  He  and  his  wife,  Allison 
Schrank,  an  interior  designer,  live  in  New  York  City. 

Jacqulynn  Michelle  Broughton  J.D.  '93  is  an 


at  the  Cherry  Hill,  N.J.,  office  of  Schnader 
Harrison  Segal  &  Lewis  in  the  litigation  department. 

Christopher  David  Gergen  '93  founded  an 

educational  technology  company  based  in  Washington, 

D.C. 

Max  Leopold  Kamerman  '93,  who  earned  his 

M.D.  at  Ponce  School  of  Medicine  in  Ponce,  Puerto 

Rico,  in  May  1999,  has  begun  a  residency  in  obstetrics 

and  gynecology  at  George  Washington  University. 

Aaron  Jason  Keith  B.S.E.  '93  is  an  analyst  at 
Andersen  Consulting  in  New  York.  He  lives  in 
Hoboken,  N.J. 

Lonnie  Player  '93,  who  earned  his  law  degree  at 
UNC-Chapel  Hill  in  1998,  is  an  associate  in  the  law 
firm  Beaver  Holt  Richardson  Stemlicht  Burge  6k 
Glazier  in  Fayetteville,  N.C. 

Roxane  Frances  Reardon  J.D.  '93  is  an 
associate  at  the  law  firm  Simpson  Thacher  &  Bartlett 
in  New  York. 

l.B.A.  '94  is  manager  of 
strategy  and  bu 


John  Phillip  Crowder  M.B.A.  94  is  manager  oi 
strategy  and  business  research  at  Eastman  Chemical 
Co.  He  and  his  wife,  Karen  DAnne,  live  in  Kingspor 
Tenn. 

Wyatt  Lyle  Crumpler  M.B.A.  '94  is  manager  of 
airline  profitability  at  American  Airlines.  He  and  his 
wife,  Deborah  Roy  Crumpler  '86,  and  their  two 
daughters  live  in  Dallas,  Texas. 


'94,  who  earned  his  M.D. 
at  New  York  University  School  of  Medicine  in  May, 
has  begun  a  residency  in  internal  medicine  at  Beth 
Israel  Deaconess  Medical  Center  in  Boston. 


LAST  CALL  FOR 
PUKE  DIRECTORY  2000 

The  telephone  verification  phase,  when  you  can  make  final  changes 
to  your  listing  in  the  alumni/ae  directory,  is  almost  complete.  Repre- 
sentatives of  the  publisher,  Bernard  C.  Harris  Publishing  Co.,  Inc.,  have 
just  a  few  more  calls  to  make  before  final  proofreading  begins. 

Since  only  enough  directories  will  be  printed  to  cover  pre-publication 
orders  placed  at  this  time,  please  let  the  Harris  representative  know  if 
you  want  to  purchase  your  own  directory.  This  will  be  your  only  chance 
to  reserve  a  copy  of  Duke  Directory  2000. 

If  for  any  reason  you  have  not  heard  from  our  publisher  by  September 
13,  contact  the  company  directly  at: 

Customer  Service  Department,  Bernard  C.  Harris  Publishing  Co.,  Inc., 

22  Koger  Center,  Norfolk,  VA  23502,  (800)  877-6554 


'94  works  at  Porter  Novelli  in 
Washington,  D.C. 

Christopher  Prosise  B.S.E.  '94,  an  Air  Force 

,  has  joined  the  Information  Security  Service 
Ernst  and  Young. 

L.  Ratliff  '94  was  awarded  the  prestigious 
Oracle  Grant  to  write  a  paper  on  intellectual  property 
protection.  A  graduate  of  Yale  Law  School,  he  is  an 
associate  at  the  law  firm  Farris  Warfield  &  Kanaday  in 
Nashville,  Tenn. 

Alan  Michael  Speert  '94  was  named  a  fellow  of 
the  Casualty  Actuarial  Society.  He  is  director  and 
associate  actuary  at  CIGNA  Corp.  in  Philadelphia. 

Frantz  Edward  Alphonse  '95  is  attending 
Harvard  Business  School. 

Patricia  Bowers  Hudson  '95  is  working  in 
journals  marketing  at  Duke  University  Press. 

Rachel  Kramer '95,  a  Navy  lieutenant  j.g.  based 
in  Hawaii,  completed  a  deployment  in  1998  as  an 
intelligence  officer  for  Carrier  Airwing  Fourteen. 

Jeff  Phillips  MacHarg  '95,  a  Navy  lieutenant  j.g., 
reported  for  duty  at  the  National  Naval  Medical 
Center  in  Bethesda,  Md. 

Rohit  Mehta  '95  is  pursuing  a  certificate  in  interior 
decorating  at  the  Chelsea  School  of  Art  and  Design  in 
London,  beginning  this  fall. 

Amy  llene  Nickell  '95  is  the  publications  director 
at  the  Institute  for  Advanced  Studies  in  Culture  at  the 
University  ofVirginia. 

Jonathan  Craig  Taylor  '95,  who  earned  his  M.D. 
at  the  University  ofVirginia  in  May,  has  begun  a  resi- 
dency in  family  practice  at  the  Ft.  Bragg  Army 
Hospital  in  Fayetteville,  N.C. 

Jonathan  Andrew  Hudson  '96  is  a  software 
engineer  at  Nortel  in  Research  Triangle  Park.  He  lives 
in  Durham. 

Tiffney  Latasha  Marley  M.Div.  '96  is  assistant 
director  of  student  affairs  for  the  M.B.A.  program  at 
Duke's  Fuqua  School  of  Business.  She  is  also  associate 
minister  at  First  Calvary  Baptist  Church  in  Durham. 

Heather  Marie  Wall  '96  is  pursuing  her  M.B.A.  at 
Harvard  Business  School.  She  and  her  husband,  Brent, 
live  in  Cambridge,  Mass. 

Luba  Zakharov  M.T.S.  '96  is  an  archivist  with 
Vulcan  Northwest  Inc.  She  lives  in  Seattle. 

Todd  Hammond  Eveson  '97,  a  third-year  law 
student  at  the  UNC-Chapel  Hill,  was  named  editor- 
in-chief  at  the  UNC  School  of  Law  Banking  Institute 
for  1999-2000. 

Jennifer  Kaye  Bowman  J.D.  '98  is  an  associate 
at  the  Indianapolis  office  of  the  law  firm  Baker  & 
Daniels. 

Jeremy  Lee  Cook  J.D.  '98  is  an  associate  in  the 
Greenville,  S.C.,  office  of  Haynsworth  Marion  McKay 
&  Guerard. 

Brian  Jeffrey  Joe  '98  is  a  data  analyst  at  Instill 
Corp.  He  lives  in  Palo  Alto,  Calif. 

Joel  R.  Lanik'98  is  a  financial  analyst  for  Lloyd  & 
Co.  in  Charlotte,  N.C. 

Richard  V.  Spataro  Jr.  '98,  a  Navy  ensign, 

recently  departed  on  a  six-month  deployment  to  the 

Mediterranean  Sea  aboard  the  guided  missile  cruiser 

USSVeJkGulf. 

Richard  S.  Woods  '98  has  joined  Soles  Brower 

Smith  &  Co.  in  Greensboro  as  a  financial  analyst. 


MARRIAGES:  Julie  Duncan  Nichols '90  t 

Ronn  William  Mercer  on  April  10.  Residence: 


30      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


fm.  . 


DUKE       ALUMNI       ASSOCIATION 

Educational  Aaventim 


Cotes  Du  Rhone  Passage 


SEPTEMBER  7  -  20 

APPROX.   $3,695  PER   PERSON 

Paris,  the  "City  of  Light;"  Cannes,  the 
French  Riviera's  sparkling  jewel;  leg- 
endary Provence;  and  Burgundy,  land  or 
some  or  the  world's  finest  wines;  and  you 
have  a  fahulous  trip  to  France. 

Exotic  India  with  the  Palace  on  Wheels 

OCTOBER  9  -  NOVEMBER  2 
APPROX.  $6,300  PER  PERSON 

Travel  ahoard  the  Palace  on  Wheels  train, 
used  hy  maharajas  to  crisscross  the  desert 
or  Rajastan.    Your  adventures  include 
Moghul  capitals  of  Delhi,  Agra  with  the 
Taj  Mahal,  the  "Pink  City"  of  Jaipur,  and 
National  Park,  home  to  endangered  wildlife. 


NOVEMBER  4-14 

APPROX.  $2,695  PER  PERSON 

Turkey  is  a  country  that  spans  two  conti- 
nents, has  a  history  that  covers  more 
than  10,000  years,  and  offers  endless 
opportunities  to  sample  different  cultures 
in  one  country.    The  tour  hegins  in  the 
imperial  city  of  Istanhul  and  visits 
Cappadocia,  Antalya,  Izmir,  and  their  sur- 
rounding treasures,  including  Ephesus. 


.,.., ........  .~dkwa 

_                     _                          4.             ^rftLgf 

T- 

*  .  -  r- 

..  >'.     ... 

- 

Alumni  Colleges 


Alumni  Colleges  Abroad 


Nature,  God,  and  Art:  Images  of 
Nature  in  American  Art  and  Poetry 

NOVEMBER  5  -  7,  WAYNESVILLE,    NC 
TUITION:   APPROX.  $175  PER   PERSON. 
LODGING/MEALS:   FROM  $240/COUPLE  PER 
DAY. 

Come  explore  the  various  experiences 
of  nature  in  art  hy  delving  into  great 
American  poetry,  music,  and  painting, 
led  hy  popular  Duke  pi-olessor  William  H. 
Willimon,  Dean  of  the  Chapel  and  pro- 
lessor  of  Christian  ministry.  Stay  at  The 
Swag,  a  four-star  mountaintop  inn  called 
"the  Ritz-Carlton  gone  rustic"  hy 
Southern  Living. 


The  Oxford  Experience 


september  5-18 
the  university  of 
Oxford,  England 
$3, 1  so  per  person 

Immerse  yourself  in  cen- 
turies-old traditions  of 
learning  and  community, 
study  in  small  groups  with 
Oxford  faculty,  explore  the 
English  countryside,  and 
visit  fascinating  historic 
landmarks. 

Alumni  College  in  Ireland 


September  22  -  30,  County  Clare,  Ireland 
$2,295  per  person 

From  awe-inspiring  seaside  vistas  to  fasci- 
nating Celtic  histoiy,  discover  a  world  of 
lush  green  hills  and  ancient  monuments. 
Join  Michael  Valdez  Moses  of  Duke's 
English  department  as  you  explore  the  Irish 
countryside  and  discuss  Irish  literature. 


For  detailed  hrochures  on 
these  programs  listed  helow, 
please  return  this  form, 
appropriately  marked,  to  : 

DuUe  Educational  Adventures 

614  Chapel  Drive 

Durham,  NC  27708 

or  fax  to:  (919)684-6022 


Duke  Travel 

Q  Cotes  Du  Rhone  Passage 

□  Exotic  India  with  the  Palace 
on  Wheels 

□  Imperial  Turkey 
Alumni  Colleges 

Q  Nature,  God,  and  Art:  Images  of 

Nature  in  American  Art  and  Poetry 
Alumni  Colleges  Abroad 
Q  The  Oxford  Experience 

□  Alumni  College  in  Ireland 


Woodinville,  Wash.. ..Tracy  Marie  Thomas '90 
to  Christopher  B.  Stone  on  Jan.  2.  Residence: 
Arlington, Va.... Erica  Chalson  DelCore'91  to 
Angelo  DelCore  on  April  17.  Residence:  Hoboken, 
N.J....  Megan  Elizabeth  Daly '92  to  Lloyd  Morris 
Coates  III  on  May  8. ..Melissa  Leigh  Jackson 
'92  to  Leonor  Fresnel  Loree  on  March  27.. .John 
Edgar  Murdock  IV  '92  to  Yalin  Lisa  Ravenstein  on 
Aug.  22.  Residence:  New  York  City...  Luke  M. 
Babcock  '93  to  Allison  Schrank  on  Sept.  19, 1998. 
Residence:  New  York  City.. .Johanna  Kathleen 
Hunston  '93  to  H.  Robert  Bauman  on  May  30, 1998. 
Residence:  N.  Stonington,  Conn....  Roxane  Frances 
Reardon  J.D.  '93  to  Brian  William  Bolster  on  March 
2     Shelton  Moore  '94  to  Teddy  Jones  on  Sept.  5. 
Residence:  Washington,  D.C.Robert  Reid  Bailey 
B.S.E.  '95  to  Elaine  Julia  Thomas  '96  on  May  1. 
Residence:  Atlanta...  Patricia  Bowers  '95  to 
Jonathan  Andrew  Hudson  '96  on  Oct.  10. 
Residence:  Durham... Amy  llene  Nickel  I  '95  to 
Jonathan  Craig  Taylor  '95  on  April  24... 
Jennifer  Maria  Gonzalez  '96  to  Timothy  Carl 
Flicker  on  Feb.  14.  Residence:  Birmingham,  Ala.... 


ON  BEING  PREPARED 


Kelli  Elaine  Knox  '96  t 

II  '97  on  May  1.  Residence:  Cary,  N.C.. 

Marie  Wall  '96  to  Brent  Randhall  Beckham  on  Aug. 

8.  Residence:  Cambridge,  Mass. 


When  it 
comes  to 
worst-case 
scenarios,  Don  Lobo 
Tiggre,  author  of  YZK: 
The  Millennium  Bug,  has 
conjured  a  cataclysm: 
a  meltdown  in  Cuba  of 
a  Soviet-made  atomic 
reactor,  uncontrollable 
missile  attacks  that 
destroy  world  leader- 
ship— even  a  dooms- 
day device  we  know  it. 
And  it's  all  because  of 
that  Year  2000  com- 
puter  oversight  plagu- 
ing us  almost  daily  at 
every  media  turn. 

Lobo,  a  nom  de  plume 
adopted  by  Louis  A. 
Pelerin  '87,  lives  in 
Wyoming  with  his  part- 
ner, "the  infamous  In- 
ternet freedom  activist 
Sunni  Maravillosa,"  as 
the  biography  on  his 
publisher's  website  in- 
forms. In  addition  to 
home-schooling  his 
three  sons,  he  is  a  skier, 
hiker,  target  shooter, 
and  cook.  He  is  also 
founder  of  a  "pro-free- 
dom" organization, 
Liberty  Round  Table 
(www.lrt.org). 

He  has  written  under 
various  pen  names  on 
subjects  ranging  from 
tax  policy  to  congres- 
sional voting  records. 
This  first  novel,  Y2K, 
self-published  by  Xlibris 
(www.xlibris.  com),  is 
science  fiction.  In  an 
Internet  interview,  he 
calls  Robert  Heinlein 


Colorado.  Financial 
adviser  Michel  Gerard 
loses  his  girlfriend  to 
urban  renegades 
before  fleeing  New 
York  for  Colorado  in 


BIRTHS:  First  child  and  daughte 
McLaughlin  Brown  '90  and  Brian  Brown  on  Oct. 
26.  Named  Madeline  Marie.. .A  son  to  Amy  Vernon 
de  la  Cruz-Munoz  '90  and  Nestor  de  la 
Cruz-Munoz  '90  on  Feb.  3.  Named  Christian 
Gabriel. .First  child  and  son  to  Carolyn  Choate 
Nelson  B.S.E.  '90  and  Craig  Nelson  on  Jan.  1.  Named 
Colby  Nicholas.. .First  child  and  son  to  Melissa 
Home  Trimble  '90  and  Edward  Loring 
Trimble  B.S.E.  '90  on  March  25.  Named  William 
Home. ..First  child  and  daughter  to  Amy  Snod- 
grass  Genender  '91  and  David  Genender  on  Feb. 
15.  Named  Hannah  Leigh.. .First  child  and  son  to 
Timothy  Nugent  B.S.E.  '91  and  Amanda  Tuttle 
Nugent  on  May  5.  Named  Thomas  Richard...  A 
daughter  to  Kristine  Eardensohn  Stelter 
M.S.  '92,  A.H.Cert.  '92  and  Pete  Stelter  on  March  8. 
Named  Gretchen  Hannah.. Twin  sons  to  Amy 


msssmm 


"the  Grand  Master 
himself,"  and  the  writ- 
er who  inspired  him 
most.  Other  influencial 
authors  include  J.R.R. 
Tolkein,  Ayn  Rand, 
T.H.  White,  Smith 
(Adam,  L.  Neil,  and 
E.E.  "Doc"),  Thomas 
Jefferson,  and  Henry 
David  Thoreau. 

"They  have  shaped 
my  mind,"  Lobo  says. 
"In  a  real  way,  I  regard 
them  all  as  parents; 
their  ideas  have  pro- 
foundly influenced 
my  own,  and  my  ideas 
make  me  who  I  am 
more  than  anything 
else." 

The  millennium  bug 
is  just  a  jumping-off 
point  for  this  novel, 
which  is  rich  in  a 
range  of  characters. 
Merlyn  T'bawa  and 
Anne  Wu  arm  their 
ranch  in  northwest 
Colorado  to  protect 
themselves  and  like- 


an  armored  vehicle, 
and  picks  up  a  man- 
hating  exotic  dancer 
along  the  way.  These 
and  others  converge 
for  a  suspense-filled 


Will  the  Y2K  glitch 
have  such  a  disastrous 
effect? 

"This  may  seem  odd 
coming  from  a  person 
who  has  researched 
the  problem  and  writ- 
ten a  book  on  the  sub- 
ject, but  I  really  don't 
have  an  opinion,"  he 
says.  "I'm  not  a  com- 
puter expert.  The  ex- 
perts I've  asked  range 
in  opinion  from  believ- 
ing the  apocalypse  is 
coming  to  believing 
that  it  will  just  be  a 


becoming  allies  with 
the  new  state  of 
Deseret  (formally 
Utah)  and  its  private 
air  force.  Angel,  a 
Latino  gang  leader  in 
Los  Angeles  whose 
makeshift  army  attacks 
Disneyland,  heads  for 


for  a  few  people." 

Yet  Lobo,  who  lives 
in  the  Rockies  some- 
where between  Yellow- 
stone and  the  Grand 
Tetons  to  the  north  and 
Arches  and  die  Grand 
Canyon  to  the  south, 
offers  some  survivalist- 
like  advice:  "Personally, 
I  don't  see  how  it  would 
hurt,  even  if  nothing 
really  bad  happened, 
to  buy  some  gold 
coins,  extra 


an  electric  generator." 
His  book,  and  per- 
haps his  way  of  living, 
are  about  becoming 
more  self-reliant  It 
deals  a  lot  with  Latter 
Day  Saints.  "I  am  not  a 
Mormon,  and  I'm  not 
trying  to  push  that  reli- 
gion," he  notes,  "but 
Mormons  are  well- 
known  for  their  ethic 
of  self-reliance  and 
their  tendency  to  be 
prepared  for  disasters. 
So  when  I  was  thinking 
about  showing  what 
happened  to  people 
who  were  prepared — 
not  just  the  disasters 
that  befell  those  who 
weren't — the  Mormons 
were  the  first  group 
that  came  to  mind." 
What  were  his  in- 
tentions in  paving  this 
fictional  Y2K  road  to 
hell?  "By  telling  a  story 
that  is  really  about 
how  different  people 


hope  to  have  created 
something  that  will  be 
interesting  and  of  last- 
ing value,  even  if  the 
millennium  bug  turns 
out  to  be  no  big  deal." 


Stoakley  Sebring  '93  and  Roy  Sebring  on  Jan.  11. 
Named  Joshua  David  and  Nathaniel  Ryan. ..Twins 
and  first  daughters  to  Wyatt  Lyle  Crumpler 
M.B.A.  '94  and  Deborah  Roy  Crumpler '86. 
Named  Nicole  Roy  and  Erin  Cloyes... First  child 
and  son  to  Scott  Edwin  Wolle  M.B.A.  '98  and 
Victoria  Callaway  Wolle  88  on  Oct.  25.  Named 
Alexander  Clayton. 


DEATHS 


L.  Wyche  J.D.  '28  of  Richmond,  Va. 

Rufus  W.  Reynolds '30,  LL.B.  '33  of  Greensboro, 
N.C.,  on  Oct.  30.  He  served  four  years  in  the  Judge 
Advocate  General  Corps  during  World  War  II.  In  1946 
he  was  appointed  Referee  in  Bankruptcy,  where  he 
served  until  1972  when  the  Bankruptcy  Court  was 
created.  He  was  bankruptcy  judge  for  the  middle 
district  of  North  Carolina  until  retiring  in  1988.  He 
was  called  out  of  retirement  to  serve  as  judge  in  the 
case  involving  Jim  and  Tammy  Faye  Bakker.  At  80,  he 
was  the  oldest  active  bankruptcy  judge  in  the  United 
States.  He  was  also  admitted  to  practice  in  the  U.S. 
Supreme  Court.  He  was  a  past  president  of  the  Duke 
alumni  club  in  Greensboro.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife, 
Louise,  two  children,  and  two  grandchildren. 

James  Harris  Ligon  '31  of  Wrightsville  Beach, 
N.C.,  on  Oct.  4. 

Russell  A.  Williams  '31  of  Sanford,  N.C.,  in  Feb. 
1997. 

Lonnie  Judd  Betts  '32  of  Fuquay-Varina,  N.C., 
on  Nov.  12.  He  is  survived  by  a  son,  Leonidas 
Judd  Betts  Jr.  M.Ed.  '62,  D.Ed.  '66. 


ler  '32  of  Durham  in  January. 
He  was  a  past  director  of  Liggett  &  Myers  Tobacco 
Co.  and  past  president  of  Gary  Tobacco  Co.  He  was  an 
Iron  Duke  and  a  member  of  the  Blue  Devil  Club.  He 
was  a  member  and  former  director  of  Hope  Valley 
Country  Club,  a  past  president  and  director  of  the 
Durham  YMCA,  and  a  past  director  of  Better  Health 
of  Durham.  He  is  survived  by  three  children,  six 
grandchildren,  and  two  great-grandchildren. 


T.  Miller  '32,  Ph.D.  '35  on  Nov.  15.  He 
was  a  chemistry  professor  at  Cornell  University  until 
retiring  in  1977.  Internationally  recognized  as  an 
expert  in  organofluorine  chemistry,  he  was  recruited 
for  the  Manhattan  Project.  The  American  Chemistry 
Society  honored  him  for  his  research  in  fluorine 
chemistry.  He  was  a  member  of  Britain's  Royal 
Society  of  Chemistry  and,  in  1986,  was  awarded  the 
Moissan  Centenary  Medal  in  Paris.  He  is  survived 
by  his  wife,  Betty,  a  brother,  and  a  nephew,  Robert 
L.  Miller  Jr.  70 

Dale  Herbert  Adams  '33  of  Washington,  Pa.,  on 
Dec.  27, 1996.  He  had  retired  as  a  metallurgist  at  U.S. 
Steel.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Elizabeth,  two  sons, 
and  a  daughter. 


'33ofWarrenton,N.C.,on 
Nov.  11.  The  retired  executive  vice  president  of  the 
Citizens  Bank  in  Warrenton  served  for  many  years  as 
secretary-treasurer  of  the  Warrenton  Railroad.  He 
was  a  member  of  the  Lions  Club,  where  he  served  as 
president,  zone  chairman,  and  deputy  district  gover- 
nor. He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Annette;  a  daughter, 
Harriet  Daniel  Banzet'62;  and  a  son,  John  H. 
Daniel  Jr.  '62,  M.F.  '63. 

Alexander  K.  Powers  '33  in  June  1993. 

George  Z.  Stuhl  '33  on  March  8, 1998.  He  was  a 
district  court  judge  in  Fayetteville,  N.C.  He  is  survived 
by  a  daughter,  Judith. 


32      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


Jr.  '33  on  Nov.  14. 

;  Vincent  Bernardo  '34  of  Southern 
Pines,  N.C.,  on  May  10, 1996.  He  taught  at  Bragtown 
High  School  in  Durham  and  later  at  Plainville  High 
School  in  Connecticut,  where  he  taught  science  and 
math,  was  athletics  director,  and  later  principal.  He 
also  operated  a  dental  laboratory.  A  pilot,  he  and  his 
students  developed  the  first  working  smoke  windtun- 
nel  to  be  used  in  a  high  school  curriculum.  He  later 
worked  for  NASA  during  its  early  space  programs. 
The  recipient  of  the  Brewer  Trophy  for  his  aviation 
accomplishments,  he  appeared  in  Wio's  Who  as  the 
"dean  of  air  age  education."  He  is  survived  by  his  wife, 
Pauline,  two  daughters,  a  son,  and  four  grandchildren. 


I  R.  Jefferies  '34  of  Gaffney,  S.C.,  on 
Sept.  21.  After  World  War  II,  he  was  a  fl 
He  chaired  the  Cherokee  County  Airport  Commission 
and  was  a  member  of  the  State  Airport  Board.  He  is 
survived  by  his  wife,  Stella,  a  sister,  five  nieces,  and 
five  nephews. 

Arlene  Shaw  Vickers  '34  of  Durham,  on  Jan.  2. 
After  retiring  from  Robbins  clothing  store,  she  worked 
in  advertising  for  the  Duke  Children's  Classic  for 
many  years. 

John  Francis  Bullock  Wat  kins  '34  of 
Lakeland,  Fla.,  on  May  23, 1998.  During  World  War  II, 
he  served  in  the  Air  Force  in  the  Airways  and  Air 
Communications  Service.  In  1955,  he  began  working 
at  Agrico  Chemical  until  retiring  in  1975.  He  is  sur- 
vived by  his  wife,  Grace,  a  daughter,  a  brother,  and 
two  grandchildren. 

Robert  M.  Keown  '35  of  Stone  Harbor,  N.J.,  on 
May  2, 1997. 


:  P.  Losee  '35  of  Gulf  Stream,  Fla.,  on 
Dec.  3.  He  worked  with  the  advertising  firm  McCann 
Erickson  for  37  years,  retiring  as  executive  vice  presi- 
dent. He  also  was  director  of  communications  for 
every  gubernatorial  run — and  for  two  presidential 
runs — waged  by  Nelson  Rockefeller.  At  Duke,  he  was 
a  varsity  swimmer,  earning  All-Southern  Conference 
honors.  He  is  survived  by  his  twin  brother,  Wilmot 
Losee  '35;  three  sons,  including  Thomas  P. 
Losee  Jr.  '63  and  Alan  W.  Losee  '66;  and  six 
grandchildren,  including  Thomas  P.  Losee  III  '88. 


;  H.  Pudenz  M.D.  '35  of  South  Pasadena, 
Calif,  on  July  29.  He  was  an  internationally  recognized 
neurosurgeon  who  developed  a  cerebrospinal  fluid 
shunt  to  treat  hydrocephalus,  excess  fluid  in  the  brain. 
He  served  in  the  Navy  Medical  Corps  and  the  Navy 
Medical  Research  Institute  before  entering  private 
practice  in  1946.  He  was  chief  of  staff  at  Huntington 
Memorial  Hospital,  where  he  pioneered  his  shunt. 
His  invention  served  over  100,000  patients  around  the 
world  every  year.  He  was  honored  by  the  California 
Association  of  Neurological  Surgeons  with  its  Byron 
Cone  Pevehouse  Distinguished  Service  Award.  He  is 
survived  by  his  wife,  Rita,  two  daughters,  and  four 
grandchildren: 


Irons  Ph.D.  '36  of  Birmingham, 
Ala.,  on  July  21, 1998.  He  was  a  Duke  faculty  assistant 
from  1931  to  1933.  During  World  War  II,  he  was  an 
Army  lieutenant  colonel.  He  was  named  Distinguished 
Professor  of  History  and  Political  Science,  emeritus,  at 
Samford  University  for  his  43  years  of  teaching.  He 
chaired  the  history  and  political  science  department 
for  25  years.  For  his  various  track  records  while  an 
undergraduate  at  the  University  of  Alabama,  he  was 
inducted  into  the  Alabama  Sports  Hall  of  Fame  in  1978, 
its  first  track  and  distance  athlete.  For  his  service  in 
the  Army,  he  recen  eu  lull  military  honors,  including  a 
21-gun  salute.  He  was  also  eulogized  in  a  special  tribute 
before  the  U.S.  Senate.  He  is  survived  by  two  sons. 

is '36  of  Hudson,  N.Y. 


Lee  Anderson  '37,  Ph.D.  '40  of  Memphis, 
Tenn.,  on  Aug.  4, 1998.  She  was  an  assistant  professor 
of  English  at  the  University  of  Memphis.  She  was  also 
a  librarian  and  medical  editor  at  the  Campbell 
Foundation.  She  is  survived  by  a  brother  and  three 
nieces,  including  Marjorie  A.  Pipkin  '66  and 
Virginia  A.  Oursland  B.S.N.  '69. 

lis  Bagby  Jr.  A.M.  '37  of  Knoxville, 


Charles  R.  Neuburger'37  of  Maplewood,  N.J.,  in 

January  1996. 

Virginia  Jones  Harper  '38  of  Vancouver,  Canada, 
on  March  7, 1998. 

Thomas  J.  Byrum  B.S.E.  '39  of  Durham,  on 
Oct.  31.  He  was  a  retired  manager  of  distribution  engi- 
neering for  the  Carolina  Power  and  Light  Co.  He  is 
survived  by  his  wife,  Louise,  two  sons,  and  a  daughter, 
Elizabeth  Byrum  Linnartz  '78. 

Dorothy  Sawyer  Inglis  '39  of  Ft.  Lauderdale,  Fla., 
on  Nov.  19.  She  is  survived  by  a  daughter  and  a  son. 


L.  Bloodgood  '40  of  Malvern,  Pa.,  on 
Jan.  16, 1996. 

John  Jake  Godbold  Sr.  A.M.  '40  of  Rock  Hill, 
S.C.,  in  February  1996. 

John  W.  Knowles  '40  of  Leesburg,  Fla.,  on  Nov.  29. 


Schanher  R.N.  '40  of 
Springfield,  Ohio,  on  Aug.  13.  After  earning  a  degree 
in  public  health  at  Peabody  Institute  in  Nashville, 
Tenn.,  she  joined  the  Duke  Unit,  65th  General 
Hospital,  and  served  for  two  years  in  England  as  a 
second  and  first  lieutenant  during  World  War  II.  She 
is  survived  by  her  husband,  Paul  W.  Schanher  Jr. 
'35,  M.D.  '39;  three  children;  and  six  grandchildren. 


Willard  Bruce  Dunn  M.E  '41  on  Oct.  9, 1997. 
During  World  War  II,  he  was  a  captain  in  the  Army 
Air  Corps  in  the  Pacific  Theater.  From  1947  to  1964, 
he  and  his  brother  operated  a  lumbet  business,  Dunn 
Brothers.  He  then  owned  and  operated  WB.  Dunn 
Lumber  Co.  until  1994-  He  is  survived  by  his  wife, 
Evelyn,  two  daughters,  a  son,  and  four  grandchildren. 

Gordon  Campbell  Macleod  '41  of  Miami  Beach, 
Fla.,  on  Nov.  14-  During  World  War  II,  he  was  a  Navy 
lieutenant  commander  aboard  die  (.  SS  Fessenden  in 
the  Pacific.  He  began  as  a  bank  teller  at  Miami  Beach 
First  National  Bank,  became  a  trust  officer,  and,  by 
1973,  was  named  president  and  later  chairman  and 
CEO.  He  was  a  president  of  the  Dade  County  Bankers 
Association  and  director  of  the  Miami-Dade  County' 
chapter  of  the  American  Red  Cross.  He  is  survived  by 
his  wife,  Patricia;  daughter  Connie  Macleod 
Bischoff  '68  and  son-in-law  Douglas  Bischoff 
'66;  and  granddaughter  Jenny  Bischoff  '96. 

Ellen  Rasor  Wylie  '42  of  Greenville,  S.C. 

Joanne  Stephens  Vennema  '43  of  Holland, 
Mich.,  on  Jan.  2.  After  earning  her  B.S.  at  the  University 
of  Southern  California,  she  taught  for  several  years. 
She  is  survived  by  her  husband,  John  Vennema  Jr. 

'41;  three  children;  and  10  grandchildren  . 

Joe  H.  Walker  '43  of  Longwood,  Fla.  on  May  29, 
1996.  He  served  in  the  Air  Force  during  World  War  II. 
A  savings  and  loan  executive,  he  was  also  a  trustee 
of  Sierra  Club  International,  a  founder  of  the 
Catholic  Study  Center  of  Longwood,  Fla.,  and  a 
former  councilman  for  Miami  Shores,  Fla.  He  is  sur- 
vived by  his  wife,  Dorothy,  two  daughters,  three  sons, 
a  brother,  and  12  grandchildren. 

Martha  House  Cobb  B.S.N.  '44  of  Lumber  Ridge, 

N.C.,  on  Jan.  16.  She  is  survived  bv  two  daughters,  a 
son,  and  five  grandchildren. 


For  a  Healthier 
Mind  and  Body. 

As  you  plan  your  next  trip,  treat  yourself  to  a  healthy 
experience  with  all  the  amenities  of  a  medical  spa. 

The  Duke  Diet  and  Fitness  Center  with  its  two  campuses 
has  programs  in  weight  management,  cardiac  disease  and 
diabetes.  These  programs  offer: 

•  Lifestyle  Education    •  Amenities  such  as  massage,  yoga, 

•  Medical  Education       personal  training  and  tai  chi 
All  available  from  one  of  the  most  respected  medical 

institutions  in  the  world. 

1 1||||  Duke  Diet  and  Fitness  Center 

mP  A  SERVICE  OF  DUKE  UNIVERSITY  HEALTH  SYSTEM 


July-August  1999        33 


WorthTheTrip 


Uptown  Dining 

Downtown  Carrboro 

* 

"TOP  TEN  RESTAURANT 
IN  THE  TRIANGLE" 

Raleigh  News  &  Observer 
• 

110  East  Main  Street 
919.929.ACME 


DATE 

Someone  Who  Knows 
That 

Pas  De  Deux 

Is  Not  The  Father  of  Twins 

Meet  Fellow 
Graduates  and  Faculty  of 

DUKE, 
The  Ivies,  Seven  Sisters, 
Stanford,  MIT,  Caltech, 

UC  Berkeley, 

U  of  Chicago,  Medical 

Schools  and  a  few  others 


THE 

RIGHT 

STUFF 

An  Introduction  Nekctt 
www.rightstuffdating.com 

800-988-5288 

More  Than  2600  Members! 


'44  of  Vacaville,  Calif.,  on  June 
17, 1998. 

Douglas  McNair  Russell  '44  of  Milton,  Fla.,  on 
Dec.  4, 1995.  He  served  in  the  Marine  Corps  before 
earning  a  degree  in  accounting  and  economics  at  the 
University  of  South  Carolina.  He  worked  for  Goodyear 
Tire  and  Rubber  Co.  as  a  field  representative  before 
opening  Russell  Tire  Co.  in  Milton,  S.C.,  which  he 
managed  for  30  years.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife, 
Earlene,  four  daughters,  six  grandsons,  and  a  brother. 

Spero  Pete  Dorton  '45  of  Chapel  Hill,  on  Dec. 
10.  He  was  the  owner  of  the  Goody  Shop  in  Durham 
until  he  left  to  work  at  Prudential  Carolinas  Realty  for 
18  years.  He  is  survived  by  his  companion,  Jackie;  a 
brother,  John  P.  Dorton  '50;  four  nieces,  and  a 
nephew. 

James  Thomas  Dunne  '45  of  Red  Bank,  N.J., 
in  1997. 


.D.  '45  of  Birmingham,  Ala.,  on 
Dec.  4-  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Sue. 

Ruth  Kansteiner  Way '45  of  Cleveland  Heights, 
Ohio,  on  Oct.17,  of  ovarian  cancer.  She  is  survived  by 
a  sisrer,  Joan  Kansteiner  Berthoud  '49;  three 
daughters;  and  eight  grandchildren. 

Evelyn  Woody  Crutchfield  Garrison  M.Ed. 
'46  of  Winston-Salem,  N.C.,  on  Aug.  18, 1996.  She 
taught  English  and  led  forensic  teams  in  several  North 
Carolina  high  schools.  Her  service  and  success  in 
forensic  competition  earned  her  the  Diamond  Key 
Award  from  the  National  Forensic  League  in  1975. 
She  was  often  recognized  at  her  schools  with  various 
Teacher  of  the  Year  awards.  She  was  a  deacon  to  the 
First  Baptist  Church  in  Winston-Salem.  She  is  sur- 
vived by  a  son,  a  sister,  and  five  grandchildren. 

Herbert  George  Kurz  '46  of  New  Orleans,  on 
Aug.  27, 1998.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Jane. 

Herbert  W.  Small  III  B.S.M.E.  '47  of  Charlotte,  N.C. 

Otis  Decatur  Kirkland  Jr. '48  of  Charlotte,  N.C, 
on  Jan.  15.  He  served  in  the  Air  Force  during  World 
War  II.  He  worked  for  Swift  and  Co.  for  39  years  until 
retiring  in  1985  as  regional  sales  manager.  He  is  sur- 
vived by  his  wife,  Zenith,  and  a  son. 


>ne  B.D.  '48  of  Norfolk,  Va.,  on 
Oct.  6.  A  United  Methodist  Church  minister,  he  re- 
tired after  25  years  to  become  a  stockbroker  with  the 
Investment  Corp.  of  Virginia.  He  later  became  owner 
and  operator  of  Dunstan  Tax  Service  until  retiring  in 
1989.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Nancy,  and  a  daughter. 

Cullen  Caswell  Zimmerman  Jr.  '48,  A.M.  '68 
of  Kinston,  N.C,  on  Nov.  27, 1997.  He  served  in  the 
Marine  Corps,  retiring  in  1968  as  a  lieutenant  colonel. 
He  served  in  both  the  Korean  and  Vietnam  wars.  From 
1970  to  1991,  he  taught  history  at  Lenoir  Community 
College.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Carmena,  and 
three  children:  Cullen  C.  Zimmerman  III  '81, 
Carta  Zimmerman  Tobias  '83,  and  Clayton 
Lawrence  Zimmerman  '84. 

Nancy  Bloom  Canfield  '49  of  Emmaus,  Pa.,  on 
Oct.  31.  She  is  survived  by  three  children  and  four 
grandchildren. 

Ann  Cato  Greene '49  of  Charlotte,  N.C. 


S.  Forbes  '49  of  Charlotte,  N.C,  on  Aug. 
19.  He  was  an  agent  with  the  IRS  for  32  years.  He  is 
survived  by  his  wife,  Evelyn,  two  sons,  a  step-grandson, 
a  sister,  and  a  brother. 

William  E.  Nelson  '49  of  Arlington,  Va.,  on  Jan.  1. 
During  World  War  II,  he  was  a  Navy  carrier  pilot  in 
the  Pacific.  He  worked  for  the  Navy  Department  for 
25  years  until  retiring  in  1982  as  a  contracting  officer 
with  the  Naval  Sea  Systems  Command.  He  is  survived 


by  his  wife,  Margaret. 

Henry  J.  Pierce  '49  of  Charlotte,  N.C,  on  May  19, 

1998. 

Joseph  H.  Hogan '50  of  Hillsborough,  N.C,  on 

Jan.  11. 


II  M.Ed.  '50  of  Charlotte,  N.C, 
in  April  1996. 

Robert  K.  Bush  '51  of  Ormond  Beach,  Fla.,  on 
Feb.  2, 1998.  During  the  Korean  War,  he  served  in 
the  Air  Force.  He  was  district  sales  manager  for 
Conversion  Systems  Inc.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife, 
Marjorie  Arthur  Bush  '52;  a  son;  a  daughter; 
and  five  grandchildren. 

Wendell  Pullen  '51  of  Cary,  N.C,  on  Jan.  18.  A 
Marine  captain,  he  received  combat  decorations 
during  the  Korean  War.  He  was  computer  applications 
manager  with  General  Electric  and  United  Tech- 
nologies and  with  Travelers  until  retiring  in  1994.  He 
is  survived  by  his  wife,  Janet,  three  children,  and  five 
grandchildren. 

William  Ogden  Joyce  '52  on  Sept.  3, 1998.  He  is 
survived  by  his  wife,  Kathleen. 
Carl  Gailen  France  M.Div.  '53  of  Akron,  Ohio, 
on  Nov.  12, 1997.  A  retired  Disciples  of  Christ  minister, 
he  was  the  first  minister  to  Lakeside  Christian  Church, 
from  1954  to  1960.  He  was  also  gathering  minister  for 
Gayton  Road  Christian  Church.  He  was  a  volunteet 
chaplain  at  Columbia  Henrico  Doctors'  Hospital  for  10 
years.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Dorothy,  a  daughter, 
and  two  brothers. 


Bain  Alexander  Jr.  '59  of  Marco 
Island,  Fla.,  on  June  16, 1998,  of  cancer.  He  is  survived 
by  his  wife,  Nancy. 

John'  Newell  Kidder  Ph.D.  '60  of  Palatka,  Fla., 
on  Nov.  21.  He  went  to  Yale  for  two  years  as  an  Air 
Force  postdoctoral  research  associate.  In  1962,  he 
began  teaching  at  Dartmouth  College,  where  he 
chaired  the  physics  and  astronomy  department  from 
1983  to  1990. 

Marion  Savage  Speaks  '61  on  Dec  21, 1997. 
She  was  a  teacher  for  30  years  in  Putnam  County,  Fla. 
She  is  survived  by  her  husband,  Milton,  a  son,  and  a 


;AM.'61ofFredricks- 
burg,  Va.,  on  Nov.  25.  She  is  survived  by  her  husband, 
William  Conrad  Pinschmidt  Jr.  Ph.D.  63. 
Hampton  Joel  Rector  B.D  '63,  Ph.D  '75  of 
Midway,  W.  Va.,  on  Jan.  3, 1997.  He  served  various 
congregations  in  Virginia  as  a  United  Methodist  minis- 
ter. He  was  the  speechwriter  for  Sen.  Robert  C  Byrd 
before  becoming  a  professor  at  Bluefield  College.  He 
is  survived  by  a  brother. 

Phillippe  R.  Falkenberg  Ph.D.  '70  of  Winston- 
Salem,  N.C,  in  June  1998.  He  was  professor  of  psychol- 
ogy at  Wake  Forest  University  from  1969  until  retiring 
in  1987.  The  perception  lab  in  the  new  psychology 
building  at  Wake  Forest  was  named  in  his  honor. 
Katherine  L.  Burnham  B.H.S.  '78  of  Oregon 
City,  Ore.,  on  Nov.  20.  She  is  survived  by  her  husband, 
Edwin,  and  two  children. 

Maureen  E.  Mcvlcker  AH.  Cert.  '79  of  Seattle, 
in  1997. 

Edwin  Ruthwin  Butler  Jr.  '81  of  New  York  City 
in  1991. 

Stephanie  Davis  Eubanks'92  of  Herndon.Va., 
on  Nov.  30,  from  injuries  sustained  in  an  automobile 
accident.  She  earned  her  master's  in  foreign  policy 
at  American  University  in  Washington,  DC,  and  was 
a  defense  policy  analyst  with  SAIC  She  is  survived  by 
her  parents  and  a  sister. 
Thomas  H.  "Todd"  Eubanks  III  92  of  Hemdon, 


34      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


Va.,  on  Nov.  30,  from  injuries  sustained  in  an  automobile 
accident.  At  Duke,  he  was  a  member  of  Chi  Psi 
fraternity.  He  worked  at  Seneca  Support  Technologies. 
He  is  survived  by  his  parents  and  two  brothers. 

Mark  Randall  Blanchard  M.T.S.  95TH  M.  '96 
of  Virginia  Beach,  on  Jan.  13.  He  earned  his  J.D.  in 
May  1998  at  N.C.  Central  University's  law  school 
and  was  a  May  1999  master  of  theology  candidate  at 
Duke's  divinity  school.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife, 
Marjorie  Carpenter  Blanchard  A.H.C.  '95, 


M.T.S.  '96;  and  two  brothe 


Edwin  C.  Bryson,  a  former  university  counsel,  vice 
president,  and  law  professor  at  Duke,  died  April  20  in 
Durham  after  a  short  illness.  He  was  93. 

After  completing  three  years  at  the  University  of 
North  Carolina  at  Chapel  Hill  and  a  year  of  classes  at 
its  law  school,  Bryson  passed  the  state  bar  examination 
in  1927  and  opened  a  law  practice  with  his  brother  in 
his  native  Bryson  City,  North  Carolina.  He  was  elected 


A  (ftifaritabk 
Anturitg: 

®1jb  CStft 
®i?at  PaQB 

In  exchange  for  a  gift  of 
$10,000  or  more,  Duke  can 
offer  you  (or  you  and  your 
spouse)  a  fixed  annual 
income  for  life. 

Your  age  (and  that  of  your 
spouse),  your  financial 
needs,  and  current  interest 
rates  determine  the  annuity 
rate  Duke  can  offer. 


Some  Sample  Rates 

Your  Age 
60 

70 

75 

Annuity 
6.5% 

7.5% 
8.0% 

Your  Ages 

Annuity 

70/68 
75/73 

6.5% 
7.0% 

Annuity  rates  are  subject  to 
change.   Once  your  gift  is  made, 
the  annuity  rate  remains  fixed. 


Please  allow  us  to  send  you 
a  proposal  by  contacting: 

Duke  University 

Office  of  Planned  Giving 

Box  90606 

2127  Campus  Drive 

Durham,  NC  27708-0606 

919-681-0464  (Phone) 
919-684-9731  (Fax) 

planned.giving@dev.duke.edu  (Email) 
www.dukecomm.duke.edu  (Web) 


July-August  1999        35 


of  the  law  school's  legal  clinic.  While  serving  as  staff 
attorney,  he  took  classes  at  Duke's  law  school  before 
taking  a  leave  of  absence  in  1936  to  enter  the 
University  of  Oregon's  law  school,  where  he  received 
his  LL.B.  in  1937.  He  then  returned  to  his  job  at  Duke. 
In  1947,  when  his  father,  Judge  Thaddeus  D.  Bryson, 
stepped  down  as  Duke's  attorney,  the  younger  Bryson 
succeeded  him.  In  1962,  the  position  was  restructured 
as  vice  president  and  general  counsel  for  the  university. 

Bryson  began  teaching  at  the  law  school  in  1954 
and,  because  of  his  interests,  was  named  professor  of 
legal  medicine  in  1960.  He  chaired  the  committee 
involved  in  the  planning  and  construction  of  the  law 
school  building,  which  was  dedicated  in  1962.  He  was 
vice  president  in  1964  and  president  in  1965  of  the 
National  Association  of  College  and  University 
Attorneys.  From  1961  to  1965,  he  chaired  the  North 
Carolina  Statutes  Commission. 

After  retiring  from  Duke  in  1971,  he  was  appointed 
by  the  U.S.  District  Court  for  the  Middle  District  of 
North  Carolina  as  chairman  of  the  Federal  Land 
Commission  to  hear  cases  involving  the  land  lying 
within  the  borders  of  the  B.  Everett  Jordan  and  the 
Falls  of  the  Neuse  dams  and  reservoirs. 

He  is  survived  by  a  daughter,  Mary  Bryson 
Dickinson  '54;  sons  E.C.  Bryson  Jr.  '58  and 
Daniel  R.  Bryson  '63;  four  sisters,  including 
Kathleen  Bryson  Moore  '35;  nine  grandchildren; 
and  12  great-grandchildren. 

Vice  President  Putman 

Charles  E.  Putman,  a  physician,  senior  vice  president 
for  research  administration  and  policy,  and  an  adviser 
to  three  Duke  presidents,  died  May  10  of  an  apparent 
heart  attack.  He  was  57. 

Putman  earned  his  bachelor's  at  the  University  of 
Texas  at  Austin  and  his  M.D.  at  Texas's  medical 
school  in  Galveston.  He  came  to  Duke  in  1977  from 
Yale's  medical  school  to  chair  radiology  at  Duke  dur- 
ing Terry  Sanford's  presidency.  Putman  was  named 
James  B.  Duke  Professor  of  Radiology  and  professor  of 
medicine  in  1983. 

In  1985,  he  became  vice  chancellor  for  health 
affairs  and  vice  provost.  In  1986,  he  was  named  medi- 
cal school  dean,  but  relinquished  that  post  the  next 
year  to  devote  more  time  to  enhance  the  university's 
research  programs.  In  1989,  he  was  named  vice  presi- 
dent for  research  administration  and  policy.  In  1990, 
Duke  president  H.  Keith  H.  Brodie  appointed  him 
executive  vice  president  for  administration,  the  uni- 
versity's senior  financial  officer.  During  that  time,  he 
oversaw  development  of  the  $80-million  Levine 
Science  Research  Center,  a  major  interdisciplinary 
laboratory  center  that  is  now  Duke's  centerpiece  in 
research  and  teaching  in  the  sciences.  In  1995,  Duke 
president  Nannerl  O.  Keohane  named  him  a  senior 
vice  president. 

Putman  held  several  leadership  positions  within 
the  Research  Triangle  Park.  He  was  chairman  of  the 
board  of  MCNC,  a  nonprofit  corporation  that 
develops  electronic  technologies,  and  was  a  director 
and  former  vice  chairman  of  the  North  Carolina 
Biotechnology  Center.  He  was  a  trustee  of  the 
Triangle  Universities  Center  for  Advanced  Studies,  a 
governor  of  the  Research  Triangle  Institute,  and  a 
director  of  North  Carolina  Alliance  for  Competitive 
Technologies. 

He  received  many  honors,  including  the  Gold 
Medal  in  1991  from  the  Association  of  University 
Radiologists  and  the  Duke  Distinguished  Faculty 
Award  in  1996.  He  was  awarded  North  Carolina's 
Order  of  the  Long  Leaf  Pine  twice,  by  Governor  Jim 
Martin  in  1992  and  by  Governor  Jim  Hunt  in  1998, 
for  his  contributions  to  the  state. 

He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Mary;  three  children, 
including  Shannon  Putman  M.D.  '96;  and  two 
grandchildren.  An  endowment  in  his  name  has  been 
established  at  Duke. 


CLASSIFIEDS 


FOR  SALE 


N.C.  MOUNTAINS 
Lake  Lure  Area 

THREE  CREEKS.. .an  unparalleled  community. 

Only  eighteen  three-acre  homesites  are  being 

developed,  none  contiguous  with  another, 

within  270  acres  of  conserved  land. 

This  surrounding  nature  preserve  is  deeded  to  the 

owners — to  be  enjoyed  by  all.  Abundant  water 

sources,  prominent  waterfalls,  meadows,  forest, 

swim  pond,  trails,  and  library  cabin. 

Protective  covenants  with  architectural  review. 

Paved  roads,  underground  utilities. 

John  Nelson 

241  Three  Creeks  Road 

Lake  Lure,  NC  28746 

(828)  625-4293 


Set  of  12  blue,  first-edition,  1937  Duke  Wedgwood 
plates,  signed  by  WE  Few.  $900.  (804)  792-2953. 


MISCELLANEOUS 

RETIRETO  NORTH  CAROLINA! 

Magazines  and  information  available  by  calling: 

(800)  SR  LIVING  (775-4846). 


CELEBRITY  GOLF  TOURNAMENT 

September  13, 1999 

Ridgewood  Country  Club 

Paramus,  New  Jersey 

Mark  your  calendars  for  the  seventh  annual 

Duke  Northern  New  Jersey  golf  tournament 

for  Duke  Children's  Hospital.  Duke  All- 

American  and  Charlotte  Hornet  star 

Mike  Gminski  '80  and  comedian  Jeff  Foxworthy 

are  this  year's  celebrity  guests.  Tournament 

events  conclude  with  cocktails,  a  dinner  buffet, 

and  a  silent  auction.  Tax  deductible 

individual,  tournament,  and  corporate 

spaces  are  available.  For  more  information 

or  to  request  a  sign-up  form,  contact 

Bucky  Waters,  (919)  419-3260;  fax  493-3039. 


NORTH  CAROLINA  MOUNTAINS 
Blue  Ridge  Rural  Land  Trust  needs  your  help! 
We  are  a  local  grassroots  land  trust  working 
to  preserve  our  rural  communities  in  northwestern 
North  Carolina  through  the  protection  of  the 
land  resource  upon  which  they  depend.  We  need 
volunteers  who  live  in  the  area  and  believe  in  the 
land  trust  movement  to  assist  with  outreach  to  the 
community.  We  also  need  to  develop  a  list  of 
potential  conservation-minded  buyers  for  farms 
and  tracts  that  our  clients  ask  us  to  convey  to 
caring  owners. 

Call  or  write:  James  Coman  '69,  M.F.  '71,  Chair, 
Steering  Committee,  Blue  Ridge  Rural  Land  Trust, 
1081-2  Old  U.S.  421,  Sugar  Grove,  NC  28679. 
Office:  (828)  297-5805;  Farm:  (336)  359-2909; 
E-mail:  hillshepherd@skybest.com 


ACCOMMODATIONS 


EDISTO  ISLAND,  SC:  Fantastic  beachfront  house 
sleeping  13.  Great  fall/spring  rates.  Near  Charleston. 
(202)  338-3877  for  information,  pictures. 


ST  JOHN:  Two  bedrooms,  pool.  Quiet  elegance, 
spectacular  view.  (508)  668-2078. 

FIGURE  EIGHT  ISLAND,  WILMINGTON,  NC: 
Four  bedrooms  (two  master  suites),  three  baths. 
Numerous  amenities:  linens,  VCR,  cable,  bikes,  etc. 
Screen  porch,  panoramic  views  sound/ocean.  Weekly 
$2,150.  (910)  686-4099. 

DURHAM'S  BEST-KEPT  CHARMING  SECRET 
DUKE  TOWER  RESIDENTIAL  SUITES 

Luxuriously  furnished  all-suite  hotel. 

Award-winning  gardens,  magnificent  outdoor  pool, 

fitness  center,  covered  walking  track,  fully  equipped 

kitchen,  two  remote  control  color  TVs, 

HBO  and  cable,  two  telephones,  free  local  calls, 

call  waiting,  and  voice  mail,  laundry  room, 

fax  and  copier  service,  uniformed  security, 

pets  permitted.  One  minute  from  East  Campus, 

two  minutes  from  West  Campus  and  Duke  Medical 

Center.  Just  streets  away  from  many  restaurants 

and  Northgate  Mall,  fifteen  minutes  to  RDU  Airport. 

For  reservations  arid  information,  call 

(919)  687-4444;  fax  (919)  683-1215. 


LONDON  FLATS 

Finest  accommodations  in  central  London 

One,  two,  three  bedrooms — 

seven-night  minimum  stay 

COTSWOLD  COTTAGES 

PARIS  •  IRELAND  •  ROME 

THE  LONDON  CONNECTION 

Phone:  (801)  393-9120  Fax:  (801)  393-3024 

E-mail:  london@relia.net 


CLASSIFIED  RATES 


GET  IN  TOUCH  WITH  75,000  +  buyers,  renters, 
consumers,  through  Duke  Classifieds. 

RATES:  $2.50  per  word,  minimum  10  words. 
10  percent  discount  for  two  or  more  insertions. 

DISPLAY  RATES  (with  art  or  special  type  treatment): 
$150  per  column  inch  (2  3/8"  wide). 

REQUIREMENTS:  All  copy  must  be  printed  or 
typed.  Please  specify  section  (FOR  SALE,  etc.)  in 
which  ad  should  appear.  Due  to  postal  regulations, 
no  travel  arrangements  allowed. 

ALL  ADS  MUST  BE  PREPAID:  Send  check  (pay- 
able to  Duke  Magazine)  to:  Duke  Magazine  Classifieds, 
614  Chapel  Drive,  Durham,  NC  27708-0570. 

We  accept  VISA,  MASTERCARD,  and  DISCOVER. 
No  phone  orders,  except  FAX  orders  with  credit  card 
numbers  and  expiration  date:  (919)  681-1659. 

DEADLINES:  November  15  (January-February  issue), 
January  15  (March- April  issue),  March  15  (May- June 
issue),  May  15  (July-August  issue),  July  15  (September- 
October  issue),  September  15  (November-December 
issue).  Please  specify  issues  in  which  ad  should  appear. 


36      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


iaii«anaaa;«fgTCl 


THE  READABLE 


RADICAL 


AFTER  FIFTY 


A 


s  the  burly,  white- 
haired  man  from  my 
past  threaded  his  way 
between  the  two  Vol- 
vos in  my  suburban 
driveway,  heading  for 
the  front  door,  I  fret- 
ted. Tom  Rainey  was 
a  young,  firebrand  history  professor  at  Duke 
when  we  first  met.  He  was  active  in  the  1968 
Silent  Vigil  and  subsequent  demonstrations  — 
a  man  known  for  his  hearty  laugh  and  hard- 
edged  rhetoric.  My  lasting  image  of  Tom,  per- 
haps from  a  yearbook  photo,  was  a  dramatic 
one:  standing  on  the  fringe  of  some  forgotten 
campus  demonstration,  with  arms  folded, 
wearing  a  white  fisherman's  knit  sweater,  his 
chiseled  face  squinting  into  the  sun. 

In  a  fundamental  sense, Tom  and  a  handful 
of  other,  equally  outspoken  junior  faculty  had 
come  over  to  "our  side"  in  the  late  1960s. 
Authority  figures  themselves,  they  aban- 
doned the  grown-ups,  the  administrators,  and 
the  tenured  faculty  to  join  the  kids  on  the 
other  side  of  the  generational  barricade.  They 
earned  our  admiration — and  risked  their 
futures — in  a  visible  way  that  validated  what 
we  were  doing.  I  liked  and  admired  Tom  in 
particular  and  was  flattered  to  be  treated  by 
him  as  a  peer  outside  the  classroom.  What 
could  he  be  thinking  now,  standing  on  the 
doorstep,  waiting  for  me  to  answer  the  bell? 
How  would  my  old  comrade  react,  finding  me 
a  respectable  burgher  in  a  large  house  I  would 
have  mocked  as  a  campus  radical? 

Contemporary  novels,  movies,  and  televi- 
sion mini-series  have  perpetuated  the  myth 
that  during  the  Sixties  most  college  students 
spent  their  time  demonstrating,  protesting, 
and  smoking  dope.  This  was  no  more  true  at 
Duke  than  it  was  in  the  rest  of  the  nation.  But 
there  was  a  core  of  activists  on  campus,  and 
between  1967  and  1971  we  grew  in  number  and 
anger.  It  seemed  as  though  every  six  months 
we  would  pile  into  our  cars  and  drive  to  Wash- 
ington, DC,  for  one  demonstration  or  another. 
We  camped  at  the  homes  of  friends  and  rela- 
tives in  the  capital  and  its  suburbs.  Sometimes, 
our  hosts'  parents  were  ranking  government  of- 
ficials, making  for  interesting  kitchen  debates. 


REBEL  WITH  A  CAUSE 

BY  MARK  I.  PINSKY 

"WE  WANTED  TO  LIVE 

OUR  POLITICS, 

NOT  JUST  STATE  THEM." 


support 

THE 
VIGIL 

SIGN  OF  THE  SIXTIES:  DEMONSTRATING  ON  THE  QUAD 

After  Tom  left  Duke  in  1969,  we  were  out  of 
touch  until  recently,  when  a  mutual  friend 
brought  us  together.  Tom  wrote  to  say  that  he 
would  be  in  the  area  for  a  family  reunion  in 
Central  Florida  and  asked  if  we  could  get 
together  for  dinner  in  Orlando.  I  was  thrilled. 
But  the  night  before  our  meeting,  I  had  sec- 
ond thoughts.  I  went  into  the  garage  and 
pulled  down  the  steps  to  the  attic.  Even  in 
late  December,  the  space  beneath  the  eaves 
was  hot  and  stuffy.  Halfway  up  the  steps, 
halfway  in  the  attic,  I  surveyed  the  disparate 
elements  of  my  life.  On  one  side  of  the  room 
were  my  father's  World  War  II  Army  footlock- 
ers,  still  packed  with  his  uniforms;  on  the 


other,  my  children's  outgrown  toys.  Most  of 
the  rough  plywood  flooring,  however,  was 
covered  with  cardboard  boxes  and  temporary 
file  drawers.  They  contain  a  decade's  worth  of 
notes  and  newspaper  clippings,  a  comprehen- 
sive accounting  of  my  freelance  writing  life  in 
the  1970s,  when  I  roamed  the  Southeast  re- 
porting on  racism,  injustice,  and  economic  ex- 
ploitation for  publications  ranging  from  The 
NewYorkTimes  to  The  Nation  magazine.  The 
last  file  drawer  was  the  saddest,  full  of  materi- 
al from  the  killing  of  Duke  Medical  School 
students  and  graduates  by  Klansmen  and 
neo-Nazis  in  Greensboro  in  1979. 

What  I  was  looking  for,  but  could  not  find, 
were  two  bound  volumes  of  The  Chronicle 
from  1968-70,  when  I  wrote  a  column  called 
"The  Readable  Radical."  Somehow,  I  thought 
the  old  issues  would  fortify  me  for  the  reunion 
with  Tom  and  provide  reassurance  that  I  was 
who  I  remembered  myself  to  be. 

In  my  mind,  I  went  down  the  list  ot  Sixties- 
and  Seventies-era  students  I  keep  in  contact 
with,  especially  those  who  have  remained  po- 
litical. There  were  many  who  had  continued 
to  tight  the  good  fight  after  Duke,  including 
many  I  have  lost  track  of.  Tami  Hultman  '68 
and  Reed  Kramer  '69,  who  were  active  in  the 
Duke  "Y"  on  civil-rights  issues,  still  do  re- 
search and  investigative  reporting  on  Africa. 
Margaret  Small  '68,  who  resigned  in  protest  as 
president  of  the  Duke  Panhellenic  Council, 
gave  her  heart  to  the  progressive  but  short- 
lived administration  of  Chicago  Mayor  Harold 
Washington  and  remains  a  neighborhood  ac- 
tivist. Wib  Gulley  '70  served  as  mayor  of  Dur- 
ham, where  he  came  under  attack  for  his 
defense  of  gay  and  lesbian  rights,  and  contin- 
ues to  battle  special-interest  lobbies  in  the 
North  Carolina  state  senate. 

And  not  all  of  those  who  have  retained  the 
commitment  to  activism  they  found  at  Duke 
have  been  on  the  Left.  Not  long  ago  I  ran  into 
Rusty  Wright  '71,  who  joined  Campus  Crusade 
for  Christ  as  an  undergraduate  and  never 
looked  back.  A  journalist,  author,  and  speaker, 
he  said  his  Christianity  has  been  a  vehicle  for 
battling  "racism,  sexism,  and  anti-Semitism. 
I've  been  able  to  make  a  significant  change  in 
people's  lives,  for  the  present  and  for  eternity. 


July-August  1999       37 


My  faith  in  God  has  given  me  the  strength  to 
weather  difficult  circumstances." 

When  I  visit  the  Asheville  area  to  work  on 
research  for  a  nonfiction  book  about  a  mem- 
ber of  the  1960s  generation  who  died  while 
trying  to  reduce  poverty  in  the  Southern  Ap- 
palachians, I  get  together  with  my  old  class- 
mate Sean  Devereux  '69.  At  Duke,  I  could 
usually  find  Sean  on  the  third  floor  of  Flowers 
Building,  where  the  office  of  The  Archive  was 
then  located.  Despite  his  penchant  for  cre- 
ative writing,  he  went  into  journalism  after 
graduation.  He  soon  realized — correctly — 
that  there  was  no  future  in  daily  newspapers 
and  went  to  law  school  at  Carolina.  Defending 
the  disadvantaged  brought  him  to  the  moun- 
tains and,  ultimately,  private  practice.  He  made 
the  papers  during  one  of  my  recent  trips  for 
defending  free-spirited  young  people  who 
danced  naked  in  a  national  forest.  In  adjoin- 
ing Madison  County,  I  stay  with  Elmer  Hall,  a 
former  associate  university  minister  at  Duke 
who  has  made  his  retreat  cum-bed-and-break- 
fast  on  the  Appalachian  Trail  a  center  for  ac- 
tivism to  preserve  the  mountains  from  clear 
cutting,  highways,  and  rapacious  development. 

On  the  same  morning  I  had  dinner  with 
Tom,  I  had  a  visit  from  another  Duke  friend, 
Clay  Steinman  71,  with  whom  I  spent  count- 
less hours,  also  on  the  third  floor  of  Flowers 
Building,  editing  The  Chronicle  during  the 
campus  daily's  "red  period."  In  news  stories, 
editorials,  photos,  and  columns,  we  tried  to 
take  the  century- old  advice  of  the  Chicago 
Times  that  a  newspaper's  duty  was  to  "print 
the  news  and  raise  hell."  We  wanted  to  live 
our  politics,  not  just  state  them:  Chronicle 
staffers  were  among  the  thirty  Duke  students 
arrested  at  the  May  Day  1971  anti-Vietnam 
War  demonstrations  in  Washington,  D.C. 

Since  Duke,  our  working  lives  have  para- 
lleled: Clay  and  I  were  classmates  at  Columbia 
University's  Graduate  School  of  Journalism; 
separately  and  in  neighboring  states,  we 
worked  for  the  Associated  Press;  and  at  dif- 
ferent times,  we  were  editorial  advisers  to  the 
Xinhua  (New  China)  News  Agency  in  Bei- 
jing. When  Clay  wised  up  and  abandoned 
journalism  for  academe,  I  occasionally  gave 
lectures  to  his  classes.  He  teaches  at  Macales- 
ter  College  in  St.  Paul,  Minnesota,  but  we  still 
try  to  get  together  every  year  or  two.  If  our 
visit  lasts  more  than  an  hour,  talk  inevitably 
turns  to  our  respective  politics  and  profes- 
sions and  to  the  efforts  we  have  made  since 
Duke  to  reconcile  what  we  believe  with  what 
we  do.  Because  this  is  a  recurring  conversa- 
tion, we  tend  not  to  pummel  each  other  over 
our  mutually  perceived  failings  and  backslid- 
ing. There  is  a  lot  of  rueful  laughter  and 
shrugging  of  shoulders. 

This  trip,  over  breakfast,  Clay  was  excited 
about  publication  of  his  first  book,  written 
with  two  colleagues,  Consuming  Environments: 


Television  and  Commercial  Culture  (Rutgers 
University  Press).  He  maintains  that  his  radi- 
cal world  view  survives  in  his  teaching  and 
scholarship;  I  suggest  it  might  take  a  Ph.D.  in 
communications  theory  to  notice.  We  laugh 
some  more  and  shrug  some  more.  Yet  in  qui- 
eter moments,  he,  too,  grapples  with  the  same 
realities  and  the  same  perceived  failings. 

"The  Vigil  left  many  of  us  with  a  strong 
sense  that  our  best  selves  were  responsible  for 
opposing  injustice  whenever  we  could,"  he 
wrote  me  later.  "As  a  journalist  first,  and  then 
as  a  college  teacher,  I  worked  believing  that 
what  I  did  mattered  politically,  even  if  the 
impact  was  small.  This  affected  what  I  taught 
and  what  I  wrote,  and  it  affected  even  more 
what  I  said  in  meetings  to  my  colleagues  and 
to  my  bosses.  However,  I'm  no  longer  so  sure 
about  my  own  take  on  things.  Three  decades 
later,  the  Vigil  and  like  movements  seem  more 
about  institutional  power  and  collective  ac- 
tion than  about  existential  demons.   My 

f\ I  BELIEVE  MY 

fcm       ROLE  IN 
jkjjp      SOCIETY  IS  THE 
jgrJII  SAME  AS  IT 
*?P     .  WAS  WHEN  I 
H!  HI  WAS  AT  DUKE: 
TO  DEFEND  THOSE  WITH 
TOO  LITTLE  POWER,  TOO 
LITTLE  MONEY,  AND  TOO 
LITTLE  INFLUENCE  FROM 
THE  PREDATIONS  OF  THOSE 
WITH  TOO  MUCH  OF  EACH. 

teaching  and  writing  still  wrestle  with  social 
demons  —  class  inequality,  environmental 
destruction,  heterosexism,  post-colonial  wars, 
racism — but  I  no  longer  feel  constantly 
called  upon  to  speak  out.  It's  a  relief  about 
which  I  feel  ever  ambivalent." 

As  for  me:  For  the  past  fifteen  years  I  have 
been  writing  for  mainstream  newspapers  and 
magazines  on  the  East  and  West  coasts,  much 
of  it  reporting  about  the  legal  system  — 
crime,  cops,  and  courts.  In  1984, 1  traded  my 
freelance  independence  for  the  influence  of 
being  a  staff  writer  for  the  Los  Angeles  Times.  I 
was  willing  to  dilute  my  opinions  in  exchange 
for  the  resources  and  audience  of  a  major 
news  organization.  True,  the  salary  and  security 
came  as  a  relief  after  years  of  financial  strug- 
gling, but  I  can't  blame  my  marriage  or  my 
mortgage  for  my  choice.  I  knew  what  I  was 
doing.  At  the  L.A.  Times  my  byline  appeared 
over  some  hard-hitting  articles,  columns,  and 
investigations.  Issues  of  race,  class,  and  gen- 


der weave  through  the  reporting  and  analysis. 
But  because  life  is  complex,  the  explanations 
greatly  outnumbered  the  exposes.  If  you  spread 
all  of  my  articles  on  the  floor  of  Cameron 
Indoor  Stadium — and  they'd  cover  a  good 
bit  of  it — you'd  have  to  look  pretty  hard  to 
find  much  evidence  of  the  "Readable 
Radical."  On  any  activist  report  card,  I  could- 
n't give  myself  more  than  a  C — not  coinci- 
dentally  my  Duke  grade  point  average. 

How  does  a  once -angry  young  man  fairly 
keep  score  in  middle  age?  I  am  as  incensed 
about  injustice  and  inequity  as  I  was  thirty 
years  ago.  I  manage  that  anger  a  little  better, 
and  I'm  more  sophisticated  and  compassion- 
ate about  human  frailty.  Yet  even  in  my  hope- 
lessly compromised  state,  I  believe  my  role  in 
society  is  the  same  as  it  was  when  I  was  a 
Duke  undergraduate — that  is,  to  defend  those 
with  too  little  power,  too  little  money,  and  too 
little  influence  from  the  predations  of  those 
with  too  much  of  each. 

There  are  legacies  from  the  1960s  genera- 
tion, it  seems  to  me,  that  are  worth  celebrat- 
ing: unambiguous  victories  over  racism  and 
militarism;  tremendous  gains  for  the  rights 
and  expectations  of  women;  and  more  recent 
advances  for  gays  and  lesbians.  At  the  same 
time,  there  is  still  plenty  to  do  for  the  politi- 
cally committed,  regardless  of  their  genera- 
tion. We  all  confront  the  tender  mercies  of 
the  global  economy  and  the  corporate  state, 
the  driving  competitiveness  that  seeps  into  all 
aspects  of  life  and  leaves  many  behind,  some 
far  behind.  Who  succeeds  materially  in  this 
environment?  The  clever,  the  creative,  the 
exploitative,  and  the  lucky.  But  not  necessarily 
the  hardest  working  or  the  most  deserving. 

Frankly,  I'm  not  thrilled  to  find  myself  on 
the  far  side  of  fifty — a  birthday  impossible  to 
finesse,  regardless  of  how  good  you  look  or 
feel.  Regrets?  Sure.  I  wish  I  were  a  better  hus- 
band and  father  and  friend.  I  wish  I  were 
smarter.  I  wish  I  were  a  more  elegant  writer,  a 
more  diligent  reporter  and  researcher.  I  wish  I 
were  more  committed  to  my  beliefs. 

When  Tom  Rainey  left  for  Washington 
State,  where  he  teaches,  he  gave  me  several 
bags  of  oranges  and  grapefruit  picked  from 
groves  his  grandfather  had  planted  more  than 
a  century  ago.  I  gave  him  two  books  I  thought 
his  students  might  enjoy.  We  promised  to 
keep  in  touch,  and  we  did.  I  sent  him  an  early 
draft  of  this  essay,  and,  after  a  long  silence,  he 
wrote  to  say  that  he  felt  I  was  "a  touch  too 
apologetic  about  what  you  have  done  since 
those  crazy  days  at  Duke....  I  think  it  does  us 
little  good  to  dwell  too  long  on  those  days  and 
feel  regret  about  what  we  have  or  have  not 
done  with  our  lives.  Life  has  no  script.  We  did 
what  we  did,  and  we  are  what  we  are."  ■ 

Pinsky  '69  is  religion  writer  for  the  Orlando  Sen- 
tinel. 


38      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


The  Duke  MBA  Wms 

Around  the  clock.  Around  the  world.  Around  your  business  life. 


fr«U 

^B                                             "    ^B 

^                   v.jfllHj 

p 

11 

l^-^K^pl^Mf  HH 

(!) 

■S^E^l?'-""  Ij\V8wJ 

*&$  % 

1    ' 

*jpPs  '•-,  fflR|r 

^f~.il}    -M 

!»*««■**•.■    ^ 

'^1BJ3SrBf 

«    ¥' 

^              '^PP 

The  Duke  MBA- Cross  Continent 


R 


O 


R 


A 


M 


An  innovative  MBA  program  designed  for  young  managers  to  enhance  their  careers 
through  a  world-class  business  education  that  leverages  the  use  of  Internet  mediat- 
ed technologies  and  allows  students  to  remain  on  the  job. 


Campuses  in  Frankfurt,  Germany  and  Durham,  NC  USA. 

wiiiini'tiiiii-l 


DUKE 

THE  FUQUA 
SCHOOL 


iSMmss 


UNDERWATER 


SLICES  OF  A 


VIOLENT  EARTH 


Waiting  for  the 
foghorn  blast 
that  would  sig- 
nal the  immi- 
nent return  of 
the  deep-div- 
ing submersi- 
ble Alvin,  geol- 
ogists scanned  the  placid  Pacific  Ocean  from 
an  upper  deck  of  the  research  ship  R/V  At- 
lantis and  contemplated  their  surreal  circum- 
stance. Instead  of  plowing  through  the  water 
like  ships  normally  do,  the  274-foot-long 
Atlantis  hovers  hour  after  hour  in  one  spot 
while  the  Alvin  maneuvers  silently  and  invisi- 
bly far  below.  In  the  calm  waters  near  the 
equator  known  as  the  doldrums,  the  ocean 
seems  less  like  water  than  a  vast  expanse  of 
lazily  bobbing  blue  gelatin  or  rolling  glass. 

If  the  waiting  scientists  let  their  fancies  run 
wild,  they  might  almost  imagine  that  the 
ocean  has  drained  away,  leaving  the  motion- 
less vessel  suspended  in  the  air  like  an  equip- 
ment-laden dirigible.  Had  the  ocean  so  van- 
ished, they  might  lean  far  over  the  deck  rail- 
ing and  peer  down  to  see  the  upper  rim  of  a 
chasm  a  mile  below  that  would  rival  the 
Grand  Canyon.  Down  another  mile  or  more 
on  the  canyon's  rocky  north  slope  is  the  spot 
that  Alvin  left  hours  earlier  to  begin  its  ascent 
back  to  the  mother  ship. 

Such  reveries  are  interrupted  by  a  sudden 
blue  flash  beneath  the  water's  surface,  an- 
nouncing Alvin's  return.  The  submarine's  small 
orange  conning  tower  soon  breaks  the  surface, 
raising  ripples  that  shimmer  like  liquid  pearls. 
Two  flipper- clad  swimmers  then  dive  from  a 
nearby  pontoon-hulled  motor  launch  and  pad- 
dle swiftly  through  the  shark-haunted  waters 
to  board  its  small  deck  and  plug  in  a  tele- 
phone connection.  Waiting  inside  the  cramped 
vessel  would  be  today's  dive  crew  —  two  sci- 
entific investigators  and  their  pilot — who 
had  ventured  into  the  lonely  depths  where 
few  had  gone  before.  The  whole  scene  resem- 
bles the  televised  water-landings  of  the  Apollo 
moon  flight  capsules,  which,  just  like  Alvin, 
returned  with  collections  of  rare  and  precious 
rocks  destined  to  be  studied  as  specimens  for 
many  months  at  university  laboratories. 


DEEP  DIVING 

BY  MONTE  BASGALL 


"I'VE  BEEN  WAITING 

TWENTY  YEARS 

TO  DO  THIS  PROJECT, 

FOR  THE  TECHNOLOGY 

TO  CATCH  UP  TO  MY  VISION 

OF  HOW  TO  DO  GEOLOGY 

ON  THE  SEA  FLOOR." 


For  three  weeks  beginning  on  March  15,  an 
expedition  led  by  Duke  geologist  Jeffrey 
Karson  worked  around  the  clock  to  use  Alvin 
and  two  other  sturdy  submersible  vehicles 
from  the  Woods  Hole  Oceanographic  Institu- 
tion in  Massachusetts  to  explore  the  black, 
high-pressure  depths  west  of  the  Galapagos 
Islands.  Accompanying  Karson,  a  structural 
geologist  who  heads  the  Earth  and  Ocean 
Sciences  division  of  Duke's  Nicholas  School 
of  the  Environment,  was  a  scientific  brigade 
intent  on  learning  more  about  the  origins  of 
the  Earth's  crust.  This  expedition  would 
prove  to  be  the  most  fruitful  research  mission 
of  Karson's  career. 

The  underwater  canyon  is  named  Hess 
Deep,  after  Harry  Hess,  father  of  the  theory 
that  new  crust  is  created  by  erupting  magma 
along  the  37,000-mile  mid-ocean  ridge  net- 
work encircling  the  Earth  like  the  seam  of  a 
baseball.  Plunging  a  sharp  9,000  feet  at  its 
lowest  depth,  Hess  Deep  is  the  tip  of  a  west- 
ward moving  crack  in  the  ocean  floor  that 
points  like  an  arrow  toward  a  mid-ocean  ridge 
called  the  East  Pacific  Rise  (EPR).  Just  thirty- 
six  miles  east  of  the  EPR,  Hess  Deep  slices 
through  the  Earth's  crust  made  "only"  in  the 
last  million  years  by  volcanoes  on  the  EPR.  In 
keeping  with  Hess'  theory,  the  ocean  floor 
spreads  out  from  this  ridge  like  a  creeping 
treadmill,  carrying  within  it  evidence  of  an- 
cient EPR  eruptions  embedded  in  the  rock. 
Hess  Deep  offers  a  rare  chance  for  geologists 
to  examine  that  evidence  in  a  mile-deep 


cross-section  of  the  Earth's  crust  —  the  equiv- 
alent of  "taking  a  knife  to  a  layer  cake,"  says 
Emily  Klein,  a  Nicholas  School  associate  pro- 
fessor and  geochemist  who  was  a  co-principal 
investigator  on  Karson's  recent  expedition. 

By  journeying  into  Hess  Deep,  geologists 
can  study  the  fossilized  history  of  the  East 
Pacific  Rise's  volcano  systems  and  glean  some 
insight  into  the  very  hot  and  sometimes  vio- 
lent interiors  of  the  mid-ocean  ridges  them- 
selves. This  is  the  second  time  Karson  has  gone 
to  Hess  Deep  seeking  answers  to  such  ques- 
tions as:  How  frequently  do  these  crust-form- 
ing eruptions  occur?  Do  the  inner  cores  of 
EPR  volcanoes  —  called  "magma  chambers" 
—  deflate  like  spent  balloons  between  erup- 
tions? Karson  also  wants  to  know  what  hap- 
pens to  all  the  excess  lava  following  the  for- 
mation of  new  crust.  An  especially  fast-grow- 
ing mid-ocean  ridge,  the  EPR  rises  only  about 
600  feet  above  the  surrounding  ocean  floor, 
so  there's  not  enough  room  at  the  top  for  all 
the  lava  to  pile  up  there.  "The  obvious  answer 
is  we  have  to  keep  dropping  the  bottom  out 
underneath,  and  keep  filling  it  in, "  Karson 
says.  "But  how  do  you  get  that  material  out  of 
the  way?" 

Karson  first  rode  the  Alvin  down  into  Hess 
Deep  in  1990.  Two  years  before  that,  in  1988,  a 
French  geological  team  visited  the  same  area 
aboard  the  Nautile,  a  similarly  equipped  re- 
search submarine.  The  two  research  groups' 
findings  differed  dramatically,  however.  The 
results  of  the  French  expedition  offered  a 
neatly  ordered  textbook  example  of  what  fos- 
silized remains  of  ancient  volcanic  eruptions 
should  look  like  after  one  million  years,  says 
Karson.  Within  the  layers  of  the  cross-sec- 
tion, they  found  regular  patterns  with  a  vol- 
canic zone  at  the  top  identifiable  by  the  tell- 
tale pillow- shaped  remnants  of  old  lava. 
Underneath  that  layer  were  forests  of  verti- 
cally pointing  "dikes."  These  were  stone 
columns  resembling  tall  stacks  of  rock  pan- 
cakes, the  remains  of  channels  through  which 
magma  once  flowed  upward. 

Two  years  later,  Karson  and  fellow  Duke 
geologist  Stephen  Hurst  examined  a  much 
messier  and  more  interesting  scene  not  far 
from  the  Nautile  dive  site.  While  the  dikes 


40      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


that  the  French  documented  were  arranged 
vertically,  those  that  Karson  and  Hurst  dis- 
covered tended  to  be  tilted.  Contrary  to  ob- 
servations made  by  the  French,  the  Duke -led 
team  found  that  the  thicknesses  of  the  upper 
volcanic  and  underlying  dike  layers  also  var- 
ied markedly  from  place  to  place.  Moreover, 
they  found  younger  dikes  cross-cutting  older 
ones  at  different  angles. 

These  new  findings  launched  a  scientific 
debate.  After  both  teams  published  their 
results  in  scientific  journals,  "it  was  natural 
that  people  would  say  that  the  French  dove  in 


bers.  Klein  and  graduate  student  Michael  Ste- 
wart accompanied  Karson  to  sort  and  analyze 
the  rock  samples  wrenched  from  Hess  Deep's 
sloping  walls  by  Alvins  robotic  arms.  Stewart 
will  complete  a  Ph.D.  dissertation  based  on  the 
expedition's  findings.  Hurst,  now  at  the  Uni- 
versity of  Illinois  at  Urbana-Champaign,  was 
the  expedition's  second  co-principal  investi- 
gator. Joined  by  the  remaining  scientists  and 
students,  the  expedition  sailed  from  the  port 
of  Manzanillo,  Mexico,  on  the  morning  of 
March  12  and  spent  two  days  en  route  to  the 
study  site  just  north  of  the  equator. 


provide  an  avalanche  of  new  information. 
Inside  the  reconfigured  control  van,  Argo  II's 
pilots  used  hand  controls  to  position  thrusters 
and  maneuver  the  probe  at  the  end  of  a  two- 
mile  cable.  They  also  operated  a  winch  that 
raised  and  lowered  the  probe  along  Hess 
Deep's  wall.  This  required  deft  coordination 
on  the  part  of  its  navigators,  who  were  assist- 
ed by  Atlantis'  own  dynamic  positioning  sys- 
tem to  inch  Argo  II  around  looming  outcrops. 
Every  thtee  minutes,  the  probe  emitted  sharp 
video  images  of  geological  formations  that 
transfixed  scientists  in  the  control  van.  But 


DIVING  TARTY:  i  KIAVMIA  I  -Ri  >\1  THE  A  HAS  1 1 A  IN  KM  kuRAl  \|\  iil  I    I  i  i!   -I  I'Ai  \RIN'E  SET  FOR  SUBMERSION 


a  typical  place  that  conforms  to  the  dogma, 
and  that  our  1990  dive  program  was  in  a  place 
that  was  anomalous, "  Karson  says.  Even  he 
and  Hurst  thought  that  might  be  the  case. 
"The  difference  in  our  findings  was  one  of  the 
big  motivations  for  us  to  come  back." 

Karson  first  proposed  a  return  trip  in  1994, 
but  his  National  Science  Foundation  funding 
wasn't  approved  until  1996.  Problems  with 
scheduling  a  ship  pushed  the  project  back 
another  three  years.  Those  delays  had  a  silver 
lining:  "a  decade  of  technical  improvement, " 
Karson  says.  On  the  second  Hess  Deep  expe- 
dition, scientists  sailed  aboard  the  R/V  Atlan- 
tis, a  high-tech  vessel  built  for  the  U.S.  Navy 
in  1997.  Operated  by  Woods  Hole,  the  state-of- 
the-art  research  vessel  carried  thirty  scientists 
and  technicians  and  twenty-three  crew  mem- 


On  March  16,  scientists  and  crew  launched 
the  first  probe,  DSL  120,  which  would,  over  the 
next  two  days  and  nights,  sweep  the  study  area 
with  high-pitched  sound.  The  reflections  of 
these  sound  waves  would  be  electronically  pro- 
cessed aboard  Atlantis  to  provide  scientists  with 
images  of  Hess  Deep's  topography.  While  At- 
lantis towed  DSL  120  on  three  passes  over  the 
study  area,  scientists  in  the  dimly  lit  "control 
van"  aboard  Atlantis  monitored  the  probe's 
readings  on  color- coded  computer  screens  and 
examined  paper  readouts  with  the  aid  of  flash- 
lights. University  scientists  and  members  of  the 
Woods  Hole  support  team  staffed  the  control 
station  day  and  night  in  pre-arranged  shifts. 

Four  days  later  came  the  launch  of  the  sec- 
ond underwater  probe,  Argo  II,  whose  flood- 
lights and  six  on-board  cameras  promised  to 


these  images  were  only  tidbits,  compared  to 
the  feast  that  would  come  once  the  digital 
images  were  compiled  with  the  help  of  com- 
puters to  yield  panoramic  "mosaics"  of  the 
sprawling  underwater  formations.  This  tech- 
nique, stitching  fifty  or  more  images  together 
to  form  a  single  superimage,  had  never  been 
attempted  before  on  an  underwater  chasm. 

After  four  days  of  Argo  imagery,  scientists 
launched  the  main  thrust  of  the  expedition 
on  March  24  with  manned  dives  into  the  Hess 
Deep  canyon  aboard  the  submersible  Alvin. 
Funded  by  the  Navy  and  operated  by  Woods 
Hole,  the  twenty-three-foot-long  vessel  can 
carry  two  scientists  to  depths  of  nearly  three 
miles  for  as  long  as  ten  hours.  It  can  travel  up 
to  two  knots  and  can  maneuver  precisely  in 
every  direction  or  hover  motionless.  Alvin  al- 


July-August  1999       41 


so  boasts  six  exterior  cameras  and  ten  lights 
capable  of  producing  stunning  video  and  still 
images  of  oceanic  terrain,  and  insect-like  fold- 
ing mechanical  arms  that  retrieve  rocks  and 
stash  them  in  plastic  collection  baskets.  To 
illustrate  the  incredible  pressures  Alvin's  hull 
is  able  to  withstand,  scientists  attached  Styro- 
foam  coffee  cups  to  the  outside  hull.  On 
Alvin's  return,  each  of  the  cups  had  collapsed 
down  to  the  size  of  a  thimble. 

A  day  confined  within  Alvin's  tiny,  cold, 
damp  cockpit  can  be  a  demanding  endurance 
test,  but  the  scientists  willingly  faced  that 
challenge,  the  only  way  they  could  study  alien 


ing  lights.  Karson  typically  uses  this  time  to 
sleep,  waking  just  before  the  vessel  alights  on  its 
target  area.  The  windows  are  suddenly  bathed 
with  the  reflected  glare  of  the  bright  flood- 
lamps  on  the  coal-black  rocks.  After  touch- 
down, every  moment  is  precious;  researchers 
scramble  to  take  photos,  scribble  notes,  and 
direct  the  pilot  on  where  to  snatch  up  rock 
samples  with  Alvin's  robotic  arms,  all  the 
while  dictating  their  observations  into  a  tape 
recorder.  On  this  day  Karson  and  Aisha  Mor- 
ris, then  a  Duke  senior,  saw  and  sampled  much 
as  Alvin  slid  past  what  Karson  calls  a  fantastic 
dike  complex.  Easing  further  up  into  the  vol- 


■^MniUP*  * 

^fcliU! 

k*fc 

■ 

^        M 

i        Hs 

ROCK  CREW:  UNDERGRADUATE  AISHA  MORRIS,  RESEARCH  ASSISTANT  MICHAEL  STEWART,  GEOCHEMIST 
EMILY  KLEIN,  AND  GEOLOGIST  JEFFREY  KARSON  SCRUTINIZE  SAMPLES  COLLECTED  FROM  AN  ALVIN  DIVE 


geology  in  a  natural  environment.  It's  like 
"going  to  another  planet, "  Karson  says  over 
breakfast  before  the  expedition's  first  dive. 
"There's  no  weather,  no  erosion,  no  rain,  no 
wind,  no  sunlight.  The  rocks  are  somewhat 
different  from  rocks  up  on  the  continents. 
We're  constrained  by  a  watery  environment 
that  geologists  find  very  frustrating  because 
they  can't  reach  out  and  grab  any  rock  that 
they  want  to  look  at."  A  veteran  of  several 
dozen  previous  Alvin  trips,  Karson  still  suffers 
pre-dive  jitters,  as  did  Stewart,  who  made  his 
first  Alvin  trip  on  this  expedition.  Shortly  be- 
fore eight  that  morning,  both  Karson  and 
Stewart  got  the  nod  to  squeeze  through  the 
mini-sub's  squat  conning  tower.  After  they 
settled  in,  the  hatch  was  sealed.  An  A-frame 
crane  with  a  five -inch- thick  braided  rope  lift- 
ed the  38,000-pound  craft  off  its  carriage  and 
lowered  the  vessel  over  the  Atlantis'  stem 
into  the  water. 

During  descent  of  more  than  one  hour,  the 
vessel  is  quickly  enveloped  in  utter  darkness,  but 
scientists  can  still  peer  through  the  submarine's 
thirty-two-inch-thick,  downward  pointing  win- 
dows to  see  tiny,  glowing  sea  creatures  drift 
past.  The  cockpit  takes  on  an  otherwordly  am- 
bience, replete  with  beeping  noises  and  flash- 


canic  area,  they  discovered  dikes  intruding 
into  pillow  lavas,  with  both  kinds  of  structures 
shattered  by  mysterious,  powerful  forces. 

Finally,  after  dropping  weights  to  increase 
buoyancy,  the  mini- sub  rose  slowly  toward 
home  with  a  precious  load  of  two  hundred 
pounds  of  rocks,  breaking  at  last  into  the  wel- 
come sunlight  and  bobbing  gently  on  the 
ocean's  surface.  Once  back  on  Atlantis'  deck, 
the  elated  first-timer  Stewart  was  doused  with 
buckets  of  ice  and  sea  water — a  rite  of  pas- 
sage for  Alvin  dive  rookies  that  was  repeated 
during  the  next  fourteen  days  as  every  mem- 
ber of  the  scientific  team  participated  in  at 
least  one  trip  to  the  ocean  floor. 

Meanwhile,  Argo  IPs  continuing  photo- 
graphic forays  provided  more  digital  images, 
which  in  turn  yielded  new  mosaics,  the  best  of 
which  the  scientists  pinned  to  shipboard  lab- 
oratory walls.  Others  served  as  guides  for  the 
next  day's  dive.  After  each  Alvin  trip,  re- 
searchers immediately  began  the  arduous 
work  of  transcribing  every  dive  audio  tape, 
mapping  the  path  of  their  dive,  and  reviewing 
video  tapes.  Morris  was  given  the  title  "dive 
czarina"  and  charged  with  ensuring  that  all 
the  divers  completed  detailed  records  of  their 
observations  as  an  absolute  prerequisite  for 


diving  again.  In  addition  to  assisting  the 
team,  Morris  was  completing  an  indepen- 
dent-study thesis  on  Hess  Deep  dikes. 

Each  evening,  scientists  huddled  around 
Alvin's  rock-collection  baskets  and  meticu- 
lously catalogued  newly  arrived  samples  be- 
fore stowing  them  away  in  large  white  buck- 
ets. While  each  submarine  dive  costs  around 
$16,000,  the  value  of  some  of  these  hard-won 
samples  is  priceless.  Klein  and  Stewart  joined 
other  "rock  hounds"  in  sawing  up  the  black- 
coated  basaltic  stones  and  examining  their 
crystalline  features  with  small  magnifying 
hand  lenses.  Larger  slabs  were  divided  into 


IT'S  LIKE  "GOING  TO 

ANOTHER  PLANET/' 

SAYS  GEOLOGIST  JEFFREY 

KARSON.  "THERE'S  NO 

WEATHER,  NO  EROSION, 

NO  RAIN,  NO  WIND, 
NO  SUNLIGHT.  THE  ROCKS 

ARE  SOMEWHAT 

DIFFERENT  FROM  ROCKS 

UP  ON  THE  CONTINENTS." 


smaller  ones  to  be  shared  by  other  members 
of  the  Hess  Deep  crew. 

The  expedition  ended  in  a  flurry  of  last- 
minute  transcribing,  image  analysis,  logging  of 
data,  and  cataloguing  of  samples.  As  their 
final  duty,  Klein  assigned  each  member  of 
Duke's  entourage  a  white  bucket  full  of  the 
precious  rocks  to  hand-carry  with  them  when 
they  checked  their  luggage  on  return  flights 
from  Manzanillo. 

Once  back  at  Duke,  the  scientists  began 
what  promises  to  be  years  of  excruciatingly 
careful  research  on  the  rocks  now  stored  in 
the  Old  Chemistry  Building.  Stewart  sliced 
some  of  the  samples  thin  enough  to  be  exam- 
ined using  a  microscope  and  ground  others 
into  powder  for  chemical  analysis.  Stewart 
and  Klein  will  study  the  crystalline  and  atom- 
ic makeup  of  Hess  Deep's  rocks  for  clues  on 
how  new  crust  is  forged  and  then  altered  by 
heat  and  ocean  currents.  Their  analyses  will 
also  help  structural  geologists  like  Karson 
solve  the  mystery  of  dikes  and  lava  channels 
of  the  East  Pacific  Rise. 

Looking  back  on  this  most  recent  adven- 
ture, Karson  pronounces  it  "far  and  away  the 
most  scientifically  gratifying  cruise  I  have 
ever  been  on,  as  well  as  the  most  harmonious, 


42      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


and,  on  a  personal  level,  enjoyable.  I've  been 
waiting  twenty  years  to  do  this  project,  for  the 
technology  to  catch  up  to  my  vision  of  how  to 
do  geology  on  the  sea  floor." 

The  Hess  Deep  expedition  was  so  success- 
ful in  part  because  of  perfect  weather,  an  ex- 
ceptional array  of  utterly  reliable  equipment, 
and  the  compatibility  of  the  researchers,  sci- 
entists and  students  alike,  says  Karson.  But 
most  importantly,  the  expedition  yielded  sci- 
entific findings  that  will  do  much  to  overturn 
prevailing  scientific  dogma,  fueling  dozens  of 
scientific  papers,  graduate-student  theses, 
and  doctoral  dissertations. 


"Everybody  seemed  to  be  the  most  excited 
about  the  mosaics  we  made  using  Argo," 
Emily  Klein  says.  "This  is  a  scale  of  observa- 
tion that  has  never  existed  before  on  the 
ocean  floor."  For  the  first  time,  these  pho- 
tomontages allow  scientists  to  see  ocean  bot- 
tom features  at  something  approaching  "the 
scale  that  geologists  are  used  to  working  at, " 
she  says.  "That's  the  scale  of  looking  from  a 
perspective  as  high  as  that  of  a  several-story 
building." 

As  geochemists,  both  Klein  and  Stewart 
were  also  excited  by  the  unprecedented  op- 
portunity to  gather  samples  of  rock  created 


at  different  times  in  the  last  million  years, 
which  will  allow  them  to  compare  the  chem- 
istry of  one  era  with  that  of  another.  "Nobody 
in  the  world  has  samples  like  this  from  crust 
created  in  the  East  Pacific  Rise,"  says  Ste- 
wart. "Whatever  we  learn  from  this  is  going  to 
be  significant." 


Basgall  is  senior  science  writer  for  Duke's  Office 
of  Research  Communications.  For  more  informa- 
tion, including  dispatches  written  while  the  Hess 
Deep  expedition  was  under  way,  see  www.env.duke. 
edulhessslide.html. 


MORRIS:  ZEROING  IN  ON  HER  THESIS  SUBJECT 

The  massive  array  of  images  and  data  also 
confirmed  that  Karson  and  Hurst's  observations 
on  their  1990  dive  of  the  "messy"  geology  of 
Hess  Deep  was  the  norm  rather  than  the  ex- 
ception. "Our  previous  notion  of  what  is  typi- 
cal and  what  is  anomalous  has  been  turned 
on  its  head, "  says  Karson.  Collectively,  the  Hess 
Deep  observations  suggest  that  crust  made 
along  the  East  Pacific  Rise  is  violently  rear- 
ranged as  it  rolls  off  the  assembly  line,  he  says. 

Observations  along  the  twenty- one -mile 
study  area  suggest  that  forces  yet  unknown 
regularly  tilt  the  blocks  of  crust  made  on  the 
Rise,  producing  fractures  between  them  that 
make  them  slip  like  leaning  books  on  a  book- 
shelf. That  movement  could  have  caused  the 
volcanic  lava  layer  above  the  dikes  to  slip  in 
the  opposite  direction,  a  tendency  "we've  seen 
beautifully  displayed  in  the  Argo  images, "  he 
says.  Because  hot  magma  tends  to  rise  verti- 
cally, the  tilt  of  the  dikes  also  suggests  that 
whole  blocks  of  crust  rotated  after  dike  for- 
mation, a  hypothesis  reinforced  by  the 
observed  fracturing.  The  intersecting  dikes 
hint  that  there  may  have  been  multiple  erup- 
tions between  multiple  rotations,  all  occur- 
ring before  the  crust  ever  left  the  mid-ocean 
ridge  on  the  treadmill. 


While  Visiting  Durham, 


Why  Settle  For  Less  When  So 
Much  More  Costs  So  Little? 

Luxurious  All- Suite  Hotel 


Magnificent  outdoor  pool 
Two  remote  control  TVs 
Color,  HBO  and  cable 
Two  telephones 
Call  waiting  &  voice  mail 
No  charge  for  local  calls 
Fax  &  copier  service 
Superior  location 


Award-winning  gardens 
Fitness  center 
Covered  walking  track 
Fully  equipped  kitchen 
Top  quality  linens  &  towels 
Complete  laundry  facilities 
Pets  permitted 
Uniformed  security 


DUKE  TOWER 

Residential  Suites 


For  reservations  or  information  call: 

(919)  687-4444  •  Fax:  (919)  683-1215 

807  West  Trinity  Avenue,  Durham,  NC  27701  (corner  of  North  Duke  &  West  Trinity) 

Just  streets  away  from  many  restaurants,  Northgate  Mall,  Duke  University  and 

Duke  Hospital.  Ten" minutes  to  RTF!  15  minutes  to  RDU  Airport.  f=f 


July-August  1999        43 


VOICE  OF 


AUTHORITY 


Minutes  before  the 
curtain  rose  in 
Baldwin  Auditor- 
ium this  spring 
on  the  first  full- 
length  student 
opera  production 
in  the  forty-year 
history  of  the  Duke  Opera  Workshop,  then- 
senior  Marlissa  Hudson  said  a  prayer  and  told 
herself  to  be  calm.  She  would  perform  the  role 
of  the  Countess  in  that  night's  production  of 
Mozart's  The  Marriage  of  Figaro —  a  role  that 
she  had  prepared  for,  alongside  other  mem- 
bers of  the  ensemble  cast,  for  a  full  year  with 
Susan  Dunn,  associate  proessor  of  the  practice 
of  music  and  the  director  of  the  opera  work- 
shop. With  hard  work  behind  her,  Hudson  had 
every  reason  to  expect  a  good  performance. 
The  question  was  simply, Would  she  be  heard? 


SUSAN  DUNN 

BY  ROBERT  ODOM 


AN  OPERA  SINGER 
HAS  CHANNELED  THE 


HARD  WORK  AND 
DETERMINATION 


THAT  FUELED  HER 
SINGING  CAREER  INTO 


HER  TEACHING. 


For  undergraduates  at  liberal-arts  colleges 
and  universities,  the  chance  to  sing  a  major 
operatic  role  with  a  full  pit  orchestra  before  a 
large  crowd  is  an  exceptionally  rare  one  — 
and  for  good  reason.  Young  voices  are  slow  to 
mature.  Singers  most  often  debut  around  the 
age  of  twenty-five,  only  reaching  their  full 
potential  in  their  mid-  to  late-thirties.  For 
student  singers,  then,  the  prospect  of  holding 
one's  own  in  a  large  hall  without  the  aid  of 
microphones  can  be  frightening. 

But  by  all  accounts,  the  cast  of  Figaro  suc- 
ceeded admirably,  their  voices  lifting  out  over 
the  orchestra  to  warm  applause.  Stephen  A. 
jaffe,  Mary  D.B.T  and  James  Semans  Pro- 
fessor of  Music  Composition,  says  the  stu- 
dents sang  with  "real  imagination."  "It  was  the 
best  thing  in  the  undergraduate  program  I've 
seen  in  nearly  twenty  years  of  teaching.  I  had 
several  people  in  the  audience  tell  me  that  it 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


was  the  most  enjoyable  production  of  The 
Marriage  of  Figaro  that  they've  ever  seen." 

Hudson  and  cast  members  Joshua  Sekoski, 
a  sophomore  who  played  Figaro,  and  Dana 
Long,  a  senior  who  played  Susanna,  all  hope 
this  will  be  the  first  of  many  such  successes. 
All  three  singers  plan  to  launch  careers  in  op- 
era. Hudson  will  begin  graduate  studies  at  the 
famed  Peabody  Conservatory  at  Johns  Hop- 
kins University  this  fall.  She  says  she  dreams 
of  performing  at  New  York's  Metropolitan 
Opera  one  day.  "I  hope  I'll  end  up  there, "  she 
says.  "I  know  I  have  a  long  way  to  go,  so  I'm 
going  to  start  small  and  hopefully  end  up  big." 

Hudson  can  look  to  her  teacher,  Susan 
Dunn,  as  an  example  of  the  success  to  which 
she  aspires.  After  completing  her  own  gradu- 
ate work  at  Indiana  University  in  Blooming- 
ton  and  further  studies  at  the  University  of 
Illinois  with  coach  and  accompanist  John 
Wustman,  Dunn  emerged  on  the  internation- 
al scene  as  a  powerful  interpreter  of  Verdi, 
Wagner,  and  Strauss.  In  1983  alone,  she  won 
three  major  awards:  the  Richard  Tucker 
Award,  Chicago's  WGN-Illinois  Opera  Com- 
petition, and  the  Dallas  Morning  News-G.B. 
Dealey  Award.  In  1986,  she  made  her  La 
Scala  debut  in  the  title  role  of  Aida;  her 
Metropolitan  Opera  debut  came  four  years 
later  in  11  Trovatore.  Of  the  several  recordings 
she  has  made,  her  1988  performance  as  the 
soprano  soloist  in  the  Verdi  Requiem  with 
Robert  Shaw  and  the  Atlanta  Symphony  was 
awarded  that  year's  "Grammy"  for  Classical 
Music  Album  of  the  Year. 

For  the  last  five  years,  Dunn  has  channeled 
the  hard  work  and  determination  that  fueled 
her  singing  career  into  her  teaching,  offering 
Duke  students  the  skills  to  launch  profession- 
al careers  of  their  own  or  to  explore  vocal  per- 
formance as  an  opportunity  for  personal 
growth.  "I  don't  expect  everyone  to  come  out 
singing  like  Luciano  Pavarotti, "  Dunn  says. 
"But  within  the  range  of  what  they  can  do,  I 
want  them  to  improve  and  to  understand 
what  it  is  to  study  seriously  for  whatever  level 
of  commitment  they  have." 

For  all  of  Dunn's  students,  this  means 
learning  the  discipline  necessary  to  perfect 
their  art.  On  top  of  their  other  coursework, 
often  to  fulfill  requirements  for  majors  outside 
music,  undergraduate  singers  spend  hours  in 
the  practice  room  each  day  to  master  vocal 
technique,  with  the  help  of  coaching  from 
Dunn  and  other  members  of  the  department. 
But  with  the  exception  of  those  sequestered 
hours,  singers  blend  in  rather  seamlessly  with 
fellow  undergraduates  —  albeit  with  a  few 
adjustments.  Joshua  Sekoski  avoids  cigarette 

NOTEWORTHY:  JOSHUA  SEKOSKI  '01  AS  THE 

LEAD,  LEFT,  MARLISSA  HUDSON  '99  AS  THE 

COUNTESS,  AND  DANA  LONG  '99  AS 

SUSANNA  IN  THE  MARRIAGE  OF  FIGARO 


smoke  that  might  damage  his  voice  at  parties 
hosted  by  his  fraternity,  Beta  Theta  Pi.  Mar- 
lissa  Hudson,  who  must  refrain  from  shouting, 
uses  noisemakers  to  cheer  at  basketball  games 
in  Cameron  Indoor  Stadium. 

Friends  sometimes  raise  an  eyebrow  when 
they  learn  that  their  classmate  is  singing 
Mozart.  "Duke  has  a  wonderful  academic  rep- 
utation, "  says  Sekoski,  "but,  musically,  it's  not 
something  that  immediately  comes  to  mind, 
especially  when  you  think  of  performance. 
People  think  of  Oberlin,  Curtis  Institute,  or 
Juilliard.  A  lot  of  them  will  say,  'Well,  why  are 
you  at  Duke?'  " 

There  are  a  lot  of  reasons  why  singers  come 
to  Duke,  chief  among  them  being  the  broad 
liberal-arts  education  offered  to  all  students. 
But  the  reason  they  stay,  by  and  large,  is  that 
they  encounter  Susan  Dunn.  "She  opened  up 
a  world  of  possibility  for  me,"  Sekoski  says. 
"She's  giving  me  the  confidence  and  the  tools 
to  pursue  music  in  a  serious  and  meaningful 
way." 

Dunn  has  also  been  known  to  help  her  stu- 
dents in  more  personal  ways.  When  Dana  Long 
came  down  with  a  debilitating  throat  infection 
requiring  the  removal  of  her  tonsils,  Dunn 
called  her  surgeon,  New  York's  premier  voice 
and  ENT  specialist,  and  made  an  appoint- 
ment. That  kind  of  individual  attention  can  be 
rare  at  the  powerhouses  of  music,  where  un- 
dergraduates compete  with  graduate  students 


for  performance  time  and  other  resources.  At 
Duke,  undergraduates  find  a  program  that  is 
geared  toward  their  study  of  music  alongside 
other  fields  in  the  liberal-arts  curriculum. 

Combining  breadth  with  impressive  depth 
of  exposure,  the  arts  at  Duke  serve  a  broad 
range  of  student  goals  and  interests.  "If  you 
are  accomplished  or  have  an  interest  in  music 
but  are  not  sure  you  want  to  go  on  for  a 
career,  Duke  is  a  wonderful  place  to  be, "  says 
Stephen  Jaffe.  "We're  certainly  equipped  to 
send  students  on  for  a  career  in  performance 
if  that's  what  they  decide  to  do,  but  if  you 
think  you  might  want  to  go  to  medical  school 
or  that  you  might  want  to  go  into  research  in 
the  humanities  or  sciences,  Duke  is  also  a 
wonderful  place  to  be." 

The  same  can  be  said  for  arts  offerings  in 
other  departments,  in  fields  ranging  from 
dance  and  creative  writing,  to  studio  art  and 
drama.  A  1997  task  force  charged  with  assess- 
ing the  state  of  the  arts  at  Duke  found  the 
university  uniquely  suited  to  serve  "top  stu- 
dents who  are  looking  for  a  liberal-arts  educa- 
tion in  a  university  with  a  vigorous  academic 
reputation  that  can  recognize  their  artistic 
accomplishments  and  provide  outstanding 
additional  training  in  their  art  form." 

But  the  positions  of  arts  faculty  at  Duke, 
the  report  noted,  may  be  more  precarious. 
Arts  programs  are  "hampered  from  achieving 
their  full  academic  aims"  in  part  due  to  "the 


July-August  1999       45 


s:atus  of  and  review  procedures  for  their 
largely  non-tenure-track  faculty,"  most  of 
whom  hold  renewable  three-  and  five-year 
appointments  within  their  respective  fields. 

Semans  Professor  of  the  Practice  of  Drama 
Richard  Riddell,  who  served  on  the  arts  task 
force,  took  up  this  subject  in  an  essay  he  pub- 
lished the  following  year  in  Duke's  faculty 
newsletter.  "With  very  few  exceptions,  this 
class  of  faculty  are  ineligible  for  tenure -track 
appointments, "  wrote  Riddell,  who  is  director 
of  Duke  Drama.  That  being  the  case,  "faculty 
in  creative  arts  are  not  evaluated  by  their 
peers  in  the  same  way  that  tenure -track  fac- 
ulty are.  Consequently,  artists  are  not  given 
equal  opportunity  to  participate  in  the  life  of 
the  faculty  at  Duke. ...From  this  limitation 
flow  other  discriminatory  practices,  namely 
that  artists  rarely  serve  on  major  committees 
that  deal  with  resource  allocations,  which 
may  help  to  explain  why  the  arts  as  a  body  of 
disciplines  are  inadequately  housed  and  mini- 
mally staffed  on  our  campus." 

The  types  of  contracts  offered  to  artists 
have  improved  over  the  last  decade,  resulting 
in  longer  terms  and  better  salaries.  Still,  the 
university  has  yet  to  adopt  policies  that  would 
enable  it  to  compete  effectively  with  peer 
institutions,  including  Brown,  Cornell,  and 
Stanford,  that  offer  tenure  to  arts  faculty  on 
the  basis  of  "creative  activity"  comparable  to 
standards  in  "scholarly  research."  As  a  result, 
the  current  arts  faculty  must  weather  a  reap- 
pointment process,  similar  in  many  respects 
to  tenure  review,  every  few  years.  For  younger 
faculty,  that  process  can  present  considerable 
challenges. 

Sculptor  and  photographer  William  No- 
land  has  passed  many  such  reviews,  including 
two  national  searches,  since  leaving  the  New 
York  arts  scene  to  come  to  Duke  in  1986  as  an 
"artist-in-residence."  At  the  time,  Noland 
thought  of  the  university  as  an  "interesting 
place  to  be  an  exile."  "When  I  first  came,  I  was 
relishing  the  idea  of  making  sculpture  that 
was  luxuriously  noncommercial,"  he  says. 
Instead,  what  he  discovered  was  that  pressure 
to  be  a  commercially  successful,  nationally 
recognized  artist  remained,  all  of  it  now  asso- 
ciated with  reappointment  and  promotion — 
a  prospect  made  inherently  more  difficult  by 
the  nature  of  the  position.  "It's  been  absurdly 
difficult  to  maintain  contacts,  to  get  people  to 
see  my  work,  to  keep  my  sculpture  career 
going  forward  from  this  remote  location," 
Noland  says.  "Basically,  you  have  tD  do  a  lot  of 
your  work  here,  meaning  you're  doing  it 
regionally  or  locally.  You're  operating  at  the 
same  creative  level,  but  the  environment  in 
which  the  work  is  shown  is  not  at  the  same 
high  professional  level  that  it  would  be  in  an 
urban  setting.  How  do  you  deal  with  that?  I 
think  it  puts  that  person  at  a  disadvantage." 

The  fact  that  Noland  has  surmounted 


"IF  YOU'RE  GOING  TO 

TEACH,  YOU  HAVE  TO 

TEACH.  IF  YOU'RE  GOING 

TO  SING,  YOU  HAVE  TO 

SING.  AND  IF  YOU'RE 

GOING  TO  SING  IN  A  BIG, 

PROMINENT  WAY,  YOU 

HAVE  TO  CHOOSE  TO  DO 

ONE  OR  THE  OTHER." 


those  obstacles  in  his  career  at  Duke  may 
itself  be  a  defense  of  the  current  system,  and 
Noland  says  he  has  come  to  appreciate  the 
independence  he's  found  here  in  his  teaching 
and  the  chance  to  interact  with  other  faculty 
within  the  university.  Even  so,  Susan  Dunn 
wonders  if  she  might  have  succeeded  within 
the  university  setting  without  the  benefit  of 
the  international  success  she  achieved  early 
in  her  career.  "If  I  were  younger  and  if  I  were 
still  searching,  still  wanting  to  pursue  an 
international  career,  one  or  the  other  would 
have  to  go, "  she  says, "because  you  can't  sing 
in  major  houses  all  over  the  world  without 
leaving  undergraduate  singers  for  three  to 
four  weeks  at  a  time.  If  you're  going  to  teach, 
you  have  to  teach.  If  you're  going  to  sing,  you 
have  to  sing.  And  if  you're  going  to  sing  in  a 
big,  nationally  or  internationally  prominent 
way,  you  have  to  choose  to  do  one  or  the 
other." 

These  days,  Dunn  balances  an  active  per- 
formance schedule  with  the  demands  of 
teaching.  Her  greatest  concern  is  to  make 
herself  available  to  her  students.  "I  unfortu- 
nately still  have  a  diva's  temperament,  and  I 
have  a  diva's  ego,  and  I  believe  that  I'm  the 
only  one  who  can  teach  my  students, "  she 
says.  "I  don't  believe  I'm  the  only  one  who  can 
teach  everybody's  students,  but  I'm  the  only 
one  who  can  teach  my  students.  It's  really 
hard  for  me  to  think  about  leaving  them  for  a 
semester  on  their  own  at  a  time  when  it's  very 


important  for  them  to  have  ongoing,  consis- 
tent teaching." 

For  Dunn,  teaching  means  pushing  her  stu- 
dents to  reach  for  goals  beyond  what  they 
might  first  have  imagined  for  themselves. 
Dana  Long,  who  began  studying  with  her  dur- 
ing her  sophomore  year,  says  Dunn  encour- 
aged her  to  perform  above  expectations. 
"Some  professors  take  the  attitude  that,  'Well, 
they're  Duke  students,  they're  not  serious 
about  music.  They  have  other  things  to  do;  a 
lot  of  them  are  pre-med,  which  is  really  hard. 
You  have  to  just  expect  as  much  as  you  can 
get  out  of  them.'  But  if  you  just  expect  that, 
you  get  even  less  from  people, "  Long  says. 
"Susan  expects  a  lot  from  her  students,  and  I 
think  that  it  pays  off." 

"Some  people  might  find  my  style  a  little 
brusque  and  brutal, "  Dunn  admits.  "I'm  prob- 
ably much  better  at  giving  criticism  than  I  am 
at  giving  praise.  I  try  to  be  honest,  and  I  think 
it  has  to  be  a  given  that  when  you  come  into 
my  studio  that  I  don't  praise  you  for  things 
that  you  already  do  well."  Dunn  wants  to 
teach  her  students  a  commitment  to  improv- 
ing their  work  by  small  increments  over  a 
long  time  rather  than  cramming  at  the  last 
minute.  "What's  important  is  that  they  learn 
how  to  persevere.  A  lot  of  students  that  come 
here  are  so  facile,  they're  so  smart,  and 
they've  never  had  to  work  hard  at  anything 
because  they  get  it  the  first  time.  Music  isn't 
like  that.  Slow  and  steady  is  the  way  to  make 
progress  in  music." 

That  lesson  comes  harder  for  some  than  it 
does  for  others.  Marlissa  Hudson  recalls 
butting  heads  with  Dunn  over  the  amount  of 
time  she  spent  in  the  practice  room.  "I  would 
say  that  everything  I've  ever  been  good  at  I 
never  worked  at  before.  It  was  natural, "  she 
says.  But  talent  only  got  her  so  far  in  her  stud- 
ies with  Dunn.  "Working  with  Susan  was  very 
helpful  in  that  respect  because  I  knew  that  if  I 
walked  into  the  studio  and  I  wasn't  prepared, 
then  that  was  it.  She  was  coming  for  me, 
because  you  can't  get  away  with  that.  I  tried 
every  tactic  possible — going  over  old  music, 
saying  I  was  confused  about  something  else — 
but  somehow  we  always  ended  up  finding  out 
that  Marlissa  had  not  done  her  work."  Time 
and  again,  she  would  ask  herself  why  Dunn 
was  pushing  her  so  hard. 

Says  Dunn,  "If  you  tell  me  you  want  to 
study  singing  with  me,  then  your  contract  is 
that  you  are  committed  to  improving  yourself. 
And  that's  why  it's  hard  for  me  to  give  up.  I 
just  keep  thinking  that  if  I  just  push  a  little  bit 
harder,  if  I  just  come  a  little  bit  closer  and 
work  a  little  bit  harder  with  them,  they'll 
finally  get  it." 

Hudson  did  get  it.  Before  long,  she  was 
working  in  the  practice  room  almost  every 
day,  often  bringing  along  her  work  from  other 
classes.  "Definitely,  it  changed  my  outlook  on 


46      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


"I  DON'T  EXPECT 

EVERYONE  TO  COME 

OUT  SINGING  LIKE 

LUCIANO  PAVAROTTI," 

DUNN  SAYS.  "BUT 

WITHIN  THE  RANGE 

OF  WHAT  THEY  CAN  DO, 

I  WANT  THEM  TO 

IMPROVE." 


how  my  time  is  spent,  and  my  GPA  improved 
as  a  result, "  Hudson  says.  "I  guess  she  helped 
me  grow  up." 

Joshua  Sekoski  says  that  becoming  disci- 
plined means  taking  responsibility  for  one's 
own  improvement.  "Susan  requires  that  you 
be  independent  as  a  thinker  and  as  an  artist, " 
he  says.  "I've  tried  to  carry  that  over  to  my 
other  areas  of  study.  I  assume  that  my  educa- 
tion is  my  responsibility,  and  it's  not  the  sort  of 
thing  where  I  show  up  at  Duke  and  have  it 
poured  into  me." 

For  Dunn,  self-knowledge  is  an  important 
prerequisite  for  becoming  an  accomplished 
singer,  as  it  is  for  achieving  other  goals.  "I 
think  some  people  are  very  much  held  down 
by  the  fact  that  they  don't  own  themselves 
and  they  don't  know  what  they  want  to  do. 
Maybe,  they  don't  even  admit  what  they  want 
to  do, "  she  says.  "I  see  that  sometimes  with 
the  students.  They  come  to  Duke  because  it 
allows  them  to  experience  other  things,  but 
all  the  time  they're  being  pushed  to  be  a  doc- 
tor or  a  lawyer  or  to  have  some  other  profes- 
sional career.  And  it's  clear  that  they're  okay 
with  that  to  some  extent.  But  their  passion 
lies  somewhere  else.  And  it's  really  hard 
sometimes  for  people  to  find  the  courage  to 
stand  up  and  say  that  this  is  wrong  for  me." 

Dunn  counts  herself  lucky  to  have  both 
found  the  career  path  that  was  right  for  her 
and  to  have  had  the  support  of  her  parents 
back  in  Bauxite,  Arkansas.  It  might  have 


been  otherwise.  "I  was  a  first-generation  col- 
lege student.  One  might  have  expected  that 
my  parents  would  say,  'Well,  we  sent  you  to 
college  and  now  you  have  to  have  a  job  that 
makes  you  a  really  good  living.  You  can't  just 
go  off  and  be  this  bohemian  and  live  from 
paycheck  to  paycheck  and  gig  to  gig.  You  owe 
it  to  us  to  make  us  feel  like  you're  safe.'  " 

With  the  support  of  her  family  and  friends, 
Dunn  picked  a  tougher  row  to  hoe.  After 
graduate  school,  she  turned  down  the  oppor- 
tunity to  teach  at  a  small  college  in  the 
Midwest  and  took  a  job  as  a  librarian's  assis- 
tant in  Champaign,  Illinois,  to  support  herself 
while  she  continued  studying  with  John 
Wustman  and  began  auditioning  for  roles. 
One  lucky  break  came  when  Wustman  met 
the  conductor  Riccardo  Chailly,  who  was 
looking  for  a  soprano  to  sing  Schoenberg's 
Gurrelieder.  Wustman  said,  "I  have  just  the 
person  for  you, "  and  Dunn  got  the  job,  which 
in  turn  led  to  a  recording.  "Did  you  know  the 
Gurrelieder1."  Dunn  later  asked.  "No,"  Wust- 
man admitted.  "But  I  knew  you  could  do  it." 

Many  years  in  the  limelight  followed,  a 
nomadic  life  not  without  its  own  professional 
hazards.  "It's  very,  very  stressful,"  Dunn  cau- 
tions aspiring  singers.  "A  little  respiratory 
infection  that  somebody  else  would  toss  off 
and  go  to  work  the  next  day  can  make  you 
have  to  cancel  three  or  four  performances 


that  could  have  proven  lucrative  for  you. 
And  it's  not  just  the  idea  that  you  cancelled 
work,  it's  the  idea  that  you  let  people  down." 

Dunn  saw  firsthand  the  toll  that  those 
pressures  can  take  on  a  singer.  "Early  in  my 
career,  I  had  the  great  fortune  to  be  exposed 
to  a  lot  of  really  high-powered,  great  singers 
and  people  who  were  moving  in  high  circles, 
and  I  saw  how  unhappy  some  of  them  seemed 
to  be, "  she  says.  "It  was  terrible  to  see  a  person 
who  gives  so  much  joy  to  the  world,  to  literal- 
ly millions  of  people,  be  so  sad-seeming.  And  I 
thought,  I  don't  ever  want  to  come  to  the 
point  where  what  I'm  doing  makes  me  so 
unhappy  that  I'm  sad  like  that  all  the  time. 
Because  then  all  of  the  success  is  sort  of 
beside  the  point.  It's  like  the  thing  you  love 
has  trapped  you  in  a  way." 

Dunn  may  not  have  predicted  the  path  her 
life  would  take,  but  she  sees  her  work  as  a 
teacher  as  being  a  natural  part  of  her  career  as 
an  artist.  "In  Europe  there's  a  very  old  tradi- 
tion," she  says.  "Your  responsibility  as  an 
artist  is  to  learn  as  much  as  you  can  from  your 
mentor  and  then  pass  it  on  to  the  next  gener- 
ation. You  can't  really  be  an  artist  until  you've 
completed  that  circle,  until  you've  helped  some- 
one else  onto  the  next  rung." 

For  Dunn,  easing  the  ascent  of  student  singers 
may  be  the  most  rewarding  art  of  all.  ■ 


Fiduciary 

Trust 

International 

Expertise,  experience,  extraordinary  care. 

For  68  years,  our  clients  have  trusted  us  to  protect  and 

enhance  their  wealth,  integrating  investment  management, 

trust  and  estate  and  custody  services.  Over  $40  billion 

under  management.  Separately  managed  portfolios. 

Exemplary  results. 

NEW  YORK  •  LOS  ANGELES  •  MIAMI  •  WASHINGTON,  D.C.  •  WILMINGTON 

LONDON  •  GENEVA  •  HONG  KONG  •  MELBOURNE  •  TOKYO 

GRAND  CAYMAN  •  GUERNSEY 

Inquiries:  for  accounts  of  $2  million  or  more, 
please  call  Ellen  Kratzer  or  Thomas  K.  Loizeaux  M.B.A.'92  at  877-384-1 1 1 1. 

July-August  1999        47 


IsE&fcU* 


cr^MBoe* 


GRADUATION:  IN 
PRAISE  OF  POLITICS 

In  her  commencement  address,  ABC 
News'  chief  congressional  analyst,  Cokie 
Roberts,  urged  graduating  seniors  to  con- 
sider getting  involved  in  their  government  — 
the  one  institution  that  links  all  Ameri- 
cans—  through  political  participation  and 
public  service. 

More  than  3,400  undergraduate,  graduate, 
and  professional  degrees  were  awarded  at  the 
May  16  ceremony  before  a  crowd  of  more  than 
15,000.  Roberts  was  one  of  five  to  receive 
honorary  degrees;  in  awarding  her  a  doctor  of 
humane  letters  degree,  President  Nannerl  O. 
Keohane  noted  that  Roberts  has  been  elo- 
quent in  calling  on  the  profession  of  journalism 
to  exercise  "greater  care  with  respect  to  facts, 
fairness,  and  quality  of  writing." 

The  other  honorees  were  President  Emil 
Constantinescu  of  Romania,  who  was  a  visiting 


professor  in  Duke's  geology  department  in  the 
1991-92  academic  year  and  who  was  awarded 
a  doctor  of  science  degree  ("You  ended  your 
Duke  service  to  assume  one  presidency,  at  the 
University  of  Bucharest,  that  would  be  a  step- 
ping-stone to  another");  jazz  musician  Sonny 
Rollins,  doctor  of  arts  ("Jazz  is  an  international 
language,  and  you  are  instrumental  in  shaping 
and  propagating  that  language");  Carolyn 
Heilbrun,  a  Columbia  University  professor 
emerita  and  a  leading  feminist  literary  scholar, 
doctor  of  humane  letters  ("Few  scholars  can 


claim  to  have  helped  invent  an  area  of  intel- 
lectual exploration,  but  if  the  field  of  women's 
biography  and  autobiography  can  claim  a 
founder,  it  is  you");  and  George  B.  Autry, 
founder  of  the  socioeconomic  research  center 
MDC  Inc.,  based  in  Chapel  Hill,  who  was 
honored  posthumously  with  a  doctor  of  laws 
degree  ("For  more  than  thirty  years,  MDC  has 
demonstrated  that  public-policy  research  can 
change  lives."). 

Roberts,  who  covers  politics,  Congress,  and 
public-policy  issues  for  ABC  News,  told  mem- 


48      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


bers  of  the  graduating  class  that  it  is  easy  to  be 
contemptuous  of  professional  politicians.  But 
"to  denigrate  the  professional  is  to  denigrate 
the  profession.  We  demand  professional  doc- 
tors and  we  respect  the  art  of  medicine,  we 
respect  professional  bridge  builders,  and  we 
respect  the  science  of  engineering.  To  say  that 
only  amateurs,  non-professionals,  should  be  in 
politics  is  to  denigrate  government,  the  pro- 
fession of  government. 

"Even  though  I  know  that  is  extremely 
popular,  I  would  argue  that  is  very  dangerous, 
because  we  in  this  country  have  nothing  that 
binds  us  together  as  a  nation  except  our  gov- 
ernment. That's  it.  We  have  no  common  reli- 
gion, we  have  no  common  history,  we  have  no 
common  ethnicity,  we  have  these  days  no 
common  language." 


FUNDING 
FUTURES 


At  its  spring  meeting,  the  board  of 
trustees  approved  an  operating  bud- 
get for  the  fiscal  year  beginning  July 
1  of  $604.5  million  for  the  university's  aca- 
demic endeavors,  up  6.5  percent  over  the 
current  year.  When  restricted  funds  for  spe- 
cific projects  are  included,  the  university's 
overall  budget  for  fiscal  1999-2000  totals 
$1.01  billion. 

The  budget  for  the  first  time  excludes 
Duke  Hospital,  which  is  included  in  a  sepa- 
rate spending  plan  for  the  new  Duke  Uni- 
versity Health  System.  The  university  budget, 
however,  does  include  the  School  of  Medi- 


cine and  related  administrative  expenses. 

Executive  Vice  President  Tallman  Trask  III 
told  the  trustees  that  the  new  university  bud- 
get holds  growth  in  academic  support  and 
administrative  costs  to  3  percent  and  allocates 
additional  support  to  computing  initiatives, 
African  and  African-American  studies,  uni- 
versity libraries,  and  deferred  maintenance. 
He  said  the  budget  reflects  continued  strong 
support  for  the  university's  twin  policies  of 
need-blind  admissions  and  meeting  the  full 
demonstrated  financial  need  for  undergradu- 
ate students,  with  unrestricted  undergraduate 
financial  aid  increasing  4.2  percent  over  the 
past  year.  In  total,  Duke  expects  to  spend  $35 
million  in  university  resources  for  financial 
aid  programs. 

The  budget  anticipates  no  significant  changes 
in  enrollment  and  is  based  on  a  Durham  en- 
rollment of  5,925  undergraduates.  The  spending 
plan  includes  the  previously  announced  3.5 
percent  increase  in  the  tuition  for  undergrad- 
uates next  fall  —  the  lowest  in  thirty- three 


years — and  an  overall  increase  of  3.2  percent 
to  $31,839  in  tuition,  fees,  room,  and  board  for 
incoming  arts  and  sciences  students. 


STELLAR 
STUDENTS 

In  addition  to  the  previously  announced 
Rhodes  Scholar,  Neil  Hattengadi,  and 
Marshall  Scholar,  Evan  Young,  two  mem- 
bers of  the  Class  of  '99  have  earned  presti- 
gious international  fellowships. 

Jeffrey  Horwich  of  Polston,  Montana,  was 
named  as  one  of  eighteen  Luce  Scholars  for 
1999-2000.  The  award  provides  travel  and 
living  expenses  for  a  year-long  internship 
experience  in  Asia.  At  Duke,  Horwich,  a  pub- 
lic policy  major,  was  a  singer  with  the  choral 
group  the  Pitchforks;  the  composer  of  several 
instrumental  pieces,  including  a  saxophone 
quartet;  and  co-founder  of  DevilNet,  a  student- 
managed  online  service.  He  will  be  placed  in 
Japan  to  pursue  a  journalism  internship. 

As  one  of  ten  students  nationally  to  win  a 
Churchill  Fellowship — meant  to  honor  stu- 
dents with  superior  credentials  in  science, 
engineering,  and  mathematics — Christopher 
Beasley  will  be  studying  at  Churchill  College 
of  Cambridge  University.  Beasley,  of  Athens, 
Alabama,  majored  in  physics  and  mathemat- 
ics at  Duke.  In  his  work  at  Churchill,  he  will 
be  at  the  intersection  of  those  disciplines, 
focusing  on  string  theory. 

Hattengadi,  Young,  Horwich,  and  Beasley 
were  all  A.B.  Duke  Scholars  as  undergraduates. 

For  the  second  year  in  a  row,  ten  Duke  stu- 
dents have  won  Fulbright  Awards  for  up  to 
a  year  of  university  study,  independent  re- 
search, or  teaching  outside  the  United  States. 
These  highly  competitive  fellowships  are 
funded  by  the  United  States  Information 
Agency  and  by  donors  from  different  coun- 
tries. The  current  recipients  are: 

•  Tico  Almeida,  a  graduating  senior  from 
Waunakee,  Wisconsin,  who  plans  to  use  the 
fellowship  to  study  international  trade  and 
labor  rights; 

•  James  Bloom,  a  graduate  student  in  art 
and  art  history  from  Greenwich,  Connecticut, 
who  plans  to  study  the  visual  culture  of  the 
Netherlands  in  the  sixteenth  century; 

•  Kirstin  Bowie,  a  graduating  senior  from 
Leesport,  Pennsylvania,  who  plans  to  study 
welfare  reforms  in  Denmark; 

•  Deborah  Broderson,  a  graduate  student 
in  art  and  art  history  from  Olympia,  Washing- 
ton, who  plans  to  study  public  space  and  aes- 
thetics in  Denmark; 

•  Frederick  Colby,  a  graduate  study  in  reli- 
gion who  lives  in  Raleigh,  who  plans  to  study 
the  history  of  Sufism  in  Syria; 

•  Jan  Hoffman  French,  a  graduate  student 


July-August  1999 


in  cultural  anthropology  who  lives  in  Durham, 
who  plans  to  study  questions  of  legal  rights, 
identity,  and  memory  among  Afro-Brazilians 
and  Indians; 

•  Stephanie  Holler,  a  graduating  senior  from 
Bedford,  Pennsylvania,  who  plans  to  teach 
English  in  the  Republic  of  Korea; 

•  Jason  Ko,  a  graduating  senior  from  War- 
ren, Ohio,  who  plans  to  teach  English  in  the 
Republic  of  Korea; 

•  Margaret  Lancaster,  a  graduating  senior 
from  Church  Hill,  Tennessee,  who  plans  to 
study  pharmaceutical  biology  in  Germany; 

•  Sasapin  Grace  Prakalapakorn,  a  graduat- 
ing senior  from  Virginia  Beach,  Virginia,  who 
plans  to  study  public  health  in  Thailand. 

The  Fulbright  program  was  established  in 
1946  under  legislation  introduced  by  former 
Senator  J.  William  Fulbright  of  Arkansas.  It 
was  designed  to  foster  mutual  understanding 
among  nations  through  educational  and  cul- 
tural exchanges.  Each  year  the  programs  allows 
more  than  800  Americans  to  study  or  con- 
duct research  in  some  one  hundred  nations. 


TENNIS, 
EVERYONE? 

With  trustee  approval,  Duke  has 
begun  construction  on  a  six-court 
indoor  tennis  center;  it  will  name 
the  complex  for  Karl  Sheffield  '54  and  his  wife, 
Alice,  of  Atlanta — who  are  avid  tennis  play- 
ers and  equally  avid  boosters  of  Duke's  men's 
and  women's  tennis  teams.  The  Sheffields  are 
giving  the  university  $1.5  million  to  help  pay 
for  the  facility,  expected  to  cost  $4-4  million. 
It  will  include  a  5,500-square  foot  support 
building  housing  locker  rooms,  coaches'  of- 
fices, and  reception  and  meeting  space.  Com- 
pletion is  set  for  the  fall. 

The  Sheffield  Tennis  Center  will  serve  as 
the  southeastern  anchor  to  the  West  Campus 
recreational  complex  now  taking  shape  along- 
side Cameron  Indoor  Stadium,  Card  Gym,  and 
the  Aquatic  Center.  When  construction  is 
completed  later  this  year,  there  will  be  a  plaza 
in  front  of  Cameron  and  the  new  Wilson 


Center  with  the  Schwartz-Butters  Building 
anchoring  the  northwest  end. 

Designed  by  Cesar  Pelli  Associates  from 
New  Haven,  Connecticut,  the  tennis  support 
building  office  will  be  built  with  the  same 
Duke  stone  and  glass  curtainwall  as  the 
Schwartz-Butters  Building  and  the  Wilson 
Center.  The  tennis  building  will  be  built  of 
precast  walls  and  a  metal  roof.  It  will  be  par- 
tially concealed  behind  the  support  building 
on  one  side  and  by  extensive  landscaping  on 
the  other  side  next  to  Wannamaker  Drive. 

Not  only  will  the  air-conditioned  tennis 
center  be  available  for  meets  and  practice  by 
the  men's  and  women's  tennis  teams,  but  it 
will  give  students,  faculty,  and  staff  a  place  to 
play  tennis  in  bad  weather.  "With  a  first-class 
indoor  tennis  facility,  Duke  will  be  able  to 
attract  the  very  best  athletes  to  what  already 
is  one  of  the  nation's  most  competitive  pro- 
grams, "  Karl  Sheffield  says.  "We  believe  Duke 
can  be  consistently  among  the  very  best  in 
intercollegiate  tennis  for  generations  to 
come.  Equally  important,  we  will  have  a  won- 
derful all-purpose  facility  for  student  tennis 
and  recreation." 

Sheffield  is  president  of  Compass  21,  a  pri- 
vate company  that  is  a  consultant  to  corpora- 
tions and  governments  on  international  food 
distribution.  He  served  as  chairman  of  the 
Food  Industry  Campaign  Against  Hunger 
and  is  a  past  president  of  Chandler  Leigh  & 
Co.,  a  food  distribution  consulting  firm.  Fund 
raising  for  the  tennis  center  has  been  led  by 
Duke  alumnus  Roger  Hamilton  '64,  also  of 
Atlanta.  More  than  twenty  other  donors  have 
contributed  to  the  effort. 

The  $20-million  Wilson  Center  now  near- 
ing  completion  will  give  students  around-the- 
clock  access  to  a  large  recreational  space 
dominated  by  a  new  three-court  gymnasium. 
The  new  facility  also  contains  three  multi- 
purpose rooms  (one  dedicated  to  dance  and 
aerobics),  a  10,000- square -foot  weight  and 
training  area,  an  indoor  jogging  track,  class- 
room space,  improved  locker  facilities,  admin- 
istrative offices,  and  a  lounge.  The  Schwartz- 
Butters  Building,  a  $12.5  million,  six-story 
addition  to  Cameron  Indoor  Stadium,  is 
scheduled  to  be  completed  this  fall.  It  will 


ANCHORS  RECREATION 
,  AND  THE  AQUATIC  CENTER 


house  an  academic  center  for  student  ath- 
letes, men's  and  women's  basketball  offices 
and  facilities,  and  a  new  sports  Hall  of  Fame. 
In  addition  to  the  new  West  Campus  facili- 
ties, Duke  completed  the  $5 -million  Brodie 
Recreation  Center  on  East  Campus  in  1996. 
The  basketball  court  and  bleachers  were  re- 
cently replaced  in  Cameron  Indoor  Stadium, 
and  additional  refurbishment  is  planned.  The 
Intramural  Building  was  given  air  condition- 
ing and  a  new  synthetic  floor  in  1996,  the 
Wallace  Wade  Stadium  football  playing  field 
was  overhauled  in  1996,  and  more  than  $1.5 
million  has  been  spent  in  the  past  four  years 
on  new  athletic  fields  on  East  Campus  and 
improvements  to  ones  on  West. 


A  DEAN  FOR 
ENGINEERING 

Kristina  Johnson, 
a  University 
Colorado  elec- 
trical engineering  profes- 
sor and  leader  in  inter- 
disciplinary research  that 
melds  light  with  elec- 
tronics, has  been  named 
dean  of  the  Duke 
University  School  of  En- 
gineering. Johnson  is  an 
internationally  known  ex- 
pert in  optics,  signal  pro- 
cessing, and  computing  and  director  emerita 
of  the  Optoelectronics  Computing  Systems 
Center  at  the  University  of  Colorado.  She 
succeeds  Earl  Dowell,  who  is  stepping  down 
after  an  unprecedented  sixteen-year  term 
leading  Duke's  engineering  school. 

Johnson's  research  and  teaching  are  in  such 
areas  as  holography,  which  is  the  creation  of 
three-dimensional  images  with  light  wave 
interference  patterns,  along  with  optical  and 
signal  processing,  liquid  crystal  electro-optics, 
and  affixing  a  novel  variety  of  liquid  crystals 
to  silicon  to  create  new  types  of  miniature  dis- 
plays and  computer  monitors. 

Over  the  last  few  decades,  optoelectronics 
has  become  the  basis  for  a  mammoth  commu- 
nications and  computing  industry,  spawning 
inventions  ranging  from  worldwide  networks 
of  high-capacity  optical  fiber  communica- 
tions to  laser-based  disk  recorders  and  players 
for  computer  data,  music,  and  movies. 

She  holds  about  thirty  patents,  and  her 
own  research  projects  have  provided  the  Uni- 
versity of  Colorado  about  $42  million  in  grants 
and  contracts.  She  has  also  been  active  in  en- 
gineering education,  winning  a  regional  Emmy 
nomination  in  1991  for  a  ten-part  educational 
television  series,  Physics  of  Light.  This  series 
and  its  curriculum  were  distributed  to  schools 


ENGINEERING  FIRST: 
NEW  DEAN  JOHNSON 


50      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


throughout  the  Rocky  Mountain  region. 

Johnson  is  the  first  woman  to  lead  Duke's 
sixty-year-old  School  of  Engineering.  Accor- 
ding to  the  American  Society  of  Engineering 
Education,  there  are  five  other  permanent, 
and  one  acting,  female  deans  of  engineering 
in  the  United  States. 

In  1985,  Johnson  was  named  a  Presidential 
Young  Investigator,  among  the  highest  honors 
given  to  a  young  engineer,  and  that  year  she 
also  helped  found  the  Colorado  Advanced 
Technology  Institute  Center  of  Excellence  in 


CHANNELING  VIOLENCE 


he  issue  of  television  vio- 
lence is  again  in  the  news 
following  the  tragic  school 
shootings  this  past  spring  in 
Littleton,  Colorado,  and  Con- 
yers,  Georgia,  which  many 
blame,  in  part,  on  violence  in 
the  media  and  video  games. 
When  Duke  Magazine  last  scruti- 
nized violence  in  the  media 
["Anger  Over  the  Airwaves," 
September-October  1996], 
Congress  had  passed  the 
Telecommunications  Bill.  The 
bill  included  a  mandate  to  net- 
works to  devise  an  acceptable 
ratings  system  for  all  television 
shows,  and  it  required  all  televi- 
sion manufacturers  to  install  the 
V-chip. 

In  1998,  researchers  from 
four  universities  released  the 
findings  of  their  three-year 
National  Television  Violence 
Study.  They  found  that  two- 
thirds  of  the  network  prime- 
time  and  cable  programs  moni- 
tored in  June  1997  contained 
physical  violence.  The  percent- 
age of  programs  considered 
violent  in  October  1994  had 
been  only  half. 

While  television  violence 
may  be  on  the  rise,  the  current 
ratings  system  may  be  helping 
parents  to  monitor  their  chil- 
dren's viewing  habits,  says 
James  T.  Hamilton,  an  associate 
professor  of  public  policy,  eco- 
nomics, and  political  science  at 
Duke's  Sanford  Institute  of 
Public  Policy  and  director  of 
die  Duke  Program  on  Violence 
and  the  Media. 

This  past  May,  Hamilton  told 
the  Senate  Committee  on  Com- 
merce, Science,  and  Transpor- 
tation that  parents  do  act  if  pro- 
vided with  adequate  content 
information.  "In  my  research, 
I  found  that  on  prime-time 
broadcast  network  movies,  the 
Nielsen  rating  for  children  age 
two  to  eleven  dropped  by  about 
14  percent  on  movies  that  car- 
ried a  viewer  discretion  warn- 


Optoelectronics.  In  1994,  she  was  named  one 
of  the  nation's  top  100  engineers  under  forty 
by  the  National  Academy  of  Engineering.  She 
is  also  a  fellow  of  the  Optical  Society  of 
America  and  winner  of  the  1993  Interna- 
tional Denis  Gabor  Medal  for  Outstanding 
Achievements  in  Modern  Optics.  In  1994, 
she  received  the  Photonics  Spectra  Circle  of 
Excellence  Award  for  her  invention  of  a  new 
form  of  liquid  crystal  display.  In  1996,  she  was 
given  the  Colorado  Technology  Transfer 
Award  for  her  work  with  industry. 


ing.  Since  these  movies  were 
averaging  1.6  million  children 
two  to  eleven  in  their  audi- 
ences, the  drop  in  viewing 
translated  to  approximately 
220,000  fewer  children  in  the 
audience  for  a  movie  carrying  a 
warning."  The  warnings  also 
changed  the  willingness  of  some 
advertisers  to  sponsor  a  pro- 
gram, he  said. 

Measures  such  as  the  current 
ratings  system  are  important, 
Hamilton  said,  because 
research  has  shown  that  televi- 
sion violence  does  increase  lev- 
els of  aggression,  fear,  and 
desensitization  among  some 
viewers,  especially  children. 
"The  executives  who  schedule 
violence  to  garner  ratings  and 
profits  do  not  take  into  account 
the  full  impact  on  society  of 
their  actions." 

Much  of  Hamilton's  research 
is  published  in  his  1998  book, 
Channeling  Violence:  The 
Economic  Marl<et  for  Violent 
Television  Programming 
(Princeton  University  Press).  In 
the  book,  he  compares  the 
social  costs  of  violent  program- 
ming to  the  environmental  and 
economic  costs  of  pollution. 
Policy-makers  can  take  their 
cue  from  zoning  and  education 
policies  designed  to  protect  the 
environment  in  devising  new 


approaches  for  controlling  tele- 
vision violence,  the  book  says. 

One  such  approach  would  be 
to  shift  violent  programming  to 
times  when  children  are  less 
likely  to  be  watching,  Hamilton 
told  the  Senate  committee.  He 
said  nearly  one  in  every  three 
children  and  teens  is  watching 
television  at  eight  in  the 
evening,  when  two-thirds  of  the 
movies  on  basic  cable  are  vio- 
lent. "If  programmers  were  to 
shift  violent  content  to  hours 
where  viewing  by  children  was 
less  likely  to  arise,  this  would 
reduce  the  probability  that 
those  most  susceptible  to  harm 
would  be  exposed  to  violent 
content" 

Hamilton  said  the  television 
industry  should  focus  its  efforts 
on  educating  audiences  about 
the  potential  damaging  effects 
of  televised  violence  on  chil- 
dren. "Parents  will  be  more 
likely  to  act  to  shield  their  chil- 
dren from  violent  programming 
if  there  is  a  more  consistent 
message  about  likely  dangers," 
he  said.  If  entertainment  offi- 
cials helped  convey  the  message 
that  "violent  content  may  be 
harmful  and  parents  should 
shield  their  children  from  it, 
there  may  be  a  high  payoff  to 
society  from  this  type  of  adver- 


While  at  Colorado,  Johnson  co-founded 
two  spinoff  companies.  One  is  ColorLink  Inc., 
which  makes  components  for  color  projection 
devices  based  on  differing  polarizations,  or 
vibrational  states,  of  light.  Another,  called 
KAJ,  LLC,  was  set  up  as  an  intellectual  prop- 
erty licensing  company  to  assist  the  startups 
of  new  firms  using  technology  pioneered  at 
her  center. 

Johnson  received  her  B.S.,  M.S.,  and  Ph.D. 
in  electrical  engineering  from  Stanford  Uni- 
versity. She  joined  the  University  of  Colorado 
faculty  in  1985  after  research  work  at  IBM 
and  Trinity  College  in  Ireland.  She  also  ex- 
celled in  sports,  playing  varsity  hockey  and 
lacrosse  at  Stanford,  competing  at  the  inter- 
national level  in  cricket  while  in  Ireland,  and 
earning  a  red  belt  in  Tae  Kwon  Do,  the  level 
just  below  black  belt. 


A  RESEARCH 
INTERRUPTION 

■  n  mid-May,  federal  officials  lifted  a  four- 
H  day  ban  on  federally  financed  human  ex- 
H  periments  at  Duke  University  Medical 
Center.  The  ban  was  lifted  after  medical  cen- 
ter officials  agreed  to  overhaul  the  system  of 
protections  for  human  subjects. 

In  a  letter  to  Ralph  Snyderman,  chancellor 
for  health  affairs,  Michael  A.  Carome,  chief 
compliance  officer  the  Office  for  Protection 
from  Research  Risks,  said:  "OPRR  has  deter- 
mined that  DUMC  [Duke  University  Medical 
Center]  has  developed  the  satisfactory  cor- 
rective plans  that  were  required  in  OPRR's 
letter  of  May  10, 1999,"  when  the  ban  was 
imposed. 

The  OPRR,  an  agency  of  the  Department 
of  Health  and  Human  Services,  monitors  all 
human  experiments  carried  out  with  federal 
financing.  After  a  December  visit,  investiga- 
tors criticized  Duke's  institutional  review 
board  procedures  for  trials  involving  human 
subjects.  According  to  the  investigators,  the 
board  lacked  adequate  citizen  representation, 
some  of  the  voting  members  may  have  had  a 
conflict  of  interest,  meetings  were  apparently 
held  and  research  approved  without  a  quo- 
rum, and  informed-consent  requirements 
were  not  followed  rigorously.  Federal  officials 
took  their  action  after  what  they  judged  to  be 
an  inadequate  response  by  Duke  to  the  list  of 
violations,  but  pointed  out  that  they  had 
found  no  evidence  that  patients  had  been 
injured. 

Following  the  research  suspension,  a  team 
led  by  Snyderman  and  Edward  Holmes  met 
with  OPRR  officials  and  reviewed  with  them 
DUMC's  strategies  to  ensure  compliance  with 
federal  regulations.  Shortly  after  the  meeting, 
DUMC  submitted  a  revised  plan  for  correc- 


July- August  1999        51 


tive  action.  The  plan  was  accepted,  and  the 
research  resumed. 

Snyderman  said  he  was  "extremely  grateful 
that  the  hard  work"  of  Holmes,  dean  of  the 
school  of  medicine,  and  an  institutional 
review  board  task  force  had  been  recognized 
by  OPRR. 


BENEFITS 

FOR  LAW 

In  the  largest  gift  to  legal  education  in 
North  Carolina,  the  estate  of  the  late 
Kathrine  R.  Everett  has  pledged  $14  mil- 
lion to  be  divided  between  Duke  and  the 
University  of  North  Carolina  law  schools. 
Duke  Law  School  will  use  the  gift  to  support 
its  Center  on  Law,  Ethics,  and  National 
Security  (LENS)  and  other  projects. 

Kathrine  Everett,  who  died  in  1992  at  the 
age  of  ninety- eight,  was  a  respected  North 
Carolina  lawyer  whose  career  spanned  seven 
decades.  She  was  one  of  the  first  women  to 
graduate  from  the  University  of  North  Caro- 
lina Law  School,  where  she  ranked  at  the 
head  of  her  class,  and  the  first  woman  to 
argue  and  win  a  case  before  the  North  Caro- 
lina Supreme  Court.  She  earned  the  top  score 
on  the  state  bar  exam  in  1920.  In  1951,  she  be- 
came one  of  the  first  two  women  elected  to  the 


Patio  Dining! 

Broiled  Crab  Claws,  Shrimp  &  Grits, 
Summer  Salads,  Homemade 

Ice  Creams  &  Sorbets,  Microbrews, 
Martinis,  Mint  Juleps  &  More 


FINE  SOUTHERN  DINING  919-929-7643 

Sunday  Brunch  10:30  am-2  pm 

'  and  dining  room  open  every  night  at  5:30  i 

610  West  Franklin  Street  Chapel  Hill,  NC 


Durham  City  Council,  serving  there  for  twenty 
years.  Later  in  her  life,  Kathrine  Everett  es- 
tablished UHF  television  stations  in  Durham, 
Greensboro,  Wilmington,  and  Fayetteville. 

Her  husband,  Reuben  Oscar  Everett,  was 
one  of  the  first  five  law  students  at  Duke. 
Their  son  and  only  child,  Robinson  O.  Ev- 
erett, graduated  magna  cum  laude  from  Har- 
vard Law  School  in  1950  and  joined  the 
Duke  Law  faculty  that  same  year  at  age  twen- 
ty-two, the  youngest  faculty  member  in 
Duke's  history.  He  earned  a  master  of  laws 
degree  from  Duke  Law  School  in  1959.  In 
1954,  the  Everetts  were  the  first  family  of 
lawyers  sworn  in  together  to  the  Bar  of  the 
United  States  Supreme  Court. 

Robinson  Everett  served  in  the  Korean  War 
in  the  Judge  Advocate  General's  Department 
and  afterward  as  a  commissioner  of  the  U.S. 
Court  of  Military  Appeals.  He  remained  in  the 
Air  Force  Reserve  until  he  retired  as  colonel 
in  1978.  In  1980,  President  Carter  appointed 
him  chief  judge  of  the  U.S.  Court  of  Appeals 
for  the  Armed  Forces.  Everett  founded  Duke 
Law  School's  LENS  Center  in  1993.  The  cen- 
ter is  dedicated  to  the  teaching  and  study  of 
national  security  law  and  advising  policymak- 
ers on  critical  national  security  issues. 


ARCHIVING 
ADVERTISING 

Wells  Rich  Greene  BDDR  at  one 
time  among  the  most  successful 
advertising  agencies  in  the  in- 
dustry, has  donated  its  archive  of  print  and 
television  ads  to  Duke  Libraries  after  ceasing 
operations  last  year. 

The  agency  created  many  well-known  com- 
mercials and  product  slogans  over  the  years, 
such  as  "At  Ford,  Quality  is  Job  1";  "I  can't 
believe  I  ate  the  whole  thing";  "Try  it,  you'll 
like  it";  "Flick  my  Bic";  "Plop,  plop,  fizz,  fizz"; 
"Raise  your  hand  if  you're  Sure";  "Hefty,  Hef- 
ty, wimpy,  wimpy";  "Friends  don't  let  friends 
drive  drunk";  and  "Trust  the  Midas  touch." 

The  archive,  which  covers  the  agency's 
thirty-two-year  history,  was  donated  last  sum- 
mer to  Duke's  John  W  Hartman  Center  for 
Sales,  Advertising,  and  Marketing  History,  a 
division  of  the  university's  Rare  Book,  Manu- 
script, and  Special  Collections  Library.  Library 
staff  members  spent  ten  months  organizing 
the  archive,  and  it  is  now  available  for  public 
use.  The  archive  is  substantial.  It  consists  of 
235  boxes  of  materials  that  mostly  reflect  the 
firm's  creative  work,  but  it  also  includes  some 
marketing  reports  and  other  internal  docu- 
ments. In  all,  there  are  tens  of  thousands  of 
original  print  ads  and  television  commercials 
on  videotape. 

"This  is  a  very  rich  archive  and  a  strong 


COLLECTING  ICONS:  FROM  THE  EXTENSIVE 
ARCHIVE  OF  PRINT  ADS  AND  COMMERCIALS  GIVEN 
TO  THE  HARTMAN  CENTER 

record  of  the  agency's  work, "  says  Ellen  Gar- 
trell,  director  of  the  Hartman  Center.  "We're 
thrilled  to  house  it  because  Wells  Rich  Greene 
BDDP  was  renowned  as  one  of  the  most  cre- 
ative agencies  in  the  business." 

Wells  Rich  Greene  was  founded  in  1966  by 
Mary  Wells  and  two  partners,  Dick  Rich  and 
Stewart  Greene.  An  intelligent,  energetic,  and 
aggressive  leader,  Wells  became  known  early 
in  her  career  as  the  first  woman  in  advertising 
to  break  through  the  industry's  "glass  ceiling, " 
especially  after  she  landed  a  $12-miIlion  ac- 
count with  American  Motors  Corporation  in 
1967.  Based  in  New  York  City,  the  company 
made  its  reputation  with  innovative  work  and 
experienced  intense  growth  in  its  first  decade 
of  business.  Among  the  firm's  major  clients 
over  the  years  were  Braniff  International 
Airways,  Cadbury  Schweppes,  International 
Business  Machines  (IBM),  MCI  Communi- 
cations, the  New  York  State  Board  of  Tourism, 
Pan  American  World  Airways,  Procter  & 
Gamble,  Ralston  Purina  Company,  Royal 
Crown  Cola,  and  Sheraton  Hotels. 

The  agency's  demise  began  in  1990,  when 
Wells  stepped  down  as  chief  executive  officer 
and  sold  out  to  Boulet  Dru  Dupuy  Petit 
(BDDP),  a  French  advertising  giant  also  known 
for  its  creative  work.  A  number  of  manage- 
ment problems  arose  in  the  years  that  fol- 
lowed and  the  firm  gradually  lost  one  client 
after  another.  The  final  blow  came  in  January 
1998,  when  Procter  6k  Gamble  canceled  its 
contract  with  the  company. 

Faced  with  the  prospect  of  what  to  do  with 
the  company  archive  and  wanting  to  make 


52      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


sure  that  its  history  was  preserved,  agency 
executives  contacted  the  Hartman  Center, 
says  Jan  Sneed,  formerly  the  agency's  execu- 
tive vice  president  of  corporate  communica- 
tions. "It  was  our  belief  that  Duke  University 
has  the  most  comprehensive  archives  cover- 
ing the  advertising  industry." 

There  are  few  internal  documents  in  the 
Wells  archive  because  the  company  shut  down 
in  a  relatively  short  period  and  some  materials 
were  lost.  Gartrell  said  she  hopes  to  improve 
the  archive  in  the  next  couple  of  years  by  en- 
couraging the  agency's  former  employees  to 
donate  any  remaining  materials  they  may 
have  in  their  possession. 


IN  BRIEF 


^  Graduate  school  dean  and  vice  provost 
Lewis  Siegel  has  added  interim  vice  provost 
for  research  to  his  portfolio,  assuming  many  of 
the  duties  of  the  late  Charles  Putman  in  the 
oversight  of  research  support  and  develop- 
ment. Siegel  was  appointed  dean  of  the  grad- 
uate school  and  vice  provost  for  interdisci- 
plinary activities  in  1991. 

^  John  Harer,  chair  of  mathematics,  has 
been  named  to  the  new  position  of  vice 
provost  for  academic  affairs.  He  came  to 
Duke  in  1992  as  a  visiting  professor.  He  had 
served  as  department  head  at  Washington 
and  Lee  University  and  as  a  professor  at  the 
University  of  Michigan.  Under  new  provost 
Peter  Lange.fbur  other  vice  provosts — Cathy 
Davidson,  Bruce  Kuniholm,  Jim  Roberts,  and 
Judith  Ruderman — will  continue  in  their  old 
assignments  with  some  title  changes  and 
enlarged  responsibilities. 

▼  Michael  J.  Palmer,  formerly  deputy  coun- 
ty manager  for  Durham  County,  is  now  direc- 
tor of  Duke's  Office  of  Community  Affairs. 
The  centerpiece  of  the  Office  of  Community 
Affairs  is  the  university's  three-year-old 
Duke -Durham  Partnership  Initiative  —  a 
wide-ranging  collaborative  program  between 
Duke  and  the  twelve  neighborhoods  sur- 
rounding the  university,  along  with  the  seven 
public  schools  that  serve  those  neighbor- 
hoods. Following  a  career  in  industry,  Palmer 
joined  the  county  administration  in  1987  as 
director  of  internal  audit.  He  was  promoted 
to  assistant  manager  for  services  in  1990,  assis- 
tant county  manager  five  years  later,  and 
deputy  county  manager  in  1996. 

f  Glenn  Edwards,  who  was  director  of 
Vanderbilt  University's  Free -Electron  Laser 
Center,  is  professor  of  physics  and  director  of 
Duke's  Free -Electron  Laser  Laboratory.  He 
replaces  John  Madey,  the  inventor  of  the  free- 
electron  laser  (FEL),  who  left  Duke  for  the 
University  of  Hawaii  last  year.  FELs  differ 


from  ordinary  lasers  in  that  they  extract  laser 
light  from  electrons  that  have  been  liberated 
of  their  normal  bondage  to  atoms.  Because  of 
this  freedom,  FELs  can  make  amplified  light 
in  an  unusually  large  variety  of  different 
wavelengths,  making  them  extremely  useful 
scientific  tools. 

v  Gary  L.  Stiles  has  been  appointed  chief 
medical  officer  and  vice  president  of  Duke 
University  Health  System  (DUHS).  He  joined 
the  Duke  faculty  in  1981  and  has  for  the  past 
ten  years  served  as  chief  of  its  division  of  car- 
diology. In  1996,  he  was  appointed  medical 
director  of  DUHS  Network  Development.  In 
this  capacity,  he  has  been  responsible  for  co- 


ordinating relationships  between  Duke  physi- 
cians and  those  practicing  throughout  DUHS's 
eighteen-county  primary  referral  region. 

v  Clark  C.  Havighurst,  William  Neal  Rey- 
nolds Professor  of  Law,  has  been  named  inter- 
im dean  of  Duke's  law  school.  He  succeeds 
Pamela  B.  Gann,  who  is  leaving  the  law 
school  to  become  president  of  Claremont 
McKenna  College  in  Claremont,  California. 
The  law  school  is  conducting  a  national 
search  for  Gann's  permanent  successor.  At 
Duke  since  1964,  Havighurst  teaches  courses 
in  antitrust  law  and  health  care  law  and  poli- 
cy. He  is  the  author  of  three  books  and  many 
articles  in  the  health-care  Held. 


July-August  1999        53 


The  Tibetans:  A  Struggle  to  Survive 

By  Steve  Lehman  '87.  Umbrage  Editions,  1998. 
96  pages.  $45. 

Steve  Lehman's  The  Tibetans  is 
beautiful  and  complex,  a  book 
that,  with  controlled  passion 
and  great  thoughtfulness,  de- 
scribes Tibet's  struggle  for 
self-determination.  Through 
photography,  design,  engaging 
historical  writing,  interviews, 
and  the  commitment  of  both  foreigners  and 
Tibetans,  Lehman  and  his  publisher  have  cre- 
ated a  book  that  in  many  ways  is  transporting. 
Lehman,  a  photojournalist  whose  work  has 
appeared  in  international  magazines  over  the 
past  decade,  and  whose  photography  in  Tibet 
has  been  similarly  long-term,  started  this  book 
almost  by  chance.  In  1987,  while  shopping  in 
Lhasa  for  supplies  for  an  anthropological 
study,  he  happened  on  a  demonstration  that 
changed  his  life,  and  the  lives  of  many  Ti- 
betans. It  was  a  small  political  action  that 
included  only  a  handful  of  monks,  but  it  was 
the  first  public  outcry  against  the  Chinese  in 
decades,  giving  it  historic  dimension.  It  was 
immediately  apparent  to  Lehman  and  to  oth- 
ers (including  Robbie  Barnett,  who  wrote  the 
historical  essay  for  this  book)  that  the  partici- 
pants were  risking  their  lives  to  bring  about 
change.  Lehman,  camera  in  hand,  was  moved 
by  their  courage  and  started  to  photograph. 

Like  many,  he  had  held  romantic  views  of 
Tibet:  beautiful  mountains,  rushing  streams, 
spiritual  thrall,  an  otherworldly  Shangri-La  of 
a  place,  populated  by  industrious  people  whose 
lives  were  grounded  in  a  compelling  religion. 
It's  a  view  still  promulgated  by  many  photo 
books,  by  films,  and  by  a  style  of  Western  reli- 
gious questing  that  often  does  not  include 
much  political  content.  And  it's  a  view  that 
this  book  tries  to  deepen.  Back  in  1987,  Leh- 
man understood  little  of  the  turmoil  that  lay 
beneath  the  surface  of  Tibet.  Since  then,  he  has 
uncovered  much,  and  this  complex  knowledge 
— both  that  of  contemporary  Tibet  and  of  its 
political  history — is  communicated  well  here. 
The  mix  of  voices  he  enlists  to  help  tell  this 
story  is  astonishing.  We  are  spoken  to  by  many, 
shown  places  and  people,  written  to,  and  even 
offered  up  bits  and  pieces  of  paper.  Lehman 
begins  the  book  with  the  history  of  his  own 
connection  to  the  place.  He  is  followed  by 


ABOVE  AND  CLOCKWISE:  THE  ABBOT  IS  ASSISTED 
AT  THE  SERA  MONASTERY,  BUILT  IN  1419;  AFTER 
ESCAPING  TO  INDIA,  NGAWANG  KHETSUN,  ONE 
OF  THE  FIRST  MONKS  TO  DEMONSTRATE  IN  1987, 
NOW  STUDIES  AT  THE  BUDDHIST  SCHOOL  OF 
DIALECTICS,  BESIDE  THE  DALAI  LAMA'S  HOME;  A 
GIANT  THANKA  SIGNIFIES  THE  OPENING  IN  LHASA 
OF  THE  YOGURT  FESTIVAL,  PROMOTING  TIBETAN 
OPERA  AND  DANCE;  PRAYER  OFFERINGS  OF 
TSAMPA  (BARLEY  FLOUR)  AND  INCENSE  DURING 
THE  YOGURT  FESTIVAL 

Robert  Coles,  the  writer,  psychiatrist,  and  pro- 
fessor of  social  ethics  who,  in  his  introduction, 
writes  of  the  fascination  with  which  many 
Westerners  seem  to  experience  Tibet,  and  for 
the  need  that  these  interests  be  more  fully 
informed.  A  beautifully  told  oral  history  by 
the  monk  Jampel  Tsering  follows.  Tsering  is  the 
man  who  conceived  the  1987  demonstration 
and,  in  very  personal  ways,  tells  of  his  family's 
history:  what  has  occurred  to  him  since  his 
political  work  began  and  what  has  happened 
to  other  Tibetan  resisters  over  the  years. 

The  bulk  of  the  book  is  Lehman's  photog- 
raphy, his  writing,  and  quotes  from  a  wide 
variety  of  Tibetans.  A  good  number  of  pages 
contain  collages  of  sorts,  the  kind  of  printed 
matter  that  one  accumulates  over  the  course 
of  travels:  tickets,  advertisements,  newspaper 
clippings,  and  the  like,  all  of  which  place  the 
work  in  a  tactile,  everyday  environment. 

Lehman's  writing  includes  both  printed 


captions  and  a  fair  amount  that  is  handwrit- 
ten, scrawled,  in  haste,  it  seems,  over  the 
photographs  themselves.  Initially,  this  hand- 
written work  was  irritating  to  me.  The  pen- 
manship, while  legible,  is  often  difficult  to 
make  out,  and  occasionally  there  is  an  un- 
edited "cuteness"  to  some  of  the  commentary. 
But  as  I  struggled  through  the  handwriting, 
which  at  times  even  forces  one  to  rotate  the 


54      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


book,  an  interesting  thing  began  to  happen. 
First,  I  was  simply  slowed  down,  which  was 
good,  because  much  of  this  material  was  new 
to  me.  Second,  more  and  more,  it  felt  as 
though  Lehman  himself  were  speaking,  some- 
times strongly,  sometimes  with  hesitancy,  but 
always  with  passion  about  the  things  he  had 
witnessed:  the  demonstrations,  the  destruc- 
tion of  indigenous  Tibetan  architecture,  the 
ecological  devastation  of  the  land,  the  co- 
option  of  a  culture,  and  the  occupation  or  (as 
Barnett  puts  it),  the  colonization  of  a  country. 
The  photographs,  which  are  skillfully 
framed,  though  often  intuitively  grabbed, 
have  a  dashed-off  quality  (some  were  clearly 
taken  just   before   the   photographer  was 


chased  off  a  scene).  Stylistically,  this  is  con- 
gruent with  the  writing.  Overall,  there  is  a 
scrapbook  quality  to  this  part  of  the  book,  as 
though  one  were  encountering  a  very  person- 
al political/travel  journal.  Lehman's  photogra- 
phy and  writing  proceed  from  his  own  point 
of  view  —  that  of  witness.  And  this  interpre- 
tive touch,  along  with  the  Tibetan  voices, 
make  the  events  and  people  photographed  all 
the  more  real. 

Ultimately  there  is  an  artlessness  to  the 
work,  in  the  best  sense,  that  lets  the  story  be 
told  without  the  sanitization  that  "art"-in- 
spired  photojournalism  often  imposes.  While 
many  of  these  images  are  beautiful  in  shape, 
form,  and  color,  conventional  photographic 
aesthetics  in  politically  charged  work  like  this 
often  get  in  the  way  of  content,  creating  a 
sumptuousness  that  undercuts  the  difficult 
point  being  made.  In  Lehman's  case,  gorgeous 
Tibet  is  tempered  by  photographic  framing, 
by  spontaneity,  by  the  haphazard,  by  text,  by 
handwriting,  and  by  design — all  to  good  end. 

I  must  also  say  something  about  the  design 
of  the  book,  by  Francesca  Richer,  which  is 
inspired.  With  the  advent  of  scanners  and  an 
easier  placement  of  objects  on  a  printed  page, 
graphic  possibilities  have  emerged  in  book 
design  that  are  exciting  (if  not  overwhelm- 
ing). In  documentary  studies  such  as  this  one, 
it's  possible  to  draw  on,  manipulate,  and  jux- 


tapose images  from  the  commonplace,  more 
easily  than  before,  with  text.  (Another  fine 
example  of  this  is  Susan  Meiselas's  book, 
Kurdistan:  In  the  Shadow  of  History.) 

The  book  concludes  with  a  lucid  essay  by 
Robbie  Barnett,  which  places  all  we  have  ex- 
perienced in  The  Tibetans  in  historical  con- 
text. It  makes  the  confusing  history  of  Tibet 
understandable.  It's  an  essay  that,  while  pos- 
sessing a  personal  point  of  view,  is  balanced. 
A  time  line  of  Tibetan  history  follows. 

In  all,  the  book  is  a  fine  introduction  to 
contemporary  Tibet,  demythologizing  in  im- 
portant ways  the  popular  conceptions  that 
have  grown  around  it.  The  complexity  of  Ti- 
bet's story  benefits  from  the  multiple  points  of 
view  Lehman  uses,  and  his  varied  way  of  com- 
municating, coupled  with  a  faceted  visual  ap- 
proach, give  feeling  and  thought  equal  em- 
phasis. The  result  is  information  that  has 
emotional  depth.  And  through  this,  Tibet's 
place  in  one's  interior  map  changes  in  impor- 
tant ways. 

— Peter  Brown 


Brown,  a  photographer  from  Houston,Texas,  is  the 
author  of  Seasons  of  Light.  His  new  book,  On 
the  Plains,  a  study  of  the  landscape  and  small 
towns  of  the  U.S.  western  plains,  was  published  in 
May  as  a  DoubleTake  Book  by  WW.  Norton. 


July-August  1999        55 


Mfe 


Ask  the  Expert 


Where  might  we  find 
God's  work  in  the  tragedi 


Kennedy  family— most 
recently,  with  the  death  of 
John  f.  Kennedy  Jr.? 

I  like  the  way  the  question  is  put; 
we  aren't  saying  that  God  willed 
or  wanted  the  death  of  this  young 
man  and  the  suffering  of  this 
much  buffeted  family.  The  Ken- 
nedys have  borne  a  great  deal  of 
tragedy  without,  so  far  as  I  can 
tell,  an  ounce  of  self-pity.  This  is  a 
great  achievement  in  a  society  like 
ours;  perhaps  this  is  a  tribute  to 
their  Catholic  faith. 

Mr.  Kennedy's  death  might 
have  been  due  to  poor  judgment, 
a  lack  of  skill  in  aviation,  or  just 
unfortunate  circumstance,  but  it 
was  not  due  to  God.  Yet,  when 
tragedy  happens,  particularly  so 
much  tragedy  within  one  family, 
we  wonder,  "What  is  God  up  to 
now?"  Not,  "Why  did  God  cause 
the  tragedy?"  but,"What  can  God 
do  with  such  a  tragedy?" 

Martin  Luther  once  said,  "God 
can  ride  a  lame  horse  or  shoot 
straight  with  a  crooked  bow." 
Christians  do  not  believe  that  we 
have  an  "answer"  to  the  tragedies 
of  life,  rather  that  what  we  have  is 
a  God  who,  in  Jesus  Christ,  enters 
tragedy,  stands  with  us,  and  makes 
a  way  through.  The  cross  of 
Christ,  the  greatest  of  the  world's 
tragedies,  is  a  sign.  Not  of  an  an- 
swer or  a  reason  for  the  hurt  that 
happens  in  life — it  is  something 
even  better.  The  cross  is  a  sign 
that  God  is  with  us,  particularly  in 
the  dark  times.  The  cross  says, 
wherever  there  is  tragedy,  injus- 
tice, pain,  there  is  God. 

God  is  able  miraculously  to 
weave  even  the  worst  events  of 


our  lives  into  God's  loving  purposes 
for  the  world.  When  good  is 
wrenched  from  evil,  that  is  us  — 
and  God — at  our  best.  How  could 
a  family  so  rich  and  privileged 
have  so  great  a  sense  of  public 
duty,  so  great  a  concern  for  those 
less  fortunate  than  themselves? 
Perhaps  the  pain  they  know  has 
made  them  more  empathetic  with 
the  needs  of  others.  Perhaps  they 
know  that,  for  millions,  tragedy  is 
a  way  of  life,  not  a  momentary 
occurrence.  Perhaps  they  know 
that  God  does  not  will  such  pain, 
but  gives  us  resources  for  reaching 
out  to  others  in  pain  and,  to  some 
degree,  setting  evil  right.  If  that  is 
the  case,  then  we  can  look  at  this 
family's  considerable  public  service 
and  say,  there  is  God. 


We  asked  some  editors  of  the  summer 
edition  of  The  Chronicle: 

What  are  you  reading  for 
pie 


Besides  copy  and  galleys  during 
their  summer  stints  on  campus, 
our  editors  managed  to  read  quite 
an  assortment.  Junior  Jaime  Levy, 
co-university  editor,  says  she  read 
Dickens'  A  Tale  of  Two  Cities  "for 
the  third  time  and  The  Awakening 
by  Kate  Chopin  for  the  first, " 
as  well  as  Judy  Blume's  Summer 
Sisters — "what's  summer  without 
a  trashy  novel?" 

Sophomore  Rami  Zheman,  an 
associate  editor,  finished  Ayn 


Rand's  The  Fountainhead,  which 
he  says  he  began  reading  last  sum- 
mer. To  round  out  his  pursuits,  the 
double -major  in  biomedical  and 
electrical  engineering  says  he 
chose  George  Orwell's  1984  and 
James  Joyce's  Portrait  of  the  Artist 
as  aYoung  Man.  "I  decided  that 
meaningful  books  would  do  more 
for  me  than  run-of-the-mill,  for- 
mulaic Grisham-esque  books." 

Features  editor  and  senior  Kelly 
Woo  re-read  Jane  Austen's  Pride 
and  Prejudice," an  annual  summer 
event  for  me."  Having  taken  a 
class  with  Ariel  Dorfman,"a  won- 
derful professor, "  she  completed 
his  memoir  Heading  South,  Looking 
North,  as  well  as  his  new  novel, 
The  Nanny  and  the  Iceberg. 

The  Chronicle's  online  creative 
developer,  Rob  Starling,  a  senior, 
read  The  Hitchhiker's  Guide  to  the 
Galaxy  by  Douglas  Adams  for  its 
"light,  fast-paced  humor."  He  also 
tackled  Why  I  Am  Not  a  Christian, 
a  collection  of  Bertrand  Russell's 
essays  "that  comment  on  the 
foundations  and  effects  of  Chris- 
tianity and  religion  in  general." 

Mary  Carmichael,  a  senior,  edi- 
tor of  the  new  Tower View  maga- 
zine insert,  and  former  summer 
intern  at  the  News  &  Observer, 
apparently  takes  her  field  seriously. 
She  discovered  Personal  History, 
the  autobiography  of  Katherine 
Graham,  retired  publisher  of  The 
Washington  Post.  Besides  "dipping 
into  Virginia  Woolfs  To  the  Light- 
house, "  she's  awaiting  the  new 
book  on  The  NewYorkTimes'  fami- 
ly dynasty  by  Susan  Tifft  73  and 
Alex  Jones,  who  share  the  Sanford 
Institute's  Patterson  Professorship. 
"He's  something  of  a  mentor,  and  I 
plan  on  buying  it  the  second  it 
comes  out." 


Heard  Around  Campus 


"The  high  quality  of  student 
athletes  we  have  here  at  Duke, 


as  evidenced  by  this  significant 
national  award,  is  one  of  the  prime 
reasons  I'm  excited  about  being 
here." 


"I  found  Duke  to  be  a  laid-back, 
warm,  and  friendly  sort  of  place. 
Duke  versus  Harvard  is  like  'warm 
fuzzy'  versus  'cold  prickly, '  and  not 
just  because  of  the  weather." 

-Melanie  Wood  '03,  one  of  18 


and  among  the  largest  matriculating 


"Respect  for  the  Constitution 
and  the  institutions  it  created,  all 
three  branches — the  judicial,  the 
executive,  and,  yes,  that  unpopular 
first  branch,  Congress — and  a 
willingness  to  participate  in  them 
are  the  glue  that  keeps  the  coun- 
try together." 


"It's  really  important  for  us  to 
promote  this  victory  and  do  what- 
ever we  can  to  get  the  league 
established.  I  want  women  who 
love  soccer  as  much  as  I  do  to  be 
able  to  play." 


56      DUKE  MAGAZINE 


<C  NOAPPLKATION. 


^S^cnosats: 


Oustcome. 


FOR  A 
REUNION 
YOU'LL  ALWAYS 
REMEMBER,  COME 
BACK  TO  THE  PLACE  YOU 
NEVER  FORGOT. 

SPRING  forward  into  the  new  century — 
return  "home"  to  celebrate 
DUKE  REUNIONS  2000 

Yes,  that's  right,  Duke  (undergraduate)  Reunions 
are  new  being  held  in  the  spring  on  one  huge, 
stellar  weekend!  The  Classes  of  1950,  1955, 
1960,  1965,  1970,  1975,  1980,  1985,  1990,  1995, 
and  the  Half  Century  Club  will  celebrate  their 
reunions  April  14-16,  2000. 
In  the  coming  weeks  and  months  you'll  be  receiving 
lots  of  reunion  information  in  the  mail  AND  you'll 
also  be  able  to  get  the  latest  scoop  on  all  the  plans 
for  Reunions  2000  by  visiting  the  Duke  Reunions 
website  at: 

www.DukeAlumni.com/cc/reunions 
So  save  the  date,  and  plan  to  be  part  of  an 
unforgettable  weekend! 
(Questions?  E-mail  us  at 
reunions@duke.edu) 


:N  HAVE 

OU  EVER 

MADE  SUCH 

OP  FRIENDS? 

STAYED  UP  SO 

LATE?  LEARNED 

SO  MUCH? 

DUKE'S  STILL 

HERE.  .. 

Whether  ifs  been  five  years  or  50 

_«■_,  since  graduation,  you  won't  want  to 

lion  Planning 


v.umiMiiiee  13  (.uiijuiniy:  lsuhc  neumu 

something  for  everyone.  Catch  up  and  re ~= 

with  friends  at  both  casual  and  gala  events.  Get 

the  inside  scoop  on  Duke  today  by  participating  in 

Duke  Directions,  the  academic  mini-collegi 

for  returning  alumni,  or  go  on  some  of  the 


n  more  about  the  course 


photos  from  Reunions 


ons  2000,  and  keep  in  touch 
es  by  visiting 


'& 


ONCE  DUKE,  ALWAYS  DUKE. 

BE  DUKE  ACAIN  THIS  SPRING. 


>* 


DUKE 


614  CHAPEL  DRIVE, BOX  905  70 

DURHAM, NORTH  CAROLINA 

27708-0570 

Address  Service  Requested 


NONPROFIT   ORG. 

US.  Postage 

PAID 

Lynchburg.VA 

PERMIT    NO.  161 


Where  YOU  LIVE 

Listen  to  the  crickets  serenade  you  on 
your  own  balcony.  Catch  a  pop-fly  at  a 
world-famous  Durham  Bulls  game. 
Take  a   class   at   one   of   the   three 


Continuing  Care 
Retirement  Community 

2701  Pickett  Road' 

Durham,  NC  27705 

800-474-0258 

919-490-8000 

www.forestdukc.eom 


is  How  You  Live. 

universities  that  make  up  the  Research 
Triangle  region.  No  matter  what  you 
choose  to  do,  you'll  find  life  gets 
better  at  The  Forest  at  Duke.  ^S| 


DUKE 


ANIMATING  THE  MIND 
A  CHANGE  IN  SPAIN 


KOSOVO  BEYOND  THE  CONFLICT 


A  MEDICAL 

SETBACK  AND 

RECOVERY 

Institutional  review  boards 
on  the  examination  table 

• 
• 

,.    B5        'flH'55 

j^^^^^^^^^^H 

The  Duke  MBA 

Around  the  clock.  Around  the  world  Around  your  business  life. 


The  Duke  MBA- Cross  Continent 


An  innovative  MBA  program  designed  for  young  managers  to  enhance  their  careers  through 
a  world-class  business  education  that  leverages  the  use  of  Internet-mediated  learning  technolo- 
gies in  concert  with  periods  of  residential  classroom  learning  while  allowing 
students  to  remain  on  the  job. 


Campuses  in  Frankfurt,  Germany,  and  Durham,  N.C.,  USA. 

Tel        1.919.660.1964 

E-mail   fuqua-cross-continent@mail.duke.edu 


DUKE 


SCHOOL 
OF  BUSINESS 


Duke  Magazine  is 
printed  on  recycled 
paper 


EDITOR: 

Robert].  Bliwise  A.M. '88 
ASSOCIATE  EDITOR: 
Sam  Hull 

FEATURES  EDITOR: 
Kim  Koster 
SCIENCE  EDITOR: 
L\nni"  Meredith 
PUBLISHER:  M.  Laney 
Funderburkjr.  '60 
CLAY  FELKER 
MAGAZINE  FELLOW: 
Philip  Tinari  '01 
STUDENT  INTERNS: 
Scott  Meisler  '00 
Jaime  Ramirez  '02 
DESIGN  CONSULTANT: 
Maxine  Mill*  Graphic  Design 
PRINTER: 
Progress  Printing 

OFFICERS,  DUKE  ALUMNI 
ASSOCIATION: 
Gwynne  A.  Young  71,  president; 
Ruth  Wade  Ross  '68,  president- 
elect; M.  Laney  Funderburkjr. 
'60,  secretary-treasurer. 

PRESIDENTS,  SCHOOL 
AND  COLLEGE  ALUMNI 
ASSOCIATIONS: 
Arnetta  E.  Beverly  M.Div.  '92, 
Divinity  Sciiool,  Henry  R. 
"Kelly"  DerrB.S.E.  71,  M.S.E. 

73,  School  of  Engineering; 
James  A.  Spangler  II  M.E.M. 
'89,  Nicholas  School  of  the 
b'nrminmL'iit;  Sunny  Harvey 
Burrows  M.B.A.  '88,  Fitqita 
Schnnlof  Business;  ludithAnn 
Maness  M.H.A.  '83,  Department 
W  1  IcJih  AJvwmnaunn;  Pamela 
Orth  Peters  J.D.  78,  School 

of  Law;  Robert  L.  Murrah  Jr. 
79,  M.D.  '83,  School  of 
Medicine;  Elizabeth  Whitmore 
Kelley  B.S.N.  79,  School  of 
Nursing;  Allen  W.  Wicken  M.S. 

74,  Graduate  Program  in 
r/;\skLi/  77il'iw/'\;  Kay  Goodman 
Stern  '46,  Half-Century  Club. 

EDITORIAL 
ADVISORY  BOARD: 
Clay  Felker  '51,  cltainnan; 
Frederick  E  Andrews  '60; 
Debra  Blum  '87;  Sarah 
Hardesty  Bray  72;  Nancy  L. 
Cardwell  '69;  Jerrold  K.  Footlick; 
Edward  M.  Gome:  79;  Kerry 
E.  Hannon  '82;  Stephen 
Labaton  A.M.  '86,  J.D.  '86; 
Elizabeth  H.  Locke  '64,  Ph.D. 
72;  Thomas  P  Losee  Jr.  '63; 
Michael  Milstein  '88;  Ann 
Pelham  74;  Michael  J. 
Schoenfeld  '84;  Susan  Tifft  73; 
Jane  Vessels  77;  Robert  J. 
Bliwise  A.M.  '88,  secretary. 

SUBSCRIPTIONS: 

$15  per  year  ($30  foreign) 

PuL'  Magazine.  ol4  Chapel  Dr., 
Durham,  N.C.  27708-0570. 

FAX:  (919)  681-1659 

ADDRESS  CHANGES: 
Alumni  Records,  Box  90613, 
Durham,  N.C.  27708-0613 
or  e-mail  bluedevil@duke.edu 

ONLINE  EDITION: 
ivww.dukemagazine.duke.edu 

©  1999  Duke  University 

PuMj.Ik'J  bimonthly  by  the 
Office  of  Alumni  Affairs. 


SEPTEMBER- 
OCTOBER  1999 


DUKE 


VOLUME  85 
NUMBER  6 


Cover:  the  dynamic  architecture  of 
Duke  North,  a  modem  medical  model  for 
responsible  research — and  accountability. 
Photo  by  Chris  Hildreth 


MANAGING  A  MEDICAL  MAKEOVER  by  Robert].  Bliwise  2 

The  action  of  a  federal  oversight  agency  raises  national  issues  about  clinical  trials 
and  how  their  human  subjects  are  protected 

JUSTICE  AFTER  ALL?  by  Thomas  Seifert;  photos  by  Steve  Lehman  8 

"Now  they  can  see  the  sun  again" — a  Kosovo  journal  documents  bombed  army  barracks 
and  factories,  burned-out  houses,  burst  windows,  and  a  measure  of  hope  for  the  future 

THE  DEMONS  BENEATH  US  by  Eric  Larson  1 0 

Landmines  are  weapons  that  threaten  long  after  a  war  has  been  waged;  a  band  of 
Duke  researchers  is  developing  technology  to  save  lives  and  bring  the  killing 
to  an  earlier  end 

MIND  OVER  MATTER  by  Dennis  Meredith  16 

By  sifting  through  storms  of  neural  signals,  neurobiologists  are  making  discoveries 

that  not  only  yield  potential  practical  benefits  but  also  challenge  old  notions  of  the  brain 

as  a  static,  passive  computer 

OLD  VALUES  IN  A  NEW  WORLD  by  Scott  Meisler  37 

A  student's  studies  in  Spain  lead  to  questions  about  national  identity — 
and  personal  identity 

WHERE  THE  WORDS  ARE  by  T.  Colin  Dodd  41 

For  eighteen  years,  high  school  students  have  veered  away  from  the  traditional  camp 
experience  and  come  to  Duke  for  the  writes  of  summer 


REGISTER 

News  of  the  Duke  Alumni  Association,  mini-profiles,  class  notes 

FORUM 

Artistic  differences,  affirmative -action  complaints,  language  lessons 

GAZETTE 

Costly  tolls  for  gunshot  injuries,  higher  speeds  for  high-tech  communication, 
accomplishment — and  diversity — for  the  Class  of '03 

BOOKS~ 

Celebrating  The  Duke  Endowment's  legacy,  measuring  rock  and  roll's  impact 

QUAD  QUOTES 

Readings  that  might  shape  a  class,  expectations  that  might  surprise  a  class 


21 


35 


48 


53 


56 


PERSPEC 


MANAGING 
A  MEDICAL 
MAKEOVER 


BY  ROBERT  J.  BLIWISE 


The  action  of  a  federal  oversight  agency  raises  national  issues  about 
clinical  trials  and  how  their  human  subjects  are  protected. 


f  you're  a  big  player,  people  pay  attention 
to  your  every  move — and  to  every  move 
made  on  you.  A  year  ago,  in  a  thirty-six- 
page  report,  Time  singled  out  the  Duke  Medi- 
cal Center  as  "one  of  the  crown  jewels  of 
American  medicine."  Duke  doctors,  the  mag- 
azine said,  "are  pushing  hard  against  the  lim- 
its of  our  imagination:  tiptoeing  electronically 
through  the  brain  in  search  of  hidden  tumors, 
inventing  vaccines  that  might  turn  lethal 
cancers  into  treatable  ones,  even  breeding 
animals  whose  organs  could  one  day  be  har- 
vested for  transplant  to  make  up  for  the 
shortfall  in  human  donors." 

Then,  on  May  10,  came  another  imagina- 
tion-defying step:  The  federal  Office  for 
Protection  from  Research  Risks  directed  the 
medical  center  to  suspend  enrollment  of  new 
subjects  in  federally  supported  research;  re- 
search activities  involving  previously  enrolled 
subjects  could  continue  only  if  medically  nec- 
essary. Duke  Medical  Center  officials  decided 
to  suspend  all  new  clinical  trials,  whether  or 
not  those  trials  were  federally  funded,  until 
they  could  resolve  the  problem. 

OPRR  had  visited  Duke  in  December  to 
conduct  a  routine  review  of  the  medical  cen- 
ter's institutional  review  board,  or  IRB,  which 
examines  and  approves  research  proposals 


that  involve  human  participants.  Afterward, 
OPRR  pointed  to  some  administrative  defi- 
ciencies, even  while  reaffirming  "the  high  pri- 
ority which  DUMC  places  on  the  protection 
of  human  subjects."  At  any  one  time,  the  med- 
ical center  is  conducting  as  many  as  2,200 
projects  involving  human  subjects. 

In  February,  the  medical  center  submitted 
a  plan  to  implement  the  changes;  it  submit- 
ted progress  reports  in  March  and  April. 
OPRR  said  in  its  May  statement  that  it  found 
"the  scope  and  pace  of  DUMC's  implementa- 
tion of  corrective  actions  required  by  OPRR 
...to  be  inadequate."  Among  the  procedural 
complaints  were  that  IRB  minutes  failed  to 
record  accurately  all  discussions  of  the  IRB, 
and  that  quorum  counts  weren't  detailed 
enough  to  ensure  that  sufficient  numbers 
were  present  for  each  vote  taken.  In  OPRR's 
view,  the  presence  of  two  members  of  the 
Grants  and  Contracts  Office  posed  a  conflict 
of  interest — though  other  institutions  have 
followed  the  same  practice,  saying  they  value 
the  expertise  of  those  well-versed  in  the  nu- 
ances of  research  funding.  There  wasn't  a 
formal  education  program  for  the  IRB  and  in- 
vestigators, OPRR  found,  and  the  IRB  had  no 
full-time  person  in  charge  of  administration. 

"I  was  very  well  aware  that  OPRR  had 


identified  issues  that  they  wanted  us  to  cor- 
rect," says  Edward  Holmes,  vice  chancellor 
for  medical  affairs  and  dean  of  the  school  of 
medicine.  "We  were  working  to  correct  them. 
I  think  it's  fair  to  say  that  the  speed  at  which 
we  were  making  the  corrections  didn't  agree 
with  the  speed  with  which  they  thought  we 
ought  to  be  making  the  corrections."  He  says 
that  both  he  and  Ralph  Snyderman,  chancel- 
lor for  health  affairs,  were  taken  by  surprise. 
"In  all  candor,  when  they  called  us  on  May 
10,  neither  I  nor  Dr.  Snyderman  had  a  clue 
that  this  was  going  to  happen." 

In  the  aftermath  of  the  suspension,  Holmes 
— who  had  come  to  Duke  from  Stanford  just 
a  few  months  before — says  there  was  "under- 
standable frustration."  After  all,  clinical  re- 
search, and  the  contributions  to  patient  care 
produced  by  clinical  research,  are  basic  to  the 
mission  of  the  medical  center.  There  was  also 
confusion  surrounding  the  action:  One  medi- 
cal investigator  says  his  colleagues  considered 
canceling  thesis  presentations  by  students, 
worrying  that  some  of  the  data  might  have 
come  from  the  clinical  trials  now  in  question. 
Snyderman  and  Holmes  distributed  an  "Ur- 
gent Message"  to  faculty.  The  memo  accented 
a  commitment  to  "providing  participants  in 
clinical  studies  with  the  utmost  protection 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


^■WBlBi 


A 


four- color,   17"  x  12"  wall  calendar 

2000  Duke  Calendar  J35B  $12.00 

Quantity  Ordered 

Total$  

Shipping/Handling  Charges  (Continental  USA)  =  $5.00 
NC  residents  add  6%  sales  tax  =  $ 


Total  Enclosed  =$ 


Make  check  payable  to  Duke  University  Mail  Order  or  charge: 

□  Visa  □  Mastercard  OAMEX  O  Discover 


Account* 
Ship  To: 


Expiration  Date 


Name  (Please  print) 


City  State  Zip 

Mail  form  to  Duke  University  Stores/Mail  Order,  Box  90850,  Durham,  NC  27708-0850  or 

call  1-800-842-3853,  8:30  a.m.  to  5:00  p.m.  Monday  -  Friday  EDT,  or  FAX  919-681-8352.  Internet: 

www.shopdukestores.duke.edu 
Please  allow  2  weeks  for  delivery. 


against  research  risks,"  and  it  expressed  the 
intention  to  "work  closely  with  OPRR  to  en- 
sure absolute  compliance  with  federal  re- 
quirements." 

"The  first  reaction  while  we  were  reading 
the  documents  that  shut  us  down  was,  can 
they  do  that  to  us?"  recalls  John  Falletta, 
chairman  of  the  medical  center's  IRB  for  the 
past  five  years  and  past  chairman  of  the  divi- 
sion of  hematology- oncology  in  the  pediatrics 
department.  "And  very  quickly  we  recognized, 
sure  they  can.  Second,  people  wondered,  why 
is  the  problem  being  dealt  with  in  this  drastic 
way?  It  took  a  while  to  sink  in.  Then,  if  this  is 
happening  to  us,  who  is  at  fault  here?  And 
finally,  how  can  we  fix  it?  Let's  acknowledge 
the  fact  that  we've  got  some  things  that  need 
to  be  changed,  and  let's  go  about  doing  it. 

"I'm  a  children's  cancer  doctor,  and  the 
notion  of  there  being  stages  at  which  one 
grieves  has  been  well-described.  I  wouldn't 
liken  this  episode  to  that  precisely.  But  there 
certainly  were  stages  that  we  went  through, 
some  of  which  parallel  how  one  reacts  to  bad 
news  of  any  sort." 

On  the  Monday  he  received  word  from 
OPRR,  Holmes  set  up  a  task  force  under 
Russel  Kaufman,  vice  dean  for  education  and 
professor  of  medicine.  On  Tuesday,  the  task 
force — made  up  of  eighteen  senior  members 
of  the  medical  school  faculty — held  its  first 
meeting.  "That  week,  we  literally  worked 
around  the  clock,"  Kaufman  says.  By  Wednes- 
day, task-force  members  were  framing  ideas 
for  a  report  to  be  handed  over  to  OPRR. 
Kaufman  put  the  finishing  touches  on  the 
write-up  around  one  o'clock  in  the  morning 
on  Thursday;  some  six  hours  later,  a  team  of 
medical  center  officials — Snyderman,  Holmes, 
Kaufman,  Duke  medical  ethicist  Jeremy  Su- 
garman  '82,  M.D.  '86,  and  a  couple  of  others 
— flew  to  Washington  with  a  corrective  plan. 
Beginning  the  ninety-minute  meeting,  Sny- 
derman and  Holmes  offered  some  general 
comments  to  the  OPRR  staff,  and  then  Kauf- 
man presented  the  report  of  the  task  force. 
"After  Drs.  Snyderman  and  Holmes  told  OPRR 
that  we  were  committed  not  only  to  remedy- 
ing and  dealing  with  the  issues  raised  but  also 
to  making  this  a  premier  IRB  structure, 
OPRR's  attitude  changed,"  says  Kaufman.  "It 
was  much  easier  for  me  to  present  in  that  at- 
mosphere given  the  tone  that  had  been  set." 

OPRR  suggested  some  modifications  in  the 
plan.  On  Thursday's  flight  back,  the  Duke 
team  revised  it  accordingly,  then  faxed  back 
the  revisions  some  two  hours  after  landing. 
The  following  afternoon,  OPRR  lifted  the 
research  ban. 

Kaufman's  task  force  has  continued  to 
meet  weekly,  stepping  back  somewhat  from 
the  intensity  of  the  crisis  period.  "I  can't  em- 
phasize enough  how  hard  everyone  worked, 
and  how  well  everyone  worked  together  to 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


HOW  UNIVERSITIES 
GET  LICENSES  FOR 
HUMAN  EXPERIMENTS 

The  Federal  Office  for  Protection  from 
Research  Risks  issues  and  monitors 
licenses  for  universities  where  research 
on  human  subjects  is  conducted. 
OPRR  has  issued  more  than  3,000 
licenses,  known  as  Single  Project 
Assurances,  that  allow  a  university  to 
conduct  a  single  study. 


A  scientist  applies  for  a  grant  from  a  federal 
agency  to  finance  a  proposed  project. 


The  federal  agency  convenes  a  committee  of 
scientists  to  evaluate  the  proposal's  scientific 


The  federal  agency  tentatively  awards  a  grant 
At  the  National  Institutes  of  Health,  the  largest 
source  of  federal  grants  for  biomedical  research, 
33  per  cent  of  proposals  win  grants. 


The  approved  project  is  examined  by  an  Insti- 
tutional Review  Board  (IRB)  on  the  scientist's 
campus.  The  panel  of  physicians,  scientists,  and 
community  representatives  focuses  solely  on 
protecting  human  subjects  of  research.  It  makes 
sure  that  studies  that  include  people  who  may 
be  particularly  vulnerable — such  as  pregnant 
women  or  the  mentally  ill — would  not  harm  or 
exploit  those  subjects. 


The  IRB  approves,  rejects,  or  recommends 
changes  in  the  project's  human-subject 
protections  (not  the  science).  The  IRB  must 
approve  the  proposal  before  the  federal  agency 
will  release  the  grant  funds. 


Officials  at  the  scientist's  institution  sign  a 
contract  with  OPRR — known  as  a  Single 
Project  Assurance — agreeing  to  follow  federal 
rules  on  the  protection  of  human  subjects  in 
research.  The  contract  acts  as  a  license  allowing 
institutions  to  use  federal  grants  for  human- 
subject  research. 


Research  begins. 


The  IRB  must  check  on  the  study  once  a  year 
and  report  to  OPRR  anything  unexpected  that 
happens  to  research  participants.  In  particular, 
the  IRB  is  required  to  report  "adverse  events" 
such  as  the  death  of  a  subject  when  no  risk  of 
that  was  foreseen,  or  the  passing  out  of  a  subject 
when  no  risk  of  losing  consciousness  was 
expected. 


get  this  task  completed,"  says  Kaufman.  During 
that  period  of  suspension,  the  task  force  "fol- 
lowed a  diagnostic  mode,  to  use  a  medical 
paradigm,"  Kaufman  says.  "We  needed  to 
look  not  just  at  what  OPRR  had  criticized, 
but  also  to  reflect  on  how  the  IRB  was  run 
and  the  resources  and  staffing  for  the  IRB." 
Sugarman — director  of  the  newly  established 
Center  for  the  Study  of  Medical  Ethics  and 
Humanities  at  Duke — was  enlisted  to  design 
and  implement  a  ninety-minute  educational 
program.  The  program  would  encompass  the 
history  of  medical  research,  an  understanding 
of  the  ethics  of  research,  and  an  overview  of 
the  regulations  themselves.  In  the  week  of 
the  crisis,  more  than  1 ,300  investigators  and 
IRB  members  attended  the  program.  Two  con- 
sultants were  brought  in  to  give  additional 
training  to  IRB  members  specifically. 

Duke  modified  its  IRB  membership  crite- 
ria; the  medical  center's  grants  office,  for  ex- 
ample, would  no  longer  have  representation. 
It  revamped  its  procedures  for  recording  and 
processing  the  minutes  of  IRB  meetings.  It 
assigned  a  thousand  square  feet  of  space  to 
the  IRB,  purchased  ten  new  computers,  cre- 
ated a  new  information  system  for  managing 
IRB  data,  and  increased  the  support  staff 
from  two  to  six.  It  formed  a  second  perma- 
nent IRB  to  handle  the  workload.  As  it 
searched  for  a  permanent,  full-time  IRB  ad- 
ministrator, it  brought  on  Linda  Wilkins  of 
the  department  of  medicine  as  temporary  ad- 
ministrator; according  to  Kaufman,  she  found 
herself  working  twelve-  to  fourteen-hour  days, 
seven  days  a  week,  for  the  next  two  and  a  half 
months. 

And,  as  required  by  OPRR,  Duke  under- 
took a  re-review  of  274  research  proposals — 
meaning  lots  of  extra  IRB  sessions.  Investi- 
gators had  to  supply  a  copy  of  their  grant 
requests,  some  of  which  run  for  hundreds  of 


pages.  The  re-review  looked  for  strict  concor- 
dance between  human-experiments  protocols 
endorsed  by  the  IRB  and  the  work  envisioned 
in  the  grants 

OPRR  also  mandated  that  Duke  provide 
minutes  of  all  of  its  IRB  meetings  since  May, 
and  that  it  provide  quarterly  updates.  "All  of 
those  things  have  been  done,  and  to  date  all 
of  them  have  been  positively  received,"  says 
Kaufman. 

"I  do  believe  that  when  this  is  done,  we're 
going  to  have  the  best  IRB  system  in  the 
country,"  Holmes  says.  "It's  been  a  hard  lesson 
for  us  to  have  to  go  through,  but  in  a  way, 
we've  become  a  teacher." 

Falletta,  the  IRB  chairman,  says  he  never 
felt  patients  were  at  risk  at  Duke.  He  compares 
the  IRB  to  "an  accordion,"  getting  stretched 
and  stretched  as  it  took  on  more  work. 
"What  the  OPRR  visitors  saw,  correctly,  was 
that  such  a  situation  isn't  really  sustainable." 
Up  until  four  or  five  years  ago,  Duke  was  sim- 
ilar to  peer  institutions  in  its  IRB  structure, 
he  says.  "As  we  reached  a  near-breaking  point 
with  respect  to  workload,  we  didn't  make  the 
necessary  changes  to  increase  the  number  of 
IRBs,  or  to  lighten  the  load  in  such  a  way  that 
it  would  allow  the  work  to  be  accomplished  in 
a  more  practical  manner."  Monthly  meetings 
that  once  occupied  four  hours  lasted  six  hours, 
and  the  IRB  had  to  struggle  to  meet  new 
standards  for  reviewing  already  approved  pro- 
tocols. It  was  typical  that  IRB  members  from 
departments  particularly  active  in  clinical 
research,  like  medicine,  psychiatry,  surgery,  or 
pediatrics,  would  spend  15  to  20  percent  of 
their  time  on  IRB-related  work. 

Before  May  10,  neither  IRB  members  nor 
their  departments  had  been  compensated  at 
Duke,  Falletta  observes.  "After  all,  this  is  clin- 
ical research  that  we're  talking  about,  so  we 
need  clinicians  to  be  part  of  the  review  process. 


September-October  1999 


A  CLINICAL-TRIALS 
PRIMER 

Iinical  trials  blossomed  in  the  1970s, 
when  trials  involving  multiple  cancer 
centers  were  used  to  compare  chemo- 
therapies, says  Duke  cardiologist  Robert 
Harrington.  Harrington,  a  clinical-trials  expert 
source  for  the  Neil's  &  Observer,  says  the  win- 
ner of  each  trial  was  pitted  against  yet  another 
drug.  In  the  process,  scientists  worked  out 
the  basic  protocols  for  large  clinical  studies. 
Usually,  they  involve  a  large  number  of  medi- 
cal centers  and  are  double-blind,  meaning  that 
neither  the  patient  nor  the  physician  knows 
whether  the  drug  being  administered  is  the  test 
drug  or  the  standard  drug  (or,  if  there  is  no 
standard,  a  placebo). 

By  the  1980s,  investigators  were  applying 
these  techniques  to  a  new  generation  of  phar- 
maceuticals. Perhaps  the  most  famous  trial 
compared  streptokinase,  the  first  drug  used  to 
dissolve  blood  clots,  with  aspirin  and  with  no 
treatment  at  all.  Not  surprisingly,  streptokinase 
was  found  to  be  more  effective  in  preventing 
death  from  heart  attacks  than  no  drug.  But  sur- 
prisingly, streptokinase  and  aspirin  combined 
were  twice  as  effective  as  streptokinase  alone. 

At  Duke  and  elsewhere,  subjects  participate 
in  one  of  four  phases  of  clinical  trials.  Phase- 
one  trials  involve  testing  an  agent  on  a  small 
number  of  normal  volunteers  to  see  if  the  agent 
is  safe  and,  if  so,  to  determine  the  right  dose.  In 
phase-two  trials,  researchers  are  observing  the 
effect  of  a  drug  or  a  device  on  patients  with  a 
particular  disease.  Those  trials,  which  concen- 
trate on  issues  of  safety  and  efficacy,  usually 
involve  several  hundred  patients  who  are  close- 
ly monitored  and  who  are  put  through  fairly 
demanding  medical  procedures.  Researchers 
undertake  phase-three  trials  to  gather  specific 
risk-benefit  information  about  a  new  therapy. 
Phase-three  trials  generally  extend  over  a  long 
period,  involve  several  hundred  to  several 
thousand  patients — often  distributed  across 
several  medical  centers — and  entail  only  occa- 
sional medical  procedures. 

By  the  time  research  reaches  stage-four 
status,  the  drug  or  device  has  earned  approval 
from  the  Food  and  Drug  Administration.  Stage- 
four  researchers  may  be  refining  earlier  studies 
by,  perhaps,  studying  the  results  ( 
dosages,  impacts  on  a  different  patient 
populations,  or  new  timeframes. 

Most  of  the  work  at  Duke 
is  in  phase-two  and 
phase-three  trials; 
much  of  it  is  spon- 
sored by  industry 
or  federal  agencies 
like  the  National 
Institutes  of  Health. 


6  DUKE  MAGAZINE 


But  once  you  Cake  clinicians  out  of  the  clinic, 
it  starts  hitting  them  in  the  pocketbook,  and 
IRB  work  becomes  really  an  unpopular  re- 
quest." IRB  members  were  compensated  for 
re-reviewing  the  274  proposals.  Yet  the  best 
compensation,  in  Falletta's  view,  will  flow 
from  the  steps  Duke  has  already  committed 
itself  to — "broadening  the  base  of  reviewers 
and  lightening  the  load  on  everybody's  part." 

The  process  of  reviewing  a  research  proto- 
col often  starts  with  advice  to  the  researcher 
from  the  IRB  chairman.  Then  the  protocol  is 
formally  submitted  to  an  IRB  representative 
from  the  department,  and  next,  to  that  de- 
partment's chair.  From  there  it  goes  to  the 
IRB  office,  where  it  is  assigned  for  presenta- 
tion at  the  next  IRB  meeting  to  someone  out- 
side the  home  department.  The  IRB  as  a  whole 
may  decide  to  disapprove  a  project,  which 
rarely  happens,  or  to  approve  outright,  which 
is  also  rare.  A  couple  of  times  in  a  given  meet- 
ing, it  might  table  the  protocol,  meaning  that 
the  protocol  needs  to  be  redone  thoroughly. 
Most  of  the  time,  the  IRB  will  approve  the 
protocol  with  modifications,  meaning  the 
board  will  insist  on  changed — perhaps  sim- 
pler or  more  direct — wording  in  the  consent 
form. 

For  much  of  the  public,  the  news  of  the  sus- 
pension of  clinical  trials — splashed  as  it  was 
across  front  pages  of  newspapers  nationally 
— may  have  been  a  first  education  in  institu- 
tional review  boards.  IRBs  can  be  seen  as 
outgrowths  of  crisis  and  opportunity.  The 
Nuremberg  trials  following  World  War  II  pro- 
duced chilling  accounts  of  the  abuse  of  hu- 
man subjects:  Josef  Mengele,  chief  physician 
of  Auschwitz,  had  performed  gruesome  ex- 
periments— all  carefully  documented — on 
twins,  crippled  persons,  and  others  to  "prove" 
the  superiority  of  the  Aryan  race.  In  the  1960s, 
a  Harvard  anesthesiologist,  Henry  Beecher, 
published  an  article  in  the  New  England 
Journal  of  Medicine  that  shook  the  research 
establishment.  The  article  cited  twenty-two 
research  projects  that,  in  Beecher's  judgment, 
had  violated  the  rights  of  the  human  subjects 
involved.  Revelations  followed  about  the 
Jewish  Chronic  Disease  Hospital  in  Brooklyn, 
New  York,  where  elderly  patients  were  inject- 
ed with  live  cancer  cells  without  their  con- 
sent, and  the  Willowbrook  State  School  in 
Staten  Island,  where  mentally  retarded  chil- 
dren were  purposely  exposed  to  hepatitis. 

Concerns  about  the  protection  of  research 
subjects  were  heightened  in  1972,  when  the 
press  uncovered  details  of  the  infamous  Tus- 
kegee  Syphilis  Study.  The  study  involved  600 
black  men;  at  least  twenty-eight  died  as  a 
direct  result  of  untreated  syphilis,  and  many 
others  suffered  from  manifestations  of  the  dis- 
ease, including  blindness  and  insanity.  In  the 
wake  of  the  Tuskegee  case,  Congress  passed 
the  1974  National  Research  Act.  The  act 


required  the  Public  Health  Service  to  pro- 
mulgate regulations  for  the  protection  of  hu- 
man subjects,  and  formed  the  National  Com- 
mission for  the  Protection  of  Human  Subjects 
of  Biomedical  and  Behavioral  Research.  The 
commission's  so-called  "Belmont  Report" 
specified  "basic  ethical  principles"  for  research 
involving  human  subjects.  Those  principles 
were  respect  for  persons,  meaning  that  "sub- 
jects enter  into  the  research  voluntarily  and 
with  adequate  information";  beneficence,  or 
the  idea  that  researchers  should  maximize 
possible  benefits  and  minimize  possible  harms; 
and  justice,  including  equity  in  the  selection 
of  research  subjects. 

What  has  changed  in  many  cases,  says 
Duke's  Jeremy  Sugarman,  is  the  knowledge 
and  attitudes  of  persons  who  think  about 
enrolling  in  clinical  trials.  "We've  seen  the 
pendulum  move  from  protection  to  access. 
That  is,  in  the  wake  of  scandals  in  research, 
some  possibly  did  not  know  they  were  re- 
search subjects,  and  vulnerable  persons  need- 
ed to  be  protected  from  research.  Now,  some 
argue  they  are  entitled  to  access  to  research. 
This  change  in  attitude  was  precipitated  in 
large  part  from  the  disease  activism  of  HIV- 
AIDS  and  cancer  in  the  Eighties  and  early 
Nineties.  Sick  patients  simply  want  access  to 
potentially  life-sustaining  therapies.  Disease 
activists  would  say  to  doctors,  regulators,  and 
pharmaceutical  companies,  forget  about  your 
rules,  forget  your  clinical  trials,  just  give  me 
that  drug.  So  clinical  trials  became  perceived 
as  a  treatment  mechanism."  (Investigators  re- 
fer to  this  as  "therapeutic  misconception" — 
the  assumption,  as  Sugarman  puts  it,  that 
patients  are  receiving  therapy  when  in  fact 
they  are  in  a  trial  about  therapy.)  One  Duke 
researcher  doing  work  in  muscle  transplanta- 
tion received  a  barrage  of  phone  calls  from 
around  the  country  from  therapy-seeking  pa- 
tients. The  work  hadn't  even  progressed  be- 
yond animal  studies. 

The  other  side  of  the  drive  to  protect  hu- 
man subjects  is  the  burgeoning  of  research 
activity.  For  fiscal  1999,  Congress  gave  a  $2- 
billion  budget  increase  to  the  National  In- 
stitutes of  Health,  the  main  funding  agency 
for  biomedical  research,  for  a  total  of  $15.7 
billion.  It's  a  trend  that  can  be  traced  back 
more  than  fifty  years.  The  NIH  budget  rose 
from  less  than  a  million  dollars  in  fiscal  year 
1944  to  more  than  a  billion  dollars  in  fiscal 
1969.  In  the  last  ten  years,  the  agency's  bud- 
get has  almost  doubled,  from  $7.9  billion  in 
fiscal  1989.  Budgets  are,  of  course,  a  response 
to  political  strategy  and  political  necessity. 
Leaders  in  science  and  education  have  proved 
to  be  effective  lobbyists  for  the  NIH.  And 
their  cause  has  been  broadly  popular. 

Speaking  of  the  NIH,  Duke's  senior  vice 
president  for  public  affairs  and  government 
relations,  John  Burness,  says,  "There's  probably 


TH1 

1   BEEN 

PRESSURES  FC 

PR?1*             1 

INVE!  TIGATORS  Tl 
PRODI  g  IN  CLINK 

RESEA 

ICH.  AND  THE 

AiW 

IYS  HAVE  BEEI 

4 

CONFfc 

rsoFim 

JER 

EM$yGARMAN 

*                     ,*tl""v     /f* 

■*>,,,'                   pe 

■'■'"itrlf «;  -VI-  Z-t-rk- 

& 

1              D 

.^  M^\.i  i>uer 

no  agency  in  Washington  that  has  more  broad- 
based  political  support  and  public  support. 
That's  for  perfectly  understandable  reasons. 
The  degree  to  which  breakthroughs  occur  in 
medical  care  has  a  huge  impact  on  the  quality 
of  life  of  the  American  people." 

Such  hefty  sums  bring  expectations  of  ac- 
countability. The  Chronicle  of  Higher  Edu- 
cation reported  last  winter  that  Pete  Domenici, 
a  Republican  from  New  Mexico  and  chair- 
man of  the  Senate  Budget  Committee,  had 
advised  his  colleagues  that  they  should  close- 
ly monitor  the  NIH's  handling  of  the  increase 
they  were  about  to  approve.  "When  you're 
getting  increases  of  those  amounts,  it  is  not 
surprising  that  they  come  with  a  greater  level 
of  scrutiny,"  says  Burness.  "Each  and  every 
regulation  has  a  public-policy  basis  that  is 
probably  rational.  It  is  the  accumulation  of 
those  regulations  that  can  be  difficult  for 
organizations  to  handle.  This  is  not  unique  to 
Duke;  you  see  the  business  community  talk 
about  it,  you  see  government  agencies  talk 
about  regulations  imposed  by  other  govern- 
ment agencies." 

Accountability  carries  a  cost.  While  he's 
relieved  that  Duke  now  has  a  new  IRB  struc- 
ture, Holmes,  the  medical  school  dean,  says, 
"There  is  going  to  be  a  significant  cost  factor. 
Even  what  was  going  on  was  not  inexpensive. 
As  a  consequence  of  some  of  the  changes 
that  we've  made,  we're  not  talking  about  a 
few  thousand  dollars.  We're  talking  about 
hundreds  of  thousands  of  dollars  of  incremen- 
tal expense."  Most  government  and  private 
contracts  wouldn't  absorb  IRB-related  costs 
as  necessary  overhead,  he  says.  "I  think  peo- 
ple want  to  do  what's  right  to  protect  human 
subjects.  The  concern  of  people  like  myself 
who  are  administrators  is  how  you  find  the 
resources  to  do  this.  Is  it  going  to  curtail  the 
volume  of  clinical  research?  That  would  be  a 


terrible  outcome,  in  my  view." 

While  patients  are  vying  to  participate  in 
clinical  trials,  medical  researchers  are  vying  to 
set  up  clinical  trials.  For  decades,  under  the 
fee-for-service  system,  research  expenditures 
were  subsidized  by  patient-care  revenues. 
Under  managed  care,  traditional  financial  sup- 
port for  research  activities  has  been  diminish- 
ing: According  to  The  Chronicle  of  Higher 
Education,  38  percent  of  teaching  hospitals 
will  be  losing  money  by  the  time  the  Balanced 
Budget  Act  of  1997  expires  in  2002.  The  act 
slashed  Medicare  payments;  one  consequence 
is  that  the  University  of  Pennsylvania  Health 
Services  System,  for  example,  lost  nearly  $90 
million  last  year.  In  such  an  environment, 
commercial  sponsorship  has  become  increas- 
ingly important. 

The  corporate-sponsorship  theme  plays 
powerfully  at  Duke,  where  Robert  Taber,  vice 
chancellor  for  science  and  technology,  says 
the  medical  center  has  become  "more  at- 
tuned to  corporate  funding  as  a  source  of 
research  dollars."  At  the  same  time,  pharma- 
ceutical companies  are  increasingly  "out- 
sourcing" both  their  basic-discovery  work 
and  their  clinical  trials,  recognizing,  as  Taber 
observes,  that  "it's  a  cyclical  business  and 
they  don't  need  to  maintain  that  expensive 
infrastructure."  In  1995,  Duke  had  225  spon- 
sored research  agreements;  last  year,  it  had 
556  agreements.  Three  years  ago,  it  brought 
in  $52.7  million  from  companies;  last  year's 
figure  was  $77.3  million.  Taber  says  the  office 
he  directs — Science  and  Technology — is 
unique  among  medical  centers.  Set  up  in 
1992,  it  encompasses  (and  encourages)  com- 
mercially sponsored  research  at  Duke,  start- 
up companies,  patents  and  trademarks,  and 
corporate  gifts. 

Such  changes  in  health  care  have  put  pres- 
sure on  the  3,000  to  5,000  IRBs  that  can  be 


found  across  the  country.  No  one  has  a  more 
precise  number:  IRBs  reflect  the  different 
expectations  and  regulations  of  two  federal 
agencies,  the  Office  of  Protection  from 
Research  Risks  and  the  Food  and  Drug 
Administration.  The  FDA  itself  has  said,  "It 
should  be  noted  that  the  uncertainty  in  the 
number  of  IRBs  subject  to  the  regulatory 
oversight  by  federal  agencies  is  part  of  the 
problem  in  exercising  that  oversight."  Usually 
associated  with  hospitals  and  academic  cen- 
ters, they  are  also  found  in  managed-care 
organizations  and  government  agencies  like 
the  National  Institutes  of  Health  and  the 
Centers  for  Disease  Control.  Federal  regula- 
tions require  that  boards  have  at  least  five 
members  with  varying  backgrounds.  At  least 
one  board  member  must  have  primarily  scien- 
tific interests,  one  must  have  primarily  non- 
scientific  interests,  and  one  must  be  other- 
wise unaffiliated  with  the  institution  in  which 
the  IRB  resides.  A  quorum,  including  at  least 
one  member  whose  interests  are  primarily 
nonscientific,  is  needed  for  voting. 

In  their  initial  reviews  of  research  involving 
human  subjects,  IRBs  look  at  the  research 
protocol,  the  informed-consent  document  to 
be  signed  by  subjects,  and  any  advertisements 
to  be  used  in  recruiting  subjects.  IRBs  are 
supposed  to  ensure  that  any  risks  subjects 
may  incur  are  warranted  in  relation  to  the 
anticipated  benefits,  that  informed-consent 
documents  clearly  convey  the  risks  and  the 
true  nature  of  research,  that  advertisements 
are  not  misleading,  and  that  the  selection  of 
subjects  is  equitable  and  justified.  They  also 
engage  in  continuing  review  "at  an  interval 
appropriate  to  the  degree  of  risk  but  not  less 
than  once  per  year." 

IRBs  have  the  authority  to  make  research- 
in-progress  site  visits — to  check  whether  in- 
formed-consent procedures,  for  example,  are 
being  implemented  as  promised.  According 
to  Sugarman,  "It's  uncertain  to  what  extent 
IRBs  do  so,  or  whether  they're  even  properly 
equipped  to  do  it."  In  "especially  risky  or 
unusual  research,"  IRBs  might  be  prompted 
to  engage  in  that  sort  of  assertive  oversight. 
"Depending  on  the  source  of  research  fund- 
ing and  the  goals,  there  are  other  monitoring 
mechanisms.  The  FDA  and  other  sponsors  of 
research  will  monitor  routinely." 

OPRR,  located  at  the  National  Institutes 
of  Health,  is  ultimately  responsible  for  ensur- 
ing the  protection  of  human  subjects.  The 
agency  sets  up  formal  agreements  with  medi- 
cal institutions;  those  agreements,  or  "assur- 
ances," outline  each  institution's  commitment 
to  conduct  its  research  projects  in  an  ethical- 
ly sound  manner.  In  line  with  the  assurances, 
the  institutions  set  up  their  IRBs,  which  are 
in  effect  ethical  oversight  committees. 

The  action  against  Duke  hardly. occurred 
Continued  on  page  45 


September-October  1999 


PERSPECTIVES 

'Now  I  can  see  the  Kosovar  Albanians.  You  did  not 

see  them  before  NATO  had  arrived.  For  them 

it  is  the  'day  of  liberation.'  After  hiding  for  months 

in  their  houses,  they  can  now  see  the  sun  again." 

A  KOSOVO  DIARY 

BY  THOMAS  SEIFERT 


Last  spring,  Thomas  Seifert  was  a  Milton 
Wolf  Media  Fellow  at  the  DeWitt  Wallace 
Center  of  Duke's  Terry  Sanford  Institute. 
In  June,  he  traveled  to  Belgrade  and  Pristina  just 
as  the  peace  agreement  was  being  finalized.  The 
following  are  excerpts  from  his  personal  diary  of 
that  trip,  reprinted  with  permission  from  Duke 
Policy  News  (www.pubpol.  duke.edu).  Seifert  is 
an  international  correspondent  for  the  magazine 
News  in  Vienna. 

Photographer  Steve  Lehman  '87  is  a  photojour- 
nalist  whose  work  has  appeared  in  international 
magazines  over  the  past  decade. 

June   9 

It's  a  hot,  sunny  afternoon  in  Belgrade.  Every- 
body pretends  that  things  are  pretty  normal 
here.  I  walk  up  to  the  Kalemegdan  Citadel, 
where  the  Save  and  Danube  rivers  meet.  A 
bunch  of  young  students  sit  there,  drinking 
beer,  reading  the  newspapers,  smoking.  They 
look  down  at  their  remarkably  beautiful  city. 
One  student  tells  me  that  last  night,  during 
the  bombing,  she  had  a  wonderful  view  of  the 
"fireworks."  She  sat  there  with  friends,  drank, 
smoked  pot,  and  was  amazed  at  how  "beauti- 
ful" the  lightning-like  explosions  were,  "like  a 
sunset  in  the  tropics,  but  in  the  middle  of  the 
night." 

By  evening,  I  learn  that  the  long-awaited 
peace  agreement  has  been  signed  officially. 


I  hop  into  a  taxi  and  drive  to  Trg  Republike 
(Republic  Square).  Everything  is  quiet  at  first. 
But  after  fifteen  minutes,  more  and  more 
people  gather  there,  car  horns  honking,  fire- 
works exploding,  people  shouting.  Some  cele- 
brate the  "victory  against  NATO  aggression," 
while  others  just  celebrate  that  they  can  sleep 
without  being  awakened  by  the  terrible  sound 
of  sirens. 


une 


10 


Press-conference  day.  Nebojsa  Vujovic,  the 
deputy  foreign  minister,  says,  "NATO  aggres- 
sion has  ended."  The  ever-waffling  Vuk  Dras- 
kovic, from  the  Party  of  National  Renewal,  is 
asking  for  "political  reforms"  in  Serbia.  Ivaca 
Dacic,  of  the  Socialist  Party  of  Slobodan  Mil- 
osevic, says  "the  policy  of  peace — as  proposed 
by  Slobodan  Milosevic — has  prevailed."  Mil- 
osevic begins  his  TV  address:  "Dear  country- 
men, I  wish  you  a  happy  peace."  He  looks 
weak  and  tired.  He  talks  about  the  "victory  of 
the  Serbian  people,"  but  he  does  not  look  like 
a  winner. 


une 


11 


Welcome  to  Kosovo.  Bombed  army  barracks 
and  factories,  burned-out  houses,  burst  win- 
dows. The  traces  of  the  ethnic  conflict  be- 
tween Serbs  and  Albanians  are  clearly  visible. 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


JUSTICE 

AFTER 

ALL? 


WARM  V 


The  suburbs  of  Pristina  have  been  badly  hit. 
The  suburb  to  the  north  seems  like  a  ghost 
town.  No  living  beings  except  a  few  dogs. 

It's  afternoon  in  Pristina.  I  stay  in  a  private 
apartment  near  the  Grand  Hotel  but  away 
from  the  crazy  media  circus  developing  there. 
The  graffiti  on  the  wall  of  the  adjacent  apart- 
ment building  read:  "Paradise  lost."  At  night 
the  main  street  of  Pristina  is  suddenly  filled 
with  people.  A  contingent  of  Russian  SFOR 
troops  has  left  Bosnia  and  is  en  route  to 
Pristina.  Suddenly,  I  hear  people  shouting 
"Russkia,  Russkia."  Gunshots  everywhere. 
The  Russians  have  arrived;  the  Serbs  are  cel- 
ebrating. The  Russians  are  going  to  the  air- 
port; the  Serbs  go  home.  At  about  two  in  the 
morning,  the  streets  are  once  again  empty. 

June   12 

I  drive  further  south  near  the  Macedonian 
border.  Nobody  is  on  the  streets.  Near  Kacanik, 
I  suddenly  spot  two  Apache  helicopters.  They 
are  hovering  above  my  head,  looking  for  any 
resistance  that  would  try  to  stop  NATO. 

The  Brits  are  here.  They  have  erected  a 
checkpoint  and  are  looking  for  weapons  in 
every  car  that  tries  to  pass  through.  British 
paratroopers  secure  the  road  to  Pristina, 
equipped  with  reconnaissance  tanks  and  a 
mine-clearing  vehicle.  South  of  Urosevac 


(south  of  Pristina) ,  I  observe  a  strange  con- 
frontation between  VJ  (Yugoslav  Army)  and 
British  troops.  The  Serbs  demand  that  the 
Brits  not  go  farther  north  than  Urosevac.  A 
rusty  old  armored  personnel  carrier  is  stand- 
ing in  the  way  of  the  British  convoy.  The 
Serbs  want  to  speak  to  the  British  general.  A 
Serb  officer  arrives  in  a  white  Mercedes  con- 
vertible without  a  license  plate.  Everybody  is 
waiting  for  the  British  general,  who  finally 
arrives  with  dozens  of  tanks.  After  a  while, 
the  Serbs  withdraw. 

The  way  is  clear  for  the  British  troops  to 
proceed  toward  Pristina.  Now  I  can  see  the 
Kosovar  Albanians.  You  did  not  see  them  be- 
fore NATO  had  arrived.  For  them  it  is  the 
"day  of  liberation."  They  shout,  "NATO, 
NATO."  After  hiding  for  months  in  their 
houses,  they  can  now  see  the  sun  again.  By 
evening  the  first  soldiers  arrive  in  Pristina. 


June    13 


The  British  soldiers  become  a  familiar  sight  in 
Pristina.  Two  are  to  be  seen  just  outside  the 
Grand  Hotel.  They  came  with  a  Jeep,  without 
their  guns.  They  want  to  show  that  they  came 
in  a  peaceful  mission.  Pristina  is  going  back  to 
something  like  normality.  The  mobile-net- 
work is  up  again,  we  have  water,  but  the 
garbage  is  piling  up.  In  the  Grand,  garbage  is 


stored  in  the  underground  parking  deck, 
where  it  gives  off  a  terrible  stink.  We  put  the 
garbage  in  the  garbage  container,  pour  gas 
over  it,  and  set  it  on  fire.  The  windows  of  my 
flat  are  just  over  these  burning  containers,  so 
the  apartment  is  smoky  all  the  time. 

Outside  town,  more  and  more  troops  are 
coming  through.  They  begin  to  settle  all  over 
the  place.  Probably  for  a  very  long  time.  In 
Pristina,  the  Irish  NATO  troops  go  on  foot 
patrols.  We  see  military  convoys  of  NATO 
mixed  with  Yugoslav  convoys  and  refugee 
convoys,  all  of  them  heading  north.  In  Uro- 
sevac, south  of  Pristina,  a  colonel  of  the  243 
VJ-Army  Brigade  is  shouting,  "Let's  go!"  The 
Yugoslav  Army  is  leaving  town. 

I  meet  Demush  Zefi,  a  fifty- five -year- old 
poet  and  leader  of  the  Kosovar  Albanians  of 
Urosevac.  He  has  not  seen  his  house  for  three 
months.  At  the  beginning  of  the  conflict,  he 
brought  his  family  to  safety  (they  are  now 
in  Italy) .  He  went  to  the  Catholic  priest  for 
shelter.  Now  Zefi  is  standing  in  front  of  the 
metal  gate  of  his  house.  His  hand  is  trembling 
with  excitement.  We  enter  his  house  very 
carefully,  as  the  Serbs  have  booby-trapped  a 
lot  of  the  houses.  The  windows  are  smashed, 
there  are  bullet  holes  in  the  walls.  Zefi  is 
shocked  and  relieved  at  the  same  time.  It 
could  be  worse.  But  it  is  bad  enough.  There  is 
a  terrible  stench  of  fouled  food,  and  excre- 


THE  DEMONS 
BENEATH  US 

CLEARING  LANDMINES 

BY  ERIC  LARSON 

Jody  Williams  won  a  Nobel  Peace  Prize 
in  1997  for  her  work  to  eliminate  land- 
mines. Pope  John  Paul  II  has  called  for  a 
full  ban  on  their  manufacture  and  use.  And  in 
the  aftermath  of  the  war  in  Kosovo,  there  is 
new  urgency  to  the  issue:  As  many  as  500,000 
mines  were  left  in  roads,  fields,  meadows,  and 
schoolyards  by  the  departing  Yugoslav  Army 
and  ethnic  Albanian  guerrillas.  The  World 
Health  Organization  estimates  that  in  a  one- 
month  period,  beginning  in  mid-June,  130  to 
170  people  were  injured  or  died  from  exploding 
mines  or  bombs.  As  National  Public  Radio's 
Scott  Simon  put  it  in  an  August  report,  clear- 
ing landmines — weapons  of  war  that  inflict 
the  severest  damage  after  the  last  battle — "is 
considered  work  with  a  future." 

It  may  be  a  relentless  band  of  unsung  tech- 
nophiles  in  Duke's  electrical  and  computer 
engineering  department  that  ends  up  easing 
that  work.  "The  Army  of  the  Future  is  still  using 
the  sensoring  where  they  ping  the  ground,  get 
a  signal  back,  and  ignore  all  the  physics,"  says 


SOUTH  VIETNAM  SEARCH: 
CHECKING  IN  1968  FOR  MINES 
POSSIBLY  PLACED  BY  VIET  CONG 


Leslie  Collins,  assistant  professor  of  electrical 
and  computer  engineering.  "We've  tried  to  con- 
vince people  that  if  you  do  some  slightly  more 
interesting  signal  processing,  we  can  model 
these  responses.  Then  you  can  tell  the  differ- 
ence between  a  nail  and  a  mine." 

Landmines  kill  and  maim  more  than  10,000 
civilians  each  year.  In  Kigali,  Rwanda,  children 
returning  after  the  conflict  found  their  school- 
yards pocked  with  the  explosives.  Mines  can 
detonate  for  fifty  years  after  they  are  buried, 


as  in  Poland,  where  World  War  II  era  mines 
killed  civilians  up  through  the  mid-1980s. 

Death  isn't  all  of  it.  One  of  every  236  peo- 
ple in  Cambodia  is  an  amputee — more  than 
a  hundred  times  the  rate  of  Europe  or  the 
United  States.  In  developing  countries,  a  lost 
leg  can  mean  a  lost  livelihood.  And  the  threat 
of  mines  can  keep  villagers  from  farming  or 
developing  their  land.  (In  Angola,  nearly  25 
percent  of  the  land  in  former  battle  areas  is 
off-limits.) 


10        DUKE  MAGAZINE 


Estimates  of  the  number  of  abandoned 
landmines  reach  as  high  as  110  million. 
They're  buried  in  more  than  sixty  countries, 
with  Egypt,  Iran,  Angola,  and  Afghanistan 
topping  the  list.  At  current  rates,  estimates 
Collins,  it  would  take  eleven  centuries  to 
eliminate  these  hidden  devices.  That  doesn't 
even  factor  in  the  mines  that  are  currently 
being  buried.  In  addition  to  being  time-con- 
suming, finding  mines  is  extremely  expensive. 
A  mine  that  a  manufacturer  prices  at  three 


dollars  can  cost  between  $300  and  $1,000  to 
clear.  And  the  work  is  dangerous — a  mine- 
clearing  accident  occurs  once  for  every  2,000 
mines  destroyed. 

For  decades,  the  U.S.  Army  has  been  hunt- 
ing mines  using  electromagnetic  induction,  or 
EMI;  it's  the  same  technology  that  the  trea- 
sure-hunting amateur  on  the  beach  is  using. 
A  hand-held  electrical  device  produces  a 
magnetic  field  that  penetrates  the  ground. 
When  the  field  encounters  anything  with 


metal,  bells  and  whistles  go  off.  Unfortu- 
nately, the  number  of  false  alarms  is  high, 
making  the  process  slow  and  unreliable.  But 
thanks  to  new  real-time  signal  processing 
technology,  Collins  says  he  believes  EMI  de- 
vices can  be  made  much  smarter,  discerning 
the  type  of  metal  buried,  as  well  as  its  depth, 
size,  and  shape. 

Even  at  its  best,  EMI  won't  be  able  to  solve 
the  whole  mine  problem.  A  large  percentage 
of  mines  are  built  of  plastic  and  wood,  which 


September- October  1999         11 


ment.  The  furniture  is  smashed,  everything  is 
turned  inside  out  and  upside  down.  The  VCR 
and  TV  have  been  ripped  out  of  the  wall. 
"They  have  not  stolen  my  typewriter,"  says 
the  writer,  who  has  published  five  books  of 
Albanian  poetry.  Suddenly  a  chicken  jumps 
out  from  beneath  a  pile  of  clothes.  "You  leave 
the  house,  dear  chicken,  now  I  live  here 
again,"  Zefi  proclaims. 

Can  Kosovar  Albanians  and  Serbs  ever  live 
in  peace  again?  "That  will  be  very  difficult," 
says  Vinko  Pali,  the  Catholic  priest  of  Uro- 
sevac,  who  had  preached  forgiveness  in  his 
morning  sermon.  But  he  does  not  know  if  for- 
giveness is  possible.  "The  lying,  stealing,  rap- 
ing, and  killing  is  in  the  Serbs'  blood,"  he  says. 
These  are  the  bitter  words  of  a  man  of  God 
who  has  seen  what  happened  to  his  church 
goers  in  the  past  months. 

Zefi,  the  poet  and  farmer,  once  was  a 
wealthy  man.  He  had  a  used  Mercedes  and  a 
farm  with  plenty  of  cows  and  agricultural 
machinery.  Now  it's  all  gone.  He  has  to  start 
from  scratch.  Still,  he  was  concerned  for  the 
welfare  of  his  Serbian  neighbor.  "He  is  a  Serb. 
But  a  good  man.  I  hope  he  stays  here."  But 
the  Serb's  house  already  looks  deserted. 

Pali,  the  priest,  also  knows  "a  few  good 
Serbs,"  he  says.  One  came  to  the  church  that 

PEACE  AT  HAND:  KOSOVAR  ALBANIANS  WELCOME 
THE  ARRIVAL  OF  FRENCH  TROOPS  IN  GJILAN 

don't  blip  like  metal.  In  these  cases,  some- 
thing else  has  to  be  the  red  flag.  "It  turns  out 
explosives  don't  have  many  good  properties, 
but  they  do  have  one,"  says  Lawrence  Carin, 
associate  professor  of  electrical  and  computer 
engineering.  That  property  is  this:  Specially 
aimed  radio  signals  cause  explosives  to  emit 
radiation.  Called  nuclear  quadripole  reso- 
nance (NQR),  it's  the  same  principle  that 
magnetic  resonance  imaging  (MRI)  is  based 
on.  But  unlike  the  human  body,  which  re- 
quires an  external  magnetic  force  to  align  its 
electrons  for  scanning,  the  explosives  RDX 
and  TNT  contain  crystalline  nitrogen  mole- 
cules already  in  rank  and  file. 

"With  NQR,  you  are  looking  for  something 
that  is  exclusively  in  mines.  This  is  very  excit- 
ing," Carin  says.  So  promising,  in  fact,  that  he 
is  convinced  NQR  technology  will  be  used  in 
security  for  most  airports  within  five  years.  A 
company  in  San  Diego,  Quantum  Mechan- 
ics, is  building  the  hardware,  with  Duke  re- 
searchers helping  with  the  signal  processing. 

There  are  several  problems  to  be  worked 
out.  The  common  explosive  TNT  produces  a 
much  weaker  radioactive  signal  than  RDX 
explosive.  Meanwhile,  electrical,  TV  and  radio 
towers  can  interfere  with  NQR  detection, 
especially  in  developing  countries  where  the 
airwaves  aren't  regulated.  At  such  times,  a 
method  for  sniffing  out  the  chemicals  in  ex- 


ESTIMATES  OF  THE 

NUMBER  OF  ABANDONED 

LANDMINES  REACH  AS 

HIGH  AS  110  MILLION. 

THEY'RE  BURIED  IN 

MORE  THAN  60 

COUNTRIES,  WITH  EGYPT, 

IRAN,  ANGOLA,  AND 

AFGHANISTAN  TOPPING 

THE  LIST. 


plosives  would  be  a  nice  alternative.  It's  this 
chemical  possibility  that  has  captured  the  at- 
tention of  electrical  and  computer  engineering 
professor  Richard  Fair.  When  first  embarking 
on  the  quest  for  chemical  detection,  Fair  spent 
a  lot  of  time  thinking  about  humanity's  best 
friend:  the  dog.  At  the  time,  such  "nose  on  a 
chip"  technology  aimed  to  duplicate  what  dogs' 
noses  do  to  sniff  out  explosives. 

But  Fair  learned  something  puzzling:  Buried 


explosives  produce  almost  no  above-ground 
vapor,  certainly  not  enough  for  a  dog  to  pick 
up.  So  what  were  they  sniffing?  "We  decided 
that  not  only  do  dogs  sniff  vapors,  but  they 
process  particles."  Two  or  three  days  after  a 
mine  is  planted,  explosive  particles  float  to  the 
surface  and  stay  there,  just  waiting  for  Rover 
to  snort  them.  So  why  not  rely  on  dogs  exclu- 
sively? Fair  smiles.  "My  dog  has  an  attention 
span  of  thirty  seconds,  a  trained  dog  has  one 
of  twenty  minutes.  So  naturally  we  wanted  to 
build  an  explosive-particle  detector." 

What  Fair  came  up  with  can  fit  on  a  dime 
— a  tiny  wafer  with  hundreds  of  even  tinier 
microsensors.  The  sensors  collect  particles  as 
small  as  twenty  microns  (just  larger  than  most 
airborne  dust  particles),  heat  up  the  particles, 
then  measure  the  heat  given  off  to  determine 
the  substance.  "We  want  to  know  if  there's  a  dif- 
ference between  a  particle  of  explosive  and, 
say,  fertilizer,"  says  Fair.  "That's  what  we're  trying 
to  determine  now."  His  method  has  been  able 
to  distinguish  nanogram  TNT  particles  from 
the  common  fertilizers  present  in  soil. 

Researchers  are  applying  imaginative  think- 
ing to  other  detection  strategies.  A  munition 
containing  iron  disturbs  the  Earth's  magnetic 
field  ever  so  slightly — perhaps  enough  to  be 
measured  by  a  magnetometer.  And  another 
time-honored  detection  method,  radar,  might 
still  be  the  best  way  to  reduce  a  potential 


12        DUKE  MAGAZINE 


search  area  from  square  miles  to  mere  acres. 
"No  one  method  is  the  whole  solution,"  Carin 
says.  "You  need  multiple  solutions." 

Landmines  are  an  American  invention: 
Gabriel  J.  Raines,  a  Confederate  colonel  from 
New  Bern,  North  Carolina,  used  them  during 
the  Civil  War  against  Union  troops.  He 
claimed  to  have  deployed  them  as  early  as 
1840  against  the  Seminole  Indians  in  Florida 
— with  a  single  possum  the  victim  in  that 
conflict.  The  early  mines  were  not  as  primi- 
tive as  one  might  think,  says  Alex  Roland 
Ph.D.  74,  a  historian  of  technology  and  chair 
of  Duke's  history  department.  "These  are  the 
same  sorts  of  things  we  were  using  in  World 
War  I.  The  fuses  were  not  as  sophisticated, 
but  the  principles  were  the  same." 

Raines  generally  marked  the  fields  where 
he  placed  mines,  to  slow  down  the  enemy 
rather  than  cause  injury.  Still,  the  Northern 
army  decried  the  use  of  mines  until  its  leaders 
realized  marine  mines  were  useful  against  the 
rebels'  naval  ships.  And  William  Tecumseh 
Sherman,  at  first  outraged  by  the  new  wea- 
pons, concluded  by  the  summer  of  1864  that 
landmines  were  "justifiable"  when  used  to 
delay  an  advancing  army,  though  "simply  ma- 
licious" if  used  for  sabotage  behind  enemy 
lines.  Sherman  authorized  his  troops  to  test 
for  mines  on  roads  and  railways  by  running 
wagons  and  railroad  cars  filled  with  prisoners 


over  the  suspected  sites,  concluding  that  "an 
enemy  cannot  complain  of  his  own  traps." 

Mines  are  by  nature  a  defensive  weapon,  and 
therefore  in  war  are  primarily  the  weapon  of 
the  weaker  power,  Roland  says.  "It's  hard  to  find 
any  instances  when  a  superior  power  initiates 
the  use  of  mined  warfare."  However,  mines  can 
be  an  efficient  replacement  for  having  sol- 
diers on  permanent  alert,  one  reason  the  U.S. 
military  has  defended  its  use  of  mines  in  the 
zone  between  North  and  South  Korea. 

According  to  Roland,  the  United  States 
maintains  it  can  use  mines  responsibly,  dis- 
arming them  when  they  are  no  longer  of  mili- 
tary use,  while  "much  of  the  rest  of  the  world 
thinks  that  they  pose  a  greater  danger  than 
they  are  worth."  But  even  with  an  internation- 
al treaty  (without  U.S.  participation)  against 
them,  he  believes  the  use  of  mines  will  only 
increase.  "I  don't  think  they're  going  to  be  obso- 
lete anytime  soon.  It  is  simply  much  cheaper 
and  efficient  to  put  landmines  into  that  terri- 
tory when  you're  trying  to  control  traffic." 

Besides  current  hot  borders  like  Pakistan 
and  India,  or  Iran  and  Iraq,  there  are  likely  to 
be  more  places  in  the  future  where  peace- 
keeping agreements  will  create  lines  of  demar- 
cation that  both  sides  feel  they  must  protect. 
"The  appeal  of  mines  hasn't  diminished  very 
much,  and  that's  the  challenge  of  the  world 
movement  to  eliminate  them,"  says  Roland. 


morning  and  asked  him  what  the  Albanians 
thought  about  him,  and  if  the  priest  thought 
it  would  be  safe  for  him  to  stay.  "Oh,  yeah," 
Pali  says  he  told  the  fifty-year- old,  "when  you 
have  problems,  come  to  me." 

The  mistrust  between  Serb  and  Albanian 
Kosovars  is  evident.  Leningrad  Street,  the 
main  road  of  Urosevac,  is  a  symbol  of  this  di- 
vide: All  the  Albanian  buildings  have  been 
burnt  down — the  bakery,  shops,  houses. 
Across  the  street,  the  Serb  houses  remain 
untouched.  Ivan  Lazic,  a  Serb,  fears  reprisals. 
What  will  happen  when  the  ethnic  Albanians 
come  back  to  Urosevac?  Yet  Lazic  shows  me 
the  key  to  the  house  of  his  best  friend,  an 
Albanian,  who  had  asked  him  to  look  after 
it  while  he  went  away  to  Macedonia.  "Every- 
thing is  in  its  place,"  says  Lazic,  the  caretaker. 
"Nobody  dared  to  touch  the  house."  Still, 
Lazic  is  afraid.  Especially  that  something 
could  happen  to  his  twenty-five-year-old  wife 
Jasmin  and  their  nine-month-old  son  Igor. 

At  the  same  time,  Lazic  denies  that  the 
Serbs  did  any  bad  things  to  the  Albanians:  He 
repeats  the  propaganda  of  Serb  TV:  "The 
Albanians  fled  from  NATO  bombs."  But  what 
about  all  these  burnt-out  houses?  "Short  cir- 
cuits set  them  ablaze,"  he  says.  There  must 
have  been  a  lot  of  short  circuits  in  Urosevac. 

WATCHFUL:  FRENCH  SOLDIERS  SECURE  THE  SERB- 
INHABITED  VILLAGE  OF  PASJAK 

Though  there  hasn't  been  a  war  fought  on 
American  soil  since  the  Civil  War,  there  are 
plenty  of  places  near  home  where  munitions 
are  hiding — on  dozens  of  former  military 
bases.  States  that  are  trying  to  convert  bomb- 
pocked  land  to  commercial  use  are  eager  for 
the  new  gadgetry,  and  Duke  has  a  $300,000 
grant  from  the  departments  of  Defense  and 
Energy  to  speed  it  along. 

Even  if  you  don't  have  a  bomb  in  your 
backyard,  the  Duke  researchers  may  be  hit- 
ting on  ways  to  make  your  life  easier.  Fair's 
particle  detectors  could  help  pregnant  wom- 
en, factory  workers,  and  people  with  severe 
allergies  steer  away  from  chemical  hotspots. 
Better  EMI  detection  could  help  utility  crews 
find  buried  pipes  and  wires  more  quickly, 
while  construction  workers  could  identify 
weak  spots  in  highways  and  bridges. 

The  timeline  for  any  new  detection  tech- 
nology to  go  from  the  lab  to  a  mine  searcher's 
hands  is  fifteen  years.  But  Fair  is  optimistic  it 
will  happen.  And  when  it  does,  more  lives 
than  ever  will  be  saved.  "There  are  people 
who  spend  their  days  on  their  hands  and 
knees  with  a  brush  looking  for  landmines," 
says  Fair.  "Their  life's  work  is  maybe  a  couple 
thousand  acres.  Hopefully,  we  can  improve 
their  productivity."  ■ 

Larson  '93  is  a  freelance  writer  living  in  Durham. 


September-October  1999 


_LJAJ  iJ 

|_L  UL.L  LI  Li_LJ.'U_LJ_L 
I  i   1  IJ^riJJL  U  J IIJ 


» 


J  J 


June    14 

Back  in  Pristina,  the  non-governmental  orga- 
nizations are  moving  in:  Red  Cross,  Doctors 
Without  Borders,  the  UN  High  Commission 
on  Refugees,  and  so  forth.  Today  the  last  Yugo- 
slav VJ  troops  will  leave  Pristina.  At  the  mo- 
ment, the  situation  is  quite  dangerous:  The 
Serbs  are  afraid  of  ethnic  Albanian  attacks. 

Yesterday  a  Serbian  policeman  was  shot 
dead  by  a  British  soldier,  and  two  journalists 


lost  their  lives  near  Suva  Reka.  The  Serbian 
translators  who  came  down  with  us  from 
Belgrade  in  the  press  convoy  want  to  leave 
town  today.  They  are  afraid  of  the  Kosovo 
Liberation  Army  (KLA). 

June   15 

Marcus,  a  Canadian  journalist,  goes  with 
me  to  Mali  Alas,  a  poor  farming  town  of 
1 ,000  about  a  twenty-minute  drive  south  of 


Pristina.  Thirteen  Albanian  men  are  said  to 
have  been  lined  up  against  the  wall  and  shot. 
We  meet  Becir  Aslani,  a  survivor.  Aslani 
recalls  the  Serb  officer's  words:  "When  I  give 
the  order,  fire."  It's  a  terrible  story.  Aslani  says 
he  went  down  first,  blood  pouring  from  a 
wound  between  his  neck  and  his  right  shoul- 
der. "I  thought  I  was  dead,"  he  said.  "I  was 
thinking,  'What  if  they  kill  everyone  in  the 
village?  Who  will  bury  my  body?' "  That  was 
his  major  concern.  But  the  wound  was  super- 


14        DUKE  MAGAZINE 


facial.  So  Aslani  played  dead  as  five  Serbs 
gunned  down  the  rest  of  the  men.  Among 
those  who  were  shot  that  day  were  two  of  his 
cousins:  Muharem  Aslani,  forty-two,  and 
Nazim  Aslani,  twenty-six.  "Only  the  will  of 
God  saved  me,"  says  Aslani,  a  rail-thin  thirty- 
six-year-year-old  in  a  nylon  track  suit. 

After  the  soldiers  left,  he  lay  at  the  foot  of 
the  wall  for  three  hours,  barely  daring  to 
breathe.  Only  when  he  heard  the  sound  of 
Albanian  voices  nearby  did  he  give  a  sign  that 
he  was  still  alive.  What  he  says  he  remembers 
most  vividly  about  the  shooting  is  the  look  of 
indifference  on  the  face  of  the  Serb  who  shot 
him.  The  man  had  a  cigarette  dangling  from 
his  mouth  as  he  went  down  on  one  knee  to 
take  aim.  "He  killed  us  as  easily  as  he  was 
drinking  a  glass  of  beer,"  Aslani  said.  "If  I  ever 
see  him  again,  he  will  die  in  the  same  way  he 
killed  my  friends.  If  I  am  not  human  to  him, 
he  is  not  human  to  me." 

Aslani's  shoulder  no  longer  hurts  him.  If  only 
the  other  wounds  of  war  could  heal  as  fast. 


June   16 

Back  in  Pristina,  it's  time  to  say  good-bye  to 
my  "landlady,"  a  Serbian  university  student 
who  took  care  of  her  family's  flat  in  the  past 
days.  She  will  now  leave  for  Serbia.  "We  had 


jobs  here,  decent  lives.  A  nice  flat,  as  you  know. 
Now  we  all  will  be  just  little  refugees.  Like  all 
those  Albanians  before.  It's  a  tragedy." 

She  says  it's  too  dangerous  down  here  for 
Serbs.  My  friend  and  Serbian  translator,  Ivan 
Radic  from  Urosevac,  also  wants  to  go  to 
Serbia.  When  I  tell  him  that  I  will  leave  for 
Skopje,  he  asks  me  to  take  him  and  his  broth- 
er from  Pristina  to  Urosevac,  to  his  parents' 
house.  They  will  leave  for  Serbia  from  there. 

It  is  a  tragedy.  Ivan,  a  medical  student,  and 
his  brother,  a  business-school  student,  will  now 
become  refugees,  as  the  Albanians  were  be- 
fore. In  front  of  the  hotel,  Ivan  is  saying  good- 
bye to  his  Albanian  friend,  Ardonika  Regjepi. 
She  is  a  neighbor,  whom  he  has  known  for 
years.  She  studies  English  and  French  at 
Pristina  University.  She  says  to  Ivan:  "Please, 
don't  go."  When  the  bombs  fell  on  Urosevac, 
the  Albanian  Ardonika  had  sought  shelter  in 
Ivan's  bunker.  The  two  Serb  and  Albanian 
friends  went  through  the  NATO  bombard- 
ments together.  Ivan  and  Ardnonika  give 
each  other  a  long  hug:  They  know  it  might  be 
the  last  time  that  they  see  each  other. 

Farewell  in  Pristina,  Kosovo-style.  First  the 
Albanians  left,  now  the  Serbs  go.  Justice  after 
all?  I  don't  think  so.  Milosevic  is  still  in 
power;  the  murderer  and  terrorist  Arkan  sits 
in  the  luxury-hotel  Hyatt  in  Belgrade  and 


talks  to  journalists  as  if  nothing  had  hap- 
pened. I  say  good-bye  to  Ardonika.  She  has 
regained  her  freedom.  Albanian-dominated 
Kosovo  will  need  people  like  her — people 
who  do  not  see  an  animal  in  every  Serb. 

I  take  Ivan  to  Urosevac,  where  his  mother 
is  waiting  nervously.  The  radio,  the  old  TV,  the 
brand-new  Philips  VCR,  everything  goes  in 
their  small  car.  The  beautiful  rose  garden,  the 
pretty  house,  the  washing  machine,  a  lot  of 
furniture — they  cannot  take  those  things  with 
them.  "I  am  not  afraid  of  death,"  Ivan  says.  "I 
am  afraid  of  the  future.  Where  should  I  go?" 

I  wish  them  luck.  Not  every  Serbian  was 
involved  in  the  atrocities,  the  ethnic  cleans- 
ing. But  maybe  they  did  not  do  enough  to 
prevent  the  horror.  As  I  leave  Urosevac,  the 
Serbs  have  already  gathered  at  the  gas  sta- 
tion. I  ask  an  American  soldier  in  his  Hum- 
vee  what's  going  on:  "Yeah,  they  are  leaving 
for  Serbia,"  he  tells  me. 

About  an  hour  later,  I  pass  the  U.S.  check- 
point as  I  head  south  to  the  Macedonian  bor- 
der. They  check  me  for  weapons.  Near  Blace, 
I  see  the  Kosovars  abandoning  the  refugee 
camps  that  they  have  inhabited  for  the  past 
months.  They  go  north,  on  foot  and  in  radio- 
summoned  taxis.  At  the  moment,  the  inflow 
back  to  Kosovo  is  thin,  but  it  will  dramatically 
increase  in  the  days  to  come.  ■ 


Where  YOU  LIVE  1 


Listen  to  the  crickets  serenade  you  on 
your  own  balcony.  Catch  a  pop-fly  at  a 
world-famous  Durham  Bulls  game. 
Take  a   class   at   one   of   the   three 


ng  Care 

Community 

2701  Pickett  Road 

Durham,  NC  27705 

800-474-0258 

919-490-8000 

wwwforestduh.com 


is  How  You  Live. 

universities  that  make  up  the  Research 
Triangle  region.  No  matter  what  you 
choose  to  do,  you'll  find  life  gets 
better  at  The  Forest  at  Duke.  |SS| 

VMS 


September- October  1999 


PERSPECTIVES 


MIND 

OVER 

MATTER 

BRAIN-WAVE  KINETICS 

BY  DENNIS  MEREDITH 

By  sifting  through  storms  of  neural  signals, 

neurobiologists  are  making  discoveries 

that  not  only  yield  potential  practical  benefits 

but  also  challenge  old  notions  of  the  brain 

as  a  static,  passive  computer. 


The  rat  was  thirsty.  Whiskers  quivering, 
it  busily  nosed  its  way  around  the  test 
chamber,  considering  whether  to  press 
the  small  bar  in  the  chamber  with  its  paw.  In 
many  previous  encounters,  such  a  paw-press 
had  triggered  a  little  robot  arm  to  swing  into 
reach,  bringing  a  sip  of  water.  Now,  for  some 
reason  unknown  to  the  rat,  the  rules  had 
abruptly  changed.  The  bar  had  stopped  work- 
ing, so  that  even  the  most  determined  pressing 
failed  to  bring  water.  But  a  thirsty  rat  is  a  cre- 
ative rat,  and  this  rat  had  quickly  learned  a 
trick  that  would  stun  even  its  human  handlers. 
This  time  the  rat  merely  thought  about  pressing 
the  bar,  and  the  little  robot  arm  whined  to  life, 
swinging  about  to  deliver  a  welcome  drink. 

The  rat's  startling  mental  feat  only  brought 
it  water,  but  to  the  scientists  who  devised  the 
experiment,  it  has  brought  the  extraordinary 
promise  of  new  ways  to  give  paralyzed  people 
control  over  their  environment.  And  more 
broadly,  the  rat's  trick  has  added  important  sup- 
port for  a  remarkable  new  theory  of  how  the 
brain  copes  with  the  avalanche  of  data  from 
the  outside  world. 


Last  June,  neurobiologists  John  Chapin  of 
Hahnemann  University  and  Miguel  Nicolelis 
of  Duke  Medical  Center  reported  that  they 
had  used  sophisticated  computer  analyses  to 
distinguish  brain  waves  emanating  from  the 
brains  of  laboratory  rats.  The  particular  area 
of  the  rat  brain  they  targeted  was  the  "motor 
cortex"  that  controls  muscle  movement.  And 
the  particular  brain  signals  they  detected  were 
those  controlling  the  sequence  of  muscle 
movements  the  rat  used  to  press  a  bar  acti- 
vating a  motorized  robot  arm  to  deliver  water. 

Once  the  researchers  had  distinguished 
these  signals,  they  rigged  the  arm  to  become  a 
brain-wave-activated  "neurorobot."  Their  aim 
was  to  determine  whether  the  system  could 
read  the  rat's  intention.  And  to  their  utter 
surprise,  when  the  researchers  deactivated  the 
bar,  the  rats  quickly  learned  to  operate  the 
water-giving  robot  without  moving  a  muscle, 
but  by  generating  only  the  brain  waves  that 
signaled  their  intent  to  press  the  bar. 

"It  was  really  quite  shocking  to  us  that  the 
animals  learned,  and  very  quickly,  that  they 
didn't  need  to  make  the  movement;  they  just 


needed  to  express  the  brain  waves,"  says  Ni- 
colelis. "It's  almost  like  the  rat  managed  to 
dissociate  the  central  planning  and  the  out- 
put production,  and  we  have  no  idea  how 
that  happens."  What  rats  can  do,  people  can 
do,  which  raises  the  extraordinary  possibility 
that  paralyzed  humans  might  someday  be 
able  to  control  neurorobotic  appendages  with 
only  brain  waves. 

The  scientists'  dramatic  result  is  only  the 
latest  in  many  experiments — from  operating 
neurorobots  to  tweaking  rats'  whiskers — in 
which  Nicolelis  and  his  colleagues  are  seeking 
to  understand  the  near-magical  ability  of  the 
brain  to  adjust  itself  constantly  to  the  world 
around  it.  Their  discoveries  are  not  only 
yielding  potential  practical  benefits  but  also  a 
startling  new  paradigm  for  brain  function, 
challenging  old  notions  of  the  brain  as  a  stat- 
ic, passive  computer. 

As  with  most  advances  that  seem  like  the 
wildest  science  fiction,  Nicolelis'  work — sup- 
ported by  the  National  Institutes  of  Health 
and  the  Defense  Advanced  Research  Projects 
Agency — is  grounded  in  careful,  painstaking 


16        DUKE  MAGAZINE 


development  of  a  new  experimental  method. 
"It  began  when  I  was  doing  my  postdoctoral 
fellowship  for  John  [Chapin] ,  and  we  decided 
to  develop  a  technique  nobody  had  yet  done 
— recording  the  activity  of  many  neurons  at 
once."  Such  recording  is  a  scientific  challenge 
because  the  brain  is  a  complex  tangle  of  some 
100  billion  such  neurons,  delicate  cable-like 
cells  that  transmit  the  electrical  waves  of 
nerve  impulses,  linking  to  one  another  to 
form  intricate  preferred  circuit  pathways.  The 
brain  lays  down  these  pathways  when  nerve 
impulses  in  one  neuron  trigger  impulses  in  its 
neighbors,  and  those  connections  strengthen 
with  learning  and  experience. 

Tapping  into  such  brain  activity  was  also 
technically  daunting,  since  it  involved  an 
attempt  to  insinuate  surgically  an  array  of 
many  hair-thin  electrodes  into  the  shifting, 
gelatinous  brain  tissue.  Other  researchers  had 
failed,  finding  to  their  dismay  that  the  elec- 
trodes tended  to  shift  after  surgery,  losing 
their  signal  and  slicing  dangerously  through 
the  pudding-like  brain  tissue  and  damaging  it. 

Chapin  and  Nicolelis  were  intent  on  learn- 


ing to  use  implanted  electrode  arrays  to  de- 
tect such  telltale  signals  because  they  were 
convinced  that  the  living  brain  could  teach 
them  new  lessons  about  brain  function,im- 
proving  on  the  traditional  technique  of  trac- 
ing the  wiring  of  neurons  in  preserved  brain 
slices.  They  knew  that  it  was  the  brain's  inces- 
sant neural  activity  that  somehow  gave  rise  to 
the  near-miracle  of  thought.  Only  by  record- 
ing brain  activity  (called  "action  potentials") 
from  many  electrodes  at  once  could  the  neu- 
robiologists  hope  to  get  an  instant-by-instant 
picture  that  would  allow  them  to  understand 
a  tiny  element  of  their  "thought." 

The  scientists  hoped  especially  that  their 
insights  could  help  them  confirm  a  rapidly 
evolving  theory  that  neurons  are  not  hard- 
wired circuit  elements  permanently  assigned 
to  one  computing  task,  like  the  microproces- 
sor inside  a  computer.  Rather,  the  new  theory 
holds  that  neurons  are  adaptable,  living  enti- 
ties that  can  participate  in  many  processing 
tasks  at  once.  Moreover,  the  theory  holds 
that  those  tasks  may  change  from  millisecond 
to  millisecond.  This  idea  is  much  like  the  rev- 


BRAIN  CHIPS:  NEUROBIOLOGIST  NICOLELIS 
EXAMINES  A  SPECIALLY  DESIGNED  PROBE  TO 
RECORD  ANIMAL  BRAIN-WAVE  ACTIVITY 

olution  in  understanding  the  nature  of  the 
atom,  says  Nicolelis.  "Before  quantum  theory, 
we  always  thought  of  an  electron  like  a  little 
ball  circling  a  big  ball,  just  like  a  planet  cir- 
cling the  sun.  But  quantum  theory  led  us  to 
understand  that  the  electron  is  a  probablistic 
entity.  Quantum  theory  taught  that  you  can- 
not measure  an  electron's  exact  position  and 
velocity  simultaneously,  only  a  probability 
that  it  is  at  a  particular  point  at  a  particular 
time.  It  is  the  same  thing  with  the  activity 
and  properties  of  neurons.  These  are  probab- 
listic entities.  They  function  in  both  a  spatial 
and  a  temporal  domain." 

So  the  neurons  that  control  rats'  muscle 
movement  in  pressing  a  bar  are  not  narrowly 
tuned  to  trigger  a  particular  arm  movement. 
Rather,  they  are  widely  tuned — in  effect, 
singing  little  snatches  of  many  neural  tunes  at 
once,  and  contributing  their  voices  to  the 
multiple  choruses  of  many  movements. 


September-October  1999         17 


Spurred  by  the  potential  of  such  new  in- 
sights, Chapin  and  Nicolelis  succeeded,  after 
years  of  development,  in  implanting  the  elec- 
trode arrays,  thanks  to  both  skill  and  some 
remarkable  luck.  "For  example,  we  discov- 
ered absolutely  by  accident  that  the  Teflon 
that  we  coated  the  electrodes  with  somehow 
stuck  to  the  cells,  so  that  they  moved  with 
the  brain,"  says  Nicolelis.  "This  made  the 
implanted  electrodes  so  stable  that  we  found 
we  could  record  signals  from  the  behaving 
animals  for  weeks  or  months." 

Such  electrodes  were  only  receiving  anten- 
nae for  brain  signals.  Another  critically  im- 
portant development  was  the  sophisticated 
signal-processing  techniques  that  could  sift 
through  the  constant  cascade  of  brain  waves 
to  make  sense  of  them.  Nicolelis  devised  such 
statistical  approaches  to  analyzing  the  signals; 
and  to  detect  the  signals  he  enlisted  an  artifi- 
cial brain-like  computer  called  a  "neural  net- 
work" to  listen  to  the  real  brain.  Neural  net- 
works are  basically  interconnected  arrays  of 
adaptive  elements  that  function  roughly  like 
neurons,  adjusting  their  connections  to 
"learn."  The  neural  network  was  assigned  to 
sift  through  the  incoming  signals  from  the 
electrodes  to  detect  particular  brain  signals 
that  represented  the  rats'  bar-pressing.  "The 
neural  network  does  not  make  any  assump- 
tion about  what  'code'  the  brain  is  using,"  says 
Nicolelis.  "It  is  just  looking  for  a  pattern,  so  if 
there  is  some  sort  of  statistical  signature  in  a 
pattern,  the  network  learns  to  recognize  it." 

Using  these  recording  and  analyzing  tech- 
niques, the  scientists  made  their  remarkable 
discovery  with  the  neurorobot-operating  rats. 
Seeking  immediately  to  build  on  that  advance, 
they  set  out  to  refine  the  pattern-recognition 
techniques  and  shrink  the  electronics.  In  the 
first  experiment,  the  electrode-implanted  rats 
had  to  be  connected  via  a  cable  to  the  elec- 
tronics. Now,  the  neurobiologists  are  working 


WHAT  RATS  CAN 

DO,  PEOPLE 

CAN  DO, 

WHICH  RAISES 

EXTRAORDINARY 

POSSIBILITIES 

FOR  PARALYZED 


with  Duke  biomedical  engineers  to  develop  a 
new  fingernail-sized  microchip  that  will  trans- 
mit signals  via  telemetry,  eliminating  the 
wiring.  "We  believe  with  state-of-the-art  elec- 
trophysiology  and  microelectronics,  we  can 
work  toward 
something 
that  would 
be  clinically 
useful,"  says 
Nicolelis. 

To  take 
the  next 
steps  toward 
developing 
neurorobots 
for  humans, 
Nicolelis 
has  now 
launched  ex- 
periments 
using  owl 
monkeys  and  expects  to  graduate  to  even 
larger  primates.  Such  primates,  like  humans, 
will  present  challenging  technical  problems. 
"For  one  thing,  large  primates'  brains  are 
more  convoluted  than  rats'  or  owl  monkeys'," 
he  explains.  "We  don't  know  whether  placing 
electrodes  will  be  more  complicated.  How- 
ever, because  their  brains  are  larger,  we  be- 
lieve we  can  implant  close  to  two  hundred 
electrodes  in  primates'  brains,  versus  about 
forty- eight  in  rodents.  So,  we  can  sample  from 
more  neurons  and  obtain  better  signals.  We 
could  use  those  signals  to  code  for  more  com- 
plex movements,  working  toward  a  system 
that  people  could  actually  use."  For  his  mon- 
key experiments,  Nicolelis  has  begun  building 
a  more  complex  neurorobot  that  moves  in 
three  dimensions,  more  like  a  human  pros- 
thetic might. 

In  another  promising  development,  Nico- 
lelis has  been  contacted  by  a  British  manufac- 


turer of  electric-powered  prosthetic  limbs. 
The  manufacturer  proposes  to  test  whether 
signals  from  the  monkeys'  brains  might,  in- 
deed, be  able  to  operate  such  limbs. 

Rat  whiskers  are  the  focus  of  another  set  of 
Nicolelis'  experiments  that  have  yielded  dra- 
matic proof  of  the  brain's  incredible  adapt- 
ability. He  and  his  colleagues  have  been 
tweaking  rat  whiskers  and  measuring  the  re- 
sulting signals  generated  in  the  brain  region 
responsible  for  processing  such  touch  data. 
The  rat's  brain  devotes  large  areas  to  process- 
ing contact  signals  because  the  animal's  facial 
whiskers  are  among  its  most  important  sen- 
sory organs. 

In  exploring  the  details  of  the  brain  re- 
sponses, the  neurobiologists  first  pinpointed 
the  "receptive  field"  of  a  given  neuron — 
which  is  the  specific  whisker  or  skin  area  that, 
when  stimulated,  leads  that  neuron  to  fire  off 
a  signal.  They  next  measured  whether  the 
receptive  field  changed  as  the  rat  explored  its 
environment  using  its  whiskers.  Traditional 
neural  theory  held  that  information  from  each 
whisker  is  represented  by  a  specific  pool  of 
neurons  responsible  for  detecting  signals  from 
that  particular  whisker.  Nicolelis'  whisker- 
tweaking  studies  revealed  that  the  receptive 
fields  of  cortical  neurons  can  shift  their  location 
on  the  whisker  or  skin  in  mere  thousandths  of 
a  second.  "These  receptive  fields  are  not  sta- 
ble entities;  they're  moving  around,"  he  says. 
"As  the  animal  sweeps  its  whiskers  back  and 
forth,  the  receptive  fields  in  the  brain  tend  to 
move  in  the  same  way."  Such  discoveries  have 
profound  implications  for  understanding  the 
brain,  he  says.  "This  dynamic  behavior  that 
we  see  even  at  the  level  of  a  single  neuron 
may  be  the  "reason  why  as  adults  we  can  learn 
or  recover  from  injury  such  as  a  stroke." 

The  realization  of  such  instant-to-instant 
brain  plasticity  will  transform  our  most  basic 
perception  of  our  own  intellects,  and  how  we 


Year  in,  year  out,  Dukt 


campaign  total  to  $55,404,241,  more  than  half  of  the  goal.  The  continued  growth  of  Duke' 
Be  a  part  of  this  success:  support  the  Annual  Fund  every  year  with  unrestricted  dollars  to 


;  &  Sciences 

$50,000,000* 


Divinity 

$2,500,000 


Engineering 

$6,000,000 


Fuqua 


Law 

$12,000,000 


Nicholas 
School  of  the 
Environment 

$4,000,000 


18        DUKE  MAGAZINE 


MANUAL  OPERATION 


1.  Desired  action 


2.  The 

system 

acquires 

neural 

activity... 


MENTAL  OPERATION 


1.  The  rat  thinks 
of  the  desired  action. 


3.  ...then  its  analysis  identifies  the 
brain  signals  for  the  action. 


;     2.  The  system 
w  recognizes  the  signal. 


3.  ...and  delivers  the  water. 


IN  MIGUEL  NICOLELIS  EXPERIMENTS,  RATS  WERE  TRAINED  TO  PRESS  A  BAR  TO  OBTAIN  WATER,  AND  THEIR 
NEURAL  SIGNALS  WERE  ANALYZED  FOR  PATTERNS  ASSOCIATED  WITH  PRESSING  THE  BAR.  TO  THE  HUMAN 
SCIENTISTS'  SURPRISE,  WHEN  THEY  PROGRAMMED  THE  SYSTEM  TO  "LISTEN"  FOR  THOSE  PATTERNS,  THE 
RATS  HAD  LEARNED  TO  TRIGGER  THE  BAR  PURELY  BY  GENERATING  THE  RIGHT  BRAIN  WAVES. 


cope  with  the  world  around  us,  says  Nicolelis. 
"Suppose  you  have  a  neuron  whose  receptive 
field  includes  a  spot  on  your  fingertip.  The 
traditional  theory  is  that  these  receptive  fields 
could  be  described  purely  in  spatial  terms.  It 
was  known  that  they  may  shift  over  time,  say 
to  compensate  for  injury.  But,  until  studies 
like  ours,  nobody  dreamed  that  a  neuron's 
receptive  field  was  bouncing  around  all  the 
time,  and  that  if  you  didn't  define  precisely 
when  you  were  measuring  it,  you  couldn't 
really  tell  where  it  was." 

The  "phantom  pain"  experienced  by  people 
who  lose  limbs  is  a  good  example  of  the  ef- 
fects of  shifting  receptive  fields,  he  says.  "We 
know  that  80  percent  of  amputees  report  the 
illusion  that  the  part  of  the  body  they  lost  is 
still  there.  We  believe  that  the  immediate 
brain  reorganization  that  begins  after  ampu- 
tation may  account  for  such  phantom  limb 
sensation."  Such  effects  can  be  deeply  strange. 
Touching  the  face  of  a  person  who  has  lost  an 
arm  often  gives  the  person  the  sensation  of 
having  touched  the  missing  arm.  This  phe- 
nomenon arises  because  the  brains  of  people 
who  have  lost  upper  limbs  are  reorganizing  to 
transfer  to  the  face  the  allegiance  of  receptive 
fields  formerly  associated  with  the  limb. 

Besides  revealing  the  shifting  of  receptive 
fields,  Nicolelis'  experiments  have  revealed 
that  the  brain  signals  producing  a  single  event, 
such  as  a  rat's  paw  press,  may  be  mirrored  in 
many  places  in  the  same  brain  region.  It's  as  if 
the  brain  has  enlisted  neurons  from  many 
precincts  to  "vote"  on  all  of  its  actions.  Such 
redundancy  makes  good  evolutionary  sense, 
he  says.  "If  you  lose  one  of  these  areas,  you 
still  have  all  this  processing  machinery  avail- 
able in  other  parts  of  the  brain.  Also,  the 
brain  can  let  many  areas  handle  one  message 
and  check  each  other  for  accuracy." 

For  Nicolelis,  the  major  scientific  challenge 
of  his  career  is  to  sort  out  how  such  a  complex, 


ual  Fund.  This  brings  the  Annual  Fund 
nual  Fund  will  be  instrumental  in  reaching  the  goals  set  out  in  the  Campaign  for  Duke, 
strengthen  all  the  schools  and  programs  in  their  missions.  http://dukecomm.DUKE.EDU 


i 

1. 

i 

| 

1. 
1'.              Medicine 
1             $14,000,000 

Nur 

$1,20 

sing 

0,000 

Gardens 

$200,000 

Lib 

$1,50 

rary 

0,000 

|                                1 

Chapel 

Art  Museum              $75°>000 
$500,000 

Dollar  amounts  signify  campaign  goals 

Aiji 

September-October  1999        19 


constantly  changing,  multi-processing  brain 
somehow  manages  to  come  up  with  rational 
thought.  "We  learned  a  long  time  ago  that 
there  is  no  such  thing  as  a  stable  brain.  The 
brain  is  continuously  changing  through  learn- 
ing. This  is  in  sharp  contrast  to  the  traditional 
view  that  the  brain  is  pre-wired  by  early  expe- 
rience during  a  critical  period,  and  changes 
little  after  that.  So,  we're  trying  to  figure  out 
the  principles  that  allow  the  brain  to  be  so  dy- 
namic and  yet  so  reproducible — to  control 
and  produce  the  same  kind  of  output  day  after 
day,  even  though  its  own  individual  elements 
are  constantly  changing  due  to  the  changes  in 
the  environment  or  in  its  own  growth." 

The  brain  manages  to  produce  stable  out- 
put because,  despite  its  ever-changing  nature, 
it  seems  to  encode  what  Nicolelis  calls  an  "in- 
ternal model"  of  the  world,  which  it  compares 
with  new  experiences.  "The  brain  actually  has 
a  point  of  view,"  he  says.  "It  develops  a  model 
and  it  uses  this  model  continuously  to  test 
whether  signals  coming  from  the  environment 
can  be  ignored,  or  whether  they're  so  novel 
that  they  need  to  be  incorporated  and  used  to 
update  the  model.  This  new  view  says  the 
brain  is  such  a  dynamic  machine  that  it  never 
stops  sucking  out  information  to  update  what 
it  has  inside."  And  the  modest  laboratory  rat 
is  helping  scientists  understand  how  the  brain 
goes  about  updating  its  internal  models. 

Nicolelis'  rat-whisker  studies  have  shown 


that  new  input  reverberates  throughout  the 
brain,  altering  it  at  many  levels.  "As  rats  grow 
up,  they  constantly  scan  the  environment  with 
their  whiskers  and  they  somehow  create  a 
model  of  the  external  tactile  environment.  Our 
latest  studies  show  that  if  we  manipulate  the 
cortex  — 
the  highest 
brain  center 


THE  BRAIN  IS 


SUCH  A  DYNAMIC 
MACHINE  THAT 


IT  NEVER  STOPS 
SUCKING  OUT 


INFORMATION  TO 
UPDATE  WHAT  IT 


HAS  INSIDE. 


change  the 
way  the  lower 
centers  re- 
spond. It's  as 
if  the  cortex 
continuously 
refines  its  in- 
ternal mod- 
el of  the  en- 
vironment, 
and  it  has  to 
let  the  entire 
brain  know 
what  information  it  is  interested  in  getting." 

The  studies  also  reveal  that  the  brain  "de- 
cides" how  to  respond  to  external  stimuli  based 
on  its  own  activity  at  the  moment.  "When  we 
compared  the  response  to  a  whisker-touch  of 
a  rat  busily  moving  its  whiskers  and  one  sit- 
ting quietly,  the  response  was  totally  differ- 
ent," he  says.  "The  response  has  to  do  with  at- 
tention, context,  and  behavioral  relevance  of 


the  stimulus.  It  has  to  do  with  the  brain's  state 
at  that  particular  moment.  So,  by  no  means  is 
a  stimulus  always  looked  upon  the  same  way. 
Every  millisecond,  the  brain  sees  things  differ- 
ently because  every  millisecond  tells  a  differ- 
ent story." 

Nicolelis  has  discovered  that  his  studies  of 
the  changing  brain  are,  in  fact,  changing  his 
own  mind  about  his  field.  "The  more  I  think 
about  it,  the  more  I  realize  how  deep  this  dy- 
namic-brain theory  cuts  into  the  dogma  of 
neuroscience.  It  really  opens  up  new  avenues 
of  research  and  thinking."  He  cites  some 
philosophers  who  assert  that  this  new  dynam- 
ic-brain theory  and  brain-wave  analytical 
techniques  may  represent  the  first  steps  to- 
ward understanding  the  very  nature  of 
thought.  "Until  now,  people  have  always 
believed  that  a  thought  was  some  holistic, 
even  spiritual  entity  that  was  impossible  to 
define,  that  one  could  never  really  grasp.  But 
some  of  us  now  contend  that  a  thought  is 
actually  only  a  complex  pattern  of  brain  ac- 
tivity produced  by  the  work  of  millions  of 
neurons.  Of  course,  in  our  experiments,  the 
thought  is  simple — just  a  rat  planning  to 
move — but,  nonetheless,  it  is  a  thought." 

"Who  knows?"  he  muses.  "Maybe  one  day, 
decades  in  the  future,  we  might  even  be  able 
to  record  a  pattern  of  human  brain  activity 
and  actually  decipher  the  thought  it  repre- 


20       DUKE  MAGAZINE 


DUKE 


Simpson:  "the  best  of  a  gen- 
eration of  women  who  have 
contributed  so  much..." 


DISTINGUISHED 
ALUMNA 

Dorothy  Lewis  Simpson  '46,  scientist, 
pilot,  civic  leader,  and  former  Duke 
trustee,  is  the  recipient  ot  this  year's 
Distinguished 
Alumni  Award, 
the  highest  honor 
bestowed  by  the 
Duke  Alumni  As- 
sociation. "In  her 
lifetime  of  service," 
wrote  Duke  trus- 
tee Susan  Bennett 
King  '62,  "Dottie 
represents  the  best 
of  a  generation  of 
women  who  have 
contributed  so 
much  time,  energy, 
and  intelligence  in 
volunteer  work,  often  unheralded  but  just  as 
often  the  moving  force  behind  major  pro- 
grams and  projects.  Her  quiet  but  persuasive 
leadership  has  galvanized  both  people  and 
funding  sources  for  years.  It  is  this  kind  of 
commitment.. .that  has  successfully  translated 
vision  into  reality." 

At  Duke,  Simpson  was  president  of  both 
her  junior  and  senior  classes  at  the  Woman's 
College  and  a  member  of  Kappa  Alpha  Theta, 
Pi  Mu  Epsilon,  Phi  Kappa  Delta,  and  White 
Duchy.  After  graduating,  she  worked  for 
Lederle  Labs  before  joining  Pan  American 
Airways.  Although  she  had  a  license  to  fly, 
she  took  a  job  as  a  flight  attendant  since 
pilots'  jobs  were  not  open  to  women  during 
that  time.  She  settled  in  the  Seattle  area  with 
her  husband,  W.  Hunter  Simpson,  and  they 
raised  three  children. 

She  soon  became  involved  with  numerous 
civic  and  nonprofit  organizations.  As  president 
of  its  board,  she  revamped  Seattle  Junior  Pro- 
grams, a  group  that  took  theater  productions 
to  school-age  children,  by  improving  marketing 
techniques  to  increase  sales  and  expanding 
performance  schedules.  The  Seattle  Reper- 
tory Theatre's  board  named  her  chair  for 
1981-82  as  a  result  of  her  work  in  increasing 
its  subscriptions  and  sustainer  funds,  and  she 


headed  the  successful  effort  to  build  a  new 
theater,  taking  a  stalled  project  and  ultimately 
raising  $4  million  to  supplement  a  bond  issue. 

She  entered  the  University  of  Washington, 
earned  an  M.B.A.  in  1982,  and  took  on  another 
major  project,  eventually  chairing  the  Museum 
Development  Authority,  which  had  been  es- 
tablished to  oversee  designing,  financing,  and 
constructing  a  new  art  museum.  After  a  dec- 
ade of  planning,  the  $50-million  Seattle  Art 
Museum,  a  Robert  Venturi-designed,  155,000- 
square-foot  glass  edifice,  opened  in  1991. 

During  this  time,  Simpson  served  two  terms 
on  Duke's  board  of  trustees  (1982-1995),  where 
she  chaired  the  Student  Affairs  Committee, 
and  was  a  member  of  the  search  committee 
that  recommended  the  hiring  of  President 
Nannerl  O.  Keohane.  She  currently  serves  on 
Duke's  Council  on  Women's  Studies. 

Her  involvement  with  the  Achievement 
Rewards  for  College  Scientists  (ARCS)  Foun- 
dation, a  national  women's  organization  that 
raises  money  for  college  scholarships  in  the 
sciences,  medicine,  and  engineering,  was  ben- 
eficially progressive.  A  member  and  then 
chair  of  the  Seattle  chapter  (1987-88),  she 
was  nominated  to  the  national  board;  two 
years  later,  she  became  president.  During  her 
presidency  (1992-95),  she  increased  the  num- 
ber of  national  members  from  its  twelve  chap- 
ters on  to  its  board.  By  her  third  year  in  office, 
the  organization  broke  the  $2-million  barrier 
of  money  raised  in  one  year;  currently,  ARCS 
gives  away  more  than  $2.5  million  in  scholar- 
ships. In  1995,  she  was  named  to  the  Presi- 
dents' Circle  of  the  National  Academy  of 
Science,  which  advises  the  federal  government 
on  scientific  and  technological  issues.  Her 
awards  include  the  Governor's  Art  Award, 
the  Seattle  Legion  of  Honor,  and  being  named 
to  Women  of  Achievement. 

Her  wish  to  be  a  pilot  has  been  realized  by  a 
daughter,  who  flies  for  Northwest  Airlines. 
The  Simpsons  live  on  Mercer  Island  in  Wash- 
ington and  have  six  grandchildren. 

The  Distinguished  Alumni  Award,  estab- 
lished in  1983  by  the  DAA,  recognizes  alumni 
who  have  made  significant  contributions  in 
their  own  fields  of  work,  in  service  to  Duke, 
or  for  the  betterment  of  humanity.  Recipients 
are  selected  from  nominations  by  alumni,  fac- 
ulty, trustees,  administrators,  and  students. 


TEACHER  OF 
THE  YEAR 


Gillian  Einstein,  formerly  an  assistant 
research  professor  in  the  neurobiology 
department  at  Duke  Medical  Center, 
is  the  recipient  of  the  Alumni  Distinguished 
Undergraduate  Teaching  Award.  Presented 
each  year  by  the  Duke  Alumni  Association 
(DAA) ,  the  award  is  administered  by  a  stu- 
dent committee,  which  presents  its  selection 
to  the  DAA  Awards  Committee  for  approval. 
Einstein  was  chosen  from  forty-seven  nomina- 
tions submitted  by  students  and  representing 
thirty-nine  different  faculty  members. 

In  nominating 
Einstein,  now  a 
grants  administra- 
tor for  the  Na- 
tional Institutes  of 
Health,  one  stu- 
dent described  her 
as  "one  of  the  most 
dynamic  and  in- 
teresting teachers 
1 1  have  ever  come 
»  across  in  my  stud- 
ies. Not  only  is  she 
interested  in  her 
subject,  she  also 
undertakes  to  cul- 
tivate interest  in  every  student  who  steps  into 
her  classroom.  While  a  great  deal  of  time  is 
spent  researching  in  her  field,  her  teaching 
never  suffered  or  took  second  place." 

Another  student  wrote,  "Clearly,  this  is  a 
professor  who  values  her  role  as  a  teacher  and 
mentor.  While  research  remains  an  important 
part  of  her  life,  her  students  always  feel  like 
they  are  top  priority.  I  know  that  she  has 
made  a  similar  impact  on  my  classmates,  as 
most  of  them  have  continued  to  pursue  ad- 
vanced courses  in  neurobiology." 

Einstein  earned  her  bachelor's  in  art  histo- 
ry at  Harvard  University  in  1974  and  her 
Ph.D.  in  anatomy  at  the  University  of  Penn- 
sylvania in  1984.  After  predoctoral  and  post- 
doctoral fellowships,  respectively,  at  Penn's 
medical  school  and  Northwestern  Univer- 
sity's neurology  and  physiology  department, 
she  came  to  Duke  in  1986  as  a  research  asso- 


Einstein:  "a  professor  who 
values  her  role  as  a  teacher 
and  a  mentor" 


September- October  1999        21 


DUKE  ALUMNI  ASSOCIATION 
NEW:  www.DukeAlumni.com 


DUKE  MAGAZINE  WEB  EDITION 

www.dukemagazine. 

duke.edu 

VISITORS 
www.Durham-NC.com 

DUKE  MERCHANDISE 

www.shopdukeslores. 

duke.edu 


WEB  FEAT 

ALUMNI  E-MAIL  DIRECTORY 

The  Duke  Alumni  Associations  search- 
able online  e-mail  directory  is  up  and 
running.  Now  you  can  find  your  Duke 
friends  on  the  World  Wide  Web.  Just 
access  the  DAA  website  (www.Duke 
Alumni.com),  where  you  can  look  up 
the  e-mail  addresses  of  your  classmates. 
And  don't  forget  to  register  yourself  in 
the  directory  by  e-mailing  your  name  and 
class  year  to  AlumEmail@alumni. 
duke.edu.  THIS  IS  A  FREE  SERVICE. 

LIFETIME  E-MAIL  ADDRESS 

Another  free  service  we're  offering  is  your 
own  permanent  Duke  e-mail  address,  one 
you  can  keep  for  the  rest  of  your  life. 
Select  your  own  alias,  as  long  as  it  is  a 
form  of  your  name  (for  example,  jane. doe 
@alumni. duke.edu).  Just  e-mail  your 
name,  class  year,  and  alias  request  to 
AlumEmail@alumni.duke.edu.  Your 
alias  will  be  verified  with  an  e-mail  mes- 
sage. This  forwarding  service  does  not 
replace  your  existing  Internet  Service 
Provider  (ISP),  and  you'll  need  to  update 
us  whenever  you  change  ISPs. 


ciate  in  the  anatomy  department.  She  had  a 
primary  appointment  since  1989  in  neurobiol- 
ogy, where  she  had  been  co-director  of  under- 
graduate studies  since  1996,  and  a  secondary 
appointment  in  the  zoology  department  since 
1994.  Since  1996,  she  had  been  a  senior  fel- 
low at  Duke's  Center  for  the  Study  of  Aging 
and  Human  Development.  She  also  directed 
Duke's  freshman  FOCUS  program  "Exploring 
the  Mind." 

For  the  National  Science  Foundation,  Ein- 
stein taught  a  "Neurobiology  of  Mind"  pro- 
gram in  1996  and  1997.  She  is  the  author  or 
co-author  of  more  than  fifty  articles,  reviews, 
book  chapters,  papers,  or  abstracts.  A  story 
about  her  work  and  the  interdisciplinary  course 
she  taught  with  philosophy  professor  Owen 
Flanagan  ("What  Makes  Up  One's  Mind?") 
appeared  in  the  May-June  1997  issue  of  Duke 
Magazine  (www.dukemagazine.duke.edu) . 

The  Alumni  Distinguished  Undergraduate 
Award  includes  a  $5,000  stipend  and  $1,000 
for  a  Duke  library  to  purchase  books  recom- 
mended by  the  recipient. 


COMMUNITY 

ON  THE  WEB 

If  you're  Internet-active,  the  new,  amaz- 
ingly improved  site  www.DukeAlumni. 
com  should  be  at  the  top  of  your  book- 
mark list.  It's  loaded  with  service-oriented, 
alumni-friendly  links  to  clubs  calendars,  re- 
union schedules,  affinity  groups,  an  e-mail 
directory,  Duke  Alumni  Association  mem- 
bers' benefits,  lifelong  learning  programs,  Duke 
merchandise,  and  more. 

This  new  alumni  Web  community  was  built 
for  the  Duke  Alumni  Association  by  KOZ. 
corn's  Community  Publishing  System  (CPS), 


its  flagship  product.  "The  Internet  is  a  tre- 
mendous resource  in  helping  alumni  stay  in 
touch  with  campus  activities,  including  na- 
tional and  international  Duke  club  events, 
continuing  education,  learning  vacations,  and 
other  shared  interests  that  extend  our  reach," 
says  M.  Laney  Funderburk  Jr.  '60,  director  of 
Alumni  Affairs.  "By  entering  into  a  partnership 
with  KOZ.com,  we  have  established  a  turn- 
key Duke  community  with  tremendous  com- 
munication capability,  outstanding  features, 
and  true  expert  support,  for  a  fraction  of  the 
cost  it  would  take  us  to  build  the  system  inter- 
nally." 

This  online  community  is  a  hub  for  alumni 
worldwide.  There's  a  website  for  each  class, 
and  the  ability  for  any  alumnus  or  alumna 
who  registers,  at  no  charge,  to  create  his  or 
her  own  site,  without  the  use  of  HTML. 
Besides  setting  up  their  own  personal  pages, 
alumni  can  establish  sites  for  their  own  living 
groups  or  campus  organizations:  residents  of 
Clocktower  Quad,  for  instance,  or  Kappas 
Living  in  Kansas.  There  is  access  control  of 
sites,  as  well  as  the  ability  to  create  chat 
rooms  and  post  messages  and  photos.  Some  of 
the  affinity  sites  already  created  range  from 
DUBAC  (Duke  University  Black  Alumni 
Connection),  NROTC  alumni,  and  even  1050, 
a  group  that  once  occupied  tent  number  1050 
in  Krzyzewkskiville. 

George  Dorfman  '85,  coordinator  of  the 
alumni  clubs  program,  was  in  charge  of  re- 
vamping the  DAA  website.  "After  exhaustive 
research,  we  came  to  an  agreement  with  KOZ. 
com  to  enhance  our  offerings  to  alumni,"  he 
says.  "We're  assured  of  Y2K  compliance,  au- 
tomatic system  upgrades,  ease  of  navigation 
—  and  no  HTML  knowledge  is  required. 
Because  of  the  simple  but  thorough  instruc- 
tions provided  on-site,  the  only  skills  you'll 
need  is  the  ability  to  point  and  click." 


First-year  firsts:  Members  of  the  Class  of  2003  peruse  directories  at  the  annual  Duke  Alumni  i 
frosh  picnic;  more  than  half  of  the  children  of  alumni  who  applied  were  accepted,  setting  a  record 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


CLASS  NOTES 


WRITE:  Class  Notes  Editor,  Duke  Magazine, 
614  Chapel  Dr.,  Durham,  N.C.  27708-0570 

FAX:  (919)  681-1659  (typed  only,  please) 

E-MAIL:  dukemag@duke.edu 

Include  your  full  name,  address,  and 

class  year  when  you  e-mail  us. 

CHANGE  OF  ADDRESS:  Alumni  Records, 
614  Chapel  Dr.  Annex,  Durham,  N.C.  27708-0613. 
Please  include  mailing  label.  Or  e-mail  address 
changes  to:  bluedevil@duke.edu 

NOTICE:  Because  of  the  volume  of  class 
note  material  we  receive  and  the  long 
lead  time  required  for  typesetting,  design, 
and  printing,  your  submission  may  not 
appear  for  two  to  three  issues.  Please 
include  spouses'  names  in  marriage  and 
birth  announcements.  We  do  not  record 


20s,  30s  &  40s 


Lizzie  Grey  Chandler  73,  of  Durham,  is  co- 
author of  More  Than  Fund,  Clothing,  and  Shelter: 
Stories  of  Lizzie  Grey  Cltandlcr  and  Minnie  Chandler, 
published  by  Moon  Lodge  Press.  The  book,  an  autobi- 
ography and  biography  of  her  sister,  now  deceased,  who 
graduated  from  Duke  in  1929,  is  based  on  taped  inter- 
views conducted  by  Wynolia  C.  Apple  over  a  period  of 
several  years. 

John  H.  Schrack  M.Ed.  '37  celebrated  both 

his  ninety-fourth  birthday  and  his  sixty-fourth  wedding 
anniversary  this  October.  He  and  his  wife,  Florence, 
live  in  Myerstown,  Pa. 

Harris  "Moon"  Mullen  '46  is  the  author  of  the 

Civil  War  novel  God  Bless  General  Early,  his  third  book 
concerning  the  Battle  of  Gettysburg.  This  latest  book, 
published  by  High  Water  Press  in  Tampa,  won  the 
Clark  Cox  Historical  Fiction  Award  from  the  N.C. 
Society  of  Historians.  He  lives  in  Tampa. 


Ian  G.  Barbour  A.M.  '47,  Bean  professor  emeritus 
of  science,  technology,  and  society  at  Carleton 
College,  won  the  1999  Templeton  Prize  for  Progress 
in  Religion.  The  physicist  and  theologian  is  credited 
with  "launching  a  new  era  in  the  interdisciplinary 
dialogue  between  science  and  religion,"  and  for  being  a 
"forceful  advocate"  for  ethics  in  technology.  The  prize 
exceeds  the  Nobel,  with  a  value  of  $1.2  million.  Past 
recipients  have  included  Mother  Teresa,  Billy  Graham, 
and  Aleksandr  Solzhenitsyn. 

Hatcher  Crenshaw  '47  is  the  author  of  Funny 
Bone,  published  by  Five  Star  Press,  a  book  containing 
"29  amusing  stories  with  no  profanity,  no  sex,  and  no 
violence."  A  retired  Army  Reserve  colonel  and  former 
member  of  the  Virginia  House  of  Delegates,  he  is  a 
commercial  real  estate  broker  and  developer.  He  and 
his  wife  live  in  Richmond,  Va.,  and  have  four  grown 
children  and  10  grandchildren. 


50s  &  60s 


Kenneth  F.  Palmer '51  was  appointed  chair  of  the 
Virginia  Beach  school  system's  evaluation  program, 
Control  Self-Assessment.  He  is  a  retired  partner  with 
Price  WaterhouseCoopers. 

Fred  Chapped  '61,  A.M.  '64,  North  Carolina  Poet 
Laureate,  delivered  the  commencement  address  in 


May  at  the  University  of  North  Carolina  at  Greens- 
boro. An  English  professor  at  UNC-Greensboro,  he 
is  the  author  of  14  volumes  of  poetry,  two  books  of 
essays,  two  books  of  short  stories,  and  eight  novels. 
His  latest  novel,  Look  hack  All  the  Green  Valley,  was 
published  by  Picador  USA  in  September. 

Martha  Tovell  Nesbitt  '61,  MAT.  '62,  president 
of  Gainesville  College  in  Georgia,  was  elected  president 
of  the  American  Association  for  Women  in  Community 
Colleges. 


Railings  Lewis  D.Ed.  '64,  founding  dean 

of  UNC-Greensboro's  nursing  school,  received  an 
honorary  doctor  of  humane  letters  degree  at  com- 
mencement ceremonies  in  May  at  UNC-Greensboro. 


S.  Hackney  '66,  president  of  Integrated 
Movement  Studies,  has  a  new  book,  Making  Connec- 
tions: Total  B<kh  InicgriiUnn  I  hruu^h  l\iricmeff  Funda- 
mentals, published  by  Gordon  &  Breach.  She  and  her 
husband,  Rob  Anglin,  live  in  Yountville,  Calif. 

Barry  Tarasoff  '67,  global  director  of  investment 
research  at  Schroders  pic,  was  appointed  vice  chair  of 
Schroder  &  Co.,  Inc.  He  and  his  wife,  Sylvia,  live  in 
Fairfield,  Conn.,  and  have  two  children,  one  of  whom 
is  Joshua  D.  Tarasoff  '01. 

Robert  H.  Auld  '68  moved  to  Tokyo  in  July  with 
Fidelity  Investments  to  become  its  chief  investment 
officet  for  Japan.  He  was  its  CIO  for  Hong  Kong. 

Charles  T.  Clotfelter  '69,  Reynolds  Professor  of 

Public  Policy  Studies  at  Duke's  Terry  Sanford  Institute 
and  a  professor  of  economics  and  law,  is  co-author, 
with  Thomas  Ehrlich,  of  Philanthropy  and  the  Nonprofit 
Sector  in  a  Changing  America.  He  is  also  director  of 
the  Center  for  Philanthropy  and  Volunteerism  at  Duke 
and  a  research  associate  of  the  National  Bureau  of 
Economic  Research. 

BIRTHS:  A  daughter  to  D.  Paul  Sommerville  II 

'67  and  Ann  Sommerville  on  May  10.  Named  Alexis 


Flo  Denny  Durway  MAT.  '71,  who  earned  her 
Ed.D.  at  UNC-Greensboro  in  1989,  is  director  of 
teacher  education  programs  at  Louisiana  State  Univer- 
sity in  Baton  Rouge.  Her  husband,  Daniel  L.  Dur- 
way Ph.D.  '76,  retired  from  Highland  Presbyterian 
Church,  where  he  was  a  minister  tor  nearly  nine  years, 
and  is  teaching  in  the  department  of  philosophy  and 
religious  studies  at  LSU. 

Robert  S.  Zeller  '73  was  promoted  to  full  professor 
in  the  English  department  at  Southeast  Missouri  State 
University  in  Cape  Girardeau,  Mo. 

John  B.  Ford  '74  is  president  of  Discovery  Health 
Media,  a  new  business  unit  of  Discovery  Communica- 
tions, Inc.,  which  provides  information  on  health, 
medicine,  and  fitness  via  the  new  cable/satellite 
Discovery  Health  Channel  and  Internet  site,  discov- 
eryhealth.com,  both  launched  last  summer.  He  lives  in 
Silvet  Spring,  Md. 

Thomas  G.  Hoffman  '74,  who  earned  his  M.B.A. 
at  the  Florida  Institute  of  Technology,  is  a  neurologist 
in  Melbourne,  Fla.,  and  chief  of  staff  of  Holmes 
Regional  Medical  Center. 


K.  Lambie  III  '74,  who  earned  his  M.D.  at 
the  University  ot  Illinois  College  of  Medicine  in  Peoria, 
is  a  pathology  resident  at  Michigan  Hospitals  in  Ann 
Arbor. 


30  Suk* 

in  grntr 

will? 


Traditionally,  bequests  have  been 

a  significant  source  of  Duke's 

financial  support.  Your  bequest  to 

Duke  will  help  to  ensure  Duke's 

continued  strength  and 

academic  excellence. 

High  federal  estate  tax  rates 

significantly  lower  the  cost  of 

making  a  bequest  to  Duke. 

Join  more  than  2,100  other  Duke 
alumni  and  friends  as  a  member 
of  the  Heritage  Society,  an  honor- 
ary circle  of  University  alumni  and 
friends  who  have  planned  an 
estate  gift  to  Duke. 


To  learn  more  about  the 

Heritage  Society  and  how  to 

make  a  bequest  gift  to  Duke, 

please  contact: 

Duke  University 

Office  of  Planned  Giving 

Box  90606 

2127  Campus  Drive 

Durham,  NC  27708-0606 

919-681-0464  (Phone) 
919-684-9731  (Fax) 

planned.giving@dev.duke.edu  (Email) 
www.dukecomm.duke.edu  (Web) 


September-October  1999 


Robert  W.  Cohn  75,  a  professor  of  electrical  engi- 
neering at  the  University  of  Louisville,  was  elected  a 
Fellow  of  the  Optical  Society  of  America.  He  lives  in 
Louisville. 

Jim  Holliman  75  is  president-elect  of  the  Penn- 
sylvania chapter  of  the  American  College  of  Emergency 
Physicians.  He  directs  the  Center  for  International 
Emergency  Medicine  and  the  International  Emergency 
Medicine  fellowship  program  at  Penn  State  University, 
and  is  associate  program  director  for  the  York-Hershey 
emergency  medicine  residency  program.  He  lives  in 
Hershey,  Pa. 

H.E.  "Penny"  Rue  75  is  dean  of  students  for  the 
University  of  Virginia.  She  was  senior  associate  dean 
of  students  at  Georgetown  University  in  Washington, 
D.C.  She  is  a  member  ot  Duke's  Council  for  Women's 
Studies  and  lives  in  Charlottesville. 

Daniel  L.  Durway  Ph.D.  76,  who  retired  from 
Highland  Presbyterian  Church  in  Baton  Rouge,  where 
he  was  a  minister  for  nearly  nine  years,  is  teaching  in 
the  department  of  philosophy  and  religious  studies  at 
Louisiana  State  University.  His  wife,  Flo  Denny 
Durway  M.A.T.  71,  is  director  of  teacher  education 
programs  at  LSU. 

Eric  K.  Shinseki  A.M.  76,  an  Army  general,  was 
appointed  Army  Chief  of  Staff  in  June  by  President 
Clinton  and  ratified  by  the  Senate.  He  becomes  the 
highest-ranked  Japanese-American  officer  in  the 
Army's  history.  Bom  in  Hawaii  of  Japanese  ancestry,  he 
graduated  from  West  Point.  He  was  Vice  Chief  of  Staff, 
after  serving  two  years  as  the  top  Army  general  in 
Europe  and  commander  of  the  NATO  peacekeeping 
force  in  Bosnia. 

Linda  R.  Halperin  77  is  chief  of  Physical  Medicine 
and  Rehabilitation  Service  at  the  Nashville  VA 
Medical  Center.  She  and  her  husband,  Ronald  P. 
Manley  A.M.  75,  and  their  three  children  live  in 
Brentwood,  Tenn. 


■  Cross  79  is  a  partner  in  the 
corporate  and  securities  groups  of  the  law  firm  Wilmer, 
Cutler  and  Pickering.  She  was  deputy  director  of  the 
corporation  finance  division  at  the  Securities  and 
Exchange  Commission.  She  and  her  husband,  John, 
and  their  son  live  in  Washington,  D.C. 

BIRTHS:  A  daughter  to  Dana  L.  Dembrow  75 

and  Suzette  Dembrow  on  June  11.  Named  Danielle 
Diane.. .Second  child  and  son  to  Ted  Gansler  76 
and  Wendy  Vetter  '83  on  Jan.  27.  Named  Wilson 
David  Vetter  Gansler.. .Second  child  and  first  son  to 
Larry  W.  Leckonby  79  and  Cris  Leckonby  on 
April  9.  Named  William  Bader  II. 


David  N.  Beratan  '80,  a  chemistry  professor  at  the 
University  of  Pittsburgh,  is  a  1999  Guggenheim  Fellow. 
He  will  conduct  research  on  how  energy  is  manipulated 
in  biological  systems.  He  was  a  National  Science  Foun- 
dation Young  Investigator  from  1992  to  1997  and  won 
the  University  of  Pittsburgh's  Chancellor's  Distinguished 
Research  Award  in  1998. 

Randy  A.  Burrows  J.D.  '80  is  the  managing  partner 
of  the  San  Francisco  office  of  the  law  firm  McKenna  & 
Cuneo.  He  and  his  wife,  Susan  Grivas,  and  their  two 
sons  live  in  San  Francisco. 


i  P.  Cox  III  '80,  a  shareholder  in  the  law  firm 
Michie,  Hamlett,  Lowry,  Rasmussen  &  Tweed,  is  a 
member  of  Duke's  Estate  Planning  Council.  He  and  his 
wife,  Kara,  and  their  two  children  live  in 
Charlottesville,  Va. 

Jeffrey  P.  Davis  '80,  managing  director  and  division 


chief  investment  officer  at  State  Street  Global  Advisors, 
was  named  to  the  board  of  trustees  of  the  Berklee  Col- 
lege of  Music  in  Boston.  A  trumpeter  who  once  played 
with  jazz  pianist  Mary  Lou  Williams,  he  has  endowed  a 
jazz  scholarship  at  Duke. 

Catherine  Geiger  Petter  '81  is  a  partner  with 
Prime  Design,  a  graphic  design  and  marketing  company 
with  offices  in  New  York  and  Boston.  She  and  her 
husband,  Russell  C.  Petter  Ph.D.  '83,  live  in  Stow, 
Mass.,  with  their  daughter  and  nine  collies. 

Eric  C.  Shoaf  '82,  who  earned  his  M.PA.  from  the 
University  of  Rhode  Island,  directs  the  preservation 
program  at  the  Boston  University  Library.  He  earned 
his  M.L.S.  at  N.C.  Central  University  in  1989.  He  and 
his  wife,  Susan,  and  their  two  children  live  in 
Providence,  R.I. 


Short  M.B.A.  '82  is  the  first  recipient 
of  the  newly  created  Barbara  W  Short  Lifetime 
Achievement  Award,  named  in  her  honor  by  the 
vending  and  food  service  industry  represented  in  the 
national  trade  show,  Atlantic  Coast  Exposition  (ACE) . 
She  retired  in  July  from  InfoMarketing  Inc.  of  Durham, 
the  company  she  founded.  Over  the  past  28  years, 
she  helped  huild  ACE.  The  rotating  award  will  be 
presented  annually  to  an  ourstanding  person  in  the 
vending  and  food  industry. 

Carole  Norris  Chidester  'S3  is  celebrating  the 
second  anniversary  of  Chidester  Communications,  the 
public  relations  and  public  affair:,  consulting  firm  she 
founded.  Her  clients  include  Victoria's  Secret  and 
Grant/Riverside  Methodist  Hospitals.  She  and  her 
husband,  Paul,  and  their  two  children  live  in  Upper 
Arlington,  Ohio. 

Christopher  D.  Howard  '83  was  promoted  to 
associate  professor  of  government  with  tenure  at  the 
College  of  William  &  Mary.  A  paperback  edition  of  his 
book,  Tfie  Hidden  Welfare  State:  Tax  Expenditures  and 
Social  Policy  in  the  United  States,  was  issued  this  year  by 
Princeton  University  Press.  He  will  be  conducting 
research  this  academic  year  with  fellowships  from  the 
National  Endowment  for  the  Humanities  and  the 
American  Council  of  Learned  Societies.  He  lives  in 
Williamsburg,  Va. 


C.  Petter  Ph.D.  '83  is  a  group  leader  in 
medicinal  chemistry  at  Biogen  in  Cambridge.  He  and 
his  wife,  Catherine  Geiger  Petter  '81,  live  with 
their  daughter  and  nine  collies  in  Stow,  Mass. 

Stephanie  Xupolos  Djinis  '84  has  established 
her  own  law  firm  in  McLean,  Va.  She  was  a  partner  at 
Kirkpatrick  &  Lockhart  in  Washington,  D.C.  She  and 
her  husband,  Peter,  and  their  daughter  live  in  McLean. 


M.  Gallagher  M.B.A.  '84  was  promoted 
to  vice  president  of  the  In-Home  division  of  Ocean 
Spray  and  named  an  officer  in  the  company.  He 
was  director  ot  international  business  operations.  He 
and  his  wife,  Laurie,  and  their  two  children  live  in 
Duxbury,  Mass. 

Williams  Swift  Martin  IV  '84,  who  earned  his  law 
degree  at  Vanderbilt  University  and  a  master's  from 
Johns  Hopkins  University,  is  a  foreign  service  officer 
with  the  State  Department,  assigned  to  the  U.S. 
Embassy  in  Prague,  the  Czech  Republic,  where  he  and 
his  wife,  Laurel,  live. 


I.  Warren  III  '84  joined  the  S.C.  law  firm 
Wyche,  Burgess,  Freeman  &  Parham  in  Greenville, 
where  he  concentrates  in  real  estate,  economic 
incentives,  and  municipal  finance.  He  and  his  wife, 
Allison,  live  in  Greenville. 


Leigh  Swann  Halstad  '85  is  an  assistant  attorney 
general  for  the  State  of  Maryland.  She  and  her  husband, 
Damian,  and  their  two  sons  live  in  Westminster,  Md. 

Jeffrey  A.  Hughes  B.S.E.  '85,  who  works  with 


the  Research  Triangle  Insritute,  has  moved  to  Warsaw, 
Poland,  with  his  wife,  Tania,  to  serve  as  water  and 
solid-waste  management  policy  adviser  to  Polish 
government  officials.  He  was  public  works  director 
for  Chatham  County,  N.C. 

Jonathan  C.  Santore  '85,  assistant  professor  of 
music  at  Plymouth  State  College,  has  been  named  New 
Hampshire  Composer  of  the  Year  for  1999.  The  award 
includes  a  commission  from  the  N.H.  Music  Teachers 
Association  for  a  new  work.  His  choral  settings  of 
Native  American  poems,  The  Whole  World  Is  Coming, 
were  performed  by  the  N.Y.U.  Choral  Arts  Society  at 
the  1999  national  conference  of  the  Society  of 
Composers,  Inc.,  in  New  York  City.  He  and  his  wife, 
Marcia,  and  their  son  live  in  Plymouth,  N.H. 

Scott  A.  Akers  '86  is  a  professional  Scouter  with 
the  Mt.  Baker  Council,  Boy  Scouts  of  America,  in 
Everett,  Wash.,  where  he  is  district  executive  for  its 
Puget  Sound  district. 

Adam  D.  Koenigsberg  '86  is  a  general  and 
pediatric  ophthalmologist  in  a  private  practice  with  an 
ophthalmology  group  in  West  Palm  Beach,  Fla. 

Betsy  Hadden  Lee  '86  is  vice  president  of 
advertising  and  media  relations  at  MFS  Investment 
Management.  She  and  her  husband,  Michael,  and 
their  daughter  live  in  Wellesley,  Mass. 

Mary  Honeycutt  McNamara  '86  entered  the 
University  of  Texas  School  of  Law  this  fall.  She  and  her 
husband,  Tim,  live  in  Austin. 

David  W.  Rudge  '86  is  a  science  educator  on  a 
tenure  track  in  the  science  studies  department  at 
Western  Michigan  University  in  Kalamazoo,  Mich. 
He  lives  in  Ames,  Iowa. 

Martha  Todd  Sloan  '86  writes  that  she  is  a 
"stay-at-home"  mom  to  her  three-year-old  and  a  new 
baby.  She  and  her  husband,  Ross,  a  banker,  live  in 
Asheville,  N.C. 

John  Lauris  Wade  '86  has  joined  the  Radiology 
Regional  Center's  diagnostic  radiology  group  in  Fort 
Myers,  Fla. 

Louis  S.  Citron  '87,  J.D.  '91  is  senior  vice  president 
and  general  counsel  of  ING  Mutual  Funds.  His  wife, 
Danielle  Morris  Citron  '90,  and  their  daughter 
live  in  Wayne,  Pa. 

Kurt  B.  Johnson  '87,  a  Navy  lieutenant  comman- 
der, is  department  head  of  Patrol  Squadron  40,  based  in 
Whidbey  Island,  Wash.,  and  now  deployed  to  Japan. 
He  and  his  wife,  Bonnie,  and  their  daughter  live  in 
Virginia  Beach,  Va. 

J.  Nelson  Kersey  Jr.  B.S.E.  '87  is  a  senior  manager 
at  Newbridge  Networks  Corp.  in  Hemdon,  Va.  He 
and  his  wife,  Maureen,  and  their  two  sons  live  in 
Manassas,  Va. 

Scott  R.  Royster  '87  is  the  chief  financial  officer 
for  Radio  One,  an  owner/operator  of  25  radio  stations 
in  eight  cities.  In  May,  his  company  went  public.  He 
lives  in  Washington,  D.C. 

Julie  Furr  Youngman  '87,  J.D.  '94  is  an  attorney 
in  the  Raleigh  office  of  Smith  Helms  Mullis  &  Moore. 
She  and  her  husband,  Paul,  and  their  rwo  children  live 
in  Chapel  Hill. 

Richard  A.  Friedman  '88  is  associate  counsel  for 
NBA  Properties,  Inc.,  the  marketing  and  licensing  arm 
of  the  National  Basketball  Association.  He  and  his 
wife,  Cheryl,  and  their  daughter  live  in  Berkeley 
Heights,  N.J. 

Michael  Hartman  B.S.E.  '88,  who  earned  his 
master's  in  manufacturing  systems  engineering  at 
Stanford  University,  works  for  DaimlerChrysler  at  its 
Freightliner  plant  in  Portland,  Ore. 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


KEEPING  THE  SCHOOL  BELLS  RINGING 


The  1997-98  school 
year  brought 
hard  times  to  the 
International  School  of 
Kuala  Lumpur,  a  pri- 
vate, nonprofit  institu- 
tion that  educates 
expatriates  living  in 
Malaysia.  It  began  with 
the  loss  of  some  150 
students  as  the  Malay- 
sian business  and  con- 
struction markets 
matured  and  fewer 
foreigners  were  needed 
to  manage  their  opera- 
tions. 

The  school  knew  in 
advance  that  that  loss 
was  coming,  but  then 
the  Asian  financial  cri- 
sis happened,  resulting 
in  a  steep  devaluation 
of  the  ringgit,  the 
Malaysian  currency. 
That  one  hurt. 

To  top  it  all  off,  mas- 
sive forest  fires  in  nearby 
Borneo  and  Sumatra 
blanketed  the  city  for 
two  months  with  health- 
threatening  smoke. 
That  particular  event, 
which  came  to  be 
known  as  "the  haze," 
was  enough  to  send 
families  fleeing  the 
country.  ISKL  lost  400 
additional  students — 
roughly  a  third  of  its 
total  enrollment. 

Barry  Farnham  '62 
was  ISKL's  head  of 
school  at  the  time.  It 
was  his  second  year  on 
the  job,  following  a 
twenty-year  career  first 
as  superintendent  for 
the  Briarcliff  public 
schools  and  then  for 
the  Rye  city  school  dis- 
trict in  New  York 
State.  ISKL  enrolls 
children  from  kinder- 
garten to  twelfth  grade. 
Parents  elect  a  board  of 
directors  from  their 
own  ranks.  Farnham 
works  closely  with  that 
board  in  overseeing  the 
130  administrators  and 
teachers. 

"I  was  led  [to  ISKL] 
by  an  interest  in  doing 
something  new,  differ- 
ent, and  challenging  as 
a  means  of  capping  off 
my  career,"  Farnham 
says.  "I  was  attracted  to 
Malaysia  by  the  reputa- 
tion of  the  school,  and 
by  the  opportunity  to 


live  halfway  around  the 
world,  somewhere  I 
would  never  have  jour- 
neyed to  otherwise. 
The  summer  climate, 
year-round,  was  the 
clincher." 

Beyond  the  balmy 
weather,  he  savored  the 
idea  of  overseeing 
a  truly  international 
school.  ISKLs  students 
come  from  forty-eight 
countries.  Only  about 
20  percent  are  Ameri- 
can; the  second  most 
heavily  represented 
country  is  Korea,  which 
accounts  for  13  per- 
cent. Since  ISKL  par- 
ents tend  to  move  from 
assignment  to  assign- 
ment in  their  interna- 
tional careers,  the 
school's  turnover  is 
astonishingly  high. 
Students  stay  for  an 
average  of  only  three 
years.  Despite  this 
hodge-podge  of  cul- 
tures and  lifestyles  — 
or  perhaps  because  of 
it  — Farnham  says  the 
students  are  generally 
highly  motivated  and 
there  are  few,  if  any, 
behavioral  problems. 

"An  international 
school  fosters  views 
that  are  broad-based 
rather  than  focused  on 
an  individual  nation's 
politics,"  Farnham  once 
wrote.  "The  melding 
of  [the  students']  differ- 
ences results  in  a 
greater  tolerance, 
understanding,  and 
appreciation  of  others 
on  the  part  of  each  and 
every  person  in  the 
school  community." 

Even  in  an  interna- 
tional context,  his  edu- 
cational goals  are  fairly 
common.  ("We  want 
our  students  to  be  re- 
sponsible world  citizens 
who  think  creatively, 
reason  critically,  com- 
municate effectively, 
and  learn  enthusiasti- 
cally throughout  life.") 
But  during  the  troubles 
of  two  years  ago,  they 
were  put  to  a  decidedly 
uncommon  test.  To 
keep  the  school  going, 
he  and  the  board  were 
forced  to  trim  the  bud- 
get and  plunge  into  the 
school's  I 


JlBBHBlini  Kristen  Wall  '88.  who  earned  her  Ph.D.  in  physiology 
in  iyy  /  at  the  University  ot  Connecticut,  is  a  research 
scientist  at  Genome  Therapeutics  Corp.  in  Waltham. 
Her  husband,  David  Diamond  '89,  who  earned  his 
D.V.D.  at  the  University  of  Pennsylvania,  completed  a 
year's  internship  at  the  Animal  Medical  Center  and  a 
three-year  residency  in  small-animal  surgery  at  Tufts 
University  Veterinary  School.  He  is  a  staff  surgeon  at 
Angell  Memorial  Hospital  in  Boston.  The  couple  and 
their  twin  daughters  live  in  Hingham,  Mass. 


Farnham:  "led  by  an 
interest  in  doing  some- 
thing new,  different,  and 
challenging" 

serves.  Staff  were  given 
a  mid-year  salary  ad- 
justment to  help  offset 
the  ringgit's  devalua- 
tion, and  money  was 
plowed  into  technology 
and  training  that  would 
help  create  an  on-line 
learning  environment 
for  students  who  had 
been  forced  to  leave 
the  country. 

Farnham  had  been 
brought  to  ISKL  for  the 
1996-97  school  year  to 
oversee  the  implemen- 
tation of  a  five-year 
plan.  Among  its  fea- 
tures was  increasing 
the  use  of  technology 
in  the  classroom  and 
the  number  of  individ- 
ualized learning  pro- 
grams available  to 
students;  those  steps 
became  the  corner- 
stone of  a  frenzied  re- 
organization during  the 
crisis.  ISKL  created  an 
On-Site/On-Line  pro- 
gram that  used  the 
Internet  to  link  stu- 


dents who  stayed  in 
Malaysia  to  those  who 
were  now  living  in 
cities  throughout  the 
world.  Teachers  and 
administrators  had  just 
ten  days  to  learn  the 
web -based  technology 
and  create  a  new  cur- 
riculum. Besides  pro- 
viding a  learning  envi- 
ronment, the  new  vir- 
tual classrooms  sus- 
tained a  sense  of  school 
community  in  chal- 
lenging circumstances. 

The  school  did  man- 
age to  survive.  Last 
year,  enrollment  re- 
turned to  a  respectable 
1,250.  Tuition  had  to 
be  raised  to  offset  the 
costs  of  the  previous 
year,  and  sixty  faculty 
and  staff  positions  were 
eliminated.  But  class- 
rooms are  now  ahead 
of  schedule  in  integrat- 
ing new  technology, 
and  teachers  are  more 
experienced  in  using 
that  technology  effec- 
tively. 

"We  had  to  take 
some  extraordinary 
measures,"  he  recalls. 
"The  haze  was  linger- 
ing, people  were  leaving 
Kuala  Lumpur,  and 
morale  was  flagging  at 
ISKL."  But,  he  says, 
"at  no  time  did  I  ever 
consider  recommending 
that  we  close  the 
school." 

—Adam  Winer  '99 


Jeff  Wilkinson  '88  is  a  manager  for  Andersen 
Consulting.  His  wife,  Donna  Zavada  Wilkinson 

'89,  is  vice  president  for  human  resources  for  State  Fair 
Foods,  a  division  of  Sara  Lee  Corp.  The  couple  and 
their  daughter  live  in  Coppell,  Texas. 

Michael  A.  Cushner  '89,  who  completed  a  sports 
medicine  fellowship  in  August,  is  a  physician  with 
Commonwealth  Orthopedics  in  Leeshurg,  Va.  He  and 
his  wife,  Beatrice,  and  their  three  children  live  in 
Leeshurg. 

Sheree  Cooper  Levy  '89  is  a  member  of  the  board 
of  directors  of  the  Sid  Jacohson  Jewish  Community 
Center  in  Roslyn,  N.Y.,  and  vice  president  of  the  board 
of  The  Hunt  Club  in  Jericho,  NY.  She  and  her  husband, 
Peter,  and  their  two  children  live  in  Jericho. 

Steven  R.  Norris  '89  is  a  staff  orthopedic  surgeon 
at  Womack  Army  Medical  Center  in  Fort  Bragg, 
N.C.  He  and  his  wife,  Jane,  and  their  son  live  in 
Fayetteville,  N.C. 

David  A.  Tendler  '89  is  an  assistant  professor  in 
the  gastroenterology  department  at  Duke  Medical 
Center.  After  earning  his  M.D.  at  Yale  University,  he 
completed  a  fellowship  in  gastroenterology  at  the  Beth 
Israel  Deaconess  Medical  Center  in  Boston.  He  and 
his  wife,  physician  Susan  Spratt,  and  their  daughter 
live  in  Durham. 

MARRIAGES:  Marilyn  McGreevy  '80  to  Romano 

J.  Micciche  on  June  20.  Residence  Needham,  Mass.... 
Williams  Swift  Martin  IV  '84  to  Laurel  Katharine 
Kinn  on  May  8.  Residence:  Prague,  the  Czech 
Republic... Jeffrey  A.  Hughes  B.S.E.  '85  to  Tania 
Kae  Dautlick  on  May  1.  Residence:  Warsaw,  Poland- 
Lisa  Rochlin  '85  to  Robert  Novick  on  May  16. 
Residence:  Rockville,  Md....Mary  Evelyn  Honey- 
Ctltt  '86  to  Tim  McNamara  on  May  8.  Residence: 
Austin,  lexis   Elizabeth  Ann  "Beth"  Davis  '89 
to  William  Andrew  Haumann  on  May  23.  Residence: 
Princeton,  N.J. 

BIRTHS:  Second  son  to  Randy  A.  Burrows  J.D. 
'80  and  Susan  Grivas  on  Dec.  30.  Named  Keaton 
Grivas  Burrows. ..Second  child  and  first  daughter  to 
James  P.  Cox  III  '80  and  Kara  Anne  Cox  on  Oct. 
2,  1998.  Named  Caroline  Grace... Second  daughter  to 
Deborah  Ridley  Wilson  '80  and  Thomas  A. 
Wilson  on  May  20.  Named  Joanna  Ridley.. .First  child 
and  daughter  to  Catherine  Geiger  Petter  '81 
and  Russell  C.  Petter  Ph.D.  '83  on  Feb.  22. 
Named  Eleanor  Jayne... Third  child  and  first  daughter 
to  Andrea  "Aya"  Taylor  Brochet  '82  and 
Stephane  J.R.  Brochet  on  May  5.  Named  Nia  Florence 
Jeanne.. .Second  child  and  first  daughter  to  Carole 
Norris  Chidester  '83  and  Paul  Chidester  on  Oct. 
25,  1998.  Named  Caroline  Grace. ..Second  child  and 
first  daughter  to  Kathleen  L.  Nooney  '83  and  Jack 
Coladarcion  June  11.  Named  Faith  Margaret.. .First 
child  and  daughter  to  Russell  C.  Petter  Ph.D.  '83 
and  Catherine  Geiger  Petter  '81  on  Feb.  22. 

Named  Eleanor  Jayne. ..Second  child  and  son  to 
Wendy  Vetter  '83  and  Ted  Gansler  76  on  Jan. 
27.  Named  Wilson  David  Vettet  Gansler.. .Second  child 
and  first  son  to  Heather  Duncan  Alger  B.S.E.  '84 
and  John  C.  Alger  on  June  8.  Named  Russell  George- 
Third  child,  a  daughter,  to  Patricia  Beaujean 
Lehtola  J.D.  '84  and  Jouni  Lehtola  on  May  8,  1998. 


September- October  1999        25 


Named  Nicole  Nelia... Second  child  and  first  son  to 
Abbie  G.  Baynes  '85  and  Steve  Nason  on  Jan.  17. 
Named  Matthew  Bennett  "Ben"  Nason. ..Second  child 
and  son  to  Leigh  Swann  Halstad  '85  and  Damian 
Halstad  on  Feb.  5.  Named  Owen  Mason.. .A  son  to 
Michael  R.  Jablonover  '85,  M.D.  '89  and  Lisa 
Jablonovet  on  Feb.  22.  Named  Benjamin  Aaron.. .A 
daughtet  to  Chauncey  G.  Parker  J.D.  '86  and 
Alexa  Parker  on  Jan.  31.  Named  Grace  Lambert- 
Second  child  and  first  son  to  Martha  Todd  Sloan 
'86  and  Ross  Sloan  on  March  29.  Named  John  Siler...A 
daughter  to  Louis  S.  Citron  '87,  J.D.  '91  and 
Danielle  Morris  Citron  '90  on  May  31.  Named 
Julia  Jean.. .First  child  and  son  to  L.  Scott  Harvin 
'87  and  Rachel  Forbes-Harvin  on  March  12.  Named 
Lucius  "Luke"  Scott  Jr.. ..First  child  and  daughter  to 
Kurt  B.  Johnson  '87  and  Bonnie  Causey  Johnson 
on  April  5,  1998.  Named  Kara  Helen... Second  son  to 
J.  Nelson  Kersey  Jr.  B.S.E.  '87  and  Maureen 
Kersey  on  Dec.  16.  Named  Lucas  Christian.. .Third 
child  and  second  son  to  John  Wingate  Snell 
B.S.E.  '87  and  Julie  Snell  on  May  31.  Named  John 
"Jack"  Spencer.. .Second  child  and  first  daughter  to 
Julie  Furr  Youngman  '87,  J.D.  '94  and  Paul 
Youngman  on  March  11,  1998.  Named  Madeleine 
01ivia...First  child  and  daughter  to  William  Mark 
Buchband  '88  and  Jean  Buchband  on  March  11. 
Named  Hannah  Lily.. .A  son  to  Lisa  K.  Byer- 
Scheel  '88  and  Norm  Scheel  on  Jan.  29.  Named 
Nicholas  Tyler.. .First  child  and  daughter  to  Richard 
A.  Friedman  '88  and  Cheryl  Friedman  on  May  25. 
Named  Sophie  Maya.. Third  child,  a  son,  to  Thomas 
Murray  Richmond  III  M.Div.  '88  and  Kathy 
Richmond  on  Jan.  26.  Named  Steven-Michael  Eller... 
Twin  daughters  to  Kristen  Wall  '88  and  David 
Diamond  '89  on  April  5.  Named  Alexandra  Hen- 
nessey and  Samantha  Curtis.. .First  child  and  daughter 
to  Jeff  Wilkinson  '88  and  Donna  Zavada 
Wilkinson  '89  on  April  17.  Named  Natalie  Shea...A 
daughter  to  Jonathan  H.  Burdette  B.S.E.  '89  and 
Shona  E.  Simpson  '91,  Ph.D.  '96  on  March  18. 
Named  Fiona  Hill  Burdette.. .Second  child  and  first 
daughter  to  Christopher  J.  Ciccone  '89  and 
Laurie  A.  Ciccone  on  July  12,  1998.  Named  Erin 
Elise.. Third  child,  a  daughter,  to  Michael  A. 
Cushner  '89  and  Beatrice  Cushner  on  May  15. 
Named  Caroline  Elizabeth.. .Second  child  and  first  son 
to  Sheree  Cooper  Levy  '89  and  Peter  Levy  on 
April  9.  Named  Spencer  Jay.. .First  child  and  son  to 
Steven  R.  Norris  '89  and  Jane  Norris  on  Nov.  28. 
Named  John  Roland. ..Second  child  and  first  daughter 
to  Bradley  Richard  Onofrio  '89  and  Michelle 
Onofrio  on  May  5.  Named  Amanda  Nicole.. .First  child 
and  daughter  to  David  A.  Tendler  '89  and  Susan 
Spratt  on  Feb.  9.  Named  Lily  Isabella. 


Christopher  "Woody"  Ng  Cashin  '90  is  a 

planning  partner  for  The  Trinity  Group,  a  marketing 
consulting  company.  His  wife,  Judi  Ng  Cashin  '90, 
is  completing  an  infectious  diseases  fellowship  at 
UNC-Chapel  Hill.  The  couple  and  theit  daughter  live 
in  Chapel  Hill. 


mnsmm 


A  WOMAN  WHO  ARRANGES  THINGS 


i  Citron  '90,  who  completed  a 
federal  clerkship  with  the  judge  of  the  Southern 
District  of  New  York,  teaches  legal  writing  as  an 
adjunct  assistant  professor  at  Fordham  Law  School. 
She  and  her  husband,  Louis  S.  Citron  '87,  J.D.  '91, 
and  their  daughter  live  in  Wayne,  Pa. 


i  O'Connell  Mahoney  '90  is  e 

director  of  Career  Services  at  Harvard  Business  School. 
She  and  her  husband,  Martin,  live  in  Somerville,  Mass. 

LL.M./J.D.  '90,  a  partner  at 


Lisa  Huntting  '76 
has  been  there 
before.  She  is  a 
divorced,  professional 
female  who  has  consid- 
ered all  the  various 
mate-finding  options, 
from  singles  events  to 
dating  services.  She  is, 
in  personal-ad  speak,  a 
DPWF.  But  Huntting 
says  she  hates  personal 
ads.  She'd  rather  choke 
one  night  on  an  im- 
properly thawed  Stouf- 
fer's  Single  than  ever 
place  her  name  under 
the  column  marked 
"Women  Seeking  Men." 

For  the  moment, 
though,  she  has  put  her 
relationship  search  on 
the  back-burner.  She 
has  even  bought  a  band 
to  wear  on  her  left  ring 
finger  so  she  won't  dis- 
tract her  clients  with 
her  availability. 

Huntting' s  clients 
are  people  just  like  her, 
college-educated,  mid- 
dle-agers  looking  for 
romance.  Her  compa- 
ny, the  Charlotte, 
North  Carolina-based 
Introductions,  Inc., 
helps  them  to  find  it 

After  years  as  an 
investment  banker, 
then  as  an  owner  of  a 
temporary-placement 
firm,  Huntting  has 
become  a  one -woman 
dating  service,  a  sort  of 
Chuck  Woolery  for  the 
professional  set.  She 
first  gets  to  know  her 
clients  and  then  uses 
her  intuition  to  match 
them  with  others  in  her 
client  pool.  She  sets  up 
a  mutually  convenient 
lunch  date  and  follows 
up  the  date  with  a 
phone  call  to  see  how 
things  went.  She  guar- 
antees at  least  seven 
such  introductions 
each  year  and  promises 
that  clients  won't  have 
to  go  through  any  of 
the  processes  she's 
always  found  so  dis- 
tasteful. 

"I  put  [personal  ads 
and  video  dating  ser- 
vices] in  the  technical 
category  'Icky  Things,' " 
says  Huntting.  "I  don't 
want  to  write  an  ad 
about  myself,  and  then 
talk  on  the  phone  with 


someone  for  twenty 
minutes  even  though 
you  already  know  you 
don't  like  them.  It's 
embarrassing.  I  want  to 
be  private.  I  want  to 
have  something  more 
natural,  like  a  friend 
setting  me  up.  When  I 
lived  in  New  York,  it 
was  always  friends 
going,  'Oh,  I  have  a  guy 
I  think  you  should 
meet.'  A  lot  of  people 
meet  that  way,  and  I 
wanted  something  that 
felt  more  like  that." 

So  that's  the  kind  of 
company  she  created. 
Introductions  only 
accepts  clients  who  are 
professionals  older 
than  thirty  and  who 
have  (with  rare  excep- 
tion) a  college  degree. 
Because  few  things  kill 
romance  faster  than  a 
hidden  felony  convic- 
tion, Huntting  runs  a 
criminal  check  on  all 
clients  before  finally  ac- 
cepting them.  She  even 
refuses  to  take  anyone 
she  doesn't  personally 
like  ("and  I  like  most 
people,"  she  says). 

"It's  harder  once 
you're  older,"  Huntting 
says,  explaining  why 
her  clients  use  Intro- 
ductions. "It's  not  that 
they  can't  get  their  own 
dates.  That's  not  the 
problem.  Most  of  the 
people  are  pretty  cool. 
They're  interesting  and 
attractive  and  wealthy 
and  successful.  It's  that 
they're  busy,  and  they 
can't  meet  people  fast 
enough.  Especially  if 
you  have  kids,  you  just 

people." 

In  1992,  she  quit  her 
job  as  an  investment 
banker  in  Minnesota 
because  the  market 
was  growing  too  cut- 
throat and  she  resented 
spending  so  much  time 
away  from  her  son.  She 
and  a  partner  then 
opened  Professional 
Alternatives,  a  firm 
that  placed  experi- 
enced marketing  and 
human-resource  per- 
sonnel in  temporary 
positions.  But  she  was 
growing  discontented 
with  Minnesota,  and 


she  longed  for  warmer 
climes.  Years  earlier, 
she  had  read  an  article 
in  Forbes  about  a  dating 
service  that  personally 
selected  matches  for  its 
clients.  As  it  happens, 
Minnesota  had  a  similar 
service,  called  Table  For 
Two.  Huntting  asked  if 
she  could  become  a 
client — explaining  to 
the  owner  that  she  was 


behind  double  doors 
when  others  are  in  the 
room,  the  board  is 
divided  first  into  sexes 
and  then  organized  by 
age.  On  each  picture, 
Huntting  writes  the 
person's  name,  height, 
and  a  few  keywords  to 
help  her  remember  the 
personality.  One  pic- 


Huntting:  a  dating  service  for  £ 
don't  have  time  to  meet  j 


who  just 


going  to  leave  the  city 
and  probably  open  a 
similar  business  of  her 
own.  Although  she  says 
she  met  some  nice  men 
through  the  service, 
"none  of  them  were  It- 
Him." 

Introductions  was 
financed  through  the 
sale  of  her  temporary- 
service  business,  and, 
since  its  opening  in 
March,  she  has  attract- 
ed about  forty-five 
clients.  Huntting  says 
she  hopes  to  have  twice 
that  number  by  her 
one-year  anniversary. 

When  they  first  come 
to  the  service,  clients  fill 
out  two  one-page  ques- 
tionnaires and  then  have 
an  hour-long  meeting 
with  Huntting.  She 
enters  every  client's 
date  preferences  and 
traits  into  a 
which  she 
can  use  to  help  search 
for  and  screen  possible 
matches.  She  also  posts 
everybody's  picture  on 
a  bulletin  board  in  her 
office.  Concealed 


er" 

vert,"  and  another 
"needs  'stunning,' 
quiet,  flaming  liberal." 
(Huntting  points  out 
that  this  last  notation 
means  the  client  has 


woman,  and  that  he 
himself  is  the  "quiet, 
flaming  liberal.") 

For  Huntting,  finding 
a  good  match  involves 
taking  what  people  say 
they  want  and  temper- 
ing it  with  her  own 
intuition.  Men  "see 
that  Victoria's  Secret 
model  in  their  minds, 
and  that's  what  they 
want,"  she  says.  "But 
when  they  meet  some- 
one who  delights  them, 
that  picture,  I  think, 
starts  to  slowly  fade 
away." 

"I  always  say  I  can't 
judge  for  chemistry  — 
it's  just  too  magical," 
she  says.  "But  I  can 
hopefully  figure  out 
what  mixes  will  have  a 
good  probability." 

—Adam  Winer  '99 


26  DUKE  MAGAZINE 


the  Albany,  N.Y.,  law  firm  Whiteman  Osterman  & 
Hanna,  was  named  to  the  Committee  on  Internet  and 
Technology  Law  of  the  N.Y.  Bar  Association's  business 
law  section.  He  lives  in  Glenmont,  N.Y. 

Bonnie  Kempner  Schachter  '90  is  a  family 
practice  physician  in  Tempe,  Ariz.,  where  she  and  her 
husband,  Ian,  live. 

Jim  Stalder  B.S.E.  '90  is  senior  vice  president  of 
strategic  development  for  USinternetworking,  an 
application  service  provider.  He  and  his  wife,  Gina, 
and  their  two  children  live  in  Millersville,  Md. 
Cecelia  Voigt  Strand  '90  is  the  director  of 
campus  recruiting  for  Arthur  Andersen.  Her  husband, 
Richard  A.  Strand  B.S.E.  '90,  is  a  systems  engineer 
for  Network  Equipment  Technologies.  The  couple  and 
their  daughter  live  in  St.  Louis. 
Sally  Redding  Hanchett  '91  has  worked  for 
eight  years  at  NBC  News  Channel,  where  for  the  last 
three  years  she  has  been  coordinating  producer  at  the 
network's  Washington  bureau.  She  and  her  husband, 
NBC  correspondent  Jim  Hanchett,  live  in  Vienna,  Va. 
She  writes  that  she  often  visits  her  mother,  Frances 
Strickland  Redding  '58,  who  "still  sings  the 
national  anthem  at  Duke  home  basketball  games." 
Greg  Andrew  Holmes  '91,  who  earned  his  master's 
in  chemistry  in  1994  at  the  University  of  California, 
Irvine,  is  QA/QC  director  at  Orange  Coast  Analytical 
Laboratory.  He  lives  in  Irvine,  Calif. 

Christine  Burchyns  Laumakis  '91  is  an  attorney 
at  Lambert  &  Rogers  in  El  Cajon,  Calif.  She  and  her 
husband,  Mark  A.  Laumakis  '92,  and  their  son  live 
in  San  Diego. 

David  M.  Thurber  B.S.E.E.  '91  works  for  Security 
First  Technologies,  a  provider  of  Internet  software  for 
financial  institutions.  He  and  his  wife,  Laura,  and  their 
two  children  live  in  Roswell,  Ga. 

Jared  M.  Wolff  '91  is  a  founder  and  vice  president 
of  operations  for  eNutrition,  a  new  Internet  start-up 
company.  He  lives  in  Los  Angeles. 

Kevin  G.  Bachman  '92  graduated  in  May  with  a 
D.EM,  from  the  Dr.  William  Scholl  College  of  Podiatric 
Medicine.  His  Internet  address  is  kbachnian@scholl.edu. 

John  W.  Donahue  '92,  who  earned  his  master's  in 
computer  science  at  Washington  University  in  St. 
Louis,  is  a  systems  analyst  in  the  Philadelphia  office  of 
Deloitte  Consulting. 

Mark  A.  Laumakis  '92  is  completing  a  postdoctoral 
fellowship  in  clinical  psychology  at  the  San  Diego  VA 
Center.  He  and  his  wife,  Christine  Burchyns 
Laumakis  '91,  and  their  son  live  in  San  Diego. 
Kimberly  Ann  "Casey"  Cashion  Weiser  '92, 
who  earned  her  master's  in  technology  management  at 
Johns  Hopkins  University  in  May,  is  a  senior  associate 
in  Computer  Sciences  Corp.'s  Federal  Consulting 
Center  in  Falls  Church,  Va.  She  and  her  husband, 
Mark,  live  in  Arlington,  Va. 

Ian  Rosenstein  Ph.D.  '93,  a  chemistry  professor  at 
Hamilton  College,  received  the  school's  John  R.  Hatch 
Class  of  1925  Excellence  in  Teaching  Award.  He  lives 
in  New  Hartford,  N.Y. 


David  G.  Bundy  B.S.E.  '94,  who  earned  his  M.D.  at 
the  University  of  Michigan  in  1998  and  his  M.PH.  at 
the  University  of  California  at  Berkeley  in  May,  is  a 
resident  in  pediatrics  at  the  University  of  Washington. 
His  wife,  Katherine  J.  "Katy"  Richardson  '94, 
who  earned  her  M.D.  at  Stanford  University  in  June,  is 
a  resident  in  family  medicine  at  Providence  Medical 
Center.  They  live  in  Seattle. 

Ginger  Fay  '94,  A.M.  '99  is  a  college  counselor 
at  Phillips  Academy  in  Andovet,  Mass.  She  was  a 


senior  admissions  officer  at  Duke's  undergradu 
admissions  office. 


_  '95,  who  earned  his  DDS.  at 
the  UNC  School  of  Dentistry  in  May,  is  a  resident  in 
orthodontics  at  UNC.  He  and  his  wife,  Sarah,  live  in 
Chapel  Hill. 

Paul  W.  Hespel  LL.M.  '95  is  an  associate  at  the 
New  York  law  firm  Shearman  &  Sterling.  He  and  his 
wife,  Deidre,  live  in  Brooklyn. 

Andrew  S.  Kamins  '95,  a  Navy  lieutenant, 
completed  a  six-month  deployment  to  the  Western 
Pacific  and  Indian  oceans  and  the  Arabian  Gulf  while 
assigned  to  the  aircraft  carrier  USS  Carl  Vinson. 

Phoebe  Evans  Letocha  '95  is  pursuing  her  Ph.D. 
in  history  at  the  University  of  Delaware.  Her  husband, 
Richard  J.  Letocha  '96,  who  earned  his  law 
degree  in  May  at  the  University  of  Pennsylvania,  works 
for  the  law  firm  Venable,  Baetjer  and  Howard.  They 
live  in  Baltimore. 


Elena  D.  Marcuss  '95,  who  earned  her  J.D.  at 
Georgetown  University  in  1998,  practices  labor  and 
employment  law  at  McGuire,  Woods,  Battle  &  Booth 
in  Baltimore.  She  and  her  husband,  physician  Tomas 
H.  Ayala  B.S.E.  '98,  live  in  Baltimore. 

Jeanette  Lynn  McCracken  '95,  who  earned 
her  D.VM.  at  Cornell  University  in  May,  is  doing  an 
equine  internship  at  Hagyard-Davidson-McGee  in 
Lexington,  Ky. 

Hallie  Elizabeth  Harper  Giuliano  '96  is  project 
manager  for  Markowitz  &  McNaughton,  Inc.,  a  con- 
sulting firm.  Her  husband,  Leonard  A.  Guiliano 

B.S.E.  '97,  is  a  network  engineer  for  Sprint's  Internet 
Service  Center.  They  live  in  Reston,  Va. 

David  Rosen  '96  writes  that  he  recently  "lived  my 
boyhood  dream  during  my  brief  stint  as  a  pro  wrestler, 
under  the  alias  'Bald  Avenger,' "  and  that  his  hairline 
is  "holding  tight  and  has  not  receded  significantly  since 
graduation."  He  lives  in  New  York  City. 

J.  Bollinger  '97,  a  Marine  second 
.vas  cited  for  superior  performance  of  duty 
with  a  Navy  and  Marine  Corps  Achievement  Medal 
while  serving  with  Marine  Wing  Support  Squadron 
374,  3rd  Marine  Aircraft  Wing,  at  Marine  Corps  Air 
Station  in  Tustin,  Calif. 

Tomas  H.  Ayala  B.S.E.  '98,  who  earned  his  M.D.  at 
George  Washington  University,  is  a  resident  in  internal 
medicine  at  the  University  of  Maryland  in  Baltimore. 
He  and  his  wife,  attorney  Elena  D.  Marcuss  '95, 
live  in  Baltimore. 

Mary  S.  Palmer  M.B.A.  '98,  who  works  for  GE 
Capital's  Equip,'  Group,  is  opening  a  new  GE  Equity 
office  in  San  Francisco. 

Andrew  Joel  Horwitz  M.B.A.  '99  is  an  associate 
at  First  Union  in  the  Capital  Markets  Group.  He  and 
his  wife,  Christy,  live  in  Charlotte,  N.C. 

MARRIAGES:  Paul  J.  Ferraro  '90,  M.S.  '94  to 
Kristin  L.  Rowles  '91  on  Oct.  3,  1998.  Residence: 
Ithaca,  N.Y... .Bonnie  Kempner  '90  to  Ian 

Schachter  on  May  30.  Residence:  Tempe,  Ariz.... 
Jessica  W.  Johnson  '91  to  Will  Browning  on  May 
15.  Residence:  Norfolk,  Va.... Henry  Spencer 
Banzhaf  '92,  AM  '97  to  Melissa  Christine 
Ruby  '93  on  June  5.  Residence:  Chapel  Hill...Lori  B. 
Brudner  '92  to  Michael  A.  Duff  on  March  14. 
Residence:  Loganville,  Ga.... Kimberly  Ann 
"Casey"  Cashion  '92  to  Mark  Edward  Weiser  on 
March  27.  Residence:  Arlington,  Va....Lisa  Kay 
Levitan  '92  to  Conor  McGann  on  Feb.  7,  1998. 
Residence:  Austin,  Texas. ..James  F.  Johnston  '93 
to  Mary  Beth  Koss  on  April  10.  Residence:  Winter 
Park,  1 1      Alissa  Beth  Lash  '93  to  Sean 


Karp  '93  on  May  30.  Residence:  New  York 
City...  David  G.  Bundy  BSE  '94  to  Katherine 
J.  "Katy"  Richardson  '94  on  May  29.  Residence: 
Seattle. ..Stephanie  Lea  Maher  '94  to  David 

Blaine  Ridley  A.M.  '95  on  June  5.  Residence:  Dur- 
ham  Mark  A.  Titus  94  to  Michele  Romeres 

'95  on  June  6,  1998.  Residence:  Nashville,  Term.... 
Hope  Wallace  '94  to  Matt  Timberlake  on  April  10. 
Residence:  New  York  City.. .Bret  Rudy  Busby  '95 
to  Sarah  Wakefield  Pickens  on  June  26.  Residence: 
Chapel  Hill..  Adeline  Chew  B.S.E.  '95  to  Taz 
Lake  '95  on  June  19.  Residence:  Atlanta. ..Phoebe 
A.  Evans  95  to  Richard  J.  Letocha  '96  on  May 
22.  Residence:  Baltimore.. .Paul  W.  Hespel  LL.M. 
'95  to  Deidre  Ellen  Holmes  on  April  24.  Residence: 
Brooklyn. Elena  D.  Marcuss  95  to  Tomas  H. 
Ayala  B.S.E.  '98  on  May  29  in  Washington  National 
Cathedral.  Residence:  Baltimore. ..Maria  Garling- 
ton  Winkler  '95  to  Ian  Michael  McGrath  on  April 
10.  Residence:  Brooklyn.. .Hallie  Elizabeth  Har- 
per '96  to  Leonard  Anthony  Giuliano  B.S.E  '97 
on  Oct.  31,  1998.  Residence  Reston,  Va....Mark 
Andrew  Winden  M.H.S.  '97  to  Susannah  Lea 
Grinsteadonjune  5.  Residence:  Durham..  Andrew 
Joel  Horwitz  M.B.A.  '99  to  Christy  Marie  Halsey 
on  May  30.  Residence:  Charlotte,  N.C. 

BIRTHS:  First  child  and  son  to  Ellen  McLaughlin 
Ardrey  '90  and  Edward  Ardrey  on  May  27.  Named 
William  Russell.. .Second  child,  a  daughter,  to  Jon  A. 
Brilliant  J.D.  '90  and  Sherry  Brilliant  on  Dec.  23. 
Named  Myla  Mae. ..First  child  and  daughter  to 
Christopher  "Woody"  Ng  Cashin  '90  and 
Judi  Ng  Cashin  '90  on  Feb.  22.  Named  Creel 
Consuelo...A  daughter  to  Danielle  Morris  Citron 
'90  and  Louis  si  Citron  '87,  J.D.  '91  on  May  31. 
Named  Julia  Jean.. .First  child  and  son  to  Pam  Feige 
Compo  '90  and  Gilbert  P.  Compo  '92  on  Jan.  31. 
Named  Roland  Pennoyer... Third  son  to  Daniel  Paul 
Holmes  '90  and  Laura  Nutter  Holmes  A.H.C. 
'91  on  Dec.  20.  Named  Austin  Christopher...First  child 
and  son  to  Meghan  O'Connell  Mahoney  '90 
and  Martin  Mahoney  on  May  13.  Named  Eamon 
0'Connell...Second  son  to  David  C.  Quam  '90  and 
Laura  L.  Quam  on  March  12.  Named  William  Thomas... 
Second  child,  a  son,  to  Jim  Stalder  B.S.E.  '90  and 
Gina  Stalder  on  Jan.  15.  Named  Ryan  Jonathan.. .First 
child  and  daughter  to  Cecelia  Voigt  Strand  '90 
and  Richard  A.  Strand  B.S.E.  '90  on  March  23, 
1998.  Named  Caroline  Davis.. .Second  child,  a  daughter, 
to  Ernest  "Bud"  Zuberer  '90  and  Elizabeth 
Zuberer  on  April  iO.  Named  Leah  Eleana.. .First  child 
and  daughter  to  Kristi  Schweiker  Carey  '91, 
M.B.A.  '95  and  Thomas  F.  Carey  J.D.  '95  on  April 
9.  Named  Rachel  Claire. ..First  child  and  son  to 
Natalie  "Tali"  Levine  Kamis  '91  and  Ronald  J. 
Kamis  on  Jan.  11.  Named  Jonathan  Levine.. .A  son  to 
Stacy  Stansell  Klein  B.S.E.  '91  and  Garrett  Klein 
on  May  9.  Named  Bennett.. .First  child  and  son  to 
Christine  Burchyns  Laumakis  '91  and  Mark 
A.  Laumakis  '92  on  April  30.  Named  Michael 
Joseph... Second  child  and  first  son  to  David  M. 
Thurber  B.S.E.E.  '91  and  Laura  Thurber  on  May  18. 
Named  Travis  Michael... A  daughter  to  Shona  E. 
Simpson  '91,  Ph.D.  '96  and  Jonathan  H.  Bur- 
dette  B.S.E.  '89  on  March  18.  Named  Fiona  Hill 
Burdette... First  child  and  son  to  David  C.  Brodner 
'92  and  Joanne  O'Connor  Brodner  '92  on  April 
28.  Named  William  Cameron. ..First  child  and  son  to 
Arian  Boutwell  Hadley  '92  and  Joseph  H. 
"Jay"  Hadley  III  '93  on  May  31.  Named  Jason 
William... A  daughter  to  Charles  C.  Benedict  Jr. 
MBA.  '93  and  Victoria  McElhaney  Benedict 
J.D.  '94  on  July  4,  1998.  Named  Sarah  Catherine...A 
son  to  Mark  C.  Brandenburg  J.D.  '93  and  Leigh 
Brandenburg  on  May  20.  Named  John  Martin.. .First 
child  and  son  to  Arielle  Horman  Grill  '93  and 
Jeffrey  Grill  on  Feb.  11.  Named  Jason  Richard...A 


September-October  1999        27 


underground  supporters. 


of  the  Duke  Annual  Fund. 

We  want  you  to  know  about  all  of  our  volunteers  and  donors  who  help  the  Duke  Annual  Fund  do  all  those 

great  things  for  Duke.  We  thank  all  of  them  for  helping.  And  we  continue  to  thank  you  for  your  financial  support  to  keep 

the  annual  fund  vigorous  and  strong.  Our  volunteers  and  donors  —  think  of  them  as  the  Duke  Underground. 


We  salute  the  following 

members  of  the 

William  Preston  Few 

Association  who  made 

unrestricted  leadership 

gifts  through  the 

annual  fund  in  1998-99. 

These  alumni,  parents 

and  friends  of  the 

university  contributed 

more  than  $7.6  million 

to  the  operating  budgets 

of  the  undergraduate 

and  graduate  schools 

as  well  as  the  Medical 

Center,  the  Art 

Museum,  the  Chapel, 

the  Gardens,  the  Library 

and  the  Marine  Lab. 

The  FEW,  the  proud. 

Thank  you,  William 

Preston  Few  members! 


COUNCIL  MEMBERS  $25,000+ 

b  Anonymous  Donors 
Akers.  lames  Francis  T73 
Akers,  Joan  PurkrabekT'75 
Alexander,  C.V.  Jr.  T'56.M'59 
.Armstrong.  Andrew  J.  Jr.  T'79 
Bandeen,  Derek  T'84 
Bass,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Robert  Muse 

P'97 
Bell,  Mr.  and  Ms.  Harold  K.  (F) 
Bennett.  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Phillip 

Roger  P'OO 
Black.  Deborah  Groves  T'74 
Black.  Steven  Davis  T'74 
Bostock.  Mcnlee  Huser  \\  '02 


Brandaleone,  Sara  Hall  W'65 
Bums,  Christopher  E.  T'79 
Campbell.  Lewis  Byms  E'68 
Castleman,  Peter  M.  T'79 
Chambers,  John  T.  E'71 
Crawford,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Thomas 

W.  P'01 
Duke,  Davis  W.  Jr.  T'54,L'59 
Dunn,  Evelyn  (F) 
Fanner,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  John  R. 

P'01 
Field,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Marshall 

P'02 
Forlines.JohnA.Jr.  T'39  (TE) 
Fut|iia.  l)nrothy(F) 
Fuqua.J.B.  (TE) 
Fuqua.J.  Rex(TR) 
Hass,  Mimi  and  Peter  P'99 
Hamrick,  Harvey  B.  T'54 
Hamrick,  Kathleen  Dover  (F) 
llassell.  Gerald  L.T73 
Hicks,  Alice  Blackmore  WW 
Howell,  T.  Rudolph  M'58 
Hoyle,  Lawrence  T.  Jr.  T'60 
Ingrain.  David  Bronson,  T'85 
Ingram,  Sarah  Lebrun  T'88 
Jackson.  Enin  Jr.  T'49 
Keesee,  Thomas  W.  Jr.  (TE) 
Keohane.NannerlO.  (FAC) 

(TR) 
Keohane,  Robert  (FAC) 


King.  Robert  T.  Jr.  P'Si 
Kirov.  Mr  and  Mrs.  EM.  (F) 
Kirbv,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  William  J. 

P'80,P'88,'91 
Kiser.J.J.  1IIT'65(TR) 
Lee,  Dr.  and  Mrs.  Jack  P'0 1 , 

P'02 
Levine,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Peter  Allen 

P'98,  P'OO 
Levitan,  Dan  T'79 
Love,  James  Erskine  III  T'79 
Marcus,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Jettrev  A. 

P'02 
Mann,  Ernest  (TR) 
McGovem.  John  P.  T45.  M'-t5. 

H'49,  GHON  '95 
McLean.  Earl  D.  Jr.  T'49 
Mitchell,  Mr.  and  Mrs. 

LawTence  A.  P'99,  P'OO 
Morris,  I.  Wistar  III  GP'95 
Morris,  Martha  Hamilton  W  "b2 
Neumeister.  Leslie  L.  T'53 
Nicholas,  Peter  M.  T'b4  (TR) 
Nicholas.  Rutlt  Lilly  W64 
Pfohl,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  James  M. 

P'95,  P'98 
Quiglev.  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Leonard 

V.  P'87 .  P'91 
Rehnert.GeoffrevT'79 
Ris.  Howard  C.  T'38 
Robertson,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  lulian 

H.  Jr.  P'98 
Ross,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  lames  Jarco 

Ross  P'01 
Rum.  Archibald  C  Sr.  (F) 
Rufty.  Frances  Fulk  W'44.  L'45 
Scuih.  Mr  ;md  Mrs.  John 

Harold  P'OO 
Shaffer.  Fred  W  T'54 
Shaffer.  Meriel  (F) 
Shaughncssv  Barbara  lohnston 

T'79 
Shaughncssv  lohn  P.  T'79 

Sheffield    K.ll'iS.T'54 

Sherman,  Kathryn  Eng  T'76 
Sliernuin,  Nicholas  Hcnrv  E"~4 
Siebel,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Kenneth  F. 

P'OO 
Smith,,  lantv  L.  L't>7  (TR) 


Smith.  Margaret  Chandler  W'bb, 

G'86 
Smith.  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Randall  D. 

P'02 
Soule.  George  deLancey  T'86 
Soule.  .Nana  Ellen  Kaneb  T'86 
Steel.  Robert  K.  T'73  (TR) 
Steingraher,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  F.  G. 

P'98,  P'01 
Teasley,  Sylvia  (F) 
Teasley.  W  illiam  A.  T'56 
Ton-a\.  Robert  E.T'59 
Tvne.Mr.  and  Mrs.  William  John 

P'97 
\inik.  Jeffrey  N.E'81 
Vugelev  lames  Hudgins  E'80 
Von  derHeyden,  Karl  T'62(TR) 
Wcunt.  Ethel  T36 
Williams.  A.  Morris  T'62,G'63 

(TR) 
Williams.  L.  Roger T'40 
Williams.  Ruth  Whitmore  W'63 
WiKnii  Fa\eW60 


MEMBERS  S10,000-$24,999 

i  \iiun\uious  Donors 

Adams.  Ellen  Cates  W'62 

Adams.  Rex  D.  T'62 

Adelman,  Drs.  Ernest  and  Bar- 
bara P'99 

.Albright,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Adam  M. 
P'01 


Anderson.  Lawrence  Harry  T'b3 
Banchen.  Christine  (F) 
Barksdale.  Elizabeth  C  P'58 
Barnette,  Robert  P.  T'42,  L'48 
Beck,  Leifjr.  T'56,  L'56 
Benenson,  Edward  H.  T'34  (TE) 
Bent,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  John  P.  Jr. 

P'88 
Bemdt,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  )ohn  E. 

P'89 
Bishop.  Dr.  and  Mrs.  Archer  Jr. 

P'90.  P'02 
Bovender,  Jack  0.  Jr.  T'07,  G'69 


Bramowitz.  Dr.  and  Mrs  Alan 

D.  P'OO.  P'02 
Brandt.  Barbara  E.  (F) 
Brandt,  Robert  J.  M'58 
Bray,  Margaret  Meeker  W "48 
Bridges.  Robert  E.  T'78 
Brooks.  R.  Steven  T'70 
Brooks,  William  Lester  Jr.  M'46 
Brumley,  George  W.  LUB'86 
Bucher.  Dorcas  Mavnor  (F) 
Buck,  James  E.  II  T'84.  B'88 
Buck,  Kimberlv  Huntizinger 

B'88 
Buice,  Stuart  L'pchurch  W"b4 
Buice.WilhamT.ILU'64 
Butler.  Paul  M.  Jr.  L'64 
Button.  Paige  Tobias  T'90,  L'94 
Bynte.E.  Blake  T'57 
Canington,  Bess  (F) 
Carrington,  Paul  D.(FAC  ) 
Central  Carolina  Bank  &  Trust 


Cooke,  Dorothv  \ 

WoodardW'49 
Corev,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Donald  G. 

(F) 
Corrigan.  James  H.  Jr.  E'47 
Cox,  Ronnie  L.M'Ol.H'bl, 

H'62,  H'63 
(june.  leffrevC.L'79 
Grotty  Gerald  G  P'02 
Crown,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  A.  Steven 

P'OO 
Crown,  Paula  Hannaway  T'80 
Cuneo.  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Richard  M. 

P'02 
Davenport,  James  P.  T'66,  L'69 
Davenport,  Nancy  J.  N'67,  N'69 
DeLaski,  Donald  T'54 
De  Laski,  Nana'  Panossian  W  "5b 
Delia  Ratta,  Ralph  M.  Jr.  T75 
DePree.  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Robert  T. 

P'02 
Dixon.  Richard  H.  M'63 
Donnell.  Edward  S.T'41(TE) 
Donnell.  Rose  Kueffner  W"4l 


Drever.  Cvnthia  D.  T'73 
Dreyer.  Thomas  M.  H'74 
Druckman,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  James 

P.  P'01 
Dukes,  Beckv  Weathers  W'5b 
Dukes,  Charles  A.  Jr.  T'56,  L'57 
Eads,  Ralph  T'81 
Eisenberg,  David  M.  T'74 
Englar,JohnD.T'69,L72 
Esrev.  Julie  Campbell  W60 

(TR) 
Evans,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Andrew 

William  P'01 
Fainstein.  Deborah  Brand  T'74 
Falcone.  NolaMaddox  W6l 
Feibush.  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Robert 

P'01 
Feig,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Nachman 

P'99,  P'OO 
Finan,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Thomas  B. 

Jr.  P'02 
Fippinger,  Robert  Alexander 

Fish,  Gretchen  Schroeder  W'68 
Freeman,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Brian 

Michael  P'95,  P'98,  P'02 
Gabel,  Frederick  Daniel  lr.  T'bO 
Gabel,  Margaret  Booker  W"bO 
Gabriel.JohnR.E'64 
Garda,  .Annie  Lewis  J.  W61 
Garda,  Robert  A.  E'6l 
Gardner.  Steven  D.  T'83 
Garonzik,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Fredric 

B.  P'02 
Garson,  Dan  T'4l 
Gates.  Melinda  French  T'86 

B'87  (TR) 
Gates.  William  H.  HI  (F) 
Gave,  Charles  Jean  P'OO 
Gignac,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Roy  G.  (F) 
Glazer,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Michael  L. 


Goldman.  HarvevJ.  G'59 
Goodwin.  Valerie  Blish\V'"l 
Goodwin.  William  OUn  '68 
Gorier.  Mr.  and  Mrs.  James  P. 

P'87 
Gosnell,  Abigail  Reardon  LSI 
Gosnell.  Arthur  A.  (F) 


Grav,  Ann  Mavnard  P'98 

Lyon,  Carl  F.  T'65 

Sasser.W.  Earl,  Jr.  T'65 

Adams.  Sarah  H.  W70 

Caudle,  Uovd  C.  T'53.  L'56  (TE) 

Fischer ,  Mark  Stephen  T'72 

Grigsbv.  lohn'T.  Jr.  T'66 

Maher,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  M.  Brian 

Scheinman,  A.  Daniel  L'8" 

Adams,  Thomas  R.  T72 

Chadwick.  Harry  T'51,L'53 

I'lshin.in,  MarkL'78 

Grills,  Joe  T'57 

P'99 

Schell,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Joseph  M. 

Akridge.  Mr  and  Mrs.  lohn 

Chadwick.  Liurel  N'53 

Fitzhugh,  C.  Graven  F74 

Grills.  Margaret  (F) 

Mars  Foundation 

P'OO 

Edward  m  P'OO 

Chambers.  Holly  Shaw  T'7.3 

lit/hugh  SarahA.T76 

Grossman,  Charles  L.  E'63 

Mars.  Jacqueline  P'96 

Schneider.  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Peter 

.Alexander,  James  P.  T'66,  L'69 

Chiles.  Stephen  M.  L'67 

Fix,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  John  Neilson 

Grossman.  Marie  Choborda 

Marshall,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Harold 

A.  P'Ol 

.Alexander.  leanne  Bannerman 

Claster.  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Mark  Lee 

P'97 

W63 

D.  P'96.  P'02 

Schrager,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Harlev 

W66 

P'02 

Fleischer.  Robert  S.  T'64 

Grue.JohnMF) 

Maxwell,  Helen  PlylerWi2 

D.  P'Ol 

.Althaus.  Robert  W.E'71 

Clement,  Carlotta  Mewbome 

Fleming.  Bonnie  (F) 

Guinee,  Fentonjr.  T'49 

McAllister,  Kenneth  W.  L74 

Schwartz,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Alan  G 

.Ambrose.  Sam  S.  T'+4,  M'47, 

W"61 

Fleming.  |.  Carlton  T'49.  L'5 1 

Guinee.  Trudv  Sanders  W50 

McCandless,  Mr.  and  Mrs. 

(F) 

H'50 

aement,  D.  Haves  Jr.  T'58 

Floyd.  Richard  D.  Ill  H'53. 

Guthrie,  George  G.  T'64 

Stephen  P.  P'99.  P'02 

Scrivner,  Douglas  G.  T'7.3 

Amrhein,  Clifford  M.  (F) 

Cleveland.  William  E.  B'9.3.  F'93 

H'60,  H'87,  H'88 

Hamilton,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Donald 

McCutcheon,  Irene  Lilly  W  '62 

Sensenbrenner,  Man1  Bovard 

Anderson.  Mr.  and  Mrs. 

Cocke.  Norman  E'67 

logam.SidlvJ.T'75 

Ross  P'91,  P'Ol 

McCutcheon.  William  E'62 

N'54 

Howard  Michael  P'02 

Cody.  Anne  Turpin  T76 

Ford,  Paul  B.  Jr.  L'68 

Heidrick.  Ravnelle  (F) 

Mcllvaine,  Marilvn  C.  N'58 

Shapiro.  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Marc  J. 

Anderson  Kerrii  B.  B'87 

Cohan.  William  David  T'81 

Foreman,  Robert  E.T'42 

Heidrick,  Robert  L.  T'63 

McKinlev  Wilham  B'85 

P'OO 

.Anderson.  Mrs  William  S.  (F) 

Cohen.  Mr.  Peter  A.  P'OO 

Gamber.  Jane  Heist  iN"~8 

Herben.JohnR.T78 

McLeod!  T.Bragg  T'49 

Sharma.  Dr.  and  Mrs.  Chandra 

Angstadt.  Richard  L.  T  '57 

Colbv  Jones,  Lisa  T'79 

Camber.  Scott  H.  B79 

Hodde.  Richard  X.T75 

McLoughhn.  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Can 

M.  P'96.  P'OO 

.Anthony,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  lohn  Ed 

Collev.Sar.th  Gates  T79 

Garson.  Palmer  Peebles  T79 

Hollowav.  Benjamin  T'50 

M.  P'Ol 

Shepherd.  Anne  P'99.  P'Ol 

P'OO 

Collier.  Calvin  J.  L'67 

Gerst,  Gary  E'61 

Hollowav;  Rita  (F) 

Michel.  Harding  B.  W46 

Shepherd.  Thomas  A.  T'6l 

AnvvYll.  James  Bradford  L'82 

Cook,  Joseph  W.,  Jr.  T'64,  M'68 

Giguere.Jeffrev  K.T'76,M'80 

Howerton,  Thomas  R.  T'43. 

Middlesworth,  Chester  P.  T'49 

Shenvin,  Jonathan  S.  G'78 

Aroiiovic,  Diane  Elizabeth  T'84 

H'69 

Giguere,  Nana'  Parker  N78 
Gilbert.  Terry  S.  T'66 

G'48 

Miles.  Teresa  Ann  T'85 

Sidman.  Edwin  N.  (TR) 

Badger,  Christa  Meyer  T'96 

Cook,  Kathrvn  Harris  W"66 

Hubbard,  Jerry  Garland  T'57 

Molinari.  Michael  P.  (F) 

Siegelbaum.  Mr.  and  Mrs. 

Ball,  Margaret  Tillman  T75, 

Cooper  Levy,  Sheree  T'89 

Gilmer,  Gary  Carson  B'92 

Hubbard,  Patricia  Crawford 

Moratti,  Gian  Marco  P'Ol 

loseph  R.  P'98,  P'02 

G78 

Corev.  George  N.  T'69 

Gingher.  .Annette  Hinelv  W'4-t 

W59 

Morgan,  Carol  Preston  N(m 

Silvers.  David  N.  M'68 

Barksdale,  Edgar  W.  Jr.  G'66 

Cortese,  Mr.and  Mrs.  .Andrew  F. 

Gingher.  Clair  H.  m  T'43 

Hunsinger.  John  S.  T'80 
Igdaloff.  Mr.  and  Mrs.  David  A. 

Morgan,  Thomas  H.  T'63.  L'66 

Sisler.  Mr.  and  Mrs.  James  P'99 

Bamene.  Cheryl  Burke  (F) 

P'97 

(deceased) 

Moss.  Jonathan  G74 

Slane.  Doris  Stroupe  W*42 

Barnette.  Henry  -V.  Jr.  T'61 

Craig.  W  Mark  D72 

Godwin.  Howard  G.  L'69 

P'95.  P'98 

Musham.  Berne  Martin  N'54 

Smith,  Frances  McBride  W"54 

Barton,  lames  N.  E'60 

Crawford.  Stephen  G.  T'61.  L'64 

Godwin.  Man  McDonough  G'68 

Isenhour,  Albert  R  M'48 

Nave,  Dr.  and  Mrs.  James 

Spilman.  Barabara  Blackham 

Bates,  Roger  G.  G'36,  G'37 

Creem.  TimothyJ.  F'66 

Goodman.  Raymond  H.  DT  L77 

Jenkins,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Charles 

Edward  P'Ol 

W"49 

Bavnes.  lames  R.  T'50 

Crovvell.  George  H.  E'67 

Goodwin.  Mr  and  Mrs.  John  B. 

H.Jr.P'97 

Near,  Mrs.  James  Whitney  P'9 1 . 

Spilman,  T  wilham  T'48 

Beckstett.  Douglas  G.  T74 

Crovvell.  Nancy  M.  (F) 

P'02 

Jenkins.  Charles  H.  Sr  GP'97 

P'93 

Stanback,  Bradford  Graham 

Beckstett.  Ehse  Bideaux  T75 

Ciimmmgs,  Bruce  P'91 

Cordon.  Joyce  N.  G'67 

Johnson.  Brenda  La  Grange 

Neeh.  lack  H.  T'80 

T'81 

Belvin.N.  Piper  T'36 

Cummings.  Myrna  Pope  S  "60 

Cordon.  Richard  A.  L'67 

W'61 

New,  william  Jr.  M72 

Stensrud.  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Lorn  J. 

Bennison.  Mr  .mil  Mrs  William 

Curlev.  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Jolm  J 

Gorrcll.  loseph  P.  T'49 

Johnson.  J.  Howard  (F) 

Newman,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  George 

P'Ol 

Dean  P'99 

P'90 

Could.  Jane  Mack  W 60 

Jones,  Edwin  L  Jr.  E'48(TE) 

W.  P'96,  P'02 

Stern,  Matthew  Bruce  M'78 

Berdell.  Mr.  and  Mrs.  James  R. 

Curry.  Ann  Quatdebaum  W'65 

Crausm.m.  Mr  and  Mrs. 

Jones,  Mrs.  Edwin  L.  Jr.  (F) 

Nichols.  Elizabeth  Agnew G'"l 

Slovens.  Wilham  F.  L'70 

P'99 

Cum.  lames  L.  T'65 

Richard  P'96.  P'02 

Jones.  J.  Weslev  T'74.  H76, 

Nichols,  loseph  C.  G70 

Stewart.  Robert  M.  M'50 

Bishop.  Mr  and  Mrs  Williams 

Curtis.  Amy  Lois  T'84 

Greene.  Marvin  H.  T'62 

H79,  H'83 

Norfolk.  Marilvn  M.  W64 

(deceased) 

P'02 

Dale-foreman.  Kathleen 

Griffin.  Harvey  Lee  Jr.  M'56. 

Jones,  Lucy  Turk  Hollis(F) 

Norfolk,  William  R.  L'67 

Strauss,  Robert  P.  T'53 

Bodenhamer.  David  L.  T'52 

Watkins  W'43 

H'59 

Jones,  Robert  Q.T'51 

Norton.  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Phillip 

Sullivan,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Brendan 

Bogner,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Stephen 

Dalton.  James  G.Sr.T'44 

Griffin,  Joseph  M.  T'56,  L'6l 

Katzman,  Dr.  and  Mrs.  Paul 

Gerald  P'OO 

V.  P'99,  P'02 

D.  P'98.  P'Ol 

Dalton,  Mary  Helen  (F) 

Grove.  Charles  D.E'51 

F02 

Oechler,  HennJ.Jr.  L71 

Swartz,JohnW.E'56 

Booker,  Judy  Perry  W71 

Dameron,  Nana  Henry  W'48 

1  lagans.  Roger  T'48 

Kearns,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Thomas 

Payne.  Edwin  F  T'62 

Svkes.taverlyE.Jr.  E'61 

Boschwitz,  .Anne  N.  Rochlin 

Dameron,  Thomas  Barker  Jr. 

Hahn.  [ohnS.  T'74 

M.  P'97,  P'02 

Peabody.  ,\rthur  W.  Jr.  T'65 

Tang.  Kevin  Christopher  T'8l) 

W45 

M'47 

Hale,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  James  C.  HI 

Kennedy.  Theodore  C.  E'52 

Penn.  Katherine  Baker  T'"4 

Tarisoff.  Bam  Joel  TV 

Bowcon.  Gregory  J.  T'69 

Darnel,  Ruth  Pegram  N'4~ 

P'02 

Kester.  .Nancy  C.W' 49 

Penn.  Robert  R  T74 

Thompson.  Wesley  M.  T'63 

Bovkin.  Mr  and  Mrs  Rigdun  II 

Darnel,  Thomas  M.  T'47,  M'51 

Hall,  Flovd  (F) 

Klopman.  James  E.  B'86 

Perpich.  loseph  G.  and  Cafhv 

Thorn  hill.  Barbera(F) 

P'96 

(deceased) 

Halliburton.  Sarah  M.W41 

Koenigsberg,  Nat  (F) 
Koepff,PaulL73 

Sulzberger  P'99,  P'02 

Tobias.  Randall  L.  (TR) 

Bovles.  Clyde  F.  T'34 

Danko,  Keith  Michael  T'81 

Hammett.  Karen  M.  T'74 

Peterson,  Gunnar  Bock  T'85 

Towe.RolfH.T'59 

Bovles.  LaNelle  (F) 

Daupliinot,  Victoria  (F) 

Hamner,  Margaret  Spigener  T'74 

Kohn,  Cookie  Anspach  W'GO 

Phillips.  Mr.  and  Mrs.  S.  Dave 

Triggs,  C.Austin  Jr.  T75 

Bradford,  Martina  Teresa  Lewis 

Davin.  Thomas  E.  T79 

Hamner.  W.  Clay  (F) 

(TR) 

P'95,  P'98,  P'02 

Valk,  Henry  L.M'42  (deceased) 

L75 

Davis,  Katherine  Buckman  T'84 

Hampton,  Ambrose  G.  Jr.  M'52 

Kohn,  Henry  L.  Jr.  (F) 

Postma,  Herman  T'55  (TR) 

Vincent,  James  L.  E'61  (TR) 

Bragg.  Emilv  Busse  T78 

Dee,  Dr.  Larry  G.  T'64 

Hamrick.  lohn  M.  T'34 

Kong.  Haevoung  T'89 

Postma.  Patricia  Dunigan  W  '60 

Vinnakota,  Dr.  and  Dr.  Rao  V. 

Brand.  Elizabeth  D.  T'9-r 

Dee.  Rita  Fisher  W65 

Hance.  lames  H.  Jr.  (F) 

Koskinen.johnA.  T'6l  (TE) 

Price,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  James  D. 

POO.  P'02 

Brennan.  Anne  Cowley  T'83 

DeMarco.  Gregory  B'91,F'91 

Harper.  Robert  T.T76.L79 

Koskinen.  Patricia  (F) 

P'99 

Waitzkin.  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Michael 

Brennan.  John  B.  (FR) 

DeMarco,  Susan  Emmett  B'90 

Han,  Elizabeth  A.  (F) 

Krampf.JohnE.T'69 

Primis,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Lance  R. 

B.  P'Ol 

Brenninkmeyer.  Nan  P'99 

Derksen.  Brian  L.  B'78 

Hart,  Man  Johnson  P'54.  P'57, 

Lamb,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  George  C. 

P'96,  P'02 

Watson.  Elaine  M.  W"64 

Britt.  Jonathan  D.  T'71 

Derrick.  John  E'61 

P'64,  P'67,  P'68 

Jr.  P75 

Rabenhorst.  James  F.  E'64 

W.itson  Wilham  E.T'64 

Brodv.  Mr.  and  Mrs.  David  S. 

Dickinson.  Elizabeth  Daniel 

Han,  Robert  M.  L'69 

Law,  Eric  (F) 

Ranawat,  Dr.  and  Mrs.  Chitran- 

Whitaker.  Howard  Jr.  T'39 

P'02 

W'6l 

Haimss,  Mr  and  Mrs.  Henry  W. 

LawTence,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Robert 

jan  P'93.  P'96,  P'Ol 

Wilkinson.  JerrvEV 

Brodv.  Leo  GP'85 

Dickinson,  Gary  W.  E'60 

P'95 

A.  P'OO 

Redman,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Charles 

Williams,  L.Neii  Jr.  T'5S.L'61 

Brodv.  Susanne  P'02 

Dixon.  Henrv  B.  II  T'56.  M'61 

Hawkins,  William  A.  HI  E'76 

Ledbetter,  Scon  Nelson  T73 

E.  P'Ol 

(TE) 

Brooks.  James  C.  Jr.  T'67 

Dixon.  Kathrvn  Fisher  N'58 

Ih'cliinger,  Mr  and  Mrs.  lohn 

Lesavoy,  Nina  T79 

Reefe.  Edward  M.  E'68 

Williams.  SueS.  (F) 

Brown,  CoUn  Wegand  L'74 

Dohenv.  Mr.  and  Mrs.  William 

W.  Jr.  P'OO 

Lockton,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  David  M. 

Reefe.  Nora  Lea  W67 

Wilson,  Gary  L.  T'62  (TR) 

Brown,  Joanne  Elizabeth  D'94 

Jr.  P'OO 

Hedden.  .Andrew  S.  L'66 

P'Ol 

Rewey.  Robert  L.  Jr.  (F) 

Wilson,  ludv  Wilt  W69 

Brumlev,  George  W.  T'56.  M  60. 

Dollens.  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Ronald 

Hermann.  Ernest  C.  T'49 

Louie,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Brandt  C. 

Remolds.  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Freder- 

Winsor. GavieC.N'57 

H'60,H'61 

W.  P'Ol 

lies!.  Christopher  A.  T'80 

P'OO 

ick  P'99,  P'02 

Wolfe.  Jody  P'97 

Brumlev.  Jean  Stanback  W58 

Downing.  Dr.  and  Mrs.  Edward 

Hill.  Melba  .Anne  G77.G79 

Louis-Drevfus,  Wilham  Gerard 

Rich,  Nancy  Aikens  VC69 

Woodard,  Thomas  M.  E'69 

Brunnemer,  H.  Keith  Jr.  T'6l 

F.  P'95 

Hines.  Lam' Young  G'93 

T'55,  L'57 

Rich.  Simon  B.  Jr.  T'67 

Worden,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Geoffrey 

Bryan.  John  Timothy  T'83 

Driver,  Mr  and  Mrs.  Walter  W. 

Hines.  Thomas  Blair  G'94 

Love,  Charles  Keith  T'83 

Rigsbee.  W  illiam  A.  T'50 

Field  P'Ol 

Burke.  Raymond  E  T'55 

Jr.  P'99 

Hochner,  CarroU  R.  P'Ol 

Love,  David  T'94 

Rohrman,  Douglass  F.  T'63 

Yon,  Harold  L.  Jr.  E' 58  (TR) 

Burrows,  Charles  F.  T'43 

Dryfoos.  Jacqueline  H.  P'90  . 

llodgkins.  Lewis  T'49 

Love,  Elizabeth  Brumlev  T'84 

Row'ns.Jeffrev  William  T  8" 

Yoh,  Mary  Milus  W'59 

Burrus,  Robert  L.  Jr.  L'58 

Duncker,  Charles  Steven  T'80 

Holden.  BeLsy  De  Haas  T'"" 

Love,  Gay  McLawhom  Wr51 

Russ.  Michael  C.  T'66 

WILLIAM  PRESTON  FEW 

Campbell.  Van  C.  P'89 

Dyson.  Brian  G.  P'95 

Holding.  Harvey  R.  T'56 

Love,  Valerie  Marx  E'94 

Saldutti.  loseph  A.  P'88,  P'OO, 

Carnegie.  Henn  Carter  T'56 

Eisenberg,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Mar- 

HoUand.DarreliM.T'51 

Love,  William  T'84.  B'92 

P'02 

Cary,  A.  Bray  Jr.  (F) 

shall  E.  P'97,  P'Ol 

HoUett.  Grant  T  Jr.  E'64 

Lowrv,  Wilham  J.  T'47,  L'49 

Saldutti.  Lynn  FaylorW61 

5  Anonymous  Donors 

Castaing.  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Francois 

Esbenshade.  Harry  H.  Ill  178 

Holton.  Charles  Roberson  L'73 

Lowry,  Marian  PecotW48 

Salisbury,  Robert  Gardner  T"4, 

Adams.  .Alfred  G.  T70 

J.  P'99 

Feidelson,  Robert  S.  Jr.  T'86 

Hooker.  A.  Frank  Jr.  T'54 

Lublin,  Richard  Kenneth  T'61 

B'81 

Adams.  Clifford  S.  T'65 

Caudle,  Dorothy  Staub  N'54, 

Fischer.  A.  Gordon  T'39 

Hoover.  W.  Henry  T'33 

Lynch,  Gary  G.L75 

Salisbury,  Tula  Cahoon  T'73 

Adams,  Jean  Taylor  W72,  L'79 

W56 

(deceased) 

(deceased) 

CONTINUED  NEXT  PAGE 

Duke      Annu 

a  l      Fund 

m 

Counting  on  you  to  keep  the  Duke  Annual  Fund  healthy. 

11 

Horvitz,  Richard  Alan  L78 

Koslow,  Michael  T79 

Metzger,MaryC.W68 

Richardson,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Jem 

Sloan,  0  Temple,  Jr.  T'6l 

Vamer,  K  Morgan  m  L'66 

Howe,  Jonathan  T.  Lb6 

LaFiura,  Dennis  R.  T74 

Mever.  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Dennis 

J.(F) 

Small,  Beverly  M.W49 

Vasey,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Roger  M. 

Hoysradt,JeanE.W72 

Landau,  Edward  J.  T'51 

Irwin  P'90,P'93 

Ridenhour,  Ann  Bigay  T'90 

Small,  Gaston  E.  Jr.  P74,P'80 

P'OO 

Hubbard,  Kenneth  W.  T'65 

Larsen,  Brenda  Todd  W'66 

Mevercord,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  F. 

Ridenhour,  Steven  S.  T'86 

Smith,  Charles  T.  Jr.  T'54 

Vuughan.  Veliei  IhtrlierW  i 

Huggin,  David  M.T'62 

Larsen,  Charles  III  T'66 

Duffield  P'95,  P'98 

Ritts,  Frederick  H.T'62 

Smith,  Gordon  L  Jr.  E'48 

Vaughan,JohnW.E'47 

Huggin,  Nancy  Lassiter  W63 

Lasker,JoelM.L'69 

Michaels,  Edwin  S.  T'55 

Roark,  Steven  F.  T'74 

Smith,  Margaret  Taylor  W47 

Vernon,  John  Angier  T73 

Hughes,  Bettysue  Cameron 

Laughlin,  Charlene  Vala  W'68 

Miller.  Bradley  L.  T'81 

Roark,  Virginia  Whit  T74 

Smith,  Sidney  W.  Jr.  T'43,L'49 

Vernon,  Michele  Ruddy  T73 

W'65 

Law,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Eric  (F) 

Miller,  KathrynHollisterT'81 

Robinson,  Mary  R.  W'49 

Snell,  Robert  D.  T'69 

Vestal,  William  A  T'62 

Hughes,  Jeffrey  P.  L'65 

Leaman,  Cvnthiajacobsen  N'84 

Miller.  William  T.  T71 

Robinson,  Norwood  E.  L'52 

Somers,  F  Colton  m  E'36 

Vogel,  Judith  Montgomery  G'77 

Hunt,  Ann  H.  G70 

Leaman.J.  Richard  UI  T'84 

Mize,  Anne  B.  W'68 

Robinson,  Pauline  Gray  (F) 

Sommer,  Nancy  Watktas  W'52 

Vogel,  William  A.  B76 

Hunt,  Janet  Smith  T'S4 

Leggett,  Anne  S.  T78 

M.  .k",.  Stanley  S.T'56 

Rpbnett,  Frances  Bryan  W44 

Sperling,  Laurene  M.  T78 

Wagoner,  G.Richard  T'75 

Hunt,  Kenneth  C.  L76 

Leggett.  Reid  Gordon  T78 

Monk,  Albert  C.,IUT'6l 

Robnett,JoeJ.Jr.E'49 

Stalnecker.MarkE.T73 

Wagoner,  Kathleen  KaviorT77 

Hunt,  William  Edwards  T'84 

Leib,  Bettsv  Creigh  N'62 

Mooney,  Anne  Morris  W'60 

Roche,  Kevin  J.  T'80 

Stalnecker,  Susan  Matamoros 

Walker,JosephE.T'51,M'60 

Ichel,  David  W.T75.L78 

Leib,TomE.E'6l 

Mooney,  Timothy  C.  T'59 

Roller,  Thomas  B.  B74 

T73 

Walker,  Mary  Matunglv  N'59 

Impry,  William  R.  E70 

Leonard,  Janet  Tonka  T74 

Morgan,  James  T73 

Rosenberg,  Dr.  and  Mrs.  Abra- 

Stanhope, William  Henry  T73 
Stanley,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Albert  J. 

Wall,  Donald  S.E'43 

L\,  Jeffrey  D.E78 

Lieb,  Kathrvn  Crommelin  W'69 

Morgan,  Kathleen  Barlow  T74 

ham  P'99 

Wall,  Ursula  PetreW45 

L\.  Kathleen  D.E79 

Lieb,  Richard  B.  T'69 

Morris,  Dr.  and  Mrs.  Robert 

Rowe,  Thomas  D.  Jr.  (FAC) 

P'01 

Warshauer,  James  W.T78 

Johnson,  Carol  Harvey  W70 

Limberakis,  Anthony  J.  M79 

Edward  P'97,  P'OO 

Ruey,  John  S.  T'69 

Starr,  Kenneth  W.L73 

Watson,  Theron  P.T'59 

Johnson,  Charles  A.  T71 

Limberakis,  Maria  (F) 

Morton,  Patricia  Roderick  T77 

Rup'p.  Glenn  N.  Jr.  E'66 

Stern,  Kay  Goodman  W46 

Weber,  Robert  Carl  L76 

Johnson,  Richard  S.  T'52 

Link,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Richard  Alan 

Moskowitz,  Robert  G.  L;77 

Rudedge,  Katherine  Livingston 

Stevens,  Thomas  C.L7 1 

Weems.Cary  Willis  T'77 

Johnstone,  George  III  T'55 

P'01 

Neal,  William  W.  m  T'54 

T75 

Stevenson,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Albert 

Weinstein,  Milton  N.  T'37 

Jones,  L.  Gregory  D'85 

Livingston,  W.  Curtis  111  T'65 

Neuss,  Michael  N.  H'85'H'83, 

Rudedge,  Paul  E.  m  T75 

F.  P'99,  P'01 

Weir,  Michael  W.  T'63 

Jones,  Patricia  Furey  N74 

Loomis,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Ralph 

M'80 

Sales,  Michelle  Miller  T78.L81 

Stewart,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Lindsay 

Wellman,  Laura  T73 

Jones,  Richard  H.T71 

P'02 

Neveloff,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Jay  A. 

Samuel,  Edward  T  M74 

D.  P'01 

Werner,  Jeffrey  S.T'67 

Jones,  S.  Bruce  D'37 

Lotti,  Diane  Britz  T74 

P'01 

Sanders,  George  J.  Jr.  T'48 

Stoel,  Caroline  P.  W'35 

Wesselhoft,  Carl  Rudolph  T'36 

Jones,  Susan  Pendleton  D'83 

Lovett,  FJizabeth  Howard  T79 

Nichols,  FJizabeth  H.  Agnew 

Sanders,  Marianne  Turtle  W'51 

Stoel,  Thomas  Burrows  L'37 

Westbrook,  HughA.D'70 

Jones,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  T.  D.  Jr.  (F) 

Lowe,  Mary-Ralph  P'99 

G71,  G74 

Schroeder,  Pam  Rancke  N'75 

Stone,  Michael  Robert  T'84 

Westmoreland,  Kim  D.  T76 

Jordan,  Sarah  C.  (F) 

Lowndes,JohnET'53,L58 

Nichols,  Joseph  C.G70 

Schwartz,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Marcus 

Strickland,  Donald  Ray  L'84 

Whitman,  Dorothy  Stivers  T42 

Kalish.  Nedra  Robin  W'63 

Lublin,  Richard  Kenneth  T'61 

North  Carolina  Mutual  Life 

F.P'02 

Stubbs,TrawickH.Jr.L'67 

Whitman,  Stanley  F.T'40 

Kalish.  Ronald  E'6l 

Luebchow,  James  Edward  L73 

Insurance  Company 

Scott,  Richard  W.T74.L77 

Stuebe,  Isabel  Combs  W64 

Wickersham,  Warren  T'60 

Kaplan,  Scott  Ian  T'92 

Mackowski,JohnJ.T'48 

Olds,  Ray  M.E'55 

Sensenbrenner,  John  S.  DT  T'84 

Stuebe,  William  Henry  P'95, 

Wiener,  Earl  L.  T'55 

Karr,ScotE.B'82 

Maratos,  Jason  B'85 

Orr,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Robert  G. 

Shaad,  Dorothy  J,  H'45 

P'02 

Wilhelm,  Carol  Andresen  W70 

Keatley,  David  Randall  T'83, 

Martinez,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Arthur 

P'96 

Shabel,FredA.T'54 

Suckow,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Paul  E.  P'OO 

Wilhelm,  Phillip  T'69 

B'87 

C.  P'96 

Over.  Amy  Factor  T79 

Shaw,  Bartow  F  '64 

Sulzberger,  Cynthia  Fox  T'86 

Wilson,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Kendall 

Keatley,  Karen  Keirnig  B'88 

Massengill,  George  KT'31, 

(her.lavH.T78 

Shields,JohnH.T76 

Sutherland,  Barbara  H.  T75 

Wyman  P'91,  P'97 

Kee,JohnL.IHT78 

M'36 

Pade,MarciaHildrethT78 

Shields,  Marsha  McCombs  T76 

Sutherland,  Lewis  F.  m  T73 

Winland,  Thomas  William  L'74 

Keirsev,  Kristen  Ann  N73 

Matheson,  Ann  Henson  W55 

Pagliuca.  Stephen  G.  T77 

Shinn,JaneRippeN72 

Tabak,JeffreyE.T79,L'82 

Winland,Tyla  P'98,  P'01 

Kellam,  Floyd  E.  Jr.  T'50,L'53 

Matheson,J.DanielJr.T'48 

Panovka,  Robin  L'86 

Shinn,  Robert  L.E71 

Tabak,  Marilyn  D.  T79 

Witte,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  H.  Joseph 

Kelly,  L.  Patrick  T72 

Mazurki,  Joanne  L.T74 

Passino,  Jacque  H.  Jr.  T70 

Shugart,  Joseph  C.  T79 
Siderowf ,  Martha  (F) 

Tannehill,  Susan  E.  T76 

P'02 

Kenna,LeeM.Jr.E'68 

McAlhster,  Kenneth  L74 

Peck,  Jeffrey  J.  T79 

Taylor,  David  K.  Jr.  T'47,L'49 

Wolfe,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Tom 

Kenny,  John  Kevin  Jr.  T'89 

McConnell,  Stacy  Willits  T77 

Perry.  Clifford  W.  Jr.  '66 

Siderowf,  Richard  L.  T'59 

Tompkins,  Emmy  Lou  W36 

KennerlyP'02 

Kessman,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Alan 

McCormick,  Michael  D.  T70 

Platt,JohnB.L'69 

Silver,JonathanM.T75 

Townsend,  Theresa  DeMarco 

Woodruff,  Judy  C.W68, 

Stuart  P'02 

McCutcheon,  Mr.  and  Mrs. 

Pratt,  Edmund  T.  Jr.  E'47  (TE) 

Simpson,  Dorothv  Lewis  W46 

W'42 

GHON'98  (TR) 

Ketner,  Glenn  E.  Jr.  T'60 

David  C.  P'OO 

Prentiss,  James  H.  T'49 

(TE) 

Triggs,  Austin  G.  Jr.  T75 

York,  Mr.and  Mrs.  William  Vann 

Kiefer,RoyW.B78 

McDonald,  Gail  M.  W70 

Pugh,  David  L.E71 

Simpson,  W.  Hunter  (F) 

Trivivsavet,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Plew 

P'85 

Klaber,  David  G.  L'69 

McElroy,  Ann  Elizabeth  T79 

Raynes,  Arthur  G.  T'56 

Simpson,  Ralph  G.  Jr.  E'47 

P'01 

Young,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Alan  P'98, 

Kohut,  Linda  Ram  T77 

McGaughy,JohnE'38 

Ravnes,  Diane  S.  (F) 

Slane,JohnC.T'51 

Turde,  Robert  Holmes  P'01 

P'01 

Kolb,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Jay  T.  P'01 

Meiselman,  Rudy  K.  M'53 

Reuss,  Lloyd  E.  P'90 

Slane,  Marsha  Heath  Bumpass 

Ubben,  Jeffrey  W.  T'83 

Zimmer,  Herbert  J.  T'67 

Kong,  Dr.  and  Mrs.  Ying-Suen 

Meloy,  Barbara  Fellows  T'80 

Rice,  C.Larry  T'54 

(F) 

Ubben,  Laura  Hess  T'84 

P'99,  P'01 

Meloy,  Thomas  Stuart  T'81 

Richards,  Melanie  '84 

Sloan,  Ann  Crandall  W'63 

Underwood,  Deborah  DeHaas 

Korry,  Alexandra  Davem  L'86 

Menkes,  Douglas  T70 

Richards,  Russell  L"74 

Sloan,  C.  Hamilton  T'63 

T'81 

Thanks  to  the  hard  work  of  the  enthusiastic  and  dedicated  volunteers  listed  below,  the  Duke  Parents'  Program  once  again  shattered  all 

previous  records  for  parent  giving  to  Duke.  In  1998-99,  Duke  parents  committed  more  than  $2.5  million  to  the  Duke  Annual  Fund  and 

with  over  50%  panic 

pation  more  than  $24  million  to  all  areas  of  the 

University.  The  Duke  Annual  Fund  would  like  to 

thank  every  parent 

who  participated  anc 

helped  us  achieve  this  record-breaking  success, 

especially  the  die-hard  Blue  Devil  parent  volunteers  listed  below. 

We  look  forward  to  celebrating  your  success  at  Parents'  and  Family  Weekend  this  fall! 

DUKE  PARENTS'  COMMITTEE 

Dennis  and  Linda  Hunt  P'97, 

Joe  and  Sue  Siegelbaum  P'98, 

Jon  and  Judy  Harris 

Clem  and  Liz  Barone 

CLASS  OF  2001 

Steve  and  Nancv  Crown  P'OO 

P'99 

P'02 

Peter  and  Florence  Hart  (Also 

Phil  and  Valerie  Bennett 

Lorry  and  Karen  Stensrud 

National  Chairs,  1998-2000 

Tom  and  Elsie  Kearns  P'97, 

Harvey  and  Mary  Struthers 

P'02) 

Jack  and  Barbara  Bierig 

Class  Co-Chairs 

Duke  Parents'  Program 

P'02 

P'89,  P'OO 

Dermis  and  Linda  Hunt  (Also 

Ted  and  Kathy  Botts 

Geoff  and  Ginger  Worden 
Class  Co-Chairs 

Garv  and  Lorraine  Klein  P'98, 

Pasquale  and  Genevieve 

P'97) 

Alan  and  Marsha  Bramowitz 

P'02 

VitaglianoP'91,P'01 

Mary-Ralph  Lowe 

(Also  P'02) 

\hn  ;:ml  Leslie  I'.ani*  <  \l:-u 

Peter  and  Janet  Levine  P'98, 

Alan  and  Caroline  Young  P'98, 

Larry  and  Debbie  Mitchell  (Also 

Michael  and  Barbara  Dugan 

Larry  and  Janet  Bell 

P'OO) 

P'OO 

P'01 

P'OO) 

Paul  and  Sherry  Duman 

Chris  and  Cookie  Byczek  (Also 

Parent  of  Alumni  Chairs 

Harold  and  Margaret  Marshall 

Jim  and  Warrie  Price 

Fred  and  Juelle  Fisher 

P'99) 

P'96,  P'02 

Gary  and  Nancy  Steele 

Peter  and  Marianne  Fritts 

Jay  and  Cindy  Carter 

Terry  and  Marci  Anderson  P'98, 

George  and  Betsy  Newman 

Walter  and  Bertie  Driver 

Wyatt  and  Renee  Stewart 

Dennis  Hall  and  Robyn  Buder- 

Joanne  Cohen  (Also  P'98) 

P'02 

P'96,  P'OO,  P'02 

Class  Co-Chairs 

Brendan  and  Lila  Sullivan  (Also 

Hall 

Thomas  and  Diana  Crawford 

Debbie  Bennett  P'96,  P'99 

Don  and  Mary  North  P'96,  P'02 

Fritz  and  Lee  Reynolds  (Also 

P'02) 

Peter  and  Janet  Levine  (Also 

Jim  and  Nancy  Druckman 

Bill  and  Gail  Bevan  P'98,  P'02 

Timothy  and  Susan  O'Reilly 

P'02) 

Gerrv  and  Sandy  Treanor 

P'98) 

Andy  and  Stephanie  Evans 

Archer  and  Sandie  Bishop  P'OO, 

P'94,  P'01 

Class  Co-Chairs 

John  Yost 

Alex  and  Freddy  McFerran 

William  and  Elizabeth  Folberth 

P'02 

Dave  and  Kay  Phillips  P'95, 

Larry  and  Debbie  Mitchell  (Also 

Eric  and  Robin  Hananel 

Terry  and  Beth  Collins  P'97 

P'98,  P'02 

Debbie  Bennett  (Also  P'96) 

P'99) 

Ed  Horowitz 

Joanne  Cohen  P'98,  P'01 

Lance  and  Ellen  Primis  P'96, 

Bill  and  Leshe  Bennison 

Chip  and  Sally  Akridge 

George  and  Betsy  Newman 

Sue  Horowitz 

Steve  and  Sunny  Cole  P'97,  P'99 

P'02 

Jim  and  Mary  Berdell 

Class  Co-Chairs 

(Also  P'96  &  P'02) 

Malinda  Howard 

Brian  and  Harriet  Freeman 

Glenn  and  Jane  Cee  Redbord 

BobandCindiBlakely 

Joseph  and  Debbie  Schell 

Phil  and  Pat  Norton 

Scott  and  Gail  Ledbetter 

P'98.  P'02 

P'97,  P'01 

Chris  and  Cookie  Bvczek  (Also 

Class  Co-Chairs 

Chandra  and  Patricia  Sharma 

David  and  Susan  Lewis 

Richard  and  Susan  Grausman 

Paul  and  Sara  Lee  Saperstein 

P'OO 

(Also  P'96) 

Bob  and  Connie  Loarie 

P'96,  P'02 

P'94,  P'02 

Steve  and  Sunny  Cole  (Also 

John  Ed  and  Isabel  Anthony 

Harvey  and  Mary  Struthers 

Phyllis  Myers 

Bill  and  Barbara  Haljun  P'95 

Chandra  and  Patricia  Sharma 

P'97) 

Mac  and  Leslie  Bains  (Also 

(Also  P'89) 

Jay  and  Arlene  Neveloff 
Timothy  and  Susan  O'Reilly 

Buddy  and  Chris  Haunss  P'95 

P'96,  P'OO 

Ralph  and  Gvven  Everett 

P'97) 

Paul  and  Phyllis  Suckow 

Peter  and  Carole  Segal  P'98 

Nachman  and  Jamie  Feig 

Tom  and  Barbie  Bancroft 

(Also  P'94) 

Glenn  and  Jane  Cee  Redbord 

CLASS  OF  2002 

Alan  and  Marsha  Bramowitz 

Henrv  and  Lou  Gailhot 

Kill  and  Wendy  Lipsman 

Paul  and  Sara  lee  Saperstein 

(AlsoP'97) 

Howard  and  Carol  Anderson 

(Also  P'OO) 

John  and  Joan  Goodwin 

Jeff  and  Nancy  Marcus 

(.Also  P'94) 

Mike  and  Andrea  Reiner 

Class  Co-Chairs 

David  and  Laura  Brody 

Richard  and  Susan  Grausman 

Harold  and  Margaret  Marshall 

|oe  and  Sue  Siegelbaum  (.Also 

Gail  Schneider 

Bob  and  Nancy  Can 

Susanne  Brody 

(Also  P'96) 

(Also  P'96) 

P'98) 

Bob  and  Marcy  Strauss 

Class  Co-Chairs 

Frank  and  Marcia  Carlucci 

Jim  and  Donna  Hale 

George  and  Betsv  Newman 

Randall  and  Barbara  Smith 

Pasquale  and  Genevieve 

Mark  and  Susan  Claster 

Reggie  and  Jan  Harris 

(Also  P'96  &  P'OO) 

Inn  and  Sharon  Steeg 

Vilagliano  (AlsoP'91) 

Terry  and  Marci  Anderson  (Also 

Rich  and  Ngaire  Cuneo 

Peter  and  Florence  Hart  (Also 

Don  and  Man  North  (Also 

Frank  and  Kandy  Stroud 

BuzandGibbyWaitzkin 

P'98) 

Susan  and  Rob  DePree 

P'99) 

P'%) 

Ed  and  Heme  Stuart 

Tom  and  Tyla  Winland 

Bill  and  Gail  Bevan  (Also  P'98) 

Craig  and  Lee  Evans 

Tim  and  Karen  HLxon 

Dave  and  Kay  Phillips  (.Also 

Brendan  and  LOa  Sullivan  (.Also 

Alan  and  Caroline  Young  (Also 

Dale  Vogel  and  Nanq-  Bird 

Marshall  and  Jamee  Field 

Tom  and  Ehse  Kearns  (Also 

P'95&P'9S) 

P'99) 

P'98) 

Archer  and  Sandie  Bishop  (Also 

Deny  and  Patty  Franks 

P'9") 

Lance  and  Ellen  Primis  (Also  P'%) 

left"  and  Bonnie  Tucker 

P'90) 

Brian  and  Harriet  Freeman 

Gan  and  Lorriane  Klein  (Also 

Fritz  and  Lee  Reynolds  (Also 

Joe  and  Mikel  Witte 

Dave  and  Suzy  Bradley 

(Also  P'98) 

P'98) 

P'99) 

I'uin  .uui  Sheila  Wolfe 

The  following  Reunion  Gift  Volunteers  raised 

more  than  $5.2  million  for  the  Duke  Annual  Fund  with  40%  participati 

m.  Reunion  classes 

committed  $29.5  million  to  all  areas  of  the  University  to  mark  this  milestone  year.  The  Duke  Annual  Fund  would  like  to  thank  everyone  who 

participated,  especially 

our  loyal  volunteers  listed  below. 

CLASS  OF  1949  -  50TH  REUNION 

James  D.  Pratt 

Lawrence  H.  Dempseyjr. 

CLASS  OF  1979- 20TH  REUNION 

Howard  Alan  Burde 

I  li.uheih  1  .inner  Graves 

Welsford  F.  Bishopric,  Class 

Herbert  A.  TavlorLU 

Judy  Dan  Eaton 

James  Erskine  Love  (11,  Class 

Susan  Nance  Callaway 

Rebecca  Lee  Jackson 

Chair 

Man. Mattingiy  Walker 

Craig  E.  Eisenacher 

Chair 

Jill  Bayer  Gporin 

li. i.n.1  \im.muia  Karas 

Chester  P.  Middleswonh, 

M\  le>  K  Vi'ittenstein 

John  D.  Englar 

Palmer  Peebles  Garson,  True 

Hayes  Clement 

Laurel  Miller  Kimbrough 

Leadership  Gifts  Chair 

CLASS  OF  1964  -  3STH  REUNION 

Harrison  W.  Farber 

Blue  Chair 

Paul  Carpenter  Graves  Dewey  Jr. 

Imii.iiIi.ui  M.uslen  Korn 

Emmett  H.  Bradley 

Thomas  L  Farquhar 

Christopher  E.  Burns.  Leader- 

him spillman  Dinkins 

Miehele  Suzanne  Mair 

Julia  T.  Can- 

Peter  and  Ruth  Ginny  Nicholas, 

R.  Buck  Ferguson 

ship  Gifts  Co-Chair 

Miriam  Ann  DLxon 

Maria  Jill  Mayer 

Dorothy  Whitehead  Woodard 

Honorary  Gift  Chairs 

Ernest  E.  Ferguson 

Ted  A.  Gardner.  Leadership  Gifts 

Jeffrey  Steven  Ebehng 

Brian  Howard  Polovoy 

Cooke 

Rebecca  Trent  Kirkland.  Class 

salh  Simons  Graves 

Co-Chair 

I'hilip  vi.uiheu  Ebinger 

Francis  Eugene  Purcelljr. 

George  C.  Dannals 

Chair 

Frederick  E.  Henry  HI 

Geoffrev  S.  Rehnert,  Leadership 

John  Christian  Glover 

lulie  Mackle  Reeves 

J.  Carlton  Fleming 

Anita  Marie  Poss,  Leadership 

Samuel  W.  Johnson 

Gifts  Co-Chair 

Andrew  Da\id  Gordon 

Steven  Courtney  Rollins 

FredM.  Folgerjr. 

Gifts  Co-Chair 

Velina  H  Johnson 

lohn  P.  Shaughnessv,  Leadership 

Gregory  Drew  Graflund 

I'nurtney  Caihers  Rowe 

Rose  Anne  Gam 

Joseph  C.  Ramage,  Leadership 

Richard  B.  Lieb 

Gifts  Co-Chair 

Van  Ray  Grocejr. 

Semi  Dara  Sadeghian 

C.  Leon  Gibbs 

Gifts  Co-Chair 

Kathtyn  C.  Lieb 

Barbara  Johnston  Shaughnessv, 

Man  Ellen  Grossnickle 

Joseph  Bradle\  Schellcilbcrg 

W.  Fenton  Guineejr. 

HarryK.  Anderson  Jr. 

Marv  Dysart  Metz 

Leadership  Gifts  Co-Chair 

Robert  David  Haggart 

Pamela  Chandler  Seamans 

James  R.  Hawkins 

Cynthia  B.  Aten 

Stephen  C.  Murphy 

Andrew  J.  Armslrongjr. 

Nathaniel  Venable  Henshavv 

Laura  Lee  Segal 

Ernest  C.  Hermann 

Richard  S.  Buddington 

Pamela  B  Murphy 

J.  Theodore  Balph 

Janet  Smith  Hunt 

Wihn  Wallace  Sowell 

Lewis  Hodgkins 

Stuart  Upchurch  Buice 

Robert  Byron  Nichol 

Brian  Joseph  Brodeur 

Catherine  Anderson  Janett 

\l.ma  Copsis  Tassopoulos 

Margaret  D.  McLeod 

Robert  S.  Fleischer 

Nancy  Aikens  Rich 

Michele  C.  Farquhar 

Joseph  Murphy  Landing 

di-egg  Stuart  Tenser 

Mary  R.  Robinson 

LydiaC.  GUI 

Marjorie  B.  Thomas 

Daniel  A.  Hirschfeld 

Otto  Wescon  Lowe 

Luir.i  lli/ahelh  Trivers 

Hugh  L.  Stone  Jr. 

David  M.  Goodner 

Carol  Hargan  Underhill 

Elizabeth  Pryor  Johnson 

Melanie  Marshall-Park 

John  Hamilton  Vincent 

Robert  C.  Taylor 

George  G.  Guthrie 

Phillip  H.  Wilhelm 

Susan  P.  Kem 

Marcia  Mann  Martin 

Kara  Devton  Waters 

Elizabeth  Hon*  Todd 

AnneW.  Halsted 

Thomas  M.  Woodard 

John  M.  Kent 

Wiffiam  Todd  Obremskey 

Charles  Walton  Wickhffe  Tfl 

T.  Duke  Williams  Jr. 

Marie  J.  Hertzig 
Robert  J.  Jamieson 

CLASS  OF  1974  ■  25TH  REUNION 

Dania  Leon  Leemputte 
Patrick  John  Leempune 
.\lexander  Lourie 

Harlan  I.  Prater  TV 
Robin  P.  Rountree 

CLASS  OF  1994  -  5TH  REUNION 

Lee  C.  Johns 

Joanne  L.  Mazurki,  Class  Chair 

Susan  Gvvin  Ruch 

Grant  Hill.  Honorary  Class  Chair 

FredW.  Shaffer,  Class  Chair 

James  R.  Ladd 

lanet  Tonka  Leonard,  True  Blue 

Cynthia  S.  Lund 

John  Stilp  Sensenbrenner  III 

Man  Nicole  Morrison.  Class 

Karl  S.Sheffield,  True  Blue 

Krishna  Knapp  Lee 

Chair 

Ann  Ehzabeth  McElroy 

Howard  Ralph  Soriano 

Chair 

Chair 

Elizabeth  H.  Locke 

Pamela  Smith  Ensor.  Leadership 

Craig  Bennen  McLaughlin 

Peter  .Alan  Tannenbaum 

Jodi  Berlin  Ganz,  Leadership 

William  W.Neal  III, 

Mar>'  D.  Lucas 

Gifts  Co-Chair 

Ann  Suker  Potter 

Ann  Humphrey  Taylor 
Gordon  Vance  Tucker 

Gifts  Chair 

Leadership  Gifts  Chair 

Alfred  S.  Lurey 

Eric  F  Ensor,  Leadership  Gifts 

Stephen  N.  Potter 

Jeffrey  Joseph  Grills,  .yhnitv 

Mary  B.  Sensenbrenner, 

Douglas  C.  Morris 

Co-Chair 

Cathy  Scheurer 

James  Charles  Zelter 

Gifts  Chair 

Nursing  Agent 

Gary  R.  Nelson 

Susan  Toy  Andrews 

Joseph  C.  Shugart 
Helen  Eve  Stelzenmuller 

Swab  Kathleen  Appen 

Suzanne  S.  Anderson 

James  F.  Rabenhorst 

Judith  Olsen  Beaumont 

CUSS  OF  1989  -  10TH  REUNION 

Elizabeth  Patricia  Austen 

Charles  W.  Bazemore 

William  Roscoe  Reynolds 

James  Richard  Brotherson 

Jeffrey  E.  Tabak 
Marilyn  D.  Tabak 

Ehzabeth  Tolbert  Wanamaker. 

Michael  lames  Bingle 

Dorothy  S.  Caudle 

Sally  McKaig  Seawright 

Michael  Heath  Browder 

Class  Chair 

Kale  Bostock 

Barbara  Worthington  Dark  Jr. 

John  R.  Spruill 

Joseph  T.  Carruthers  III 

Kendall  Diraddo  Tamlvn 

Sheree  Cooper  Levy,  True  Blue 

Deirdre  Hudson  Delia 

George  M.  Fesperman  Sr. 

Cecile  Z.  Srodes 

Herbert  Mark  Chain 

Joseph  E  Unanue 
Laura  Roberts  Wright 

Chair 

ilumi.i-,  KlehergEspy 

James  C.  Geoghegan 
R.  Calvin  Holland 

Ann  Hart  Taaffe 

Christopher  J.  Cramer 

Katherine  Maynard  Hamilton. 

CeceUa  .Ann  Gassner 

Barbara  J.  Washbum 

Ann  Pelham  Cullen 

Margaret  Gilmore  Yeakel 

Leadership  Gifts  Co-Chair 

.Amanda  Riseden  Gdes 

Anne  McDonald  Oakley 

William  E  Womblejr. 

Tonev  .Mien  Glass 

Michelle  Hevvnt  Oppenheim, 
Leadership  Gifts  Co-Chair 

David  McLawhom  Love 

Thomas  E.  Perrv 

CLASS 

Cynthia  E.  Hadlow 

CLASS  OF  1984  •  15TH  REUNION 

Katherine  Lilly  Nicholas 

FredA.Shabel  ' 

Karen  Marie  Hammett 

Timothy  Dew  AVarmath,  Class 

Quin  Price  Snyder,  Leadership 

Michael  Thomas  Perlberg 

John  Bibb  Tate  Jr. 

John  E.  Krampf,  Gass  Chair 

Margaret  S.  Hamner 

Chair 

Gifts  Co-Chair 

Malcolm  Worthington  Peverley 

Barbara  D.Tate 

Alice  Blackmore  Hicks, 

Edward  Joseph  Healy 

Ehzabeth  Brumley  Love,  True 

Cynthia  Corrine  Amitin 

Jr. 

CLASS  OF  1959  -  40TH  REUNION 

True  Blue  Chair 
Calvin  L.  Chrisman, 

Amy  Dale  Hogue 
Martha  Dudley  Keller 

Blue  Co-Chair 
Wilham  J.  Love,  True  Blue  Co- 

.Anne  WLxom  Asher 
Dawn  Taylor  Biegelsen 

StaceyJUl  Rind 
Meredidi  Rose  Sasser 

Michael  S.  Bender,  Class  Chair 

Leadership  Gifts  Chair 

Robert  Kirk  Oppenlander 

Chair 

.Anne  Lindgren  Blitch 

Suzanne  Miriam  Schwartz 

Lenore  B.  Behar 

William  L  Beasleym 

Robert  Read  Penn 

Katie  Guthety,  Leadership  Gifts 

Nancv-  Lee  Bradish 

Matthew  Keith  Sidman 

Frank  M.Bell  Jr. 

Rebecca  L.  Bogard 

Raymond  P.  Scott  III 

Co-Chair 

Chnsdna  Kinell  Braisted 

TentenWu 

Richard  L.  Harris 

Michael  R.  Borasky 

Gaston  Elvin  Small  LU 

Edward  Whitford  Probert  Jr., 

Kimberly  Paige  Cooper 

Julia  Glenn  Hester 

Gregon-J.  Bowcott 

Ehzabeth  H.  Summers 

Leadership  Gifts  Co-Chair 

Daniel  Richard  Dertke 

David  L.  Maynard 

W.  Kent  Canipe 

Glenn  Ellis  Summers 

David  Bruce  Alhadeff 

Debra  Lynn  Dickinson 

Thomas  R.  Nesbitt  Jr. 

Ginny  Knott  Caughey 

Eugenie  Dieringer  Verrillo 

Marguerite  C.  Bateman 

Scott  Emery 

Linda  Parks  Pendergraph 

W.  Andrew  Copenhaver 

James  V.  Walsh 

Ehzabeth  A.  Benson 

Benjamin  Ining  Fink 

Duke      An 

nual      Fund 

m 

Counting  on  you  to  keep  the  Duke  Annual  Fund  healthy 

III 

daughter  to  Victoria  McElhaney  Benedict  ! 
'94  and  Charles  C.  Benedict  Jr.  M.B.A.  '93  on 
July  4,  1998.  Named  Sarah  Catherine...First  child  and 
daughter  to  Thomas  F.  Carey  J.D.  '95  and  Kristi 
Schweiker  Carey  '91,  M.B.A.  '95  on  April  9. 
Named  Rachel  Claire.. .First  child  and  son  to  Jennifer 
Wong  Christensen  '96  and  Jamie  Christensen  on 
May  22.  Named  Nicholas  Wong. 


Estelle  Warlick  Hillman  '20  of  Durham,  on  Feb. 
12.  She  taught  French  for  a  brief  period  at  Davenport 
College  in  Lenoir,  N.C.  She  was  the  first  president  of 
the  United  Methodist  Church's  Southeastern  Juris- 
diction Woman's  Society  of  Christian  Service.  She 
chaired  the  personnel  committee  for  the  National 
Council  of  Churches  and  was  corresponding  secretary 
of  the  National  Organization  of  United  Church 
Women.  She  also  served  on  the  boards  of  trustees  of 
seven  colleges  around  the  world.  In  1966,  she  was 
awarded  an  honorary  degree  from  Ewha  University 
in  Seoul,  Korea,  and  she  received  an  honorary  degree 
from  N.C.  Wesleyan  College  in  1991.  She  is  survived  by 
a  daughter,  Anne  Warlick  Hillman  '45;  a  sister, 
Kathryn  Warlick  McEntire  '28;  and  five  grand- 
children. 

Blanche  Henry  Clark  Weaver  '27,  A.M.  '29 
of  Nashville,  Tenn.,  on  Sept.  24,  1998.  She  was  the 
second  dean  of  women  at  Vanderbilt  University,  a  past 
director  of  the  Master  of  Arts  in  Teaching  Program, 
and  assistant  dean  of  the  Vanderbilt  graduate  school. 

Bishop  L.  Brantley  '28  of  Youngsvtlle,  N.C. 

John  W.  Bradshaw  '29  of  Greensboro,  N.C. 

Fred  G.  Brummitt  '29  of  Bakersville,  N.C,  in  June 

1998.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Grace. 

Mary  Elizabeth  Bradsher  Hayes  '31  on  Nov. 

26. 


-  M.  Hardin  B.D.  '32  on  Nov.  10. 

Hazel  Nichols  Lynn  '33  of  Durham,  on  Feb.  25. 

C.  Fred  Mangus  '33  of  Roanoke,  Va.,  in  Septembe 


Edward  Frost  Parker  M.D.  '33  of  Charleston, 
S.C.,  on  Dec.  20,  1998.  A  surgeon,  he  was  one  of  the 

first  in  South  Carolina  to  perform  open  heart  surgery. 
He  is  recognized  internationally  for  his  diagnosis  and 
treatment  of  esophageal  cancer.  He  was  a  surgeon, 
researcher,  and  professor  at  the  Medical  University  of 
South  Carolina  even  after  retiring  in  1985.  He  served 
as  governor  of  the  American  College  of  Surgeons. 
From  1960  to  1974,  he  was  chairman  of  the  board  at 
Roper  Hospital  and  was  chief  of  surgery  from  1973  to 
1975.  He  was  honored  with  the  David  B.  Gregg  Award 
from  the  S.C.  Department  of  Health  and  Environ- 
mental Control  for  his  contributions  to  the  fight 
against  tuberculosis.  He  is  survived  by  five  sons,  a 
brother,  and  12  grandchildren. 

Clyde  C.  Boggs  B.D.  '34  of  Wilmington,  N.C,  on 
July  25,  1998.  A  United  Methodist  minister,  he  was 
Wilmington's  district  superintendent  from  1961  to 
1966. 

Sarah  Taylor  Corry  '34  of  Winter  Park,  Fla. 

Janet  Griffin  Harrell  '34  of  Durham,  on  Jan.  13. 
She  is  survived  by  her  husband,  George  T.  Harrell 
Jr.  '32,  M.D.  '36;  two  sons;  a  sister,  Virginia  Griffin 

Keiser  '38;  and  four  grandchildren. 


Paul  R.Winn '34  of  Han 


Jrg.Va. 

i  D.  Rosser  '35  of  Andover,  N.Y.,  on  Dec. 

9,  of  a  heart  attack.  He  and  his  wile  started  Rossers 


GETTING  IT  ON  THE  RECORD 


I've  heard  music  in 
my  head  since  I  can 
remember,"  says 
singer-songwriter  Joe 
Morra  '79.  "I  started 
playing  piano  when  1 
was  four.  My  parents 
found  out  when  I  was 
very  young  that  I  had 
perfect  pitch,  so  every 
sound  that  has  any  sort 
of  musical  pitch  to  it  is 
a  note  to  me.  My  car 
horn  is  an  F.  My  tele- 
phone rings  in  a  B  flat. 
The  vacuum  cleaner 
drones  on  in  an  A.  The 
world  that  I  hear  is 
very  musical." 

For  Morra,  the  pro- 
cess of  songwriting 
consists  of  harnessing 
those  mental  melodies 
and  then  polishing 
them  while  sitting  at 


the  piano.  Sometimes, 
he  says,  melodies  come 
first  and  the  song  lyrics 
follow,  sometimes  a 
lyric  can  spark  a  mel- 
ody, and  sometimes 
words  and  notes  spring 
forth  like  an  organic 
whole.  It's  a  mysterious 
process  that  seems  to 
thrive  on  instinct  and 
spontaneity.  While  cre- 
ating his  most  recent 
album,  Morra  was 
scribbling  down  final 
lyrics  to  a  song  before 
walking  into  the  studio 
to  record  it. 

The  result  is  Conver- 
sation With  the  Prophet, 
the  second  album  of  his 
long  and  oddly  paced 
career.  Conversation's 
sound  is  eclectic  but 
seamless,  spontaneous 
yet  polished.  The  al- 
bum manages  to  move 
from  standard  jazz  bal- 
lads to  more  driven  pop 
songs  without  sounding 
forced  or  awkward.  As 
Morra  says,  "I'm  not 
sure  how  we  got  from 


point  A  to  point  B,  but 
it  works." 

The  same  sentiments 
could  be  applied  to  his 
career.  After  spending 
the  majority  of  the 
Eighties  building  his 
reputation  in  the  New 
York  nightclub  scene — 
to  the  point  where  his 
name  on  the  bill  could 
sell  out  a  venue — Mor- 
ra took  an  unexpected 
turn  along  the  path  to 
music  stardom:  He  be- 
came a  lawyer. 

The  odyssey  began  at 
Duke,  actually,  where 
Morra  performed  his 
original  works  for  the 
first  time  in  front  of  a 
live  audience.  A  year 
after  graduation,  he 
moved  to  New  York 
City  to  become  a  pro- 
fessional musi- 
cian. His  first 
gig  had  an 
audience  of 
six.  But  by 
placing  sign- 
up sheets  on 
nightclub 
tables,  he  was 
able  to  keep  a 
list  of  people 
interested  in 
his  music  and 
update  them 
on  his  performance 
schedule.  With  an 
album  pressed  in  1986 
and  a  positive  review 
from  the  New  York  Post 
("One  of  the  most 
blindingly  musical 
experiences  in  this 
town,  and  one  you 
really  shouldn't  miss," 
wrote  critic  Bob  Har- 
rington), Morra  gained 
credibility  with  both 
club  managers  and 
audience  members. 

A  quirky  twist  of  fate 
even  landed  him  a  spo- 
radic role  on  the  soap 
opera  One  Life  to  Live. 
He  and  singer  Shelly 
Burch — who  had  a 
role  on  the  show  — 
were  performing 
together  one  night 
when  ABC's  director 
for  daytime  television 
caught  their  act.  As 
Morra  explains  it, 
"After  the  show  was 
over,  she  approached 
Shelly  and  said,  'Why 
aren't  we  doing  this  on 
One  Life  to  LiveV  And 


Musician  and  attorney  Morra:  "I'm  not  sure  how 
we  got  from  point  A  to  point  B,  but  it  works" 


Shelly  said,  'Well,  you 
know  better  than  I  do, 
my  character  doesn't 
sing,  and  Joe's  not  even 
on  the  show.'  And 
[ABC's  director]  said, 
'Oh,  we  can  fix  that.'  " 

Three  months  later, 
Burch's  character  had 
gone  from  being  a  fash- 
ion designer  to  living 
out  her  dream  of  be- 
coming a  nightclub 
singer.  Morra  was  cast 
as  himself. 

Before  landing  the 
role,  Morra  had  sent  off 
applications  to  law 
school.  His  New  York 
lifestyle  no  longer 
seemed  ideal.  The 
Eighties  were  drawing 
to  a  close,  the  quality 
of  life  in  New  York  was 
heading  downhill,  and 
a  Washington  law 
school  beckoned.  So 
he  left. 

"The  key  is  that  I 
don't  feel  like  I  walked 
away,"  says  Morra.  "In 
the  back  of  my  mind,  I 
knew  that  I  would  end 
up  doing  something 
more  with  the  academic 
side  of  my  life.  But  I 
don't  feel  like  I've  really 
stopped  anything.  I've 
just  transformed  how  I 
balance  the  two." 

For  a  couple  of  years, 
that  balance  shifted 
heavily  away  from 
music.  First  law  school, 
then  a  clerking  job, 
then  a  position  in  a  pri- 
vate firm  kept  Morra 


from  indulging  his 
musical  side  as  much 
as  desired.  But  last 
February  he  began 
working  at  the  U.S. 
Securities  and  Ex- 
change Commission's 
division  of  market  reg- 
ulation, a  position  that 
still  leaves  him  time  for 
his  music.  The  job 
change  itself  gave  him 
a  month-long  break 
that  he  used  to  record 
the  majority  of  Con- 
versation With  the 
Prophet.  Its  release 
comes  a  full  thirteen 
years  after  the  debut  of 
his  first  album.  (He 
also  developed  his  own 


www.joemorra.com.) 
"Being  on  stage  is 
something  I  enjoy,  but 
it's  not  something  that 
I  need  to  do,  at  least 
not  as  regularly  as  most 
people  would  think," 
Morra  says.  "I'd  rather 
concentrate  most  of  my 
efforts  on  writing  and 
recording  music  and 
having  the  music  out 
there  doing  the  per- 
forming for  me.  I  think 
that's  the  beauty  of 
having  a  law  job.  A  lot 
of  times  people  are  on 
stage  all  the  time 
because  that's  their 
income.  I  don't  have  to 
worry  about  that." 


-Adam  Winer  '99 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


Laundry  and  Dry  Cleaners  in  1965.  He  was  a  past 

supervisor  for  the  town  of  Willing  and  a  member  ot  the 

Willing  Volunteer  Fire  Department.  He  is  survived  by  a 

nephew  and  several  nieces. 

Robert  L.  Brownlow  Sr.  '36  of  Wilmington,  N.C., 

on  April  15,  1998. 

Ruth  Bowman  Hardwick'36ofWaynesville, 

N.C.,  in  August  1997. 

Bruce  C.  Hastings  '36  of  Black  Mountain,  N.C. 

Mem  Plyler  Anthony  Lamb  '36  on  Jan.  22. 

She  is  survived  by  her  husband,  John,  two  daughters, 

three  grandsons,  and  a  brother,  Marion  T.  Plyler 

Jr.  '30,  M.D.  '34. 


'36  of  St.  Augus- 
tine, Fla.,  on  Aug.  26,  1998.  She  had  taught  at  schools 
in  Mississippi  and  Tennessee  and  was  a  professor  at 
Southeastern  Louisiana  University.  During  World  War 
II,  she  worked  for  the  Red  Cross  in  France  and 
Germany.  She  is  survived  by  a  son  and  three  brothers. 

Martha  Ballay  Pratt  '36,  of  Pittsburgh,  Pa.,  on 
Nov.  4,  of  lung  cancer.  She  had  worked  at  the  Cech- 
oslavakia  embassy  in  the  Thirties  and  was  an  assistant 
librarian  at  the  Library  of  Congress  until  1941.  She  is 
survived  by  a  daughter  and  two  grandchildren. 

Robert  D.  Martin  B.S.M.E.  '37  of  Rutherford,  N.J., 
on  Dec.  3.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Margaret 
Ellis  Martin  '37;  and  a  daughter,  Joan  Kathryn 
Martin  Lyles  70 

Virginia  Bennett  McDavid  R.N.  '37,  B.S.N.  '38 
on  May  30,  1998.  She  worked  briefly  at  Duke  Hospital 
before  teaching  at  a  nursing  school  in  Tuscaloosa,  Ala. 
After  special  training  at  UNC,  she  became  a  public- 
health  nurse  in  Greenville  and  Marlboro  counties  in 
South  Carolina.  During  World  War  II,  she  worked  with 
the  Army  in  the  distribution  of  surplus  medical  sup- 
plies. After  retiring  from  nursing  in  1970,  she  worked 
for  the  Office  of  Economic  Opportunity  in  South 
Carolina.  She  is  survived  by  three  sisters  and  a  niece. 

W.  Wiley  Reel  '37  of  Belleville,  Mich.,  in  May  1996. 

Betty  Claire  Jennings  Cox  '38  of  Burlington, 

N.C,  on  Jan.  22,  1998. 

Elizabeth  Tobey  Ward  '38  of  Cloudland,  Ga.,  on 

March  12,  1998. 

Alden  Parker  Cleaves  Ph.D.  '39  of  Reston,  Va. 

Charles  F.  French  Jr.  '39  of  Colt's  Neck,  N.J.,  on 
Nov.  20.  He  was  a  retired  banker.  He  is  survived  by  his 
wife,  Anita;  a  daughter,  Christie  French  Snow 

'68;  and  two  grandchildren. 


M.Ed.  '39  of  Jackson, 
Miss.,  in  April  1996. 

Robert  C.  Rand  '39,  A.M.  '40  of  Fulton,  Md.,  on 
Feb.  8.  A  mathematician,  he  worked  for  the  Johns 
Hopkins  University  Applied  Physics  Laboratory  from 
1948  until  retiring  in  1982.  He  earned  his  Ph.D.  from 
the  University  of  Maryland.  A  Navy  veteran  of  World 
War  II,  he  taught  math  as  a  civilian  at  the  U.S.  Naval 
Academy  at  Annapolis  from  1946  to  1948.  He  is 
survived  by  his  wife,  Eloise;  three  children;  four  grand- 
children; and  three  great-grandchildren. 


i  F.  Groesbeck  B.S.C.E.  '40  of  Micco, 
Fla.,  on  Jan.  14.  An  Army  veteran  of  World  War  II,  he 
later  worked  for  the  state  of  New  York  as  a  licensed 
engineer.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Betty;  two  daughters; 
a  sister;  and  four  grandchildren. 

Roy  P.  Miller  '40  of  Aurora,  Ohio,  on  Oct.  27,  1998. 

Harold  S.  Schultz  A.M.  '40,  Ph.D.  '43  of  Burling- 
ton, Vt.,  on  Jan.  19.  He  taught  history  at  Elon  College 
in  North  Carolina  before  serving  in  the  Navy  during 
World  War  II.  He  then  taught  history  at  the  University 


of  Vermont  and  was  a  Fulbright  lecturer  in  American 
history  at  Makerere  College,  in  Kampala,  Uganda.  He 
is  survived  by  his  wife,  Jacquelyn;  four  children;  and 
three  grandchildren. 

Charles  Cornell  Steirly  M.F  '40  of  Waverly,  Va. 


Jr.  '41  of  Orlando,  Fla.,  on 
Jan.  22.  While  serving  in  the  Navy  during  World  War 
II,  he  was  sent  to  the  Panama  Canal  Zone,  where  he 
later  became  a  marine  traffic  controller  until  retiring 
in  1974-  He  moved  to  Orlando,  whete  he  became  a 
tournament-quality  bridge  player  and  competed 
nationally.  He  is  survived  by  three  daughters,  three 
grandchildren,  and  a  great-grandson. 

Ellen  Sherrill  Cuthbertson  '41  of  Borger,  Texas, 
on  Jan.  29.  She  is  survived  by  a  son  and  two  grand- 
daughtets. 


Leys  '41  of  Lake  Bluff,  111.,  on  Jan.  30.  He 
was  vice  president  and  adviser  to  three  chairmen  of 
the  board  at  Allstate  Insurance  Co.  After  serving  in 
the  Navy  in  World  War  II,  he  earned  a  law  degree  at 
New  York  University.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Lois;  a 
son,  Jeffrey;  a  brother;  and  three  grandchildren. 


M.D.  '43  of  Jupiter,  Fla.,  on  June  24, 
1998.  During  World  War  II,  he  served  as  a  battalion 
surgeon  in  Japan.  He  was  an  associate  professor  of 
orthopedic  sutgery  at  the  Bowman  Gtay  School  of 
Medicine  in  Winston-Salem  before  moving  to  Palm 
Beach  to  continue  his  practice.  He  is  survived  by  two 
children;  a  brothet,  Linville  Franklin  Young  '50; 
a  sister;  and  a  niece,  Mary  Ellen  Young  '71. 
Olive  Douglas  Baldwin  Auger  R.N.  44,  B.S.N. 
'44  of  Goldsboro,  N.C,  on  July  30,  1998. 
James  Gray  Latham  '44  of  Fayetteville,  N.C,  in 
October  1997. 

t  M.D.  '44  of  Kirkwood,  Mo.,  on 


A.  Joy  '45  of  Ventnor,  N.J.,  on  Oct.  2,  1998. 

F.  Vogel  '45  of  Toms  River,  N.J.,  on  Sept.  9, 
1998.  During  World  War  II,  he  served  in  the  Navy  as  a 
torpedo  bomber  pilot  aboard  the  USS  intrepid.  He  is 
survived  by  his  wife,  Elsie;  a  son;  two  daughters;  and  a 
granddaughter. 

Ruth  Kansteiner  Way  '45  of  Cleveland  Heights, 
Ohio,  on  Oct.  17,  1998.  She  is  survived  by  a  sister, 
Joan  Kansteiner  Berthoud  '49;  three  daughters; 
and  eight  grandchildren. 

James  C.  Wickstrom  '45  of  Suffem,  N.Y.,  in 
November  1989. 

Marian  Johnson  Rhodes  '46  of  Winchester,  Va., 
on  June  22,  1995. 

Thomas  Manning  Daniel  '47,  M.D  '51  of 
Smithfield,  N.C,  on  Feb.  12.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife, 
Ruth  Pegram  Daniel  R.N.'47,  B.S.N.'47;  four 
daughters,  including  Beth  Daniel  Osborne  B.S.N. 
'77;  a  brother;  and  two  sisters. 

Betty  Murchison  Vestal  '47  of  Rocky  Mount, 
N.C,  on  Oct.  19,  1997.  She  taught  Sunday  School  at 
First  Presbyterian  Church.  She  is  survived  by  a  daughter, 
a  son,  a  sister,  a  brother,  and  a  grandson. 

Wilfred  Lockhart  Phelps  '48  of  Cedar  Grove, 
N.C,  on  Jan.  28.  A  World  War  II  Naval  Air  Corps 
veteran,  he  owned  and  operated  Phelps  Store  and 
Restaurant.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Nancy;  two 
daughters;  a  sister;  and  four  grandchildren. 

Albert  McDavid  Sharpe  '49  of  Lumberton,  N.C, 
on  March  1.  He  was  a  civic  leader  and  a  former  co- 
publisher  of  The  Robesonian  newspaper  in  Lumberton. 
He  was  a  Air  Force  vetetan  of  World  War  II.  He  was  a 
past  chair  of  the  board  of  trustees  of  Southeastern 


A  Charitable 
Annuity: 

The  Gift 
That  Pays 


In  exchange  for  a  gift  of 
$10,000  or  more,  Duke  can 
offer  you  (or  you  and  another 
named  beneficiary)  a  fixed 
annual  income  for  life. 

Your  ages,  your  financial 
needs,  and  current  interest 
rates  determine  the  annuity 
rate  Duke  can  offer. 


Some  Sample 

Rates 

Your  Age 
60 

70 

75 

Annuity 
6.5% 
7.5% 
8.0% 

Your  Ages 

Annuity 

70/68 
75/73 

6.5% 
7.0% 

Annuity  rates  are  subject  to 
change.   Once  your  gift  is  made, 
the  annuity  rate  remains  fixed. 


Please  allow  us  to  send  you 
a  proposal  by  contacting: 

Duke  University 

Office  of  Planned  Giving 

Box  90606 

2127  Campus  Drive 

Durham,  NC  27708-0606 

919-681-0464  (Phone) 
919-684-9731  (Fax) 

planned.giving@dev.duke.edu  (Email) 
www.dukecomm.duke.edu  (Web) 


September-October  1999        33 


Regional  Medical  Center,  co-founder  of  Town  &. 
Counry  Bank,  and  past  chair  of  the  Wachovia  Bank 
board  of  trustees.  He  was  the  national  director  of  the 
Junior  Chamber  of  Commerce  in  1959-60  and  received 
the  Clint  Dunagan  Memorial  Award  for  outstanding 
service.  He  served  as  president  and  vice  president  ot 
the  N.C.  Chamber  of  Commerce,  earning  the  Lifetime 
Membership/Distinguished  Service  Award.  He  is  sur- 
vived by  his  wife,  Patricia;  four  children;  a  brother, 
John  A.  Sharpe  Jr.  '32;  three  grandchildren;  and  a 
nephew,  John  Allen  Sharpe  III  '80. 

Jean  Gatlin  Bowers  B.S.N.  '50  of  New  Bern,  N.C, 
on  Dec.  10.  She  is  survived  by  her  husband,  Robert; 
three  daughters,  including  Susan  Bowers  Guptill 

B.S.N.  75;  and  five  grandchildren. 
Joseph  Herbert  Hogan  '50  of  Hillsborough, 
N.C,  on  Jan.  11.  He  is  survived  by  several  nieces  and 
nephews. 

Murray  B.  Hunter  M.D.  '50  of  Grosse  Pointe  Park, 
Mich.,  on  Dec.  17.  The  World  War  II  veteran  stayed  in 
France  to  help  locate  family  members  of  hidden  Jewish 
children.  After  receiving  his  medical  degree,  he  spent 
25  years  treating  coal  miners  and  their  families  in 
Appalachia,  and,  in  1969.  lobbied  tor  passage  of  the 
federal  Coal  Mine  Health  and  Safety  Act.  He  is  sur- 
vived by  his  wife,  Lynn;  three  daughters;  a  brother;  and 
three  grandchildren. 

John  L.  McAdams  '50  of  Greensboro,  N.C, 

on  Dec.  7.  He  served  in  the  Army  during  World  War  II 

on  a  tour  of  Germany.  He  is  survived  by  a  sister  and 

two  brothers. 

George  E.  Binda  '51  of  E.  Falmouth,  Mass.,  on 

Nov.  24. 

Erma  Maude  Butler  Plough  B.S.N.Ed.  '51  of 

Round  Rock,  Texas,  on  Nov.  D.  A  nursing  instructor, 

she  had  served  in  the  Army  Nurse  Corps  in  1945-46. 

She  is  survived  by  her  husband,  Paul;  a  son;  a  daughter; 

three  sisters;  a  stepbrother;  and  seven  grandchildren. 

Mary  Eleanor  Webb  '51  on  Oct.  9, 1998.  She  is 
survived  by  a  sister. 

Theodore  D.  Gardiner  '52  of  Oakland,  Calif.,  on 
May  29,  1992.  A  physician,  he  earned  his  M.D.  at  the 
University  ot  Maryland.  He  is  survived  by  two  sisters. 

Pansy  Barker  Hedrick  '52  of  Durham,  on  Feb. 
22,  of  cancer.  She  worked  briefly  at  Duke  Medical 
Center  before  raising  her  family.  In  recent  years,  until 
1993,  she  was  co-owner  of  Images,  a  women's  clothing 
store  at  South  Square  Mall.  She  is  survived  by  her 
husband,  James;  two  daughters;  a  son,  James 
Taylor  Hedrick  Jr.  J.D  '94;  and  a  sister. 

Raymond  B.  Hooker  Jr.  '52  of  Winston-Salem, 
N.C,  on  March  20.  He  did  postgraduate  work  at 
George  Washington  University  and  Wake  Forest 
University  before  serving  in  the  Air  Force  during  the 
Korean  War  as  an  associate  in  the  C.I.A.  in  Washing- 
ton, D.C  He  then  moved  to  Winston-Salem  and 
joined  R.J.  Reynolds  Tobacco  Co.,  where  he  worked 
for  35  years  as  a  media  executive. 

Ned  M.  Ross  PT  Cert.  '52  of  Jonesborough,  N.C, 
on  Oct.  15,  1998.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Muriel; 
three  daughters;  and  too  grandchildren. 

E.  John  Winters  M.F.  '52  of  Thunder  Bay,  Ontario, 
Canada. 


ie'53ofFortBelvoir,Va 
on  Feb.  17.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Sai 
Buie  RN.  '47. 

Mary  Rebekah  Wilson  Ignelzi  '54  of  Durham, 
on  Feb.  25.  She  lived  in  Pittsburgh  for  30  years  until 
moving  to  Durham  in  1987.  She  is  survived  by  her 
husband,  Michael;  two  sons;  a  daughter;  her  mother; 
and  five  grandchildren. 


John  R.  MacEwen  B.S.E.E.  '55  of  Little  River, 
N.C,  on  March  19,  1998.  An  Army  veteran,  he  worked 
for  DuPont  until  retiring  in  1986.  He  is  survived  by  his 
mother,  Louise;  an  aunt;  and  several  cousins. 

Sam  Silbergeld  M.D.  '55  on  Jan.  3.  He  was  a 
biochemist  and  psychiatrist  who  retired  from  the 
Public  Health  Service  in  1987  as  administrator  of  the 
geriatrics  program  at  St.  Elizabeth's  Hospital.  He 
earned  his  bachelor's  at  Blackburn  College  and  the 
University  of  Chicago,  and  his  master's  and  Ph.D.,  both 
in  biochemistry,  at  the  University  of  Illinois,  Urbana- 
Champaign.  He  had  been  chief  of  the  biopsychosocial 
clinical  research  section  at  the  National  Institute  of 
Mental  Health.  After  retiring,  he  was  a  psychiatrist  at 
Sheppard  Pratt  Institute  in  Baltimore  and  taught  at  the 
University  of  Maryland.  He  is  survived  by  four  chil- 
dren, including  Daniel  L.  Silbergeld  '79,  and  five 

grandchildren. 

Ruth  Ann  Coffman  '56  of  Placitas,  N.M.,  in  April 

1998. 

Ruth  Caroline  Reid  A.H.Cert.  '56  of  Cullowhee, 

N.C,  in  November  1996. 

Anne  Lindgren  Walling  B.S.N.  '57  of  Kansas  City, 
Mo.,  on  Dec.  11. 

Ruth  Foster  Campbell  Ph.D.  '58  of  Jamestown, 
N.C,  on  Jan  21. 

Sarah  Ann  Lindsay  '59  of  Charlottesville,  Va.,  on 
Jan.  12.  She  was  a  medical  technologist  at  Martha 
Jefferson  Hospital  and  a  member  of  the  teaching  staff 
at  the  fonner  University  of  Virginia  Medical  Technology 
School.  She  is  survived  by  a  sister  and  two  aunts. 

Robert  E.  Edwards  '60  of  Mt.  Holly,  N.Y.,  on 
Aug.  17,  1998.  He  served  as  minister  to  various  church- 
es  throughout  North  Carolina.  He  is  survived 
by  four  children,  four  grandchildren,  and  a  sister. 

William  Jackson  Galbraith  '60  in  August  1994. 

Marguerite  Constance  Hogue  M.R.E.  '60  of 
Seattle,  Wash.,  in  August  1996. 

Philip  J.  Galanti  M.A.T  '65  of  Mesa,  Ariz.,  in 
October  1996. 

A.  Edgar  Miller  Jr.  M.D.  '66  of  Lighthouse  Point, 
Fla.,  on  Dec.  18.  He  completed  his  medical  training  in 
dermatology  at  the  University  of  Miami,  where  he 
became  a  voluntary  professor  at  its  medical  school  and 
served  on  the  Advisory  Committee  on  Voluntary 
Faculty  Appointments  and  Promotions.  He  is  survived 
by  his  wife,  Daryl;  a  daughter;  and  his  mother. 


an  '66  of  Seattle,  Wash.,  on  Jan. 
31.  She  taught  high  school  English  and  poetry  at  the 
Bush  School  in  Seattle.  In  1990,  she  enrolled  at  the 
University  ot  Washington  for  her  master's  degree  and 
doctorate  in  comparative  literature.  She  received  her 
MA.  in  1994  and  was  recognised  by  the  university  for 
her  work  toward  her  Ph.D.  She  was  the  author  of 
books  on  her  and  her  husl  inJ '-  t.imilv  history.  She  is 
survived  by  her  husband,  John  Austin  Ryan  Jr. 
'66;  two  sons;  her  parents;  three  brothers;  and  a  sister, 
Jane  Stubbs  Scofield  70. 

Virginia  Bogan  Gilmore  A.M.'70ofLaJolla, 
Calif.,  on  June  3,  1997.  She  worked  many  years  for 
Convair  and  General  Dynamics  before  coming  to 
Duke.  In  1978,  she  began  working  in  the  La  Jolla 
real  estate  office  of  Bray  and  Associates.  She  is 
survived  by  a  daughter,  Virginia;  two  grandchildren; 
a  sister;  and  a  brother. 

Martha  Ellen  Loyd  M.Div.  71  of  Oakmont,  Pa.,  on 
Feb.  13,  of  ovarian  cancer.  A  United  Methodist  minis- 
ter, she  was  one  of  the  first  10  women  clergy  to  be 
elected  as  a  delegate  to  the  U.M.  General  Conference 
in  1976.  For  the  WVa.  Conference,  she  chaired  the 
Conference  Council  on  Ministries  from  1976  to  1980 


and  the  Conference  Commission  on  the  Status  and 
Role  of  Women  from  1972  to  1976.  From  1979  to  1985, 
she  was  campus  minister  at  Marshall  University  in 
Huntington,  WVa.,  where  she  was  president  of  the 
Huntington  Ministerial  Association  in  1983-84  and 
president  of  the  Faculty  Women's  Association  in  1984- 
85.  She  is  survived  by  three  sisters  and  rwo  brothers. 

Teuvo  Mathias  Airola  Ph.D.  77  of  Califon,  N.J., 
on  Jan.  26. 

Lucy  Atkinson  Rose  Th.M.  78  of  Decatur,  Ga., 

on  July  17,  1997-  She  was  an  associate  professor  of 
preaching  at  Columbia  Theological  Seminary. 

Joseph  F.  Unanue  79  of  San  Juan,  Puerto  Rico, 
and  Manhattan,  on  Nov.  29.  He  earned  his  M.B.A.  at 
UNC-Chapel  Hill  and  worked  for  his  family's  company, 
Goya  Foods  Inc.  In  1989,  he  became  general  manager 
and  vice  president  of  Goya  de  Puerto  Rico.  In  1996,  he 
was  named  second  in  command  after  his  father  at  the 
New  Jersey  headquarters.  He  is  survived  by  three 
daughters,  his  parents,  four  sisters,  and  a  brother. 

Richard  L.  Garbus  J.D.  '83  on  Sept.  2, 1998.  He 
was  a  commercial  litigation  attorney  in  New  Yotk  City. 
He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  Margaret;  two  daughters;  a 
son;  his  mother;  and  a  sister. 


r  Gwin  Ph.D.  '83  of  Charlottesville, 
Va.,  on  Dec.  31.  She  was  deputy  director  of  the  Federal 
Executive  Institute  and  a  member  of  the  board  for  the 
Center  for  the  Study  of  the  Presidency.  She  is  survived 
by  her  husband,  John,  and  two  sons. 

Lori  Ann  Zonner  A.H.Cert.  '94  of  Charlottesville, 
Va.,  on  April  4,  1997. 
Professor  Connery 

Robert  H.  Connery,  a  political  scientist,  died  July  3  of 
cancer  in  Falls  Church,  Virginia.  He  was  90. 

Connery  was  a  professor  of  economics  for  fifteen 
years  until  leaving  Duke  in  1965  to  become  deputy 
city  administrator  of  New  York  City.  Before  coming  to 
Duke,  he  was  an  associate  professor  at  Catholic  Uni- 
versity and  director  of  the  Commission  on  American 
Citizenship.  As  a  Navy  reserve  officer  during  World 
War  II,  he  was  a  historian  on  the  staff  of  Navy 
Secretary  James  Forrestal. 

He  was  a  senior  staff  member  ot  the  Brookings 
Institution,  where  he  did  research  on  foreign  affairs,  in 
the  early  Fifties.  He  taught  at  Stanford  University  and 
Duke,  and  retired  in  1979  from  Columbia  University, 
where  he  was  an  emeritus  professor  ot  public  law  and 
government.  He  then  served  as  executive  director  of 
the  New  York  City  Commission  on  Modern  Zoning. 

There  are  no  immediate  survivors. 

Admissions  Director  Persons 

The  former  director  of  admissions  tor  the  Woman's 
College,  Elizabeth  Anderson  Persons  '22, 
A.M.  '28,  died  July  8  at  her  Durham  home.  She  was 
97.  She  headed  the  admissions  office  from  1945  to  1971. 

She  returned  to  Duke  in  1930  after  a  year's  fellow- 
ship at  the  University  of  Pennsylvania  and  became  a 
house  counselor  at  the  Woman's  College.  She  moved 
up  the  administtative  ladder  to  become  assistant  to 
the  dean  of  the  college,  dean  of  freshman,  and  then 
director  of  admissions.  The  men's  and  women's  col- 
leges merged  in  1972. 

Born  in  Haw  River,  North  Carolina,  she  earned  a 
diploma  at  Peace  Junior  College,  now  Peace  College, 
in  Raleigh  before  entering  Duke  in  1920.  After  earning 
her  bachelor's,  she  taught  fifth  gtade  in  Burlington, 
history  and  civics  in  High  Point,  and  English  in  Durham 
before  returning  to  Duke  for  her  master's  in  history. 

She  is  survived  by  her  husband,  Walter  Scott 
"Jack"  Persons  Jr.  '32,  the  former  swimming 
and  lacrosse  coach  and  professor  in  the  physical  edu- 
cation department  at  Duke;  a  son,  Walter  S. 

Ill  '67;  a  grandson;  and  thtee  nephews. 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


ROMANTIC 
ART 


Editors: 

I  write  in  response  to  the  news  that  the 
director  of  the  Duke  art  museum  hung  a  show 
of  covers  of  "romance  novels,"  not  to  be  con- 
fused with  novels  from  the  English  Romantic 
era  or  novels  written  in  the  Romance  lan- 
guages ["Burnishing  the  Golden  Age  of  Art," 
January- February  1999]. 

Having  been  attacked  in  these  pages  as  a 
"reactionary  grammarian"  for  insisting  that 
"graduate"  is  an  intransitive  verb,  I  risk  cal- 
umny once  again  to  insist  that  Duke  maintain 
the  exemplary  standard.  I  thought  we  had  re- 
solved this  issue  in  1968  when  we  resolved  to 
be  the  best  university  in  the  world.  Except  in 
the  arts,  we  have  moved  along  that  continu- 
um quite  nicely,  in  spite  of  the  alumni  who 
read  popular  magazines  and  are  influenced  by 
those  standards. 

Efforts  at  "democratizing"  art  to  the  point 
that  someone  would  deign  to  hang  a  show  of 
"romance  novels"  covers  in  Duke's  art  muse- 
um began  at  the  beginning  of  the  twentieth 
century  with  the  revolutionary  workers  move- 
ment. Theorists  for  the  revolution  thought 
that  the  demise  of  the  bourgeois/feudal  state 
apparatus  would  liberate  the  masses  to  be  cre- 
ative in  the  arts.  What  they  did  not  under- 
stand is  that  true  art  eludes  rational  intellect. 
We  cannot  will  great  art  any  more  than  we 
can  define  great  art  except  to  say  it  lasts. 

If  we  are  going  to  be  the  best  university  in 
the  world,  we  have  got  to  have  the  best  uni- 
versity art  museum  in  the  world.  All  hail 
Raymond  Nasher  for  donating  money  for  the 
building.  Now  let  us  find  a  museum  director 
who  can  see  to  fill  it  with  great  art. 

David  M.  Henderson  '68 
Tyler,  Texas 


'DISCRIMINATORY' 
HIRING 

Editors: 

I  read  "Making  Gains  in  Hiring"  ["Update," 
May-June  1999]  and  could  not  believe  that 
Duke  was  once  again  embarking  on  a  dis- 


criminatory faculty  hiring  program.  It  appears 
from  general  reading  that  affirmative  action 
programs  have  been  thoroughly  discredited, 
but  evidently  the  powers-that-be  at  Duke 
don't  read  the  same  things. 

Duke  has  a  need-blind  undergraduate 
admissions  program  that  is  a  model  of  every- 
thing right.  Why  do  you  not  have  a  color- 
blind faculty-hiring  program?  What  the  uni- 
versity is  doing  damages  students  by  creating 
the  possibility  that  they  might  not  be  studying 
with  the  best  professor  available.  You  are 
unfair  to  hard-working  professors  who  might 
lose  a  position  for  which  they  are  the  best 
qualified  because  they  are  not  the  right  color, 
and  I  am  amazed  if  one  of  them  does  not  sue 
the  university  and  win. 

I  am  color-blind  racially  and  appreciate 
what  you  are  trying  to  do,  but  you  cannot  do 
it  this  way.  You  can  make  it  known  that  you 
are  seeking  minority  professors  and  will  give 
them  every  chance,  but  you  cannot  in  fairness 
refuse  any  best-qualified  candidate  in  favor  of 
a  less-qualified  person  of  a  preferred  race.  I 
am  ashamed  of  the  university  for  trying. 

Fred  Dennerline  '48 
Palm  City,  Florida 


LANGUAGE 
LEARNING 


Editors: 

Having  just  read  "Making  the  Foreign  Fa- 
miliar" [May-June  1999]  regarding  the  new 
emphasis  on  teaching  foreign  languages  at 
Duke,  I  am  reminded  of  "The  Emperor's  New 
Clothes."  This  sounds  like  some  foreign-lan- 
guage bureaucrats  have  sold  a  bill  of  goods  to 
the  students  of  Duke. 

Does  anyone  really  think  that  the  students 
who  otherwise  would  not  have  elected  a  foreign 
language  are  going  to  learn  a  foreign  language 
with  sufficient  proficiency  to  converse  with 
a  foreigner  in  their  language?  A  few  catch 
phrases  may  be  learned,  a  few  questions  such 
as  "How  much  does  it  cost?"  and  "Where  do  I 
find  the  bathroom?"  may  be  achieved.  But 
nothing  of  any  greater  significance.  In  fact, 
the  "foreigners"  will  want  to  speak  English. 
Not  only  are  they  more  proficient  in  English, 
they  want  to  practice  their  English. 


It  is  hoped  that  Ingeborg  Walther  [director 
of  the  German  language  program]  is  not  to  be 
taken  seriously  with  the  quote  attributed  to 
her  that  "Americans  are  kind  of  laughed  at  by 
many  Europeans  as  being  superficial  and 
ignorant"  because  they  do  not  speak  a  foreign 
language.  Those  non-Americans  have  learned 
a  foreign  language  due  to  their  close  proximity 
to  other  countries;  and,  second,  their  foreign 
language  of  choice  is  English.  Hearing  Ameri- 
cans stumble  over  a  few  foreign  phrases  is  not 
going  to  make  these  non-  Americans  now  con- 
sider Americans  to  be  educated  and  cultured. 

If  a  foreign  language  must  be  taught  at  all 
for  those  students  who  are  not  drafted  into 
the  course,  then  the  course  should  be  taught 
only  in  the  present  tense  so  that  the  student 
has  a  chance  to  learn  the  "gist"  of  foreign 
conversation.  Certainly  this  type  of  program 
will  not  be  favored  by  the  foreign-language 
bureaucrats.  No  doubt  it  would  result  in  less 
employment  for  them,  although  the  students 
might  actually  have  a  better  chance  of  mak- 
ing some  use  of  the  foreign  language. 

Perhaps  I  am  wrong.  Perhaps  the  emperor 
does  look  better  without  any  clothes. 

Carle  A.  Feltonjr.  70 
Jacksonville,  Florida 


Editors: 

I  applaud  the  direction  of  the  new  Cur- 
riculum 2000  and  its  accompanying  return  to 
the  foreign-language  requirement.  New  chal- 
lenges in  undergraduate  education  are  cer- 
tainly necessary  as  our  high-school  graduates 
today  are  entering  college  with  more  knowl- 
edge, more  skills,  and  more  varied  and  excit- 
ing experiences  than  ever  before.  However, 
before  Dr.  [Clare]  Tufts  and  her  language  task 
force  get  carried  away  with  their  "new  ad- 
vances" in  second-language  learning,  let  me 
bring  up  some  history  that  got  missed  in  their 
shallow  background  checks. 

In  Cleveland,  Ohio,  in  the  early  1920s  or 
before,  the  public  schools,  in  conjunction  with 
(then)  Western  Reserve  University,  brought 
in  a  renowned  French  educator  named  Emile 
de  Sauze,  who  changed  the  whole  approach 
to  teaching  foreign  languages.  When  students 
entered  a  French  classroom,  for  example,  the 
teacher  might  say,  pleasantly,  "Fermez  la  pone, 
s'il  vous  plait."  And  from  that  moment,  only 
French  could  be  spoken.  Yes,  learning  became 


September-October  1999 


35 


fun  under  the  guidance  of  trained  teachers. 
Yes,  the  texts  introduced  the  fundamentals  of 
pronunciation  along  with  grammar.  Yes,  we 
spent  many  hours  conjugating  verbs — and 
had  fun  doing  them.  Yes,  we  learned  French 
culture,  French  jokes  (bon  mots) ,  French  his- 
tory, French  heroes,  French  geography.  Where 
did  [Provost  Peter]  Lange  and  Dr.  Tufts  learn 
their  languages?  Was  Cleveland  that  far  away? 

I  began  the  program  late — in  the  seventh 
grade,  in  an  immigrant,  inner-city  school,  not 
in  an  affluent  suburb.  In  the  summertime, 
some  of  us  got  to  participate  in  demonstra- 
tion classes  at  Western  Reserve,  where  teach- 
ers from  all  over  the  U.S.  and  Canada  came 
to  study  the  "Cleveland  Plan."  By  the  tenth 
grade,  I  was  reading  Les  Miserables  (abridged, 
of  course)  and  Cyrano  de  Bergerac.  (Never- 
theless, when  I  came  to  Duke  in  1939, 1  chose 
to  continue  my  Latin  studies,  taught  differ- 
ently, but  no  less  enjoyably,  by  the  most  be- 
loved teacher  in  our  school.  Nor  was  my 
Duke  professor,  Dr.  Rose,  boring;  he  made 
the  Comedies  of  Terence  almost  modern — al- 
most.) 

Too  often  in  the  field  of  education,  we  keep 
reinventing  wheels.  But  that  is  the  result  both 
of  constant  societal  changes  and  of  incom- 
plete research.  Even  at  Duke. 

Irving  J.  Edelman  '43,  A.M.  '47 
Charlotte,  North  Carolina 


CLASSIFIEDS 


'^i 

I  ■  i 

A    ^JHP^M 

fflWMMffllil      M 

^  $ 

^ 

CROOKS  CORNER 

>*^ 

Fine  Southern  Dining 

^      * 

Serving  Dinner 

\  &  Sunday  Brunch 

A.  ...  _%^8 

Bar  &  Dining  room  open  every  night  at  5 

610  W  Franklin  St.  Chapel  Hill,  NC  919-929-7643     .„ 

ACCOMMODATIONS 

ST.  JOHN:  Two  bedrooms,  pool.  Quiet  elegance, 
spectacular  view.  (508)  668-2078. 
PROVENCE,  FRANCE:  Charming  three-bedroom 
home  in  the  heart  of  a  Provencal  village. 
$550/week.  For  brochure,  contact  lrbowler® 
olympia.gse.uci.edu  or  call  (949)  494-7731. 


LONDON  FLATS 

Finest  accommodations  in  central  London 

One,  two,  three  bedrooms  - 

seven-night  minimum  stay 

COTSWOLD  COTTAGES 

PARIS  —  IRELAND  —  ROME 

THE  LONDON  CONNECTION 

Phone:  (801)  393-9120  Fax:  (801)  393-3024 

E-mail:  london"'  relia.net 


DURHAM'S  BEST-KEPT  CHARMING  SECRET 
DUKE  TOWER  RESIDENTIAL  SUITES 

Luxuriously  furnished  all-suite  hotel. 
Award-winning  gardens,  magnificent  outdoor  pool, 

fitness  center,  covered  walking  track,  fully 

equipped  kitchen,  two  remote  control  color  TVs, 

HBO  and  cable,  two  telephones,  free  local  calls, 

call  waiting,  and  voice  mail,  laundry  room, 

fax  and  copier  service,  uniformed  security, 

pets  permitted.  One  minute  from  East  Campus, 

two  minutes  from  West  Campus  and  Duke 

Medical  Center.  Just  streets  away  from  many 

restaurants  and  Northgate  Mall,  fifteen  minutes 

to  RDU  Airport.  For  reservations  and  information, 

call  (919)  687-4444;  fax  (919)  683-1215. 

EDISTO  ISLAND,  SC:  Fantastic  beachfront  house 
sleeping  13.  Great  fall/spring  rates.  Near 
Charleston.  (202)  338-3877  for  information,  pic- 


FIGURE  EIGHT  ISLAND,  WILMINGTON,  NC: 
Four  bedrooms  (two  master  suites),  three  baths. 
Numerous  amenities:  linens,  VCR,  cable,  bikes, 
etc.  Screen  porch,  panoramic  views  sound/ocean. 
Weekly  $2,150.  (910)  686-4099. 


FOR  SALE 


N.C.  MOUNTAINS 
Lake  Lure  Area 

THREE  CREEKS... an  unparalleled  community. 

Only  eighteen  three-acre  homesites  are  being 

developed,  none  contiguous  with  another, 

within  270  acres  of  conserved  land.  This 

surrounding  nature  preserve  is  deeded  to  the 

owners — to  be  enjoyed  by  all.  Abundant 
water  sources,  prominent  waterfalls,  meadows, 

forest,  swim  pond,  trails,  and  library  cabin. 

Protective  covenants  with  architectural  review. 

Paved  roads,  underground  utilities. 

New  sites  available. 

John  Nelson 

241  Three  Creeks  Road 

Lake  Lure,  NC  28746 

(828)  625-4293 


MISCELLANEOUS 

RETIRE  TO  NORTH  CAROLINA! 

FREE  magazines  and  information  available  by  calling 

(800)  SR  LIVING  (775-4846). 


CLASSIFIED  RATES 

GET  IN  TOUCH  WITH  75,000+  potential  buyers, 
renters,  consumers,  through  Duke  Classifieds. 

RATES:  $2.50  per  word,  minimum  10  words.  10 
percent  discount  for  two  or  more  insertions.  DIS- 
PLAY ADS  (with  art  or  special  type  treatment): 
$150  per  column  inch  (2  3/8"  wide). 

REQUIREMENTS:  All  copy  must  be  printed  or 
typed.  Please  specify  section  (FOR  SALE,  etc.)  in 
which  ad  should  appear.  Due  to  postal  regulations, 
no  travel  arrangements  allowed. 

ALL  ADS  MUST  BE  PREPAID:  Send  check  (payable 
to  Duke  Magazine)  to:  Duke  Magazine  Classifieds,  614 
Chapel  Drive,  Durham,  NC  27708-0570. 

We  accept  VISA,  MASTERCARD,  and  DISCOVER. 
No  phone  orders,  except  FAX  orders  with  credit  card 
numbers  and  expiration  date:  (919)  681-1659.  Or 
e-mail:  sam.hull@duke.edu 

NOTE  NEW  DEADLINES:  November  30 
(January-February  issue) ,  January  30  (March- April 
issue),  March  30  (May-June  issue),  May  30  (July- 
August  issue),  July  30  (September-October  issue), 
September  30  (November-December  issue).  Please 
specify  issues  in  which  ad  should  appear. 


DATE 

Someone  Who  Knows 
"mat 

Pas  De  Deux 

Is  NotTTie  Father  of  Twins 

Meet  Fellow 
Graduates  and  Faculty  of 

DUKE, 
The  Ivies,  Seven  Sisters, 
Stanford,  MIT,  Caltech, 

UC  Berkeley, 

U  of  Chicago,  Medical 

Schools  and  a  few  others 


_JhL_ 
RIGHT 

STUFF 

folnlmductionNetmrif 
www.rightstuffdating.com 

800-988-5288 

More  Than  2600  Members! 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


OLD  VALUES  IN 


A  NEW  WORLD 


The  setting:  Madrid,  Spain's 
Parque  Retiro,  on  a  warm, 
early  June  weekend.  In- 
deed, a  setting  typical  of 
what  many  Americans  ex- 
pect in  a  European  city 
— a  majestic,  lush  land- 
scape cast  against  the 
backdrop  of  urban  sprawl.  These  festive  sum- 
mer days  feature  the  opening  weekend  of  the 
fifty-eighth  annual  book  fair.  Fifty-eight  years 
of  literary  tradition,  in  the  form  of  millions  of 
books,  magazines,  and  pamphlets  in  numer- 
ous languages,  battle  for  prominence  against 
the  capitalist  ventures  of  vendors,  corporate 
sponsors,  and  concessioniers. 

Yet  this  modest  milieu  comfortably  frames 
modern  Spain — its  struggles  to  maintain  its 
rich,  relaxed  "older"  culture  and  traditions 
against  the  rapidity  imposed  by  the  arrival  of 
information  technology  and  the  global  mar- 
ket. Indeed,  poet  Antonio  Machado's  eighty- 
two-year-old  assessment  of  his  country's  strug- 
gles on  the  path  to  modernity — his  assertion 
that  one  of  "Two  Spains"  will  blight  the  heart 
of  young  Spaniards — still  rings  true.  Only  this 
time,  the  opposing  sides  in  this  conflict  be- 
tween the  "Two  Spains"  have  changed  char- 
acters and  characteristics. 

Now  the  conflict  between  old  and  new  no 
longer  hinges  simply  on  antiquated  political 
and  religious  distinctions,  but  rather  on  how 
Spain  adapts  to  a  "New  World  Order,"  in  the 
guise  of  the  European  Union,  whose  1993 
Maastricht  Treaty  formally  introduced  Spain 
as  a  full-fledged  member.  As  a  student  this 
past  spring  in  Duke's  Madrid-based  program, 
I  studied  these  concepts  inside  the  comfort- 
able shelter  of  the  college  classroom.  It  was 
when  I  stepped  outside  these  familiar  sur- 
roundings, however,  that  I  finally  observed 
something  of  modern  Spain — and  of  myself. 

I  found  myself  staring  both  "Spains"  right 
in  the  face,  as  part  of  an  international  invasion 
that  has  helped  propel  Spain — economically 
and  politically — yet  has  also  threatened  the 
very  traditions  that  make  Spain,  well,  Spain. 
At  that  very  moment,  however,  my  impres- 
sions of  Spain  hinged  greatly  on  my  very  per- 
sonal reasons  for  being  there.  My  desire  to 
leam  and  understand  other  cultures  was,  may- 
be subconsciously,  secondary  to  my  almost 


TRANSITIONS  IN  SPAIN 

BY  SCOTT  MEISLER 


IN  A  WAY,  I  MYSELF  WAS 

A  DICHOTOMY  PARALLEL 

TO  THAT  OF  THE 

"TWO  SPAINS":  A  PERSON 

THOROUGHLY  AMERICAN, 

YET  WITH  AN  INCREASING 

URGE  TO  FIND  A  REASON 

TO  LEAVE  ALL  OF  THOSE 

BELIEFS  BEHIND. 


internal  necessity  to  shed  a  bit  of  the  materi- 
alism I  had  grown  accustomed  to  at  Duke  and 
at  home.  In  a  way,  I  myself  was  a  dichotomy 
parallel  to  that  of  the  "Two  Spains":  a  person 
thoroughly  American,  yet  with  an  increasing 
urge  to  find  a  reason  to  leave  all  of  those  be- 
liefs behind.  I  was  sick  of  talking  about  what 
graduate  schools  I  was  applying  to,  what  my 
grade  point  average  was,  and  if  I  was  going  to 
take  a  year  off  after  graduation.  Madrid  placed 
before  me  an  unparalleled  cultural  panorama, 
in  addition  to  a  place  where  I  was  free  from 
having  to  drive,  make  important  phone  calls, 
and  answer  questions  about  anything  beyond 
the  end  of  the  summer. 

I  was  suddenly  confronting  a  set  of  issues — 
personal,  academic,  and  global — that  forced 


me  to  reconsider  what  had  made  me  the  per- 
son I  had  been,  and  forced  me  to  determine 
whether  I  could  ever  return  to  being  that  per- 
son, given  all  I  was  seeing  on  a  daily  basis.  For 
me,  self-reliance  was  a  lovely  ideal  I  had 
learned  from  reading  Emerson's  essays  in  high 
school,  but  never  something  I  was  fully  able 
to  apply  to  my  own  existence.  In  Madrid,  self- 
reliance  was  no  longer  an  option.  If  I  could 
not  fend  for  myself,  if  I  could  not  survive  with- 
out the  fast-paced  conveniences  of  my  Ameri- 
can background,  the  closest  I  could  come  to 
crying  to  my  mother  would  be  via  a  rather 
expensive  telephone  call.  Sifting  through  the 
best  of  what  I  knew  and  the  best  of  what  I  was 
experiencing,  I  seemed  to  be  aiming  at  some 
sort  of  alchemical  process  in  which  I  could 
concoct  something  golden  from  two  imper- 
fect cultural  landscapes. 

An  important  feature  of  this  "landscape" 
was,  of  course,  my  home  life  in  this  foreign 
country.  I  lived  with  a  family  whose  relatives 
earned  their  livelihood  as  part  of  the  Franco 
military  establishment.  They  live  well,  follow 
closely  their  Catholic  faith  (some  tenets  more 
than  others),  and  therefore  have  no  com- 
plaints about  the  well-documented  repression 
of  that  era.  Yet  they  fear  the  increasing  for- 
eign presence  in  the  country.  Racially  critical 
comments  were  not  necessarily  commonplace, 
but  after  a  time,  I  am  almost  ashamed  to  ad- 
mit, my  former  shock  did  start  to  fade  when- 
ever I  heard  one  uttered  in  conversation. 

One  day,  I  walked  in  reading  the  newspa- 
per. Newspapers  tend  to  take  on  a  very  politi- 
cal nature,  especially  interesting  to  those 
around  you  who  eagerly  try  to  stamp  you  with 
certain  political  leanings  simply  by  viewing 
your  choice  of  morning  news.  I  was  reading  El 
Pais,  known  as  quite  sympathetic  to  the  So- 
cialist Democracy  party  (PSOE).  The  disap- 
proving nods  said  it  all:  I  had  chosen  the 
wrong  paper  to  read,  and  especially  the  wrong 
paper  to  bring  into  that  house. 

At  first,  with  little  knowledge  of  Spanish 
politics  and  Spanish  political  history,  I  found 
myself  an  outsider  in  this  world  of  easily  iden- 
tifiable political  ties.  But  as  the  semester  wore 
on,  I  marked  my  own  political  boundaries, 
first  by  deciding  which  Spanish  politicians  did 
not  bore  me  completely,  and  later  by  actually 
identifying  their  arguments.  I  was  almost 


September- October  1999        37 


forced  into  political  thought,  because  conver- 
sation inevitably  turned,  especially  in  my 
household,  toward  the  American  politicians 
captured  in  rare  form  during  the  Clinton 
impeachment  debacle.  What  started  out  as  a 
blind  defense  of  American  politics  evolved 
into  my  own  acknowledgment — tacit  or  ex- 
plicit— of  those  imperfections  pointed  out  to 
me  by  those  whose  perspectives  differed  sub- 
stantially from  my  own.  I  began  to  incorpo- 
rate into  my  own  political  vocabulary  some 
key  terms  that  on  American  shores  had 
seemed  to  me  dirty  words.  Socialism,  for  ex- 
ample, became  an  actual  concept,  not  just 
some  stereotype  that  evokes  the  specter  of 


Communism.  Since  my  return,  my  newly  in- 
corporated political  background  has  mani- 
fested itself  throughout  my  daily  life:  When 
someone  mentions  health- care  reform,  for 
instance,  I  can  look  back  to  first-hand  experi- 
ences in  a  country  where  a  government  that 
does  not  guarantee  health  care  for  everyone  is 
unimaginable. 

One  of  the  most  striking  aspects  of  the 
"older"  Spain,  the  one  to  which  my  host  fam- 
ily likened  itself,  would  seem  to  be  its  relative- 
ly lackadaisical  pace.  Just  walk  into  any 
restaurant  and  you  will  discover  this.  Waiters 
there  do  not  usually  have  "stations,"  where 
they  share  responsibilities  with  an  array  of 


The    United    Methodist    Retirement  Homes,  inc. 

|| 5115  S   niikeSlrecl.Siiil.-4nn.    Purlum.    \t~     :-"'l)l     i'H'H  '>Sh-70lh 


food  runners  or  busboys.  Many  bars  and  cafes 
tend  to  be  family-run,  meaning  maybe  one 
waiter  or  bartender  for  the  whole  crowd. 
Dining  out  is  an  event  that,  dominated  by 
conversation,  can  occupy  an  entire  evening, 
and  people  usually  do  not  expect  to  be  pam- 
pered with  extremely  attentive  service.  Still, 
Spaniards  work  extremely  hard  and  get,  on 
average,  an  hour  less  of  sleep  than  other 
Europeans.  Even  the  infamous  afternoon  sies- 
ta has  fallen  victim,  especially  in  the  larger 
cities,  to  time  constraints  imposed  by  modern 
society.  Most  people  have  only  enough  time 
to  return  home — where  a  vast  number  dine 
for  a  late  lunch — and  return  quickly  to  work, 
leaving  them,  obviously,  without  the  precious 
time  for  a  nap. 

Despite  an  apparent  lack  of  what  we  would 
call  "downtime,"  this  lifestyle  does  not  at  all 
resemble  the  fast-paced,  swallow-food-on- 
the-run  pace  of  many  workers,  and,  as  I  know 
first-hand,  Duke  students.  The  extra  impor- 
tance of  the  meals,  especially  the  midday 
lunch,  captured  my  taste  almost  immediately. 
Whether  between  classes  or  having  finished  a 
full  day  already,  I  found  in  the  relaxation  of  a 
familial,  cozy  setting  a  chance  to  unwind, 
relax,  and,  more  importantly,  to  refocus.  It  is 
also  a  great  way  to  avoid  heartburn,  maybe 
even  helping  to  account  for  the  lack  of  one 
American  product  I  did  not  frequently  see  on 
Spanish  store  shelves:  Turns. 

On  the  other  side  of  the  spectrum,  Madrid 
is  overrun  with  McDonald's,  Burger  King, 
Subway,  Pizza  Hut,  and  their  Spanish  coun- 
terparts, like  Pans  &.  Company  and  Telepizza. 
The  lines  at  these  institutions  equal  if  not 
surpass  those  in  the  U.S.,  but  with  a  marked 
difference:  The  service,  or  lack  thereof,  often 
seems  to  carry  over  from  its  relaxed  status 
at  many  neighborhood  bars  and  restaurants. 
On  one  memorable  occasion,  I  was  trying  to 
take  advantage  of  what  I  labeled  as  Madrid's 
best  eating  value — the  fifty-peseta  (30  cents) 
McDonald's  ice  cream  cone.  What  should 
have  been  at  most  a  five-minute  procedure 
was  strangely  transformed  into  a  twenty- 
minute-plus  odyssey,  with  the  people  around 
me  comporting  themselves  as  calmly  as  ever, 
by  now  used  to  these  service-sector  nuances. 
Madrid  and  Barcelona  also  have  their  very 
own  Hard  Rock  Cafes,  and  Madrid's  new 
Planet  Hollywood  opened  this  spring,  com- 
plete with  a  Bruce  Willis  guest  appearance. 

The  proliferation  of  this  consumerist  cul- 
ture was  at  first  somewhat  comforting,  proba- 
bly because  it  did  not  seem  at  all  abnormal. 
Only  later  in  the  semester,  when  I  began  to 
get  a  feel  for  what  life  without  mass  culture 
can  be,  did  these  obvious  foreign  penetrations 
seem  out  of  place,  almost  intrusive.  Such  an 
aversion  toward  American  mass  marketing 
was  not  necessarily  a  sentiment  shared  by 
natives  whose  lives  may  have  been  enhanced 


38       DUKE  MAGAZINE 


by  cosmopolitan  convenience.  But  I  found 
myself  more  critical  of  a  culture  based  purely 
on  convenience,  and  I  was  more  willing  to 
center  a  social  outing  on  a  leisurely  meal. 

The  perceived  need  for  speed  and  efficien- 
cy is  manifesting  itself  in  the  rapidly  develop- 
ing technology  sector.  The  Internet-access 
competitors  are  finally  catching  up  to  more 
successful  standard  bearers  outside  the  coun- 
try, but  Internet  cafes  seem  to  be  just  as  popu- 
lar. As  part  of  the  Duke  program,  I  had  access 
to  one  of  these  Internet  locations,  where  I 
was  often  met  with  a  lengthy  line.  And 
although  many  of  those  waiting  were  also  for- 
eign students,  as  they  started  to  vacate  the 
universities,  the  number  of  Spaniards  logging 
on  increased.  Workcenter,  an  equivalent  of 
Kinko's,  offered  twenty-four-hour  service  in  a 
convenient  location — something  that  saved 
me  on  a  couple  of  occasions  when,  in  my  typ- 
ical procrastinating  style,  I  left  projects  until 
the  last  possible  moment.  If  there  was  any 
social  sphere  in  which  I  adapted  reluctantly, 
the  realm  of  technology  would  certainly  be  it: 
I  waited  upwards  of  an  hour  to  send  an  elec- 
tronic message  that  would  ostensibly  be  trans- 
mitted thousands  of  miles  in  mere  seconds. 
But  I  could  not  force  myself  to  shake  the 
technology  bug  that  has  infected  me  ever 
since  the  lure  of  Ethernet  connection  speeds 
grabbed  me  upon  my  arrival  at  Duke.  I  adapt- 
ed when  I  had  to — writing  papers  before  lin- 
ing up  to  type  at  the  machines,  checking  e- 
mail  only  a  few  times  weekly — but  I  never 
even  came  close  to  surrendering  my  firm  grip 
on  the  mouse. 

Typically,  basic  cable  television  packages 
offer  four  or  five  channels;  satellite  connec- 
tions aren't  surging  in  popularity.  People  seem 
content  with  those  channel  constraints,  even 
those  who  watch  a  substantial  amount  of 
television.  Some  of  the  programming  is  quite 
enjoyable,  even  to  the  point  of  being  engross- 
ing or — in  the  case  of  televised  bullfights — 
just  plain  gross.  The  obvious  question  is  why 
television  does  not  dominate  like  it  often 
does  on  this  side  of  the  Atlantic.  My  answer 
may  be  a  little  too  straightforward:  There  are 
just  better  ways  to  spend  free  time.  The  cafes 
and  bars,  and  the  plethora  of  parks,  plazas,  and 
other  open-air  spaces,  make  recreation  an  all- 
weather  activity.  I  took  advantage  of  these 
plazas,  the  likes  of  which  I  had  never  experi- 
enced in  my  suburban  American  setting.  I 
killed  hours  reading  under  the  late-evening 
sun  or  chatting  with  friends  over  an  after- 
noon merienda  (snack) ,  and  saved  money  by 
taking  in  a  discounted  matinee  movie.  This 
fervent  literary  habit  has  remained  with  me, 
and,  following  the  stint  in  Spain,  I  spent  a 
summer  dedicated  to  voracious  reading. 

A  dearth  of  television  programming  op- 
tions may  be  one  of  the  underpinnings  of  the 
predominant  literacy  of  the  population.  Every 


day  as  I  rode  the  Metro  and  the  buses,  as  I 
crossed  a  plaza  or  a  park,  as  I  stepped  into  a 
local  cafe  for  the  customary  afternoon  snack, 
I  saw  people  reading.  Sure,  Americans  read 
too,  as  do  people  of  every  other  nationality, 
but  the  comprehensive  nature  of  this  custom, 
if  it  can  be  called  that,  certainly  caught  me  off 
guard. 

The  amazing  part  is  that  there  is  no  Bor- 
ders, no  Barnes  &  Noble,  and  Internet  access 
is  still  somewhat  scarce  for  those  who  would 
like  to  shop  at  Amazon.com.  But  everywhere 
I  looked,  I  saw  people  reading,  and  they  were 
reading  all  types  of  books,  American  authors 
included.  I've  never  seen  so  many  Ken  Follett 


and  Stephen  King  books  outside  a  bookstore 
as  I  saw  almost  every  day  on  my  commute  to 
and  from  the  university.  The  sheer  numbers 
of  people  reading  attest  to  something  more 
than  a  simple  desire  to  consume  the  popular 
standard.  Indeed,  Spaniards  gobble  up  our  cul- 
tural exports,  like  McDonald's  hamburgers  and 
Hollywood  movies.  Somehow,  though,  con- 
suming a  book  requires  an  additional  effort, 
an  intellectual  undertaking.  Beyond  certifi- 
ably  popular  authors,  it  delighted  my  English- 
major  heart  to  see  people  reading  Spanish 
translations  of  Waiting  for  Godot  and  A  Street- 
car Named  Desire. 

The  Retiro  book  fair  may  be  the  perfect 


SPANISH  CONTRASTS: 
THE  NEW  FRANK  GEHRY- 
DESIGNED  GUGGENHEIM 
MUSEUM  IN  BILBAO, 
ABOVE,  AND  THE  FIN- 
DE-SIECLE-PERIOD  GLASS 
PALACE  IN  MADRID'S 
PARQUE  RETIRO 


September- October  1999        39 


example  of  Spain's  precarious  social,  econom- 
ic, and  cultural  position.  Its  continuing  popu- 
larity reflects  in  part  the  dedicated  literary 
and  conversational  aspects  that  Spanish  soci- 
ety has  fomented.  There  is,  however,  an  ex- 
tremely capitalist  side  to  this  venture,  with 
sponsors  clamoring  for  exposure  and  booths 
set  up  by  radio  stations,  newspapers,  and  con- 
cessions companies  competing  for  consumers' 
attention.  On  just  the  first  weekend  of  this 
year's  fair,  an  estimated  600,000  people  at- 
tended. Over  the  course  of  the  two-week  long 
event,  vendors  will  take  in  what  amounts  to 
millions  of  dollars.  In  this  obvious  bit  of  mass- 


consumption  fever,  the  objects  consumed  are 
books — symbols  of  the  public's  appetite  for 
literary  goods. 

In  my  own  book-fair  experience,  I  arrived 
too  soon  after  the  lunch  closings,  having  as- 
sumed that  enterprising  merchants  would  shun 
the  typical  afternoon  respite.  I  was  obliged  to 
indulge  in  the  park's  majestic  setting  while 
awaiting  the  fair's  reopening.  It  was  yet 
another  forceful  reminder  that,  in  this  society 
of  so  many  contrasts,  one  can  never  get  too 
accustomed  to  one  way  of  life  or  another. 

Outside  the  larger  cities,  daily  life  has  not 
quite  quickened  its  pace.  I,  along  with  close 


While  Visiting  Durham, 


T 

^^ff 

■M 

gpi* 

3fcJ 

Why  Settle  For  Less  When  So 
Much  More  Costs  So  Little? 

Luxurious  All-Suite  Hotel 


Magnificent  outdoor  pool 
Two  remote  control  TVs 
Color,  HBO  and  cable 
Two  telephones 
Call  waiting  &  voice  mail 
No  charge  for  local  calls 
Fax  &  copier  service 
Superior  location 


Award-winning  gardens 
Fitness  center 
Covered  walking  track 
Fully  equipped  kitchen 
Top  quality  linens  &  towels 
Complete  laundry  facilities 
Pets  permitted 
Uniformed  security 


DUKE  TOWER 

Residential  Suites 


For  reservations  or  information  call: 

(919)  687-4444  •  Fax:  (919)  683-1215 

807  West  Trinity  Avenue,  Durham,  NC  27701  (corner  of  North  Duke  &  West  Trinity) 

Just  streets  away  from  many  restaurants,  Northgate  Mall,  Duke  University  and 

Duke  Hospital.  Ten  minutes  to  RTP,  15  minutes  to  RDU Airport.  (=J 


to  forty  Duke  alumni  and  friends,  saw  this  as 
we  traveled  across  regions  of  Spain's  southern 
Andalucia  region  in  early  June.  The  after- 
noon break  for  lunch  is  longer,  most  stores 
close  earlier,  and  the  amenities  of  larger  mass- 
consumption  experiences  are  generally  few 
and  far  between.  In  the  smaller  towns,  some 
of  what  I  had  seen  in  Madrid  became  even 
more  evident.  The  evening  paseo,  or  stroll 
before  dinner,  was  on  display  in  its  full  splen- 
dor in  our  base  town  of  Ubeda,  where  families 
join  together,  and  often  join  hands,  as  they 
pass  along  the  streets.  Indeed,  in  this  agricul- 
tural region  that  depends  on  the  olive  trees  of 
the  Guadilquivir  River  valley,  older  Spanish 
ways  seem  to  be  the  norm,  even  though  they 
are  compromised  more  and  more  by  the  onset 
of  new  economic  and  social  ties.  Like  the 
midday  family  meals,  these  paseos  speak 
strongly  to  a  sociability  that  still  remains  an 
integral,  if  not  inherent  part  of  the  Spanish 
culture,  both  old  and  new. 

It  may  in  fact  be  this  sociability  that  leads 
to  the  overwhelming  perception  that  many 
foreigners  still  retain — that  of  Spain  as  a  land 
of  summer  sun,  beaches,  and  infinite  options 
for  fun  and  games,  both  during  the  day  and 
throughout  the  famously  long  nights.  For 
other  travelers,  especially  those  who  had  seen 
Spain  before  the  arrival  of  democracy  in  1978, 
the  experience  outside  Madrid  may  even 
have  been  more  impressive:  Along  with  the 
requisite  cultural  sights  in  mainstays  such  as 
Cordoba  and  Granada,  we  faced  smaller- 
town  life  and  saw  the  progress  made  in  what 
is  truly  another  region  caught  between  the 
old  and  the  new. 

Spain  seems  to  be  on  the  verge  of  capitulating 
to  market  forces,  yet  remains  too  entrenched 
in  its  culture  and  tradition  to  surrender  com- 
pletely. But  there  is  constantly  a  threat  that 
modernization  will  dissolve  some  of  those 
very  idiosyncrasies  that  have  helped  make  my 
first  experience  abroad,  and  those  of  so  many 
others,  a  plunge  into  a  setting  that  is  at  once 
unfamiliar  and  comforting.  I  went  to  Spain  to 
escape  one  culture.  I  ended  up  discovering  an 
entirely  new  one — a  vital,  modern  one  that 
retains  enough  of  its  traditional  flavor  to  have 
charmed  me  for  good. 

Moreover,  I  have  discovered  an  enormous 
amount  about  myself,  about  obstacles  I  am  ca- 
pable of  overcoming  and  sacrifices  I  am  willing 
to  make.  Readjusting  to  the  dazzling  speed  and 
complexity  of  campus  life  will  be  a  daunting 
task.  Paradoxical  as  it  may  be,  the  very  experi- 
ence that  has  heightened  the  challenge  of  my 
return  will  also  propel  me  forward  with  a  new 
sense  of  self-reliance  and  self-confidence  that  is 
firmly  rooted  in  old-world  tradition.  ■ 

Meisler  '00,  an  intern  with  the  magazine  from 
Boca  Raton,  Florida,  studied  in  a  Madrid-based 
Duke  program  this  past  spring. 


40       DUKE  MAGAZINE 


DIRECTION 


WORDS  ARE 


It's  just  before  nine  a.m.  and  the 
second-floor  classroom  in  the  East 
Duke  Building  is  filling  up  fast. 
Across  the  hall,  a  troupe  of  Ameri- 
can Dance  Festival  dancers  are 
stretched  out  on  floor  mats,  warming 
up,  doing  breathing  exercises.  Their 
collective  sigh  drifts  through  the 
halls  as  latecomers  fill  the  back  of  this  room. 

One  of  these  latecomers  is  a  thirty-two- 
year-old  freelance  writer.  He's  eating  a  candy 
bar,  putting  batteries  in  his  tape  recorder, 
checking  to  see  if  he  has  enough  pens.  This  is 
me.  My  job  is  to  spend  a  day  at  the  Duke 
Young  Writers'  Camp,  one  of  several  summer 
programs  offered  by  Duke's  Office  of  Con- 
tinuing Education.  Now  in  its  eighteenth  year, 
the  Young  Writers'  Camp  offers  students  two 
weeks  of  classes  in  creative  and  expository 
writing.  Despite  the  hallowed  halls,  the  eerie 
whoosh  of  the  breathing  dancers,  and  the 
large  school  desks  (many  of  the  youngest 
campers'  feet  can't  touch  the  floor),  the  air  is 
unmistakably  "summer  camp." 


SUMMER  WRITES 

BY  T  COLIN  DODD 

"MY  JOB  IS  TO  SPEND 

A  DAY  AT  THE  DUKE 

YOUNG  WRITERS'  CAMP... 

TWO  WEEKS  OF  CLASSES 

IN  CREATIVE  AND 
EXPOSITORY  WRITING." 


It's  a  motley  group  of  kids,  more  than  a 
hundred  in  all,  dressed  in  the  uniforms  of  the 
young:  baggy  pants,  baseball  caps,  T-shirts, 
and  some  obligatory  camouflage.  Some  among 
them  eat  candy,  while  others  wipe  sleep  from 
their  eyes.  They  range  in  age  from  twelve  to 
seventeen.  Some  students  chatter  with  the 
peculiar  mania  of  adolescence,  while  others 


pore  over  their  notebooks,  absently  biting  their 
fingernails  or  chewing  on  pens,  putting  finish- 
ing touches  on  the  previous  night's  work. 
Some  of  them  look  as  if  they  were  up  quite 
late. 

I  think  to  myself,  "This  is  a  bunch  of  writ- 
ers, all  right." 

Chip  Moore,  the  academic  director  for  this 
second  of  three  summer  sessions,  takes  the 
lectern  at  nine  o'clock  sharp.  It's  the  penulti- 
mate day  of  camp.  He  reminds  campers  to  have 
their  rooms  empty  at  the  appropriate  time, 
and  announces  a  found  wallet.  The  campers 
listen  attentively,  except  for  a  few  still  lost  in 
their  work.  "Okay,  when  I'm  done  here,  I 
need  for  the  Regulator  readers  to  stay  behind. 
We  need  to  go  over  a  few  things  before  to- 
night." A  handful  of  campers  are  slated  to 
read  their  work  that  night  at  The  Regulator 
Bookshop,  a  Durham  institution. 

As  the  group  disperses  to  their  morning 
classes,  I  am  introduced  to  my  guide  for  the  day, 
Beth  Marlowe,  seventeen,  of  Atlanta.  She  is  a 
poised  young  woman,  a  five-year  veteran  of 


September-October  1999        41 


the  camp.  "This  is  my  last  year,"  she  says  some- 
what wistfully.  "I  know  all  about  this  place." 

Beth  joins  those  students  who  are  waiting   | 
to  talk  to  Moore  about  that  evening's  reading.    I 
It's  a  big  deal  and  Moore  wants  to  make  sure  it   ' 
goes  off  without  a  hitch.  "You  don't  want  me 
having  to  interrupt  you  to  tell  you  to  be  loud- 
er. Use  the  microphone  and  speak  in  a  clear, 
definite  voice."  The  readers  practice  taking 
the  lectern,  stating  their  names  and  where  they 
are  from.  Most,  it  seems,  are  from  the  South, 
although  some  come  from  as  far  away  as  New 
Jersey  and  California.  He  doesn't  have  them 
read  their  pieces.  He  just  wants  to  get  them 
used  to  the  sound  of  their  amplified  voices. 


On  our  way  to  her  first  class,  Beth  fills  me 
in  on  Moore.  "He  kind  of  runs  the  camp,  day 
to  day,  you  know,  picks  the  teachers,  keeps 
things  running.  If  you  get  in  trouble,  you  have 
to  answer  to  him."  She  quickly  adds,  as  if  she 
may  have  said  something  untoward,  "Not 
that  anybody  gets  in  any  trouble." 

The  day  is  divided  in  half:  two  classes,  each 
two  hours — one  in  the  morning,  and  one 
after  lunch.  There  are  two  free  writing  peri- 
ods a  day,  at  the  beginning  of  each  class.  At 
the  end  of  the  day,  the  campers  gather  again 
in  the  East  Duke  Building  classroom  for  an 
open  reading  session.  This  is  the  highlight  of 
the  day,  for  most — a  chance  for  the  "hams" 


Seconds  from  Duke  University, 
Minutes  from  Research  Triangle  Park. 


and  Light  Years  Away  from  the  Ordinary 


JNesried  among  toll  North  Carolina  pines  and 
hardwoods,  next  to  prestigious  Duke  University  and  near 
the  heart  of  the  world-renowned  Research  Triangle  Park, 
the  Washington  Duke  Inn  &  Golf  Club  is  the  destinotion- 
of-choice  for  countless  business  travelers,  high-level 
conferences  and  leisure  guests  from  all  points  of  the 
globe. 


•  Another  osset  of  Duke  University  - 
and  only  blocks  away  from  its  world 
famous  medical  center,  the  Inn  is  the 
only  Four-Star,  Four-Diamond  hotel  in 
eastern  North  Carolina. 

•  Located  midway  between  New  York 
and  Atlanta,  the  Washington  Duke  Inn's 
300-acre  site  is  only  15  minutes  from 
Roleigh-Durham  International  Airport 
and  easy  to  get  to. 

•  The  regional  and  seasonal  cuisines  of 
the  highly  acclaimed  Fairview  restaurant 
epicures  from  around  the  world. 


,*VN 


■  The  Inn's  superb  meeting  and  catering  facilities  easily 
accommodate  groups  from  20  to  400. 

•  Eoch  of  thel  71  newly-renovated  and  elegantly- 
appointed  guest  rooms  ond  suites  has  complimentary 
Internet  access  at  Ethernet  speed. 

Recreational  amenities  include  an  18-hole, 
Robert  Trent  Jones-designed  championship  golf 
L     course,  home  of  the  2001  NCAA  men's 
championship,  along  with  a  3tf  mile  long 
jogging  trail,  swimming  pool,  Duke  Center 
4€/*/    for  living  privileges. 


H. 


\-  -        •  Popular  local  attractions  -  the  Durham 
V;  ^.v,>^  V'     Bulk.  Duke  Chapel,  Duke  Gordens,  the 
"^^bi^  Museum  af  Life  and  Science,  Moreheod 

..,..*'      „  Planetarium  ond  the  very  finest  collegiate 

Washington  Duke    spoft5  teQms  onywhere. 

Inn  &  Golf  Club 

And  it  olmost  goes  without  saying,  the 
]ftract  grand  tradition  of  superior  service  and  warm  Southern 

hospitality  is  alive  and  well  here. 


3001  Cameron  Boulevard  •  Durham,  North  Carolina  •  (919)  490-0999 

Jul  l  800  443-3853  J&& 


*™* 


innr.mLsJii/iijIorK/nfoiiiN.roni 


to  be  in  the  spotlight,  and  for  the  bashful  to 
conquer  their  fears. 

Campers  choose  one  ot  four  concentrations: 
short  fiction,  poetry,  journalism,  and  dramatic 
writing.  Specific  classes  vary  from  session  to 
session,  depending  on  the  expertise  of  the 
instructors.  There  are  courses  in  experimen- 
tal writing,  dramatic  poetry,  characters  in  fic- 
tion, journal  writing,  research  writing,  a  camp 
newspaper,  and  writing  the  college  essay, 
which  is  Beth's  class.  "I  figured  this  year,  since 
my  parents  are  paying  for  all  this,  I'd  do  some- 
thing practical.  It's  turned  out  to  be  really 
fun,"  she  says. 

There  are  about  a  dozen  kids  arrayed 


around  a  conference  table,  some  scribbling 
busily,  others  chatting  with  their  teacher, 
Catherine  Bennington.  With  a  glance  at  the 
clock,  Bennington  begins.  She  writes  "would 
of"  on  the  chalk  board,  and  next  to  it,  "would 
have."  I  find  myself  taking  notes.  She  answers 
a  few  questions  and  then  offers  a  chance  for 
her  students  to  read  what  they  have  so  far. 

There  are  no  takers  at  first,  perhaps  a  little 
self- consciousness  because  I  am  there.  Finally, 
one  young  woman  pipes  up.  She  reads  an 
essay  she  has  been  working  on  for  the  entire 
session.  She  is  unsure  of  it  and,  for  her,  the 
stakes  seem  very  high.  The  subject  is  an  im- 
portant, life-changing  memory.  Her  essay  is 
clean,  vivid,  and  tightly  wound.  She  is  a  little 
girl  on  the  back  of  her  mother's  bicycle,  in 
Beijing.  She's  three,  maybe  four.  The  sights, 
sounds,  and  smells  of  her  very  distant  home- 
town envelop  the  room.  On  that  bike,  on  that 
summer  evening,  all  those  years  ago,  she  re- 
members her  mother  turning  a  corner  as  hun- 
dreds of  students  run  past,  terrified,  dropping 
placards  and  banners,  running  for  their  lives. 
She  now  realizes,  all  these  years  later,  that 
they  were  fleeing  the  Tiananmen  Square  mas- 


42        DUKE  MAGAZINE 


sacre.  She  finishes  with  the  observation  that 
she  feels  indeed  fortunate  to  live  in  a  country 
where  she  can  at  least  write  about  the  experi- 
ence, even  if  she  can't  yet  make  sense  of  it. 

She  finishes  reading,  and  looks  up,  tenta- 
tively, as  if  to  say,  "Well,  how  was  it?"  I  want 
to  tell  her  she  has  nothing  to  worry  about. 

Bennington  coaches  her  campers  on  the 
importance  of  direct,  unambiguous,  active 
language.  There  is  an  epistemological  under- 
tow to  her  lesson.  "If  your  language  is  passive, 
you're  really  abdicating  responsibility  for  what 
you  are  saying."  I  write  that  down,  too. 

Next,  Beth  reads  an  essay  about  her  book 
bag — a  colorful,  distinctive  book  bag  unlike 


m„. 


NOTEWORTHY  LESSONS:  RANGING  FROM  AGES 
TWELVE  TO  SEVENTEEN,  CAMPERS  TAKE  COURSES 
IN  EXPERIMENTAL  WRITING,  DRAMATIC  POETRY, 
CHARACTERS  IN  FICTION,  JOURNAL  WRITING, 
RESEARCH  WRITING,  AND  WRITING  FOR  THE 
CAMP'S  NEWSPAPER 

any  other  in  her  school.  It  draws  a  few  warm 
smiles  and  laughs  from  the  others.  "That  was 
so  Beth,"  says  a  girl  with  shiny,  ruby-colored 
hair.  "You're  just  like  your  book  bag,  you  know, 
totally  one  of  a  kind." 

During  a  break,  I  chat  with  Bennington,  a 
schoolteacher  in  Hillsborough,  North  Caro- 
lina. "This  class  is  really  about  helping  them 
find  their  voices,"  she  says.  "We  use  the  col- 
lege essay  as  a  way  into  that.  We  visit  the 
admissions  office,  and  I  coach  them  on  lan- 
guage and  such,  but  what  I  really  want  is  for 
them  to  know  that  the  best  essay  is  the  one 
that  reveals  the  most  about  them.  We  do  role- 
playing  and  I  have  them  interview  each  other. 
We  critique  other  essays.  But  in  the  end,  it's 
about  expressing  themselves.  They're  really 
quite  nervous  about  the  college  essay,  and  I'd 
like  to  think  I  demystify  the  process  for  them." 


BETH  POINTS  OUT 

THE  COMPUTER  AND 

SCIENCE  CAMPERS. 

"THEY  THINK  WE'RE 

FLAKES  AND  WE 

THINK  THEY'RE  NERDS. 

ADDS  NOELLE, 

"IT  WORKS  OUT." 


Already,  it's  time  for  lunch.  I  close  my  note- 
book and  join  Beth  and  her  friend  Noelle 
Page  in  the  dining  hall.  There  is  a  litany  of 
complaints  about  the  food — the  small  por- 
tions, the  mystery  meat,  and  the  grease.  I  lis- 
ten and  chew,  enjoying  my  best  meal  in  days. 
It's  actually  quite  delicious,  but  I  don't  say  so. 
I  turn  my  nose  up  at  it,  too,  so  they  will  know 
I'm  on  their  side.  The  dining  room  is  full  and 
loud.  Meals  are  shared  with  campers  from 
other  programs.  Beth  points  out  the  creative- 
writing  campers,  a  more  focused  group,  work- 
ing on  single  projects,  and  the  computer  and 
science  kids.  She  explains  that  there  are 
cliques  and  rivalries,  but  that  generally  every- 


Septemher- October  1999        43 


one  gets  along.  "They  think  we're  flakes  and 
we  think  they're  nerds."  Noelle  adds  carefully, 
"It  works  out." 

"Noelle  and  I  met  our  first  year  at  camp 
and  we've  been  friends  ever  since,"  explains 
Beth.  "We  wrote  letters  for  a  while.  We  do  a 
lot  of  e-mailing,  but  this  is  the  only  time  we 
really  get  to  hang  out  and  see  each  other." 

"Yeah.  It's  so  sad  this  is  almost  over.  I  can't 
believe  it."  Noelle  consoles  herself  with  a  bite 
of  salad.  "People  get  really  close  here.  I  mean, 
it  isn't  all  writing.  The  best  part  is  in  the  dorms 
at  night,  just  hanging  out.  We  drive  the  coun- 
selors crazy  staying  up  talking  all  night." 

I  ask  what  they  talk  about,  and  the  girls 
look  at  one  another,  wondering  if  I  can  be 
trusted.  Beth  whispers  to  me  conspiratorially, 
"Anything  and  everything." 

After  lunch,  she  takes  me  to  Chris  Vitiello's 
experimental  writing  class.  Vitiello  has  a  beard 
and  wears  skateboard  sneakers.  He's  also  a 
published  poet  and  works  at  the  Duke  Uni- 
versity Press.  I  like  him  immediately.  He  begins 
the  class  by  drawing  an  interrobang  on  the 
chalkboard,  a  long-forgotten  piece  of  punctu- 
ation that  looks  like  a  question  mark  and  an 
exclamation  point  wrestling  with  one  anoth- 
er. He  holds  his  fist  up  in  the  air.  "Bring  back 
the  interrobang!"  he  declares,  and  explains 
his  love  for  this  strange  punctuation  mark. 
We  all  draw  interrobangs  in  our  notebooks. 


Vitiello  is  a  fast  talker,  and  he  paces  as  he 
teaches,  occasionally  stopping  at  the  chalk- 
board to  write  something  important.  ("Please 
correct  my  spelling,  if  I  am  wrong....")  His 
handwriting  is  unforgivably  bad.  But  he  com- 
mands his  campers'  attention.  They  obviously 
think  he  is  the  coolest.  A  few  days  earlier  he 
had  the  class  write  dozens  of  one-line  poems 
on  his  beloved  index  cards.  They  then  placed 
the  poems  on  the  windshields  around  East 
Campus.  He  reads  an  e-mail  message  from  a 
Continuing  Education  administrator.  It  seems 
that  one  of  her  colleagues  had  had  a  very  bad 
day  but  it  turned  around  when  she  found  one 
of  the  poems  on  her  car.  "It  made  her  day,"  he 
says,  shrugging.  "See,  it  can  matter." 

Next  he  has  the  class  compose  a  list,  a  sim- 
ple elemental  structure  on  which  to  hang  a 
poem.  "I  love  lists  because  they  have  their 
own  flow,  and  if  you  add  a  recurring  word  or 
phrase,  something  as  simple  as  'I  am'  or  'she 
is'  in  front  of  every  item  on  your  list,  you'll 
come  up  with  some  very  vivid  associations." 
This  leads  to  a  discussion  of  simile  versus  meta- 
phor and  the  strength  of  doing  without  "like" 
or  "as"  if  you  can.  I  write  this  down,  too. 

Vitiello  dismisses  us  for  a  half-hour,  putting 
on  the  music  of  Carl  Stalling  (the  composer 
of  most  of  the  Warner  Brothers'  more  evoca- 
tive and  chaotic  cartoon  music)  for  those 
who  need  it.  The  rest  of  us  find  quiet  spots  on 


Fiduciary 

Trust 

International 

Expertise, 

For  68  years,  c 

enhance  their  we 

trust  and  estat 

under  manag 

experience,  extraord 

>ur  clients  have  trusted  us 
alth,  integrating  investme 
2  and  custody  services.  O 
ement.  Separately  manag 

Exemplary  results. 

inary  care. 

to  protect  and 
nt  management, 
ver  $40  billion 
2d  portfolios. 

NEW  YORK  •  LOS  ANGELES  •  MIAMI  •  WASHINGTON,  D.C.  •  WILMINGTON 
LONDON  •  GENEVA  •  HONG  KONG  •  MELBOURNE  •  TOKYO 

GRAND  CAYMAN  •  GUERNSEY 

Inquiries:  for  accounts  of  $2  million  or  more, 
please  call  Ellen  Kratzer  or  Thomas  K.  Loizeaux  M.B. A.  '92  at  877-384- 1111. 

the  porch  of  the  Bishop's  House,  Continuing 
Education's  base.  I  write  the  best  poem  I've 
written  in  years,  a  list  of  the  attributes  of  a 
woman  I  am  more  than  fond  of.  I  can't  wait  to 
show  it  to  her.  I  finish  up  and  look  around  at 
the  campers  arrayed  on  the  porch,  gangly  and 
slouched,  all  lost  deep  in  their  own  words. 
Their  expressions  are  beatific,  and  calm,  and 
occasionally  a  delighted  yet  careful  grin  cross- 
es a  face  as  the  words  lock  together. 

In  class,  Beth  reads  her  poem.  It  is  about 
the  swirling  contradictions  embodied  in  her 
mother.  It  is  very  loving,  and  extremely  per- 
sonal. A  young  man  shares  his  own  love  poem, 
and  I  am  humbled,  sinking  down  in  my  chair. 
Another  kid  vents  on  a  friend  who  let  him 
down,  and  I  see  in  him  a  future  songwriter. 

Vitiello  closes  his  eyes  as  he  listens  to  each 
poem.  He  seizes  on  the  strange,  most  evoca- 
tive lines,  and  some  of  them  clearly  thrill  him. 
"That's  great!  Yes,  yes,  yes!"  he  says  when  one 
rubs  him  the  right  way. 

After  class,  I  walk  with  him  back  to  the 
East  Duke  Building  for  the  afternoon  read- 
ings. He's  pleased  with  his  students  and  his 
summer  job.  Life  is  good.  "I  like  teaching  ex- 
perimental writing  because  it's  a  chance  for 
me  to  show  them  how  powerful  language  is, 
how  it  defies  the  laws  of  thermodynamics.  It 
is  the  underpinning  of  logic,  sure,  but  at  the 
same  time,  words  can  completely  upend  things. 
I  try  to  get  them  to  think  outside  of  the  rules, 
and  I  am  always  surprised.  I  hope  they  are, 
too." 

Daily,  after  their  last  class,  the  campers 
gather  to  read  their  work.  For  some,  this  is  rou- 
tine, something  they  look  forward  to,  a  time 
to  display  their  blossoming  talent.  For  others, 
it  is  daunting  and  scary,  serious  business.  No 
one  is  forced  to  read,  but  you  can  spot  the  ones 
whose  teachers  have  been  gently  coaxing 
them.  They're  the  ones  whose  hands  shake. 

The  writing  is  as  varied  as  the  campers 
themselves.  A  small  boy  in  glasses  and  a  Mi- 
crosoft T-shirt  reads  a  lurid,  gory  epic  poem 
that  puts  Beowulf  to  shame.  Another,  from 
Oxford,  Mississippi,  reads  a  selection  from  a 
creepy  Gothic  short  story,  told  in  the  same 
mellifluous  tones  that  Faulkner  might  have 
used  at  fourteen.  The  more  reluctant  or  shy 
the  reader,  the  more  difficult  or  important  the 
subject  matter,  the  more  polite  and  attentive 
the  listeners  become.  It's  not  what  you  expect 
from  teenagers. 

A  young  woman  reads  a  confessional  poem 
about  her  battles  with  an  eating  disorder,  ten- 
tatively revealing  an  epiphany  she  had  while 
writing.  A  worshipful  hush  falls  over  the  room 
as  she  reads  in  a  quiet,  troubled  voice.  She  gets 
the  heartiest  applause  and  returns  to  her  seat, 
where  her  friends  hug  her  and  rub  her  hair.  A 
young  man  leans  forward  and  pats  her  on  the 
back  vigorously,  as  if  she  had  just  won  a  bas- 
ketball game.  After  the  readings,  campers  are 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


on  their  own.  It's  free  time. 

As  Beth  and  Noelle  walk  me  back  to  her 
dorm,  Beth  explains  the  respectfulness  of  the 
campers.  "It's  hard  to  read  in  front  of  all  those 
people,  but  it's  a  pretty  supportive  audience. 
They  can  relate,  you  know.  The  teachers 
encourage  us  to  be  really  honest.  They  really 
push  free  expression,  so  you  feel  safe  saying 
almost  anything." 

Anything?  "Well,  they  do  tell  us,  'Hey,  there 
are  twelve-year-olds  here,  so  don't  go  nuts,'  " 
adds  Noelle. 

Outside  the  dorm,  Beth  uses  her  keycard  to 
open  the  security  door.  I  ask  if  it's  all  right 
that  I  come  inside.  "Sure,  during  the  daytime. 
At  night,  boys  aren't  allowed."  The  campers 
are  divided  into  living  groups  of  six  or  eight. 
Each  group  has  a  cluster  of  dorm  rooms  and  a 
counselor.  Beth's  room  is  decorated  with  pic- 
tures torn  from  magazines — singers,  hunks, 
and  women  soccer  players.  Her  roommate  is  a 
proud  Texan,  flying  the  flag  of  the  Republic 
on  her  side.  "We  don't  really  have  time  to 
decorate  too  much.  Just  about  the  time  you 
get  it  the  way  you  want  it,  you  have  to  go." 

Beth  looks  out  the  window  and  Noelle  falls 
silent,  pondering  her  shoes.  The  looming  end 
of  camp  hangs  over  them,  unspoken  this 
time.  "You're  coming  to  the  reading  tonight, 
aren't  you?  That  should  be  awesome!" 

The  Regulator  Bookshop  is  Durham's  best, 
a  bona  fide  cultural  institution.  Celebrated 
authors  on  book  tours  routinely  stop  there  to 
read.  Every  year,  several  campers  are  chosen 
to  read  there,  and  friends  and  family  join 
campers  for  a  crowded,  lively  night.  Tonight 
feels  a  little  more  charged  than  usual.  I  stand 
in  the  back,  marveling  at  each  reader,  at 
times  gritting  my  teeth  in  outright  jealousy. 
They  are  poised  and  self-assured,  earnest  and 
completely  original.  Some  must  stand  on 
their  tiptoes  to  reach  the  microphone,  while 
others  grasp  it  with  all  the  confidence  of  a 
rock  star.  If  anyone  is  nervous,  it's  the  parents 
and  teachers  in  the  audience. 

I  watch  Beth  as  she  listens  to  the  other 
readers,  grinning  warmly  up  at  her  fellow 
writers,  her  young  colleagues.  She's  in  her  ele- 
ment, the  Grand  Dame  of  the  writers'  camp. 
She  is  usually  the  first  to  clap.  I  see  her  whis- 
pering to  Noelle  between  readers.  Noelle  nods 
her  head,  listening,  smiling — best  friends. 

The  final  reader  is  a  young  woman,  about 
sixteen,  from  western  North  Carolina.  She's  a 
hipped-out  girl  from  the  mountains.  She 
clears  her  throat  and  regards  us  with  mis- 
chievous, proud  eyes.  "This  is  a  poem  about 
my  best  friend,"  she  says.  "She  doesn't  know 
I'm  about  to  read  this." 

Noelle  and  Beth  look  up  at  the  reader  and 
listen  very  closely.  ■ 

Dodd  is  a  freelance  writer  living  in  Carrboro, 
North  Carolina 


MEDICAL  MAKEOVER 

Continued  from  page  7 

in  a  vacuum.  Institutional  review  boards  in- 
creasingly are  the  subject  of  scrutiny  by  gov- 
ernment agencies  and  outside  commissions. 
And  much  of  that  scrutiny  hasn't  been  kind 
to  IRBs — including  a  June  1998  study,  "In- 
stitutional Review  Boards:  A  Time  for  Re- 
form," by  the  Office  of  Inspector  General  of 
the  Department  of  Health  and  Human  Ser- 
vices. According  to  the  report,  the  IRB  sys- 
tem has  been  pressured  by  changes  in  the 
research  environment:  the  expansion  of  man- 
aged care,  the  increased  commercialization  of 
research,  the  proliferation  of  multi-site  trials, 
new  types  of  research,  the  increased  number 
of  research  proposals,  and  the  rise  of  patient 
consumerism.  "Expanded  workloads,  resource 
constraints,  and  extensive  federal  mandates 
contribute  to  a  rush  atmosphere  where  suffi- 
cient deliberation  often  is  not  possible." 

IRBs  across  the  country  are  inundated  with 
protocols — an  average  increase  of  42  percent 
in  initial  reviews  during  the  past  five  years, 
with  the  result  that  some  IRBs  are  now  re- 
viewing more  than  2,000  protocols.  Despite 
the  increase  in  workload,  staffing  levels  and 
budgets  have  remained  constant  at  many 
IRBs.  At  the  same  time,  IRBs  "frequently  are 
hard-pressed  to  gain  access  to  the  scientific 
expertise  they  need  to  reach  informed  judg- 
ments about  the  research  taking  place  under 
their  jurisdiction,"  the  report  says.  Protocols 
involving  advanced  biomedical  techniques — 
such  as  genetic  testing — raise  scientific  is- 
sues, as  well  as  moral  and  ethical  questions, 
that  might  confound  the  non- specialist. 

The  Inspector  General's  report  expresses 
concern  about  conflicts  that  threaten  the  in- 
dependence of  IRBs — many  of  whose  mem- 
bers are  colleagues  of  the  investigators  on 
whom  they  are  passing  judgment.  Clinical  re- 
search provides  revenue  and  prestige  to  the 
sponsoring  institutions.  Institutions  expect 
IRBs  to  support  these  interests  at  the  same 
time  that  they  protect  human  subjects,  pro- 
ducing a  tension  that  "can  lessen  the  IRBs' 
focus  on  their  basic  mission."  Commercial 
sponsors  "seek  quick  turnaround  reviews  for 
their  protocols  and  can  be  tough  negotiators 
on  publication  rights,  liability  issues,  and 
other  matters,"  says  the  report.  And  the  "out- 
side" members  on  the  boards  rarely  provide 
an  effective  counterbalance  to  such  pressures. 
"Few  IRBs  seem  to  seek  or  to  be  able,  on  a 
consistent  basis,  to  recruit  and  maintain  lay 
and/or  nonaffiliated  members  who  play  an 
active,  effective  role  in  helping  the  IRBs  stay 
focused  on  their  mission  of  protecting  human 
subjects." 

As  the  report  sees  it,  the  IRB  system  fails  to 
educate  investigators  to  ensure  sensitivity  to 
human  subjects.  "Similarly,  it  provides  mini- 


mal orientation  and  continuing  education  for 
IRB  members — a  deficiency  that  is  especially 
detrimental  to  nonscientific  and  non-institu- 
tional members."  For  new  IRB  members,  their 
orientation  to  the  role  is  seldom  more  than  a 
stack  of  materials  to  read  and  on-the-job 
learning.  A  1995  survey  of  172  university- 
based  IRBs  found  that  one-quarter  offered  no 
training  at  all  to  their  members;  at  the  vast 
majority  of  institutions,  training  was  limited 
to  less  than  four  hours. 

OPRR  itself  hasn't  been  spared  from  scruti- 
ny. The  report  noted  OPRR's  own  statement 
— quite  striking  in  light  of  the  later  Duke 
episode — that  the  focus  of  investigations  had 
shifted  from  "micro-level  to  systemic  solu- 
tions." Between  1990  and  1998,  the  report  said, 
there  had  been  438  investigations.  "However, 
the  great  majority  of  investigations  occur 
through  paper  and  phone  communication. 
Only  rarely  does  OPRR  go  on  site....  In  fact, 
OPRR  conducted  only  one  such  visit  be- 
tween April  1997  and  May  1998  because  of 
staffing  problems." 

According  to  press  reports,  the  office 
allowed  two  other  institutions — Rush-Pres- 
byterian/St. Luke's  Medical  Center  in  Illinois 
and  the  West  Los  Angeles  Veterans  Hospital 
— four  and  six  years,  respectively,  to  correct 
their  deficiencies  before  revoking  their  licens- 
es. But  early  this  fall,  OPRR  seemed  to  move 
quickly  to  shut  down  human  subject  research 
at  the  University  of  Illinois  at  Chicago. 
OPRR  said  some  research  at  UIC  proceeded 
without  ever  being  submitted  for  approval  by 
institutional  review  boards.  The  problems 
arose  in  part  from  a  lack  of  support  staff  for 
IRBs,  OPRR  concluded,  and  they  pointed  to 
insufficient  attention  by  UIC  officials  "at  the 
highest  levels." 

Lately,  OPRR  has  found  itself  on  shifting 
ground.  In  early  June,  just  weeks  after  the 
Duke  episode,  an  advisory  committee  to  the 
National  Institutes  of  Health  recommended 
that  OPRR  be  relocated  from  NIH  to  the 
Office  of  the  Secretary  of  Health  and  Human 
Services.  The  National  Institutes  of  Health  is 
a  component  of  Health  and  Human  Services 
— the  component,  as  it  happens,  that  distri- 
butes much  of  the  largesse  fueling  the  re- 
search over  which  OPRR  is  supposed  to  exer- 
cise oversight.  By  separating  itself  from  NIH, 
as  OPRR  says  in  its  own  press  release,  the 
agency  expects  "to  elevate  its  stature  and  ef- 
fectiveness." In  a  story  about  the  action  against 
Duke,  The  Washington  Post  reported  that  Con- 
gress and  other  agencies  were  frustrated  by 
OPRR's  "hamstrung  position."  (OPRR  has  a 
budget  of  less  than  $3  million  and  just  two 
full-time  investigators.)  "Several  insiders  spec- 
ulated...that  the  threat  of  extinction  may 
have  spurred  the  agency  to  crack  down  on 
Duke,  to  signal  its  capacity  to  get  tough."  As 
the  Post  put  it,  "institutions  under  investiga- 


September-October  1999 


TRIALS  AND  TRAVAILS 

he  complexities — and  significance — of 
clinical  trials  are  illustrated  by  work  at 
Duke  on  Pompe  disease.  Last  spring,  the 
medical  center  announced  the  beginning  of 
phase-one/phase-two  clinical  trials  to  test  an 
enzyme  replacement  for  the  disease,  which  is 
usually  lethal  in  children  but  afflicts  people  of 
all  ages.  And  this  fall,  an  Illinois  family  lobbied 
to  enroll  their  desperately  ill  infant  in  the  trials; 
the  child  died  in  late  September.  The  family 
had  found  out  about  the  trials  from  a  physician 
who  referred  another  child — one  of  three — for 
the  Duke  study. 

Pompe  disease  is  rare,  affecting  approximate- 
ly one  child  in  100,000.  If  symptoms  appear 
during  infancy,  death  usually  occurs  before  the 
age  of  two.  The  disease  is  usually  less  severe 
when  symptoms  first  appear  late  in  childhood, 
but  life  expectancy  extends  only  into  the  sec- 
ond or  third  decade  in  such  cases.  Adults  can 
be  affected  by  a  milder  form  of  the  disease  but 
are  still  incapacitated. 

The  disease  is  caused  by  the  lack  of  an 
enzyme  that  breaks  down  glycogen  into  glu- 
cose, a  primary  source  of  energy.  In  patients 
with  the  disease,  glycogen  accumulates, 
destroying  skeletal,  heart,  and  lung  muscles. 
The  enzyme  replacement  therapy,  to  be  admin- 
istered by  infusion,  is  intended  to  restore  glyco- 
gen levels  in  muscle  tissue  to  normal.  If  suc- 
cessful, the  treatment  will  be  required  for  the 
remainder  of  a  patient's  life. 

Y.T.  Chen,  chief  of  the  division  of  medical 
genetics  in  the  department  of  pediatrics,  is 
leading  the  clinical  trials.  Chen  is  the  principal 
investigator  on  an  Investigational  New  Drug 
application  on  file  with  the  Food  and  Drug 
Administration.  His  team  at  Duke  spent  more 
than  five  years  developing  the  genetically- 
engineered  enzyme  and  has  shown  that  the 
enzyme  helps  relieve  symptoms  of  Pompe  dis- 
ease in  animals.  The  current  trials. — supported 
by  Synpac,  a  drug  development  company — 
are  testing  both  the  safety  and  efficacy  of  the 
product  in  humans. 

According  to  medical  center  officials,  the 
Illinois  family  was  understandably  upset  that 
Duke  made  the  difficult  decision — supported 
by  the  FDA — not  to  expand  the  trials  to  include 
their  child.  Unfortunately,  there  is  only  enough 
of  the  drug  for  the  three  children.  Beyond 
that  reality,  extending  the  trials  to  include  a 
fourth,  which  is  not  the  approved  protocol, 
would  put  the  three  enrolled  patients  at  risk. 
That  would  delay  results  that  could  lead  to 
FDA  approval  — and  potentially  withhold  a 
life-saving  remedy  from  others. 


tion  by  OPRR  often  have  taken  years  to  come 
into  compliance,  without  facing  the  draconi- 
an  measures  imposed  upon  Duke." 

Criticisms  ot  IRB  procedures  aren't  them- 
selves without  their  critics.  In  a  formal  re- 
sponse to  the  Office  of  Inspector  General 
report,  the  Association  of  American  Medical 
Colleges  declared  that,  overall,  this  is  a  sys- 
tem that  has  worked  remarkably  well.  The 
associations  president,  Jordan  J.  Cohen,  agreed 
that  IRBs  face  tremendous  stresses,  and  that 
they  could  benefit  from  additional  resources. 
But  he  challenged  the  notion — supported  by 
the  title  of  the  report,  "A  Time  for  Reform" — 
that  the  system  is  in  crisis  or  on  the  verge  of 
collapse.  And  he  questioned  the  assumption 
that  an  IRB  process  should  be  rooted  in  a 
policing  ot  auditing  role  rather  than  in  trust. 

The  trust  that  exists  between  the  IRB  and 
the  investigator  "permits  this  system  to  work 
effectively  because  it  encourages  openness, 
responsiveness,  and  collaboration,"  he  said. 
He  took  strong  exception  to  the  report's  focus 
on  presumed  conflicts  of  interest  that  would 
seem  to  breach  that  trust.  It  is  a  "false  logic," 
he  said,  to  argue  that  "IRBs  regularly  have  the 
institutional  interest  in  heart  at  the  expense 
of  those  of  research  subjects....  The  fact  of  the 
matter  is  that  nothing  could  be  more  in  the 
institutional  interest  than  protecting  the  sub- 
jects of  research." 

For  his  part,  Sugarman  says,  "There  always 
have  been  pressures  for  investigators  to  pro- 
duce in  clinical  research.  And  there  always 
have  been  conflicts  of  interest  in  research. 
Any  IRB  is  going  to  have  conflicts  of  interest, 
too.  An  IRB  can  fail  because  of  the  conflict  of 
interest  of  needing  to  approve  research  with- 
in the  institution;  it  is  an  institutionally  con- 
structed committee.  The  real  question  is,  are 
these  irreconcilable  conflicts  or  can  we  work 
around  them?"  He  says  the  IRB  system  has  a 
sound  basis — "looking  over  the  research  be- 
fore it  happens  in  a  manner  that  can  be  sensi- 
tive to  the  local  environment  in  which  the  re- 
search will  be  conducted,  balancing  the  risks 
and  benefits  ot  the  research,  and  delineating 
how  informed  consent  will  be  obtained." 

If  pharmaceutical  companies  impress  aca- 
demic institutions  with  standards  of  efficien- 
cy, that's  not  a  bad  thing,  he  says.  And  while 
managed  care  might  place  constraints  on  re- 
search, it  might  also  produce  "better  data  on 
outcomes"  because  of  the  "synchronization  of 
care  that's  not  possible  in  a  fractionated  fee- 
for-service  system." 

In  Sugarman's  view,  a  deeper  challenge  for 
IRBs  comes  from  the  growing  prevalence  of 
clinical  trials  at  multiple  clinical  sites.  "The 
current  regulations  were  written  at  a  time 
when  most  research  was  done  with  a  single 
institution  and  by  a  single  investigator.  Con- 
sequently, they  are  cumbersome  to  use  in 
multi- center  research,  which  constitutes  a 


large  proportion  of  clinical  trials  today." 

The  same  complexity  in  medical  research 
that  demands  cross-institutional  approaches 
also  involves  expertise  that  isn't  always  avail- 
able in  smaller  institutions.  Sugarman  and 
several  Duke  investigators  participated  in  an 
NIH-sponsored  conference  that  considered 
the  dicey  ethics  of  in-utero  gene  transfer 
experiments.  Under  his  auspices,  Duke  held 
its  own  conference  on  the  ethics  of  using 
stem  cells  derived  from  umbilical-cord  blood. 
Those  cells  hold  promise  in  treating  a  variety 
of  medical  conditions;  but  informed-consent 
procedures  surrounding  cord-blood  "bank- 
ing" and  donation  are  another  murky  ethical 
area.  With  some  cutting-edge  medical  tech- 
nologies, those  who  perform  and  scrutinize 
research  will  gain  from  discussions  that  go 
beyond  the  scope  of  most  IRBs,  he  says. 

Whether  or  not  it  was  intended  to  do  so, 
OPRR's  action  sent  a  message  to  other  medi- 
cal centers.  Duke  doctors  mention  having 
received  phone  and  e-mail  messages  from 
colleagues  across  the  country  with  the  com- 
mon refrain,  "There  but  for  the  grace  of  God 
go  we."  Falletta  says  his  e-mail  screen  showed 
eighty  to  ninety  messages  a  day,  from  investi- 
gators at  Duke  and  from  other  medical  cen- 
ters. Says  Duke  administrator  John  Burness, 
"One  of  the  costs  of  prominence  is  someone 
may  try  to  make  an  example  of  you.  That's 
true  whether  you're  talking  about  the  Duke 
English  department  or  the  medical  center." 

At  one  medical  center  that  closely  fits 
Duke's  profile,  three  medical  administrators 
declined  to  say  anything  about  Duke  and 
OPRR.  A  public-relations  official  there  sees 
no  benefit  to  his  institution's  calling  attention 
to  itself  on  "this  matter.  He  likens  OPRR  to 
the  IRS:  An  eager  auditor  is  bound  to  find 
some  transgression  in  any  investigation. 

The  places  where  Duke's  Edward  Holmes 
held  administrative  posts,  the  University  of 
Pennsylvania  (where  he  developed  the  de- 
partment of  medicine)  and  Stanford  (where 
he  was  senior  associate  dean  for  research) ,  are 
more  forthcoming.  At  Penn,  Glen  Gaulton, 
vice  dean  for  research  and  research  training, 
says  "we  all  fell  out  of  our  chairs"  when  word 
came  of  the  research  suspension  at  Duke. 
Penn  has  just  one  IRB  for  the  university  and 
the  medical  center.  But  that  group  is  divided 
into  seven  subcommittees.  IRB  members, 
none  of  whom  (as  at  Duke)  is  paid  for  the  ser- 
vice, oversee  what  Gaulton  describes  as  "a  bit 
of  an  upswing  in  clinical  trials" — an  upswing 
that,  in  part,  is  a  response  to  the  need  to  in- 
fuse revenue  into  Penn's  declining  coffers. 
"There's  heightened  awareness — and  appro- 
priately so — that  this  area  needs  to  receive  a 
greater  level  of  scrutiny,"  he  says.  "Someone 
was  bound  to  be  hit  with  an  investigation  like 
this." 

Gaulton  says  an  internal  review  left  Penn 


46        DUKE  MAGAZINE 


feeling  confident  about  its  IRB  procedures; 
the  Duke  episode,  he  says,  "had  a  good  by- 
product, in  that  everyone  is  now  taking  a 
fresh  look."  Penn's  look  is  longer-range,  and 
it's  considering  more  vexing  IRB  issues.  The 
possibility  of  compensating  IRB  members  is 
one.  Another  is  the  possibility  of  expanding 
the  IRB's  sphere  of  operation — performing 
random  audits  of  clinical  trials  to  gauge,  for 
example,  whether  informed- consent  prac- 
tices conform  to  those  outlined  in  the  re- 
search protocol. 

At  Stanford,  the  immediate  response  was 
to  gather  together  top  officials  and  have  them 
study  OPRR's  list  of  complaints  against  Duke. 
"We  actually  came  away  feeling  quite  good 
about  our  own  procedures  and  policies,"  says 
Kathy  McClelland,  Stanford's  research  com- 
pliance director.  At  the  same  time,  McClel- 
land's  office  was  under  review  for  additional 
support  staff — a  step  that's  now  been  taken 
for  Duke.  The  new  staff  members  are  coming, 
and  they'll  be  supporting  three  medical  IRBs 
(an  increase  from  two)  and  one  non-medical 
IRB.  It's  not  just  that  the  volume  of  clinical 
trials  is  on  the  rise  at  Stanford,  McClelland 
says.  Research  protocols  are  becoming  more 
complex,  even  as  patients  are  clamoring  to  be 
part  of  the  research  and  investigators  (or 
sponsors)  are  pressing  for  speedy  approvals. 
"One  protocol  can  invoke  four  or  five  sets  of 
regulations,  some  of  which  are  conflicting. 
When  you  see  the  attorneys  struggling  with 
the  regulations,  it's  a  lot  to  expect  surgeons  or 
administrators  to  figure  them  out.  That  really 
does  challenge  the  IRBs." 

Like  Penn,  Stanford  is  looking  into  com- 
pensating its  IRB  members.  (For  now,  the  home 
departments  of  the  subcommittee  chairs  re- 
ceive funds  to  compensate  for  the  time  spent 
on  non-department  business.)  "The  time 
commitment  is  greater  than  for  other  com- 
mittee service,"  McClelland  says.  "And  the 
consequence  of  error  is  far  greater.  You're 
talking  about  people's  safety,  even  their  lives." 

The  negative  consequences  of  the  research 
interruption  don't  seem  to  be  lasting  for  Duke. 
According  to  Holmes,  patients  and  drug  com- 
panies haven't  turned  away  from  the  medical 
center.  On  the  contrary,  during  the  suspen- 
sion, "we  got  numerous  phone  calls  from  indi- 
viduals who  viewed  some  of  the  experimental 
therapies  as  their  only  chance.  That  was  one 
of  the  reasons  to  make  the  corrections  as 
speedily  as  possible,"  he  says.  "And  if  you're  an 
external  agency,  whether  that's  private  or 
governmental,  a  four-day  suspension — and 
thank  God,  it  was  only  four  days — isn't  going 
to  change  your  view  that  Duke  does  very 
high-quality  clinical  research." 

There's  evidence  that  Duke  played  it  smart 
in  getting  the  issue  behind  it  as  quickly  as 
possible.  About  two  weeks  after  the  suspen- 
sion, the  medical  center  commissioned  a 


"THE  FIRST  REACTION 

WHILE  WE  WERE 

READING  THE  DOCUMENTS 

THAT  SHUT  US  DOWN 

WAS,  CAN  THEY  DO 

THAT  TO  US?  AND  VERY 

QUICKLY  WE  RECOGNIZED, 

SURE  THEY  CAN." 

JOHN  FALLETTA 

Chair,  Institutional  Review  Board 

Duke  Medical  Center 


national  survey.  It  showed  that  the  incident 
registered  for  about  6  percent.  "It  was  below 
bottled-water  safety  as  an  issue,"  as  Burness 
puts  it.  "To  the  degree  that  people  remem- 
bered it,  they  remembered  something  favor- 
able about  Duke — that  Duke  cleaned  it  up, 
and  so  it  was  a  non-problem." 

If  that's  so,  Duke  handled  adeptly  what  was 
as  much  a  public-relations  crisis  as  a  medical 
crisis.  The  most  notorious  contrary  example 
arose  at  Stanford  in  1990-91.  Accused  of 
cheating  the  government  out  of  hundreds  of 
millions  of  dollars  in  indirect  costs — that  is, 
the  overhead  charges  accompanying  research 
grants — Stanford  chose  to  wage  a  vigorous 
legal  battle.  Stanford  ultimately  won  the  legal 
issues  but  suffered  significant  public  criticism 
for  a  decade.  In  one  of  its  monthly  reports  to 
the  leading  universities,  the  Association  of 
American  Universities  pointed  to  the  differ- 
ent strategies  between  the  two  institutions, 
and  accented  the  better  outcome  for  Duke. 


Several  years  ago,  Jeremy  Sugarman  found 
himself  involved  in  a  medical  and  public-rela- 
tions episode  of  broader  scope.  As  a  staff 
member  of  the  White  House  Advisory  Com- 
mittee on  Human  Radiation  Experiments, 
which  began  its  work  in  1994,  he  wrestled 
with  difficult  questions  about  the  conduct  of 
research  involving  human  subjects.  As  part  of 
that  work,  he  was  involved  in  surveying  about 
2,000  patients  at  medical  sites  around  the 
country,  including  Duke.  A  hundred  of  those 
patients  were  segmented  for  in-depth  inter- 
views. 

"One  of  the  overriding  messages  we 
learned  was  that  trust  was  crucial — trust  in 
the  individual  investigators,  trust  in  the  insti- 
tutions in  which  the  research  was  conducted, 
and  trust  in  the  research  enterprise  as  a 
whole.  Trust  was  central  to  the  willingness  of 
people  to  participate  in  something  they 
hoped  would  give  them  some  direct  medical 
benefit.  But  they  would  often  realize  over 
time  that  the  benefits  might  not  accrue  to 
them.  Despite  that,  they  would  be  willing  to 
be  altruistic." 

As  a  society,  we  shouldn't  rely  exclusively 
on  review  boards  or  government  agencies  for 
patient  protection,  he  says,  any  more  than  we 
should  rely  on  police  forces  for  driver  protec- 
tion. Ultimately,  we  need  to  believe  in  good 
intentions. 

That  implicit  trust  explains  the  persistence 
of  someone  like  Arlawin  Ladd,  a  patient  par- 
ticipating in  a  Duke  cardiology  study.  Ladd,  a 
seventy-two-year-old  who  lives  just  outside 
Durham,  began  in  a  clinical  trial  in  the  winter 
of  1998.  She  had  been  diagnosed  earlier  with 
congestive  heart  failure.  "This  is  not  an  im- 
personal thing,"  she  says  of  her  experience. 
"It's  done  with  care,  with  an  interest  in  the 
patient."  Ladd  was  referred  to  the  medical 
center  by  her  primary  physician,  who  had 
trained  at  Duke.  A  Duke  cardiologist  then 
encouraged  her  involvement  in  the  study. 
"Somewhere  down  the  line,  they'll  be  able  to 
conquer  this  problem.  It  may  be  ten  years 
from  now.  I  may  not  be  the  beneficiary.  But 
for  all  we  know,  this  may  be  a  hereditary  con- 
dition, so  perhaps  my  children  or  grandchil- 
dren will  benefit.  If  someone's  life  can  be 
saved,  it'll  be  worth  just  about  anything  I 
might  contribute." 

Since  she  doesn't  know  it  she's  in  an  exper- 
imental group  or  a  control  group,  she  can't  be 
sure  that  she's  seeing  the  results  of  a  new 
therapy.  But  Ladd — who  helps  manage  a 
church  pre-school  for  two-year  olds — does 
know  that  she's  benefiting  from  medications 
that  weren't  available  until  recently,  and  that 
are  themselves  outcomes  of  past  clinical  tri- 
als. She  doesn't  indicate  much  interest  in 
OPRR's  action.  She  simply  says  it  would  have 
been  "a  terrible  thing"  if  a  research  dispute 
had  intruded  on  a  research  mission.  ■ 


September-October  1999        47 


GUNSHOT  INJURIES 
COST  TAXPAYERS 

In  1994,  more  than  38,000  people  in  the 
United  States  died  from  gunshots;  nearly 
another  100,000  people  were  injured.  These 
statistics  represent  the  "enormous  human  toll 
of  gun  violence,"  and  cost  U.S.  taxpayers  more 
than  $1  billion  in  lifetime  medical  costs,  says 
a  new  study  in  an  August  issue  of  The  Journal 
of  the  American  Medical  Association  (JAMA) . 

The  estimated  medical  costs  of  treating 
fatal  and  non-fatal  gunshot  injuries  in  the 
United  States  in  1994  was  $2.3  billion,  of 
which  $1.1  billion  was  paid  for  by  taxpayers 
through  government  programs,  the  JAMA 
article  states.  The  article's  authors — Philip 
Cook  of  Duke,  Bruce  Lawrence  and  Ted  Mil- 
ler of  the  National  Public  Services  Research 
Institute,  and  Jens  Ludwig  of  Georgetown 
University — used  hospital  discharge  figures 
from  Maryland  and  New  York,  emergency 
department  records  from  South  Carolina,  and 
information  from  a  number  of  other  sources, 
including  the  National  Spinal  Cord  Injury 
Statistical  Center,  to  calculate  their  findings. 
The  researchers  say  they  primarily  used  1994 
figures  for  their  study  because  these  data  were 
the  most  up-to-date  and  comprehensive 
available. 

The  researchers  calculated  that  the  mean 
medical  cost  per  injury  was  about  $17,000,  of 
which  49  percent  was  paid  by  taxpayers,  18 
percent  by  private  insurance,  and  33  percent 
by  other  sources.  "While  medical  costs  are  a 
relatively  small  component  of  the  total  bur- 
den imposed  on  society  by  gun  violence,  they 
represent  a  substantial  cost  to  the  medical 
system,"  according  to  the  article. 

Cook,  a  professor  of  public  policy  studies 
and  director  of  the  Terry  Sanford  Institute, 
says  that  many  people  see  gun  violence  as 
someone  else's  problem,  believing  that  it  has 
nothing  to  do  with  them  or  their  circum- 
stances. "But  if  they  are  taxpayers,  they  should 
be  concerned  about  it,  if  for  no  ether  reason 
than  so  much  of  the  cost  is  shared  through 
government  programs  and  insurance.  In  that 
respect,  we  all  share  in  the  pain." 

The  researchers  note  in  their  article  that 
this  "study  presents  what  we  feel  are  the  first 
nationally  representative  estimates  for  the 
sources  of  payments  for  medical  costs  that  are 


specific  to  gunshot  injuries."  They  add,  "While 
measuring  medical  costs  is  not  as  straightfor- 
ward as  counting  the  number  of  victims,  valid 
cost  estimates  are  important  for  at  least  two 
reasons.  First,  such  estimates  are  relevant  to 
evaluating  gun  violence-reduction  programs. 
Second,  reliable  estimates  for  the  financial 
burden  that  gun  violence  imposes  on  the 
medical-care  system  may  help  guide  reim- 
bursement policies." 

To  calculate  lifetime  medical  costs,  they 
measured  acute-care  hospital  costs  and  fol- 
low-up charges  that  included  prescriptions, 
medical  supplies  (such  as  crutches),  home 
health  care,  and  follow-up  physician  visits. 
While  the  mean  medical  cost  per  injury  ran 
about  $17,000  for  the  134,445  fatal  and  non- 
fatal gunshot  injuries  in  1994,  the  non-fatal 
gunshot  injuries  that  required  hospitalization 
resulted  in  more  than  $35,000  per  case  in  life- 
time medical  costs. 

The  researchers  also  determined  that: 

•  Gunshot  injuries  due  to  assaults  accounted 
for  74  percent  of  the  total  medical  costs. 

•  Government  programs  are  the  primary 
payers  for  40  percent  to  50  percent  of  hospi- 
talized gunshot  injury  cases.  These  same  pro- 
grams are  the  primary  payers  for  62.5  percent 
of  spinal  injury  cases  due  to  gunshots  and 
88.6  percent  of  spinal  injury  cases  after  initial 
hospitalization. 

•  Non-fatal  self-inflicted  gunshot  injuries 
have  higher  lifetime  costs  that  unintentional 
injuries  or  assaults. 

•  For  non-fatal  gunshot  injury  victims,  the 
majority  of  medical  treatment  costs  come 
after  the  patient  has  been  discharged  from 
the  hospital. 

"We  see  our  estimates  as  being  the  lower 
bound,"  says  Cook.  "There  are  some  costs  we 


were  not  able  to  include  but  which  none- 
theless add  to  the  [total]  cost,  such  as  the 
cost  of  treatment  for  psychological  injuries 
associated  with  the  shooting.  We  also  were 
not  able  to  take  into  full  account  the  follow- 
up  costs  for  brain  injuries." 

The  research  was  supported  by  a  grant 
from  the  Joyce  Foundation  in  Chicago. 


SPEEDY  DATA 
DELIVERY 

Computer  science  researchers  at  Duke 
have  developed  a  system  for  Internet 
communications  at  speeds  higher  than 
one  billion  bits — one  gigabit — per  second  in 
a  local  area  network  (LAN)  of  desktop  com- 
puters. This  system  essentially  doubles  the 
current  speed  at  which  data  can  be  trans- 
ferred over  the  fastest  LANs  with  TCP/IP  the 
communications  standard  used  for  the  In- 
ternet and  the  World  Wide  Web.  It  is  20,000 
times  faster  than  communication  through  a 
telephone  modem. 

The  system  uses  a  special  high-speed  Myri- 
net  LAN  operating  at  Duke's  computer  sci- 
ence department.  Duke's  Myrinet  system  was 
supplied  by  Myricom  Inc.  of  Arcadia,  Cali- 
fornia, as  part  of  an  experimental  project 
funded  by  the  National  Science  Foundation 
to  develop  new  techniques  for  high-speed 
communications.  This  Myrinet  network  is  it- 
self rated  at  more  than  1  gigabit.  But  system 
bottlenecks  limit  the  rate  at  which  data  can 
move  between  the  network  and  the  comput- 
ers connected  to  it,  says  Jeff  Chase,  Duke 
assistant  computer  science  professor. 

Using  the  fastest  LANs  now  on  the  market, 
"you'll  get  about  a  half  a  gigabit  per  second 
through  TCP,"  Chase  says.  By  using  the  latest 
newly  released  Myrinet  network  cards  to- 
gether with  their  own  modifications,  the 
Duke  team  achieved  speeds  of  1.147  billion 
bits  a  second  by  mid-May,  notes  Andrew  Gal- 
latin, a  senior  systems  programmer  in  Duke's 
computer  science  department  who  works 
with  Chase.  Other  members  of  the  Duke 
group  include  computer  science  graduate  stu- 
dent Kenneth  Yocum  and  Alvin  Lebeck,  also 
an  assistant  computer  science  professor. 

"It's  the  first  demonstration  on  public  re- 
cord of  TCP/IP  running  faster  than  a  gigabit 


DUKE  MAGAZINE 


per  second,  end-to-end,  one  host  [network 
workstation]  to  another,"  Chase  says.  "What 
we  have  done  is  provide  the  software  support 
that's  needed  to  allow  others  to  achieve  simi- 
lar speeds  on  other  networks  that  will  arrive 
in  the  future." 

Details  can  be  found  at  the  Duke  department 
of  computer  science  website  at  www.cs.duke. 
edu/ari/trapeze. 

LANs  are  groups  of  computers  that  are 
wired  together  to  allow  them  to  exchange 
messages  and  data.  They  range  in  speed  and 
complexity  from  commonplace  office  net- 
works to  the  array  of  high- end  Digital  Alpha 
workstations  currently  connected  by  Myrinet 
in  a  glassed-in  "fishbowl  lab"  in  Chase's  de- 
partment. Those  machines  and  associated 
equipment  are  part  of  a  larger  Duke  computer 
science  testbed  cluster  funded  by  grants  from 
the  National  Science  Foundation,  Myricom, 
and  Intel  Corp. 

While  the  Myricom  LAN  is  experimental 
and  operates  within  a  small  space,  the  tech- 
niques developed  there  could  eventually  help 
computer  users  obtain  more  efficient  access 
to  larger  scale  networks,  including  a  future 
version  of  the  Internet,  Chase  says. 

It  might  also  mean  that  standard  TCP/IP 
type  software  could  be  used  for  such  cutting- 
edge  applications  as  wiring  together  individu- 
al desktop  computers  into  a  massively  parallel 
supercomputer.  "What  we've  done  is  narrow 
the  gap  between  standard  TCP/IP  communi- 
cations that  everybody  loves  and  knows  how 
to  use  and  has  the  software  to  use  and  these 
more  cutting-edge  technologies  that  are 
harder  to  use  and  difficult  for  people  to  pro- 
gram," he  says. 

BIG  BOOSTS 
FOR  ATHLETICS 

Two  gifts  to  Duke  athletics — a  bequest 
of  more  than  $5  million  from  the  estate 
of  Tobias  C.  "Zollie"  Sherrill  '51,  and  a 
$2.5-million  trust  established  by  John  Kos- 
kinen  '61  and  his  wife,  Pat — will  support 
scholarships  for  student  athletes,  renovations 
and  improvements  to  the  soccer/lacrosse  sta- 
dium, and  the  construction  and  maintenance 
of  new  recreational  facilities  on  West  Cam- 
pus. 

Sherrill,  who  died  in  1996,  was  president  of 
the  T.A.  Sherrill  Construction  Co.,  a  grading 
and  paving  company  in  Charlotte.  He  was  a 
football  letterman  at  Duke  and  a  charter  mem- 
ber of  the  Iron  Dukes,  the  organization  largely 
responsible  for  funding  athletic  scholarships. 
His  endowment  will  support  as  many  as  eight 
additional  scholarships  annually. 

Duke  currently  offers  201  athletic  scholar- 
ships in  fifteen  of  its  twenty-six  varsity  sports; 
before  this  gift,  only  thirty-six  were  supported 


DORM  DELUGE:  FIRST-YEAR  STUDENTS  CONVERGE  ON  CAMPUS  IN  AUGUST 

2003:  A  CLASS  PROFILE 


ACCEPTANCE/ENROLLMENT  SUMMARY 


Early  Regular 

Decisions    Decisions 


Applications 

Accepted 

Enrolled 


,296  12,592  13,838 

536  3,243  3,779 

518  1,124  1,642 


ACADEMIC  PROFILE 


High  school  class  rank  (among  ranked  students) 
Arts  &  Sciences       Engineering 

Top  5%  72%  78% 

10%  14%  14% 

15%  9%  6% 

20%  and  below  5%  2% 

SAT  SCORES:  Middle  50%  Ranges 

SAT  Verbal 

Arts  &  Sciences:  660-760 
Engineering:    660-750 
Combined:  660-760 

SAT  Math 

Arts  &  Sciences:  660-760 
Engineering:  730-800 
Combined:  680-780 

ACT  Composite 
Arts  &  Sciences:  28-33 
Engineering:  30-34 
Combined:  29-33 

TYPE  OF  HIGH  SCHOOL 


Public 
Private 
Parochial 
Home-Schooled 


66.4% 

30.7% 
2.7% 
0.2% 


MINORITY  REPRESENTATION 

Asian,  Asian  American, 

or  Pacific  Islander  14.3% 

African  American/Black  9.8% 

Hispanic/Latino  5.5% 

Biracial/Multiracial  2.4% 
Native  American,  American  Indian, 

Native  Alaskan,  or  Native  Hawaiian  0.5% 

TOP  TEN  STATES  REPRESENTED 

North  Carolina  232 

New  York  141 

Florida  122 

Virginia  96 

California  95 

Texas  83 

Georgia  57 

Maryland  77 

Pennsylvania  73 

New  Jersey  65 

INTERNATIONAL  STUDENTS 

124  students  (82  foreign  citizens,  10 
permanent  residents,  14  dual  citizens,  and 
18  U.S.  citizens  living  and  studying  abroad) 
from  44  countries.  Countries  and  territories 
represented:  Australia,  Bahrain,  Belgium, 
Bermuda,  Brazil,  Bulgaria,  Canada,  Chile, 
China,  Colombia,  Ivory  Coast,  Egypt,  El 
Salvador,  England,  France,  Germany,  Hong 
Kong,  India,  Indonesia,  Italy,  Jamaica,  Japan, 
Jordan,  Korea,  Malaysia,  Mexico,  Nicaragua, 
Nigeria,  Pakistan,  Panama,  Papua  New 
Guinea,  Philippines,  Romania,  Russia,  Saudi 
Arabia,  Scotland,  Singapore,  South  Africa, 
Spain,  Sweden,  Switzerland,  Tanzania,  Taiwan, 
Thailand,  Turkey,  Venezuela 


September-October  1999        49 


by  an  endowment.  Each  scholarship  costs  ap- 
proximately $33,000  annually  and  covers 
tuition,  room  and  board,  and  other  expenses. 
(Because  Duke  is  a  private  institution,  it  does 
not  have  access  to  state  support,  which  re- 
duces the  annual  cost  of  an  athletic  scholar- 
ship at  state  universities  in  the  Atlantic  Coast 
Conference.) 

In  the  next  few  years,  the  university  plans 
to  add  another  thirty-four  new  scholarships, 
for  which  fund  raising  is  under  way  as  part  of 
the  athletic  departments  portion  of  the  Cam- 
paign for  Duke. 

In  recognition  of  the  gift — the  largest  ever 
for  athletic  scholarships  at  Duke — the  men's 
basketball  office  area  in  the  Schwartz-Butters 
Building  adjacent  to  Cameron  Indoor  Stadium 
will  bear  his  name.  Slated  for  completion  late 
in  the  fall,  the  Schwartz-Butters  Building  is  a 
six-story  addition  to  Cameron  that  will  house 
an  academic  center  for  student  athletes, 
men's  and  women's  basketball  offices  and 
facilities,  and  a  new  sports  hall  of  fame.  The 
building  will  anchor  the  northwest  end  of 
Duke's  West  Campus  recreational-athletic 
complex,  which  includes  Card  Gym  and  the 
Taischoff  Aquatic  Center;  the  new  Wilson 
Center,  a  student  recreational  facility  that 
opened  with  the  start  of  classes;  and  the 
indoor  Sheffield  Tennis  Center  under  con- 
struction, as  well  as  the  outdoor  courts. 

The  Koskinens  established  a  $2.5-million 
charitable  lead  trust,  which,  over  a  twenty-year 
period,  is  expected  to  generate  $300,000  for 
the  soccer/lacrosse  stadium,  $1  million  to  sup- 
port West  Campus  recreational  facilities,  and 
more  than  $1  million  to  establish  the  John 
and  Patricia  Koskinen  Scholarship  Endow- 
ment fund  to  support  female  student  athletes. 
In  honor  of  their  generosity,  the  refurbished 
soccer  facility  was  named  the  John  and  Pa- 
tricia Koskinen  Stadium  in  a  September  cere- 
mony. 

Koskinen,  who  chairs  President  Clinton's 
Council  on  2000  Conversion  and  is  a  former 
deputy  director  of  the  White  House  Office  of 
Management  and  Budget,  is  a  past  chair  of 
Duke's  board  of  trustees,  a  former  president  of 
the  Duke  Alumni  Association,  and  current 
chair  of  the  newly  created  Athletics  Advisory 
Board.  In  1997,  he  was  recognized  as  the  top 
trustee  in  America  by  the  Association  of 
Governing  Boards.  He  also  was  instrumental 
in  bringing  World  Cup  soccer  to  the  U.S.  He 
earned  his  bachelor's  in  physics  at  Duke  and  a 
law  degree  from  Yale  University.  The  Kos- 
kinens have  two  children;  their  son,  Jeffrey, 
graduated  from  Duke  in  1995. 

Improvements  to  the  stadium,  which  hosts 
Duke's  men's  and  women's  soccer  and  lacrosse 
programs,  will  be  made  in  stages,  beginning 
with  a  new  scoreboard.  Other  enhancements 
include  new  restrooms,  a  press  box,  and  a 
meeting  room.  The  Koskinens'  gift  will  en- 


dow two  new  annual  scholarships  for  Duke 
student  athletes. 

In  just  its  fourth  year  of  existence,  Duke's 
women's  lacrosse  team  advanced  to  its  first 
Final  Four  in  the  1999  NCAA  Champion- 
ships. The  men's  lacrosse  team  made  its  sixth 
NCAA  appearance  and  earned  its  first  ever 
NCAA  Tournament  first-round  bye  in  1999. 
The  men's  soccer  team  concluded  its  1998 
season  with  an  18-4  overall  record  and  a  spot 
in  the  NCAA  Tournament.  The  women's  soc- 
cer team  enters  its  twelfth  season  this  year 
with  seven  NCAA  Tournament  appearances, 
including  an  appearance  in  the  1992  national 
championship  game. 


NEW  TRUSTEES 
NAMED 

A  physician,  a  businesswoman,  an  as- 
piring technology  consultant,  a  re- 
searcher, and  an  attorney  have  been 
elected  to  Duke's  board  of  trustees.  Edward 
G.  Bowen  M.D.  '59  of  Atlanta,  Nancy  A. 
Nasher  J.D.  79  of  Dallas,  Brandon  H.  Busteed 
'99  of  Boston,  G.  Clark  Smith  of  Durham, 
and  Gwynne  A.  Young  '71  of  Tampa  have 
been  elected  to  their  first  terms  as  members  of 
the  thirty- seven-person  board. 

Bowen,  an  obstetrician/gynecologist,  is  also 
an  assistant  clinical  professor  at  Emory  Uni- 
versity School  of  Medicine.  A  past  president 
of  the  medical  staff  of  Northside  Hospital  in 
Atlanta,  he  currently  chairs  its  board  of 
trustees.  He  is  also  on  the  board  of  Fidelity 
National  Bank  and  a  former  member  of  the 
boards  of  the  Atlanta  Opera  and  Atlanta 
Meals  on  Wheels.  He  enrolled  in  Duke's 
Trinity  College  in  1953,  withdrawing  in  1955 
to  enter  Duke  Medical  School.  He  has  been  a 
member  of  the  medical  center's  board  of  visi- 
tors since  1992  and  is  a  past  president  of  the 
Medical  Alumni  Council.  In  1990,  he  re- 
ceived the  Charles  A.  Dukes  Award  for  Out- 
standing Volunteer  Service  to  Duke.  Bowen 
is  married  to  Mary  Martin  Davis  Bowen  A.M. 
'59  and  they  have  three  grown  children. 

Nasher,  a  Princeton  graduate,  is  an  experi- 
enced lawyer  and  businesswoman  who,  since 
1992,  has  been  the  owner  of  NorthPark  Cen- 
ter, one  of  the  premier  shopping  centers  in 
the  United  States;  president  and  chief  execu- 
tive officer  of  the  NorthPark  Development 
Company;  and  vice  president  of  NorthPark 
Management  Company.  She  had  been  an 
associate  at  a  law  firm;  general  counsel  and 
director  of  leasing,  marketing,  and  retail  oper- 
ations of  The  Nasher  Company;  and  chair- 
man of  the  board  and  chief  executive  officer 
of  Northcorp  Realty  Advisors  Inc.  She  has 
served  on  the  boards  of  the  Duke  University 
Museum  of  Art,  the  Princeton  University 


Museum  of  Art,  and  the  University  of  North 
Texas  School  of  Visual  Arts.  A  lifetime  mem- 
ber of  the  Duke  law  school's  board  of  visitors, 
Nasher  is  a  member  of  the  law  school's  cam- 
paign planning  committee  and  the  univer- 
sity's campaign  steering  committee.  She  is 
also  a  member  of  the  board  of  directors  of  the 
Dallas  Museum  of  Art,  Dallas  Symphony 
Orchestra  Association,  Dallas  Business  Com- 
mittee for  the  Arts,  North  Texas  Public  Broad- 
casting-KERA  13,  Zale  Lipshy  University 
Hospital  at  Southwestern  Medical  Center,  and 
Children's  Cancer  Fund  of  Dallas.  She  is  the 
daughter  of  Duke  trustee  emeritus  Raymond 
D.  Nasher  '43. 

Busteed,  who  graduated  in  May  with  a 
bachelor's  degree  in  public  policy  studies,  has 
been  elected  to  serve  as  the  "young  trustee" 
on  the  Duke  board.  He  will  spend  the  first 
year  of  his  three-year  term  as  a  non-voting 
observer.  He  works  for  the  Yankee  Group,  an 
information- technology  market  research  and 
consulting  firm  in  Boston.  During  his  senior 
year  at  Duke,  he  was  a  student  member  of  the 
trustee  Business  and  Finance  Committee.  As 
an  undergraduate,  he  was  class  president  his 
junior  year;  was  founder  and  chair  of  the 
Campus  Social  Board,  which  was  formed  to 
plan  events  for  the  entire  campus;  and 
worked  on  long-term  initiatives  for  the  bet- 
terment of  social  life,  including  the  establish- 
ment of  an  alcohol-free  dorm  at  Duke.  He 
also  was  one  of  three  founders  of  a  national 
nonprofit  organization,  CIRCLe  Network 
(College  Initiatives  to  Reinvent  Campus  Life), 
which  held  a  national  leadership  conference 
at  Duke  in  March  for  student  leaders  and  ad- 
ministrators. As  a  senior,  he  received  the  Wil- 
liam J.  Griffith  Community  Service  Award  and 
the  Badge  Award  from  the  Duke  police  for  his 
efforts  to  encourage  safe  social  opportunities 
on  campus. 

Smith,  a  graduate  research  assistant  in  the 
Center  for  Applied  Control  at  Duke  since 
October  1994,  is  a  Ph.D.  candidate  in  me- 
chanical engineering  and  is  doing  research  on 
active  control  of  noise  and  vibration.  He 
plans  to  open  a  small  start-up  company  with 
other  students  from  Duke's  Fuqua  School  of 
Business.  He  was  nominated  by  the  university's 
Graduate  and  Professional  Student  Council 
for  his  three-year  term  as  a  "young  trustee." 
Besides  serving  on  several  councils,  judicial 
boards,  and  committees,  Smith  initiated  and 
developed  an  online  resource  for  community 
members  in  need  of  child  care  in  the  Durham 
area.  In  1999,  he  received  three  honors  for  his 
volunteer  work:  the  Young  Adult  Volunteer 
of  the  Year  Award  from  the  Volunteer  Center 
of  Greater  Durham  and  The  Herald-Sun;  the 
H.C.  Jr.  and  Lois  Cranford  Volunteer  Award 
from  the  Triangle  United  Way;  and  the  Wil- 
liam J.  Griffith  Award.  He  earned  his  bache- 
lor's at  Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute,  where 


50        DUKE  MAGAZINE 


EVIDENCE  OF  EVOLUTION 


When  a  team  of  Duke 
scientists  found  the 
skull  of  Aegyptopithe- 
cus  on  an  expedition  in  Fayum, 
Egypt  ("Unearthing  Ostensible 
Ancestors,"  November-Decem- 
ber 1994  issue  of  Duke  Magazine), 
it  was  just  the  first  of  a  string  of 
desert  discoveries  that  began  to 
fill  in  the  fossil  record  and  help 
answer  the  ongoing  question  of 
how — not  whether,  but  how — 
humans  evolved.  As  Duke  pri- 
matologist  Elwyn  Simons,  one 
of  the  scientists  involved  in  the 
Fayum  expeditions,  explains, 
the  years  since  Aegyptopithecus' 
emergence  have  been  rich  in  re- 
search and  discovery. 

"There  are  several  new  species 
that  have  been  described  that  fit 
into  the  evolution  of  humans," 
he  says.  Expeditions  in  Spain 
and  Ethiopia  have  yielded  thou- 
sands of  hominid  fossils  with 
clues  to  the  early  development 
of  the  genus  Homo.  This  August, 
a  15-million-vear  old  ape  skele- 
ton, called  Equatorius  by  its  dis- 
coverers, showed  new  evidence 
in  the  line  of  ape  evolution. 
And  two  particular  discoveries 
by  international  teams  in  east 
Africa  at  mid-decade  jolted  the 
field:  the  1994  excavation  of 
Ardipithecus  ramidus,  a  four-and- 
a-half-million-year-old  hominid 
fossil;  and  the  1995  find  of 
Australopithecus  anamensis,  a 
four-million-year-old  fossil. 

Simons  says  Ardipithecus'  co- 
discoverer  Tim  White,  a 
Berkeley  scientist  who  has  not 
yet  released  his  analysis,  is 
"playing  very  close  to  the  chest" 
the  importance  of  that  fossil. 
"[White]  is  implying  that  he 
thinks  it  might  be  a  hominid," 
he  says.  "This  is  the  oldest  rela- 
tive of  humans  in  the  African 
apes.  Everyone  is  waiting  with 
bated  breath  to  see  what  this 

A.  anamensis,  the  later  discov- 
ery, has  been  more  thoroughly 
analyzed.  "Basically,  anamensis 
is  half  a  million  years  older  than 
what  we  knew  before,  and  its 
dentition  and  jaws  are  more 
intermediate  between  apes  and 
humans,"  says  Simons.  In  addi- 


tion to  anamensis1  skull,  the  re- 
searchers discovered  a  leg  bone 
whose  structure  demonstrates 
"our  ancestors  walked  upright 
at  least  half  a  million  years  ear- 
lier than  was  thought."  The  two 
finds  bring  scientists  much  clos- 
er to  the  still-unknown  primate 
thought  to  be  the  progenitor  of 
both  humans  and  apes. 

Duke's  researchers,  Simons 
says,  continue  their  work  in 
anthropoid  science,  including 
Fayum  expeditions  and  publica- 
tions from  Simons,  Richard  Kay, 
and  Blythe  Williams.  Among 
recent  Duke  discoveries  listed 
by  Simons  are  the  skull  and 
teeth  of  Proteopithecus,  and  a 
fossil  known  as  Catopithecus. 
And  "we're  still  finding  more 
out  about  Aegyptopithecus,  writ- 
ing a  big  study  on  the  skull  of 
that,  which  hasn't  been  pub- 
lished yet."  All  three,  he  says, 
"give  us  more  insight  into  the 
origins  of  our  group." 

Such  insight  is  sorely  needed 
in  the  less  scientific  world  as  the 
debate  over  the  origins  of  man 
rears  up  once  again.  In  August, 
the  Kansas  state  school  board 
voted  six  to  four  to  remove  evo- 
lution as  a  requirement  of  the 
state  curriculum,  an  action 
likened  by  Harvard  professor 
Stephen  Jay  Gould  in  a  Time 
essay  to  teaching  "chemistry 
without  the  periodic  table,  or 
American  history  without 
Lincoln." 

Simons  takes  umbrage  at  cre- 
ationists' notion  that  de-empha- 
sizing evolution  is  justifiable 
because  it  is  "only  a  theory" 


and  "nobody  knows."  "This  is, 
of  course,  ridiculous,"  he  says 
with  some  heat.  "We  do  know 
that  these  things  happened, 
because  of  the  theory  of  com- 
mon descent."  While  the 
hominid  fossil  record,  strength- 
ened by  every  new  discovery, 
continues  to  "show  intermedia- 
cy  between  humans  and  chim- 
panzees," Simons  says  that 
record  is  "confirmatory  but  not 
even  necessary  for  understand- 
ing evolution.  If  there  was  not  a 
single  fossil  known,  you  could 
show  evolution  as  a  fact  of  biol- 
ogy, because  organisms  related 
to  each  other  taxonomically  are 
structurally  also  nearly  the 
same.  Humans  are  90  percent 
the  same  as  chimpanzees.  And 
the  only  scientific  inference  that 
can  be  drawn  with  groups 
showing  such  vast  levels  of  simi- 
larity is  that  they  share  a  com- 
mon origin." 

As  for  the  "theoretical" 
nature  of  evolution,  the 
National  Academy  of  Sciences 
addressed  the  semantics  of  the 
question  in  a  1998  report  stress- 
ing the  need  for  stronger  sci- 
ence and  evolution  education. 
"In  science,  theories  are  expla- 
nations based  on  a  large  body  of 
established  facts,"  the  NAS 
said.  Simons  illustrates  the  defi- 
nition, saying  evolution  is  "a 
fact  as  much  as  gravity  is.  Who 
has  seen  gravity?  Can  you  take 
gravity  and  hold  it  in  your  hand? 
Who  has  seen  a  molecule? 
People  don't  really  see  some  of 
the  fundamentals  of  science." 

What  Simons  says  he  sees  is  a 
need  for  scientists  to  pay  more 
attention  to  the  political  debate. 
"Science  is  why  we  have 
medicine,  this  telephone,  air- 
planes— when  people  try  to 
take  science  out  of  education, 
they're  threatening  the  very 
fabric  of  our  society.  We  are 
creating  a  country  of  ignora- 
muses. 

"Evolution  is  a  fact.  I'm  sorry 
that  more  scientists  don't  speak 
about  that.  They  perhaps 
should  see  this  as  a  rallying 
point,  because  this  is  all  getting 
out  of  control." 


he  received  the  Clarence  E.  Davis  Award  as 
the  outstanding  senior  in  mechanical  engi- 
neering, and  a  master's  degree  from  Virginia 
Polytechnic  Institute  and  State  University. 

As  president  of  the  Duke  Alumni  Asso- 
ciation, Young — who  was  a  trustee  of  the 
University  of  Tampa  and  of  the  Tampa  Pre- 


paratory School — will  be  an  observer  on  the 
board  of  trustees  during  1999-2000.  She  will 
be  a  voting  member  the  following  year.  Young 
practices  general  civil  litigation  at  the  Tampa 
law  firm  Carlton  Fields.  After  earning  her  J.D. 
at  the  University  of  Florida  in  1974,  she  was 
an  instructor  at  the  University  of  Florida 


College  of  Law  and  an  assistant  state  attorney 
for  the  Thirteenth  Judicial  Circuit  in  Florida. 
Young  is  a  founder  of  the  Child  Abuse  Coun- 
cil Inc.,  and  serves  on  its  advisory  board.  A 
member  of  the  Tampa  Chamber  of  Com- 
merce, she  is  a  former  director  of  the  Tampa 
Metropolitan  YMCA,  a  former  president  of 
the  Junior  League  of  Tampa,  and  a  former 
director  of  the  Association  of  Junior  Leagues 
International. 


IN  BRIEF 

v  Pelham  Wilder  Jr.,  after  marking  a  half- 
century  of  service  to  Duke — most  conspicu- 
ously as  university  marshal  and  chief  of  proto- 
col, his  role  since  1977 — will  be  handing 
over  his  ceremonial  mace  after  commence- 
ment ceremonies  in  May.  He  earned  his 
bachelor's  and  a  master's  at  Emory  University, 
and  a  master's  and  doctorate  at  Harvard 
University.  After  serving  in  the  Navy  and 
then  as  a  teaching  fellow  at  Harvard,  he 
joined  Duke's  chemistry  department  as  an 
instructor  in  1949.  One  of  the  first  scientists 
to  conduct  research  on  the  nature  of  cigarette 
smoke,  he  was  named  chemistry  professor  in 
1962,  pharmacology  professor  in  1967,  and  a 
distinguished  professor  in  1987.  He  directed 
undergraduate  studies  in  chemistry  for  eigh- 
teen years.  In  1971,  he  was  one  of  the  first  fac- 
ulty members  to  receive  the  alumni  award  for 
distinguished  undergraduate  teaching.  After 
retiring  from  the  faculty  in  1990,  he  contin- 
ued to  teach  in  the  chemistry  department  and 
at  the  medical  school.  In  1993,  he  was  award- 
ed the  University  Medal  for  Distinguished 
Meritorious  Service. 

V  Donna  Zapf  is  the  new  director  of  the 
Master  of  Arts  in  Liberal  Studies  Program.  In 
1994,  she  began  teaching  in  the  Graduate 
Liberal  Studies  Program  at  Simon  Fraser  Uni- 
versity in  Vancouver,  Canada;  she  became 
the  program's  director  in  1997.  Her  teaching 
interests  are  interdisciplinary  theories  and 
histories  of  the  arts,  with  an  emphasis  on 
modernism  and  contemporary  practices  and 
cultural  theory  and  history.  Zapf  succeeds 
Diane  Sasson,  who  was  director  of  the  inter- 
disciplinary degree  program  for  adult  learners 
for  twelve  years.  MALS  has  the  largest  enroll- 
ment of  any  Duke  graduate  program. 

*  Joseph  M.  Corless  Ph.D.  71,  M.D.  '72,  a 
researcher,  physician,  and  honored  teacher, 
has  been  named  vice  dean  for  faculty  and 
academic  affairs  at  Duke  Medical  Center.  In 
this  newly  created  position,  Corless  will  de- 
velop a  broad  initiative  involving  "mentor- 
ing" medical  school  faculty,  placing  special 
emphasis  on  female  and  under-represented 
minority  faculty  members  as  well  as  new 


September-October  1999        51 


teaching  staff.  He  will  also  oversee  the  insti- 
tutional review  board,  the  international  of- 
fice, and  policies  related  to  conflict  of  interest 
and  misconduct  in  science.  In  1996,  he  was 
named  director  of  appointments,  promotions, 
tenure,  and  faculty  development;  two  years 
later,  he  was  promoted  to  assistant  vice  chan- 
cellor for  academic  affairs 

*  Arts  and  Sciences  Dean  William  Chafe 
has  been  named  to  the  additional  position  of 
vice  provost  for  undergraduate  education. 
Chafe,  who  will  retain  the  title  and  duties  of 
dean  of  the  faculty  of  arts  and  sciences, 
assumes  responsibility  for  policy  leadership  in 
academic  matters  pertaining  to  Trinity  Col- 
lege as  well  as  in  the  areas  of  admissions  and 
financial  aid  for  undergraduates  in  arts  and 
sciences  and  the  School  of  Engineering.  The 
Alice  Mary  Baldwin  Professor  of  history  was 
appointed  dean  of  the  faculty  of  arts  and  sci- 
ences in  1995.  He  had  chaired  the  history 
department.  He  came  to  Duke  in  1971  as  an 
assistant  professor  of  history,  was  promoted  to 
full  professor  in  1979,  and  was  named  to  a  dis- 
tinguished chair  in  1988.  He  received  the  uni- 
versity's distinguished  teaching  award  in 
1973-74.  In  1998-1999,  Chafe  was  president 
of  the  Organization  of  American  Historians. 

v  Robert  J.  Thompson  Jr.,  who  was  dean  of 
undergraduate  education,  is  now  dean  of  Trin- 
ity College.  Karla  Holloway,  William  Rand  Ke- 
nan Professor  of  English  and  African  Ameri- 
can literature,  is  dean  of  the  humanities  and 
social  sciences;  and  Berndt  Mueller,  James  B. 
Duke  Professor  of  Physics,  is  dean  of  the  nat- 
ural sciences.  The  last  two  positions  are  new. 
Thompson's  research  has  centered  on  clinical 
child  psychology,  and  he  has  played  a  major 
role  in  promoting  reform  in  the  curriculum 
and  in  leading  efforts  to  transform  the  Uni- 
versity Writing  Program  and  the  Center  for 
Teaching,  Learning,  and  Writing.  Holloway, 
who  joined  Duke  in  1992,  focuses  on  African- 
American  literature  from  the  perspectives  of 
linguistics  and  cultural  studies.  Mueller's  ex- 
pertise is  theoretical  physics. 

%  Kenneth  C.  Morris  is  chief  financial  offi- 
cer of  Duke  University  Health  System.  The 
former  senior  vice  president  of  finance  for 
Mission + St.  Joseph's  Health  System  in  Ashe- 
ville  will  be  responsible  for  financial  manage- 
ment for  Duke's  system,  including  financial 
strategy,  budgeting  and  financial  control,  and 
overall  financial  performance.  He  earned  his 
master's  of  public  administration  at  the  Uni- 
versity of  Colorado  and  worked  at  Tulane  Uni- 
versity in  New  Orleans  before  becoming  vice 
president  for  finance  and  treasurer  at  Loyola 
University  Medical  Center  in  Chicago. 


SEESSMnEIHi 


BUILDING  COMMUNITY  INTERACTION 


n  the  seventh  grade,  Jeremy 
Huff  was  routinely  forced  to 
play  bingo  with  the  elderly. 
It  was  mandatory  volunteerism: 
His  junior  high  school  in 
Virginia  Beach  had  community 
service  built  into  the  weekly 
curriculum.  But  the  stints  play- 
ing bingo,  and  later  tutoring, 
were  well  received  by  Huff.  He 
liked  how  helping  people  made 
him  feel.  He  liked  the  sense  of 
community  that  he  began  to 
develop.  He  liked  how,  on  the 
way  home,  the  whole  class  got 
to  stop  for  Slurpees. 

So  it  was  natural  when,  be- 
fore arriving  at  Duke  his  fresh- 
man year,  Huff  signed  up  for 
Project  BUILD,  a  week-long, 
pre-orientation  program  through 
which  about  one-fifth  of  the 
freshman  class  performs  com- 
munity service.  The  BUILD 
acronym  stands  for  Building 
Undergraduate  Involvement  in 
Life  in  Durham;  that  objective 
has  occupied  an  increasingly 
large  part  of  Huff's  attention 
over  the  past  three  years.  As  a 
sophomore,  he  acted  as  a 
BUILD  crew  leader.  As  a  junior, 
he  became  coordinator  of  the 
program  and  also  helped  to  cre- 
ate a  house  course  (an  informal 
course  taught  in  a  dorm)  on 
Duke-Durham  relations. 
Because  the  house  course  stud- 
ied the  history  of  the  Durham 
area,  he  considered  the  class  an 
academic  extension  of  BUILD. 

But  Duke  students  are  not 
like  their  junior-high  counter- 
parts. With  their  crammed 
schedules,  it's  not  always  easy 
to  get  them  interested  in  the 
subject  of  Duke-Durham  rela- 
tions. Their  time  and  loyalty 
can  no  longer  be  bought  at  7- 
Eleven. 

While  working  on  the  house 
course,  Huff  and  then-public 
policy  professor  Leonard 
Beckum  had  an  idea.  Perhaps  a 
way  to  get  the  campus  into  the 
community  was  through  the 
community  that  came  onto 
campus — Duke  employees. 
"The  idea  would  be  to  bridge 
the  gap  between  students  and 
employees  in  hopes  that  would 
help  to  bridge  the  gaps  between 
the  [Durham]  community  and 
Duke,"  Huff  says. 

Huff  says  he  hopes  that  once 
students  have  a  better  under- 
standing of  Durham,  they'll 
want  to  take  a  more  active  role 
in  it.  He  and  Beckum  devised  a 
program  that  would  match 
Duke  students  with  employees 


and  encourage  both  to  learn 
about  the  routines  of  the  other. 
An  employee  might  follow  a 
student  to  class,  or  a  student 
might  go  to  an  employee's  home 
for  dinner  or  to  the  employee's 
church  for  worship.  Ideally,  the 
shared  experience  would  not 
only  bring  the  two  closer 
together,  but  also  teach  each 
about  how  the  other's  commu- 
nity works.  Maybe  even  make 
them  feel  more  comfortable 
participating  in  both  groups. 

"The  employees  are  people 
who  navigate  the  Duke  commu- 
nity and  the  Durham  communi- 
ty," says  Huff.  "So  they're  expe- 
rienced in  this  paradigm  that 
I've  set  up  in  my  mind  as  the 
ideal:  being  able  to  navigate 
both  communities  and  find  a 
place  where  you  fit  in.  Dr. 
Beckum  would  talk  about  peo- 
ple who  served  food  in  the  C.I. 
and  then  on  Sundays  they'd  be 
deacons  in  local  churches, 
which  is  a  complete  shift  They 
have  a  lot  of  work  to  do  psycho- 
logically just  to  position  them- 
selves at  Duke  and  in  Durham." 

The  Trinity  senior  plans  to 
begin  this  partnership  program 
when  the  course  returns  this 
spring.  He  says  he  hopes  to 
draw  support  for  the  program 
and  other  similar  ideas  from 
both  BUILD  and  Duke  Student 


Government,  where  he  was 
elected  vice  president  for  com- 
munity interaction.  He'll  also 
be  vice  president  of  Mock  Trial 
(a  student  group  that  tests  legal 
skills),  taking  a  graduate-level 
seminar,  and  preparing  to  write 
his  honors  thesis  in  literature. 

Despite  that  agenda,  his 
enthusiasm  for  service  has  only 
been  strengthened.  This  sum- 
mer, he  spent  twelve  days  in 
Peru  working  for  Operation 
Smile,  a  charitable  organization 
that  fixes  the  cleft  lips  and 
palates  of  needy  children  in 
developing  countries.  Over  the 
course  of  their  stay,  the  Op 
Smile  team  screened  more  than 
500  patients  and  operated  on 
about  130.  Although  he  was 
officially  with  the  team  that 
entered  medical  records  into  a 
computerized  database,  he  says 
he  had  a  great  deal  of  time  to 
interact  with  both  the  doctors 
and  the  patients. 

"It  was  probably  the  best 
thing  I've  ever  done,"  says  Huff, 
who's  now  considering  defer- 
ring law  school  to  work  with 
the  organization.  "And  I  don't 
mean  that  it  was  how  I've  been 
most  helpful  to  the  world.  It 
was  the  best  thing  for  me.  It  was 
inspiring  in  a  way  I've  never 
been  inspired  before." 

—Adam  Winer  '99 


52        DUKE  MAGAZINE 


Lasting  Legacy  to  the  Carolinas: 
The  Duke  Endowment,  1924-1994 

By  Robert  E  Durden.  Duke  University  Press, 
1 998.  404  pages.  $55.95. 

James  Buchanan  Duke  once  told  a 
friend  that  it  was  much  easier  to 
make  his  money  than  to  figure  out 
how  to  give  it  away.  But  the  leading 
benefactor  of  Duke  University  was 
as  innovative  and  effective  in  his 
approach  toward  philanthropy  as 
he  was  in  building  a  worldwide  to- 
bacco giant  and  organizing  a  vast 
network  of  electric  power  plants 
throughout  the  Carolinas.  In  his  establish- 
ment of  The  Duke  Endowment — by  which 
the  multi-millionaire  capitalist  "endeavored 
to  make  provision  in  some  measure  for  the 
needs  of  mankind  along  physical,  mental,  and 
spiritual  lines" — J.B.  Duke  went  far  beyond 
his  family's  long  tradition  of  giving.  In  fact,  he 
institutionalized  it  for  posterity  on  a  most 
princely  scale. 

Since  its  inception  on  December  11,  1924, 
The  Duke  Endowment  has  made  grants  close 
to  $1.4  billion.  Of  that,  Duke  University,  the 
prime  beneficiary,  has  received  more  than  a 
third,  or  $600  million.  Roughly  the  same 
amount  has  been  provided  to  numerous  hos- 
pitals, orphanages,  and  other  health-care  and 
child-care  organizations.  Additional  beneficia- 
ries have  included  other  colleges  and  univer- 
sities (Davidson  College,  Furman  University, 
and  Johnson  C.  Smith) ,  and  Methodist  church- 
es and  ministers  throughout  the  Carolinas. 
Moreover,  thanks  to  J.B.  Duke — and  the 
trustees  and  staff  throughout  the  decades — 
the  Endowment's  largesse  has  gone  far  be- 
yond the  financial.  It  has  grappled  with  some 
of  the  most  intractable  social  problems  of  our 
century. 

In  Lasting  Legacy  to  the  Carolinas,  Robert  F. 
Durden,  history  professor  emeritus  at  Duke, 
celebrates  the  seventy-fifth  anniversary  of 
The  Duke  Endowment  with  an  exceptionally 
well-documented  chronicle  of  its  history.  The 
author  of  The  Dukes  of  Durham  and  The 
Launching  of  Duke  University,  Durden  tracks 
the  Endowment's  role  in  the  economic  and 
social  progress  of  the  Carolinas  in  compre- 
hensive and  fascinating  detail.  While  provid- 
ing thorough  research  and  factual  analysis, 
the  book  also  portrays  the  colorful  individu- 


als—J.B.  Duke,  William  P.  Few,  Doris  Duke, 
George  Allen,  and  many  others — who  have 
made  the  Endowment,  and  Duke  University, 
what  they  are  today. 

J.B.  Duke's  father,  Washington  Duke,  lived 
and  raised  his  family  according  to  Methodist 
precepts  of  stewardship  of  wealth:  that  those 
who  possessed  wealth  had  the  dual  responsi- 
bility of  both  "using  it  and  giving  it  wisely." 
Washington  Duke  had  supported  Trinity  Col- 
lege since  the  late  1880s,  at  a  time  when  it  was 
almost  bankrupt.  Still,  the  real  transforma- 
tion of  the  small,  Methodist  Trinity  College 
into  Duke  University  began  when  J.B.  Duke 
signed  the  indenture  that  created  an  endow- 
ment for  the  college  to  receive  a  significant 
portion  of  its  annual  income.  J.B.  authorized 
the  Endowment's  first  trustees  to  distribute 
$6  million  from  the  corpus  of  the  trust  to  help 
expand  Trinity  into  a  major  new  university. 

Durden  dispels  some  of  the  myths  that 
took  root  in  that  era  and  still  flourish  today. 
He  explains  that  it  was  then-president  Wil- 
liam P.  Few  who  had  the  idea  to  name  the 
enlarged  institution  "Duke,"  although  it  has 
always  been  widely  assumed  Duke  himself 
suggested  it.  Durden  describes  the  relationship 
between  J.B.  Duke  and  Few  as  they  planned 
and  commenced  construction  of  the  new  uni- 
versity, depicting  its  almost  overwhelming 
magnitude.  "It  was  a  vast  undertaking,"  Dur- 


den observes.  "Only  a  few  colleges  or  univer- 
sities up  to  that  time  had  ever  had  such  a 
large  part  of  their  physical  plants  constructed 
at  one  time,  much  less  with  the  architectural 
harmony  that  would  characterize  the  build- 
ings." 

In  fact,  both  Few  and  Duke  significantly 
underestimated  the  amount  of  money  actually 
needed  to  build  a  first-rate  research  universi- 
ty, according  to  Durden.  He  tells  the  story, 
perhaps  apocryphal,  that  when  J.B.  Duke 
asked  Few  how  much  money  would  be  re- 
quired, Few  replied:  "About  $100  million." 
J.B.  Duke,  taking  Few's  reply  as  a  joke,  is  said 
to  have  laughed  and,  upon  seeing  Few  subse- 
quently, remarked  teasingly,  "Here  comes  the 
hundred-million-dollar  man." 

Since  today's  total  Endowment  support  has 
already  topped  six  times  that  amount,  it  was 
fortunate  for  Duke  University  that  early  En- 
dowment trustees  decided  to  shift  the  original 
focus  of  the  trust  from  health  care  to  educa- 
tion. Within  a  few  years  following  J.B.  Duke's 
death,  they  concluded  that  there  was  more 
income  for  hospitals  than  could  be  properly 
and  wisely  used  in  the  Carolinas — and  that  it 
wasn't  prudent  to  expand  the  hospital  build- 
ing program  further  nationally.  Accordingly, 
they  proceeded  to  make  the  four  educational 
institutions,  especially  Duke  University,  the 
prime  beneficiaries. 

Durden  makes  it  clear  that  this  decision, 
and  the  significant  support  and  funding  that 
followed,  played  a  critical  role  in  the  universi- 
ty's success  in  achieving  the  national  leader- 
ship position  it  holds  today.  He  maintains  that 
the  single  most  important  concrete  action  in 
catapulting  Duke  into  the  top  echelon  of 
research  universities  was  the  Endowment's 
decision  in  the  1960s  to  make  faculty  com- 
pensation competitive  with  the  best  universi- 
ties in  the  nation.  At  the  same  time,  Durden 
demonstrates  how  the  Endowment  also  has 
kept  J.B.  Duke's  original  commitment  to  the 
Carolinas.  He  cites  the  establishment  of  the 
Benjamin  N.  Duke  Scholars  program  in  the 
1980s,  which  has  been  an  important  force  in 
attracting  North  and  South  Carolina  students 
to  Duke. 

Some  of  the  liveliest  aspects  of  the  book 
cover  the  complex  relationship  between  the 
trustees  of  The  Duke  Endowment  and  those 
of  Duke  University.  By  granting  Endowment 
trustees  the  power  to  withhold  payments  to 


September-October  1999        53 


he  university  under  certain  conditions,  J.B. 
Duke's  original  indenture  gave  them  signifi- 
cant influence  over  the  university's  opera- 
tions. Durden  details  the  inevitable  tensions 
that  often  resulted  and  how  they  were  even- 
tually resolved. 

Many  observers  mistakenly  assume  that 
Duke  University  has  been  its  only  beneficiary. 
The  book  outlines  the  Endowment's  impor- 
tant contributions  to  other  colleges  and  uni- 
versities— especially  in  the  areas  of  faculty 
salaries,  library  resources,  and  student  schol- 
arships. Endowment  aid  helped  build  both 
Davidson  College  and  Furman  University  into 
leading  liberal-arts  colleges.  The  Endowment 


gave  Johnson  C.  Smith  what  few,  if  any,  vol- 
untarily supported  colleges  and  universities 
for  African  Americans  in  the  early  part  of  the 
century  could  claim:  a  dependable  source  of  a 
significant  amount  of  unrestricted  income. 
When  the  college  experienced  unexpected 
deficits  in  the  late  1960s,  the  Endowment 
came  forth  with  the  funds  need  to  cover  oper 
ating  expenses.  Stated  Smith's  grateful  offi 
cers  in  a  subsequent  memorandum:  "Needless 
to  say  that  without  the  strong  arm  of  financial 
support  of  the  Endowment,  Smith  would 
have  probably  joined  the  scrap  heap  or  funera 
pyre  of  more  than  200  other  traditionally  Ne 
gro  colleges  within  the  last  hundred  years." 


TERRY 


mm 

Politics,  Progress, 
Outrageous  Ambitions 


Howard  E.  Covingtoi 
and  Marion  A. ' 


This  biography  chronicles  the  incredible  life  of  one  of  the  most 
important  public  figures  of  the  postwar  South.  As  North  Carolina's 
governor,  as  president  of  Duke  University,  and  as  a  U.S.  Senator, 
Terry  Sanford  demonstrated  a  dynamic  style  of  progressive  leadership 
marked  by  compassion  and  creativity. 

"Terry  Sanford  was  a  creative  and  visionary  leader  who  knew  how  to 
hammer  dreams  into  results.  Covington  and  Ellis  brilliantly  explain 
this  remarkable  man's  ambition."— Charlie  Rose 

600  pages,  87  b&w  photos,  cloth  $34.95 


Equally  enlightening  is  Durden's  descrip- 
tion of  the  trailblazing  contributions  the  En- 
dowment has  made  in  hospitals,  health-care 
organizations,  orphanages,  and  churches.  Be- 
ginning in  the  late  1920s,  the  Endowment 
built  and  equipped  community  hospital  facili- 
ties, provided  aid  toward  the  cost  of  hospital- 
ization for  the  Carolinas'  poor,  and  raised 
standards  and  improved  efficiencies  throughout 
the  health-care  system.  Field  staff  representa- 
tives entered  into  an  ongoing  relationship 
with  the  beneficiary  hospitals,  assisting  with 
record  keeping,  lending  a  hand  with  applica- 
tions for  assistance,  helping  train  bookkeepers. 
Perhaps  most  importantly,  the  Endowment 
established  new  uniform  systems  to  obtain 
and  store  financial  and  clinical  records,  which 
enabled  hospitals  to  collect  and  share  a  rich 
variety  of  important  data.  The  Charlotte  of- 
fice became  a  clearinghouse  on  health  and 
hospital  matters  not  only  for  the  Carolinas 
but  the  nation. 

One  of  most  interesting  themes  of  the  book 
is  role  of  the  Duke  Endowment  vis-a-vis  the 
federal  government.  J.B.Duke's  original  vision 
was  that  the  Endowment  would  own  virtually 
all  the  securities  of  and  ultimately  control 
Duke  Power  Company  (now  Duke  Energy) , 
which  in  turn  would  supply  most  of  the 
Endowment's  income.  In  fact,  Durden  says, 
"because  of  his  solicitude  for  Duke  Power,  J.B. 
had  mandated  a  highly  restrictive  perpetual 
investment  policy" — one  that  often  denied 
the  trustees  the  ability  to  adapt  to  changing 
economic  and  political  conditions. 

In  the  1960s  and  1970s,  powerful  individu- 
als in  the  government  began  to  attack  this 
tight,  interlocking  relationship  between  the 
Endowment  and  Duke  Power.  Wright 
Patman,  a  Texas  Democrat,  launched  an  all- 
out  crusade  against  alleged  abuses  of  tax- 
exempt  foundations  in  general.  His  efforts 
culminated  in  the  Tax  Reform  Act  of  1969, 
which  required  the  Endowment  to  reduce  its 
percentage  of  ownership  in  the  common  stock 
of  Duke  Power  to  no  more  than  25  percent  by 
1979  and  prevented  it  from  purchasing  any 
more  stock. 

In  the  early  1970s,  following  the  mandates 
of  the  1969  Tax  Reform  Act,  the  trustees 
gained  legal  permission  at  least  to  modify  the 
investment  provision  of  the  indenture.  It  was 
not  until  after  the  1993  death  of  Doris  Duke 
(J.B.  Duke's  daughter  and  the  sole  trustee 
who  refused  to  allow  the  Endowment  to  sell 
any  Duke  Power  stock),  however,  that  the 
trustees  were  able  to  sell  a  large  block  of  stock 
and  significantly  diversify  the  investment 
portfolio,  reducing  the  concentration  in  Duke 
Power  from  77.5  percent  to  30.8  percent. 

"The  trustees  of  the  Endowment  had  both 
faithfully  and  imaginatively  continued  for 
seventy  years  to  do  precisely  those  things  that 
J.B.  Duke  wanted  done.  After  1994,  however, 


54        DUKE  MAGAZINE 


they  would  do  them  with  drastically  less  of 
the  total  income  being  derived  from  stock  in 
his  cherished  Duke  Power  Company,"  con- 
cludes Durden.  "The  Endowment's  annual 
assistance  to  beneficiaries  went  on,  in  ever 
increasing  amounts  and  in  more  imaginative 
ways  than  ever,  but  an  important  part  of 
James  B.  Duke's  Grand  Design  was  gone  for- 
ever." 

What  Durden's  book  captures  for  us  is  the 
ultimate  and  ongoing  good  that  Duke's  grand 
design  set  in  motion.  Besides  tracing  the 
impact  of  one  man's  innovative  charitable 
intentions,  the  book  is  a  testament  to  the 
many  trustees  and  staff  members  who  have 
invested  their  own  time,  energy,  and  creativi- 
ty in  "giving  wealth  wisely"  throughout  much 
of  this  century. 

— Sarah  Hardesty  Bray 

Bray  '72  is  a  senior  editor  at  The  Chronicle  of 
Higher  Education  and  a  member  of  Duke 
Magazine's  Editorial  Advisory  Board. 

Rocking  My  Life  Away:  Writing 
About  Music  and  Other  Matters 

By  Anthony  DeCurtis.  Duke  University  Press, 
1998.  360  pages.  $24.95. 

In  an  interview  with  music  critic 
Anthony  DeCurtis,  R.E.M.  guitarist 
Peter  Buck  notes  that  critics  trained 
in  English  departments  sometimes 
find  meanings  in  lyrics  even  when 
they  aren't  there.  "English  majors 
tend  to  think  everything  means 
something,"  Buck  observes,  and  he 
and  DeCurtis  shake  their  heads  over  such 
text- exploring  rock-and-roll  reviewers. 

But  DeCurtis  himself,  a  contributing  editor 
to  Rolling  Stone  and  correspondent  for  the 
cable  music  channel  VH-1,  has  a  Ph.D.  in 
English.  And  while  he  may  be  right  in  saying 
that  Bob  Dylan  is  not  James  Joyce,  this  new 
collection  of  his  critiques  shows  that  he  has  a 
firm  grasp  of  what  means  what — and  that  he 
puts  his  English-major  background  to  good 
use  to  express  that  grasp  clearly  and  acutely. 

Rock  and  roll  and  its  creators  are  DeCurtis' 
principal  subject,  but  his  range  and  interests 
are  broad  and  diverse — from  blues  artist 
John  Lee  Hooker  to  Wall  of  Sound  creator 
Phil  Spector  to  rapper  Ice-T.  Some  of  his 
freshest  observations  are  of  country  singers 
Johnny  Cash  and  Garth  Brooks.  His  brief 
item  on  Brooks  praises  the  artist's  skill  at 
incorporating  rock  elements  into  his  country 
base,  and  commends  his  generosity  to  live 
audiences  to  today's  often  spoiled  rock  stars. 

Many  of  the  book's  critiques  are  quite 
short — 750  words  or  less.  Others  reach  five 
times  that  length,  and  these  longer  pieces  are 
better.  DeCurtis'  strength  is  intelligent  expli- 


cation of  various  elements  of  popular  culture; 
fuller  treatment  of  such  subjects  as  Eric  Clap- 
ton, Bruce  Springsteen,  John  Mellencamp,  or 
the  Department  of  Popular  Culture  at  Bow- 
ling Green  State  University  allows  him  to 
develop  a  premise  to  greater  depth.  For  in- 
stance, in  that  Peter  Buck  interview  (and 
elsewhere),  DeCurtis  points  out  that  rock 
music  is  an  authentic  expression  of  important 
forces  in  modem  society  —  but  it  may  or  may 
not  be  art,  and  critics  should  avoid  portraying 
it  as  something  it's  not.  Popular  music  is  at  its 
best,  he  says,  when  it  gives  a  voice  to  "out- 
siders"—  those  on  the  outskirts  of  our  busi- 
ness-oriented civilization. 

DeCurtis  takes  a  palpable  pleasure  in  popu- 
lar music.  He  tells  how,  more  than  once,  rock 
helped  him  find  his  way  through  an  urban, 
working-class  youth  in  ways  more  formal 
schooling  did  not — ways  he  could  readily 
understand.  Rock  also  led  him  to  appreciate 
the  power  words  have  to  shape  emotions  and 
ideas.  He  is  grateful  for  the  help. 

Largely  absent  from  DeCurtis'  apprecia- 
tions, however,  is  the  historical  context  that 
informs  much  of  the  best  writing  on  popular 
culture.  Significantly,  Rolling  Stone  has  pub- 
lished a  superb  history  of  rock  and  roll,  Rock 
of  Ages,  which  locates  the  origins  of  rock  in 
social  protest  and  stresses  its  continuing  (if 
sometimes  elusive)  links  to  that  past.  Why  so 
little  historical  perspective  in  Rocking  M}  Life 
Awayl  Admittedly,  the  brevity  of  many  of  his 
critiques  allows  little  room  for  deep  back- 
ground. Still,  in  the  longer  pieces  he  largely 
eschews  historical  references,  even  in  those 
that  seem  to  demand  them — a  piece  on  the 
Irish  group  U2  in  Sarajevo  or  a  1990 
encounter  with  Russian  anarchy.  Clearly  a 
person  of  DeCurtis'  intelligence  can  read  and 
grasp  history — proven  by  a  fine  essay. 


I  suspect  he  avoids  historical  background 
because  he  is  so  engaged  by  the  moment,  by 
what  is  right  in  front  of  him,  and  is  less  con- 
cerned with  analyzing  that  moment  than  dis- 
playing it.  He  chooses  more  often  to  be  wit- 
ness than  interpreter.  The  choice  might  be 
driven  by  the  visual  plenty  of  popular  cul- 
ture— music  videos  on  MTV  and  VH-1,  top- 
notch  photography  in  Rolling  Stone  and  Vanity 
Fair,  dozens  of  motion  pictures.  It  might 
spring  from  what  DeCurtis  himself  says: 
"There  are  too  many  things  to  know  and  too 
many  ways  of  knowing."  It  might  be  all  these 
things  and  more — but  no  matter  the  reason, 
I  do  believe  the  lack  of  background  to  be  a 
conscious  choice  rather  than  an  oversight. 
And  in  large  part,  he  succeeds. 

One  of  my  favorite  pieces  is  "Village  Idiots," 
originally  published  in  Village  Voice  in  1993.  In 
it,  DeCurtis  considers  two  documentaries:  the 
Bob  Dylan  film  Don't  Look  Back,  from  1966, 
and  Madonna's  1991  release  Truth  or  Dare.  The 
most  telling  difference  between  the  two  is 
that  Dylan  keeps  his  personal  life  private  but 
shows  his  manager  squeezing  promoters  for 
money,  while  Madonna  flaunts  her  sex  life 
but  refuses  to  let  the  camera  follow  her  into  a 
business  meeting.  DeCurtis  observes  that 
"though  money  is  a  far  greater  factor  in  the 
creation  of  music  than  it  was  twenty-five  years 
ago,  its  influence,  while  much  more  apparent 
on  the  gritty  surface,  is  also  much  more  con- 
cealed." An  insightful,  useful  observation — 
though  it  would  have  been  made  even 
stronger  with  a  historical  nod  toward  some  of 
the  seismic  cultural  shifts  that  occurred 
between  1966  and  1991. 

Rocking  M}  Life  Away  is  worth  reading.  As 
with  any  collection  of  journalistic  pieces, 
there  are  some  misses  among  the  hits,  but 
DeCurtis  is  a  clear-eyed  observer  throughout. 
His  best  essays  show  a  deep  sympathy  for 
most  of  his  subjects,  and  nothing  else  conveys 
the  native  intelligence  of  Sting  or  The  Artist 
(formerly  known  as  Prince)  as  do  DeCurtis' 
portraits.  That  he  can  write  penetratingly 
about  bluegrass  legend  Bill  Monroe  in  one 
place  and  rap  group  Wu-Tang  Clan  in  another 
demonstrates  not  just  virtuosity  but  a  gener- 
ous curiosity. 

Does  his  passion  for  popular  culture  mat- 
ter? Here  is  DeCurtis'  own  answer:  "Anyone 
who  wants  to  figure  out  what's  been  going  on 
in  this  society  in  the  past  thirty  years  simply 
must  take  television,  the  movies,  and  pop 
music  into  account."  He's  right. 

— William  Price 


Price  '63  is  a  professor  of  history  at  Meredith 
College  in  Raleigh,  where  he  uses  rock  and  roll 
in  his  "History  of  the  South"  course.  He  retired 
from  the  North  Carolina  Division  of  Archives 
and  History  in  1 995. 


September-October  1999        55 


QUAD  QUOT 


We  asked  students  in  a  freshman 
writing  seminar: 

What  was  the  biggest 

surprise  after  your  first  two 

weeks  of  classes? 

"Though  I  knew  that  computers 
would  play  an  indispensable  role 
in  research,  I  failed  to  predict  their 
integral  function  in  every  other 
aspect  of  life  here.  Students  and 
professors  can  communicate  at 
any  hour  and  with  immediate 
responses  without  having  to  wait 
for  office  hours;  assignments  are 
posted  on  web  pages,  and  com- 
pleted work  submitted  as  files." 

—  Maureen  Hurtgen 

"I  went  to  a  small  high  school,  so 
all  of  the  teachers  were  friendly, 
but  we  were  warned  that  this 
would  not  be  the  case  in  college. 
I  have  found  things  to  be  the 
exact  opposite,  even  to  the  point 
of  my  professors  asking  to  be 
called  by  their  first  names." 

—  Tracey  Chenowelh 

"The  incredible  amount  of  read- 
ing we  are  supposed  to  do  and 
absorb." 


"As  I  interact  daily  with  students 
from  Singapore,  Egypt,  Japan, 
Spain,  and  India,  I  realize  just  how 
much  this  university  has  to  offer." 


"The  gorgeous  weather.  Coming 
from  Seattle,  I  was  expecting 
awful  humidity,  temperatures  in 
the  90s  or  100s,  and  generally 


unbearable  conditions.  Instead, 
it's  been  rather  Californian — 
until  the  hurricane  hit." 

—Alison  Haddock 

"The  fact  that  it  was  so  easy  to  fall 
behind.  My  classmates  complain 
that  they  work  more  in  two  weeks 
in  college  than  they  did  in  all  of 
high  school.  I  no  longer  think  three 
hours  of  study  a  night  is  a  lot." 


"How  good  ice  cream  tastes  after 
four  hours  of  studying." 


Reading  List 


As  the  Class  of  2003  arrived  on 

campus,  we  asked  some  faadty  and 

administrators: 


first-year  students? 

Janet  Smith  Dickerson,  vice 
president  for  student  affairs, 
answered  our  question  in  two 
ways.  "First,  several  of  us  consid- 
ered getting  a  book  for  all  Duke 
first-year  students  this  year.  We 
wanted  to  purchase  The  Best  of 
Enemies:  Race  and  Redemption  in 
the  New  South  by  Osha  Gray 
Davidson.  However,  it  is  out  of 
print  and  we  could  not  get 
copies....  I  liked  this  book  because 
it  describes  the  personal  conflict 
between  two  Durham  community 
leaders — one  a  white  Ku  Klux 
Klan  leader,  the  other  a  black 
activist — and  ultimately  their 
reconciliation.  It  elevates  their 
personal  story  to  one  about  this 


community  to  which  our  students 
come,  and  about  twentieth- 
century  Southern  and  American 
civil  rights  history."  (A  few  years 
ago,  Dickerson  says,  the  library 
gave  every  incoming  student  a 
copy  of  John  Hope  Franklin's 
From  Slavery  to  Freedom — "that, 
too,  was  an  excellent  choice.") 

Second,  Dickerson  recommends 
Paolo  Friere's  Pedagogy  of  the 
Oppressed,  a  book  that  "engaged 
me  most  as  a  young  person"  and 
"influenced  my  choice  of  occupa- 
tion, and  perspective  on  culture 
and  struggle." 

Kristina  Johnson,  the  School  of 
Engineering's  new  dean,  recom- 
mends a  variety  of  readings,  from 
Don't  Sweat  the  Small  Stuff — And 
It's  AH  Small  Stuff  to  Elegy  for  Iris, 
John  Bayley's  recent,  moving 
memoir  of  the  last  years  with  his 
lifelong  companion,  author  Iris 
Murdoch.  With  two  Irish  works, 
Flann  O'Briens  Third  Policeman 
and  Cecil  Woodham  Smith's  The 
Great  Hunger,  she  includes  What  I 
Have  Learned,  a  collection  of  essays 
by  twentieth- century  leaders, 
particularly  chapters  by  Dwight  D. 
Eisenhower  and  Robert  Maynard 
Hutchins,  and  one  by  Augustine 
Cardinal  Bea  on  the  value  of 
courteous  debate. 

Finally,  as  "one  for  engineers 
and  scientists"  that  "could  be  read 
by  anyone,"  she  recommends 
Valentino  Braitenberg's  Vehicles, 
an  examination  of  self- organizing 
systems  as  embodied  in  small 
robots  "that  are  enabled  with 
more  and  more  functionality,  so 
that  they  emulate  human  reaction 
and  emotion — a  fun  book." 

Joe  Harris,  the  newly-appointed 
director  of  the  Center  for  Teaching, 
Learning,  and  Writing,  steers  in  a 
slightly  different  direction  with  his 
choice.  "White  Noise  by  Don 
DeLillo  offers  an  accurate  and 
ironic  view  of  college — and  our 
culture  as  a  whole — as  a  giant 


supermarket  whose  aisles  of  texts 
and  images  we  all,  sooner  or  later, 
get  lost  in.  It's  both  the  funniest 
and  sharpest  novel  about  popular 
culture  that  I've  read." 


"As  we  considered  your  accom- 
plishments...we  thought,  'this  per- 
son, this  individual,  belongs  here 
at  Duke;  this  person  can  embrace 
what  we  have  to  offer,  and  can 
offer  something  in  return.'  People 
saw  in  you  something  you  might 
not  even  see  in  yourself." 


director  Christoph  Guttentag, 

speaking  during  orientation  to 

the  Class  of  2003,  on  why 


"Be  savvy  about  cyberspace: 
Know  how  to  use  it,  and  learn  to 
develop  the  kinds  of  critical  tools 
that  allow  you  to  differentiate 
between  useful  material  and 
cybergarbage.  Knowledge  may  be 
power,  but  information  is  not  nec- 
essarily knowledge." 


merl  O. 

Keohane,  speaking  to  the  Class 
of  2003  during  its  convocation 

"When  I  was  a  graduate  student, 
I  was  expected  to  read  all  the  liter- 
ature on  any  given  topic... and  I 
was  actually  able  to  do  so,  though 
not  without  considerable  commit- 
ment and  much  'midnight  oil.'  In 
the  current  era,  despite  the  best  of 
intentions,  it  is  not  possible  to 
access,  much  less  to  ingest,  all  the 
information  out  there." 


to  entering  i_ 
professional  school  students  at 
i  in  August 


56        DUKE  MAGAZINE 


C   NOAPPLKATTON. 


^ 


<^^<^osats^> 


COMMENDATIONS 


IH*»AJJimgJ 


JUSTCDME^ 


REUNIONS 

ApR'L  14-16 


FOR  A 
REUNION 
YOU  LL  ALWAYS 
REMEMBER,  COME 
BACK  TO  THE  PLACE 
NEVER  FORCOT. 

SPRING  forward  into  the  new  century — 
return  "home"  to  celebrate 
DUKE  REUNIONS  2000 

Yes,  that's  right,  Duke  (undergraduate)  Reunions 
are  now  being  held  in  the  spring  on  one  huge, 
stellar  weekend!  The  Classes  of  1950,  1955, 
1960,  1965,  1970,  1975,  1980,  1985,  1990,  1995, 
and  the  Half  Century  Club  will  celebrate  their 
reunions  April  14-16,  2000. 
In  the  coming  weeks  and  months  you'll  be  receiving 
lots  of  reunion  information  in  the  mail  AND  you'll 
also  be  able  to  get  the  latest  scoop  on  all  the  plans 
for  Reunions  2000  by  visiting  the  Duke  Reunions 
website  at: 

www.DukeAlumni.com/cc/reunions 
So  save  the  date,  and  plan  to  be  part  of  an 
unforgettable  weekend! 
(Questions?  E-mail  us  at 
reunions@duke.edu) 


EN  HAVE 

OU  EVER 

MADE  SUCH 

)D  FRIENDS? 

STAYED  UP  SO 

LATE?  LEARNED 

SO  MUCH? 

DUKE'S  STILL 

HERE.  .  . 


since  gr 

miss  the  wee 

Committee  is  conjuring!  Duke  Reunions  offer 

something  for  everyone.  Catch  up  and  reminisce 

with  friends  at  both  casual  and  gala  events.  Get 


Duke  is  charting  at  A  Conversation  with 
President  Keohane. 
See  photos  from  Reunions  1999, 
jp-to-the-minute  information 
ons  2000,  and  keep  in  touch 
tes  by  visiting 


ONCE  DUKE,  ALWAYS  DUKE. 

BE  DUKE  AGAIN  THIS  SPRING. 


IN 


DUKE 


614  CHAPEL  DRIVE, BOX  90570 
DURHAM, NORTH  CAROLINA 

27708-0570 

Address  Service  Requested 


NONPROFIT    ORG 

U.S.  Postage 

PAID 

Lynchburg,  VA 

PERMIT    NO.   16 


I  HO II  DUKES 


Now,  you  can  be  a  part  of  the  team.  By  contributing  as  little 
as  $100,  you  can  display  your  Iron  Duke  window  decal  with 
pride  and  know  you  have  helped  Blue  Devil  student-athletes 
maintain  Duke's  proud  athletic  tradition.  Take  the  next  step 
by  requesting  information,  NOW! 


I     YES,  I  am  interested  in  finding  out  more  about  the  Iron  Dukes. 

|    Please  send  a  membership  information  brochure  to  the  address  listed  below. 


Please  return  this  form  to:  Iron  Dukes 

311  Finch  Yeager  Bldg.,  Box  90542 
Duke  University 
Durham,  NC  27708O542 
(919)  684-5033 


1,1,1 

D02604859Y